SL ee EAD SPS eye PENH IT SSS NES

THE
CENTURY: SUPPLEMENT
ne), ULE
PIC TIONARY OF GARDENING:

*

Nod
/
. ~
5 aN
; By
+?
s
8 ;
,
* +
w
;
Se
ma
"
¥
4 ea
i
R ‘

Py

LELIO-CATTLEYA FANNY LEON.

THE

een LOR Ye SUPPLEMENT FO
a Bal i

DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

A PRACTICAL AND . SCIENTIFIC

Encyclopedia « of » Horticulture

FOR

GARDENERS AND BOTANISTS.

By -GEO) NICHOLSON; F-ES,,;

Curator, Royal Gardens, Kew ;

W. BAKER, Curator, Oxford Botanic Gardens (AQUATIC PLANTS); J. W. BARR (HERBACEOUS
PLANtTs AND BuLpBs); CHAS. BENNETT (Stove Prants); H. J. CHAPMAN (OrcHIDs); J. DOUGLAS
(Frorists’ FLowers); W. D. DRURY, F.E.S. (Insects AND PLANT DISEASES); T. MONMOUTH
(FRUIT AND VEGETABLES) ; GEO. SCHNEIDER (FERNS); W- WATSON, Assistant Curator, Royal
Gardens, Kew (CACTACEOUS PLANTS); W. WILLIS;(MaAnNuRES); AND OTHER SPECIALISTS.

VERY FULLY ILLUSTRATED.

GEO. T.- KING, HYDE PARK, MASS., U.S.A.
L. -UPCOTT GILL, LONDON, ENG.
1901.

eed LIBRARY Sol sia ie {SPCR ee

NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
GARDEN:

—L. UPCOTT GILL, LONDON AND COUNTY PRINTING WORKS,
y - » © DRURY LANE, W.C.

“

Rok

LIBRAR
NEW y¥c
BOTANIC

GARDE

PUBLISHER'S PREFACE.

po so vee

saw the light, great changes have been brought about—changes which demand
to be recognised in a work such as this aims to be, In nomenclature alone
they have been exceedingly numerous, and plant names which had become almost
household words have now been usurped by others unknown to any but botanists.
Familiar examples of such changes may be cited in the Pampas Grass, formerly
Gynerium argenteum, but now OCortaderia argentea, and in Ampelopsis tricuspidata

(Syn. A. Veitchii), now known as Vitis inconstans.

Ss: the first Part of NicHoLson’s “DICTIONARY OF GARDENING” first

In Horticultural practice a more extended experience with certain plants has resulted
in the overthrow of some of the long-cherished notions entertained in regard to their
treatment, necessitating some considerable modifications. And in no section perhaps
is this more clearly shown than in Orchids on the one hand, or in Fruit Culture,

both out of doors and under glass, on the other.

Certain groups of plants, like most other things, haye had their day. Old
favourites have gone and new ones have taken their place. Their prominence for the
time may be due to Fashion alone; or it may be, and still oftener is, due to
the fact that the florist has really improved upon existing forms by producing some-
thing of still greater beauty and of more robust constitution, or has introduced
something new of great merit. Who, for instance, twenty years ago could have
foretold the advent of the beautiful, if over-named, Hybrid Water-Lilies associated
with M. MARLIAC? Or, again, who could have anticipated those beautiful additions
to our outside gardens, the Hardy Bamboos, for whose introduction we owe so much
to Mr. FREEMAN MITFORD ?

Considerable progress has been made in what are termed Florists’ Flowers—
Dahlias, Roses, Violas, Carnations, Gladioli, Narcissi, &c.—and these plants of to-day
are vastly different from those of the time of the first publication of the
“DICTIONARY OF GARDENING”; and life-histories of Insects and Mites, as well
as of Parasitic Fungi, have been so accurately worked out by entomologists and :
plant-pathologists that the methods of dealing with foes generally have been

considerably improved upon.

The above are suggestive of some of the many and great changes which have
taken place in the last two decades. How best to adequately deal with them, in

¢

vi PREFACE.

a manner at once consistent with the reputation of the “DICTIONARY OF
‘-GARDENING” for thoroughness, and fair to subscribers, has been the earnest con-
sideration of the Publisher. Eventually it was decided that the best way of meeting
the difficulty was to issue a Supplemental Volume, to include all additions and
modifications that Time has rendered necessary, thus bringing the entire work right
up to the present time, without decreasing, but, on the contrary, increasing, the value
of the volumes already in the hands of subscribers; for it must be remembered that
the great bulk of the subscribers are working gardeners, to many of whom the
purchase of the work has represented great personal sacrifice, and to whom _ its

supersession by the,issue of a new edition would have been a very grievous loss.

During the progress of the present volume through the Press there have been one
or two important changes that unfortunately could not be noted in their proper places,
owing to the fact that they were not made known until some time after the portion of
the work to which they referred was printed. One of these is in connection with
Phaius tuberculosus (Blume) [SYN. Limodorum tuberculosum (Thouars) }. Quite
recently a terrestrial species was introduced for the first time that appears to be
identical with the original plant of Thouars. The epiphytal species known in gardens
under the above name, and figured as such in many works, is not, according to
Mr. Rolfe, the original plant, and it has been named by him P. s/mu/ans, because of

the remarkable resemblance the flowers bear to those of the original species.

As in the previous volumes, BENTHAM AND HOOKER’S great work, the “Genera
Plantarum,” has been made the basis of generic limitation, aided by such Monographs
and Floras as have been recently published, together with the excellent series of Kew
Handbooks, and of course the “Index Kewensis.” To the synonymy due attention has
been paid, though naturally with such a vexed question there is plenty of room for
diversity of opinion.

To those eminent Specialists whose names appear on the title-page we offer our
erateful thanks for valuable contributions and generous assistance at all times when
asked; and we desire also to cordially acknowledge our indebtedness to Mr. W.
BAKER-BARTLETT for his indefatigable exertions in matters of general research so little
observed by the public eye, yet so important in a work like this.

Though the scholarly aid that the late Rev. PERCY MYLES gave in the matter of
plant-name etymology has not been available for the present volume, we have been
fortunate in receiving invaluable aid in this department from Mr. C. H. WRIGHT, of
Kew. To several gentlemen and firms, notably Messrs. VEITCH AND SONS, Messrs.
SANDER AND Sons, and Messrs. BARR AND SONS, as well as to the * Gardeners’
Chronicle,” we are indebted for the loan of illustrations, or photographs from which
to prepare them; and our indebtedness is very great to Mr. R. I. MEASURES for
many beautiful photographs, and especially for the charming drawing for the coloured

illustration of HMpiphronitis Veitchii.

LONDON.

‘

REFERENCE TO ILLUSTRATIONS OF PLANTS OTHER THAN

THOSE FIGURED IN THIS WORK.

i. ANY readers will be glad to be informed where reliable Illustrations can be found
oy of those Plants which are not figured in this Work. To meet this want, references
“Fa to the Figures in Standard Authorities have been given, the titles of the Works

O pp & mh
z
cs

EO ia

LE. T.S.M. ..

Ene. ‘1. &S.
F.A.0.
F.D.

Bea Seie pa
F). Ment. ..

Flora
x F.M.
F.&P...

G. C.n.s
4 G. G,
G.M. ..
G. M. B.

LOD Ler is
G.W. F. A...

G.& F...
: H.B. F,
3 H. E. F.
=

-

eae HF. ‘T.

TG

H.F. B.A...

iti ore

Andrews (H. C.). Botanist’s Repository. London,
1799-1811. 10 vols. 4to.

Andrews (H. C.). Coloured Engravings of Heaths.
London, 1802-30. 4 vols. 4to.

Loudon (J. C.). Arboretum et Fruticetum britan-
nicum. London, 1838. 8 vols. 8vo. .
Allioni (C.) Flora pedemontana. Aug. Taur., 1785.

Svols, Fol.

Aublet (J. B. C. F.). Histoire des Plantes de la
Guiane francaise. Londres, 1775. 4 vols. 4to.

Andrews (H. C.). The Heathery. London, 1804-12.
4 vols. 4to.

Maund (B.). The Botanist. London, 1839
8 vols. 4to.

Brandis (D.), Forest Flora of . . . India. London,
1876. 8 vols. Atlas 4to.

Beddome (R. H.). Flora Sylvatica. Madras,
1869-73. 2 vols. 4to.

La Belgique Horticole. Ghent, 1850-85. 8vo.

Botanical Magazine. London, 1787, &c. 8vo.*

Bentley (R.) and Trimen (H.). Medicinal Plants.
London, 1875-80. 8vo.

Bateman (James). A Monograph of Odontoglossum.
London, 1874. Fol.

Botanical Register. London, 1815-47. 33 vols. 8vo.

Botanische Zeitung. Berlin, vols. i.-xiii. (1843-55).
8vo. Leipzig, vol. xiv. (1856), &c.*

Cathcart’'s Hlustrations of Himalayan Plants. Lon-
don, 1855. Fol.

See T. S. M.

Loudon (J. C.). Encyclopedia of Trees and Shrubs.
London, 1842. 8vo.

Fitzgerald (R. D.). Australian Orchids. Sydney,
1876, Fol.*

Flora Danica—usually quoted as the title of the
work, Icones Plantarum ... Danie et Nor-
vegie. Havnise, 1761-1883. Fol.

La Flore des Serres et des Jardins de 1’Europe.
Gand., 1845-83. 23 vols. 8vo.

Mogeridge (J. T.). Contributions to the Flora of
Mentone. London, 1864-8.

Flora oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung. 1818-42.
25 vols. Svo. New Series, 1843, &c.*

Floral Magazine. London, 1861-71. 8vo.

Series II. 1872-81. 4to.

Florist and Pomologist. London, 1868-84. 8vo,

The Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette.
London, 1841-65, 4to.

The Gardeners’ Chronicle. New Series, 1866-86. 4to.

Series III. 1887, &c. 4to.*

Gray (A.). Genera Flore Americe. Boston, 1848-9.
2 vols. 8vo.

The Gardeners’ Magazine. Conducted by Shirley
Hibberd. London.*

The Gardeners’ Magazine of Botany. London,
1850-1. Svols. 8vo.

The Garden. London, 1871, &c. 4to.*

Goodale (G. L.). Wild Flowers of America. Boston,
1877. 4to. |

Garden and Forest. New York, 1888, &c. 4to.*

Eigorer (W. J.). The British Ferns. London, 1861

vO.

Hooker (W. J.). Exotic Flora. Edinburgh, 1823-7
Svols. 8vo.

Hooker (W. J.), Flora boreali-americana. London,
1833-40. 2vols. 4to.

Hooker (J. D.). Flora Tasmaniz. London, 1860,
2vols. 4to. This is part iii. of ‘The Botany of
the Antarctic Voyage of H.M. Discovery Ships
Erebus and Terror, in the years 1839-43.”

Hooker(W. J.). Garden Ferns. London, 1862, 8vo.

Hooker (W. J.). Species Filicum. London, 1846-64.
5 vols. 8vo.

L'llustration Horticole. Series L to IV. Gand.,
1850-86. 33 vols. 8vo.

Series V. 1887, &c ‘to.*

See C. H. P.

Journal of Botany. London, 1863, &c, 8yo.*

Jacquin (N. J.). Flore austriace . . . ‘Icones.
Vienne. 1773-8. 5 vols. Fol.

Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener.
eels by Dr. Robert Hogg. ondon, 1849,

c. 4to

* Ts still in course of publication.

Romy z

=<}
®
=

Bw RP

n 7

referred to being, for economy of space, abbreviated as follow:

Journal of the Horticultural Society. London,1846,
&c. 8vo.*

Kotschy (Theodor). Die Eichen Europa’s und des
Orient’s. Wien, Olmiiz, 1858-62 Fol.

Linden (L.) and Rodigas (E.). Lindenia: Icono-
graphie des Orchidées. Gand., 1885, &c. Fol.*

Loddiges(C.). Botanical Cabinet. London, 1812-35
20 vols. 4to.

qanules: (J.). Collectanea botanica. London, 1821.

i)

La Marck (J. B. P. A. de M. de). Encyclopédie
methodique ... Botanique. Paris, 1783-1517.
13 vols. 4to.

Lemaire (C.). Le Jardin fleuriste. Gand., 1851-4.
4 vols. 8vo.

Lindley (J.). Rosarum Monographia. London,
1820. 8yo.

Lindley (J.). Sertum Orchidaceum. London,
1838. Fol,

Lindley (J.) and Paxton (J.). Flower Garden.
London, 1851-3. Svyols. 4to.

Salm-Dyck. Monographia Generum Aloes et Me-
sembryanthemi. Bonne, 1836-63. 4to.

Maw (George). A Monograph of the Genus Crocus.
London, 1886. 4to.

Veitch (James) and Sons. Manual of Orchidaceous
Plants. London, 1887, &c. 8yvo.

Burbidge (F. W.). The Narcissus: Its History and
Culture. With a Scientific Review .of the
Genus by J. G. Baker, F.L.S. London, 1875. 8vo.

Nuttall (T.). North American Sylva. Philadel-
phia, 1865. Svols. 8vo.

See L. & P. F. G.

Paxton (J.). Magazine of Botany. London, 1834-49.
16 vols. 8vo.

Sander (Fredk.). Reichenbachia. London, 1888-90.

Fol.
Saunders (W. W.). Refugium botanicum. Lon-
don, 1869-72. 8vo.
Regel (E.). Gartenfiora. Erlangen, 1852, &c. 8vo.
Revue Horticole. Paris, 1852, &c.*
Hooker (J. D.). The Rhododendrons of Sikkim-
Himalaya. London, 1849-51. Fol.
Reichenbach, fil. (H. G.). Xenia Orchidacea. Leip-
zig, 1858.65. 8vo.
Sweet (R.). British Flower Garden. London,
1823-9. 3Svols. 8vo.
Series II. London, 1831-8. 4 vols. 8yvo.
Sweet (R.). Cistinez. London, 1825-30. 8vo.
Smith (J. K.). Exotic Botany. London, 1804-5.
2 vols. 8yo.
Bweee (R.). Flora australasica. London, 1827-8.

vO.

Siebold (P. F. de) and Vriese (W. H. de). Flore des
Jardins du Royaume des Pays-Bas. Leide,
1858-62. 5vols. 8vo.

Sibthorp (John). Flora greca. London, 1806-40.

Hibbe ashi Lavette E M b

ibber irley). The Ivy: a Monograph. Lon-
don, 1872. 8vo. x

Sweet (Robert). Geraniacez, the Natural Order of
Gerania. London, 1828-30. 8vo.

Syme (J. T. B.), now Boswell. English Botany. .
Ed. 3. London, 1863-85. 12 vols. 8vo.

Siebold (P. F. von) and Zuccarini (J. G.), Flora
Japonica. Lugd. Bat., 1835-44. Fol.

Transactions of the Horticultural Society. London,
1805-29. 7 vols. 4to.

Transactions of the Linnzan Society. London,
1791, &c. 4to.*

Emerson (G. B.). Trees and Shrubs .. . of Massa-
chusetts. Boston. Ed. 2, 1875. 2vols. 8vo.

Watson (P. W.). Dendrologia britannica. London,
1825. 2vols. 8vo.

See G. W. F. A.

Wittmack (Dr. L.). Garten Zeitung. Berlin, 1882,
&c. 8yo.*

Warner (R.) and Williams (B. S.). The Orchid
Album. London, 1881-97. 4to. 4

Warner (R.). Select Orchidaceous Plants. London.
Series I, 1862-65. Fol.

Series IT., 1865-75. Fol.
Woods and Forests, London. 1883-4. lvol 4to.

P \
a
a
Regie’ i
>

ehig

ay it Enh
LETC ey

ok aber

"
es

aan

Mois a Rat
waF twee ay

tne | £

¢, ae

tae wig
i

Pelee ser) PIS VENT

TO THE

DICTIONARY OF GARDENING

Giving ParticuLArs OF ReEcENT INTRODUCTIONS AND THE MOST MODERN METHODS ox CULTIVATION,
DISCOVERIES IN THE MarreR OF PLANT DISEASES AND Prsts, &c.,
AND ALL ELSE CONNECTED WITH THE ADVANCE OF THE SCIENCE OF HORTICULTURE.

The following are the abbreviations used :—jl. flowers; fr. fruit; J. leaves; A. height; deg. degrees;
rhiz. rhizomes; cau. caudex; sti. stipes; SYN. Synonym; ORD. Natural Order.

The Asterisks (*) indicate plants that are especially good or distinct.

ABAMA. A synonym of Narthecium (which see).

ABELIA. This genus embraces about half-a-dozen
species, natives of the Western Himalayas, China, Japan,
and Mexico. To those described on p. 1, Vol. I, the
following should be added :

A. chinensis (Chinese).* The correct name of A. rupestris. os :
gardens) ‘The garden variety grandiflora has large, pinkish-

white flowers, and the whole plant is more vigorous than the
type. It isa seedling of Italian origin. Syn. A. uniflora.

A. ates (spathulate). 7. sessile, in pairs on a short, slender
peduncle; corolla white, with yellow blotches on the throat,
nearly lin. long. April. 7. about 2in. long, elliptic-lanceolate,
obtusely acuminate, sinuate-toothed, glabrous above, pubescent
beneath, edged purple. Japan, 1883. A free-flowering, much-
branched, evergreen shrub. See Fig. 1. (B. M. 6601.)

A. uniflora (one-flowered). (B. M. 4694; P. F. G. ii. 145.) A
synonym of 4. chinensis.

ABELICEA. A synonym of Zelkova (which see).

ABELMOSCHUS. Included under Hibiscus (which
see).

ABENA. A synonym of Stachytarpheta (which
see).

ABIES. Syn. Picea (of Don). For park decoration the
genus Abies affords some of the most striking examples to
.be met with in the order Coniferz. All are hardy, but on
account of the liability of some species and varieties to
push their growth very early in the year, they not in-
frequently get “cut.” Landscape gardeners get over this
difficulty by planting such precocious kinds in more ex-
posed positions than would be assigned those which are
not so early to make a start. A. bracteata, A. cepha-
lonica, and A. Webbiana are familiar examples of trees
with the tendency just alluded to. Taken as a whole
the members of this genus are best planted where they
are sheltered from cutting winds and in a good loam and
leaf, mould, with ample drainage. A moist position is
best suited to some species, so long as the drainage is
good, and especially so to A. brachyphylla.

To the species described on pp. 1-2, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

A. Alcockiana (Alcock’s), of gardens, A synonym of Picea
ajanensis.

\ Fic. 1. ABELTA SPATHULATA.
Vol. V, B

2 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Abies—continued.

Fia. 2. Abies LowIANA (Young Plant).

A. bifolia (two-leaved), of A. Murray. A synonym
of A. lasiocarpa.

A. bifolia (two-leaved), of Siebold and Zucearini.
A synonym of A. jirma.

A. brachyphylla (short-leaved), of Mayr. A
synonym of A, homolepis.

A. campylocarpa (bent-fruited).
A, magnijica.

A. chiloensis (Chiloe).
biana.

A. concolor violacea (violet).
glaucous tint. A charming variety.

A. Eichleri (Eichler’s). A synonym of A. Veitchii.

A. Gordoniana (Gordon’s). A synonym of
A. grandis.

A. grandis Lowiana (Low's).
A, Lowiana.

A. g. pendula (pendulous). A weeping form,
which originated in a Berlin mursery.

A. holophylla (wholly-leafy). A synonym of
A, firma.

A. homolepis (similar-scaled). J. axillary, lin.
long, somewhat two-rowed, very thickly placed,
linear, flat, obtuge or bifid at apex, somewhat
faleate; petioles very short: cones 3in. long, lin.
broad, cylindrical, obtuse, usuz straight, on
short stalks; scales brown, thic imbricated.
h. 100ft. Japanese Islands, 1861. Syn. A. brachy-
phylla (of Mayr).

A. Kempferi (Kempfer’s). A synonym of Psewdo-
larixz Kempferi.

A. lasiocarpa (woolly-fruited). /.-notched on
the barren and pointed on the fertile branches, in
many rows, with two glaucous bands on the lower
side. cones 2in. to 34in. long, lin. to lin. thick,
with rounded scales. British Columbia, &c.
Allied to A. balsamea, but larger, and having
whitish bark. (G. C. 1889, v., p. 172, f. 23-32.)
Syns. A. bifolia (G. C. 1875, p. 465, f. 96-7),
A. subalpina (G. C. 1820, p. 235, f. 43-45; J. LS.
xxii., p. 183).

A. Lowiana (Low’s). /. long, linear, flat, straight,
l4in. to 24in. long, one line broad, channelled
above, twisted at base, distant, disposed in two
horizontal rows along the shoots, blunt or slightly

A synonym of
A synonym of A. Web-

1. of a bluish-

A synonym of

fecqNooMEreH Neco

Abies—continued.

notched at apex, dull glaucous- green above, paler beneath.
cones 3sin. to Sin. long, 14in. broad, erect, cylindrical, obtuse,
rounded at base, pale brown, kh. 250ft. Northern California,
&c. Branches rather pendulous. A very handsome tree. See
Fig. 2. (G. C. Dec. 11, 1886, p. 755, f. 148; 1890, Dec. 27,
p. 750.) Syns. A. grandis Lowiana (J. L. 8. xxii., p. 175),
Picea Lowtiana.

A. magnifica xanthocarpa (yellow-fruited). /. on the leader
shoot spirally appressed ; those on the lateral shoots upturned,
ascending; those on the sterile branches slender, straight or
curved, more or less four-sided in section, grooved at base on
the upper surface ; those on the fertile branches stouter, shorter,
all upturned, four-sided, not grooved, cones ovate-oblong,
obtuse. Syns. A. nobilis robusta (G. C. 1885, xxiv., p. 63,
f. 147), A. shastensis. ;

A. nephrolepis (reniform-scaled). A synonym of A. Veitchii.

A. nobilis robusta (robust). A synonym of A. magnisica
xanthocarpa.

A. Nordmanniana. An illustration of this admirable tree
for the lawn or park is given in Fig. 3.

A. N. horizontalis (horizontal). A dwarf, compact-growing
form, with horizontally spreading branches; it cannot be made
to produce a leader, hence its peculiar habit. A chance seed-
ling found in a nursery in the Vosges.

A. N. yaaa (drooping). A garden variety, distinguished
from the type in having drooping branches. 1869. (R. H.
1890, p. 440, f. 182.)

A. numidica (Numidian). The correct name of A. Laborensis
(G. C. Feb. 4, 1888, p. 140, f. 23).

A. polita. The correct name is Picea polita.

A. shastensis (Shasta). A synonym of A. magnifica xantho-
carpa.

A. subalpina is synonymous with 4. lasiocarpa.

tere

Fic. 3. ABIES NORDMANNIANA.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 3

Abies — continued.

A. Webbiana obovata (obovate). This differs from the type
mainly by the snowy whiteness of the under-surface of its
leaves, which are deep green above
Pests. In common with many other Conifers, Abies

are liable to attack from a host of Fungi, Beetles,

Sawflies, and other insects, and suffer considerably there-

from. The most destructive will be found dealt with

under the heading Funer in the genus Pinus, Pine

Bark Beetle, Pine Sawflies, and Pine Weevils in

the old volumes, and under Agaricus, Polyporus,

Oospora, Silver-Leaf Disease, and Aicidium in the

present one.

ABIES (of Don). A synonym of Picea (which see).

ABOBRA. A. tenuifolia is the name adopted by
Cogniaux for A. viridiflora (described in Vol. I.); it is the
only species of the genus.

ABOLARIA. A synonym of Globularia (which
see).

ABROMA. About two or three species, natives of
tropical Asia, Australia, &c., are included in this genus.
Flowers dingy purple; calyx five-parted; petals five, with
dilated claws, and ovate, spreading lamine; peduncles
opposite the leaves or almost terminal, few-flowered.
Leaves palmately lobed or entire. To the species described
on p. 3, Vol. I., the following should be added :

A. sinuosa (sinuate). /. broadly ovate, pedately pinnatifid, on
slender petioles. Madagascar, 1884. A pleasing species, of
slender habit.

ABRONIA. Syn. Tricratus. This genus includes
about ten species. To those described on p. 3, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

A. Crux-maltz (Maltese Cross). #. of a deep purplish-pink, the
swollen throat of a bright emerald-green, the limb in general
outline bearing a striking resemblance to a Maltese cross ; heads
axillary, ten to fifteen-flowered. 7. ovate-oblong, somewhat

obtuse, acute at base, on long petioles. Stem ‘‘a creeping vine,”
viscid-pubescent. California.

A. latifolia (broad-leaved). fl. yellow, about 4in. across, borne
on very long peduncles ;-involucre two- or three-lobed. August.
1, very variable in shape, but always much broader than long,
borne on long petioles. Stem 6in. to 12in. long, procumbent,
almost woody, terete. California. Whole plant glutinous.
(B. M. 6546.)

A. mellifera (hone hearing) ji. orange, in loose clusters;
limb five-lobed ; peduncles 4in. to 6in. long. July. 7. ovate or
ovate-oblong, oblique, fleshy, slightly sinuated, borne on long
Be ae 3) ecumbent. California and Mexico, 1826,

ABRUS. Wild Liquorice. Bentham and Hooker
inelnde five species under this genus, dispersed over the
warmer regions of the globe; they are shrubs or sub-
shrubs, often with long-twining branches. Flowers small,
pinkish or whitish, racemes terminal, or the short flowering
branchlets axillary ; standard ovate; wings narrow.

ABSINTHIUM. Included under Artemisia (which
see). g

ABUMON. A synonym of Agapanthus (which see).

ABUTA. About half-a-dozen species, natives of
tropical America, are referred to this genus. Sepals six,
in two or three series, the outer ones small and bract-
like; petals wanting; stamens six. Leaves coriaceous,
three- to five-nerved, the nerves elevated beneath.

ABUTILON. This genus embraces about seventy
species of herbs or shrubs, rarely trees, often softly
tomentose, inhabiting the warmer regions of the globe.
Flowers usually axillary, variously coloured, but often
yellow ; bracteoles wanting. Leaves often cordate, angled
or lobed, rarely narrow. To the species and varieties
described on pp. 4-5, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. aurantiacum (orange). jl. axillary and solitary; calyx

villous-pubescent ; corolla bright orange, 4in. to Zin. long. J.

densely soft-tomentose, velvety, whitish, round-cordate, acute,

4in. to ljin. broad, the basal lobes overlapping. Stems 6in.
to 2ft. high. California.

Abutilon—continued.

A. esculentum (edible) jf. purple, axillary, solitary.
September. JU. cordate, acuminate, toothed, puberulous above,
tomentose beneath. Stem tomentose with grey hairs. h. 7ft.
to 8ft. Rio Janeiro, 1880. The natives cook and eat the flowers
under the name of Bencao de Deos.

A. graveolens (strongly-scented). . orange and red, rather
large, on pedicels about as l6ng as the petioles. 2 broadly
orbicular-cordate. hk. lft. to 5ft. Australia, 1842. A coarse
annual or perhaps perennial, clothed with a viscid, strongly-
scented tomentum.

Fic. 4. ABUTILON INSIGNE.

A. insigne (remarkable). The flowers of this are of a lovely rose,
with darker veinings. See Fig. 4.

A. integerrimum (entire). . yellow, large, showy; petals
broadly obovate-cuneate, oblique, distant, spreading, with an
orange spot at base. May. J. large, orbicular-cordate, shortly
acuminate, entire, on long petioles. Colombia. A small tree.
Syn. Sida integerrima. (B. M. 4360.)

A. Thompsoni flore-pleno (double-flowered). A garden
nen) with double flowers. 1885. Greenhouse, (R. H. 1885,
p. .

A. vitifolium album (white).
flowers. 1889.
VARIETIES.—The following selection includes most of

the best of the newer varieties having their origin in

gardens. The majority are hybrids :—

CaLypso, pure white, large. CAPRIVI, deep red, large. CHAMELEON,
crimson, CHRYSOSTEPHANUM COMPACTUM, chrome-yellow; ex-
cellent for bedding. CLOTH OF GOLD, clear yellow ; flowers large
and bell-shaped, with overlapping petals. FLORIBUNDUM,
orange-red, with darker veins. Lr GRAND, deep red, with darker
veins. MADAME JOAN LAING, rose, very large. Mr. H. CANNELL,
a free-flowering hybrid from A. megapotamicum. Miss L.
POWELL, yellow, dwarf. Mr. WILLIAM BULL, fawn, veined
crimson. PREMIER, rosy-purple, large. PRINCE OF ORANGE,
orange. ROYAL SCARLET, red scarlet. SOUVENIR DE BONN,
leaves rich green, margined with white. SURPRISE, golden
yellow, veined red. WISSMANN, orange-buff, veined crimson.

ACACALLIS (derivation of name uncertain). ORD.
Orchidew. A monotypic genus. ‘The species is a stove,
epiphytal Orchid, with a short, leafy stem, at length
thickening into a pseudo-bulb; it is distinguished from
Aganisia by the curious appendage to the lip and by the

A variety with pure white

4 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Acacallis—continued.
large auricles of the column. According to Messrs. Veitch,
it requires to be grown in the highest temperature available
in our Orchid-houses. On account of its climbing habit, it
should be affixed to a block or raft; in other respects it
will thrive under the ordinary! East Indian house treatment.

A. cyanea (blue). The correct name of Aganisia cerulea

(W. O. A. viti. 374). .

ACACIA. Including Farnesia. In the “Genera
Plantarum’’ about 420 species are allotted to this genus ;
they are dispersed over the warmer parts of the world,
but are especially plentiful in Australia and in Africa.
Sepals five, four, or three, free or united; petals as many,
free or united; stamens indefinite, usually very numerous,
free or slightly connected at the very base. Pods linear or
oblong, flat or nearly cylindrical, straight, falcate, or
variously twisted, opening in two valves or indehiscent.
Leaves bipinnate; leaflets often small and many-jugate,
or reduced to a filiform petiole (phyllode). To the species
described on pp. 5-7, Vol. I., the following should be
added. The hardy deciduous tree called Acacia in gardens
is Robinia Pseudacacia. See also Albizzia.

A. Baileyana (Bailey's). /l. in small, globose heads, arranged
in erect, loose racemes. Winter. jr., pods long, linear-oblong.
Z. stalked, bipinnate; pinne consisting of small, linear leaflets.
New South Wales and Queensland. (G. C. 1894, xv., p. 37, f. 4.)

A. coccinea (scarlet). A garden synonym of Ormosia coccinea,

A. cordata (heart-shaped). A garden synonym of A. hastulata.

A. cornigera (horn-bearing). A synonym of A. spadicigera.

A. floribunda (abundant-flowered), of Willdenow. A synonym
of A. angustifolia.

A. floribunda, of gardens. A synonym of A. retinodes.

A. hastulata (somewhat hastate).* jl., peduncles short and
slender, each bearing a head of three to five flowers, mostly
four-parted. May. J., phyllodia numerous, hastate-lanceolate
or almost cordate, tapering into pungent points, two or three
lines long, with one central nerve. Branches rather slender,
virgate or divaricate, terete. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Western Australia,
1824. (B. M. 3341.) Syn. A. cordata (of gardens).

A. Lebbek (Lebbek). The correct name is now Albizzia Lebbek.

A. leprosa (leprous).* jl. numerous in a globular head, mostly
five-parted ; petals yellow, united to the middle. May. JU., phyl-
lodia narrow, linear-lanceolate, acute, or obtuse with a small

oint, narrowed at base, lsin, to 3in. aBOE Branchlets pendu-
ous, more or less glutinous. Australia, 1817. A tall shrub or
small tree. (B. R. 1441.) wf

A. lineata (lined). 7. ten to fifteen or more
ina small, globular head, mostly five-parted ;
etals yellow, smooth. April. J/.,.phyllodia
Tear, with a small, hooked point, usually
din. to in. long. Branches pubescent or
villous, sometimes slightly resinous. h. 6ft.
Australia, 1824. .(B. M. 3546.)

A. Nemu (Nemu). A synonym of Albizzia
Julibrissin.

A. obliqua (oblique). A
A. rotundifolia.

A. petiolaris (petiolate).
A, pycnantha.

A. pyenantha (dense-flowered). jl. mostly
five-parted ; racemes short, with a few dense,
globular heads of fifty to one hundred
flowers. JU., phyllodia lanceolate-falcate,
obtuse or rather acute, much narrowed to
the base, 3in. to 6in. long. Victoria. A small
or medium tree. SYN. A. petiolaris.

A. retinodes (retained). /l. mostly five-
parted; racemes much shorter than the
phyllodia, branched, with several (sometimes
twenty) globular heads of twelve to twenty
flowers. March. JU., phyllodia linear-lanceo-
late, faleate, much narrowed towards the
base, mostly 3in. to Sin. long, finely penni-
veined. Victoria. A moderate-sized tree.
Syn. A. floribunda (of gardens).

A. spadicigera (spadix-bearing). fl. greyish
and yellowish, forming cylindrical, spadix-
like heads lin. or more in length, disposed
in axillary clusters. J/. bipinnate ; pinnz four
to eight pairs; leaflets fifteen to twenty

airs, linear-oblong, obtuse. Spines large,
orn-like. Central America and Cuba, 1692.
One of the so-called Bull’s-horn Acacias ; its
hollow spines are tenanted by stinging ants.
(B. M. 7595.) SyN. A. cornigera. Fic

synonym of

A synonym of

ACZENA. New Zealand Bur. Syn. Ancistrum. This
genus includes about thirty species of decumbent or some-
what creeping herbs, often shrubby at the base, the floriferous
branches often erect and scape-like; they are distributed
over the temperate and frigid parts of the Southern Hemi-
sphere, being often found in Chili and Peru. To their value
as rock-plants must be added their utility for growing under
trees—and trees, too, like Conifers, beneath which scarcely
anything will survive. The species A. microphylla, A. myrio-
phylla, and A. pulchella may all be so utilised. To those
described on p. 7, Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. adscendens (ascending). ji. dark purple; heads globose,
borne on long peduncles. J., leaflets jin. to lin. long, obovate or
elliptic-obovate, obtuse, toothed, glabrous aboye, silky beneath.
Stems long-creeping, with ascending branches. Patagonia, 1888.

A. cuneata (wedge-shaped). A synonym of A. sericea.

A. ovina (egg-like). /l. purple, in long, interrupted spikes, denser
towards the end. ¢. rather long; leaflets elliptic obtuse,
pinnately cut to the middle, more or less pubescent on both
sides or glabrous above. Australia, 1888. his is similar to
A, ovalifolia, but it is a little larger and less graceful.

A. pinnatifida (pinnately-cleft). . crowded into cylindrical
spikes, the lower ones rather remote. May and June. J. con-
sisting of three to five pairs of deeply three- to five- parted
leaflets; segments linear. Stem erect. A. 6in. Chili and
Magellan Straits, 1822. Half-hardy perennial. (B. R. 1271.)

A. repens (creeping). A synonym of A. sarmentosa.

A. Sanguisorb (Sanguisorba-like). fl. in globose heads, 4in.
to sin. in diameter; scapes slender, two-leaved. J/. 2in. to 6in.
long ; leaflets eight to ten pairs, very variable in shape, mem-
branous, coarsely serrated, fin. to Zin. long. New Zealand. A
much-branched, prostrate herb, more or less silky, especially on
the nerves beneath.

A. sarmentosa (having runners). jl. in globose heads, on
tomentose peduncles of moderate length, with one or two
bracts. Tristan d’Acunha, 1888. A rampant species, similar to
A. Sanguisorbe, but stouter, with longer branches, leaves more
silky beneath and longer hairs. ‘‘ Perhaps the plant in cultiva-
tion is not correctly named, as it is said to come from South
America” (N. E. Brown).

A. sericea (silky).* jl. green, in globose heads, on long
peduncles, which also bear two or three smaller heads, sessile
in the axils of leafy bracts. /. rather long; leaflets only three
to five pairs, cuneate-oblong, toothed, silky beneath. Patagonia
and Chili, 1888. Syn. A. cuncata.

A. splendens (splendid). /l. in long, interrupted spikes, borne on
long, stout peduncles. /., leaflets three or four pairs, obovate or ob
lanceolate, toothed, densely white-silky on both sides. Chili, 1888

ACALYPHA. Syn. Cupameni. This genus com-
prises about 220 species, broadly dispersed over the warm

5. PORTION OF INFLORESCENCE OF ACALYPHA HISPIDA

; 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 5

Acalypha — continued.

regions, a few being extra-tropical American. Leaves

alternate, often ovate, more or less toothed, three-

to five-nerved or penniveined. To the species, c.,

described on p. 7, Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. Chantrieri (Chantrier Fréres’), A garden hybrid between
A. Hamiltonfuna and A. macrophylla. 1897.

A. Godseffiana (Godseff’s). J. ovate-lanceolate, shining green,
with creamy-white margins. New Guinea. An ornamental,
dwarf, bushy shrub.

A. Hamiltoniana (Hamilton’s). /. bright green, with pro-
minently rounded, yellow teeth. 1895.

A. hispida (hispid).* jl. bright red, ‘‘resembling crimson plush,”
in drooping, tassel-like spikes, 12in. to 20in. long, sometimes
lin. in diameter, borne on axillary peduncles. ¢. spreading,
Sin. to S4in. Jong, 3in. to 34in. broad, ovate, acute or shortly
acuminate, rounded at base and emarginate at the insertion
of the pubescent petiole, which is 2in. to 2sin. long; upper
surface bright green and sparsely hairy; lower surface paler.
h, 10ft. to 15ft. New Guinea, 1896. A beautiful species. See
Fig. 5. Syn. A. Sanderi.

A. mortfontanensis (Mortefontaine). A garden hybrid between
A. Hamiltoniana and A. marginata. 1897.

A. obovata (obovate). 7. obovate, green with creamy edges
when young, changing with age to olive-green with pink margins,
and finally having a bronzy centre and broad rosy-crimson
margins. Polynesia, 1884. An ornamental foliage plant.

A. Sanderi (Sander’s). A synonym of A. hispida.

A. triumphans (triumphant). /. large, cordate, toothed,“acute,
variegated with deep crimson, green, and brown. Solomon
Isles, 1888. A good foliage plant; probably a variety of A.
Wilkesiana. (I. H. xxv., t. 55.)

A. eremorum, A. illustrata, and A, Makoyana are also occasionally
seen in gardens

ACAMPE (from akampes, inflexible; in allusion to
the very brittle texture of the flowers). Orp. Orchidex.
A genus embracing about nine species of stove, epiphytal
Orchids, eight of which are natives of the East Indies
and Southern China, while the other is found in South-
east Africa; they are closely allied to Saccolabiwm
(Hooker, in the “ Flora of British India,” includes them
under that genus). Flowers much smaller than in Vanda,
shortly pedicellate; sepals free, sub-equal, somewhat
fleshy; petals similar but rather narrower; lip sessile at
the base of the column, continuous, spreading, saccate or
eonico-spurred at base; column short and _ thick;
peduncles lateral, rigid, short and simple, or elongated
and panicled. Leaves distichous, coriaceous. Stem leafy,
not pseudo-bulbous. For culture of the following species,
see Saccolabium.

A. dentata (toothed). . whitish-yellow, blotched with brown,
din. to 4n. in diameter; panicle longer or shorter than the
leaves, the branches distant and lax-flowered. J. 7in. to Qin.
long, lin. to ljin. broad. Stem lft. to 2ft. long. India, 1872.

A. he on os greens fl. sweet-scented, inconspicuous,
much like those of A. multiflora, corymbose ; lip white. J. dark
green, distichous, leathery, 14ft. long, 2in. broad, obliquely
rounded at apex. India.

A. madagascariensis (Madagascar). fl. small; sepals and
* petals whitish; lip rosy-purple. 7. thick and leathery. Mada-
gascar, 1891. Allied to A. papillosa.

A. multiflora (many-flowered). jl. yellow, with blood-coloured

» dots, small; lip ovate, somewhat acute; peduncle branched,
erect, sub-corymbose, shorter than the leaves. /. lorate, obliquely
emarginateat apex. China. Syn. Vanda multiflora (L. C. B, 38).

A. papillosa (papillose). See Saccolabium papillosum.

A. Wightiana (Wight’s). #7. yellow, barred with crimson, not
ee: Zin. to lin. across; scape very stout; bracts very
roadly ovate, acute. J. 4in. to 6in. long, Zin. to lin. broad.
Stem lft. to lift. long. India.

ACANTHEPHIPPIUM. See Acanthophippium.

ACANTHODIUM. Included under Blepharis
(which see).

ACANTHOGLOSSUM. A synonym of Celogyne
(which see).

ACANTHOLIMON. Prickly Thrift. Syn. Arme-
riastrum. ORD. Plumbaginex. Eighty-four species have
been described, but, according to Bentham and Hooker,
some of them are mere varieties; they are natives of the
Orient, extending from Greece and Syria to Western
Thibet, and being most plentiful in Persia. These plants
may also be increased by layering the shoots in late

|

Acantholimon— continued.

summer. To those described on p.

following should be added :

A. androsaceum (Androsace-like). j., corolla of an intense
purple, with an mple limb; spike very short, fasciculate-
distichous, or sub-second, with three to seven spikelets; scape
searcely any or almost equalling the leaves. July. J. short.
Branches short and densely spiny. h. 6in. Southern Europe,
18135. Syn. Statice echinus (S. F. G. 300).

A. melananthum (dark-flowered). jl. in a very short spike of
six to nine spikelets; calyx limb bordered with dark violet or
black. J7., lower ones very short, flat, triangular-lanceolate,
mucronate ; the rest spiny, short. Branches short. Persia.
ACANTHOMINTHA (from akanthos, a spine, in

allusion to the spiny-toothed bracts, and Mentha, Mint, as

the plant was formerly included under Calamintha). Orv.

Labiate. Amonotypic genus. The species is a small, gla-

brous, half-hardy annual, requiring ordinary cultivation.

A. ilicifolia (Holly-leaved). jl. three to eight in a whorl in all
the upper axils ; whorls subtended by opposite bracts, which are
larger than the leaves and spiny-toothed ; calyx tubular, bilabiate ;
corolla jin. long, the upper lip white, small, the lower one
purple, with a yellow throat, four-lobed. July. J. petiolate, sin.
to lin. long, rounded or ovate, with a cuneate base, coarsely and
bluntly toothed. Branches ascending, 6in. to 8in. long. Cali-
fornia, 1883. (B. M. 6750.)

ACANTHONEMA (from akanthos, a spine, and nema,
a filament; in allusion to the filaments of the two inferior
stamens being produced into a spine-like process just below
the anther). Orb. Gesneracex. A monotypic genus. The
species is a stove perennial, much resembling Streptocarpus
in habit. It thrives in a compost of sandy loam and peat,
the former predominating, and may be increased by secds.
A. strigosum Cagney jl. whitish, sin. to Zin. long, with a
blood-purple, five-lobed limb; panicles lin. to 2in. high, sessile
on the midrib at the base of the leaf. June to August. J.
radical, solitary, 4in. to 9in. long, spreading on the ground,

linear-oblong, cordate at base, shortly i a recurved at aaa
strigose with scattered hairs. Tropical Africa, 1862. (B. M. 5539.)

ACANTHOPANAX (from akanthos, a spine, and
Panaz; alluding to the spiny stems and Panax-like aspect
of theplants). Onrp. Araliacew. A genus embracing about
eight species of stove or greenhouse, glabrous or tomentose
shrubs (rarely trees ?), natives of Japan, China, and
tropical Asia. Flowers polygamous or hermaphrodite ;
petals five, rarely four, valvate; stamens five, rarely four,
the filaments filiform; pedicels continuous with the
flowers; bracts small or wanting; umbellets paniculate or
almost solitary. Leaves palmately cleft, digitate, or one-
foliolate. Only two species call for mention here :

A. ricinifolium (Ricinus-leaved). The correct name of the plant
described on p. 104, Vol. L., as Aralia Maximowiczii.

A. spinosum (spiny). The correct name of Aralia pentaphylla.
ACANTHOPHIPPIUM. About half-a-dozen species,

natives of India, the Malayan Archipelago, &c., are included

in this genus. To those described on p. 8, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

A. Curtisii albidum (whitish). #1. creamy-white, with rose and
purple dots on the inner surface, thick and fleshy ; lateral sepals
joining to form a large, pouch-like organ. 1898, (L., t. 619.)

A. eburneum (ivory-white). jl. white, nearly 2in. long; scape
two-flowered. J. oblong-lanceolate, plicate, 8in. long, 2in. broad.
Pseudo-bulbs purplish, angular, 2in. to 3in. long. Malaya (’),
1896. Allied to A. Curtisii.

A. Mantinianum (Mantin’s). ., sepals yellow, slightly shaded
with green, spotted and blotched with purple; petals resembling
the sepals, but having the lower portion whiter; lip of a waxy
white, the thickened part of the disk orange-yellow with ridges
spotted and lined wit! purple Philippines, 1896. A near ally
of A. bicolor, from which it mainly differs in the colour of its
flowers and its much more robust habit. (L. 1896, t. 536.)

A. striatum (striated). . White, streaked with red; lip with
a single, median, crested ridge and thickened lateral curves,
the side lobes very broad, falcate, obtuse, the mid-lobe scarlet,
contracted, acute. Spring. Nepaul. Allied to A. sylhetense,
but the flowers are much shorter.

ACANTHOPHGENIX. Prickly Date'Palm. Three
or four species, all natives of the Mascarene Islands,
are included in this genus. Flowers red or yellow, mone-
cious on the same spadix, borne under the leaves; spadix
doubly branched, pendulous; spathes two, deciduous ;
bracts rather prominent, thick and rigid. Fruit black,

8.) Voleul:s the

6 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Acanthophenix—continued.
sometimes scarcely longer than grains of wheat. Leaves
terminal, equally pinnatisect, armed with more or less
elongated spines. To the species described on p. 8,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

A. grandis (large). This is described as ‘‘a handsome Palm,
with finely-cut leaves and deep brown spines, native of Brazil”
(in I. H. 1895, p. 185). According to the ‘‘Kew Bulletin,”
1896, App. IL, it is “‘also called Calamus grandis, and stated
to be a native of Borneo” (I. H. 1895, p. 223). The genus is,
however, according to Bentham and Hooker, as well as J. G.
Baker, confined to the Mascarene Islands, as above stated.

A. Herbstii (Herbst’s). A synonym of A. erinita.

A. rubra (red). fl. reddish-brown; spadix 24ft. to 34ft. long;
ee 6in. to 10in. long, armed with straight spines ; spathes

Aft. to 24ft. long. 1. 6ft. to 12ft. long; leaflets slightly glaucous
beneath ; petioles glabrous, 2in. to 4in. long; sheaths 24ft. to

44ft. long, thickly covered with brownish-black spines. h. 60ft.
Syn. Calamus Verschaffeltii (of gardens),
ACANTHOSTACHYS [not Acanthostachywm).

According to J. G. Baker, this genus embraces a couple of
species, natives of Brazil. Sepals lanceolate-deltoid, acute,
free to the top of the ovary; petals lingulate, scaled at
base, rather longer than the calyx ; stamens shorter than the
petals. A. strobilacea is the only species known in gardens.

ACANTHOSTIGMA PARASITICUM. See
Silver Leaf Disease.

ACANTHUS. Including Dilivaria. About fourteen
species, inhabiting tropical and sub-tropical regions, are
included in this genus. To those described on pp. 8-9,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. Caroli-Alexandri (Charles Alexander's). jl. white, often
suffused rose-colour, in a dense spike. Summer. J/. few, radical,
in a lax rosette, lanceolate, pinnatitid, spiny-toothed, loin. long,
3in. to 4in. broad. Stem Yin, to 18in. high, with two to four
similar leaves. Greece, 1887. (R. G. 1886, pp. 626-635, f. 73-75.)

ACARIDA. See Ticks.

ACCLIMATISATION. Popularly this is the inuring
of plants, &c., to a climate different from that of which they
are native, which is, however, fallacious. No tender plant
has yet by any process, gradual or otherwise, been
rendered hardy. Those who put forth the theory adduce
as a case in point the common Larch. That this tree
and many others were originally grown in this country as
greenhouse subjects there cannot be any doubt; but this
was due to a lack of knowledge.

With plants that reproduce themselves by seed, it is
possible, by annually selecting the hardiest and most
vigorous individuals, and using these again as seed-
parents, to produce a hardier race. And conversely it is
possible, by choosing as seed-parents individuals which
stand the heat best, to develop, after a few generations,
tropical races of cool-country vegetables and flowers: such
selection is constantly going on in India, &c., amongst
vegetables raised, in the first place, from English seeds.

ACCRESCENT. Increasing in size after flowering.

ACER. The species of this genus number upwards
of fifty, and are found in Burope, North America, North
Asia, Java, and the Himalayas. Flowers racemose or
corymbose, axillary and terminal, generally polygamo-
dicecious. Leaves opposite, usually palmately or sub-
pedately three- to seven-lobed or parted, rarely entire.
To the species and varieties described on pp. 9-11. Vol. L.,
the following should be added. WNegundo (which see)
is now included hereunder.

A. argutum (sharp). 7. palmately lobed, borne on long petioles.
Japan. A very elegant species, of medium height; it is as yet
very uncommon in English establishments.

A. campestre postelense (Postel). A yellow-leaved form. 1896.

A. caucasicum (Caucasian). A synonym of A. hyrcanwm.

A. cissifolium (Cissus-leaved). The correct name of Negundo
cisstfolium.

A. coccineum (scarlet). A synonym of A. rubrum.

A. colchicum (Colchican). A synonym of A. pictwm rubrum.

A. c. tricolor (three-coloured). A synonym of 4, pictum tricolor,

A. cratzgifolium (Hawthorn-leaved). 7. small, deep green,
closely resembling those of Hawthorn. Japan. A slender tree.

Acer —continued.

The form Veitchi is very attractive, having variegated leaves
it is very uncommon and quite hardy,

A. dasycarpum pulverulentum (powdered). In this form
the leaves are spotted with white and the tips of the young
shoots tinted red, 1889,

A. diabolicum (diabolical). jl. greenish-yellow, large, disposed
in numerous short racemes. Spring. large, Plane-like.
Branches stout. Japan. A free-growing tree. SyN. A. pulchrum.

A. Duretti aureo-marginatum (Durett's gold-margined). /.
margined and dotted yellow. 1896.

A. Ginnala. There are several forms of this variety of A.
tataricum, including angustilobum (leaves narrow-lobed) and
pulverulentum (powdery).

A. Heldreichii (Heldreich’s), jl. in small, terminal panicles,
which are shorter than the leaves. /. small, palmately five-lobed ;
lobes obtusely dentate, acute, the middle one cuneately tapering
to its base. Greece. (G. C. 1861, xv., p. 141; R. G. 1185.)

A. hyrcanum (Hyrcanian). 7. in sub-sessile, nodding corymbs. 7.
sub-orbicular, cordately five-cleft, rich green, Baatiedh with yellow,
later brownish-tomentose on the under-side, very pleasing in
autumn when turning to a reddish-brown; lobes obovate, in-
cised or toothed, Caucasus. A compact species, of rather slow
growth. SYN. A. caucasicum.

A. insigne (remarkable).* . green, 4in. in diameter; panicles
ganas: terminal, din. to 4in. long, appearing with the leaves.

lay. J. Sin. to 6in. in diameter, rounded-reniform, palmately

divided to the middle into five to seven oblong, acute, coarsely
and obtusely serrated lobes, glabrous above, more or less
fomgpioe beneath. Persia. The latest of all the Maples to
come into leaf. (B. M. 6697.) Syn. A. velutinum.

A. integrum (entire). A synonym of 4. palmatum linearilobum,

A. Juhlkei tah eae (Juhlke’s variegated). 7. when young
having about half their area creamy-coloured, but the variegation
very irregular. 1898,

A, leetum (pleasing). This species is closely related to A. Lobelii,
but is principally distinguished in having leaves more cordate at
the base, more delicate, more glaucous, and with the lobes more
pointed, Orient.

A. marmoratum (marbled). A variety of A. pictwm.

A. Miyabei (Miyabe’s). A fine, ornamental species, nearly re-
lated to the Norway Maple, A. platanoides. Japan, 1894. (G.
and F., 1893, 143.)

A. neapolitanum (Neapolitan). A variety of A. opulifoliwm.

A. Negundo. The correct name of Negundo fraxinifolium.

A. N. elegans (elegant). J. pale green, irregularly bordered
and splashed with yellow, changing to creamy-white with age.
A fine, decorative, free-growing tree.

A. N._ foliis-marginatis-aureis (leaves golden-margined).
1. bordered with golden-yellow. 1889. This variety is as constant
as the silver-variegated form, and of more vigorous growth.

A. N. Guichardi (Guichard’s). J. all yellow, resembling those
of the golden Elder. 1889. A fairly vigorous form.

Among other new varieties of this popular species may be
mentioned the following: boreale (said to have been introduced
from Canada, and to ripen seeds in the colder parts of Europe
where the typital plant would be killed by frost); densiforwm
(dense - flowered); falcatum (sickle-shaped); Koehneanwm
(Koehne’s); odessanum (leaves of a deeper golden, and retaining
that colour longer, than in the type) ; pendulum (a weeping form) ;
rectangulum (right-angled).

A. nigrum (black). A form of A. saccharinum.

A. nikoense (Niko). The correct name of Negundo nikoense.

A. opulifolium neapolitanum (Neapolitan). This nearly
resembles the variety obtusatum, but differs by its undulated
leaves with more pointed lobes and by the larger fruits with
longer, spreading wings. @

A. ornatum (ornate). A form of A. palmatum.

A. palmatum Aokii (Aoki’s). 7. creamy-white and pink, finely
divided. 1892. (R. G. 1363.) :

A. p.aureum (golden). A handsome form, with rich yellow foliage.

A. P- dissectum roseo-pictum (rose-painted). A garden
sub-variety. 1887.

A. p. linearilobum (linear-lobed).* 2. aeep olive-green, much
divided, the lobes almost linear. 1896, A handsome Japanese
Maple. See Fig. 6. Syn. A. integrwm.

A. p. ornatum (ornate). J. digitate, borne on slender petioles,
their divisions attenuated and deeply cut, with long, slender,
toothed segments. Branches numerous, feathery. Japan, 1867.
A beautiful, slender tree. (R. H. 1867, p. 391.)

A. p. septemlobum elegans (elegant). /. changing from pale
green through pink and crimson to dull red, beautifully lobed. The
form laciniatum has soft green leaves touched with rose-eolour.

A. pictum marmoratum (marbled). 7. palmate, acutely lobed,
marbled with yellowish-green on a deeper green ground, freely
produced on the new growth. Habit bushy. 1894.

A. p. tricolor (three-coloured). J. young ones of a bright
violaceous-red, irregularly shading off here and there into all
tints of dark red or crimson to creamy-white. 1880. Garden
variety. SYN. A. colchicum tricolor,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 7

Acer—coniinued.

A. platanoides compactum (compact). An ornamental variety,
producing a compact, round head. 6.

A. p. lobosa (globular), A neat, round-headed form, rather
slow in growth.

. inte ohum (entire lobed), This only differs from the type
Sey lobes uf the leaf ex (R. @ 1887, p. 431, f. 107-8 )
A. p. multicolor (many-coloured). 7. red, large, speckled and

blotched with yellowish-white later. 1896.
A. p. Reitenbachii (Reitenbach’s). J. large, changing in the
autumn to a deep crimson-red, varying to yellow and brown.
A. p. rubrum (red). A variety with leaves distinctly reddish-
brown.
A. p. undulatum (wavy). 7. bullate, with very wavy, crisped
margins. A curious and interesting variety.

Among other varieties of the Norway Maple the following may
be mentioned: columnare, dilaceratum, euchlorum, integrijolium,
nanum (SYN. pygmeum of gardens), and quadricolor.

A. polymorphum (many-formed). A synonym of A. palmatum,

Fic. 6. ACER PALMATUM LINEARILOBUM.

A. Pseudo-platanus atropurpureum (dark purple).* A
very fine variety, with dark purple leaves; worthy of extensive
cultivation.

A. P.-p. elegantissimum variegatum (very elegant, varie-
Are i. in spring suffused with rose-pink on a cream ground,
and in some cases irregularly splashed with green. A vigorous
and showy sport from A. P.-p. Leopoldi.

A. P.-p. flavo-marginatum (yellow-margined). /. pale green,
mottled and edged with white.

A. P.-p. Leopoldi (Leopold's). 7. marbled with purple, yellow,
and green; petioles red. A very pretty, Belgian variety.

A. P.-p. Webbianum (Webb's). Similar in colour of leaves to
Jlavo-marginatum, but of more vigorous growth.

A. pulchrum (pretty). A synonym of A. diabolicum.

A. pygmezeum (dwarf). <A garden name for a dwarf form of
A, platanoides integrilobum.

A. rubrum Drummondi (Drummond's). J. streaked with red
_on the upper surface, glaucous beneath. 1892. (R. G. 1374.)

A. septemlobum (seven-lobed). A form of A. palmatuin.
A. Trautvetteri (Trautvetter’s). A synonym of A. Van Volxemi.

A. Van Volxemi erythrocarpum (red-fruited). A variety
with red fruit. Caucasus, 1892.

A. velutinum (velvety). A synonym of A. insigne.

A. Wieri laciniatum (Wier’s, cut). A weeping variety, having
long, slender shoots clothed with delicately-cut foliage; it is
admirably adapted for the outskirts of the lawn.

InsEects AND DisEAsEs. Several of the commoner species
of Maples used for the decoration of large gardens and
parks are frequently almost defoliated early in the season.
This is especially the case with the Norway Maple
(A. platanoides), the Common Maple and its varieties, and
less frequently, perhaps, with the Sycamore. Such defolia-
tion usually takes place between August and September,
and is yery noticeable some years in our London parks.

Acer—continued.
It is due to a distinct and well-characterised fungus,
Rhytisma acerinum. Popularly it is sometimes called
Maple Blotch, on account of the roundish yellow patches
found upon the foliage in late summer. These towards
autumn take on a black colour, and the leaves are shed.
In such cases spraying is out of the question, and pre-
ventive measures must alone be relied upon for lessening
the attack another season. This is best done by collecting
and burning the leaves, which otherwise would be the
means of conveying the disease to the trees in the spring.

Another fungus frequently found upon Maples (Acer), as
well as upon other trees used ornamentally in parks and
large gardens, is Nectria cinnabarina, a near relative of
that pest of Apple Orchards mainly responsible for the
condition known as Canker. These are popularly known
as Wound Fungi; on account of their only attacking
a tree which has previously been injured either by at-
mospheric influences, or by careless use of tools at planting
time, &c. N. cinnabarina is quite unable to attack a
tree with absolutely sound bark; but once a wound has
been made the fungus finds an entrance, and the wood is
immediately involved, as the mycelium spreads rapidly,
working in an upward direction. Naturally, the sap-flow
is considerably interfered with, and that portion of the
tree is unable to receive any nourishment, the wood
assumes a blackened appearance, and the invaded branches
die away. To an unpractised eye the causes may not at
first be evident, though later they should be, when the
very beautiful orange-red stromata are produced upon the
bark in the vicinity of the wound. ‘These are followed
by the warted, button-like reddish growths, and the tree
goes from bad to worse. As this is one of the fungi
requiring not even a glass to sce its beautiful stromata,
it should be readily recognised, and preventive measures
adopted. The importance of at once dealing with bark-
wounds caused by frost, hail, as well as by implements,
will be apparent. The best application is a smear of tar.
When, however, branches die, and the presence of the
fungus is noted in their vicinity, such dead portions
should be cut away directly they are seen, and burned.
Fallen branches and twigs should be also burned. This
fungus is parasitic as well as saphrophytic.

One of the chief insect depredators to Maple foliage is
a species of Sawfly, Phyllotoma aceris, whose larvee are
leaf-miners. Their presence may be indicated by an
irregular blotch, especially if the leaf or leaves be
carefully examined. The larve are usually feeding at
midsummer, or a little earlier. Little can be done at that
time, though later, when in the pupa-stite, the cocoons
may be collected from the tree-trunk and burned. These
Sawflies seem most partial to Acer Pseudo-platanus.

Other insects in the form of the ubiquitous Vapourer
Moth Caterpillar (Orgyia antiqua) also attack the trees,
especially in towns; and where a good force of water can
be applied, as from a stand-pipe or powerful engine, a
good washing several times during a very dry summer
would be useful in dislodging such pests.

ACERANTHUS (from Acer, the Maple, and anthos, a
flower; the flowers resemble those of the Maple). Orn.
Berberidex. A monotypic genus. The species, A.
diphyllus, is a hardy herbaceous perennial, with a creeping
rhizome, also known as Epimedium diphyllum (under which
name it is deseribed in Vol. I.). Sepals seven or eight, re-
sembling the petals, the outer ones rather smaller ; petals
flat ; stamens four, free. Stem one-leayed, racemose at apex.

ACERATIUM. Bentham and Hooker include this
genus under Bleocarpus (which see).

ACERINEZ. The Acerinex are now regarded as a
sub-order of the Natural Order Sapindacee. It embraces
the well-known genera Acer and Negwndo (the latter now
included under Acer. Flowers regular. Leaves always
opposite, simple or pinnately three- to five-foliolate.

8 THE DICTIONARY OF

ACHANIA. A synonym of Malvaviscus (which see).

ACHERONTIA ATROPOS. Sce Death’s-Head
Moth.

ACHETA. This was the old generic name for the
Crickets, of which there are four representatives in this
country, and three of them injurious to field and garden
produce. The more modern names for the Crickets
are Gryllus domesticus (House Cricket), Gryllus cam-
pestris (Field Cricket), Nemobius sylvestris (Small Field
Cricket), and Gryllotalpa vulgaris (Mole Cricket). See
Crickets and Mole Cricket.

ACHILLEA. Yarrow. Upwards of 100 species have
been described by botanists (but according to the authors
of the “Genera
Plantarum,’ the
number may be con-
siderably reduced) :
they inhabit Europe
and Western Asia,
A. Ptarmica (Sneeze-
wort) and A. Mille-
folium being indige-
nous in Britain.
Leaves alternate.

The Achilleas are
all sun-lovers, and
though, as stated in
Vol. I., many are
coarse-growing, yet
there are a few
which are really
choice, hardy peren-
nials, decorative in
the borders, and ex-
tremely useful for
furnishing cut-flower
material. The best
for this are A. mon-
golica and the double-flowered forms of A. Ptarmica, like
The Pearl (see Fig. 7) and Snowball. To the species
described on pp. 11-12, Vol. I. the following should
be added :

A. ageratifolia (Ageratum-leaved). The correct name of

Anthemis Aizoon ; it is also called A. ageratoides in gardens.

A. micrantha (small-flowered), j-heads yellowish, in a com-
pound, fastigiate corymb ; ray florets five, obtusely three-toothed
atapex. Summer. /. pinnatisect, with pinnatipartite segments ;
lobes linear, entire, acute. Stems erect. Cappadocia, &e. A
decorative, hairy perennial.

A. rupestris (rock-loving).* .-heads white, greenish towards
the centre, pedicellate, sin. to Zin. broad ; corymbs lin. to 12in.
in diameter. May. /. on the shoots rosulate, jin. to 4in. long,
linear-spathulate, entire ; cauline ones similar, scattered, spread-
ing. Rootsteck tufted. Southern Italy, 1886. (B. M. 6905.)

ACHIMENES. Syns. Cyrilla (of L’Héritier),
Trevirana. Including Dolichoderia, Eucodonia, Kernickia,
Locheria, Mandirola. About a score species, all tropical
American (from Brazil to Mexico), are included in this
genus. To the species and varieties described on pp. 12-14.
Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. amabilis (lovely). A synonym of Negelia multiflora.

A. argyrostigma (silvery-spotted). A synonym of Kellikeria
argyrostigma.

A. candida. The correct name is Dicyrta candida.

A. cupreata. The correct name is Episcia cupreata.

A. gloxinizfiora. The correct name is Gloxinia glabrata.

A. Jaureguia (Jaureguia). A variety or synonym of
A. longijlora. .

A. lanata (woolly). /., corolla pinkish-lilac, swelling from the
base, the lobes purple-veined and denticulate, the throat white,
with orange dots ; peduncles axillary, one-flowered, nearly four
times the length of the petioles. October. /. broadly ovate,
obtuse at both ends, crenulate, roughly veined on the upper
surface. Stem (and foliage) more or less whitish-hairy. A. 6in.
Mexico, 1856. Syn. Scheeria lanata (B. M. 4963).

A. ocellata, The correct name is Isoloma ocellatum.

Fic. 7

ACHILLEA (TILE PEARL).

GARDENING,

Achimenes—continued.
A. picta (painted). The correct name is Isoloma bogotense.

jl. purplish or bluish; calyx hairy;
puberulous

A. Scheerii (Scheer's). : ]
corolla funnel-shaped, pubescent-hairy outevide,
within. August. 7.
opposite, petiolate,
ovate, acuminate, ser-
rated, groanishunenle
beneath. Stems erect,
hairy. A. 9in. Mexico,
1850. Syn. Scheeria
mexicana (B. M. 4743).

A. tubifiora (tubular-
flowered).* fl. pure
white; corolla tube
4in. long, a little en-
larged and curved up-
wards, with a broad

ibbosity at base, the
imb isin. broad,
equally five- lobed;
pedicels 2in. long ;
panicle several-fiow-
ered. Summer. /.
opposite, oblong, acu-
minate, reticulated,
downy, obscurely cre-
nate; petioles short
and thick. Buenos
Ayres. See Fig. 8.
Syns. Dolichoderia
tubijlora, Gloxinia
tubiflora (B. M. 3971 ;
B. R. 1845, 3).

VARIETIES. In
addition to those
given in Vol. I. the
following may be
named :

ARCTURUS, deep red;
BRILLIANT, scarlet ;
CELESTIAL, white.
violet-tinged, large
flower; CHELSONI,
dark blue, very free;
COQUETTE, violet-pur-
ple, beautifully ringed
at throat; EDMUND
BOISSIER, white,
a ig lilac; ESTELLE,
violet, white centre;
Lapy LYTTELTON,
violet - purple, with
yellow throat; SIR
TTREHERNE THOMAS,
rose-purple, very free ;
VIOLETTA, violet-pur-
ple, darkly veined at
throat.

ACHIMENES
(of Vahl). A syn- Fic 8. FLOWERING BRANCH OF
onym of Artanema ACHIMENES TUBIFLORA.
(which see).

ACHRAS (from Achras, a kind of wild Pear).
Syn. Sapota. Orp. Sapotacex. A monotypic genus.
The species is the plant described in Vol. Ill. as
Sapota Achras. See also Sideroxylon.

ACHROANTHES. A synonym of Microstylis
(which see).

ACIDANTHERA (from akis, a cusp, and anthera, an
anther; the anthers are cuspidate). Syn. Spherospora.
Orv. Iridex. A genus consisting of seventeen species of
stove and greenhouse perennials, natives of tropical and
South Africa. Flowers few, loosely spicate ; perianth-
tube usually long, cylindrical, slightly dilated upwards, the
segments sub-equal; stamens unilateral, inserted at or a
little below the throat; spathe-valves like those of
Gladiolus, green, long, lanceolate. Leaves linear. Root-
stock a tunicated corm.

A. bicolor is one of the three species at present intro-
duced which is upon the market. Although not quite
hardy, still in favoured soils and situations in the south
of England its culture may be attempted, treating it

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 9

Acidanthera— continued.
much on the lines of Ixias, which it approaches. It
makes a very good pot-plant.

A. equinoctialis eee jl. about six in a distichous
ike ; perianth-tube Sin. to 6in. long, the limb 2in. in diameter,
the segments white, with an acute, purple spot at base; outer
spathe-valves 3in. to 4in. long. November. J. ae super-
posed, ensiform, lft. to 14ft. long, strongly ribbed. Stem
stiffy erect, 3ft. to 4ft. high. Corm large, depressed-globose.
Sierra Leone, 1893. This requires a warm house. (B. M. 7395.)

A. bicolor (two-coloured). /l. few, in a very lax spike ; peri-
anth white, with a slender tube 4in. to Sin. long, the segments
acute, liin. to ljin. long, the three lower ones conspicuously
spotted with purple at the throat. Stem simple. Corm

lobose, sin. in diameter. Abyssinia, 1896. Hardy. (G. C.
fi , XX., p. 393.)

A. capensis (Cape). The correct name of Tritonia capensis.
ACINETA. Sxn. Neippergia. This genus comprises

about eight species, all natives of tropical America.

Though classed as cold-growing Orchids, the Acinetas

thrive more satisfactorily in an intermediate tempera-

ture, especially during the dull winter months of the
year. They require a liberal amount of moisture at
the root during the growing season, but care must be
taken to avoid stagnation, which causes the potting
compost to decay, whereby the roots and the general
health of the plant are affected, often leading to’ de-
struction. Syringing and damping overhead must also
be done with discretion, and should only be attempted in
bright, dry weather. It should always be done sufli-
ciently early in the day to enable the foliage to become
dry again before the evening, when a fall of tempera-
ture sets in. Excessive agcumulation of moisture in the
hearts of the young growths must also be strictly guarded
against, or they will quickly rot off. Where accumu-
lated moisture is observed, the plant should be held
upside down, and by gently tapping the growth affected
the moisture will be dispersed. These precautions are
especially necessary when the plants are grown under
cool conditions, or suspended in a house where the sash-
bars are not properly grooved to carry off the condensed
moisture. Propagation is effected by division of the
pseudo bulbs, preferably when the new roots are emitted
from the base of the newly made growths. Purchase of

Imported plants is, however, by far the most satisfactory

way of increasing the stock. To the species described

on p. 14, Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. Hrubyana (Hruby’s). #7. ivory-white, disposed in loose
racemes; lip marked with a few purple spots, and having

narrow, erect side lobes. Colombia, 1852. A fine and distinct
‘ies.

spec

A. Humboldtii fulva (fulyous). /l. tawny-yellow, dotted all
over with ep ae ; lip of a brighter yellow, spotted with
dark purple. A handsome variety. (B. M. 4156.)

A. H. straminea (straw-coloured). 7. pale straw-yellow, with
very few spots. Colombia.

A. superba (superb). A synonym of A. Humboldtii.
A. Wrightii (Wright's). A synonym of Lacena spectabilis,
ACINOS. Included under Calamintha (which see).

ACIOTIS. Syn. Spennera. About twenty-six species
of this genus, natives of the West Indies and tropical
America, have been described.

ACIPHYLLA. Syn. Gingidiwm (of F. Mueller).
This genus includes about a score of species, natives of
New Zealand and Australia. To those described on p. 14,
Vol. I. (both of which are called “ Wild Spaniard” by
settlers), the following should be added:

A. hoa (Lyall’s). fl. white; inflorescence long and con-
tracted; female umbels almost concealed in the tumid sheaths
of the bracts; male umbels on spreading, branched peduncles.
1. simply pinnate or trifoliolate; leaflets rigid, pungent, 4in. to
6in. long, tin. broad. New Zealand, 1889.

ACIS. This genus is included by J. G. Baker under
Leucoium (which see), the specific names remaining
unchanged. A. grandiflorus is, however, regarded as
merely a variety of A. (Leucoiwm) trichophyllus.

A. roseus longifolius (long-leaved). This differs from the

t in its larger flowers, longer leaves, and more ‘lorif.
habit. Corsica’ 1886. : : fr earet

Vol V

ACISANTHERA. Syn. Uranthera. According to
the “Genera Plantarum,” this genus embraces about
fourteen species of glabrous, pilose, or slightly hispid, stove
herbs (often annuals) or sub-shrubs, inhabiting the West
Indies and tropical South America. Flowers purple and
pink, terminal and axillary, shortly paniculate; calyx with
a hemispherical or campanulate tube and four or five
acuminate lobes as long as the tube; petals four or five,
obovate or orbicular; stamens eight to ten, unequal.
Leaves almost sessile, entire or serrated. A. quadrata is
probably the only species in cultivation.

ACMELLA. Included under Spilanthes (which see).

ACMENA. Bentham and Hooker include this genus
under Eugenia.

A. floribunda. Synonymous with the plant correctly described
in Vol. I. as Eugenia Smithii. (B. M. 5480.)
ACOKANTHERA. This is the correct name of

the genus described on p. 63, Vol. IV., as Toxicophlea

(which see).

ACONITUM. According to Bentham and Hooker, the
number of distinct species is only about eighteen, many of
the plants described on pp. 15-17, Vol. I., being mere
varieties. They are chiefly mountain plants, spread over
the greater part of Europe and Central Asia, very few
species being found in North America. A. Napellus is a
British species.

Though Aconites will grow fairly well almost
anywhere, they are best accommodated in a deep,
fairly rich soil, and in partial shade. Their spikes of
flowers look remarkably well in a mixed border of good
width. They are best divided in autumn. The following
are the only additions calling for mention :

Sect. I.—_Roots Tuberous.
A. californicum (Californian). A garden synonym of A.
cherr.
A. decorum (neat). A garden synonym of A. Cammarwm

A. dissectum (dissected). This plant has much in common with
A. Napellus, but it is more hatry. The principal difference is
exhibited in the narrower helmet of the flowers. Himalayas,
1885. (R. G. 1886, p. 226, f. 16.)

A. Fischeri (Fischer's). jl. pale blue, large, puberulous, many in
a straight, erect raceme. October. /., cauline ones petiolate,
tripartite; segments cuneate, trifid, incised-lobed. Europe,
North America, &c., 1886. Plant erect, robust. (B. M. 7150.)
Syn. A. californiewm (of gardens).

A. hamatum (hooked). A synonym of A. variegatum.

A. hebegynum, of gardens. A synonym of A. variegatum
bicolor.

A. longebracteatum (long-bracted). A fine garden form of
A. Napellus.

A. Sterckianum (Sterck’s). A synonym of A. intermedium.
Sect. II._Roots Fibrous.

A. Fortunei (Fortune's). The correct name of A chinense (B. M.
3852; P. M. B.v., t. 3). Syn. A. sinense, of Lindley (P. F. G.i.,
p. 187, f. 116.

A. sinense (Chinese), of Lindley. A synonym of A. Fortwnei.
A. grandiflorum (large-flowered). A synonym of A. vulparia.

ACRATHERUM. A synonym of Arundinella
(which see).

ACRIDOCARPUS. Sxn. Anomalopteris. This
genus embraces about a dozen species of stove or green-
house trees and shrubs, natives of tropical and South
Africa, Madagascar, and Arabia. Flowers yellow, racemose
or rarely corymbose; calyx deeply five-cleft; petals
unequal, clawed, almost entire; stamens ten, all perfect ;
racemes or corymbs terminal and lateral, often paniculate.
Leaves alternate, rarely opposite, entire, often glandular
beneath, without stipules.

ACROCHZENE (probably from akros, top, and chaino,
to gape; reason not obvious). Orv. Orchider. A
small genus (two species) of stove, epiphytal Orchids,
natives of tropical Asia. Sepals spreading, sub-equal ;
petals small, lacerated; lip erect, shorter than the sepals,
with a short claw; scape lateral, erect; raceme long, lax.
A. Rimanni is said to be grown in this country ; it requires

Cc

10 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Acrochene—continued.
similar culture to Celogyne (which see), and should be
grown in an intermediate temperature.

A. Rimanni (Rimann’s). /. nearly equal to those of Dendrobium
Kingianum ; sepals lilae-purple, the lateral ones connate; petals
lilac-purple, short, oblong, denticulate; lip very dark purple,
having each lateral lobe semicircular and denticulate, 1882.
ACROCLINIUM. Bentham and Hooker include

this genus under Helipterum (which see), the correct

name of A. rosewm being H. roseum.

A. roseum album flore-pleno (double-flowered). A pretty,
double-flowered variety.

ACRONYCHIA. Syns. Cyminosma, Gela, Huonia,
Jambolifera. About fifteen species are referred to this
genus; they are stove or greenhouse trees, natives of
tropical Asia, Australia, and Oceania. Corymbs
pedunculate, axillary and termimal. Leaves opposite or
alternate, with one to (rarely) three leaflets; leaflets
ample, entire, pellucid-dotted. The plant formerly known
as A. Cunninghami now forms the monotypic genus
Medicosma (which see). To the information given on
p. 18, Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. levis (smooth). . white, in di- or trichotomous cymes,
usually shortly pedunculate, July. 7. irregularly opposite or
alternate, consisting of a single leaflet, obovate-oblong to

oblong-elliptical, obtuse, ltin. to 4in. long. Australia, 1824.
Syn. Cyminosma oblongifolium (B. M. 3222).

ACRONYCTA PSI. See Grey Dagger Moth,
and also Pear Insects.

ACROPHYLLUM. Syn. Calycomis (of Don):
TRIBE Cunoniex of Orv. Savifrager. This genus is
monotypic, the species being A. venosum (B. ii., t. 95),
described in B. M. 4050 as A. verticillatum.

ACROSSANTHES. A synonym of Vismia (which
see).

Fic. 9. ACROSTICHUM AUREUM.

ACROSTICHUM. Including Hymenolepis, Jenkinsia,

Leptochilus, Macroplethus, Microstaphyla, Photinopteris,
Pecilipteris, and Teratophyllum. The species number
upwards of 180. ‘The genus is* exceedingly rich in plants
of decorative value. Some of the strongest-growing kinds
are particularly adapted for covering trunks of Tree-
Ferns, walls, columns, &c.,* which they ascend by
means of the extension of their rhizomes. In such situa-
tions they produce a very striking effect, hiding as
they do unsightly supports or other equally objectionable
objects. As before stated, in the work proper, the species
with long fronds are most valuable for growing in hanging-
baskets; while for most of the species, with entire
or simple fronds, pot-culture must necessarily be resorted
to. In whatever way they are grown, Acrostichums

Acrostichum—continued.

require a liberal supply of water at the roots ; consequently,
the compost used must be of a very porous nature. A
mixture of two parts fibrous peat, one part chopped
sphagnum, and one part coarse silver sand, will be found
to suit nearly all known species.

One of the finest species in the large genus is A. (Clryso-
dium) aureum (see Fig. 9), which requires the tem-
perature of a warm house, and to be treated as an
aquatic. It should be potted in equal parts fibrous
peat and loam, and, provided there is abundance of
heat in the house, it will form a very striking object
if the lower part of the pot can be kept in water.

Fic. 10. ACROSTICHUM CRINITUM.

The Elephant’s-Ear Fern (A. (Hymenodium) crinitum),
has a very appropriate popular name, as the fronds (Fig. 10)
have more than a fanciful resemblance to the ears of
the elephant. A mixture, composed of two parts peat and
one part chopped and partly-decayed sphagnum, is what
this species prefers; but in such a compost care must be
taken that it does not get treated too liberally with
water at the roots, as in that case it is not unusual to
find the fleshy fronds covered with circular marks, having
all the appearance and transparency of oily spots, which
gradually extend over their surface, and completely
destroy it. This peculiar condition we have not found
in any other species except Platyceriums, all of which
are subject to it to the same extent; it is invariably
due to stagnation at the roots. The most efficacious
treatment consists in entirely removing the soil from
the roots, by washing them, and re-potting in a smaller
pot. After this operation, very little water should be
allowed, and even when in good health, unless growing
in great heat, A. crinitum should be watered only when
showing signs of flagging.

Two or three other representatives of this interesting
genus require special treatment if the best results are to
be obtained. A. peltatwm is one. Unless kept in a
place naturally moist, this elegant little Fern, which does
not like having its roots disturbed more than is necessary,
and which, furthermore, requires a liberal supply of
water all the year round, is considered a somewhat shy

| heel &

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. II

Acrostichum— continued.
grower. When, however, in a place in which a perma-
nently moist atmosphere may be depended upon, it grows
freely in a mixture, in about equal proportions, of partly-
decayed leaf-mould, fibrous peat, and silver sand. Also
impatient of root-disturbance is the beautiful A. scolo-
pendrifolium, which thrives best when pot-bound, providing
the watering is carefully done.

Fig. 11. ACROsSTICHUM AUBERTIL

A, scandens, though usually regarded as a stove fern,
grows very well in the intermediate house, where the
winter temperature occasionally falls below 50deg. Fahr.
It prefers a compost of an open nature made of fibrous
loam, fibrous peat, partly-decayed leaf-mould, and silver
sand, in equal parts, with abundance of water at the
roots all the year round. To the species, &c., described on
pp. 18-20, Vol. I., the following should be added. Except
where otherwise indicated, stove treatment is required.

Fie. 12, AcCROsTICHUM Ca@NOPTERIS.
‘

Acrostichum— continued.

A. Aubertii (Aubert’s). shiz. woody, short-creeping, prostrate,
densely scaly. barren fronds lft or more in length, borne on
stems 4in. to 6in. long, clothed with squarrose, linear, brown
scales. fertile fronds 2in. to 3in. long, suddenly narrowed at
base, borne on stems 6in. to Sin. long. Bourbon, Natal, &c.
A distinct species, resembling viscosum. See Fig. 11.

A. Burchellii (Burchell’s). . short, woody, with small,
dark brown scales. sti. 8in. to 12in. long, erect, nearly naked.
barren fronds lft. to 2ft. long, jin. to 1jin. broad, the point very
acute, the lower part very gradually narrowed, naked and
glossy on both sides.. fertile fronds much smaller. Brazil.

A. buxifolium (Box-leaved). A variety of A. sorbifoliwm.

A. Ccenopteris (Ccenopteris). rhiz. woody, densely covered
with rusty scales, trailing, as thick as a finger. sti. straw-
coloured, 6in. to 12in. long, scaly below. barren fronds 2ft. to
3ft. long, about lin. broad, simply pinnate; pinne coriaceous,
4in. to Sin. long, ljin. broad, entire, toothed. fertile fronds
narrower, bipinnate. Mexico. A strong-growing, stove or
greenhouse species, better adapted for growing on_partly-
decayed branches of trees than for pot culture. See Fig. 12.
Syn. Soromanes serratifolium.

A. conforme alatum (winged). This “has a more distinct
haft to the frond” (Baker). There are several other varieties.

A. contaminans (contaminating). A form of A. virens.

Fic. 13, ACROSTICHUM DRYNARIOIDES.

A. costatum (ribbed). A form of A. virens.”

A. crassinerve (thick-nerved). A-variety-of A. latifolium. -

A. crispatulum (slightly curled). A form of A. virens.

A. cultratum (knife-shaped). rhiz. wide-creeping _ or -long-
trailing. barren fronds 6ft long, bright green; pinne ligulate,
6in. to 8in. long, 1sin. broad, cut down to a narrew wing into
undivided, close, blunt lobes. fertile fronds haying pinnze more
distant and only tin. broad. Solomon Islands. One of the
most gigantic species in cultivation. SyN. Chrysodium cultratum.

A. decoratum (decorative). cau. stout, furnished with bright
brown scales Zin. long. barren fronds 1ft. or more in length, Sin.
to 4in. broad, coriaceous, bright green, acute, rounded at base,
the edges densely fringed with squarrose, brown scales. fertile
fronds nearly as large as the barren ones. West Indies, &c. A
handsome species.

A. drynarioides (Drynaria-like). fronds several feet long, lft.
or more in breadth, stalkless; upper part furnished with Lomaria-
like pinne quite 1ft. long, and which, although adnate to the
rachis, break away from it readily. Penang and the Solomon
Islands. A peculiar species. See Fig. 13. Syn. Photinopteris
drynarioides.

A. Harlandii (Harland’s). sti. tirm, glossy, lin. to l4in. long,
chestnut-brown, scaly at base. barren fronds usually entire, but
sometimes having a spathulate terminal pinna lft. long and Jin.

12 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Acrostichum—conlinued.

broad and one or two similar but smaller ones on each side,
usually connected at the base, all coriaceous. fertile fronds
similar, but with much smaller paces Hong-Kong and Formosa.
A handsome species when well grown

A. hybridum (hybrid). _ rhiz. woody,
densely clothed with dark chestnut-brown,
crisped scales. sti. firm, erect, scaly, 6in.
to 9in. long. barren fronds 6in. to 12in.long,
about 2in. broad, acuminate, rounde
at base, sub-coriaceous, scaly at the edges.
fertile fronds much smaller. Tropical
Africa. Syn. A, Linbergii.

A. latifolium. Other varieties of this
species are: angustifolium, callefolium,
conopodium, crassinerve, and Sartorii.

A. laurifolium (Laurel-leaved). cau.
firm, erect, naked. fronds pinnate, 3ft.
long, 14ft. broad, coriaceous; barren
pinne 6in. to Yin. long, lsin. broad, gra-
dually narrowed from the cordate base,
sharply but finely toothed; fertile ones
a little longer, but seldom more than
din. broad, the lower ones lin. to 2in.
apart. Philippines, &c. A handsome
species. Syn. Stenochlena laurifolia.

A. laurifolium, of Thouars. A form of
A, conforme.

A. Lechlerianum (Lechler’s). — rhiz
woody, wide-scandent, scaly. sti. 6in. to
12in. long, firm, erect, scaly downwards.
Fronds 3it. to 4ft. long, 1ft. to 14ft. broad,
the barren one quadripinnatifid; lower
pinne 6in. to Yin. long, 4in. to 5in. broad ;

innules close, lanceolate; segments ob-
ong, deeply lobed; rachises pubescent ;
fertile pinnules narrower, distant, the
segments oblong-cylindrical, with a space
between them, the lower ones rather
beaded. Peru and Ecuador, 1886, Syn. Polybotrya Lechleriana
(G, C. n. s., xxv., pp. 400-1).

A, Linbersgii (Linberg’s). A synonym of A. hybridwin.

A. Lingua (tongue-like). This species differs from A. latifolium
in the following points: rhiz. firm, wide-creeping or long-
trailing, covered with small, ovate, dark brown scales. fronds
coriaceous, suddenly narrowed at base. Tropical America.
Syn. Elaphoglossum Lingua.

A. magnum (large). 7hiz. sub-erect, the basal palez small,
nearly black. sti. tufted, those of the barren fronds 3in. to 4in.
long. barren fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, 14in. to 2in. broad, narrowed
gradually to both ends, the palez of the upper surface numerous,
minute, whitish, those of the under side ferruginous. British
Guiana, 1880. Syn. Elaphoglossum magnum.

A. ee (black-footed). _vhiz. short-creeping, densely
covered with long, blackish or dark chestnut scales. _ sti. 2in.
to din. long, also densely scaly. barren fronds Sin. to 8in. long,
2in. broad, elliptic-oblong, acute, rounded at base, coriaceous,

Fic. 14. ACROSTICHUM MUSCOSUM.

Acrostichum—continued.

margins. Venezuela. Syn. Elaphoglossum

scaly on the
melanopus.

A. sas he This beautiful species is illustrated in
Fig. 14.

Tic. 15. ACROSTICHUM OSMUNDACEUM.

A. osmundaceum. Fig. 15 shows this handsome American
species.

A. peltatum gracillimum (very slender). fronds larger and
much more finely divided than in the type, than which it is of
easier culture. Stove or greenhouse. The typical A. Peltatum
is shown in Fig. 16.

A. Plumieri (Plumier’s). A variety of A. villosum.

A. Prestoni (Preston's). rhiz. thick, woody, short-creeping.
sti. 6in. to Yin. long, covered with brownish-black scales.
barren fronds simple, lin. to 14in. long, 2in. broad, lanceolate,
bordered on their whole length with a dense, persistent fringe
of brown scales. Rio de Janeiro.

A. proliferum (proliferous) A form of A. virens.

A. Quoyanum (Quoy’s). A variety of A. repandum.

A. repandum (uneven). barren fronds very decorative, 14ft.
to 2ft. long, 8in. to 12in. broad, sometimes elongated and
rooting ; pinnz numerous, soft in texture, the lower ones 6in.
long, Tin. broad. fertile fronds having stalked, bowed pinnze
2in. to din. long. Tropical Asia. A robust species.
Syn. Gymnopteris repanda.

A. r. Quoyanum (Quoy’s). fronds having the
pinnz lobed half-way down or more, the “lobes
toothed.

‘A, Sartorii (Sartor’s). A variety of A. latifoliwm.

A. setosum (bristly). A variety of A. villosum.

A. Smithii (Smith’s). A variety of A. sorbifolium.

A. sorbifolium buxifolium (Box-leaved). fronds
having the pinne sessile, coriaceous, dark green,
oblong, very obtuse, less than lin. long, 4in. broad.

A. s. Smithii (Smith’s). fronds sessile, tripinna-
tifid; pinnules numerous, small, dichotomously
forked.

A. s. variabile (variable). fronds having the lower
pinne deeply pinnatifid, with round, dented lobes.

A. tenuifolium (slender-fronded). A synonym
of Lomaria tenuifolia.

A. terminans (terminating). A form of A. virens.

A. tomentosum (downy). shiz. woody, with
dense, black, fibrillose scales. sti. 3in. to Sin. long,
rigid, erect, densely ciliated, scaly, the upper scales
white. barren fronds lft. or more in length, lin.
to ljin. broad, bluntish at apex, the lower part
gradually narrowed, thick but flaccid, both sides
matted with scales. fertile fronds narrower, on
stems lft. or more in length. Bourbon.

A. undulatum (waved). A variety of A. villosum.

A. variabile (variable). rhiz. wide-creeping. sti.
of barren fron ice | or even 6in. long. barren
JSronds 6in. to 18in. long, 14in. to din. broad, oblong-
spathulate, with a very long, gradually narrowed

=

en ee ee ee, 2.) ea ee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 15

Acrostichum—continued.

haft, blunt or acute, entire, naked. fertile fronds 6in. to 12in.

long, fin. to din. broad, on stipes often lft. long. India.
A. variabile, of Fée. A variety of A. sorbifolium.

A. villosum. This species is very variable ; among the principal
‘deviations from the type may be named A. Plumieri, A, setosum,
and A. undulatum.

A. virens (green). rhiz. hard, woody, short-creeping. sti. firm,
erect, without scales.

barren fronds coriaceous, 2ft. to Sft.

long, often lit.

broad; lateral
innz 6in. to 8in.
ong, about lin.
broad, the edges
bluntly lobed or
sometimes sinu-
ate; terminal one
twice as long,
generally —root-
ing at the point.

Tropical Asia.

SYN. _Gymnop-

teris virens.

very robust and
decorative spe-
cies, of which
the following are
merely forms:

a contaminans ;
. costatum, pin-

ne 8in. to Din.

long, 2in. to din.
broad, tinged

with red; A.
erispatulum, pinnz narrow, crisped, very Coriaceous; A. pro-
liferum, pinne broad; and A. terminans.

ACROTREMA (from akros, a point, and trema, a
perforation ; the pollen is shed through a hole at the tip
of the anthers). Orp. Dilleniacez. A genus consisting of
about a dozen species of almost stemless, stove or green-
house herbs with a perennial or woody rhizome, natives of
India, and especially plentiful in Ceylon. Flowers yellow ;
sepals five, spreading; petals five; filaments more or
less aggregated in three bundles; peduncles axillary,
loosely few - flowered or racemosely many - flowered.
Leaves ample, pinnately lobed or dissected. For culture
of A. Walkeri, the only species introduced, see Delima.
A. Walkeri (Walker's). /. in very short, axillary racemes ;

stamens about fifteen; pedicels lin. to 2in. long, laxly villous.

June. J. narrowly obovate-oblong, bullate, 2in. to 4in. long,

4in. to lin. broad, sharply toothed, auricled at base, dull red

ae ee ee ee beneath. Ceylon, 1851. Warm green-

a a alec ACTHEA. This
genus embraces only
the two species de-
scribed on pp. 20-21,
Vol. I., A. spicata
(Herb Christopher)
being broadly dis-
tributed over North
temperate regions and
indigenous in Britain.
Several plants for-
merly included here
are now referred to
Cimicifuga.

A. dioica (diccious).
A synonym of Xan-
thorrhiza apitfolia.

A. palmata (palmate).
A synonym of Y'raut-
vetteria palmata.
ACTINELLA.

Picradenia is synony-

mous with this genus.

ACTINIDIA.
About eight species,
natives of the Hima-
layas, China, and
Japan, are included
hereunder.

Fic. 16. ACROSTICHUM PELTATUM.

Fic. 17. ACTINIOPTERIS RADIATA

ACTINIOPTERIS. ‘The very decorative and at-
tractive A. radiata (Fig. 17) and A. r. Australis (Fig. 18),
with their striking Palm-like fronds, are erroneously
considered as very difficult to manage, consequently
they are not grown as extensively as they really de-
serve; they are most interesting, though of compara-
tively small dimensions. Failure in their culture must,
in many cases, be attributed to the excessive heat to
which they are subjected, which causes them to get
“thrippy” and lose their vitality; but when kept in
a temperature of 60deg. in the winter, raising to 70deg.
in the summer, with constant moisture around them,
they remain perfectly clean and healthy. They thrive
best in fibrous peat, fibrous loam, broken in small pieces,
coarse silver sand, and small crocks, in about equal
proportions. It is also absolutely necessary that the
pots in which these Ferns are grown should be _half-
filled with crocks, so as to insure perfect drainage,
for they require frequent and abundant waterings to keep
their roots in a permanently moist state all the year
round. Being devoid of rhizomes or stems of any kind,
Actiniopteris are usually propagated from spores, which
germinate very freely when sown on a compost of brick-
dust mixed with
a little loam,
and kept in a
warm, close
case. They may
also beincreased
by the division
of the crowns;
but this opera- *
tion, which
should be done .
not later than
the beginning
of March, is of
a somewhat
risky nature,
and requires a
certain amount
of experience
and a good deal
of attention to ensure the separate pieces getting
established. ,

, ACTINOCARPUS. The correct nanre of this genus
is Damasonium (which see).

ACTINOCHLOA. A synonym of Bouteloua (which
see).

ACTINOLEPIS. Syn. Hymenorys. This is the
correct name of the genus described on p. 247, Vol. TI1.,
as Ptilomeris, and P. coronaria is properly known as
A, coronaria. .

ACTINOMERIS. Syn. Ridan. About nine species,
natives of North America (including Mexico) comprise this
genus.

A. alata. The correct name is Verbesina occidentalis.
A. procera is synonymous with A. squarrosa.

ACTINONEMA ROSZ (Syn. Asteroma radioswm).
A fungus responsible for the irregular black spots
frequently seen on the foliage of roses in summer, causing
it to turn yellow and prematurely fall in very bad attacks.
Later these spots increase in size, and assume a more
definite rounded form. Beyond removing the leaves and
bare shoots and burning them little can be done, as the
mycelium is in as well as upon the foliage. Where Roses
are grown, and the disease was known to exist the
previous season, it will be well to spray in spring, using
a weak solution of Bordeaux Mixture (which see).

ACTINOSTROBUS (from aktin, a ray, and strobos,

a cone; in allusion to the disposition of the cone-scales).
Oxp. Coniferz. A small genus (two species) of greenhouse,

Fic. 18. ACTINIOPTERIS RADIATA AUSTRALIS.

14 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Actinostrobus—continued.
densely-branched shrubs, natives of South-western Aus-
tralia. Flowers moncecious; amenta on very short
peduncles, or almost sessile, in the axils. Cones ovoid-
globular or acuminate, the six inner much-enlarged scales
beconting almost valvate in a single whorl, with six or
twelve of the outer barren scales more or less enlarged
and closely appressed or adnate to their base. Leaves in
whorls of three, very short, thick, rigid and acute, or those
on the smaller branches appressed, obtuse, and three-angled.
Only one of the species is known in our gardens. For cul-
ture see Callitris (to which this genus is closely allied).

A. pyramidalis (pyramidal). /., amenta one to three lines
long. cones 4in. in diameter or more. /., lower ones somewhat
acicular and three to four lines long; those of the main branches
acute and spreading, din. or less in length ; those on the smaller
branchlets still shorter, appressed and obtuse. A densely-
branched, pyramidal, glabrous shrub.

ACTINOTUS. Syn. Lriocalia. Seven species are

included in this genus. A. Helianthi is figured in B. R.

654, and as Eriocalia major in 8. E. B. ii, t. 38.

ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. This is a most
important section of the Order Hymenoptera—an order
which, judged by the intelligence displayed by the
majority of its members, should be placed at the head of
those which go to make up the Class Insecta. The insects
falling under the above denomination are those which
bear a sting. Many of them are amongst the most
familiar of garden insects—Social Bees, Social Wasps, and
Ants, for instance—and play a very important part in the
economy of Nature. There are still others inhabiting
gardens which are more readily passed over, useful
though they be. Such are the Solitary Wasps, which
provision their nests with caterpillars (usually of noxious
species of moths) and spiders. Of these there are no less
than twenty-nine species in two genera, Humenes and
Odynerus, mostly inhabiting sandy localities. All are not
equally common. They are small in comparison with the
Social Wasps, but prettily banded with yellow on black.
They are further distinguished by a more or less narrow
pear-shaped body, and by the tarsal hooks, which are
simple in the Social and hooked in the Solitary Wasps.

Aculeate Hymenoptera are thus divided by Mr. S.
Saunders: Heterogyna, Fossores, Diploptera, and Antho-
phila. The Heterogyna, or Ants, are insects whose economy
is fairly well understood, and whose conformation is
familiar. They are injurious insects to the gardener. The
Fossores, or diggers, are friends; the insects comprising it
usually burtow in the sand, and are carnivorous. Some
species are frequently mistaken for Wasps, though they
should readily be distinguished therefrom by the disposi-
tion of the wings, which in Wasps are folded (hence
Diploptera) longitudinally when at rest; whereas those of
the Fossores never are. ,

The Diploptera, or Wasps, are further sub-divided into
Vespide and Eumenide. The former includes the Social
Wasps, all of which, save the Hornet, are pests to the
gardener, the good they do being quite discounted by the
injury to the ripening fruit; and the latter the Sand Wasps,
all of which are useful to the gardener.

Another useful. genus in this group is that known
as Ammophila. These insects have a markedly long
petiole connecting the abdomen with the other parts of
the body, and are in» length. from in. to 3in., and
variously coloured. The long petiole ought, however, to
distinguish them as friends to the gardener; for like
their relatives the Solitary Wasps, they furnish their
nests with caterpillars, &¢c., to feed the larva when
they hatch out. Then there are others which provision
them with Aphides, or their near relatives—for instance,
members of the genera Psen and Mimesa.

The last section of the Aculeates to be noticed is
Anthophila. This contains not only the Hive Bee, but
also many others which are not so well known, or their
economy so perfectly understood. There are Social Bees

Aculeate Hymenoptera—continued.
and Solitary Bees, as there are Social Wasps and Solitary
Wasps. Some of the Solitary Bees, in particular, are much
maligned by gardeners and others, and are credited with
injury they never inflict. Anthidiwm manicatum is a
case in point. This is a locally distributed insect which
is popularly supposed to destroy wood by boring into
it; as a matter of fact this latter is untrue. What the
Bee really does is to tenant some hole which has
previously been occupied by another insect, and indus-
triously line its nest with woolly substances laboriously
collected from various parts of plants. It is deftly
rolled up and then carried away. To this section also
belongs the Corder Bees (certain Bombus species) whose
nests are built upon the ground, and then carefully
protected by grass, moss, or what not. These latter
are Social Bees.

Other Solitary Bees unfavourably regarded by gardeners
are the Leaf-Cutters, Megachile cirewmcincta and M. cen-
tuncularis. Clever insect-architects though they be, and
undeniably ingenious,
as they, with unerring
aim and mathemati-
cal accuracy, remove
from Rose-leaves (see
Fig. 19), or it may
be from Scarlet Pelar-
gonium flowers, al-
most elliptical pieces
that will fit into the
required space of
their nest lining,
and carry it off, they
are undesirable in
gardens. The work
is always that of the
female, as the male
takes no part in the
provision of a home.
Usually the insect
steers clear of the
midrib of the leaflet,
but occasionally a
portion of this also
is removed. The piece
of foliage is gra-
dually detached with
the insect in position
on it, though the
actual severance is
made while she is on the wing. The whole operation oecu-
pies but very few seconds; while the pieces removed are
identical in size, The former is a sand-loying insect,
and local in its distribution, although in Surrey it may
be plentifwlly found. For Marechal Niel Rose foliage it
has a particular affection. The latter is common, and
occasionally lays the Scarlet Pelargonium flowers under
contribution to line its nest.

Fie 19. ROsE FOLIAGE ATTACKED BY
LEAF-CUTTING BEEs, :

ADA. These charming orange-scarlet flowered Orchids
thrive well under similar conditions to that recom-
mended for Odontoglossum. They do best grown in
pots, which should be placed within a reasonable distance
of the roof-glass, where the plants can obtain a liberal
amount of light anda free cireulation of air whenever
the outside conditions permit.~ Fibrous peat and living
sphagnum make a good potting compost. Adas require
a liberal supply of moisture at the root at all seasons of
the year. To the species described on p. 22, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

A. Lehmanni (Lehmann’s). /l., sepals and petals orange; lip
white, with a yellow callus. Colombia, 1891. This is distin-
guished from A. aurantiaca by its white lip, shorter, broader,
and darker green leaves everywhere marbled with grey, and more
rigid habit; further, the flowers are produced in the summer.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 15

ADAMIA. The three plants described under this
name are all referred by Bentham and Hooker to one
species, forming the genus Dichroa (which see).

ADAM’S FLANNEL. See Verbascum Thapsus.
ADANSONIA. Syn. Ophelus. Two species form

this genus; both are stove trees, with dwarf trunks of
enormons girth. Flowers white, large, pendulous; calyx
ovoid or oblong, deeply five-cleft; petals five, obovate or
oblong; peduncles axillary, one-flowered. Fruit oblong,
woody, indehiscent, containing mealy pulp (Monkey Bread).
Leaves digitate ; leaflets three to nine, entire.

ADDER’S VIOLET. Sce Goodyera pubescens.

ADELASTER ALBIVENIS. The plant exhibited
and described under this name (Proc. R. Hort. Soc.,
1861, p. 568; I. H. t. 320) is probably some kind of
Branthemum.

ADELGES ABIETIS. See Spruce-Gall Aphis.

ADELIA (from a, not, and delos, visible ; in allusion
to the minute parts of the fructification). Syn. Reicinella.
Orv. Euphorbiacew. A genus embracing about seven
species of stove shrubs, natives of the West Indies and
Central America. Flowers small, dimcious, apetalous.
Leaves alternate or crowded at the nodes, entire, shortly
petiolate. A few of the species have been introduced,
but they are of no particular horticultural value.

ADELMANNIA. A synonym of Borrichia (which
see).

ADELOBOTRYS. Syn. Truncaria. Hight species,
natives of Mexico, Colombia, North Brazil, Guiana, and
Jamaica, have been referred to this genus.

ADENANDRA. Syn. Glandulifolia. Of this genus
there are upwards of twenty-one species. Several of them
were formerly classed under Diosma; e.g., A. fragrans
(B. M. 1519), A. wmbellata speciosa (B. M. 1271), and A.
uniflora (B. M. 273).

A. linearis is a variety of A. uniflora.

ADENANTHERA. Syn. Stachychryswm. Three or
four species, natives of tropical Asia, Africa, and Australia,
are included in this genus, one being broadly cultivated in
the warmer regions of the globe.

ADENEMA. A synonym of Enicostema (which
see).

ADENILEMA. A synonym of Neillia (which see).

ADENOCARPUS. About eight species, natives of
South and South-west Europe, tropical and North Africa,
and the Canary Islands, are included in this genus;
several of them were formerly classed under Cytisus. To
those described on p. 23, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. Anagyrus (Anagyris). A synonym of A. frankenioides.

A. decorticans (barkless).* 1. bright yellow, Pea-like, in short,
compact racemes. May. JZ. densely set, two or three-foliolate ;
leaflets linear, soft, dark green. Spain, 1883. A beautiful,
half-hardy, evergreen shrub, having the general aspect of
Furze. (G. C. n. s., xxv., p. 725; Gn., 1886, p. 572; R. H. 1883,
p. 156 ) ;
ADENOCREPIS. A synonym of Baccaurea (which

see).

ADENOPHORA. Syn. Floerkia (of Sprengel).
Gland Bellflower. This genus embraces about ten distinct
species, natives of temperate Asia and Western Europe.
A. coronata (crowned). A synonym of A. intermedia.

A. Potanini (Potanini’s). 1. pale blue, bell-shaped, in elegant,
slender spikes. h. 24ft. Shrubby.

ADENOPODIA. A synonym of Entada (which see).
ADENOSMA (from aden, a gland, and osme, smell;

alluding to the glands in most of the species which exhale
a Mint-like odour). Syns. Anisanthera (of Griffith),
Pterostigma. ORv. Scrophularinee. A genus embracing

Adenosma—continwed.

about seven species of stove, glandular-pubescent or
villous herbs, often aromatic, natives of the East Indies,
Eastern Asia, the Malayan Archipelago, and Australia.
Flowers blue, on very short pedicels; calyx five-parted ;
corolla tube cylindrical, the posterior lip erect, entire or
emarginate, the anterior one spreading, entire or three-
lobed; stamens four, included. Leaves opposite, wrinkled,
crenulate. Only one species is known to cultivation. Tt
thrives in a compost of sand and peat, and may be
increased by seeds or by divisions.

P. grandiflorum (large-flowered). fl. violet, the lower ones
axillary, the upper ones racemose ; calyx 4in. long; corolla lin.
long ; pedicels shorter or longer than the calyx. J. petiolate,
ovate, lsin. to 2in. long, or the lower ones larger. A. 1ft. to

Ce) China, 1845. Syn. Pterostigma grandiflorwm (B. R. 1846,

ADENOSTEMMA (from aden, a gland, and stemma,
a crown; in reference to the fruit being crowned by
glandular awns). Syn. Lavenia. Orp. Composite. A
genus comprising not more than five distinct species,
mostly natives of the warmer parts of America, one
being broadly dispersed over the globe. Flower-heads
white, mediocre or small, homogamous, loosely corymbose,
paniculate; florets tubular. Leaves opposite, petiolate,
toothed or almost entire. A. viscosum (B. M. 2410.
under name of Ageratum strictum) has been introduced,
but is probably lost to cultivation.

ADENOSTYLES (from aden, a gland, and stylus,
a style; in allusion to the long stigmas being covered
with warty glands). Orp. Composite. A genus em-
bracing three or four species of tall, hardy, perennial
herbs, natives of Central and Southern Europe. Flower-
heads homogamous, mediocre or rather large, disposed in
an ample, corymbose panicle; florets purplish or whitish,
rather long-exserted; involucre cylindrical-campanulate ;
receptacle flat, naked. Leaves alternate or radical, long-
petiolate, often broad; petioles often dilated into stipule-
like auricles at the base. Three species are in cultivation.
They thrive in any fairly good soil, and may be increased
by seeds or by divisions. ;

A. albifrons (white-leaved).* /l.-heads composed of three to six
florets; involucre glabrous; corymb « fastigiate. July and
August. ¢. reniform-cordate, coarsely and unequally duplicate-
toothed,-somewhat tomentose beneath. Woody mountains.

A. alpina (alpine). j.-heads composed of three to six florets.
7. glabrous underneath, or hairy on the nerves; petioles rarely
auricled.

A. leucophylla (white-leaved). /.-heads in a compact
corymb ; florets ten to twenty on a head. /. white, tomentose
on both sides. High Alps. .

ADENOSTYLIS (of

Zeuxina (which see).

ADENOTRICHIA. Included under Senecio, A.

amplexicaulis ‘being now, known as S. Adenotrichia .
(which see).

ADESMIA. About 110 species have been referred
to this genus, but scarcely more than eighty are entitled
to rank as such. To those described on p. 24, Vol. L., the
following should be added:

Blume). A synonym of

A. balsamica (balsamic). jl. golden-yellow, 4in. in diameter ;
racemes terminal, effuse, three- to eight-flowered. March. J. lin.
to lsin. long, shortly petiolate, pinnate ; leaflets ten to thirteen
pairs, 4m. to din. long, sessile, dark green, oblong or cuneately
obovate. Branches very slender, leafy. Chili, 1887. A nearly
glabrous, excessively-branched shrub, covered with balsamic
glands. (B. M. 6921.) “

ADHATODA. Syn. Duwvernoia. This genus embraces
half-a-dozen species, natives of India, Africa, and South
America. Flowers whitish or purple; calyx five-cleft ;
corolla having a short tube and a long bilabiate limb ;
stamens two; bracts and bracteoles spreading, often
much exceeding the calyx. -Leaves entire. See also
Justicia, under which are now classed several species
that were formerly included under Adhatoda.

16 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ADIANTUM. Including Hewardia. This genus
includes upwards of eighty species, ‘most of which are
recognisable from all other Ferns but the typical Lindsayas
by the texture, as also by the one-sidedness of their
segments, and by the absence of an apparent and distinct
midrib in their segments” (Schneider). Stipes and
rachises usually black and glossy. Fronds varying from
simple to decompound; pinne usually truncate, wedge-
shaped at base, or dimidiate and soriferous only on the
upper margin ; veins simple, radiating, forked, anastomosing
only in four species (section Hewardia).

Adiantums are, as a rule, easy to manage. Plenty
of light should be allowed all of them, but, as with
nearly all other Ferns, the full rays of the sun should
be carefully avoided. A mixture of fibrous peat, or of
partly-decayed leaf-mould, loam, and silver sand, in about
equal parts, will suit most of them. None of them like
to be potted very hard, and watering or syringing over-
head, unless it be in a very airy, light, and warm house,
is injurious to most of them.

The propagation of all kinds of Adiantums provided with
running rhizomes may with advantage be effected by the
division of the same, an operation which is best performed
from February to April. Species with tufted crowns
may also be increased by division, but in their case, and
especially when quantities of plants are required, it is
safer and more advantageous to depend on spores, which
germinate freely, and which usually produce stronger and
more shapely plants than those resulting from the di-
vision of the crowns. The spores may be sown with
perfect safety at all times of the year, although the
most favourable season is from January to April, as in
that case the seedlings have ample time to produce
crowns sufficiently strong to withstand the effects of the
following winter.

There is scarcely any need to enlarge upon the many
ways in which the Maidenhair Ferns may be utilised for
bouquets, wreaths, &c., to refer to their value as decora-
tive subjects, or yet again to their diversity of form and
tint, though the last-named are not so well known as the
other characteristics. There are numerous dwarf-growing
forms of A. cuneatum and of A. Capillus-Veneris, all very
pretty, and equally useful for edgings in the Fernery.
Then there are, besides the light-coloured A. polyphyllum,
with its gigantic fronds, the deservedly-popular A. trapezi-
forme, A. peruvianwm, A. Seemanni, and others too
numerous to be mentioned here. Again, we have some
whose shape and general habit are totally different from
ordinary Adiantums: such, for instance, as the curious
A. reniforme(see
Fig. 20), with its
kidney - shaped
fronds borne on
slender, shining
stalks; or the
lesser-known
A. asarifolium,
with broad, en-
tire fronds per-
fectly round,and
measuring some-
times as much
as 3}in. across.
Very strange,
also, is the
general appear-
ance of A. Féei,
whose climbing
fronds expand
to very great
dimensions, and whose stalks are quite hairy and of a
peculiarly ferruginous colour. There are also kinds whose
fronds are of a metallic hue, and numerous others, such
as A. macrophyllwm (see Fig. 21), A. tinctum, &e., which

Fic. 20. ADIANTUM RENIFORME

Adiantum—continued.

are exceedingly interesting because of the beautiful rosy
colour of their splendidly-tinted young fronds. Then there
are the golden and silvered forms of A. xthiopicum, which
of late years have become exceedingly rare; as well
as the pendulous
A. caudatum and
A. lunulatum, so
well adapted for
basket - culture.
With plants so
diverse in charac-
ter, a collection
composed exclu-
sively of Adian-
tums would be
most interesting.

Mention has
already beenmade
of one or two
kinds specially
useful for basket-
culture; there
are, however,
several others
quite as desirable
if their require-
ments are under-
stood. A. luci-
dum is considered
one of the best
basket Ferns.
The fact of it
being deciduous
accounts for its
disappearance in
many cases, as
care must be taken
during the winter
that it does not
become thorough-
ly dry, or it will
never start into growth again It does much better if
kept moderately moist at the roots all the year round.
Although by this system of culture it does not get
so much rest as if treated as a deciduous plant, it
usually starts much stronger into growth in the spring.
A, Williamsii is essentially a basket-plant, and it is
especially for that purpose that it is most valuable; the
more so that it is one among the very few Adiantums
which really make a good, effective basket for the green-
house.

A. palmatum, again, by reason of the flexuose character
of the rachis, most marked towards the terminal end of
the frond, is particularly well adapted for basket culture.
Grown in that way it soon makes a very handsome plant,
specially attractive through the pale-green colour of its
foliage. Though deciduous, losing its fronds about
November and starting into fresh growth about March,
it should not at any time be allowed to get quite dry at
the roots. 4

Hints as to the treatment that Adiantums generally
should receive have been given. There are some few
species which are notoriously difficult to grow. These
it will be better to refer to specifically. First, as to
A, reniforme. By most growers this species is considered
difficult to manage; but it is generally when kept in too
warm a house, or when potted in too loamy a soil, that it
gives trouble. To be grown successfully it only requires
greenhouse treatment, and it thrives best in a mixture of
two parts peat, one part fibrous loam, and one part
coarse silver sand (or, when procurable, one part of old
lime rubbish, of which its roots are very fond). A. cristatum
is seldom seen in perfection. It requires less water at

Fic. 21.

ADIANTUM MACROPHYLLUM.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 17

Adiantum—continued.
the roots than the majority of Adiantums, is very partial
to lime rubbish, and should be grown in a somewhat dry
part of the house

F.G. 22.

PORTION OF FROND OF ADIANTUM TENERUM
FARLEYENSE.

A. tenerum Farleyense (see Fig. 22) is a kind with
which the grower’s difficulties are more imaginary than
real. Heat and moisture are the essential requirements
of this plant, and it will not succeed where either of
these is deficient, thongh it may be safely wintered in
a house with a temperature of 60deg., occasionally falling
to 55deg. In structures where this minimum temperature
cannot be maintained in winter, the plants do not die
off altogether, but they suffer so severely that several
months of careful nursing are required to restore them
to their former strength. As regards soil, this Adiantum
is not so difficult to please as is supposed. ‘Two parts of
good fibrous peat and one of fibry loam and coarse silver
sand together form a compost in which it will succeed;
but plants in no way inferior have been grown entirely
light fibrous loam, commonly called “yellow

If in some places in England failure has attended the
attempt at acclimatising A. pedatum outside, it is due to
the fact that the underground rhizomes are generally
kept too close to the surface of the ground, and that they
are not protected in winter by either leaves or snow, and
thus feel more keenly the effects of cold, though less severe
than that of its own country. Although it is a perfectly
hardy Fern, yet, like the other so-called hardy Adiantums,
it never grows so luxnriantly out of doors as it does in
the greenhouse. Some of the Continental growers yearly
produce remarkably handsome plants of this species in
large quantities by inserting in early spring, round the
edges of their rhododendron beds, small specimens of it,
which form good clumps during the summer season. These
are lifted from the ground about January, put in 5in. or
6in. pots, and placed in houses or frames in which the
temperature is between 40deg. and 60deg. The crowns
soon start into growth, and produce a crop of foliage which,
on account of its pleasing light green colour and elegant
shape, makes the Fern one of the most effective in the

conservatory, as it is later on for the rockery or for a shady

nook outside.

Although classed among our native Ferns, the British
Maidenhair (A. Capillus-Veneris) is too tender to bear a
very cold temperature: the least frost injures it, and a
severe frost kills it. It is a very accommodating plant, and
not at all fastidions in its habits, for it grows equally
well in a heated frame, in a greenhouse, or in the moist,
shady part of a stove. In Europe, it is essentially a
coast plant, being found growing exclusively in caves

Vol. V.

Adiantum—con!inued.

and fissures of rocks near the sea-level, generally in a
shady situation where there is an abundant supply of
moisture. When grown in pots, an abundant drainage is
essential, and the soil which it prefers is a compost of
turfy peat, leaf mould, and lime rubbish, in equal parts;
it is also necessary that the rhizomes should be kept on
the surface of the soil. And what has been said of the
type holds good with the interesting and handsome
varieties which have been produced.

Just as there are some rather difficult species to
manage in the genus Adiantum, so are there some whose
culture is of the easiest. Such is A. cwneatum, which
requires less attention than almost any other Fern, and
thrives in almost any soil, although it prefers a rich,
light compost. It is not very particular as to tempera-
ture, and, provided regular moisture at the roots be kept
up, it will produce all through the year an immense
quantity of its useful fronds from a tufted crown. It is
so readily propagated from spores that wherever it is
grown a stock of young plants spring up. Also of easy
cultivation is A. Henslovianwm, but, being entirely de-
ciduous, it requires a period of rest from November to
February, when it is almost, if not entirely, leafless.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 24-9,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. asarifolium (Asarum-leaved). A variety of A. reniforme.

A. assimile cristatum (crested). fronds elegantly crested.
1887. Garden variety.

Fic. 23. ADIANTUM BIRKENHEADII,

A. Birkenheadii (Birkenhead’s). fronds tripinnate, about
24ft. long and lft. broad, deltoid, acuminate ; pinne alternate,
distant and long-stalked towards the base, closer together and
sessile near the apex, the lower ones bipinnate, the upper ones
pinnate; pinnules obtusely oblong-trapezoid, cut on the upper
edge into shallow lobes. 1886. A fine garden Fern, of tufted
habit. Intermediate house. See Fig. 25.

A. Bournei (Bourne’s). A variety of A. cuneatum.
A. brasiliense (Brazilian). A form of A. curvatum.
A. bulbiferum (bulb-bearing). A variety of 4. Capillus-Veneris

D

18

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Adiantum—continuwed.

A. Burnii (J. B. Burn’s). sti. smooth, ebeneous. fronds ever-
green, glabrous, broadly ovate, acuminate, tri- or quadripinnate ;
pinne ovate, che lower ones with a long stalk, the upper ones
almost sessile; pinnules stipitate below, the basal one 2in. to
24in. long, narrowly ovate, the basal pinnulets compound, the
upper ones still narrower because less divided at the base. sori
numerous, roundish-reniform, seated at the base of a notch at
the apex of the lobes, 1887. Garden hybrid. Stove.

A. Capillus-Veneris bulbiferum (bulb-bearing). A variety
having little bulbils on the pinnze—probably the only Adiantum
possessing that character.

A. C.-V. cunezformis (wedge-shaped). fronds very long, rather
narrow, and loose. 1896. A very graceful, garden form.

A. C.-V. depauperatum (poor). fronds erect, narrow, about
lft. long ; pinnules much eut, in some cases reduced to thread-
like segments. An interesting sport or natural hybrid.

A. C.-V. digitatum (digitate). fronds not symmetrical, but
with a tendency to become unequally ovate, dwarfish, smooth,
evergreen ; pinnz and pinnules unequal and irregular, the more

erfect pinnules rhomboid, with a rounded apex, deeply furcate-
obed, the edges marginate. sori wanting. A curious variety.

A. C.-V. grande (large). A very handsome variety, larger,
denser, and more bushy in habit than the type. 1886. Hardy.

A. C.-V. Hookeri (Hooker's). fronds erect; pinne and their
ultimate sub-divisions disposed alternately, the latter cuneate
at base and very finely toothed at the summit, which is
rounded or fan-shaped. Crimea.

A. C.-V. imbricatum (imbricated). sti. and rachises glossy
ebeneous. fronds ovate, 6in.: long, densely imbricated, bi- or tri-
pinnate, evergreen ; pinnz crowded, 2in. to 24in. long, 14in. wide;
pinnules large, much overlapping, the lateral ones rhomboid,
Rin. long and sin. broad, the terminal ones broadly flabellate,
lin. or more in width. sori elongate-oblong. 1887.

A. €.-V. Kalon (Kalon). fronds ovate, llin. long, 5in. broad,
arching; pinnules very leafy and closely set. One of the few
forms artificially raised from spores in this country.

A. C.-V. obliquum (oblique). fronds, pinne very large, oblique.
1885. (I. H. 1885, 546.) : :

A. C.-V. ramulosum (full of small branches). fronds having the ~

main stem twice or thrice divided towards the summit, forming a
spreading tuft of short, pinnate branches ; pinnules in the lower
portion narrow and depauperated. An extraordinary variety.

A. Catherinz (St. Catherine's). A synonym of A. trapeziforme
Sanctce-Catherine.

A. chilense (Chilian). A form of A. ethiopicum.

A. Clzsianum (Claes’). fronds composed of rhomboid pinnules,
which are pale green, with a silver blotch at the base and silver

Fic. 24. ADIANTUM CONCINNUM.

Adiantum—continued.

lines radiating to the bluntly-toothed margins. South America,
1894. A charming, stove Maidenhair. (I. H. 1894, p. 137, t. 9.)

A. Collisii (Collis’). sti. black, slender, lft. to 14ft. long. fronds
triangular, 1{ft. to 2ft. across; pinnules small, rhomboid, trun-
cate on the inner and lower sides, and slightly toothed on the
outer and upper margins. 1885. A beautiful, decorative, stove
Maidenhair, of garden origin.

A. colpodes roseum (rosy). In this variety the young fronds
are of a rich coppery-red tint. 1888.

A. concinnum, An illustration of this charming tropical
American species is given in Fig. 24.

A. cornubiense (Cornish). A form of A. Capillus-Veneris.

A. cultratum (knife-like). A variety of A. trapeziforme.

A. cuneatum Bournei (Bourne's). sti. long. fronds dense,
triangular, 1882. A garden variety in the way of A. c. Pacotti, but
less refined in growth.

A. c. deflexum (deflexed). fronds triangular, three or four times
pinnate ; pinnules deflexed, lobed ; lobes crenate-toothed. 1884.
A garden hybrid between A. Bausei and A. cuneatum. Stove.

A. c. elegans (elegant). sti. glossy, 6in. long. fronds triangular,
about Yin. long and broad ; pinne ovate-triangular, with rather
distantly-set, cuneate pinnules, which are jin. long and jin.
broad. Gardens, 1885. Stove.

a i fasciculatum (fascicled). A variety with crested fronds.

Fic. 25. ADIANTUM CUNEATUM GRANDICEPS.

A. c. grandiceps (large-headed). A crested variety, of drooping
habit, well adapted for basket culture. See Fig. 25.

A. ec. Lambertianum (Lambert's). A variety haying the very
small ultimate segments much crumpled and curled. 1890.

A. ce. Pacotti (Pacott’s). fronds, pinnules overlapping each other
to an uncommon extent. Habit very dense.

A. c. strictum (upright). fronds erect, four times pinnate ;
pinne ascending, arranged somewhat spirally. 1884. Stove.
A. ¢. versaillense (Versailles). sti. branched for about two-
thirds of their length. fronds erect, seldom exceeding 10in. in
height, crested as in grandiceps, but much denser and more
regular; pinnules of a pleasing light green. 1889. A valuable

Saat also useful for cutting and for decoration.

A. curvatum brasiliense (Brazilian). rhiz. stout, very slowly
creeping. sti. hairy and brown. fronds often 5ft. in height,
pubescent; pinnw dark green, smooth, shorter, broader, blunter,
and not so closely set as in the type. A very distinct variety.

A. cyclosorum (having circular sori). sti. stoutish, glossy black,
8in. to 10in. long. fronds 1hft. to 2ft. long, triangular, tripinnate,
labrous; pinn spreading, ovate, stalked ; pinnules five to nine
ines long, rhomboid. sori eight to ten to a pinnule, circular,

.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 19

Adiantum—continued.

marginal. Ecuador, 1887.
deciduous, stove species.

A. Daddsii (J. Dadds’). sti. glossy ebeneous, about 8in. long.
Fronds above lit. long, fertile throughout, deltoid, decompound,
evergreen, glabrous ; pinne triangular-ovate, stipitate, furnished
with numerous but not crowded pinnules; ultimate segments
very numerous, quite small, distinct, everywhere igs eta
the terminal ones cuneate with two or three lobes at the apex,
the intermediate ones rhomboid-cuneate, more or less deeply
lobed on the anterior side, the basal ones roundish or obovate,
narrowed into the pedicels. sori roundish-reniform, situated
in a notch at the apex of the marginal lobes. 1827. A sup-
posed hybrid. Greenhouse.

A. daphnites (glistening). A variety of A. Capillus-Veneris.

A, defiexum (deflexed). A variety of A. cuneatum,

A. elegans (elegant). A variety of A. cuneatwm.

A. elegantissi-

A handsome and well-marked,

~f Bs mum (most ele-
TE § Be A sport
AG rom . cuned-

= EMM 4 3 tum,
: . A. excisum na-
num (dwarf).

Jronds not more
than 8in. high,
rigid, produced
in great abund-
ance from a
densely - tufted
crown, _tripin-
nate; pinnules
cuneate, closely
set. A garden
variety, useful
for edgings or
for pot-culture.

A. fascicula-
tum(fascicled).
A variety of A.
cuneatum.

A. Fergusoni
Se Sa
stt. long, glossy
oie erick!
Sronds sin de
lar-ovate, tri-
pinnate, stiffly
erect; pinnzze
long-stalked,
spreading ; pin:
nules variable,
mostly large,
bluntly ovate,
truncate at
base, with a

air of large
asal lobes, and
three or four
smaller lobes
above, the pedi-
cels_ continuous
with the rachis, not articulated, all the lobes again lobulate,
and, where sterile, finely toothed. sori oblong, at the tops of

the ultimate lobes. Ceylon, 1884. Stove. See Fig. 26. (G. C.

ser. ili., vol. ii., p. 469.)

A. festum (pleasant). sti. Sin. to Qin. long, purplish-ebeneous.
fronds lft. long, glabrous, evergreen, decompound, drooping,
triangular, acuminate; pinne deltoid, spreading; pinnules of
ultimate segments small, crowded, cuneate or rhomboid-cuneate,
larger towards their extremities, the terminal ones symmetrically
or unequally cuneate, bipartite, with deeply-lobed ivisions, the
rest lobed on their anterior edge. sori roundish-reniform, placed
in a sinus of the lobe. 1887. Greenhouse hybrid.

A. Footi (Foot’s). A variety of A. Capillus-Veneris.

A. fragrantissimum (very fragrant). sti. Sin. to 6in. long,
glossy ebeneous. fronds lft. to 14ft. long, deltoid, quadripinnate,
glabrous, evergreen ; pinne ovate, spreading, the basal ones long-
stalked ; ultimate pinnules or pinnulets large, on long, slender
peel, cuneate, the terminal ones equally lobed at the apex,

he lateral ones more or less obliquely cuneate, lobed. sort
roundish-reniform, placed in a sinus at the apex of the lobes.
1887. Probably a hybrid. Stove. Reason for specific name not
stated. (G. C. ser. iii, vol. ii, p. 199.)

A. Funckii (Funck’s). A sub-variety of A. trapeziforme.

A. gracillimum nebulosum (cloud-like). A very pretty
garden form, having fronds still finer and more delicate than in
he type. 1893.

A. grandiceps (large-headed). A variety of A. cuneatum.

A. Hemsleyanum (Hemsley’s). A distinct seedling, of elegant
habit, having tall fronds, which are graceful, light in texture,

SS y si

Fig. 26, ADIANTUM I'ERGUSONI.

Adiantum— continued.

pe green, with elongated-cuneate pinne not too closely set.
ery useful as a pot plant. 1894.

A. Hendersoni (Henderson’s). A variety of A. tetraphyllum.

A. hians (gaping). sti. black. fronds about 10in. long, tri-
angular-ovate, tripinnate; pinns ovate, the upper ones stalked,
the lower ones almost sessile; pinnules variable, roundish,
balloon-shaped, transversely Hhleng, or rhomboidal, the end
rounded, bearing one or two large, broadly-gaping sori. South
Pacific Islands, 1887. An ornamental, stove Maidenhair.

A. Kaulfussii (Kaulfuss’s). sti. wiry, upright, polished,
blackish, 6in. to Yin. long. fronds 6in. to Idin. long, din. to
4in. broad, consisting of a large terminal lobe and eight or ten
pinne on each side; lowest pinnz 2in. to Jin. long, cordate and
auricled at base, shortly stalked, those of the

shanty toothed,

Indies, &c. Stove.

A. Lambertianum (Lambert's). A form of A. cuneatum.

A. lineatum (lined). A _ variegated form closely resembling
A, Clesianum, the fronds being marked with narrow pale
lines. Brazil, 1895. (I. H. 1895, p. 312, t. 44.)

A. macrophyllum albo-striatum (white-striped). fronds
Tele green, with numerous white stripes and spots. 1894. A
wart variety.

A. m. bipinnatum (bipinnate). This handsome variety differs
from the type in haying the fronds twice-pinnate in the lower
part, and with smaller pinnules. Jamaica, 1885,

A. Mairisii (Mairis’). fronds triangular, quadripinnate; pinne
ovate, on rather long stalks ; pinnules cuneate-trapezoid, with an
irregular, truncate apex, those near the ends of the pinne larger,
with a lobate margin, the fertile ones cut into oblong, concave
sinuses, giving a bluntly cornute aspect to the principal pinnule.
1885. Stove. Garden variety; perhaps a hybrid Betneed
A. Capillus-Veneris and A. cuneatum.

A. manicatum (having sleeves). This is described as a “‘seed-
ling with bold, broad fronds and much-divided pinnules.” 1890.

A. Matthewsianum (Matthews’). A synonym of A. poly-
phylum

tly st t arren fronds
sort in interrupted marginal lines. West

A Fic. 27. ADIANTUM MONOCHLAMYS,

A. monochlamys.* The habit of this beautiful Japanese
species, which is allied to, but distinct from, A. venustum, is
shown in Fig. 27.

A. Moorei plumosum (feathery). A charming plumose form
for either pans or pots. 1894.

A. nebulosum (cloud-like). A form of A. gracillimum.

A. novee-caledonize (New Caledonian).* cau. tufted. sti. and
rachis blackish-purple, the latter clothed with dark brown hair-
scales. fronds pedately pentagonal in outline, tripinnate at the
basal part, bipinnate above ; pinn narrow-lanceolate, the larger
ones caudate; pinnules irregular in size and form, coarsel
toothed, the largest lin. to lsin. long. New Caledonia. 1883.
Stove. See Fig. 28, for which we are indebted to Messrs. W. and
J. Birkenhea

A. obliquum minus (lesser). sti. black. fronds pinnate ; pinnz
faleate, acuminate, the sterile ones incised-toothed, the fertile
oe with close-set, oblong sori, the apex trapeziform and lobed.
1883.

A. Oweni (Owen's). sti. about Sin. long, glossy ebeneous. fronds
about lft. long, triangular-ovate, evergreen, glabrous, erect,
quadripinnate ; pinne ascending, triangular, stipitate, the lower
ones on stalks about lin. long, the upper ones gradually shorter;

\

20 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Adiantum—continued.

basal pinnules ovate; pinnulets very small, shortly stipitate,
slightly lobed, the terminal ones cuneate, the others mostly
rhomboid. sori two to four to a pinnule, placed in a sinus of
the marginal lobes. 1887. Stove hybrid.

A. Pacotti is a variety of A. cuneatum.

A. Paradisez (Miss Paradise’s). sti. and rachis slender,
naked, brownish-black. fronds deltoid, tripinnate, glabrous,
6in. long and nearly as broad; lower pinne deltoid, unequal,
cut away on the lower side at base, conspicuously petiolate ;
ultimate segments rhomboid, jin. to Jin. long. sori one to
three to a segment, |roadly reniform, one to two lines long.
Cape Colony, 1889. Greenhouse.

A. pentadactylon (five-fingered). A variety of A. trapeziforme.

ath £2

Adiantum— continued.

A. roseum (rosy). fronds, when young, rosy-tinted. A dwarf,
garden variety. Greenhouse.

A. Sanctz-Catherinz (St. Catherine's)
A. trapeziforme.

A. scabrum (scurfy). A variety of A. ethiopiceum.

A. fest ae) (cut-fronded). sti. and rachises remote in
varying degrees. fronds numerous, with stoutish, conspicuous,
ebeneous rachises; pinnules small, commonly minute, most of
them deeply cut into narrow lobes. sori small, lunate,
sparingly i ieee in a perfect state. 1887. Stove or green-
house. though stated to be a seedling from A. @mulum,
this is doubtless a form of A. cuneatum.

A. Schneideri (Schneider's). A handsome Fern, of graceful

A variety of

Fic. 28. ADIANTUM NOVA:-CALEDONLE.

A. ee (feathery). fronds about 8in. long, pale green.
1894. A pretty Maidenhair, of compact habit, resembling
A. fragrantissimum and A. cuneatum Pacotti.

A. Reginze (Queen’s). sti. slender, black, shining. fronds
shorter, broader, and more leathery than in A. Ghiesbreghtii
(one of the supposed parents of this hybrid). sori sparingly
produced, oblong, in an interrupted row round the outer
margin. 1887. Stove.

A. rhodophyllum (rose-fronded).* fronds evergreen, triangular,
tripinnate, elegantly spreading, about lft. long; pinne few,
pinnate or eae, the upper undivided ones 14in. long, and, as
well as the lin. pinnules, rhomboid-trapezoid, and set on hair-
like, black stalks; young fronds Ty ape: sori at the apices
i: ee lobes, but much broken up. 1884. A beautiful, stove

ybri

habit, raised from spores of A. Waltoni difusum. The pinne
are long and deeply cut, after the manner of A. cuneatum
dissectum, and the habit of the plant is dwarf and robust.
894.

A. tenellum (tender). A pretty and delicate form, much
resembling A. gracillimum, but with better-shaped fronds. 1894.

A, tenerum Bessonianum (Besson’s). fronds having crowded,
imbricating, kidney-shaped pinnze. West Indies, 1896.

A. oa a (quadrangular), sti. slightly hairy, 1ft. or more
in length. fronds pedato-tripinnate, lft. long, 1sft. broad ; ter-
minal pinna spear-shaped, 6in. to Yin. long, Sin. to 6in. broad ;
(ee deep green, spear-shaped, 2sin. to Sin. long, slightly
obed, rounded on their upper side, cuneate-truncate on their
lower side at base. soi short, very narrow, disposed at the
tips of the lobes down both sides. Brazil. Stove.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

21

Adiantum — continued.

A. tetraphyllum acuminatum (taper-pointed). fronds pale
green, tapering at the tip; pinne long, narrow-pointed. A
particularly elegant variety.

acile (slender A handsome variety, of moderate
eee nomkanie To the beautiful reddish tint assumed by
the fronds when first developed.

A. t. obtusum (obtuse). stz. brown. fronds graceful, bipinnate,
Sin. to 10in. long; pinne four to six; pinnules more rounded
than in the type. 1889. (I. H. 1889, t. 86.)

A. trapeziforme. An illustration of this handsome West
Indian species is given in Fig. 29.
aes = A. Veitchii

(Veitch’s). A
synonym of A.
monochlamys.
A. versaillense
(Versailles). A
variety of A.
cuneatum.

A. Victoriz
(Victoria’s
Jronds crowded,
bipinnate, form-
ing close, low
tufts 4in. to 6in.
high, rich green;

innules rather
large, bluntly
conical or sub-
rhomboidal.
1882. A hand-
some, dwarf,
stove Maiden-
hair, “ poppies
to be a hybrid
between 4A.
Ghiesbreghtiand
A. decorum
[Wagneri], but
it appears more
like a dwarf
form of A. tene-
rum Farleyense”
(Moore).
Waegneri
(Wagner's). The
correct name of
A. decorum.

A. Waltoni (H. and E. H. Walton’s). _ sti. Sin. long, glossy
ebeneous. Jronds nearly lit. long, broadly ovate, erect,
glabrous, evergreen, quadripinnate; pinne ascending, ovate,
the lower ones long-stalked, the upper ones with the pinnules
next the rachis elongated and compound; pinnulets pedicellate,
more or less cuneiform, often somewhat oblique. sort abundant,
four to six to a pinnule, placed in a sinus of the marginal lobes.
1887. Greenhouse hybrid.

A. W. diffusum (diffuse). An el
A. cuneatum, having fronds much
for mixing with cut flowers. 1888.

A. Weigandii (Weigand’s). fronds triangular, tripinnate,
glabrous, about lft. long, forming a neat, tufted mass ; pinne
and pinnules long-stalked, the latter ovate from a broad base,
lobed, with narrow sinuses. sori large, numerous, nearly
circular, one or two on each lobe. America (garden origin),
1884. Greenhouse.

ADINA. This genus comprises about half-a-dozen
species of stove trees or shrubs, natives of tropical and
sub-tropical Asia and America. Flowers small or minute,
in solitary or paniculate, globose heads. Leaves opposite,
petiolate, ovate, lanceolate, or cordate.

A. globifera is the correct name of Nauclea Adina.

ADLUMIA. This genus belongs to the TRIBE
Fumariez of Orv. Papaveracez.

ADONIS. Of this genus there are, according to
Bentham and Hooker, about four species, broadly dis-
persed over the North temperate regions of the Old
World (A. aufwmnalis is a native of Britain). To those
described on p. 29, Vol. I., the following should be added:
A. amurensis (Amur River).* /l. golden-yellow, white, rose-

coloured, or bright red, striped, 2in. across; petals twenty to

fifty, rather longer than the sepals. February. J., cauline ones

(which are really two or three connate leaves) Sin. to 6in. long

and broad, trisected to the base; segments crowded, pinnati-

sect to the base. Stem 8in. to 18in. high. Manchuria and

Japan, 1895. Cool-house perennial. (B. M. 7490.)

ZECHMANDRA. A synonym of Eedrostis (which
see).

Fic. 29. ADIANTUM TRAPEZIFORME.

ant and distinct form of
ger and better adapted

ZECHMEA. Under this genus the following are in-
cluded by J. G. Baker: Androlepis, Canistrum (kept
distinct in Vol. I.), Chevaliera (also spelt Chevalliera),
Hohenbergia, Hoplophytum, Lamprococcus, Macrochordium,
Pironneava, and Pothuava. It now embraces about 130
species, natives of tropical America. The flowers are
smaller than in Billbergia, and are very variable in colour.
To the species described on p. 30, Vol. I., the follow-
ing should be added :

#. amazonica (Amazon). A synonym of Karaias amazonica.

#8. augusta (pleasing). jl. rosy-lilac, small, glomerulate;
inflorescence paniculate. J. spreading, broad, ligulate, obtuse,
denticulate, bright green, irregularly spotted with dull green.
South Brazil, 1883. A large and robust species. Syns.
rif Pe th dab Hohenbergia ferruginea (R. H. 1881, p 437,

=. aurantiaca (orange).
aurantiacum.

#E. aureo-rosea (golden-pink). ., petals reddish-yellow, in a
rather loose, erect spike Sin. to 4in. long; peduncle lft. long,
upper bract-leaves bright crimson. /. few, l4ft. long, lin.
to zine broad. Brazil, 1863. Probably a variety of 2. nudi-
cawis.

#£. Barleei (Barlee’s). jl. distichous; calyx with a globose,
mealy tube; corolla pale yellow ; lower bracts red, upper ones
green; stem central, paniculately branched. J. eight or nine in
a rosette, lorate-ensiform, green, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 2in. broad,
ee white-lepidote, prickly on the margins. British Honduras,

The correct name of Canistrum

4&. bracteata (bracteate). The correct name of the plant
described on p. 213, Vol. I., as Bromelia bracteata.

#8. brasiliensis (Brazilian). ., calyx, bracts, and rachis
searlet ; petals blue, erect, emarginate-rounded at base; panicle
contracted, oblong, Sin. long, highly glabrous, the branchlets
sessile, short, two- to six-flowered. J. recurved-spreading,
ligulate-linear, much dilated at base, rigid, channelled, the
margins spiny-toothed, acuminate, 13ft. to 3ft. long. Rio
Janeiro, 1885. (R. G. 1202.)

4. bromelizfiora (Bromelia-flowered). 7. embedded in white,
cottony tomentum ; petals lemon-yellow, turning brownish-black ;
spike dense, 2in. to 6in. long; peduncle lft. to 2ft. long; bract-
leaves bright red or pale greenish-white. J. twelve to twenty,
rosulate, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 14in. to 2in. broad, lorate from a large,
ovate base. Trinidad, &c.

#£. calyeulata. Syns. Hohenbergia calyculata (Ref. B. 286),
Hoplophytum. calyculatum (B. H. 1865, p. 162, t. 11), Macrochordium
luteum (R. G. 1867, p. 164, t. 544).

4. Chantini (Chantin’s). j7., calyx and ovary reddish-yellow,
Zin. long; inflorescence a dense, ovoid, bipinnate panicle, 4in.
to 6in. long; peduncle lft. long ; upper bract-leaves bright red.
Z. ten to twelve in a utricular rosette, lorate, lft. long, 14in. to
2in. broad, transversely zoned with green and white, cuspidate,
minutely toothed. Amazon Valley, ‘1877. Syn. Billbergia Chan-
tint (R. H. 1878, p. 112, f. 22; 1880, p. 272, f. 54-56).

#. celestis (F. d. S. 2146). Syns. Hohenbergia celestis (Ref. B.
284), Hoplophytum ceeleste (B. H. 1862, p. 97).

4. conspicuiarmata (conspicuously armed). . yellowish,
fading to black, sessile, in a small, globose head; peduncle
white-woolly, shorter than the leaves, with long, narrow bracts.
7. long, recurved, and bent, spiny-toothed, dark, shinin; een
above, densely white-punctate-striate beneath. Brazil, 1886, A
fine Bromeliad. Syn. Macrochordium macranthum (R. G. 1886,
p- 297, f. 34).

#®. Cornui (Professor Cornu’s). A form of 4. nudicaulis.

4. crocophylia (Saffron-leaved). #. green, small, in a dense,
alee head 24in. in diameter; peduncle erect, 6in. to Sin. long.
. about twenty in a rosette, lorate, lift. to 2ft. long, Sin. broad,
easpidate, minutely serrated, the outer ones rose-coloured during
the flowering period. Brazil, 1885. Syns. Ananas crocophylla,
Chevaliera crocophylia.

. discolor (B. M. 4293; G. M. B. 1850, t. 121). This is a variety
of 2. fulgens.

#8. Drakeana (Drake’s).* f., calyx bright rose ; corolla bright
blue, 1sin. long; spike oblong, loose, 6in. long; peduncle 1}ft.
long, violaceous at base, red above, white-tomentose. J. about
twelve in a rosette, 14ft. to 2ft. long, 2in. broad, channelled,
mucronate, with distant spines. Ecuador, 1888. A fine species.

. exsudans (sweating). Syn. Bromelia exsudans (B. H. 1879,
p. 352, t. 18).

#®. fasciata. Syns. Billbergia fasciata (B. R. 1130),
B. rhodocyanea, of Lemaire (B. M. 4883; F. d. S. 207).

4. Fernandz (Fernanda’s). The correct name of Bromelia
Fernande. SYN. Ananas Mensdorsianus.

. ferruginea (rusty). A synonym of 4. augusta.
. flexuosa (flexuous). A synonym of 42. spectabilis.
4. Fuerstenbergii. The correct name of this plant is now

Streptocalyx Fuerstenbergii.

22 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Echmea—continued.

&. Germinyana (Germiny’s).* j., petals reddish-white, nearly
twice as long as the sepals; spike dense, 6in. to 8in. long ;
peduncle half as long as the leaves; bracts bright red, the lower
ones lin, long. J/. twenty to thirty, rosulate, lorate from an
ovate base, 2it. to 24ft. long, Sin. broad, bending over from the
middle. Colombia. Syns. Bromelia daguensis (of gardens),
Chevaliera Germinyana (R. H. 1881, p. 230).

4. gigantea (gigantic). /l., petals reddish-blue, half as long
again as the sepals; inflorescence a dense spike, 1}ft. to 2ft. long,
4in. to Sin. in diameter, at first globose, finally oblong; peduncle
stout, erect, 2ft long; bract-leaves bright red, spreading. J.
densely rosulate, ensiform, 6ft. to 8ft. long, 6in. to 8in. broad at
base, firm, gradually tapering, with stout, black spines, South
Brazil, 1888. Syn. Chevaliera gigantea.

#&. Glaziovii (Glaziou’s).* j., petals reddish-purple, half as
long again as the sepals; inflorescence a dense, oblong panicle
4in. to bin. long; peduncle 1ft. or more in length ; bract-leaves
imbricated. 2, twenty in a rosette, lorate, Per 14ft. long
(but one plant at Kew had, according to J. G. Baker, leaves 7ft.
to 8ft. long), horny, deltoid-cuspidate at apex. South Brazil,
1880. (B. H. 1881, p. 271, t. 13.)

4%. glomerata (B. M. 5668). Syns. Hohenbergia erythrostachys
(R. H. 1869, p. 217, f. 53), Pironneava Morreniana (R. G. 805.)

4. Lalindei (Lalinde’s).* ., calyx green, ellipsoid, pink at the
tips; corolla not exserted; spike dense; bracts crimson, large,

acute, reflexed; stem tall. 2. 3ft. to 4ft. long, broad, concave,
acute, denticulate, oe Colombia, 1883. handsome
plant. (I. H. n. s. 481.)

4&. Legrelliana is a synonym of Ortgiesia Legrelleana.

i. Lindeni (B. M. 6565). Syn. Hoplophytum Lindeni (B. H.
1873, p. 81, t. 5).

4&. lineata (lined). 7. oblong-ligulate, concave, abruptly acu-
minate, finely and remotely toothed, green, with alternating
broad stripes of white, disposed in cylindrical tufts, spreading at
the apex; marginal spines black. Brazil, 1893. Syn. Hoplo-
phytum lineatum.

4B. macracantha (large-spined), A synonym of 42. Schiedeana.

4&. Mertensii (Mertens’). /., petals rose-pink, twice as long as
the sepals ; inflorescence a dense, cylindrical panicle 6in. to Yin.
long; flower-bracts green, din. long ; peduncle 1ft. to 14ft. long ;
upper bract-leaves danse, bright red. March. /. twelve to twenty
in a utricular rosette, lanceolate, ovate at base, 2ft. long, 14in. to
2in. broad, with small teeth. Dutch and British Guiana, 1830.
(B. M. 3186.) Syn. Hohenbergia Mertensii (Ref. B. 284).

4&. mexicana (Mexican). /l. on erecto-patent pedicels jin. long ;
calyx green, sin. long; petals bright crimson, connivent, pro-
truding 4in. from the calyx; panicle oblong-cylindrical, 1ft. long,
4in. to Sin. broad, the lower branches 2in, to Jin. long; peduncle
stout, lft. long; bracts colourless, erect. Winter. ih twenty to
thirty in a dense rosette, lorate, with a ESI tip,
above 2ft. long, 3in. broad, the dilated base 4in. to 5in. broad,
pale green, with darker green spots; prickles small, the lower
ones tipped with brown. Mountains of Orizaba, 1886.

4. mucroniflora (having pointed flowers). jl., petals bright
yellow, Cuspidate, sin. long ; inflorescence a dense, oblong spike
din. to 4in. long ; flower-bracts having a large cusp ; peduncle less
than lft. long, the upper leaves bright red. 7. about a dozen in a
rosette, lorate, lft. to 14ft. long, lsin. broad, firm, channelled,
ovate at base, rounded to a cuspidate apex, with horny teeth.
Demerara, 1855. (B. M. 4832.)

48. myriophylla (many-leaved). jl. distichous; calyx bright red ;
corolla pink, fading to lilac; scape 14ft. high, panicled above,
and, as well as the bracts, bright red. 7. forming a dense rosette,
narrow, channelled, attenuated, 2ft. to 24ft. long, lin. broad, dull
green, sprinkled with silvery scales on the back, the margins
armed with close, brown prickles. Tropical America, 1887.
(B. M. 6939.)

4&. nudicaulis (naked-stemmed). _7., petals Heh lemon-yellow ;
inflorescence a loose, drooping spike din. to 6in. long; peduncle
14ft. to 2ft. long; bract-leaves bright red. 2. about a dozerein
a utricular rosette, lorate from an oblong base, 2ft. to 3ft. long,
2in. to Sin. broad, horny, with small prickles, Tropical America,
1825. Syns. Bromelia nudicaulis (H. E. F. 143), Pothuava
nudicaulis (R. G. 1096).

4. n, Cornui (Professor Cornu’s). A form of the above, with a
short, dense, oblong spike. Brazil, 1885. (R. H. 1895, p. 36,
under name of 4. Cornui.)

4G. n. distans (distant). A variety having a loose flower-spike
and short, broad leaves. :

&&. odora (odorous). /l. sessile, spreading ; petals pale yellow;
panicle loose, bipinnate, lft. to 14ft. long; peduncle 14ft. long ;
ract-leaves appressed. J. ten to twelve, 2ft. to 3ft. long, lorate,
ere on both sides, but especially at the back. West Indies,
1879. A distinct but not very showy species.

4&. Ortgiesii, This is now correctly known as Ortgiesia
tillandsioides.

48. Pineliana (Pinel’s). jl. in a dense, ema poe 2in. to 3in,
long ; sepals having a large cusp pipe enls bright yellow, sin. long;
peduncle lft. to 14ft. long; bract-leaves bright red. J. twelve
to fifteen in a utricular rosette, lorate, 1ft. to 14ft. long, ljin.

Zichmea—continued.

broad, ovate at base, deltoid at apex, with peau ire spines.
Soy Brazil, 1851. Syn. Echinostachys Pineliana (B. M.

4. purpurea (purple). . about lin. long; bracts a dozen or

more, bright red, 2in. to 3in. long; peduncle about lft. long;
bract-leaves large, tinged with red. /. twelve to twenty in a
utricular rosette, lanceolate, dilated at base, 2ft. long, l4in. to
2in. broad, narrowed to the apex. South Brazil, 1881.

4&. regularis (regular). jl. white; petals twice as long as the
sepals; inflorescence a dense, oblong, bipinnate panicle 6in. to
8in. long, the lower branches subtended by large, red, lanceolate
bracts; peduncle above lft. long; upper bract-leaves bright red.
September. J. 14ft. to 2ft. long, l4in. to 2in. broad, lorate,
horny, cuspidate, with a dilated, utricular base, and horny
prickles tin. long. South Brazil, 1870.

4&. rosea (rosy), of Baker. The correct name of Canistrum
roseum. jl. white and green; inflorescence a dense head, 2in.
to 3in. in diameter; peduncle erect ; bract-leaves pink. J.
about twenty in an open rosette, 14ft. to 2ft. long, 1sin. to 2in.
broad, mottled with darker green. South Brazil. (B. H. 1883,
p. 195, tt. 14, 15, under name of Canistrwm rosewm.)

4G. rosea (rosy), of gardens. A synonym of 4%. swaveolens.

Ai. Schiedeana (Schiede’s). ., petals pale yellow, shortly pro-
truded ; inflorescence a tripinnate panicle 14ft. long; lower
branches subtended by large, red bracts; peduncle 2ft. long ;
upper bract-leaves bright red. 7. about twenty in a rosette,
lorate from an ovate base, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 2in. to 3in. broad,
deltoid-cuspidate at tip, with large marginal teeth. Central
Mexico, 1880. Syn. 42. macracantha.

i. setigera (bristle-bearing). A garden synonym of Billbergia
pyramidalis Croyiana.

4%. Skinneri (Skinner’s). fl. without bracts; petals yellow,
shortly protruded ; inflorescence an almost cylindrical panicle 1ft.
long; peduncle erect, 14ft. long; bract-leaves pale. March. J.
about twenty in a utricular rosette, lanceolate, 2ft. to 24ft. long,
24in. to 3in. broad, ovate at base, with minute teeth. Guatemala,
1850. Syns. Androlepis Skinneri (under which name it is briefly
described in Vol. I.), Billbergia Skinneri (of gardens).

#®. speciosa (showy). J. tufted, spreading, leathery, oblong,
acute, mucronate, finely toothed, concave above, more or less
densely covered with silvery scales, especially on the under-
surface; upper surface bright shining green, with broad, longi-
tudinal stripes of clear yellow. Brazil, 1893. A highly orna-
mental species, of moderate size. Syn. Lamprococcus speciosus.

4&. spectabilis (showy).* jl. distant, sessile, erecto-patent ;
calyx pale pink, sin. to gin. long; petals bright red, lingulate,
shortly protruded; panicle ovate, bipinnate, l4ft. to 2ft. long,
6in. to 8in, in diameter, the lower branches Sin. to 4in. long;
ee erect, stout, 14ft. long; bracts pale, erect. Winter.
. twenty to thirty in a dense rosette 3ft. to 4ft. in circumference,
lanceolate from a dilated base, bright green, horny, din. broad,
channelled, with scattered, whitish spots. Guatemala, 1886.
Plant stemless. Syn. 4. flexuosa (R. H. 1876, p. 311).

4&. suaveolens (sweetly-scented), ., sepals mucronate; petals
reddish-purple, sin. long; inflorescence an oblong, bipinnate
panicle in. to Sin. long; bracts mucronate; peduncle slender,
4ft. long; bract-leaves inconspicuous. April. J. few, in a long,
utricular rosette, the outer ones linear, the inner ones lanceolate,
lift. to 2ft. long, lin. to 1sin. broad, horny, with ascending
prickles, Brazil, 1831. SyNns. 4. rosea (of gardens), Billbergia
purpureo-rosea (B. M. 3304).

4. tillandsioides (Tillandsia-like). #., petals twice as long
as the sepals; panicle 4in. to Sin. long, consisting of four to
eight sessile spikes; peduncle lft. long; upper bracts bright red,
serrated. 7, about a dozen in a utricular rosette, lanceolate,
lft. to 14ft. long, l4in. broad, gradually narrowed, horny.
Amazon Valley, &c., 1881. This must not be confounded with
Ortgiesia tillandsioides.

4B. Veitchii (B. M. 6329). Syn.
p. 177, t. 5; R. H. 1880, p. 450).

4&. viridis (green). The correct name of Canistrum viride
(B. H. 1874, p. 376, t. 16).

&. Weilbachii (Weilbach’s).* ., sepals bright lilac; petals
lilac at first, but turning brownish-black; ovary bright red ;
inflorescence a loose, bipinnate panicle 4in. to 6in. long, with a
bright rachis; peduncle lft. to 14ft. long, dull red. 7. twelve
to thirty in a rosette, bright green on both sides, lorate, lft. to
14ft. long, 14in. broad, pliable, ovate at base, cuspidate at apex,
with minute teeth. South Brazil, &c., 1854. Syn. Lamprococcus
Weilbachii (B. H. 1861, p. 305; B. M. 6435; R. G. 539),

4&. W. leodiensis (Weilbach’s, Liége).* jl. violet-rose, changing
to dark red ; bracts scarlet, mixed with violet and green; scape
shorter than the leaves. J. about forty in a rosette, the basal
half armed with larger and more crowded spines than in the
type, the mppEe surface dark olive and bright green, the basal

Chevaliera Veitchit (B. H. 1878,

a beneath washed violet-brown and spotted blood-red. Brazil,
ZECIDIUM. Formerly these fungi, which belong

to the Uredinex, or Rusts, were accorded generic rank ;
but now they are believed to be but a subordinate stage

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 23

Zecidium—continued.

in a very complex life-cycle of such genera as Uromyces
and Puccinia. This, however, has not been proved in
regard to all the reputed species of this form-genus. An
excellent example of this Acidium-form is to be found
in the Barberry Rust (#. berberidis), which is seen upon
the common Barberry and other species in spring, as well
as upon the allied genus Mahonia, in the form of bright
orange-yellow spots on the leaf-blades, stalks, as well as
less frequently upon the flowers and the berries. Later
they give rise to the purple, brown, and, finally, almost
black spots on Wheat and other cereals, and known by
the name of Puccinia graminis. Nearly a hundred years
ago the fungologists of the time thought there was a
connection between the two, but it is only within compara-
tively recent years that the life-cycle has been worked
out by the late Professor De Bary. This destructive
fungus is not restricted to Wheat and other cereals, but
is also found on several species of ornamental and other
grasses; hence the specific name (graminis). Both uredo-
spores, or summer-spores, and teleutospores exist, the
former being differentiated from the latter by being one-
celled instead of two-celled. The summer-spores are the
means by which the area of infection is spread, and the
teleutospores (or final spores), those by which the fungus
is tided over the winter, to develop again as soon as the
conditions are favourable in the spring. The grain and
straw are both rendered useless by this fungus, which is
difficult to cope with, as even if there are no Barberries
or Mahonias in the vicinity of the Wheat the rust-fungus
has been proved to exist.

' Other ANcidium-forms occur in species of Abies; one,
elatinum, being very destructive, and responsible for
the extraordinary malformations found upon Silver Firs,
kmown as Witches’ Brooms. The needles of such infested
trees are sickly-looking, and only last one season. Some-
times, too, the extraordinary branch growths proceed from
a large, gouty swelling. Yet other species affecting
Firs are #. pseudocolumnare, in the needles of several
species of Abies, notably on A. pectinata; and Al. stro-
bilinum on cones of Spruce. For further information
upon Pine Fungi, see Pinus.

ZIGERIA TIPULIFORMIS. This is an old name
for the Currant Clearwing Moth (Sesia tipuliformis).

ZEGICERAS. Syn. Melaspinza. This genus is
monotypic. The correct name of A?. fragrans is A. majus.

ZEGILOPS (of Linneus).
(which see).

ZEGINETIA. A synonym of Bouvardia (which see).

ZEGIPHILA. Sywns. Manabea, Omphalococca. This
genus embraces about thirty species, natives of tropical
America, from Brazil to the West Indies and Mexico.
7S. grandiflora. The correct name is Clerodendron grandi-

Jlorum.

ZEGLE. Golden Apple. This genus embraces two or
three species of spiny, stove trees, natives of tropical
India, Java, and tropical Western Africa. Flowers
white, hermaphrodite, rather large; calyx small, four- or
five-toothed; petals four or five, oblong-lanceolate,
spreading, imbricated; panicles axillary, few-flowered.
Berries large, very hard, with edible pulp. Leaves trifolio-
late; leaflets slightly crenulate, pellucid-dotted, mem-
branous. A. Marmelos is known in India as the Bael-tree.

4#®. sepiaria (hedge-loving). The correct name of Citrus tri-
Soliata, Syn. C. triptera.

ZZGOCHLOA. Included under Gilia (which see).

ZZONIA (name not explained by author). Also spelt
@onia. Orv. Orchidew. A small genus (four or five
species) of stove Orchids, natives of Madagascar, and
closely allied to Angrecwm. Flowers racemose, shortly
pedicellate ; sepals and petals sub-equal, free; lip sessile
at the base of the column, produced into a spur at base;

A synonym of Triticum

Honia—continued.

column very short; peduncles lateral, simple. Leaves

distichous, coriaceous. Stems not pseudo-bulbous. The

following species is the only one calling for mention
here. For culture, see Angrecum.

#&. polystachya (many-spiked). jl. like those of a small
Brassayola, but spurred; sepals and petals whitish or greenish ;
base of the lip green; racemes numerous. J. ligulate, bilobed.
1889. Syns. Angraecum Kimballianum, A. polystachywm.
ZZONIUM. Included under Sempervivum (which

see).

AERANTHUS. This genus embraces about three
species. Flowers often solitary, rather large, pedicellate ;
sepals erecto-patent, free; petals similar to the dorsal
sepal, but smaller; lip produced into a spur-like process;
column very short. Leaves distichous. To the species
described on p. 31, Vol. I., the following should be added.
See also Mystacidium, and for culture see Angrecum
(to which this genus is allied).

A. brachycentron (short-spurred). This scarcely differs from
A. grandijlorus.

A. Grandidierianus (Grandidier’s). A synonym of Angrecum
Grandidierianum.

A. Leonis (Leon Humblot's).
blotii.

A. ophioplectron (snake-spurred). A synonym of Angrecum
ophioplectron.

A. trichoplectron (hair-spurred). jl. white, solitary, axillary ;
sepals lanceolate, acute; petals linear, acute; lip broad, nearly
conchoid at base, acuminate at top ; spur long, filiform ; peduncle
one-flowered. February. J. 5in. long, 4in. wide, soft, linear,
bidentate at apex. Madagascar.

AERIAL. Growing inthe air.
that appear above the ground.

AERIDES. These lovely plants are best grown under
stove or hot-house treatment. They require a liberal
amount of moisture both at the roots and in the atmo-
sphere, during the growing season. Under cooler con-
ditions, while the plants are at rest, only sufficient
moisture is needed to maintain the foliage in a plump
condition. Though usually classed as suitable for pot-
culture, many Aérides are dwarf-growing, and possessing
a compact habit they are better adapted for baskets,
in which they may be easily suspended near the roof-
glass. The most suitable kinds for this purpose are
A. affine, A. crassifoliwm, A. Lobbii, and the A. maculosum
section. If these are removed to the brighter, cooler, and
drier conditions of the intermediate house during the
resting season beneficial results will be derived; this
especially applies to A. crassifoliwm, which is usually
a somewhat shy flowerer. Under the above conditions
this difficulty is overcome. To the species. described on
pp. 31-3, Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. ampullaceum (flask-like). A synonym of Saccolabiwm
rubrum.

A. Augustianum (Auguste Linden’s).* fl. light rose-colour, lin.
to lin. long ; lip three-lobed, the side lobes faleate, rounded or
nearly truncate above, the front lobe much longer, with crenulate
margins, slightly bilobed &t apex; racemes arching. J. 6in. to
7in. long, 1{in. broad, dark Beat bilobed at apex. Philippine
Islands, 1890. (G. C. 1890, f. 36; L., t. 210.)

A. Ballantinianum (Ballantine’s) A variety of A. suavis-
simum.

A. Bernhardianum (Bernhard’s). /l., side lobes of the lip
overlapping each other, the front lobe covering both in front ;
raceme having the appearance of that of A. i uinauariieenie
u. narrow, strap-shaped. Borneo, 1885. A distinct and fine
species.

A. Brookeii (I. d. 8. 151; P. M. B. ix., t. 145) is identical with
A, crispum.

A. Burbidgei splendens (Burbidge’s splendid). /l. rich

urple; side lobes of the lip ochre, spotted with brown; tip of

The spur ochre, 1885.

A. cornutum (horned). A variety of A. odoratum.

A. Ellisii (Ellis’). A variety of A. virens.

A. Emericii (Emeric Berkeley’s). fl. pale pink, with darker
tips to the perianth segments and pape mid-lobe of the lip,
numerous, sin. in diameter; perianth segments short, incurved,
with rounded tips; lip funnel-shaped, passing into the stout,

A synonym of Angraecum Hum-

Aerial Roots are those

24 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Aérides—continued.

incurved spur; raceme axillary, 5in. to 6in. long, shortly
edunculate. May. J. distichous, nearly 1ft. long, lin. to lyin.
road, linear, coriaceous, deeply bifid at apex. Andaman

Islands, 1882.’ (B. M. 6728.)
A. expansum (expanded).
\|_ —~ A synonym of A. crassi-
P TFolium.

A. falcatum com-
pactum (compact) A
variety differing from the
type principally in its |
shorter inflorescence,
shorter and broader leaves
and thicker and stronger
stems.

A. f. Houlletianum. The
correct name of A. Houl-
letianum. (R. X. O- iii., t.
204.)

A. f. Leoniz (Mrs. Leonie
Allan Goss’). /jl., side
laciniz blunt, retuse, even
dolabriform. 1882. (W.

Fic, 30. FLOWERS OF AERIDES OQ, A. vii, t. 328, under
FIELDINGIL. name of <A. expansum
Leonie.)

A. Fieldingii alba (white). #. snow-white, closely disposed
on the spikes. 1888. A lovely variety. (L. 1896, t. 558.) Flowers
of the typical plant are shown in Fig. 50.

A. flavidum (yellowish). A synonym of A. suavissimum.

A. formosum (beautiful). jl. white, spotted, disposed in
graceful, pendent spikes; lip trifid, beautifully coloured with
amethyst. 1882. A handsome plant, supposed to have been
bred between A falcatum and A. odoratum,

Fic. 31. PORTION OF RACEME OF AERIDES LAWRENCE,

A. Godefroyanum (Godefroy’s). A variety of A. multijlorum.
A. Hughii (Hugh owe jl. well formed, about ten to a spike;
sepals pale rose with darker shading; ‘card pale rose, with
ech spots; lip bright rose and purple. J. about 6in. long.

A. Huttoni (Hutton’s). A name used in gardens for both
A, Thibautianum and Saccolabium Huttoni.

A. Iansoni (I’Anson’s). Probably a natural hybrid between
A. expansum and A. odoratum. Birma, 1890.

A. illustre (lustrous). A form of A. maculosum.

Aérides—continued.

A. Lawrencez (Lady Lawrence's).* /l. nearly as large as those
of A. erispum ; sepals and petals white, chanpang to yellowish-
tipped rosy-purple ; lip having its side lobes high, oblong-dola-
briform, its central lobe tipped rosy-purple, two purple lines
running back to the mouth of the spur, which is conical, acute,
entire; racemes 2ft. long, bearing eee of thirty flowers.
Tropical Asia, 1882. See Fig. 31. (Gn. 1889, t. 702; W. O. A. vi. 270.)

A. L. Amesianum (Ames’s). fl. of a rich, pale orange-yellow,
insper than in the type, borne on stalks over 2ft. in length ; sepals
and petals tipped with purple; racemes very long. Malay
Archipelago. (R. X. O. iil, p. 252.)

A. L. Sanderianum (Sander’s).* jl. 1sin. across; sepals and

etals creamy-white, tipped magenta, recurved at the margin ;

Up large, the upper half of the side lobes yellow, frilled at the

edges, the middle lobe obovate, folded, magenta; spur greenish-

yellow at the end; racemes long. /. broad, short, retusely
bilobed. Eastern tropical Asia, 1884.

A. Leeanum (W. Lee’s). jl. sweet-scented, less than lin. long;
eer and petals rose-purple, white at base; lip small, three-
lobed, deep pasate, with a green-tipped spur; racemes short
and dense. Winter. J. Tin. to Qin. long, l4in. broad. Origin
unknown. Allied to A. qguinguevulneruin.

A. lepidum (charming). jl. white, as large as those of A. afine ;
sepals and petals tipped with purple; lip having the projected
anterior part purple ; spur cylindrical, curved ; racemes ascending,
many-flowered. 7. lorate, obtusely bilobed. India. A pretty
species.

A. Lindleyanum (Lindley’s). A variety of A. crispum.

A. Lobbii is now regarded as a form of A. multijlorum.

A. L. Ainsworthii (Ainsworth’s). jl. brighter-coloured thar:
in the type; spikes about 2ft. long. Moulmein. A fine variety.

A. maculosum formosum (beautiful). //l. large and numerous ;
sepals and petals white, marked with numerous rose-purple spots ;
lip white at base, marked on the crests and auricles with rose-
poe ene ies large, elliptic front lobe entirely rose-purple.

. ne form.

A. m. illustre (lustrous). A robust form, having large flowers
blotched with purple and tipped with amethyst, and fewer and
shorter leaves.

A. margaritaceum (pearly). ji. pure white, produced in spikes.
Summer. 7. spotted. India. A pretty species, something in the
way of A. maculosum.

A. marginatum (margined). jl. densely packed on the rachis ;
papale and petals pale yellow, the anterior border purple; side
lobes of lip ere deep orange, the central one oblong-
ligulate, toothleted, yellow, changyy to sepia-brown ; spur light
green, conical; racemes drooping. /. rather broad; lorate, bilobed
or emarginate, keeled on the under-side. Philippine Islands,
1885. Probably a variety of A. quinquevulnerum.

A. MeMorlandi (McMorland’s). jl. white, spotted with peach-
colour, freely produced in long, branched racemes. June and
July, J. bright green, nearly lft. long. India. A fine but rare
species.

A. multiflorum (many-flowered). The correct name of A. ajine
(B. M. 4049; W.S. O. i. 21). A. Lobbit I. H. 1868, t. 569) and
A, roseum (P. F. G. ii., t. 60; R. G. viii., t. 267) are regarded by
Hooker as synonyms or forms of this species.

A. m. Godefroyanum (Godefroy’s). /. light rosy-white,
streaked and spotted with amethyst on the sepals and petals,
comparable with those of A. maculosum; lip triangular, with
a retrorse, hooked, solid tooth, and a very small, angular spur,
the disk rich amethyst. Cochin China, 1886.

A. m. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* 71. white, dotted with soft rose-pink ;
racemes long, rogein , branched. June and July. J. 8in. long,
dark green, spotted. <b. H. 1881, 8-9.)

A. nobile (W. S. O. ser.i., t. 11; R. G., t. 641) is identical with
A, suavissimum.

A. odoratum birmanicum (Birma). jj. smaller than in the
type; lateral sepals having a light purple line outside; middle
lacinia of the lip purple, very narrow, with a few teeth at the
margin ; side lacinie apicular. 1887.

A. o. Demidoffi (Demidoff’s). ji. white, large, forming a rich
spike ; tips of the sepals, petals, and lip marked with purple;
spur spotted with purple, and tipped with green. 1885. (L., t. 14.)

A. Ortgiesianum (Ortgies’). ., sepals and petals blotched and
warted with purple ; side segments of the lip purple, the middle
one white, blunt, bilobed, not serrated, the spur green, all
dotted and barred red. 1885. This looks like a small
A, quinquevulnerum.

A. pachyphyllum (thick-leaved). jl. resembling those of
A. Thibautianum, few in a short raceme ; sepals and petals light
crimson-lake, nearly as large as in that species, oblong-ligulate ;
lacinie of the lip small, painted with more or less warm purple ;
spur prominent, and, as well as the column, white. /. very
fleshy, short. Birma, 1880.

Ac panioutesan (panicled). A synonym of Sarcanthus pani
atus.

A. Picotianum (Picot’s) A synonym of A. falcatum
Houlletianum,

| 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 25

Aérides—continued.

A. platychilum (flat-lipped). 7. lin. across; sepals and petals
of a light buff colour; lip yellow and purple, flat, with a reflexed
spur; scape Sin. long. 7. 6in. long, more than lin. broad.
Habitat unknown. 1893. This is closely allied to A. falcatum
Houlletianum,

A. quinquevulnerum Schadenbergiana (Schadenberg’s).
A variety of more compact habit, having slforter and broader
leaves than the type. 1886. A portion of the inflorescence of

the typical species is shown in Fig. 32.
A. radicosum (root-
c' ing). jl. Zin. across;
, sepals and petals light
Se spotted
‘ with deep purple, the
lateral sepals largest ;

: lip three-lobed, the
7 mid-lobe deep rose-
, urple; spur horn-

Tike compressed ; pe-

dicels pale rose-pur-
ple; peduncles race-
mose,rarely branched.
i. Tin. to 10in. long,
jin. to ljin. broad.
Southern India. Syn.

s A, rubrum (of gar.

/ dens).

’ A. Reichenbachii
(R. X. O. ii., t. sau
synonymous wit S
Scart (P. F. G.
ii., t. 66).

A.R.cochinchinense
(Cochin China). /Jjl.,
inflorescence denser than in the type; yellow of the lip much

} deeper. Cochin China. A grand variety.

A. Roebelenii (Roebelen’s). jl. very fragrant, the size of those

~ of A. quinguevulnerum ; sepals and petals greenish-white, tipped
with ite: petals often minutely toothed ; lip rosy, with yellow,

oblong side lobes lacerated on the upper edge, as is also the much

longer, oblong, curved middle lobe; spur short, conical ; racemes

Fic. 32. PORTION OF RACEME OF
AERIDES QUINQUEVULNERUM.

; erect, lit. long, about twenty-five-flowered. Philippine Islands,
1884, Probably a variety of A. quinquevulnerum.
: A. Rohanianum (Prince Camille de Rohan’s). A synonym of

A, suavissimum.

A. rubrum (red) of
gardens. A popular
name for A. vadi-
cosum,

A. Sanderianum
(Sander’s). A
variety of A. Law-
rencee,

A. Savageanum
(Savage's). 7. less
than lin. across;
sepals and petals
white stained with
crimson- purple in
the lower half, the
upper half crimson-
purple; lip deep
crimson-purple,
with erect side
lobes, a small, in-
curved middle lobe,
and a greenish
straight spur; ra-
cemes as long asthe
leaves. 2. 7in. to
Qin. long, lin. to
lin. broad. Ovigin
unknown. (R. ii,
t. 81.)

A. Schreederi
(Baron Schreeder’s).
A form of A. macu-
losum.

A. suavissimum
aurantiacum
(orange). A much
handsomer plant
than the type, more
robust in growth,
and having a deep,
tich, orange-yellow
lip. Borneo, 1866,

A. s. Ballantin-
ianum (Ballan-

4 ' tine’s), 4. variable ;
: Fic. 53. PORTION OF RACEME OF AERIDES dorsal sepal and
VIRENS ELLISII. petals somewhat
; toothed ; lateral
; Vol. V.

/

. A. Veitchii (Veitch’s).

Aérides—continued.
sepals white, with a purple eye-blotch at the top; lip white,

with orange or self-coloured side lobes, or marked with purple
streaks and transverse bars. A tine variety.

A. s. B. aureum (golden). 7. large, sweetly-scented ; sepals
and petals white, tinged with pink or pale purple; lip having
a few tiny dots of brown. 1895. A handsome variety.

A. s. maculatum (spotted). jj. delightfully fragrant; sepals
and petals white, profusely spotted with pink, as is also the
lip.

A. Thibautianum (Thibaut’s). 7., sepals and petals rose-
coloured; lip bright amethyst; raceme very long, with thie
flowers rather openly set upon it. Java. Allied to A. quinque-
vulnerum.

a ee is the correct name of A. cylindricum (B. M.
982).

A variety of A. multiflorum.

A. virens Dayanum (Day’s). A fine variety, with very long
racemes. India.

A. v. Ellisii. <A portion of the inflorescence of this grand
variety is shown in Fig. 33.

A. v. andiflorum (large-flowered). . white, spotted with
pink, larger and more gracefully disposed than in the type.
April and May. India.

A. v. euperuny (superb). jl. brighter, and spikes longer, than
those of the type. India.

A. Warneri (Warner's). A variety of A. crispum.

A. Wightianum (Wight’s). A synonym of Vanda parviflora.

A. Williamsii (W. S. 0. ser. i., t. 21) is a form of A. Fieldingii
(B. H. 1876, t. 18-19; W. O. A vii., t 309).

A. Wilsonianum (Wilson's). j., sepals and petals pure white ;
lip lemon-yellow. A distinct, dwarf species, in appearance much
resembling A, odoratwm.

ZERUA (from Erowa, the Arabic name). Orp.
Amarantacee. A genus embracing about ten species of
stove herbs or under-shrubs, inhabiting the warmer
regions of Africa and Asia. Flowers white or brownish,
small or minute, in solitary or paniculate spikes. Leaves
alternate, opposite, or somewhat whorled. Two of the
species have been introduced, but they are probably lost
to cultivation.

ZERUGINOSE.

verdigris.

ZESCHYNANTHUS. About forty species are in-
cluded in this genus; they are found in the East Indies,
the Malayan Archipelago, and Hastern tropical Asia,
extending as far as China. To those described on p. 33,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

Z&. bracteata (bracteate). jl., calyx lobes red, gin. long; corolla
scarlet, 1jin. long, nearly glabrous outside, the lower lip with
reflexed lobes; peduncles lin. long, one- to seven-flowered ;
bracts scarlet, lin. long. April. 2. elliptic, acuminate, fleshy,
4in. long, cuneate or rounded at base, ranches terete. Tem-

erate Himalayas, 1839, Plant epiphytic. Syn. 4. Paztoni
J. H. S: iv:, p. 79).

4&. grandiflora Po nace (parasitic). l., calyx and corolla
rather large, and leaves narrower, than in the type, the calyx
lobes slightly longer than the tube. (B. iv., t. 167, under name
of a parasitica ; B. R. 1841, t. 49, under name of 4. grandi-
Jlora).

48. Hildebrandii (Hildebrand’s). 1. orange-scarlet, few, from
the moper leaf-axils, the segments margined with deep red, lin.
long, glandular, pubescent, the tube curved. J. rather crowded,
opposite and alternate, lin. Jong, somewhat fleshy, ovate,
narrowed to a very short petiole. Stem creeping ; branches 2in.
to 4in. high. Birma, 1894. (B. M. 7365.)

48. Horsfieldii (Horsfield’s). jl. pale scarlet; calyx segments
linear-lanceolate. August. 7. ovate-lanceolate, somewhat
acuminate. h. 2ft. Java, 1842. Plant glabrous. (R. G. 297.)

4. maculata (spotted). This is hardly distinguishable from
43. ramosissima except by the small calyx. (B. R. 1841, t. 28.)

4. marmoratus (marbled). 7. axillary; corolla with a curved,
green tube, and an oblique limb of roundish, ciliated segments
blotched with chocolate-brown. J. oblong-lanceolate, obovate-
lanceolate, or ovate, acuminate, scarcely toothed, obscurely
veined, reddish-purple below, 34in. long. Origin unknown, 1882,

ZS. obconica (obconical). f. blood-red, in pairs on a very
short peduncle; calyx broadly campanulate, nearly lin. across,
with a recurved margin; corolla short, often having yellow
lobes banded with red. July. 7. 2in. to 2sin. long, l4in. broad,
orbicular-ovate, obtuse or slightly acute, fleshy; petioles jin.
long. Stem slender, elongated. Malayan Peninsula and
Islands, 1825, (B. M. 7336.)

4&. parasitica (parasitic).

Light bluish-green—the colour of

A form of 4. grandiflora.
E

26 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Zschynanthus — continued.
#®. Paxtoni (Paxton’s). A synonym of 4. bracteata.

S. purpurascens (purplish). jl. green; calyx segments dark
purple, as long as the corolla. March. J. oblong-lanceolate,
acwninate, fleshy, sinuate-toothed. Java, 1845. More curious
than beautiful. (B. M. 4236.)

7®. ramosissima (much-branched). /l. scarlet; sepals free or
united half-way ; corolla lin. long, scarcely contracted. J. 4in.
long, 1gin. broad. Sub-tropical Himalayas, 1837. This scarcely
differs from 4. grandiflora parasitica, (P. M. B. vi., p. 195.)
JESCULARIA ANISOPTERYX. See March

Moth.

ZISCULUS. Syn. Hippocastanum. This genus in-
cludes about fourteen species of trees and shrubs, natives
of North America and the mountains of Colombia,
Mexico, the Himalayas, Persia, and the Malayan Penin-
sula. Flowers white, red, or pale yellow, polygamous,
irregular, disposed in terminal, thyrsoid racemes or
panicles; calyx campanulate or tubular, five-cleft; petals
four or five, unequal, clawed, imbricated; stamens five to
eight, free. Capsules coriaceous, smooth or prickly, three-
lobed or sub-globose, three-celled, or by abortion one- or
two-celled. Leaves opposite, without stipules, digitately
five- to nine-foliolate; leaflets serrated. To the species
described on p. 34, Vol. I., the following should be added.
See also Pavia (which is included under this genus by
modern botanists).

E. californica (Californian). A synonym of Pavia californica.

#®. chinensis (Chinese). 1. rather small, disposed in a panicle.
1. distinctly stalked, oblong-oblanceolate, finely serrated. China,
1889. Syn. 4. sinensis.

Z®. chinensis, of gardens. A synonym of 4. turbinata.

#, glabra. There is a double-flowered form of this ( jlore-pleno).

#&. Hippocastanum has now been definitely proved to be a
native of the mountains of Greece.

J®. macrostachya (large-spiked). A synonym of Pavia alba.
#. parviflora (small-flowered). A synonym of Pavia alba.
Ze. Pavia (Pavia). A synonym of Pavia rubra.

J. Plantierensis (Plantier’s). A garden hybrid between
E. Hippocastanum and 4. rubicunda. 1894.

JE. rubicunda Watsoniana (Watson’s). A variety having
darker flowers and shorter stamens than in the type.

J. sinensis (Chinese). A synonym of 2. chinensis.

2%. turbinata (top-shaped). jj. white. fr. globose-turbinate,
without spines; seeds about two in each fruit. Japan, 1888.
This tree closely resembles 42. Hippocastanum in general appear-
ance, but is readily distinguishable by its leaves being of a pale
greyish colour beneath. SYN. 42. chinensis, of gardens.

2G, Watsoniana (Watson's). A form of 4. rubicunda.

JETHEILEMA. A synonym of Phaylopsis (which
see).

ZETHIONEMA. About sixteen species, natives of the
mountains of Southern Europe, Asia Minor, and Persia, are
included in this genus. Flowers pink or purple, small,
without bracts, on slender pedicels.

There is no better subject for the rock-garden than
ZE. grandiflorwm, once it is established. It is, however, a
true sun-lover, and if a little lime be mixed with the
soil in the particular nooks in which it is grown, a fine
mass of pink blossom will be produced in summer. Its
prostrate habit lends itself well to rockery decoration.

ZETHONIA. Included under Tolpis (which see).

AFRICAN CORN LILY. A name applied to Ixias.

AFRICAN CYPRESS. See Widdringtonia.

AFRICAN HEMP. See Sparmannia africana.

AFRICAN TOAD-FLOWER. See Stapelia.

AFZELIA. This genus embraces about ten species
of unarmed, stove trees, natives of tropical Africa and
Asia. Flowers rather large, racemose; calyx segments
four, imbricated ; petal clawed, orbicular or reniform,
the lower rudimentary ones small or wanting; stamens
three to eight, free; racemes crowded in panicles at the
tips of the branches. Pods obliquely oblong, compressed.
Leaves abruptly pinnate or rarely almost imparipinnate ;
leaflets in few pairs, coriaceous. A. africana is the best-
known species.

AGALLOCHUM. A synonym of Aquilaria (which
see).

AGALLOSTACHYS. A synonym of Bromelia
(which sez).

AGALMA VITIENSIS.
vitiense. .

AGALMYLA. Syn. Orithalia. This is a monotypic
genus, A. longistyla being merely a long-styled form of
the true species, A. staminea.

AGANISIA. Syn. Koellensteinia. The half-dozen
species of this genus are confined to tropical America. To
those described on p. 35, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. czrulea. The correct name is Acacallis cyanea.

A. cyanea (blue). fl. rather small, in a short, erect raceme;
sepals and petals white, ovate, acute ; lip blue, roundish-cuneate,
undulated at the tip; scapes slender. June. J. evergreen, form-
ing a close, Seo tuft, broadly lanceolate, strongly ribbed.
Columbia. Syn. Warrea cyanea (B. R. 1845, 28).

A. c. alba (white). jl. pure white. 1885.

A. lepida (scaly). ji. ee white, about l4in. across, very hand-
some, disposed in tall, many-flowered spikes. /. erect, Grass-
18) Brazil, 1893. A well-marked species. (L. 400; R. X. O.

A. tricolor (three-coloured). jl. closely resembling those of
A. cyanea, but the sepals are whitish on both sides, the petals
are light blue, and the callus of the saddle-shaped, pe ee
lip is different in shape. Amazons, 1886. A fine Orchid.
AGANOSMA. This is regarded by Bentham and

Hooker as synonymous with Ichnocarpus (which see).

AGAPANTHUS. Syns. Abumon, Mauhlia. Ac-
cording to Baker (‘Flora Capensis,”’ vol. iii.) this genus
is monotypic. To the varieties described on p. 36, Vol. L.,
the following should be added:

A. umbellatus atroczruleus (dark blue). /. of a beautiful
dark violet.

A. u. giganteus (etponte) A very robust form, with a very
bi . Gece aoa 00 dark blue flowers, and leaves 2in. broad.
. ft. to F .

A. u. pallidus (pale). . a pale porcelain-blue.
= u. Saundersonianus (Saunderson’s), jl. darker than in the
ype.

AGAPETES. This genus includes about twenty-five
species, natives of India, the Malayan Peninsula, and Fiji.
To those described on p. 36, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

A. macrantha (large-flowered). fl. white, yellow, and red;
corolla 1gin. long, 4in. to Zin. broad. December. 7. shortly
petiolate, lanceolate, narrowed at both ends. Khasia, Moul-

mein, &c., 1849. This closely resembles A. variegata, but has
much larger flowers. SyN. Thibaudia macrantha (B. M. 4566).

A. Mannii (Mann’s). jf. white, in. long, with a cylindrical
corolla. 2. lanceolate. Branches almost glabrous. Otherwise
like A. obovata. Northern India, 1892. Greenhouse.

A. obovata (obovate). jl. reddish-brown, solitary, about 4in.
long, borne on stalks scarcely as long as the leaves. 7. cori-
aceous, obovate, about sin. long. Branchlets scurfy and thickly
leafy. Northern India, 1892. A dwarf, densely-branched, not
very ornamental, greenhouse shrub.

A. 1 eet (very pretty). A synonym of A. variegata, with
which Thibaudia pulcherrima (B. M. 4303) and 7. varieyata are
also identical.

AGARICUS. To this genus belong several very
destructive and common fungi met with upon various
conifers and other subjects, as well as upon orchard trees.
The best known is A. melleus (Armillaria mellea), or
Honey Agaric, an edible fungus found in late summer upon
trees of many kinds, but particularly upon Spruce, Pines,
Larch, Beech, and less often upon Plum. This species,
fully dealt with under Pine Fungi, is responsible for
the condition known as Tree-Root Rot. Not so well
known as the Honey Agaric is A. adiposus (Pholiota
adiposa), a species with bright yellow slimy cap, covered
with reddish-brown scales; the gills are yellow, changing
to reddish-yellow, and the reddish pileus scales extend
on to the stem. Like A. melleus, it grows in clusters;
but, unlike that species, it is not edible. This is found
much later than A. melleus, and on both living and dead

See Heptapleurum

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 27

Agaricus—continued.

wood. Firs, again, are the principal host-plants, and the
wood of stems so attacked breaks up in a remarkable
manner as the fungus spreads, and usually takes on an
unhealthy, yellowish-brown colour. Trees subject to canker
are frequently attacked by this species, whose sporospores
may be found growing out of the wounds caused by the
eanker-fungus. Besides being of a bright yellow, the cap,
as wellas the stem, is covered with darkish scales. See
Pine Fungi and Honey Agaric for remedies.

AGARISTA (a name of mythological origin, after
the beautiful daughter of Clisthenes; in allusion to the
beauty of the flowers). Syn. Amechania. Orv. Ericacex.
A genus embracing about twenty-two species of green-
house, glabrous or pubescent, usually evergreen shrubs,
natives of Brazil, New Granada, Peru, and Mexico.
Flowers white, pink, red, or purple, in axillary and terminal
racemes; calyx free, five-lobed or parted; corolla conico-
tubular or urceolate, with five recurved teeth ; stamens ten,
included; filaments shortly adherent. Leaves alternate,
hard, coriaceous, reticulate-veined. The two species here
described thrive in a compost of peat and sand. Cuttings,
not too young, will strike in sand, under a hand-glass, in
moderate heat. See also Agauria.

A. neriifolia (Nerium-leaved). (fl. crimson, urceolate, tubular,
secund, drooping, disposed in a terminal, racemose panicle.
June. 2. petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, acute, 3in. long, lin.
broad, ovate at base, coriaceous, entire, pale beneath. kh. 2ft.

Brazil, 1849. Plant highly glabrous. Syns. Andromeda
neriifolia, Leucothoe neriifolia (B. M. 4593).

A. pulchra (pretty). 7. greenish-white, in axillary and terminal
racemes. May. J. petiolate, ovate, mucronate, coriaceous,
entire. Branchlets obtusely angular. h. 2ft. Brazil, 1846.
Syns. Andromeda pulchra, Leucothoe puichra (B. M. 4314).
AGARISTA (of De Candolle). Included under

Coreopsis (which see). é
AGATHZEA. Blue Marguerite; Cape Aster. Bentham

and Hooker refer this genus to Felicia, but the correct

name of A. celestis is Aster rotundifolius.

A. amelloides (Amellus-like). A synonym of A. celestis (rotundi-
Solius).

AGATHELPIS (from agathos, pleasant, and thelpis,
hope ; reason for name not obvious). Orp. Selaginee. A
small genus (less than half-a-dozen species) of greenhouse
shrubs or under-shrubs, natives of South Africa. Calyx
limb shortly five-cleft ; corolla spreading, star-like ; stamens
two, affixed above the middle of the tube; spikes usually
slender, elongated. Leaves scattered, linear or small.
A. angustifolia and A. parvifolia have been introduced, but
it is doubtful if they are still in cultivation. ,

AGATHIS. According to the authors of the “ Genera
Plantarum,” this is the correct name of Dammara
(which see).

AGATHOMERIS. A synonym of Humea (which
see).

AGATHOPHYLLUM. This is now regarded as a
synonym of Ravensara (which see).

AGATHOSMA. As many as a hundred species are
included in this large genus.
A. acuminata is a variety of A. imbricata.

A. bruniades is a variety of A. cuspidata (the type is not in
cultivation).

A. villosa (villous). #. flesh-coloured, lilac, or white. h. 1ft. or
more. This is probably identical with Diosma Wendlandi.

AGATHOTES. A synonym of Swertia (which see).

AGATI. This is now included, by Bentham and
Hooker, under Sesbania, A. coccinea being regarded as a
form of S. grandiflora (which see).

AGAURIA (name not explained by author). Syws.
Agarista and Leucothoe (in part). Orp. Ericacew. A
small genus (four species) of greenhouse, evergreen, highly
glabrous or glandular-pubescent shrubs or small trees,
natives of tropical Africa, Madagascar, and Mauritius.
Flowers generally white, in axillary and terminal racemes ;

Agauria—continued.

calyx free, five- or six-cleft or parted; corolla cylindrical

with five recurved teeth ; stamens ten to twelve, included.

Leaves almost opposite and alternate, oblong or lanceolate,

entire, pale beneath. For culture of the two species

described, see Andromeda.

A. buxifolia (Box-leaved). 7. pink, in terminal racemes ; pedicels
somewhat secund. Summer. J. very shortly petiolate, cori-
aceous, highly glabrous, broadly ovate or nearly oblong, mucro-
nate, somewhat cordate at base, glaucous and at leneth almost
ferruginous beneath. h. lft. Mauritius, 1822. Greenhouse.
Syn. Andromeda buaxifolia (B. M. 2660; L. B. C. 1494).

A. salicifolia (Willow-leaved), #. purplish-violet or (in enlti-
vation) whitish ; corolla oval-oblong ; pedicels spreading-recurved,
somewhat secund. June. J. petiolate, narrow-lanceolate, acumi-
nate at both ends, entire, green above, woolly beneath. h. 4ft.
Mauritius, 1825. Hardy. SyN. Andromeda salicijolia (B. M.
3286; H. E. F. iii., t. 192).

AGAVE. Including Littwa. According to J. G.
Baker’s monograph of the Amaryllidex, this genus em-
braces nearly 140 species, natives of tropical America,
and especially plentiful in the Southern United States.
Flowers greenish-yellow ; perianth tube short, the segments
almost equal, oblanceolate, faleate; stamens inserted at or
below the throat of the tube; filaments filiform, usually
much longer than the segments; inflorescence densely
sub-spicate or a thyrsoid panicle; peduncle having only
reduced leaves. Fruit an oblong capsule, loculidally
three-valved. Leaves densely rosulate, more or less
fleshy and usually firm in texture, with a pungent spine
at the tip and numerous horny prickles on the margins.
The great majority of Agaves are monocarpic, i.e., only
fruiting once. Several polycarpic species have been noted
at Kew, and itis worthy of mention that all these belong
to the sub-genus Litiza, in which the flowers are borne in
pairs, forming a dense sub-spicate inflorescence. So far as
is known at present, none of the sub-genus Euagave, of
which the common A. americana may be taken as the
type, are polycarpic, but die after flowering.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 38-42,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. albicans (B. M. 7028). This is scarcely more than a variety
of A. micracantha. here is a form with variegated leaves.
A. Alibertii (Alibert’s). 71. lin. long, on short pedicels ; perianth
tube greenish, funnel-shaped, the segments short, lanceolate-
deltoid ; peduncle (including the lax, simple raceme) 4ft. to 5ft.
high. 7., produced ones ten to twelve, lanceolate, denticulate,

forming a rosette. Probably Mexico, 1877. Syn. Alibertia
intermedia.

A. angustissima (very narrow). jl. yellow, with purple stamens,
borne in pairs, 13in. long, very narrow; peduncle 12ft. high.
1. 12in. to 20in. long, sin. broad, flat on both sides, the margins
filiferous, the apex pungent. Mexico, 1893. Allied to A. jilijera.
(G. and F. 1893, vi., p. 5, f. 1.)

A. atrovirens is the correct name of A. Salmiana.

A. attenuata (R. H. 1875, p. 149, f. 31, 32). Syns. A. glaucescens
(B. M. 5333; G. C. 1887, ii., p. 219, f. 55), A. spectabilis, of gardens.

A. Baxteri (Baxter's). #. disposed in a thyrsoid, loose panicle
4ft. to 5ft. long; perianth tube yellow, sin. long, dilated at the
middle; filaments #in. to lin. long; anthers linear, 4in. long;
ovary cylindrical-trigonous, lin. long; peduncle 4ft. to Sft. long
before the flowers appear. March. /. about thirty in a dense,
sessile rosette, oblanceolate, about lft. long, and 3in. across at
the widest part, the tip pungent, brown, shortly decurrent, the
marginal spines spreading, hooked, deltoid-cuspidate, brown,
about din. long. Mexico (?).

A. Beauleuriana (Beauleur’s). A synonym of A. Theometel.

A. Bouchei (Bouche’s). jl. greenish-yellow, 14in. long, including
the ovary; spike dense, 2ft. long. J. thirty or forty in a dense
rosette, oblong-lanceolate, rather fleshy, lft. to 2ft. long, 3in.
to 4in. broad, gin. thick, with very small, reddish-brown
teeth. Caudex short, cylindrical. Mexico, 1861. (B. M. 7558.)

A. bracteosa (bracted). fl. in pairs, forming a dense spike >
perianth segments about zin. long, the ovary slightly longer;
Stamens about 2in. long; stem 3ft. high, the flowerless part
densely covered with spreading or recurved bracts Sin. to 6in.
long. /. ten to fifteen, broadly linear-attenuate, lft. to 1#ft. long,
1zin. broad at base, the margins minutely serrulated. Monterey,
Mexico, 1883. (G. C. 1882, ii., p. 776, f. 138, 139.)

A. Celsiana. There is a small variety of this, having leaves
only 8in. to Yin. long.

A. Fenzliana differs from Hookeri in its smaller prickles.

A. Franzosini (Francesco Franzosini’s). jl. green and yellow,
borne in a huge, candelabrunv-like panicle, on a stout peduncle

28 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Agave—continued.

40ft. long. J. thirty or forty in a rosette, oblong-spathulate,
persistently glaucous, 8ft. to 9ft. long, lft. broad, very rigid, with
a very pungent end-spine decurrent for about 6in., and distant,
dull brown, hooked or straight teeth. 1892. Plant stemless.
(G. C. 1892, xii., p. 179, f. 31.)

“A. geminifiora (twin-flowered). fl. greenish-brown, lin. to 2in.
long; tube sin. long; peduncle 18ft. to 24ft. long, including the
dense spike. 200 to in a dense rosette, recurved, linear,
1yft. to 2ft. long, din. to din. broad, bright green, convex on both
sides, the pale edge ee off into fine threads, the tip slightly
pungent. Mexico, 1797. Stemless. (B. R. 1145.) Syns. Bona-
partea juncea (of gardens), Litte@a geminijlora.

A. Ghiesbreghtii is identical with A. pruinosa.

A. glaucescens (bluish-grey). A synonym of A. attenuata.

A. Haseloffii (Haseloff’s). . green, ljin. long; tube short;
segments 4in. long; peduncle 7ft. long, including the dense
spike (2ft.). 2 about twenty in a rosette, lanceolate, 1}in. to 2in.
long, Sin. broad, the end-spine brown, tin. long, the marginal
teeth close and brown. Probably Mexico. Plant shortly
caulescent. (B. M. 7527.)

A. Henriquesii (Henriques’). /7., perianth segments tinged dark
brown, lanceolate, lin. long; style piloted pee
spike-like; peduncle, including the inflorescence, 12ft. 14ft.
long. 7. in a dense rosette, oblong-lanceolate, bright green,
margined with dark brown, 2ft. long, Sin. broad, narrowed to
the base and to the pungent apex, armed with spreading prickles.
Mexico (2), 1887. (G. CG. 1887, i, p. 732, f£ 70.) S¥N. Littea
Henriquesii.

A. heteracantha (variable-spined).
A. multilineata. s

A. Hystrix (Hystrix). A synonym of A. striata.

A. Ixtli (native name) and A. ixtlioides (Ixtli-like). These are
synonymous with 4. rigida.

A. Jacquiniana (Jacquin’s). A variety of A. Jurida.

A. kewensis (Kew). i. unknown. J. thirty to forty in a
rosette, oblanceolate-oblong, 33ft. to 4ft. long, 7in. to Sin. broad,
bright green, the somewhat pungent end-spine short and brown,
the face concave in the middle, the marginal prickles small,
we) and brown. Mexico. Plant shortly caulescent. \(B. M.

A garden synonym of

A. laxifolia (lax-leaved). i. green, about 2in. long, including
the ovary ; stamens 2in. long ; anthers very large, linear; panicle
lax, 4ft. to 5ft. long; peduncle the same length. 1. twenty to
thirty in a. lax rosette, oblong-lanceolate, firm, 1sft. to 2ft.
long, with copious very small marginal spines and a pungent one
at the apex. Mexico. Plant shortly caulescent. (B. M. 7477.)

A. Leopoldii II. (Leopold IL’s). 7. succulent, very numerous,
narrow, deep green, acutely pointed, the thin shreds on the
= pure white and curiously curled. 18935. A garden
seedling.

A. lurida (lurid). #1. greenish-yellow, 3in. long, the tube jin.
long ; stamens twice as long as the segments; peduncle 12ft. to
16ft. long, including the thyrsoid panicle (ft. to eels June.
i, thirty to forty in a rosette, oblanceolate, 2ft. to Sit. long,
2sin. to 34in. broad, very glaucous, the pungent end-spine lin.
long, the small, rather distant prickles reddish-brown, changing
to black. Mexico, 1731. Plant nearly or quite stemless. (B. M.
1522; Ref. B. 307.)

A. 1. Jacquiniana (Jacquin’s). ji. small. J. 23ft. to 3ft. long.
Trunk lft to lift. long. 1848. (B. H. ix., t. 25, and B. x.
5097, under name of 4. Jacguiniana.)

A. maculata (spotted). 7. purplish-green, l}in. long, in a lax,
somewhat spicate raceme 6in. to 12in. long; duncle 13ft. to
3ft. long, the bract-leaves few and much uced. J. twelve
to twenty in a rosette, lanceolate, spreading, 6in. to 12in. long,
jin. to li broad, glaucous-green, with irregular brown
blotches on both sides, the point not pungent, the edges serru-
lated. Texas, 1856. Stemless. Syn. A. maculosa (B. M. 5122;
G. C. 1872, p. 1194, f. 273).

A. maculosa (spotted). A synonym of A. maculata.

A, Maximowicziana (Maximowicz’). ji. green, sessile, borne
in pairs, disposed in a cylindrical spike; peduncle, including
the spike, 6ft. to 7ft. high. 2 in a dense rosette, obovate-
lanceolate, 33in. broad, densely and irregularly toothed, the
oe spine sometimes forked. 1889. Allied to A. densi-

lora. :

A. mexicana (Mexican). 7. greenish-yellow, 24in. to Sin. long;
ee 18ft. long, including the thyrsoid panicle (7ft. to Sft.).

twenty to thirty in a rosette, oblanceolate-spathulate, 2ft. to
3ft. long, Sin. to Gin. broad, very glaucous, the brown, pungent
Hel} ain done the pecs eee distant, gin. to din. long.

exico, Stemless. common t in European gardens.
(G. GC. 1883, i, f. 22 s

A. mitis (mild). 7. about 2in. long, the segments about as long
as the tube; peduncle Sft. to 10ft. long, including the dense
spike (Sft. to 4ft.). J. about thirty in a rosette, oblanceolate,
lft. to lift. long, Sin. broad, bright green, flat in the middle,
the end-spine weak, the crowded teeth very small. Mexico,
1860. Shortly caulescent. (G. C. 1877, ii., p. 717, f. 137.) Syn.
Littea mitis.

.

Agave—continued.

A. Morrisii (Morris’). #., perianth bright yellow, 2in. to 2iin.
long; stamens nearly twice as long as the ents ; panicle
thyrsoid, the main branches 1ift. long; peduncle, inclu the
inflorescence, 15ft. to 20ft. long. 2 twenty or more in a dense
rosette, oblanceolate-spathulate, 6ft. to 7ft. long, nearly lft.
broad, ually narrowed to the pone te apex, dull
green, the margins prickly. Jamaica, 1887. . C. 1887, i,
p. 643, f. 105.)

A. multilineata (much-lined). #. lin. long; tube very short;
spike slender, not dense, finally 5ft. long; peduncle Sft. i
Autumn. lL thirty to forty in a dense rosette, ensiform, lft.
long, lin. broad, gradually narrowed to a pungent apex, with
@ narrow grey edge, small irregular teeth, rounded on the back,
with copious darker green lines. Probably Mexico. Stemless.
Syn. A. heteracantha (of gardens).

A. Nickelsi (Nickels’). This is described as a new species,
resembling A. Victoria Regine. 189.

A. Poselgerii is identical with A. heteracantha.

A. pubescens (downy). (. greenish, ljin. long; tube longer
than the segments; spike 6in. long, loosely twelve- to fifteen-
flowered; peduncle 3it. ie l. twelve to fifteen in a rosette,

i lanceolate, Sin. 12in. long, lin. to ltin. broad,
papillose and minutely pubescent all over, dull pe spotted
exico, 1870.

yal). unknown. J. twelve to fifteen in a rosette,

oblong-spathulate, lift. to lift. dang fin. to Sin. broad, bright
green on th t pungent brown tip sin.
long, the prickles moderately close, very brown, the
upper ones ascending, the lower ones deflex Probably
Mexico. (G. C. 1877, ii, p. 620, f. 124. Syn. A. revoluta (of
gardens).

A. revoluta (revolute). A garden synonym of A. regia.

A. rigida (rigid). ji. greenish, ljin. to 2in. long, the tube very
short; stamens twice as long as the segments; peduncle,
including the thyrsoid panicle, 12ft. to 15ft. long. JL thirty to
forty in a rosette, ensiform, Lift. to 2ft. long, 1sin. to 2in. broad,
rigidly erecto-patent, glaucous, the end-spine lin. long, the teeth
small, brown or nearly black. South Mexico. Plant nearly
or quite stemless, yielding a valuable fibre. Syns. A. IJztli,
A. ixtlioides(B. M. 5393).

A. Salmiana (R. H. 1873, p. 375, tt. 40, 41; G. C. 1871, ii,
p. 141, t. 31; 1877, ii, £ 3S). The correct name is A. atrovirens.

A. Schottii (Schott’s). fl. bright yellow, 2in. long; panicle lax,
somewhat spicate, lft. long; peduncle and pedicels very short;
imap Sift. to aS ee forming a dense, Sorvle tee ee
rom an ovate 2, long, pungent at apex, the i
up into fibres. Arizona. B. M. 7567.)

A. spectabilis (remarkable). A garden synonym of A. attenuata.

A. striata (B. M. 4950). Syn. A. Hystriz; also known in gardens
as Dasylirion junceum and Yucca Hystriz.

A. Taylori (Taylor's). A garden hybrid between 4. inijiora
and probably A. jilamentosa (“not A. densiflora a A
A. Terraccianoi (Dr. Terracciano's). fl. greenish-yellow, sessile,
solitary or in pairs in the axils of the bracts; inflorescence
about 5ft. high. 2 many in a rosette, narrow-lanceolate, about
lft. long, 2in. broad, dee n, speckled with blood-red.

Probably Mexico or Texas, 1 (RB. G. 1895, p. 66, f. 14.)

A. Theometel (native name). (jf. yellowish-green, 3in. long;
stamens twice as long as the segments; peduncle 10ft. to
long, including the thyrsoid icle. J. about thirty, oblong-
spathulate, lift. to 2ft. long, 4sin. to 5in. broad, nearly flat on
the face, green, the dark brown end-spine lin. long, the distant
prickles gin. long. Mexico. Stemless. Syn. A. Beauleuriana.

A. univittata variegata (variegated). i deep bronzy green,

ined with white, and having a band of bright i
dineatthele centre. 1895. A handsome seedling. a 6

A. Villarum (Villa Brothers’). /. quite spineless, as in A. filifera,
but much longer, more spreading, and less dense. An
Italian hybrid between A. jfilifera and A. zylonacantha, the
former being the seed-bearer.

A. vivi) This name is also applied in gardens to A. soboli-
Sera (G. C. 1877, ii, f. 150).

A. weissenburgensis (Weissenburg). 7. erect, tubular, Lin.
long, disposed in clusters along the Sac of a long flower-stalk,
which, with the panicle, measures 7ft. to 8ft. i thirty to forty,
Sin. to Yin. long, 2iin. broad, upwards of din thick, oblong-
lanceolate, mucronate, with remote, spiny teeth on the margins.
Probably Mexico, 1885.

AGENORA. Included under Hypocheris (which
see).

AGERATUM. Syn. Carelia (of Adanson). Bentham
and Hooker include here Celestina, which has been
described on p. 356, Vol. I. This genus embraces about
sixteen species of herbs and shrubs, natives of tropical or
sub-tropical America, one being broadly distributed over
the warmer regions of the globe.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 29

Ageratu-n—continued.

Few bedding-plants are superior to Ageratums alike as
regards their freedom, colour of flowers, and the time over
which their beauty extends. Frequently they are the last
of the summer occupants of beds and borders to succumb
to frost; while they aré most useful in providing cut-flower
material throughout the season. Where it is not desired
to utilise them as bedding-plants they may be effectively
employed as edgings—the Imperial Dwarf Azure and the
Imperial Dwarf Blush White being very suitable on account
of their compactness of habit—a quality which is wanting
in some few of the garden varieties.

To the species described on p. 42, Vol. I., the follow-
ing should be added :

A. corymbosum (corymbose). The correct name of Celestina
ageratoides.

A. strictum (erect). A synonym of Adenostemma viscosum.

A. Wendlandi (Wendland’s). fl. blue, with rosy reflections,
roduced in abundance. J. cordate, dark green. Stems hairy.

Mexico, 1885. A dwarf, compact species.

AGLZA. A synonym of Melaspherula (which see).

AGLAONEMA. About a score species—all tropical
—are included here. Spadix sessile or stipitate; spathe
straight, at length marcescent; peduncles fascicled.
Leaves ovate- or oblong-lanceolate. To the species de-
scribed on p. 42, Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. acutispathum (acute-spathed). ., spadix sessile, 1Zin. long ;
spathe light green, S4in. long, ljin. broad, ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate, widely expanded ; scape as long as the petioles. /.
6in. to 8in. long, 24in. to 3Lin. broad, elliptic-ovate, acuminate,
slightly oblique, rounded and slightly cuneate at base, the
apex gradually attenuated into a fine point lin. long; petioles
Sn. to 44in. long, sheathing. Hong Kong (?), 1885. Nearly
hardy.

A. angustifolium (narrow-leaved). /., spathe whitish, lJin. long,
ellipsoid ; spadix, including the stalk, lsin. long. 2. 5in. to 9sin.
long, 4in. broad, elongated-linear-oblong, acuminate, cuneate-
rounded at base, the margins undulated; petioles ljin. to 2in.
long. Stem in. thick, erect, shining. Penang, 1895.

A. costatum (ribbed). j., spathe light green, lin. long; spadix
very large, protruding. J. 4in. to Sin. long, 24§n. to 3in. broad,
ovate, acute or cuspidate, retuse or somewhat cordate at base,
dark green, spotted and veined with white; midrib stout.
Perak, 1892. :

A. Curtisii (Curtis’s). A variety of A. oblongifoliwm.

A. Hookerianum (Hooker's). #., spathe dark green, cymbi-
form, l4in. to 2in. Jong oblong, cuspidate. 7. 8in. to llin. long,
S4in. to 44in. broad, elliptic-ovate or elliptic-oblong, acuminate.
Stem elongated, sin. thick. Khasia Hills, 1874.

A. integrifolium (entire-leaved). A synonym of A. oblongi-
Solium.

A. Lavallei (Lavalle’s). A synonym of Schismatoglottis Lavallei.

A. nebulosum (clouded). 1. Sin. to 8in. long, lin. to 14in. broad,
oblong or obovate-oblong, obliquely cuspidate-acuminate at apex,
obtuse at base, green, irregularly marked with greenish-white
above ; apenas 4in. to Zin. long, channelled above, sheathed.
Java, 1887. (I. H. ser. v. 24).

A. nitidum (shining). A synonym of A. oblongifolium.

A. oblongifolium (oblong-leaved). & spathe green, margined
with white, 2in. to 4in. tong, cuspidate ; spadix stout, nearly
as long as the spathe; peduncle 4in. to 8in. long. J. 8in. to
2ft. long, 2in. to din. broad, linear-oblong, acuminate, acute at
base, dark green, shining ; petioles 4in. to 6in. long. Stem lft.
to 3ft. high. Penang, &c. SyNs, A. integrifolium, A. nitidum.

A. o. Curtisii (Curtis's). 7. variegated with white along the
principal lateral veins. Penang, 1897.

A. pictum compactum (compact). . spathe green, pointed,
the outer surface shining. J. short, oblong-ovate, acuminate,
unequal-sided, dark sap-green, sparingly blotched grey ; petioles
sheathing, green, with a membranous, whitish margin. Stems
very short, erect. Jaya, 1888. There is another variety, gracile.

A. pumilum (dwarf). jl, spathe jin. long. J. 3in. to 44in. long,
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, rounded at base, deep
sea-green, marbled and blotched with white ; (pene shorter
than the blades. Caudex rooting. Birma, 1894.

A. rotundum (round). /l., spathe green, hooded, 2sin. long.
1. roundish-ovate, Sit. long, dark green tinged with pink above,
purple beneath. Stems short. Malaya (?), 1893. (J. H. xxvii,
p. 379, f. 56.) :

A. versicolor (variously coloured). J. ovate, green in two
shades, with white patches. East Indies, 1893. The genus of
this plant is uncertain.

AGNUS-CASTUS. See Vitex Agnus-castus.
AGONIOPTERIS. See Acrostichum.

AGONIS (from agon, a gathering, a collection; in
allusion to the number of the seeds). Syn. Billiottia (of
Brown). Orp. Myrtacew. A genus comprising ten species
of greenhouse, evergreen shrubs or small trees, natives of
West Australia. Flowers rather small, sessile, in dense,
globose, axillary or terminal heads; calyx segments five,
often scariose; petals five, spreading; stamens free,
sometimes ten, opposite and alternate with the petals,

sometimes twenty or more; bracts imbricating, often
involucrate. Leaves alternate, often crowded on the
branchlets, small or narrow and _ coriaceous, entire.

A. flexuosa and A. marginata are rare in this country, but
are grown at Kew. They should be firmly potted in a com-
post of turfy loam and peat, with a liberal addition of sand.
Water must be frequently given during the growing season.
but more sparingly during winter. In autumn the plants
may be placed in a sheltered and sunny position, to ripen
their wood and induce the formation of buds. In the

South of England these plants may prove hardy. Pro-

pagation may be effected by cuttings of the half-ripened

shoots, inserted in sandy peat, under a bell glass.

A. flexuosa (flexible). .-heads white, axillary, surrounded by
broad bracts, which, with the numerous long, white stamens, are
the most attractive features of the inflorescence. Summer.
1. lanceolate, like those of the Willow, smooth, dark green, the
margins tinged with purple. A. (in Australia) 40ft.; may be
limited to the size of a small pot shrub. (Gn. xxix. 534.)

A. marginata (margined). (l.-heads white, axillary and terminal,
about twenty-flowered ; petals small; stamens long, hair-like.
Summer. /. coriaceous, slightly hairy, in other respects like
those of the common Box. Branches twiggy, numerous, the
toy ones silky-hairy. Syn. J'abricia stricta. (L. B. C.

AGOSERIS. A synonym of Troximon (which see).

AGRICOLA. A synonym of Clerodendron
(which see).
AGRILUS. Orv. Coleoptera. Out of some 500

known species only five are found in Britain. They
usually inhabit the stems of young Beech; but one species,
a most beautiful insect, is credited with inflicting damage
upon Roses. It is, however, such a rare insect that the
likelihood of a severe attack is very remote.

AGRIOTES. Orv. Coleoptera. To this genus belong
several most destructive species in the garden, as their
larve, together with those of a few others, are popularly
known as ‘“ Wireworms.” The worst offenders are
A. sputator, tin.; A. obscurus, }in.; and A. lineatus, }in.
The female beetles deposit their eggs, which are of a
dirty white, either in the soil close to the food-plants
on which they have elected the larve when hatched

By Permission of the Board of Agriculture.

Fic. 34. 1 and la, AGRIOTES LINEATUS; 2 and 2a, AGRIOTES
SPUTATOR ; 3and 3a, AGRIOTES OBSCURUS (all Natural Size
and Magnified), 4, LARVA OF AGRIOTES LINEATUS; 5, PUPA
(both Natural Size).

30 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Agriotes—continued.
shall feed, or else in the plants themselves, towards the
base. The larve live a long time as grubs, three to
even five years. Finally, they become yellowish-white
pupe in cells of soil. See Fig. 84. See Wireworms.
AGRIPHYLLUM. A synonym of Berkheya
(which see).
AGROPYRUM. A genus of Grasses, comprising one
or two British species. See Triticum.

AGROSTEMMA. Bentham and Hooker include
this genus under Lyychnis (which sce), the specific names
remaining unchanged. ‘To the species described on p. 43,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. Walkeri (Walker's). jl. richly coloured, compact, and very
freely produced. 1890. A garden hybrid between A. coronaria
and A. jlos-Jovos.
AGROSTICULA. A

(which see).

AGROSTIS. Syn. Vilfa (of Adanson). Nearly a
hundred species are embraced in this genus; they are
broadly dispersed over the globe, but are mostly found in
North temperate regions. See also Sporobolus.

A, algeriensis (Algiers). A garden synonym of Aira capillaris.

A. capillaris (hair-like), of gardens. A synonym of A. nebulosa.

A. capillaris, of Thore. A synonym of A. elegans.

A. Spica-venti. The correct name is Apera Spica-venti.

AGROTIS. A very large genus of moths, several of
whose Caterpillars are amongst the most destructive of
garden insects. ‘The chief depredators, however, are
A. segetum, or Turnip Moth, and A. eaclamationis, the
Heart and Dart Moth. In this country the larve are
amongst those popularly known as Surface Caterpillars,
because of their habit of feeding just beneath the surface
of the soil. In America some near allies are known as
Cutworms, and are, if anything, more destructive than
their English relatives. The latter popular name is a very
appropriate one, and is in allusion to the insects’ habits
of severing the stems of their food-plants. All the mem-
bers of the f-mily seem practically omnivorous, and by
reason of their very accommodating tastes they are most
objectionable visitors to flower-gardens, market-gardens,
and agricultural lands. The Moths are on the wing in
summer, and the eggs are deposited on the leaves of the
plants on which they have elected to feed, but close to
the ground. As stated in Vol. III., the larve of the two
species are very difficult to distinguish. The chief point
of distinction, however, lies, according to Buckler, in the
fact that in A. eaclamationis the black spiracles are
always larger than the spots before and behind them;
while upon each of the first five segments there is a pear-
shaped blotch which is rather darker than the body-
colour. Again, if carefully examined, it will be seen
that the larvie of A. eaclamationis are darker than those
of the other species.

Less destructive than the two species already noted
are A. suffusa (A. ypsilon) and A. nigricans. In America
the former is a great pest in certain seasons, the Cabbage
and Tomato crops being the chief sufferers. Here it chiefly
lives upon such coarse weeds as Plaintain, Cow Parsley,
and the like; but like its congener already named it is not
very fastidious in its tastes. Im wing expanse it is about
lhin., blackish as to fore-wings, relieved by a slight tinge
of red, with blackish spots and dots; the hind-wings are
greyish-white. The larva is brown, with a paler stripe
at the sides; it feeds from April to June, the perfect insect
appearing in July and August. A. suffusa is a slightly
larger insect, having brown and yellowish fore-wings, with
black outlined spots and other black markings; the hind-
wings are greyish. The larva is yellowish-brown, with
light greenish sides, and feeds from May to July.

Turnips, swedes, and mangels are often badly attacked ;
and, less often, celery, potatoes, carrots, beet, cabbage,
radishes, and lettuce; while the roots of corn and grass are

synonym of Sporobolus

Agrotis — continued.

also laid under contribution by these pests. Auriculas,
Polyanthuses, Asters, and herbaceous plants generally are
frequently quite spoilt by the caterpillars, though the
insects actually responsible for the mischief seldom get the
credit.

Soot which has not been exposed has been found of great
benefit for dusting round infested plants. Kainit has also
been successfully employed. The object of the cultivator
should be to get the plants to grow quickly; and this
may be done by the judicious employment of artificial
manures suitable to the particular crop. Nitrate of soda
is most useful in the case of mangels. The hoe should be
frequently employed, as this stirring of the soil exposes
the larve (which, as a rule, feed some 2in. or 3in.
beneath the soil) or their pups to the eyes of insecti-
vorous birds, some of the most useful of which are the
much-abused rook and its relative the starling, par-
tridges, and plovers. In the case of gardens the use of
an illuminated Moth trap (as employed by collectors)
might be tried with success on summer evenings, as the
Moths are readily attracted by light. If this trap were
set early in the summer, doubtless many females would
be captured before they had a chance of depositing their
eggs. A powerful lamp, such as an electrie or acetylene,
would be equally useful. The time at which each species
is found upon the wing would have to be taken into
account, as A. segetwm and A. exclamationis are earlier
Moths than the other two mentioned. See also Surface
Caterpillars and Turnip Fly. The Moths are
seldom seen in the daytime, as they are so well pro-
tected by their colouring.

AGYLOPHORA. A synonym of Uncaria (which
see).

AILANTHUS [not Ailantus]. Four species of
somewhat foetid, tall trees, natives of India, China, and
Australia, are included in this genus. Flowers small,
polygamous, on bracteolate pedicels; calyx short, five-
lobed; petals five, spreading; disk ten-lobed, panicles
terminal, branched. Samare rather large. Leaves alter-
nate, imparipinnate ; leaflets alternate.

A. erythrocarpa (red-fruited). A form of A. glandulosa, with
fruits more brightly coloured than usual.

A. flavescens (yellowish). A synonym of Cedrela sinensis.
AIPHANES. A synonym of Martinezia (which

see).

ATIRA. Syn. Fussia. Four or five species, all
European, are included in this genus. To those described
on p. 44, Vol. I., the following should be added.
Several plants formerly placed hereunder are now referred
to Deschampsia (which see).

A. capillaris (thread-like). This plant possesses all the general
characters of A, pulchella, but is of larger proportions, attaining
a height of 14ft. under cultivation ; the branches of the panicle
being long, irregular, and divaricate. It is very useful in the
making-up of bouquets. Provence, &c. SyNs. A. provincialis
(R. H. 1892, f. 21), Agrostis algeriensis (of gardens).

A. provincialis (Provence). A synonym of 4A. capillaris.

AIZOON. Orv. JFicoidex. This genus embraces
about eight species, natives of South Europe, North and
South Africa, Arabia, Australia, &e.

A. canariensis. A synonym of Seswviwm Portulacastrum.

AJUGA. Including Chamepithys. The species of
this genus number about thirty, and are distributed over
extra-tropical regions. To those described on p. 45, Vol. L.,
the following varieties should be added:

A. reptans variegata (variegated). J. glaucous-green, with a
broad, white edging. There are also purple-leaved and white-
flowered forms of this species.

AKEBIA. Tree Lardizabalee of Orv. Berberidex.
Four species of climbing shrubs, natives of China and
Japan, are referred to this genus. Flowers violet, monc-
cious, in axillary, few-flowered racemes; sepals three,
somewhat valvate; petals wanting. Leaves digitately

1900 SUPPLEMENT-—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 31

Akebia—continued.
three- to five-foliolate. To the species described on p. 45,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

A. lobata (lobed). jl. pale purple, in a nodding or pendulous
raceme; males numerous, {in. across; females few, below the
males, 4in. to lin. across. January. J. long-petiolate, tri-
foliolate, 3in. to Sin. long; leaflets petiolulate, lin. to 2in. long,
broadly ovate, repand-lobulate. China and Japan, 1895. A
tall, climbing shrub. (B. M. 7485.)

ALA (pl. Ale). A wing.

ALANGIUM. Orv. Oornaceer. This genus em-
braces eight or ten species, natives of tropical Asia and
Africa.

ALARCONIA. A synonym of Wyethia (which see).

ALATERNUS. See Rhamnus Alaternus.

ALBERTA (named in honour of Albertus Magnus,
of the house of Bolstadt, a famous philosopher and
theologian of the thirteenth century, who wrote a treatise
in seven books entitled ‘‘De Vegetabilibus et Plantis”’).
Orp. Rubiacez. A small genus (two species) of orna-
mental, stove or greenhouse shrubs or small trees, one
native of Madagascar and the other of Natal. Flowers
small or rather large, in terminal panicles; calyx often
coloured when fruiting, ten-ribbed, five-lobed; corolla
tubular, elongated; stamens five. Fruit small, dry, two-
celled. Leaves opposite, sub-sessile or petiolate. For
culture of the only species introduced, see Vangueria.

(arge). (f., corolla reddish-purple, silky-pubescent,
lin. long, the. segments obliquely ovate, acute. January and

February. fr. oval, fin. long; calyx lobes scarlet, nearly lin.

long. 7. shortly petiolate, oblong or elliptic-oblong, 4in. to Sin.

long, ltin. to Zin. broad, flat, with recurved margins. Young
branches reddish-brown. Natal, 1891. (B. M. 7454.)

ALBIKIA. A synonym of Hypolytrum (which see),
ALBINA. A synonym of Alpinia (which see).

ALBIZZIA. This genus embraces about two dozen
species, natives of the warmer regions of Asia, Africa, and
Australia. Flowers generally five-parted, hermaphrodite
or rarely polygamous; stamens white, pink, or (rarely)
purple, elongated, usually numerous; peduncles axillary
or paniculate at the tips of the branches, bearing globose
heads or cylindrical spikes. Pods broadly linear, straight,
flat-compressed, slender. Leaves bipinnate ; leaflets small
and many pairs or ample and few.

A. Lebbek (Lebbek). The correct name of Acacia Lebbek.

ALBUCA. About thirty species are known, all
natives of South and tropical Africa. To those described
on p. 45, Vol. I., the following should be added. They
are Cape plants, and require greenhouse treatment except
where otherwise stated. See also Urginea.

A. Allenz (Mrs. Allen’s). fl. greenish-white, about jin. long,
oe in a lax raceme. 7. about six, lanceolate, flaccid,
gla rous, lft. to 14ft. long, l4in. to 2in. broad. Stem 3ft. to 4ft.

igh. Bulb globose, 2in. or more in diameter. Zanzibar, 1887.
A stove species, allied to A. Wakejieldii.

A. Buchanani (Buchanan's). jl. yellow, racemose, borne on a
long, thin scape. /. linear. Bulb small, ovoid. Nyassaland,
1891. A stove species, nearly allied to 4. Wakejieldii.

A SE doe (corymbose-flowered).
corymb; perianth yellow, banded green, the inner segments
hooded, connivent ; outer stamens having no anthers; peduncle
6in. long. July. J. six to eight, terete, lft. or more im length.

Jl. five or six in a lax

A. fibrosa (fibrous). #. three or four in a lax raceme; perianth
pale yellow, broadly keeled with green, less than lin. long;
eduncle flexuous, glaucous, lft. long. August. J. two, terete,
right panes glabrous, lft. or more in length, din. in diameter at
base. ulb small, the outer tunics clothed with persistent
bristles, ljin. to 2in. long. 1874.

A. Gardeni (Garden's). Asynonym of Speirantha convallarioides.

A. glandulosa (glandular). i. very fragrant, permanently erect ;
perianth white, banded with green, 3in. long; raceme corymbose,
three-flowered ; peduncle lft. long, densely glandular. April. J.
two or three, 6in. long, linear at base, tin. to 4in. broad, rounded
at back. Bulb globose, lin. in diameter. 1875.

A. juncifolia (Rush-leaved). f. greenish-yellow, inodorous,
drooping, ten to fifteen in a deltoid panicle Jin. to 5in. long;

erianth lin. long. August. J. twenty to thirty, sub-terete, lft.
ong, tin. to 4in. in diameter, tapering toa point. 1876. (B. M.

Albuca — continued.

A. ee ae (many-leaved). #. few in a corymbose raceme;
perianth white, banded with green, permanently erect ; peduncle
terete, 6in. long. March. /. twelve to fifteen, subulate,; bricht
green, glabrous, 2in. to Sin long, half a line broad. Bulb ovoid,

Sin. to 2in. in diameter. 1874. ;

A. trichophylla (hair-leaved). jl. few, arranged in a lax raceme
6in. long ; perianth bright yellow, jin. long; peduncle as long as
the leaves. J. seven or eight, erect, sub-terete, Sin. to 10in. long,
xin. in diameter, deeply channelled down the face. Bulb 3in. in

jameter. 1889.

A. Wakefieldii (Wakefield’s). 1. pale green, ten to twelve ina
lax raceme 6in. to Sin. long; perianth lin. long, the inner seg-
ments bordered white; scape longer than the leaves. Autumn.
1. four or five, linear-ensiform, flaccid, glabrous, lft. to 14ft. long,
lin. broad at base, tapering toa point. Eastern tropical Africa,
1878. Stove. (B. M. 6429.)

ALCHORNEA (commemorative of Stanesby Alchorne,
Assay-master in the Mint, who died in 1799 or 1800).
Including Celebogyne. ORD. Euphorbiaceer. A genus
comprising about thirty species of stove or greenhouse
trees or shrubs, inhabiting the warmer regions. Flowers
dicecious or rarely moneecious, apetalous, in axillary or
lateral spikes. Leaves alternate, entire or toothed. Only
one species, A. ilicifolia, calls for mention here, and that
not for any particular horticultural merit, but on account
of the curious fact of its having reproduced itself from
seed in European gardens (including Kew) through several
generations from female plants alone, without the inter-
vention of any male flowers.

ALECTOROLOPHUS. A synonym of Rhinan-
thus (which see).

ALEGRIA. A synonym of Luhea (which see).

ALETRIS. Syn. Stachyopogon. About eight species
are included in this genus; they are found in North
America, Japan, China, India, and Borneo.

ALEURITOPTERIS. Sce Cheilanthes.

ALEURODES, also called ALEYRODES. Orv.
Hemiptera. A genus of very minute insects (about Hin.)
allied to the Aphides and the Scales. From the former,
however, they differ in having broad powdery wings, as well
as in their life-cycle; and from the latter in being four-
winged in both sexes. The head is minute, and the eyes
are divided. The antennz, contrary to the general belief,
are seven-jointed, though the articulations are not readily
recognised. Signoret is one of the few naturalists who
eredit the insect with having seven-joints to the antennz ;
the majority, and among them Bouché and Westwood, give
but six. Signoret’s description is as follows: 1, short,
globose; 2, twice as long, clavate; 3, two and a-half
times as long as 2, nearly as long as the last four, undu-
lated, very small at its base, afterwards thicker; 4 and 7,
of equal length, and shortest; 5 and 6, of equal length, and
a little longer than 4 and 7; 5, globose at the extremity;
the last five circularly striate. The wings are, as before
stated, four in number, oval in shape, and when at rest are
disposed nearly horizontally. The legs are short, simple,
two-jointed ; the tarsi are two-jointed and provided with
two hooks. The larva is short, oval, flat, and generally
seale-like in appearance. The pupa is fixed, and enveloped
in the skin of the larva. There is, however, little to
distinguish the one from the other generically. There are
about twenty-five species, and all are extremely prolific.

The most noteworthy species is A. proletella (A. cheli-
domi) which infests a number of subjects, including such
dissimilar ones as the Oak and the Cabbage. It is, how-
ever, in connection with the latter that the insect has
chiefly been noticed in gardens. Mr. J. W. Douglas a few
years ago described a new species, A. ribiwm, which he
found on both Red and Black Currants. Fortunately this
has not occurred in sufficient numbers to be regarded as
pests. See also Cabbage Powdered Wing and Snowy
Fly.

ALFONSIA. A synonym of Elezis (which see).
ALGA. A synonym of Zostera (which see).

32 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING;

ALIBERTIA. Syn. Cordiera. Abouta score species
of trees and shrubs, restricted to tropical America, are
included in this genus.

ALIBERTIA INTERMEDIA. A
Agave Alibertii (which see).

ALIBREXIA. A synonym of Dolia (which see).
ALIPSA. A synonym of Liparis (which see).
ALISANDERS. See Smyrnium.

ALISMA NATANS. The correct name is Hlisma

natans.

ALKANNA (an Arabic name). Syns. Baphorhiza,
Camptocarpus. ORD. Boragineer. A genus embracing
nearly forty species of hispid or glutinous, mostly hardy,
perennial herbs, natives of South Europe, North Africa, and
Western Asia. Flowers yellow, blue, violet, or white, in
simple racemes or cymes; calyx five-parted; corolla tube
cylindrical, the five lobes imbricated. Leaves alternate.
Roots often tinged with red. Only two species call for
mention here. For culture, see Lithospermum.

A. orientalis (Eastern). 1. yellow; corolla tube twice as long
as the calyx. June. /., radical ones attenuated at base ; cauline
ones very narrow, decurrent ; floral ones somewhat cordate-ovate

at base. Stem ascending. Levant, 1813. Syn. Lithospermum
orientale (B. M. 515).

A. tinctoria (dyers’). The correct name of Anchusa tinctoria.
Syn. Lithospermum tinctorium (A. B. R. 576).

ALKEKENGI. See Physalis Alkekengi.

ALLAGOPTERA. A synonym of Diplothemium
(which see).

ALLAMANDA. Syn. Orelia. A dozen species
have been referred to this genus, but the rank of some of
fhem is very uncertain; they inhabit South America,
one extending as far as Central America. To those
described on pp. 47-8, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. Blanchetii (Blanchet’s). A synonym of A. violacea.

A. cathartica Hendersoni (Henderson's). #1. orange-yellow,
with five. white spots at the throat, tinged brown outside, the
lobes finely formed, immensely thick and wax-like. (R. G. 1887,
Phe 560-1, f. 142.) Syns. A. Hendersoni (F. M. 1866, 263; I. H.

65, 452), A. Wardleyana.

A. e. Williamsii (Williams’s). This form differs from the others
in being of erect habit. 1891. (J. H. 1891, xxiii., f. 14, and
Gn. xl., t. 832, under name of A. Williamsit.)

A. Hendersoni (Henderson’s). A variety of A. cathartica.
A. magnifica (magnificent). A variety of A. Schottii.

A. Schottii magnifica (magnificent). #1. clear yellow, with a
ard orange-yellow throat, about Sin. in diameter, freely
produced in clusters. 1888.

A. violacea (violet). 7. zuay purple, large, axillary and in few-
flowered, tomentose cymes. etober. 7. three to five in
whorls, sessile, oblong or obovate-oblong, cuspidate-acuminate,
puberulous above, tomentose beneath. Branches pubescent-
tomentose. Brazil, 1889. Plant erect or climbing. (B. M. 7122.)
Syn. A. Blanchetii.

A. Wardleyana (Wardley’s).
Hendersoni.

A. Williamsii (Williams’s). A variety of A. cathartica.

ALLANTODIA. Like the strong-growing Asple-
niums, the Allantodia requires a substantial yet light soil,
in which its fleshy roots delight to run: a mixture of
equal parts fibrous peat, leaf mould, turfy loam, and silver
sand, suits it best. The plant has a great objection to
being potted hard, and to imperfect drainage. If there is
stagnation of water about the roots the foliage soon
becomes flabby and begins to show unmistakable signs
of ill-health. The Allantodia is also averse to strong
light, and to preserve the bright green colour peculiar
to its fronds it is necessary to protect them from the
strong rays of the sun. The waterings must be copious
during the summer, and gradually lessened, until in winter
the roots are kept only sufficiently moist to prevent the
plant from shrivelling. The propagation of this species
is effected exclusively from spores, which are produced in
abundance and germinate freely.

A. australis. A synonym of Aspleniwm umbrosum.

synonym of

A synonym of A. cathartica

ALL-HEAL. $¢ce also Waleriana officinalis.

ALLIONIA (named in compliment to C. Allioni, an
Italian botanist). Syn. Wedelia (of Linneus). Orp.
Nyctaginex. A monotypic genus. The species, A. involu-
crata, is a prostrate, dichotomously branched, American
annual, allied to Mirabilis. with small, purple flowers, and
opposite, entire leaves. It has no particular horticultural
value.

ALLIONIA (of Loefler). A synonym of Oxybaphus

(which see).

ALLIUM. Including: Nectaroscordwm and Ophiosco-
rodon. This genus embraces about 250 species, mostly
inhabiting Europe, North Africa, Abyssinia, and extra-
tropical Asia, but many are found in North America and
Mexico. Our garden Leek (A. Porrwm) is a cultivated
form of A. Ampelopraswm ; Chives, of A. Schenoprasum ;
and Rocambole, of A. Scorodopraswm, all of which are
British plants.

A. neapolitanum, the well-known South European species,
may be employed as a pot plant, and is useful for forcing.
The bulbs should be potted up in autumn, using well-drained
pots and a sandy soil. They should then ,be stood in a bed
of ashes outside and covered with cocoa-fibre. When well-
rooted, and top growth is evident, they should be trans-
ferred to a cold frame, and shaded for a few days, after
which they may be stood in the greenhouse. A. neapoli-
tanum is one of the flowers which is sent into this country
in vast quantities in early spring, and is commonly, but
erroneously, called Star of Bethlehem.

To the species described on pp. 48-9, Vol. L., the following
should be added :

A. Akaka (Akaka). Jl. rose-coloured, $in. long; umbel dense,
many-flowered, convex. Spring. 7. usually in pairs, flat, ovate
or ovate-oblong, Zin. to 14in. broad, obtuse or with a short
point at apex. Stem*very short. Bulb ovate. North Persia,
894. Allied to A. karataviense.

A. album (white). A synonym of A. neapolitanum.

A, Alexianum (Alexis’). .. whitish, striped with brownish-
purple; umbel many-flowered, somewhat fastigiate, convex.
1. two, three, or more, elliptic-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, lin. to
2in. broad, the inner ones often narrower, glabrous. Bulb sub-
globose. Turkestan, 1889.

A. amblyophyllum (obtuse-leaved). . lilac; perianth seg-
ments lanceolate, acute; umbel about 14in. in diameter, globose.
Summer, J. five or six, broad, linear, obtuse, flat, spaced along
the stem. Bulb small. Turkestan, 1885. A rather distinct
species, of dwarf habit. (R. G. 1190.)

A. anceps (two-edged). . purple or greenish-white, 4in. long ;
umbel very many-flowered, fastigiate. May. /. broadly linear,
attenuated at both ends, faleate or more or less curved. Stems
erect, ancipitous, shorter than the leaves. Bulb ovate. North-
west America, 1875. (B. M. 6227.)

A. Backhousianum (Backhouse’s). /. white, in a dense, globose
head; perianth segments narrow-linear and totally reflexed ;
stamens united into a cup at the base._ 1. radical, bluish-white.
h. 3ft. to 4ft. Himalayas, 1885. A tall species, resembling
A, giganteum, (R. G. 1885, 215.)

A. cabulicum (Kabul). fl. whitish, with’ keels of reddish-
brown; umbel dense, globose, many-flowered, about 2in. in
diameter. J. single, lorate-oblong, glabrous, éin. to Sin. lon, ;
2in. broad, gradually narrowed to the -clasping base. Kabul,
1893. (B.“M. 7294.)

A. ciliatum (ciliated). A synonym of A. subhirsutum.

A. cyaneum (blue). jl. very numerous, in a hemispherical or
sub-globose umbel; perianth blue, campanulate. /. narrow-
linear or filiform, channelled above. Stems erect or slightly
nodding at apex, 6in. to 12in. high. Bulbs tufted, elongated.
Kansu, China, 1890. (R. G. 1316.)

A. ¢. brachystemon (short-stamened).
A. kansuense.

A. elatum (tall). #. purple, numerous, disposed in a large,
globose head; perianth segments spreading, oblong, obtuse ;
scape stout, 3ft. or more high. J. oblong, obtuse, Sin. to 12in.
long, 2in. to 4in. broad. Central Asia, 1887. (R. G. 1251.)

A. Fetisowi (Fetisow’s). jl. of a rosy-lilac; umbel many-
flowered, at first hemispherical, at Iength sub-globose. J. oblong-
or linear-lanceolate, flat, 10in. to l6in. long. Stems erect, 2ft.
high, terete, smooth, with one or two leaves at the base.
Turkestan, 1879.

A. fragrans (fragrant). A synonym of Nothoscordum fragrans.

A. ganteum (gigantic). jl. numerous, forming a dense
globose umbel 4in. in diameter; perianth bright lilae, tin.
long, the segments widely spreading ; peduncle erect, Sft. to 4ft.

A synonym of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 33

Allium—continued.
long. June. 7. six to nine, springing from the base of the
peduncle, lorate, flaccid, glaucescent, 1ft. long, 2in. broad in the
middle. Bulb globose, 2in. to din. in diameter. Merv, 1885.
(B. M. 6828; R. G. 1113.)

A. Holtzeri (Holtzer’s). i. many, in a capitate, hemispherical
umbel ljin. in diameter; perianth white, the segments elli) tic-
oblong, acute, with a green middle nerve; anthers red; ovary
green, prominent; scape flexuous, Sin. to 7in. long. J. filiform,
more or less terete, equalling or exceeding the scape, glabrous.
Bulbs fascicled-tufted, oblong-cylindrical. Turkestan, 1884.
(R. G. 1169, a-c.)

A. kansuense (Kansu).* /. blue, with the stamens shorter
than the perianth segments; umbel hemispherical, many-
flowered. J. linear, channelled in the lower part, having the
margins rough. Stem leafy to near the middle. Bulbs
slender, cylindric, tufted. Kansu, China, 1889. (RG. 1870,
1317.) Syn. A. cyaneum brachystemon.

A. lacteum (milky). A synonym of A. neapolitanum.

A. Macleanii (Maclean's). jl. in a dense, globose umbel Sin. to
4in. in diameter; perianth mauve-purple, tin. long, the segments
oblong-lanceolate, acute; spathe valves two, membranous ;
peduncle flexuous, 2ft. to 3ft. long. Summer. /. four or five,
evanescent, lanceolate, about lft. long, lin. to 14in. broad,
glabrous. Kabul, 1882. (B. M. 6707.)

A. macranthum ca earths jl. fifty or more in a loose,
globose umbel 3in. to 4in. in diameter; perianth bright mauve-

urple, nearly jin. long, permanently campanulate; pedicels
in. to 2in. long; scapes several in a tuft, 2ft. to Sft. long.
July. 7. numerous, linear, thin, lft. to lft. long, tapering
gradually to a long point. Rootstock indistinctly bulbous, with
a dense tuft of fleshy root-fibres. Eastern Himalayas, 1883.
(B. M. 6789.)

A. narcissiflorum (Narcissus-flowered).* 7. of a beautiful
rose-colour, campanulate, sin. long; umbel at first, nodding,
then erect, few-flowered, fastigiate or almost hemispherical,
i. linear. Stems erect, terete, striated, 4in. to 15in. high. Bulbs
tufted. Italy, &c., 1875. (B. M. 6182.)

A. oreophilum (mountain-loving). /. reddish-purple, nearly
4in. long; umbel very many- (or rarely few-) flowered. /. linear,
broadly linear, or narrowly linear-lanceolate, channelled above,
convex beneath. Stems ljin. to 4in. above the ground. Bulb
sub-globose, white-skinned. Caucasus, Siberia, &c. (R. G.
1873, t. 775, f. 1-3.)

A. orientale (Oriental). #. white, with greenish or reddish
nerves ; umbel many-flowered, almost hemispherical. /. linear-
lanceolate, 4in. to fin. broad, very flexuous or undulated,
attenuated-acute. Stems erect, 4in. to 8in. high, with one or
two leaves at base. Bulb large, roundish-ovate, white-skinned.

Syria.
A. o. rubellum (reddish). jf. bright rose-coloured. 7. small,
glaucous. 1889.

A. Ostrowskianum (Ostrowsky’s).* 7. rose-coloured, disposed
in a many-flowered umbel; scape 8in. to 12in. high. J. two or
three, linear, flat, flaccid, acute, glaucous. Turkestan, 1883.
(R. G. 1089.)

A. ovifiorum (ovate-flowered). . deep violet-purple, ovate-
conical, nodding ; sepals connivent; umbel lax, roundish ;
scape acutely four- to six-angled. 7. produced at the apex of
the short, bulbless stems, sub-biseriate, lax, keeled, glabrous.
Chumbi Valley, India, 1883. A pretty and interesting plant.
(R. G. 1134.)

A. parcifiorum (scanty-flowered). . purple, small, three to six
inanumbel. /. two to four, slender, filiform, placed at from one-
third to half-way up the stems. Stems one to three, slender, 4in.
to 10in. high. Bulb ovoid, Corsica and Sardinia, 1888. Syn.
A, pauciflorum.,

A. paucifilorum (few-flowered). A synonym of A. parcijlorum.

A. Przewalskianum (Przewalski’s). 1. rosy-lilae ; umbel many-
flowered, hemispherical or fascicled. 7. semi-terete-filiform.
Stems terete, slender, 6in. to 10in. high, leafy below. Bulbs
tufted, conico-cylindrical. Kansu, China, 1889.

A. pulchellum (rather pretty). #. violet; perianth obconical-
campanulate ; filaments one-and-a-half times longer than the
perianth ; umbels many-flowered ; scape tall, terete, leafy to the
middle. 7. narrow-linear, channelled above, striated beneath,
equalling the scape. Orient.

A. Schuberti (Schubert’s).* /., perianth rose-red, the segments
connate at base, lanceolate, acute, twice exceeding the stamens ;
umbel very large (sometimes lft. in diameter when bearing seed),
sub-globose, containing fifty to 200 flowers; scape terete, thick,
about lft. high. 2. broadly lorate-lanceolate, flat, more or less
undulated. Bulb ovate, thick. Orient, 1898. (B. M. 7587-8.)

A. Semenovi (Semenow’s). jl. yellow, on very short pedicels ;
outer ee eens longer than the inner ones; stamens
very short, united in a tube round the ovary; umbel small,
dense; scape usually shorter than the leaves. J. glaucous,
fistular, flat on the face, rounded at back. Alatau Mountains,
1884. (R. G. 1156.)

A. semiretschenskianum (name not explained). / flesh
coloured, sin. long; umbel many-flowered, hemispherical.
“. linear, channelled above, convex beneath. Stems erect,
terete, Lift. high. Bulb tunics entire. Wernoe, 1879.

Vol. V

Allium—continuwed.

A. Sprengeri (Sprenger’s). fl. yellowish, many in an umbel,
. flat, linear. Bulbs ovoid, crowded ona short rhizome. Jaffa.
Syria. 1889.

A. stipitatum (stalked). fl. rosy-lilac, odorous; umbel hemi-
spherical or sub-globose, bractless. 7. all radical, narrow-linear-
lanceolate, slightly hairy on the margins, glabrous above.
2sft. to Sft. high. Bokhara, 1881.

A. subhirsutum (somewhat hairy). #. white, or with the
middle nerve more or less purplish; umbel few- or many-flowered,
convex. July. J. broadly linear, more or less villous or hairy,
attenuated-acute towards the apex. Stems erect, 4in. to 12i
high. Bulb ovate-globose. South Europe. (L. B. C. 943.)
A ciliatum (B. M. 774).

A. Suworowi (Suworow’s). 77., en dark mauve-purple,
din. long, the segments keeled with green; umbel very dense,
rlobose, Zin. to 3in. in diameter; scape stout, erect, 2ft. long.
Jay and summer. J. six or seven in a basal rosette, ensiform,
lft. to 14ft. long, lin. broad, glaucous-green, flaccid. Central
Asia. (B. M. 6994.)

ALLOMORPHIA (from allos, diverse, and morphes
form; application not obvious). Orb. Melastomacer. A
small genus (two or three species) of stove, branched
shrubs or under-shrubs, natives of the Malayan Peninsula
and islands. Flowers small, whorled, in terminal or
almost radical panicles; calyx obtusely four- or five-
toothed, persistent; petals four or five, acute, small;
stamens eight or ten, almost equal. Leaves long-stalked,
ample, ovate, ovate-oblong, or orbicular, entire or slightly
toothed. Only one species has been introduced. For
culture, see Melastoma.

A. Griffithii (Griffith’s). 1. white, numerous, spreading ; panicle
elongated, narrow ; scape red, erect, 8in. long. June. /. ample,
orbicular, seepty cordate, leathery, glandular-toothed, seven- to
nine-ribbed, bronzy green above, reddish beneath. Malayan
Peninsula, 1893. (B. M. 7324.)
ALLOPHYLLUS. A

(which see).

ALLOPLECTUS. Syns. Crantzia (of Scopoli)
Lophia. Including Heintzia and Macrochlamys. About
thirty species have been referred to this genus, all
natives of tropical. America, from Brazil to the West
Indies and Central America. To those described on p. 49,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. concolor (one-coloured). A form of A. dichrous, with red
flowers. Brazil, 1846. (B. M. 4371.)

A. Lynchei (Lynch’s). jl. yellow, hairy, in axillary clusters, the
large calyces tinged with red. July. 7. oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, unequally crenate-serrate, green above with a red
midrib and veins, sanguineous-purple ‘beneath, thickened into
a enory petiole. Stem robust. Colombia (?), 1890. (B. M.

+)

A. Schlimii (Schlim’s). 7., calyx cinnabar, spotted with green,
large; corolla scarlet or yellowish in the lower part, of a
beautiful violet above, urceolate, nearly regular; pedicels,
axillary, twin or few. _ 7. oblong, acuminate, rounded or almost
cordate at base, dark green above, purplish-violet beneath.
Colombia, 1851. (F. d.-S. 827.)

A. tigrinus (tiger-marked). #7. erect or nearly so; calyx
yellowish-green, tinged with red; corolla white, funnel-shaped,
half as long again as the calyx, the lobes spotted with purple.
Midwinter. JZ. large, opposite, fleshy, ovate, acuminate, hoary
and pale beneath, strongly veined. kh. 2ft. to Sft. Caraccas,
1852. Syn. Heintzia tigrina. (B. M. 4774.)

ALLOTMENTS. These are readily procured in any
district where the demand for such exists, as they are
now regulated by Acts of Parliament—the Allotments Act
of 1887, the Allotments Act of 1890, and the Local
Government Act of 1894—the duty of making enquiries
into such demands for allotments being delegated to the
sanitary authority. Parish councils also have power to
hire land for allotment purposes, and if they are satisfied
that allotments are required, and are unable to hire by
agreement land suitable for the purpose, they may make
representations to the County Council. That body is still
further empowered, and may make an order authorising
the Parish Council to hire compulsorily such land as they
specify. The period over which such hiring extends must
not be less than fourteen years, nor more than thirty-
five years. It is also provided that the Parish Council

Stem

synonym of Schmidelia

RF

34 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Allotments—continued.

may let to one person an allotment or allotments exeeeding
one acre; but in the case of compulsorily hired land it
must not exceed four acres of pasture or an acre of arable
and three acres of pasture. By the Allotments Compensa-
tion Act holders are, moreover, compensated for growing
crops, labour, and manure expended in anticipation of a
crop; and where the previous consent of the landlord has
been obtained for fruit-trees, bushes, drainage, and such
buildings as are allowed to be erected. This Act applies
alike to cottage gardens and to holdings under two acres
cultivated as a garden or as a farm, or partly as a garden
orasafarm. Another point for which provision is made
is to relieve holders of allotments from being assessed for
sanitary purposes at a higher rate than other lands under
cultivation. At one time England only was included in
the Act, but now Scotland also participates.

ALMEIDIA. Syn. Aruba.
known, all natives of Brazil.

ALNUS. Including Clethropsis. About fourteen
species, broadly dispersed over Europe, Central and North
Asia, North America, and the Andes of South America,
are here included. The only British species is A. glu-
tinosa.

The gold and silver-leaved varieties may be increased
by grafting in the open air in March on stocks of the
common species (Alnus glutinosa), which should have
been inserted the previous spring, as the plants should
be firmly established before the scions are put on. The
latter should be of well-ripened wood and about 4in. in
length.

To the species, &c., described on p. 50, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

A. acuminata (taper-pointed). barren catkins cylindrical, sessile
or pedicellate, often racemose and terminal, rarely axillary.
Jertile catkins ovate-oblong, racemose, usually axillary. J. ovate
or roundish-ovate, usually acuminate, rarely acute, rounded at
base, irre; tly or doubly toothed. Mountains of tropical
America, &c.

A. a. Mirbelii (Mirbel’s). 7. unequally toothed, glaucous beneath,
the nerves and veins pale ferruginous-pubescent. Peru, &c.

A. cordata (cordate). A synonym of A. cordifolia.

A. glutinosa acutifolia (acute-leaved). 7. obovate or oblong,
almost acuminate at apex, wedge-shaped at base. SYN.
A. oblongata.

A. ineana hirsuta (hairy).
on both surfaces.

A. i. pendula nova (pendulous, new).
variety, adapted for moist places.

A. i. pinnatifida (pinnately cleft). 7. pinnatifid.

A. i. sibirica (Siberian). 1. elliptic-orbicular, glabrescent, heart-
shaped at base, rounded at the apex.

A. japonica (Japanese). catkins ellipsoid, obtuse, sin. to Zin.
long, nearly or quite sin. thick. 7. elliptic or elliptic-ovate,
acuminate, serrated, acute at base, 2in. to 4in. long, lin. to 2in.
broad. Japan, 1886. Tree. (G. & F. 1893, p. 345, f. 53.)

A. Mirbelii (Mirbel’s). A variety of A. acuminata.

A. nepalensis (Nepaul). barren catkins 4in. to 10in. long, in
te oping panicles. fertile catkins tin. long, pendulous
in flower. /fr., spikes in lateral, erect panicles. 1. elliptic-lanceo-
late, acute, entire or nearly so, Jin. to 7in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad,
slightly glaucous beneath ; petioles tin. to 2in. long. Temperate
Himalayas. Syn. Clethropsis nepalensis.

A, nitida (shining).* #1. appearing after the leaves ; barren catkins
2in. long. in terminal, erect racemes; fertile catkins lin. to 2in.
long. Jr., spikes solitary or in erect racemes. J. elliptic-ovate or
elliptic-acuminate, 4in. to 8in. long, sometimes 3sin. broad,
obscurely crenate or entire, cuneate or rarely rounded at base.
Branchlets pubescent. Trunk sometimes 15ft. in girth. h. 100ft.
Temperate Himalayas. (B. M. 7654.)

A. oblongata (oblong). A synonym of A. glutinosa acutifolia.

A. oregana (Oregon). A form of A. rubra.

A. orientalis (Eastern). catkins, young ones of both sexes
glutinous, pete: 1. ovate-elliptic or ovate-oblong, rounded
or rarely almost cordate at base, the margins simply or doubly
crenate-toothed. Orient, &c.

A. pubescens (downy). A hybrid between A. glutinosa and
A. incana.

A. rhombifolia (rhomb-leaved).* 7. ovate or oyate-oblong, 2in.
to din. long, obtuse or acute, cuneate at base, irregularly glan-
dular-toothed, smooth above, slightly pubescent beneath.

About ten species are

7, almost orbicular, obtuse, downy

An elegant, weeping

Alnus— continued.

California, 1888. An ornamental tree, similar to A. rubra, but
having slenderer branches, the dark brown bark scarcely dotted
with white, and the nutlets with a thickened margin, not winged.
(Sargent, Silva of N. America, p. 456—California, &c.)

A. rubra (red). catkins ovate-elliptic. jfr., nutlets winged.
1. ovate-elliptic, obtusely lobulate or crenate, large. pedcin,
acute or obtuse, glaucescent and prominently reddish on the
nerves beneath, highly glabrous on both sides. A. 20ft. Van-
couver Island, &c. A. oregana is a form of this species.

A. serrulata (slightly serrated). tarren catkins elongated,
drooping. fertile catkins ovoid, shortly pedunculate. January
to March. J. obovate, obtuse or abruptly pointed, 2in. to 4in.
long, thickish, usually pubescent beneath, acute at base, shortly
aie ; Stipules oval, obtuse. h. ft. to 12ft. North America,

A. sibirica (Siberian), of Fischer. A form of A. incana.
A. sibirica, of gardens. A synonym of A. glutinosa.

A. virescens (greenish). A handsome Alder, allied to A. incana.
Colorado, 1897.

ALOCASIA. In addition to the score of species,
natives of tropical Asia, the Malayan Archipelago, &c.,
there is now a good selection of hybrid Alocasias. To
those described on pp. 50-1, Vol. L, the following should
be added :

A. zequiloba (equal-lobed). ., spathe shining green, the tube
ljin. long, the fimb pee) long, oblong, acute, reflexed, with
revolute margins; peduncle Sin. or more in length. J. hastate-
sagittate, the terminal lobe 7in. to 12in. long, 3in. to 6in. broad,
shortly cuspidate at apex, the basal lobes 64in. to ok long,
liin. to 2}in. broad. German New Guinea, . Plant
glabrous.

A. albo-violacea (white and violet). A synonym of Yantho-
soma maculatum.

A. argyrza (silvery). J. hastate-lanceolate, very large, dark
green, with a silvery sheen, and having a prominent midrib.

A. argyroneura (silvery-nerved).
Schomburgkii.

A. Augustiana (Auguste Linden’s). J. peltate, repand, green,
the primary nerves paler, as is also the under-surface; petioles
lft. to 1sft. long, Zin. to ljin. thick at base, terete, rosy, with
brown hieroglyphic spots. 1886. (I. H. 1886, 593).

A. Chantrieri (Chantrier’s).* /. about 1ft. long and 6in. broad,
oblong-sagittate, peltate, with undulated margins, deep olive-
green above, the veins narrowly bordered wetipeealviie white ;
under-surface deep violet-red; petioles slightly dilated, with
sheathing base, cylindrical, green, lightly barred with olive. A
hybrid between A. metallica and A. Sanderiana. (I. H. xxxy.
t. 64; R. H. 1987, p. 465.)

A. coriacea (leathery). /. dark green, with clear green ribs;
petioles rose-coloured when young, then rosy-white, marbled
with green. 1893.

A. Curtisii (Curtis’s). ., spathe pale yellow, 6in. long ; spadix
yellow, as long as the spathe; peduncle lft. long. 7. lift. long,
lft. broad, with long basal lobes, light and dark green above,
porple on the lower surface ; petioles about 2ft. long. Penang,

A synonym of Caladium

A. denudata (denuded). #. on a long, slender peduncle.
1. triangular-sagittate, shortly acuminate, about one-third as
broad as long, the basal lobes nearly as long as the anticous,
the cost marginal. India and Singapore.

A. Dussii (Duss’s). i large, olive-green, with brownish-red
nerves and petioles. 1893.

A. eminens (eminent). i., spathe tube light green, lsin. long,
the lamina greenish-white, veiny, 34in. to 4in. long, Teleaad :
spadix light green and creamy-white, 34in. to 44in. long;
peduncles in pairs (? always), lft. to lift. long. 1. peltate,
ovate-sagittate, 20in. to 22in. long, Qin. to 104in. broad, dark
green above, the under-surface purple, with very pale midrib
and primary veins; petioles 35ft. to 44ft. long, terete, lin.
thick at base, olive-green, with a coppery hue, and barred
blackish-green. Malaya, 1887.

A. erythrzea (red). A synonym of Caladium Schomburgki
Schmitzit. é

A. Gaulainii (Gaulain’s). 7. cordate, dark green above with a
violet hue along the nerves, beneath light violet with blackish
nerves. 1890. A robust plant.

A. gigas (gigantic). 1 5ft. high, of an intense green above,
Mi Ree ay cut; poses pale green, mottled. 1897.
A handsome plant, remarkable for its size.

A. grandis (large).* /l., spathe white, marked with carmine lines
a ins outside, having a short, mottled green tube; peduncles
about 10in. long. J. ovate-sagittate, 1éft. to 2ft. long, lft. broad,
bright green above, blackish-green beneath; petioles blackish,
3ft. to S4ft. long. East Indian Archipelago, 1 A noble and
ornamental plant.

A. —— imperialis (imperial). 7., spathe white, spotted
red on the tube, /, elliptic-sagittate, acute, lft. to .14ft. long,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.,

Alocasia—continued.

3ft. to lift. broad, dark green above with slightly
between the nerves, purplish beneath. Borneo, 1
foliage plant. (I. H. 1884, 541.)

A. indica (Indian). 7., Cs arg pale yellow-green, 8in. to 12in.
long; spadix aslong. 1. 2ft. to 3ft. long, ovate, deeply sagittate-
cordate, repand, the tip a deflexed cusp, the basal lobes some-
times shortly connate ; petioles stout, traversely clouded. Stem
8ft. high, 3in. to Sin. in diameter. Tropical Asia.

A. Johnstoni. The correct name is Cyrtosperma Johnstoni.

A. Lindeni (Auguste Linden’s).* /. Sin. long, 44in. to 6in. broad,
glabrous, green above, with yellowish-white midrib and prin-
cipal veins, paler beneath, cordate-ovate, very long-acuminate,
the sinus e, triangular; petioles white or greenish-white,
10in. to Lin. une, 4in. to 7in. thick, erect, terete, channelled,
amplexicaul, with decurrent sheaths half theirlength. Malaya,

(L. HW. 1886, 603.)

er spaces
5. A fine

ALocasia LOWII GRANDIS.

Fig 3.

A. Lowii grandis (large). J. broader than in the type, of a

dee, metallic vadedalerentt hagge veins greyish-green, showy.
A fine variety. See Fig. 35.

A. Luciani (Lucien Linden’s). 1 peltate, ovate, cuspidate at
apex, obcordate at base, dark green above, with pale cinereous
yeins and margins, purple beneath; basal lobes ovate-deltoid ;
“Seles very long, thick, pale, dotted and tted brown. 1887.

hybrid between A. Thibautiana and A. Putzeysi. (I. H.

ser. v. 27.)

A. Margaritz (Marguerite’s). 2. large, obcordate, peltate,
repand, rather thick, bullate, dietiy glabrous above, except on
the blackish midrib and primary veins; sinus triangular, the
apex at the junction of the petiole; petioles terete, puberulous,
brownish-; le, ae at base, the sheaths rosy-margined.
Java, li H. 1886, 611.)

A. marginata (margined). /., spathe tube green, lin. to ljin.

long, the lamina pale greenish-white, usually striped and spotted

di urple at back; spadix white, 6in. to 7in. long. J. Lift. to
2ft. long, llin. to 14in. broad, broadly cordate-ovate, slightly
sinuate-margined, rounded into a shortly-pointed apex ; petioles
2ft. to 34ft. long, with zigzag marks of blackish-brown, the
sheaths broadly margined with blackish-brown. Brazil. 1887.

A. odora (odorous)._ The correct name of Colocasia odorata.

A. Portei. See Schizocasia Portei.

A. princeps (foremost). J. sagittate, the hinder lobes narrow and
sp) ing, forming a triangular, open sinus, the margins deeply
sinuate, the upper surface of a metallic olive-green, with darkened
midribs and primary veins, the under-surface greyish-green, with
dark chocolate-brown veins and margin ; petioles slender, grey-
ee heavily marbled chocolate-brown. Malayan Archi-

A. Pucciana (Signor Pucci’s). 7. peltate, oval-sagittate, lift.
long, about Yin. broad, deep green above, the pure white veins
surrounded by a silvery-white zone; under-surface glossy pur-
plish ; petioles fleshy, smooth, cylindrical, pale purplish, marked
with wavy, irregular zones of dull crimson-red; in the upper
portion these markings disappear. 1887. Garden hybrid.

A. Putze (Putzeys’).* J. similar in ae to those of A. longi-
loba, dark green, the midrib, primary and secondary veins, and
margins bordered with white; under-surface dark purple.
Sumatra, 1882. (L H. 445.) Syn. A Watsoniana (G. C. 1893, xiii.,
p. 442, f. 83).

A. Regina (queen). #., spathe tube ovoid, lin. long, 3in. to
4in. in diameter, ivory-white, spotted purple, the blade white,

o~

00

Alocasia— continued.

2in. to 2sin. long, reflexed ; spadix sessile, rather shorter than

the spathe. 1 ovate-cordate, repand, somewhat fleshy, glabrous

above, except the pubescent midrib and veins, dull brownish-

ae beneath Seats terete, spotted fuscous-purple. Borneo,
@. H. 1885, 544.)

A. Regnieri. See Schizocasia Regnieri.

A. reversa (reversed). J. sea ap rae greyish-green, the
poery veins broadly bordered with dark green. A. less than lit.

hilippine Islands, 1890. An attractive foliage plant. (B. M. 7498.)

A. Sanderiana (Sander’s).* 1. defiexed, glossy, arrow-shaped,
with three lateral lobes on each side, peltately affixed, the mid-
rib and borders ivory-white, the surface bright green, with
metallic-blue reflections ipencice erect, brownish-green, striately
mottled. Philippines, 1884.

A. S. gandavensis (Ghent). /., young ones purplish, with ver-
milion-tinted veins, these colours remaining constant above,
but changing to green beneath. 1896. (L H. 1896, t. 65.)

A. S. nobilis (noble). 1 large, dark metallic green, with bronzy-
red reflections; midrib and prominent veins greenish-white,
margined on either side with a band of greyish-rose. 1893,

A. singaporensis (Singapore). This mainly differs from A. de-
nudata in having triangular-ovate-hastate leaves with divaricate
lobes. h. 14ft. Singapore.

A. sinuata (sinuate). j., spathe light green, 3in. long; spadix
shorter than the spathe ; peduncle as long as, or longer than, the
petioles. /. sagittate, with sinuate margins; upper side of the
young ones very dark green along the principal veins, with a
lighter green between ; older ones dark green above, the under-
side whitish-green. Philippines, 1885.

A. Veitchii (Veitch’s). A synonym of 4. Lowii.

A. Villeneuvei (Comte de Villeneuve’s). 7, blades very unequal;
petioles wholly spotted with brown. Borneo, 1887. Closely
allied to A. longiloba. (I. H. ser. v. 21.)

A. Watsoniana (Watson’s). Asynonymof 4. Putzeysii.

A, intermedia, A. Kerchovei, and A. Martin Cahuzaec are other
forms in cultivation.

Other garden hybrids are: conspicua, gibba, mortfontanensis,
nobilis, Rex, Rodigasiana, and Uhinki.

ALOE. Including Bowiea (of Haworth), Pachidendron,
and Rhipodendron. The name Aloé is in common use for
Agave, which belongs to a different natural order; there is
a widespread, but totally erroneous, belief that the Aloé
(meaning the Agave) flowers only once in 100 years. See
Agave.

These succulents are largely employed for the decora-
tion of the greenhouse, their foliage varying considerably,
and being, in some cases, very ornamental. To the species
described on pp. 51-3, Vol. I., the following should be
added. Several plants formerly classed hereunder are
now referred to Haworthia.

A. ab: ica. In addition to Peacockii, the following
varieties exist in Continental psoas erecta (erect), glauca
(bluish-green), maculata (spotted), pygme@a (dwarf), recurvata
(recurved), and robusta (stout).

A. aurantiaca (orange). ji. all defiexed; perianth bright
yellow, tinged with red when young, lsin. long; raceme very
dense, Sin. to 6in. long, 2in. in diameter; peduncle as long as
the leaves. 7. lanceolate, Sin. to Qin. long, 1sin. broad, plain

green, with small pale teeth. Stems sub-erect, several feet
ong, Zin. thick. 1
A. brachystachys (short-spiked). fl. pink and yellow, tubular,

tipped with green, ljin. long, the lobes lingulate, shorter than
the tube; raceme dense, simple, oblong, 6in. long; peduncle
flexuous, about as long as the leaves. J. about twenty,
crowded at the top of the stem, ensiform, lft. to 2ft. long,
jin. thick; marginal prickles deltoid. Stem long, slender,
erect, simple. Zanzibar, 1884. (B. M. 7399.)

A. Buchanani (Buchanan’s). jj. pale reddish and greenish,
lin. long, on very long pedicels; raceme dense, few-flowered ;
scape simple, 14ft. long. /., produced ones eight to ten, lin.
to sft. long, 4in. broad at base, linear-subulate, distichous,
deeply channelled, often white-spotted towards the base ;
margi prickles few, very minute. Shiré Highlands, Tropical
Africa, 1894.

A. ciliaris (ciliated). The correct name of A. ciliata.

A. ferox (fierce). ., perianth red, clavate, liin. long; raceme
very dense, lft. or more in length ; pedicels very short ; peduncle
2ft. long, branched near the base. /. thirty to fifty, densely
aggregated, lanceolate, 14ft. to 2ft. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, with
thick, brown ee Stem 10ft. to 15ft. high, 4in. to
6in. thick. (B. M. 1975.)

A. heteracantha (variable-spined). . bright coral-red, 1Jin.
long; spike elongated, dense; flower-stem branching. 4 in a
rosette, lanceolate, acuminate, 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to 2sin.
broad, unarmed, or with a few teeth on the margins, and with
one or two raised lines down the face. Native country unknown.
1886. (B. M. 6863.)

36 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aloé—continued.

A. Hildebranatii (Hildebrandt’s). ., perianth cylindrical, less
than lin. long, the outer segments red, the inner ones reddish-
yellow, with a green keel; panicle lax, 1sft. long; peduncle
short, compressed. J, loosely disposed, psa lanceolate,
éin. to 10in. long, 14in. to 2in. broad at the clasping base,
gradually tapering to an acuminate point, rounded at back, the
margins toothed. Stem simple, erect, 14ft. to 2ft. long. Eastern
tropical Africa, 1882. (B. M. 6981.)

A. insignis (remarkable). jl. racemose, numerous; perianth
whitish, lined green towards the apex, straight, fifteen to six-
teen lines long ; stamens exserted ; peduncle 18in. to 20in. high,
clothed with whitish bracts. J. thirty to forty, ascending, often
incurved and slightly falcate, glaucous-green, 7in. to 1lin. long,
lin. to 14in. broad at base, tapering to a fine point, with tuber-
cular points on the convex back. Stem about 3in. high. 1885.
Hybrid. (G. C. n. s., xxiv., p. 41.)

A. Kirkii (Kirk's). jl. reddish-yellow, tipped with brown, above
lin. long ; inflorescence 2ft. long. with three branches ; racemes
dense, the end one nearly 1ft. long. J. thirty to forty in a
dense rosette, SEE lanceolate, nearly 1ft. long, 2in. broad,
din. thick, very smooth, with large marginal teeth. Caudex
short, stout, erect. Zanzibar, 1893. (B. M. 7386.)

A. longiaristata (long-awned). A synonym of A. aristata.

A. longiflora (long-flowered). l., perianth primrose-yellow,
cylindrical, 14in. long; raceme dense, siluple, 6in. to Sin. long;
poe erecto-patent; peduncle shorter than the raceme.
. Spreading, ensiform, 1jft. to 14ft. long, lsin. broad, gradually
tapering to a long point, glossy-green, unspotted, with crowded
marginal teeth. Stem simple, 14ft. long below the rosette. 1885.
(G. C. 1888, iv., p. 756.)

A. Luntii (W. Lunt’s). jl. reddish-green at the tips, less than lin.
long ; panicle consisting of four or five long, lax, racemes, the
side ones spreading horizontally. 7. seven or eight in a dense
rosette at the top of the stem, ensiform, lft. Jone 2in. broad,
unarmed, thick, recurved. Southern Arabia, 1894. Plant shortly
caulescent. (B. M. 7448.)

A. Monteiroi (Mrs. Monteiro’s). l., perianth dull red, cylin-
drical, lin. long ; raceme moderately dense, 4in. to 6in. long, 24in.
in diameter; pedicels ascending, 4in. long; peduncle simple,
lift. long. @. about a dozen in a dense rosette, ensiform, lft.
long, lin. broad, gradually tapering to a point, copiously spotted,
armed with medium teeth. Stem very short. 1889. (G. C.
1889, vi., p. 523.)

A. pendulifiora (pendulous-flowered). jl. pale yellow; raceme
dense, turned up at the extremity of the pendulousscape. J. lax,
attenuated, pale green, flattish above, having small marginal
prickles. Zanzibar, 1888. A distinct plant, remarkable for the
way in which the pendulous seape appears to arise from the base
of the back of the leaves. (G. C. 1888, iv., p. 178.)

A. pratensis (meadow-loving).* jl., perianth bright red, tipped
green, cylindrical, 1}in. long ; segments lanceolate, united only at
the base; pedicels ascending ; raceme dense, cylindrical, 6in. to
12in. long ; peduncle stout, simple, 1ft. or more long, with copious,
empty bracts. /. sixty to eighty in a dense rosette, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, the outer ones Sin. to 6in. long, the inner
ones smaller, 14in. broad at base, margined with red-brown
spines. Plant stemless. (B. M. 6705.)

A. Schweinfurthii (Schweinfurth’s). #. orange and yellow,
disposed in tall, much-branched, many-flowered panicles.
1. tufted, fleshy, lanceolate, acuminate, remotely toothed on the
margins. North-east tropical Africa, 1898. A magnificent species.
(B. M. 7667.)

A. striata is the correct name of A. albocincta.

A. s. oligospeila (few-stained). This differs from the type in
its narrower leaves with a broad white border, taller stem, and
more erect habit. 1894.

A. volubilis. See Bowiea volubilis.

Hysrips. A number of Aloé hybrids have been raised
within the last few years, of which the following may be
mentioned, the names of the parents, where known, being
given in parentheses.

A. Bedinghausii (Gasteria nigricans and A. longiaristata).

A. Beguinii (Gasteria verrucosa and A. longiaristata).

A.(?) Chludowii (probably Gasteria scaberrima and G. verrucosa).

A. cyanea (A. glauca and A. incana).

A, de Laetii (A. ciliaris and A. succotrina).

A. Derbetzi (Gasteria acinacifolia and A. rubro-cincta).

A.) Holtzei (Gasteria verrucosa and Haworthia Radula).

A. Hoyeri (A. serrulata and Lomatophylium borbonicum).

A.Q) hybrida gloriosa (Lomatophyllum borbonicum and
Gasteria maculata).

A. imbricata (parentage not stated).

A. Lapaixii (Gasteria maculata and A. longiaristata)
A.(?) Lauchei (Gasteria pulchra and G. scabervima).
A. Nowotnyi (A. longiaristata and ?).

A.(?) Quehlii (Gasteria maculata and G. picta).

A. Simoniana (Gasteria disticha and A. longiaristata).

ALONA belongs to Trine Nolanex of Orv. Con-
volvuulacee. It embraces half-a-dozen species, confined to
Chili.

ALONSOA. Syy. Hemimeris (of Humboldt, Bon-
pland, and Kunth). About a dozen species of this genus
have been described; they are found on the Andes of
tropical America, from Pern to Mexico. To those
given on p. 53, Vol. L., the following should be added:

A. acutifolia (acute-leaved). ji. scarlet; anterior lobe of the
corolla three or four times as long as the calyx; raceme long

and loose. June. J. petiolate, ovate - lanceolate, serrated,
uo) at base. Branchlets elongated. Peru, 1790. (R. G.

A. intermedia (intermediate). A synonym of A. incisifolia.
Syns. Celsia urticefolia (B. M. 471), Hemimeris intermedia
(L. B. C. 1456).

A. linifolia gracilis (slender). The bright orange-scarlet
flowers and graceful foliage combine to make this more effective
than the type.

ALOYSIA. Bentham and Hooker include this under

Lippia (which see). e
ALPINE. Growing on mountains above the timber-
line.

ALPINE GARDENS. Below is given a selection
of plants which are suitable to the Alpine or rock gar-
den. Many of them are also adapted for the front row
of a select border, and the majority are free-growing.
Shade-lovers are distinguished by an asterisk (*), and
border-plants by a dagger (t).

Acxena microphylla, A. repens, and A. myriophylla ; Acan-
tholimon glumaceum; Achillea rupestris, A. tomentosa,
A. wmbellata, and A. Clavenne ; tAdonis vernalis and
A. pyrenaica; +Hthionema coridifolium and #. saxatile ;
Ajuga genevensis; +Alliwm in variety; tAlysswm monta-
num, A. sawatile, and A. s. compactum ; Androsace carnea,
A. lanuginosa, and A. sarmentosa; +Anemone apennina,
+A. narcissiflora, *A. Pulsatilla, +A. fulgens, *A. Hepatica,
and *A. vernalis; +Antennaria tomentosa, useful for
dry, hot places; Anthyllis montana; *Aquilegia
glandulosa; +tArabis albida, A. procwrrens, and A.
graminifolia ; +Armeria in variety for dry places;
+Aster alpinus ; +Aubrietia deltoidea Campbelli, +A. d.
greca, tA. d. grandiflora, +A. d. Hendersoni and A. d.
Leichtlinii ; Auwricula (Alpine) in variety. Brodixa, all
the species ; Bulbocodiwm vernum. Callirhoe involucrata ;
Calochortus in variety; Campanula garganica, and many
other species; Cerastiwm tomentosum; Chionodoxa Lu-
ciliz, CO. Alleni, and C. sardensis; Colchicum, many
species; +Corydalis lutea, dry places; Crocus species,
especially O. speciosus, and the winter-flowering kinds;
*Cyclamen europeum, *C. hederxfolium, and C. repandum.
Daphne Blagayana ; +Dianthus neglectus, +D. cxsius, and
+D. alpinus ; *Dodecatheon Meadia alba, *D. Hendersoni,
and D. Jeffreyi; Draba Mawii and D. pyrenaica; and
Dryas octopetala. Eranthis hyemalis; Erica in variety ;
Erinus alpinus; Erysimum pulchellum, for dry places ;
and Erythroniwm in variety. Fritillaria, all the small kinds.
Geum montanum; and Gnaphalium Leontopodiwm.
Helianthemum, for very hot, dry banks; and +Heuchera
sanguinea and L. s. grandiflora. Iberis correxfolia and
Little Gem; JIonopsidiwm acaule; and Iris reticulata,
I. Bakeriana, I. persica, and many other species. Leu-
coium, several species; Linaria alpina and L. pallida ;
Lithospermum graminifoliwm and L. prostratum; and
Lychnis alpina. +*Meconopsis cambrica; +Muscari, all
the species; Morisia hypogra; and Myosotis alpestris
and M. semperflorens. Narcissus minimus, and other
small species and varieties. @nothera macrocarpa ;
*t+Omphalodes verna; and Onosma echoides. Phlow,
various kinds; Phytewma Scheuchzeri, and var. Charmelai
and P. Michelli; +Primula cortusoides, +P. denticulata,
+P. cashmiriana and P. marginata ; and +Prunella grandi-
flora. *Ramondia pyrenaica. Sawifraga Sempervivum,
and Sedum in variety; *Shortia galacifolia; Silene,
many species; Soldanella alpina, S. minima, and

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. BY

Alpine Gardens—con/inued.
S. montana; and Statice tatarica. +Tiarella cordifolia ;
and *Trillium grandijlorum. Veronica prostrata, and
V. Teucrium. Wahlenbergia tenuifolia. Zauschneria cali-
fornica.

ALPINE ROSE APPLE. This is the popular
name for a very characteristic gall-like excrescence oc-
curring on the leaves of Rhododendron hirsutum and
R. ferrugineum, two of the most extensively planted
of alpine shrubs. They vary considerably as to size and
texture, but are of a dirty creamy-white, tinged on the
sunny side with a bright pink, and in summer are covered
with a kind of bloom. The fungus responsible for the
malformation is Exobasidiuwm Rhododendri, of the group
Basidiomycetes, to which belong several of the most
destructive tree-fungi in Agaricus and Polyporus, as well
as some of the most useful, considered from an economic

A.

Alpinia—continued.
late, unequal-sided, 2ft. long, reddish-pilose on the margins

and on_the nerves beneath. Stems pubescent, 10ft. to 12ft.
high. Southern Asia, 1814. :

A. czrulea (blue). . reddish-purple, less than lin. long ;
thyrse .terminal, 4in. to 8in. long, appearing as a simple
raceme at first, but most of the peduncles developing two to
six flowers. May. J. oblong-lanceolate, often above lft. long
and 2in. broad, acutely acuminate, shortly petiolate above
the sheath. Stem 4ft. to 5ft. high. Australia, 1820. Syn.
Hellenia cerulea.

A. calearata (spurred). ”. medium-sized; corolla segments
greenish-white, oblong; lip beautifully variegated with red
and yellow on a pale ground, the edges slightly incurved, the
base spurred ; panicle dense, din. to 4in. long. “September. 7.
lanceolate, 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, acuminate, glossy
on both surfaces. Stem slender, 2ft. to 4ft. high. India
and China, 1800. (B. R. 141.) Syn. A. cernua (B. M. 1900).

A. cernua (drooping). A synonym of A. calearata.

a magnifica (magnificent). A synonym of Amomum magni-
ncum,

9

een

S

%
Thy

Fig. 36. ALSOPHILA ASPERA.

point of view—the edible Mushrooms. The galled parts
should be removed and burned as soon as they are noticed.
They are also called Rhododendron Galls.

ALPINIA. Syns. Albina, Buekia, Catimbium,
Galanga, Heritiera (of Retz), Languas, and Martensia.
Including Hellenia. Orv. Scitaminex. This genus
comprises nearly forty species, natives of tropical and sub-
tropical Asia, Australia, and the Pacific Islands. To those
described on p. 54, Vol. I., the following should be added :
A. Allughas (Allughas). . small, crowded; corolla segments

greenish-white, linear-oblong; lip pink, cuneate, distinctly

emarginate ; panicle erect, 6in. to 12in. long, narrow. February
and arch. J. oblong-lanceolate, lft. to 14ft. long, 3in. to

6in. broad, glossy on both surfaces. Stem 3ft. to 6ft. high.
India, &c., 1796. Syn. Hellenia Allughas (A. B. R. 501).

A. auriculata (auricled). #. reddish-yellow, smaller than in
A. nutans ; raceme nodding, many-flowered. Spring. J/. lanceo-

A. malaccensis (Malaccan). /., corolla segments white, oblong,
lin. long; lip ovate, emarginate, 14in. to 2in. long, the margins
pale, the centre beautifully variegated with red and yellow;
raceme erect, simple, 6in. to 12in. long. April. J. 2ft. to 3ft.
long, oblong-lanceolate, pubescent beneath. Stem 6ft. to 1lOft.
high. India, &c., 1799. (B. R. 328.)

A. officinarum (officinal). ji. white, sessile in a simple spike;
lip oblong, obtuse, entire or emarginate, the disk nerved with
blood-red. Winter. 7. narrow-lanceolate, caudate-acuminate,
highly glabrous, narrowed to a sessile sheath at base; sheath
elongated, produced in an erect ligule. Stem tuberous at base,
erect, leafy. South China, 1888. (B. M. 6995.)

A. pumila (dwarf). 1. about lin. long, in a short, rather dense
spike, about two to each bract, sessile, sub-erect ; calyx bright
red; corolla pink, the lip recurved or almost revolute; scape
or flowering stem radical, about 2in. long. April. J. two or
three together, erect from the rootstock, 4in. to 6in. long, elliptic
or elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate, green, with whitish stripes,
pale green beneath; petioles 2in. to 4in. long, sheathing below.
Lo-fan-Shan Mountains, China, 1883. (B. M. 6832.)

38 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Alpinia—continued.

A. zingiberina (Zingiber-like). l. erect, lin. long; calyx about
sin. long; lateral and dorsal lobes of the corolla pale green;
lip white, veined crimson, broadly ovate, obtuse ; panicle nearly
erect, 10in. to 12in. long. July. J. 10in. to 12in. long, Jin. broad,
oblanceolate-oblong, acute and abruptly cuspidate, glabrous.
Stems 4ft. to 5ft. high, Rhizomes lin. in diameter, resembling
ginger. Siam, 1884. (B. M. 6944.)

ALSEUOSMIA (from alsos, a grove, and euosmia, a
grateful odour; the powerful fragrance of the flowers
scents the woods in their native haunts). Orp. Capri-
foliacez. A small genus (four species) of highly glabrous,
polymorphous, greenhouse shrubs, confined to New Zealand.
Flowers greenish or reddish, axillary, solitary or fascicled,
sweetly scented; calyx tube ovoid, the limb four- or five-
lobed ; corolla tubular or funnel-shaped, the tube elongated,
the limb of four or five equal, spreading lobes; stamens

qe

We

Aa,

of .

cS
Sy

é
Ros

ALSINE. Included under Arenaria (which see).

ALSOMITRA (said to be derived from alsos, a
grove, and mitra, a mitre; probably in allusion to the
plant crowning the trees). Orp. Cucurbitacee. A small
genus (three to five species) of large, stove, climbing
shrubs, extending from Nepaul through Malaya to North
Australia. Flowers white, small, dicecious, in compound
panicles; calyx and corolla both rotate and five-parted;
stamens five. Fruit often large, elongated. Leaves
having three oblong, entire leaflets. Tendrils simple or
bifid. Only one of the species has been introduced. It
thrives in a rich loamy compost and requires an abundance
of water during the period of growth. It may be pro-
pagated by seeds, or by cuttings inserted over bottom-
heat.

Reo SSK
4 {£55 8D

Fic. 37. ALSOPHILA ATROYIRENS.

four or five; pedicels bracteolate at base. Fruit a purple,
ovoid, many-seeded berry. Leaves alternate, rarely oppo-
site, petiolate, membranous, linear-lanceolate, ovate, or
rhomboid, entire or toothed, with minute tufts of hairs in
the axils of the nerves beneath. A. macrophylla is the
only species introduced to cultivation. It thrives in well-
drained, peaty soil, and likes plenty of air and light. Pro-
pagated by cuttings of half-ripened growths, inserted under
a bell glass.

A. macrophylla (large-leaved).* fl. in small, axillary clusters,
drooping ; corolla dull red, or creamy-white with dull red streaks,
the tube cylindric, funnel-shaped above, the lobes ovate, re-
curved, toothed. February. J. 3in. to 6in. long, elliptic-lanceolate
or oblanceolate, acute, entire or serrated, narrowed into petioles
toy in. long. A. 6ft. to 10ft. 1884. Plant glabrous. (B. M.

A. sarcophylia (fleshy-leaved), i. very numerous, in nodding
anicles. Winter. jr. 1gin. long, gin. broad. J. very fleshy,
4in. long, 1zin. broad, obtuse; petiolules scarcely din. long.
Birma, 1870. Syn. Zanonia sarcophylla.

ALSOPHILA. Including Lophosorus, Trichopteris,
and Trichosorus. Upwards of ninety species have been
referred to this genus; they are found in Australia, New
Zealand, South America, India, tropical Africa, Eastern
Asia, &e.

Nearly all the Alsophilas are found inhabiting moist
glens, and have a tendency to assume large proportions.
Some of them, such as A. australis, A. conjugata,
A. contaminans, A. Cooperi, A. Leichardtiana, A. pycno-
carpa, &c., are frequently seen in their native habitats with
stems varying between ?Oft. and 20ft. in height; while

iJ aoe

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 39

Alsophila— continued.
A. excelsa, perhaps the most rapid grower of all, is said
to have a trunk or stem between 60ft. and 80ft. high.

To induce them to make good growth under artificial
conditions, it is necessary that the Alsophilas, as well as
all other Tree-Ferns, should have an abundant supply of
water during the summer, but taking care to moderate
the sprinklings during the winter—without, however,
suspending them altogether in any case. Occasional
waterings with weak liquid manure are beneficial to
them. especially in the spring when the new fronds are
unfolding. Although Alsophilas grow well in a light
conservatory, where they produce fronds of a hardy and
very substantial texture, it is under the combined
influences of shade and moisture that their most vigorous
growth is produced; they should therefore be sufficiently
shaded to prevent the sun from burning the fronds as

Alsophila—continued.
extensively employed for indoor decoration, as very little
time is required from the seedling state to get them snfli-
ciently strong to be useful for that purpose; but those
home-raised seedlings which are kept and grown on, soon
form short stems or trunks, producing fine heads of massive
yet gracefully-arching fronds, often reaching 4ft. in length.
When in that state, A. excelsa is a most effective plant for
sub-tropical gardening.

Although very scarce in cultivation, A. pruinata deserves
every attention, if only on account of its distinctive and
ornamental characters, for its fronds, of a particularly
elegant habit, are quite as silvery underneath as those of
the better-known Cyathea dealbata; while the stem or
trunk from which they are produced. and which under
cultivation seldom attains large proportions, usually forms
several crowns or heads, and by the division of these the

Fic. 38. ALSOPHILA PYCNOCARPA.

they unfold, as well as to keep them from being discoloured
when fully developed. As is the case with all arborescent
Ferns, very little pot room will suffice for Alsophilas.
They should be potted, tubbed, or, better still, planted
out in the houses, in a compost of three-parts peat, one

_part fibrous loam, and one part sand as coarse as pro-

curable: in this they will grow luxuriantly for years with-
out requiring further attention than constant moistening.

A. capensis, A. Van Geertii, and perhaps a few other
kinds, produce on their stems young growths, from which
they can be propagated; but Alsophilas are usually
increased from spores, which are abundantly produced
and germinate freely under warm treatment.

A. excelsa is essentially a decorative Fern, growing larger

and quicker than A. australis; young plants of it are

plant can be increased. To those described on pp. 54-6,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. Andersoni (Anderson’s). fronds large, tripinnatifid, rough
on their under-surface; rachis dark chestnut-colour; pinne
oblong-lanceolate, 14ft. to 2ft. long ; pinnules numerous, almost
stalkless, cut down to a narrow wing 4in. to 6in. long and lin.
broad ; ultimate segments closely set, spear-shaped, bluntish,
about tin. broad, distinctly toothed, their ribs densely bristly.
sori very small, inframedial. Sikkim. A distinct, stove
species.

A. aspera (rough). __ An illustration of this fine West Indian
species is given in Fig. 56.

A. atrovirens (dark green).* sti. about equal to the fronds,
stout, and slightly scaly. fronds large, tripinnatifid; pinne
spear-shaped, Sin. to 15in. long, 3in. to 4in. broad; pinnules cut
down half-way to the midrib; segments entire, 4in. broad. sori
pee iat medial. South Brazil, 1883. Stove. See

ig. 37.

40)

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Alsophila—continued.

A. a. Keriana (Kerr's). sii. 6in. to 8in. long, dull brown,
muricated. fronds oblong-lanceolate, bipinnate, ljin. to lin.
long, 6in. broad, firm, pilose on the main veins beneath ; lower
pinnz din. to 4in. long, cut down to the rachis. 1884.

A. capensis (Cape). A synonym of Hemitelia capensis.

A. Colensoi (Colenso’s). cau. 4ft. to 5ft. high, spineless. sti.
short, densely clothed with silvery-white scales and smaller
brown ones. fronds slightly hairy, 2ft. to 4ft. long, 1ft. or more
broad ; primary pinne 12in. to 14in. long, acuminate; pinnules
2in. long and jin. broad, deeply pinnatifid; ultimate segments
strongly serrated. sori small, round, nearer the midrib than
the margin. New Zealand and Otago. Greenhouse.

A. crinita (hairy).* sti. strongly muricate, of a peculiar brown
colour. fronds when young densely covered with long, chafty
hairs of a light colour; primary pinne 2ft. long, 10in. broad ;
pinnules sessile, cut nearly to the midrib ; ultimate lobes sickle-
shaped, narrow, the margins recurved and toothed. sori covering
the whole under-side of the lobes and mixed with scales. Java,

A singular and very shaggy-looking, stove species.

Jronds having the segments
sori larger than in other forms,

Ceylon, &e.
A. infesta phalerata (white).
din. broad, close, blunt, entire.

confined to the lower veins.

A. latebrosa (dark, shady). sti. prickly at base, muricated
upwards, dark mahogany-brown. eons bipinnate ; pinne lft.
to 2ft. long, 6in. to 8in. broad, acuminate; pinnules lanceolate,
acuminate, 3in. to 4in. long, sin. broad, cut down nearly to the
rachis into numerous narrow, blunt, slightly-toothed lobes, dark
green and smooth above, slightly hairy and scaly beneath. sori
elevated and conspicuous, often occupying the lower two-thirds
of the fertile lobes. India, &e. Stove. According to Beddome,
this is the commonest Tree Fern throughout India.

A. Marshalliana (Marshall’s). fronds of a dark, shining green ;
pinn very much crisped and gracefully waved. 1894. A plant
of dwarf habit.

A. phalerata (white). A variety of A. infesta.

A. podophylla (footstalk-fronded). sti. spiny, and, as well as
the rachis, purplish-brown. fronds ample, somewhat leathery ;
pinne 2ft. or more in length, pinnatifid at their summit ; pinnules
distinctly stalked, 4in. to 8in. long, sin. to lin. broad, variable,
being either sub-hastate, cordate, or truncate at base, sometimes
either toothed towards their tip, entire, slightly lobed, or more
or less deeply cut to the midrib. sori in a single row parallel
with the primary vein of the fertile pinnules. Chusan and Hong
Kong, 1881. Greenhouse.

A. pycnocarpa (densely-fruited). caw. thorny, seldom exceeding
6ft. in height. fronds ample, coriaceous, bipinnate ; pinnz borne
on short, articulated stalks; pinnules nearly stalkless, dented at
the base, blunt at the tip, dark green on both surfaces. sori set
so closely together in two rows as to be almost contiguous on the
fertile pinnules. Peru. Stove. See Fig. 38.

A. tomentosa (downy). sti. and main rachis palish brown,
strongly muricated. fronds coriaceous, dark green above ;
pinnules sessile, divided nearly to the midrib into narrow-oblong
lobes which are conspicuously cobwebby on their under-side
with small, white, ragged, woolly scales. sori covering the
whole under-surface. Java and Formosa. Stove. This
resembles A. crinita, but is scarcely hairy in any part.

A. truncata (truncate). fronds ample, tripinnate, with a
glossy, dark purple rachis ; pinnz 10in. to 15in. long, 4in. to Sin.
broad, oblong, acuminate; pinnules very small, stalkless, set at
a little distance apart, truncate at base, firm, coriaceous, bright
green above, paler beneath, the margins slightly lobed and
recurved. sori small, dark orange-colour, close to the midrib of
the fertile pinnules. Fiji and Samoa, A distinct, stove
species.

A. Van Geertii (Van Geert’s).
mexican.

ALSTROMERIA. According to J. G. Baker, this
genus camprises about forty-four species, confined to
Brazil and Chili.

For affording cut-flower material, such species as
A. awrantiaca, A. chilensis, and A. psittacina, are highly
esteemed. Many cultivators experience difficulty in grow-
ing these useful plants. The chief point to observe is in
the planting. This should take place in October, inserting
the roots from 6in. to 8in. deep. If, as is commonly done,
they are planted at, say, a depth of 3in. or 4in., they are
almost certain to be killed if severe weather setsin. Plenty
of water when growing, and a summer mulching, will also
be found beneficial.

To the species, &c., described on p. 58, Vol. IL. the
following should be added. Several plants formerly in-
cluded here are now classed under Bomarea.

A. aurea (golden) (B. M. 3350). A synonym of A. aurantiaca

(B. R. 1843; S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 205).

A. bicolor (two-coloured), A synonym of A. Ligtu pulehra.

A garden name for Cyathea

Alstromeria—continued.

A. brasiliensis (Brazilian). ., perianth reddish-yellow, ljin.
long, the inner bee pes spotted with brown ; umbel of five one-
to three-flowered rays. J. of the fertile stem linear, erecto-
eas din. to 4in. long; those of the sterile stem lanceolate,

jin. to 4in. long, Zin. broad, mainly confined to the upper half.
Sterile stem 2ft. long. Central Brazil.
A. densiflora. The correct name is Bomarea tomentosa.

A. hemantha (blood-coloured). The correct name of A. Simsii
(R. G. 264; S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 158). Syn. A. pulchella of Sims
(B. M. 2354; B. R. 1008; H. E. F. 64).

A. h. Simsii (Sims’s blood-flowered). A synonym of A. Simsii.

A. Hookeri, of Loddiges. A form of A. Ligtu.

A. Ligtu (Ligtu). j. whitish, pale lilac, or ede red, obliquely
streaked with purple; perianth about ltin. long, the outer seg-
ments obovate-unguiculate, the inner ones narrower and more
acute; umbel three- to eight-rayed. Jd. twenty to thirty, thin,
linear or lanceolate, the ee 2in. to 3in. long. Stem 1aft. to
2ft. long. Chili. (B. R. 1839, t 3). A. Hookeri (L. B. C. 1272),
A, pallida (B. M. 3040), and A. rosea (H. E. F. 281), are forms
of this species.

A. L. pulehra, The correct name of A. pulchra (B. M. 2421).
Syn. A, bicolor (H. E. F. 65; L. B. C. 1147).

A. Ligtu, of Curtis. A synonym of A. caryophyllea.
A. Neillii (Neill’s). A form of A. spathulata.

A. oculata (eyed). A synonym of Bomarea Salsilia.

A. ovata (ovate). A synonym of Bomarea edulis ovata.
A. pallida (pale). A form of A. Ligtu.

A. pulchella, of Linneus, is the correct name of A. psittacina,
which is quite distinct from A. Simsii (hemantha).

A. rosea, of Hooker, is a form of A. Ligtu.
A. Salsilla (Salsilla), of Gawler. A synonym of Bomarea edulis.

A. spathulata (spathulate). #. reddish, few in a simple

umbel; perianth lin. to lJin. long, the outer segments ob-
1. crowded in the

ovate-unguiculate, the inner ones acute.
upper part of the stem, oblong-spathulate, thick, crisped,
and scarious at the edges, lin. to 2in. long, jin. to fin.
broad. Stem 6in. to 12in. long. Andes of Chili. A. Neillii
(B. M. 3105) is ‘‘ probably a robust cultivated condition” of
this species (Baker).

ALTERNANTHERA. Leaves opposite, sessile or
petiolate, obovate, oblong, or linear, entire or obscurely
toothed. To the species described on p. 59, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

A, chromatella (yellowish). This is probably identical with

A, paronychioides major aurea.

A. sessilis (stalkless). 7. lin. to Zin. long, linear, oblong,
lanceolate, or elliptic, obtuse or slightly acute, rather fleshy,
sometimes obscurely denticulate. Branches many, 3in. to 18in.
long, glabrous, prostrate or ascending. India, 1778. Biennial.

A. s. amoena (pleasing). In this variety the upper leaves are
reddish. (I. H. 1865, t. 447.)

A. ee (spoon-shaped). A handsome form, having
athulate leaves varying in colour from green, through pink, to
ark brown. 1865. (I. H. 1865, t. 445.)

ALTHZEA. About a dozen species, natives of the
temperate regions of the globe, form this genus, two of
them—A. hirsuta and A. officinalis—being natives of
Britain. To the species described on p. 59, Vol. L.,
the following should be added:

A. rosea is not a native of China, as stated in Vol. L, but of the

Orient.

A. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured).* #1. sulphur-yellow, on thick,
solitary, tomentose peduncles ; petals more than twice as long as
the calyx, ciliated to the claws ; raceme short, lax, few-flowered.
Summer. J. thick, ovate, obtuse, crenulate, entire or very
slightly repand-trilobed, the lower ones obtuse and rounded at
base, the upper ones slightly acute and cuneate at base. Stems
erect, rigid, simple or slightly branehed. Persia, &c. Plant
shrubby at base.

ALTINGIACEZ. Included under Hamamelidee

(which see).

ALTITUDE. Elevation or altitude has a great in-
fluence on all vegetation. The higher the altitude the lower
the temperature. At the same time, this does not prove
that the less the elevation is above sea-level the warmer
and more suited is the place for plant-life. An altitude of
500ft. above sea-level is considered by some authorities
to be best for hardy fruit-culture; while in this country
ordinary timber grown at a moderate elevation is more
durable than the same kind grown nearer the sea-level.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

4]

ALTORA. A synonym of Cluytia (which see).
ALUM. See Symphytum officinale.

ALYSSUM. Including Anodontea, Berteroa, Meniocus,
Odontarrhena, Psilonema, and Schivereckia. This genus
comprises from eighty to ninety species, natives of Asia
Minor, South Europe, Persia, North Africa, the Caucasus,
and Siberia, A. calycinwm and A. maritimum being natives
of the British Islands. To those described on pp. 60-1,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. gemonense sulphureum (sulphur-coloured). This is the

most distinct in colour of all the Alyssums, being of a nice pale
lemon.

A. D cum (Pyrenean). jl. white, with chocolate-coloured
anthers. June to August. 7. obovate, attenuated at base, cano-
tomentose. Stem shrubby; branches unarmed. Habit dwarf,
tufted.

A. saxatile citrinum (citron-yellow).
flowers.

A. s. flore-pleno (double flowered).* This is a double-flowered
form of considerable merit. The flowers are bright yellow, and
borne in sprays.

A. Ss. nanum compactum (dwarf, compact).* A dwarf
variety, forming dense tufts, composed of a great number of
short stalks producing yellow flowers much more freely than
the type. June to August. An excellent plant for borders
or for carpet-bedding, popularly known as Gold Dust.

A. spinosum (spiny). The correct name of Keniga spinosa.

A, utriculatum (bladder-like). A synonym of Vesicaria greca.

ALYXIA (said to be the native Indian name cf one
of the species). Syn. Gynopogon. ORD. Apocynaceex.
A genus embracing about thirty species of stove, often
glabrous shrubs, inhabiting Eastern tropical Asia, the

This has lemon-yellow

Malayan Archipelago, Ceylon, Madagascar, tropical
Australia, and the Pacific Islands. Flowers rather
small, twin or cymose; calyx five-parted, glandless;

corolla salver-shaped, with a cylindrical tube and five
twisted lobes; stamens included. Leaves whorled in
threes or fours, or rarely opposite, coriaceous, shining,
penniveined. The best-known species are here described.
They thrive in a mixture of sandy loam and a little peat.
Cuttings of ripened wood will root freely if inserted in
pots of sand, under glass, and plunged in heat.
A. bracteolosa (slightly bracteate). jl. pale yellow, with a long
tube ; cymes axillary, many-flowered, shortly pedunculate. J. in

threes, oblong or sub-lanceolate, obtuse or acuminate at apex,
rounded or acute at base. Fiji, 1887. Climber.

A. daphnoides (Daphne-like). #7. yellowish-white, sessile,
axillary and terminal, solitary. April. /. in fours, obovate-
oblong, elliptic, or rhomboid, obtuse, shining, sin. to jin. long.
h. 4ft. Norfolk Island, 1831. (B. M. 3313.)

A. ruscifolia (Butcher’s-Broom-leaved). l. white, small, sessile,
in sessile, terminal heads. July. J. whorled, broadly ovate-
elliptic to narrow-lanceolate, acute, with a short, pungent point,
Zin. to lin. long, shortly petiolate, the margins recurved or
revolute. Australia, 1820. A tall, handsome shrub. (B. M.
3312; L. B. C. 1811)

. ALZATEA (named after Alzaty, a Spanish naturalist).

Orv. Celastriner. A monotypic genus. The species,

A. verticillata, is a greenhouse, evergreen, highly glabrous

tree, with yellowish flowers, opposite whorled leaves, and

purple branches. It was introduced in 1824, but is
probably lost to cultivation.

AMALIAS. A synonym of Lelia (which see).

AMARABOYA (the native name). Orv. Melasto-
macez. A small genus (three species) of erect, glabrous,
stove or greenhouse, evergreen shrubs, natives of
Colombia. Flowers showy, cymose; petals usually six,
cordate ; stamens twelve to fifteen. Leaves large, oppo-
site, sessile, with three very prominent nerves, green
above, reddish-carmine beneath. Branches as thick as the
thumb, bluntly four-angled. The species will probably
thrive under the same treatment as that recommended
for Pleroma (which see).

A. amabilis (lovely). #. white, margined with carmine, large;

— broad ; style red, elongated; umbels terminal. /. 10in. to

. long, 8in. broad, opposite, elliptic, canescent beneath, the

three nerves brownish or reddish. Stems terete, purplish. 1887.
(i. H. ser. v. 9.)

Vol V.

Amaraboya—continued.

A. princeps (foremost). #. of a uniform bright carmine, very
showy; petals usually six, broadly cordate; stamens white;
cymes terminal, few-flowered; peduncles stout. 7. elliptic,
sessile, Spicalnie, 7in. to 10in. long, Sin. to Sin. broad, green
above, reddish-brown beneath. 1887. (I. H. ser. v. 4.)

A. splendida (splendid). i. 64in. across, very beautiful ; petals
sub-triangular, din. long, nearly 2sin. broad, at first reddish-
pink, becoming white in the lower part; stamens yellowish;
style red, elongated. J. very large, ovate-oblong, green above,
coppery-pink with three red nerves beneath. 1886, A gorgeous
plant. (1. H. ser. v. 34.) 4

AMARALIA. This name is kept up by the authors
of the “ Genera Plantarum”; but according to the “ Index
Kewensis,” the older name for the genus is Sherhournia
(which see).

AMARANTUS [also spelt Amaranthus]. Including
Euzolus. About forty-five species have been described,
but many of these have no claim to specific rank; they are
broadly distributed in both Old and New Worlds. Leaves
small or minute. To the species, &c., described on p. 61,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

A. atropurpureus nanus (dark purple, dwarf).
A. caudatus.

A. caudatus atropurpureus nanus. /. in rather long,
erect, cylindrical spikes. J. of a dark reddish-brown. kh. about
1sft.

A. c. gibbosus (swollen). jl. red, clustered in groups about the
size of a nut and more or less spaced. Plant smaller and
slenderer than the type, and singular in appearance.

A. Dussii (Duss’s). jl. and 7. brightly coloured. West Indies,
1896. A handsome, hardy annual, probably a variety of A.
spinosus.

A. paniculatus (panicled),
(B. M. 2227).

A. sanguineus nanus (dwarf).
leaves of an intense red.

A. spinosus (spiny). fl. greenish; terminal spike elongated,
bénding, the lower axillary ones short and roundish. July to
October. JZ. ovate or ovate-oblong, obtuse or emarginate, long-
petiolate, often blotched with purple, spiny in the axils. Stem
lft. to 3ft. high, stout, succulent, often purplish. United
States.

A. splendens (splendid). Joseph’s Coat. 7. regularly variegated
with brown, dark green, red, and golden-yellow. Branches
furnished at the extremities with loose panicles of brilliant red
flowers, surrounded by leaves of the same tint. Stem vigorous,
erect, and much-branched. A. 3ft. 1885. A garden form.

A. superbus (superb). J. elliptic, blood-red on the upper
surface, crimson beneath. 1896. Half-hardy. Probably a
variety of A. melancholicus. (I. H. 1896, p. 141, f. 15.)

AMARYLLIS. As mentioned on p. 62, Vol. I, the
species formerly included here are now classed under
various genera. The following synonyms and varieties
may be noted :

A. aurea (golden). A synonym of Lycoris aurea.

A. Belladonna. There are numerous handsome varieties in
cultivation, including alla, carminea, magnifica, O'Brieni, and
stenopetala.

A. B. blanda (beautiful).* fl. lighter in colour, larger, and
opening wider than in the type; segments 3in. to 4in. long,
lin. to ljin. broad. 7. more sheathing at the base, longer, and
broader. (B. M. 1450, under name of A. blanda.)

A. ciliaris (ciliated). A synonym of Buphane ciliaris.

A. citrina (citron-coloured). A synonym of Sternbergia
colchicijlora.

A. crispa (curled). A synonym of Hessea crispa.

A. disticha (two-ranked). A synonym of Buphane disticha.

A. hyacinthina (Hyacinth-like). A synonym of Grifinia
hyacinthina.

A. stellaris (star-like). A synonym of Hessea stellaris.

A. tatarica (Tartary). A synonym of Iziolirion tataricum.
AMASONIA. The correct name of A. punicea (SxN.

Taligalea punicea) is A. calycina (B. M. 6915). To the

species described on p. 62, Vol. L., the following should

be added:

A. erecta (erect). }
the segments, hairy, drooping,

A form of

The correct name of A. speciosus,

A dwarf garden variety, with

jl. white, marked with pink on the inside of
lin. long, disposed in a racemi-
form, elongated, terminal panicle; bracts scarlet, golden at
base, subtending the flowers, ovate or nearly orbicular,
serrulate. July. J. alternate and somewhat whorled, 4in. to

G

42

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Amasonia—continued.

éin. long, crenate-serrate, oblong, dark green above, pale
beneath ; petioles 2in. to din, long. South America. A small,
slender, sparingly-branched shrub.

A. e. latebracteata (broad-bracted). /., bracts orbicular, lin.
long, shortly petiolate, remotely denticulate. 1895. (B. M. 7445.)

AMATUNGULA. Sce Carissa grandiflora.

AMBERBOA MOSCHATA. A _ synonym of
Centaurea moschata (which see).

AMBLOSTOMA (from amblos, blunt, and stoma, a
mouth; in allusion to the form of the pollinia). Orp.
Orchidee. A small genus (three species) of stove, epiphytal
Orchids, one Brazilian, another Peruvian, and the third
Bolivian. Flowers small, shortly pedicellate, racemose,
disposed in a slender, rigid panicle. Leaves narrow.
A. cernuum (Syn. A. tridactylwm) is in cultivation at Kew,
but is not often seen elsewhere.

AMBLYANTHERA. A synonym of Mandevilla
(which see).

AMBLYGLOTTIS. A synonym of Calanthe (which
see).

AMBLYOLEPIS.
(which see).

Included under Helenium

AMBROSIA BEETLES. See Apple - Bark
Beetle.

AMECHANTA. A synonym of Agarista (which
see).

AMELANCHIER. Syn. Aronia (in part). The four
species of this genus are natives of South Europe, Asia
Minor, Japan, and North America. To the species
described on p. 63, Vol. I., the following should be
added. See glso Peraphyllum.

A. alnifolia (Alder-leaved). Dwarf June Berry. /. numerous, in
dense racemes. jr. dark purple, globose, sin. in diameter.
Z. roundish, blunt or notched at both ends, serrated towards
the apex. h. 6ft. to 8ft. North-west America, 1888. An orna-
mental shrub. (G. and F. 1888, i., p. 185, f. 34.)

A. Botryapium (Botryapium). A synonym of A. canadensis.

A. canadensis oblongifolia (oblong-leaved). jl. white,
shortly-racemose, borne in great profusion. The last variety to
blossom.

A, oligocarpa (few-fruited), . white, jin. in diameter, on
long pedicels, solitary or in pairs, rarely three or four in
araceme. jr. dark bluish-purple, obovate or shortly oblong.
t. oblong, acute, crenulate, glabrous. hk. 2ft. to 4ft. Eastern

eae States, 1888. A bushy tree. (G. and F. 1888, i., pp. 245-7,
AMERICAN BLACKBERRY. See Rubus
villosus.

AMERICAN BLIGHT, or WOOLLY APHIS
(Schizoneura lanigera). Despite the greater attention now
given to fruit-trees by the cultivator, this insect continues to
increase. And little wonder, considering how readily the white
cottony “‘ particles,” together with the insects, are wafted
by the wind, and the rapid methods of increase. The
greatest number are to be found in neglected orchards,
where trees are left for years “to take care of them-
selves.” They are not, however, confined to such, for new
plantations of young trees are also attacked. The insects
generally take up a position in the crevices of the bark,
on shoots both large and small, as well as on the
foliage. The bark in bad attacks splits, and soft spongy
growths are present. After a while these quite break
down, exposing a vital part of the tree to injurious
wound fungi. Hence it is that canker caused by
Nectria ditissima is so freqaently found. Woolly
Aphides also attack the roots, and cause considerable
injury if they are allowed to go on unmolested. At one
time it was thought that the root-feeding specimens
were somewhat different from those infesting the por-
tions of the tree above ground. Such, however, is not
the case. Roots attacked by the pests are frequently
covered by large warty growths.

The insects’ presence above ground is readily told by
the woolly material which issues from the dorsal pores.
This serves as a shelter for the pests, and especially

American Blight, or Woolly Aphis—continued.
stands them in good stead in winter. Woolly
Aphides are brown in colour with the exception of the
wingless egg-producing, dingy-yellow females, which are
produced by the winged females. The eggs are deposited
singly in cracks and crevices of the tree; but the insects
rely not alone on this means of increasing, for there
are individuals which as larve live through the winter,
and then produce their young alive. It is these which
one finds when dressing the trees in winter.

It is not an easy matter to deal with Woolly Aphides
except on low-growing trees. The best insecticide in
summer is Calvert’s Carbolic Soft Soap (loz. to gall.
of soft water). This should be made warm, and directed
with some force with a garden-engine. Another good
recipe is soluble petroleum, 1 wineglassful; water (warm),
lgall.; soft soap, llb.; with the addition of a handful
of lime. Care must, however, be taken to keep the trees
free from extraneous growth like lichen. To prevent
this, and also to kill the Aphides, some cultivators spray
on (in winter only) the following mixture: 1b. caustic
soda (Greenbank’s 98 per cent.) and 4lb. crude potash
dissolved in 5gall. of water. This must be used with
care, or the hands will suffer. Stout gloves should always
be used. So much for the tree above ground. For the
root-feeders a wash made with the carbolic soft
soap above recommended will prove beneficial, first re-
moving the soil. This, too, should be performed in winter.
All prunings should be carefully taken away and burnt.
See also p. 63, Vol. I.

AMERICAN KIDNEY-BEAN TREE.
Wistaria frutescens.

AMERIMNON. Bentham and Hooker include this
under Dalbergia (which see).

AMETHYSTEA (from amethystos, the amethyst; in
allusion to the colour of the blossoms). Orp. Labiate.
A monotypic genus. This species, A. cwrulea (B. M. 2448),
is a hardy, erect annual. For culture, see Annuals.

A. cexrula (blue). jl. blue, small, eymose; corolla scarcely
exceeding the calyx; cymes pedunaaiars, lax, racemosely
panicled. July. Jl. petiolate, three- to five-parted ; segments
oblong-lanceolate, incised-toothed ; floral ones smaller. hk. lft.
Temperate Asia, 1759. (B. M. 2448.)

AMIANTHEMUM. Included under Zygadenus
(which see).

AMICIA. This genus embraces four species, natives
of the Andes, from Bolivia to Mexico. Flowers yellow,
rather large, in short, axillary racemes, rarely solitary ;
bracts and bracteoles broad. Leaves abruptly pinnate ;
leaflets usually two pairs, obovate or obcordate, exstipellate ;
stipules usually large, deciduous.

AMISCHOTOLYPE. A synonym of Forrestia
(which see).

AMMOCHARIS (from ammos, sand, and charis,
love; the species are found in sandy ground). Syn.
Palinetes. Ord. Amaryllidex. A monotypic genus. The
species is a greenhouse, bulbous plant, requiring similar
culture to Brunsvigia (which see).

A. falcata (sickle-shaped). /. brightred, fragrant, twenty to forty
in an umbel; perianth funnel-shaped, with a stout, cylindrical
tube sin. long, and six equal, ascending, oblanceolate-unguiculate
segments; peduncle lateral, 6in. to 12in. long. Winter. J.
bifarious, lorate, spreading, lft. to 2ft. long, produced before the
flowers. Bulb 6in. to Qin. in diameter. South Africa. SYNs.
Amaryllis coranica (B. R. 139 and 1219, var. pallida), Brunsvigia
falcata.

AMMODENDRON. Sophora is not synonymous
with this genus. S. bifolia is a synonym of A. Sieversii

AMMOGETON. Included under Trovimon, the
correct name of A. scorzonerzfolium being T. glaucum
dasycephalum (which see).

AMMOLIRION. A synonym of Eremurus (which

see).

See

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

43

AMMOPHILA ARUNDINACEA. A synonym of
Psamma arenaria (which see).

AMOMUM. About fifty species are included in this
genus ; they are mostly found in tropical Africa and Asia,
but extend as far as Australia and the Pacific Islands. To
those described on pp. 64-5, Vol. I., the following should
be added:

A. Clusii (Clusius’). fs ee ea lateral lobes spreading,
lanceolate-subulate, the dorsal one longer; lip broadly obovate-
spathulate, the margins entire; scape radical, few-flowered.
December. J. linear-_or oblong-lanceolate, long - acuminate.
Fernando Po. (B. M. 5250.)

A. C. purpureum (purple). The correct name of A. Danielli.

A. hemisphzricum (hemispherical). j. green, with the ex-

ception of the lip, which is reddish-brown margined with yellow,

borne in a dense, capa head; peduncle short, rising from the
rootstock among the stems. J. distichous, oblong-lanceolate, lft.
or more in length, Sin. broad. Stems 10ft. to 12ft. high.

1898. Greenhouse. (B. M. 7592.)
jl. deep purplish-red, shorter

A. a cum (magnificent).
than the bracts, cylindrical; bracts deep rose-red, narrowly
margined with white, the outer ones often reflexed, Sin. to 4in.
long ; scape Sft. to 6ft. high, leafless, July and August. J. few,
oblong, acute. Stems 10ft. to 12ft. high, rigid. Mauritius, 1830.
Syn. Alpinia magnijsica (B. M. 3192).

A. Melegueta minor (lesser). J., kip orbicular; bracts ap-
pressed, convolute. Western Tropical Africa, 1869. Plant smaller
than the type in all its parts. (B. M. 5987.)

AMOORA (Amoor is the Bengali name). Svyns.
Andersonia, Aphanamiwzis. ORD. Meliacer. A genus
embracing about ten species of stove, evergreen, often
tall shrubs, natives of tropical and sub-tropical Asia and
Australia. Flowers small, polygamo-dicecious, the males
paniculate, the females often spicate or racemose; in-
florescence axillary. Leaves imparipinnate. Two species
—A. cucullata and A. Rohituka—have been introduced.
but they are probably lost to cultivation.

AMORPHOPHALLUS. Bentham and Hooker in-
elude hereunder Brachyspatha, Conophallus, Coryno-
phallus, Proteinophallus, and Tapeinophallus; but
Brachyspatha and Corynophallus have been kept distinct
in Vol. I. This genus comprises about twenty-five
species, inhabiting tropical Asia and Africa, the Malayan
Archipelago, Australia, and the Pacific Islands.

These curious plants should not be planted out until all
danger of severe frost is past. April is usually early
enough, and 6in. is none too great a depth at which to
insert the roots. A. Rivieri, an illustration of which
appears in Vol. I.,is frequently potted up and used as a
room plant; its stout white-spotted scape, rose-marbled
leaf stalk, and large leaves, make a very effective whole.
Equally decorative are they as foliage plants in the

greenhouse.

To those described on p. 65, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

A. Afzelii (Afzelius’). A synonym of Corynophallus Afzelii.

A. bulbifer (bulb-bearing). l., spathe dirty green, spotted with
rose on the outside, red within but yellowish-green towards the
apex, about Sin. long; spadix green and pink; peduncle 10in. to
iin. long. 2. tripedatisect, bearing tubers at the ramifications of
the ribs ; primary segments Sin. to 12in. long; petiole 3ft. long.
Tuber sub-globose. dia. (R. G. 1871, t. 688.) Syn. Arum
bulbiferum (B. M. 2072, 2508).

A. dubius (doubtful). ., spathe tube green, 3in. long, the limb
ovate, 3in. to Sin. in diameter, waved, the disk dark purple with
@ green border; spadix 4in. long, the appendage chestnut-
brown, lin. in diameter; peduncle very short. J. one or two,
lft. to 3ft. broad; segments simple or forked; leaflets oblong,
acute. Malabar and Ceylon, 1857. (B. M. 5187.)

A. Eichleri (Eichler’s). #., spathe dirty white, liin. high and
across, the limb d reddish-brown, waved and crenate or
lobulate ; spadix 6in. long, erect ; eduncle very short. April.
1. trisected ; divisions shortly petiolulate, Sin. long, the lateral
ones bisected, the middle one trisected, the seginents pin-
natifid; leaflets two or three pairs, sessile, elliptic-ovate, the
terminal one 3in. to 4in. long. Western tropi Africa, 1882.
(B. M. 7091.) ;

A. Elliottii (Elliott's). ., spathe pink and green, with blotches

~ and zones of brownish-purple, short, broad-hooded, with a small
aperture ; spadix purple, shorter than the spathe; peduncle lft.
high. J. acs ot lft. high. Tuber fleshy. Sierra
Leone, 1894. (B. M. 7549.)

Japan,

Amorphophallus—continued.

A. glabra (smooth). /l., spathe olive-green outside, mottled with
brown, white within, about 6in. long, rather closely rolled round
the spadix in the cylindrical part; = shorter, sulphur-yellow,
Pia sered ; peduncle upwards of lft. in height. Queensland.

A. Lacourii. The correct name is Pseudodracontium Lacourii.

A. Leopoldianus (Leopold I.’s). j., spathe reddish-violet,
expanded, shortly pedunculate, the lamina oval-lanceolate, long-
acuminate, the margins undulated; spadix 2ft. to 2ift. long,
cylindrical. J. horizontally spreading, 25ft. to 3ft. in diameter,
trifariously palmately divided, the divisions bisected ; segments
oblong-lanceolate, loosely and irregularly bi-tripinnatisect, the
ultimate segments ljin. to 24in. long; petioles about 13ft. high,
terete, dotted. Congo, 1887. Syn. Hydrosme Leopoldiana ain
ser. v. 23).

A. Mulleri (Muller's). 1., spathe pale fuscous-yellow and spotted
with white outside, yellow within, 10in. long ; spadix about 12in.

- long ; peduncle marked with white. J. olivaceous, white-spotted,
measuring (together with the petioles) 15ft. high; segments
variable in ehaye. undivided or bifid, often dimidiate. Java,
1875. (R. G. 1875, t. 842.)

A. et) (swollen-leaved). (fl., spathe tube whitish,
streaked and al with green, din. long, the limb dull reddish-
purple blotched with yellow, 8in. long, Sin. broad; spadix 8in. to
18in. long, the appendage creamy-yellow ; peduncle lft. to lift.
long. J. 35ft. broad ; leaflets 6in. to 8in. long ; petioles 2ft. to 3ft.
long, blotched with greenish-white. Tuber 5in. to Qin. in
diameter, bulbilliferous. India, 1893. Odour very disagreeable.
(B. M. 7327.)

A. Teuszii(Teusz’s). j., spathe green outside, dark purple-brown
within, 6in. long, with a short, ovoid tube, and an open, trifid
limb ; spadix rather shorter than the spathe, with a greenish,
cylindric appendix ; peduncle very short. J. solitary, tripartite,
with bipinnatifid-branched divisions ; ultimate segments linear-
lanceolate. Western tropical Africa, 1884. Syn. Hydrosme
Teuszii (R. G. 1142).

A. variabilis (variable). A synonym of Brachyspatha variabilis.

A. virosus (venomous). fl. fetid; spathe large, green, suffused
with purple and with large pale spots. outside, lurid-purple
within ; spadix having a thick, conical, dark purple appendix ;
peduncle short and thick. J. trisected, 6ft. across; segments
dichotomously en or bipinnatifid ; pinnules very unequal ;
petioles 4ft. high, 3sin. thick. Siam (?). (B. M. 6978.)

A. zeylanicus (Cingalese). A synonym of Synantherias

sylvatica.

AMPELANUS. A synonym of Enslenia (which

see).

AMPELIDEZ. A natural order of mostly climbing
shrubs, with jointed stems and leaf-opposed tendrils; they
are chiefly found in the tropics of both hemispheres, none
being indigenous in Europe. Flowers usually green,
minute, regular, hermaphrodite or unisexual ; petals four or
five ; stamens opposite the petals ; inflorescence paniculately
cymose, racemose, or rarely spicate, leaf-opposed. Fruit a
berry, often watery, five- or six-celled. Leaves alternate,
petiolate, simple or digitately three- to five-foliolate, or
pedate, or rarely bipinnate. The Grape Vine (Vitis
vinifera) is the most important plant of the order;
V. discolor, Vitis (Ampelopsis) quinqguefolia (Virginian
Creeper), and Vitis inconstans (A. tricuspidata, Veitch’s
Creeper) are other well-known species in gardens. The
Ampelidex number about 250 species, and in the “ Genera
Plantarum ” of Bentham and Hooker are classified in three
genera.

AMPELOPSIS. Botanically, this is merely a section
of the genus Vitis. ‘To the information given on pp. 65-6,
Vol. I., the following should be added. See also Ampelo-
vitis.

A. Hoggi (Dr. Hogyg’s). This name is given in gardens to the

Japanese form of Rhus Toxicodendron.

A. muralis (wall-loving). A self-clinging climber, of quick
growth, and having brilliantly-coloured leaves.

A. sempervirens (evergreen) A garden synonym of Vitis
striata.

A. tricuspidata. The correct name is Vitis inconstans.

AMPELOVITIS (from Ampelopsis and Vitis). For
culture of the following, see Ampelopsis.
A. Davidi (David's). fr. black, borne in loose bunches. 1. either

simple, lobed, or digitate, shining green above, glabrous and
Geer beneath ; [age short, red, glabrous. North China,
889. Hardy. (R. H. 1889, p. 204.)

44 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ampelovitis—continued.

A. intermedia (intermediate). J. large, coriaceous, varying
from cordate and entire to palmately five-lobed; petioles, as
well as the stems, beset with stout bristles, 1891. Hardy.

A. Romaneti (Romanet’s). A synonym of Vitis Romaneti.

AMPELYGONUM. Included under Polygonum
(which see).

AMPHEREPHIS. A synonym of Centratherum
(which see).

AMPHIBESIS.
(which see).

AMPHIBLEMMA (from amphi, both, and blemma,
the eye; in allusion to the ambiguous character of the
flowers). Orp. Melastomaceez. A small genus (three
species) of stove herbs or small shrubs, natives of
Western tropical Africa. Flowers pink, in simple or
branched cymes; calyx-limb dilated, five-toothed; petals
five; stamens ten, very unequal. Leaves petiolate, mem-
branous, ovate or ovate-oblong, acuminate, serrulated,
five-nerved. Only one species calls for mention here.
For culture, see Melastoma.

A. cymosum (cymose). The correct name of Melastoma corym-
bosum.

AMPHICARPZA. Syn. Cryptolobus (in part). This
genus embraces about seven species, natives of North
America, Japan, and the Himalayas.

AMPHICOSMIA. Included under Hemitelia (which

A synonym of Centratherum

see).

AMPHIDONAX. A synonym of Arundo (which
see).

AMPHIGLOTTIS. Included under Epidendrum

(which see).
AMPHILOBIUM. See Amphilophium.

AMPHISCOPIA. The species formerly classed
under this name are now referred to Dianthera and
Justicia (which see). A. Pohliana is a synonym of

D. Pohliana.
AMPHITHALEA (from amphithales, flowering
round the branch). Syn. Ingenhoussia. Orv. Legu-

minose. A genus embracing nine species of small,
Heath-like, greenhouse shrubs, confined to South Africa.
Flowers purple or rosy, with the keel darkly tinted,
axillary and sub-sessile or crowded in a leafy spike;
calyx almost equally five-cleft; standard reflexed; wings
oblong. Leaves alternate, simple, entire, sessile, ex-
stipulate. A. ericefolia is the only species that has
been introduced, and it is doubtful if that is still in
cultivation.

AMPHODUS. Included under Kennedya. A. ovatus
(B. R. 1101) is synonymous with K. rubicunda (which
see).

AMYGDALEZ. Included under Rosacee (which
see).
AMYGDALOPSIS. Included under Prunus, the

correct name of A. Lindleyi being P. triloba (which
see).

AMYGDALUS. Now included under Prunus. See
also Persica. <A. Persica and Persica vulgaris are
synonyms of Prunus Persica.

AMYRIS ELEMIFERA. A
Plumieri.

ANABASIS AMMODENDRON. A synonym of
Haloxylon Ammodendron (which see).

ANACAMPSEROS. This genus includes about nine
species.

A. arachnoides grandiflora (large-flowered). The correct
name of A. rufescens.
A. rubens is a variety of A. arachnoides.

A. Telephiastrum is the correct name of A. varians. Syn.
A, rotundifolia (L. B. C. 591).

synonym of A.

ANACARDIUM. Syns. Acajuba, Cassuviwm. This
genus includes about half-a-dozen species, natives of tropical
America.

A. longifolium (long-leaved).

Anacardium.

ANACHARIS. A synonym of Elodea (which see).

ANACYCLUS (changed from Ananthocyclus, com-
pounded of a, privative, anthos, a flower, and kyklos, a
circle; with reference to the circle of ovaries which
surrounds the disk.) Orp. Composite. A genus embracing
about ten species of hardy or half-hardy, annual herbs (or
with a perennial caudex), inhabiting South Europe,
North Africa, and the Orient. Flower-heads radiate,
mediocre, pedunculate at the tips of the branches; in-
volucre hemispherical or broadly campanulate, the bracts
in few series; receptacle convex or conical; ray florets
white, yellow, or purplish, in one series, fertile or sterile,
sometimes deficient; disk yellow, fertile; achenes obovate,
glabrous, the outer ones two-winged. Leaves alternate,
twice or thrice pinnatisect. A. radiatus purpurascens,
the only plant of the genus in general cultivation, is a
very attractive and floriferous, hardy annual, thriving
under ordinary treatment.

A. radiatus purpurascens (rayed, purplish). l.-heads large;
ray florets white or yellow above, the under-side purplish.
Summer. J. bipinnatifid, with small, linear segments. 1883.
(R. G. 1074.) Syn. Anthemis purpurascens,

ANAGALLIS. This genus embraces abont a dozen
species, inhabiting Europe, North and South Africa,
West Asia, and extra-tropical South Africa, one being
scattered over nearly all warm and temperate regions; two
are indigenous in Britain. To the species and varieties
described on pp. 68-9, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. collina (hill-loving). jl. vermilion, purplish at base ; corolla
large, with rounded-ovate, argutely crenulate lobes; peduncles
axillary, longer than the leaves. August. J. spreading, amplexi-
caul, entire ; lower ones opposite, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate,
often reflexed ; upper ones lanceolate, acute. Stem shrubby at
base, ascending. South-west Europe and North Africa, 1803.
Nearly allied to 4. linifolia. Syns. A. grandiflora (A. B. R.
367), A. fruticosa, A. Wilmoreana (B. M. 3320).

A. ce. alba (white). jl. white, yellow in the centre, abundantly
produced. April to June. 7. small, lanceolate. Stems short,

erect, crowded, densely set with leaves. 1883. A charming
little plant. (R. G. 1125.)

A. fruticosa is a synonym of A. collina.
A. grandiflora is a synonym of A. collina.
A. latifolia (broad-leaved). The correct name of A. indica.
(S. B. F. G. 132.)
ANAMENTA. A synonym of Knowltonia (which
see). ’

ANANAS. According to J. G. Baker, in his mono-
graph of the Bromeliacex, this genus embraces only three
species, natives of tropical America. Sepals ovate, acute,
free to the top of the ovary; petals violet or purplish,
lingulate, free, much longer than the sepals; stamens
much shorter than the petals; peduncle central, its leaves
spine-edged. Fruits fleshy, connate with the bracts into
a large, ovoid or sub-globose syncarpium, which is often
proliferous from the base (the plants can be propagated
from the buds thus produced). Two of the descriptions
given on p. 69, Vol. I., are here amplified.

A. bracteatus (prominently bracteate). jl., petals violet; in-
florescence a dense, oblong strobilus 4in. to 6in. long; bracts
bright red; peduncle lft. to 2ft. long, its leaves bright red.
April. _jr., syncarpium ovoid, yellow when ripe, with a large
tuft. J. thirty to fifty in a rosette, ensiform, 4ft. to 5ft. long.

Brazil (introduced from Portugal in 1820). (B. M. 5025; B. R.
1081.) Syn. Ananassa bracteata.
A. crocophylla (Saffron-leaved).
crocophylla.

A. macrodontes. The correct name of the plant described as
A, macrodonta. (B. H. 1878, p. 140, tt. 4, 5.)

A. Mensdorfianus (Mensdorf’s). A synonym of Achmea
Fernande,

A. sativus (cultivated). Pine-apple. #. about lin. long; in-
florescence an ovoid cone 3in. to 6in. Jong; peduncle stiffly erect,
din. to lin. long. April. jr., syncarpium ovoid, 6in. to 12in,

A synonym of Semecarpus

A synonym of Achmea

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 45

Ananas—continwed.

long (under cultivation), crowned with a tuft of twenty to thirty
leaf-like, empty bracts. J. thirty to fifty in a dense rosette,
ensiform, 3ft. to 5ft. long, 1sin. to 2in. broad. Tropical America,
1690. There are numerous varieties, including bracamorensis,
debilis, glaber, lucidus, microcephalus, Mordilona, Porteanus, and
variegatus. See Pine-apple.

ANANTHERIX. This is now

Gomphocarpus (which see).

ANANTHOPUS. A synonym of Commelina (which
see).

ANARSIA LINEATELLA.
Pests.

ANAPHALIS (said by De Candolle to be an ancient
Greek name of some Gnaphalioid plant, and that it may
be taken as an anagram of the very similar genus Gnapha-
lium). Everlasting. Syn. Antennaria (in part). ORD.
Composite. This genus comprises about twenty-five
species of greenhouse or hardy, erect, perennial herbs,
mostly natives of tropical and temperate Asia, one
(A. margaritacea) being broadly dispersed over North
America and Eastern Asia, and also occurring in Hurope.
Flower-heads rather small, crowded at the tips of the
branches or loosely corymbose, heterogamous or unisexual ;
involucre campanulate, the bracts in many series, often
white; receptacle flat or convex. Leaves alternate, entire,
petiolate, sessile, or decurrent. Only three species call
for mention here. For culture, see Antennaria.

A. margaritacea (pearly). Pearl Cudweed ; Pearly Everlasting.
The correct name of Antennaria margaritacea.

A. Royleana (Royle’s). l.-heads white, tin. to jin. in diameter,
disposed in rounded corymbs; involucral bracts also white.
September. J. sessile, gin. to ljin. long, linear or linear-oblong,
obtuse or acute, woolly beneath or on both surfaces, one-nerved,
flat or having recurved margins. Stems many, 4in. to 6in. high.
Alpine Himalayas, 1882. Hardy.

A. triplinervis (triple-nerved). The correct name of Antennaria
triplinervis.

ANBURY. Sce Finger and Toes.

ANCHOMANES. This genus embraces one or two
species, natives of Western tropical Africa. Flowers
moneecious, on an inappendiculate spadix; spathe mar-
cescent, open, erect, cymbiform or lanceolate, fleshy,
conyolute towards the base. Leaves solitary. To the
species described on p. 70, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

A. dubius (doubtful). 7., spathe purplish outside, cream-
coloured within, elongated-oblong-lanceolate ; spadix one-fourth
shorter than the spathe. J. very large, sparsely prickly;
primary segments dichotomous; secondary ones pinnatifid or
ee Rhizome tuberous, oval or oblong. Africa. (G. C.
885, xiii., p. 669.)

ANCHUSA. Syn. Buglossum. This genus embraces
about thirty species, natives of Europe, North and South
Africa, and Western Asia, one or two of them being also
found in other regions (two in Britain). The one usually
grown is A. italica, a hardy perennial of great value in the
border on account of its intense blue flowers; while to
beekeepers it has an additional charm. In the wild garden,
again, it is very effective, and should always find a place.
To the species, &c., described on p. 71, Vol. I. the
following should be added:

A. affinis (related). #. blue, like Forget-me-nots, funnel-shaped
above, tin. to 4in. long; racemes short, disposed in a narrow,
terminal panicle. Summer. J. oblong, entire, slightly obtuse ;
radical ones 5in. long; cauline ones sessile, lsin. long. Stem
8in. to 9in. long. Abyssinia, 1895. Perennial.

A. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). A form of A. officinalis.

A. hybrida (hybrid). 7. purple, with the processes of the throat
white; raceme spike-like, at first compact, eventually elongated.
June to August. 7. oblong-lanceolate, sinuate-toothed, slightly
undulated. A. lft. to 14ft. Italy, 1820. Annual.

A. ochroleuca (yellowish-white). ‘< yellowish-white ; corolla
tube as long as the calyx; bracts linear-lanceolate. July and
August. J. lanceolate, hispid-ciliated, minutely strigillose.
Stems erect, minutely villous. h. 2ft. Caucasus, &c. Perennial.

. M. 1608.) The varieties cwrulescens and leptophylla have
luish flowers.

included under

See Peach Insect

Anchusa—continued.

A. officinalis angustifolia (narrow-leaved). /. in a looser
spike than in the type. May. J. narrower-lanceolate. h, 2ft.
South Europe, 1640. ts M. 1897, under name of A. angustifolia).

A. tinctoria. The correct name is Alkanna tinctoria.
ANCHUSOPSIS. A synonym of Lindelofia (which

see).

ANCISTROPHYLLUM (from agkistron, a grapple-
hook, and phyllon, a leaf; in allusion to the habit of the
plants). Orb. Palmxe. A small genus (three or four
species) of tufted, tall-climbing, stove Palms, natives of
Western Africa. Flowers hermaphrodite, mediocre ; spadix
pyramidal, 4ft. to 6ft. long, distichous, doubly-branched,
the branches pendulous ; spathes tubular, sheathing. Fruit
small, ovoid-globose, one-seeded. Leaves remote, alternate,
equally pinnatisect; segments somewhat aggregated or
alternate, linear-lanceolate or oblong-faleate. For culture
of the species introduced, see Calamus.

A. lzeve (smooth). jl. alternately distichous, much-spreading,
twin; spadix terminal, ovate, 14ft. to 2ft. high, with six to
eight primary branches. J. 4ft. to 5ft. long; segments nine to
thirteen on both sides, broadly lanceolate-elliptic, narrowed
towards the base, acuminate at apex, slightly faleate, unarmed ;
petioles 8in. to Yin. long. Stem J0ft. to 40ft. long, as thick as

a finger, unarmed. Gaboon, &. Syn. Calamus levis (T. L. 8.
xxiv., p. 430, pl. 38B).

A. secundiflorum (side-flowering). 1. twin; spadix terminal,
broadly ovate, 4ft. to 6ft. high; primary branches ten to
fifteen, about 3ft. long. 1. 12ft. to 14ft. long, long-sheathing,
shortly petiolate, about lft. to 14ft. apart; segments forty-
five to fifty-five on both sides, linear-lanceolate, ciliate-aculeate
on the margins. Stem about ljin. thick, 50ft. to 60ft. long,
unarmed. Sierra Leone, &e. Syn. Calamus secundiflorus
(I. L. S. xxiv., p. 432, pl. 38, 41, 42).

ANCISTRUM. A synonym of Aczena (which see).

ANDERSONIA. This genus includes about nine-
teen species, all natives of South-western Australia.
Leaves with a shortly-sheathing, often membranous. base,
the upper ones passing into floral leaves or bracts. To
the species described on p. 71, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

A. czerulea (blue). ji. singly terminating short peduncles or
branchlets, usually crowded in a spike-like panicle; sepals
pink, about 4in. long; corolla blue, shorter than the calyx.
7. from a broad base tapering into a long point, undulated or
twisted, pubescent when young; those on the main stems 4in.
long. h. lft. to 2ft. Plant erect. (R. G. 1180, f. 2.)

A. depressa (depressed). jl. solitary at the ends of the
branchlets ; sepals greenish-white, 4in. to }in. long, glabrous or
hairy; corolla blue, shorter than the calyx. J. with a short,
broad base, subulate-acuminate, es often twisted, din.
to din. long. hk. Gin. to 12in. lant prostrate or diffuse.
(R. G. 1180, f. 1.)

A. homalostoma (flat-mouthed). jl. small, in dense, terminal
globular heads or oblong spikes, sometimes lin. long; sepals
pink; corolla blue. J. spreading and sometimes squarrose,
acuminate, straight or twisted, rarely above fin. long, h. about
l1ft., or low and diffuse. (R. G. 1180, f. 3.)

ANDERSONIA (of Roxburgh).
Amoora (which see).

ANDREUSIA. A synonym of Myoporum (which
see).

ANDRICUS TERMINALIS and A. CUR-
VATOR. These are two of the commonest Galls found
upon the oak. The former is the well-known Oak Apple
associated with the 29th of May ; and the latter, the green
globular swelling, about the size of a pea, found in late
spring on both sides of the leaves. It is on account of this

curling of the leaves that the specific name of cwrvator has
been applied. See under Galls and Oak Galls.

ANDROLEPIS is included by J. G. Baker under
FEchmea (which see), the species retaining its specific
name Skinnert.

ANDROMACHIA. A synonym of Liabum (which
see).

ANDROMEDA. See also Agarista, Agauria, and
Enkianthus.

A synonym of

46 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ANDROMYCIA (name not explained by its author).
Orv. Aroidex. A monotypic genus. The species,
A. cubensis, is the plant described on p. 223, Vol. IV.,
as Xanthosoma helleborifolium.

ANDROSACE. RockJacmine. This genus embraces
about forty species, confined to the Northern hemisphere.
They are alpines of the first water, and in addition to their
Primula-like flowers the perennials have neat evergreen
(often woolly) foliage to recommend them. ‘Their culture,
however, should never be attempted in towns. Once
they are established they should remain undisturbed,
as they very quickly resent interference. To those
described on pp. 72-3, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. albana (Albanian). fl. pinkish, crowded in sub-sessile
umbels; scape erect, three or four times the length of the
leaves. April to July. /. forming small rosettes, lanceolate-
s athulate, obtuse, glabrous, deeply toothed, sessile. Eastern
Caucasus, 1892.

A. alismoides (Alisma-like). A synonym of A. lactiflora.

A. britanica (British). /l. white. ”. cin. 1890. A hardy alpine,
raised by Messrs. Backhouse, of York.

A. caucasica (Caucasian), jl. bright pink, produced in clusters,
almost stemless. Summer. J/. narrow, toothed, forming dense
rosettes. Caucasus, 1892. A pretty species.

A. eylindrica (cylindrical). 1. pure white, solitary ; peduncles
pilose, longer than the leaves. 7. densely imbricated, lanceoiate-
ovate, very obtuse, 4in, long, pilose, persistent and reflexed when
old. Stems branched. Pyrenees, 1890, Plant tufted.

A. foliosa (leafy). #. many in an umbel; corolla pale _flesh-
coloured, 4in. to 4in. in diameter; scape solitary, erect, 3in. to
Sin. high. May to September. J. 2in. to din. long, elliptic or
elliptic-oblong, obtuse or acute, hairy. Rootstock woody, with-
out stolons, sending up one or more very short stems. Western
Himalayas, 1882. (B. M. 6661.)

A. lactiflora (milk-flowered). 1. white or blue; calyx urceolate-
campanulate; corolla lobes cuneate-ovate, emarginate; scape
erect, many-flowered. August. JZ. rosulate, linear-lanceolate,
acute; petioles winged. Stem wanting. Siberia, 1806, Biennial.
SYN. A. alismoides.

A. lanuginosa Leichtlini (Leichtlin’s). 7. white, with a
yellow eye. 1890.

A. macrantha (large-flowered). jl. pure white, borne in strong
spikes. 7. produced in rosettes and horned near the tip.
Armenia, 1897. A distinct species, belonging to the coronopifolia
group.

A. Raddiana (Raddi’s). 1. rose-coloured. /, toothed, produced
in rosettes. Caucasus, 1897. A pretty, biennial species.

A. rotundifolia macrocalyx (round-leaved, large-calyxed).
fl. numerous; calyx 4in, to Zin. in diameter; corolla pale rose-
coloured, much shorter than the calyx; scapes slender, longer
than the leaves. June. J. radical, lin. to 2in. in diameter,
orbicular-cordate, lobulate; petioles equalling the blades. Hima-
meen 1796. A softly hairy perennial, without stolons. (B. M.

6

A. sarmentosa Chumbyi (Chumby’s). From the species this
differs chiefly in having very short flower-stalks. It is a gem
for the alpine garden. :

A. sempervivoides (Sempervivum-like). . bright purple, in
Jandular-pubescent umbels ; corolla lobes obovate, with rounded
ips; scape solitary, lin. to 3in. long, stout. May and June,
l. tiny, in a dense rosette Jin. in diameter, obovate-spathulate,
ciliated, curled up so as to resemble a cone. Stolons lin. to 14in.
long. Western Thibet, 1893. A remarkable species.

A. Vitaliana. The correct name is Douglasia Vitaliana.

A. Wulfeniana, This is regarded as a variety of A. alpina,
with leaves less pubescent than in the type.

ANDRYALA. Syn. Fornewm. There are about a
dozen species, natives of the Mediterranean region, North-
west Africa, &c. Flower-heads yellow, homogamous,
terminal, on long peduncles; inner involucral bracts in
one or two series, the outer ones few and short. Leaves
alternate, entire, sinuate-toothed, or pinnatifid.

ANECOCHILUS. A synonym of Anectochilus
(which see).

ANEILEMA. Anilema (of Kunth) and Aphylax
are synonymous with this genus, which embraces nearly
sixty species dispersed over the warmer regions of the
globe.

ANEIMIA. See Anemia.

ANEMAGROSTIS. A synonym of Apera (which
see).

ANEMIA. Including Coptophyllum. Owing to the
fertile segments being always wholly contracted and
having the appearance of flowering spikes, the plants
of this genus are popularly known as “ Flowering
Ferns.”

Although many very interesting species have | at
different times been introduced, comparatively few have
survived the effects of the treatment first received after
their importation; yet, provided heat and plenty of light
are at the disposal of the cultivator, they are not diffi-
cult to manage. Anemias will be found to thrive best
in a mixture of two parts good fibrous peat, one part
leaf mould, and one part sharp coarse silver sand, the
plants being kept on a shelf if in a spacious house, or
near the glass if in a warm pit or low house. Watering
overhead is very injurious to all of them. They prefer
being grown in small pots to being planted out in the
Fernery, and although they are not what may be
thought the ideal of decorative Ferns, as they cannot be
used for general purposes on account of their vege-
tation being too slow, still, when grouped together or
used in conjunction with other Ferns of dwarf habit
or of medium size, they present a very striking ap-
pearance.

Anemias are usually propagated from spores, which
germinate very freely, though some species of a naturally
tufted habit may be increased by division of their
crowns, an operation which should be performed between
the middle of March and the end of April.

To the species described on pp. 73-4, Vol. I. the
following should be added:

A. cheilanthoides (Cheilanthes-like).

A popular name for
A, tomentosa,

Fic. 39. ANEMIA COLLINA.

A. collina. This is a very distinct species, by reason of the
rusty-coloured hairs which clothe the firm, upright stalks, as
in Fig. 39.

A. Dregeana is a South African species, illustrated at Fig. 40.

—*

1900 SuUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 47

Anemia—continued.

Fic. 40. ANEMIA DREGEANA.

A. fraxinifolia (Ash-leaved). A variety of A. Phylltidis,

A. Gardneri (Gardner’s). sti. firm, upright, naked, din, to 4in.
long. fronds coriaceous; rachis and both surfaces naked ;
barren portion 4in. long, 24in. broad, formed of four pairs

+ of imbricated pinnz, the lowest of which are about lin.
broad, all being borne on short footstalks and conspicuously
toothed; panicle about 2in. long; peduncle about the same
length. South Brazil. Stove. Syn. A. Glazioviti.

A. Glaziovii (Glaziou’s). A garden synonym of A. Gardneri.

A. rotundifolia (round-leaved). sti. slender, erect, 6in. to Yin.
long, hairy when young. fronds, barren portion 8in. to 12in.

long, lin. to 2in.

broad, often pro-
longed and root-
ing at the ex-
tremity; pinne
eight to twelve
pairs, distantly
placed, lin. long,
jin. broad, very
obtuse, the lower
side obliquely
truncate at base,
the outer edge
finely toothed;
surfaces and
rachises finely
hairy; panicle 2in.
to din. long; pe-
duncle 3in, to
4in. long, slender.
South Brazil.
Stove.

A. tomentosa.
This pretty, tro-
pical American
species is illus-
trated in Fig. 41.

ANEMIA (of
Nuttall). A syn-
onym of Hout-
tuynia (which
see).

ANEMIOP-
SIS. A syn-
onym of Hout-
tuynia (which

see).

4
J
>
r
}
:

Fic. 41, ANEMIA TOMENTOSA.

ied SS a eS

ANEMONE. Including Hepatica and Pulsatilla. Of
the seventy species comprised in this genus, the great
majority inhabit the temperate, frigid, or mountainous
regions of the Northern hemisphere; a few are found in
South America and South Africa, and one is a native of
Australia.

Florists have made great strides with Anemones, and
the various strains now upon the market are not a little
bewildering to those who wish to take up these charming,
hardy flowers. Most improvement is noticeable in the
spring flowering kinds, for which there is great demand
alike by the garden-loving public and those who grow
for market. Even this section is not restricted to spring,
for by planting successional batches the season may be
prolonged considerably. The autumn- flowering section
has also been added to, several varieties of good substance
being the result.

Varieties of A. coronaria, both single and double, are
now very numerous, the most distinct being the Double
Chrysanthemum-Flowered kinds. These have beautifully
imbricated petals, and remind one forcibly of the Chrysan-
themum-Flowered Asters. Then there are the Great
French Poppy Anemones, found in a beautiful range of
colours; and the very free-flowering strain, known as the

St, Briar ANEMONES.

Fig. 42.

St. Brigid Anemones (see Fig. 42) which are characterised
by large, mostly semi-double flowers. Seed from these
last should be sown in boxes in early spring, and trans-
planted as soon as they are large enough. By sowing
at intervals these charming flowers may be had over a
long season. Cutting winds in spring are very damaging
to Anemones, and this should be borne in mind when
planting.

A. fulgens has now several well-marked varieties—
flore-pleno, grxca, and Leichtlinii, being the most note-
worthy. This species is still one of the most brilliant of
early flowers and may be had in blossom in January. For
this the roots would need to be planted in autumn. A
second display could be obtained by planting a further
batch in spring. It must be remembered that a some-
what shaded position must be assigned these plants,
more particularly those required to flower in summer.
A. fulgens, providing it has a suitable warm soil, which

48 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Anemone—continued.

it should if it is to be successfully grown, should not be

disturbed very often. They may also be grown as pot

subjects. Of the pretty Wood Anemone (A. nemorosa),
there is a most useful double form. These are shade-
lovers, and may be grown under trees.

The additions to the Japanese or autumn-flowering
section are not numerous, the most meritorious being
Lady Ardilaun, an exquisite white with a double series
of petals; and Whirlwind, another semi-double, with
leafy bracts. One of the most remarkable in this section
is a variety with beautifully crispated foliage. These
Anemones, as stated in Vol. I., are readily propagated
by division of the roots. This should be undertaken in
November. Nearly every portion may be relied upon to
produce a good plant the next season. Plenty of water
is necessary during very dry weather; or, what is still
better, a mulching about the roots.

Of the host of species none are more esteemed than
A. blanda and A. apennina, both of which are blue.
These are amongst the easiest to increase—the former
by seed as well as by division, and the latter by division.

To those described on pp. 74-8, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

A. baikalensis (Baikal). 7. snow-white inside, suffused rose-pink
outside. May to July. h. Yin. to 15in. Allied to A. sylvestris.

A. blanda scythinica (Scythian). A variety having pale blue
and white flowers. Northern Kurdistan, 1895,

A. caffra (Kaffir). jl. rosy-white, 1l4in. in diameter; sepals
twelve to eighteen, sparsely silky or glabrescent ; peduncle one-
flowered, villous below, densely woolly above the involucre.
1. several from the woody rootstock, rigid, glabrescent, five- to
seven-lobed, the lobes biserrate; petioles Jin. to 4in. long.
South Africa, 1890.

A. Eunrenia (Eunrenia). This plant, introduced into European
gardens from Persia in 1894, is probably a form of A. coronaria
or A. hortensis.

A. Fanninii (Fannin’s).* jl. pure white, fragrant, 3in. to 4in. in
diameter ; sepals twelve to thirty, linear-lanceolate, acuminate ;
pedicels 8in. to 10in. long or more; scape hairy, 2ft. to 5ft. high.

June, 7. sub-orbicular,

8in. to 2ft.in diameter,

coriaceous, five- to
seven-lobed, velvety
above, villousbeneath,
the lobes toothed ;
etioles hairy, lft. to
ft.long. South Africa,

A giant Anemone,

(B. M. 6958; G. C.

nL. S., XXV., P. 433.)

A. fragifera (Straw-
berry - bearing). A
synonym of A. bal-
densis.

A. Hepatica is a
European, but not an
English, plant.

A. palmata. = This
charming rock plant,
whose yellow flowers
are well known, is
illustrated at Fig. 43.

A. polyanthes (many-
flowered). jl. white, lin.
to 2in. in diameter,
in simple or com-
pound umbels, often
very numerous; sepals
broadly obovate or
oblong. May. J. 2in.
to 4in. in diameter,
orbicular - cordate,

é five- to seven-lobed,
but rarely below the middle; lobes coarsely and irregularly
crenate; petioles very stout, 4in. to 10in. long. h. lft. to 1sft.
Himalayas. (B. M. 6840.)

A. stellata fulgens (shining). A variety differing from the
type in its vermilion-scarlet flowers.

A. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured). The correct name of A. alpina
sulphurea, which is a good species.
A. thalictroides (Thalictrum-like).

anemonoides.
ANEMONE, RUE.
noides.

Fic. 43, ANEMONE PALMATA.

A synonym of Thalictrum

See Thalictrum anemo-

ANEMOPZEGMA. About a score species, natives of
Brazil, Guiana, and Colombia, have been enumeratec.
Flowers white, yellow, or rarely purplish, usually racemose ;
calyx truncate or minutely five-toothed; corolla sub-
bilabiate, the five lobes rounded or emarginate; stamens
four, didynamous ; leaves opposite, three- to five-foliolate ;
leaflets entire, the terminal one often changed to a tendril
or wanting. A. racemosuwm and A. carrerense are the
only species known in gardens.

A. carrerense (Carrera). jl. pale citron yellow; corolla tube
6in. long; inflorescence three- to six-flowered; peduncles about
2hin. long. April to September. J. opposite ; leaflets two, ovate,
2sin. long, glabrous. Branches terete, striated, sparsely
pubescent. h. 5ft. to 6ft. Island of Carrera, Trinidad, 1898.
Closely allied to A. racemosa.

A. clematideum (Clematis-like). A synonym of Pithecoctenium
clematidewm.

ANEMONOPSIS. Xaveria is synonymous with this
genus.

ANETHUM. Now included under Peucedanum.
ANETIUM. Included under Hemionitis.
ANGELANDRA. A synonym of Engelmannia.

ANGELONIA. Syns. Physidium and Thylacantha.
Twenty-two species, natives of tropical America (mostly
Brazilian), are included in this genus. A. cornigera and
A. Gardneri are the correct names of the two species
described under Physidium.

A. pubescens (downy). A garden name for A. Gardneri.

ANGELS’ EYES. Sce Veronica Chamezdrys.

ANGIANTHUS (from agge‘on, a vase, and anthos, a
flower; in reference to the inflorescence). Orp. Com-
posite. A genus embracing twenty-two species of
greenhouse, annual or perennial, Australian herbs. Flower-
heads numerous, in a dense cluster, spike, or compound
head. A. pusillus has been introduced, but it is of no
horticultural value.

A. aureus (golden), A garden name for Cassinia aurea.

ANGIOPTERIS. All Angiopteris are exceedingly
useful for adorning the warm Fernery the year round, and
the cool Fernery during summer. Whether grown in pots
or planted out, they should be kept in a mixture of two
parts fibrous loam, two parts rough peat, one part
chopped sphagnum, and one part coarse sand: in this
they thrive luxuriantly, provided that at all times they
receive a liberal supply of water at the roots and are
allowed plenty of room to fully expand their gigantic
foliage. When they are grown in pots, a similar mix-
ture should be used, but it is a good plan to keep the
pots in water to the depth of 2in. or 3in.

Although spores of Angiopteris are frequently and
freely produced, there is no record of any seedlings of
these noble Ferns having been raised in England, or,
indeed, in any other European country. The propagation
of these plants is usually left to their natural disposition of
frequently producing at the base of their fronds young
plants, which, when sufficiently developed, may be detached
without trouble. The most expeditious way of increasing
Angiopteris, however, is by means of the scaly appendages
with which the base of each frond is surrounded. Hach
of these fleshy scales contains at least two dormant
buds, which, under the influence of heat and constant
moisture, soon develop. The scales should be detached in
their entirety and not be cut up, then laid in silver sand,
covered with chopped sphagnum, and kept in a close
propagating-case. Though this may be done at almost any
season, February and March are the times most appro-
priate to such a mode of propagation, which always
proves all the more rapid when done early in the spring.
According to the season in which this operation is per-
formed, it is known that from three to five months
usually elapse before the first indications of growth may
be noticed; but after they have made a decided start,
these young bulbils rapidly gain in strength, and may
soon be considered as so many independent subjects.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, Gace. 49

Angiopteris—continued.

A. evecta. This handsome Fern—the only species recognised
by botanists—is found all over the tropics of the Old World,
and is very common in sub-alpine qaneice on the west side of

See Fig. 43.

the Madras Presidency.

ANGRZECUM. Syn. #robion. Including Listrostachys.
The species of this genus number about forty, and are
nearly all natives of tropical or South Africa and the
Mascarene Islands.

Fic. 44. ANGIOPTERIS EVECTA.

Fic. 45. ANGR#CUM SESQUIPEDALE,
Vol. Y,

With the exceptions of A. eburneum and A. sesquipedale
(see Fig. 45), all the members of this great genus that
are in cultivation are of dwarf habit, and are suit-
able for basket or shallow-pan culture suspended near
the roof-glass. A. Scottianwm should be placed in a
basket, and the terete stems wound around a block stood
in the centre, the block having been previously covered
with living sphagnum. The potting compost required by
the other members of this genus is a layer of good sphag-
num, made moderately firm at the top of the basket or
pan, the remaining portion having been previously filled
with clean broken crocks. Angrecums delight in a liberal
amount of moisture at all seasons of the year, both in the
atmosphere and at the roots.

To the species described on p. 79, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

A. apiculatum (apiculate). A synonym of A. bilobum.

A. articulatum (jointed). jl. creamy-white, racemose, poly-
morphous, the filiform spur as long, or sometimes three times as
long, as the ovary; peduncles stout. 7. cuneate-oblong, un-
equally bilobed, about 6in. long. Madagascar. A dwarf species,
allied to A. bilobum. (R. ser. i., t. 55.)

A. avicularium. jl. snow-white; sepals and petals lanceolate,
cuspidate; lip narrow at the base, oblong, cuspidate; spur
filiform, 4in. to 5in. long; peduncle more than Qin. high, bearing
fifteen flowers. J. short and broad, cuneate-oblong-elliptic,
bilobed at the point, nearly 4in. long. Probably a native of
tropical Africa, 1887.

A. bilobum Dormanianum (Dorman’s). A _ small-flowered
variety, having vermilion-flaked ovaries, and vermilion tips to the
sepals. 1885,

A. b. Kirkii (Sir John Kirk’s). ji. pure white, having slender,
pale brown spurs 2sin. to 3in. long; racemes drooping. J. nar-
rower than in the type, ending in two divergent lobes. Zanzibar,
1882. («W. O. A. iv. 162.)

A. bistortum (twice-twisted). This species is closely allied to
A, arcuatum, but has much smaller flowers, which are peculiar
in being furnished with a loop-curved spur. Western tropical
Africa, 1893. Syn. Listrostachys bistorta.

A. calligerum (callus-bearing). /l. very stiff in texture; sepals
ligulate, acute, with a strong, semi-oblong callus on the keel at
the very base; petals cuneate-oblong, acute; lip’s plate rather
ligulate, pandurate, acute, with a long, filiform, acute spur,
exceeding the stalked ovary six to seven lines. J. slightly
glaucous, ligulate, bilobed. 1887.

H

50 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Angrecum—continued.

A. crenatum (crenate). /l. resembling those of A. Chailluanum
in colour and shape, but much smaller (as is also the habit of
growth), June and July. West Africa. A rare and distinct
species.

A. eryptodon (hidden-toothed), . white, l4in. across, in Ioose
racemes; petals ligulate, acute; lip lanceolate; spur reddish
at base, thrice as long as the reddish-white ovaries. J. three
or four, obovate-oblong, 3in. long. Madagascar, 1882.

A. descendens (descending). jl. white; lip cuneate-ovate,
acuminate; column hairy, shorter than in A. Ellisii (to which
this fine species is related); spur stronger, more than four times
exceeding the pedicels; raceme drooping, many-flowered.

1. oblong-ligulate, obscurely bilobed at apex. Said to come from
Madagascar, 1882,

A. Eichlerianum (Lichler’s). jl. large, solitary; sepals and
petals light green, lanceolate ; lip white, large, obcordate, with
a triangular apiculus in the notch; spur erect, conical, about as
long as the sepals. 7. distant, oblique, elliptic, obtuse. Stems
tall, leafy. Loango, West Africa, 1883

Fic. 46. ANGR&CUM ELLISII.

A. Ellisii.* The pure white, sweetly-scented blossoms of this
dwarf, winter-flowering species are well shown in Fig. 46.

A. fastuosum (proud). #. ivory-white, scented like Tuberoses,
numerous, racemose; sepals and _ petals ligulate-oblong ; lip
obovate; spur filiform, 2in. to 3in. long. J. cuneate-oblong, 3in.
broad, blunt and unequally lobed at apex, wrinkled, the margins
eae pnons. Madagascar. (B. M. 7204; G. ©. 1885, xxiii.,
p. i

A. florulentum (dark-flowered). fl. one to three in a raceme;
sepals lanceolate; petals broader than the sepals; lip oblong-
lanceolate, apiculate; spur filiform, one-third longer than the
ovary; racemes numerous. J. lanceolate, bilobed, 3in. long.
Stem zigzag. Comoro Islands, 1885,

A. Fournierz (Mme. Fournier’s). A synonym of A. stylosum,

A. Fournierianum (Fournier's). jl. resembling those of A.
Hichlerianum, but pure white and larger (2in. across), the point

Angrecum—continued.

of the lip being protracted into a long, acute tongue; raceme
Jong, many-flowered. 1. 2ft. long, 1sin. to 2in. broad, very
fleshy. Madagascar, 1894. (G. C. 1894, xvi., p. 43, f. 7.)

A. fragrans (fragrant). jl. pure white, fragrant, 2in. across the
sepals, solitary, axillary or supra-axillary ; lip about as lon,
the sepals, hastately lanceolate, acute, grooved down the centre;
peduncle and ovary 2sin. long. J. few, towards the top of the
stem, Jin. to 4in. long, sin. to Zin. broad, deeply two-lobed at
the tip. Stem 6in. to 10in. long, climbing. Bourbon and
Mauritius, 1887. (B. M. 7161.)

A. funale (cord-like). A synonym of Dendrophylax funalis.

A. fuscatum (fuscous). jl. numerous, in a thin, lax raceme;
sepals ochreous, the lateral ones reflexed; petals broader than
the sepals; lip white, oblong, acuminate; spur brown, long,
filiform, flexuous., J. cuneate-oblong, unequally bilobed. Mada-
gascar, 1883, The habit of this plant is much in the way of
A, bilobum. (R. G. 1234; R, H. 1887, p. 42.)

A. Germinyanum (Comte Adrien de Germiny’s).* jl. pure
white, solitary, on axillary peduncles; sepals and petals long,
subulate ; lip broad, suddenly contracted in the middle into a
filiform, reflexed tail, lin. long; spur greenish-white, 3in. long.
. linear-oblong, 2in. to 3in. long, sessile, unequally bilobed at
anes Stem climbing, lft. to 14ft. long. Madagascar, 1888,
(B. M. 7061.)

A. Grandidierianum (Grandidier’s). 1. ivory-white, about the
same size as those of A. Chailluanum ; sepals cuneate-oblong,
acute; petals spathulate, apiculate; lip cordate-pandurate or
cordate-oblong, blunt, with a long, filiform spur; raceme one- to
three-flowered. J. thick, oblong, obtuse and unequally two-
lobed at apex. Comoro Islands, 1837. (R. H. 1887, p. 42.) Syn.
Aéranthus Grandidierianus.

A. Henriquesianum (Henriques’). This is closely allied to
A. bilobum, but is smaller in allits parts. St. Thomas’ Island,
1890.

A. Hildebrandtii (Hildebrandt’s), #. orange-yellow; lip
oblong, acute; spur filiform, clavate, shorter than the ovary.
iB Mguintas unequally bilobed. Comoro Islands. An elegant but
small-growing plant.

A. Humblotii (Leon Humblot’s).* 1. ivory-white, comparable to
those of A. sesquipedale, but having a much shorter spur, which
is funnel-shaped at the base, then filiform and bent abruptly
upwards. 72, numerous, sword-like, stout, faleate, 8in. to Yin.
long. Comoro Islands, 1885. A grand plant. SYN. Aéranthus
Leonis (G. C. n. s., xxiv., pp. 80-81; R. 70; W. O. A. 213).

A. hyaloides (crystal-like). jl. of a transparent white, small,
distichous and alternate, on short pedicels; sepals, petals,
and lip similar, oval-oblong, acute; racemes ten- to fifteen-
flowered. J. five to seven, oval-oblong, spreading, obtuse or
two-lobed at apex. Stems about lin. high. Madagascar, 1879.
A tiny plant.

A. ichneumoneum (ichneumon-like). 1. loosely arranged on a
long axis ; sepals and petals dirty ochre-white, ligulate, with a
curious spur. J. ligulate, dark green, lft. long, 2in. broad,
unequal at apex. Western tropical Africa, 1887.

A. imbricatum (imbricated) . sweet-scented, in cluster-like
racemes ; sepals and petals creamy-white, lanceolate; lip orange
and yellow, flabellate, retuse, apiculate, convulute, the spur
recurved, blunt, not half as long as the blade of the lip, which it
nearly touches. Jl. leathery, cuneate-oblong, bluntly bilobed.
Stem tall, strong. 1887. SYN. Saccolabiwm Barbeye.

A. Kimballiana (Kimball's). A garden name for onia
polystachya.

A. Leonis (Leon Humblot’s). A. synonym of A. Humblotii.

A. Mooreanum (Moore’s). This is described as “‘a pretty little
species, with salmon-coloured flowers.” 1897.

A. Obrienianum (O’Brien’s). jl. greenish-white, with a long
spur. J. thick. 1893. Allied to A. Chaillwanum.

A. ophioplectron (snake-spurred). j1., Sie and petals
greenish-yellow, narrow, acuminate; lip white, triangular,
acuminate, with an ochre-reddish, filiform spur four times as
long as itself. Madagascar, 1888. Syn. Aévanthus ophioplectron.

A. pachyurum (thick-tailed). ., sepals and petals in. long;
lip 4in. long, elliptic, apiculate; spur curved, 2}in. to Jin.
long; racemes pendulous, 6in. to Yin. long, many-flowered.
1. sub-spathulate, oblong, bilobed, din. to 3sin. long. Stems
short. British Central Africa, 1891.

A. (ieee (pale). fl. white, disposed in numerous long
spikes. J. 2ft. long. West Africa, 1890. Allied to A. pellu-
cudum.

A. polystachyum (many-spiked).
stachya.

A. porrigens (extended). jl. creamy-white. 1894. Syn. Listro-
stachys porrigens.

A. primulinum (Primrose-like). Probably a natural hybrid
between A. hyaloides and A. citratum, with the characters of
the latter predominating, except in the spur, which is lin. long,
twice sharply bent, and pendulous. Madagascar, 1890.

A synonym of onia poly-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 51

Angrecum—continued.

A. rostellare (beaked). /. resembling those of A. fuscatum
in shape, but having a distinct, long-linear, ascending, rostellar
process, and spathulate, apiculate petals; peduncles numerous,
many-flowered. J. cuneate-oblong, bilobed at apex, unusually
soft. 1885. :

A. Sanderianum (Sander’s).* jl. snow-white, l4in. across;
sepals and petals spreading; lip triangular; spur Sin. to 4in.
long; spikes lft. long, gracefully drooping, bearing two rows of
flowers. Early spring. 2. tongue-shaped, about 6in. long,
shining green, the margins tinged with red. Madagascar, 1888.

A. Smithii (Smith’s). 1. brownish, very small ; racemes slender,
short, lin. long, eight- to ten-flowered. Stems very short,
leafiess. German East Africa, 1895.

A. stylosum (having a prominent style). This species is closely
related to A. bilobwm, but the flowers are about twice as
ae they are white, with a brownish spur. Madagascar,
1895. Syn. A. Fourniere (R. H. 1896, p. 256).

A. tridactylites (three-fingered). 7. buff, distichous, Jin. in
diameter; sepals and petals ovate, acute; lip three-lobed, with
two fleshy, marginal teeth at the base; racemes lateral, about
2in. long. 7. linear, Jin. to Sin. long, unequally bidentate.
Sierra Leone, 1888.

A. Veitchii (Veitch’s).
A, eburnenm.
ANGUILLARIA (named in honour of Luigi Anguil-

lara, a professor of botany at Padua, who died in 1570).

Orp. Iiliaceez. A small genus (two species) of Australian,

bulbous plants, only differmg from Wuwrmbea in having the

perianth segments distinct from the base. A. dioica (Syn.

A. biglandulosa) has been introduced, but is probably not

now in cultivation.

A. indica (Indian). A synonym of Iphigenia indica.
ANGUILLILIDZE. See Eelworms and Nematoid

Worms.

ANGUINA. See Trichosanthes anguina.

ANGULOA. The Peruvian and Colombian Andes are
the home of these plants. They are best accommodated
in the intermediate house during the growing season,
when they require a liberal amount of moisture at the
roots. After the growth has matured, less moisture will
be required—sufficient only, in fact, should be given to
keep the “ bulbs” in
a plump condition.
A cool, brighter, and
& more airy posi-
tion should also be
afforded. To ensure
satisfactory flower-
ing, a thorough ripen-
ing is a necessity.
The plants are de-
ciduous when pro-
perly ripened. To the
species and varieties
described on p. 79,
Vol. I., the following
should be added :

A. Clowesii ma-
crantha (large-
flowered). jl. bright
yellow, spotted red,
larger than in the
type. July. Colombia.
A fine but scarce
variety. A flower of
the typical species is
shown in Fig. 47.

A. dubia (doubtful).
jl. yellow, the sepals
and petals covered on
the inside with small,
purple spots; lip
white, blotched pur-
ple inside at base.
Colombia. Supposed
to be a hybrid be-
tween A. uniflora and
A, Clowesit.

A synonym of A. Ruckeri

A hybrid between A. sesquipedale and

lf
i)
Fig. 47. FLOWER OF ANGULOA CLOWESII.

A. Hohenlohii (Hohenlohe’s).
sanguinea.

A. intermedia (intermediate). A synonym of A. media.

A. Madouxiana (Madoux’). A garden hybrid, supposed to be
between A. Ruckeri and A. uniflora. 1894. (L. 434.)

Anguloa—continued.

A. media (intermediate). _#., sepals and petals orange-yellow
outside, brownish-purple internally, the lateral sepals being
marked with a central, orange line; side lobes of the lip
reddish-brown, the disk ochre, the anterior lobe short. A
panien hybrid, probably between A. Clowesit and A. Ruckeri.
YN. A. ini ia.

A. purpurea (purple). A synonym of A. Ruckeri sanguinea.

A. Ruckeri alba (white), . pure white. 1888.

A. R. media (medium). /., sepals and petals yellow, strongly
dotted with carmine over the whole of the inner surface; lip
earmine. Colombia. 1887. A pretty variety. (L. 53.)

A. R. retusa (retuse). jl. yellowish outside, spotted dark purple
within; lateral lobes of the lip rectangular, the middle lobe
small, reflexed, hairy. 1883, A remarkable variety.

A. Turneri (Turner’s). /. pink, the sepals and petals densely
spotted inside with bright rose-colour. May and June. Colombia.
A beautiful plant.

may as aha eburnea (ivory-coloured). jl. ivory-white, 1892.

A. u. Mantini (Mantin’s). 7. slightly tinted with rose. 1895.

A. u. Treyerani (Treyeran’s). #. having the base of the li
marked with more numerous rosy bars than in the type. 1892.

(L. 310.)

A. u. Turneri (Turner’s). jl. bold; sepals pink, lighter on the
back; petals bright rose-pink on the inside. 1896. A tall-
growing form.

A. virginalis (virgin-white).
June and July.
Colombia.
ANGURIA. This genus embraces about forty species,

natives of tropical America. A. Warscewiczit is worth

growing. It thrives in a rich soil of loam and peat, and
may be propagated either by seeds or by cuttings.

A. Warscewiczii (Warscewicz’s). jl. of a rich scarlet, spicate ;
calyx of the male flowers cylindrical; petals spreading, orbi-
cular. Winter. J. petiolate, cordate, trifoliolate, dark green ;
leaflets stalked, the lateral ones somewhat hastate, the middle
one obovate-oblong, all shortly acuminate, sinnate-angled.
Panama, 1862. (B. M. 5304.)
ANHALONIUM (from an, without, and helos, a

nail or spike; in allusion to the spineless tubercles).

Orv. Cactez. A genus embracing about a dozen species

of greenhouse, succulent perennials, natives of the Andean

regions, from Northern Mexico to Peru. They are closely
allied to Mammillaria—indeed, are included under that

fl. white, spotted dark brown.
Pseudo-bulbs dark green. hk. about lft.

Fic. 48.

ANHALONIUM FISSURATUM.

52

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Anhalonium—continwed.

genus by Engelmann and by the authors of the “‘Genera
Plantarum”—but for garden purposes may well be kept
distinct. Seeds rather large, tubercled. Tubercles almost
leaf-like, triangular, smooth, or warted and fissured above.
For culture of the species introduced, see Mammillaria.
A. Engelmanni (Engelmann’s). A synonym of 4. jisswratum,

A. fissuratum (fissured). jl. rose-coloured, lin. wide, growing
from the middle of the stem. September and October. Stem
and rootstock shaped like a top, the rootstock being thick
and woody; tubercles arranged in a thick layer, spreading
from the centre, rosette-like. Mexico, 1885. This species
ees some of the Gasterias. Syn. A. Engelmanni. see

ig. 48.

A. furfuracea (scurfy). jl. lin. long; sepals brownish; petals
white or pinkish. ‘Tubereles shorter and more pointed, the
surface irregularly mamillate, and the apex a cup-like depres-
sion containing the little cushion of paine Otherwise like
A. prismaticum.

A. prismaticum (prismatic). /. white, terminal, copiously
woolly at the base. Stem wanting ; tubercles radical, lin. broad,
spirally imbricated, cartilaginous outside, deltoid, obtuse or
retuse, somewhat prism-like in section; axils woolly. Mexico,
1888. SyNs. Mammillaria aloides, M. prismatica (B. M. 7279).

A. Williamsii (Williams’). A synonym of Echinocactus Williamsii.
ANIA. A synonym of Tainia (which see).
ANIGOSANTHUS. Sce Anigozanthos.
ANIGOSIA. A synonym of Anigozanthos (which

see).

ANIGOZANTHOS. Syn. Anigosia. Hight species,
confined to South-western Australia, are included in this
genus. To the information given on pp. 79-80, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

A. coccinea is synonymous with A. jlavida.

A. fuliginosus (blackish-brown). A synonym of Macropidia
Fumosa.

A. Manglesii angustifolia (narrow-leaved). J. linear, strongly
acuminate. (B. R. 2012.)

A. rufa (red). The correct name of A. tyrianthina.
ANILEMA. See Aneilema.

ANIMAL MANURES. Under this term is included
all manure from cattle, poultry, fish, &c., whether obtained
directly or indirectly. Farmyard manure is usually a
mixture of animal and vegetable manure, as the voiding
of the animals is mixed with straw, peat-moss, litter, or
whatever is employed for bedding. If this latter be kept
under cover and fairly dry, it is a perfect plant-food, and
also acts chemically on the soil; but if exposed to wet
much of the fertilismg matter is lost, and the manure
becomes of little value. From five to ten tons, according
to the state of the land and the crop to be grown, is a
moderate application per acre. Market-gardeners occa-
sionally manure much heavier, but they crop their land in
proportion.

Bone-meal, and bones in a coarser form, are valuable
fertilisers; and the same may be said “of fish manure in
any form. Both are applied to various crops at the rate
of 8cewt. to 5ewt. per acre. The best time for applying
this manure is early in the season, when growth is com-
mencing. Blood, again, is a powerful animal manure if
properly prepared. Horn-shavings, hoof-parings, hair, and
tanners’ waste (consisting of hair and skin-scrapings) are
all more or less rich, and are invigorating to nearly all
crops. Shoddy has found much favour with hop-growers
and others, “and is made of cut woollen rags. Ground
oyster-shells also constitute valuable manures, especially
for Vines and stone-fruit bearing trees. In fact, almost
everything belonging to animal life may be utilised for
manure if it is available for nothing else.

ANISACANTHA (from amnisos, unequal, and
akanthos, a spine; application not clear). Orp. Cheno-
podiacex. A small genus (six species) of branched, green-
house shrubs or under-shrubs, all Australian. Flowers
solitary in the axils. Leaves linear, alternate, sessile.
One species—A. divaricata—has been introduced, but is
probably no longer cultivated.

ANISANTHERA (of Griffith), <A
Adenosma (which see).

ANISANTHERA (of Rafinesque).
Caccinia (which see).

ANISANTHUS. Included under Antholyza. A. splen-
dens is synonymous with Antholyza caffra (which see).

ANISOCALYX. A synonym of Herpestis (which
see).

ANISOCAMPIUM. Included under Nephrodium
(which see).

synonym of

A synonym of

ANISOGONIUM. Included under Asplenium
(which see).

ANISOLOBUS. A synonym of Odontadenia
(which see).

ANISOMERIS. A synonym of Chomelia (which
see).

ANISOPTERYX ZSCULARIA. ‘See Plum
Insects.

ANNESLEA (of W. Hooker). <A
Calliandra (which see).

ANNESLEA (of Roxburgh). A synonym of Euryale,
A. spinosa being identical with E. ferox (which see).

ANNUAL MULLEIN. See Verbascum Boer-
haavii.

ANNUAL RING. The ring or cylinder of wood
produced by exogens during one year.

ANNUALS. The value of these plants in the out-
side garden is frequently discounted owing to the way
in which they are treated by the cultivator. It is
commonly supposed that because of their somewhat
ephemeral nature these plants do not require as much
attention to bring them to perfection as do the more
permanent occupants of bed and border with which they
are associated. Such is a mistake, and it is the slip-
shod culture which Annuals frequently receive that more
than anything else tends to bring them into disrepute.
Most important, for instance, is the soil. This should
always be fairly rich and friable, the latter condition
being very essential at seed-time. A pasty soil at
the time of seed-sowing is responsible for many failures.
Then the actual depth at which to sow ought to be
considered alike in relation to the soil and the sorts
under cultivation. The seeds of Annuals, like those of all
other plants, vary considerably, and a depth that would
be suitable to one kind would be absolutely fatal to the
chances of another. The smallest seeds, of which
Mignonette is a familiar example, should only have the
lightest of covering sifted over them, whereas Sweet Peas
and Nasturtiums should have three or four times their
bulk of soil to cover them—+jin. or more.

In all cases, the gardener should bear in mind that,
although a certain amount of thinning is absolutely
necessary, much of the labour involved might be saved
by judicious sowing. Light and air are very im-
portant factors in the production of sturdy plants, and
with those Annuals sown in autumn to provide an early
spring display it is very essential, otherwise growth will
be sappy and the seedlings will damp off. For autumn
work the seeds should be sown in drills, as then the hoe
can be more vigorously applied to keep down weeds and
to maintain an open condition of the soil, while, of
course, thinning is facilitated. Now as to the thinning.
The first should be made as soon as the seedlings are
large enough to handle; the second should take place a
fortnight or so later, leaving the plants some 2in. or so
apart; and the third when the plants again show signs of
overcrowding. In the last weeding out the gardener will
have to be guided by the habit of the plant under consider-
ation. With large-growing kinds from Qin. to 1ft. will not
be too much space. Opinions differ as to the best means
of employing Annuals, and after all it is largely a question

synonym of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 53

Annuals—continued.

of individnal taste. They may be effectively introduced
into beds, either alone or in conjunction with perennials,
or in the mixed border; while not a few make pretty
rockwork plants. Though not often practised by the
amateur, Annuals may be readily grown in pots for
greenhouse, room, and window decoration; and several
make charming basket subjects. There are many ways
which will occur to the ingenious gardener of showing off
to advantage the various members of this much-abused
group. Some Annuals will be best displayed by allowing
them to trail over window-boxes; others will look well
when growing up wire, twisted into various shapes, or
when climbing over an informal arch, or the more formal
trellis; and yet others look well simply as edging
plants. In very poor soils the gardener is often puzzled
to know what floral subject to try. There is nothing
better than the Nasturtium, which will blossom luxuriantly
in a spot which would be fatal to the chances of almost
any other subject. On the score, too, of cheapness Annuals

generally should appeal; while the ease with which they
To obtain,

are increased adds another point of interest.

Annuals—continued.

For providing a display of varied flower and foliage
the gardener should look to the following genera:
Abronia, Acrocliniwm, Adonis, Ageratwm, Alonsoa, Amar-
antus, Alyssum, Ambrosia, Asperula, Aster (Victoria,
Comet, Chrysanthemum-flowered, Bouquet, and Quilled),
Bartonia, Bidens, Brachycome, Cacalia, Calendula (Meteor
and Orange King), Campanula, Centaurea, Chrysanthe-
mum, Olarkia, Collinsia, Convolwulus, Coreopsis, Cosmos,
Delphinium, Dianthus, Erysimum, Eucharidium, Gilia,
Godetia, Grasses in variety (Bromus, Briza, Coix, Bra-
grostis, Lagurus, §c.), Gypsophila, Helianthus, Heli-
chrysum, Impatiens, Ionopsidium (for foot of rockwork
this is excellent), Jacobea, Lavatera, Leptosiphon, Lim-
nanthes, Linaria, Linum, Lupinus, Martynia, Mathiola,
Nasturtiwm, Nemophila, Nicotiana, Nycterinia, Papaver,
Perilla, Phlox, Portulaca, Reseda, Rhodanthe, Salpiglossis,
Salvia, Sanvitalia, Saponaria, Scabiosa, Schizanthus,
Schizopetalon, Silene, Statice, Tagetes, Torenia, Whitlavia,
Xeranthemum, and Zinnia.

ANODA (from a, privative, and nodus, a knot; the
pedicels are without the articulation observable in the

ri SB

Se

(a

J neers

Fic. 49. ANCCTOCHILUS LOWII (DOSSINIA MARMORATA).

however, a maximum of blossom from Annuals they
must not be allowed to seed. The flowers should be
removed directly they are past their best. They must
also be kept watered should a period of drought set in.
At such times, too, it will be found of very great advantage
to provide plants like Sweet Peas with a mulch. This
tends to preserve the soil in a moist condition, and is
better than the too frequent use of the watering-pot.
Stakes must be provided for plants needing such sup-
port as early as possible; there’ is no necessity now-
adays to use anything unsightly for this, as the light-
looking bamboo sticks can be employed for most;
while for graceful subjects, like Gypsophilas, the support
may consist of small branches of birch, which are soon
hidden by the luxuriant growth of the subject under
cultivation. Sweet Peas may be usefully employed for
window-boxes by allowing the plants to droop over instead
of providing them with stakes. Slugs are the greatest
enemies to the majority of Annuals, and they must be
either trapped by means of lettuce-leaves or bran-heaps,
or prevented by surrounding the plants with coarse sand
and soot.

allied genus Sida). Orp. Malvaceexy. A genus embracing
about eight species of greenhouse or half hardy, hispid or
glabrescent herbs, with the habit of Malva. <A few of
them have been introduced, but none are of any horticultural
value.

ANODONTEA. Included under Alyssum (which

see).
ANGCTOCHILUS. Syns. Anecochilus, Chryso-
baphus. According to the authors of the ‘“ Genera

Plantarum,” there are only about eight really distinct
species, natives of the Hast Indies and the Malayan Archi-
pelago.

The numerous species and varieties of this genus are
grown principally for their gaudy foliage. They are
usually difficult subjects to manage; but when a suitable
position is found to meet their requirements, there are
few plants that are grown more easily or need less
attention. Spacious bell-glasses are suitable for their
culture. These should be kept close, placed on a bed of
ashes or coke breeze, which should be always moist. Under
these conditions, there will be a constant condensation on

54 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aneectochilus—continwed.

the inside of the glass, so that very little water will be
required at the roots of the plants at any time.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 81-2,
Vol. I., the following should be added. Several species
formerly included here are now classed under Physurus.
A. Boylei (Boyle’s). /. ovate, acuminate, 2in. long and broad,

olive-green, netted and pencilled over the entire surface with
gold. India.

A. concinnus (neat). 7. ovate, acuminate, rounded at base,
dark olive-green, striped and netted with shining coppery-red.
Assam.

A. Dominii (Dominy’s).* J. dark olive-green, the centre marked
by a pale coppery-yellow streak, and the main ribs by pale lines,
A vigorous faint hybrid between Goodyera discolor and Anecto-
chilus xanthophyllus.

A. Eldorado (Eldorado). J. dark green, with small tracery of a
lighter colour, deciduous. Central America. This species is
difficult to cultivate; it must never be allowed to get dry at the
roots, even when the leaves have died down.

A. Friderici-Augusti (Frederick Augustus’). This is identical
with A, xanthophyllus.

A. Heriotii (Heriot’s), J. 34in. long, 24in. broad, dark mahogany-
colour, with golden reticulations, a shadow of network showing
through the surface. India.

A. hieroglyphicus (hieroglyph-marked). J. ovate-elliptic, small,
dark green, marked with silvery-grey blotches of hieroglyphic
character, Assam.

A. javanicus (Java). A synonym of Argyrorchis javanica.

A. Lansbergize (Mme. van Lansberge’s). 7. larger than those of
Dossinia marmorata ; groundwork of upper surface dull velvety-
maroon, median nerve and smaller veins emerald, lines near
margin dull pula ; under-surface light salmon-colour. A vigorous
species. (I. H. ser. v. 1.)

A. latimaculatus (broadly-spotted). 7. dark green, with silvery
markings. Borneo. ‘

A. lineatus (lined). A synonym of Zeuzina regia.
A. Lobbianum (Lobb’s). A synonym of A. Roxburghii.
A. Lobbii (Lobb’s). A synonym of A. argyroneura.

A. Lowii. This large and beautiful species (the correct name
of which is Dossinia marmorata) is illustrated in Fig. 49. The
under-surface of the leaves is pale yellow, tinged with rose.

A. Nevillianus (Neville’s). J. oblong-ovate, 14in. long, of a rich,
dark, velvety, coppery or bronzy hue, marked with two rows of
pale, oblong blotches. . 3in. Borneo.

A. Petola (Petola). A synonym of Macodes Petola.

A. querceticola (Oakwood-dwelling), A synonym of Physwrus
querceticolus.

A. regalis (royal). The correct name of A. setaceus.

A. Reinwardatii (Reinwardt’s). 7. deep velvety-bronze, inter-
sected with bright golden lines. Java, 1861. A handsome
species, somewhat resembling A. regalis. (B. H. 1861, 18.)

A. Sanderianus (Sander’s). A synonym of Macodes San-
deriana.

A. Veitchii (Veitch’s). This is identical with Macodes Petola.

ANOGRAMME. Included under Gymnogramme
(which see).

ANOIGANTHUS (from anoigo, to expand, and anthos,
a flower; in allusion to the shape of the perianth).
Amaryllidee. A monotypic genus. The species is a
greenhouse, bulbous plant, requiring similar culture to
Hezemanthus (which see). It will, however, succeed
outside if protected in the winter.

A. brevifiorus (short-flowered). fl. two to ten in an umbel;
perianth bright yellow, about lin. long, regular, erect, the tube
about a quarter or a third as long as the oblong-lanceolate
segments; peduncle 6in. to 12in. long. October to February.
7. three or four, contemporary with the flowers, lorate, 1ft. or
more in length. South Africa, 1888. (B. M. 7072.) Syn. Cyr-
tanthus lutescens, of gardens. The variety minor is a dwarf,
mountain form, with narrow perianth-segments.

ANOMA. A synonym of Moringa (which see).

ANOMALA FRISCHII. See Vine Animal
Pests. ;

ANOMALA VITIS. Sce Vine Animal Pests.

ANOMALOPTERIS. A synonym of Acridocarpus
(which see).

ANOMATHECA. This genus of three species is
included, by Bentham and Hooker, and by J. G. Baker,
under lLLapeyrousia (which see), the specific names

ORD."

Anomatheca—continued.

remaining unchanged ; but for garden purposes it has been

kept distinct in this work. To the species deseribed on

p. 82, Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. grandiflora (large-flowered). l., perianth tube lin. long ;
limb bright scarlet, 2in. in diameter, the segments oblong or
oblong-lanceolate; spikes lax, five- or six-flowered; peduncle
(including the inflorescence) lft. long. October. U., produced
ones six to eight in a distichous, nearly basal rosette, linear,
lft. or more in length. Eastern tropical Africa, 1883.
(B. M. 6924, under its correct name, Lapeyrousia grandisiora.)
ANOMOCHLOA (from anomos, lawless, and Chloa,

Grass ; the genus differs from most other Grasses in having

four stamens instead of three). Orp. Graminee. A

monotypic genus. The species, A. marantoidea (B. M. 5331),

is a stove, perennial Grass, having distinctly stalked leaves

4in. to 5in. long and lin. to 2in. broad. It is more of a

curiosity than an object of beauty from a horticultural

standpoint.

ANOMORHEGMIA. Asynonym of Stauranthera
(which see).

ANONA. This genus embraces nearly fifty species,
natives of tropical America, Africa, and Asia.
A. chrysopetala (golden-petaled). A synonym of -Guatteria
Ouregou.
A. triloba (three-lobed). A synonym of Asimina triloba.

ANONIS. A synonym of Ononis (which see).

ANONYMOS BRACTEATA. A synonym of
Zornia tetraphylla (which see).

ANREDERA (a commemorative name; but of
Anreder nothing is known). Sywns. Beriesa, Clairisia,
Siebera. Orv. Chenopodiacer. A monotypic genus. The
species is a slender, highly glabrous, greenhouse, tuberous-
rooted, perennial herb, allied to Boussingaultia.

A. scandens (climbing). A synonym of A. spicata.

A. spicata (spiked). jl. white, small, in long, flexuous, cylin-
drical, axillary spikes. J. alternate, narrowed into the petioles,
ovate, acute, entire, somewhat fleshy. Stems angular. Sub-
tropical America, from Peru to Texas, 1889. Syn. A. scandens.

ANSELLIA. This genus consists of only three or
four species, broadly dispersed through tropical Africa,
one extending as far as Natal. A. gigantea and A. niloticr,
described in Vol. I. as
varieties of A. africana,
are good species. To
the species and varieties
described on p. 83, Vol. L.,
the following should be
added :

A. confusa (confused).
This differs from A. afri-
cana (a flower of which
is illustrated at Fig. 50)
in having the petals
scarcely “proader than
the sepals. Western
tropical Africa.

A. congoensis (Congo).
jl. produced in racemes,
with erect, not spread-
ing, pedicels; sepals and
petals light greenish-yellow, with dark purplish-brown spots ;
side lobes of the lip whitish, veined purple, the narrow front
lobe yellow, the two keels on the disk almost vanishing before
reaching the middle of the front lobe. Congo, 1886. A hand-
some plant, similar to A. africana, but more floriferous.

A. humilis (dwarf). #1. lemon-yellow, blotched and barred with
chocolate, about 2in. in diameter, disposed in large panicles.
Zambesi, 1891. A compact, fee Sra species. The variety
pallida differs from the type in having the ground-colour of the
flowers milk-white.

ANT. See Ants.

ANTENNARIA. This genus embraces about ten
species, inhabiting the mountainous regions of Europe,
Asia, and North America, one being found in Australia.
To the information given on p. 83, Vol. I., the following
should be added. See also Anaphalis.

Fic. 50. FLOWER OF ANSELLIA
AFRICANA,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 3:

<n
Or

Antennaria— continued.

A. alpina (alpine). /.-heads pink, sub-sessile, in a cymose cluster,
or sometimes solitary ; involucre livid-brownish, Jin. long. June.
Z. radical ones spathulate, 4in. long; cauline ones linear.
Flowering stems lin, to 4in. high, neeing two to five heads, or,
in the variety monocephala, one head. Europe, North America,
&e., 1775. Plant tufted, suitable for the rockery.

A. candida (white). A garden synonym of A. tomentosa.
A. margaritacea and A. triplinervis are now classed under

Anaphalis.

ANTHEMIS. Including Chamomilla (in part). Over
eighty species have been described (but this number may
be reduced), natives of Europe, Asia, and North Africa.
Though the members of this genus known to the old-
time gardener had little to recommend them, the newer
kinds are excellent border plants, and furnish a quantity
of useful material for cutting. They require neither special
soil nor special culture, and are readily increased. The
best kinds to grow are the garden forms of A. tinctoria,
Kelwayi, Kelwayi alba, Canary Bird, and Mrs. H. T.
Brooks. These are various shades of yellow and white.
All are worthy of being included amongst showy, hardy,
border flowers, as they last a long time in good condition,
and their period of flowering extends over several months.

To the species described on p. 83, Vol. I, the following
should be added. See also Achillea and Anacyclus.
A. Aizoon. The correct name is Achillea ageratifolia.

A. chia (Chio). fl.-heads white, with a yellow disk, solitary, on
long peduncles ; involucral scales oblong, with fuscous margins,
April to June. J. petiolate, glabrous, pinnatipartite; lobes
incised or pinnatifid; lobules mucronate; petioles somewhat
sheathing at base. A. 8in. to 12in. Chio, &c. (S. F. G. 884.)

A. frutescens (shrubby). See Chrysanthemum frutescens
and Pyrethrum frutescens.

A. macedonica (Macedonian). jl.-heads white, Daisy-like, with
a dark yellow centre, produced in succession throughout the
summer, 7. much divided, of a very pleasing glaucous hue. A.
6in. to 8in. Macedonia, 1894. A neat, compact bush, about
lift. across. (Gn. xlvi., 1894, p. 519.)

A. montana (mountain).* l.-heads white or purplish; outer
involucral scales fuscous-margined| August and September.
1. petiolate, sometimes simply pinnatipartite, sometimes nearly
bipartite, the lobes acute or obtuse. Stem shrubby at base,
ascending, naked for a long way at the top, one-headed, and,
as well as the leaves, pubescent or almost silky. Europe, &c.,
1759. Syn. A. saxatilis.

A. purpurascens (purplish). A synonym of Anacyclus radiatus
— purpurascens.
A. saxatilis (rock-loving). A synonym of A. montana.

ANTHEPHORA (from anthos, a flower, and phoreo,
to bear). Orp. Graminex. A small genus (about five
species) of half-hardy, branched or tufted, sometimes tall
Grasses, natives of tropical America and tropical and
South Africa. Spikelets one-flowered; glumes three or
four ; spike terminal, elongated; rachis flexuous. Two of
the species have been introduced, but it is doubtful if they
are still in cultivation.

ANTHERICUM. Including Liliago. About fifty
species are comprised in this genus; they are natives of
Europe, tropical and extra-tropical Africa, and America.
To those described on pp. 83-4, Vol. I., the following
should be added. For other species formerly included
hereunder, see Bottionea, Bulbine, Chlorogalum,
Chlorophytum, Paradisia, and Trichopetalum.

A. echeandioides (Echeandia-like). . arranged in pairs in a
simple, loose raceme less than lft. long; perianth jin. long, the
segments orange-yellow, with a keel of three greenish ribs;
peduncle simple, terete, above lft. long. November. /., produced
ones five or six, confined to the base of the stem, lanceolate,

about lft. long, bright green, membranous, channelled. Probably
Mexico, 1883. Greenhouse. (B. M. 6809.)

A. Liliastrum. The correct name is Paradisia Liliastrum.

ANTHIDIUM MANICATUM. See Wood-boring
Bees.

ANTHOCLEISTA (from anthos, a flower, and
cleistos, shut up ; alluding to the shape of the blossoms).
Orp. Loganiacez. A small genus (three or four species)
of stove trees or shrubs, sometimes climbing, natives of
tropical Africa. Flowers white or dirty yellowish, rather

Anthocleista—continued.

large, in terminal, trichotomous cymes, with thick
branches; calyx four-parted, the segments thick, or-
bicular; corolla tubular-campanulate, the lobes ten to
sixteen, twisted; stamens ten to sixteen, affixed below
the throat; pedicels short; bracts scale-like. Leaves
large, sometimes several feet long, opposite, obovate or
oblong, entire; petioles dilated or sheathing at base.
The following species have been introduced; they thrive
in a compost of peat and loam, and may be propagated
by cuttings.

A. insi (remarkable). jl. yellow, about 1sin. long; cymes

many-flowered. /. oblong, shining green, 44ft. long, 14ft. broad.
h. 70ft. Swaziland, 1895.

A. macrophylla (large-leaved). fl. white; corolla twelve-lobed ;
stamens twelve. /. broadly obovate, obtuse, membranous, ‘‘as
large as those of a common Cabbage.” hk. 20ft. Sierra Leone,

1820.
ANTHOCORIS NEMORUM. See Shy Bug.
ANTHOLYZA. Syn. Cunonia (of Miller). This

genus embraces about a dozen species of stove and green-

house plants, natives of tropical and South Africa. Those

described on p. 84, Vol. I., ara,revised by Mr. J. G. Baker
as follows. Several species formerly included here are
now classed under Watsonia.

A. zethiopica (African).* fl. reddish-yellow, in moderately dense
spikes 6in. to Qin. long; perianth-tube curved, ljin. to lyin.
long, the upper segment red, lin. long, the others much shorter,
SEreAding- June. J/., basal ones several, lft. to 14ft. long, lin.
or more broad. Stem branched, 3ft. to att. high. Cape Colony,
1759. (B. M. 561.) Syns. A. floribunda, A. prealta, A. ringens
(A. B. R. 32).

A. x. bicolor (two-coloured).* l., perianth-tube red at the top,
pale yellow downwards. 7. narrower and habit dwarfer than in
the type. Syns. A. @. minor (B. R. 1159), A. bicolor (B. H. ii.,

)).

p. 145

A. x. minor (lesser). A synonym of 4. @. bicolor.

A. x. vittigera (striped).* jl., perianth-tube bright yellow, with
stripes of red. (B. M. 1172, under name of A. vittigera.)

A. bicolor (two-coloured). A variety of A. ethiopica.

A. brevifolia (short-leaved). A synonym of A. caffra.

A. quadrangularis (quadrangular).* fl. two to four in a loose
spike ; perianth variegated with bright red and yellow, the tube
2in. long, the upper segment red, jin. long, the others much
smaller, greenish, April. Stem slender, 2ft. to 3ft. long, bear-
ing two or three narrow-linear leaves. Corm large. sae
Colony, 1760. Syns. Gladiolus abbreviatus (A. B. R. 116),
G. quadrangularis (B. M. 567).

A. ringens (gaping). A synonym of A. ethiopica.

A. rupestris (rock-loving). A synonym of 4. caffra.

A. Schweinfurthii (Schweinfurth’s). ., perianth bright red
shading to ea yellow at the base, lJin. to 14in. long, curved,
the tube suddenly dilated; spike simple, lax, many-flowered.
i. five or six, linear, Grass-like, superposed, the lower ones 6in.
pe Stem terete, about lft. long below the spike. Abyssinia,

A. vittigera (striped). A variety of A. ethiopica.

ANTHOMYIA. Orv. Diptera. Several very de-
structive insects fall under this genus. The most note-
worthy are the Onion Fly (A. ceparwm), Beet Fly (A. betzx),
Radish Fly (A. radicwm), Cabbage Fly (A. brassicx), and
Lettuce Fly (A. lactuce). All are of somewhat dingy
colouring, and resemble house-flies. They are some jin.
in length, or perhaps a trifle smaller; while the grub is
of about the same length, whitish, and footless. There
are several generations of the pests. Those above enu-
merated are described under the Common names given,
except in the case of the Radish Fly, which is dealt with
under Radish.

ANTHONOMUS POMORUM. See
blossom Weevil.

ANTHOSPERMUM. This genus includes about
twenty-five species of small shrubs, mostly South African,
a few being found in tropical Africa and Madagascar.
Flowers minute, dicecious, rarely polygamous or hermaphro-
dite, axillary, sessile, bracteolate. Leaves small, opposite
or whorled, narrow, Heath-like.

Apple-

56

ANTHRACNOSE. This is a popular name for
certain virulent fungoid diseases which attack various
plants: French Bean, Vine, Currant, Spinach, Raspberry,
Privet, Blackberry, and many others. The most
destructive, however, is Vine Anthracnose, Phoma ampeli-
num (Sphaceloma ampelina). In this case, leaves, stems,
and fruit are all involved, and the disease, once it has
obtained a hold, is difficult to combat. On the Continent
Grape Anthracnose is very prevalent; it is also known in
this country and in America. For full description, see
Grape Anthracnose, Bean Anthracnose, &c.

ANTHRISCUS (a name given by Pliny to a plant
resembling Scandix). Orn. Umbellifere. A genus of about
ten species of hardy, or half-hardy, annual. biennial, or
rarely perennial herbs, with the habit of Chxrophyllum,
inhabiting North temperate and sub-tropical regions.
Flowers white, in compound umbels ; involucral bracts one,
two, or wanting. Leaves pinnately or sub-ternately de-
compound. Only one species calls for mention. For
culture, see Chervil, Common or Garden.

A. cerefolium (waxy-leaved). Common Chervil. . slightly

iant ; umbels axillary or opposite the leaves, sessile. June.

1. twice pinnately cut, with channelled footstalks. Stem a little

hairy at the joints. A. 14ft. Europe (frequently met with as an

escape from cultivation in Britain). Annual. Syn. Ch@wrophyllum

sativum (Sy. En. B. 623).

ANTHURIUM. This genus embraces about 160
species, all tropical American, and there are now a large
number of beautiful hybrids in cultivation. To those
described on pp. 85-7, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. acutum (acute-leayed). ., spathe reflexed, 2tin. long ; spadix
dark green, 23in. to 3in.long. 7. Srreeding, Sn. to 10in. long, 34in.
to 4in. broad across the tips of the hind lobes, triangular-hastate,
gradually tapering to an exceedingly acuminate point ; petioles
10in. to 12in. long, slender. Brazil, 1887.

A. album maximum (white, largest). This is a large, white-
spathed form of A. Scherzerianum.

A. a. m. flavescens (yellowish). A synonym of A. Scherzerianum

_ lacteum.

A. Allendorfii (Allendorf’s). #., spathe deep crimson; spadix
yellowish. 1889. A garden hybrid between A. Andreanum and
A. Lindenianum. (BR. G. 1293 e.)

A. Andreanum album (white). ., spathe pure white, as large
as in the type, but less corrugated; spadix rigid. 1895,

A. A. amcenum (pleasing). #1, spathe rose-carmine; spadix
white, tipped with yellow. 1993.

A. A. atropurpureum (dark purple). 7., spathe of a dee

crimson, large. 1889. A hybrid between A. Andreanum an
A. Chantrieri.

oF = atrosanguineum (dark bloody). ., spathe dark crimson.

A. A. flore-albo (white-flowered). A white-spathed form.

A. A. grandifilorum (large-flowered). 7., spathe 84in. lon, F
spadix 4in. long. 1886. (L H. 1885, 599.) eae - s

A. A. Lonisz (Louisa’s). 77., spathe large, of a beautiful salmon-
rose. 1889. A handsome variety.

A. A. roseum (rosy). A synonym of A. cruentum.

AA. oo eum (bloody). /., spathe of a rich, dee crimson,

with darker shadings, medium-sized. 1892. :

A. Archidue Joseph. /1., spathe of a beautiful, clear scarlet,
broadly cordate, 4in. to 5in. long, 34in. to 4in. broad; spadix
flesh-colour, with whitish, exserted styles. 1. cordate-ovate,
rather abruptly acuminate at apex, deeply cordate at base;
petioles terete, elongated. 1885. A hybrid between A. Andre-
anum and A. Lindeni.

A. brevilobum (short-lobed). ., spathe purplish, 2in. long, sin.
broad, narrow-lanceolate, acuminate ; spadix dark purplish-
brown, 3in. to 4in. long, iin. thick; peduncle brownish-purple,
lft. to 1sft. long, terete. 2. Sin. to 10in. long, 4in. to 43in. broad,
parchment-like in texture, cordate-ovate, acuminate, bright,
shining green above, paler beneath, the lobes short; petioles
lft. to lift. long, terete, channelled. Stem elongating, rooting,
Native country unknown. 1887.

A. burfordiense (Burford). 71., s
large. 1889. A
JSortanense, &c.

A. candidum (white). A synonym of Spathiphyllum canilidum.

A. carneum (flesh-coloured). f., spathe light rose-colour, cor-
date-ovate, with longitudinal depressions; spadix rose-colour,

f the brilliant scarlet, very
hybrid, very similar to A. carneum, A. mori-

THE DICTIONARY

|

OF GARDENING,

Anthurium—continued.

with a whitish glaze; peduncle terete, rather longer than the
petioles. 1. green, shortly cordate, cuspidate; petioles short,
terete. 1884. A garden hybrid between A. Li ianum and
A. Andreanum.

. looking plant.
; G. C. 1888, ili., pp. 464-5, f. 66-67; IL H. xxxv., t. 62.)
A. Chantinianum (Chantin’s). _/., spathe reddish-pink with

aler stripes, ovate-triangular, Tin. long; spadix e pink.
- oval-oblong, cordate at base, lift. long. A gartien hybrid
between A. Houlletianum and A. Andreanum. 1889.

A. Chantrieri (Chantrier’s).* (f., spathe ivory-white, erect,
oblong, acuminate; spadix dark violet ; peduncle green, terete,
shorter than the petioles. J. triangular or rhomboid, acuminate,
with widely spreading basal lobes, dark shini green ; petioles
olive-green, terete. 1884. A vigorous hybrid between A. sub-
signatum and A. ornatum.

A. chelseiense (Chelsea). ., spathe rich crimson, smooth and
lossy, broadly cordate, cuspidate at ae 3sin. to Sin. long,
in. to 3sin. broad; spadix at first yellowish at the apex, the

basal white. J. resembling those of A. Veitchii, but more
ovate in form, and having fewer and less arched veins. 1885.
A garden hybrid between A. Veitchii and A. Andreanum.

A, crassifolium (thick-leaved). 4, spathe light green, re-
flexed; spadix dull green, sessile, 2in. long; peduncle green,
terete, as long as the petioles. 2. ovate-lanceolate, very thick
and stiff, with a very short, rigid mucro at the obtuse apex;
petioles long. 1833.

A. cruentum (bloody). A garden hybrid, of the same origin as
A. mortfontanense, and resembling that plant, but having blood-
red spathes. 1886. Syn. Andreanum roseum.

erystallinum variegatum (variegated). A handsome
variety, with very distinct variegation; in some instances the
leaves are mostly ivory-white, while in others they are bronzy-
green, marbled with yellow and white. 1893.
A. cymbiforme (boat-shaped). 77, spathe white, e, very
ae ; Spadix salmon-pink. J. cordate. bales tia ®,
apr rig (@echard’s). A synonym of Spathiphyllum canne-
4um,

A. dentatum (toothed). 7. large, cordate, deeply lobed, bright
reen, with paler nerves, the old ones sometimes shaded with
tk glaucous reflections, the lobes ovate, acute; young leaves

cordate, entire. 1884. A ee ha between A. sissum and
» P. 290.

A. leuconeurum. (R. H. 1

A. Desmetianum (De Smet’s). 7. the carmine-scarlet, large,
cordate-ovate acute, goffered ; Cette ivory-white, tipped with
golden-yellow, short. /. hastate. A hybrid between A. Andre-
anum and A. Leopoldi. (1. H. xxxv., t. 52.)

A. Devansayanum (Devansay’s).* /., spathe and spadix erect,
the latter stipitate. /. cordate, wavy, acuminate, erect ; petioles
terete. 1883. Garden hybrid. (R. H. 1882, p. 289.)

A. Dr. Lawrence. /., spathe salmon-pink, 8in. by 7iin. J. deep
green. 1898.

A. eburneum (ivory-white). A garden hybrid between
A, Andreanum and A. ornatum. 1891.

A. Eduardi (Eduard’s). 7. somewhat triangular-ovate, having
a very open sinus and rounded basal lobes, dark green, with a
violaceous lustre; petioles short, firm, terete. 804, A garden
hybrid between 4. crystallinum and A. subsignatum.

A. elegans (elegant). /l., spathe green, broadly lanceolate, 3Lin.
to 33in. long ; spadix dark purple or green. 7. cordate-ovate in
outline, pedately radiate, with nine to thirteen very unequal
segments, the intermediate one nearly twice the size of the
lateral ones; petioles more than twice the length of the blade.
Colombia, 1883. (R. G. 1112.)

A. flavidum (yellowish). ., spathe pale yellowish or yellowish-
green, spreading, oblong, abruptly ee: spadix pale violet-

ink, 13in. to 3in. long, sessile; peduncle 5in. to 6in. long, Z. cor-
paar acuminate, 10in. to 14in. long. Colombia, 1885.

A. floribundum (abundant-flowered). A synonym of Spathi-
phyllum jloribundum.

A. Froebelii (Frebel’s). ., spathe bright, deep carmine, e,
with depressions as in A. Andreanum. 1. large, cordate. .
A fine, free-flowering hybrid between A. Andreanum and
A. ornatum.

A. Galeottianum (Galeotti’s). f., spathe linear-lanceolate,
acuminate, slightly exceeding the elongated-cylindrical ix,
@. coriaceous, green above, glaucous beneath, long-linear-
lanceolate, rounded and often cordate at base, long-acuminate
at apex. Caudex densely leafy. Brazil, 1858.

A. gandavense (Ghent). A garden hybrid between A. Andre-
anum and A. Chantrieri. 1893.

A. Glaziovii (Glaziou’s). 7., s

the dirty green outside, dull
vinous-purple within, horizon i i

Y spreading, 7in. long, lin.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 57

Anthurium— continued.

broad ; dix vinous-purple, spotted with the black stigmas,
erect, ‘shortly atipitate, an. long. June. J. four or five, sub-
erect, dark, shining green, narrowly oblong-obovate or oblong-
oblanceolate, obtuse or sub-acute, coriaceous, flat, strongly
nerved. Rio de Janeiro (?), 1880. (B. M. 6835.)

A. Goldringi (Goldring’s). A garden hybrid between A. Andre-
anum and A. Scherzerianum. 1893.

A. Greyanum (Grey’s). A garden hybrid between A. ornatum
and A. Andreanum. 1892.

A. Grusoni (Gruson’s). ji., spathe deep crimson, very large;

dix yellowish-pink. 1889. A garden hybrid between A.
Te ase and A. Lindenianum. (R. G. 1293 a.)

A. Gustavi (Gustav’s).* /l., spathe green, erect, narrow-lanceo-
late, shorter than the spadix ; spadix cylindrical, sessile, obtuse,
about Sin. long; peduncle much shorter than the petioles.
L. roundish-cordate or cordate-ovate, sub-obtuse, 24ft. long, 1ft.
to 2ft. broad, deeply nerved; petioles sub-terete, 2ft. yong.
Caudex very short, erect. Buonaventura, 1883. (B. M. 7437;
R. G. 1076.)

A. Hardyanum (Hardy's).
dreanum and A. Eduardi.

A. Hollandi (Holland's).
and A. ferrierense, 1893.

A. Hookeri (Hooker's). A synonym of Pothos acaulis.

A. Houlletianum (Houllet’s). #., spathe pale rose-coloured,
cordate-ovate, acute; spadix olive-green, passing into yellow;
peduncle much longer than the leaves, terete. J. cordate-
oblong, dark, shining green, with satiny or metallic reflections ;
petioles short, cylindric. 1884. A garden hybrid between
A. magnificum and A, Andreanum.

A. hybridum (hybrid). 7. broad, bluntly hastate, green, borne on
brown, terete petioles. 1874. A distinct plant.

A. inconspicuum (inconspicuous). j., spathe bright green,
Zin. to lin. long, din. broad, reflexed; spadix dark violet-brown,
fin. to lin. long; scape 6in. to Qin. Lon 7. Qin. to 12in. long,
liin. to 3in. broad, narrowly elongate-elliptic, narrowed to both
ends; petioles 6in. to Sin. long. Stem (probably) elongating.
Brazil, 1885.

A. insigne (remarkable). The correct name of the plant described
on p. 97, Vol. IIL, as Philodendron Holtonianum.

A. intermedium OS 2. deflexed, cordate, oblong-
ovate, velvety green, with a slight ae tinge, the midrib and
veins whitish. 1884. A garden hybri
and A. crystallinum.

A. isarense. ., spathe pure white, horizontal, oblong-
lanceolate ; spadix pinkish-white, thick, conical. J. cordate-
cblong, at first having metallic reflections; petioles long.
A hybrid between A. Veitchii and A. ornatum, raised by
MM. Chantrier.

A. Kellermanni (Kellermann’s). /., spathe small; spadix
longer than the spathe. J. light green, large, sagittate, with a
broad, open, rounded sinus, and a few large teeth on the
margins; auricles broad and very obtuse. Origin unknown. 1893,

A. Kolbii (Kolb’s). /., spathe very deep crimson, Sin. long;
enix pale yellow. 1889. A garden hybrid between A. An-

reanum and A. Lindenianum. (R. G. 1293 b.)

A. Lawrences (Lady Lawrence's). j., spathe almost pure
white, glistening, very large, rounded; spadix also white. 1892.
A garden hybrid.

A. Lawrenceanum (Sir Trevor Lawrence’s).* ., spathe dark
earmine-red, bright rose at back, cordate, 6in. long, hori-
zontal, acutely pointed; spadix carmine-red, ereet, robust, 4in.
long. J. cordate-oblong, acute, dark green, paler at back. 1888.
A hybrid between A. Houwlletianum and A. Andreanum (R. H.

1888, p. 12.)
A. leodiense (Li¢ge). See A. mortfontanense.

A. Lindenianum fliore-carmina (carmine-flowered). (7..,
he bright bronzy-carmine, large, boat-shaped; spadix more
of a rosy tint. J. dark green, large. 1893.

A. longispathum Ee ee ji., spathe 1ift. Jong; spadix
yery stout, cylindric, 2ft. long; peduncle grooved, stout, 3ft.
long. J. 2ft. long, 14ft. broad, thick, coriaceous, deeply cordate
at base, pale green, the veins very prominent beneath ; petioles
long. Guadeloupe, 1888. Plant stemless.

A. lucidum (clear). f. violet-purple with yellow anthers;
spathe lanceolate, cuspidate ; spadix shortly stalked, straight,
rather longer than the spathe. J. shining above, pale beneath,
ovate-oblong, 6in. to 8in. long, apiculate, cordate at base;
petioles terete. Candex thick. h. 4ft. to Sft. Rio de Janeiro.

A. magnificum (magnificent). 1., spathe green, short, oblong,
recurved ; spadix green, cylindrical ; scape terete, rather shorter
than the petioles. 7. deeply cordate-ovate, abruptly acuminate,
with large, rounded basal lobes; petioles tetragonal ; stipules
ovate-oblong. Cundinamarca. (R. G. 508.)

A. Mooreanum (Moore's). j., spathe porvlish- een, 4in. to
44in. long, linear-oblong, acuminate ;_ spadi ee 5in. to
6in. long, slightly tapering; peduncle as long as the petioles.
1. sub-hastate, lft. long, on petioles 14ft. long. 1886. A hybrid

Vol. V.

A garden hybrid between A. An-
889.

A garden hybrid between A. grande

between A. hybridum

Anthurium— continued.

between A. crystallinum and A. subsignatum, of no remarkable
beauty. .

A. mortfontanense (Mortefontaine).* j., spathe crimson, large,
cordate; spadix whitish. J/. elongated, cordate-oyate. 1885. n
ornamental hybrid between A. Andreanum and A. Veitchii.
(R. H. 1886, pp. 50, 156.) A. leodiense is very similar to this.

A. Seen ies’). jl., spathe rather small, deep red;
spadix yellowish. 1889. A garden hybrid between A. Andreanum
and A. Lindenianum. (R. G. 1293 d.)

A. Paradisz (Paradise Nursery). A garden hybrid between
A. Andreanum and A. ornatum. 1891.

A. Patini (Patin’s). A synonym of Spathiphyllum Patini.

A. pumilum (dwarf). j., spathe rounded, resembling in colour
that of A. Scherzerianum Rothschildianum,. but with more
scarlet. 1896. A garden seedling or hybrid.

A. punctatum (dotted). (7., spathe reddish above, green
beneath, changing to greyish-green or purplish-green, spreading
or reflexed, Jsin. to 44in. long, linear-oblong, cuspidate-acu-
minate, the margins revolute; spadix olive-green, 6in. to Qin.
long, slightly tapering ; pedunele lft. to 1sft. long. 7. 14in. to
20in. long, 23in. to 44in. broad, elongate-oblong, rather abruptly
acute, cuneate at base, dark green above, paler and blackish-
dotted beneath; petioles 6in. to 8in. long, acutely channelled
down the face. Ecuador, 1886.

A. purpureum (purple). /., spathe ore on both sides, suffused
green at the basen! long, lin. broad, spreading or reflexed,
more or less curled ; spadix dark violet-purple, 6in. or more long,
yin. thick. 7. coriaceous, green, lift. long, 3zin. broad, oblong-
lanceolate, acute at apex, cuneate-acute at base ; petioles Sin. to
6in. long, shallowly channelled. Stem ascending. Brazil, 1887.

A. Ridolfianum album (Ridolf’s white). j., spathe white,
ere spadix pink. 1891. A garden hybrid; parentage not
stated.

A. Roezlii (Roezl’s). jl., spathe snow-white, elliptic, 4in. long,
jong cupldsie at apex ; spadix white, distinctly stalked, scarcely
longer than the spathe. /. cordate- or roundish-ovate, rugosely
undulated, 16in. long; petioles slender, terete, 14ft. to 24ft. long.
Colombian Andes.

A. rotundispathum (round-spathed). #., spathe roundish;
spadix deep yellow. 2. of a bright green. 1891. A hybrid
pes A, Andreanum and A. Lindenianum. (I. H. xxxviii.,
t. . :

A. rubrinervium (red-nerved). jl. very sweet-scented ; spathe
glaucous-green, 4in. to 6in. long, narrow-lanceolate, much
spreading or recurved; peduncle reddish, 14ft. to 2ft. long.
l. cordate-sagittate, 12in. to 14in. long, narrowed to a long-
triangular apex; young ones having reddish nerves; petioles
rather longer than the leaves. Venezuela, 1820. Syns. Pothos
rubrinervia, P. sagittata (B. M. 1384).

A. salmoneum (salmon). A garden hybrid between A. Lin-
denianum and A. Andreanum. (I. H. 1895, t. 42.)

A. Sanderianum (Sander’s). j., spathe large, shield-shaped,
foliaceous. 1895. A seedling related to A. Andreanum.

A. Scherzerianum (Flamingo Flower) albo-lineatum (lined
with white). A garden variety. 1888.

A. S. andegavense (Angers). /l., spathe scarlet on the back,
dotted with white, white within, splashed with scarlet ; spadix
yellow. 1883. A handsome form, resembling Rothschildianum.
(F. d. S. 2454-5.)

A. S. atropurpureum (dark purple). #., spathe dark crimson-
scarlet, roundish, large. 1894. A beautiful Aroid.

A. S. atrosanguineum (dark bloody). 7.,
crimson. 1883.

A. S. bispathaceum (two-spathed). A curious garden variety,
having two red ape placed opposite each other. 1890.
(i. H. xxxvii., t. 107.)

A. S. bruxellense (Brussels). l., spathe and scape rich scarlet ;
spadix orange. J. lanceolate, tapering to the apex. 1887. (LH.
ser. v. 18.)

A. S. compactum (compact). /i.,
blotched with coral-red, almost circular.
p. 244.)

A. S. Duvivierianum (Duvivier’s). ., spathe white.

A. S. giganteum (gigantic). jl., spathe Sin. to 6in. long, and
in some cases 4in. across. Costa Rica. A brilliant variety.

A. S. lacteum (milk-white). (., spathe milk-white; spadix
orange. 1886. (I. H. 1886, 607, under name of A. albwm maximum
Slavescens.)

A. S. maximum album (largest white). A seedling variety,
with large, white spathes. 1890. (I. H. xxxvii., t. 100.)

A. S. mutabilis (changeable). jl., spathe at first white, gradually
becoming scarlet. 2.

A. S. nebulosum (cloud-like).
red, double. 1888.

A. S. parisiense (Parisian). /., spathe of a beautiful salmon-
pink; spadix brilliant orange. 7. deep green, lanceolate,

I

spathe rich

spathe white, thickly
1895. (G. M. 1895,

ji., spathe white, dusted with

58 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Anthurium—continued.
gradually tapering to the acute apex. 1887. A robust, compact
plant. (I. HM. ser. v, 16.)

A.S. roseum (rosy). /., spathe of a salmon-rose colour. 1893,

A.S. Rothschildianum. The name elegans has been applied to
what is apparently a strong-growing form ; maximum is another
sub-variety. 1896.

A. S. rotundiflorum sanguineum (round-flowered, blood-
coloured). /jl., spathe deep blood-red, 1894.

A. S. sanguineum (blood-coloured). #., spathe dark-crimson-
1893.

A. S. Senateur Montefiore Levis. jl., spathe French
white, long and round, profusely dotted with intense scarlet,
the dots in clusters around the margins and down the
centre. 1898

A. S. Vervaeneum (Vervaene’s). A handsome, white-spathed
variety. 1884. (R. H. 1884, p. 204.)

A. S. Wardii (Ward’s). /l., spathe of the most brilliant scarlet»
6in. long, 4in. broad. A magnificent variety.

A. S. Waroqueanum (arog). jl., spathe white, dotted
with red; spadix yellow. 1888. This does not appear to
differ from the variety Rothschildianum. (I. H. xxxv., t. 51.)

A. S. Woodbridgei Wepiniaee jl., spathe of the most
intense crimson-scarlet, broad, nearly 6in. long. J. dark green,
spreading. 1882. One of the finest forms,

A. subulatum (awl-like). ., spathe white, spreading, oblong,
ending in a long, subulate point; spadix purplish-red, stout ;
peduncle Yin, to 12in. long. J. dark green, elongated, cordate-
ovate, ee at apex. Caudex short. Colombia,
1886. A distinct and rather ornamental species.

A. trifidum (thrice-cleft). ., spadix shortly stipitate, slender,
terete; spathe reddish, reflexed, oblong-lanceolate; peduncle
erect, red or reddish-brown, shorter than the petioles. 7. 10in.
to 15in. long, broadly and deeply trifid; lateral lobes obliquely
oblong-ovate, obtuse, somewhat falciform, shorter than the
median lobe; petioles elongated. Origin uncertain. 1876.
(B. M. 6339.)

A. Veitchii acuminatum (acuminate-leaved). A variety having
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate leaves. Colombia, 1885.

A. Wambekeanum (Wambeke’s). A garden hybrid between
A, Lindeni and A. Andreanum. 1895.

A. Wittmackii (Wittmack’s).* ., spathe of a lovely deep rose-
colour, 24in. long; spadix purplish, almost cylindrical. 1889.
A garden hybrid between A, Andreanum and A. Lindenianum,
(R. G. 1293.)

Other hybrids, &c., are: Adriani, Crombezianum, Hanburyanum,

Laingi, londinense, Palmeri, Ricasolianum, roseflorwm, roseum,

Torrigianum, Valvassorii.

ANTHYLLIS. About a score species are included in
this genus ; they are found in Europe, Western Asia, and
North Africa, A. Vulneraria being the British repre-
sentative.

A. cretica (Cretan). A synonym of Zb nus cretica.
A. Erinacea (Erinacea). The correct name is Erinacea pungens.

ANTIDESMEZ. Included under Euphorbiacee
(which see).

ANTIGONON. The three or four species, natives of
Mexico and Central America, are very difficult to dis-
tinguish as such. To those described on p. 88, Vol. I., the
following variety should be added:

A. leptopus albiflora (white-flowered).

from the type in having white flowers. 1888.

ANTIRRHINEZ. A tribe of Scrophularines
(which see).

ANTIRRHINUM. Including Asarina. About
twenty-five species of annual or (mostly) perennial herbs,
rarely sub-shrubby, sometimes twining, are included in
this genus ; they are broadly dispersed over the Northern
hemisphere, A. majus and A. Orontiwm (Lesser Snapdragon)
being British plants; the former, however, is not a true
native, but an escape from cultivation. To those de-
scribed on pp. 88-9, Vol. I., the following should be added :
A, glutinosum (glutinous).* jl. very pale yellowish-white, rather

large, axillary, erect, the lip slightly striped with red. July. J.

alternate, shortly petiolate, elliptic-oblong or elliptic-ovate, obtuse

at both ends. Branches yery fragile. Spain, 1892. A prostrate,

glandular-pilose, half-hardy perennial. (B. M. 7285.)

A. Nuttallianum (Nuttall’s), 1. purple, axillary, pedicellate,
the tube of the corolla not longer than the spreading lips. 7.
ovate or sub-cordate, nearly all distinctly petiolate, the lower
ones about lin. long, the upper ones smaller. h. lft. to 2ft.
California, 1888. Haif-hardy annual. (R. .G. 1888, t. 1275, f. 3.)

This variety differs

ANTIRRHGA [also spelt Antirhea] (from anti,
against, and rheein, to flow; in allusion to the use of the
plant as a styptic). Orp. Rubiacew. A genus embracing
about a score species of stove, highly glabrous trees and
shrubs, natives of the West Indies, Mauritius, China, and
tropical Australia. Stenostomum is included hereunder
by Bentham and Hooker, and the only members of the
genus that have been introduced to gardens will be found
described under that heading.

ANTISPILA PFEIFFERELLA. See
Moths.

ANTITHESIA PRUNIANA.
sects.

ANTLER MOTH, or GRASS MOTH (Charzas
graminis). This is a most unwelcome visitor to grass, as
the caterpillars do immense damage when they assert them-
selves, as they frequently do, in large numbers. On the
Continent they are regarded as amongst the worst Grass
pests which have to be encountered; while now and again
here they are unusually numerous. Belonging to the
Noctwide, the Moths are rarely seen. The ravages, how-
ever, of the larve are readily traced.

The Moth itself is on the wing in early autumn. It is
about 1}in. in the wing-expanse, and has brownish or reddish
fore-wings, with markings which have been somewhat fanci-
fully likened unto the branches of antlers. The hind-wings
are small, greyish, and fringed with a paler colour.
Pairing takes place soon after emergence, and, according
to some authorities, the female deposits eggs to the
number of 300. The larvz are hatched out in the following
spring, and soon make good use of their opportunities
They live at the roots of their food-plants (thus being
safe from insecticides), and preferably select the soft kinds
of Grass. They are brownish, with some lighter stripes
along the back, while there is also a light-coloured line
in the spiracular region; they are much wrinkled. When
the larve are full-fed, they pupate in the earth in an
ingeniously constructed oval cocoon. The pup» are
blackish-brown and shining.

Remedies. With larvae feeding as these do, it is prac-
tically impossible to suggest remedial measures. On the
Continent firing the herbage has been found effectual.
During autumn, too, the sweep-net may be utilised with
advantage in the evening, and the perfect insects destroyed.
Insectivorous birds, like crows and starlings, also devour
large numbers, and should be encouraged. The caterpillars,
although generally attacking Grass, occasionally turn their
attention to Corn.

ANTONIANA. A synonym of Faramea (which
see).

ANTROPHYUM. This genus includes Scoliosorus.
When planted out in the warm fernery, Antrophyums make
very distinct objects, and are especially valuable for growing
in comparatively dark places. All are slow growers;
but their fronds possess very lasting qualities. Pro-
pagation may be effected by means of the spores, which
are produced in abundance; but this being a very slow
process, Antrophyums are usually increased by division
of their crowns in March or April. To the species
described on p. 89, Vol. I., the following should be added :
A. Lessonii (Lesson’s). A synonym of A, Plantaginewm.

A. plantagineum (Plantain-like). sti. lin. to 4in. long.
fronds 6in. to Yin. long, 14in. to 2in. broad, thick, coriaceous,
sharply pointed, narrowed below; areola sometimes 3in. long,

Vine

See Plum In-

din. broad. sort copious, deeply immersed, often uniting.

India, &c. See Fig. 51. Syn. A. Lessonii.

ANTRORSE. Tending in an upward or forward
direction.

ANTS. In Vol. I. some little space is devoted to
a consideration of the life-history of these industrious
insects. The labour of keeping them down will, however,
be somewhat minimised if a still more extensive glance at
their communities be taken. Reference has already been

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 59

Ants—continued.
made to the fact that there are three different individuals
to be met with in colonies of these social insects—males,
females, and workers. Primarily the object of the first
two is the perpetuation of their kind; while that of the
last is to act not only as food-foragers for the larve, but
also as nurses to them and to the pupx. The larve
are absolutely helpless, and were it not for the good offices
of the workers they would perish soon after emergence
from the minute eggs. Here it may be as well to state
that the so-called Ants’ eggs of commerce are nothing more
nor less than the pup of certain species, which make for
themselves a silken cocoon. It is these which one sees
yery carefully carried about when a colony is disturbed.

The larve are whitish, footless maggots, and, as above
stated, they have to be fed and moved about by the workers.
In the pupal state the creatures have still to be looked
after by the workers, even to the extent of being helped
out of the skins in which they passed that portion of
their life-cycle. In many other ways the workers render
help, until the newly-emerged insects are generally familiar
with the life of the colony. Unlike Social Bees and Wasps,
Ants elaborate no cells for the reception of their larvae.

Ants in the garden are readily combatted by per-
sistently employing one or other of the remedies suggested
in Vol. I., p. 89. Those, however, inhabiting our plant-
houses, and with which an interchange of commerce has
presented us, are not so readily dislodged. The fact is,
heat is absolutely necessary for their well being at certain
seasons of the year in our changeable climate; hence the
reason of their affecting warm greenhouses, &c. Here they
destroy the vital parts of flowers, causing them to die away
prematurely.

To exterminate them trapping must be resorted to,
and that at the opportune moment. The workers, or

Fic. 51. ANTROPHYUM PLANTAGINEUM.

Ants—continued.

rather some few of them, will be in evidence all the year,
but the time to set the traps is in ‘spring, when the young
brood is hatched and food is absolutely necessary for
their up-bringing. Then it is that the workers will be
found in the greatest numbers industriously foraging for
food for their charges. Now is the time for the traps.
These should consist of old pieces of sponge, which
should be dipped into a syrupy liquid and laid about
their haunts. The sponges must be taken up periodically
and plunged into boiling water. Care must be taken to
wash out of them the dead bodies, and then they must
again be set. In time all the workers will have been
attracted, and will perish. The larve have still to be
catered for, and the other members of the colony will
have to venture forth in order to save the larve from
perishing, only, however, to share the fate of their
relatives. And in the end the whole colony will have
succumbed if the trapping is persisted in. Large bones
containing a little meat may also be placed in the haunts
of the insects, which should be brushed off into boiling
water.

Some of the Wood-Ants are very destructive to timber.
Their method is to enter the trees through some kind
of wound, and when once inside they tunnel in all
directions, and in the end the trees rot and die. By
way of an Ant-destroyer the Ballikinrain may be recom-
mended.

ANUBIAS (name not explained by its author). Orp.
Aroidew. A small genus (three or four species) of stove,
evergreen perennials, with a short stem, natives of
Western tropical Africa. Flowers monecious, on an
inappendiculate, stalked spadix; spathe green, thick,
convolute below, accrescent and persistent, but the blade
deciduous; peduncle elongated. Leaves lanceolate, acute
or sagittate-cordate at base; petioles elongated, long-
sheathing. Only one species has been introduced. For
culture, see Alocasia (to which this genus is closely
allied).

A. heterophylla (variable-leaved), fl. small. 7. about lft. long,

3in. broad, bright green, blotched with dull yellow, 8in. to 12in.
long, 4in. to 6in. broad; petioles 12in. to 16in. long. Congo,

AOPLA. Included under Herminium (which see).

APALANTHE. A synonym of Elodea (which see).
APARGIA. A synonym of Leontodon (which see).
APATURIA. Included under Pachystoma (which

see).

APEIBA. Syn. Aubletia (of Schreber).
includes five species, all tropical American.

APERA (from aperos, undivided; alluding to the
flower-glume, which is entire). Syn. Anemagrostis. ORp.
Graminexe. A small genus (two species) of hardy, annual,
rather tall Grasses, natives of Europe and Western Asia,
Spikelets one-flowered, small, loosely paniculate; glumes
three, the two lower ones empty; panicle terminal, very
elegant, ample, diffuse or contracted, with numerous fili-
form branchlets. Leaves narrow, flat. For culture, see
Agrostis.

A. arundinacea (Arundo-like).
dinacea.
A. Spica-venti. The correct name of Agrostis Spica-venti.

APHZ:REMA (name not explained by its author),
Orp. Samydacez. A monotypic genus. The species is
a small, erect, stove shrub or under-shrub, requiring
similar culture to Rivina (which see).

A. spicata (spicate). (#. golden-yellow, small, in solitary,
terminal, slender, erect racemes; stamens eight, twelve, or six-
teen, perigynous. J. opposite, 2in. to din. long, shortly petiolate,
ovate-cordate, obtusely acuminate, crenate-serrate, with six to
eight pairs of deeply-impressed nerves. South Brazil, 1896.
(B. M. 7398.)

This genus

A synonym of Stipa arun-

60 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

- APHANAMIXIS. See Amoora.
APHANOSTEPHUS. See Leucopsidium.

APHELANDRA. Syns. Hemisandra, Synandra.
Bentham and Hooker include hereunder Hydromestes and
Strobilorachis, but the latter has been kept distinct
on p. 519, Vol. IIl., of this work. Nearly fifty species
have been noted; they inhabit tropical and sub-tropical
America, from the Argentine Republic as far as Mexico.
To those described on pp. 90-1, Vol. I, the following
should be added :

A. amoona (pleasing). A garden name for A. Blanchetiana.

A. atrovirens (dark green). jl. in a terminal, sessile, sub-
cylindrical spike ; corolla fulvous-yellow, nearly lin. long ; bracts

een, six to seven lines long, closely appressed. 1. 34in. to 44in.
ong, 13in. to 24in. broad, elliptic or elliptic-ovate, rather obtuse,
decurrent at base, crenate, very dark green and ghining atone

eas beneath. Bahia, 1884. Plant dwarf. (1. H. 1884,

-)

A. Blanchetiana (Blanchet’s). jl. golden-yellow, the tube as
long as the sepals but shorter than the crimson bracts which
are lsin. long; spike sessile. August. J. ovate, acute,
many-nerved, narrowed at base to a short petiole. Stem thick,
tall. Brazil, 1888. (B. M. 7179.) Syn. A. amena (of gardens).

A. Chamissoniana (Chamisso’s). The correct name of
A. punctata. (B. M. 6627.)

A. chrysops (golden-eyed). A synonym of A. squarrosa Leopoldii.

A. dubia (doubtful). jl. of a deep red. 1894. A garden hybrid.
d. H. 1894, t. 15.)

A. fulgens (ote: fl. orange-coloured. Autumn.

Mexico, 1847. (R. H. 1847, p. 21.

A. glabrata (glabrous). fl. yellow; bracts ovate, acute, entire.
Autumn. J. oblong, attenuated at both ends, slightly repand,
cuneate at base, sessile, shining. Stems whitish when adult.
South America, 1848.

A. Leopoldii is a variety of A. sqguarrosa. Syn. A. chrysops.

A. Liboniana (Libon’s). jl. deep yellow, red at the apex,
small, scarcely exserted; bracts bright orange, large, arranged
in four rows; spike sessile, 5in. to 6in. long. in. or more in
length, deep green with a central white line, suddenly acu-
Se entire ; petioles 2in. to 3in. long. Brazil, 1864. (B. M.

-)

h. sft.

A. Macedoiana (Macedo Costa’s). J. elliptic-ovate, sub-obtuse,
dark green above, the nerves margined with very pale whitish-
green, the under-surface violet-purple. 1886. (I. H. 1886, 583.)

A. Margaritz (Mdlle. Marguerite Closon’s).* jl. bright orange
or apricot-colour, growing in short, terminal spikes from between
pectinate bracts. J. decussate, shortly stalked, elliptic, the
upper surface marked with about: half-a-dozea oblique bars of
white on each side the midrib, the under-surface clear rose-
colour. Central America (?), 1884. (B. H. 1883, 19; G. C. ser. iii.,
vol. ii., p. 585.)

A. ornata (adorned). jl. bright yellow; bracts tinged with
purple, large, hairy, 7. gradually narrowed to the base, dark
green, with a distinct central paler band, ciliated; midrib
pan on the under-surface. Bahia, 1858. (B. H. 1865, t. 3;
J. B. 1864, p. 289.)

A. prismatica (prismatic). The correct name of Strobilorachis
prismatica.

A. pumila pes (splendid). This pretty form differs from
the type in having acute, green bracts. 1883. (R. G. 1104.)
A. squarrosa (squarrose). jl. yellow, in terminal, solitary or
ternate spikes; corolla 14in. long; bracts orange, densely imbri-
cated, lin. to IJin. long. J. crowded, elliptic, acuminate,
cuneate at base, 10in. to 12in. long. Brazil. A showy, her-
baceous rises of which there are two varieties, citrina
(F. d. S. 809) and Leopoldii (the latter described as A. Leopoldii

in Vol. L.).

A. sulphurea (sulphur-yellow). jl. of a dark or golden sulphur
colour ; corolla tube protruding 4in. beyond the bract, the limb
iin. across; spike 5in. to Sin. long. J. 6in. to Yin. done. broadly
elliptic or elliptic-ovate, abruptly acuminate; petioles stout,
tin. to fin. long. Stem terete, erect, sparingly branched.
Guayaquil, 1872. . (B. M. 5951.)

A. Lea ye (four-angled). The correct name of A. cristata.
(B. R. 1277.)

A. t. grandis (large). j., spike crowded at the apex of the
stem; rachis densely woolly. September. J. (with the lin.
petioles) nearly lft. long, 4in. broad, with a long, tail-like point.

lerida, Venezuela.

A, t. imperialis (imperial). . scarlet, four times as long as
the brownish bracts; spikes terminal. /. ovate, acute. Central
America, 1891. (R. G. 1354.)

APHELENCUS FRAGARIZ. See Eelworms.

APHELEXIS. Bentham and Hooker refer this genus
to Helichrysum (which see).

APHIDES are amongst the commonest and most
widely distributed of all garden insects, and are popularly
known as Greenfly ; though why it is difficult to imagine,
seeing that many species are very far from even approxi-
mating to that colour. In this country quite 200 species
are found, and this fact alone is sufficient to invest
the family with some little importance even despite the
unenyviable reputation which it bears with the gardener
and the agriculturist. To it again belong several of the
most destructive insects known to horticulture, and in
support of this one only needs to instance the Grape
Phylloxera and the American Blight, or Woolly Aphis,
each of which is dealt with under its respective heading.
Years ago before economic entomology began to make
its influence felt, the visitations of Aphides, together
with many fungoid diseases of plants, were vaguely ascribed
to “ blight.”

From a cursory glance at Aphides one would be tempted
to think that such fragile-looking creatures would be
readily disposed of either by a very severe winter or by
great and successive weather changes. That they are
not, however, must be apparent to those who have paid
but comparatively little attention to a complex subject.
First as to weather influences. That a few viviparous
females are more likely to be preserved to carry on the
cycle during a mild than during a severe winter is true;
but, on the other hand, it must be remembered that certain
very destructive species have been observed in an active
condition even during the prevalence of 1ldeg. of frost.
Dry, hot weather is most favourable to the increase of
the insects, as during copious showers they get dislodged
from their hiding-places, and are frequently killed.
Aphides constitute quite as formidable pests of greenhouse
and orchard-house plants as they are of outdoor plants,
though because of the restricted area under cultivation in
the former case they are more readily dealt with.

All species of Aphides do not feed exposed. Some, like
those found upon the Bean, are exposed to view; while
others live for the most part in the curled-up leaves of
their food-plant. Again, while many infest the leaves,
others, like the Apple Aphis (A. mali), attack both
flowers and leaves. Some, too—the Woolly Aphis and the
Grape Louse—feed upon the roots; and two common
species at least, feeding upon Currants, are responsible
for blister-like galls, due to the irritation set up by their
punctures. These are Myzus ribis and Rhopalosiphum ribis.

Apart, too, from the injury certain Aphides inflict upon
the plants by extracting the sap therefrom by means of
their sucker-mouths, they are also objectionable by reason
of the fact that they exude a sweet, sticky secretion,
popularly called “ honeydew,” which, together with the
excreta, so block up the pores of the leaves that they are
quite incapable of fulfilling their proper functions, and
the tree or plant suffers accordingly. Of the honeydew-
secreting Aphides some of the most familiar are Ptero-
callis tiliz, the species found upon Limes; A. pruni
upon the Plum; and A. brassice and A. rape upon
turnips, cabbages, &c.

The Lime is not alone among ornamental trees which
is attacked, and badly attacked, by Aphides of the honey-
dew-secreting kinds. The beautiful Copper Beech, which
of late years has become such a favourite in gardens, is
a great sufferer from Phyllaphis fagi, which is allied to
that found upon the Lime. Itis a green species, but being
covered with a whitish substance its body-colour is not
often noticed. The eyes are red and prominent. The
Common Beech is also subject to similar attacks. The
Larch, again, has its particular Aphis (Chermes laricis),
but the damage done is not so great as is the case with
some of the other species. The eggs are laid in spring,
and the newly-hatched larve at once commence upon the
young leaves.

Many Aphides exhibit impartial tastes in the matter of
food-plant, for when one is not available another, and

1900 SUPPLEMENT-—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 61

Aphides—continued.
that of a widely different order, suffices; and this
accommodating taste no doubt stands such species in
good stead. It is not, for instance, generally known that
Aphis pruni infests not only the Plum (with which its
specific name identifies it) and most other orchard and
wall fruit-trees, but also Composites like Chrysanthe-
mums and Asters; or that the Lettuce Aphis (Siphono-
phora lactuce) will feed upon the Currant or Gooseberry ;
and so of many others. Equally worthy of notice is a
phase in the life-history of that pest the Hop Aphis
(Phorodon huwmuli), which in the autumn (September)
forsakes that plant to take up its abode upon the Plum,
from which in turn it migrates again to the Hop in
spring. It is upon the Plum that the winter is passed
in the egg-state. This is not, however, the only means
by which this species is increased, for Nature has or-
dained that certain of the females should remain impervious
to winter’s cold, and in the early spring bring forth living
young. :

To describe in detail all the species against which the
gardener is called upon to wage war would occupy too
much space without a corresponding advantage accruing,
especially as the methods of dealing with all are prac-
tically identical, though some species, by reason of their
habits, are not so readily reached as are others. Some
of the commonest and most destructive kinds are:

Apple Aphis (A. mali). This insect varies con-
siderably with the different individuals found (Fig. 52).
The eggs are laid in late summer in the vicinity of the
buds, or it may be in cracks in the bark. From these

(By Permission of the Board of Agriculture.)

Fic. 52. Appve Apis (APHIS MALI). Showing Fore- and Hind-
wings; Winged Viviparous Female; and Oviparous Female.
(All magnified.)

hatch out in early spring the viviparous females alluded
to in Vol. I., and these continue the round of life there
depicted. The first symptoms of attack are a curling
of the leaves, which almost invariably blacken and fall.
Colour, some shade of green.

Bean Aphis (Aphis rumicis). This is also known as
Black Fly, Dolphin Fly, and is very abundant upon Broad
Beans, See Bean Fly. |

Cherry Fly (Myzus cerasi). Although the specific
name indicates the Cherry as the object of this insect’s
attack, the pest by no means restricts its attention to
that tree, but occasionally also lays under contribution
Currants as well. This is another black species. It
mostly congregates on the under-surfaces of the leaves,
though at times nearly every part of the tree is involved.
A tree badly attacked by this insect is a sight not

Aphides—continued.

likely to be forgotten, for what with the excreta and the
sticky secretion which has been exuded, the leaves, &c.,
present a most unhealthy appearance. The attack is made
in spring and is long-continued, so that the drain upon the
tree’s resources is considerable.

Currant Aphides (Myzus ribis and Rhopalosiphum
ribis). Besides the occasional Aphis visitor to the Currant
noted above, there are two very troublesome pests in the
Currant Aphides proper. These are greenish or yellowish
in all stages, and approach one another so closely that no
one but an expert would be able to separate the two
species. Both kinds are to be found upon the under-
surfaces of the Red and the Black Currant. These they
attack, causing a reddish or reddish-yellow blister-like
swelling to form; they sometimes entirely disfigure
the leaves. If leaves showing blisters are lifted, they
will usually be found to shelter the pests in the vicinity
of the gall-like structures. Currant Aphides commence
their depredations in spring, as soon as the new leaves are
unfolded, and if remedial measures are not adopted, the
fruit crop will be considerably endangered.

Hop and Plum Aphis (Phorodon hwmuli). This is
a pale green kind, too well known to need a detailed
description ; while a brief sketch of its peculiar life-history
has already been given. (See also Phorodon humuli,
Vol. I1.).

Pea Aphis. See Pea Pests.

Peach Aphis (Aphis amygdali). ‘Chis reddish-yellow
Aphis occasions much mischief to Peaches by blocking up
the breathing-pores of the leaves with its secretions. Often,
however, it is credited as well with the injury wrought
by the Peach-Curl Fungus, because present at the same
time.

Plum Aphis (Aphis pruni) is another green or yellow-
ish-green species, very abundant upon the under-surfaces
of Plum foliage. It also attacks the Peach and the Apricot.
In all cases the leaves if badly-attacked “ curl,’ and they
are, moreover, covered with ‘“‘ honeydew,” and are rendered
most unsightly. The “curl” of the leaves in the case of
Peaches must not be confounded with that brought about
by the fungus Ezoascus deformans, though the two not
infrequently co-exist.

Rose Aphis. See Rose.

Woolly Aphis (Schizonewra lanigera).
ean Blight.

Remedies. Before the gardener can satisfactorily deal
with any insect pest, he must first of all determine how it
feeds. It is useless, for instance, spraying on to trees power-
ful poisons if they are not likely to bring about the desired
result—the diminution of the pest attacked. ‘This, how-
ever, is frequently done, more especially with sap-
sucking insects like these under notice. Now it cannot
be too well known that, unlike in the case of chewing
insects, poisoning the food-plant is not of the slightest use
for Aphides.. These creatures, by the aid of their rostra,
actually bore through the poison before they begin
to suck, and therefore to simply spray the tree would
be labour wasted. To be really effective, the in-
secticide must be something which kills by contact, and
there is nothing really better for the majority of Aphides
than some tobacco-water or the soft-soap and quassia-chip
solution recommended in Vol. I. The chief difficulty in
dealing with attacks of Aphides is in the case of tall
trees, for although powerful spraying-machines are now
upon the market, they would hardly reach the larger
ornamental trees used in the decoration of our parks and
gardens, and these must be left to Nature to remedy.
Most Fruit-trees and the smaller decorative subjects may, of
course, be thoroughly sprayed. To ensure the greatest
success spray directly the insects are noticed, and
use the mixture lukewarm, as it has been found of far

See Ameri-

62 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aphides—continiued.
greater utility than when applied cold. Even warm
water or soapsuds will have a cleansing effect upon the
leaves, and will also be the means of killing a number
of the enemy if directed with energy early in the spring.
Tree-trunks may also with advantage be washed; while
in the case of American Blight special treatment will
be necessary, as advocated under that heading. Abol is
another excellent insecticide to employ against Aphides.

The gardener is ably seconded in his efforts to keep down
Aphides by many insects, but principally by several of
the Ladybirds and their larve, which devour vast quanti-
ties. Equally useful are the Lacewing Flies, Stink Flies,
or Golden Eyes. These beautiful, but fragile-looking,
creatures are amongst the Aphides greatest natural
enemies, and should be preserved at all costs. The eggs
are fairly conspicuous, and are laid at the end of a
long stalk, sometimes singly, at others in a cluster. The
larvee of some species of Lacewing Flies clothe themselves
with the bodies of the Aphides, presenting a curious ap-
pearance. This is also the case with some of the Hemero-
biide, which are close allies of the Lacewing Flies (which
see). Then there are one or two species of Hover-
Flies (Syrphidae) that render the gardener excellent
service. The leech-like larve are very remarkable in
their movements, and we have it on the excellent
authority of that careful observer, Mr. Enock, that
a single Hover-Fly larva has destroyed over 120 Aphides
in an hour. Other insects that tend to lessen the
gardener’s labours are the parasitic Hymenoptera, of the
families Chalcididx and Ichnewmonidz. Gardeners should
learn to recognise the Aphides which have been visited by
the parasites of the families noted. Usually they have
isolated themselves from their relatives, have assumed a
dull, or even whitish hue, and aldermanic proportions. Such
specimens should be left severely alone, as they almost
invariably contain the egg, or perhaps the immature larva,
of one of the parasites, which, as soon as it has assumed
the perfect state, will make its way through the skin of
the unfortunate host that for a time has given it shelter.
Nor must the birds be forgotten, several of the commoner
species being exceptionally fond of Aphides.

Indoors the XL All Vaporiser and Liquid might be
used with advantage; and in the case of fruits a good
syringing night and morning with hot water would
doubtless be sufficient.

APHILOTHRIX GEMMZ. See Oak Galls.

APHLOTIA (from a, privative, and phlois, bark ; alluding
to a peculiarity of one of the species, called by the French
colonists Bois sans Ecorce). Orp. Biwinee. A small
genus (three species) of stove, evergreen trees or shrubs,
natives of the Mascarene Islands. Flowers hermaphrodite,
axillary, sessile or shortly pedicellate; sepals four or five,
broadly imbricated; petals wanting; stamens numerous.
Leaves entire, serrated or toothed. Only one species
calls for mention. For culture, see Ludia.

A. mauritiana (Mauritian). The correct name of Ludia hetero-
phylla.

APHYLAX. A synonym of Aneilema (which see).

APIACEZ. Lindley’s name for the Umbelliferz
(which see).

APIS MELLIFICA. Sce Honey Bee.

APISTA. A synonym of Podochilus (which see).

APIUM. Petals entire; umbels compound. Leaves
dissected. In addition to the Celery (A. graveolens) and
Celeriac (A. g. rapacewm), the following variety may be
mentioned :

A. graveolens tricolor (three-coloured). 7. glossy green
striped down the centre with a silvery-grey band, and margined
with creamy-white. 1882.

APLOCARYA. A synonyn of Dolia (which see).
APLOPAPPUS. See Haplopappus.

APLOPHYLLUM. Included under Ruta (which
see).

APODOLIRION (from a, privative, podos, a foot,
and Lirion, a Lily; in allusion to the peduncles being
short and hidden). Orp. Amaryllidee. A genus em-
bracing half-a-dozen species of greenhouse, bulbous
plants, natives of South Africa. Flowers white or red-
dish, as large as a Crocus; perianth funnel-shaped, with
a long tube and six sub-equal, ascending segments;
stamens in two rows near the throat; peduncle short,
hidden in the neck of the bulb, one-flowered. Leaves
narrow, not usually produced with the flowers. Only two
species call for mention here. ‘They thrive in a mixture
of sandy loam and peat, and may be propagated by offsets
or by seeds. :

A. Ettz (Miss Etta Stainbank’s). l., perianth tube 3in. long, the
limb white, tinged with red, lin. to lin. Jong: anthers in two
superposed rows. J. (and bulb) like those of a Crocus. 1894,

A. lanceolatum (lance-shaped). The correct name of Gethyllis
lanceolata.

APONOGETON. Syn. Spathiwm (of Edgworth).
Ouvirandra (see p. 535, Vol. II.) is included by Bentham
and Hooker under this genus, which comprises about a
score species of stove, greenhouse, or half-hardy, scapi-
gerous, submerged, Aquatic herbs, inhabiting tropical and
temperate Asia and Africa, and Australia. Flowers
white, or rarely pink or violet, hermaphrodite, spicate ;
perianth segments (or bracts) two or three, rarely one or
wanting, petaloid; spikes solitary or twin, sessile at the
apex of the scape. Leaves long-petiolate, oblong or
linear, erect or swimming.

In the Lattice-leaf Plant, A. fenestrale, lovers of tender
Aquatic Plants have a gem which well repays for the
extra attention its culture entails. The treatment,
according to Mr. Baker, of the Oxford Botanic Gardens,
is as follow: In order to produce a luxuriant growth
it must not be included in a tank with Aquatics that
require abundance of light and sunshine. A tub, about
3ft. in diameter and 14ft. in depth, is a very suitable
receptacle in which to cultivate it. This should be
situated in a warm plant-house in a position where
the light can be subdued and the temperature of the water
maintained at from 60deg. to 65deg. in the winter,
and from 70deg. to 75deg. during the summer months.
A suitable compost consists in good fibrous loam, a
little leaf-soil, with a good sprinkling of coarse silver sand.
An 8in. or 10in. pot is sufficiently large to accommo-
date a good-sized specimen, and the soil should be pressed
firmly into the pot, afterwards covering the surface
with small white stones or spar, to keep the soil from
rising in the water: these also serve another purpose,
by displaying to better advantage the formation of the
leaves. ‘he crown of the plant should be submerged
about 2in. beneath the surface of the water. It is most
important that the water be clean and as free from sedi-
ment as possible, rain-water being far preferable;
further, it should not be allowed to become stagnant,
or confervoid growths will make their appearance,
and injure the plant. To prevent this as far as
possible, some of the water should be drawn off
about once a week by means of a siphon, and the
tub filled up with fresh water of about the same
temperature. If this does not check their appearance, a
good method is to cover up the plant and exclude all
light for a few days, when the confervoid growths may be
easily syringed off and flushed over the rim of the’ tub.
It is beneficial to the plant for the tub to be filled to
overflowing by adding a little fresh water every day by
means of a watering-can with a fine rose; or the same
result may be attained (excepting that there is a con-
tinual slight agitation of the water) by a constant drip
conducted by means of a siphon from another vessel
situated at a higher level. This will cause the water to
run over at the sides, and any dirt that may have become
deposited on the surface will be thus removed.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 63

Aponogeton—continued.

The propagation of the Lattice-leaf Plant is effected
by means of divisions of the root-stock and also by
seeds. It is rather a capricious subject to cultivate, for
treatment that suits it in one place sometimes disagrees
with it in another, which perhaps may be owing to
foreign matter held in suspension by the water. As is the
ease with many other plants, its successful cultivation
greatly depends on apparently trifling details, but a well-
grown specimen is a unique object of beauty, deserving
all the attention that can be bestowed upon it.

To the species described on p. 93, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

A. angustifolium (narrow-leaved). ae pale red ; bracts white ;
stamens six; spike bifid, few-flowered. July. J. linear-lanceo-
late, submerged, opaque, variable in size. South Africa, 1788.
(B. M. 1268.)

A. distachyon Lagrangei (Lagrange’s). A form with white
and rosy-flesh-coloured bracts, flushed with green at the base.
1895. (R. H. 1895, p. 380.)

A. d. monostachyon (single-spiked). The correct name of
A. monostachyon. (A. B. R. 46.)

A. d. roseum (rosy). A charming variety, having rosy-tinted

flowers. 1885,

A. fenestrale. Thisis the correct name of the plant described
as Ouvirandra fenestralis.

APORIA CRATZGI. See Lepidoptera.

APORUM. Included under Dendrobium (which
see).

APPENDAGE. Any superadded or
part; e.g., thorns, hairs, &c., on a stem.

APPENDICULA (from appendiz ; in allusion to the
appendage at the base of the lip). Syns. Conchochilus,
Metachilum. Orv. Orchideex. A genus embracing about
a score species of stove, epiphytal Orchids, with tufted,
leafy stems, natives of tropical Asia, Australia, and Poly-
nesia. Flowers usually minute; sepals connivent, the
lateral ones connate at base and adnate to the produced
foot of the column, forming a mentum; petals variable ;
lip erect, inserted on the foot of the column or with its
sides adnate thereto; column very short, the rostellum
erect, bifid. About four species have been introduced, but
they are of no horticultural value.

APPLE. Since the work was issued the following are
some of the most noteworthy introductions and additions;

Allen’s Everlasting. Dessert. Fruit medium; flavour very
ood. It succeeds best as a bush or pyramid tree. April and

ay.

subordinate

Fic. 53, ALLINGYON PIPPIN APPL¥.

el lad Pippin. Dessert. Fruit medium, yellow, with red
streaks on the sunny side; flavour very rich and agreeable.
_ November to January. A promising new variety. See Fig. 53.
American Mother. Sce Mother. :
Baumann’s Red Winter Reinette. Dessert or Kitchen.
Fruit rather large, flatish round; skin nearly covered with a

Apple—continued.

brilliant deep-red, intensified on the exposed side. April and

May. The tree is a good grower and a free béarer, but of second-
See Fig. 54

rate flavour.

Fig. 54. BAuUMANN’S RED WINTER REINETTE APPLE.

Beauty of Bath. Dessert. Fruit medium, beautifully coloured,
and of handsome shape; flavour rich and agreeable. Good
bearer; one of the best early dessert apples. J wy and August.

Belle de Pontoise. Kitchen. Fruit large, somewhat ap-
proaching a Blenheim in shape, and highly coloured. A variety
of much promise. Great bearer; small trees fruiting freely.
December to April.

Bismarck. Kitchen. Fruit large, richly coloured, and of fine
shape. A new variety from Tasmania, and one which has already
proved a decided acquisition, being an enormous bearer hardy,
and vigorous. October to January.

Blenheim Orange. See Blenheim Pippin.

Fic. 55. BLUE PEARMAIN APPLE.

Blue Pearmain. Dessert. Fruit over medium size, inclined
to be conical; skin green, flushed with red on the exposed side,
and covered with a delicate blue bloom similar to that of a black
grape. A new variety of delicious flavour, keeping sound until
May. The tree is a moderate grower, but has not yet proved
free-bearing. See Fig. 55.

Bramley’s Seedling. Kitchen. Fruit very large, rather flat,
solid ; first-class for cooking. Good bearer, succeeding equally
well as a bush or asa standard. December to May. See Fig. 56.

Byford Wonder. Kitchen. Fruit very large, palé yellow, solid ;
great bearer. February and March. *

D. T. Fish. This is now regarded as synonymous with Warner’s
King (which see).

Early Peach. Dessert. A compact-growing and more prolific
form of the well-known Irish Peach Apple (which see). August

Early Rivers. Kitchen. Fruit large, firm. A good bearer.
July and August. A fine, early, cooking apple.

Ecklinville Seedling. Kitchen. A very large, handsome
variety, of good shape; a splendid cooker, and an extraordinary
bearer on all forms of trees. See Fig. 57

64 DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Apple—continued.

Fic, 56. BRAMLEY’S SEEDLING APPLE.

Gascoigne’s Scarlet Seedling (Syn. Glory of England).
Kitchen or Dessert. Fruit large and beautifully coloured; very
crisp and pleasant in flavour. Great bearer. November to
February.

Glory of England. See Gascoigne’s Scarlet Seedling.

Fic. 57. ECKLINVILLE SEEDLING APPLE.

Golden Noble. Kitchen. Fruit large and handsome, of a rich
olden colour. A constant and prolific bearer. November and
ecember, This is a fine variety, and distinct from Waltham

Abbey Seedling, which is sometimes sold forit. See Fig. 58.

Fic. 58. GOLDEN NOBLE APPLE.

Apple—continued.

Golden Spire. Kitchen. Fruit large, conical, straw-coloured ;
a first-rate cooker, and a constant an heavy bearer, far superior
to the old Keswick Codlin, whose place it should take. August

.to November. An excellent market variety.

Grenadier. Kitchen. Fruit large, yellow, crisp, and sub-acid.
Constant and good bearer. September and October.

Hambling’s Seedling. Kitchen. Fruit area and handsome,

een, flushed with red on the sunny side; flesh firm and of good
avour, and useful for dessert in season of scarcity. December
to April.

King of Tompkins Co. Dessert. Fruit large and handsome,
richly coloured on the sunny side; flavour very good and sweet.
Good bearer on the Paradise stock, and only suited for bush or
wall trees. November to March.

Lady Sudeley. Dessert. Fruit medium, bright red, except where
shaded ; flesh soft, crisp, and highly-flavoured if eaten as soon as
ripe. Good and constant bearer. August and September. This
variety should not be heavily pruned, as the finest fruits are
produced at the points of the shoots.

Fic. 59. LANE’S PRINCE ALBERT APPLE.

Lane’s Prince Albert. Kitchen. Fruit large, and of perfect
shape, one of the firmest and heaviest apples, with crisp and
pleasant flavour. An enormous bearer. ovember to May.
This variety is specially suited for small gardens, as it crops most

els) on bush trees. One of the best market apples. See
ig. 59.

Loddington Seedling. Sce Stone’s Apple.

Margil. Dessert. Fruit medium, red on the sunny side ; flavour
crisp and delicious. October and November. This variety
answers best on warm soils, and on the Paradise stock.

Mother (Syn. American Mother). Dessert. Fruit above medium
size, highly-coloured on the sunny side; flavour sweet
and very crisp. September and October. One of the finest
dessert apples on warm soils. A good bearer on bush trees.

Newton Wonder. Kitchen. Fruit large, and of good shape,
flushed on the sunny side with red; flavour sub-acid and brisk.

Fig. 60. NEWTON WONDER APPLE.

EUCRYPHIA PINNATIFOLIA,

: '
ou
a7)5 oe

—” ‘ - a ‘
. an
en i 4 ] a

Apple—continued.
> November to May. It is a sturdy grower, great bearer, very
heavy, and will prove a valuable market apple. See Fig. 60.
a Pearmain, Christmas. Kitchen. Fruit medium, rich colour,
and pleasant, crisp flavour; equally good for dessert. Great
: bearer. November to January. A promising new variety.

Fic. 61. PEASGOOD’s NoONSUCH APPLE.

_Peasgood’s Nonsuch. Kitchen. Fruit very large, of perfect
shape, and fine colour; flavour very brisk and agreeable.
Moderate bearer. October to December. The most imposing
and finest exhibition apple, but a spreading grower, and should

‘ not be closely pruned. See Fig. 61.

Potts’ Seedling. Kitchen. Fruit large, of a pale straw colour;
flesh soft, crisp, and juicy. A great and constant bearer.
August to October. The best variety for town gardens or smoky
districts.

Queen Caroline (SyN. Spencer's Seedling). _ Kitchen. Fruit

medium to large, of perfect shape, yellow, with minute brown

| spots all over; flavour sub-acid and juicy. A good bearer and
' compact grower. October to December.

Roundway Magnum Bonum. Dessert. Fruit medium,
russety ; flavour excellent. Good bearer. November to March.

Russet, Egremont. Dessert. Fruit medium, and of good
shape ; flayour rich and crisp. Good bearer and compact grower.
October to December. This is the best of the Russet class.

Sandringham. Kitchen. Fruit large, greenish; flavour brisk.
Good bearer. November to January.

Spencer’s Seedling. Sve Queen Caroline.

Fic, 62. STIRLING CASTLE APPLE.

Stirling Castle. Kitchen. Fruit large, green, firm; flavour
brisk and excellent for cooking. An extraordinary bearer, and
most suitable for growing as a bush tree. October to December.
See Fig. 62.

Stone’s Apple (Syn. Loddington Seedling). Kitchen. Fruit large,

qalow, flushed with red, firm; flavour sub-acid and crisp. Good

earer August to December. A splendid variety for bush or
standard trees.

Vol. V

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.,

Apple—continued.
The Queen. Kitchen.
stripes, firm, and of good flavour.
January.
Tyler’s Kernel. Kitchen. Fruit large, conical, bright red on the
sunny side; flavour rather acid. Great bearer on established
standard trees December to February.

Fruit large, flat, covered with red
Good bearer. October to

Cs «

Tic. 63. WEALTHY APPLE.

Wealthy. Kitchen or Dessert. Fruit medium, handsome form,
and fine red colour. Good bearer on bush trees. October to
December. An American variety, of rich flavour. See Fig. 63.

White Transparent. Kitchen or Dessert. Fruit medium,
conical, of a beautiful straw colour, flesh soft; flavour brisk
and very juicy. A great and constant bearer." July and August.
This is one of the finest early apples, and valuable for market.

For Cordons the best are: ALLEN’S EVERLASTING, BEAUTY OF
BATH, BELLE DE PONTOISE, BISMARCK, COX’S ORANGE PIPPIN,
ECKLINVILLE SEEDLING, EGREMONT, GOLDEN SPIRE, Haw-
THORNDEN, LANE’S PRINCE ALBERT, LORD SUFFIELD, MARGIL,
MOTHER APPLE, NEWTON WONDER, POTTS’ SEEDLING, QUEEN
CAROLINE, RIBSTON PIPPIN, RUSSET, STIRLING CASTLE, and
WHITE TRANSPARENT.

For Pyramidal, Bush, and Espalier Trees the following
are all of proved merit : ADAM’S PEARMAIN, ASHMEAD’S KERNEL,
BEAUTY OF Baru, CORNISH GILLYFLOWER, COX’S ORANGE
PIPPIN, EARLY PEACH, EGREMONT RUSSET, IRISH PEACH,
JAMES GRIEVE, KEDDLESTONE PIPPIN, KERRY PIPPIN, KING
OF THE Prppins, KING OF TOMPKINS Co., LADY SUDELEY,
MarGIL, MOTHER APPLE, RED INGESTRE, RED QUARRENDEN,
RBINETTE DU CANADA, RIBSTON PIPPIN, ROUNDWAY MAGNUM
BonuM, Ross NONPAREIL, SCARLET NONPAREIL, STURMER
PIPPIN, SYKE HovusE RUvUSSET, WEALTHY, and WINTER
QUEENING..

The following are Kitchen sorts, well adapted for this
restricted method: ALFRISTON, BEDFORDSHIRE FOUNDLING,
BELLE DE PONTOISE, BISMARCK, BRAMLEY’S SEEDLING, BYFORD
WoNDER, Cox’s PoMONA, DUCHESS OF OLDENBURGH, DUME-
LOW’S SEEDLING, ECKLINVILLE SEEDLING, — GASCOIGNE’S
SCARLET SEEDLING, GOLDEN NOBLE, GOLDEN SPIRE, LANF’s
PRINCE ALBERT, LORD SUFFIELD, MANX CODLIN, NEWTON
WONDER, NEW HAWTHORNDEN, PEASGOOD NONSUCH, Ports’
SEEDLING, QUEEN CAROLINE, SANDRINGHAM, STIRLING CASTLE,
TOWER OF GLAMMIS, TYLER’S KERNEL, WARNER'S KING, and
WHITE TRANSPARENT.

For Standard Trees, or Orchard Planting, the following
are excellent varieties : ALFRISTON, ALLINGTON PIPPIN, BEAUTY
OF BATH, BELLE DE PONTOISE, BESS POOL, BISMARCK, BLEN-
HEIM ORANGE, BRAMLEY’S SEEDLING, BYFORD WONDER, COX’s
PoMoNA, DUKE OF DEVONSHIRE, DUMELOW’S SEEDLING,
ECKLINVILLE SEEDLING, GASCOIGNE’S SCARLET SEEDLING,
GOLDEN NOBLE, GOLDEN SPIRE, LADY HENNIKER, MERE DE
MENAGE, NEWTON WONDER, PEASGOOD'’s NONSUCH, PorTTS’
SEEDLING, TOWER OF GLAMMIS, TYLER’S KERNEL, WAR-
NER’S KING, WEALTHY, WINTER QUEENING, and WORCESTER
PEARMAIN.

For Cold and Exposed Situations:
BRAMLEY’S SEEDLING, CLAYGATE PEARMAIN, ECKLINVILLE
SEEDLING, DUKE OF DEVONSHIRE, FRENCH CRAB, GOLDEN
SPIRE, KESWICK CODLIN IMPROVED, MANX CODLIN, NEWTON
WONDER, NORTHERN GREENING, STURMER PIPPIN, TOWER OF
GLAMMIS, and WARNER’S KING.

For Cottage Gardens: BISMARCK, BRAMLEY’S SEEDLING,
DUCHESS OF OLDENBURGH, ECKLINVILLE SEEDLING, GOLDEN
SPIRE, KING OF THE PIPPINS, L: PRINCE ALBERT, NEW
HAWTHORNDEN, POTTS’ SEEDLING, STIRLING CASTLE, WHITE
TRANSPARENT, WINTER STRAWBERRY, and WORCESTER PEAR-
MALIN

ALFRISTON,

K

66 THE DICTIONARY

APPLE AND PEAR BLIGHT.—All sorts and
conditions of trees are popularly supposed to be susceptible
to “blight.” The name has been handed down from the
Dark Ages to indicate certain conditions of plants, such as
those which have died away almost entirely as if blasted,
but the true cause of which to the average individual is
obscure. By many certain atmospheric conditions are
thought to be entirely due to blight; while in country
places, Aphides are collectively spoken of as blight. Fungi,
strange to say, though frequently the cause of decay in
trees, are less often suspected. Indeed, there are very
large numbers who will not believe that the condition,
generally known as Canker in Apple Trees, is due to a
most insidious fungus, which finds its way into bark
wounds and quickly spreads.

In North America, however, there is a condition
of Apple and Pear Trees which has earned for itself
the popular appellation above adopted. It is due to a most
destructive disease, supposed to be brought about by the
presence of bacteria. Apple and Pear Trees are commonly
attacked; but the disease by no means restricts itself to
such, being found upon many of the ornamental species of
the genus Pyrus and its very near allies. Burrill, of
Illinois, made some extensive investigations, and published
the result of such in the “ American Naturalist” of 1881,
He has been followed by several able workers in the same
field, one of the most exhaustive reports appearing in the
“Year Book of the United States’ Department-of Agri-
culture for 1895.” It was contributed by Mr. Warlie.
Still, it cannot be said for certain that Apple and
Pear Blight is due to bacteria.

The indications are first seen on the bark. They are
small dead patches, which increase rapidly in size, and
involve maybe the whole of the tree. There is a wholesale
exudation of the sap, and trees so attacked present a most
unhealthy appearance, what with the dead portions and
the partial or entire defoliation which occurs. Hartig
says that “the disease appears to bear resemblance to
the tree-canker produced by Nectria ditissima, and as
in the case of this fungus, large numbers of small gonidia,
resembling bacteria, are produced in the cortex.” Though
the disease is at present confined to America, it is of
such a virulent nature that its chief symptoms, at any
rate, should be known to pomologists. Removal and
burning of the diseased portions is the way to preyent
the spread of the disease.

APPLE APHIS (Aphis mali).
APPLE-BAREK BEETLE (Xyleborus dispar;

Bostrichus dispar). Under this somewhat inappropriate
name are known in gardens some destructive little
Beetles of a dark brown or, in some cases, of an almost
black colour, found upon Apple, Pear, Plum, and other
trees. The injury they do is considerable, though the work
of destruction is not in evidence until the affected branches
or stems are opened, disclosing the numerous galleries.
These galleries if examined will be found coated with
a whitish substance, out of which grows a fungus, upon
which they feed; this is called Ambrosia. The Beetles
differ considerably as to size and form, the females (tin.)
being much larger than the males, which are not as often in
evidence. It is only of recent years that this species has
appeared in sufficient numbers to be troublesome. The
insects are on the wing in late spring, and the female
then selects-a suitable branch in which to bore and
deposit her eggs. Both young and old, healthy and
weakly, trees are selected; and the Beetles may be sus-
pected if the shot-like holes (responsible for the very ap-
propriate name of “‘ Shot-Borers”’) are noticed. Such holes
are really the exits from their galleries, just as are the
so-called “wormholes” of another destructive Beetle,
commonly found in furniture.

Beetles which feed protected in the interior of tree-
trunks and branches are not readily reached by the

See Aphides.

OF GARDENING,

Apple-Bark Beetle—continued.

ordinary insecticides. In America, where the Beetle is
terribly destructive, the stopping up of their exit-holes is
recommended, using a wash made of soft soap and a strong
solution of washing soda in water of the consistency of
paint. This (says the Report of the Entomologist to the
Canadian Agricultural Department) should be applied on
the morning of a warm day, when it will dry in a few
hours, forming a tenacious coating.

APPLE-BLOSSOM WEEVIL (Anthonomus pomo-
rum). Though small (about 5mm.) this insect (Fig. 64)
is very destructive at times to the unexpanded blossom
buds of Apple and Pear in early
spring. Notwithstanding the num-
ber of improved methods for coping
with certain Beetles which have
been introduced within recent years,
there is no better way of dealing
with this pest than by shaking or
jarring infested trees, killing all the
Beetles whicl are found, and burn-
ing all withered blossoms, as such
are likely to contain the insect in
some stage of its existence. In
winter, too, the old bark may be
removed and burnt, and the trunk
sprayed with the potash and soda
preparation advocated for Ameri-
can Blight. Where the soil can be constantly moved
it is of great benefit to allow poultry to run .amongst
the trees, and if these are vigorously shaken while the
larvee are in the blossoms numbers will be dislodged and
be devoured by the poultry.

APPLE GALL. See Vine Galls.
APPLE, GOLDEN. Sce Zigle.
APPLE MAGGOT (Trypeta pomonella). This insect

has only within recent years asserted itself in numbers.
It belongs to the Diptera. In America it is one of the
pests which Apple-growers have to reckon with, and in
some seasons it has proved very destructive. In ap-
pearance the perfect insect might well pass for a small
house-fly, were it not that its brilliant and prominent
eyes at once differentiated it from that household pest.
The general body-colour is black, with whitish dots and
bands, which latter also traverse the wings. The female
may be distinguished from her mate by the flat ovipositor.

These small insects are upon the wing in early
summer. The Apples are at that time of good size. The
eggs are laid one at a time, the female piercing the skin
of the fruit with her sharp ovipositor; and as she is
estimated to lay on the average some 300 or 400 eggs,
the amount of harm a few of these flies is capable of
working may be readily recognised. The eggs hatch out
in from four to six days, and the larve are full-fed in
about as many weeks. They at once begin to feed upon
the food ready to hand, and the work of the half-grown
maggots is well shown in Fig. 65,a. When mature they
assume the chrysalis state, either just beneath the surface
of the ground, or frequently, in the case of stored fruit,
in the bins or barrels, emerging as perfect insects at the
time stated. The insects are difficult to combat, and re-
course must be had to preventive measures, such as the
collection of all fallen fruit, and the burning of all accu-
mulations from bins, barrels, and store-rooms. Those
interested in the study of this insect will find it fully
dealt with by Professor F. L. Harvey, in the Annual
Report of the Maine Agricultural Experiment Station
in 1890, and two of whose admirable figures are here
reproduced. See Fig. 65.

APPLE OR CODLIN MOTH (Carpocapsa pomo-
nella). Everyone practically is acquainted with the mag-
goty condition of Apples, for which the Codlin Moth is

ay

Fic. 64. APPLE BLos-
SOM WEEVIL (Antho-
nomus pomorum.)

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 67

Apple or Codlin Moth —continued.
responsible, though many are still unacquainted with the
perfect insect itself. The Codlin Moth, though usually
found on the Apple, is not over particular, as it has been
recorded from Pears, Plums, Apricots, Peaches, Spanish
Chestnuts, and even Walnuts. This last, did it not
emanate from so sterling an entomologist as Mr. Adkin,
many, perhaps, would be inclined to doubt. In some
countries this insect is double-brooded ; but here, happily,
it is single-brooded.

From time to time all sorts of methods have been
suggested for dealing with the Codlin Moth, but none so
effective as spraying with Paris Green, and if used with
care there is no danger. That this arsenite is a virulent

Fic. 65. APPLE MaGGor (Trypeta pomonella).
a, Work of Half-grown Larve ; J, Full-grown Larvee (Natural Size) ;
c, Egg (Greatly Enlarged).

poison cannot be too widely known, any more than can
its utility in destroying this pest of the orchard and the
garden. Dwarf trees are, of course, the easiest to deal
with ; but standard trees might also be reached with a
good machine. The great things to remember are to use
the Paris Green in the proportion of loz. to 20gall. of
water, and to spray as soon as the blossoms have fallen.
Paris Green may be procured from some firms mixed into
a kind of paste; this is safer for mixing than the dry
powder. Spraying with Paris Green should bein combination
with cleanliness about the garden, the use of haybands
(as advocated in Vol. I.), and the periodical cleansing of
the trunk in winter. Even where cattle are grazing, the
arsenite in the proportions suggested may be employed
with safety. As a means of prevention, all fruits which
show signs of infestation should be burned.

APPLE MUSSEL SCALE (Mytilaspis pomorum).
This very common brown Scale is rather difficult to deal
with when once it has attached itself to its food-plant.
It is one of the most familiar pests to the fruit cultivator,
by reason of the peculiar form of the covering, or scale,
(Fig. 66), which has _ been
exuded by the mother insect.
The Seales are sucking insects,
and are best therefore killed
by contact. A Californian
grower (Mr. Maxwell Heron)
recommends the following win-
ter treatment: Take 25lb. of
unslaked lime, 201b. of sulphur,
15lb. of salt, and 60gall. of
water. Place 101b. of the lime
and all the sulphur with
20gall. of water in a copper,
and boil until all the sulphur
is dissolved. Then take the
remainder of the lime and the
salt, slake it, and add enough
water to make 60gall. Apply
this when warm through a
syringe, keeping the mixture
well stirred. If this be used,
he says, when the tree is dor-
mant, it is perfectly harmless
to the buds. In addition to
its value as an insecticide it
is of benefit as a fungicide.
The mixture may, of course,
be made in smaller quantities,
so long as the due proportions
are observed. As before stated, once the insect has
attached itself to the bark it is difficult to dislodge, on
account of its protective covering. In winter, too, when
the trees are dormant, great benefit will be derived by
spraying with potash and caustic soda, as advised for
American Blight.

The best time to fight it is in late spring (May), when
the young’ insects are on the wander. Then a soapy
wash containing a little tobacco water will be found
of great benefit. So, too, would a weak solution of
kerosene emulsion.

Gishurst’s Compound Soap is a most effective Scale
insecticide, employed at the rate of 4oz. to Lgall. of water.
Hot water of a temperature of 150deg. may also be
successfully used in the spring, and is perfectly safe.
Of recent years cyanide of potassium fumes have been
recommended for Scale, but this insecticide cannot be
generally recommended on account of its dangerous
nature.

The Apple Mussel Scale (so-called) is identical with
the Oyster Shell Bark Louse, which gives such trouble
to American fruit-growers. Curtis’s old name for this
insect, Aspidiotus conchiformis, is now regarded by
scientists as a useless synonym. Though usually asso-
ciated with the Apple, this species is a very general
feeder, and may be found upon Pears, Currants, Raspberries,
and many of the hardy outdoor shrubs, such as Coton-
easters and Heaths. It undoubtedly, however, shows a
marked partiality for Apples; hence the origin of the
popular name.

APPLE POWDERY MILDEW. This disease has
not yet been recorded in this country ; but in America it
causes the fruit-grower considerable loss. The fungus
responsible for the mischief is Podosphxra oryacantha.
It is a mildew not far removed from the familiar Sphzxro-
theca pannosa on Roses. The foliage of young Apples is
chiefly attacked, and their whole surface is covered. The
fungus has a very debilitating effect upon the trees. The
area of infection is rapidly increased by means of the
conida, or summer spores; while winter spores are also

_ FrG. 66. APPLE MUSSEL
SCALE.

68 THE DICTIONARY

Apple Powdery Mildew— continued.

produced, and these carry it over the winter. Many
other Rosacew are attacked by this undesirable fungus-
visitor to a nursery or plantation of young trees—Cherry,
Peach, Hawthorn, Mountain-Ash, and Medlar. Stems as
well as leaves are coated with the mildew. In very bad
attacks the foliage is shed prematurely, and the seedling
plants make little or no progress. All affected leaves
should be collected and burnt; while, as soon as the
disease is noticed, the trees should be treated to a
solution of sulphide of potassium (loz. to 3Sgall. of
water).

APPLE ROT. This condition of Apples must be
familiar do everyone, though its causes are to the majority
obscure. It is, however, due to a well-characterised fungus
—Gleosporium fructigenum. Popularly the disease is
known as Apple Rot; but it is not restricted to that
fruit, being found upon Pears, Peaches, Plums, &c.
Sometimes it is called Ripe Rot, or Bitter Rot (the latter
being a peculiarly appropriate name). Usually it is only
observed by growers after the fruits have fallen, when
perhaps nearly full-grown; or, may be, it is not observed
until some time after the fruits. have been stored.
Frequently, however, Apples are attacked when com-
paratively young, and the disease not being readily
noticed—at any rate, in the case of standard trees—
it rapidly spreads. All parts of the fruits are liable
to attack, though, as is the case with several other
diseases, the calyx end is first involved. The symptoms,
even at the outset, are fairly well marked, as the fruits
are spotted with brown. The spots increase in size and
coalesce as growth proceeds, and give place to large
patches. If the disease is allowed to run, a very large
proportion of the crop will be contaminated, and its
market value will be practically nil. As the disease
progresses, blackish pustules are formed over the whole
surface of the skin; these rupture and release the spores,
which inerease the trouble. Inside the condition of the
fruit is still worse, for the mycelium has completely broken
down the tissues, and the familiar rotten condition and
bitter taste are the result.

Once the disease has attacked the fruits, all Apples
showing symptoms of the fungus should be removed and
burnt before they arrive at that stage when the spores
will be scattered by various agencies. All that is
practical is to prevent the further spread of the disease,
which is best done by spraying the trees at intervals with
either Bordeaux Mixture or sulphide of potassium (loz. to
3gall. of water). All fruits which fall and show signs of
spotting should be burnt. In the case of Apples stored, it
will be very necessary to go over them frequently, destroying
all that are “ spotted,’ as the disease spreads just as
rapidly, under favourable conditions, when the fruits are
off the trees. In America the disease assumes even more
serious proportions than here.

APPLE SAWFLY (Hoplocampa _ testudinea).
Though not as well known as many of the insects which
infest fruit trees, yet the creature under notice is at
times exceedingly troublesome to gardeners. Frequently,
however, its depredations are put down to other insects,
especially to the Codlin Moth. There are ten species
of this genus found in Britain, but only the one above-
named calls for notice here. The perfect insects are only
about 12mm. in wing-expanse, and of a reddish-yellow
colour. They are on the wing in early spring, the
female depositing her eggs in the blossoms of the Apple.
In due time the grubs hatch out, and make their way
into the young Apple. Outwardly there is no indication
of the presence of these pests, and it is not until the
fallen immature fruits are examined that the depredators
are disclosed.

All such Apples as fall early should be at once collected
and burned. If left on the ground undisturbed, as they

OF GARDENING,

Apple Sawfly—continued.
not infrequently are, the grubs, about the first week
in July, eat their way out and pupate in the ground
in cocoons.

Prevention is the only method of dealing with this pest.
It is of little use attempting to treat the trees to au
insecticide at such a season as the Sawflies themselves
are on the wing, as the blossoms would be injured
thereby, and the crop further endangered.

By some entomologists this insect is known as Tenthredo
testudinea.

APPLE AND PEAR SCAB (Fusicladium pyrinum;
F. dendriticum). These very common pests to Pears
and Apples are responsible for the condition known
as “Cracking,” and they have been dealt with at con-
siderable length. (See Pear-Fungi.) At the time the
article was written, however, the disease had baffled
alike the grower and the scientist, and the loss to the
former through the produce being rendered unsightly,
and thus unsaleable, was enormous. More recent inves-
tigations have conclusively shown that the disease may
be combatted, like many others of a similar character,

‘by the judicious use of Bordeaux Mixture (which

see). This fungicide to be effective must be sprayed on
directly the new leaves are in evidence, using a very
weak solution. The spraying should be repeated at
intervals of three weeks, or a little less, until the fruit
is formed. Leaves and shoots are also attacked.

APPLE-SHOOT MOTHS (Laverna vinolentella;
Argyresthia curvella). The first species, a small moth
under 4in. in wing-exypanse, is now and again respon-
sible for a deal of damage to Apple shoots. It must be
classed as local and uncommon. In the Caversham district
in 1898 it was very prevalent, and was most injurious
to the young Apple trees there planted. The Moth is
black, and has two deep black erect tufts of scales on
each fore-wing. During the day it is not often seen, as
then it sits upon the Apple trunks and branches, ap-
pearing on the wing towards sunset. The eggs are laid
in July and hatched out in spring, the larve entering
the shoots, causing them to die away. Directly this is
noticed, all such dead shoots should be cut away and
burned.

Argyresthia curvella is a trifle larger than the first-
named species, and commoner, though by no means
abundant. It is on the wing during June and July.
The fore-wings are white, strigulated with a darkish
brown, while there are a small, transverse dorsal mark, a
narrow band from the middle of the costa to the centre of
the back, and an irregularly-shaped dark blotch towards
the apex of the wings. The hind-wings are grey. At
rest these Moths appear as if standing on their heads,
by reason of the fact that the hinder part is obliquely
raised from the surface. The larva is hatched in May,
and feeds in the shoots, which should be treated simi-
larly to those attacked by the Laverna above noted.

APPLE-SUCEER (Psylla mali). Belonging to the
same natural order (Homoptera) as the Aphides, or Plant
Lice, is the destructive little creature above-named. Of
recent years it has been very abundant wherever Apples
are grown, and it has taxed the ingenuity of the most
practical fruit-grower to keep it in check. In Germany
it is a still greater pest. The insects extract the juices
from their food-plants, hence the common name. The
generic name (Psylla) is in allusion to the leaping power
of the perfect insect.

The Apple Sucker is on the wing in late spring, but
is so minute (2mm.) that it may readily escape ob-
servation. At pairing time it varies considerably as to
colour—being green, with brownish-red, yellow, or red
markings. The eggs are usually deposited singly, but
sometimes in pairs, on the young twigs. The larve emerge
in about a fortnight, and commence to feed upon the

"

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 69

Apple-Sucker—continued.
unexpanded buds, at the same time covering them with a
kind of sticky globules, popularly, but wrongly, described a
“honeydew.” This secretion, together with the excre-
ment, quite prevents the buds from developing, especially
if the season be a dry one. Between the deposition
vf the egg and the emergence of the perfect insect
about a month elapses. During that time the larva
changes its skin five times. At the end of the third

moult the wings are plainly discernible, as shown in the

jth

Fic. 67.

APPLE SUCKER (Psylla mali), showing:
(Magnified 14 diam.); 2, Perfect Insect (Magnified 10 diam.) ;
3, Larva (Natural Size); and 4, Perfect Insect (Natural Size),

1, Larva

illustration (Fig. 67). In the mature insect the wings
are disposed roof-like, as shown in the illustration (Fig. 67).
Those perfect insects which are to carry on the cycle
of existence pass the winter under the bark of the
tree.

Trees which are attacked soon show unmistakable
symptoms. The foliage assumes a most unhealthy yellow-
ish-green colour, and not infrequently prematurely falls.
The blossom-buds also fail to set, and are shed in
quantities.

By way of remedies the grower must depend entirely
upon spraying, for which there is nothing equal to weak
kerosene emulsion. This should be applied in April,
directly the leaves show signs of opening. Several
applications may be necessary throughout the season, for
so far as at present is known the eggs are impervious to
what may be termed safe insecticides. As an additional
precaution the trees should aiso be similarly treated in
winter, and all prunings should be burnt.

APPLE-TREE CANKER. See Canker.
APPRESSED, ADPRESSED. Lying close, e.g.,

leaves Appressed to a stem.

APRICOT. To the varieties described in Vol. IL,
pp. 99-100, the following may now be added :
Alberge de Montgamet. A smull, early, hardy, and prolific

variety. Fruit deep yellow, fair flavour, and one of the best for
preserving. Ripe at the end of July.

Beaugé. A late and good form of Moorpark. Ripe middle of
September.

Apricot—continued.

D’Alsace. A glorified form of Moorpark. The fruit is larger,
and equally as highly-flavoured. The tree is a vigorous grower,
and not so liable to die away as Moorpark.

Early Moorpark. An early variety that ripens its fruit three
weeks earlier than the original Moorpark, to which it is similar
in growth and fruit. Ripe early in August.

Frogmore Early. Fruit small, deep orange in colour, with a
good-flavoured flesh. Ripe early in July.

Golden Drop. One of the most delicious in flavour, with a rich
melting flesh, Fruit small, deep orange in colour. As the trees
acquire age they become very prolific. Ripe at the end of July.

Hemskerk. Somewhat similar to Moorpark, but the tree is
hardier and more enduring. Ripe early in August.

La Délicieuse. A new variety from the East, stated to be of
exquisite flavour.

Large Early. Fruit large, deep reddish-orange colour; flesh
tender, melting, and richly flavoured. Ripe at the end of July.

New Large Early. A very early form of the Large Early.

Oullin’s Early. An improved early form of Peach, but of larger
size and exquisite flavour. An excellent free-bearing variety.

Pine Apple. Fruit large, deep yellow on the shaded side, and
rich red cheek on the exposed side; flesh very tender, melting,
and juicy, with a pleasing Pine-apple flavour. Ripe the
middle of August.

Powell’s Late. Fruit deep orange, flushed with red, large and
abundantly produced ; flesh sweet, juicy, and delicious. One of
the hardiest and best varieties. Ripe early in September.

Roman. Fruit large, deep yellow, of brisk flavour; useful for
preserving. A good bearer. Ripe the middle of August.
APRICOT WEEVIL, or RED - LEGGED

GARDEN WEEVIL (Otiorrhynchus tenebricosus).

If not as frequently met with in gardens as some of its

near relatives, yet it is so destructive thet every gar-

dener should be familiar with it. Moreover, in certain
parts of England (the south)
it is a fairly common hedge-
row insect. -In the perfect
state, this Beetle attacks
all parts above’ ground
of such trees as Apricots,

Peaches, Nectarines, <&c.;

while the grubs sometimes

damage the roots of Rasp-
berries, Strawberries, and bush
fruits like Currants. The

Beetle (Fig. 68) is 3in. long,

black, and covered with yel-

lowish down. The legs are
red.

Being nocturnal it is not
often seen, for in the day-time
it secretes itself in wall cre-
vices, under rubbish, &c.
Where its presence is sus-
pected, the trees should be
visited at night and shaken over a tar-covered paper.
Like most other Weevils, this one drops readily on being
disturbed, when it may be picked up ‘and thrown into a
vessel of boiling water. The necessity for filling up
eracks and wall crevices will be obvious. See also Otior-
rhynchus.

APTERA. This is one of the Natural Orders
into which naturalists divide the important Class Insecta.
The insects belonging thereto are very minute, soft-bodied
creatures, destitute of wings, and with the mouth either
mandibulate or imperfectly suctorial. The Order is again
sub-divided into Thysanura and Collembola. None of the
members of either sub-order call for extended notice, for
though commonly found associated with garden produce
they are perfectly harmless. Indeed, they may almost
be considered useful scavengers, feeding as they do on
the lower animal and vegetable life. The most familiar
insects of the Order are those members of the Collembola
which are capable of leaping, and on that account are
popularly known as Springtails.

APTOSIMUM. The correct name of Ohlendorfiia
(which see).

[oS am
SS!

Fic. 68. AprRiIcoT WEEVIL
(Otiorrhynchus tenebricosus).

70 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

AQUARTIA.
see).

AQUATIC PLANTS. No more beautiful phase of
gardening can be named than the cultivation of
Aquatics, though hitherto but little has been done
by amateurs towards bringing this neglected group of
plants into prominence, Some of the plants may be
grown in yery homely appliances, such as old barrels, cut
in halves and sunk into the ground to within a few inches
of their tops. For others large earthenware pans will
suffice, so long as they are protected against frost. Of
course, for the majority more elaborate vessels and culture
are needed—large tanks (both indoors and outside), ponds,
lakes, &e. The literature on the subject is scant, and for
the bulk of the information here given we are indebted to
Mr. W. G. Baker’s (of Oxford) contribution to the ‘ Book
of Gardening.”

Included under Solanum (which

Aquatic Plants—continued. .
Figs. 69 and 70, is the great des‘deratum for exempli-
fying the admirable effects that can be produced

by hardy Aquatic Plants when their cultivation is
as skilfully undertaken as in the case of many other
things. Even when everything has been carefully done
that seems to be necessary to ensure establishing
Nymphzas in large ponds or lakes, they are not then
entirely free from casual mishaps. For instance, in a
season of long-continued drought the water may sink to
an abnormally low depth, and in receding from the plants
leave their crowns exposed above its surface to endure an
uncongenial element and its consequences.

In gardens where a natural lake or pond exists, provided
it has an ample supply of water and an efficient outlet to
prevent stagnation, a water garden might be formed, which,
when judiciously planted, would become permanently

Fic. 69. THe LAKE at Kew.

In numerous instances there may be already means at
hand, in the form of tanks which have been constructed for
the storage of water, that could be at once utilised for the
reception of some of the many beautiful hardy Nymphzas
now so readily obtainable; but it should be remembered
that, excepting when the tank is of large dimensions, those
of a neat habit will be preferable for this purpose to
vigorous-growing kinds. The planting and arranging of
them are largely discretionary, the use of tubs or boxes
for the former being a matter of convenience, but in their
arrangement, as far as practicable, the alternating of dark
and light shades of colour may be generally depended on to
produce a pleasing effect during their season of flowering.
These observations are intended to apply to tanks already
in existence.

The possession of ponds or lakes, such as shown at

interesting and pretty, and in addition to providing a new
feature, would impart additional beauty to the surroundings.
It is not unusual to see a stagnant pond overgrown with
rank vegetation that yearly adds to the decomposing mass
of vegetable matter in its bed, yet there would probably
be no great difficulty in converting a pond of this
description into one of enduring prettiness. The margins
and banks of streams afford excellent opportunities for
establishing without much difficulty many plants that, in
the course of time, would impart a pleasing effect to what
might previously have been bare, uninteresting, or other-
wise covered with indigenous coarse-growing vegetation.
Weeds should be removed as soon as they put in an appear-
ance, for if allowed to become established, which they
quickly do, some difficulty may be eventually experienced
in eradicating them, and then not before they have either

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Aquatic Plants—continued.

crippled the growth, or perhaps entirely destroyed other
plants. In tanks, and also in ponds where there is but a
slight current of water, various forms of confervoid alga—
green, thread-like vegetation, members of a low order of
the Vegetable Kingdom—will sometimes make their appear-
ance, more especially during warm weather; these, upon
rising to the surface of the water, should at once be
removed, or they will soon form dense masses, detrimental
to the growth of the other occupants. If the Water Lilies
are well furnished with foliage, the alge would be less
troublesome to deal with, and the introduction of a stock
of fish would also prove very serviceable in keeping the
same in check.

For the removal of dead leaves, weeds, or any ac-
eumulation of floating refuse, as well as to give the
necessary attention to any plants requiring it in tanks

See Atl

Aquatic Plants—continued.

visits, by destroying the buds and flowers of Water Lilies,
but they may generally be captured without very much
difficulty by means of tempting baits. Waterfowl might
play bavoe with small plants if unguarded, but it is most
desirable that these should be grown in reserved quarters
until sufficiently strong to plant out.

In selecting a site for an artificial piece of water it
should be borne in mind that water naturally seeks its
bed in low-lying ground; therefore, in the construction of
a pond, it is very important that this particular should
be observed wherever the conditions are favourable for
doing so, or an unreal effect will otherwise be produced.
The outline should be carefully considered, and circular
or unnatural shapes should be avoided, as these would,
to a cultivated taste, present a too artificial appearance.
The sides should be represented by projections and

Fic. 70. Hyprip WATER LILIES AT GUNNERSBURY HouSsE, ACTON.

or small areas of water, a strong, light plank or ladder
might be used of sufficient length to take a secure bearing
at the ends; but in large ponds, where this is imprac-
ticable, wading-boots have to be resorted to.

Aquatics, more especially those with floating leaves, are
fairly free from injurious attacks of insect pests, although
sometimes they become affected with green and black Aphis.
These can, however, generally be removed with the aid of
a syringe or hose-spray; but the most effectual remedy is a
natural one—a good heavy shower of rain, which also
imparts to the plants an additional brightness. In some
cases it may be desirable to use an insecticide, and should
this be resorted to a solution of tobacco-juice will be found
to answer the purpose effectually, without causing the
least injury to the plants. Water-voles will sometimes
become troublesome, if allowed to be undisturbed in their

irrezular curves, avoiding the introduction of straight
lines, which are invariably objectionable, and seldom occur
in a natural formation. Artificial work, as far as possible,
should be carefully concealed below the intended water-
level line, or provision made for concealing it with
vegetation when planting operations are in progress. If
the soil is of a clayey nature and retentive of water where
it is designed to form a pond, this work will be very
much simplified; but should it be of a porous nature,
then tempered clay will have to be introduced and puddling
resorted to in ordor to prevent waste of water when the
work is completed. When the soil has been excavated
as deeply as may be desired—say to a minimum
depth of abont 3ft. in the middle or deepest part,
gradually diminishing to about 14ft. at the margin,
the sides sloping outwardly—the surface of the

ne, THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Aquatic Plants—continued.
excavation should be made as firm as possible, and
regularly finished off, ready for the puddling operation.
To effect this, clay should be beaten and worked into a
thoroughly tenacious mass wherever most convenient to
do so, and when it is fit for use the bottom and sides of
the pond should be evenly covered throughout with it to
a thickness of 9in. to 12in. This will require to be well
rammed and beaten as the work proceeds, so that it may
be thoroughly united, and so prevent the water from perco-
lating through it. This work should be done expeditiously,
and as soon as it is completed the water should be
gradually admitted. Of course, cement concrete might
be used for lining the interiors of small ponds, but in the
case of larger ones this would be a rather expensive
process in comparison with puddling with clay. After the
puddling operation is completed, the deepest part in the
pond would be from 2}ft. to 3ft., and this would form the
most suitable position for depositing the necessary mounds
of soil for the reception of Nuphars and the more vigorous-
growing Nymphias that may be selected, the margin being
suited to the requirements of those plants that only require
shallow water in which to grow.

In supplying an artificial pond with water, it is very
important that the source from which it is obtained should
be considered, as Aquatics, and more especially the choicer
kinds of hardy Nymphias, do not flourish satisfactorily in
continually running water of a low temperature, as by a
continuous current of cold water entering the pond, and
this observation applies particularly to the odorata group.
Therefore, for the benefit of the plants, every provision
possible should be made to ensure as high and as constant
a temperature as possible, more especially during the time
that the plants are in active growth. A pond situated in a
sheltered, sunny ‘position provides the best aspect,
especially so for those of tender habit, and it would
conduce to a greater prolongation of their flowering period.
Where a sufficient, constant, and steady supply can be laid
on from an extraneous lake, river, or stream, it will be of
great advantage to do so, this being more beneficial to the
health of the plants than that supplied direct from a
natural spring or drawn from a low-level in the earth.
The water obtained from the last-named sources is of too
chilly a nature to favour a luxuriant growth, whereas the
former would obviously best meet the plants’ require-
ments, it being aérated and, consequently, of a higher
temperature. The inrush of any considerable quantity of
water should also be avoided, as the disturbance caused
thereby is caleulated to be detrimental to their well doing.
All that is réally required is a sufficient supply of water to
prevent stagnation, and, when this is well regulated,
successful culture will be in a great measure assured.
Means should also be taken to prevent the level of the
water from fluctuating to any appreciable extent by
constructing an outlet at the intended water-level line,
which will suffice for carrying off a similar quantity of
water to that which enters the pond.

Where an opportunity is afforded of forming a small
pond in connection with a well-made rockery, provided one
does not already exist, if properly constructed and judi-
ciously planted, it will form an additional charm to that
always interesting and attractive feature in a garden. In
its formation an irregular outline should be observed, as
this would be conducive to its presenting a natural, and
therefore more pleasing, appearance when completed.

In gardens of limited space brick, stone, or conerete
tanks about 2}ft. in depth might be constructed, and
these, if built entirely im the ground with the walls
gradually sloping outwardly at the top, would minimise the
risk of their being damaged during a long spell of severe
frosty weather. A sunny position should be selected, and
the site and formation of a tank of this description should
be carefully considered in connection with the surround-
ings. In its construction 2 natural effect should be aimed

Aquatic Plants—continued.
at as much as possible, so that it will not present a too
formal appearance.

A supply of water might be laid on by means of pipes, to
which a valve should be fitted, so that the volume of water
entering the fank may be regulated. The higher the mean
temperature at which the water can be maintained in the
tank, the more generally beneficial will it be for the plants.
Only sufficient fresh water need be allowed to enter to
prevent stagnation. An efficient outlet is also a necessity,
and this should be situated at the intended water-level line
to prevent any appreciable fluctuation. In favour of tanks
it may be urged, without in any way depreciating the value
of ponds, that they afford better facilities for more closely
viewing the beauty of the Water Lilies than is the case
when the plants are situated in large pieces of water.

Ordinary tanks or fountain-basins, where they already
exist, if of sufficient depth and dimensions, would be
available, although their stiff, artificial appearance makes
them less pleasing to the eye in comparison with those which
are designed on more natural lines. In the case of fountain-
basins choice plants should not be allowed to occupy
positions where sprays of water would be continually
falling upon them when the fountain is playing.

Ina naturally-formed piece of water where a deposit of
several inches of mud has accumulated, very little difficulty
will be “occasioned in establishing the plants if due care be
taken to make their roots secure. But should the bottom
be of a gravelly nature, or otherwise unsuitable to their
requirements, then mounds of soil, consisting of good,
rich, heavy loam of a tenacious nature, with about one-
third of well-decomposed cow- or stable-manure, to which a
little leaf-soil might be added, although it is not absolutely
necessary, and the whole thoroughly incorporated, should
be deposited for their reception. This also applies to
the planting of artificial ponds, unless it be intended
to grow the plants in submerged tubs or boxes—a plan,
however, which, in the case of a pond of any large extent,
cannot be recommended as being more satisfactory than
that of planting them out on mounds.

Where it is inconvenient or undesirable to lower the
depth of the water sufficiently to allow of the planting of
Aquatics directly into the mud, or mounds of soil, in which
they are to grow, a good method is to plant them firmly in
similar soil to that recommended above, in baskets about
2ift. in diameter and from 6in. to 9in. deep—what are
known as small nursery rounds would answer the purpose.
This operation should be performed as expeditiously
as possible, afterwards lowering the baskets from a
punt or raft into the positions the plants are to occupy,
whether on the bed or on the mounds of soil, as the
case may be. When the baskets become decayed, or even
before, the roots will be found to have penetrated through,
and have taken possession of the mud or soil below,
attended with a corresponding vigorous growth of the
entire plant. In the case of Nymphieas, only strong,
healthy plants should be submitted to this treatment.
Small plants should be nursed in shallower water, or where
they would be under close observation, until sufficiently
strong to be transferred to deeper quarters. In the case of
small plants it is advisable to remove the flower-buds as
they appear. The compost recommended to be used
for planting in the above instance would be that
which would also be found to meet the requirements of
those grown in all circumstances where beds, tubs, or boxes
are used for their reception, provided a minimum depth of
Yin. of same be allowed for them to develop as much root
growth as possible. This compost would also serve for the
purpose of renovating the surface whenever necessary, and
this operation is invariably attended with good results if
done before each season’s growth commences.

Where sufficient space exists for the inclusion of a repre-
sentative collection of the most ornamental Aquatics, a
water-garden may be made all the more attractive by a

:
.
B.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 73

Aquatic Plants—continued.
judicious disposition of the plants according to their
individual characteristics, more particularly with respect to
their habit of growth. For instance, there are those kinds
whose leaves float on the surface of the water, amongst
which are included the beautiful Water Lilies and the
Sweet-scented Water Hawthorn; whereas other kinds
assume a more or less tall and erect habit, as, for instance,
the Flowering Rush and the Bog Bean. Then there are
those the foliage of which is entirely submerged, but
which produce their flower-scapes above the surface
of the water, such as the pretty Water Violet, the
Water Soldier (Stratiotes aloides), and the interesting
Bladderworts, besides numerous other equally desirable
and pretty subjects that thrive luxnriantly at the water's
edge, where their roots can revel in an abundance of
moisture.

The most suitable time for planting hardy Aquatics is
about the beginning of April, or as soon as they commence
active growth. Of course it may be desirable afterwards to
introduce a few new acquisitions, to fill up spaces where
plants may have failed, or to introduce a few tender kinds
during the summer months which require the protection
of a greenhouse during the winter; but for general
planting, the time stated above is invariably the most

_ advantageous. In ponds, the groups—more especially those

with floating leaves—should be separated from each other
by clear open spaces of water, so that when in full growth
their beauty will be better displayed, and the surface will
not present the appearance of being too much covered with
foliage, which would have a decidedly monotonous effect.

So much for the hardy section. Now for the tropical and
tender plants. Everyone who has viewed a representative
collection of tropical and tender Aquatic Plants must have
admired the great diversity of their appearance and, in
many instances, the contrasts they present to the more
familiar ones of temperate or northerly latitudes.
Forming, as they do, a class of plants requiring conditions
resembling, as nearly as possible, those in which they are
found thriving in their native habitats, their cultivation in
this country has necessarily been limited to some of the
principal establishments where these conditions have been
afforded, and they then have gained for their enterprising
owners the genuine appreciation of horticulturists.

In the construction of a house for the cultivation of
tropical Nymphas and other Aquatics, the span-roofed
form is the most suitable to adopt, as this admits the
greatest amount of light, which is a most essential condi-
tion in their successful cultivation. The roof should not
be too lofty—this is also an important point in con-
nection with the conditions to be observed in their treat-
ment. As no shading will be required it is all the more
necessary that the house should be glazed with good clear
glass, as oftentimes, through the presence of air-bubbles in

the glass, which focus the sun’s rays, heat is conducted -

which scorches holes in the leaves, and thereby disfigures
the plants. Ventilation should be amply provided, both in
the sides of the house and in the roof, for Aquatics
generally, and Nymphzas in particular, when in full growth,
require abundance of air on hot, sunny days. Around the
inside of the house, abutting on the walls, benches or
borders may be formed for the accommodation of orna-
mental plants, or small tanks or beds may be constructed
for the culture of Aquatics, or moisture-loving plants. For
heating the house, sufficient pipes should be introduced
to ensure a minimum temperature of from 65deg. to 70deg.
Fahr., and this would afford means for maintaining a higher
temperature when desired, and would minimise the amount
of piping necessary to be einp!oyed for heating the tank.

A tank for the reception of thé Aqnaties should be con-
structed in the centre of the house, and whatever the
desired shape may be, and whether entirely sunk in the
ground, or partly above the ground-level, a firm foundation
must be first secured. The bottom should be made perfectly

Vol. V.

Aquatic Plants—continued.

solid with a layer of bricks well bedded in cement
and sand, and on the top of this course a good thickness
of stone or brick rubble concrete should be added. The
walls may be built with either brick, concrete, or stone,
the thickness of which will largely depend upon the size
of the tank. If it be desired to have a tank from 20ft.
to 30ft. in diameter and about 2ft. Gin. in depth, walls
12in. thick to within 10in. of the top, and from that point
sloping outwardly, with the masonry set in cement, would
be sufficiently strong. The tank should afterwards be
faced both inside and out with about lin. coating of
good cement, and the surface smoothly finished off to
make it watertight. On the inside, formed against the
walls, a few beds, enclosed in brickwork, might be intro-
duced for the accommodation of strong, erect-growing
Aquatics; these should reach to about 6in. below the top
of the tank, so as to admit of their being submerged to
a depth of 3in. or 4in. when the water is at its normal
height.

For heating a tank of the dimensions given, two 4in.
pipes (a flow and return) carried round the inside, about
6in. from the walls and the same distance from the bottom,
will be quite sufficient, and these should be furnished with
valves on the outside of the tank to allow of regulating the
temperature of the water. An air-pipe should be fitted to
the flow-pipe at its highest point, to release any air or
steam that may accumulate in the pipes. The tank should
be furnished with a plentiful supply of water, and a tap
connected with the service-pipe, so that it can be turned on

to its full capacity when the tank requires refilling, or .-

regulated to a gentle flow when the Aquatics are in full
growth, or as desired. An overflow stand-pipe is also
necessary, the top of which should reach to nearly the
full height of the tank. If constructed in two parts,
somewhat on the telescope principle, so that the upper
portion can be raised or lowered by sliding or screwing into
the bottom part, means will thus be afforded for keeping the
water at any desired height. A large brass perforated cap,
similar to the rose of a watering-can, should be fitted to the
top of the overflow-pipe to prevent floating matter from
choking it, and the escape of small Aquatics. This stand-
pipe should be situated conveniently close to the wall: It
should be fitted into another pipe, set level with the
bottom of the tank and connected with the drain provided,
so that when any operations necessitate the tank being
emptied the stand-pipe can be removed and the water
readily drained off. If it should be considered desirable to
paint any part of the tank that is above the ground-level,
it will be best to defer doing so for a time, as the new
cement would blister the paint and cause it to peg off.

It is not advisable to plant a new tank immediately
after it is finished, but it may be filled with water,
which should be allowed to stand for at least a week.
The scum that will have by this time accumulated on
the surface should be flushed and syringed off, and the
tank then filled up with fresh water.

The next important operations are the arrangement of the
tubs or large pots in the tak, and the preparation of the
soil in which the Aquatics are to be planted. Of course,
brick enclosed beds may be more freely introduced where
plenty of room is afforded for growing very large speci-
mens; but in a tank of limited dimensions, where it
is desired to grow several plants of moderate size,
tubs or large pots will be the most suitable, as these
have the advantage of being readily moved. If tubs
are employed—and perhaps they are preferable for an
indoor tank—a very useful size will be found in those
measuring about 18in. square, and the same in depth,
with the angles securely dovetailed. They are best
made of well-seasoned lin. elm boards, as this wood is
very durable when submerged in water. Z

The Nymphza family is represented by so many species
and varieties of decided merit that they should occupy a

: ae

74 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aquatic Plants— continued.

great portion of the tank (Figs. 71 and 72); there-
fore, it will be best to treat upon their culture
first. From their habit of growth it is necessary that

they should occupy the central part of the tank, the
tubs or pots when in position being about 5ft. apart, and
arranged alternately, so as to utilise all available surface
space for the foliage. For Nymphwas to display their
greatest beauty, in respect of both size and colour of their
flowers, when under artificial treatment, they must have a
good rich compost; and, unless this is afforded them,
it is only courting disappointment to attempt their
cultivation.

A compost should be prepared consisting of good, rich,
heavy loam, containing an admixture of clay, and to this

Aquatic Plants—continued.

When filling the tubs and planting, the soil should be
pressed firmly down and around the plants or tubers to
within 3in. of the top, which should be surfaced with
about lin. of sand to prevent (as far as possible) the
manure in the soil from rising and discolouring the
water. If the tubs or pots are too full, the action of the
water causes the soil to swell and run over the sides;
allowances must, therefore, be made for this. When
the water in the tank is at its normal height, a depth
of from 10in. to 12in. above the crown of the plants will be
found sufficient.

As tropical Nymphzas may be definitely classed in two
divisions—namely, those displaying their flowers by day,
and others that do so by night—the best effect will be

SSS
=a

ey Ff” ayes:
eer
MOAT
lA.—W“WW““W\
AN \ WA)

Fic. 71, View OF LiLy TANK IN THE OXFORD BOTANIC GARDEN

should be added a good proportion of well-decomposed cow-
or stable-manure as well as a small quantity of leaf-soil, but
the last-named is not absolutely necessary. If it is con-
venient to procure the loam from an old pasture, the
top spit should be selected, and this should be stacked
for about twelve months; it will then be in excel-
lent condition. When preparing the compost the
loam should be chopped up fairly coarse, and to every
three parts of this should be added one part of
cow- or horse-manure—the former for preference. This,
when well incorporated, will form a compost of a tenacious
nature, suited to the wants of the plants. The soil should
be placed in the house for a few days previous to its being
required, so that it may get moderately warmed.
’

©

secured if they are planted alternately, so as to have them
equally distributed over the tank, with due regard to the
arrangement of their colours. The Lotus and the stellata
sections form two distinct groups of Water Lilies, the
former embracing colours ranging from white to deep red,
and the latter from pale to deep blue. As soon as the
boxes are planted, the tank should be filled with water. By
turning the heat fully on in the hot-water pipes, the water
will be warmed as it gradually rises. This will not in any
way interfere with the planting at the sides, as the plants
situated there, excepting the floating ones, will be in beds
or in pots resting on shelves or brick columns, provided for
those which require only a shallow depth of water above
the surface of the soil. Tall and vigorous-growing

“™

ra,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 75

Aquatic Plants—continued.
Aquatics, such as Cyperus Papyrus, Thalia dealbata, and
Sagittaria montevidensis, should be planted in beds, to
form good bold clumps, and any old or superfluous growth
eut away before planting; this should be done firmly,
leaving the crowns just above the top of the soil. The
smaller-growing kinds may be accommodated in pots at the
sides, with the surface of the soil just submerged.

Nelumbiums, which form such an important feature
in an Aquatic-house, with their large, orbicular-peltate
leaves and massive flowers—yellow, white, and various
shades of rose—require very liberal treatment at the roots,
and plenty of space for their long, fleshy rhizomes to develop
in. When preparing a bed for their reception, the soil
should consist of rich, heavy loam (as previously recom-
mended for Nymphzas), two parts to one of good decom-

Aquatic Plants—continued.
deep green, shining leaves; and the elegant little fern-like
annual, Salvinia natans, which reproduces itself from spores.

The most suitable time for planting Nymphzas in an
indoor tank is from the middle to the end of February,
and this also applies to the majority of tender Aquatics,
Of course, the occasional introduction of additional plants
will occur during the growing season—it may be of annuals
or plants which are best treated as such—and these may be
included at any time, as they will in no way interfere with
the general planting and arrangement of the tank for the
year. When this has all been done, the temperature of the
water in the tank should be kept at about 70deg. Fahr.,
with a gradual rise as the summer advances : it should then
not be allowed to exceed 80deg., but this should be main-
tained as uniformly as possible during the summer months.

Fic. 72. WaTeER Lity HOUSE aT KEw.

posed cow- or horse- manure well incorporated. The soil
should be firmly pressed down, planting the rhizomes
horizontally, and covering them to a depth of about 6in.
Nelumbiums are very impatient of root-disturbance, there-
fore they should seldom be interfered with, even when they
are well established, beyond giving them an annual sur-
facing of good rich soil. They may be successfully grown in
tubs or large pots, but the best results are obtained when
space admits of their being treated in the manner described

_ above.

Floating Aquatics, or those kinds that do not
necessarily require scil in which to grow, form especial
objects of beauty when established in small colonies at the
sides of the tank, and these include the Water Lettuce
(Pistia Stratiotes), a pretty rosette-like plant with pale
green leaves ; Limnobium bogotense, which has little, round,

The house should be freely ventilated on bright sunny days,
and the paths and sides occasionally damped down to
prevent the atmosphere from becoming too dry, closing the
ventilators in the afternoon while the sun is still on the
house, and at the same time giving the plants a good
syringing and the paths and sides a thorough damping
down. Should green or black Aphis affect them, fumigation,
which is very effectual, should be resorted to; but before
this is done the surface of the foliage should be quite dry, or
it will become disfigured. As the season draws to a close,
the temperature of the water in the tank should be
gradually diminished to about 60deg. Fahr., and this should
be maintained throughout the winter months.

When the season for replanting comes round, before
operations are commenced it will be advisable to run all
the water out of the tank, as this will greatly facilitate

76 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aquatic Plants—continued.
the planting, and no fear need be apprehended that the
plants to be re-introduced will come to any harm providing
care is taken in removing them, as practically they will
be at rest and without much foliage. It will also be
obvious that the more expeditiously the work can be
accomplished, consistently with proper care, the more
satisfactory will be the results. With few exceptions the
Nympheas will then be quite devoid of foliage, and
especial care should be taken when emptying the tubs of
soil so as not to overlook any of the tubers. Some sorts
inerease very slowly, but the Totus section are quite the
reverse, being vigorous growers, and proportionately pro-
ductive of tubers. Should any of these by chance
get into a tub of another sort of weaker habit they
will soon establish themselves and take entire possession.
The tubers, when removed from the tubs, should be placed
in pots of damp moss, and each sort labelled to prevent
any confusion arising when replanting is in progress.
Tubs or large pans filled with water should be conveniently.
to hand for the accommodation of the floating plants, and
wet moss will be found very useful for covering the roots
of others when removed from the tank.

The tubers of Water Lilies during their resting period
‘are best left in the tubs in which they have been growing ;
but if it isnecessary to remove them they can be safely kept
in wet soil or sandin a warm house; and those sorts that do
not die down entirely should be placed in pots of soil, sub-
merged in pans of water, and placed in a similar position.

Aquatics may be raisedfrom seeds at any time during the
growing season, but the best results are obtained if the
sowing is done early in the spring, excepting in the case of
the Royal Water Lily (Victoria regia) and Euryale ferow.
Seedling tropical Aquatics may be raised in an ordinary
plant-stove if the temperature of the water can be main-
tained at about 75deg. Fahr. A simple and easy method
to adopt is to sow the seeds in small pots or pans, about
two-thirds filled with fine loamy soil, which should be
firmly pressed down, and the seeds lightly covered. They
should then receive a thorough soaking of water, and be
allowed to stand for a short time before being submerged
in jars or vessels of water, allowing about 2in. depth of
water to cover the tops of the pots. Of course, tanks or
cisterns, in which the water is of a suitable temperature,
may be used; but if the water is constantly disturbed by
some of it being taken out, it will have an injurious effect
on seedling plants, and there will be the risk of seeds being
* washed out of the pots. Care should also be taken not
to entirely fill the pots with soil, or the action of the water
will cause it to swell and float over the sides, as stated
above, which would probably result in the loss of the
seeds. The seeds of many of the Nymphzas germinate
quickly, and if sown early in the spring and the seedlings
are pricked off as soon as they are large enough to handle,
afterwards transferred singly into pots filled with good, rich
soil, and the depth of water above their crowns increased as
the plants develop, they should form flowering plants before
the season is over. This remark particularly applies to the
stellata group, the seeds of which germinate in about a
fortnight, and, as the roots of the majority of them increase
very slowly, this is the quickest and best method of propa-
gation. The seeds of the Lotus section require about
double the time to germinate, and, unless it is with a view
to raising new sorts, they are scarcely worth the trouble, as
they all, as previously stated, increase rapidly by means of
tubers. Nelumbiums are easily raised from seeds, the
germination of which can be greatly facilitated by carefully
rubbing one side of the hard outer covering of the seeds
with a file.till’ thin, after which process they will germinate
in a few days: otherwise they will require several weeks.
Nelumbiums will also germinate in water placed in a warm
house, but this is not a better method than the preceding.
The seeds retain their vitality for a great length of time,
owing to the extreme hardness of the outer covering.

Aquatic Plants—continued.

If it is desired to grow a plant of the Royal Water
Lily, Victoria regia (Fig. 73), with other Aquatics in a tank,
as previously described, this will necessarily require the
central part of the tank. In this case a pit should be
formed in the centre about 18in. in depth and large enough
to contain from three to four cart-loads of soil; otherwise
there would not be a sufficient depth of water above the
crown of the plant. Wherea tank is constructed especially
for the cultivation of this Giant Lily of the Amazon—and
it well merits such accommodation—it may be treated as
an annual, and will then only occupy the tank from the
spring till the antumn. The place may then be cleared out
and utilised for the reception of large specimen plants,
either arranged in the tank or on a temporarily-constructed
staging of planks, supported at the sides and in the centre
by trestles or brick columns. It will also serve to accom-
modate tender plants removed from their summer quarters
out of doors, and thus be rendered attractive throughout
the winter months.

To cultivate the Victoria satisfactorily it requires very
liberal treatment at the roots, a large tank in which to
grow, and the temperature of the water to be kept at from
80deg. to 85deg. during the summer months. The seeds,
which usually take from eighteen to twenty days to
germinate, should be sown about the end of January in a
pan of soil, and submerged in water of the temperature
already given. As soon as the seedlings are large enough
to handle, they should be transferred singly into small
pots, and when necessary shifted into larger ones contain-
ing good, rich soil. The pots should be so submerged that
the crowns of the plants are only a few inches below the
surface of the water, increasing the depth as the plants get
stronger.

The number of plants available for growing either in
the water or at the sides of it is very great. All, there-
fore, that is possible is to refer to what may be termed a
select few in each section—Hardy and Tender.

First, as to those of the Hardy section, with floating and
submerged leaves, of which the beautiful white Water
Lilies of our rivers are such familar examples. Here we
have Alisma Plantago, Aponogeton distachyon, Hottonia
palustris, Hydrocharis Morsus-rane, Hydrocleys Com-
mersoni, Limnanthemum peltatum, Nuphar advena,
N. lutea, N. pumila, Nymphza alba, N. a. candidissima,
N. odorata, N. pygmzxa, and N. tuberosa.

Then besides the species and varieties of Nymphzas
are a host of hybrids, for which we are largely indebted to
M. Robert Latour Marliac, and of which the following are
the best:

ANDREANA, flowers brick-red, shaded with yellow, cup-shaped, and
borne on long stems bearing the flowers 6in. above the water,
stamens deep orange; leaves spotted with red-brown on
the back and chestnut on the stalks. AURORA, flowers
opening clear yellow, changing in a few days to brilliant red;
leaves deep brown, streaked with a brighter shade at the back ;
a beautiful variety. CAROLINIANA NIVEA, flowers waxy white,
of excellent form and great size, stamens deep yellow; ex-
quisitely perfumed. CAROLINIANA PERFECTA, flowers salmon-red,
very double, petals obtuse and regular, stamens deep clear
yellow. ELLISIANA, flowers bright clear red, stamens a dee
orange red; a charming variety. FULVA, flowers bright red,
shaded with purplish-red, which becomes intensified with the age
of the flower; petals incurved, stamens orange-red. GLORIOSA,
flowers bright red, shaded with pale rose at the points of the
petals, stamens rich red, very large and double, usually 7in.
across, and sweetly scented; a superb variety. LAYDEKERI
FULGENS, flowers rich amaranth, stamens deep red ; a splendid
variety that will become popular. LAYDEKERI LILACEA, flowers
soft lilac, shaded with carmine at the points of the pele
stamens deep apricot; a very pretty variety, throwing its flowers
well above the water. LAYDEKERI PURPURATA, flowers soft pink,
deepening to crimson at the centre, stamens apricot. LAYDEKERI
ROSEA, flowers soft pink, deepening in colour with age. LUCIDA,
flowers bright pink, deepening towards the centre, very large and
handsome, stamens rich orange; leaves large and marked with
brown. MARLIACEA ALBIDA, flowers pure white, stamens soft
yellow, large, 8in. across; very robust. MARLIACEA CARNEA,
flowers soft pink, stamens soft yellow, sweetly scented, very
large; a vigorous growing variety. MARLIACEA CHROMATELLA,
flowers canary-yellow, stamens a, little paler, very large ; leaves

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. ae

Aquatic Plants—continued.

marked with brown; vigorous and very handsome. MARLIACEA
FLAMMEA, flowers dull red, shaded lightly with white at the
points of the petals, stamens deep red; in growth and foliage
similar to M. chromatella. MARLIACEA IGNEA, flowers dull or
purplish red, stamens deep apricot. MARLIACEA ROSEA, an
improved form of M. carnea. MARLIACEA RUBRA PUNCTATA,
flowers pale red, deepening towards the points of the petals,
stamens rich apricot; a lovely new hybrid. ODORATA
EXQUISITA, flowers deep pink, stamens bright yellow, very
sweetly scented; the flowers are of perfect form, and well
thrown above the water; a really charming kind: ODORATA
ROSACEA, flowers delicate pale pink, stamens clear yellow,
sweetly scented; a free, vigorous growing hybrid. ODORATA
SULPHUREA, flowers sulphur-yellow, stamens a deeper shade,
standing 6in. above the water; leaves spotted with light
brown. ODORATA SULPHUREA GRANDIFLORA, a glorified form of
O. sulphurea. PYGM%A HELVEOLA, flowers soft yellow, with
stamens of a deeper shade, small, abundant, and very attrac-
tive; this plant succeeds very well in small vessels, or tubs
sunk inthe ground. ROBINSONI, flowers vermilion, shaded with
deep Pre; changing to yellow at the centre, stamens deep
apricot ; a lovely hybrid. SANGUINEA, flowers a beautiful shade

Aquatic Plants—continued,

africana ; Sagittaria sagittxfolia ; Scirpus lacustris ; Typha
angustifolia, T. latifolia, T. Laxmanni, and T. steno-
phylla.

Waterside Plants should also be adequately represented,
some very effective subjects being: Acanthus mollis,
A. m. latifolius, and A. spinosissimus ; Arundo Donax
and A. D. versicolor; Bamboos; Cyperus longus;
Equisetum sylvaticum and FE. Telmateia; Erianthus
Ravenne; Funkia Sieboldiana, F. ovata, and F. o.
marginata ; Gynerium argenteum; Gunnera chilensis and
G. manicata; Juncus effusus spiralis; Miscanthus
japonicus and its varieties foliis-striatus and zebrinus ;
Onoclea gegmanica and O. sensibilis; Osmunda regalis
and O.r. cristata; Panicum virgatum; Phalaris arun-
dinacea variegata ; Podophyllum Emodi and P. peltatum ;
Polygonum sachalinense and P. s. cuspidatum; Rheum
Emodi and R. palmatwm; Rodgersia podophylla ; Scirpus

Se VICTORIA §
a dy

Fic. 73. Vicrorts REGIA AT KEW.

of red, stamens orange-red; very attractive. SEIGNOURETI,
flowers a charming blending of yellow, pink, and red, and seen to
great advantage, as they are usually 6in. to 8in. above the water.

There are several introductions from other sources,
chiefly from America and Sweden, one of the most dis-
tinct being N. alba rosea (N. Caspary).

Other species falling under the heading above adopted
are Orontiwm aquaticum, Stratiotes aloides, Trapa natans,
and Utricularia vulgaris. Some of those selected will be
recognised as familiar British plants, but none the less
desirable on that account.

Of the erect-growing hardy Aquatics and Sub-Aquatics
there are, amongst others: Acorws Calamus, A. C. striata,
A. gramineus; Alwsma Plantago; Butomus umbellatus ;
Calla palustris; Cladiwm germanicum, Iris Pseudacorus,
and I. P. variegatus; Lysimachia thyrsiflora; Menyanthes
trifoliata; Peltandra virginica; Phragmites communis ;
Pontederia cordata; Ranuwneulus Lingua; Richardia

Holoschxenus variegatus and S. Tabernemontani zebrinus ;
Scolopendrium vulgare ; and Uniola latifolia.

Flowering Waterside Plants offer an even wider choice
for the enthusiast in Aquatics, and those mentioned here-
under may be recommended: Asclepias incarnata, Astilbe
rivularis ; Bocconia cordata; Caltha palustris and C. p.
monstrosa; Cardamine pinnata and C. pentaphylla;
Epilobium angustifolium, E. a. album, and EB. hirsutum;
Hemerocallis flava and H. fulwa; Iris izxvigata, I.
Monnieri, and I. sibirica ; Kniphofias ; Liliwm pardalinum,
L. superbum, and LF. s. carolinianuwm; Lysimachia
clethroides and L. c. vulgaris; Lythrium Salicaria and the
varieties rosewm and swperbum; Myosotis palustris; Par-
nassia palustris; Polygonatum multiflorum; Primula
japonica and P. sikkimensis; Sawifraga peltata and S. pur-
puracens ; Spirea Aruncus, S. astilboides, 8S. camtschatica,
S. lobata, 8S. palmata, and S. Ulmaria; Trilliwm grandi-
florum; Trollius asiaticus and T. euwropeus; and Yuccas.

78 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aquatic Plants—continued.

Tropical and tender kinds embrace the following amongst
others: Aponogeton fenestrale ; Cabomba aquatica; Cera-
topteris thalictroides ; Cyperus alternifolius, C. a. varie-
gatus, O. natalensis, and C. Papyrus; Lichhornia azwrea,
E. Martiana, and EH. speciosa; Herpestis Monniera;
Hydrolea spinosa; Jussieua grandiflora; Limnanthemum
indicum ; Limnobium bogotense ; Limnocharis emarginata ;
Myriophyllum proserpinacoides ; Nelwmbiwm luteum and
N. speciosum; Neptunia plena; Nymphea amazonum, N.
Boucheana, N. capensis, N. Daubenyana, N. Deaniana,
N. devoniensis, N. elegans, N. Eugenie, N. flava, N. gigantea,
N. gracilis, N. kewensis, N. Lotus, N. L. dentata, N. L.
monstrosa, N. L. rubra, N. L. thermalis, N, mewicana,
N. micrantha, N. O’ Marana, N. Ortgiesiana, N. pulcherrima,
N. stellata, N. s. cyanea, N. s. versicolor, N. Sturtevantii,
N. zanzibarensis, and N. z. azwrea; Otlelia ovalifolia;
Philydrum lanuginosum; Pistia stratiotes; Sagittaria
lancifolia, 8.1. angustifolia, and S. montevidensis ; Salvinia
natans; and Thalia dealbata. The last-named (Thalia
dealbata) has been grown in ornamental water at Kew in
the open air for many years; it is nearly hardy.

AQUILEGIA CHRYSANTHA,

Fie. 74.

AQUILARIA (from aquila, an eagle; the native name
in Morocco is Eagle Wood). Syns. Agallochwm, Ophis-
permum. ORD. Thymeleacee. A small genus (two or
three species) of stove trees, natives of Hastern Asia and
the Malayan Archipelago. Flowers pedicellate; umbellules
sub-sessile, axillary or terminal. Leaves alternate. A.
malaccensis, the only species introduced, is probably not
now cultivated.

AQUILARIEZ. A tribe of Thymeleacex (which
see).

AQUILEGIA. According to Bentham and Hooker,
the numerous species may be reduced to about five or six;
they are mostly distributed over the North temperate
zone, the genus being represented in Britain by A. vulgaris.

These useful plants have been very much employed
of late years, and considerable improyements have been
made by the florist. The beautiful hybrid forms, both
long-spurred and short-spurred, are extremely decorative,
and some of the best should always be included. Colum-
bines are not as often used on the rockery as they
might be, considering their utility. Usually these plants
are regarded as pure sun-lovers, but as a matter of
fact shade is good for them, and especially for those
early kinds which push their buds while frosts are to
be reckoned with. To grow, for instance, the lovely
hybrid A. Stuarti in a south border, or in any position
where the sun strikes very early in the morning, is to
sacrifice much of its beauty. A north-west border is
the best place for this, as in the event of spring frosts
the thawing process would be gradual; whereas if strong
sun immediately followed a severe frost the buds would
be for a certainty damaged. And similarly with other
early-flowering kinds. Those who study effect in their
gardens. will find it best to raise a fresh stock of Colum-
bines each year, instead of, as is frequently done,
retaining the old plants. For the rock garden A. alpina,
A. cxrulea, A. pyrenaica, and A. glandulosa are the
best kinds; they may also be utilised for border
decoration, so long as the soil is rich, moist, deep, and
free, along with A. canadensis, A. formosa, A. chrysantha
(Fig. 74), A. Skinneri, A. Stuarti, A. vulgaris and its
white form alba, and the beautiful Munstead White, a
tall-growing (2ft.) large-flowered variety. ’

To the species and varieties described on pp. 100-2,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. atrata (dark). A variety of A. vulgaris.

A. czrulea flore-pleno (double-fiowered). An apparently
double-flowered variety; a number of the stamens are trans-
jonmed into white, petaloid processes, tubular at the base.

A. ceruleo-chrysantha (hybrid). A garden hybrid between
the two species indicated in the name. 1889. ‘
A. chrysantha nana

(dwarf).* jl. golden-yellow.
hk. 14ft. 1890. A pretty
variety.

A. flabellata (fan-shaped).
jl. white, slightly tinted with
violet-rose. A very early-
flowering, compact - habited,
dwarf, garden form. (R. H.
1887, p. 548.) The variety
Jlore-allo has flowers entirely
white.

A. f. nana flore-albo (dwarf,
white-flowered). A garden
variety. 1888,

A. hybrida (hybrid). A form
of A. cerulea.

A. kanaoriensis (Kanaor),
A synonym of A. Moorcroft-
wana.

A. longissima (very long).
Jl. pale yellow, straw-coloured,
nearly white, or tinged with
red; spurs 4in. or more in
length. J. glaucous beneath.
Texas and Mexico, 1888. A
handsome Columbine, of tall
habit, slightly pubescent with
silky hairs; it is allied to
A, chrysantha. (G. & F. 1888,
iy ale f. 6.)

A. Moorcroftiana (Moor-
croft’s). jl. pore Hah - blue,
drooping, the petals white at
the tips, resembling A. vuwl-
garis, but all the spurs are pyg 75
straight. May and June. ini
1., radical ones on long stalks,
bi-triternate ; leaflets petiolu-
late, cuneate, three-lobed ; cauline leaves remote, on shorter and
less divided petioles. A. lft. Kamaor, Himalayas. Syn.
A, kanaoriensis (B. M. 4693).

FLOWERS AND LEAVES
OF AQUILEGIA STUARTI.

ae

7 —--

——=— —-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 79

Aquilegia—continued.

A. olympica flore-pleno (double-flowered). 7. blue, with a
white centre, very large. .

A. oxypetala (sharp-petaled). A synonym of A. oxysepala.

A. oxysepala (sharp-sepaled). This is closely allied to A.

vulgans, but has very narrow and very acute sepals and larger
leaves. Siberia, 1890. Syn. A. oxypetala.

A. sibirica flore-pleno (double-flowered). jl. blue, large,
very double; petals bordered with white, sometimes turning
yellowish. There are other colour varieties.

A. Skinneri (Skinner’s).* . drooping; petals with the limb
yellowish-green and rounded, prolonged at base into a very
long, tubular, lively red spur. Summer and autumn. J. mostly
radical, glaucous, on long petioles, biternate ; leaflets petiolulate
and cordate, deeply three-lobed. Stem 2ft. to 3ft. high, panicled
above. Guatemala.- (B. M. 3919.) The variety flore-pleno (R. G.
1885, p. 57) has double flowers.

A. Stuarti (Stuart’s).* 7. 3in. or more «cross, erect ; sepals dark
bluish-purple, ljin. long, large, regular; petals pure white,
shading to bright blue at the base. 1894. A garden hybrid
2s a A. glandulosa and A. vulgaris Wittmanniana. See

ig. 75.
A, transilvanica (Transylvanian). A synonym of A. glandulosa,

“sh on atrata (dark). A form with dark violet flowers.

A. v. flore-pleno (double-flowere:l). jl. variously coloured and
very double. The form variegata has lilac sepals and the limb of
the petals white.

AQUILICIA. A synonym of Leea (which see).

ARABIS. Including Stevenia and Turritis. Upwards
of 130 species have been referred to this genus, of which
probably not more than sixty are entitled to rank as
such; they are broadly dispersed, but most plentiful in
Europe and North America. Six species are included
in the British Flora, viz., A. ciliata, A. hirsuta, A. per-
foliata (Tower Mustard), A. petrea (Noithern Rock Cress),
A, stricta (Bristol Rock Cress), and A. Turrita (Tower
Cress, Tower Rockcress).

In very dry places the various kinds of Arabis are
amongst the best of spring flowers. Used, too, in con-
junction with the Alyssums they are very effective,
especially as edging plants, where the variegated forms
of A. albida and A. procwrrens come in useful. These
plants are not very compact of growth, and some little
eare is required to keep them neat-looking. This is
best done by pegging down the stems.. When employed
for the decoration of the borders it is not unusual to
plant them upon a mound.

To the plants described on p. 102, Vol. 1., the following
should be added :

A. alpina oes tee (double-flowered). An_ interesting
garden variety with very double, white flowers. 1898.

A. muralis (wall-loving). /l. white; petals oblong; pedicels
twice as long as the calyx; racemes erect, feamtinay: May. J.
pubescent, toothed; radical ones spathulate,. obtuse; cauline

pane ovate, acute. Branches hairy. A. 4in. to 6in. Etruria,

c. :

A. ie ld (naked-stemmied), A synonym of Parrya nudi-
caulis,

A. Stelleri (Steller’s). . white; petals cuneate-oblong, twice
as long as the calyx; raceme corymbose. June. /., lower ones
oblong-spathulate ; upper ones half-amplexicaul, oblong, toothed,
Kamtschatka. A capital little plant for the rock-garden.

A. Sturii (Stur’s). An especially vigorous and compact
garden variety, with large, pure white flowers. 1897,

ARACHNANTHE (from arachne, a spidér, and anthe,
a flower; in allusion to the shape of the flower). Syn.
Arachnis. Including Esmeralda. Orv. Orchidew. A
genus comprising about half-a-dozen species of stove,
epiphytal Orchids; one is Himalayan, and the rest inhabit
the Malayan Archipelago. Flowers showy; sepals and
petals free, spreading, rather thick; lip articulated at
the base of the coluinn, erect or spreading, neither
saceate nor spurred at base, the lateral lobes erect or
rarely obsolete, the middle one fleshy, polymorphous, often
gibbous or with a very short spur at back; column short,
thick; pollen masses two; peduncles lateral, elongated,
simple or branched. Leaves distichous, fleshy-coriaceous,

obliquely bilobed at apex.

=
Arachnanthe—continued.

sometimes very long, sometimes shorter or faleate, often
Four species call for descrip-
tion here. For culture, see Aérides.

A. bella (pretty). 7., sepals and pods light ochre, barred cinna-
mon, straight, cuneate-oblong; lip white, the lateral segments
striped purplish-brown, the middle one very broad, tumid,
the basilar, roundish callus white, spotted brown ; raceme four-
flowered. ¢@. Sin. long, lin. broad, shining, unequally bilobed at
apex. 1888. SyN. Esmeralda bella.

A. Cathcarti (Cathcart’s). The correct name of the plant de-
scribed on p. 133, Vol. IV., as Vanda Cathcarti.

A. Clarkei (Clarke's). #. much as in A. Cathcarti; sepals and
petals dark brown, barred ochre, yellow inside, cuneate-oblong,
obtuse ; lip whitish, marked brown, three-lobed, with a conical,
acute spur, the front lobe cordate, oblong-elliptic, with a rough,
lobulate border, and seven to nine whitish keels; the mouth of
the spur covered by two retrorse crests, with another crest in
front. Himalayas, 1886. (B. M. 7077.) Syn. Vanda Clarkei.

A. Lowii (Low’s). The correct name of the plant described on
p. 283, Vol. III., as Renanthera Louvi. (R. 139, 71.)

A. L. Rohdeniana (Rohden’s). jl. brighter-coloured than in
the type, the four lower yellow ones being separated from
the rest by an interyal of Yin. to 12in. J. narrower and shorter.
Borneo, 1891.

A. moschifera (musk-bearing). . creamy-white or Jemon-
colour, spotted purple, large, ep et a spider, delicately
scented like musk. Java. A peculiar and rare plant. The old
spike produces flowers for a long time, and should, therefore, not
be cut. Syns. Epidendrum Flos-aéris, Renanthera Arachnites,
R. Flos-aéris.

ARACHNIS. A synonym of Arachnanthe (which
see).

ARACHNITES. In part synonymous with Ophrys
(which see).

ARALTIA. Bentham and Hooker include Dimorphanthus
here. Of the thirty species comprised in this genus, six
are North American, one is Mexican, and the rest inhabit
Eastern or tropical Asia, from Japan and Mandschuria
as far as the Himalayas and the Indian Archipelago.
See also Dizygotheca.

Many of the Aralias are amongst the most decorative
of plants used to furnish the outside garden. A species,
however, which is not as often seen as it might be is
A. cachemirica. This may be most ‘effectively grown in
large beds, in the shrubbery border, or as a lawn plant,
where its noble appearince and beautiful foliage stand it
in excellent stead. Aralia spinosa is another species of
equal value for such purposes as suggested in connection
with the lesser known A. cachemirica.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 104-5,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. Balfouriana (Balfour's). /. abundantly produced; leaflets
three on each side, sub-orbicular, emarginate at base, the medial
one very large, all irregularly toothed and spotted with white

on the borders. New Caledonia. A branched, tufted tree.
(R. H. 1898, p. 229.)

A. cachemirica (Cashmere).* jl. white; umbels in elongated
panicles sometimes lft. long, but many smaller; bracts some-
times leaf-like and lsin. long. J. pinnate to tripinnate, the
ultimate pinna with five to nine leaflets; leaflets 34sin. by 1tin.,
elliptic, shortly acuminate, often cordate at base. h. Sft. to
eis Cashmere, 1888. A stately, hardy herb. Syn. A. macro-
phylla.

A. Chabrieri (Chabrier’s), of gardens.
dendron orientale.

A. chinensis elata (tall). The correct name of Dimorphanthus
mandschuricus.

A. ¢. foliis aureo~variegatis (having golden, varie-
gated leaves). A form, described by its name, introduced in

A synonym of Elo-

A. Gemma (jewel). J. graceful, bipinnate ; pinnules with small
lateral leaflets and a large terminal one, all irregularly lobed or
toothed, olive-green above, greyish-violet beneath when young.
MTy Caledonia, 1883. An ornamental stove shrub. (I. H. 1883,

A. leptophylla is now known as Dizygotheca leptophylla.
A. macrophylla (large-leaved). A synonym of A. cachemirica.

A aT (Manchurian). A synonym of A. chinensis
elata.

80 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aralia—continued. .

A. reginze (queenly). This is of larger habit than the Veitchii
section ; the leaf branches are more closely set, and the habit of
growth is very graceful; the stem and petioles are freckled ; the
palmate divisions of the stalk are smooth, and of a uniform
green. Stove.

A. Sieboldii (Siebold’s). The plant commonly grown in gardens
under this name is Fatsia japonica.

A. triloba (three-lobed). 2. three-lobed, each segment being
nearly lit. long and about jin. across, of a deep, bright green.
New Caledonia, 1896. A fine and distinct stove plant.

ARAUCARIA. Syn. Dombeya (of La Marck).
Including Altingia and Eutacta. The known species of
this genus number about ten, and inhabit South America,
Australia, New Caledonia, and the South Pacific Islands.
To those described on p. 106, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

A. brasiliana (Brazilian). The correct name of A. brasiliensis.
A. elegans (elegant). A synonym of A. brasiliana.

A. imbricata platifolia (broad-leaved). A form with much
broader leaves than in the type. 1895.

A. Muelleri (Mueller’s). 7. oval, imbricated, almost flat, longi-
tudinally marked with small, whitish spots arranged in series.
cones ovoid, 5sin. long, 34in. broad; scales about 1?in. long and
broad. New Caledonia, 1884. Plant ultimately forming a large
tree,-with spreading, plume-like branches, (F. & P. 1884, p. 27;
I, H. ser. iv. 449.)

ARAUJIA. The correct name of the genus described
on pp. 115-6, Vol. III., as Physianthus.

A. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. pure white, very sweet-
scented, funnel-shaped, nearly Jin. across, borne in clusters of
about six. September. 2. cordate-obovate, acute. Brazil, 1837.
Syn. Schubertia grandiflora (Gn., 30th July, 1887).

ARBORICULTURE is that phase of gardening
which treats of the culture of trees. An Arboriculturist
is one who cultivates trees, making them a speciality.

ARBOUR. An Arbonr is always a favourite place in
a garden, and may be formed under trees that naturally
lend themselves to the purpose. The Weeping Ash is
excellent; in fact, most of the Weeping trees are suit-
able. The Yew, again, Beech, and the Portugal Laurel
may all be trained to form very pleasant retreats. The
Arbour which finds the most favour is one made with
wood or iron trellis, and covered with Roses, Clematis,
Honeysuckle, Jasmine, or other sweet-scented climbers.
Occasionally an Arbour is covered with Ivy or Ampelopsis,
and very handsome they are on the exterior, though they
make the inside somewhat dark.

ARBUSCLE. A low shrub in the form of a tree.

ARBUTUS. About ten species are referred to this
genus; they are natives of Europe and North America,
the genus being represented in this country by A. Unedo.
For several species formerly included here, see Arcto-
staphylos and Pernettya.

It is very important that the soil in which the species of
Arbutus are planted should be thoroughly well drained, as
they abhor anything like stagnation at the roots. Although
hardy, it is not advisable to plant them in positions
exposed to cold winds or under or near large trees, as they
refuse to flower freely unless the growths are properly
ripened.

Propagation. Budding may be conducted with success
during the month of July, taking care to use eyes
only from well-matured wood. Grafting should be per-
formed in spring, just before growth commences. After
the scions have been securely tied to the stocks they
should be placed in a close case, where the temperature
ranges from 60deg. to 70deg. They must be shaded from
the sun, and a slight syringing overhead occasionally will
be of great assistance in helping them to start away more
freely. When growth an inch or so in length has been
made, it will be advisable to stand them in a more airy
part of the house. They should be grown in pots until the
following spring, and then planted out in nursery rows in a
mixture of peat, loam, and leaf-mould.

Arbutus—continued.

A. furiens (raging). /l. in short axillary racemes. fr. a reddish-
brown berry, causing delirium if eaten. J. oval, shortly petiolate,
denticulate, shining above. Chili. ‘

A. Milleri (Miller's). A garden hybrid, with pink flowers and
large leaves.

A. phillyrezxfolia (Phillyrea-leaved).
nettya phillyrecefolia.

ARCADE. An Arcade in a garden is usually a
walk covered over in the form of a trellis with trees or
climbers. A very fine Arcade made with trees may be
seen at Hampton Court Palace, and in many gardens
beautiful Arcades are made with iron and stout wire,
covered with Roses or other suitable plants in the
summer months. A profitable and highly ornamental
Arcade could be made by planting Apple, Pear, and Plum
Trees in cordon form, and training them over the trellis
until they meet in the centre. By planting varieties that
are known to fruit freely on cordon trees, and also by
selecting sorts that produce large or handsome fruit, a
fine effect is produced, alike when the trees are in blossom
and in fruit; in addition to which the fruit is valuable
for use-

A synonym of Per-

|
i
|
F}
H
it
i
4

Fic. 76. ARCHONTOPHENIX CUNNINGHAMIL

ARCHANGEL, YELLOW. A common name for
Lamium Galeobdolon (which see).

ARCHANGELICA (from arche, chief, and Angelica,
an allied genus). Orv. Umbellifere. A small genus (five
species) of hardy, often tall herbs, natives of Europe,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Archangelica—continued.

Northern Asia, and America. Flowers white or greenish,
in compound, many-rayed umbels; involucral bracts small
or wanting. Leaves pinnately decompound. Only one species
calls for description here. For culture, &c., see Angelica.
A. officinalis (officinal), Common Angelica. jl. greenish;
involucel as long as the umbellets. uly. 7. bipinnately
divided; segments sub-cordate, lobed, acutely serrated, the
terminal one three-lobed. Europe (but not indigenous in
Britain), Syn. Angelica Archangelica.
ARCHONTOPHGNIX (from archonte, chief, and
Phenia; in allusion to their majestic aspect and their
relationship). Orp. Palme. A small genus (two species)
of tall, stove, unarmed Palms, natives of Eastern
Australia. Flowers rather large, monecious in the same
spadix, spirally disposed; spadices shortly pedunculate,
the branches and branchlets pendulous; spathes two,
complete, caducous; inflorescence under the leaves.
Leaves terminal, equally pinnatisect; segments linear-
lanceolate, acuminate or bidentate at apex. Caudex
marked with annular scars. The two species, A. Alez-
andre and A. Cunninghamii (see Fig. 76), were formerly
included under Ptychosperma (where they will be
found described).

ARCTIA. Orv. Lepidoptera. A genus of gaily-
coloured Moths, two species of which are found in gardens.
The larve are destructive to Lettuce, Forget-me-Nots, and
other plants. Being hairy, the larve are seldom taken by
insectivorous birds. The Cuckoo, however, will devour
them greedily. See Tiger Moth.

ARCTIO and ARCTIUM (of La Marck). Synonyms
of Berardia (which see).

ARCTOCALYX. Included under
(which see).

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS. Bentham and Hooker in-
clude Comarostaphylis here, but it has been kept distinct
on p. 364, Vol. I. The genus includes fifteen species,
of which two inhabit the colder regions of the Northern
Hemisphere, and the rest are Mexican and Californian. To
the species described on p. 108, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

A, nevadensis (Nevada). hs reddish, din. long, in simple, small
clusters. Spring. fr. reddish, sub-acid. 7. obovate or oval,
varying to lanceolate-spathulate, cuspidate-mucronate, thicker
than in A. Uva-ursi, abruptly petiolate. Sierra Nevada, Cali-
fornia, 1896. A prostrate, evergreen bush.

ARCTOTIS. This genus comprises about thirty
species: one is Abyssinian, and the remainder are South
African. Leaves radical or alternate. To those described
on p. 108, Vol. I., the following should be added. One
or two species formerly included here are now referred
to Cryptostemma. -

A. arborescens is synonymous with A. aspera.

A. aspera (rough). .heads yellow; outer involucral scales
linear-subulate, ae . August. 7. commonly tomentose beneath,
but sometimes naked, hispid and setose above, pinnatifid or
inciso-pinnatifid ; lobes toothed, broad or narrow; cauline ones
dilated and amplexicaul. Stem half-shrubby, branching, hispid,
scabrous or tomentose. A. 3ft. South Africa, 1710. Syn. A.
arborescens.

A. a. undulata (waved). A synonym of A. aureola.

A. aureola (golden). /.-heads brilliant orange, 3in. to 44in.
across; involucral scales rounded at apex, black-bordered, the
outer ones recurved ; ray florets in two series, obtuse ; peduncles
woolly. April. JZ. sessile, oblong or ovate-oblong, sinuate-

innatifid; lobes oblong or broadly ovate. South Africa,

710. Plant erect or decumbent, white-woolly. (B. M. 6835,

upper figure.) SyN. A. aspera undulata.

A. cuprea (coppery). A synonym of 4. aspera undulata.

A. glutinosa (glutinous). A synonym of Dimorphotheca cuneata.

A. Leichtliniana (Leichtlin’s). /l.-heads 24in. in diameter; ray
florets golden-yellow, with a dark basal mark, below flaked with
red, ljin. long. Summer. J. 2in. to 8in. long, obovate or
oblanceolate, aoe pinnatifid and toothed; lobes oblong,
slightly lobulate. 1885.

A. revoluta (revolute). l.-heads orange-yellow, not so brilliant
as those of A. grandiflora, 2sin. across; outer involucral scales
much narrower than in A. grandiflora, and having tomentose tips;
the others having no black border. Cape of Good Hope, 1820.
(B. M. 6835, lower figure.)

Vol. V.

Solenophora

&C. Sl

ARCUATION. Another name for Layering (which

see).
ARDISIA. Sywns. Bladhia, Pyrghus. Including
Icacorea. Of this genus there are about 200 species,

broadly dispersed through tropical and _ sub-tropical
regions, but very rare in tropical Africa. To those de-
scribed on p. 109, Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. acuminata. JIcacorea guianensis is synonymous with this
species.

A. = (headed). jl. greenish-white, disposed in a cone-like
head ; peduncles axillary, compressed. Summer. fr. bright red.
1. crowded at the tips of the branches, lft. or more long, obovate-
spathulate, entire, shortly stalked. Branches thick. Fiji, 1887.

A. crenata (crenate). The correct name (B. M. 1950) of
A. crenulata (L. B. C. 2). SYN. A. crispa.

A. crispa is identical with A. crenata.

A. excelsa (tall). A synonym of Myrsine Heberdenia.

A. mamillata (nippled). 1. white, tinged rose, star-shaped;
umbels ten- to twelve-flowered, on axillary peduncles 2in. long.
fr. brilliant rosy-red, about gin. in diameter. /. oblong-elliptic,
4in. or more long, dark, shining green, thickly studded with
small, raised dots or mamille on the upper surface, with pro-
portionate hollows beneath, each mamilla surmounted by a
white, bristly hair; petioles short. Hong Kong, 1887. (G. C.
ser. lli., vol. ii., p. 809.)

A. metallica (metallic). 7. tinted with violet on the upper
surface. Sumatra, 1881. (I. H. xxviii., t. 421

A. picta (painted). J. lanceolate, acute, crenate at the margins,
dark, velvety bronze-green, with a broad, central, feathered,
silvery stripe. Brazil, 1885. An ornamental foliage plant.

A. polycephala (many-headed). /. white, borne in umbels, on
short, lateral branches, sometimes in a dense raceme 2in. to 4in.
long ; peduncles axillary, short, stout, compressed. _/r, jet-black.
l. opposite, elliptic or oblong, narrowed at both ends, 7in. to Yin.
long, 2}in. broad, dark, glossy green, when young bright crimson.
East Indies, 1888.

A. solanacea (Solanum-like). A synonym of 4A.

(B. M. 1677.)

ARDUINA. Bentham and Hooker regard this as
synonymous with Carissa (which see).

humilis.

Fic. 77. ARECA GLANDIFORMIS.

ARECA. According to the authors of the “Genera
Plantarum,” this genus now embraces about two dozen
species, natives of tropical Asia. the Malayan Archipelago,
tropical Australia, and New Guinea. Leaves terminal,
equally pinnatisect. To the species described on pp.
109-10, Vol. I., the following should be added. Species

M

82

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Areca—continued.

formerly included in this genus have been referred to

Bacularia, Calyptrocalyx, Chrysalidocarpus, Cyrto-

stachys, Dictyosperma, Dypsis, Nephrosperma,

Oreodoxa, Pinanga, Prestoéa, Ptychosperma,

Rhopalostylis and Stevensonia (in addition to other

genera mentioned in Vol. L.).

A. glandiformis. Fig. 77 illustrates the decorative character of
this species in a young state.

A. laxa (loose). /l., spathe solitary, marginate; spadix decom-
pound. /., leaflets lanceolate, acute, entire, equidistant. Stem
Oft. to 30ft. high, somewhat tumid, usually incurved, Andaman
Islands.

A. Micholitzii (Micholitz’). 7. large, sparsely divided. Stems
9ft. high. New Guinea, 1895,

A. macrocalyx (large-calyxed). jl., spadix nodding, simply
branched. fr. congested, ellipsoid-obtuse, umbonate. /., leaflets
remote, lanceolate-linear, very acute; rachis slightly furfura-
ceous. Stem slender, 15it. to 20ft. high. Java.

A. elegantissima and A, Sanderi ave rave in cultivation.
A, Buchenbergi (R. H. 1898, p. 264) and A. I/semanni (R. H. 1898,

p- 261), ave garden names for plants grown on the Continent, but

not in general cultivation in this country.

ARENARIA. Under this genus Bentham and Hooker

include Alsine, Cherleria, Gouffeia, Minuartia, and
Mehringia (the last-named is kept separate in this
work). Flowers white or very rarely red, terminal,

eymose-paniculate or capitate, rarely axillary and almost

solitary ; sepals five, rarely four; petals the same, entire

or slightly emarginate, rarely wanting ; stamens ten, rarely
eight, or fewer by abortion. Seven species are indigenous

in the British Islands. To those described on p. 110,

Vol. I., the following should be added;

A. Huteri (Huter’s). jl. pure white, large for the size of the
plant, terminal and axillary in the upper leaves. Stems
thickly set. h. about lin. Tyrol, 1894. An attractive alpine,
rockery plant. (J. H., 1894, xxix., p. 369, f. 57.)

A. muscosa (mossy). The correct name of Mehringia mustosa.

A. norvegica (Norwegian).* A nearly glabrous, Scottish variety
of A, ciliata, with rather broader sepals, shorter peduncles,
and more succulent leaves, seldom fringed. It forms dense
cushions about 6in. across. (F. D. 1259; Sy. En. B. 237.)

A. verna flore-pleno (double-flowered). A very pretty variety,
ae small, very double, white flowers; it is, however, rather
delicate.

ARENBERGIA. A synonym of Eustoma (which see).

ARENGA. Syns. Gomutus, Saguerus. This -genus
includes about half-a-dozen species of tall, stout, stove
Palms, natives of tropical Asia, the Malayan Archipelago,
New Guinea, and tropical Australia. Flowers fuscous- or
yellowish-green or purplish, large, appearing first from an
upper leaf-axil, and successively from lower ones; spadices
interfoliolar, large, much branched ; spathes many, clothing
the peduncle of the spadix. Fruit globose-obovoid. Leaves
terminal, long, pinnatisect; leaflets long, linear, usually
premorse, one-ribbed, with one or two auricles at base. To
the species described on p. 110, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

A. Engleri (Engler’s). 1. said to be very fragrant; spadices
much branched. fr. sub-globose, sin. in diameter. /. consisting
of numerous leaflets which are l6in. long, dark green above,
silvery beneath. kh. 5ft. Tormosa, 1895.

A. Griffithii (Griffith’s). A synonym of A. sacchari‘era.

A. obtusifolia (obtuse-leaved). This is distinguished from
A. saccharifera in having bifariously-arranged leaflets with
deflexed tips, the upper ones alone auricled and only on one
side. Penang, &e.

A. saccharifera (sugar-bearing). jl., male spadix purple, 4ft-
to 5ft. long, simply branched, the flowers lin. or less in length;
female flowers solitary. 7. numerous, 20ft. to 28ft. long ; leaflets
quadrifariously fascicled, as many as 115 on each side, Sft. to 5ft.
long, sub-sessile, scurfy beneath, toothed towards the tip.
Trunk stout, 20ft. to 40ft. high. Assam, &c., 1829. Syn.
A. Griffithii. ,

A. Wightii (Wight’s). 7, spadices 4ft. long ; peduncles 2ft. long.
fr. the size of a crab apple. J. 12ft. to 28ft. long; leaflets
alternate, crowded, linear-ensiform, 3ft. to 34ft. long, 14in. to 2in.
broad, sparingly toothed from the middle upwards ; lower auricle
very large, overlapping the petiole. Trunk 3ft. to 8ft. high,
stout, soboliferous. Deccan Peninsula, 1882.

A, Bonnetii and A. Listeri are rare in cultivation.

ARGEMONE. Mexican Poppy. Syn. Echtrus. This
genus includes about half-a-dozen species, all American,
one being broadly scattered over the tropical regions of
the globe. To the information given on p. 110., Vol. I.,
the following should be added:

A. albiflora is a variety of A. mexicana.
A, Rispida (hispid). The correct name of A. hirsuta. (B. M.

A. Hunnemanni (i[unnemann’s). The showy plant known in
gardens by this name is properly called Hunnemannia fumarie-
Solia (which see.)

ARGYLIA (named in honour of Archibald Campbell,
third Duke of Argyll, who introduced many American
trees and shrubs into this country). Syn. Oxymitus.
Orv. Bignoniacee. A genus embracing about ten species
of perennial herbs, confined to the Andean region
of Chili and Pern. Flowers yellow, purple, or pink,
variously disposed; calyx five-parted, the segments
narrow; corolla-tube long, enlarged above, straight or
ineurved, the limb spreading, with five nearly equal lobes,
or the two posterior ones smaller; stamens four, affixed
to the middle of the tube. Leaves radical or alternate,
digitately five- to seven- (rarely three-) foliolate ; leaflets
incised-toothed or twice or thrice pinnatisect. Only one
species calls for mention here. It requires sandy, well-
drained soil, and an intermediate temperature.

A. canescens (hoary). /l. bright yellow, with red streaks in
the throat, sub-corymbosely disposed at the summit of the
stem, and a few scattered in the axils below, lin. long, Lin.
across ; stem erect, lft. to 14ft. high. July. /. Carrot-like, alter-
nate, distant, whorled, 2in. to 3in. long. Caudex fleshy, several
inches in height, cylindrical. Chili, 1892. (B. M. 7414.)
ARGYREIA. About two dozen species are included

in this genus: one is tropical African, and the remainder

are found in the East Indies and the Malayan Archipelago.

Flowers violet, red, or white, showy; sepals equal, or

the inner ones much narrower; corolla funnel-shaped, the

limb plicate, angled, or five-lobed ; stamens included ; cymes
often few-flowered, pedunculate in the axils, or the
upper ones corymbose-paniculate. Leaves usually large,
silky, tomentose, villous, or rarely glabrous beneath.

To the species described on p. 111, Vol. I., the following

should be added :

A. hirsuta (hairy). 1. lilac; peduncles often 4in. to 8in. long ;
bracts prominent, linear or oblong, the outer one often petiolate
and leaf-like, making the cymes pseudo-sessile. June. /. ovate-
borate, acute, shaggy beneath. A. 10ft. India, 1850. (B. M.
4946.)

A. Hookeri (Hooker's). ., corolla pink, 2in. to 2sin. long;
cymes dichotomous, few-flowered ; peduncles very long. 7. 4in.
to Yin. long, cordate-ovate, acute, glabrescent or somewhat hairy
beneath. India.

A. tilizefolia (Tilia-leaved). 1., corolla rose-purple, 2in. to 3in:
long, widely funnel-shaped ; peduncles 4in. to 3in. long, one- to
three-flowered. June. J. ovate-cordate, lin. to 4in. in diameter,
shortly acuminate or obtuse, hoary or glabrescent beneath,
India, 1812. Syn. Rivea tiliefolia.

ARGYRESTHIA CURVELLA. See Apple
Shoot Moths.
ARGYRESTHIA NITIDELLA. ‘See Cherry

Moth.

ARGYROPHYTON DOUGLASII. A synonym
of Argyroxyphium sandwicense (which see).

ARGYRORCHIS (from argyros, silver, and Orchis ;
alluding to the silvery network of the leaves). Orp.
Orchidex. A monotypic genus. The species is a stove,
terrestrial Orchid, allied to Ancectochilus (which see for
culture).

A. javanica (Java). fl. pink, small, disposed in loose, sessile
spikes; scape 9in. high. 7. petiolate, brdadly ovate, 2in. long,
liin. broad, dark, velvety olive-green, blotched lighter green,
and showing faint golden reticulations, pinkish beneath. Java.
(B. H. 1861, 18, under name of Anectochilus javanicus.)

ARIA HOSTII. A synonym of Pyrus Chame-
mespilus Hostii (which see).

ARION ATER and ARION HORTENSIS. See
Slugs. :

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 83

ARIOPSIS (from 4ywm, an allied genus, and opsis,
resemblance). Orp. Aroidex. A monotypic genus. The
species is a small, stove, tuberous herb, closely allied to
Arum. For culture, see Caladium.

A. peltata (peltate). 7., spathe violet, with a green dorsal
ridge, paler within, incurved, apiculate, lin. long ; spadix shorter
than the spathe, decurved, dark purple and green ; peduncle lin.
to 4in. long, very slender. J. entire, peltate, orbicular or
cordate, lin. to 6in, in diameter, rounded or acute, membranous,

Jaucous beneath ; petioles 2in, to Tin. long. Himalayas. (B. M.
foo.) Syn. A. protanthera.

A. protanthera (flowering first). A synonym of A. peltata.

Fic. 78. INFLORESCENCE AND LEAF OF ARISZMA
FIMBRIATUM.

ARISZEMA. The fifty species of this genus are
mostly natives of temperate and sub-tropical Asia, a few
being North American and one Abyssinian. To those
described on pp. 111-2, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. anomalum (anomalous). jl., spathe 2in. long, the tube
opel purplish-brown, the limb dark brownish-purple striped
with white, the lower margin forming a recurved border round
* the mouth of the tube; spadix appendage narrowed upwards ;
peumele Qin. high. 2. solitary, 9in. high, with three to five
anceolate leaflets Jin. to 6in. long and 1jin. broad, Root-
mL) Tris-like. Straits of Malacca, &c., 1890. Stove. (B. M.

A. atrorubens (dark red). The correct name of A. triphyllwin.
Syn. Ariwm triphyllum zebrinum (B. M. 950; L. B. C. 320).

A. Bakerianum (Baker's). This is probably only a small-
spathed form of A. fimbriatuwm. 1897.

A. consanguineum (related).* #., spathe green, Jin. to Tin.
long, excluding the long, filiform tip, the limb broadly ovate
or ovate-lanceolate, incurved ; spadix hardly longer than the
tube. J. solitary; leaflets ten to twenty, narrowly linear-
lanceolate, 3in. to 16in. long, with long, capillary tips; petiole
lft. to 4ft. long, and (as well as the peduncle) mottled with
dark pink and red or brown. Tuber lin. to 5in. in diameter.
Temperate Himalayas, 1893, Syn. A. Giraldii.

Arisema— continued.

A. Dracontium (Dragon). The correct name of Arum Dra-
contium (B. R. 668; L. B. C. 1165).

A. enneaphyllum (nine-leaved). A garden synonym of
A, flavum,

A. fimbriatum (fringed).* j., spadix cylindrical, slender, the
free end covered with slender, purplish threads ; spathe brown-
ish-purple, longitudinally b°nded whitish, oblong, acute or
acuminate, convolute at base. 7. two, deeply divided into
three ovate, acute, glabrous segments; petioles long, pale
purplish-rose, spotted purple. Philippine Islands, 1884. See
Fig. 78, for which we are indebted to Mr. William Bull. (B. M.
7150 G. C. n. s., xxii, p. 689; J. H. 1886, f. 19; R. G. 1886,

:)

A. flavum (yellow). j., spathe yellow, green, or the limb
faintly purple below, lin. to 2in. long; spadix conical,
included. 72. two; leaflets nine to eleven, 2in. to 4in. long,
the lateral ones sessile, oblong or lanceolate, acuminate, the
median one sessile or petiolulate; petioles 8in. to 12in, long.
Rootstock globose. Temperate Himalayas, 1891. SYN.
A, enneaphyllum, of gardens (R. G. 1891, p. 578, f. 103).

A. Giraldii (Giraldi’s). A synonym of 4. consangwinewm..

A. Leschenaultii (Leschenault’s). l., spathe green, with
broad, dark purple bands, 3in. to 8in. long, the tube as long
as the cymbiform, long-caudate-acuminate limb; spadix 4in.
long, nearly cylindric. J. solitary; leaflets five to eleven,
oblanceolate, acuminate, serrulated, 4in. to 6in. long, l4in. to
2sin. broad; petiole lft. to 2ft. long, usually mottled and
banded with red and brown. ‘Tuber large. Western Ghats,
1864. Syn. A. papillosum (B. M. 5496).

A. Murrayi (Murray's). _jl., spathe 3in. to 5in. long, the tube
green, striated, Zin. to lin. in diameter, the limb white, rather
broader. J. solitary; leaflets five to nine, ovate- or oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, 4in. to 6in. long; petiole 10in. to 14in.
long and (as well as the sub-equal peduncle) mottled with
reddish-brown. Tuber large. India, 1847. Stove. (B. M. 4388 ;
F. d. S. 1322.)

A. neglectum (neglected). 7., spathe green, Sin. to 4in. long,
the tube swollen at base, the limb oblong-cymbiform, acumin-
ate, recurved at tip; spadix rather stout, much longer than the
spathe. 7. one or two; leaflets four to seven, sessile, elliptic or
oblanceolate, cuspidate-acuminate, usually broadest in the
middle ; petioles green or clouded. Tuber globose. Ceylon, &c.,
1864. SYN. A. Wightii (B. M. 5507).

A. papillosum (papillose). A synonym of A. Leschenaultit.

A. pulchrum (pretity).* ., spathe purplish, striped with green,
3in. long, the limb narrowed into a decurved tail as long as
the tube; spadix much shorter than the spathe. 7. solitary ;
leaflets eight to twelve, cuneate-oblanceolate, cuspidate, Jin. to
6in. long, dark green above, somewhat glaucous beneath ;
petiole (and peduncle) stout, clouded and speckled with pale
reddish-brown. Tuber globose. India, 1879.

A. tortuosum (tortuous). The correct name of A, eurvatwm
(B. M. 5931).

A. utile (useful). jl., spadix purple; spathe reddish-brown,
with greenish ribs and veins, the tube din. to 4in. long, the

_ lamina decurved, rarely sub-erect, 3in. to 4in. across. May
and June. J. in pairs; leaflets three, shortly and stoutly
etiolulate or sessile, the middle one broader than long, 5in. to
in. in diameter. Sikkim Himalaya, 1880. (B. M. 6474.)

A. Wightii (Wight’s). A synonym of A. neglectwm.

A. Wrayi (Wray’s).* ., spathe Sin. to Tin. long, erect, the limb
pale yellowish-green or lilac, with darker stripes; spadix very
slender, the appendage far exserted; peduncle taller than the
petioles. 7. one to three; leaflets five to nine, petiolulate,
narrowly elliptic-lanceolate, 6in. to 10in. long, lin. to 2in. broad,
the tips apiculate or filiform; petioles lft. to Lift. long, mottled
green and white and dotted with red. Tuber rooting all over.
Perak, 1889. (B. M. 7105.)

ARISARUM. Only three species compose this genus,
which is confined to the Mediterranean region. To that
deseribed on p. 112, Vol. I., the following should be

added :

A. proboscideum (proboscis-like). /l., spathe erect, greyish-
white and inflated below, the upper part olive-green, narrowed
into a proboscis which is often Sin. long; spadix included.
February. * 7. solitary or few, 3in. to 4in. long, lin. to 2in. broad,
hastate ; petioles 4in, to 6in. high, stout, cylindric. Upper Arno
and the Apennines. (B. M. 6634.) Arum proboscidewm is
synonymous with this species.

A. simorrhinum (monkey's nose). /., spathe purplish, or the
blade greenish; spadix appendage short, thick; peduncle
shorter than the petiole. December. /. solitary, sagittate-ovate,
triangular-sagittate, or hastate-triangular; petiole three or four
times longer than the blade. Algeria, 1596. (B. M. 6023, under
name of A. vulgare.)

A. vulgare (common), of Hooker. A synonym of A. simor-
rhinum.

84

ARISTEA. This genus embraces about twenty-five
species, natives of tropical and South Africa and Mada-
gascar. To those mentioned on p. 112, Vol. I., the follow-
ing should be added:

A. corymbosa (corymbose).
corymbosa.

A, platycaulis (broad-stemmed). jl., perianth blue, the segments
oblong, fin. long; pedicels small ; inflorescence an aimple panicle
8in. to Yin. long, with all the rachises much flattened, the lower
branches overtopped by their subtending leaves. April.
d., radical ones ensiform, firm, 1ft. long; lin. broad. 1887.

ARISTOLOCHIA. About 180 species are included
liere, and they are broadly dispersed over the temperate
and warmer regions. To those described on pp. 112-3,
Vol I., the following should be added:

A. altissima (very tall). #7. pale yellowish-brown, striped reddish-
brown ; perianth about 1sin. long, the tube gradually enlarged to
the limb, which is yellow within. June to August. Jd. bright,
glossy green, petiolate, 2in, to 3in. long, ovate-cordate, obtuse or
acute, waved; petioles sin. to Zin. long. Sicily and Algeria.
Half-hardy. (B. M. 6586.)

A. arborea (tree-like). jl. brown and purple, produced in
fascicle-like panicles from the base of the trunk; calyx fleshy-
coriaceous, the throat closed by an orbicular process. J. ample,
oblong - elliptic, acuminate, obtuse at base, pinnatinerved,
reticulated and pubescent beneath, shortly petiolate. Stem erect,
somewhat arborescent; branches densely fuscous-pubescent.
Mexico, 1862. Stove. (B. M. 5295.)

A. Bonplandi (Bonpland’s). A synonym of A. jfimbriata.

A. brasiliensis (Brazilian). jl. pale, reticulated and spotted
with dark pa borne on long peduncles. /. reniform, very
obtuse, with a deep sinus and large auricles at base. Stems
striated, smooth. Brazil, 1620. Stove.

A. b. macrophylla (large-leaved).
A, ornithocephala.

A, ciliata (ciliated). A synonym of A. jimbriata.

A. Dammeriana (Dr. Dammer’s). /71., perianth nearly 2in. long,
the lower portion distended and oblique, expanding into a
trumpet-shaped tube terminated by a limb which is two-lobed on
one side and on the other is prolonged into a tail-like expansion ;
peduncles axillary, one-flowered. 7. about Tin. long, 2din.
broad, oblong, acuminate, cordately bilobed at base. Old stems
covered with corky bark. Central America, 1895. Stove.

A. elegans (elegant). /l. solitary, on long pedicels ; perianth
tube pale yellowish-green, 14in. long, rather inflated, the limb
suddenly expanding into a nearly shallow cup, which externally
is white, veined burple; and internally rich sural Bea with
irregular, white marks, August. J. 2in. to din. long and broad,
broadly reniform-cordate ; petioles lin. to 24in. long, very slender.
Brazil, 1883, Stove climber. (B. M. 6803.)

A, elegans-brasiliensis (hybrid).* /l. about 8in. long, of which
the distended tube occupies 24in, and is creamy-yellow, blotched
with purple along the nerves ; upper lip cream-coloured, purple-
spotted, about 4in. long; throat of the perianth clear yellow,
with purple veins. 7. as in A, brasiliensis, but less glaucous.
1897, Stove. The first recorded hybrid Aristolochia. (G. C.
1897, xxii., p. 126, f. 36.)

A. fimbriata (fringed). The correct name of the plant known
a pees as A. Bonplandi, A, ciliata (B. M. 3756), and A. ciliosa
(B. 90).

A. Giberti (Gibert’s). jl. green, spotted with dark purple,
axillary, solitary; peduncles half as long as the petioles.
October. J. orbicular-reniform, very obtuse, with a deep sinus
and large rounded auricles at base, pedately seven-nerved, pale
beneath. Stems slender, sulcate-angular. Brazil, 1862. Stove.
(B. M. 5345.)

A. gigas. Pelican Flower.
not Swartz).

A. glandulosa (glandular). jl. green and brown, rather large,
axillary, solitary; lip refracted, obovate-spathulate ; peduncles
striated, rather longer than the petioles. May. J. 24in. long,
cordate-hastate, obtuse, with rounded auricles, villous on both
sides; petioles ljin. long. Cuba. Stove.

A. g. glabra (smooth). This resembles the type, but is larger,
and has the stem and leaves highly glabrous. Mexico, 1846.
Hardy. Syn. A. macradenia (B. M. 4467).

A. grandiflora (large-flowered), A synonym of A. gigas.

A. g. Sturtevanti (fH. D. Sturtevant's).* jl. very large, spotted
ani veined with crimson; throat deep, velvety crimson, widely
expanded, New Jersey, 1891. :

A. hians (gaping). jl. bronzy-green outside, the veins and margin
of the beak light yellowish-green, the inside of the broad lobe
dull yellowish-green, marked purple-brown, the inside of the beak
covered with brownish-purple hairs, the inside of the inflated
tube pale greenish, hairy, spotted purple-brown in the upper
half. September. 2. roundish in outline, deeply cordate at
base, obtusely rounded at apex, green, reticulated beneath;

The correct name of Witsenia

The correct name of

Syn. A. grandiflora (of B. M. 4368,

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Aristolochia—continued.

stipules lin. in diameter, with wavy margins. Venezuela, 1887.
Stove. (B. M. 7073.) ia

A. longicaudata Gong teue, vig creamy-white, with purple
veins, large. J. (and habit) as in A. brasiliensis. British Guiana,
1890. ‘‘A handsome, robust, stove species of the unilabiate
group, in which the solitary lip of the flower is prolonged into
a very long tail.” (G. C, 1890, viii., p. 493, f. 98.)

A. longifolia (long-leaved). jl. purplish-brown, of a good size;
tube yellowish, with dull purplish veins outside, abruptly bent
upon itself; limb roundish, about 24in. in diameter, the lower
part bent as if pinched in the middle, J. long, linear-lanceolate,
acuminate. Stems long, climbing. Rootstock short, woody.
Hong Kong, 1886. Stove. (B. M. »)

A. fae (large-glanded). A synonym of A. glandulosa
glabra. 4
A. pandurata Ce . jl. of an intense violet, lined
and reticulated with paler violet or yellow, paler and unspotted
outside, large, axillary, solitary; peduncles longer than the
etioles. September. J. very variable; the lower ones usually
astate-panduriform, the mane ones hastate-cordate, acute.
with a deep sinus at base. Stems woody. h. 10ft. Caraccas,
1823. Stove. Syns. A. panduriformis, A. picta (F. d. S. v., p.
521; L. & P. F. G.i., p. 9).
A. panduriformis (fiddle-shaped).
durata,

A. picta (painted). A synonym of A. pandurata.

A. ridicula (ridiculous). jl. 34in. to 44in. long ; tube dull whitish,
veined purplish-brown, bent upon itself, the basal part inflated ;
limb shortly revolute, prelanses from the upper part of the sides
into two long lobes, ‘‘reminding one of a donkey’s ears” ; they
are tawny or cream, with dark purplish-brown, dendritic mark-
ings, sparsely purple-brown hairy. J. bright green, orbicular or
orbicular-reniform, cordate at base, covered with short hairs.
Stem, petioles, and pedicels clothed with spreading hairs.
ee, 1886. Stove climber. (B. M. 6934; G. C. n. s., xxvi.,
p. r

A. Roxburghiana Goxtungie), fl. in racemose, esa
cymes; perianth pale green, 2in. to 2sin. long, the ep as long
as the tube. September.’ 7. 4in. to 8in. long, cordate, the
upper ones often narrowly lanceolate, the lower ones (or all)
ovate or broadly ovate-oblong, pedately five- to seven-nerved.
India, 1881. Stove.

A. salpinx (trumpet). #. about Isin. long, inflated at base,
then abruptly constricted and bent upwards in the form of a
dorsally compressed, trumpet-shaped tube, with an oblique
mouth, outside cream-coloured, with purple network of veins,
inside lighter, the upper lip with a_ yellow central blotch and
numerous purplish spots around it, the margins slightly reflexed,
marked with purple lines and haying a few short, purple
hairs. J. cordate-ovate, acuminate, glabrous, 4in. to 6in. long,
2sin. to 3in. broad. Paraguay, 1886. Stove. (G. C. n.s., Xxvi.,

pp. 456-7.)

A. Serpentaria (serpent-like). /l. near the base of the stem, on
bracteate, spreading peduncles; calyx dull purple, three-lobed,
shaped like the letter S. June to August. J. 2in. to 4in. long,
ovate to linear-lanceolate, cordate or hastate at base, shortly
petiolate. Stems pubescent, zigzag and leafy above. North
America, 1632. A hardy, deciduous trailer.

A. Sturtevantii (E. D. Sturtevant’s). A variety of A. grandi-
Jlora.

A. Westlandi (A. B. Westland’s). /l. pendulous, chiefly produced
from towards the base of the plant; perianth tube brown and
yellow, cylindric, the limb pale greenish-yellow, veined and
speckled purple, 6in. long, broadly rounded-ovate; peduncles
Zin. to Sin. long, one-flowered. March. J. 6in. to 10in. long,
shortly petiolate, narrowly Ublong eee acuminate, gla-
brous above, strongly nerved and pubescent beneath. Stem
short, woody; branches tall-climbing. China, 1886. Stove.
(B. M. 7011.)

ARISTOMENIA. A synonym of Stifftia (which

see).

ARISTOTELA. A synonym of Othonna (which
See)hi

ARISTOTELEA (of Loureiro). A
Spiranthes (which ser).

ARISTOTELIA. Syn. Friesia. About ten species
of hardy or half-hardy shrubs are included inthis genus;
they are natives of Chili, Tasmania, the New Hebrides,
New Zealand, &c. Flowers axillary or lateral, racemose,
often polygamous ; sepals and petals four or five, the latter
three-lobed, toothed, or nearly entire. Berries small.
Leaves often nearly opposite, entire or toothed.

As the Aristotelias are not-hardy in all parts of the
country, they should not be planted in the ordinary
shrubbery border unless the site is a very favourable one.

A synonym of A. pan-

synonym of

a

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Aristotelia—continued.
The points of the shoots are frequently damaged by light
frosts, and in severe winters the growths are cut down
almost to the ground. Aristotelias well deserve a place
against a wall.

To the species described on p. 118, Vol. I., the follow-
ing should be added:

A. Braithwaitei (Braithwaite’s). This is described as a beau-
tiful plant, having large flowers with (white ?) aa oe petals.
It is said to be intermediate in character between Elc@ocarpus
and Aristotelia, haying the floral characteristics of the former,
aoe foliage and inflorescence of the latter. New Hebrides,

A. racemosa (racemose). jl. small; racemes panicled, many-
flowered, axillary. J. on long petioles, membranous, pubescent,
3in. to Sin. long, ovate-cordate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
deeply and irregularly serrated, often red: or purple beneath.
h. 6ft. to 20ft. New Zealand, 1873.

ARM. A large branch of a Vine, trained horizontally.
ARMADILLO VULGARIS. See Oniscide.
ARMED. Furnished with prickles, spines, or thorns.

ARMENIACA MUME. Anothername for Prunus
Mume (which see).

ARMERIA. Syn. Statice (in part). According to
some authors, the number of species is upwards of fifty:
while others reduce the number to six or seven, The genus
is mostly represented in Europe, North Africa, and Western
Asia.

The value of the Thrifts lies chiefly in their compact
tufted habit, in their adaptability for sunny situations,
and their utility for edgings, A. alpina, A. maritima alba,
and A. m. Laucheana being the best for the purpose.
A. latifolia is commonly known as the Giant Thrift, and
is very free, the flowers being large and of a nice rosy-
erimson. The form Rose Beauty is, however, superior
generally to the type. These last make nice pot-plants.

To the species described on pp. 113-4, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

A. alliacea (Allium-like). A synonym of A. dianthoides.

A. alpina (alpine). A synonym of A. vulgaris.

A. ceespitosa (tufted). jf. pale lilac, in small heads; involucral
leaflets brownish ; scape pubescent. Summer. J. very short,
narrow-linear, triquetrous, rigid, recurved. ih. lin. to 2in.

Roots forming dense tufts. Mountains of Spain, 1885. The
smallest of the Thrifts. (B. M. 7596; R. G. 1192, f. 2.)

A. latifolia (broad-leaved).* jl. disposed ina large, globose
head; petals pale rose-colour, obovate; involucral bracts pale
brown; scape tall. April. J. 3in. to Sin. long, narrow-
oblanceolate, acute or acuminate at apex, gradually narrowed
to the petioles, glaucescent. Portugal. (B. M. 7313.) A. lati-
folia is not synonymous with A. cephalotes, the correct name
of which is A. mauritanica.

A. undulata (wavy). jl. white, with white bracts, borne in a
large head on a tall scape. Summer. J/., lower ones lanceolate
or lanceolate-linear, often sinuate-toothed, three-nerved; the
rest linear or bristle-like, acute. Greece, 1888. Plant highly
glabrous, tufted.

ARMERIASTRUM. A synonym of Acantholimon

(which see).

ARMILLARIA MELLEA. See Agaricus.

ARMORACIA. Included under Cochlearia (which
see).

ARMY WORM (Leucania unipuncta). The insect
known popularly in the United States by the above name
is the larva of a Moth 1tin. in wing expanse, and of a
yellowish colour dotted with black. It is very rarely seen
in this country. In America and elsewhere, however, it
is one of the greatest pests with which the agriculturist
has to contend. Like the rest of its congeners it is a
Grass-feeder, thofigh none of them are over-fastidious.
The name Army Worm has been applied on account of
the enormous numbers which in certain seasons swoop
down upon the Grass crops. Fortunately the pest is kept
in check by a host of insect parasites, or the consequences
would be still more disastrous. Applications of Paris
Green, and the digging of deep trenches in the fields are
both successfully employed. So far as can be traced it
has not done any damage in this country.

&C. 85

ARNEBIA. Syns. Dioclea, Meneghinia, Stenoso-
lenium, Strobila, Toxostigma. About a dozen species,
natives of North Africa and Western and Central Asia,
are included in this genus; they are mostly hardy,
annual or perennial, hispid herbs. Flowers yellow
or violet, sub-sessile, in simple racemes or branched
cymes ; calyx five-cleft or five-parted ; corolla tube straight,
the five lobes imbricated, spreading; stamens included.
Leaves alternate. Roots tinged with red. To the species
described on p. 114, Vol. I., the following should be added :

A. cornuta (having horns). /l. ed yellow, having at first five
black spots at the base of the lobes, which change to brown
and finally disappear; raceme erect, leafy. 7. lanceolate, dark
cet, hairy; lower ones obtuse; upper ones acute. h. 14ft.

fghanistan, 1888. A pretty annual.

A. macrothyrsa (large-thyrsed). jl. yellow, produced in dense
trusses, 7. 4in. to 7in. long. h. lft. to 14ft. Armenia, 1891.
A fine, showy perennial.

ARNICA. There are about ten species of this genus,
natives of Hurope, Asia, and North America. Flower-
heads yellow, large, radiate, heterogamous, borne on long
peduncles ; involucral bracts in one or two series, acuminate.
Leaves usually crowded at the base of the stem, opposite,
entire or toothed. Seealso Aster, Doronicum, ind Mairia.

A. montana is a very choive plant for the rockery or
for the front of the mixed border. It is one of those
Composites which are best grown in a sunny spot, when
its orange-yellow flower-heads will be plentifully produced.

ARNOPOGON. A synonym of Urospermum
(which see).

AROMIA MOSCHATA is the name by which
the elegant Musk Beetle is
known to science. In Vol.
Il. of this work the insect
is fully described, and this
description, together with
the illustration (Fig. 79),
will enable the gardener to
readily identify the insect.
It affects tree-trunks in the
daytime, but gets more
active as evening § ap-
proaches. These wood-
feeding insects are very
objectionable by reason of
the fact that the larve
remain in that condition
considerably longer than is
the case with insects gener-
ally. When captured these
Beetles emit a noise which
has been translated into a
squeak, but which in reality
is the result of friction, as
already noted. If these
Beetles are left in undis-
turbed possession, they will ;
in time so tunnel the tree 2 4
in every direction that little a peer ae re
of the heart-wood remains. (Natural size.)

See also Musk Beetle.

ARRACACIA is the correct name of Arracacha. The
genus embraces about a dozen species of perennial herbs, all
American. Flowers white; involucral bracts leafy or
wanting. Leaves pinnate or pinnately decompound.

ARSENITES. Two of the most valuable Arsenites
of Copper and of Lime respectively are at the present
day employed as insecticides in the form of Paris
Green and London Purple (which see). Both com-
pounds are virulent poisons.

ARTABOTRYS. This genus includes about fifteen
species of sarmentose or climbing, stove shrubs, natives of
tropical Asia and Africa. Flowers solitary or fascicled ;
sepals three, cohering at base; petals six, free; stamens
numerous; peduncles often hard, hooked.

86

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ARTANEMA. Syns. Archimenes (of Vahl), Diceros.
This genus embraces three species (closely related), natives
of tropical Asia and Australia. A. fimbriatum is the only
one introduced.

ARTEMISIA. Including Absinthium. This genus
embraces about 150 distinct species (about 200 have been
described as such), mostly natives of the Northern
hemisphere, but a few are found in South America and the
Sandwich Islands. Four are indigenous in Britain. To
those described on p. 115, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. Absinthium (Absinthium). Common Wormwood. Jl.-heads
dingy yellow, rather large, hemispherical, drooping ; ray florets
very short; panicles erect, leafy. August. J. bipinnatifid,

clothed with short, silky down; segments lanceolate. h. lft
to 14ft. Europe (Britain). See Wormwood.

A. tridentata (three-toothed). fl.-heads densely paniculate ;
outer bracts short, tomentose-canescent. J. cuneate, obtusely
three-toothed or three-lobed, silvery, persistent. A. lft. to 12ft.
North America, 1894. A thick-growing bush.

“ARTHROCHILUS. A synonym of Drakea (which
see).

ARTHROPTERIS TENELLA. A synonym of
Polypodium tenellum (which see).

ARTHROSOLEN (from arthron, a joint, and solen,
a tube). Orv. Thymelwaceer. A genus comprising ten
species of greenhouse shrubs, with the habit of Wik-
stremia or Gnidia, natives of South Africa, one ex-
tending into the tropics. Flowers hermaphrodite, disposed
in spikes or heads; stamens eight, rarely ten. Leaves
sparse, flat. A. lawus and A. spicatus (L. B. ©. 755
and 311, under names of Passerina laza and P. spicata)
have been introduced, but are probably lost to culti-
vation.

ARTHROSTEMMA. Syn. Heteronoma. Six species,
natives of Mexico, Venezuela, Peru, Colombia, and the
West Indies, form this genus. See also Brachyotum.

ARTHROZAMIA. A synonym of Encephalartos

(which see).

ARTICHOKE, JERUSALEM. Varieties: Until
recently only the old well-known Jerusalem Artichoke was
grown; this will probably be superseded by a variety
named the New White. ‘This sort is as prolific as the
old one, the tubers are of better form and paler in

colour, and are also considered by many to be of better -

flavour.

ARTOCARPUS. Syn. Sitodiwm. This genus
includes about forty species. natives of tropical Asia.
Flowers small, very numerous, in globose or oblong,
crowded heads; peduncles axillary, solitary. Leaves
alternate, ample, penniveined, entire or pinnately few-
lobed.

A. Cannoni. The correct name is Ficus Cannoni.
A, jpteerifolia is known as the Jaca or Jack-tree. (B. M.

ARUBA. A synonym of Almeida (which see).

ARUM. As at present arranged this genus includes
about two dozen syecies, natives of Europe, the Mediter-
ranean region, and Western Asia as far as Afghanistan.
To those described on p. 118, Vol. I., the following should
be added. A number of species formerly classed under
this genus are now referred to Amorphophallus,
Arisema, Arisarum, Biarum, Caladium, Heli-
codiceros, Sauromatum, Synantherias, Typho-
nium, Xanthosoma, c.

A. corsicum (Corsican). A synonym of A. pictuwm.

A. detruncatum (abruptly cut). /., spathe greenish-yellow,
spotted with purple, the blade lanceolate, acuminate, three
times as long as the tube; peduncle much shorter than the
petioles.

zontally truncate. Asia Minor, 1889.

v. hastate, the posterior lobe sometimes almost hori- .

Arum—continued.

A. Dioscoridis (Dioscorides’).* //., spathe varying in colour, the
tube oblong, the blade oblong-lanceolate. hastate or
sagittate, the oblong- or ovate-triangular anterior lobe some-
times twice as long as the posterior one; petioles twice or thrice
as long as the leaves. h. 1ft. Levant.

A. D. Smithii (Smith's). The correct name of A. spectabile
(R. G. 1872, t. 742). e

A. D. spectabile (remarkable). (/., “spathe reddish-purple»
pees into green above with spots, 20in. long; peduncle Sft-

igh. 7. much undulated.” (Kew Bulletin, 1898, App IL.)

A. Dracunculus. The correct name is Dracunculus vulaaris.

A. D. syriacum (Syrian). /l., spathe dark purple below, pale
purple in the middle, spotted with dark purple, greenish above ;
spadix appendage cylindrical. Syria, 1859. Syn. A. Liepoldit.

A. elongatum (lengthened). A form of A. orientale.

A. gratum (pleasing). A form of A. orientale.

A. hygrophilum (moisture-loving). jl., spathe tube purple or
whitish at base, ovoid, the limb pale green, margined with
purple, more or less acuminate, about 24in. long ; spadix append-
age purple, 2in. long; peduncle 8in. to 12in. long. 7. elongated-
sagittate-hastate; petioles nearly three times as long as the
blade. Syria, &c., 1860.

A. italicum. SYN. A. numidicum.
in 1894, is known as A. modicense.

A. Liepoldii (Liepold’s). A synonym of 4A.
syriacum,

A. Magdalenz (Magdalen’s). This is very closely allied to
A. palestinum, but has a_yellow spathe, marbled and spotted
with purple. Palestine, 1894. ;

A. modicense (Modica). <A form of A. italicum.

A. numidicum (Numidian). A synonym of A. italicwm.

A. orientale. The following varieties may be mentioned:

A. o. elongatum (lengthened). /., spathe purplish outside,
margined with purple on the inside, long-acuminate. Caucasus,
1882.

A. o. gratum (pleasing). /., limb of the spathe of a pleasin
greenish-yellow, with purple markings. Lebanon, &e., 1859.
A. o. Petteri (Petter’s). /., spathe oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
pale greenish-yellow with a broad purple margin, or wholly

purple. Dalmatia, 1860.

A. Petteri (Petter’s). A form of A. orientale.

A. philistzeum (Philistian). ‘ /l., spathe tube whitish within,
the blade saturated with purple and spotted, four times as long
as the tube; spadix much shorter than the spathe; peduncle
6in. to 8in. long. 7. hastate-sagittate, 6in. to Sin. long, with
very prominent nerves; petioles 10in. to 12in. long. Palestine,
1859. .

A vigorous form, introduced

Dracunculus

ta
>

A. proboscideum. The correct name is Arisema proboscideum.

A. sanctum (sacred). 7l., spathe of a velvety blackish-purple,
large; spadix black ; peduncle long. /. large, cordate-triangular.
Tuber large and flat. Palestine, 1889. z

A. spirale. The correct name is Cryptocoryne spiralis.
ARUNCUS. See Spirea Aruncus.

ARUNDINA (a diminutive of Arundo; in allusion to
the Reed-like stems). Orp. Orchidee. A small genus
(about five species) of erect, terrestrial, leafy Orchids,
natives of the East Indies, South China, and the Malayan
Archipelago. Flowers rather large, in terminal, loose,
simple or rarely divided racemes; sepals sub-equal, free,
spreading; petals similar or broader; lip erect at the base
of the rather long, erect column, which ‘is surrounded by
the lateral lobes. Leaves flat, narrow or rather broad,
sessile, with articulated sheaths. Stems erect, Reed-like,
invested with the leaf-sheaths. Psendo-bulbs wanting.
The species mtroduced should be grown in a cool part of
the East Indian house. Rough, fibrous peat and loam form ~
the best compost, as the plants are devoid of psendo-bulbs,
and require richer soil than many other Orchids. Copious
supplies of water and plenty of light, but shading in hot
sunshine, are essential to success in the culture of Arun-
dinas. Propagation may be affected by divisions, or by
potting the young plants that are produced on the stems.

Though some six species of this genus are known, only
one, A. bambusexfolia, is at present in cultivation. This
requires a light position in the Dendrobium-house, where
only the bright rays of the sun are broken sufficiently to
prevent scorching. During the growing season abundance
of moisture, both at the roots and in the atmosphere, is
required, with cooler conditions during the resting period.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 87

Arundina—continued.
Belonging to the terrestrial class of Orchids, the potting-
compost should consist of good fibrous peat and loam, to
which should be added a liberal sprinkling of rough sand
or broken crocks to keep the material in a porous con-
dition. The drainage also should be ample, so that there
may be no possibility of stagnation.

A. bambuszfolia (Bamboo-leaved). jl. large ; sepals and petals
pale magenta-rose ; lip rose, striped orange on either side the
white throat. July toautumn. /. pale green, ensiform. .Stems
3ft. to 5ft. high. Nepaul, Birma, &c. (B. M. 7284; W. O. A. iii.
139.) Syns. Bletia graminifolia, Cymbidium bambuscefolium.

A. densiflora (dense-flowered). jl. rosy-
violet, as large as those of B. bambuse-
Jolia, scented, the lip bordered crimson ;
racemes close, head-like. 7. lanceolate,
sub-equal, sheathing. Stems 3ft. high.
Singapore, 1842. (B. R. 1842, 38.)

A. Philippi (Philipp’s). This is closely
related to A. bambusceefolia, but is dis-
tinguished in having narrower leaves and
smaller flowers ; the latter are pale
lavender, l4in. across, with a blotch of
crimson on the lip. 1895.

ARUNDINARIA. Syns. lu-
dolfia, Macronax, Miegia, Triglossum.
Including Thamnocalamus. This genus
includes about two dozen species,
natives of Asia and America, and
mostly tropical. To those described
on p. 118, Vol. I, the following
should be added. For exhaustive in-
formation on the genus and its allies
the reader is referred to A. B. Free-
man-Mitford’s excellent work ‘“ The
Bamboo Garden” (London, 1896).
See also Bambusa.

A. anceps (two-edged).* This principally
differs from A. nitida in the leaf-sheaths
having a circular fringe of short, bristly
white hairs at the insertion of the leat,
and in the stems, purple at first, ripening
to a greenish-brown tint. Origin un-
known.

A. aristata (bristly). 7. bright green,
slightly glaucous beneath, 4in. long, jin.
to gin. broad, acuminate, slightly ser-
rated, prettily tessellated; sheaths fringed with short, silky
hairs. Stems 8ft. to 12ft. high, purplish-brown ; nodes rather
prominent. Himalayas.

A. auricoma (golden-haired).* 7. 5in. to 7in. long, lin. broad,
“pinched in” about 4in. from the sharp point, rounded at base,
boldly striped with bright yellow, serrated, velvety beneath ;
petioles well. defined ; sheaths hairy at base. Stems 3ft. high,
4in. thick, purple, fistulous; nodes prominent, 3in. to Sin. apart.
China and Jeyan. An ornamental, dwarf species, with which
A, Maximowienii is pfobably identical. Syn. A, Fortunei aurea.

A. chrysantha (golden-flowered). 7. tessellated, 5in. to Tin.
long, 4in. to jin. broad, showing slight variegation; sheaths
very hairy on one edge. Stems 5ft. or more in height, fistulous,
very slender; nodes not prominent, having a sharp lower rim ;
branches numerous. China and Japan. This plant is quite
hardy.

A. Faleoneri (Falconer’s). 7. 3in. to 6in. long, oblong-lanceolate,
thin, pointed, slightly serrated, petiolate, with striated venation
on the upper surface. Stems tall, sin. to jin. thick, smooth
when young, scurfy-white when old, often striped with yellow
and green; nodes raised; internodes 8in. to 15in. Jong; branches
many at the nodes. Temperate Himalayas. Syns. Bambusa
gracilis (of gardens), Thamnocalamus Falconeri.

A. Fortunei (Fortune’s).* 7. about Sin. long, sin. to Zin. broad,
serrated, pinched in towards the point, roanded at base,
tessellated, bright green, with a well-defined, white-striped
variegation ; tioles white. Stems round, fistulous, green,
erect, about 3ft. high; nodes often hidden by the overlapping
sheaths; branches long, solitary or in pairs. China. SYN.
Bamiusa Fortunei. There are two varieties: variegata and
argentea vittata.

A. F. aurea (golden). A synonym of A. auricoma.

A. F. viridis (green). A synonym of A. humilis.

A. gigantea (gigantic). A synonym of A. macrosperma.

A. Hindsii (Hinds’). J. at first erect, at length nodding, some
of them attaining Sin. in length and gin. in breadth, glaucous-
green, tapering to a rather long petiole, pinched in about lin.
from the sharp point, thicker than usual, slightly hairy,
serrated; sheaths slightly hairy on the top. Stems 7ft. or

Arundinaria— continued.

more in height, erect, round; nodes rather long, flat below,
prominent above ; internodes din. to Tin. long, covered with a
white, waxy secretion. Hong Kong, 1894. Syn. Bambusa
erecta.

A. H. graminea (Grass-like). This has narrower leaves and
shorter stems than the type. 1894. Syn. Bambusa graminea.

A. humilis (dwarf). /. paler than usual, smooth, serrated, 4in-
to 6in. long, Zin. broad, finely pointed at apex, rounded at
base; petiolate. Stems slender, 2ft. to 3ft. high, fistulous,
round ; nodes not very prominent; internodes 2in. to Sin. long;
branches very long. China and Japan. Syn. A Fortunet
viridis.

Fra. 80. ARUNDINARIA JAPONICA.

A. japonica (Japanese). The correct name of A. Metake. See
Fig. 80.

A. IKhasiana (Khasia Hills). 7. 3in. to 4in. long, Lin. broad,
linear-lanceolate, glandular between the nerves, not (or hardly)
tessellated. Stems annual, dark green or blackish; nodes
prominent; branchlets fascicled, dark-eoloured. Khasia Hills.
Closely allied to A. falcata. The A. khasiana of gardens is
synonymous with A nitida. P

A. macrosperma (large-seeded). J. lanceolate, acuminate,
lin. to 2in. wide, smoothish, rounded at base, petiolate,
tessellated. Stems arborescent, from 10ft. to 20ft. high, rigid,
simple the first year, branching the second, afterwards at
indefinite periods fruiting, and soon after decaying. United
States, 1800. Syns. A. gigantea, Bambusa Hermanni, B. Neu-
mann.

A, metallica (metallic). 72. spreading, 6in. to Yin. long, 14in.
across, acutely pointed, deep green, with a very pale midrib.
Stems stout, carrying about half-a-dozen leaves towards the
apex. 1898. A dwarf-growing species.

A. nitida (Shining).* 7. 2in. to 3in. long, sin. broad, brilliant

green, lancet-shaped, serrated, especially on one edge; petioles
almost wanting ; sheaths yes downy. Stems 8ft. or more in
height, 4in.. thick, deep blackish-purple, branching the second
year, each branch bearing four leaves. China and Japan, 1894.
Syn. A. khasiana (of gardens).

A. nobilis (noble). 7. linear-lanceolate, 2in. to 3in. long, jin. to
4in. broad, tapering to a point, slightly serrated, purple-edged,
borne on dark purple petioles. Stems round, slender, straight,
yellowish, with purple-brown nodes ; internodes about 7in. long.
Native country unknown.

A. pumila (dwarf). 7. about Sin. long, sin. to jin. broad, abruptly
pointed at apex, rounded at base, petiolate, tessellated, serrated,
bright green, rather rough. Stems 14ft. or more in height, round,
fistulous, very slender, not much branched; nodes not promi-
nent, but well defined, with a waxy deposit on the under-side ; .
internodes about 2sin. long. China and Japan. This species is
quite hardy.

A. racemosa (racemose).* 7. 4in. to Tin. long, Jin. to Zin. broad,
linear-lanceolate, tessellated, scabrous-serrulated, rounded .or
narrowed into very short petioles, glabrous or searcely hairy

88 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Arundinaria—continued. Arundinaria—continued.

above. Stems erect from a long rhizome, 5ft. to 15ft. high, Zin. serrated, finely pointed. Stems 13ft. high or more, round,

to 2in. thick, the nodes mere rings; internodes blue-green when furnished from top to bottom with sheaths, the ee edges of

young ; branches fascicled at the nodes. India. which are fringed. China and Japan, 1862. (B. M. 7146.) SYNs.
A. Simoni (Simon’s).* J. tessellated, variable in size, usually Bambusa Simoni, B. Narihira. See Fig. 81, for which we are

indebted to the “‘ Gardeners’ Chronicle.’

A. 8. striata (striped). ./. striped with
silvery variegation. Stems dwarfer than
in the type. Syns. Bambusa Mazi-
mowiczit, B. plicata.

A. spathifiora (spathe-flowered). 7. two
to four at the ends of the branches, Jin.
to Sin. long, 4in. to 4in. broad, linear-
lanceolate, tessellated, acute at apex,
narrowed at base, ats ger te,
hairy. Stems 12ft. to 20ft. high, sin. to
Zin. thick, smooth, glaucous-green and
scurfy when young, yellow or reddish-
brown when old; nodes prominent; in-
ternodes 6in. to 15in. long; branches
principally from the upper nodes.
Western Himalayas. SYN. Thamnoca-
lamus spathiflorus.

A. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* J. tessellated,
7in. long, 24in. broad, green above,
glaucous beneath, much _ serrated,
rounded at base, pinched in towards
the apex and ending in a sharp point;
penal, purple above, yellow below.
tems about 2ft. high, 4in. thick, rich
purple ; nodes not very prominent; in-
ternodes 3in. to 4in. long.
ARUNDINELLA (a diminu-
tive of Arundo, the name of an allied
genus). Sywns. Acratherum, Brandtia,
Goldbachia, Thysanachne. ORD.
Graminez. A genus comprising about
two dozen species of tall or dwarf
Grasses, diffused over tropical regions.
Spikelets acute or acuminate, twin at
the sides of the branchlets; glumes
four; panicle terminal, variable.
Leaves flat, flaccid. A. anomala,
introduced from Japan in 1889, is
described as a hardy, dwarf Grass,
suitable for lawns, and only requiring
to be cut twice a year.

ARUNDO. Indian Grass ; Lady's
Laces; Painted Grass; Water Reed.
Syns. Amphidonaz, Donaz, Scolochloa.
There are six or seven species of
this genus, natives of the Mediter-
ranean region, India, America, New
Zealand, &c. To those described on
pp. 118-9, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

A. madagascariensis pe ete

A tall Reed, growing from 10ft. to 20ft.
“high, and bearing feathery panicles

similar to those produced by Pampas

Grass. Asia, Africa, and Madagascar,
1893.

A. Phragmites (Phragmites). A
synonym of Phragmites communis.
ASAGRZEA. A synonym of

Scheenocaulon (which see).

ASAPHES. A synonym of
Morina (which see).

ASARINA. Included under
Antirrhinum (which see).

ASARUM. Syn. Heterotropa.
According to W. B. Hemsley (G. C.
April 5th, 1890), this genus now in-
cludes about eighteen species, mostly
natives of North temperate regions.
Flowers terminal, solitary, shortly
pedunculate; stamens twelve (rarely
eight ?); filaments rather thick or
very short. Leaves usually long-
Fic. 81. ARUNDINARIA SIMONI. stalked, cordate, reniform, or almost

about 10in. long and in. broad, green above, glaucous below,

-_— we eee Oe

¥

i mal i ee a nel ed ee

a =—_—Ts.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 89

Asarum—continued.
hastate. To the species described on p. 119, Vol. I., the
following should be added: -

A. albivenium (white-veined). This species is similar to
A. (Heterotropa) parviflora, but has longer-stalked, yellowish
flowers with red spots and white-veined leaves. Japan, 1864.
(R. G. 1864, t. 440.) Syn. A. leucodictyon.

caudigerum (tail-bearing). 7. green, speckled with red and

reddish-brown ; perianth tube villous within, the lobes triangular-
ovate, each narrowed into a slender tail lin. or more in length ;
pence shorter than the petioles. January. /. two, radical,
in. to 3in. long, broadly ovate-cordate, with a deep, narrow
sinus. Southern China, 1890. Plant stemless, clothed with
long hairs. Cool greenhouse. (B. M. 7126.)

_A. geophilum (earth-loving). jl. purplish-brown, margined and

spotted with white, solitary, very shortly pedunculate, about lin.
in diameter, scarcely appearing above the surface of the ground.
December. J. cordate-orbicular, somewhat fleshy, 2in. to 4in.
across, dark shining green veined with white on the per
surface. South China, 1888. Cool greenhouse. (B. M. 7168.)

A. Hookeri (Hooker’s). The correct name of A. caudatwm.

A. japonicum (Japanese). A synonym of A. Thunbergii.

A. leucodictyon (white-netted), A synonym of A. albivenium.

A. macranthum (large-flowered).* /l. of a rich purplish-brown,
about 2in. in diameter, seated close to the ground, and so
numerous that they cover the surface, the broad, much-
undulated, spreading lobes of the perianth bordered with
yellowish. J. 4in. to 5in. across, borne well above the flowers, on
stout stalks, shining green above, mottled with white and paler
beneath, with prominent red veins. Eastern China and
Formosa, 1877. Greenhouse. This species has a pleasant odour,
like Fenugreek. (B. M. 7022.)

maximum (largest). ji. maroon-purple, with a conspicuous

eye-like blotch of white, fleshy, three-lobed, 2sin. in diameter,
borne on short stalks, /. cordate, 14ft. high, 8in. in diameter,
dark green, mottled with grey much in the same manner as a
Cyclamen. Rhizome creeping. China, 1895. (B. M. 7456.)

A. parvifiorum (small-fiowered). The correct name of Hetero-
tropa parviflora.
A. Thunbergii (Thunberg’s). The correct name of Heterotropa

asaroides. YN. A. japonicum.
ASCARICIDA. Included under Vernonia (which
see):

ASCIDIUM (pl. Ascidia).

e.g., that of Sarracenia.
ASCIUM. A synonym of Norantea (which see).

ASCLEPIAS. About sixty species are included in
this genus, the majority being North American; a few are
found in Central and South America, two in Africa, and
one is broadly distributed over the warmer regions of the
globe. To those described on pp. 119-20, Vol. I., the
following varieties should be added:

A. acuminata is synonymous with A, rwra.
A. ameoena is synonymous with A. purpurascens.

A. atro ea aurea (blood-coloured and golden). ‘Uhis
ornamental plant appears to be a variety of A. curassavica with
deep blood-red flowers, having a yellow corona. Bolivia, 1888.

A. decumbens (decumbent). A variety of A. twherosa.

A. incarnata pulchra (pretty). A form with copious and
somewhat hirsute pubescence, and usually broader leaves
(anceolate to oblong), often sub-cordate at base. North
America. (S. B. F. G. ser. ii., t. 18, under name of A. pulchra.)

A. pulchra (pretty). A form of A. incarnata.
A. speciosa (showy). The correct name of A. Douglasii.
A. syriaca. The correct name is A. Cornuti.

A. tuberosa decumbens (decumbent). #. in umbels from
most of the upper axils, racemosely disposed. J. broader and
more commonly 0; ae re than in the type. Stems reclining.
North America, 1680. (S. B. F. G. ser. ii., t. 24, under name of
A. decumbens.)

ASCOCHYTA. A genus of fungi belonging to the
Spheropsidex, probably representing phases in the life
cycle of ascigerous fungi. The chief outward charac-
teristic of this genus is a spotting of the parts affected
—leaves, stems, or, in the case of leguminous plants, the
pods. The Garden Pea and fhe French Kidney Bean- are
both liable to attack from A. pisi, the spots appearing
on leaves and pods. Generically the fungus may be
briefly described: Conidia roundish, two-celled, hyaline;
pycnidia embedded in the injured parts, which, in addition,

Vol V.

A hollow, pitcher-like leaf,

Ascochyta—continued.
are sometimes surrounded by rings. Other species infest
the hardy Aspidistra. the Raspberry. the Strawberry, and
the Petunia. Spraying with sulphide of potassium (}oz.
to the gallon of water) is probably the best preventive.

ASCOMYCETES, or SAC FUNGI. A group of
fungi characterised by the spores being produced in
cylindrical sacs, scientifically known as asci. To this
group belong the Mildew Fungi (Erysiphez), the esculent
Truffles (Tuberacer), and the Pyrenomycetes, several
kinds of which destroy not only forest trees, but also
Vines and fruit trees. Indeed, to the last-named order
belong the genera responsible for the Anthracnose of the
Vine, the Canker of Apple and other trees, and the ergot
of economic value because of its medicinal properties.
The last order of this group is Discomycetes, to which
belong the genera causing the Blotch Disease of Maples,
the peculiar Pocket, Mock, or Bladder Plums, the disfiguring
and debilitating Peach-Curl, the Witches’ Brooms of the
Cherry, and many others less noteworthy.

ASCYRUM. Five species, found in North America
and the Antilles, are referred to this genus.

ASEXUAL. Having no sex; eg., flowering plants
that have neither stamens nor pistil.

ASH BARE SCALE (Chionaspis fraxini). Though
commonly known by the name above adopted, this familiar
insect almost as often frequents Willows, Alders, and other
plants. The genus to which it belongs is a destructive one,
and in certain seasons the active and conspicuous red larve
may in laté spring be feund in myriads on tree-trunks which
recently gave them birth. The larve form scale-like
coverings, and then are inactive. They moult several times
before arriving at the perfect stage. The females differ
considerably from the males. First, they are inactive
creatures destitute of wings; secondly, they are responsible
for the damage to the trees by extracting the juices by
means of their rostra, the males not being provided with a
mouth. Usually, the males are winged, though they are
seldom seen ; but sometimes with this genus there are wing-
less males, whose functions are simply to perpetuate their
kind and die. The females never move once the perfect
insect stage is reached; indeed, they are absolutely
incapable of so doing. They affix themselves to the spot on
which the eggs are to be deposited, and there die, the
shrivelled body combining with the covering elaborated to
form a protection for the bright red eggs.

These insects appear in such vast numbers in certain
seasons that they cause no little damage to the trees.
Where, therefore, Ash or other trees, used in the decoration
of gardens, are attacked by this Scale, they should be treated
to kerosene emulsion during the latter part of May, by
which time the larve have usually not begun to elaborate
their protective covering, and are thus readily killed by
contact.

ASH MIDGE. Sce Diplosis.

ASH, SOUTHERN PRICKLY.
xylum Clava-Herculis.

ASILUS CRABRONIFORMIS.
Fly.

ASIMINA. Syn. Orchidocarpum. This
embraces seven or eight species, all American.
penniveined.

A. triloba is the Papaw or Custard Apple of the United States.

Syn. Anona triloba (B. M. 5854).

ASPARAGUS. Bentham and Hooker include Mysi-
phyllum hereunder, but it has been kept distinct in this
work. The genus comprises nearly 100 species, broadly
dispersed over the temperate and warmer regions. To
those described on pp. 122-3, Vol. I., the following
should be added. Except where otherwise stated, warm

N

See Kantho-

See Hornet

genus
Leaves

90

Asparagus—continued.
greenhouse treatment is required. For further information,
see the “ Gardener’s Chronicle,” February 26th, March 12th
and 26th, 1898.

In addition to the manures previously recommended
for Asparagus, mention should now be made of kainit
and nitrate of soda: 2o0z. of the former and loz. of
the latter should be mixed together and applied to each
square surface yard of the beds. This dressing may be
given two or three times during the growing season.

A. acutifolius (acuie-leaved). ji. yellow, din. across. fr. deep
crimson, pea-like. J. grey-green, hair-like, rigid, tufted,
becoming almost spinous in exposed situations. Stems hard,
wiry, brown, about 5ft high; branches rigid, 3in. to 6in. long.
South Europe, 1640. Hardy perennial. (S. F. G. 337.)

A. zthiopicus (African).* 1. white, in racemes 2in. to Jin. long.
Jr. globose, jin. in diameter, one-seeded. J. fiat, falcate, rigid,
bi- or ternate, ascending, mucronate, sin. long. Stems woody,
terete, climbing, 10ft. long; branchlets short, strongly angled ;
prickles large, pungent. South and tropical Africa, 1816.

A. 2. natalensis (Natal). 7. loosely panicled. J. larger, less
rigid, darker green.

A. x. ternifolius (ternate-leaved). This is a synonym of
A, faleatus. (G. C. 1898, xxiii., p. 123, f. 47.)

A. africanus (African). 7. white, small, star-shaped, generally
produced in axillary umbels. jr. glohose, jin. in diameter,
oné-seeded. 7. densely clustered, rigid, subulate, about jin.
Yong, persistent. Stems 12ft. long, woody, terete, much-
branched, sarmentose; branchlets slightly zigzag ; main prickles
large, pungent. South Africa, 1819.

A. a. dependens (hanging down). J. shorter and stouter than
in the type. Branches deflexed, often pubescent.

A. albanensis (Albanian). A variety of A. plumosus.

A. asiaticus (Asiatic). @. white, few, axillary, small.
Jr. globose, {in. in diameter, one-seeded. J. subulate, rigid,
ascending, fin. to Jin. long, three to twelve in a cluster. Main

stem 30ft. long, slender, green, sarmentose; main prickles
small; branches long. Asia and Africa, 1759. A vigorous
climber, requiring a somewhat shaded position.

A. Buchanani (Buchanan's). i. white, campanulate; racemes
lin. to 2in. long, loose-flowered. J.. Zin. long, very narrow-
linear, ascending, elongated. Branches slender, glabrous;
spines hard, pungent, iin. long. Shiré Highlands, Tropical
Africa, 1893. Plant shrubby, broadly sarmentose.

A. comorensis (Comoro).* This resembles 4A. plumosus in
general appearance, but differs mainly in its more robust habit,
darker green colour, and the soft texture of its leaves.
Comoro, 1888. (G. C. 1898, xxiii., p. 181, f. 72.)

A. crispus (curled). The correct name of A. decumbens.

A. declinatus (declinate). 7. White, very small, campanulate.
tr. small, globose, one-seeded. 7. slender, subulate, bright
greea, 4in. to 4in. long, six to ten in the lateral clusters, as
many as twenty in those at the tips and bases of the branch-
lets; main leaves produced into a deltoid spur. Stems
sarmentose, glabrous, woody, terete; branches decompound,
with numerous spreading or deflexed branchlets. South Africa,
1759. Half-hardy.

A. defiexus (deflexed). fl. striped with brown, small, solitary
or in clusters of two to six. October. 2. din. long, in clusters
of six to ten; main ones forming a short, deflexed spur.
Branches slender, the lower ones defiexed; branchlets very
short. Angola, 1892. A hardy, much-branched shrub.

A. grandifiorus (large-flowered). A synonym of 4. umbellatus.

A. laricinus (Larch-like). jj. white, small, campanulate,
axillary, many in a cluster. May. jl. dull red, globose, one-
seeded, jin. in diameter. J. subulate, rigid, densely clustered,
ascending jin. to l4in. long, bright green. Stems 12ft. long,
woody, much-branched; main prickles large, pungent, spreading;
branches pale, ascending, zigzag. South Africa, 1816. (G. C.
1898, xxiii., p. 122, f. 46.)

A. lucidus (¢lear). jl. white, small, axillary. jr. pink, or white
when ripe, tin. in diameter. J. narrow, flattened, falcate, lin
to 2in. long, disposed in fascicles of two to six. Stems thin,
flexuous, 4ft. to 6ft. long, with small spines, branching freely.
China and Japan. An elegant stove climber for pillars, &c.

A. medeoloides (Medeola-like). The correct name of Myrsi-
phylum asparagoides.

A. plumosus (G. C. 1898, xxiii., p. 146, f. 58). SyN. A. consan-
guineus. The following are varieties :

A. p. albanensis (Albanian). /. longer and less numerous than
in the type. 1895.

A. p. eristatus (crested). Branches less flattened, each terminating
in a tassel-like cluster of branchlets and leaves.

A. p. declinatus (declinate). A variety
branches.

A. p. Sanderi (Sander’s). A curious seedling form, of tall habit,
and having tufted, plumose growth ou the large leaves. 1894. ~

with

drooping

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Asparagus—continued.

A. p. tenuissimus (very slender).* This is of a lighter green than
the typical A. plumosus, and the foliage is remarkable for its
eaeue slenderness and delicate appearance. South Africa,

A. retrofractus (lent back).* #. white, small, axillary,
umbellate.” July. fr. small, globose, one-seeded. 7. densely
clustered, subulate, curved, ascending, jin. to lin. long, bright
green, Larch-like. Stems 6ft. or more in length, slender, woody,
terete, much-branched ; main prickles small, pungent, uncinate ;
branches slender, very zigzag. South Africa, 1759. Syn.
A. Tr. arboreus.

A. sarmentosus (sarmentose). fl. white, star-like, fragrant;
racemes lin. to 3in. long, spreading from the weody branches.
August. Jr. bright scarlet, pea-like. /. linear, rigid, mucronate,
4in. to Zin. long, solitary except at the tips of the Pescudticta! flat,
bright green, with a distinct midrib. Stems woody, sub-erect or
twining, with short, deflexed prickles; branchlets numerous,
square, spreading or ascending. South Africa, 1810. Cool house.
(G. C. 1898, xxiii., p. 179, f. 71.)

A. scandens defiexus (defiexed). //l. smaller than in the type.
1. firmer, sin. to din. long. Branchlets very zigzag.

A. schoberioides (Schoberia-like). 1. small, sessile, produced
on the lower half of the branches. fr. red, small, abundant.
l. in clusters of three or four, 4in. long, linear, faleate, deciduous.
Stems about Ift. high, thin, wiry, branched above. Japan. Of
this hardy but not very ornamental species there are one or two
varieties, one having longer stems.

Fic, 82.

ASPARAGUS SPRENGERI.

A. Sprengeri (Sprenger’s).*
long. fr. din. in diameter. J. fiat, linear, glabrous, bright pen
straight or slightly curved, lin. to lsin. long, in... broad,
flattened, glossy green. Stems woody, terete, wide-climbing, 2ft.
to 6ft. long, freely branched; prickles small, hooked. South
Africa, 1890. A very elegant species. (R. G. 1890, p. 490, f. 80.)
There is a variegated form. See Fig. 82. =

A. tenuifolius (slender-leaved). (. white, Jin. across, axillary.
May. Jr. bright red, as large as Cherries. J. greyish-green,
linear, curved, jin. to lin. long, in whorls of about a score at
short intervals. Stems wiry, smooth, 3ft. high; branches
ascending. France, Italy, &c., 1819. - Half-hardy perennial. ~

A. tenuissimus (very slender). A variety of A. plumosus.

‘

fl. whitish, smali, racemes lin.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT-~ INTRODUCTIONS,

Asparagus — continued.

A. trichophyllus (hair-leaved). 7. axillary, usually solitary, on
long pedicels. fr. pea-like. 2 Ain. to lin. long, stiff, subulate,
in clusters of twenty to thirty. Stems flexuous, 3ft. to 6ft. long,
freely branched above; branches haying curved-up spines at
their base. Siberia and Northern China. Hardy perennial.

A. umbellatus (umbellate). ”. white, small, fragrant, in
compact umbels of about a dozen, fr. pea-like. 1. sti , almost
spinous, triquetrous, sin. long, in clusters of ten to ‘twenty.
Stems slender, striated, wiry, copiously branched above;
- branches drooping, thickly clothed with leaves. Canary Islands,
1828. A nearly hardy sub-shrub. Syn. A. grandijlorus.

A. verticillatus (whorled). =. small. jr. bright red, like those
of the common Asparagus. /. hair-like, in. to 2in, long, in tufts
of two to twenty. Stems jin. thick, woody with age, smooth,
armed with short, hard spines at the nodes ; branches numerous,
slender, lft. to 2ft. long. Persia, Siberia, &c., 1752. Hardy.
ASPARAGUS BEETLE. This pest seems to be

on the increase, and many cases are on record of

entire failure of crops in certain districts owing to the
prevalence of the Beetle. It has already been shown

(Vol. I.) that the Beetle is sufficiently distinctive not to

be passed over for any other. The larva, however, is

not so readily recognised. It is of a bluish-grey colour,
with black head and legs, and in length varies somewhat
from in. or a little more to as much as }in. It feeds
for some fourteen days, at the end of which time it
assumes the pupal state beneath the soil. The Beetles
deposit their eggs, which are frequently laid in rows, on
the shoots and leaves of their food-plants, and though of
comparatively small size they may readily -be distinguished.

-The symptoms of attack of the Asparagus Beetle are

a withering of the shoots, and instead of the plants

presenting a light green appearance, patches of a brown

or yellowish colour may be found upon them early
in the season. Such plants, if examined, will almost

. invariably be found to harbour the larve of the Beetle

under notice. These grubs, too, are difficult to dislodge,
possessing as they do the power of holding on by means
of the fleshy foot found at the anal extremity.

Besides the remedial. measures suggested in Vol. L.,
it will be well to go over infested plants while the
grubs are on the feed, and either squeeze them
between finger and thumb, or remove them bodily and
cast them into an insecticide previously prepared. Shoots,
too, on which eggs have been deposited should be cut
off and burned. It is useless removing such infested
portions and then consigning them to the rubbish-heap.

ASPARAGUS RUST. See Puccinia Asparagi.

ASPASIA. The half-dozen species of this genus are
all tropical American, ranging from Brazil as far as
Central America. To those described on p. 124, Vol. L.,
the following should be added:

A. principissa (princely). 1. over 2in. across, somewhat resem-
bling those of an Odontogiossum ; seginents light green, lined
brown, lanceolate-linear; lip light Duff, broadly pandurate,
almost lin. long, with two parallel tubercles at the base.

Veraguas. |

ASPERELLA (a diminutive of asper, rough; in
allusion to the scabrous leaves). Also spelt Asprella. Syns.
Gymnostichum, Hystriz. Orp. Graminex. A monotypic
genus. The species, A. Hystriv, is a rather tall, hardy,
annual Grass, native of the Orient, with longer, looser,
and slenderer terminal spikes than in Elymus (to which
this genus is closely related), and flat leaves. It is
largely used on the Continent in bouquets of everlastings,
and for other purposes.

ASPERIFOLIZ. Included under Boraginee
(which see).
ASPERULA. Of this genus about eighty species have

been described ; but not nearly that number are distinct as

such. They extend over Europe, Asia (especially Western),

and Australia.

A. azurea is the correct name of A. orientalis.

A. ealabrica (Calabrian). A synonym of Putoria calabrica.
ASPHODEL, FALSE. Sve Tofieldia.

ASPHODEL, SCOTCH. See Tofieldia palustris.

cy or

ASPHODELINE. §Syy. Dorydiwm. There are about
fourteen species of this genus, nativ of the Mediter-
ranean region and the Orient as far as Persia and the
Caueasus. To those described on pp. 124-5, Vol. I., the
following shonld be added.

A; cretica (Cretan).

A. imperialis (imperial). jl. veddish-white, large. fr. angular.
i. forming a magnificent rosette, somewhat prolonged up the
stem, and not all springing from one base. Stem furnished
with leaf-scales. h. 8ff. Thyana, Cappadocia, 1897. The largest
of all the species. (G. C. 1897, xxii., p. 397, f. 116.)
ASPHODELOPSIS. A synonym of Chlorophytum

(which see).

ASPHODELUS. The six or seven described species
of this genus are reduced by Baker to five; they inhabit
the Mediterranean region, one extending as far as India
and the Mascarene Islands. To those described on p. 125,
Vol. I., the following should be added. See also Aspho-
deline.

A. acaulis (stemless). (/. six to twenty in a lax corymb ; perianth
pale pink, lin. to 14in. long, funnel-shaped ; peduncle very short
or abortive. May. J. ten to twenty in a dense, radical rosette,
linear, tapering to enone, 6in. to 12in. long, minutely pubescent.
Algeria. (B. M. 7004.)

A. albus is a sub-species of A. ramosus.

A. comosus (tufted). ., perianth gin. long, the segments white,
with a green keel; panicle lft. long, with a dense, terminal
raceme Zin. in diameter, and six or eight small side ones;

eduncle stout, as long as the leaves. /., radical ones ensiform,
sft. long, gradually tapering g, acutely keeled at back. North-
wate Himalayas, 1887.

A. tenuifolius (slender-leaved). The «correct name _ of

A. estivus.

ASPIDIOTUS. Orv. Homoptera. One of the numerous
genera into which the scales are divided. It belongs to
the group Diaspina, in which the scales are formed by the
aid of the cast-skins and a kind of secretion. In this genus
the scales are almost circular, while the exuvie are central
or lateral in the male, concealed, covered with a pellicle
having a raised point in the centre. There is some little
confusion existing with regard to the nomenclature of this
genus, and the many synonyms which are from time to
time employed add to the difficulty. Reference has already
been made to the fact that A. conchiformis is no longer
employed by naturalists for the Mussel Seale, but Myti-
laspis pomorwm, the former now being regarded as a useless
synonym. The members of this genus are found on a
variety of plants, both outdoors and under glass, and are
most undesirable. The chief species found in gardens
are referred to under Scales and Pear Insects.

ASPIDISTRA. Syns. Macrogyne and Porpar.
This genus embraces four species, natives of the Hima-
layas, China, and Japan. Leaves radical, long, ample,
contracted into shortly-dilated petioles. To the species,
&e., deseribed on p. 125, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. elatior (taller). The correct name of A. Jwrida (of gardens),
described and figured in Vol. I.

A, punctata (B. R. 977) is synonymous with A. elatior.

A. typica (typical). 7. dirty white or greenish, speckled with
red, dark purple within, numerous, racic: al, gin. in diameter,
elobose. September. 7. lft. to Isft. long, long-petiolate,
elliptie- lanceolate; nerves about seven. Rootstock stout,
creeping. Tonkin (?), 1895. (B. M. 7484.)

ASPIDIUM. Buckler Fern. Including Melanopteris
and Phanerophlebia. This cosmopolitan genus embraces
about sixty species, showing tcemarkable variation as
regards size, texture, cutting, and venation. To the
information given on pp. 125-7, Vol. I., the following
should be added. Several species formerly included here
will now-be found under Nephrodium.

Very few, if any, Aspidiums are fastidious in their
habits. The exotic species found in the group Polystichum
are particularly robust; and whether adapted to stove
or to greenhouse treatment, all thrive in a mixture of
three parts sandy peat and one part fibrous loam. They

A synonynt of A. fenuior,

‘also succeed admirably in places where light is not

92 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aspidium—continued.
abundant, and where few other Ferns would hold their
own.

The British portion of the group Polystichum is repre-
sented by the Prickly Shield Fern and its numerous
varieties, all of which are free-growing, easily-managed,
and very desirable for either the outdoor rockery, the indoor
Fernery, or pot culture, as all are evergreen, delighting
in a mixture of sandy loam and fibrous peat in equal
parts, resting on a sound drainage. Although,
when once established, the influence of strong
light is not injurious to them, they produce
much finer foliage when placed in a shady
situation during the growing season. They
require to be freely supplied with water at
the roots: they must also be kept constantly
moist during the winter.- British Aspidiums
are also excellent subjects for pot culture, as
they bear indoor treatment much better than
most native Ferns. Their propagation (ex-
cept in cases of rare varieties, which are only
increased by division of the crowns) is usually ~
effected by means of spores; these are pro-
duced in great abundance, and if sown as
they ripen, at the end of the summer, ger-
minate rapidly, and make, during the following
summer, young plants which are very valuable
for the decoration of the greenhouse and of
the conservatory during the ensuing winters.

The deservedly popular Ferns commonly known under
the name of (yrtomiwm are amongst the most useful of
decorative plants, on account of their rapid growth and
their firm, leathery texture, besides being all very distinct
and particularly handsome. They are indeed the best
Ferns to use in the least favoured places—in rooms and
on staireases, where their fronds seem to defy draughts,
smoke, and even gas, better than any other Ferns with
which we are acquainted. Their bold and shining foliage
forms a striking contrast to that of finer-cut species
when planted out in the cool Fernery, under which treat-
ment they develop into handsome specimens in an in-
credibly short time, and show themselves to great
advantage. For that special purpose, Aspidiums of the
Cyrtomium group are of the greatest value, as by the
use of them additional charm may be given to the
rockery not heated artificially, but simply protected by
glass, where they, being of an evergreen nature, retain
their beauty during the whole of the winter months.

The soil which suits Aspidiums best is a compost of
about equal parts fibrous loam, peat, and silver-sand ;
but care must be taken that they are not potted
hard, or, if planted out in the Fernery, that the soil
round them is kept moderately loose. They require an
abundant supply of water at the roots during the growing
season, and frequent syringings overhead are beneficial
during that time, but they should be watered sparingly

Fic. 84. FROND OF ASPIDIUM FALCATUM.

Aspidium—continued.
during winter. The propagation of plants of this section,
like that of most other Aspidiums, is best effected by
means of spores, which are abundantly produced, and
which germinate very freely if sown as soon as gathered.

Amongst Aspidiums the Holly Fern (A. Lonchitis) is
somewhat fapricious under cultivation, althongh when
established it will thrive in the greenhouse and luxuriate
for a time in stove temperature. The best mode of treat-

Fic. 83. FROND OF ASPIDIUM ACROSTICHOIDES.

ment, however, is that advocated by Mr. W. Reeve. He

has grown it most successfully in the cool house, where it

was constantly shaded and standing upon a cool, damp

bottom. He employed a compost of sandy loam and peat

in equal parts, with a liberal admixture of sharp sand. It

may be cultivated upon the outdoor rockery, but great care

is necessary, as it is a very shy plant to establish itself in

dry, exposed situations. Mr. Reeve remarks that “a -
shady part of the rockery must be selected, where it can be
kept constantly damp without ever being wet,” and that it
will not stand stagnant moisture; also that it must be
planted firmly in the above-mentioned compost as early in
the spring as possible, and that if a hand- or bell-glass can
be kept over it for a short time it is all the better, as this
will maintain the soil moist about it for some time without
the application of much water, after which it should be
gradually inured to more air. It is usually increased by
means of its spores, which should be sown as soon as ripe,
for the division of its crowns, when several are produced,
is at all times, and even under the most favourable
conditions, considered a very risky operation.

Though perfectly hardy in most parts of this country,
A. acrostichoides proves most useful when grown all
the year round in either the cold house or the con-
servatory. Its handsome fronds, being of good substance,
are very useful for entting, and are admirably adapted for
mixing with flawers. It is a species which thrives best in
sandy peat and leaf-mould, with an abundance
of water at the roots all the year round.

A. acrostichoides.* Christmas Fern. In North

America the fronds (see Fig. 83) of this species are
largely used for Christmas decoration.

A. aculeatum acrocladon (branched at_apex).*
fronds 13ft. long, rich green, narrow, the pinne in
the lower portion again divided to the midrib;
apex of the fronds three-branched and repeatedly
forked. An exquisite variety.

A. a. lobatum (lobed). A striking variety, chiefly
distinguished from the type in its much shorter,
more crowded, and less scaly pinne ; the pinnules
are also more nearly entire.

A. a. pulcherrimum (very pxetty). fronds un-

‘ .crested and quite harren ; pinnules elongated and

ss curved sickle-fashion, imparting a peculiar beauty
to the frond. :

Other more or less rare varieties are: argutwm,
erassum, cristato-gracile, cristatum, densum, furcatum,
interruptum, Moritzianum, multifidum, plumosum,
pulchrum, setosum, and tsussimense.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 93

Aspidium—continued.

Fic. 85, ASPIDIUM FALCATUM PENDULUM.

A. angulare acrocladon (branched at apex). fronds about
10in. long, repeatedly branched at their extremity; rachis and
under-side of the pinnules covered with light brown scales.

A. a. brachiatum (branched). fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, pyramidal
in form, the lowest pair of pinns being sometimes so large as to

Fic. 86. FRoNpD oF ASPIDIUM HOOKERI.

Aspidium—continued.

look like branches. The form brachiato-cristatum is a nearly

allied form in which the end of each branch of the fronds

terminates in a tuft.

Other varieties are: acutilobum, acutum, alatum, aristatum, biser-
ratum, cornutum, cristatum, Elworthii, Footii, grandidens,
indivisum, interruptum, latipes, oxyphyllum, Padleyanum, pre-
morsum, pumilum, ramosissimum, setaceum, tripinnatum, trunca
tum, and varians.

A. atratum (dark). A synonym of Nephrodium hirtipes.

A. Blumei (Blume’s). A synonym of Nephrodiwm intermedium.

A. caryotideum (Caryota-like). A variety of A. falcatwm.

A. concavum (concave). A synonym of A. laserpitiifolium.

A. coniifolium (Conium-leaved). A synonym of A. aristatum,

A. Fadyeni (Fadyen’s). A synonym of Fadyenia prolifera.

A. faleatum. The bold fronds (see Fig. 84) of this species and
its varieties make a striking contrast with those of the more
finely-cut species when planted out in the cold Fernery.

A. f. Fensoni (Fenson’s). fronds having pinnules broader
than in the typical plant, and coalescing near the tips of
the fronds. 1889. A robust form.

A. f. pendulum (pendulous). This differs from the type in its
pen Hi habit and in having narrower pinne. 1892. See
Fig. 85.

-A. Fortunei (Fortune’s). A form of A. faleatum.

A. Hookeri (Hooker's). This evergreen species (a frond of which
is shown in Fig. 86) has quite the habit of a Nephrodium, and
is of similarly soft texture.

A. lobatum (lobed). A variety of A. aculeatum.

A, mucronatum. In habit, texture, and colour, this lovely
dwarf, evergreen, easily-cultivated species somewhat resembles
our native Holly Fern (A. Lonchitis). See Fig. 87.

Fic. 87. ASPIDIUM MUCRONATUM.

A. munitum.* This very handsome species, when well grown
and fully developed, is one of the finest Ferns native of North
America, where it is popularly known as Chamisso’s Shield Fern.
See Fig. 88.

A. Plumieri (Plumier’s). A form of A. trifoliatum.
A. polyblepharum (many-fringed). A synonym of A. angulare.

A. proliferum (proliferous). A name applied to forms of
A. aculeatum and A. angulare.

A. Richardi (Richard’s). sti. stout, erect, 6in. to 12in. long,
scaly throughout. fronds coriaceous, Yin. to 18in. long, 6in. to
Sin. broad. sori in two rows midway between midrib and
edge. New Zealand. ‘his greenhouse species differs from
A. aculeatum in its more rigid texture and shorter teeth, and
in its lower pinne being of the same size as those in the
centre of the frond, Syn. Polystichwm Richardi.

94 THE DICTIONARY

Aspidium—continued.

Fic, 88. ASPIDIUM MUNITUM.

A. setosum (bristly).* sti. stiff, 8in. to 10in. long, very scaly.
fronds evergreen, dark, 14ft. to 14ft. long, 4in. to 6in. broad ;
pinne densely placed; pinnules somewhat cordate, but termi-
nating in a bristle, and so closely set as to overlap. sori
scattered over the whole under-surface of the frond. Japan.
A very popular and decorative, greenhouse or nearly hardy
Fern. See Fig. 89. Syn. Polystichum setosum.

A. simulatum (simulating) A synonym of Nephrodium
simulatum.

A. Standishii (Standish’s). A synonym of A. laserpitiifoliwm.
A. triangulare laxum (triangular, loose). fronds long and

very narrow, somewhat drooping, of a leathery texture, and very
lasting. A garden variety. SyN. Polystichum xiphioides.

A. triangulum ilicifolium (Holly-leaved). sti. slender, lin.
to 2in. long, clothed with large, light brown scales. fronds 6in.

Fic. 89. ASPIDIUM SETOSUM =

OF GARDENING.

Aspidium—continued.

to Yin. long, lin. to 2in. broad; pinne
about lin. long, mucronate at apex,
cut down below to the rachis into lan-
ceolate lobes. sori principally in two
rows near the midrib. Northern India.
Greenhouse. See Fig. 90.

A large form, with more copious and
more scattered sori, and a less distinctly
peltate involucre than in the type.

A. tripteron, A frond of this character-
istic species, which-is almost hard}, but
thrives in a greenhouse, is shown in
Fig. 91.

A. truncatulum (slightly truncate).
A synonym of Didymochlena lunulata.

A. uliginosum (marsh-loving). A
synonym of Nephrodium eristatuin
uwliginosum,

A. vestitum (clothed).
A, aculeatum.

ASPLENIUM. Including Cal-
lipteris, Lotzea, Oxygoniwm, Tham-
nopteris, and Triblemma. Nearly
350 species of this genus have been
recorded, including plants from all
parts of the world where Ferns grow.
Aspleniums form a most interesting genus among the
Ferns of British origin, and are particularly useful on
account of the evergreen nature of their fronds. The
leathery texture of their foliage also greatly adds to
their value as decorative plants; while the ease with
which the strongest-growing kinds may be cultivated
also tends to make these species particularly popular.

A variety of

Fic. 90. ASPIDIUM TRIANGULUM ILICIFOLIUM.

Some of the very dwarf-growing sorts are somewhat
difficult to preserve, especially in smoky localities, but
these, besides succeeding fairly well in Fern-cases, are
rendered specially attractive through their constitution
and mode of growth, and they may safely be termed
the gems among onr native Ferns.

Most Aspleniums succeed best in.a mixture of fibrous
loam, peat, and sand, in equal proportions. In potting
them, great care should be taken with the drainage, as,
if it is at all defective the plants will soon become

A. trifoliatum Plumieri (Plumier’s). ©

=a

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Asplenium—confinued.
flabby and otherwise begin to show symptoms of ill-
health. With the exception of a few dwarf species,
which grow naturally in walls or im fissures of rocks,
Aspleniums, above all, dislike being potted hard.
Many of them will stand the full rays of the
sun under glass, but it is not beneficial in ‘any way to
the plants, which, instead of being of a healthy, bright,
shining green colour, as nearly all of them are when in
good condition, have a yellowish tint, although they may
perhaps be hardier than those grown in partial shade.

Being native of countries very distant from one another,
and being found wild under totally different conditions,

it will be easily understood that Aspleniums require

varied treatment, and, on that account, while some kinds
really need stove temperature to develop their foliage to
perfection, others do well in a greenhouse temperature,
while a few of them may even be used with advantage
for the ornamentation of the hardy Fernery. Although
the majority of the
hardier kinds—even
our own A. marinunr
—grow very well for
a time under the in-
fluence of strong arti-
ficial heat, it must
be borne in mind
that they are much
more robust, although
of slower growth,
when kept in a lower
temperature.

A considerable
number of exotic
Aspleniums are either
viviparous or at least
proliferous at their
apex. In either case
if there is a desire
to increase the stock
of any particular vivi-
parous or prolifevous
species, the portion
of the fronds bearing
the rudiments of
young plants should
be pegged down to
the soil, and be kept
moderately moist,
when they will soon
root.

When Aspleniums
have to be produced
in large quantities—
such, for instance, as
the kinds belonging
to the bulbiferum group, which for decorative purposes are
raised by the thonsand—market growers find it more
expeditious to detach the little bulbils when furnished
with two or three tiny fronds, and to prick them in
close together in shallow boxes filled with a loose
compost of three parts peat or leaf-mould, one of
loam,-and one of sand: in this they produce roots very
freely, and rapidly form young plants, which may be‘
potted singly as soon as they have from six to eight
fronds. None of the British Aspleniums are konwn to
possess these viviparous or proliferous characters, and
their propagation is usually effected by division of
their crowns, although they may with advantage be

Fig. 91. FROND OF ASPIDIUM TRIPTERON.

‘increased from spores, which mostly ripen in the autumn

and germinate freely during the following spring.
The genus Asplenium is unusually rich in decorative

species and varieties, and comparatively few require

‘special treatment. A. Fabianwm is, however, one that

&C. 95

Asplenium—continued.
does. It succeeds when grown in peat and sand alone,
and will be found to produce fronds of large dimensions,
and especially bright as to colour. The Fern is admirably
adapted for table-decoration. for vases, &e. It is
perfectly evergreen, and very good-sized plants with a
quantity of foliage may be grown in pots of comparatively
small size.

Very decorative, too, is A. caudatwm, an easily-grown
Fern, requiring a mixture of peat and sand only. On
account of the gracefully pendulous character of its
fronds, this species is very well adapted for growing in
hanging-baskets of large dimensions. The whole plant
is of a beautiful dark, glossy green, which contrasts
agreeably with the colour of the conspicuous fructification.
The fronds, being of leathery texture, remain a long
time on the plant. A. formoswm is another species
which must be grown in peat and sand, with the addition
of a little crock-dust. Loam it does not like.

Noteworthy in connection with this genus is thie fact
that it contains several of our finest native Ferns,
though unfortunately these are not as readily accom-
modated as are some of the exotics. One of the
prettiest and most interesting of all such Ferns
is A. Ceterach. It is not at all easy to cultivate
successfully; it is too impatient of confinement to
live long in a greenhouse, and the cold frame, so
useful for the protection of other half-hardy species, is
almost certain death*to this. So wrote an experienced
cultivator, Mr. Charles Johnson, more than a quarter of
a century since. Further, he said that it universally
seemed to prefer a calcareous habitat; and those who
have seen it in a state of Nature can testify to that
fact. Other points to be observed in its cultivation are
ample drainage, whether in the open or in pots, and in
the latter case it is, moreover, necessary to avoid wetting
the fronds when watering.

Another native gem is the Black Maidenhair Spleen-
wort (A. nigrum), which, on account of the lasting
qualities of its foliage, has taken a prominent position.
Its dark, shining fronds, when cut and mixed with flowers,
retain their freshness for an almost unlimited time ;
they are of elegant outline, and are produced in great
abundance. It is found very plentifully ia Cornwall,
Devonshire, Somerset, Hampshire, and in some other
counties, in shady places at the foot of trees and shrubs,
as also along the hedges, in meadows, on old walls, and
in disused quarries. These are the positions in which the
fronds attain their greatest size, but the Fern will also bear
continued exposure to sunshine, and when growing thus
it is very dwarf and of a yellowish colour. It is ulso
very useful for pot culture, as it thrives under glass in
the cool house, even better than it does in the outdoor
Fernery. The best soil for this Fern is a mixture of
leaf-mould, sandy loam, lime rubbish, and fibrous peat
in about equal parts. Propagation may be effected
by means of spores, which are ripe about September ;
or by the divisions of the crowns during March and
April.

Distinct and beautiful again is another native—the Lady
Fern, one of the easiest grown and most decorative of
all British Ferns. Mx. 8. Moore thus writes of its require-
ments in * British Ferns”: When placed about rockwork
it should occupy a low, boggy situation at the base of
the rock, being planted amongst turfy soil, kept thoroughly
moistened, either naturally or artificially. It is far less
beautiful if planted in dry, exposed situations. Few
hardy plants which can be introduced among rockwork
are so thoronghly lovely as a vigorous Lady Fern, placed
just within the mouth of a cavernous recess large enough
to admit of its development and just open enough that
the light of day may gleam across the dark background
suflicient to reveal the drooping, feathery fronds; and.
what is more, it will delight to grow in such a situation

96 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Asplenium—continued.
if freely supplied with moisture to its roots. In woodland
walks, or on the shady margin of ornamental water, no
Fern can be more appropriately introduced. When
grown in a pot, it requires one of rather a large size,
and should be planted in turfy soil intermixed with
fragments of charcoal, sandstone, and potsherds. To
attain anything like a fair degree of its ladylike graceful-
ness, this Fern must under all circumstances be well
supplied with water.

Although really a British Fern, the Sea Spleenwort
(A. marinwm) does not not succeed well in the open in
many parts of Great Britain; whereas it certainly luxu-
riates in warmth, and readily adapts itself to the treatment
allowed even to our stove plants, it grows very well
and forms splendid specimens in the cool and intermediate
houses, pits, vineries, &c. It also proves one of the hand-
somest Ferns in cultivation when planted in the temperate
Fernery. In its natural state the Sea Spleenwort appears
to require very little nourishment for its maintenance,
but when cultivated its young seedlings will often make
their appearance and, if left undisturbed, grow luxuriantly
in places where scarcely a particle of soil is to be found.
It is, however, more satisfactory to plant it in a compost
of three parts fibrous peat and one of sand, with
thorough drainage.

Mention might now fittingly be made to the cultural
requirements of the well-known Maidenhair Spleenwort
(Asplenium Trichomanes), found almost everywhere in
Britain. Hardy as the Fern is it prefers an exposed
situation to a close or very shady one, in which the
constant moisture, by collecting on the fronds, soon
causes them to blacken and decay. If the plants are grown
in pots, it is essential that these should be well drained,
and frequent watering over the fronds must be avoided.
The compost best suited for this species is a mixture of
porous, loamy soil, lumps of sandstone, and old lime
rubbish. In the hardy ontdoor Fernery, A. Trichomanes
is particularly adapted for the formation of a neat and
pleasant edging where it can take its natural position;
but in this case it should be planted between stones, and
the crowns should be kept slightly above the surface of
the soil. In such a position its graceful, slender fronds
are shown to perfection. Pvropagated either by means of
spores, which are generally ripe in August and germinate
freely, or by the division of its crowns in March.

Two species which may be regarded as indispensable
to any good collection of Ferns are A. flabellifoliwm
and <A. flaccidum. The former is best when grown in
small hanging-baskets, as then its fronds are very graceful.
In rustic cork baskets it is grown with most complete
success, for it takes possession of the most ragged parts
of them in a remarkably short time. Grown in pots or
even trailing on the ground in a Fern-ecase, it has a weedy
appearance. A. fontanwm is another decided acquisition,
as, on account of its dwarf, compact habit, it must be treated
as an ordinary greenhouse Fern, have glass protection all
the year round, and be shaded from the direct rays of the
sun during the summer months. It is readily propagated
by careful division of the plants during the spring months,
when the portions thus obtained should be potted or planted
in a mixture of sandy peat and broken bricks, or old
mortar, or both; and particular attention should be paid
to the drainage, which is best formed of freshly-broken
bricks.

Greenhouse treatment should also be meted out to
A. lanceolatum, another native Fern, though very local in
its distribution. Like most of its congeners of small
dimensions, it must be shaded from the hot sun.
Under such treatment, and provided it be kept mode-
rately moist, its fronds attain a length of from 10in.
to 12in., and are of a beautiful dark green. A mixture of
peat, lime-rubbish, bricks broken small, and leaf-mould, in
about equal proportions, is what it likes. In planting or

Asplenium— continued.

potting, the crown requires to be kept well above the
surface of the soil. Usually propagated by division of the
crowns in early spring, but the operation requires rather
more attention than it is usual to bestow on British Ferns.

A. Goringianum pictum is another Fern which, though
hardy in sheltered spots, is best grown in a green-
house or under the shelter of a cold frame, using a
compost of two parts of leaf-mould, one of fibrous loam,
and one of silver-sand. Spores are produced in abundance,
but the plant is propagated by division.

Although requiring stove heat to grow and develop
their handsome fronds properly during the greater part
of the year, A. Nidus and its varieties stand well out of
doors in the summer if not exposed to the full sun, and
they prove exceedingly effective when used in the sub-
tropical garden. Great care must be taken to keep
away slugs and woodlice, which are particularly fond of
the young succulent fronds. These Ferns thrive best in
a mixture of about equal parts rough, fibrous peat
and chopped sphagnum. They require very little soil,
most of the nourishment being derived from aérial

roots, which are produced freely on the surface of the _

pot, and at the base of the fronds, if the atmosphere be

kept in proper condition.

In A. Selosii anl A. septentrionale we have two
species somewhat difficult to manage. The former should
be firmly potted between pieces of sandstone in loam,
leaf-mould, rock-chippings, and sand, with good drainage.
With the latter, as with all other species of delicate
constitution and slow growth, it is necessary that the
tufted crowns should be kept above the surface of the
soil, and in potting it the essential point is to secure
perfect drainage. A mixture of peat, loam, and old
mortar, in about equal parts, should be used. Water
must be sparingly given, taking care to avoid: any
superfluous moisture. The cold frame is the best place
in which to keep the plant in good order.

It is worthy of
special note that
all Aspleniums are “y
particularly free from jo
the attacks of such
pests as ‘Thrips,
Green-fly, and Mealy
Bug, and are natur-
ally clean plants,
their worst enemies
being Woodlice and
Slugs, which are fond
of their succulent
stalks. The former
must be trapped by
means of slices of
Carrot placed in their
haunts, and the latter
with bran or brewer's
grains.

To the species and
varieties described on
pp. 127-35, Vol. L,
the following should
be added:

A. achillezfolium
(Achillea-leaved).
Fronds about 2ft. long,
including the ey
stipes, somewhat lan-
ceolate; pinne nu-
merous, soft, 4in. to
6in. long, lin. broad,
cut throughout to the
winged midrib into
numerous __ bluntly-
toothed pinnules sin.

long and 4in. broad.
sort oblong, usually

Fic. 92. FROND OF ASPLENIUM
ALATUM.

Asplenium—continued.

one to each lobe of the pinnules.
Athyrium achillecefolium.

A. alatum. This species is readily distinguished by the broad and
nearly transparent wings on the stipes and rachis. See Fig. 92.
A. amboinense (Amboyna). rhiz. creeping, clothed with black,
subulate scales. sti. about lin. long. fronds numerous, ever-
green, lanceolate, narrowed below, truncate at apex, having a
scaly bud at the end of the midrib, anda small, forked or multifid

continuation of the frond. South Sea Islands, 1887. Stove.

Mexico. Greenhouse. SyYn-

4 Fic. 93. (a) BARREN AND (0) FERTILE FRONDS OF
ASPLENIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM.

A. angustifolium. In damp, rich woods, especially in
mountainous districts, this species is found in perfection. A

a barren and a fertile frond are shown in Fig. 93.

q '€ \ “mea

Fia. 94. ASPLENTUM ATTENUATUM,
Vol. V.

a

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 97

Asplenium—continued.

A. attenuatum. The proliferous character of this singular,
dwarf, rigid Fern, native of New South Wales and Queens-
land, is well shown in Fig. 94.

ou

Fia. 95. ASPLENIUM BELANGERI.

A. auritum. The form macilentum has the rachis broadly
winged and the pinne blunt; and rigidwm has the pinne deeply
pinnatifid throughout.

Fig. 96. FROND OF ASPLENIUM BRACHYPTERON.

A, axillare (axillary), of Aiton. A synonym of A, umbrosum.

A. bantamense (Bantam). stv. 6in. to 12in. long, firm, erect,
nearly naked. fronds Yin. to 18in. long, with a large terminal

GAZ

ZH

SSSR)
Az aM be

SSAQnnyzZs
Fia. 97. PARTIALLY-DEVELOPED BARREN FROND OF
ASPLENIUM CAUDATUM.

O

98 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Asplenium—continued.

inna and one to four pairs of lateral ones, which are 6in. to
in. long, 14in. to 2in. broad, narrowed at both ends, and with
edges nearly entire. sori_slender, irregular, nearly touching
both edge and midrib. Himalayas, Hong Kong, &c. Green-
house. SyNs. A. fraxinifolium, Diplazium bantamense.

A. Baptistii Drueryi (Druery’s). A variety with broader pinne
than in the type, and conspicuously crested. 1894.

A. barbadense (Barbados). shiz. small, erect. fronds pinnate,
densely tufted, erect, spreading, nearly or quite stalkless, pale
green, 2in. to 4in. long, 4in. to Zin. broad, tapering both ways;
pinnz spreading, numerous, sessile, oblong, the lower margin
obliquely cut away, the rest crenate-toothed. Barbados, 1894.
A pretty little stove species.

A, Beddomei (Beddome’s). A synonym of A. crinicaule.

A. Belangeri. ‘This handsome and deservedly popular species

is one of the most elegant plants cf the genus, forming a graceful

Asplenium—continued.

ljin. broad, shortly decurrent on the rachis.
Guiana, 1885. Stove.

A. caryotzfolium (Caryota-leaved).
tum.

A. caudatum.* ‘The frond illustrated at Fig. 97 is only par-
tially developed, and does not show the tail-like appendage to
which this plant owes its specific name.

A. celtidifolium (Celtis-leaved). sti. strong, erect, lft. or more
in length, brownish, paleaceous below. fronds 2ft. to 4ft. long;
Qin. to 18in. broad, pinnatifid at apex, pinnate below; pinnz
numerous, the lower ones distinctly stalked, 6in. to Yin. long,
ljin. to 2in. broad, acuminate, sub-entire or slightly toothed or
lobed. sori beginning at the midrib and falling short of the
edge. Cuba, Brazil, &c. Stove. Syn. Diplazium celtidifolium.

A. Ceterach ramoso-cristatum (branch-crested). fronds Sin.
or more in length including the stipes, branching, and much

British and Dutch

A synonym of A. cunea-

Fic. 98. ASPLENIUM COLENSOI.

poe of finely-divided fronds, spreading on all sides. See
Fig. 95.
A. biforme (of two forms). A garden synonym of A. dimorphwm.

A. brachypteron. Although introduced many years ago, this
interesting species (a frond of which is shown in Fig. 96) is
not so widely grown as it deserves. It should not be kept too
warm. The warm end of a greenhouse, or the cool end of a
stove, suits it best.

A. Bradleyi (Bradley’s). sti. 2in. to din. long, polished, nearly
black. jronds abundant, variable, usually pinnate, but in fully-
developed specimens often pinnatifid and even bipinnate, 5in,
to Tin. long, oblong-lanceolate ; pinne eight to twelve pairs,
the lower ones largest, all short-stalked and toothed. sori short,
sub-costular. North America. Greenhouse.

A. Campbelli (Campbell’s). rvhiz. small, erect, with a few pale
brown scales in the centre. sti. tufted, erect, rather strong,
4in. to 6in. long. fronds erect, composed of one or two pairs
of contiguous, spreading lateral pinne, and a slightly larger
terminal one, which are lanceolate, acuminate, 3in. 5 Sin. long,

>

divided at their extremity and occasionally crested as well;
- pinne variable in size and form, divided nearly or quite to the
midrib. Tveland. An extraordinary form.

A. Colensoi. When fully meee the fronds of this elegant
species are literally studded all over with young plants, by
which means it may be readily propagated. See Vig. 98.

A. compressum. This thick, fleshy-looking Fern is different
in appearance from any other known Asplenium (a frond and a
detached pinna are shown in Fig. 99). It is known in Conti-
nental gardens as A. fecundum.

A. conchatum (shell-like). sti. stout, erect, 2ft. or more in
length. fronds 3it. to 4ft. long, 1ft. to 1sft. broad; lower pinne
lanceolate, Yin. to 12in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad; pinnules
numerous, lanceolate, cut down to a winged rachis into linear-
oblong, spreading segments. sori short, oblong, in two oblique
rows near the midrib. West Indies. Stove. Syn. Athyrium
conchatum.

A. cordifolium (cordate-fronded). sti. firm, erect, bin. to 12ir
long, scaly below. fronds coriaceous, of an extraordinary shape,

Asplenium—continued.

being entire, cordate at base, and long-acuminate at apex. sori
q extending from the midrib to the edge. Philippine and Malay
is Islands. Stove. SYN. Anisogonium cordifolium.

Fic. 99. FROND AND PINNA OF ASPLENIUM COMPRESSUM.

A. costale (costal). sti. 1ft. or more in length, tufted, stout,
erect. fronds large, the apex pinnatifid, the lower part capioualy
pinnate; pinne often lft. long, Sin. broad, cut down half or

OF ASPLENIUM CRINICAULE.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 99

Asplenium— continued.

two-thirds of the way to the rachis into blunt, slightly incised-
serrated lobes. sori copious, broad, falling very short of the
edge. West Indies to Peru. Stove. Syn. Diplazium costale.

A. crenulatum (slightly crenate). caw. erect. sti. firm, erect, lin.
to lyin. long, hardly scaly below. fronds 2ft. to Sft. long, Sin. to
15in. broad, pinnatifid at apex ; pinne 6in. to 8in. long, lin. broad,
eut half or two-thirds of the way to the rachis into slightly-
toothed, oblong lobes or segments. sori about in. long,
disposed close to the midvein of the fertile segments. Tropical
America, A strong-growing, stove species, of nearly arborescent
habit. Syn. Diplaziwm crenulatum. -

i

Fic. 101. FROND OF ASPLENIUM DECUSSATUM.

A. crinicaule (hairy-stalked). sti. erect, 3in. to 4in. long,
sparsely covered with dark brown hairs. fronds 6in. to 9in. long,
ldin. broad ; pinne fifteen or more on each side, horizontal, sub-
coriaceous, obtuse, irregularly crenate on the edges, the upper
side suddenly narrowed and sometimes auricled at base, the
lower obliquely truncate. China, Sikkim, &e. Stove. See
Fig. 100. Syn. A. Beddomei.

A. decurrens (decurrent). sti. short, grey, naked. fronds 1}ft.
to 14ft. long, oblong-lanceolate; pinn five or six pairs, firm,
parchment-like, dark green, proliferousat their extremity, adnate
at their lower base, nearly or quite free and rounded on the

Fic. 102 ASPLENIUM EBENEUM.

100 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Asplenium—continued. ;

Fic. 103, ASPLENIUM FERULACEUM.

upper side, crenulate above. sori in two parallel rows close to
ae ue or rarely prolonged on either side of it. Samoa and
eylon.

A. decussatum. A frond of this gigantic species is shown in
Fig. 101.

Fic. 104. FROND OF ASPLENIUM FILIX-FO@:MINA
ACROCLADON.

Asplenium—continued. r F

A. dilatatum (stretched out). A synonym of A. /atifolium.

A. divaricatum (divaricate). sti. very short. fronds 6in. long,
2in. broad; pinnze numerous, closely set, almost overlapping,
cut into numerous pinnules of a parchment-like texture not
more than one line broad. sori solitary at the base of each
pinnule. Chili and Peru. Stove.

Fic. 105. FROND OF ASPLENIUM FILIX-F@EMINA DISSECTUM.

A. Drueryi (Druery’s). A form of 4. Baptistii.

A. duale (double). rhiz. woody. fronds pinnate, lift. long; —
innz lin. broad, serrated. sorv
inear, in two rows. Jamaica,
1893. A stove species, resem-
bling A. falcatum.

A.ebeneum. The general ap-
pearance of this species, as will
be gathered from Hig 102, is that
of an elongated form of 4A.
Trichomanes.

A, elegantulum (rather elegant).
A synonym of A. incisum.

A. elongatum (lengthened). A
form of A. tenerum.

A. esculentum. The variety
serampurense is a pubescent,
simply-pinnate form.

A. ferulaceum (Ferwa-like).
cau. short, erect. sti. erect,
naked, pale green, 6in. to 12in.
long. fronds dark green, lft. to
2ft. long, somewhat ovate ; pin-
ne decrease ea eaely upwards,
the lowest horizontal or even
deflexed, 6in. to Qin. long, 3in.
to 5in. broad; pinnules sub-
divided into linear, flattened S06
ments, which are again pinnatifid,
the ultimate lobes being reduced
to filiform organs jin. long. _ sori
very small, lateral, abundant.
Andes of Ecuador. This beau-
tiful stove species is the most
finely divided of the whole genus.
ae Fig. 103. Syn. Darea feru-

ced.

A. Filix-foemina acrocladon,
a frond of which is shown in
Fig. 104, is perhaps the most
remarkably-crested form of the
Lady Fern. Among other varie-
ties the following call for men-
tion: :

A. F.-f. clarissima (very dis- Fic. 106. UPPER PORTION OF
tinct). fronds 2ft. long, 1ft. broad, ©§ FROND OF ASPLENIUM FILIx-
arc! Very light green, andas = K(@EMINA FIELDL#, with lower
finely divided as those of plumo- _— Portion showing arrangement
sum. Up to now this variety of Pinne.

Asplenium—continued. -
has failed to produce spores, and can only be propagated by
embedding the edges of es pinne in light atk y .

(oh

TY Wy 4

Fic. 107. FROND OF ASPLENIUM FILIX-F@:MINA GRANDICEPS.

A. F.-f. dissectum. The stipes and rachis of this variety are
2 furnished with brown scales, which are so conspicuous as to
; impart the appearance of prickly processes. See Fig. 105.

Fic. 108. FROND OF ASPLENIUM FILIX-FQEMINA INCISUM.
A. F.-f. Fieldizw (Miss Field's). sti. about 6in. long. fronds
43 Sti: or imace in lonath, only lim. bugga, exeopt just below tho apex,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Sey LOH

Asplenium—continued.
where they are ljin. broad; pinne divided at base into two
short pinnules, one part ascending, and the other descending,
giving the fronds a cruciform appearance; near the apex the
pinne ari into alternate pairs of gradually-diminishing,
deeply-cut divisions, and the fronds terminate in a narrow,
normal, truncate extremity. A remarkable form. See Fig. 106.
A. F.-f. Friselliz coronare (crowned). A handsome variety,
with short and much divided fronds. 1894.

A. F.-f. Girdlestonei cristatum (Girdlestone’s crested).
fronds of a pleasing green; pinne densely tufted. 1891. A
slender, graceful form. -

Fic. 109. FROND OF ASPLENIUM FILIX-FQEMINA VICTORLE.

A. F,-f. diceps. The weight of the dense, globose crest
(Fig. 107) of this variety causes the fronds to assume a pretty
ae tedcuaerance: :

A. F.-f. incisum (cut). fronds gigantic, attaining 4ft. to 5ft.

in length and lft. in breadth, broadly lanceolate, drooping ;

pute: tapering ; .pinnules often so deeply cut as to render the
nds almost tripinnate. See Fig. 108

A. F.-f. plumosum Dreweryi (Drewery’s). A lovely plumose
form. 1891.

A. F.-f. regale (regal). fronds very broad ; pinne broad, prettily
crested at the apex. 1889. A charming variety.

A. F.-f. setigerum grandiceps (bristle-bearing, large-headed).
fronds erect, about lft. high, with a heavily-crested tuft at the
apex; pinne divided and crested at the ends in an ‘extra-
ordi manner. 1893.

A. F.-f. velutinum (velvety). A beautiful, dwarf, densely-

branched variety, dwarfer than its parent A. F.-f. acrocladon,

also closer and more compact in habit: this and the finely-
divided apices give the plant the appearance of a ball of green

velvet. .

Fic. 110. FROND OF ASPLENIUM FLABELLIFOLIUM.

102 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING

Asplenium—continued. Asplenium—continued.

A. F.-f. Victorize. It is difficult to adequately describe the A. formosum.* The lovely fronds of this elegant, delicate-
beauty of this ‘‘Queen of Lady Ferns,” but Fig. 109 gives a » looking, evergreen species are produced abundantly from a
good idea of the appearance of its fronds.

very short stem; and the wiry, polished nature of its dark
stipes approaches the A. T'richomanes group. See
Fig. 111.

A. fragrans feniculaceum. ‘The fronds of this
charming garden variety are 10in. to 15in. long, in-
ae stipes, and are only bipinnatifid. See
rig.

—
—_—

y

A

FIG. 111. ASPLENIUM FORMOSUM. Fic. 113. ASPLENIUM GERMANICUM.

A. flabellifolium. Although not generally popular, this curious | A. fraxinifolium (Ash-leayed). A synonym of A. bantamense. -
and pretty evergreen species is well worth growing in small A. furcatum laceratum (torn). fronds broader, flatter, and

baskets, or for covering the surface of the soil in small Fern- more distinctly incised than in the type.
cases. See Fig. 110. A. gemmiferum (bud-bearing). fronds of a more papery
A, foecundum (prolific). A popular name for A. compressum. texture and generally proliferous at their extremities; other-

wise closely resembling those of the popular A. obtusatum.
sori copious, broad, falling short of both
eize and midrib. South Africa, &e. Green-
ouse.

A.germanicum. This species is allied to
A, Ruta-muraria. See Fig. 113.

A. Griffithianum (Griffith’s). sti. tufted,
short, erect. fronds lanceolate, 6in. to 9in.
long, jin. to lin. broad, acuminate, very
gradually narrowed below, crenate-serrated,
sub-coriaceous. sori reaching from the mid-
rib two-thirds of the way to the edge.
Assam and Sikkim. Greenhouse.

A. Harrisi (Harris's). shiz. little larger
than a pin’s head. sti. tufted, thread-like,
lin. to liin. long. fronds pinnate, semi-erect
or prostrate, 3in. to Sin. long, gin. to 4in.

wide, attenuated into a naked, thread-like
tail, proliferous at the end. sort medial,
oblique. Jamaica (7000ft.); 1895. A fragile
little, half-hardy species, allied to A. viride.

A. Hemionitis multifidum. The habit of
this distinct variety, which has fronds quite as
broad as they are long, is well shown in
Fig. 114.

A. heterocarpum. A frond of this very
distinct species is shown in Fig. 115. In
habit the plant somewhat resembles a
miniature Adiantum.

A. heterophlebium (variously veined). sti.
lft. long, grey, scaly. fronds thinly herba-
ceous, lft. to 14ft. long, 8in. to Yin. broad,
with six to eight pairs of pinne below the
pinnatifid apex; lowest pinnz 2in. or more
apart, 3in. to 4in. long, lin. to lJin. broad,
acute, cordate at base, dark green, the edges
undulated, naked; rachis villous; veins pin-
nate. sori not reaching the edge. Eastern
Himalayas. SyYN. Anisogoniwm heterophle-
bium.

A. hians (gapin ). sti. lft. to 1sft. long,
slightly scaly. fronds 3ft. to 4ft. long, 2ft.
to 3ft. broad; pinne thin, papery, dark
green, the lower ones lft. or more in length
and 4in. to 6in. broad; pinnules numerous,
lanceolate, with blunt lobes reaching nearly
to the rachis. sori short, oblong, only the
lower ones being double. West Indies and
Ecuador. An almost arborescent, stove

Fig, 112. ASPLENIUM FRAGRANS FCENICULACEUM. species. Syn. Diplaziwm hians

A. foeniculaceum (Fennel-like). A variety of A. fragrans.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 103

Asplenium—continued. Asplenium —continwed. =

Sronds 2ft. to 3ft. Jong, 8in. to 12in. broad; pinnz numerous,
spreading, 4in. to 6in. long, acuminate, lobed, cordate or broadly
rounded at the base on the upper, truncate on a broad curve on
the lower, side; rachis stout, tibrous. sori in two nearly parallel
lines close to the midrib, a few also on the disk of the lobes.
Sandwich Islands, Samoa, and Java, 1884. (H. S. F. iii. 193.)

Fic, 116. ASPLENIUM INCISUM.

A. incisum. The habit of this Japanese and Chinese species
somewhat resembles our British A. lanceolatum. See Fig. 116.
Syn. A. elegantulum.

A. japonicum (Japanese). rhiz. slender, creeping. sti. straw-
coloured. fronds 9in. to 15in. long, 4in, to 6in, broad; pinne
eight to ten, papery, bright green, cut down in the lower part
into close, oblong, slightly-toothed lobes. sort reaching two-
thirds of the way to the edge on both margins, Japan, China,
&e. Greenhouse. Syn. Diplazium japonicum,

Be

Fig. 117 FROND OF ASPLENIUM LANCEOLATUM.

Fic. 114. ASPLENIUM HEMIONITIS MULTIEIDUM.
A. horridum (horrid). sti. strong, erect, brownish, fibrillose.
* Fie. 115. FROND oF ASPLENIUM HETEROCARPUM,

>

ate oe

104 - THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Asplenium— continued. Asplenium—continued.

A. iho ate Choteshy pape eee TUeHEh tte anor A. macilentum (lank). A form of A. auritum.
scaly at base. fronds Sft. to Sft. long, Yin. to 18in. broad; | A, marinum. The various situations in which this native
pinne 6in. to Sin, Jong, 3in. to din. broad, dee pe epee species is found largely account for the number of forms
pinnules 2in. to Jin. long, divided into slightly-toothed lobes. observable. The typical plant is well shown in Fig. 119. x

Venezuela. Stove. Syn. Diplaziwm Klotzschit.
A, lanceolatum. The Spear-shaped Spleenwort, as this species

is commonly called, although indigenous in countries extending AO

from England to Greece, as well as in Algiers, Madeira, the f

Azores, &c., is nevertheless very local, Leing found in sheltered,

well-drained, and yet moist situations. A frond is shown in

Fig. 117.

Fic. 120. FROND OF ASPLENIUM MARINUM IMBRICATUM,

A. m. imbricatum (overlapping). fronds having the pinne
so closely placed that they overlap each other for fully one-
half of their width; these are auricled at base and minutely
dented on the margins. See Fig. 120.

Fic. 118. FROND OF ASPLENIUM LONGISSIMUM.

A. lasiopteris (woolly Fern). A form of A. Peterseni.

A. latifolium (broad-fronded). sti. strong, erect, smooth, 1ft. or
more in length, clothed at base with dark brown scales.
fronds 3ft. to 4ft. long, lft. to 14ft. broad; pinnze about twelve
on each side, the largest 1ft. long and 4in. broad; pinnules
numerous, coriaceous, 2in. jong, din. broad, and truncate at
base, the edges slightly toothed. sori linear, about din. long.
Ceylon, &c. A greenhouse species, of almost arborescent
habit. Syns. A dilatatum, Diplaziwm latifolium.

A. Lechleri (Lechler’s). sti. stout, upright, 2ft. to 3ft. long,
scaly towards the base. fronds 3ft. long, 2ft. broad at - Fra. 121. FROND OF ASPLENIUM MARINUM RAMOSUM.
the base ; pinnz very ccriaceous, lft. long, 3in. broad, slightly
toothed, tapering to a sharp point, rounded at base. sort | A. m. ramosum. The fronds of this variety, which are

beginning at the midrib, but falling short of the- edge. abundantly produced, are very irregularly divided, some bein
Peru. strong-growing, stove species, well adapted for the forked from the middle, and a few from the stalks, but mos‘
rockery. Syn. Diplazium Lechleri. ; of them are branched near the apex only, as in Fig. 121,
A.longissimum. Being an evergreen, this species is furnished A. Mayii (May’s).* fronds dark purplish-green, short, gracefully
at all seasons with its very elegant, pendulous fronds (Fig. 118), arched, freely produced; pinne piceaig notched, 894. A
A. lunulatum. There are a number of varieties, including seedling, of tufted habit, of which A. Baptistii is probably one a
erectum, Fernandezianum, lobatwm, pteropus, tenellum (SYN. of the parents. Stove.

reclinatum), and tripinnatifidum.
A. Lyallii (Lyall’s). A form of A. obtusatum.

Fic. 122, ASPLENIUM MONANTHEMUM, showing Habit and
Fic. 119. ASPLENTUM MARINUM. detached Basal Portion of Frond, with Bulbils. §

*

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. -105

Asplenium—continued. Asplenium—continwed.

A.monanthemum. The fronds of this species produce bulbils
at the axils of the basal pair of pinne only, the plant being in
this respect different from most other euiivatod! Aspleniums,

See Fig. 122. Ls . <4

A. see (black-footed). sort Sncae GuLOney often curved, a
disposed principally in two parallel rows close to the midrib of 2;
the pinnules. Otherwise this greenhouse species resembles
A, macrocarpum. Japan, Nilghiris, &e. SYN. Athyriwm
nigripes.

A. nigro-paleaceum (dark-chaffy). caw. decumbent. sti. 1ft.
to lift. long, 4in. thick, thicky clothed with nearly black scales.
Fronds thick, 2ft. to 3ft. long and nearly as broad; lower pinnw
1ft. to 14ft. long, 6in. to 8in. broad ;

earls numerous, spreading, 3in. to ae ‘C3
in. Jong, lin. broad, cut down half tes

or two-thirds to the rachis into in- ah

cised-crenate lobes jin. broad; tex-

ture thick; rachis slightly zigzag.

sori, lower ones 4in. aan St. elena: Green oF aie

house. Syn. Diplazium Loddigesii.

A. niponicum (Nipon). rhiz. creeping, with
lanceolate, reddishscales. sti. 6in, to 12in. long,
glossy, stramineous. fronds herbaceous, lft. or
more in length, 6in. to 8in. broad; pinn lan-
ceolate, distinctly stalked, cut down nearly or
quite to the rachis below into oblong-lanceolate,
unequal-sided pinnules, which vary from sub-entire
to deeply pinnatifid ; rachis and both sides naked,
often tinged with pevple sort copious, the lower
ones often horseshoe-shaped. Japan and China.
Greenhouse. SYN, Athyriwm niponicum. There
is a crested variety.

Fic. 124. ASPLENIUM OB-
TUSILOBUM.

all ovhers. Instead of the “#¥
proliferation being, asisusual ff
in many Aspleniums, located
at the extremity of the fronds,
it consists in the slender, fili-
Y form owths which start
from the base of the plant.
! See Fig. 124.
A. ornatum (ornamental). fronds
of a very deep bronzy-green ; pinnze
deeply laciniated. 1898. A hand-
some, dwarf-growing Spleenwort.

A. paradoxum (paradoxical). - sti.
erect, grey, slightly scaly. fronds
coriaceous, lft. to 2ft. long, 6in.
to 9in. broad, with a large, oblong-
rhomboidal, terminal pinna, and
eight to twelve lateral ones on each
side, the lowest 5in. to 6in. long,
lin. to lin. broad, acuminate,
slightly toothed, the upper side
narrowed suddenly almost at a
right angle, the lower obliquely

Fic. 123, FROND OF ASPLENIUM NITIDUM. cuneate. sori reaching nearly from

the midrib to the edge. Java,

A. nitidum. This decorative species is found on the Nilghiri re a eee ae ee

Mountains at an altitude of 4000ft. A frond is shown in Star Si eee

Fig. 123. Sees
A. nobile (noble). A variety of A. viviparwm. Sea ee to eae hon,
A. nodulosum (slightly noduled). A synonym of A. lineatum. Fronds Pipuinate, oblong-lanceolate,
A. obliquum (oblique). A form of A. obtusatwm. lft. to 14ft. long, narrowed at base,

A. obtusatum Lyallii (Lyall’s). fronds herbaceous, nearly lift. IPRS MSE CN Hy Se Melee) Gh ae) a

long, 9in. broad ; lower pinne lanceolate-deltoid, 6in. long, cut Ten un, uo enone amo eoo ung

down into deeply- i “hi at the summit ; pinnules numerous
cor distinctly 2 py toe ied pinnules, which are cuneate at base horizontally spreading, sessile, Ghe

“ - tuse. French Guiana.
A. o. obliquum (oblique). fronds cartilaginous, often more than A. Peterseni (Petersen’s). rhiz.

lit. long and 6in. broad ; pinne more numerous than in the type id i ti. 6in. to Qi
often 4in. long and lin. broad, gradually narrowed to an acute TER Road ene rilGuate peat i i
et rie = a 4 g, erect, dark, villous. fronds 1{ft. to lift. long, 6in. to 8in.
point. sori in lines in. to 2in. long and closer. broad, with eight to ten pinne on each side below the pinnatifid
A, obtusilobum. On account of its very peculiar mode of apex ; largest pinne din. to 4in, long, lin. to l4in. broad, the
growth, this pretty, dwarf species is readily distinguished from lower lobes cut down nearly or quite to the rachis, gin. to sin.

Vol. V. iD

106

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Asplenium—continued.

deep, obtuse; texture herbaceous, the dark rachis and dark
een fronds villous on both sides. sori, lower ones 4in. long.
Janton, &c. Stove. Syn. Diplaziuwm decussatum (of gardens).

A. lasiopterisis a form

of this species.

A. pinnatifidum.
This species bears a
certain resemblance
to the Walking Leaf
of North America
(Scolopendrium rhizo-
phyllum), but rarely,
if ever, roots at the
apex of the fronds.
See Fig. 125.

A. polyodon (many-
toothed). Asynonyin
of A. falcatum.

A. polypodioides
(Polypodium-like).
cau. erect, nearly ar-
borescent. sti. stout,

een, lft. or more in
ength. fronds 4ft.
long, 2ft. broad; pin-
ne eight or nine on
each side, 1ft. long,
6in. broad, thin, pa-
pery, bright green;
pinnules numerous,
cut into narrow-ob-
long, slightly-toothed
lobes, sori distinctly
falling short of the
edge. Himalayas.
Greenhouse. SyN. Di-
plazium polypodioides. .

A. proliferum (pro- =
liferous). A synonym Fic. 125, ASPLENIUM PINNATIFIDUM.
of A. decussatum.

A. pteridoides (Pteris-like). sti. Jin. to 4in. long, naked.
fronds flaccid but firm, oblong-deltoid, 8in. to Yin. long, tri-
pinnatifid, the rachis winged in the upper half; pinne close,
the lower ones stalked, lanceolate-deltoid, 14in. to 2in. broad,
the lowest rather shorter and broader than the central ones ;
pinnules rhomboid, sessile, erecto-patent, peta in the
upper half. sori on the outside of veins in the lobes only, gin.
to din. long. Lord Howe's Island. Stove.

A. pteropus (wing-footed). A form of A. dunulatum.

Fic. 126. FROND OF ASPLENIUM RHIZOPHORUM.

Asplenium—continued.
A. pubescens (downy). A synonym of A. eseulentwm.
A. reclinatum (reclinate). A variety of A. lwnulatum.

A. rhizophorum. This species varies greatly in the cutting

of its fronds ; it is best recognised by its elongated rachis bearing
a solitary bulbil at the extremity. See Fig. 126.

Fic. 127. ASPLENIUM RUTAFOLIUM.

A.rutzfolium. The habit of this beautiful species, which is a
native, not only of South Africa, but also of the Himalayas,
Ceylon, and Japan, is well shown in Fig. 127.

A. Ruta-muraria.
Of this singular native
Fern (see Fig. 128) there
are several varieties,
but owing to their small
dimensions they are not
very often seen.

A. Sandersoni. The
slender, proliferous-tip-
ed fronds of this grace-
ul species are shown
in Fig. 129.

A. scandens (climb-
ing). sti. scattered on
a stout, creeping rhi-
zome, very short. fronds
lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to
12in. broad, with nu-
merous horizontal pin-
nz on each side, which
are 4in. to 6in. long,
ljin. broad, cut down
to a distinctly winged
rachis into numerous
sub - distant, ovate-
rhomboidal pinnules ;
pinnules cut down to
the rachis throughout ;
lower segments again
pinnatifid; ultimate divisions narrow-linear. _ sori solitary,
marginal. New Guinea, &c., 1887. Stove. Syn. Darea scandens.

A. Schimperi (Schimper’s). shiz. wide-creeping, tin. thick, with
bright brown basal scales. sti. din. to Sin. long, naked. fronds
firm, membranous, oblong-lanceolate or oblong-deltoid, 1ft. to 14ft.
long, 3in. to Qin. broad, tri- or quadripinnatitid; pinne close,
lanceolate, stalked, the lowest distant, reduced ; segments close,
sharply incised-toothed. sori small, oblong-reniform. Abyssinia.
Syn. Athyrium Schimperi.

A. semihastatum (half-hastate). _ sti. 6in. to Sin. long, slender.
Sronds herbaceous, 6in. to Yin. long, 3in. to 4in. broad, pinnatifid at
apex, pinnate below; pinne mostly simple, oblong, auricled, the
lowest stalked, 2in. long, lin. broad, toothed, and cut nearly or

uite to the rachis into spathulate pinnules. sori reaching from
the midrib nearly to the edge. Cuba. Stove. Syn. Diplazium
semihastatum.

A. septentrionale. The Forked Spleenwort, as this species
is popularly called, is of a very cosmopolitan character, ex-
tending from India to the Rocky Mountains. The specific name
doubtless refers to its being most frequently found in the
Northern districts of Great Britain, where it is, however, very
rare, See Jig. 130. .

Fic. 128. ASPLENIUM RUTA-MURARIA,

<

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Asplenium—continued.

Pd

a

2% Fig. 129. ASPLENIUM SANDERSONI.

A. Serra (saw). rhiz. stout, creening: fronds frequently 4ft.
long and lft. broad, vivid green, elegantly arching; pinne
fifteen to twenty pairs, spreading, 4in. to 8in. long, about lin.
broad, sharply toothed, rounded at base on the upper side,
wedge-shaped on the lower side. sori prominent, disposed
ee in two parallel rows close to the midrib. Brazil, Peru,

c. Stove.

A. sinuatum (sinuate). sti. tufted, short, erect. fronds cori-~

aceous, lanceolate, lft. to 2ft. long, lin. to Buin. broad, narrowed
to an acuminate apex and
very gradually below, the
margin slightly undulated but
not toothed. sori narrow,
often on every vein, reaching
from near the rachis nearly
tothe margin. Guinea Coast
southward to Angola. Stove.

A. speciosum (showy). rhiz.
wide - Greene sti. erect,
straw-coloured, 1ft. or more
in length. fronds 1ft. to 2ft.
long, 8in. to 12in. broad ; pin-
ne thin but firm, 4in. to 6in.
long, Zin. to lin. broad, con-
spicuously lobed and slightly
toothed, somewhat cuneate
at base. sori slender, reach-
ing nearly tothe edge. Philip-
pine and Malayan Islands.
Stove. See Fig. 131. Syn.
Diplazium speciosum,

A. squamulatum (slightly
squamate). sti. tufted, 2in.
to 4in. long, strong, erect,
scaly below. fronds very co-
riaceous, lanceolate, lft. to
1sft. long, 2in. to 3in. broad,
narrowed to an acuminate
apex and very gradually be-
low into the stem, the mar-
Tic. 130. ASPLENIUM SEPTEN- fo entire; rachis stout, the

TRIONALE. lower part furfuraceous. sori

r eee . reaching from near the mid-

zp to within jin. or sin. of the margin. Java, Borneo, &c.
ove.

A. striatum (striped). A synonym of A. Shepherdi.

A. tenellum (rather tender). A form of A. lunuwatum.

A. tenerum (tender). sti. tufted, erect, naked, greyish, 4in. to
6in. long. fronds herbaceous, 8in. to ldin. long, din. to 4in.

' broad, oblong-lanceolate ; pinne ten to twenty on each side,
stalked, horizontal, lin. to 1din. long, }in..to Zin. broad, deeply
toothed, unequal-sided, the lower ones deflexed. sori numerous,
regular, parallel, not reaching either edge or midrib. Ceylon.
Stove. A. elongatum is a form of this species.

A. thelypteroides. This species is found in the Sikkim
Himalaya, up to 10,000ft. elevation, as well as in North

&ce e107

Asplenium—continued.

America. _The frond
shown in Fig. 132 has
the stipes rather
shorter than is usually
the case.

A. tomentosum
(downy). sti. 6in. to
Yin. long, erect,
brown-tomentose, «6
length glossy. fronds
6in. to 12in. long, din.
to 4in. broad, ovate-
lanceolate ; pinnie
numerous, closely
placed, lanceolate,
the lower pair de-
flexed, the next hori-
zontal, 2in. to 3in.
long, in. _ broad,
acute, the edge cut
down regularly into
oblong-falcate lobes
din. broad; rachis
tinely tomentose. sori
linear, touching the
edge but not the
midrib. East Indies,

&. Stove. SYN.
Diplazium tomento-
sum,

A. unilaterale (one-
sided), A synonym
of A. resectwm. ,

A. vagans (wander-
ing). sti. tufted, lin.
to 2in. long, pale
gréen. fronds coria-
ceous, 3in. to 4in.
long, in. to gin.
broad, widely strag-
gling, elongated and
rooting at the apex;
pinne eight to twelve
on each side, sessile,
sub-thomboidal. sort

nnn gAnnidANVNUISS

ie

f
2 Za

pooh

Zi

Se

Fie. 131. ENTIRE FROND AND DETACHED
PINNA OF ASPLENIUM SPECIOSUM.

>

Fic. 132. FROND OF ASPLENIUM THELYPTEROIDES.

108

Asplenium—continued.
two or three to a pinna, placed near the margin. St. Thomas’
Island, &c. Stove.

A. viviparum nobile (noble). fronds beautifully feathery,
much more open and flat than in the type, 14ft. long, quadri-
pinnate ; ultimate segments three times as long as those of the
type, pendulous. sori abundant on the margins of the segments.
New Guinea. Young plants are produced on the upper surface
of the mature fronds.

A. zamioides (Zamia-like). A synonym of A. paradoxum.
ASPREGENIA. A synonym of Octomeria (which

see). E
ASPRELLA. See Asperella.

ASTELIA (from a, privative, and stele, a pillar; in
allusion to some of the species living on trees, but not
being parasitic). Syn. Hamelinia. Orv. Liliacer. A
genus embracing about nine species of mostly greenhouse
perennials, clothed with silky, shaggy, or chaff-like hairs,
and with a short, thick rhizome, natives of New Zealand,
the Pacific Islands, the mountains of Australia, Tasmania,
and Antarctic America. Flowers white, greenish or
purple, polygamo-diccious, small, in dense racemes or
panicles; perianth marcescent, persistent, six-parted.
Leaves radical or crowded at the base of the scape,
sheathing it. The species thrive in a compost of equal
parts peat and loam, and may be propagated by divisions,
in spring.

A. Banksii (Banks’s). jl. greenish; perianth din. in diameter;
panicle densely silky, 4in. or more in length. J. 2ft. to ft. long,

4in. to gin. broad, glabrous or silky. New Zealand. e

A. Cunninghamii (Cunningham’s). (. green, numerous ;
perianth rotate, jin. in diameter. J. 2ft. to Sft. long, tin. to
lin. broad, spreading and recurved, plaited, silky, and villous.
Scape lin. to 1sft. high. New Zealand. Probably half-hardy.
(B. M. 5175.)

A. Solandri (Solander’s). fl. greenish, very much crowded in
panicles (male) 6in. to 18in. or (female) 8in. to 12in. long;
[vada male sin. long, female much smaller. J. 2ft. to 4ft.
ong, Sin. broad, spreading and recurved, clothed at base with
Soicey silky wool. Scape stout. New Zealand, 1864. (B. M.

ASTELMA. Botanists include this genus under
Helipterum (which see), the specific names remaining
unchanged.

ASTER. Syn. Pinardia. Bentham and Hooker
include the following genera (among many others) here-
under: Bellidiastrum, Calimeris, Dieteria, Galatella,
Linosyris, Machzranthera, Diplopappus, and Tripolium.
There are, according to those authorities, about 200
distinct species of this genus (nearly 350 have been
described as such) ; they are most copious in the Northern
hemisphere, particularly in America, where about-120
occur.

Of this extensive genus no section of it has been so
much improved as that kmown as Michaelmas Daisies,
Starworts, and Perennial Asters. The first name now-
adays is, however, somewhat of an anachronism,
seeing that many of the newer species and varieties
blossom as early as July, and by ‘a judicious selection
it is possible to have bright and useful flowers for
eutting onwards until winter arrives. The Perennial
Asters of the present day are very different from the
Michaelmas Daisies of old, many of which were poor and
washed-out as to colour, and weedy and straggling as to
habit. They are essentially flowers for the amateur, as
they are not fastidious as to soil or surroundings, and may
be grown in towns as well as in the country if but a little
attention is bestowed upon them. They are far more useful,
because more enduring and floriferous, than the usual tender
occupants of beds and borders, which are allowed to drag
out a miserable existence after the zenith of their beauty in
late summer is passed, and they should be more extensively
cultivated. A fillip was most certainly given to their
eulture after the Aster Conference of 1891, but they are

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aster—continued.

still far from being sufficiently recognised considering their
decorative qualities and their value as cut-flowers for vases
and the like. For associating with many of the autumnal
flowers—like the Japanese Anemones, the Double Sun-
flowers, and the Marsh Ox-Eyes—they are excellent, and
last, too, whether cu{ or on the bush,a long time. For
pot culture the Peren-
nial Asters are now
being much grown.

A well-worked, rich
soil suits them admir-
ably, and beyond a stout
stake to prevent the
tall-growing kinds from
being broken by the
strong winds and heavy
rains of autumn, they
require very little after-
treatment. To see them
to the best advantage a
good wide border is
necessary, allowing the
plants ample room to
develop, and especially
the vigorous kinds. The
tall varieties may then
be accommodated in the
back row, medium
growers more towards
the centre, and the
dwarf varieties may be
utilised for. the edgings
or even for rockeries,
as many of them seldom
attain more than 6in.
in height. Such are
A. alpinus and its varie-
ties, the best of which
are speciosus and su-
perbus.

Perennial Asters are
readily propagated by
division in autumn or in
spring. The latter,
however, is the better
season. It will also be found a good plan to discard the
old stools—at least, of the strong-growing kinds—every
second year, using for replanting only the outside
portions. If dry, hot weather should set in, mulching
is most beneficial. These Asters, it must be remembered.
‘take a lot out of the soil, and to get the best results
liquid manure-water should be occasionally given. Over-
crowding must be avoided. It will be found a good plan
to cut down the vigorous kinds in July to within 6in.
*In the early-flowering section are A. acris and its
variety dracunculoides; A. Amellus bessarabicus and
Riverslea; A. cordifolius; A. levis and its varieties
Apollo, Arcturus, and Psyche; A. Maackii; varieties of
A. Nove-Belgii, like levigatus, Purity, Harpur Crewe,
Daisy Hill, and Madonna; and A. Shortii. Later come
varieties of A. levis—decorus, floribundus, formosissimus,
and Ariadne; the compact little A. dwmosus; A. cordi-
folius elegans (Fig. 133) and A.c. albulus; A. ericoides Clio ;
A. Lindleyanus nanus; Coombe Fishacre; A..Linosyris ;
a veritable host of garden forms of Novx-Belgii in Robert
Parker, John Wood, Nancy, Autumn Glory, Daphne, Ella,
Margaret Jarvis, and White Spray; several good varieties
of A. Nove-Angliz in przxcox, roseus, ruber, and W. Bow-
man; and the exquisitely graceful A. vimineus and its
form Cassiope. This last is one of the gems of the
whole collection. Still later are A. Novw-Angliz pul-
chellus; A. grandiflorus; A. Tradescantii; A. ericoides,
another graceful species; A. amethystinus; A. diffusus

Fig 133. ASTER CORDIFOLIUS
ELEGANS.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 109

Aster—continued.

horizontalis; A. d. pendulus; and the well-known
A. turbinellus.

To those described on pp. 136-9, Vol. I., the following
should be added. Several plants formerly classed under
Aster are now transferred to Callistephus, Erigeron,
Felicia, Heteropappus, Inula, Microglossa,
Olearia, and Sericocarpus. ”

A. abbreviatus (shortened). A synonym of A. patulus.

A. Alberti (Albert Regel’s). fl.-heads pale purple, terminal,
solitary, lin. in diameter; involucral scales in four series ; ray
florets linear, spreading. J. scattered, linear, slender, acute.
Stems ascending, branching. Turkestan, 1884. Syn. Calimeris
Alberti (R. G. 1152, f. 2, e-g).

A. albescens (whitish). A synonym of Microglossa albescens.

A. alpinus speciosus (showy).* /fl.-heads showy, about 3in. in
diameter; ray florets purple; disk orange. h. lift. 1888. A
dwarf, free-flowering variety. (R. G. 1888, 1276, f. 1.)

A. amelloides (Amellus-like). A synonym of A. Amellus
bessarabicus. ‘

A. eee bea mend (amethystine-violet). .-heads rather numerous,
racemosely disposed, with squarrose or spreading tips to the
well-imbricated bracts; ray florets amethystine violet or purple,
din. long. October. 7. not rigid; cauline ones small, all linear
and entire, not at all or scarcely narrowed at the abrupt, closely
sessile or partly amplexicaul base. h. 2ft. to 3ft. North America.
Plant paniculately much branched. Syns. <A. bostoniensis and
A, pilosus (of gardens).

A. amyegdalinus. The correct name is A. umbellatus.

A. Bellidiastrum. The correct name of Bellidiastrwm Michelii.

A. bicolor (two-coloured). f.-heads numerous, disposed in long
corymbs; ray florets pinkish-white, passing into pink, and
eventually turning lilac; disk yellow, turning purple. August
and September. garden form.

A. bostoniensis (Boston). A garden synonym of A. amethystinus.

A. czspitosus (tufted). This is a dwarf and very floriferous
a form of A. Nove-Belgii, with small flower-heads and
eaves. August and September. North America. (B. R. xix., 1571.)

A. Chapmani (Chapman's). fl.-heads violet, showy, about 4in.
across ; involucre imbricated in several ranks, the bracts acute
or mucronate. /., radical ones spathulate-linear, 5in. to Qin.

’ long, including the long-attenuated base ; cauline ones becoming
subulate-tiliform and erect. Stem simple and slender, 2ft. to
3ft. high, with a few one-headed branches at the summit. North
America.

A. cordifolius elegans (elegant).* A charming variety,
producing its delicately-tinted blossoms in dense, plume-like
masses. DIANA is a beautiful form of this.

A. coriaceus (leathery). A synonym of Celmisia coriacca.

A. coronopifolius (Coronopus-leaved). A synonym of
A. tanacetifolius.

A. Curtisii (Curtis's). 7.-heads bright lilac, large, paniculate ;
involucre hemispherical, the much-imbricated ‘bracts con.
spicuously appendaged with foliaceous tips. J., radical and
lower ones din. to 4in. long, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
sparingly serrated, abruptly contracted into winged petioles ;
upper ones lanceolate, sessile. Stems 2ft. to 3ft. high. North
America. A very showy plant.

A. Delavayi (Delavay’s). This species is closely related to
A. Vilmorini, but differs in having the disk of a permanent
Lr ag ae instead of yellow shading off to brown. Yunnan,
1897.

A. diffusus horizontalis (horizontal).* /.-heads having more
couspicuous white ray florets than in the type. /. thickish ; those
of the widely-spreading flowering branches small and short,
entire. A robust, very bushy and floriferous, garden variety.
Syn. A. horizontalis. See Fig. 134.

A. diplostephioides (Diplostephium-like). Himalayan Aster.
pone solitary, inclined, 2in. to 3in. in diameter; involucre

roadly hemispherical, the bracts lanceolate ; ray florets bright
urple, numerous, biseriate; disk purple. May and June.
., radical ones 2in. to 4in. long, obovate, varying to oblanceolate,
acute, entire, narrowed to long or short petioles ; cauline ones
2in. to din. long, sessile, semi-amplexicaul. Stem stout, 6in. to
18in. high, leafy. Sikkim, 1882. A _glandular-pubescent,
tomentose, or villous perennial. (B. M. 6718.)
A. foliosus is a variety of A. vimineus.

A. formosissimus (very beautiful).* (l.-heads disposed in a
loose, pyramidal panicle ; ray florets of a beautiful bluish-lilac ;
disk at first yellow, turning purple. September. J. alternate,
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, dar green; lower ones slightly
erenulate. h. lift. to 2ft. A garden form, of unknown origin.

A. gymnocephalus (naked-headed). (/l.-heads rose-coloured,
ljin. in diameter. Summer and autumn. 2. narrow-lanceolate,
bristly-toothed. h. lft. to 14ft. Southern Texas'and Mexico,
1879. A ee half-hardy annual, of slender, bushy habit.
(B. M. 6549.) :

Aster—continued.

A. Herveyi (Hervey’s). l.-heads loosely corymbiform-cymose ;
ray florets bright lilac or violet, narrow, sin. long; involucral
bracts all erect. August and September. 7. minutely serrated ;
radical and lower ones ovate, on naked petioles ; upper ones
lanceolate. _h. lit. to 2ft. North America, 1889, . (G. & F. 1889,
p. 472, f. 131.)

A. hispidus (hispid). A synonym of Heteropappus hispidus.
A. horizontalis (horizontal). A form of A. dijfusus.

A. incisus (cut). 1.-heads blue; ray florets Jin. long; involucral
bracts reddish-margined. August and September. 7. lanceolate,
attenuated at both ends, remotely incised-serrated. Stem erect,
striated, corymbose at apex. A. lft. to 2ft. Siberia, 1818. Syn.
Calimeris incisa.

A. Lindleyanus (Lindley’s).* f.-heads disposed in loose
anicles; ray florets pale violet, Jin. long; involucral bracts
inear-attenuated. 2., radical and
lower ones ovate, more or less cor-
date, on winzed petioles ; upper ones
ovate- to oblong-lanceolate ; upper-
most ones sessile and acuminate at
both ends. Stem 10in. to 20in. high,
rather stout. North America, 1889.
(G. & F. 1889, p. 448, f. 127.)

A. Linosyris (Linosyris).* Goldylocks.
Jji.-heads bright yellow, in a rAther
compact, terminal corymb, without
any rays in this country, but occa-
sionally rayed in Germany; inyo-
lucre imbricated, with numerous
narrow bracts. Late summer and
autumn. J. numerous, narrow-linear,
entire, more or less dotted. h. 6in.
to 12in. Europe. Syns. Chrysocoma
Linosyris, Linosyris vulgaris.

A. longifolius roseus (pink).
n.-heads pink. A dwarf variety.

A. Maackii (Maack’s). /l.-heads
large, solitary at the apex of the
stem or on the branches; ray florets
bluish, more than twice as long as
the involucre. August. JZ. scattered,
lanceolate or narrow - lanceolate,
acute or mucronate-acute, lin. to
2ksin. long, din. to 4in. broad, entire
or few-toothed, hairy on both sides.
Stem lft. to 2ft. high, one-headed or
simply corymbose. Japan.

A. Novz-Angliz pulchellus
(pretty). jl.-heads pale magenta. 1882.
A very handsome variety, growing
about 4ft. high.

A. pallens (pale). A synonym of yg. 134. ASTER DIFFUSUS
A. patuus. HORIZONTALIS.

A. patulus (somewhat spreading).
Jji.-heads Sin. high, loosely paniculate ;
ray florets light violet or purple, varying to white. September.
l. ovate- or oblong-lanceolate, sharply serrated in the middle,
acuminate at both ends. A. 2ft. to 4ft. North America.
Syns. A. abbreviatus, A. pallens (B. R. 1509). There is also a
dwarf, early-flowering form in cultivation.

A. pendulus (pendulous). <A form of A. diffusus, with narrowish
and less serrated leaves, verging towards or connected with
A. vimineus. North America.

A. Piccoli (Father Piccoli’s). /l.-heads having lilac ray florets
and a yellow disk. J/., cauline ones sessile, oblong, coarsely
toothed. Shen Si, China, 1899. (B. M. 7670.)

A. pilosus (pilose). A garden synonym of A. amethystinus.

A. polyphyllus (many-leaved).* j.-heads 4in. high, paniculate ;
ray florets white, inclined to turn rosy-purple, numerous ; in-
volucral bracts linear-subulate. September. /., cauline ones
narrow-lanceolate or linear, 4in. to Sin. long, din. to 4in. broad ;
those of the flowering branchlets *small and subulate-linear.
h. 3ft. North America.

A. pseudamellus (false Amellus). f.-heads few, corymbose, lin-
to 1jin. in diameter; ray florets bluish-purple ; involucral bracts
larger than in A. Amedlus, with reflexed, leafy tips. Autumn.
Z. lin. to 2in. long, oblong, acute or obtuse, entire or toothed.
h. 6in. to 18in. Western Himalayas (8000ft. to 13,000ft.), 1886.

A. ptarmicoides (Ptarmica-like). l.-heads several or numerous
in a corymbiform head, small; ray florets white, din. to 4in. long;
involucre campanulate or somewhat turbinate, the bracts rigid.
z. firm, linear or the lower ones spathulate-lanceolate. h. 6in.
to 20in. North America. Plant varying from smooth or
minutely scabrous to slightly hairy-pubescent.

A. punctatus (dotted). A synonym of “A. acris. Syn. Galatella
punctata.

A. repertus (a discovery). /l.-hkeads disposed in an ample

anicle ; ray florets reddish-pink; disk at first_yellow or yellow-
ish white, turning purple. September and October. /. alternate,

110

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aster—continued.

lanceolate, acute, slightly amplexicaul, bright green. h. 2ft. to
3ft. North America. A garden plant. ‘There is a variety
ceruleus with flowers of a bluish-lilac.

A. roseus (rosy). /l.-heads nearly 2in. across, disposed in a large
corymb ; ray florets of a beautiful bright rose ; disk golden-yellow.
1. lanceolate, sessile, pubescent, greyish-green. North America.
Probably a variety of A. Nove-Angliw. (R. H. 1893, p. 108.)

‘A. rotundifolius (round-leaved). The correct name of Agathaa
coelestis.

A. Stracheyi (Strachey’s). /l.-heads pale lilac-blue, Zin. to 14in.
in diameter ; involucral bracts reddish-brown ; ray florets linear,
the tips minutely notched ; scapes rich dark brown, 2in. to Sin.
high. May. J., radical ones lin. to 14in. long, shortly petiolate,

Blancealee or obovate, pale beneath ; those on the stolons much
smaller and more sessile; those on the scapes few, linear or
linear-obovate. Western Himalayas, 1885. (B. M. 6912.)

A. tanacetifolius (Tansy-leaved). jl.-heads }in. high; ray
florets bright violet, numerous; involucral bracts narrow-linear.
July. J., lower ones twice or thrice pinnately parted; upper-
most ones simply pinnatifid or those on the flowering branch-
lets entire; lobes short, setulose-mucronate. h. lft. to 2ft.
North America, 1851. A pubescent, often rather viscid annual.
Syns. A. coronopifolius, Dieteria coronopifolia, Macheranthera
tanacetifolia (B. M. 4624).

A. tenuifolius (slender-leaved). jl.-heads about in. high; ray
florets violet, showy ; involucre turbinate, its bracts very acute.
August. J, thickish, almost fleshy, linear, tapering to both
ends, acute; lower ones with a long, tapering base; upper
ones subulate-attenuated. Stem simple or paniculately
branched above, lft. to 2ft. high. North America, 1723,

A. tenuifolius (of Willdenow). A synonym of A, ericoides.

A. Thomsoni (Thomison’s). /i.-heads pale lilac, 14in. to 2sin. in
diameter, few, on long peduncles; involucral bracts linear-
lanceolate ; pappus reddish. August to October. J. sub-sessile,
2in. to 4in. long, lin. to lJin. broad, broadly-ovate, acuminate,
coarsely serrated, half-amplexicaul at base. h. lft. to 3ft.
Western Himalayas. Increased by seeds or cuttings; it should
not be divided.

A. tricephalus (three-headed). (jl.-heads one to three, large and
showy; ray florets purple. Autumn. J., radical ones obovate-
spathulate, on long, winged petioles, entire, glabrous or hairy;
cauline ones oblong, half-amplexicaul. Stems puberulous.
h. 13ft. Sikkim (10,000ft. to 14,000ft.), 1886.

A. trinervis (three-nerved).* jl.-heads blue; ray florets longer
than those of the disk ; involucral scales lanceolate; pedicels
rigid. August. J. lanceolate-linear, mucronate-acute, entire,
three-nerved, scabrous beneath and on the margins. Stems
erect, corymbose at apex. kh. 2ft. South of France, 1818.
SYN. Galatella rigida.

A, trinervius (three-nerved). j.-heads tin. to sin. in diameter,
corymbose; ray florets white, narrow ; involucral bracts linear.
Late autumn. J. sessile or petiolate, lin. to 4in. long, lanceolate,
coarsely serrated, very variable. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Himalayas, &c.,
1891. (R. H. 1892, p. 396.)

A. umbellatus (umbelled).
linus.

A. Vilmorini (Vilmorin’s). j.-heads 4in. across, solitary or in
pairs, at the top of a long, naked stalk; ray florets bluish-
purple. J. 4in. to 6in. long, linear-lanceolate, acute, entire.
Stems simple. h. 1ft. to 24ft. Western China, 1896.

A. vimineus (twiggy).* (fl.-heads very small, usually crowded
along the branches ; ray florets usually pure white; disk some-
times turning purple. September. J/. linear or narrowly lanceo-
late, entire, or the lower ones with a few serratures, the longer
cauline ones 3in. to Sin. long. Stem 3ft. to 5ft. high, slender,
eee with numerous flowering branches. North America,

The correct name of A. amygda-

A. v. foliolosus (rather leafy).
Soliosus.

ASTER, WHITE-TOPPED. See Sericocarpus.

ASTERACANTHA. This in now included by
Bentham and Hooker under Hygrophila (which see),
and the correct name of A. longifolia is H. spinosa.

ASTERANTHEMUM. A synonym of Smilacina
(which see). 2

ASTERIAS. A synonym of Gentiana (which see).
ASTERIDIA. A synonym of Athrixia (which see).

ASTERISCUS (of Mench). A synonym of Odonto-
spermum (which see).

ASTERISCUS (of Schultz
synonym of Pallenis (which see).

ASTEROMA VAGANS. See Syringa Fungi.

The correct name of A,

“ Bipontinus ”’). A

ASTEROPTERUS. A
(which see).

ASTEROSPERMA. A synonym of Felicia (which
see).

ASTEROSTIGMA. Included under Staurostigma
(whch see).

ASTILBE. Syw. Holeia. There are about half-a-
dozen species of this genus, natives of the Himalayas,
Java, Japan, and Eastern North America. To those
described on pp. 140-1, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. chinensis (Chinese).* jl. white, with a rose or purplish tinge,
densely clustered on rather short spikes. July. Stem branched.
h. 14ft. to 2ft. China, 1892. In habit this species resembles the
well-known A. japonica, but the inflorescence is more loosely
branched. Syn. A. odontophylla.

A. japonica foliis-purpureis (purple-leaved).
mental variety having purple leaves and stems.

A. j. variegata is known in gardens as Spirwa reticulata.

A. Lemoinei (Lemoine’s). fl. pinkish-white, in very loose
panicles. A garden hybrid between A. Thunbergi and a variety
of Spircea astilboides. 1895, (R. H. 1895, p. 567, f. 185.) *

A. odontophylla (having toothed leaves) A synonym of
A. chinensis. -

ASTIRIA (from a, not, and steiros, sterile; in
allusion to the absence of barren stamens). Orp. Stercu-
liacex. A monotypic genus. The species is a stove,
evergreen, stellate-tomentose tree, thriving in a compost of
sandy loam and peat. Propagated by cuttings, inserted in
sand, under a bell-glass.

A. rosea (pink). jl. pink, disposed in axillary, pedunculate
cymes; bracteoles three; calyx five-parted; staminal cup
truncate, bearing at the apex twenty stamens, all fertile. May.
l. large, entire, palmately nerved, deeply cordate. Bourbon,
1843. (B. R. 1844, t. 49.)

ASTRAGALUS. Upwards of 600 species have
been referred to this genus, three of which are indigenous
in Britain. To those described on pp. 141-2, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

A. Gilgeanus (Gilge’s). jl. deep violet. 7. silvery. Asia Minor,
1896. Perennial.

A. hamosus (hooked). /. pale yellow; calyx matted with hairs ;
heads six- to twenty-flowered, much shorter than the leaves. May
to July. fr., pods sin. to lin. long, cylindrical, much recurved.
1, 3in. to 6in. long ; leaflets distinctly stalked. South Europe, &c.,
1683. A curious-looking, trailing perennial. (S. F. G. 728.) The
variety macrocarpus has large fruit.

ASTRANTHUS. Included under Homalium (which
see).

ASTRANTIA. Four or five species, natives of
Europe and Western Asia, are included in this genus.
To those described on p. 142, Vel. I., the following should
be added:

a Poterophy ua (variable-leaved). A synonym of A. hellebori-
Olid.

A. minor (lesser). fl. and involucre white, the leaves of the
latter about equalling the umbel. May and June. J. palmate;
segments seven to nine, lanceolate, acute, deeply and sharply
Poona os 6in. to 9in. Europe, 1686. There is a variegated
orm of this.

ASTRAPZA. This genus is now included under
Dombeya (which see). «
A. tilizfiora should be A. tiliwfolia (Lime-leaved), and its
correct name,is Dombeya acutangula,
A. viscosa. The correct name is Dombeya cannabina.

ASTROCARYUM. About thirty species, all natives
of tropical America, have been enumerated. To those
described on p. 142, Vol. I., the following should “be
added :

A. aculeatum (prickly). ., females sessile; calyx, as well as
the rather longer corolla, densely prickly. fr. sub-globose,
unarmed, J., leaflets linear, premorse. Stem tall. Guiana, &c.

A. Ayri (native name). l., spadices often many onthe same stem,
erect, nearly 2ft. long, simple, at first included in a fusiform,
densely prickly spathe. fr. 1sin. long, obovate, rostrate, densely
bristly. 7. dense, 8ft. or more in length ; leaflets narrow-lanceo-
late, long-acuminate, silvery beneath, 2ft. or more in length, lin.
broad. Stem 20ft. to 30ft. high, 10in. to 12in. thick. Rio de
Janeiro, &c.

synonym of Leyssera

An orna-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Astrocaryum—continued.
A. Borsignyanum (Borsigny’s).
grandifolia.
A. Malybo (Malybo). The correct name of A. argenteum.

A. mexicanum (Mexican).* /l., spathe shining chestnut-colour,
terete, slightly prickly; spadix spicate. jr. sessile, fusiform,
straight or slightly curved, rostrate, densely setose-prickly.
1., leaflets alternate, broadly linear, acute, straight; petioles
tetragonal, channelled. Caudex cylindrical, 4ft. to 6ft. high.
Mexico, 1864. (R. H. 1878, p. 148.)

A. pictum (painted). A garden name for Stevensonia grandifolia.

A. vulgare (common). /l., spadix persistent, between the
leaves ; peduncle lft. or more in length, terete. jr. scarlet,
ovate-globose, lin. or more in length. /. eight or ten, rarely
morey very slightly curved, 8ft. to 10ft. long; leaflets lanceolate,
long-acuminate, white beneath. Stem 20ft. to 40ft. high, Sin. to
8in. thick, fuscous-greyish. Brazil.

ASTROLOMA. Sce also Stenanthera. A.
florum is the correct name of 8S. ciliata.

ASYSTASIA. Syn. Henfreya. Under this genus
Bentham and Hooker include Dicentranthera and Mackaya,
but the latter has been kept distinct on pp. 311-2, Vol. I.,
of this work. Asystasia embraces about a score species,
natives of tropical and South Africa, the East Indies, and
the Malayan Archipelago. Leaves membranous, entire.
To the species described on pp. 142-3, Vol. I., the following
should now be added :

A. bella (pretty). The correct name of Mackaya bella.

A. coromandeliana (B. M. 4248). The correct name is
A, violacea.

A. macrophylla. This is figured as Dicentranthera macrophylla
in B. M. 5696. >

A. Thyrsacantha. According to the authors of the ‘“ Genera
Plantarum,” this is the correct name of Thyrsacanthus indicus ;
but C. B. Clarke, in Hooker's ‘‘ Flora of British India” (iv. 497),
classes it under Lranthemum indicum.

A. varia (varying). /. mauve and brown, disposed in short,
axillary racemes ; corolla tubular. J. ovate orlanceolate. Stems
quadrangular. kh. less than lft. Zululand, 1892.

A. violacea (B. M. 5882). The correct name is A. coro-
mandeliana.

ATALANTHUS. Included under Sonchus (which
see).

ATALANTIA. Syn. Chilocalyx (of Turezaninow).
Bentham and Hooker include Severinia under this genus.

ATELANDRA. Included under Hemigenia (which
see).

ATHALIA SPINARUM. This is a species of
Sawfly whose larva are very destructive to Turnips.
They are whitish when first hatched, afterwards assume a
dirty green colour, and eventually are black. It is this last
colour which is responsible for the numerous popular
names by which they are known to farmers and gardeners :
Black Palmer, Black Canker, Black Slug, Blacks, and
Niggers. See also Turnip Sawfly.

ATHALMUS. Asynonym of Pallenis (which see).

ATHANASIA. About forty species, all strongly
scented and glandular, are included in this genus. Flower-
heads yellow, homogamous, discoid, usually rather small
and densely corymbose; involucral bracts imbricated, in
several rows. Leaves alternate, often crowded or small,
entire, toothed, incised, or pinnatisect. To the species
described on p. 143, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

A. crithmifolia (Crithmum-leaved). l.-heads numerous, in a
compound corymb, sometimes paniculate. July. J. lin. to 24in.
long, glabrous when adult, three- to five-cleft to the middle,
rarely shortly three-cleft or entire; lobes linear, elongated.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. 1723.

ATHEROPOGON.
(which see). P

ATHLIANTHUS. A synonym of Justicia (which
see).

ATHOUS. Orb. Coleoptera. Another of the genera
furnishing the objectionable ‘“‘ Wireworms.” The most
destructive species is A. hemorrhoidalis, an elongated
downy brown Beetle, from }in. to }in. long, usually found

A garden name for Stevensonia

longi-

Included under Bouteloua

eal

Athous— continued.

in the perfect state upon Hazels and Birches. The larvae,
however, when hatched, are very destructive to pastures
and to cornfields. All the members of this genus are not,
however, vegetarians ; one species at least, and that a British
one, is carnivorous, feeding upon several kinds of other

Beetles. Unfortunately’ it is a rare insect, though
occasionally found in decaying Ash and Beech. See
Wireworms.

ATHRIXIA. Syn. Asteridia. This genus comprises
about fifteen species of stove or greenhouse herbs or
under-shrubs, natives of South and tropical Africa, Mada-
gascar, and Australia. Flower-heads yellow, heterogamous,
solitary at the tips of the branches or sometimes forming
a loose, leafy corymb; receptacle flat, naked. Leaves
alternate, entire, tomentose beneath.

ATHROTAXIS. To the species described on p. 143,

Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. Gunneana (Gunn's). /. fin. to 4in. long, arranged spirally,
spreading, slightly curved upwards, rigid, linear-lanceolate,
widest at base, tapering to a spiny point, sessile; lower surface
glossy-green, convex; upper surface flat or slightly concave,
frequently covered with glaucous powder. Tasmania, 1869. A
large, tolerably hardy bush, closely allied to A. selaginoides.
(R. H. 1869, p. 114.)

ATHRUPHYLLUM. A synonym
(which see).

ATIMETA.
see).

ATRAGENE. Bentham and Hooker
genus under Clematis (which sce).

ATRAPHAXIS (the old Greek name given by
Dioscorides, &c., to Orache). Including Tragopyron.
Orv. Polygonacex. A genus embracing about seventeen
closely-allied species of hardy, rigid, much-branched
shrubs, natives of Central and Western Asia. Flowers
often fascicled at the nodes, hermaphrodite, four- or five-
parted, the two outer segments often smaller; stamens
six to eight, rarely nine. Leaves alternate or fascicled
at the nodes, narrow or rather small. The species here
described are interesting plants. They should be grown
in well-drained heath or sandy soil. Very little pryning
will be required. Propagation may be effected by
cuttings, or by layers.

A. buxifolia (Box-leaved). fl. white, nodding, produced in long
racemes. July. jr. red. J. deciduous, obovate, obtuse, tipped
with a short mucro, light green, about lin. in diameter, the

lateral margins undulated. h. 2ft. Siberia, 1800. SyNs. Poly-
gonum crispulum (B. M. 1065), Tragepyron buxifolium.

A. lanceolata (lanceolate). (l. pink, in terminal, loose racemes,
leafless above. J. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acute or
mucronulate, attenuated at base, penninerved, the margins
recurved. h. 2ft. Russia, 1778.

A. 1. latifolia (broad-leaved). A synonym of A, Muschketowi.

A. Muschketowi (Muschketow’s). fl. white, about 4in. broad,
with red anthers and ovary ; perianth five-parted, the two outer
segments reflexed; raceme terminal, the flowers chiefly in
whorls. May and June. /. lin. to 1sin. long, oblong, acute,
crenulate, shortly petiolate. Central Asia, 1895. (B. M. 7435.)

Syn. Tragopyrum lanceolatum latifolium (R. G. 1894, t. 1344,

f. .

of Myrsine
Included under Rhodospatha (which

include this

A. spinosa (spiny). jl. white, tinged pink. August. 7. glaucous,
din. long or Nese ovate, acute, sub-evergreen, on short petioles.
Branches ascending, horizontal, or deflexed. h. 2ft. to dft.
Levant, 1732. (W. D. B. 119.)

ATRIPLEX. About 100 species of herbs and shrubs
are included in this genus; they inhabit temperate and
sub-tropical region’. Flowers monecious or dicecious,
glomerate. The following species should be added to that
given on p. 144, Vol. I. :

A. halimoides (Halimus-like). /. white, all axillary, the males
few in the upper axils, surrounded by females. J. sin. to lin. long,
mostly lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, acute, on long petioles.
Stems diffuse or procumbent, 6in. to 12in. or more in height.
Australia. Plant softly mealy-tomentose. The variety monu-
mentalis is a seedling form, growing 9ft. to 10ft. high. 1890.
(RB. G. 1890, p. 105, f. 24.) Syn. A. nummuaria monumentalis.

A. Halimus (Halimus). /. purplish, small. July and August.
1. alternate or opposite, rhombic-oblong. Ah. 5ft. to 6ft.

112

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Atriplex—continued.

Sea-coasts of South ae &c., 1640 A loose, rambling, hardy,
sub-evergreen, glaucous shrub.

A. nummularia (money-like). jl. dicecious, in dense spikes or
panicles. JZ. mostly orbicular, rather thick, entire or scarcely
sinuate- toothed, Jin. to lin. across, or on some luxuriant
branches nearly 2in. Branches spreading. kh. Sft. to 10ft.
Australia, 1890. Whole plant silvery-white tomentose.

A. n. monumentalis (monumental). A synonym of A. \hali-

moides.
ATTALEA. About a score species, all tropical

American, have been enumerated. To those described
on p. 144, Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. excelsa (tall). j., spadix when fruiting 3ft. to 4ft. long.
Jr. oblong-sub-pentagonal, acute, about 5in. long. J. erecto-
patent. Stem very tall (nearly 100ft.), erect, often 14ft. or more
in thickness. Brazil.

A. speciosa (showy). 77. ovate-oblong, conico-rostrate. J. erecto-
patent. Stem very tall.

Fic. 135. ALPINE AURICULA APOLLO.

A. spectabilis (remarkable). #., females ternate or quaternate
on the branches of the spadix, which is 2ft. to 3ft. long.
fr. ovate, fuscous-tomentose. /., inner ones erect, outer ones
erecto-patent, 18ft. long, with pectinate leafiets, of neat and
showy habit. Stem 3ft. to 4ft. high, terete, nearly lft. thick, or
almost wanting. Brazil.

AUBLETIA (of Gertner).
ratia (which see).

AUBLETIA (of Loureiro).
(which see).

AUBLETIA (of Schreber). A synonym of Apeiba
(which see).

AUBRIETIA. This genus consists of five species
natives of Italy, Greece, Asia Minor, and Persia. Though
Aubrietias are usually associated with the rock-garden,
there is no reason why they should be so restricted as
regards their use. They are equally beautiful when
grown in a sunny border as edgings, or even in spring beds;
while they may also be advantageously employed on
sloping banks, and even upon walls. Aubrietias are old
inhabitants of our gardens, but the kinds ayailable now are

A synonym of Sonne-

A synonym of Paliurus

Aubrietia — continued.

far in advance of those which the gardener of a century
ago had at command. Besides the many desirable varieties
of A. deltoidea there are some exquisitely beautiful garden
forms, like Beauté de Bade? Fire King, Royal Purple, and
Souvenir de Wm. Ingram.

Tothe species and varieties described on p. 145, Vol. L.,
the following should now be added:

A. deltoidea grandiflora
A. d. Campbelli.

A. d. Leichtlini (Leichtlin’s).* A very ornamental form, with
deep rose-coloured flowers. 1886.

(large-flowered). See wnder

A. d. Mooreana (Moore's). A tufted, compact ‘variety, with
blue flowers. Campbelli and Columne are nearly or quite
identical with this.

A. d. olympica (Olympian) is a beautiful variety, having soft
purple flowers. =

A. superba (superb). A form of A. deltoidea graca.

Fig. 136. ALPINE AURICULA MELAINE,

AUCUBA. Variegated Laurel. Three to five species,
natives of the Eastern Himalayas, China, and Japan,
are included in this genus. Flowers lurid purple, small,
dicecious, in axillary panicles; males having a small four-
toothed calyx, valvate petals, four stamens, and a fleshy

-disk ; females having the calyx-tube ovoid, the limb four-

toothed, petals as in the males, and no rudiments of

stamens. Ieaves opposite, petiolate, ovate or lanceolate,

obtusely serrated, coriaceous, shining, blackish when dry.

In addition to the species described on p. 145, Vol. I., only

the following variety calls for mention :

A. japonica fructu-albo (white-fruited). fr. pale greenish-
white, much larger than in the variegated forms. /. wholly
green, shining, Stiff. 1893.

AUDIBERTIA (named in honour of M. Andibert, a -
celebrated nurseryman of Tarascon). Orp. Labiate. A
genus comprising seven or eight species of nearly hardy,
villous or cano-tomentose shrubs, confined to North
America. Flowers scarlet, violet, or bluish, resembling
those of Salvia (of the S. officinalis type); whorls often
densely many - flowered. Leaves entire or crenate,

——'

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Ce PR

Audibertia— continued.

‘serrulated, reticulated. Only one species calls for

description here. It thrives in any fairly good soil,
and may be increased by seeds, or by cuttings.

A. incana (woolly). {* pale blue; corolla less than lin. long ;
bracts pubescent and ciliated, tinged with purple. Summer.
i. spathulate or obovate, obtuse or retuse, entire or sparsely
Srenulate, seldom lin. long. h. 14ft. California, 1827. (B. R.

AUDIBERTIA (in part). A synonym of Mentha

(which see).

AUGEA (of Retzius). A synonym of Lanaria (which
see).

AULACOPHYLLUM.
(which see).

AURELIANA. A synonym of Bassova. See
Witheringia.
AURICLE. An ear-like appendage.

Included under Zamia

Fic. 137. Snow Auricuras : 1, Snitherfield Green; 2, Miss Prim ;
3, Marmion ; 4, George Lightbody ; 5, Rev. F. D. Horner.

AURICULA. Since the issue of this work these
charming spring flowers have taken quite a new lease of
life, and alike for pots, the rockery, and the flower
border, they are appreciated at their true worth. Few
florists’ flowers can boast such a time-honoured record as
the Auricula, of which there is abundant evidence that it
existed in gardens three centuries ago. Unfortunately the
Show section (Fig. 137) is not suited for outdoor work
unprotected, as the beautiful meal-like, substance which
characterises both flowers and foliage would be spoilt if
the plants were exposed to heavy rains. Against the
Alpines, however, no such objection can be urged, as they
are destitute of farina, and there is, in fact, every reason
why they should be found in collections of hardy spring
flowers. 'T'wo promising varieties in this Section are illus-
trated at Figs.135 and 136. Although many of the varieties
which delighted our forefathers half a century or more

Vol V

Auricula—continued.

ago—Champion for instance in the Green-edged, and
Richard Headley in the Grey-edged—are still amongst
the best in cultivation, the majority of those of even
twenty years ago have been superseded, thanks to the
skill of the florist. In making a selection of the newer
kinds, only those likely to withstand the test of time
have been included in each of the following sections:

Alpines.—DEAN HOLE (Douglas), truss large ; corolla large, well
formed, centre deep yellow; edge dark maroon, shading to
crimson. DEFIANCE (Turner), good truss; corolla large, with
cream centre; margin dark purple, shading to lilac-purple.
DIADEM (Gorton), a good old variety of the creamy centre type,
the margin shading from deep red to paler red. DUKE OF YORK
(Douglas), handsome truss; corolla full-size, orange-yellow
centre; margin maroon, shading to crimson. EpitH LODGE
(Douglas), good truss; corolla large, yellow centre; margin
yellowish-bronze. EVELYN PHILLIPS (Phillips), gold centre ;
margin deep red, shading to pale red. FRIENDSHIP (Douglas),
good truss; finely-formed corolla, gold centre ; margin dark red,
shading to pale red. Mrs. HARRY TURNER (Turner), a beautiful
variety, with cream centre ; margin maroon-purple, shading paler.
Mrs. MARTIN SMALL (Phillips), creamy-yellow centre; margin
maroon- red, shading paler. MRS. PATRICK CAMPBELL (Douglas),
vigorous plant, good truss; corolla large, centre clear yellow }
margin buff, shading paler.

Green-edged.—Asbi Liszt, neat plant, truss well formed,
tube deep yellow; paste white and dense, black ground; edge
light green. JoHN GARRETT (Adams), tube pale yellow; good
paste, dark ground, and full green edge. PRINCE OF GREENS
(Trail), tube pale yellow; paste fine, good dark ground ; edge
superb green. REV. FRANCIS D. HORNER (Simonite), tube
gold; paste white, black ground; edge fine green; corolla and
truss large. SHIRLEY HIBBERD (Simonite), tube gold; paste
white, black ground; edge fine green; a very fine variety
SNITHERFIELD GREEN, a good variety, but comes slightly
mealed sometimes. TALISMAN (Simonite), a very pretty variety,
of fine quality ; small plant and truss.

Grey-edged.—CoLONEL CHAMPNEYS (Turner), good tube and
paste, Violet ground; edge light grey; a vigorous variety with
slightly mealed foliage. GEORGE RupD (Woodhead), clean
yellow eye, black ground; edge distinct grey 5 mealed foliage.
LANCASHIRE HERO (Lancashire), fine black ground; edge grey,
inclining to green; green foliage, MABEL (Douglas), tube
good 5 paste white, black ground; edge greenish-grey; a
inely-proportioned flower. MARMION (Douglas), tube yellow ;
paste white, black ground; edge decided grey, well propor-
tioned; foliage finely mealed. RicHARD HEADLEY (Lightbody),
tube golden ; paste dense white, quite black ground ; edgesilvery-
grey ; foliage green; a late variety. RINGLEADER (Kenyon), edge
fine grey ; foliage green; this is the reputed parent of GEORGE
LIGHTBODY. SILVIA (Douglas), tube gold ; paste good round and
white, black ground; foliage green. WILLIAM BROCKBANK
(Mellor), tube clear yellow ; paste gout white, bold black ground ;
decided grey edge ; large truss of flowers.

Selfs.—BLack BrEss (Woodhead), tube orange; paste good white ;
edge blackish-maroon ; foliage green. BUTTERCUP (Horner), tube
rich yellow; paste white and circular; edge golden-yellow ; foliage
green. CHARLES J. PERRY (Turner), a ood violet. HEROINE
(Horner), tube rich orange ; paste dense white and circular ; edge
dark maroon; bold green foliage. Mrs. Porrs (Barlow), tube
gold ; paste pure white ; violet margin ; mealed foliage and
fine truss. EGRO (Mellor), tube and paste gold, maroon ;
foliage green. REV. CHARLES KINGSLEY (Douglas), tube gold;
paste white; margin bright violet; foliage mealed. RUBY
(Simonite), ruby red; the finest yet raised. SAPPHIRE (Horner),
tube pale yellow; paste white ; violet-blue edge ; foliage mealed,
Sir LANCELOT (Douglas), tube orange; edge reddish-maroon ;
foliage green. SIR WILLIAM HEWITT (Douglas), paste white
and circular; a good dark self; foliage green. VULCAN (Sims),
tube orange; paste white; margin black; foliage slightly
mealed ; very-distinct.

White-edged.—Dr. Kipp (Douglas), edge white and distinct ;
foliage finely mealed. HEATHER BELL (Simonite), tube pale
yellow ; paste good white, bluish ground, and edge well-defined.
Miss PRIM (Douglas), tube yellow ; paste dense white, violet

round ; edge medium white ; free-growing mealed foliage.

RS. DODWELL (Woodhead), tube yellow ; paste white and dense,
black ground; good white edge. PRINCESS May (Douglas),
tube a good yellow; fine blackish ground ; edge pure white ;
foliage green. RELIANCE (Mellor), tube yellow ;_ paste food
white, dark maroon ground; edge greyish-white ; foliage
slightly "mealed. SNoWDON’s KNIGHT (Douglas), tube rich
yellow ; paste dense white, black ground; edge very white;
foliage mealed.

* Beyond the pests referred to in Vol. I. there is only
one addition to make.’ This is the “rot” to which
Auricula roots are subject. If, therefore, at the time
of potting decay is noticed, such portions should be cut
away and dry quicklime pressed firmly into the wound.

Q

114

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

AUSTRALIAN FEATHER PALM. See Pty-
chosperma.

AUSTRALIAN HAREBELL. See
bergia gracilis.

AUSTRALIAN MINT BUSH.
thera.

AUSTRALIAN PEPPER-TREE. See Schinus
molle.

AUSTRALIAN RED BERRY or SEA BERRY.
See Ragodia.

AUSTRIAN ROSE. See Rosa lutea.

AUTUMN TINTS. With landscape gardeners in
particular, there has been a growing disposition evinced to
include in their trees and shrubs a due proportion of
such as “take on” Autumn Tints. They make most
effective colour-pictures at a very sombre time of
the year, and the foliage alike on the trees and shrubs
and when cut is extremely decorative. The idea is
worthy of extension, and all gardens large enough to
give place to hardy shrubs and trees should contain
some of those remarkable for the effect of their foliage in
autumn.

The uses to which Autumn-Tinted foliage may be put
are numerous. It forms a good setting for cut-flowers for
various purposes. Sprays of Thorns with fruit, or sprigs
of the popular Guelder Rose crowned with its glowing
berries, are strikingly beautiful for placing in vases for
table-decoration; while for harvest festivals, and for
indoor decorative purposes, Autumn-Tinted foliage is well
adapted.

The various forms of Acer palmatum, or A. poly-
morphum, as it is frequently called, exhibit an almost end-
less variety of leaf-colour. A fine colour-picture could be
obtained by planting them in groups on sloping mounds—
preferably facing south or west, due regard being paid to
habit of plant, form and colour of leaf—with a suitable
background of green-leaved subjects. The result would be
a perfect panorama of colour in October which would baffle
even the skilled artist to reproduce. The stately
Beeches and noble Elms are picturesque, and in
spring, when the first-named are mantling themselves with
leaves of the tenderest green, or in autumn, when the
colour changes to shades of russet brown and yellow, few
trees are more pleasing to the eye. The Amelanchiers
Virginian Creepers, Rhus Cotinus, Nyssa sylvatica, and
Parrotia persica, are, when arrayed in their autumn
colours, unequalled, much less surpassed, by the showiest
foliage plant of our stoves.

The most highly-coloured tints are given by deciduous
subjects, and although we do not, as a rule, look to
evergreens with a great degree of expectation, still, some of
them assume pleasing shades from October onwards; in
fact, not a few reveal considerable beauty during the winter
months.

A few of the subjects falling under the designation
above adopted rank amongst the showiest of flowering and
ornamental foliage shrubs and trees—EHucryphia pinnati-
folia, for instance, with lovely pure white flowers and
golden-yellow anthers, can scarcely be known too well, as
it blossoms towards the latter’ part of July and August,
when the majority of shrubs have given of their best. Its
glossy green leaves, composed of several leaflets, are
heavily tinged with orange and brown in October.

The Thorns (Cratexgus), again, in autumn, and particu-
larly those of the North American representatives, are
charming pictures in red, crimson, yellow, and gold.
C. Crus-galli is an exceedingly beautiful tree, whose
leaves, after assuming various shades of bronze-green,
irregularly margined with red, eventually die off a rich
crimson. The variety prunifolia is equally remarkable and
quite distinct by reason of its purplish-brown, claret, and
orange-shadings. C. splendens, C. arbutifolia, and C. ovali-
folia belong to the same group, and are characterised by

Wahlen-

See Prostan-

* shades of yellow, chocolate, and crimson.

Autumn Tints —continued.

the crimson and scarlet hues of the decaying foliage.
C. pinnatifida, from Northern China, is conspicuous for
its peculiarly bronze-tinted leaves set on red petioles.
C. coccinea is a charming tree in the landscape in autumn ; its
leaves, blotched with purple, hang on the trees until late in
the season. OC. monogyna ramulis-awreis, whose leaves are
clear yellow in spring and summer, and heavily tinted with
orange in September; also CO. tomentosa and C. mollis, are
all desirable.

Liriodendron tulipifera (Tulip-tree) has leaves which are
distinct from those of all other trees; they are four-lobed
and of a pleasing shade of green, which in autumn changes to
yellow and orange. The North American Witch Hazel
(Hamamelis virginica) is of value in the garden in early
winter, when its decaying foliage is suffused with yellow,

The genus Ribes contributes its quota of glowing colours.
R. auvreum (Buffalo Currant), which makes such a pretty
picture in spring, when its drooping, slender racemes of
yellow flowers are displayed so abundantly, is equally
beautiful in October, when its smooth, green, much-cut
leaves change to shades of rose-pink. The variety
aurantiacum is even showier than the type, the bright-
tinted foliage being very striking. R. prostratum is from
a colour point of view worthy of a place in the rock garden.
Its large leaves, of various shades of green, are tinted and
edged with red, and before they fall are almost wholly
crimson. Flowering Currants should be planted in masses.
Kélreuteria paniculata is very attractive towards the close
of September, when the deep green foliage assumes
brownish-orange and crimson tints. Owydendron arborewm
(Sorrel-tree) has lovely crimson leaves in autumn.

Enkianthus campanulatus is very showy in October,
as its reddish-orange leaves are quite distinct; while
if grown in a clear atmosphere its winter effect is very fine,
as its bark is highly coloured. Some of the Spindle-trees
(Euonymuses) stand out in bold relief in autumn time.
The beauty of H. ewropeus as a berry-bearing shrub is
known far and wide, as its orange-coloured berries and
bright crimson capsules are very pleasing ; but no less so are
the orange and brown tints of its autumn foliage. The
variety alropurpureus is deep purple in spring and summer,
and heavily shaded with orange in autumn. JL. obovatus,
allied to H. americanus, is also noteworthy; the leaves
die off shades of reddish-purple and yellow. The square-
stemmed #. alatus is rich in its autumnal colouring. In
autumn the Amelanchiers are aglow with rich and subtle
Perhaps the
most useful and ornamental is A. canadensis. The variety
oblongifolia, however, is conspicuous for its claret-coloured
leaves, and forms a striking contrast to the type.

Pyrus arbutifolia is not only desirable for its gorgeous
Autumnal Tints, but also for its red fruits. All the forms
of Pyrus Aria (Beam-tree) are more or less beautiful, and
worth planting in the park alike for their charming
foliage and attractive berries. Hither for growing in the
open shrubbery, or for training against a wall 6ft. or so
high, Spirea prunifolia fl. pl. should be remembered. In
autumn its small Plum-like leaves are deeply stained with
purplish-crimson. The yellow-barked Ash (Fraxinus
excelsior awrea) is not only conspicuous by reason of the
golden-yellow shades of the decaying leafage, but in mid-
winter its brightly-coloured bark lights up the landscape.
The White Ash (F. americana) is lovely when its large
leaves are shaded with brown and orange. Cladrastis
tinctoria in summer has the leaves a pretty shade of pale
green, which in autumn gives place to rich yellow.

Those who have seen Parrotia persica in the weak
sunshine of an October day cannot readily forget the
effect produced by its Hazel-like leaves, which assume
the most brilliant shades of crimson and yellow.
Betula populifolia makes a pretty picture, especially
on a moonlight night, with its brownish-yellow leaves
mingling with the green ones; while the white-barked

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 115

Autumn Tints—continued.

stem gives pleasing variety. The purple-leaved form of
the European species also deserves mention, as its
autumnal colouring is quite as distinct and pleasing as
its spring tints. Although introduced nearly a century
ago, Clerodendron trichotomum is by no means well-
known, notwithstanding its acknowledged beauty and
hardiness. When its blossoms have faded, the reddish-
purple calyces stand out prominently, affording a pleasing
contrast to the beautiful shades of chocolate-brown
and orange assumed by the decaying foliage. Nyssa
sylvatica has smooth green leaves, which turn to
brilliant shades of crimson and claret in autumn.
Liquidambar styraciflua (Sweet Gum-tree) has deeply-
lobed leaves, which in a young state are glossy green,
and in October purplish-crimson. .

Aisculus Hippocastanwm (Horse Chestnut) in autumn
assumes pleasing shades of orange and brown, while the
leaves of 4. flava turn bright yellow. The Maples (Acer)
are grand trees for the park and garden, and the following
are particularly showy in autumn: Acer rubrum holds a
high place amongst Auturn-Tinted trees, for in October its
leayes and petioles turn to shades of crimson, orange, and
yellow. A. circinatum is very attractive when its leaves
are stained with crimson and scarlet in autumn. A. tatari-
cum has small serrated leaves which die off a lemon
shade. Then there are*A. t. Ginnala (sometimes given
specific rank),-whose soft green leaves change tuo various
shades of bronze, red, and crimson before they fall, the
bright red petioles affording additional colour; A. macro-
phyllum, with its large divided yellow and gold leaves
set on red petioles; and A. pictwm, whose leaves change
from green to different shades of orange, yellow, and
brown.

Of the Norway Maple (A. platanoides) two varieties
stand out prominently above all others—Reitenbachii and
Schwedleri. The first-named differs from the type princi-
pally on account of its metallic-green leaves, which
intensify in colour before they fall; while Schwedleri has
bronze-green leaves, changing to gold and deep crimson
as autumn approaches. The under-sides of the leaves are
nearly old-gold colour. Another sort, A. insigne, is worthy
of mention, as in autumn its leaves change to yellow.
A. Heldreichi, a native of Eastern Europe, is also con-
spicuous in autumn, its yellow leaves contrasting strongly
with its crimson foot-stalks. A. japonicum aureum is
a grand tree, whose beauty is shown from the time its
clear yellow leaves are unfolded in spring until they die
off in October, when they are heavily tinted and margined
with crimson. The variety microphyllum, withits deeply-
cut leaves, assume delicate shades of crimson and orange.
A, j. vitifolium stands out conspicuously on a sunny
autumn day, when the deeply-cut leaves (not unlike some
of the Vines) are a mass of crimson and gold. A. laciniata
enriches the landscape with glowing shades of orange,
scarlet, and crimson. A. macrantha.is showy, with its
small blood-red leaves and petioles and red stem.

The Cotoneasters are prized for their lovely berries, but
C. horizontalis deserves special mention, as it is the most
conspicuous member of the genus when its decaying leaves
present such vivid shades of scarlet and crimson. Carya
tomentosa (White Heart Hickory) arrests attention
principally on account of its lovely golden-yellow leaves,
composed of from seven to nine leaflets; it is, when
properly placed, one of the most gorgeous of Autumn-
Tinted trees. C. porcina microcarpa is equally beautiful,
the decaying foliage being particularly bright. Vaccinium
corymbosum, in October, is rendered attractive by reason
of its brightly-coloured foliage, which is a lovely shade of
red, not infrequently intermingled with various shades of
green and brown. V. padifolium and V. pennsylvanicum
are likewise showy in their Autumn Tints.

Dogwoods (Cornus) are represented in nearly all public
parks and gardens by one or two sorts only. C. alba, with

Autumn Tints—continued.

its red stems and variously-coloured Autumn Tints, is a
well-known decorative shrub, especially for winter effect,
and the variety, Spathi, one of the best of the variegated
Dogwoods, is becoming fairly well-known, too. The leaves
are a beautiful yellow, marked with pale green, which, in
antumn, is shaded with lemon-yellow and splashed with red.
C. florida has leaves heavily shaded and suffused with
chocolate-brown and golden-yellow. C. brachypoda variegata
(a silver variegated form) assumes a bronzy-yellow shade.
C. macrophylla is variable as regards its tints, and sometimes
its leaves are not so highly coloured asat others. The small
yellowish-green leaves of C. mas elegantissima are very
attractive in October, when irregularly margined with red.
Lonicera Mawximowiczii is about the only Honeysuckle
conspicuous for its autumnal colouring—rich shades of yellow
and lemon.

The Sumachs (Rhus) are handsome tropical-looking
plants, which “take on” pretty Autumn Tints. R. Cotinus
(Venetian Sumach) is very noticeable; its leaves, which
are retained longer than those of most of its congeners,
are very showy. R. cotinoides deserves special mention
on account of the dazzling colours of the decaying foliage,
which are unequalled by any hardy tree. The normal
colour is soft green, which, in early autumn, changes first
to bronze-green, and later on to the brightest and most
striking, shades of orange-scarlet. Glorious shrubs for
effect are R. glabra, and its variety laciniata. The latter
is superior to the type; itis a valuable addition to the
sub-tropical garden, the leaf-colour in autumn being a
mixture of orange, yellow, and red.

Viburnum Opulus (Guelder Rose) bears leaves which
are heavily stained with crimson and brown. V. plicatwm,
V. Lantana, V. nudum, and V. cassinoides are also worthy
of mention, too.

The Oak is more often associated with the park than with
the garden. Quercus coccinea (Scarlet Oak) gives colour to
the landscape in autumn and early winter which is
equalled by few trees. The colour varies from bronze-
green to deep crimson. @. heterophylla is dull crimson;
Q. palustris (Marsh Oak) changes to yellow and red;
Q. marilandica nana, a small tree, colours finely in an
open situation, the leathery leaves being bright green in
summer and rich purple-brown in autumn; the large
foliage of Q. velutina dies off rich crimson; and @. conferta
(Hungarian Oak), with its deeply-cut leaves, is gay in
October when shaded with cinnamon, brown, and yellow.

Of Azaleas or, more correctly, Rhododendrons, the mollis,
or sinensis, and pontica sections are particularly noteworthy
in autumn. Barberries are principally planted for their
flowers in spring and fruit in autumn; some of them are
brilliant towards the close of the summer months, when
the leaves are changing colour. B. Thunbergi is effective
when its small leaves assume shades of orange, yellow,
chocolate, and brown. Sprays are admirably adapted for
mixing with cut-flowers. Another species—B. concinna—
has tiny green leaves, glaucous on the under-sides, which turn
to bright red. B. virescens should be planted freely ; its
leaves die off a reddish colour, and the red stems are
effective in the shrubbery during winter. The decaying
leaves of B. angulosa, a loose-habited bush, are conspicuous
in October. B. vulgaris and the purple-leaved foliis-
purpureis has foliage which is delightful from early spring
to autumn. Ina young state the leaves are deep purple,
and ere they fall the colour changes to bronzy-purple.
B. Aquifolium (Holly-leaved Barberry), an evergreen
member of the genus, is a pleasing shrub at all seasons of
the year, but particularly so in autumn and winter, when
its summer greenery has given place to shades of bronze
and brown, and in not a few cases to crimson and maroon.
Nandina domestica, a delightful little shrub, has smooth
compound leaves which are bright red in autumn, and not
only are they amongst the first to change colour, but being
persistent, remain attractive for a considerable time.

116

Autumn Tints—continued. ,

Sprays or leaves are effective when used in con-
junction with flowers for table decorations.

Two Leucothoés are deserving of recognition—L.
Catesbxi (Andromeda Catesbexi), hearing long, sharp-pointed,
bronzy-purple leaves throughout the winter, and L.
recurva, with purplish-searlet leaves in autumn. Gavwl-
theria procumbens (Partridge Berry) is a cheerful-looking
evergreen, with leathery leaves heavily shaded with bronze
and crimson in winter.

Now as to climbers. These should include Achinidia
Kolomikta, an uncommon free-growing climber, which gives a
good account of itself in autumn, as the decaying leaves are
heavily shaded with yellow, thus forming a good contrast
to the reddish-coloured footstalks. Although usually
accommodated in unheated plant-houses, Akebia .quinata is
hardy—in the temperate parts of these isles, at all events.
In a young state its leaves are glossy green, but with age
bécome suffused with brownish-purple. There are perhaps
no more popular climbers for draping ugly walls than the
Virginian Creepers, which in October are the admiration of
everybody by reason of the superbly varied leaf-colours.
Certainly no climbers are grown so extensively in town
gardens, notwithstanding that they are bereft of foliage for
a considerable portion of the year. Vitis quinquefolia
(Ampelopsis hederacea) and Ampelopsis Veitchii, now
recognised as Vitis inconstans, are unquestionably the finest
of self-clinging deciduous creepers. The leaves vary in
both shape and size, but the autumn colouring is always
brilliant—shades of crimson, chocolate, and orange.
V. Coignetiz, which has received a great deal of notice
during the past few years, and V. Thunbergi are both
glorious in their autumn dress. V. Teintwrier, a purple-
leaved form of V. vinifera, is very beautiful, and deserves
special mention.

Tvies possess considerable autumn beauty when judiciously
used. Hedera Helix atropurpurea (H. nigra) in the early
stages has glossy green leaves, but as winter approaches
the colour changes to a lovely shade of bronzy-purple, in
which condition it remains until the following spring.

Conifers form an interesting group. The colour of some
intensifies in autumn and winter, and Cryptomeria japonica
elegans will at once occur as a typical example. Then
there is Retinospora ericoides—now merged into the Thwia
group—whose small sharply-pointed leaves are heavily
shaded with violet from autumn to spring. The majority
of the Biotas and Thuias also arrest attention in winter on
account of the variously-coloured foliage.

Two deciduous sorts stand out prominently amongst
autumn-coloured trees—the Golden Larch (Pseudolarix
Kempferi), with clusters of soft green leaves which change
to golden-yellow in the early part of October, and
Taxodium distichum (deciduous Cypress) which, from a
colour point of view, is most conspicuous in its autumn
dress, although it is very elegant in spring, when its
feathery foliage is being moved by a gentle breeze. Before
the leaves fall the colour becomes dull red and yellow, and
if near enough to be reflected in water on a sunny day the
effect is superb.

AVENUES. In forming an Avenue among the chief
mistakes made are planting the trees in unsuitable soil, and
not giving sufficient space between each specimen to allow
of its individual character being displayed to advantage.
Every Avenue should, if possible, be terminated with
some definite object—for instance, a pagoda, tower, open
scenery, &c. Then, again, the width of the Avenue, as
well as the amount of room between the trees, should
be well considered beforehand. The kind of tree employed
must of course decide this, as it would be absurd to allow
such things as Robinias (Acacias) the same amount of
space as Limes, Chestnuts, or Elms. On low-lying wet
soils it would be an advantage to plant on slightly-raised
mounds, providing for drainage by means o: broken
bricks, stones, and such-like material.

*

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Avenues—continued.

The value and beauty of the Horse Chestnut as an.
Avenue tree have been exemplified on many estates in this
country, and the noble examples in Bushey Park, near
Teddington, are of world wide repute. Although hardy, it
should always be planted in sheltered positions, as its
branches, being very heavy, are apt to split and fall off in
rough weather. Fagus sylvatica, although not largely
employed as an Avenue tree, deserves mention. It stands
boisterous weather well, succeeds best in moist soil, and
an Avenue of shapely trees is effective. It is an advantage
to transplant the Beech frequently in a young state, so as
to encourage as many fibrous rootsas possible. An Avenue
of the purple-leaved variety would not be so attractive
as one composed entirely of the type, as the colour seen in
the mass would be too heavy. Used with discretion in the
park, it is, however, capable of producing splendid effects.

The fragrant Lime is a cherished Avenue tree; and
rightly so, for it is well adapted to such a form of culture.
A moist, well-drained soil answers admirably, as when
planted in very dry land it loses a large number of leaves
prematurely, especially in hot, dry seasons. The autumn-
tinted foliage is very attractive. The Plane-tree (Platanus
acerifolia) is familiar to everybody as the best of all
trees for town planting. Vigorous, free in growth, and
thoroughly hardy, it succeeds in all soils and positions.
The Acacia is also a grand tree for towns, but
unfortunately not used so much as it might be.
In some respects it is superior to the last-named,
as it is not so vigorous, stands hard pruning better,
and may be employed with better effects in re-
stricted areas. The foliage is a rich and pleasing shade
of green. For small Avenues, Acer Negundo is well
adapted, and Liquidambar styraciflua also merits attention
for Avenues where the larger-growing sorts would be
out of place. Liriodendron tulipifera grows freely, and
forms a noble tree with a tall erect stem, and spreading
branches supplied with deep green four-lobed leaves.

Several Elms (Ulmus) are’serviceable Avenue trees, and
the large-leaved English is one of the best. The upright-
habited variety is worthy of extended culture. For general
purposes the Atlas Cedar (Cedrus atlantica) is much
better and hardier than C. Deodora, which is often
employed as an Avenue tree. ;

For long and very broad Avenues Quercus Ilew answers
well. The best specimens are produced in moist, deep
soils, and when thoroughly established they grow freely.
Q. Turneri is another ornamental Oak of free growth.
Abies brachyphylla, a somewhat rare Japanese species,
makes a handsome Avenue tree, but it requires good soiland
shelter from north and east winds. A. Nordmanniana is
perbaps the best of all the Silver Firs for decorative
purposes; it succeeds in all soils and exposed situations.
A. Douglasii, now botanically recognised as Pseudotsuga
Douglasii, is a grand tree, with its tall stem, horizontal
branches, and lovely foliage. Picea pwngens glauca is a
particularly showy and thoroughly hardy Conifer. It is of
excellent growth in good soil, with an erect stem and
stout branches.

Cryptomeria japonica is an upright-growing tree, whose
stem is covered with rough brown bark. Protection
from biting winds and an open soil should be secured
for it. Thuwia gigantea, a vigorous North American
Conifer, also makes a suitable Avenue tree. It has an
erect trunk, short branches, and deep green leaves. Pinus
excelsa, P. Strobus, and Wellingtonia gigantea (under
favourable conditions) are also serviceable Avenue trees.
Araucaria imbricata has been planted extensively as an
Avenue tree, as welt as a lawn and park tree. It is
sometimes made to cut ridiculous figures in the front
gardens of many suburban villas. To see the true beauty
of this peculiar tree, rich soil and a clear atmosphere are
necessary. Its value as an Avenue tree has, however, been
over-estimated.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

ey. Lay

AVERRHOA. Only the two species described are
included in this genus. They are indigenous in tropical
Asia. Flowers small, cymulose, regular; sepals five,
imbricated ; petals five, hypogynons, twisted ; stamens ten ;

eymes in short panicles. Leaves alternate, impari-
pinnate, exstipulate. A. Bilimbi is known as the Cucumber-
tree.

AVERRUNCATOR. This useful implement is better
lkmown as the Standard Tree Pruner, and is in use
in most gardens where tall trees have to be pruned.
Probably the best is that made by the Standard Tree
Pruner Co., Derby, as it is easy to work and handle,
making clean cuts. It is made in various sizes, and
considerably economises labour.

AVICENNIA (named in honour of Avicenne, a
celebrated Arabian philosopher and physician, 980-1037).
Syns. Bontia (of Linneus), Donatia, Halodendron (of
Thouars), Scewra, Upata. Orv. Verbenacew. A small
genus (three or four species) of glabrous or canescent, stove
shrubs, broadly dispersed over the sea-shores of the warmer
parts of the globe. Flowers small, sessile, in contracted,
head-like, pedunculate cymes; calyx five-parted; corolla
limb five-cleft ; stamens four; bracts shorter than the
calyx. Leaves opposite, entire, coriaceous. A. nicida and
A. officinalis are occasionally grown in Continental gardens,
but they have little decorative value.

AWN. A bristle-like appendage; e.g., those on the
glumes of many of the Grasses. ;

AXE-WEED. Sce Securigera Coronilla.

AYENTIA (named in honour of the Duke d’Ayen).
Syn. Cybiostigma. -Orp. Slerculiacer. A genus com-
prising eight species of stove herbs or sub-shrubs, natives
of the warmer parts of America. Flowers small,
pedicellate, fascicled or cymose; calyx five-parted ; petals
five. Leaves serrated. A. levigata and A. pusilla have
been introduced, but are probably no longer in culti-
vation.

AYRSHIRE ROSE. See Rosa repens hybrida.

AZALEA. This genus is now included by the best
authorities under Rhododendron.

Thrips, Red Spider, and most of the other animal
pests to which Azaleas are liable are now best got rid
of by means of the XL All Vaporiser. This may be
used without the least injury to the tender foliage. More
_ troublesome to the cultivation of Azaleas indoors is, how-
ever, bud-dropping, which usually follows if the plants
do not receive a sufficiency of moisture at the roots.

To the species, varieties, and hybrids described on
pp. 149-50, Vol. I., the following should be added:

A. balsamineefiora alba (white). 1. white, produced in large,
compact trusses, and lasting a long time in perfection.

A. b. aurea (golden). A form differing from alba in its bright
yellow flowers. :

A. b. carnea (flesh-coloured). l. flesh-coloured, tinted with rose,
and also with pale yellow when first expanded. 1887.

The preceding are garden hybrids raised from a Javanese
species.

A. dianthifiora (Dianthus-flowered). fl. of a rose or violet
colour, dotted with brown, sweet-scented ; calyx lobes long,
pubescent ; corolla din. in diameter; pedicels tomentose. May
and June. 7. rather large, elliptic-oblong, softly hairy. Japan,
1889. A vigorous, free-flowering, hardy shrub.

A. hybrida Daviesii (Davies’ hybrid). jl. white. 1893. A garden
hybrid, supposed to have originated by crossing A. sinensis with
A, viscosa. (R. G. 1387.)

A. nitida (shining). A form of A. viscosa.

A. obtusa (blunt). #7. deep red, solitary ; segments of the corolla
nearly oval and sharp-pointed, the upper one not much smaller
than the others, and faintly blotched purple. March. J. pilose,
oblong, obtuse, narrowed at base. h. 2ft. China, 1844. Green-
house evergreen. (B. R. xxxii. 37; G. C. n. s., xxv., p. 585.)

A. o. alba (white). A variety differing from the type only in the

colour of its flowers, which are white, occasionally striped red.

1887

A. occidentalis (Western). . rather unpleasantly scented,
produced when the leaves are almost fully developed ; corolla

Azalea— continued.

white or rarely having a slight rosy tinge and a pale yellow
band on the upper lobe, often 2sin. long. 7. obovate-oblong,
lin. to din. long, nearly glabrous at maturity, but ciliated,
thickish. h. 2ft. to 6ft. California.

A. rhombica (rhomboid-leayed). qe usually in pairs; calyx
minute; corolla bright rose, Ijin. fo 2in. across, sub-bilabiate.
May, ¢. sub-conical, lin. to 2in. long, assuming a bronzy
hue in autumn, the young ones silky, rhombic-elliptic, acute at
both ends, hairy above, finely reticulated beneath. Branches
slender, stiff, glabrous, the young ones _strigose-tomentose.
Japan. A much-branched, hardy shrub, SYN. Rhododendron |
rhombicum (B. M. 6972).

A. rustica (rustic). This name has been applied to a garden
race, said to be derived from A. sinensis (mollis) and A. occi-
dentalis. 1893. :

Indian Azaleas. ‘The following new varieties in the
various sections may be recommended :

Azalea indica.—Double-lowered : BARONNE ROTHSCHILD, rich
purple; very fine. BERNARD ANDRE ALBA, pure white, large;
semi-double. BIGNONCE FLORE PLENO, lovely rose, imbricated,
large flower ; very handsome. Comte D’HAINAULT, rich salmon-
pin , upper petals spotted with dark maroon; very large.

JEUTSCHE PERLE, pure white; one of the finest of all varieties,
very early, and forces well. EMPRESS OF INDIA, rosy-salmon ;
pretty and free. NARCISSIELORA, pure white; a useful winter-
flowering variety. QUEEN OF DOUBLE WHITES, pure white ; fine.

VERVAENEANA, Salmon, margined with white; large and hand-
some.

Fic. 138. AZALEA INDICA.

Single-flowered (See Fig. 138): ALBA DELICATISSIMA, white ; the
foliage of this variety is richly variegated. AMI CHARLES
VERMEIRE, crimson, with spots of a deeper shade on the upper
petals ; of excellent form andsubstance. APOLLO, white, striped
with carmine ; a large and splendid variety. BEAUTY OF SURREY,
pure white; a fine variety of good form. GRANDIFLORA ALBA,
pure white; one of the largest and best of the new varieties ;
GRANDIS, brick-red; an excellent variety. HERCULES, rosy-
crimson, with dark blotches on upper petals; very large.
MADAME JEAN NUYTENS VERSCHAFFELT, soft satiny white,
slightly tinged with yellow at the margins; a large and lovely
variety. STELLA, rich orange-scarlet, tinged with violet on the
upper petals; a splendid large flower.

Azalea pontica.—ADMIRAL DE RvyvTER, reddish-scarlet ;
AUGUSTE MECHELYNCK, white; BEAUTE CELESTE, bright rose ;
BisoU DES AMATEURS, rose; BOUQUET DE FLORE, salmon;
CARDINAL, flesh colour; COCCINEA SPECIOSA, deep orange ;
DAVIESII, white; FAMA, rose, shaded with yellow; GLORIA
MUNDI, vermilion; HEUREUSE SURPRISE, pure white; IGNEA
Nova, carmine; MINERVA, rosy-salmon; NANCY WATERER, a
lovely yellow; PALLAS, rose-magenta ; PUCELLE, light violet;
PRINCESS ADRIENNE, deep red; QUEEN VICTORIA, deep rose;
UNIQUE JAUNE, deep yellow; and WILLIAM IIL., orange.

Azalea rustica flore pleno.—AIDA, rose, spotted with yellow ;
ARIADNE, white, shaded with rose; Freya, whitish mauve,
shaded with yellow; Hora, nankin yellow; IL Tasso, light
red; M&ckne, white, marked with rose; PHIDIAS, light rose,

118 THE

DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Azalea—continued.
shading to deep yellow; VELASQUEZ, creamy-white, shaded
with rose; VIRGILE, pale yellow.

Azalea sinensis (SYN. A. mollis).—ALBICANS, pure white;
ALPHONSE LAVALLEE, reddish-orange; BARON EDMOND DE
ROTHSCHILD, red; BARON PIGCKE, deep red; CHEVALIER DE
REAL, bright light yellow; COMTE DE GOMER, rosy-orange ;
COMTE DE QUINCEY, golden-yellow; ERNEST Baca, red;
ISABELLA VAN HourTE, clear nankin; KONIGEN SOPHIA, orange
suffused with rose; PROFESSOR W. KosTER, red; and W. E
GUMBLETON, nankin.

Azalea sinensis Hybrids.—CuarLes RoGIieEr, bright rose;
DULCINEE, reddish-orange; EDISON, rose; FRERE ORBAN,
creamy-yellow; GENERAL BRAILMONT, rosy-lilac; GLOIRE DE
BELGIQUE, lovely red; J. J. DE VINT, pale orange, immense
truss; M. DersBols, salmon; SOUVENIR DE LOUIS VAN
Hourre, white, tinged with rose.

AZALEASTRUM ALBIFLORUM. A garden

synonym of Rhododendron albiflorum (which see).

AZALEODENDRON (a compound of the names
Azalea and Rhododendron). Orv. Ericacee. This name
has been applied to so-called bigeneric hybrids between
Azalea sinensis (mollis) and some varieties of Rhodo-
dendron. They should properly be classed under Rhodo-
dendron, in which genus Bentham and Hooker include
Azalea.

AZARA. About a dozen species, all natives of Chili,
are included in this genus. Flowers hermaphrodite,
fascicled, shortly corymbose, or somewhat spicate; sepals
four or five and somewhat valvate, or five or six and
imbricated ; petals wanting; stamens indefinite.

AZEREDIA. A
(which see).

AZIMA (from Azimena, the Malagasy name of an
allied shrub). Syn. Monetia. Orv. Salvadoracer. A
small genus (three or four species) of stove or green-
house, much-branched or sarmentose shrubs, natives of
tropical Asia, tropical and South Africa, and Madagascar.
Flowers small, dicecious, crowded in the axils or in
panicles at the sides of the branches. Leaves opposite,
entire. A. tetracantha (Syn. Monetia barlerioides) has
been introduced, but is probably lost to cultivation.

AZOLLA (from azo, to dry, and ollo, to kill; a dry
condition causes the plants to perish). Orp. Rhizo-
carpee. A genus embracing five species of stove or
greenhouse, fugacious, floating aquatics, with copiously-
branched stems, natives of North and South America,
Australia, and New Zealand. Leaves sessile, minute,
densely imbricated, deeply lobed, each lobe furnished
with a midrib only. Stems sending out from the
under-side into the water copious simple or feathery,
solitary or fascicled root-fibres; branches bearing two
kinds of fruit on the under-side (which, however, is
not usually seen in this country). The only species
in cultivation is best accommodated during the winter
in shallow vessels in a pit or warm house, or frame;
but in the summer it will thrive in a small indoor
aquarium, or the vessel in which it grows may be
placed outside, and at this season acquires a rich
reddish-purple tint.

A. caroliniana (Carolina). fronds 4in. to lin. long. J. gener-

ally pale green, the larger lobes rhomboid-oblong, obtuse.
Root-fibres solitary. Southern United States to Buenos Ayres.

synonym‘ of Cochlospermum

BABIANA. The species number nearly thirty. To
the information given on p. 152, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

B. disticha is scarcely more thana variety of B. plicata, from
which it differs by its perianth-tube being distinctly exserted from
the spathe (J. G. Baker).

B. reflexa is a form of B. stricta with flowers smaller than in the
type, the lower ones deflexed.

B. socotrana (Socotran). jl. solitary, almost sessile; perianth
tube ljin. long, very slender, the limb pale violet-blue, lin.
broad, two-lipped, the segments elliptic, acute. September

Babiana—continued.

1. bifarious, 3in. to 4in. long, Zin. broad, narrow-lanceolate ;
petioles broad, compressed. .h, 3in. to 4in. Socotra, 1880.
(B. M. 6585.)

B. stricta, B. villosa (B. M. 583) is synonymous with this
species.
BABINGTONIA. Bentham and Hooker include this
under Beckea (which see). :

BACAZIA. Included under Barnadesia (which
see). .

BACCAUREA (from bacca, a berry, and awrea, golden ;
in allusion to the golden berries of some of the species).
Syns. Adenocrepis, Calyptroon, Microsepala, Pierardia.
Orv. Euphorbiacez. A genus embracing upwards of thirty
species of stove trees, natives of India, the Malayan
Archipelago, and the Pacific Islands. Flowers racemose, on
short pedicels. Fruit ovoid, obovoid, or sub-globose.
Leaves alternate, entire or lightly undulate-crenate.
B. bracteata (Syn. Pierardia dulcis) has been introduced,
but is probably no longer grown in this country.

BACCHARIS. Syn. Molina. Upwards of 275
species, all American, have been referred to this genus.
To that described on p. 152, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

B. salicina (Willow-like). .-heads pedunculate. J. like those
of a Willow, sub-sessile, varying from oblong to linear-lanceo-

late, sparingly toothed, rarely entire. h. 6ft. Western North
America, 1894.

B. trimera (three-parted). /.-heads inconspicuous. h. 6ft.
Argentina, 1896. A leafless, greenhouse shrub, with winged
expansions along the stems. It is more curious than ornamental.
(RH. 1896, p. 182, £ 50-52.)

BACTERIA. These microscopic vegetable organisms,
though popularly associated with certain diseases peculiar
to man and other animals, are also responsible for several
very destructive plant diseases, which are grouped under
the heading of “ Bacteriosis.” Hartig, in his “ Diseases of
Trees,” says that such diseases are characterised by the
succulent parts of the infested plant being converted “ into
a slimy, glutinous pulp, which emits a most repulsive
stench.” Bacteria increase very rapidly by either fission
or by spores. The first is really a process of self-division.
It consists of a gradual division of the body into two parts,
each of which then becomes a separate and independent
organism. Dutch bulb growers are only too well aware
of the appearance of Hyacinths so attacked by the yellow,
slimy disease, found alike in the resting and active stage,
and known as Bacteriwm (Bacillus) hyacinthi. Tomatoes
are subject to a virulent form of Bacteriosis, in which
the fruits are blackened. So also are Cabbages. In
the latter case, Dr. Erwin Smith (of the United States
Department of Agriculture) says the symptoms usually
begin at the margins, and consist in the yellowing of
all affected parts except the veins, which become decidedly
brown or black. Carnations, again, are affected. A num-
ber of other plants not grown in this country are thought
to be affected by these low organisms, but the whole
question of Bacteria in their relation to plants requires
ae investigation before anything can with certainty
be said.

BACTERIOSIS. See Bacteria.

BACTRIS. About a hundred species of this genus,
all natives of tropical America, have been enumerated.
To those described on p. 153, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

B. acanthocarpa (spiny-fruited). /l., spadix about 14ft. long.
fr. scarlet, globose or depressed-globose, armed with long, black,
shining prickles. /. 6ft. to 8ft. long, scattered on the upper part
of the stems, spreading ; pinnz rather loosely ilispoced: linear,
long-acuminate, 14ft. long. Stems often densely tufted, erect,
12ft. to 15ft. high, very prickly. Brazil. There is a variety
crispata.

B. elatior (taller). This “may belong to B. trichospatha, with

which it agrees in habit, but from which it differs in the regular
arrangement and smaller number of the pinne, in the arrange-
ment of the branches of the spadix, the rachis being represented

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

ce. 119

Bactris—continued.
long, while in trichospatha it is short or nearly wanting”
(‘ Journal of Botany,” xv., p. 42). Brazil.

B. Gasipaés (native name). A synonym of Gulielma speciosa.

B. simplicifrons (entire-leaved). //l., spadix simple, lin. to 2in.
long, nodding ; inner spathe as long as the spadix, glabrescent.
1. bitid, the two divisions oblong, entire, curved, acute, 10in. to
12in. long, 24in. to 3in. broad, broadly adnate at the flat base,
diverging in an acute angle. Trunk 3ft. to 6ft. high. West
qanies, c. Plant devoid of prickles except at the tips of the
eaves.

B. trichospatha (hairy-spathed). l., outer spathe pubescent,
inner one almost woody ; spadix 8in. to 14in. lon&. fr. blackish-
violet, globose, sin. in diameter. J. 4ft. to 7ft. long, interrupt-
edly pinnate ; leaflets all on the same plane, lanceolate, slightly
falcate, long-acuminate, pale beneath. Caudex dwarf, unarmed
or prickly. Brazil.

BACULARIA. Syn. Linospadix. Flowers green,
moncecious on the same spadix ; spadices numerous, very
slender, simple, longer than the leaves; spathes two,
remote. Fruit green, jin. to tin. long. Leaves terminal,
unequally pinnatisect; segments cnt or toothed at apex.
To the species described on p. 153, Vol. I., the follow-
ing should be added:

B. Micholitziana (Micholitz’). 7. oblong; leaflets remote,
linear-oblong, acute, paler on the under-surface. Caudex and
rachis furnished with scattered spines, which are thickened at
the base. New Guinea, 1898. A very elegant Palm ina young
state. Syn. Ceratolobus Micholitziana (G. C. 1898, xxiii.,
p. 251; R. H. 1898, p. 263).

B. Petrickiana (Petrick’s). A very elegant, pinnate-leaved
species, as yet very rare in cultivation. New Guinea, 1898. Syn.
Linospadix Petrickiana (G. C. 1898, xxiv., p. 299, f. 87).
BADAMIA. Included under Terminalia (which

see). 5

BZA. About seven species are ineluded in this
genus; they are found in Eastern Asia, the Malayan
Archipelago, Australia, and the Seychelles. Flowers
blue, on axillary peduncles or elongated, leafless scapes ;
calyx five-parted or deeply five-cleft; corolla tube short,
the limb somewhat bilabiate; perfect stamens two.
Leaves radical, or those on the stems short and opposite,
ovate or oblique.

BZHCKEA. Bentham and Hooker include Babing-
tonia (which see) under this genus; it embraces nearly
fifty species, mostly Australian, a few being found in the
Indian Archipelago and in New Caledonia.

BAEL-TREE. See Zgle Marmelos.
BHOBOTRYS. A synonym of Mesa (which see).

BHOMETRA (from baios, small, and metron, size, in
allusion to the size of the plant). Syns. Jania, Kolbea.
Orv. Liliacez. A monotypic genus. The species is a
greenhouse, bulbous plant, thriving in a compost of sandy
loam and peat, and increased by seeds or by division.

B. columellaris (Columella-like). /. one or few in a simple
raceme, shortly pedicellate; perianth red outside, yellow
within, with a black spot at the base of the blade. June.
1. several, dry, persistent, firm, the lower ones 6in. to Yin. long,
stem-clasping, the upper ones gradually smaller. Stems simple,
6in. to 12in. high. South Africa, 1787. Syn. Melanthium
uniflorum (B. M. 767).

BRIA. Syn. Burrielia (in part). The species are
all Californian. Flower-heads yellow, heterogamous,
radiate, at the tips of the branches or long-pedunculate or
axillary ; involucral bracts in one or two series ; receptacle
conical. Leaves opposite, linear, entire, pinnatifid or
pinnately cut. To the species described on p. 153, Vol. L.,
the following should be added:

B. gracilis (slender). /l.-heads solitary, having ten to twelve
rays and involucral bracts, or when depauperated five or six, the
former nearly 4in. long. Summer. J. linear, entire. h. 6ft. to
10ft. 1887. A hardy annual, branching from the base. (R. G.
1887, p. 392.) SYN. Burrielia gracilis (B. M. 3758).

BAHIA. Syn. Trichophyllum. Including Priophyl-
lum. There are abouta score species of greenhouse or hardy
under-shrubs in this genus, all American. Flower-heads
yellow, heterogamous, radiate; involucre flat, naked or
foveolate. Leaves opposite or alternate, dissected or lobed,

“see).

Bahia—continued.

or the upper ones entire. To the species described on

p. 154, Vol. I., the following should be added:

B. confertiflora (cluster-flowered). /l.-heads disposed in small’
dense, corymbose cymes; ray florets four or five. 7. small»
mostly of cuneate outline, pinnately or somewhat ternately once
or twice three- to seven-parted into narrow-linear divisions. Stems
naked at summit. A. lft. to 2ft. North America, 1888. An
ornamental, white-woolly, hardy under-shrub, (R. G, 1888,
p. 329, t. 1275, f. i.) Syn. Hriophyllum confertijflorum.

BAKED. This term is applied to soil which has
become set or hardened on the surface by the action of
sun and wet. The condition is very noticeable where
the soil is clayey or a mixture of clay and sand. Soil
should be prevented from baking in a garden by the
frequent use of the Dutch hoe in dry weather. Farm-
yard manure will also act mechanically on the soil;
while road-scrapings, ashes, or any other material that
will lighten the soil and render it more friable, are
beneficial.

BAKERIA (named in honour of John Gilbert Baker,
F.R.S., F.L.S., an eminent botanist, author of the “ Hand-
book of the Bromeliacex,” and numerous other works). ORD.
Bromeliacex. A monotypic genus. The species is a stove
or warm greenhouse, stemless plant, requiring similar
culture to Tillandsia (which see).

B. tillandsioides (Tillandsia-like). /.' rosy-purple, about 4in.
in diameter, rather pretty ; petals much longer than the sepals ;
inflorescence a loose panicle, lft. long, with ascending or spreading,
racemose branches; peduncle slender, about as long as the
leaves. September. J. densely rosulate, spreading, ensiform,
acuminate, 6in. to 8in. long, sin. broad. Probably Brazil. (R. H.
1889, p. 84.)

BAKERIA (of Seemann).
dra (which see).

BALAKA (probably a native name). Orn. Palme.
A small genus of stove Palms. B. perbrevis and B. See-
manni, both natives of Fiji, are included in the Kew
Collection, but they are not in general cultivation.

BALANOPHOREZ. A natural order embracing
about thirty-five species (in fourteen genera) of fleshy,
parasitic herbs, of botanical interest, allied to the Zuphor-
biacex. :

Included under Pleran-

BALANOPSEZ. A small natural order (six or
seven species, in one genus) of New Caledonian trees or
shrubs, of botanical interest, allied to the Urticacex.

BALANOPTERIS. A
(which see).

BALANTIUM (of Kaulfuss).
sonia (which see).

BALBISIA. Syn. COrwikshanksia (of Hooker):
According to the “Index Kewensis,” this genus includes
three species; they are of stove under-shrubs, natives of
Chiliand Peru. Flowers yellow, showy, terminal, solitary,
regular ; sepals five, imbricated; petals five, hypogynous,
twisted; stamens ten, free. Leaves opposite or alternate,
often three-parted, without stipules.

BALBISIA (of Willdenow). A synonym of Tridax
(which see).

BALFOURIA. A synonym of Wrightia (which

synonym of Heritieria

Included under Dick-

BALLOTA (Ballote is the Greek name of our native
B. nigra [Black Horehound], and is said to be derived
from ballo, to emit; in allusion to its rejection by cattle
on account of its disagreeable smell). Orb. Labiate. A
genus embracing about twenty-five species of greenhouse
or hardy, perennial herbs, or under-shrubs, mostly found
in the Mediterranean region; one is broadly dispersed over
Europe and Western Asia, and one is South African.
The species are of no horticultural value. B. suaveolens
is now classed under Hyptis (which see).

120

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

BALSAM, GARDEN. Sce Dianthera pectoralis.
; BALSAM, POPLAR. See Populus balsami-
era. :

BALSAM, SEASIDE. See Croton Eluteria.

BALSAM, WATER. See Tytonia natans.

BALSAMIFLUZ. Included under Hamamelideze
(which see).

Cn ae A synonym of Impatiens (which
see).

BALSAMITA. This genus is included by Bentham
and Hooker under Chrysanthemum (which see).
B. vulgaris (common). A synonym of Tanaceium Balsamita.

Bambusa— continued.

the dead leaves that have settled in the centre cleared
away so as to allow a free circulation of air. An annual
mulching of well-rotted manure or good leaf-mould will
be of great benefit in adding vigour to the plants.
Bamboos are the most charming of all plants for sub-
tropical bedding, and for planting as isolated specimens
on the lawn they have few equals. To those described
on pp. 155-6, Vol. I., the following should now be added.
For a full aceount of this and allied genera the reader is
referred to A. B. Freeman-Mitford’s monograph, entitled
“The Bamboo Garden” (London, 1896). See also Arun-
dinaria and Phyllostachys. -

Fic. 139. BAMBUSA PALMATA,

BALSAMODENDRON. Syns. Commiphora, Heu-
delotia. About half-a-dozen species, natives of Arabia,
tropical and South Africa, and the Hast Indies, are referred
to this genus.

B. zeylanicum is now classed under Canarium,

BAMBOO PALM. See Rhaphia tedigera.
BAMBOS. A synonym of Bambusa (which see).
BAMBUSA. Syns. Bambos, Ischurochloa. About

two dozen species have been referred to this genus, natives
of tropical or sub-tropical Asia, one being broadly dis-
persed through tropical America. Bamboos should never
be exposed to cold east winds, as these are far more
injurious, especially when growth is tender, than severe
frosts. The soil best suited to their development is
a sandy loam, enriched with cow-manure and leaf-
mould. In very dry soils Bamboos make but little
growth, and in very hot and dry summers the foliage
is apt to turn a rusty brown, and fall off prema-
turely. The plants should be examined in spring, and

B. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). 7. 2in. to 44in. long, jin.
broad, tessellated, serrated on both edges, tapering to a fine
point, pinched in about 4in. from the end, sometimes striped
with white. Stems lft. high, tin. thick, light green, shading to
purple; branches solitary or in pairs, much longer than the
internodes. China and Japan. A charming little species. Syn.
B. Vilmorini.

B. Castillonis (Castillon’s). 7. Tin. long, ljin. broad, serrated,
variegated. Stems square, curiously variegated; one side of
each internode is dark green, and the other side yellow, these
colours alternating at the next internode. h. 6ft. Japan, 1886.
Hardy. (R. H. 1886, p. 513.)

B. chrysantha (golden-flowered). J. 7in. long, 1Jin. broad, striped
with yellow, slightly glaucous beneath. Stems slender, 3ft. or
more in height. Japan. This is probably a form of Arundinaria
Simoni.

B. disticha (two-ranked). 7. borne alternately in two vertical
ranks all along the stems and branches, lanceolate, bright
green, tessellated, serrated, 1gin. to 24in. long, Jin. broad.
Stems 2ft. high, zigzagged, rarely clouded with purple; sheaths
downy at first; branches solitary. Japan (?). SYN. B. nana
(of gardens).

B. erecta (erect).

B. fastuosa (proud).
sharp-pointed, constricted lin.

A synonym of Arundinaria Hindsii.

1. 5in. to Tin. long, Zin. to lin, broad,
from the tongue-like end,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 121

Bambusa—cont!inued
serrated, closely tessellated, brilliant green above, glaucous

beneath ; petioles long and well-defined. Stems 12ft. to 15ft. ”

high, more than 3in. thick, very hollow, heavily blotched with
purplish-brown; branches very numerous (sometimes eight to
one node) and again ramified; sheaths of a beautiful purple
outside, deep claret within. Japan, 1895,

B. gracilis (slender). A garden name for Arundinaria falcata
and A. Falconeri.

B. graminea (Grass-like). A garden synonym of Arundinaria
Hindsii graminea.

B. Henonis. /. narrow, 2in. to Jin. long. Stems 7ft. to 9ft.
high. This is described ‘“‘as one of the most beautiful of the
genus, and one of the hardiest, bearing equally well the drought
of summer and the ice of winter.”

B. Hermanni (liermann’s). A garden synonym of Arundi-
naria macrosperma.

B. Kan-chiku (native name). A synonym of B. marmorea.

B. Laydekeri (Laydeker's). U., largest ones about 6in. long
and gin. broad, tapering to a fine point, dark green, with a
poor, paler variegation, tessellated, more serrated on one edge
than on the other. Stems 3ft. or more in height, about 4in.
thick, stained with purple; nodes prominent, din. to 4in.
apart; branches almost whorled on the upper nodes. China
and Japan. Not a handsome species ; dies after Howering.

B. macroculmis (large-stemmed). A synonym of B. arundinacea.

B. marmorea (marbled). /. bright green, 44in. long, gin. to
gin. broad, serrated, prettily tessellated, constricted about 4in.
from the sharp point. Stems 3ft. or more in height, purple,
solid throughout ; internodes l4in. to 2in. long; sheath purple,
marbled with pinkish-grey; branches borne in threes. China
and Japan. An ornamental species. Syn. B. Kan-chiku.

B. Maximowiczii (Maximowicz’s). A garden synonym of
Arundinana Simoni striata.

B. Metake is a synonym of Arundinaria japonica.

B. Nagashima (native name). /. sometimes 5jin. long and jin.
broad, tessellated, serrated, bright green, finely pointed,
inched towards the top. Stems round, slender, purplish-green,
ft. to 14ft. high ; main branches borne singly, but the branch-
lets in twos and threes. Japan.

B. nana (dwarf), of gardens. A synonym of B. disticha.
B. Narihira (native name). A synonym of Arundinaria Simoni.

B. Neumanni (Neumann's). A synonym of Arundinaria
macrosperma.

B. palmata (palmate). J. 12in. to 13in. long, 3in. to 3sin.
broad, tapering to a fine point, pinched in about lin. from the
end, very sharply serrated, conspicuously tessellated, brilliant
green above, glaucous beneath; petioles stout. Stems about
5ft. high, lin. thick, bright green with a waxy bloom. China
and Japan. See Fig. 159. ;

B. palmata, of gardens. A synonym of B. tessellata.

B. plicata (folded). A synonym of Arundinaria Simoni striata.
B. pumila (dwarf). 7. 44in. long, jin. broad, covered with short
hairs. Stems less than 3ft. high, unbranched. Japan, 1894.
B. pygmea (pigmy). /. Sin. long, Zin. broad, brilliant green,
regularly tessellated, serrated, the upper surface bristling with
little teeth, the lower downy; petioles well defined. Stems
6in. to 12in. high, with prominent nodes. Japan. A dwarf

but very rampant species.

B. quadr: is (four-angled). J. deep green, 8in. long, lin.
broad, serrated, minutely tessellated, lanceolate, pinched in
about lin. from the point, tapering to a short petiole. Stems
12ft. to 30ft. high, Zin. thick, quadrangular, having a deep purple
band on the lower side of each node; branches six or seven to a
stem. China and Japan. Rare in cultivation.

B. Ragamowskii. The correct name is B. tessellata.

B. senanensis (a geographical name). J. ovate, 6in. long.
Stems about lft. high, thin, erect. Japan, 1894. A hardy
species, considered by Mr. Freeman-Mitford to be identical
with Arundinaria Veitchii.

B. Simonii is synonymous with Arundinaria Maximowiczii.

B. sterilis (barren). A synonym of Phyllostachys aurea.

B. tessellata (tessellated). The correct name of B. Ragamowski.
ji., inflorescence a narrow pane, on stems 14ft. to &ft. or more
in length ; spikes composed of five or six closely-set, one-flowered
spikelets, on the moderately short branches (2in. to 2hin.) of the

anicle. 7. oblong, acuminate, 4in. to Sin. long, l4in. to 24in.

Pra bright green above, bluish-green beneath, changing in
autumn to yellow, or with a broad yellow border. Japan, 1888,
A yery ornamental, dwarf, hardy Bamboo, also known as
B. palmata, B. Ragamouwskii (see Vol. L.), and B. Veitchii.

B. Veitchii (Veitch’s). A synonym of Arundinaria Veitchit.

B. Vilmorini (Vilmorin’s). A synonym of B. angustifolia.

B. Wieseneri (Wiesenc¥’s). _ Stems brownish-black or dark olive-
green. Japan, 1887. Garden variety. A fine, hardy Bamboo,
resembling in habit and vigour Arundinaria japonica (this
being the correct name of the plant described on p. 118, Vol. L.,
as A. Metake). ;

Vol. V-.

BAND-PLANT. See Vinca major.
BANISTERIA. No less than sixty species, natives

of tropical America (especially Brazil), are comprised in
this genus. Several plants formerly referred here are
placed by modern botanists under Heteropterys and
Stigmaphyllon (which see).

BANESEA. A synonym of Costus (which see).

BANKSIA. About forty-six species of this genus
have been described ; all are Australian, and most of them
extra-tropical. Flowers sessile, in pairs, disposed in dense
spikes, terminal or axillary, crowded within the floral
leaves; fruit-bearing spikes changing into thick, woody
strobiles. To the species described on pp. 156-7, Vol. L.,

.the following should be added:

B. ericifolia (Erica-leaved). jl. yellow; spikes cylindrical, 6in.
to 10in. long. /. crowded, narrow-linear, truncate or notched
at the end, otherwise entire, rarely exceeding 4in. in length,
with closely revolute margins. A. 12ft. to 14ft. 1788. (A. B. R.
156; B. M. 738.)

B. grandis (large).* / yellow; spikes cylindrical, 8in. to 12in.
long. Jd. often 1ft. or more in length, divided-to the midril) into
ovate-triangular, contiguous segments, the larger ones 14in. to
2in. long, and lin. broad at base, the lower ones gradually
smaller, all flat, with several veins impressed above, prominent
beneath, the under-surface pale. h. 40ft. 1794. One of the best
of cultivated species.

B. integrifolia paludosa (marsh-loving). A variety having
smaller flowers and shorter leaves than in the type. (B. R. 697,
and L. B. C. 392, under name of B. paludosa.)

B. marcescens (weak). /. Paes spikes dense, oblong or
cylindrical, 3in. to 10in. long, like those of B, media. 1. petiolate,
oblong, truncate, serrated, almost obtuse at base, lin. to lsin.
long, about in. broad, flat, minutely tomentose beneath.
Branches tomentose. fh. 5ft. to 6ft. 1794. (B. M. 2803.) Syn.
€: premorsa (A. B. R. 258).

B. media (medium). 7. yellow; spikes oblong or cylindrital, 3in.
to 6in. long. J. lanceolate-cuneate, truncate, serrated, 2in. to
3in. or more in length, 4in. to jin. broad, flat, tomentose
beneath, tapering into short petioles. Branches hoary-tomentose.
h. 6ft. 1824. (B. M. 3120.)

B. paludosa (marsh-loving). A form of B. integrifolia.

B. preemorsa (bitten). A synonym of B. marcescens.

B. prostrata (prostrate). /: yellows; spikes rarely above Jin. long,
oblong or cylindrical, turned up at the ends of the stems. 7.
erect, often above 1ft. long and lin. to 14in. broad, divided about
half-way to the midrib into broadly ovate or triangular,
mostly obtuse lobes, thick, flat, and rigid: Stems prostrate,
tomentose. 1824. (B. R. 1572.)

B. serrata (saw-edged). jl. red; spikes oblong-cylindrical or
rarely globular. 7. oblong-lanceolate, acute or truncate, deeply
serrated, 3in. to 6in. long, Jin. to lin. broad, coriaceous, flat,
hoary or white beneath, tapering to the petioles. h. 20ft.
(A. B. R. 82.) A very pretty species. |

B. speciosa (showy), of Lindley. A synonym of B. Victorie.

B. spinulosa (slightly spiny). _/. yellow, larger than in
B. ericifolia ; spikes ovoid, 2in. to Sin. long, rarely cylindrical and
longer. August. i. narrow-linear, 14in. to 3in. long, notched at
the end, with a point in the notch, often bordered towards the
end with two or three small teeth on either side. A. 6ft. 1788.
(A. B. R. 457.)

B. undulata (waved). A synonym of B. @mula.

B. verticillata (whorled). l. yellow ; spikes oblong-cylindrical,
4in. to 8in. long. August. 7. usually in whorls of four to six, shortly
petiolate, oblong-lanceolate or broadly linear, with recurved
margins, white beneath, those of the flowering stems 1}in. to Sin.
long. h. 12ft. 1794. (H. E. F. 96.)

B. Victoriz (Victoria’s). fl. yellow; spikes thick, oblong, Sin. to
5in. long. J. 8in. to 12in. long, divided more than half-way to the
midrib into broad, triangular, acute or acuminate lobes, the
larger ones }in. long and broad. h. 12ft. to 15ft. (B. M. 4906.)
Syn. B. speciosa, of Lindley (B. R. 1728).

BANKSIA (of Domb.). A synonym of Cuphea
(which see).
BANKSIAN ROSES. Somewhat tender Roses from

China, for whose introduction we are indebted to Lady
Banks.
BAPHORHIZA.
see).
BARBACENIA. To this genus eighteen species have
been referred, natives of Brazil, Guiana, and Venezuela.
B. squamata (scaly). A synonym of Vellozia squamata.
R

A synonym of Alkanna (which

122 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

BARBADOS CEDAR.
diana.

BARBAREA. Yellow Cress. About a score species
have been referred to this genus by various authors, but
according to Bentham and Hooker not more than six are
sufficiently distinct to rank as such; they are broadly dis-
tributed over temperate regions, the genus being repre-
sented in the British Flora by B. vulgaris (St. Barbara’s
Heath) and several varieties, of which the plant described
as B. precow is one. See Cress (American).

BARBE DE CAPUCIN. See Chicory.

BARBERRY RUST. This well-known deep yellow
Rust, found upon the common Barberry (B. vulgaris), the
much-grown Mahonia (Berberis) Aquwifolia, and allies in
spring, is but the Cluster-cup stage of the exceedingly
destructive blackish Rust of Wheat and other cereals, and
known as Pucecinia graminis, described and illus-
trated in Vol. III.

BARBULA. A synonym of Caryopteris (which see).

BARIDIUS TRINOTATUS. See Potato Insect
* Pests.

BARE. This is largely employed as a plunging
material for Pine-plants in pots. The tan is placed over
a hot-air chamber and made into a bed, in which the
pots are plunged up to their rims, the heat in the bed
being regulated by the hot-water pipes in the chamber
underneath. All plants in pots requiring bottom-heat
may be grown in the same manner.

BARK-BEETLES. Sce Scolytide.

BARKERIA. This genus is now included, by the
authors of the “Genera Plantarum,” under Hpidendrum.
To the species described on p. 158, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

B. Barkeriola (Barkeriola).
Barkeriola.

B. cyclotella (circular). jl. very showy, disposed in a terminal
raceme ; sepals and petals deep magenta; lip white, margined
magenta, broad, emarginate. February and March. J. distichous,
ligulate-oblong, acute. Stems as thick as a quill. Mexico.
W. O. A. iv. 148.) oe

B. elegans nobilior (nobler). A fine, jpe towered variety,
having a blackish-purple spot on the lip. 1886.

See Juniperus bermu-

A synonym of Epidendrum

N

Mili.
—,\\!

yy
q

Fic. 140. FLOWER OF BARKERIA LINDLEYANA.

B. Lindleyana.
the whole genus. See Fig. 140.

B. spectabilis. A showy species, which is at its best about
midsummer. See Fig. 141.

This species is one of the most beautiful in

Barkeria— continued.

Fic. 141.

FLOWER OF BARKERIA SPECTABILIS.

B. Vanneriana (Vanner’s). /. fine rosy-purple, with a small,
whitish disk on the lip, equal in shape to those of B. Lindleyana ;
lip rounded, acute, much like that of B. Skinneri. 1885. .A fine
plant, intermediate in character between the two species named.

BARKHOUSIA RUBRA. A synonym of Crepis
rubra (which see).

BARE LICE. A popular name for Scale Insects.

BAREK-WOUNDS. These are of far greater con-
sequence than is usually attached to them by the gardener,
especially in the case of dicotyledonous trees. Wounds
may restlt from a number of causes, chief amongst
which are careless pruning, hard knocks at felling time,
cuts from scythes and mowing-machines, and barking by
cattle, deer, and small mammals like mice. Trees so
injured are liable to various forms of “rot, some of
the most destructive being those for which fungi like
Armillaria mellea (Agaricus melleus) are responsible.
Destructive insects like Sirex gigas (Horn-tailed Sawfly) and
certain Ants also find a ready access by means of wounds.

BARLERIA. This genus embraces about sixty
species of herbs and shrubs, mostly natives of Asia and
tropical and South Africa, the few American ones being
principally Mexican or Columbian. Corolla tube long,
the limb of five rounded or ovate lobes. Leaves opposite,
entire, the axils often armed with spines. To those
described on p. 158, Vol. I., the following should be added.
See also Barleriola.

B. cristata (crested). fl. purplish-blue or white; corolla lin.
long, the lobes ovate, sin. long; spikes ovate, often compound,
dense. July. @. oblong or elliptic, acute, lin. to 4in. long
(according to locality, &c.). Branches and leaves yellow-hairy.
Sub-tropical. India, 1796. Plant erect or diffuse. (B. M. 1615.)

B. gentianoides (Gentian-like). A synonym of B. flava.

B. involucrata (involucred). #. blue; sepals lin. long,
elongated-elliptic ; corolla 2in. long, the lobes obovate-elliptic ;
racemes few-flowered, axillary ; bracteoles lanceolate or linear.
7. elliptic, 44in. long, lin. broad, narrow at both ends. India.
Plant yellow-strigose.

B. i. elata (tall). 7. dark blue, 24in. across.
18 A compact, showy variéty.

B. repens (creeping). fl. axillary, solitary, sessile or shortly
pedicellate; corolla pale, rather dull rosy-red, 2in. long, the
tube funnel-shaped, the limb l4in. in diameter, of five oblong
lobes. July. /. opposite, appearing as if fascicled, lin. to 2hin.
long, elliptic-ovate or obovate; petioleg din. to 4in. long. Stems

h. 6ft. Singapore,

lit. to 2ft. long, prostrate. Eastern trepical Africa, 1875.
(B. M. 6954.)

B. solanifolia (Solanum-leaved) A synonym of Barleriola
solanifolia,

eal

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 123

BARLERIOLA (a diminutive of Barleria, to which
genus this is related). Orp. Acanthacew. A small genus
(two species) of small, much-branched, stove shrubs, with
axillary spines, natives of Cuba and San Dominga. Flowers
small, fascicled in the axils, sub-sessile; bracteoles small,
subulate. Leaves small. B. solanifolia (Syn. Barleria
solanifolia) has been introduced, but is probably no longer
grown.

BARLIA. Included under Orchis (which see).

BARNADESIA. Syn. Xenophonta. Including Bacazia.
About ten species, all natives of South America, are
included in this genus: Flower-heads purple or pink,
homogamous, corymbose at the tips of the branches, sub-
radiate, rarely with only one floret; involucral bracts in
many series, the outer ones gradually shortening;
receptacle flat. Leaves alternate, often fascicled at the
axils, entire, three-nerved or penniveined.

BAROSMA. Fifteen species are included in this
genus.

B. crenulata (slightly crenate). The correct name of B. latifolia.
(B. M. 3413.) Syns. B. crenata, Bucco crenata, Diosma latifolia
(L. B. C. 290).

B. scoparia (Broom-like). The correct name of B. dioica.

BARRALDEIA. A synonym of Carallia (which
see).

BARRED YELLOW MOTH. See Cidaria.
BARRINGTONIA. This genus embraces about a

score species, natives of tropical Africa, Asia, and Australia.

Petals four, rarely five; stamens numerous, in many series.

To the species described on p. 159, Vol. I., the following

should be added. See also Stravadium (which is included

under this genus by Bentham and Hooker).

B. samoensis (Samoan). /. in long, simple, axillary, pendulous
racemes, 2ft. long, with a reddish-brown rachis; petals scarlet,
ball-like before expansion, when expanded nearly lin. long,
reflexed; stamens yellew, very numerous, forming a sort
of brush 3in. in diameter. May. J. sessile, lft. to 2ft. long,
short pet and decurved, oblanceolate, narrowed to a very

ort petiole. Polynesia, 1851. A tall, handsome tree, (B. M.
ard Syns. Butonica samoensis (T. L. S. ser. ii. Bot. i
a 75, f. 20-25), Stravadium insigne (F. d. S. vii., tt. 654-5).
BARRINGTONIACEZ.
tacez (which see).

BARROTIA. Included under Pandanus (which see).

BARTHOLINA (named in honour of Thomas
Bartholin, a celebrated Danish anatomist and physiologist,
born in 1616). Orv. Orchidex. A monotypic genus. The
species is a remarkable, small, tuberous, terrestrial Orchid,
requiring cool-house treatment and a sandy-loam soil.
Propagated by divisions.

B. pectinata (comb-like). Spider Orchid. #. very pale lilac, 2in.
to 3in. broad across the numerous Spreng, comb-like threads
into which each segment of the three-parted lip is divided ; sepals
erect; petals straight or falcate ; scape Sin. to 4in. high, reddish-
brown. July. J. solitary, orbicular, din. to lin. in diameter,
convex, deeply two-lobed, lying flat on the ground. Tuber ovoid,
4in. long. Cape of Good Hope, 1787. (B. M. 7450.)

BARTOLINA. A synonym of Tridax (which see).

BARTSIA (named by Linnus in honour of his friend
John Bartsch, M.D.). Syn. Lasiopera. Including
Eufragia. Orv. Scraphularinee. A genus comprising
about sixty species of mostly hardy, annual or.perennial,
usually erect herbs, natives of Europe, extra-tropical Asia,
North and South Africa, and the mountains of South
America. Flowers sessile or shortly pedicellate, the upper
ones often forming a spike; calyx five-cleft; corolla tube
straight or incurved, the limb bilabiate, the anterior lip
with three spreading lobes; stamens four, didynamous.
Leaves opposite, the upper floral ones decreasing. Three
of the species—B. alpina, B. Odontites, and B. viscosa—are
natives of Britain, but none are of any particular value as
garden plants.

B. coccinea (scarlet). A synonym of Castilleja coccinea.
B. pallida (pale). A synonym of Castilleja pallida.

Included under Myr-

BARWOOD. Sce Baphia.

BARYOSMA. A synonym of Dipteryx (which see).

BASE. That part of a leaf or other organ which is
attached to its support.

BASELA. See Basella.

BASELLA. Orv. Chenopodiacez. This genus is
monotypic, according te Bentham and Hooker, and tke
correct name of the species, as given in the “ Flora of
British India,” is B. rubra. ~
B. tuberosa (tuberous). A synonym of Ullucus twherosus.

BASILZA. A synonym of Eucomis (which see).

BASILEOPHYTA. A synonym of Fieldia (which

see).

BASSIA. Syn. Dasyaulus. This genus embraces
about eighty species, natives of the East Indies and the
Malayan Archipelago.

BASSOVIA. The correct name of Witheringia
(which see).

BAST. Sce Scirpus lacustris.

BASTARD CLOVER. ‘ce Trifolium hybridum.

BASTARD CRESS. ‘See Thlaspi.

BASTARD FEVERFEW. ‘ee Parthenium
Hysterophorus.

BASTARD HARE’S-EARS. See Phyllis Nobla.
BASTARD IRONWOOD. See Trichilia hirta.

BASTERIA. A synonym of Berkheya (which
see).
BATEMANNIA. According to Bentham and Hooker,

this is now a monotypic genus, the only true species being
B. Colleyi. Several of the species have been transferred
to Zygopetalum (which see).

BATIDEZ. A monotypic natural order, allied to
Polygonacex, the species being a tropical seaside shrub
of botanical interest only.

BATONEUS POPULI. Sce Populus.

BATS (Cheiroplera) are of especial interest to the
farmer and gardener, because they* are entirely insect-
eaters, so far as the representatives in England are con-
cerned, and therefore of immense benefit. To the naturalist
they are likewise of interest, because of the fact that they
are the only mammals capable of flight. There is no need
here to refer in detail to the peculiar modification of the
bones of the fore-limb, or the leathery membrane
enabling them to fly. Here we are chiefly concerned with
their habits, which are nocturnal or crepuscular, and as
before stated, insect-eating. They are exceedingly useful
in keeping down some of the worst pests against which
gardeners and farmers have to contend—the Cockchafers
and June Bugs. Of the first-named a single Bat has
been known to take as many as thirteen in succession.
Bats also devour enormous quantities of Dipterous insects
(Flies) and the smaller and very injurious Moths (Micro-
Lepidoptera). There are some sixteen species found in this
country, although some are rare or local. All, however,
should be strictly preserved.

BATSCHIA LONGIFLORA. A synonym of
Lithospermum angustifolium (which see).
BAT’S-WING FERN. See Pteris incisa.
BAUERA. There are two or three species. B. humilis
is a variety of B. rubioides.
B. rubioides eee (small-leaved). jf. small, on

long and slender petlicels. leaflets mostly about {in. long
Plant small, slender, and ae ate.

BAUHINIA. As many as 130 species of this genus
have been described; they are broadly dispersed over
tropical regions. To those described on pp. 161-2,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

B. Galpini (Galpin’s). /. crimson or scarlet, six to ten in a
leaf-opposed raceme ; petals lin. to lin. long, with a claw as

124

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, .

Bauhinia— continued.

long as the orbicwlar limb. October.
long, orbicular or transversely broadly oblong,
lobed, pale green. h. Sft. to 10ft. Transvaal, 1895.
climbing shrub. (B. M. 7494.)

B. grandiflora (large-flowered). fl. pure white, very large,
expanding in the night, solitary at the tips of the axillary
eanmslese l. ovate or cordate at base. Branches spiny.

T: 15ft. to 20ft. Andes, 1897. ‘Tree. (R. H. 1897, p. 393, f. 126.)

B. variegata. ‘This is figured in B. M. 6818.

B. v. candida (white). jl. pure white, large, fragrant.
l. bright green. A. 5ft. aenpical Asia, 1893. A handsome
shrub. (B. M. 7312; J. H. 1895, xxvi., p. 277, f. 54.)

BAUMANNIA. A synonym of Damnacanthus
(which see).

BAY-LEAVED WILLOW.
andra.

BEAD-TREE. Sec Ormosia. i

BEAM-TREE, SWEDISH. Scee Pyrus inter-
media.

BEAN. Broapv anp Lone-Poppep Sorts. For early
sowing the best are: Aquadulce, Bunyard’s Exhibition,
Dobbie’s Champion, and Giant Seville Long-pod. The
pods of these are all very long and freely produced, but the

1. petiolate, lin. to 3in,
broadly two-
A half-

See Salix pent-

Beans are not so good in flavour as the Windsor section,-

which are a little later than the Long-pods. The following
are the best of the Windsor class: Green Windsor,
Harlington Windsor, and Improved Broad Windsor.

Beans, Dwarr or Frencu. Sorts. The following are
best for forcing: Emperor William (this is the earliest
forcing variety), Ne Plus Ultra, Osborn’s Dwarf Prolific,
and Williams’ Early Prolific. For outside sowing: Best
of All, Canadian Wonder, Mammoth Long-podded Negro,
and Princess. ‘There are a number of Golden-Butter, or
Wax-podded varieties, that so far have not found favour in
Britain. The majority of the sorts are dwarf, and, as the
name indicates, the pods are of a waxy golden colour, and
are cooked whole, the flavour being good if the pods are
picked young. The best of this class is Barr’s Golden
Wax-pod. There is also a Climbing French Bean under
the names of Veitch’s Climbing French Bean and Sutton’s
Tender and True. It is earlier than the Scarlet Runners,
a great bearer, and of good flavour,

Runners, on Onimpina Kipnry Beans. Sorts:
Champion Scarlet, Giant White Czar, Girtford Giant, Hill’s
Prize Searlet, Ne Plus Ultra Scarlet, and Sutton’s Prize
Winner.

BEAN ANTHRACNOSE (Colletotrichum linde-
muthianum). A well-marked fungus, characterised, as its
common name denotes, by a black spotting. In America
the disease is very prevalent, and as it may be readily
introduced by infected seed the gardener must exercise
great care at sowing time. To treat the seed to a
fungicide does not seem to be of much avail, judging

by the report of Professor Beach, of Iowa, who has’

made a special study of Bean diseases. Pods, foliage,
and stems are all affected, and very young seédlings as
well as fully-matured plants. At first the spots are small,
but as the disease progresses they increase in size,
coalesce, and pit: usually they are edged with red.
Preventive measures consist, according to Professor
Beach, in the selection of sound seed (that with dark
pits should be rejected), the prompt removal of infected
seedlings (the stems should be watched for discoloured
patches), and thoroughly spraying with weak Bordeaux
Mixture at intervals. :

BEAN RUST. See Pea Fungi.
BEAN, UNDERGROUND. See Voandzeia sub-

terranea.
BEARD. A tuft of hairs; the awns of Grasses.
BEARDGRASS. ‘ce Polypogon.

BEATSONIA PORTULACIFOLIA. A synonym
of Frankenia portulacifolia (which see).

BEAUCARNEA is the correct name of Nolina

(which see).

BEAUHARNOISIA.

(which see).

BEAUMONTIA. This genus embraces four species
of tall, stove trees or shrubs, natives of the East Indies
and the Malayan Archipelago. Flowers white, large,
scented, disposed in terminal cymes; calyx five-parted ;
corolla funnel-shaped, with a short tube and five twisted
lobes. Leaves opposite, membranous, often bearing small
glands at the axils. To the species described on p. 164,
Vol. I., the following variety should be added: :

B. grandiflora superba (superb). This is a lovely variety,

with white, trumpet-shaped flowers. 1894. °

BECIUM. Included under Ocimum (which see).

BEDDING PLANTS. At one time this term was
practically restricted to the ordinary summer occupants
of Beds and borders, and a few sub-tropical Bedders.
To-day it has a far wider meaning, and Bedding Plants
may very well be divided into three groups, according to
the season of the year in which they are employed—Spring,
Summer, or Autumn. First as to

Summer Brepprers. For these it is now generally
recognised that a long-continued display of flowers
is very exhausting to the soil, and consequently a good
foundation must be laid. The Beds should be well-
drained, well-manured, and deeply-worked. The benefits
to be derived from deep cultivation are many: it gives
a greater degree of openness to the soil, so that the roots
can penetrate the more easily, and in dry seasons descend
to where the soil is moist, thus escaping, to a greater
degree, the evils of drought. In wet seasons, the surplus
water also escapes more readily to the drains and subsoil,
instead of standing about the roots of the plants and
causing their decay. An excellent plan to adopt is to
trench the Beds to a depth of 2ft. every second season, and
time thus spent will be well repaid by the superior health
and beauty of the plants grown.

As to soil, the best for the cultivation of the majority of
Bedding Plants is undoubtedly a deep, light loam, resting
on a dry subsoil. If the soil is very light and sandy, it
is greatly improved by having a quantity of heavy loam
incorporated with it; but if it is naturally unsuitable, the
best way to remedy the evil is to excavate the original
soil to a depth of 2ft., replacing it with, say, a compost
of two parts friable loam and one part leaf-mould.

If plants are to be grown in the same ground for several
consecutive years, manure must be applied to the soil, or it
will soon become exhausted. For this purpose, nothing is
better than old hotbed- or well-decomposed cow-manure,
on no account using the latter in a fresh state. The dress-
ings are best applied when the Beds are trenched, mixing
the manure well with the soil. If trenching is not neces-
sary, the manure might be scattered over the surface and
forked well in. In districts where the rainfall is great,
as in the neighbourhood of hills, many plants, such as
Pelargoniums, produce leaf at the expense of flowor. In
such localities, the soil should be raised more above the
ground-level, and, of course, manure should be more
sparingly applied.

The time for planting out depends on the general climate
of the district, the position of the garden as to shelter, and
the condition of the plants, together with the character of
the individual season. It is certainly much better to wait
a week or two than to remove plants ont of sheltered situa-
tions into the open Beds, if there is any fear of cold winds
or a night’s frost, in which case they would no doubt
receive a check sufficient to affect their well-being for the
whole season. The usual time for planting out is the end
of May or during the month of June. Showery weather
is generally chosen for the operation, but should dry
weather prevail, planting may commence in June, pro-
viding the Beds receive a good watering immediately after.

A synonym of Tovomita

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

SE. 15

Bedding Plants—continued.

This is preferable to planting when the soil is very wet
and sticky, as then it is apt to be pressed into hard lumps.
When the plants are in pots, it is best to water them
thoroughly overnight, so as to have the balls in a perfectly
moist condition by the morning, as when turned out of a
pot, and when rather dry, it is almost impossible to get
water to enter the ball after the plant has been put in the
ground, and it naturally suffers in consequence. If the
weather continues dry after planting, liberal waterings
should be given at intervals, never allowing the plants to
suffer for want of water. The removal of decayed leaves
and flowers should be regularly seen to throughout the
summer, so that the Beds may at all times present a neat
and tidy appearance.

The blending and contrasting of colours is a subject that
requires great attention in Bedding arrangements. The
harmonising of one colour with another generally produces
the most pleasing effect. Thus, by arranging the colours

purple, red, pink, salmon, yellow, and white, in the order .

named, the eye is led gradually from one colour to the
other, and perfect harmony prevails. In planting small
Beds, however, it is not advisable to introduce too many
shades of colour—two, or, at the most, three, will suffice.
The most accommodating colour for contrasting with others
is white or very light grey, such as is supplied by Cineraria
maritima or Cerastiwm tomentosum; these plants associate
well with all strong colours, and produce striking contrasts.

The gardener of the present day has considerable advan-
tage over his predecessors in the matter of bedding, as the
number of beautiful subjects at his disposal is infinite. He
has, too, the choice of three distinct styles of Summer
Bedding: Ordinary Summer Bedding, Sub-tropical, and
Carpet Bedding.

Ordinary Summer Bedding.
Bedding plants, blossoming continuously fron June till
October, or until destroyed by frost; they vary in height
from 4in. to 15in. The flowers, which are some shade of
blue, or white, are lasting, and retain their colour well.
They are excellent plants either for edgings, for small Beds
by themselves, or for mixing with Tricolor Pelargoniums,
&e.; also as carpeting plants for Fuchsias or other tall-
growing subjects. Seeds may be sown in January or
February in heat, and the seedlings grown on in small pots,
and gradually hardened off ready for planting out in June.
They are also propagated readily from cuttings at any
season, @ little bottom-heat being beneficial.

The dwarf varieties of A. mexicanum are the kinds
generally used,.such as Cupid, Swanley Blue (often used as
an edging plant for Beds of Variegated Pelargoniums), The
Zoo, Albiflorum Nanum, Cannell’s Dwarf, Imperial Dwarf,
Lady Jane, Countess of Stair, Johannas Pfitzer, Le Geant,
Perle Bleu, Enfant de Paris, Tapis Blane, Snowflake, and
LaCandeur. Several varieties of Beta vulgaris are used for

Bedding on account of their highly-coloured crimson, dark

purple, or bronzy foliage. Dell’s Crimson is a well- tried
variety ; Dracena-leaved Beet is also good for edgings,
growing only lft. high, and producing elegant recurved
crimson foliage.

The tuberous-rooted Begonias constitute a class of
plants admirably adapted for this style of Bedding. They
may be grown with less labour and attention than many
Bedding Plants, and when in flower it is surprising how
they will withstand the ill-effects of wind and heavy rain,
and remain one mass of colour until frost puts in an
appearance. The shrubby fibrous-rooted section also
contributes several species which are now used for Bedding
purposes; of these, B. semperflorens and its varieties are
especially suitable, as they flower with the greatest pro-
fusion throughout the whole summer, and also stand the
wet weather exceedingly well- The varieties of Begonias
suitable for Bedding purposes are now numerous, the
following being amongst the best: Worthiana, Erfordi,
Vesuvius, Cannell’s Scarlet, Baumanni, Queen of Bedders,

Bedding Plants—continued.

Ascotensis, Castanzfolia, and Knowsleyana. Most of our
nurserymen offer seeds of both single and double varieties,
saved from ‘flowers of all shades of colour from white,
orange, yellow, and pink, to dark crimson. Seedlings
are frequently employed for Bedding, and may be cheaply
procured.

Calceolarias are subjects that require good, deep, rich
soil, with plenty of manure, the object being to grow them
vigorously so as to get healthy green plants, free from
insects. The shrubby kinds are generally grown for
bedding purposes. These include such well-known forms as
Gaine’s Yellow, Sultan, and Golden Gem; these grow from
12in. to 18in. in height. OC. amplezicaulis belongs to
the herbaceous section; the plant grows 1}ft. high, and
is very good for associating with other taller-growing
subjects.

Celosias are now used for Bedding purposes, and
very graceful decorative plants they prove to be, with
their showy, feathery plumes of flowers. C. pyramidalis
grows to a height of 18in., and has numerous varieties,
usually some shade of yellow or crimson. They are
generally described under the name of Q. plumosa.
Sutton’s Dwarf is one of the best. Of (©. cristata
(Cockscomb) there are several varieties, most of them
with crimson combs. Giant Empress and Vesuvius are
both handsome. Centaurea ragusina is a valuable Bedding
Plant, with broad, silvery-white foliage, for which alone it
is used; it is excellent for contrasting with any strong
colour, and forms a suitable subject for edgings to Beds of
Coleus, Iresines, Perillas, &c. Cineraria maritima is a
hardy perennial with silvery-white foliage and heads of
yellow flowers. The flower-stems must, however, be
pinched out as soon as they appéar, as it is the silvery
foliage that is required. It is largely used for edgings
to Beds of Perillas, &e., taking the place of Centaurea
ragusina. Coleus Verschaffeltii is one of the best crimson-
leaved plants used for Bedding; it grows from 12in. to
18in. high. It makes very effective Beds when edged with
silver- or golden-leaved plants, such as Ovineraria
maritima or Fyrethrum Golden Feather. Taylor’s Pet
withstands the cold better than C. Verschaffeltii.

Fuchsias are largely used in Summer-Bedding arrange-
ments, and very effective plants they prove to be, with
their graceful drooping flowers. Some are allowed to
assume a bush form, whilst others are kept to a single
stem, and grown into pyramids. The dwarf, bushy kinds
form excellent Beds, either alone or edged with other
dwarf-growing Bedding Plants. Those grown into
pyramids make beautiful objects, their drooping branches
showing off to advantage. They require a carpeting of
Ageratums, Violas, or other dwarf-growing subjects. The
varieties of Bedding Fuchsias are very numerous ; in fact,
almost all of the Fuchsias are sufficiently hardy to stand
outside during the summer. MDunrobin Castle is very
distinct, and it is suitable for either small Beds, carpeting
below taller plants, vases, window-boxes, or for growing
into standards. There are several varieties, with richly-
coloured or variegated leaves, which are grown extensively
for bedding purposes. Amongst these are Cloth of
Gold, Sunray, and Meteor.

Gaillardias, as well as being ornamental border-plants,
are excellent for Bedding displays. They should be
planted rather thinly, so as to allow room for pegging-
down the shoots. G. grandiflora mavima is one of

“the best of* the perennials. The half-hardy annual

varieties, such as Lorenziana, Drummondii or picta,
amblyodon, &c., are also very effective and useful Bedding
Plants, on account of their richly-coloured flowers and
the long duration of their flowering period. Gazanias are
useful for sunny positions. G. splendens is a handsome
and much-grown trailer. Heliotropes are always popular
for their deliciously fragrant flowers. The dwarf kinds
are suitable either for forming Deds by themselves or for

126

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bedding Plants—continued.
carpeting Beds of taller-growing subjects, whilst the
vigorous growers are admirable for training into pyramids,
carpeting the Beds with other dwarf subjects. Miss
Nightingale, although an old variety, is still one of the
best for Bedding, while President Garfield and White
Lady are also to be recommended.

Two or three Iresines are indispensable for Summer
Bedding, on account of their richly-coloured foliage. Like
Heliotropes, Iresines are rather tender, and ought not to
be planted out until the season is well advanced. To
bring their foliage to perfection a warm season, with an
abundance of sunshine, is necessary. JI. Herbstii, I. awreo-
reticulata, and I. Lindeni are excellent; the last forms a
fine edging plant to Beds of Pelargoniums, &e.

The named varieties of Lantana, with their large
Verbena-like heads of richly-coloured flowers, produced
abundantly during the whole summer, are charming
subjects for Beds. They are as easy to cultivate as
Pelargoniums, and may be used either in Beds by
themselves, or as carpeting plants for tall-growing
Fuchsias, &c.; or they may be trained as standards.
‘Drap d’Or is unequalled for Bedding, while Don Calmet
is very floriferous. The predominating colour amongst
the dwarf-growing Lobelias is blue, a colour which is
rather rare amongst the ordinary run of Bedding Plants.
To this, and to their dwarf compact habit, may be
attributed the reason of their universal adoption for
Bedding purposes, and especially as edgings to Beds of
taller subjects.

Lobelia Evinus is the species from which most of our
dwarf Bedding varieties have sprung. L. speciosa, L. com-
pacta, L. pumila magnifica, L. ramosa, Cobalt Blue,
Swanley Blue, Crystal Palace, and Emperor William are
amongst the best dwarf kinds. Of the taller-growing kinds
L. cardinalis, L. fulgens or L. splendens, Queen Victoria,
and Firefly, in mild districts, prove hardy enough to
stand the winter outside with a light covering of ashes,
&c., though it is always best to lift and store them in a
dry shed, starting them into growth again in spring.

In the whole range of Bedding Plants it would be diffi-
cult to name a more popular favourite than the Zonal
Pelargonium. There are ordinary Zonals, Golden-
bronzed Zonals (Model, Golden Harry Hieover, and Bronze
Queen), Yellow-leayed (Crystal Palace Gem and Robert
Fish, with zoneless leaves), Golden Tricolors, Silyer
Tricolors,, White-Edged (these fine-foliaged varieties are
generally growr for the sake of their leaves, and on this
account are seldom allowed to flower), and Ivy-leaved.
These last are suitable for covering trellises and for
growing in vases, where their long, trailing growths,
hanging over the sides, show off to advantage. They are
rather more tender than the Zonal kinds, and require to be
kept a little warmer during the winter.

Perilla nankinensis is a most useful Bedder, and is
generally employed for edgings or for mixing with silver-
leaved plants, on account of its dark purplish foliage.
Petunias are very showy and popular subjects when
grown in masses in a sunny position and fairly rich
soil. They are very effective when trained over hoops,
fences, and trellises, as well as disposed over tree-stumps.
Phlox Drummondi is a plant which cannot be passed by
unnoticed, as for filling small Beds, or for mixing with
taller-growing subjects, it is superb. Pyrethrum Golden
Feather is a well-known, free-growing Bedding Plant,
suitable for edgings, &e. It has been styléd “ the gar-
dener’s friend,” and it certainly is a treasure to him,
for it can always be relied upon, and is always in
season. In spring the plants look like masses of gold,
and in summer they light up the whole garden, and
harmonise with everything.

Verbenas rank amongst the showiest of our Summer
Bedding subjects; they are very effective in Beds,
especially when mixed with some contrasting colour,

Bedding Plants—continued.

such as is supplied by the Silver-Leaved Pelargoniums.
There are also several named varieties which are very
useful for Bedding purposes, such as Crimson King, Purple
King, and V. Melindres splendens.

Sub-Tropical Bedding.—The introduction of large-
foliaged, stately, sub-tropical plants into our flower-
gardens during the summer months has been arranged so
as to enable us, as it were, to obtain faint glimpses of
the grandeur of tropical vegetation. In this style of
Bedding any sub-tropical plant may be used, providing it
is sufficiently robust in constitution to withstand the
variations of our changeable climate. Many of the plants
used are of a tender nature, and only suitable for standing
outside during the hottest part of the summer; but
there are others which are hardy enough to withstand an
ordinary English winter—in the South of England, at
any rate. To this latter group belong such plants
as Gynerium argentewm (Pampas Grass), <Arundo
Donaz, Gunnera scabra and G. manicata, Chamezrops
humilis, C. Fortunei (Trachycarpus eacelsus), and the
Bamboos. These stately subjects are suitable for
planting either as single specimens about the lawn or
in groups in sheltered positions. The Gunneras require
damp situations, preferably near the banks of lakes or
streams, and when the foliage dies down in the late
autumn, the crowns should be protected from frost by
having a quantity of dry leaves thrown over them to the
depth of 12in. or 18in. As the Gunneras start into growth
early in the season, the winter covering should be removed
before the young leaves have made much progress, other-
wise they will be damaged during the operation. When in
the young state the leaves are very tender, and preparation
must be made for covering up the plants if any signs
of frost appear.

Returning to the non-permanent Sub-tropical Bedders,
there are t ro distinct grounps—to the one belong the Agaves,
the tender Yuccas, Dracenas, Musas, Tree-Ferns, and
several of the Palms—plants generally of slow growth,
which are kept in pots or tubs, and plunged outside during
the summer, and have to be removed to the greenhouse for
the winter; these present a fine appearance, giving to the
garden a tropical aspect. One of the most essential points
in the culture of Musas, Tree-Ferns, and, in fact, of all
tender large-foliaged plants grown outside, is that of
shelter, as if exposed to high winds the leaves get torn to
shreds, and the plants are thereby disfigured, and look un-
sightly objects in the flower-garden. It is therefore
imperative that a sheltered position should. be chosen for
this phase of Sub-tropical Bedding. For more exposed
situations, and for terrace gardens, the Agaves and Yuccas
are amongst the best of stately-foliaged plants, as ‘the
leaves are not liable to be damaged by the wind, and the
plants themselves are more in accordance with their
surroundings. As this class of plants require a considerable
amount of room for their accommodation in winter, it is
evident that Sub-tropical Bedding cannot be carried out to
any extent, except in very large establishments, where
plenty of room is at command during winter.

To the other group belong the Cannas, the tubers of
which may be taken up in the late autumn, and after
being dried, stored away for the winter in a shed or
other suitable structure, where they are out of the reach
of frost. With this group may be included numerous
robust-growing annuals that are readily raised from seed
sown in February, and which make quite large plants,
if grown well. Of these the Castor-oil, Solanums, and
Tobacco plants areexamples. With regard to planting out,
the second week in June is about as early as it is safe to”
plant out Castor-oil plants and other soft-wooded subjects
grown from seed. It is preferable to have stout young
plants, well-rooted, and carefully hardened off, as they
succeed much better than larger specimens grown on in a
high temperature and insufficiently hardened off ; in fact,

—_—~ vo

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 127

Bedding Plants—continued.

this point constitutes one of the elements of success in the
management of these large-foliaged plants.

Besides the plants mentioned elsewhere, numerous
others may be used for Sub-tropical Bedding, such as
Carlina, Aloe, Sumach, Fatsia (Aralia), Funkia, Eryn-
gium, Rheum, Heracleum, Bocconia, Cassia, &e. Also
available are some of the ordinary Summer Bedding
plants, such as Coleus, Iresines, Perillas, Beet, Centaureas,
Cinerarias, &c., which are used either for mixing with the
sub-tropical’ plants in the Beds, or as edgings for the same.
Carpeting plants, such as the Alternantheras, are also used,
and when judiciously arranged, give a finished appearance
to the Beds. In fact, the modes of arranging the plants at
command are endless ; yet the same object is kept in view,
viz., an attractive and effective display, avoiding all
formality, but at the same time aiming at a neat, sym-
metrical appearance when completed.

Abutilons, if planted outside in June, will flower freely
throughout the summer. Several ornamental-foliaged
varieties are grown for Bedding purposes, A. Thomsont,
A. megapotamicum (A. vevillariwm), and the variety
variegatum, and A. Sellowianwm marmoratum, being very
attractive. Albizzia (Acacia) lophantha is a handsome
plant for mixed Sub-tropical Bedding; it is of quick
growth, and produces an abundance of graceful bipinnate
leaves. Cannas are splendid plants, admirably adapted
either for massing in Beds by themselves or for mixing
amongst other subjects; they are of stately growth.
Numerous hybrids are now grown, most of which have
been reared Sy M. Crozy, of Lyons. Madame Crozy,
Paul Bert, and Ménélik are very effective. Daturas are
handsome massive-foliaged plants with large trumpet-
shaped flowers, and are much admired. The best kinds
are D. ceratocaula, D. Cornucopiz, and D. meteloides
(D. Wrightii).

Eucalyptus globulus is a fast-growing subject, having
leaves of a peculiar glaucous hue. The well-known Ficus
elastica is suitable either for mixing in groups of tall-
growing plants, or for planting amongst dwarf carpeting
plants. Grevillea robusta is a most graceful plant, with
fern-like foliage. Humea elegans, Lavatera arborea
variegata, Melianthus major, Nicotianas, Ricinus, several
of the strong-growing Solanums, like S. marginatum,
S. robustum, and S. Warscewiczii, the bold Wigandias,
W. macrophylla (W. caracasana), W. urens, and W. Vigieri
may be effectively used. -

Carpet Bedding.—This style of Summer Bedding is
gradually disappearing. Carpét Bedding, as practised
years ago, consisted of the planting of Beds in geometrical
form with various dwarf coloured-foliaged plants, the
object being to imitate fancy designs, such as were found
on Turkey carpets, &c., and to work them ont in different
colours. The dwarf plants so used needed constant
attention with regard to pinching and keeping them
within their allotted space, or the design would quickly
be spoiled by the strong growers running into and
smothering the weaker subjects, and the Bed present the
appearance of disorder and neglect. At the present day
a decided improvement in the art of Carpet Bedding is
to be seen in many of our large public parks and other
places: this consists of a freer use of tall, graceful
subjects, suitable for associating with the typical Carpet
Bedding plants; and in this way many pleasing effects
are produced.

Carpet Bedding should not be done until about the
middle of June. The Beds ought to have been dug
over about a fortnight previously and left to solidify;
they will then only require to be made moderately firm,
and to have the surface-soil raked smooth and even at
the time of planting. The design is then transferred to
the Beds by drawing lines in the soil. Circles may easily
be drawn by fixing a stick firmly in the centre of the Bed,
and looping a piece of string over it; then by attaching

Bedding Plants— continued.

another stick to the string at the distance required, the
circles may be drawn correctly. When all the lines are
drawn they are traced with a little dry silver-sand, so as to
make them more distinct for the operator. Planting then
commences: the tall dot-plants are put in first, then
the leading lines, and afterwards the intermediate spaces
or panels are filled in.

As the majority of the plants are very small, and have
to be planted quite close together, a narrow, pointed
trowel is used; or the trowel may be dispensed with
altogether and the work done with the fingers. The soil
is made fairly firm around them, and a good watering
given immediately after planting. If dry, hot weather
sets in, the Beds must have occasional waterings throughout
the summer. The dwarf plants will also require pinching
at frequent intervals so as to keep them dwarf.

Irrespective of the popular carpeting plants mentioned
below, there are numerous others belonging to the Sub-
tropical and ordinary Summer Bedding class that are
available either as dot or centre plants in connection with
Carpet Bedding. Of these, the following may be men-
tioned: Abutilon Thomsoni, Agaves, Fatsia (Aralia)*
japonica, Centaureas, Coleus, Dracena australis, Iresines,
Perillas, and Yuccas.

The following list of plants includes the best of those
most commonly grown for Carpet Bedding. The Saxifrages,
Sempervivums, and Echeverias may be allowed to flower if
it is desired; but generally the flowers are pinched out.
All the other plants are grown exclusively for their
foliage.

Alternantheras are largely used for filling in panels,
divisional lines, &c. Several species and varieties are
grown: A. amabilis, A. amena, A. versicolor, A. parony-
chioides, A. aurea nana, A. magnifica, A. major, A. m.
aurea, and A. rosea nana. Antennaria’ tomentosa or
A. candida is largely used for edgings or divisional lines.
Calocephalus (Leucophyton or Leucophyta) Brownii is used
for filling in panels, &c. Centawrea ragusina compacta is
very useful for Ribbon Bedding, a style which consists of
filling a border the whole length with rows of plants, each
row being of a different shade of colour, so that the border,
especially when viewed from a distance, presents the
appearance of a ribbon. It is also used as a dot-plant.
Cerastiwm tomentosum is used for edgings, for filling in
panels, &c. Chamzxpeuce Casabone and diacantha are
largely used as dot plants in connection with Carpet
Bedding, as well as for sub-tropical work. * Echeverias are
used for edgings. divisional lines, &c.; the flower-stems vary
from Gin. to 12in. in height. FE. agavoides, E. metallica,
E. Peacockii, and E. secunda glauca are those most com-
monly grown. Herniaria glabra is a creeping plant of
neat, close habit, suitable for filling in the groundwork.
Kleinia repens is a succulent, used for divisional lines.
Mentha Pulegium gibraltarica is a useful groundwork
plant, very effective when surrounded with brighter
colours. Mesembryanthemum cordifoliwm variegatum is
used for filling in panels, &c. Pachyphytwm bracteosum
is an attractive succulent, forming a useful dot plant,
or for dividing lines. Sagina pilifera awrea, or glabra
aurea, is an excellent subject for filling in panels. San-
tolina incana is useful as a dot plant. Saxifragas are
excellent carpeting plants, for either Summer or Spring
Bedding. Sedums, like S. glawcum and S. lydiwm, are used
for panels. Sempervivums are very useful for forming
divisional lines, &c. Stellaria graminea aurea is a bright
carpeting plant for dividing lines or for filling in panels.

The designs furnished will give the gardener a fair idea
of how the above-mentioned plants may be utilised in the
present system of Carpet Bedding. As individual tastes
differ, however, so the arrangements of the dwarf plants
may be altered accordingly, and the tall plants may or
may not be used, as fancy dictates. If the Beds are small,
it will not be advisable to include too many dot-plants, but

128 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bedding Plants— continued.

hard-and-fast rules cannot be laid down, and in such
cases the planter must use his own judgment. In some Beds
it is well to have the central portion raised from 6in. to

Tic. 142. DESIGN FoR CARPET BED (A).

12in. above the outside portion, the edge being
planted with Echeverias or Sempervivum
tabuleforme. This may easily be done in
the Beds H and I (Figs. 149 and 150), and
will greatly enhance their beauty.

In Bed A (Fig. 142), No. 1 might have a
centre plant of Grevillea robusta, and be
carpeted with Echeveria Peacockii; No. 2
with Sempervivum montanum; No. 3 with
Leucophyta Brownii; No. 4 with Alternan-
thera versicolor, having a dot-plant of Gre-
villea at the centre of each panel; No.
5 with Alt. paronychioides; No. 6 with Alt.
wurea nana; No. 7 with Alt. major; No. 8
a dot-plant of Santolina incana, carpeted
with Alternanthera amabilis; No. 9 should
be filled in with Mesembryanthemum cordi-
folium variegatum; and No. 10 with Alter-
nanthera magnifica.

WW
ve

CO il I
: < it 3

HT

'

3 Bedding Plants —eo ntinued.

In Bed B (Fig. 148), the panels numbered 1 might be
filled in with Alternanthera amena, and have a small
plant of Albizzia (Acacia) lophantha inserted near the

end furthest away from the centre of the
bed; No. 2 would look well with a centre
plant of Cordyline (Dracena) australis, or
any other tall, graceful-foliaged plant, car-
peted with Echeveria secunda glauca or
Leucophyta Brownii; panels numbered 3
might have dot-plants of Dracenas at their
centres, and also one near each end, car-
peted with Alternanthera magnifica ; panels
marked 4 with Alt. versicolor and a dot-plant
or two of Echeveria Peacockii; No. 5 with
Alt. rosea nana; and the portions marked
6 with Alt. awrea nana; the groundwork
(No. 7) might then be filled in with Her-
niaria glabra or with one of the Mossy
Saxifrages.

In Bed C (Fig. 144), No. 1 should be
filled in with Mesembryanthemum, and
have a plant of Albizzia lophantha at the
centre of the heart; No. 2 with Alternan-
thera major awrea; No. 3 with Alt. mag-
nifica, having a dot-plant of Acacia in
the centre of each; No. 4 with Sagina
(Spergula) pilifera aurea; those outside
the panels numbered 6 should each have a
plant of Chamzpeuce in the centre; No. 5
should be filled in with Leucophyta Brownii
or Antennaria tomentosa, having a dot-plant
of Acacia in the centre: No. 6 with
Pachyphytum bracteosum, also having an
Acacia in the centre if the bed is made
large enough to allow of it without over-
crowding; the groundwork (No. 7) should
consist of Herniaria or one of the Sedums.

' i

il

Fic, 143. DESIGN FOR CARPET BED (B).

Fic. 144. DESIGN FOR CARPET BED (C).

In Bed D (Fig. 145), No. 1 might be filled
with Alternanthera. magnifica; No. 2 with
Alt. versicolor; No.3 with Alt. amewena; Nos.
2 and 3 should also have a centre plant of
Ficus elastica, Fatsia japonica, or a small
Palm ; No. 4 should be filled in with speci-
men dot-plants of Coleus, Perilla, Iresine,
Centaurea, Santolina, &c., planted in opposite
pairs; No. 5 should be filled with Mesem-
bryanthemum, and lined with Kleinia
repens; No. 6 with Sagina pilifera awrea ;
No. 7 with Mentha; and the groundwork
(No. 8) with Antennaria tomentosa, Sedum
glaucum, or Sedwm lydiwm.

In Bed E (Fig. 146), No. 1 might be
filled in with Alternanthera major, and
No. 2 with Alt. major aurea or Stellaria

CHRYSANTHEMUMS:

2.—ALICE CARTER. 3.—N.C.S. JUBILEE.

1.—YELLOW LA CROIX.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 129

Bedding Plants—continued.

graminea aurea; a row of from three to five plants
of Chamepeuce might be placed along the middle of
Nos. 1 and 2. No. 3 might be planted with Kleinia

repens, No. 4 with Alternanthera amena, and
No. 5 with Alt. amabilis or Alt. magnifica,
having centre plants of Chamzpeuce. The
groundwork (No. 6) might be filled with
Mentha, Herniaria, Antennaria, or one of
the Sedums. If the bed is of sufficient
size, Eucalyptus globulus might be substi-
tuted for the plants of Chamezpeuce.

In Bed F (Fig. 147), panel No. 1 might
be filled with Alternanthera amena; No. 2
with Echeveria secunda glawea or E. aga-
voides; No. 3 with Cerastiwm tomentosum
or Sagina pilifera awrea ; No. 4 with Iresine
Lindeni ; No. 5 with Alternanthera major ;
No. 6 with Alt. aurea nana; and the ground-
work (No. 7) with Mesembryanthemum. I?
dot-plants are required for this Bed, speci-
mens of Dracwna, Grevillea, or Albizzia
lophantha might be inserted in the centre
of Nos. 1, 4, 5, and 6.

In Bed G (Fig. 148), No. 1 should con
sist of a small specimen Yucca or Dracena;
No. 2, Echeveria Peacockii, edged with

4 | !
ae

Fic. 145. DESIGN FOR CARPET BED (D).

Sempervivum montanum; No. 3, Alternanthera amena ;
No. 4, Pachyphytum bracteosum or Leucophyta Brownit ;
No. 5, Antennaria tomentosa or Alternanthera major
aurea; No. 6, Alternanthera versicolor; No. 7, Mesem-

bryanthemum ; No. 8, Mentha; No. 9 with
Pyrethrum Golden Feather. The centres
of Nos. 4 and 5 should consist of small
specimen Palms; whilst the centres of the
panels 7 and 8 might, with advantage, have
plants of Coleus, Perilla, or Iresine inserted.
All the panels should be raised and
bevelled off, the central cross of Echeveria
Peacockii being raised still further, and the
S. montanuwm planted on the sides. A nice
plant of Chamzpeuce may be planted in the
centre of the panels No. 6.

In Bed H (Fig. 149), No, 1 might be filled
with Kleinia repens, having a centre plant
of Fatsia japonica; No. 2 with Alternan-
thera versicolor; No. 3 with Alt. parony-
chioides, having a small plant of Ficus
elastica at each of the four corners; No. 4
with Mentha; No. 5 with Echeveria secunda
glauca; No. 6 with Alternanthera amena,
having centre dot-plants of Centaurea
ragusina compacta or Santolina incana;

Vol. V.

Bedding Plants—continued.
No. 7 with Alternanthera aurea nana; No. 8 with

Echeveria metallica; No. 9 with Cerastiwm tomentosum

’

having dot-plants of Iresine in the centre; No. 10 with

Tia. 146.

DESIGN FOR CARPET BED (E).

Mesembryanthemum; No. 11 with Alter-
nanthera major aurea, having dot-plants of
Chamepeuce; No. 12 with Antennaria or
Spergula, interspersed with Sempervivum
tabuleforme or S. triste. The beauty of the
Bed will be improved if the whole of the
central portion from No. 5 inwards is raised
about 8in., and the Echeveria planted in a
double row on the edge.

In Bed I (Fig. 150), No. 1 should have a
centre plant of Grevillea robusta or Euca-
lyptus globulus, and be carpeted with Alter-
nanthera magnifica or Alt. versicolor; No. 2
would be best filled in with Mesembryan-
themum or Sagina pilifera aurea; No. 3
with Herniaria or Mentha; No. 4 with
Alternanthera major; No. 5 with Alt. rosea
nana; and No. 6 with Alt. awrea nana. The
three outside panels numbered 5, and also
the three outermost numbered 6, might each

have a specimen plant of Grevillea in the centre; or those
numbered 5 would look well with a plant of Chamzpeuce
in the centre, and those numbered 6 with one of Coleus.

In Bed J (Fig. 151), No. 1 might be filled in with

Fic. 147.

a C=
wg

DESIGN FOR CARPET BED (I).

il =

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ae Se
= @ A

hp
nal

lh a |p M |
i, 4
a

|

Fig. 150.

Fic. 151. DESIGN FOR CARPET BED (J)

DESIGN FOR CARPET BED (1)

ee

>

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 131

Bedding Plants co/inued.

>

Iresine or Alternanthera paronychioides; No. 2 with
Echeveria secunda glauca; No. 3 with Mesembryanthe-
mum; the panels numbered 4 might be planted with
Alternanthera amena, and have a plant of Abutilon
Thompsoni in the round portions at each end of the panels.

Bedding Plants—continved.

In Bed K (Fig. 152), panel No. 1 might be planted
with Alternanthera aurea, having a centre plant of Perilla;
No. 2 with Alt. amena; while the top and the two lower
No. 2 panels might each have a centre plant of Chame-
peuce; No. 3 with Alfernanthera versicolor, haying centre

FiG. 153. DESIGN FOR CARPET BED (L).

Fic. 155. DesiIGN FOR CARPET BED—FRENCH (N).

The number 5’s should each have a centre plant of
Abutilon, and be carpeted with Pachyphytum bracteosum ;
No. 6 with Alternanthera versicolor ; No. 7 with Alt. major
aurea or Alt. aurea nana; the groundwork (No. 8) being
carpeted with Mentha, Herniaria, Antennaria, or Sedum
glaucum.

Fic. 156, DESIGN FOR CARPET BED (FRENCH—AFTER MANNRENE) (0).

plants of Centaurea; No. 4 with Alternanthera magnifica ;
No. 5 with specimen dot-plants of Perilla; the ground-
work (No. 6) might be filled in with Mentha, Herniaria,
Antennaria, or Stellaria.

In Bed L (Fig. 153), No. 1 should be planted with a
specimen Dracwna or Aralia; No. 2 with Echeveria

132

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bedding Plants—continued.

Peacockii; No. 3 with Alternanthera amena; No. 4 with
Alt. awrea nana, having centre plants of Iresine; No, 5
with Alt. magnifica or Alt. rosea nana, having centre
plants of Albizzia lophantha; No. 6 with Alternanthera
versicolor or Alt. major; the groundwork (No. 7) with
Mentha, Mesembryanthemum, Antennaria, Herniaria, or
Sedum. The central panel might be nicely moulded from
a slightly-raised centre to the edges.

In Bed M (Fig. 154), No. 1 might be filled with Pachy-
phytum bracteosum; No. -2 with Alternanthera parony-
chioides major; No. 3 with Alt. p.m. aurea; No. 4 with
Herniaria glabra; No. 5 with Alternanthera amena;
No. 6 with Mesembryanthemum cordifoliwm variegatum ;
and No. 7 with Pachyphytwm roseum.

In Bed N (Fig. 155), A should have a centre plant of
Yucca aloifolia, surrounded with Cineraria maritima can-
didissima (B); © should be planted with Ageratum Wend-
landii; D, with Coleus Golden Gem; HE, with Ageratwm
mexicanum nanum; F, with Lobelia Erinus compacta; G,
with Antennaria dioica; H, with Alternanthera parony-
chioides; and I, with Ageratum mexicanum nanum.

In Bed O (Fig. 156) there should be a central plant of
Livistona australis at a, surrounded by Amarantus melan-
cholicus ruberrimus (A); at b, Fatsia papyrifera; at c,
Dracena Draco; and at d, Echeveria gibbiflora; B should
be filled with Tagetes Legion of Honour; C, with Ager-
atum mexicanum nanum; D, with Iresine Lindenii; and
E, with Lobelia Erinus compacta.

Fic. 157. DESIGN FOR CARPET BED (P).
e

Fig. 157 (P) may be utilised for either a Carpet or a
Decorative Bed. If the former, there should be a Pheniax
dactylifera as a central plant at A, surrounded by Begonia
Worthiana; a should be filled with Lobelia Cobalt Blue ;
b, with Alternanthera paronychioides; c, with Mesembryan-
themum cordifolium variegatum; d, with Echeverit metal-
lica ; e, with Mentha Pulegium gibraltaricum; f, with Dra-
cena gracilis; g, with Alternanthera amena; h, with Pyre-
thrum aureum selaginoides; 1, with Cerastiwm tomentosum.

Bedding Plants—continued.

A pretty Decorative Bed for P could be composed as
follows: A, Yucca filamentosa; a, Pelargonium Black
Douglas; 6, Pelargonium Harry Cox; c, Pelargonium
Vesuvius; d, Lobelia Blue Beauty; e, Pyrethrum Golden
Feather; f, Begonia Worthiana; g, Alternanthera par-
onychioides magnifica; h, Iresine Lindenii; 1, Mesem-
bryanthemum cordifolium variegatum.

———_——

Fic. 158. DESIGN FOR CARPET BED (Q).

At Bed Q (Fig. 158), a may be filled with Echeveria
secunda; b, with Sempervivum montanuwm; c, with Sem-
pervivum calcareum; d, with Echeveria secwnda; and
e, with Owvalis tropxoloides (of gardens).

Spring Bedding consists in planting Beds in the
autumn with bulbs and hardy herbaceous subjects for an
early spring display. When the Summer Bedders have lost
their beauty, and no longer present an attractive appear-
ance, they are removed—those that are
required for next season’s display are placed
in their winter quarters, whilst the others,
such as Pelargoniums, from which an ample
stock of cuttings have been procured, are
thrown away. It is then usual to dig over
the Beds, and plant immediately with the
spring-flowering subjects; this is generally
done in September and October—the sooner
the better—so that the plants may be well
established before winter sets in.

Bulbs play a very important part in the
decoration-of the Beds in spring. For this
purpose they should be procured as soon
as convenient in the autumn, those known as
““Dutch bulbs” being inserted as soon as
they arrive from the Continent, if the best
results are to be obtained. They answer
splendidly either grown in Beds by them-
selves or mixed with other spring-flowering
subjects, such as Polyanthuses, &c. After
flowering they must be removed, so as to
make room for the Summer Bedders, and
this very often, if not always, has to be
done before the foliage has died down, in
which case they must be laid close together
in Beds in the reserve garden or in damp
ashes, &c., to thoroughly ripen off.

The varieties of these subjects are very
numerous, and it will not be necessary to
mention them here, as large quantities may
be procured from our various seedsmen,
either in named varieties or in mixed sorts.
The catalogues generally give the colour of
each kind.

Hardy annuals are also used for Spring
Bedding; these are obtained from seed sown in July or
August in the reserve garden, transplanting the seedlings
when large enough, so as to make fine strong plants for
transferring to their permanent positions in September
and October.

The hardy perennials, when removed from the Beds in
spring, are planted in the reserve garden, there to have
every attention as regards watering, weeding, &c., until
required for transferring to their flowering quarters again

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 133

Bedding Plants—continued.
in the autumn. Propagation is generally effected by
division of the old plants when transplanting, in either
the spring or the autumn. Large numbers may also be
raised from cuttings or from seeds.

The arrangement of the plants in the Beds is an item
which demands attention, if good results are to be
obtained; but in this matter each individual has his own
particular fancy, and excellent effects are produced by
blending and contrasting colours in a variety of ways.
It is a mistake to aim at too much in a single Bed, two
or three colours being quite sufficient to produce a
charming display. In planting round Beds it is a general
rule to do so in circles, using first one colour and then
another, alternately, say, a circle of white Arabis, then
one of yellow Alyssum, and then one of the blue Myosotis.
Excellent effect is, however, obtained by filling Beds
with distinct families of plants; for instance, a Bed
filled with mixed Polyanthuses in various shades of
colour proves very attractive; Wallflowers might also be
used in a similar way. j

The following are the most important of the spring-
{lowering subjects suitable for Bedding :

Alyssum sazatile compactwm contrasts charmingly with
the white Arabis and blue Aubrietia; Anemone blanda,
A. apennina, and A. coronaria; Arabis albida ; Aubrietia
deltaidea, A. Campbelli, A. greca, and A. Leichtlinii;
Daisies; Erysimums ; Iberis sempervirens, I. s. Garreaiana,
and I. gibraltarica ; Myosotis dissitiflora; Phlox amena
‘and P. subulata; Silene pendula, S. compacta, Snow
King, and Amelia; and Wallflowers.

Winter Bedding is very little practised, it usually
being the custom to fill the Beds with bulbs and other hardy
subjects in the autumn for spring display, and the con-
sequence is that throughout the dull dark days of winter
the Beds present a very bare and uninteresting appearance.
When they are at some distance from the house, or
in parts of the garden little frequented in winter, this
prevailing bareness does not matter much; but when the
Beds are on the lawn immediately in front of the house,
as is often the case, it is evident that they ought to be
filled with plants of some sort, so as to make a show
during the winter.

Taking into consideration that the Beds are required
for summer occupants, and therefore cannot be planted
with permanent subjects, it is obvious that those selected
to fulfil the requirements of Winter Bedding must be such
that will bear transplanting well, and at the same time
they must be perfectly hardy. The plants that possess
these essentials are undoubtedly our hardy evergreen
shrubs and small Conifers, and seeing what a wealth of
these subjects are now in our possession, it is a pity that
they are not more used for the decoration of Beds in
winter. Of course, if Spring Bedding is to be adopted in
its entirety, Winter Bedding is impossible; but why not
come to a compromise between the two systems, and have
a little of both? For instance, some of the Beds might
be filled with hardy evergreens, and the remainder with
Spring Bedding Plants; the effect would then be materially
improved for during the winter the evergreens would
enliven the scene to a certain extent, whilst in the spring,
when they were making their new growth, and the Spring
Bedders were at the zenith of their beauty, the effect
would be charming. If the evergreens are grown in pots
for this purpose, it is only necessary to plunge them in
the Beds in the autumn, and to remove them in the spring.
The best place for them during the summer is in the
reserve garden, plunging them in soil or ashes, and taking
care that they do not suffer for want of water. Growing in
pots is a good method, for, their roots being restricted, they
do not grow so freely, and they are, therefore, available
for service for a much longer time than those planted out.

If the evergreens, however, are planted out in the Beds,
the greatest care must be taken in planting and replanting,

Bedding Plants—continued.
or they will suffer by the somewhat harsh treatment to
which they are subjected by being lifted twice a year.
They should be planted in the late autumn and removed
again about April. It is not advisable to defer lifting
and transferring to their summer quarters later than is
absolutely necessary, as the plants ought to be established
before the hot, scorching days of summer set in. The
best plan is to plant them carefully in a somewhat shaded
border in the reserve garden, the only attention necessary
during the summer being that of watering, keeping
clean, &c.

The following list of Conifers includes most of those
suitable for Winter Bedding: Cryptomeria japonica elegans
and variety nana; Cupressus nootkatensis (Thwyopsis
borealis) and variety compacta; Otipressus Lawsoniana and
its many varieties, including argentea, compacta, nana,
albo-picta, &c.; Cwpressus obtusa and varieties awrea,
nana-compacta, &c.; Cwpressus pissifera and varieties
plumosa, p. aurea, squarrosa, &c. (the two last-mentioned
species and their varieties are generally known in
gardens under the name of Retinosporas); Cwpressus
thyoides (Chamexcyparis sphzroidea); the dwarf varieties
of Picea eacelsa (Norway Spruce); Tawus baccata aurea
and elegantissima, also fastigiata (the Irish Yew) ; Thwuya
occidentalis (the American Arbor-Vit) and its varieties
aurea, erecta-viridis, globosa, &c.; Thuya orientalis
(Chinese Arbor-Vite) and its varieties awrea compacta,
elegantissima, semperaurescens, &c. (these are generally
known as Biotas). Those known as Retinosporas and Biotas
are decidedly the best of the Conifers for Winter Bedding.

A large number of our hardy evergreen shrubs are also
suitable for Winter Bedding, of which the following might be
mentioned: Aucubas; Berberis Aquifoliwm (generally
known as Mahonia Aquifolia) and B. Wallichiana; Buxus
(Box) in variety; EHuonymus japonicus and radicans
variegata; Hollies, in variety; Ivies (the different forms of
Tree-Ivy) ; Laurels (especially the Portugal) ; Laurustinus ;
Osmanthus (a dwarf Holly-like plant); Pernettyas ;
Phillyreas ; Skimmias; &c. The variegated Euonymus and
variegated Tree-Ivies are the showiest of the evergreen
shrubs, and may be used with excellent effect in combination
with any of the other subjects mentioned ; the former is an
excellent edging plant.

As a rule, it is best to keep Beds of mixed Conifers
distinct from those of shrubs, but such plants as the Yew
will be quite at home in either combination, and Beds
devoted to the Yew and Osmanthus, with an edging of
variegated Euonymus, present a very cheerful appearance
during winter.

It is not necessary to confine Winter Bedding strictly to
the planting of Conifers and evergreen shrubs, for many
other hardy evergreen plants, such as the large-leaved
Saxifrages or Megaseas, may be used with equal effect;
but enough has been said to show that there is no dearth
of subjects suitable for this much-neglected style of Bedding.

BEEF-STEAK FUNGUS (Fistulina hepatica).
This liver-coloured Fungus is found growing upon living
Oaks, and according to Hartig is responsible for a “ deep
red-brown decomposition in the wood.” It is edible and
very delicious. A

BEEF-SUET TREE. Sce Shepherdia argentea.
BEERA. A synonym of Hypolytrum (which see).

BEET. The following additional varieties in their
respective sections may be recommended. Pyriform:
Cheltenham Green-top, Dell’s Black-leaved, Gem, Jobn-
son’s Selected, Maincrop, Middleton Park, Pragnell’s
Exhibition, and Zulu. Rownd or Egyptian Turnip-rooted :
Edmund’s Blood Red, Egyptian Dark Red, Veitch’s Eclipse,
and Turnip-rooted Red Globe. Spinach or Perpetual:
Silver or Seakale, Spinach or Green Perpetual. Both these
varieties are useful in dry seasons when the Spinach runs
to seed quickly, as the leaves make an _ excellent

134 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Beet—continued.
substitute for that vegetable. Bedding: Black Selected,
Dell’s Black-leaved, Dracena-leaved, and Zulu. The
Chilian Beet is excellent for sub-tropical bedding, as
the foliage is massive, with large, prominent, highly-
coloured midribs. Seeds may be sown where the plants
are intended to remain at the end of April.

BEETHOVENIA. A synonym of Ceroxylon
(which see).

BEETLES (Coleoptera). Though the individuals
which go to make up this vast Order cannot be said to
possess the intelligence exhibited by certain Hymenoptera
—Ants, Bees, and Wasps, for example—the gorgeous
colours of many Moths and Butterflies (Lepidoptera), or
the high organisation of the insects comprising these Orders,
or even the Diptera (Flies), yet they are numerically the
strongest of all insects, are extremely diverse as to habits.
and world-wide as to their distribution. The number of
species is put down at 150,000, of which 3300 belong to
Britain alone. The life-history of Beetles generally is but
little understood, as frequently their habits are such as
to preclude close investigations being made. Much, there-
fore, with regard to the larval and pupal stages, yet remains
to be discovered.

The majority of Beetles are capable of flight, although
they are not so often recognised upon the wing as Moths
and Butterflies; but there are many which are quite unable
to fly. In the latter case the membranons hind-wings are
either very rudimentary or altogether wanting, and usually
the horny fore-wings (elytra), which fit so beautifully along
the centre of the back, are “fused” together, or “soldered.”
Occasionally the wings are wanting, as in the soft-bodied
female Glowworm, while the male is amply provided (see
Fig. 159). Beetles, too, which are incapable of flight,
generally ran very rapidly—Ground Beetles for instance ;
while others both run and fly with great rapidity, as is
the case with the Tiger Beetles.

Fic. 159. MALE AND FEMALE GLOWWORMS.

The larve, or grubs, of Beetles are rarely seen, com-
pared, say, with those of Butterflies and Moths. Speaking
generally, they are made up of a head, three thoracic
segments, either nine or ten abdominal’ segments, nine
pairs of spiracles, and frequently a peculiar protrusion
at the anal extremity of the body. Some, like those
of the Ground Beetles and the Tiger Beetles, are
very active, and all are wonderfully adapted to the
kind of life they have to lead. Wood-feeding larve
(which are well protected) a:e soft-bodied, hard-headed
creatures, with exceptionally st:ong jaws; and so, too,
are the larve of certain Beetles living under the soil
protected—Cockchafers, Rosé-chafers, and the like. Then
there are others which feed exposed, like the larve of
the well-known Ladybirds.

_ Beetle larve differ markedly as regards the length of
time they remain in that condition. Wood-feeders—of
which the Musk Beetle, Stag Beetle, and Bark Beetles

Beetles— continued.
are familiar examples—take several years. Again, the
ubiquitous Wireworms are two years at least as larve.
Occasionally two distinct forms of larve are evolved
from the same individual; this is known as hypermeta-
morphosis, and it is met with in the very abundant Pea
Weevil (Bruchus pisi). The young larve# of this are very
different-looking animals from the older grubs. The
former possess three pairs of legs; but these are lost
after the larve enter the pea-seed, and approach the full-
fed condition. As the young larve.of the Pea Beetle
have to penetrate both pod and seed of their food-plant,
these legs, as well as the cutting spines found upon the
pronotum, aid them considerably. A still more interesting
example is the young larva of the soft-bodied, sluggish
indigo-blue Oil Beetle (Meloe). It is an insect capable
of running, and may be found in Buttereups and other
flowers in summer awaiting the arrival of certain bees,
to which the larve attach themselves, and are carried to
the nests. | Once there, they feed first upon the eggs and
afterwards upon the stored honey. While with the bees
they undergo several changes: at one time they possess
short legs, which, by a gradual process, are reduced to
mere tubercles, and then finally disappear. There are four
moults, and, except for a short ‘time between one of them
(when the jaws are rendered quite useless), the grubs feed
upon the honey.

The pupal stage of Beetles is variously passed. Com-
monly a cocoon is elaborated from the food-plant and
the soil, and in this it is assumed; or it may be passed
merely in a hollowed-out place in the soil. Ladybirds,
however, differ considerably in this respect; they remain
suspended by the tail to the food-plants. The duration of
this stage of Beetles cannot be fixed with certainty, and
it may be anything from a week or ten days to a month
or less. Frequently the perfect insects—Cockchafers in
particular—remain beneath the soil some considerable
time before finally emerging, as at first all are soft-bodied,
and destitute of any distinctive colour.

To enable the gardener to understand the external
anatomy of Beetles, a dissection of the Stag Beetle is given,
and the various parts are briefly explained (see Fig. 160).

As a rule, the several members of the great Order
Coleoptera are destitute of an external covering of the
nature of hairs or scales, and even if these are present, the
former are usually few in number, while the latter are very
small, and not easily to be distinguished separately
without the aid of a lens. Owing to this fact, and the
further one that Beetles are fairly typical insects, and
contain in their ranks members of goodly proportions, it is
not a difficult matter to make out the external anatomy of
an insect in general, and of this order in particular,
especially if one of the larger species be selected. The
work, too, is still further facilitated through the external
skeleton being firm, and therefore easily manipulated.

A first glance is sufficient to show that primarily the
body of the insect. has three great divisions, the anterior
one being the head, and the next the thorax, while the
abdomen brings up the rear. Each of these, however, is
either sub-divided or possesses appendages, or is modified
in both directions.

First, as to the head. On the upper surface (I., A.), @ is
the labrum, or upper lip; b, the clypeus; c, the vertex, or
crown; d, the occiput. As appendages to this surface of
the head, we find the antenne (e) and the mandibles, or
upper jaws (f).

Though extremely variable in length and appearance, the
antennz nearly always consist of eleven joints, the basal
one being often long and the next one short. They are
employed as sense-organs, though what particular sensa-
tions are received by their means is still somewhat
problematic. The mandibles in the male of the Stag
Beetle are enormously developed, and modified into a pair
of powerful pincers, which the insect knows well how to

.
|
|

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.° 135

Beetles—continued.

use. Had Dyticus marginalis been selected for dissection,
the mandibles would have been found doing their proper
duty as jaws—a duty which may easily be inferred also

A.—Dorsal View.
Fic. 160. DISSECTION OF EXTERNAL SKELETON OF STAG BEETLE (Lucanus cervus), SOMEWHAT REDUCED,

Beetles—continued.

Of the lower surface (I. B.) of the head, a is the mentum,
or chin, which, with the ligula and accompanying para-
gloss and labial palpi (c), forms the labium, or lower lip.

epur~

— = :
B Bas
>

B.—Ventral View.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE.

B. Ventral surface.

a. Mentum.

b. Eye.

ae aa eae :

ce. Ligula, with paraglosse and labial palpi.

d, Maxille, or lower jaws. ee
d. i, Maxillary palpi.

e. Antenne.

Jf. Mandibles, or upper jaws.

Il.—Thorax.—i. Prothorax. ii. Mesothorax, iii, Metathorax.

i. A. Pronotum.
a. Anterior margin.
vb. Posterior margin.
c. Medial line.
d, Apex.
J. Base.
m. Lateral margin.
n. Anterior angles.
o. Posterior angles.
p. Dise.

from an inspection of the head of the pretty Tiger Beetle
(Cicindela campestris) or one of the Garden Beetles

(Carabus).

i. B. Prosternum, bearing the fore or anterior pair of
legs, having the following divisions : :

a. Coxa.

b. Trochanter.

ec, Femur.

d. Tibia.

e. Tarsus, with five joints, the last terminated by a pair
of ungues, or hooks.

ii, A. Mesonotum, bearing the two elytra, on which are:

Apex.

Base.
Scutellum.

. Lateral margin.
Suture.

Dise.

PP aSSR >

ii. B. Mesosternum, bearing the mid-pair of legs.
iii. A. Metanotum, bearing the two wings.
iii, B. Metasternum, bearing the two hind-legs.

Ill.—Abdomen.

A. Dorsal surface.
B. Ventral surface.

b is the eye, and d are the maxilla, or lower jaws, with
their accompanying maxillary palpi (d 1).
Passing now to the second division of the body—the

136

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Beetles—continued.
thorax (II. A. and II. B.)—it is found divided into three
rings, called respectively, i. the prothorax, ii. the meso-
thorax, and iii. the metathorax. In each case the dorsal
surface is distinguished as the -notum ‘and the ventral as
the -sternum.

Of the pronotum (II. i. A.) (which is without appendages),
a is the anterior, b the posterior, and m the lateral margin.
c is the medial line, d is the apex, f the base, n the anterior,
and o the posterior angles, while p is the disc.

Beneath the pronotum is found the prosternum
(II. i. B.), carrying the fore or anterior pair of legs,
each of which, like the other four, have the following
divisions: a, the coxa; b, a very small joint, the
trochanter ; c, the femur; d, the tibia; e, the tarsus, with
five joints (in this insect), the last terminating in a pair of
ungues, or hooks, the use of which is very apparent if a
Stag Beetle be held in the hand.

In Il. ii. A. is seen the mesonotum; this carrics
the two elytra, hardened shell-like appendages, which are
modified representatives of the fore-wings of other
insects. On them are the apex, a; base, b; lateral
margin, d; and disc, f. When the elytra are closed, the
line along which they meet is called the suture, e; anda
little triangular shield, the scutellum, c, is seen on the
middle line at the anterior extremity of the suture.

The mesosternum (II. ii. B.) bears the mid pair of
legs, whose divisions are the same as those of the fore
pair.

Il. iii, A. represents. the metanotum carrying the
membranous wings which, when the insect is at rest,
are folded away very carefully beneath the elytra, so as
to be out of danger. Beneath the metanotum is the
metasternum, II. iii. B., bearing the hind pair of legs,
whose parts are again the same as those of the fore-
legs.

III. A. shows the dorsal surface of the abdomen, and
Ill. B. the ventral, both being divided into a number of
segments. The greater part of the dorsal surface in
most Beetles is shielded by the elytra, and is therefore
softer than the ventral surface, which has no protection.

Many attempts have been made, with more or less
success, to classify the Beetles. Still, the fact remains that,
even in the present state of knowledge, there are a vast
number of forms which cannot well be brought together
by any hard-and-fast system of classification, and these
haye been styled Polymorpha. It would serve no good
purpose to minutely classify this vast Order. All that the
gardener needs to know are the leading characteristics
of the families containing either friends or foes, or both.
To separate the one from the other is not by any means an
easy matter, but unless he is able to discriminate some-
what, he may be destroying, unwittingly, some of his
greatest friends. A

Below are the leading characteristics of the families
of Beetles most interesting to gardeners and farmers,
arranged alphabetically.

Bruchidez are small Beetles, several species of which
are destructive to the seeds of leguminous plants. The
head is produced in front, but not prolonged into a beak,
and is partly hidden beneath the pronotum. The feet
appear as if but four-jointed, but a fifth really exists. To
this family belong the well-known Pea Weevil (Bruchus
pisi), as well as the Bean Pests (B. rufimanus and
B. fabe), referred to under Bruchus.

Carabide, or Ground Beetles. These are closely
related to the Cicindelidwz, chiefly differing from them in
the face being narrower, and in the absence of a hinged
hook to the first maxilla, and in the eyes being less
prominent. By far the majority of them are useful in
gardens, and as some few are amongst the commonest of
Beetles their good qualities should not be overlooked.
Fig. 161 represents Carabus nemoralis, which may be found

Beetles—continued.

Fic. 161. GRounD BEETLE (Carabus nemoralis),

(Twice natural size.)

almost everywhere in town or in country. As the common
name suggests they are largely terrestrial in their habits.
Frequently they are incapable of flight, the elytra being
soldered. Although not so predaceous as the Tiger Beetles,
they will attack both living and dead insects; while the
larvw® are also similarly useful and very active. In form
the larve are elongate, possess very powerful calliper-like
jaws, and the hind part of the body bears two peculiar
processes and a mid-tube. In the
genera Harpalus, Pterostichus, Za-
brus, Amara (“‘Sunshiners”), and
Calathus, are to be found individuals
which occasionally forsake their usual
carnivorous dietary for a vegetarian
one. Harpalus ruficornis, Pterostichus
madidus (Fig. 162), and Calathus
cisteloides, all prey upon Strawberries ;
while Zabrus gibbus and several Amara
are at least in part plant feeders, the
former being destructive to corn.

Cerambycide, or Longhorn
Beetles, are very closely allied to
the Chrysomelidz. The species are,
as a rule, elegant insects, of oblong
form, and with usually long serrate or
pectinate antenne. The tarsi are
five-jointed, though the fourth segment
is with difficulty differentiated from :
the fifth. One of the most elegant Fic. 162. PTEROsTICHUS
representatives found in gardens is SSDS
the sweet-smelling Musk Beetle
(Aromia moschata) (Fig. 79), whose larve do much damage
to Willows. The Longhorns generally are wood rather
than garden-inhabiting Beetles. The grubs are soft, white,
and fleshy, usually with short legs, small head, and
powerful jaws. Some of these Beetles are capable of
making a stridulating noise, the Musk Beetle among the
number.

Chrysomelidz, or Leaf Beetles. These are usually

bright or metallic as to colour, and oval or convex as to
form, but great variability in this latter respect is shown in

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC.

Beetles—continued.
this very large family. To it belong several of the most
destructive. insects found in gardens: the Turnip Flea
Beetle (Fig. 133, Vol. IV.), the Colorado Beetle (Fig. 261,
Vol. III.), the Asparagus Beetle, the Mustard Beetle, and
the lovely, but scarce, Lily Beetle. The larve are fleshy,
and, like the Beetles, are leaf-feeders.

Cicindelide, or Tiger Beetles. These are sand-
loving insects, flying and running with great rapidity; but
the actual distance covered at each flight is not great.
They are entirely carnivorous, and alike in the larval and
the perfect insect form render good service to man. They
capture their prey alive, and feed upon the juicy parts only.
The larve are remarkable by reason of the fact that they
lurk in their sandy burrows, supporting themselves in
an upright position by means of a pair of strong hooks
fonnd upon the fifth segment of the body. The jaws
are extended ready to snap any insect which ventures
within striking distance, and which is promptly hurried
to the bottom of the tunnel. The perfect insects have
a large head, with the clypeus, or face, extending laterally
in front of the antenne. The eyes are prominent. The
blade of the first maxilla has at the tip a hook-like pro-
eess. The legs are long, and the tarsi (feet) five-jointed.
Fig. 163 represents the common, bit beautiful, Cicindela
campestris. The Tiger Beetles, so far as this country is
concerned, are sunshine-lovers, and they are the most
voracious of all our native Coleoptera, and most useful
to gardeners. ,

Coccinellide, or Ladybirds. These Beetles are too
well known outwardly to need any description, and
they are amongst the gardener’s best friends, being useful
in both the larval and the perfect form. They subsist
largely on Aphides and Scale insects. The tarsi, at a
easual glance, appear three-jointed, but closer investi-
gation will show that
the third joint is made
up of two. The larve
are very active, and
before pupating sus-
pend themselves by the
hinder extremity.

Curculionidz, or
Weevils, are chiefly
distinguished by a dis-
tinct but variable-sized
beak (rostrum), the ab-
sence of a> labrum,
small, short palpi, and
elbowed antennzx.
Usually both Beetles
and grubs are destruc-
tive, and all parts of
plants, from flower-
buds to roots, are laid
under contribution.
An interesting species,
: found sometimes in
gardens where there are Birches, is the leaf-rolling Rhyn-
chites betule. The genus Otiorhynchus is a peculiarly
destructive one, the Black Vine Weevil, O. sulcatus (Fig.
164), being practically omnivorous. The larve are mostly
legless, fleshy grubs, much wrinkled and curved.

Elateridz, or Click Beetles, are of elongate form
(see Fig. 34, page 29), with five-jointed feet, thread-
like, saw-like or, less often, comb-like antennw, and a
pro-sternal process which, fitting into the meso-sternal
cavity, enables the insects to spring into the air when
placed upon their backs, at the same time making a
“clicking” noise. The larve are narrow and elongate,
with hard skins and short legs, and constitute the much-
dreaded Wireworms of the gardener and agriculturist;
they live as grubs from two to four years,

Vol. V : f:

Fic. 163. COMMON TIGER BEETLE
(Cicindela campestris).
(Much magnified.)

137

Beetles— continued.

Histeride are small shiny black or brown Beetles,
ovate as to form, and with short, bent antennz, ending
ina very distinct and compact club.
The elytra are straight behind, and St
leave two segments of the body ex-
posed. The feet are five-jointed.
The Beetles are predaceous in both
the larval and the perfect state, and
destroy numbers of noxious flies, &c.
They are found largely in animal
manures. The larve have neither
ocelli nor labrum; the mandibles are
powerful.

Lucanide, or Stag Beetles. In
this family is to be found the largest
of British Beetles, Liscanus cervus, :
whose formidable mandibles in the
case of the male (Fig. 473, Vol. I1.),
frequently toothed, are very distinct.
The antenne end in a _ comb-like
elub, particularly pronounced in the é
male. It is doubtful whether these Fig. 164. BLACK VINE
insects attack healthy trees. The __, WEEVIL
larve live in oak and other trees (Otiorhynchus sulcatus).
for several years; they are white,
fleshy, semi-circular grubs, with a horny head.

Malacodermide. This family -contains several
species of great use to the gardener, as the larve are
predaceous carnivorous insects, feeding chiefly upon
snails. The best known is the light-bearing Glowworm
(Lampyris noctiluca), whose wingless female and winged
male have already been noted above. The feet are five-
jointed. These Beetles are usually of elongate form (like
the familiar Soldier Beetles, so numerous in gardens). The
grubs of some; like those of the Glowworm, differ but
little from the larviform females in the perfect insect
stage.

Scarabeide, or Chafers. This is a very variable
family. Some individuals, like the dung-buryérs, are |
useful to gardeners; while others (Cockchafer, June Bug,
and Rosechafer) are very destructive. The Beetles of this
family have much in common with the Lucanidz, though
the plates terminating the antennz are more compact.
The grubs also are like those of the Stag Beetles, but
smaller. i

Scolytide resemble somewhat the members of
the Curculionide, but the beak is very short and
broad. The antennez are short and compactly clubbed.
The species are mostly wood feeders, and do damage to
both fruit and park trees. They appear in vast numbers,
and increase very rapidly. A tree attacked by these
Beetles, if carefully examined, will be found tunnelled in
all directions, the various batches of legless larve starting
branch galleries from the vicinity of those made by the
females when egg-laying.

Silphida, or Carrion Beetles, include many well-
known species, like the Burying Beetles (Necrophorus),
which are useful, and at least one species which to
gardeners is undesirable—the Beet Carrion Beetle (Silpha
opaca), so destructive to Beet, &c. They vary in form and
size, the familiar Burying Beetles’ being amongst the largest.
The members of this family have usually (but not always)
five-jointed feet and straight, clubbed antennw. The larve
are active and campodeiform; their food chiefly consists

_of decomposing animal and vegetable matter.

Staphylinide, or Rove Beetles. A well-marked and
very numerous family, formerly comprehended under the
name of Brachelytra, on account of the short elytra. They
vary considerably in size. One of the most familiar is the
Devil’s Coach Horse Beetle (Fig. 225, Vol. I), or Cock-
tail, a very intrepid insect, and one of the gardener’s
best friends. Contrary to the general opinion entertained,

T

138

Beetles—continwed.
this Beetle can fly well. In form Staphylinide are
elongate. Those commonly met with feed upon insects,
molluscs, and worms. The feet are five-jointed. The
larye are active, and in general remind one of those of
the Carabide.

BEET RUST (Uromyces betx). In England,
America, and many parts of Europe, this fungus does
an amount of damage to Garden Beets as well as to
Mangel Wurzels in fields, by causing the growth to be
stunted and the roots to be deformed and generally of
poor quality. The Sea Beet (Beta maritima) is also
liable to be attacked. The reddish-yellow Cluster Cup,
or first stage of the fungus, is found in spring; this is

Natural size.

Magnified (x10).
By permission of the Board of Agriculture.
Fic, 165. Breet Rust, Uredospore stage.

succeeded by the uredospore stage (Fig.“165), in which
the spores are of a light brown, and edged with
points when seen under a microscope; finally, these give
place to the teleutospores, which’. carry the fungus on
to the next season.

Preventive measures consist in spraying the plants
at intervals as soon as the first stage is noticed, so
as to render the foliage in such a condition that the
uredospores, when they burst through the skin, will
not germinate. Great care must also be taken to burn
all trimmings at the time of lifting the roots in
autumn, otherwise if the same quarters are used for
Beet or Mangels the trouble will be intensified.
Obviously, too, the eradication of any Wild Beet in
the neighbourhood of the plantation is desirable.

BEFARIA. Sry. Acunna. This genus includes
about twelve or fifteen species, natives of Mexico, Florida,
Cuba, and South and Central America.

BEGONIA. Including Eupetalum. Of this vast
genus about 350 species are known; they are mostly
natives of tropical America and tropical and sub-tropical
Asia and Africa, and are rarely found in the Pacific
Islands.

Only a comparatively few years ago it was considered
an impossibility to cross the Shrubby Begonia with the
Tuberous-rooted species, but this has been successfully
accomplished by Messrs. J. Veitch and Sons, Chelsea, who
have produced from the union a strain which continue to
blossom abundantly all through the winter months. They
originated by crossing the Tuberous Begonia with the well-
known winter B. socotrana ; several distinct and handsome
varieties are now in commerce, and will be extensively
grown in the future. Perhaps the most useful and beau-
tiful of all winter-flowering. Begonias is the charming Gloire
de Lorraine, raised by MM. Lemoine and Son, of Nancy,
by erossing B. Dregei and B. socotrana; the foliage is a
beautiful green, of the same shape as B. socotrana, but
very much smaller; the stems are slender, terminating

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Begonia—continued.

in a cymose inflorescence of lovely clear pink flowers.
A beautiful white sport has been produced, resembling
Gloire de Lorraine in’ all respects except in the colour
of the flower. So far no hybridiser has been able to
cross Gloire de Lorraine with any species or variety,
nor have any fertile seeds been produced; therefore, the
only means of propagating is by stem- or leaf-cuttings,
both of which root readily if placed in a little bottom-
heat in a temperature of 70deg. Fegonia incomparabilis
originated by crossing B. polypetala and B. Frebeli, and
produces bright scarlet flowers above the large foliage
of the dwarf plant, commencing to blossom in summer,
and continuing until late in the year. The above are the
best of the new forms of the Begonia for winter-flowering,
and are sure to become popular.

The freedom with which the Begonia is employed for
bedding in the public parks and gardens of our large
towns at once stamps it as a most useful and reliable
plant for smoky districts. It appears to great ad-
vantage when compared with many other subjects,
especially after heavy storms of rain, when Pelargo-
niums and kindred plants are miserable-looking objects,
all the flowers being knocked to pieces, and anything
but attractive. The Begonia, however, appears as fresh
and beautiful as ever, and looks as if it had enjoyed
the heavy rain. To produce the best effect the
plants should have a start into growth in gentle heat,
commencing about the middle of April, using a
rich compost for the tubers, and afterwards keeping
them close to the glass to induce a_ short-jointed,
sturdy growth. By the middle of May the plants may
be placed in a cold frame, not giving much ventilation
for a few days; afterwards they should be gradually ex-
posed to more air, removing the lights entirely on warm
days and nights. By the first week in June they will be
hardened sufficiently to plant out in beds that have been
well enriched previously with good farmyard manure.
Seedlings such as Fig. 166 are frequently employed in™
bedding with good effect. ;

Where many have failed with the Begonia is by
planting out in poor soil, or under the shade of trees,
both of which are disliked by the Begonia. If a mulch
of well-rotted manure can be applied to the soil
immediately after planting, not only is moisture con-
served, but the roots are fed to such an extent that
floriferous growth is made all through the season, until
the plants are cut down by frost. Under the conditions
adyoeated no plant will surpass the Begonia for bedding
purposes, and few equal it for town or villa gardens,
where the atmcrphere is more or less charged with
obnoxious matter. Another advantage is that the
Begonia may be taken up and stored away in boxes in
a fairly warm, dry place, and no further attention is
necessary until started into growth again in the spring;
whereas the'Pelargoniums and other soft-wooded plants
must be potted and given attention in watering, &c., all
the winter, amounting to a considerable cost altogether.

Begonia Haageana is a lovely plant for an intermediate
house, as it is free in growth and nearly always in blossom.
The large flesh-coloured flowers are borne in great clusters.
B. semperflorens is a particularly valuable mid-winter
flowering plant, as its white flowers are borne freely. It is
also useful for summer-bedding, as the foliage is heavily
stained with crimson and deep purple-bronze in August, at
which time it is one of the most conspicuous features in
the flower-garden. The variety named gigantea rosea is of
strong growth, and bears an abundance of rosy-red flowers.
B. fuchsioides is a good pillar-plant, and bears drooping
panicles of bright scarlet flowers freely.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 170-9,
Vol. I., the following should be added.

B. acerifolia. S. This name has also been applied by Messrs.

Veitch and Sons to a garden hybrid between B. Burkeit and
B. decora, “

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Begonia—continued.

B. albo-picta (white-painted). S.
elliptic-lanceolate, glossy-green, freely spotted
silvery-white. Brazil.

B. Amelize (Amelia’s).* f. bright rose-coloured, disposed in
terminal, trichotomously-branched cymes. J/. obliquely cordate-
ovate, crenulate, shining green. 1885. Habit robust, compact,
and branching. A greenhouse, garden hybrid between
B. Bruantii and B. Lynchiana. (R. H. 1885, p. 512, f. 89-90.)

B. ascotiensis (Ascot). #1. bright dark red, disposed from six to
twelve in acyme ; peduncle 33in. to4in. long. Summer. J. ovate,
thick, shortly petiolate, smooth, very finely toothed. A. 2ft. to
3ft. Origin unknown.

B. Baumanni (Baumann's).* T. /. carmine-rose, 3in. to 4in. in
diameter, agreeably scented; peduncles purplish, erect, leafless,
lft. to 1sft. high, about five-flowered. /. few, reniform, dark
green above, purplish beneath. Rootstock producing short,
fleshy stems. 1890. ~An elegant, greenhouse species, with the
habit of B. socotrana. (B. M. 7540.)

B. Beddomei (Beddome’s).* T, jl. pale rose-coloured, cymose,
the males lin. in diameter, the females smaller and darker ;
scape shorter than the petioles, brown-scaly. December.
i. radical, erect ; blade horizontal, 4in. to 6in. in diameter, mem-
branous and pellucid, broadly and obliquely ovate-cordate or
orbicular-cordate, obscurely lobed and denticulate, ciliolate, pale

reen with white spots above, dull red-purple beneath ; petioles
iairy, 4in. to 6in. long. Assam, 1883. (B. M. 6/67.)

1. shortly stalked, small,
with bright

Fic. 166. SEEDLING TUBEROUS-ROOTED BEGONIA.

B. Bertini (Bertin’s).* TT. 1. reddish-scarlet, very large, less
pendent, very numerous. Otherwise the plant resembles

B. Worthiana. 1894. (R. H. 1894, p. 247, f. 93-94.)

B. bicolor (two-coloured). . bright rose, disposed in a terminal
raceme; peduncles one- to three-flowered. /. broad, obliquely
reniform, green, spotted with white, the upper ones having
bulbils in their axils. Mexico, 1891. A tall, erect-growing,
greenhouse species.

B. Bismarcki (Bismarck’s). fl. light satiny-rose, 1jin. across ;
peas large, drooping, many-flowered. November and Decem-
ver, JU. large, lobed, very acuminate, oblique, 6in. long. 1888.
Garden variety.

B. boliviensis sulphurea (sulphur-coloured).
yellow, spreading, small but very pretty.
1895. A pretty variety for pot-culture.

B. Carrieri (Carritre’s).* This is said to he a hybrid between
B. semperflorens and B. Schmidtiana. The flowers are nearly as
large as those of B: semperflorens rosea, and are produced-much

* more plentifully. 7. roundish-ovate, of a bright, cheerful green.
Small plants appear to flower with great freedom. 1884.

B. castanezefolia (Castanea-leaved). Asynonym of B. fruticosa.

B. cinnabarina albo-vittata (white-striped). A garden
variety having the petals striped with white. 1892. (I. H.
xxxix. 165.)

B. Clementinz (Princess Clementine’s). 7. large, deflexed,
roundish-ovate, cordate at the base, the margin lobed; upper
surface bronzy-green, irregularly banded greenish-white ; under-
surface rose-coloured, with ribs of a darker hue. 1888. A hybrid,

fl. sulphur-
1, long*and velvety.

&c. 139

Begonia—continued.

said to be raised between B. diadéma and B, Rex.
vol. iii., p. 265; I. H. xxxv., t. 39.)

B. compta (adorned). 7. of a satiny green, a silvery tinge running
along the course of the midrib, obliquely ovate, angular. Brazil,
1886, A pretty, greenhouse plant.

B. coronata (crowned). A garden hybrid of which B.
linewfolia is one of the parents. ;
B. Credneri (Credner’s). A garden hybrid between B. Scharfi
and B. incarnata metallica. 1890. (R. G. 1890, p. 562, f. 80.)

Syn. B. Scharfi metallica.

B. cyclophylla (round-leaved). T. /l. rose-coloured and rose-
scented, disposed in a trichotomous cyme, the males lin. to
ljin. in diameter; scape 6in. high, slender, glabrous. April.
1. solitary; 6in. broad, orbicular-cordate, with overlapping basal
lobes, obtuse or sub-acute, palmately seven- to nine-nervyed,
obscurely denticulate ; petiole shorter than the blade. South
China, 1885. (B. M. 6926.)

B. Davisii superba (superb). A double-flowered variety.
1881.

(G. C. ser. iii.,

caro-

B. decora (decorative). S. 7. dark green, profusely dotted with
silvery-grey, something in the way of those of B. maculata, bus
the spots more minute, obliquely lanceolate. Brazil, 1886.
Stove.

B. diadema (diadem).* 7. deeply digitate-lobed ; lobes irfegular,
glossy, quite glabrous, light green, irregularly marked with
white blotches ; under-surface with a red
zone near the stalk. A handsome foliage
plant. Borneo, 1883. (I. H. xxix. 446.)

B. Duchartrei (Duchartre’s).* jl. white,
2in. in diameter, the males with four
Perales the females with five. Winter

6in. to 12in. long, ovate-lanceolate,
acute at apex, dark green, with a dark
reddish-violet midrib ; petioles 2in. long.
h. 3ft. 1892. A vigorous hybrid between
B. echinosepalaand B. Scharfi. (Gn. 1892,
vi., p. 115; R. H. 1892, p. 29, f. 7.)

B. egregia (notable).* jl. white, sin.
across, many in a gracefully drooping,
corymbose cyme Sin. to 4in. in diameter ;
peduncle 2sin. to 3in. long. Winter.
7. peltate, 8in. to llin. long, 24in. to 4in.
broad, obliquely oblong, acuminate, ob-
tusely rounded at the unequal base,
hairy ; petioles 24in. to 3in. long. Stem

z ecey below. hk. 3ft. to 4ft. Brazil,

B. erecta cristata (crested). A very
curious form, having the tips of the
petals lamellate and_crested, imparting
a cruciform appearafice to the inside of
the flowers. (R. H. 1896, p. 61, f. 17.)

B. Faureana (Felix Faure’s). /. ample,
deeply cut into five to seven lobes, rather
large, acute or sub-obtuse, of a tender
green, zoned with white. Stem strong,
arborescent, scaly. Tropics. SYN. B. pla-
tanifolia, of gardens (1. H. 1889, p. 152,
t. 34).

B. F. metallica (metallic). A variety
having metallic refiections on the leaves.
1895. (I. H. 1895, t. 43.)

“B. fruticosa (shrubby). jl. pink, small, sub-umbellate ; cymes
often shorter than the leaves. February. J. ovate-oblong, 2in.
to 3in. long, seven to nine lines broad, penninerved, shortly
petiolate, obtuse or sub-acute at base, repandly serrate-toothed,
glabrous, and, as well as the stipules and bracts, persistent.
h. 3ft. Brazil, 1838. Syn. B. castaneefolia.

B. f. alba (white). A large and robust variety, with white
flowers.

B. fulgens (brilliant). T. /#. rich red, fragrant, disposed in
numerous racemes. J. green, roundish-oblique. Bolivia, 1893.
Closely related to B. Davisit.

B. glaucophylia (glaucous-leaved).* jl. pink, small ; male sepals
two, broadly ovate, obtuse, petals two, much smaller, incurved ;
female sepals four, broadly ovate, concave ; panicle ample, many-
flowered, nodding or pendulous. /, petiolate, oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, the margins undulated. Stem elongated, pendulous,
the branches white-spotted. Brazil. A capital basket plant.
(B. M. 7219.)

B. globosa (globose).
p. 645, f. 143.)

B. gracilis racemifiora
decorative variety, of bush
the type, and red stems. 1

B. Haageana (Haage’s). A synonym of B. Scharfi.

B. Hemsleyana (W. B. Hemsley’s).* T. jl. pale pink, darker
towards the tips, few in a dichotomous cyme ; males ljin. across ;
females rather larger; capsule three-winged. April onwards.
1. erect, orbicular, 3in. to Sin. across, palmati-partite or almost

A garden hybrid. 1888. (R. G. 1888,

(racemose-flowered). A useful,
habit, having darker flowers than

140

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Begonia—continued.

peat: segments seven to nine, radiating, lanceolate, serrated.

stem lft. to lift. high, sparingly branched, hairy, Yunnan,
China, 1898. (B. M. 7685.)

B. heracleicotyle (hybrid). A hybrid between B. heracleifolia
and B. hydrocotylifolia.

B. Hoegeana ceria jl. white, disposed in lax, axillary
cymes, only half as large as those of B. nitida (which this plant
somewhat resembles). J. broadly ovate, rounded at base.
sien oblique. Mexico, 1886. A very glabrous, greenhouse
climber,

B. hybrida coccinea (red). l. bright scarlet, freely produced.
Winter. A desirable hybrid, of dwarf, compact habit.

privlnpeateses (Jaurez’). A garden variety with semi-double flowers.

B. Johnstoni (Johnston's). fl. pale rose-coloured ; males 1jin.
to 2in. in diameter, with four broadly oblong sepals and numerous
stamens; females smaller, with five sepals ; cymes four- to-six-
flowered ; peduncles long. April. J. 4in. to 6in. long, obliquely
ovate, acute, coarsely crenate, deeply two-lobed at the base,
hairy; petioles 4in. to 6in. long. Stem succulent, lft. to

Begonia—continued.

hairs at the base. J. large, Moped cordate-ovate, dark, shining
Leer eee purple reflections. 1884. A garden hybrid between

. echinosepala and B. incarnata metallica, of tall and vigorous
habit. (R. H. 1884, p. 200, f. 48.)

B. marginata illustrata (margined, illustrated). J. slightly
bullate, borne on tall, densely hairy stalks, the pea-green ground
being reticulated with depressed Veins of green and chocolate

colour. 1897. A garden seedling.

B. Meysseliana (Meyssel’s). J. pale green, ornamented with
silvery spots. Sumatra, 1884. A stove or greenhouse, foliage
plant, suitable for outdoor decoration in summer.

B. octopetala Lemoinei (Lemoine's). A garden hybrid, raised
in 1889. (R. H. 1889, p. 32, f. 7.)

B. olbia (rich). fl. white, in small cymes, freely produced from
the axils of the leayes. J. oblique, five-nerved, irregularly
toothed, slightly bullate, the = surface of a very dark bronzy-
green, covered with small, reddish hairs, and stadded with small,
neat, round, white spots, the under-surface of a deep red;
bos erect. Stems short, fleshy. Brazil, 1883. (PF. & P 1884

.

Fic. 167. Beconia DucnEsS OF MaRLBoroucH.

lift. high, and, as well as the branches, petioles, peduncles, and
edicels, marked with scarlet striw. Tropical Africa, 1884.
B. M. 6899.) :

B. Lansbergez (Mime. van Lansberge’s). JU. 64in. long, 34in.
broad, very thick, obliquely cordate-ovate, long-acuminate,
deeply sinuated, entire, with rounded lobes, on long petioles.
cea Plant villous. (I. H. 1893, t. 174; R. H. 1893,
p. .

B. Lemahoutii (Le Maout’s). 1. white, tinted with rose on the
outside, produced in cymes; peduncles rising above the leaves.
l. oblique, acuminate, dark green above, washed with purple
beneath, wavy, toothed and ciliated on the margins. 1889.
compact, greenhouse species, of unknown origin.

B. Lesoudsii (Lesoud’s). A garden hybrid,

B. Lubbersii (Lubbers’).* fl. white, tinged green, large, in
axillary, nodding cymes of about six. J. alternate, distichous,
smooth, entire, peltately attached to fleshy petioles; stipules

large, ovate, persistent, bright red. Stems cylindrical, green,

deflexed at the tips. Brazil, 1884. A handsome, sub-shrubby
species. (B. If. 1883, 13.)

B. manicata aureo-maculata (golden-spotted).
mottled with white.

B. Margaritee (Margaret's). fl. pale rosy, large, in corymbose
cymes ; sepals of the males orbicular, having a large tuft of rosy

Z. round,

B. patula (somewhat spreading). S. #. pink, many in a cyme.
d. obliquely-cordate, angled or doubly toothed on the margin,
dark green and sparsely hairy above, reddish beneath. h. ‘Sit
Brazil, 1889.

B. pictaviense (Poictiers). A garden hybrid between B. Scharfi
and B. incarnata metallica. 1891.

B. platanifolia. There are several varieties of this species,
including decora, tllustris, and pulvinata, of which the first-named
“ay most desirable owing to its predominating silvery marking.
1894. :

B. platanifolia (of gardens). A synonym of B. Faureana.

B. rubella (reddish). 72 numerous, obliquely ovate, lobed,
toothed, ciliated, bronzy-green, the veins marked out with pale
green, spotted all over with purplish-brown, the under-surface
red. Stems stout, decumbent. India, 1883. p

B. Scharffi (Scharff’s).* l. white, in large, long-stalked corymbs;
males 2in. to 24in. across, having two large, elliptic sepals echinate
with red bristles outside, and two narrow, spathulate petals;
females smaller, with obovate segments. J. 4in. to 10in. long, 2in.
to Sin. broad, obliquely cordate-ovate, acuminate, purplish
beneath. A. 14ft. to 2ft. South Brazil, 1889. A handsome, free-
flowering, stove species, hispid with red hairs. (B. M. 7028.)
Syn. B. Haageana (of gardens).

B. S. metallica (metallic). A synonym of B. Credneri.

1900. SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,
|

Begonia—continued.

Fic. 168. BEGONIA DIAMOND JUBILEE.

B. semperfiorens rosea (rosy). fl brig®t rose-coloured, the
petals white at base. 1883. A pretty, free-flowering, garden
variety. (R. If. 1881, p. 330.) rosco-multiflora is a many-
flowered form. 1892.

B. s. Sturzii (Sturz’). fl. rose-pink, disposed in eymose panicles.
aa 1886. A fine, floriferous varicty. (R. G.

B. sinensis (Chinese). T. fl. bright rose-red, monecious, in
axillary and terminal cymes ; males Zin. across; females rather
larger. October. J. 3in. to Sin. long, more or less unequil-sided,
ovate-cordate, acuminate, obscurely lobulate, serrated and serru-
lated, pale and often rosy beneath, hairy. Stem 1sft. to 2ft.
high. China, 1898. Greenhouse. (B. M. 7673.)

B. socotrana. Seedling hybrid forms have been obtained by
crossing the summer-flowering, tuberous, garden varieties with
B. socotrana. The following are of great horticultural value, as
the blossoms are freely produced during the winter months, and
the richly-coloured sprays of flowers are valuable for placing in
vases : ADONIS, flowers rosy-carmine, medium-sized, leaves large
and handsome, habit robust and erect; AUTUMN Rosk, flowers
rose-pink, pretty, intermediate between those of B. incarnaia and
B. socotrana (the pollen parent); JouN HEAL, flowers clear rose,
lasting for two or three weeks, leaves* much smaller than those
of ADONIS, habit graceful; Mrs. HEAL, the finest variety. yet
raised, flowers rose-carmine, 3in. in diameter, leaves like those
of JOUN HEAL, habit erect; WINTER GEM, flowers more crimson
than carmine, freely produced, leaves rhomboid, more like
B. socotrana than the other hybrids. The first three can be
freely propagated by cuttings ; but the last can only be increased
by the small tubers at the base of the stem.

B. subpeltata (somewhat peltate). fl. pale rose, with four
petals, disposed in cymes. 7. large, obliquely cordate, acute, 4in.
to 44in. long, bright carmine when young, becoming bronzy.
hk. 12in. to 16in. Garden hybrid.

B. umbraculifera (umbrella-bearing). fl. white, chiefly male,
but a few female and bisexnal; males lin. across, with two
sepals and about twenty stamens; females 4in. across, with
five sepals; eymes large, dichotomously branched. March.
1. alternate, fleshy, 4in. to 6in. across, the lower ones reniform, the
upper ones peltat Stems 4ft. high, simple. Brazil, 1893.
Remarkable for bearing hermaphrodite flowers, B. frigida being
the only other species that does so. (B. M. 7457.)

B. venosa (veined). . white, small, disposed in slender, axillary
eymes on red peduneles. JZ. large, sub-peltate, fleshy, freely
sprinkled on the upper surface with silvery-grey scales ; stipules
very large (2in. long), transparent, membranous, strongly veined.
Brazil, 1899. (B. M. 7657.)

&G. 141

Begonia—con/inued.

B. Viaudi (Viaud’s).
pink centre, very numerous.
garden hybrid between B. che
and B. pictaviense. (R. H. 1897, p. 56
f. 167.)

B. Worthiana (Worth’s). A pretty
variety obtained from seeds of B. boli-
viensis, from whieh it differs in having
more abundant and less pendent flowers,
and larger but shorter leaves.. 1870.

fl. white, with a
1897. A
chartret

1,

Varieties of Tuberous Begonias.
These have increased in popularity
during the last few years, and the
colour-range has also been greatly
improved. Subjoined are some
varieties that may be recommended.

Single-flowered.—Crimson and Scarlet
Shaded : EARL OF CRAVEN, bright scar-
let, v large and full, free and
vigoro’ LaDy TYLER, intense scarlet,
very large, of fine form, and free; Lorp
PEEL, deep crimson, of fine form and
substance; Mars, bright scarlet, free
and vigorous; Mrs. H. G. Murray,
rich searlet, large, fioriferous, and one

ast ; SiR SYDNEY, deep crimson,

y rf, and excellent in all points;

Sir TREVOR LAWReEnce, beautiful

crimson - scarlet, 1: dwarf bushy

habit.
Rose-ealoured

Bo

CHATTERTON, dark
rose, free and strong,-one of the
largest ; COLOSSUS, deep orange, shaded
rose, very large, one of the finest; J.
RICMMOND, magenta-rose, fine form,
dwarf sturdy habit; Mrs. NEWMAN,
soft rose, very large, and fine for exhi-
bition ; OpoRaT\, Rosea PLENA, bright
rose,remarkably fr nd sweet-scented.

White-lowered : BEAUTY, pure white
of fine form, great size, and very free;

Fic. 169. BErGontIA Mrs. PEREIRA.

142 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

. Begonia—continwed.

LAING’s FRINGED WHITE, a robust, floriferous variety, with
the margin of the flowers beautifully fringed ; Miss MALCOLM-
soN, very large, fine bushy habit; NELLY PRITCHARD, pure
white, fine circular flower, of good habit, and wonderfully free ;
SAMUEL Pops, white, slightly shaded with rose, large and
excellent; SUNLIGHT, white, margined_ with faint pink, very
large and of good form; Waite CAMELLIA, white, with
greenish centre, of good, sturdy habit.

Yellow- and Orange-flowered: COUNTESS BROWNLOW, rich
yellow, very large, dwarf, and floriferous; GOLDEN HIND,
yellow, large and excellent ; SiR WILFRID LAWSON, deep yellow,
of fine form and sturdy habit.

Double-flowered.—Crimson and Scarlet Shaded: B. R. Davis,
rich crimson, very large, compact, and floriferous ; DR. NANSEN,
intense crimson, free, and of fine form; H. J. INFIELD, scarlet,
shaded with salmon, very free, and of good form; LorD
CHELSEA, crimson-scarlet, one of the best ; LORD DUNRAVEN,
crimson-scarlet, large, floriferous, and of good habit; Rey. G. T.
LITTLE, fiery-crimson, of medium size, excellent.

Rose-coloured ; DUCHESS OF MARLBOROUGH (see Fig. 167), light
salmon-pink, fine form and erect habit; LUCERNE, salmon-
rose, of fine substance; LADY MARY WOOD, salmon-rose, very
large, one of the best; Miss THOMPSON, rosy-pink, dwarf and
free; NuRSE Mary CORNELL, rosy-salmon, very double, com-
pact and free; ROSETTE, carmine-rose, of good size and sub-
stance, compact and free.

White-flowered : BLANCHE DUuVAL, white, tinted blush, large
and free; DIAMOND JUBILEE (see Fig. 168), creamy-white, dwarf
bushy habit, very fine; LADY THEODORE GUEST, white, one of
the finest, with bold erect habit; Miss EMILY CHILD, white,
tinged with pink, very large, of good form and remarkably
floriferous ; Miss GRIFFITHS (see Fig. 170), a lovely shade, its
double flowers having crimped petals, of excellent habit; Mrs.
PEREIRA (see Fig. 169), white, good form, large, and free.

Fic. 170. BreGonta Miss GRIFFITHS.

Yellow-flowered : MARCHIONESS OF SALISBURY, canary-yellow,
large, free, and of bushy habit; Mrs. R. Curistian, soft
yellow, large and very double, sturdy, and floriferous; QUEEN
OF THE BEGONIAS, orange-yellow, of large size, great substance.
and splendid habit. :

BEHNIA (a commemorative name). Sywns. Dictyopsis,
Hylonome. Orv. Iiliaceez. A monotypic genus. ithe
species is a greenhouse climber, with the habit of
Myrsiphyllum (which see for culture.)

B. reticulata (not-veined). jl. greenish, jin. long, in simple or
slightly compound cymes from the axils of the upper leaves.
l. alternate, sessile, ovate, acute, rounded at base, 2in. to 3in.
long, firm, green, glossy, with a distinct midrib, and five to
seven strongly-marked vertical veins on each side, connected
by close cross-veinlets (these have a beautiful effect when the
leaves are dried). Stems glabrous, woody, terete, unarmed,
copiously branched. South Africa, 1867. (B. M. 5638, under
name of Dictyopsis Thunbergii.)

BELAMCANDA CHINENSIS. The correct name
of the plant described on p. 23, Vol. III., as Pardanthus
chinensis (which see). -

BELANTHERIA. A synonym of Brillantaisia
(which see). |

BELENIA. A synonym of Physochlaina (which

see).
BELIS. A synonym of Cunninghamia (which see).

BELLARDIA (of Colla). A synonym of Microseris —

(which see).

BELLARDIA (of Schreber). « A synonym of
Manettia (which see). ;

BELLEISLE CRESS. Another name for American
orLand Cress (Barbarea precox). See Cress (American).

BELLENDENA (naméd in honour of J. Bellenden
Ker, an English botanist). Orp. Proteacez, A monotypic
genus. The species, B. montana, is a greenhouse shrub
with small, densely racemose flowers and scattered leaves,
native of Tasmania. It has been introduced, but is of
no particular value from a garden standpoint. ;

BELLEVALIA. To the species described on p. 179,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

B. Heldreichi (Heldreich’s). jl. of exactly the same colour as
those of Scilla sibirica ; spikes long, produced in pairs from each
bulb. 2. broad. Asia Minor, 1897.

B. romana is a synonym of Hyacinthus romanus. « 4
BELLFLOWER, GLAND. See Adenophora.

BELLIDASTRUM or BELLIDIASTRUM.
Included under Aster. See A. Bellidiastrum.

BELLINIA. A synonym of Saracha (which see).

BELLIS. This genus includes seven or eight species
of annual or perennial herbs, natives of the Northern
hemisphere. Flower-heads heterogamous, solitary, on
leafless, often seape-like peduncles; -involuere hemi-
spherical or broadly campanulate, the bracts sab-biseriate ;
receptacle naked; achenes papulose or sparsely his-
pidulous. Leaves radical or alternate, entire or sinuate-
toothed. To the species described on pp. 179-80, Vol. L.,
the following should be added:

B. integrifolia (entire-leaved). f.-heads about as large as
those of the common Daisy; ray florets pale purple or white ;
involucral bracts acuminate. March to June. J. entire, sparsely
hairy and ciliated; radical and lower ones spathulate-obovate ;

upper ones lanceolate or oblong, sessile. Stems 4in. to 12in. high.
North America, 1801. (B. M. 3455.)

BELLWORT. See Utricularia.
BELONITES. A synonym of Pachypodium (which

see).
BELVALA. A synonym of Struthiola (which see).
BELVISIA. A synonym of Napoleona (which see).
BELVISIACEZ. - Included under Myrtacez (which

see).

BENCOMIA (named in honour of Bencomi, the
last King of Teneriffe). Orp. Rosaceaw. A small genus
(two species) of sparsely branched, greenhouse shrubs,
natives of Madeira and the Canary Islands. Flowers
dieecious, in long, axillary, pedunculate spikes; petals
wanting. Leaves alternate, impari-pinnate; petioles
elongated, sheathing at base; leaflets membranous, petio-
lulate, oblong, toothed. The species, B. caudata and
B. spinosa, will be found described under Poterium (from
which this genus has been separated by Bentham and
Hooker).

BENGAL ROOT. See Zingiber Cassumunar.

BENINCASA (named in honour of Count Benineasa,
an Italian). ORD. Cucurbitaceey. A monotypic genus.
The species is a large, stove, creeping, softly hairy annual,
indigenous in tropical Asia, and cultivated for its edible
fruits in tropical Africa and America. It is of no great

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Benincasa—continued.

horticultural value, but is sometimes grown as a curiosity.
For culture, see Gourds.

B. cerifera (wax-bearing). l. yellow, large, moneecious, all
. axillary, solitary, the males on long peduncles, the females
shortly stalked; stamens three, free. fr. lft. to 1Jft. long,
cylindric, with a waxy bloom on the outside. J. roundish-
reniform, 4in. to 6in. across, deeply cordate at base, palmately
five-lobed ; petioles 3in. to 4in. long. Tendrils bifid or trifid.
Branches rather thick.

BENNETIA.
- see).

BENTINCEIA (a commemorative name). Syn.
Keppleria (of Martins). Orp. Palmz. A small genus
(two species, according to the ‘Flora of British India”)
of stove, unarmed Palms, natives of Travancore and the
Nicobar Islands. Flowers minute, monecious or poly-
gamous; spadix interfoliolar, branched; spathes many,
the two lower ones short and incomplete, the upper ones
bifid. Leaves terminal, equally pinnatisect. For culture,
see Areca.

B. ceramica (ceramic). A
~ hexandra,

B. Coddapanna (native name). ,
lilac or violet ; spadix lft. to 2ft. long.
leaflets 2ft. or more in length, lin. broad, close together, linear,
two-keeled, the tip usually bifid. Stem lin. or more in diameter,
10ft. to 20ft. high, annulate. Travancore.

B. nicobarica (Nicobar Islands). ., spadix lft. to 2ft. long,
decompound, glabrous, the branches and branchlets inserted in
woody grooves of the rachis. J. 5ft. to 8ft. Jong 5 leaflets 6in. to
2ft. long, sessile, linear, coriaceous, obscurely bilobed at apex ;

etioles short. Trunk annulate, Sin. in diameter, 60ft. to 70ft.
igh. Nicobar Islands. (R. H. 1896, p. 248, f. 93.) SyN. Orania
nicobarica (J. B. xiii., 1875, p. 331, f. 19-25).

B. Renda (Renda). A synonym of Cyrtostachys Renda.
BENZOIN. Included under Lindera (which see).

BERARDIA. Arctio,
synonymous with this genus.

BERBERIS. Nearly 100 species have been described
as such, but not more than fifty are botanically distinct ;
about fifteen are Asiatic, one is found in Europe and North
America, and the rest inhabit the mountainous parts of
America, from Oregon to Tierra del Fuego. To the species
described on pp. 181-2, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

B. angulosa (angular). Jf. yellow, rather large, the broad
outer sepals equalling the inner ones; peduncle exceeding
the leaves, stout, curved. jr. red, globose- or broadly-oblong,
4in. to 4in. long. 7. lin. to Isin. long, obovate or obovate-
lanceolate, puberulous, fascicled, usually entire. Branches
erect, leafy. hk. 4ft. Himalayas, 1844. (B. M. 7071.)

B. Aquifolium Moseriana (Moser’s). A variety having light
green leaves, tinged with coppery-red.

B. A. repens (creeping). The correct name of B. repens. It
is well adapted for covering rockwork or for edging.

B. aristata integrifolia GN ede A variety having
no spines on the edges of the leaves. .

B. aurahuacensis (Aurahuaca). A synonym of B. Lyciwm.

B. Bealei (Beale’s). fl. yellow, delightfully fragrant, disposed
in clustered racemes and sometimes produced as early as the
end of January. J. yellowish-green, furnished with long, spiny
teeth. Japan, 1887. A handsome, erect shrub. (G..C. ser. iii.,
vol. i., p. .) Syns. B. nepalensis Bealei, Mahonia Beallit.

B. Belstaniana (Belstan’s). A garden synonym of B. virescens,

B. concinna (neat). . bright orange; outer sepals half as long
as the inner ones; peduncles slender, exceeding the leaves,
fr. large, oblong, pendulous. 7. obovate, sin, to jin. long,
spinous-toothed, deep green above, white beneath. h. lft. to 3ft.
Sikkim Himalaya. much-branched shrub, often forming
appressed cushions. (B. M. 4744.)

B. congestifiora hakeoides (crowded-flowered, Hakea-like).
jl. golden-yellow, in dense, globose, simple or compound heads
4in. to jin. in diameter, which are sessile or pedunculate. Early
spring. J. lin. to 2in. long, almost imbricating, sessile or shortly
petiolate, orbicular or very broadly oblong, thickly coriaceous,
rigidly spinous-toothed, rounded or cordate at base. h. 6ft. to
7ft. Chili, 1861. A stout bush. (B. M. 6770.)

B. diaphana (diaphanous). J. of a clear green; branches clothed
with spines about jin: long. China, 1895. A vigorous tree.

B. elegans (elegant). A synonym of B. Lyciwm.

A synonym of Saussurea (which

synonym of Rhopaloblaste

fl., males scarlet ; females

Arctiwm, and Villaria are

1. 3ft. to 4ft. long ;-

143

Berberis —continued.

B. Fendleri (Fendler’s). i. yellow, with some red bracts at the
base of the calyx, disposed in racemes lin. to 2in. long. Stem
and branches purplish, shining. Rocky Mountains, 1888. This

* species is something in the way of our common Barberry
(B. vulgaris). (G. & F. 1888, i., p. 462, f. 72.)

B. Fremonti (Fremont’s).* jl. yellow, sweetly scented ; racemes
ascending, loosely few-flowered. May and June. fr. scarlet,
large, dry and inflated when ripe. J. pinnate; leaflets in two or
three pairs, oblong-lanceolate, with two or three large, spine-
tipped teeth on each side. h 3ft. to 7ft. Texas, Arizona, 1888.
A splendid and quite hardy, evergreen shrub, preferring a sunny,
rocky, well-drained situation. (G. & F. 1888, i., p. 496, f. 77.)

B. gracilis (slender). /. deep yellow, borne on bright red
pedicels, and disposed in racemes about 3in. long. J. shining
green, borne on bright red petioles. Branches slender. h. 6ft.
Mexico. A very pretty, half-hardy Species.

B. Hookeri (Hooker's). A synonym of B. Wallichiana.

B. Jamesoni (Jameson's). A synonym of B. Wallichiana.

B. Lycium (Lycium).* #1. yellow; racemes simple or compound,
elongated, often corymbose, drooping, longer than the leaves.
June. jr. violet, ovoid. J. almost. sessile, sub-persistent,
lanceolate or narrow-obovate-oblong, lin. to 2sin. long,
coriaceous, mucronate, very spinulose, usually quite entire.
h. 6ft. to 8ft. Western Himalayas. An erect, rigid shrub.
(B. M. 7075.) Syns. B. aurahwacensis, B. elegans.

B. Moseriana (Moser’s). A variety of B. Aquifoliwm.

B. nepalensis Bealei (Beale’s). A synonym of B. Bealei.

B. pruinosa (mealy)- fl. sulphur-yellow. fr. pure white.
2. having their. under-side, as well as the new growths, pure
white. Yunnan, 1896. A dwarf shrub.

B. rotundifolia (round-leaved). fl. of a brilliant yellow, dis-
posed in corymbs. J. entire, veined, rounded, glaucous beneath.
Chili. A creeping, strongly spiny shrub.

B. Sieboldii (Siebold’s). This species chiefly differs from our
common Barberry in its rather paler-coloured and larger flowers,
and in the leaves having ciliated margins. Japan, 1880. (G. & F.

* iii., p. 249, f. 38.)

B. Thunbergii (Thunberg’s).* #7. numerous, small, jin. to sin.
across, drooping ; sepals red, half as long as the petals, which are
pale straw-coloured suffused with red. April. 7. in crowded
tufts all along the branches, sin. to nearly lin. long, obovate or
spathulate, entire. ae straight, 4in. long. Japan, 1883. A
low bush. (B. M. 6646.)

B. virescens (greenish). . sulphur- or greenish-yellow, Jin. in
diameter, in fascicles or very short racemes. May and June.
Jr. scarlet or black, narrow-oblong, sin. long. /. gin. to 14in. long,
tufted, obovate, rounded or apiculate at apex, entire, or the
larger ones spinulose-toothed. Branches ees divaricating.
Sikkim Himalaya, 1850. (B. M. 7116.) Syn. B. Belstaniana (of
gardens).

B. vulgaris setnensis (Etna). A dwarf bush with peculiar
zigzag branches and stout spines, and producing its flowers freely.

B. v. asperma (seedless). An old but uncommon variety,
forming a stout bush, and in autumn bearing a heavy crop of
bright scarlet berries. a

B. v. foliis-purpureis (purple-leaved). One of the best of
dark-leaved shrubs. It should be propagated by cuttings, layers,
or division.

Other good varieties are: amurensis, fructu-albo, and macro-
carpa.

BERCHEMIA. Syn. @noplea. About ten species,
natives of Northern India, Java, China, Eastern tropical
Africa, and North America, are included in this genus.
The following should be added to that described on p. 182,
Vol. I.

B. racemosa (racemose). /. small, disposed in terminal panicles,
and succeeded by dark brown berries. J. oblong or oblong-ovate,
sub-acute. Japan and China, 1888. A hardy, climbing shrub.

BERGAMOTTE ORANGE. ‘ee Citrus Auran-

tium Bergamia.

BERGIA (named in honour of P. J. Bergius, M.D.).
Syns. Lancretia, Merimea. Orv. Elatiner. A genus
embracing about fourteen species of greenhouse or hardy,
prostrate or branched herbs or under-shrubs, allied to
Elatine. B. verticillata (Syn. B. aquatica) has been intro-
duced, but is probably not now in cultivation.

BERIESA. A synonym of Anredera (which see).

BERKHEYA. Syns. Agriphyllum, Basteria, Croco-
diloides, Gorteria (of La Marck), Rohria, Zarabellia (of
Necker). Including Stobea. About seventy species are
included in the genus, all being South African except one,
which is found in the tropical region of that continent. To

144 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Berkheya—continued.
those described on p. 183, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

B. Adlami (Adlam’s). l.-ieads yellow, 34in. across, sub=
corymbose. J., radical ones 14ft. long, 7in. broad, sintately
lobed and spiny-toothed ; upper ones 4in. to 6in, long, spotted
with brown beneath. Stem herbaceous, 6ft. high, branched.
Transvaal, 1897. This is by. far the largest species known.
(B. M. 7514.)

BERLANDIERA (named in honour of J. L. Ber-
landier, a Genoese botanist, who explored parts of Texas
and Mexico; he died in 1851). Orv. Composite. A genus
embracing four species of greenhouse or half-hardy,
perennial herbs or under-shrubs, natives of the Mexico-
Texan region. I lower-heads yellow, heterogamous, radiate,
mediocre or rather large, pedunculate; rays in one
series ; involucre broadly hemispherical ; receptacle nearly
flat. Leaves alternate, crenate or lyrate-pinnatifid.
B. tomentosa, the only species in cultivation, requires cool
greenhouse treatment, and may be propagated by seeds or
by cuttings.

B. tomentosa (downy). /l.-heads 14in. to 2in. across, few ina
terminal corymb; ray florets about eight, dull yellow, broadly
ovate-oblong ; disk green and reddish-brown. May and June.
1., lower ones oblong or ovate-oblong, narrowed to a petiole Jin.
long ; upper ones small, sessile. h. lft. to 2ft. Southern United
States, 1298. A slender perennial, more or less hoary or cottony
or glabrate. (B. M. 7680.)

BERREBERA. A synonym of Milletia (which
see). :

BERRY-BEARING ALDER. ‘See Rhamnus
Frangula. .

BERTEROA. Included under Alyssum (which
see).

BERTOLONIA. Six species, all natives of tropical
America, are included in this genus. These stove plants
are always admired for their elegant foliage. They are
inereased by cuttings taken in spring. Of late years some
handsome hybrids have been raised, chiefly upon the
Continent, and these have, to a certain extent, superseded
the species. Some of the best are Comte de Kerchive,
Madame Van Geert, Madame Pynaert, Souvenir de Gand,
and Van Houttei. To those described on p. 184, Vol. I.,
the following should be added. See also Gravesia and
Monolena.

B. argyrea (silvery). J. large, oval, pale green, handsomely
veined, reticulated, and spotted with silvery-white, and having
numerous white hairs on both surfaces and at the margins. 1894.

B. marmorata. Eriocnema marmoratum (L. & P. F. G. i. 27)
is identical with this species. B. Sandere (Sander's) is a
seedling form of it, muc sae to the type. 1894. Syn.
Eriocnema Sandere (G. M. 1894, p. 658).

BERTOLONIA (of Spinola). A synonym of
Myoporum (which see).

BERTONERILA (a compound of the names
Bertolonia and Sonerila). Orv. Melastomaceez. Under
this name several varieties of a hybrid between the genera
Bertolonia and Sonerila are described and figured in the
Catalogue of L’Horticole Internationale, Brussels, for
1896.

BESCHORNERIA. According to J. G. Baker, this
genus embraces about half-a-dozen closely-allied species,
restricted to Mexico. Flowers greenish or reddish,
clustered, arranged in simple or panicled racemes. Basal
leaves rosulate, ascending, lanceolate, glaucous, seabrous
on the margins; stem-leaves bract-like. ‘

B. Toneliana (Tonel’s). The correct name of the plant described
on p. 184, Vol. L, as B. Tonelii.

BESLERIA. About fifty species have been
described, natives of tropical America, from Brazil and
Peru to the West Indies and Mexico. To those given
on pp. 184-5, Vol. I., the following should be added.
Several species formerly included here are now referred to
Alloplectus, Brunfelsia, Episcia, and Tussacia
(which see). -

Besleria—continued.

B. leucostoma (white-mouthed). fl. clustered in the axils;
corolla jin. long, the tube tawny-orange, laterally compressed
beneath near the white limb. April. J. oblong or almost ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, crenate-serrated, penninerved. A. lft.

Colombia. Syn. Hypocyrta leucostoma (B. M. 4310; F. d. 8. 257). -

BESOM WEED. See Thlaspis.

BESSERA. Pharium fistulosum (B. BR. 1546) is
synonymous with B. elegans.

BETULA. This genus comprises about twenty-five
species, broadly dispersed over Europe, Central and North
Asia, and North America. Leaves alternate, toothed or
serrated, rarely incised, penniveined. To the species and
varieties described on p. 186, Vol. I., the following should
be added:

B. acuminata (taper-pointed), of Ehrhart. A synonym of B.

populifolia. .
B. acuminata (taper-pointed), of Wuallich. A synonym of B.

alnoides.

B. alba fastigiata (pyramidal). -A variety of free, distinct

growth, in habit resembling the Lombardy Poplar.

B. a. japonica (Japanese). A variety with greenish-bronze stems.
Japan, 189:

B. alnoides (Alnus-like). j., male and female spikes slender,
pe 3in. to Sin. long, pendulous. 7. ovate or ovate-oblong,

in. to 6in. long, cuneate, rounded, or cordate at base, unequally
doubly or trebly serrated, pubescent beneath when young.
Temperate Himalayas. Syn. B. acuminata (of Wallich).

B. alpina (alpine). A synonym of Alnus viridis.

B. grandis (large). A synonym of B. alba.

B. humilis (dwarf). A synonym of B. fruticosa.

B. lanulosa (slightly-woolly). A synonym of B. nigra.

B. Maximowiczii (Maximowicz’s). _/. widely oval, cordate at
base, toothed, thin and almost menibranous, bright dark green
above, yellowish-green below, larger than those of any other
Birch, being as much as 53in. ine Bark bronzy-orange, smooth,
peeling off in narrow scales and turning ashen-grey. h. 30ft.
Japan, 1894.

B. Medwediewi (Medwediew’s). l., catkins cylindrical, the
males about jin, long, the females shorter. J. elliptic-ovate,
acutely toothed, glabrous, the midrib beneath and the petiole

ubescent. Branches glabrous. Trans-Caucasus, 1887. (R. G.
887, p 384, f. 1-4.)

B. occidentalis (Western). /., female catkins broadly cylin-
drical; males l4in. long. J. 2in. to 2sin. long, broadly ovate-
rhomboid, acute, of a harsh and dry but not thick texture,
slightly lobed and with coarse and sharp serratures, paler
beneath but never dotted. Main branches erect, somewhat
twiggy, clothed with reddish-brown bark. hk. 6ft. to 10ft.
Western North America.

B. Vet ibaa occidentalis (Western). This variety differs
from the type in having deciduous bark and larger and thicker
leaves, which are shining above ; it comes true from seed. North-
west America, 1898.

B. pubescens (downy). A form of P. alba.

B. pumila Grayi(Gray’s). J. roundish, shining green. British
Columbia, 1890.

B. pumila-lenta (hybrid). According to the authority quoted
below, hybrids between the two species indicated by this name
have originated in the Arnold Arboretum, 1895. &F
p. 243, f. 36; I. H. 1895, p. 243, f. 36.)

B. Raddeana (Radde’s). j., catkins ovoid-oblong, 3in. to lin.
‘long. J. small, ovate, acutely toothed, pubescent beneath on the
nerves and in the angles of the nerves. Young shoots softly
pubescent. Caucasus, 1887. (R. G. 1887, p. 384, f. 5-11.)

BEURRERIA. A synonym of Bourreria (which
see).
BHOTAN PINE. See Pinus excelsa.

BIARUM. Bentham and Hooker included Ischarum
(see p. 201, Vol. II.) under this genus, which thus
embraces about a dozen species, found in the Mediterranean
region, especially in the Orient. To those described on
p. 187, Vol. I., the following should be added: é

B. Bovei (Bove's). l., spathe tube green, the blade greenish
outside, deep seas within, lanceolate, three or four times
longer than the tube. 7. varying from ovate to elliptic-
oblong, abruptly contracted or narrowed to a long“petiole.
Anatolia, &c.

B. B. Blumei (Blume’s). J. ovate-oblong. Asia Minor, 1860.
Syns. Ischarum crispulum, I. Kotschyi.

B. carduchorum. (/1., spathe sub-sessile, Sin. to 6in. long,
green, spotted wfth purple on the outside, blackish-p C)
within; spadix blackish, slender, nearly as long as the Boss S
v. short, spathulate-lanceolate, forming a small cluster from

ede Mattes!

——- =.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 145

Biarum—continued.

the centre of which the spathe rises.
syriacum (R. G. 1891, p. 657, f. 124).

B. eximium (choice). /., spathe tube green, jin. long, the
limb purplish and minutely spotted outside, dark purple
within, 34in. long, at length revolute; spadix appendage
2sin. to 3in. Jong; peduncle very short. /. ovate-oblong or
elliptic-oblong, lin. to 34in. long, narrowed to the petiole.
Asia Minor, 1854. Syn. Ischarwm eximium.

B. Spruneri (Spruner’s). /l., spathe purple and greenish, the
tube 14in. long, the limb lanceolate, Sin. to 4in. long; peduncle
ljin. to 2in. long. J. spathulate-lanceolate, long-narrowed

-into the petiole. Greece, &c., 1894. Plant having the habit
of B. tenuifolium.

BIBIO MARCI. See St. Mark's Fly.

BICORONA. A synonym of Melodinus (which
see).

BICUSPIDATE. Having two cusps or points. See
Cuspidate. ‘

BIDENS. Syn. Pluridens. Nearly 100 species haye
been described, but probably not more than fifty are
entitled to rank as such; they are broadly dispersed over
the temperate and warm regions of the globe. To those
described on p. 187, Vol. I., the following should be
added. It is a perennial, but in this country is best
treated as a half-hardy annual. .

B. atrosanguinea. The correct name is now Dahlia Zimapani.

B. humilis (dwarf). /.-heads yellow, eg ee aren solitary ;
ray florets jin. long. Summer. JZ. irregularly bipinnately five-
parted ; lobes linear-lanceolate ; petioles ciliated. Stems almost
procumbent. Cotopaxi, 1861.

BIEBERSTEINIA. Orv. Geraniacex. According
to Bentham and Hooker, this genus embraces three
species, natives of Central or Western Asia. Flowers
yellow or whitish, in rather long, pedunculate racemes,
regular ; sepals five, imbricated; petals five, hypogynous,
imbricated; stamens ten. Leaves stipulate, pinnate or
pinnately dissected.

BIENNIALS. From June till August is the usual
time to sow Biennials—the earlier the better, as they then
stand a chance of making nice plants before winter sets in.
For sowing, a border should be chosen with an aspect other
than a southern one, so that the seedlings do not receive
the full rays of the scorching summer sun; the soil should
be moderately rich, deeply dug, and free from weeds.
The seeds are best sown in drills, as the hoe can then be
used for keeping down weeds, and also for keeping the
surface open—a point which is often greatly overlooked in
the cultivation of plants of all kinds. After sowing, a
good watering should be given through a fine rose,
so as not to disturb the seeds, and a thin shading of
tiffany or other light material should be thrown over, to
keep the soil from drying up too quickly; great care,
however, must be taken to remove this as soon as the
seedlings break through the soil. When large enough,
they should be transplanted into rows a few inches apart ;
this must be done before they get overcrowded in the seed-
bed, and they will then make strong sturdy plants, and
will lift with good balls of soil when removed to their
permanent quarters.

The time for permanent planting varies from the end of
September to March, some preferring to plant in the
autumn, because then the weather is usually much milder
than in early spring, and if carefully planted they get a
good hold of the new soil before winter sets in. On the
other hand, those who wait until spring before planting
have this advantage, viz., that the plants are all kept
together, and if a spell of exceptionally hard weather is
experienced they may be much more easily protected by
haying some dry leaves or other light material thrown
lightly amongst them, than if scattered about the beds and
borders.

With regard to the after-treatment, uses, &c., of these
plants, the remarks under Annuals may be taken as
applying equally to Biennials. A large number of hardy

Vol. V.

Syria, 1891. Syn. Arun

Biennials—continuwed

annuals are very otten treated as Biennials by being sown
in the autumn of one year for flowering the following
spring.

The following list of Biennials may be of service:
Anchusa capensis (Cape Forget-me-Not), half-hardy, invalu-
able for summer-bedding; Beta Cicla variegata (Chilian
Beet); Dell’s Crimson-leaved Beet; Campanula mediwm
(Canterbury Bell), the single forms of which are popularly
known as Cup-and-Saucer Canterbury Bells, whilst the
double ones are known as the Hose - within - Hose
Campanulas; Celsia cretica, Chamepeuce diacantha and
CO. Casabone, Dianthus barbatus (Sweet William),
Glaucium luteum, Hedysarum coronarium, Humea

elegans, Lavatera arborea variegata, Lunaria annwa
(L. biennis), Meconopsis nepalensis and M. Wallichii,
Papaver nudicaule, Stocks (Bromptons and Queens),

Verbascum olympicum and V. phlomoides, and Wallflowers
(Chetranthus).

BIFOLIUM. A synonym of Maianthemum (which

see).

BIFRENARIA. About ten species, natives of
Brazil, Guiana, and Colombia, compose this genns.
These plants do well when grown in the cool inter-

mediate house under similar conditions to those recom-
mended for Lyeastes. ‘To those described on p. 187,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

B. atropurpurea (dark purple). jl. 2in. across when spread out,
fragrant ; sepals and petals dull claret-red, stained yellowish in
the centre; lip bright rose, suffused with white, incurved at the
sides, reflexed at theapex ; scapes three- to five-flowered. J. oblong-
lanceolate, 6in. to 10in. long. Pseudo-bulbs 2in. to din. long.
Brn Janeiro, 1828. SYN. Mazillaria atropurpurea (L. B. C.
1877).

B. aurantiaca (orange), of gardens. A synonym of B. inodora.
B. bella (beautiful). A synonym of Colia bella.

B. Charlesworthii (Charlesworth’s). fl. yellow, with a few
reddish-brown spots on the lip, about jin. long ; scape 6in. long,
bearing about six flowers. J. Sin. long. Pseudo-bulbs quad-
rangular, l4in. long. Brazil, 1894. Allied to B. racemosa.

B. Hadwenii. The correct name is Scuticaria Hadwenit.

B. Harrisoniz (Mrs. Harrison's). jl. Sin. across ; sepals and
petals creamy-white, large and fleshy, the lateral ones with a
spur-like base ; lip purple, yellowish at base, purple-veined out-
side, the inner surface streaked red ; scape one- or two-flowered.
1. solitary, large, oblong-lanceolate, plaited. Pseudo-bulbs pyri-
form, tetragonal. Brazil. Syns. Colax Harrisonie, Dendrobium
Harrisonie (H. Ee F. 120), Lycaste Harrisonie, Maxillaria
Harrisonice (B. M. 2927; B. R. 897; P. M. B. ii. 196).

B. H. alba (white). jl. white; sepals slightly tinged green, the
lower sides of the lateral ones faintly dotted red; side lobes of
the lip reddish-purple, veined with deeper red, the middle lobe
red-purple, hairy, the spur-like portion greenish-white. Brazil.
(R. G. 52, under name of Mazillaria Harrisonie alba.)

B. H. eburnea (ivory-white). ., sepals and petals white; lip
white, freely striped with crimson; throat yellow, striped
purplish-red. April and May. Brazil. A chaste variety.
(W. O. A. iii. 100, under name of Lycaste Harrisonie eburnea.)

B. H. grandiflora (large-flowered). /l., inner surface of the lip
wholly purple, except a narrow, yellowish border ; spur yellow,
with a Son bold, purple stripes.

B. H. purpurascens (purplish). /l., sepals and petals of a
light plum-purple ; front lobe of lip a darker shade of the same
colour,

B. inodora (scentless). jl. about din. across ; sepals pale green,
oblong, obtuse ; petals brighter, but smaller ; lip white, yellow,
or dull rose-colour, three-lobed, the middle lobe hairy and reflexed,
the side ones erect. Otherwise like B. Harrisonie. Rio de
Janeiro, 1839. (R. X. O.i., t. 94, f.1.) Syn. B. aurantiaca, of
gardens (W. O. A. ix., t. 386).

B. racemosa (racemose). jl. pale, dirty straw-colour, with a
white lip, slightly speckled with pale crimson; lateral sepals
much elongated ‘at base; raceme few-flowered, pendulous.
1. solitary, oblong, arched, three-ribbed, shorter than the scape
Pseudo-bulbs small, aggregated. Brazil. Syn. Maxillaria
racemosa (B. M. 2789; L. B. C. 1318).

B. tyrianthiana (Tyrian). jl. reddish-purple, 34in. across ; dorsal
sepal erect, the lateral ones broader, connate at base with the
hairy foot of the column ; lip much smaller, stoutly clawed, three-
lobed ; scape about three-flowered. /. 6in. long, 2in. to din. broad.
Pseudo-bulbs 3in. long, three-angled. Brazil, 1893. (B. M. 7461;
L., t. 446.)

BIG BUD. See Currant-Bud Mite.

146

BIGELOVIA (of Sprengel). A synonym of Sperma-
coce (which see).

BIGENERIC. A term applied to a hybrid between
plants of different genera. °

BIGNONIA. This genus embraces about 120 species,
all American, and mostly tropical. To those described on
p. 189, Vol. I., the following should be added. Several
species formerly included here are now referred to
Adenocalymna, Amphilophium, Catalpa, Chilopsis,
Distictis, Jacaranda, Macfadyena, Pawlownia,
Pithecoctenium, Spathodea, Stereospermum,
Tabebuia, and Tecoma.

B. buccinatoria (trumpet-like). The correct name (B. M, 7516)
of B. Cherere. SYN. Pithecocteniwm buceinatorium.

B. Catalpa (Catalpa). A synonym of Catalpa bignoniotdes.

B. Chamberlaynii (Chamberlayn’s). A synonym of Anemo-
pegma racemosum.

B. chrysantha. The correct name is Jabebuia chrysantha.

B.leucantha. The correct name is Dictictis leucantha.

B. pallida. The correct name is Tabebuia leucoxyla.

B. perforata (perforated). jl. disposed in a short, terminal
raceme; calyx inflated, with torn margins; corolla 2in. long,

ubescent outside. August. J. trifoliolate and conjugate ;

eaflets stalked, ovate, pellucid-dotted. Brazil, 1881. lant
tomentose.

B. purpurea (purple). jl. bright rose-purple with a pale throat,
rather large; limb Spreading, the five divisions emarginate ;
cymes axillary, many-flowered. J., leaflets two or sometimes
three, petiolulate, acuminate, 3in. to 4in. long, entire or slightly
toothed. South America, reintroduced in 1898. (B. M. 5800 ;
G. C. 1898, ii., p. 398, f. 114.)

B. regalis (royal). jl. bright yellow and red, large and_ ex-
ceedingly beautiful. J. opposite, elliptic-lanceolate. British
Guiana, 1885. A very handsome climber.

B. Rodigasiana (Rodigas’). J. bright green, with white varie-

ations, tinted with rosy-red when in a young state. 1893.

I. H. 1893, t. 183.)

B. rugosa (wrinkled).* jl. in small, shortly stalked, axillary
eymes; corolla primrose-coloured, the tube 2in. to 24in. long,
slightly curved, the limb short, five-lobed. October. J. bifolio-
late; leaflets Sin. to 4in. long, oblong, acuminate, rounded or
cordate at base; petioles lin. to lsin. Jong, ending in a bifid
tendril. Caraccas, 1890. Plant hairy. (B. M. 7124.)

B. spectabilis. The correct name is Tabebuia spectabilis.

B. venusta. /l., corolla deep orange (not crimson),. SYN.
Pyrostegia ignea.

BILLARDIERA. Syn. Labillardiera. The six species
forming this genus are all natives of extra-tropical
Australia. To the species described on p. 189, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

B. cymosa (cymose). jl. bluish or violet-purple ; corymbs several-
flowered, shortly pedunculate or nearly sessile, 7, usually lanceo-
late or oblong-linear, sessile or nearly so, obtuse or shortly

ointed. Branches more or less twining, or sometimes short and
exuous. 1868.

BILLBERGIA. Including Helicodea. According to
J. G. Baker's monograph of the Bromeliacezx, this genus
embraces about three dozen distinct species, natives of
tropical South America. To the species, varieties, &c.,

described on pp. 190-1, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

B. amabilis (lovely). A synonym of B. vittata.
B. ameena is a synonym of B. speciosa.

B. andegavensis (Angers). jl. having a spreading limb, the
tube and centre dark red, broadly bordered with violaceous-
indigo; bracts bright red ; pecans arching, mealy-white.
l. broad, obtuse, pale green. 1886. A garden ‘hybrid between
B. thyrsoidea and B. Moreli.

B. aurantiaca (orange).
Laurentii.

B. Bakeri (B. H. 1880, p. 166, t. 8).
B. pallescens (B. M. 6342).

B. Baraquiniana is identical with B. decora.

B. bicolor (two-coloured). A form of B. pyramidalis.

B. Binoti (Binot’s). jl., bracts, stem, &c., red; inflorescence
pendulous. J. ina rosette, deep green above, the lower portion

tinted with reddish-purple; under-surface light green, lined
with white.

A garden.synonym of Karatas

The correct name of

Organ Mountains, Brazil, 1896. Allied ~ to
B. speciosa.
B. bivittata (twice-striped). A synonym of Cryptanthus
bivittatus.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Billbergia—continued.

B. Blireiana (Blire’s). /l. sub-sessile; sepals green, pink, and
blue; petals green at base, with indigo-blue lobes...» A garden
hybrid between B. nutans and B, iridifolia, 1889,

B. Breauteana (Breauté’s). A synonym of B. vittato-Bakeri.

B. Brongniarti (Brongniart’s). A synonym of Portea kerme-
sina.

B. Bruanti (Bruant’s). #., calyx very pale green, tipped with
blue; corolla very pale yellowish-green; bracts dark red;
peduncle rosy, slender, nearly as long as the leaves. J. green,

obtuse, toothed, forming a cup-like rosette. 1885. A garden
hybrid between B. pallescens and B. decora,

B. Canterze (Canter’s). jl. pale greenish-yellow; bracts deep
rose-colour, large; inflorescence pendulous, shorter than the
leaves. 1897. A handsome plant, belonging to the section
Helicodea. (R. H. 1897, p. 60.)

B. Cappei (Cappe’s). A synonym of B. vittato-Bakeri.
B. Croyiana (Croy’s). A variety of B. pyramidalis.

B. decora (comely). jl., petals greenish, 2in. long, curling up
spirally from the base; spike dense, pendulous, simple, 3in. to
4in. long, almost hidden by the large, bright red, oblong-lanceo-
late bracts; peduncle lft. long. January. J. eight or ten in a
rosette, lorate, acute, 14ft. to 2ft. long, Zin. broad in the middle,
dilated and clasping at base, with transverse, mealy bands, the
margins spiny. Para, 1864. (B. H. 1875, p: 221, tt. 13,14; B. M.
6937.) Syns. B. Baraquiniana (I. H. 1864, 421), Helicodea Bara-
quiniana.

B. decoro-nutans (hybrid). fl. few, racemose, about 3in. long;
sepals iridescent, reddish at base, blue at the tips, sin. long ;
corolla greenish-yellow, the lobes 2in. long, circinately rolled up;
bracts rich, bright rosy-crimson, boat-shaped, broadly lanceolate,
acuminate; peduncle cylindrical, glabrous, pendulous, lft. long.
Belgian gardens, 1884, A pretty hybrid. Syn. B. Windi.

B. Enderi (Ender’s). A synonym of Quesnelia Enderi.

B. Euphemiz (Mme. Morren’s).* jl. six to twelve in a lax,
drooping spike Jin. to 4in. long, nearly sessile, the lower ones
subtended by large bracts ; sepals reddish, horny; petals about
2in. long, with greenish-yellow claws and bright violet tips;
peduncle lft. long. April. /., produced ones five or six in a
closely convolute rosette, about lft. long, lsin. to 2in. broad,
horny, narrowed to an acute point, lepidote-scaly, the margins
maely prickly. South Brazil. (B. H. 1872, tt. 12; B. M.

B. Euphemiz-speciosa (hybrid). A hybrid between the
species indicated. Syn. B, Huphemie amena.

B. farinosa (mealy). A synonym of B. zebrina.

B. fasciata (banded). A synonym of chmea fasciata.

B. Gireoudiana (Gireoud’s). /l. in an upright spike; calyx
rose, satis bluish towards the tips; petals twice as long as
the sepals, blunt, the claw reddish-white at the base, blue at the
tip; peduncle white, with carmine-red bracts. J. broadly strap-
shaped (the inner ones rolled round each other into a wide tube),
finely serrated, striped red beneath, deep blackish-purple
towards the base. A garden hybrid between B. Saundersti and
B. thyrsoidea.

B. Glaziovii (Dr. Glaziou’s). A synonym of Quesnelia strobilispica.
B. Glymiana (Glym’s). A synonym of B. Moreli.

B. horrida (horrid). jl. borne in a simple, erect spike, 3in. to 4in.
long; petals pale green, tipped with violet, 14in. long, falcate
from the top of the calyx; peduncle lft. long. 7. about ten in
a utricular rosette, lft. to 14ft. long, 2in. to 24in. broad, connivent
for the lower 6in. to Yin., deltoid-cuspidate at the tip, the
marginal prickles more conspicuous than in any other species.
Brazil, 1856. (B. H. 1876, t. 22; R. G. 1859, t. 272.)

B. h. tigrina (tiger-striped). jl., petals narrow, 2in. long.
2. brown, copiously banded with white on the back.

B. ianthina (violet). A garden synonym of B. Leopoldi.

B. intermedia (intermediate). A garden name for B. vittato-
nutans.

B. Jenischiana (J enisch’s). A hybrid between B. pyramidalis
and B. Moreli.

B. Krameriana (Kramer's).
and B. speciosa.

B. leodiensis (Li¢ge). A garden name for B. vittato-nutans.

B. Leopoldi (Leopold'’s).* jl. ina dense, oblong spike 6in. to Yin.
long ; petals violet, 2in. long; peduncle drooping, 14ft. long, the
upper six or eight leaves bright red- Summer. re eight to ten in
a rosette, 3ft. to 34ft. long, 2in. to 24in. broad, connivent for 1ft.,
horny, channelled, transversely fasciated with white on the back,
the marginal prickles small. Island of Santa Catherina, Brazil,
1847. (B. H. 1871, tt.1-4.) Syns. B. ianthina and B. nuptialis
(of gardens), Helicodea Leopoldi (I. H., under t. 421).

B. Liboniana. (B. H. 1877, p. 57, t. 34; F. d. S. 1048;
L. J. F. t. 197.)

B. macrocalyx (large-calyxed). jl. in a drooping raceme Zin.
to 4in. long; petals green, tipped with violet-blue, lin. longer
than the calyx; peduncle mealy, lft. long, with five or six
red bract-leaves. April. ?. only three or four in a rosette,

A hybrid between B. pyramidalis

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Billbergia—continued.

lanceolate, lft. to 2ft. long, 2in. broad, horny in texture, con-
nivent for lft., white-lepidote on the back, with a few transverse
bands. Bahia, 1859. (B. H. 1860, t. 19; B. M. 5114.)

B. Moreli. This is one of the finest species. SYNS.
B. Glymiana (B. H. 1866, p. 134, t. 11), B. Wetherilli (B. M.
4835), but not B. Moreliana.

B. Moreliana is a synonym of B. vittata, not of B. Moreli. «

B. Morreniana (Prof. Morren’s).* jl. borne in a lax, sub-erect
spike Sin. to 4in. long, with a red, flexuous rachis; petals green,
tipped with violet-blue, lin. longer than the calyx; peduncle
shorter than the leaves, its bract-leaves red. December. J. eight
to ten in a rosette, connivent in the lower 3in. to 4in., above
lft. long, lin. broad, whitish on the back. Origin unknown; it
flowered at Kew in 1887. Syn. B. Reichardti.

B. nuptialis (nuptial). A garden synonym of B. Leopoldi.

B. nutanto-Moreli (hybrid). jl. about a dozen; calyx rosy and
blue ; corolla dark blue; peduncle adorned with numerous rosy
bracts, long, slender, arching. 1885. A graceful and ornamental
hybrid between B. nutans and B. Moreli, having the outer leaves
narrow, as in B. nutans, and the inner ones broader, as in
B. Moreli. Syn. B. Worleyana.

B. pallescens, of Baker (B. M. 6342). The correct name of this is
B. Bakeri. The B. pallescens of Koch (described in Vol. I.)
is a variety of B. speciosa.

B. pallida is a synonym of B. speciosa.

B. Perringiana (Perring’s). A hybrid between B. Liboniana
and B. nutans, having leaves like the former species and an
inflorescence like the latter. 1890. (R. G. 1890, p. 145, t. 1318.)

B. polystachya (many-spiked), A synonym of dchmea
distichantha. 5

B. Porteana (Porte’s).* ., petals green, lanceolate, above 2in.
long, rolling up spirally and disclosing the violet-purple
filaments; spike loose, simple, drooping, 6in. to 8in. long;

eduncle 2ft. long, with several bright red bract-leaves. August.
., produced ones five or six in a rosette, erect, lorate, 3ft. to 4ft.
long, dull green, tinted on the back with claret-purple, and trans-
versely banded with white. Bahia, 1849. Plant stemless. One
of the finest species. (B. H. 1876, p. 9, t. 1; B. M, 6670.)

B. pyramidalis. Syn. Bromelia pyramidalis.

B. p. bicolor (two-coloured). l. with the two colours (purple
and red) not so much blended as in the type. 7. more dis-
tinctly fasciated on the back. Rio Janeiro, 1829. (B. R
1181.) Syn. B. bicolor (L. B. C. 1819).

B. p. Croyiana (Croy’s). jl. more numerous, and peduncle
longer, than in the type; petals red, edged with violet.
1. erect, with conspicuous dorsal zones. (L. J. F. 413.) Syns.
Achmea setigera, B. setosa (both of gardens).

B. Quesneliana is now correctly known as Quesnelia cay-
ennensts.

B. Quintutiana (Quintut’s). A synonym of B. Sawndersiana.

B. Rancougnei (Rancougne’s). /l., corolla bluish-green, tipped
with indigo, 2in. long; stamens indigo; bracts rosy, woolly-
tomentose at the base, together with the ovary and calyx;

eduncle 3ft. high. 7. 3ft. long, 2sin. broad, spreading-recurved,
Maly toothed. 1884. A hybrid, of which B. Liboniana is one
of the parents.

B. Reicharati (Reichardt’s). A synonym of B. Morreniana.

B. rhodocyanea (red and blue), of Lemaire. A synonym of
Aichmea Jasciata. i

B. roseo-marginata (SyN. B. rubro-marginata) is now correctly
known as Quesnelia ruja.

B. Sanderiana (Sander’s). jl. 2in. long; calyx and corolla green,
tipped with blue ; bracts rosy, with one to three flowers to each;
panicle pendulous. » December. J. erect, broad, green, coria-
ceous, obtuse, mucronate, armed with stout spines on the
margins. South Brazil, 1885. A fine plant. (B. H. 1884, 1, 2.)

B. sanguineum (blood-coloured). jl. few on a spike; calyx
tube greenish; corolla much longer, scarlet, with violet-purple
tips to the segments; bracts -scarlet, large, boat-shaped,
occurring all along the spike. J. about 10in. long, deep
vreen, With tiny grey spots, the marginal spines remote. 1893.
‘Allied to B. Bruanti.

B. Saundersiana. B. Quintutiana (R. G. 1890, p. 202, f. 49)
is identical with this species.

B. setosa (bristly). A garden synonym of B. pyramidalis
Croyiana.

B. speciosa (showy). The correct name of B. amena (B. H. 1875,
tt. 1-4). Syn. B. pallida. B. pallescens (of Koch), B. Thun-
bergiana, and B. Wigtiana are forms of this species.

B. sphacelata (scorched). A synonym of Greigia sphacelata.

B. splendida (splendid). A variety of B. thyrsoidea.

B. Thunbergiana (Thunberg’s). A form of B. speciosa.

B. thyrsoidea. This is scarcely more than a_ variety of
B. a aes (B. H. 1873, p. 295, t. 17; L. J. I. t. 267; P. I. G.
iii. t. 74.)

B. t. Ee (ong-leaved). 7. longer than in the type, and
narrowed gradually towards the apex.

&c. 147

Billbergia—continued.

B. t. splendida (splendid). . bright-coloured, more numerous
than in the type; bracts broader. Plant more robust. 1883.
(L. J. F. tt. 181-2.)

Other forms are Lemoinei, miniato-rosea, Paxtoni, rhodocyanea

(of gardens, not of Lemaire), and Schultesiana.

B. vexillaria (standard-bearing). jl. having petals ofa brilliant
dark violet, obtuse and revolute at the tips. Jd. robust, 14ft. to
2ft. one A garden hybrid between a variety of B. thyrsoidea
and B. Moreli. 1889, (R. H. 1889, p. 467, f. 118 and plate.)

B. viridiflora (green flowered).* jl. green, ina lax, ascending or
cernuous raceme, 6in. to 12in. long; peduncle lft. to 14ft. long,
with bright red, ascending bract-leaves. J. twelve to fifteen ina
rosette, 14ft. to 24ft. long, l4in. to 2in. broad, connivent for lft.,
sometimes tinged with purple, the marginal prickles very minute.
Brazil, 1854. A very distinct species, (B. H. 1874, tt. 1-2; 1876,
tt. 20-21; F. d. S. 1019-20.)

B. vittata. B. amabdilis (B. H. 1874, tt. 1-2), B. Moreliana
(L. J. F. t. 136), B. zonata, and Tillandsia Moreliana are identical
with this species.

B. v. Rohani (Rohan’s). |
A Arca el from the typical plant. 1890.

B. vittato-Bakeri (hybrid). jl. pale flesh-colour, with violet
tips; bracts bright rose, lanceolate ; peduncle shorter than the
leaves, recurving, glabrous. J. 2ft. long, 2in. broad, recurving,
lorate, obtuse, slightly channelled, rather thin, bordered with
five distant teeth, bright green above, striated and with mealy-
white zones below. 1884. A garden hybrid between the species
indicated. Syns. B. Breauteana (R. H. 1885, p. 300), B. Cappei.

B. vittato-nutans (hybrid). . few, ina lax, drooping spike;
Meee bright violet-blue, twice as long as the calyx ; peduncle

4ft. long, with many large, bright red, ascending bract-leaves.
March. 7. a dozen or more ina rosette, lanceolate, lift. to 2ft.
long, recurving from low down. Syns. B. intermedia and
B. leodiensis (R. G. 563, f. 100-101). There is another form of this
hybrid with shorter and stiffer leaves.

B. Wetherilli (Wetherill’s). A synonym of B. Moreli.

B. Windi (Wind’s). A synonym of B. decoro-nutans.

B. Wiotiana is a form of B. speciosa.

B. Wittmackiana (Wittmack’s). A garden hybrid between
B. vittata and B. amena, 1891. (R. G. 1891, p. 328, f. 69.)

B. Worleyana (Worley’s). A synonym of B. nutanto-Moreli.

B. zebrina. B. farinosa and Bromelia zebrina (B. M. 2686) are
identical with this species.

B. zonata (zoned). A garden synonym of B. vittata.
BILLIOTTIA (of Brown).
(which see).

BILLIOTTIA (of Colla).
thammus (which see).

This so-called variety is not dis-
(R. G. 1890, p. 306»

A synonym of Agonis

A synonym of Calo-

BINE. A climbing or twining stem; e.g., Wood-
bine.

BINECTARIA. A synonym of Imbricaria (which
see).

BIONIA. A synonym of Camptosema (which see)
BIORHIZA APTERA. See Oak Galls.

BIPINNATISECT. Having the divisions of a
pinnatisect leaf themselves pinnatisect, i.e., cut to the
midrib, but with sessile segments.

BIRCHEA. A synonym of Luisia (which see).

BIRD-OF-PARADISE FLOWER. See Stre-
litzia.

BIRDS. Popularly, all Birds are supposed to be
beneficial to the gardener and the farmer. ‘That they are
not, however, practical observation will tend to show.
Many representatives of the Class Aves are working in the
interests of the gardener; while a larger number are
absolutely injurious. Then there is still a third section
whose exact position as regards horticulture and agri-
culture it is not easy to define. They are, perhaps, seed-
eaters, or it may be fruit-eaters, and insectivorous—omni-
yorous, in fact. The point to determine in this case is
whether in the aggregate the damage in the one case is
not more than counterbalanced: by the good in the other
—often a most difficult matter for even the most
experienced. Here it is only possible to give the most
cursory glance at an interesting subject. We can only

148

Birds— continued.
mention the chief amongst the migrants and the perma-
nent dwellers, weighing as far as possible their merits
and demerits. As a general rule, insectivorous Birds
have a slender and more or less elongated beak; while
in the seed-eaters this structure is bulky and short.

Commencing with the Corvide, we have some very
familiar species in the Rook, Magpie, and Jay. The
Rook (Irypanocorax frugilegus) is on the whole one of
the most useful Birds that we have, as it is one of the
most persecuted. Generally its food consists of insects
—insects, too, of the most destructive +kind, such as
the grubs of the Skipjack Beetles (Wireworms), Daddy
Long-legs (Leather Jackets), and Cockchafers. In the
process of searching for these in pastures and lawns, the
grass is frequently ripped up and rendered most
unsightly; but of the benefit in such cases where insecti-
cides are powerless, there cannot be any doubt. The
worst that can be said against the Rook in gardens and
orchards is that it will forsake its insect dietary for
one of fruit or vegetables, when anything from Walnuts
and Pears to young Potatoes will be laid under con-
tribution. The Jay (Garrulus glandarius), a fast dis-
appearing species, is an enemy, as the Bird will make
short work of fruit of any kind as well as Peas.

Fig, 171.

HAWFINCH.

To the Sturnide belongs one of the most useful Birds,
alike to farmer and gardener, in the Common Starling
(Sturnus vulgaris). That it makes a raid upon Cherries
is perfectly true, but that it well earns them, by
destroying myriads of-Wireworms and .Leather Jackets,
is well known to everyone who has paid attention to
the subject.

A very large family, the Fringillide, next claims
attention. In it are found some of the most destructive
species—the Bullfinch (Pyrrhula ewropxa) for instance.
For Gooseberry and Currant bushes this Bird has a
special fondness, denuding them almost entirely of
their buds. A somewhat local species is the Hawfinch

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Birds—continued.

(Coccothraustes coccothraustes) (Fig. 171); but itis a destruc-
tive one so far as the fruit-grower is concerned, being
especially fond of stone fruits. The Greenfinch (Chloris
chloris) is one of the commonest Finches, and a seed-
eater in the main, though, like many others, it brings up
its family upon insects. And similarly of the Chaffinch
(Fringilla celebs), which generally is voted a nuisance
by gardeners. The Goldfinch (Carduelis carduelis), one
of the handsomest of British birds and now one of
the most local, is useful, as it feeds almost entirely
upon thistles. The Linnet (Cannabina cannabina) must
not be regarded unfavourably, although entirely a
seed-eater, as it devours vast quantities of injurious
weeds, such as Charlock. More destructive than either
of the Finches above named is the ubiquitous House
Sparrow (Passer domesticus). In fact, it may be said
to enjoy the reputation of being the most destructive
of all Birds to farm and garden produce. Undoubtedly
it takes insects when nesting, yet the damage it does
at other times is enormous, as set down by Tegetmeier
in his monograph. The Buntings are, on the whole,
harmful, though the familiar Yellow Bunting, or Yellow-
Hammer (Emberiza citrinella), is one of the least so, as it
captures in the summer immense numbers of injurious cater-
pillars to feed its rather numerous family, frequently six.

Passing over the Larks (Alaudidx) as being seed-
eaters, and, so far as the farmer is concerned, doing
more harm than good, we come to the Motacillide.
This includes several most useful species in the Wag-
tails, of which the graceful Dishwasher, or Pied Wag-
tail (M.+lugubris), is the best known. This Bird may
frequently be seen working lawns and grass land for
insects, on which it entirely subsists. The Yellow
Wagtail (M. campestris) is a field species, and as
industrious: an insect forager as its Pied relative.

In the Certhiide, or Creepers, there is at least one
species which ventures near the haunts of men. This
is the Tree Creeper (Certhia familiaris), an active
little Bird whose method of progression reminds one of
the Woodpeckers. It lives upon insects found upon tree-
trunks and branches.

The Tits, again (Paridz), furnish omnivorous species
which are amongst the best known of native Birds. Alike
in town and country, the Great Tit (Parus major) and
the Blue Tit (P. cxruleus) haunt our very houses ;
while even the scarcer Coal-Tit (P. britannicus) will
sometimes venture into suburban gardens and orchards.
The Marsh Tit (P. Dresseri) is another garden-frequenting
species, despite its popular name. In spring those Tits
which visit gardens play havoe with the frnit-buds,
and particularly those of Gooseberries and Currants.
Possibly it may be that the damage done is in the search
for insects, of which latter they eat a large number.
Later, ripe Pears are often spoiled by the Blue Tit.
Occasionally Tits will attack vegetable crops like Peas, when
the damage is usually ascribed to other species. The
method of attack in such cases should becarefully noted.

One species in the Laniide, or Shrikes, calls for
mention. This is the Red-Backed Shrike, or Butcher
Bird (Lanius collurio), a summer visitor, and by no means
plentiful. Its method of catching its prey and impaling
it upon thorns, is well known to Bird-lovers. Beetles
and Wasps are favourite foods, and the Bird must be
regarded as highly beneficial to gardeners and fatmers.

Amongst the Warblers (Sylviide) the most familiar
are the Whitethroat (Sylvia sylvia) (Fig. 172) and the Lesser
Whitethroat (S. curruca). Both are practically insectiv-
orous, consuming vast quantities of Aphides and small
caterpillars, but at times they will attack small fruits
as well as Peas in the pod. Useful, too, is the Willow
Warbler (Phylloscopus trochilus), which arrives in late
spring, and may be found in gardens industriously
searching the foliage of fruit and other trees for insect-

ti De bd

— ee ae. ee ee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 149

Birds—continued.
food. Another near relative, the Chiff-Chaff (P. minor),
whose call-note has given rise to the popular name
it bears, is no less assiduous as an_insect-forager.
Frequently the Blackeap (Sylvia atricapilla) may be seen
in gardens industriously clearing off insects. It is a
migrant, and one whose song rivals that of the Nightin-
gale.

The Thrush family (Turdide) is rich in garden-
frequenting species like Song Thrushes, Blackbirds, and
Robins; while it also contains that prince of songsters,
the Nightingale (Daulias luscinia). The members of

this family, 2t any rate, in the young state, should

Tig. 172. WHITETHROAT.

be readily discriminated from their allies by the fact
that they are spotted. Much as we may admire the
Blackbird (Merula merula) for its period of song
(short thongh it be as compared with the Song Thrush),
any good that it may do in keeping down insects
is sadly discounted by its destructive propensities in
the fruit-garden. It is a fruit-robber of the most
pronounced type. Large and small fruits are alike
attacked. To Strawberries, Plums, and Gooseberries it
is particularly partial; while its boldness could hardly
be exceeded. The Song Thrush (Turdus musicus), on
the other hand, subsists chiefly upon insects, worms,
slugs, and snails. Towards the end of summer, how-
ever, orchard and other fruits are attacked—Figs,
Apples, Pears, and Plums being most relished. The
Bird, however, cannot be regarded. in the same light
as the Blackbird. The Robin, or Common Redbreast
(Erithacus rubicula),is a most useful species; and so is
the Common Nightingale, which, during its all too short
stay with us, is an _ insect-feeder. The Wheatear
(Saxicola enanthe) (Fig. 178), the Furze-Chat (Pratincola
rubetra), and the Stoné-Chat (P. rubicola), all belonging
to the-family under discussion, render the greatest service
to farmers.

The Accentors~(Accentoride), of which the Hedge
Sparrow (Tharrhaleus modularis) is one of our com-
monest garden inhabitants, is a species deserving pro-
tection, as it destroys quantities of insects in early
spring and summer. Its correct name is Hedge Accentor.

Of the Troglodytide, or Wrens. the most familiar
species is the Common Wren (Anorthura troglodytes). This
is another ubiquitous species, and one, too, very beneficial

Birds —continued.

in gardens, as it is an insect-feeder. Another small Bird
held in great esteem is the Common Flycatcher (Muscicapa
grisola), of the family Muscicapidxe. It is a migrant, and
the usual method adopted of swooping down upon some
unfortunate insect for which it has been watching is fairly
familiar. At other times the insects are taken from the
ground position. Aphides and Sawfly larve (the latter
not relished by many insectivorous birds) are destroyed
by the Spotted Flycatcher in vast numbers.

Amongst summer Bird visitors to these islands the
advent of none is more eagerly anticipated than that
of the Swallows (Hirwndinide), all of which should
be carefully preserved. These include the House Martin
(Chelidon urbica), Sand Martin (Clivicola riparia), and
the Chimney Swallow (Hirundo rustica). They are
entirely insectivorous, and their nests should always be
protected.

Mention must now be made of the true Cuckoos
(Cuculinz), one species of which is familiar, at least, by
sound. It is a much maligned Bird, but it is one
which deserves well of both farmer and gardener.
Entomologists are well aware of the caution exhibited
by insectivorous birds. generally in attacking woolly
caterpillars. The Common Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus) is,
however, one of»the exceptions which go to prove the
rule. We have seen it clear off the hairy Tiger Moth
caterpillars from a Lettuce patch; and also make short
work of distasteful Sawfly larve like those affecting
Currant and Gooseberry bushes.

Belonging to the Strigide is the Barn Owl (Strix
flammea), whose useful qualities cannot be sufficiently
well-known, or the Birds would be better protected.
They live largely upon mice, but will not hesitate to
take the larger rodents like rats. Equally serviceable
and worthy of protection is the Kestrel Hawk, or
Windhover (Cerchneis tinnunculus) (Fig. 174), which
feeds upon mice, upon many of the injurious hard-
bodied beetles like Cockchafers, as well as upon Grass-
hoppers. This species may be readily distinguished
from the destructive (so far as gamekeepers are con-
cerned) Sparrow-hawk by its method of “hovering”
in the air.

Of the Birds now remaining that ought to be mentioned,
the Lapwing, or Peewit (Vanellus vanellus),is one of the
most useful, as its dietary consists of insects and slugs,

Fic. 173, s WHEATEAR,

and flocks of the Birds may be seen in summer searching
for food in pasture-lands. Vast numbers of eggs are
used for food each spring, and as a big price is set
upon them, every encouragement is given to the
destruction of the species. Another is the Wood Pigeon
(Columba palumbus), which will make short work of

150

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Birds—continued.
any Peas in its near neighbourhood, and is therefore
undesirable.

Much may be done towards keeping destructive Birds
at bay by netting fruit and other trees; Carnation
“prass,” for the succulent shoots of which Sparrows are
extremely fond; and flowers. Black cotton, too, stretched
diagonally across rows of Peas and early spring flowers

Fic. 174, KESTREL.

—Wallflowers, Crocuses, Polyanthuses, Primroses, and the
like — affords considerable protection, as the Birds dislike
getting their wings mixed up with the cotton. In addition
it has been found useful to strew lime upon fruit bushes,
as this acts as a deterrent if the applications are per-
sisted in.

BIRD’S-BILL. A common name for Trigonella
ornithopodioides.

BIRD’S EYE ROT. See Grape Rot.
BIRD’S-EYES. See Veronica Chamedrys.
BIRD'S-FOOT TREFOIL. See Lotus.
BIRD’S-TONGUE. See Ornithoglossum.
BIRD’S-TONGUE FLOWER. See Strelitzia.
BISEXUAL. Hermaphrodite; containing both
sexes ; e.g., in a flower, both stamens and pistil.
BISHOP’S WORT. See Stachys japonica.

BISMARCKIA (commemorative of the great German
statesman). Orp. Palmz. An imperfectly-known genus.
B. nobilis, the only species, is an ornamental Palm, with
somewhat the habit of a Pritchardia. For culture, see
Stevensonia.

B. nobilis (noble). jr. one-celled, with two rudimentary cells ;
seeds ovoid, deeply wrinkled. J. large, digitately divided into

from eight to ten long-linear segments and several drooping,

thread-like ones. Madagascar, 1886. (R. G. 1220.)

BISTON HIRTARIUS. Sce Brindled Beauty
Moth.

BISTORT. See Polygonum Bistorta.

BITTER BARE TREE. See Pinckneya pubens.

BITTER CUCUMBER. See Citrullus Colo-
cynthis.

BITTER DAMSON. See Simarouba amara.

BITTER OAK. Sce Quercus Cerris.

BITTER ROT. See Apple Rot.

BITTER WOOD. Sce Simarouba and Xylopia.

BIZARRE. See Carnation.

BLACK ADIANTUM. See Asplenium Adian-
tum-nigrum.

BLACK ARCHES MOTH (Psilura_ dispar).
Though in Germany this is one of the worst pests of the
forester, yet here, where it is fairly common, it does little,
if any, damage. Occasionally it is found on Apple trees,
but not in sufficient numbers to warrant measures for its
destruction being taken. On the Continent vast sums of
money have been spent with a view of devising methods
for keeping the pest under, so destructive is it to Firs.
As in the case of the Cockchafer in France,
an attempt has been made in Germany to
destroy the Black Arches by infecting it with
fungi, but without any real good resulting.
The insect is described and illustrated in
Vol. Il., under Liparis. In Germany the
pest is popularly known as “ Die Nonne,”
or “The Nun,” as the specific name de-
notes.

BLACKBERRY (Rubus fruticosus).
This fruit is so well known that any descrip-
tion is unnecessary. No doubt its freedom of
growth in all parts of the country has been
the cause of its neglect as a cultivated fruit.
When given a good soil and an open situa-
tion, and the exhausted or very weak shoots
are cut out annually, it is wonderful how
great a crop of fine fruit is produced. The
best time to prune is immediately after all
the fruit is gathered, and in the early spring
a mulch of farmyard manure is very bene-
ficial. Nearly all our native large-fruited
forms of the Blackberry are equal to any
we have procured from America in size of fruit and weight
of crop, when grown under similar conditions. In fact,
one of the best so-called American varieties (the Parsley-
leaved), is really an English one; it is very fruitful
and ornamental in foliage. Other good varicties are:
Wilson, jun., Kittalinny, and Mitchell’s Seedling. All
these are excellent, and will succeed almost anywhere, and
form a pretty feature in the wild garden, or for covering
arbours.

BLACK BOY. See Xanthorrhea.
BLACK CANKER. See Athalia spinarum.

BLACK CURRANT. See Ribes nigrum and
Currant.

BLACK CURRANT GALL MITE. See
Currant-Bud Mite. ;
BLACK ENOT (Plowrightia morbosa) is a virulent
fungoid disease of Plums and Cherries happily not found in
this country. In America, however, it is very common,
and most difficult to deal with when once it has taken a firm
hold. The fungus is well characterised, and eventually
produces a kmotting of the twigs and branches. The
affected portions first swell and then crack, disclosing
numberless dark green spores over the parts laid bare.
According to Dr. Halsted (who has made the fungus a
special study), the young knots and the fresh growth of
older ones as the season advances “ lose their olive velvety
appearance, turn a dark colour, and develop a hard
incrustation on the surface. Within the substance of this
black and brittle layer many spherical pits are formed,
and as winter advances minute sacs are prodaced upon
the wall of the cavity, that toward spring bear each
eight oval bodies known as_ sac-spores. These escape
from their long sacs, and pass out through a pore at the top
of the cavity, and are then carried by the winds to the
surface of a young Cherry or Plum twig, and thus begin
another knot, which in course of time produces a new
crop of summer and another of winter spores, and thus
the disease is preserved and propagated.” The treatment
consists in light cases in cutting out the ‘knots’ and
carefully burning them, but in severe cases the trees

have to be rooted up and burned.

BLACK PALMER. See Athalia spinarum.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC. 151

. BLACK PARSLEY. See Thapsia decipiens.
BLACK POPLAR. Sce Populus nigra.

BLACK RASPBERRY. See Rubus occi-
dentalis.

BLACK ROOT. See Symphytum officinale.

BLACK ROT OF CABBAGE and other Cruciferz
is of bacterial origin, and the disease is scientifically known
as Pseudomonas campestris. Though principally found in
the United States it has been recorded in this country.
Dr. E. F. Smith, in the United States Department of Agri-
culture, fully describes it in one of the Bulletins (68).
Judging from his report, Cabbage and other cruciferous
plants may be attacked at any stage. The symptoms may
consist of a dwarfing or one-sided growth of the heads, by
the absence of any heads, or by the death of the plant.
Further, he says: “ Occasionally the heads rot and fall off.

5 If the stumps of affected plants are broken or
cut across, a brown or black ring will be observed corre-
sponding to the woody part of the stem, this being the part
specially subject to the disease. In bad cases this
blackening may be easily traced upwards into the centre
of the head, and is generally worse on one side In the
leaves the symptoms usually begin at the margins, and
consist in the yellowing of all affected parts except the
yeins, which become decidedly brown or black.”

Affected foliage should be uprooted and burned, and in
bad cases the whole plant should be similarly treated.
On no account should cruciferous plants occupy the
diseased quarters the next season.

BLACK ROT (or BLACK SPOT) OF TOMATO
(Macrosporium Tomato). A very common and well-
marked fungoid disease, found upon Tomatoes, whether
grown under glass or outside. It is more troublesome in
the former case than in the latter. As the common
name suggests, the chief characteristic is a dark spot,
which, as the disease progresses, sinks. Usually the
spots appear on the blossom end of the fruit, but they
are not confined thereto, or even to the fruit itself,
the foliage and stems of the plant being sometimes
involved. The fungus gains access to the fruit by means
of a rupture in the skin, and spreads very rapidly, and
eventually the tissues rot, through the penetration of
the dark mycelium. The gardener is generally made
aware of the presence of the fungus when the fruits
are about one-third grown.

In the case of plants under glass, the chief predisposing
causes are too much atmospheric moisture and insufficient
ventilation, combined with the use of fresh manure.
Directly the disease is noted, all affected fruit (or, in
bad eases, plants as well) should be burned, or the trouble
will be imcreased a hundred-fold. The other plants
should then be sprayed with sulphide of potassium (loz.
to 3gall. of water) every ten or twelve days for a time.
This will prevent it from spreading. Tomato-growers
would, however, find it much more profitable to spray
early in the season as a preventive measure. Fruits
which colour prematurely should especially be regarded
with suspicion, as such are frequently affected.

BLACK ROT OF VINES (Lzestadia Bidwellii).
Though frequently found in this country as well as in
France, this disease is most prevalent in America, where it
constitutes the worst of all Grape foes. The common name
is in allusion to the appearance presented by the affected
berries. Twigs and foliage are also attacked. Viala, whose
investigations in connection with this disease are amongst
the most noteworthy, suggests that something by way of
prevention might be done by employing stocks which are
practically proof against the disease. A similar view is
held by Rathay. :

The disease is usually first observed on the leaves, for
though the young shoots may be also affected, the gardener
is more likely to have foliage and fruit under observation.

Black Rot of Vines—continued.
The foliage has reddish-brown spots with darker margins,
and later the surface is covered with black pustules
(pimples). These are pycnidia. By this time the berries
are also involved. The first appearance of the disease
upon these shows itself, according to Prof. F. D. Chester,
““as a light brown spot, caused by the decay of the under-
lying pulp, this spot increasing in size so as to involve the
entire berry. Simultaneous with this change the parts first
affected turn black, and become covered with minute
black pustules. Finally, the entire berry dries and
shrivels, the skin crumpling into angular folds. The entire
berry is now uniformly covered with the pustules.” When
mature, the pycnidia yield stylospores which, if they find a
suitable resting-place, germinate, and still further increase
the trouble. The disease is probably tided over the winter
in ascospores, which remain dormant until the spring of the
following year.

The importance of removing and burning all leaves,
shoots, and fruits showing the disease, as well as those
which have fallen, will at once be apparent.

To check the disease when once it appears, spraying with
the ammoniacal solution of copper carbonate (see Fungi-
cides) is best. This may be employed, if properly made,
without injury to either foliage or fruit at intervals of a
fortnight. The next season Bordeaux Mixture may be
sprayed on before the leaves expand. Certain conditions of
Vines and borders predispose to attack in this as in many
other fungoid diseases, and the cultivator must be par-
ticularly on his guard against the too liberal use of strong
manures.

BLACES. See Athalia spinarum.

BLACK SALTWORT. See Glaux maritima.

BLACK SLUG. See Athalia spinarum.

BLACK SPOT OF TOMATO. See Black Rot
of Tomato.

BLACK-VEINED WHITE BUTTERFLY. See
Pear Insects.

BLADDER CAMPION. See Silene inflata.

BLADDER or POCKET PLUMS. This con-
dition of Plums is due to the presence of a peculiar
fungus (Hzxoascus pruni), allied to the destructive Leaf-
Curl of Peaches, &c. It is a most insidious disease, and
one which materially injures the fruit crop. The gardener
is not aware of its presence until the young fruits are
developing in May, when, instead of being firm and healthy-
looking, and of the normal form, they are distorted,
elongated, sometimes wrinkled hollow masses of a yellowish
colour. In late summer, these Bladder or Pocket Plums
are covered with a glaucous bloom, and finally become
rotten, though, perhaps, persistent. This powder consists
of asci, or bags, which contain spores ready to be dis-
tributed at the proper time. Fruits so affected contain no
stones. The area of infection is rapidly spread by means
of these spores; and, therefore, the aim of the cultivator
must be directed to removing such useless fruits before
the spores can be liberated. This will not in itself be
sufficient, as the mycelium of the fungus is also present
in the branches; hence, therefore, a pruning back of
the shoots to the old wood is absolutely necessary, or
year by year the trouble will increase, until the trees
are rendered quite useless. Where the disease has been
known to existpin a garden, or even in a certain neigh-
bourhood, it will be wise “to spray in early spring with
Bordeaux Mixture, as a precautionary measure.

On the Continent, as well as in America and in this
country, the disease is alike very common. For years its
cause was ascribed to anything but fungus. At one time
the deformed Plums were thought to be due to a gall-
making insect as well as to improper fertilisation. Even
at the present time the exact method by which healthy
trees are infected is not known.

‘~

152

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

BLADDER RUST, or WEYMOUTH PINE
RUST (Peridermiwm Strobi). This is one of the
Uredinex, or Rusts, and one, moreover, requiring two host-
plants to complete its life-eycle—the Weymouth Pine
(Pinus Strobus), or an ally like P. Cembra, and the Black
Currant or other Ribes. At one time the latter stage was
known to science as Cronartium ribicolum. So far the
disease has not asserted itself sufficiently in England to
cause undue alarm, yet it has been more than once
recorded, notably by Dr. Plowright, of King’s Lynn, who
has done so much towards working out the life-histories
of these complex hetercecious fungi. In Germany the
disease is commonly met with.

So far as the Pines are concerned, the disease is confined
to the twigs and branches on which bladder-like growths of
a variable yellow colour appear; these yield spores which
need only to come in contact with the leaves of some species
of Ribes (like the Black Currant, already alluded to) in
order to carry on the cycle. On these it forms a yellowish-
red Rust yielding uredospores, and later a crop of
teleutospores. The disease is of a debilitating nature,
particularly to the Pines, whose affected branches die away
and the needles are shed. Planters of the Weymouth Pine
should exercise the greatest care when introducing new
stock, especially that from abroad; and, when suspected,
on no account should the two host-plants be kept in
proximity—the latter a somewhat difficult matter in the
aggregate, as they may be in neighbouring gardens, and
thus the disease may be disseminated, as it were,
unwittingly.

BLADDER SEED. See Physospermum.

BLADHIA. A synonym of Ardisia (which see).

BLAKEA. Syn. Valdesia. About sixteen species,
natives of Colombia, Venezuela, Peru, and the West
Indies, are referred to this genus ; but only two have been
introduced. ~

BLANCHING. See Chlorosis.

BLANCOA (of Blume). A synonym of Didymo-
sperma (which see).

BLANDFORDIA. According to Bentham and
Mueller (“Flora Australiensis”), there are only four
distinct species of this genus, all Australian. To the

information given on p. 193, Vol. I., the following should be
added:

B. aurea is a variety of B. flammea.

B. cordata (heart-shaped). A synonym of Galax aphylla.

B. Cunninghami is synonymous with B. grandiflora.

B. intermedia is synonymous with B. grandiflora.

B. nobilis imperialis (imperial). #. bright orange-red,
margined with golden-yellow, campanulate, very large. 1890. A
fine variety.

BLANEET LEAF. See Verbascum Thapsus.

BLASTEMANTHUS GEMMIFLORUS. The

correct name of Godoya gemmiflora.

BLECHNIDIUM and BLECHNOPSIS. Included
under Blechnum (which see).

BLECHNUM. Including Blechnidiwm, Blechnopsis,
and Salpichlena. This genus comprises abont a score
species of closely-related Ferns, widely diffused through-
out tropical and South temperate regions.

The genus Blechnwm is composed of mostly handsome-
growing plants, of strong habit, very useful for’ decorative
purposes, although there are also included in it several
dwarf kinds that are particularly adapted for growing
in Fern-cases or in shallow crevices in the rockery.

The pretty little evergreen, B. Lanceola, is one of those
particularly adapted for planting in Fern-cases, where it
thrives admirably, and where the contrast between the
bright dark green of the upper surface of its fronds and
the continuous central band of deep brown formed by
the sori is very conspicuous and attractive.

Blechnum—continued.

Like the Lomarias, to which they are closely allied,
but from which they differ in not producing separate fertile
fronds, the Blechnums are mostly hardy and of rapid
growth. They have a particular dislike to water over
the fronds, which causes them to turn first brown and
then black in a very short time, unless the plants are in
a very light, warm, and well-ventilated place, which, to a
certain extent, counterbalances the effects of the super-
fluous moisture by not allowing it to remain on the
foliage long enough to injure it. Blechnums will thrive in
almost any compost, but their fronds become stouter, and
have more consistency, when grown in a mixture of two
parts peat, one part loam, and one part sand, with good
drainage, taking care that the roots never suffer from
want of water. Propagation is usually effected by means
of the spores, which are produced in abundance, and which
germinate yery freely when sown in heat.

Fic. 175. BLECHNUM OCCIDENTALE.

Be occidentale (Fig. 175), a stove species, is one of the
best-known and most-appreciated among Ferns of dwarf
habit, probably on account of its easy cultivation and
the lasting qualities of its elegant fronds, which remain
fresh a very long time in water, when used for mixing
with cyt flowers. Besides, it has for years been used in
many establishments for growing amongst orchids, to
which it forms a very effective background or undergrowth,
the more so that it is a plant never infested by pests of
any sort, and that it grows as well in coarse sand, gravel,
or moss as in the best compost. To those described on
pp: 193-5, Vol. I., the following should be added:

B. corcovadense (Corcova). A variety of B. brasiliense.

B. Gilliesii (Gillies’). A synonym of Lomaria procera.

B. glandulosum (glandular). A synonym of B. occidentale,

B. gracile (slender). A synonym of B. longifolium.

B. latifolium (broad-fronded). A synonym of B. longifolium.

B. lo: olium (long-fronded). This variable stove plant is very
well shown at Fig. 176.

B. melanopus (dark-footed). sti. dark chestnut-brown. fronds
lanceolate, Sin. to 9in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad ; pinne numerous,
narrow-faleate, coriaceous, lsin. long, 4in. broad, dually
narrowed towards the apex and enlarged at the base, the lowest
becoming gradually shorter and mére obtuse. sori disposed in a

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Blechnum—continued.

Fic. 176. BLECHNUM LONGIFOLIUM.

continuous line near the midrib, Khasia Hills. Greenhouse.
Syn. Blechnidium melanopus.

B. nitidum. This useful stove Fern is well shown at Fig. 177.

Se Y
= SEES
a

Fig. 177. BLECHNUM NITIDUM.

B. punctulatum (slightly dotted). A synonym of Lomaria
punctulata.

B. rugosum (wrinkled). sti. 3in. to 6in. long, densely glandular-
iry above, as is therachis. fronds linear-lanceolate, acuminate,
about lft. long, the surface wrinkled, Sauter tary pinnee
with a stalk-like base below, confluent above, oblong, blunt or
sometimes abruptly acute, falcately curved. soi linear, medial,
extending from the base nearly to the apex of the pinne. 1884.
Greenhouse.
B. Spicant (spiked). A synonym of Lomaria Spicant.

B. triangulare (triangular). A synonym of B. unilaterale.
Vol. V.

&c. 153

Blechnum—continued.

B. volubile (twining). sti. climbing. fronds bipinnate; pinne
disposed in distant, Gunes pairs; pinnules coriaceous, usually
four to six on each side, stalked, narrow-lanceolate, 6in. to 12in.
long; 3in. to 2in. broad, with an undulated, cartilaginous
border. involucre broad, membranous, at first wrapped over the
fruit, afterwards breaking up into short pieces. Tropical
America Stove.

BLECHUM. About four species, natives of the West
Indies, Central America, Colombia, and the Philippines, are
included in this genus. Flowers rather small, solitary or
densely spicate; calyx segments linear-subulate; corolla
tube often shortly exserted, the limb spreading, with five
rounded, twisted lobes; stamens four, didynamous.
Leaves entire or repand-toothed.

BLEEDING. This is most frequently met with in
connection with Grape Vines. It is chiefly caused by late
pruning, or by an excess of vigour, oftener, however, by the
former. To prevent it, pruning should be done as soon as
possible after the foliage has fallen, and the Vines given
a rest by keeping them as cool as posstble for a few weeks.
Other plants will also Bleed through pruning at unseason-
able times. In the case of ornamental trees it is advisable
to cover the wound with coal-tar or grafting-wax.

Another form of sap extrayasation takes the form of
small, transparent globules on the young growing shoots
of Vines. It is not injurious to the health of the plants.
It might possibly be injurions if the plant could not thus
find an outlet for the excess of sap.

BLEEKERIA. A synonym of QOchrosia (which
see).

BLENNOCAMPA PUSILLA.
flies.

BLEPHARIS. Including Acanthodiwm. About a
score species, natives of tropical and South Africa and the
East Indies, are included in this genus. Leaves opposite,
membranous or rigid.

BLETIA. Syns. Gyas, Thiebawtia. Including
Bletilla. About a score. species haye been referred to
this genus; they are mostly natives of tropical America,
with one Chinese and Japanese. To those described on
p- 196, Vol. I.. the following should be added. See also
Arundina, Brassavola, and Calanthe, for a few
species formerly classed hereunder.

B. Godseffiana (Godseff’s). This is probably a variety of

B. verecunda, from which it ppvears to differ only in having
smaller flowers. Brazil (?), 1893.

B. graminifolium (Grass-leaved). A synonym of Arundina
bambusefolia. .

B. hyacinthina albo-striata (white-striated). A pretty
variety, having all the nerves of the leaves white. It will
thrive in the cool house. Flowers of the typical plant are shown
in Fig. 178. .

B. pallida (pale). A synonym of B. /lorida.

B. reflexa (reflexed). jl. purple, 14in. long, having the lip veined
with brown and the keels white. 7. Grass-like, din. broad.
h. lit. Mexico, 1895.

B. Tankervilliz (Mrs. Tankerville's).
grandifolius.

B. Thomsoniana (Thomson's). A synonym of Schomburgkia
Thomsoniana.

B. Watsoniana (Watson's). #. about 2in. across, borne at the
apex of a tall, slender spike; sepals and petals magenta ; lip
three-lobed, varying from Dish parae to magenta, with a
central white band and a golden disk. Pseudo-bulbs flattish,
ridged, broad. 1894. A distinct species.

B. Woodfordii (Woodford’s). A synonym of Phaius maculatus.

BLETILLA. Included under Bletia (which see).
BLIGHT. See Apple and Pear Blight.

See Rose Saw-

A synonym of Phaius

BLISTER RUST. See Pine Bark Blister
Rust.

BLITUM. Included under Chenopodium (which
see).

x

154

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

BLOOD is a manure usually rich in ammonia. It is
beneficial in the form of a powder as a top-dressing for
plants requiring a stimulant to give size and colour to the
flowers. In a crude state it cannot be recommended for
general use. Much injury has been done to Vines and
fruit trees by heavy applications of fresh blood. See
Animal Manures.

BLOODBERRY. See Rivina humilis.
BLOODWORT. Sce Sanguinaria canadensis.

Me is
aes

Fic. 178. BLeTIA HYACINTHINA,

BLOOMERIA (named in honour of Mr. H. G.
Bloomer, Botanical Curator of the Californian Academy
of Sciences). Orp. Liliacer. A small genus (two
species) of fine, half-hardy, bulbous plants, natives of
California. They differ from Brevoortia, Stropholirion, and
allied genera, in having the perianth segments free to
the base, as in Allium (which see for culture).

B. aurea (golden). fl. golden-yellow, disposed in a spreading, *

many-Howered umbel; perianth rotate, lin. in diameter, the
segments linear-oblong ;. scape slender, about lft. long. July.
7. solitary, lft. long, very narrow-linear. Bulb as large as a
Hazel-nut. California, 1869. (G. C. 1896, xx., p. 687, f. 119.)
Syn. Nothoscordum aureum (B. M. 5896).

B. Clevelandi (Cleveland’s). This resembles B. aurea, but the
flowers are smaller, the stamens are shorter in proportion to the
perianth, and the scape is slenderer. 1896. (G. C. 1896, xx.,
p. 687, f. 120.) :

BLUEBELL, NEW ZEALAND. Sce Wahlen-
bergia saxicola.

BLUEBERRY. See Vaccinium Myrtillus.
BLUE BONNETS. Sce Scabiosa succisa.
BLUE BUTTONS. See Scabiosa succisa.

2 neue COWSLIP. See Pulmonaria angusti-
olia.

BLUE CURLS. See Trichostema.
BLUE-EYED GRASS. Sce Sisyrinchium.
BLUE JACK. See Quercus cinerea.

BLUE PALMETTO. See Rhapidophyllum
Hystrix. y

BLUE VERVAIN. Sce Verbena hastata.

BLUMENBACHIA. About a dozen species, all
American, are included in this genus. To those described
on pp. 196-7, Vol. I., the following should ‘be added:

B. lateritia (brick-red). The correct name of Loasa lateritia

(B. M. 3632; B. R. 1838, 22)

B. multifida (much-cleft). fl. white, with a red and yellow
centre, bibracteate; petals hispid. July. J. palmately lobed
and bipinnatifid. Otherwise resembling B. insignis. “Buenos
Ayres, 1826. (B. M. 3599.)
BLUMENBACHIA (of Koeler).

Sorghum (which see).

BLUMIA. A synonym of Sarauja (which see).
BLUSH ROSE. See Rosa indica.
BOAT-LIP ORCHID. See Scaphyglottis.

BOBARTIA. According to J. G. Baker, this genus
comprises eight species, natives of Cape Colony. Flowers
pale yellow, fugitive, more than one in a spathe; perianth-
tube none or very short, the segments spreading ; stamens
inverted at the base of the periatith; clusters fascicled,
rarely single, usually overtopped by a single bract.
Leaves rigid, terete or ensiform.

BOCCONIA. This genus consists of about five
species, natives of tropical America and China. To
those described on p. 197, Vol. I., the following should
be added: -

B. microcarpa (small-fruited). . of a warm bronzy tint,
disposed in a plume-like panicle, not unlike the Venetian
Sumach_ in the early summer. /. much as in B. cordata.
h. 9ft. Northern China, 1896. (R. H. 1898, p. 362, f. 125.)

BEA. See Bea. wt

BEBERA is a synonym of Dysodia (which see).

BEHMERIA. Syns. Duretia, Splitgerbera. This
genus embraces about forty-five species, broadly dispersed,
mostly tropical. To that described on p. 197, Vol. I., the
following variety should be added :

B. nivea candicans (whitish). /. the same colour on both sides,
or the young ones at first whitish beneath. Syn. B. tenacissima.

B. tenacissima (very tenacious). A synonyn® of B. nivea
candicans. :

BENNINGHAUSENIA (named in honour of C. F.
von Beenninghausen). Orp. Rutacez. A monotypic genus.
The species (B. albiflora) will be found described on p. 337,
Vol. III., under its old name, Ruta albiflora.

BOG MOSS. See Sphagnum.

BOG RHUBARB. Sce Petasites vulgaris.

BOG VIOLET. See Pinguicula vulgaris.

BOILERS. See Heating.

BOLBITIS. Included under Acrostichum (which
see).

BOLDEA. A synonym of Peumus (which see).

BOLDOA (named after Baltasar Manuel Boldo, a
Spanish botanist, who collected in Cuba at the end of the
eighteenth century). Syn. Salpianthus. Orv. Nyctaginee.
A small genus (two species) of stove, tuberous herbs, natives
of Mexico, one being also found in Cuba. Flowers small, in
eymose heads or racemes. Leaves alternate, petiolate,

deltoid- or trapezoid-ovate, obtuse, entire. B. lanceolata
has been introduced, but is not of much horticultural value.

BOLE. The body of a tree.
BOLIVARIA. A synonym of Menodora (which see).

BOLLEA PULVINARIS. This does not appear to
differ from Zygopetalum cceleste (which see).

BOLTONIA. There are about a dozen species of —
this genus, natives of North America and North and sub-
tropical Asia.. Flower-heads heterogamous, paniculate or
solitary ; involucre hemispherical, the bracts in few series;

A synonym of

1900. SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Boltonia—continued.

receptacle convex or conical. Leaves alternate, entire
or deeply toothed. To the species described on pp.
198-9, Vol. I., the following should be added:

B. diffusa (diffuse). The correct name of B. asteroides (of B. M.).

B. latisquama (broad-scaled). _l.-heads bluish-violet ; involucral
scales spathulate or obovate, mucronate or cuspidate. Autumn.
i. linear-lanceolate. h. 3ft. to 5ft. North America, 1879.

BOLTS. See Trollius europezus.

BOMAREA. Syns. Danbya, Vandesia. Including
Collania (of Herbert). According to J. G: Baker, this genus
embraces about seventy-five species, natives of Mexico and
South America. In Alstrimeria the three inner segments
are unequal, while in Bomarea they are equal. To the
species, &c., described on p. 200, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

B. acutifiora. This differs from B. edulis in its short, simple or
at most two-flowered peduncles, and more brightly-coloured
(yellow oe perianth segments. (B. M. 3050, 3871; 8. B. F. G.
ser, ii. 77.

B. andimarcana (high Andes). /l., perianth lin, to 2in. long;
segments equal, the outer ones much tinged with red, the inner
ones yellowish-green. 7. crowded, sessile, erecto-patent, 3in. to
Sin. sp Stems much decurved at top. igh Andes of Peru,
1846. YN. Collania andimarcana (B. M. 4247).

i a elma (Bredemeyer’s). A synonym of B. multi-
ora.

B. Caldasiana. Syn. Alstrimeria Caldasii (B. M. 5442).

B. chontalensis is a variety of B. edulis.

B. densiflora (dense-flowered). A synonym of B. tomentosa.

B. edulis. Syns. Alstrémeria edulis (A. B, R. 649), A. Salsilla
of Gawler (B. M. 1613). B. chontalensisis a variety of this species.

B. e. ovata (ovate). fl. larger than in the type. J. broader,
more rounded at the base, pubescent beneath. SYN. Alstromeria
ovata (B. M. 2846).

B. Jacquesiana (Jacques’). ., perianth segments equal, 13in.
to 2in. long, the outer ones bright pink, spotted towards the
edge, oblong-spathulate, the inner ones greenish-white, spotted
all over the blade, unguiculate in the lower half; umbel drooping
six- to twelve-rayed. J. petiolate, oblong, acute, 4in. to 6in.
long, 2in. broad. Stems elongated, sarmentose, dark brown.
Brazil, 1875. Syn. Alstrémeria Jacquesiana (F. d. S. 182).

B. Kalbreyeri (Kalbreyer’s). jl. pedicellate, in large, terminal
umbels, the three outer segments brick-red, about lin. long,
oblong-spathulate, the three inner ones orange-yellow, spotted
red, longer than the outer ones, obovate-cuneate. 7. shortly
stalked, oblong, acuminate, glabrous above, downy beneath.
Colombia, 1883. (R. H. 1883, p. 516.)

B. multiflora (many-flowered). /l. twenty to forty in a dense
umbel; perianth segments nearly equal, the outer ones tinged
with red, oblanceolate, lin. long, the inner ones reddish-yellow,
copiously spotted with claret-brown. September. /. lax,
petiolate, oblong, acute, 3in. to 4in. long. Stems sarmentose,
finely pubescent. Venezuela and Colombia, 1829. Syn.
B. Bredemeyeriana (F. da. 8. 2316).

B. patacoensis (B. M. 6692) is the correct name of B. patoco-
censis.

B. rosea (pink). . few or many in a usually simple umbel ;
perianth segments equal, about lin. long, the outer ones pale
red, tipped with green, oblanceolate, the inner ones greenish-
yellow, spotted, obovate-unguiculate. /. lax, petiolate, oblong-
acute, 3in. to 4in. long, thin, glaucous and pubescent beneath.
Stems elongated, sarmentose. Andes of Peru, &c. SYN.
B. simplex (B. M. 3863).

B. Salsilla. Syn. Alstrimeria oculata (B. M. 3341; L. B. C.
1851). The B. Salsilla of Gawler is identical with B. edulis.

B. simplex (simple). A synonym of B. rosea.

B. sororia (sisterly). 7. about twenty in a loose unibel ; outer seg-
ments of the perianth rosy, spotted with carmine, a little shorter
than the inner ones, which are green, spotted with brown.
1. ovate, acuminate, pubescent beneath. South America, 1892.
This resembles B. edulis. (I. H. n. s. t. 145.)

B. tomentosa (downy). The correct name of Alstrémeria densi-
flora. SYN. B. densiflora.

B. vitellina (egg-yolk-colour). #. ofa rich, deep orange-yellow, |

narrowly-campanulate, 2in. long, numerously disposed in large,
drooping, umbellate cymes; outer and inner perianth segments
unequal in length. J. ovate-oblong, acute. Stems smooth.
Colombia, 1882. A very beautiful, tuberous-rooted climber,
adapted for conservatory decoration. (G. C. n. s., xvii., p. 143.)

B. Williamsiz (Mrs. Rosa Williams’) is the correct name of
B. Williamsii.

BOMBARRA GROUND NUT.
subterranea.

See Voandzeia

BOMBAX. This genus embraces ten species, natives
of tropical Asia, Africa, and America.

B. Gossypium (Gossypilm).
Gossypium.

BOMBUS LUCORUM. See Humble Bee.
BOMBUS TERRESTRIS. ‘See Humble Bee.
BOMBYCINA. Sce Moths.

. BONAPARTEA (of Ruiz and Pavyon).
under Tillandsia (which see).

BONAPARTEA (of Willdenow).
Agave (which see).

BONAVERIA. A synonym of Securigera (which
see).

BONELLIA. A synonym of Jacquinia (which
see).

BONES. bBone-meal is valuable for all crops in
which lime is a prominent constituent, as, for instance, the
Vine, all stone fruits, Apples, Pears, and most vegetable
crops. It is also beneficial if mixed at the rate of 2lb. of
Bone-meal to one barrow-load of compost for Strawberries
in pots, Chrysanthemums, and many other plants. What
are termed lin. and fin. Bones are only suitable for fruit-
tree borders, as they are slow in action. See Animal

A synonym of Cochliosperma

Included

Included under

Manures.

BONJEANIA. Included under Doryenium (which
see).

BONNETIA. Syn. Kiesera. Five species, all

Sonth American, are referred to this genus.

BONNETIA (of Schreber).
(which see).

BONNINGHAUSIA. A synonym of Chetocalyx
(which see).

BONPLANDIA (named in honour of Aimé Bonpland,
a French naturalist). Syn. Caldasia. Orv. Polemoniacezx.
A monotypic genus. The species, B. geminiflora (B. R. 92,
under name of Caldasia heterophylla), is a glandular-pilose, _
stove herb or under-shrub, native of Mexico, with violet
flowers and undivided leaves. It is probably not now in
cultivation.

BONTIA (of Linneus).
(which see).

BOOPHANE, or BOOPHONE. See Buphane.

BOOPIDEZ. Included under Calycerew (which
see).

BOPUSIA. A synonym of Graderia (which see).

BORAGO. Syn. Borrago. About half-a-dozen species,
natives of the Mediterranean region (one being also found
elsewhere), are comprised in this genus. To those described
on p. 201, Vol. I., the following synonyms should be
added :

B. orientalis (Oriental). A synonym of 7'rachystemon orientalis.
B. zeylanica (Cingalese). A synonym of Trichodesmia
zeylanicum.

BORASSUS. Syn. Lontanus. According to Bentham -
and Hooker, this genus is monotypic, B. ethiopicum being
regarded as synonymous with B. flabellifer (also known
as B. flabelliformis).

BORDEAUX MIXTURE, or BOUILLIE BOR-
DELAISE. This is by far the most effective fungicide
introduced. As the name above adopted denotes, it had
its origin in the City of Bordeaux, having been discovered
by .Millardet, in 1885. On the Continent, and also in
America, it has been extensively and successfully
employed ‘by fruit-growers to battle with many of the
most insidious diseases to which the softer fruits, such
as Grapes, are liable. In this country, so far, its merits

A synonym of Mahurea

A synonym of Avicennia

156

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bordeaux Mixture—continued.
have not been so widely appreciated as they deserve,
considering its effectiveness, eise of application, and
cheapness. The preparation consists of a’ solution of
copper sulphate and gquicklime, with occasionally, to
increase the adhesiveness, molasses or soft soap. Several
strengths have been advocated to snit different plants
and the foliage or fruit at various stages. In the young
and tender stage of either foliage or frnit the solution
should be weaker than when either is more advanced:
On account, however, of the disfiguring effect it has upon
fruits required for either market or the table, the fungi-
cide should not be employed, say, within a month or six
weeks of the time of its being required. In the case of
ornamental plants it is better to use one of the clear
fungicides, simply on account of the effect produced.
See Fungicides.

For general purposes, the best formula is: Copper
sulphate, 6lb.; unslacked lime, 4lb.; water, 50gall.
Almost equally good results have been obtained by
further reducing the copper sulphate to 4lb. Professor
Galloway, of the United States Department of Agriculture,
gives simple but very minute directions for the prepara-
tion of Bordeaux Mixture as follows: In a barrel place
25gall. of water. Weigh out 6lb. of copper sulphate,
then tie the same in a piece of coarse sacking, and suspend
it just beneath the surface of the water. By tying the
bag to a stick, laid across the barrel, no further attention
need be given Im another vessel slack 4lb. of lime,
taking care to ferm a paste free from grits or lumps;
this is .best done by placing the lime in an ordinary
water-pail, and adding at first, say, from 1 quart to 3 pints.
When the lime begins to crack and crumble, and the
water to disappear, another quart or more of water
should be added, taking care that at no time the lime
gets too dry. Towards last a considerable quantity of
water will be required; but if added slowly by degrees,
a perfectly smooth paste will result,if the lime used be
of good quality. When the lime is slacked, add sufficient
water to bring the whole up to 25gall. When the
copper sulphate is entirely dissolved and the lime cool,
the lime-milk and copper sulphate solution should be
poured slowly together into a barrel holding 50gall.,
first thoroughly mixing the lime-milk. A final stirring
for a few minutes with a broad wooden paddle completes
the process.

To determine whether the preparation is safe to apply
to tender foliage, Professor Galloway recommends the
following test: Insert the blade of a penknife in the
mixture, allowing it to remain for at least one minute. If
the polished steel assumes the colour of copper-plate, the
mixture is unsafe, and more lime must be added. If,
however, the blade remains unchanged, the mixture has
been correctly prepared.

If the Bordeaux Mixture cannot all be used after pre-

paration, extra care will be necessary on its employment*

subsequently to see that it is well stirred. After a time the
useful constituents are precipitated, leaving a clear liquid
of no value as a fungicide. Paris Green is sometimes added
to the Bordeaux Mixture with a view to combining an
insecticide with a fungicide.

BOREHAUSENIA. A synonym of Teedia (which
see).
BORONIA. Including Cyanothamnus. Australia is

the home of this genus, which embraces about fifty

species. Only one species and its variety call for

addition to those described on p. 203, Vol. I.

B. Fraseri (Fraser’s). (B. M. 4042.) The correct name of
B. anemonifolia of P. M. B

B. heterophylla (variable-leaved). #1. pink; sepals very short ;
petals about tin. long, imbricated ; peduncles axillary, one-
owered, thickened under the flower. April. J. either simple
and linear, lin. to 2in. long, or pinnate, with three to five

Boronia—continued.

linear leaflets on an elongated, common petiole.
slender, numerous, 1887. A tall, glabrous shrub.

B. h. brevipes Lee ad ji. bright scarlet, whorled at
the leaf axils, usually in fours or sixes, aes * sub- -globose ;
petals concave, sub-acute. 1881. (B. M. 684

B. pulchella (rather pretty). The correct name of B. Drum-
w,

mo:
B. Bol is synonymous with B. pulchella.
i, 35, t. 5.)
BORRAGINOIDES. A synonym of Trichodesma
(which see).

BORRAGO. A synonym of Borago (which see).

BORRICHIA (named in honour of Olaf Borrich; of
Copenhagen, who wrote on medicinal plants at the end of
the seventeenth century). Syns. Adelmannia, Diomedea.
Orv. Compositz. A small genus (three to five species) of
greenhouse, evergreen shrubs, natives of the West Indies and
the neighbouring coast of North America. Flower-heads
yellow, heterogamous, radiate. Leaves opposite, entire,
rather thick. Three species have been introduced (under
the name Diomedea), but it is doubtful if either of them
is still in cultivation.

BOSSCHERIA. Included under Ficus (which see.)

BOSSIZA. Including Lalage. Thirty-four species
are referred here by Bentham in the “Flora Austra-
liensis.” To the species described on pp. 203-4, Vol. I.,
the following should be added. See also Scottea.

B. dentata (toothed). The correct name of Scottea dentata.

B. disticha (two-ranked). fl. solitary or two together ; standard
twice as long as the calyx. May. 1. distichous, ovate or oblong;
very obtuse but often minutely mucronate, din. ria = lon,
erased with appressed hairs. 4h. 2ft. 1840. 1841,
t.

Branches

(. & P.F.G.

B. heterophylla (variable-Jeaved). f., standard very ieosd and
twice as long as the calyx; pedicel ‘shorter than the leaves.
September. distichous, often distant, 7in. to lin. long, the
lower ones ovate or nearly orbicular, the ead ae becoming
aa y narrower. Branches erect or ascen eee lft. to 2ft.

92. (L. B. C. ays Syns. B. lanceolata ce M. at aD , elas
lanceolatum (A. B. R. 205), P. ovatum (A. B.

B. lanceolata (lanceolate). A synonym of B. pea

B. ornata (ornamental). jl. usually two or three together;
standard often Zin. in diameter. April. /. broadly ovate(almost
cordate) to narrow-lanceolate, jin. to 2in. long, flat, loosely
pubescent beneath. h. lft. to 2ft. 1830. Syn. ‘Lalage ornata
(B. 141 ;«B. R. 1722).

B. o. hovezefolia (Hovea-leaved).
somewhat recurved margins. 1841,
(@. M B ix., p. 171).

B. paucifolia (few-leaved). A synonym of B. rufa foliosa.

B. prostrata (prostrate). The correct name of B. linneoides.
(B. M. 1493.)

7. oblong-lanceolate, with
Syn. Lalage- hovecefolia

= og is probably a luxuriant variety of B. rhombi-
‘olia.

B. rufa (rufous). l. solitary or clustered, proceeding from leaf-
less nodes ; standard broad, more than twice as long as the calyx.
August. Z (when present) obovate or oblong, din. to Zin. long,
very obtuse. Branches flattened, sometimes spiny, bordered by
a oe Pian which disappear in leafy specimens. h. 6ft 1803.

B. r. foliosa. The correct name of B. foliosa. SyN. B. pauci-
Solia (B. RB. 1843, t. 63).

B. r. virgata (twiggy). Branches ae CN more or less leafy,
not spiny 184. Syn. B. virgata (B.

B. rufa (of Maund). A synonym of B. ane
B. virgata (twiggy). A form of B. rufa,
BOSTRYCHUS DISPAR.

Beetle.
BOSTRYCHUS DOMESTICUS. See Scolytide.

BOSWELLIA. Syns. Libanus, Plesilia. There are
three or four species of this genus, natives of Africa and
Central India. To those described on p. 204, Vol. L, the
following should be added:

B. Carterii (Carter’s). 7. whitish, in simple, axillary racemes.
7. imparipinnate ; leaflets opposite, eight to ten on each side,
preter Hoe Jon, dong. undulated, glabrous or pubescent. hh, 12ft. to

See Apple- Bark

aa ea is ess by Hooker: as a variety of B. serrata,

;
;
:
4
;

/

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC. 157

BOTANY may be described as the Science which
treats of Plants: their structure, functions of their parts,
qualities, uses, nomenclature, and geographical distribu-
tion. Accordingly.it is divided into Structural, Physi-
ological, and Systematic. From a very early date Botany
has been studied, but it was not until the time of
Theophrastus (B.c. 324) and Pliny that any serious
consideration was given to the subject. _ The Science
progressed but slowly, notwithstanding the introduction
of the microscope, until Ray, in 1686, issued his
“Systema Plantarum.” To Linneus, however, belongs the
greatest credit, for his “ Systema Nature,” in which the
Artificial System of Botany was propounded. Later he, in
part, worked out a natural one, which was modified
by Jussieu, and afterwards by De Candolle, Lindley, and
Bentham and Hooker, whose monumental labours are
embodied in the “Genera Plantarum” of the present day.

BOTHERBE. Asynonym of Calydorea (which see).

BOTHRIOCHILUS. A synonym of Ceelia (which see).

BOTRYADENIA. A synonym of Myriactis (which
see).

BOTRYANTHUS. Included under Muscari (which
see). 4

BOTRYCERAS (from botrys, a bunch, and keras, a
horn ; in reference to the incurved, pectinate branches of
the female inflorescence). Syns. Daphnitis, Lawrophyllus.
Orp. Anacardiacezy. A monotypic genus. The species,
B. laurinum, is a greenhouse, evergreen tree or shrub,
native of South Africa. It has been introduced, but is
probably not now in cultivation. :

BOTRYCHIUM contains some very curious plants,
all deciduous; but they are seldom seen in cultivation,
probably on account of the difficulties experienced in
keeping them through the winter, when they should not on
any account be allowed to get dry, or death will speedily
and assuredly ensue. They are of little use as pot-plants,
but their fertile fronds have a very pleasing appearance
among other Ferns when grown in the rockery, in which
case they should be planted in some naturally damp nook
where they are not likely to be disturbed, and where
constant moisture may be secured for them while at rest.
The difficulty in taking them up consists in getting the
crowns with their roots, as they are generally found to be
deeply imbedded in the ground.

To induce Botrychiums to grow in a Fernery, they
should be moved with about a square foot of the turf in
which they are growing naturally, and as much of depth of
the soil undisturbed. They like to have their roots covered
with turf, though they shonld not be overshadowed by
other vegetation. The plants succeed best in a compost of
sandy loam and only a small portion of peat, and perfect
drainage is essential. Propagation may be effected by
division of the crowns. There is no record of seedlings
having been raised artificially.

B. lanuginosum (woolly). A variety of B. virginianum.

B. virginianum lanuginosum (woolly). sterile segments
slightly hairy. fertile peduncle rising from the centre of the
barren frond, which the panicle scarcely overtops.

BOTRYODENDRON. A synonym of Meryta
(which see).
BOTRYOID. Bonch-like; having the form of a

bunch of Grapes.

BOTRYTIS. Under this generic heading were at
one time grouped a number of very destructive fungi
whose spores are produced in clusters resembling miniature
bunches of Grapes. Present-day plant pathologists now
regard it as but a form-genus—one phase, in fact. in
the life-history of the plants. Some of the most
familiar of these Botrytis fungi are: the species of
Sclerotinia, giving rise to the very destructive Lily
disease—B. cinerea, a form of the much-dreaded
Sclerotinia fuckeliana of the Vine, &c.; B. pxoniz, a form
of S. pxoniz, responsible for the disease of Ponies,

Botrytis—continued.

characterised by a sudden collapse of the stems and the
presence of a greyish-white mould; B. galanthina, a form
of S. galanthina, which attacks Snowdrops; B. Douglasii,a
form of S. Douglasii, found upon the shoots of the Donglas
Fir; and several others.

BOTTIONEA THYSANOTOIDES. The correct
name of Trichopetalum stellatum (which see).

BOUCEROSIA. Syns. Apteranthes, Desmidorchis,
Hutchinia. About a dozen species have been recorded;
they are found in India, Arabia, North Africa, Spain,
and Sicily. In addition to those described on p. 205,
Vol. IL, B. incarnata (Syn. Podanthes incarnata) and
B. mammillaris (Syn. Stapelia pulla, B. M. 1648) have
been introduced, but are probably lost to cultivation.

BOUCHEA. Including Chascanum. This genus
comprises sixteen or seventeen species, natives of the
warmer parts of America, tropical and South Africa, and
the western provinces of India.

BOUGAINVILLZA. Syn. Josepha. This genus
comprises seven or eight species of shrubs or small trees,
rarely sarmentose or somewhat climbing, natives of
tropical and sub-tropical South America. Flowers inserted
below the middle of the bracts; perianth tubular, slightly
curved; inflorescences solitary or fascicled, axillary or
terminal. Leaves alternate, petiolate, rounded-ovate or
elliptic-lanceolate, entire. To the species described on
pp. 205-6, Vol. I., the following should be added:

B. fastuosa (proud). A synonym of B. speciosa.
Se Jabra Sanderiana (Sander’s). A very floriferous variety.

B. refulgens (shining). //., bracts brilliant purple-mauve, pro-
duced in long, pendulous racemes. 7. dark green, pubescent.
Brazil, 1887. Stove.

Fic. 179. BOUGAINVILL&A SPECTABILIS.

158

Bougainvillea—continued.

B. speciosa splendens (splendid).
deep purplish-mauve bracts. 1895,

ee ee vate hep (variegated). A garden variety with variegated

foliage. 18'

B. spectabilis lateritia (brick-red). In this variety the bracts
are of a brick-red. (I. H. 466.) The inflorescence of the typical
plany is shown in Fig. 179. .
BOUILLIE BORDELAISE. See

Mixture.

BOUNCING BET. See Saponaria officinalis.
BOURBON ROSES. Hardy, free-flowering, vigorous

Roses, descended from Rosa indica Bourboniana. Souvenir
de la Malmaison is still one of the best varieties.

BOURRERIA (named in honour of Bourrer, a
Nuremberg chemist). Syns. Beurreria, Crematomia. ORp.
Boraginex. A genus embracing sixteen or eighteen species

A distinct variety, having

Bordeaux

of stove trees or shrubs, natives of the West Indies, 1

Mexico, Central America, &c., and closely allied to
Ehretia. Flowers whitish, often larger than in Ehretia.
Leaves alternate or rarely somewhat whorled. Two of
the species have been introduced, but they are of no
great horticultural value.

BOURSAULT ROSES. Vigorous climbing Roses,
descended from Rosa alpina.

BOURSE. This word, of French origin, has been
applied to some peculiar swellings frequently seen upon
trees and shrubs, and due to physical changes. On fruit
trees, such as Apples and Pears, they are often found, and
may be said to consist of nutritive elements stored up for
the development of the fruits, but which, owing to the wood
in the vicinity being killed, do not reach the growing point.

BOUSSINGAULTIA. The ten species included in
this genus are all natives of tropical America. Flowers
small, hermaphrodite, on short or slender pedicels, disposed
in axillary and terminal racemes. Leaves alternate,
petiolate or almost sessile, ovate, elliptic or cordate, more
or less fleshy, entire. To the species described on p. 206,
Vol. I., the following should be added : e
B. cordata (cordate). A succulent climber, nearly allied to

B. baselloides. Peru, 1895.

BOUTELOUA (named in honour of Estéban Boutelou,
1776-1813, Professor of Agriculture at Madrid, and Claudio
Boutelou, 1774-1842, Director of the Botanic Garden at
. Madrid), Syns. Actinochloa, Eutriana. Including
Atheropogon. ORD. Graminex. A genus embracing about
twenty-five species of annual or perennial Grasses, all
American. Spikelets unilateral, one- or two-flowered ;
glumes two, acute, carinate ; spikes usually numerous, at the
side of the peduncle, rarely reduced to a single, terminal
one. B. racemosa (Syn. Atheropogon apludioides) has been
introduced, but is of no particular horticultural value.

BOUVARDIA. Syn. £ginetia. This genus com-
prises about twenty-six species of herbs and shrubs, mostly
Mexican. These choice greenhouse flowers are being more
sought after year by year, owing to their great value
for late autumn and winter flowering, especially for the
making up of small bouquets, buttonholes, and for table
decoration. To the species, &c., described on p. 207,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

B. longiflora flammea (flame-coloured). 4. large, with a rosy-
pink tube and salmon-coloured lobes.

B. seabra (scabrous). jl. bright pink, sin. in diameter, freely
roduced in dense, corymbose cymes; corolla tube fin. to lin.
ong, the lobes elliptic-ovate, somewhat acute. January. J. in
distant whorls of three or rarely four, ovate, acuminate,
narrowed to a very short petiole; lower ones 2in. to 3in. long,
lin. to 14in. broad, the upper ones gradually smaller. Stems
terete, herbaceous, hairy, lft. to 1ift. high.

Varieties. The following are valuable additions to the
list of varieties described on p. 207, Vol. I:

BRIDAL WREATH, white; CANDIDISSIMA, pure white; ELEGANS,
scarlet; Fava, light yellow; HOGARTH FLORE PLENO, scarlet,
double; HUMBOLDTII CORYMBIFLORA, white; INTERMEDIA,

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Bouvardia—continued.

salmon-pink ; JASMINOIDES, white, free; Mrs. ROBERT GREEN,
rose-pink; PRESIDENT CLEVELAND, bright scarlet, with rose
tube, free, excellent; PRIoRY BEaUTY, light rose; PURITY,
white, very fragrant and free; SANG. LORRAINE, vermilion,
double; THE BRIDE, white, blush tinted; THOMAS MEEHAN,
bright scarlet, with paler tube, double ; TRIOMPHE DE NANCcy,
orange-red, double; VicroR LEMOINE, bright scarlet, very
double; VULCAN, bright scarlet.

BOWIEA (of Haworth) is now included under Aloe

(which see). <

BOWSTRING HEMP. See Sanseviera.
BRABYLA. A synonym of Brabeium (which see).
BRACHELYTRA. See Staphylinide.

BRACHIATE. A term applied to branches which
are decussate and spreading—e.g., those of the Ash.

BRACHIONIDIUM (from brachion, brachionos, an
arm, and eidos, like; the column bears two arm-like
processes). ORD. Orchideew. A small genus (three
species) of stove, epiphytal Orchids, natives of Colombia
or Bolivia; they are closely related to Masdevallia,
but have stem-like rhizomes. Flowers mediocre or
rather large; sepals very shortly connate, or spreading
from the base, produced in a point or tail; petals
similar, but rather smaller; lip small, sessile, undivided;
peduncle one-flowered. Leaf solitary, coriaceous, rather
small. Only one species has been introduced. For
culture, see Masdevallia.

Tiare vd Last decile san raclceeen Soran eS eae
the lateral sepals connate and shortly bifid ; lip very short, three-
lobed. J. in. to ljin. long, elliptic-lanceolate or ovate-oblong.

Primary stems climbing and rooting ; secondary ones short, one-
leaved. West Indies, 1893. :

BRACHYACHIRIS. A synonym of Gutierrezia
(which see).

BRACHYCARPZA (from brachys, short, and
karpos, fruit). ORD. Crucifere. A small genus (two
species) of greenhouse, sub-shrubby perennials, natives of
South Africa. Flowers yellow or purple, large, in long,
leafless racemes. Leaves oblong or linear, entire.
B. varians purpurascens (Syn. Polygala bracteolata) has
been introduced, but is probably not now in cultivation.

BRACHYCHEILA. A synonym of Euclea (which
see).
BRACHYCHILUM (from brachys, short, and cheilos,

a lip; in allusion to the suppressed labellum). Oxp.

Scitaminex. A monotypic genus. The species is a stove,

-herbaceous plant, allied to Hedychium (which see for

culture).

B. Horsfieldii (Horsfield’s), jl. yellow, few, in a terminal spike ;
corolla tube slender, the lobes linear, above 4in. long ; lateral
staminodia two, white or yellow, oblong, less than lin. long;
stamen as long as the corolla-tube. May. J. eight or nine,
alternate, sessile, oblong lancealtey glabrous, less than 1ft. long.
Stem stiffly erect, 2ft. Jong. Java, 1894.
BRACHYCHITON. Now included under Sterculia

(which see), the specific names given on p. 208, Vol. L.,

remaining unchanged. B. populnewm “is a synonym of

S. diversifolia.

BRACHYCOME. Including Brachystephium. Forty
species are included in this genus: three are natives of
New Zealand, one is tropical African, and the rest are
Australian. To that described on p. 208, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

B. diversifolia (variable-leaved). l.-heads white, larger than in
any other species; involucre about 4in. across; ray florets long
and numerous. May. J., lower ones often crowded, spathulate
or oblong, coarsely toothed or pinnatifid ; upper ones smaller and
less divided. Stem usually simple, lft. to 2ft. high, rarely
reduced to a short scape. Australia, 1824. A tufted, green-
house perennial. SyNs. Brachystephium leucanthemoides,
Pyrethrum diversifolium (B. R. 1025; H. E. F. iii. 215).
BRACHYGLOTTIS (from brachys, short, and glossa,

a tongue ; in allusion to the short ligulate corollas of the ray

flowers). ORD. Composite. A monotypic genus. The species

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Brachyglottis—continued.
is a noble, half-hardy tree or low shrub. It succeeds well in
a compost of peat and loam in equal proportions, pro-
viding, of course, for drainage. It may be grown in pots
for the conservatory. It is usual to pinch out the points
of the growths frequently in order to secure bushy plants.
B. repanda (repand-leaved). (fl.-heads minute, excessively

numerous, tomentose. Z. very large (6in. to 12in. long), alternate,
peas, broadly Cpe EE or cordate-oblong, irregularly
obed or waved on the margin, dark shining green above, densely
soft, white, cottony-tomentose beneath. Branches slender,
flexuous. New Zealand, 1895. This will probably prove a good
seaside tree in favoured districts.

BRACHYLZENA. Syn. Oligocarpha. Half-a-dozen
species are included in this genus. Flower-heads dicecious,
discoid, in small racemes or panicles. Leaves alternate
entire.

-BRACHYLOMA (from brachys, short, and loma, a
fringe ; in allusion to the fimbriate scales or bunches of hair
in the throat of the corolla). Orp. Epacrider. A genus
embracing half-a-dozen species of greenhouse shrubs, of
varying habit, all Australian. Flowers small, axillary,
solitary, shortly pedicellate. Leaves striate-nerved. Two
of the species, B. ciliatum (Syn. Lissanthe ciliata) and
B. daphnoides (Syn. L. daphnoides, L. B. C. 466), have
been introdueed, but are probably no longer cultivated.

BRACHYLOMA (of Hanstein). Included under
Isoloma (which see).

BRACHYOTUM. Syn. Arthrostemma (in part).
This genus embraces about two dozen species of rigid, stove
or greenhouse shrubs, natives of Peru, Bolivia, and
Colombia. Flowers yellow or purple, rather large, drooping
or nodding, one to three towards the tips of the branchlets ;
calyx lobes and petals four or five each; stamens eight or
ten. Leaves usually ovate or oblong, with recurved
margins.

BRACHYPTERIS (from brachys, short, and pteron,
a wing; in allusion to the short wings borne by the
fruits of this genus). Orp. Malpighiacee. <A ‘genus
consisting of a couple of species of stove, twining
shrubs, natives of tropical America and the West
Indies. Flowers yellow, simply umbellate or corymbose ;
ealyx five-parted ; petals clawed, unequal. Leaves opposite,
entire, petiolate. Only one species—B. borealis—has
been introduced, and it is doubtful if that is now in
cultivation. .

BRACHYRHYNCHOS. Included under Senecio
(which~ sée), the correct name of B. albicaulis being
S. diversifolius pinnatifidus. ;

BRACHYRIS. A synonym of Gutierrezia (which
see).

BRACHYSCYPHA. Included under Lachenalia
(which see). B. undulata is synonymous with JL.
pusilla.

BRACHYSEMA. About fourteen species, confined
to tropical and Western Australia, are referred to this
genus. To those described on pp. 208-9, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

B. aphyllum,(leafiess). #. red, pedicellate and solitary in
the upper notches ; calyx jin. long; standard ovate, scarcely
half as long as the calyx. Stems erect or diffuse, flat, with
rigid, broad wings descending from the nodes, truncate and
ate an obtuse notch at the upper end. 1849. (B. M.

B. acuminatum is rare in cultivation.

BRACHYSPATHA. Bentham and Hooker include
this under Amorphophallus (which see).

BRACHYSTELMA. About fourteen species, natives
of. South and Eastern tropical Africa, are included in
this genus, To those described on p. 209, Vol. I., the
following should be added: :

caffrum (Kaffir). 7. bright clear yellow, lateral between the
bases of the leaves, solitary or rarely two from the same node;

&c. 159

Brachystelma—continued.

corolla rotate. July. J. ovate, acute, sin. to jin. long. Stems
slender, scaberulous, 3in. to 5in. long. S. Africa, 1894.

B. caudatum (tailed). A synonym of B. crispum.

B. crispum (crisped). #. greenish, with dark spots; corolla
segments long-attenuated. September. J. oblong, obtuse,
sinuated, irregularly undulated-crisped, attenuated into the
petioles. A. 6in. South Africa, 1829. (B. M. 3016.) Syn. B.
caudatum.

BRACHYSTEPHIUM. Included under Brachy-
come (which see). Brachystephiwm leucanthemoides is
synonymous with Brachycome diversifolia.

BRACTEOSE. Having large or numerous bracts.

BRADLETIA. Included under Phyllanthus (which
see).

BRAHEA. Of the four known species of this genus,
one is indigenous to Mexican Texas and the mountains of
Mexico, and the rest inhabit Mexico and the Andes. To
that described on p. 209, Vol. I., the following should be
added : i
B. edulis (edible). A synonym of Erythea edulis.

B. filamentosa (thread-like), A synonym of Washingtonia filifera.
B. glauca (greyish-green). A gardemsynonym of Erythea armata.
B. nitida (shining). ., spadix very large, much branched,

glabrous. fr. black, about the size of a pea. J. large, fan-like,

palmately cleft, glaucous-green. Mexico, 1887. (R. H. 1887,

p. 344, f. 67-70.)

B. Roézlii (Roézl’s). A synonym of Erythea armata.

BRAINEA. The roots of Brainea insignis are of a
remarkably brittle nature, and great care must be taken
in repotting; if that operation is carelessly done, a cer-
tain quantity of roots are mutilated, and the chances are
that the plant will never recover. The compost which it
prefers is a mixture of fibrous peat and loam in equal
parts, with the addition of some sharp sand; it also
requires thoroughly good drainage, as it should receive
plenty of water at the roots and on the stem. It is
usually propagated from spores, which germinate freely.

BRAKE FERN. See Pteris aquilina.
BRAKE-ROOT. See Polypodium vulgare.
BRAMIA. A synonym of Herpestis (which see).

BRANCHING ANNUAL STOCK. A common
name for Malcolmia maritima (which see).

BRAND. This is another popular name for the
Ustilaginez, or Smut Fungi.

BRANDED PINE WEEVIL. A popular name
for Pissodes notatus, described and illustrated under Pine
Weevils (Vol. II1.).

BRANDTIA. A synonym of Arundinella (which see).

BRASENIA SCHREBERI. The correct name of
the plant described on p. 164, Vol. II., as Hydropeltis
purpurea. Brasenia is a monotypic genus.

BRASSAIOPSIS (from Brassaia, an allied genus,
not known in our gardens, and opsis, resemblance). Orn.
Araliacexr. A genus comprising about eight species of
prickly or unarmed, glabrous or tomentose, stove, ever-
green trees or shrubs, natives of the East Indies. and the
Indian Archipelago. Flowers usually polygamous; calyx
five-toothed on the margin; petals five, valvate; stamens
five ; pedicels continuous with the flowers ; umbels in large,
compound panicles. Leaves digitate or palmate. Only
one species calls for mention here. It requires similar
culture to the stove species of Aralia (which see).

B. speciosa (showy). jf. yellow ; panicle usually lft. or more in
length ; bracts at the base of the branches persistent. April.
l. digitate ; leaflets lanceolate or elliptic, 4in. to 8in. long, lin.
to 3in. broad, rounded or attenuated at base, entire, crenulate
or lightly sub-serrate; petiolules usually more than lin. long.
ai 1847. Syn. Hedera glomerulata (B. M. 4804; R. G. 1863,
t. E

BRASSAVOLA.” About a score species, ranging from
Mexico and the West Indies to Brazil, are included in
this genus. Several formerly classed here (including

160

Brassavola—continued.
B. Digbyana and B. glauca) are now referred to Lelia,
under the same specific names. The plants require similar
treatment to that recommended for Cattleya.
B. elegans (elegant). A synonym of Tetramicra rigida.

BRASSIA. ‘This genus embraces about a score
species. To those described on pp. 209-10, Vol. I., the
following should be added : :

B. bicolor (two-coloured), fl. yellow and brown; sepals 2sin.
long, acuminate; petals 14in. long ; lip lanceolate-oblong, 1gin.
long, the margin slightly undulated; scape erect, many-
flowered. 7. linear-oblong. Pseudo-bulbs oblong or ovoid-oblong,
somewhat compressed. Peru. (L., t 378.)

B. brachiata (branched). jl. very large, seven to ten in a
raceme; sepals light yellowish-green, spotted near the base,
6in. long; petals 4in. long, with more spots at base ; lip light
yellow, the basal half with revolute margins; crest white,
spotted with orange. J. linear-lanceolate, Jin. to 12in. long.
ee eae 3in. to Sin. long. Guatemala, 1843. (B. R. 1847,
t. }

B. caudata hieroglyphica (hieroglyphic). In this variety
the spots are more prominent and of hieroglyphic appearance.

wy te

B. cinnamomea (cinnamon). A synonym of B. Keiliana.

B. elegantula (rather elegant). jl. small;-sepals green, with
brown bars, spreading ; lip white, with two keels, hairy inside,
dotted purplish-brown in front of the calli; raceme two- to five-
flowered. 7. and pseudo-bulbs glaucous. Mexico, 1885. An
elegant species.

B. guttata(striped). A form of B. macwata.

B. Keiliana (Keil’s). jl. disposed in a loose, many-flowered

raceme ; sepals and petals at first yellow, eventually turning

brownish-orange ; lip whitish ; bracts boat-shaped, longer than
the ovaries. Colombia, A dwarf and compact species; it

will thrive in the Cattleya house. (R. G. 1862, t. 365; R. X. O.,

t. 45, three forms.) Syns. B. cinnamomea and Oncidium

Keilianum.

. K. tristis (sad). . spider-like, borne in long spikes; sepals

and petals deep sepia-brown; lip lemon-yellow, with a semi-

circular series of brown spots at the base, the apical tail longer

and springing more abruptly from the light yellow blade. 1895.

A curious variety. (R. X. O., t. 45, £.3; W. O. A. 347.)

. Lewisii (Lewis's). jl. ten to twelve in a raceme ; sepals and

petals greenish-yellow, spotted with brown; lip pale yellow,

with white keels and orange marks; raceme about Qin. long.

1. linear-oblong, 6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs oblong. Habitat not

recorded. 1893.

B. maculata major (larger). (jl. freely produced ; sepals and
petals greenish-yellow, spotted brown ; lip white, spotted dark

rown. Jamaica.

B. signata, (marked). /l. small, seven to ten to a scape; sepals
and petals bright green, spotted with brown in the basal half,
the former 2in. long, the latter smaller4 lip white, oval, shell-
like, with two brown-purple spots and a yellow one. J. broadly
strap-shaped, Yin. to 12in. long. Pseudo-bulbs 3in. to Sin. long,
two-leaved. Origin unknown. 1.

BRASSICA. This important genus embraces -about
eighty species (as many as 150 have been described as
such), broadly dispersed, but not indigenous in either
Australia or America. Nine species are natives of
Britain. Sinapis, which is included here by Bentham
and Hooker, is kept separate in this work. Some of the
Kales are used for ornamental purposes, and will grow
in almost any soil.

B. oleracea crispa (curled). 7. arching, elegantly cut into curled
divisions. h. 4ft. An ornamental variety, seen to perfection
in autumn and winter.

B. o. fimbriata (fringed). See Borecole.

B. o. palmifolia (palmate-leaved). 7. produced near the summit
of the stem, and having an almost Palm-like appearance. h. 6ft.
An ornamental form, producing a fine effect in summer and
autumn.

BRASSO-CATTLEYA. ‘The name given to a
supposed natural hybrid between Brassavola tuberculata and
Cattleya intermedia.

BRASSO-CATT-LZLIA. Lindleyano-elegans is
the name given to a hybrid (Brasso-Cattleya Lindleyana
and Lzlio-Cattleya elegans) raised by Lawrence.

BRAUNEA (in part).
(which see).

BRAVOA. Syn. Ceztocapnia.* According to J. G.
Baker, there are four species, natives of Mexico. Flowers
red or whitish, usually twin; perianth persistent, the tube

w

A synonym of Tiliacora

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, |

Bravoa—continued.

long and almost cylindrical, the lobes short, ovate, sub-

equal; racemes long. Radical leaves few, lanceolate or

linear ; cauline ones much smaller. To the information

given on p. 211, Vol. I., the following should be added :

B. Bulliana (Bull’s). A synonym of Prochynanthes Bulliana.
BRAWLINS. See Vaccinium Vitis-Idea.

BRAYA (named after Count Bray, a German botanist).
Including Platypetalum. Onpv. Orucifere. A genus
embracing about a dozen species of tufted, hardy
perennials, natives of Europe, Asia, Africa, and tropical
mountainous regions. - Flowers white, pink, or purple;
sepals short; stamens free; raceme short or elongated,
sometimes corymbose, often leafy at base; scape usually
naked, sometimes one-flowered. Leaves radical, spathulate
or linear, entire or toothed. B. alpina (Syn. B. purpur-
ascens) has been introduced, but it is of little horticultural
value.

BRAZORIA (the original species was discovered on
the RioBrazas, in Texas). Orp. Labiate. A small genus
(three species) of hardy annuals, natives of North America.
Flowers rose-purple, disposed in twiggy racenies or spikes ;
calyx bilabiate, the upper lip two-lobed, the lower three-
lobed; corolla with an inflated throat and a more or less
exserted tube. Leaves oblong, mostly sessile, denticulate,
the lowest tapering into a petiole; floral ones reduced to
small bracts. Only one species calls for mention. It
thrives under ordinary treatment in rich soil.

B. scutellarioides (Scutellaria-like). ., corolla 4in. long, its
lobes entire or merely retuse ; spikes or racemes loose, mostly
anicled. Summer. 2. as above described. h. 14ft. Texas.

834. SyN. Physostegia truncata (B. M. 3494).

BREAK. This term has several horticultural mean-
ings: To put forth new leaves or buds; to “bolt” or
run to seed prematurely; to depart from the typical
form, producing a new variety. It is also applicable to
Vines when they start into growth. If the buds all
shoot regularly, the whole length of the rod, or cane, is
termed a “good Break.” On the other hand, if the buds
fail to start in places, and blank spaces are left on the
rods, it is considered a ‘‘bad Break.” Bulbs are said to
Break when they send forth growths and roots. Sometimes
when a plant produces a sport distinct in character it
is said to be a Break. The first Break in Chrysanthemums
is usually about the middle of May, a little earlier or later,
according to the time of rooting the cuttings.

BREAKSTONE. See Saxifraga.

BREAST-WOOD. On espalier and all trees trained
against walls the wood that grows out in front of the
trees is termed Breast-wood. If bent in it would form
unsightly branches. It is much the better plan to cut
all such Breast-wood into about three eyes at the end of
July, and then in winter cut back to a couple of eyes,
entirely removing some if very numerous.

BREHMIA. A synonym of Strychnos (which see).

BREMONTIERA (named in honour of M. Bremon-
tier). _Orp. Leguwminose. A monotypic genus. The
species, B. Ammowylon, is a stove, evergreen shrub, native
of Mauritius; it was introduced in 1826, but is probably
no longer grown. ‘

BREVOORTIA ‘(a commemorative name). ORD.
Iiliaceez. A monotypic genus. The species, B. Ida-maia,
is the plant described on p. 213, Vol. I., under its old
name, Brodizwa coccinea.

BREXIA. Syn. Venana. One or two species, con-
fined to Madagascar, are referred to this genus.

BREYNIA (named in honour of Johann Philipp
Breyn; a German botanist). Syn: Melanthesa. Orv.
Euphorbiacexw. A genus embracing about a dozen species
of stove or greenhouse~shrubs or small trees, natives of
tropical Asia, Australia, and the South Pacific: Islands.
Flowers moneecious, apetalous, small, axillary, pedicellate,
solitary in the axils or the males fascieled. Berry globose

eg in ee ae

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 161

Breynia— continued.
or depressed. Leaves alternate, petiolate, often distichous
and drying blackish. Only one species is known to culti-
vation. For culture, see Phyllanthus.

B. turbinata (turbinate). . green, those of both sexes
borne on the same raceme. July, 7. coriaceous, lin. long, °
Zin, to lin. broad, rhomboid-ovate, acute, glaucous and minutely
foveolate-dotted beneath. A. 2ft. China. Syn. Phyllanthus
turbinatus (B. M. 1862; L. B. C. 731).

BRICKELLIA (commemorative name). Including
Bulbostyles in part. ORD. Composite. A genus embracing
about forty species of stove or greenhouse herbs or
under-shrubs, all American. Flower-heads white or*
pink, homogamous, paniculate. Leaves opposite or alter-
nate, toothed or entire, rarely cut. One or two of the
species have been introduced, but the following is the
only one calling for mention. For culture, see Eupa-
torium.

B. grandiflora (large-flowered), (/l.-heads reddish, disposed in
large, terminal corymbs. J. rugose, cordate, acute, serrated.
Stem paniculate at summit. North America, 1883. An orna-
mental, hardy perennial. SYN. Hupatorium grandijlorum (R. A.
1882, p. 384).

BRIDGESIA. A synonym of Ercilla (which see).

BRIGNOLIA. A synonym of Isertia (which see).

BRILLANTAISIA. Syns. Belantheria, Leuco-
rhaphis. About seven or eight species, natives of
tropical Asia and Madagascar, are included in this genus.

BRINDLED BEAUTY MOTH (Biston hirtarius).
Frequently this Moth causes the gardener and the
forester no little anxiety on account of its ravages upon
Plums, Pears, Oaks, Elms, Limes, &c. Even in London its
presence is very
familiar. The
Moth is on the
wing during April
and May, and
though not con-
spicuous as to
markings, it mea-
sures about 2in.
in wing-expanse.

Fic. 180. Brinptep Beauty Morn, The fore-wings
are greyish-

brown, sprinkled with a darker colour, and like the lighter
hind-wings irregularly banded with black, though these
latter markings are not as distinct in the hind-wings as
in the fore-wings (see Fig. 180). The male has beautifully
fringed antenne,
as shown in the
illustration;
whereas in the
female these or-
gans are filiform.

The eggs are de-

posited in rings upon the food-

plant selected, and therefore are
fairly conspicuous. They should
always be destroyed.

From June to July the cater-
pillars (see Fig. 181) may be found ;
they are voracious feeders, and
the foliage suffers considerably.
They are of a variable brown
colour, with bright yellow dots
upon each segment. When full-
fed, the pupal state is assumed
fh beneath the soil, the perfect
Fic. 181, Carerrinran M™Sect emerging in the spring of

oF Brinptep Beauty the following year.

MOTH. Besides the preventive measures

already suggested in connection
with the destruction of the eggs, the caterpillars may be
destroyed by poisoning their food-plant with Paris Green

(loz. to 20gall. of water).

Vol. Y.

BRINDONIA. A synonym of Garcinia (which
see).

BRINING. A method employed to hasten ‘the
germination of those seeds having hard shells. It consists
in steeping them in warm water for twenty-four hours
before sowing, and is especially advisable with such seeds
as those of Cannas and Palms.

BRISTLE FERN. See Trichomanes.

BRIZA. The ten species of this genus inhabit Europe,
North Africa, temperate Asia, and South America. Leaves
flat or narrowly convolute, sometimes bristly. To the
species described on pp. 211-2, Vol. I., the following should
be added:

B. rotundata (round). #1. disposed in narrow panicles; spike-
lets erect. J. erect, narrow. Mexico, Brazil, and Chili, 1887.
An ornamental, annual Grass. (R. G. 1887, p. 638.)
BROAD BEAN RUST (Uromyces fabzx). The

name above adopted would suggest that the Broad
Bean alone was attacked by this Rust, but this is not
the case. Peas and several wild plants are similarly
affected. Usually the disease is not noted until the
brown spots on the foliage (uredospore stage) have made
their appearance. Prior to this, however, there has been
a Cluster-cup (ecidium) stage. Plants which have
reached the uredospore (summer spore) stage quickly
spread the disease, unless spraying with a fungicide (liver
of sulphur) is adopted. Finally, teleutospores are formed,
and these carry the fungus over the winter to repeat the
mischief in the following spring. All ‘old haulfas should
be burned and not buried, as is frequently case in cottage
and allotment gardens.

BROAD-BORDERED YELLOW UNDER-
WING. See Tryphena.

BROCCHIA (of Mauri), <A synonym of Sim-
_mondsia (which see). ~
BROCCHINIA (named after Giovanni Battista

Brocchi, an Italian naturalist), Orp. Bromeliacer. A
small and very distinct genus (three species) of stove
plants with a woody, Yucca-like trunk, natives of Brazil
and Guiana. Flowers whitish, small, in a loose, decom-
pound panicle; perianth inserted above the middle of the
ovary; sepals obovate-oblong, as long as the orbicular,
short-clawed petals; stamens a little shorter than the
sepals and petals; ovary three-celled. Leaves densely
rosulate, with a large, entire, lorate blade. Only one
species’ has yet been introduced. It requires culture
similar to Billbergia (which see).

B. Andreana (André’s). A synonym of B. cordylinoides.

B. cordylinoides (Cordyline-like). jl. yellowish-white, less
than fin. long; panicle 6ft. to 8ft. long; peduncle shorter than
the leaves. Autumn, /. 3ft. to 4ft. long, 6in. to 7in. broad,
deltoid at apex. Trunk 12ft. to 15ft. high, 6in. to 8in. in
diameter. British Guiana, 1882. Syns. B. Andreana and

R. demerarensis (of gardens), Cordyline mhacrantha (G. C.
1880, ii. 243, f. 47).

B. demerarensis (Demerara). A synonym of B. cordylinoides.

BROCCOLI. Two new varieties that deserve mention
are Walcheren and Early Purple Sprouting. These, with
the other early varieties named—Veitch’s Self-protecting
Autumn Purple Cape and Snow’s Winter White—vwill
afford a supply until Christmas, or later. Then should
follow, in the order named, Improved Sprouting, Osborne’s
Winter White, Early White, Perfection, Leamington,
April Queen, Latest of All, Model, and Late Queen.
These would continue the supply until June, when Cauli-
flowers are ready.

BRODIZA. Bentham and Hooker include here
Calliprora, Hesperoscordon, and Triteleia, the genus as
thus constituted comprising about thirty species, all extra-
tropical American. ‘To ‘those described on p. 213, Vol. I..
the following should be added. See also Calliprora and
Triteleia.

Y

162

Brodiza—continued.

B. californica (Californian). This is closely related to B. grandi-

flora, but has flowers varying from rose-colour to deep purple,

sin. to 2in. long, twenty-five in an umbel, and borne on a longer
scape. Sacramento Valley. The best of all the species.

B. capitata pauciflora (few-flowered). jl. fewer and pedicels
longer than in the type. 1896. There is also a white variety,
alba (G. C. 1896, xx., p. 238, f. 44). :

B. coccinea. The correct name is Brevoortia Ida-maia.

B. Douglasii (Douglas’). 1. violet-blue, inodorous, ten to twenty
in, a dense umbel; perianth funnel-shaped, lin. long, the seg-
ments oblong, acute ; scape slender, lft. to 14ft. long. May. J.
generally two, light green, flaccid, deeply channelled, shorter
than the scape. Bulb small, globose. California, &c., 1876.
(B. M. 6907.)

B. grandiflora Warei (Ware's). 1. lilac-rose, Sin. long ; scape
2ft. to 24ft. high. California, 1886. A beautiful variety.

B. Howellii lilacina (lilac-coloured). A charming little hardy
plant, producing umbels of deep bluish-lilac flowers, not unlike
an Agapanthus in shape. 1894. (Gn., 1894, xlvi., p. 502, pl. 992.)

B. hyacinthina lactea (hyacinth-blue, milky). The correct
name of B. lactea. (G. C. 1896, xx., p. 459, f. 80).

B. ixioides erecta (erect). /. bright yellow, about thirty in a
spreading umbel. 1896, A dwarf form.

B. minor (lesser). jl. two to six in an umbel; perianth lin. or
less in length, with a more spreading limb } scape slender, 3in.
to 6in. long. Otherwise like B. grandiflora. Southern Cali-
fornia,

B. Orcuttii (Orcutt’s). jl. bright lilac, less than lin. long, with a
very short tube, five to fifteen in an umbel; filaments longer
than the anthers; peduncle stout, lft. or more in length.
1. linear, flat, conduplicate. San Diego, 1896, (G. C. 1896, xx.,
p. 215, f. 40.) ; -

B. Palmeri (Palmer's). 1. bright lilac, sin. long, shortly stalked,
many in an umbel ; segments oblong, as long as the obconic tube.
7. numerous, firm, very thin, linear. A. lft. to 2ft. California,
1889. This plant produces a large number of small bulbils on the
surface of the ground. (G. & F. 1889, p. 245, f. 107.) e

B. rosea (rosy). jl, rose-red, less than lin. long, five to eight in an
umbel; free portion of fertile filaments dilated; staminodia
white ; jie 3in. to 6in. long. 7, sub-terete. Lake County,
1896. (G. C. 1896, xx., p. 213, f. 39.)

B. volubilis. The correct name is Stropholirion californicum.

BROMELIA. Syn. Agallostachys. As this genus at
present stands, according to J. G. Baker, it embraces only
half-a-dozen species, a large number of plants formerly
placed under Bromelia being now classed under those
genera named on p. 213, Vol. I., and under Distiacanthus
and Rhodostachys. Inflorescence a dense panicle, the lower
braneh-bracts with a serrated cusp, and the crowded,
arcuate stem-leaves similar to the rosette-leaves in texture,
but shorter and often bright red. Fruit a large, yellowish
berry. .

B. amazonica (Amazon), A synonym of Disteganthus scarlatinus
and Karatas amazonica,

B. antiacantha is a synonym of B. /astuosa.

B. bicolor is a synonym of Rhodostachys bicolor.

B. Binoti (Binot’s). A garden form of B. Pinguin.

B. carnea (fleshy). A synonym of Rhodostachys andina.

B. fastuosa (proud), jl. reddish-violet ; panicle 1ft. to 2ft. long,
stiffly erect, the branch-bracts pale, with spine-edged cusps ;
peduncle lft. long, its leaves 1ft. to sft. long, often bright red.
August. /. 100 or more in a rosette, 4ft. to 5ft. long, 14in. to 2in.
broad, with copious hooked, pungent, yellowish prickles.
Central and South Brazil, 1815. Plant stemless. (I, ©. B. 1;
R, G. 493.) Syns. B. antiacantha, Karatas antiacantha.

B. Joinvillei is a synonym of Rhodostachys bicolor.

B. laciniosa (torn). /. in a very dense panicle 2in. to 3in. in
diameter ; petals dull lilac, faintly tomentose at tip; peduncle

. lft. long, its leaves bright red. /. rigid, ensiform, sub-erect in
the lower half, 4ft. to 5ft. long, l4in. broad, with large, hooked
prickles. North Brazil, 1873. Plant stemless. Syn. Karatas
quianensis,

B. paraguayensis (Paraguay). A garden form of B. Pinguin

B. Pinguin (native name). #. in a dense, stiffly erect panicle
lft, to 2ft. long, with densely mealy branches; petals reddish,
densely white-tomentose at tip; peduncle ‘erect, lft. long.
March, 7, 100 or more in a rosette, erect in the lower half,
5ft. to 6ff. long, I4in. to Zin. broad, with very large, toothed,
brown prickles. Tropical America, 1690. Plant stemless.
B. Binoti and B. paraguayensis are garden varieties with bright
red inner leaves.

B. undulata (wavy). A synonym of Ananas macrodontes.
B. zebrina (zebra-streaked). A synonym of Billbergia zebrina.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, °

BROMHEADIA (named in honour of Sir E. F.
Bromhead, Bart). Orb. Orchidex. A small genus (about
four species) of rigid, terrestrial or epiphytal, stove
Orchids, extending from Siam and Birma to Singapore
and the Malayan and Philippine Islands. Flowers usually
showy, white or orange; sepals lanceolate, acute, keeled ;,_
petals rather shorter and broader than the sepals; lip
three-lobed, the lateral lobes erect, the middle one longer;
column curved, elongated; pollen masses two; racemes
one- to three- or many-flowered, flexuous, elongated, rarely
short and congested. Leaves distichous, rigid, usually
lanceolate, obtuse, bilobed at apex, rarely ensiform, re
eurved, pointed. Stems not bulbous, compressed.
B. palustris, which is probably the only species known
in gardens, thrives in a compost of fibry peat and sand.
It may be increased by means of offsets or by division
after the flowering period. The name palustris is, ac-
cording to Mr. H. N. Ridley (Journal of the Linnean
Society,” vol. xxviii, p. 331), most inapt, as the plant
prefers hot, sunny places as its habitat. . :
B. palustris (marsh-loving). fl. large, sweetly scented, opening

in the early morning and very soon closing ; sepals pure white

or enees with pink, lsin. long; petals pure w. nite ; lip white,
veined with violet-pink ; raceme flexuous, about 3in. long. June.

l. spreading, rather distant below, and gradually. passing into

sheaths at the top of the otherwise bare stem. A. lft. to 6ft.

Cochin China, &c., 1840. (B. M. 4001.)

BRONGNIARTIA. Including Peraltea. . The eight
species forming this genus are distributed over Chili,
Bolivia, and Central America.

BROOK-WEED. See Samolus.

BROOM, ROCK. Sce Genista.

BROOM, RUSH. See Spartium junceum and
Viminaria.

BROSIMUM. Cow-tree. With this genus Bentham
and Hooker regard Galactodendron (see p. 39, Vol. II.)
and Piratinera as synonymous. It includes about eight
species, natives of tropical America. ‘
B. Galactodendron. The correct name of Galactodendron utile. |

BROTERA (of Willdenow). A synonym of Cardo-
patium (which see).

BROTERA (of Cavanilles).
hania (which see).

BROTERA (of Sprengel).

(which see).

BROWALLIA. Orv. Solanacex. Tropical America
is the home of the half-dozen species included in this
genus. ‘To those described on p. 214, Vol. L., the follow-
ing should be added :

B. Czerwiakowski (Czerwiakowski’s).
VUSCOsa,

B. elata is synonymous with B. demissa.

B. pulchella (pretty). A garden synonym of B. viscosa.

B. speciosa (showy). jl. solitary, thrice the size of those of |
B. grandiflora ; corolla hypocrateriform, the tube thrice the length
of the calyx, the limb pale lilac beneath, dark purple above,
striated. September, /. opposite or alternate, ovate, acuminate.
Stem erect. /. 2ff. Tolima and Quindiu, 1846. (B. M. 4339.)
The variety major has larger flowers than the type. 1894.

B. viscosa (clammy). jl., calyx segments lanceolate, acute ; corolla
with violaceous, obovate, emarginate segments, the largest
spotted white at base, the tube whitish, inflated at top; pe-
duncles crowded at the tops of the branches. Summer.
7. roundish-ovate, obtuse, hairy, lin. to l4in. long. A. lft. to
2ft. Colombia. Half-hardy annual, (R. G. 142.) Syns. B.
Czerwiakowskt, B. pulchella (of gardens).

BROWN CLOVER. See Trifolium spadiceum.

BROWNEA. About eight species, all tropical
American, are included in this genus. To those described
on p. 215, Vol. I., the following should be added :

B. Crawfordii(W. H. Crawford's), 7. rich rosy-red, 3in. long,
lin. across, disposed in clusters of as many as seventy, 7. abont
2ft. long; leatlets six to “ten pairs, the largest lft. long and

3in. broad. A. 15ft. 1891, A hybrid between B. grandiceps and
B. macrophylla, .

B. erecta (erect). A synonym of Talisia princeps.
B. princeps (of gardens). A synonym of Talisia princeps.

A synonym of Mel-

A synonym of Hyptis

A synonym of B.

—_- "7

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 163

BROWNING, or BRUNISSURE. Although this
troublesome disease is usually associated with Vines,
yet it is by no means confined thereto, Apples, Pears,
Cherries, Apricots, Melons, Cucumbers, Aucubas, and
several others being liable to, its attacks. The disease is
one which frequently troubles the gardener, and even the
plant-pathologist is not altogether certain as* to its origin.
By many it is ascribed to. the presence of one of the so-
called Slime fungi, which Viala and Sanvageau have named
Plasmodiophora vitis, thus making it a near relative of
the pest causing Club Root in Cabbages and other Cruci-
fere. Others favour the idea that the disease is due
rather to errors in cultivation. One thing, however, is
certain, that the presence of green manure, badly-drained
quarters, and wet and sunless weather, are predisposing
causes. ;

The symptoms, as the common names above adopted
suggest, are a Browning of the foliage, or it may be of the
parts adjacent thereto. The spots are pale at first, and
small, but rapidly extend, and change to a brown or
reddish-brown, and not infrequently prematurely fall.

Where cultural errors like those noted above exist, they
should be remedied ; while the employment of a fungicide,
such as sulphide of potassium (t0z. to gall. of water),
should also be tried.

‘

BROWNLEEA (named in honour of Rev. J.

Brownlee, a missionary stationed in King William’s

Town, Caffraria, who discovered two of the species).
Orp. Orchidex. A small genus (three species) of green-
house, terrestrial Orchids, natives of South Africa. They
are closely allied to Disa (which see for culture), but
have a very small, upturned lip, and an erect, concave or
helmet-shaped odd sepal without a spur. Only one species
is known to cultivation.

B. cserulea (blue). 7. pale blue, with violet dots and a long,
straight spur; spike erect, lax, many-flowered. J. two or three,
sessile or shortly petiolate, ovate or lanceolate, acuminate,
three-ribbed. Stem erect, Se aaa Sats from an amor-
phous, lobed tuber. 1893. (B. M. 7309.)

BROWNLOWIA. = Three species of stove trees,
natives of tropical America, are included in this genus.
Flowers yellow, mediocre or ‘rather small; calyx cam-
panulate, irregularly three- to five-cleft; petals five,
narrowed at base; stamens indefinite. Leaves entire, three-
to five-nerved at base and penniveined.

BROWN ROT OF FRUIT (Monilia fructigena).
Many kinds of fruits, both hard and soft, from the Apple
and Pear to the Strawberry and Cherry, are liable to
attacks from this mould, and in the case of Strawberries
it is very difficult to deal with. The fungus attacks
all parts of the plant from leaves to fruits, though the
condition is more familiar to the gardener in the case of
the latter, in which the first symptoms are the brownish-
red patches, followed later by the greyish tufts, consisting
of chains of spores arranged somewhat concentrically,
waiting to be disseminated. The fruits attacked eventually
have a dried-up appearance, and the small branches die
away. ‘The disease is tided over the winter by means of
the hard bodies known as Sclerotia (which see). These
form in the dried up fruits and, with the bursting of the
new leaves, the tree is again attacked by the spores of
the fungus released.

All shrivelled fruits should be removed and burned, and
the foliage and twigs should be similarly treated. Care
should also be taken that all fallen foliage and fruits are
collected and burnt. Early in the New Year trees like
Apples, Pears, Plums, and Cherries should be well sprayed
with copper sulphate, }lb.; water, ligall. This must
never be applied to trees with expanded buds. It is a
winter dressing only. Sulphide of potassium (loz. to 3gall.
of water) should also be tried at intervals when the leaves
in the young state show the greenish-brown mould. In

Brown Rot of Fruit—continued.
the case of Strawberries more drastic measures have to
be taken. ‘The plants, after the crop has been gathered,
should be cut down and the whole burned; while the next
season, weak Bordeaux Mixture or sulphide of potassium
should be thoroughly sprayed on before they blossom.

BROWN-TAIL MOTH. At times this Moth,
which is illustrated and briefly described in Vol. II., under
Liparis, proves very destructive to orchard trees, and
also to other trees in park and garden. The insects are
very prolific, and from two hundred to three hundred eggs
are laid by an individual. The eggs themselves are
seldom seen, as they are ingeniously covered up by the
hairs found at the anal extremity of the female, which then
dies. The eggs hatch out in August, and the little insects
live gregariously. As the cold weather approaches, they
betake themselves to shelters which they make, first having
secured the leaves by means of threads. Here they remain
until the following spring, when they emerge from their
retreat and start upon the unopened buds, and eventually on
the flowersand leaves. Towards the end of May the colonies
breakup, and the caterpillars may be found singly and
nearly full-fed. Care should be taken not to handle the
hairy larve, as the hairs sting and cause considerable
pain.

The cocoons in which the pupal state is passed may be
found between spun-together leaves. As these also
contain the irritable hairs of the larve, they should be
earefully handled.

All fruit trees should be examined in winter, as, being
bare, nests, &c., of destructive Moths may be more readily
seen and destroyed.

BRUCEA. Syn. Nima. This genus comprises five
species, natives of tropical Asia, Africa, Australia, and
Northern India. They are remarkable for their intensely
bitter properties, similar to Quassia. ,

BRUCHUS. A large genus of Beetles, of which
thirteen species are either natives of, or introductions into,
this country. The larve are very destructive to Peas,
Beans, and other Leguminous plants. The characters of
the family are set forth under Beetles. The chief is that
the head is free and produced in front. There is not,
however, a distinct beak, as in the Weevils. Two species
are very abundant here—
B. pisi infesting Peas, and
B. rufimanus Beans ; there
also occurs another species
in goodly numbers, B. fab,
an insect which is very de-
structive in America alike
to the crops when growing,
and when housed in the
granaries.

B. pisi (Fig. 182) is ob-
long-ovate and black; the
wing-cases, which do not
cover the whole of the body,

Agriculture. are banded, and covered

Fig. 182. PEA BEETLE with greyish-brown pubes-
(Bruchus pisi). cence. The Beetles, which

1 and la, Beetle, natural size are about tin. long, are on
ae aisd el Maoeecd the wing at the time the
hole of insect: rs Peas are podding. The eggs
are deposited on the newly-

formed pods, and in due time the larve bore through and
feed upon the seeds, gnawing through them except for a
very thin skin. The remaining stages are passed in the
Peas, and finally the Beetle emerges through the exit-hole
practically made by the larve before assuming the pupa-
state. Suchinfested Peas germinate badly, if at all. Care,
therefore, should be taken to remove all black-specked ones
at the time of sowing. According to Prof. Riley, one test is
to put the seed-Peas into water, and reject as unsound

By permission of the Board of

164 -

Bruchus—continued,
those which float. In America, where large quantities of
Peas are grown to supply the markets, bi-sulphide of
carbon fumes are used to destroy the Beetles which have
arrived at maturity. The larve are more difficult to
reach on account of the exit-hole being covered by a
thin lining. 7

B. rufimanus is equally as destructive to Beans as its
relative above-named is to Peas. It has many of the
characters of B. pisi, but is smaller, and the anterior
pair of legs are red (hence rufimanus). Both these
Beetles fly well, so that, even if they emerge in the
stores, which they frequently do, they are able to reach
gardens where Beans are grown. The life-history of
B. rufimanus is practically identical with that given of
B. pisi.

Remedial measures in either case are out of the
question; the cultivator must rely entirely upon
preventive ones, by exercising great’ precaution when
seed-sowing.

BRUGMANSIA. BB. floribunda and B. parviflora
are synonyms of Juanulloa aurantiaca (which see).

BRUINSMANIA. A synonym of Zsertia (which

see).

BRUISE. This condition of trees is frequently met
with, and often attended with serious consequences. With
Apple and Pear trees a Bruise may be given to the branches
by tools when working amongst them, thus making them
susceptible to the spores of several wound-fungi. With
stone-fruit trees a wound is often made when nailing,
such a Bruise often inducing “ gumming” in Peaches,
Nectarines, and also in Plums. It is also probable that
the mysterious death of branches in Apricots may be
attributed to a similar cause.

BRUNELLA. The correct name of Prunella (which

see).

BRUNFELSIA. Orb. Solanacex. About a score
species, natives of South America and the West Indies, are
included in this genus. ‘To those described on pp. 216-7,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

B. calycina grandiflora (large-flowered). A fine variety, with
larger flowers than in the type. ie,

B. Hopeana (Hope's). jl., calyx longer than the pedicel, and
having five blunt teeth; corolla blue with a yellow throat, the
tube very little longer than the calyx. 7. lin. to 1sin. long,
elliptic, shortly petiolate. kh. 1ft. West Indies, 1828. Syn.
Franciscea Hopeana (B: M. 2829).

B.. jamaicensis (Jamaica). 7., corolla yellow, 2in. to 2sin. in
diameter, the tube 3in. to 34in. long (twice as long as the limb),
strafghtish. June. J. lanceolate-oblong, bluntly pointed,
membranous, at length 3in. to 6in. long, petiolate, veiny.
Branchlets puberulous. h. 5ft. West Indies, 1844. (B. M. 4287,
under name of B. nitida jamaicensis.)

BRUNISSURE. See Browning.

BRUNNICHIA (named in honour of Brunnich, a
Danish botanist). Syn. Rajania. Orv. Polygonacer,. A
monotypic genus. The species, B. cirrhosa, is a greenhouse,
climbing shrub, with pink flowers in axillary and terminal
racemes, and alternate, ovate leaves. It has been introduced,
but is probably lost to cultivation.

BRUNSVIGIA. This genus embraces nine species.
Flowers copiously umbellate ; perianth erect or slightly
curved, the tube short. To the information given on p. 216,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

B. ciliaris. The correct name is Buphane ciliaris.

B. falcata is a synonym of Ammocharis falcata.

B. gigantea (gigantic). The correct name of B. multijora.
Syn. B. orientalis.

B. humilis (dwarf). A synonym of B. minor.

B. magnifica (magnificent). i. twenty to thirty in an umbel;
perianth tube short, the segments white, with a broad, reddish-
purple, central stripe, lanceolate-oblong, reflexed, 34in. long -
peduncle brown, 4in. long. 72. oblong, deeply channelled’
acuminate, serrated, 14ft. to 1}ft, long, 34in. broad, recumbent’

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Brunsvigia—continued.

Bulb large, globose. 1885. (I. H. 1885, 552.) This ‘‘is a Crinwm,
either identical with Forbesianum or near it” (J. G. Baker).
B. Massaiana (Due de Massa’s).

saiana,

B. minor (lesser). /l. twelve to forty in an umbel; perianth
ale red, ljin: to l4in. long, the tube very short, the segments
anceolate; stamens as long as the segments ; peduncle stout,
6in. to 9in. long. July. J. three or four, lorate, 6in. long, lin.
broad. Bulb ovoid, 2in. to 3in. in diameter. 1822. (B. R. 954.
Syn. B. humilis.

B. orientalis (Oriental). A synonym of B. gigantea.
B. toxicaria. The correct name is Buphane disticha.

BRUSSELS SPROUTS. For a general crop,
Veitch’s Paragon is one of the best, as it produces an
abundance of firm, medium-sized sprouts. Other good
varieties of the same class are Rosebery, Reading
Exhibition, The Bullet, and The Wroxton. Sorts producing
very large sprouts are President Carnot and Mein’s
Victoria.

BRYANTHUS. Three species, natives of the
mountains of western North America, are included in
this genus. To those described on p. 218, Vol. I., the
following should be added. B. erectus is a hybrid.

B. Breweri (Brewer's). /l. rose-purple, comparatively large,
disposed in short racemes ; corolla almost saucer-shaped ; pedi-
cels at first shorter than the flowers. Summer. ./. crowded,
three to seven lines long, almost smooth, with strongly revolute,
thickened margins. h. Yin. to 12in. 1896. A charming little
evergreen.

BRYOBIA PRETIOSA. See Gooseberry Mite.
BRYOBIA PRUNI. Sce Damson Mite.

BRYONIA. Including Bryonopsis. About a dozen
species are included in this genus. E

BRYONOPSIS. Included under Bryonia (which

see).

BRYOPHYLLUM. Syn. Physocalycium. This genus
includes four species of stove, fleshy herbs, shrubby at
base, “natives of tropical Africa, one being broadly
dispersed over the tropical regions of both hemispheres.
Flowers white, greenish, or red, rather large, nodding,
disposed in many-flowered, paniculate cymes; calyx
inflated, cylindrical or quadrangular, shortly five-cleft;

A synonym of Crinum Mas-

corolla urceolate or almost campanulate, the limb
shortly five-cleft, spreading; stamens eight, in two
series. Leaves opposite, petiolate, simple or impari-

pinnate, crenate. To the species described,on p. 218,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

B. proliferum (proliferous). . lsin. long, drooping; calyx
large, inflated; corolla longer than the calyx, greenish-yellow,
tipped with pink ; cymes terminal, proliferous. June. J. lft. to
lift. long, opposite, imparipinnate, with about five opposite
pairs of sessile leaflets. Stem 10ft. to 12ft. high, moderately
branched. Madagascar, 1858, (B. M. 5417.)

BUBANIA. A synonym of Limoniastrum (which
see). =
BUBON
(which see). :
BUBROMA. A synonym of Guazuma (which see).
BUCCO CRENATA. A synonym of Barosma
crenulata (which see).
BUCEPHALON. A synonym of Trophis (which

see).
BUCERAS. Included under Terminalia (which see).
BUCHINGERA. A synonym of Cuscuta (which see.)

BUCHNERA VISCOSA. A synonym of Sphen-
andra viscosa (which see).

BUCHOSIA. A synonym of Heteranthera (which
see).

BUCKEYE. See Pavia.

BUCKLER FERN. See Aspidium.

Included under

(of Linneus). Seseli

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 165

BUCKLEYA (a commemorative name). SyYns.
Nestronia, Quadriala. Orp. Santalacew. A small genus
(two or three species) of tall, branched, hardy shrubs,
of which one is Japanese, and the other one or two are
North American. Flowers dicecious, the males umbellate
and bractless, the females solitary and furnished with four
bracts. Fruit ovoid or oblong. Leaves opposite or rarely
scattered, shortly petiolate, acuminate, entire, penniveined.
5. distichophylla, the only species introduced, is one of the
rarest of North American plants ; it thrives in ordinary soil,
and may be increased by cuttings.

B. distichophylla (distichous-leaved). fl. greenish, and, as well
as the fruit, inconspicuous. /. thin, light green, lin, to 14in. long,
scarcely petiolate, nearly 2 pte) distichous, lanceolate, acute,

ae Branches slender, gracefully spreading. h. 6ft. to
2ft. North America, 1890. (G. & F. iii., p. 237, f. 37.)

BUD. See Buds (Flower and Leaf).

BUDDING. Vines that are deficient in spurs, or
strong, healthy ones of poor flavour, may rapidly be im-
proved by means of Buds of the same, or of better varie-
ties being Budded upon them. ‘Taking those that have
long bare stems, Buds may be inserted wherever a spur
is needed, employing the same variety. The best time
for the operation is immediately prior to starting the
Vines into growth, taking a Bud with wood attached, as
in the ordinary Vine-eye, for propagation. On the opposite
side to the eye, about half of the wood is cut away, or in
other words to the pith. A corresponding piece of the
bark is cut from the Vine-rod, and the Bud is fitted to
the eut thus made, taking care that the bark of the Bud
and that of the Vine-rod are exactly opposite and close
together on one if not on both sides. After tying the Bud
firmly in place, the whole, except the eye of the Bud,
should be covered with damp moss, keeping this damp
daily until the Bud has commenced to grow freely and
the union is complete. By this means Vines may not only
be made to have plenty of spurs, but worthless sorts
rapidly changed into good ones with little trouble or
expense.

BUDDLEIA. Syn. Romana. This genus embraces
about seventy species, natives of South Africa and the
warmer parts of America and Asia. To those described on
p. 221, Vol. I., the following should be added :

B. auriculata (eared). l. cream-coloured, jin. long; cymes
many-flowered, shortly pedunculate; thyrse shorter than the
leaves. J. lanceolate-oblong or ovate-lanceolate, 2in. to 3in. long,
entire or serrated, narrowed at base, at length glabrous and
shining above. South Africa. Plant tomentose. Greenhouse.
(G. C. 1881, xvi., p. 633.)

B. brasiliensis (Brazilian). j. orange, in a dense spike inter-
rupted at base; calyx densely tomentose. J. ovate or deltoid-
oblong, 6in, long, slightly acute, crenate, narrowed at base and
broadly auriculate-connate. Stems somewhat winged and
tetragonal, h.10ft. Brazil, 1822. Plant woolly or ferruginously
tomentose. (B. M. 2713.)

B. capitata (headed). A synonym of B. globosa.

B. carnea (fleshy). A synonym of B. curviflora.

B. Colvilei (Sir James Colvile’s). 7. rose-coloured, with a white
ring round the mouth of the corolla, bell-shaped, lin. to 14in.
across, disposed in shortly peduncled, thyrsiform, pendulous
panicles lft. to 14ft. long. June to August. J. Sin. to 7in. long,
elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate, crenate-serrulate, shortly
petiolate. Sikkim Himalaya. A beautiful, half-hardy shrub or
small tree. (B. M. 7449; G. C. 1892, xii., p. 186; Gn., 1893,
p- 482; I. H., ser. vi., t. 10; I. H. Pl. t. 18; J. H. S. ser. iii.,
vol, xxxi., p. 85; R. H. 1893, p. 520.)

B. connata (connate). jl. orange, very similar to those of
B. globosa ; heads globose, densely many-flowered, long-peduncn-
late. May. /. oblong-elliptic or almost lanceolate, acuminate,
serrated, narrowed and auriculate-connate at base, glabrous
above. h. 5ft. Peru, 1826. (B. M. 2853.) .

B. curvifiora (curved-flowered). 1. lilac or rosy-violet, 4in. long,
ventricose-incurved above the middle; cymes many-flowered ;
thyrse 6in. to 8in, Jong, loose. JU. petiolate, ovate or oyate-
lanceolate, 3in. to Sin, long, ldin. to 2in. broad, long-pointed,
cuneate at base, glabrous above. Loo Choo Islands, 1870.
Plant tomentose. ardy, SYN. A. carnea (R. H. 1879, p. 90).

B. curviflora (of gardens). A synonym of B. japonica.

B. heterophylla (variable-leaved). A synonym of B. mada-
gascariensis,

Buddleia— continued.

B. insignis (remarkable). l. reddish-lilac, in compact spikes,
simple, solitary or fascicled at the tips of the branches.
Z. caducous, opposite or ternate, narrow. A hardy or half-hardy
shrub, in habit resembling Veronica incisa ; it was raised from
seeds in 1876. (R. H. 1878, p. 320.)

B. intermedia (intermediate). 1. lilac, with a white eye, in
simple, drooping spikes as much as 14ft. long. Summer and
autumn. 7. few, small, coriaceous, very dark green above,
slaucescent beneath, narrowed, acute. 1873. A bushy, half-
Hons shrub, with slender, recumbent branches. Garden
hybrid. (R. H. 1873, p. 150.)

B. japonica (Japanese). /l. pale lilac, small, in very dense,
arcuate spikes, succeeded by a profusion of fruit. May to
August. d. elliptic, soft,.attaining 10in. in. length and lin. to
24in. in breadth, attenuated to an obtuse point. A. 6ft. Loo
Choo, Hardy. Syn. B. curviflora (of gardens).

B. madagascariensis (Madagascar). jl. of a beautiful yellow,
in loose cymes, pedunculate and forming a thyrse from 6in.
to 12in, long. June to August. 7. oval, lanceolate, or some-
what cordate, entire or slightly toothed, rough above, ferru-

inous beneath. h. 3ft. to 6ft. Madagascar, 1824. (B. M.
824.) SYN. B. heterophylla (B. R. 1259).

B. pulchella (pretty). #. yellowish-white, tubular, small,
disposed in short, terminal panicles. J. hastate or irregularly
lobed, about 2in. long. A. 2ft. Probably South Afriea, 1894.
A compact, greenhouse bush, quite unlike any other species.

B. variabilis (variable). . lilac, densely crowded in large,
globose heads, which are pedunculate in the upper axils, or
collected into erect thryses 4in. to 6in. long; corolla tube
sin. long. July and August. J. opposite, 4in., to 12in. long,
oblong or lanceolate, obtuse or caudate. China, 1896. A tall,
hardy shrub. (B. M. 7609.)

BUEKIA. A synonym of Alpinia (which see).
BUENA. A synonym of Cosmibuena (which see).

BUETTNERIA. Syns. Butineria and Byttneria.
Pentaceros is included in this genus.

BUFFALO CLOVER. Sce Trifolium reflexum.
BUFFALO CURRANT. See Ribes aureum.
BUFFALO NUT. See Pyrularia oleifera.

BUFF-TIP MOTH. This handsome Moth,
described in Vol. I., is a fairly omnivorous feeder.
For Limes, Oaks, Alders, Beech, Birch, Willows, Wych
and other Elms, the caterpillars have a marked partiality ;
but they do not disdain to attack fruit trees, and
less often Rose trees. They are gregarious and very

Fig. 183, Burr-Trp Mots (Male, Pupa, and Larva),

voracious, and will quickly defoliate a tree. The Moth
is nocturnal, and seldcm noticed upon the wing; and
even when at rest upon a tree-trunk it is most difficult
to differentiate. In fact, it more closely approximates
to a piece of stick whose end has been obliquely cut off
than to a Moth. The caterpillars, feeding*’as they do in
companies, should readily be destroyed. ‘ Perfect insect
(male), pupa, and larva, are shown at Fig. 183.

166 THE DICTIONARY

BUFO VULGARIS. See Toad.
BUGINVILLZEA. Sve Bougainvillea.
BUGLE LILY. see Watsonia.

BUISSON. A name given to a dwarf fruit tree on a
low stem, this being closely pruned annually. It is not,
however, a profitable form of tree.

BULB. See Bulbs.
BULB BACTERIOSIS. Sce Bacteriosis.

BULBIL. A very small or secondary bulb, especially
when produced above the ground, as in some Ferns and
Lilies. 4

BULBINE MACKENII. A synonym of Erio-
spermum Mackenii (which see).

BULBINELLA. The correct name of Chrysobac-
tron (which see).

BULB MITE. See Eucharis Mite.

BULBOCODIUM AUTUMNALE. A synonym of
Merendera Bulbocodium (which see).

BULBOPHYLLUM. Syns. Diphyes and Gersinia.
Including Malachadenia. Of this genus there are about
eighty species, mostly dispersed through tropical Africa
and Asia; a few are South American or Australian, and one
is found in New Zealand. Psendo-bulbs usually bearing
one or two leaves at apex. To the species described on
p. 222, Vol. I., the following should be added:

B. anceps (two-edged). /. moderate-sized; dorsal sepal and .
petals yellowish, dotted with purple; lateral sepals white,
striped with purple; lip purple ; racemes lax. 7. oblong, obtuse. ,
Pseudo-bulbs very broad, compressed. Borneo, 1892. An
elegant species. (L. viii., t. 351.) 2

B. attenuatum (attenuated). #. veined and suffused with
maroon-purple on a lighter ground, few; sepals caudate, lin. to
ljin. long; lip caudate, Zin. long; scape Qin. long, slender,
floriferous at apex. October. Borneo, 1892.

B. auricomum (golden-haired).* jl. pure white or yellow, swe:t-
scented; sepals din. long; petals ciliated; raceme 3in. to bin.
long, many-flowered, puberulous; scapes slender, ascending.
January. ¢. deciduous. | Pseudo-bulbs gin. to lin. long, sub-
cylindric, terete, or obpyriform. India, 1897.

B. barbigerum. An interesting species, whose flower-spikes
spring from the base of the pseudo-bulbs. (See Fig. 184.)

B. calamarium (quill-like). #1. dirty ochreous-yellow, with a
little purple; sepals nearly jin. long; petals Jin. long;
lip purple, Jin. long ; racemes 4in. to 6in. long, many-flowered ;
scapes erect, 1jft. to 19ft. long. J. oblong, éin. to 7sin. long.
Psuedo-bulbs quadrangular, Isin. long, one-leaved. Upper
Guinea, 1844. (B. M. .)

B. comosum (tufted). 7. white, gin. long, densely villous,
perfectly horizontal ; racemes inclined, cylindric, truncate, 2sin.
by 14in., resenfbling a bottle-brush ; scape 10in. long, curved. J.
fleshy, deciduous. Pseudo-bulbs clustered, Pleione-hke. Birma,
1892. (B. M. 7283; J. H. 1892, xxiv., p. 141, f. 21.)

B. cupreum (copper-coloured). . of a uniform copper-yellow;
raceme lin. to 2in. long ; scape slender, inclined, slightly curved ;
sheaths small. Pseudo-bulbs lin. long, sub-globose. Tenas-
serim, 1837. (B. M. 5316.)

B. Dayanum (Day’s).* jl. lin. in diameter, ciliated with long
hairs; sepals green, with purple specks; petals blood-red, with
yellow margins; lip green, with red ridges on the disk ; scape
wanting. J. din. long, elliptic, reddish beneath. Pseudo-bulbs
lin. long, crowded. Tenasserim, 1855. (B. M. 6119; F. a. S.
2236; Ref. B. 115; R. X. O., ii., t. 144.)

B. Dearei (Lt.-Col. Deare’s).* 1. about din. in diameter; dorsal
sepal yellow, with deep orange veins, the lateral ones yellow,
suffused with purple; petals clear yellow, veined with deep
orange; lip creamy-white, spotted with purple at the base.
i.small. Pseudo-bulbs ovate, 2in. long. Borneo and Philippines,
1883. (G. C. 1883, xx., p. 108, f. 17; J. H. 1892, xxiv., p. 237, f. 38;
L. viii., t. 108.) Syn. Sarcopodium Dearei.

B. denticulatum (slightly-toothed). ji. small; raceme some-
what deflexed, ljin. to l4in. long, many-flowered ; scape slender,
Sin. to 6in. long. 7. linear-oblong, 3in. to 34in. long. Pseudo-
bulbs somewhat distant, ovoid-tetragonal, 1iin. long, two-leaved.
Upper Guinea, 1891.

B. disciflorum (disc-flowered). 1. fleshy, lin. across; sepals
and petals greenish-yellow, spotted with reddish-brown; li
covered with ‘purplish-brown warts; scape short, one-floweré
Pseudo-bulbs crowded, ovoid, small, ene-leayed. Siam, 1895.

B. elegans (elegant). . lin. to 1sin. long; sepals rosy-purple,
broad, the upper one shorter and paler than the lateral ones;

OF GARDENING,
Bulbophyllum—continved.

scapes slender, one-flowered, lin. to 2in. long. ZL 3in. to 4in.
long, linear-lanceolate, Pseudo-lulbs 4in. to tin, long, ovoid,
closely set. Ceylon, 1892.

B. Ericssoni (Ericsson's). fl. yellowish-white, spotted with
brown, 9in. across including the tails, umbellate. 7. like those of
a Stanhopea. Pseudo-bulbs thin, erect, 5in. high. Rhizome
long, creeping, Habitat not recorded, 1893. A very striking
species.

B. fallax (deceptive). l. dark purple, small; scape Sin. long,
bent acutely in the middle. Assam, 1889. An elegant little
species. .

B. Godseffianum (Godseff’s). 1. 2in. across; sepals and petals
yellow and brown ; lip creamy-white, with purple spots, cordate.
Habitat not recorded, 1890. Closely allied to B. Dearei. Syn.
Sarcopodium Godsefianum (G. M. 1890, ii., p. 540

Fic. 184. BULBOPHYLLUM BARBIGERUM.

B. grandifiorum (large-flowered). jl. solitary, large, densely
reticulated with brown on a pale ground; sepals lanceolate-
attenuate, 4in. to Sin. long, free, the upper one twice as broad as
the lateral ones, strongly arching over at the base, and hanging
down in front. JZ. solitary, elliptic, 2}in. to Sin. long. Pseudo-
bulbs about lin. long, distant, four-angled. Rhizome creeping.

New Guinea, 1887. More grotesque than beautiful. (L. iii.,
t. 108.)
B. g. burfordiense (Burford). _/., dorsal sepal green, shaded

and mottled at base with greenish-brown, and with large white
dots ; lateral sepals pale green, @live-tinted at apex. 1895. An
extraordinary Orchid. 3

B.Hookerianum (Hooker's). A synonym of B. Oreonastes.

B. inflatum (inflated). /. greenish-yellow, small; sepals din.
across ; lip recurved ; racemes lin. to lin. long, therachisswollen
into an ellipsoid, fleshy body; scapes pendulous, 2in. long.
2. sessile, lanceolate-oblong, acuminate, Sin. to 4in. long. Pseudo-
bulbs strongly quadrangular, lin. long, one-leayed. Upper
Guinea, 1891,

Bulbophyllum— continued.

B. lemniscatoides (/emniscatum-like). This differs from
B. lemniscatum only in habit and in the structure of the
appendages of the sepals. Java, 1890.

B. lemniscatum (ribboned).* 7. small, crowded on a pendulous

spike at the end of the scape; sepals dark purple, setose, with
an appen at the base; petals white, with a purple streak ;
gary slender, 4in. to 6in. high. J. three or four from the base
of the pseudo-bulb, 14in. to 2in. long, elliptic-lanceolate. Pseudo-
bulbs 4in. to Zin. in diameter. Moulmein, 1872. A remarkable
species. (B. M. 5921; F. d. S. 2476.)

B. Leysianum (Leys’). jl. large, solitary; dorsal sepal yellow,
veined with purple, the lateral ones pink and purple, connate.
Borneo, 1894. Closely allied to B. Dearei.

B. Lobbii siamense (Siamese). The correct name of
B. siamense. (Ref. B. 116.)

B. longiscapum (long-scaped). 7. about lin. across ; sepals and
nad pale green ; lip reddish-purple ; scapes upwards of 1ft. in
tee 7. linear-oblong. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, tin. long. Fiji,

B. macranthum (large-flowered). . at first of a vinous-red,
the dorsal sepal and petals becoming dull blue-purple with broad
spots of a dark blue, and the lateral sepals yellowish speckled
with bright red on the outer half, large, spreading. March.
7. shortly petiolate, linear-oblong, thick, coriaceous. Birma, &c.,
1844. (B. M. 7208; B. R. 1844, f. 13.)

B. mandibulare (mandible-like). 71., sepals deep bronzy green ;
petals dark reddish-brown, striped with green; lip yellow and
deep reddish-brown. Borneo, 1894. A large and curious
species.

B. Medusz (Medusa’s).
Meduse.

B. neilgherrense (Nilghiri Hills). 7. brownish-yellow or green
and purple ; lateral sepals oblong; auricles of the lip entire or
toothed ; racemes lax-flowered ; scape stout, elongated. January.
Nilghiri Hills, 1849. (B. M. 5050.)

nigripetalum (black-petaled). 1. yellowish and_purplish-
black ; sepals five lines long ; lipdensely pilose; raceme 34in. long,
many-flowered ; scape sub-erect, lift. long. 7. elliptical-oblong,
4in. to 5in. long. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid-tetragonal, ljin. to 14in.
long, one-leaved. Lower Guinea, 1891.

B, Obrienianum (O'Brien's). 7. yellow, with dark reddish-
purple spots, solitary, nearly 2in. in diameter. Pseudo-bulbs
ovoid, one-leaved. Rhizome stout. Himalayas, 1892.

B. Oreonastes (Oreonastes). fl. yellow, very small; racemes
likin. to 2in. long; scapes sub-erect, arching, 2sin. to 4in. long.
7, oblong, lyin. to 13in. long, shortly petiolate. Pseudo-bulbs
ee alas, 3in. long, two-leaved. Upper Guinea, 1894. Syv.

. Hookerianum.

B. orthoglossum pas fe) a Jl., sepals and petals
yellowish-green, striped with brown; lip purple. Sarranga
Tsland, 1896. Allied to B. mandibulare, but having flowers only
about half as large.

B. a (sharply-toothed). A synonym of Megaclinium
oxyodon. :

The correct name of Cirrhopetalum

B. pavimentatum (tessellated). jl. reddish-purple, very
minute ; racemes dense, 1tin“ to 2in. long ; scapes slender, 4in. to
6in. long. J. oblong or elliptic-oblong, 24in. to 4in. long. Pseudo-
bulbs ovoid, one-leaved. pper Guinea, 1862. (B. M. 5329.)

B. Pechei (George Peché’s). #l. coppery-red, rather densely
disposed in an elongated raceme; scape decurved, longer than
the pseudo-bulbs. January. J. linear-oblong or lanceolate,
obtuse, slightly dotted beneath. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, angular.
Moulmein, 1891. (B. M. 7286.)

B. perpusillum (very small). One of the smallest species. “The

- creeping stems are thinner than ordinary silk thread ; the bulbs
and leaves are one to two lines in length, and the leaves are about
half a line in breadth.” Madagascar, 1894.

B. pteriphilum (Fern-loving). jl. white, small, distichous,
numerous on a scape 4in. long. J. linear-oblong. Pseudo-bulbs
smali, oblong. Rhizomes elongated.. Penang, 1894.

B. ptiliglossum (fringe-lipped). A species allied to B. barbi-
gerum, from which it differs chiefly in having green and purple
flowers with hornless anthers and purplish hairs covering the
margins of the distinctly lobed lip. Madagascar, 1897.”

B. racemosum (racemose). i. jin. long; sepals and petals
yellowish, spotted with maroon ; lip purple, with black dots near
the tip; scape 6in. long. /. coriaceous, linear-oblong, 44in. long.
Pseudo-bulbs sub-orbicular, lin. long, one-leaved, Borneo, 1893.
Allied to B. anceps. e :

B. rufinum (reddish). 1. of a dirty yellow with red streaks on

- the sepals;raceme 6in. to 10in. long, lax-flowered ; scape long,
stont; decurved ; sheaths large, Pseudo-bulhs 2in. long, oblong.
India. (R. X. O. iii., t. 219.) :

B. Sanderianum (Sander’s). /l. pale green, spotted and marked
with purple ; sepals sin. long; column white; scape 14ft. long.
July. 1. Bain. long, sessile, elliptic-oblong, fleshy. Pseudo-bulbs
Zin. to lin. long, one-leaved. Pernambuco.

B. saurocephalum (lizard’s-head). /l. very curious; sepals
light ochreous, nerved brown; petals white, with reddish

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

167

Bulbophyllum— continued.

mid4ine and borders, small ; lip ochreous, deep purple at base ;
rachis bright red, thick, clavate, loaded with flowers. Pseudo-
bulbs four- or five-angled, one-leaved. Philippine Islands, 1836.
An interesting species.

B. siamense is a variety of B. Lobbii.

B. Sillemianum (SilJem’s). /., sepals short, blunt, triangular ;
petals nearly orange, shorter, ligulate-falcate ; lip mauve above,
whitish beneath, cordate at base, five-angled, with a reflexed
apex; column very shorf. J. cuneaté-ligulate, acute. Pseudo-
bulbs nearly spherical. Birma, 1884.

B. spathaceum (spathe-like). #7. light straw-colour ; lip brighter ;
raceme denser ; base of the inflorescence sheathed by spathaceous
see July. JZ. shorter. Otherwise like B. apodum. Birma,

B. spectabile (remarkable). . pale green, closély spotted in
lines with deep brown; lateral sepals about lin. long; lip
stipitate, recurved, fleshy ; scapes 24in. long, one-flowered. May.
Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, shining, jin. to lin. long, one-leaved.
Assam, 1896.

B. suavissimum (sweetest). 7. primrose-yellow, with a golden
lip, small, very sweet-scented, secund; raceme elongated,
decurved ; scape (with raceme) 8in. to 10in. long, very slender.
7. 4in. Jong, narrowly oblanceolate. Pseudo-bulbs lin. long,
one-leaved. Upper Birma, 1889.

B. tremulum (trembling). 7. white, 1jin. in diameter, with
reddish-purple lines and lip, the latter fringed with long hairs ;
raceme 6in. long, few-flowered. /. ovate-lanceolate, 2in. long.
eeudo pulls ovate, sub-globose, one-leaved. Nilghiri Hills,

B. umbellatum (umbellate).
guttulatum.

B. vitiense (Fijian). 7. pale yellowish-white, the upper half of
the sepals light pink; sepals 4in. long; raceme sub-erect, 6in.
to 7in. long, many-flowered. August. J. Sin. to 7in. long, linear-
oblong. Pseudo-bulbs lin. to ljin. long, tetragonal, one-leaved.
Fiji, 1892.

The following species, &c., are rarely seen in cultivation, at Kew
and elsewhere: B. apodum, B. aurantiacum, 8B. bisetum,
B. ceespitosum, B. capillipes, B. Careyanum, B. carinatum (L. xi.,
t. 495), B. clandestinum, B. cocoinums (B. R. 1964), B. conchi-
ferum, B. cylindraceum, B. densiflorum, B. densum, B. Drallei,
B. erectum, B. flavidum, B. fuscum, B. gibbosum, B. Hamelini,
B. hirtum, B. intertextum,. B. Johannis, B. lasianthum, B. leopard-
inum, B. Lobbiit Henshalli, B. micranthum, B. minutissimum,
B.oceultum, B. odoratissimum, B. pachyrhachis, B. psittacoglossum,
B. purpureum, B. radiatum, B. recurvum, B. Shepherdi,
B. striatum, B. tuberculatum, B. variegatum, B. viride, and
B. Watsonianum.

BULBOSPERMUM. A synonym of Peliosanthes
(which see).

BULBOSTYLES. The species of this genus are
now included under Eupatorium and Brickellia
(which see).

BULBS, as popularly understood, furnish some of the
most useful and decorative of plants alike for indoor and
outdoor gardens. They are amongst the first to flower in
spring, and remain with us practically all through winter in
specially favoured sites and soils—Iris stylosa, I. reticulata,
several species of winter Crocuses, and a few others. For
the greenhouse and conservatory Bulbs are absolutely
indispensable, and the fragrant snow-white Roman
Hyacinths are available ‘as cut flowers from November
onwards. The window-gardener, again, has in Bulbs the
most effective of all early floral subjects. Amongst Bulbs -
are to be found the loveliest blues that any plants afford
—Chionodoxa, Scilla, Hyacinth, Spanish Iris, English Iris,
and Museari. In height Bulbs vary greatly from those
of a few inches, which are suited to the rockery, to the
giant Eremuruses, all too seldom seen.

The enlture of the more popular kinds of Bulbs.is of the
easiest. The chief mistakes made are in unduly delaying
the planting-time, in treating the soil to ernde manures, and
in the depth at which the Bulbs are actually planted. The
majority of Bulbons plants whose culture is undertaken by
amateurs are planted far too late. This is especially the
case with Narcissus, Crocuses, and Snowdrops. The first-
named, if possible, should be in the soil in late August, and
the others at the beginning of September. Plenty of roots
are then made early, and unless roots are made
leayes rather than flowers will be produced. Some Bulbs

A synonym of Cirrhopetalum

168

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bulbs—continued.
quickly deteriorate when kept out of the soil and exposed
to dry, cutting winds—Lilies, for instance. Hyacinths and
Tulips may be inserted later than most Bulbs. There are
also some kinds which are better planted in spring—those
which are not sufficiently hardy to be kept outside the year
round. Bulbs, generally, should be planted at twice
their depth, a little under if anything: one which is, say
2in. in height, should be planted at a depth of 4in. Care
should also be taken to maintain as far as possible a
uniform depth in planting. A very large proportion
flourish best in a light sandy soil, with which has been
worked some well-rotted manure. The soil at the time of
planting should always be in a nice friable condition: a
pasty soil is fatal to the chances of good flowers.

Bulbs may be propagated in various ways. For the
amateur gardener propagation by seed cannot be re-
commended. The time occupied from the period of
sowing to that of flowering varies with different
genera from two to five or six years. The most
popular method of propagation is by means of the young
Bulbs which push out from the axils of the “scales of
the parents, or, in certain cases (Crocuses, for
instance), from the axils of scale leaves, when the parent
gradually decays.

The number of ways in which Bulbs may be utilised
to advantage is great. One form is that of planting
certain species on lawns or upon grassy banks. This
natural method has much to recommend it, and it has
found favour in many of our best public gardens, in-
cluding Kew. For beds and borders, rockeries, and
planting in the shrubberies, Bulbs are eminently adapted,
and where brilliant colour-effect is aimed at the brightest
should be planted liberally.

For outside culture the following Bulbs should be re-
presented: Alliwm Moly, Snowdrop, Scilla, Snowflake,
Snakeshead, Crown Imperial, Madonna Lily, Tiger
Lily, Wood Hyacinth, Florists’ Hyacinths, Hyacinthus
azwreus, Narcissus, Crocus, Tulip (both florists’ varieties
and species like Tulipa retroflexa, T. sylvestris, T. swave-
olens, and T. Didieri), Milla (Triteleia) wniflora, Grape
Hyacinths, Spanish Iris, English Iris, Ornithogalum, Red
Hot Pokers, Tiger Flowers, Glory of the Snow, and Flower
of the West Wind.

Indoors, Narcissus Golden Spur, Bicolor Horsfieldii,
and Pallidus Precox, Roman Hyacinth, Chinese Sacred
Lily, Milla uniflora, Freesia vrefracta alba, Scilla
sibirica, and Allium neapolitanum may be used along
with many others.

Good Bulbs for the rockery are to be found in
Crocus species like speciosus, astwricus, and sativus;
Alliwm Moly and A. neapolitanum; Muscari conicum ;
Scilla sibirica and 8S. campanulata alba; Sternbergia
lutea; Fritillaria Meleagris, F. armena, and F. aurea;
Tris reticulata; Galanthus Ikarie; Tulipa persica;
Romulea speciosa; Leucojwm. vernum; and Bloomeria
aurea.

BULLIARDA. Included under Tillea (which see).

BULOWIA. A synonym of Smeathmannia (which
see).

BULRUSH. See Scirpus.
BUMALDA. A synonym of Staphylea (which see).

BUNCHOSIA. About twenty-two species of tropical
American trees and shrubs are included in this genus.
In addition to the species described on p. 223, Vol. I.,
B. elliptica may be mentioned. It is a shrub or small
tree, with broadly ovate green leaves, and prominent,
curiously-curved nerves, and yellow flowers produced in
the axils of the leaves.

BUNT OF WHEAT. Another name. for Stinking
Smut of Wheat (Tilletia tritici).

BUPHANE (a misprint, subsequently corrected by
Herbert, for Buphone, from bous, an ox, and phone, de-
struction, in allusion to the poisonous properties of the
plant; but Buphane is the name adopted by the authors
of the “Genera Plantarum,” and by Baker in his “ Ama-
ryllidee”’). Originally Boophane, Including Crossyne.
Orv. Amaryllidee. A small genus (two species) of
greenhouse, bulbous plants, natives of tropical and
South Africa. Flowers long-pedicellate, numerous in an
umbel; perianth salver-shaped, with a short tube and
equal, linear or lanceolate lobes; stamens inserted at
the throat of the perianth-tube ; inyvolucral bracts two ;
scape solid. Leaves loriform, appearing late. For culture
see Brunsvigia.

B. ciliaris (ciliated).

Syn. Crossyne ciliaris.
B. disticha (two-ranked).

of Brunsvigia toxicaria.

toxicarius (B. M. 1217).

BUPHTHALMUM. Ineluding Telekia. Four
species, natives of the mountainous regions of Central
and Southern Europe, compose this genus. To those
described on p. 223, Vol. I., the following should be
added. See also Odontospermum.

B. cordifolium (cordate-leaved). A synonym of B. specioswm.

B. speciosum (showy). /fl.-heads yellow, inyolucral scales ovate,
mucronate. July. J. pubescent beneath ; lower ones petiolate,
cordate, doubly serrated ; upper ones ovate, sessile, simply

serrated. Stems erect, pubescent. Croatian Mountains, &c.,

1739. A strongly-scented, showy perennial, forming bold masses,

and suitable for shrubberies, &c. Syns. B. cordifolium, Telekia

speciosa (B. M. 3466).

BUPLEURUM. bBuplever. Including Tenoria (of
Sprengel). About sixty species, broadly dispersed, are
included in this genus, four being indigenous in Britain.

BUPLEVER. See Bupleurum.
BUR, NEW ZEALAND. See Aczena.

The correct name of Brunsvigia ciliaris.

Cape Poison Bulb. The correct name
Syns. Amaryllis ciliaris, Hemanthus

BURCHARDIA (of Duhamel). A synonym of
Callicarpa (which see).
BURGSDORFFIA. A synonym of Sideritis

(which see).

BURLINGTONIA. According to Bentham and
Hooker, this genus is regarded as synonymous with
Rodriguezia, which comprises about twenty species,
natives of tropical America, from Brazil as far as
Central America. To those described on p. 225, Vol. I.,
the following should be added:

B. amoena (pleasing). A synonym of B. decora.

B. caloplectron (beautiful-spurred), A synonym of Rodriguezia
caloplectron.

B. Farmeri (Farmer's). . white and yellow, freely produced.
Early summer. Native country unknown. A pretty species,
resembling B. candida. It should be grown ona block or ina
basket with Sphagnum,

B. Knowlesii (Knowles’). 1. white, with a faint tinge of lilac-
pink, disposed in long racemes. Autumn. Native country un-
known. A scarce but beautiful species, resembling B. venusta.

B. pubescens (downy). The correct name is Rodriguezia
pubescens. (L. 306.)

BURMANNIACEZ. A natural order of annual or
perennial herbs, inhabiting the warmer regions of the globe,
and ranking between the Hydrocharidex and the Orchidezx.
The species are of botanical interest.

BURMESE ROSEWOOD. See
indicus.

BURNET ROSE. ‘ce Rosa spinosissima.
BURNEYA. A synonym of Timonius (which see).

BURNING OR SCORCHING OF VINES.
The most prolific cause of Scorched foliage or berries
in Grapes, is neglecting to open the ventilators early
enough in the morning. While the foliage is young and
tender, it is astonishing how quickly the damage may be
done, and such can only be prevented by the most careful
attention on the mornings of bright days by taking care to
admit air gradually, so that no checks are given by a sudden

Pterocarpus

5 fon fie ae

-—_

ns i ee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 169

Burning or Scorching of Vines—continued.

inrush of cold air. Another factor is defective root-action.
In such a case the most careful ventilation will fail to stop
Scorching, as the®foliage being thin, and lacking in
substance, a powerful sun-heat almost invariably causes it
to Burn, and the berries to scald. Again, the use of strong
manures, highly charged with ammonia, will cause
Scorching, especially if the vinery is closed entirely for a
few days. To avoid any damage it is advisable to leave a
little top ventilation day and night for a week or so, to
enable the rank fumes to escape.

BURNT WOOD. See Scolopendrium vulgare.

BUROMA GUAZUMA. A synonym of Guazuma
ulmifolia (which see).

BURRIELIA (in part).
(which see).

BURSARIA. Two species, both natives of extra-
tropical Australia, are included in this genus. Flowers
whitish, rather small, in pyramidal panicles ; sepals distinct ;
petals narrow, spreading nearly to the base; filaments
subulate. Leaves small, often fascicled, entire.

BURSERA. Including Icica and Protiwm. This
genus embraces about forty species, all tropical and mostly
American.

BUSBECKIA. A synonym of Salpichroa (which
see).

BUSH. A low and dense shrub.

BUSH HONEYSUCKLE. See Diervilla.

BUTOMOPSIS (from Butomus, an allied genus, and
opsis, resemblance). Syn. Tenagocharis. Orv. Alismacezx.
A’monotypic genus. The species, B. lanceolata, is a stove,
annual, bog-loving herb, with milky juice, native of tropical
Asia, Africa, and Australia. It bears an umbel of three to
twenty white flowers, in bracteate whorls, and has elliptic,
acute leaves. Probably it is no longer in cultivation.

‘BUTONICA SAMOENSIS. \A synonym of
Barringtonia samoensis (which see).

BUTTERFLY CYCLAMENS. These are a
curious race of Cyclamens, for whose introduction M. de
Langhe-Vervaene, of Brussels, is responsible. The
plants are characterised by broad, wavy, reflexed petals,
fringed at the margin. The usualecolours are white,
eream, violet, and lilac.

BUTTERFLY FLOWER. See Schizanthus.
BUTTER-ROOT. See Pinguicula vulgaris.

BUTTER-TREE, INDIAN. Sce Bassia buty-
racea.

BUTTNERIA. See Buettneria.

BUTTONS. See Tanacetum vulgare.
BUTTON WEED. See Spermacoce.
BUXEZ. A tribe of Euphorbiacee (which see),

BUXUS. This genus comprises about nineteen species,
mostly hardy; six are found in North temperate regions,
one in Madagascar, another in tropical Africa, and the rest
in the West Indies. To those described on p. 226, Vol. I.,
the following should be added :

B. chinensis (Chinese). A synonym of Simmondsia cali-
TJornica.

Synonymous with Beria

B. Fortunei (Fortune's). /. long, narrow, sub-cuneiform.
Branches numerous, erect. China, 1870. A compact-growing,
very hardy, evergreen shrub, SYN. "B. longifolia (of gardens).

B. Harlandi (Dr. Harland’s). 7. alinost sessile, narrow-obovate,
emarginate at apex, ten to fifteen lines long. Branchlets
pies Hong! Kong.

Vol. V.

Buxus—continued.
B. japonica (Japanese). 7. tin. long, obovate, emarginate at
apex, acute at base. Japan.
B. j. microphylla (small-leaved). 7. spathulate-lanceolate,
thrice (or more) as long as broad. Japan.
B. longifolia (long-leaved). A garden synonym of B. Fortunei.
B. microphylla (small-leaved). A variety of B. japonica.

B. sempervirens. The following varieties may be added:
Handsworthi, with broad, deep-coloured leaves; rosmarinifolia,
with narrow leaves, the bush somewhat resembling a dwarf
Rosemary; and thymifolia, with very small leaves and
branches.

B. Wallichiana (Wallich’s). 7. ljin. to 24in. long, tin. to 4in.
broad, linear-lanceolate, shortly narrowed at base, truncate or
emarginate at apex, slightly mucronulate. India,
BYBLIS (a classical name ; Byblis was the daughter

of Miletus). Orv. Droseracez. ~A genus embracing three

or four species ‘of greenhouse herbs, all Australian.

Flowers blue, small or large, axillaty and long-pedunculate

or borne on a scape; calyx five-parted; petals five;

stamens five, inserted or free. Leaves clustered, alternate,
narrow-linear, terete or filiform; vernation circinate.

B. Viniflora has been introduced, but is probably not now

in cultivation.

BYRSONIMA. About ninety species of stove trees
or shrubs (often climbing), natives of tropical America,
are included in this genus. Calyx five-parted; petals
having a reflexed claw and a concave limb; stamens ten,
all perfect. Leaves entire, without glands, the stipules
often connate in an axillary one, rarely bifid or free.

BYTTNERIA. See Buettneria.
CABALLERIA.:

see).

. CABBAGE. For sowing in July or August the
following sorts are the best, being reliable, early, and
not prone to run to seed in spring: Veitch’s Harliest,
Best of All, Ellam’s Dwarf Early Spring,’ Mein’s
No. 1, and Nonpareil Improved. For summer use, any
or all of the above are excellent, together with Enfield
Market, Early York (referred to in Vol. I.), and Large
York. An excellent variety. for antumn and early
winter use is Chou de Burghley, being of fine flavour
and good constitution. For latest supplies Christmas
Drumhead will be found the best. In Pickling Cabbage,
Red Dutch is still one of the best; Improved Blood should
also be grown. The White Cabbages also pickle well, and
if sliced Beetroot is mixed therewith a nice red colour i is
obtained.

CABBAGE CATERPILLARS. To the insects
enumerated under this heading in Vol. I. should be added
the Caterpillars of the Green-veined White Butterfly (Pieris
napi, Fig. 185), another common species found upon
various Crucifere, including Cabbages and Watercress.
Doubtless, however, it is mistaken by gardeners for the
Small White, and is therefore less often recorded as a pest
than either P. brassice or P. rapx. P. napi differs chiefly
from P. rave in having green markings along the nervures.
This feature, however, varies considerably. The Butterfly,
like its relatives already noted, is double-brooded, appearing
in April and in July. The larva is green, dotted with
black. There is a lateral yellow spot in each segment; the
spiracles are black. The pupa is light green, with yellow
points, and marked with brown.

Though all three species named feed upon Cabbages, as
ordinarily understood, yet they also lay under contribution
Broccoli, Cauliflowers, Kales, Turnips, Rape, and Mustard.
Nor is it only the leaves of these plants that are destroyed :
the seeds and seed-pods of Mustard are frequently attacked.
All the species are most plentiful, and therefore correspond-
ingly destructive, in dry weather. In certain seasons, too,
the numbers of. P. brassicz are reinforced by swarms from
the Continent.

A synonym of Myrsine (which

Z

170

THE DICTIONARY OF

GARDENING,

Cabbage Caterpillars—continued

Patches of Cabbages should be watched in early summer,
and hand-picked as far as possible. This, however, is only
applicable to comparatively small gardens. The plants
should also be dusted with a mixture of lime and soot, in
nearly equal parts, the former preponderating. All eruci-
ferous weeds should be removed from gardens and burned.
The gardener should also look well for the chrysalides in
the positions already indicated, and destroy any found.
He is materially assisted in keeping all the above
Cabbage Caterpillars at bay by insectivorous birds. Still

Fig. 185. MALE, FEMALE, CATERPILLAR, AND CHRYSALIS OF
GREEN-VEINED WHITE BUTTERFLY (Pieris napi).
.

greater assistance, however, is given by certain hyme-
nopterous parasites, whose larve live parasitically in the
bodies of the larve and pup of these Pieridz. The
parasitic larve subsist upon the lymph of their unfortunate
host, which, after a time, usually sickens and dies, and the
yellow cocoons of the ichneumon-fly are laid upon both
larve and pupe of “White ” Butterflies. These cocoons
should never be removed. Apanteles glomeratus is one
of the most useful hymenopterous parasites in keeping
these Butterflies in check.

CABBAGE GALL WEEVIL

(Ceuthorrhynchus
sulcicollis).

The eggs of this very common Beetle are

deposited in early summer, and the grubs hatch out in |

about ten days. They at once set to work, and galls
of about the size of Hazel-nuts are eventually formed.
When full-fed, the grubs pupate in the soil, or it may
be in the roots of the attacked plant. Many preparations
have been advocated (of which gas-lime is very effective
if applied before the grubs have had time to ensconce
themselves in the roots), but preventive as well as
remedial measures must be adopted if thorough success is
to be attained. Collectors of Beetles know that the

Cabbage Gall Weevil—continued.
Cabbage Gall Weevils are to be found early in the season in
Charlock. This should always be removed and burnt when
in the neighbourhood of Turnip and~ Cabbage crops. .
All Cabbage stumps should also be similarly served
instead of being consigned to the rubbish-heap, as is usually
done. See also Turnip Galls, Vol. IV.

CABBAGE PALMETTO. See Sabal Palmetto.

CABBAGE ROSE. See Rosa centifolia.

CABBAGE-TREE. Thisname is applied to Andira
inermis as well as Euterpe oleracea.

CABBAGING. Another name for Heading or

. Hearting (which see).

CABOMBA. The two or three species composing this
genus are all American. Flowers white or yellowish,
small, on long, solitary, axillary pedicels; sepals three.
petaloid; petals three, hypogynous; stamens six. Sub-
merged leaves palmately dissected ; floating ones peltate. _

CACABUS (from kakabos, a red earthen pot; with the
prefix hali, this name was originally applied to Physalis
Alkekengi, in reference to the red inflated calyx). SYNs. -
Dictyocalyx, Streptostigma, Thinogeton. Orv. Solanacex.
A genus embracing about five species of diffuse, prostrate,
or ascending, stove or greenhouse annuals, natives of
Western tropical and sub-tropical America, being mostly
found on the sea-coasts. Flowers violet or white-and-
violet, solitary, rather large; calyx shortly five-cleft ;
corolla campanulate or broadly funnel-shaped, with a five-
angled, plicate limb. Berry watery, shorter than the
inflated calyx. Leaves long-petiolate, deeply sinuate-
toothed. (. prostratus (Syn. Physalis prostrata) has been
introduced, but is probably not now in cultivation.

CACALIA SALICINA. A synonym of Bedfordia
salicina (which see).

CACAO. See Theobroma Cacao.
CACARA. A synonym of Pachyrhizus (which see).

CACCINIA (named in honour of G. Caccini, an
Italian savant). Syn. Anisanthera (of Rafinesque). ORD.
Boraginez. A small genus (five species) of hardy,
perennial herbs, natives of the Orient. Flowers pedicellate,
at length scattered; calyx five-cleft ; corolla salver-shaped,
with a slender tube and five spreading lobes ; stamens five ;
racemes elongated, bracteate. Nutlets four, or by abortion
fewer. Leaves altefmate, the margins scabrous-ciliated.
C. glauca, the only species in cultivation, thrives in any
fairly good soil, and may be propagated by divisions.

C. glauca (greyish). 1. in racemose cymes; calyx lobes greenish-
brown ; corolla tube not exserted, the lobes violet-blue, turning
red, 4in. long, oblong-lanceolate. 2. 4in. to 8in. long, shortly
petiolate, or the upper ones sessile, elliptic-oblong, sparsely ,
tubercled. Stem below as thick as the thumb. h. lft. to ft.
Persia and Afghanistan, 1880. (B. M. 6870.)

CACONAPEA. A synonym of Herpestis (which
see).

CACTI may be described as herbs, shrubs, or trees,
with soft flesh and copious watery juice. Root woody,
branching, with soft bark. Stem branching or simple,
round, angular, channelled, winged, flattened, or
cylindrical; sometimes clothed with numerous tufts
of spines, which vary in texture, size, and form very
considerably ; or, when spineless, the stems bear numerous
dot-like scars, termed areoles. Leayes very minute, or
entirely absent, falling off very early, except in Pereskia
and several of the Opuntias, in which they are large,
fleshy, and persistent. Flowers solitary, except in Pereskia,
and borne on the top or the side of the stem; they are
composed of numerous parts or segments; the sepals and
petals are not easily distinguished from each other; the
calyx-tube is joined to, or combined with, the ovary, and
is often covered with scale-like sepals and hairs or spines;
the calyx is sometimes partly united so as’ to form a tube,

yom re. 6

dls wn tele 4

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 171

Cacti—continued.

and~the petals are spread in regular whorls, except in the
Epiphyllums. Stamens many, springing from the side of
the tube or throat of the calyx, sometimes joined to the
petals, generally equal in length; anthers small and oblong.
Ovary smooth, or*covered with scales and spines, or
woolly, one-celled; style simple, filiform or cylindrical,
with a stigma of two or more spreading rays, upon which
are small papille. Fruit pulpy, smooth, scaly, or spiny,
the pulp soft and juicy, sweet or acid; and full of numerous
small, usually black, seeds.

, Tribe I.—Calyz-tube produced beyond the Ovary. Stem covered
with Tuber

cles, or Ribs, bearing Spines.

1. MELocactus. Stem globose ; flowers in a dense cap-like head,
composed of layers of bristly wool and slender spines, amongst
which the small flowers are developed. The cap is pesistent, and
increases annually with the stem.

2. MAMILLARIA (including Anhalonium). Stems short, usually
globose, and covered with tubercles or mamme, rarely ridged, the
apex bearing spiny cushions; flowers mostly in rings round the
stem.

3. PELECYPHORA. Stem small, club-shaped ; tubercles in spiral
rows, and flattened on the top, where are two rows of short scale-
like spines.

4. LEUCHTENBERGIA. Stemi naked at the base; tubercles on
the upper part large, fleshy, elongated, three-angled, bearing at
the apex a tuft of long, thin, bristle-like spines.

5. Ecurnocactus. Stem short, ridged, spiny; calyx-tube of the
flower large, bell-shaped ; ovary and fruit scaly.

6. Disocactus. Stem short; calyx-tube thin, the throat filled
by the stamens ; ovary and fruit smooth.

7. CEREUS. Stem often-lo: and erect, sometimes scandent,
branching, ridged, or angular ; flowers from the sides of the stem ;
calyx-tube elongated and regular ; stamens free.

8. PHYLLOcACcTUS. Stem flattened, jointed, and notched ; flowers
from the sides, large, having long, thin tubes, and a regular
arrangement of the petals.

9. EPIPHYLLUM. Stem flattened, jointed ; joints short ; flowers
from the apices of the joints ; calyx-tube short; petals irregular,
almost bilabiate.

Tribe II.—Calyz-tube not. produced beyond the Ovary. Stem
é branching, jointed.

10. RHIPSALIS. Stem thin and rounded, angular, or flattened,
bearing tufts of hair when young ; flowers small ; petals spreading ;
ovary smooth ; fruit a small pea-like berry.

11. OPUNTIA. Stem jointed ; joints broad and fleshy, or rounded ;
spines barbed ; flowers large ; it spinous, large, pear-like.

12, PERESKIA. Stem woody, spiny, branching freely; leaves
fleshy, large, persistent ; flowers medium in size, in panicles on the
ends of the branches.

The above is a key to the genera on the plan of the
most recent botanical arrangement, but for horticultural
purposes it is necessary that the two genera Echinopsis
and Pilocereus should be kept up. They come next to
Cereus, and are distinguished as follow : ps

EcHINopsis. Stem as in Echinocactus, but the flowers are pro-

duced low down from the side of the stem, and the flower-tube is
long and curved. ~

PILOCEREUS. Stem tall, columnar, bearing long silky hairs as
nay as spines; flowers in a head, on the top of the stem, rarely
produced.

With the aid of the above key anyone ought to be able

to say to what genus a particular Cactus belongs, and by ~

referring to the descriptions of the species, he may succeed
in making out what the plant is. For the classification of
Cactuses, botanists rely mainly on their floral organs and
frnit.

The stems of Cactuses show a very wide range of
variation in size, in form, and in structure. In size, we
have the colossal Cereus giganteus, whose straight stems,
when old, are as firm as iron, and rise with many ascending
arms, or rear their tall leafless trunks like ships’ masts to
a height of 60ft. or 70ft. From this we descend through a
multitude of various shapes and sizes to the tiny tufted
Mamillarias, no larger'than a lady’s thimble, or the creeping
Rhipsalis, which lies along the hard ground on which it

~

Cacti—continued.

grows, and looks like hairy caterpillars. In form, the
variety is very remarkable. We have the Mistletoe Cactus, °
with the appearance of a bunch of Mistletoe, berries and
all ; the Thimble Cactus ; the Dumpling Cactus; the Melon
Cactus ; the Turk’s Cap Cactus ; the Rat’s-tail Cactus ; the
Hedgehog Cactus; all having a resemblance to the things
whose names they bear. Then there are the Indian Fig
(Opuntia), with branches like battledores, joined by their
ends; the Epiphyllum and Phyllocactus, with flattened
leaf-like stems; the columnar, spiny Cereus, with deeply-
channelled stems and the appearance of immense candelabra.

, Totally devoid of leaves, and often skeleton-like in appear-

ance, these plants have a strange look about them, which is
suggestive of some fossilised forms of vegetation belonging
to the past ages.

The greater part of Cactuses belong to the group with
tall or elongated stems. ‘It is worthy of remark that as
the stems advance in age the angles‘fill up, or the
articulations disappear, in consequence of the slow growth
of the woody axis and the gradual development of the
cellular substance; so that, at the end of a number of
years, all the branches of Cactuses, however angular or
compressed they originally may haye been, become trunks
that are either perfectly cylindrical, or which have scarcely
any visible angles.” : ‘

A second large group is that of which the Melon and
Hedgehog Cactuses are good representatives; these have
sphere-shaped stems, covered with stout spines. We have
hitherto spoken of the Cactuses as being without leaves,
but this is only true of them when in an old or fully-
developed state.. On many of the stems are found upon
their surface, or angles, small tubercles, which, when young,
bear tiny scale-like leaves. These, however, soon wither and
fall off, so that, to all appearance, leaves are never present
on these plants. There is one exception, however, in the
Barbados Gooseberry (Pereskia), which bears true and
persistent leaves; but these may be considered anomalous
in the order.

The term “succulent” is applied to Cactuses because of -
the large proportion of cellular tissue, i.e., flesh, of their
stems, as compared with the woody portion, In some of
them, when young, the woody system appears to be
altogether absent, and they have the appearance of a mass
of fleshy matter, like a Vegetable Marrow. This succulent

“ mass is protected by a tough skin, often of leather-like

firmness, and almost without the little perforations called
breathing and evaporating pores, which in other plants are
very numerous. This enables the Cactuses to sustain without
suffering the full ardour of the burning sun and parched-up
nature of the soil peculiar to the countries of which they
are native. Nature has endowed Cactuses with a skin
similar to that with which she clothes many succulent
fruits, such as the Apple, Plum, Peach, &c., to which the
sun’s powerful rays are necessary for their growth and
ripening.

The spiny coat of the majority of Cactuses is no doubt
intended to serve as a protection against the wild animals
inhabiting with them the sterile plains of America, and to
whom the cool, watery flesh of the Cactus would otherwise
fall a prey. Indeed, these spines are not sufficient to
prevent some animals from obtaining the watery insides of
these plants, for we read that mules and wild horses kick
them open and greedily devour their succulent flesh. It
has also been suggested that the spines are intended to
serve the plants as a sort of shade from the powerful
sunshine, as they often spread over and interlace about the
stems.

There is nothing in the nature or the requirements of
Cactuses that should render their successful management
beyond the means of anyone possessing a small, heated
greenhouse, or even a window recess to which sunlight
can be admitted during some portion of the day. In large
establishments, such as Kew, it is possible to provide

172

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cacti—continued.

a spacious house (Fig. 186) specially for the cultivation
of an extensive collection, where many of them may
attain a good size before becoming too big. And it will be
evident that where a house such as that at Kew can be
afforded, much more satisfactory results may generally be
obtained than if plants have to be provided for in a house
containing various other plants, or in the window of a
dwelling-room.

Apart altogether from size, it is, however, possible to
grow. a collection of Cactuses, and to grow them well, in a
house of small dimensions—given the amount of sunlight
and heat which are required by these plants. We some-
times see Cactuses—specimens, too, of choice and rare
kinds—which have been reared in a cottager’s window or
in a small greenhouse, and which in health and beauty have
at least equalled what has been accomplished in the most

LONDON Erchins,

Cacti—continued.

Cactaceous plants—it is possible to keep a collection of ~-
tiny Cactuses for years, if only the operations of watering,”
potting, ventilating, and other matters connected with ©
ordinary plant-growing, are properly attended to.

In Wrinvow Recesszes. In the window recess larger
specimens may be grown, and here it is possible to flower
successfully many of the plants of the Cactus family. In
a living-room window with a south aspect specimens of
Phyllocactus, Cereus flagelliformis, Epiphyllum, and, in
fact, of almost every kind of Cactus, are sometimes to be
met with even in England ; whilst in Germany they are as
popular amonz the poorer classes as the Fuchsia, the
Pelargonium, 2nd the Musk are with us. One of the
commonest of Cactuses in the latter country is the Rat’s-
tail Cactus (Cereus flagelliformis), and it is no unusual
thing to see a large window of a cottager’s dwelling

Fie. 186. SUCCULENT House aT KEW GARDENS.

elaborately prepared houses. It may be said that these
successes, under conditions of the most limited kind, are
accidental rather than the result of properly understood
treatment; but however they have been brought about,
these instances of good cultivation are sufficient to show
that success is possible, even where the means are of the
simplest or most restricted kind. Whether it be in a

large house, fitted with the best arrangements, or in the

window of the cottager, the conditions essential to the
successful cultivation of Cactuses are practically the same.

In WaARDIAN Cases. To the professional gardener these
cases are regarded as playthings. Notwithstanding this,
they are a source of much interest, and even of in-
struction, to many to whom a greenhouse or serious
gardening is an impossibility. In these little cases—for
which we are indebted to Mr. Boller, a dealer in

thickly draped on the inside with the long, tail-like

_ growths and handsome rose-coloured flowers of this plant.

This is only one among dozens of species, all -equally
useful for window gardening, and all as interesting and
beautiful as those above described. The Phyllocactus
illustrated (Fig. 187) has been grown as a window plant for
twenty years, and has had over twenty blossoms expanded
at one time.

In GREENHOUSES. For the greenhouse proper, Cactuses
are well adapted, either as the sole occupants or as suit-
able for such positions as are afforded by shelves or
baskets placed near the roof-glass. If the greenhouse is
not fitted with’ heating arrangements, then, by selecting
only those species of Cactus that are known to thrive ina
position where, during winter, they ‘are kept safe out of
the reach of frost (of which a large number are known), a

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Cacti—continued.

—— = - Se —- ~ ee :

oP its

Fig. 187. GARDEN VARIETY OF PHYLLOCACTUS
(Grown as a Window Plant).

good collection of these plants may be grown. In heated
structures the selection of kinds may be made according to
the space available, and to the conditions under which
they will be expected to grow. Fig. 188 represents a section
of a house for Cactuses, which will afford a good idea of the
kind of structure best suited for them.
The aspect is due south.

When grown on their own roots, the
Epiphyllums, as well as the pendent-
growing kinds of Rhipsalis, and several
species of Cereus, may be placed in
baskets and. suspended from the roof. Z
The baskets should be Ifmed with thin a
slices of fibrous peat, and the whole
of the middle filled with a mixture
of peat, loam, and sand. . When well
managed, some very pretty objects are
formed by the Epiphyllums grown as
basket-plants. The climbing Cac-
tuses are usually planted in a little
mound composed of loam ands brick

- rubble, and their stems either trained
along rafters or allowed to run up the
back wall of a greenhouse, against
which they root freely, and are gener-
ally capable of taking care of them-
selves with very little attention from
the gardener.

In Frames. For cultivation in
frames, the conditions are the same
as for greenhouses. Even when grown
in the latter, it will be found conducive
to the health and flowering of the
plants if, during the summer months,
they can be placed in a frame with
a south aspect, returning them to the
house again on the decline of summer

Fic. 188. SECTION OF HOUSE FOR CACTUSES.

&c. - 173

Cacti—continued.

weather. Wherever the place selected for Cactuses may be,
whether in a large plant-house, or a frame, or a window,
it is of vital importance that the position should be ex-
posed to bright sunshine during most of the day. In
Germany, many growers of almost all the kinds of Cactuses
place their young plants in frames, which are prepared as
follows: In April or May a hot-bed of manure and leaves
is prepared, and a frame placed upon it, looking south.
Six inches of soil is put on the top of the bed, and in this,
as soon as the temperature of the bed has fallen to about
70deg., the young plants are placed in rows. The frames
are kept close, even in bright weather, except when there
is too much moisture inside, and the plants are syringed
twice daily in dry, hot weather. The growth they make
under this treatment is astonishing. By the autumn the
plants are ready to be ripened by exposure to sun and
air, and in September they are lifted, planted in pots, and
sent to market for sale. This method may be adopted in
England, and if carefully managed, the growth the plants
would make would far exceed anything ever accomplished
when they are kept permanently in pots.

Our-or-Doors. There are some kinds which may be
grown out of doors altogether, if plauted on a sunny,
sheltered position on a rockery. The most successful plan
is that followed at Kew, where a collection of the hardier
species is planted in a rockery composed of brick rubble
and stones. During summer the plants are exposed; but
when cold weather and rains come, lights are placed per-
manently over the rockery, and in this way it is kept
comparatively dry. No fire-heat or protection of any other
kind is used, and the vigorous growth, robust health, and
floriferousness of the several species are proofs of the
fitness of the treatment for this class of plants.

In any garden where a few square yards in a sunny,
well-drained position ean be afforded for a raised rockery,
the hardy Cactuses may be easily managed. To make a
suitable rockery, proceed as follows: Find a_ position
against the south wall of a house, greenhouse, or shed,
and against this wall construct a raised rockery of brick
rubble, lime rubbish, stones (soft sandstone, if possible),
and fibrous loam. The rockery, when finished, should he,

A, A, Hot-water Pipes; B, B, Ventilators.

174

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cacti—continued.

say, 4ft. wide, and reach along the wall as far as required ;
the back of the rockery would extend about 2ft. above the
ground-level, and fall towards the front. Fix in, the wall,
1ft. or so above the rockery, a number of hooks at intervals
all along, to hold in position lights sufficiently long to
cover the rockery from the wall to the front, where they
could be supported by short posts driven in the ground.
The lights should be removed during summer to some shed,
and brought out for use on the approach of winter.
Treated in this manner, the following hardy species could
not fail to be a success: Opuntia Rafinesquii and var.
arkansana, O. vulgaris, O. brachyarthra, O. Picolominiana,
O. missouriensis, O. hwmilis, Cereus Fendleri, C. Engel-
manni, O. gonacanthus, C. phoeniceus, Echinocactus Sinvp-
som, E. Pentlandi, and Mamillaria vivipara. Cactuses
and other succulents are sometimes planted out in beds
as summer occupants (see Fig. 189).

Cacti—continued.

when placed in a compost of loam and leaf-mould, or loam
and peat, yet the growth they make is generally too sappy
and weak ; it is simply fat without bone, which, when the
necessary ‘resting period comes round, either rots or
gradually dries up. In preparing soil, therefore, for all
Cactuses (except Epiphyllwm and Rhipsalis, which will be
treated separately), a good, rather stiff loam, with plenty
of grass fibre in it, should form the principal ingredient,
sand and, if obtainable, small brick rubble being added
—one part of each of the latter to six parts of the former.
The brick rubble should be pounded up so that the largest
pieces are about the size of Hazel-nuts. Lime-rubbish, i.e.,
old plaster from buildings, &c.,is sometimes recommended
for Cactuses, but it does not appear to be of any use
except as drainage.. At Kew its use has been discontinued,
andsit is now generally condemned by all good cultivators.
Of course, the idea that lime was beneficial to Cactuses

SORE. fare

Fic. 189. CAcTI AND OTHER SUCCULENTS USED AS OUTDOOR BEDDING PLANTS IN PENGE RECREATION GROUND.

Sor. The conditions in which plants grow naturally
are what we usually try to imitate for their cultivation
artificially. At all events, such is supposed to be
theoretically right, however difficult it may be found in
practice. In Cactuses, however, we have plants for which
special conditions are necessary; and, as regards soil,
whether we are guided by nature or by gardening
experience, we are led to conclude that almost all of
them thrive only when planted in one kind, that soil being
principally loam. Plants which are limited in nature to
sandy, sun-scorched plains or the glaring sides of rocky
hills and mountains, where scarcely any other form of
vegetation can exist, are not likely. to require much
decayed vegetable humus, but must obtain their food from
inorganic substances, such as loam, sand, or lime. So it
is with them when grown in our houses. They are
healthiest and longest-lived when planted in a loamy soil ;
and although they may be grown fairly well for a time

sprang from the knowledge that it existed in large
quantities in the soil in which the plants grew naturally,
and: it is often found in abundance, in the form of oxalate
of lime, in the old stems of the plants. But in good loam,
lime, in the state of chalk, is always present, and this,
together with the lime contained in the brick rubble, is
sufficient to supply the plants with as much as they
require.

For Epiphyllums and Rhipsalis, both of which are
epiphytal naturally, but which are found to thrive best
in pots in our houses, a mixture of* equal. parts peat and
loam with sand and brick rubble in the same proportion
as before recommended, will be found most suitable.
Leaf-mould is sometimes used for these plants; but unless
really good it is best omitted. The finest Epiphyllums
have been grown in a soil consisting almost entirely of a
light fibry loam, with the addition of a little crushed
bones. —

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Cacti—continued.

Porrimyc. Cactuses, when healthy, are injuriously
affected by frequent disturbance at the roots. On the
arrival of the potting season, which for these plants is in
April and May, the roots of established plants should be
examined, and if they are found to be in a healthy
condition, and the soil sweet, they should be replaced
in the same pots to continue in them another year.
If the roots are decayed, or the soil has become sour, it
should be shaken away from the roots, which must be
examined, cutting away all decayed portions, and shorten-
ing the longest roots to within a few inches of the base of
the plant. Cactuses are so tenacious of life, and appear to
rely so little on their roots, that it will be found the wisest
plan; when repotting them, to cut the roots thoroughly.

The size of pots most suitable is what would be con-
sidered small in comparison with other plants, Cactuses
preferring to be somewhat restricted as to root-room.
This, indeed, is how they are found when wild, the roots
generally Scab themselves in the crevices of the rocks or
stones about which the plants grow, so that a large
specimen is often found to have only a few inches of space
in the cleft of a rock for the whole of its roots. When
thus limited, growth is firmer and the flowers are produced
in much greater profusion than when a liberal amount of
space is afforded. The pots should be well drained—about
one-fifth of their depth filled with drainage when intended
for large, strong-growing kinds, and one-third for the
smaller ones, such as Mamillarias. A layer of rough fibry
material should be placed over the crocks to prevent the
finer soil from stopping the drainage. When filling in the
soil, press it down firmly, spreading the roots well amongst
it, and keeping the base of the plant only lin. or so below
the surface.

For plants with weak stone stakes will be necessary,
and even stout-stemmed kinds, when their roots are not
sufficient to hold them firmly, will do best if fastened to
one or two strong stakes till they have made new roots
and got firm hold of the soil. Epiphyllums, when grown
as standards, should be tied to strong wire supports, those
with three short, prong-like legs being most desirable, as,
owing to the weight of the head of the plant, a single stake
is not sufficient to hold the whole firmly After potting,
no water should be given for a few weeks. In fact, if the
atmosphere in which the plants are placed be kept a little
moist, it will not be necessary to water them till signs of
fresh growth are perceived.

For Epiphyllums and Rhipsalis, water will be required
earlier than this; but even they are best left for a few
days without water after they have been repotted. As
soon as fresh growth is perceived, the plants may be well
watered, and from this time water may be supplied as
often as the soil approaches dryness. Newly-imported
plants, which on arrival are usually much shrivelled and
rootless, should be potted in rather dry soil and small
pots, and treated as recommended above. Cactuses
contain an abundance of nourishment stored up in their
stems, and upon this they will continue to exist for a
considerable time without suffering; and, when their
growing season comes round, root action commences
whether the soilis wet or dry, the latter being the more
favourable.

WATERING.
been previously said in relation to the conditions under
which the majority of the plants of the Cactus family
grow when wild, that during their season of growth they
require a good supply of moisture, both at the root and
overhead ; and afterwards a somewhat lengthened period
of rest, that is, almost total dryness, accompanied by all
the sunlight possible, and generally a somewhat high
temperature. The growing season for all those kinds
which require to be kept dry when at rest is from the end
of April to the middle of August, and during this time they
should be kept moderately moist, but not constantly

Saree Mia

It will have been gathered from what has -

Cacti—continued.
saturated, which, however, is not likely to occur if the
water is not carelessly supplied, and the drainage and soil
are perfect. This treatment corresponds with what
happens to Cactuses in a wild state, the frequent and heavy
rains which occur in the earlier part of the summer in the
American plains supplying the amount of moisture
necessary to enable these plants to make fresh growth, and
produce their beautiful flowers and spine-clothed fruits.
After August, little or no rain falls, and the Cactuses
assume a rather shrivelled appearance, which gives them
an unhealthy look, but which is really a sign of ripeness,
promising a plentiful crop of flowers when the rainy season
again returns.

As the sun in England is not nearly so powerful as in the
hot plains of Central America and the Southern States of
North America, where Cactuses are found in greatest
abundance, it will be evident that, if flowers are to be
produced, we must see that our plants have a sufficiency of
water in early summer, and little or none during the
autumn and winter, whilst the whole year round they should
be exposed to all the sunlight possible, the temperature, of
cotirse, varying with the requirements of the species,
whether it is a native of tropical or of temperate regions.
Tt is important that the cultivator should understand that
if water is liberally supplied “all through the summer, the
plants cannot obtain the rest which is necessary to their
ripening and producing flowers, as dryness at the root alone
is not sufficient to provide this, but must be accompanied
by exposure to bright sunlight, which is not possible in
England during winter, so that the ripening process must
begin before the summer is over.

It is possible to preserve most Cactuses alive by keeping
them constantly growing; but, with very few exceptions,
such treatment prevents the plants from flowering. The
following is what is practised in the gardens where
Cactuses are successfully cultivated. For the genera
Cereus, Echinopsis, Echinocactus, Mamillaria, Opuntia,
and Melocactus, a moist tropical house is provided, and in
April the plants-are freely watered at the root, and syringed
overhead both morning and afternoon on all bright days.
This treatment is continued till the end of July, when
syringing is suspended, and the water supplied to the roots
gradually reduced. By the end of August the plants are
placed in a large light frame with a south aspect, except
the tall-growing kinds, which are too bulky to remove.
In this frame the plants are kept till the summer is over,
and are watered only about once a week should the sun be
very powerful. The lights are removed on all bright,
sunny days, but are kept on during wet or dull weather, and
at night. Under this treatment, many of the species
assume a reddish appearance, and the thick, fleshy-stemmed
kinds generally shrivel somewhat. There is no occasion
for alarm in the coloured and shrivelled appearance of the
plants: on the contrary, it may be hailed as a good sign for
flowers.

A common complaint in relation to Cacti as flowering
plants is that they grow all right, but rarely or never
flower. The explanation of this is shown by the fact that,
the plants must be properly ripened and rested before
they can produce flowers. On the approach of cold
weather the plants which were removed to a frame to be
ripened should be brought back into the house for the
winter, and kept quite dry at the roots till the return of
spring, when their flowers will be developed either before or
soon after the watering season again commences.

Hitherto we have been dealing with those genera which
have thick fleshy stems, but there still remain the genera
Rhipsalis, Epiphyllam, and Phyllocactus, which are not
capable of bearing the Jong period of drought advised for
the former. The last- mentioned genus should, however, be
kept almost dry at the root during winter, and, if placed in
a light, airy house till the turn of the year, the branches will
ripen, and set their flower buds much more readily than

176

THE’ DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cacti—continued.

when they are wintered in a moist partially-shaded house.
During summer all the Phyllocactuses delight in plenty of
water, and, when growing freely, a weak solution of manure
affords them good food. Epiphyllums must be kept always
more or less moist at the root, though, of course, when
growing freely, they require more water than when growth
has ceased for the year, which happens late in autumn.
The same rule applies to Rhipsalis, none of the species of
which are happy when kept long dry. For the several
species of Opuntia and Echinopsis, which are sufficiently
hardy to be cultivated on a sunny rockery out of doors, it
will be found a wise precaution to place either a pane of
glass or a handlight over the plants in wet autumns and
during winter, not so much to serve as protection from
cold as to shield them from an excess of moisture at a time
when it would prove injurious.

TEMPERATURE. The amount of heat required by the
different species of Cactus varies very considerably. The
majority of Cactuses may be kept alive in one house where
all would be subjected to the same temperature, but many
of the plants would merely exist, and could not possibly
flower. It would be easy to point to several instances of
this unsatisfactory state of things. At Kew, for example,
owing to the arrangements pecessary for the public, it is
found convenient to have the majority’ of the large
collection of Cactuses in one house, where the plants
present an imposing appearance, but where, as might be
expected, a good number of the species very rarely produce
flowers. \ The Cactuses which inhabit the plains of the
Southern United States are subjected to a very high
summer temperature, and a winter of intense cold; whilst
on the other hand the species found in Central and South
America do not undergo nearly so wide an extreme, the
difference between the summer and the winter temperatures
of these countries being generally much less marked. A
tropical temperature for Cacti is in summer 70deg., rising
to 90deg. with sun heat, night temperature 65deg. to
70deg., in winter 60deg. to 65deg. Temperate: in summer
60deg., rising to 75deg. with sun heat, night 60deg. to
65deg., in winter 50deg. to 55deg. The hardy species
will, of course, bear the ordinary temperatures of this
country; but, to enable them to withstand a very cold
winter, they must be kept as dry as possible. In the
colder parts of England it is not advisable to leave any
of these plants outside during winter.

Insect Pests. Notwithstanding the thickness of skin
characteristic of almost every one of the Cactuses, they are
frequently attacked by various kinds of garden pests when
under cultivation, and more especially by Mealy Bug.
There is, of course, no difficulty in removing such insects
from the species with few or no spines upon their stems;
but when the plants are thickly covered with clusters of
spines and hairs, the insects are not easily got rid of.
For Cactuses, as well as for other plants subject to this
most troublesome insect, various kinds of insecticide have
been recommended; but the best, cheapest, and most
effectual with which we are acquainted is paraffin, its
only drawback being the injury it does to the plants when
applied carelessly, or when not sufficiently diluted. A
wineglassful of the oil, added to Igall. of soft water, and
about 20z. of soft soap, the whole to be kept thoroughly
mixed by frequently stirring it, forms a solution strong
enough to destroy Mealy Bug. In applying this mixture,
a syringe should be used, or, if the plants are to be
dipped over-head, care must be taken to have the oil
thoroughly diffused through the water, or the plant, when
lifted out, will be covered with pure paraffin, which does
not mix properly with water, but floats upon the
surface if allowed to stand for a few moments. The plants
should be laid on their sides to be syringed with the
mixture, and after they have been thoroughly wetted, they
may be allowed to stand for a few minutes before being
syringed with pure water. Plants that are badly infested

Cacti—continued.

with Mealy Bug should be syringed with the paraffin
mixture once a day, for about a week. It is easy to do
serious harm to these plants by using a stronger solution
than is here recommended, and also by not properly
mixing the oil with the soap and water; and the
amateur cannot, therefore, be too careful in his use of
this excellent insecticide.

For Scale, which sometimes infests these plants, and
which is sometimes found upon them when wild, the
paraffin may be used with good effect.

Thrips attack Phyllocactus, Rhipsalis, and Epiphyllum,
especially when the plants are grown in less shade, or in a
higher temperature, than is good for them. Fumigation
with tobacco, dipping in a strong solution of tobacco, or
sponging with a mixture of soap and water, are either of
them effectual when applied to plants infested with Thrips.
The same may be said of Green-fly, which sometimes
attacks the Epiphyllums.

Hot water (140deg. Fahr.) may also be successfully
employed against insects upon Cacti. It should be syringed
on in the manner indicated.

A blight, something similar to Mealy Bug, now and again
appears on the roots of some of the species of Hchino-
cactus and Cereus. This may be destroyed by dipping
the whole of the roots in the mixture recommended for the
stems when infested by Mealy Bug, and afterwards allowing
them to stand for a few minutes immersed in pure water.
They may then be placed where they will dry quickly,
and finally, in a day or two, repotted into new compost,
first removing every particle of the old soil from the roots.

Diseases. Under artificial cultivation there are many
conditions more or less unfavourable to the health of plants,
and, in the case of Cactuses, very large specimens, when
imported from their native haunts to be placed in our glass-
houses, soon perish. At Kew, there have been, at various
times, fine specimens of some of the largest-growing
species, but they have never lived longer than a year or so,
always gradually shrinking in size till, finally, owing to the
absence of proper nourishment, and to other untoward
conditions, they have broken down and rotted. This rotting
of the tissue, or flesh, of these plants, is the great enemy to
their cultivation in England. When it appears it should
be carefully cut out with asharp knife, and the plant should
then be exposed to the influence of a perfectly dry atmo-
sphere for a few days till the wound has dried, when it
should be potted in a sandy compost and treated as for
cuttings. Sometimes the decay begins in the side of the
stem of the plant, in which case it should be cut away,
and the wound exposed to a dry air. The cause of this
decay at the base or in the side of the stems of
Cactuses is no doubt debility, which is the result of the
absence of some necessary condition when the plants
are cultivated in houses or windows in this country.

Grafted plants, especially Epiphyllums, when worked on
to Pereskia stocks, are apt to grow weak and flabby through
the stem wearing out, or through the presence of Mealy
Bug or other insects in the crevices of the part where the-
stock and scion join. In this case it is best to prepare
fresh stocks of Pereskia, and graft on to them the best of
the pieces of Epiphyllwm from the old, debilitated plant.
It is no use trying to get such plants to recover, as, when
once this disease or weakness begins, it cannot easily be
stopped.

PROPAGATION. Cactuses may be multiplied from
cuttings of the stems, from seeds, and also by means of
grafting; this last method is adopted for those species
which, under cultivation, are not easily kept in health when.
growing upon their own roots, or, as in.the case of Epi-
phyllums, when it offers a means of speedily forming large
and shapely specimens. From seeds the plants are
generally freer in growth than when cuttings are used,
although the seedlings are longer in growing into flowering
specimens than large cuttings would be.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 177

Cacti—continued.

Seeds. Good fresh seeds of Cactaceous plants germinate
in from two to four weeks after sowing, if placed in a warm
house or on a hotbed with a temperature of S80deg. If
sown in a lower temperature, the time they take to
vegetate is longer; but, unless in a very low degree of
heat, the seeds, if good, and if properly managed as regards
soil and water, rarely fatl to germinate. For all the kinds,
pots or pans containing drainage to within 2in. of the top,
and then filled up with finely-sifted loam and sand, three
parts of the former to one of the latter, and pressed down
moderately firm, will be found to answer. If the soil be
moist at the time of sowing the seeds, it will not be
necessary to water it for a day or two. The seeds should
be scattered thinly over the surface of the soil, and then
covered with about tin. of soil. Over this, a pane of glass
may be placed, and should remain till the seedlings appear
above the soil. Should the position where the seeds are to
be raised be in a room windoy, this pane of glass will be
found very useful in preventing the dry air of the room
from absorbing all the moisture from the soil about the
seeds. For the germination of Cactus, and indeed of all
seeds, a certain amount of moisture must be constantly

Fic. 190.—SEEDLINGS OF CEREuS.

a, One month after germination. 6b, Two months after germina-
tion. ” Three months after germination. (Magnified six
times. ;

present in the soil; and after a seed has commenced to
grow, to allow it to get dry is to run the risk of killing it.

The seeds of Cactuses may be sown at any time in the
year; but it is best to sow in spring, as, after germinating,
the young plants have the summer before them in which to
attain sufficient strength to enable them to pass through
the winter withont suffering; whereas plants raised from
antumn-sown seeds have often a poor chance of surviving
through the winter, unless treated with great care. The
seeds of all Cactuses are small, and therefore the seedlings
are at first tiny globular masses of watery flesh, very
different from what we find in the seedlings of ordinary
garden plants. The form of the seedling of a species of
Cereus is shown at Fig. 190, and its transition froma small
globule-like mass of flesh to the spine-clothed stem, which
characterises this genus, is also represented. At a we see
the young plant after it has emerged from the seed, the
outer shell of which was attached to one of the sides of the
aperture at the top till about a week before the drawing
was made. At b, the further swelling and opening out, as
it were, of what, in botanical language, is known as the
cotyledon stage of development, will be seen; a month
afterwards, this will have assumed the shape of a very

Vol. V.

Cacti—continued.
small Cereus. It is interesting to note how the soft fleshy
mass which first grows out of the seedis nothing more than
a little bag of food with a tiny growing point fixed in its
top, and that, as the growing point increases, the food-bag
decreases, till finally the whole of the latter becomes
absorbed into the young stem, which is now capable of
obtaining nourishment by means of its newly-formed roots.
In the genus Opuntia, the cotyledon stage (see Fig. 749,
Vol. II.) of the plant is different from that of the Cereus,
and is more like that of a Cucumber. Still, though the
form is different, the purpose of the two cotyledons and
the juicy stem in the seedling Opuntia is the same as in
the Cereus; and, as the growing point develops, the
cotyledons shrivel up and fall off, the plant food they
contained having passed into that part of the young
seedling which was to be permanent.

The seedlings of these two genera serve as an illus-
tration of the process of germination from seed of all
the Cactuses ; and it must be evident that there is much
that is singular and full of interest in raising these plants
from seeds. As soon as the seedlings are large enough to
be handled, they may be planted separately in small pots,
using a compost similar to, but slightly coarser than, that
in which the seeds were sown. The soil should be kept
moist till the summer is over, and after that, till the return
of warm sunny weather, it will be found safest to keep the
seedlings on the dry side, a little water only being given at
intervals of a week, and only when the sun is shining upon
the plants.

To obtain seeds from cultivated plants, it is necessary,
in order to ensure fertilisation, that the top of the stigma
should be dusted over with the dust-like pollen from the
anthers. This may be done by means of a small camel-
hair brush; this should be moistened in the mouth
and then pushed among the anthers till covered with
pollen, which may then be gently rubbed on to the stigma.
A warm, sunny morning is the most suitable time for this
operation, as fertilisation takes place much more readily
under the influence of bright sunshine than at any other
time. Some Cactuses have their floral organs so arranged
as to be capable of self-fertilisation; still, it is always
as well to give them assistance. The night-flowering
species must of course be fertilised either at night
or very early in the morning. By using the pollen
from one kind for dusting on to the stigma of another,
hybrids may be obtained, and it is owing to the readiness
with which the plants of this family cross with each other
that so many hybrids and forms of the genera Epiphyllum
and Phyllocactus have been raised. It would be useless to
attempt such a cross as Epiphyllum with Cereus giganteus,
because of their widely different natures; but such crosses
as Epiphyllum with Phyllocactus, and Cereus flagelliformis
with C. speciosissimus, have been brought about.

Cuttings. No plants are more readily increased from
stem-cuttings than Cactuses; for, be the cutting 20ft. high,
or only as large as a thimble, it strikes root readily if
placed in a warm temperature and kept slightly moist. At
Kew, it is the common practice, when the large-growing
specimens get too tall for the house in which they are
grown, to cut off the top of the stem to a length of 6ft. or
8ft., and plant it in a pot of soil to form a new plant. The
old base is kept for stock, as it often happens that just
below the point where the stem was severed, lateral buds
are developed, and these, when grown into branches, are
removed and used as cuttings. Large Opuntias are
treated in the same way, with the almost invariable result
that even the largest branches root freely, and are in no
way injured by what appears to be exceedingly rough
treatment. “Large cuttings striking root so freely, it must
follow that small cuttings: will likewise soon form roots.
In fact, there is not one species in cultivation which may
not be easily multiplied by means of cuttings. The
nature of a Cactus stem is so very different from the

2A

178

THE .DiCTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cacti—continued.

stems of most other plants, that no comparison can
be made between them in respect of their root-developing
power, the rooting of a Cactus cutting being as certain
as the rooting of a bulb. The very soft, fleshy stems
of some Cactuses, Hchinocactuses for example, should
be exposed to the air for a time, so that the eut at
the base may dry before it is buried in the soil. If
the base of a plant decays, all that is necessary is the
removal of the decayed portion, exposure of the wound to
the air for two or three days, and ‘then the planting of
the cutting in a dry, sandy soil, and placing it in a warm
moist honse till rooted. All cuttings of Cactuses may be
treated in this way. If anything proves destructive to
these cuttings, it is an excess of moisture in the soil.

Grafting. The object of grafting is generally either to
effect certain changes in the nature of the scion, by uniting
it with a stock of a character different from its own, which
usually results in the better production of flowers, fruit,
&c., or to multiply those plants which are not readily
increased by the more ordinary methods of cuttings or
seeds. In the case of Cactuses, however, we resort to
grafting, not because of any difficulty in obtaining the
kinds thus treated from either cuttings or seeds, as we
have already seen that all the species of Cactuses grow
freely from seed, or are easily raised from cuttings of their
stems, nor yet to effect any change in the characters of the
plants thus treated, but because some of the more delicate
kinds, and especially the smaller ones, are apt to rot at
the base during the damp, foggy weather of our winters ;
and, to prevent this, it is found a good and safe plan to
graft them on to stocks formed of more robust kinds, or
even on to plants of other genera, such as Cereus or
Echinocactus. By this means, the delicate plants are
raised above the soil whence the injury in winter usually
arises, and they are also kept well supplied with food by
the more robust and active nature of the roots of the
plant upon which they are grafted.

Grafting is also adopted for some of the Cactuses to add
to the grotesqueness of their appearance; a spherical
Echinocactus or Mamillaria being united to a columnar
stem of another kind, so as to produce the appearance of
a drum-stick; or a large round-growing species may be
grafted on to three such stems, which may then be likened
to a globe supported upon three columns. As the species
and genera unite freely with each other, it is possible
to produce, by means of grafting, some very extra-
ordinary-looking plants, and to a lover of the incon-
gruous and “ queer,’ these plants will afford much
interest and amusement. Besides the above, Epiphyllums,
and the long drooping Cereuses—such as OC. flagelliformis
—are grafted because of their pendent habit; they are
therefore seen to better advantage when growing from
the tall erect stem of some stouter kind, than if allowed to
grow on their own roots. By growing on a Pereskia into a
large plant, and then cutting it into any shape desired, we
may, by grafting upon its spurs or branches a number of
pieces of Epiphyllum, obtain large flowering specimens of
various shapes in a comparatively short time. For general
purposes, it is usual to graft Epiphyllums on to stems,
about lft. high, of Pereskia aculeata, pretty little
standard plants being in this way formed in about a year
from the time of grafting. As an instance of how
easily some kinds may be grafted, we may note what was
done with a large head of the Rat’s-tail Cactus which had
been grown for some years on the stem of Cereus rostratus,
but which rotted off just below the point of union.
On re-grafting this head on to the Cereus a little lower
down, it failed to unite, and, attributing the failure to
possible ill-health in the stock, it was determined to transfer
the Rat’s-tail Cactus to a large stem of Pereskia aculeata,
the result being a quick union and rapid, healthy growth
since. Upon the same stock some grafts of Epiphyllum
had previously been worked. In Fig. 191 we have a fine

Cacti—continued.

example of this kind of grafting. It represents a stem of
Pereskia Bleo upon which the Rat’s-tail Cactus and an
Epiphyllum have been grafted.

For most plants the operation of grafting must be
carefully and skilfully performed, but in the case of
Cactuses very little skill is necessary if one or two rules,
which apply to all kinds of grafting, are observed. The
period of vigorous growth, and while the sap of both the
stock and the scion is in motion, is the most favourable
time for the operation. It is then only necessary, in order

0

Fe

Fic. 191. PERESKIA BLEO, with EPIPHYLLUM and CEREUS
FLAGELLIFORMIS grafted upon it.

to bring about a speedy union, that the parts grafted
should be cut so as to fit each other properly, and then
bound or in some way fastened together so that they will
remain in close contact with each other till a union is
effected. A close atmosphere and, if possible, a little shade, -
should be afforded the worked plants till the grafts have
taken. The ligature used should not be bound round the
graft too tightly, or it will prevent the flow of the sap; if
bound tightly enough to hold the parts together, and to
prevent their slipping, that will be found quite sufficient.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC.

Cacti—continued.

Epiphyllums are treated as follow = Cuttings of Pereskia
are rooted and grown on to the required size, and in the
month of September they are headed down, the tops being
used as cuttings. Grafts of Epiphyllum are then prepared
by cutting them to the required length, usually about 6in.,
and removing a thin slice of the fleshy stem on each side so
as to form a flat wedge. The stem of Pereskia is then
split down about lin. with a sharp knife, and into this
the wedge of the graft is inserted, and fastened either by
means of a small pin passed through the stem and graft
about half-way up the slit, or by binding round them a
little worsted or matting, the former being preferred.
The worked plants are then placed in a close handlight
or propagating-frame, having a temperature of about
75deg. where they are kept moist by sprinkling them
daily with water; they must be shaded from bright
sunlight. As soon as a union has been effected, which
will be seen by the grafts beginning to grow, the ligature
and pin should be removed, and the plants gradually
hardened off by admitting air to the box, till finally they
may be removed to the house where it is intended to
grow them. In a cottage window this operation may be
successfully performed if a box with a movable glass top,
or a large bell-glass, be used to keep the grafts close till
they have taken.

Fic. 193. GRarr OF OPUNTIA
DECIPIENS ON O. Ficus-
INDICA.

Fic. 192. GRAFT OF MAMILLA-
RIA RECURVA ON CEREUS
NYCTICALUS.

For the spherical-stemmed kinds of Mamillaria, Cereus,
Behinocactus, &c., a different method is found to answer.
Instead of cutting the base of the graft to a wedge shape, it
is simply eut across the base horizontally, or, in other
words, a portion of the bottom of the graft is sliced off, and
a stock procured which, when cut across the top, will about
fit the wound at the base of the scion ; the two sliced parts
are placed together, and secured either by passing a piece
of matting a few times over the top of the graft and under
the pot containing the stock, or by placing three stakes
around it in such a way that, when tied together at the top,
they will hold the graft firmly in position. Another method
is that of cutting the base of the scion in the form of a
round wedge, and then scooping a hole out in the centre of
the stock large enough to fit this wedge; the scion is
pressed into this, and then secured in the manner above
mentioned.

To graft one spherical-stemmed kind on to three
columnar-stemmed ones, the latter must first be estab-
lished in one pot and, when ready for grafting, cut at the

Cacti—continued.

top into rounded wedges, three holes to correspond being
eut into the scion. When fixed, the top should be securely
fastened by tying it to the pot, or by means of stakes.
For this last operation patience and care are necessary
to make the stocks and scions fit properly; but if the
rules that apply to grafting are properly followed, there
will be little fear of the operation failing. In the accom-
panying illustrations, we have a small Mamillaria stem
grafted on to the apex of the tall quadrangular-stemmed
night-flowering Cereus (see Fig. 192), and also a cylindrical-
stemmed Opuntia worked on a branch of the flat,
battledore-like Indian Fig (see Fig. 193).

CADAMBA. Included under Guettarda (which see).

CADIA (this name is an alteration of the Arabic Kadi):
Syns. Panciatica, Spaéndoncea. Ord. Leguminose. A
small genus (three species are known) of stove, evergreen
shrubs, natives of Eastern tropical Africa, Southern
Arabia, and Madagascar. Flowers whitish, pink, or
purple, solitary in the axils or few in a raceme, pendu-
lous ; calyx broadly campanulate, with nearly equal lobes;
petals nearly all alike, free, erecto-patent, oblong-ovate
or sub-orbicular, very shortly clawed; stamens free, sub-
equal; bracts small; bracteoles wanting. Pods linear,
acuminate, two-valved. Leaves impari-pinnate ;- leaflets
small, exstipellate; stipules minute. C. LEllisiana, the
only species yet introduced, is a small, slender, perfectly
glabrous bush, requiring similar culture to Brownea
(which see).

C. Ellisiana (Rev. W. Ellis’). jl. rose-red, lsin. long; petals
twice as long as the calyx, obovate-spathulate, convolute, form-
ing acampanulate corolla; racemes short and shortly peduncn-
late, axillary. December. J. alternate, 4in. to 6in. long ; leaflets
distant, alternate, spreading, very shortly petiolulate, 3in. to

4in. long, elliptic-oblong or lanceolate, obtusely acuminate ;
petioles very short, swollenat base. Madagascar, 1882. (B. M. 6685.)

CZH:RULESCENT. Bluish ;
lescent.

CHESALPINIA. Including Guilandina. This genus
comprises about thirty-eight species, distributed over the
warmer regions of the globe. To those described on
p. 232, Vol. I., the following should be added. See also
Coulteria (which should be included hereunder).

C. bicolor (two-coloured). /. reddish-purple. (fr. a flat, broad
pod, 2in. long. 7. bipinnate. Branches thorny. h. 20ft. South
America, 1896. This tree yields a fine Brazil wood, valuable for
dyeing.

C. Bonducella (Bonducella). /. yellow; petals little exserted ;
riwemes long-pedunculate, simple or paniculate. 7. 1ft. or more
in length; pinne usually twelve to sixteen; leaflets oblong,
obtuse, mucronate, sin. to lin. long, downy beneath. Branches
grey-downy. India, &c. Syn. Guilandina Bonducella.

C. brasiliensis. The correct name is Peltophorum Linnei.

C. crista (crest). A synonym of C. sepiaria.

C. Gilliesii (Dr. Gillies’). #. large and handsome, several in a
terminal raceme; petals five, yellow, obcordate, spreading ;
stamens ten, bright red, free, 4in. to Sin. one Summer.
7. alternate, abruptly bipinnate; leaflets scarcely in.) long,
oblong, obtuse. Stem erect, much-branched. Mendoza, South
America, 1829. Hardy. Syn. Poinciana Gilliesii (B. M. 4006;
P. M. B. i. 28).

C. japonica (Japanese). A synonym of C. sepiaria.

C. lacerans (torn). A synonym of Pterolobium indicwm.

Cc. pulcherrima (very pretty). The correct name of Poiiciana
pulcherrima.

C. sepiaria (hedge-loving). /l. yellow, terminal, racemose,
drooping ; peduncles alternate, filiform, horizontal, one-flowerea.
May and June. J. bipinnate; leaflets sub-sessile, oblong, very
obtuse, entire, equilateral, glabrous ; petioles and shoots prickly.
Stem 6ft. high, arborescent. Japan, 1888. Hardy. (G. C. 1888,
iv., p. 513, f. 73; G. M. 21st July, 1888, p. 445.) Syn. C. crista.

CZESTA* (named in honour of F. Casia). Orn.
Liliaceez. A genus including about nine species of green-
house, tufted herbs, allied to Arthropodium, confined to
Australia and South Africa. Flowers blue or white,
disposed in scattered groups at the sides of the
panicle-branches ; perianth spirally twisted, the segments

the same as Cceru-

180 THE. DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Cesia—continued.

very shortly connate at base, three-nerved, spreading;
stamens six ; pedicels filiform. Leaves clustered at the -
base of the stem or under the lower branches of the stem.
Rhizome short. C. vittata, an Australian species with
small, pale blue flowers, has been introduced, but is
probably lost to cultivation. é

CAILLIEA. A synonym of Dichrostachys (which

see).
CAINITO. A synonym of Chrysophyllum (which see).

CAJOPHORA [properly CAIOPHORA). Included
under Blumenbachia (which see).

CALADENIA. Including Leptoceras. C. Patersoni and
its form dilatata are im cultivation at Kew. See also
Glossodia.

CALADIUM. A very large number of plants have
been described as species of this genus, but according to
Engler, in Alph. de Candolle’s ‘“ Monographie Phanero-
gamarum,” not more than seven are entitled to rank as such;
all are natives of tropical America. The roots of C. bicolor
and some other species are edible, and are known in tropical
countries as Cocoa Roots. Some of the plants formerly
included here are now referred to Anchomanes, Culcasia,
Dieffenbachia, Gonatanthus, Montrichardia, Philo-
dendron, Remusatia, and Zamioculcas.

These elegant ornamental stove plants have been
improved so much of late years that it looks as if
their leaf-colouring had reached the high-water mark of
perfection. Where many gardeners fail with these plants
is in not thoroughly ripening the tubers in autumn by
gradually withholding the water. As soon as the leaves
die down the roots should be turned out of the pots and
stored in dry silver-sand out of the reach of drip, and in a
temperature of 70deg. Propagation is effected by dividing
the tubers as soon as growth has commenced. ‘The leaves
of most kinds require a neat stick by way of support.
To those kinds described on pp. 233-4, Vol. I, the
following should be added:

Cc. adamantinum (adamantine). J. deflexed, sagittate, dark

green, with white venation, and having numerous white dots
along the borders of the veins. Peru, 1891. (I. H. xxxviii.,
.)

Cc. Humboldtii (Humboldt’s). The correct name of C. argyrites.

Cc. lilliputianum (dwarf). This is Saperenily a dwarf form
of G. Humboldtii. It has also been called C. Jilliputiense. 1895.

Cc. medioradiatum (middle-rayed). J, peltate-ovate, acute,
notched at the base, dark green, the course of the midrib and its
two branches silvery-white; petioles mottled with brown.
Colombia, 1891, (I. H. xxxviii., t. 128.)

C. rubescens (reddish). #., spathe green, with a blackish stripe,
Shin. long. /. 6in, long, 2in. broad, ovate-lanceolate, wavy, with
short basal lobes, crimson, margined with green. Brazil, 1893.

Cc. sagittatum (arrow-head-like). J. narrow-sagittate, deeply
bilobed, dark green, the midrib and some of its eerie
feathered with red. Brazil, 1891. (I. H. xxxviii., t. 138.)

C. Seguinum (Seguinum). A synonym of Dieffenbachia Seguine.

C. venosum (veined). /l., spathe green, 3in. long. 7. 10in. long,

4in. broad, green, with yellowish nerves and a red margin.
Brazil, 1893.

C. violaceum (violet).
antiquorum.,

Varieties. Some of the most noteworthy are included
in the enumeration here given:

AVILON*, bright carmine, with darker veinings, margined with
green, and freckled with white; BARONNE ADOLPHE DE ROTH-
SCHILD, crimson, rose spotted; BARONNE CLARA DE HIRSCH*,
cream white, with deep rose markings ; BARONESS SCHROEDER*,
bronzy-gold, rose-tinted, bright crimson veinings, distinct ;
CANDIDUM*, white, veined dark green; CARDINALE*, crimson,
spotted and marked green and yellow; CHARLEMAGNE”, bright
red, rose-shaded, and veined dark red ; COMTE DE GERMINY, red,
with white mottlings ; DUCHESS OF FIFE, white, with dark green
reticulations, veined bright rose-carmine; EpItH LUTHER’,

-bronzy-pink, blotched silver, and veined rose-carmine ;
ExQuisitE*, bright carmine, margined light green; GASPARD
CRAYER, deep crimson, with green margin and bright crimson
veinings; HER Masesty, bright silvery-white,- with carmine

- blotches; Lapy STaFFORD NORTHCOTE’, blood-red, shaded
crimson; LEONARD BauRE*, pure white, spotted blood-red,

This is probably identical with Colocasia

Caladium— continued.

veined and flushed pale carmine; MARTIN LUTHER*, rose-
crimson, dwarf. and compact; Mrs. Iceron*, sulphur-yellow,
blotched with white, and lined with crimson; Mrs. M‘LEop*,
violet-maroon footstalks, with bright scarlet blade and dark red
veinings ; ORIFLAMME, bright red, with green margins ; RAYMOND
LEMOINIER, carmine-red, with sulphur margin ; SILVER CLOUD,
silvery-white, spotted with green, with carmine veins; SIR
HENRY IRVING", creamy-white, mottled greenish-white, with
rose-pink veins; TENNYSON*, bright green, mottled yellow
* elegantly blotched.

CALAIS. A synonym of Microseris (which see).

CALAMAGROSTIS. Smallreed. This genus em-
braces about five species, broadly scattered over the
globe ; it was formerly included under Arundo, from which
it is distinguished principally by the one-flowered spikelets.
The British Flora includes three species, 0. Epigeios and
the two described on p..234, Vol. I.

CALAMINTHA. Including Acinos. About forty
species, distributed over the North temperate regions, are
included in this genus. C. Acinos (Basil Thyme), C. Clino-
podium (Wild Basil), and C. officinalis (Common Calamint)
are included in the British Flora. To those described on
p. 235, Vol. I., the following should be added:

C. glabella (almost glabrous). /l. lilac-purple, scented ; corolla
nearly sin. long ; axils three- to five-flowered. Summer. /. oblon
or broadly lanceolate, tapering at base, the larger ones serrated.

Stems lax or decumbent, lft. to 2ft. long. North America.
Rockery. Pa

C. mimuloides (Mimulus-like). /. orange-yellow, mostly soli-
tary in the axils, on slender pedicels that are leafy-bracted at
base; corolla 1sin. long, with a narrow tube twice the length
of the calyx. Summer. J. ovate, coarsely serrated, membranous,
on slender petioles. A. 14ft. California, 1849. Plant viscidly
hirsute.
CALAMOSAGUS. A

(which see).

CALAMUS. All the 200 species of this genus inhabit
tropical or sub-tropical regions; they are mostly found in
Eastern Asia. Dzmonorops (which see) was included
here by the authors of the ‘“ Genera Plantarum,’ but has
since been separated, and under that genus are now classed
C. accedens (D. Draco), C. adspersus, C. Draco, C. fissus,
C. Hystriz, C. Jenkinsianus, C. Lewisianus, and C. verti-
cillaris. To those described on p. 235, Vol. I., the follow-
ing should be added. See also Ancistrophyllum.

synonym of Korthalsia

Tic, 199. CALAMUS CILIARIS.

1900 SUPPLEMENT— RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.- 1s

Calamus —continued.

C. australis (Southern). /l., panicles long and loose, prickly ;
male spikes lin. to l4in. long; female spikes Sin. to 4in. long.
1. often above 2ft. long; segments ten to twenty, the lower
ones often lft. long and 1jin. broad, the upper ones broader, all
shortly acuminate ; rachis armed beneath with recurved prickles.
Queensland, 1861. ‘‘A slender, reclining Palm” (A. Cunning-
ham), ‘‘climbing to a great height” (F. Mueller).

C. caryotoides (Caryota-like). /., inflorescence long and loose,
but the partial panicles not loose as in C. Muelleri._ l., segments
much broader than in that species, to which this is allied.
Queensland,

C. ciliaris. This very decorative and well-known species,
described in Vol. I., is shown at Fig. 194.

C. erectus (erect). l., spadices lft. to 2ft. long, branched,
elongated, ending in a flagellum; spikes 6in. to 10in. long;
spathels cymbiform. J, 12ft. to 18ft. long; leaflets few, linear
lanceolate, 14ft. to 2ft. long, 14in. to 2in. broad, one-nerved ;
spines on the full-grown petioles sin. long and upwards. Stems

ensely tufted, 12ft. to 18ft. high; internodes 2in. to 3in. long.
Sikkim Himalaya, &c. Syn. C. schizospathus.

C. gracillimus (very slender).
elongated, spaced at wide distances apart.”
recorded. 1893.

Cc. grandis (large). A synonym of Acanthophenizx grandis.

Cc. guineénsis (Guinea). /. pinnate; segments narrow-lanceo-
late, supported by spiny leafstalks; young ones cinnamon-
brown, changing to deep green. Sikkim, 1884.

C. kentizeformis (Kentia-shaped). ‘The habit of the plant
recalls at once the form and character of Kentia Forsteriana
[Howea Forsteriana), from which circumstance its name was
given” (Catalogue of the Compagnie Continentale d’Horticulture,
1884, p. 3). No further description given.

C. Lindeni (Linden’s). /. pinnatifid ; pinne unarmed, lanceolate,
flat, three-nerved, acuminate, attenuated at base, white-pruinose
beneath ; petioles and sheaths prickly, the prickles straight,
long, brown, thickened at base. Caudex thickened, cylindrical.
Indian Archipelago, 1883. (I. H. 1883, t. 499.)

C. Muelleri (Mueller’s). #., main rachis often slender, armed
with recurved prickles and bearing a few distant panicles 2in.
to 3in. long. JZ. 1ft. to 14ft. long; segments ten to sixteen, the
longest 8in. long and jin. broad, all shortly acuminate, the
margins having a few minute prickles, the under-surface and
rachis occasionally prickly. Stem covered with appressed leaf-
sheaths, densely prickly or bristly. Tropical Australia.

Cc. abicur es condone). jl., spadix paniculate. fr. pale, cylin-
drical-oblong, lin. ong Z. generally destitute of tendrils;
pe scattered, linear-lanceolate, acuminate. Stem climbing.
ava, &c., 1857.

€. ovoideus (ovoid). /r. gin. to jin. long, the spadix having
very stout, recurved spikelets. 7. 14ft. or more in length ; leaflets
10in. to 14in. long, fin. to lin. broad, broadly linear, alternate,
tricostate, bristly at tip, brsht green above, duller beneath ;
rachis fugaciously scurfy, with hooked spines at back; sheath
eel, armed with rings of black spines. Stem stout, climbing.
Ceylon. 5

C. Oxleyanus (Oxley’s). /. 10ft. to 11ft. long exclusive of the
long flagellum; leaflets very many, in sub-opposite, distant
fascicles, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, lft. long, Zin. broad, five-
ribbed ; petioles about 2ft. long, stoutly armed (and the sheath
Cae y so) with large seriate spines and scattered short ones.

alaya.

C. regis (royal). J. shining green, borne on mealy petioles. 1886.
An elegant and graceful Palm.

Cc. robustus (robust). /. having crowded, ensiform pinnz ;
petioles broadly stop exicant, with brownish-black, membranous
Margins; spines yellowish-green, disposed in rings of six or
eight. Borneo; 1893. (I. H. 1893, t. 169.)

C. Roxburghii (Roxburgh’s). A synonym of C. Rotang.

C, rudentum (rope-like). _l., male spadix compound; spathe
small, prickly. jr. oval-globose. 7. bearing tendrils; pinne
numerous, equidistant, linear, acuminate; prickles slender.
Stem very long, climbing, greyish-white. Amboyna, Java, &c.

C. schizospathus (cut-spathed). A synonym of C. erectus.

C. spectabilis (remarkable). 7. slender, pinnate ; pinne about
five on each side the rachis, not equidistant, oblong, five- to
seven-nerved, convex above ; petioles very short. 1886. A small-
growing, somewhat spiny species, of graceful habit, suitable,
when in a young state, for table-decoration.

C. tenuis (slender). The correct name of C. Royleanus.

C. trinervis (three-nerved). /. pinnate; leaflets alternate, lan-
ceolate, sessile, acuminate, having three prominent, hairy nerves,
and two marginal and two intermediate ones less developed ;
transverse yeins conspicuous; petioles thorny, clothed with a
deciduous, scale-like omentum, the sheath ending in a fringe of
pointed, brown scales. East Indies, 1883.

“Foliage very narrow-linear,
Habitat not

Calamus—continued.

C. Verschaffeltii (Verschaffelt’s).
phoenix rubra.

C. Alberti, C. Caroli, C. farinosus (1. H.1872, t. 109), ©.
Laucheanus, C. subangulatus, and C. Volonteanus are rare in
cultivation.

CALANCHOE. Sce Kalanchoe.

CALANDRINIA. About sixty species are included
hereunder. To those described on p. 236, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

C. elegans (elegant). A garden synonym of C. discolor.

C. Lindleyana (Lindley’s). A garden synonym of C. Menziesii.

C. oppositifolia (opposite-leaved). /l. pearly-white, 2in. across,
three or four on each stem; petals ten, obtuse, somewhat
recurved ; scape prosirele, naked. Summer. /., radical ones
clustered, 2in. to 4in. long, oblanceolate, obtuse, narrowed into
short, thick petioles, green and glistening above, paler beneath.
Root fusiform, fleshy. Oregon and California, 1887. Half-hardy
perennial. (B. M. 7051; G. C. 1888, p. 601, f. 83.)

Cc. polyandra (many-anthered). . reddish-purple, rather large,
few together in a terminal raceme. August. J. few, thick and
fleshy, mostly lin. to 14in. long, the lowest broadly linear or
almost spathulate, the upper ones narrowly linear. Branches
decumbent or ascending. Australia, 1855. Syn. Yalinuwm
polyandrum (B. M. 4833).

CALANTHE. Syns. Amblyglottis, Centrosis, Ghies-
breghtia, Preptanthe, Styloglossum. About forty species,
mostly natives of tropical Asia, are comprised in this genus.

The deciduous section includes some of the most
useful of winter-flowering Orchids. When grown in a
pure atmosphere there are no easier species to manage
than these Calanthes. A bright light is essential to their
well-being; only sufficient shade is required to prevent
the foliage from scorching during the growing season.
The fact is, a strong light assists the ‘‘ bulbs” to properly
mature, by hardening the growth in its different stages.
Unless a bulb is properly built up flowering will be
unsatisfactory, and the well-being of the plant cannot be
secured.

In the neighbourhood of London, where fogs and smoky
atmosphere are so injurious to plant life in general, the
cultivation of this section of Calanthes is practically
labour in vain. The unfavourable conditions during the
autumn months of the year are such that members of the
QO. Veitchii section (which embrace the darkest forms in
cultivation), if fortunate enough to escape destruction
before becoming expanded, are so washed out as to colour
that they are rendered practically useless. All the winter-
flowering section are unable to withstand the effects of
even a moderate fog. In the bad state it turns them

A synonym of Acantho-

‘yellow, and they quickly fall off.

To those described on pp. 236-7, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

C. anchorifera (anchor-bearing). jl. whitish-ochre; sepals
oblong, apiculate ; petals very small, rhomboid, obtuse-angled ;
lateral segments of the lip ligulate, retuse, antrorse, the anterior
one bilobed and bent like an anchor ; spur filiform ; bracts short,
velvety; peduncle hairy. Polynesia, 1883.

C. bicolor (two-coloured).

C. biloba (two-lobed). /l. numerous, in erect spikes ; sepals and
etals purplish, with a tinge of yellowish-brown, oblong-lanceo-
fate ; ip purple, striped with white, bilobed. J. several,
large, lanceolate, acute. Pseudo-bulbs cylindrical, elongated.
Sikkim, 1889. (W. O. A. iii., t. 378.)

Cc. bracteosa (bracted). fl. white; sepals and petals cuneate-
oblong, apiculate ; lip with a short isthmus, linear acute lateral
segments and a broader anterior one ; spur filiform ; bracts much
developed, sometimes exceeding the flowers. Samoa, 1882.

Cc. brevicornu (short-horned). jl. lin. to 1sin. across; sepals
and petals brownish-purple, with a paler mid-nerve and margin,
whitish at base ; petals similar to the lateral sepals, but smaller ;
lip reddish-purple, margined with white; spur very short ;
racemes many-flowered. August. 7. oval-oblong or lanceolate,
acute, Jin. to12in. long. Nepal, 1838. (L. S. O., t. 9.)

C. Cecilize (Miss Cecilia Weld’s). jl. light ochre, with a delicate
hue of purple; sepals and petals obovate, acute ; lip four-cleft,
the lateral segments oblong-lizulate, dilated, the middle one sub-
sessile, bifid, the calli very deep yellow ; spur slender, filiform.
Malayan Peninsula, 1883.

A synonym of C. striata.

182

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Calanthe—continued.

C. Curtisii (Curtis’). /., sepals and petals rosy outside, white
inside, the petals and lateral sepals with rosy borders ; lip yellow,
with a very short, rather triangular, blunt lobe on each side of the
base, the middle segment cuneate, dilated from the narrow base,
the callus purple; column white and rosy. J. long-petiolate,
cuneate-oblong, acute. Sunda Islands, 1884.

C. dipteryx (two-winged). jl. suffused rich purple ; sepals,
rachis, bracts, pedicels, and ovaries puberulous outside ; basilar
partition of the lip triangular, obtuse, short, scarcely reaching
half the breadth of the anterior lacinia ; callus purple, in three
rows; isthmus very short. Sunda Islands, 1884. Allied to
C. pleichroma.

C. discolor (two-coloured). l., sepals and petals claret-coloured,
acute ; lip white, tinged wich pink; scape elongated, racemosely
many-flowered. J. oblong. Japan, 1837. (B. R. 1840, t. 55.)

C. Foerstermanni (Foerstermann’s). /l., sepals and petals
yellow, oblong, acute; lip whitish-yellow, reniform, with an
apiculus ; spur clavate, half the length of the stalked ovary ;
bracts rather thin, exceeding the flowers; peduncle distantly
sheathed, densely racemose at apex. J. petiolate, oblong-lanceo-
late, acute, 3ft. long. Birma, 1883.

C. gracilis (slender). jl. greenish-yellow ; sepals 4in. to gin. long ;
lip yellow; column white, short; raceme laxly many-flowered ;
scape lateral, Sin. to 14in, long. Soptember. J. many, 6in. to
12in. long, ovate or lanceolate. Stem lft. to 14ft. high. Khasia
Hills and China, 1851. (B. M. 4714.)

C. labrosa (large-lipped). jl., sepals and petals yellow outside,
urple within; lip pale purple, with darker spots at base ; spur
onger than the sepals. 7. elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate. Pseudo-

bulbs 4in. to 8in. long, obpyriform or fusiform, leafing after
flowering. Moulmein, 1879. SyN. Limatodes labrosa.

C. Langei (Lange's). 1. deep yellow, numerous, crowded ; dorsal
sepal ovate, acute, the lateral ones lanceolate; petals ovate,
acute; lip spathulate-obovate, apiculate, with minute deltoid
side lobes, and two slight elevations at the base ; raceme Sin. to
4in. long ; scape shorter than the leaves. J. lanceolate, 2ft. long,
24in, broad. New Caledonia, 1885.

C. natalensis (Natal). /. lin. to 1sin. in diameter, pale lilac,
with a darker, redder lip, or with the sepals and petals white and
suffused with lilac towards the margins only; sepals ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate ; petals shorter and broader ; lip about as
long as the sepals ; raceme 6in. to 8in. long ; scape longer than the
leaves, erect. J. five to seven, all radical, 8in. to 12in. long, Sin.
to 5in. broad, elliptic-lanceolate. Natal. Evergreen. (B. M.
6844.) Syn. C. sylvatica.

C. Petri is a form of C. veratrifolia.

C. proboscidea (snout-like). jl. white, changing to lightest
ochre, witha few vermilion markings on the lip, the short nail of
which descends and the large blade stands at right-angles with
it, having four laciniz ; anterior part of the column curved down,
like the snout of some insects. Sunda Islands, 1884. Allied to
C. furcata.

C. rosea (rosy). fl. pale rose, shading to white on the lip, which
is oblong, flat, retuse ; spur straight, obtuse, horizontal ; column
tomentose ; bracts recurved, shorter than the ovary ; scape many-
flowered, longer than the leaves. J. oblong-lanceolate, plicate,
glabrous. Pseudo-bulbs fusiform. Moulmein, about 1850. SYN.
Limatodes rosea (B. M. 5312; F. d. S, xxii., t. 2294; P. F. G. iii. 81).

C. rubens (reddish). fl. pink, smaller than in C. vestita ; dorsal
sepal in. long, mucronate ; lip rose-pink, darker at base ; raceme
about fourteen-flowered ; scape 2ft. long, woolly. Pseudo-bulbs
6in. long, 14in. broad, conical, silvery. Langkawi Island, north
of Penang, 1890. (G. C. 1890, vii., p. 576.)

C. Sanderiana (Sander’s). ., sepals and petals pale lilac,
shading to lilac-purple at the margin, less than lin. long; lip
rich deep purple with some brown on the erest, three-lobed ;
racemes many-flowered. J. tufted, elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate,
lft. to 14ft. long. Eastern tropical Africa, 1892.

C. Sandhurstiana (Sandhurst’s). /. deep rose-carmine. A
ceaTUne hybrid between C. rosea and C. vestita rubro-oculata,

C. sanguinaria (bloody). »/. dazzling blood-red, the acuminate
sepals and the lip being lighter, with blood-red markings, outside
pale purple ; petals broader than the sepals; middle lobe of lip
cuneate, dilated, bilobed ; raceme hairy. Pseudo-bulbs hexa-
gonal. 1886. A handsome, seedling form.

C. sanguinea (blood-coloured). jl. crimson, the base or ‘‘eye”
of the lip of an intense crimson outlined with deep rose. 1898.
Described as a “grand Calanthe.”

C. Sedenii (Seden’s). fl. large ; sepals and eas bright rose ; lip
the same colour, with a very dark purplish blotch, surrounded by
a zone of white, at the base. A hybrid between C. Veitchii and

C. vestita rubro-oculata. Z

C. Sieboldii. The correct name is C. striata.

C. splendens (splendid). l., sepals and petals rich rosy-red ; lip
having a distinct crimson or cherry-red shade down the centre.
1898. A hybrid; the parentage of which is not stated.

C. Stevensiana (Stevens’). ji. white (changing to buff as they
become older), with a rosy-purple spot on the lip; scape erect,

Calanthe—continued.

hairy, eight- to ten-flowered. Bulbs greyish, stout-jointed. Cochin
China, 1 A pretty species.
C. striata (striated). The correct name of C. Sieboldii. (B. M.

7026; L. S. O., t. 9.) Sy¥n. C. bicolor.
C. sylvatica (sylvan). A synonym of (@. natalensis.

C. tricarinata (three keeled). . lin. across; sepals whitish,
tinged with pale green and rose-pink ; petals narrower, the basal
half whitish, the apical half stained with rose-pink ; lip rose-
purple bordered with white, the disk having three white keels;
spur obsolete ; scape erect, loosely racemose. J. broadly oval or
oval-oblong, Sin. to 6in. long. Nepal, 1879.

C. Turneri (Turner's). fl. pure white, with a deep rose eye,
resembling those of C. vestita, but more compact, and produced
fate er pus longer spikes than in that species. Pseudo-bulbs
. ed. Java.

C. T. nivalis (snowy). 4. wholly white. Birma.

Fic. 195. CALANTHE VERATRIFOLIA.

C. veratrifolia. This time-honoured species, with its bold
foliage and erect flower-spikes, is shown at Fig. 195.

Cc. v. colorans (coloured). jl. white; lip changing to ochre,
with calli of samboge-yellow ; spur generally bidentate at apex ;
raceme rather dense, elongated, the rachis,” bracts, ovaries,
and sepals velvety. India, 1885. (W. O. A. 218.)

C. versicolor (various-coloured). A synonym of C. Masuea.

C. vestita Fournieri (Fournier's). /l. of a rosy tint,
smaller than in the type. 1892. A pretty variety.

C. v. gigantea (gigantic). #. white, large, with a blood-red eye ;
spike very stout. November to March. Plant larger in all
its parts than in the type, retaining its foliage until new growth
begins. See Fig. 196.

C. v. luteo-oculata (yellow-eyed). /. white, with a blotch of
yellow in the middle of the lip. October to February. (F. da. 8.
816; L. J. F. 333; P. M. B. xvi., p. 129; W. S. O. i. 29, upper fig.)

Cc. v. macroloba (large-lobed). 7. pure white, larger and of
reater substance than in the type; basilar lobe very broad;
ateral calli much developed. May and June. Pacific Islands.

C. v. oculata-gigantea (giant-eyed). A synonym of C. v.
gigantea.

Cc. v. porp ea (porphyry-like). ji. wholly blood-crimson, with
a deeper-coloured eye.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 183

Calanthe—continued.

Cc. v. Regnierii (Regnier’s). jl. are white, with a light ochre
lip; lateral laciniz of the lip ivaricate, nearly semi-lunate.
Cochin China, 1887. (Gn., xxiv., t. 397.)

Cc. v. Sanderiana (Sander’s). jl. disposed in strong, many-
flowered spikes ; sepals and petals rosy ; lip rosy-crimson, similar
to that of C. Regnierii. Spring. Cochin China.

Coawa We: (Williams’). (fl., sepals and petals white,
striped and edged with rosy-crimson; lip bright magenta-
crimson. 1884. A showy variety. (J. H. 1886, xili., p. 47, f. 8;
W. O. A. iii. 134.)

C. viridi-fusca (fuscous-greenish).
latifolia.

A synonym of Tainea

Fic. 196. FLOWERS OF CALANTHE VESTITA GIGANTEA.

Through the hand of the hybridist many additional
varieties have been introduced of late years. It is, how-
ever, unfortunate that records of parentage have not in
many instances been given, and much confusion exists.
The majority of the newer introductions, it is interesting to
note, have proved most useful, and in some instances most
remarkable.

We append a list of hybrids with their recorded
parentage :

LNT TIT rae et ea veratrifolia and Cooksonii (Sander).
vestita rubro-oculata and Veitchii
(Cookson).

William Murray and Oakwood Ruby
(Cookson).

Regnierii and rosea.

vestita and Turnerit (Barber).

vestita rubro-oculata gigantea and
Regnierit (Schroder).

Turnerii and Veitchii (Veitch).

vestita. rubro-ocwlata and Williamsii

(Cookson).
burfordiense .......... vestita and Veitchii (Lawrence).
(Cath Oe Rr ce GeO vestita nivalis and vestita (Lawrence).
Cooksonii ...........005 Veitchii and vestita Jluteo-ocwlata
. (Cookson).
Darblayana............ Regnierti and vestita gigantea
(D'Arblay).
DOMMMNYS Fo. 50<5 0 oe Masuca and furcata (Veitch).
Eyermanni . vestita and Veitchit.
Florence bella and Veitchii (Wilshere).
GUAEO eae cncresosuecoes Sanderiana and vestita rubro-oculata
gigantea (Veitch).
EARNS Meet saae sta'v cee e\sis Veitchii and vestita rwbro-oculata
(Hall).
ECU OUD wiatniatsisicivlaiale sie] /a vestita rubro-oculata and Veitchii
: (Cookson).
RON LSWB ay toto sis einieia = Turnerii and Veitchit (Veitch and

Bennett-Poé).

labriosior ..... unrecorded (Lawrence).
Laucheana Sanderiana and veratrifolia.
lentiginosa ... ..... labrosa and Veitchii.
Masuca-tricarinata Masuca and tricarinata (Veitch).
Moorei_....... unrecorded (Moore).

Mylesii nivalis and Veitchii (Williams).

Oakwood Ruby ...... a bass rubro-oculata and rosea (Cook-
. son).

Calanthe—continued.

porphyred...........+5- labrosa and vestita rubro-oculata
(Lawrence).

POVOTUOTIS® cia we'xinicne sleie't = unrecorded (Lawrence).

Sandhurstiana .......- rosca and vestita rubro-oculata
(Lawrence).

SANGUINATIO se cceeeeee vestita and Veitchit (Lawrence).
Sedenit ........ Veitchii and vestita vsubro-oculata
(Veitch).

Sibyl ...... unrecorded (Cookson).

splendens rosea and Bryan (Cookson).
Veitchii.... .. rosea and vestita (Veitch).

VETSLCOLON? .. css scccese unrecorded (Lawrence).

Victoria Regina.......- Veitchii and rosea (Sander).

William Murray ...... vestita rubro-oculata and Williainsii

(Cookson).
CALANTHE-PHAIO. See Phaio-Calanthe.

CALATHEA. Upwards of sixty species of this genus
have been deseribed; two are natives of Western tropical
Africa, and the rest are confined to tropical America. To
those described on pp. 237-8, Vol. I., the following should
be added. See also Maranta.

C. bellula (rather iretpy) “1. dark green, festooned with rosy-
white along the midrib. Amazons, 1872. Syn. Maranta bellula.

C. colorata (coloured). A synonym of Phrynium coloratum.

C. cyclophora (wheel-bearing). This is closely allied to
C. zebrina, but the flowers are white and the leaves green.
British Guiana, 1895.

C. inscripta (inscribed). /. of an opaque green, decorated with
silvery, curved lines, Brazil, 1875. Syn. Maranta inscripta.

Cc. Kummeriana (Kummer’s). J. dark green, with silvery bands.
‘Brazil, 1875. (B. H. 1875, p. 270, tt. 15-17, f. 1.)

C. Massangeana atrata (dark). /. dee
light green midrib and secondary veins. 1894.

Cc. M. florentina (Florentine). J. of medium size, bright green,
with bands of olive-green and bright silvery veins. 1894.

Cc. M. metallica (metallic). 7. of medium size, dark olive-
green, with a pale green band along the centre, a green margin,
and transverse silvery lines. 1894.

C. Myrosma (Myrosma). A synonym of Myrosma canneefolium.

Cc. ee (Oppenheim’s). 7. coer green, with white
bands. Brazil, 1875. (B. H. 1875, p. 271, f. 5.)

C. picta (painted). jl. white, rather longer than the bracts;
bracts straw-coloured, margined with red, lin. to l4in. broad,
orbicular-obovate; spike cylindric, 4in. long. December. 1.,
lower ones 6in. to 8in. long, oblong or oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, dark green with paler fan-like blotches above,
cede! beneath. Stem 3ft. to 4ft. high. Brazil, 1898.
(B. M. 7674.)

C. polytricha (many-haired). . many in a rosette, sessile in the
centre of the tuft of leaves; bracts hairy. 7. green, hairy.
Tubers globose. Trinidad, 1894.

C. rufibarba (reddish-bearded). _/l. golden-yellow, in an oblong
spike, long-exserted ; corolla lobes linear-oblong ; lip bilobe:
at apex. J. on long petioles, biseriate, linear-lanceolate,
acuminate, undulated on the margins, violet-tinted beneath.
Brazil. Plant stemless. (B. M. 7560.)

Cc. undulata (waved). ji. twin, springing from the base of the
inner bracts. J. dark green above, with an irregular whitish
band along the midrib, perptah beneath, 34in. to 4in. long, 14in.
to 2in. broad, oblong-elliptic or nearly elliptic, obtuse. Peru,
1871. Plant dwarf, tufted. (R. G. 1876, t. 852.)

C. vestita (clothed). jl. pae yellow, with a long tube, in dense,
oblong heads, on stout, hairy peduncles. 7. broadly lanceolate,
lft. to 14ft. long, 3in. to 4in. broad, narrowed to an acute apex
and a cuneate base, bright green above, reddish-purple beneath.
Bahia, 1872. Plant stemless. (Ref. B. 511.)

C. afinis, C. angustifolia, C._nigro-costata (I. H. xx., t. 144),

C. picturata, and C. teniosa (B. H. 1876, p. 83, t. 5), have also

beer introduced to Continental gardens.

CALATHUS CISTELOIDES. This Ground Beetle
is one of those usually carnivorous kinds which forsake
their natural diet for one of fruit. It is a black, wingless
Beetle, from in. to }in. long. The antenne and wings are
more or less red. It is a very common species, and has
frequently been found in Strawberry plantations in
company with two or three, other Ground Beetles. See
Strawberry.

CALCEARIA. A synonym of Corysanthes (which

olive-green, with

see).
CALCEOLARIA. Slipper Flower. Including
Jovellana. This genus embraces nearly 120 species,

natives of Western America. Two are also found in New

184

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Calceolaria—continued.

Zealand. To those described on pp. 239-40, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

C. andina (native of the Andes). jl. yellow, disposed in dense,
terminal, corymbose panicles; upper lip of the corolla slightly
exceeding the calyx, the lower one more than twice as long.
April. 7. ovate, toothed, abruptly narrowed to the petioles,
rugose; floral ones small, oblong-lanceolate. Floriferous
branches 6in. to 12in. long. k. 2ft. Andes of Chili, 1836 and 1893.
Half-hardy under-shrub. (B. M. 7326.) Syn. C. Herbertiana
parviflora (B. R. 1576).

C. arachnoidea-crenatiflora (hybrid). A garden hybrid
between the species indicated in the name. 1888,

Cc. arachnoides alba (white). A varicty with white flowers.

C. bellidifolia (Daisy-leaved). jl. yellow and red, jin. across;
lower lip of the corolla large, orbicular. J. ovate, entire;
radical ones long-petiolate ; cauline ones narrowed to a shorter
petiole. Stems slender, varying from 2in. to 12in. in length.
Andes of Chili, 1861. Hardy perennial.

C. connata (connate). A synonym of C. pe‘iolaris.

C. crenata(crenate). ji. ample, but smaller than in C. amplezi-
caulis (to which this species is allied); corolla lids nearly closed ;
panicle loosely sub-corymbose. Summer. J. broadly lanceolate,
acuminate, 2in. long, crenate and revolute on the margins, pale
beneath. Branches slightly viscous-hairy. Quito. Sub-shrub.
Syn. C. floribunda. (B. M. 4154.)

Cc. crenatiflora (crenate-flowered). fl. yellow, spotted, like
those of C. corymbosa, but fewer and larger, in a loose corymb.
June. 1., radical ones petiolate, ample, ovate, denticulate or
deeply crenate, cuneate at base; stems few-leaved, villous.
Chiloe, 1831. Hardy perennial. The parent of many of our
garden forms. (B. M. 3255; B. R. 1609.) Syn. C. pendula
G. B. F. G. ser. ii. 155).

C. floribunda (abundant-flowered). A synonym of C. crenata.

C. Herbertiana parviflora (Herbert’s small-flowered). A
synonym of C. andina.

Cc. Kellyana (Kelly's). jl. orange-yellow, profusely dotted with
brown, lin. across, borne in twos or threes at the tops of the
stems. /. Mimulus-like. Stems downy, creeping. 1883. A
curious hybrid, well adapted for the rockery.

Cc. pendula (drooping). A synonym of C. crenatiflora.

C. petiolaris petiolate: jl. yellow, with connivent lips, disposed
in an ample, loose, flexuous, branched panicle. /., lower ones
ovate, narrowed at base to a winged petiole, deeply or doubly
toothed, rugose ; upper and floral ones broadly cordate, amplexi-
caul, toothed. A. 3ft. Chili, 1824. Biennial or perennial. Syn.
C. connata (B. M. 2876; L. B. C. 1807).

C. polifolia (Polium-leaved). i. yellow; corolla lips connivent,
about twice as long as the calyx; peduncles corymbose. July.
i. rather thick, scarcely 4in. long, petiolate, broadly ovate or
oblong. A. 1ft. Chili, 1827. A white-tomentose under-shrub,
much branched at base. (B. R. 1711.)

Cc. foe (dotted). . purple ahd yellow; lips deeply connate,
the upper one thrice as long as the calyx ; panicle large, many-
flowered. J. 2in. to 3in. long, petiolate, ovate, doubly toothed,
narrowed at base, pubescent or glabrous, paler beneath. Branch-
lets lightly pubescent. South Chili, 1863. Shrub. (B. M. 5392.)

C. Sinclairii (Dr. Sinclair's). jl. in loose, sub-corymbose heads ;
corolla pale lilac or flesh-coloured externally, spotted reddish-
porale within, 4in. to sin. in diameter, between hemispherical
and campanulate. June. 7. membranous, long-petiolate, 2in. to
4in. long, ig or ovate-oblong, crenate-toothed or lobulate.
New Zealand, 1881. A straggling, half-hardy herb. (B. M. 6597.)

Varieties. The yearly improvement in the Calceolaria
consists in the production of improved strains from seeds.
The improvements are as follow: Plants of a dwarfer
habit, a much larger quantity of blossom from a plant, and
the flowers themselves richer and more varied in colour,
larger in size, and much better formed. Whena variety
of a distinct colour has been obtained, and its qualities are
such that it may fairly be considered a good advance on
existing varieties, seeds are sayed from it; and if it has
been kept free from the influence of foreign pollen the
seedlings can be depended upon to be much like’ the
parent. In this way strains of distinct colours are
obtained. Named collections are not to be had, as the
expense of propagating them from cuttings or offsets is
too much to compensate the growers.
propagated during the summer months most surely by

The plants can be’

Calceolaria— continued.

layering, while placed in hand-lights or frames on the north
side of a wall or fence. From six to a dozen plants may
be obtained from one old stool during summer. Cuttings
will strike in sandy soil if they are placed in closed hand
glasses in autumn.

CALCOA. A synonym of Geitonoplesium (which
see).

CALDASIA HETEROPHYLLA. A synonym of
Bonplandia geminifiora (which see).

CALDCLUVIA. Dieterica is synonymous with this
monotypic genus.

‘CALEA (of Gertner). A synonym of Neurolena
(which see). C. aspera is a synonym of Melanthera
deltoidea.

CALEACTE. Included under Calea (which see).

-CALEANA. Syn. Caleya.
genus are rarely met with.

CALENDULA. Syn. Caltha (of Mench). To this
genus upwards of a score species have been referred,
ranging from the Canary Islands to Persia, and from
Central Europe to the Mediterranean;. but some of
them are now only regarded as varieties. Several plants
formerly included hereunder are tow classed under
Dimorphotheca.

C. hybrida (hybrid). A synonym of Dimorphotheca pluvialis.
C. officinalis, Of this species there are several improved
garden varieties.

CALEYA. A synonym of Caleana (which see).

CALIFORNIAN NUTMEG. See Torreya cali-
fornica.

CALIFORNIAN TULIP. See Calochortus.
CALIMERIS. Included under Aster (which see).
CALINEA. Included under Doliocarpus (which

see).

CALIPHRURIA. This genus includes only a couple
of species, allied to Eucharis, and confined to the
Andes. Leaves oblong, petiolate.

C. subedentata. The correct name of the plant so described
on p. 241, Vol. L., is Eucharis subedentata. z

CALLA. Several ornamental garden plants erro-
neously classed hereunder will be found described under
their correct name, Richardia.

CALLIANASSA. A synonym of Isoplexis (which
see). .

CALLIANDRA. Syn. Anneslea (of W. Hooker).
Of the eighty species of this genus, one is a native of the
East Indies, and the rest are all tropical or sub-tropical
American. To those described on p. 242, Vol. I. the
following should be added:

C. bicolor (two-coloured). jl. nearly glabrous ; stamens white at
base, purple at apex ; peduncles axillary, solitary. /., pinne four
to six pairs; leaflets many pairs, din. long, oblong-linear,

labrous or ciliated. Young leaves and branches" pilose.
ruguay. SYN. C. diademata (L. J. F. iii. 305-6).

.

C. brevipes (short-stalked). fl. pink; corolla broadly campan-

ulate ; peduncles short, terminal, somewhat fascicled. October.

Z., pinne one pair; leaflets very numerous, j;in. to gin. long.
Brazil. (B. M. 4500; L. J. F. 8

C. diademata (diademed). A synonym of C. bicolor.

C. gracilis (slender). . yellowish-white, sessile ; heads twenty-
to thirty-flowered, on erecto-patent, downy peduncles; stamens
thirty to forty, six to eight times as long as the calyx. J. short-
stalked, abruptly bipinnate ; pinnz two or three pairs ; leaflets
four to six pairs, jin. to ljin. long, obovate-oblong, mucronate
Colombia, 1870. A copiously-branched shrub. (Ref. B. 294.)

C. hzematocephala (bloody-headed). #. borne ina small head ;
calyx and corolla almost concealed by the filaments, which form
a ball of scarlet threads. February. J.- copious, petiolate.

The three species of this

—

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 185

Calliandra—continued.

unijugate; each pinna about Sin. long, having seven to ten
“ass of opposite pa the lowest and shortest lin. long.
abitat uncertain, 1857. (B. M. 5181.)

C. tergemina (three-fold). . white, disposed in globose,
edunculate heads; corolla Jin. Jong i filaments Epped red.
pring. 1. one-and-a-half pairs (one of the lower pair abortive),
obliquely preps oblane, blunt, sin. to lin. long. Branches zigzag.
Tropical America, 1887.

CALLIANTHEMUM (from kallos, beauty, and anthe-
mon, a blossom). ORD. Ranunculacee. A genus embracing
what were formerly described as five’ species of alpine
herbs, natives of the mountains of Europe and Asia, but
which Sir J. Hooker now regards as mere forms of one.
It is a highly glabrous, almost stemless, perennial. Petals
ten to fifteen, broad or narrow. Leaves radical, triangular,
decompound. Rhizome rather thick. The beautiful variety
here described requires similar culture to Anemone
(which see).’

C. rutzfolium anemonoides (Rue-leaved, Anemone-like).
a. white or pale rose-coloured, lin. to l4in. in diameter ; sepals

five, orbicular; petals ten to fifteen, linear-oblong; peduncle
a small, sessile leaf. March.

“Saeed ben naked, or bearin;

i. long-petio’ate, triangular, 5in. across, bipinnatifid ; lobes
variable. Styria, &c. . M. 7603.) =

CALLICARPA. Syns. Burchardia, Spondylococca.

This genus embraces about thirty species, mostly found in
Eastern Asia, Malaya, and North Australia; a few are
Polynesian, Columbian,and West Indian. To those described
on p. 242, Vol. I., the following should be added :

C. cana (hoary). jl. purple, in a globose cyme lin. to 2in. in
diameter. fr. deep purple, finally black. 7. broadly elliptic,
shortly acuminate at both ends, 44in. long, 24in. broad, sharply
erenate-toothed, glabrous above, stellate-tomentose beneath.
8 re: 1799. Stove shrub. (B. M. 2107.) Syn.

. tomentosa.

C. tomentosa (downy). A synonym of C. cana.

CALLICOCCA (of Schreber), A synonym of
Cephaelis (which see).
CALLICOMA. Calycomis (of Brown) is synony-

mous with this genus.

CALLICORNIA. A synonym of Leyssera (which
see).

CALLICYSTHUS. A synonym of Vigna (which
see).

CALLIGLOSSA. Included under Layia (which
see).

CALLIGONUM. Syn. Calliphysa. Flowers solitary
or fascicled, without bracteoles. Leaves alternate, linear
or subulate.

CALLIMORPHA DOMINULA. See
Moths.

CALLIPHRURIA. See Caliphruria.

CALLIPHYSA. A synonym of Calligonum (which
see). : .

CALLIPSYCHE. According to J. G. Baker, this
genus consists of only the three species described on
p. 242, Vol. I., all of which are found on the Andes.
Flowers, many in an umbel; perianth funnel-shaped, the
tube short, the segments equal, oblanceolate-oblong;
stamens affixed at the throat of the perianth, much
exserted; peduncle hollow; spathe valves ovate-lanceolate.
Leaves thin, oblong, petiolate.

CALLIRHOE. Seven species of this genus are known.
Calyx five-cleft; petals purplish, pink, or white, cuneiform,
truncate, and often fimbriate-denticulate. Leaves mostly
lobed or parted. To the species described on p. 243, Vol L.,
the following should now be added:

C. alezoides (Alcza-like). fl. rose-coloured, or white, corymbose,
on slender peduncles; involucel none. J., lower ones triangular-
cordate, incised; upper ones five- to seven-parted, laciniate;
uppermost ones divided into linear segments. Stems slender,

Vol. V.

Tiger -

Callirhoé—continued.

lft. high, from a perennial root. North America. SyYns.
C. macrorhiza, Sida alceoides. There are garden forms of this
varying from pure white to purplish-carmine,

Cc. involucrata lineariloba (linear-lobed). ., petals lilac in
the centre, margined white on each side, broad, obcuneate.
1. pedately-parte' , dark green, roundish in outline, cut ina
bipinnatifid manner almost to the base into narrow lobes jin.
wide. Stems numerous, trailing. Texas, 1884.

Cc. macrorhiza (large-rooted). A synonym of C. alcwoides.

Cc. pedata compacta See ete A compact, garden variety,
having flowers of a delicate blush. 1887. (R. G. 1224.)

Cc. p. nana (dwarf). A dwarfer and much more floriferous plant
than the type.

C. spicata (spiked). A synonym of Sidalcea malveflora.

CALLISIA (from kallos, beauty). Orp. Commelinacee.
A small genus (four species) of slender, creeping, stove
herbs, natives of tropical America, allied to Tradescantia.
Flowers small, usually cymose; sepals and petals distinct ;
stamens free; bracts sometimes linear and scariose, some-
times very small or even obsolete. Leaves ovate, acute, or
elliptic-lanceolate, the upper ones almost sessile, ochreous.
Stem ascending, simple or paniculately branched above.
C. Martensiana, the only species calling for mention here,
thrives in a compost of sandy loam and peat, and may be
propagated by divisions of the creeping stem.

C. Martensiana (Martens'). jl. white, ae ol panicle
effuse, dichotomous ; umbels often compound. J. 1gin. long, fin.
broad, elliptic-lanceolate, sub-seSsile, pubescent beneath. Stems
lft. to 14ft. long, branched above. Mexico and Guatemala.
Plant exhaling a sweet, Violet-like odour. Syn. T'radescantia
Martensiana (B. M. 4849).

CALLISTA. A synonym of Dendrobium (which
see).

CALLISTEMON. Including Metrosideros (in part).
8f the dozen species included in this gefius one or two are
natives of New Caledonia, and the rest are Australian.

To those described on p. 243, Vol. I., the following should
be added. One or two formerly included here are now

. referred to Kunzea.

Cc. lanceolatus aos eed ji. in not very dense spikes 2in.
to 4in. long ; petals greenish or reddish, jin. long ; stamens red,
lin. long. June. JZ. lanceolate, lin. to 3in. long, variable in
breadth. h. variable. Australia, 1788. Syns. C. scaber (L. B. C.
1288), Metrosideros citrina(B. M. 260), M. lophantha, M. semper-
Jlorens (L. B. C. 523).

Cc. macrostachyum (large-spiked).
Baxteri.

C. scaber (rough). A synonym of C. lanceolatus.

CALLISTEPHUS. The China Asters show con-
siderable advance. Old favourites like Peony Perfection,
Victoria, Chrysanthemum-Flowered, and Bouquet have
been still further improved by the florists, until it looks
as if perfection as regards form of flower and compact-
ness of growth had been reached; while several
noteworthy additions to the different sections have
also been made. ‘The best are:

Comet or Plume.* This is a very distinct and beautiful
section, characterised by flowers having beautifully-curled
etals, reminding one+forcibly of Japanese santhemums.

The colour-shades are numerous, and include white, crimson,

purple, rose, and soft blues. fA. from 10in. to lft. Then there

are the Giant Comets, which attain a height of 15in.

Singles. These have a free and branching habit, pretty, rich
foliage, and very large flowers, having but a single row of
ale mauve

border.

A synonym of Kunzea

etals. The best is Sinensis, bearing delicate
owers. This is an excellent subject for the mixe

CALLITHAUMA. Included under Stenomesson
(which see).

CALLITRIS. See also Widdringtonia.
rivalvis is the Sandarach Gum-tree.

CALLUS. See also Calli, on p. 242, Vol. I.
CALOBOTRYA. Included under Ribes

see).

C. quad-

(which

2B

1S6eo

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

CALOCEPHALUS (from kalos, beautiful, and kephale,
a head; alluding to the inflorescence). Including Leuco-
phyta. Orv. Composite. A genus embracing about ten
species of greenhouse, usually cottony or woolly, annual or
perennial herbs, rarely sub-shrubs or small shrubs, natives
of Australia. Flower-heads numerous and usually more or
less stipitate on a small and branching. or globose or
conical receptacle, in an ovoid or globular, dense cluster or
compound head, without any inyolucre, or surrounded by a
few bracts rarely exceeding the florets; partial heads two-
or more-flowered; receptacle without scales; florets five-

toothed. Leaves alternate or (in two species) opposite,
entire. ©. Brownii is the only species grown in our
gardens. It is much used in carpet-bedding arrangements,

and thrives in almost any soil. Propagation may be
effected by means of cuttings, inserted under a bell-glass,
in a cool greenhouse or frame, and wintered in any light,
dry structure, free from frost.

C. Brownii (Brown’s). jl. in globular clusters four to six lines
in diameter, surrounded by a few floral leaves. J. alternate,
linear, obtuse, two lines or less in length. h. lft. A rigid,
woolly-tomentose shrub. Syn. Leucophyta Brownit.

CALOCHORTUS. Wild Tulip of California. Syn.
Oyclobothra. Baker enumerates twenty-one, and S. Watson
thirty-two, species of this genus, natives of North (mostly
Western) America, extending as far as Mexico. To those
described on p. 245, Vol. I., the following should be added :

Cc. amoenus (pleasing). fl. dee rosy-pink or purple. July.
Z. lanceolate, vigorous. ioe Siterncotaee in habit between
C. albus and C. pulchellus. SYN. Cyclobothra amena.

Cc. apiculatus (apiculate). fl. straw-coloured ; perianth broadly
qunpel ahapet, erect, the si ents acute, eight to nine lines
long. J. solitary, flat, linear, 6in. to 12in. long. Stem lft. to 14ft.
high, one- to nine-headed. British Columbia.

C. a. minor (lesser). ji. cream-coloured, fringed with yellow
hairs in the centre. e

C. Bonplandianus (Bonpland’s). The correct name of C. pur-
pureus.

C. citrinus’ (Citron-coloured). A synonym of C. Weedii.

Cc. clavatus (club-shaped). jl. golden-yellow, tinged or lined
with brown, large, widely expanded ; lower half of the perianth
segments covered with strongly clavate hairs; anthers deep
purple. Stems much branched.’ California, 1897. Allied to
C. luteus. (B. M. 7606.)

Cc. flavus (yellow). jl. yellow, upright; perianth segments
rhombic-oblong, acute, the inner ones hairy and usually
denticulate, curving outwards, gin. to lin. long. J. below the
fork two or three, linear, long-acuminate, 9in. to 12in. Jong.
Stem lft. to 2ft. long, slender, often deeply forked, with erecto-
patent branches. Oaxaca, &c. Not quite hardy. (B. iv., t. 170.)
SYNS. C. pallidus, Cyclobothra barbata (S. B. F. G. 273), Cyclo-
bothra lutea (B. R. 1663).

C. flexuosus (bending). jl. pure lilac; inner perianth segments
paler below, slightly hairy or dotted around the brown or
orange gland, lin. to ljin. long; bracts linear-lanceolate, 4in.
to ljin. long. Stem stout, more or less flexuous, branching,
not bulbiferous. Southern Utah.

C. Greenei (Rev. E. L. Greene’s). jl. clear lilac, barred below
with yellow and porele and loosely covered with long hairs;
gland densely villous ; bracts elongated. June. J. lin. broad,

laucous-green, acute. Stem stout, branching, two- to five-
owered, l1ft.-or more in height. California. A handsome
species.

Cc. Gunnisoni Krelaagi (Krelaag’s). jl. yellow, white, green,
and black. California, 1873. A garden variety. ue

Cc. Howellii (Howell's). jl. creamy-white, very handsome, about
lin. across; inner perianth segments having a dark brown
beard on the lower half. Summer. J. long, shining. Oregon,
1890. A showy species.

Cc. Kennedyi (Kennedy’s). /. reddish-orange or bright scarlet,
not ciliated or hairy, or only slightly so upon a broad, deep
Panne spot surrounding the densely-hairy gland. July.
. linear, Stem two- to four-flowered, usually stout. Southern
California, 1892. (B. M. 7264.)

Cc. longebarbatus (long-bearded). fl. one to three, pale purple-
lilac, 14in. across, with a dark purple stripe across the base of
each Wain and a beard lin. long. above it. July. Stems
lft. high. Oregon and Washington, 1890.

C. luteus citrinus (Citron-yellow). ji. wholly of a rich lemon-
yellow, with a central, circular or tranverse, brownish-purple
blotch. (Gn. 1884, p. 437.) Syn. C. venustus citrinus.

C. 1. concolor (self-coloured). fl. of a rich yellow, slightl
marked with chestnut-red at the base of the segments. 1898,

Calochortus—continued.

A variety of sturdy growth, much branched, and many-flowered.
(Gn, 1895, xlviii., t. 1043.)

C. 1. Weedii (Weed’s). This is regarded by S. Watson as a
distinct species.

C. Loni (Lyon’s). jl. pale lilac when opening, but shading to
almost white, with dark velvety-brown blotches at the base,
large and numerous. Probably California, 1895. One of the
earliest-flowering species.

Cc. madrensis (Sierra Madre). fl. bright orange-yellow, with
a band of deep orange hairs at the base of* each segment,
several in a loose head to each stem. August and September.
Stem Yin. high at the utmost. North America, 1890. (G. C. 1890,
viii., p. 391, f. 78.)

C. Maweanus major (greater). A large-flowered variety.

C. nitidus (shining). . white or cream-coloured, open-cam-
anulate ; outer perianth segments ljin. to 14in. long ; inner ones
having a lilac or indigo spot in the centre, nena tation below.
August. J. two or three, narrow-linear, acuminate, ascending,
6in. to Yin. long, three lines broad at base. Stem umbellately
one- to three-flowered, lift. to 2ft. high, shortly bracteate in the
middle. Oregon, 1826.

—_

Fia. 197.

CALOCHORTUS VENUSTUS

C. obispoensis (San Luis Obispo). /., outer perianth segments
orange and purple on a greenish-yellow ground; inner ones
lemon-yellow, orange towards the base, tipped with reddish-
brown, covered with long, dark hairs, usually cleft at_ the
summit; anthers orange. 2. narrow, acute, convolute. Stem
sparingly branched, lft. to 2ft. high. California, 1889. A
distinct species. (G. & F. 1889, p. 160, f. 101.)

C. pallidus (pale). A synonym of C. flavus.

C. Palmeri (Palmer’s). ji., outer perianth segments spotted,
recurved at tip; inner ones white (or yellowish below),-with a
brownish claw and with scattered hairs round the broad, densely
hairy gland. Stem very slender, lax and flexuous, lft. to 2ft.
high, one- to seven-flowered, bulbiferous near the base.
California.

C. Plummerz (Mrs. Plummer’s). jl. of a very delicate shade of
lilac with a satin-like sheen, as much as 4in. across, the inner
perianth segments clothed at the base with yellow hairs.
i, about 2ff. long, broad. Stem strong, branching, many-
flowered. California, 1894. A near ally, and possibly a variety,
of C. venustus. (G. C. 1894, xvi, p. 133, f. 21.)

Cc. P. aurea (golden). jl. golden-yellow, with an irregular,
scarlet marking across the eo and crimson and scarlet
dots among the golden hairs. 1897.

C. pulchellus ateerice (small-flowered). A variety with
smaller flowers than in the typical Golden Star Tulip. 1875.

“as:

‘ees Ss ee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Calochortus—continued.

©. Purdyi (Purdy’s). /. white, with claret-purple stains at the
base and a blotch of the same colour, covered on the inner
surface of the segments with silky hairs, which are white, din.
long, but deep claret-purple at the base of the segments. J. long,
linear, bright green, glabrous. A. 10in. Habitat not recorded,
1898. A very interesting species.

C. Tolmiei (Tolmie’s). jl. tubular, tinged or marked with lilac,
covered and fringed with purple and white hairs ; inner perianth
segments jin. to lJin. long. Stem stouter and taller than in
C. ceruleus (to which this species is allied). Oregon.

C. uniflorus (one-flowered). i, pale lilac with a purplish claw,
erect, the lower half of the inner perianth segments in. to lin.
long, hairy above the small, purple, densely hairy gland ;

eduncle naked, 2in. to Sin. long. . three or four, linear.
tem slender, 3in. to 6in. long, usually one- (but sometimes
two-) flowered. California, 1868,

C. uniflorus (of Hooker). Asynonym of C, lilacinus.

C. venustus. This species and its varieties are still amongst
the most attractive of the genus. See Fig. 197.

C. venustus citrinus (Citron-coloured). A synonym of C. /uteus
citrinus.

C. v. oculatus (eyed), jl. white, large, each segment marked
in the centre with a bright red blotch. 1893.

C. v. pictus (painted). . white, with rosy spots at the base and
a brown blotch on each segment, smaller than in the type.
California, 1895.

C. v. roseus (rose-coloured). - white inside, with a distinct red
spot on each segment, purplish-rose outside. J. short, bluish-
green. 1886. Another variety is purpurascens (purplish).

C. Weedii (Weed’s). jl. deep yellow, dotted and often margined
with purple, lin. or more in length, covered with slender hairs
and ciliated ; sepals with a Bee hairy, brown spot. Summer,
7. convolute. tems leafy, lit. high, twe- or three-flowered.
California, 1875. (G. C. 1894, Xvi., Pp. 183, £. 27.) Syn. C. citrinus
(B. M. 6200), C. tuteus Weedii.

CALODENDRON. Pallasia (of Houttuyn) is syn-
onymous with this genus.

CALOMERIA. A synonym of Humea (which
see). ;

ale am A synonym of Gaillardia (which
see).

CALOPETALON. Included under Marianthus
(which see).

CALOPHACA. About seven species of greenhouse
or hardy, perennial herbs, shrubs, or under-shrubs, natives
of Asiatic Russia, the Orient, and the Western Provinces
of India, are included in this genus. Flowers yellow or
violet, few, rather large. Leaves impari-pinnate; leaflets
entire, exstipellate.

These plants delight in a mixture of good fibrous loam
and leaf-mould. Perfect drainage and an open situation are
SeaeniAl to their successful cultivation. When seeds are
procurable they should be sown in heat in spring, and
when the seedlings are large enough to handle they
should be pricked off into shallow boxes or pans of light
soil, and grown on in cold frames until ready for planting
out in the open ground. The best time for grafting on
stocks of the common Laburnum is in spring before
growthcommences. Grafting may be done out of doors or
under glass. The latter method is the quicker and more
certain of the two.

Cc. andiflora (large-flowered). l., calyx five-cleft; corolla
golden-yellow, eae lin. long ; peduncles axillary and,
Caen with the raceme, exceeding the leaves. June and July.
1. 24in. to 8in. long; leaflets ovate, shortly petiolulate, sin. to
nearly lin. long, entire. 1886, (R. G. 1231.)

CALOPOGON. Syn. Cathea. This genus comprises
four closely-related species of hardy, terrestrial Orchids,
natives of North America. To those described on p. 246,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

Cc. multifiorus (many-flowered). ji. (ae et ae stalk of

the ip having on each side of the base an auricle, the broad,
irregularly square, retuse, emarginate, anterior blade having at
the base a tuft of golden-yellow, hairy lamellz, often purplish at
Merk and before these some purple calli; peduncle tive-flowered.

CALOSACME. A Synonym of Chirita (which’ see).

&C. 1S

CALOSANTHUS. A synonym of Oroxylum (which
see).

CALOSTEMMA. Only the three species described
on p. 247, Vol. I., are referred to this genus, and all are
Australian. They should be grown in a compost of sandy
loam and leaf-mould, the former preponderating. Propaga-
tion is effected by offsets.

Cc. purpureum (B. R. 422; F.d.S. 1135). Of this there is a
variety carneum, having pale purple or white flowers, rather
larger than in the type. (B. R. 340, t. 26.)
CALOTHAMNUS. Syn. Billottia (of Colla).

Twenty-two species, confined to Western Australia, are

included in this genus. Flowers in lateral clusters or

spikes, usually turned to one side, immersed in the rachis
when young, and either protruding and free from the time
of flowering, or remaining immersed till the seed becomes

mature. 2

CALPURNIA (named in honour of Titus Julius
Calpurnius, an imitator of Virgil; this genus being nearly
allied to Virgilia). Orp. Leguminose. A genus com-
prising about half-a-dozen species of greenhouse trees or
shrubs, confined to South Africa. Flowers yellow; calyx
shortly five-cleft; standard erect; wings oblong; keel
incurved, bifid; stamens ten; racemes axillary and
terminal, the peduncles often paniculate. Leaves impari-
pinnate, with many leaflets. The species introduced thrive
in a compost of peat and loam. Propagation may be
effected by means of cuttings of half-ripened shoots,
inserted in sand, under a bell-glass, in April; or by seeds,
sown on a gentle hot-bed.

C. intrusa (intruded). fl. scarcely jin. long; calyx intruse
at base ; Nea flexuous, much longer than the leaves. May

to August. J., leaflets ten to fourteen pairs, glabrescent, ellip-
tical, mucronate. 1790. Sy¥N. Virgilia intrusa.

C. lasiogyne (having a silky ovary). Natal Laburnum. ji. like
those of Laburnum; ovary silky with short, white hairs. Z.,
leaflets four to ten pairs, elliptical, obtuse or retuse, thinly
pubescent beneath. 1890. .
CALTHA. This genus embraces about nine species,

distributed over the temperate and frigid regions of the

globe. To those described on p. 247, Vol. I., the following
variety should be added:

C. alpina (alpine).* jl. of a rich orange-yellow, larger than in
C. palustris (of which this plant is probably a variety), pro-
duced in great profusion. April and May. J., radical ones
sub-orbicular or reniform, with crenate margins; cauline ones
roundish-cordate, coarsely toothed, sessile. h. lft. to 1sft.
Transylvania, 1892. A decided acquisition to the bog garden.

C. ficarioides (Ficaria-like). A synonym of C. palustris
parnassifolia.

CALTHA (of Mench). A synonym of Calendula
(which see).

CALVARY CLOVER. See Medicago Echinus.

CALYCANTHUS PRZCOX. A synonym of
Chimonanthus fragrans (which see). Calycanthus
fertilis is identical with C. glaucus.

CALYCEREZ. A small natural order (about a
score species) of extra-tropical, South American, dwarf or
procumbent herbs, ranking between Dipsacezx and Com-
posite ; they are of botanical interest only.

CALYCIUM. A synonym of Heterotheca (which
see).

CALYCOMIS (of Brown).
coma (which see).

CALYCOMIS (of Don).
phyllum (which see).

CALYCOPTERIS (from kalyz, kalykos, a calyx,
and pteron, a wing; alluding to the enlarged calyx lobes
when the plants are in fruit). Syn. Getonia. Orn. Com-
bretacez. A monotypic genus. The species, C. floribunda
(Syns. CO. nutans, Getonia floribunda), is a diffuse, stove
shrub, allied to Terminalia, probably no longer in cultiva-
tion.

A synonym of Calli-

A synonym of Acro-

188

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CALYCOSTEMMA. Included under Isoloma

(which see).

CALYCOTHRIX. A synonym of Calythrix (which
see).

CALYCOTOME. A synonym of Dichilus (which
see). ‘

CALYDERMOS (of Ruiz and Pavon).
of Nicandra (which see).

CALYDOREA (from kallos, beautiful, and dorea, a
gift), Syn. Botherbe. Orv. Iridex. A genus embracing
about ten species of stove or greenhouse plants, with corm
rootstocks, natives of the warmer parts of America. Flowers
blue or yellow, very fugitive ; perianth segments spreading ;
stamens inserted at the base of the segments; clusters one
or more, pedunculate. Root-leaves terete or narrow-linear.
Only one specits calls for mention here. For culture, see
Glycine.

C. speciosa (showy). Tahay. ., perianth-ségments blue,
eS at aa pei Lei koe i tone Reeth tine to 2in.
long; stems one-headed, 3in. to Yin. long, with two or three
reduced leaves. June. J/., radical ones narrow-linear, plicate,
3in. to 9in. long. Bulb globose, Zin. in diameter, edible. Chili
1836. SYN. Sisyrinchiwm speciosum (B. M. 3544).
CALYMENIA. A synonym of Oxybaphus (which

see).

CALYPLECTUS. A synonym of Lafoénsia (which
see). ; .

CALYPSO. Cytherea, Norna, and Orchidium are
synonymous with this monotypic genus.

CALYPTROCALYX. Two species of unarmed,
stove Palms, with slender stems, natives of Amboyna and
Australia, are included in this genus. Flowers arranged as
in Oyphophenix, the males rather large; spadices very
long, simple, pendulous, rather thick, long-pedunculate,
solitary or twin ; spathe solitary, complete, shorter than the
spadix, deciduous. Fruit mediocre or rather large, ovoid
or olive-shaped, one-celled. Leaves terminal, equally
pinnatisect ; segments linear-lanceolate, the midrib and
nerves prominent beneath.

CALYPTROGYNE. This genus comprises six or
eight species, natives of tropical America. Spadices
simple or branched from the base, long-pedunculate ;
spathes two, narrow, the lower one much shorter than the
peduncle, cleft at apex, the upper one deciduous, elongated,
cleft the whole length. Fruit small, oblong or obovoid, one-
séeded. Leaves terminal, unequally pinnatisect ; segments
in few pairs; petioles very short. To the species de-
scribed on p. 249, Vol. I., the following should be added:

C. teres (terete). J. spreading or drooping, consisting, in young
planta of two pairs of linear-oblong, tapered leaflets about 2in.

A synonym

wide, bright green, with the principal ribs raised ; petioles terete.

British Guiana. Stove.

CALYPTROON. Asynonym of Baccaurea (which
see).

CALYPTROSPERMUM. A synonym of Menodora
(which see). :

CALYPTROSTIGMA. A synonym of Diervilla
(which see). ;

CALYSACCION.
(which see).

ree A synonym of Diervilla (which
see). ‘

CALYSTEGIA. The seven or eight species of this
genus are broadly distributed over temperate and sub-
tropical regions. Bracts two, ample, persistent. Leaves
alternate entire or rarely palmately lobed. To the species
described on p. 249, Vol. I., the following should be added:
C. silvatica (wood-Ioving). j1., corolla white; showy, campanu-

late; bracts large, rounded-ovate. July. /. cordate-sagittate,

sinuate, obtuse, ample, on pee BRL . Stems angular, smooth.

Hungary, North Africa, &c., 1815. A vigorous and charming

twiner for the wild garden. SYN. Convolvulus sylvaticus. There

is also a pink-flowered form, incarnata.

A synonym of Ochrocarpus

CALYTHRIX. [also spelt Calytriz]. Syn. Calyco-
thria. There are thirty-five species of this genus.
C. virgata (twiggy). A synonym of C. tetragona. (B. M. 3323.)

CALYTRIZ. See Calythrix.

CALYXHYMENIA. A synonym of Oxybaphus
(which see).

CAMARIDIUM. About a dozen species of stove,
epiphytal Orchids, natives of tropical America, are in-
cluded in this genus. Flowers mediocre, solitary, produced
from the axils of the distichous leaves. To the species

. described on p. 249, Vol. I., the following should be added :

C. Lawrenceanum (Sir Trevor Lawrence's). jl., sepals and
petals yellowish-white, the former spotted with reddish-purple,
most distinctly on the back; lip deep, dark purple, yellowish-
white at apex, 4in. long ; column yellowish-white, with a purple
stigma; peduncles axillary, one-flowered. 7. 14in. to din. Jong,
linear, obtuse. Pseudo-bulbs distant, elliptic-oblong, compressed,
two-leaved at apex. Habitat not recorded, 1894.

CAMASSIA. Syn. Cyanoiris. This genus now
embraces five species, all North American. To those
described on p. 250, Vol. I., the following should be added:

C. Cusickii (Cusick’s). jl. pale blue, 14in. in diameter; perianth
segments narrow-oblanceolate, obtuse ; raceme long, moderately
dense. J, glaucous, slightly wavy, lsft. to 2ft. long, 14in. broad.
Stem 2ft. to 3ft. high. Bulbs Pei: clustered. Oregon, 1888.
A showy species. (G. & F. 1888, i., 172, 174, f. 32.)

Cc. Engelmanni (Engelmann’s). /l. bright blue; perianth seg-
ments not so distinctly nerved as in the other species ; raceme
lax. J. 8in. to 12in. long, about 14in. broad, glaucous above.
oe much larger than in the other species. Rocky Mountains,

9.

CAMBOGIA. A synonym of Garcinia (which see).

CAMELLIA. Of recent years Camellias have suffered
somewhat in popularity. Many have given up their
cultivation because of the stiffness or formality of the
flowers; but a few novelties, chiefly from Japan, have
a distinct and beautiful appearance, being in most
instances single or semi-double, and deserving: of attention
for conservatory decoration or the covering of back walls
of cool houses or corridors, for which they are well
adapted. Some of the more desirable varieties are as
follow : é
Singles and Semi-Doubles.—ADELINA Partl, single petals

soft pink, anthers bright yellow; EMIN PasHA, semi-double.

petals deep crimson, anthers yellow; GERALD WALLER, not

quite double, petals soft carmine, and lightly speckled with a

paler shade, anthers yellow; HOTOKE, a charming single white,

with deep yellow anthers; LADY ARDILAUN, pure white, with a

retty Anemone-like centre ; MRS. LADE, double white, of perfect

orm; NAGasKI, semi-double, bright carmine petals ; TAKaYAMa,
petals rich scarlet, a small-flowered, attractive variety; THE

Damo, single crimson, with large yellow anthers; THE

MIKADO, semi-double, petals crimson, margined with white.

The following are also excellent: JAPONICA AITONII, red, large

flower; J. ALBA, white, and very floriferous; J. BICOLOR,

white, delicately striped with rose; J. CARNESCENS, rose, large
flower; J. RUBRA, brick red.

Doubles.—The list of the double-flowering varieties in Vol. I.
is so good that it is scarcely necessary to add to their number.
It will suffice to mention JUBILEE, flowers of the largest size,
with imbricated petals, white, marbled with rose, and SASANQUA
ALBA, white, which, unlike most varieties, possesses a fragrance.

CAMELLIA SCALE. See Scale Insects.
CAMERARIA DUBIA. A synonym of Wrightia

* dubia (which see).

CAMPANEA. Includes Capanea. This genus em-
braces six species of softly-villous shrubs, found only in
tropical America. Flowers usually pink or white, purple-
spotted within, large; calyx broadly campanulate, with
five almost leaf-like lobes; corolla tube ample, the limb
oblique, with five almost equal lobes; stamens affixed at
the base of the corolla, slightly exserted; peduncles
axillary, somewhat umbellately many-flowered at apex.
Leaves opposite, soft. To the species described on p. 253,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

Cc. Humboldtii (Humboldt’s). 7. gennely, tomentose outside,
densely spotted within, otherwise as in C. Oerstedii ; peduncles

x

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 189

Campanea—continued.

two- or three-flowered. 7. obliquely oblong, unequal, long-

acuminate, serrated, as much as Yin. long and din. broad, densely

tomentose above, slightly villous beneath. Stem as in C. Oer-
stedii, but 3ft. long. “Costa Rica, 1853. Syn. Rhytidophyllwm

Humbolati.

C. Oerstedii (Ocersted’s). l., calyx villous; corolla greenish,
hi with dark violet, 14in. long, the tube inflated and curved,
the limb lin. across ; peduncles nearly twice as long as the leaves,
three- to five-flowered. J. obliquely oblong or ovate, slenderly
acuminate, serrated, din. to 7in. long, lin. to 2sin. broad ;

etioles sin. to lin. long. Stem 2ft. long, rooting. Costa Rica,

» 1852. Syn. Rhytidophyllum Oerstedii.

CAMPANULA. About 230 species have been referred
to this genus ; they are broadly dispersed over the Northern
hemisphere, being very copious in the Mediterranean
region. Calyx tube adnate, the limb deeply five-cleft or
five-parted; corolla campanulate, rarely funnel-shaped or
sub-rotate, short, five-cleft to the middle or rarely nearly
to the base; stamens free of the corolla, the filaments
often dilated at base, the anthers free. ‘To the species
described on pp. 2538-8, Vol. I., the following should be
added. Afew plants formerly included hereunder are now

. referred to Adenophora, Musschia, Platycodon,

Prismatocarpus, Specularia, Symphyandra, and
Wahlenbergia. :
Campanulas, especially the perennial kinds, are some of
the most useful of hardy flowers. They have not a wide
colour-range, but they make up for this deficiency by
furnishing gardens with some of the most beautiful blue
shades imaginable. Again, they are most accommodating,
and any ordinary border will suit the tall-growing kinds,

-Fig. 198. CAMPANULA PERSICA&FOLIA AND WHITE VARIETY.

Campanula—continued.
of which the lovely forms of C. persicefolia (Fig. 198), the
hybrid C. Burghalti, the double-flowered varieties of
OQ. Trachelium, the time-honoured Chimney Bellflower
(C. pyramidalis), and C. glomerata are amongst the best.

For the rockery there is a delightful section, embracing
the well-known C. Portenschlagiana, C. valdensis, CO. tur-
binata, the pretty trailing C. isophylla and OC. 7. alba, and
a host of others. The last, together with C. fragilis, are
favourite subjects for hanging-baskets and for window-
plants. Others, like C. rapunculoides (a native plant), are
worthy of a place in the wild garden.

Fic. 199. CAMPANULA MEDIUM CALYCANTHEMA.

C. abietina (Abies-like). 1. light blue; spikes loose, branching.
July and August. Stems slender, Yin. to 15in. high. Eastern
Europe. Plant tufted.

C. alliarizefolia (Alliaria-leaved).- jl. creamy-white, nodding,
very shortly pedunculate ; corolla hairy, infundibular-campanu-
late, four or five times longer than the calyx. June and July.
7, pubescent above, hoary beneath; lower ones long-petiolate,
ovate-cordate or reniform, crenate-toothed ; upper ones much
smaller, sessile, ovate. Orient, 1803. Syns. C. lamiifolia, C.
macrophylla (B. M. 912).

Cc. autumnalis (autumnal). A synonym of Platycodon grandi-
Jlorum.

Cc. Balchiniana (Balchin’s). jl. of a soft pale blue, lin. to
lyin. across. J. profusely variegated with creamy-white and
pale green. 1896. A beautiful hybrid between C. fragilis and
C. isophylla alba.

Cc. Burghalti (Burghalt’s). See C. Van Houttei.

Cc. Calycanthema (calyx-flowered). A variety of C. Medium.

Cc. elegans (elegant). jl. blue, pendent, shortly pedicellate,
disposed in a long, terminal spike; corolla about lin. long.
June and July. J. ovate-lanceolate, acute, sub-triangular,
rounded or cordate at base, irregularly toothed; radical ones
long-petiolate. h. 24ft. to 3ft. Siberia.

Cc. garganica hirsuta (hairy). jl. very profuse ; sepals rather
longer and somewhat narrower than in the type; corolla poe
blue, pale towards the base, saucer-shaped. J. (as well as the
stem) Wee covered with longish, stiff, white hairs. Flowering
branches longer and slenderer than in the species. Habit dwarf
and more trailing. An excellent Pe for hanging baskets,
flower-boxes, brackets in corridors, &c.

Cc. glomerata dahurica Gene This appears to be
merely a dwarf, proliferous form of the species. 38.

C. Grossekii (Grossek’s). jl. violet, large, campanulate, dis-

osed inalongraceme. J. large, cordate-lanceolate, acuminate,
te margins coarsely toothed. Stems leafy, 24ft. high, branching
at base. Eastern Eyrope, 1886. A handsome plant. (R. G. 1886,
p. 477, f. 55.)
C. Hendersoni (Henderson's). A variety of C. carpathica.

190

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Campanula—continued.

C. Jacobma (St. James’s). jl. axillary, on curved pedicels lin.
to 2sin. long ; calyx segments narrow-lanceolate, 4in. to gin. long ;
corolla deep blue or pale greenish, campanulate, lin. to 1sin.
long. March. J. 14in. to 24in. long, sessile or nearly so, oblong-
ovate or obovate-oblong, obtuse or sub-acute, narrowed at base ;
eee ones cordate, half-amplexicaul. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Cape de

erde, 1882. Half-hardy under-shrub. (B. M. 6703.)

C. lamiifolia (Lamium-leaved). A synonym of C. alliariefolia.

Cc. macrantha (large-flowered). A hybrid form of C. latifolia.

eo mesrnhy as (arge-leaved). A synonym of C. alliarie-
Folia.

C. Medium Calycanthema (calyx-flowered). A handsome
variety, mainly differing from the type in the greatly enlarged
Sg hae calyx. See Fig. 199. (A. V. F. 33, 34; R. H. 1889,
p.

C. mirabilis (remarkable). 7. pale lilac, large, seven to ten on
the branches; corolla campanulate. August and September.
7. coriaceous, irregularly crenulate-toothed ; radical and lower
ones elongated-ovate. Root napiform. Abchasia, 1895. A pretty
alpine. (G. C. 1898, ii., p. 33, f. 10; R. H. 1895, p. 477.) Syn. C.
regina.

C. olympica (Olympian). . pale blue, very shortly peduncu-
late, solitary or racemose; calyx segments spreading or
reflexed ; corolla obconical-funnel-shaped, cut into acute lobes.
Summer. J., radical ones obovate, petiolate, obtuse, with a few
crenatures ; middle ones linear, oblong, semi-amplexicaul ; upper
ones lanceolate, acute. Orient. Biennial.

Cc. pentagonia (five-angled). A synonym of Specularia penta-
gonia.

C. persiczefolia maxima (largest). A very large variety.

C. prenanthoides (Prenanthes-like). jl. blue, racemose;
corolla twice the length of the slender calyx-lobes and almost
five-parted. 7. about 4in. long, ovate-oblong to lanceolate,
sharply serrated; cauline ones mostly sessile. Stems lft. to
2ft. high. Rocky Mountains, 1873. Syn. C. Roezli-

Cc. regina (queen). A synonym of C. mirabilis.

C. Roezli (Roezl’s). A synonym of C. prenanthoides.

C. saxifraga (stone-breaker). jl. violet, Zin. to lin. long; calyx
segments gblong-lanceolate. 7. linear or_ linear-lanceolate,
narrowed to a petiole, entire or crenate from the middle; cauline
ones linear, entire. Stems 3in. to 6in. high. Caucasus, 1875.
Syn. C. tridentata saxifraga (of gardens).

Cc. serpyllifolia (Serpyllum-leaved). 1. blue, sessile; calyx tube
ovoid, the lobes obtuse, ciliated. 7. oblong-lanceolate, obtuse
or retuse, ciliated; radical ones clustered, petiolate; cauline
ones few, alternate, sessile. Stems tufted, diffuse, procumbent,
one-flowered. Dalmatia, &c., 1889. Syn. dravanthus ser-
pyllifolius.

C. sibirica eximia (choice). i. varying from pale bluish to
violet, narrow-campanulate ; stem much branched. J. long, sca-
brous. Europe, &c., 1883. Habit dwarf and compact.

C. strigosa (bristly). 1. purple, shortly pedunculate, variable in
size; corolla glabrous. July and August. J. sessile, entire;
lower ones oblong; upper ones oblong-lanceolate, acute. Stems
erect, dichotomously and somewhat divaricately branched. h.
lft. to 2ft. Syria, &c., 1819. Half-hardy annual. (B. M. 5068.)

C. stylosa (long-styled). A synonym of Adenophora stylosa.
C. Tenorei (Tenore’s). A form of C. versicolor.

C. tridentata saxifraga (three-toothed stone-breaker). A
garden synonym of C. saxifraga.

C. turbinata (top-shaped). A variety of C. carpathica.

C. versicolor Tenorei (Tenore’s). A neat variety, not exceeding
lft. in height.

C. Zoysii(Zoys’).* fl. of a clear blue; corolla long-tubular, with
five short, triangular lobes. 7., radical ones rosulate; cauline
ones linnear: Austrian Alps, 1896. A charming alpine. (G. C.
1896, ii., p. 182, f. 32.)

CAMPANUMZA. Some five or six species, natives
of the Himalayas, Malaya, Southern China, and Japan, are
included in this genus.

Cc. gracilis. This now forms a genus by itself.
tocodon.

C. lanceolata (lanceolate). A synonym of Codonopsis lanceolata.

CAMPELEPIS. A synonym of Periploca (which

see).

CAMPELIA (from kampe, bending, and helios, the
sun; the flowers bend round towards the sun). Sywns.
Gonatandra, Zanonia. ORD. Commelinaceez. A mono-
typic genus. The species, C. Zanonia, is a robust, stove
perennial, broadly dispersed over tropical America; it has
been introduced, but is probably lost to cultivation.

CAMPELIA (of Link).
(which see).

See Lep-

A synonym of Deschampsia

CAMPION. See Silene.
CAMPION, MOSS. See Silene acaulis.

CAMPOMANESIA (commemorative of Campomanes,
a Spanish naturalist). Orp. Myrtacee. A large genus
(nearly 100 species) of stove or greenhouse trees or shrubs,
with the habit of Psidiwm, natives of tropical and sub-
tropical America. (. lineatifolia, a Peruvian species, has
been introduced, but is probably no longer in cultivation.

CAMPSIDIUM [not Capsidiwm]. This genus is
included, by Bentham and Hooker, under Tecoma (which
see), and the correct name of C. chilense is I’. valdiviana.

CAMPTOCARPUS. A synonym of Alkanna
(which see).

CAMPTOSEMA (from kamptos, curved, and sema,
standard; in allusion to the curved appendage on both
sides of the base of the standard). Syn. Bionia. ORD.
Leguminose. A genus embracing ten species of sub-erect
or twining, stove or greenhouse shrubs or under-shrubs,
confined to South America. Flowers scarlet, showy,
fasciculate-racemose towards the apex of the axillary
peduncles ; standard ovate or oblong; wings eblong; keel
oblong, nearly straight. Leaves pinnately trifoliolate, rarely

* with only one or five to seven leaflets; stipules deciduous.

The three species introduced thrive in a compost of sandy
loam and leaf-soil, and may be increased by cuttings or by
seeds.

Cc. pinnatum (pinnate) (fi. 2in. long, in a short, stout
raceme ; petals of a pale but bright red-purple, straight, narrow,
obtuse. Salt 1. 1ft. to 1sft. long, alternate, shortly petiolate ;
leaflets three pairs and a terminal one, shortly petiolulate,
drooping, 6in. to Tin. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, oblong or ovate-
oblong, obtusely caudate-acuminate. A. 3ft. to ft. Brazil, 1888.
Stove. (B. M. 7582.)

Cc. rubicundum (reddish). jl. deep ruby-red; standard partly
reflexed, clawed ; racemes compound, 8in. to 10in. long, drooping,
many-flowered. J. distant, long-petiolate, trifoliolate; leaflets
oblong or oblong-elliptic, glaucous beneath. Stem as thick as a
finger. Southern Brazil. A very handsome climbing, stove
shrub, of great length. (B. M. 4608.)

C. splendens (splendid). . produced in threes, on short and
rough pedicels; calyx pale brown; corolla of a rich, bright
crimson; racemes axillary, terminal. October. J. ternate;
leafiets oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, smooth, dull green. Brazil (?).
Greenhouse climber. SYN. Kennedya splendens (P. M. B. iii.,

p. 26).
CAMPYDORUM. A synonym of Polygonatum
(which see). :

CAMPYLANTHERA ELEGANS. A synonym
of Marianthus ceruleo-punctatus (which see).

CAMPYLANTHUS (from kampylos, a curve, and
anthos, a flower; in allusion to the incurved corolla-tube).
Orp. Scrophularinez. A small genus (four species) of
greenhouse shrubs, natives of the Canary and Cape de
Verde Islands, Arabia, and Scinde. Flowers racemose at
the tips of the branches, often secund; calyx deeply five-
cleft or five-parted ; corolla-tube elongated, incurved, the
limb of five spreading lobes. Leaves alternate, linear,
somewhat fleshy, entire. C.salsoloides has been introduced,
but is probably lost to cultivation.

CAMPYLOCENTRON SCHIEDETI. The correct
name of Todaroa micrantha (which see).

CANALA. . A synonym of Spigelia (which see).

CANARIA. See Canarina.

CANARIUM. Sywn. Colophonia. This génus em-
braces about fifty species, mostly natives of tropical
Asia; a few are indigenous in Africa and the Mascarene
Islands, and one is found in Australia. To the species
described on p. 259, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

C. vitiense (Fijian). 1. yellowish-white, small, paniculate.
Jr. bluish-black. /. pinnate ; leaflets five to seven, oblong-elliptic,
obtuse. Fiji, 1887. A small tree.

Cc. zeylanicum (Cingalese). The correct name of Balsamoden-
dron zeylanicum.

——————

Se OO
5 q

_ ca

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT {NTRODUCTIONS, Cat

CANARY CREEPER. See Tropxolum pere-
grinum.

CANARY GRASS. See Phalaris canariensis.

CANAVALI. See Canavalia.

CANAVALIA. To the species described on p. 259,
Vol. I., the following should be added:
c. Lunareti (Lunaret’s). jl. of a beautiful rose-pink, large.
Summer. fr. about 6in. long, rou mucronate at apex. J.
trifoliolate; leaflets glabrous, 5in. 6in. jong, 2sin. Lee

nite a to an acute apex. Japan, 1881. (R. H.

CANCERWORT. See Veronica.

CANDOLLEA (of Labillardiére), in part. A synonym
of Stylidium (which see).

CANDY CARROT. See Athamanta Matthioli.

CANE. A term applied to the stems of Reeds and the
larger Grasses, to one-year-old stems of Grape Vines, and to
the stems of Blackberries and Raspberries.

CANELLA. Syn. Winterana. There are only two
species of this genus, one being a native of the West Indies
and the other of Venezuela. Bracts three; sepals five;
petals wanting; cymes in terminal, almost corymbose
panicles.

CANISTRUM. This genus is included by J. G.
Baker under Aichmea (which see), the plants described on
p- 260, Vol. I., retaining their specific names.

CANKER is a little understood disease affecting Apple,
Pear, and other trees, but chiefly Ash, Lime, Maple, and
Hazel. The term in the past has been rather loosely
applied, and the condition of the bark usually known as
Canker has been ascribed to many causes. Even now

‘there are numbers who will not admit that the disease is of

fungus origin, but prefer to think that it is due entire'y to
errors in cultivation rather than to the ravages of the
Wound Fungus, Nectria ditissima. That certain conditions
of soil predispose trees to the attack of the fungus is
doubtless correct; but the real trouble is due to the fungus
above-named finding a lodgment in cracks of shrunken
bark, in wounds caused by hail, frost, insect punctures, the
careless use of the pruning-knife, etc.

Once the bark is attacked the wood soon becomes
involved, and if preventive measures are not taken the
trees may be killed outright. Amongst predisposing
causes may be mentioned damp, cold, undrained soils.
Again, certain varieties are more prone to Canker than
are others, some of the best dessert Apples, like Blenheim
Pippin, Cox’s Orange Pippin, and Ribstone Pippin being
amongst those most susceptible.

As stated above, the fungus, as a rule, enters through a
wound in the bark, and it spreads rapidly to the parts
adjoining the wood. It may manifest itself first in some of
the smaller branches, when there is usually a dying away of
the shoots in the vicinity; or it may be first seen on the
trunk itself. There is considerable cracking of the bark
(see Fig. 200, A); and if such cracks are carefully examined
in spring there will be found groups of deep red dots.
These are known as perithecia (Fig. 200, B), and they
contain spore-bearing asci. In the autumn previous there
was another form of fruit developed known as conidia,
and borne upon white cushions. It is these spores which
give rise to the disease once they find a suitable nidus.

A visit to the average country orchard will reveal
numbers of these Cankered trees, old and unfruitful.
Not only, too, may the branches be cracked in the way
already suggested, but the main trunk may have its bark
so distorted as to present the appearance shown at
Fig. 201, in which the discoloured affected wood is
disclosed.

Directly Canker is noted all diseased shoots should be
cut away and burned. Portions of stems affected should

Canker—continued.

By permission of the Board of Agriculture.
Fic. 200, CANKER DUE TO NECTRIA DITISSIMA.

A, showing piece of Apple tree affected. B, Perithecia, showing
orifices from which spores escape.

By permission of the Board of Agriculture.
Fic. 201. DisToORTED BARK DUE TO CANKER.

192

Canker—continued.

also be cut out and similarly treated, afterwards dressing
the part with Stockholm tar. In the case of old.and
unfruitful trees badly attacked, these should be uprooted
and burned.

In the United States there is a very destructive disease
of Apples and Pears, sometimes spoken of as Canker. This
is of bacterial origin, and has been referred to under Apple
and Pear Blight (Micrococcus amylovorus). This attacks the
main trunk as well as the smaller branches; even the
blossoms are affected, and turn black. Roses are also
affected by Canker due to a fungus.

CANKER WORM. A name applied by Americans to
the caterpillars of certain destructive moths affecting
Apple trees. One isa near relative of the March Moth
(Anisopteryx zscularia), which gives trouble in this country,
and should be similarly treated. The other is Paleacrita
vernata. The former appears in autumn; the latter in
spring.

CANNA. Nearly ninety specific names are kept up in
the “Index Kewensis,” but, according to Mr. J. G. Baker
(“ Gardeners’ Chronicle,” 1893), a large majority of these
probably represent garden forms. “In this genus the
short outer wrapper of the flower—the three small green
leaves that remain on the top of the capsule—represents
the calyx. The corolla is represented by the three longer
equal leaves, of firmish texture and greenish colour, that
form the next row. The showy part of the flower consists
of the stamens, which are brightly coloured and put on the
appearance of ordinary petals. These petaloid staminodia
are unequal in size, and to the margin of one of the inner
ones the one-celled anther is attached.” All the species
are natives of tropical or sub-tropical America. :

The new race of Large-flowered Cannas, which the
florist has evolved by skilful, hybridising, marks an epoch
in this flower. Alike in flowers and foliage, the new
Cannas quite outstrip the old; they combine, in fact,
the gorgeousness of the finest Gladioli with the beauty of
the Dracena. They may be used with telling effect in
the borders in summer, on lawns, or in beds. Indoors they
are quite as useful, and their season of beauty is a long one.
They may be planted outside in late spring, affording them
good rich soil and a sheltered position. They may be left
out in the more favoured soils, and in the South and West
of England, if covered with litter in severe weather ; other-
wise, they are best lifted and stored out of the reach of
frost. For indoor work, they may be potted in either
spring or autumn. Wherever grown, they like plenty of
moisture in the growing season, They are propagated by
seeds, or by dividing the crowns in spring into pieces
containing from two to three growths.

To those described on p. 262, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

C. esculenta (esculent). A synonym of C. edulis, from the
rootstock of which is procured Canna Starch (‘Tous les Mois”).
C. grandiflora picta (large-flowered, painted). fl. yellow,
spotted with red. 1885. A handsome and robust, garden variety.

(RH. 1885, p. 356.)

C. indica Bertini (Bertin’s). . dark crimson, very large, borne
in a spike-like panicle. 7. narrow-ovate, of a beautiful Beale
pron h. 2ft. to 24ft. 1889. A garden variety of the In

_ ©. L variegata (variegated). J. striped with yellow. Solomon
Islands, 1897,

C. lanuginosa (woolly). The corfect name of C. Achiras.

C. latifolia (broad-leaved). The correct name of C. gigantea
(B. M. 2316).

C. liliifiora (Lily-flowered). jl 4in. to 5in. long, Honeysuckle-
scented, in a short, terminal rac me; perianth tubular, the three
outer petaloid lobes linear-oblong, convolute, reflexed, tinged
green, the three inner ones straight and extended, recurved at
end, white, tinted yellowish-green. J. large, Musa-like, ehlongs
acuminate. Stems stout, erect. A. 6ft. to 10ft. A fine plant.
CF. @. S. 1055-6; R. H. 1884, 132.)

Cc. lutea aurantiaca (orange-yellow).
C. aurantiaca.

The correct name of

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Canna—continued.

EE baad limbata (spreading, bordered). The correct name of
. limbata.

C. Reevesii (Reeves’). A synonym of C. flaccida. (B. R. 2004.)

Cc. rosx#fiora og towenett jl. magenta-red. 1885. Garden
variety. (R. H. 1885, p. 396.

Varieties. Some of the best are as follow:

A. DE MONTEBELLO, flowers carmine, shaded with orange;
leaves bright green and distinct; good for outdoor culture.
AIGRETTE, flowers scarlet with a thin margin of gold, large;
leaves deep green; 3ft. to 4ft. ALPHONSE BOUVIER, flowers dark
crimson, of fine form, spikes large and freely produced ; leaves
bronzy-green, erect; 3ft.; one of the best for either indoor or
outdoor culture. AMERICAN FLAG, flowers orange-scarlet with
a well-marked gold band on the margin of each petal; large and
of good form; best adapted to indoor culture. AMI JULES
CHRETIEN, flowers chestnut-red, very large, and of great
substance; leaves green and massive; 3ft. AMI PICHON,
flowers rich scarlet, of fine globular form, and very free ;
leaves green ; 3ft. to 4ft. AMIRAL AVELLAN : there are two distinct
varieties known under this name, the one sent out by Vilmorin
and Co. has bright yellow flowers spotted with red, and green

- leaves. The other, sent out by Crozy, has carmine-red flowers,
with dark bronzy leaves. Both are handsome varieties. ANTOINE
CHANTIN*, flowers very large, deep cerise salmon; leaves
dark green; remarkably floriferous and dwarf; one of the best.
ANTONIN CrROzy, flowers rich crimson, large spikes; leaves
dark green, marked with purple ; 3ft. to 5ft. AURORE, flowers
deep orange-red, very large and of good form; leaves deep

Fie. 202. CANNA FLORENCE VAUGHAN.

green 3ft. to 4ft. AUSTRIA*, flowers canary-yellow, spotted
with brown, very large, and of grand form; leaves green,
long, handsome; 4ft. to 6ft. BEAUTE FOITEVINE, flowers
bright red, large; leaves glaucous green; Sft. CAPITAINE P. DE
SuzzonI, flowers baat yellow, slightly spotted, large; leaves
ale green; 3ft. to Sit. COLIBRI*, flowers clear yellow, with
ced carmine centre; leaves green; 3ft.; a distinct variety.
COMTE DE BoucHaupD*, flowers golden-yellow, heavily spotted
with bright red; leaves deep green; Sft.; a very handsome
variety. COMTE DE GANAay, flowers a lovely salmon shade
margined with yellow, large and fine; leaves deep green ; 3ft.
to 4ft. CRIMSON KING, flowers intense crimson, splendid spikes ;
leaves bronzy-green; Sft. DUCHESS OF YORK*, flowers yellow,
heavily ppotes with red, large, good form, and free ; leaves en
green ; 3ft. DUKE OF YORK", flowers vermilion-red, margined wit!
yellow ;leavesgreen ; 4ft. ; very free. FLORENCE VAUGHAN, flowers
bright yellow, heavily spotted with scarlet ; 3ft.; see a
FREDERIC BENARY, flowers crimson-red ; leaves green and long ;
4ft. F. THOMAYER, flowers bright orange, very large and fine;
leaves purple; 3ft. to 4ft. GEOFFREY SAINT-HILAIRE*, flowers

ma

ull |

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Canna—continued.

deep orange; leaves dark bronze; 4ft.; free and very fine.

4 GERMANIA, flowers deep*crimson, margined with clear yellow ;

' leaves bold and massive; 4ft. HENRY IRVING, flowers fine
4 orange-scarlet, lower half of petal deep yellow; Sft. ITaLia*,
b flowers scarlet and yellow, Sin. across, freely produced; leaves
q deep green; Sit. to 7ft. JULES CHRETIEN*, flowers crimson,
large ; leaves dark green; 4ft.; a fine variety. KONIGEN CHAR-
LOTTE", flowers CY red, with a broad margin of gold; leaves

dark green; 2ft. to 3ft.; a splendid variety for indoor culture.
4 Nip Crozy, flowers orange-vermilion, large, and fine; leaves
’ green; 3ft. PAUL BReEtT*, flowers clear amber; leaves bronzy-
purple; 2ft. to 3ft.; distinct and good. PauL BRUANT, flowers

orange-red, large, fine spikes; leaves green; 4ft. PRESIDENT

Fic. 203. CANNA PRESIDENT CARNOT.
> Carnot’, flowers red, large; leaves bronzy-green; 4ft.; see
Fig. 203. QuasiMopo, flowers vermilion, margined with yellow ;
; leaves green; Sft. to 4ft. SENATEUR MILLAUD, flowers deep
‘orange; leaves very dark; 4ft.; an effective variety. Simon
’ DELAUSE*, flowers golden-yellow, heavily spotted vermilion;

leaves green; 4ft.; very fine. SOUVENIR D’ANTOINE CRozy*,
@ more vigorous and improved form of NIAD CRozy. SOUVENIR
DE JEANNE CHARRETON, flowers bright orange-red, large ; leaves
dark green; 4ft. ULRICH BRUNNER", flowers deep red, large,
fine form; leaves green; 4ft. to 5ft.; a splendid variety.

CANNIBAL’S TOMATO. See Solanum Anthro-
pophagorum. :

CANSCORA. Sxn. Codamba. This genus embraces
about a dozen species, natives of tropical Africa, the
East Indies, the Malayan Archipelago, and tropical Aus-
tralia.

CANTHIUM. The following synonyms should be
noted under this name :
Cc. chinense (Chinese). A synonym of Randia dumetorum.

C. coronatum (crowned). A synonym of Randia dumetorum.

CAPANEA. Included under Campanea (which see).
CAPE FIGWORT. See Phygelius capensis.
Vol. V.

&G, . 193

See Widdringtonia juni-

CAPE GUM-TREE.

peroides.

CAPE HONEY FLOWER. Cee Protea melli-
fera. ;

CAPE PHILLYREA. See Eleodendron
capense.

CAPE POISON BULB. See Buphane disticha.
CAPE PRIMROSE. See Streptocarpus.
CAPIA. A synonym of Lapageria (which see).
CAPNODIUM. See Honeydew.

CAPNODIUM QUERCINUM. See Oak Fungi.
CAPNORCHIS. A synonym of Dicentra (which

see).

CAPOLLIN, CAPOULINOS.
applied to the fruits of Cerasus
salicifolia.

CAPPARIS HETEROCLITA. A synonym of
Merua oblongifolia (which see).

CAPRARIA RIGIDA. A synonym of Freylinia
undulata (which see).

CAPREOLATE. Furnished with tendrils.

CAPRIFICATION. A supposed method of assisting
in the production of figs by means of insect agency.
See Fig Insects.

CAPROXYLON. A synonym of Hedwigia (which
see).

CAPSICUM. Additional varieties are Golden Dawn,
Ruby King, and Bell-shaped. In Gloucestershire, a very
large variety, Bull’s Nose, is grown; it is mild in flavour,
and much esteemed by cooks.

Capsicums, although such hot subjects, are liable to
insect pests of various kinds. To eradicate these, XL All
Vaporiser will prove most effectual, without any detri-
ment to the plant.

CAPULINOS. ‘See Capollin.
CARABIDZ. See Beetles.

CARAGANA. This genus embraces about fifteen
species, natives of Asiatic Russia and the Himalayas. To
those described on pp. 264-5, Vol. I., the following variety
should be added:

C. arborescens pendula (pendulous). ‘his only differs from

the type in having the branches pendulous. 1887.

C. pendula (pendulous). A variety of C. arborescens.

CARAGUATA. Massangea and Schlumbergia are
included here by J. G. Baker. The species number nearly
two score, and are found in the West Indies, Guiana, and
the Andes. Flowers clustered; sepals erect, imbricated,
shortly connate at the base; corolla gamopetalous, the
oblong segments shorter than the cylindrical tube ; stamens
inserted at the throat of the corolla-tube; filaments short ;
anthers free. Leaves and habit as in Tillandsia (from
which this genus differs only in its gamopetalous corolla).
To the species described on p. 265, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

C. Andreana (André’s). fl. about 2in. long, numerous; calyx
and corolla bright yellow; panicle spike-like, rather lax, longer
than the leaves; stem and bracts carmine-rose. March.
l. arching, green, 2ft. long, 2in. broad, forming a lax rosette
Andes of Pasto, 1884. (B. M. 7014; R. H. 1884, p. 247, f. 61
1886, p. 276.)

C. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). jl. large, few in a dense spike ;
calyx whitish, the segments oblong, acute; corolla yellow, the
tube cylindrical, 2in. long; bracts red, large, oblong-lanceolate ;

eduncle short, with a few reduced leaves. J/. in a dense rosette,
in. long, lanceolate, channelled from the ovate base to the
attenuated apex. Andes of Colombia, 1884. SYN. Guzmania
Bulliana.

These names are
Capuli and Pranus

2C

194

Caraguata—continued.

C. Beleana (Dr. Le Béle’s). ‘Us white, disposed in a compound,
divaricate panicle; corolla about 2in. long; peduncle about 2ft.
high. 7. circinate, 2ft. to 24ft. long, bright green, acuminate,
dilated at base, lepidote on the unde?-surface. Origin unknown,
1891. (R. H. 1891, p. 114, f. 27.)

C. cardinalis (scarlet). A variety of C. lingulata.

C..conifera (cone-bearing). l., corolla pale yellow, above 2in.
long, just overtopping the bright scarlet bracts; head dense,
conical, 8in fo 10in. Jong 5 pedunele erect. J. lanceolate, acute,
bright green, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 24in. to 3in. broad, forming a dense
rosette, Ecuador, 1894. (B. M. 7359.) i

C. Devansayana (Devansay’s). The correct name of Guzmania
Devansayana.

Cc. Fuerstenbergiana (Fuerstenberg’s). _ji., corolla whitish,
ljin. long; spike simple, multifarious, 2in. to din. long, the
bracts bright red. July. J. about fifteen in a rosette, lanceo-
late, 12in. to 16in. long. Andes of Ecuador, 1883.

Cc. Lindeni. The correct name of Massangea Lindeni.
Schlumbergeria Lindeni (B. H. 1883, p. 121, tt. 10-12),

C.lingulata. The following are varieties of this species, with
Jarger and more brightly-coloured outer bracts than the type:
C. Splendens (BF. d. 8. 1091), C. cardinalis (I. H. 1880, t. 674).

C. magnifica (magnificent). /l., corolla yellow, 4in. longer than
the calyx; panicle 14ft. to 2ft. long, many-branched; bracts
reddish-yellow, l4in. long. J. thirty in a rosette, pliable, lanceo-
late, above lft. long, 14in. to 2in. broad, tinged with claret-
brown, A garden hybrid between C. Zahnii and some robust
Tillandsia.

C, magnifica (magnificent, of gardens). ‘A synonym of C. Osyana.

C. Melinonis (M. Melinon’s). /1., corolla yellow, lin. long;
inflorescence a dense, simple, oblong spike, Sin. long; peduncle
shorter than the leaves; bracts red. J. densely rosulate, lft.
long, 14in. to 2in. broad, lorate, tinged with brown beneath.
French Guiana, 1879. Syn. Guzmania Melinoki.

C. Morreniana (Morren’s). jl. yellow, in alarge, compact head;
bracts bright red ; flower-stem 4in. to 6in. long . Tosulate,
l6in. to 2Qin. long, 2in. broad, with recurved, acuminate tips ;
outer ones dark green, gradually passing, by being shaded and
tinted with violet, into the violaceous floral ones. Rio Cuiaquer,
Colombia, 1887, (R. H. 1887, p. 12.)

C. musaica (mosaic). (B. M. 6675; I. H. 1877, t. 268.) The correct
name, according to Baker’s classification, of the plant described
by Morren under name of Massangea musaica (which see,
on p. 335, Vol. IL.).

C. Osyana (Baron Edouard Osy’s). jl. axillary, solitary, shorter
than the bracts; corolla yellow, twice as long as the calyx,
clavate-tubular, sub-arcuate, the tube elongated, the lobes erect ;
bracts orange-salmon, imbricated, reflexed ; spike compact, stro-
biliform. J. coriaceous, 14ft. long, lanceolate, somewhat chan-
nelled. Stem erect, short, robust. Ecuador, 1885. (B. H. 1885,
p. 254, tt. 16-17.) Syn. C. magnijica (of gardens).

C. Peacockii (Peacock’s). jl. white, densely spicate; stem
covered with bright purple bracts, the upper ones rolled round
the flowers. J. lft. long, bronzy-purple above, rosy-purple
beneath, forming an ample rosette. Probably Andine, 1885,

C. sanguinea (blood-coloured).* jl. clustered at the base of the
centre of the rosette of leaves ; corolla 24in. to 3in. long, the tube
yellowish-white, long, clavate, the three segments white, ovate.
November. J. ina dense rosette, lanceolate, acute, faleate, thin,
the lower part green, the upper half or two-thirds strongly
tinged with bright red on both sides, the outer leaves 1ft. or more
in length. Colombia, 1880, Plant stemless. (B. M. 6765;
R. H..1893, p. 468.)

C. Schlumbergerii (Schlumberger’s). The correct name of
pe es Morreniana. SYN. Massangea Morreniana (of
gardens).

Cc. serrata (saw-toothed). A garden synonym of Karatas Schere-
metiewii.

C. splendens (splendid). A variety of C. lingulata.

C. straminea (straw-like). The correct name of Schlumbergeria
Morreniana.

C. virescens (greenish). (B. H. 1879, p. 360, t. 19.) The correct
name of Schlumbergeria Roezlii, Pitcairnia virescens, and Puya
virescens (B. M. 4991)

CARALLIA. Syns. Diatoma, Petalotoma, Sym-
metria. Seven species are included in this genus; but
C. lancexfolia and C. lucida are the only ones that have
been introduced, and probably they are now lost to
cultivation.

CARALLUMA. This genus includes about half-a-
dozen species, natives of India and Arabia. To those
described on p. 265, Vol. I., the following should be added:

Cc. campanulata (campanulate). 7. disposed ina terminal umbel ;
corolla reddish-brown, velvety, star-shaped, the limb lin. across,
flat. July. Branches ascending, four-angled, pale green, about

SYN.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Caralluma—continued.

gin. in diameter. Ceylon, 1890. (B. M. 7274; G. C. 1892, xii,
p. 369, f. 61.)

C. Luntii (Lunt’s). l. yellowish-green, spotted with purple, lin.
in diameter, five-lobed. Stems quadrangular, smooth, 8in. high,
gin. thick, conspicuously toothed, marbled with purple. Southern
Arabia, 1894,

CARANDAS. See Carissa Carandas.
CARAPICHEA. Asynonymof Cephaelis (which see).

CARBENTIA (compounded of the first syllables of
Carduus benedictus, on which plant the genus was
founded). Syn. Cnicus (of Gertner). Orv. Composite.
A monotypie.genus. The species is a handsome, dwarf,
hirsute or pubescent, annual herb, admirably adapted
for the shrubbery, and thriving in any ordinary soil.

C. benedicta. Blessed Thistle. jl.-heads pale yellow, sessile,
lin. high; involucral bracts in few ranks, abruptly tipped
with an aristiform or spinescent and _ pectinately prickly
appendage. /. blotched and marbled with silvery-white, sinuately
pinnatifid or laciniate-toothed, the teeth or margins weakly
prickly. South Darope and North-west America. SyNs. Centaurea
benedicta, Cnicus benedictus.

CARBONATE OF LIME. Chalk, shell-sand, and
marls are all forms of Carbonate of Lime. . The marls also
contain a certain proportion of potash and of phosphoric
acid. These forms of Lime added to lands deficient in
this substance have proved of great value: they are
capable of neutralising the organic acids contained in sour
soils, and form .a valuable plant-food for many garden
crops; they exert a decided beneficial mechanical influence
upon stiff soils, besides consolidating light, sandy soils,
liberating the potash, and forming the valuable double
silicates. Marls are particularly useful in the cultivation
of Roses.

CARDAMINE. Dentaria (see Vol. I., p. 458) and
Pteroneurum (see Vol. III., p. 246) are included here by
Bentham and Hooker. As many as sixty species, inhabiting
the temperate and cold regions, are referred to this genus.

CARDAMOMUM. A synonym of Elettaria (which
see).

CARDIOLOPHUS.
(which see).

CARDIOSPERMUM (from cardia, the heart, and
sperma, a seed; in allusion to the prominent, white, heart-
shaped scars on the seed, which indicate its point of
attachment). Orp. Sapindaceez. A genus embracing
upwards of a dozen species of climbing shrubs or herbs,
natives of tropical and temperate regions. C. Hali-
cacabum (Heartseed or Heart Pea) is largely used
medicinally, and its leaves as a vegetable by the natives.
The species have no horticultural value.

CARDOPATIUM (from kardia, a heart, and pathos,
suffering; formally employed medicinally in cases of heart
disease). Syn. Brotera. Orb. Composite. A small genus
(two species) of half-hardy, perennial, Thistle-like herbs ;
one is a native of North-west Africa and the other is found
in the Orient. Flower-heads blue, very numerous, sub-
sessile, disposed in a dense, leafy, very spiny corymb ; florets
equal; involucre ovoid-oblong, with the bracts in many
series; receptacle small, densely bristly; pappus palex
numerous, in one or two series. Leaves alternate, once or
twice pinnatisect, the lobes spiny. C. corymbosum is a
useful plant for associating with tall subjects or for placing
at the back of borders in ordinary soil, and only requires
protection from frost. Propagated by division.

C. corymbosum (corymbose). /l.-heads ovate-conical; florets
eight to ten. J., radical ones oblong, pinnately parted ; cauline
ones narrower, gradually diminishing. Stems di- or trichoto-
mously-branched, densely corymbose. h. lft. Greece, &c.,
1871. (R. G. 692.) Syn. Carthamus corymbosus (S. F. G. 844).

CARDUNCELLUS. Syn. Onobroma (of Gzrtner).

A synonym of Herpestis

_About fourteen species, mostly natives of the Mediterranean

region, are included in this genus. Leaves alternate, spiny-

toothed or lobed.

e

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 195 °

CARDUUS. The proper name of Cnicus benedictus
(mentioned under this heading on p. 266, Vol. I.) is
Carbenia benedicta (which see).

CARELIA (of Adanson).
(which see).

CAREX. Upwards of 800 species have been referred
to this genus, but probably not more than 500. are entitled
to rank as such ; they are copiously dispersed over tem-
perate and frigid regions, but few being found within
the tropics, and those on mountains. To those described on
p. 267, Vol. I., the following should be added:

C. arenaria (sand-loving). ., spikelets rather largé, ovoid, all
simple and sessile, usually crowded eight or ten together in a
terminal spike of lin. to 2in. Summer. Rootstock creeping,
often many feet, emitting small tufts or single stems from a
few inches to I14ft. in height and leafy at base. Europe
(Britain), in maritime sands.

Cc. brunnea (brown). 71., inflorescence long, lax; peduncles
often several- from each sheath, the lowest exserted lin. to
8in., slender, nodding, sometimes bearing three to ten spikes.
1. two-thirds the length of the stem, din. broad. Stems lft. to
3ft. high, slender. Himalayas, Australia, &c., 1892. Half-
hardy. Syn. C. gracilis (R. H. 1892, p. 383), here is a form
variegata, having leaves striped with white.

Cc. Drymeia (Drymeia). A synonym of C. sylvatica,
C. gracilis (slender). A synonym of C. brunnea.
C. japonica (Japanese). A garden name for C. tristachya.

C. maxima (greatest). A synonym of C. pendula.

C. paniculata (panicled). #., spikelets brown, numerous,
erowded into a compound spike or panicle sometimes 4in. to
Sin. long. Early summer. /. sometimes longer than the stems
and jin. to 4in. broads Stems 1ft. to 4ft. high, more or less
triangular. Europe (Britain), &c. A stout species, forming
large tufts.

C. scaposa (scapose). /l. brownish; spikelets tin. to Jin. long ;
cymes three or more to a scape, lin. to 2in. broad; scapes longer
or shorter than the leaves, stout, erect. Winter. J., radical ones
lft. long or more, 2in. broad, elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate at
both ae petioles sometimes 3in. to 4in. long. South China,
1883. Greenhouse. (B, M. 6940.)

Cc. secta cou’), ji., spike lax, slender, drooping; spikelets pale
brown. Z. rigid, flat, keeled, much longer than the culms, din.
broad. Culms densely*tufted, harsh, leafy, three-angled, lft. to
2ft. high, with scabrid edges. New Zealand, 1878.

C. tristachya (three-spiked). ., male spike solitary, linear,
pedunculate; females twin, linear, approximating, slightly

edunculate. 7, linear, striped with white. A. lft. Japan.

seful in pots for room decoration. SYN. C. japonica (of gardens).

* CG. Vilmorini (Vilmorin’s). A graceful and very distinct species,

with long and very narrow, densely-tufted leaves. New Zealand,

1897. It is easily increased by division of the tufts or by seeds.
(R. H. 1897, p. 79, f. 26).

In addition to the above, C. trifida and C. virgata are in culti-

vation, but are at present rare.

CARICA. Including Vasconcellea. About a score
-species, natives of tropical America, form this genus.
Flowers white, yellow, or greenish, unisexual and some-
times hermaphrodite; corolla of the male flowers salver-
shaped, with an elongated tube; female flowers having five
erect petals.

CARISSA. Ardwina (described on p. 109, Vol. I.)
is regarded by Bentham and Hooker as synonymous with
this genus, which embraces about twenty species, natives
of Africa, tropical Asia, and Australia.

C. Arduina (Arduina). The correct name of Arduina bispinosa.

CARLINA. C. Chameleon is a synonym of C. acaulis.

CARLUDOVICA. This genus embraces about thirty
species, natives of tropical America and the West Indies.
To those described on p. 268, Vol. I., the following should
be added:

Cc. Caput-Medusa Gaeta fil. pale greenish-white,
filamentose, forming dense heads, J. 3ft. to 4ft. long, cuneate-
flabelliform, thickly plicate and bisected to the middle ; segments
three- to five-cleft, multifid towards the apex; ultimate segments
recurved, acute. Habitat unknown, 1890. A handsome, stemless
plant. (B. M. 7118.)

C. elegans (elegant). J. fan-like, 3ft. across, divided into four or
five segments, which are again deeply cleft into narrow divisions.
1889. An ornamental, Palm-like plant.

A synonym of Ageratum

Carludovica—continued.

C. Gardneri (Gardner's). 1. spirally disposed ; spadix cylindrical;
eels four-leaved ; peduncles axillary. J. obovate, narrowed to
the petioles, bifid to the middle; lobes erect, oblong-ovate,
acuminate. Brazil. (J. B. ii. 29, tt. 3-4.)

C. gracilis (slender). jl., spadices pendulous, 4in. long, axillary,
Pe oraatss covered with twisted threads. J. alternate, 2ft. to
4ft. long, bipartite, the divisions 2in. to 3in. broad, lanceolate,
plicate, with ribs raised_on the upper surface, bright green
above, paler beneath. Caudex erect, waving. West Indies.
Syns, C. Plumieri, Salmia palmifolia.

C. latifolia (broad-leaved). l., spadix 2in. to 3in. long, scarcely
rising above the spathe, with wavy stamens ; scape short, thick,
concealed by several spathe-leaves. 7. springing from the top of
the root, spreading, sa 1sft. to 2ft. long, rounded-flabelli-
form, strongly ribbed, bifid at apex, the lobes Taciniate ; petioles
2080) 6in. long. West Indies, &c. SYN. Ludovia latifolia(B. M.

Cc. Laucheana (Lauche’s). J. large, ensiform, plicate, green,
coriaceous, bilobed at the apex, sheathing at base. Antioquia,
1893. Nearly allied to C. plicata. Syn. Salmia Laucheana (G.C.
1895, xiii., pp. 442, 481, f. 72).

C. microcephala (small-headed). _/l., spadix 3in. long, covered
with pale yellow flowers and long white tilaments ; spathes two,
opposite, lin. to 1jin. long. Spring. J/.numerous at the top of
the stem, 10in. to 18in. long, split to below the middle into two
lanceolate, finely acuminate segments; petioles’ very slender.
Stem 34in. high, throwing out subterranean suckers, Costa Rica,
1880. (B. M. 7263.)

C. palmifolia (Palm-leaved). A provisional name for a plant
introduced by B. S. Williams and Son.

C. plicata (folded). fl., spadix 8in. long; rachis dense-flowered,
much shorter than the petiole; spathes four, 4in. long. 7. more
or less deeply bifid, 3ft. to 44ft. long ; divisions ovate-lanceolate,
acute or rounded at apex, argutely plicate towards the base.
Caudex thick, woody, erect, lft. high, rarely taller, with a ter-
minal tuft of many leaves. Brazil and Colombia.

Cc. Plumerii (Plumer’s). j., spadices axillary, pedunculate,
pendulous, cylindrical, 4in. Jong 3 bracts spathe-like, somewhat
greyish. 7. seven or eight at the apex of the stem, bifid to the
middle, 24ft. long, 8in. broad, plicate, rigid, very shiny, paler

beneath; segments oblong, acute. Stem radicant. - Marti-
nique, &c.
C. Plumieri (Plumier’s). A synonym of C. gracilis.

CARMICHZELIA. New Zealand is the headquarters
of the eighteen or so species embraced in this genus. To
the one described on p. 269, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

Cc. Enysii (Enys’). This species forms hard, compact patches 1ft.
to 4ft. in diameter, and scarcely rising lin. above the surface of
the ground ; in fact so densé are the branches that it is impossible
to thrust the finger between them. New Zealand, 1877,

Cc. Mulleriana (Muller's). . jl. whitish, striated Parnle, small,
solitary or in pairs in the axils of the leaves. J. leaflets one
to three, small, obovate, emarginate, about Jin. long, on\a
rather longer petiole. Branches slender, compressed, pinnately
branched ; branchlets filiform, compressed. A. about 2ft. 1887.

CARNATION. This lovely flower, which within the
past decade has been considerably improved by the florists,
bids fair to regain the popularity it enjoyed with the old-
time gardeners. Colour, constitution, and form all show a
considerable advance upon those varieties that were in
existence even fifteen years or less ago. The flower is one
of the oldest of which we have records, and Mr. Douglas
informs us that even the much-prized yellow Carnation was
grown in London towards the close of the sixteenth century.
Popular as it is with a very large number of gardeners, it
would be even more extensively gr6wn were its merits as a
town plant more widely known, as well as its comparatively
easy cultivation. Perhaps the most important improvement
is manifest in what are known as Border varieties, lists of
which will be found under the headings of “ Selfs” and
“Fancies.’’ In the Malmaison section, too, there has been a
steady advance, especially as regards colour, though it must
be confessed that this section seems more than ordinarily
susceptible to fungoid diseases. For the benefit of the
amateur we may say that the Selfs are of one colour only,
whereas the Fancies comprise those varieties which,,on
account of their colours, do not fall within any of the other
classes enumerated in Vol I.; for instance, those with a
yellow or a white ground, or those mottled, flaked, or
spotted with various colours.

196

Carnation—continued.

Culture. Some considerable space is devoted in Vol. I.
to cultural details. There are, however, one or two points
which may with advantage be touched upon here. First, in
relation to propagation by seed, which is the method
employed for raising new varieties. By far the best results
are obtainable by careful hybridisation. Care must, how-
ever, be taken not to mix the classes. Selfs should be

cross-fertilised with Selfs, Fancies with Fancies, &c.
Border Carnations are best planted from September to
November in specially prepared quarters as advised in Vol. I.
They may either be arranged in beds or in borders.
They are generally propagated by layers in autumn, a
form of increase already explained, but very plainly

Fic. 204. LAYERED CARNATION SHOOT.

shown in the illustration (Fig. 204). Those, however,
who exhibit, grow the plants in pots. This is what Mr.
Douglas, the Carnation specialist, says upon the subject
in the “ Book of Gardening ”’ :

The layers are inserted when ready in what the trade
term “ sixties,” two plants in a pot, and they are wintered
in garden-frames. ‘They are placed fairly close to the
glass, in order that they may have the full benefit of light
and air. In some districts damp is troublesome, doing
some damage to the leaves by what is termed “ spot,” but
free ventilation will usually prevent its appearance. The
work during winter consists in keeping the plants clean
by removing dead and decaying leaves, stirring the soil
on the surface, and by paying careful attention to the
watering. In March they must be transferred to their
flowering-pots. Two plants should be placed in a pot 8in.
in diameter, or three in one 9in. The pots must be
drained well, and the compost packed in firmly around the
plants. In the process of transferring the plants from the
small to the large pots, care must be taken not to disturb
the roots more than is absolutely necessary. As the plants
are repotted, they should be placed again into garden-
frames until they are established, when the best way to
treat them is to stand them out in the open air on a hard
bottom of ashes. When the weather is mild, and the
potting is not done until after the middle of March, it may
be as well to stand them ont-of-doors at once, as in the
spring the frames are often required for half-hardy and
tender plants. The flower-sticks ought to be placed to the
plants very soon after they go out-of-doors, as high winds
may snap off valuable plants close to the surface of the
greund.

Careful attention must be given to watering all through
the season, and as soon as the flower-buds show colour, the
plants must be removed to the greenhouse, where they are
to flower. Green-fly and thrips between them will

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Carnation—continued.

disfigare both leaves and flowers if not dealt with at the
outset. Fumigation must therefore be resorted to. To
prevent the “grass” from drawing up weakly, air must be
freely given, and when the flowers open they must be
shaded from bright sunshine to preserve their beauty as
long as possible. About the end of July layering may be
commenced, and it will be better to place the plants out-of-
doors, as the layers become drawn if the plants are kept
under glass. Those plants growing in the open borders
should be layered, of course, where they are. To do this
scratch some of the ordinary garden-mould away from the
base of the plants, replacing it with the compost already
recommended. ;

Tree Carnations require rather different treatment. As
the growths are mostly found up the main stems, they
cannot very readily be layered, and are propagated by
slips from the main stems of the plants. These strike
freely in hot-beds, or early in the season’ in a forcing-
house with a little bottom-heat. The temperature of the
house should he about 55deg. If possible, the bottom-
heat should be kept about 80deg. to 90deg. The slips
will readily form roots in sixty-sized pots ; when the young
plants are established, they should be potted singly, and
gradually inured to greenhouse culture. From May until
the end of September Tree Carnations do best out-of-doors.
The best potting soil for Carnations is three parts of good
loam, one part of decayed manure, and one part of leaf-
mould; sand to be added to lighten heavy soils. Mortar
rubbish, broken up and run through a }in. sieve, is also
excellent to mix with the compost.

Malmaisons are also subjects for greenhouse treatment,
except in summer. They require a minimum night tem-
perature in winter of 55deg., rising in the daytime to a
maximum of 65deg. They may be propagated similarly to
the Tree Carnations. Great care with the watering must
be observed in winter, as errors in this respect predispose
the plants to fungoid attacks.

Besides the pests enumerated in Vol. I.,and such diseases
as Fairy Ring Spot, Rust, and Carnation Maggot, dealt with
under special headings in the present volume, there are
some few others which call for remark here. First as to
Earwigs. These destroy the petals#or so disfigure entire
flowers, that they are useless. They are best trapped
according to the methods detailed under Earwigs. Thrips
attack the flower-buds, and in the open they should be
syringed with weak Kerosene Emulsion; while under glass
they are best destroyed by fumigation.

One of the most insidious pests which of late years have
been discovered is a species of Eelworm (Tylenchus) ; this
feeds in the stem, causing it to swell, burst, and eventually~
to die. Frequently these pests are introduced with potting
soils; therefore, the greatest care must be observed.
These Nematoid worms are very plentiful on grass lands,
and where the soil has been obtained from such a source
it would be prudent to first bake it. Those who keep
large quantities of potting material stock it at least
six months before using. The Helworms are exceedingly
minute, and thus readily escape observation. They show a
marked partiality for the leaves of old plants. Where
plants are badly infested they should be burnt, and the soil
baked. :

Cats and rabbits have a weakness for Carnation “ grass”
at all seasons; while in spring the sparrows play havoc
with it, especially when the weather is severe. The best
protection is afforded by pieces of narrow-meshed netting
stretched over sticks bent semi-circular fashion and well
pegged down at the sides. Black cotton stretched
diagonally across the plants will, at any rate for a time, act
as a deterrent against sparrows.

Under glass Red Spider is occasionally troublesome in
dry weather. It may, however, like Green-fly and thrips,
be ousted by fumigating.

- 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

197

Carnation— continued.

Fic. 205.

SELF CARNATION Mrs. JAMES DOUGLAS.

Varieties. The following in their respective classes
may be recommended :

- Crimson Bizarres. — BRUCE FINDLAY, EDWARD ROWAN,
GEORGE Rupp, J. D. HEXTALL, J. S. HEDDERLEY, JOHN
HARLAND, MASTER FRED, PATRIOT, PHOEBE, THADDEUS, VIRGIL,
and W. WARDLE.

Pink and Purple Bizarres.—AvTocRAT, HARMONY, MELODY,
NIOBE, SQUIRE PENSON, and WILLIAM SKIRVING.

Scarlet Bizarres.—BiretTrTa, Dr. HoGc, DUKE OF YORK,
JOSEPH CROSSLAND, OTHELLO, ROBERT HOULGRAVE, ROBERT
LORD, and ROBERT MONK.

Fic. 206. Fancy CARNATION CZARINA.

Carnation—continued.
Purple Flakes.—AGRICOLA, BERNARD, CHARLES HENWOOD,

FLORENCE NIGHTINGALE, MAGPIE, MRS. DOUGLAS, and
SQUIRE WHITBOURN.
Rose -Flakes.—JOHN KEET, LaDY MARY CURRIE, MRs.

ROWAN, ROSAMUNDI, ROSE OF STAPLEFORD, SYBIL, TALIA,
Tm BoBBIN, and WILLIAM OF WYKEHAM.

Scarlet Flakes.— ALISEMOND. CANNELL JUNIOR, CERES,
FRED PHILLIPS, GUARDSMAN, MATADOR, MISS CONSTANCE
GRAHAME, and ROBERT CANNELL.

Fancies.—BropRIck, yellow ground ; CARDINAL WOLSEY, yellow
ground ; CZARINA (Fig. 206), yellow, with scarlet markings ; Don
JUAN, buff, flaked purple ; GEORGE CRUICKSHANK, orange-buff,
flaked crimson; MISS MACKENZIE, buff, flaked rose; MOGUL,
yellow, with red markings; PELEGIA, deep-pink, flaked light
heliotrope ; PERSEuS, yellow ground, edged orange-red ; THE
Czar, yellow ground, with purple margin ; and ZANZIBAR, yellow
gronnd, spotted with scarlet.

Malmaisons.—Lapy GRIMSTON, pinkish-white ; LORD ROSEBERY,
deep rose, very fragrant ; MRS. MARTIN-SMITH, rose-pink ; NELL
GWYNNE, pure white; PRIME MINISTER, bright scarlet ;
‘TRUMPETER, rich scarlet.

Selfs.—Amy RopsartT, rich scarlet;
BOADICEA, rosy -scarlet, excellent for the border; BRITAN-
N1A, deep yellow; CINNAMON; COLUMBUS, lavender; DICK
DONOVAN, blush-white; ENDYMION, salmon-pink; GARVILLE
Gem, heliotrope; GERMANIA, deep yellow; HER GRACE, blush-
pink, changing to pure white; ISINGLASS, deep ‘scarlet ;
Mrs. CoLBy SHARPIN, cinnamon, excellent for the border; Mrs.
JAMES DOUGLAS, rich carmine rose, of fine form (see ea 205) ;
Nox, crimson-maroon; SILVER STRAND, white; and WATER
WITCH, blush-white.

Tree or Perpetual.—Comus, white, vigorous; JULIAN, rich
scarlet; PATROCLES, scarlet, free; PRIMROSE Day, yellow;
REGALIA, rose-pink; SaRpDIs, clear pink; SYLVANUS, purple;
URIAH PIKE, dark crimson; WILLIAM ROBINSON, rich scarlet ;
WINTER CHEER, bright scarlet.

CARNATION FAIRY RING SPOT (Heiero-
sporium echinulatum). This disease is due to a well-
characterised fungus, whose clusters of fruit are borne in
rings on light-coloured spots on the upper and under
surfaces of the leaves as well as upon the leaf-stalks. The
disease is a most destructive one under glass. Predisposing
causes are great fluctuations of temperature, watering
overhead, and lack of air. When once plants are badly
attacked, there is little chance of cure, and they had better
be pulled up and burned. In the case of light attacks,
all the diseased leaves should be removed, the plants
isolated, and the remainder sprayed with potassium
sulphide (}0z. to lgall.,of water). If this is not done, the
disease will be certain to appear the following season, as
it is tided over the winter by means of sclerotia; these
in spring yield conidia, which, on coming in contact with °
Pink or Carnation foliage, begin again the cycle.

CARNATION MAGGOT (Hilemia nigrescens).
This is a formidable pest of the Carnation cultivator.
The insect responsible for the mischief belongs to the order
Diptera, and is the grub of a small black fly somewhat
resembling the common house-fly in appearance. This
insect deposits its eggs upon the leaves of Carnations,
usually selecting seedlings or prepared cuttings and layers.
Less often older plants are attacked. From the eggs
hatch out yellowish-white grubs, which feed upon the pith,
leaving little more than a skin covering. If infested
Carnations are constantly examined, there will be found
some whitish streaks. The only thing then to be done is
to dislodge the pests by opening the foliage with a pin or a
needle, and burning the dead and decaying portions. The
plants may also be sprayed about the time the insects
are on the wing with some distasteful insecticide—a
solution of soluble petroleum (a wineglassful to Igall. of
warm water), or even with weak Kerosene Emulsion.

CARNATION RUST (Puccinia arenariz). This
fungus attacks both Pinks and Carnations, as described in
Vol. IIl., p. 248, under Puccinia. It is also common
on many wayside plants belonging to the same Natural
Order. A weak solution of Condy’s Fluid will probably
prevent it from spreading.

CARNEOUS. Flesh-coloured.

BENDIGO, bluish-purple;

198

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Fic. 207. DION®A MUSCIPULA.

CARNIVOROUS PLANTS. This term is usually
applied to genera like Drosera, Pingwicula, Nepenthes,
Dionzxa, and Utricularia, which are thought by some to
possess the power of absorbing nitrogenous substances
through their leaves, and digesting them within their
tissues. Several of the best known are British plants—

Fia,

208, DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA (natural size).

Carnivorous Plants—continued.

Drosera rotundifolia and D. intermedia for instance. The
most interesting of all, however, is Dionza muscipula (Fig.
207), or Venus’ Fly-trap.

Others regard these plants as insect-catching rather than
insect-eating, their contention being that the plants have
no power to cast away the captured prey, which gradually
decays upon the leaf. In fact, it has been observed that
when the creature trapped proves to be a rather large
insect, or perhaps a spider, the decomposition that follows
after death frequently causes the destruction of the leaf.

As Drosera rotundifovia
will serve as well as any
to illustrate the functions
of these interesting plants, it i
has been selected here (Fig. q@
208). The leafis the interest- » “i= _
ing part of the plant. It bears ©
on its upper surface a large
number of filaments, or
tentacles, as they are usually
called. Some large leaves
have as many as 250, but
usually there are not more
than 100. Those in the
marginal row, which are
often jin. in length, spread
out in the plane of the
surface of the leaf; the
members of the next row
are shorter and rather more
erect, and so on, till those
in the central part of the
leaf are very short and quite
erect (see Fig. 209). There
are a very few long tentacles
on the upper part of the
leaf-stalk. At the extremity =
of each tentacle is a gland surrounded by a globule of
a clear fluid of the consistency of gum. It is not certain
whether the tentacles are hairs modified to perform a
special duty, or prolongations of the leaf itself; but at
any rate the framework of the
leaf enters into them, as will
be seen in the much-magnified
drawing of one of the glands
(see Fig. 210). The central spiral
threads are in connection with
the fibro-vascular system of the
leaf; outside of them are two or
three layers of simple cells con-
taining a purplish fluid, which
undergoes a change when the
gland is irritated. The pale
green leaf, with its crimson ten-
tacles, surmounted with glistening
drops of liquid, looks very beau-
tiful in the sunshine, and well
earns for the plant the common
name of Sundew. The plant is
at its best in July and August,
and flowers in the latter month.

Suppose a tiny fly to alight
upon the central part of a
leaf, it will be held there by
the sticky substance surround-
ing the glands on the tentacles. The glands at once
begin secreting a watery fluid closely resembling pepsin
in its properties, and which, like it, dissolves organic
food. At the same time an impulse travels along the
fibro-vascular system to the outer tentacles. These in
the course of an hour gradually turn over, the nearer ones

LEAF OF DROSERA
ROTUNDIFOLIA
(magnified two diameters).

Fie. 209.

Fia. 210. GLAND OF DROSERA
ROTUNDIFOLIA
(much magnified).

first and the remoter ones later, on to the insect, and

there pour out the same fluid. When, after a few days,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 199

Carnivorous Plants—continued.
the nutritive substances have been dissolved out, the
tentacles regain their original position. Should the fly be
caught on one side of the leaf, usually the tentacles of
that side only are inflected. Often the edge of the leaf
hends over as well as the tentacles. The marginal tentacles
turn inwards and carry the fly, or what not, to the centre
of the leaf, there to be acted on, if it should be caught
on them alone. Darwin says that on examining a dozen
plants, haying fifty-six fully-expanded leaves, he found
thirty-one with dead insects or their remains, and on one
large leaf the remains of thirteen distinct insects. He
mentions the case of a butterfly —the Small Heath
(Cenonympha pamphilus)—being caught, and we have
on two occasions found a specimen of the small Blue
Dragon-fly firmly held, though by no more than one leaf.

If the substance deposited on the leaf contains a good
supply of nitrogen compounds easily dissolved, such as raw
meat, hard-boiled eggs, or fragments of insects, the move-
ment of the tentacles is very rapid. Darwin mentions an
instance in which a piece of raw meat placed on a gland
caused inflection in five or six minutes, whereas a piece
of ‘cinder only caused movement in about four hours.
Tickling or repeated touching will in time cause the
tentacles to inflect, but a tap will not; so that the wind
blowing blades of grass against the plant does not cause
unnecessary action anda waste of energy. The centre of
irritability seems to be in the gland, for if this is cut
off the tentacles will not inflect, whereas almost the
tiniest particle of nitrogenous matter deposited on the
gland will cause motion, testifying to its great sensitive-
ness. As a result of stimulation the purple particles in
the cells of the glands aggregate into variously-shaped
masses, which float about in a now colourless fluid.

In the case of Dionxa muscipula the sensitive bristles are
situate in the centre of each lobe of the leaf. When these
are touched, the outer edges close up, thus preventing the
escape of the fly or other intruder.

CARNIVOROUS SLUGS (Testacella). Some points
in connection with these useful Slugs are dealt with
in Vol. IV., under Testacella. There, however, but

Fic. 211.

CARNIVOROUS SLUG (Yestacella haliotidea).

two species are mentioned—Z. haliotidea (Fig. 211)
and T. Maugei. There is a third, T. scutellum. The
first-named species is fairly abundant in certain districts—
Oxfordshire, for instance—though the Slugs are seldom
recognised as beneficial to the gardener, and are
often destroyed. They are, however, chiefly confined to
the South-west portion of England. A popular but
erroneous impression is that these Slugs do not come out
of the soil; but they have been frequently found upon
lawns when searching for worms with a light, and upon
gravel walks. Nor do they confine their attention entirely
to worms; they will not hesitate to attack Slugs of other
species. Their method of attack on worms is to seize their
unfortunate prey some distance up, inflict a wound—
probably by means of the toothed lingual ribbon—and draw
it in thus doubled up. The worms are not swallowed alive.
T. scutellum differs chiefly from 7’. haliotidea in being of a
more pronounced yellow, while the lines on the back meet
in front of the shell instead of merging under its edge.
B. Maugei has a much larger shell than the other two
species.

’ beneath the soil, or it may be in the stored Carrots.

CARPENTERIA. In the Southern counties of
England this very fine shrub is quite hardy, but North of
London it requires the protection of a wall, or even of
a cool greenhouse. It is by no means exacting in its
cultural requirements so long as the soil is fairly rich,
moist, and well drained. It is a rather difficult plant to
strike from cuttings, but it may be readily propagated
by layering. The layers should be tongued, and a little
damp moss and sand pressed into and over the incision,
the whole being kept moist by frequent syringings.

CARPINUS. Of this genus there are nine species,
broadly dispersed over North temperate regions. To those
described on p. 272, Vol. I., the following should be added:
C. ecaroliniana (Carolina). A synonym of C. americana.

C. japonica (Japanese). jl., male catkins cylindric, with
spreading, ovate bracts; females large, ellipsoid, with large,

* toothed, imbricated bracts. J. lanceolate-ovate, long-pointed,
doubly serrated, 2in. to 4in. long, jin. to 1sin. broad; petioles
4in. to sin. long, and, as well as the branchlets and peduncles,
rusty-tomentose. Japan, 1889. A dwarf tree.

C. Ostrya (Ostrya). A synonym of Ostrya virginica.

CARPOCAPSA. ‘This isagenus of very small Moths,
one species of which is exceedingly destructive to Apple
trees—C. pomonella, or Codlin Moth. Occasionally, too,
the larvee of another species (C. splendidana) are found in
Walnuts, though more usually in Acorns.

CARPODETES RECURVATA. A synonym of
Stenomesson recurvatum (which see).

CARPOLYZA. Syn. Hessea. This genus is mono-

typic. Leaves two to four, contemporary with the flowers.
CARPOPOGON. A synonym of Mucuna (which
see).
CARREGNOA. A synonym of Tapeinanthus

(which see).

CARRIERIA (named in honour of E. A. Carriére,
Editor-in-chief of the “‘ Revue Horticole”). Orb. Biwinex.
A monotypic genus. The species is a hardy tree with
the general aspect of Idesia polycarpa, but with a woody,
capsular fruit. It probably requires similar culture to
Idesia (which see).

C. calycina (having a prominent calyx). /l. few, in a simple,
terminal raceme; sepals five, white, rounded, connivent, very
ilose. jr., an elongated capsule, dehiscing in three valves

. alternate, caducous, petiolate, ovate, toothed, coriaceous,

glabrous. Se-T'chuen, 1896. (R. H. 1896, p. 47, f. 170.)

CARRION FLOWER. Sce Stapelia.

CARROT. In addition to the varieties recommended
in Vol. I. for forcing, the following are noteworthy: Early
Scarlet Horn, Little Gem, and Scarlet Perfect.

CARROT GRUBEBS (Psila rose). These pests are
most abundant in this country, as well as in many parts
of the Continent, but especially in Germany. The life-
history and depredations of the insect responsible for the
mischief were somewhat fully dealt with in Vol. I. Little,
therefore, remains to be added here. ‘The perfect insect, a
fly (Fig. 212, 1), is on the wing in May, when the female,
which has a more pointed body than the male, furnished
with an ovipositor, lays the eggs in the soil in the vicinity
of the roots, the insect actually working beneath the surface
for the purpose. The larve (Fig. 212, 2), when hatched out,
make for the food ready to hand, and if Carrots showing signs
of withered tops are lifted, they will be found covered with
rusty spots (Fig. 212, 4), somewhat similar to those arising
from iron-mould. The pupa-state (Fig. 212, 3) is passed
There
are several broods in the season, and the repeated attacks
of the pests cause the Carrots to become rotten in bad
cases, and always to lessen their market value.

Wood-ashes are very distasteful to the grubs of tho
Carrot Fly, and should be always employed. Some
cultivators also add paraffin at the rate of 1qt. to a
barrow-load of the wood-ashes, and apply this on the

200

Carrot Grubs—continued.
surface when the young plants are about 4in. high. Watering
with a solution of soluble petroleum (loz. to. the gallon of
water) is also effectual if done when the fly is on the wing.
The soil should also be made firm so that the female is
unable to go beneath the surface for egg-deposition.

Wireworms are also very destructive to Carrots, and are
most difficult to deal with, especially in small gardens which

By Permission of the Board of Agriculture.

Fic. 212. Carror FLy (Psila rose).

Showing 1, perfect Insect, natural size and magnified; 2, Larva,
natural size and magnified ; 3, Pupa, natural size and magnified ;
4, infested Carrot with rusty spots.

have to be kept continually cropped. Wood-ashes in this
case, too, have been found of exceeding benefit. They
should be well dug in when the soil is prepared, and also
plentifully employed in the drills when the seed is sown.
Gas-lime, where it can be employed early in winter, and the
quarters allowed to remain uncropped, is also excellent for
Wireworms.

CARROT, ROCK. Sce Thapsia edulis.
CARROT, TREE. See Thapsia edulis.
CARTESIA. A synonym of Stokesia (which see).

CARTHAMUS CORYMBOSUS.
Cardopatium corymbosum (which see).

CARTHAMUS. This genus embraces about twenty
species, natives of the, Mediterranean region, Central
Europe, and Central Asia, and includes Kentrophyllum
(which see).

C. mitissimus (least spiny).
mitissimus.
CARTONEMA (from kartos, shorn, and nema, a

filament; in allusion to the shape of the filaments sup-

porting the pollen-bags). Orb. Commelinaceez. A genus
including five or six species of greenhouse herbs with
leafy stems, simple or branched at the base, all natives of

Australia. Flowers disposed in simple, terminal spikes or

racemes, solitary within small or narrow bracts.

C. spicatum has been introduced, but is probably not now

in cultivation.

CARUM.
genus embraces about fifty species,
temperate regions.

A synonym of

A .synonym of Carduncellus

Including Petroselinum and Zizia. The
mostly found in

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CARUMBIUM (of Kurz).
(which see).

CARUMBIUM (of Reinwargt), <A
Homalanthus (which see).

CARUNCULARIA. Included under Stapelia
(which see), the correct name of C. pedunculata being
S. levis.

CARVI. See Carum Carvi.

CARYA. Syn. Hicorias. Eleven © species are
_referred to this genus by Bentham and Hooker. To
those described on p. 274, Vol. I., the following should
be added: J
C. sulcata (furrowed). /., catkins very long, pedunculate,
glabrous. Marchand April. jr. ovate, 24in. long, pericarp very
thick ; nut elongated at both ends, conspicuously pointed, quad-
rangular. J., leaflets seven to nine, obovate-oblong, acuminate,
serrated, glabrous above, tomentose beneath. A large tree, with
scaly bark; it resembles C. alba. Syn. Juglans sulcata.

CARYOCAR. Including Pekea. About eight species,
natives of tropical America, are included in this genus.
Flowers disposed in terminal racemes ; calyx deeply five- or
six-cleft; petals five or six, imbricated ; stamens numerous.
Fruit sub-drupaceous. Leaves opposite, digitately three- to
five-foliolate ; leaflets coriaceous. C. nuciferum is known
as the Saouari, Souari, Suwarrow, or Butter Nut.

CARYOPSIS. See Cariopsis.

CARYOPTERIS. Syns. Barbula, Mastacanthus.
This genus includes five species of erect or rambling
shrubs, natives of Northern and Hastern Asia and the
Himalayas. Calyx deeply five-cleft; corolla tube short,
the middle lobe of the lower lip larger, crisped or fimbriate ;
stamens four. Leaves opposite, acuminate, minutely gland- ~
dotted.

CARYOTA. About a dozen species are included
here; they inhabit tropical Asia, the Malayan Archi-
pelago, New Guinea, and tropical Australia. To those
described on pp. 274-5, Vol. I., the following should be
added : :

C. Alberti (Albert’s). A synonym of C. Rumphiana.
C. furfuracea (scurfy). The correct name of C. purpuracea. The
plant is identical with C. mitis.

C. obtusa (obtuse). his only differs from C. wrens in the
shorter, unexpanded male flowers, slightly in the fruit, and in
ee more rounded and crenate tips of the leaflets. Upper

ssam.

Cc. o. equatorialis (Equatorial). ., males larger than in the
type ; stamens more than 100. 7. having pinnules more acute
and more deeply crenate or serrated. Malay Peninsula. Accord-
tp ates Sir J. D. Hooker, C. ochlandra is probably identical
with this. "

Cc. ochlandra (yellow-stamened), Probably synonymous with C.
obtusa cequatorialis.

C. plumosa (feathery). A species supposed to be newly intro-
duced, and distributed by a Belgian firm without description or
information as to origin.

_C. Blancoi, C. elegans, C. majestica, and C. speciosa are in cultiva-
tion at Kew, but are very scarce.

CARYOTAXUS. A synonym of Torreya (which
see). ;

CASCARILLA GRANDIFOLIA. A synonym of
Cosmibuena obtusifolia latifolia (which see).

CASEARIA includes Irowcana.
CASSAVA WOOD. See Turpinia occidentalis.

CASSEBEERA. All the species require stove treat-
ment, and the soil which suits them best is peat of a
sandy nature, allowing a free passage to the water, which
should be liberally administered to the roots.

C. triphylla. The characteristic of this Fern responsible for the
specific name is well shown in Fig. 213.

A synonym of Sapium

synonym of

ie ie he ol

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

CASSELIA (a commemorative name). Orp. Ver-
benacez. A small genus (five or six species) of dwarf,
stove herbs, under-shrubs, or shrubs, confined to Brazil.
Flowers few, in axillary racemes ; corolla limb sub-bilabiate.
Leaves opposite, membranous, deeply-toothed or rarely
entire. C. integrifolia (F. d. 8.361; P. M. B. xv. 75) has
been introduced, but is probably no longer in cultivation.

-CASSELIA (of Dumortier). A synonym of Mer-
tensia (which see).

CASSIA. Including Chamefistula. The species of
this genus are broadly distributed over the warm regions
of the globe. To those described on p. 276, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

C. australis (Southern). #1. yellow, two to six in a loose umbel,
on peduncles usually shorter than the leaves; petals sin. long.
1., leaflets usually eight to ten pairs, oblong, lanceolate, or
almost linear, sin. to lin. long, the margins recurved or revolute.
hk. 3ft. Australia (re-introduced), 1890. An erect, greenhouse
shrub, (B.M. 2676.) Syn. C. Barrensieldii.

C. Barrenfieldii (Barrentield’s). A synonym of C. australis.

C. bicapsularis (two-capsuled). jl. bright yellow, medium-

, sized; racemes copious,
corymbose, as long as the
leaves. J. distinctly pe-
tiolate; leaflets six to
eight, membranous, 4in.
to jin. long. Branches vir-
gate. Tropical America,
1739 and 1890, Greenhouse
or half-hardy shrub. SYN.
C, Reinwardtii.

Cc. bracteosa (large-
bracted). A synonym of
C. didymobotrya.

c. Burmanni (Bur.
mann’s). A synonym of
C. obovata.

Cc. calliantha (beautiful-
flowered). A synonym of
C. multijuga.

Cc. coquimbensis (Co-
quimbo). jl. ldin. in dia-
meter; sepals oblong,
obtuse, about half the
length of the orange-
yellow petals; dorsal

etal obcordate, the two
ateral ones broadly obo-
vate, the anterior ones
smaller, obovate-oblong ;
cymes axillary, many-
cleft, sub-corymbose, Sep-
tember. Jr., pods about
4in. long, over 4in. broad,
stipitate, flattened, acute
at base, mucronate at tip.
Z. 2in. to 4in. long ; leaflets
four, to six pairs, four to
eight lines long, sessile,
elliptic-oblong or almost
rounded, apiculate, pale

een. Chili, 1886. Green-
ouse shrub. (B. M.7002.)

Cc. didymobotrya (twin-

G clustered). fl. orange;
racemes simple, erect, 6in. to 12in. long, corymbose, from the
axils of the upper leaves; bracts caducous, sin. long. J. 6in. to
l6in. long; leaflets four to six pairs, oval or elliptic, obtuse
or searcely acute. h. 7ft. to 10ft. Angola, 1866. Greenhouse
shrub or small tree. Syn. C. bracteosa.

C. Fistula (Fistula). ., calyx 4in. to 4in. long, caducous ; petals
veined bright yellow, Zin. to lin. long, obovate, shortly clawed ;
racemes as long as the leaves. fr. cylindrical, almost woody, 8in.
to 10in. ue J, lft. or more in length ; leaflets eight to sixteen,
2in. to 6in. long, ovate, narrowed to the apex, distinctly stalked,
pale green, strongly veined. A. 20ft. to 50ft. India, &e. An
erect tree.

C. multijuga (many-paired). fl. large, in terminal racemes.
l. twenty to twenty-five pairs, oblong-linear or oblong-elliptic,
glabrous, somewhat whitish beneath. Brazil, 1869. Tree. Syn.
C. calliantha.

C. obovata (obovate). 7., sepals glabrous, very obtuse ; corolla

ale yellow, medium-sized ; racemes narrow, distinctly peduncu-
ate, equalling or exceeding the leaves. July. fr. reniform.
l. distinctly petiolate, 2in. to 3in. long; leaflets obovate-oblong,
membranous, very glaucous, obtuse. A. lft. to 4ft. India, &c.,
1640. Annual. Syns. C. Burmanni, C. Senna.

Cc. Reinwardatii (Reinwardt’s). A synonym of C. bicapsularis.

C. Senna (Senna). A synonym of C, obovata,
Vol. V.

Fic. 213. CASSEBEERA TRIPHYLLA.

ec. 201

CASSINE. Mawrocenia is synonymous with this
genus.

CASSINIA. This genus includes about eighteen
species, natives of Australia, New Zealand, and South
Africa. Leaves small, persistent. To the species described
on p. 276, Vol. I., the following should be added :

C. fulvida (fulvous). j.-heads white, fin. to tin. long, in termina
corymbs of four or five. J. din. to 4in. long, linear, obtuse
fulvous beneath, shining above. h. 10ft. to 15ft. New Zealand.
Plant glutinous. (R. G. 1890, p. 241, f. 56.) SyN. Diplopappus
chrysophyllus (of gardens).

C. leptophylla (smooth-leaved). j.-heads white, din. to in.
long, in terminal, hemispherical corymbs. August. J. erect or
spreading, rarely recurved, j4in. to jin. long, glabrous above,
tomentose beneath. h. 10ft. to 15ft. New Zealand, 1821. (P. F. G.
iii., p. 16.)
CASSINIACEZ.

(which see).
CASSIOPE. To grow the members of this genus

satisfactorily a thoroughly well-drained, moist, peaty soil,

and a position just shaded from the fierce mid-day sun is
advisable. On no account should water be allowed to
become stagnant at the roots, or failure will result.

CASSIPOUREZ. Included under Rhizophoree

(which see).

CASSUVIUM. A synonym of Anacardium (which

see). ‘
CASSYTHEZ. A tribe of Laurinez (which see).
CASTALIA. A synonym of Nymphea (which see).
CASTANEA.

p. 277, Vol. I., are contained in this genus.

Castanopsis:

C. americana (American). A variety of C. sativa.

C. chrysophylla (golden-leaved). A synonym of Castanopsis
chrysophylla.

C. japonica (Japanese). A form of C. sativa.

C. sativa americana (American). jr. smaller and_ sweeter

than in the type. 7. acute at the base; young ones lepidote,
puberulous. United States.

C. s. japonica (Japanese). A variety having the under-side
of the young leaves covered with white pubescence. Japan, 1889.

C. vulgaris (common). A synonym of C. sativa.
C. crenata and C. dentata are other good kinds.

CASTANEACEZ. Included under Cupulifere

(which see).
CASTANEOUS. Chestnut-coloured.
CASTANOPSIS (from Kastanon, a Chestnut, and

opsis, resemblance; this genus is related to Castanea).
Orv. Cupulifere. A genus embracing about twenty-five
species of stove, greenhouse, or hardy trees, rarely shrubs ;
one is found in California, and the rest are Asiatic. In
habit they closely resemble some of the Oaks; but they
differ in the closed fruiting involucre, enclosing one to four
nuts, being covered with spines or tubercles, and often
splitting irregularly. Two of the species have been intro-
duced, but only one calls for mention here. It thrives in
ordinary soil, in any sheltered spot, and may be propagated
by cuttings.

C. chrysophylla (golden-leaved). l., catkins dense, one-half
the length of the leaves. fr. densely echinate, maturing in the
second year. J. 4in. to Sin. long, broadly lanceolate, acuminate,
acute at base, entire, coriaceous, deep green above and (especially
the young ones) golden-lepidote below, becoming fuscous when
old.” Oregon, 1848. A dwarf, evergreen shrub. (G. C. 1897, ii.,
p. 411, f. 20.) Syn. Castanea chrysophylla (B. M. 4953).

CASTELA (a commemorative name). Oxp. Sima-
ruber. A small genus (six species) of stove or green-
house, spiny, American shrubs, with inconspicuous, axillary
flowers, and small, alternate, simple leaves. ‘Two species
have been introduced, but they are of little horticultural
value. One of them, (©. Nicholsoni (Goatbust), is
remarkable for its bitterness, which resembles that of
Quassia.

Included under Composite

Only the two species described on
See also

2D

202

CASTILLEJA. Painted Cup. About twenty-four
species, mostly North American, are included in this genus.

CASTRA. A synonym of Trixis (which see).
CASUARINA. The species of this genus (i.e., of the

natural order Casuwarinew) number about two dozen. To
those described on p. 278, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

C. africana (African). A synonym of C. equisetifolia.

C. indica (Indian). A synonym of C. equisetifolia.

C. nodiflora (node-flowering). jl., male amenta terminal, short ;
cones sub-terminal, sub-globose, small, about eight-ranked.
Branchlets slender, rather short, undivided or slightly branched,
four-angled. New Caledonia, 1823.

C. stricta, of Miquel. A synonym of C. distyla.

C.sumatrana (Sumatran). /l., cones sub-ferminal, large, ellip-
soid or globose. Branchlets dense, very slender, triquetrous.
Sumatra, 1882. An excessively branched shrub or tree, useful for
bouquets on account of its plumose branchlets.

CATACHZATUM. See Catasetum.
CATAKIDOZAMIA. Included under Macrozamia

(which see). C. Macleayi is a synonym of Macrozamia
Perowskiana.

CATALPA. About half-a-dozen species are embraced
in this genus; they are found in China, Japan, North
America, and the West Indies. To the species, &c.,
described on pp. 278-9, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

C. bignonioides. Of this species there are several varieties
in cultivation in Iuropean gardens—aurea (golden), foliis
argenteis variegata (having silvery-variegated leaves), grandi-
jlora (large-flowered), and purpurea (purple).

C. cassinoides (Cassine-like). A form having leaves inter-
mediate between those of C. Bungeiand C. speciosa. Brazil, 1890.

C. cordifolia (cordate-leaved). The plant. so-called in gardens
is a very hardy and vigorous form of C. bignonioides.

C. Kempferi nana (dwarf), A synonym of C. (K.) Wallichiana.

Cc. umbraculifera (umbrella-bearing). A handsome shrub or
small tree, 9ft. to 12ft. high, with a rounded, compact head.
China, 1888, Perhaps a garden variety.

Cc. Wallichiana (Wallich’s). This is thought to be a Chinese
form of C. Kempferi; it is of rather low growth. 1890. Syn.
C. Kempferi nana. C. pumila and C. Thunbergi have been intro-
duced to Continental gardens.

CATAPPA.

see).
CATARIA. A synonym of Nepeta (which see).

CATASETUM. Syn. Catachxtum. Including Monach-
anthus. This genus comprises upwards of eighty species,
mostly natives of tropical America, extending
from Brazil as far as Mexico. Lip fleshy,
sessile at the base of the column; pollen
masses four. To the species and varieties
described on pp. 279-80, Vol. I., the follow-
ing should be added:

C. apertum (open). /l. apple-green, spotted with brown; seg-
ments concave, forming a kind of cup scape erect, 6in. long.
1. lanceolate, 6in. long. _Pseudo-bulbs fusiform, 5in. long.
Habitat not recorded, 1895. Allied to C. macroglossum.

Cc. atratum (dark). j., sepals and petals green outside, shaded
and spotted with purple on the inside; lip green, fringed, with
a yellow, recurved flap at the end; raceme decurved. July.
Brazil. (W. O. A. x., t. 480.)

Cc. barbatum proboscideum (proboscis-like). This only
oe from the type in the beard of the lip being green.

Cc. b. spinosum (spiny). jl., sepals and petals green, barred
with brown, narrower than in the type ; lip white, with a spine-
like point at the apex. 1891. (L., t. 298.)

Cc. Bungerothi (Bungeroth’s).* jl. white, very showy ; sepals and
petals lanceolate, very acute, spreading; lip large, transversely
oblong, deeply concave, shortly and obtusely spurred, bidentate
at apex; racemes many-flowered. J. lanceolate, very acute, in.
to Yin. long, 14in. to 2in. broad. Pseudo-bulbs fusiform, 5in. to
Sin. long. Equatorial America, 1887. (B. M. 6998; G. C. ser. iii.,
i., p. 142; I. H. ser. v. 10; W. O. A. viii., t. 352.) See Fig. 214.

Cc. B. album (white). . pure white with the exception of a
delicate rose-coloured spot on the lip. 1888,

Cc. B. aureum (golden). jl. light yellow. Venezuela. A distinct
variety. (L. iii, t. 116.)

Included under Yerminalia (which

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Catasetum—continued.

Cc. B. Pottsianum (Potts’). j., petals prettily marked with
purple; centre of the lip having a few spots. (me tes
t. t

Cc. B. Randi (Rand's). jl. yellow, with a spot of deep apricot-
yellow in the spur. 1890, (I. H. xxxvii., t. 117.)

Cc. chloranthum (yellow-flowered). jl. generally rather larger
than in C. macrocarpum (which this Spee resembles in general
aspect); sepals pale green, with rosy blotches ; petals also pale
green, but more heavily blotched. 1894.

Cc. Christyanum (Christy's). . large, spreading, each with a
narrow bract at base; sepals dark reddish- or ghocolate-brown,
the dorsal ones erect, the lateral ones spreading ; petals lighter
brown, pale-spotted at base; lip green and purplish, short, with
a bluntly-conical, saccate pouch and a three-lobed limb, the
lateral lobes with long, purple fringes ; raceme erect, six-flowered.
Autumn. J. lanceolate-lorate, acuminate, plaited. Stems fusiform,
jointed, 6in. to Sin. long. Amazons. (W. O. A. 83.)

Cc. C. obscurum (obscure). _jl., sepals and petals blackish-
purples side lobes of the lip dark, rich purple, the middle lobe
yrownish-olive-green, and the wall around the mouth of the apex
light ochre, marked with red, 1885,

Cc. ciliatum (ciliated). jl. rather over lin. across, somewhat
resembling bees on the wing; sepals and petals greenish-
yellow, the latter erect, the former reflexed; lip whitish,
triangular, concave, tipped with maroon-purple, and having
purple bristle-like hairs 4in. long on the sides near the base ;
pedicels and column purplish, Amazons, 1891.

C, Claveringii (Clavering’s). A synonym of C. macrocarpwm.

C. collare (banded). jl., sepals bright green; petals whitish-
green; lip white, slightly shaded with green on the outer
surface, very thick and fleshy. Venezuela, 1895.

C. costatum (ribbed). (/., sepals and petals yellowish ; side lobes
of the lip erect, triangular, the MEnEE order ciliated ; ‘‘ the mid-
lobe... . goes out into a low, blunt, small triangle, standing

over the long, blunt conus, so very remarkable by the presence of

Fic. 214. FLOWER OF CATASETUM BUNGEROTHI. ~

some lighter ribs running at each side, but which are not very _
conspicuous as long as the lip is fresh” (Reichenbach). 1887.

C. cristatum stenosepalum (narrow-sepaled). _/l., sepals
purplish-brown, narrow ; petals entire, purple, striated with dark
purple. 1887. (I. H. ser. v., t. 71.) :

C. decipiens (deceptive). /., sepals and petals brownish-purple,
with darker spots, lanceolate, acute; lip yellow outside, light
brown inside, cup-shaped ; column white, having two long spurs ;
inflorescence pendent. Venezuela, 1888. J. lanceolate, acute.
Pseudo-bulbs fusiform, 3in. to 4in, long. (LL. iii., t. 144.)

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 203

Catasetum—continued.

C. discolor (two-coloured). . in erect spikes, produced from
the base of the pseudo-bulbs ; sepals and petals greenish; lip
yellow outside, hairy and lined with brown inside, cup-shaped,
with two purplish lateral, fringes. Pseudo-bulbs narrow, taper-
ing. Pernambuco, 1844. (L.i., t. 38.)

a a vinosum (wine-red). jl. of a vinous-red colour. Brazil,

C. ferox (fierce). fl. dirty green outside and pea-green within.
spicate. Habitat not recorded, 1895.

Cc. fimbriatum (fringed), jl. yellowish-green ; sepals linear,
apiculate ; petals rather longer, fleshy ; 7 fleshy, three-lobed,
the lobes fringed with long, mostly bifid fimbriz ; scape about
nine-flowered. August. J. lanceolate, acuminate, slightly

licate. Pseudo-bulbs about 6in. long, six- to eight-leaved.
ernambuco. (B. M. 7158.)

Cc. f. Cogniauxi (Cogniaux’). jl:, sepals white, spotted and
suffused with rose-purple; lip deeply fringed, the lower part
pale or greenish-yellow spotted with reddish-brown, the upper
part whitish. 1895, (L. xi., t. 499.)

Cc. f. ose Laake (broad-winged). jl. large; sepals and petals
eenish-white, streaked and dotted with purplish brown; lip
‘Garlic-green.” 1889.

C. f. viridulum (greenish). 7., sepals and petals green, spotted
with reddish-purple; column greenish-white, spotted with
purple. 1886,

Cc. Finetianum (Finet’s). /. in lax spikes; sepals and petals
whitish, suffused and spotted with purple, long and narrow;
lip oblong, nearly acute at the tip, the margins entire, strongly
incurved. Colombia, 1894.

Cc. galeritum Capped). f. rather large; sepals and petals
pale green, spotted brown, oblong, acute ; lip pale green, saccate,

- oblong, conical at apex, ochreous in front, marked pale green
around the mouth, and marked brown ona yellow ground inside ;
raceme several-flowered, lax. Colombia (?), 1886. (1. ii., t. 67.)

Cc. g. pachyglossum (thick-lipped). #. having an almost
square, thick, obtuse-angled lip. 1889.

Cc. Garnettianum (Garnett’s). . about 1gin. across; sepals
and petals light green, thickly spotted with chocolate-brown,
tin. Jong; lip white, jin. long, divided into bristles at the
apex and with shorter bristles on the margins below the middle ;
scape erect, 4in. long, several-flowered. J. lanceolate, 4in. long.
Pseudo-bulbs lin. to 2in. long, compressed-ovate or conical.
Allied to C. barbatum, but smaller. 1888. (B. M. 7069.)

C. glaucoglossum (glaucous-lipped). fl. large; sepals brown,
ligulate, acute ; petals glaucous, spotted brown, much larger than
the sepals, oblong, acute; lip glaucous, spotted brown inside,
having a depressed, rounded sac, and a triangular mouth ; raceme
stout, bearing several flowers, deflexed. Mexico, 1885, A curious
species. (G. C. 1885, xxiv., p. 552.)

C. globiflorum (globe-flowered). jl., sepals and petals olive-
brown, concave, imbricated ; lip glaucous, spotted with reddish-
violet within and on the outer margin, globose-hemispherical ;
ate elongated, many-flowered. June. Brazil, 1840. (B. M.

C. Gnomus (Gnome). J., sepals green, spotted with purple;
petals violet; lip green at base, the hood slightly dotted with
red ; pedicels remote. J. oblong-lanceolate, sheathing at base.
Pseudo-bulbs whitish, oblong-ovate, attenuated at apex.
Brazil, 1877. (I. H. 1877, t. 270.)

Cc. hymenophorum (membrane-bearing). Allied to C. chloran-
thum, but differing in the general formand colour of the flowers ;
sepals a little more fleshy ; lip forming a pouch relatively wider
and shallower. South America, 1895.

C. Imperiale (imperial). A variety of C. splendens.

C. Imschootianum (Imschoot’s). fl. yellow, numerous, disposed
in an erect raceme; sepals and petals tinged with green ; lip
saccate, fleshy, nearly truncate, folded inwards. J. large, plicate.
Pseudo-bulbs oblong-fusiform. Brazil, 1893. (L., t. 408.)

C. Lehmanni (Lehmann’s). jl. in a loose, drooping raceme ;
sepals and petals green, equal, ovate, acute, connivent ina globe ;
lip yellowish-flesh-colour, semi-orbicular-saccate, trilobed. 7.
narrow-lanceolate. Colombian Andes, 1886. A curious but by
no means beautiful species. (R. G. 1223, a-g.)

C. Lemosii (Lemos’). i. 14in. across ; sepals and petals greenish-
yellow ; lip light green and yellow; scape lft. long, erect, many-
flowered. J. 8in. long, 24in. broad. Pseudo-bulbs fusiform,
6in. long. Brazil, 1894. (B. M. 7444.)

C. Lichtensteinii (Lichtenstein’s). jf. greenish ahd brown.
1892. Allied to C. Trulla.

C. Lindeni (Linden’s). A variety of C. splendens.

C. longifolium (long-leaved). /l. greenish-yellow, tipped with
crimson, broadly oblong, recurved; lip yellow, tipped with
crimson, gales, having a fringed membrane under the limb.
August. Jd. linear-ligulate, 14ft. long. Demerara, 1837. A fine
species. (B. M. 3019; L.S: O. t.-31; Ref. B. t. 32; W.0O. A. x.,
t. 456.) SYN. Monachanthus longifolius.

Catasetum—continued.

C. luridum (lurid). 1. globose ; sepals and petals spotted ; lip
yellowish, fleshy, hood-like, the margins purple-spotted, neither
ciliated, toothed, nor inflexed ; raceme nearly lft. long, nodding
at apex, few-flowered. Stems sulcate, Sin. to Sin. long. Bahia.
(B. M, 3590.) 3

C. macrocarpum (large-fruited). The correct name of C. triden-
tatum (B. M. 3329),” jl. about 4in. in diameter. (B. M. 2259;
I. H. xxxiii., t. 569.) Syn. C. Claveringii (L. B. C. 1344).

C. m. bellum (pretty). A variety having purplish-brown
sepals, and a large purplish-brown blotch on either side the lip.
Brazil, 1886.

C. m. carnosissimum (very fleshy). This is described as
“possibly a monstrosity between the male and the female of this
species.” 1895. (L. xi., t. 26.)

Cc. m. chrysanthum (yellow-flowered). A form with bright
yellow flowers. South America. (L. v., t. 197.)

C. m. Lindeni (Linden’s). A variety of C. splendens.

C. macroglossum (large-lipped). jl. very variable in colour—
green, yellow, and brownish-purple ; sepals and the broader
petals oblong-ligulate; lip saccate; raceme few - flowered.
Ecuador, 1877.

C. mirabile (remarkable). A natural hybrid, resembling C. splen-
dens Luciani. 1895. (lL. x., t. 456.)

Cc. O’Brienianum (O'Brien’s). A-form of C. splendens.

C. pallidum (pale). This species differs from C. Finetianum
chiefly in having shorter sepals and petals and a more fleshy
lip. Habitat not recorded, 1894.

C. Phasma (visionary). . rather large; sepals and petals dark
green, with purplish-brown spots; limb of lip white, the side
lobes erect, densely serrulated ; column light green, spotted with
brown. Eastern Brazil, 1877. Allied to C. Gnomus.

Cc. pneakiEt (capped). jl. white, rather large; sepals narrow-
oblong, acute ; petals broadly oblong, acute; lip large, broadly
triangular, with a bluntly conical spur; column with a very long
beak. Venezuela, 1886.

Cc. pulchrum (pretty). 7. five or six in a short raceme; sepals
and petals light green, barred with chocolate-brown, elliptic,
acute; lip deep yellow, oblong, saccate, obscurely three-toothed
at apex, Pseudo-bulbs stout, fusiform, 4in. to 6in. long, Zin. to
lin, thick, procuems the racemes from the base. Brazil, 1888.
CL. iii., t. 120.) .

Cc. punctatum (dotted). jl. scented, 2in. across; sepals and
petals yellowish-green, spotted with brown; lip dark yellow;
scape 8in. long, bearing about a dozen flowers. J. broadly
Lpaicheaed 10in. long. Pseudo-bulbs fusiform, 6in. long. Brazil,

C.quornus. A misprint for C. Gnomus.

C. Randii(Rand’s). This differs from C. Garnettianum mainly
in the lip ne a short, broad, brush-like appendage. Brazil,
1894. (B. M. 7474.)

Cc. revolutum (revolute). #. of the same texture as in C. splen-
dens ;. sepals and petals pale greenish-yellow; lip forming a
shallower and narrower pouch than in C. splendens. Habitat not
recorded, 1894.

C. Rodigasianum (Rodigas’). jl. 3in. across, in a long raceme ;
sepals green spotted with brown outside, almost entirely brown
inside; petals green, spotted with brown; lip yellow, spotted
with purplish-brown, concave, three-toothed in front. Summer.
Pseudo-bulbs thick, fusiform. Santa Catharina, Brazil, 1890.
(L. vi., t. 259.) The variety tenebroswm has much darker flowers
than the type. 1894.

Cc. sanguineum (bloody). /l. greenish, speckled with brown or
dull red, not at all handsome, disposed in a close raceme ; sepals
and petals turned upwards ; lip lacerated, except at the base.
October and November. J@. light glaucous-green. Pseudo-bulbs
6in. to 7in. long. Central America, 1850.

vA a integrale (entire). jl. having the anterior lip wholly entire.

C. semiroseum (half-pink). A form of C. splendens.”

C. splendens (splendid). fl. approaching those of C. Bungerothr
in oth form and colour, but a little smaller ; spur rather more
conical, deep yellow inside. 1894. A supposed natural hybrid
between C. Bungerothi and C. macrocarpum.

The following varieties have been named: acutipetalwm, albo-
purpureum, album, Alicice, atropurpureum, aurantiacum, aureo-
maculatum, aureum, flavescens, Grignani, Imperiale (i. x., t. 460),
Lansbergianum, leucanthemum, Lindeni, Luciani, macrocarpum
luteo-roseum, maculatum, O'Brienianum, regale, rubiginosum
(L. 1897, t. 555), rubrum, semi-rosewm, viride, Worthingtonianum
(L. xi., t. 14.)

C. tabulare serrulata (serrulated). . green, yellowish-white,
and bluish-white, the side margins of the lip serrulated. 1886.
(R. G. 1223, h-m.) Other varieties are: brachyglossum, lave,
and rhinophorum. (G. C. 1895, ii., p. 44, f. 8.)

C. tapiriceps (tapir-headed). /l. numerous ; sepals green ; petals
brown ; lip orange, trigono-sacciform, the free margin toothleted,

204

Catasetum—continued.

the side lacinis revolute, the middle one with a transverse, emar-
rinate keel not far from the margin; column resembling “a
Jalayan tapir, with its curved trunk.” Brazil, 1888.

C. tigrinum (tiger-marked). jl., sepals and petals white, the
latter unusually broad, all with numerous cinnamon-coloured
bars ; column and lip whitish-ochre ; lip thick, narrow, triangular.
Habitat not recorded, 1881. A curious species, allied to
C. barbatum.

C. tridentatum. The correct name is C. macrocarpum.

C. trifidum (thrice-cleft). fl. greenish, dotted with purple, 14in.
long ; sepals and petals converging from a spreading base ; lip
trifid; raceme drooping. June.- /. oblong-lanceolate, shortly
acuminate. Trinidad. (B, M. 3262.)

C. Trulla (trowel-shaped). fl. green and brown; sepals and
petals spreading, oval, flat ; lip much the shape of a trowel, not at
all hollowed out into a bag, but merely concave like the bow] of
a spoon, the edges fringed ; column short, tendrilled. Septem-
ber. ‘Tropical America, 1840. (B. R. xxvii. 54.)

C. T. maculatissimum (much-spotted). jl., sepals, petals, and
the anterior part of the sides of the column covered with brown
spots ; anterior side of the lateral lobes of the lip having well-
developed fringes. 1888.

Cc. T. subimberbe (almost beardless). In this variety the lip
is practically beardless. 1887

C. uncatum (hooked). /. green, numerous, disposed in an erect
raceme. J. lanceolate, lft. long. Pseudo-bulbs fusiform, Sin. to
8in. long. Brazil, 1895.

C. viridi-flavum (green and yellow). fl. green ; sepals and petals
concave; lip marked with yellow on the inside, somewhat
conical-saccate, hooded. Summer. J. oblong, acute. Central
America, 1841. (B. M. 4017.)

The following have also been introduced: C. incurvwm (SYN.
C. stupendum), C. mentosum, C. Oerstedii, C. triodon.

CAT BERRY. See Ribes Grossularia.
CATCHFLY,GERMAN. See Lychnis Viscaria.

CATERPILLAR. This word is generally limited to
the larval state of Lepidopterous insects (Moths and Butter-
flies). A Caterpillar is made up of a head and thirteen
segments or body divisions. There are usually three pairs
of thoracic legs and a variable number of what ento-
mologists call abdominal feet. These latter are situate
upon the hinder divisions of the body, and are variable in
number. The latter pair of abdominal feet are modified
for clasping. Abdominal feet are of temporary use, and
finally are absorbed. The six thoracic legs are a practi-
cally constant feature in Lepidopterous larve, but there are
a few isolated cases in which they are altogether wanting.
In the changes which take place they are eventually
employed in the production of the legs of the perfect
insect.

CATERPILLAR PLANT.

CATHA. Methiyscophyllum
synonymous with this genus.

CATHA (of Endlicher).
(which see).

CATHARANTHUS.
see).

CATHEA. A synonym of Calopogon (which see).

CATIMBIUM. A synonym of Alpinia (which see).

CAT-O’-NINE-TAILS. Sce Typha latifolia.

CATOPSIS. Syns. Pogospermum, Tussacia. This
genus embraces about fifteen species, natives of tropical
America. Sepals and petals free to the base, the latter
white or yellow; stamens shorter than the calyx; spikes
simple or,panicled. Leaves lorate or lanceolate, thin,
nearly naked. The species (all of which are closely
allied) are not much known in cultivation.

CAT’S-EAR. See Antennaria.

See Scorpiurus.
and Trigonotheca are

A synonym of Gymnosporia

Included under Vinea (which

CATTERIDGE-TREE. See Euonymus euro-
peus.
CATTLEYA. The species of this genus are all

natives of the warmer parts of America, from Brazil to

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cattleya—continued.

Mexico. The following corrections of, and additions to,
the information given on pp. 280-4, Vol. I., are based upon
the monograph of the genus by Messrs. James Veitch and
Sons, in Part IJ. of their ‘‘ Manual of Orchidaceous Plants,”
and embrace the most recent introductions, but do not
include the hosts of minor varieties that are never likely
to be generally grown, or that are scarcely distinguishable
from the typical plants. A list of the garden hybrids is
appended.

c. Alexandre (Alexandra's).
Cc. amabilis (lovely).
C. amethystina (amethystine).

Cc. aurantiaca (orange).
aurantiacum.

C.aurea (golden). A variety of C. Dowiana.

C. autumnalis (autumnal). A garden synonym of C. Bow-
ringiand.

C. bicolor Measuresiana (Measures’). A pretty variety, having
the lip bordered with white. 1888. (W. O. A. 357.)

C. b. Wrigleyiana (Wrigley’s). j., sepals and petals greyish-
green ; lip dark purple. tBe5. - :

Cc. Bluntii (Blunt’s). A form of C. Mendelii.
C. bogotensis (Bogota). A synonym of C. Trianwi.

C. Boissieri (Boissier's). l., sepals and petals soft rosy-lilae ; li
broad, with a beautiful, curving, yellow blotch extendin, half-
ba conn and nearly across it. Jl. oblong, short and broad.

Jolombia.

C. Bowringiana (Bowring’s). jl. rich rosy-purple, about 2in. in
diameter, the front of the lip deep purple, with a transverse,
maroon band, behind which the tube is whitish ; raceme corym-
bose, five- to ten-flowered. Autumn. Central America, 1886. A
charming species, allied to C. Skinniert.. SyN. C. autwmnalis (of
gardens). (J. H. 1886, xii., p. 597, f. 71-2; R., ser. ii, i., t. 2;
R. H. 1890, p. 309; W. O. A. vii., t. 323.)

C. Brownii (Brown’s). jl. about 4in. in diameter, five or more in
araceme; sepals and petals bright rose-purple, undulated ; lip
pale purple, three-lobed, with some darker veins. J. oblong,
coriaceous. Pseudo-bulbs 2ft. high, two-leaved. Habitat not
recorded, 1893, Z

C. bulbosa (bulbous). A synonym of C. Walkeriana.

C. candida (white). #., sepals and petals white, shaded pink ;
lip the same colour, with a dash of yellow in the centre; spike
three- or fdur-flowered. July to November. hk. lft. Brazil
Allied to C. intermedia.

C. chocoénsis. This is now regarded as a variety of C. Trianewi.
C. coccinea (scarlet). A synonym of Sophronitis grandiflora,
C. crispa. This is now classed under Lelia.

C. dolosa. This is now regarded as a variety of C. Walkeriana.

C. Dormaniana (Dorman’s). The correct name of Lelia
Dormaniana. (W. O. A. 401.)

C. Dowiana. This is now regarded as a variety of C. labiata,

Cc. D. aurea (golden). 7. very large; sepals and petals pale
yellow ; lip rich, deep purple, veined with yellow. Colombia,
1883. A gorgeous variety. (W. O. A. 84) Syn. C. aurea
(I. H. 493).

C. Edithiana (Edith’s). . 6in. to Tin. in diameter ; sepals and
petals light mauve; lip white, striped mauve, the disk buff.
1. dark green. h. 1ft. Brazil. Habit like C. Mossic.

C. Eldorado. ‘This is now regarded as a variety of C. labiata.

Cc. E. crocata (saffron-coloured). #. broad, white, with a broad,
deep orange line running from the base of the lip on the anterior
ace ae it expands into a pentagonal blotch, with teeth in

ront.

C. E. Oweni (Owen's). jl. white ; lip having a yellow blotch and
a band of rosy-crimson. 1894. (L., t. 409.)

Cc. E. virginalis (virgin-white). 1. sweet-scented ; sepals and
petals snow-white, the former lanceolate, acute, the latter broad,
elliptic, obtuse ; lip white, with a yellow disk and tube, entire,
with a frilled front lobe. August andsSeptember. Amazon
Country. SyN. C. virginalis (I. H. ser. iii. 257). The form rosea
has a distinct, rosy-purple blotch on the front of the anterior
portion of the lip.

Cc. E. Wallisii (Wallis’). .,segments white, the orange-yellow
disk of the lip reduced in size.

C. elegans (elegant). A synonym of Lelia elegans.

Cc. elongata (elongated).* 7, sepals and petals clear green,
spotted with rich brown and tinted with violet on the margin,
2in. long, 4in. broad ; lip rosy-violet ; peduncles 14ft. to 14ft. long.
Autumn. Pseudo-bulbs cylindrical, lft. to 17ft. long. Brazil,

A synonym of C. elongata.

A synonym of C. intermedia.

A synonym of A, intermedia.
The correct name of Epidendrwm

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 205

Cattleya—continued.
1892. Allied to C. guttata Leopoldi. (B. M. 7543.) Syn. C.
Alexandre (L. vViii., t. 358). .

C. felix (fruitful). A synonym of Lelia felix.

C. floribunda (abundant-flowered). #. carmine, white, or
yariously coloured ; scapes long, bearing about a score of flowers.
Habitat not recorded, 1895. Described as possibly a natural
hybrid between C. »axima and C. labiata.

Fic. 215. FLOWER OF CATTLEYA FORBESI.

C. Forbesi (Forbes’). 7. 3in. to 4in. in diameter; sepals and
etals pale yellowish-green, sub-equal ; lip three-lobed, the two
ateral lobes yellow, sometimes streaked red, convolute over the

column, the middle lobe fae yellow, with a broad, bright yellow,
central band ; column yellow, spotted and stained red ; peduncles
erect, two-to five-flowered. J. ovate-oblong, coriaveous. Stems
about lft. high, two-leaved. Rio de Janeiro, 1823. (B. M. 3265;
B. R. 953.) See Fig. 215.

C. Gaskelliana (Gaskell’s). A variety of C. labiata.
C. gigas. This is now regarded as a variety of C. Warscewiczii.

Cc. ulosa asperata (rough). #., sepals and petals brown-
ish, spotted dark parple lip yellowish at base, light vivid
purple with a broad white border in front, rough. 1886.

C. g. Banneri (Banner's). /l. about 6in. across ; sepals and petals
suffused with bright lurid purple. 1896.

c.g. B miana (Buysson’s). /l. having the sepals and Vier
ivory-white. 1890. (G. C. 1890, viii., p. , f. 116; L., t. 270.)

C. g. Schofieldiana (Schofield’s). ., sepals and petals greenish-
yellow, spotted with crimson, the petals narrow at the base,
yery broad and obtuse at the apex; lip rich purple, with whitish
side lobes, the middle lobe covered with lamella and pare
1. broad, two to a pseudo-bulb. Pseudo-bulbs 14ft. high. Syn.
C. Schofieldiana (W. O. A. ii. 93).

Cc. guttata immaculata (unspotted). (l., sepals and petals
mauve-brown, without spots; lip white, the front lobe purple.
1886. Of C. g. Leopoldii (shown in Fig. 216) there is a Heliotrope-
scented form, odoratissima.

Cc. g. leopardina (leopard- pee jl. numerous and hand-
some; sepals and petals thickly spotted with dark brown ; side
lobes of the lip white, the broad, bilobed, front lobe rich purplish-
red ; racemes large. Pseudo-bulbs elongated. 1886.

C. g. Prinzii(Prinz’). A synonym of C. amethystoglossa.

C. Harrisoniz (Mrs. Harrison’s). This is now regarded as a
variety of C. Loddigesii.

C. Holfordi (Holford’s). A garden synonym of C. luteola.

C. imperialis (imperial). A synonym of C. Warscewiczii.

Cc. intermedia candida splendens (white, splendid). 7. pure
white except the front lobe of the lip, which is carmine-purple.
Rio Janeiro, 1890. (R. G. 1890, t. 1313.) Parthenia is another
white-flowered form, and Gibezie (L. iii., t. 133) has similar
blossoms with three orange lines on the disk. See Fig. 217.

C. iricolor (rainbow-coloured). . milk-white, with a few purple
marks on the lip, 3in. to 4in. across; petals narrower than the
sepals ; lip obscurely three-lobed, the two lateral lobes convolute
over the column ; peduncles two- or three-flowered. J. lft. long,

Cattleya—continued.

i

Fic. 216. FLOWER OF CATTLEYA GUTTATA LEOPOLDII.

strap-like, complicate at base, emarginate at apex. Stems 4in.
to Sin. long, one-leaved. Native country unknown.

C. Kimballiana (Kimball's) jj. large; sepals and petals of a
delicate rosy-white, the former lanceolate, acute, the latter very
broad, elliptic, wavy ; tube of the lip white outside, with some
yellow near the front margins, the inside yellow with some
orange lines, the wavy front lobe rich purple on the front part.
Venezuela, 1881. A fine species.

C. labiata. Thé following are now included here as varieties :
Dowiana, Eldorado, gigas, Luddemanniana, Mendelii, Mossi,
Percivaliana, Trianei, Warneri, and Warscewiczit.

ni

|

ae

Fic. 217 FLOWER OF CATTLEYA INTERMEDIA CANDIDA SPLENDENS,

206

Cattleya—continued.

C. 1. Gaskelliana (Gaskell’s). Pit 7in. across, resembling those
of C. Mossie, but paler; lobes of the lip confluent, ee yellow»
within. Autumn. Brazil. A magnificent plant. (1. H. 1886, t. 613,
under name of C. Gaskelliana.) The form alba has white
flowers with a yellow throat.

Cc. Lawrenceana (Sir Trevor Lawrence’s). jl. purplish-lilac, as
large as those of a good C. Trianei ; sepals uncommonly broad ;
petals broader than the sepals, usually blunt; lip pandurate,
emarginate, rather broader in front than at the base; the

Fic. 218.

anterior part of the darkest, warmest purple, the side wings
purple, the centre light yellow. British Guiana, 1885. A fine
species. (B. M. 7153; G. C. n. s., xxiii., pp. 374-5; L., t. 44.)

3, aes concolor (one-coloured). jl. wholly of a light purple.

C. Leopoldii (Leopold’s), A variety of C. guttata.
C. Lindleyana. This is now classed under Lelia.
C. lobata. This is now classed under Lelia.

Se asm candida (white). 1. white, with a yellow disk to
e lip.

SS

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cattleya—continued.

cL. jonize (Mrs. Harrison's).
C. Harrisonie.

Cc. L. violacea (violet). 4. more deeply coloured than in the

type.

Cc. D anieanieeniaans (Luddemann’s). ., sepals and petals
delicate purplish-rose; suffused white, the petals nearly three
times as broad as the pin and gently undulated, chiefly in the
distal half; convolute lobes of the lip of the same colour
externally as the sepals and petals, the anterior lobe fine

The correct name of

LLY =
Fs
OS

SS

~S S ln
SS
S SS.

FLOWER OF CATTLEYA LUDDEMANNIANA.

amethyst-purple, crisped, emarginate, with two pale yellow or
white blotches at the entrance of the tube, between which are
lines of amethyst-purple gently diverging from the base of the
lip. September and October. This is a variety of C. labiata.
Syn. C. speciosissima. See Fig. 218.

C. L. alba (white). 7. large, pure white, witha pale yellow stain
on the disk of the lip. so called Sanderiana.

C. luteola (yellowish). jl. yellow, 2in. across; sepals narrow-
oval, blunt; lip white, with a yellow disk, cucullate, rounded
and crenulate, velvety inside. Pseudo-bulbs oval, ancipitous,
one-leaved. Brazil. (B. M. 5032; R. X. O. i. 83.) Syn. C. Hol-
Jordi (of gardens).

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C: 207

Cattleya—continued. Cattleya—continued.

Cc. P. alba (white). #., sepals and petals pure white; lip white,
| . With an orange stain in the throat. Brazil, 1884.

C. Pinelii (Pinel’s). A synonym of Lelia pumila prestans.

C. porphyroglossa (purple-tongued). _., sepals and petals of a
light chestnut-brown ; lip very fine, the stalk of the anterior

| lacinia crenulated or serrated at the edges, the central lacinia
rouch keeled ; column white at back, yellow covered with purple
stripes in front. Brazil, 1887. Thisspecies resembles C. guttata,
but has larger flowers. (R. X. O., ii., t. 171, f. 1, t. 172, f. 2.)

Cc. pumila. This is now regarded as synonymous with Lelia
pumila.

C. Regnelli. This is now regarded as‘synonymous with C. Schil-
leriana.

C. Reineckiana (Reinecke’s). A variety of C. Mossie.

C. Rex (King). /j., sepals white, tinged with primrose-yellow,
34in. long ; petals creamy-white, 34in. long, wavy-edged ; lip
white, yellow, and red, the column white. Habitat not orded.
1890. Probably a form of C. Dowiana aurea. (G. C. 189], ix.,
p. 273, f. 61; J. H. 1892, p. 170, f. 24; L. vi., t. 265.)

C. Rollissonii (Rollisson’s). A synonym of C. Triancei delicata.
C. Sanderiana (Sande

C. Schilleriana Lowii (Low’s). fl. ofa pleasing lavender-blue ;
lip streaked with a darker shade of the same colour. 1892.
(J. H. 1892, p. 187, f. 26.)

C. Schofieldiana (Schofield’s). A variety of C. granulosa.

C. Schroederz (Baroness von Schreeder’s). jl. generally very
light purple, exquisitely perfumed, easily distinguishable from
C.Trianei by the extraordinary crispation of both petals and lip,
and by the well-known orange area of the lip reaching far nearer

| the apex. 1887.

| C,Skinneri alba (white). A variety with pure white flowers.

(W. O. A. iii., t. 112.)

| ©. S. parviflora (small-flowered). . half the size of those of

the type; lip whole-coloured, not pallid over the lower half.

(B. M. 4916.) The following are sub-varieties : alia, snow-white,

| with a small primrose blotch on the lip, and, occasionally, some

mauve-purple markings at the base (W. O. A. iii. 112); oculata,
with a large, maroon-purple blotch on the lip.

| C.speciosissima (very showy). A synonym of C. Luddeman-
| nina.

C. suavior (sweeter). /l., sepalsand petals pale rosy-lilac, suffused
| white ; side lobes of the lip white, tinted pale lilac towards the
| margins ; middle lobe amethyst-purple, with a crisped margin
| and a deep sinus or cleft in the anterior margin; disk creamy

r’s). Asynonym of C. Warscewiczii.

Fig. 219. FLOWER OF CATTLEYA MENDELII.

Cc. marginata. This is now regarded as
synonymous with Lelia pumila.

Cc. maxima alba (white). 1. white, having
the usual yellow and purple markings on
the lip.

C. Mendelii. This is now regarded as a
variety of C. labiata. See Fig. 219.

c. M. Bluntii (Blunt’s). jl. white; lip
stained yellow in the throat.

Cc. M. Kegeljani (Kegeljan’s). l. white
except the disk of the lip, which is striped
and shaded with sulphur-yellow. 1897
(L. 1897, t. 589.)

C. Mossiz. This is now regarded as a variety
of C. labiata.

Cc. M. Reineckiana (Reinecke’s). fi.,
sepals and petals pure white ; lip having an
orange disk, and rays of violet lines and
dots towards the margin. 1884. See Fig. 220.

Cc. M. Wageneri (Wagener’s). The correct
name of C. Wageneri.

C. nobilior. This is now regarded as a
variety of C. Walkeriana.

Cc. Obrieniana (0’Brien’s). This closely
resembles C. Loddigesii (of which it is some-
times classed as a variety), but the flowers
are paler and the lateral lobes of the lip are
shorter and smaller than in that species.
Brazil. (R. ser. ii., t. 40, under name of
C. Loddigesti O’ Brieniana.)

C. Oweniana (Owen's). A form of C. labiata.

C. Percivaliana (Percival’s). fl. smaller
than in C. Mossiw, but darker and richer in
colour in the best forms; sepals and petals
deep blush; lip intense magenta-crimson,
margined with blush-pink, much fringed, the
throat marked with golden and crimson line
January and February. Colombia. A
tinct form of C. labiata. (Gn., 1889, SKE
bv. 552; G. C. n. s., xxi., p. 178; RB. i, t. 23
W. O. A. iii. 144.) Fig. 220. FLOWER OF CATTLEYA MOSSL£ REINECKIANA.

Ss.

208 THE DICTIONARY

Cattleya—continued.

Fic. 221. FLOWER OF CATTLEYA SUPERBA. ALBA.

white, a purple band extending below it to the base. A natural

hybrid between C. intermedia and C. Mendelii.

C. superba alba (white). A beautiful variety with pure white
flowers. 1890. See Fig. 221.

C. Trianei [the correct spelling].
variety of C. labiata.

C. T. alba (white). jl. white, with the usual yellow disk of the
lip, in front of which is a small blotch varying in colour from
rosy-purple to pale-lilac.

Cc. T. Backhousiana (Backhouse's). jl. very large; sepals and
petals blush-pink ; lip large, with a bright magenta stain on the
anterior part, the throat marked pale yellow.

Cc. T. chocoénsis (Choco). The correct name of C. chocoénsis.

Cc. T. delicata (delicate). fl. 6in. across; sepals and petals
white ; ‘lip large, with a beautiful yellow centre and a tinge of
rose, white outside. December and January. Ah. lft. Brazil,

This is now regarded as a

1861. Syns. C. Rollissonii (F. M. 1861, 8), C. Warscewiczir
delicata (W. S. O i. 4). superba is a fine variety, with a very
large lip.

Fic. 222, FLOWER OF CATTLEYA WALKERIANA.

OF GARDENING,

Cattleya—continued.

Cc. T. Leeana (Lee's). l. about 7in. in diameter; sepals and
petals rosy-lilac, 3in. across; lip deep magenta-mauve ; faintly
margined lilac-rose, 2in. in diameter in the fore part; throat
striped orange, very large and open.

C. T. rosea (rosy). l., sepals and petals rose-coloured ; lip bright
rosy-lilac, with a yellow blotch at the mouth of the throat.

C. velutina (velvety). . very fragrant; sepals and petals pale
orange, spotted and streaked purple; lip orange at base, white
with violet veins in front, where the surface is velvety. Brazil.
The habit of this eyes natural hybrid closely resembles that
I tape (G. C, 1872, p. 1259 ; R. G. 1888, t. 1265; W. 0. A

Cc. virginalis (virgin-white). A form of C. Eldorado.

Cc. pice (Wagener’s). This is now regarded as a variety of
Ossie,

C. Walkeriana. Syn. C. bulbosa. In addition to C. Schreder-
iana, C. dolosa and C. nobilior are now regarded as forms of
this species. See Fig. 222.

C. Wallisii (Wallis’). A form of C. Eldorado.
C. Warneri. This is now regarded as a variety of C. labiata.

C. Warscewiczii. This is now regarded as a variety of C. labiata.
Syn. C. Sanderiana.

C. W. delicata (delicate). A synonym of C. Trianci delicata.
C. W. franconvillensis (Franconville). . pure white with

the exception of a purplish-crimson blotch on the lip. 1893.

(W. O. A., t. 505).

Though practically no new species of Cattleya have been
introduced since the original volumes were issued, we have
to record as worthy cf note the reintroduction (after its
habitat had been practically lost for forty years) of the
true autumn-flowering variety of C. labiata. It is now
one of the most abundant and useful of the genus. With
the increased numbers of this lovely variety, many choice
and desirable forms have appeared, varying from pure
white to depths of colour unknown in any other Cattleya.

To the work of the hybridist we turn with pleasure,
and note the vast strides that have been made. The
increase in variety which has been obtained by the inter-
crossing of the various species of Cattleyas has been
little short of remarkable. Hybrid Cattleyas, during the
past five years, have increased more than fifty per cent.
The increase of the bigeneric hybrids (a list of which is
given under Lelio-Cattleyas) have increased rather more
than eighty-five per cent. during that period. One of
the greatest advantages that have been gained by the
intercrossing of the species is that the offspring from
such usually» flowers at periods intermediate between the
parent species. For example, an autumn-flowering species
crossed with one of the summer-flowering ones, in the
majority of cases produces a winter-flowering offspring.
So that by careful selection it is now possible to obtain
a succession of plants flowering throughout the year.

For the guidance of those interested in the raising of
seedlings, and as an assistance to their nomenclature, we
append a list of hybrids, with their recorded parentage.
It includes practically all the varieties that have been
introduced up to date. In addition to* the Lelio-
Cattleyas already noted, there will be other bigeneric
hybrids, such as Sophro-Cattleyas, Epi-Cattleyas, Epiph-
ronites, &c., under which the offspring of such crosses
will be found.

Loddigesit and Aclandie (Veitch).

EL gistace esate Trianet and Percivaliana (Veitch).
Alberta Loddigesii and superba (Imschoot).
Alberti Syn. porphyrophlebia (Bleu).

Apollo Mossice and Aclandice (Veitch).
Ariel ..... Bowringiana and Gaskelliana

(Veitch).

Arthurian. luteola and Dormaniana (Dorman).

Ashtonii ... panes and Warscewiezit (Holling-
on).

Astrea ... Skinneri and Loddigesii (Maron).
Atalanta . guttata Leopoldit and Warscewiczti
(Veitch).

Aurore ....... Syn. Kienastiana.
Ballantineana Trianei and Warscewiezii (Sander).

Baron Schrider.
Bowringiana - vl
Brabanticee . :
Breauteana...... Tenisiae

Trianei and dolosa (Sander). ‘
Bowringiana and blessensis (Maron).
Syn. Aclandi-Loddigesit (Veitch).
Syn. Alberta (Maron).

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Cattleya—continued.
Brownie .....0.cs0e00s

Burberryana ...
calummata ...
Cecilia ..

citrino-intermedia
(8/1. 05774 717 AB AE SRBeSOC OnE

Comfrey .....cccccsess
Dominiana ......0.+00++

Dubiosa...
Eclipse . 6660
elata ... a

Empress Prederick 1...
Enid HOAC
Eros ....
Eurydice .
Fenillata .
Fernand D.

ctl
Firefly.

hybrida
intermedio-Percivaliana
intertexta

La Belle ...
Lady Ingra

La Fontaine ........+.
Lambhurst Hybrid ....
Lawre-Mossie .......+
Teucoalossd ........004-
Lord Marsham ........
Lord Rothschild ........

maculata...
aggie Rap “Sean
Manglesit ...........2+-

BOGGS oi onnen nase

Marvonit ...... 0% ane
Marriottie . ce
Marstersonie . pray
fa: (of TBE OSI reosneee

‘Mary Gratriz.
Massiliensis .

Miss Williams ........
Mitchetlt ......0..20000

Witt) oO sae seg anna cea ;
Mrs. Herbert Greaves ..
Mrs. J. W. Whiteley....
Mrs. M, Wells..........
WOctave Doin.:..........

Vol. V.

Beane and Bowringiana (San-

er).

intricata and superba (Sander).

intermedia and Aclandie.

Lawrenceana and Trianci (Ingram).

guitata Leopoldit and Dowiana
(Veitch).

Bowringiana and bicolor (Veitch).

Bowringiana and maxima (Veitch).

Syn. Lambhurst Hybrid (Dr. Harris).

intermedia-Loddigesii (natural

hybrid) (Linden).

Syn. Jupiter.

maxima and intermedia (Veitch).

Trianei and Harrisonic (Maron).

maxima and Skinneri (Ingram).

Trianei and Lawrenceana (Ingram).

Schilleriana and Mossi Reineckiana
(Ingram).

bicolor and Warscewiczii (Veitch).

Trianci and Schilleriana (Veitch).

Mossice and Dowiana (Veitch).

Mossie and Warscewiczii (Veitch).

Mossie and Walkeriana ata

Warscewiczii and superba (Veitch).

labiata vera and Aclandie (Veitch).

labiata vera and Dowiana (Veitch).

Bowringiana and Harrisii (Veitch).

Leopoldii and superba (Maron).

Aclandice and Warscewiezii (Maron).

Syn. calummata.

Dormaniana and
(Ingram).

Triani and luteola (Maron).

Leopoldii and Hardyana (Sander).

Leopoldii and Loddigesii (Maron).

superba and Mossi (Veitch).

Warscewiczii and Dowiana «aurea
(Cookson).

Cush tana and Warscewizit (Cook-
son).

guttata Leopoldit and Mendelii (Dr.
Harris).

Syn. Preciosa.

guttata and Loddigesii (Veitch).

intermedia and Percivaliana (Maron).

Mossie and Warnerii (Veitch).

Syn. Minucia,

Mossie and labiata (Veitch).

Forbesii and velutina (Roebling).

Lawrenceana and Warscewiezti
(Ingram).

saber and Dowiana (San-

er).

Syn. Ashtoniana.

Eldorado and
(Ingram).

Mendelii and guttatd (Maron).

citrina and intermedia (Harris).

Lawrenceana and Mossice (White).

Loddigesiit and Pausta (Veitch).

Syn. Breauteana (Charlesworth).

Gaskelliana and Dowiana aurea
(Sander).

Syn. Cecilia.

Warscewiczii and superba (Veitch).

guttata and intermedia (Veitch).

Dowiana aurea and Trianci (Leon).

Iuddemanniana and ~ Loddigesti
(Veitch).

Bowringiana and Dowiana aurea

Bowringiana

~ (Mantin).

velutina and Dowiana awrea (Maron).

Eldorado and Warscewiezii (Marriott).

Loddigesii and labiata vera (Veitch).

Lawrenceana and labiata vera
(Sander).

Harrisonie and granulosa (Gratrix).

Trianei and Dowiana aurea (Four-
nier).

Mendelii and Forbesii (Veitch). «

Bowringiana and Loddigesii (Veitch).

Loddigesti and Warscewiczii (Veitch).

Trianei and guttata Prinzii (Veitch).

maxima and Doddigesii (Chamber-

Luddemanniana and velutina
(Sander).

Harrisonie and Gaskelliana (Temple).

guttata Leopoldit and Trianei Wise
worth).

superba and Gaskelliana (Wigan).

Syn. Miss Williams (Leeman).

. Bowringiana and Hardyana (Miller).

Parthinia and Warnerit (Sander).
Mendelii and Dowiana (Leeman).

Dowiana aurea *

&c. 209

Cattleya —continued.

CBN ONES. Fs alenieln istein sisi Mossic and labiata (Veitch).

OMNI AS raid ceaatantnaess 3 Trianei and intermedia (Veitch).

POTthinia ...00.0.0002 calummata and Mossic Wagnerii
(Bleu).

PHEIUONG . 22.26 cc eran Syn. Dominiana.

Philo . Mossice and tricolor (Veitch).

picta - guttata and intermedia (Veitch).

picturata .. guttata and intermedia (Veitch).

porphyrophie “ . wmtermedia and superba (Veitch),

AANA Naan ce bnacoas Bowringiana and labiata vera
(Veitch),

UPYACL OSE Was ante cts sclera Luddemanniana and Lawrenceana
cue

Prince of Wales ........ Syn. Parthinia (Sander).

Inet adareepanadate Trianeiand Luddemanniana (Veitch).

quinguecolor ........++ Porbesit and Aclandice (Veitch).

SRO Cina sale meieeteten cete Syn. Ballantineana.

PROSE etersininie le sieteinteri=(oia Leopoldii and intermedia (Sander).

Russeliana ............ Warnertt and Schilleriana (Mantin).

LAR EAATIOB « «talcis, sini siete’ aft.eie Schroeder and Aclandie (Lawrence).

SCUENIG, eae senis esi neice Lawrenceana and Percivaliana
(Ingram).

BULON Le: eietertds lawiscreetse intermedia and Mendelii (Veitch).

super-Forbesti .......- Forbesii and superba (Cypher).

AROTNLONINE ties easlaeics Luddemanniana and guttata Prinzii
(Thornton).

Triwmph ......4+ Ieekcias Luddemanmana and Lawrenceana
(Ingram).

DOYAILONG aa vies Wi vlalclelaieeils labiata vera and Trianci (Sander).

WESLIED Laie naloicaciesiom nee Dowiana aurea and maxima (Veitch).

weedonensis ..... Mendelii and granulosa (Yhornton).

Wendlandiana . -Bowringiana and Warscewieztt
(Veitch).

William Murray . Mendelii and Lawrenceana (Cookson).

WUsonitleaacce ncrtini-lek bicolor and guttata (Wilson),

The following are Natural Hybrids :

Aurora .. Regnierti and rosea.
Barberiana . - vestita and Turnerit.
Battauinw.... wc .caceese intermedia and bicolor.

Brymeriana Eldorado and superba.
Cupido ....... Schreedere and Mendelii.
Cz0h Face labiata vera and granulosa.
Eyermanni vestita and Veitchii.
Jlaveola ...... intermedia and guttata.
Hardyana Warscewiczii and Dowiana awrea.
Imperator Syn. Czar.
intermedio-Loddigesii ... intermedia and Loddigesii.
SPAT RCOLON ae msiecla eiesais cle guttata and intermedia.
Krameriana ....,..... intermedia and Forbesii.
Laucheane ......20++++ Sanderiana and veratrifolia (Sander).
Vinliginosa .........++++ labrosa and Veitchit.
DOWVYANG ..ceveseeeee intermedia and Forbesit.
DuUcteniana .....000-+++ Forbesti and guttata.
Massaiana ..........-- Hardyana var.
Measuresiana .....+.++- Aclandie and Walkeriana.
Teyie Pe = 55ecqone8 Loddigesit and Leopoldii.
resplendens ....-+++++++ granulosa and Schilleriana.
(lah) ap manciaaucmeeoodse uttata and intermedia.
sororia alkeriana and guttata.
venosd .... Harrisonie and Forbesii.
Victoria Reg . guttata and labiata.

VCE pecare ripe pa CoeC labiata and Schilleriana.

CATTLEYA FLY (Isosoma orchidearum). This
insect deposits its eggs in the eye of the young growth
when the plant is ina dormant state. As a consequence,
the growth does not advance much above lin., swells in
the centre, and generally exhibits a stunted appearance.
If this growth is cut off at the base and split open, there
will be disclosed from three to seven yellowish maggot-like
creatures. After eating a large hole in the young growth,
they become pup, and eventually emerge as perfect flies.
They should be destroyed as soon as seen. Fumigation
with a vaporising insecticide will effectually settle them
before they have time to deposit their eggs. The roots, too,
not infrequently, are pierced by the insects, and a warty
growth results. The grubs should be picked out with a
stout needle.

CAT WHIN. See Ulex nanus.

CAUCASIAN WALNUT. See
fraxinifolia.

CAULIFLOWER DISEASE OF STRAW-
BERRY. A name applied to a most injurious disease
caused by the minute animals known as Eelworms, or
Nematoid Worms. See Strawberry.

Pterocarya

25

210

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CAULIFLOWERS. For autumn sowing the best
are: Early London, Eclipse, Dwarf Erfurt, and Veitch’s
Autumn Giant. The last-named is a most reliable variety,
as it never fails to form good heads the following summer,
even in the hottest weather, when other varieties are
failures in that respect. For spring sowing all those pre-
viously mentioned are valuable, as are also Harly Snowball,
First Crop, Dwarf Mammoth, and Walcheren.

CAUTLEYA (named in honour of Major-General Sir
P. Cautley, F.G.S., 1802-1871, joint author, with Dr.
Falconer, of the “Fauna antiqua sivalensis”). ORD.
Scitaminezx. A monotypic genus, included by some
authorities under Roscoea. The species is a stove, peren-
nial herb, requiring similar treatment to Alpinia (which see).
C. lutea (yellow). /. 1sin. to 2in. long; calyx red-purple, tubular,

two-cleft at mouth; sepals linear-oblong, obtuse, concave, the

dorsal one erect, the lateral ones reflexed ; corolla golden-yellow,
the tube exserted; lateral staminode like the dorsal sepal, erect,
the tips incurved; spike 4in. to 8in. high. August. J. Sin. to
10in. long, narrow-lanceolate, with a slender tip, bps green
above, paler or suffused or streaked red-brown beneath. Stems

8in. to 18in. high, tufted, erect, leafy. Himalaya, 1887. (B. M.

6991.) SyNs. Roscoea gracilis, R. lutea.

CAVENDISHIA. This is now the correct name of
Proclesia (which see), according to Bentham and Hooker.
To the species described on p. 225, Vol. III., the following
should be added :

C. spectabilis (showy). 1. white, shaded with pink, tubular,
slightly swollen below, when in bud covered with rosy-carmine
bracts; racemes compressed. J. oblong, acuminate, bright
reddish-bronze when young, changing to bright green. Colombia,

, 1889. A handsome, somewhat climbing shrub.
CEANOTHUS. This genus embraces about twenty-

eight species, all North American. To those described on

p- 285, Vol. I., the following should be added :

C. americanus variegatus (variegated). A garden variety,
having the leaves bordered with yellow. 1889.

C. axillaris (axillary). . pale lilac tinged with rose, in axillary
and terminal thyrses. Summer, J. ovate-lanceolate, rounded-
obtuse, dark green above, white-tomentose beneath. 1876. A
form of C. azureus. (R. H. 1876, f. 14.)

C. Baumannianus (Baumann’s). A synonym of C. micro-
phyllus.

C. Delilianus (Delile’s). This differs from C. azwreus in having
flowers of a paler blue, and larger leaves lightly pubescent
beneath. Origin unknown. Syn. C. pulchellus.

C. elegans (elegant). A synonym of C. thyrsiflorus.

C. Fendleri (Fendler’s). 1. snow-white, disposed in short,
terminal racemes. .J. varying from narrowly oblong to elliptic,
fin. to lin. long, somewhat narrowed and cuneate at base,
obtuse or acute at apex, dark glossy green above, silky below.
Colorado, 1893. A half-hardy, much-branched, thorny bush.
C. Fenolleri is apparently a misprint for C, Fendleri.

C. Fenolleri, See C. Fendleri.

C. Fontanesianus (Fontanes’). A synonym of C. ovatus.

C. laniger (wool-bearing). A synonym of Pomaderris lanigera.

C. ovalis (oval). A synonym of C. ovatus,

C. ovatus (ovate). jl. usually on short peduncles. 7. narrowly
oval or See ere colatey lin. to 2in. long. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Other-
wise like C. americanus. Texas, &c., 1888. Hardy. Syns. C.
Fontanesianus, C. ovalis.

Cc. prostratus (prostrate). jl. bright blue, in axillary clusters,
borne on stout peduncles. J. din. to lin. long, obovate or oblong-
cuneate, spinose usually only at the apex, one-ribbed, very thick,
borne on short, slender petioles. Oregon, 1889. A hardy,
prostrate, nearly glabrous shrub.

C. pulchellus (rather pretty). A synonym of C, Delilianus.

C. thyrsifiorus (see towered) jl. bright blue, in dense, sub-
compound panicles, terminating the usually elongated and some-
what leafy Reales. t. oblong to oblong-ovate, lin. to 14in.
long, rather thick, usually smooth and shining above, canescent
beneath, glandular -serrulated. Branches strongly angled.
California, 1861, A hardy, tall shrub or small tree. (G. C.
1896, ii., p. 363, f. 75.) SYN. C. elegans (I. H. 1860, t. 268).

CEBATHA. A synonym of Cocculus (which see).

CECIDOMYIA, or GALL MIDGES. Orp. Diptera.
This is a genus of delicate-looking flies, whose wings
contain very few nervures. The majority of the larve live
in plants. Some are responsible for the peculiar Gall
formations found upon the foliage of Limes, Willows, and
many other trees; others deform the roots, the buds, the
flowers, or even the stems. Yet others produce no Galls,

Cc. a. fastigiata (pyramidal).

Cecidomyia —continued.

but are destructive by living upon cereals, after the
manner of the wheat pest known as the Hessian Fly
(Cecidomyia destructor), which causes such widespread
injury to cereal and grass crops in America and in Europe.
It is only since 1886 that it has been regarded as a British
insect. The name Hessian Fly was bestowed upon the
insect by Americans, who suggested that it was introduced
into that country with the straw used by the Hessian
troops in 1778. The larvz of certain species are remark-
able as possessing a curious horny appendage upon the under-
surface known as the breast-bone or anchor-process, the
exact use of which is not known. Besides the injurious
species there are others which may be considered beneficial,
as they are carnivorous, feeding upon Aphides and Mites.

CECROPIA. Nearly forty species have been referred
to this genus, but, according to the authors of the
“Genera Plantarum,” this number might be considerably
reduced; they inhabit tropical America, from Brazil to
Mexico. Flowers diccious, in numerous, very dense,
cylindrical spikes on a common, axillary peduncle; male
spikes thick; females slenderer. Fruit oblong, included
in the very slender perianth. Leaves alternate, long-
petiolate, large, peltate. To the species described on p. 285,
Vol. I., the following should be added : 4
C. dealbata (whitened). J. large, soft, pubescent, palmate, light

green above, glaucous beneath. Colombia, 1887. A fine Snake-
wood, of ornamental character.

C. frigida is rare in cultivation.

CEDAR, PRICKLY. See Cyathodes acerosa.

CEDAR, SHARP. See Acacia oxycedrus and
Juniperus oxycedrus.

CEDRUS. According to Sir J. D. Hooker, this genus
is monotypic, with three marked forms, one (C. Libani, the
typical form) Oriental, another (C. atlantica) Algerian,
and the third (C. Deodara) Himalayan.

As the variegated forms cannot be depended upon to
reproduce themselves from seed, propagation by artificial
means must be adopted. The common Cedars form suit-
able stocks upon which to graft the ornamental varieties.
The Larch, too, may be used as a stock, but it is inferior to
the Cedars. In its early stages the Larch is very vigorous
in growth, but with age plants that have been worked upon
it present a rather unsightly appearance. Side-grafting is
easy and effective. February is the best month for the
operation. The scions should be taken from healthy trees
and plunged in a warm (not too close) propagating-case,
and shaded from the sun. When they have made a few
inches of growth they should be hardened off, and kept
growing in pots until they are planted out the following
spring. A neat stake should be placed against each plant,
and the leader secured to it. If the side-shoots grow too
vigorously, they may be shortened a bit, in order to con-
centrate all the energies into the principal growth.

To the information given on pp. 285-7, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

Cc. atlantica aurea (golden). A variety with golden leaves.
It is constant. 1897. The typical species is shown in Fig. 223.

A garden shrub or tree of

ro aii with ascending branches. 1890. (R. H. 1890
p. 32, f. 9.

C. a. glauca (bluish-green). In this variety the leaves are of a
glaucous-silvery hue, being thus very distinct from the deep
green of the normal form.

C. a. pendula (pendulous). A drooping form.

Other varieties are: aurea, columnaris, pyramidalis, and varie-
gata,

,

C. Deodara. Other, varieties are: aurea, com; , crassifolia
(eaves short and stout, less ornamental than the type), Hugeli,
uncinata, variegata, viridis, and Youngi.

C. Libani decidua (deciduous). This only differs from the type
in partially shedding its leaves during autumn.

Cc. L. pendula (pendulous). A variety with gracefully pendent
branches. Other varieties are: denudata, fastigiata, glauca,
pendula, hybrida, pyramidata, stricta, and viridis. ’

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

ac, Zit

CEIBA. A synonym of Eriodendron (which see).

CELANDINE POPPY. See Stylophorum di-
phyllum.

CELANDINE, TREE. See Bocconia frutescens.

CELASTRUS. Including Oriva. This genus em-
braces about fifteen species, natives of tropical Asia, China,
on p. 287, Vol. I., the following should be added:

Japan, Australia, and North America. To those described

C. articulatus (jointed). #. green, with yellow anthers, about
tin. broad, in short, axillary, few-flowered cymes. June. /r.,
capsule pea-like, brown, three-valved; valves golden-yellow
within, at length reflexed, exposing the seeds in ashining, scarlet
aril; November. 2. petiolate, 3in. to Sin. long, oblong-oval or
sub-orbicular, acute ; petioles fin. to sin. long. A. 15ft. Eastern
Asia, 1891. A rambling, hardy shrub, suitable for the seaside.
(B. M. 7599 ; G. C. 1898, 1., p. 28, f. 11.)

C. cassinoides. The correct name is Gymnosporia cassinoides.
C. Orixa (Orixa). jl. green, small ; males racemose ; females long-
stalked, generally solitary. Summer. J, pune or obovate, wit

entire margins ; upper surface glossy-green. h. 6ft. to 9ft. Japan,
1886. Syn. Orixa japonica (R. G. 1232).

C. Pyracanthus (Pyracanthus). A synonym of Putterlickia
Pyracantha.

N ETOAING CO

Fic. 223. CEDRUS ATLANTICA.

CELERY. If required for exhibition, this vegetable
should receive copious supplies of weak liquid manure,
with an occasional application of nitrate of soda (loz. in
4galls. of water is sufficient).

To ensure nicely-blanched

By Permission of the Board of Agriculture.
Fia. 224.
1, Fly, magnified ; 2, Larva, magnified ; 3, Pupa, natural size.

CELERY FLy (Tephritis onopordinis).

growth most exhibitors wrap the plants in double or treble
folds of stout brown paper.
Sorts. White varieties are usually deficient in flavour,
and are only useful when the vegetable is required early
, orfor soups. The best flavoured are Sutton’s
White Gem, Sandringham White, and Incom-
parable Dwarf White. The pink or red
varieties are crisp in flavour, and also keep
longer and sounder than the white sorts.
Some of the best sorts are Leicester Red,
Major Clarke Red, Williams’s Matchless Red,
Wright’s Grove Red and Wright’s Grove
Pink, Standard-Bearer, Nonsuch Pink, and

Sulham Prize Pink. These are all hardy
varieties of gocd quality. None of the
so-called self-blanching varieties are what

their name indicates, and few, if any, gar-
deners consider them worth growing.
CELERY FLY (Tephritis onopordinis).
Popularly this is associated with the Celery
only, but it is equally as destructive to Par-
snips (on whose foliage the large blisters caused
by the leaf-mining pests are very familiar).
The fly (Fig. 224) is tin. in wing expanse, and
yellowish brown, with rusty-coloured spots.
The female deposits the eggs upon the foliage,
and from these hatch out thick-bodied, leg-
less, green maggots, slightly pointed at the
head, and when full-grown about jin. long.
There are two or three broods in a season.
As stated in Vol. I., the best way of
dealing with the pest in the case of small
gardens is by crushing the grub between finger
and thumb; but where large areas are under
cultivation thisis impossible. Spraying with
weak kerosene emulsion should then be.
adopted. In either case all leaves should be
destroyed by burning when the crop is lifted,
and not put on the manure-heap. Quicklime
should also be incorporated with the soil.

CELERY STEM FLY. This insect,
described in Vol. III. under its scientific name
of Piophila apii, proves very troublesome in
some seasons, the maggots tunnelling the
stems and causing them to rot. There is
more than one generation, and though in the
earliest the pupal state is passed in the soil,
as suggested in the volume above referred
to, in the later ones it is assumed in the soil.

Feeding as it does in the stems, the pest
cannot well be reached. Spraying with kero-
sene emulsion as a preventive measure is,
however desirable, and especially in gardens
where the insect was known to exist the
previous season. All diseased portions of
plants should be carefully burnt, and after

212

Celery Stem Fly—continued. s

the crop has been lifted the quarters should receive a
dressing of quicklime, which should be well incorporated.
Dusting with soot has also proved beneficial.

CELMISIA (so called after Celmisius, who was said
to be the son of the nymph Alciope, from whom the
name of a nearly-related genus .is derived). Orb.
Composite. A genus embracing about twenty-five species
of greenhouse or hardy, more or less silvery-silky, Aster-
like, perennial herbs; one inhabits the Auckland and
Campbell Islands, the rest are natives of New Zealand, one
being also found in Australia. Flower-heads heterogamous,
large, radiate; involucre broadly campanulate or hemi-
spherical, the bracts many-seriate, imbricate; scapes (or
scape-like peduncles) one-headed. Leaves all radical,
rosulate, simple, entire or toothed, frequently covered
with appressed, white or buff tomentum. Four species have
been introduced. For culture, see Olearia.

C. coriacea (leathery). jl.-heads 14in. to 3in. in diameter; ray
florets white, excessively numerous ; disk yellow ; scapes very stout,
cobwebby and cottony. J. 10in. to 18in. long, 4in. to 24in. broad,
lanceolate, coriaceous, narrowed into broad, woolly sheaths,

covered above with cottony hairs, below with dense white-silvery
tomentum. New Zealand. Hardy. Syn. Aster coriacea.

C. Lindsayi (Lindsay’s). l.-heads lin. to 2in. in diameter; ray
florets thirty to forty, white, three-toothed at apex ; disk yellow.
7. 2in. to 4in. long, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, very coriaceous,
dark shining green above, white beneath. Stems densely tufted,
3in. to 6in. long. New Zealand, 1890. Hardy, but requires
protection from damp. (B. M. 7134.)

C. Munroi (Munro’s). _jl.-heads lin to lin. across; ray florets
white; disk golden-yellow ; scape longer than the leaves, stout.
Stem short, crowned with a thick mass of erect and recurved,
linear-lanceolate"leaves 3in. to Sin, long and 4in. to Zin. broad.
New Zealand, 1896. Whole plant, except the upper surface of
the leaves and florets, clothed with snow-white, appressed wool.
Greenhouse. (B. M. 7496.)

C. spectabilis (remarkable). /fl.-heads 2in. in diameter; ray
florets white or Lect lilac, very numerous, revolute; disk yellow,
scapes several, stout, stiff, erect, longer than the leaves. May
7. numerous, strict, erect, usually Sin. to 7in. long, 4in. to lin.
broad, thickly coriaceous, ensiform, elliptic-lanceolate, or linear-
oblong, narrowed at base, then dilating into broad, tumid
sheaths 2in. to 4in, long. Rootstock woody. Mountains of New
Zealand, 1882. Hardy. (B. M. 6653.)

CELOSIA. Syns. Lophowera, Sukana. - About thirty
species, natives of the warmer parts of Asia, Africa, and
America, are comprised in this genus. To the information
given on pp. 289-90, Vol. I., the following should be added.
Giant Empress, brilliant purple combs; and Vesuvius,
with golden yellow combs and the upper part bright red,
are two showy varieties.

Cc. margaritacea (pearly-white).

A synonym of C. argentea.

Cc. pyramidalis. Sir J. D. Hooker regards this as synonymous
with C. cristata.
CELSIA. Including Ianthe. This genus embraces

about thirty species, natives of South Europe, North
Africa, Abyssinia, Western Asia, and India, To the
species, &c., described on p. 290, Vol. I., the following
variety should be added. See also Alonsoa.

Cc. Arcturus Linnzana (Linneus’). fl. yellow, with a purplish
throat. Syn. C. sublunata (B. R. 438).

Cc. sublunata (partly woolly). A synonym of C. Arcturus Lin-
neana.

CCELTIDEZ. A tribe of Urticacez (which see).

CELTIS. This genus embraces about fifty species,
broadly distributed over tropical and temperate regions.
To those described on p. 290, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

C. orientalis (Eastern). A synonym of C. Tournefortti.

Cc. reticulata (netted). 7. obliquely cordate-ovate, acuminate,
acute, or obtuse, more or less oblique at base, very rough above,
and very strongly reticulate-vemmed beneath. Texas, 1890.

CENARRHENES (from kenos, empty, and arrhen,
a male; in reference to the stamen-like glands). Orp.
Proteacexz, A monotypic genus. The species, C. nitida,
is a greenhouse shrub or tree, native of Tasmania. It has
small flowers in axillary or terminal spikes, and alternate,
toothed leaves 3in. to 6in. long. It has been introduced,
but is not in general cultivation.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CENIA (from kenos, empty; in allusion to the bladder-
like apex of the peduncle). Syn. Lancisia. Orb. Com-
posite. A genus embracing about eight species of small,
hairy, greenhouse or hardy annuals or perennials, natives
of South Africa. CO. turbinata (Syn. C. pruinosa) has been
introduced, but it is not of much horticultural value
(R. H. 1892, f. 36).

CENTAUREA. Star Thistle. Including Cyanus and
Plectocephalus. Most of the species of this large genus are
found in the Old World, only about three being American.
Leaves radical or alternate, entire, or often toothed, cut, or
once or twice. pinnatisect. To the species described on
pp. 290-2, Vol. I., the following should be added :

Cc. Amberboi (Amberbo'’s). A synonym of C. suaveolens.

Cc. argentea (silvery). /jl.-heads pale yellow; involucral scales
pectinate-ciliated at apex. July. J. silvery-tomentose, ant

innatisect, Fern-like. Stems sub-erect. Crete, 1759. Half-

ardy perennial, very effective when plunged in pots in bedding
arrangements.

C. Clementei (Clemente’s). l.-heads yellow, of no_ beauty.
Summer. J. all silvery-grey ; radical ones pinnatipartite, with
ovate-triangular, sub-aristate lobes; cauline ones few, sessile
Stems erect, branched. A. 3ft. Spain, 1871. Hardy perennial.

Cc. gymnocarpa (naked-fruited). (#.-heads pink or purple.
August. J. petiolate, elegantly cut, clothed with whitish, satin-
like down. Stems branching, bushy, hard. A. 1sft. South
Europe, 1858. Half-hardy under-shrub.

C. Jacea (Jacea). jl.-heads purple or rarely white; involucre
ovate-globose, the outer scales having a ciliatéd appendix.
Summer. J., radical ones somewhat toothed; eauline ones
lanceolate, entire. Stems erect, branched. A. lift. to 2ft.
Central Europe. Hardy perennial.

C. Margarita (Margaret’s). A synonym of C. odorata alba.

C. odorata alba (white) A variety with white, sweet-scented
flower-heads and of dwarf habit. 1893. Syn. C. Margtrita.

Cc. orientalis (Oriental). jl.-heads straw-yellow; involucre sub-
globose, the scales pale or fuscous, long-pectinate-ciliated.

Summer. J., lower ones petiolate, pinnatipartite, the lobes
linear-lanceolate and often pinnatifid; upper ones pinnatifid
or lanceolate, obtusely mucronate. Stems erect, branched.

h. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1759. Hardy perennial, very floriferous.
C. phrygia (Phrygian). (.-heads reddish-violet, sub-globose,
sessile amongst the uppermost leaves; involucral scales black,
scariose. July and August. 7. oblong, acuminate, scabrous,
undivided, entire or mucronate-toothed ; lower ones petaiees;
uppermost ones sessile, almost eared. Stem erect, simple,
pllose-scabrous. A. 2ft. Switzerland, 1633. Hardy perennial.
C. rutifolia (Rue-leaved). j.-heads at first pale flesh-coloured,
afterwards reddish ; involucral scales ciliated, sulcate, spiny-
mucronate. Summer. 7. 6in. to 8in. long, snowy-tomentose,
interruptedly bipinnatisect ; uppermost ones spathulate. Bul-

garia. Hardy perennial.

CENTAURIDUM. A
(which see). 2 uf

CENTIPEDES. These animals may be considered of
benefit to gardeners. See Myriapoda.

CENTRADENIA. This genus embraces about five
species, natives of Central America. To those described
on p. 292, Vol. I., the following should be added:

C. floribunda (abundant-flowered). fl. of a lilac-rose colour,
disposed in terminal panicles. 7. ovate, entire, slightly
Ghigne, a on the nerves beneath. Stemsred. Guatemala.
(FB. d. 8. .

C. inzquilateralis (unequal-sided).
C. rosea.

Cc. ovata (ovate). jl. pink; petals obovate ; cymes terminal,
trichotomous, many-flowered. J., three-nerved, petiolate, ovate,
acute, glabrous, shining, pale beneath. Stems and branches
erecto-patent. Central America, 1861,

synonym of Xanthisma

The correct name of

CENTRANTHERA. Included under Pleuro-
thallis (which see).
CENTRANTHUS. Syn. Kentranthus. About

eight species, natives of the Mediterranean region, are
comprised in this genus.

CENTRATHERUM (from kentron, a spur, and
ather, an awn; the pappus consists of stiff awns). Sywns.
Ampherephis, Amphibesis, Crantzia, Spizia. Orv. Com-
posite. A small American genus (five or six species) of
stove or greenhouse, diffuse, branched or rarely erect
herbs, of which two have spread over the warmer parts

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Centratherum— continued.
of the world. Flower-heads usually purple, on terminal or
leaf-opposed peduncles. Leaves alternate, petiolate.
CG. intermedium (Syn. Ampherephis intermedia, 8. B. F. G.
225) and C. punctatum (Syn. Ampherephis aristata) have
been introduced, but are probably lost to cultivation.

CENTRIFUGAL. A term applied to an inflorescence
of which the terminal flower blossoms earliest. Opposed

to a Centripetal one, in which the lower or outer flowers are
the first to expand.

CENTROCARPHA. Included under Rudbeckia
(which see).
CENTROCLINIUM. Included under Onoseris

(which see).

CENTROLEPIDEZ. A natural order embracing
about thirty species of very small herbs, nearly all
Australian, and allied to the Restiacex ; they are of botanical
interest only.

CENTRONIA. Syn. Calyptraria.” Flowers purple,
large, disposed in large, terminal panicles ; calyx furfuraceous
or hairy ; petals five to seven; stamens ten. Leaves ample,
petiolate, entire or toothed.

CENTROPETALUM (from kentron, a spur, and
petalon, a petal; in allusion to the spur-like appendage at
the base of the labellum). Including Nasonia. OrpD.
Orchidex. A small genus (five or six species) of dwarf,
creeping, cool-house Orchids, natives of the Colombian
Andes. Flowers mediocre, solitary in the upper axils;
sepals sub-equal, spreading, free, or the lateral ones more
or less connate; petals similar or broader; lip connate
towards the base with the column, at length erect, the
lateral lobes scarcely prominent or broader and embracing
the column, the lamina spreading, ovate or broadly
rounded, undivided. Leaves distichous, short. C. punc-
tatum (described on p. 421, Vol. II., as Nasonia punctata)
is the best-known species.

CENTROPOGON. This genus embraces upwards of
eighty -species of shrubs or under-shrubs, natives of the
warmer parts of America and the West Indies. Flowers
solitary, axillary, pedunculate, rarely disposed in a ter-
minal, elongated raceme; calyx lobes leaf-like or reduced
to mere teeth; corolla curved, the tube entire or with a
short dorsal cut, the limb incurved, with nearly equal
lobes. Leaves alternate, toothed or rarely dissected. To
the «pecies described on p. 293, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

Cc. tovarensis (Tovar). jl. bright carmine, with a very long
style, disposed in a terminalraceme. Winter. 7. ovate-lanceolate.
Stems somewhat woody. Venezuela. .
CENTROSEMA (from kentron, a spur, and sema, a

standard; the standard has a short spur behind). Orp.
Leguminose. A genus embracing about twenty-six species
of twining or prostrate, stove or greenhouse herbs or
under-shrubs, mostly natives of Central or South America,
and closely allied to Clitoria. Flowers white, violet, rose-
coloured, or bluish, showy; standard broadly orbicular,
with a short spur behind; wings falcate; keel broad, in-
eurved, scarcely shorter than the wings; peduncles
axillary, solitary or twin. Leaves pinnately three- to
seven-foliolate, rarely one-foliolate or sub-digitately three-
to five-foliolate. For culture of the few species introduced,
see Clitoria.

Cc. brasilianum (Brazilian).
brasiliana.

Cc. grandifiorum Moe flowered). fl. of a beautiful lilac-rose,
large and numerous. razil, about 1893.

c. vir: um (Virginian). jl. violet, “lin. long, pubescent
outside; peduncles one- to four-flowered. July. J. trifoliolate;
leaflets varying from oblong-ovate to linear, thin but firm,
scabrous-pubescent. Stem very slender, twining. Florida, &c.,
1732. Greenhouse. “Syn. Clitoria virginiana (B. M. 1047).

CENTROSIS. A synonym of Calanthe (which see).

The correct name of ClVitoria

Oe SOE

CENTROSTEMMA. Included under Hoya (which
see).

CEODES. A synonym of Pisonia (which see).
CEPHAELIS. Syns. Callicocca, Carapichea, Cepha-

leis, Eurhotia, Evea, Tapogomea. As many as seventy
species are included hereunder. C. Bearii, introduced in
1888, is a stove shrub, of no great beauty, with incon-
spicuous umbels of flowers.

CEPHALANDRA (from kephale, a head, and aner,
andros, a male; the anthers are connate or coherent in a
head). Syn. Coccinia. Orv. Cucurbitacee. A genus
embracing twelve or fourteen species of stove or greenhouse,
slender, prostrate, or climbing, glaucous or scabrid, usually
tuberous-rooted herbs, natives of tropical Asia and
tropical and South Africa. Flowers white or yellow,
usually dicecious ; males solitary or sub-cymose at the apex
of a slender peduncle ; females solitary. Fruits cylindric or
oblong, rather small, very fleshy. Leaves angled or lobed,
sometimes glandular. Tendrils undivided. Two of the
species have been introduced, but probably C. quinqueloba
(B. M. 1820 and B. R. 82, undername of Bryonia quinque-
loba) is no longer grown. For culture of the two species
here described, see Bryonia.

C. indica (Indian). jl. whitish-yellow, lin. long, all solitary;
male peduncles lin. long; females jin. long. jr. carmine-red,
ovoid, lin. to 2in. long. J. five-angular or occasionally five-lobed,
2in. to 4in. in diameter, papillose, scabrid; petioles lin. long.
Stem much-branched, angular, and Peed India, Upper
Guinea, &c., 1894. Stove. Syn. Coccinia Moghadd.

C. palmata (palmate). jj. yellow; male peduncles elongated,
racemose; females shorter, racemose. . April. fr. scarlet,
marbled with white, as large as a pigeon’s egg. J. palmately
five-lobed, 3in. to 4in. long and broad; lobes ovate, acuminate ;
petioles l4in. to 2in. long; rootstock very large. Natal, 1893.
Greenhouse.

CEPHALANTHUS. This genus includes _half-a-
dozen species of erect shrubs or small trees, natives of
Asia, America, and South Africa. Flowers yellow, in
globose, compact, terminal and axillary heads, bractless.
Leaves opposite and in whorls of three or four, shortly
petiolate, oblong- or ovate-lanceolate ; stipules short. To
the species described on p. 293, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

Cc. natalensis (Natal). . very numerous, in globose, terminal,
peduncled heads lin. to 14in. in diameter ; corolla-tube rose-red,
the lobes green. Spring. J. about lin. long, ovate, acuminate
or obtuse, glabrous and shining above, pale beneath. South-east
Africa, 1886. A small, much-branched, greenhouse shrub. (B. M.
7400.)

C. occidentalis angustifolius (narrow-leived). A variety
having lanceolate leaves, narrower than in the type. 1889.
(R. H. 1889, p. 281, f. 71.)

C. o. brachypodus (short-footed). A variety having shortly-
stalked leaves, usually in whorls of three.

CEPHALARIA. Syns. Lepicephalus, Succisa. This
genus includes about two dozen species, natives of Europe,
Western Asia, North Africa, and Abyssinia, To those
deseribed on p. 294, Vol. I., the following should be added:
C. alpina (Alpine). jl.-heads pale yellow, terminal on the branch-

lets; involucral teeth eight, aristate, equalling the florets.

June and July. J. pinnatisect, pubescent; segments lanceo-

late, decurrent, unequally serrated, Stems striated, somewhat

velvety. h. 5ft. Alps and Greece. SyN. Scabiosa alpina,

CEPHALEIS. A synonym of Cephaelis (which
see).

CEPHALINA. A synonym of Sarcocephalus
(which see).

CEPHALOID. Head-shaped, or growing in a head.

CEPHALOMENES. See Trichomanes.

CEPHALOTAXUS. Chinese Yew. Four species
are referred to this genus by Bentham and Hooker, three
being Japanese and the other Chinese. To those de-
scribed on p. 294, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

C. Fortuni [not Fortunci] is a form of C. drupacea. The
following are sub-varieties: DLrevifolia (short-leaved) and longi-
folia (long-leaved).

214

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cephalotaxus — continued.

C. Mannii (Mann's). /. linear, acuminate, 2in. long, din. to din.
broad, sub-faleate, shining above, paler beneath. male heads
globose, on scaly peduncles; female cones three or four on a
common peduncle, pedicillate. China, Khasia Mountains, &c.
A small tree.

Fic. 225.

C. pedunculata fastigiata. This distinct variety grows about
8ft. high, and is of bushy, pyramidal habit. See Fig. 225.

C. tardiva (late). A synonym of Taxus baccata adpressa.

Cc. umbraculifera (umbrella-bearing). A synonym of Torreya
grandis.
CERADIA. Included under Othonna (which see).
CERATIA. A synonym of Dendrobium (which see).
CERAMBYCIDZ. See Beetles.
CERASEIDOS. Included under Prunus (which see).

CERASTIUM. More than 100 widely-distributed
species have been referred to this genus, but not more
than forty are distinct as such. Flowers in terminal,
dichotomous cymes; sepals five, rarely four; petals the
same number, usually emarginate or bifid; stamens ten or
more. Leaves variable, but rarely subulate. To the
species described on pp. 294-5, Vol. I., the following should
be added:

Cc. argenteum (silvery). A synonym of C. tomentosum.
C. decalvans (bald). A form of C. tomentosum.

Cc. tomentosum decalvans (bald). jl. white, numerous.
and June. J. covered with tufts of wool.
woody. Servia, 1

May
Stems somewhat

CEPHALOTAXUS PEDUNCULATA FASTIGIATA.

CERASUS. Including Laurocerasus. Bentham and
Hooker include this genus under Prunus (which see). To
the species described on pp. 295-7, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

C. acida (acid). Montmorency Cherry. jl. white; umbels aggre-
gate, sparse, sessile. April and May. Jr. red
or dark purple; juice colourless. JZ. flat, glabrous,
shining, sub-coriaceous, elliptic, all acuminate ;
petioles glandless. Orient, &c.

Cc. a. pyramidalis (pyramidal). A garden
variety, with erect branches, forming a pyramidal
growth like that of the Lombardy Poplar.

C. Avium. In addition to the variety mutiplez,
the following may be mentioned: /lore-pleno,
flowers double, Bes in the centre, a fine variety ;
pendula, branches reflexed at the extremity ;
and salicifolia (SYN. longifolia), leaves elongated.

C. Capuli. Capollin or Capulinos of Mexico.
jl. white, in terminal racemes similar to those
of C. Padus. fr. red, pulpy, resembling small
Cherries. J. oblong or elliptic-oblong, acute,
finely toothed, glaucous-green beneath. Mexico,
1888. Shrub or small tree. (R. H. 1888, p. 137,
f. 50, under name of Prunus Capuli.)

C. Chicasa. Chicasaw Plum. /. white ; umbels
two- or three-flowered, the short pedicels and
calyx glabrous. April. jr. red or yellowish-red,

lobose, 4in. or more in diameter, of a pleasant
avour. 7. oblong-lanceolate or oblanceolate,
acute, serrulated, nearly glabrous. Branches
thorny. North America, 1806

C. humilis (dwarf), A synonym of Prunus
Jacquemontii.

C. japonica (Japanese). A synonym of Prunus
sinensis.

* C. Juliana pendula (drooping). A garden form,
with pendulous branches. 1890.

Cc. Laurocerasus schipkaensis *(Schipka
Pass). An especially hardy form, from the
Northern slopes of the Balkan Mountains. 1890.

C. Selzeri (Selzer’s). A species of the Padus
group, with yellowish-white fruit, and said to
come true from seed. Carinthia and Styria, 1892.

Cc. serotina cartilaginea (cartilaginous). A
garden variety having long, smooth, coriaceous
leaves, resembling those of the Cherry Laurel.
1889.

C. s. pendula (pendulous). A weeping variety.

C. vulgaris (common). A synonym of C. Capro-
nang.

CERATOCAULOS. Included under
Datura (which see), the correct name of
C. daturoides being Datura ceratocaula.

CERATOCEPHALUS. Included under
Ranunculus (which see). 2

CERATOCHILUS (of Blume). Included
under Saccolabium (which see).

CERATOCHILUS (of Lindley).
Stanhopea (which see).

CERATOGYNUM. A synonym of Sauropus (which
see).

CERATOLOBUS. Two or three species are included
in this genus. Flowers polygamo-moneecions, usually twin,
the lower ones sessile and hermaphrodite, the upper ones
stipitate, male or neuter, bracteate ; spadix 4in. to 6in. long,
loosely paniculate; spathe solitary, pod-like, complete,
linear-oblong, ancipitous. Fruit globose or ellipsoid, one-
celled, one-seeded. Leaves alternate, equally pinnatisect ;
rachis prickly. C. Findlayanus is in the Kew
Collection, but is not in general cultivation. See also
Korthalsia.

C. Micholitziana (Micholitz’).
Micholitziana (which sce).
CERATONEON EXTENSUM. See Tilia—In-

sects.

CERATOPHYLLEZ. A very small natural order
(one or two ‘species) of widely-dispersed, aquatic herbs,
ranking between Empetraceez and Gnetacez; they are of
botanical interest only.

A synonym of

A synonym of Bacularia

es

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

CERATOPTERIS. Eaton, in his excellent work
on North American Ferns, says OC. thalictroides “is an
annual, growing from the spore, forming its prothallus
with the antheridia and archegonia producing its embryo,
and growing first into a plantlet with minute, obovate
fronds, and soon into a mature plant, buoyed up by
the spongy leaf-stalks of its fronds, and later on sending
up into the air fully-developed sterile and fertile fronds,
and at last dying and contributing its proportion of decaying
vegetable matter to its native lagoons.” In a cultivated
state the spores must be preserved; they require to be
sown early in the spring, in some very moist loam, where
they will germinate and grow freely. When sufficiently
strong, the seedlings should be plunged into the water so
that the little crowns are quite covered. The plant may
also be increased by pegging on to the surface of moist
soil the numerous bulbils with which its barren fronds are
quite covered, and which soon produce a crop of young
plants of rapid growth. It succeeds best when the pot
containing it is plunged to the rim in water of a uniform
temperature of from 60deg. to 65deg.

CERATOSANTHES (from keras, keratos, a horn,
and anthos, a flower; in allusion to the shape of the
blossoms). Orp. Cucurbitaceer. A small genus (two or
three species) of slender, climbing, stove herbs, with
large, tuberous roots, natives of the. warmer parts of
America and the West Indies. Flowers racemose.
Leaves palmately lobed. CO. tuberosa (B. M. 2703) has
been introduced, but is probably no longer in cultivation.

CERATOSPERMUM (of Persoon). A synonym of
Eurotia (which see).

CERATOSTEMA. The plant described on p. 80,
Vol. Il., as Gonocalyx pulcher is probably a species of
this genus.

CERATOSTIGMA (from keras, keratos, a horn, and
stigma, a stigma; alluding to the stigmas being beset
with short, horn-like excrescences), Syn. Valoradia.
Orv. Plumbaginez. A small genus (three or four species)
of greenhouse or hardy, perennial herbs or shrubs; one
is Chinese, another Himalayan, and one or two are
Abyssinian. Flowers densely capitate-spicate at the tips
of the branches; calyx tubular, glandless, deeply five-
cleft, the lobes narrow; corolla salver-shaped, the tube
long and slender, the limb of five obtuse or retuse,
spreading lobes. Leaves alternate, obovate or lanceolate,
more or less setose-ciliated. Only one species calls for
mention here. It thrives in ordinary garden soil, and
may be increased by divisions.

Cc. eran (Plumbago-like). The correct name of the
plant described on }; 169, Vol. IlL., as Plumbago Larpente
(F. d. S. 307). Syn. Valoradia plumbaginoides (B. M. 4487).

. CERATOTHECA (from keras, keratos, a horn, and
theke, a case, a capsule; in allusion to the horned fruit).
Syn. Sporledera. Orv. Pedalinez. A small genus (two
species) of erect, pubescent, stove or greenhouse (? always)
annual herbs, natives of tropical and South Africa. Flowers
solitary in the axils, shortly pedicellate: calyx five-parted
or deeply five-cleft; corolla tube enlarged above, the limb
sub-bilabiate, with spreading lobes; stamens four, didy-
namous. Leaves opposite, or the upper ones alternate,
ovate, toothed. C. triloba, the only species in cultivation,
is probably a biennial. Seeds should be raised in heat,
and the plants, when strong enough, removed to the green-
house. Rich loam, a sunny position, and plenty of water
when growing, are essentials to success.

C. triloba (three-lobed). fl. in opposite pairs, shortly pedicel-
late, with a minute, imperfect flower at the base of each; calyx
erect ; corolla pale violet-purple, with darker streaks, Jin. long,
pilose. September. J. polymorphous, the lower ones long-

etiolate, varying from broadly ovate-cordate to broadly
riangular and three-lobed, crenate, the broadest leaves 8in.

across; floral ones narrowly ovate, shorter than the flowers.
Stem 5ft. high. Natal, 1886. (B. M. 6974; G. C. 1887, ii., p. 492.)

ae, 215

CERATOZAMIA. Syn. Dipsacozamia. The half-
dozen species comprised in this genus are only found in
Mexico.

CERBERA. Tanghinia (described on p. 8, Vol. IV.)
is included hereunder by Bentham and Hooker. The
genus includes about four species, natives of Madagascar,
tropical Asia, and the Pacific Islands; several others
formerly classed under Cerbera being now referred to
Kopsia, Ochrosia, Tabernemontana, and Thevetia.
C. Tanghin (the native name). The correct name of Tanghinia

venentfera.

CERCIDIPHYLLUM (derivation not explained).
Orv. Magnoliacex. A monotypic genus. The species,
C. japonicum, is a tree or shrub, which proves hardy on
walls in our more Southern districts. It thrives in any
fairly good soil, and may be increased by seeds or by
layers. At present it is rare in cultivation.

CERCIS. To the species described on p. 298, Vol. I.,
the following should be added :

C. occidentalis (Western). jr., pods oblong, very obtuse,
shortly apiculate at apex, scarcely stipitate. J. almost reniform,
very obtuse. A. 15ft. Texas. Shrub.

CERCOCARPUS. Five species, natives of California
and Mexico, are referred to this genus. Flowers sessile,
shortly pedicellate, solitary or fascicled, axillary or
terminal; calyx tube persistent, pedicel-like, the limb
deciduous, five-lobed; petals wanting; stamens fifteen to
twenty-five. Leaves alternate, petiolate, simple, entire or
serrated, straight-nerved. To the species described on
p- 298, Vol. I., the following should be added:

c. Je cea (Birch-leaved). A synonym of C. parvifolius
glaber.

C. parvifolius (small-leaved). . solitary or in pairs, on short
pedicels, recurved. June. fr. having a very long, densely
plumose tail. J. scarcely lin. long, cuneiform-obovate, silky-
pubescent or at length nearly glabrous above, tomentose-
canescent beneath, toothed towardstheapex. Rocky Mountains,
1881. A low, half-hardy shrub.

C. p. glaber (glabrous). jl. two to six in a fascicle. April
7. about 2in. long, nearly glabrous above. California, 1885.
About twice as large as the type. Syn. C. betulifolius.

CERCOSPORA. A genus of very destructive fungi,
several species of which are common in Europe and in
America. The genus is chiefly characterised by olive-
coloured, worm-like septate conidia. All the more impor-
tant species have been briefly described and treated under
the various plants affected. For instance, C. circwmscissa
is dealt with under Peach Fungi, Vol. Il1.; it is, how-
ever, not entirely confined to the Peach, being found upon
the Apricot, Cherry, Nectarine, and the Almond. In those
countries, too, where the last-named is extensively grown,
the trees suffer considerably owing to their premature
defoliation. Allusion has already been made to the pale
spots which form upon the foliage. After a time, however,
the diseased portions frequently collapse, leaving holes,
which has gained for the disease the common name of Shot-
Hole Fungus.

Another very common species in America is C. apii,
which causes the Leaf-Spot or Leaf-Blight of Celery. In
this disease the leaves are first noticed to bear small,
greenish-yellow spots, which gradually increase in size
and change to brown. Eventually the leaves assume
a most unhealthy look, and fall.

C. Blozami is found in this country upon Turnips and
other Orucifere. C. beticola is responsible for the Leaf
Spot of Beet so common in the United States; C. lilacis
for a disease of Lilac (Syringa); and C. angulata for the
Leaf-Spot of Currant.

From very careful experiments in the case of the species
affecting Celery and the Peach, the best way of controlling
the disease is to spray early in the season with a solution of
Ammoniacal Carbonate of Copper (see Fungicides); while
for the Beet a weak solution of Bordeaux Mixture may be
tried in early summer as in the other cases. All infected
leaves, fruits, and shoots should be burned.

216

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CEREUS. About 200 species of this genus are known,
natives of tropical and sub-tropical America, the West
Indies, and the Galapagos Islands. (See also Echinopsis
and Pilocereus, which are included under Cereus by the
authors of the “Genera Plantarum.”)

For cultural purposes this large genus may be divided
into Night- Flowering, Semi-Scandent, and Globose or
Columnar-stemmed species.

Nicut-FLowrerimne Specres. The most interesting
group is that of the climbing night-flowering kinds, on
account of their singular habit of expanding their flowers
in the dark, and of the very large size and brilliant colours
of their flowers. In habit the plants of this set are
trailers or climbers ; their stems are either round or angled,
and grow to a length of many feet, branching freely as
they extend. By means of their roots, which are freely
formed upon the stems,,and which have the power of
attaching themselves to stones or wood in the same way
as Ivy does, these kinds soon spread over and cover a large
space; they are, therefore, useful for training over the
back walls in lean-to houses, or for growing against rafters
or pillars—in fact, in any position exposed
to bright sunlight and where there is a good
circulation of air. Soil does not appear to
play an important part with these plants,
as they will grow anywhere where there is a
little brick rubble, gravel, or cinders for
their basal roots to nestle in. They have
been grown in the greatest luxuriance, and
have produced flowers in abundance with
nothing more than their roots buried in the
crumbling foundations of an old wall, upon
which the stems were clinging. The chief
consideration is drainage, as, unless the
roots are kept clear of anything like stag-
nation, they soon perish through rot. During
the summer the stems should be syringed
morning and evening on all bright days,
whilst in winter little or no water will be
required.

Like all other Cactuses, these plants may be propagated
by means of large branches, which, if placed in a porous
soil, will strike root in a few weeks.

Semi-ScanpDEntT Species. These are characterised by a
thin, drooping or trailing stem, and, though not strictly
climbers, they may most fittingly be considered in a group
by themselves. Some botanists have made a separate
genus for them, viz., Cleistocactus, but for all practical
purposes they may be grouped under the above heading,
whilst popularly they are known as the Rat’s-tail or
Whipcord Cactuses. Two of them—viz., C. flagelliformis
and C. Mallisoni—are generally grafted on the stem of
some erect, slender Cereus or Pereskia; or they may be
worked on to the stem of a climbing Cereus, such as
C. triangularis, in such a way as to hang from the roof of
a house. A large specimen of C. flagelliformis, growing
from the climbing stem of C. rostratus, was, for a long
time, conspicuous among the Cactuses at Kew, but, owing
to the decay of the “stock” plant, this fine specimen no
longer exists. A large Pereskia, trained along the roof in
the Cactus-house at Kew, was grafted with a number of
pieces of OC. flagelliformis. In the same establish-
ment a specimen of C. Mallisoni was grafted on the

stem of another kind, and is very attractive when in flower. *

C, serpentinus thrives well upon its own roots. For the
cultivation of this little group, the instructions given for
the climbing and other kinds may be followed.

GLOBOSE AND COLUMNAR-STEMMED Species. Many
of these are unsuited for culture in ordinary plant-houses,
whilst others are so rare that, although cultivated in
botanical collections, they are not available for ordinary
gardens, not being known in the trade. There are, how-
ever, a good many species that may be obtained from
dealers in Cactuses, and to these we shall confine ourselves

Cereus—continued.

here. At Kew, the collection of Cerenses is large and
diversified, some of the specimens being as tall as the house
they are in will allow them to be, and the appearance they
present is, to some eyes at least, a very attractive one.
Such plants are: C. candicans, which is a cluster-stemmed
kind, very thick and fleshy, and in shape like an Indian
club; C. chiliensis, with tall hedgehog-skinned stems, the
numerous ridges being thickly clothed with clusters of
yellowish spines, which become dark-brown with age;
C. Dyckii, 10ft. high, the stems thick and fleshy, with
ridges 1}in. deep ; C. gemmatus, a hexagonal, almost naked-
stemmed species 10ft. high: C. strictus, 0. perwvianus,
C. geometrizans, and C. Jamacaru, which are tall, weird-
looking plants, 10ft. or more high, some of them freely
branched. :

To those described on pp. 299-300, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

C. aggregatus (clustered). A synonym of C. pheeniceus.

C. Berlandieri (Berlandier’s).* ji. 4in. across, produced on the
young, upright stems; petals bright purple, strap-shaped, in an

Fic. 226. PORTION OF PLANT, WITH FLOWER, OF CEREUS
BERLANDIERI.

irregular ring; stamens rose-coloured, clustered. Summer.
Stems sae ey not more than 6in. long and jin. thick,
bearing, along the ridges, little tubercles, crowned with short
spines. South Texas and Mexico. Plant dwarf, creeping, very
soft and watery. See Fig. 226.

C. Blankii (Blank’s). This only differs from C. Berlandieri in
having deep rose flowers, flushed with crimson, and longer,
broader, can less spreading petals. Summer. Mexico (at high
elevations). See Fig. 227.

C. czerulescens (bluish). i. about Sin. long, springing from the
ridges; tube reddish-green; petals white, spreading, with
toothed margins; stamens arranged in a sort of cup; anthers

i

C. Cavendishii (Cavendish’s). A synonym
C. Childsii (Child’s).

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 217

Cereus—continued.

Fic. 227. PORTION OF STFM, WITH FLOWER, OF CEREUS
BLANKII.

yellow. Summer. Stem erect, tall, bluish when young; ridges
about eight, prominent, waved, bearing tufts of blackish wool, in
which are set about a dozen black spines. Mexico, 1841.
(B. M. 3922.)

C. czspitosus (tufted). 1. deep rose-coloured; petals thirty to
forty, oblong, acute, obtuse, or mucronate; tube having eighty to
one hundred cushions clothed with long, ashy wool, and six to
sixteen brown or blackish spines. Stems 4in. to 6in. high, 3in.
to 4in. in diameter, simple or clustered, cylindric-oyoid, pale
greyish or whitish, with scanty brown wool; ribs twelve to
eighteen, 4in. to Zin. broad at base; cushions close-set, with

Fic. 228. CEREUS CESPITOSUS.

twenty to thirty ConA spines tin. or
more in length. New Mexico and Texas,
1880. (B. M. 6669.) See Fig. 228.

of C. Paxtonianus.

ink, 30in. in cir-
cumference, composed of six rows of re-
curved petals, the numerous stamens
standing well above them; opening at
night. Probably a form of C. variabili:

C. cirrhiferus (tendril-bearing). fl. bri

ht :
red, nearly 4in. across, very regular, Santing about a week.
Stems prostrate, branching, very proliferous, with roots along
the main ones ; branchlets upright, five-angled, with slightly-
raised points or tubercles, upon which are ten short, hair-like
spines, arranged in a star, and surrounding three or four erect
eae — Mexico, 1847. A small-growing kind.
Vol. V.

Cereus—continued.

Fic. 229. CEREUS CTENOIDES.

C. ctenoides (comb-like).* jl. 3in. to 4in. across, produced in the
ridges near the top of the stem ; petals bright yellow, resembling
a Gonvalaatae stamens yellow; pistil white. June or July.
Stem 3in. to 5in. high, about 3in. in diameter, egg-shaped,
producing offsets at the base; ribs fifteen or sixteen, spiral, with
closely-set cushions of whitish spines jin. long. Texas. Rare in
cultivation. See Fig. 229.

Fic. 230. PoRTION OF STEM, WITH FLOWER, OF CEREUS ENNEACANTHUS.

c. Engelmannii (Engelmann’s). /l. perpen sepals

fifteen to twenty, ovate-lanceolate, prickly ; petals acute ; stigmas
twelve, green, erect. jr. red, ovate. Stem ovate-cylindrical,
eleven- to thirteen-ribbed, bearing the flowers laterally at the
apex ; prickles radiating, whitish, about thirteen ina tuft. Cali-
fornia, 1885. (R. G. 1174 [1175a in text).) ae

218

THE DICTIONARY OF. GARDENING,

Cereus—continued.

Fic. 231. FLOWER OF CEREUS GIGANTEUS.

C. enneacanthus (nine-spined). jl. freely developed on the
ridges near the top of the stem; petals deep purple, spreading ;
tube spiny ; pistil and stamens yellow. Stem seldom exceeding
6in. in height, less than 2in. in diameter, cylindrical, bright green,
tufted in old specimens; ribs shallow, broad, irregular on the
top, with Spine cushions on the projecting parts; spines fre-
quently twelve (although the specific name implies only nine) to
a tuft. Texas. A rare plant in cultivation. See Fig. 230.

C. eruca (caterpillar-like). jl. yellow, 4in. to 6in, long. Stems
prostrate, rarely branched, lft..to Sft. long, Sin. to Sin, in

Fia, 232. PORTION OF STEM, WITH FLOWER, OF CEREUS
. LEPTACANTHUS,

Cereus—continued.

diameter; ribs thirteen to twenty-one, with closely-set spine-
tufts; spines stout, straight, the radial ones terete and nearly
lin. long, the central ones thicker, angled, or flattened, one wide,
one in each tuft pointing downwards. California. A curious
plant, creeping over any obstacle. ‘The manner of growth, with
uplifted heads and prominent reflexed spines, gives the plant a
resemblance to huge caterpillars.”

C. extensus (long-stemmed). jl. about 9in. across, developed all
along the stems, tube green, thick, 3in. long ; largerscales yellow
and green, tipped with ged; petals white, tinted with rose.
August. Stems long, rope-like, bluntly triangular, less than lin.
thick, with very short spines in pairs or.threes about lin. apart,
and aérial roots. Trinidad, 1843. (B. M. 4066.)

C. Fendleri (Fendler’s). 7. her sub-erect, 3in. in diameter;
calyx tube and ovary bearing cushions covered with short spines ;
inner sepals twelve to fifteen; petals sixteen to twenty-four.
June. Stem ovoid or sub-cylindric, 5in. to 7in. high, 3in. to 4in.
in diameter, pale green, simple or rarely branched at base; ribs
nine to twelve, sin. deep; radial spines seven to ten, the central
one ljin. long. New Mexico, 1880. (B. M. 6533.)

Cc. giganteus (gigantic). jl. 4in. to 5in. long and wide, rarely
roduced in cultivation. Stems piles when young, afterwards
ecoming club-shaped or cylindrical, flowering when 10ft. to

12ft. high, but attaining four or five times that height. Mexico

and California. ‘he most gigantic of all Cacti, but a very slow
grower, a cultivated plant, eight or ten years old, at Kew.
See Fig. 251.

heing only 6in. high.

Fic. 233. CEREUS PECTEN-ABORIGINUM.

C. Hempelii (Hempel’s). Stems dark green, ten-ribbed, furnished
with brownish spines. Mexico, 1897. Syn. Hchinocereus Hem-
pelit.

C. hypogeeus (underground). jf. 2in. long, the tube short,
with a few spine. tufts; petals purplish, margjned with yellow,
oblong, mucronate. Aérial stems cylindric or clavate, seven- or
eight-angled ; tubercles with two to five or_ more bristle-like
spines and three to five longer central ones. Underground stem
minute, unarmed. Chili, 1882. (R. G. 1085.)

Cc. latifrons (broad-stemmed). A synonym of Phyllocactus
latifrons. }
C. Leeanus (Lee's). 7. brick-red, four or five at the top of the
stem ; tube 2in. long, with yellowish, green-tipped scales ; anthers
yellow. Summer. Stems lft. high, Sin. in diameter at base,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 219

Cereus—continued.

tapering gradually to the a ipex s ridges about twelve, sin. high,
the angles sharp and clothed with clusters of pale brown spines,
the central one lin. long. Mexico, 1848 +A desirable window-
plant.

Cc. Lemairii (Lemaire’s). tt very fragrant; tube covered with
green, crimson-edged scales; sepals not spreading star-like,
tinged with crimson. June. Stem bluntly triangular; angles
marked with a row of distant spines. Otherwise like C. grandi-
Jlorus. Antigua (?), 1854. (B. M. 4814.)

Cc. leptacanthus (slender-spined).*» ji., several to a branch ;
petals deep purplish-lilac in the upper half, the lower part
white, forming a shallew cup, notched on the edges; stamens
white; anthers and stigma orange. May and June. Mexico,
1860. Habit as in C. Berlandieri. See Fig. 232.

C. Mallisoni (Mallison’s). jl. bright red, 4in. long and broad,
with pale yellow stamens protruding lin. beyond the throat,
borne in abundance from the sides of the stems, lasting three or
four days in beauty. Said to be a hybrid between C. speciosissimus
and C. flagelliformis.

C. monstrosus (monstrous). A variety of C. peruvianus.

C. Napoleonis (Napoleon's). /., tube 6in. long, curved upwards,
clothed with rose-tinted scales, widening into a whorl of greenish
sepals; petals white, forming a shallow cup 8in. across; stamens
yellow. Autumn. Stems triangular, light green, with clusters
of short, stiff spines along the angles at intervals of 2in.
Mexico (?), 1835. (B. M. 3458.)

C. Paxtonianus (Paxton’s). /l. white, 3in. to in. across; calyx
tube 2sin. long, unarmed ; petals very many, in several series,
incurved. September. Stem (of the Kew specimen) 4ft. high,
about lin. in diameter, erect, flexuous, branching towards the
top, five- to six-angled, very lurid green, studded with spine-
bearing pulvilli tin. apart. Brazil (?). (B. M. 7648.) Syn.
C. Cavendishit.

C. paucispinus (few-spined). fl. axillary towards the top of the
stem, Sin. broad; calyx sub-cylindric, with ten or fifteen clusters
of short, pale spines ; petalsabout thirty, dark red, tinged brown,
elongute-spathulate, with concave tips. May. Stems 5in. to 9in.

Fie. 234. Stem, BRANCHES, BuDs, AND FLOWER OF CEREUS
PROCUMBENS,

Cereus— continued.

high by 2in. to 4in. in diameter ; ridges irregular in shape, sin. to
Zin. in diameter ; tubercles variable ; spines three to seven, stout,
pale red-brown. New Mexico, 1883. (B. M. 6774.)

C. Pecten-aboriginum (aboriginal comb). /l. white, 2in. to 3in.
long. fr. globose, covered with yellow Sep forming balls 3in.
in diameter. Trunk lft. in diameter. Ribs ten, purplish, clothed
with closely-set tufts of hairs and about ten stout, straight
spines lin. long. hk. 20ft. to 30ft. Sonora, 1894.. See Hig. 3.
The Indians use the bristly covering of the fruit as a hair-brush.
(G. & F’., 1894, p. 334, f. 54.)

C. pectinatus (comb-like). The correct name of Echinocactus
pectiniferus. SYN. C. pectiniferus.

C. p. rigidissimus (very rigid). =. bright rose-red, the lower
part of the petals white. Stems lft. high, with reddish spines.
C. p. robustus (robust). fl. bright rosy, with the lower part of
the segments white. hk. lft. Mexico, 1890. A robust variety,

growing 1ft. in height.
C. pectiniferus (tooth-bearing). A synonym of C. pectinatus.
Cc. pentalophus (five-winged). fl. 3in. across; petals rose-
coloured, whise in the centre; anthers yellow ; stigma purplish-
blue. Stem erect, about lin. in diameter, ridges five, very promi-
nent, wavy, sharp-edged, with little clusters of small spines
about sin. apart. Mexico, 1838.

C. peruvianus (Peruvian). /. white within, reddish outside,
solitary, 6in. long, scarcely expanded; sepals irregularly
imbricated; stamens thirteen, rather long. July to October.
Stem erect, six- to eight-angled ; angles obtuse ; prickles fuscous,
short. h. 40ft. Tropical America, 1690.

Cc. P: monstrosus (monstrous). /. much more expanded than in
the type; outer sepals reddish, the inner ones pure white. Stem
irregularly sulcate and tubercled ; tubercles oblong, compressed,
unequal, prickly at apex.

C. pheeniceus (scarlet). /. scarlet, less than 2in. long ; stamens
shorter than the petals; stigmas five. April to June. Stems
ovate or i ge 2in. to din. high, nine- to eleven-ribbed,
obtuse, tufted, in its native haunts ‘‘forming dense masses,
often 100 to 200 heads from a single base, the whole often of the
shape and size of a bushel basket” (Engelmann); spines slender,
almost bristly, the upper radial ones much shorter than the lower
ones. North America, Syns. C. aggregatus, Echinocereus
pheeniceus. 3

C. p. inermis (unarmed). A variety having no spines. 1896.

Cc. Phyllanthus (Phyllanthus). A synonym of Phyllocactus
Phyllanthus.

C. Pitajaya (native name). A synonym of C. variabilis.,

C. polyacanthus (many-spined).* jl. 2in. to 3in. long, lasting a
week or more; tube spiny; petals deep blood-red, forming a
shallow cup. Stem 10in. high, 2in. to 4in. in diameter, pale
green or glaucous; ridges about eight, the spines placed along
the angles in clusters of about half-a-dozen, Jin. apart. El
Pago, Mexico. A beautiful species.

C. Pringlei (Pringle’s). . white, tinged with green or purple,
24in. to 3sin. long, not clustered at the summit, but scattered
ene the ribs for about 2ft. below the top. Stem erect, very
stout, becoming 18ft. to 45ft. high and 2ft. to 4ft. in diameter,
irregularly branching above the base; ribs thirteen, with con-
tiguous areole, which become spineless on older portions ; spines
on younger areole terete, 4in. to Zin. long, those on the older
areole about fifteen, flattened, lin. to 2sin. long. Lower
California, &., 1889. (G. & F. 1889, ii., p. 364, f. 92.)

C. procumbens (trailing).* jl. 3in. long and broad, developed on
or near the ends of the branches; petals bright rose-purple,
spreading and recurved; anthers forming a corona-like ring,
enclosing the rayed stigma. May and June. Stems spreading,
prostrate, emitting urpight branches 3in. to 4in. high, jin. thick,
eealy only quadrangular or square, with small spines in
ae coin the angles. Mexico. A pretty little Cactus. See

ig. -

C. pterogonus (wing-angled). /. pure white, sessile, 5in. to 6in.
long and as much across, arising from just above the tuft of
bristles at the margin ; stamens pale yellow. August. Branches
articulated ; joints 3in. or more in thickness, 7in. long, usually
four- (rarely five-) angled, the sinus of the lobes bearing a tuft of
hair-like bristles and a spreading tuft of three or four prickles.
Carthagena, South America, 1863. A straggling plant, needing

Support. (B. M. 5360.)

C. reductus (reduced). jl. three or four at the top of the stem,
in. long and broad; petals white, slightly tinged with rose,
serrated ; stamens bright yellow, filling the whole flower-cup.
Summer. Stem erect, aft. high, 4in. in diameter; ridges about
fourteen, tumid and irregular, dingy glaucous-green; spines ‘‘as
thick and strong as on a hedgehog,” embedded in a tuft of grey
wool, about a dozen in a cluster, most of them lin. long, a few
4in. long. Mexico, 1796.

C.repandus. This old inhabitant of our gardens is now rare in
cultivation ; the flowers, which are very beautiful (see Fig. 235),
unfortunately only last for a few hours. It requires a stove
temperature.

C. Royeni(Royen’s). A synonym of Pilocereus Curtisii.

220 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cereus—continued.

|, Sargentianus (Sargent’s). jl. pink, with yellow anthers and
age ts style, ne Care and wide, almost hidden by the spines.

fr. red, smooth, said to be edible. Stems attaining a height of

15ft., five- or six-angled ; spines 4in. long, flexuous, disposed in

dense tufts. Lower California, 1991. (G. & F. 1891, iv.,

pv. 436, f. 69.)

Fic. 235. PorTION OF STEM WITH FLOWER OF CEREUS
' REPANDUS.

C. Tweediei (Tweedie’s). jl. of a _rich-orange-crimson, very
handsome, numerous from the sides of the stem, 3in. long, curved
upwards, the mouth oblique. September. Stem cylindrical, 3ft.
to 6ft. high, with numerous furrows, the ridges not tubercled or
mamillate ; areolz oval, brown-woolly ; spines many, four or five
ion) than the rest, erecto-patent. Buenos Ayres. (B. M.

C. variabilis (variable). 1. whitish, 8in. long. Stems sub-erect,
somewhat articulated and simple, or branched at base, green or
glaucescent ; ribs three to five, somewhat compressed, obtuse,
obrepand ; areole more. or less remote, white- or fuscous-
tomentose, at length woolly; prickles, six to eight outer ones,
and one or two central ones, white, yellow, or blackish.. Mexico,
&e., 1802, Syn. C. Pitajaya (B. M. 4084).

CERINTHE. Although ten species have been de-
scribed, the number distinct as such does not exceed four ;
they are.matives of Europe, North Africa, and Western Asia.
To the plants described on p. 300, Vol. I., the following
should be added : it is probably a variety of C. major.

Cc. gymnandra (naked-anthered). . lin. long; calyx leaflets
having a sees band below the dp: morale oR le
below, yellow above; anther-tips exserted. July. J. lin. to 4in.
long, glaucous, ovate-oblong, contracted in the middle, bilobed
at anes discoloured at tip, warty above; floral ones large.

Stem 6in. to 12in. high. Italy, Algeria, &c., 1874. Annual.

(B. M. 6130.)

CERISCUS (of Nees). A syngnym of Webera (which

see).

CEROPEGIA. Syn. Systrephia. The fifty species
of this genus inhabit tropical and South Africa, the East
Indies, the Malayan Archipelago, and tropical Australia.
To those described on pp. 300-1, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

C. bulbosa Lushii (Lush’s). /. sub-sessile, yery narrowly linear,
4in. to 8in. long (in the type they are petiolate, lin. to 2in. long).
Bombay, 1833. (B. M. 3500, under name of C. Lushii.)

Cc. Cumingiana (Cuming’s). A synonym of C. curviflora.

C. curviflora (curved-flowered). jl, brown, often rather numerous,
in a shortly-branched cyme; corolla tube lin. long, densely hairy
outside; corona having ten outer lobes and five inner ones.
August. J. ovate or ovate-oblong, cordate at base, acuminate,
3in. to 4in. long ; petioles 4in. to lsin. long. Java, 1847. Stove.
Syn. C. Cwmingiana (B. M. 4349).

C. debilis (weak). jl. one to three on a peduncle, sin. to sin.
long ; corolla pale purplish, glabrous, lin. long, with some reflexed

Ceropegia—continued.
hairs inside. J. rather distant, 4in. to lin. long, succulent, sub-

terete. Stems several from a tuber, slender, weak, 3ft. to 4ft.
long. Nyassaland,.1895. Stove.

Cc. Lushii (Lush’s). A variety of C. bulbosa.
C. Meyeri (Meyer's). fl. pale purplish and blackish-green ;
corolla tube elongated pitcher-shaped, the segments linear, with

reflexed margins. J. ovate-cordate, acuminate. South Africa,
1867. Plant pubescent. Greenhouse.

C. Monteiroz (Mrs. Monteiro’s). jl. about three at the top of
short, lateral peduncles; sepals small, acute; corolla green, 2in.
to Sin. long, the mouth crumips he ed, the five clawed lobes
white, spotted purple-brown. July. /. opposite, 2in. to 3in. long,
oblong-ovate, sub-acute or obtuse, succulent, pale green, the
edges purplish, undulated. Branches white, mottled brown.

Delagoa Bay, 1884. Greenhouse. (B. M. 6927.)

C. nobilis (noble). 1. pale purple on the outside, shortly pedi-
cellate, about lin. long, crenulated and ciliated. J. lin. long,
rounded. Stems very long. Root tuberous. South Africa, 1895.
Greenhouse.

C. oculata (eyed). jl. very pale, spotted with purple below the
lobes; corolla 2in. to 2sin. long, the base much inflated;
coronal lobes short, two-toothed ; peduncles hispid, 14in. to 2in.
long, four- to eight-flowered. September. J. ovate or ovate-
cordate, acuminate, BlSnhy ciliated, 4in. to 6in. long. Bombay,
1842. Stove. (B. M. 4093.)

Cc. sagittata (arrow-shaped). A synonym of Microloma
sagittatum. E

C, sinuata (sinuate). A synonym of Microloma lineare.

C. sororia (sisterly). fl. pale green, 14in. to 2in. long, the reflexed
lobes of the corolla darker green with a double row of transverse
purple bars above, pink beneath; peduncles solitary, one-

owered. May. J. 4in. to 7in. long, less than 4in. broad,

glaucous beneath. Stems almost filiform. Kaffraria, 1866.

Greenhouse climber. (B. M. 5578.)

C. torulosa (somewhat twisted). A synonym of Rivcreuxia
torulosa.

C. Woodi (Wood’s). 7. pinkish or violet, about lin. long, with
dark purple lobes; tube slender, distended at base. J. curdate-
sub-orbicular, fleshy, variegated with silver markings on the
upper surface ; some of the axils producing small, globose tubers
from which roots are emitted. Branches very slender, trailing.
Natal, 1897. An excellent basket or rockery plant for a warm
greenhouse. (G. C. 1897, xxii., pp. 357-8, f. 104.)

CEROPLASTES FLORIDENSIS. See Scale.
CEROPTERIS. See Gmynogramme.

CEROXYLON. Syns. Beethovenia, Klopstockia.
This genus embraces, according to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,”
nine species of very tall, unarmed, greenhouse Palms, found
on the Andes of Colombia and Venezuela. Flowers rather
large, moncecious on different spadices or polygamous ;
spadices elongated, much branched, the branches slender
and flexnous ; spathes about five, the lower ones complete,
silky-tomentose; bracts minute. Fruit red or violet, as
large as a Hazel-nut, globose or double. Leayes numerous,
terminal, equally pinnatisect ; pinne ensiform, acuminate,
with obscure nerves.

Cc. ferrugineum (rusty). This species has been introduced to

Continental gardens. (R. G. 1879, t. 977, f. 3.)

Cc. niveum (snowy). A synonym of Diplothemium caudescens.

CERVICINA. Included Wahlenbergia
(which see).

CESPEDESIA. Four species of tall, showy trees,
natives of Peru, Colombia, and Panama, have been
referred to this genus. Flowers yellow, showy, in large,
terminal, bractless panicles; sepals and petals five, the
latter much the larger and convolute. Leaves alternate,
ample, coriaceous, obovate, narrowed to the petioles.

CESTRUM. Including Meyenia (of Schlechtendahl).
Nearly 160 species of this genus have been described, but
probably not more than 100 are distinct as such; they are
restricted to the warmer regions of America. To those
described on pp. 301-2, Vol. I., the following should be
added : :

C. Endlicheri (Endlicher’s). The correct name of C. corym-
bosum.

C. Hartwegi (Hartweg’s). jl. in cymose fascicles; corolla
scarlet and glabrous within, wholly pubescent outside, nearly
lin. long; peduncles purplish. /., those on the stem 44in. long
(including the petioles) and 2in. broad, pale beneath ; those on
the branches similar, but smaller. Branches terete, pubescent-
tomentose. Bogota, 1883. Stove shrub.

under

eS oe

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C.

221

CETERACH. An old genus of Ferns, now divided
between Asplenium and Gymnogramme (which see).
A, officinarum is identical with Asplenium Ceterach.

CETONIA AURATA. Sce Rose Beetle.

CEYLON BORAGE. See Trichodesma zeylani-
cum.

CHABRZA. Included under Leuceria (which see).
CHADARA. A synonym of Grewia (which see).

CHZNACTIS (from chaino, to gape, and aktis, a ray;
the enlarging orifice and limb of the marginal corollas in
most species simulates a kind of ray). ORD. Composite.
A genus embracing about a dozen species of mostly hard
annual or perennial herbs or under-shrubs, natives of Nort
(mostly Western) America. Flower-heads yellowish, white,
or flesh-coloured, pedunculate, solitary ov cymose ; inyolucre
campanulate or sub-hemispherical; receptacle flat, foyeo-
late ; pappus usually shorter or of fewer palew in the onter
florets. Leaves alternate, mostly pinnately dissected.
C. tenuifolia, the only species known in cultivation, thrives
in ordinary garden soil, and may be increased by seeds or
by division.

C. tenuifolia (slender-leaved). jl.-heads yellow, 4in. high,
scattered or paniculately disposed on short, slender peduncles.
1. once or twice pinnately parted into irregular and small, linear
or oblong, or sometimes nearly filiform, lobes. California (on the
sea-shore), 1888. (R. G. 1275, f. 2.)

CHZENANTHE. A synonym of Diadenium (which
see). .
- CHENARRHINUM (sometimes erroneously spelt
Chenorrhinum). Included under Linaria (which see).

CHZINESTHES. A synonym of*Iochroma (which

see).

| a ee A synonym of Cydonia (which
eee).

CHZENOSTOMA. Syn. Sutera. About twenty-six

species, all South African, are referred to this genus. To

those described on p. 302, Vol. I., the following should be

added :

C. fastigiatum (pyramidal). #. pink, small, in racemes 6in. to
Sin. long. July to October. J. opposite, ovate-lanceolate,
toothed. Stem much branched. A. 8in. to12in. Annual. Syn.
yoann Saxmornta (of gardens). There is a variety with white

owers.

CHZEROCAMPA ELPENOR. See Sphingide.

CHZEROPHYLLUM SATIVUM. A synonym of
Anthriscus cerefolium (which see).

CHZETANTHERA. Incloding Proselia. Twenty-six
species, all natives of South America, are embraced in this
genus.

CHZTOCALYX. Syns. Bonninghausia, Rhadino-
carpus. There are about eight species of this genus; one is
New Mexican, another is found in the Antilles, and the
remainder are tropical South American. Flowers yellow;
inflorescence axillary; pedicels one-flowered. Leaves
impari-pinnate. Stipules lanceolate or linear.

CHZTOCHILUS. Asynonym of Schwenkia (which
see).

CHE TOCHLZENA. Included under Onoseris (which
see).

CHZE:TOCLADUS. A synonym of Ephedra (which
see).

CHZ:TODISCUS. A synonym of Eriocaulon (which
see).

CHZ:TOSPORA. Ineluded under Schenus (which
see).

CHZETOTHYLAX (from chuaite, a bristle, and thylaa,
a capsule). Orp. Acanthacee, A small genus (four
or five species) of stove herbs, under-shrubs, or
shrubs, dispersed over the region extending from South
Brazil to Central America, and allied to Justicia. Flowers
sessile, solitary or spicate; corolla limb bilabiate, the
anterior lobe trifid; stamens two. Leaves entire. Only
one species—C. eustachiana (Syn. Justicia eustachiana,
B. M. 2076)—has been introduced, and probably that is lost
to cultivation.

CHAILLETTIACEZH. A natural order embracing
about thirty-eight species of tropical trees and shrubs,
ranking between Meliacee and Olacinex. It is of no
importance from a horticultural standpoint.

CHAIN FERN. See Woodwardia.

_CHAIXIA. A synonym of Ramondia. C.
identical with R. pyrenaica (which see).

CHAKIATELLA. A synonyn of Wullffia (which

see).
CHALCAS. A synonym of Murraya (which see).

CHAMZBATIA FOLIOLOSA. A synonym of
Spirea Millefolium (which see)?

CHAMZ#BUXUS. Included under Polygala (which

see). “

CHAMZACERASUS ALBERTI. A garden name
for Lonicera Alberti (which see).

CHAMZCERASUS ALPIGENA NANA. A
garden name for Lonicera alpigena nana (which see).

CHAMZCISTUS. See Rhodothamnus Chame-
cistus.

CHAMZECISTUS (of S. F. Gray).
Loiseleuria (which see).

CHAMZCLADON (from chamai, dwarf, and kladon,
a branch; in allusion to the habit of the species). Orn.
Aroidez. A genus comprising about twelve species of
stove herbs, inhabiting tropical Asia and the Malayan
Archipelago, and included by Sir J. D. Hooker (‘‘ Flora of
British India’) under Homalomena (which see). Flowers
moncecious, all perfect ; spathe small, sub-cylindrical, con-
volute below, gaping above, persistent; spadix inappen-
dienlate, included, stipitate, sub-cylindrical, the male
inflorescence much longer than the female. Leaves elliptic-
ovate, varying to lanceolate, rarely cordate at base, the
neryes nearly reaching the margins; petioles elongated,
long-sheathing. Caudex short or almost wanting. Only
one species is known in gardens. For culture, see Schis-
matoglottis.

Cc. metallicum (metallic-lustred). (/., spathe fuscous-purple,
lin. long, mucronate; peduncle purplish, slender, lin. to 14in.
long. 7. 54in. to Sin. long, 24in. to 34in. broad, elliptic, sub-acute,
shortly mucronate, rounded or slightly cordate at base, metallic-
preen above, purplish beneath ; veins five to eight on either side
‘he midrib, curved, ascending; petioles 24in. to din. long, nearly
Borneo, 1884.

Myconi is

A synonym of

din. thick, channelled, purplish. kh. about Tin.
(I. H. 1884, 539.)

CHAMZCYPARIS. America and Japan are the
headquarters of this genus, which is included by Bentham
and Hooker under Thuya, and by Dr. Masters under
Cupressus. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 303-4, Vol. I., the following shonld be added :

C. filifera aurea (golden). This handsome form is distinguished
ae the type by the rich golden colour of the young growths.
1889.

Cc. Lawsoniana erecta alba (erect, white). A variety of
slender, twiggy growth, stiff and compact, but feathery at the
points, of a rich, glaucous-whitish-grey or silvery hue. 1882

C. L. filifera (thread-bearing). Branches spreading, well clothed
with deep green foliage; branchlets long and lightly divided.
1896. A very handsome form.

Cc. L. Rosenthalii (Rosenthal’s). A garden variety, differing
from the type in its pyramidal growth, and in the branchlets not
drooping. 1836

C. L. stricta (erect). An erect variety. 1888.

C. nutkaensis. Other varieties are: albo-variegata (white-
variegated), awreo-viridis (golden and green), gracilis (slender),
lutea (yellow), see Fig. 236 (for which we are indebted to Messrs.
Veitch and Sons), and nidiyica (nest-like).

C. obtusa. Other varieties are: erecta viridis (erect, green),
argentea (silvery), Keteleeri, magnifica (magnificent), pygmea
(dwarf), and Troubetzkoviana.

C. pisifera. There are numerous garden forms of this species,
among the principal of which are casuarinifolia (having
Casuarina-like leaves), plumosa (feathery), and squarrosa
(squarrose).

Cc. open ae atrovirens (dark green).
a bright shining green.

1. and branchlets of

222 THE DICTIONARY

Chamecyparis—continued.
Cc. s. nana (dwarf). A very diminutive and quite glaucous
variety.

C, squarrosa sulphurea (sulphur-coloured). This handsome
variety differs from the type in the ends of its growths being of
a pale sulphur-yellow. 1894.

CHAMZDOREA. Including Morenia. This genus
comprises about sixty species, natives of Western tropical
America. To those described on p. 305, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

C. concolor (one-coloured). /l., spadix golden; much-branched.
Jr. golden, obovate. J. having oblong or trapezoid, falcate-
acuminate pinn ; petioles sub-terete, channelled at base. Stem
annulate. Mexico.

- Fig. 236. CHAMACYPARIS NUTKAENSIS LUTEA,

OF GARDENING,

Chamedorea—continued.

C. Ghiesbreghtii (Ghiesbreght’s).
Ghiesbreghtii.

C. graminifolia, This very graceful, plume-like species is shown
in Fig. 237.

C. Hartwegii (Hartwee’s).

A synonym of Gaussia

A synonym of C. Sarforii.

C. Karwinskiana (Karwinski’s). A synonym of €. elatior.

C. polita (polished). 7. bifid when young, breaking up with age
‘into two pairs of pinn, with a large, terminal leaflet ; petioles
(and stems) smooth. Mexico, 1884.

C. pulchella (rather pretty). 7. produced in profusion, gracefull
arched, pinnate, having very numerous linear leaflets. 1885. A
very ornamental Palm, suitable for table decoration.

SS

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

223

Chamzdorea—continued,

Fic. 237 CHAMZDOREA GRAMINITOLIA,

_C. stolonifera (stolon-bearing). #. yellow, spadices intrafoliolar,
branched, the males shorter than the leaves. /. terminal, 10in.
long, bright green, shortly petiolate, obovate, cleft to below the
middle into two dimidiate-oblong, nine-nerved segments ; outer
margin of the segments crenately toothed, the inner Buen.
convex ; petioles lin. to lJ4in. long. Stems slender, 3ft. high,
growing in dense tufts, with interlaced stolons. South Mexico,
1882. (B. M. 7265.)

C. Wobstiana (Wobst's). An ornamental
Palm, bearing a close resemblance to C. Sar-
torii, but it is more robust, and has more
numerous leaves. 1885.

Other species in cultivation, but very rarely
met with, are: €. amazonica, C. corallina,
C. elegantissima, C. Pringlei, C. pygmea, and
C. Ruizii.

CHAMZFISTULA. Included under
Cassia (which see).

CHAMZZLAUCIUM. Ten species of
this genus have been described, all Aus-
tralian, but only one has been introduced.

C. plumosum (feathery). A synonym of Ver-
ticordia Fontanesii.

CHAMZILIRIUM (from chamai,
dwarf, and Lirion, a Lil¥; in allusion to
the habit and affinity of the plant). Sywns.
Dasurus, Diclinotrys, Ophiostachys. ORD.
Ttliacex. A monotypic genus. The species,
C. luteum (Syns. Helonias lutea, B. M.
1062, H. pumila), is a hardy, erect peren-
nial, native of North America, with a dense
raceme of tiny yellow flowers, leaves 3in. _
to 6in. long, and a stem Ift. to 3ft. high.
It is of no great horticultural value. :

* CHAMZNERIUM, or CHAMZE-
NERION. Included under Epilobium
(which see).

-

CHAMZPEUCE. To the species described on p, 306,

Vol. I., the following should be added:

C. afra (dark). jl.-heads bright purple, large; inyolucre thick,
with lanceolate scales. 7, dark green, blotched with white,
disposed in a rosette, sessile, linear-lanceolate, glabrous above,
white-tomentose beneath. Stem 24ft. high, bearing eight to
twelve flower-heads. Armenia, &c., 1894, A handsome, half-
hardy, Thistle-like biennial.

C. Sprengeri (Sprcupene) Jl.-heads white, fragrant ; involucral
scales smooth. J. linear-lanceolate, dark green, with white veins,
the side veins running into two or three marginal spines. 1883.
Garden hybrid. A hardy perennial, useful for rockwork and
carpet-bedding.

CHAMZPITHYS. Included under Ajuga (which

see).

CHAMZRANTHEMUM. Two or three species, all
Brazilian, make up this genus. Flowers white or yellowish,
solitary or in spikes; corolla tube long and slender, the
limb of five spreading, imbricated, flat lobes ; stamens four,
didynamous, affixed towards the middle of the tube,
included. Leaves rather large, membranons, entire, some-
times variegated. To the species, &c., described on p. 306,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

C. Gaudichaudii (Gaudichaud’s). fl. distant, disposed in a
solitary, terminal spike l4in. long. /. sub-cordate-ovate, acute,
Sin. to 3uin. long, 24in. broad ; petioles tin. long. Stem creeping
at base. 1869. Plant softly velvety. (F. d. S. 1767.)

C.igneum. Stenandriwm igneum is identical with this species.

C. nitidum (shining). A synonym of Ebermaiera nitida.

CHAMZRIPHES. A synonym of Chamerops
(which see).

CHAMZROPS. Syn. Chameriphes. According to
the ‘‘ Genera Plantarum,’’ the two species are restricted to
the Mediterranean region, but the ‘‘Index Kewensis”’
includes one or two others, natives of South America and
Manritius. See also Acanthorhiza, Livistona, and
Nannorhops.

Cc. humilis dactylocarpa (finger-fruited). This variety is

distinguished from the type in having elongated fruit. 1889.

There is also a tall, tree-like variety—arborescens.

Cc. h. elegans (elegant). A very beautiful variety for indoor
decoration. See Fig. 238.
Cc. macrocarpa is a variety of C. humilis.

In addition to dactylocarpa and macrocarpa, the following
varieties are grown at Kew: bilaminata, elegans, and tomentosa.

CHAMZA:STEPHANUM. Included under Schkuhria
(which see).

CHAMZATHRINAX (from chamai, dwarf, and
Thrinaz, an allied genus). Orp. Palme. A small genus
of stove Palms. C. Hookeriana, a native of Buenos Ayres,

isin the Kew collection, but is not in general cultivation.

Fic. 238.

CHAMAROPS HUMILIS ELEGANS.

224 THE DICTIONARY

CHAMELUM (from chamelos, low, humble; in allu-
sion to the habit of the plant). Orb. Irideex, A small
genus (two species) of half-hardy, perennial herbs, natives
of Chili. Flowers two or more in a spathe, very shortly
pedicellate ; perianth yellow, the tube slenderly funnel-
shaped, the lobes sub-equal, erecto-patent ; stamens affixed
to the throat, the filaments connate in a cylindrical tube ;
spathes terminal, solitary or numerously aggregate. Leaves
few, linear, rather broad, or sub-terete. C. lutewm is
known to cultivation. It thrives in well-drained, sandy
loam, and may be propagated by division of the rootstock.
In many parts of England it would probably prove hardy.
C. luteum (yellow). /l., perianth 2in. long, highly glabrous, the

limb segments lanceolate-linear ; spathes two or three, erect,

l4in. long, glabrous, striated and pubescent at apex, sharply
mucronate ; scape terete, eight lines long, two-flowered. J. linear-
filiform, erect, recurved, 2sin. long, scarcely half-a-line broad,

shortly whitish-pubescent. 1884, . G. 1129, f. 6-9.)

CHAMOMILLA (in part).
(which see).

CHAMORCHIS.
see),

CHARDOON. See Cardoon.

CHARITY. See Polemonium ceruleum.

CHARLES’S SCEPTRE. See Pedicularis Scep-
trum-Carolinum.

CHARLWOODIA. Included under Cordyline (which

see).

CHARTACEOUS. Resembling parchment or tough
writing;paper in texture.

aaa aes A synonym of Uniola (which
see).

CHASTE TREE. Sce Vitex Agnus-castus.
CHATELANIA. A synonym of Tolpis (which see).
CHAYOTA. A synonym of Sechium (which see).

CHEILANTHES. Lip Fern. Including Allosorus
(in part), Myriopteris, Plecosorus, Schizopteris. Upwards of
sixty species, many of them extending beyond the tropics,
are embraced in this genus, in which there is no British
representative. It is strikingly distinct, and includes some of
the most elegant and beautiful Ferns in cultivation. They
are all of an evergreen nature, and although coming
principally from the Tropics the majority of them thrive best
in a house where the temperature seldom exceeds 60deg.
with artificial heat ; a good many of them are eyen suited

Included under Alyssum

Included under Herminium (which

with a minimum greenhouse temperature of 45deg. in winter.

This is no doubt owing to their being found in their native
habitats at great elevations and in dry, rocky, exposed
situations. Anyhow, wherever Cheilanthes are seen at a
disadvantage and in bad condition, it is invariably due to
their being kept in an oyer-heated, close stove, and
deoamently syringed—treatment which produces shapeless,
emaciated plants deprived of all beauty. They should be
grown as near to the light as possible, either on shelves
against the glass, or in hanging baskets suspended from the
roof, for which purpose some of them are very well adapted.
No overhead watering or syringing should at any time be
allowed, as this is quite as injurious to them as any extra
heat; but they should be supplied with an abundance of
water at the roots, and for this purpose they must be either
potted or basketed in good fibrous peat and sand, with their
crowns kept well above the rim of the pot. The compost
should be very porous, and to that effect a small portion of
sandstone and charcoal broken up into little pieces should
be added to it. For the successful management of these
charming Ferns, the two great evils to be avoided are
strong, close heat and overhead moisture, and the points
most beneficial to their welfare are abundance of water at
the roots, an open, porous compost for them to grow in, a
somewhat airy atmosphere, and plenty of light overhead.
Most of the Cheilanthes, if not all, reproduce themselves
freely and true from spores, which germinate very readily
and form young plants in a comparatively short time.

To those described on pp. 307-9, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

Cc. aurea (golden). sti. tufted, 2in. to 3in. long, ebeneous,
slightly scaly. fronds 3in. long, deltoid, twice or thrice pinnatifid,

OF GARDENING,

Cheilanthes—continued.

yellow-mealy above, the under-surface covered with dense yellow
owder; pinne deltoid, the lowest much the largest. sori,

involucres broad and membranous. Peru and Guatemala.

Stove. Syns. C. Borsigiana, Aleuritopteris aurea.

C. Borsigiana (Borsig’s). A synonym of C. aurea.

Fic, 239. CHEILANTHES FARINOSA.

C. californica (Californian). «A synonym of Hypolepis cali-
Sornica.

C. candida (white). A synonym of Nothochlena sulphurea.

Cc. chlorophylla (green-fronded). rhiz. stout, paleaceous. sti.
contiguous, lft. to 14ft. long, erect, polished, naked, dark chestnut-
brown. fronds lft. to 14ft. long, 4in. to 8in. broad, ovate-lanceo-
late, tripinnatifid ; pinne 3in. to 5in. lofig, Zin. to l4in. broad,
distant, lanceolate ; pinnules lanceolate, cut down to the rachis
into numerous entire, linear-oblong segments. sori numerous,
small, roundish, placed on both edges. South America, 1883.
Greenhouse. Syn. Hypolepis spectabilis (H. 8. F. ii , 88 8).

Fic. 240. FROND OF CHEILANTHES HIRTA.

Cc. cuneata (wedge-shaped). sti. red, turning blackish with age.
fronds glabrous, coriaceous, dull green, tri- or quadripinnate,
cuneate or broadly-ovate, 1ft. to 1sft. long (of which more than
half is naked); pinne and pinnules ovate, acuminate. sorie
continuous all along the margins of the segments. Mexico.
Greenhouse. Syn. C. rufescens (of gardens).

————_ - -.-.

aa &» i.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 225

Cheilanthes—continued.

Cc. dicksonioides (Dicksonia-like). A synonym of Hypolepis
tenuifolia,

C. Ellisiana (Ellis’s). A form of C. hirta.

C. farinosa, This widely-distributed Fern has the ur.der-surface
of its fronds thickly coated with fine white powder. See Fig. 239.

Cc. ferruginea (rusty), A garden synonym of Nothochlena
Serruginea.

C. hirta Ellisiana (Ellis’s). fronds broader, more finely divided,
and more upright than in the typical plant, a frond of which is
shown in Fig, 240. bs

C. profusa (profuse). A synonym of Pella involuta.

Cc. pulveracea (powdery). A synonym of Nothochlena sulphurea.

Fic, 241. CHEILANTHES RADIATA.

c. radiata. This pretty little stove Fern was, owing to its
general appearance (see Fig. 241), for a long time considered
to be a species of Adiantwm.

C. rufescens (reddish). A garden synonym of C. cuneata.
CHEILOPLECTON. Included under Pellea (which

see).

CHEILOSANDRA. A synonym of Rhynchotéchur
(which see).

CHEIMATOBIA BRUMATA. See Winter Moth.

CHEIRANTHERA (from cheir, the hand, and anthera,
an anther; in allusion to the prominent anthers). ORD.
Pittosporee. A small genus (four species) of greenhouse
shrubs or under-shrubs, with flexuous or somewhat twining
branches. Flowers nodding or sub-erect; sepals distinct ;
petals obovate-oblong, spreading nearly to the base;
stamens bent to one side of the flowery facing’ the in-
curved aspect of the attennated ovary; filaments filiform,
much shorter than the long anthers; peduncles terminal,
one- or loosely many-flowered, Leaves narrow, entire.

Vol. V.

Cheiranthera—continued.

C. linearis and C, parviflora, which are probably the only

species in cultivation, require similar treatment to Sollya
which see).

C. linearis (linear). jl. azure-blue; pedicels erect ; infl orescence
terminal, corymbose. November. /. alternate, linear, slightly
acute, entire or almost incised at apex. Australia, 1822. An erect
shrub. (F. d. S. 856.)

C. parviflora (small-flowered). l. purple, solitary, star-shaped,
lin. across, terminal, on long peduncles. July. J. sub-sessile,
linear- or oblong-ovate or lanceolate, acute or obtuse, the
margins recurved. Stems wiry. Western Australia, 1892. An
elegant twiner, closely resembling the well-known Sollya
heterophylla. (B. M. 7261.) :

CHEIRANTHODENDRON. A
synonym of Cheirostemon (which see).

CHEIRANTHUS. Abont a dozen
very variable species, natives of temperate
regions, are retained in this genus. Others
formerly included hereunder are now re-
ferred to Erysimum, Malcolmia, Mat-
thiola, &c.

CHEIROGLOSSA.
sum.

CHEIROPTERA. See Bats.

CHEIROSTEMON. Syn. Cheirantho-
dendron, This genus belongs to ORD, Stercu-
liacez.

CHEIROSTYLIS. Abont eight species,
natives of India, the Malayan Archipelago,
and tropical Africa, are included in this
genus. Sepals connate to the middle in a
tube; lip with a saccate or cymbiform base
and a two-lobed, toothed or pectinate limb ;
columnar appendages long, fleshy. To the
information given on p. 310, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

C. marmorata. The correct name, according
to the ‘*Index Kewensis,” is Dossinia marmo-
rata.

C. grandiflora and C. montana (B, H. 1861, t.. 18)
have also been introduced, but are noc in general
cultivation.

CHELONANTHERA. The species
formerly classed under this name are now

referred to Coelogyne and Pholidota.

CHELONE. As now limited, this genus
embraces only four species, several plants
formerly included here being now classed
under Pentstemon. C. glabra is regarded
by Dr. Asa Gray as a distinct species.

CHENOLEA (from chen, a goose, and
leia, prey ; the plant is said to be eaten by
geese). ORD. Chenopodiacee, A genus in-
eluding about a sccre species of greenhouse
or hardy herbs or shrubs, widely distributed.
C. diffusa has been introduced, but is of no
horticultural value.

CHENOPODIUM. Blitwm is included in this genus.
CHERLERIA. Included under Arenaria (which

see).
CHERMES ABIETIS. See Spruce-Gall Aphis.

CHERMES OF THE APPLE. This name is some-
times applied to the Apple Sucker (Psylla mali) (which
see). It is, however, correctly given to a genus, one
species of which, C. abietis (known as the Spruce Gall
Aphis) is injurious to young Spruce trees.

CHEROKEE ROSE. See Rosa sinica.

CHERRY. Stocks are of more importance in the case
of this fruit than many imagine. On some land the Wild
Gean is best for all forms of trees, while on others the
Mahaleb is preferable for either dwarf, wall, or half-
standard trees. For all land with a very dry subsoil—sand
or gravel—the Mahaleb is superior; while, for all except
dwarf trees on deeper and heayier soil, the Wild Gean is the
more suitable,

See Ophioglos-

2G

226

Cherry—continued.

Gumming is usually induced by either bad drainage or
winter pruning. The remedy is obvious in eithet case.

Varieties. The following are all worth attention :

Autumn Bigarreau. Sve Bigarreau Belle Agathe.

Bigarreau Belle Agathe, or Autumn Bigarreau. Fruit
small, black, and very sweet ; valuable for the long time it will
hang on the trees after ripening.

Bigarreau de Hedelfingen. Fruit large, fine deep black,
and with a rich, high flavour. A fine mid-season variety.

Bigarreau de Schreken. Fruit large, black, of a vich and
refreshing flavour. A good early variety, answering well as a
bush or a wall tree.

Early Red. Fruit very large, red, juicy, and rich. An excellent
early variety.

Emperor Francis.
late variety. K

Geans,—GUIGNE p'ANNONAY, Fruit Jarge, black, flesh firm,
juicy, and rich flavour. An excellent early variety. GUIGNE’S
DE WINKLER. Fruit large, red, of very Inscious flavour, and
will hang a long time on the trees. Late. DuKr’s BELLE DE
Cuorsy. Fruit large, pale yellowish-red, of sweet and pleasing
flavour. Mid-season.

Monstrueuse de Mezel. Fruit very large, pale rose, some-
times striped with red. Flesh firm, very juicy, and of high
quality. A good bearer on all forms of trees. Mid-season.

Noir de Guben. Fruit large and Instroas in colour, of good
flavour. An abundant bearer.

CHERRY MOTH (Argyresthia nitidella), Belonging
to that little-nnderstood group of Moths known as the
Tineide is the genus above named. The species is of some
economic importance, inasmuch as it is at certain seasons
responsible for a great deal of mischief to Cherry trees.
‘The first indication that the gardener has that anything is
amiss with his crop is the falling of the fruit in immense
numbers, just after the ‘‘set.””. By many this is ascribed to
night frosts, east winds, and the like; whereas in the
majority of cases the injury is
due to the attack of the minute
caterpillar of the above-named
abundant Moth (Fig. 242), its
presence being detected by the
minute hole to be found in the
fallen fruits.

About midsummer the Moths
are on the wing, and though
observed in goodly numbers
"alee : around Cherry trees, there is
nothing in the insect’s appearance to cause the gardener to
view it with suspicion—clad in the simplest of attire, light
brown, with whitish margins, and a dark brown band
towards the centre. One characteristic of the genus is the
peculiar resting position of these insects, which look as if
they were trying to stand upon their heads, by reason of the
postion of the body. When egg-laying takes place, the

oths select the shoots of the tree for the purpose. The
eges remain unhatched through the winter, and are not
affected by the severest cold.

As the spring approaches, and the embyro fruit is forming,
the caterpillars hatch ont. and commence to work their way
into the undeveloped fruits. They thus feed for about a
fortnight, when the fruits fall to the ground in the manner

Fruit large, red, of fine flavour, A valuable

Fig. 242. CHERRY MoTH,

indicated. The caterpillars are greenish, but afterwards
take on a dull grey. They pupate in the fruits in a white
cocoon,

By way of remedial measures nothing can be done, and
the gardener is obliged to trust to the birds to preserve the
balance. It will, however, be found good policy to: collect
the fallen frnits in spring and burn them.

CHEVALIERIA or CHEVALLIERA.
under Aichmea (which see).

CHIAZOSPERMUM.
(which see). .

CHICH PEA. Se Cicer arietinum.
CHICKEN GRAPE. See Vitis cordifolia.
CHICKLING VETCH. See Lathyrus sativus.

¢ teen oe a WINTERGREEN. ‘See
alis.

CHILIAN CROCUS.
crocea.

Included

Inelnded under Hypecoum

Trien-

See Tecophilea cyano-

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CHILIANDRA. A synonym of Rhynchotechum
(which see). :

CHILIAN NUT. See Guevina Avellana.

CHILIANTHUS (from chiloi, a thousand, and anthos,
a flower; the flowers are yery numerous). Orb. Loganiacee,
A small genus (four species) of greenhouse, tomentose,
South African trees or shrubs, closely allied to Buddleia,
but having exserted anthers; they eae dense cymes of
small flowers disposed in a terminal panicle, and opposite,
entire or toothed leaves. C. oleaceus has been introdneed.
For culture, see Buddleia.

C. arboreus (tree-like), A synonym of C. oleaceus.

C. oleaceus (olive-like). “a white, very pretty; stamen
much longer than the corolla; panicles corymbiform, densely
many-flowered.. September. J. opposite, shortly petiolate,
oblong-lanceolate, entire, l4in. to 54in. long, white-tomentose
beneath. Branches also tomentose, flexuous. A, 6ft. 1816.
Syn. C. arboreus.

CHILIOPHYLLUM (of De Candolle).
nnder Zaluzania (which see).

CHILOCALYX (of Turezaninow).
Atalantia (which see).
CHILODIA. Included under Prostanthera (which

see).
CHILOGNATHA. See Millipedes.

CHILOSTIGMA. A synonym of Aptosimwm. See
Ohlendorfiia.
CHIMAPHILA UMBELLATA. A synonym of
C. corymbosa (which see).
CHIMONANTHUS.
monotypic.

CHINA ROSE. See Rosa indica.

CHINESE ARTICHOKE. See Crosnes.
: asec dphire HAWTHORN. See Photinia serru-
ata.

CHINESE KEIDNEY-BEAN. See
chinensis.

CHINESE LARCH. See Pseudolarix.
eae PARASOL. See Sterculia platani-
olia.

CHINESE PEPPER.
tum.

CHINESE PRIMROSE. See Primula sinensis.

CHINESE SACRED LILY. See Narcissus.

CHINESE YEW. See Cephalotaxus and Podo-
carpus chinensis.

CHIOCOCCA. Syn. Siphonandra. Tropical America
is the home of this genus, which embraces six to eight
species.

CHIOGENES (from chion, snow, and genos, offspring ;
in allusion to the snow-white berries), Creeping Snowberry.
Syns. Lasierpa, Phalerocarpus. ORD. Vacciniacer, A
monotypic genus. The species is a hardy, slender, trailing
or creeping, marsh - loving evergreen, requiring similar
culture to Oxycoccus (which see).

C. hispidula (slightly hispid). l. white, very small and in-
conspicuous, solitary in the axils of the small, Thyme-like leaves,
on short, nodding peduncles. April. jr. a white, globular berry,
minutely bristly, slightly spicy, but otherwise insipid, ripe late
in the summer. ranches filiform, strigose-hispid. North
America, 1815. SyNns. Gaultheria serpyliifolia, Phalerocarpus
serpyllifolia. .
CHIONASPIS EUVONYMI. See Scale.
CHIONASPIS FRAXINI. See Ash Bark Scale.

CHIONODOXA. ‘The four species of this genus-are
natives of the Orient. ‘To those described on p. 315, Vol. I.,
the following should be added :

Cc. gigantea (gigantic). A synonym of C. Lucilie grandifora

Cc. grandiflora (large-flowered). jl. violet-blue, white in the
centre, larger than in @. Lucilie. Plant also more robust. 1891 ~
A garden vari6ty.

Cc. Luciliz. Chionscilla,

c. L. grandiflora (large-flowered), 1. soft violet-blue with a
small white centre, larger and more numerous than in the type,
Asia Minor, 1878. “Syn. C. gigantea (Gn., Sept. 3, 1892, t. ars).

Included

A synonym of

Syn. Meratia. This genus is

Wistaria

See Kanthoxylum piperi-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Chionodoxa—continued,

C. sardensis (Sardis), . similarly coloured to those of
C. Lucilie, but not shading lighter in the centre; perianth
stellate-infundibuliform, the limb twice exceeding the tube;
pedicels cernuous ; scape two- to six-flowered. Z convolute-
channelled. 1887, (Gn. xxviii., p. 178; R. G. 1255 B-c.)

CHIONOPHILA (from chion, snow, and phileo, to
love; the plant is found growing on the snow-capped Rocky
Monntains of Colorado), Orb. Scrophularinee. A mono-
typic genus, This species is a dwarf, hardy perennial,
glabrous or meaty so, thriving in well-drained soil on the
rockery. It may be propagated by seeds or by division.

C. Jamesii (Dr. James's). fl. few or many in a dense spike,
mostly secund; corolla dull cream-colour, above jin. long:
Summer. 1. thickish, entire, mostly radical in a tuft, spathulate
or lanceolate, tapering into a scarious, sheathing base; those on
“the scape-like flowering stems one or two pairs or occasionally
saa Cae hk. lin, to Sin. 1888. (G. & F. 1888, i.,

Spend: £510:

CHIONSCILLA (name compounded from Chionodora

and Scilla). Orp. Inliacee. This name is applied to a
series of natural hybrids between Scilla bifolia and
Chionodowa Incilie. For culture, see Scilla.
C. Alleni (Allen’s) is a very handsome plant, in colour and
- general habit resembling a good C. Luciliw, but the perianth
segments are cut to the base; in structure the plant comes near
to Scilla bifolia. 1889. (G. C. 1897, i., p, 191, f. 57.)

CHIRITA. Syn. Calosacme. Including Liebigia and
Tromsdorfia (of R. Brown), This genus embraces about
twenty species, mostly Indian, a few being West Malayan
and Chinese ; it is very closely allied to Didymocarpus, but
the stigma is ‘“‘said to be sub-entire in Didymocarpus, bifid
in Chiyita ; in Chirita it varies with age” (C, B. Clarke).
To the species described on pp. 315-6, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

C. depressa (depressed). fl. violet, L4in. long ; corolla tube some-
what inflated, thrice as long as the rounded lobes; cymes few-
flowered, shortly pedunculate. June. 7. rosulate, shortly and
broadly petiolate, broadly ovate, obtuse, bluntly serrated.
Rhizome short, stout. China, 1889. Greenhouse. A dwarf
species, soon forming a dense mass of foliage. (B. M. 7213.)

Cc. hamosa (hooked). ae corolla gin. long, the tube slender,
nearly white, the mouth pale blue or somewhat rose-coloured ;
peduncles connate and adnate to the petiole. J. opposite, ovate
or elliptic, acute, lin. to 6in. long, sin. to 4in. broad, rounded at
base, weakly hairy on both surfaces.. Stem varying from 4in. to
20in, in length. India, 1896. Syn. Rottlera hamosa (R. H.
1896, p. 184).

C. Horsfieldii (Horsfield’s). 1. drooping ; corolla pale yellowish-
white, with a purple tinge near the base, tubular, the limb of five
spreading lobes; peduncles aggregated, February. /. large,
opposite, spreading, ovate or elliptical, acuminate, serrated,
hairy above, rough with harsh down. Stem herbaceous, 14ft. to
2ft. high. Java, 1847, Syns. Liebigia speciosa (B. M. 4315),
Tromsdorfia speciosa,

Cc. Walkeri (Walker’s).
flowered. Otherwise like C. Moonit.
under name of C. Walkerice.)

_CHIRONIA. Fourteen species of this genus have been

described. To those given on p. 316, Vol. I., the following

should be added. Several plants formerly included here

_are now referred to Exacum, Orphium, and Sabbatia.
C. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). A synonym of Orphium

- frutescens. :

C. decussata (decussate), A synonym of Orphiwm frutescens.

C. frutescens (shrubby). A synonym of Orphium frutescens.

C. palustris (marsh-loving). l. rose-red, numerous, in branching,
leafy cymes ; calyx 4in. Jong ; corolla nearly 2in. across, the seg-
ments obtuse. Summer, J/., radical ones densely tufted, 4in. to
Sin. long, very narrow-spathulate, obtuse ; cauline ones sessile,
noe by their bases, Stem stout, lft. to 1}ft. high. (B. M.

Cc. peduncularis (long-pedunculate). l. reddish-purple, lin.
across, borne on long pedicels ; corolla tube terete, equalling the
ovate, acuminate lobes. July to October. /. sessile, cordate or
rounded at base, ovate-lanceolate, acute or acuminate, three-
nerved. 1835 and 1887. Plant decumbent. (B. M. 7047; B. R.
1803.) Syn. C. trinervis, of gardens (P. M. B. iii. 149).

C. trinervis (three-nerved). An old garden name for C. pedun-
cularis,

CHLZ:NACEZ. A small natural order (eight species)
of trees and shrubs, of botanical interBst, confined to
Madagascar, and ranking between erocarpee and
Malwacez.

CHLAMYDOSTYLIS. A synenym of Nemastylis
(which gee).

jl., larger peduncles one- to five-
Ceylon,. 1845. (B. M. 4327,

227

-CHLAMYSPORUM. A synonym of Thysanotus
(which see).

CHLIDANTHUS. Syn. Coleophyllum. This is a
monotypic genus, the species being that described on p, 316,
ol. I.

CHLOIDIA. A synonym of Corymbis (which see).
CHLOOPSIS. A synonym of Ophiopogon (which sce).

CHLORITA VIRIDULA. ‘See Potato Insect
Pests.

CHLOROCODON (from chloros, green, and kodon, a
bell; in allusion to.the colour and shape of the flowers).
Mundi-root. Orb. Asclepiadeew. A monotypic genus. Tho
species is a tall, leafy, warm-greenhouse climber, allied to
Periploca. It thrives in any good soil, and is increased by
cuttings of the ripened shoots, inserted in sand, under a
bell-glass, in bottom-heat. The aromatic roots are
extensively collected and sold by the native tribes, being
used as a stomachie,

C. Whitei (A. S. White's). j. pale green, between rotate
and campanulate, jin. across, the segments purple towards the
base internally, where there is a thickened ring swelling into
five notched lobes; cymes axillary, corymbose, many-flowered.
August. J. opposite, shortly petiolate, 6in. to 10in. long, broadly -
oval-oblong, abruptly acuminate, cordate,at base. Natal, 1869,
(B. M. 5898; G. C, 1895, ii., p. 224; R. H. 1895, p. 375.)

CHLOROPHORA (from chloros, greenish, and phoreo,
to bear ; alluding to the economic properties of C. tinctoria).
ORD. Urticacew. A genus comprising only two species of
milky, stove trees ; one is a native of tropical America, and
the other is tropical African, Flowers dicecions, the males
in eylindrical spikes, the females in globose or oblong
heads ; inflorescences of both sexes shortly pedunculate,
solitary in the axils. Leaves alternate, petiolate, entire or
toothed, penniveined; stipules lateral, cadncous, Tho
following species thrives in almost any soil, and is readily
propagated by enttings of the half-ripened wood.

C. tinctoria (dyers’). Fustic-tree. _l., male inflorescence lJin. to
2zin. long; females din. to 4in. in diameter; peduncles pubescent
or puberulous. 2. distichous, 2in. to 6in. long, 1zin. to 23in.
broad, ovate or ovate-elliptic, entire or toothed, rarely lobed ;

etioles fin. to in, long. h. 20ft. Tropical America, 1739.

ellow, brown, olive, and green dyes are extracted from the

wood, Syn. Maclura tinctoria. G

CHLOROPHYTUM. Syns. Asphodelopsis, Hart-
wegia (of Nees), Schidospermum. The species aro
natives of Asia, tropical and South Africa, and America ;
they only differ from Anthericwm in the capsule being
acute-angled, and in the filaments being usually more or
less dilated towards the middle. The following species call
for description. For culture, see Anthericum.

Cc. arundinaceum (Reed-like). fl. white; perianth segments
sin. to jin. long; raceme 3in. to 8in. long, simple or shortly
branched; scape stout, 6in. to 20in, long. 7. oblanceolate,
obtuse, acute, or acuminate, 6in. to 18in. long, 14in. to 2in. broad,
usually narrowed into a broad petiole. Fastern Himalayas,
1876. Half-hardy,

Cc. brachystachyum (short-spiked).
dense raceme. @. Eucomis-like, 8in. long.
Stove.

Cc. elatum (tall). #., perianth whitish, 4in. long; racemes lax,
asccnding, 6in. to 12in, long ; scape Sft. to 4ft. long, including the
inflorescence, which is copiously paniculate. 7. twelve to twenty,
lanceolate, firm, 1sft. to 2ft. long, lin. broad, with about thirty
distinet ribs. South Africa. Greenhouse. (Ref. B. 216.)

C, e. variegatum (variegated). The correct name of Anthericum
variegatum.

Cc. Kirkii (Kirk’s). jl., perianth white, greenish outside, in.
long; raceme lax, simple, 4in. to Sin. long; peduncle shorter
than the leaves. Summer. J/. about six to a stem, thin, lanceo-
late, 14ft. long, 4in. to lin. broad. Mozambique, 1882. Stove.

C. rhizomatosum (rhizomatous). . /l., perianth Jin. long, the
segments white, with a brown keel ; racemes two, lax, erect, 3in.
to 4in. long ; peduncle shorter than the leaves. August. 7., pro-
duced ones about six to a stem, firm, linear, acuminate, 6in. to
Sin. long, fin: to 4in. broad, not petiolate. Rootstock vertical,
4in. in diameter, bearing many surperposed relics of old leaves.
Mozambique, 1885, Stove.

CHLOROSIS, or BLANCHING, is « disease found
in many kinds of fruit-trees, as well as upon the Vine. As
its second name suggests, it is characterised by a loss of
colour in the foliage, which, instead of being green and
healthy-looking, presents a yellowish, sickly appearance,
In France the disease is very prevalent on Vines, especially

Jl. white, small, in a
Nyassaland, 1893,

228

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Chlorosis, or Blanching—continued.

those on soil containing lime. Though the leaves are most
affected, the shoots in their vicinity also participate. The
disease is to trees what anzmia is to the human subject.
It is due to a lack of iron in the soil, and the remedy is
therefore obvious, although it must be inferred that the
disease sometimes entirely baffles the cultivator. Apricots,
Peaches, and many other frnits are affected, as well as
Cucumbers and their allies, So far as Vines are concerned,
French growers have found it advantageous to change their
stocks, using those which are found growing wild upon
similar soils.

CHOCOLATE-NUT TREE. See
Cacao.

CHOCO-PLANT. Sce Sechium edule.

CH@NOMELES, or CHA:/NOMELES. A synonym
of Cydonia (which see).

CHOIROMYCES ALBUS. See Truffles.
CHOISYA. Juliana is synonymous with this genus.
CHOKE-BERRY. See Pyrus arbutifolia.

CHOMELIA. Syn. Anisomeris. About a score species,
natives of tropical America, are included in this genus.

CHOMELIA (of Linnens). A synonym of Webera
(which see).

CHONDRORHYNCHA. Colombia is the home of
the few species included in this genus. Sepals sub-equal,
» narrow-oblong; petals much broader; lip articulated with
the foot of the column, sessile, broad, erect, concave,
undivided ; pollen masses four. To the species described on
p. 317, Vol. I., the following should be added:

C. bicolor (two-coloured). jl. white, with some purple markings
on the middle and base of the ip 5 sepals lin. long, the dorsal one
4in. broad, the lateral ones jin. broad; petals oblong, obtuse, Zin.
long ; lip nearly lin. long, somewhat three-lobed ; peduncles 2in.
long, one-flowered. J. 14ft.. to 2ft. long, linear-lanceolate,
acuminate, Costa Rica, 1894, Plant tufted.

C. fimbriata (fringed), The correct name of Stenia fimbriata.

C,. Lendyana (Lendy’s). /l., sepals and petals whitish-yellow, the
lateral sepals reverse and_retrorse, the petals very large; li
darker than the sepals and petals, large, elliptic, with a central,
bidentate callus, 1886.

CHONEMORPHA (from chone, a funnel, and morpha,
a form; in allusion to the shape of the flowers). ORD.
Apocynacez. A genus embracing about four species
of tall-climbing, stove shrubs, natives of India and the
Malayan Archipelago, and closely allied to Trachelosper-
mum. Flowers white, rather large, in loose, branched
cymes. Leaves opposite, ample. C. macrophylla, the only
species introduced, thrives in a compost of sandy loam and
peat, and may be increased by cuttings.

Cc. macrophylla (large-leaved). #. sweet-scented; calyx jin.
long, tubular; corolla tube very short, hairy within, the throat
lyin. long, the limb 3in. broad. July. 7. 10in. long and broad,
opposite, orbicular to obovate, cuspidate, cuneate at base, pale
and pubescent beneath. India, &c. 1884. (B. M. 7492.)

<8 pubescens (downy). A synonym of Holarrhena antidysen-
erica,

Theobroma

CHORETIS. Included under Hymenocallis (which

see),

CHORISIA (commemorative of J. L. Choris, an artist
who accompanied Kotzebue round the world). Orp.
Malwacex. A small genus (three species) of prickly,
stove trees, found in tropical America. Flowers reddish,
rather large; calyx cup-shaped, irregularly two- to five-
lobed ; staminal column five-toothed or five-cleft at apex;
peduncles axillary or sub-racemose, with two or three
bracteoles under the flowers. Leaves digitate; leaflets five
to seven, entire or serrated. C. speciosa, the only species
introduced, requires a rich, loamy soil. It may be

eat.

C. speciosa (showy). i. axillary, solitary, Zin. in diameter ;
calyx silky inside; petals yellowish, with dark brown rays on the
densely pubescent back, oblong, spreading ; stamensin a long
tube surrounding the style. %. on long petioles; leaflets
lanceolate, acute, serrated. Brazil, 1888: An ornamental tree.

CHORISTES. A synonym of Deppea (which see).

ropagated by seeds, sown in sandy soil, with bottom-

CHORIZEMA. Abont fifteen species, confined to
Australia, are included in this genus. Flowers usually
orange or red, in terminal racemes or rarely axillary ; petals
clawed ; standard emarginate, rather longer than the rian
wings ; keel much shorter than the wings. To the species,
ee feseribed on p. 318, Vol. I., the following shonld be
added :

C.cordatum,. There isa variety splendens, 1885.
C. flavum (yellow). A synonym of C. cordatum. (G. M. B. i. 73.)

C. nervosum (nerved). . orange-crimson; standard about tin.
long; racemes loose, few-flowered. Summer. J. broadly orbi-
cular-cordate, pungent-pointed, much undulated, sin. long, often
broader than long. A. 2ft. 1852. (L. J. F. 383.)

C. ovatum (ovate). A synonym of C. rhombeum. (B. R. 1528;
P. M. B. iv. 153.)

C. rhombeum (of Loddiges).
(L. B. C. 1619.)

C. spartioides (Spartium-like). A synonym of Jsotyopis striata.
C, superbum (superb). A synonym of C. cordatum. (I. H. t. 29.)

CHOROZEMA. See Chorizema. =.
CHOTEKIA. A synonym of Dysophylia (which see).
CHRISTOPHER, HERB, See Actza spicata.

rz ery eae

A synonym of C. diversifolium,

th SIT DA

Fic, 243. CHRYSALIDOCARPUS LUTESCENS,

CHRYSALIDOCARPUS. ‘Though somewhat rare
in cultivation, C. lutescens is so elegant and decorative
(see Fig. 243) that it should be included, if possible, in any
select list of Palms.

CHRYSANTHEMUM. Including Balsamita, Ismelia,
and Leucanthemum. Nearly 120 species have been referred
to this genus, but not more than eighty are distinct as
such ; they are found in Enrope, Asia (mostly temperate and
North), America (mostly North), North and South Africa,
and the Canary ds. (C. Leucanthemum (Ox-eye Daisy),
C. segetwm (Cort Marigold), and C. Parthenium (Feverfew
Chrysanthemum) are well-known British representatives.

Not one of the Japanese sorts grown twenty years
ago is met with now for exhibition or for any other
purpose, and their names have practically disappeared

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 229

Chrysanthemum—continued.

from even Chrysanthemum specialists’ catalogues. With
the Incurved section, very few indeed of those most
valued a quarter of a century ago are now considered
worth cultivating. In the Anemone section there has
likewise been the same advance; while the LEarly-
flowering varieties, of which there is such a magnificent
selection, were practically unknown. The same also applies
to the Single and the Hirsute varieties, the single sorts in
many instances being very pretty and most useful for cutting.
In a Pompone and Reflexed sections there is the least
advance, and it is a question if the last-named will ever
become favourites. The thing to be regretted in connection
with the exhibition Chrysanthemum is the tendency to
coarseness in the flowers.

LaTE-FLOWERING VARIETIES. Many growers plant out
all their varieties with a view to increase or improve
their stamina, and thus obtain better cuttings than those
taken from pampered pot plants. A still better plan is
to procure cuttings from a distance, where the conditions
as regards soil and situation are totally different. Plants
raised from these cuttings almost invariably produce far
superior flowers to those obtained from home-grown ones.

When cuttings are received somewhat limp, they should
be placed in lnkewarm water for an hour; this will freshen
them up and make them in good condition for potting. In
November, or as early in December as the cuttings become
large enough, take those growths that spring from the soil
(not those on the stem, unless the stock is short), selecting
those that are short, yiinia and with good foliage.
Carefully cut away the two lower leaves and insert the
cuttings at once singly in small “‘sixties.’”” These should be
well drained and filled with a compost of leaf-mould and
loam in equal proportions, with sufficient sand added to
make the whole porous. Immediately after the cuttings are
put in a thorough soaking should be given to settle the soil
about them, and also to prevent the foliage from drooping.
A low pit or frame, with a hot-water pipe round, is an
excellent place to stand them, maintaining a temperature of
45deg., and keeping the place closed until the cuttings have
rooted. If air is admitted by ventilation before the rooting
process is completed, the foliage will be sure to flag. Ifthe
gun comes ont brightly, lightly damp the foliage overhead
with a syringe ; this tends to keep the leaves plump.

The process of rooting varies considerably.
varieties make roots ver

Some
quickly, while others are very
slow. Those that strike first should be removed to a cooler
and more airy position, but safe from frost. The plants
should be kept close to the glass to obtain all the light
possible and induce a sturdy habit; unless this is done,
pesiculady while the days are short, the plants become

awn and weakly. The plants shonld never suffer
from lack of water from the time of their insertion as
cuttings until after they have flowered. At the same time,
continued saturation must be avoided.

By the end of March the cuttings will have filled their
pots with roots, and should be potted into 5in. size, draining
carefully, and covering the drainage with moss, to keep it
free. At this potting the compost.should consist of three
parts good fibrous loam and one part well-decayed leaf-
mould or spent Hore deepemes, with a 5in. potful of fine
bone-meal to every barrow-load of soil, thoroughly mixing
the whole. If the loam is of a very heavy character, a litile
silyer-sand may be added; but it is advisable not to make
the soil too light. Press the soil moderately firm, and leave
a space about din. deep at the top of the pot for water. If
the plants are watered well a little time before potting, it
will not be necessary to water them again for a day or so.
When it is necessary, give a good soaking, using a fine rose
on the pot in order to avoid displacement of the soil.

After potting, a cold frame, with the floor covered with
coal-ashes, is the most suitable place for the plants, but
still keeping them close to the glass, and also somewhat
close for a few days, until the roots have started taking

ossession of the new soil. Afterwards air may be admitted
reely on warm or sunny days ; in fact, when the weather is
very mild the lights may with advantage be taken right off.
Any attempt at coddling will end in leggy plants, with no
foliage at their base. Towards the end of April the lights
may be left off the frames entirely, except in very cold
weather, and by the middle of May the plants may be stood
outside in an open, sunny position. By the end of May or
early in June the plants may be transferred to their
flowering pots. If required for exhibition, Sin. pots will be
quite large enough ; but if extra large plants are required

. heat may be turned on to expel

Chrysanthemum—continued,

for quantities of cut blossoms or conservatory decoration,
10in. or even larger-sized pots may be employed. The
compost at this final potting should consist of three parts
rich fibrous loam and one part dry horse-droppings, with a
7in. potful of bone-meal to each large barrow-load of soil;
or failing bone-meal a similar quantity of Thomson’s Manure
may be used instead. The drainage of the pots ought to be
carefully arranged (inverted oyster-shells are first-rate) and
covered with moss, while a sprinkling of soot will keep ont
worms for a considerable period. The soil should be rammed
moderately hard, and must not fill the pot. A space of 2in.
or 3in. at the top should be allowed for a top-dressing
later on.

From this time onwards, the plants will demand constant
attention in watering, staking, and tying, and ample space
should be provided for each plant. A very good position for
them is by the side of a sunny walk, in a single line. By
haying stakes driven in at intervals, with stont string
running from each other, the plants may be securely tied
thereto, and thus prevented from being blown down or
injured by strong winds, while the sun and light have full
play upon both sides of the plants, ensuring thorough
ripening of the wood. Some growers advise giving no
liquid or other manures until the flower-buds have formed,
but a little weak liquid manure, or a top-dressing of soot or
soot-water, certainly improves the health and colour of the
growth. Immediately the flower-buds are formed, a mulch
of fibrous loam and decayed manure, in equal proportions,
will prove highly beneficial, and from the time. of the
Hower-bud formation until the flowers begin to expand
frequent applications of diluted liquid manure, or some of
the prepared chemical manures, will be very serviceable,
bearing in mind that the roots can only take up or use a
limited amount of plant-food, and any great excess above
their requirements is likely to do more harm than good.

Stopping, bud-taking, &c.,; are comparatively simple”
matters, and depend a great deal upon the purpose for
which the plants are grown. If for exhibition blossoms, it
will be found advisable not to pinch or stop the shoots at all,
but at each break to select from three to five of the strongest
and best shoots, and rub ont allthe others. About the middle
of August, or from then to early in September, these growths
form buds (termed crown buds), and all except the centre or
largest bud are pinched out. If these buds form in July or
very early in August, they are too early for exhibition in
November ; consequently, they are taken ont, and another
shoot is made, which produces a ‘‘terminal,’’ or second
crown bud. :

Between these crown and terminal buds there is a great
difference; in many cases the colour is quite distinct on
the same plant, as may be proved by allowing one shoot to
produce a crown, and onea terminal bud. For this reason,
some varieties are best from one, and some from the other.
In describing the sorts for exhibition, it will be noticed that
it is stated which is the best bud to choose. If possible, the
buds should all be secured by the end of August. Very fine
blossoms are obtained from buds formed early in Séptember,
but there is always a risk of their not being in time, and
also _a doubt as to their proving up to the exhibition
standard. Immediately the buds are formed, it is advisable
to lightly spray the plants with Bordeaux Mixture to
prevent Mildew or other fungoid attacks.

At the end of September or early in October, the plants
may be placed in a cool, light, airy house, where a little fire
amp, especially in dull or
foggy weather, Plenty of ventilation should be given
whenever the weather is favourable, and any needless
spilling of water about the house ought to be avoided,
otherwise it will be apt to cause the flowers to ‘“‘damp.”
While the blossoms are expanding it will be necessary to
pull out a few of the petals, as some are almost sure to be
awkward or out of place, and would, if allowed to remain,
spoil the symmetry of a blossom.

When fully developed, an Incurved flower should be deep,
full in the centre, towards which all the petals should
incurye, and be also fresh and of good colour. The Japanese
section should have all their* flowers deep, wide, with good
petals, and well coloured. The same applies in a lesser
degree to the Reflexed ; while the Anemone section ought to
have the centre, or cushion, well developed, free from petals,
and the outer florets or guard-petals in a well-formed circle
round the cushion. y

The dressing of flowers for exhibition is extensively
practised by Chrysanthemum growers, and consists in the

230

a0

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, r

Chrysanthemum—continued.

early removal of all malformed or useless petals. For
instance, in an Incurved blossom some of the petals are ill-
formed or twisted, and if allowed to remain would spoil an
otherwise good flower ; and the same applies to the Anemone
section. Ivory tweezers and a fine small brash are employed
to curl and fix the petals in a correct and symmetrical form.
With a little practice on spare flowers it will not be found
difficult to arrange the petals properly and thus improve the
appearance of the flowers, although perhaps a little reducing
them in size.

In arranging the blossoms on the exhibition-boards (Fig.
244), the finest or largest flowers shonld be at the back, the
colours so arranged as to give the best effect, and the
blossoms raised sufficiently to show their depth and trne
character. Good taste, neatness, and punctuality in staging,
are quite as requisite to the man who would become a
successful exhibitor as fine flowers.

For the supply of cut flowers, or for plants intended only
for decorative purposes, the details of culture are a little
different from those which obtain when dealing with plants
for exhibition. To furnish flowers in November, the cuttings
should be ‘‘ struck” or rooted as advised in November ; but
for flowers at Christmas and the New Year, January is soon

Fic. 244

enongh to pnt in enttings, growing them on sturdily as
previously suggested, and also potting them similarly ; but,
instead of waiting for the plants to branch ont naturally, it
is advisable to pinch out points of the shoots several times
to obtain dwarf and bushy specimens. All stopping or
pinching of the shoots shonld, however, cease by the end of
July. Proper attention to staking must be paid; and
when the plants form their flower-bnds in September, it
is wise to cut away all the buds except three or four on each
shoot. If all the buds were left, the lower ones on each
shoot would fail to open except in the case of the Pompones ;
with these all the buds should be retained. It will be found
that this early removal of useless buds greatly improves
the quality of the flowers, making them more valuable for
home use or for market.

The remarks already made on feeding, mulching, and
spraying with a futigicide are applicable to bush-plants ; in
fact, to grow any Chrysanthemum thoroughly well, freedom
from insect or fungoid pests and generous treatment are
absolutely essential. In pinching or taking ont the tops of
the Japanese varieties in April or May, it is well to cut the
shoots back 2in. or 3in. These points make splendid
cuttings, and will root readily if placed in a cool close

Chrysanthemum—continued,
frame, in the compost already described. Immediately it is
observed that the cuttings have rooted, ventilation should
be given gradually, and the plants kept strong and short-
jointed, pinching ont all side-shoots as they appear, and
only permitting one stem to grow. When the cnutting-pot is
well filled with roots, a shift into a 5in. or 6in. pot should be
given ; in this the plant should flower. By confining the
growth to one stem, a short, strong plant, about 1ft. high,
and with one large, well-coloured flower at the top, will be
the result. These little plants are very useful for room-
decoration, as they fit very well into vases, and continue
fresh for a week or longer. More than one flower-bud will
form, but all except the largest and best buds should be
removed.

By sowing seed there is always a chance of raising new
varieties equal to, and sometimes distinct from, existing
varieties. Most of the leading seedsmen now advertise
seed for sale. The best time to sow is in January or
February, placing it in gentle heat to germinate, and
afterwards keeping the seedlings close to the glass. Potting
should be done as often as necessary, until finally the plants
are in 7in. or 8in. pots, in which they should flower. It is
always advisable to pot all the seedlings, however weak and

EXHIBITION CHRYSANTHEMUM BLOSSOMS ARRANGED ON A BOARD.

delicate they may appear, as there is often the very best
amongst the weakest, and to throw such away as worth-
less might be the means of discarding the only good variety
in the whole batch. On the other hand, equally as satis-
factory varieties occasionally originate from strong and
moderately strong-growing varieties, showing the uncer-
tainty of pinning faith to either strong or weak ones as
the most likely to produce anything specially noteworthy.
As a rule, the blossoms the first year are very disappointing,
the major portion of the flowers coming single and semi-
double, and a novice would probably throw them all away ;
this is a mistake to be avoided, for ont of a large quantity
raised from seed we have never found a really good
flower the first year. The better plan is to carefully select
those combining good colour and width of flower with the
largest number of petals or florets, and from such take
cuttings in November, growing them on in the usual manner.
If any of them are of merit, they will show their true
character in the second year, and the grower can decide if
they are worth retaining.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 318-24, Vol. L.,
the following should be added. Except where otherwise stated,
the species are hardy perennials. See also Pyrethrum.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C, 231

Chrysanthemum—continued.

Cc. arcticum (Arctic). .-heads white, tinged with lilac or rose ;
ray florets nearly lin. long ; pappus none; involucral bracts brown-
margined. Summer. /. cuneate, with a long-tapering base or
petiole, crenately toothed or incised at the summit; uppermost

- ones smal}, nearly entire. A Yin. to 12in. Arctic Alaska, Japan,
&e., 1801. A useful plant for the rockery. (R. G. 785.)

Fic. 245. FLOWER OF CHRYSANTHEMUM EDITH TABOR.

C. Broussonetii (Broussonet’s). /l.-heads 3in. across ; ray florets
-pale lilac, tinged with yellow at base ; disk dark purple, changing
to golden-yellow ; peduncles elongated. May. 2. distant, ovate
or obovate, grape ; segments lanceolate, often again pinnatifid
and toothed. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Canary Islands, 1858. Syn. Ismelia
Broussonetii (B. M. 5067).

Cc. cinerarizfolium (Cineraria-leaved). /.-heads sin. in
diameter ; involucral bracts rounded and whitish at apex; ray
florets white, tridentate ; disk yellow. July and August. J. pin-
natisect ; segments narrow-elongated, few-lobed, pinnatifid or
pinnatisect, spreading. Stem erect, slender, one-headed. Dal-
matia. (B. M. 6781.)

Cc. grandifiorum (large-flowered). .-heads yellow, lin. across.
1. serrated ; radical ones obovate ; cauline ones lanceolate, sessile,
inciso-serrated. Stems simple, one-headed, hairy. Algeria, 1884.
Biennial. Syn. Balsamita grandiflora.

Cc. hzematomma (red-eyed). 7.-heads rose-coloured, 34in.
to 4in. across, borne in great profusion in its native country ; but
the plant is described as ‘‘of too straggling a habit for it to
become a favourite pot plant.” Madeira, 1888. Half-hardy.

C. indicum (indian). The plant from which the numerous

den varieties have sprang, and which is now only seen in those

orms. It is closely allied to C. sinense. SyYNS. C. japonicum,
C. tripartitum.

C. inodorum (scentless). A synonym of Matricaria inodora.

Cc. japonicum (Japanese). A synonym of C. indicum.

Cc. lacustre Bere orine) Saye white, numerous. Autumn.
1. broader and more fleshy than in C. maximum (with which this
species has been confused), not so much narrowed at base, and
more regularly toothed. Portugal. (G. C. 1889, v., p. 589, f. 100.)

Cc. maximum (greatest). _jl.-heads white, solitary; involucral
scales erg whitish ; whitish-margined at apex; ray florets
about 2in. lo 1., lower ones petiolate, cuneate at base,
lanceolate, toothed from the middle to the apex; cauline ones
sessile, broadly linear-lanceolate, serrated. Stem ascending,
erect, simple or somewhat branched towards the base. h. some-
times 10ft. Pyrenees. (G. C. n. s., xxvi., p. 273.)

C. multicaule (many-stemmed). _/1.-heads golden-yellow, solitary
at the ends of the stems or branches, l4in. to 24in, in diameter;

Chrysanthemum—continued.

ray florets twelve to twenty, broadly oblong, obscurely crenate at
the tip. July and August. J. succulent, very variable, linear-
spathulate, trisected or pinnatifid. Stems many, terete, simple
or branched, 6in. to 12in. high. Algeria, 1887, A glaucous, hardy
annual. (B. M. 6930.)

C. nipponicum (Nippon). jl. resembling Marguerites, 24in, to
34in. across, having numerous white rays and a yellow disk.
i. coriaceous, dark een, oblong-spathulate, 31in. long, the
margins irregularly denticulate. China, 1895. his species is
distinguished from its herbaceous congeners in having shrubby
stems, attaining 1jft. in height. It has been described as “a
dwarf, compact, shrubby Ox-eye Daisy ”

Cc. serotinum (late). See Pyrethrum uliginosum.
Cc. tripartitum (three-parted). A synonym of C. indicum.

C. Zawadskii (Zawadski’s). l.-heads rose-tinted, numerous;
involucral scales ciliated. 7. pinnatifid. Stems sub-shrubby,
corymbose, pubescent above. Galicia, &c. Habit tufted.

Japanese. From careful observations made, it seems
that about ten years is the life of an exhibition variety in
the Japanese class. In fact, it must be a very good variety
indeed to stand as long as that on the show table. With
all other classes it is more difficult to raise new varieties of
such merit as will entitle them to a place on the exhibition
stands; consequently, they retain their hold upon the
public for a much longer period. The following are splendid
varieties for exhibition :

ANNIE PREVOST, pure white, with incurving florets; the
plant has a strong dwarf habit, height 3ft.; AUSTRALIE, soft
amaranth, florets broad and long, a grand exhibition variety,
crown bud; BEAUTY OF ADELAIDE, manve-pink, florets long and
deep, crown bud; BEAUTY OF THRUMPTON, rich rosy-purple,
with’ refiexed florets, flowers of large size and good form,
height 44ft.; BELLUM, clear pink, florets incurving, very hand-
some, terminal bud; BouLe D'OR, beautiful straw colour, florets

Fic. 246. FLOWERS OF CHRYSANTHEMUM GOLDEN SHOWER.

broad, deep, and incurved, crown bud ; CHARLES Davis, bronzy-
buff shade, a grand flower, with long, straight florets, crown
bud; C. B. Haywoop, white, long, stiff florets, immense flower,
crown or terminal buds; C. HARMAN PayNk, dark purple, florets

932 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Chrysanthemum—continued. | Chrysanthemum—continued.

HanHAM, golden rosy-cerise, a splendid
variety, crown bud; LITTLE NELL, pure
white, florets broad and deep, @ fine
acquisition, height 5ft.; MADAME CARNOT,
pay white, very large, one of the.best, crown

ud; Mr. A. G, Huppuck (Fig. 247), chest-
nut-red, with gold reverse, very fine, crown
bud; MDLLE. THERESE REY, ivory-white,
splendid when well grown, crown bud; Mrs.
H, WEEKS (Fig. 248), pure white, suffused
with pink, a large fine flower, height 7ft.,
crown bud, a late variety; Mrs. G. W.
eerern deep bronze, immense flower, with

road florets, crown bud; Mrs. HERMANN
Koss, deep orange, almost bronze, very
large, crown bud; Mrs. C. E, SHEA, creamy-
white, florets curled and twisted, very fine,
crown bud; Mrs. J. BEGGS, soft pink, a deep,
massive new variety, of great promise, crown
bud; Mrs, W. H. Lers, white, tinged with
pink, a deep and imposing flower, crown

ud; Mrs. COOMBES, rosy-mauve, florets
long and drooping, an immense flower that
should prove valuable for exhibition, height
4ift.; M. CHENON DE LECHE, deep rose,
florets long and drooping, extra good, crown
bud; Mrs. RITSON, a magnificent pure
white sport from VIVIAND MOREL, this variety
promises to be constant in character, height
4ft.; Mrs. W. MEASE, a sulphur-yellow sport
from MADAME CARNOT, koeue 4sft.; MRs.
WHITE PopHaM, white, shaded with car-
mine, florets long, drooping, and handsomely
twisted, height 5ft.; MONS, PANKOUCKE
(Fig. 249), clear yellow, a large deep flower,
height 4ft., crown bud ; Moor PARK, golden-
buff, marked with crimson, a deep flower, with
long twisted florets, height 44ft. ;_ MONs.
FaTYER, soft yellow, very large and hand-
some, height 44ft. 5 NELLIE POCKETT, creamy
white, florets long, rather narrow, and
twisted, a deep and lovely flower, height ft. ;
Nina DABBS, deep yellow, slightly shaded
with green, florets broad and spreading, a
large and deep flower, height 5ft. ; NIVEUS,
probably the purest white, a lovely flower, of
good size, crown bud ; NYANzA, dark crim-
son, florets incurved, must be well grown,
crown bud ; OLIVE OCLEE, rich deep bronze,
florets incurved, good on crown or terminal
buds ; OWEN’S MEMORIAL, rich crimson-red,
florets broad, drooping, and slightly twisted,
very large, height 4ft. ; PONDEROSUM, white,

f

Fic. 247. FLOWER OF CHRYSANTHEMUM MR. A. G. HUBBUCK.

long and somewhat coarse, enormous flower from a crown bud ;
C. W. RICHARDSON, lovely yellow, florets long and beautifully
curled, terminal bud; Dakota, deep yellow, the florets
being mixed up together in a most attractive form, height 5ft. ;
DUKE OF WELLINGTON, salmon-buff, florets long and. very broad,
splendid terminal bud; EpirH DaSHWwooD, delicate pink or
rose, with very long florets, which are gracefully twisted, a very
pretty, large variety, height ft. ; EDITH TABOR (Fig. 245), lemon-
ellow, florets long, broad, and deep, crown bud; EDWIN

IOLYNEUX, rich deep crimson, with golden reverse, one of the
finest varieties when well grown, crown bud; EMILY TOWERS,
rosy-pink, with a silver centre to the florets, which are beauti-
fully twisted, forming a deep fine flower, height 4ft.; ERNEST
CANNELL, deep fawn, florets eep, broad, and incurved, very fine,
crown bud; ETOILE DE Lyow, lilac-rose, florets long, broad, and
reflexed, enormous flower, crown or terminal bud, though
usually the best colour is found on the terminal bud ; FLORENCE
DAVIS, white, with green centre, fine form, crown bud ; GEORGE
FostTERr, rich golden-yellow, florets broad and slightly twisted as
they incurve, height 44ft.; GOLDEN SHOWER Fig. 246), fiery
yellow, florets long, narrow, and drooping, flowers small, but
valuable for decoration, height 5}ft. ; GRAPHIC, rosy-mauve,
florets twisted and incurving, terminal bud; HENRY
WEEKS, bright rich crimson, florets broad, a grand
flower, height 4ft.; HERBERT J. CUTBUSH, deep red,
marked with yellow, a good front row flower, crown bud ;
H. J. Jones, intense crimson, florets flat, broad, and hand-
some, height 44ft.; JOHN POCKETT, a mixture of rich crimson
and bright bronze, a deep and beautiful flower, height 4ft. ;
JOSEPH CHAMBERLAIN, Very rich crimson, with a golden reverse
to the broad florets, a seedling from E. MOLYNEUX, with a better
habit and finer flower than its parent, height 44ft.; JULIA
SCARAMANZA, bronzy terra-cotta, florets long and deep, crown
bud; Kina or Burrs, salmon-buff, very large, and of good form
and substance, crown bud; LApy CRAWSHAW, white, faintly
shaded with pink, the florets being beautifully twisted, height
5ft. : LADY E. CLARKE, pure white sport from Mrs. C. HARMAN i
PayNE, and, like its parent, of large size, height 54ft.; LADY Fia 248. FLOWEeR OF CHRYSANTHEMUM Mrs. H, WEEKS.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 233

Chrysanthemum—continued.

Chrysanthemum—continued.

Fic. 249. FLOWER OF CHRYSANTHEMUM MONS. PANKOUCKE. Fic. 250. FLOWER OF CHRYSANTHEMUM WHA Ho!

flowers of immense width and depth, terminal bud ; PirasBus,
charming yellow, florets long and reflexed, crown bud ; PRIDE
OF MADFORD, crimson-cerise, a) beautifully-formed flower, crown
bud; R. HOOPER PEARSON, one of the best of all the yellow

varieties, and of
dwarf, sturdy habit
in growth, a decided
acquisition, height
oft.; R. J. Upton,
canary-yellow, florets
longand flat, largeand
distinct, height 5ft. ;
RoyaL STANDARD,
deep crimson, flower
of fine substance, very
Pema aAn es crown
mud; SNOWDON, pure
white, of great size
and beauty, crown
bud; SWANLEY GIANT,
lilac-pink, florets in-
curving, massive,
erown bud; VICAR
OF BRay, crimson,
shading to orange,
very tine, crown bud ;
VIVIAND MOREL,
blush-mauve, an in-
dispensable variety,
crown or terminal
buds; WHat Ho! (Fig.
250), a semi-double
flower of most curious
form, the creamy-
white florets of great
length, that twist to-
wards _ the __ points,
height 54ft. ; YELLOw
MaDAMECARNOT, this
bas all the excellent
qualities of the white
form, crown bud.

Vol. V.

Fic. 251.

CURYSANTHEMUM ETOILE DE LYON.

a Some of the foregoing varieties being only suitable for
providing yery large exhibition blossoms, the following are
named as excellent for supplying medium-sized flowers,

most useful for cut-
ting or decorative
purposes. A lengthy
description is un-
necessary, and only
the habit and colour
of flower of each
variety are given.

ANNIE CLIBRAN, pink,
medium height ; Bou-
QUET DE DAME, pure
white, dwarf; ELAINE,
pure white, medium
height, early ;
DE LYON (Fig. 251),
lilac-rose, medium
height ; FLORENCE
Prrcy, white, medium
height ; GASPARD
BOUCHARLAT, deep
orange, mediuin
height; GOLDEN
DART, buttereup-
yellow, dwarf, very
late; KING OF
PLUMES, deep yellow,
medium height;
LADY SELBORNE,
white, medium height,
early; L. CANNING,
pure white, dwarf,
very late; MADAME
WALKER, rosy-mauve,
rather tall, flowers
quilled ; MarGor (Tig,
252), blush white,

2it

934 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Chrysanthemum—continiued. | Chrysanthemum—continued.

Incuryed from many gardens. Thongh it
must be admitted that the less formal
Japanese class are the more beautiful, it
is more difficult to grow a really deep,
well-formed flower of an Incurved variety
than it is to produce a fine Japanese
blossom. Not only is considerable cul-
tural skill requisite, but a knowledge of
dressing or petal manipulation is essen-
tial to have Incurved blossoms snfliciently
good in character to put on the exhibi-
tion table snuecessfully. In the list of
varieties only those suitable for show
purposes are named, with the bud that
usually gives the best flower :

ALFRED SALTER, lilac, a deep, well-formed
flower, must be grown strongly, crown bud ;
AUSTIN CANNELL, purple-maroon, large, and
of good form, crown bud; BARON HIRSCH,
chestnut-red, a well-formed, large flower,
crown bud; BONNIE DUNDEE (Fig. 255),
beautiful orange shade, a rfect flower
when well grown, terminal bud; C. B. WHIT-
NALL, purple, fine form, the crown bud should
be selected early in August; CHas. H.
CuRTIS, rich yellow, extra good and indis-
pensable, crown or termi buds; D. B.
CRANE, bronze-buff, deep flower, of good
form, terminal bud ; DUCHESS OF FIFE, white,
«splendid new variety, full of promise, crown
bud; EMPRESS OF INDIA, pure white, a -
nificent flower, but must be grown well,
crown bud; GEORGE HAIGH, carmine-rose.

ak eS A shaded with yellow, deep flower, of goo’

Vic. 252. CHRYSANTHEMUM MARGOT. shape, crown bud; J. AGATE, pure white,

deep flower, of splendid form, crown bud ;

JEANNE D’ARC, white, tipped with pes a

dwarf habit; MpLue. Lacroix, white, medium height, a deep flower, of medium size, crown bud ; JOHN FULFORD, reddish-
favourite; M. FREEMAN, rosy-pink, dwarf; Mr. Cas. E. Sura, crimson, a large flower, of good form, terminal bud: JOHN
yellow sport from MDLLE. LACROIX; OWEN’S BRILLIANT, deep LAMBERT, pale buff, a deep er fine flower. must be grown strong,
crimson, medium height ; RosrEuM SUPERBUM, salmon-pink, crown bud; LORD ALCESTER, pale primrose, splendid flower if
tall; SOURCE D'OR, deep bronze, medium height; W. HOLMEs, grown strong, crown bud; LorD ROSEBERY, mauve, large and
deep crimson, dwarf; W. ROBINSON, salmon-orange, tall. telling flower, terminal bud ; LoRD WOLSELEY, bronzy-red, a deep,

Hirsute. The Hirsute or Hairy Chrysanthemum has
evidently come to stay. The following are all distinct
yarieties, and the plants of vigorous habit :

ABBE PIERRA ARTHUR, pure white, petals long and usually
drooping, a fine large flower; BELLE DES GORDES, rich rosy-red,
florets nicely incurved, fine ; CAPTAIN L. CHAURE, yellow, florets
incurved, a large massive flower ; ESAu, salmon-blush, shading to
yellow, a pretty variety; GoLD Dust, golden-yellow, florets
incurved, a very pleasing flower, plants dwarf; GOLDEN Hair,
golden-yellow, the florets being very hairy; HairRy WONDER
(Fig. 253), reddish-bronze, the most massive and_ best hirsute
variety ; LOUIS BOEHMER, a shade of purplish-pink, very hairy,
eood habit ; MADAME M. MARCHANT, rosy-pink, large flower, and
plant of sturdy habit; M. FERNAND BERTIN, white, shading to
red, a large, bold flower; MIDNIGHT, bronze, flower very large
and very hairy; Mrs. C. B. FREEMAN, golden-yellow sport from
Louis BOEHMER; Mrs. W. J. GODFREY, probably the best white
hirsute variety, good habit; SOUVENIR DE L’AMI COYE, white,
of good size, and dwarf sturdy habit.

Singles. These are particularly serviceable for cut
flowers, being light, graceful, and remarkably free-flowering. |
A few yarieties should be grown in every garden. Their |
culture is identical with that already described for bush |
plants. It may be stated that the Single Chrysanthemum |
flowers usually continue fresh longer than the other
sections, and damping of the flowers very rarely occurs,
even in bad weather. ‘The following varieties may be
recommended :

ALICE, white, with yellow disk, large; ANNIE HEARD, white,
yellow disk, dwarf; DOLLY VARDEN, rosy-pink, flowers small,
and produced in great clusters, very dwarf; DoroTHy WOODER-
SON, soft pink, large; D. WinpsoR, chestnut, large and fine ;
EMILY WELLS, lovely clear pink, very pretty, rather small ;
EUCHARIS, pure white, large beautiful flower, very dwarf;
FRAMFIELD BEAUTY, deep crimson, extra good; GOLDEN STar,
pure yellow, large and excellent ; KaTE HAWTHORN, one of the
tinest yellows, splendid; Mary ANDERSON, white, tinged with
pink, small and pretty ; Miss RosE, soft pink, small and lovely ;
Mrs. A. E. StuBss (Fig. 254), pure white, of fine form and great

eauty, height 3ft. ; Rey. W. E. REMFREY, deep crimson,
excellent ; TERRA CoTra, terra-cotta, dwarf, and very free.

Incurved. Except for purposes of exhibition, these
beantiful, though somewhat formal-shaped, flowers are
losing ground ; in fact, the Japanese have almost ousted the Fic. 253. FLOWFR OF CHRYSANTHEMUM HAIRY WONDER.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 235

Chrysanthemum—continued. |

Fic. 254. CHRYSANTHEMUM Mrs. A. E. STUBBS.

H|
|

Fic. 255. FLOWER oF CHRYSANTHEMUM \)

BONNIE DUNDEE. }

Chrysanthemum—continued.

well-shaped flower, terminal or crown buds;
Lucy KENDALL, coral-red, a pretty, well-
formed fiower, crown bud; LYNE, JUN.,,
golden-bronze, of good form, crown bud;
MADAME DaRIER, nankeen yellow, extra good
shape and size, crown bud ; MAJOR BONNAFFON,
much in the same form and colour as CHAS.
H. Curtis, and by many is considered synony-
mous, crown or terminal buds; Miss M. A.
, primrose, a lovely deep flower, crown
Mr. JAMES MuRRAY, bright pink, a fine
new variety, of good substance, terminal bud;
Mrs. F. W. FLIGHT, white, a deep massive
flower, well incurved, crown bud; Mrs.
HEALE, white, a medium-sized and perfect
flower, crown bud; Mrs. R. C. KINGSTON, soft
ink or mauve, blossoms of large size, crown
mud; PRINCE ALFRED, rosy-carmine, an old
variety still worth growing, crown bud;
PRINCESS OF WALES, blush, only good when
well grown, then it is fine, crown bud;
QUEEN OF ENGLAND, blush, a splendid flower
when strongly grown, crown bud; ROBERT
CANNELL, deep bronzy-red, ve fine form,
crown buds, late; ROBERT PETFIELD, silvery-
mauve, large flower, well incurved, terminal
bud; Stk TREVOR LAWRENCE, pure white, a
massive flower, of good shape, crown bud;
THE EGYPTIAN, deep red, very large, a new
variety of promise; WILLIAM TUNNINGTON,
reddish-chestnut, must be grown strong, ter-
minal bud.

Reflexed. The true Reflexed Chrys-
anthemum has usually a moderately large
flower, with the florets or petals straight
and reflexing towards their points. It is
neither so ornamental nor so useful as most
of the other cl and althongh some of
the varieties are well adapted for making
a display in the conservatory, they are not
much admired. Only those varieties suit-

able for develop-
ing nice sturdy
plants, with a flori-
ferous habit, are
mentioned. If four
buds are retained at
the point of each
shoot, and all the
others are remoyed,
the plant will make
a very good display
for several weeks.
BOULE DE NEIGE,
pure white, valua-
ble for its late
flowering ; CHEVA-
LIER DOMAGE, deep
yellow, a well-
known old favour-
ite; CLARA JEAL,
pure white, a new
and very pleasing
variety; CULLING-
FORDII, crimson-
scarlet, should be
grown for its free-
dom and fine colour;
DOROTHY Ox-
BERRY, soft pink, a
pe ing colour ;
ELICITY, creamy-
white, wonderfully - P gl OF
free-flowering and Tic. 256. FLOWER OF CHRYSANTHEMUM
of good habit; * GOLDEN CHRISTINE.

236

Chrysanthemum—continued.

GOLDEN CHRISTINE (Fig. 256), golden-buff, a well-known
old favourite, formerly much grown; KING OF CRIMSONS,
rich dark crimson, dwarf habit; Miss FLORENCE LUNN, light
amaranth, flowers large and very full; Purpras, rose-blush,
dwarf, and an abundant blossomer; PROGNE, amaranth,

violet-scented, small flower, very free; the WHITE,«PINK, and
PEACH CHRISTINE varieties are all three well worth growing,
being ef dwarf habit and free flowering (see Fig. 257).

f1G. 257. FLOWER OF CHRYSANTHEMUM PINK CHRISTINE.

Anemones. These may be divided into three sections—

Japanese, Large, and Pompones, the first being the most:

admired, and also the most extensively cultivated. To
have very fine flowers of the first two sections the plants
should be carefully disbudded, leaving only one bud to
each shoot ; but with the Pompone class no disbudding is

Fic. 258.

TLOWER OF CHRYSANTHEMUM ROBIN ADAIR.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Chrysanthemum—continued.

Fig. 259. FLOWER OF CHRYSANTHEMUM DELAWARE.

either necessary or desirable. The plants of these latter
should be pinched or stopped several times during growth
to induce a bushy habit, to be covered later with a mass of
small flowers. .

Japanese. BELINDA, disk rose, guard-petals dark crimson ;

CINDERELLA, pure white; DUCHESS OF WESTMINSTER, disk
pinkish-bronze, guard-petals blush; FABIAN DE MEDIANA, disk

Fic. 260. FLOWER OF CHRYSANTHEMUM Mrs. JUDGE BENEDICT.

i i

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c.

Chrysanthemum—continued.

urple, guard-petals lilac; JAMES WESTON, white; JEANNE
Marty, blush-white, a very fine full flower; MABEL MILLER,
white, large and excellent; MADAME CLOS, disk white, guard-
etals rose; MARSIA JONES, one of the finest whites; Mr.
1uGH H. GARDINER, deep rose, very fine; RIDER HAGGARD,
deep rose and pink, the largest Japanese Anemone; ROBIN
ADAIR (Fig. 258), blush-white, tinged with lilac, an extra good
variety ; SOUVENIR DE MADAME BLANDINERIES, & handsome
crimson; TAM 0’ SHANTER, rosy-lilac, a splendid flower;
W. W. Astor, salmon-blush, one of the best.

Large. DELAWARE (Fig. 259), white, very large handsome
flowers ; DESCARTES, crimson, with very prominent disk, a fine
variety ; EMPEROR, blush, with paler centre or disk, large and
good ; EMPRESS, blush, disk lilac, eae and of good form ;
Gro. HAwWKINs, a lovely golden-yellow ; GLUCK, golden-yellow, a
well-known old variety; LADY MARGARET, pure white, of fine
shape, a tall grower ; MADAME ROBERT OWEN, pure white, large
and excellent, dwarf habit; Miss ANNIE Low, a yellow LADY
MARGARET; MISS CATERER, pure white, of splendid form and
habit; Mrs. C. J. SALTER, buff-orange, pretty and effective ;
Mrs. JUDGE BENEDICT (Fig. 260), pale flesh, with a prominent
lemon disk, an excellent ‘variety, height 3ft.; NOUVELLE
ALVEOLE, a shade of blush-lilac, fine flowers; ROBIN ADAIR,
blush, with a good disk, fine flowers, height 4ft. ; STONEACRE
GEM, yellow, shading to red, excellent.

Pompones. ASTARTE, amber
ruby-red, very striking flower; EMILY ROWBOTTOM, creamy-
white, fine ; Eric, deep orange-buff ; MADAME MONTELS, white,
yellow disk ; MAGENTA KING, magenta, yellow disk; Mr, ASTIE,
golden-yellow, dwarf ; PERLE, rosy-lilac ; REINE DES ANEMONES,

. white, fine for cutting; VIRGINALE, white, rather large flower,
valuable for its lateness.

Pompones. This class, with its small flowers borne
in great profusion, should find a place in every garden where
Chrysanthemums are grown ; for not only are the plants of
dwarf habit, and covered with blossom, but the flowers,
being small, can be employed for purposes for which the
large-flowered classes would be useless. A few of the best
of this pretty section are as follow :

AURORE BOREALE, bronze-orange ; Bos, very dark crimson ; CEDO
NULLI, white, golden, and lilac, three very fine varieties ; COMTE
DE MorRny, bright purple ; FLORENCE Carr, deep bronze ; HARRY
Hicks, soft-pink; LA PuRITE, pure white, very useful for
wreaths, &c.; MARION, deep orange; OUR FRED, blush-pink ;
PRINCE OF ORANGE, pale orange ; ROSINANTE, blush, very fine ;
SNowprop, white, remarkably small flower, pretty; WILLIAM
PAYNE, deep orange, dwarf and free.

EARLY-FLOWERING VARIETIES. Though the early-
flowering Chrysanthemums haye not made the advance in
public favour that they should have done, considering their
great utility alike for garden decoration and for furnishing
eut flowers for home use or for market, there is strong
evidence that their merits are beginning to be more fully
recognised, and that their enlture is extending in all
directions. In time, no doubt they will oceupy much of the
space now devoted to plants which neither produce such a
good display in the flower garden nor supply ’so many cut
flowers for so long a period,

In forming a collection of early-flowering Chrysanthe-
mums, it is always advisable to grow two lots of
plants of the same varieties, one in pots, and another
ontside in a nice sunny position. The former will be
extremely useful for room or conservatory decoration, and
should any of the plants outside prove tender and unable to
withstand the rigour of winter, or fail to throw up cuttings
for propagating, their stock may be grown from the pot
plants, and the risk of losing choice varieties is reduced to a
minimum. Unless duplicates are thus grown, it is
practically certain that losses will occur amongst the ont-
side plants, and usually most highly-prized varieties are
those to disappear.

With all early-flowering varieties the end of February or
beginning of March will be quite soon enongh to put in
cuttings. If inserted earlier they seldom make such good
or such floriferons plants as those putin later, which grow
on freely withont a check. In taking cuttings, it is always
best to choose those shoots springing from the soil, avoiding
those which may have formed on the stem below where it
was cut down ; the latter never make such large or vigorous
plants as those struck from suckers coming through the soil.
In preparing the cuttings, carefully remove a few of the
lower leaves, and then insert singly in small pots, properly
drained, using a sandy compost of loam and leaf-mould, in
equal proportions, thoroughly mixed. Press the soil firmly
about the cutting, and immediately afterwards give a good
watering, which tends to settle the soil, and to prevent the
foliage from flagging. A close cold frame is a very suitable

and gold, dwarf; CALLIOPE,.

237

Chrysanthemum—continued.

place to stand the pots in, keeping it quite close until the
cuttings are rooted and beginning to grow. LEyery care
should be taken to see that the plants have sufficient water.

As soon as it is seen that the cuttings have taken root, air
should be gradually admitted on all favourable occasions in
order to keep the plants sturdy and strong. About the first
week in April the plants may be shifted into larger pots
(say large ‘‘sixties’’). By the middle of May these pots
will be full of roots, and the plants may be either
transferred to the pots in which they are intended to flower,
or they may be put ont in a sunny place, where the soil has
been deeply dug and well manured during the past winter.
If potted, a compost of three parts fibrous loam and one
part spent horse-droppings mixed together, with a little
bone-meal added, will prove excellent.

Naturally, some varieties are much taller than others,
and in the list appended the average height of each is
mentioned, indicating which sorts are best for back and
front rows respectively. A fine effect may be produced by
a judicious blending of colours ; or the beds in large gardens
may be planted with one variety only, thus giving a mass of
one colour, as is done in many of the large public parks.
The plants should be supported by neat stakes early, other-
wise many will be broken by the wind, and thus cause
unsightly blanks in the beds. Ifthe soil is rich and deep,
and the plants are strong and healthy, 24ft. or 3ft. between
each will be a suitable distance; if the soil is poor or
shallow, 1ft. less space should be given. On all soils,
however, it is advisable to make fresh plantations each
year..

Japanese, or Large-Flowered. The following
varieties haye proved most meritorious in a large collection :

ALBERT CHAUSSON, orange-red, very fine in pots or beds, height
2kft.; ALFRED Droz, soft yellow, borne in profusion, height
2ft.; BARONNE G. C. DE BRAILLES, pale pink, very large and
fine, height 3ft. ; ComressE FOUCHER DE CARIEL, orange-yellow,
excellent and free, height 2ft.; CORAL QUEEN, lovely coral, a
charming variety, height 3ft.; CRIMSON QUEEN, deep crimson,
a great favourite, and of fine habit, height 2ft.; DE LA BOUERE,
amaranth, large and fine, height 2ft.; DORCAS, white, bushy
habit and free-flowering, height 2ft.; EDIE WRIGHT, pale pink,

assing to white with age, excellent in every respect, height

Bet ; EpirH Syrarr, soft pink, wonderfully free and dwarf,
height 14ft.; GASPARD BOUCHARLAT, a lovely orange colour,
produced in profusion, height 2ft. ; GENERAL HAWKES, crimson-
amaranth, very free, height 2ft.; GEORGE WERMIG, rich soft
yellow, a well-known old favourite, height 24ft.; HARVEST
Home, bronzy-red, tipped with gold, very handsome and free,
height 2\ft.; Lapy FirzwyGRam, a splendid early white,
height 2ft.; MADAME DESGRANGES, white, well known for its
excellence, height 24ft.; MADAME EULALIE MOREL, a beautiful
cerise and gold, height 3ft.; MADAME Marie Massp, lilac-
mauve, one of the best, height 2ft.; MyfCHETT WHITE, snowy
white, a magnificent variety, height 14ff. ; PREFET CASSAGNEAU,
deep crimson, fine habit, height 2ft.; RyECRorrT GLORY, deep
orange, most effective, height 14ft.; SAM BARLOow, a charming
salmon-pink, very free, height 3ft. ; THE Don, lilac, profuse and
early, height 2ft.; VICE-PRESIDENT Harpy, deep red, good
habit, height 34ft.

Pompones. The small compact-flowered Pompone
yarieties are greatly admired by many, and are extremely
useful for cutting purposes or for massing in beds. Amongst
the many varieties m commerce, the following may be
described as of high merit :

ALICE BUTCHER, red, shaded with orange, excellent, height 2sft. ;
ANASTASIO, pale purple, very dwarf and bushy, height 1sft. ;
BLANCH COLOMB, ivory-white, free and pretty, height 2ft. ;
CANARI, yellow, flowers in great abundance, height 14ft. ; EARLY
BLusH, soft blush, very fine variety, height 2ft.; FREDERICK
PELE, crimson and gold, makes an effective bed, height Sft. ;
GOLDEN FLEECE, straw-yellow, one of the best of its colour,
height 2ft.; L’AMt_ CoNDERCHET, primrose, probably the best
Pompone, height 1ft.; LONGFELLOW, pure white, splendid for
cutting or for beds, height 2sft.; MADAME JOLIvART, white,
tinged with pink, very pretty, height 2ft.; MRs., CULLINGFORD,
white, excellent, Heian 3sft.; Miss Davis, soft pink, a sport
from MRS. CULLINGE£ORD, but dwarfer; M. JULES PAQUET, white,
and violet-rose, height 1ft.; Mr. SELLEY, a blush’white, very
pretty and effective, height 1sft.; PreRCy’s SEEDLING, deep
yellow, wonderfully free, height 2ft.; SILVERSMITH, white, of
large size, a most useful variety, height 5ft. ; STRATHMEATH, a
soft rosy-pink, excellent, height 2ft. ; TOREADOR, a rich crimson
and gold, height 2sft.; YELLOW L’AMI CONDERCHET, deep
yellow, sport from L’AMI CONDERCHET,

INsECT AND orHER Prsrs. Aphides are amongst the
most destructive insects infesting Chrysanthemums, and

238

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Chrysanthemum—continued.
they multiply very rapidly. Frequently they are present
in incredible numbers, though the “‘green-flies” at any
rate approximate so closely to their surroundings that
they are not so readily seen as the “‘black-fly” (Aphis
rumicis), which is also troublesome. Under glass, the
new vaporising insecticides are the best remedies to
employ: they are easily applied, and very effective and
cheap. Before using any insecticide it will be well to
remoye any of the Ladybirds and their larvz, the leech-like
larvee of Hawk-fly (Syrphus), or even the gaily-apparelled,
if gauzy-looking, Lace-wing Flies. They are the natural
enemies of Aphides, and will consume vast numbers in a
short time. Outdoors, a weak solution of carbolic soft-soap
will be sufficient to cleanse the plants of “‘green-fly *’ and
‘““black-fly,”” both of which species, as already stated, are
at times troublesome. This will be rendered more effective
if applied Inkewarm.

Earwigs are most destructive at times to Chrysanthemum
blossoms, and in a single night will disfigure the best of
flowers, rendering them quite unfit for show. They should
always be trapped with loosely-rolled tissue-paper, old
dusters laid in the vicinity of the plants, or by means of an
inyerted flower-pot half-filled with hay and stood upon the
stakes. It may here be stated that Harwigs, though as a
rule vegetarians and destructive to many plants, occasionally
forsake such a diet for one of flesh, and then they even
render the gardener service by devouring Aphides, Thrips,
and other injurious pests.

Occasionally the leaves of Chrysanthemums and closely-
allied plants suffer from the attacks of that plague of
the Margnuerite- grower, Phytomyza_ affinis. This fly
deposits its eggs upon the foliage; the larve are in due
time hatched out, and feed between the two surfaces. Their
presence is revealed by a blister-like swelling and by white
or light-coloured zigzag tracks over the leaves. Feeding
as they do, the pests are difficult to eradicate by means of
insecticides ; but, by way of prevention, the leayes of the
plants may be sprayed with a weak emulsion of paraffin or
with a quassia-chip solution; or fumigation will make
the leaves distasteful to the perfect insect. The old-
fashioned methold of squeezing the insects between finger
and thumb has much to recommend it. Sometimes plants
are so badly attacked that nothing short of removing and
burning the infested leaves is of any use.

Thrips are sometimes destructive to the shoots, but they
may be destroyed by syringing them with the preparation
suggested for Aphides on outside plants.

Ants are injurious to the buds, and will penetrate them if
but a beginning has been made, They should be trapped
by means of pieces of sponge dipped into a sweet liquid or by
some bones containing a little meat. In the latter case the
insects should be brushed off into boiling water, while in
the former the sponge should be dropped into a vessel of
boiling water.

Cockroaches of several kinds attack the blossoms, though
on account of their night-feeding propensities they are
seldom seen, and less often suspected. Heat, however,
being absolutely necessary to the welfare of these insects,
it is only where this is applied that Cockroaches are
really troublesome. Phosphorus paste or the Ballinkin-
rain Ant Destroyer may be employed in keeping down these
insects.

Woodlice, like the Cockroaches, will considerably damage
the blossoms. As a rule, they are strong in numbers, and
once thoronghly established, they are difficult to oust.
Vegetable traps, in the form of sliced or hollow potato, may
be tried; but usually flower-pots half filled with hay and
tarned upon their sides are the most effective, as the
Woodlice shelter there after their midnight revels, and may
easily be shaken ont and destroyed. More effective still
is the trap where the inside of the pot is smeared with
a sugary mixture composed of treacle, foots-sugar, and
beer.

Slugs infest the Chrysanthemum, and take toll of the
blossoms. They are nocturnal, and should be enticed with
bran or brewers’ grains, and then collected and destroyed.

Leather-jackets are the destructive larvee of the Crane-
fly, or Daddy Long-legs. They abound in pastures and
lands, and therefore they may be readily introduced with
the potting-soil. They feed for a long time as larye, and
would quickly destroy the roots of any Chrysanthemum.
The soil should be carefully examined at potting-

Chrysanthemum—continued.
time, and if any of the insects are noticed they should be
destroyed.

Mildew, though not a formidable fungus disease like
Leaf-Rust, described below, is undesirable, and has a
debilitating effect upon its host-plant. The Mildew
usually found upon Chrysanthemums is due to the presence
of a specific fungus, Oidiwm chrysanthemi, a relative of
that pest of the Vine, Oidiwm Tuckeri. Powdered sulphur,
or better still, spraying with sulphide of potassium of the
strength recommended for Leaf-Rust, will be found
effectual, especially if combined with plenty of light and

_air, and fluctuations of temperature are avoided.

Leaf-Spot (Septoria chrysanthemi) is a disfiguring and
weakening fungus disease characterised by dark brown
spots on the foliage. They are at first small, but
gradually increase in size, and the leaves fall. Spraying, as
before recommended, is the remedy.

The condition of the blossoms popularly described as
“damping” is too well known. Frequently it is present
with the Mildew attack above noted, the conditions of the
atmosphere being favourable for the development of either.
Chrysanthemums in foggy towns are more liable to the
condition than those grown where fogs are comparatively
light. An atmosphere surcharged with moisture is also
fatal, and therefore a buoyant one should prevail, Another
prolific source of ‘‘ damping” is due to the use, or rather to
the abuse, of stimulants.

CHRYSANTHEMUM LEAF-RUST (Puccinia
hieracii). Within the last year or so growers of Chrysan-
themums have suffered not a little from the ravages of this
destructive Rust-fungus. In several cases, practically whole
collections have been destroyed, and in a great many more
the loss has been extremely heavy. The generic name at
once singles the pest out as a near relative of the much-
dreaded Hollyhock fungus, and the specific one suggests
that it is not the Chrysanthemum alone that it affects, but
the Hawkweeds, many of which are among the commonest
wayside flowers. It is necessary—indeed, important—to
know this, as it to a certain extent accounts for the trans-
ference of the Rust by various agencies from weeds to
cultivated plants. Nor are the Hawkweeds alone host-
plants of the pest. Burdock, Knapweed, Thistle, and
Groundsel are quite as commonly infested.

The Rust is found occasionally on the upper-surface as
well as upon the under-surface of the leaves, which after a
time are found to be covered with a number of brownish
spots of varying size. Sometimes such spots are separate,
at others they coalesce, until practically the whole leaf is
inyolved ; finally the leaf assumes a still more unhealthy
hue—first yellow and then brown—and falls. Prior to this
latter stage, however, the numberless spores which have
formed have been distributed over an extended surface.
Then it is that the parasite is readily carried by insect and
other agencies into non-infected areas. In fact, a collection
which, say a week or so before, presented a healthy appear-
ance and without the slightest trace of fungus, could
practically be ruined in that short time. First one plant,
then another, become involved, and the collection goes
from bad to worse. The actual time occupied by one of the
spores in deyeloping, once it has found a congenial resting-
place, varies, but from eight to ten days at most would
probably cover it.

Here it may be well to state that the first manifestations
of the disease to the gardener are usually the formation of
the now familiar Rust. Long ere this, however, the
insidious pest has been working unseen on the leaf-tissues
by means of mycelium. In fact, the “‘ Rust” is the outward
and visible sign that one kind of fruit has been matared—
that known as uredospores, or summer spores—and it is by
means of this that the area of infestation is increased.
This is where the value of spraying comes in, as it prevents
such spores as fall, or are carried upon the foliage, from
germinating.

If spraying with a fungicide be not adopted, then later
in the year (towards autumn) other spores are
produced. These are named teleutospores. By means of
these the plant-disease is usually carried over the winter,
thongh in certain cases it may be continued by means of the
summer spores. The grower would therefore be wise to
burn such plants before they have arrived at the stage when
the winter spores are formed. If this be not done the
telentospores are dispersed in yarions ways, many falling

——————— eS

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 239

Chrysanthemum Leaf-Rust—continued.

upon the soil. They will not germinate the same season,
but they assuredly will do so in the ensuing spring, com-
mencing again the cycle of life, unless the grower sprays
his plants from the earliest times.

There is absolutely no cure when once the Leaf-Rust
fangus has asserted itself. It is, however, possible to stay
its progress by spraying with sulphide of potassium (a
common fungicide with rosarians and others), at the rate of
loz. to 3galls. of water, used Inkewarm. This will destroy
the spores before they can enter the foliage. Affected
plants should also be isolated. As a precautionary
measure, too, growers would be well advised to spray
periodically—say, every eight or ten days—throughout the
season. Still, notwithstanding the spraying, some of the
spores will doubtless find a snitable resting-place. Where,
therefore, the disease has been known to exist, very great
care should be exercised by the gardener in collecting every
leaf and stem from plants which have been infested, and

‘instead of consigning them to the rubbish-heap they should

be “burned, otherwise next season the chances are that a
severer attack will be experienced.

CHRYSANTHEMUM LEAF-SPOT. See Chry-
santhemum.

CHRYSEIS. A synonym of Eschscholtzia (which

see).

CHRYSIPHIALA. Included under Stenomesson
(which see). C. latifolia, however, is a synonym of Urceo-
lina latifolia.

CHRYSOBAPHUS. A synonym of Ancctochilus
(which see).

ja ea acl Included under Ribes (which
see).

CHRYSOCEPHALUM. A synonym of Helichry-
sum (which see).

CHRYSOCOMA LINOSYRIS. See Aster Lino-
syris.

CHRYSOGLOSSUM (from chrysos, yellow, and
glossum, a tongue; in allusion to the colour of the lip).
Orp. Orchidex. A small genus (four or five species) of
stove, terrestrial Orchids, with the habit of Tainia, natives
of India and Malaya. Flowers mediocre, shortly pedicellate,
disposed in a lax raceme ; pollen masses two, free. Pseudo-
bulbs narrow or wanting, one-leaved. C. villoswm is in the
Kew Collection. For culture, see Calanthe.

C. villosum (villous). /. yellow, banded with purple, villous,
fin. in diameter; lateral sepals decurved; petals curved
upwards ; mid-lobe of lip panduriform ; scape (with raceme) lft.
to 2ft. long. JZ. solitary, 6in. to 12in. long, broadly elliptic or

- ovate, villous ; petiole lin. to 2in. long. Perak and Java.

CHRYSOMELIDZE. See Phyllotreta.
CHRYSOPA VULGARIS. See Lacewing Flies.
CHRYSOPHYLLUM. Syns. Cainito, Nycteristion.

This genus comprises about sixty species, mostly tropical
American, a few being found in Africa, tropical Asia,
Australia, and the Sandwich Islands. To those described
on p. 325, Vol. I., the following should be added:

Cc. imperiale (imperial). 1. yellowish-green, fascicled at the
sides of a branch as thick as the finger, pedicellate ; corolla sub-
rotate, five-lobed. April. fr. the size of a small Apple, obtusely
five-angled. /. 3ft. long, 10in. broad, petiolate, obovate-oblong or
oblong-oblanceolate, acute or obtuse, deeply serrated. Brazil.
(B. M. 6823.) Syn. Theophrasta tmperialis (I. H. xxi. 184;
R. G. 1864, 453).

CHRYSORRHOE. Included onder Verticordia
(which see).
CHRYSOSTEMMA. MInelnded under Coreopsis
(which see).
CHRYSOTHAMNUS. A synonym of Bigelovia
(which see).

CHRYSOTHEMIS. A synonym of Tussacia (which

see).

CHRYSOXYLON. A synonym of Pogonopus
(which see).

CHTHAMALIA.

(which see).

CHUSQUEA (said to be the native name of some of
the species in the West Indies). Syns. Dendragrostis,
Rettbergia. Orp. Graminex. A genus embracing about
thirty species of suffrnticose or arborescent, sometimes
climbing, American Grasses. Flowers in terminal panicles ;
spikelets one-flowered, variously paniculate. Leaves often
rather small for the tribe (Bambusex), flat, articulated
with the sheaths. C. abietifolia, the only species known to
cultivation in this country, is an interesting and graceful,
stove, climbing Bamboo. I¢ thrives in well-drained loam,
and is propagated either by means of imported seeds or
by division of the rootstock.

A synonym of Lachnostoma

C. abietifolia (Abies-leaved). /. in racemes, terminating the
leafy branches; spikelets green and purple, {in. to Jin. long,
December. 7. sin. to Zin. long, j;in. broad, strict, erect, sessile
on the sheath, linear-lanceolate, acuminate. Stems wiry, smooth,
terete. Jamaica, 1885. (B. M. 6811.)

CHYLODIA. A synonym of Wulffia (which see).

CHYSIS. The cultural requirements of these Orchids
are a light position in the warm intermediate or Cattleya
honse, and during the growing season an abundant supply of
moisture, both at the roots and in the atmosphere. After
growth has become matured less moisture and lighter and
more airy conditions should prevail. Full exposure to the
antumn sun in a vinery, where the leaves have fallen, suits
them admirably. The pots used should be drained to two-
thirds their depth with clean broken crocks, and the potting
compost may consist of fibrous peat and sphagnum, with a
liberal sprinkling of rough sand or broken crocks. The
best season to pot is when the young growths commence to
emit new roots from their base.

The six or eight species referred to this genus are
natives of Mexico and Colombia. To those described on
pp. 326-7, Vol. I., the following should be added :

Cc. aurea maculata (spotted). (l., sepals and petals tawny-
yellow, zoned with purple, white at base ; side lobes of lip yellow,
Stained brownish-purple at base, the middle lobe purple with pale
markings. Venezuela, 1850. (B. M. 4576.)

Cc. Bruennowiana (Bruennow’s). jl. of a pines hue, medium-
sized. Peru, 1893. This closely resembles C. aurea in habit, but
is regarded as a distinct species. Syn. C. Oweniana.

Cc. Limminghei (Comte Alfred de Limminghe’s). /l. 2in. across ;
sepals and petals white, with a purple blotch at apex ; side lobes
of lip reddish-purple and yellow inside, pale buff-yellow outside,
incurved towards the column, the middle lobe bright purple,
streaked with yellow, emarginate ; column white above, yellow
spotted with red opposite the lip. Tabasco, Mexico, 1857. This
is now classed as a distinct species. (B. M. 5265, as a var. of
aurea ; I. H. 1860, t. 240; W.S. O.i., t. 34.)

C. Oweniana (Owen's). A synonym of C. Bruennowiana.

C. undulata (wavy). 7. ten to twelve in a raceme ; sepals and
petals of a lively orange-yellow ; lip cream-coloured, marked with
numerous lines of pink. Pseudo-bulbs lft. high. Native
country unknown. A rare but handsome species.

The following are hybrids :

chelsoniensis ...+e+.0-+ bractescens and levis (Veitch).
langleyensis . - bractescens and Sedenii (Veitch).
ISCO EVM aiateatsts(-\sicein alos Limminghei and bractescens (Veitch).

CHYTROGLOSSA (from chytros, a well, and glossa,
a tongue ; in allusion to the hollow at the base of the lip).
Orv. Orchidex. A small genus (two species) of stove,
epiphytal Orchids, with very short stems, natives of Brazil.
Flowers mediocre, shortly pedicellate ; sepals and petals
similar, free, spreading ; lip continuous with the base of the
column, obscurely three-lobed, with one or two callosities at
base ; column short ; raceme recurved or pendulous. Leaves
sub-distichously fascicled, oblong-elliptic or linear, flat.
These plants should be grown on blocks, in a hot, damp
stove.

C. aurata (golden). fl, sepals green and yellow, petals white,
the base of the column and lip spotted with purple ; dorsal sepal
and petals forming a kind of helmet over the column ; raceme
glaucous, zigzag. J. few, lanceolate, acute, 2in. to 3in. long.
1865. (J. H. S. ser. ii., vol. i, t. 3.)

240

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING, |

Chytroglossa—continued.

Cc. Marileoniz (Marie Léonie’s). fl. having a three-lobed lip,
with a two-starred callus at base. Otherwise resembling
C. aurata. 1865.

CICATRICE, CICATRIX.
falling leaf or other organ.

CICELY, SWEET.

The scar left by a

See Myrrhis odorata.

CICENDIA (a name of doubtful derivation).
Orv. Gentianee. A monotypic genus. ‘The species,
C. pusilla, is a dwarf, much-branched annnal, native of
Western Europe (Britain), with small, pink, white, or pale
yellow flowers ; it is of no horticultural value.

CICER (from kikos, strength; in allusion to the
properties anciently attributed to the seeds). Orb. Legu-
minose, A small genus (about seven species) of stove or
greenhouse, annual or perennial herbs, natives of the
Mediterranean region and West and Central Asia. C. arie-
tinum (Chich Pea) is widely cultivated as pulse, but has no
horticultural value (B. M. 2274).

CICINDELA CAMPESTRIS. See Tiger Beetles.

CIDARIA. A genus of Moths, several species of which
are hurtful in gardens. The commonest are C. associata
(C. dotata, Gn.) and C. prunata (C. ribesiaria). The larvae
of the former feed upon Currants, and those of the latter
upon both Gooseberries and Currants. The perfect insects
of C. associata are about 1fin. in wing-expanse, and are
flying in July. The fore-wings are pale ochreous yellow,
with three reddish-brown zigzag lines—two before and one
behind the middle. The hind-wings are much paler. The
larvee are slender, pale green, with a pale yellow stripe on
each side ; they are feeding during May and June.

C. prunata is rather larger than C. associata, but has
brown fore-wings, with indistinct darker striw, and grey
hind-wings. Itis on the wing in July. The larvais green
or brown, with a darker brown white-spotted ring, and some
whitish triangular spots bordered with brown. It feeds in
May and June. 5

C. fulvata (Barred Yellow Moth) is a third species, not
so common in gardens, but nevertheless destructive to
Roses. The Moth itself is about lin. in wing-expanse ; it
has bright yellow fore-wings, with basal patch rusty red,
and having a wavy edge; there is also a middle reddish
band suffused with a darker colour, as well as a yellow
costal blotch. The hind-wings are whitish-yellow. The
larva is found in May and June; it is pale green, with
darker green dorsal lines and yellow stripes at side.

As these are chewing insects, the bushes had better be
sprayed with Paris Green (loz. to 20galls. of water), taking
care that in the case of the Gooseberries and the Currants
the frnit is not required for culinary purposes until some
time after. Or powdered hellebore, if dusted on in the
early morning, will be similarly efficacious ; but this, too,
is a powerful poison, and must be used with care.

CIENFUEGIA. A synonym of Fugosia (which see).

CIENFUGOSIA. A synonym of Fugosia (which
see).

CIMICIFUGA PALMATA. A synonym of Traut-
vetteria palmata (which see).

CIMINALIS. A synonym of Gentiana (which see).
CINCHONA. Quina; Quino; Quinguina. Syn. Kin-

kina. Thirty-six species are comprised in this genus. To

those described on p. 327, Vol. I., the following variety

should be added :

GC. Calisaya Josephiana (Joseph de Jussieu’s). A very distinct
variety, with whitish, very fragrant flowers. Bolivia and Peru,
1866. (B. M. 6052.)

C. Condaminea (Condaminea). A synonym of C. oficinalis.

CINERARIA. Syn. Xenocarpus. Of the twenty-five
species included in this genus, twenty-two are natives of
South and three of tropical Africa. Leaves alternate or
yadical, often broad and incised-toothed or variously
pinnatisect, rarely entire. To the species and varieties
described on pp. 329-30, Vol. I., the following should be
added. Several plants formerly included here are now
referred to Senecio.

C. albicans (whitish). /l.-heads clear yellow, jin. to Zin. in
diameter ; corymb terminal, few-headed. 7. somewhat reniform
or nearly circular in outline, cordate at base, five- to seven-

Cineraria—continued.
lobed ; lobes equally trilobulate and many-toothed. Stems 1ft. te
1sft. high, clothed with cottony tomentum. Natal, 1895. Half
hardy. a

C. aurita (eared). A garden synonym of Senecio Heritiert.

Cc. cruenta. The correct name is Doronicum eruentum.

C. gigantea (gigantic). A synonym of Senecio Smithii.

C. lanata (woolly). A synonym of Senecio Heritieri.

C. longifolia. The correct name is Senecio brachychetus.

C, Lynchii (Lynch’s). A garden hybrid between C. multiflora and
C. cruenta. 1897.

C. maritima. The correct name is Senecio Cineraria.

Cc. m. aureo-variegata (golden-variegated). 1. green, margined
ra sao Fr ts 1893. A pretty variety. (J. H.xxvi., p. 438,

C. m. candidissima (whitest). In this variety the foliage is
remarkably white and compact.

CINNAMODENDRON. A couple of species form
this genus, one being a native of the Antilles and the
other Brazilian. Bracts three; sepals and petals four or
five, sub-equal; cymes few-flowered. For culture, see
Canella.

CINNAMOMUM. Camphora is included in this
genus by the authors of the ‘‘Genera Plantarum.”
C. Camphora is the correct name of Camphora officinalis.
The following species is worth description :

Cc. zeylanicum (Cingalese). Cinnamon-tree fl yellowish-white,
in terminal racemes. jr. berry-like. J. opposite, petioiave, ovate-
oblong, entire, coriaceous, glabrous, 3in. to 4in. long. kh. very
variable. Ceylon. Syn. Laurus Cinnamomum.

CIONIDIUM. See Deparia.

_ CIPURA. Syn. Marica (of Schreber). C. martinicensis
is synonymous with Trimezia martinicensis.

CIRCUMCISED. Divided in a transverse, circular

manner,

CIRRHZA. C. saccata (B. M. 3726) and C. viridi-
purpurea (B. M. 2978) are included among the Kew col-
lection of Orchids; but, as observed on p. 330, Vol. L.,
the species of this genus are rarely seen in cultivation.

CIRRHOPETALUM. Syns. Hippoglossum, Zygo-
glossum. The species of this genus are mostly natives of
the East Indies (thirty-eight are described in Hooker’s
‘*Flora of British India”) or the Malayan Archipelago ;
one is found in the Mascarene Islands, another in China,
and a third in Australia. To those described on pp.
330-1, Vol. I., the following should be added:

Cc. Amesianum (Hon. F. L. Ames’s). fl. rather large, six to ten
in a nodding spike ; lateral sepals yellowish-white, shaded with
rosy-purple at the base, united; dorsal sepal and petals yellow,
fringed with reddisb-brown ; lip reddish-brown ; scapes nodding.
t. Pree Pseudo-bulbs quadrangular. Tropical Asia. (L. vili.,
t. 314.)

C. appendiculatum (having an appendage). fl. solitary, about
8in. long ; upper sepal white, with three purple lines, and bearing
at the apex a long, slender, purple plume; petals white, with one
purple line, and a brush-like plume at the end of each ; lip of two
shades of bright purple, thick, tongue-like, and the long, lower
sepals whitish with purplish marks, and united (or so closely

laced as to appear to be so), each finishing up in a slender point
engal, 1898. A most remarkable species. (G. C. 1898, ii.
pp. 391, 415, f. 118.)

Cc. Blepharistes (eyelid-like). /., lateral sepals pale yellowish-
green, with faint red nerves, coherent, lin. long; petals yellow,
tipped with red ; raceme short, erect, dense-flowered. 7. 2in. to
3in. long, oblong, very thick. Pseudo-bulbs 14in. to Sin. long,
oblong. Khasia, &c.

C. brevipes (short-stalked). fl. rose-pink, three to four in an
umbel ;. lateral sepals free, lin. long; scape sin. to lin. long.
7. 2in. long, linear-oblong. Pseudo-bulbs erect, lin. to 1J4in. long.
Rhizome long and slender. Sikkim Himalaya.

C. czspitosum (tufted). jl. pale ochreous-yellow, cellular or

apillose ; lateral sepals jin. long ; umbel few-flowered. April.

i 4in. to 6in. long, linear- or oblong-lanceolate. Pseudo-bulbs
ovoid, Khasia, &e., 1837.

C. Collettii (Collett’s). 7. dark purple and yellow ; dorsal sepal
Zin. long ; lateral ones 4in. to Sin. long, with filiform tips; umbel
many-flowered ; scape 3in. to 6in. long, very robust. J. lin. to
14in. long, sessile ovate to elliptic-oblong, thick. Pseudo-bulbs
very small. Rhizome very stout. Eastern Birma, 1891. The
largest and most beautiful of the Indian species. (B. M.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 241

Cirrhopetalum—continwed.

C. compactum (compact). ji. pale straw-yellow, small, sub-
wnbellate, nodding ; lateral sepals about 4in. long. September.
1. lin. to 1fin. long, elliptic-oblong, fleshy, sessile. Pseudo-bulbs
sin. long. Tenasserim, 1895.

Cc. cornutum (horned). #. arranged in a radiating umbel ;
lateral sepals reddish-brown, 14in. long, convex, coherent ; dorsal
sepal an peas green, blotched with purplish-brown; scape
long and slender. J. 6in. to 10in. long, linear-oblong. Pseudo-
bulbs lin. to Sin. long, ovoid or columnar. Sikkim and Khasia,
1852. A pretty and curious species. (B. M. 4753.)

C. Curtisii (Curtis's). 4. white, pink, and yellow, small, disposed
in an umbel; scape 4in. long. J. linear-oblong, 4in. long.
Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, gin. long. Rhizome flexuous. Malacca,
1897. Allied to C. Cumingii. (B. M. 7554.)

Cc. elegantulum (somewhat elegant). This is described as a
species ‘‘too small to be showy, though the flowers are pretty
enough, being striped with maroon-purple on a pale ground.”
Madras, 1891.

C. fimbriatum (fringed). /l. green, with long red cilia to the
petals ; lateral sepals lin. to 1din. long ; umbels many-flowered.
April. Pseudo-bulbs globose, smooth, leafless when flowering.
Bombay, 1838. (B. M. 4391.)

C. Gamblei (Gamble’s). . yellow, streaked and dotted with
red ; lateral apes 4in. long ; scape lin. to 2in. long, very slender.
Z. lin. to 2in. ong linear-oblong or -lanceolate. Pseudo-bulbs
din. long, ovoid. ilghiri Hills.

Cc. gamosepalum (with united sepals). f., dorsal sepal and
le bright red, the lateral ones speckled with purple, gin.
ong and at first coherent, at length widely divergent; scape
slender, 4in. long. . J. 2in. to Sin. long, linear-oblong or oblanceo-
late. Pseudo-bulbs lin. to l4in. long. Tenasserim, &c.

C. gracillimum (very slender). fl. reddish-purple, in shape like
those of C. vaginatum ; lateral sepals 14in. long ; scape slender,
6in. to Tin. long. 7. 2kin. long, oblong, attenuated at base.
Pseudo-bulbs jin. long, tetragonal-ovoid, one-leaved. Rhizome
creeping. Birma (?).

C. grandiflorum (large-flowered). fl. purple ; sepals acuminate,
the lateral ones 2in. long, the dorsal one cymbiform, ciliated ;
scape as long as the leaves, stout. J. 3in. to 5in. long, linear-
oblong, shortly petiolate. Pseudo-bulbs conical. Ceylon, 1895.

Cc. graveolens (strongly-scented). fl. strongly scented ; sepals
and petals yellowish-green, speckled with red; lip reddish-
brown, changitls to cee purple; raceme Tin. across, about
thirteen-flowered ; scape 6in. high. J. 1ft. long, Sin. broad. New
Guinea, 1896.

Cc. guttulatum (slightly striped). ., sepals yellowish or
eenish, speckled with purple, spreading, the lateral ones 4in.
Zin. long; lip short ; umbel few-flowered ; scape 6in. to 10in.

long, sprinkled with purple. 7. 6in. to 10in. long. Pseudo-bulbs
lin. to 2in. long, ovoid. Sub-tropical Himalaya, 1837. (B. M.
4267.) Syn. Bulbophyllum umbellatum (B. R. 1894, t. 44).

c. Lendyanum (Lendy’s). #. whitish, with a greenish-yellow
hue; lateral sepals free, twice as long as the ligulate, acuminate
upper one; petals ligulate, acuminate ; lip compressed, bicarinate
on the narrow unpee side ; raceme umbellate. 7. cuneate-oblong,
acute, minutely bilobed, purple beneath. Pseudo-bulbs pyriform-
tetragonal, reddish. 1887.

C. Macrzei (Macrae’s). fl. between umbellate and racemose ;
aa pale yellow and scarlet, the lateral ones 3in. long,
coherent, with long, filiform tips; scape 6in. long, very slender.
April. 7. 3in. to Sin. long, oblong, petiolate. Pseudo-bulbs
scarcely as large as nutmegs. Ceylon, 1839. (B. M. 4422.)

Cc. maculosum (spotted). #1. pale yellowish-green, unspotted [sic],
two to five in an umbel; lateral sepals 4in. to Zin. long; scape
stout, 2in. to din. long. J. Sin. to 6in. long, linear, notched.
Rhizome slender. Western Himalaya, 1841.

Cc. Makoyanum (Makoy’s). jl. pale yellow, dotted with red,
l1fjin. long, twelve to fourteen in a star-like umbel; scape very
slender, erect, reddish-brown. January. J. pune OPleacsnlate:
Pseudo-bulbs sparse, narrow-pitcher-shaped. Rhizome robust,
creeping. East Indies (?), 1892. (B. M. 7259.)

C. Mastersianum (Dr. Masters’). jl. deep yellow, 14in. long, with
the upper half of the lateral sepals brown and the lip brownish-
purple ; umbels six- to eight-flowered, borne on aeplite drooping
scapes. J. 4in. to Sin. ong. lin. broad. Pseudo-bulbs_ ovoid-
quadrangular, one-leaved. Dutch Indies, 1890. (L. vi., t. 255.)

C. Medusz. The correct name is Bulbophyllum Meduse.

C. mysorense (Mysore). jl, almost white, except the lip, which
is purple ; lateral ra seer din. long; scape 3in. to 4in. long.
September. J. 3sin. long, linear-oblong, attenuated at base.
Pseudo-bulbs jin. to lin. long, tetragonal-ovoid, one-leaved,
distant. Hills of Mysore, 1891. Allied to C. maculoswm.

C. nodosum (having prominent nodes). jl. densely speckled
with reddish-brown on a darker ground, sub-racemose, lin.

: Vol. V

Cirrhopetalum—continued.

long; scape 3sin. long, six- or seven-flowered. J. 5kin. long,
linear-oblong, narrowed at base. Pseudo-bulbs distant, the
intervals on the rhizome showing several thickened nodes.
Southern India, 1892. Allied to C. Macrei.

Cc. Obrienianum (O'Brien's). #1. yellow and maroon, small, borne
on a@ scape Yin. long. J. oblong, 24in. long. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid,
sin. long. Borneo, 1893. Allied to C. Makoyanum.

Cc. ornatissimum (very ornate). jl. pale yellow, streaked and
stained with purple, about the size of those of C. Thouarsit;

Fic. 261. CIRRHOPETALUM PICTURATUM.

dorsal sepal fringed at apex, the lateral ones prolonged into
slender tails; lip deep purple, reflexed, with a curved claw ;
umbel four- or five-flowered ; scape short. J. oblong, 4in. to 5in.
long. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, lin. to 1sin. long. Sikkim Himalaya,
1889. (B. M. 7229; W. O. A., t. 369.)

21

242

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cirrhopetaium—continued.

Cc. picturatum (adorned). /. 2in. or more in length; upper
sepals 4in. long, with a terminal, purple thread 4in. long ; lateral
sepals connivent in a pale, dirty green, convex blade; petals
very small; umbel about ten-flowered; scape green, speckled
with purple, 8in. to 10in. long ; sheaths speckled red. /. solitary,
3in. to 6in. long, lin. broad, linear-oblong. Pseudo-bulbs tufted.
Moulmein, 1885. See Fig. 261. (B. M. 6802.)

Cc. pulchrum (beautiful). l., dorsal sepal purple, dotted with
AaeeOne PUREE, the lateral ones connate in a yellow, purple-
blotched, linear-oblong, obtuse lamina, 14in. long ; petals purple,
falcate ; lip purple, linear-oblong, recurved ; pedicels sin. long;
umbel about seven-flowered; scape erect, 4in. to Sin. long.
7. oblong, obtuse and emarginate at apex, narrowed at base,
thick. Halmahera, 1886.

Cc. refractum (bent back).

C. robustum (robust). fl. 24in. long ; sepals and petals greenish-
yellow, tinged with purple; lip deep reddish-purple; scape
very stout, bearing an eleven-flowered umbel 74in. across.
1. thick and leathery, 13in. long, 4in, broad. Pseudo-bulbs large,
ovate, angled. New Guinea, 1893. Probably the largest species
known. (B. M. 7557; G. C. 1895, ii., p. 771, f. 116.)

C. Rothschildianum (Hon. W. Rothschild’s). jf. bright
crimson-purple, blotched with yellow on the sepals. Pseudo-
bulbs ovate or pyriform. Darjeeling, 1895. new species,
closely allied to C. Collettii. (G. C. 1895, xviii., p. 608, f. 102.)

C. setiferum (bristle-bearing). jl. umbellate, 2in. long ; sepals
and petals bristly ; scape slender, Yin. to 10in. long, four- to six-
flowered. August. J, 9in. to 10in, long, narrow-oblong, obtuse.
Pseudo-bulbs lin. long, lin. to 2in. distant. Himalayas, 1891.
Allied to C. picturatum.

A synonym of C. Wallichii.

Cc. stragularium (curtained). #., middle sepal spotted purple,
purple at top, elliptic, cucullate, the lateral ones sulphur,
lotched and spotted purple; petals yellowish, spotted purple,
brownish-purple at apex ; lip numerously spotted with blackish-
purple, curved, with two divaricate angles near the base, con-
volute. 7. petiolate, cuneate-oblong, blunt, 6in. to 7in. long.
aan This “may be the same as C. pulchrum” (H. G. Reichen-
ach).

Cc. Thwaitesii (Thwaites’), fl. pale straw-coloured; lateral
sepals sin. long, lanceolate, widely spreading, twice as long as
the ovate dorsal one; petals acute. Ceylon (at 4000ft. to 7000ft.
elevation). According to Hooker, there is some confusion
regarding this species.

Cc. vaginatum (sheathed). jl. pale yellow, lin. or more in length ;
dorsal sepal many times longer than the lateral ones; lip two-
ridged ; scape 2in. to 3in. long, laxly sheathed. JZ. 2in. to 4in.
long, oblong, emarginate. Pseudo-bulbs 4in. to lin. long,
conical. Rhizome very stout. Penang, &c., 1843.

C. Wallichii (Wallich’s). #. reddish-brown; lateral sepals lin.
to l{in. long, three or four times as long as the dorsal one;
umbels few-flowered; scape equalling or exceeding the leaves.
1. 2in. to 4in. long, elliptic-oblong. Pseudo-bulbs jin. to lin. long,
sub-globose, ovoid or elongated. ‘Temperate Himalaya, 1837.
Syn. C. refractum.

C. Wendlandianum (Wendland’s). 1. of a wine-purple colour ;
sepals ciliated with a few trembling, clavate hairs, and having
tails 6in. to Tin. long. British Birma, 1891. Something in the
way of C. Collettti. (R. X. O., t. 243.)

Cc. Whiteanum (White's). 7. light straw-yellow, with a bright
yellow lip. Moluccas (?), 1895. This species is allied to C. vagi-
natum, but has pseudo-bulbs and leaves scarcely half as large.

Cc. Wightii (Wight’s). ft. ochreous-green; sepals having a
marginal line of red specks, the lateral ones @in. long; GERI
six- to eight-flowered; scape shorter or longer than the leaf,
speckled with red. 7. 14in. to 24in. long, elliptic or linear-oblong.
Pseudo-bulbs ovoid. Rhizome stout. Ceylon.

The following species are grown at Kew, but are rarely met with
elsewhere: C. concinnum, C. delitescens, C. mundulum, C. pro-
liferum.

CISSUS. To the species described on p. 331, Vol. L.,
the following should now be added. See also Ampelopsis
and Vitis.

C. incisa (cut). fl. in a somewhat corymbose or compoundly
umbellate panicle. jr. black, shining, as large as small peas.
1. thick, pale green, glabrous, the lowest three-lobed, the upper
ones trifolioliate; leaflets lin. to 2in, long, sometimes two- or
three-lobed. Stem woody. h. 4ft. to 5ft. ‘United States.

C. i. Rocheana (Roche’s). /7. more globose than in the type.
Central Africa. (R. H. 1884, p. 272.)

C. mexicana (Mexican). /7. red or white, large, and of a fine
flavour. 7. something like those of the common Vine. Stems
annual. Sinalva, Mexico, 1888.

Cissus—continued.

C. velutinus (velvety). /. of an intense coral-red; peduncle at
least twice as long as in C. discolor; cyme larger and laxer.
1. green, broadly veined with white above, blood-red beneath.
Habit as C. discolor. Habitat unknown. (B. M. 5207.)

CISTELLA. A synonym of Geodorum (which see).

CISTUS. Including Halimium. About a score species
are sufficiently distinct to rank as such; they are all natives
of Enrope, North Africa, and the Asiatic shore of the
Mediterranean.

C. corbariensis. Sce C. salvifolius corbariensis.

C. florentinus. See C. monspeliensis florentinus.

C. guttatus (striped). A synonym of Helianthemum gutta’um.
C. tauricus (Taurian). This is one of the varieties of C. creticus.

CISTUS, GROUND. See Rhodothamnus Chame-
cistus.

CITRIOBATUS (from Citros, a Citron, and batos, a
thorn; the plant is known in Australia as the Orange
Thorn). Op. Pittosporez. A small genus (two species)
of greenhouse, evergreen, rigid, much-branched, Australian
shrubs, with small, solitary flowers, and insignificant,
entire or toothed leaves. Both species have been intro-
duced, but they are of little horticultural value.

i eens a oa A synonym of Villaresia (which
see).

CITRUS. This genus embraces, according to Hooker,
about seven species, natives of tropical Asia and Australia,
and seyeral of them broadly cultivated over the tropical
regions of the globe. Calyx cup-shaped or urceolate,
three- to five-cleft; petals four to eight, linear-oblong,
thick, imbricated ; stamens twenty to sixty. Fruit globose
or oblong, fleshy, many-celled. To the species, &c.,
described on p. 335, Vol. I., the following varieties should
be added:

Cc. Aurantium Bergamia. Bergamot Orange. l. small,
very sweet-scented. jr. pale yellow, globose or pear-shaped ;
pulp acidulous, with a pleasant aroma. (B. M. 7194.)

Cc. .A. Bigaradia. The correct name of B. vulgaris.
C. Bergamia. A variety of C. Aurantium.
C. Bigaradia. A synonym of C. vulgaris.

C. buxifolia (Box-leaved), of gardens. A synonym of Severinia
buxifolia.

oy pis a (aidai). A variety of the Mandarin Orange (C. nobilis).

Cc. Limetta and C. Limonum are varieties of C. medica.

C. Lumia (Lumia). Sweet Lemon. /l. tinged with red. fr.
ovoid-oblong, with a long mamilla ; rind having convex vesicles.
1. having a simply-margined petiole. A sub-variety of C. medica
Limetta.

Cc. medica Riversii (Rivers’). Bijou Lemon. /1. white, small.
Jr. small, globose. J. elliptic, serrated, on short, wingless
petioles. 1! (B. M. 6807.)

C. sinensis (Chinese). Chinese Orange. /l. very white. fr.
about as large as a Plum, a little flattened; pulp bitter,
acidulous. A variety of C. Aurantium.

C. triptera (three-winged). A garden synonym of C. trifoliata.

CLADANTHUS (from klados, a branch, and anthos, a
flower; the flowers are produced at the ends of the
branches). ORD. Composite. A monotypic genus. The
species, CO. proliferus, a half-hardy, strong-smelling annual,
native of the South of Spain and Northern Africa, has
been introduced, but is of no particular horticultural value.

CLADIUM (from klados, a twig). Orb. Cyperacer. A
genus embracing about a score species of stove, greenhouse
or hardy Sedges, found in all except cold climates. Flowers
bisexual; glumes few, concave; spikelets terete, usually
panicled or cymose. C. germanicum is useful for
naturalising in boggy situations.

C. germanicum (German). /., spikelets 4in. long, crowded in
pedicelled heads 4in. in diameter ; cymes axillary and terminal,
corymbose, the branches lin. to din. Jong. July and August.
7. 2ft. to 4ft. long, sin. in diameter, rigid, keeled. Stems 2ft. to
5ft. high, terete or obscurely trigonal. Europe (Britain), North
Africa, &e. Syn. C. Mariscus.

C. Mariscus (Mariscus). A synonym of C. germanicum.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Gate 24a

CLADIUS PADI. See Rose Sawfies.

CLADIUS PYRI is the name scientists have bestowed
upon a most destructive species of Sawfly infesting the
leaves of both Pear and Plum, and, like many other
members of the same family, it is unfortunately double-
brooded, appearing in spring and autumn. The perfect
insects are on the wing towards the end of April, and the
eggs are laid on the under-surfaces of the leaves of the
food-plant. They hatch out in rather more than a month,
and the young larye at once commence to feed upon the
leaves. Unlike many Sawflies—that infesting the Cob-nut,
for instance—they are seldom observed either when feeding
or when at rest, for in the latter condition they remain
eurled up in the under-sides of the leaves of their food-
plant. There is, however, ample evidence of their presence,
as the epidermis of the leaves attacked is entirely removed,
while a little later large holes are made.

As soon as these larve are detected a sheet should be
procured, and the branches of the trees lightly tapped, as
the insects will fall to the ground on the slightest alarm.
Syringing such trees with soapsuds will also make it
unpleasant for any that remain, and also cause the insects
to drop to the ground, a sheet having been arranged for
their reception. From this they may be easily collected
and despatched. If allowed to remain, the larve, when
full-fed, spin a cocoon in the soil, and in that pupate, the
perfect insects emerging as before noted. The remedies
recommended under Gooseberry and Currant Sawfly
will also be found useful.

eo A synonym of Scaphyglottis (which
see).

Fic. 262. FLOWERS OF CLARKIA ELEGANS FLORE-PLENO.

CLADOSPORIUM DENDRITICUM. See Apple
and Pear Scab and Pear Fungi.

oe ee FULVUM. ‘See Tomato Leaf-
ust.

CLADOSTYLES. A synonym of Evolvulus (which

see).
CLAIRISIA. A synonym of Anredera (which see).
CLANDESTINA. Included under Lathrza (which

see). C. rectiflora is now known as L. Clandestina.

CLAPPERTONIA.
(which see).

CLARCKIA. See Clarkia.
CLARIONEA. A synonym of Perezia (which see).

CLARKEIA. Also spelt Clarckia. Including Phxostoma.
Four species, natives of North America, form this genus.
These very effective annuals are very largely employed
for borders. Old kinds like C. elegans have been
improved by the florist, and we now have forms that for
effect surpass it easily—Purple King, Salmon Queen, Tom
Thumb Rose, and White Queen.

C. elegans flore-pleno, There aresome lovely double-flowered
forms, white, pink, and violet. They are more ornamental than
the singles (see Fig. 262).

A synonym of Honckenya

CLASS. In botany this term is used for a group of
related natural orders.

CLASSIFICATION.
CLAUSENA. C. Wampi is the correct name of Cookia

punctata.
CLAVICEPS PURPUREA. See Ergot Fungus.

CLAVIFORM. The same as Clavate (which see).

CLAVIJA. Syns. Horta, Zacintha (of Vellozo). About
twenty-five species, all tropical American, are here included.
To those described on p. 336, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

C. Ernstii (Ernst’s), jl. pendulous, fin. long; corolla fleshy, the
disk apricot-colour; racemes 2in. to 4in. long, drooping, many-
flowered. July. 7. clustered at the ends of the branches, on
long petioles, coriaceous, 12in. to l6in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad,
pale beneath, elliptic-oblong, oblong-lanceolate, or oblanceolate,
acute or sub-acute, entire. Trunk (in native specimens) 4ft. to
5ft. high. Caraccas, 1879, (B. M. 6928.)

C. cauliflora (SYN. Theophrasta antioquensis) has also been
introduced.

CLAY. The bringing of heavy Clay land into a good
state of cultivation needs very careful management. The
object should be to ridge up the ground in winter as rough
as possible, and to expose as great a surface to the action of
frost and wind as can be; the addition of strawy-manure,
road-serapings, decayed vegetable matter, burnt refuse, or
anything that will render the Clay more porous and friable
will be of great service. Burning is a very expensive
operation, and it is doubtful whether it would not be more
profitable to drain and improve the soil by the addition
of other things, than to burn the surface.

CLAY-COLOURED WEEVIL. ‘ee Weevils.

CLAYING. This consists in the addition of Clay to a
light, porous soil, to make it heavier and more retentive of
moisture, and to improve its staple generally. It is also
occasionally used for lining a pond or lake to make it
retain water which would otherwise filter away through
the bottom and sides. In some parts this is termed
‘* puddling.””

CLAYTONIA. About twenty-five species form this
genus. To those described on p. 336, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

C. alsinoides (Alsine-like). 7. white, pedicellate, solitary or
racemose; petals having two sharp teeth. March to June.
1., radical ones petiolate, ovate, acuminate ; upper ones opposite,
mucronate. Colombia, 1794. A form of C. sibirica. (B. M.
1309.)

CLEARWING MOTHS. See Sesia.

See Botany.

244

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CLEISOSTOMA. Syn. Pomatocalpa. Inclading
Echioglossum. This genus comprises, according to the
“Index Kewensis,”’ upwards of forty species, mostly natives
of the East Indies, the Malayan Archipelago, and tropical
Australia. To those dpannined on p. 337, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

Cc. brevipes (short-footed). l. gin. in diameter; sepals and
petals orange-yellow, with two purple bands; lip pale yellow;
spike lin. to l4in. long, dense-flowered. J. 4in. long, distichous,
uniform, linear-lanceolate, acute, fleshy. Stems tufted, 8in. to
12in. long. Sikkim Himalaya. ;

C. crassifolium (thick-leaved).
with a rosy lip, produced in nodding panicles from the axils of
the leaves. J. 8in. to 10in. long, closely set, thick, leathery,
much recurved, resembling those of a Vanda. India, 1850
.. iii., t. 139; L. J. F. 397; P. F. G. iii. 29.)

C. Guibertii (Guibert’s). 1. pale whitish-yellow, with cinnamon
rings ; sepals and petals cuneate-oblong, obtuse ; lip pandurate;
column short; panicle many-flowered. Habitat not recorded,
1862. (L., t. 9.)

C. ringens (gaping). /. ochreous, having the middle lobe of the
lip purple and an orange spot on the side lobes; spur very large,
broad, cylindrical; raceme few-flowered. 7. oblong, emarginate,
din. to 4in. long, 14in. broad. Philippines, 1888. A pretty little
species.

C. Wendlandorum (Wendland’s). /l. yellow, minute, papil-
lose; raceme or panicle 4in. to 6in. long. 6in. to 10in.
long, lin. to 1sin. broad, broadly lorate, coriaceous, bilobed.
Stems lin. to 14in. long, very stout. Tenasserim, &c.

Cc. Zollingerianum (Zollinger’s). A new species, ‘‘of Vanda-
like habit, but with very short spikes of only a single flower,
which is lin. across and white with red-brown spots” (G. C.).
Sunda Islands, 1897.

CLEISTES. Included under Pogonia (which see).
CLEISTOCACTUS. Included under Cereus (which

see).
CLEITRIA. A synonym of Venidium (which see).

CLEMATIS. Including Viorna and Viticella. Atra-
gene (see Vol. I., p. 143) is also merged hereunder by
Bentham and Hooker. About 100 species are included in
this genus; they are mostly dispersed over temperate
regions, and are rarely found within the tropics. To the
species and varieties described on pp. 338-40, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

C. Addisoni (Addison’s). 71., sepals dark riniei paEDle, except at
the acute, reflexed tips, which are yellow. Alleghany Mountains,
1896. This hardy species is closely allied to C. Gitar: (G. & F.
1896, p. 324, f. 43.)

C. alpina (alpine). The correct name of Atragene alpina.

Cc. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). fl. yellowish-white, not very
Pumerous, scented, long-pedicellate, disposed in very loose
panicles at the tips of the branches; sepals four, truncate, the
orders recurved. June and July. J., leaflets four or five,
lanceolate, acute, glabrous, long-petiolulate.
to C. Flammula.

C. apiifolia (Apium-leaved). i. dull white, with six styles,
paniculate. August and September. J. ternately cleft ; segments
ovate, acuminate, incised-toothed. A. 10ft. Japan. A strong,
hardy climber.

Cc. barbellata (slightly-bearded), . dull purple, large; sepals
oblong, acuminate, pubescent on both sides, the margins villous;
anthers softly bearded on the back; pedicels naked. May.
l. once ternately divided; leaflets ovate-lanceolate, acute,
toothed or lobed. Western Temperate Himalayas. A woody,
greenhouse climber. (B. M. 4794.) Syn. C. nepaulensis.

Cc. brevicaudata (short-tailed). 7. white, small; peduncles
spreading, shorter than the leaves, crowded in panicles.
7. pinnate; leafiets ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, deeply and
sharply serrated, and covered with appressed hairs. China and
Japan, 1888. Hardy. Syn. C. Pieroti.

C. czerulea. The correct name is C. patens.
C. californica (Californian). A variety of C. ligusticifolia.
C. coccinea (scarlet). A form of C. Viorna.

C. Colensoi (Colenso’s). jl. greenish-yellow, very sweet-scented,
lyin. across; sepals y; peduncles and pedicels slender.
i. generally biternate or trifoliolate with the leaflets three-lobed
or tripartite; leaflets jin. to tin. long, ovate-cordate. New
Zealand, 1844 and 1889. A slender, greenhouse climber. Syn.
C. hexasepala (B. R. xxxii., t. 44).

C. connata (connate). i. pale yellow; sepals oblong, sub-
acute, not ribbed, pubescent outside, densely tomentose inside;
panicles many-flowered. Autumn. J. pinnate; leaflets three to
seven, distant, 2in. to 4in. long, broadly ovate-cordate, coarsely
serrated or almost three-lobed. Himalayas. A large, woody,
hardy climber.

fl. sea-green, sin. in diameter,

Austria. Allied

Clematis—continued.

C. Davidiana (David's). Syn. C. mongolica (pf gardens). See
under C. tubulosa.

C. divaricata (divaricate), A synonym of C. eriostemon.

C. Douglasii (David Douglas’s). 7. very deep purple inside, pearl
outside, nodding; sepals ltin. long, oblong, erect, spreading,
much longer than the stamens. J/. hairy, twice or thrice pin-
natifid ; segments linear, rather obtuse. Stem herbaceous, erect,
ne strongly striated, one-fiowered. h.1ft. North America,
1889. Hardy.

C. eriostemon (woolly-stamened). /. bluish-violet; sepals
oblong-deltoid, acuminate and revolute at apex, the margins
undulated; peduncles three-flowered. Summer. J. usually
pinnate ; segments two or three pairs, thick, dark green, oval,
the lateral ones entire, the terminal onesirregularly three-lobed.
Tendrils wanting. h. 3ft. to 34ft. Probably North America,
(R. H. 1852, p. 341.) Syns. C. divaricata (R. H. 1856, p. 341),
C. Hendersoni (of gardens).

C. Fremontii (Fremont’s). jl. purple, terminal, nodding ; sepals
thick, lin. long, narrow-lanceolate, recurved at tip. J. three or
four pairs, snap le, coriaceous, sparingly villous, sessile, broadly
ovate, 2in. to 4in. long, entire or few-toothed. Stems stout,
erect, clustered, 6in. to 12in. high, usually branched. Kansas.

C. fusca (fuscous). jl. reddish-brown, campanulate, thickly covered
with brownish wool. fr. forming a thick, globular head of
plumose tails about lin. across. Stems prostrate or climbing to
a height of 6ft. or 8ft. China and Japan. A hardy perennial or
under-shrub. Syn. C. kamtschatica.

C. graveolens (strongly-scented). A synonym of C. orientalis.

Cc. hakonensis (Hakon). fl. violet or violet-purple, spreading,
4sin. to Tin. in diameter; sepals four to six, elliptic or ovate-
elliptic, narrowed or rounded and mucronate at apex. July to
October. JZ. pinnate; leaflets five to seven, ovate, acuminate,
rounded at base, very rarely three-lobed, dark green and
glabrous above, villous beneath. Japan, 1860. A vigorous
twiner. C. Jackmanni (of gardens) is one of the varieties of this
species,

C. Hendersoni (Henderson’s). A form of C. reticulata.
C. Hendersoni, of gardens. A synonym of C. eriostemon.

C. heraclezfolia (Heracleum-leaved). . purplish-blue, some-
what resembling those of a Hyacinth in shape ; corymbs borne on
short, erect peduncles, which, as well as the branches, are
velvety-grey. J. pinnatisect ; segments ovate-lanceolate, broadly
incised-toothed, the ultimate ones three-lobed. h. 2ft. China.
Hardy. Syn. C. tubulosa.

C. h. Hookerii (Hooker's). i. lilac, tubular, Zin. long, pedi-
cellate, disposed in axillary clusters. J. ai pinnately tri-
foliolate; leaflets elliptic, acute, dentate. orth China, 1885.
An ornamental, hardy shrub. (B. M. 6801, under name of
C. tubulosa Hookerii.) C. tubulosa is now regarded as a synonym
of C. heraclecefolia.

C. hexasepala (six-sepaled). A synonym of C. Colensoi.

C. Hookeri (Hooker’s). A form of C. tubulosa.

Cc. Jackmanni (Jackmann’s). A form of C. hakonensis. See
p. 340, Vol. L.

C. kamtschatica (Kamtschatkan). A synonym of C. fusca.

C. ligusticifolia (Ligusticum-leaved). /. white, fragrant, Zin.
across, dicecious, borne in paniculate corymbs. 7. pinnate and
ternate; leaflets chiens acute, mostly lanceolate - cuneate,

incisely toothed and trifi h. 30ft. Rocky Mountains. A some-
what pubescent, hardy, more or less shrubby species.

C. 1. californica (Californian). This differs from the type in
having smaller, somewhat tomentose leaves. 1840.

C. mongolica (Mongol). A garden synonym of C. Davidiana.

Cc. montana. This is one of the most beautiful of spring-flowering
subjects (see Fig. 265), but it requires plenty of space.

Cc. nepaulensis (Nepaul). A synonym of C. barbellata.
C. patens (spreading). The correct name of C. c@rulea.
C. Pieroti (Pierot’s). A synonym of C. brevicaudata.

C. Pitcheri. C. Sargenti is a form of this species.

C. P. lasiostylis (having a woolly style). jl. having the recurved
ortion of the sepals deep purplish-blue. fr. of a richer red and
Tewee than in the type.

C. Pitcheri-coccinea (hybrid). A garden hybrid, intermediate
in character between the two parents indicated by the name.
1893

Cc. recta flore-pleno (double-flowered).
double, produced in elegant clusters. 1890.

Cc. reticulata (reticulated).

jl. greenish-white,

fl. dull greenish and purplish,
solitary, pendulous, on long peduncles; sepals connivent, re-
curved at the tips. September. /. leathery, prominently reticu-
lated; upper ones simple, elliptic; lower ones pinnate, with

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 245

Clematis—continued.
seven to nine variable leaflets. Southern United States, 1880.
A rambling, hardy or nearly hardy climber. (B. M. 6574.)

Cc. r. Hendersoni (Henderson’s). /l. dee Sy sweet-

scented, over 2in. across; sepals wrinkled. June
h. 8ft. to 10ft.

September.

Fic. 263. CLEMATIS MONTANA.

C. rhodochlora (reddish-green). jl. about the size of those of
C. Viticella ; two smaller sepals vinous-red above, paler towards
the base, whitish flushed with red beneath ; larger sepals nearly
double the size of the smaller ones, green, quite foliaceous.
l. simple, broadly oval or sub-cordate, shortly stalked. 1887.
Garden variety.

Fic. 264. FLOWER AND BuD OF CLEMATIS COUNTESS OF LOVELACE.

C. Robertsiana (Roberts's). 7. citron-yellow, nodding, 3in. to
Sin. in diameter, terminal, solitary, on long peduncles ; sepals
four, lanceolate. /. on rather long petioles, biternately cut ;

Clematis—continued.

leaflets ovate-lanceolate, lin. to 24in. long, mucronate-serrated.
Branches slender, 4ft. to 5ft. long. Afghanistan. A sarmentose,
hardy shrub.

C. Sargenti (Sargent’s). This is merely a small-flowered form of
C. Pitcheri. North America, 1888.

C. Stanleyi (Lord Derby's). jl. rosy-white
to purple, 24in. across, cup-shaped, axil-
lary ; sepals spreading, broadly-obovate ;
peduncles one-flowered, longer than the
leaves; panicle leafy. J. densely set, bi-
or tri-pinnately parted, being cut into
slender shreds. South and tropical Africa,
1890. A tall, stout, much-branched,
greenhouse shrub, clothed in all parts
with pale, silky hairs. (B. M. 7166; G. & F.
iii., f. 65; G. C. 1890, viii., p. 526, f. 66;

: Gn. 1891, p. 789.)

. | C. stans (erect). jl. opal-blue, sub-verti-

cillately clustered, pendulous; whorls

disposed in a contracted, terminal
panicle; sepals linear, acuminate, re-
curved. September. J. trifoliolate ; leaf-
lets obliquely roundish-ovate, acute,
deeply toothed or somewhat lobed,
wrinkled, the upper ones narrower.

Stems erect, herbaceous, softly pu-

bescent. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Japan. Hardy.

(B. M. 6810.)

C. Suksdorffii (Suksdorff’s). This little-
known, hardy species of the Flammula
section ‘‘resembles in habit and foliage
the widely-distributed and variable
C. ligusticifolia.” North-West _ United
States, 1896. (G. & F. 1896, p. 255, f. 36.)

Cc. texensis (Texan). A synonym of
C. Viorna coccinea.

C. verticillaris is the correct name of
Atragene americana.

C. Viorna coccinea. SyN. C. terensis.
The garden variety /uteola has the flowers

yellow inside; in parvijlora_they are reddish inside and

smaller. 1888. (R. H. 1888, p. 548.)

Varieties. Many new varieties have been added since
those enumerated in Vol. I. appeared, but the following
selections include the best :

ALBA MAGNA, pure white, with purplish-brown anthers, a lovely
variety, free, and hardy; BARILLET DESCHAmps, large double
flowers of a mauve colour, with yellow stamens; BEAUTY
OF WORCESTER, bluish-violet, with conspicuous white stamens,
very beautiful, hardy, and a continuous blossomer from July
to October; BELLE OF WOKING, silvery-grey, large double
flowers; COUNTESS OF LOVELACE, bluish-lilac (Fig. 264) ;
DUCHESS OF TECK, pure white, shaded with mauve on
first opening; EDOUARD DESPOSSE, deep mauve, with red
anthers, large, free, and fine; GLOIRE DE ST. JULIEN, white,
flushed with mauve, large, and free; LA FRANCE, deep violet-
purple, remarkably free and good ; PRINCESS BEATRICE, silvery-
lilac, of great size and substance, very fine, June to October ;
REINE BLANCHE, light mauve, excellent for bedding; SmitH’s
SNOW-WHITE JACKMANII, pure white, constant blossomer from
July to October.

CLEOME. Bentham and Hooker include Peritoma
(p. 30, Vol. III.) under this genus. Several species formerly

included here are now referred to Polanisia.
CLEOPHORA. A synonym of Latania (which see).

CLERODENDRON. Syn. dAgricolgza. Including
Cyclonema. This genus comprises about seventy species,
most of them broadly dispersed over the warmer regions of
the globe ; a few are natives of America (mostly in the West
Indies or Colombia), and one is broadly diffused over the
maritime regions of tropical America.

The hardy varieties of Clerodendron flourish in ordinary
garden soil, but the best results are obtained when they are
grown in a compost of rough peat and fibrous loam. A
sunny spot sheltered from east winds and late spring frosts
should be selected. During the growing season, and
especially if the soil is naturally dry, copious supplies of
water should be given to the plants. C. trichotomwm may
be propagated by division of the roots, the thick, fleshy
portions of which should be cut into short lengths and
placed in pans of light soil in heat.

To those described on pp. 341-2, Vol. I., the following
should be added. They 1eqnire stove treatment.

C. Balfouri (Balfour's). A variety of C. Thomsone.

Cc. cephalanthum (flowers in heads). /. disposed in dense,
terminal heads ; calyx purplish, large, five-lobed ; corolla creamy-

246

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Clerodendron—continued.

white, with a narrow tube 3in. to 4in. long and Spee ene
segments; stamens much exserted. J. large, ovate, dark green ;
petioles hardening and forming stout hooks. Stems brown.
Zanzibar, 1888. Climber.

C. delectum (chosen). jl. showy, freely produced in large,
dichotomous cymes ; calyx pure white; corolla of a deep, rich
magenta-rose. 1885, A handsome garden variety, raised from
C. Thomsone Balfouri.

C. grandiflorum (large-flowered). The correct name of Algiphila
grandijlora.

Cc. illustre (bright). ty calyx reddish-scarlet, sub-globose ;
corolla bright scarlet, the tube fin. long, the limb eight to nine
lines in diameter ; panicle branches and pedicels red. 7. cordate,
acute, 7in. to 8in. long, 6in. to 64in. broad, repand-toothed,
glabrous or nearly so above, scaly beneath. Celebes. A showy
plant, producing its large panicles of flowers when only 13ft.
high.

C. macrosiphon (long-tubed). fl. forming a small, sub-sessile,
terminal, reduced cyme ; calyx jin. long ; corolla white, the tube
4in. to 44in. long, ~,in. in diameter, hairy, erect, slightly curved ;
limb one-sided, 14in. in diameter, five-lobed to the middle. May.
J. 2in. to 3in. long, oblanceolate or elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate,
coarsely and irregularly toothed or almost lobulate, the base
gradually narrowed into a petiole. Zanzibar, 1881. A slender,
erect shrub. (B. M. 6695.) Syn. Cyclonema macrosiphon.

C. Minahassz (Minahassa). jl. yellowish-white, in broad, ter-
minal, cymose panicles; anthers purple, exserted. jr. very
ornamental, the calyx growing out so as to resemble a red flower
3in. across, with a round, blue berry in the centre. J. opposite,
eos) serrated. Stems square. Celebes, 1886. An ornamental
shrub.

C. nutans (drooping). 1. white, scented, slightly ascending,
ternate; calyx reddish-purple; corolla lobes obovate, obtuse,
almost equal, flat; stamens longer than the corolla; panicles
oblong, loosely pendulous. December. /. ternate or opposite,
long-acuminate, entire, attenuated at base, very shortly petiolate.
h. 2ft. to 4ft. Sylhet, &c., 1830. Shrub. (B. M. 3049.)

c. Rumphianum (Rumphius’). 7. at first flesh-coloured, deepen-
ing to red and crimson, long-tubed, in terminal panicles;
stamens red, exserted. 7. large, roundish-ovate, dark green.
Java, 1887. A handsome shrub.

C. scandens (climbing). A synonym of C. wmbellatum.

Cc. sinuatum (sinuate). jl. shortly pedicellate, disposed in an
ample, capitate, compact panicle; corolla pure white, salver-
shaped, the slender tube thrice as long as the calyx. February.
l. petiolate, ovate or ovate-oblong, sub-cordate at base, acumi-
nate at apex, lightly sinuate or angled. Branches copious,
tetragonal, slender. h, 3ft. Sierra Leone, 1846. A pubescent
shrub. (B. M. 4255.)

C. Thomsonz Balfouri (Balfour's). j. light crimson; calyx
rather larger than in the parent. 1885.

Cc. umbellatum (umbelled). /. few, in a terminal panicle;
corolla whitish, reddish at the throat, the tube slender, lin. long,
the limb segments rather large, acute. July. 7. oval, entire, 3in.
long, lin. broad, coriaceous, petiolate, acute, shining above,
yellowish beneath. Stems twining, four-angled, highly glabrous,
striated. h. 12ft. Western Tropical Africa, 1822. Syn.
C. scandens (B. M. 4354).

C. viscosum is identical with C. infortunatum.

CLETHRA. This genus embraces about twenty-five
species, natives of North and South America, Madeira,
Japan, and the Malayan Archipelago. Leaves sparse,
persistent or rarely deciduous, petiolate, entire, serrated,
or toothed. To the species described on p. 342, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

Cc. barbinervis (bearded on the nerves). 1. white, in a terminal,
elongated, paniculate raceme ; rachis, peduncle, and calyx rusty-
pubescent J/. petiolate, obovate or obovate-elliptic, acute,
cuneate at base, argutely serrated, glabrous above, the under-
surface bristly-pubescent on the primary veins and bearded in the
axils of the veins. Japan, 1870. Hardy, deciduous.

C. canescens (hoary). jl. white, small, disposed in large, branch-
ing panicles, slightly fragrant. J. deep green, lanceolate. Java,
1896. A strong-growing shrub.

C. secundiflora (side-flowering). jl., calyx segments obtuse,
silky- pubescent; inflorescence side-flowering; pedicels and
peduncles tomentose. J. oblong-lanceolate, denticulate, entire at
base, shortly acuminate, glabrous above, below (as well as the
petioles) hairy-pubescent. Habitat not recorded, 1877.

CLETHROPSIS. Included under Alnus (which see).

CLEYERA. Of the six species included hereunder, two
are Indian or Japanese, and the rest are found in Mexico or
in the Antilles. To those described on p. 183, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

C, Fortunei (Fortune's). jl. about 4in. in diameter, solitary or
fascicled in the axils or on nodes; calyx lobes reddish-brown ;

Cleyera—continued.

etals pale yellow. September. /. 4in. to 6in. long, elliptic- or
inear-lanceolate, bright green, variegated with golden-yellow
and scarlet towards the margins. Japan (?), 1861. (B. M. 7434;
G. C, 1895, ii., p. 10, f. 1.)

CLIANTHUS. Donia (of G. Don) is synonymous with
this genus. (. carneus is synonymous with Streblorhiza
speciosus,

CLIDANTHUS. See Chlidanthus.

CLIDEMIA. Syn. Staphidium (for the most part).
C. vittata is the only species calling for mention here. For
culture, see Melastoma.

C. vittata (striped).* 7. elliptic, 8in. to 12in. long, 8in. broad,
bullate and of an intense green above, with a very distinct
silvery central stripe, beneath reddish-tomentose; petioles
cylindrical, suleate above, 2in. long, powdered, Stem and
branches terete, robust, softly reddish-tomentose. Peru, 1873.
A very ornamental plant. (I. H. n. s., xxii., t. 219.)

CLIFF BRAKE FERN. See Pellza.

CLIFTONIA LIGUSTRINA. According to
Bentham and Hooker, this is the correct name of Mylo-
carium ligustrinum.

CLIMBING CUCUMBER. See
pedata.

CLIMBING HYDRANGEA. See Schizophragma
hydrangeoides.

CLINANTHUS. The original spelling of Clitanthus,
now included under Stenomesson (which see).

CLINGSTONE. A term applied to Peaches and
eer fruits, the flesh of which is not easily separable from
the stone.

nieganet ees A synonym of Gloriosa (which
see).

CLINTONIA. Syn. Xeniatrum. Eight species are
included in this genus: two are found on the Himalayas,
in Siberia, and in Japan, and the remainder are North
American. Flowers in terminal umbels or racemes, rarely
solitary ; perianth fannel-shaped, deciduous, with six sub-
equal segments; stamens six, inserted at the base of the
segments. lLeayes sub-radical, narrow, ribbed.

Cc. pulchella (rather pretty).
pulchella.

CLIOCOCCA TENUIFOLIA.
Linum (which see).

CLIPPING HEDGES. Decidnous Hedges may with
advantage be clipped once or twice during the growing
season ; if this is done with Beech Hedges they retain their
foliage all winter, and make an excellent screen. Box
Hedges may be clipped in the early autumn or spring.
Holly Hedge, Laurels, and similar large-leaved plants
should be trimmed with a knife.

CLITANTHUS [originally spelt Clinanthus. ] Included
under Stenomesson (which see).

CLITORIA. Syn. Nauchea. About twenty-seven
species, scattered over the warmer parts of the globe, form
this genus. Standard spoon-shaped, very large ; wings and
the incurved keel much shorter.

Cyclanthera

A synonym of Downingia

Included under

C. braziliana. The correct name is Centrosema brasilianum.

Cc. Broussonetii (Broussonet’s) A synonym of Cologania
Broussonetit.

C. multiflora (many-flowered). A synonym of Vilinorinia multi-
Jlora.

C. polyphylla (many-leaved).
phylla.

Cc. virginiana (Virginian). A synonym of Centrosema virginia-
num.
CLIVEUCHARIS PULCHRA. A name given by

M. E. Rodigas to a hybrid raised in M. Van Houtte’s nursery

out of a Clivia by the pollen of Eucharis amazonica,

CLIVIA. Imantophyllum is included by modern
botanists under this genus, but for horticultural purposes it
has been kept distinct in this work. Flowers bright
reddish-yellow, scentless, many in an umbel; perianth
fonnel-shaped, erect or rather curved, the tube short, the

A synonym of Barbiera poly-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 247

Clivia—continued.
segments ascending, sub-equal, obtuse ; stamens inserted at
the throat. Leaves numerons, distichons, persistent. Bulb
imperfect, consisting only of the leaf-bases.

Varieties. ACQUISITION, orange-scarlet; ADMIRATION, a com-
bination of creamy-white and orange-scarlet; AMBROISE VER-
SCHAFFELT, orange-red; CRUENTA, orange-red ; DISTINCTION,
orange-red, with white base ; FAVOURITE, light orange-yellow, with

ler throat ; LADY WOLVERTON, orange-yellow; MDLLE. MARIE
YAN HOUTTE, orange-scarlet, with deep yellow centre; METEOR,
orange-scarlet ; OPTIMA, orange-scarlet, banded with yellow, very
large flowers; PRESIDENT, bright orange; STANSTEAD BEAUTY,
soft orange ; SUPERBUM, orange-red.

CLOT BUR. See Xanthium.

CLOVE. A small bulb, springing from the axils of the
scales of a larger bulb; e.g., a Clove of Garlic.

CLOVER, CALVARY. See Medicago Echinus.

CLUBBING and CLUB-FOOT. A disease of
Cabbage and other Crucifere due to one of the so-called
“Slime Fungi,” Plasmodiophora brassice. See Finger
and Toes.

CLUB GRASS. See Scirpus.

CLURAS. Although C. miniata is still much grown,
yet some of the garden varieties surpass it for general
excellence. Some of the best of these are Acquisition,
Admiration, Distinction, Fayourite, Lady Wolverton,
Mdlle. Marie Van Houtte, Optime, President H. Rohan,
and Van Honttei. Those who do not want named varieties
will find in the seedlings some extremely beantiful kinds.

CLUSIA. About sixty species, all tropical or sub-
tropical American, are included in this genus. Flowers
dicecious or polygamons, borne at the tips of the branches ;
sepals four to six; petals four to nine. To the species
described on p. 344, Vol. I.,.the following should be added :
C. venosa (veined). #. white or purplish, shortly pedicellate ;

petals four, about Zin. long; peduncles three- to five-flowered.

fr. reddish, berry-like, ovoid, with resinous pulp. J. 3in. to 4in.
long, rounded or almost truncate at the top, veined on both

sides, sub-sessile. h. 30ft. West Indies, 1733.

CLUSIACEZ. Lindley’s name for the Guttiferze
(which see).

CLUSTER. A popular term for bunches of Grapes,
Currants, flowers, &c., but having no definite significance.

CLUSTER CUPS. See Hcidium.
CLUTIA. See Cluytia.

CLYNHYMENIA. A synonym of Cryptarrhena
(which see).

CLYPEA. A synonym of Stephania (which see).
CLYTIA is also spelt Clutia. Syn. Altora.
CNEMIDIA. A synonym of Tropidia (which see).

CNICUS. Horse Thistle; Plamed Thistle. Most of the
species are found in temperate Asia, Europe, North Africa,
and America, a few being broadly dispersed. To those
described on p. 345, Vol. I., the following should be added.
See also Chamzpeuce (which is included hereunder by
Bentham and Hooker).

C. oleraceus (pot-herb). 7.-heads whitish or yellowish-white ;
involucral scales linear-lanceolate, acute, almost unarmed. July.
7. amplexicaul-cordate, spiny-ciliated, and, as well as the branches
and stem, glabrous; lower ones pinnatifid ; upper ones ovate,
acute. h. 3ft. Europe, 1570. SyN. Cirsium oleraceum.

C. rhizocephalus (rooting-headed). /l.-heads_yellowish, stem-
less. J. very spiny, hairy. Caucasus, 1897. Syn. Cirsiwin
rhizocephalum. 5

C. Velenovskyi (Velonovsky’s). l.-heads red, beautiful, large,
and numerous. J/. during the first year very much like those of
Chamepeuce diacantha. Stems 44ft. high. 1896. A hardy biennial.
Syn. Cirsium Velenovskyi.

C. Provosti has also been introduced.

CNICUS (of Gertner). A synonym of Carbenia (which
see).

CNIDIUM. A synonym of Selinum (which see).

COAL. When within reasonable distance of the Welsh
collieries, Anthracite Coal is probably the most economical
fuel to use. It produces great heat with very little
attention, is clean, smokeless, and, in addition, burns much
longer than ordinary Coals.

_COAL-ASHES. For heavy or tenacious soils these,
if screened throngh a fine sieve before applying to the land,
are valuable; they also act as gentle fertilisers, as they
contain seyeral forms of plant-food. On light land, Coal-
Ashes are not advisable, as they would render it still
lighter.

COBAMBA. A synonym of Canscora (which see).

COCCANTHERA. A synonym of Codonanthe
(which see).
COCCINELLIDZ. Sce Beetles.

_ COCCINIA. According to Bentham and Hooker, this
is a synonym of Cephalandra (which see).

COCCOCYPSELUM (also spelt Coccocipselum].
Syns. Condalia, Lipostoma. About sixteen species,
confined to tropical America, are included in this genus.
Berries blue, small, ovoid, two-celled, sometimes two-
parted, many-seeded. To the species described on p. 346,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

C. buxifolium (Box-leaved). A synonym of Fernelia buaifolia.
C. discolor (two-coloured). This species only differs from
C. campanuliflorum in its fruit, which is a berry of an intense

blue, crowned by the calyx. Brazil, 1882.

Cc. hirsutum (hairy). J. sessile, six to eight in a head ; corolla
pale violet. fr. dark violet, eDipeaids 4in. long, hairy, crowned
with the subulate calyx-teeth. @. rather long-stalked, roundish-
ovate, convex above, tinged with purple beneath. Stems
prostrate, at length ascending. Central America, &c., 1860.
Plant clothed with spreading hairs. (B. M. 7278.) Syn.
ee ae of Morren (B. 1866, p. 194, t. xiii., xiv.,
. 3 to 5).

C. repens (of Morren). A synonym of C. hirsutum.

Cc. Tontanea (Tontanea). . white or blue; anthers shortly
exserted; heads axillary, pedunculate, three- to five-flowered.
cia pretty. J. ovate, somewhat acute, hairy-pubescent. Cayenne,

Cc.

COCCOLOBA. Nearly eighty species of trees or
shrubs (sometimes tall-climbing), all American, and mostly
tropical, are included in this genus. Flowers shortly
pedicellate, spicate-racemose ; racemes simple or panicled,
terminal or axillary. Leaves alternate, entire. To the
species described on p. 346, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

Cc. macrophylla (large-leaved).

Cc. platyclada (fiat-branched).
platyclada.

C. rugosa (wrinkled). /l. bright red, in a very dense, terminal,
sub-sessile, erect raceme, 2ft. or more in length. July. /. distant,
alternate, lft. or more in length, cordate-ovate, sessile, strongly
nerved, wrinkled. Stem erect, simple or scarcely divided, 20ft.
to 30ft. high, leafy from below to the top. Probably South
America. Syn. C. macrophylla (B. M. 4536).

COCCOTORUS SCUTELLARIS. See
Insect Pests.

COCCULIDIUM. A synonym of Cocculus (which

A synonym of C. rugosa.

A synonym of Muehlenbeckia

Plum

see).
COCCULUS. Syns. Cebatha, Cocculidiwm, Epiba-
terium, Leeba, Wendlandia (of Willdenow), This genus

includes about ten species, inhabiting the warmer parts
of North America, Africa, and Asia.

COCCUS VITIS. See Vine Scale Insects.

COCHLEARTIA. Includes Armoracia and Ionop-
sidium (which see), according to Bentham and Hooker.

COCHLIODA (from kochlion, a little snail ; in reference
to the curiously-shaped callus). Op. Orchideex. A genus
embracing about ten species of stove or greenhouse, ever-
green, epiphytal Orchids, natives of the Andes. Flowers
often red, disposed in loose racemes, pedicellate ; sepals
equal, spreading, free, or the lateral ones more or
less connate ; petals nearly similar; claw of the lip erect,
the lamina spreading, the lateral lobes round and often
reflexed, the middle one narrow, entire or emarginate, not
exceeding the sepals ; column erect, often slightly incurved ;
scapes one or two, springing from under the pseudo-bulbs.
Leayes oblong or narrow, coriaceous, contracted into the

248

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Cochlioda—continued.
petioles. Pseudo-bulbs one- or two-leaved. The species
here described should be grown in baskets suspended from
the roof of the cool-house. Peat and moss form the most
suitable compost; and abundance of water during the
growing season is essential. Propagation may be effected
by division of the psendo-bulbs.

GC. miniata (scarlet). This is supposed to be a natural hybrid
between @. Noezliana and Cvulcanica. (L. 1897, t. 562.)

Fic. 265. PERIPLANETA AUSTRALASIAE.
expanded); 2, Imago (wings closed); 5, Immature.

1, Imago (wings

C. Noezliana (John Noezli’s). jl. orange-scarlet, about lin.
across, with the disk of the lip yellow; lateral sepals narrower
and longer than the dorsal one and petals; lip three-lobed, the
middle lobe bluntly-obcordate; column triquetrous, dark;
ee uncles nodding or pendulous, racemose, many-flowered. J.
inear-oblong, acute, 4in. to 6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs Lyin. to 2in.
long, one-leaved. South America, 1891. (L. v., t. 266.) SYN.
Odontoglossum Noezlianum. ‘There is a form awrantiaca, with
yellower flowers than in the type. 1896.

C. rosea (rosy). jl. wholly rosy-carmine, except the white tip of
the column, about lin. across ; sepals and petals oblong-elliptic ;
lip cuneate at base, the small lateral lobes inclosing the disk,
which bears a four-lobed callus, the middle one longer, linear,
dilated at the end ; racemes drooping, twelve- to twenty-flowered.
Winter. 7. ligulate-oblong. Pseudo-bulbs green, tinted violet,
ovate, two-edged. Peru, 1851. Syns. Mesospinidiwm rosewm,
Odontoglossum roseum (B. M. 6084; I. H. ser. iii. 66).

C. sanguinea (bloody). jl. numerous, bright rose-coloured, waxy
in appearance; racemes slender, drooping, slightly branched.
Summer and autumn. J. two, cuneate-ligulate. Pseudo-bulbs
oval, compressed, banded with mottled brown. Peru_and
Ecuador, 1867. SYN. Mesospinidium sanguineum (B. M. 5627).

C. stricta (erect). jl. rose-coloured, numerous, erect, smaller
than those of C. rosea (which they otherwise resemble) ; peduncle
slender, erect. J. narrow, acute. Pseudo-bulbs ovate, com-
pressed, bronzy-green. Colombia, 1897.

C. vuleanica (volcanic). jl. about 2in. across ; sepals and petals
dark rose ; lip bright rose in front, paler on the disk, where there
is a four-keeled callus ; the side lobes roundish, the middle one
emarginate ; racemes unilateral, erect, twelve- to twenty-flowered ;

eduncle slender, erect. 72 oblong, keeled, 3in. to Sin. long.
seudo-bulbs ovoid, compressed, more or less two-edged. Eastern
Peru, 1872. SyN. Mesospinidiwm vulcanicum (B. M. 6001).

Cc. v. grandiflora (large-flowered). /. deep rose-coloured,
in racemose spikes, larger than in the type. 189

COCHLOSPERMEZ.
(which see).

COCHLOSPERMUM. Azeredia, Mazimiliana, and
Wittelsbachia are synonymous with this genus.

COCKCHAFERS (Melolontha vulgaris). These well-
known Beetles seem to be on the increase, or perhaps their
depredations are oftener brought home. As stated in Vol. I.
they are most undesirable insects in the garden and park ;
but they are equally objectionable in the orchard and on
the farm. As Beetles they feed upon the foliage of nearly
all our deciduous shade-trees, as well as upon various frnit
trees; while as grubs they are notoriously destructive to
grass roots, corn roots, the commoner field crops grown for
their roots, nursery beds containing seedlings, and even
upon Strawberry-roots. On the Continent, more particu-
larly in France and Germany, the Fir plantations suffer from
their ravages, and, with all the insecticides available, man
is largely dependent upon the birds and the bats for pre-
te the requisite balance, especially in the case of grass

and.
_ In addition to the methods for their destruction recorded
in Vol. I., gardeners and farmers should try beating the
trees in infested districts over tarred boards. This is best
done early in the day, when the pests may be found on the
under-surfaces of the foliage. They are readily dislodged
and should be collected and destroyed.

COCKLE BUR. See Xanthium.

Included under Bixineze

Fic. 266. PERIPLANETA AMERICANA. 1, Imago (wings expanded)
2, Imago (wings closed) ; 3, Immature; 4, Ootheca (egg-case).

COCKROACHES are Orthopterous insects, doing much
damage to fruits under glass, choice flowers (like Orchids),
the fronds of Ferns, and many other plants. In vineries
they are exceedingly troublesome at times, feeding upor

eo eae eee

2) oe ed

-

_—-_

-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 249

Cockroaches—continued.
the shoots, stems, and footstalks. Twenty years ago the
only species that could be characterised as a pest was the
Common Cockroach, Stylophaga (Periplaneta) orientalis,
which holds its midnight revyelsin kitchens. More recently,
owing to an interchange of commerce, several other species
haye established themselves in goodly numbers, the heated
structures found in gardens generally affording them the
necessary warmth. At Kew and many other places where
plants are constantly being received from abroad, numbers
are taken. In the Palm House and in the forcing-pits at
Kew, P. australasiz is reported as doing much damage by
attacking young shoots and axillary buds.

The newcomers are: Periplaneta australasix, already
noted (Fig. 265); P. americana (Fig. 266); Phyllodromia
germanica (Fig. 267), the Croton Bug of America;

2.

Fig. 267. PHYLLODROMIA GERMANICA. 1, Imago (wings expanded) ;
2, Imago (wings closed) ; 3, Immature ; 4, Ootheca.

Rhyparobia (Panchlora) mader# (Fig. 268) ; and Leucophea
surinamensis (Fig. 269), The first three are the commonest,
the last two being but occasionally met with. First as to

Cockroaches—continued.

Cockroaches generally take a long time to arrive at
maturity—five years, but P. germanica is an exception,
arriving at maturity in about nine months. They are yery
difficult to exterminate once they have established them-
selves, so well are their ootheca (egg-cases protected.

addition to the insecticides mentioned in Vol. I., Snow’s
wets Paste may be named. We have found this very
effective.

Fic, 269. LEUCOPH%A SURINAMENSIS (showing mature and
immature insect).

COCEKSCOMB. This name is applied to Erythrina
Crista-galli and Rhinanthus Crista-galli, as well as to the
genus Celosia.

COCKSPUR FLOWER. See Plectranthus.

COCKSPUR, WEST INDIAN. ‘Se Pisonia
aculeata.

COCKTAIL BEETLES. See Staphylinide.
COCOA PLANT. See Theobroma Cacao.

COCOA ROOTS. A common name for the roots of
Caladium bicolor and some other species of that genus.
COCO DE MER. See Lodoicea.

COCOS. Including Glaziova. Upwards of thirty species
have been described; natives of tropical and sub-tropical
America, Spadices erect, at length drooping ; lower spathe

Fic, 268. RHYPAROBIA (PANCHLORA) MADER& (showing insect with expanded and unexpanded wings).

P. australasi#: ‘This is larger than S, orientalis, and has
perfect wings in both sexes, whereas our kitchen pest is
only winged in the case of the males. In colonr it is a
red-brown, with a yellow streak along the costal

margin of the fore-wing at the basal half; the pronotum

is almost black, but has a yellow margin. P. americana
is also fully winged (see Fig. 266), and is minus the yellow
markings found upon P. australasie; it is also larger.
P. germanica is the smallest of the Cockroaches named
aboye, being only about half the size of S. orientalis.
It is variable as to eolour, but usually some shade of
light brown, and is winged in both sexes. So far,
P. germanica has not invaded our plant-honses to the
extent of the other two species; but inasmuch as
Cockroaches generally are practically omnivorous, they
must all be regarded as undesirable visitors.

Vol. V.

the shorter, cleft at apex, the upper one fusiform or clavate,
woody, suleate at back. To the species described on
pp. 348-9, Vol. I., the following should be added. See also
Syagrus (which is included by botanists under Cocos) and
Acrocomia.

C. Blumenavi (Blumenhaay’s). A synonym of C. eriospatha,

C. butyracea (buttery). /., spadices as long as the spathe ;
branchlets simple, thickly clustered, lft. long, deflexed ; spathe
cylindrical-oblong, attenuated at both ends, 4ft. to 6ft. long.
1. pinnate ; pinnz simple. Colombia, 1850. Plant unarmed.

C. capitata (headed). /., spadix long-pedunculate, the branches
4in. to Sin. long; spathe narrow-fusiform, 1}ft. to 2ft. long,
sulcate. 7. spreading, 6ft. or more in length, forming a dense

head; pinne straight, sub-erect, complicate, linear, acuminate,

rigid, Sang beneath. Caudex thick, 10ft. to 12ft. high. Minas

Geraes. :

2K

250

Cocos—continued.

C. Datil (native name). /l., spadix 4ft. or more in length, with as
many as 300 branches, and borne on a peduncle 16in. long ; spathe
incurved, beaked. J. 12ft. to 16ft. long; poe linear, acuminate ;
sheath about 1l6in. long. Caudex tall, 4in, to 12in. in diameter,
naked, narrowly-annulate. Argentine, 1889.

C. eriospatha (woolly-spathed). l., spadix thick, contracted ;
rachis an to 10in. tone ranches sixty to ninety ; spathe thick
and woody above, eating in a long point, pale fuscous within,
softly fuscous-woolly outside. 7%. longer than in C. eapitata,
pectinate, glaucescent; lower segments lift. to 2ft. long,
elongated, linear, very long-acuminate, the upper ones narrow-
linear, all rigid. Caudex dwarf or tall, Brazil, 1889. Syn.
C. Blumenavt.

Wil
(NN

=
\
\
—=
A
€Z
i“

Fic. 270. Cocos WEDDELIANA,

C. flexuosa (bending). (/., spadix 1/ft. to 2ft. Jong, long-

edunculate ; spathe 14ft. long, woody, glabrous, deeply sulcate,
usiform, shortly beaked. 7. somewhat crisped, about 6ft. long,
lightly arcuate-spreading ; segments seventy to ninety on each
side, linear, acuminate-cuspidate, densely agevegated in twos or
threes, the central ones 10in. to 14in. long. Caudex usually tall,
rarely dwarf, flexuous, squamate with the persistent bases of the
two-edged petioles, Brazil.

Cc. graminifolia (Grass-leaved). jl., spadix 20in. to 28in, long;
lower spathe very short, the upper one very narrow, fusiform,
obtusely beaked ; peduncle long, slender, compressed. J. slender,
erecto-arcuate, crisped, 3ft. long; segments thirty to forty on
each side, 8in. to 10in. long, about din. broad, acuminate. Plant
almost stemless. Brazil.

C. leiospatha (smooth-spathed). fe

spadix lft. or less in
length, slender; spathe slightly woo

y, smooth on both surfaces.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cocos—continued.
1. glaucous, 3ft. long, shortly petiolate ; segments equidistant,
linear, acuminate, Caudex dwarf, thick, naked below, with a
Ces pres masy of persistent petioles towards the top.
Brazil.

C. Marie Rose. A garden name for C. Procopiana.

C. Normanbyi (Normanby’s). A synonym of Ptychosperma
Normanbyi.

C. odorata (scented). _l., spathe cylindrical, elongated, apiculate.
Jr. drupe-like, sub-globular, yellowish-green or~ pink, pulpy,
scented. J. arched ; leaflets in threes or fives, linear-Ianceolate,
conduplicate, acute, eoriaceous, glaucescent beneath; petioles
spiny. Stem short. South America, before 1893. (R. H. 1693,
p. 346, f. 110.)

C. oleracea (pot-herb). l., spadix 1ft. to 2ft. lo -, at first erect,
then spreading or nodding; spathe 14ft. to “it. long, longi-
tudinally sulcate, tomentose outside when young. J. dense, 6ft.
to 8ft. long; pinne linear, somewhat falcate, acute, obliquely
adnate, slightly crisped, glaucous beneath. Candex 60ft. to 80ft.
high. Brazil, 1846. The buds are used economically by the
natives. e

C. petrzea (rock-loving). _7l., spadix variable in size, usually
about lft. long, the rachis simple or very rarely divided into two
or three branches ; lower spathe shortly two- ed, the upper
one woody, fusiform-rostrate. J. few, slender, 1sft. to 3ft. or
more in length, shortly petiolate ; segments aggregated in twos
or threes, solitary towards the apex, ‘linear, acuminate. Plant
usually almost stemless. Brazil, Bolivia, &c., 1889.

C. Procopiana (Marianna Procopio Ferriera’s). /l., spadix 16in.
long; spathe thickened, woody, narrow-fusiform. 1. fifteen to
twenty crowded in a dense head; segments usually in threes or
fours, crisped, spreading, the lower ones 2ft. long and_ scarcely
gin. broad, the upper ones shortened. Caudex about 15ft. high.
Brawl, Syn. C. Marie Rose (of gardens).

Cc. Pynaerti (Pynaert’s).
C. Weddeliana.

C. Weddeliana Pynaerti (Pynaert’s). /.
gracefully arched ; pinnules rather broader and
more closely placed than in the species, which
is shown in Fig. 270. _

C. Yatay (native name). /., spadices 44ft. long,
drooping ; lower gpeine 2ft. long, coriaceous,
the upper one 44ft. long, longitudinally dehiscent
above the middle. 7. mugh crowded, 6ft. to 10ft.

S long, revolute-spreading, long-sheathing ; seg-
ments fifty to sixty on each side, at length equidistant, linear,
acuminate, the middle ones 3ft. long and 4in. broad, the upper-
most ones filiform ; petioles spiny-serrated. Caudex 12ft. to 15ft.
high and more than lft. in diameter, densely squamate with the

A seedling variety of

petiole-bases above, Brazil.

The following species have also been introduced, but are at
present very rare in cultivation: C. Bonneti, C. insignis, C. odorata,
C. Yurumaguas.

CODAMBA. A synonym of Canscora (which see).
CODAZZIA. A synonym of Delostoma (which see).
CODIZUM. According to the anthors of the “Genera

Plantarum,” the nnmber of distinct species is only four,
and they are found in the South Pacific Islands, Australia,
and the Malayan Archipelago. The garden varieties, how-
ever, are very numerous. ‘To those described on pp. 350-5,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

Cc. appendiculatum (having an appendage), J. having a
terminal lobe borne on a filiform production of the midrib.
Polynesia, 1875.

C, aureo-lineatum (golden-lined). 7. green, with the exception
15 a eer and a line from the midrib, which are yellow.
i,

Cc, aureo-marmoratum (gold-marbled). 7. 1ft. long, 3in. broad,
dark olive-green, marbled with yellow, 1884.

Cc. aureo-punctatum Kgl dotted) i. linear, obtuse, bright
green, dotted and spotted with yellow. 1883, A small form.

Cc. Austinianum (Austin’s). 7. erect, 6in. to Sin. long, 2in. broad,
blotched and margined with creamy-white and suffused with
pinks the margins undulated. 1883. A compact form, of dwarf,

ranching habit. ~

C. Beauty. J. lanceolate, green, variegated golden-yellow, the
ground-colour eventually becoming a deep bronze, while the
yellow variegations change into a rich rosy-crimson. South
Pacific, 1887.

Cc. Bismarcki (Bismarck’s) /. of a deep green, veined and
blotched with yellow. Polynesia, 1876.

C. Bragzeanum (José Terceiro Da Silva Braga’s). 7. pendulous,
linear-lanceolate, 14ft. to 19ft. long ; many of the young ones pale
yellow, marbled and mottled light green; others green, spotted
golden-yellow ; mature ones deep olive-green, spot and
speckled bright yellow, the midribs crimson, 1882.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Codieum—continued. :

Cc. Broomfieldii (Broomfield’s). 7. 9in. to 10in. long, 2in. to 24in.
wide, dark green, lined, spotted, blotched, and margined yellow,
and having a central band of the same colour; midrib tinted red.
1887.

C. Bruce Findlay. . large, oblong-ovate, freely variegated
with yellow on the lines of the midrib and principal veins. 1882.
A bold and handsome plant.

Cc. caudatum-tortile (twisted-tailed), 7. pendulous, twisted,
some of them deep olive-green, with a yellow central band and a
crimson midrib; others almost wholly yellow, becoming suffused
with crimson; others variously blotched and spotted. 1883,
A graceful form.

C. contortum (twisted). /. ovate, acuminate, recurved, 6in. to
8in. long, having the cross-veins and margins sulphur-yellow on
an olive-green ground. 1884, This plant resembles C, volutum.

C. cornigerum (horn-bearing). 7. banded with orange-yellow,
Polynesia, 1873,

c. eens. t, oblong-lanceolate; bright green, blotched with
yellow. ?

Cc. cronstadtii (Kronstadt). J. of medium size, lanceolate,
twisted, curled, and crisped, tapering to a sharp point, deep,
glossy green, variegated with light golden-yellow. 1882. An
interesting pla t.

Cc. Rayupring. . oblong-elliptic, orange-yellow, edged dark
es eee ye ow parts becoming tinged with red on the older
eaves. .

C. Delight. /. oblong, aeute, 6in. to 8in. long, 14in. to 2in. broad,
when young bright yellow, margined green, the midrib and
primary veins creamy, the central variegation changing with
maturity to clear ivory-white, a few dots of the same colour
being scattered along the margin. Antipodes, 1888.

C. eminens (eminent). 7. broadly lanceolate, tapering, glossy
veen, the midrib and part of the lateral veins white. 1883.
abit dense.

Cc. excurrens (excurrent). 7. oblong, stalked ; midrib excurrent
like a small horn near the apex of the leaf, which is variegated
with greenish-yellow. 1864.

C. Exquisite, /. 6in, to 9in. lon , 2in. broad, obovate, acuminate,
- arching, pale green, marbled and margined primrose and yellow.

C. Eyrei (Kyre's). /. long and narrow, twisted, recurved, freely
variegated with yellow ; petioles and young branches red. 1883.

C. formosum (handsome). J. green, spotted yellow, which after-
wards changes to crimson; centre and principal veins yellow,
becoming, with the margin, a bright magenta-purple; leafstalks
crimson.

C. Goednoughtii (Goednought’s). 7. clear green, variegated with
yellow. Santa Cruz, 1876.

C. Golden Queen, /. 8in. to 10in. long, 3in. broad, ovate,
acuminate, deep green, spotted with gold, the centre wholly
golden ; petioles rose-colour.

C. heroicum (heroic). /. green, freely marked deep yellow, the
veins, and often the half, or even the whole, leaf-surface, being
yellow, occasionally flushed or lined rosy-crimson.

Cc. Jubilee. 7. 10in. to 14in. long, 2in. broad, lanceolate,
acuminate, with a broad, central stripe, cross veins, and a
narrow margin of golden-yellow, which colour changes with
maturity to a fiery-crimson. 1887.

c. Junius. /. long, narrow, varying in outline, the lower half
lemon-yellow, becoming suffused crimson with age, the remaining
portion bronzy-gieen ; petioles and stems bright orange-scarlet.

C. Katharina. 7. 9in. to 12in. long, 2in. broad,'s iral, closely set,
splashed and marbled crimson and scarlet. 187,

C. lineare (linear). /. 4in. to 6in. long, linear, usually obtuse, but
sometimes narrowed to the point, dark green, with a yellow
midrib and a few lateral blotches of the same colour, occasionally
almost wholly yellow.

C. Magnificent. 7. ovate-lanceolate, 6in. to 8in. long, 24in. broad,
when young having a central variegation of golden-yellow ; with
maturity the margins become deep olive-green,. while the mid-
rib and primary veins, with a narrow band on each side the
midrib, assume a bright carmine. 1888,

C. Monarch. /. oblong, acute, 1ft. long, 24in. broad, dark green,
spotted bright yellow. Antipodes, 1888.

C. Mrs. Swan. J. Gin. to Yin. long, lin. broad, lanceolate,
acuminate, arching, the centre irregularly marked with golden-
yellow, the margin of dark green spotted with golden-yellow ;
petioles and stem crimson.

C. musaicum (mosaic). 7. oblong lanceolate, acuminate, wayy,
crimson, with one or two series of irregular, green blotches on
each side of the midrib; in the young leaves the crimson is re-
placed by a creamy colour, affording a very handsome yarie-
gation, 1885, Syn. Croton musaicus (R. 1H. 1882, 240).

C. Nestor. /. lanceolate, bright green, variegated with yellow

and whitish, the variegation forming a broad, central stripe,

- the midrib bright magenta-crimson. Polynesia, 1887, A form of
C. medium varieyatum, See Fig. 271. -

S&C’ F5t

Codieum—continued.

C. ornatum (adorned). JZ. green, blotched yellow, and with a
narrow central band and long parallel veins of creamy-yellow,
the yellow parts becoming crimson; occasionally the I
blotches are rosy-pink, and the midrib is of a deep rosy-crimson

C. .Phillipsii (Phillips’). 7. linear-lanceolate, 8in. to 10in. long,
Zin. broad, the base rich golden-yellow, this colour extending
half-way through, and continuing along the centre nearly the
whole length. 1886,

Cc. picturatum (painted). 7. blotched with redand yellow. New
ebrides, 1876,

Cc. Prince Henry. 1. lft. to 14ft. long, 3in. broad, recurved, the
midrib crimson and gold, furrowed, with a narrow margin,
occasionally spotted on a dark, bronzy-green ground; markings
changing with maturity to a deep blood-red,

Cc. Princess of Waldeck. /. broadly lanceolate, about 4in.
long, the central portion of a bright, clear yellow, with a broad
and distinct margin of deep green. 1882, A handsome variety.

C. recurvatum (recurved). 7. recurved, lanceolate, acuminate,
pores with yellow along the crimson midrib and lateral veins.

Cc. reginze (Queen’s). J. olive-green, with orange, yellow, and
crimson markings. Polynesia, 1878,

Cc. ruberrimum (very red). This is one of the narrow, drooping-
ee forms, with the usual crimson and creamy variegation.
1884,

C. rubro-lineatum (red-lined). 7, spreading, oblong-lanceolate,
lin, to ljin. long, when first expanded pale yellow and green,
many of them tinged rose, but deepening with age to golden-
yellow or olive-green, the midrib and nerves, and in many
cases the margin also, becoming crimson. 1882. A tine plant.

C. Russelli (Russell's). A seedling form of C. pictum. 1893.
(J. H. xxvii., p. 493, f. 71, under the name of Croton Russelli.)

C. Sceptre. J. ribbon-like, dark (bottle-green, spotted with
fiery orange and yellow; midrib crimson. 1884.

Fic. 271. Upper PorTION OF BRANCH OF CopDIL“ZUM Nestor,

C, Sunshine. /. Yin. to 10in. long, about 2in. wide, dark bronzy-
green, when young blotched with yellow, which gradually
changes into rosy-crimson, eventually becoming blood-red.
South Sea Islands, 1887.

C. Thomsoni (Thomson's). One of the many seedling forms of
C. pictum, 1893.

C. torquatum (chain-bearing). /. green, with yellow spots that
enoies to red, broken up into chain-like segments, Polynesia,
1878.

Cc. fhe (Marchesi Torrigiani’s). 7. plain, about
lin. broad, at first ribbed and veined with yellow, subsequently
assuming a high crimson tint along the midrib, margins, and
transverse arching veins, the intermediate spaces being green;
petioles and stem red. 1884, A handsome plant, in the way of
Queen Victoria,

C. Van Oosterzeei (Van Oosterzee’s). 7. narrow-linear-lanceo-
late, acuminate, green, spotted with yellow. 1883. A small
but distinct and ornamental shrub, (I. H. 1883, 502.)

Cc. Victory. 7. lft. long, 24in. broad, deep olive-green, with
crimson veins and midrib, from which latter extends, in an
arcuate manner, a coloration of reddish-crimson, the deep green
between the primary veins being broken up in an irregular
manner by the same bright colour; young ones orange-yellow,
suffused crimson. 1888, °

252

Codis#um—continued.

C. vittatum (striped). 7. green, marked with a broad band of
creamy-yellow, which runs out laterally along the bases of the
distant primary veins; petiole (as well as the midrib in older
leaves) bright ruby-red. 1887, :

Cc. Wigmannii (Wigmann’s). J. 8in. to 10in. long, 4in. broad,
eat in form, en green, blotched with yellow. 1886. A
good decorative plant for the table.

CODLIN MOTH. Sce Apple or Codlin Grub.

CODONANTHE (from kodon, a bell, and anthos, a
flower; in allusion to the shape of the corolla). SyYNs.
Coccanthera, Hypocyrta (in part). Orp. Gesneracer. A
small genus (five species) of stove, herbaceous plants, found
creeping or climbing d¥er rocks and trees in Brazil and
Guiana. Flowers whitish, solitary in the axils, shortly
pedicellate ; calyx free, with five linear segments ; corolla
tube declinate or decurved, the throat rather broad, the
limb oblique, with five spreading lobes. Leaves opposite,
entire, often rather small and slightly fleshy. For culture
of C. gracilis, the only species introduced, see Gesnera.

C. gracilis (slender). jl. creamy-white, spotted with orange on
the under-side of the tube within ; peduncles short, red, single or
in pairs, one-flowered.” June. 7. opposite, thick, fleshy, ovate,
dark green above, pale and often blotched with red beneath.
Stem branched, terete, purplish-brown, rooting from below the
insertion of the leaves. Organ Mountains, 1850. SYN. Hypoeyrta
gracilis (B. M. 4531).

CODONIUM. A synonym of Schepfia (which see),
CODONOPHORA. A synonym of Paliavana (which

see).

CODONOPSIS. This genus includes about a dozen
species, natives of the Himalayas, Yunan, Mandschuria,
and Japan. To those described on p. 356, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

C. clematidea is probably only a form of C. ovata.

C. lanceolata (lanceolate). fl. forming a short, simple raceme;
corolla pale lilac outside, violet inside, the segments ovate-
deltoid. 7, on the stems alternate, those on the branchlets
approximating, shortly petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, lin. to 2in.
long, entire or remotely crenulate. Stems twining, 2ft. to 3ft.
long, purplish. China (cultivated in Japan), 1861. Tuberous-
rooted. SYN. Campanumea lanceolata (F. d. S. 927).

C. ovata (ovate), fl. pale blue ; corolla broadly campanulate, lin.
to 1Jin. long; peduncles Zin. to 6in. long, terminal. 7. ovate, Jin.
to ¥in. long, alternate and opposite, obtuse or acute, hairy on
both surfaces ; petioles fin. to 4in. long. Stems 6in. to 12in. Jong,
decumbent, then erect, Himalayas, 1856. Half-hardy perennial.
(G. C, 1856, p. 468.)

C@LANTHA. A synonym of Gentiana (which see).

C@LEBOGYNE. Included under Alchornea (which
see).

C@LIA. Syn. Bothriochilus. Of this genus there are
about half-a-dozen species, natives of the West Indies,
Central America, and Mexico. ‘To those described on p. 356,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

C. bella (beautiful). fl. three or four, erect, 2in. long ; perianth
yellowish-white, with rose-purple tips to the segments, and
haying an orange mid-lobe to the lip, tubular below, funnel-
shaped above; scape 2in. to 4in. long, clothed with brown
sheaths. Autumn to December.. J. several, 6in. to 10in. long,
elongate-ensiform, acuminate. Pseudo-bulbs 14in. to 2in. long,
globose or ovoid. Tle St. Catherine, 1882.- (B. M. 6628;
W. O, A, ii. 51.) Syns, Bifrenaria bella (L. J. F. iii., 325), Both-
riochilus bellus.

C. Mooreana, a garden form, is also in cultivation.

CGLIOPSIS. C. hyacinthosma thrives under cool-
house treatment.

C@LOGLOSSUM.
(which see).

CG@LOGYNE. Syys. Acanthoglossum, Chelonanthera
@ part). This genus embraces about fifty species, broadl
ispersed over the Hast Indies and the Malayan Archi-
pelago, one extending as far as Sonth China.

The majority of the dwarf-growing section of Coelogynes
are best grown in pots or pans, ‘The taller and more
robust-growing varieties, such as C.. Dayana, C. Massan-
geana, C, tomentosa, and the more recently introduced
C. Veitchii, with its charming pendulous spikes of pure
white flowers, are certainly better accommodated in
baskets, which may be suspended near the roof-glags, The

Included under Habenaria

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Celogyne—continued.
plants under these conditions are brought nearer the light,
which greatly assists them in maturing their growths, and
thus induces them to flower more freely. Moreover, when
the flowers are expanded, the baskets are more easily
removed to positions in which to display their racemes of
flower to the best advantage. The usual mixture of peat
and sphagnum is the best potting material.

C. pandurata does best-when placed on a block or teak
raft, arranged horizontally on the stages, or suspended from
the roof. small quantity of fibrous peat and living
sphagnum should be packed carefully and firmly around the
base of the plant, to retain the desirable moisture at the
roots. It requires a hot, humid atmosphere at all seasons

. of the year.

To those described on pp. 356-8, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

C. Balfouriana (Balfour's). fl. coloured cinnabar, orange, and
white, disposed in long, arched spikes. 1896. Described as a
free-flowering and distinct species, but habitat not recorded.

C. birmanica (Birma). /l. haying a shortly-toothed front border
to the lip, and a nearly entire border round the anther ; along
the crests are several brown spots on a white ground. Birma,
1883, Probably only a trifling variety of C. precox.

Cc. borneénsis (Bornean). /l. small ; sepals and petals whitish ;
lip marked with reddish-brown ; raceme about 5in. long. 7. obovate,
Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, two-leaved. Borneo, 1893. L

C. carinata (keeled), /., sepals and petals whitish-green, lin.
long ; lip spotted with brown, three-lobed ; scape 4in. to 8in. long,
six-Howered. 7. oblong-lanceolate, 5in. long. Pseudo-bulbs four-
Angled, 2in. long, two-leaved. New Guinea, 1895.

C. Clarkii (Clark's). l., sepals and petals light brown ; lip of a
RESUS margined with brown. Habitat not recorded,

C. concolor (one-coloured). fe. sepals and petals dark rose ; lip
dark rose, with yellow blotches, in which are several brownish-
crimson spots, elegantly fringed, the crest pale yellow. J. (and
pseudo-bulbs) as in C. precoz. India. Syn. Pleione concolor

C. coronaria (crowned). A synonym of Trichosma suavis.

Fic. 272, C@LOGYNE CRISTATA.

C. cristata, The habit of this beautiful and easily-grown species
is shown in Fig. 272.

Cc. c. alba (white). . wholly white. Winter and spring.
India. un t.. 1733 W. O. A. ii. 54.) Syn. C. c. hololeuca.
See Fig. 273. .

C. c. citrina (citron-colour). 7. having the centre of the lip
stained delicate lemon-colour. Nepaul. Syn. C. c. Lemoniana.

C. c. hololeuca (wholly white). A synonym of C. c¢. alba.

Cc. c. Lemoniana (Lemon’s). A synonym of C. ¢. citrina.

C. c. major (larger). jl. larger than in the type, with much
broailer an ante sepals and petals. India.

Cc. c. maxima (greatest). A large-flowered variety, with un-
usually broad sepals and petals, ‘and shallow side lobes to the
lip. 1886.

C. cuprea (coppery). fl. somewhat resembling those of C. speciosa,
but prea aural ooping ; stalks bearing five to eight bracts.
l. oblong. Pseudo-bulbs long, Onion-like. 1892.

C. Dayana (Day's). jl. light ochreous ; sepals and petals ligulate,
HauESs lip broad, three-lobed, the side lobes striped dark hen

wavy, the middle lobe reniform, crenulate, with a dark brown

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 253

Celogyne—continued.

crescent, two keels running from the base of the lip to the base
of the middle lobe, where they divide into six; inflorescence
long, lax, many-flowered. 7. stalked, oblong, acuminate.
Pseudo-bulbs long, narrow, fusiform. Borneo, 1884 (G. C.
n. s., Xxvi., p. 44; W. O. A, vi. 247.)

Cc. elata (tall).* 7. medium-sized; sepals and petals white,
narrowish ; lip white, with a forked, yellow band in the centre,
and two orange-striped crests on the disk ; racemes erect, spring-
ing with the leaves from the apex of the pseudo-bulbs. /. sword-
shaped, striated. Pseudo-bulbs tall, oblong, angled. Tongoo,
Darjeeling (8000ft. to 9000ft.), 1857. (B. M. 5001.)

C. elegans (elegant). A synonym of C. Huettneriana.

C. fimbriata (fringed). ., sepals yellowish-green or brownish,
ovate-lanceolate, jin. long; petals filiform; lip yellow, streaked
with reddish-brown, the mid-lobe fringed, scape lin. to 2in. long,
one-flowered. October and November. J. sessile, 2in. to Sin.
long, lanceolate. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid-oblong, jin. to 14m. long.
Khasia and China. (B. R. 868.)

C. flavida (yellowish). 7. yellow, 4in. across, sub-erect; scape
slender, eight- to ten-flowered. Spring. 7. 3in. to 6in. long,
etiolate, narrow-lanceolate, acuminate. Pseudo-bulbs lin. to

in. long, distant, on a slender, scaly rhizome. Sikkim Himalaya,
&c., 1838.

Fic. 273, Cc:LOGYNE CRISTATA ALBA.

C. flexuosa (flexuous). /l. white, with a slight yellow stain across
the middle of the lip, extended as a narrow line on either side of
the disk to near the base, at which point the lip is very sharply
ee producing a narrow, transverse channel underneath.

ava, .

C. Foerstermanni (Foérstermann’s.) fl. white, with some
yellowish-brown on the disk of the lip ; sepals and petals ligulate,
acute; lip trifid, the lateral lacinie rounded, the middle one
rounded and apiculate; peduncles sometimes forty-flowered.
1. cartilaginous, ribbed, 14ft. long, 3in. or more wide, on very
short petioles. Sunda Islands, 1887.

C. fuliginosa (sooty). jl. al eg one ata time, 2in. across;
sepals and petals brownish-white, with a rosy tinge ; lip similarly
coloured, the mid-lobe deep reddish-brown; racemes shorter
than the leaves, two- or three-flowered. J. broadly lanceolate,
Sin. to 7in. long. Pseudo-bulbs 2in. to 3in. long. Northern
India, 1838. (B. M. 4440; L. J. F., t. 7.)

C. glandulosa (glandular). . pure white, liin. in diameter,
disposed in a nodding raceme; front lobe of the lip ovate,
marked on the disk with yellow lines. 7. oblong-lanceolate.
Pseudo-bulbs ovate, sulcate. Nilghiri Mountains, 1882.

C. graminifolia (Grass-leaved).* jl. nearly 2in. across the petals;
sepals white, narrowly oblong-lanceolate, acute; petals similar,
but rather narrower; lip three-lobed, the lateral lobes white,
streaked purple, oblong, the middle one orange-yellow, with
three purple ridges ; raceme two- to four-flowered ; scape lin.
to 2in. long. January. 7. two, Grass-like, lft: to 14ft. long.
Pseudo-bulbs lin. to 1jin. long. Moulmein, iss, (B. M. 7006.)

C. Hookeriana brachyglossa (short-lipped).- l., lip white,
with light ealpline = oe are and — eral radiate -brown
spots, open, not at all abru convolut t th ight sides
of the lip show lobes, 1887. el AC at he a Appts

Celogyne—continued.

C. Huettneriana (Huettner’s). . white, eight to ten in a
raceme ; lip toothed, with a rounded-ovate mid-lobe ; bracts lin.
long, cymbiform ; scape 7in. long. J. petiolate, oblong-lanceolate.
Pseudo-bulbs fusiform, much wrinkled. ‘Tenasserim. SYN.
C. elegans.

Cc. humilis albata (white-clothed). In this variety the sepals
and petals are snowy-white, and the lip is white, with hght
mauve-purple, radiating lines of small, confluent spots, and
with an orange spot on each side of the anterior part.

C. javanica (Javanese). fl. yellowish-green, with a white lip
and column; lip fringed and bearded; column petaloid; scape
one-flowered, with leafless membranous sheaths often piercing
the dead leaves. Pseudo-bulbs spherical. A. 2in. to din. Java.

C. lactea (milky). j., sepals and petals creamy-white, faintly
tinged yellow ; side lacinie of lip light ochre, veined brown, mid-
lacinie bright yellow at base. J. 7in. to Sin. long, very thick,
cuneate-oblong, acute, petiolate. Pseudo-bulbs light green,
plump, short, wrinkled. Birma, 1883.

C. lamellata (lamellate). . whitish-green; sepals and petals
oblong-lanceolate, keeled, lsin. long; lip three-lobed, cor-
rugated ; scape erect, three-flowered. New Hebrides, 1895,

C. lentiginosa (freckled). 7. lJin. in diameter; sepals and
petals pale green or straw-coloured ; side-lobes of lip margined
with brown, the large mid-lobe white with orange blotches;
broadly clawed; raceme (including the scape) 4in. to 5in. long,
sheathed up to the flowers, which number five to eight. 7. linear-
oblong, 6in. to 8in. long. Pseudo-bulbs 3in. to 4in. long, obtusely
four-angled. Tenasserim, 1847. (B. M. 5958.)

C. Lowii (Low’s). A synonym of C. asperata.

Cc. lurida (lurid). l., sepals and petals greenish-yellow, tinged

..with purple ; lip white and purplish, three-lobed. Origin not
recorded, 1896, (L. 1896, t. 542.)
ae alba (white). A variety having white flowers.

Cc. m. Arthuriana (Arthur Veitch’s). j. smaller than in the
type, having purple lines on the petals, and a continuous purple
band around the front margin of the lip. 1881.

Cc. m. virginea (virgin-white). l., lip tinted with light sulphur,
the nearly evanescent, purple lines in the middle very few. 1887.

Fic, 274. CaLOGYNE MASSANGEANA.

C. Massangeana, A flower of this fine Malayan species is
shown in Fig. 274.
C. Mayeriana (Mayer's). /l. having green sepals and petals, and
reaeoote black lip, resembling those of C pandurata. Tropical
sia, 1894.

C. Micholitzii (Micholitz’s). A provisional name for what is
described as a new introduction from ‘‘the East.” In habit it
resembles C. barbata, and is said to have ‘‘scapes 2ft. high,
bearing large, pure white flowers.” 1895.

C. Mossize (Mrs. Moss’s). fl. pure white, l4in.- across, with a
yellow, crescent-shaped mark on the lip; raceme 6in. long, about
six-flowered. J. 6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs l4in. long, ovate, two-
leaved. Nilghiri Mountains, 1894, Allied to C. nervosa. (G. C.
1894, xv., p. 400, f. 49.)

Cc. nervosa (nerved). /., sepals and petals white, acute, the
former lin. to ldin. long ; lip white and yellowish-brown ; bracts
very large; scape erect, sheathed up to the few flowers.
1. oblong-lanceolate, 4in. to 6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs, 2in. to Sin.
long, ovoid, curved. Nilghiri Mountains.

C. ochracea (ochreous). fl. white, very fragrant, produced in erect
racemes of about seven or eight; lip having two horseshoe-
shaped blotches on the disk, which are bright ochreous-yellow,
bordered orange. 7. two or three, lanceolate. Pseudo-bulbs
small, oblong. North-east India, 1844. (B. M. 4661; B. R. 1846,
69;L. J. F. 342.)

254

Celogyne—continued.
. tastes (half-moon-like). fl. resembling those of C. pandu-
— sotee eS lip, a creamy-white with yellowish-
brown markings. Pseudo-bulbs crescent-shaped, rather wide
and flat, concave, forming receptacles for water. Borneo, 1880.
(L. vi., t. 258.) :
C, przecox (early). The correct name of the plant described on
p. 358, Vol. L., as C. Wallichiana.

C. p. tenera (slender). fl. pale lilac and yellow, having a few
purple-mauve blotches on the lip. 1883.

C. prolifera (proliferous). fl. greenish-yellow, small ; scape long,
“Sop Sree Pee 1. Sin. to Tin. long, petiolate, lanceolate.
Pseudo-bulbs l4in. to 2sin. long, distant, ovoid or oblong,
compressed. Tropical Himalayas, 1837. ’

C, pulchella (rather pretty). . pure white, with the exception
of a brown blotch on the disk of the lip and a smaller one at the
base ; scapes terminal, slender, bearing several flowers. 1. rather
thick, oblong-lanceolate. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid-oblong, two-
leaved. - 1898.

C. purpurascens (purplish). . nearly white, small; scape Sin.
A 4in. long, one- to {testo ered 7. lin. to 4in. long, tin. to
sin. broad, coriaceous, often purplish. Pseudo-bulbs very
slender, one-leaved. Ceylon.

C. rigida (rigid). fl. yellow, with three red ridges on the disk of
the lip; sepals 4in. long; scape (with the ene raceme) 6in.
to 8in. long, rigid. 7. petiolate, elliptic-lanceolate, 4in. to 6in.
ane Pseudo-bulbs 3in. to Sin, long, narrow-oblong. Tenasserim,
183

C. Rochusseni (Rochussen’s). 7. pedicellate, pendulous; sepals
keeled, acuminate ; petals smaller; raceme very long, flexuous.
1. elliptic, lanceolate, or oblong-lanceolate. Pseudo-bulbs ovate
or oblong, angled, two-leaved. Java.

C. Rossiana (Ross’s). ., sepals and petals creamy-white,
ligulate; acute ; lip mostly ochre, the disk, broad claw, and top
of the mid-lacinia white ; column white, with a brown mid-line in
front; bracts linear, acuminate. 7. two, long-petiolate, cuneate-
oblong-lanceolate, acute, more than lft. long and lin. broad.
Pseudo-bulbs 2in. to 3in. long, nearly obpyriform. Birma, 1884.
(B. M. 7172.)

Cc. Rumphii (Rumphius’). 1. disposed in a spike 6in. long; sepals
and petals apple-green, the former lanceolate, the latter linear;
lip pandurate, the side lobes spotted with red, the middle one
pure white. JZ. lft. long, obovate. Pseudo-bulbs oblong.
Amboyna, re-introduced 1896.

C. salmonicolor (salmon-coloured). /. salmon-coloured, solitary,
the three-lobed lip being somewhat tessellated with brown.
1. solitary, cuneate-oblong, acuminate, undulated, green at base,
coppery elsewhere. Pseudo-bulbs tetragonal, pear-shaped. Java
or Sumatra, 1883, Allied to C. speciosa, but smaller.

C. Sanderz (Mrs. Sander’s). fl. white, 2in. across, with a yellow
blotch on the lip and a fringe of long, brown hairs on the three
parallel keels; scapes erect. 72. ovate-lanceolate. Pseudo-bulbs
ovate, tapering, Sin. to 4in. long. es Birma, 1893. Allied to
C. barbata. (G. C. 1893, xiii., pp. 336, 560, f. 52; J. H. 1893, xxvi.,
p. 313, f. 59; R. t. 56.)

C. Sanderiana (Sander’s).* jl. snow-white, large and showy;
sepals ligulate, acute; petals lanceolate, acute, dilated above ;
side laciniz of the lip marked with three brown stripes, the
anterior lacinia yellow, with a few white marks, and having
yellow crests ; peduncles sometimes nine-flowered. J. petiolate,
cuneate-oblong, acute, chartaceous. _Pseudo-bulbs fusiform-

_ eylindrical, two-leaved. Sunda Isles, 1887.

C. sparsa (sparse). #l. white; lip three-lobed, having a brown
spot in front of the keels, some smaller ones on the side lobes,
and a yellow one at the base; peduncle one- to four-flowered.
.-cuneate-oblong, acute, glaucous, 3in. to 4in. long, lin. broad,
Pseudo-bulbs glaucous, fusiform. Philippines, 1883. A charming,
dwarf plant,

C. stellaris (star-like). l., sepals and petals green ; lip white,
marked with brown lines on the side lobes. Pseudo-bulbs
tetragonal. Borneo, 1886.

.C. Swaniana (J. M. Swan's). fl. 2in. across; sepals white,
lin. long ; petals white, narrower ; lip pale brown, darker round
the margins and tips of the lobes; column yellow ; raceme lft.
long, many-flowered. May and June. J. two, 6in. to 8in. long,
elliptic-lanceolate ; petioles 2in. to 3in. long. Pseudo-bulbs 34in.
to 4in. long, obtusely four- to six-angled. Philippine Islands,
1892, (B. M. 7602; R., ser. ii., t. 92.)

C. tenuis (slender). . of a light buff tint, small. Borneo, 1893.
This species is allied to C. borneénsis, but differs in having slender
scapes, one-leaved pseudo-bulbs, &c.

C. testacea (brick-coloured). fl. 14in. across; sepals and petals
pale brown ; side lobes of lip dark brown, margined with white,
narrow, the mid-lobe broad; column white; raceme many-
flowered, pendulous. 7. 6in. to 8in. long, lanceolate, petiolate.
Pseudo-bulbs Sin. to Sin. long, narrow-ovoid. Singapore, 1842,

c, thuniana (Thunia-like). A synonym of C. uniflora.

C. tomentosa (downy). _/l. 2in. to 2sin. in diameter ; sepals and
petals light orange-red ; lip white, streaked with red on the
mner side, obovate in outline, the mid-lobe three-keeled ;

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cologyne—continued. ;
racemes pendulous, the rachis and pedicels roughly tomentose.
1. Yin. to 12in. long, variable. Pseudo-bulbs elongated-ovoid,
2in. to3in. long. Borneo, 1873.

C. uniflora (one-flowered). jl. white or flesh-coloured ; sepals
lin. long; lip having three to seven ner [ oh scape sin. to
lin. long, one- or two-flowered. J. 3in. to 6in. long, erect, narrow-
Janceolate. Pseudo-bulbs lin, to 2in. long, ovoid, crowded.
India. (R. X. O.i., t. 46.) Syn. C. thuniana,

C. Veitchii (Veitch’s). f. pure white, about lin. in diameter ;
racemes drooping, 2ft. Jong, many-flowered. 7. lanceolate, 6in.
long. Pseudo-bulbs fusiform, 4in. long. New Guinea, 1895.

C. ventricosa (big-bellied). A synonym of Pholidota ventricosa.

C. vir, alis (virgin-white). A provisional name for an imported
Bed ge reer as having pure white flowers in the way of
C. cristata, and deliciously fragrant. Habitat not recorded, 1896.

The following are also in cultivation at Kew: C. asperata suma-
trana, C. conferta, and C, Lauterbachiana.

C@LOSTYLIS. A synonym of Spigelia (which

see).
COETANEOUS. Contemporary ; of the same age.

COFFEA. Abont a score species, natives of tropical
Asia and Africa and the Mascarene Islands, form this genus.
Flowers white. Fruit globose or oblong, dry or fleshy, two-
stoned. To the species described on p. 358, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

C. arabica (Arabian). This is partly synonymous with C. liberica,
and partly with C. stenophylla.

Cc. stenophylla (narrow-leaved). jl. jin. long, one to three
together, sub-sessile, in axillary clusters. jr. sin. long, black
when ripe. J. elliptic-oblong or obovate, caudate-acuminate,
1sin. to 54in. long ; petioles very short. Stem about 10ft. high,
l3in. in diameter near the base. Upper Guinea, 1896, ‘‘ One of
the two indigenous West African species, which, in point of
commercial yalue, may prove a formidable rival to the Arabian.”

(B. M. 7475.) E
COHORT. In botany, this term is used for a group of
natural orders within a class. See Class.

COIX. Syn. Ltthagrostis. Three or four species are
included in this genus. Spikelets unisexual, moncecions,
spicate, the upper ones mostly males, the females one or two
at the base of the spike ; glumes four.

_ COKE. An excellent fuel for nearly all kinds of hot-
water boilers, and in the neighbourhood of gasworks may be
cheaply purchased. Probably it is next to Anthracite for
heating, economy, and cleanliness, being practically smoke-
less, and requiring little attention.

COLA. Kola Naut-tree. Syns. Lunanea, Siphoniopsis.
Half-a-dozen tropical African species compose this genus.
Flowers fascicled in the axils, shortly cymose, or sub-
paniculate; calyx usually five-cleft; petals wanting.
Leaves entire or lobed.

COLAX HARRISONIZ. A synonym of Bifre-
naria Harrisonie (which see).

COLCHICUM. Abont thirty species, natives of
Europe, West and Central Asia, and North Africa, are here
included. To those described on p. 359, Vol. I., the following
should be added : ;

C. agrippinum (Wild Olive-like). fl., two to four to a spathe ;
erianth tube whitish, 2in. to 4in. long, the limb of a beautiful
ilac-purple tessellated with white, lsin. to 24in. long. Autumn.

2. three or four, vernal, sub-erect, lanceolate, 6in. to Yin. long.

Corm ovoid, lin, to lsin. thick. Origin unknown. An old

favourite in English gardens. Syn, C. tessellatum,

Cc. alpinum parvulum (rather small). 1. pale lilac, smaller,
and leaves narrower than in the type. Italy, &ec., 1884.

c. Bornmulleri (Bornmiiller’s). This closely resembles
C. speciosum, of which it is perhaps merely a geographical form.
May. Orient, 1892.

Cc. byzantinum cilicicum (Cilician). /. as large as those of
C. speciosum. Asia Minor, 1896, A handsome yariety.

Cc. candidum (white). A synonym of C. letum.

Cc. caucasicum (Caucasian). A synonym of Merendera
caucasica,

C. cilicicum (Cilician). A form of C. byzantinum.
C. crocifiorum (Crocus-flowered) (B. M. 2673.) A synonym of
C. autumnale, °

C. Decaisnei (Decaisne’s). f. pale rosy-purple, large ; perianth
tube much longer than the elongated, thiptic Saeuicelir (which
are 1}in. to 2in. long); stamens rather shorter than the perianth,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Colchicum—continued.

2. 6in. to 8in. ea to lin. broad, lanceolate, attenuated
above. Orient, 1892.

C. fasciculare (fascicled). . white, numerous, fascicled ;
perianth tube two-and-a-half times longer than the limb, the
segments nearly ljin. long, narrow-elliptic-lanceolate. February.
1. five to seven, lanceolate, 6in. long, six to ten lines broad,
Syria, &e., 1 According to J. G. Baker, this is merely a
form of C. montanum.

C. leetum (pleasing). . often pale lilac (or white, flushed with

Tose), many to a spathe ; perianth tube 2in. to 6in. long, the

imb 2in. to 24in. long, the segments jin. to Sin. broad. Autumn.

7. four to six, lingulate, sub-erect, sometimes lft. long and lin. to

2in. broad. Leafy stem at length Sin. to 6in. long. Corm 1sin. to
2in. thick. Tauria, 1897. Syn. C. candidum.

C. latifolium (broad-leaved). A synonym of C. Sibthorpii.

Cc. montanum (of Linnus), A synonym of Merendera Bulbo-
codium.

Cc. montanum Ritchii (Ritch’s). 1. ey or rarely white;
filaments crested at base. Asia Minor, 1897.

C. Parkinsoni is a form of C. variegatum.
C. parvulum (rather small). A form of C. alpinum.

C. procurrens (running). jl. one to a spathe; perianth tube
le, 4in. long, the ents bright. iilac. Tin. long. Autumn.
appearing in spring, three to a sheath, linear, Lin. broad, dull

oe imen Sania Smyrna, Syn. Merendera sobolifera (of
gardens)

C. Ritchii (Ritch’s). A form of C. montanum.

Cc. ee (Sibthorp’s). 1. three or four in a spathe, tessel-
lated with lilac-purple ; perianth tube often 6in. long, the limb
ljin. to 2in. long. Autumn. 2. four or five, broadly strap-
shaped, ee ee Corm Liin.to 2in. thick. Greece
and Armenia, 1890. Syn. C. latifolium.

C. tessellatum (tessellated). A synonym of C. agrippinum.

C. Troodii (Trood’s). /. numerous; perianth white, lin. in
diameter, the segments narrow-oblong. Autumn. /. appearing
in spring, 6in, to 12in. long, Zin. to lin. broad, strap-shaped,
obtuse, dark green. Corm depressed-globose. Cyprus,

(B. M. 6901.)

COLEA. Nine or ten species, natives of the Mascarene
Islands, are included in this genus. To those described on
p. 360, Vol. I., the following should be added :

Cc. mauritiana (Mauritian). 7. dark rose, shortly pedicellate,
fascicled on the stems; corolla glabrous. J. o'long, warted.
1, leaflets in whorls of three, almost sessile, elliptic-lanceolate,
acuminate. Mauritius.

COLEBROOKIA. Sir J. D. Hooker regards this as a
monotypic genus, C. ternifolia not being specifically distinct
from C. oppositifolia.

COLENSOA (named in hononr of the Rey. W. Colenso,
who assisted Hooker in the investigation of the botany of
New Zealand), Orp. Campanulacez. A monotypic genus.
The species is a glabrous, erect herb, suffrutescent at base.
It thrive in sandy loam, and would probably succeed in
the open air, in a warm, sheltered place. Propagated by
seeds or by cuttings.

Cc. a hysalis-like) ve’ ale bluish, 14in. long,
ha jiate, the sal lip iiniiea rahe vad core lobes ars
free of the corolla tube, the filaments scarcely connate; racemes

short, terminal, leafless, few-flowered. Summer. fr. a violet,

globose berry, crowned by the linear, en calyx teeth. J. alter-
nate, petiolate, elliptic-ovate, acute, doubly serrated, 4in. to 6in.

long. Ah. 2ft. to 3ft. New Zealand, 1836. (B. M. 6864.)

COLEOPHORA HEMEROBIELLA. Sce Pear
Insects.
COLEOPHYLLUM. A synonym of Chlidanthus

(which see).

COLEOSPADIX (from koleos, a sheath, and spadiz ;
in allusion to the inflorescence). Orp. Palm#. A mono-
typic genus. The species, C. oninensis, is in the Kew
Collection, but is not in general cultivation.

COLEOSPORIUM. Included under Peridermium
(which see),

COLEUS. Abont fifty species are included in this
mus, natives of tropical Asia, Africa, and (one) Australia,
+ differs from Plectanthus only in the filaments being
combined below into a sheath around the style. To the

.

&c. 255

Coleus—continued,

species and varieties described on p. 361, Vol. I., the fol-
lowing (all perennials) should be added:

C. Gibsonii (Gibson’s). An ornamental plant, having the leaves
blotched and veined with ey pee oamncom: Native country
uncertain, 1866. (F. M., t. -)

C. Penzigii (Penzig’s). ., lower lip bright violet, tin. long, the
upper one smaller, reflexed; whorls simple, eight-flowered,
forming a lax raceme 6in. to 8in. long. Autumn. 2. ovate, 2in.
to Sin. long, crenate, pobeent, narrowed suddenly to a winged
petiole. Stems clothed with spreading hairs. Mountains of
Abyssinia (?), 1893. Perennial.

Cc. spicatus (spiked). /. sin. long; whorls in a dense, cylindric,
spike-like, villous thyrse, 8in. long. J. sub-sessile, obovate,
ovate, or orbicular, 34in. long, glabrous, fleshy, entire or crenate.
Stem very stout, villous or glabrate, 6in. to 12in. high, simple or
branched, South Deccan. Perhaps the typical species is not in
cultivation.

C. s. Rondinella (Rondinella).
1. fleshy. h. 8in. Abyssinia, 1
(R. G. 1896, p. 358, f. 62.)

Cc. thyrsoideus (thyrsoid). . blue, shortly pedicellate ; corolla
about 4in. long, the mouth bilabiate ; raceme about 3in. broad,
the branchlets sub-erect or spreading. February. J/., lower
ones 7in. long, ovate-cordate. acuminate, coarsely lobulate and
crenate ; petioles 2in. or more in length ; upper leaves smaller,
with more deeply-cleft margins. Stem, petioles, and_in-
florescence pubescent. h. 2ft. to 3ft. British Central Africa,
1897. (B. M. 7672.)

COLIC ROOT. See Aletris farinosa.

COLLABIUM (from collum, a neck, and labiwm, a lip ;
in allusion to the basal part of the lip encircling the
colnmn). Orb. Orchidex. A small genus (two species) of
stove, terrestrial Orchids, natives of India, Java, and
Borneo. Flowers in along raceme on a tall scape ; lateral
sepals adnate to the trumpet-shaped foot of the long, in-
curved column, to which the short lip is also jointed;
pollinia two. Leaf plicate. C. simplex is the better known
species. C. nebulosum is in the Kew Collection, For
culture see Catasetum. r
Cc. simplex (undivided). #., sepals and petals greenish-yellow,

with purple and brown blotches ; lip white ; column white, purple

at base; peduncle fumid at base, racemose atapex. J. oblong,

acute, wavy, green, with darker blotches. Borneo, 1881.

COLLADONIA (of Sprengel). A synonym of Pali-
courea (which see).
COLLZA. Included under Galactia (which see).

COLLANIA (of Herbert). Included under Bomarea
(which see). 7 :

COLLANIA (of Schultes). A synonym of Urceolina
(which see), the correct name of C. wrceolata being U. pen-
dula. :

COLLAR, The line of junction between a stem and a
root.

COLLATERAL. Side by side.

COLLEMBOLA, or SPRINGTAILS. These are
minute insects belonging to the Apfera, and are often found
in damp spots in the garden. Two out of the three families
into which the Sub-Order Collembola is divided are capable
of leaping; but the remaining one, Lipuridx, does not
possess the power of doing so. Like Aptera generally,
these insects feed upon both animal and vegetable refuse.;
they cannot be regarded as destructive. Species of
Lipuride are sometimes found in Mushroom-houses, and
may be found working up in minute heaps between the
bricks, when these are employed.

COLLETOTRICHUM LINDEMUTHIANUM.
See Bean Anthracnose.

COLLYRIS. A synonym of Dischidia (which see).
COLOCASIA. The five species of this genus are

indigenons to tropical America, one being cultivated in all

warm regions. ‘To those described on pp. 362-3, Vol. L., the

following should be added :

C. Devansayana (Devansaye’s). J. ample, erect, peltate, ovate,
acute, cordate-sagittate at base, highly glabrous, green, the
sinus large, triangular; primary veins three or four on both
sides, produced on the lower surface, brown ; petioles elongated,
terete, sheathing at base, coppery-brown. Caudex short and
thick. New Guinea, 1886, (I. H. 1886, 601.)

Cc. esculenta and C, nymphzifolia
C. antiquorum.

C. odorata. Thecorrect name is Alocasia odora,

. blue, disposed in racemes.
A bushy herbaceous plant.

are varieties of

256

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

COLOCYNTH. Sce Citrullus Colocynthis.

aia ala A synonym of Canarium (which
see),

COLORADO BEETLE.
Vol, Il.

COLPOON-TREE. Sce Elezodendron.

COLQUHOUNIA. Three or four species, all natives
of India, compose this genus. ‘To the information given on
p. 363, Vol. I., the following should be added :

Cc. tomentosa (R. H. 1873, p. 131) is synonymous with
C. coccinea,

C. vestita (clothed). According to Sir J. D. Hooker, this is
merely a woolly variety of C. coccinea.

COLUMBINE, FEATHERED
See Thalictrum aquilegifolium.

COLURIA.”* Lawmannia (of Fischer) is identical with
this monotypic genus.

COLUTEA. Eight or ten species have been described,
but probably not more than half of them are distinct as
such; they are found in Central and Southern Europe and
in temperate and sub-tropical Asia: To those described on
p. 364, Vol. I., the following should be added. See also
Sutherlandia and Swainsona.

C. arborescens melanocalyx (dark-calyxed). A variety
Bovang the calyx and pedicles clothed with dark hairs. Asia
inor, 5

C. frutescens (shrubby). A synonym of Sutherlandia frutescens.
C. longialata (long-winged). This species, which is probably a

native of Asia Minor or the Balkan Peninsula, is closely related
to C. arborescens. 1896.

COLVILLEA (named in honour of Sir Charles Col-
ville, Governor of the Mauritius). Orp, Leguminose.
monotypic genus. This species is a stove, unarmed tree,
thriving in any fairly good compost. Propagation is
effected by cuttings, inserted in sand, under a bell-glass, in
heat ; or by seeds when these are to be Had. :

Cc. racemosa (racemose). (jl. bright scarlet, showy, much
crowded; racemes axillary and terminal, lift. long, simple
or branched, April and May. J. alternate, remote, spreading,
oblong-ovate, 3ft. long, bipinnate, the lower ones reflexed;

See Potato Beetle,

or TUFTED.

pinne twenty to thirty. pairs, opposite, 4in. long, with
twenty to twenty-eight pairs of linear leaflets sin. long. h. 40ft.
to 50ft. Mauritius. (B. M. 3325-6.)

COMANTHOSPHACE. Okxp. Labiate. _A genus

embracing four species of greenhouse or hardy under-
shrubs, natives of Japan. C. japonica (B. M. 7463), a
small plant’ with hoary branches and inflorescence, is
grown at Kew, but is of no particular horticultural value,

COMAROUNA ODORATA. A synonym of Dip-
teryx odorata (which see).

COMARUM. This genus is included by Bentham and
Hooker under Potentilla (which see), the correct name
of C. palustre being P. Comarum.

COMATOGLOSSUM. A synonym of Talisia (which

see).
COMB FERN. See Schizea.
COMBRETUM. Poivrea shonld be included here,

according to Bentham and Hooker, The genus embraces

about 120 species, common in tropical America, Africa, and

Asia, and in South Africa, but not in Australia or Polynesia.

C, coccineum (scarlet). ‘Lhe correct name of Poivrea coccinea.

Cc. comosum (crowded). fl. of a beautiful intense scarlet,
crowded on the elongated spikes, which form a _ compound
panicle ; bracts lanceolate. May to August: J. i ec oblong,
acute, entire, glabrous when adult, sub-cordate at base, shortly
petiolate. Branchlets pubescent. h. 20ft. Sierra Leone, 1822.
(B. R. 1165.) Syn. Poivrea intermedia.

Cc. nanum (dwarf). jl. white; petals narrow-obovate, far ex-
ceeding the sepals; raceme often sub-terminal and solitary, 6in.
to Tin. ong i peduncle lin. to 2in. long. J. Enposiie or alternate,
typically 4in. by 34in., but often smaller and narrower, varying
from round-obovate to lanceolate, glabrous. Branches 6in. to
18in. long. India, 1825, Plant decumbent.

COMMELINA. Sxns. Ananthopus, Eralebia, Hed-
wigia. About ninety species of this genus have been
described ; they are all tropical or sub-tropical. Flowers
blue, yellowish, or rarely white, rather small, in usually bifid
cymes, emerging one at a time from a terminal, complicate
or fannel-shaped or cucullate spathe, those of the upper
branch of the cyme small, deciduous, those of the lower
fertile; sepals three, membranous, the two inner often
connate at base; petals longer, one larger and often
clawed ; stamens three perfect and two or three imperfect.
Leaves ovate, lanceolate, or linear. To the species
described on p. 365, Vol. I., the following should be added :

Cc. nudifiora (naked-flowered). jl. of a. showy cobalt-blue.
Argentina, 1897. A compact-growing species. Syn. C. Sel-
lowiana.

C. pallida (pale). jl. blue; spathes oblong, acuminate, folded in
two, pubescent. J. almost petiolate, oblong, acute, pubescent on
both sides; sheaths violaceous, ciliated. Stem erect, branched,
pubescent. Mexico. Syn. C. rubens.

C. rubens (reddish), A synonym of C. pallida.

C. Sellowiana (Sellow’s). A synonym of C. nudijlora.

C. tuberosa (tuberous).* jl. sky-blue; spathes ‘ovate-cordate,
long-acuminate, corduplicate, ciliated. June and July. J. oblong-

’ lanceolate, acute; sheaths pubescent and ciliated. Roots
tuberous. Mexico, 1732. Half-hardy perennial.

COMMERSONIA (named in hononr of Philibert Com-
merson, who died in 1727). Onp. Sterculiacee, A genus
embracing about eight species of stove trees or shrubs,
natives of tropical Asia and Australia, and closely allied to
Rulingia. C. platyphylla (B. M. 1813) has been introduced,
but is probably not now cultivated.

COMMIA, A synonym of Excecaria (which see).

COMMIANTHUS. A synonym of Retiniphyllum
(which see).

COMMIPHORA. A synonym of Balsamodendron
(which see). ;

COMMON SWIFT MOTH (Hepialus lwpulinus).
Few insects are better known, at least by sight, than the
commoner species of this genus, by reason of the peculiar
oscillating, hovering flight which characterises the males.
The majority of gardeners and farmers, however, do not
appear to be aware of the destructive propensities at least
of the insect here described. It is the commonest of
the five species found in this country, and is quite as
destructive as its near relative, the Ghost Moth
H. Humuli). As with that insect, the caterpillars of the

ommon Swift principally attack grass in meadows, lawns,
and cricket-grounds, though they frequently forsake such
food for Lettuce, Mint, Parsley, Cauliflowers, Brussels
Sprout and other winter vegetables, as well as Straw-

erries.

The Moths are on the wing from the end of May until
well into June. There is nothing conspicuous about their
colouring, and though they are of fairly large size (1jin. to
1jin. in wing expanse), they would readily escape obser-
vation were it not for the irregular flight of the males at
twilight when in search of their mates. The females are
less frequently seen, preferring to lie hidden amongst the
food-plants, where by an odour they exhale they attract the
males. Pairing haying taken place, the eggs are laid, and
this act is accomplished while the insects are on the wing
and flying steadily along. These Moths are somewhat
yariable as to colour, though usually brown or reddish-
brown, with a whitish stripe from the tip to the inner
margin, and another running from the base, while aboye the
stripe is an elongated spot.

The caterpillars are slender, yellowish-white, and about
lin. long, and may be found’ from July at the roots of their
food-plants, whioh quickly show signs of being preyed upon,
They are very sensitive to the touch. The larvye have
sixteen feet—six claw-fect, eight sucker-feet, and a pair
situate at the hinder extremity of the body. They feed from
July or August until spring, though they are somewhat
susceptible to frosts. When full-fed they approach the
surface of the soil, and become pup in loosely-constrncted
silken cocoons, In this condition they are very restless, and
may be observed wriggling about in their cocoons. They
are yellowish-brown.

To deal with these pests is somewhat difficult, feeding, as
they do, beneath the roots. In the case of grass, however,

*

‘i

-

OEE

,Tieen. = Sa tS

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, XG, -20n

Common Swift Moth—continued.
applications of lime and soot (one part of the former to two
parts of the latter) in spring would be of service. In
gardens wood-ashes and soot scattered freely round the
infested plants, and then hoed in, would render the ground
undesirable. Insectivorous birds, again, would destroy large
numbers if the soil round the plants could be hoed in spring
as the laryee were about to change into pup. See also

Otter Moth, Vol. Il.

COMMON YELLOW UNDERWING. See Try-
phena.

COMOSE. Growing in tufts; bearing a tuft.

COMPARETTIA. This genus embraces six species,
natives of the Andes of Sonth America. Sepals erecto-
patent, the dorsal one free, the lateral ones connate,
produced at base into a long, slender spur which is free of
the petals; lip continuous with the base of the column,
produced at base into two long, linear spurs, the lateral
lobes rather broad, erect, the middle one spreading, very
broad. To the species described on p. 366, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

C. rosea is a form of C. falcata.

C. speciosa (showy).” jl. large and numerous ; sepals and petals
light orange, with a cinnabar glow; lip cinnabar, orange at base,
the front lobe sub-quadrate and emarginate, about Ijin. wide,
with a yery short claw and a small keel between the basal

auricles ; spur minutely puloee, upwards of 14in. long ; racemes
loose. Ecuador. A beautiful species. (W. O. A. y., t. 233.)

COMPASS PLANT. See Silphium laciniatum.

COMPLANATE. Flattened vertically to a level
surface above and below.

COMPLETE. Furnished with calyx, corolla, stamens,
and pistils.

aoe A synonym of Tricyrtis (which
see).

COMPSOA. A synonym of Tricyrtis (which see).

COMPTONIA. Bentham and Hooker inelnde this
genus under Myrica (which see), the correct name being
M. asplenifolia.

CONANTHERA. Syn. Cumingia. Three or four

species, all Chilian, are included in this genns.
CONCHIUM. A synonym of Hakea (which see).
CONCHOCHILUS. A synonym of Appendicula
(which see).
CONCHOPHYLLUM.
(which see).

CONDALIA (named in honour of Condal, a Spanish
botanist). Orp. Rhamnex. A genus embracing half-a-
dozen species of greenhouse or hardy, deciduons, rigid,
spiny, American shrubs, with small, axillary flowers, and
alternate, sub-sessile leaves. C. microphylla has been
introduced, but is of no particular horticultural value.

CONDALIA (of Ruiz and Pavon).
Coccocypselum (which see).

CONDAMINEA (named in hononr of De la Condamin,
a celebrated traveller). Orp. Rubiacee. A small genus
(two or three species) of stove shrubs or small trees,
natives of Bolivia, Peru, and Colombia. Flowers rather
large, in trichotomously corymbose cymes. Leaves large,
shortly petiolate ; stipules large, bipartite. (C. tinctoria has
been introduced, but is probably not now in cultivation.

CONE. See also Strobile.
CONGENERS. Plants of the same genus.

CONGESTED.
together.

CONGLOMERATE. Clustered.

+ ctr A synonym of Kedrostis (which
see).

CONIOGRAMME. See Gymnogramme.

CONIUM ARRACACHA. A synonym of Arra-
cacha esculenta (which see).

Vol. V

A synonym of Dischidia

A synonym of

Packed or arranged yery closely

CONNECTIVE. That part of an anther which

connects its two lobes ; a continuation of the filament.

CONOCARPUS. A synonym of Leucadendron
(which see).

CONOCLINIUM. A synonym of Eupatorium
(which see).

CONOPHALLUS. Included wnder Amorpho-
phallus (which see).
CONOPHARYNGIA. Included under Taberne-

montana (which see).

CONOSTEPHIOPSIS. A
stephium (which see).

CONOSTYLIS (from konos, a cone, and stylos, a style ;
the style is conical at the bottom). Orp. Hemodoracee.
A genus embracing thirty-two species of greenhouse,
herbaceous perennials, confined to Australia. — Flowers
usually dull yellow, more or less plumose-tomentose onut-
side, in a terminal head, rarely lengthening out into a
shortly dichotomous cyme. Leayes in distichous or crowded
tufts on a short rhizome or on a tufted or branched stem.
Several of the species have been introduced, but they are
not in general cultivation.

CONOTRACHELUS NENUPHAR.
Insect Pests.

Soe A synonym of Manettia (which
see).

CONVALLARIA. To the species described on p. 368,
Vol. I., the following variety should be added. Several
plants formerly known by this generic name are now
referred to Maianthemum and Polygonatum.

synonym of Cono-

See Plum

Cc. majalis prolificans (prolific). An abnormal garden form,
haying the perianth more or less deeply divided and the lobes
spreading. 1889. (R. G. 1292.)

CONVOLVULUS. Including Rhodorhiza. Sepals sub-
equal, or the outer ones rarely broader; limb of the
corolla plicate, five-angled or rarely five-lobed ; peduncles
axillary, one-flowered, or rarely cymosely many-flowered.
To the species described on pp. 368-70, Vol. I., the following
should be added. Several plants formerly classed here-
under are now referred to Calystegia, Hewittia (sce
Palmia), and Ipomea.

C. californicus (Californian). /., corolla white, cream, or flesh-
coloured, broadly funnel-shaped, l4in. to 2in. long; peduncles
shorter than the petioles. J. about lin. long, varying from ovate
or rounded-obovate to deltoid or sub-cordate and obtuse, or the
later ones somewhat sagittate or hastate and acute, light green ;
vetioles slender. Stems short and erect. Western Cali ornia,
888. Plant pubescent, half-hardy.

Cc. chrysorhizus (golden-rooted). A form of Zpomea Batatas.

C. floridus (many-flowered). /. white, or sometimes Washed
with pale rose, very numerous, in a terminal thyrse ; corolla
thrice exceeding the calyx, hairy outside. June to August.
1, linear, undulated, attenuated to the petioles, obtuse and
mucronulate, din. to 4in. long. Stems woody ; branches canescent
or pruinose. h. 6ft. Canary Islands, 1799. Greenhouse. SYN.
Rhodorhiza florida (R. H. 1892, p. 156).

Cc. macrostegius (having a large covering). j., corolla pale
yellow or cream-coloured, short and broad ; peduncles 6in. to 8in.
long, bearing two or three flowers within the ample bracts (lin.
or more in length) and lateral flowers similarly bracteate. J. 4in.
long and a little narrower. Lower California, 1895. Half-hardy
under-shrub.

C. mechoacana (Mechoacan). A synonym of Ipomea Jalapa.

CONYZA. LEschenbachia is synonymous with this
genus. 3
CONYZA (of Schultes ‘‘Bipontinus’”’), in part.

Synonymous with Pluchea (which see).
COOKIA (of Gmelin). A synonym of Pimelea (which
see).

COOPERIA. Including Sceptranthus. This genus
differs from Zephyranthes only in its stamens and in its long
perianth-tube.

COPAI-YE WOOD. See Vochysia guianensis.
COPAL. Sce Rhus Copallina.
2L

258

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

COPERNICIA. Syns. Cryosophila (of Blume), Cryso-
phila (of Bentham and Hooker). ‘The species are natives of
Colombia, the West Indies, and Brazil. C. nana (SYN.
Crysophila nana) has been introduced, but is not in general
cultivation.

COPRINUS COMATUS, or SHAGGY-CAP
MUSHROOM. This is a common and delicious Mush-
room, frequently found in gardens in immense clusters,
though oftener seen on paths and roads in newly-made
districts. C. comatus should be eaten in the young
stage, while the gills are whitish or purplish, for when

Fic. 275. COPRINUS COMATUS.

specimens have assumed a black colour they are fit only for
ketchup. This Mushroom is very distinctive (see Fig. 275),
being of cylindrical form, with a snowy-white cap covered
with woolly scales. It may be found throughout summer
and autumn.

COPRIS LUNARIS. ‘See Unicorn Beetle.

COPROSMA. Syn. Marquisia. Flowers regular,
hermaphrodite or unisexual; corolla four- to nine-lobed,
-toothed, or -parted. Fruit ovoid or globose, fleshy, with two
or rarely four stones. Leayes opposite, ovate, oblong,
rounded, or linear. The following is the typical form of the
species to which the varieties given on p. 371, Vol. I.,
belong :

Cc. Baueriana (Bauer's). jl. din. to din. long, capitate.

+ fr. broadly ovoid, fin. to 4in. long. J. 4in. to 14in. long, broadly
oblong-obovate, rarely smaller and oblong-lanceolate, with
recunten margins, pale below. New Zealand, 1866. A small tree
or shrub.

COPTIS. About half-a-dozen species, natives of the
North Temperate Zone, are included hereunder. Flowers
whitish; sepals five or six, regular, petaloid, deciduous ;
petals five or six, small, hooded or linear; carpels
numerous; scapes leafiess, one- to three-flowered. Leaves
radical, ternately dissected.

CORALLOBOTRYS (from korallion, coral, espe-
cially red coral, and botrys, a cluster; in allusion to the
colour and shape of the inflorescence).. ORD. Vacciniacez.
A monotypic genus. The species is a greenhouse, epi-
phytal shrub, requiring similar culture to the epiphytal
species of Vaccinium.

acuminata (taper-pointed).* jl. bright coral-red, corymbose ;

calyx lobes five ; corolla tin. long, globose-campanulate, with five

recurved teeth ; peduncle din. to 4in. long. 7. alternate, petiolate,
lanceolate, acuminate, Sin. to 10in. long, obtusely serrated,
cuneate at base; petioles din. to Zin. long. Branches thick.

h. 2ft. to 4ft. Khasia. Syn. Epigynium acuminatum (B. M.

5010).

CORCHORUS. WMaerleisia is synonymous with this
genus,

CORDIA. The species are broadly dispersed over the
warmer regions of the globe, and are yery plentiful in
America. To those described on p. 372, Vol. I., the following
variety should be added :

Cc. Greggii Palmeri (Gregg’s, Palmer's variety).* /l. white,
fragrant, in size and form resembling those of C. Sebestena, borne
in terminal clusters. 7. small, pubescent, toothed. h. 5ft. to 10ft.
North Mexico, 1889. A showy shrub. (G. & F. 1889, ii.
p. 233, f. 106.)

C. ipomoeefiora (Ipomeea-flowered). fl. white or yellowish-
white, loosely paniculate, resembling those of C. superba, but
liin. in diameter. Summer. /. much confined to the branchlets,
obovate-lanceolate, 12in. to l6in. long, Sin. broad, acute or
acuminate, coarsely serrate-toothed. A. 12ft. to 14ft. Habitat
unknown. Tree. (B. M. 5027.)

C. officinalis (officinal). A synonym of C. Myxa.

C. ulmifolia (Elm-leaved). fl. glomerate; peduncles axillary,
adnate to the petiole at the base, or racemose. 2in. to 4in.
long, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, sharply serrulated
above the base, scabrous above, velvety or pubescent beneath.
renculet pubescent or velvety. h. 6ft. to 15ft. West Indies.
Shrub.

CORDIERA. A synonym of Alibertia (which see).

CORDYLINE. Syn. Tetsia. The species are found in
the East Indies, the Malayan Archipelago, Australia, New
Zealand, and the South Pacific Islands, one being a native of
Brazil. To the species and varieties described on pp. 372-5,
Vol. I., the following should be added. There are many
other garden forms of C. terminalis.

Cc. argenteo - striata (silvery-striated).~ 7. linear-lanceolate,
bright green, striated and occasionally margined creamy-white,
the bright green also relieved with streaks of silvery-grey.
South Sea Islands; 1888. A form of C. australis, useful for table-
decoration.

Cc. augustifolia (fine-leaved).*/. linear-lanceolate, arching, about
lift. long, lin. broad, dark green, marked and margined with
crimson and rose-colour. 1883. A good table-plant.

C. australis Doucetii (Doucet’s). 7. edged and striped with
white. (I. H. xxxv.,.t. 40, under name of C. indivisa Doucetiana.)

C. a. rubra (red). 7. bronzy, broader and more erect than in the
type. 1892. Habit more compact.

3 os Russellii (Russell’s). J. dull brown, with a yellow midrib.

Cc. a. variegata (variegated). J. marked with longitudinal
bands of creamy-white. 1881, A pretty form.
There is another variety, lentiginosa (I. H., t. 35).

C. Bartetii (Bartet’s).* J. elliptic, reddish-bronze, bordered with
red in the adult state; when young, brilliant red, flaked with
brownish. 1886. A beautiful, garden variety.

C. Broomfieldii (Broomfield’s). 7. 1{ft. long, 2in. broad, green,
margined and striped with white. Stem short, jointed, lin. thick.
South Sea Islands (?), 1896. (G. C. 1896, xx., p. 666, f. 115.)

Pa fees 1, bronzy-green, flaked and margined with crimson.

C. cuprea (coppery). J. of a coppery brown, shaded with green ;
petioles salmon-rose. 1893, Probably a form of C. terminalis.

C. Diana. /. long-lanceolate, recurved, olive-green, margined,
flaked, and striped with crimson-pink. 1883.

Cc. excellens (excellent).* 7. bronzy, variegated with bright rosy-

red, broad, oblong, drooping. 1885. A hybrid form of C. ter-
minalis.

C. indivisa Dalliereana (Dalliére’s). An ornamental seedling
variety, having the leaves striped with yellow. 1890. (. H.
XXXxvii, t. 114.) :

C. i. Doucetiana (Doucet’s). A synonym of C. australis Doucetii.

Cc. Laingi (Laing’s).* 7. 8in. to 10in. long, 2in. to 2sin. broad;
youngest ones pale green, with broad bands and margins of
creamy-white, faintly tinged rose; older ones of a deeper green,
bordered with crimson and white. 1882. A free-growing hybrid,
useful for decorative purposes, as it bears changesof temperature
better than many other kinds.

Cc. macrantha (large-flowered).
cordylinoides.

Cc. madagascariensis (Madagascar). 2. green, long and narrow,
acuminate, arching. Madagascar, 1884. A distinct form, of
graceful habit.

C. norwoodiensis (Norwood). /. banded yellow, green, and
crimson, the last-named colour being chiefly confined to the
marginal portion ; petioles bright carmine. 1885

C. picturata (decorated). J. rich olive-green, flaked and striped
with pink and crimson. 1883. An attractive form.

C. placida (placid). /. long, narrow-lanceolate, recurved, un-
dulated,. variegated with creamy-white. 1883.

C. Plutus. /. bronzy-green, flaked and margined with crimson
1 An ornamental variety.

A synonym of Brocchinia

—

ee ee pee ie

fe aw ee

aa oe ee Se eer ele rr er rrrrmhC

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT: INTRODUCTIONS,

Cordyline—continued.

C. Rigoutsi (Rigouts’). This is a variegated seedling raised from
C. australis. ic H. 1896, p. 24, t. 50, under name of Dracena
Rigoutsi.)

Cc. Rumphii (Rumphius’). A synonym of Draceena Hookeriana,

C. Thomsoniana (Thomson’s).* A fine, bold, erect plant, having
a head of long, bright green leaves. West Coast of Africa, 1882.
A seedling from C. terminalis. (F. M. n. s. 441.)

C. venosa (veined). 72. oblong-ovate, acuminate, many-ribbed, -

yellow-green, blotched and reticulated with dark green. Borneo,
1883. pretty, dwarf form.

C. Williamsii (Williams’). 7. large, oblong-lanceolate, acute,
Breeding and recurved, dull green, irregularly striped with
chocolate, white, rose, cinnamon, and yellow. Polynesia, 1883.

A distinct plant.

CORE. A popular name for the bony endocarp of a
pome, containing the seeds.

COREMA. Lulewcum ard Oakesia (of Tuckerman) are
synonymous with this genus.

FiG. 276. COREOPSIS GRANDIPLORA.

COREOPSIS. Tickseed. Including Agarista (of De
Candolle), Calliopsis, Chrysostemma, and Diplosastera. Of
this genus about fifty-five species are known, natives of
North and South America, tropical Africa, and the Sandwich
Islands. To those described on pp. 876-8, Vol. I., the
following should be added. See also Leptosyne (which is
kept distinct by Dr. Asa Gray).

Cc. abyssinica (Abyssinian).* 7l.-heads of a rich yellow, about lin.
in diameter, freely produced; ray florets din. broad; inner
involucral scales coloured, hispid. J. thick, pinnatisect; lateral
leaflets three pairs, lanceolate or linear -lanceolate, deeply
toothed or almost pinnati-partite; terminal one larger. Stem
ec 2ft. or more in height, corymbose. Abyssinia, 1895.

C. aristosa mutica (beardless). /i.-heads bright deep yellow,
without awns. J. turning bronzy. h. 3ft. United States, 1893.
(R. G. 1893, p. 439.)

C. Atkinsoniana (Atkinson’s). l.-heads orange-yellow, spotted
with brown in the centre; pappus none or minute. Autumn.
1. all once or twice pinnately divided; lobes linear or nearly so.
Stem 2ft. to 4ft. high. North America. Annual or perennial.
(B. R. 1376.) Syn. Calliopsis Atkinsoniana.

elias (Ferula-leaved). A synonym of Bidens ferule-
‘olia.

SG. 7259

Coreopsis—continued.

C, japonica (Japanese). fl.-heads canary-yellow. J. linear-
lanceolate. Japan, 1895. A compact-growing species.

C. longipes (long-footed). A synonym of C. grandiflora. See
Fig. 276.

Cc. palmata (palmate). /.-heads orange-yellow, large; ray
florets obovate-oblong ; involucral bracts all united at the base,
July to October. J. palmately three-cleft, cuneiform in outline,
sessile, the undivided basal portion little wider than the rather
broadly linear lobes. A. 1ft. to 2ft. North America, 1823. Plant
elaews, rigid. Perennial. Syn. C. precox (R. H. ser. ii., iv.,
p. 4

C. parviflora (small-flowered). A synonym of Cosmos sul-
phureus.

C. preecox (early). A synonym of C. palmata.

CORETHROGYNE (from korethron, a broom, and
gyne, a female ; in allusion to the brush-like tuft of bristles
on the style-appendages). Orb. Composite. A small
genus (three species) of rather low and Aster-like, hardy
perennials, cottony-tomentose when young, confined to
California. Flower-heads large and showy, solitary,
terminal; ray florets violet-blue or purple; disk yellow,
often changing to purplish; pappus tawny or ferruginons.
Leaves sessile, entire or serrated. For culture of C. obovata,
the only species yet introduced, see Aster.

C. obovata (obovate). fl.-heads having the ray florets violet,
varying to white suffused with pink. Summer. 7. obovate or
spathulate, obtuse, sparsely toothed above; those of the
ascending branches small, oblong to linear-lanceolate. Stems
decumbent, lft. or more in length. 1873. SYN. C. spathulata.

C. spathulata (spoon-shaped). A synonym of C. obovata.

CORIARIA. About five species of usually glabrous
shrubs or under-shrubs compose this genus. To those,
described on p. 378, Vol. 1., the following should be
added :

C. japonica (Japanese). jl. bright rose or coral-red, sub-
globose, din. in diameter; racemes springing from the opposite
leaf-scars of the branches, two or three together, all female or
one male, 14in. to 3in. long. June. J. ovate or ovate-lanceolate,

- acuminate, lin. to 2in. long, two-nerved. Japan. 1896. A low,
branching, half-hardy shrub. (B. M. 7509.)

Cc. ruscifolia (Ruscus-leaved). The correct name of C. sarmen-
tosa.

Cc. terminalis (terminal). This differs from C. nepalensis in
having terminal inflorescences (instead of axillary or in the
ee) and .five- to nine-nerved leaves. Himalayas and China.
1897. %

CORE-WOOD. See Anona palustris.

CORM. A solid bulb. The enlarged base of the stem
of a herbaceous plant, in which is stored a reserve of
starch or other food-material ; a pseudo-bulb. In substance
a Corm resembles a tuber, but it is generally more upright ;
it produces from its upper surface leaves and buds, and from
its lower, roots ; e.g., the Corms of Cyclamens and Crocuses.
Corms are popularly but erroneously called Bulbs (which
see).

CORNELIAN CHERRY. See Cornus mas.

CORNICULATE. Having an appendage or a process
resembling a little spur or horn.

CORN MARIGOLD. See Chrysanthemum se-
getum.

CORNUS. About twenty-five species, distributed over
Europe, temperate Asia and America, Mexico, and the
Himalayas, are included in this genus. To those described
on pp. 378-9, Vol. I., the following should be added :

C. brachypoda (short-stalked). A synonym of C. macrophylla.
C. capitata (headed). The correct name of Benthamia fragifera.

C. corynostylis (club-styled). jl. borne.in sub-globose, white,
silky-woolly corymbs; petals narrow, rather large; style club-
shaped, equalling the filaments. J. opposite, ovate, ovate-oblong,
or oblong-elliptic, acuminate, green or slightly woolly beneath.
Himalayas, 1 (R. G. 1896, pp. 11, 286, t. 54, f. 4.)

C. florida flore-rubra (red-flowered). In this variety the flowers
are tinted with bright red. 1889. There is also a weeping form
(pendula).

C. Kousa (Kousa). The correct name of Benthamia japonica.

Cc. macrophylla (large-leaved). _jl. white; calyx tube urn-
shaped, whitish with appressed hairs ; panicles- terminal, erect,
often 4in. to 5in. in diameter. July. 7. opposite or alternate,
6in. long, 34in. broad, or larger, acuminate at apex, glaucous
beneath, tinted with orange-red in autumn; petioles lin. long.
h. 40ft. Kumaon, 1827. Syn. C. brachypoda. There is a silvery-
variegated form (variegata).

260

Cornus—continued.

Cc. mas Mietzschii (Mietzsch’s). l. marbled, striped, and
spotted with white, grey, and green. 1894. 4

Cc. sanguinea. Gaten-tree ; Gater-tree; Pegwood ; Prickwood,
There is a variety—foliis aureo-marginatis grandifolia—which is
remarkable for its very large, golden-variegated leaves (also for
its unnecessarily cumbrous name). 1889.

C. sibirica (Siberian). A synonym of C, tartarica.

C. stolonifera Rosenthali (Rosenthal’s). This form is
variegated in a similar manner to C. stbirica Spathi.

C. tartarica (Tartar). jl. white, disposed in corymbs at the ends
of the branches. July. (fr. white. 7. oblong-oval, veined,
white on their under-sides. h. 8ft. Siberia, 1824. Syn.
C. sibiriea.

C.t. Gouchalti (Gouchalt’s). A garden form with variegated
leaves. 1888.

C. t. Spaethi (Spaeth’s).* 7. large, striped with yellow, broadly
margined with bright poldenyel ow. 1889. One of the best of
hardy , variegated shrubs.

CORNUTE. Horn-shaped, or furnished with a horn-
like process.

CORN VIOLET. See Specularia hybrida.

CORONILLA. This genus embraces about a score
species, natives of Hurope, North Africa, and Western Asia.
To those described on p. 380, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

C. cappadocica (Cappadocian). The correct name of C. iberica.
Cc. pentaphylla (five-leaved). /l. yellow, ten to twenty in an

umbel. June and July. J., leaflets five to seven, cuneiform,
mucronate, often emarginate; stipules ovate, mucronate,
deciduous. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Algiers, 1700. A glabrous greenhouse
shrub.

C. Securidacea (Securidacea). A synonym of Securigera
Coronilla.

CORREA. Syn. Mazeutoxeron. Five species, accord-
ing to Bentham, in the ‘“‘ Flora Australiensis,’”’ natives of
South-Eastern Australia, are included in this genus. To the
information given on pp. 380-2, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

C. rufa (reddish). A synonym of C. alba.

C. speciosa (showy).* jl. red, varying to white or yellowish-green,
terminal, shortly pedicellate and pendulous, or a few rarely erect,
solitary or two or three together ; corolla cylindrical or slightly
campanulate, fin, to lsin. long. Early summer. J. very shortly
petiolate, varying from broadly ovate or cordate to narrow-
oblong or lanceolate, jin. to 2in. long. A tomentose shrub of
variable height. (A. B. R. 653; B. M. 1746; B. R. 26.) The
following are regarded by Bentham as merely forms of, or garden
hybrids raised from, this species: C. bicolor, C. cardinalis (B. M.
4912), C. Harrisii, C. longiflora, C. pulchella (B. 152; B. M. 4029;
rege 1224), C. virens (B. M. 1901; B. R. 3), C. viridijlora (A. B. R.

).

CORTADERIA (Cortadora is the name used for the
Pampas Grass and its congeners by the Spanish-speaking
people of South America), ORD. Graminex. A genus em-
bracing four or five species of greenhouse or hardy Grasses,
natives of the Andes and New Zealand, and closely allied to
Gynerium (which see for culture of the following species).
Cc. argentea is the correct name of Gyneriwm argenteum

according to Dr. Stapf (in G.C. 1897, ii., 396).

C. jubata (maned). /l., spikelets 4in. long, three- to five-flowered,
the males nearly glabrous, the females silky ; panicle lft. to 2ft.
long, inclined or nodding, laxly plumose, pale straw-coloured
suffused with purple; branches flexuous, the lower ones lft. or
more inlength. October. 7. drooping on all sides, long, slender,
ending in filiform points. Upper internodes more than lft. long.

Andes, 1895. <A half-hardy perennial with biennial culms.
(B. M. 7607.) :
CORYANTHES. About ten species, all tropical

American, have been referred to this genus. To those
described on p. 382, Vol. I., the following should be added :
Cc. Albertine (Albertina’s). A form of C. maculata.

C. Bungerothii (Bungeroth’s). jl. very large ; sepals pale green,
dotted with red, the dorsal one 2sin. long, the lateral ones 6in.
long ; lip orange, spotted with reddish-brown inside, having the
front part of the very large, hood-like organ prolonged down to
the level of the bucket-shaped part, which is yellow, shading to
yellowish-brown and marked inside with large, reddish-brown
spots. May. Venezuela, 1890. A fine species. (L. vi., t. 224.)

C. leucocorys (white-helmeted). f., dorsal sepal greenish-
yellow, tinted and striped with purplish-brown, 13in. across, the
lateral ones 2in. wide, over 4in. long, similarly coloured, curiously
rolled over; petals white, obscurely Rupe sine 2zin. long,
sin. broad, faleate; pouch of lip whitish, marbled with rosy-
purple, the hood ivory-white. June. Peru, 1891. (LL. vii., t. 293.)

Cc. macrantha. A flower of this species, which is fully described
in Vol. I., is shown in Fig. 277.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Coryanthes—continued.

Cc. macrocorys (large-helmeted). 1. large, pale yellowish-white,
spotted and dotted with purple, and having a very elongated,
thimble-shaped hood at the base of the lip, streaked and spotted
no pares: Peru, 1892. A very distinct species. (L. viii.,

Cc. maculata punctata (dotted). /l. large; sepals and ele
ochre-yellow, spotted wine-purple ; lip with a hood-shaped body
near the base, to which a large, helmet-shaped, pedunculate
appendage is attached, the hood yellowish, spotted and blotched
wine-purple, the pouch more heavily marked. October and
November. Demerara. (B. R. 1793; W. O. A. iii. 98.)

Cc. m. vitrina (greenish). /. of a light greenish-yellow. 1895.

Other varieties are: Albertine (F. d. S. viii., t. 755), which is
practically identical with punctata ; and Parkeri (B. M. 3747), in
which the hypochil of the lip is of a dingy brown-purple.

Fia. 277. FLOWER OF CORYANTHES MACRANTHA.

C. Mastersiana (Dr. Masters’). 1. probably yellow, stained with
red, the hypochil of the lip deep slowing red, in a spike 14ft. to
2ft. high; lateral sepals 34in. to 4in. long; lip consisting of a
thick ‘bell-shaped hypochil, a thick fleshy mesochil, and a large,
bell-shaped epichil. Pseudo-bulbs two-leaved. Colombia, 1891.

Cc. Parkeri (Parker’s). A form of C. maculata.

C. punctata (dotted). A form of C. macwata.

C. Wolfi (Dr. Wolf's). jf. yellow, mottled and stained with
brownish-red, large, three to six in a spike, about 14ft. high.
February and March, Colombia, 1891.

C. elegantium (SYN. C. elegaiitissimum) and C. Fieldingi have
also been introduced, but are very rare.

CORYBAS. A synonym of Corysanthes (which see).

CORYCIUM (from korys, a helmet; in allusion to the
shape of the flowers). ORD. Orchidex. A genus embracing
about ten species of greenhouse, terrestrial, leafy Orchids,
with undivided tubers, natives of South Africa. Flowers
small or mediocre, numerous in a dense spike ; dorsal sepal
and petals connate, forming a helmet ; lip erect or incuryed,
the claw adnate to the column. Leaves narrow, flat or
undulate-crisped. The genus is represented at Kew by
C. orobanchoides (B. R. 1838, t. 45), which, however, is not
in general cultivation, being kept alive only with
difficulty.

CORYDALIS. Trive Fumariex of ORD. Papaveracex.
Of the dozen species embraced in this genus, six are North
American and the rest inhabit West Asia or the Hima-
layas. To those described on p. 383, Vol. I., the following
—all perennials—should be added :

C. aurea speciosa (showy). A synonym of C. pallida.
C. canadensis (Canadian). A synonym of Dicentra canadensis.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 261

Corydalis—continued.

C. capnoides (smoke-like). A synonym of C. lutea.

C. c. alba (white). A garden synonym of C. lutea.

C. fabacea (Faba-like). 7. purple or white, somewhat numerous ;
bracts ovate, acute, longer than the pedicels. March to May.
l. three or four, petiolate, biternately cleft ; segments oblong,
rather obtuse. Stems almost simple, erect, bearing scales below

the leaves. A. 3ft. Europe, 1815. Tuberous. Syn. Fumaria
Jabacea.

C. fungosa (Fungus-like). A synonym of Ad/umia cirrhosa.

Cc. Gortschakovii (Gortschakow’s). jl. golden-yellow, jin. long ;
spur equalling the obtuse petals; racemes elongated, dense,
terminal. J. bipinnatisect, the radical ones Sin. to 6in. long;
segments of the lower leaves obovate-oblong, with a few deep
teeth. Stem erect, leafy, very simple or branched from the base,
lft. to 14ft. high. Alatau and Turkestan, 1885, (R. G. 1183.)

C. longifiora (long-flowered). jl. pale rose-coloured, disposed in
an elongated raceme; spur nearly lin. long (longer than the
pores slender, subulate, slightly incurved at apex, acute;
vracts oblong, entire. April. J. biternately cleft ; segments
tripartite ; lobes oval-oblong. Stems simple, bearing scales.
h. 3in. Altai, &e., 1832. Tuberous. (B. M. $950.)

C. pallida (pale). 7., sepals very small; csrolla paldecsy Now,
with a pale brown patch on the dorsal petal, lin. ong ; racemes
lin. to Sin. long, many-flowered. March. 2. tripinnatisect ;
leaflets very variable, oblong, obovate, or cuneate, variously
cut. A. 1ft. to 14ft. China and Japan, 1884. (B. M. 6826.) Syn.
C. aurea speciosa (R. G. 1861, 343).

C. Sewerzovi (Sewerzow’s). jl. few, distant, on slender pedicels;
corolla golden-yellow, with a brownish tip to the spur, the tube
gibbously convex below. June. 27. RiSnGOns, rather fleshy, the
lower ones opposite or in a false whorl, Qin. long or less, pinnati-
sect, petiolate; cauline ones large, sessile, broadly cuneate.
torn. to 12in. Western Turkestan, 1885. (B. M. 6896; R. G.

Cc. tomentella (slightly tomentose).* fl. bright yellow, tinged
with green at the tips, shortly pedicellate, disposed in simple,
erect spikes 6in. to Sin. long. May and June. 2. bipinnatisect,
with oval lobes, very glaucous, pubescent. Yunnan, China,
about 1894. A very good and distinct species.

C.tuberosa. This is the correct name of the plant grown in
gardens and described on p. 383, Vol. I., as U. cava.

C, t. alba (white). The correct name of C. albiflora.
CORYDANDRA. A synonym of Galeandra (which

see).

CORYLUS. Seven species, widely distributed over the
North temperate regions, are included hereunder.

The larvee of certain moths are sometimes very prevalent
on the foliage of these trees or bushes, and unless checked
work serious damage by devouring the leaves and the
young tender shoots. The caterpillar most in evidence is
the larva of the Winter Moth (Cheimatobia brumata),
which should be ousted by the use of Paris Green (loz. to
twenty gallons of water). The liquid should be constantly
agitated while spraying with this powerful poison.

Cc. humilis (dwarf). A synonym of C. americana.

The best of the Cob Nuts are the following :

Atlas Cob. Nuts of very large size, shells thick, and kernel of
fair quality. Worth growing for its enormous, large nuts, which
are freely produced.

Daviana. Nut of medium size, shell very thin and very brown in
colour, with a kernel of fine flavour. A good grower and free-
bearer.

Duke of Edinburgh. Nut large, shell thick, kernel of high
flavour. A variety of great promise.
Merveille de Bollwyller. Nut very large, with thick shell,

nearly covered by the husks. Flavour excellent. A vigorous
and great bearer.

Other good varieties are: BRUNSwick Emprror, Louis
BERGER, PRIZE EXHIBITION CoB, and PEARSON’s PROLIFIO.

Varieties.

In Filberts, the following varieties, in addition to those
already given in Vol. I., may be recommended :

Prolific. Nuts of medium size, covered with a pretty mossy
husk, in very large bunches; flavour excellent. A very orna-
mental variety.

True Kentish. Nuts of medium size. Undoubtedly the finest-
epaned Filbert ; but the tree is somewhat tender, and not a free

earer.

CORYMBIS (from korymbos, a corymb; in allusion
to the disposition of the flowers). Syns. Chloidia, Corym-
borchis, Hysteria, Macrostylis (of Breda), Rhynchanthera
(of Blame), Orp. Orchidee. A genus embracing six or
seven species of tall, leafy, stove, terrestrial Orchids,

Corymbis—continued.

broadly dispersed through the tropics. Flowers mediocre
or rather large, corymbose, sub-sessile ; sepals, petals, and
lip linear, the lip channelled, dilated at apex; column
long, erect. Leaves ample. C. veratrifolia is in cultiva-
tion at Kew, but the genus is very little known in gardens,

CORYMBORCHIS. A synonym of Corymbis.

CORYNELLA (a diminutive of koryne, a club; in
allusion to the shape of the style). Syn. Corynitis. , ORD.
Leguminose. A small genus (ee or four species) of stoye
shrubs, natives of the West Indies, with purplish flowers
and impari-pinnate leaves. C. polyantha has been intro-
duced, but is probably no longer in cultivation.

CORYNITIS. A synonym of Corynella (which see).

CORYNOCARPUS. To the species described on
p. 385, Vol. I., the following variety should be added :
C. levigatus aureo-marginatus (golden-margined). 7. broadly

bordered with golden-yellow. 1886. An ornamental variety, of
compact habit.

CORYPHA. Syn. Gembanga. Of this genus about
half-a-dozen species, natives of tropical Asia and the
Malayan Archipelago, have been enumerated. Flowers
small, hermaphrodite; calyx cup-like, three-toothed or
three-lobed ; petals three ; stamens six; spadix solitary,
erect, paniculately much branched ; spathes many, tubular,
sheathing the peduncle and branches. To the species
described on p. 386, Vol. I., the following should be added :
Cc. decora (decorative). A garden synonym of Livistona inermis.
C. dulcis (sweet). A synonym of Brahea dulcis.

Cc. elata (tall). /. in scattered fascicles on the rather stout,
spreading branches of the spadix, which is about a quarter the
height of the trunk. J/. 8ft. to 10ft. in diameter, eighty- to one-
hundred-cleft to about the middle; lobes ensiform, obtuse or
bifid ; petioles 6ft. to 12ft. long, spirally arranged. Trunk €0ft.
to 70ft. high, 2ft. in diarieter. India, 1825.

Cc. macropoda (large-stalked). 7. palmately flabellate, 12ft. to
20ft. in diameter, divided to the middle ; petioles 18ft. to 25ft.
long, slender, as thick as a man’s arm at the base ; spines black.
Andaman Islands. Plant stemless.

C. minor (lesser), of Jacquin. A synonym of Sabal Adansonii.

C. Palmetto (Palmetto). A synonym of Sabal Palmetto.

C. Taliera (Taliera). /. in close clusters; spadix 2Cit. or more
in height; primary branches with ascending tips. JZ. 6ft. long,
15ft. broad, ninety- to one-hundred-cleft; lobes deeper and broader
than in C. wmbraculifera, the central ones 3ft. to 34ft. long, the
basal ones overlapping; petioles 5ft. to 10ft. long, not spirally
arranged. Trunk about 30ft. high. Bengal, 1823.

C. Woganii is in the Kew Collection, but is not in general culti-
vation.

CORYSANTHERA. A synonym of Rhynchote-
chum (which see).

CORYSANTHES. Syns. Corybas, Nematoceras.
Flower solitary, sessile within the leaf or very shortly
pedicellate, with a small, subtending bract usually close to
the leaf.

COSBZHA COCCINEA. A synonym of Schizandra
Hanceana (which see). :

COSMEA. A synonym of Cosmos (which see).
COSMIBUENA. Syn. Buena. This genus inelndes

half-a-dozen species, natives of tropical America. Leaves
petiolate, somewhat succulent.

COSMOPHYLLUM. A synonym of Podachenium
(which see).

COSMOS. Syn. Cosmea. This genus embraces about
ten species, mostly tropical American. To those described
on p. 386, Vol. I., the following should be added :

Cc. atrosanguineus (dark bloody). A form of C. diversifolius.

C. bipinnatus albiflorus (white-flowered).* A variety with white
flowers freely produced on the long growths. 1890. See Fig. 278.

C. diversifolius atrosanguineus (variable-leaved, dark
bloody). l.-heads dark blood-purple, ample, on very long
peduncles ; ray florets elliptic, three-toothed at apex; peduncles
1sft. long. September. 7. long-petiolate, pinnate, the lower ones
8in. to Yin, long ; pinne five to seven, the lower ones 2in. to 24in.
long. h. 3ft. sireeica! 1835. Hardy perennial. (B. M. 5227.)

C. hybridus (hybrid). _l.-heads white or pale rose-coloured, 24in.
in diameter, disposed in large, terminal corymbs. J. finely cut.
h. 6ft. to 7ft. Mexico, 1888. A very attractive annual.

262

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cosmos—continued.

C. spectabilis (showy). A garden hybrid.
p. 372, f. 114-15 and Plate.)

Cc. sulphureus (sulphur-coloured). _/l.-heads_sulphur-yellow ;
outer involucral scales appressed, shorter and narrower than the
inner ones. September and October. /. bipinnatipartite ; lobes
lanceolate, mucronate, somewhat scabrous on the margins;
petioles ciliated. Stems pilose. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1799. Hardy
perennial. SYN. Coreopsis parviflora.

1892. (R. H. 1892,

Fic. 278.

COSMOS BIPINNATUS ALBIFLORUS.

COSSUS LIGNIPERDA. See Goat-Moth.

COSTUS. Syns. Banksea, Gissanthe, Hellenia, Jacu-
anga, Planera (of Giseke), All the species of this genus
are tropical ; they are found in America, Africa, Asia, and
Australia, To those described on p. 387, Vol. I., the follow-
ing should be added. P. albescens, P. cinereus, and P. lucidus,
introduced in 1868, are apparently only garden varieties.

C. cylindricus (cylindrical). jl. yellow, lin. long, the -lobes
oblong ; spike cylindrical, 4in. to 6in. long; bracts scarlet, very
numerous. /. spathulate - elliptic, acute, glaucous beneath,
yellowish-ciliated. h. 6ft. or more. Trinidad. A variety from
Martinique has blue flowers and purple bracts.

C. discolor (parti-coloured). #., calyx and stamens purple ; corolla
lobes white, lanceolate; lip white, yellowish in the middle,
large, three-lobed ; spike inclined, oval-oblong; bracts red and
green, ovate. June. J. elliptic - oblong, acute, sub-sessile,
purplish beneath, yellow-ciliated. h. 4ft. Brazil, 1823.

Cc. Englerianus (Engler’s). /l. white and yellow, small, produced
in sessile spikes. J. elliptic, obtuse, fleshy, dark green. Stems
short, decumbent. Tropical Africa, 1892. Syn. C. wnifolius.

Cc. Lucanusianus (Dr. Von Lucanus’). fl. purple, with a yellow
middle lobe to the lip, disposed in terminal heads. J. lanceolate,
acuminate, white beneath. Cameroons, 1892. A tall-growing
species. (R. G. 1379.)

C. musaicus (mosaic-marked). 7. obliquely-lanceolate, 3in. to
4in. long, the centre dark green, the rest tesse)'ated with silvery-
grey. Congo, 1887.

C. pictus (painted). /. yellow, with a purple-variegated, erect,
three-lobed lip ; spike few-flowered ; bracts broadly ovate, green,
appressed. July. J. lanceolate, pilose above. h. 2ft. Mexico,
1832. (B. R. 1594.)

C. unifolius (solitary-leaved). A synonym of C. Englerianus.
COTONEASTER. Rockspray. Including Nagelia.

This genus comprises about fifteen species, natives of
Europe, North Africa, Central and West Asia, Siberia,
the mountains of the East Indies, and Mexico. Fruit small,
red or dark-coloured.

Seeds of Cotoneasters germinate more freely if sown in a
moderate heat immediately they are gathered. If kept until
the following spring they should be placed in a cool room in
preference to a warm one, as they are liable to get very dry,
and vegetation is thereby hindered. The seed may be sown

Cotoneaster—continued.

in drills or broadcast, in beds slightly raised above the level
of the ordinary ground, and thinly coyered with fine soil.
The ground should never be allowed to become dry, or the
seed will germinate very irregularly.

To the species described on p. 387, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

C. affinis (related). A synonym of C. buzifolia.

C. Barbeyi (Barbey’s). /. green and
red, numerous, in an almost globular
panicle; corolla about lin. long. J. 3in
long, glaucous. Stem tall, branched.
Arabia, 1893.

C. congesta (congested). A synonym of
C. microphylla glacialis.

C. Fontanesii (Desfontaine’s).* l. white,
disposed iu small corymbs. fr. bright
coral-red, large, round. J. oval-elliptic,
greyish-green and glabrous above, silvery-
silky beneath. Branches pubescent. 1886.
This makes a round, compact bush
about 3ft. high. (R. H. 1867, p. 33.)

C. horizontalis (horizontal). |. TOS@-
coloured, large. Spring. (fr. bright ver-
milion, very ornamental. 7. small, regu-
larly disposed, many of them turning
bright red in the autumn. Branches
stout, almost horizontal, somewhat frond-
like. China, 1879. Deciduous. (R. H.
1879, p. 136.)

C. microphylla glacialis (ice-loving).
fl. often pink, smaller than in the type.
7. glabrous above, glaucous beneath.
Himalayas (up to 14,000ft.), 1868. Syn.
C. congesta (Ref. B. 51).

Cc. pannosa (felt-like). . white with
violet stamens, disposed in compact
corymbs. fr. ochre-red at first, becoming
vermilion. 7. oval or oblong, mucronate,
Zin. to ljin. long, green and pubescent
above, covered beneath with a thick
coating of silvery-white down. h. about
6ft. Yunnan, China, 1898.

C. prostrata (prostrate).
C. rotundifolia.

C. reflexa (reflexed). . white, numerous, in erect, umbelliform
corymbs ; petals orbicular. April. fr. of a beautiful reddish-
carmine, ripening in August. 7. ovate or ovate-lanceolate, shortly
acuminate, entire, reddish-green, pubescent above, tomentose
beneath. Branches slender. Origin unknown. 1892. (R. H.
1892, p. 308.) .

C. Roylei (Royle’s). A garden synonym of C. acuminata. _

C. sikkimensis (Sikkim). 1. white, in compound umbels.
fr. bright coral-red, globose. 7. elliptic, 4in. to 5in. long, 2in. to
24in. broad, entire, mucronate, dull green aboye, grey beneath.
Sikkim, 1890. A vigorous, deciduous shrub.

C. tomentosa (downy). jl. pink; calyx and peduncles woolly.
June and July. J. elliptic, obtuse at both ends, woolly beneath.
h. 4ft. Alps, 1759. Allied to C. vulgaris.

C. uniflora (one-flowered). fl. white; calyx glabrous; peduncles
very short, one-flowered, and, as well as the calyx, highly
glabrous. May and June. J. oval-oblong, attenuated at both
ends, glabrous above, puberulous beneath. Altai, 1842.

COTTONIA (named in honour of Major-General
Cotton, C.S.I., of the Madras Engineers, an indefatigable
collector and cultivator of Orchids, who found C. macro-
stachya in Malabar). Orb. Orchidex. According to the
“*Flora of British India,’’ this is a monotypic genus,
the species being an interesting stove Orchid, with a lip
resembling that of Ophrys aranifera. For culture, see
Vanda.

Cc. Championi (Champion’s). A
Championt.

Cc. macrostachya (large-spiked). . Zin. across; sepals sub-
spathulate; petals dirty orange, with red streaks; lip dark
purple, with a villous-golden margin; scape lft. to 1sft. high,
erect ; branches few, tipped by short racemes. May. J. Sin. to
6in. long, 4in. to Zin. broad, lorate, recurved, obtusely bilobed.
Stem 4in. to 8in. long, leafy. India, 1840 and 1885. (B. M. 7099.)
os) C. peduncularis and Vanda peduncularis (P. F. G. iii.,
t. .

Cc. peduncularis (pedunculate).

stachya.

COTULA QUINQUELOBA. A synonym of Lid-
beckia lobata (which see). .

COTYLEDON. According to Bentham and Hooker.
this genus comprises about sixty species, natives of West
and South Europe, Africa, East Asia, the Himalayas, and

A synonym of

synonym of Diploprora

A synonym of C. mmacro-

=~ Sy &

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 263

Cotyledon—continued.
Mexico. To those described on pp. 388-90, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

Cc. Barbeyi (Barbey’s). fl. green and _ réd, lin. long, numerous
in a sub-globose panicle. 7. fleshy, glaucous, Sin. long. Stems
tall, branching. Arabia Felix, 1892. Allied to C. orbiculata.

C. carnicolor (flesh-coloured). /. bright red when mature,
entagonal, sin, deep; racemes six- to twelve-flowered, lin.
ong and broad. 7. about twenty in a dense rosette, oblanceolate-

spathulate, 2in. long, jin. broad, glaucous-green with a decided
reddish tinge. Stems two or three, 6in. high. Mexico. (Ref.
B. 199.) ;

C. Corderoyi (Justus Corderoy’s). /l., corolla bright red at base,
yellow upwards, urceolate, gin. long; cyme trichotomous, fifteen-
to twenty-flowered ; peapes three or four to a rosette, 14{ft. to 14ft.
long. J. ovate, 2in. to 2sin. long, sin. thick, with a firm mucro,
sixty to seventy in a dense rosette, pale whitish-gree~. Mexico (?),
1874. Syn. Echeveria Corderoyi.

C. cymosa (cymose). /l. yellow, gin. deep, twenty to thirty in a
dichotomously forked cyme with erecto-patent branches.
7. twenty to thirty in a dense rosette, oblong-lanceolate, the
largest 4in. or more in length and lin. broad, narrowed to a broad
base, and upwards to an acute point. h. 1ft. Mexico, 1855.
(Ref. b. 68.) :

Cc. edulis (edible). . white, Sedum-like, six to seven lines in
diameter, shortly pedicellate, arranged along the upper side of
the flexuose, spreading branches of the cymose panicles.
Z. nearly terete or obtusely trigonal, erect, whitish or glaucous-

een, but without mealiness. Stems very short, thick. Cali-
ornia (on dry banks near the sea in San Diego), 1883. The young
leaves are eaten by the Indians. Syn. Sedum edulis.

C. farinosa (mealy). jl. yellow, tinged with green, scarcely
pentagonal, sin. to gin. long, twenty to thirty in a cyme, with
spreading main branches. J. twenty to thirty ina dense rosette,
ligulate-lanceolate, the longest 2sin. to 3in. long and gin. broad,
acutely pointed, white-farinose when young, fading to glaucous-

een with a faint reddish tinge. Flowering branch lft. high,
with small, cordate-amplexicaul leaves. California, 1855.
(Ref. B. 71.)

C. globularizfolia (Globularia-leaved). . white witha reddish
tinge, gin. deep, cleft half-way down; panicle thyrsoid, dense,
with cymose branches, twenty- to forty-flowered. J. thirty to
forty ina dense, sessile rosette, the outer ones obovate-spathu-
late, 2in. to 24in. long, sin. to fin. broad. Ah. 8in. Syria, &e.,
1869. (Ref. B. 201.)

C. hispanica (Spanish). j/. reddish, in terminal cymes; calyx
short; corolla tube much elongated, the limb five-parted ;
stamens inserted in the throat of the corolla. June and July.
1. sub-terete, oblong, sparse, sessile. h. 6in. Spain and Barbary,
1796. An erect, hardy annual or biennial. Syn. Pistorinia
-hispanica.

Cc. mamillaris (nipple-like). jl. as in C. hemispherica. June.
7. 14in. to 2in. long, sub-cylindrical, crowded round the apex or
scattered on the short stem, glabrous. Stem short or scarcely
any. South Africa, 1818. (B. M. 6020.)

C. nodulosa (noduled). jl. straw-yellow, tinged with red, sin.
long, pentagonal, four to six in a lax raceme 3in. to 4in. long.
a obovate-spathulate, aggregated at the apex of the stem in a
dense rosette, the largest 2in. to 24in. long and jin. broad, dull
apple-green with a slight glaucous tinge, the edges tinged with
red. Stem naked, 6in. to 8in. high; flowering branches 6in. to
Yin. long, with ascending leaves. Mexico. (Ref. B. 56.)

Cc. nuda (naked). l. pink below, straw-coloured upwards and
within, pentagonal, nearly 4in. long, twelve to twenty in a
moderately dense raceme. J. obovate-spathulate, twelve to
fifteen aggregated towards the apex of the stem, the largest over
2in. long and lin. broad. Stem 6in. to 8in. high; flowering branch
6in. to 12in. long, with ascending leaves. Mexico. (Ref. B. 57.)

C. pubescens (downy). fl. bright red on the outside when
mature, yellow within, pentagonal, gin. deep, fifteen to twenty-
five in a spike, the upper ones dense. J/. obovate-spathulate,
eight to twelve aggregated towards the apex of the stem, din. to
Sin. long, lin. to 14in. broad, densely white-pubescent. Stems
often lft. to 2ft. high and lin. thick. Mexico. (Ref. B. 197.)
Syn. Echeveria pubescens.

Cc. pulverulenta (powdery). jl. pale scarlet. or coral-colour, in
a dichotomous, fastigiate panicle. May. J. spathulate, acumi-
nate, very powdery; those of the stem gradually diminishing.
Stem 2ft. to 3ft. high. California. (Ref. B. 66.) Syn. Echeveria
Sarinosa (of gardens).

Cc. re (dwarf). jl. brownish-red at base, orange above,
otherwise as in C. secunda ; raceme eight- to twelve-flowered,
2in. to 3in. done: 1. fifty to sixty in a very dense rosette, 14in. to
2in. long, sin. broad, mucronate, pale glaucous-green, the older
ones tinged with red at apex. Flowering branches 6in. to Qin.
long. Mexico. Plant stemless, (Ref. B. 62.) Syn. Echeveria
pumila, .

Cc. Purpusii (Purpus’s). This plant is closely related to
C. pulverulenta (Echeveria farinosa of gardens), but differs in
having narrow, angled, pyramidal, red (not yellow) flowers.
Sierra Nevada, 1896, Syn. Echeveria Purpusii (R. G. 1896, p. 608,
f. 97; G. C. 1896, xx., p. 698, f. 123).

Cotyledon—continued.

.. quitensis (from Quito), of gardens. jl. red, produced in
racemes from December onwards. 1893. A dwarf, branched,
compact-growing plant, altogether different from the true
C. quitensis of Baker.

C. reticulata (netted). 7. whitish, scarcely 4in. long, the stalks
persistent and forming a ‘‘mop” of much-branched, spreading
Spines. J. tin. to 4in. long, terete, acute or mucronate, fascicled
on wart-like, abortive branchlets and at the apex of the stem.
Stem 6in. to 8in. high, lin. tc 2in. thick, simple or divided.
South Africa, 1897. (G. C. 1897, xxi., p. 282.)

C. sedoides (Sedum-like). //l. pink, few, five-parted, nearly like
those of a Sedum, but gamopetalous, large for the size of the
plant, sub-sessile at the tips of the branches. Summer. J. oblong,
convex, obtuse, glabrous. Stems somewhat creeping, glabrous.
Pyrenees. A small, hardy annual. Syn. Umbilicus sedoides.

C. stolonifera (stolon-bearing). jl. yellow above, pink at-base,
with brown marking between, pentagonal, 4in. long, four to six
in a close cyme. J. thirty to forty in a dense rosette, obovate-
spathulate, the largest 2in. to 24in. long, half as broad, pale
bright green, din. thick. Stem short; flowering branches 6in. to
Bn Sone, with afew leaves less than lin. long. Mexico. (Ref.

COUBLANDIA. A synonym of Muellera (which see).

COUCH GRASS (Triticum repens). A noxious weed,
very troublesome on agricultural land, but it is not so
difficult to eradicate from a garden. One of the most
effectual modes is to heavily manure a piece of ground
infested, and plant with Brussels Sprouts, Kale, or Broccoli.
These make strong growth and large foliage that smother
the Couch Grass. Other methods are careful forking ont all
pieces as they appear, and burning them at once. Much
may be done by carefully collecting all pieces seen when
digging the ground, and by preventing plants from
going to seed,

COUMAROUNA ODORATA. A synonym of
Dipteryx odorata (which see).

COUNTRYMAN’S TREACLE. See Ruta
graveolens.

COUSSAPOA (from Coussapowi, the Caribbean name
of two of the species). Orp. Urticacer. A genus of
stove, milky trees or shrubs, sometimes climbing over trees
or epiphytal ; eighteen species have been described, natives
of tropical South America, but according to Bentham and
Hooker this number might be reduced. Flowers diccious,
borne in a globose head; peduncles solitary or in pairs,
axillary, the male heads few-flowered, often dichotomously
paniculate, the female peduncles shorter, bearing one large
head or a few clustered smaller ones. Fruit included, oblong.
Leaves alternate, petiolate, entire, coriaceous, penniveined
or three-nerved. For culture, see Ficus.

C. dealbata (whitened).* The correct name of the plant
described on p. 12, Vol. IL., as Ficus dealbata.

COUTAREA. This genus embraces about five species.
Flowers showy, odorous, terminal, solitary or in cymes of
three ; calyx and corolla each with five or six lobes ; stamens
five or six. Leaves opposite, shortly petiolate, membranous,
ovate, acuminate; stipules short, acute. To the species
described on p. 390, Vol. I., the following should be added :
Cc. Scherffiana (Scherff’s).* . white, solitary, disposed in leafy

cymes; corolla 2in. long, tubular-campanulate, ribbed, with

spreading lobes. J. shortly petiolate, ovate, acuminate,
attenuated at base, flat, shining; stipules broadly triangular.

Ca divaricate. Colombia, 1876. A tall shrub. (I. H. 1878,

COUVE TRONCHUDA ( Brassica oleracea costata).
An excellent vegetable, not so well known in British
gardens as its merits warrant. For first supplies, seeds
should be sown early in February in gentle heat, and when
large enough to handle the seedlings should be pricked in
rich soil, afterwards gradually hardening the plants off and
planting out in deeply-dug and rich ground, 34ft. apart each
way. About the middle of March, a further sowing should
be made in a cool frame or warm border outside, protecting
the seeds from birds, and transplanting the plants when
large enough to liberally-manured ground, at che distance
apart named above. As the plants grow, diluted liquid
manure applied occasionally will be of considerable value,
so will also an application of loz. of nitrate of soda per
square yard. Either or both of these will induce strong
growth, a point to be aimed at, as the midribs of the large
leaves are the best part of the vegetable when cooked in
the same way as Sea Kale, and are of a most agreeable and
distinct flavour.

264

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

COVELLIA. Included under Ficus (which see).
COW-BELL. See Silene inflata.
COW-HERB. See Saponaria Vaccaria.

COWHORN ORCHID. See Schomburgkia
tibicinis.

COWSLIP (Primula veris). When cultivated in gardens
the plant produces very large trusses, which are sweetly
scented. The culture is similar to that of the common
Primrose and Polyanthus.

COW’S LUNGWORT. ‘See Verbascum Thapsus.
COW-TREE. See Brosimum.
CRACKING OF FRUIT. This condition is very

familiar alike on fruits grown under glass and in the open.
In the former case, Grapes are chiefly affected, and as such
berries are both unsightly and not very saleable, an
endeayour must be made to combat the evil. Cracking
usually arises in the case of Grapes from imperfect ventila-
tion, overfeeding, and an excess of moisture in the atmo-
sphere and at the roots. It is especially prevalent when such
conditions follow a somewhat dry period. Frequently a
strong application of natural or of chemical manure will
induce thin-skinned varieties to Crack badly. A similar con-
dition may be induced by a saturated border, which previous
to watering was rather dry. Again, Cracking may be the
result of fungus attacks, to which the conditions named above
may predispose the Vines.

With hardy frait, Cracking is very common upon Apples
and Pears. Then it is due to the presence of a well-
defined fungus, Fusicladium dendriticum, to which atten-
ee already been directed under Apple and Pear
Scab.

CRACK WILLOW. See Salix fragilis.
CRANBERRIES. ‘There are several varieties of

Cranberries (Oxycoccus), notably the following American
sorts—Bngle, Bell, Cherry, and the one known as the
American Cranberry (O. macrocarpus). The fruit is rather
sour, but when cooked in tarts, &c., with sufficient sugar to
sweeten, it is usually appreciated. When once established,
little or no further attention is required, except preventing
other trees or bushes from smothering the tough, wiry
growths. The fruit, whichis ripe in September, varies in
colour from red to purple, and in form from round to oyal.
Propagation is usually effected by division in the early
spring.

In England the cultivation of the Cranberry has not been
seriously attempted, though those best capable of judging
contend that it could be grown to profit. In America the
growing of the berries for market is an important industry,
Massachusetts and New Jersey being the chief centres.
In America the land for growing Cranberries is flooded from
Autumn to May with from 18in. to 2ft. of water. On the
first of the latter month the water is drained away, and the
plants soon put forth their blossoms. It is probably owing
to the irrigation of the land being necessary that the
profitable culture: of the fruits has not been attempted on
anything of a scale in England.

CRANEFLY, or DADDY LONG-LEGS (Tipula
oleracea). These pests are amongst the worst against which
grass-growers haye to contend, They are, however,
injurious to many other crops besides those noted in Vol. I.
Strawberry-plants are often badly attacked ; while corn and
leguminous crops like Clover, Peas, and Beans suffer
considerably in some seasons. For grass land, soot and
lime, in the proportion of three parts of the former to one
of the latter, have proved of service, and similarly in the
case of Strawberries affected. In the latter case it is usual
to trim the plants close, and hoe in the soot andlime. In
the case of lawns, in addition to dressings of soot and lime,
they should be rolled every evening towards dusk, as then
thousands of insects will be destroyed as they emerge, and
before they haye an opportunity of depositing their eggs.

CRANIOLARIA ANNUA. A
Martynia proboscidea (which see).

CRANTZIA (of Scopoli). A synonym of Alloplectus
(which see).

CRANTZIA (of Vellozo).
therum (which see).

CRAPE FERN. See Todea.

synonym of

A synonym of Centra-

CRASPEDIA (from kraspedon, a fringe; 1m allusion
to the form of the pappus). Syn. Richea (of Labillardiére).
Orp. Composite. A genus consisting of fiye species of
greenhouse, silvery-silky, woolly or nearly ~ glabrous,
perennial herbs, mostly natives of Australia and New
Zealand. Flower-heads yellow or whitish, few-flowered,
homogamous; florets tubular, five -toothed; inyolucre
consisting of many or few scarious bracts ; receptacle very
narrow. Leaves alternate or radical, entire. C. Richea, the
only species known in gardens, is best treated as a half-
hardy annual.

C. pilosa (pilose). A synonym of C. Richea.

C. Richea (Richea). /l.-heads yellow, in solitary, depressed-
globular clusters 4in. to lin. in diameter. /., radical ones ovate-
oblong to lanceolate, several inches long, narrowed to a long
Petioles cauline ones narrow, stem-clasping. h. lft. Australia,

881. Plant usually woolly- or silky-white. (B. M. 5271.) Syn.

C. pilosa (B. R. 1908).

Cc. R. macrocephala (large-headed). _/l.-heads in larger clusters.
Plant tall and nearly glabrous. (B. M. 3415, under the name of

C. macrocephala.)

CRASPEDOLEPIS. A synonym of Restio (which

see).
CRASSINA. A synonym of Zinnia (which see).
CRASSULA. Thick-leaf. Bentham and Hooker

include the following under this genus: Dasystemon,
Globulea, Kalosanthés, Petrogeton, Septas (of Linnzus),
and Twurgosea. Leaves opposite, rarely petiolate, often
connate, fleshy, entire and cartilaginous-margined, glabrous,
pubescent, or scaly. C. coccinea, C. jasminea, C. odora-
tissima, and C. versicolor are now referred to Rochea,
which should not be included here. To the species described
on pp. 391-2, Vol. I., the following should be added :

C. abyssinica (Abyssinian). j. pure white, with an odour
resembling that of Hawthorn, disposed in abundantly-produced
corymbs. Habit tree-like, approaching that of C. coccinea, but
more woody. Tropical Africa. (G. M. 1888, p. 823.)

C. aloides (Aloe-like). fl. pale yellow, small; scape 3ft. to 4ft.
high, bearing a corymb 14ft. across. J. green, fleshy, 1ft. or more
in length, 2in. wide at the base. Transvaal, 1896. This species
has much the appearance of an Aloe.

Cc. columnaris (columnar). j., pure white, in a dense, capitate
cyme. J. fleshy, orbicular, imbricated. Stem short, erect. A. Sin.
Allied to C. pyramidalis. (G. C. 1898, i., f. 23.)

C. Cooperi (Cooper’s). _/i. deep carmine, produced in abundance.
Habitat not recorded, 1897.

Cc. hybrida albiflora (white-flowered hybrid). /l. white, small ;
corymb very many flowered. J. triangular, fleshy. A. 10in. Plant
erect. An interesting hybrid between C. jasminea and Rochea
odoratissima.

Cc. impressa (marked). . disposed in loose, dichotomously-
branched corymbs; petals white at base, red above, free, elliptic-
oblong; peduncles and pedicels glabrous. J., radical ones
crowded, somewhat rosulate, oblong, linear-lanceolate, or nearly
linear ; cauline ones linear, opposite ; all succulent, glabrous, and,
as well as the stems, more or less suffused with purple. Stems
tufted, 2in. to 34in. long. 1886. Syn. C. Schmidti (R. G. 1225).

Cc. recurva (recurved). l. crimson, disposed in flat-topped cymes.
1. greyish-green, mottled with purplish-crimson. Stems lft. high.
Zululand, 1890. This species resembles C. rubicunda. ’

C. rhomboidea (rhomboid). . pale flesh-coloured ; cymes short-
stalked, terminal, few-flowered, Zin. to lin. across. J. rhom-
boidal, hunched above the middle, sub-acute, tin, to Jin. thick,
glaucous, dotted. 2in. to 3in. Transvaal, 1886. Plant
glabrous. Of botanical interest.

C. Schmidti (Schmidt’s). A synonym of C. impressa.

©. Schweinfurthii (Schweinfurth’s). A dwarf, tufted species,
with white flowers. Abyssinia, 1892.

CRATZGUS. One or two species formerly included
here are now referred to Photinia and Pyrus. To the
species and varieties described on pp. 393-4, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

Cc. Bruanti (Bruant’s). A synonym of C. Oxyacantha semper-
Jlorens.

C. Carrierei (Carriére’s). A variety of C. mexicana.

C. Crus-galli pendula (pendulous). Branches slender, pendent
at the extremities. There are several other varieties.

C. elliptica (elliptic). A synonym of C. flava.
C. ferox (fierce). A synonym of C. horvida.

Cc. ignonensis (Grignon). fr. yellowish-green or lemon-
yellow, tinted with reddish. J. lanceolate. 1890.

C. horizontalis (horizontal), A synonym of C. Crus-galli linearis.
Cc. Lavallei (Lavallé’s). See C. mexicana Carrierel.
C. leucophloeos (white-barked). A synonym of C. tomentosa.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Crategus—continued.

Cc. mexicana Carrierei (Carritre’s). //l. at first white, sub-
sequently becoming flesh-coloured. Spring. jr. bright red,
resembling cherries, persistent throughout the winter. 1883. A
handsome tree, of garden origin. (G. C. 1888, iv., p. 736, f. 104,
and R. H. 1883, 108, under name of C. Carrierei.) C. Lavallei is
very similar to, if not identical with this.

C. Michauxii (Michaux’s). A synonym of C. flava.

Cc. monogyna (one-styled). <A form of C. Oxyacantha.

Cc. Oliveriana (Oliver's). A synonym of C. melanocarpa.

C. Oxyacantha atrofusca (very dark). jl. pure white,
medium-sized. A very beautiful, weeping variety.

C. 0, flore-pleno. Of the double-flowered variety there are three
forms—coccinea, with scarlet-, lucida, with white-, and rosea,
with rose-coloured flowers.

C. O. flore-puniceo (reddish-brown flowered).
very attractive, freely produced.

C. O. foliis-tricoloribus (three-coloured-leaved). J. variegated
with different shades of dark red, carmine, and rose, 1886.
An ornamental garden variety.

Cc. O. Gumperi (Gumper's). 1. white, bordered with pink.

— O. integrifolia (entire-leaved). A variety having undivided

eaves.

Cc. O. monogyna (one-styled). /..,
acuminate, not glandular. jr. almost
style and one stone. 7, deeply tri-quinquefid, incised-toothed.
Europe, &c. There are several sub-varieties of this.

C. O. rosea-superba. There isa sweet-scented double variety
called plena.

C. O. semperfiorens (ever-flowering).* A useful garden variety,
flowering throughout the summer; towards autumn plants may
be seen with nearly ripe fruit, green fruit, and open flowers at the
same time. Syn. C. Bruanti.

Cc. O. stricta (erect). A pyramidal variety with fastigiate
branches.

Cc. oxyacanthoides (Oxyacanthus-like). A
C. Oxyacanthus.

Cc. pentagyna (five-styled). /l. white, in erect, somewhat
pointed corymbs; peduncles and base of calyx sparingly beset
with shaggy hairs. 7. broadly oval, divided on each side into from
two to four long, pointed, toothed lobes, glabrous above, hairy
on the nerves beneath. A tall, thorny bush. The earliest of all
the Thorns to come into leaf. SYN. C. pinnatijida (R. G. 366).

Cc. p. major (greater).* jl. white, large, corymbose. fr. bright
red, pear-shaped, Zin. in diameter. 7. long-stalked, lobed, and
pinnatifid. North China, 1886. An ornamental form. (G. C.
Nl. S., XXVi., p. 621, under name of C. pinnatifida major.)

Cc. pinnatifida (pinnatifid). A synonym of C. pentagyna.

Cc. prunifolia (Prunus-leayed). A variety of C. Crus-galli.

Cc. Pepe centile crenulata (slightly crenate). A yellow-berried
variety.

Cc. P. Lelandi (Leland’s).* fr. bright orange-scarlet, produced
when the plant is but a few inches in height. 1888,

C. P. pauciflora (few-flowered). /l. few in corymb. fr. reddish-
yellow. Branches very spiny. A dwarf, tufted variety, useful for
hedges or for the rockery.

C. pyrifolia is a variety of C. tomentosa.

Cc. stipulacea (large-stipuled), #. white, on downy pedicels,
disposed in dense corymbs. 7. glabrous, downy on the nerves
beneath; lower ones lanceolate or oblong, acute, strongly
toothed at the summit; those at the tips of the branches
pinnatifid, with three divergent lobes; stipules very large,
persistent, slightly toothed, h. 3ft, to 6ft.

C. tomentosa (downy). jl. in broader, looser, pubescent
corymbs, with a disagreeable scent, and, as well as the smaller,
oblong, upright, fruit, later. 7. thicker, without glands, densely

_ pubescent beneath. Branches pale grey, without thorns. Other-
wise like C. coccinea. United States, 1882. Syn. C. leucophlaos.

CRATERIFORM. Goblet-shaped.
CRATEROSTIGMA (from krateros, strong, stout,

and stigma; in allusion to the conspicuous stigma). Orb.
Scrophularinee. A small genus (two or three species) of
dwarf, almost stemless, stove or greenhouse perennials,
natives of South and tropical Eastern Africa, and closely
allied to Torenia. Flowers spicate, racemose, or rarely
solitary: calyx tubular, five-ribbed, five-toothed ; corolla
tube enlarged above, the dorsal lip concaye, entire or
emarginate, the anterior one spreading, with three broad
lobes; style somewhat funnel-shaped at apex. Leaves
radical, Plantain-like, many-neryed, entire. Only one
species calls for mention here. For culture, see Torenia.

JA. red, single,

calyx lobes lanceolate,
lobular, having only one

synonym of

Cc. pumilum (dwarf). The correct name of the plant described
on p. 59, VoL IV., as Torenia auriculefolia, Its habitat is
Abyssinia.

Vol. V.

&C. 265

CRAWFURDIA. Syn. Golowninia. Corolla tubular-
campanulate ‘or almost funnel-shaped, the limb four- or
five-lobed ; stamens four or five; disk shortly five-lobed or
wanting.

CREAM FRUIT TREE. See Roupellia grata.

CREAM-SPOTTED TIGER MOTH. See Tiger
Moths.

CREEPING SNOWBERRY. ‘ce Chiogenes.
CREMATOMIA. A synonym of Bourreria (which

see).
CRENATURE. One of the teeth of a crenate margin.
CREPIDIUM. A synonym of Microstylis (which

see).

CRIMSON CLOVER. ‘ee
natum.

CRIMSON FLAG. See Schizostylis coccinea.

CRINITA (of Houttuyn). A synonym of Pavetta
(which see).

CRINITE. Furnished with a tuft or fringe of long,
weak hairs.

CRINUM. Of this genus seventy-nine species are
described by J. G. Baker, in his ‘‘ Handbook of the Amaryl-
lidew”’ ; they are broadly dispersed over the tropical and
sub-tropical regions of the globe. Flowers white or reddish,
few or numerous in an umbel, large, sessile or shortly
pedicellate ; stamens affixed tothe throat. Leaves persistent,
usually broad. To the species described on pp. 396-7, Vol. I.,
the following should be added. Except where otherwise
stated, stove treatment is required :

C. abyssinicum (Abyssinian). //l. white, fragrant, four to six in
an umbel ; perianth tube slender, curved, l4in, to 2in, long, the
limb horizontal or sub-erect, 2in. to din. long, the segments 4in.
to jin. broad; peduncle 1ft. to 2ft. long. 7. about six, bluish-
green, linear, sub-erect, 1ft. long, sin. to lin. broad, gradually
narrowed. Bulb ovoid, 3in. in diameter. Abyssinia, 1892.
Greenhouse. (R. G. 1892, p. 412, f. 89.)

Cc. amabile augustum (august).

C. angustifolium blandum (charming). /l., perianth segments
broader than in the type; filaments whitish. JZ. also broader,
Syn. C. blandum (B. M. 2531).

C. a. confertum (clustered). 7. sessile; perianth segments 4in,
long, a little exceeding the tube. Syn. C confertwm (B. M. 2522).

C. anomalum (anomalous). <A form of C. asiaticum.

C. blandum (charming). A variety of C. angustifolium.

C. brevifolium (short-leaved). A synonym of C. bracteatum.

C. Broussonetii (Broussonet’s). A synonym of C. yucceefolium.

C. capense. This is regarded by J. G. Baker as identical with

*C. longifolium.

C. Colensoi (Colenso’s). A garden synonym of C. Moorei.

C. confertum (clustered). A variety of C. angustifoliwm.

C. crassipes (thick-stalked). l. fifteen to twenty in an umbel ;
perianth tube green, curved, Jin. long, the limb sub-erect, 2sin.
lene the segments white, sin. broad, with a pink keel; pedicels
lin. to 1jin. long ; peduncle compressed, less than 1ft. long, jin.
thick. July. 1. lorate, bright green, sub-erect, 4in. broad. Bulb
very large, conical. Tropical or sub-tropical Africa (7), 1887.
Stove or intermediate.

Cc. cruentum Loddigesii (Loddiges’). /., perianth segments
tipped dark purple ; pedicels as long as the ovary.

C. declinatum (declinate). A form of C. asiaticwn.

C. distichum (two-ranked). 1. usually solitary, sessile ; perianth
tube curved, Sin. to 6in. long, the limb horizontal, about 4in.
long, the segments keeled bright red, oblong, acute, connivent,
lin. broad; stamens and style nearly reaching the tips of
the segments; peduncle about lft. long. June. /. about ten,
distichous, linear, firm, channelled down the face, tapering,
lft. long. Bulb small, globose. Sierra Leone. Syn, Amaryllis
ornata (B. M. 1253).

C. Dorize (Doria’s). fl. white, striped with red, scented, many
in an umbel; scape short. J. broad, wavy at the margins.
Abyssinia, 1893. Stove.

C. elegans (elegant). A variety of C. pratense.

C. ensifolium (ensate-leaved). A variety of C. defixum.

C. faleatum (sickle-shaped). A synonym of Amimocharis
Saleata.

C. firmifolium (firm-leaved). /l. six to eight in an umbel;
perianth tube straight, 5in. to 6in. long, the segments linear, 2in.
to 2sin. long; peduncle lft. long. /. narrow, lorate, firm, Sft.
long, lin. broad, gradually tapering, with entire margins.
Madagasear, 1892.

Trifolium incar-

A synonym of C. augustum.

2M

266

THE DICTIONARY: OF

GARDENING,

oe a

Crinum—continued.

C. flaccidum (flaccid). jl. six to eight in an umbel ; perianth tube
Zin. to 4in. long, usually curved, the segments pure white, oblong-
lanceolate, about as long as the tube, jin. broad, acute; stamens
much shorter than the segments ; pedicels lin. to 1jin. long;

eduncle lift. to 2ft. long, much compressed. July. J. linear,
Tite. to 2ft. long, lin. to 14in. broad. Bulb ovoid, 3in. to 4in. in
diameter, with a very short neck. New South Wales and South
Australia, 1819. Greenhouse. (B. M. 2133.) Syn. Amaryllis
australasica (B. R. 426).

Cc. giganteum. SYNS. C.
(B. M. 923).

Cc. grandiflorum (large-flowered). A garden hybrid between
C. Careyanum and C. capense (C. longifolium). Half-hardy.

C. Hildebrandtii (Hildebrandt’s). fl., perianth pure white,
erect ; tube 6in. to 7in. long ; limb segments horizontally spread-
ing, 2in. to 3in. long, less than sin. broad; umbel six- to ten-
flowered; peduncle ancipitous, about 1ft. long. September.
1. eight or ten, contemporary with the flowers, lanceolate, firm,
lift. to 2ft. long. Bulb 2in. to din. in diameter ; neck 6in. long.
Comoro Islands. (B. M. 6709.) A variety with more numerous
flowers is figured in I. H. 1886, 115.

C. humile (dwarf). /l. six to nine in an umbel, cernuous in bud;
perianth tube greenish, Sin. long, the segments white, linear-
lanceolate, spreading, 2in. long, 4in. broad ; filaments bright red;
rather longer than the perianth segments; pedicels short ;
peduncle slender, 1ft. long. October. i. linear, lft. long,
spreading, sub-acute, thicker than in GC. ameenum, pitted over the
face. Bulb small, globose, greenish, with a very short neck,
Tropical Asia, 1826. (B. M. 2656.)

C. insigne (remarkable). A slight variety of C. latifolium.

Cc. jemense. /l. pure white, in large umbels. J. broad, shining
green. Arabia, 1892. A handsome plant.

C. Kircape. A name given to a garden hybrid between C. Kirkit
and C. capense (longifolium).

C. Kunthianum (Kunth’s). jl. white, fragrant, four or five in an
umbel ; perianth tube 7in. to 8in. long, the segments lanceolate,
24in. long ; peduncle lft. long. /. about twenty to a bulb, lorate,
spreading, bright green, 12in. to 20in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad,
undulated towards the entire margin. Bulb ovoid, 3in. in
diameter, with a short neck. Colombia, 1890.

C. Laurenti (Laurent’s). /l. white, about four in an umbel ; tube
6in. long. Congo, 1897. A species very nearly allied to C. gigan-
teum. Greenhouse.

C. Lesemanni (Lesemann’s). A synonym of C. Powellii, the
plant bearing this name being of the same parentage.

C. leucophyllum (white-leaved). fl. pinkish, fragrant, forty or
fifty in a dense, centripetal umbel; perianth tube cylindrical,
3in, long, the segments linear, spreading, rather shorter than
those of the tube ; scape springing from below the leaves, lft.
long, August. 7., produced ones about twelve or fourteen,
arranged in a distichous column about 1ft. long, lanceolate, 1sft.
to 2ft. long, Sin. to 6in. broad, whitish-green, denticulate
Bulb nearly 6in. in diameter. Damara-land, 1880. (B. M.
6783.)

C. lineare (linear). l. five or six in an umbel; perianth tube
slender, curved, lin. to 2sin. long, the segments tinged red
outside, oblanceolate, acute, 2in. to Jin. long, 4in. to sin. broad ;
pedicels Jin. to Zin. long ; peduncle slender, sub-terete, 1ft. long.
September. 7. linear, 14ft. to 2ft. long, sin, broad, glaucous-
green, channelled down the face. Bulb small, ovoid. Cape
Colony. SYNS. Amaryllis revoluta (B. M. 915), A. 7. gracilior
(B. M. 623).

C. Loddigesii (Loddiges’). A variety of C. eruentum.

C. longifolium. (. capense is synonymous with this species.

C. 1. Farinianum (Farini’s). 1. five or six in an umbel; perianth
tube greenish, 34in. to 4in. long, the segments pink, connivent in
a narrow funnel 3in. long; scape 2ft. high. 7. ensiform, 3ft. to
4ft. long, acuminate, glaucescent, entire Bulb 2sin, to 3in, in
diameter, narrowed into a neck 6in. long. 1887.

C. longifolium, of Roxburgh. A synonym of C. pratense.

C. Mackenii (Macken’s). A garden synonym of C. Moorei.

C. Massaiana (Duc de Massa’s). jl. white, each perianth
seoment having a central stripe of dull rose-colour. 1887. (I. H.
1887, 55, under the name of Brunsvigia Massaiana.) ‘This “is no
doubt a Crinum, nearly allied to C. Kirkii” (J. G. Baker).

C. moluccanum (Moluccas). A slight variety of C. latifolium.

C. Moorei Schmidtii (Schmidt's). A form with pure white
flowers. Syn. C. Schmidtii (R. G. 1072).

Cc. M. variegatum (variegated). In this variety the leaves are
striped with yellow. © 1895.

Cc. natalense (Natal). A garden synonym of C. Moorei.
C. plicatum (folded). A form of C. asiaticum.

C. Powellii Cea Ube about eight in an umbel; perianth tube
greenish, curved, Sin. long, the segments reddish, oblanceolate,
acute, 4in. long, lin. broad; stamens much shorter than the
perianth segments; peduncle compressed, glaucous, 2ft. long.
«. about twenty, spreading, ensiform, acuminate, bright green,
3ft. to 4ft. long, 3in. to 4in. broad low down. Bulb globose,

vanillodorum, Amaryllis ornata

Crinum—continued.

with a short neck. A garden hybrid (of which there are several
forms) between C. longifoliwm and C. Moorei. Hardy in the South
of England.

C. P. alba (white).* A splendid white-flowered variety, with
eight to fifteen blossoms in an umbel. 1895.

Cc. pratense (meadow-loving). i six to twelve in an umbel;
perianth tube greenish, in. to 4in. long, at first curved, the seg-
ments white, lanceolate, nearly or quite as long as the tube, 4in.
broad; filaments bright red, rather shorter than the segments ;

edicels none or very short; peduncle lateral, 1ft. or more in
ength. June and July. /. six to eight to a bulb, linear, sub-
erect, 14ft. to 2ft. long, lin. to 2in. broad, narrowed to the point,
channelled on the face. Bulb ovoid, 4in, to 5in. in diameter,
with a short neck. India, 1872.

C. p. elegans (elegant). /l., perianth tube lin. shorter than the
segments; peduncle decumbent. Bulb with a longer neck than
in the type. Syn. C. elegans (B. M. 2592).

C. procerum (tall). A form of C. asiatiewm.

C. Roozenianum (Roozen’s). jl. white, reddish on the outside,
four to twelve in an wmbel; filaments red. 7. 2sin. to 3{in. long.
Jamaica, 1891. This plant is described as “near C. americanum,
though the growth is something like that of C. erubescens.”
(R. H. 1894, p. 120, f. 47.)

C. Sanderianum (Sanders). /. sessile, borne in umbels of three
or four together; perianth segments white, with a broad, con-
spicuous band of reddish-crimson down the centre, lanceolate,
spreading-recurved. /. ensiform, 1ft. to 14ft. long. Bulb globose,
Qin. in diameter. Sierra Leone, 1884. A beautiful plant. (F. & P.
1884, p. 156.) -

C. Schimperi (Schimper’s)._/l. few in an umbel; perianth tube
reddish-green, cylindrical, 4in. long, the limb pure white, funnel-
shaped, 4in. long, the lobes oblanceolate, acute; peduncle
brownish, 2ft, long. July. J. eight to ten, linear, recurving,
glabrous, 3ft. long, 2in. broad, green above, glaucous beneath.
ee of Abyssinia, 1894. Half-hardy. (B. M. 7417; R. G.
1309.)

C. Schmidtii (Schmidt's). A form of C. Moore.

C. sinicum (Chinese). A form of C. asiaticum.

C. speciosum (showy). A slight variety of C. latifoliwm.

C. spirale (spiral). A synonym of Carpolyza spiralis.

Cc. strictum (narrow). fl. about four in an umbel; perianth
tube pale green, sub-erect, about 5in. long, the segments white,
lanceolate, 3in. to 4in. long, 4in. broad; filaments red, lin.
shorter than the segments ; pedicels none or very short ; peduncle
green, twice as long as the leaves. September, J. lorate, pale
green, sub-erect, lft. long, 2in. to 24in. broad. Bulb small,

Oe without any distinct neck. South America, (B. M.
»)

Cc. sumatranum (Sumatra). jl. ten to twenty in an umbel;
perianth tube greenish, erect, Jin. to 4in. long, the segments
not tinged red outside, linear, as long as the tube; filaments
bright red, much shorter than the segments; pedicels very
short; peduncle much shorter than the leaves. July. jr. as
large as a man’s fist, one- to three-seeded. /. ensiform, sub-erect,
3in. to 4in. broad, gradually narrowed to a point, firm, dark,
dull green, the edges serrulated. Bulb ovoid, as large as in
C. asiaticum. Sumatra. (B. R. 1049.)

C. taitense (Tahiti). A synonym of C. peduneuwlatum.

Cc. undulatum (wavy). /. four in an umbel; perianth tube
greenish, 7in. to 8in. long, curved before the flower expands,
the segments not purple outside, lanceolate, undulated, erecto-
patent, 3in. long; filaments bright red, 2in. long; pedicels none
or very short; peduncle lft. long. November. ¢. dark green,
ensiform, firm, sub-erect, 14ft. long, lin. broad, Bulb small,
ovoid, with a long neck. North Brazil. (H. E. F. 200.)

C. vanillodorum (Vanilla-scented). A synonym of C. gigantewm.

C. variabile (variable). /. ten to twelve in an umbel ; perianth
tube greenish, curved, l4in. to 2in. long, the segments flushed
red down the back, oblong, acute, 24in. to 34in. long ; filaments
red, lin. shorter than the segments; pedicels 4in, to lin. long ;
peduncle erect, compressed, lft. to 14ft. long. April. 7. ten
to twelve to a bulb, linear, green, weak, 14ft. to 2ft. long, 2in.
broad. Bulb ovoid, 3in. to 4in in diameter, with a short neck.
Cape Colony. SyNs. C. v. roseum (B. R. 1844, 9), Amaryllis
revoluta robustior (B. R. 615). :

Cc. v. roseum (rosy). A synonym of C. variabile.

C. Woodrowi (Woodrow’s). jl. about twelve in an umbel;
perianth white, having a long tube; scape 2ft. long. J. broad,
glaucous. Bulb large, ovate, brown, with scarcely any neck.
Bombay, 1897. (B. M. 7597.)

C. yucceeflorum (Yucca-flowered). jl. one or two in an umbel,
sessile; perianth tube greenish, curved, 4in. to Sin. long, the
limb horizontal, 3in. to 4in. long, the segments oblong, acute,
connivent, banded red on the back; filaments lin. shorter than
the segments; peduncle slender, 1ft. long. June. J. ten to
twelve to a bulb, multifarious, linear, firm, 1ft. to 14ft. long,
about lin. broad. Bulb small, globose, purplish. Sierra Leone,
1785. Syns. C. Broussonetit (B. M. 2121; L. B. C. 668), C. yuccee-
cides, Amaryllis spectabilis (A. B. R. 390).

|
|

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 266

Crinum—continued.

C. yucczfolium (Yucca-leaved). A greenhouse plant, very
a to C. abyssinicum, but smaller in all its parts. Abyssinia,

C. yucczoides (Yucca-like). A synonym of C. yucece/lorum.

Cc. zeylanicum reductum (reduced). l. about four in an
umbel, sessile ; perianth white, with a red, central stripe on each
segment ; scape lateral, less than 1ft. long. J. ensiform, spread-
ing, lft. to 14ft. long, lsin. to ljin. broad, gradually narrowed
from middle to apex, the edges not ciliated. Zanzibar, 1884.
CRIOSANTHES. A synonym of Cypripedium

(which see).

CRISP, CRISPED. Curled; finely undulate,
especially near the margin ; e.g., the leaves of garden Endive
or of Savoy Cabbages.

CROCIRIS. A synonym of Crocus (which see).

ina tea A synonym of Berkheya (which

see).
CROCOSMIA. To the species described on p. 398,

Vol. I., the following varieties should be added :

C. aurea flore-pleno (double-flowered). A distinct form, with
double flowers. 1895.

Cc. a. imperialis (imperial).* #. of a brilliant fiery orange-red
colour, twice as large asin the type. 1888. A grand variety.

Cc. a. maculata (spotted). /. orange, large, having the three
_inner segments marked near the base with a dark reddish-brown
Pe South-east Africa, 1888. (G. C. 1888, iv., pp. 407, 565,

CROCUS. Syn. Crociris. The information here given
is based upon Mr. George Maw’s magnificent ‘‘ Monograph
of the Genus Crocus,’’ published in 1886. By the assistance
of the following ‘‘ key ’ to the grouping of the Crocuses in
cultivation, the name of any species may be the more readily
determined. The number of species described by Mr.
Maw is sixty-seven: of these about seventeen are lost to
cultivation, or await introduction to this country. C. aérius,
C. ancyrensis, C.Fleischeri, C. nevadensis, and C. ochroleucus
require a cold frame to bring them to perfection. See also
pp. 398-400, Vol. I.

Division I. Involucrati.
Species with a basal spathe springing at the base of the scape from
the summit of the corm.
SecTION I. FIBRO-MEMBRANACEI, ,
With a corm-tunic of membranous tissue, or of membranous tissue
interspersed with nearly parallel fibres.

AUTUMN-FLOWERING. asturicus, Cambessedesii, Clusii, iridiflorus,

karduchorum, nudiflorus, ochroleucus, Salzmanni, Scharojani,

. vallicola, zonatus. A

ens PHOWEEING. Imperati, Malyi, minimus, suaveolens, versi-

color.

Section II. REeETICULATI,
With a corm-tunic of distinctly reticulated fibres.

SPRING-FLOWERING. banaticus, corsicus, etruscus, Tommasinianus,

vernus.
AUTUMN-FLOWERING. hadriaticus, longiflorus, medius, sativus.

Division II, Nudiflori.
Species without a basal spathe.
SEcTION I. RETICULATI,
With a corm-tunie of distinctly reticulated fibres.
AUTUMN-FLOWERING. cancellatus.
SPRING-PLOWERING. ancyrensis, carpetanus, dalmaticus, gar-
garicus, reticulatus, Sieberi, susianus.
SeEcTION II, FIBRO-MEMBRANACEI,

With a corm-tunic of membranous tissue, or of membranous tissue
interspersed with nearly parallel fibres.

SPRING-FLOWERING. ~ LILAC OR WHITE: adlatavicus, hyematlis,

nevadensis.
AUTUMN-FLOWERING. LILAC OR WHITE: Boryi, levigatus,
Tournefortii.

SPRING-FLOWERING. aureus, Balanse, Biliottii, Korolkowi, Olivieri,
Suterianus, vitellinus.

SecTION III. ANNULATI.
Basal tunic of corm separating into annuli.

SPRING-FLOWERING. aérius, bijlorus, chrysanthus, Crewei, Dan-
Sordie, Tauri.

_ AUTUMN-FLOWERING. ~ pulchellus, speciosus.

SEcTION IV, INTERTEXTI.
With a corm-tunic of stranded or plaited fibres.
~ SPRING-FLOWERING. Fleischeri.

Crocus—continued.

C. Adami (Adam’s). A variety of C. bi/lorus.

C. aérius (atrial). /., perianth tube pale lilac, 2in. long;
ments bright lilac, obovate or oblong, obtuse, lin. to 14in. long
throat bright yellow; proper spathe of two lanceolate, hyaline
valves. Spring. Jl. but little developed at the flowering season,
narrow-linear, with revolute margins and a distinct white rib
down the face ; basal spathe none. Corm globose, Jin. to jin. in
diameter, the tunics brown. Asia Minor, 1885, (B. M. 6852 B ;
M. C. 58.)

C. algeriensis (Algeria). A synonym of C. nevadensis.

Cc. ancyrensis (Angora). /., perianth tube orange or purple,
about din. long ; throat unbearded ; segments rich orange, ovate-
lanceolate, Zin. to lin. long, sin. broad. Spring. JZ. three or four,
produced to lft. in length, glabrous, jin. broad; sheathing
ones about four, Jin. to din. long. Corm pyriform, jin. broad,
lin. high. Angora, 1879. (M. C. 38.)

C. asturicus (Asturias).* l., perianth tube 4in. to 5in. long ;
throat violet, bearded; segments violet or purple, with a few
darker lines towards the base, very variable, rarely white, 14in.
to ljin. long, 4in. to gin. broad. September to November.
1. four or five, about lft. long, ;4in. broad, glabrous; sheathing
ones four or five, sin. to 2sin. long. Corm @in. to Zin. broad, Sin.
to gin. high. Asturias and Sierra de Guadarrama, North Spain.
(M. C. 7.)

C. atlanticus (Atlantic). A synonym of C. nevadensis.

C. aureus luteus striatus (yellow, striped). #. having three
distinct, black stripes on the back of the outer perianth-segments.

1893

C. Balansz (Balansa’s). jl., perianth tube 2in. to 2sin. long ;
throat glabrous ; segments orange, 1{in. long; 4in. to 4in. broad,
the outer surface of the outer ones feathered bronze or evenly
suffused rich brown. March, 2 appearing before and with the
flowers, about 10in. long, ;#,in. broad, ciliated on the margins of
the keel and blade; sheathing ones about three, Sin. to 24sin.
long. Corm pyriform, jin. broad and deep. Western Asia
Minor. (M. C. 51.)

C. banaticus (South Hungarian).* /., perianth tube violet, din.
long; throat white internally, unbearded ; segments lin. long,
gin. broad, the inner ones rich, bright purple, with darker purple
markings near the summit, paler than the outer, varying to
white, or variegated purple and white. March. 7. about three,
14ft. long, gin. roa glabrous, the lateral channels wide and
open; sheathing ones about four, din. to Sin. long. Hungary, &e.
(M. C. 24.) SYN. C. veluchensis, of gardens (?B. M. 6197). The
following are forms of this species: albiflorus, concolor, niveus,
pictus, and versicolor.

C. biflorus Leichtlini (Leichtlin’s). 7. white or pale purple,
having narrow-lanceolate segments. Mardin, 1891.

C. Biliottii (A. Biliotti’s). /., perianth tube about Jin. long ;
throat glabrous; segments rich purple, with a darker blotch at
the base, about lin. long, 4in. broad. January to March.
1. about three, 10in. long, din. broad, glabrous, the lateral
channels wide and open; sheathing ones three or four, 4in. to
Zin. long. Corm jin. to jin. broad, sin. high. Trebizond.
(M. GC. 56 B.)

C. Boryi levigatus (smooth). A synonym of C. levigatus.

C. B. marathoniseus (Marathon). /., stigmas less branching
than in the type, and only reaching to the level of the summit of
the anthers. (M. C. 47 8, f. 4.)

C. Cambessedesii (Cambessedes’). /l., perianth tube 2sin. to
3in. long; throat white internally, unbearded ; segments vinous-
lilac or white, jin. long, Jin. broad, the outer ones buff on the
outside, feathered purple. September to March. /. two or three,
5in, to 6in. long, iin. broad, glabrous; sheathing ones about
four, l4in. long. Corm pyriform, about 4in. broad and high.
Balearic Islands. (M. C. 13; B. R. xxxi. 37, f. 4, under name
of C. Camnbessedesianus.)

C. cancellatus (cross-barred). jl., perianth tube 4in. to Sin.
long ; throat yellow, unbearded; segments varying from white
to light purple, self-coloured or purple-feathered, Isin. to 1jin.
long, 4in. broad; proper spathe 12in. long. September to
December. 7. four or five, glabrous, 10in. to 12in. long, jin.
broad, the keel prominent ; sheathing ones about four, sin. to
3in. or 4in. long. North Palestine to Armenia. (M. C. 31.)

C. c. cilicicus (Cilician). j., proper spathe shorter than in the
type, completely hidden by the sheathing leaves.

C. c. Mazziaricus (Mazziari’s). /l. white, with a bright golden-
orange throat.

C. carpetanus (Toledo). jl., perianth tube about in, long;
throat white, unbearded; segments varying from delicate vinous-
lilac, darker on the margins, to white, and suffused externally
towards the base with bluish veins, lin. to 1}in. long, gin. broad.
February to April. 7. about four, 8in. long, yjin. proad, semi-
cylindrical, without keel or lateral channels ; sheathing ones
about four, jin. to 3sin. long. Spain and Portugal, 1879.
(™M. ©. 41.)

C. Cartwrightianus (Cartwright’s). A variety of C. sativus.

C. chrysanthus (golden-flowered), of Herbert in B. R. xxxiii. 4,
f.1. A synonym of C. Suterianus.

268

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Crocus—continued.

C. Clusii (Clusius’). /l., perianth tube Zin. to 4in. long; throat
white internally, distinctly bearded; segments light purple,
darker towards the base, with no feathering, lin. long, 4in.
broad. September to December. Jl. five or six, 9in. to 10in. long,
win, to ysin. broad, glabrous, the margins bearing three
prominent ridges ; sheathing ones three or four, the longest 2in.
to 3in. long. Corm fin. to gin. broad, about gin. high. Western
Spain and Portugal. (M. C. 10.)

C. corsicus (Corsican). _Jl., perianth tube 2in. to 2sin. long ;
throat white or lilac inside, unbearded ; segments pale purple,
broadly lanceolate, about 1jin. long, 4in. broad, the outer sur-
face of the outer ones coated buff and feathered purple. April.
1. three or four, 8in. long, pin. broad, the lateral channels wide
and open; sheathing ones two to four, sin. to 2sin. long. Corm
sin. to Zin. broad, barely 4in. high. Corsica, 1845. (M. C21.)
Syn. C. insularis (B. R. xxix. 21).

C. Crewei (Crewe’s). fl., perianth tube much exserted ; segments
white, less than lin. long, the outer ones tinged with buff and
with three to five lines of pure outside; throat yellow, glabrous;
anthers dark brown. February. J. three or four to a tuft, as
high as the flower, narrow-linear, with reflexed edges and a
distinct, white, central band. Corm ovoid, sin. in diameter ;
tunics rigid. Island of Sogra, 1874. (B. M. 6164; M. C. 60.)

C. dalmaticus (Dalmatian). f., perianth tube about 2in. long ;
throat yellow, unbearded ; segments generally lilac, 14in. long,
gin. to Jin. broad, the outer surface of the outer ones buff, with
a few purple veins towards the base, or delicately feathered
purple. February and March. 1. three to six, 8in. to Sin. long,
in. broad, glabrous, the keel convex ; sheathing ones about
three, #in. to 2in. long. Corm pyriform, sin. to gin. broad and
high. Dalmatia. (M. C. 54.)

C. Danfordize (Mrs. Danford’s). _/l., perianth tube 2sin. long ;
throat unbearded; segments pale sulphur-yellow, about Zin.
long, gin. broad, the outer surface of the outer ones occasionally
suffused brown. February and March. J. three or four, 12in. to
l4in. long, in. broad, ciliated on the margins of the keel and
blade ; sheathing ones about four, sin. to 3in. long. Corm about
sin. broad and high. Yar-puz, Anti-Taurus, 1879. (M. C. 63.)

C. Elwesii (Elwes’). A variety of C. sativus.
C. estriatus (not striated). A form of C. biflorus.

C. etruscus (Etruscan). /., perianth tube striped lilac, 2in. to
3in. long ; throat yellow; segments bright lilac-purple inside, lin.
to 14in. long, the three outer ones having five lilac stripes down
the back, March. 7. two to six, narrow-linear, with a white,
central band, the edges revolute. Corm 4in. to Zin. broad, rather
less in height. Italy, 1877. (B. M. 6362; M. C. 22.)

C. Fleischeri (Fleischer’s).*_ j., perianth tube about din. long;
throat pale yellow, unbearded ; segments white, linear-lanceolate,
acute, lin. to 1jin. long, barely 4in. broad, the outer surface of
the outer ones and the tube veined rich purple. Early spring.
1. four or five, 1ft. long, y,in. to 2,in. broad, glabrous ; sheathing
ones about five, 4in. to Rn. or 4in. long. Corm yellow, sin. to
Zin. broad and high, ne bulbils or cormlets at its base.
Western Asia Minor. (M. C. 66.)

C. fulvus (fulvous). A variety of C. susianus.

C. gargaricus (Mount Gargarus). fl., perianth tube nearly Jin.
long ; throat unbearded ; segments rich orange, unstriped, about
lyin. long, barely 4in. broad. Early spring. J. about three, 7in.
to Sin. long, 2,in. broad, glabrous, the margins revolute, the
lateral channels broad and open ; sheathing ones two to four, in.
to 24in. long. Corm about sin. broad, and nearly as high. Mount
Gargarus. (M. C. 39.)

C. hadriaticus (Adriatic).* 7, perianth tube 3in. to 4in. long ;
throat white or purple, bearded; segments pure white, or purple
towards the base, ovate-lanceolate, 1sin. long, gin. broad.
October. J. five or six, 1{ft. long, one line broad, ciliated on
the margins and keel, the lateral channels narrow, the reflected
margins of the blade nearly meeting the margins of the keel ;
sheathing ones six or seven, sin. to 34in. long. Corm about
BS and 3in, high. Albania, Ionian Islands, &e. (M. C.

C. h. chrysobelonicus (Chrysobeloni).
perianth yellow. (M. C. 30, f. 3.)

C. Haussknechtii (Haussknecht’s). A variety of C. sativus.

C. hyemalis (winter). 7., perianth tube about 2in. long ; throat
yellow, unbearded ; segments white, veined rich purple towards
the base, about l}in. long and din. broad; anthers orange.
November to January. J. four to seven, ldin. to 14in. long, gin.
broad, glabrous, the lateral channels without ridges ; sheathin;
ones about four, sin. to 24in. long. Corm in. to Zin. broad an
high. Palestine and Syria. (M. C. 43, f. 1-7.)

C. h. Foxii (H. Fox’s). _/., outer surface of the outer perianth
Fe Seats and suffused purple ; anthers black. (M. C. 43,
. 8 9s

Cc. Imperati. The following are garden varieties: albijlorus
(white-flowered), atropurpureus (dark-purple), flore-pleno (double-
flowered), Jlilacinus (lilac), pallidus (pale), and purpureus
(purple).

C. insularis (insular). A synonym of C. corsicus.

f., throat of the

Crocus—continued.

C. karduchorum (Kurdish). /1., erianth tube 2in. to 3in. long ;
segments vinous-lilac, lin. to ljin. long, five lines broad.
September and October. J. glabrous, dormant at the flowerin:
time, when produced lyin. to 2in. long, 7,in. broad, persistent ti
the next flowering period, when the two sets of leaves exist
together ; sheathing ones four or five, about lin. long. Corm
pe herical, sin. to in. broad and high. Kurdistan, 1886.
(M. C. 5.

C. Korolkowi (Korolkow’s). _/l., perianth tube brownish, 2in.
long; segments bright yellow inside, oblanceolate-oblong, lin. to
l4in. long, the three outer ones tinged with brown all over the
back; spathe valves two, lin. long. Peete l. eight to twelve
toa cluster, reaching to the top of the flowers, narrow-linear,
with revolute margins and a distinct, white, central band down
the face; basal spathe none. Corm depressed-globose, lin. in
taney outer tunicsbrown. Central Asia, 1885. (B. M. 68524 ;

C. levigatus (smooth). _/l., perianth tube Sin. long; throat
pores segments varying from white to lilac, 1jin. to lin.
ong, sin. broad, the outer surface of the outer ones either self-
coloured buff or more generally feathered or suffused rich
purple. October to spring. J. four or five, appearing before the
flowers, Yin. to 10in. long, j,in. to gin. broad, glabrous, the
lateral channels without ridges ; sheathing ones three, sin. to
kin. long. Corm pyriform, jin. broad and high ; tunic glabrous.
Morea, &c. (M. C. 49.) SYN. C. Boryi levigatus.

C. longiflorus (long-flowered). /j., perianth tube yellow, about
4in. long; throat orange, slightly bearded; segments of a
uniform, pale vinous-lilac, yellow towards the base, or externally
veined or feathered purple, ljin. long, in. to gin. broad.
October and November. J. about three, appearing with the
flowers, 8in. to Yin. long, Jin. broad, the lateral channels broad
and open; sheathing ones about tive, sin. to 3in. long. Corm
nearly aphencesy din, to Zin. in diameter. South Italy, Sicily,
&c., 1843. (B. R. xxx. 3, f, 4; M. C. 28.)

C. Malyi (Maly’s). /., perianth tube yellow, about 3in. long ;
throat orange, bearded ; segments white, orange towards the
throat, occasionally suffused externally with vinous-purple
towards the throat, ovate-lanceolate, 1}in. to 1jin. long. March.
1. four or five, appearing with the flowers, lift. long, in. to
iin. broad, glabrous, the lateral channels wide and open, con-
taining three low ridges; sheathing ones six or seyen, 4in. to
4in. long. Corm oblate, gin. broad, 4in. to sin. high. Monte
Vermaz. (B. M. 7590; M. C. 18.)

C. marathoniseus (Marathon). A variety of C. Bory.

C. medius (intermediate). #., perianth tube 4in. to Sin. long ;
throat nearly white, internally veined purple, unbearded ; seg-
ments bright purple, internally veined towards the base wit
dark purple, ovate-lanceolate, 2in. long, in. to Zin. broad, the
inner ones somewhat shorter than the outer ones. October and
November. 1. two or occasionally three, 10in. to 12in. long, sin.
broad, the margins of keel and blade slightly ciliated, the teral
channels broad and open, containing three low ridges ; sheath-

ing ones about five, sin. to 3in. long. Corm a little broader than

high, Zin. in diameter under cultivation, much smaller in the

wild’ state. Riviera, 1843. (B. R. xxxi. 37, f. 5; F. M. 20;

Gn. xiy., p. 153, f. 10; M. C. 27.)

C. minimus (least). ., perianth tube 14in. to 2in. long; throat
white or lilac, unbearded ; segments deep, rich purple, lin. to
ljin. long, 4in. broad, the outer surface of the outer ones coated
buff and feathered dark purple, occasionally white or self-coloured

urple. April. JZ. three or four, appearing before the flowers,
Bin. to Yin. long, one line broad, glabrous; s! eathing ones about
three, lin. to 24in. long, including several scapes. Corm pyriform,
fully in. broad and high. Corsica. An attractive little plant.
(B. M. 6176 ; M. C. 19.)

C. minimus (least), of B. M. 2991. A synonym of C. biflorus.

C. mouradi (Mourad-dagh). jl. bright orange; style pale
orange; anthers pale yellow. 1., sheathing ones four, the
highest 5in. above the corm ; proper leaves seven or eight, gin.
broad, Corm oblate, gin. broad, lin. high. Mourad-dagh,
Smyrna, 1889. A vigorous grower, intermediate between C. chiry-
santhus and C. aureus.

C. nevadensis (Sierra Nevada). _l., perianth tube 2sin. to 3in.
long ; throat pale yellow, bearded ; segments pale lilac or white,
the outer surface variously feathered or veined purple, lin. to
luin. long, sin. broad. January. 7. four or five, appearing with
the flowers, lft. long, j,in. to sin. broad, coke channelled
with six alternating mdges and furrows; sheathing ones about
four, fin. to 4in. Jone Corm jin. to Zin. broad, 4in. to Zin. high.
Spain and Algeria. (M. C. 42.) Syns. C. algeriensis, C. atlanticus.

C. nubigenus (cloud-born). A form of C. biflorus.

C. ochroleucus (yellow and white). 7., ee tube pale
buff, 34in. long; throat orange, slightly bearded ; segments pale
cream-colour, suffused orange towards the base, about lJin. long
and din. broad. Late autumn. J. four to six, glabrous, appearing
before the flowers, 10in. to 12in. long, nearly din. broad, the
lateral channels wide and open ; sheathi oom about six, 4in. to
2sin. long. Corm oblate, lin. broad, sin. high. North Palestine
and Syria. (B. M. 5297; M. C. 11.)

C. Olivieri (Olivier's). /l., perianth tube lin. to 2in. long ;
throat glabrous; segments bright orange, obtuse, lin. to lj.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Crocus—continued.

long, about 4in. broad. Spring. 2. three or four, appearing with
the flowers, lft. long, 4in. broad, the lateral channels wide and
chen, the margins of the keel and blade ciliated ; sheathing ones
about four, sin. to 34in. long. Corm 4in, to Zin. broad and high,
nearly spherical. Greece, &c. (B. M.6031; M. C. 53.)

C. Orsinii (Orsini’s). A variety of C. sativus.

C. Pallasii (Pallas’). A variety of C. sativus.

C. Salzmanni (Salzmann’s).* /l., perianth tube 3in. to 4in, long ;
throat yellowish, bearded; segments vinous-lilac, occasionally
white, about 2in. long and gin. broad, the outer surface of the
outer ones feathered purple. Autumn. J. six or seven, developed
before the flowers, lft. to 14ft. long, about }in. broad, glabrous,
the keel narrow and prominent; sheathing ones three or four,
sin. to 2in. long. Corm oblate, lin. to ljin. broad, jin. high.
Tangier, Spain, &c. (B. M. 6000; M.C.9; B. R. 4, f. 4, under
name of C. Salzmannianus.)

C. Scharojani (Scharojan’s). /. orange; perianth tube 4in. to
Sin. long; throat unbearded ; segments lanceolate, 14in. to 13in.
long, four to five lines broad, the inner ones rather shorter than
the outer. July and August. J. three, dormant at flowering
time, produced to 10in. in length, broad, glabrous, the convex
keel as broad as the concave blade, the blade without the usual
white band, often persistent till the ensuing flowering period ;
sheathing ones three or four, 4in. to 1ljin. long. Corm small,
globose or depressed-globose, 4in. broad, fin. high. Cireassia
and Armenia, (M. C. 3; R. G. 578, f. 2, a-c.)

Fic. 279. CROCUS SPECIOSUS.

C. speciosus. Fig. 279 shows this handsome autumnal-flowering
species growing in the Rock Garden at Kew.

C. suaveolens (sweetly-scented). /l., perianth tube 3in. to 4in.
long; throat bright orange, unbearded; segments lilac, narrow-
lanceolate, acute, 14in. long, gin. broad, the outer surface of the
outer ones buff, with three unbranched, purple lines. March.
l, four or five, appearing with the flowers, 8in. to Qin. long, din.
broad, the lateral channels wide and open; sheathing ones three
or four, 4in. to 24in. long. Corm oblate, Zin. broad, 4in. high.
Rome, 1830. (B. M. 3864; M. C. 15; S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 7.)

C. susianus fulvus (fulvous). #., outer surface of the outer
perianth segments suffused dull brown.

C. Suterianus (Henry Suter’s). j/., perianth tube 3in. long;
throat unbearded ; segments bright orange, fulvous towards the
throat, lin. to lfin. long, Jin. broad. January to March.
1, about three, Ue with the flowers, 10in. long, ,in.
broad, the surface of the keel and margins of the blade ciliated,
the lateral channels wide and open ; sheathing ones about four,
4in. to din. long, enclosing three or four scapes. Corm pyriform,
sin. to jin. broad and high. Central Asia Minor. (M. C. 52.)
Syn. C. chrysanthus (of Herbert, in B, R. xxxiii. 4, f. 1).

C. Suwarrowianus (Suwarrow’s). A variety of C. vallicola.

C, syriacus (Syrian). A form of C. vitellinus.

C. Tauri (Taurian). /l., perianth tube scarcely exserted ; segments
pale purple, unstriped, lin. to 1jin. long ; throat yellow, glabrous;
anthers yellow. J. five or six in a tuft as high as the flowers,
narrow-linear, with deflexed edges and a distinct, white, central
band. Corm jin. to lin. in diameter ; tunics rigid. Mountains of
Cilicia and Lycia, 1892. (M. C. 61.)

= a (dark-anthered). A form with black anthers.

&cC. 269

Crocus—continued.

Cc. Tommasinianus (Tommasini’s).* ., perianth tube 3in. to
Skin. long; throat white, unbearded; segments pale sapphire-
lavender (said by Herbert to be occasionally marked with a
darker blotch near the summit), lin. to l4in. long, 4in. to 4in.
broad. March. J. three to five, appearing with the flowers, Yin.
to 10in. long, Jin. broad, glabrous, the lateral channels wide and
open ; sheathing ones about four, 4in. to din. long. Corm nearly
spherical, barely 4in. in diameter. Dalmatia, &c. (M. ©. 25.)

C. vallicola (valley-loving). (/., perianth tube buff, about 34in.
long; throat bearded; segments pale cream-colour, veined
internally with five to seven purple lines, and bearing two small,
orange spots towards the throat, lanceolate, 1#in. to 24in. long,
terminating in a fine, thread-like point; proper spathe mono-
Panes August and September. J. four or five, 10in. to 1lin.
ong, gin. broad, glabrous, with an obscure, central, white band,
the lateral channels deep ; sheathing ones four to six, about 14in.
long, falling short of the proper spathe. Corm oblate, 4in. to
Zin. broad, gin. high. Caucasus, &c. (B. R. xxxiii. 16, f. 3;
IME COR Pe see Ley ASP kt))

Cc. v. lilacinus (lilac). #. much smaller than in the type;
perianth segments veined with feathered, purple markings, both
internally and externally. (M. C. 2, f. 6, 10, 11.)

Cc. v. Suwarrowianus (Suwarrow’s). /l., perianth throat un-
bearded; proper spathe diphyllous. J., sheathing ones exceed-
ing the proper spathe. September and October. (M. C. 2,
ich Gy pete ae)

C. veluchensis (Veluchi). A garden synonym of C. banaticus.

Cc. vernus albiflorus (white-flowered). jf. white, smaller
than those of the type; perianth segments narrower. (M. C.
26 B, f. 6.)

Cc. v. leucorhynchus (white-beaked). /l., perianth segments
pale purple, with a ee purple flush near the white, emarginate
apex. (M. C. 26 B, f. 4.)

Cc. v. siculus (Sicilian). #. small; perianth segments whitish,
with three or four purple lines on the face of each, rounded at
apex. (M. C. 268, f. 9.)

C. vitellinus (egg-yolk-coloured), //l., perianth tube pale yellow,
filiform, 2in. to Jin. long; limb orange-yellow, about lin. long,
“its oblong-spathulate segments concolourous in the original
vitellinus, striped with five feathered lines in the variety syriacus,
and in a third form plain orange, with an obscurely lineate,
brownish blotch at the base” (J. G. Baker); style much divided.
November to March. J. five or six, glabrous, with a white,
central band. Syria and Asia Minor. (B. M. 6416; M. C. 50.)

C. Weldeni (Welden’s). A form of C. Lijlorus.

C. zonatus (zoned).* /., perianth tube pale buff, 24in. to 3in. long ;
throat bright yellow, bearded ; segments rosy-lilac, about 1Jin.
long, six to seven lines broad, veined internally with five to seven
purple lines, and bearing on the inner surface of their base two
simicireular, bright orange spots. September and October.
1. lft. long, 4in. to ;4;in. broad, with a depressed, central, white
band, the lateral channels wide and open; sheathing ones five
to seven, 4in. to 3in. long. Corm oblate, lin. to 14in. broad, sin.
to gin. high. Cilician Mountains and Lebanon. (M. C. 4.)

Varieties. The following garden varieties may be
recommended in addition to those found on p. 400, Vol, I.:
AVALANCHE, KineG or THE BuvuEs, L’Uniqun, Margot,
Ne Pius UnTrA, QUEEN OF THE PURPLES, and WHITE
PEARL.

CRESIA BERGMANNIANA. See Rosa Insects.
CRESIA HOLMIANA. See Pear Insects.

CRESUS SEPTENTRIONALIS. ‘See Nut
Sawfly.

CRONARTIUM RIBICOLUM.
Rust.

CROPS AND CROPPING. The advantage of
annually changing Crops in the kitchen garden is manifested
by a healthy and cleanly growth. With a few exceptions
if will be found that a Crop following a Crop of similar
character is not profitable. Leguminous Crops absorb
nitrogen from the atmosphere, and the land occupied by
them is suitable for Onions, &c., that enjoy such an
element of plant-food. A good rule is to grow bulbous or
tuberous-rooted vegetables after Crops that are not of that
nature ; deep-rooted plants, like Beet, Parsnips, and Carrots,
could follow Celery. Broccoli, Kale, Cabbage, Cauliflower,
and Brussels Sprouts should not follow each other, as they
absorb much iis same constituents from the soil. Mixed
Cropping, such as Canliflowers, Brussels Sprouts, Savoys,
&c., ought not to be planted between Potato rows, as one
Crop spoils the other. Another advantage of an interchange
of Crops is that by its means many fungoid diseases are kept
at bay.

See Bladder

270

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CROSNES (Stachys tuberifera). This belongs to the
genus Stachys; but, owing to the apparent impossibility of
getting it to flower, botanists have not been able to decide
on its specific name; it therefore goes by the provisional
one of tuberifera. By the French it is known as Crosnes du
Japon, and over here it has been dubbed Stachys, Spirals,
and Japanese or Chinese Artichokes. The roots of this
vegetable are very curious-looking (see Fig. 280), quite
white, and deeply corrugated in segments, giving them very
much the appearance of the larva of some insect—indeed,
not at all unlike the-larva of the queen-bee. The foliage
of the plant is small and not at all ungraceful, and the roots
are produced somewhat in the way of some Ovalis, in long
strings and in considerable abundance.

Wi (
AT

Fic, 280. CROSNES.

It should be planted in rows in any ordinary garden soil
in March, the rows being about 12in. apart, and two of the
roots dibbled in at about 6in. apart. With the exception of
weeding, no further cultivation is required. Crosnes are
perfectly hardy, and should be left in the ground, digging
them up as required, as they become dark when much
exposed to the air.

CROSSANDRA. To the species described on pp. 400-1,

Vol. I., the following should be added:

C. flava (yellow). 7. yellow, disposed in a terminal, tetragonal,
cone-like spike; outer bracts large, rounded, very hairy, spiny-
toothed. January. J. glabrous, obovate-lanceolate, undulated,
sinuate-pinnatifid, entire towards the apex ; lower ones petiolate.
Stem short, highly glabrous, Sierra Leone, 1852. (B. M. 4710.)

CROSS-FERTILISATION. See Hybridising.
CROSSYNE. Included under Buphane (which see).

CROTALARIA. To the species described on p. 402,
Vol. I., the following should be added. Few of the large
number introduced are now in cultivation.

C. arborescens (tree-like). A synonym of C. capensis.

C. benghalensis (Bengalese). A synonym of C. juncea.

C. capensis (Cape). jl. bright yellow, lin. long, on longish
perigels racemes terminal or opposite the leaves, lax, many-
owered. /., leaflets broadly obovate, Zin. to lin. long, obtuse,
emarginate, acute, or mucronate; petioles jin. to 1sin. Jong.

h. 4ft. to 5ft. South Africa, 1774. A stout, greenhouse shrub.

Syn. C. arborescens.

C. elegans (elegant). A garden name for C. purpurea.
C. fenestrata (window-like). A synonym of C. juncea.

Crotalaria—continued.

C. floribunda (abundant-flowered).
obcordata.

C. juncea (Rush-like). 1. yellow ; racemes loosely ten- to twenty-
tiowered, lft. long, lateral and terminal. September. J. rather
distant, firm, linear or oblong, lsin. to 3in. long. Branches
slender, twiggy, terete. Ah. several feet. India, 1816.
shrub. Sywns. C. benghalensis, C. fenestrata (B. M. 1935).

C. longirostrata (long-beaked).* fl. rich yellow, with a red
stripe at back; standard large, broader than long; claw
ciliated; raceme erect, many-flowered. December to March.
1. trifoliolate ; leaflets oblong- or cuneate-obovate, mucronalate

A synonym of Viborgia

Stove

at apex. Mexico,1891. Avery handsome, greenhouse sub-shrub.
(B. M. 7308.)
C, pulchella (pretty). A synonym of Lebeckia cytisoides.

Cc. purpurea (purple). /. bright purple, Jin. long; racemes
terminal, many-flowered, elongating. March to May. /., leaflets
Zin. to lin. long, Jin. to 4in. broad, elliptic or obovate, often
drying bluish or livid, as if they contained indigo. h. 3ft. to 4ft.
South Africa, 1790. A highly ornamental, much-branched,
greenhouse shrub. (B. M. 1913.) Syn. C. elegans (of gardens).

Cc. semperfiorens (ever-flowering). fl. bright yellow, 4in. to
zin. long ; racemes lateral and terminal, not panicled. Spring.
i. oblong, rounded at base, acute or obtuse, 2in. to 4in. long,
green and glabrous above, pale and downy beneath; stipules
leaf-like. Branches terete. India, &c. 1816. Greenhouse
shrub.

CROTON BUG OF AMERICA. This is the name
applied to a most destructive species of Cockroach,
abundant in America ‘and elsewhere, and known scientifically
as Phyllodromia germanica.

CROWN. See Corona.
CROWN BEARD. Seé Verbesina.

CRUCIANELLA. About twenty-six species, natives
of the Mediterranean region and Western Asia, are included
in this genus. To those described on p. 402, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

C. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). #1. whitish, spicate, four-
parted ; corolla slender; spike linear, quadrifarious, imbricated,
somewhat interrupted at base. June and July. J. in whorls of
six, linear, acute, scabrous on the margins. Plant erect. h. 6in.
to 8in. Asia Minor, 1816. Annual. (8S. E. B. 109.)

C. stylosa (prominent-styled). A synonym of Phuopsis stylosa.

CRUIKSHANKSIA (of Hooker).
Balbisia (which see).

CRUSEA (named in honour of Dr. G. Cruse, an
authority on the Cape Rubiacex). Orv. Rubiacew. A genus
embracing about ten species of stove, erect or ascending
herbs, natives of Mexico and Central America. Flowers
pink, mediocre, in a head with four involueral bracts.
Leaves opposite, ovate or lanceolate, nerved. C. rubra
(B. M. 1558, under name of Spermacoce strigosa) has been
introduced, but is perhaps not now in cultivation.

CRYOSOPHILA, or CRYSOPHILA.
under Copernicia (which see).

CRYPTANTHUS. Syn. Pholidophyllum. According
to J. G. Baker, this genus now embraces about a dozen
species, natives of Brazil and Guiana. Flowers white,
arranged in a head in the axils of the inner leaves; sepals
united in a campanulate tube just above the ovary, the seg-
ments not mucronate ; petals three or four times as long
as the calyx, widely spreading ; stamens inserted on the
corolla; anthers small. Leaves many ina rosette, spreading,
with stolons in the axils of the outer ones. Only a few of
the species are in cultivation. To those described on p. 402,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

C. Beuckeri (Beucker’s). 1. white, ina small head. 7. disposed
in an open rosette, petiolate, elliptic, acute or acuminate, light
reddish, with numerous transverse, green, irregular lines or
blotches, the margins spinulose. South Brazil, 1883. A remark-
able, dwarf Bromeliad. (B. H. 1881, p. 342, t. 1.)

C. Morrenianus (Morren’s). A synonym of Distiacanthus
Morrenianus.

Cc. undulatus (wavy). The correct name of C. acaulis. The
form purpureus (Ref. B. 287) has leaves tinged with reddish-
brown.

C. zonatus (zoned). ji. in a small tuft in the centre of the
rosette ; petals white, oblanceolate, lin. long. 7. ten to fifteen in
a short rosette, oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to Yin. long, 14in. broad,
thinly white-lepidote on the back, with small and close
marginal prickles. Brazil, 1842. Syns. Pholidophyllum zonatum,
Tillandsia zonata and T. zebrina (of gardens).

C. z. fuscus (dark). 7. brown instead of green.

A synonym of

Included

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

ae. 26

CRYPTARRHENA (from kryptos, hidden, and arrhen,
a male; in reference to the concealed anthers). Syns.
Clynhymenia, Orchidofunckia. Orp. Orchideer. A genus
embracing only a couple of species of stove, epiphytal
Orchids, with small, greenish-yellow flowers ; one is found in
the West Indies and West and Central America, and the
other in Surinam. C. lunata (B. R. 153) is in cultivation at
Kew, but is of little horticultural interest.

CRYPTOCAMPUS ANGUSTUS. See Salix.
CRYPTOCARPUS (from kryptos, hidden, and karpos,

fruit; the fruit is included within the connivent calyx).
Orv. Nyctaginee. A small genus (two species) of slightly
fleshy, prostrate or somewhat climbing, stove or greenhouse
shrubs ; one is found on the Mexican mountains, and the

Fic. 281. CRYPTOMERIA JAPONICA.

other on the sea-coasts of tropical South America. Flowers
small, cymose, hermaphrodite. Leaves alternate, exstipu-
late, entire. C. globosus (Syn. Salpianthus purpurascens)
has been introduced, but is probably not now in cultivation.

CRYPTOCHILUS. Both species are natives of the
Himalayas. Flowers closely set, in distichous spikes,
shorter than their persistent bracts; sepals connate in an
equally three-lobed, gibbous, five-toothed tube; petals
narrow ; lip included, adnate to the foot of the column,
narrow, erect; pollinia eight. Pseudo-bulbs crowded, one-

Cryptochilus—continued.

or two-leaved. Tio the species described on p. 402, Vol. L.,
the following should be added :

C. lutea (yellow). ji. pale yellow, sub-globose; sepals obtuse ;
petals and lip lanceolate ; spike 2in. to 4in. long; scape 2in. to
4in. long, rather slender. Leaves one or two, Sin. to 5in. long,
linear-lanceolate, acute, petiolate or nearly sessile. Pseudo-bulbs
oblong. 1882.

CRYPTOCORYNE. Syn. Myrioblastus. This genus
embraces about twenty-five species, natives of tropical Asia
and the Malayan Archipelago. Flowers on a very slender
spadix, the males and females very distant; spathe tube
short or elongated, the lamina straight, folded or twisted.
Leaves oblong- or linear-lanceolate or ovate.

CRYPTOGAM, CRYPTOGAMIA.
A Cryptogam is a plant of the class Crypto-
gamia, which is the last class in the Linnean
Sexual System, and comprises those plants
having no stamens or pistils, and therefore
no proper flowers ; it includes Ferns, Mosses,
Algw, Lichens, and Fungi.

CRYPTOGLOTTIS.
Podochilus (which see).

A synonym of

CRYPTOGRAMME. ‘The Mountain
Parsley Fern is essentially a deciduous plant,
losing its fronds about the end of October
and starting into growth again about the
beginning of May. Its fertile fronds, con-
siderably longer than the others, and pro-
duced as a second crop of foliage later m the
season, are greatly appreciated for bouquets
and button-holes. ‘Their spores ripen and
scatter themselves, in their native state, about
September, after which the fronds soon die
down, the barren ones remaining on the plants
rather longer than the others.

Although usually found growing wild in
exposed situations, the Mountain Parsley Fern
delights in a cool, moist, and shady spot, and
is especially adapted for a quiet nook in a
rockery, where it should be planted in a well-
drained place and in a mixture of loam and
peat in about equal parts, with the addition
of bricks broken into small pieces ; but care
should be taken that the compost is free from
lime, which is highly injurious to the very
minute fibrous rootlets. It may be propagated
by seedlings, but this is a slow and tedious
process; the more so that it is readily
increased by the division of the crowns in
the spring months, just before growth com-
mences. This little gem also grows luxuri-
antly in a cold frame, or for two or three
years in the greenhouse, or under the shade
of vines, where, however, it seldom lasts any
longer. The plants should always be well
established in pots before being twmned ont
into the border or on the rockery.

CRYPTOLOBUS. The species formerly
classed under this name are now referred
to Amphicarpea and Voandzeia (which

see).

CRYPTOMERIA. This genus is mono-
typic, C. elegans being a variety ofc:
japonica, which is well shown in Fig. 281.
'o the varieties described on p. 404, Vol. I.,
the following should be added:

C. japonica araucaroides (Araucaria-like). 1. dark bluish-
ereen, thickly disposed, but regularly arranged, imparting a
very dense appearance. Japan, 1885. Syn. C. j. lycopodioides.

Cc. j. compacta (compact). This forms a compact, regular
pyramid. Japan, 1885.

C. j. lycopodioides (Lycopod-like). A synonym of C. j. arau-

caroides.
C. j. Sandersii (Sanders’). A variety of dense habit.
Other varieties are nigricans, pungens, and rubiginosa.

272

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CRYPTOPHORANTHUS (from kryptos, hidden,
phoreo, to bear, and anthos, a blossom; in allusion to the
petals, lip, &c., being concealed within an almost closed
flower, the only opening into which is by a pair of small
‘“windows’’ at the side). Window-bearing Orchid. ORp.
Orchidee. A curious genus, with the habit of Plewrothallis
(section Aggregate), but differing from that genus in the
sepals being united into a short tube at the base and again
united at the apex—the only way into the flower being by
the small, window-like openings, one on either side. From
Masdevallia the genus differs in habit, as also in the char-
acters just given. Hight species are known ; they are stove
Orchids, ranging over an area from the West Indies to the
Andes and Brazil. The following species are now included
here, the specific names remaining unchanged : Masdevallia
Dayana, M. gracilenta, M. hypodiscus, and Pleurothallis
atropurpurea, For culture, see Pleurothallis.

Cc. maculatus (spotted). fl. yellow, densely spotted crimson,
numerous, din. long, obovoid, obtuse, pubescent, situated at the
base of the leaf on the very short stem (so short that the flowers
actually lie on the soil). 7. elliptic, obtuse, very fleshy, with
numerous purple spots or small blotches on the upper surface,
ljin. to 24in. long, fin. to lJin. broad, the apex minutely tri-
denticulate. Probably Brazilian. A remarkable little plant.
Syn. Pleurothallis maculata.

C. minutus (minute). /. deep maroon-purple, large for the size
of the plant. J/. orbicular, apiculate, five lines long. Stems very
short or wanting. h. not much exceeding sin. Habitat
unknown, 1895, very minute species.

C. oblongifolius (oblong-leaved). jl. dull yellow, veined with
maroon-purple, pendulous; sepals nearly or quite lin. long ;
pees din. long; peduncles jin. long, erect. J. elliptic-oblong,

jin. to din. long. Stems terete, 1lsin. to 2in. long, tubular-
infundibular. Andes of South America, 1895.

C. sarcophyllus is in the Kew Collection, but is not in general
cultivation.

CRYPTOSACCUS. A
(which see).

CRYPTOSANUS. A synonym of Leiochilus (which

see).

CRYPTOSTACHYS. A synonym of Sporobolus
(which see).

CRYPTOSTEMMA.

is included in this genus.

CRYPTOSTYLIS (from kryptos, hidden, and stylos,
a pillar, a style; in allusion to the concealed style). The
generic description is given in the body of this work under
Blume’s name, Zosterostylis (which see).

€. longifolia (long-leaved). /l. three to eight, rather distant,
upwards of lin. broad; sepals yellowish-green, narrow ; petals
thesame colour, shorter ; lip red, with reddish-brown markings,
pointing upwards, the short style hidden in the cucullate
base (hence the generic name). J/. solitary, lanceolate, on long

synonym of lLeiochilus

Syn. Cynotis. Microstephium

stalks. h. lft. to 2ft. Tasmania, 1885, Greenhouse. (G. C.
n. S., XXili., p. 275, f. 53.)
CRYSOPHILA, or CRYOSOPHILA. Included

under Copernicia (which see).
CUBZA. A synonym of Tachigalia (which sze).
CUBAN LILY.
CUBEBA. Included under Piper (which see).
CUCIFERA. A synonym of Hyphene (which see).

CUCUBALUS (altered from Cacobolus, which is derived
from kakos, bad, and bolws, a shoot ; in allusion to the plant
beirig destructive to the soil). Orp. Caryophyllex. A
monotypic genus. The species, A. baccifer, is a diffuse,
climbing, hardy herb, native of Europe and Asia; it is of
no horticultural value. Many plants formerly included
hereunder are now referred to Silene.

CUCULLARIA. A synonym of Vochysia (which see).

CUCUMBER. Sorts: Improved Telegraph, Lockie’s
Perfection, Purley Park Hero, Cardiff Castle, Monarch, and
All the Year Round, which last is one of the very best to
grow in the winter. If very long Cucumbers are desired,
Marquis of Lorne and Daniels’ Duke of Edinburgh will
prove satisfactory, both varieties growing some 30in., and
of good form. For outside cultivation in summer, the Ridge
varieties are the only sorts suitable, the best being Bedford-
shire Surprise, Long Prickly, Short Prickly, and Stockwood.

See Scilla peruviana.

CUCUMBER, BITTER. See Citrullus Colo-
ceynthis.

CUCUMBER-TREE. In addition to the species
mentioned on p. 406, Vol. L., this name is applied to
Averrhoa Bilimhi (which see).

CUCUMIS. This genus embraces about twenty-five
species, mostly found in tropical Africa and Asia, a few
being indigenous in Australia and America. To those
described on pp. 406-7, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

C. Chate (Chate). A form of C. Melo.

C. Dudaim (Dudaim). Canary Melon; Scented Cucumber. fr.
orange - yellow, spotted or barred with red at maturity,
spherical or ovoid, edible, having an agreeable odour. August to
October. Persia. This is a form of C. Melo. (F. d. 8. 1474.)

C. flexuosus (bending). A form of C. Melo.

C. Melo Chate (Chate). Egyptian Cucumber. /l. small, shortly
pedunculate. jr. elliptic, attenuated to both base and apex,

pilose. J. petiolate, rounded, obtuse, denticulate. Stem
obtusely tive-angled. Native country uncertain. Plant very
villous.

C. M. flexuosus (bending). /. fascicled in the axils ; calyx very
pilose. /r. white or yellow, elongated, cylindrical-club-shaped,
suleate, flexuous. J. cordate-ovate, somewhat lobed, petiolate.
Stem flexuous, bearing tendrils. East Indies (7).

C. Sacleuxii (Sacleux’). jr. dark green, with lighter green
stripes, ovoid, 3in. to 4in. long. J. roundish-reniform, lobed,
rough and greyish-green on both sides. Zanzibar, 1890. An
ornamental stove Cucumber, the fruits of which can be used for
pickling.

Cc. Vilmorini (Vilmorin’s). jr. canary-yellow, armed. with soft
spines, produced in great abundance. J/. cut. Origin not
recorded, 1894.

CUCURBITA. Pompion. The half-dozen species of
this genus are distributed over the warmer parts of Asia,
Africa, and America. To the species and varieties
described on pp. 407-8, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

Cc. Andreana (André’s). jl. about half as large as those of the
common Pumpkin (C. Pepo). jr. marked with white and yellow
on a green ground, obovoid. J. large, marbled with white.
Stems long, rooting at the nodes. Uruguay, 1890, Greenhouse.
(R. H. 1896, p. 8, f. 1.)

C. ficifolia (Ficus-leaved). A very curious species, with round
fruits somewhat resembling a Water-Melon, and climbing stems ;
it is very useful for large trellises. SYN. C. melanosperma.

Cc. f. mexicana (Mexican). This variety has seeds twice the
size of those of the type. Mexico, 1890. Half-hardy.

C.maxima sylvestris (sylvan). /. as large as a man’s head.
This is “supposed to be the origin of all the large-fruited Gourds
in cultivation. The native country of C. maxima was unknown,
but the present plant has been found wild in the Himalayan
region.” 1893. (Kew Bulletin, 1894, App. IT.)

C. melanosperma (dark-seeded). A synonym of C. ficifolia.

Cc. mexicana (Mexican). A variety of C. jicifolia.

CUDRANIA (from the Malayan name, Cudrang, given
to a green dye yielded by this tree). Syn. Cudranus.
Orv. Urticacee. A small genus (three or four species) of
stove, greenhouse, or hardy shrubs or small trees, usually
spinons, erect or climbing, natives of Asia, Australia, and
New Caledonia. Flowers dicecious, in small, naked, globose
heads. Leaves alternate, quite entire, penniveined ;
stipules lateral, small. For culture of the only species
introduced, see Morus.

Cc. triloba (three-lobed).
tricuspidata.

CUDRANUS. A synonym of Cudrania (which see).

CULCASIA. Six or eight species, all tropical
American, are comprised in this genus. Spathe small,
erect ; peduncles axillary, solitary, or several and fastigiate.
Leayes spirally inserted.

CULEN. ‘Sce Psoralea glandulosa.

CULLUMBINE, or COLUMBINE.
legia.

CULLUMIA (named in hononr of Sir T. G. Cullum,
Bart., a Norfolk botanist). Orp. Composite. A genus
embracing about fourteen species of greenhouse, small
shrubs or under-shrubs, all South African, allied to
Gazania. Flower-heads yellow, terminal, solitary. Leaves
alternate, sessile or decurrent, margined with cilia.
C. ciliaris (B. M. 2095; B. R. 384) and C. pectinata have
been introduced, but are probably not now in cultivation.

The correct name of Maclura

See Aqui-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 273

CUNCEA. A synonym of Knoxia (which see).
CUNDURANGO. ‘See Marsdenia Cundurango.
CUNINA. A synonym of Nertera (which see).
CUNNINGHAMIA. Syns. Belis, Ravopitys. This
tree, which is also found in Japan, is closely allied to
Araucaria.
CUNONIA (of Miller).
(which see).
CUNONIEZ. A tribe of Saxifragez (which see).
CUP (p. 409, Vol. I.). This term is also botanically
applied to a concave involucre enclosing a nut, as in the
Acorn. See Cupula.

CUPAMENT.
(which see).

CUPANTIA. This isa rather large, trop-
ical genus, widely distributed. To the species
described on p. 409, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

Cc. Cunninghamii (Cunningham’s). A synonym
of Diploglottis Cunninghamii.

C. elegans (elegant). This is described as “a
species with light and graceful leaves, undulated
and toothed at the edges.” Habitat not recorded,
1893. :

C. grandidens (large-toothed). /. impari-pin-
nate; leaflets nine, oblong, acuminate, sinuately

A synonym of Antholyza

A synonym of Acalypha z

lobed, 3in. to 4in. long. Stems downy. Zanzi-
bar, 1884.
CUPHEA. Including Melwilla. About

ninety species, natives of tropical and sub-
tropical America, are included in this genus.
To those described on p. 409, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

C. Commersoniana (Commerson’s).

fl., calyx
thic -

y, the dorsal lobe broader than the rest
petals obovate.
lanceolate, or narrow-lanceolate. Stems 6in. to
18in. long, woody below. Brazil, 1884.

Cc. cordata (heart-shaped). . scarlet; calyx
and peduncle glutinous; petals six, the two
upper ones large and nearly round, the four lower
ones small. June. /., lower ones cordate, acute,
sub-coriaceous ; upper ones oblong. Stems sub-

shrubby; branchlets glutinous. h. cl
1842. Evergreen. (B. M. 4208; F. d.S. ii

C. eminens (conspicuous) A synonym of C.
micropetala.

Cc. ignea alba (white).
flowers. 1848.

Cc. Liavea (Llavea). #. purple, with two large,
obovate petals (the rest abortive) ; pedicels erect.
June. JL. sub-sessile, ovate-lanceolate, strigose.
Stems numerous, hispid. Mountains of Mexico,
1830 and 1891. (B. R. 1386.)

C. Lilayz. A misprint in several publications
for C. Llavea.

Cc. micropetala (small-petaled). 7.
axillary, secund; calyx scarlet, yellowish at
apex, twelve-toothed; petals white; filaments
red. July. 2. oblong-lanceolate, acute at both
ends, rigid, scabrous. Stems shrubby, much-
branched. h. 1ft. Mexico, 1824.

C. pubifiora (downy-flowered).
C. cyanea.

Cc. strigulosa (slightly strigose). /. violet, in-
terpetiolar, alternate; petals six, sub-equal ;
stamens eleven. June to October. Ll. ovate-

A variety with white

supra-

A synonym of

oblong, acute, viscous, glabrous above, scabrous-strigose
beneath. Branches and calyx viscid-hispidulous. h. 14ft.
Andes. Shrub. (P. M. B. xi. 241.)

C. verticillata (whorled). #. violet, solitary or in pairs, alter-
nate, extra-axillary ; calyx pilose-hairy, ten- to sixteen-toothed,
coloured ; petals five to eight, unequal. J. three or four in a
whorl, sub-sessile, oblong, slightly acute, somewhat rounded at
base, scabrous-strigulose above, pilose beneath. Branches pilose-
ha Peru. Stove perennial. (F. d. 8. vi. 510.)

CUPIA. This is for the most part synonymous with
Randia (which see).

CUPRESPINNATA.
(which see).

Vol. V.

A synonym of Taxodium

CUPRESSTELLATA. A synonym of Fitzroya
(which see).

CUPRESSUS. Abont a dozen distinct species, natives
of temperate Asia, South-eastern Europe, North America,
and Mexico, are included in this genus, according to the
authors of the ‘‘ Genera Plantarum.’’ To those described on
pp. 409-10, Vol. I., the following should be added. See also
Chamecyparis.

C. arizonica (Arizona). A variety of C. Benthami.

C. Benthami (Bentham’s). /. opposite, ovate, acute, imbricated,
keel-shaped at back, with a hollow band in the centre, and, as
wellas the branchlets, dark green and glaucous when young.
cones globular, nearly 4in. in diameter. Branches dense, flat,
spreading; branchlets four-sided, slender, mostly curved and
forked. A. 5Oft. to 60ft. Mountains of Mexico and Guatemala

Fic. 282. CuPRESSUS LAWSONIANA.

Half-hardy. Syn. C. thurifera. C. arizonica is a variety of this
species. :

C. Goveniana compacta (compact). A variety differing from
the type in its dense, compact, pyramidal habit. 1896. (R. H.
1896, p. 8, f. 1.)

Cc. guadelupensis (Guadeloupe). A variety of C. macrocarpa.

C. Hartwegii is synonymous with C. macrocarpa.

C. Lawsoniana (Lawson's). The correct name of Chamcoyparis
Lawsoniana, according to Dr. Masters. See Fig. 282.

C. Lindleii (Lindley’s). The correct name of C, Knightiana.

C. macrocarpa Crippsii (Cripps). 7. small, open, erecto-
atent, rigid, very acute, spiny-pointed, silvery when young.
ranches stout, stiff, short, very compact; branchlets dense,

silvery-tipped when young. A fine variety.

2N

274

Cupressus—continued.

Cc. m. fastigiata (pyramidal). A variety of pyramidal habit.

Cc. m. flagelliformis (whip-like). Branchlets light glancous-
green, long, less divided than in the type.

C. m. guadeloupensis (Guadeloupe). This variety differs from
the type principally in the glaucous colour of its leaves. 1895.

C. m. lutea (yellow). J. suffused with pale golden-yellow, very
small. Branches short. 1893. An elegant, erect variety.

Cc. m. variegata (variegated). Dranchlets partly golden.

Cc. sempervirens. Other varieties are: fastigiata (pyramidal),
Jlagelliformis (whip-like), monstrosa (a tall variety), retrofracta
(bent back), thwicfolia (Thuya-leaved), and variegata
(variegated),

C. thurifera (Frankincense-bearing). A synonym of C. Benthami.

Cc. Thyoides (Thuya-like). A synonym of Chamecyparis
spheeroidea.

C. torulosa majestica (majestic), A hardier and much more
robust plant than the type, being larger in all its parts.

CURCULIGO. Syns. Empodium, Fabricia (of Thun-
berg), Forbesia. This genus comprises about a dozen
species of stove perennials, natives of tropical Asia,
Australia, tropical and South Africa, and tropical America.
Flowers spicate or racemose; perianth six-parted, the
segments sub-equal, spreading ; stamens six, affixed at
the base of the segments; whole inflorescence frequently
villous. Fruit more or less succulent. Leaves radical,
often long-lanceolate, plicate-veined, sometimes very large.
To the species and varieties described on p. 410, Vol. L.,
the following should be added:

C. densa (dense).
with a Silvery lustre.
of dwarf habit.

CURCUMA. Syns. Erndlia, Stissera. The species
extend from tropical America to tropical Australia and the
South Pacific Islands. To those described on p, 411, Vol. I.,
the following should be added :

Cc. Amada (Amada). 1. about lin, long ; corolla whitish, the lip
pale yellow; spikes din. to 6in. long; bracts about lin. long.
Autumn. 7. oblong-lanceolate, lft. to 14ft. long; petioles as
long as the blades s leaty tuft 2ft. to 3ft. across. Rootstock large,
ovoid. India, &c., 1819.

Cc. aromatica (aromatic). jl. yellow, shorter than the bracts;
corolla tube lin. long; spike (with peduncle) lft. long; bracts
ovate, pale green, 14in. to 2in. long. April to June. J. 3ft. to 4ft.
long, oblong, caudate, deltoid at base, plain or variegated with
light and darker green above, pubescent beneath. Rootstock
biennial ; tubers sessile, aromatic. India, 1804.

C. Bakeriana (Baker’s). jl. orange-coloured, somewhat larger
than in C. australasica (which this species resembles) ; corolla-
lobes oyate-oblong, shorter than the lip; spike scarcely 3in.
long; bracts pale rose. J. distichous, oblong-lanceolate. Tuber
Sin. to 34in. long. A. 2ft. Islands near New Guinea, 1892.

C. cordata is identical with C. petiolata.

Cc. ferruginea (rusty). /l. red, few, large; fertile bracts tinged
with reddish-brown, those of the coma few, bright red. Spring.
7. oblong, 1ft. to 14ft. long, Sin. to 6in. broad, with a faint
reddish-brown cloud down the centre. Rootstock large ; tubers
sessile, yellow, very fragrant inside. India, 1819.

C. latifolia (broad-leaved). jl. pale yellow, rather shorter than
the bracts; spike 6in. to 8in. long; bracts green, ovate, 14in.
long, those of the coma bright red. Spring. J. oblong, 3ft. to
4ft. long, clouded with purple down the middle, pubescent
beneath. Rootstock large. India, 1820.

C. Leopoldi (Leopold's). J. lanceolate, pale sen striped with
creamy-white. 1884. An attractive plant, of distinct character,
growing in clumps, and resembling a Musa in habit.

Cc, wie (Neilgherries). #7. bright yellow, lin. long;
lip. deflexed, emarginate; spikes 2in, to 4in. long; bracts pale
yellowish-green, lin. to 1sin. long. Spring.
green, lft. long including the short petiole. Malabar, &c.

wart.

Cc. rubescens (reddish).

CURD. A gardener’s name for the head of a Cauliflower
or Broccolo.

CURL BRUSH BEAN. See Pithecolobium.

CURLED. See Crisp.

CURRANT APHIDES (Myzus Ribis and Rhopalo-
siphum ribis), See Aphides.

CURRANT-BUD MITE (Phytoptus ribis), or Black
Currant Gall Mite, is responsible for the condition of the
bushes known as ‘‘ Big Bud.” It has hitherto baffled all the
most experienced entomologists to cope with its attacks.

1. oblong-ovate, acute, plicate, dark green,
India, 1885. A pretty, decorative plant,

7. lanceolate, pale
Plant

The correct name of C. rubricaulis.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Currant-Bud Mite—continued.

Black Currants only are infested,
and the terminal buds are usually
oftenest selected. Once the
creatures are inside they catse
(by the irritation set up) the buds
to swell abnormally (see Fig.
283), and such buds may easily
be detected in late autumn.
Here again insecticides are of
very little avail, and hand-pick-
ing the galled buds is the most
practical remedy. Still, if the
trees could be sprayed during
July with Kerosene Emulsion,
some good might be done.

CURRANT CLEAR-
WING MOTH or CUR-
RANT BORER (Sesia tipu-
liformis). On account of the
absence of scales from the
wings this insect (Fig. 284) is
seldom taken fora Moth. Under
this heading in Vol. I., as well
as under Sesia (Vol. IIT.), both
the perfect insect and its de-
structive caterpillar have been
described. It is one of those
pests against which the culti-
vator is almost powerless. In
fact, the only thing to be done
is to remove all dead and dying
shoots and burn them.

CURRANTS. Nearly all
the pests infesting the foliage
may be easily eradicated with
earbolic soft soap. Dissolve
2o0z. in each gallon of hot water, yj,; 993,
and spray both sides of the .
foliage with the liquid warm.
The application of such insecti-
cides warm is most important,
as the effect is far more deadly, and usually means all the
difference between success and failure in coping with these
foes. A far more difficult enemy to combat is the Currant-
Bud Mite (Phytoptus ribis), dealt with under that heading.

Varieties. To the list given in Vol. I. the following
should be added :

Black. CARTER’S CHAMPION, very large and deep black; the
bunches are also large; a fine variety for exhibition, or for
dessert.

Red. CoMET, very large in bunch and berry, and of the brightest
red; a great cropper; but there is a doubt about this being
distinct from LA VERSAILLES. LA CONSTANTE, a large deep red,
with good bunches, which are freely produced ; valuable for its
lateness and the time the fruit will hang on the bushes. La
VERSAILLES, a large and nice-flavoured variety, with good
cropping qualities, but not a good grower in all gardens.

White. Wuite DuTcH CUT-LEAVED, bunches and berries of the
largest size, of sweet and good flavour ; an abundant bearer.

CURRANT SHOOT,
SHOWING ABNORMAL Bups
DUETO CURRANT-BUD MITE.

Fic. 284. CuRRANT CLEAR-WING MOTH.—PERFECT INSECL AND
CATERPILLAR (both magnified.)

CURRANT SCALE (Pulvinaria ribesix). Of late
years Currant bushes in many parts of England have been
attacked by this distinctive species of Scale, which has
probably been introduced from the Continent, where it is
abundant, especially in France. Its chief characteristic is
an exudation of white, cottony matter, which contains the
eggs and the newly-hatched Scales. The pest cannot be

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 275

Currant Scale—continued.
taken for anything else, and it would therefore serve no
purpose to describe the Scale itself. This insect affects all
varieties of Currants, and its presence is most undesirable.
Remedial measures should be taken as soon as possible,
weak Kerosene Emulsion being one of the best insecticides
to spray on for Scale of any kind.

CURRANT-SHOOT MOTH (Incwrvaria capitella).
This is another of the small Moths (Tinew) whose larve
injure fruit and other crops. As the common name
indicates, the Currants in the present case are laid under
contribution, though so far no one has found the pests upon
the White varieties. At one time it was thought that only
Red Currants were infested, but of recent years entomolo-
gists have found the minute caterpillars in large numbers on
Black Currant bushes. The species under notice is a very
near relative of the Moth Lampronia rubiella, found upon
the Raspberries. The first indication that the bushes are
infested is shown towards the end of spring, and consists in
a withering of the young shoots, caused by the persistent
attacks of the larve on the pith. If such shoots are
removed, it will be found that they contain the larve of this
minute Moth.

The perfect insects are on the wing at the latter part of
May. They are very small (about gin. in wing expanse),
and therefore readily escape notice. They are brownish,
and usually have a purplish sheen, the somewhat sombre
colouring being relieved by a pale yellow marking on each
wing near the inner margin, and beyond are two conspicuous
yellow spots. The hind-wings are greyish. Having paired,
the female seeks a place to deposit her eggs. This she
does within the fruits, these being pierced by means
of an appendage with which she is provided. The
eggs hatch ont, and the young larve for a time feed on the
seeds, each fruit containing either one or two of the little
pests. Evyenat this point there are indications of the attack
of the insect, as the berries colour prematurely. If examined
they will usually be found to contain the little grubs. They
do not feed on the seeds after the end of June, but emerge
therefrom, and spin a small white cocoon on the trees and in
the neighbourhood of the fruit-buds. Here they remain
until the next spring, when they come ont of their winter
retreat and bore into the shoot, with what results has been
already shown. The caterpillars are reddish, and so small
when they are exposed that it would be practically impos-
sible to see them. They are, moreover, not to be reached
by insecticides once they have taken up their abode in
the shoots. What, therefore, might be done is to syringe
into the bushes something which, while it would not affect
the fruit, would kill the larve. MKillmright or similar soft
soap preparations would answer very well. At pruning
time, too, the bushes should be carefully gone over with a
glass, and if the insects’ presence be detected, all prunings
should be carefully burned.

CUSCUTA. Syns. Buchingera, Cuscutina, Cussutha,
Engelmannia, Epilinella, Grammica, Lepidanche, Mono-
gynella, Succuta. This genus includes about eighty species,
broadly dispersed over the temperate and warmer regions
of the globe.

CUSCUTINA. A synonym of Cuscuta (which see).
CUSP. A short, sharp point.

CUSPARIA (from Cusparé, the Venezuelan name for
the bark of Cusparia febrifuga, which yields a valuable
febrifuge, now enumerated in the British Pharmacopeeia).
Orv. Rutacer. A genus embracing about a score species
of mostly small, stove trees, of Palm-like habit, with
unbranched stems and a crown of handsome ,
leaves, natives of tropical America; it was
included by Bentham and Hooker under
Galipea, but is now considered distinct.
Petals more or less completely combined, in
some cases forming a vase-like corolla. The
following species thrive in a compost of loam
oa leaf-mould, and may be increased by
seeds.

C. heterophylla (variable-leaved). . borne in
supra-axillary racemes, /. lanceolate, the mid-
nerve slightly pubescent. J. three- to five-
foliolate, borne on long petioles. Brazil.

C. macrophylla (large-leaved). The correct
name of Galipea macrophylla.

Cusparia—continued.

C. odoratissima (very sweet-scented). The correct name of
Galipea odoratissima.

Cc. undulata (waved). fl. white, about Zin. long, borne in
racemes from the axils of the leaves, which overtop them. /.
pao compound, with five leathery leaflets. Probably

razil, before 1886.

CUSSUTHA. A synonym of Cuscuta (which see).

CUSTARD APPLE of the United States. See
Asimina triloba.

CUT-FINGER. See Vinca major.
CUT-TOOTHED. Having deep and sharp teeth.
CYAMUS. A synonym of Nelumbium (which see).

CYANANTHUS (of Griffith) A synonym of
Stauranthera (which see).

CYANASTRUM (from kyanos, blue, and astron, a
star; in allusion to the colour and form of the flowers).
Orv. Hemodoracex. A monotypic genus. The species is
a stove plant, not yet in general cultivation.

C. cordifolium (cordate-leaved). jl. purple, stellate, lin, across,
on short, erect scapes. J. cordate, 6in. long; petioles Yin. long.

Rootstock creeping. Western Tropical Africa, 1894.

CYANITIS. A synonym of Dichroa (which see).

CYANOPHYLLUM. This genus is included, by the
authors of the ‘‘Genera Plantarum,” under Miconia
(which see). To the species described on pp. 414-15,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

C. aspersum (besprinkled). This species is something in the
way of C. magnisicum, but the leaves are more elongated, and
are coated with a most delicate down, which gives them a
beautiful, velvety appearance. Habitat not recorded, 1895.

CYANOTHAMNUS. Included under Boronia

(which see).

CYANOTIS. Syns. Tonningia, Zygomanes. Includ-
ing Erythrotis. This genus is distributed over the warmer
regions of the globe.

C. vittata (striped). A synonym of Zebrina pendula.

CYANOTRIS. A synonym of Camassia (which

see).
CYANUS. Included under Centaurea (which see).

CYATHEA. Including Metarya. This genus, which
embraces about eighty species, natives of tropical and
sub-tropical regions, contains some of the most beautiful of
all known Tree-Ferns. As regards the beauty of their
foliage, they are equal in every respect to any Alsophila or
Hemitelia, with which they are closely connected, while
they offer a great variety in the sizes of their trunks;
those inhabiting temperate regions, such as C. dealbata,
C. medullaris, &c., are mostl, stout and destitute of spines,
whereas most of the tropical kinds are slender compared
with their height, and, in many cases, are densely armed
with stout spines. All the species are evergreen, and to
make good growth they require an abundance of water at
the roots, and their trunks to be kept constantly moist. By
these means only can Cyatheas be induced to prodnee fine
heads of fronds, which last all the longer on the plants if
they have gradually been inured to the sun during the
summer, Like all other Tree-Ferns, Cyatheas are satisfied
with very little pot-room. The soil in which they should
be potted, tubbed, or, better still, planted in the Fernery,
is a mixture of three parts fibrous peat, one of loam, and
one of coarse silver-sand. All are of very easy culture,

Fic. 285. PINNULE OF CYATHEA INSIGNIS

276

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cyathea—continued.
and, provided the moisture about the trunk and the roots
be well attended to, there need be very little fear of failure
in their cultivation. None among the numerous species
known is in the habit of producing adventitious growths
along the trunk or at the base, and none is knowr to be
proliferous. The plants are therefore usually propagated
from their spores, which are abundantly produced and
germinate freely, making very showy young plants in the
course of a couple of seasons.

C. medullaris is of very rapid growth; when planted in a
conservatory where plenty of room can be allowed for its
perfect development, it makes a good-sized stem or trunk
ina comparatively short time, and proves by far the most
imposing of all known Tree-Ferns which will succeed under
cool treatmeat.

To those described on p. 415, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

C. aculeata (prickly). A garden synonym of Alsophila aculeata.
C. Beyrichiana (Beyrich’s). A synonym of Hemitelia setosa.

C. dealbata. Of this species there is a coloured variety, tricolor.
C. funebris (funereal), A garden synonym of C. sclerolepis.

C. horrida (horrid). A synonym of Hemitelia horrida.

C. insignis. A pinnule of this magnificent stove species is shown

in Fig. 285.

C. Lindeniana (Linden’s).

C. Mastersiana (Dr. Masters’). A provisional name for a plant
with a caudex apparently not longer than 3ft., surmounted by

A garden synonym of C. mexicana,

graceful fronds 3ft. to 4ft. long, the basal part densely spiny.
Habitat not recorded, 1894.

IG. 286, CYATHEA MEDULLARIS.

Cc. medullaris. The habit of this magnificent and popular
greenhouse species is shown in Fig. 286.

C. mexicana (Mexican). fronds bipinnate ; pinnules smooth,
spear-shaped; 3in. to 4in. long, cut into oblong, slightly sickle-
shaped lobes. sori disposed chiefly in the lower half of the lobe,
on the back of a simple vein or at the forking of a divided vein ;
involucres thin and fragile. Mexico, Stove. SYyNs. C. Lindeniana
(of gardens), Alsophila Van, Geertii.

C. microphylla (small-leaved). caw. 4ft. high.
rusty-tomentose. fronds 2ft. to 3ft.

sti, and rachises
long, oblong-ovate,

Cyathea—continued.

acuminate, tripinnate; primary pinne sessile, broadly oblong,
acuminate; secondary ones similar but smaller, crowded;
pinardes scarcely two lines long, ovate-oblong, deeply pinnatifid ;
obes entire. sori solitary at the base of the veinlet; involucre
Andes of Peru and Ecuador, 1883, Greenhouse.

C. princeps (foremost). A synonym of C. insignis.

C. pygmza (dwarf). A provisional name fora plant having a
caudex about 2ft. high, and soft, dark green fronds remarkable
for the absence of the shiny appearance of most species of this
genus. Habitat not recorded, 1894.

C. sclerolepis (hard-spined). sti. greyish, rough with hard and
sharp points, furnished at base with firm, shining, brownish-
black seales. fronds smooth, seldom more than lft. long,
tripinnate ; pinne less than 1ft. long ; pinnules sessile, 2in. long,
cut down into blunt, entire, sickle-shaped segments. sori small,
abundant ; involucres parchment-like. New Caledonia. Stove.
Syn. C. funebris (of gardens).

C. sinuata (sinuate). A synonym of Schizocewna sinuata.
C. Smithii (Smith’s). A synonym of Hemitclia Smithii.

C. spinulosa (slightly spiny). sti. and main rachis strongly
aculeate, often dark purple. jronds glabrous, ample, somewhat
flaccid ; pinnules oblong, acuminate ; lobes acute, serrulated,
having small, bullate scales on the costules beneath. sort
copious, close to the costules; involucre globose, very thin,
membranous, soon breaking irregularly. India, 1883. Stove.
(H. 8. F. 12 c.)

CYATHIFORM. Shaped like a wine-glass.

CYATHOSTYLES. A synonym of Cyphomandra
(which see).

CYBELION. A synonym of Ionopsis (which see).
CYBIOSTIGMA.

see).

CYCAS. Abont fifteen species, natives of tropical Asia,
Africa, Australia, and Polynesia, are here included. To
those described on p. 416, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

C. angulata (angled). 7. borne on tetragonal petioles ; pinnze
lanceolate-linear, the lower ones opposite, the upper ones
alternate and much smaller; rachis ancipitous nearly to the
apex. Australia, 1874.

C. Beddomei (Beddome's). J. about 3ft. long and Qin. broad;
segments about sin. broad; rachis sub-quadrangular; petiole
quadrangular, furnished at the base with tufted tomentum, and
in the upper third with a few minute teeth. cones (males) abont
l3in. long and 3in. in diameter, slightly stipitate, the scales
tapering from a deltoid base, acuminate. Stem (? young) a few
inches high, with closely imbricated, glabrescent leaf-hases.
India, 1883. Sir W. Thiselton Dyer considers this a reduced form
of C, circinalis. (V. L. §., ser. ii., vol. ii., p. 85.)

C. Bellefonti (Marquis de Bellefont’s). /. recurved, glabrous,
elliptic, pinnatisect ; leaflets sessile, linear-lanceolate, 34in. to
4in. long, acuminate at apex, the margins flat, glaucescent ;
petioles short, spinulose at base, the spines small, straight.
Trunk short, cylindrical, erect, clothed with fuscous-greyish
scales. Tonkin, 1886, (I. H. 1886, 586.)

C. Boddami (Boddam’s), A garden synonym of C. pluma.

C. Duivenbodei (Duivenbode’s). 7. pinnate, 3ft. to 34ft. long ;
leaflets crowded, acuminate, lin. broad. ‘liunk spiny, covered
with blackish-brown scales. Moluccas, 1886.

C. inermis (unarmed). 7. much like those of C. revoluta, but
with rather broader pinnz, which are very numerous, linear,
spiny-acuminate, and revolute on the margins; petioles usually
unarmed. Cochin China, 1848.

Cc. pluma (plume). According to Sir W. Thiselton Dyer, this
only differs from C. cireinalis in its smaller leaves with narrower
leatlets. 1877. Syns. C. Boddamiand C. squamosa (of gardens).

Cc. squamosa (scaly). A garden synonym of C. plwimna.

Cc. undulata (wavy). J. having undulated, acute, herbaceous
pinne ; petioles wholly pilose. Habitat uncertain, 1881. Closely
allied to C. circinalis.

C. Wendlandii (Wendland’s). This is describedas “‘a handsome
species from Madagascar, somewhat resembling the Dioons in
habit, but differing in the leaflets, which are not serrated.” 1895.
C. Armstrongii and C. imperialis are also, or have been, in

cultivation.

CYCLAMEN. This genns is distributed over Central
Enrope, Western Asia, and the Mediterranean region. To
the species, &c., described on pp. 417-8, Vol. L., the following
should be added :

Cc. alpinum (alpine). 7. purple-red, with a blackish eye. 7. small,
marked with white. Asia Minor, 1892. A very dwarf plant,
probably a form of C. ewropeum from a high elevation.

C. Atkinsi (Atkins’s). A variety of C. ibericwm.

globose.

A synonym of Ayenia (which

EE em

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 277

Cyclamen—continued.
Cc. Clusii (Clusius’). An Italian form of C. euwropeum.

C. colchicum (Colchican). This differs from C. ewropwum mainly
in having wider and more obtuse corolla segments, and larger
leaves and tubers. Caucasus, 1897.

Cc. cyprium (Cyprian). A synonym of C. neapolitanum.
C. hederzefolium (Ivy-leaved). A synonym of C. repandum.

C. libanoticum (Lebanon). 1. white, shading to deep pink, with
a dark crimson spot at the base, sweetly scented, about lin.
wide; peduncles about 6in. long. January and February.
1. developed before the flowers, orbicular, with a white zone,
very firm in texture. Corms large, irregular shaped. Palostine.
A yery fine, hardy species ; it prefers a half-shady situation.

C. littorale (shore-loving). An Italian form of C. ewropeum.
C. orbiculatum (orbicular). A variety of C. Cowm.
Cc. Peakianum (Peak’s). An Italian form of C. ewropwum,

Fic. 287. CYCLAMEN PERSICUM.

C. tauricum (Taurian). . pure white. J. large, often marked
with silvery-grey. Taurus, 1892. This also is probably a variety
of C. europeum.

C. vernum (vernal). A synonym of C. repandwm.

Varieties. Amongst the C. Persicwm varieties (Fig. 287),
the following may be named :

FImMBriATA, the flowers of this section are of the usual form, but
the foliage is deeply fimbriated ; GRANDIFLORA ALBA, flowers very
large, and pure white ; PAPILIO, the flowers of this section have a
great range of colour, and the petals of each being much
fimbriated, give the flowers the appearance of a butterfly; Vivip,
a very dark scarlet flower, very large.

CYCLANTHACEZ. A natural order of perennial
herbs or shrubs, all natives of tropical America. Flowers
moncecious, arranged in superposed cycles or in a con-
tinuous spiral; spadices axillary, solitary, pedunculate,
simple, rather short, cylindrical or oblong ; spathes two to
six, inserted on the peduncle, including the immature
spadix, caducous; peduncle short or elongated, sheathing
at base. Leaves distichous or spirally disposed, petiolate,
flabellate, entire, bifid, or bipartite, parallel-nerved, com-
plicate in vernation ; petioles short or elongated, sheathing
at base, Carludovica palmata yields the much-valued
straw from which are manufactured Guayaquil or Panama
hats. The order embraces four genera—Carludovica,
Cyclanthus, Iudovia, and Stelestylis—and, as at present
known, about thirty-five species,

CYCLANTHERA (from Kyklos, a circle, and anthera,
an anther; in allusion to the disposition of the anthers),
Syn. Discanthera. Orv. Cucurbitaceer. A genus embrac-
ing about a score species of stove, climbing annuals, with a
perennial root. Flowers yellow, greenish, or white,
moncecious, sometimes six-parted, usually minute; males
racemose ; females solitary. Fruit obliquely ovoid, some-
what fleshy, bristly or spiny. Leaves entire, lobed, or
pedately five- to seven-foliolate. Tendrils simple or cleft
twice or more. Only one species calls for mention here.
For culture, see Gourds.

C. pedata (pedate). Climbing Cucumber. jl., male racemes
axillary, as long as the leaves; females scarcely prickly.
Jr. glaucous-green, ovate, acute, fistular, clothed with soft
prickles. JU. cordate, pedately (about) five-lobed; lobes
mucronate, lightly argutely-serrated, slightly scabrous on both
sides ; sinus rounded. Tendrils bifid. h. 15ft. to 18ft. Mexico.

CYCLANTHUS (from Kyklos, a circle, and anthos, a
flower ; in allusion to the spiral arrangement of the flowers).
Syns. Cyclosanthes, Discanthus. Orb. Cyclanthacer. A
small genus (four or five species?) of stove, perennial,
stemless, milky herbs. Flowers odorous, the males and
females superposed in alternate rings, or disposed in a
confluent spiral; spathes numerous; peduncle very long,
naked or bracteate, cylindrical. Leaves clustered, long-
petiolate, bifarcate: segments lanceolate, one-ribbed,
plicate, parallel-nerved ; petioles terete, sheathing at base.
For culture of the species introduced, see Carludovica.

C. bipartitus (bipartite). ., spadix straight, cylindrical;
spathe yellow, four-leaved, spreading ; scape 2ft. long. /. plicate,
sometimes entire, ovate-lanceolate, but more frequently divided
more or less deeply in the upper portion—sometimes even to the
base—into two lanceolate-linear lobes; petioles 3ft. to 6ft. long.
Guiana.

Cc. cristatus (crested). /r., spadix 7in. to 8in. long, 2in. in
diameter, oblong. 7. shortly petiolate, 3ft. long, deeply bifid ;
lobes oblong, faleate-connivent, acute, 4in. to Sin. broad.
Colombia.

C. discolor (two-coloured). J. bifid, the two divisions lanceolate,
with a tapered point more or less frilled at the edges ; young
leaves streaked with a tawny-orange hue, which passes off as
they become matured. 1882. A remarkable plant.

C. Godseffianus (Godseff's). J. rich green, oblong-oboyate,
tapering to a sheathing stalk. Habitat not recorded, 1892.

CYCLONEMA. Included under Clerodendron
(which s2e).

CYCLOPIA (from Kyklos, a circle; in allusion to a
roundish mark on the standard). This is the correct name
of the genus deseribed on p. 171, Vol. II., as Ibbetsonia,
which includes about nine species. Flowers yellow, solitary
on axillary peduncles; petals about as long as the calyx;
standard nearly orbicular, twisted at base, with a short,
recurved claw; wings oblong; keel incuryed, obtusely
beaked. Pods oblong, flat, compressed. Leaves sessile,
digitately trifoliolate, or rarely with but one leaflet ; stipules
wanting. (C. genistoides is probably the only species in
cultivation.

CYCLOPOGON. A synonym of Spiranthes (which

see).

CYCLOSANTHES. A synonym of Cyclanthus
(which see).

CYCLOSIA. A synonym of Mormodes (which see).
CYCNOCHES. About fourteen species, natives of

tropical America, are included in this genus. Flowers uni-

sexual; sepals sub-equal, free, spreading; petals similar,

but rather broader ; lip fleshy, continnous with the base of
the column, spreading, contracted into a claw at the base,
above lanceolate or orbicular, entire, or variously lobed,

crested, or fringed. To the species described on p. 419,

Vol. I., the following should be added. See also uedde-

mania.

C. barbatum. The correct name is Polyeyenis barbata.

C. chlorochilum. The flowers of this species are very clearly
shown in Fig. 288, while Fig. 229 gives a good idea of the general
habit of the plant.

C. Haagii (Haag’s). fl. 2in, to 24in. broad, five to seven in inclined
racemes } sepals and petals yellowish-green, brownish-green at
back ; lip white or suffused with pale rose, sparsely spotted with
reddish-brown, cordate at base ; column long, slender, Speckled
with reddish-purple below. October. /., lower ones din. to 4in.
long, oblong-lanceolate ; upper ones 6in. to Sin. long, recurved,
rel Stem 6in. high, lin. thick. Brazil, 1891. (B. M.

502.)

278 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cycnoches—continued. Cydonia—continued.
September and October. J, lanceolate or oblong-elliptic, atten-
uated at both ends, finely toothed. Raised from seeds in 1869.
Syn. Chenomeles citripomma (R. H. 1876, 331; 1891, f. 11).

C. japonica Semirenkiana (Semirenk’s). A garden sport with
creamy leaves. 1883.

Cc. j. serotina (late). A late-flowering form of the aoe
C. (Pyrus) japonica. 1894. (R. H. 1894, p. 424, f. 155, 156,
under name of Chenomeles japonica serotina.)

C. vulgaris marmorata (marbled). A garden variety, having
the leaves variegated with white and yellow. 1890.

CYLICADENIA. A synonym of Odontadenia

(which see).

CYMATION. A synonym of Ornithoglossum
(which see).

CYMBIDIUM. Svyvy. Iridorchis. Many of the more
popular Cymbidiums, such as C. Lowianum, C. giganteum,
C. cyperifolium, C. grandiflorum (Hookerianum), and the
now plentiful and lovely C. Traceyanum, are found to
do better under cool conditions than when grown in
the stove. A winter temperature of 50deg. is quite
sufficient, with, say, a summer temperature of about
60deg. Under cooler conditions the plants do not require
so much water. In winter especially it must be given
with great discretion, or the result will be disastrous.
Excessive moisture, with cool conditions inside the honse,
generally develop ‘‘black spot’’ and disfignration of the
foliage. This must be avoided by keeping the plants in a

Tic. 288. FLOWERS OF CYCNOCHES
CHLOROCHILUM.

C. musciferum. The correct nameis Poly-
cycnis musecifera.

C. peruvianum (Peruvian). 7. disposed in
a drooping raceme; sepals and petals pale
green, spotted with purplish-brown; lip
white, cut into radiating, clavate processes.
Peru, 1891. A curious species, allied to
C. ventricosum. (LL. vii., t. 301.)

C. Pescatorei (Pescatore’s). A synonym
of Lueddemannia Pescatorei.

C. Rossianum (Ross's). /l., males yellowish-
green, with brown spots, lsin. in diameter,
disposed in slender racemes ; females bright
green, solitary, twice as large as the males.
Origin unknown, 1891.

Cc. stelliferum (star-bearing). A synonym of
C. Warscewiezii.

Cc. versicolor (various-coloured). ., males
2in. to 24in. in diameter, many in pendulous
racemes ; sepals and petals tawny-green with
a velvety gloss and with close-set, longi-
tudinal, brown lines; lip creamy-white,
spotted with red in the front of the two
erect teeth in the apical part ; female flowers
unknown. Brazil, 1888.

CYCOCTONUM ROSEUM. A
synonym of Cynanchum roseum
(which see).

CYDONIA. Syn. Chenomeles. Ben-
tham and Hooker include this genus under
Pyrus, but for horticultural purposes it
has been kept distinct in this work. To
the species and varieties described on
p. 419, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

Cc. citripomma (Citron-fruited). f. of a
brilliant cherry-red, large. Spring. fr. orange-
yellow, with an agreeable odour, egg-shaped ;
flesh yellow, firm, juicy, more or less acid;

Fic. 282. CyCNOCHES CHLORO-
CHILUM.

fairly friable condition, and the atmo-
spheric moisture must also be reduced
to a minimum, until more favourable
conditions are obtained. To the
species and varieties described on

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 279

Cymbidium—continued.
pp. 420-1, Vol. I., the following should be added. See
also Cyperorchis.

C. affine is probably identical with, or a form of, Cyperorchis
Mastersii.

C. albuczeflorum (Albuca-leaved), A synonym of C. madidum.

Cc. chleranthum (yellow-flowered). (fl. 2in. across ; sepals and
petals yellowish-green, with a few red spots at the base; lip
three-lobed, the side lobes red on the inside incurved, the front
lobe yellowish-white spotted with red; column yellow, stained
with red; racemes 15in. to 20in. long, many-flowered. May.
7. ensiform, 15in, to 20in. long, recurved Probably Australian,
1840. (B. M. 4907.)

C. cyperifolium (Cyperus-leaved). jl. four to seven, distant,
fragrant ; sepals and petals Pee green and yellow, streaked with
red, acute ; lip greenish or white, spotted with red, narrow ; scape
shorter than the leaves. J. rigid, 2ft. to 3ft. long, $in. to sin.
broad. Sub-tropical Himalaya, &c., 1895.

Cc. Dayanum is a variety of C. eburneum.

Cc. eburneum Philbrickianum (Philbrick’s). 1. white ; sepals
and petals narrow; side lobes of the lip well apart from the
narrower middle lobe ; callus narrow, with a most obscure mid-
keel. 1886. Habit that of C. Parishii.

C. elegans (elegant). Asynonym of Cyperorchis elegans.

C. ensifolium (sword-leaved). 1. greenish-yellow, very fragrant ;
sepals and petals marked with some reddish-brown, narrow
lines ; lip dotted, ovate, somewhat recurved ; scape terete, few-
flowered. Latesummer. J. ensiform, nerved. China and Japan.
(B. M. 1751.)

C. e. estriatum (not striated). ., segments very narrow ; sepals
green, with a few red lines; petals white, with some purple
lines; lip white, the middle lacinia yellow, with a few brown
spots; column white, with purple blotches in front. 7. more
than lft. long, {in. broad, with dark spots. Assam, 1887.

C. Finlaysonianum (Finlayson’s). /l. 24in. across; sepals and
etals dull yellow, linear-lanceolate ; lip not saccate, the side
obes streaked with red, the mid-lobe white, reddish-purple
towards the tip; raceme slender, 2ft. to 3ft. long. Habit as
C. alojfolium. Penang. SyYN. C. pendulwn (B. R. 1840, t. 25).

C. Gibsoni (Gibson’s). A synonym of C. lancifolium.

Cc. grandiflorum (large-flowered). The correct name of
C. Hookerianum.

Cc. g. punctatum (dotted). This form has purplish dots on the
lower parts of the segments. 1893. (L., t. 389.)

&. g. Tracyanum (H. Tracy’s). A large-flowered variety.
(J. H. ser. iii., xxi., p. 535, f. 71.)

C. Hookerianum. The correct name is C. grandijflorum.

Cc. Humblotii (Humblot’s). 7. green and black, resembling
those of Celogyne pandurata, but smaller; sepals l4in. long;
petals lfin. long, concave; lip three-lobed; panicle branched,
erect, 3ft. high, many-flowered. JZ. linear, acute, 1Jft. to 1sft.
long. Stems rhizomatous. Madagascar, 1892.

Cc. Huttoni is now regarded as synonymous with Grammangis
Huttoni.

Cc. lancifolium (lanceolate-leaved). fl. 14in. to 2in. in diameter ;
sepals white, yellowish, or greenish, lanceolate; petals white,
with a pink midrib, rather broader ; lip white, spotted with
reddish-purple, the side lobes narrow; scape nodding, six- to
eight-flowered. /. 6in. to 10in. long, long-petiolate. Stem 2in.
to 6in. long, fleshy, fusiform. Sub-tropical Himalaya, 1822.
(L. B. C. 927.) Syn. C. Gibsoni (P. F. G. iii., p. 618, f. 301).

Cc. Lowianum is probably a variety of C. gigantewm.

c. L. aureum (golden). fl. yellow, with a blotch of orange on
the lip. 1893,

Cc. L. flaveolum (yellowish). /l. of a pale yellow, large.
(L., t. 572.)

Cc. L. superbissimum (most superb). fl. having the front lobe
of the lip deep maroon-purple. 1893. (L., t. 392.)

Cc. L. viride (green). /. greenish-yellow without any purple on
the lip. 1892.

C. madidum (dyed). 1. lin. in diameter; sepals spreading, petals
smaller and erect, both (as well as the mid-lobe of the lip) dull
nankeen-yellow ; side lobes of lip stained with vinous-purple,
erect ; racemes pendulous, as long as the leaves, many-flowered.
Stems pseudo-bulbous, Jin. to 4in. long. Australia, 1840 and
1889. SyN. C. albuceflorum.

Cc. marginata (margined).
C. Mastersii is now removed to Cyperorchis.

C. Parishii is a variety of C. eburnewm.
C. pendulum (of Bot. Reg.). A synonym of C. Finlaysonianum.

C. pubescens (downy). ve lin. to lin. broad; sepals and petals
dark purple, margined with yellow or green, linear; lip
pubescent, yellow, with a broad band of reddish-purple, or
reddish-purple within the marin of the mid-lobe, the side lobes
acute ; raceme short, pendilous, six- to ten-flowered ; scape short,
decurved. 7. 1ft. to 2ft. long, it broad, obtuse. Singapore and
Borneo, 1838, (B. R. 1841, t. 38.)

1890.

1897.

A synonym of Magillaria marginata.
(L., t, 222.)

Cymbidium—continued.

C. pulcherrimum (very pretty). 7. of a waxy white, striped
and flushed with crimson; sepals and petals narrow, acute;
raceme slender; scape stout. 7. Grass-like. Northern India,

1891. A charming species.

Cc. Tracyanum (Tracy’s).
The following are hybrids :

eburneo-Lowianum ....
Lowio-eburneum

A form of C. grandijflorum.

Lowianum and eburneum (Veitch).

eburneum and Lowianum (Roth-
schild).

giganteum and eburneum (2?) Masters-
tanum (Winn).

Winnianum

CYMBURUS. A

(which see).

CYMINOSMA. A synonym of Acronychia (which

see).

CYNANCHUM. Syns. Diploglossis, Endotropis. To
the species described on p. 421, Vol. I., the following should
be added. Several plants formerly included here are now
referred to Demia, Gonolobus, Marsdenia, Tylo-
phora, and Vincetoxicum.

C. formosum (beautiful). /. pale green, pedicellate; corolla
with five spreading or reflexed lobes that are nearly fin. long ;
cymes elegant, 2sin. to 3sin. long; peduncles 4in. to 2sin. long.

ovate, elliptic-ovate, or oblong-ovate, 14in. to 4in. long,
cuspidate-acuminate, cordate at base ; petioles 4in. to 1Jjin. long.
Peru, &c., before 1855, and 1895. Plant twining, wholly glabrous.
A distinct species.

C. macrorhizon and C. purpurascens have also been introduced.

CYNIPS KOLLARI. See Oak Galls.

synonym of

Stachytarpheta

CYNOCRAMBE. A synonym of Thelygonum
(which see).
CYNOGLOSSUM. About sixty species, broadly

dispersed oyer temperate and sub-tropical mountainous

regions, are included in this genus. To those described on

p. 421, Vol. I., the following should be added. Several

plants formerly classed hereunder are now referred to

Lindelofia, Omphalodes, and Paracaryum.

Cc. furcatum (forked). jl. of a beautiful, clear blue, resembling a
Forget-me-not, in terminal spikes. June and July. J. large,
lingulate, acute, greyish-green. Stems erect, branched, forming
a bushy tuft lift. in height. India, reintroduced in 1897. A
charming biennial.

Cc. nervosum (prominently nerved). jl. of a very deep cobalt-
blue, nearly sin. across; racemes many, axillary and terminal,
3in. to 6in. long, loosely many-flowered. May. J., radical and
lower ones 6in. to 10in. long, narrowly oblanceolate, acute, with
six or more pairs of strong, scabrid nerves; petioles 2in. to 3in.
long. h. Sft. Western Himalayas, 1894. Plant strigillosely
pubescent all over. (B. M. 7513.)

CYNORCHIS (from kyon, kynos, a dog, and Orchis ;
a name altered by Lindley from the Cynosorchis of
Thouars), Syn. Cynosorchis. Orb. Orchidew. A genus
embracing about sixteen species of stove, terrestrial
Orchids, with the habit of Habenaria rotundifolia, natives
of the Mascarene Islands and tropical Africa. Flowers
mediocre or rather small, shortly pedicellate ; sepals sub-
equal, concave, at length spreading; petals similar or
smaller : lip continuous with the column, spreading, as long
as the sepals, three- to five-cleft, produced in a spur;
column yery short; raceme short or rarely elongated,
rather loose. Four species call for description. For
culture, see Bletia.

Cc. elegans (elegant). 1. whitish, with a rosy tinge, disposed in
three- to seven-flowered racemes; odd sepal gibbous, convex,
abrupt over the triangular, acute apex; side sepals ligulate,
acute or blunt-acute, longer than the odd sepal ; lip with a small
angle on each side at the base, the lamina spotted or lined deep
purple; scape slender. J. cuneate-oblong-lanceolate, acute, 24in.
long by #in. wide, light green, striped and barred mauve-purple.
Madag: scar, 1888.

C. grandiflora (large-flowered). jl. lsin. across; sepals and
petals greenish, spotted with porple, small; lip bright rose-

urple, large, four-lobed, with a long spur; scapes erect, lft.
ong, one- or two-flowered. J. ensiform, annual. Madagascar,

1893. (B. M. 7564; G. C. 1893, xiii., p. 197, f. 29.)

C. g. albata (whitish). 1. scented ; lip white, purple at base.

cs g. purpurea (purple). ji. scentless; lip purple, spotted at

Ase.

C. Lowiana (Low's). /1., opal and petals whitish-green ; lateral

sepals oblong, obtuse; odd sepal convex-oblong, blunt-acute,

shorter than the lateral ones; petals ligulate, acute; lip lilac,
three-cleft, the lateral lacinie linear, extrorse, the mid-lacinia

280

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cynorchis—continued.

deeply two-cleft, with a deep purple, obcordate spot at_base.
1. one or two, about Yin. long, Zin. wide, dark green. Mada-
gascar, 1888.

Cc. purpurascens (purplish). j., dorsal sepal green and red,
4in. long, the lateral ones pale green, sin. long ; petals rose, {in.
long; lip bright rose-red, lin. long ; peduncle 6in. to 10in. long,
two- to ten-flowered. November. J. solitary (or with a reduced
second), 6in. to Sin. long, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate. Madagascar, &c., 1894. (B. M. 7551.)

crnosoner A synonym of Cynorchis (which
see).

CYNOTIS. A synonymof Cryptostemma (which see).

CYPELLA. Including Phalocallis. This genus em-
braces eight species, natives of tropical America, differing
from Marica in their terminal, single or corymbose flowers,
plicate leaves, and terete stems.

Cc. brachypus (short-stalked). A synonym of Marica brachypus.

Cc. plumbea. Syn. Phalocallis plumbea (B. M. 3710; F. a. 8S.
395 and 1466).

CYPERORCHIS (from Cyperus and Orchis; in allu-
sion to the resemblance to Cyperus, and the affinity to
Orchis), Orv. Orchidex. A small genus (two or three
species) of stove, epiphytal Orchids, natives of the Hast
Indies and the Malayan Archipelago, formerly included
under Cymbidium. Flowers showy; sepals and petals
sub-equal, free, erect or somewhat spreading; lip sessile
at the base of the column, erect, narrow, concave, the
lateral lobes embracing the column, the middle one short,
broad, spreading ; column rather long, erect, semi-terete ;
pollen masses two; raceme many-flowered; scape erect.
Leayes long, narrow, scarcely dilated at base. Stem short,
leafy, hardened or slightly thickened at base. For culture,
see Cymbidium.

C. cochleare (ear-shaped). /l. 2in. long; sepals and the revolute
petals greenish-brown, very narrow ; lip yellow, speckled with
red, the mid-lobe golden-yellow, sub-orbicular; raceme
elongated; scape lft. to 14ft. long. J. 2ft. to ft. long, Jin. to
sin. broad. Sikkim Himalaya, 1880. Syn. Cymbidium coch-
leare.

Cc. elegans (elegant). jl. pele yellow or white, lJin. long,
inodorous, densely imbricated, remaining half-closed, cylindrical ;
lip having two orange lines on the disk ; racemes nodding, many-
flowered ; scape 6in. to 18in. long, densely clothed with sheaths
2in. to Sin. long. Autumn. J. Lift. to 2ft. long. Nepaul, 1840.
(B. M. 7007.) Syn. Cymbidium elegans (L. 8. O. 14),

C. Mastersii (Dr. Masters’). The correct name of the plant
described on p. 421, Vol. L., as Cymbidiwm Mastersti. (B. R.
1845, 50; F. M.n.s.,t. 391; L.J. F.,t. 289; P. F.G., t. 78; R., t. 66.)
Syn. Cymbidium affine (2) (W. O. A. iii. 140).

C. M. album (white). 7. pure white, with the exception of the
yellow keels; deliciously fragrant. Winter. India, 1889, (R., ii.,
t. 36, under name of Cymbidium Mastersti alow.)

CYPERUS. Mariscus (which see), formerly included
here, is now kept distinct. To the species, &c., described
on p. 422, Vol. I., the following should be added:

Cc. alternifolius variegatus gracilis (slender). A sub-
variety having filiform stems and Jeaves. 1893.

C. aristatus (awned). An annual species, scarcely 6in. high,
aebye of Mexico, and described as ‘‘a pretty, decorative plant.”
1893.

Cc. compressus (compressed). ., spikes of three to ten
spikelets, very shortly spicate; glumes densely imbricated.
1. often nearly as long as the stem, din. to din. broad. Stems
tufted, 4in. to 16in. long (or, in the dwarf form pectiniformis,
often 2in. or less). Tropics, except Australia, 1870. Plant green,
glabrous. Stove.

Cc. esculentus (edible). 7., spikelets yellow or yellowish-brown ;
glumes plicate-striate over nearly their whole length. J. (and
bracts) long. Stem erect at base. Stolons lateral, long, very
slender, bearing tubers. South Europe, India, &c. Half-hardy,

C. distans (distant). A synonym of Mariseus ferax.

C. ferox (fierce). A synonym of Mariscus ferax.

Cc. gracilis (slender). A sub-variety of C. alternifolius variegatus.

C. laxus. Of this species there is a variegated-leaved form,
variegata, 1881.

C. natalensis (Natal). A garden name for Mariscus wmbilensis.

C. Papyrus (Papyrus). The correct name of Papyrus anti-
quorum,

C. reflexus (reflexed). This is described as “a graceful plant,
densely tufted, with light green leaves.” Argentina, 1895.
eitbouge a perennial, it flowers the same year when raised from
seeds,

Cc. umbilensis, A synonym of Mariscus umbilensis.

CYPHIA. To the species described on p. 422, Vol. L,
the following should be added :

C. tortilis (twisted). fl. lilac, axillary, small, solitary; petals
recurved at apex. Jl. alternate, petiolate, glabrous, 4in. to 1jin.
long, the lower ones spathulate-obovate or oblanceolate, the upper
ones lanceolate or linear-lanceolate. Stem twining, glabrous.
Tubers succulent, edible. South Africa, 1894.

CYPHOKENTIA. ‘Two species of unarmed, stove
Palms, natives of New Caledonia, form this genus. Flowers
arranged as in Cyphophenix; spathes two, deciduous ;
bracts short, continuous with the spadix ; bracteoles small,
imbricated, forming a short cup. Leaves terminal, pinna-
tisect ; segments elongated-ensiform, narrowed at apex, the
margins recurved at base.

CYPHOMANDRA. Syns. Cyathostyles, Pallavicinia.
Flowers pedicellate, racemose ; corolla deeply five-lobed.
Fruit an oblong or globose, usually large berry. Leaves
entire, three-lobed, or pinnatisect.

tales ee aie A synonym of Cyrtanthus (which
see).

CYPHOPHENIX (from kwphos, bent, and Phenix, a
Palm-tree ; in allusion to the curved spadix of one of the
species in fruiting, and to the affimity of the genus).
Orp. Palme. A small genus (two species) of stove,
unarmed Palms, natives of New Caledonia, and closely
allied to Cyphosperma. Flowers moncecious on the same
spadix, spirally disposed in threes, a female between
two males; spadix robust, paniculatély branched, the
branches elongated. Fruit brown, mediocre, clongated-
ovoid or ellipsoid. Leaves terminal, pinnatisect; segments
coriaceous, elongated-ensiform, narrowed at apex, thickened
on the margins. There is a specimen of C. elegans (SYN.
Kentia elegans) at Kew, but it is not in general cultivation.

CYPHOSPERMA. Flowers brown, arranged as in
Cyphophenia ; spadix branches somewhat distichons ; bracts
short. Fruit brown, small, globose or cubical-ovoid. Leaves
terminal, pinnatisect ; segments narrow-ensiform, pramorse-
toothed, thickened and recurved at base.

CYPRESS, AFRICAN. See Widdringtonia.

CYPRESS, DECIDUOUS. ‘See Taxodium di-
stichum.

CYPRIPEDIUM. Syn. Criosanthes. This genus
embraces about sixty species, natives of Europe, temperate
and tropical Asia, North America, and Mexico. With
the exception of the Cattleya family, no Orchids have
been so extensively used for hybridisation as the
Cypripedium and Selenipedium. The result is that the
increase in variety has been enormous. In many instances
most successful and desirable forms haye been produced,
while in others practically failures have to be recorded. It
isremarkable also that when failures have occurred such
have been from the use of some of the best species. Take for
example C. Spicerianum. Such a fine species naturally was
looked upon as a likely parent, and extensively used. The
records, however, show that though it has been used in the
production of nearly a hundred distinct crosses, out of this
number it would be difficult to name a dozen really good
things. The majority are useful for cut-flower purposes,
retaining the free-flowering characteristics of C. Spicer-
ianum, but in point of beauty and quality they are not to be
compared with the parent species.

The introduction of species duxing the past few years
has brought fresh material to the hand of the hybridist,
and this has enabled him to eyolye a new section of
hybrids. The most remarkable are those derived from the
use of C. bellatulum as a parent. Still more wonderful is
the rapidity -with which these have been produced, as it
was only in the year 1888 that C. bellatulwm was first
introduced. These crosses, as a reference to the list of
hybrids will show, now reach a formidable total, and are
more sought after and more valuable than any of the
Cypripedinms.

C.. Rothschildianum has so far proved most successful in
the few instances in which it has been used. Secondary
hybrids also are now being freely produced, so that, in a
few years’ time, we may look forward to quite a new class.

Recently a fresh classification of the genus has been
arranged. In the body of this work we recognised the
natives of the Western hemisphere as Selenipediums—that
is, the class to which S. caudatwm, S. Schlimii, &c.,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

281

Cypripedium—continwed.

belong, retaining the original name of Cypripedium for the
Eastern section. We still retain these names for the species
and list of hybrids, as we do not consider the matter
sufficiently familiar outside the ‘specialist’? to adopt the
newly classified names; but as they may be useful for
reference purposes we give them together with a few of
species in each division.

ro)

Fic. 290. FLOWERS OF HARDY CYPRIPEDIUMS.

CypripeDiumM. This is confined to what is termed the
hardy section (see Fig. 290), to which C. pubescens,
C. calceolus, &e., belong.

PAPHIOPEDIUM includes the whole of the Eastern section,
previously classed as Cypripediums.

_PHRAGMIPEDIUM includes the species previously dis-
tinguished as Selenipedinms, such as S. caudatum,
S. Lindleyanwm, 8. longifolium, S. Schlimii, &e.

SELENIPEDIUM. This embraces three kinds practically
unknown in cultivation. They are natives of Guiana,
Brazil, and Central America—S. chica, S. Isabellianum,
and S. palmifolium (of Reichenbach).

To those described on pp. 423-7, Vol. I., the following
should be added. Except where otherwise indicated, they

Fic, 291. FLOWERS of CYPRIPEDIUM BELLATULUM.

Wok .Ws

Cypripedium—continued.
require stove treatment. Several species formerly included
here are now referred to Selenipedium.
Cc. Appletonianum (Appleton’s). <A form of C. Bwllenianwm.

C. Argus Moensii (Moens’). ., dorsal sepal and petals broader
than in the type ; spots on the petals larger and more numerous.

Fic. 292. CYPRIPEDIUM CALLOSUM SANDER

Cc. barbatum Crossii. The correct name of C. Crossii. SYN.
C. orbum. .

Cc. b. Warnerianum (Warner's). /., dorsal sepal white, striped
green towards the base, with a transverse band of vinous purple,
large ; petals green-striped above, white towards the base, the
rest purple, tipped white; lip deep
brownish-purple. March to May. J. dis-
tinctly tessellated. India. (W. S. O. iii.
11.) There is another variety, Obrienit.

C. bellatulum (rather pretty). fl. white
or whitish-yellow, spotted all over, and
as much as llin. in circumference ; stami-
node very long, oblong, tridentate at
apex, beautifully spotted, almost free
from hairs. 7. 10in. long, 3in. wide, beau-
tifully marbled with light, hieroglyphic
spots on the upper surface, the lower one
being covered with innumerable brown
dots. 1888. See Fig. 291. The variety
album has pure white flowers and green
leaves. 1895.

Cc. Boxallii atratum (dark). ., dorsal
sepal green, speckled blackish-brown ;
lip and lateral petals reddish-purple irre-
gularly mixed with light green, the nppae
margin white. 1887. (G. C. 887,i., p. 210.)

C. Bullenianum (Bullen’s). /. somewhat
smaller and appearing earlier than in
C. Hookere (to which this species is
allied); upper sepal with some blackish
streaks at base; petals with three or
four small, blackish warts on each mar-
gin, and having the dilated apical portion
edged with pale yellowish-green. North
Borneo, 1862. ‘There are three varieties :
anophthalmum, Appletonianum, and ocu-
latum.

Cc. Burbidgei (Burbidge’s).
of C. Dayanum.

A synonym

20

282

Cypripedium—continued.

C. californicum (Californian). /. lin. to 1}in. across the petals ;
sepals pale brownish-yellow, the lateral ones united into a boat-
shaped limb; petals dull yellow; lip white, with a little pink,
and obscurely spotted with brown, obovoid-globose, hairy at
base within. May. J. 3in. to 4in. long, acute. Stem lft. to 2ft.
high, leafy. California, 1888. Half-hardy. (B. M. 7188; G. & F.
1888, p. 281.)

C. callosum (hard). /. very large, remaining some weeks in
perfection ; dorsal sepal pure white, striped with dark chocolate-
crimson, 24in. across; petals and pouch soft rose or crimson on a
greenish-white ground. Cochin China, 1885. J. oval-oblong,
acute, 6in. to 9in. long, with blackish-green markings. Green-
house. In growth this plant resembles a strong C. barbatum.
(G. C. 1887, i., p. 315; J. H. 1887, p. 7, f.1; L. i, t. 75; R. H.
1888, p. 252.)

C. c. Sandersze (Mrs. Sander’s).
white, with a few lines of emerald-green at base.
Fig. 292.

fl. pale; dorsal sepal snow-
894. See

Fig. 295. FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM CURTISII.

Cc. Chamberlainianum (Rt. Hon. J. Chamberlain’s). fl. rosy-
purple and white, in form somewhat resembling those of
C. spectabile ; sepals strongly pubescent at back; bracts large,
boat-shaped ; scapes 2ft. high. J. strap-shaped. New Guinea,
1892. (G. C. 1892, xi., p. 241, f. 34; Gn. 1893, p. 304; J. H. 1892,
p. 294, f. 49; R. H. 1893, p. 141.)

Cc. Chantinii (Chantin’s). A form of C. insigne.

Cc. Charlesworthii (Charlesworth’s). _/l., dorsal sepal white,
veined with rosy-purple, 24in. wide, the lower one greenish-white,
lin. broad ; petels yellowish, tinged with brown, 14in. long ; pouch
similarly coloured, somewhat like that of C. insigne. 18958, Habit

as C. Spicerianum. (G. C. 1893, xiv., p. . 70; J. A.
p307, F485 ( , xiv., p. 457, f. 70; J. H. 1893,

Cc. ciliolare (ciliolated). This much resembles C. superbiens ;
sepals and petals having more numerous nerves and more hairy
margins ; nail of the lip shorter, and the staminode lower and
pepe etena cares ae Mt ae nee l. ee on Poe eee

b ore in length. ilippines, : m Lo5 Xviii.,
p. 488; I. H. 1884, t. 580.) GERI cedeae

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cypripedium—continued.

C. concolor chlorophyllum (creen-leaved). l. covered with
small spots. J. free from marbling. 1886.

Cc. c. Regnieri Ciemnicrs}. s yellow, with a purple blotch on
the outside of the sepals, the staminode ochre, dotted with
purple, and having a white margin in front. J. large, well
marbled. 1886,

Cc. c. sulphurinum (sulphur-coloured). . light sulphur, with
two dark yellow blotches. 1888.

Cc. c. tonquinense (Tonkin). 1. larger than in the type. Tonkin,
1887. (L. ii. 77.) Syn. C. tonquinense.

Cc. Crawshayz (Mrs. Crawshay’s). jl. very large, dorsal sepal
ure white, with a pale greenish spot at base ; petals, lip, and
ower sepals of a pale greenish-yellow. J. fleshy, bright green

above, greyish beneath. Shan States,1898. Allied to C. Charles-
worthii, but quite distinct.

C. Crossii is a variety of C. barbatum.

C. Curtisii (Curtis’). This is much like C. ciliolare ; the petals are
narrower, with shorter cilize and smaller spots, which latter are
numerous at the tops of the petals; lip large, with acute side
angles, May and June. Jl. oblong or oval-oblong, 6in. to 8in.
long, tessellated with fee and pale green. Sumatra, 1882.
See tig. 293. (G. C. 1890, vii., p. 557, £. 90; L. iii, t. 140;
W. O. A. iii., t. 122.)

C. Elliottianum (Elliott’s). A synonym of C. Rothschildianum.

C. Exul (exile). /., dorsal sepal white, yellow at base, irregu-
larly blotched with purple; poss resembling those of C. insigne ;
lip like that of C. Druryi. 1. as in C. insigne, but much stouter.
Siam, 1892. (G. C. 1892, xi., p. 523, £. 77.)

Cc. E. Imschootianum (Imschoot’s), fl. larger than in the type;
dorsal sepals having darker spots. 1892. (LL. vii., t. 327.)

C. fasciculatum (fascicled). jl. lin. to 14in. in diameter ; sepals
and petals greenish, lanceolate, acute; lip greenish-yellow, with
a purplish-brown margin ; spike one- to four-flowered. JZ. twin,
ovate or broadly elliptic. North-west America, 1888. More
eae than beautiful. Hardy. (G. & F. 1888, i, p. 90,

Cc. glanduliferum (gland-bearing). An old name for C. prestans.
C. humile (dwarf). A synonym of C. acaule.
C. Hyeanum (Hye’s). A form of C. Lawrenceanum.

C. insigne albens (whitish). 1. yellow and white, with scarcely
any of the brown markings of the type. 1893.

Cc. i. albo-marginatum (white-margined). l., dorsal sepal
yellowish-green, broadly margined white, spotted brown on the
ereen part; petals tawny-yellow, with darker veins; lip pale

rownish, yellow inside. India, 1886. A distinct variety.
(W. O. A. 232.)

C.i. aureum (golden). This variety is remarkable for the golden
glow which pervades the flowers, the colouring of which is in
other respects of the normal character. 1882.

C. i. Chantinii (Chantin’s). The correct name of C. t. punctatum
violaceum (Gn. xxi., t. 542).

Cc. i. longisepalum apone zenaled): jl. pale, unspotted ; dorsal
sepal 2sin. long. 1890.

Cc. i, montanum (mountain-loving), This name has-been given
to a series of forms, some of which are distinguished by their
ae a flowers and by their shorter and narrower leaves.

> te te

C.i. Mooreanum (Moore's). jl. 5in. in diameter ; dorsal sepal
greenish-yellow, striped green, broadly margined white, with
very large, dull purple spots ; petals pale yellowish-green, flushed
rosy-crimson, blotched at base ; lip bright bronze ; spikes 18in. to
20in. long. J. 14in. long. 1887.

C. i. Sanders (Mrs. Sander’s). jl. primrose-yellow, with a broad,
white, apical margin, and a few brown dots on the central veins
of the upper sepal. See Fig. 294.

There are several other minor varieties of C. insigne, but the
preceding are all that call for description here.

Cc. javanicum (Javanese). ji. 3in. across vertically ; sepals and
petals pale green, ciliolated, the petals blackish-dotted and with
one-third dull purple ; lip brownish-green, nearly cylindrical, the
infolded lobes spotted with purple ; scapes one- or rarely two-
flowered. J. elliptic-oblong, 6in. to 8in. long, sparingly mottled.
Eastern Java, 1840. (F. d. 58. vii., t. 703.)

C. j. virens (greenish). See C. virens,
C.levigatum. The correct name is C. philippinense.

Cc. Lawrenceanum Hyeanum (Hye's). jl., dorsal sepal white,
veined green, large; petals ciliated; lip entirely green. Borneo,
1886, Syn. C. Hyeanwm.

There are many other varieties of C. Lawrenceanum, mainly
distinguished by the prominence and rich colour of the veins of
the upper sepal, which colour is sometimes diffused over the
greater part of the surface.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 283

Cypripedium—continued.

Fig. 294, FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM INSIGNE SANDER

Cc. macranthon [not macranthum). See Fig. 295. There is a
variety ventricosum (S. B. F. G. iv., t. 1) with sepals and petals
often 2in. long and the lip lin. to ljin. in diameter. Thibet,
Siberia, &c., 1877.

C, margaritaceum (pearly). /., sepals and petals deep purple,
with rows of blackish-purple dots, shortly ciliated; lip dark
brown, covered with small tubercles, slightly concave above,
with a circular orifice formed by the short auricles overlapping
each other; scape one-flowered. J. twin, glaucous-green, spotted
with purplish-brown. Yunnan, China, 1888. .

Cc. montanum (mountain-loving). jl. brownish-purple, with a
white lip, striped with red inside; column yellow, spotted with
crimson. J. lanceolate, pubescent. Ah. about 1ft. Oregon, 1883.
A beautiful little, hardy Orchid. (B. M. 7319; F. & P. 1883,
p. 10.) Syn. C. occidentale (R. G. 1036).

Cc. nigritum (blackish). jl. near those of a dark variety of
C. barbatum ; dorsal sepal oblong, acute, the lateral ones forming
@ very narrow body; petals much narrower than the dorsal
sepal. J. like those of C. virens, Borneo, 1882.

C. occidentale (Western). A synonym of C. montanum.
Cc. orbum (orb-like). A synonym of C. barbatum Crossii.
C. Pearcei (Pearce’s). A synonym of Selenipediwm caricinwm.

C. philippinense (Philippines). The correct name of C. levi-
gatum. SYN. C. Roebelenii.

Cc. Pitcherianum (Pitcher’s). A synonym of C. Argus.

Cc. prestans (excelling). #. nearly as large as those of
Selenipedium grande; sepals nearly equal, the dorsal one banded
green and maroon; petals peand , suffused rose at base,
and spotted maroon along the margins, linear-ligulate, much
undulated at base; lip greenish-yellow, with a golden crest,
shaped like that of C. Stonei, having a very long, channelled
stalk ; peduncle dark-hairy, five-flowered. Papua, 1884. (G. C.
1887, ii., p. 814; I. H. ser. v. 26.)

C. Reichenbachianum (Reichenbach’s). A synonym of
Selenipedium longifolium.

C, reticulatum (netted). A synonym of Selenipedium Boissieri-
anum.

C. Roebelenii (Roebelen’s). A synonym of C. philippinense.

| Cypripedium—continued.

C. Rothschildianum (Baron F. de Roth-
schild’s). jl., odd sepal yellowish, with blackish
longitudinal stripes, and white borders, cuneate-
oblong, acute; lateral ‘sepals united into one
smaller, shorter body; petals yellowish-green,
with dark lines, and with dark blotches at base ;
lip cinnamon-brown, the mouth bordered ochre,
very strong, almost leathery; staminode rising
erect froma stout base, and bending down into
a narrow, beak-like process. J. above 2ft. long,
from 2sin. to 3in. wide, glossy green, very strong.
Papua, 1887. See Fig. 296. (B. M. 7102.) Syn.
C. Eltiottianum (G. C. 1888, iv., p. 556).

C. Sanderz (Mrs. Sander’s). A provisional
name for a plant described as having a large,
spear-shaped dorsal sepal coloured crimson,
yellow, and green; broad, yellow and red petals;
and a long, narrow, yellow lip. Habitat not
stated, 1896.

Cc. Sanderianum (Sander’s). j., sepals yellowish-
green, nerved purplish-brown; petals purplish-
brown, fading to yellowish, spotted and barred
purplish-brown towards the base, where there are
some retrorse, purple bristles, linear, twisted,
lft. to 1sft. long; lip greenish-bronze, in shape
resembling that of C. Stonei. Malay Archipelago,
1886. (R. 3.)

C. Schomburgkianum (Schomburgk’s). This
is described as a “small species, with linear
leaves and elegant flowers; it is very near
C. caricinum.” British Guiana, 1890.

Fic. 295. FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM MACRANTHON.

C. spectabile album (white). A variety with pure white
flowers. 1897.

C. Stonei candidum (white). /. ivory-white, the petals tinged
with rose and the lip with lilac. 1892, The type is a native of
Borneo, not Brazil.

284 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Cypripedium—continued.

Cc. S. platyteenium (broad-bordered). l., dorsal sepal white,
acre ne petals whitish outside, spotted and tinted
yellow, deep crimson-purple at the tips, the inner surface white,
blotched reddish-purple. Sarawak. (F. M. ser. ii. 414; G. C.
1867, p. 1118; R. xX. O. ii. 161; W. S. O. iii. 14.)

Fic. 296.

FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM ROTHSCHILDIANUM.

C. tonquinense (Tonkin). A variety of C. concolor.

C, tonsum (shorn). /., dorsal sepal whitish, with twenty-one
green nerves, a small brown blotch on each border inside, and a
green disk outside, the lower sepals half as long as the lip ;
petals oblong-ligulate, acute, nearly free from ciliw#, green,
washed with sepia, and spotted with dark brown ; lip greenish,
the upper surface washed with sepia. J. rather narrow, marked
asin C. Dayanum. Sumatra, 1883. (G. C. 1883, xx., p. 262.)

ventricosum (big-bellied). A variety of C. macranthon.

Cc. venustum Measuresianum (Measures’). jl. white and
green. 1893.

Cc. v. pardinum (leopard-marked). ., sepals and petals white,
striped green, the petals also blotched dark chocolate; lip
greenish-yellow, marked rose. 1887. Perhaps the finest, and
certainly the largest-flowered, variety. (F. M.n.s., t. 51; G. C.
1887, i., p. 382.)

C. Victoriz-Mariz (Victoria Maria’s). ”. 3in. long; sepals
green, the dorsal one streaked with red ; petals green, with broad
purple margins and nerves, 2in. long; lip dull purple, green
round the mouth, 2in. long, Zin. broad; racemes erect, many-
flowered, scape 14ft. high. March. J. lft. long, l4in. to 2in.
broad, emarginate. Sumatra, 1897. (B. M. 7573.)

C. villosum. Of the numerous varieties of this species the
following are all that call for description here. See Fig. 297.

Cc. v. aureum (golden). jl. 6in. across; upper part of the
dorsal sepal bright yellow, broadly margined with white. Moul-

mein. A fine variety.

C. v. Boxallii. See C. Boxallii.

Cc. v. Gortoni (Gorton’s). fl. ofa purplish colour. 1893.

Cc. v. Measuresianum toassires ) jl. having large, dark
blotches, as in C. Boxallii atratum. 1893.

C. virens (green). fl. having the sepals and petals of a deeper
and brighter green than in C. javaniewm (to which this species
is closely allied); petals spreading, reflexed beyond the middle;
lip of a deeper brown and glossier. North Borneo, 1858.
(R. X. O. ii., t. 162.) Syn. C. javanicum virens.

C. Volonteanum (Volonte’s). #. more brilliantly coloured and
larger in all their parts. J. shorter, narrower, and more rigid.

Cypripedium—continued.

Otherwise closely resembling C. Hookerw. Borneo, 1890. (G. C.
1890, viii., p. 66, under name of C. Hookere Volonteanum.) The
form giganteum has flowers twice as large as in the type.
1893. (J. H. 1893, p. 27, f. 4.)

C. Warnerianum (Warner's). A form of C. barbatum.

C. Wolterianum (Wolter’s). 7. like those of C. Lowii (which the
plant resembles in general appearance), but differing principally
in the smaller inferior sepal, in the colour of the basal part of the
petals, in the entirely different staminode, and in their smooth-

ness. Habitat not recorded, 1895.
Hybrids. The following is a list of Cypripedium and

Selenipediam hybrids up to date, together with their
recorded parentage as far as ascertainable.

Abas Stoneii and villosum (Veitch).

Acis Lawrenceanum and insigne Maulei
(Veitch).

ACTAUG sen shah oes ioie re Leeanum and insigne Sandere
(Veitch).

FO 9 ty 2) ) Curtisit and Rothschildianum
(Sander).

Adonis ..............-. hirsutissimum and Curtisii (Ingram).

Adrastus ... Leeanum and Boxallii (Veitch).

Molus .. philippinense and villosum (Veitch).

Hsculapius Lawrenceanum and Harrisianum

(R. L Measures).

it and insigne (Veitch).

Roezlii and Sedenii.

Leeanum superbum and cenanthum
superbum (Sander).

Schlimii and Sedenii (Sander).

Syn. Lathamianum.

Leeanum var.

Schlimii and Dominii (Veitch).

AG30n....
Ainsworthii ......
A. J. Harrington ......

albanensiz ....
Albert Hye ..
Albertianum ....
albo-purpureum

Aleides se insigne and hirsutissimum (Sander).
Alcides Cleo..........-- insigne Chantinit and hirsutissimum
(Graves).

SLE CUYD = etre Sian etate peice barbatum Crossti and Spicerianum
(Veitch).
AUPP OM SE oiadsperclen caste philippinense and venustum (Drewett).

Alfred Blew....
Alfred Bleu.... ...
Alfred Hollington......

ciliolare and insigne Chantinii (Bleu).
Crossianum and villosum (Bleu).
ciliolare and philippinense (Holling-
ton).
Harrisianum © vivicans
ianum (Sander).
Spicerianum and Stoneii (Drewett).
Harrisianum and insigne (Lebeuf).
Spicerianum and Curtisii (Pitcher).

A'fred Truffaut........ and Spicer
ATLAS cee ome ani Nes eter
Alice Gayot..
Allanianum

Allanianum superbum Spicerianum and Curtisii (R. L
Measures).

allertionense .......... villosum and bellatulum (Tate).

Qlmogsnics Al. villosum aureum and insigne (Ebner).

QUNUM. core pieere step sretsis barbatum and Lawrenceanum (Cook-
son).

ALD er cranes Spicerianum and Arthurianum pul-

chellum (Veitch).

Fic. 297. FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM VILLOSUM.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 285

Cypripedium—cont inued.

SAT DOTE) weiaicinic wai tiais is ='= i=
CATURUREE iP aiesisielb vices.

amabile.. .
amandune
Amesi@........
Amesianum......
amethystinum
Ameena a sfagatere’a ts
Amphion ......

Andronicus ......
Angilie

annaerti ..
annamense

Anna Savage .........+
Annie Ayling..
Annie Louise
Annie Measur
Antigone ....
Anton Jolly ..
Aphrodite... .

apiculatum
Apollo

Lawrenceanum Hyeanwm and Roth-
schildianum (Gratrix).

javanico - superbiens and Hookere
(Seeger).

Boxallii and Dauthierii (Page).

insigne and venustum (Warner).

Syn. Mrs. F. L. Ames.

villosum and venustum (Williams).

villosum and Hookerce (Bleu).

Syn. Surprise.

Harrisianum and Lawrenceanum

(R. H. Measures).

Cypripedium—conlinued.
Appletonie ............ Harrisianum and ciliolare (Appleton).

BA PPPLLGRE Ro cteistat sl ial sicteceialeis « Lathamianum and callosum (Charles-
worth).

PAT OLElatsle eisai eee insieicia Spicerianum and concolor (Veitch).

Argo-Arthurianum .... Argus and Arthurianum (R. I.
Measures).

Argus and callosum (Cappi).

Argus and Morganice (Lawrence).

Argus and Spicerianum (Low).

Argus and Stoneti (Cookson)

Spicerianum and selligerwm
(Statter).

Argo-callosum .
Argo-Morganiw ........
Argo-Spicerianui, .
Argo-Stoneti... ..
Ariadne

MAjUsS

Tic, 298. CyPRIPEDIUM ARTHURIANUM.

Syn. W. R. Lee (R. H. Measures).
callosum and Leeanwm (Martin).
insigne and Ashburtonic.
Ashburtonie expansum and Numa
(Statter).
Curtisit and Chas. Canham (Kimball).
Curtisti and concolor (Hollington).
Syn. Cowleyana.
bellatulum and Dayanum (Sander).
Lawrenceani sn and niveum (Veitch).
vernixium and Spicerianum (Jolly).
niveum and Lawrenceanum (Veitch).
Boxallit and barbatum (Veitch).
Stoneti and vexillarium (KR. IL
Measures).

Arnoldianum .. 0.0...
Arnoldi .....
A. R. Smith
Artemis .......

concolor and superbiens (Pitcher).
bellatulum and superciliare (Sander).
callosum and Druryii (Sander).
Dayanum and Swanianum (Veitch).

Arthur .....: venustum and philippinense (Drewett).

Arthurianun insigne and Fairieanum (Veitch).
See Fig. 298.

Fairieanun

Arthurianum Bula \ Por Chantinii and
Lie ey ae tee hfe) (Weitch):

Ashburtonie .. barbatum and insigne (Cross).

4A shburtoniodes ... Syn. Pitcherianum.

Ashtonii .............. ciliolare superbum
majus (Lewis).

Leeanum superbum and Spicerianum
(Sander).

and selligerum

Ashworthie .......6..05

286 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Cypripedium—continued.

Ashworthianum........ Spicerianum and Crossii (Sander).

Ashworthii . plunerum and Spicerianum (Sander).

ABDUSUE Te cet vcr oaieaie c= selligerum majus and _ tonsum
(Sander).

Aspasioides .....+++++++ cane tira majusand Argus (Rothwell).
ARTO G iaiee'oisiemiaciclerosicle philippinense and Spicerianum
(Veitch).

ALTODOR a'a/cie|ois\s1s «i= 51" sles Ashburtonie expansum and purpura-

tum (Young).
Atropurpureum........ barbatum nigrum and Hookere
(Bleu).
EP aoa atid MODROAEEED Syn. Fitchianum.
Augusta .... .. Syn. Surprise.
augustum....... villosum and Haynaldianum (Pitcher).
murantiacuin ... Syn. Crossianum.
aurewm....... Syn. Surprise.
auricularum . Syn. vernixium. :
auroreum... pana and venustwm (Cook-
son).
Aylingii . niveum and ciliolare (Hollington).
Baconis .. . Chlorops and Schlimii (Sander).
Ball, G.S. ... .. Syn. radioswn.
barbato-bellum ......-- barbatum Crossii and _ bellatuluwimn
(Lawrence).
barbato-Charlesworthii.. barbatum Warneriiand Charlesworthii
(Lumsden).
barbato-purpurato...... barbatum and purpuratum (Pitcher).
barbato-Veitchii........ barbatum and superbiens (Bleu).
Baron Schroder........ enanthum superbum and Fairie-
anum (Veitch).
Bartethté .... <2..2..- . tnsigne Chantinii and barbatum
(Baeur).
Bartettit augustum.... barbatwm Crossii and insigne Kim-
balliana (Pitcher).
Basilewm .....+.ceeseee Druryii and Lawrenceanum (R. H.
Measures).
Batalinii .............. purpuratum and Argus (Sander).
Beatrice | aoe saree Boxallii and Lowti (Drewett).
Beatrice Ashworth .... Leeanwm and venustum (Ashworth).
Beechense ... c Curtisii and superbiens.
Beeckmanii . Boxallit and bellatulum (Linden).
Behrensiana ...... .. Io Grande and Boxallii (Sander).
bellato-venustum ...... venustum and bellatulum (Lord
Burton).
bellato-vexillariwm .... ee and vexillarium (Briggs-
ury).
bellinum ..... occdgonAd vernixium and Harrisianum superbum
(Sander).
Bellona ....... weeeeees. Syn. Lathamianum.
Bellume ....... eneacioas eesti and hirsutissimum (Vuyl-
steKe).
belmedianum .......... Stoneii and Farieanwm (Lumsden),
BEWUB Ts cixcresis lente Seiaea Harrisianum nigrum and Masters-
tanum (Young).
Berenice ....... neiocen philippinense and Lowii.
WEJOU fora cle civiaisioseeistee tate enanthum and Lawrenceanum (In-
gram).
bingleyense ..........+- Charlesworthii and Harrisianum
(Keeling).
Bolerlaerianuim ......++ eae and Harrisianwm (Pen-
wels).
Boltonianum .......... ‘calophyllum and Leeanum superbum
(Sander).
Bonnyanum .......+05 villosum and unknown (Bonny).
Bookertt, .....scsaccees ciliolare and Spicertanwm (Lewis).
Bosschevianuin .. Syn. Eyermanniana.
Bowlemy® ......-..005 Syn. Calypso.
Bozallio - Rothschildia-\ Boxallii and Rothschildianum (R. I.
MULM) wcicclavidacenceties Measures).
Boyleanum ...... 0.6005 ne and Harrisianum (San-
er).
Bradshawianum ...... Syn. radiosum.
Bragaianum Syn. Godsefianum.
Brayanum .... Syn. Harrisianum.
Brennuad Titel. - esos enanthum superbum and Harris-
: ianum (R. H. Measures).
BROWNE cas le seeeioeen Leth dato | and leucorrhodum
(Pitcher).
Brunianwin Leeanum and enanthum superbum
(Sander).
Bruno .. Spicerianum and Leeanum (Veitch).
Bryan philippinense and Argus (Cookson).

Brysa reticulatum and Sedenii candidulwin
(Veitch).

Buchanianum ........ Druryii and Spicerianum (Buchan).

Burbidgeanum .. Dayanum and concolor.

Burberryanum .... Boxallit and plunerwm (Sander).

burfordiense ...... Argus and philippinense (Lawrence).

Burggrenianum. . Dauthierii and insigne (Sander).

Burtontt .......00. Lowii and Hookerce (Burton).

Cahuzac ....... i Spicerianum and Haynaldianum
(Sander).

Calanthum ......00.... barbatum Warnerti and Lowii
(Veitch).

ealgors seceseseeees venustum and Dayanum (Veitch).

Calliope........sssse0- . callosum and Lathamianum (Clarke).

Cypripedium—continued.

callo-bellum .......2.0++ callosum and bellatulum (Lawrence).

calloso-Argus - callosum and Argus.

calloso-barbatum callosum and barbatum (Charles-
worth).

callosum and nivewm (R. H. Measures).

calloso-niveum

calloso-Rothschildianum callosum and Rothschildianum
(Fowler).

calophyllum............ barbatum and venustum (Williams).

COMUTUMN .. ccccseeese longifolium and Sedenii (Veitch).

Calypso ................ Spicerianum and Boxallit (Veitch).

Cambridgeanum ...... Harrisianum and insigne punctatum
i violaceum (R. I. Measures).

Captain Holford ...... superbiens and hirsutissimum (Veitch).

Captain Lendy ........ Bozallii and Charles Canham

(Ingram).

Fig. 299. BLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM CARDINALE,

COPOUNIE |. oc is nisicnnee ns Sedeniti and Schlimii albijlorum
(Veitch). See Fig. 299.

Cardinal-Schlim ...... cardinale and Schlimii (R. I.
Measures).

Carl Peeters. ajce ves nan Syn. Chas. Richman.

Carnusianun .......- Haynaldianum and_ Spicerianum
(Carnuse).

Cagrierianac. acces tesa superbiens and venustum (Carrier).

CUsstOpe we cciec sven sine venustum and Hookere (Seeger).

Castleanwm ...........- hirsutissimum and superbiens
(Sander).

Cecilia acre ess esas Syn. Maynardii.

Celeus Syn. nitens.

Celia ... Spicerianum and Lowianum (Low).

Ceres hirsutissimum and Spicerianum
(Drewett).

Chamber-Leeanum .... Chamberlainianum and Leeanum
(Van Gert).

Chantino-ciltolari ...... insigne Chantinii and ciliolare (Bleu).
Chantino-Reignerii .... insigne Chantinit and concolor Reig-
nerit (Bleu).

Chapmanii ............ Curtisti and bellatulum (R. I.
Measures).

Chapmanii magnisicum. bdellatulum and Curtisiti (R. I.
Measures). See Fig. 500.

Charles Canham ....-- villosum and surperbiens (Veitch).

Charles Gorndcin ...... insigne Chantinit and vernixiwin

F (Jolibois). 4

Charles Reffold ........ genanthum superbum and Spiceri-
anum (Ingram).

Charles Richman ...... bellatulum and barbatum (Richman).
Charles Steinitz ........ philippinense and Lawrenceanum
(Sander).

Charlesianum.........- Sallierii and Leeanum superbum,
Charpinianum .. Spicerianum and Morganie.

chelsiense ............-. Lowii and barbatum Warnerii (Bull).

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC. 287

Cypripedium—continued.

Cypripedium—continued.

FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM CHAPMANII MAGNIFICUM.

conco-bellatulum ......
conco-callosum

Constableanum ...

Gowerianum and Rothschildianum
(Schofield).

barbatum and venustum (Warner).

longifolium Hartwegii and cari-
cinum (Sander).

caudatum and conchiferum (Seeger).

ciliolare and villosum (Lewis).

Syn. nitens.

Spicerianum and vernixium.

Harrisianum and insigne Chantinii
(Jolibois).

Dauthierii and Leeanum (Sander).

reticulatum and Schlimii albistorum
(Veitch).

Hookere and enanthum superbum
(Winn).

philippinense and Curtisii.

caudatum Lindenii and conchiferum
(Veitch).

Leeanum superbum and Haynaldia-
num (Moens).

Pollettianum and Bozalliit atratum
(Young).

Pag and philippinense (Thomp-
son).

Lawrenceanum and Sallierii (Cobb).

Syn. Eismannianum.

Stoneii and superciliare (Sander).

Sedenii candidulum and calarum

(Ingram). :
Swanianum and _ Rothschildianum
(Sander).

insigne maximum and Swanianum
(Graves).

caracinum and longifolium (Bower-

ing).
villosum and purpuratum (Bull).
concolor and bellatulum (Statter).
concolor and calloswm (R. H. Measures).
concolor and Lawrenceanum (Law-
rence).
concolor and villosum (Sander).
Harrisianum and villosum (Swan).
Farieanum and Dayanwm (Pitcher).
Curtisii and Stoneii (Drewitt).
Syn. almum.
Sedenit and conchiferum formed y
Bullenianum and insigne (Maron).
Lawrenceanum and unknown (Swain-
burn).

Corningianum ...... . Syn. Youngianum.

Cowleyana . Curtisii and nivewm (Tautz).
Cravenianum ... bellatulum and unknown (Schofield).
Creon Harrisianum superbum and cenan-

thum superbum (Veitch).
Gretta ae saneas ane Argus and Spicerianum (Veitch).
Crossianum . .. tnsigne and venustum (Ashburton).
Cumea ....... longifolium Hartwegi and Sedenii

(Graves).
Cardinale and Lindleyanum (Veitch).
Druryii and Lawrenceanum (Pitcher).
superbiens and Hookere (Veitch).
Curtisii and superbiens (R. H.

Measures).

Ourist ome tan cies otis Borallii atratum and Argus (Cook-
son).

(yO deer SoC CORAR IOS Spicerianum and purpuratum (R. H.
Measures).

DT TTS eee SABA ren insigne punctatum violaceum and
vexillarium superbum (Young).

DGRGY OS wernt oe nie dnd cinls'= Lowiit and enanthum superbum
(Graves).

Dauthierii ...........- barbatum and villosum (Van Houtte).

Davisianum ...... .. Syn. Cyris.

Dayano-Curtisii

Dayana and Curtisii (Graves).
De Bosscherianum

Syn. Eyermanniana.

(Vera 1 ERCSCOO OE IEO seo. Hyeanum and Lawrenceanum
ye).

Deedmanianum ....-. Spicerianum and Chamberlainianum
(Latham).

delicatum......s.se2002 Dayanum and barbatum Warnerii
(Drewitt).

Dennisianum .....+..++ superbiens and selligerum majus
(Linden).

Desboisianum .........+ venustum and Bozalliit atratum
(Vervaet).

De Witt Smith ........ Spicerianum and Lowii (Low).

Diana oo -e.% .. Syn. Eyermanniana.

Dibdin .. Syn. Cyris.

Diolare ..... villosum and venustum (Cookson).

discolor ..... venustum and unknown (Williams).

Dominit . caracinum and caudatum (Veitch).

Dominii albiflorum .... caracinum and caudatum Wallisii

(Veitch).
Donatianum .........- Harrisianum and insigne Wiottit
(Sander).
Doncasterianum hirsutissimum and callosum (Sander).
Doris cen cece one venustum and Stoneit (Cookson).
Driherianum .... Syn. Leander.
Dr. Ryan.... Syn. Deedmanianum.

Drurio-Hookere .. Hookere and Driryii (Veitch).
Drurio- Lawrenceanum Lawrenceanum and Druryii (Veitch).

Drurio-villosum ...... villosum and Druryii (Veitch).

Dubiwm ...2--..----+- Borallit and venustum.

Duchess of Sutherland Youngianum and Rothschildianum
(Sander).

E. Ashworth ........-. plunerum and Spicerianum (Sander).
1 Tee SHAE OC DOLE Hookere and insigne Chantinii
(Graves).

EQURG 20-22. ccccevwes conchiferum and Schlimii albiflorum
(Sander).

Edith Winn ........-- Stoneii and purpuratum (Winn).

Edwardit.............. Fairieanum and superbiens (Pitcher).

Edward Jolibois income Maulei and barbatum (Joli-
ois).

TEA dE ee Ser eR RAC CO Curtisti and Prestans (Sander).

Eismannianum

Borallii and Harrisianum (Seeger).

Electra . Syn: enanthum.

elegans .. . Syn. Harrisianum.

LANTOS cose soeneercedce selligerum majus and superbiens
(Drewitt).

Elizabethi@ ............ Lawrenceanum and Parishii (R. H.
Measures).

Elsteadianum.......... conchiferum and grande (Ingram).

TEUDTOSS! (oon nix aiceie nine ae and Sedenii albijflorum
(Ball).

Endymion .......... . barbatum and Mastersianum (Young).

enjieldiensis 7 Fc mga Hookere (Holling-
ton).

Englehardtie . Syn. Leeanum.

Enid bellatulum and Spicerianum (Roth-
schild).

EUG se canciewleninc sree Harrisianum and barbatum biflorum

: Winn)

Ephialtes ..........2+++ insigne Chantinii and aurorum
(Pitcher).

Jip! Daricadcrrieseoecenee Sallierii and hirsutissimum.

Dt is ARE BS UODIEOOS barbatum Warnerit and Charles

Canham (Wills).

Syn. Pitcherianum.

insigne Maulet and hirsutissimum
(Jolibois).

Syn. Surprise.

insigne Chantinii and Lawrenceanum.

Syn. Adriadne.

Leeanum and Bozallii (Veitch).

Erycina

288

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cypripedium—confinued.

Euryale ........
Euryandrun ...
Eurydice ..
Burydice ..

Eurylochus
Euterpe .
Evenor ...
Hxcelsior .
FEGCELStOT, vc wens se os obec

Eyermanniana
Eyermanniana Diand..

Eyermanniane
ELETMUONE «3. ov ceeee

Fairieano-
LAwrenceanum ....++

Fairu Qween ......esee
Fascinator

Fausianwm
Fawager ......+..
Felix Faure...
Felix Jolibois
JSestum

Figaro .....-:
Finetianum. .
Finetianum., .
Fitchianum..
Flamingo ....
chor dee eee:
Fordianum aie

fortuna 3
Fournierianum ......++

TOWLEPIANUM, 6 eevee
Frangois Peeters
Fraserti ....
Frau Ida Brandt .
Frederico Nobile
FS. Roberts ...
Sulgens ......

Furzianum ....
Gabrali ..
Galatea....
gandavense c 3
GOMUCTTT enc: (aleaierelaniae

Garret A. Hobart .

Gaskelliana.....
gemmiferum .
Genes ....-++2005 Sarit

George Kettle ........++
George Trugaut .
Georgianum .....-....
Germain Sciller de Gisors
Germinyanum ........
Gertrude .
Gertrude Hollington
G. H. Rodgers

Gibezranum.....+ veisiees
giganteum ...

WUb Ee oaoncgedooanaueo ne

GUliANUMN oe eee cece ee
gloriosum
Godefroya

Godsefianumn
Goultenianwn. .
Gowerianum .
gracile

grande .
Gravesic ..
Gravesianun .
Greyanum .
G. S. Balt

Hardyanum
Harri-Leeanum. . -
Harri-Sander .........+

Harrisianum ........45
Harrisi-froye..... aeces

Lawrenceanum and
(Veitch).

barbatum and Stoneii (Veitch).

Hookerice and Spicerianwm (Graves).

hirsutissimum and Leeanwm (Vuyl-
steke).

ciliolare and hirsutissimum (Veitch).

venustum and philippinense (Statter),

concolor and Argus (Veitch).

Syn. Buchanianum (Hye).

Rothschildianum and Harrisianum
(Statter).

barbatum grandiflorum and Spicer-
zianum (Sander).

barbatum superbum and Spicerianum
magnificum (R. H. Measures).

superbiens

barbatum Warnerti and Spicerianum
(Young).

Lawrenceanum and Fairieanum
(R. H. Measures).

Curtisit and Druryii (Sander).

Syn. Ceres.

Dauthierti and calophylium (Sander).

Charlesworthit and concinnumn
(Rehder).

Godefroye and callosum (Dellamagne).

Syn. enanthum.

chloroneuron and barbatum Warnerti
(Seeger).

Spicerianum and cenanthum (Seeger).

philippinense and ciliolare (Seeger).

Cardinale and caudatum (Finet)

Hookere and barbatum (Williams).

Syn. Calypso.

Syn. Calypso.

Stoneti and callosum (Sander).

Hookere and callosum (Young).

insigne Maulet and Lawrenceanwmn
(Sander).

Harrisianum and bellatulum (ena

Syn. Charles Richman.

hirsutissimum and barbatum (Vi itzA)))

Jo grande and Youngianum (Sander).

Boxallii and Morganie (Seeger).

niveum and unknown (Low).

marmarophyllun and
(Sander).

callosum and hirsutissimum (Sander).

orphanum and Dauthierii (Gabral).

Syn. wnanthum.

barbatum and Swanianum,

Lawrenceanum and Rothschildianwn
(Sander).

Lathamianum and insigne Chantinii
(Roebling).

Syn. Niobe.

Hookere and purpuratum (Veitch).

Sallierti Hyeanum and Lawrenceanum
Hyeanum (R. I. Measures).

Dayanum and superbiens (Kettle).

ciliolare and Stoneii (Sander).

superbiens and niveum (Graves).

Syn. enanthum.

villosum and hirsutissimum (Veitch).

Syn. Miss L. Fowler.

ciliolare and bellatulwm (Hollington).

insigne punctatum violaceum and
superbiens (Williams).

Syn. Measuresianwm.

RADU and Sallierti Hyeanwm
(Hye).

Lawrenceanum and Harrisianum
(Ingram).

Syn. Hera.

Syn. gigas.

bellatulum and niveum (also nat.
hyb.) (Strickland). See Fig. 301.

Boxallii and hirsutissimum (CscKsony:

Curtisii and calloswm (Goulten).

Curtisti and Lawrenceanwm (Sander).

Pan and Swanianwm (In-
gram

Roezlii and caudatum (Veitch).

Argus and nivewm (Graves).

Lathamianum and Leeanum (Sander).

Druryti and ciliolare (Pitcher).

Syn. radiosum.

Syn. macrochilum.

Harrisianum and Leeanum (Clarke).

Harrisianum and Sanderianum
(Clarke).

villosum and barbatum (Veitch).

Harrisianum and Godefroye (Law-
rence).

Hookerce

ee tinued.

Harvyanum. . Stoneit and Lecanum (Backhouse).
Hayetti ...... Syn. Ledouxie.

Haynaldo-bellatulumn .. Haynaldianum and bellatulum
(Clarke).
Haynaldo-Chamberlain-\ Haynaldianum and Chamberlain-

tanum ......
H, Ballantine..
Hebe

tanum (Ashwor' th).

4 purpuratum and Fairicanum (Veitch).
. Syn. Alice.

FLECUG waimescls superbiens and Swanianum (Ingram).

Heloise Mantin gemmiferum and Boxallii (Martin).

FFCV Fac ioetisisnenewes Chamberlainianum and philippinense
(Leeman).

H, E. Mojan Hooker volontianumandlarrisianum
(R. H. Measures).
Mrs. Canham and Leeanum (Sander).

Lawrenceanum and Marshallianum

Henri van der Straten. .
Henry Graves, jun. ....

(Graves).

FL OPE nis ots ainiasioiaistnis ais . Boxallti and Leeanum (RK. H.
Measures).

FLENMiON ee eae vie ectenetas Syn. Eyermanniana.

Paes

Tic, 301, FLOWER OF CyPRIPEDIUM GODEFROY

LEUCOCHILUM.
TI OrO ante eieslaisietetetete plats villosum and Boxallit.
TL Se sidernissansocuac Chamberlainianum and Lawrence-

anum (Veitch). i
Lawrenceanum and Druryii (Barton).

highfieldense

hirsuto-Sallierti .. 2... .. hursutissimum and Sallierti (Law-
rence).

hirsuto-villosum ....... hirsutissimwm and villosum (Cappi).

Hobsonii .............. philippinense and calloswm (Holling-

ton).
. concolor and almium (Sander).
Hookere and superbiens (Williams).

Hollidayanum
Hookerti-Veitchit
Hornerit. . =

Hornianum superbiens icerianum (Sander).
Hiurreliianwn Argus and Curtisti (Pitcher).
Huybrechtsianum . Syn. Ceres.

hybridum.. . villosum and barbatum.

TOGO verve Dayanum and villosum (Wrigley).
PAnsoni . Morganie and Rothschildianum Gore
Tanthe . Harrisianum and venustum (Veitch).

imperatria Ashburtonie expansum and calo-
phyllum (Sander).

UNDONE a wale vn ce weno Syn. Madam Jules Hye.

JECTS NS GAR CHSSCOOAR callosum and villosum (R. I.
Measures).

Ino.. 5 Haynaldianum and Mrs. Canham
(Grey).

insigne and tonsum (Sander).

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Cypripedium—continued.

inspirator ,........... Syn. Madam Jules Hye.

intermedium .. Syn. hybridum.

INvETSUM «2.4 +e villosum and superbiens.

Argus and Lawrenceanum (Sander).

Haynaldianum and insigne Chantinit
(Veitch).

Argus and Lawrenceanum (Sander).

Syn. Behrensianum.

Jo and Spicerianum (Robins).

javanico-superbiens and ciliolare
(Bleu).

ASADEUSOD yoo steelers ctci< sion Spicerianum and niveum (Williams).
Jacobianum ....+-..+- Crossionsim and bellatulum (Le
ry).

James Buckingham .... sy erica and bellatulum (Holling-
ton).

TaMESONIANUM .. 220+ Leeanum and Arthurianum (Statter).

WME Sian inset sesees. Spicerianum and glandaliferwm
(Veitch).

Swanianum and Harrisianum (Ross).

Spicerianum and vexillariwm (R. I.
Measures).

javanico-insigne........ javanicum and insigne (Pitcher).

javanico-Spicerianum .. javanicum and Spicerianum (Page).

javanico-superbiens .... javanicum and superbiens (Bleu).

RI SR DECORA a swale miele Boxallit and callosum (Sander).
SNL OUIEE Pi aaae mercies as «= Godefroy leucochilum and Dayanum
(R. H. Measures).
SEAN one. ceivens anon niveum and Leeanum (Charlesworth).
hirsutissimum and _vexillarium
(Sander).
Godefroy and barbatum (Low).
pL BATY «ite csins cine Harrisianum superbum and concolor
(Sander).
Se cMee EROVOER a ncs.c/ciolnl</xin\<.le « Sallierti and villosum (Cobb).
SMR EL a BELOW aa\-\cha0'araie's Curtisii and Stoneit platytenium
(Veitch).
James K. Polk ...... .. nitens and Chamberlainianum
(Reebling).
John Carder .....0004- Selligerum majus and hirsutissimum
(Sander).
JORNSONI.. 2... eee ee ee nitens magnificum and Lawrence-

anum (Sander).

Jolien Coffegnez .. Syn. Janthe.

Joseph Donat ...... Ashburtonie and Spicerianum
(Sander).

Josephianum .......006 Druryit and javanico - superbiens
(Pitcher).

Josephine Jolibois...... Syn. wenanthum.

FUMNO Soccer ec. ce vans .. Fairicanum and callosum (Cookson).

Jupiter Syn. Godsefianum.

DA Ae om seme On barbatum and Argus (RI. Measures).

Kerchovianum .. .. Curtisii and barbatum.

Kimballianum ........ Re ean and Dayanum (nat.

yb.).

Kirchofianum Dauthierii and Spicerianum (Seeger).

Kramerianun enanthum and villosum (Sander),

Krishna ........ insigne and tonsum (Graves).

Krousianum Spreertanum and Crossianum
(Pitcher).

DQENESS woe cec edocs: Crossianum and marmarophyllum
(Young).

DGGCHINES own ccs cence ciliolare and superbiens (R. I.
Measures).

Lady Hutt .... insigne and Fitchianum (Swinburne).

Lady Isabel... Rothschildianumand Stoneii (Sander).

Lady Maple Youngianum and Gowerianum

(Sander).

Lady Wimborne... . ‘Syn. Leander.

Laforcadei ...... barbatum and insigne punctatum

violaceum Godefroye.

La France ....... «sees nitens and niveum (Seeger).

La Nymphe... see. @nanthum and Dauthierii (Ingram).

Lathamianum . .. Spicerianum and villosum (Latham).

latiforum ... venustum and philippinense (Statter).

Laucheanum .......... barbatum and insigne amabile
(Sander).

villosum and superciliare (Le Doux).

Lawrenceanum and bellatulum
(Lawrence).

Lawre-concolor ... Lawrenceanum and concolor (Sander).

Lawre-venustum ...... Lawrenceanumand venustum.

Lawrenceano-Curtisii .. Lawrenceanum and Curtisii (Bleu).

Lawrenceano-Druryit .._ Lawrenceanum and Druryii (Veitch).

Lawrenceano - Fairie-\ Lawrenceanum and Fairieanum

Laurie ....
“Lavwre-bel

AMUN... ecccccenvece (R. H. Measures).

Leander .....+.s+.+4+. Leeanum and villosum (R. H.
Measures).

Lebandyanum ......65 oa ead and Haynaldianum

e).

TGOQGEers\nin'0 vis sine s'sinn oats Harrisianum and venustum (Bower-
ing).

Ledouxie... callosum and Harrisianum (Le Doux)

Deeanwm ........0ec0es insigne and Spicerianum (Lawrence).
See Fig. 302.

Leeanum-Galatea...... Leeanum ana Galatea (Sander).
Vol. V ;

&c. 289

Cypripedium—continued.
Leeanuwm-Morganie.... Leeanum and Morganie (R. I.

Measures).
Lemoinierit........+0+5 calurum and porphyreum (Sander).
DieO see Syn. Lathamiana (Hye).
Leo. Wallertianum and insigne Chantinii.
Leonie . insigne Chantinii and calloswm (Leon).
Leonides ........ Syn. St. Mark.
Leopoldianum . Leeanum superbum and insigne (Hye).
Leopoldianum .. Sallierti Hyeanumand hirsutissimum
(Vuylsteke).
TEA oocecsscaceees Syn. Tautzianum.
leucorrhodum..... eeeee Reezlit and Schlimii albijlorum
(Veitch).
Leysenianum Syn. Chas. Richman.
Mil mane cialoisteldeicie niveum and bellatulum (Keeling).
Lily Measures niveum and Dayanum (R. H.
Measures).
Littleanum......ceeeee Lawrenceanum and Dayanum (nat.
hyb.) (Little).
Lobengula ...... insigne Chantinii and Harrisianum.
Loewegrianum .. Spicerianum and Io grande (Sander).
Loochrystianum ...... H ecatanim and Hookere (Vuyls-
teke).
Lord Derby ...- «000+ Syn. W. R. Lee.
Loutsiew...... .. Leeanum and Ashburtonie (Le Doux).
Louryanum Ashburtonice and vernixium (Sander).
DOUryi 2.020005 -. tnsigne Chantinti and Harrisianum.
Lowii-superbiens ...... Lowi and superbiens (Lawrence).

Fic. 302. FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM LEEANUM SUPERBUM.

TUCHAUIM 250 cco nenece Lowii and villoswm (R. I. Measures).
Lucie... Lawrenceanum and ciliolare.”
Lucienianum. Syn. nitens. 2 7
TVAITIUTUB Potala aisfolniatalnciae Lindleyanum and Schlimii albiforwn
(Ingram).
TUTTI Se acca sais a cole Lawrenceanum and villosum
(Pitcher). ,
CULLEBCETE eMcintelnie aicia}eiele'e Spicerianum and javanicum
(Pitcher). » A
Lynchianum .......--- Spicerianum and selligerum majus
(Sander). ‘
Mabelte 02.0502 c000- Syn. W. R. Lee. 4
Macfarlainet ........++ calophyllum and Spicerianum
(Sander).
MacNabbianum. . Syn. conco-callosum. S
macrochilum .. Roezlii and caudatun Lindenii
(Veitch). 3 i
macrochilum giganteum ear ; and caudatum Lindenit
(Veitch).
macropterum .....,.... Lowii and superbiens (Veitch).

2P

290

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cypripedium—continued.

maculatum ..
Madame Barbary .
Madame Cappi ........
Madame Cofinet
Madame C. Goindoin
Madame de Curte .
Madame Else Descombes

Madame Emile Gayot ..
Madame Gabriel Moens
Madame Gibez ........
Madame G. Truffaut
Madame Jules Hye .
Madame Louise Doin ..
Madame Margaret Hye
Madame Octave Opoix ..
Madame Paul Descombes

Madame Roen Jolibois..
Madame Van Houtte
Malle. Jose Descombes

Mdlle. Lowise Sceller de
Gisors. <eivie oe
Malle. Madeline rayot

Malle. Nancy Descombes
Madeline
Madiolianum .

Madouxianum ........

Magnet .....
magnificum.

MA ILET OE Mato eistaieiatieetinte

Malyanum
Mansellit .

Marchioness of Salisbury
Marguerite Mantin ....

Maria ......
MW ATIOTIE Wace trsicesmen cute
marmarophyllum. ....

Marriottianum .. :
Marshallianum ........

Marshallianum luteum.
Marshianum

Marwoodii
Mary Lee.... seers
Masereelianum .. ae
Masonianum ...... aa

Masswianwum .. 2.10005
Maurelianum..

Mauricianum...... ...
Maynardit ............

Measuresie ...........
Measwresianum.
Medea ..
medium
EUG acm cain sie 20
Melanopthalmum :
Melanthum ......
Meleona sna00
Memoria Moensii ..-
MEN ODS ferns toa oasis aeiae ae
LMEGLBOKO inte yarteliestete cits
Metes
microchilum
Milmanii .......

miniatum ; we
Ministre A. Vigar

_ Minnie Ames ....
Minos

a cies SOU IOOAOND ee
LIRA ap goapcoooobanne

Miss H. A. Roebling....

Miss Louisa Fowler ....

tonsum and Leeanum (Sander).

Lawrenceanum and tonsum (Jolibois).

Spicerianum and Dauthierii (Cap) pi).

eg as Bala, and Dayanwm (Opoix).

n. enanthum.

Ree Mons. de Curte.

verniauum and
(Opoix).

Harrisianum and insigne Chantinii.

Spicerianum and calloswm.

villosum and venustum.

Syn. ananthum.

ciliolare and Stoneii (Sander).

Spicerianum and tonsum (Hye).

purpuratum and insigne (Opoix).

Syn. Surpr

superciliare and niveum (Opoix)

Dauthierti and Lawrenceanum
(Opoix).

Syn. wenanthum.

Syn. Tautzianum.

enanthum and Argus (Opoix).

Lawrenceanum

Syn. Pitcherianum.

Dayanum and insigne
(Jolibois),

Argus and nivewm (Opoix).

bellatulum and Argus.

Chantinii

villosum and Chamberlainianum
(Cappi).
enanthum and Boxalliti atratum
(Madoux).

insigne Chantinii and Boxallit.

Pollettianum and insigne giyanteum
(Keelin

Rothschildianum and Lawrenceanum
(R. H. Measures).

Spicerianum and Crossii (Sander).

Chamberlainianum and — villosum
(Charlesworth).

Syn. Charles Richman.

Crossianum and barbatum
(Mantin).

Syn. Chamber-Leeanum.

Warnerti

Leeanum superbum and insigne
(Wigan).
Hookere and barbatum (Veitch).

Spicerianum and nivewm (Marriott).

venustum pardinum and _ concolor
(Veitch).

concolor and venustum (Graves).

Lawrenceanum and cenanthwn
superbum (Sander).

niveum and Harrisianum.

Leeanum and Arthurianum (Lee).

Syn. Leeanum.

villosum and Harrisianum superbum
(Sander).

superciliare
(Sander).

Dauthierii and Spicerianum (Black).

Syn. Pitcherianum.

purpuratum and Spicerianum (San-
der).

superbiens and bellatulum (Sander).

villosum and venustum (Williams).

Syn. Ceres.

Druryii and Sallierti (Hye).

venustum and barbatum (Williams).

barbatum and venustum (Williams).

Hookercee and Stoneii (Veitch).

Syn. Madame Jules Hye.

Spicerianum and unknown (Moens).

Druryti and ciliolare (Veitch).

Syn. Chas. Richman.

philippinense and barbatwm (Veitch).

niveum and Druryiti (Veitch).

philippinense and callosum (Holling-
ton).

and Rothschildianum

insigne Chantinii and cnanthum
superbum (Veitch).

elegans and venustum (R. H.
Measures).

Curtisti and insigne (Sander).

barbatum purpureum and superciliare
(Mantin).

Curtisii and concolor (Sander).

Spicerianum and Arthurianum
(Veitch).

Leeanum and insigne (Statter).

Harrisianum and Hooker (Vuyls-
teke).

caudatum and leuchorrhodum (Roeb-
ling).

insigne Chantinii and Chamberlain-
tanum (Fowler).

Cypripedium—continued.

Miss Minnie Ames
Miss Rehder....
modestum
molestum
Monsea ..
Mons. de Curte

Mons. Finet

Monsitteanum
Moreanum ....

Fig. 303.

Morganice

Morganice Langleyense..
Mrs. Caroline Allen..
Mrs. Charles Canham ..

Mrs. C. Maynard .
Mrs. C. Warren Hoo;

Mrs. D. Solomon

Mrs. Edgar Cohen...
Mrs, E. G. Uihlein
Mrs. E. V. Low..
Mrs. F. Hardy
Mrs. F. L. Ames
Mrs. G. Bollerall

Mrs. G. D. Owen
Mrs. H. Druce S30
Mrs. Harry Veitch
Mrs. Plummer ....
Mrs, Reginald Yi oung .
Mrs. Rehder
Mrs. Tautz

Mrs. W. A, Roebling....

Mrs. W. Clark...

multicolor ..-.0ce..-+s

Syn. Minnie Ames.

Argus and hirsutissimum (Rehder).
Harrisianum and tonsum (Graves).
purpuratum and Jo (Sander).

Syn. Luryandrum.

Boxallii and insigne Chantinii
(Vervaet).
callosum superbum and Godefroye
(Reignier).

superbiens and callosum (Mantin).
superciliare and callosum (Reignier).

FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM MORGANI.

superbiens and Stoneii (Veitch). See
Fig. 303.

superbiens and Stoneit platyteenium

(Veitch).
enanthum superbum and callosum
(McArthur).

superbiens and villosum (Veitch).
nitens and Boxallit (Sander).
Dauthierti and enanthum superbum
(Pitcher).
Lathamianum
(Sander).
yn. calloso-nivewm.
yn. Leander.
niveum and unknown (Low).
superbiens and bellatulum (Sander).
tonsum and Fairieanum (Ames).
Lathamianum and Savageanum
superbum (McMeeking
superciliare and villoswm (
Syn. Saath eae

and Spicerianum

“C. Maynard.
Lowii aid Sanderiana (Low).
Argus and Rothschildianum (Rehder).

insigne Chantinii and unknown
(Tautz).

Sedenii candidulum and caudatum
(Roebling).

Ashburtonwe expansum and Stoneii
(Clark).

Syn. Hornianum.

ee

i

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 291

Murillo .
Nandi .

CO RSE RA SCEPC e OD
nitens Leeanum

niti
niveo-ciliolare .
niveo-Druryi
niveo-Lowit .
nobilior ...
Norma .....
Norrisianum .. :
Northumbrian ......+5

INGUIN. wet) sninsisis ce
Oakes Ames

“ ODSCUTUM oo. ce evee eens
Odette ......

Ginone ...-..20...0 00s

Olga Bagshaw..........
(Cie Seseb LO COROE OUD S

Olivetense .....20. 20005
Olivia.....

Orestes .
Orion... :
(Bont SSipo Se ence Pe Onsen

ornatum ..
orphanum
Orpheus. .
Osborneti ..
Pageanum
Pallas ....
Palleus .
Pandora 2
FU ee aD OOORAGA Be

Parishii-Lowii
Parksianum
Parksianum

patens
Patersonit ci
PON earn cm arenenecte nis

Pavonianum
Peetersianum..
PeGASus .-....+000

pellucidum .... 22.6000.

Pendulum oo ceecceaees
PCTEEUS. 0 .0- acne ccenceiee

Picardianum
picturatum ..

placidum

PUALO .. eee e ese eeee es

. Cypripedium—continued. .

Harrisianum and Lawrenceanun
(Sander).

niveum and insigne (Hollington).

Syn. Cyris.

‘callosum and Tautzianwn @. IT.
Measures).

selligerum majus and Morganice
(Cookson).

Leeanum giganteum and Latham-
ianum (R. H. Measures).

Io grande and Rothschildianum
(Sander).

Spicerianum and
(Veitch).

villosum and insigne (Veitch).

nitens and Leeanum (Sander).

caudatum and conchiferum (Veitch).

niveum and ciliolare (R. H. Measures),

niveum and Druryti (Sander).

niveum and Lowii (Drewett).

Haynaldianum and Lathamianum.

Niobe and Spicerianum (Veitch).

purpuratum and Leeanum (Rehder).

calophyllum and insigne Maulii
(Drewett).

Stoneii and Lawrenceanum (Veitch).

Rothschildianum and ciliolare
(Sander).

Syn. Ashburtonie.

vernizium and Spicerianuwm (Moens).

Harrisianum and insigne Maulii
(Veitch).

Hookerce and superbiens (Veitch).

enanthum and Spicerianum (R. I.
Measures).

enanthum and superbiens (Law-
rence).

bellatulum and ciliolare (R. I.
Measures).

enanthum superbum and calloswn
(Le Doux).

barbatum gracile and Swanianum
(Mantin).

tarbatum and Warnerti (Mantin).

tonsum and nivewm (Ames).

Syn. enanthum,

concolor and insigne (Veitch).

selligerum Myas and Rothschildianum
(Sander).

Harrisianum and villosum (Hye).

barbatum and Druryii (Veitch).

venustum and callosum (Sander).

Syn. Pitcherianum.

superbiens and Hookere (Seeger).

callosum and calophyllum (Drewett).

pea and Dayanum (Pitcher).
agus and Dayanum (Jolly).

bellatulum and Stoneiti (R. H.
Measures).

Parishii and Lowii (Linden).

Boxallii atratum and nitens (Parker).

Spicerianum and marmarophyllum
(Pollett).

Syn. marmarophyllum.

Lowii and Dayanum (Lewis).

selligerum and Harrisianum (Bower-
ing).

Boxallii and venustum (Pitcher).

Syn. selligerum.

Leeanum and Morganie (R. I.
Measures).

Haynaldianum and insigne Chantinti
(Pitcher).

insigne Maulei and
(Pitcher).

Argus and philippinense (Heath).

Sedenti porphyrum and Lindleyanum
(Veitch).

Lindleyanum and Sedenti candidulum
(Veitch).

Syn. Alcides.

philippinense and bellatulum (Statter).

Syn. Maynardii.

Syn. Hornianum.

Harrisianum and Spicerianum (San-
der).

Ashburtonice and insigne (Bale).

concolor and Stoneii platytceeniwm
(Lawrence).

Boxallii and calophyllum (Low). .

barbatum and javanicum virens
(Drewett).

barbatum and enanthum superbum
(Statter).

Harrisianum and venustum
(Williams).

Fairieanum

Dayanum

Cypripedium—continued.

DOUG wc vinitsrscnerenss barbatum and venustum (Williams).
See Fig. 304.

Pollettianum ....... .-. calophyllum and enanthumn superbum
(Sander).

polychromum ..... 0005 politum and superbiens (Clark).

polystigmaticum ...... venustum and Spicerianum (R. H.
Measures).

Polythemis ..........45 venustum and tonsum (Graves).

porphyrochlamys ...... barbatum and hirsutissimum (Veitch).

porphyrospilum ...... . venustum and Lowii (Veitch).

Poyntzianum .. callosum and Hookerce (nat. hyb.).

POTS ee na Boxallit and Haynaldianum (Graves).

Prefect Boigner ... ‘tnsigne and Uihleinianum (Martin).

RYCIM IORI selects. cleclteeats Pescntes and Rothschildianum (San-

er).

Fer LL) pee AB ADS IOBS Harrisianum and villoswm (Holling-
ton).

Prince Edward of York Rothschildianum and Sanderianum
(Gratrix).

Princess May ........-. callosum and Sanderianwm (Sander).

Prospero ...... Syn. Leeanum.

Pryorianum Lathamianum and Harrisianum
(Sander).

Psyche ..... Soctaopodce Syn. lewcorrvhodum.

pulchellum ............ grande and Sedenii candidum
(Vanner).

pulcherrimum Syn. e@nanthum.

pyenopterum .. . venustum and Lowti (Veitch).

PYGJMANION ....-60005-- villosum and ciliare (Graves).

Fic. 304. FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM POLITUM.

WE? conapasoaoponaN an Hookere and Curtisii (R. I. Measures).
TAMUSUM «0.0.0 cesnenes Lawrenceanum and Spicerianwm
(Veitch).

Raymond Farault Sedenii and caracinwm (Farault).

Refulgence Curtisii and hirsutissimum (Ingram).

Reggae ...csscceee Anoncs sick cont). Maulti and = purpuratum
¢

Regina ....++++ weseeee. Leeanum and Fairieanuin (Veitch).
See Fig. 305.

Regnaldianum .... «+. insigne and callosum.

Rehderianum......-... Savageanum superbum and purpura-
tum (Rehder).

Rene Jolibois ......++++ Syn. enanthum.

vilosum and Boxallit. ;

barbatum superbum and Godefroy
(R. I. Measures).

BRUINS Ney eto einiore(et areima .... Bullenianum and purpuratum.

Reynaldii....
Rhemba

Robertit Syn. Alcides.

Robinianum ... Lowii and Parishii (Linden).

Robinsonianum . Lawrenceanum and fiperians (San-
der).

PODUSUUSE siatntsicl=1=/="<{u\e0/0 > Syn. calurum (Sander).

Rodigasianum .
Roeblingianum .« se
Rolfianwum .......++..+

Syn. Maynardvi.
To and Boxallii (Sander).
bellatulum and Rothschildianum
(Statter).
insigne Chantinii and nitens (Hye).

TROTMUUS) ova: nas cee

292 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cypripedium—continued. Cypripedium—continued.
Rossianum ...... 6.665 barbatum and tonswm (Ross). Schusterianum ........ Hooker and villosum (Linden).
Rosy Gem............ . cardinale and Sedenii (Ingram). Scylla...... -. Dayanum and Boxallii (Graves).
Rothschildiano -Boxallii Rothschildianum and Boxallii (R. I. Sedenit ................ Schlimii and longifoliwm (Veitch).
Measures). Sedenii-candidulum .... Schlimii albiflorum and longifolium
Rothschildiano-villosum Rothschildianum and villosum (Veitch).
(Veitch). Seegerianum .......... Spicerianum and Harrisianum
Rothwellianum Argus and Stoneii (Sander). (Seeger).
TOUNAUWM a vecesesese-- Lathamianum and purpuratum selligero-barbatum .... selligerwm and barbatwm (Joicy).
(Keeling). selligero-Harrisianum .. selligerum and Harrisianum (Van
Rowalliana .. 0.1.0 . villoswm and venustum (Fraser). 3 Imschoot).
ROWEANA 2 ++ veeeee wee. Chamberlainiana and — bellatulum selligero - Rothschildia -\ selligerum and Rothschildianum
(R. H. Measures). ERTL Go aaones cOanaTOC (Sander).
GRIT) oopeecedccodanou Syn. bingleyense. & sellagerum 5 .. barbatuin and philippinense (Veitch).
TUDERCENS 2... seeceseece ananthum superbum and Boxallit SCEMENLA. «264-0 - +s Syn. javanico-superbiens.
(Statter). Senateur Montefiore.... marmarophyllum and Spicerianwm
PUDICUNAWM Love rene Schlimii and Sedenii (R. I. Measures). (Peeters).
TUBDTUM.. 6 oe os zenustum and Hookerce (Lewis). Shipway ...s.eseveee Dayanum and Hookere (nat. hyb.).
Ruth Ayling niveum and Argus (Hollington). SIAMENSE ...+eeeeeeeees callosum and Bullenianwm var.
Appletonianum (nat. hyb.).
Sibyrolense ........00.- Boxallti and insigne (Cahazic).

Siebertianum . Dayanum and insigne.

Siemonii .... .. superbiens and unknown.

Simoni ......... .. Leeanum and insigne Chantinii.
Singtonianum ...... . vexillarium and barbatum Warnerti
(Sander).

SiVANIACUM. «6 cece ee Dayanum and barbatwn.,

SN OS eeoocganonseaods Godefroye and barbatum Crossti
(Veitch).

SWE Tin eccwict reissues SYD. CEES,

Sir G. White Leeanum gigantewm and concolor
(Schofield).
Sir R, Buller .......... Smithii and insigne Chantinii (Apple-

ton).
Sir T. Lipton Syn. Olenus.

Smeeanum ... .. Argus and Lathamianum (Smee).
SINENU 0 oe se cslehials ines ree and ciliolare (Holling-
on).
Smithii Pretisa ...... Syn. De Witt Smith.
southgatense .........+5 Harrisianum and bellatulum (Lewis).
Souvenir de Madame
Jules Dupré.......... Syn. Pitcherianum.
Souvenir de Roch Jolibois Lowti and Curtisii (Opoix).
Sphinx Syn. Cyris.

Spicero-Harr’ -...... Syn. Pitcherianum.
Spicero-hirsutissimum.. Syn. Ceres.

Spicero-Lowitt .......... Syn. De Witt Smith.
Spicero-niveum . .. Spicerianum and niveum (Sander).
Spicero-tonsum . Syn. Madam J. Hye.

Statterianum .....-.... Spicerianum and vexillarium
superbum (Charlesworth).
Stell@ccttvciccies naneooOS Schlimit and bellatulum (Lindley-
anum) (Sander).
stenophyllum ...+..0.05 Schlimit and caracinum (Veitch).
striatum 2. ...55 niveum and philippinense (Ingram).
suffusum ... Lowii and Hooker (Barton).
superciliare .. superbiens and barbatum (Veitch).
SUDT Se een ict ete Sito Hyeanum and Spicerianum
ye).
Svend Brunn ....... .. Lowi and Curtisii (Sander).
Swanianum Dayanum and barbatum (Swan).
Swinburntt ... insigne Maulii and Argus (Heath).

Sylvia ..... sé Syn. Gowerii.
Symondsice venustum and purpuratum (Ross).
tacita...... Measuresianum and tonsum.

DUS MON aoe smeniecec Sallieriti Hyeanwm and Harrisianum
superbum (Hye).
Tautzianum .......+.. barbatum and niveum (Veitch).
Tautzianum lepidum ., barbatum Warnerii and niveum (Bull).
T. B. Haywood ........ Druryti and superbiens (Veitch).
Telemachus ... .. Lawrenceanum and niveum (Veitch).
Fig. 305. FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM REGINA. tenebrosuM .... 2.660008 Hide samun nigrum and Boxallii
atratum.
tenelluim ...sesrevesees magnifolium and Schlimii albifloruin
Said Lloyd ..........-- venustumand Godefroy (Sander). (Pitcher).
St. Hilda .. . Boxallii and Curtisii (Marwood). TeMny8ON .. reece eceeee enanthum -superbum and Dayanumn
St. Mark . villosum and Leeanum (Palmer). (McArthur).
SYED oso adsanadcon ood . concolor and Dayanum (RK. I. tessellatum .........005 concolor and barbatum (Veitch).
Measures). tessellatum porphyreum concolor and barbatum (Veitch).
Sallierii ...... : villosum and insigne (Sallier). Thayerianum.... ssc Lawrenceanum and Boxallii atratum
Samuel Gratriz........ bellatulum and Godefroy (Gratrix). (Sander).
Sanderiano-Curtisti.... Sanderianwm and Curtisii (Cookson). Thedore Bullier tonsum and villoswm.
Sanderiano-selligerum.. Sanderianum and selligerum (Law- The Duke .. Syn. Luryandrum.
: rence). The Gem marmarophyllum and insigne Chan-
Sanderiano-superbiens.. Sanderianum and superbiens (Cook- tinit (Ingram).
son). The Hendre. .. barbatum Crossti and Lawrenceanum.
Sappho . . Lowii and barbatum (Veitch). The Pard superbiens and niveum (Lawrence).
SUEROD SongodoootiogsoAd niveum and venustum Measuresianum BTUs ee rereneeieinette ns insigne Maulii and Harrisianwn
(R. I. Measures). superbum (Veitch).
Ih. Ly ter Sei SHOR ACHE Syn. Leander. EP SILOR iarstels|a)sie'sin 5 eis) ais Sedeniti and Lindleyanum (Veitch).
Saundersianum -.. caudatum and Schlimit (Bull). Thetis ....... 5c -. Syn. Fitchianum.
Savageanum ..... ..-. Harrisianum and Spicerianum Thibautianum ......-. Harrisianum and insigne Maulii
(Seeger). (Veitch).
Schlesingerianum . . Boxallii and insigne Maulii (Seeger). Thoorsianwm ....++-+++ hirsutissimum and superbiens
Schofieldianum ........ bellatulum and hirsutissimum (Scho- (Moens).
eld). VENT, “RoeSepoecoodola6 politum and insigne Chantinii (Veitch).

Schrédere.............. Sedenii and caudatum (Veitch). Thorntons ..00.000040 superbiens and insigne (Mason).

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 293

Cypripedium—continued.

Thyadis ...... wes. Superbiens and Chamberlainianum
(R. I. Measures).

Titanis ... Harrisianum and callosum (R. H.
Measures).

Titanum ..... longifolium Hincksianum and Lindley-
anum (Sander).

WI Sage DACMOO ... @nanthum superbum and Spiceri-
anum (Veitch).

tonso-venustum

tonsum and venustum (Pitcher).
tonso-villosum

tonsum and villoswm (Pitcher).

triangularis.... .. philippinense and venustum (Sander).

triumphans .. 0... ee oe enanthum superbum and Sallierit
Hyeanum (Hye).

Troyanowskianum .... insigne Chantinii and Io grande
(Sander).

Harvisianum and superbiens (Tate).
barbatum and Argus (Veitch). |
Lawrenceanum and hirsutissimum

oR (Ingram).

Uthleinianum ........ Syn. Allanianum.

Umlaufianum .....6.- Lawrenceanum and insigne Chantinii
(Sander).

Unique ........ aAose Lindleyanum and Schlimii albiflorum
(Ingram).

OP OTR cin duckie sinicicin aici . Lindleyanum and grande (Sander).

Urial..... .. Leeanum and javanicum (Graves).

Vallerandit...... Syn. Leeanum.

Vanderrielianum .. Syn. Calypso.

Van Houtteanum...... niveum and Dauthierti (Van Houtte).

Van Imschootianum .. callosum and insigne Chantinii (Van
Imschoot).

Van Molianum........ callosum and hirsutissimum (Linden).

Vannere® .......000s selligerum majus and Curtisit
(Vanner).

To grande and Lawrenceanwm.
Spicerianum and ciliolare (Marwood).
Syn. radiosum.

superbiens and Dauthierti (Opoix).

Veitchi-Dauthierii

Veitchi-Morganie...... superbiens and Morganie (Schofield).
UE TIS BaARbadsnoenpnnce albanense and reticulatum (Sander).
Venus niveum and insigne Sandere.
vernixiodes Boxallit and javanicwm (Graves).
vernizium .... Argus and villoswm (Veitch).
Vervactt .............. Syn. Leeanum.
Vervaetianum See Euryale.
Vi Bosgprmice Spicerianum and plunerum (Sander).
Vesta. see. vernixium and Harrisianum (Veitch).
MERE AO eis cis ttainye Acct To and vexillarium (Cookson).
vexillario-bellatulum accra and vexillarium (Briggs:
ury).
VELUMATIUM. .- 0 ese sees barbatum and Fairieanum (Veitch).
UR eon oe abo neDEO insigne and javanico - superbiens
(Graves).

villoso-cenantho.......+ villosum and ananthum (Ashworth).
villoso-Harrisianum .. villosum and Harrisianum,
violaceum Syn. Germinyanum.

Vipanit.... philippinense and nivewm (Vipan).
W. A. Allen.. Syn. Wallertianum.

Wallertianum.......... Harrisianwm and villosum (Peeters).
Warnero-superbiens .... barbatum Warnerii and superbiens
: (Graves).

WATNRAMENSE .. 0.2.00 .. Syn. Clinkaberryanum.

Warocqueanum .. .. Syn. vexillarium.

Watsonianum.........++ Harrisianum nigrum and concolor
(Sander).

Weathersianwm ........ Leeanum superbumand hirsutissimun
(Linden).

Weidlichianum .....+++ longifolium Hartwegiit and Sehlimit
(Cookson).

Wendlandianum ...... vernixium and Harrisianum (Sander).

Wendlandianum ...... enanthum and venustum (Charles-
worth). :

WestONENSE .... 006 ..... Appletoniana and barbatum Warnerti

i" (A |e

Whitelyanum .......+.. Boxallii atratum and Lawrenceanum
(Shaw).

Wiertzianum .....e.0es Rothschidianum and Lawrenceanum
(Linden).

Wigane ...... sesesees Dayanum and barbatum Warnerii
(Wigan).

Wiganianum .. Hookere and Ashburtonie (Wigan).

William Lloyd .. bellatulum and Swanianum (Holling-

ton).

William Trilease ...... fe elder did and Parishii (San-
er).

Williamsianum........ villoswm and Harrisianwm (Williams).

Wineqzianum ........4+ Harrisianum superbum and Haynald-

: zanum (Linden).
Winifred Hollington .. ciliolare and niveum (Hollington).
Winnianum vesesseees villosum and Druryit (Veitch).

* woodlandense .. . Dayanum and virens (Sander).
Wottonii .............. callosum and bellatulum (R. I.
Measures).
Wis FURDCE. Sos ro0'6 5 secess Stuperbiens and Rothschildianum (Lee).
axanthophyllum .......+ Hookere and Mastersianum (R.

Measures).

Cypripedium—continued.

MPU a nitieccitelsisiers ae Hookere and Rothschildianum (RK. I.
Measures).

Youngianum .....se0+e superbiens and philippinense (Sander).

Zampe ..... Leeanum superbum and hirsutisst-
mum (Vuylsteke).

Zeno .. . tnsigne Chantinii and nitens (Veitch).

VRAIS om 5 BG ORROCOOTIORIS callosum and _ ciliolare (R.
Measures).

ZUrtdgo..seeeeeee «see. @nanthum superbum and Chamber-

lainianum (Leeman).

CYRILLA (of L’Héritier). A synonym of Achimenes
(which see).

CYRTANDRA (from kyrtos, curved, and aner, andros,

a male; alluding to the curved filaments of the perfect
stamens). ORD. Gesneracee. A genus embracing abont
sixty species of stove trees, shrubs, or sub-shrubs, natives
of the Malayan Archipelago and the Pacific Islands.
Flowers often whitish or yellowish, fascicled, capitate, or
cymose in the axils ; calyx free, five-cleft or somewhat five-
parted; corolla sub-bilabiate ; perfect stamens two ; stami-
nodes two or three, small; bracts small, or the outer ones
ample. Leaves opposite, one often smaller, or by abortion
nearly alternate. For culture of the two species introduced,
see Agalmyla.

C. pendula (pendulous). . sessile ; calyx brownish, ten to eleven
lines long ; corolla white, dotted purple on the lower side of the
inflated part, 14in. long, sub-equally five-lobed ; peduncle about
6in. long, bent down. JZ. opposite, on long petioles, elliptic or
elliptic-lanceolate, acute at apex, acute or sub-cordate at base,
blotched grey above. Stem short and stout. Java, 1883.

Cc. Pritchardii (Pritchard’s). jl. white, small, disposed in
Peccuate, axillary, three-flowered cymes. fr. white, ovoid.
. petiolate, elliptic, obtusely toothed, acute at both ends, Sin.
to 6in. long, 2in. to 24in. broad. Fiji, 1887.

CYRTANDRACEZ. Included under Gesneracee
(which see).

CYRTANTHUS. Syns. Cyphonema, Eusipho, Gastro-
nema, Monella, and Timmia. According to J. G. Baker,
this genus embraces about a score species, natives of the
Cape of Good Hope and Angola. Flowers usually red or
white, with green stripes, erect or pendulous ; perianth tube
twice or three times as long as the oblong segments ;
spathe-valyes two to four, green, lanceolate; peduncle
hollow. Leaves persistent, linear or lorate. To the
peauire described on p. 428, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

C. Galpini (Galpin’s). //l., perianth of a beautiful red tinged with
yellow ; tube esiinurical at base, broadly funnel-shaped above the
middle ; segments twice or thrice as long as the tube ; scape very
slender, one-flowered. August. Bulb ovoid, pale. Transyaal,
1892.

C. Huttoni (Hutton’s). fl. six to eight in an umbel; perianth
pale red, about lin. long, the tube curved, narrowly funnel-shaped,
twice as long as the segments ; pedicels sin. to lin. long ; peduncle
lft. long. May. J. lorate, 1ft. long, sin. to jin. broad. Cape
Colony, 1864. (B. M. 7488.)

Cc. hybridus (hybrid). /l. light orange-scarlet or bright rosy-
carmine. In general appearance this bigeneric hybrid between
C. sanguineus and Vallota purpurea resembles the latter parent,
but the perianth tube is bent forward and rather abruptly dilated
in the throat, and the segments are rather narrower. The
stamens are short, and the uppee ones are curved downwards
exactly as in C. sangutneus. 1885.

C. intermedius (intermediate), A garden hybrid between
C. Mackenti and C. angustifolius.

C. lutescens, of gardens. A synonym of Anoiganthus brevi-
Jjlorus.

C. lutescens Soo (Cooper’s). fl. more numerous than in
the type; perianth segments more spreading; pedicels and
spathe-valves longer. (B. M. 5374, under name of C. /utescens.)

C. Mackenii is the correct spelling of C. M‘Kenii.

C. O’Brieni (O’Brien’s). jl. bright scarlet, about eight in an
umbel; perianth ljin. long. 7. contemporary with the flowers,
linear. South Africa, 1894. An interesting species, intermediate
between C. angustifolius and C. Macowani.

C. odorus (odorous). /l. bright red, fragrant, 2in. long, four to ten
in an umbel; peduncle slender, 6in. to 12in. long. July and
August. J. two or three, linear, straight, 1ft. long. Bulb ovoid,
ljin. in diameter. 1818. (B. R. 503.)

C. parvifiorus (small-flowered). jl. ten to twelve in Sn umbel;
erianth bright scarlet, sub-cylindric, lin. to ljin. long ; eeene
erete, as long as the leaves. January. J. produced with the

flowers, linear, lft. long. Port Elizabeth, 1891. SyYN. Monella
parviflora.

294 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cyrtanthus—continued.

Cc. Smithianus (Smith's). #. white, striped with green or
reddish-brown, 3sin. to 4in. long; tube gradually dilated to a
throat lin. in diameter; umbel one- or two-flowered ; peduncle
6in. long. May. JU. two or four, linear, spirally twisted, 6in. to
Qin. long. Kaffraria, 1876.

C. spiralis (spiral). l. tubular, pendent, disposed in umbels,
the six corolla segments of a bright red and almost triangular.
7. long, ribbon-like, spirally twisted, glaucous-green. South
ae A rare and very curious species. (G. C. 1897, ii., p. 303,
. 89.)

C. Tuckii (Tuck’s). #7. yellowish at the base, passing upwards
into blood-red, lsin. to 2in. long, ten to twelve in an umbel;
perianth tube curved, narrowly funnel-shaped, the segments
oblong, 4in. long; peduncle lft. to 1sft. long. July. 7. two,
linear, lft. to 15ft. long. Bulb ldin. in diameter, the neck
produced. Cape Colony, 1894.

CYRTANTHUS (of Schreber), A synonym of
Posoqueria (which see).

CYRTOCERAS. The correct name of C. multiflorum
is Hoya multiflora.

CYRTOCHILUM. This genus is now ineluded, by
Bentham and Hooker, under Oncidiwm. To the species
described on p. 428, Vol. I., the following shonld be added :

C. detortum (distorted). 71., sepals light brown, cuneate-oblong,
acute, wavy, the odd one with a little yellow at the upper part;
etals yellow, spotted brown, wavy; lip three-cleft, the side
acinie spreading, triangular, and the mid-lacinia ligulate,
acute; peduncle very strong, twisted. J. broad-oblong, acute,
light green.

C. lutescens (yellowish). ., dorsal sepal dark brown, with a
yellow, recurved margin, much waved at the edge, the stalk very
short, with auricles, the lateral sepals greenish-brown, acute,
longer-stalked ; petals with a crisped, yellow limb; lip dark
greenish, ligulate, short, the anterior part purple; column
greenish, orange, and brown. e

C. micranthum (small-flowered). 7. smaller than in C. maculatum
(which this species resembles); sepals and petals greenish,
spotted; lip white, with two brown blotches, yellow on the
anterior part. Brazil, 1896.

CYRTOGONIUM. See Acrostichum.

CYRTOMIUM. See Aspidium. C. caryotideum is
a variety of A. falcatum, and C. Fortunei is identical
with A. f. Fortunei.

CYRTONEMA. A synonym of Kedrostis (which

see).

CYRTOPERA (from kyrtos, curved, and pera, a
small sack: in allusion to the sack-like appendage to
the lip). Orb. Orchidex. A genus embracing a few species
of stove or greenhouse, terrestrial Orchids, mostly natives
of Asia and Africa, nearly allied to Cyrtopodium, from
which they differ in the lateral sepals being wider at the
base and connate with the foot of the column, and in the
simple inflorescence. Flowers generally showy, in erect
spikes springing from the root. Leaves long, thin, plaited,
dark green. Stems short or elongated. For culture, see
Cyrtopodium.

C. flava (yellow). The correct name of Cyrtopodium flavum.

C. flexuosa (bending). #. white, with purple spots and a
yellow blotch on the lip; scape lft. long, flexuous. J. four,
linear, flaccid, nearly lft. long. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, jin. long.
Eastern tropical Africa, 1894.

Cc. papillosa (papillose). . yellow, with some purplish-brown
on the side lobes of the lip, about lin. across; scape 2ft. high,
bearing a few flowers. J. lanceolate, about lft. long. Natal,
1893. (L., t. 371.)

C. Regnieri (Regnier’s). fl. yellow, large; sepals and petals
falcate-lanceolate, acute; lip oblong-lanceolate, with a wide,
blunt angle on each side at the middle; spur conical; raceme on
a tall peduncle arising from the side of the leafy shoot.
1. oblanceolate. Cochin China, 1836.

2 inea (blood-coloured). The correct name of Cyrto-

podium sanguineum.

C. Woodfordii (Woodford’s). 1. yellow, with a purple lip;
petals oblong, connivent, shorter than the acute sepals; scape
radical, 13ft. to 3ft. high, many-flowered. J/. lanceolate, plicate,
8in. to 18in. long, spreading. Stem fusiform, fleshy. Tropical
America, 1819. Syn. Cyrtopodium Woodfordii (B. M. 1814;
B. R. 1508).

C. plicata and C. squalida are in cultivation at Kew.
CYRTOPODIUM. This genus embraces upwards of

a score species of stove, terrestrial Orchids, inhabiting
tropical Asia, Africa, and America. Sepals free, spreading,

Cyrtopodium—continued.

sub-equal, or the lateral ones broader at base and more or
less decurrent into the foot of the column; petals similar
to the dorsal sepal, but rather broader and shorter; lip
affixed to the base of the column, the chin more or less
prominent, the lateral lobes rather broad, the middle one
rounded, entire, two-lobed, or crisped-toothed. Leaves
long. To the species described on p. 428, Vol. L, the
following should be added. See also pera (which is
included hereunder by Bentham and Hooker).

C. Aliciz (Alicia’s). . ljin. in diameter; sepals and petals
green, with brown spots; lip white, with crimson spots, three-
lobed, the crest yellow; scape tall, branched, many-flowered.
7. long, linear-lanceolate. Pseudo-bulbs large, fusiform. Brazil,
1893. (LL. viii., t. 371.)

Cc. Andersonii cardiochilum (cordate-lipped). 7. bright
yellow, tinged green, nearly 2in. across; lip recurved, the front
lobe concave; raceme long, erect, forked at base; scape tall,
springing from the root, quite distinct from, and taller than, the
leafy stems. (W. O. A. iv. 176.)

C. cardiochilum (cordate-lipped). A variety of C. Andersonii.

C. flavescens (yellowish). 7. yellow, numerous, produced before
the leaves, on a scape 3ft. high. Venezuela, 1895. This species
is allied to C. Andersoni. (L. x., t. 84.)

Cc. punctatum splendens (splendid).* fl. small, freely pro-
duced in tall, branching racemes, and, as well as the upper
bracts, coloured yellow, brown, and red. 1893. A pleasing
variety, very much in the way of C. Saintlegerianum.

C. Saintlegerianum (Saint Leger’s). /., sepals very pale
yellow, blotched brown; petals the same colour, with very few
Ss at the base; lip sulphur, spotted brown, low, rather short,
the side lacinie broad, oblong, margined brown, the middle one
small, obtriangular, retuse ; column yellow; inflorescence about
2in. long; bracts small. Paraguay, 1885.

C. sanguineum. The correct name is Cyrtopera sanguinea.

C. virescens (greenish). . pale primrose-yellow, blotched with
dark red, about lin. in diameter; sepals ovate, acute; petals
rounded ; lip fleshy, shortly clawed, the lateral lobes dark red;
raceme lft. to 2ft. nigh, many-flowered ; scape 2ft. to 4ft. high.
December. J. narrow-lanceolate, about lft. long. Peasant
tufted, 3in. to 4in. long, pale green, with narrow purple rings.
Brazil, 1893. (B. M. 7396.)

C. cristatum is in cultivation at Kew.

CYRTOSIA. A synonym of Galeola (which see).

CYRTOSPERMA (from kyrtos, curved, and sperma,
a seed ; the seeds are sometimes reniform). ORD. Aroidez.
A genus embracing about sixteen species of stove,
perennial herbs, with tuberous or elongated rhizomes,
inhabiting tropical Asia, Africa, and America. Flowers all
fertile on an inappendiculate spadix ; spathe ovate-lanceolate
or oblong, convolute towards the base, at length opening, the
lamina straight or twisted ; spadix shorter than the spathe,
sessile or stipitate, cylindrical or globose. Leaves hastate ;
petioles elongated, sheathing at base. The few species
introduced reqnire similar culture to that recommended for
Alocasia.

C. ferox (fierce). j., spathe greenish-white; scape prickly.
1. sagittate, borne on prickly petioles. Borneo, 1892. A remark-
able species. (I H. xxxix., t. 153.)

Cc. Johnstoni (Johnston's). The correct name of the plant
described on p. 50, Vol. L, as Alocasia Johnstoni.

Cc. senegalense (Senegalese). _/l., spadix dark violet-purple,
shortly stipitate, 2in. to 6in. long, sin. to Zin. thick ; seh a5 1ft.
to 1sft. long, oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, dull green
clouded with red outside, within pale yellow-purple with
interrupted bands of maroon-brown. March to May. J. lit.
long, sagittately oblong ; nerves many; petioles 3ft. to 4ft. high,
sparsely prickly. Upper Guinea, 1897. (B. M. 7617.)

CYRTOSTACHYS. Flowers small, in spirally dis-
posed clusters of three, a female between two males:
spathes two, complete, cadncous; spadix intrafoliolar,
shortly pedunculate, broadly paniculately branched ;
branches lft. to 2ft. long, stout, spreading. Fruit small,
ovoid. Leaves pinnatisect; leaflets linear-lanceolate,
acuminate, one-ribbed. To the species described on p. 428,
Vol. I., the following shonld be added :

C. Lakka (native name). fr. conico-ovoid, Zin. long, narrowed to
the tip. 7. about 4ft. long; leafiets about 20in. long, liin.

broad, the upper ones shorter, obtuse or toothed, green above, .

ashy-grey beneath; sheath red. Singapore. Syn. C. L. singa-
porensis.

C. ferox (I. H. xxxix., p. 153) has also been introduced.

a

i ik

SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 295

Fic. 309. FROND OF CYSTOPTERIS MONTANA.

CYSTOPTERIS. This small genns is interesting,
inasmuch as, with the exception of the essentially North
American C. bulbifera (Fig. 306), all others are indigenous
to this country and well adapted for planting in the
outdoor Fernery, where shady and well-drained spots
should be selected for them, all being found growing
naturally at high elevations. C. fragilis (Fig. 307) is a
common British Fern; while the distinct form, C. f.
Dickieana (Fig. 308), found by Dr. Dickie near Aberdeen,
is by some botanists regarded as of specific rank.
C. montana (Fig. 309) is provided with underground
ereeping rhizomes, but all the other Cystopterises produce
their slender fronds in great abundance, either from a
closely-tufted crown or from shortly-decumbent rhizomes.
On account of their delicate appearance, all are well
adapted for pot-culture, either under glass, in a cold frame,
or without glass protection, in a sheltered position. All
the known species and varieties lose their fronds early in
the autumn and remain dormant until about April, during
which period their crowns must not be allowed to get com-
pletely dry. When planted out, a compost of abont equal
parts fibrous peat, loam, and leaf-mould is the one which
suits all Cystopterises best. For pot-culture it is advisable
to add to this mixture a small proportion of old, erambled
mortar or broken limestone, and also to pay special atten-
tion to the drainage.

The Bladder Ferns are usually propagated during March
and April by division of the crowns, wherever more than
one has formed ; they are also easily raised from spores sown
in autumn inacold frame. C. bulbifera, however, is more
readily increased by means of the bulbils produced along its
rachises, which, haying fallen to the ground, soon emit a
few slender roots and send up some rudimentary fronds,
producing perfectly-developed foliage during the second
year.

Cc. Bergiana (Berg’s). A synonym of Hypolepis Bergiana.

] spinulosa (slightly spiny). A synonym of Asplenium spinu-
losum.

C. tenuis (slender). A synonym of C. fragilis.

CYSTORCHIS (from kystis, a bladder, and Orchis).
Orv. Orchideew. A small genus (two or three species) of
stove, terrestrial, Malayan Orchids. Flowers small, spicate,
sub-erect. Leaves petiolate, ovate. C. javanica (B. H. 1862,
t. 1, f.1) and C. variegata (B. H. 1862, t. 1, f. 5) are in
cultivation at Kew, but are of little horticultural value.

CYTHEREA. A synonym of Calypso (which see).

CYTINACEZ. A natural order embracing about
twenty-two species of broadly dispersed, parasitic, fleshy
herbs, of botanical interest, ranking between the Nepen-
thacee and the Aristolochiacee ; in some cases they are
stemless and consist of flowers only, supported by scales in
lien of leaves, the flowers in Rafflesia reaching gigantic
proportions.

CYTISUS. Including Spartothamnus. The hardy
Cytisuses are very accommodating plants, thriving well in
rough, turfy loam, but most of the kinds grow freely in
dry, sandy soil. Cuttings of half-ripened shoots, dibbled
in light soil and placed in a warm propagating-case, root
readily. Layering is a quick method of increasing the
stock; it shonld be performed in summer. The dwarf-
growing sorts are admirably adapted for rockeries. When
planted in dry soils the flowers of C. purpureus are light
purple, but when grown in damp situations they are. deep
purple, and much more enduring.

To the sRewee described on pp. 429-80, Vol. I., the
following should be added. Several species formerly
included here are now referred to Adenocarpus and
Genista.

C. albus multifiorus (many-flowered).* A proliferous garden
variety. 1888.

C. Alschingeri (Alschinger’s). jl. of a pale yellow, freely pro-
duced, some of the racemes measuring lift. in length. Croatia.
Very floriferous. It is doubtful whether the plant generally
cultivated under this name is the true C. Alschingeri.

C. Anagyris (Anagyris). A synonym of Adenocarpus hispanicus.

C. Andreanus (Andr颒s).* A beautiful and distinct variety of the
common Broom (C. scoparius), having deeper golden flowers, with
iene red keels instead of yellow. Found wild in Normandy,
1886. (R. G. 1342; R. H. 1886, p. 372, under name of Genista
Andreana.)

C. candicans (whitish). #1. yellow, in terminal heads, not very
numerous. May to July. jr. hirsute-villous. 2 petiolate,

296

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cytisus—continued.

trifoliolate ; leaflets obovate, appressedly pubescent. h. 6ft. to 9ft.
Healy, Orient, &c., 1735. SyN. Genista candicans (W. D. B.,
t. 80).

C. decumbens (decumbent). jl. yellow, axillary, erect, long-

edunculate; corolla glabrous. une to August. fr. villous,

p ovate-oblong, slightly villous beneath. Stem diffuse-prostrate ;

branches angled, striated, slightly villous. Hungary, &c. Syn.
Genista prostrata.

C. filifer (thread-bearing). A synonym of Genista sibirica jilifer.

C. fragrans (fragrant). jl. white, very sweet-scented, laterally
fascicled. May. J. very few, petiolate; leaflets lanceolate,
pilose. Branches terete, striated. -h. 6ft. Teneriffe, 1779. Syn.

Spartium nubigenum.

C. glabrescens (nearly glabrous). fl. bright yellow, axillary,
crowded, produced from the same bud with the bundles of
leaves, on stalks four times as long as the calyx. May.
1. having their under-sides and petioles covered with appressed
hairs. Stems diffuse. Mountains of Northern Italy, 1896. A
small bush.

Cc. kewensis ae fl. creamy-white, scented, disposed in
racemes 1ft. to 14ft. long, standard large. May. J. trifoliolate ;
petioles (and young branches) softly pubescent. 1896. A pretty
and interesting hybrid between C. Ardoini and C. albus, raised
at Kew. .

C. linifolius (linear-leafleted). jl. yellow, crowded in terminal
racemes. January to June. jr. hairy. J. sessile, trifoliolate,
leaflets linear, silky beneath, the margins revolute. South
eorone, North Africa, &c.,1739. Syn. Genista linifolia (B. M.

eae

C. nigricans Carlieri (Carlier’s). This variety continues its

owth after the formation of the first set of pods, so that it
ears fruits and flowers at the same time. 1891.

C. n. nana (dwarf). A synonym of C. capitata.

C. przecox (early).* fl. creamy-yellow, produced in great abun-
dance; habit compact. May. A hybrid between C. purgans
and C. albus.

Cc. purgans (purging). jl. yellow, glabrous, axillary, solitary,
shortly pedicellate. June and July. fr. pubeseent when young.
i. very few, lanceolate, sub-sessile, slightly silky. Branches
terete, striated. h. 3ft. to 44ft. France, &c. (B. M. 7618.) Syn.
Genista purgans.

C. schipkaensis (Shipka Pass). f”. white. A. lft. Balkan
Mountains, 1892.

Cc. supinus (supine), of Crantz and Jacquin.
C. biflorus.

A synonym of

DABCGCIA. This genus embraces only one species—
D. polifolia, described on p. 430, Vol. TI. Seeds should
be sown as soon as they are ripe in shallow pans of peaty
soil, barely covering them with finely-sifted soil, and placed
in a cold frame, or, better still, in a warm greenhonse.
The seeds should be sown thinly, and when the seedlings
are large enough should be pricked off into boxes of rough
peat and leaf-mould, and stood in cold frames, and if never
allowed to suffer for water they will be fit for planting out
in their permanent quarters the following spring. The
following variety is now grown:

D. cantabrica (Cambridge). A synonym of D. polifolia.

D. polifolia calyculata (having a large calyx). A very pretty
garden variety, producing both white and red flowers, the calyx
being so developed as to give the appearance of double blossoms.
DACRYDIUM. Syn. Lepidothamnus. The ten species

comprised in this genus are distributed over the Malayan

Archipelago and Peninsula, the Fiji Islands, New Caledonia,

New Zealand, Tasmania, and Chili. To those described on

p. 430, Vol. I., the following species (grown in the Kew

Arboretum) should be added :

D. araucaroides (Araucaria-like). J. spirally disposed, im-
bricated, coriaceous, adnate at base, the remaining part free,
erecto-incurved, oval-oblong, rounded at apex, convex-keeled at
back. Branchlets thick, erect. New Caledonia. A much-
branched tree.

D. Colensoi (Colenso’s). /. variable, some linear and spreading,
tin, to sin. long, obtuse, with stout costa, others densely quadri-
fariously imbricated, triangular, keeled, coriaceous, in. to

juin. long. Bark whitish or pale brown with white patches.
h: 12ft. to 40ft. New Zealand.
D. tetragonum (four-angled), A synonym of Microcachrys
tetragona.
DACTYLANTHES. Included under Euphorbia
(which see).
DACTYLICAPNOS. Included under Dicentra

(which see).

DACTYLIS CHISPITOSA. A synonym of Poa
flabellata (which see).

DACTYLOPHYLLUM (of Bentham). Included under
Gilia (which see),

DACTYLOPIUS. A genus of Scale Insects, of which
D. adonidwm and D, destructor are found upon numerous
greenhouse subjects; and D. longifilis upon Ferns and
Euphorbiaceez. See Scale Insects.

DACTYLOSTYLES. A synonym of Zygostates
(which see).

DEDALACANTHUS (from dzdalos, of various
colours, and Acanthus, to which it is related). Syn. Eran-
themum (in part). Orb, Acanthacee. A genus comprising
fourteen species of stove, erect, glabrous or pubescent
shrubs or sub-shrubs, natives of the East Indies and the
Malayan Archipelago. Flowers blue, pink CA white ?),
sessile in the axils of opposite bracts, bibracteolate, forming
dense or interrupted spikes ; calyx deeply five-lobed or five-
parted ; corolla tube elongated, slender, incurved above, the
limb oblique, spreading, five-lobed; perfect stamens two.
Leaves entire or scarcely toothed. D. macrophyllus is an
erect, minutely pubescent, stove, perennial herb. ‘It
belongs to a class of Acanthaceous plants that are very
suitable for winter decoration, flowering freely under proper
treatment, which consists very much in careful watering at
the time when, in their native country, little or no rain
falls”’ (Sir J. D. Hooker). For culture, see Eranthemum.
D. macrophyllus (large-leaved). _/l., calyx minute ; corolla pale

violet-blue, ljin. to 1sin. long, the limb about jin. in diameter;

spikes long-pedunculate, strict, erect, gin. long, narrow ; bracts
din. to fin. long, loosely imbricated. Winter. JZ. petiolate ;
lower ones Sin. to Yin. long, elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate,
the base decurrent on the petiole, the margins sometimes

epgenrely serrulate or denticulate. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Birma, (B.M.
D. nervosus (nerved).

pulchellum.

DZHEMONOROPS. The following species, described
under Calamus, should be transferred to Dzemonorops,
which is now regarded by botanists as a distinct genus :
C. accedens (D. Draco), C. adspersus, C. Draco, @. fissus,
C. Hystria, C. Jenkinsianus, C. Lewisianus, and C. verticil-
laris. To the species described on pp. 430-1, Vol. I., the
following should be added.

D. ealicarpus (beautiful-frnited). /., male spadix 6in. to 16in.
long, much-branched ; female 4in. to 8in. long ; outer spathe 12in.
to l6in. long. jr. tawny, Zin. in diameter. J. 6ft. to 8ft. long,
the upper ones small; leaflets very numerous, bristle-pointed,
12in. to 13in. long ; pene lft. long, with erect spines. Stem
erect or somewhat climbing. Malaya.

D. grandis (large). jl., spathe rather thick-fusiform; spadix
branches shortened, compact. J/., pinne equidistant, glaucous,
linear-lanceolate, acuminate, unarmed or the margins and keel
slightly bristly ; petioles gibbous at base. Malacca.

D. intermedius (intermediate). #., spadix thyrsiform ; outer
spathe 14ft. long, the beak twice as long as the body. J. 4ft. to
6ft. long ; leaflets opposite or scattered, 18in. to 20in. long, lin. to
lin. broad, linear-lanceolate, acuminate; petioles lft. long,
armed with scattered spines. Stem 15ft. to 20ft. high, 3in. in
diameter. Malaya.

D. longipes. (long-stalked). ., spadix very long, on a long
peduncle ; spikes Jin. to Sin. long; spathes narrow-lanceolate,
seurfy when young. J. about 12ft. long ; leaflets linear-lanceolate
or ensiform, subulate-acuminate, 12in. to 14in. long, ljin. broad ;
petioles convex below and armed with long, irregular spines.
Malaya,

D. trichrous is in the Kew Collection, but is not in general
cultivation.

DAGGER MOTH. See Pear Insects.

DAHLIA. These plants are gross feeders, and require
a rich, deep soil, if blossoms are to be fully developed. It
ought, moreover, to be trenched about 2ft. deep, and during
the process a good supply of rich farmyard manure worked in.
Trenching should be done in the previous autumn, before
the ground is saturated with the autumn rains. In fine
weather in winter the surface should be forked over to a
depth of 3in. or 4in.; this will allow the air to penetrate
more fully into the soil, getting it into the very best con-
dition for planting in the season. At planting-time it is
best to put the permanent sticks into the ground. If the
soil is in good condition, sufficient should be dug out in
front of the sticks to allow of the ball of the roots to go well
into the soil. The plants should be firmly inserted, and
tied to the sticks at once. If the soil is not in good con-
dition, it is an excellent plan to dig out a spit or two, and

The correct name of Eranthemwm

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 297

Dahlia—continued.
replace it with some prepared soil, such as would be used in
re-potting the plants. In favourable weather they will soon
grow away vigorously, when all the side-growths ought to
be remoyed except four. These should not be tied up in a
bundle—each should have a separate stick to support it;
then by careful training a very handsome plant will be
produced. As the growths advance they must be tied to the
sticks, and the earlier ties must be seen to, as they have a
tendency to cut into the succulent growths. When hot, dry
weather sets in, water must be applied yery freely to the
roots, and a mulch of decayed manure will prevent the
moisture from too rapidly evaporating. If the very finest
blossoms are required for exhibition, it is necessary to
shade some of the varieties. Cardboard caps may be put over
the flowers, and held in position by a stout stick driven into
the ground. To guard against such blossoms being injured
by thrips they may be enclosed in a muslin bag.

To the species and yarieties described on pp. 432-7,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

D. arborea (tree-like). A synonym of D. excelsa anemoneflora.

D. excelsa anemonefiora (Anemone-flowered). _/l.-heads 4in.
across ; ray florets soft lilac, flat ; disk of lilac or yellow, tubular
florets. J. large, bipinnate; petioles broadly connate. h. 12ft.
to 20ft. Mexico, 1883. This variety requires to be grown in a
cool conservatory. (B. ii, 88; G. C. n. s., xix., p. 60.) Syn.
D. arborea.

D. gracilis. There are a number of varieties, including cuprea
(coppery-red), jlore-pleno (double-flowered), fulgens (crimson-
scarlet), ignea (bright orange), lutea (pale yellow), and superba
(crimson-scarlet, G. C. 1881, xvi., p. 584).

D. Yuarezii. Sec D. Juarezii.

D. Zimapani (native name). This is now the correct name of
Bidens atrosanguinea. SYN. Cosmos diversifolius atrosanquincus.

BiG. 310. FLOWER OF SHOW DAHLIA GLOIRE DE Lyod,

Varieties. Since the publication of this work proper,
some considerable improvement has been wrought in the
different sections of the Dahlia recognised by florists. The
Pompon and Cactus sections, however, show the greatest
advance ; while the Singles, at one time so popular, have
had to give place to the other sections. The following is a
selection of varieties in the different sections. Following
the plan of the work, we keep the Show and the Fancies
distinct, though, as a matter of fact, the only difference lies
in the flowers of the former being apie ae lonten or prac-
tically so; while those of the latter are made up of two or
more colours in association.

Show Varieties. AGNEs, pure yellow, excellent; ALICE
EMILY, nankeen-yellow, good habit; BENDIGO, purple and
crimson, fine; CHAMPION ROLLO, deep orange, shaded ; CHine-
TAIN, purplish-lilac, large ; CLARA, rosy-peach, large ; COLONIs?,
chocolate and fawn; CORONET, dark re , large, good ; CRIMSON

Vol. V.

Dahlia—cont inued,

GLOBE, crimson, large, fine form; DucHEss or York, lemon,
edged with salmon-pink; DUKE OF FIFE, deep cardinal,
large, bold flower; ECLIPSE, orange-scarlet, very handsome ;
GLOIRE DE LYON (Fig. 310), very large, white, of fine form:
GLOWWORM, orange-scarlet; HARRISON WEIR, rich yellow ;
HARRY KEITH, rosy-purple, large and fine; HENRY WALTON,
yellow, edged vermilion, very fine; JOHN HICKLING, bright
yellow, very fine; JOHN WALKER, splendid white, grand form ;
J.T. WEsT, yellow, edged with purple, fine; KING OF PURPLEs,
purple, fine form; LE CoLosseE, red, very large; LustTrous,
rich crimson-scarlet; MABEI, STANTON, Clear yellow, lovely
form; MISS BARBER, white, deeply tipped with purple; Miss
CANNELL, white, tipped rose-pink, large and good form; Mont
BLANC, pure white, splendid form; Mrs. CuarLes Noyes,
light fawn, very fine; Mrs. LANGTRY, cream, tipped crimson :
Mrs. S. HIBBERD, white, tipped pink; Norma, bright orange-
buff; Nupran, dark crimson ; PENELOPE, fawn and amber, tinted
yellow, large and fine; PRINCE OF DENMARK, dark maroon,
shaded crimson; QUEEN OF THE BELGIANS, delicate cream,
inside of petals soft pink, one of the best; RELIANCE, fawn,
shaded rose; R. T. RAWLINGS, clear yellow, fine form; SIR
CHARLES MILLS, clear yellow ; ‘I. S. WARE, crimson ; WARRIOR,
brilliant scarlet; WILLIAM Kerra, dark plum, large and good ;
WILLIE GARRATT, bright cardinal, good habit.

Fancy Varieties. BENNETT GOLDNEY, soft terr: cotta, very
fine; BLANCHE KEITH, pure yellow, large, and fine form; BUFFALO
BILL, buff, striped with vermilion ; Cassar, soft reddish-scarlet ;
CHARLES WOODBRIDGE, crimson, shaded with purple, large, full,
and of fine form ; COMEDIAN, orange ground, flaked with crimson
and tipped with white, fine ; CRAWLEY GEM, rich crimson-scarlet,
small and pretty, fine for cutting ; DANDY, orange, striped crimson ;
DAZZLER, clear yellow, striped with scarlet; DELICATA, soft
pink, shading to yellow in the centre; DUKE OF CLARENCE,
deep mareen-scarlet, fine and free; EARL OF PEMBROKE, bright
plum ; EDMUND Boston, orange, heavily striped crimson, fine ;
EMILY GIRDLESTONE, orange-scarlet, grand form; EMIN PASH,
yellow, heavily splashed with crimson, very fine; ENDYMION,
clear cerise, fine; ERIC FISHER, buff, striped scarlet ; ERNEST
CANNELL, soft red, large and tine; ERNEST CHEAL, rosy-scarlet,

k

thes

CHAUVIERE, lilac,
salmon, long ¢

and jae PELICAN, white, striped purple; PLUTARCH, buff,
splashed crimson ; PorvriA, lilac, striped purple; PRINCE HENRY,
lilac, striped purple, good form ; PURPLE PRINCE, dwarf and very
fine ; ROBERT CANNELL, magenta, large, good form; ROYAL
GEORGE, soft crimson-pink, fine habit ; 8. MORTIMER, deep rose.
striped purple ; St. CATHERINE, delicate bronzy-amber ; SU
yellow, splashed crimson ; THE BisHop, bright coral-red, petals
curled and finely-pointed, excellent ; T. W. GIRDLESTONE, lilac,
splashed maroon, extra fine; VALKYRIE, rich cardinal, one of
the earliest.

Bedding and Bouquet or Pompon Varieties. ACHILLES,
pale lilac; ADMIRATION, crimson, tipped white, free and
pretty; ARTHUR WEs?, deep crimson, very fine; BAccHUs,
crimson-scarlet, small and neat flower; BELLE OF SPRINGFIELD
(syn. RYECROFT GLORY), carmine-red, very free and fine; BOULE
D'OR, yellow, very pretty; CAPTAIN BoyToN, deep maroon,
shaded crimson ; CECIL, red, tipped white, fine; Crimson KING,
dark crimson, very free; DOLLY KEITH, pure white, neat flower ;
Don JUAN, maroon, small, of perfect form; DR. RAUCH, orange-
scarlet ; ELI MILLARD, white, petals fimbriated; ERIc, scarlet,
tipped and striped white ; Eva, rosy-crimson, very pretty; Farry
TALES, delicate primrose, free and pretty; FASHION, light
orange; FLORENCE WOODLAND, yellow, edged crimson, fine
form; FLORRIE BURROUGHS, soft purple, edged maroon, very

2Q

298 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dahlia—continued.

fine; GEORGE BRINCKMAN, pure white, fine form ; GLADYS
VALENTINE, delicate blush; GOLDEN GEM, yellow, fine form ;
Gruss AN WIEN, crushed strawberry; HECTOR, scarlet, fine ;
HERMANN KINDELL, fiery scarlet; HILDA, deep rose, tipped
and striped white, free; ISABEL, orange-scarlet; JANET, rich
salmon; JESSICA, amber, edged red, very pretty ; JOHN SPITTLE,
pure white, small, fine for cutting; KARL GOLDENBERG,
yellow, tipped white ; LILIAN, primrose, edged peach, very fine ;
Litre Bossy, maroon-crimson ; LITTLE DUCHESS, white, edged

Fic. 311. FLOWERS OF POMPON DAHLIA LITTLE SWEETHEART.

crimson, very effective; LITTLE SWEETHEART (Fig. 311), red,
tipped with white; LockrtT, pure white, shaded with crim-
son; Mary Drury, purple-lake, very fine; MIDGET, soft rose,
fine ; NERISSA, soft rose ; OTHELLO, rich crimson; PHBE, deep
golden, very fine; PURITY, pure white, excellent ; RED INDIAN,
coral-red, very pretty ; RUBENS, maroon, tipped white ; ROWENA,
yellow, edged scarlet, fine form; Ruy BLAS, crimson and purple,
tipped white ; SaPPHO, rich!maroon, crimson ; SOVEREIGN, yellow,
free and_good; THE MIKADO, purplish-crimson, tipped white ;
TomMy KEITH, red, tipped white; VIVID, orange-scarlet, good ;
WHISPER, clear yellow; ZOAR, yellow, edged salmon-pink, very
fine.

SingleVarieties. ANNIE HuGuEs, clearyellow, margined peach,
free and good; Brauty’s EyE, rich lilac, with deep crimson
ring at base of petals, very distinct ; CHILWELL BEAuTY, bright
chestnut, excellent; DUCHESS OF ALBANY, soft mauve, edged
buff; DUCHESS OF FIFE, bright amber, with deep orange band,
perfect form ; DUCHESS OF WESTMINSTER, pure white, fine form,
and floriferous ; DUKE OF YORK, orange-scarlet, with yellow ring
round disk, fine form ; ECLIPSE, rosy-mauve, crimson ring round
disk, extra fine; EVELYN, white, edged with pinkish-mauve ;
Faust, rich. reddish-crimson, fine form; GULIELMA, pure white,
edged buff, perfect form, very free; HARRY BRATEN, deep rose,
splashed velvety-maroon, fine; IVANHOE, deep lilac, fine form
and substance; JAMES SCOBIE, yellow, striped and spotted
red, dwarf and free ; KATE, bright orange-maroon, very pretty ;
Kitty, white, shaded rosy-mauve, charming; K. L. TEMPLE,
deep maroon, shaded with carmine, one of the best; LADY
HELEN, clear yellow, tipped white ; Lapy WHITEHEAD, rich rose-
purple, with yellow disk, fine; LittLE SNow-WHITE, pure white,
excellent for cutting; Miss HENSHAW, erimson-scarlet, free ;
Miss JEFFRIES, mauve and magenta, with broad red ring round
disk ; NORTHERN Star, bright red, edged deep yellow, small,
very floriferous; SUNNINGDALE WHITE, pure white; T, W.
GIRDLESTONE, pure white, edged purple, fine, and useful for

Dahlia—continued.
cutting; THOMAS WHEELER, terra-cotta, distinct; W. C.
HARVEY, yellow, with red ring round disk, very good.

I'ic. 312. FLOWERS OF SINGLE CacTUS DAHLIAS.

Cactus and Semi-Cactus Varieties (see Figs. 312-314).
ANTELOPE, rosy scarlet; ARTHUR CHEAL, rich purplish-
crimson, fine and very free, flowers well above the foliage:

ss Rae AR

Fic. 313. FLOWER OF CACTUS DAHLIA Miss FINCH.

bail

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 299

Dahlia—continued.

BEATRICE, pale rose, very fine; BEATRICE MARTIN, white,
tinged rose, fine for cutting; COUNTESS OF LONSDALR,
purplish-rose, tinged orange, of good habit; Esony, blackish-
maroon, tinted with purple; F. C. PAWLE, rich crimson, tinted
with rose, bushy; GREE WHITE, pure white, bushy habit ;
ISLAND QUEEN, mauve; K Ss’ WHITE, the best white in
cultivation ; LAVERSTOCK BEAUTY, vermilion, shading to reddish-
yellow ; LEONORA, bright pink, tinged rose ; LOADSTONE, bright
orange-red; Lucius, orange-red; MAGNIFICENT, orange-buff,
shaded rose; Mary SERVICE, shades of heliotrope, pink,
and yellow, dwarf; Miss Fincu (Fig. 313), carmine, flushed
crimson and purple; MRs. FINDLAY CAMPBELL, orange-
scarlet, of excellent form; MRS. HALFORD, rosy-scarlet ;

Fic 314. FLOWER oF Cactus DAHLIA MRS. JOHN GODDARD.

Mrs. JOHN GODDARD (Fig. 314); Maks. STEPHENSON CLARKE,
yellow, tipped and flushed orange-scarlet ; PROGENITOR, glowing
scarlet, suffused purple; RANJI, deep maroon; RED ROVER,
deep crimson ; STARFISH, orange-scarlet, sturdy ; SYLPH, orange,
handsome ; THE CLOWN, deep orange, tipped with white ; UNCLE
Tom, deep maroon; VISCOUNTESS SHERBROOKE, reddish-terra-
cotta, with apricot yellow tinge. vil

DAHLIA (of Thunberg). A synonym of Tricho-

cladus (which see).

DALBERGIA. According to the authors of the

“Genera Plantarum,” this includes Amerimnon.

DALEA (of Gertner), A synonym of Microdon
(which see)...

DALIBARDA. Bentham and Hooker include this
genus under Rubus, and the correct name of D. repens is
Rubus Dalibarda.

DALRYMPLEA. A synonym of Turpinia (which
see).

DAMASONIUM (from damein, to conquer; applica-
tion rather obscure). Syn. Actinocarpus (ander which name
the genus is described on p. 21, Vol. I.). About four species
of annual or perennial, stemless herbs are referred here by
the authors of the ‘‘ Genera Plantarum” ; two are found in
Europe, North Africa, and Western Asia, a third in Aus-
tralia, and a fourth in California. Flowers white, disposed

Damasonium—continwed.
in ample, branched racemes or panicles, hermaphrodite ;
perianth leaflets six, in two series, the three inner ones
slender, membranous, and persistent, the outer ones petal-
like and deciduous. Leaves all radical, petiolate, ovate,
oblong, cordate, or lanceolate, with a prominent midrib.
D. australe (Southern). The correct name of Actinocarpus
minor.
D. stellatum (star-like). The correct name of Actinocarpus
Damasonium.
DAMASONIUM (of Schreber).
Ottelia (which see).

DAMNACANTHUS. Syn. Bawnannia. The species
of this genus are natives of China, Japan, and the
mountains of Eastern Bengal. Flowers white, small,
axillary, solitary or in pairs. Frnit red, pea-like. Leaves
small, sub-sessile, ovate, acuminate. To the species
described on p. 489, Vol. I., the following should be added:
D. indicus (Indian). i. tubular; corolla tube jin. long, the

segments jin. long. Spring. jr. 8in. in diameter, borne while
the plant is flowering. 7. opposite, shining green, sin. or more
in length. Branches slender, with needle-like spines. Japan,
oie, eee An ornamental, greenhouse or hardy, evergreen
shrub.

DAMPING OFF. A disease of seedling plants due to
the attacks of a fungus (Pythiwm de baryanum). Prof.
Marshall Ward characterises it as ‘‘one of the commonest
of all maladies found in gardens, occurring in the seed-beds
of all kinds of plants in very wet weather, or when the
beds are kept too shaded or the seeds haye been sown
too thickly and kept too moist.’’ At the onset of the
attack only a portion of the seedlings appear to be
attacked, but gradually the whole of them in seed-bed or
seed-pan are involved, and are covered by a white thread-like
mycelium. The first symptom that anything is wrong is a
characteristic paleness and toppling over of some of the
plants, which are attacked just above the soil-line. Such
seedlings should at once be removed and burned. As a
further preventive measure the same quarters should not be
used for seedlings the next season, as the disease is kept
alive through winter by means of oospores. Cruciferous plants
are very liable to suffer from the disease.

DAMSON MITE (Bryobia pruni). A destructive and
prolific species of the family Tetranychidx, found, as its
common name suggests, upon the Damson. This pest has
only been noted within recent years, though doubtless its
depredations in the past have been put down to Red Spider,
which it somewhat resembles in form, if not in colonr. It
has eight pairs of legsin the adult state, the front pair being
much the longest. Unlike its relative, the Gooseberry
Mite (which see), it spins no web.

The first symptoms of attack are an unhealthy appearance
of the leaves, which prematurely yellow. Such leaves, if
examined by the aid of a pocket-lens on their under-surface,
will be found to harbour numbers of the pests in various
stages of development. The mature Mites are reddish-
brown ; while the larvze vary considerably as to colour.
Prior to the second moult the larve are red, and have but
six legs. Later the remaining pair is developed, and the
colour of the creature undergoes a change. As winter
approaches, the larve hide beneath the bark or beneath the
growths which are allowed to form upon trunk and branches.
Here they live in comparative safety, awaiting the advent
of the tender young leaves in the spring.

When the Mites are detected the trees should be sprayed
with a weak solution of Kerosene Emulsion, sold ready
prepared; and in winter, when the trees are at rest, they
should be cleansed of Moss and Lichen by the aid of a caustic
potash and soda solution sprayed on. See Lichen.

DANAA. A synonym of Physospermum (which see).

DANAE (a classical name ; Danaé was the daughter of
Acrisins, King of Argos, by Eurydice). Syn. Danaidia.
Orv. Liliacee. A monotypic genus. The species,
D. Laurus, is described on p. 335, Vol. III., under its old
name, Ruscus racemosus.

DANZA. It is a matter of regret that the requirements
of these interesting Ferns shonld be so little understood.
Many importations have taken place within the last few
years, but none of the species has become plentiful :
the various kinds of treatment have invariably produced
unsatisfactory results. Cases after cases of these plants, and

A synonym of

300 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Danza—continued,

Fic. 315. BARREN FROND AND PORTION OF FERTILE FROND OF
DANA CRISPA.

especially of the beautiful D. crispa (see Fig. 315), have
reached England in excellent condition, the plants when
unpacked being in some instances the very picture of

Fig. 316. FERTILE AND BARREN FRONDS OF DANA ELLIPTICA.

Danza—continued.

health; yet none, to our knowledge, have prospered, and
the most that has been done with them has been to keep
them alive for three or four years, during which time they
have gradually dwindled away. Notwithstanding these
repeated failures, the beauty of some of the known kinds is
such that, should the opportunity of growing them present
itself again, they would be well worthy of further trials.
They usually come over in their native soil, which appears
to be a light yellow, sandy loam of a very porous natnre ;
and they are said to grow naturally in warm, constantly
moist, and somewhat close and shady situations. D. ellip-
tica (see Fig. 316) is the commonest species.

DANAIDIA. A synonym of Danae (which see).
DANBYA. A synonym of Bomarea (which see).

DAPHNE. Including Mezereum. The time at which
the varieties of D. Mezerewm are planted is of greater
importance than is generally believed. ‘The roots begin
to work very early in the year, and transplanting
should be carried ont in autumn as soon as the leaves
have fallen; if this be done in spring, after root-
action has commenced, the plants are liable to receive a
check. Daphnes should not be planted in a hot, dry, sandy
soil: a cool, moist, loamy soil, and an open situation, suit
them best. Seeds should be sown in light soil immediately
they are gathered, and watered with a fine rose watering-
pot, and if placed in a gentle heat germination will take
place in a anit time; but if the sowing is deferred until
spring the seeds become dry, and yegetation takes place
very irregularly ; besides, they frequently lie dormant in the
soil for a couple of years. D. Lawreola and D. Mezereum
form admirable stocks for grafting the different varieties
upon, which operation should be performed in February or
March, placing the stocks in a warm (not hot) propagating-
case. It is a good plan to place the stocks in heat a week
or so before the operation takes place. Cuttings inserted in
moist soil about July, and covered with a bell-glass in heat,
root freely. The dwarf-growing varieties are readily
increased by layering, also by grafting on fleshy pieces of
their own roots in spring. The latter should be plunged
in a genial bottom-heat.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 44-1,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

D. Blagayana. The flowers of this charming, hardy, European
species are shown in Fig. 317. (B. M. 7519.)

D. caucasica (Caucasian). jl. white, fragrant, sub-sessile, in
terminal clusters of two to twenty; perianth tube sin. long,
silky-pubescent, the lobes about jin. long. May. J. lin. to
lsin. long, linear-lanceolate or oblanceolate, pale green above,
slightly glaucous beneath. Caucasus, 1893. A dwarf, hardy,
quite glabrous, deciduous shrub. (B. M. 7388.)

D. glomerata (clustered). fl. violet-purple, sessile, exceeding
the bracts, clustered in umbels amongst the leaves. /. lanceolate
or oval-lanceolate, about lin. long, forming a crown to the naked
stems. Caucasus, 1891. A dwarf, hardy shrub, something in the
way of D. Blagayanu.

D. indica elegantissima (very elegant). A variety having the
leaves broadly margined with white. Japan, 1870.

D. jezoensis (Jezo). /l. yellow, fragrant, produced amongst the
bases of the leaves, on persue pedicels ; perianth segments
spreading, ovate, acute. ¢. obovate-oblong, obtuse, attenuated to

' a short petiole, pale beneath. Branches highly glabrous, nearly
erect. A. 2ft. Isle of Jezo, Japan, 1886. A much-branched
shrub.. (R. G.. t. 496, f. 1, 3.)

D. salicifolia (Willow-leaved), A synonym of D. caucasica.
D. Mazelit has also been introduced.

DAPHNIDIEZ. Meissner’s name for the species
embraced in the genera Laurus and Lindera.

DAPHNIPHYLLACEZ. Included under Euphor-
biacez (which see).

DAPHNIPHYLLUM (from Daphne, and phyllon, a
leaf ; the leaves resemble those of Daphne). Syns. Goughia,
Gyrandra. ORD. Ewphorbiacee. A genus including eleven
species of small, glabrous, stove, greenhouse, or hardy,
evergreen trees, natives of tropical Asia and the Malayan
Archipelago. Flowers apetalous, dicecions, in axillary
racemes; stamens of the males five to eighteen. Leaves
alternate, long-petiolate, quite entire, pennineryed, usually
glaucous beneath. Branches robust, leafy at the tips.
Only two species have been introduced. They are evergreen
shrubs, quite hardy near London, and thrive under ordinary
treatment.

1900 SUPPLEMENT —RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c, 301

Daphniphyllum—continued. R

D. glaucescens (glaucous), of gardens. A synonym of
D. macropodum.

D. jezoense (Jezo). A much dwarfer plant than PD. macro-
podum, having the leaves glaucous beneath.

D. macropodum (large-footed). ji. borne in short, axillary
racemes. Autumn. /7. black, about the size of peas. J. 6in.
to 8in. long, lanceolate, acute, dark green above, paler and more
glaucous beneath. hk. about 6ft. in cultivation (40ft. in its
native places). China and Japan. Syn. D. glaucescens (of
gardens, not of Blume).

re A synonym of Botryceras (which
see).

DAPHNOIDEZ.
(which see).

DAPHNOPSIS. Oxp. Thymelwacee. None of the
species of this genus are in cultivation. Nordmannia cordi-
folia has been referred in a gardeners’ handbook to
Daphnopsis, but it belongs to a different natural order
(Boraginezx), and is really identified with Trachystemon
orientalis (which see).

Included under Thymelzaceze

DASYSTACHYS (from dasys, thick, and stachys, a
spike; in allusion to the dense racemes). Orp. Liliacex.
A genns embracing, according to Mr. J. G. Baker, fifteen
species of stove, tuberous-rooted perennials, restricted to
tropical Africa, and closely allied to Chlorophytum.
Flowers white, small ; paral polyphyllous, campanulate ;
racemes densely many-flowered, usually simple, sub-
spicate; bracts persistent. Leaves radical, linear or
lanceolate. For culture of the only species introduced,
see Chlorophytum.

D. drimiopsis (Drimia-like). ., perianth jin. long, the
segments havinga brown keel; raceme din. to 6in. long, the
rachis pubescent ; peduncle leafless, Sin. to 12in. long. J., pro-
duced ones three, linear, erect, glabrous, 1ft. to Isft. long,
fin. to $in. broad. Mozambique, 1898. (B. M. 7580.)
DASYSTEMON (of De Candolle).

Crassula (which see).

DASYSTEPHANA. A synonym of Gentiana
(which see).

DASYSTOMA. Includedunder Gerardia (which see).
DATE PALM, PRICKLY. ‘See Acanthophenix.

Included under

Fic. 317. FLOWERS oF DAPHNE BLAGAYANA.

DARWINIA. Syn. Polyzone. Including Francisia.
About twenty-two species of this genus have been
described.

DASISTOMA. Inc!nded under Gerardia (which see).
DASURWUS. Asynonymof Chamelirium (which see).
DASYAULUS. A synonym of Bassia (which see).
DASYCHIRA. See Tussock Moths.

DASYLIRION. About eight species, natives of
Mexico-Texan North America, have been referred to this
genus. To those described on pp. 442-3, Vol. I., the
following should be added: ~
D. junceum (Rush-like). A garden name for Agave striata.
D. quadrangulatum (four-angled). fl. small, disposed in a

dense, spike-like panicle ; flower-stem about 5ft. high. /. slender,

quadrangular, about 2ft. long. Stem stout, about 3ft. high,

peat with a dense tuft of leaves. Texas, 1887. (R. G. 1887,

p. 280.

D. texanum (Texan). The correct name of D. graminifolium.
The panicle is 2ft. to 3ft. long.

D. Wheeleri (Wheeler's). Similar in size and habit to
D. texanum, but with longer, flexuous, usually pendent
racemes. J. seven to nine lines broad, with brown-tipped teeth.
Arizona, &c.

DASYSCYPHA CALYCINA. See Larch Canker.

DATE, WILD. See Phenix sylvestris.

DATURA. This genus embraces about adozen species,
distributed over the warm and temperate regions of the
globe. Fruit bristly or smooth. Leaves ample, entire or
sinuate-toothed. To the species described on p. 444, Vol. I.,
the following should be added :

D. aurea (golden). In habit and foliage this does not appear tuo
differ from D. arborea, but the flowers are golden-yellow. 1893,
D. chlorantha. The typical species, the double form of which

is described in Vol. I., was, according to the ‘‘Gardeners’

Magazine,” introduced in 1894.

D. cornigera Knightii (Knight's). A pretty variety with
large, double, white, pendent flowers.

D. cornucopia (cornucopia). jl. large and semi-double ; interior
of the limb very pale lavender, the exterior and the tube lavender
profusely spotted with purple. J. dark green. 1893. A distinct
and handsome form, of dense growth.

D. fastuosa. There are a double-flowered form of this and
others called Huberiana and rubra in gardens; they are
probably hybrids.

D. ferox (fierce). fl. bluish-white, erect; calyx striated, half as
long as the corolla, which is 1sin. long, with an angled limb.
August. 7. ovate-rhomboid, sinuate-repand, toothed. Stem lft.
to 2ft. high. China, &c., 1731.

D. Knightii (Knight's). A variety of D. cornigera.

D. Tatula is a variety of D. Stramonium.

302 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

DAVALLIA. Including Odontosoria and Synaphlebium.
When grown in either pots or pans, Davallias that are
provided with rhizomes require to be a little elevated above
the rim of the pot, as nothing is more injurious to them
than to haye their rhizomes buried in the soil, especially the
species whose rhizomes are clothed with large, chaffy scales.
Most of them are averse to heavy or close soil, and delight
in a compost of three parts fibrous peat, one part chopped
sphagnum—or, better still, good leaf-mould—and one part
silver-sand, with thorough drainage and an abundant supply
of water at the roots during the growing season. During
winter they must be watered sparingly, never allowing
even deciduous kinds to become quite dry. The plants
must not be syringed overhead; but they delight in being
kept near the glass. Propagation in the case of those
species not producing rhizomes is by spores, sown in heat.
Where Davallias like dissecta, bullata, and Marieswi are
required in quantity they are best raised from spores. As
soon as the seedlings have produced a rhizome 2in. long, this
latter is repeatedly pruned, which tends to make compact,
bushy plants.

Many Davallias require special treatment. D. alpina is
one. This requires a warm temperature and moist atmo-
sphere, but without overhead syringing, and to be grown on
a pyramid of fibrous peat. D. bullata is one of the most
useful species in cultivation, succeeding equally well in stove
or in greenhouse, and making a very fine specimen, whether
grown in a shallow pan of good dimensions, on a pyramid of
peat, or on a vertical piece of cork or Tree-Fern stem, where
the rhizomes have plenty of 100m for extension. The
Hare’s-foot Fern (D. canariensis) (Fig. 319) is a very
ornamental and interesting species, useful for either pots
or for planting on rockwork. Its popular name is derived
from the fact that its prostrate stems, which are covered

\

\
.

\
\

Fic. 318. DAVALLIA ANGUSTATA.

with pale-brown chaffy scales, have a very close
resemblance to the feet of a hare. It also succeeds well
under greenhouse treatment, and is an excellent plant
for rooms. D. divaricata (Fig. 320) is best accommodated
on a projecting rock in the warm Fernery. It is a shallow-
rooting plant, requiring but a few inches of soil to develop
itself to perfection, and on that account may easily be
grown on the trunk of a dead Tree-Fern. D. angustata
(Fig. 318) is a singular little stove species found upon
Trees in its native country.

As basket subjects, Davallias are in the first rank.
Some of the best are D. Mariesii (Fig. 322), D. fijiensis and
its forms (all of which like peat), D. canariensis, D. immersa,
D. hirsuta, D. marginalis, D. retusa, and D. bullata. Some-
times D. hirsuta may be accommodated upon the rockery,
when it should be placed upon a prominent piece of rock to
allow its rhizomes full development. D. hirta cristata is one
of the strong-growing Davallias which should for preference
be grown in fibrous peat and sand only; it is also one of
those which suffer most from insufficiency of water at the

Davallia—continued.

roots at any time of the year. The whole plant is slightly
hairy, and on that account should never be watered over-
head. It very seldom produces fertile fronds, and is there-
fore generally increased by division of the crowns in the
early part of the year. .

D. pallida is a very attractive species, but its chief merit
lies in the fact that it forms a large specimen in a
comparatively small pot. Highly decorative, too, and
easily grown, is D. tenuifolia, but the soil in which it is
planted must not contain loam. D. parvula, although it
grows only a few inches high, is attractive on account of
the neatness of its habit. It requires only a very shallow
pan, and great care must be taken to keep the whole of the
rhizomes aboye ground. D. platyphylla makes an
exceedingly handsome specimen when grown in a pot, but it
progresses still more rapidly when planted in a substantial
compost in the rockery, where an abundance of water can
be allowed it during the summer. Another species suited to
the rockery is the graceful D. strigosa; it requires but
little soil. For growing upon a tree-trunk D. heterophylla
is exceedingly adapted, being a surface-rooter.

D. parallela (Fig. 323) is a minute stove species, which
in habit and size resembles our native Polypody.

To the species described on pp. 445-7, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

D. aculeata (prickly). rhiz. creeping, stout, fibrillose. sti.
(including rachis) 4ft. to 6ft. long, strong, scandent, spinose-
flexuose. fronds tripinnatifid ; lower pinne lft. to 1}ft. long, 4in.
to 6in. broad, ovate-lanceolate ; pinnules lanceolate, 2in. to 3in.
long, lin. broad; segments Jin. broad, cuneate, deeply two- to
four-lobed. sori small, cup-shaped, terminal. West Indies.
Stove. Syn. Stenoloma aculeata.

D. assamica (Assam). j;hiz. stout, wide-creeping, densely
clothed with light brown scales. sti. naked, lin. to 3in. long.
Sronds 6in. to 12in. long, spear-shaped, tripinnatifid; pinne
shortly stalked ; pinnules crowded, naked on both surfaces. sori
disposed close to the margins of the ultimate lobes ; involucres as
broad as deep. Bhotan. Stove. SyNs. Acrophorus assamicus,
Leucostegia assamica.

D. brachycarpa (short-fruited). A form of D. gibberosa.

Fig. 319, DAVALLIA CANARIENSIS.

D. ciliata (ciliated). rhiz. creeping, densely covered with soft,
brown hairs. _ sti. firm, erect, 3in. to 4in. long, hairy. fronds 1ft.
to 1}ft. long, 6in. to Yin. bread, spear-shaped, tripinnatifid, thin
and papery, the rachis and under-surface softly hairy. sort very
small, disposed two to twelve ina pinnule, and placed near the
centre of the teeth near the base. Philippine Islands. Stove.
(H. S. F. i., p. 184, t. 604.) Syn. Microlepia ciliata.

D. cristata (crested). A synonym of C. strigosa.
D. elata (tall). A form of D. elegans.

D. elegans polydactyla (many-fingered). This differs from the
type in the many-fingered, dilated apex of the frond, and of the
pinne, which are all multifidly divided or crested in such a
manner as to give the plant an extremely ornamental character.

882.

D. epiphylla (upon a leaf). This species has fronds more

coriaceous than in D. elegans, more finely-divided segments, very

smal\ sori, and sharp teeth protruded considerably beyond them.
Java and the Malayan Peninsula. Stove.

eee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 303

Davallia—continued.

1G. 320. PINNA OF DAVALLIA DIVARICATA.

shallow. Madagascar, 1887. SyN. Stenoloma ferruginea.

FiG. 321. UPPER PORTION OF FROND OF DAVALLIA HIRTA

CRISTATA.

D. ferruginea (rusty). sti. wide-creeping, climbing, not prickly.
Jronds quadripinnatitid ; pinnules of the lower pinn‘ 2in. to 3in.
long, lin. broad, ovate; segments lin. long, jin. broad, cut down
to the rachis below, the lobes din. to gin. broad, cuneate at base,
both deeply-toothed and shallowy crenate. sori small, marginal,

Davallia—continued.

Fic, 322. FROND OF DAVALLIA MARIESIT.

D. fijensis elegans (elegant). A pretty variety, lighter-
coloured and less dense than the aa 1893.

D. f. major (greater). fronds not so finely cut as in the type,
borne on slender stalks, and much lighter in colour. Plant more
robust.

D. f. plumosa (feathery). In this variety the segments are
extremely narrow, and all parts of the frond have a specially
graceful, plumose appearance. 1882.

D. foeniculacea (Fennel-like). sti. erect, firm, 6in. to 8in. long.
fronds Sin. to 18in. long, bin. to 12in. broad, lanceolate-deltoid,
quadripinnate ; lower pinnules lanceolate, acuminate, 2in. to Jin.
long, lin. broad ; segments cut down to the rachis into simple or
forked, linear, filiform ultimate divisions one to two lines long,
equalling the rachis in breadth. sori two to six to a segment,
lateral, deeply half-cup-shaped. Fiji Islands, 1885.

Fic. 323. DAVALLIA PARALLELA.

304

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Davallia—continued.

D. gibberosa brachycarpa (short-fruited). sori as broad as
deep, overtopped by a long horn. New Hebrides, 1884.

D. hirsuta (hairy). *hiz. slender, creeping, hairy. sti. slender,
erect, hairy, 3in. to 4in. long. fronds abundantly produced,
narrow-hastate, 6in. to Yin. long, 2in. broad, tripinnatifid, soft
and papery; pinne cut down to a broadly-winged rachis into
oblong, rather sharply-toothed lobes; both surfaces softly
hairy. sori two to six to a segment, situated on the marginal
teeth. Japan and 'T’sus-Sima. Greenhouse. SYN. Microlepia
hirsuta.

Davallia—cont inued.

D. membranulosa (almost membranous). rhiz. wide-creeping,
stout, densely clothed with pale brown scales, sti. 2in. to Sin.
long. fronds thin, papery, 6in. to Yin. long, 2in. to Sin. broad,
once fully pinnate, but the lower pinnae cut down into numerous
sharply-toothed, oblong segments. sori two to eight to a
segment, obliquely placed between the mid-vein and the margin,
Himalayas, Kumaon, &c. Greenhouse. Syn. Leucostegia
membranulosa.

D. multidentata (many-toothed). fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, lft.
broad, bipinnate, of a soft, papery texture; pinnules of the

Fie. 324,

D. hirta cristata (crested). fronds drooping, beautifully crested.
South Sea Islands. See Fig. 321.

D. illustris (remarkable). rhiz. stout, creeping, scaly. _ sti.
reddish-brown. fronds 24ft. to 4ft. long, arching; pinne finely
cut. A capital basket plant. 1899.

D. Lorrainii (Lorraine's). rhiz. black-scaly. sti. 3in. to 4in.
long. fronds 6in. to 12in. long, deltoid, quadripinnatilid ; final
lobes ligulate, with a sorus at the base of the inner side. Malay
Peninsula, 1882.

D. lucida (clear). A synonym of D. solida.

DAVALLIA TENUIFOLIA VEITCHIANA.

lower leaflets cut into egg-shaped segments, each of which bears
two to twelve sori at the base of its teeth on the upper side of
the central vein. Sikkim Himalaya, &c. A delicate, green-
house species, having much the appearance of Asplenium tenui-
folium. SYN. Leucostegia multidentata.

A form of D. solida.

D. polypodioides (Polypodium-like), <A
Speluncee.

D. pycnocarpa (thick-fruited).
D. retusa (retuse).

D. ornata (adorned).

synonym of D.

A synonym of D. pentaphylla.
A synonym of Lindsaya retusa.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 305

Davallia—continued.

D. rhomboidea (rhomboid). A form of D. stylosa.

D Spelunez (cavern-loving).* sti. strong, 1ft. to 1sft. long.
fronds pale green, soft, papery, Sft. to 6ft. long, lft. to 2ft. broad,
somewhat triangular, three or four times pinnatifid; lower
leaflets 6in. to 12in. long, 3in. to 4in. broad; pinnules spear-
shaped, cut to the rachis below into oblong, deeply-toothed
lobes. sori small, abundant, one or more at the base of each
lobe. India, China, &c. A distinct and uncommon, easily-

own, stove species. Syns. D. polupodioides, D. trichosticha,
terolepia trichosticha.

D. tenuifolia Burkei (Burke's). A handsome, delicate, and
beautifully-cut form, with fronds hanging down 2ft. or more, and
very suitable for basket-culture. 1895.

D. t. stricta (erect). fronds more erect, larger, darker, and more
coriaceous than in the type.

D.t. Veitchiana (Dr. J. Il. Veitch’s). fronds spreading, plume-
like, broadly ovate, quadripinnate; ultimate lobes cuneate,
simple or bifid. China, 1883. A handsome basket Fern. See
Big. 324, for which we are indebted to Messrs. James Veitch and
Sons.

Vy
Np.

‘if
ip

Fic. 325. DAVALLIA TRICHOMANOIDES.

D. trichomanoides (Trichomanes-like).* rhiz. wide-creeping,
covered with pale-brown scales. sti. grey, naked, 3in. to 6in.
long. fronds 6in. to Yin, long, elongated-triangular, somewhat
coriaceous, quadripinnatifid; pinne distinctly stalked, spear-
shaped, the lowest and largest lin. to 2in. broad; pinnules cut
into strap-shaped segments. sori showing a horn projecting on
both sides. Malay Islands and Ceylon. A very pretty, stove
species. See Fig. 325.

D. trichosticha (having hairs disposed in rows). A synonym of
D. Spelunce.

D. Truffautiana (Truffaut's). This is described as “a parti-
cularly handsome and distinct species, with large, spreading

Vol. V.

Davallia—continued.

fronds, a peculiarity of which is that the under-surface is like the
upper.” Peru, 1896. (G. M. 1896, p. 352.)

D. vestita (clothed). j/ronds like those of D. pedata, but the
barren ones having all their segments, except those of the lower
pinnules, blunt and scarcely toothed; lobes of the fertile
segments (in the teeth of which the sori are placed) narrower
and more Sharply toothed. Ceylon and Java. Stove.

DAVID’S HARP. See
florum.

DAVIESIA. To thespecies described on p, 448, Vol. I.,
the following should be added :

D. corymbosa (corymbose). . white, red; standard din. long ,
racemes usually shorter than the leaves and flowering from above
the middle or from the end only. July. JZ. usually lanceolate or
linear, rarely broader and oblong, 14in. to 3in, long. h. 2ft. to
5ft. 1804. (A. B. R. 611.) Syns. D. glauca (L. B. C. 43),
D. mimosoides (B. M. 1957).

D. c. mimosoides (Mimosa-like). jl. smaller; racemes flowering
from below the middle. 7. usually narrow, with more pinnate
seo 1809. Syns. D. linearis (L. B. C. 1615), D. virgata (B. M.

D. genistoides (Genista-like).
D. glauca (glaucous).
D. linearis (linear). A synonym of D. corymbosa mimosoides.
D. mimosoides (Mimosa-like). See D. corymbosa.
D. ulicifolia (Ulex-leaved). A synonym of D. ulicina.

D. ulicina (Ulex-like). (fl. yellow, solitary or clustered, rarely in
umbels of three or four; standard broad. June. 1. broadly-
ovate to lanceolate or linear, pungent-pointed, 4in. to lin. long.
h. 3ft. 1792. (L. B. C. 44; P. M. B. iv. 29.) Syns. D. genis-
toides (L. B. C. 1552), D. ulicifolia (A. B. R. 304).

D. virgata (twiggy). A synonym of D. corymbosa mimosoides.
DEADLY CARROT.
DEAL, WHITE.

DEAL, YELLOW or RED.
vestris.

DEATH’S HERB. See Atropa Belladonna.
DEBRA. A synonym of Erisma (which see).
DEBREGEASIA (derivation not stated, but pro-

bably commemorative). Syn. Morocarpus. Orv. Urticacee.
A small genus (five species) of stove or greenhouse shrabs
or trees, natives of tropical and sub-tropical Asia and
Africa. Flowers monccious or diccious, in capitate,
sessile, panicled or spicate clusters; males having three
to five sepals and petals; females haying a__ fleshy
receptacle and an oyoid or obovoid perianth, succulent in
fruit. Leaves alternate, serrated, three-nerved; stipules
bifid. Only one species has been introduced. It requires
ordinary greenhouse treatment.

Polygonatum multi-

A synonym of D, ulicina.

A synonym of D. corymbosa.

See Thapsia.
See Picea excelsa.
See Pinus syl-

D. velutina (velvety). /., sepals four; headsin short, dichotomous
cymes. fr. red or yellow, about the size of a pea, in shortly-
stalked heads. J. stalked, linear- or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
serrulated, rounded at base, 4in. to 7in. long, smooth or seabrid
above, white- or ashy-tomentose beneath. A. 6ft. to 9ft. Sub-
tropical Himalaya, &c., 1896. (R. H. 1896, p. 521, f. 118.)

DECABELONE. This genus includes three species,
one being a native of Angola and the others South African.
Flowers large, solitary or twin, shortly pedicellate ; calyx
segments five, acute ; corolla tubular-campanulate, slightly
incurved, marbled and spotted within, broadly five-lobed ;
corona duplex, the outer one of ten lobes, the inner of five
scales. Stems dwarf, with six to twelve very elevated ribs.

DECAISNEA. To the species described on p. 449,

Vol. I., the following should be added :

D. Fargesii (Farge’s). fl. in axillary, loosely paniculate, erect
racemes; pedicels much shorter than the flowers. /7. azure-
blue, pendent, cylindrical. 7. long-petiolate ; leaflets six to ten
pairs, stalked, membranous, ovate-laaceolate, acuminate, entire,
glaucous, slightly powdered. Su-tchuen. Plant woody, erect,
with fragile branches.

DECAISNEA (of Brongniart). A
Prescottia (which see).

DECAISNEA (of Lindley). A synonym of Tropidia
(which see).

synonym of

2B

306

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

DECASCHISTIA (from deka, ten, schistos, divided ; in
allusion to the ten bractcoles, the ten-celled ovary, the
ten-branched style, and the ten-valved capsule). ORD.
Malvaceze. A small genus (four or five species) of
stove shrubs, natives of India and Birma. Flowers shortly
pedunculate, axillary or clustered and terminal; sepals and
petals five, connate below, the latter adnate to the tube of
the stamens; bracteoles ten. Leaves entire or lobed. Only
one species has been introduced. For culture, see
Hibiscus.

D. ficifolia (Ficus-leaved). 1. coppery-red, merging into yellow,
with a rosy spot at the base, Sin. or more in diameter. /. three-
lobed, cuneate at base; lobes toothed, hoary beneath. Birma,
1888. A handsome shrub.

DECASPERMUM. A synonym of Nelitris (which

see).

DECASPORA. A synonym of Trochocarpa (which
see).

DECODON. Included under Nesza (which see).

DECOSTEA. A synonym of Griselinia (which see).

DECUMARIA. Forsythia (of Walter) is identical with
this genus.

DEER GRASS. See Rhexia virginica.

DEFINITE. Constant, fixed, or limited in number;
stamens are said to be Definite when they do not exceed a
score.

DELAIRIA SCANDENS. A synonym of Senecio
mikanioides (which see).

DELIMA. Leontoglossum is synonymous with this
monotypic genus.

DELPHINIUM. This genus comprises about forty
species, distributed over the North temperate zone. For
the herbaceous border there are no brighter or more
easily grown plants than the hybrid perennial Larkspurs,
provided the soil is fairly rich and there is an abundance
of water during the growing season. After the first
flush of beauty is over, it is a good plan to cut the plants
right down. Fnorther blossoms will then be produced,
which, if not so fine as those first seen, will tend to
prolong the season of beauty of these useful, hardy plants.
These Delphiniums should be planted in early spring,
and whether used in the border, as already suggested, in
the beds, or in the shrubbery, they are equally effective
when in flower. When planting the crown should be
kept about 2in. beneath the surface.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 450-1,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

DB. armeniacum (Armenian). . azure-blue. Armenia, 1894.
This plant closely resembles D. Ajacis, but is more robust.

D. azureum album (white). 7. creamy-white, in long, wand-
like racemes. 7. large, deeply three- to five-parted, the divisions
Fes into narrow lobes. Stems 2ft. to 3ft. high. North America,
1882.

D. cashmirianum Walkeri (Walker’s).* ji. lin. or more in
diameter ; sepals pale blue, striped with darker blue ; petals dull
yellowish, tipped with brown ; peduncles 3in. to 4in. long, one-
flowered. J. orbicular, three- to five-lobed; lobes lobulate.
Kashmir, 1885. A dwarf, rockwork plant. (B. M. 6830.)

D. caucasicum (Caucasian). 1. blue; spur slightly incurved,
about as long as the hairy sepals; SSE long. J. long-
petiolate, 14in. across, cordate-orbicular, tripartite ; segments
ovate, obtuse, incisely lobed. Stems din. to 4in. high, sparsely
hairy, three- or four-flowered. Caucasus, 1880. There is a variety
dasyanthum, rather larger than the type.

D. chinense (Chinese).

D. corymbosum (corymbose). i. densely racemose; sepals pale
violet, petaloid; petals almost black, the upper one erect, the
lower spreading, bifid, bearded. J/., lower ones palmately five-
lobed, hairy on both sides, the lobes repeatedly three-lobed ;
upper cauline ones petiolate or sessile, palmately five-lobed.
Stems corymbosely branched. A. lft. to 14ft. Eastern Turkestan.
(R. G. 1059.)

D. denudatum (denuded). #. nearly lin. long, many, in much-
branched racemes; sepals yellow, with blue margins; petals
pale blue. J., radical ones 2in. to 6in. in diameter, orbicular,
tive- to nine-partite, the segments bipinnatifid ; cauline ones few,
the uppermost ones tripartite. Stem branched, 2ft. to 3ft. high.
Temperate Himalayas, 1870

A variety of D. grandijlorum.

Delphinium—continued.
D. hybridum sulphureum (sulphur). A synonym of D. Zalil.

D. nudicaule aurantiacum (orange-coloured). A garden
variety. 1888.

D. Nuttalli (Nuttall’s).* fl. white, with sky-blue spots on the
upper segments, produced in branching spikes occupying about
one-third of the scapes. h. 2ft. to 24ft. North America.

D. peregrinum pig ji. blue; spur ascending, twice as
long as the rest of the flower. July. J. tripartite, the si ents
a ee Branches straight. A. 1ft. North Italy, &.,

D. speciosum glabratum (showy, glabrous). This is similar
in growth and flowers to D. cashmirianum, but has larger
anfloreacaeee and the flowers have longer spurs. Himalayas,

D. sutchuenense (Su-tchuen). A synonym of D. cheilanthum.

D. tatsiensis (Ta-tsien-lu). f. cobalt-blue. i much smaller
than in D. cheilanthum (to which this species is allied). A. 2ft.
China, 1896.

D. trolliifolium (Trollius-leaved). . bright blue, lin. to lsin.
broad ; spur as long as the sepals; raceme loose, few-flowered,
with rather long pedicels. /. long-petiolate, five- to seven-lobed ;
lobes laciniately cleft and toothed, with acuminate segments.
aus stout, 2ft. to 4ft. high, glabrous or slightly hairy. Oregon,

D. viride (green). jl. loosely racemose; sepals and the long,
stout spur yellowish-green; petals deep purple. J. palmately cut
and toothed. Chihuahua, 1 Annual or biennial. (G. & F.
1888, i., pp. 149-50, f. 29.)

D. Zalil (Zalil).* #7. pale yellow, rather larger than a shilling,
disposed in long racemes. May to August. /. dark green, finely
cut. Stem branching ; branches 8in. to l6in. long. Afghanistan,
1887. An attractive annual, the flowers of which are extensively
used, especially in Persia, for dyeing silk. (B. M. 7049.) Syn.
D. hybridum sulphureum.

Varieties. These are now very numerous, and are far
superior in colonr-range and general effectiveness to the
older garden kinds. The following is a good selection,
varying from pale blue to deep purple, and all of stately
growth :

ALBERT EpwarkD, deep plum, black eye; ALFRED HENDERSON,
violet, white centre; ASPIRATION, rich violet, white eye, semi-
double; BANQuo, violet-purple, black eye; BAsSaN1o, violet,
semi-double ; BEAUTY, pale blue, white eye; BRITANNIA, very deep
blue, large white eye; CETO, sky-blue, semi-double; CLARA
STUBBS, Geen blue, white centre; Davip, deep blue, black eye;
DUKE OF CONNAUGHT, bright blue, dark eye; DUKE OF TECK,
bright blue, white eye ; EVELYN, dark blue, edged lighter blue, semi-
double ; FRANK HOLL, deep blue, white centre ; GAINSBOROUGH,
deep blue, with violet inner petals, semi-double; GENEva,
sky-blue, white eye, semi-double; HENRY, deep blue and purple,
white eye ; HORACE, violet-purple, white eye; JAMES KELWay,
violet-blue, white eye; J. S. SARGENT, deep blue, shading to
plum, with dark eye; KING OF DELPHINIUMS, rich deep blue,
white eye, semi-double; Lapy ESTHER GORE, azure-blue,
white eye; MONUMENT, lavender, darker centre, semi-double ;
Mr. CromMpToN ROBERTS, rich purple and dese blue in com-
bination, with dark eye; Mrs. RUSHTON, bright blue, veined
rose, white centre; Sara, sky-blue, pink veinings and white
centre ; SIR JOHN FORREST, dark blue and violet-purple, creamy-
white eye; SIR WALTER Scott, purple and blue, dark eye;
TRUE BLUE, gentian-blue, black eye.

DELTOIDES. See Snout Moths.
DEMATIEI. See Mould.

DEMETRIA. A synonym of Grindelia (which
see).

DEMIDOVIA. A synonym of Tetragonia (which
see).

DENDRAGROSTIS. A synonym of Chusquea
(which see). -

DENDRIUM. A synonym of Leiophyllum (which

see). :

DENDROBIUM. Syns. Callista, Ceraia, Desmo-
trichum, Onychium (of Blume). Including Aporum. This
genus is here revised in accordance with the admirable
monograph published by Messrs. James Veitch and Sons,
in Part III. of their ‘‘Manual of Orchidaceous Plants.”

None of the Eastern genera of Orchids have gained so
much prominence of late years as the varions species and
hybrids belonging to the deciduons section of Dendrobiums,
and ¢ertainly none are worthier of consideration. The
numerous hybrids, especially new introductions, which have
been derived from the intercrossing of the various species,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 307

Dendrobium—continued.

are always songht after. These are now extensively grown
for cut-flower purposes. The exhibition tables also are
adorned profusely with these gems during the early spring
months of the year.

With the more extensive cultivation of Dendrobiums, it is
pleasing to note that mary of the “old fads,” such as grow-
ing the plants on blocks, the absolute necessity of using
charcoal for drainage, the hard-and-fast rales for damping
the houses, watering, and their barbarous treatment during
the resting season, are things of the past. Under the more
generous and practical methods now adopted this section of
plants is now grown far more easily and with better
results than was the case in the past.

The requirements now generally accepted in the success-
ful culture of decidnous Dendrobiums are—first, to place
the plants in as small a receptacle as possible, so that very
little compost indeed is required, and that consisting of
fibrous peat, with the whole of the dust extracted, and
chopped living sphagnum in equal portions ; secondly, to
pot immediately after the plants have Sowered and are
commencing to emit new roots from the base of the growth ;
and, thirdly, to give every encouragement to induce rapid
and vigorous growth. ‘The whole section reqnires any
amount of strong light throughout the year. Only sufficient
shade is required to prevent actnal scorching of the foliage.
In such conditions, and by maintaining during the day a
high temperature in the house without resorting to
fire-heat, rapid growth may be ensured. During the
summer, at night only will fire-heat be necessary. In
bright weather the plants may be liberally syringed, and
every measure used to keep the atmosphere at the
saturation point. The plants may also be watered when-
ever they become anything like dry.

The lower ventilators should be brought into use early in
the day, and closed again as soon as possible after the
middle of the day. As soon as this has been done, and the
outside conditions are favourable, the whole of the plants
should be given a thorough syringing overhead. This
operation should always be done sufficiently early to
enable the foliage to become dry before the cool
evening, with a lowering temperature, arrives. These
conditions should be maintained until the growth has
matured; after which the plants should be gradually
removed to cooler and drier quarters, where they may have
an abundance of air and every inducement given to enable
them to properly ripen their growths.

During the season of rest only snfficient water will be
required to maintain the bulbs in aplump condition. When
any indication of the shrivelling of the bulbs is observed,
such plants should be dipped in water, which induces them
to plump up readily, and they soon regain their normal
condition. The proper maturing or ripening of the growths
is one of the principal requirements for the satisfactory
flowering and for the future well-being of the plants. It is
not desirable to place the plants into heat too soon after
they commence to push their flower-brds, as they are
sometimes thereby induced to turn their flower-bnuds into
side-shoots. They should be gradually brought into their
flowering quarters, and more liberal conditions provided
until the flower-buds can be defined, when they shonld have
every encouragement to induce them to expand their
flowers.

This section may be easily propagated, if it is desirable
to increase the stock, by the cutting off of any of the
back bulbs that possess nodes or eyes which have not
flowered, and placing them in a basket of sphagnum, or by
laying them on cocoa-nut fibre in the propagating case.
The breaks are produced from the side eyes: when the
breaks get well away, root action commences at the base.
They may then be removed by carefully cutting away a
mall portion of the old bulb with the new growth, and
potting them up in the usual way. The potting compost
should consist of finely-chopped sphagnnm and rongh sand.
Every encouragement must then be given by heat and
moisture to induce a free growth.

The extensive importations of the lovely D. Phalznopsis
has placed this noble species within the reach of all. The
variable characteristics have been enormons, and are now
so familiar that they need no description here. D. John-
sone, the lovely D. atroviolacewm, and others, of what
may be termed the New Guinea section of Dendrobiums,
have also been extensively imported. These must be kept
in the warm division throughout the year. Little moisture

Dendrobium—continued.

will be required at the roots during the rooting season : only
sufficient should be given to maintain the bulbs in a plump
condition. With the evergreen section very few additions
have been made, and those do well under the conditions
previously advised for this class.

To the species, varieties, and hybrids- described on
pp. 452-8, Vol. I., the following should be added -

D. z#mulum (emulous). #7. white, fragrant, liin. across, the
apical half of the segments sometimes stained pale yellow ; sepals
narrow-lanceolate ; petals linear ; lip very short, three-lobed, the
side lobes acute, spotted pink, the middle one reflexed ; Tacemes
terminal, , five- to seven-flowered. Stems terete, 2in. to 4in. or
more in length, sometimes tapering to a long, thin base with a
small pseudo-bulb, and bearing at their summit two or three very
coriaceous leaves. Australia. (B. M. 2906; F. A. O., i., part ii.5;
G. C. 1895, i., p. 484.)

D. amboinense (Amboyna). f- in pairs; sepals and petals
creamy-white, spreading, nearly 3in. long, linear-lanceolate ;
lip small, yellowish, edged with dark purple. J. terminal,
oblong, acute. Stems jointed, bulbiform at the very base, four- to
six-angled above. Amboyna, 1856 and 1895. A very singular
species. (B. M. 4937 ; F. d.S. 1211.)

D. amethystoglossum (amethyst-lipped). 1. ivory-white,
except the amethyst-purple anterior lobe of the lip, crowded.
about lin. in diameter; sepals and petals ovate-oblong, acute ;
lip elongated, linear-spathulate, apiculate, convex in the middle,
incurved at the margins except towards the apex; spur long,
obtuse; column exposed; racemes 3in. to 5in. long, many-
flowered. January and February. J. sessile, oval-oblong, sub-
acute. Stems robust, sometimes 2ft. to 3ft. high and nearly lin.
thick. Philippine Islands, 1872. (B. M. 5968.)

D. anceps (two-edged). #. greenish or yellowish, 4in. long,
axillary, very shortly pedicellate; mentum longer than the
sepals; lip cuneate-oblong, obscurely three-lobed. 7. lin. to Liin.
long, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, acute. Stem lft. to 3ft.
long, stout, flattened. India. Syn. Aporum anceps (B. M.

A 1239; L. B. C. 1875).

D. anosmum (scentless). A form of D. superbum.

D. Antelope (antelope-horned). _f. yellowish ; sepals ligulate-
triangular, acute; petals long, antenniform, upright, painted
sepia inside; lip striped and speckled mauve, the square anterior
lacinia having its abrupt apiculus short. Moluccas, 1883.

D. arachnites (cobwebby). jf. bright cinnabar-red, in fascicles
of two or three, but sometimes solitary, 24in. across when spread
out; sepals and petals linear, acute; lip veined purple, shorter
than the other segments, sub-pandurate, convolute over the
column at the base; column very short. J. linear-lanceolate,
acute, 1sin. to 2jin. long. Stems terete, 2in. to 3in. long. Moul-
mein, 1874. Very rare in cultivation.

D. atropurpureum (dark purple). #. yellowish or pink, about
4in. long, sub-sessile in axillary, shortly peduncled, bracteate
heads ; mentum as long as the sepals; lip thick. J. lin. to 14in.
long, variable. Stem 4in. to 6in. long. Tenasserim, &c.

D. atroviolaceum (dark violet).* 7., sepals and petals creamy-
white, spotted with deep purple; lip violet-purple inside, green
outside, three-lobed; spike terminal, erect. Spring. Pseudo-
bulbs tapering downwards, persistent, with two or three stont,
leathery leaves near the apex. New Guinea, 1890. (B. M. 7371:
G. C. 1894, xv., p. 113, f. 12; J. H. 1894, xviii., p. 65, f. 10; W.O. A;
x., t. 444.)

D. Augustz Victoriz (Augusta Victoria's).
D. veratrifolium.

D. aurantiacum (orange).
tiacum.

D. aureum album (white). 7. very pale, nearly white. A flower
of the typical species is shown in Fig. 326.

D. a. aurantiacum (orange). j. orange-yellow. The richest-
coloured of all the varieties. SyN. D. aurantiacum.

D. a. Henshalli (Henshall’s). /., lip white, suffused yellow at
base, where there are two reddish-purple spots. (B. M. 4970,
under name of D. heterocarpum Henshalli.)

D. a. pallidum (pale). fl. sometimes smaller than in the type;
lip erie with the exception of a yellow stain at base. Stems
longer and slenderer. (B. R. 1839, t. 20.)

D. barbatum (bearded). 1. white; lip three-lobed, edged with
long, flexuous hairs; racemes terminal, short, four- or_five-
flowered. Pseudo-bulbs bearing six or seven lanceolate-linear
leaves. Birma, 1897. Allied to D. ciliatum.

D. bicameratum (twice-arched). i. yellow, with red speckles
arranged in stripes, in. broad, crowded on a short, sheathed
eduncle; lip golden-yellow. J. linear-lanceolate, 3in. to 4in.
ong, obliquely bifid. Stem clavate, fusiform, or elongate and
lft. to lift. long. Sikkim Himalaya, 1837. Plant variable
(Ref. B. 143.) Syn. D. breviflorum.

A synonym of

A synonym of D. aureum auran-

308

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dendrobium—continued.

Fic. 326. FLOWER OF DENDROBIUM AUREUM,

D. bigibbum albo-marginatum (white-margined). A variety
having whitish edges to the flowers. 1892. (L. vii., t. 517.)

D. bracteosum (bracteate). jl. purple, with a yellow lip,
marked reddish on the front margins, grouped in capitate masses ;
sepals triangular, keeled, the spur about two-fifths the length
of the free part of the lateral sepals, rather blunt ; petals
narrower, oblong, acute; lip nearly spathulate, a little convex
on the upper sides, much thicker at the base; bracts nearly
as long as the flowers. New Guinea, 1886. (LL. ii. 74.) SYN.
D. chrysolabrum.

D. breviflorum (short-flowered), A synonym of D. bicameratwm.
D. brisbanense (Brisbane). A synonym of D. gracilicaule.

Fig. 327. FLOWER OF DENDROBIUM BRYMERIANUM.

D. Brymerianum histrionicum (actor). /., lip having
“sometimes a beard, sometimes none, like a comedian.”
Autumn. A flower of the typical species is shown in Fig. 327.

D. calamiforme (quill-like). A synonym of D. teretifolium.

D. Calceolaria (Calceolaria-like). This is the correct name of
D. moschatum.

D. capillipes (hair-stemmed). jl. bright golden-yellow, in short
racemes. ih. 6in. Moulmein. A curious species, resembling a
pigmy form of D. albo-sanguineum. It succeeds on a block or in
a basket. (R. X. O. ii. 169, f. 4-6.)

D. cariniferum lateritium (brick-red). J, poke light
pels petals white; lip brick-red, with a yellowish front lobe.

D. c. Wattii is now classed as a species.

|

Dendrobium—continued.

D. carnosum (fleshy). 1. lined with red, solitary ; limb of the
lip emarginate. J. oblong, rather obtuse, fleshy, mucronate.
Pseudo-bulbs two-leaved, oblong, suleate. Java.

D. chloropterum (green-winged). /l., sepals and petals light
green, streaked red outside, and with broken lines of darker
colour inside ; lip pent reddish, with darker lines, the front lobe
with a light yellowish border, the callus white ; column whitish ;
peduncle loosely few-flowered . narrow-oblong, bilobed at apex.
Pseudo-bulbs fusiform. New Guinea, 1815. (J. B. 1878, 196.)

D. chrysanthum anophthalmum (eyeless). A distinct variety,
ee no blotch on the lip, such as are seen in the type.

D. chryseum (golden). jl. golden-yellow, almost orange, with a
few faint crimson lines on the side lobes of the lip, solitary or in
racemes of two or three; sepals oblong ; petals broadly elliptic,
almost as broad again as the sepals; lip orbicular, pubescent,
with a minutely fimbriated margin, obscurely three-lobed, the
small side lobes rolled over the very short column; spur short,
obtuse. 7. from the uppermost joints only, linear-lanceolate,
3in. to 4in. long. Stems terete, erect, lft. to 2ft. high. Assam
and Bhotan,

D. chrysocephalum (golden-headed). /l. deep golden-yellow,
otherwise closely resembling D. viridi-rosewm ; racemes densely
many-flowered, capitate. Stems nearly terete, of a pleasing
green. Habitat not recorded, 1892.

D. chrysocrepis (golden slipper). . golden-yellow, with a
deeper lip, 14in. in diameter, solitary on short, slender peduncles
from old, leafless stems; dorsal sepal and petals similar,
obovate, concave; lateral sepals ovate, more spreading; lip
somewhat pear-shaped, ventricose, velvety, the inner surface
densely clothed with reddish hairs. March. J. three or more,
elliptic-lanceolate, pointed, 2in. to 3in. long. Stems slender, 6in.
to 10in. long, dilated above into flattened, leafy pseudo-bulbs.
Moulmein, 1871. (B. M. 6007.)

D. chrysolabrum (yellow-lipped). A synonym of D. bracteoswm.
D. chrysotis. The correct name is D. Hookerianwin.

D. chrysotoxum suavissimum (very sweet-scented).
correct name of D. suavissimum.

D. ciliatum (ciliated). . lin. across, many in pseudo-terminal
and lateral raceines; sepals and petals pale yellow, the former
linear-oblong, the lateral two faleate, the petals linear,
dilated at apex; lip deep yellow, streaked obliquely with
reddish-brown from either side of the trilamellate disk,
obscurely lobed, triangular, incurved at the sides, the anterior
lobe yellow-ciliate. October and November. J. sessile, oval-
oblong, gradually narrowing upwards, Sin. long, deciduous.
Stems tufted, lft. to 14ft. or more in length. -Moulmein, 1863,
(B. M. 5430; W. O. A. 454.)

D. cceleste (celestial-blue). jl. described as “‘ dark blue, fleshy,
with the ovary and spur pole sepals and petals ovate, sub-
equal ; lip obovate, blunt. Philippines (?), 1897.

D. Coelogyne (Ccelogyne-like). jl. very large; sepals and petals
yellowish, mottled with red, the sepals 24in. long. acuminate ;
the petals narrower ; lip deep dull purple, the side lobes narrow,
the midlobe trapezoid-ovate. 7. broadly elliptic-oblong, notched,
din. to 6in. long, very coriaceous. Pseudo-bulbs very stout, 14in.
to 2in. long. oulmein, 1894.

D. coerulescens (bluish). A variety of D. nobile.
D. compressum (compressed), A synonym of C. lamellatum.

D. cruentum (blood-red). (. whitish, with a strongly-marked
cinnabar callus ; sepals triangular, acuminate, the lateral ones
with a nearly rectangular chin; petals linear, acuminate; lip
deeply trifid, the side laciniz falcate, er-ct, the middle one ovate,
apiculate ; column broader at the base than at the tridentate top.
Z. oblong, obtuse, bilobed. Stems suleate. Malaya, 1884.
(W. O. A. 174.)

D. crumenatum (pocket-like). i. white, lin. to 1sin. long, many
on the leafless ends of the branches; mentum equalling the
lateral sepals; lip having a primrose disk and sometimes pink
veins. J. 2in. to 3in. long, oblong, obtuse, notched. Stem 2ft. to
3ft. high, stout, fusiform at base. Tenasserim, &c., 1823.
(B. M. 4013.)

D. cucullatum is a variety of D. Pierardii.

D. c. giganteum (gigantic). A synonym of D. primulinum
giganteum.

D. cucumerinum (Cucumber-like). jl., sepals and petals
yellowish-white, streaked with reddish-yellow, about 4in. long;
lip shorter. 7. terminal, fleshy, above lin. long, about as thick
as the stem, ribbed, resembling alittle cucumber. Stems tufted,
ed aa long. New South Wales, 1841. (B. M. 4619; B. R.
1843, t. 37.

D. cumulatum (crowded). jl. rosy-purple, suffused white, lin.
in diameter, collected into crowded, sub-globose corymbs ; sepals
and petals oblong; lip obovate-oblong, longer and broader than
the petals, prolonged at base into a slightly curved, obtuse spur ;
rachis and pedicels deep reddish-purple. Autumn. J. oblong,
acuminate, Sin. to 4in. long. Stems tufted, slender, pendulous,
14ft. to 2ft. long. Moulmein, 1867. (B. M. 5703.)

The

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 309
Dendrobium—continued. i,

D. Dalhousieanum is identical with D. pulchellum.

D. Dearei (Col. Deare’s).* 1. white, 24in. in diameter, on whitish

Dendrobium—continued.

D. Curtisii (Curtis’). 7. magenta-rose, produced in short racemes.
Stems tall, erect, slender, leafless ; younger shoots furnished with

linear-lanceolate leaves. Borneo, 1882.

Fic. 328.

D. curviflorum (curved-flowered). 1. white, 1jin. long, axillary,
solitary, with a faint pink suffusion on the back of the sepals and
a yellow line down the centre of the lip terminating in a deep
blotch in front. 7. 14in. to 1fin. long, lanceolate, fleshy. Stems
terete, 6in. long. Himalayas, 1895.

D. cymbidioides (Cymbidium-like). 1. medium-sized, showy ;
sepals and petals ochreous-yellow, linear-oblong, spreading ; lip
white, blotched purple near the base, much shorter than the
sepals and petals, oblong-cordate, three-lobed, bearing on the
disk tubercles arranged in two or three lines or series, the side
lobes short, incurved, the terminal lobe ovate, obtuse ; cclumn
short ; peduncles terminal, erect, loosely
racemose, five- to seven-flowered. Pseudo-
bulbs ovate or oblong-ovate, angled, bear-
ing at the summit two oblong, obtuse,
coriaceous leaves, longer than the pseudo-
bulbs. Salak, Java, 1852. A rare species.
(B. M. 4755; G. C. 1896, xix., p. 581, f. 90.)

D. cymbiforme (boat-shaped). /l. straw-
yellow, a little whiter on the petals, with
about five purple stripes on each of the
sepals and petals (which are about 4in.
long), and similar lines at the apex of the
flabellately-dilated lip; raceme axillary,
two-flowered. April. /. oblong-lanceolate,
2in. to 24in. long. Stems terete, slender,
6in. to 12in. long. Sumatra, 1896.

D. dactyliferum (finger-bearing). 7.
ochreous-white ; sepals lanceolate, longer
than the petals; side lacinie of the lip
long and narrow, going out into angles,
quite approximate to the thick, square,
emarginate, anterior blade. Upper parts
of the stems covered with old, thickish
pedaneles, the lower parts full of roots.

abitat unknown, 1884.

D. D’Albertisii (D’Albertis’). 7. odorous,
distinctly spurred; sepals pure white;
petals emerald-green, long, narrow, erect,
twisted; lip striped magenta-purple;
racemes erect. Stems square, tapering.
New Guinea. A dwarf species. (G. C.
N. S., X., p. 217.)

DENDROBIUM DEAREI.

pedicels ; sepals lanceolate, acuminate, with recurved tips ; petals

oval, nearly three times as broad as

“1 the sepals; lip oblong, obtuse, ob-
scurely three-lobed, with a _ pale
yellowish-green, transverse zone be-
tween the base and the anterior mar-
gin; peduncles racemose. July and
August. Stems robust, 2ft. to 3ft.
long, the upper part clothed with
sessile, oval-oblong leave 2in. long.
Philippine Islands, 1882. (M. O.
iii., p. 37; W. O. A. iii. 120.) See
Fig. 528.

D. densiflorum albo-luteum. The
correct name is D. thyrsiflorum. The
typical D. densijlorwm is shown in
Fig. 329.

D. denudans (naked). fl. usually
white with red veins on the lip,
sometimes yellowish with a green lip,
gin. to lin. long; sepals and petals
slender; lip much shorter; raceme
(with scape) 4in. to 6in. long, droop-
ing, many-flowered. J. 3in. to 6in.
long, caducous. Stems 4in. to 6in.
long, sub-erect, clothed with broad
sheaths. Sub-tropical and temperate
Himalayas, 1897. (B. M. 7548.)

D. dicuphum (doubly bent). 77. pink
or purple, three or four in an erect
raceme; sepals acuminate, seven to
eight lines long; petals rather longer
and broader; lip nearly as long, the
disk having three raised longitudinal
lines; peduncle 6in. to 12in. long.
Z. few on the upper part of the stem,
3in. to 6in. long. Stems 3in. to 4in.
long or shortened into a conical
pseudo-bulb. North Australia, 1895.
Resembles a miniature D. Phale-
nopsis.

D. Diodon (two-toothed). A small-
flowered, Cingalese s s, of more
botanical than horticultural interest,
in cultivation at Kew.

D. discolor (versicoloured). A
Synonym of D. undulatum.

D. erythropogon (red-bearded). fl. whitish-ochre and ochre,
the keels on the mid-lines well-developed; petals oblong,
undulated; side lacinize of lip white, edged crimson, much
developed, blunt, rectangular, the middle one obcordate,
toothleted, with seven thick, crimson keels on the disk, the
two outer ones having short, crimson keels on each side;
column nearly white, with two scarlet spots at base. Sunda
Islands, 1885.

D. Fairfaxii (Fairfax’s). jl. white and green, purple on the lip;

racemes terminal, 4in. long. Pseudo-bulbs Zin. to 4in. long.
New Hebrides, 1889. A small plant.

Fic. 329. DENDROBIUM DENSIFLORUM.

310 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Dendrobium—conlinued.

D. Farmeri albifiorum (white-flowered). ., sepals and petals
almost pure white; lip orange, downy. India. (B. H. 1860,
p. 321.) Syn. D. F. album (R. G. 595).

D. F. album (white). A synonym of D. F. albiflorum.

D. F. aureum (golden).* jl. clear yellow, with an orange-yellow
lip, ‘freely produced in rich racemes. Moulmein, 1883. A
charming variety, of dwarf habit. (W O. A. iii. 99.)

Fie. 330.

DENDROBIUM FINDLAYANUM.

D. Findlayanum. An illustration of this erect species is given
in Fig. 330.

D. Flabellum (fair). A synonym of D. Macrei.

D. formosum Berkeleyi (Berkeley's). . scentless, more
funnel-shaped than those of the type; petals narrower and
shorter. Andamans, 1883.

D. f. giganteum (gigantic).* 1. 6in. in diameter ; lip 2in. broad,
with a bright golden blotch. Stems reaching Sft. in length.
Upper Birma, 1 A very fine variety. See Fig. 331. (G. C.
Nn. S., XVii., p. 369.)

D. fragrans (fragrant). (/. creamy-white, small, rounded.
Pseudo-bulbs numerous, slender. Habitat not recorded, 1896.
A species of little horticultural value.

D. Freemani (Freeman's). A variety of D. lituijlorum.

D. Friedricksianum (Friedricks’). jl. light yellow, with a
darker yellow centre to the lip, where there is a dark purple,

Dendrobium—continued.

semi-circular blotch, resembling those of D. awrewm in shape;
lip rolled around the column, oblong, full of asperities on the
disk, and with a clavate line in front of the base; raceme four-
vatlesiae slender. Stem rather thick, much-furrowed. Siam,

D. fuscatum (fuscous)) A synonym of D. Gibsoni.

D. Fytchianum roseum (rose-coloured). fl. rose-coloured,
about lyin. in diameter, having processes on the lip of a rich
purple. Birma, 1887. (W. O. xe 336.)

D. Galliceanum (Gallice’s).* /l. white with a yellow lip,
resembling those of D. thyrsijlorum; petals much broader
than the sepals, slightly crisped on the margins; lip very
broadly cordate-ovate, with a fringed margin. Birma, 1890. A
beautiful plant. (L. vi., t. 241.)

D. glomeratum (clustered). 1. disposed in short, dense, axillary
racemes, with large, imbricating bracts ; sepals and petals bright
rose-colour; lip orange. Stems 24ft. long. Moluccas, 1894.
Allied to D. cumulatum, but having larger flowers. (G. C. 1894,
xv., p. 653, f. 80.)

D. glomerifiorum (clustered-flowered). //l. of a pale rose-colour,
small and insignificant, disposed in dense elusters of five or less
on each stem. Habitat not recorded, 1895.

Fic. 331 FLOWER OF DENDROBIUM FORMOSUM GIGANTEUM.

D. Goldiei (Goldie’s). A variety of C. superbicns.

D. gracilicaule (slender-stemmed). 1. of a dingy yellow spotted
with red, the spur or pouch shorter, broader, and more curved,
and the racemes shorter, than in D. Kingianum (which this
species closely resembles in habit). 7. rather more rigid and
broader. Australia, 1889. (B. M. 7042.) Syn. D. brisbanense.

D. Greatrixianum (Greatrix’s). This is described as “a pretty,
slender species, with white flowers and a large ovate labellum
having a blotch of purple at the base and apex.” New Guinea,

1897.

D. Griffithianum Guibertii (Guibert’s). 7. larger and brighter-
coloured than in the type; racemes longer. J. more coriaceous.
Stems less densely tufted and more abruptly attenuated below.
(1. H. ser. iii. 258; R. H. 1876, p. 431, under name of D. Guibertii.)

D. Guibertii (Guibert’s). A variety of D. Grifithianum.

D. hamatum (hooked). /. lsin. wide, disposed in terminal,
many-flowered racemes ; sepals and petals pale yellow, with lines
of purple dots ; lip yellow, pandurate, with a purple stain on the
front lobe. 7. oblong, acuminate, Sin. long. Stems slender, 2ft.
long. Cochin China, 1894.

D. Hanburyanum (Hanbury’s). A synonym of D. lituiflorum.

D. Harrisoniz (Mrs. Harrison’s). A synonym of Bifrenaria
Harrisonie.

D. Harveyanum (Harvey’s). jl. deep chrome-yellow, with two
orange blotches on the lip; chin short, emarginate; sepals tri-
angular-lanceolate, acute; petals oblong, acute, fringed; li
round, a little involved at base, with strong fringes, a roug'
surface, and an obscure callus at base ; peduncle lateral, filiform,
four-flowered. Pseudo-bulbs fusiform, 6in. long. Birma, 1883.
(G. C. 1894, xvi., p. 593, f. 76.)

D. Hasseltii (Hasselt’s). 7. pale purple; dorsal sepal lanceolate,
the lateral ones connate in a sac; lip linear, acute. Jl. rigid,

Dendrobium—continued.

lanceolate, deeply and fat ae emarginate. Stems erect.
Java (2), 1885. (I. H. 1885, 549.)

D. Henshallii (Henshall’s).

D. hercoglossum (fence-lipped). /. similar to those of D. adun-
cum, but with a more oblique spur; sepals and petals delicate
mauve; lip white, with a mauve-purple, recurved apex, the basal
part cup- coneds hairy inside, separated from the front part by
a transverse fringe of hairs. Stems slender, bearing lateral
racemes at the top. Malacca, 1886.

D. Hildebrandii (Hildebrand’s). #. 3in. across; sepals and
petals pale dull yellow, twisted; lip orange, short, roundish ;
racemes numerous, axillary. /. 5in. long, 14in. wide. Stems 2ft.
long. Birma, 1894. Cultivated plants of this species, which is
allied to D. tortile, exhibit some variation in colour. (B. M.
7453.)

D. Hillii (Hill’s). A variety of D. speciosum.

D. hirtulum (slightly hairy). #7. bright yellow, streaked with
reddish-brown at the sides of the lip; sepals and petals about
4in. long ; disk of the lip wholly villous ; racemes lateral, short,
three- or four-flowered. J. oblong or linear-oblong, lin. to 2sin.
long. Stems terete, Sin. to ljin. long. Birma (?), 1898.

D. Hookerianum (Hooker's). The correct name of D. chrysotis.
C. H. 1873, 155; W. S. O. iii. 6.)

D. Huttoni (Hutton’s). #. white, bordered purple, solitary or
in fascicles of two or three from the uppermost joints; sepals
and petals oval-oblong; lip obovate-oblong, with a deeper-
coloured border than on the sepals and petals. J. sessile, linear-
lanceolate, acute, 3in. long. Stems slender, erect, 20in. to 30in.
long, leafy along the upper half. Malayan Archipelago, 1868.

D. Imperatrix.* This species is the largest of the genus, and
comes near to D. Auguste Victoria. It has stems 7ft. high,
and they bear relatively small leaves. The flowers are borne as
many as forty on a spike on the leaf-axils of two-years-old
stems and upon flower-stalks about 2ft. long. It is a native of
New Guinea.

D. inauditum.(incredible). 7. two, arising from the base of the
leaf; sepals and petals pale yellowish, 14in. long, narrow linear-
lanceolate ; lip pale ochreous, spotted brown, the side lobes
square, obtuse, the front one lanceolate, acuminate; pedicels
(including the ovary) about 2in. long. J. elliptic, obtuse. Pseudo-
bulbs tufted, fusiform-ovate, narrowed at apex into a slender
brownish leaf-stalk 3in. to 4in. long. New Guinea, 1886. A
singular species.

D. inflatum (inflated). #. white, about lin. long, with a
yellow blotch on the lip, disposed in short, few-flowered racemes.
. lin. long. Stems slender, 6in. long. Java, 1895. A species of
the section Pedilonium.

D. infundibulum carneo-pictum (flesh-colour-painted). A
variety having a flesh-coloured hue on the lip, and a thick
central line and a few streaks on the sides. 1885,

A variety of D. aureum.

Fic. 332. DENDROBIUM INFUNDIBULUM JAMESIANUM.

D. i. Jamesianum (James Veitch’s).
D. Jamesianum. See Fig. 332.

The correct name of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 311

Dendrobium—continued.

D. i. ornatissimum (very ornamental). /l. large, waxy, having
brown stripes and spots on the lip instead of yellow. 883. A
grand variety.

D. inversum (inverted). #. orange-scarlet ; sepals and petals
linear; lip narrow, broadest in the centre, veined with deep
scarlet. Habitat not recorded, 1895. A very dwarf species.

D. ionopus (purple-spurred). /. deep yellow ; sepals triangular,
the lateral ones elongating in a falcate chin ; lip marked with a
few purple and red blotches, and with a red hue along the
thicker back of the falcate, spur-like extension of the disk;
raceme short. Birma, 1882.

D. Jamesianum is a form of D. infundibulum.

D. japonicum (Japanese). A synonym of D. moniliforme.

D. Jennyanum (Zollinger-Jenny’s). fl. _ yellowish outside,
brown and- varnished inside, having untwisted segments and

a broad three-lobed lip; otherwise closely resembling D. wndu-
datum except in size. Australia (?), 1896.

D. Johannis semifuscum (half-fuscous). ., sepals yellow;
petals brown; lip yellow, with reddish-brown borders and lines
on the side lobes. 1883.

D. Johnsonz (Mrs. Johnson’s).* l. 4in. to Sin. across ; sepals and
petals white, the former lanceolate, the latter longer and broader,
sub-rhomboidal, acuminate; lip nearly as long as the petals,
three-lobed, the side lobes white, with a large, purple spot at
the anterior margin, the middle lobe white, purple at base, as is
the ligulate, furrowed callus; column white, bordered purple ;
racemes ascending, nine to twelve or more flowered. J. oblong,
sub-acute, leathery, Sin. to 4in. or more in length. Stems erect,
sub-cylindric, 5in. to 8in. high, usually two- or three-leaved.
Papua, 1882. (R. ser. ii., t. 61.) Syn. D. Macfarlanei (J. H

1890, xx., p. 177, f. 26; M. O. iii., p. 159).

D. Kingianum album (white). /. pure white; racemes many-
Pseudo-bulbs

flowered, about lft. long.

about 6in. long.
Australia, 1888.

Fic. 333. FLOWER OF DENDROBIUM MACCARTHIA.

D. Kuntsleri (Kuntsler’s). 1. solitary, white, mottled with
red, lin. long, very membranous; sepals and petals lanceolate,
acuminate; midlobe of lip gin. across. J. elliptic-lanceolate,
6in. to 10in. long, 2in. to 34in. broad, very coriaceous. Pseudo-
bulbs 2in, to 3in. long, fusiform ; branches long, stout. Perak.

D. lamellatum (lamellate), /. yellow, white, or pale pink, fin.
long, three to five in a short, drooping raceme; lip clawed,
truncate. 7. few, ovate, lin. to l4in. long. Pseudo-bulbs

yriform, 3in. to 4in. long, proliferously branched. Tenasserim,
ta) (I. H. 1892, t. 157.) Syn. D. compressum (B. R. 1844,

D. Leeanum (Lee’s).* ji. about lin. across ; sepals and petals
white, mottled with warm rose-purple in the upper half ; lip very
deep purple, tinged with green at the base of the throat. Stems
very tall, slightly compressed. New Guinea, 1891. Not unlike
D. superbiens in habit and form of flower.

D. leucolophotum (white-crested). 7. white, resembling those
of D. barbatulum, but much larger; chin small, acute; sepals
ligulate, acute ; petals much larger, oblong, acute; lip trifid, the
side laciniz triangular, rounded outside, the anterior one linear-
ligulate, acute ; inflorescence lax, more than lft. long. J. oblong-
ligulate, acuminate. Stems cylindrical, attenuated, many-leaved.
Sunda Islands, 1882.

D. leucopterum (white-winged). A variety of D. ewosmum.

D. lineale (lineal). #., sepals and petals creamy-white; lip
veined with purple on the inner face; racemes about lft. long.
Stems 2ft. high. New Guinea, 1889. Allied to D. canaliculatum.

D. linearifolium (linear-leaved). l. white; upper sepals small,
oblong, acute, the lateral ones having two mauve-purple lines;

312 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Dendrobium—continued.

petals very small, nearly rhombic ; lip cuneate-dilated, or blunt-
retuse or trilobed at apex with rhombie side lobes and a retuse
middle one, the side lobes veined purplish-mauve. /. linear,
bidentate, more than 2in. long. Stem thin, slender, bearing
numerous branches. Java, 1383
D. Linguella (small tongue). jl. probably rosy, the anterior
art of the lip yellow, closely resembling those of D. aduncum,
ut the lip is totally distinct in its double, lamellar appendages
at the base. Malayan Archipelago, 1882.

D. Loddigesii (Loddiges’). A synonym of D. pulchellum. (B. i. 5;
L. B. C. 1935.)

D. Lowii pleiotrichum (many-haired). A variety wanting the
cere on the lip, and having short hairs on the basal lobes.

D. luteolum chlorocentrum (yellowish-spwred). ji. pale
primrose, having greenish hairs on the disk of the lip. 1883.
(G. C. n. s., xix., p. 340.)

D. MacCarthiz. A flower of this Cingalese species is shown
in Fig. 333.

Dendrobium—continued.

D. macrophyllum (of Lindley). A synonym of D. superbum.

D. macrostachyum (large-spiked). #. yellow, fragrant, lin.
long, two or three on a short peduncle; sepals and petals
recurved, sometimes tinged with pink; lip veined with purple.
1. 3in. to 4in. long. Stems lft. to 2ft. long, pendulous, rather
slender. Travancore, &c. (B. R. 1865.)

D. marginatum (margined). A synonym of D. xanthophlebium.

D. McGregorii (Sir Wm. McGregor’s). /l. three or four to a
stalk ; sepals white, blotched with rose-purple; petals white,
with a rose-purple line ; lip having two large, blood-purple side
lobes and a yellow or orange, purple-veined, reniform middle
lobe. J. two or three, oblong-lanceolate. A. 8in. Habitat not
recorded. Perhaps not yet in cultivation.

D. mesochlorum (green-centred). A synonym of D. amenum.

D. Mettkeanum (Lieut. Mettke’s). /l. pale rose-coloured ; sepals
and petals narrowed to thin, filiform tails ; lip also very narrow,
with rounded side lobes and a lanceolate middle one. /. linear,

narrowed at base, bilobed. h.10in. Habitat not recorded, 1894.
D. Mirbelianum (Mirbel’s).

4. about a dozen in an erect

Fic. 334. DENDROBIUM NOBILE.

D. Macfarlanei (Rev. 8. M. Macfarlane’s), A synonym of

D. Johnsone.

D. Macrezei (Macrae’s). /l., sepals and petals ochre, spotted dark
purple ; lip having a very long stalk, with two long, wavy, plicate
keels, the front lobe pentagonal, both sides running backwards,
producing a sagittate appearance. Stem climbing, covered with
narrow, ligulate, one-leaved pseudo-bulbs. India, 1885. Syns.
D. Flabellum (R. X. O. ii., t. 118), D. pardalinum.

D. macranthum (large-flowered). A synonym of D. superbum.

D. macrophyllum Dayanum (Day's). A superior variety.
Borneo.

D. m. giganteum (gigantic). 1. solitary or twin, 4in. in expanse ;
sepals and petals rosy-mauve, tinted lilac, the eye (as well as the
fringed lip) rosy-purple. Manilla, 1886.

D. m. stenopterum (narrow-winged). jl., sepals and_petals
ochreous-yellow, with dark reddish-brown spots outside; lip
yellow, with numerous dark brown dots on the outside and
rather pale markings on the inside of the mid-lacinia, the side
lacinie marked witha few brown lines, and narrow-triangular
instead of irregularly square.

raceme more than lft. long; sepals and petals greenish-yellow,
with darker lines, narrow, acute, the petals l4in. long; oblo:
side lobes of the lip enclosing the column; greenish-yellow wit
brown lines, the ovate, acute front lobe having a pale disk and
the borders veined with brown. Jl. elliptic. Stems stout, 18in. to
20in. long. New Guinea, 1890. (1. v., t. 215.)

D. Moorei (Chas. Moore’s). . pure white; sepals and petols

inear-lanceolate; lip similar but shorter, and with a small,

‘riangular lobe on each side below the middle ; scapes filiform,

bearing at their apex a raceme of six to ten flowers. Stems
terete, 4in. to 6in. long, with three to five oval-oblong, leathery
leaves at their apex. Lord Howe's Island, 1878. A dwarf, tufted
species.

D.moschatum. The correct name is D. Calceolaria.

D. moulmeinense (Moulmein). A synonym of D. infundibulum.

D. niveum (snowy).* 7. snow-white with the exception of a few
radiating light brown nerves on the base of the side lobes of the
lip, and a few light green ones near the tooth on the disk, 44in.
across when expanded. New Guinea, 1889. A distinct and
beautiful species.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 313

Dendrobium—continued.

D. nobile album (white).* This variety resembles D. 7.
virginale, but without the primrose disk. A fine plant of the
typical species is shown in Fig. 334.

D. n. Amesiz (Mrs. Ames). This is a variety with very pale
tips to the sepals, petals, and tip of the lip. The disk is
exceedingly dark.

D. n. Cooksonianum (Cookson’s).” ., middle area of the petals
very deep purple, their tips with poe borders; bases of the
petals hastate, thickened in the middle and velvety. 1885. A
grand variety. ;

Fic. 335. DENDROBIUM PENDULUM.

D. n. elegans (elegant). . larger and more symmetrical than in
the ordinary forms; petals broader, white at the base; zone
surrounding the maroon disk of the lip pale sulphur-yellow, the
apical margin rose-purple.

D. n. Sanderianum (Sander’s). fl., sepals and petals purple,
the latter white at base; disk of lip covered by a dark blotch,
which is surrounded by rosy-purple, except a small white area
in front, veined purple, and with a white border to the superior
part. 1884.

D. n. virginale (virgin-white). /l. pure eee with the exception

of a tinge of pale primrose on the lip.

D. rea eae ne (dark-lipped). i. produced in fascicles
on the upper and ultimately leafless part of the stem; sepals and
petals green, striped very dark red; lip green, with a dark spot
on the disk, broad, eta ae side lobes, and a very short, retuse
central lobe. Papua, 1

D. Palpebre (eyelids). #. French white, with an orange-yellow
disk near the base of the lip, faintly scented like Hawthorn ;
sepals oblong, narrower than the oval sepals ; lip oblong, with a
short, convolute claw, downy above, and with a fringe of long
hairs near the base; column yellowish ; racemes loose, six- to ten-
flowered, produced from the joints immediately below the leaves.
Late summer. /. oblong-lanceolate, acute. Stems clavate, four-
angled, attenuated below, 7in. to Yin. long, with three to five
leaves at their summit. Birma, 1849.

D. Papilio (butterfly). #. large, solitary, fragrant, pendent ;
sepals and petals pale rose-coloured; lip yellow, veined with
Rurels, long-unguiculate, wavy. J. linear, channelled to the base.

tems thin and grass-like. Philippine Islands (?), 1890. Allied
to D. cruentum.

D. pardalinum (leopard-spotted). A synonym of D. Macrei.

D. Parishii albens (whitish). . white, with a blotch of
crimson-purple just within the throat of the lip. 1891. A free,
graceful, and delicate variety.

D. Parthenium (Parthenium). 1. white, with a purple blotch
at the base of the lip ; sepals lanceolate-triangular, with obscure
keels; petals oblong, obtuse, longer than the sepals; racemes
two-flowered. /. 14in. long. Stems thin. Borneo, 1885.

Vol. V.

Dendrobium—continwed.

RRA (Paxton’s), of Lindley. A synonym of D. chrysan-
thum. ;

D. pendulum (pendulous). The correct name of D. Wardianum.
See Fig. 335.

D. p. assamicum (Assam). jl. smaller but more brilliantly
coloured than in thetype. /. narrower. Stems shorter and slen-
derer. (B. M. 5058, under name of D. Falconeri var.)

D. p. giganteum (gigantic).* 7. larger and stouter than those
of the type. Winter and spring. _ fh. sometimes 5ft. Birma.
A grand variety. (W. O. A. iii, 113; F. M. ser. ii. 212, under
name of D. Wardianum giganteum.)

D. percnanthum (black-spotted-flowered). _/., sepals and petals
pale yellow, the former triangular, the chin blunt, the petals
oblong, obtuse, longer than the sepals ; lip white, ligwlate, trifid
at apex, the mid-lobe and borders of the upper part yellow, the
side lobes blunt-rhomboid, the keels brown and purple; racemes
numerous. Stems strong, shining. Moluccas, 1886.

Fic. 336. INFLORESCENCE OF DENDROBIUM PHALMNOPSIS.

D. Phalznopsis (Phalenopsis-like).* l. about 2in. in diameter ;
perianth spreading; sepals pale pink, with reticulated nerves ;
petals rose-red, much larger, rhomboid-orbicular, acute ; lip dark
purplish-blood-red, the lateral lobes rounded, the middle one
tongue-shaped ; raceme loosely six- to ten-flowered ; September.
l. alternate, distichous, 6in. to 8in. long. Stems tufted, 1ft. to
13ft. high. North Australia and New Guinea. See Fig. 556. (B. M.
6817 ; G. C..n.s., xxvi., p. 556; L. 280; R. 42; W. O. A. iv. 187.)

D. P. hololeuca (wholly white). ”. pure white. 1895, (G. C.
1895, xviii., pp. 192, 396, f. 72.)

D. P. Rothschildianum (Rothschild’s). 1. din. broad; sepals
and pee snow-white ; lip light pink, with darker lines on the
disk. 1892.

D. P. Schroderianum album (Baron von Schroder’s white).
a. pure white, with the exception of some purple lines in the
throat. 1894,

2s

314

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Dendrobium—continued.

D. platycaulon (broad-stemmed). fl. straw-coloured, upwards
of lin. long, larger than in D. lamellatum (which this species
resembles), and differing in the shape of the lip. Philippine
Islands, 1892.

D. plicatile (plaited). jl. dull yellow, slightly tinged with red,
eae large, Saktions ; lip curiously plaited. Philippine Islands.

D. pogoniates (bearded). fl. small ; sepals and petals yellowish,
the former lanceolate, acute, the latter cuneate-oblong; lip
orange, with a long mid-lobe, bearded. J. linear-lanceolate.
Stems fusiform, lft. high. North Borneo, 1886. A miniature
plant, of more botanical than horticultural interest.

D. polycarpum (many-fruited). jl. yellowish, with purplish-red
borders to the side lacinie ; sepals ligulate-triangular; petals
longer, ligulate-spathulate; lip having roundish, angulate side
lacinie, and a rounded, triangular, undulated central one;
racemes many-flowered, loose. Stems 3ft. long. Sunda Islands,
1883.

D. primulinum giganteum (gigantic). /. white, tipped pink,
with a sulphur lip, very large, freely produced. Sikkim, A fine
variety. SYN. D. cucullatum giganteum.

D. profusum (profuse). jl, sepals and petals yellowish-green,
with fine purple at the base inside, and purple dots on the
toothed etals the sepals ligulate, acute ; lip yellow, with a dark
spot in the middle, the blade pandurate, the anterior part very
broad, toothleted’and wavy; peduncles seven- to nine-flowered.
1. deciduous. Philippine Islands, 1884.

Fia. 337.

FLOWER OF DENDROBIUM PULCHELLUM.

D. pulchellum. Syns. D. Dalhousieanum, D Loddigesii. A
flower of this species is shown in Fig. 337

D. pumilum (dwarf). . white, cream-coloured, or yellow, lin.
long, solitary, shortly pedicellate ; lip having a dark spot at the
tip or veined with red. J, sin. to Zin. long, orbicular to elliptic,
obtuse. Pseudo-bulbs of one many-grooved internode lin. to
lsin. long. India. (T. L, 8S. xxx., t. 31, f. A.)

D. punctatum (dotted). A synonym of Wailesia (Dipodium)
punctata.

D. purpureum (purpe). j. bright purple, about jin. long,
cylindrical, arranged in dense, spherical, sessile clusters, whic’
are produced from the nodes of the old, leafless, spindle-shaped
stems, of many years’ duration, and usually 3ft. to 4ft. long ;
bracts cordate. Moluccas, 1834.

D. p. candidulum (whitish). ., tips of the sepals very bright
green; ovary pure white, stalked. 1887. (L., t. 98.)

D. p. Moseleyi (Moseley’s). jl. white, tipped green, the tips
of the sepals and petals less pointed than in the type; bracts
oe: acuminate. Stems Yin. (? or more) long. Arn Islands,
1884.

D. revolutum (revolute). 7. solitary, axillary, in. long ; sepals
and petal: white, reflexed upwards, lanceolate, acute, nearly
equal; lip bright yellow-green, nearly quadrate, convex; disk
with three furrows and red bands; bracts caducous. July.
7. numerous, distichous. lin. to 2in. long, oblong or linear- or

Dendrobium—continued.

ovate-oblong, obtuse or retuse, half-amplexicaul, Stems tufted,
lft. long. Malay Peninsula, 1882. This species is not very
handsome. (B. M. 6706.)

D. rhodopterygium Emerici (Emeric’s). ‘A white line runs
outside the mid-vein of the lateral sepals. The dark transverse
blotch on the anterior area of the lip is interrupted by an
amethyst-coloured bar. ‘he anterior, apiculate border is pure
white, changing then to straw-colour.” Reichenbach, from
whose description above is copied, placed this plant as a variety
under D. poluphlebium.

D. rhombeum (rhomboid). A synonym of D. aureum.

D. Rimanni (Rimann’s). jl. equalling those of a good
D. speciosum, disposed in terminal, somewhat zigzag racemes ;
sepals and petals yellow, the former Bbiped purple outside ; lip
white, with purple reticulations. J. oblong, 4sin. long, very
coriaceous. stems cylindric-fusiform, leafy above. Moluccas,
1883. A stately species.

D. robustum (robust). 1. yellowish-green, marked with purple
lines. Stems 2ft. long. New Guinea, 1895. This species is
closely allied to D. Mirbelianum, but has less acute segments and
smaller bracts.

D. rutriferum (shovel-bearing). jl., sepals rose, triangular,
blunt, the lateral ones extended into a long pouch ; petals rose
at the base, whitish at the blunt end ; lip Degalcke en tleeeste:
with inflexed borders, thus being saccate at apex, where the
borders are denticulate; rachis rather short, covered with a
capitate-umbellate inflorescence. Stem furrowed, as thick as
a goose-quill. Papua, 1887. (L. iii. 119.)

D. Sanderianum (Sander’s). This species most closely resembles
D. Dearei, but has larger flowers, and the lip is stained with
purple instead of ereen at the base ; they are borne in axillary
clusters of two or three. Borneo, 1894.

D. sanguineum (blood-coloured). /. solitary in the upper axils,
about lin. long; sepals and the broader petals crimson, except at
the base in front, where they are marbled and spotted with
crimson on a whitish ground; lip whitish, small, with some
purple lines and spots. Stems slender, about 3ft. long. Labuan,

95.

D. sarmentosum (sarmentose). jl. lin. across, solitary or two
or three together, produced after the leaves; sepals and petals
white ; lip white, with a yellow blotch and a few lines of crimson
at the base. Stems very slender, 14ft. long, branched. Birma,
1897. This species has the habit of, and is closely allied to,
D. barbatulum. (B. M. 7527.)

D. Schroderi (Baron von Schréder's).
D. densiflorum.

D. secundum niveum (snowy) il. white, with the exception
of an orange tip to the lip. Stem shorter than in the common
fonn.

D. signatum (preserved). /., chin very blunt-angled; sepals
sulphur, ligulate, acute, reflexed; petals white to lightest ochre,
broader, acute, reflexed; lip shouldered at base, nearly square
and narrow, suddenly enlarged, the disk marked with a blotch
and four lines of brown ; column light green, with some mauve
lines ; inflorescence one-flowered. Siam, 1884.

D. Smilliz. 7. purplish-rose, small, produced in dense racemes
2in. to 3in. long from the uppermost nodes. J. 2in. to 4in. long.
Stems 1ft. to 2ft. long, thick. Queensland, 1888. More interesting
than beautiful. (F. A. O.i., pt. vii., t. 2.)

D. speciosissimum (very showy).* jl., pure white, about 2sin.
across, with a deep orange-red blotch on the lip, resembling
those of D. formosum (to which this species bears great resem-
blance). Stems 5ft. to 6ft. high, slender. Borneo, 1895.

D. speciosum Bancroftianum (Bancroft’s), 7., sepals and
petals white; petals longer and narrower than in the type ; lip
paler, with a few purple spots at base. Stems slenderer.

D. spectabile (remarkable). fl. large, singularly formed, pro-
duced in upright spikes; sepals and petals pale yellow with
irregular stripes of purple, the former triangular, extended into a
wavy tail, the latter narrower ; lip white with purple veins, the
side lobes erect, hood-like, the front one elongated. New
Guinea. (G. C. Dec. 30, 1899, p. 491, f. 162.) -

D. Stratiotes (soldier).* 1. of a good size, very peo ; sepals
ivory-white, lanceolate, acuminate, rolled back; petals pale
green, longer than the sepals, narrow-linear, twisted, quite erect ;
lip cream-coloured, veined violet, three-lobed, the front lobe
ovate, acute ; racemes numerous. /. rather short, oblong. Pseudo-
bulbs long, fusiform. Sunda Islands, 1886. A remarkable and
Handeone species. (G. C. n. s., xxvi., p. 177; I. H. 602;

», b. 43.

D. strebloceras (twisted-horned). #., sepals green, nerved
brown on the inner side at base, ligulate, acute, twisted, un-
dulated; petals dark cinnamon-brown, margined green, longer,
linear, acute, twisted four times; lip green, brown, white, and
mauve-purple, the side laciniz oblique, oblong, truncate ; column

An albino form of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC. 315

Dendrobium—continued.

white, minutely ols brown; inflorescence eight-flowered.
Sunda Islands, 1887.

D. s. Rossianum (Ross’). jl. white Aen! tinged with green;
lip and sepals at length yellowish. 1888.

D. suavissimum is a variety of D. chrysotoxwm.

D. subclausum (nearly closed). jl. of a brilliant orange-colour,
Zin. long; racemes short, few-flowered. J. oblong, about lin.
long. Stems slender, 1sft. long. Moluccas, 1894. A curious
species.

D. suleatum pelea ney (many-flowered). jl. buff-yellow, the
lip orange, with two crimson blotches ; racemes sub-globose, about
fourteen-flowered; peduncle erect from an upper axil, then
arching over. 7. ovate-oblong, acute or shortly acuminate, seven-
nerved, sub-cordate at base, 3in. to 44in. long. 1887. This is
merely the properly developed condition of the species, Lindley’s
original description having been based on a poor specimen.

D. Sumneri (Sumner’s). 7. pink, few, distant ; sepals and petals
4in. long ; lip shorter, the claw much dilated from the base and
expanded into broadly ovate lateral lobes; raceme (with
ne uncle) about 8in. long. JZ. 3in. to 4in. long. Stems 14ft. to

t. long. Australia.

D. superbum Burkei (Burke's).* jl. white, with two light
blush-rose cheeks on the base of the disk of the yellowish-white
lip. 1884. A fine variety.

D. tetragonum Ce ji. 3in. to 4in. across; sepals
yellow, spotted red, the dorsal one narrow-subulate, the lateral
ones lanceolate, much broader at the base than the dorsal one ;
petals white, streaked red, linear, shorter and narrower than the
peal lip white, transversely barred red, broadly ovate, api-
culate, obscurely three-lobed, with two white lamelle between
the side lobes; raceme few-flowered. J/. in pairs at the summit
of the stem, spreading, oblong or elipie lancedlete Stems
pendulous, acutely four-angled, 8in. to 15in. or more in length,
attenuated to a slender footstalk which is pseudo-bulbous at
base. Australia, 1838. (B. M. 5956.)

D. thyrsifiorum (thyrse-flowered). The correct name of the
plant described on p. 453, Vol. I., as D. densijlorum albo-lutewm.

D. t. Walkerianum (Walker's). jl. larger, racemes stronger,
and stems longer, than in the type. (W.S. O. iii. 21.)

D. transparens album (white). 1. wholly white. 1888.

D. Treacherianum (Treacher’s). /l. pale rose-red, two or three
to a scape, sub-erect, upwards of 14in. long; sepals narrow-lanceo-
late, the dorsal one surah, the lateral ones connate in a gibbosity
or spur striped with red ; petals like the dorsal sepal ; lip darker
red and shorter than the petals, three-lobed. July. J. in pairs,
3in. to 4in. long, jin. to jin. broad, linear-oblong. Pseudo-bulbs
brownish-green, stained red. Borneo, 1880. (B. M. 6591;
W. O. A. vi. 288.)

D. trigonopus (triangular-columned). /l. golden-yellow ; sepals
ligulate, acuminate, keeled on the middle; petals broader and
shorter; claw of the lip rather long, dilated into a broad lamina
whose lateral segments are nearly square; column triangular-

andurate. J. thick, papery, dull green, rather rough, slightly
irsute at back. Birma, 1887.

D. undulatum (wavy). jl., sepals and petals dingy brown,
usually bordered with yellow, very similar, about lin. long; lip
shorter than the sepals, the lateral lobes large, the middle one
small ; racemes springing from the upper part of the stem, often
above lit. long. J. bifarious, 3in. to 4in. long, somewhat
undulated. Australia, 1838. A stout species, forming large
tufts. Syn. D. discolor (B. R. 1841, t. 52).

D. Veitchianum (Veitch’s). A synonym of D. macrophylium.

D. velutinum (velvety). jl. deep yellow, closely resembling
those of D. cariniferum ; lip velvety ; raceme lin. long. J. lanceo-
late, 3in. long. Pseudo-bulbs fusiform, 5in. long. Birma, 1895.

D. veratrifolium (Veratrum-leaved). 7. silvery-white, many in a
terminal, elongated raceme 14ft. long, more compact than in
D. Mirbelianum (to which this species is allied); petals spathu-
late, lin. or more in length. /. oblong, amplexicaul. New
Guinea. Syn. D. Auguste Victorie.

D. versicolor (various-coloured). fl. at first greenish-yellow,
afterwards changing to a good yellow, tinged with Bowls on the
outside ; petals at first pale green, afterwards sulphur-yellow ;
lips passing from greenish toa very pale yellow. Assam, 1895.

D. vexabile (vexing). jl. light sulphur-ochre, partly white ;
side lacinie of the lip marked with numerous narrow lines, the
anterior lacinia sulphur, with an orange blotch on each side of
the tuft of hairs, very wavy. 1878. Allied to D. Ruckeri.

D. Victorise Reginz (Queen Victoria’s).* jl. produced in great
numbers from the branching stems; sepals white, blotched with
blue; lip blue, oblong. Philippine Islands, 1897. (G. C. 1897,
xxii., p. 121, f. 54.)

D. virgineum (maiden). This resembles D. infundibulum,
but the flowers are smaller, ivory-white, with two thickened,

Dendrobium—continued.

ligulate, reddish lines running from the base to the middle of
the lip. Birma, 1885.

D. Wallichianum (Wallich’s).
D. Wardianum. The correct name is D. pendulwin.
D. Wattii (Watt's). The correct name of D. cariniferum Wattii.

D. Williamsianum (Williams’).* 7. large; sepals ivory-white,
the dorsal one and the ivory-white petals broadly oblong,
apiculate, the lateral sepals triangular, the disk of the petals
washed light purple; lip purple, having an angular chin, standing
upright, adpressed to the column, the limb roundish ; racemes
about twelve-flowered, produced from the upper part of the
slender bulbs. New Guinea, 1886, (G. C. n. s., xxvi., p. 173;
W. O. A. 252.)

Other species in cultivation at Kew and elsewhere, but not of
ponent horticultural interest, are: D. eulophotum, D. Fitzalani,

. hainanense, D. herbaceum (syn. D, ramosissimum), D. linguiforme
(B. M. 5249), D. lonchophyllum, D. monophyllum (F. A. O. 1., pt. vi.,
t. 9), D. Mooreanum, D. Mortii, D. O’Brienianum, D. panduratum,
D. parcum (R. X. O., t. 169), D. quadrilobum, D. signatum,
D. strongylanthum, D. stuposum, and B. terminale.

A variety of D. nobile.

From the first, the nomenclature of hybrid Dendrobiums
has been in a state of confusion, owing to distinctive names
having been given to plants derived from the same
parentage. We, therefore, give a list of names with
parentage as recorded.

Adrasta
Aineas .
Ainswort.
Ainsworthii Cyphers var.
Ainsworthii interteztum qaureum Lees var. and nobile (

Pierardi and superbum (Veitch).
japonicum and crystallinum (Veitch).
aureum and nobile (Ainsworth).
aureum and nobile elegans fUsphee
eitch),

ATCUIE 2-5 ci encnien eens lituiflorum Freemani and Wardianum
(Veitch).

Andromeda .......... Leechianum and japonicum,

Apollo grandiflorum.... nobile pulcherrimum and splendidissi-
mum grandiflorum (Cypher).

APMstVONgi .....eeeeeee aureumand nobile ceerulescens (Winn).

Aspasia..... -. qaureum and Wardianum (Veitch).

Astrea . luteolum and crasstnode (Cookson).

Aurora .. Findlayanum and nobile (Lawrence),
Backhouset . nobile and thyrsiflorum (Backhouse).
Benita ..... aureum and Falconert (Brymer).
Berkeleyi . Cassiope and Wardianum (Berkeley).
Bryan .......-. .. luteolum and Wardianum (Cookson).
Burberryanum ....-++- Findlayanum and Dominianum
(Chamberlain).
burfordiense ..-.....-+ Linawianumand aureum (Lawrence).
Cassiope ......... _..+. japonicum and nobile albiflorum
(Cookson).

cheltenhamense .......+ luteolum and aureum (Cypher).
Linawianum and Wardianum (Law-
rence).
Findlayanum and
(Lawrence)
splendidissimum ete gi and
Wardianum (Lawrence).

Ainsworthit

Clytie....ccceceeees-+2. Findlayanum and Leechianum
(Chamberlain).

Cordele, owas cictalseisei-i aureum and euosmum leucopterum
(Veitch).

Cordelia flavescens aureum and ‘wosmum leucopterum
(Veitch)

Corningianum nobile and lituiflorum (Corning).

crepidato-nobile . nobile and crepidatwm (Veitch).

Curtisii....... Cassiope and aurewm (Sander).

Cybele oe ea. .. Findlayanum and nobile (Veitch).
Cybele nobilius ........ Findlayanum and nobile nobilius
(Veitch).

WETENIBE vicreiatso aieloeieieie) = = nobile Schroderianum and splendidissi-
mun (Schroder).

TO ss odaocacad ...-. Findlayanum and Ainsworthii (Law-
rence).

Dominianum Linawianum and nobile (Veitch).

Leechianum and japonicum (Veitch
and Cookson).

Doris

GM Ce teem viasittaicaisteeinierelsts aureum and Linawianum (Cookson).

Edithie... .. nobile nobilius and awrewm (Lee).

endocharis . japonicum and aureum (Veitch).

Ethel ....... .. japonicum and Rolfe roseum(Cypher).

CUOSMUM .. 2. .- ++ Sggan0 andocharis and nobile (Veitch).

euosmum virginale .... endocharis and nobile intermedium
(Veitch).

Ainsworthii and nobile (Veitch).
lituiforum and Wardianum (Veitch).
. nobile and Wardianum (Lawrence).
Farmerii-thyrsiforum.. Farmerii and thyrsiflorwm (Sander).
Findlayana - Wardi -\ Findlayanum and Wardianum (Ash-

(TD nen ADA eeeOnD J worth).
Sormoso-Lowii. .. formosum and Lowiti (Lawrence).
GONAEED) oo co.cc cos cecsce japonicum and Rolfee rosewm
(Thwaites).

316 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Dendrobium—continued.

Gemma .....c.0..0222-. Superbum Hattoniti and aureum
(Winn).

MOMania iis viele e's estes Findlayanum and Linawianum
(Cookson).

THCUL? Apegracnnp a acne Findlayanum and Ainsworthii (Law-
rence).

Findlayanunm and splendidissimum
grandiflorum (Burkenshaw).

Holmesianum........++ Dominianum and Schneiderianum
(Hardy).

RUALRETE vara. telotaieis Cia «nies chrysotoxum and Dalhousieanum
(Veitch).

TUNO woe ceeeeesesss--. Linawianum and Wardianum (Law-
rence).

Kenneth Bensonie and McCarthie (Cookson).

Kingiano-sp Kingianum and speciosum (Lawrence).

Leechianum «ee. @ureum and nobile (Swan).

ETE seo epee ODT Findiayanum and Ainsworthii (Law-
rence).

Lutwycheanum ........ Wardianum and_ splendidissimum
grandijlora (Lutwych).

MelANOAISCUS ......22++ Findlayanum and Ainsworthii (Law-
rence).

Melpomene ........+.+6 splendidissimum and signatum (Law-
rence).

Mentor .. «.. primulinum and superbum (Veitch).
MICUNS ....-.22222222-. Lituiflorum Freemaniiand Wardianum
(Veitch).

MUTT OYE ocnace senses nobile and albo-sanguineum (Cookson),

QV EME OP Mr atnretoniaiceisiain nis Parishii and superbum anosmum
(Winn).

TS Ae ee IS CIOCORYEECIO tortile and nobile (Veitch).

Owenianum,.....++.+++ Peart m and Wardianum (San-

er).

THNETIS: nlec\vieininidis aai=sige Findlayanum and Ainsworthii (Law-
rence).

porphyrogastrum ...... Dalhousieanum and superbum Hattonii
(Veitch).

ROAM OID | ow oterncva vise a Findlayanum and Ainsworthit (Law-
rence).

rhodostoma ........-+4+ superbum Hattonii and sanguinolen-
tum (Veitch).

Reblingianum ........ Ruckerti and nobile (Pitcher).

nH Cp ERE eCAbuec Spon Leechianum and nobile nobilius
(Cypher).

rubens grandiflora splendidissinum grandiflorum and
nobile nobilius (Cypher).

SITET singacqonergeo oo ones albijlorwm and aureum (San-
der).

Schneiderianum Findlayanum and aureum (Hardy).

SLi een Seen cas: Oe bigibbum and Linawianum (Cookson).

specio-Kingianum...... Kingianwm and speciosum
(Lawrence).

splendidissimum ......

aureum and nobile (Veitch).
Statterianum....

Bensonie and erystallinum (Statter).

striatum ..........-. . japonicum and Dathousieanum
(Veitch).

Did TF ates poe rp acedon Ainsworthii and nobile nobilius
(Lawrence). ;.

The Gem ..........-... Ainsworthit and aureum (Winn).

nobile Cypherti and cheltenhamense
(Thompson).

japonicum and Faleoneri (Vanner).

Thompsonianum ......

Vannerianum

Venus Falconeri and nobile (Veitch).

Vergile .... nobile and Ainsworthii (Haywood).
Virginia .. japonicum and Bensonie (Veitch).
VUE OUAY rar nia cielo as iccee Juno and Wardianum (Chamber-

Jain).
aureum and Wardianum (Veitch).
japonicum and Wardianum (Veitch).
nobile and signatum (Wigan).
Findlayanum and nobile (Lawrence).

Wardiano-aureum . ..
Wardiano-japonicum ..
WAG ae sleet a .e
xanthocentrum

The following are natural hybrids:

barbatulo-chlorops...... barbatulum and chlorops.

(BOT a niec\ a nied. ore takes erystallinum and crassinode.
crassinodo-Wardianum. crassinode and Wardianum.
Donnesi@ ..........+... Jormosum and infundibulum.
EBON ian Giaras. 4 are se Phalenopsis and superbiens.

Wardianum and crassinode.
Wardianum and nobile,
primulinum and nobile,
Pierardi and Parishii.
Pierardi and Parishii.
primulinum and nobile.
infundibulum and flexuosum.,

DENDROBIUM BEETLE ( Xyleborus perforans). A
destructive insect from the tropics, but Homeahing in
Orchid-honses, where it is especially partial to Dendrobium
Phalenopsis. Both Beetle and grub are destructive. The
perfect imsect (Fig. 338) is rather more than ain. in
length and of a chestnut-brown colour. As the specific
name suggests, it perforates the stems (Fig. 339), and, once
inside, tunnels in various directions, causing the plant

melanophthalmum ....
Murrhiniacum
Pitcherianum..
polyphledbium..
rhodopterygium
Rolfee ....

Wattit

Dendrobium Beetle—continued.

By permission of the Board of Agriculture.
Fic. 338. DENDROBIUM BEETLE (Xyleborus perforans).

1 and 2, Beetle highly magnified ; 3, Insect natural size;
4, Infested stem, with hole made by Beetle.

attacked to have an unhealthy look. The grub (Fig. 339)
is white and footless. Plants showing signs of decay, and
whose stems are found to be perforated in the way shown
in the portion of plant illustrated, should
have such portions removed and burned.
The check received will be nothing to
the damage that would ultimately occur
were the insects allowed free play. In
bad attacks Dendrobiums are sometimes
killed. This Beetle does not feed ex-
clusively upon Orchids: in the sugar-
growing countries it is destructive to the
canes.

DENDROCHILUM. ‘Several
species formerly included here are now
referred to Platyclinis.

D. squalens (squalid).
Xylobium squalens.

eee A synonym of
Fic. 339. GrRuB ynonym 0}

or DENDROBIUM 3 :
BEETLE IN OR- D. vestitum (clothed). A synonym of Eria
CHID STEM. vestita.

DENDROCOLLA. A synonym of Sarcochilus
(which see).

DENDROLIRIUM. A synonym of Eria (which see).
DENDROLOGY. The natural history of trees.

DENDROPANAX. Flowers hermaphrodite or rarely
polygamous ; petals five; stamens five; umbellules solitary
or paniculate. Leaves simple, entire or rarely three- to
five-cleft. To the species described on p, 458, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

D. arboreum (tree-like). ji. pale yellow; umbels in terminal,
simple corymbs; peduncles lin. to 2in. long. July. J. simple,
elliptical, 4in. to 6in. long, repand-undulated or obscurely
serrated. h. 12ft. to 20ft. West Indies. SyNs. Aralia arborea,
Hedera arborea.

DENDROPHYLAX (from dendron, a tree, and
phulaa, a defender ; in allusion to the habit of the plants).
Orv. Orchidee. A small genus of stove, epiphytal, leafless
Orchids, natives of the West Indies and allied to Mysta-
cidium. Flowers solitary or few in a raceme; sepals and
petals sub-eqnal, free, spreading ; lip sessile at the base of
the column, the base produced into a long spur, the lateral
lobes short, the middle one two-lobed ; column very short,
broad; scapes slender, simple. Roots densely fascicled.
Psendo-bulbs wanting. Two of the species haye been
introduced. For culture, see Cymbidium.

D. Faweettii (Fawcett’s). jl. 2in. in diameter, several on a
scape, varying from 2in. to 23in. long; sepals and petals

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. Ble

Dendrophylax—continued.
eenish-white, lanceolate, acute ; lip white, with a slender spur
in. long. Roots long, green. 1888. Closely allied to D. funalis.
D. funalis (rope-like). #. greenish-white, 4in. long; lip. 4in.
broad, about half as long as the subulate-tiliform, straight-
descending spur; scapes distantly sheathed, few-flowered, lin.
to 4in. long. Roots often several feet long. 1846. Syn.
Angrecum funale (B. M. 4295).

DENDROSERIS. Syn. Rea. Flower-heads usually
white, mediocre or large, produced at the tips of the
branches of an ample panicle. Leaves alternate, petiolate
or the upper ones sessile, often large, entire, lobed, or once
or twice pinnate, glabrous.

DENDROSPARTUM. Included under Genista
(which see).

DENITRIFICATION. This is a soil condition
resulting from the removal of nitrogen. Whenever the
soil is ina condition unfavourable to nitrification, there is
danger that not only may nitrates not be formed, but that
there will be a loss of nitrogen from those nitrates which
are present. This loss is due to a process known as
Denitrification—a process which is also dependent on micro-
organisms. The Denitrification organisms flourish under one
condition, which is directly opposed to the corresponding
condition favouring nitrification—namely, the absence of
oxygen. Under that condition the nitrates may be reduced

or changed back to nitrites, and the nitrites are often ~

further reduced till they lose their nitrogen altogether by
having it pass off into the air as gaseous nitrogen.

Denitrification may take place, therefore, in waterlogged
soils, in badly-drained pot-cultures, and in the inner
parts of manure or compost heaps, when air is measurably
excluded. organic manure, therefore, which is
effective for plant growth when applied in small
quantity, may thus become injurious when made
use of in excess. The supply of atmospheric oxygen toa
soil is effectually prevented if the soil is kept in a satn-
rated condition with stagnant water. This condition alone
is sufficient to set up an energetic Denitrification, by which
process the growing plants must considerably suffer.
Professor Bréal furnishes a further excellent example of
the active Denitrification which takes places in a soil kept
saturated with water. He placed some garden soil in a
percolator, and consolidated it by pressure; the column
was about l5in. high. Water more than sufficient for
saturation was then poured upon the soil; when the water
had run throngh it was poured back again over the soil,
and this treatment was continued for some time. The soil
at the commencement of the experiment was in an active
state of nitrification, and the drainage-water was at first
rich in nitrates; but at the end of three weeks the
nitrates had entirely disappeared from the drainage-water,
though no water had been removed from the soil.

on Included under Dicksonia (which
see).

DENTARIA. Bentham and Hooker include this genus
under Cardamine (which see). One or two hybrids have
been raised by crossing D. digitata, D. pinnata, and
D. polyphylla. The following may be described :

D. Killisii (Killis’s).” A handsome hybrid between D. digitata
and D. polyphylla ; itis more robust than either of the parents.
Alps, 1889.

D. pinnato-digitata (hybrid). 1. like those of D. digitata.
@. pinnate. Jura Mountains, 1889. An interesting hybrid, inter-
mediate in character between the two parents indicated in the
name.

DENTIDIA. A synonym of Perilla (which see).

DEPARIA. The soil most suitable to Deparias, which
are not very strong growers, is a compost of an open nature,
formed of about equal parts fibrous peat, leaf-mould, and
silver-sand. Special attention should be given to the
drainage : deficiency in this respect is the principal cause of
failure in the cultivation of these plants, which at all times
require a.liberal supply of water at the roots, but dislike
syringing overhead. The Deparias should also be carefully
protected against the direct rays of the sun. They are
usually propagated by division of the crowns in March and
April, their spores being seldom known to germinate.

D. Moorei. This species, which is probably the prettiest of the
enus, was formerly known as Cionidium Moorei and Trichocarpa
ooret. A barren frond is well shown in Fig. 340.

DEPRESSED. Oblate ; somewhat flattened vertically

or endwise.

DERMATOBOTRYS (from derma, dermatos, skin
or bark, and botrys, a cluster; in allusion to the position
and disposition of the flowers.). OrRp. Scrophularinex.
A monotypic genus. The species is a small, epiphytic,
deciduous shrub, with a long, naked stem as thick as the
wrist, and brown, sub-quadrangular branches. It requires
greenhouse treatment.

D. Saundersii (Saunders’s). 1. 2in. long, drooping in whorls
below the new leaves ; calyx small, five-parted ; corolla pale red,
tubular, gradually dilated from a slender base, the five short,
spreading lobes yellow within; anthers five. Winter. JZ. 2in. to
6in. long, rather fleshy, ovate or oblong, sub-acute, coarsely
toothed. Natal and Zululand, 1892. (B. M. 7369.)

DERMATOPHORA NECATRIX.
Fungi.

DESCENDING. Directed downward.
DESCHAMPSIA (named in hononr of M. Deschamps,

of Saint Omer, one of the naturalists selected for the
expedition in search of the unfortunate Lapeyrouse).
Syn. Campelia (of Link). Orb. Graminee, A genus
including about a score species of mostly hardy, perennial
Grasses, broadly distributed over temperate and frigid
regions, and on mountains within the tropics. Spikelets
paniculate, often larger than in Aira; glumes two, the
lower one empty; panicle terminal, sometimes narrow and
dense, often lax. Leaves narrow, convolute-terete or flat.
Two species call for mention here. They thrive in any
ordinary soil, in moist, shady places, and may be
propagated by seeds.

D. czespitosa (tufted). 1. silvery-grey or purplish ; peor very
elegant, usually viviparous, 6in, to 12in. long, with spreading,
slender, almost capillary branches. Summer. J. rather stiff,
flat, very rough on the upper surface, Britain. A handsome,
tall Grass, forming large, dense tufts.

D. flexuosa (waved). The correct name of Aira flexuosa.
DESFONTAINEA. Linkia (of Persoon) is synony-

mous with this genus.

See Vine

Fic. 340. BARREN FROND OF DEPARIA MOOREL.

DESIGNS. ‘Sve Bedding-out, Bedding Plants,
Garden, and Landscape Gardening.

DESMIDORCHIS.

A synonym of Boucerosia
(which see).

318 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

DESMODIUM. To the species described on pp. 459-60,

Vol. I., the following should be added :

D. japonicum (Japanese). A synonym of D. podocarpum.

D. umbellatum (umbelled). jl. red, gin. to sin. long; umbels
six- to twelve-flowered ; pedicels short. July. J/., leaflets obtuse,
sometimes grey-canescent beneath; terminal one larger than the
lateral ones, 2in. to 3in. long, roundish or broadly oblong;

etioles lin. or less in length. Young branches densely downy.
. ft. to 6ft. India, &c., 1801. Stove shrub. Syns. Hedysarum
arboreum, H. umbellatum.

DESMONCUS. Abont twenty-five species, all natives
of tropical America, and closely allied to Bactris, are
included hereunder. To those described on p. 460, Vol. I.,
the following should be added :

D. mitis (flexible). ., spadices slender, incluled ; spathe un-
armed; peduncle l6in. long. November and December. ,/r. red.
l. about 2ft. long, loosely distichous, long-sheathing ; sezments
seven to eleven pairs, lanceolate, acuminate, opposite or alternate,
about 5in. long, ldin. broad. Caudex 3ft. to 5ft. high, flexuous,
unarmed. Brazil.

D. orthacanthos (straight-spined). l., spadix nearly lft. long,
long-pedunculate ; lower spathe long, smooth; upper one armed
with straight, black prickles. 7. long-sheathing ; segments elliptic-
lanceolate, 6in. long, 14in. broad, unarmed or at length having
scattered prickles. Caudex climbing, and, as well as the leaf-
sheaths, very prickly. Brazil.

D. polyacanthos (many-spined). /l., spadix 12in. to 16in. Jong 5
spathe double, the inner one densely prickly. J. remote, 3ft. to
4ft. long, very long-sheathing, tubercled or prickly near_the
petioles ; segments seven to fifteen pairs, broadly lanceolate,
acuminate, mostly 6in. long. Caudex climbing. Brazil.

DESMOTRICHUM. A synonym of Dendrobium
(which see).

DESVAUXIACEZ. Included under Centrolepidee
(which see).

f
¥

Fic. 341. FLOWERING BRANCH OF DEUTZIA CRENATA FLORE-
PLENO,

DEUTZIA. Seven species are included in this genus;
they extend from the Himalayas to North China and Japan,
while one is found in Mexico. For forcing, the best kinds
are D. crenata flore-pleno (Fig. 341), D. gracilis, and
D. Lemoinei. Deutzias may be propagated by cuttings of
young shoots inserted in sandy soil under a bell-glass
in summer.

In order to produce good annual displays of: blossom, a
rational system of pruning must be adopted. The best time

Deutzia—continued.

to prune Deutzias is just after the flowering period is over.
The old, worn-out, weak and sickly growths should be
remoyed to make way for younger and better flowering
shoots.

Propagation is effected by seeds and cuttings. Seed
should be sown in spring in shallow pans of light soil, and
placed in a warm greenhouse. When the seedlings have
grown about in. or so they should be pricked off into a
compost of rough loam and good leaf-soil, and kept moist at
the roots and overhead, as insect-pests are somewhat
troublesome if the plants are allowed to get too dry. In the
following spring the plants will be large enough for putting
out in nursery-rows. Cuttings Sin. in length strike root if
planted on a shady border in the autumn; or half-ripened
shoots may be dibbled in sandy soil in summer, and plunged
in a brisk heat in a close propagating-case.

To those described on p. 460, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

D. candidissima (whitest). 1. snowy-white, about 4in. across,
with a funnel-shaped calyx; panicles erect, many-flowered,
hairy. J. broadly lanceolate, somewhat fleshy, finely serrated,
studded with minute, stellate scales. Habitat not recorded, 1882.
(G. C. 1882, xviii., p. 173, f. 30.)

D. c. flore-pleno (double-flowered). 4. pure white, double, pro-
duced in short racemes.

D. canescens (hoary). /l. whitish, disposed in terminal panicles.
June and July. J. ovate-lanceolate, cuspidate, slightly glandular-
toothed, rough above, whitish-pubescent beneath. Branches
slender. Japan, 1837.

D. co: biflora (corymbose-flowered). fl. white, small, in erect
panicles. 7. ovate-lanceolate, acute, deep green, tomentose,
somewhat rough. Branches slender, with yellowish-grey bark.
Western China, 1897. (R. H. 1897, pp. 466-7, f. 139-40.)

D. discolor purpurascens (versicoloured, purplish). i. tinted
with nov ores small but numerous, in axillary racemes 2in.
long. May. J. ovate, finely toothed, #in. to ljin. long. A. 3ft.
Yunnan, 1894. (R. H. 1895, p. 65.) 5

D. gracilis foliis-aureis (golden-leaved).
distinguished from the type in having golden leaves.

D. Lemoinei (Lemoine's). #. white, very large, much more
numerous and decorative than in D. gracilis, disposed in small,
axillary racemes. A hybrid between D. gracilis and D. parvi-
flora. (G. C. 1895, ii., p. 360, f. 67.)

D. parviflora (small-flowered). . white. China. Hardy.
DEVIL’S HERB. See Plumbago scandens.

DEVONSHIRING. An operation now known as
paring and burning. Fortunately it is seldom adopted in
the garden, as the practice of burning the surface soil is
done at the expense of many valuable ingredients, the
soil being poorer after such a process than before.

DEYEUXIA (named in honour of Nicholas Deyeux,
1753-1837, a French chemist). Syn. Lachnagrostis. Orb.
Graminee. A genus embracing nearly 120 species of
greenhouse or hardy, mostly perennial Grasses, broadly
dispersed over the temperate and mountainous regions of
the globe. Spikelets one-flowered, variously paniculate ;
glumes three, the two inferior ones empty ; stamens three ;
panicles terminal. Leaves usually flat. D. elegans varie-
gata is the only plant of the genus yet introduced which is
deserving of mention here; it thrives under ordinary
greenhouse treatment. The genus is represented in the
British Flora by D. neglecta, a rare species.

D. elegans variegata (elegant, variegated). J. numerous,
linear, lft. to 14ft. long, of a deep, bright green, bordered with
creamy-yellow. Rootstock thick. New South Wales, 1884. An
elegant foliage plant.

DIACALPE FG@NICULACEUM. A synonym of
Aspidium feeniculaceum (which see).

DIACRIUM (from dia, through, and akris, a point; in
allusion to the sheaths on the stalk). Orb. Orchidex. Of
this genus four species have been described: they are stove,
epiphytal Orchids, natives of Mexico, Central America, and
Guiana. Flowers showy, loosely racemose, shortly pedicel-
late ; sepals sub-equal, free, spreading, rather thick, petaloid ;
petals somewhat similar; lip spreading from the base of
the column, nearly equalling the sepals, the lateral lobes
spreading or reflexed, the disk elevated between the lateral
lobes, two-horned above ; column short and broad, slightly
incurved ; pollen masses four; peduncle terminal, simple,
with paleaceous sheaths. Leaves few, articulated with the
short sheaths. Stem fleshy, scarcely thickened into an

A__ variety

—— a

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 319

Diacrium—continued. Diamond-back Moth—continuwed.
elongated pseudo-bulb. Only one species calls for mention. | with dark brown, with a whitish ochreous inner margin.
For its successful cultivation, it requires a light sitnation in The hind wings are grey. The larva is green, and may be
a very moist stove. found in June, July, September, and October. Newly-

slacked lime dusted upon the leaves in the morning has
ae been found beneficial ; but the eultivator should endeavour
\ by every means to so stimulate his plants that they are
as to grow away. A peculiarity of this Moth is that it
seems to flourish equally well in Europe, Asia, Africa,
America, and Australasia.

DIANELLA. The dozen species of this genus are

chiefly Australian, but some of them extend to tropical Asia,

the Mascarene and Pacific Islands, and New Zealand.

To those described on p. 46, Vol. I., the following should be

added :

D. divaricata (divaricate). A synonym of D. revoluta.

D. ensifolia (sword-leaved). jl. white, greenish, or bluish, din.

to 4in. long; panicle lft. to 2ft. long, cuneiform. August.

1., lower ones lft. to 2ft. long, Zin. to 14in. broad, linear-lanceo-

late; sheaths long. Stem ft. to 6ft. high, rigid. Tropical

Himalayas, 1731. (B. M. 1404.)

D. longifolia (long-leaved). A synonym of D. revoluta.

D. revoluta (revolute). jl. of a deeper blue than
in D. cerulea, about 4in. long ; panicle also looser
and more spreading. August. J. distichous and
crowded at the base of the stem, as in D. tas-
manica, the sheaths with prominent keels, the
two or three outer ones with scarcely any or very
short lamin, the inner ones with narrow, rigid
blades 2ft. to 3ft. long, the margins closely
revolute. Australia, 1823. Syns. D. divaricata,
D. longifolia (B. R. 734).

D. tasmanica variegata (variegated). A variety having leaves

striped with yellow. 1894.

DIANTHERA. Syn. Beloperone (in part). Of the
eighty species included in this genns, two or three are natives
of tropical Africa or Asia, and the rest are all tropical or
extra-tropical American. To those described on p. 461,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

D. bullata (studded). 7. whitish, small, fascicled in the axils of
the minute, opposite bracts. /. opposite, shortly petiolate, 5sin.
to 44in. long, 2sin. to 23in. broad, elliptic, obtusely acuminate,
slightly contracted at base, cordate, bullate between the veins,
labrous, dark green above, purple and pubescent on the veins
eneath. Stem terete, fuscous-purple. Borneo, 1886. Stove.
(I. H. 1886, 589.)

D. pectoralis (pectoral). Garden Balsam. fl. distant, in
branched, elongated spikes, mostly one-sided ; corolla rosy with
a variegated throat, or pale blue, sin. long. May. /. lanceolate,
acuminate, or oblong-lanceolate, lin. to 4in. long. A. 1ft. to Sft.
West Indies, 1787. SyN. Justicia pectoralis.

DIANTHUS. Of the seventy true species (according
to Bentham and Hooker) of this genus ten are found in
South Africa, one in Siberia and North America, and the
rest are European or North African. An exhaustive mono-
graph of Dianthus by Mr. F. N. Williams (in which he
describes as many as 238 species!) is published in the
“* Journal of the Linnean Society,”’ vol. xxix. (1893). To the
species described on pp. 461-4, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

D. Boissieri (Boissier’s). A form of D. sylvestris.

D. callizonus (beautiful-zoned).* fl. pink with a purple, white-
Fic. 342. DIACRIUM BICORNUTUM. dotted zone on ee lower part a ork Craiinite SeEaIe. Avot lin.
across, solitary, shortly pedunculate. June. J. spreading,
glaucous, linear or linear-lanceolate, acute or obtuse, keeled.

D. bicornutum (two-horned). The correct name of the plant stems ni rous, leafy near the apex. Transylvania, 1889
described on p. 512, Vol. L., as Epidendrum bicornutum. aise Peper crt M. Toe) pie Res ‘3 g 4 J
Fig. 342. tes = F : * ayer rerpalen

D. cinnabarinus (cinnabar-red).* jl., petals fiery-red above, paler

DIADENIUM (from dis, twice, and aden, a gland ; in beneath, covered with sessile glands; stamens not exserted.

allusion to the two glands at the base of the column) Syn Summer. J. narrow-linear, with very acute, rigid tips. Thessaly,
1 = A 1888. A fine species, suffrutescent at the base.

Chenanthe. ORD, Orchidex. A genus embracing only two
closely-allied species of stove, epiphytal Orchids, with small
flowers, natives of Pern and Para, and closely allied to = ae - E oon iat
Comparettia. D. Barkeri (Sxx. Chenanthe Barkeri) has | D, diutinus (durable). 1. NS el el nea
i i * . . . glaucous, 3in. long, linear, carinate, spreading. Stems simple,
been introdueed, but is probably not now in cultivation. eeeeoral h, 6in. irene sania Alps and the Banat. Plant

DIAMOND-BACK MOTH (Plutella cruciferarum). glabrous. A very rare rockery species.
The lary of this Moth, which has an extremely wide D. Fontanesii (Fontanes’). A synonym of D. spinosus.
geographical range, are very abundant some seasons, when | D. Freynii(Freyn’s). A variety of D. glacialis.
they cause much damage to Cruciferous crops, but especially D. Gardnerianus (Gardner's). A variety of D. chinensis.
to Turnips and Cabbages. Dry weather is favourable to its D. glacialis Freynii (Freyn’s). l. purple, 3in. in diameter.

D. cruentus latifolius (broad-leaved). A synonym of D. /ati-
‘olius.

increase ; while wet, showery weather has an opposite I. glaucous. Bosnia, 1892.

tendency. The Moth measures about gin. in wing expanse, D. gracilis (slender). fl. light rose-coloured, very pale beneath,
and is in evidence in April, and agaim in August and sweetly scented, two or three on a short peduncle; petals obovate-
September. The fore-wings are greyish-brown, spotted cuneate. J. 2sin. long, linear, acute, flat, spreading. Mount

320

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dianthus—continued.
Athos and the Balkans.
rockery.

D. graniticus (granite-loving). jl. red or purple, solitary or
twin, small. JZ. linear, acute, three-nerved. Stems 6in. long,
slender, quadrangular. South-west France. A very dwarf
species, scabrous below, glabrous above, found in the fissures of
rocks and sandy ledges of granitic formation, in the Olive region.

D. microlepis (small-scaled). 1. carmine-red or in some forms
white ; petals obovate-oblong. J/. gia. long, linear, obtuse,
channelled, one-nerved. Mountains of Thrace. Plant tufted,
dwarf, glabrous. A very distinct alpine—described as a sort of
D. glacialis in miniature.

D. pinifolius (Pine-leaved). jl. lilac or pale carmine, small,
produced in capitate cymes on long stems. J. 14in. long, dee}
green, aciculate ; radical ones recurved ; cauline ones one-nerved,
appressed. Stems l4in. to 2in. long. Mountains of Turkey, &c.
A curious, tufted, scabrid a’ pine.

D. semperfiorens (ever-flowering).

D. sinensis. See D. chinensis.

D. spinosus (spiny). /. white and pink, disposed in small heads.
Persian Alps. A bushy little alpine, very densely tufted, and
spiny in appearance, although not really so. The correct name
is Acanthophyllum spinosum. Syn. D. Fontanesii.

D. superbus nanus (dwarf). A dwarf variety, growing only
6in. in height, and covered with rosy-purple, deeply-fringed
flowers.

D. sylvestris (wood-loving). The correct name of the plant
described on p. 464, Vol. I., as D. virgineus.

Deis: Boissieri (Boissier’s). jl. of a pleasing carmine tint, large.
Stem 2ft. high. Sierra Morena, Spain. Alpine ; requires a sunny
position,

DIAPENSIA BARBULATA. A
Pyxidanthera barbulata (which see).

DIAPHORA MENDICA. See Spilosoma Men-
thastri.

DIASIA. A synonym of Melaspherula (which see).
DIASPINZ. See Scale Insects.
DIASPIS. See Scale Insects.

ne: A synonym of Leucospermum (which
see).

DIASTEMA (from dis, two, and stemon, a stamen;
in allusion to the number of stamens). Syn. Diastemella.
OrD. Gesneracez. Of this genus fifteen species have been
enumerated ; they are usually dwarf, stove perennials, with
creeping roots or rhizomes, natives of tropical America,
from Peru to Mexico. Flowers usually pale violet, purplish,
or white, slender, in terminal or axillary racemes; calyx
five-lobed ; corolla tube cylindrical, the limb spreading, fiye-
lobed; stamens affixed at the base of the tube. Leaves
opposite, petiolate, membranous. The species introduced
thrive in a compost of peat and loam. Propagation may be
effected by enttings of the young shoots, taken when about
2in. or 3in. long.

D. Lehmanni (Lehmann’s). fl. white, spotted and lined with
violet ; corolla lobes ovate; pedicels shorter than the leaves.
i. stalked, ovate, crenate. Colombia, 1889. Plant resembling
Isoloma pictum, and clothed with glandular hairs.

D. ochroleucum (yellowish-white). /. yellowish-white ; corolla
somewhat tumid at base; panicle many-flowered. August.
1. rather long-petiolate, ovate, acute, deeply serrated, hairy, 3in.
to 4in. long, 14in. to 2in. broad. Stem erect, hairy-pubescent,
slightly purplish, lft. to 2ft. high. Colombia, 1844. (B. M. 4254.)

D. pictum (painted). A synonym of Isoloma pictum.

D. quinquevulnerum (five-spotted). jf. Zin. long; corolla
limb white, the throat marked with five rosy-lilac spots ; racemes
terminal, shorter than the leaves. August. J. long-petiolate,
ovate or ovate-elliptic, membranous, pilose on both sides, 3in. to
4in. long, 2in. to 2sin. broad. Branches 4in. to 5in. long.
Colombia. Plant dwarf. (F. d. S. 832.)

DIASTEMANTHE. A synonym of Stenotaphrum
(which see).

Semaricer one A synonym of Diastema (which
see).
DIATOMA. A synonym of Carallia (which see).

DIBRACHION (of Regel). Included under Homa-
lanthus (which see), the correct name of D. peltatum
being H. giganteus.

DICALYMMA. A
(which see).

Requires a sunny position on the

A variety of D. chinensis.

Synonym of

synonym of Podachenium

DICENTRA. Bleeding Heart. Including Dactyli-
capnos. This genus embraces about a dozen species, natives
of North America, Western Asia, and the Himalayas.

DICENTRANTHERA. Included under Asystasia
(which see).

DICEROS (of Persoon).
(which see).

DICHZEA. Syn. Fernandezia (of Ruiz and Pavon), in
part. Abont a dozen species are included in this genus.
to shat described on p. 465, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

D. glauca (glaucous). jf. whitish, 4in. long; lip sagittate-
reniform, broadly clawed. June. J. linear-oblong, l}in. to 2in.
long, bluntly mucronate, glaucous beneath. Jamaica, 1837. SYN.
Epidendrum glaucum.

D. vaginata (sheathed). l. white, very small. Stems long and
flattened, with close-set, distichous, small-sized leaves. Mexico,
1885. A neat plant, suitable for basket culture.

DICHILUS (from dis, twice, and cheilos, a lip; in
allusion to the two-lipped calyx). Syns. Calycotome, Melino-
spermum. ORD. Leguminose. A small genus (three
species) of slender, erect, greenhouse under-shrnbs, natives
of South Africa, with yellow, nodding flowers, and digitately
trifoliolate leaves. D. lebeckioides has been introduced, but
is probably no longer grown.

DICHLAMYDEOUS. Furnished with both calyx and

corolla.

DICHOPOGON (from dicha, double, and pogon, a
beard ; in allusion to the two appendages of the anthers).
Orp. Liliaceez. A small genus (two species) of greenhouse,
perennial herbs, natives of Australia and Tasmania.
Flowers loosely racemose, solitary or fascicled in the
scarious bracts; perianth marcescent, persistent, not
twisted, the segments distinct, spreading, the inner ones
broader; stamens six, hypogynons ; pedicels slender, often
jointed above the middle; scape often branched, leafless, or
furnished with leafy bracts below the inflorescence. Leaves
radical, narrow-linear. Rhizome short ; root-fibres fascicled,
often bearing tubers. D. strictus, the only species as yet in
cultivation, thrives in a compost of sandy loam and peat,
and may be increased by divisions of the rhizome, or by the
tubers on the root-fibres.

A synonym of Artanema

D. strictus (erect). . scented like Heliotrope; perianth pale
or dark purple, 14in. or less in diameter, the segments horizon-
tally spreading, the outer ones elli Bee acute, the inner
twice as broad ; raceme or panicle 3in. to 8in. long. November.
7. 14ft. long, 4in. broad, concave, Grass-like, sheathing at the
very base. Stem longer than the leaves, erect, stout or slender.
Tubers jin. to Zin. long, fleshy. 1883. (B. M. 6746.) Syn.
D. undulatus (R. G. ii., t. 37).

D. undulatus (waved). A synonym of D. strictus.

DICHOPSIS (from dicha, in two, and opsis, resem-
blance; the lobes of the calyx are in two series, and
the anthers two-lobed at the apex). Syn. Isonandra
(in part). Orp. Sapotaceey. A genus embracing about
thirty species of usually large, stove trees with milky juice,
natives of Southern India, the Malay Peninsula and Islands,
and Samoa. Flowers fascicled, axillary, or on the naked
branchlets below a terminal tuft of leayes; calyx lobes six,
biseriate; corolla lobes six, imbricated or contorted;
stamens twelve to eighteen. Fruit fleshy, one- or two-
seeded. Leaves obovate or oblong, petiolate, coriaceous.

D. Gutta, the only species introduced, was formerly known as
Isonandra Gutta, under which name it is described on p. 202,
Vol. I.

DICHORISANDRA. Syn. Stickmannia. About
twenty-eight species, all tropical American, are included
in this genus. To those described on p. 467, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

D. acaulis (stemless). #7. deep violet-blue. 7. disposed in a
rosette, nearly sessile, glossy, intense green above, marked with a
considerable number of short, longitudinal stripes of silvery-
white, deeply tinted with violet-purple beneath. Brazil, 1894.
Plant almost stemless, (I. H. 1894, t. 19.)

D. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). 7. lanceolate, acute, 4in. to
6in. long, dark green above, marked with numerous transverse
white streaks between the nerves, purple beneath. Ecuador,
1892. (I. H. xxxix., t. 158.)

D. Gaudichaudiana (Gaudichand’s). #. blue and yellow;
raceme ljin. to 2in. long; bracts ovate-lanceolate. August.
7. obovate-lanceolate, 6in. to 10in. long, 2sin. broad, shortly

INDIAN AND HARDY AZALEAS:

1.—MADEMOISELLE MARIE PLANCHON. 2.—EMPEREUR DE BRAZIL. 3.—SINENSE

Pil - 7
4

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&E.> 320

Dichorisandra—continued.

acuminate, woolly-villous on the margins; petioles jin. long.
Branches lft. to 14ft. long, simple, pilose. Brazil, 1847. Syn.
D. ovata (P. M. B. xv., t. 5).

D. gracilis (slender). 1. blue; petals obtuse ; raceme l14in. long,
edunculate, pubescent. August. 2. 6in. long, lsin. broad,
lanceolate, very long-acuminate, cuneate at base, glabrous,
Stem slender, almost simple, glabrous. h.14ft. Brazil.

D. mosaica (mosaic). The correct name of D. musaica.

D. m. gigantea (gigantic). 7. broadly ovate, Yin. long, Sin.
broad, very deep green, with lighter-coloured bars. Stems 2ft.
high. 1892. A fine variety.

D._ ovalifolia (oval-leaved). (#. purple; panicle 2sin. long,
divaricately branched ; bracts 24in. long. May. J. Sin. long, 24in.
broad, sessile, oval, acuminate, glabrous, the upper ones oblong-
lanceolate. Branches 14ft. long. Panama, &c., 1846.

D. ovata (ovate). A synonym of D. Gaudichaudiana.

D. pubescens (downy). jl. blue; petals elliptic, with a short,
sharp point ; raceme 14in. to 4in. long. 7. 34in. long, 1iin. broad,
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, slightly petiolate ;
sheath pilose-pubescent. Rio Janeiro.

D. p. tzniensis. ji. blue and white, in short, terminal, spike-
like panicles. 7. lanceolate, acuminate, rich green, striped with
white. Brazil, 1888. (G. C. 1888, iii., p. 557, f. 75.) Also called
talmiensis.

D. undata is synonymous with D. mosaica (SYN. D. musaica).

pe CT OREMA. Included under Mirbelia (which
see).

DICHROA (from dis, two, and chroa, a colour; in
allusion to the two colours of the flowers). Syns. Adamia,
Cyanitis. Orv. Savifrageer. A monotypic genus,
consisting of the three forms described on p. 22, Vol. L.,
under Adamia, all of which are now regarded as
forms of one species, viz., D. febrifuga.

DICHROMA (of Cavanilles).
(which see).

DICHROSTACHYS. Cailliea is synonymous with
this genus.

DICHROTRICHIUM. Syn. Tromsdorfia (of R.
Brown). This genus embraces five species, four of which
are found in the Malayan Archipelago and one in Khasya.

DICKSONIA. Including Patania and Leptopleura.
About forty species are here included. The majority
of Dicksonias only require cool treatment, most of the
arborescent kinds being found growing in valleys and
in deep, shaded ravines, and in countries where some
of them occasionally have their fronds heayily loaded
with snow. D. antarctica thrives when planted outside in
sheltered spots in different parts of England, Wales, and
Treland.

When grown in pots Dicksonias must have water to their
roots all the year round. When not planted ont, all Tree-
Ferns thrive best in pots or tubs in which only 3in. to 4in.
of soil round the trunks are allowed. The best compost is
fibrous peat, two parts ; fibrous loam, one part; and coarse
silyer-sand, one part. During summer the trunks of Dick-
sonias should be thoroughly watered twice a day, decreasing
the supply as the season advances, and in winter just
keeping them moist. They are usually propagated from
spores, but the rhizomatous species may be divided in
March or April.

To those described on pp. 467-8, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

D. apiifolia (Parsley-leaved).* fronds somewhat rigid, bright
een, tripinnate; lower pinne lft. to lft. long, 6in. to Sin.
road; pinnules long and narrow, their lower segments, with

sharply-toothed lobes, about lin. long and 4in. broad. sori two
to twelve to a segment, placed at the bottom of the notches of
the lobes; involucre cup-shaped, nearly circular. Andes of
Ecuador and Peru. A strong-growing, stove species. SYNS.
D. tenera (of gardens), Patania apiifolia.

D. Billardieri (Labillardiére’s).
(RB. G. 1889, p. 637, f. 90.)

D. Blumei (Blume’s). A synonym of D. chrysotricha.

D.cicutaria. Among the various forms of this in cultivation are
D. dissecta (of Sieber), with barren segments more wedge-shaped
than in the type, and serrated above; D. erosa, with larger, more
hairy, and less deeply-lobed pinnules; D. c. incisa, with fronds
more compound; and D. tenera (of Martius), of a more
membranous texture.

D. davallioides Youn (Young’s). fronds large, minutely
sub-divided. See Fig. ee = ais

Vol. V.

A synonym of Ourisia

A synonym of D. antarclica.

Dicksonia—continued.

D. Deplanchei (Deplanche’s). fronds ample, rigid, coriaceous,
smooth and uniformly green on both sides. New Caledonia. A
stove, arborescent species, of little decorative value.

D. dissecta (of Sieber).
D. erosa (bitten). A form of D. cicutaria.

D. Lathami (Latham’s).* fronds tripinnate, narrow-oblong, dark
green, coriaceous, 14ft. to 15ft. long; pinne sessile, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, 14ft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 8in. broad, with
close-set, sessile, lanceolate, acute pinnules ; pinnulets oblong,
obtuse, more or less lobed or crenulate. 1886. A noble, stove,
evergreen Tree Fern, supposed to be a hybrid between
D. antarctica and D. arborescens.

D. magnifica (magnificent), A synonym of D. chrysotricha.

D. obtusifolia (having obtuse segments).
adiantoides.

D. princeps (foremost), of gardens. A synonym of Cyathca
insignis.

D. scabra (rough). *rhiz. wide-creeping. sti. about lft. long,
rough and very hairy below. fronds triangular or hastate,
bipinnate, 20in. to 30in. long, 6in. to 2ft. broad ; lower pinnz
hastate, 4in. to 8in. long, their pinnules quite distinct, the lower
ones cut down nearly to the stalk into pinnatifid segments, hairy
beneath. sori two to six to the lower segments ; involucre cup-

Stove. Syns. Patania scabra, Sitolobium

A form of D. cieutaria.

A synonym of D.

shaped. India, &e.
strigosum (of gardens).

D. tenera (tender), of Martius.
D. tenera, of gardens.
D. gracilis and D. Herberti are also in cultivation at Kew.

A form of D. cicutaria.
A synonym of D. apiifolia.

Fic. 343. DICKSONIA DAVALLIOIDES YOUNGII.

DICLINOTRYS.
(which see).

DICLIPTERA SCORPIOIDES (of gardens). A
synonym of Jacobinia Mohintli (which see).

DICRYPTA.

A synonym of Chamelirium

Included under Maxillaria (which

see). The correct name of D. Baweri is M. crassifolia.
DICTYOCALYX. A synonym of Cacabus (which
see).
DICTYOCARYUM (from dictyon, network, and

karyon, a nut; in reference to the fragile endocarp).
Orp. Palme. ~A small genus (about four species) of
tall, unarmed, stove Palms, allied to Iriartea, natives of
Colombia and Brazil. Flowers yellow, arranged as in
Cyphophenix ; spadices at first cone-like, elongated, after-
wards fasciculately branched; spathes six or seven,
deciduous. Fruit ovoid or sub-globose; endocarp mem-
branous, fragile. Leaves few, equally pinnatisect ; seg-
ments obliquely flabellate, cuneate, cut into eight to ten
narrow divisions. D. glaucescens and D. Wallisiit are, or
have been, in cultivation on the Continent.

2T

322

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

DICTYOPSIS. A synonym of Behnia (which see).

DICTYOPTERYX CONTAMINANA. See Pear-
Insects.

DICTYOSPERMA. Abont five species, natives of
Madagascar and Mauritius, are included in this genus. To
those described on p. 470, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

D. fibrosum (fibrous). fr. sub-globose, Zin. in diameter.
7. pinnate, 5ft. long; leaflets 14ft. long, lin. wide; petioles 2ft.
long. Trunk slender, about 3ft. high. Madagascar, 1894. This
species yields the Piassava fibre of commerce.

DICTYOXEPHIUM. A compost of two parts peat
or leaf-mould, one of rich fibrous loam, and one of sand
is that which best suits D. panamense. It must, at all
times of the year, be liberally watered at the roots.
Though averse to bright sunlight, the plant requires very
little shading. Propagated by division of the crowns.

DIDIERA (commemorative name). Orp. (?). An
anomalous genus. D. mirabilis, in a young state, and when
at rest, has much the appearance of a small species of
Melocactus. It has been Teneribed as ‘‘a weird, uncanny
thing, having spreading, serpentine branches, thickly covered
with spines,”’ growing to a height of several métres, on dry,
rocky soil. Several seedling plants have been raised in
Paris, but as at present known they are decidedly more
curious than beautiful. (G@. C. 1898, i., p. 110, f. 42.)

DIDYMOCARPUS. Including Henckelia. According
to C. B. Clarke, in Hooker’s ‘‘ Flora of British India,” this
genus now embraces
“7 seventy species, found
inIndia, Malaya, South
China, and (one) Mada-
gascar. To those de-
scribed on p. 471, Vol.I.,
the following should be
added :

D. lacunosa (excavated).
ii: violet-blue, tubular,
sin. long, nodding; corolla
lobes short, rounded, re-
curved, entire; inflorescence
resembling a Streptocarpus.
July. JU. crowded, petiolate,
oblong or ovate-cordate, cren-
ulate, with deep excavations.
Penang, 1892. A lovely little
plant, almost stemless, “and
tomentose. (B. M. 7236.)

D. malayana (Malayan). 7.
nodding or drooping, about 2in.
long; corolla tube pale straw-
coloured and pubescent outside,
slender, terete; limb golden-yellow,
lin. across; scape 24in. to 3in. high.
June. J. spreading from the root,
crowded in unequal pairs, 2in. to 3in.
long, broadly ovate. Penang (?), 1896.
Plant densely tufted, softly pubescent.
Ae a 7526; G. C. 1896, xx., p. 123,

D. primulefolia is a variety of D.
Humboldtiana.
D. Rexii (Rex's).
tocarpus Rexii.

DIDYMOCHLZANA. These
Ferns are of easy cultivation,
although it is nothing unusual to
see their pinnules fall off, leaying
the stalks naked; that generally
happens when the plants have
suffered from want of water at the
roots; but, although unsightly for
a time when in such condition, they
soon recover under liberal treatment.
The plants should be potted in a
mixture of two parts good fibrous
peat and one of loam, with a good
dash of silver-sand, and be thoroughly
drained. Propagated readily from spores, which are freely
produced. D. lwnulata (Fig. 344) is very distinct.

D. sinuosa (wavy). A synonym of D. lunulata.
D. truncatula (slightly truncate). A synonym of D. lunulata.

A synonym of Strep-

Fic. 344. DIDYMOCHL&ENA
LUNULATA.

DIDYMOGLOSSUM. See Hymenophyllum.

DIDYMOPANAX (from didymos, double, and Panaz ;
the genus is closely allied to Panaa, but has sub-
didymous fruit). Orp. Araliacexw. A genus embracing
about ten species of stove trees or shrubs, natives of
tropical America. Flowers hermaphrodite; calyx margin
repandly five-toothed; petals five, valvate; stamens five,
the filaments very short; pedicels continuous with the
flowers; umbellules paniculate. Leaves often digitate,
rarely simple. D. Houlletii, the only species known in
gardens, is a fine tree, requiring similar culture to that
recommended for the stove and greenhouse species of
Panax (which see).

DIDYMOSPERMA. Syn. Blancoa (of Blume). The
half-dozen species of this genus are all natives of India and
the Malayan Archipelago. Leaves terminal, mene
pinnatisect ; leaflets few, trapezoid, erose, one-ribbed, wit
flabellate nerves.

DIEFFENBACHIA. According to Bentham and
Hooker, there are only about half-a-dozen distinct species
of this genus, all natives of tropical America. Flowers
moncecious, on an inappendiculate spadix, the males and
females remote; spathe narrow, the cymbiform lamina
rather shorter than the elongated, conyolute tube.

Suckers thrown up from the base may be taken off and
potted in small pots, or the old stems, which, after the
leayes have been removed, haye a resemblance to cane
(hence the name Dumb Cane, from its appearance and painful
effects on the organs of speech), may be cut in pieces lin.
or 2in. Jong, slightly dried, and planted in the propagating-
box with bottom-heat to excite the buds into growth.
Equal parts good fibrous loam, peat, and leaf-mould, with a
liberal sprinkling of sharp silver-sand or clean river-sand, is
best. For good-sized plants in large pots the loam and peat
should not be broken up too finely, but used somewhat
lumpy, with sufficient drainage to allow the liberal waterings
required when the plants are in active growth to pass freely
through the compost without fear of stagnation. Syringe
frequently, and maintain a brisk moist heat, except during
the resting period in the winter season, when less root and
atmospheric moisture is needed ; but the soil about the roots
must never be allowed to get quite dry, as the plants are
evergreen, retaining their Jeayes at all seasons.

To the species and garden forms described on pp. 472-5,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

D. illustris (remarkable). A variety of D. latimaculata.

D. Jenmani (Jenman’s). 7. long and narrow, oblong-lanceo-
late, pea-green, with oblique, elongated blotches parallel with
the primary veins, extending from the centre nearly to the
margin, and mingled with smaller blotches over the surface.
British Guiana, 1884. (R. G. 1884, 365.)

D. macrophylla (large-leaved). A synonym of D. costata.
DIELLIA. See Lindsaya.

DIERAMA (from dierama, a funnel ; in allusion to the
shape of the perianth). Orv. Iridew. A small genus (two
poeees) of greenhouse, corm-rooted plants, natives of
tropical and South Africa. Flowers in panicled spikes ;
perianth with a short, cylindrical tube dilated at the
throat, and oblong, sub-equal segments; stamens inserted
at the throat; filaments short; spathe-valves lanceolate,
membranous, not lacerated. Leaves long-linear, rigid.
The species D. pendula and D. pulcherrima were formerly
classed under Sparaxis, and under that genus they
Sree found described on p. 464, Vol. III. For culture,
see Ixia.

DIERVILLA. Bush Honeysuckle.
stigma, Calysphyrum, Weigela, Weigelia. This genus
embraces about seven species, natives of North-east
America, China, and Japan. Diervillas may be readily
accommodated, as they are dwarf as to stature, and
whether grown in the shrubbery border or in beds they
are equally effective when clad with their delightfal
flowers. They should be grown in a rich soil, and be
top-dressed each season. Pruning consists in the removal
of the thin, flowerless shoots.

To those described on p. 475, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

D. arborea (tree-like). A synonym of D. grandiflora.

D. hortensis nivea (snow-white). /. pure white, produced in
eat profusion. 1891. A beautiul shrub, thriving best on a
oamy soil, and requiring a warm position.

Syns. Calyptro-

323

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c.

Diervilla—continued.
D. lutea (yellow). A synonyin of D. trifida.

D. preecox (early). fl. large, ten to fifteen in horizontal or slightly
endent trusses ; tube rose-carmine with a carmine base, over lin.
Taam the throat marked with a yellow band, edged with carmine,
the lobes rosy-mauve, half-open. J. ovate, acuminate, finely
toothed, hairy on both sides. Stems rounded ; branches straight.
h. 5ft. Japan, 1894. Allied to D. grandijlora, but flowers about
a month earlier. (R. G. 1897, t. 1441.)

D. rosea. Illustrations of this and its variety monstrosa are
given under Weigelia.

D. sessilifolia (stalkless-leaved). fl. honey-yellow, showy,
narrow-funnel-shaped; corolla lobes nearly equal, shorter than
the tube; cymes several-flowered. Early summer. /. ovate-
lanceolate, gradually acuminate, closely sessile, acutely serru-
lated. Branchlets ee Eastern United States, 1889.
(G. C. 1897, i., p. 17, f. 3.)

D. versicolor (various-coloured). A synonym of D. floribunda.

Varieties. Besides the species named there are some
lovely varieties of garden origin which should be included :

ABEL CARRIERE,* rosy-carmine, large and free ; BERANGER,* rose-
purple, yellow throat; EvA RATHKE, rich purple, merging to
crimson ; and JEAN MACE, very deep purple. Still, one of the
finest is VAN Hourrei* (Tig. 345), which was briefly noted in the
work proper

Fie. 345. DIeRVILLA VAN Hourret.

DIETERIA. Included under Aster (which see),
DIETERICA. A synonym of Caldeluvia (which see).
DIETES. Included under Morea (which see).

DIGITALIS. To the pee &e., described on pp.
475-6, Vol. I., the following should be added. One or two
plants formerly inclnded here are now classed under
Isoplexis.

D. campanulata (bell-shaped). This name has been applied to
a tine garden race of the common Foxglove, D. purpurea.

D. ciliata (ciliated). This perennial species is closely allied to
D. ambigua, but differs in having campanulate flowers and a
hairy calyx. June to September. Caucasus, 1892.

Digitalis—continued.
D. gloxinioides (Gloxinia-like), A form of D. purpurea.

D. purpurea gloxinioides (Gloxinia-like). A vigorous garden
form, with larger, more abundant, and more distinctly spotted
flowers than the type.

DIGLOSSOPHYLLUM SERRULATUM. This
is synonymous with Serenoa serrulata (which see).

DILIVARIA. Included under Acanthus (which see).

DILLWYNIA. To the species described on p. 477,

Vol. I., the following should be added:

D. Drummondi (Drummond’s). 1. crimson, shaded with orange,
two to five in a pedunculate, terminal corymb. June. J. narrow-
linear, sub-terete, sulcate above ; young ones slightly bristly or
hispid towards the apex ; adults all glabrous. Branches hispidu-
lous, Australia (?), 1860. (R. G. 1863, t. 412, f. 1-5.)

D. pungens (sharp-pointed). A synonym of Zutaxia pungens.

DILOBA CHRULEOCEPHALA. See Figure-of-
Eight Moth.

DIMACRIA.

see).
DIMEROUS. Having the parts in twos.

DIMOCARPUS (in part). A synonym of Nephelium
(which see).

DIMORPHA (of Schreber). A synonym of Eperua
(which see),

DIMORPHANTHUS. To the species deseribed on
p. 477, Vol. I., the following variety should be added :

D. mandschuricus foliis-varicgatis (variegated-leaved).
l. green in the middle, the margins white. 1886. A handsome
variety. (I. H. 1886, 609.) The correct name of D. mandschuricus
is Aralia chinensis elata.

DIMORPHOTHECA. Including Arnoldia. To the
species dovenbed on pp. 477-8, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

D. annua (annual). A synonym of D, pluvialis.

D. Ecklonis (Ecklon’s). _/l.-heads 3in. across; ray florets purple
outside, ivory-white inside ; disk violet ; peduncles 5in. to 8in.
long, one-headed. 7. sub-sessile, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate,
2in. to 3in. long, fin. to 4in. broad, acute, thickish, mid-ribbed.
Stems suffruticose. h. 2ft. or more. 1897. (B. M. 75365.)

D. fruticosa (shrubby). _jl.-heads 1}in. in diameter, pedunculate ;
ray florets whitish above and reddish or purplish beneath.
Summer. /. alternate, obovate-spathulate, 2in. to 3in. long,
tapering almost to a petiole at base, of thinner substance than
mics of ne species. Stems 2ft. to 4ft. long, procumbent. 1887.

erennial.

D. nudicaulis graminifolia (naked-stemmed, Grass-leaved).
The correct name of D. graminifolia

D. pluvialis (rainy). /l.-heads only opening for a few hours in the
morning during fine weather; ray florets white above, purple
beneath, lin. long, minutely three-toothed; disk florets yellow,
having taper-pointed lobes ; peduncles 2in. to 3in. long. June to
August. J. narrow-oblong or obovate-oblong, lin. to 3in. long,
toothed or incised, variably hairy or rough. #4. 1ft. to Lift.
South Africa, 1752. A pretty, erect or diffuse, simple or branched
annual. Syns. D. annua, Calendula hybrida (S. B. F. G. 39).

D. p. flore-pleno (double-flowered). This variety is distinguished
from the type in having double flowers, which remain open all
day. Syn. D. Pongei flore-pleno (of gardens).

D. Pongei flore-pleno (Ponge’s double-flowered).
name for D. pluvialis jlore-pleno,

DINEMA.
see),
DINETUS. A synonym of Porana (which see).
DIOCLEA. A synonym of Arnebia (which see).
DIOMEDEA. A synonym of Borrichia (which see).

DION. See Dioon.

DIOSCOREA. According to herbarium specimens,
there are 150 known species of this genus, distributed over
the whole area of the natural order. To those described on
p. 478, Vol. I., the following should be added :

D. caucasica (Caucasian). /l. greenish, small, axillary. /. thick ;
upper ones nearly opposite ; lower ones in whorls of three to
five, varied in form, sometimes entire and cordate-ovate,
sometimes sinuated and lobed. Stem glabrous. Rhizome
thick, horizontal. Western Trans-Caucasian forests, 1894. A
graceful climber for warm and shady nooks.

Included under Pelargonium (which

A garden

Included under Epidendrum (which

324

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Dioscorea—continued.

D. crinita (hairy). /. white; racemes very numerous, pendulous,

solitary or several in the axils, 2in. to 34in. long, forming a
panicle at the ends of the branches. September. J. long-
etiolate; leaflets five, 2in. to 3in. long, petiolulate, elliptic-
anceolate or oblanceolate, obtuse, acute or acuminate, with
a long, bristly mucro. Natal, iee4. A slender, graceful,
pubescent climber, forming an elegant pot plant when trained
on a balloon trellis. (B. M. 6804.)

D. hybrida (hybrid). /. greenish-yellow, in numerous axillary
clusters. 7. sub-cordate, attenuated. Tuber large, flat. 1883.
This half-hardy twiner is supposed to be a hybrid between
D. Batatas and Tamus communis. (R. H. 1882, p. 379.)

D. pyrenaica (Pyrenean). jl. solitary, rather remote, shortly
pedicellate; perianth turbinate-campanulate, with oblong seg-
ments; male racemes axillary, twin or ternate, simple or rarely
somewhat branched. July and August. /. sparse, deeply cor-
date-ovate, acute, mucronate. Stems one to four, slender,
flexuous, branched. Underground caudex tuberous, about the
size of a nut. hk. about 3in. Pyrenees. Plant herbaceous,
glabrous. :
The following garden forms may be mentioned : egregia, leaves

blotched with green in several shades; Iargesii, a hardy kind,

with edible tubers; prismatica, leaves of a satin-like purplish-
green, silvery-ribbed ; and racemosa.

DIOSMA. To the information given on p. 479, Vol. L.,
the following should be added: Several plants formerly
included hereunder are now referred to —Adenandra,
Agathosma, Barosma, and Microstylis.

D. ericifolia (Heath-leaved). A synonym of D. vulgaris rubra.

D. rubra (red). A form of D. vulgaris.

D. vulgaris longifolia (long-leaved).
D. evicoides (B. M. 2332).

D. v. rubra (red). jl. reddish. 7. more rigid than in the type,
erect. 1752. Syns. D. ericifolia (A. B. R. 541), D. rubra
(B. R. 563).

D. Wendlandi (Wendland’s). A synonym of Agathosma villosa.

DIOSMEZ. A tribe of Rutacez (which see).

DIOSPYROS. To the species described on p. 479,
Vol. I., the following species and varieties should be
added :

D. amplexicaulis (stem-clasping). Asynonym of D. leucomelas.

D. Aurantium (orange). A variety of D. Kaki.

D. Berti (Sert’s). A variety of D. Kaki.

D. coronaria (crowned). _/l., calyx spreading or slightly reflexed
in fruit. jr. orange-red, sub-globose, lin. in diameter. J/. large,
coriaceous. Japan, 1885. Asmall, hardy tree.

D. costata (ribbed). A variety of D. Kaki.

D. elliptica (elliptic). A variety of D. Kaki.

D. Kaki Aurantium (orange). /r. light orange-yellow, apple-
shaped, depressed; calyx very large, with large, rhomboidal,
jagged segments. (R. H. 1887, p. 349, f. 2.)

D. K. Berti (Bert's). fr. beautiful reddish-orange-yellow,
depressed apple-shaped, large, smooth ; basilar cavity broad and
deep; summit umbilicate, with a narrow cavity. (R. H. 1887,
p. 349, f. 3.)

D. K. elliptica (elliptic). fr. beautiful, shining orange-yellow,
regularly elliptical, very smooth ; basilar cavity vey. small ;
apical mucro scarcely visible. (R. H. 1887, p. 349, f. 4.)

D. leucomelas (white and black). jl. orange-red, one to three
from the nodes, surrounded by several dry, persistent bracts ;
stamens thirty to forty. jr. globose, shining, ljin. broad.
1. nearly sessile, oblong, obtuse, 4i :. to 6in. long, cordate at base,
rigidly coriaceous. Maucitius, 1851. A stove shrub or small tree.
Syn. D. amplexicaulis (P. F. G. ii., p. 11, f. 139).

D. lobata (lobed). A synonym of D. Kaki.

D. Mazeli is a variety of D. Kaki.

D. Sahuti gallica (Sahut’s French). fr. reddish-yellow and
golden, covered with a silvery bloom, apple shaped: acuminate at
summit; surface smooth and rounded; basilar cavity almost
absent ; umbilical cavity absent and eae by a slight, charac-
teristic, angular elevation. (R. H. 1887, p. 349, f. 5.)

D. Wiseneri (Wisener’s). ., calyx lobes having a short, central
lobe. fr. egg-shaped, obscurely ribbed. J. elongate-ovate,
shortly attenuated, and rounded at apex. Japan, 1887. Hardy.
Probably a variety of D. Kaki.

DIOTIS. Otanthus is synonymous with this genus.

DIPCADI. The species, which now number about
twenty-seven, are tuberous, scapigerous herbs. To those
deseribed on p. 480, Vol. I., the following should be added :

D. tacazzeanum (Tacazze River). /. green, drooping, sin. long ;
raceme laxly six- to twelve-flowered ; peduncle slender, 6in. to
Yin. long. 7. two or three, linear, flat, 3in. to 4in, long. Nile
ttn, 1892. Syn. Uropetalum tacazzeanum (R. G. 1892, p. 611,

The correct name of

DIPERA. A synonym of Disperis (which see).
DIPETALOUS. Having two petals.
DIPHYES. A synonym of Bulbophyllum (which

see).

DIPIDAX. Syn. Melanthiwm. Orv. Liliacer. A small
genus (two species) of greenhouse perennials, with small,
spicate, snub-sessile flowers, a few clustered leaves, and
erect, simple stems, confined to Sonth Africa. Both of them
—D, ciliata and D. triquetra—have been introduced, but
they are not of much horticaltural valne.

DIPLADENIA. About two dozen species, all natives
of tropical America, are included in this genus. Calyx five-
parted, the segments lanceolate ; corolla fannel- or almost
salver-shaped, with five spreading, twisted lobes. To the
species described on pp. 480-1, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

D. acuminata (taper-pointed). 1. of a fine, deep rose-colour,
streaked with deeper red at the throat, 4in. across ; raceme sub-
paniculate, many-flowered. July. 7. opposite, shortly petiolate,
ovate or elliptic, shortly acuminate. Brazil, 1854. A glabrous
climber. (B. M. 4828.)

D. atropurpurea (dark purple). 1. deep velvety maroon, with
a tube 2in. long; peninnie es two-flowered, axillary, rather longer
than the leaves. July. /. ovate, acute, about 2in. long ; petioles*
4in. long. Brazil, 1814 and 1890. Plant glabrous. (FP. d. S. 29.)
Syn. Echites atropurpurea (B. R. 1843, t. 27).

D. a. Clarkei (Clarke’s). jl. of an intense crimson, shaded with
velvety black, 24in. across ; tube paler than the rest, veined with
crimson, /, rather Small. 1892.

D. eximia (choice). jl. of a rich rose-red, 24in. across, disposed
in cymose racemes. J. elliptical or orbicular, nearly 2in. long.
Brazil (?), 1883.

D. flava (yellow), A synonym of Urechites suberecta.

D. illustris glabra (remarkable, smooth).* 1. rosy-red, 3in. to
34in. across, four to eight in a terminal raceme ; lobes orbicular-
ovate, obtuse ; filaments very short. July. 2. exstipulate, shortly
petiolate, oblong or rounded, obtuse or sub-acute at apex,
rounded or sub-cordate at base. Brazil, 1891. A handsome,
glabrous climber. (B. M. 7156.)

D. profusa (profuse). A variety of D. splendens.

D. Sanderi (Sander’s). . rose-coloured, 3in. long and broad.
1. thick, oblong, acuminate, 2in. long ; petioles in. long. Brazil,
1896. Allied to D. eximia.

D. speciosa (showy). This is said to be a garden hybrid, of
which D. Brearleyana is one of the parents. 1897.

D. urophylla (tail-leaved). #. salmon-yellow, four to six in a
loose, nodding raceme; calyx segments subulate; corolla-tube
narrowed at base, then almost campanulate, the lobes of the limb
rounded and spreading. J. oblong-ovate, narrowed to a long
point ; petioles rather long. h. 3ft. Brazil, 1847. Plant highly
glabrous. (B. M. 4414; F.d.S. v., t. 425; P. M. B. xvi., p. 66.)

DIPLARRHENA (from diploos, double, and arrhen,
male ; in allusion to the two perfect stamens). Orv. Iridex.
A monotypic genus. The species is a greenhouse plant, with
a short rhizome, closely allied to Libertia (which see for
culture).

D. Morzea (Morea). _/l. whitish, rather fugitive ; outer segments
with a reflexed blade and a cuneate claw ; inner ones one-third
shorter, much narrower, connivent; cluster terminal, solitary,
with several reduced, sheathing leaves. J. six to eight in a tuft,
ene enee linear, lft. to 14ft. long, din. to sin. broad. Australia,
1873.

DIPLAZIUM. D. decwrrens is a synonym of Aspleniwm
maximum, and D. wmbrosum is identical with A. radicans.

DIPLECOSIA. A synonym of Diplycosia (which

see).

DIPLECTHRUM. A synonym of Satyrium (which
see).

DIPLOCALYX. A synonym of Mitraria (which

see).

i pa eae A synonym of Heterotheca (which
see).

DIPLOCYATHA (from diploos, double, and kyathos, a
cup; in allusion to the shape of the flowers). Orb. Ascle-
piadee. A monotypic genus. The species, D. ciliata (Syn.
Stapelia ciliata), is a greenhouse plant, native of South
Africa; it is remarkable on account of the large, tubular
process arising from near the bottom of the corolla-tube, but
is probably no longer in cultivation.

DIPLODIA. See Spheropsidee.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 325

DIPLOGLOSSIS. A synonym of Cynanchum
(which see).

DIPLOGLOTTIS (from diploos, double, and glottis, a
tongue; in reference to the divided inner scale of the
petals). Orp. Sapindacew. A monotypic genus. The
species is a greenhouse tree, closely allied to Cupania
(which see for culture).

D. Cunninghamii (Cunningham's). jl. green, numerous, in
ample, axillary panicles. May. J. sometimes 2ft. long ; leaflets
eight to twelve, opposite or irregularly alternate, oblong-elliptic
to ovate-lanceolate, 6in. to 12in. long, glabrous above, pubescent
beneath. A. 30ft. to 40ft. Sub-tropical Australia, 1825. Syn.
Cupania Cunninghamii (B. M. 4470).

DIPLONEMA. A synonym of Enuclea (which see).
DIPLONYX. A synonym of Wistaria (which see).

DIPLOPAPPUS CHRYSOPHYLLUS. A garden
name for Cassinia fulvida (which see).

DIPLOPELTIS (from diploos, double, and pelte, a
shield ; in allusion to the double frnit). Orb. Sapindacez.
A small genus (three species) of glandular-pubescent,
greenhonse shrubs or under-shrubs, natives of South-west
Australia. Flowers white, pink, or violet, large for the
order, polygamous; sepals five: petals four, the place of
the fifth vacant, clawed; stamens eight ; panicles terminal,
with scorpioid racemes. Leaves alternate, entire or pin-
natifid. D. Huegelii, the only species introduced, thrives
in a compost of loam and peat, and may be increased by
cuttings, inserted in heat.

D. Huegelii (Huegel’s). 1. pink and white, racemose along the
simple branches of a terminal panicle. July. Jl. either
undivided and entire, tcothed, or pinnatifid. h. lft. to 3ft. 1837.
(B. R. 1839, t. 69.)

DIPLOPHYLLUM.
(which see).

DIPLOPRORA (from diploos, double, and prora, a
front). Orb. Orchidex. A monotypic genus. The species,
D. Championi (Syn. Cottonia Championi), is a stove or
greenhouse, epiphytal Orchid, native of India and Hong
Kong. It has a few small, yellow flowers, with a rosy-
tinged lip, ovate or oblong distichous leayes, and a nearly
simple stem. The plant is in the Kew Collection, but is
not in general cultivation. :

DIPLORA (from diploos, double, and lora, thongs; in
allusion to the strap-shaped valves of the involucre). ORD.
Filices. A monotypie genus. The species is a stove Fern,
in habit resembling Aspleniwm vitteforme. For culture, see
Asplenium.

D. integrifolia (entire-leaved). shiz. wide-creeping, green,
woody. sti. naked, greenish, scarcely lin. long, articulated at
base. fronds Yin. to 10in. long, seldom exceeding 4in. in breadth,
entire, linear-ligulate, parchment-like, narrowed to both ends.
sori conspicuous, {in. to 4in. long, fifty to sixty on each side of the
midrib. Solomon Islands.

DIPLOSASTERA.
(which see).

DIPLOSIS. A genus of very minute insects belonging
to the order Diptera, containing several species more or less
hurtful in gardens. D. pyrivora, or Pear Midge (which
see) is the most important. Another species is found upon
Populus (which see), and yet another calling for mention is
the Ash Midge (D. botularia or D. fravini). This latter is
responsible for a premature yellowing of the foliage of
Ash, as well as for distorting it by thickening it in the
vicinity of the midrib and folding over the sides of the
leaves, so that they look like a pod. The larve are reddish-
yellow, and when ready to pupate they escape through a
crack in the gall and fall to the ground. All leaves affected
in the way suggested should be collected and burned.

DIPLOTHEMIUM. Syn. Allagoptera. Five species,
all Brazilian, form this genus, which is closely allied to
Cocos. To those described on p. 482, Vol. 1., the following
should be added :

D. littorale (shore-loving). /., spadices 2ft. to 3ft. long; outer
spathe 3in. to 4in. long; inner one lft. to 2ft. long, deeply sul-
cate, slightly fuscous-tomentose. JZ. nearly 3ft. long, almost
straight ; pinne fifty or more on each side, rigid, approximating
in twos or fours, linear, acuminate. Brazil, &c. Plant stemless.

(B. M. 4681.)

Included under Veronica

Included under Coreopsis

DIPLYCOSIA (from diploos, double, and kos, covering ;
two connate bractioles form a second covering to the flower).
Syns. Amphicalyx, Diplecosia. Orv. Ericacew. A genus
consisting of seven species of greenhouse, epiphytal shrubs,
all Malayan, and only differing from Gaultheria (which
see for culture) in the anther-cells having no apical horns.
Only one species has been introduced.

D. discolor (two-coloured). /. in pubescent racemes, 2in. long ;
corolla white, the mouth red within, sin. by gin., ovoid. 7. ovate
or elliptic, 2in. long, narrowed at both ends, serrated, very white
beneath ; petioles din. long. Bhotan, 1858. Habit of Gaultheria
Sragrantissima. SYN. Gaultheria discolor (B. H. 1858, p. 193,
t. 52, f. 2; B. M. 5034).

_ DIPODIUM (from dis, twice, and pous, podos, a foot ;

in allusion to the candicles on the pollen masses). Orb.

Orchidee. Dipodium is the correct name of the genus

described on pp. 190-1, Vol. IV., as Wailesia. The

following species should be added:

D. paludosum (swamp-loving). jl. creamy-white, blotched with
purple, sweet-scented, 14in. across, ten to twelve in a raceme;
sepals and petals reflexed ; lip lanceolate, acute, with a villous
ridge from the base to the cuspidate tip, the side lobes reduced
to small teeth. 2. ensiform, erect. Stem lft. to 2ft. high;
peduncle 1ft. to 2ft. high ; both erect. Malacca (in swamps), 1888.

DIPOSIS (from dis, twice, and pois, a husband; the
umbellules are usually three-flowered, and comprise one
fertile, sub-sessile flower and two sterile pedicellate ones).
Orv. Umbellifere. A monotypic genus: the species,
D. Bulbocastanum, introduced in 1872, is a greenhouse or
half-hardy tuberous plant of more botanical than horticul-
tural interest.

DIPSACOZAMIA.

(which see).

DIPSEUDOCHORION. A synonym of Limno-
phyton (which see).

DIPTERACANTHUS SCANDENS. A synonym
of Asystasia scandens (which see).

DIPTERIS. See Polypodium.
DIPTERYX includes Comarouna.
DIRCZA. Included under Gesnera (which see).

DISA. Flowers variously disposed, large or small ;
sepals much larger than the petals, the dorsal one erect,
hooded, and haying a spur; petals small, polymorphous ;
lip small, spurless, linear, acute, projecting forward ;
column short, rather thick ; bracts usually shorter than the
flowers. Stems sometimes tall and leafy, sometimes slender
and few-leayed or with the leaves reduced to sheathing
bracts. The utility of this lovely genus has been con-
siderably increased of late years by the successful intro-
duction of several beautiful hybrids. These hybrids have
proved far more amenable to culture than the imported
species, and are often found to thrive well where failure
has followed every endeavour in attempting the culture of
the African kinds. They are worthy of attention, and
should be fully represented for grouping with other Orchids
at exhibitions ; while for cut-flower purposes these hybrid
Disas will be found most useful.

Disas are not so extensively cultivated as their merits
deserve. No doubt the cause of this is the repeated
failures that have been experienced in many collections to
produce satisfactory results from D. grandiflora (Fig. 346).
The cause of such failure is oftener due to unsuitable
loeality than to lack of ability on the part of the cultivator.
We have known cases where, without any exceptional
attention, these plants have been everything that could be
desired. In one instance the plants were placed in a
Heathhouse, and we had the pleasure of seeing them in
flower recently after a lapse of sixteen years, and their
condition was eminently satisfactory. They had the
full benefit of free ventilation throughout the year, and,
except to exclude frost, no fire heat was used. During the
growing season the plants are freely syringed overhead, and
a liberal supply of moisture is afforded at the roots. The
shading used is only sufficient to prevent scorching of the
foliage during the hottest parts of the day. The potting
compost consists of good fibrons peat, lying sphagnum, and
a liberal proportion of rough sand and broken pot-
sherds intermixed. Ample drainage is also given.
There are instances of D. grandiflora having been grown

A synonym of Ceratozamia

326

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Disa—continued.
successfully for many years, and then having suddenly
failed. This is often brought about after a lengthened
period of dry weather. Thrips play hayoc in a season of
this description, and as an abundance of ventilation is
necessary under such conditions, these pests thereby obtain
free access to the house and quickly attack the tender
shoots, disfiguring and often destroying them. Fumiga-
tion is naturally resorted to, but the remedy is worse than
the disease, and many fine batches of plants have thus
been destroyed. No apparent ill-effects will be observed
for a few days, but suddenly a black spotting appears on
the leaves, and this passes into the stems, and continuing

Fic. 346. DISA GRANDIFLORA.

a downward course finally ends in the total decay of the
growths. If the tubers escape injury (which is rarely the
case) they commence growing again after a short period,
but it takes a considerable time for plants thus weakened
to regain their vigour. Where Thrips are observed the
plants should be frequently sprayed overhead with
weak tobacco-water or some non-injurious (so far as the
plants are concerned) insecticide, or the plants may be
dipped ; but in this case great care must be taken, as the
growths are so brittle that they quickly break shonld
they come in contact with the sides of the bath.

Disa—continued.

To the species described on pp. 483-4, Vol. I. the
following should be added :

D. atropurpurea (dark-purple).* fl. rich purplish-lake, solitary,
on alee peduncles 3in. to 4in. high ; dorsal sepal hooded, with
a very short, knob-like spur, the lateral ones elliptic-lanceolate,
acute; petals auricled at base, bifid at apex; lip with a distinct
stalk din. long, and a cordate, acuminate, wavy-margined blade,
having two or three teeth on each side. J. linear, Grass-like.
South Africa, 1885. A beautiful little plant. (B. M. 6891.)

D. Cooperi (Cooper's). _/l. strongly Clove-scented; dorsal sepal
pale, attenuated into a long horn, the lateral ones pink, reflexed ;
pee dolabriform, retuse; lip greenish-yellow, broadly ovate ;

racts large, tipped with chestnut-red at apex; spike robust,
many-flowered. February. J. narrowed to the petioles. Natal.

(B. M. 7256 ; G. C. 1892, xii., p. 268, f. 45.)

D. crassicornis (thick-horned). The correct name of D.
megaceras.

D. graminifolia (Grass-leaved). fl. bright azure-blue; dorsal
sepal having an acute, erect helmet, and a short spur; the lateral
sepals obtuse; lip obtuse, toothed at apex, alternately striped
with white and reddish-violet on the disk; column tipped with
reddish-violet ; scape erect, few-flowered, with numerous bracts.
1. few, cylindrical, filiform, appearing after the flowers. A, 14ft.
Ray Seams 1825 and 1888. (J. L. S. xix., t. 34; W. O. A. ix.,
t. 399.

D. incarnata (flesh-coloured). (. orange-red (but probably vary-
ing), lin. across; spur of the dorsal ae as long as the blade;
petals dimidiate-ovate; lip narrow-linear, deflexed; bracts
spathe-like ; spike rather dense. April. J. elongated-linear.
Stem leafy. Madagascar, 1892. (B. M. 7243; G. C. 1892, xi.,
p. 619, f. 88; G. M. 1892, p. 157.)

D. lacera (torn). jl. blue or white; upper sepal helmet-shaped,
with a short spur, the side ones somewhat boat-shaped ; lip
with an abruptly-hooked apical part, lacerated, or fringed at
the apex only, or nearly or quite entire ; stems 10in. to 12in. high,
leafless. J. linear-filiform. South Africa, 1826.

D. 1. multifida (much-cleft). 1. violet outside, blue within ; lip
more or less fringed from base to apex. 1888. (B. M. 7066; G. C.
1888, iv., p. 664, f. 93.)

D. macrantha is synonymous with D. crassicornis.
D. megaceras. The correct name is D. crassicornis.

D. nervosa (nerved).* ji. bright rose-coloured, disposed in
racemes, and borne on erect scapes 2ft. high; segments
spreading ; spur straight, about lin. long. U. strap-shaped. Natal,
1894. A handsome species. (G. C. 1894, xvi., p. 508, f. 41.)

D. pulchra (pretty). jf. pale lilac and purple, 2in. across ; spur,
including the base of the perianth tube, 2in. long ; raceme erect,
pie LODE: Stems 2ft. long, leafy. Tubers large. South Africa,

D. racemosa (racemose). /. light purple, marked white, dark
purple, and green; middle sepal rhombic, the lateral ones oblong ;
etals cuneate-triangular, serrated on the upper margin, with
inflexed apex ; lip rhombic-lanceolate, narrow, small ; inflorescence
one-sided, about six-flowered. 1887. (B. M. 7021; G. C. 1887,
iii., p. 593, f. 81; Gn., 1891, p. 10, t. 786; J. H. 1888, xvii., p. 221,
f. 25; W. O. A. viii., t. 356.) Syn. D. seeunda.

D. sagittalis (sagittate). 1. pale lilac, with red streaks on the
petals and lip, about gin. long, disposed in a somewhat corymb-
like raceme. May. J. radical, 2in. to 4in. long, oblanceolate,
bright green. Stems 6in. to 8in. high, dark brown. Tuber
fusiform. South Africa. (B. M. 7403.)

D. secunda (side-flowering). A synonym of D. racemosa.

D. tripetaloides (‘three-petal-like). . creamy-white, flushed
with pale pink and dotted with crimson, lin. across, fifteen to
thirty in a rather loose raceme; lateral sepals rather large ;

etals faleate; lip linear-oblong ; scape erect, clothed below with
large bracts. J. rosulate, lanceolate, acuminate, shining, coria-
ceous. South Africa, 1889. (B. M. 7206; G. C. 1890, vii., p. 768,
f. 127; W.0O. A. x., t. 462.)

The following species are also grown at Kew, but are rarely met
with: D. chrysostachya, D. Draconis, D. rosea, D. rufescens.

Appended is a list of hybrid Disas, with their recorded
parentage,

Diores ... . Veitchit and grandiflora (Veitch).
Diores Clio . grandiflora and Veitchii (Veitch).
KeWeTGra! Bc cissiaslew ieee grandiflora and tripetaloides (Kew).
Tangleyensis.... 2.0.0.2 racemosa and tripetaloides (Veitch).
Tea GaP S5en ad nd deoeue tripetaloides and Veitchii (Kew).
Vettehtt.. <0 occ ec ene oe . grandiflora and racemosa (Veitch).
et ee A synonym of Hierochloe (which
see).
DISCANTHERA. A synonym of Cyclanthera
(which see).

DISCANTHUS. A synonym of Cyclanthus (which

see).

——————— err rh mh eeeerrerrlerererlc_eoeerrhl eee lll ll eae ~~

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 327

DISCHIDIA. Syns. Collyris, Conchophyllum, Lepto-
stemma. Leaves sometimes forming into pitchers. To the
species described on p. 484, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

D. hirsuta (hairy). jl. blood-red; corolla 4in. long, the throat
having two rows of hairs. J. jin. to lin. long, sessile, broadly
ovate, acute, fleshy, the two or three pairs of nerves very

rominent above. India and Java, 1896. Piant slender, papil-

ose, and more or less pubescent.

D. Rafflesiana (Rafiles’). l. yellowish, fleshy, din. long. 7. very
similar to those of D. hirsuta, but not papillose, changing into
oblong pitchers 2in. to 5in. long, obtuse, fleshy, the cavity being
filled with rootlets from the adjoining node. Stem stout.
Malay Archipelago, &c. (F. d. S. 1592-3; T. L. S. xx., 396,
t. 17-18.)

DISCOCAPNOS. Included under Fumaria (which
see).

DISCOLOR. Of more than one colour; variegated.

DISELMA. A synonym of Fitzroya (which see).

DISEMMA AURANTIA. A synonym of Passi-
flora Banksii (which see).

DISPERIS (from dis, double, and pera, a pouch; in
allusion to the form of the sepals). Syns. Dipera, Dryopeia.
Orv. Orchidex. A genus including about a score species of
stove or greenhouse, terrestrial Orchids, usually small and
slender, natives of the East Indies, tropical and South
Africa, and the Mascarene Islands. Flowers solitary or
racemose; dorsal sepal erect, galeate or calcarate, the
lateral ones spreading or oblique, free or more or less
united ; petals united to the dorsal sepal, faleately curved,
usually constricted in the middle and obliquely acute or
lobed at apex; lip adnate to the face of the column, long-
clawed above it, variously curved within the galea ; column
erect, very stout. Leaves one or few, alternate, or limited
to a single opposite pair. Tubers ovoid. For culture of
D. Fanniniz, which is probably the only species now grown
in this country, see Disa.

D. Fanniniz (Mrs. G. Fannin’s). fl. pure white with a purple
tinge and having raised, purple dots on the petals, one to four in

a leafy spike ; bracts like the leaves, but smaller. J. 2in. to 2sin.

long, cordate-amplexicaul, tapering to an acute point. Stem 5in.

ee high, weak, bearing three or four leaves. South Africa,

DISPHENIA. Sce Cyathea.

DISPORUM. Syn. Drapieza. To the species described
on pp. 484-5, Vol. I., the following should be added :

D. Hookerii is regarded by J. G, Baker as a form of
D, lanuginosum,

D. Leschenaultianum (Leschenault’s). jl. white, sin. to fin.
in diameter, sub-campanulate, two to five together in the upper-
most axils ; segments oblong or linear-oblong. Spring. /. rather
rigid, lin. to 4in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, narrowed to distinct
petioles, varying from elliptic-lanceolate to almost orbicular,
cuspidate, acute, acuminate, or almost caudate. h. lft. to 2ft.
Mountains of South India and Ceylon. (B. M. 6935.)

D. L. variegatum (variegated), (/. greenish-white, small. fr.
black. 2. ovate, light green, streaked with white and grey,
Stems slender, succulent. Southern India and Ceylon, 1897.

DISSOCHROMA. See Dyssochroma.

DISSOTIS (from dissoi, of two kinds: the anthers are
of two different forms). Syn. Osbeckiastrum. Orv. Mela-
stomacex. A genus comprising twenty-two species of stove or
greenhouse herbs or small shrubs, usually pubescent, natives
of tropical and South Africa. Flowers rose, purple, or
violet, usnally large, solitary, capitate, or panicled; calyx
lobes four or five, often bristly ; petals four or five, obovate ;
stamens eight or ten, very unequal. Leaves ovate or
oblong, three- to five-nerved. For culture of the two species
introduced, see Melastoma.

D. canescens (hoary). A synonym of D. incana.

D. ineana (hoary). jl. rose-purple, lin. to 1sin. in diameter, in
sub-terminal, leafy panicles, crowded, shortly pedicellate. June.
1, 2in. to 3in. long, 4in. to }in. broad, sub-sessile, coriaceous,
linear or linear-oblong, obtuse, entire. Stem 2ft. to 3ft. high,
purple, four-angled. Tropical and South Africa, 1838. Stove or
pence shrub. (G. C. 1891, ix., p. 204, f. 46.) Syns. D. canescens,

sbeckia canescens (B. M. 3790).

D. Irvingiana (Irving's). . reddish-purple, copious, lin. to
1}in. in diameter, solitary, or two to five in axillary and terminal
cymes ; petals obovate. J. 2in. to 3in. long, jin. to Zin. broad,
linear-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, acute, three-nerved. Stem lft.
to 3ft. high, erect, four-angled. Upper Guinea, 1859. Stove
annual. 6B. M. 5149.)

DISTANT. Separated by large intervening spaces.

DISTEGANTHUS. ‘his is a monotypic genus, the
only species being a stove herbaceons plant, requiring
similar culture to Billbergia (which see). It is allied to
Cryptanthus, but is readily distinguished by its lateral
inflorescence.

D. basilateralis (broad at base). jl. in several dense, oblong
ae 2in. to Sin. long, produced direct from the rhizome outside
the rosette of leaves; petals bright yellow, the oblong blade
protruding 4in. from the calyx. J. six to ten, cordate-oblong,
acute, 6in. to 12in. long, white-lepidote at back, deeply
channelled ; petioles 2in. to 3in. long. Rhizome wide-creeping.
French Guiana, 1846, (F. d. S. 227.)

D. Moensi (Moens’). A synonym of Distiacanthus Morrenianus.

D. scarlatinus is referred to Distiacanthus.

DISTEACANTHUS (from distichos, two-ranked, and
akanthos, a spine; in allusion to the spines on the
leaves). ORD. Bromeliacee. A small genus (two species)
of stove, herbaceous plants, natives of Colombia and
the Amazon Valley. Flowers borne in a central head;
sepals united in a short tube above the top of the ovary ;
petals lingulate, much longer than the sepals, but spreading
only at the tip; stamens much shorter than the petals.
Leaves oblong, petiolate, spiny on the margins. For
culture, see Billbergia.

D. Morrenianus (Morren’s). jl. yellowish, in a dense, sessile
head, subtended by the lanceolate, reduced inner leaves. J. lft.
long, green or tinged with brown, about twenty in a rosette,
with a broad, channelled petiole 6in. to 8in. long, and copious
spreading prickles. Para, 1873. Syns. Cryptanthus Morreni-
anus and Disteganthus Moensi.

D. scarlatinus. The correct name of the plant described on
p. 485, Vol. L., as Disteganthus scarlatinus. jl. in a dense head,
overtopped by the reduced inner leaves; petals purplish-red,
with a white margin. J. twelve to twenty in a rosette, lft. long,
on petioles the same length; spines copious, deflexed. Syn.
Bromelia scarlatina.

DISTICTIS (from dis, twice, and stiktos, spotted; the
much compressed seeds appear like two rows of spots in the
capsule), Orb. Bignoniacex. A genus embracing seven or
eight species of stove, climbing, often tomentose-pubescent
shrubs, natives of tropical America, from Brazil to the West
Indies. Flowers usually white, paniculate, thyrsoid, or
racemose ; calyx campanulate, truncately five-lobed or five-
toothed; corolla tube elongated, often incurved, the limb
somewhat bilabiate, with five rounded lobes ; stamens four,
didynamous. Leaves trifoliolate or the terminal leaflet
changed into a tendril ; leaflets stalked, entire. D. lactiflora
(described on p. 189, Vol. I., as Bignonia lactiflora) is the
only species calling for mention here. For culture, see
Bignonia.

DISTINCT. Unconnected ; the reverse of coherent.
DISTREPTA. A synonym of Tecophilea (which

see).
DITTMARIA. A synonym of Erisma (which see).
DITULA ANGUSTIORANA. See Vine Moths.

DIURIS. Flowers one, two, or several in a terminal
raceme, often rather large and conspicuous from the
antennw-like green lateral sepals, the rest of the perianth
yellow, purple, or white, often bright yellow with deep
purple spots or blotches, the prominent petals often very
spreading, the shorter dorsal sepal closely embracing the
column at base ; lip deeply three-lobed. Leayes narrow.

DIURNAL. A term applied to flowers which are
open during the day but close at night.

DIURNI. See Lepidoptera.
DIUROGLOSSUM. Asynonym of Guazuma (which

see).
DIVIDED. Cut down to the midrib.
DIVISION. See Propagation.

DIZYGOTHECA LEPTOPHYLLA. According to
Hemsley, this is the correct name of Aralia leptophylla
(which see).

DODARTIA (named in hononr of F. Dodart, M.D., a
French botanist). Orp. Scrophulariner. A monotypic
genus. The species, D. orientalis (B. M. 2199; S. B. F. G.
147), is an erect, branched herb, native of Central and
Western Asia, with purplish flowers and linear, entire
leaves. It has been introduced, but is probably not now in
cultivation.

328

DODECATHEON. This genus is confined to North
America and North-eastern Asia. To the species, &c.,
described on pp. 485-6, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

D. Lemoinei (Lemoine’s). A garden hybrid between D. integri-
Solium and D. Meadia lancifolium. 1889,

D. Meadia Clevelandi (Cleveland’s). jl. violet-blue, with a
yellow and black centre. h. 1ft. to 14ft. California, 1890.

D. M. splendidum (splendid).* jl. deep crimson, with a yellow
ring at the orifice of the reflexed corolla; scape four- to ten-
flowered. Spring. 1883.

D. splendidum (splendid).

Varieties. Several very desirable hybrid Dodecatheons
have been raised, of which the following are worthy of note :
JAMES COOKE, rose-lilac, scarlet eye, edged yellow; LONGFELLOW,

blush pink, maroon eye; Rosy GeM, pale rose, carmine eye;

SNOWFLAKE, white, maroon eye ; and VICTOR HuGo, blush white,

maroon eye.

DOG-BERRY. See Cornus sanguinea.
DOG-BRAMBLE. See Rihes Cynoshati.
DOG’S CABBAGE. See Thelygonum.
DOGWOOD, JAMAICA. See Piscidia.
DOGWOOD, SWAMP. See Ptelea trifoliata.
DOGWOOD, VICTORIAN. See Prostanthera.

DOLIA (from dolios, deceptive; the plants closely
resemble Salsola, to which, however, they are not related).
Syns. Alibrevia, Aplocarya. ORD. Convolvulacer. A
genus embracing abont a dozen species of stove or green-
house, hairy or tomentose herbs or small shrubs, inhabiting
the sea-shores of Peru and Chili. Flowers sub-sessile or
pedicellate ; calyx five-cleft or fiye-parted ; corolla funnel-
shaped, five-lobed. Leaves alternate, nearly opposite, or
fascicled, small, rather thick. D. revoluta and D. tomentosa
(both formerly classed under Alona) have been introduced,
but are probably lost to cultivation.

A garden name for D, Meadia.

DOLICHANDRA. Included under Macfadyena
(which see).
DOLICHANDRONE. Including Spathodea (in part).

Orv. Bignoniaceey. A genus embracing about a dozen
species of stove trees, inhabiting the hotter parts of Africa,
Asia, and Australia. Flowers in terminal racemes or
panicles ; calyx cleft to the base on one side, spathaceous ;
corolla limb of five sub-equal lobes. Leaves opposite,
pinnate. D. Rheedii (Syns. Spathodea longiflora and
S. Rheedii) has been introduced, but perhaps it is not
now grown.

DOLICHODERITIA.
(which see).
DOLICHONEMA. A synonym of Moldenhawera

(which see).

DOLICHOS. Lablab (Lablavia), which is kept distinct
on p. 223, Vol. II., is included hereunder by the authors of
the ‘‘Genera Plantarum.”” Numerous species have been
described, but probably not more than a score are distinct
as such. To those given on p. 486, Vol. I., the following
should be added. For other species formerly included
here, see Canavalia, Glycine, Phaseolus, and Vigna.
D. hirsutus (hairy). A synonym of Pueraria Thunbergiana.

D. japonicus (Japanese). A synonym of Pueraria Thun-
bergiana. °

D. Lablab (Lablab). The correct name of Lablab vulgaris.
Syns. D. lignosus, D. purpureus (B. R. 830; 8S. E. F. 74).

D. lignosus is identical with D. Lablab.

D. purpureus (purple). A synonym of D. Lablab.

D. sesquipedalis (sesquipedal). 1. whitish, solitary or twin at
the ends of the peduncles. /r., pods sub-cylindrical, pendent,
mueronate-uncinate at apex. J., leaflets broadly ovate, acute,
dark green. Stems glabrous, twining. h. 6ft. to 8ft. South
America. Annual.

D. simplicifolius (simple-leaved). /. pink, Pea-shaped, fas-
cicled in the axils, erect, as long as the pedicels (4in.). April.
1. simple, lanceolate, 6in. long, very shortly petiolate. Stems
and branches herbaceous, erect, simple. Caudex thick, woody,
tuberous. Tropical Africa, 1892. Stove. (B. M. 7318.)

D. unguiculatus (clawed). A synonym of Vigna Catiang.
DOLIOCARPUS. Syn. Othlis. About eighteen

species are included hereunder. Flowers white or yellow,

solitary or few in panicles, rarely axillary. Leaves parallel-
penninerved.

Included under Achimenes

'THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

DOMBEYA. Assonia and Astrapea (kept distinct
in this work) are included hereunder by the authors of the
‘“Genera Plantarum.”’ To the information given on p. 486,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

D. acutangula (acute-angled). The correct name of Astrapaea
tiliefolia.

D. cannabina (Hemp-like).
viscosa (B. M. 4544).

D. Cayeuxii (Cayeux’). /l. disposed in axillary, pendent, many-
flowered umbels; corolla of a beautiful pink, finely veined.
l. cordate, acute, toothed, dark-green, strongly reticulated ;
pees 4in. to 6in. long. Stems hispid. 1897. A magnificent

ybrid (the first in the genus) between D. Mastersii and
D. (Astrapea) Wallichii. 1897, (R. H. 1897, p. 544.)

DOMBEYA (of La Marck). A synonym of Araucaria
(which see).

DOMBEYA (of L’Héritier).
retia (which see).

DONATIA. A synonym of Avicennia (which see).

DONAX. A synonym of Arundo (which see).

DONDISIA (of Reichenbach).
quetia (which see).

DONTA (of G. Don).
see).

DONTA (of R. Brown).
(which see),

The correct name of Astrapwa

A synonym of Tour-

A synonym of Hac-
A synonym of Clianthus (which

A synonym of Grindelia

Fit. 347. DOODIA ASPERA MULTIFIDA.

DOODIA. The five species included in this genus are
confined to the islands from Ceylon eastward to Fiji, New
Zealand, and Australia, With the exception of D. blech-
noides, the members of this genus are small but
decorative. They are especially useful for Fern-cases
and for edgings of window-boxes filled with taller-
growing kinds. D. caudata is the most useful species
grown, but D. media (Fig. 348) is an exceedingly pretty
plant for greenhouses. Although some Doodias grow more
Iuxuriantly in a stove temperature, and produce more
massive foliage under such treatment, none of them actually
require great heat; the cool and intermediate houses are
the places suitable to all of them. They are also very usefal
for forming an undergrowth in cool houses deyoted to either
Orchids, Palms, or flowering subjects. They are seldom in-
fested with insects, and they bear fumigation without injury.
As they are of a very accommodating nature, Doodias,
when planted under or grown amongst other plants, bear
with impunity the syringings that may be found necessary

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 329

Doodia—continued.
to the welfare of the latter, or do equally well without, as
the case may be. They should be potted in a compost of
three parts peat and one of silver-sand, with a little
chopped sphagnum added.
The drainage, especially

when they are grown in ®

ay

pots, must be good, and none
of them like exposure to the
fall rays of the sun. Pro-
pagated by means of spores,
or by the division of the
crowns in early spring.

To those described on p.
486, Vol. I., the following
varieties should be added:
D. aspera multifida (many-

cleft). fronds arched, several

times forked at the apex;
when young, claret-coloured.
peat evergreen. See Fig.

D. caudata Harryana
(Harry Veitch’s).* This differs
from the type in being stouter,
of firmer texture, and larger.
1884. Garden variety.

D. Kunthiana is now re-
garded as a good species, and
not as a variety of D. media.

D. media Brackenridgei
(Brackenridge's). fronds tirm ;
pinne rather obtuse, fewer
and more distant than in the
type. sori dense, irregularly
disposed in two rows. Fiji.

D. m. connexa (connected).
fronds lavger than in the
type; pinne sometimes 3in.
or more in length, much softer
and of a more papery tex-
ture.

D. m. Milnei (Milne’s). sti.
black, jronds firm, parchment-
like, dark green; _pinne 4
sharply toothed, closely set, FIG. 548. FERTILE AND BARREN
the central ones often 4in. to FRONDS OF DoopIA MEDIA.
Sin. long. sori in two rows.

Kermadec Islands.

D. m. Moorei (Moore's). sti. black. fronds flexible or pendu-
lous; pinn very acuminate, sharply toothed, the central ones
Zin. long. sori in one row. New South Wales.

DOR BEETLE. See Shard-borne Beetle.

DORCUS PARALLELOPIPEDUS. See Lucanus
cervus.

DORIA (of Adanson), A synonym of Solidago (which

see).

DORIA (of Lessing).
see).

DORITIS (from doru, a lance; the labelluam in some
species is lance-shaped). Orp. Orchidew. A genus em-
bracing five species of stove or greenhouse Orchids, natives
of India and Malaya. They have the characters of Phale-
nopsis, but the column is narrowly winged, and its foot
forms a conical mentum with the lateral sepals. Two
species have been introduced. For culture, see Phale-
nopsis.

D. teenialis (band-like). /. mauve-purple, Zin. in diameter ; mid-
lobe of lip dark red or purple, the side lobes very narrow,
spathulate, the tips of the forked appendage hooked ; scape lin.
to 2in, long, few-flowered. 7. few, in. to 5in. long. Roots lft. to
3ft. long, din. to 4in. broad, forming large, tortuous tufts. Sub-
tropical Himalayas.

D. Wightii (Wight’s). /1., mid lobe of lip obcordate, the side
lobes broad, cuneate-obovate; scape much longer. J. rather
larger. Otherwise like D. tenialis, Eastern Himalaya.

DORMANT BUD. A bud which remains, perhaps
for years, undeveloped.

DORONICUM. These plants are well suited for
naturalising in dry situations, where few other subjects
would flourish. ‘To the information giyen on pp. 486-7,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

D. Bourgeei. A synonym of Senecio multiflorus.
Vol. V.

Included under Othonna (which

Doronicum—continued.
D. Clusii (Clusius’). A synonym of Arnica Clusii.
D. cruentum (bloody). The correct name of Cineraria cruenta.
D. montanum (mountain). A synonym of Arnica montana.
D. plantagineum excelsum. This is the plant known in
gardens as the Harpur Crewe variety.

DORSTENIA. Syns. Kosaria, Sychinium. Abont
forty-five species, all American and African except one
(Indian), are included in this genus. Flowers monecions,
crowded on a flat, simple or lobed, androgynous receptacle.
Leaves alternate or radical, entire or lobed. To the species
described on p. 487, Vol. I., the following should be added :
D. Walleri (Waller's). _7., inflorescence green, star-shaped,

nearly lin. across, with five tails 2in. long. ¢. ovate, fleshy, 2in.

to 5in. long. Nyassaland, 1893. A new species, allied to

D. Mannii.

DORYANTHES. To the species described on pp. 487-8,

Vol. I., the following should be added:

D. Guilfoylei (Guilfoyle’s). /l. crimson, Amaryllis-like, numerous,
clustered, borne on a spike 16ft. high. 7. 9ft. long, 8in. wide.
Queensland, 1893. According to Mr. J. G. Baker, this is merely
a form of D, Palmeri. (Gn., 1893, xliv., p. 69.)

DORYDIUM. A synonym of Asphodeline (which

see).

DORYOPTERIS NOBILIS. A
Pteris elegans (which see).

DORYPHORA (from dory, a spear, and _ phoros,
bearing ; in allusion to the spear-like appendages to the
anthers). Syn. Learosa. OrbD. Monimiacer. A monotypic
genus. The species is a rare, highly aromatic, warm green-
house shrub or tree, of considerable size but of irregular
growth, glabrous except the inflorescence, or the young
shoots hoary-tomentose, the whole plant highly aromatic.
It is closely allied to Atherosperma (which see for
culture).

D. Sassafras (Sassafras). fl. about 4in. long, hermaphrodite,
three together on short, aaa peduncles ; perianth segments
six, in tworows; connective of the anthers produced into a long,
linear-subulate appendage. J. petiolate, ovate, elliptic, or
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, narrowed at base, 2in. to 4in. long,
coarsely toothed, penniveined and reticulated beneath. New
South Wales, 1895.

DORYPHORA DECEMLINEATA, or COLO-
RADO BEETLE. See Potato Insect Pests.

DOT MOTH (Mamestra persicarix). An insect allied
to the Cabbage Moth (Mamestra brassice), quite as
common, and a far more general feeder. In fact, there
are very few plants found im gardens generally which
come amiss to the caterpillars of the Dot Moth. We
have found them upon Ferns (Pteris), Ivy, Chrysanthe-
mums, Lettuce, Pelargoniums, Gooseberries, and many
others. Being of such omnivorous tastes their presence is
very unwelcome in gardens.

The Moth is on the wing in June and July, and is
nocturnal. In stretch of wings it measures from Isin. to
13in. The fore-wings are dark purplish-brown, approaching
black, with numerous small ochreous spots and two blackish-
centred kidney-shaped dots (hence the common name). ‘The
larve vary from dirty green to brown, and have a whitish
line on the back,- with oblique dark marks on segments five,
six, and twelve, and lighter spots on the other segments.
They are whitish in the vicinity of the spiracles. They
feed in August and September, and then pupate in the
earth.

When troublesome upon Gooseberry and other fruit
bushes they may be ousted with Paris Green, as they
appear after the fruits haye been gathered. Where flower-
ing plants are concerned, they should be hand-picked at
night by the aid of a lantern when they are feeding.
When at rest they are too well protected to be readily
seen by either man or birds.

DOUBLE TONGUE. ‘See Ruscus Hypophyllum.
DOUCIN STOCKS. The Paradise Stock is known as

the Donecin, and is largely employed for cordon, bush, or
other dwarf form of Apple trees in which the growth is
restricted. The French Doucin, or Paradise Stock, is only
suitable for pot or other small-growing trees. The English
Doncin is a more vigorous, durable, and productive variety,
and is superior to the French in every way. The Doucin is
both budded and grafted with the Apple, the former mode

2U

synonym of

330

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Doucin Stocks—continued.

finding more favour with nurserymen, The Donucin is
increased by suckers or division as well as by-root-cuttings.
Another excellent mode of propagation is to earth up the
plant like Celery, and then cut it up, planting out the
rooted pieces.

DOUGLAS FIR BLIGHT (Sclerotinia Douglasic).
Though the Donglas Fir is oftenest attacked, yet Welling-
tonias and other Conifers, mostly in a young state, also
suffer. On the Continent the disease is much more in
evidence than here. The chief symptoms are the presence
of a greyish mould and a withering of the young shoots.
Towards the end of summer, Sclerotia, in the form of
minute black spots, are formed on the dead shoots, and
these bodies are responsible for carrying the fungas over
the winter. Conidia are also found upon the fallen needles.
Once the disease gets a hold, the trees had better be up-
rooted and burned. As a preventive measure young stock
in the seed-beds and nursery-beds should be sprayed with
sulphide of potassium in spring.

DOUGLASIA. One species of this genus is a native of
Central Europe; the rest are North American. Flowers
axillary or terminating the branchlets, solitary and sessile
or pedicellate, sometimes fascicled or umbellate : calyx fiye-
cleft to the middle ; corolla salver-shaped, the limb of five
imbricated lobes. Leaves imbricated or clustered and
spreading, entire. To the species described on p. 488,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

D. levigata (smooth).* jl. rose-pink, pedicellate, 4in. in dia-
meter ; corolla-tube twice as long as the calyx, the lobes very
broadly obovate ; involucral bracts four to six, 4in. long ; peduncle
about lin. long, erect, two- to tive-flowered. Spring and autumn.
1. rosulate, }in. to Zin. long, linear or oblong-lanceolate, acute
orsub-acute. Alps of Oregon, 1886. Plant tufted. (B. M. 6996.)

DOUMA. A synonym of Hyphene (which see).
DOVEDALE MOSS. See Saxifraga hypnoidea.

DRABA. The species of this genus are very broadly
distributed over the cooler parts of the globe. To those
described on p. 489, Vol. I., the following should be added :

D. repens (creeping). /l. yellow, in loose racemes; petals obovater
obtuse, twice as long as the calyx ; scape naked, nearly glabrous.
June. J, alternate, covered with hairs; lower ones oval-lanceo-
late or oblong: upper ones linear. Siberia, 1818. A creeping
perennial,

D. scabra trong: jl. yellow ; petals twice exceeding the calyx
and stamens. J. linear-lanceolate, acute, glossy green. Juniper-
like. Western Caucasus, 1897, A pretty rock-plant.

DRACZNA. To the species described on pp. 490-1,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

D. bicolor (two-coloured).* l. white, tinged with red, ina dense,
globose, terminal, shortly pedunculate spike; bracts brown;
large. /. sub-contiguous, the upper ones slightly ascending,
oblong, 4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to din. broad, deltoid-cuspidate at
apex, narrowed into a petiole lin. to 3in. long; lower ones
oblong-lanceolate, lft. to 1{ft. long, 4in. to Sin. broad. Trunk
5ft. high. Fernando Po, &e. (B. M. 5248.)

D. congesta (congested). A synonym of Cordyline stricta.

D. Doucetii (Doucet’s). A form of Cordyline australis.

D. ensifolia (ensate-leaved). A synonym of D. fruticosa.

D.- floribunda (abundant-flowered). jl. greenish, cylindrical,
above sin. long; panicle drooping, shortly pedunculate, 3ft. to
4ft. long, made up of fifteen to twenty drooping racemes lft. or
more long. J. fifty to sixty, crowded in a dense rosette, lorate,
acuminate, 3ft. to 4ft. long, 3in. to 34in. broad. Trunk 6ft. to
8ft. high. Native country unknown, (B. M. 6447.)

D. fragrans Lindeni (Linden’s). /. recurved, deep green, with
a broad, centrad, striped variegation of yellow and pale yellowish-
green. 1887.

D. f. Massangeana (Massange's). J. broadly lanceolate,
acuminate, dark green, with a median, whitish stripe. 1993.
This variety closely resembles D. f. Lindeni. (B. H. 1881, 16.)

D, fruticosa (shrubby). #. white, jin. to lin. long, in an ample,
terminal, deltoi anicle. 1. eighty to 100, sessile, narrow-
linear, 1ft. to 14ft. long, lin. to 14in. broad, acute. Trunk tree-
like, often branched. A. 10ft. Native country unknown, 1862.
Syn. D. ensifolia (R. G. 1864, t. 451).

D. Godseffiana (Godseft’s).* A prettily-variegated plant, having
the general habit of D. sureulosa, but the spots on the leaves
are ote bright creamy-yellow, 1893, (B. M. 7584; R. H. 1893,
p. 3

D. Hookeriana (Hooker's). jl. greenish, about lin. long ; bracts
white, persistent ; racemes in an erect panicle lift. to 2ft. long.
1. crowded towards the apex of the stem, sessile, ensiform, 2ft. to

Dracena—continued.

3ft. long, lin. to 14in. broad, tapering to a long point, pale green,
witha whitish border. South Africa, Syn. Cordyline Rumphit
(B. M. 4279).

D. H. latifolia (broad-leaved). J. 2in. to 3in. broad in the
middle, narrowed to the base. (Ref. B., t. 353.)

D. marmorata (marbled). jl. greenish-white, less than lin.
long ; panicle narrow, erect, 14ft. to 2ft. long. Spring. /. crowded,
sessile, lanceolate, recurved, plicate, bright green, copiously
marbled with white, 3ft. long, 4in. broad. Singapore, 1882.
Allied to D. arborea. (B. M. 7078.)

D. salicifolia (Willow-leaved). A synonym of D. rejlexa.

D. Sanderiana (Sander’s).* /. narrow-lanceolate, sheathing at
base, 6in, long, 14in. broad, elegantly curved, green, banded with
white. Stem slender, branched at base. Western tropical
Africa, 1892. A distinct and ornamental species. (G. C. 1893,
xiii., p. 442, f. 65; J. H. xxvi., p. 389, f. 71.)

D. sepiaria (ledge-loving). A form of Cordyline terminalis.

D. stricta (erect). A synonym of Cordyline stricta.

In addition to the above, the following garden forms may be
enumerated: cristula, Laingti, mirabilis, Ponbellei (R. H, 1888,
p. 530), Vhomsoniana.

DRACZNOPSIS.

see).

DRACOCEPHALUM. To the species described on
p. 491, Vol. I., the following should be added. A few plants
formerly classed hereunder are now referred to Cedronella,
Lallemantia, and Physostegia.
D. chamzdryoides (Chamedrys-like).

campanulata.

D. imberbe (beardless). _/., corolla lilac-blue, lin. long, the lips
nearly equal; bracts cuneate, cut, glabrous. /., radical ones long-
petiolate; cauline ones few, shortly petiolate, all reniform, deepl

crenate. Floriferous branches erect. . 6in. Siberia, 1
(R. G. 1080, f. 4-5.)

DRACONTIUM. Bentham and Hooker include here-
under Hehidnium (kept distinct on pp. 498-9, Vol. I.) and
Godwinia. To the species described on pp. 491-2, Vol. L.,
the following should be added :

D. foecundum (fertile). fe spathe dull brown outside, dark
vinous-purple within, Sin. high, erect, narrowly cylindric-oblong ;
elas bluish-brown, 1fin. high, sub-sessile, erect, cylindric, |
obtuse. March, 7. solitary, produced after the flower, 4ft. to 5ft.
in diameter, horizontal, tripartite, each segment bearing several
pas of drooping leaflets ; petiole 6ft. high. Tubers surrounded
by a profusion of acute bulbils, rising above the ground, British
Guiana, 1880. (B. M. 6808.)

D. spinosum (spiny). A synonym of Lasia heterophylla.

DRAGONFLIES (Odonata). Very beautiful insects,
varying greatly in size and colouring, but usually brilliant.
As perfect insects they ‘‘hawk’”’ for their prey upon the
wing, and the larger species, at any rate, render good
service to the gardener by destroying many objectionable
Moths and Butterflies. Though usually found near water—
lakes, ponds, rivers, &c.—the larger Dragonflies venture
long distances therefrom. So swift are they upon the wing
that their movements are not readily noted when they are
food-foraging. Indeed, it is not until we see the cast-off
wings, maybe, of a captured Butterfly as they descend that
we realise what has happened. The indigestible portions of
the prey are apparently dropped by the Dragonfly. It is
only in the perfect insect stage that Dragonflies are usually
seen ; the remainder of their lives is passed in the water.

DRAGON, GREEN. See Arum Dracontium (the

correct name of which is now Arisema Dracontium).

DRAKA. Syn. Arthrochilus. The species of this
genus are rarely met with in cultivation.

DRAPERIA (named in hononr of Professor John
William Draper, of New York, chemist and _ historian),
Orv. Hydrophyllacee. A monotypic genus. The species
is a low and diffuse or decumbent, half-hardy, silky-hairy,
perennial herb, branching from a slightly woody base,
allied to Phacelia, It thrives in ordinary goil, in a shady
position, with protection in winter, and may be increased
by divisions, a

Included under Cordyline (which

A synonym of Sphacele

D. systyla (columned). fl. crowded in a pedunculate, terminal
cyme ; corolla bright violet, 4in. to sin. long; spikes or racemes
unilateral. J. all opposite, ovate, entire, pinnately veined;
petioles slender, California, 1896.

DRAPIEZA. A synonym of Disporum (which see).

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 331

DREGERA. A misprint in some books for Drejera,
which is included ynder Jacobinia.

DREJERA. Included under Jacobinia (which see),

the correct name of D. Willdenowiana being J. Mohintli.

DREPANIA. A synonym of Tolpis (which see).

Fic. 349. DRYMOGLOSSUM CARNOSUM.

DREPANOCARPUS.
with this genus.

DRIAS-PLANT. See Thapsia garganica.

_DRIMIA. D. Cole (B. M. 7565) is a recent introdne-
tion, with small greenish perianth segments and purple
anthers ; it is of no great horticultural merit.

D. altissima (very tall). A synonym of Urginea altissima.
DRIMIOPSIS. This genus is very closely allied to

Scilla. C. botryoides, C. minor, and C. perfoliata have been
introduced, but they are of no horticultural value.

DROSERA. To the species deseribed on p. 494, Vol. I.,
the following should be added :

D. anglica (English). 7. larger.
often lin. long without the stalk.
Europe (Britain).

D. anglica (of De Candolle). A synonym of D. longifolia.

D. cistiflora (Cistus-flowered). jl. Poppy-red, violet, or white ;
nearly 2in, across, one to three at the end of the stem; petals
cuneate-obovate, the outer margin erose, rounded, truncate, or
retuse. J. 2in. to 4in. long, din. broad, clothed with glandular
hairs. Stems 6in. to 12in. high, slender. South Africa, 1889.
(B. M. 7100.)

D. intermedia (intermediate). A synonym of D. longifolia.

D. linearis (narrow). Slender Sundew. jl. white or purple.
July. 7. linear, obtuse, 2in. to 3in. long, scarcely tin. wide, on
naked, erect petioles about the same length. North America,
1818. Plant stemless, hardy.

D. longifolia (long-leaved). ., stem shorter and less slender.
7, much more erect, not half so broad as long, gradually tapering
into the footstalk. Otherwise like D. rotundifolia. Europe
(Britain). Syns. D. anglica (of De Candolle), D. intermedia.

D. tenuifolia (slender-leaved). “A synonym of D. jiliformis.

Sommerfeldtia is identical

7. still longer and narrower,
Otherwise like D. longifolia.

DRYANDRA. Syn. Josephia. Fruit a compressed
capsule opening at the dilated end (or outer margin) in two
coriaceous or rarely almost woody, broad valves.

DRYAS. To the species described on p. 495, Vol. L.,
the following variety should be added :

D. lanata (woolly). This is a Tyrolean form of D. octopetala,
having woolly leaves. July. 1891.

DRYMOGLOSSUM. These Ferns are of easy
eulture in a mixture of two parts leaf-mould, one of
sphagnum, and one of peat, with a dash of, silyer-sand,
and some species will grow luxuriantly on cork for several
years. The slender rhizomes firmly adhere to that material,
especially when it is so situated as to remain permanently
moist. The plants are particularly fond of strong light,
but moisture on their fronds is detrimental. Propagation
is usually effected by the division of the rhizomes.
D. carnosum (Fig. 349) and D. piloselloides (Fig. 350) are
the principal species. The latter is very effective when
grown upon a piece of Dead 'Tree-Fern.

PPR

-

Fic. 350. DRYMOGLOSSUM PILOSELLOIDES.

DRYMONIA. To the information given on p. 495,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

D. punctata is now classed under Episcia.
D. serrulata (<lightly serrated). The correct name of D. bicolor.
D. villosa (villous). A synonym of Episcia villosa,

332

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

DRYMOPHLGUS. Fruit small or rather large. To
the information given on p. 495, Vol. I., the following should
be added:

D. appendiculatus (appendiculate). _fl., scapes lateral. This is
the correct name of the Palm described on p. 495, Vol. L., as
D. olivceformis (G. & F. 1891, p. 330, f. 37). The plant matures
fruit annually under cultivation at Kew. (B. M. 7202.)

D. leprosus (leprous). The correct name of D. oliveformis.
Syn. D. Rumphii.

D. Rumphii (Rumphius’). A synonym of D. leprosus.

D. singaporensis (Singapore). A synonym of Ptychoraphis
singaporensis.

DRYOBALANOPS. D. Camphora is a synonym of
D. aromatica.

DRYOPEIA. A synonym of Disperis (which see).

DRYOPHANTA FOLII. See Oak Galls.

DUANIA. A synonym of Homalanthus (which see).

DUBBING. A name sometimes employed for clipping
or trimming hedges.

DUCHEKIA. A synonym of Palisota (which see).
DUCHOLA. A synonym of Omphalea (which see).
DUHAMELIA. A synonym of Hamelia (which see).
DULIA. A synonym of Ledum (which see).

DUMERILIA (of Lagasca). A synonym of Jungia
(which see).

eeeeee: DUMOUS. Having a compact, bushy
abit,

DUNG-LOVING EARTH-DIGGER, or DUNG-
BEETLE. See Shard-borne Beetle.

DUPERRYA. A synonym of Porana (which see).
DURANTA. Flowers rather small, alternate at the

sides of the rachis; calyx tubular or sub-campanulate ;
corolla tube cylindrical, the limb spreading, five-lobed.
Leaves opposite or whorled, entire or toothed. Drupe
wholly included by the calyx, four-stoned. ‘To the species
described on p. 496, Vol. I., the following should be added :
D. Plumieri alba (white). A variety having white flowers and

amber-coloured fruit. 1888. (G. C. 1888, iii., p. 45, f. 9.)

D. stenostachya has also been introduced.

DURETIA. A synonym of Behmeria (which see).

DURIAN. This, the fruit of Durio zibethinus, has
not found its way into British markets in any very large
quantities—due in a measure to the difficulties attending
its preservation ; it is nevertheless quite familiar to those
Enropeans who haye travelled in tropical regions, in
Malayan districts, or along the Bay of Bengal. It is oval

Fic. 351. DURIAN (DURIO ZIBETHINUS).

or globular in form (see Fig. 351), larger than a cocoa-
nut, and attains some Sin. or 10in. in length. It has a
hard prickly shell outside, and contains inside a soft
creamy pulp and seeds. The pulp is considered to be b

many the most delicious fruit in the world, but the smell

Durian—continued.

of it is most offensive, resembling, according to some
experiences, that of rotting onions. The seeds are roasted
and eaten lke chestnuts. When unripe, the frnit may be
salted and added to pickles; but the strong smell is
against its use as a pickle in civilised countries.

DUVALIA. There are about ten species of this genus.
To those described on p. 496, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

D. angustiloba (narrow-lobed). /l., corolla chocolate-brown, #in.
to lin. in diameter, the lobes narrow-lanceolate, acuminate,
folded back into thin, vertical plates; corona white; cymes
stout, five- to twenty- or more-flowered. Stems sub-globose or
oblong, 4in. to lin. long, 4in. to jin. thick, obtusely four- or rarely
five-angled. 1875.

DUVERNOIA. A synonym of Adhatoda (which see).
DWARF PALMETTO. See Sabal Adansonii.
DWARF RASPBERRY. See Rubus triflorus.

DYCKIA. Including Encholirion (in part). According
to J. G. Baker, this genus embraces upwards of thirty
species, natives of Brazil, Uruguay, and Argentina.
Flowers usually yellow, hermaphrodite ; sepals free to the
base; petals usually lingulate-ungniculate; stamens
Ry poeynens or three adnate to the base of the petals;
inflorescence spicate, racemose, or paniculate; peduncle
produced from the axil of one of the outer leaves of the
basal rosette. Fruit a hard, three-angled capsule. Leaves
very thick and rigid, margined with pungent spines. To
the species described on p. 497, Vol. I., the following should
be added:

D. altissima (highest). jl. in an ample panicle, with sometimes
ten to twelve branches, the lower ones lft. long; petals bright
yellow, twice as long as the calyx; peduncle stout, not longer
than the leaves. J. sometimes 100 in a dense rosette, ensiform,
acuminate, lft. long, lin. broad, armed with copious pungent,
brown spines. Central Brazil, 1840. Syns. D. princeps (L. J. F.
224-5), D. gigantea, D. laxijlora, and D, ramosa (of gardens).

D. Desmetiana (De Smet’s). jl. disposed in a branched panicle
2ft. long; petals red, sin. long; peduncle 2ft. long. 7. ensiform,
thick, recurved, 2ft. long, armed with marginal prickles. Brazil,
1894. (B. M. 7340.)

D. gemellaria (twin). A garden synonym of D. svlphurea.

D. gigantea (gigantic). A garden synonym of D. altissima.

D. laxiflora (lax-flowered), A garden synonym of D. altissima.

D. Lemaireana (Lemaire’s). Probably a form of D. rarijlora.

D. leptostachya (slender-spiked). 1. twenty to twenty-five in
a simple, erect spike 6in. to Sin. long; sepals reddish, densely
pruinose ; corolla bright scarlet, jin. long, the petals sin. broad ;
peduncle slender, 3ft. long. Summer. J. fifteen to eighteen in a
dense, nearly sessile rosette, lanceolate, acuminate, falcate,
rigid, 15ft. to 1#ft. long, lin. to 1jin. broad, semi-circular at back,
the marginal prickles brown. Paraguay, 1867.

D. princeps (first). A synonym of D. altissima.

D. ramosa (branched). A garden synonym of D. altissima.

D. rariflora remotiflora (remote-flowered), ., petals twice
as long as the calyx (being Zin. long), the blade obovate-spathu-
late. (B. M. 3349 and B. R. 1782, under name of D. rarijlora.)
D. Lemaireana is probably another form of rarijlora.

D. regalis (regal). A synonym of D. frigida.

D. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured). jl. ascending, in a lax, simple
spike 14ft. long; petals pale sulphur-yellow, half as long again as
the calyx ; peduncle lft. or more in length. J. thirty to forty in
a dense rosette, 4ft. to 5ft. long, fin. to lin. broad, gradually
narrowed to a pungent tip, the marginal prickles minute. Monte-
video, 1873. Syn. D. gemeliavia (of gardens). Probably only a
pale-flowered variety of D. brevifolia.

DYSODIA [also spelt Dyssodia]. Beebera, which has
been kept distinct in this work, is included hereunder by
the authors of the ‘‘ Genera Plantarum.”’

DYSOPHYLLA (from dusodes, fetid, and phyllon, a
leaf; in allusion to the pungent, Peppermint-like odour
given off by the leaves). Syn. Chotekia. Orv. Labiate.
A genus comprising about twelve species of stove or green-
house herbs, natives of tropical Asia and Australia, Flowers
minute, in dense spikes formed of many cymes. Leaves
opposite or whorled. A few of the species have been intro-
duced, but they are of little horticultural value.

DYSSOCHROMA (from dysoos, sickly, and chroma,
colour; in allusion to the lurid, sickly colour of the
flowers). ORD. Solanacee, A small genus (two species) of
stove, climbing sub-shrubs or small trees, natives of Brazil.
Flowers greenish-yellow, large, pendulous; calyx ample,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 333

Dyssochroma—continued.
five-cleft; corolla funnel-shaped, swollen or campanulate
above, the limb plicate, deeply five-lobed; stamens five ;
pedicels often solitary, terminating the short, nodose
branchlets. Leaves entire, membranons or coriaceous. For
culture, see Solandra.

D. eximia (choice). The correct name of Juanulloa eximia.

D. viridifiora (green-flowered). The correct name of Solandra
viridijlora.

DYSSODIA. See Dysodia.

EAGLE FERN. See Pteris aquilina.
EAGLE-WOOD. See Aquilaria.

EARLIA. A synonym of Graptophyllum (which
see), the correct name of FE. excelsa being G. Earlii.

EARWIGS. Forficula awricularia is the species
usually found in gardens in a very large number of
flowering plants, as well as certain fruit-trees—Apples,
Nectarines, and wall-fruits generally—and Hops. In some
gardens, too, Labia minor may frequently be found in
abundance. Like F. auricularia, the latter insect is a
winged Earwig, but unlike that species it may be often
seen upon the wing. Very occasionally another British
species, F. lesnei, a pale-coloured insect, may be found,
though not in gardens, so far as we have any record: it is a
very good example of the wingless species. Popularly, we
think that the Earwigs are often accredited with damage
that they do not inflict. Those who haye kept the insects
in captivity all say that they show a marked fondness for
a carnivorous dietary, house-flies in particular. That
F. auricularia, a8 suggested above, is found on a variety of
plants is certain, but it by no means follows that it derives
its entire sustenance from either the fruit or the flowers in
which it elects to conceal itself. According to Ruhl, an
eminent authority, the Harwig prefers larve and eyen
snails to fruit, only taking to a vegetarian dietary when
the carnivorous one fails.

Besides the British species of Earwigs, F. auricularia
and L. minor, already named as being plentiful in gardens,
we have records of an illustrious foreigner being found at
Kew Gardens, haying been imported in Sugar Cane from
the Mauritius. Scientifically this is known as Chelisoches
morio. It is thus described by Mr. Lucas in the ‘‘ Entom-
ologist”’ for March, 1898: ‘‘In colour it is shining black,
with fully-developed wing-cases and wings, The antennwe
are of about seventeen joints, and black in colour except two
joints near the tip. The legs are black, with the exception
of the tarsi, which are pale yellowish-brown, and of which
the second joint is extended as a
lobe below the third. The male
forceps are short, especially at the
base. Those of the female are long
and pointed. In length it is rather
more than #in,”

Traps. From the fondness Har-
wigs have of hiding in the daytime
in practically anything likely to
afford a little shelter, they are
comparatively easy to trap. Many
of these are described in Vol. I.,
p. 497. To these may be added
hollow stalks (such as those of
Hemlock), rolls of ernmpled paper,
and old hats containing a little hay,
and placed upon the stakes support-
ing plants like Dahlias, &c.

The name Earwig has been be-
stowed upon these insects because
of a popular superstition existing
that the insects enter the ear and
penetrate the brain, causing death.
Eyen to the present day this is believed in wherever the
insects are found. The forceps found on Earwigs vary
considerably in shape and size. They attain their most
formidable proportions in the males (see Fig. 352). Besides
being employed in the case of the winged kinds in packing
away the delicate wings, they are also used as weapons
of offence, but are incapable of inflicting any harm.

Fig. 352. Earwic.

EAST INDIAN HAWTHORN.
lepis indica.

EAST INDIAN WINE PALM. ‘See Phenix
sylvestris.

EBENEOUS. Ebony-black.

EBERMAIERA. About forty species of this genus
are now known. Flowers solitary at the axils of the bracts,
sessile or shortly pedicellate ; spikes or racemes terminal or
quasi-axillary, simple or compound ; sepals and corolla lobes
five each; stamens four, didynamous. Leaves nearly
always opposite.

EBURNEOUS. Ivory-white.
ECCREMOCARPUS. Inclading Calampelis. Four

species are now included in this genus. To those described
on p. 498, Vol. I., the following variety should be added :

E. scaber roseus (rosy). A variety with orange-red flowers.
1891.

See Rhaphio-

ECHEANDRA (derivation unknown). Orp. Liliacee.
A genus consisting of only a couple of species of stove,
bulbous plants, only differing from Anthericum in_ the
anthers. Both have been introduced, but they have little
horticultnral value. JE. elewtherandra is in the Kew
Collection.

ECHIDNOPSIS. To the species described on p. 499,
Vol. I., the following should be added :
E. Dammanniana (Dammann’s). This is very similar to
E. cereiformis (of which it is probably only a variety), but has
brown flowers. Abyssinia, 1892. (R. G. 1892, p. 526, f. 107.)

ECHINACEA. According to the latest anthorities
this genus is now kept distinct from Rudbeckia. E. pur-
purea is shown on p, 332, Vol. III. (Fig. 398).

ECHINOCACTUS. Bentham and Hooker include
Malacocarpus (of Salm-Dyck) (which see) under this
genus. Upwards of 200 species have been described, but
the number may be considerably reduced.

The soil for Echinocactuses should be similar to that
recommended for Cereuses, as also should be the treat-
ment as regards sunlight and rest. It cannot be too clearly
understood that during the period between October and
March these plants should be kept perfectly dry at the root,
and ina dry house, where the tamperature would not fall
below 50deg. There is no oczasion for repotting the
Echinocactuses every year; it is far safer to allow them to
remain in the same pots seyera years, should the soil be
fresh and the drainage perfect.

All the larger-stemmed kinds may be kept in health
when grown on their own roots ; but for some of the smaller
species it is a good plan to graft them upon the stem of some
of the Cerenses—C. tortwosus or C. colubrinus being recom-
mended for the smaller kinds, and for the larger C. peru-
vianus, C. gemmatus, or any one the stem of which is
robust and of the right dimensions to bear the species of
Echinocactus intended to be grafted. Some growers prefer
to graft all the small Echinocactuses upon other kinds, and
when properly grafted they are safer thus treated than if
grown on their roots. In grafting, the two stems (stock and
scion) must be so cut that their edges meet, and in securing
them two or three stakes must be placed in such a way as
afford support to the graft and hold it firmly in position.

Besides grafting, cuttings of the stems may be utilised
for the multiplication of Echinocactnses, first removing the
upper portion of the stem and putting it into soil to root,
and, afterwards, as lateral stems develop on the old stock,
they may be ent away with a sharp knife, and treated in a
similar manner. Should a plant become sickly, and look
shrivelled and cankered at the base, it is always best to cut
away the healthy part of the stem, and induce it to form
fresh roots, thus giving it a new lease of life. Seeds of
these plants may be obtained from dealers, more especially
Continental nurserymen. They should be sown in soil, and
kept moist and warm. In about a month after sowing, the
little Pea-like, green balls will be seen pushing their way
through the thin coyering of soil, and gradually but slowly
increasing in size, their spines also increasing in number and
strength, the ridges forming according to the character of
the species, till, finally, they assume the mature characters
of the plant in bothstemand habit. The flowers, of course,
appear according to the length of time it takes for the
species to grow to flowering size.

334

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Echinocactus—continued.

To the species described on pp. 499-501, Vol. I., the
following should be added :
E. aureus (golden). A synonym of HZ. Grusoni.

E. bolansis (Bolanas). #7. bright red, terminal, 2in. wide. Stem
cylindrical, l6in. high, 4in. in diameter, with from eight to
thirteen ribs, disposed more or less spirally; spine tufts
crowded, epee of about twenty radials, which are white,
straight, and about lin. long, and four central ones, also straight,
and Ijin. long. Bolanas, Mexico, 1889. (R. G. 1889, p. 106, f. 21.)

E. brevihamatus (short-hooked). /. pink, shaded with deep
rose, lin. long, borne in clusters at the top of the stem. Summer.
Stem almost spherical, 4in. to 6in, high; ridges tubercled, about
jin. deep, each tubercle bearing a tuft of about a dozen brown,
radiating spines, the long central one hooked at the point.
South Brazil, 1850. A very slow grower ; it should be grafted on
another kind.

E. cinnabarinus (cinnabar-red).

A synonym of Echinopsis
cinnabarina.

Fic. 353. ECHINOCACTUS COPTONOGONUS.

E. coptonogonus (wavy-ribbed).* . 2in. across, Daisy-like,
with a very short tube; sepals and petals white, with a purple,
central stripe; stamens red, with yellow anthers. April and
May. Stem globose, depressed at top; ribs ten to fourteen,
strong, sharp-edged, wavy, with spine tufts set in little
depressions along the ma S; spines tive to a tuft, the two
upper ones lin. long, quac gular, the two lower ones shorter,
flattened, the central one longest. Mexico. See Fig. 353. SYN.
E. interruptus.

Fic. 354.

UPPER PORTION OF PLANT OF ECHINOCACTUS
CORNIGERUS.

E. cornigerus (horn-bearing). 1. small; sepals brownish-red ;
petals purple, narrow. Stem spherical, greyish-green ; ribs four-
teen to twenty-one, stout, wavy ; spines in tufts about 2in. apart,
stonter than in any other species, ate three erect, horn-like ones
yellow, the broad, torrets one purple, very strong. Mexico

Echinocactus—continved.

and Guatemala. Probably not yet cultivated in England. See
Fig. 354. Syns. E. latispinus (of gardens), Melocactus latispinus.

E. cylindraceus (cylindrical). /. yellow, 2in. long, a dozen
together on old plants. Stem 6in. high; ribs about twenty ;
spines stout, strong, the longest 3in. long, hooked, projecting out-
wards, the shorter ones spreading and interlacing so as to form a
sort of spiny network all round the stem. Colorado, 1877.

E. Digueti (Diguet’s). /. yellow ; petals long, lanceolate ; sepals
red or brown, very short. Stem narrowly ribbed, compressed,
coneave at apex ; spines in groups of six or seven, lin. to 1gin.
long, needle-like. h. 9ft. to 12ft. Lower California. A giant
species.

E, durangensis (Durango). /. of a brownish-red. Stem ovate-
eylindrical, 3in. to 10in. high, having about a score of con-
tinuous ribs, bearing tufts of stout, yellowish and brown
spines lin. to 2in. long, the lowest ones the stoutest and
hooked, the central ones angled. Mexico, 1890. This is perhaps
a form of E. cylindraceus.

E. Echidne (viper). #. bright yellow, with whitish stamens,
borne near the centre of the top of the stem. Summer. Stem
stout, cylindrical, lft. high, 8in. in diameter, with about a
dozen deep, spiral ridges; spines rigid, broad, lin. or more in
length, spreading and interlacing all round the stem. Mexico.
This will thrive in a house from which frost is excluded, but it
rarely flowers.

Fic. 355. PORTION OF RIB, WITH FLOWER AND BUNDLE OF
SPINES, OF ECHINOCACTUS EMORYI.

E. Emoryi (Emory’s). . 3in. long; petals red, with yellowish
margins, spreading; stamens deep yellow; tube clothed with
kidney-shaped scales or sepals. Autumn. Stem globose, lft. to
2ft. in diameter; ribs about thirteen, with large, rounded
tubercles; spines in star-shaped bundles of eight or nine
at the apices of the tubercles, angled, articulated, lin. to 4in.
long, with hooked points. Lower Colorado and California.
See Fig. 355.

E. equitans (equitant). A synonym of EF. horizonthalonius.

E. erinaceus (hedgehog-like), The correct name of Malacocarpus
erinaceus.

E. glaucus (glaucous). . rose-coloured, large and handsome.
Mountains of Colorado, 1894. A small, hardy species,

E. Grusoni (Gruson’s). fl. red and yellow. Stem globose,
stout, 6in. or more in height; ribs about twenty, almost hidden
by the crowded clusters of stout, bright yellow, more or less
curved spines lin. to 2in. long. 1895. See Fig. 356. Syn.
E. aureus.

E. Haselbergii (Haselberg’s).* (fl. ochreous-yellow and red, lin.
to 14in. in diameter, sessile, broadly campanulate, with a short,
red, spiny tube ; segments about forty. April. Stem globose or
oblate, 3in. in diameter; tubercles small, convex, appearing
almost vertically disposed in innumerable parallel series, but
really spirally arranged, convex, crowned with a tuft of white
hairs ; spines twenty to a tuft, silvery, acicular, sin. long, stel-
lately spreading. Native country unknown. (B. M. 7009.)

E. horizontalis (horizontal). A synonym of E. horizonthalonius.

E. horizonthalonius (spreading-spined). . terminal, 4in.
acri scented, cup-shaped, springing from the young spine
tufts ; petals in two rows, deep rose, paler on the inside; stamens
with white filaments and yellow anthers. May and June. Stem

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 335

Echinocactus—continued.

globose, usually flattened at top; ribs or ridges eight or nine,
large, greyish-green ; spines in crowded, star-like ¢ s along
the edges of the ribs, strong, slightly curved, horn-like, marked

» -
with numerous rings. Mexico, See Fig. 357. SYNs. E. equitans,
E. horizontalis.

Fic. 356. ECHINOCACTUS GRUSONI.

E, ingens (huge). The correct name of FE. Visnaga.

E. interruptus (interrupted). A synonym of FE. coptonogonus.

E. Joadii (Joad’s).* jl. bright yellow, handsome, 2in, in
diameter; calyx tube furnished with tufts of slender spines,
mixed with curly hairs; petals numerous, narrow-oblong, acute ;
stigmas crimson. Stem globose, many-ribbed ; spines brownish,
the outer ones fifteen to eighteen, radiating, the inner ones six
or seven, longer and stouter, directed outwards. Uruguay (?)
1885. (B. M. 6867.) :

Fic. 357. ECHINOCACTYS HORIZONTHALONIUS,

E. Johnsoni (Johnson's). fl. purple or pink, 2in. to 24in. long
and wide, with numerous reniform sepals on the ovary and tube ;

Echinocactus—continued.
petals ovate, obtuse. Stem medium-sized, 4in. to 6in. high, with
seventeen to twenty-one low, rounded, interrupted, close-set,
often oblique ribs, densely covered with stoutish, reddish-grey
spines, the outer ten to fourteen Jin. to l4in. long, the upper
longest ; the central four stouter, recurved, l4in. long. Southern
Utah. (R. G. 1883, p. 58.)

E. latispinus (broad-spined). A garden synonym of
E. cornigerus.

E. Leeanus (Lee’s). jl. white, tipped with rose, l4in. long and
wide; stamens pale yellow. May. Stem the size of a small
orange, with lea », globose tubercles, bearing star-shaped
clusters of short, brown spines. Argentine Republic, 1840.
(B. M. 4184.)

E. Mackieanus (Mackie’s). /. two or three at the top of the
stem, 24in. across; petals white, tipped with brown. Stem Sin.
high, 2in. broad at base, widening slightly upwards; ridges
broken into numerous fleshy, rounded, green tubercles, crowned
with a tuft of thin brown spines, in. to lin. long, set in small
pads of yellow wool. Chilian Andes, 1837.

E. mammillarioides (Mammillaria-like). A synonym of
E. Pfeiffert.

E. mamulosus (small-nippled). /. about 4in. across, with a
thick tube, borne at the top of the stem; petals bright yellow,
spreading ; stamens purple. June. Stem short, with numerous
tubercled ridges, bearing bunches of dark brown, bair-like
spines forming a close network. Probably Brazil.

E. Mirbelii (Mirbel’s). A synonym of Z. ornatus.

E. Odieri Mebbesii (Mebbes’). This variety differs from the
type in having flesh-coloured flowers.

E. Orcutti (C. R. Orcutt’s).* jl. deep crimson, bordered with
greenish-yellow, borne in a ring near the apex of the stem.
Jr. green, globose. Stems cylindrical, 2ft. to ft. high, lft. in
diameter, single or in clusters ; ribs eighteen to twenty-two, often
oblique ; spines in clusters of about a dozen, equal. Lower
California. There is a form with lemon-yellow flowers and

recurving White spines.

Fic. 358. PORTION OF RIDGE, WITH SPINES, OF ECHINOCACTUS
POLYCEPHALUS.

E. ornatus (ornate). 7. yellow; sepals subulate. Summer.
Stem oblong or sub-globose, eight-angled, of a pleasing green
with brown spots; ribs compressed, spirally twisted; tubercles
white-woolly; prickles in groups of seven to ten, pale yellow.
Mexico, 1838. Syns. EH. Mirbelii, E. tortus.

E. pectinatus (comb-like).. A synonym of Cereus pectinatus.
E. pectiniferus is a distinct species.

E. peninsulz (peninsular). _/!. varying from golden-yellow to
red. Stem globose to cylindrical, 6in. to 5ft. high, 6in. to 14in.
in diameter ; ribs about twenty-one, straight or rarely oblique ;
spines red, the radials about eleven, robust, lin. Jong, the four
centrals stouter, 2in. long. Lower California. Allied to
EB. Emoryi.

E. Pentlandi is now classed under Hehiiiopsts.

E. Pfeifferi (Pfeiffer’s). /. bright yellow, with a band of red
down the centre of each petal, 2in. long, short-tubed ; stamens
yellow. Stems very irregular in form owing to the crowding

336

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Echinocactus—continued.

of the tubercles, which look as if filled with water; spines
small, in tufts of six, set_in yellowish wool. Chili. SYN.
E. mammillarvioides (B, M. 3558).

E. polyancistrus (many-hooked). fl. red or yellow, 2sin. long
and wide. Stem light green, ovate or cylindrical, 4in. to 10in.
high, 3in. in diameter; ribs thirteen to seventeen, interrupted,
bearing tufts of about twenty radial spines lin. to 2in. long, and
about a dozen central ones lin. to 4in. long, most of them sharply
hooked and dark brown. California.

E. polycephalus (many-headed). jl. enveloped at base in a
dense mass of white wool, which hides the tube; petals bright
yellow, lin. long, spreading like a saucer; stamens yellow,
numerous. Spring. Stems numerous in old plants, the largest
lift. to 2sft. high, cylindrical, globose when young; ribs twelve
to twenty, sharply detined ; spines in clusters lin. apart, reddish,
broad, flattened on the upper side, annulated, the central ones
over 3in, long in old plants, and sometimes curved. California
and Colorado, 1886. Warm house. See Fig. 358.

Fic. 359, EcHinocactus Portsil.

E. Pottsii (Potts’). #. yellow, about 2in. across, short-tuhed,
several expanding together on the top of the stem. Summer.
Stems globular, 1ft. in diameter ; ridges about a dozen, rounded
and even, with acute nuses; spines lin. long, bristle-like,
arranged in clusters of seven or nine, with a cushion of white
wool at the base. California, 1840. Warm house. See Fig. 359.

E. rosaceus (rosy). A synonym of E. corynodes.

E. Schilinzkyanus (Schilinzky’s). jl. small, apical. Stem
globose or shortly eylindrical, 2in. or less in_heigh ribs
separated into compressed tubercles as in some Mammillarias,
each bearing a tuft of twelve to fifteen very short, thin, black,
hooked spines. Paraguay, 1897. This may be a Mammillaria.

E. Scopa cristatus (crested), A curious monstrosity, owing its
origin to fasciation, such as ‘urs in the Cockscombs, Echeverias,
&e. The plant shown at Fig. 560 is grafted on the stem of a
Cereus.

E. Sellowianus (Sellow’s). A synonym of EZ. corynodes.

E. senilis (old). /l. light pink, 14in. long, lin. in diameter, having
a scaly, cylindrical tube. Stem stout, cylind with sixteen or
eighteen ribs, having tufts of numerous hair-like spines, curving
upwards. Chili, 1886. (R. G. 1230a.) .

E. sinuatus (sinuated). fl. yellow, 3in. across, borne at the top
of the stem. April. Stem globose, 8in. in diameter; ridges
fourteen to sixteen, wavy or undulated, the prominent point
crowned with tufts of thin, flexuous, yellow spines, the longest
4in. and hooked, the shorter jin. and s ght. Mexico.

E. spiralis (spiral). #. unknown in cultivation. Stem sub-
globose or oblong, glaucescent, thirteen-angled ; areole remote,
velvety ; prickles in groups of seven or eight outer spreading ones
and a more robust, flat, central one, hooked at apex. Mexico,
1838. (R. H. 1889, p. 569.)

E. tenuispinus (slender-spined). This species is to all
appearance identical with E. Ottonis, the distinction being purely
botanical. Mexico. (B. M. 3963.)

E. tortus (twisted). A synonym of EZ. ornatus.

E. turbiniformis (top-like). /l. 24in. aer tube woolly ;
petals pink, fringed. Stem short, with a thick, coriaceous skin,
ridges broad at base, irregular, crowned with tufts of stout,
horny spines, the central one much the longest, flattened at base,
and extremely strong. North-east Mexico.

Echinocactus—continued,

Fig. 360, ECHINOCACTUS SCOPA CRISTATUS.

E. uncinatus (hooked). /. clustered at the apex, nearly 2in.
long; petals dark purplish-red, acuminate; stamens yellow.
March and April. Stem 6in. high; ridges broken into long
tubercles, upon each of which isa tuft of short, straight spines

aged in a circle, with a central hooked one sometimes 4in.

long. Mexico. See Fig. 361.

Fic. 361. ECHINOCACTUS UNCINATUS.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 337

Echinocactus—continued.

E. viridescens (greenish). . yellowish-green, rather large,
produced from the upper clusters of spines. Stems ovate or
globose, sometimes lft. high and Yin. to 12in. in diameter ; »ines
radiating, unequal, three of them usually larger, broad, acumi-
nate, transversely striated. California, 1877. A plant at Kew,
about fifteen years old, is only 6in. high.

E. Visnaga. The correct name is £. ingens.

Tic. 362. PoORtTION OF RIDGE, WITH SPINES AND FLOWER, OF
ECHINOCACTUS WISLIZENI.

E. Wislizeni (Wislizen’s). 1. greenish-yellow, about 2in. long
and broad, developed only on large plants. Summer and autumn.
Stem depressed when young, large and cylindrical when old;
ridges about a score, r Jar and sharp-edged, bearing bundles
of spines at regular intervals, the outer and shorter ones being
white and spreading, while from the middle of each tuft arise
three 2in. long and one 3in. long, with the point hooked, and as
strong as steel. See Fig. 362.

E. napinus and E, Odieri are very rare in cultivation.

ECHINOCYSTIS (from echinos, a hedgehog, and
kystis, a bladder; in allusion to the prickly fruit). Orp.
Cucurbitacer. A genus embracing about fifteen species of
stove, greenhouse, or hardy, prostrate or climbing, annual
or perennial herbs, all American. Flowers white, small or
mediocre, moncecious; males racemose or paniculate ;
females solitary or borne with the males in the same axil.
Fruit dry or berry-like, armed with long spines, one- to
three-celled. Leaves palmately five- to seyen-angled.
E. lobata, the only species calling for mention here, is a
hardy, nearly glabrous climber, thriving in a moist, rich
soil. Propagated by seeds.

FE. lobata (lobed). /l. greenish-white, small; sterile racemes often
lft. long. July to September. jr. nearly 2in. long, armed with
weak prickles; seeds jin. long. /. membranous, mucronately
aety lobes triangular. North America. (R. H. 1895,
p)9, 4. 1.

ECHINOPS. The species number about seventy, and
are distributed over South Europe, tropical and North
Africa, and Asia, as far as Japan.

ECHINOPSIS. The growing and resting seasons for
Echinopsis are the same as for Echinocactus, and we may
therefore refer to what is said under that genus for general
hints with regard to the cultivation of Echinopsis in this
country. None of the species require to be grafted to grow
freely and remain healthy, as the stems are all robust

Vol. V.

Echinopsis—confinued.

ez

3

NY.
AN 7

Fie, 363. ECHINOPSIS EYRIESII FLORE-PLENO.

enough and of snfficient size to take eare of themselves,
The only danger is in keeping the plants too moist in
winter, for although a little water now and again keeps
the stems fresh and green, it deprives them of that rest

Fic. 364.

ECHINOPSIS MULTIPLEX.

338 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Echinopsis—continued.
which is essential to the development of their large,
beautiful flowers in summer.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 502-3,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

E. cinnabarina (cinnabar-red). fl. produced from the outside
of the depressed top of the stem; tube green, short; petals
bright cinnabar-red, Zin. long. Stem 6in. to 8in. in diameter, 4in.
high, resembling a sea-urchin; spiral formed by the tubercles
rising gradually, each tubercle surmounted by a tuft of radiating
spines and a cushion of wool. Bolivia, 1845. Syn. Hehinocactus
cinnabarinus (B. M, 4326).

E. Eyriesii flore-pleno (double-flowered). A form with
several rows of petals, which impart a double appearance to
the flowers. See Fig. 363.

E. multiplex (proliferous).
without flowers, in Fig. 364,

This interesting species is shown,

Fic. 365. ECHINOPSIS MULTIPLEX CRISTATUS,

Stems fasciated and divided into
A remarkable monster.

E. m. cristatus (crested).
numerous crumpled, flattened branches.
See Fig. 365.

E. Pentlandi (Pentland’s).
Pentlandi.

E. P. flammea (flame-coloured). A variety having flowers only
2in. long (in the type they are 4in.).

E. P. ochroleuca (yellowish-white).
the type in having yellowish-white flowers. 1897.

E. Philippii (Philippi’s). 1. yellow, with reddish-tinted seg-
ments, about 14in. long, campanulate ; stamens in two distinct

whorls, the outer arising from the base of the petals, the
inner whorl united in a tube around the style. Stem cylindric,

The correct name of Echinocactus

This variety differs from

eight- to ten-angled, the angles tubercled; tubercles with
about eight short and four or five long spines. Chili, 1883.

Syn. Cereus Philippii (R. G. 1079, f. 1).

E. tubiflorus (tube-flowered). The correct name of Echinocactus
tubijlorus.

ECHINOSTACHYS (of Brongniart),
Zichmea (which see).

ECHINOSTACHYS (of E. Meyer).
Pycnostachys (which see).
ECHIOIDES. A synonym of Nonnea (which see).

peer. A synonym of Lobostemon (which
see).

ECHITES. Syns. Heterothrix, Mesechites. Several
species formerly included hereunder are now referred
to Dipladenia, Mandevilla, Pachypodium, and
Urechites.

E. atropurpurea,
purpurea,

Included under

A synonym of

The correct name is Dipladenia atro-
E. franciscea is a variety of EF. (f.) sulphurea, which is the
typical species.

E. nutans, This is synonymous with Prestonia venosa.

ECHIUM. To the species described on p. 504, Vol. I.,
the following should be added. Several plants formerly
included in this genus are now classed under Lobostemon.

E. lusitanica (Portuguese). /., corolla-tube white, the limb,
bluish, with violet veins; spikelets simple, erecto-patent.
1. lanceolate, the lower ones attenuated at base. Stem erect,
simple at base, paniculate-branched at apex. Portugal.
Perennial. Syn. H. salamantica.

E. plantagineum (Plantain-like).* 1. rich purplish-violet,
showy; corolla four times as long as the calyx; spikes many, in
an elongated panicle. June. /., lower ones ovate or oblong;
upper and floral ones cordate-lanceolate. Stem erect or diffuse.
h. 3ft. Mediterranean region, 1658. Plant hairy. A fine annual
or biennial species. SYN. E. violaceum.

E. rubrum (red).* l. reddish-violet, disposed in an elongated,

spike-like panicle; corolla four times as long as the calyx.

May. J. linear-lanceolate, acuminate. Stems erect, simple,

ee h. 1ft. to 2ft. Hungary, &c. A fine biennial. (B. M.
-)

E. salamantica (Salamanca). A synonym of EZ. lusitanica.
E. violaceum (violet). A synonym of FE. plantagineum.

ECHTRUS. A synonym of Argemone (which see).
ECKARDIA. A synonym of Peristeria (which see).

EDGEWORTHIA. This genus is now regarded as
monotypic, the species being LE. Gardneri (B. M. 7180), with
which F#. chrysantha is synonymons.

EDGING-IRON. An illustration of this implement is
given under Verge-cutter (p. 147, Vol. IV.).

EDIBLE FERN OF TASMANIA. See Pteris
aquilina esculenta.

EDRAIANTHUS SERPYLLIFOLIUS. A syn-
onym of Campanula serpyllifolia (which see).

EEL FERN. See Acrostichum Herminieri.
EEL GRASS. See Vallisneria spiralis.

EELWORMS (Anguwillidz). A popular name bestowed
upon a yery destructive group of minute translucent
animals infesting Strawberries, Clover, Wheat, Potatoes,
Cucumbers, Melons, Tomatoes, Vines, Onions, Hops, and
Hyacinths, as well as Pasture Grasses and common wayside
weeds. Eelworms are so readily introduced that the
greatest care should be exercised when obtaining new pot-
ting soils, as this is a common source of trouble. The pests
are barely yisible to the naked eye, being only Imm. long
and whitish. They are pointed at either end.

Eelworms are found in large numbers; they pierce the
tissues of their-hosts, and extract therefrom the juices. The
symptoms of attack vary with its severity, and a little with
the species found. Melons, Cucumbers, and Tomatoes may
collapse altogether, and without apparent reason, if the
plants are not lifted and examined ; or, again, there may be
wart-like excrescences on the roots ; bulbs (like Onions) may
show signs of decay: Vines sometimes have a “‘ cankerous ”
growth just beneath the soil, and the bark just at the
roots may be removed ; while the roots and foliage of other
plants may be distorted, stunted, and unhealthy-looking.
When once a plant is badly attacked, cure is practically out
of the question. The soil should be removed, and deeply
buried, and a fresh compost should be employed, first char-
ring it or rendering it free from the pest by pouring over it
boiling water. These remedies are only applicable when
the disease is restricted, as for instance in the ease of flowers,
fruit, or vegetables under glass. Outside the pests are more
difficult to control. Wherever kainit can be employed this is
most beneficial. It should be used in conjunction with basic
slag—two parts of the latter to one of the former: 2%lb. of
the combination to the square yard, if well forked in, will
not be any too much. By way of preventive measures,
turfy loam, when used comparatively fresh from the land
for pot-plants, should be baked or scalded, while all affected
plants should be destroyed by fire. Turf stacked for future
use should be treated between each layer to a dressing of
mustard refuse, as for Wireworms, using it plentifully. An
alternation of crops should, wherever possible, be resorted to.
Onions, for instance, shonld not follow Onions. Trenching
Eelworm-infested soil would also help to get rid of the pests
outdoors. See also Nematoid Worms.

EFFLORESCENCE. The time or act of flowering.
EGERIA. A synonym of Elodea (which see).

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 339°

EGYPTIAN PAPER REED. ‘ee
antiquorum.

EGYPTIAN ROSE. ‘ee Scabiosa arvensis.
EGYPTIAN THORN. ‘See Acacia vera.

EHRETIA. One or two species formerly included
hereunder are now referred to Bourreria (which see).

‘Pap yrus

Fic. 366. INFLORESCENCE OF EICHITORNIA AZUREA.

EICHHORNIA. About a dozen species are included
in this genus. Inflorescence sessile or pedunculate in a
leafy sheath; perianth funnel-shaped, the limb erecto-
patent, more or less oblique ; stamens six, unequally affixed
to the tube, declinate. Leaves swimming or emerging,
obovate, rounded, cordate, or rarely emarginate.

Two or three species of this genus are amongst the most
beautiful subjects for the Lily tank—F. azuwrea (Fig. 366)
and EF. crassipes for instance. The former is a somewhat
vigorous grower, and needs to be restricted or it will en-
eroach upon the other subjects. This is best done by ocea-
sionally shortening back the stems, replanting the young
growths. EE. crassipes when cultivated unfortunately does
not often produce its handsome flowers (see Fig. 367). It
increases rapidly, and is very variable as to habit. Grown
as a floating Aquatic, a peculiarity of the plant is that the
petioles are short and very much inflated; but when the

roots are in soil this inflation, according to Mr. Baker
(of Oxford), diminishes, the petioles being almost
cylindrical in form and much longer. To flower this

species successfully the plants should be allowed to
become crowded and the roots to mat. It should be
located in the sunniest position in shallow water, with
a little soil as a rooting medium. In its native habitat
it increases so rapidly as to impede navigation.

E. speciosa (showy).

EKEBERGIA.
axillary panicles ;
impari-pinnate.
of the colonists.

ELZAGNUS. Syn. Lepargyrexa. These are useful,
hardy shrubs, as they are amongst the comparatively few
which will flourish in sandy soils, and that are capable of
withstanding long periods of dronght. Preferably they
should have a fairly rich, well-drained soil, and a sunny
position. In winter, when the average shrubbery subject i
not a pleasing pic ture, Eleagnus are bright, the gold- and
silyer-leaved kinds being particularly pretty. For covering

The correct name of FZ. crassipes.
Flowers polygamous, cymose, in
calyx five-cleft; petals five. Leaves
E. capensis is the Essenhout or Hssenboom

Eleagnus—continue d,
walls they are also useful, as they are for disposing as
lawn plants. In habit they are compact, and require little
pruning beyond the removal of wrongly-placed growths
For colour, E. pungens awrea may be especially recom-
mended; while for a dry position, such as on banks,
E. latifolia Simonit can hardly be beaten.

To the species, &¢., described on pp.
the following should be added:

505-6, Vol. I.

’

E. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). The correct name of 2. hor

tensis. (B. R. 1156.)

E. argentea is often confused with Shepherdia argentea in
gardens.

E. canadensis (Canadian). A garden synonym of EF.

E. edulis (edible). A synonym of E. multiflora.

E. latifolia (broad-leaved). . pale yellow or white, scented,
many in a cluster. Late autumn. Jr. red, fleshy, Jin. to l4in.
long. 2. 4in. to 5in. long, variable, rounded to elliptic-lanceo-
late, silvery or rusty-red beneath; petioles in. to 4in. long.
Temperate Himalayas, &c., 1869. A deciduous bush, climber,
or small tree. EH. Simonii is a form. of this.

E. 1. tricolor (three-coloured). 7. dark green, the
variegated with golden and greenish yellow. 1889.

E. latifolia, of gardens. A synonym of E. wmbellata.

£E. multiflora (many-flowered). The correct
E. longip:s. (B. M. 7341.) Syns. E. edulis, E.
There are several varieties of this species.

E. odorata (scented). A synonym of ZL. longipes.

E. orientalis (Eastern). 7. usually broader, often ovate at
base, silvery-lepidote or stellately pilose on both side S, greener
above. Otherw like FE. angustifolia, of which some authorities
class it as a variety. Orient.

E. parviflora (small-flowered). A synonym of E£.

E. pungens maculatus (spotted).* 7. pale yellow, margined
with bright green. 1888. A handsome variety. (G. M. 1891,
t. 595.)

E. reflexa (reflexed). A synonym of E. pungens.

E. rotundifolia (round-leaved). A synonym of Z.

E. Simonii (Simon's). A form of EF. latifolia.

E. umbellata (umbelled).* /. white, jin. long, fragrant,
clustered, pedicellate, appearing with the leaves. June.
l. oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, lin. to 24in. long, glabrous or
sparsely pubescent above, silvery beneath; petioles in. long.
Branches often thorny, not so dark as in FH. angustifolia.
Temperate Himalayas, 1829. A beautiful shrub, almost ever-
green in some districts. Syns. Z. latifolia (of gardens), E. parvi-
flora (B. R. xxix., t. 51).

argented.

centre

name of
rotundifolia.

umbellata.

multiflora.

EICHHORNIA CRASSIPES,

Fic. 367.

INFLORESCENCE OF

340

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ELZIS. Syn. Alfonsia. Three or four species, natives
of tropical Eastern America and Africa, form this genus,
which is closely allied to Martinezia. Flowers, males and
females borne on different spadices, which are short and
thick. Leaf segments ensiform, acuminate, recurved at
base ; petioles short and thick, the margins spiny or un-
armed.

ELZOCARPUS. Aceratium (kept distinct on p. 11,
Vol. I.) is included hereunder by the authors of the
“Genera Plantarum,’ the genus as thus constituted
embracing upwards of fifty species, natives of tropical
Asia, the Pacific Islands, and Australia. To those described
on p. 506, Vol. I., the following shonld be added :

E. dentatus (toothed). jl. straw-coloured; petals trilobed ;
raceme axillary, simple. l. alternate, petiolate, oblong,
attenuated at base, coriaceous, silky beneath. New Zealand,
1883. Syn. HE. Hinau.

E. Hinau (native name). A synonym of ZF. dentatus.

E. oppositifolius (opposite-leaved). The correct name of
Aceratium oppositifolium.

ELEODENDRON. Colpoon-tree. Including Ru-
bentia. To the information given on p. 506, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

E. Argan (Argan). A synonym of Argania Sideroxylon.

E. capense is commonly known as the Cape Phillyrea.

E. orientale (Eastern). The correct name of Aralia
Chabrierii.

E. sphzerophyllum pubescens (spherical-leaved, pubescent).
ji. small, in dense, axillary cymes. J. closely set, elliptic, obtuse
or slightly emarginate at apex, rounded or slightly cordate at
base, Zin. to 1sin. long, finely toothed, the under-side (as well as
the petioles and shoots) velyety-pubescent. Cape Colony, 1891.
A branching, leafy, greenhouse shrub. SYN. Guevina avellana
(of Italian gardens).

ELATE. A synonym of Phenix (which see).

ELATERIDZE. See Spring-Beetles.

ELATERIOPSIS. A synonym of Cyclanthera
(which see).

ELATINEZ. A small natural order (about a score
species, in two genera) of aquatic, creeping or diffuse herbs
or under-shrubs, broadly dispersed, and ranking between
Tamariscinex and Hypericinee. The species are of no
horticultural value.

ELECTROSPERMA. A synonym of Eriocaulon

(which vee).
ELEPHANT HAWK-MOTH. Sce Sphingide.

ELEPHANT’S HEDGE BEAN-TREE. Se
Schomburgkia latifolia.

ELEPHANTUSIA. A synonym of Phytelephas
(which see).

ELETTARIA. Syn. Cardamomumn. According to
the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,’’ this genus now embraces upwards
of a dozen species. Flowers shortly pedicellate, bracteate ;
lip oboyate-cuneate ; panicle produced direct from the root-
stock, long, flexnous, decumbent: bracts two- or three-
flowered.

ELEUTHERINE (from eleutheros, free ; in allusion
to the free filaments). Syns. Galatea, Keitia. Orv.
Tridez. A monotypic genus. The species is a_ pretty,
stove, bulbous plant. For culture, see Ixia.

E,. anomala (anomalous). A synonym of £. plicata.

E. plicata (folded). 1. borne in several peduncled clusters, sub-
tended at the base by a reduced, plicate, linear leaf ; perianth
white, fugitive, fin. across, without any tube above the ovary;
stamens attached to the base of the segments; filaments short,
free; peduncle 6in. to 12in. long. April. JZ. o1 or two, linear,
plicate, lft. to 15ft. long. Tropical America. Syns. £. anomala
(B. R. 1843, 57), Keitia natalensis, Marica plicata (B. M. 655),
Sisyrinchium palmifolium.

ELICHRYSUM PROLIFERUM. A synonym of
Phenocoma prolifera (which see).

ELISENA. Syns. Liriope and Liriopsis. The species
are natives of the Andes. Flowers white, few in an umbel ;
perianth tube short, broadly funnel-shaped, the segments
long, equal, linear; stamens as long as the segments;
peduncle long, solid. Leaves lorate. Bulb tunicated.

ELISMA NATANS. The correct name of the plant
described on p. 47, Vol. I, as Alisma natans (which see).

ELK NUT. See Pyrularia oleifera.

;

ELK’S-HORN FERN. See Platycerium.
ELLEANTHUS. Flowers in terminal spikes; sepals

free, erect; petals often narrower than the sepals ; colamn
erect, semi-terete or two-winged in the middle. Leayes
sessile, plicate.

ELODEA. Anacharis,
Synonymous with this genus.

ELODEA (of Spach).
(which see).

ELSHOLTZIA (named in honour of Johann §.
Elsholtz, author of ‘‘Flora Marchica,’’ 1663, &c.).
Including Aphanochilus. Orv. Labiate. A genus
embracing about a score species of stove, greenhouse,
or hardy herbs or shrubs, with small flowers, natives of
temperate and tropical Asia, one being European. One
or two of the species—e.g., E. blanda (Syn. Aphanochilus
blandus, B. M. 3091)—haye been introduced, but they have
little horticultural value.

kh ees A synonym of Pterisanthes (which
see).

EMBELIA. Syn. Samara (of Linneus). About sixty
species, found in the tropies of the Old World, are com-
prised in this genus.

Apalanthe, and Egeria are

Included under Hypericum

i cae Included under Phyllanthus (which
see).
EMBOTHRIA. This genus is closely allied to

Lomatia. Flowers twin, pedicellate, racemose, hermaphro-
dite; raceme axillary or terminal. Leaves alternate or
rarely opposite, undivided or dissected.

EMERICIA. A synonym of Vallaris (which see).

EMILIA (probably a commemorative name). ORD.
Conposite. A small genus (four or five species) of stove,
greenhouse, or half-hardy, annual or perennial herbs, often
glaucous, glabrous or hairy, natives of India and tropical
Africa. Flower-heads yellow or red, long-peduncled,
solitary or loosely corymbose, homogamous, discoid ; florets
five-toothed ; involuere cylindrical, the bracts equal, in one
series; pappus white. Radical leaves crowded, petiolate,
entire, toothed, or lyrate-pinnatifid ; canline ones few, am-
plexicaul. EH. flammea and E. sonchifolia, the only species
calling for description here, are half-hardy annuals,
thriving in ordinary soil. Propagated by seeds, sown in
heat in early spring, or in the open later.

E. flammea (flame-coloured). /l.-heads scarlet, much longer
than the involucral bracts. J., lower ones petiolate, obovate or
almost spathulate, entire or toothed; upper ones large, oblong
or ovate-oblong, deeply sagittate-eared. India and the Philip-
pines. Plant erect ; commonly cultivated in India. Syn. Cacalia
coccinea (B. M. 564).

E. sonchifolia (Sonchus-leaved). Scarlet Cacalia. .-heads
purple ; florets about equalling the involucral bracts. 7., lower
ones lyrate-pinnatifid or sinuate-toothed, puberulous or glabrous.
Flowering branches leafy. India and Africa. Plant erect or
diffuse. Syn. Cacalia sonchifolia.

EMMENANTHE. Calyx segments ten to twelve,
unequal; corolla broadly tubnlar-campanulate, with six to
ten broad, oblong, almost spreading lobes. FE. penduliflora,
a handsome, hardy, villous-pubescent or viscid annual, has
been introduced. For culture, see Annuals.

E. pendulifiora (pendulous-flowered). #1. cream-coloured or
yellow, at length pendulous, nearly sin. long; racemes panicled,
mostly short and loose. July. /. pinnatifid into numerous short

and somewhat toothed or incised lobes. kh. 9in. to 12in. Cali-
fornia, 1892. (G. C. 1892, xi., p. 339, f. 49.)

EMPHYTUS CINCTUS.
Vol. Ill, p. 327.

See Rose Sawflies,

EMPODIUM. A synonym of Cureuligo (which
see).
EMPUSA. Included under Liparis (which see).

ENARGEA. A synonym of Luzuriaga (which see).

ENCELIA (from egchelion, a little eel; in allusion tc
the appearance of the seeds). Syn. Pallasia (of
L’Héritier). Orb. Composite. A genus embracing about
a score species of branched, villous, pubescent, or tomentose
herbs, sometimes shrubby at the base, natives of Mexico or
Western America, from Chili to California. Flower-heads
yellow, violet, or purplish, radiate, mediocre or rather

—— ee ee we ee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Encelia—continued.

large, long-peduneculate at the tips of the branches, rarely
smaller and irregularly panicled ; involucral bracts in two
or three series; ray florets spreading, entire or shortly
toothed. Leaves opposite, or the upper ones rarely nearly
all alternate, entire, toothed, or lobed. E. canescens, the
only species calling for mention here, is a pretty, dwarf,
greenhouse sub-shrub, thriving in loamy soil. Cuttings,
inserted under a glass, will strike readily, if not over-
watered.

E. canescens (hoary). /l.-heads orange ; involucral scales villous,

ciliated. July. /. broadly ovate, entire, obtuse, softly canescent.
h. 15ft. Peru, 1786. (B. R. 909.) Syn. Pallasia halimifolia.

ENCENO OAK. Sce Quercus aquifolia.
ENCEPHALARTOS. Syn. Arthrozamia. Cones

large, the males sometimes twin or ternate, with broad or
elongated-cuneate seales, the females thick, with numerous
peltate scales. Leaves spreading-recurved, petiolate,
linear-oblong ; leaflets many pairs, rigid, sessile. To the
species described on p. 508, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

E. brachyphyllus is a form of E. Cafer.

E. Caffer (Kaffir), The correct name of E. caja, of which
E. brachyphyllus is a form.

E. cycadifolius (Cycas-leaved). The correct name of E. Frederici-
Gulielmi.

E. elongatus (elongated). J., lower pinn# alternate, the upper
ones nearly opposite, long-linear-lanceolate, spiny-acuminate at
apex, entire, glabrous when adult; petiole and rachis obtusely
tetragonal. Trunk glabrous. South Africa, 1840,

E. Frederici-Gulielmi. The correct name is £. cycadifolius.

E. gracilis (slender). A synonym of E. Ghellinckii.

E. Mackenii. The correct name is Macrozamia Pauli-Gulielmi.

E. regalis (regal).* /. twelve to twenty at the apex of the
cylindrical trunk, 6ft. to 7ft. long; pinne lanceolate, with
occasional spines on the Ms dae margin, Zululand, 1889. A noble
decorative plant, doubtfully distinct from 2. Hildebrandtii.

E. Vromii (Vrom’s). A variety of EH. Altensteinii.

ENCHOLIRION.
Tillandsia (which see).

ENDEMIC. Restricted to one locality or region.

ENDERA. A synonym of Taccarum (which see),
ae correct name of E. conophalloidea being T. cylin-
ricum.

ENDOPISA PROXIMANA and ENDOPISA
NIGRICANA. Sce Pea Pests.

ENDOTROPIS. A synonym of Cynanchum (which

see).
ENDROSIS FENESTRELLA. See Tineina.
ENDYMION. A synonym of Scilla (which see).
ENEMION. Included under Isopyrum (which see).
ENGELMANNIA (named in honour of George

Engelmann, a German botanist, who wrote on American

plants). Syn. Angelandra. Orb. Composite. A mono-

typic genus. The species is an erect, hardy, perennial,
pubescent herb. It thrives in ordinary garden soil, and
may be increased by seeds or by divisions.

E. pinnatifida (pinnatifid). .-hcads golden-yellow, lin. to 2in.
in diameter, corymbosely paniculate; involucral bracts in
several series ; ray florets eight to ten, female ; disk hermaphro-
dite, but sterile. July. 2. petiolate, 2in. to Sin. long, oblong,
sinuate-pinnatifid to below the middle ; lobes toothed, entire, or
lobulate. A. lft. to 2ft. Prairies of North America, 1881.
(B: M. 6577.)

ENGELMANNIA (of Pfeiffer).
Cuscuta (which see).

ENGLISH IRIS. A popular name for the yarieties
of Iris xiphioides (which see).

ENICOSTEMA (from henikos, single, and stema, a
stamen; there is one stamen to each of,the five corolla
lobes). Syns. Adenema, Henicostemma, Hippion, Slevogtia.
Orp. Gentianee. A monotypic genus. The species,
E. littorale (Syns. Slevogtia occidentalis, S. orientalis),
is a, glabrous, stove herb, with small flowers, found in
tropical Asia and Africa and in the West Indies. It has
been intreduced, but is of very little horticultural value.

Included under Dyckia and

A synonym of

&C.

ENKIANTHUS. Including Meisteria. Syn. Melidora
(in part). These plants are fonnd in China, Japan, and
the Eastern Himalayas. To the species described on
p. 510, Vol. I., the following should be added :

E. cernuus (drooping). . reddish, campanulate, in a solitary,
terminal, simple, drooping raceme. 7. obovate or obovate-
spathulate, cuneate at base, uncinate-serrulate, the serratures
bristly-pointed. Japan (recently introduced). Syn. Meisteria
cernud.

ENODIUM. A synonym of Molinia (which see).
ENSLENIA (named in honour of Aloysius Enslen,

an American botanist, who collected in the Atlantic
United States early in the nineteenth century). Syn.
Ampelanus. A small genus (three species) of twining
herbs or shrubs, all American. Flowers white, small or
rather large, in umbelliform or shortly-racemose cymes.
Leaves opposite, membranons, cordate. EE. albida, a
hardy species with whitish flowers, has been introduced,
but is not of much horticultural value.

ENTOMOSPORIUM MACULATUM.
Blight and Leaf Scald.

EOPEPON. Included under Trichosanthes (which
see), the correct name of E. vitifolius being T. Kirilowii.

EPACRIS. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 511-2, Vol. I., the following should be added:

E. pungens (pungent), of Cavanilles.
pungens.

E. purpurascens. Two very attractive double varieties are:
alba, with blush-white, and nivalis, with pure white, flowers.
1883.

E. multiflora (I. H. 1860, t. 266), a species with crimson and
white flowers, has also been introduced.

541

See Leaf

A synonym of Lysinema

Varieties. To the list of varieties described on p. 512,
Vol. I., the following may be added:
ALBA ODORATA, ATTRACTION, CRITERION, DELICATA, DIADEM,

EXCELSIOR, HER MAJESTY, JUBILEE, Kitty TODMAN, PRINCESS
BEATRICE, ROSE PERFECTION, and THE PREMIER.

EPEIRA DIADEMATA. See Spiders.

EPERUA (the native name for a sword; in allusion
to the shape of the pods). Syns. Dimorpha, Panzera.
Including Parivoa. Orp. Leguminose. A small genus
(about half-a-dozen species) of tall or weak, stove, un-
armed trees, natives of tropical America. Flowers purple,
red, or white, racemose, showy ; petal one, sessile, very
broad; stamens ten. Leaves abruptly pinnate or rarely
almost impari-pinnate; leaflets few pairs, coriaceous.
E. grandiflora (Syns. Dimorpha grandiflora and Parivoa
grandiflora) has been introduced, but is not in general
cultivation.

EPHEDRA. Syn. Chetocladus. To the species
described on p. 512, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

E. altissima (very tall). ff. pale yellow; male catkins many on
panicled branchlets, small, ovoid. jr. red, oval. Branches and
branchlets glaucous-green, the former almost terete, the latter
opposite, ternate, or solitary, spreading. h. 12ft. to 24ft. North
Africa, 1899. (B. M. 7670.)

E. trifurca (thrice-forked). This is described as “an upright
bush, 2ft. to 4ft. high, with Equisetum-like branches.” North-
west America, 1893.

E. vulgaris is a form of E. nebrodensis.

EPHEMERUM. A synonym of Tradescantia
(which see).

EPIBATERIUM. A synonym of Cocculus (which
see).

EPI-CATTLEYA. Orb. Orchidex. Bigeneric hybrids,

derived from the intercrossing of Epidendrum and
Cattleya. They require a warm, intermediate house
temperature, with a liberal supply of atmospheric

moisture during the greater part of the year. The
potting compost should consist of two parts fibrous peat
and one of sphagnum, pressed moderately firm. The
pots should be clean, and drained to two-thirds their depth
with clean broken crocks. Through the growing season
water should be applied freely, but only sufficient is
required during the resting period to retain a plump -and
desirable condition of the psendo-bulbs.

342 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Epi-Cattleya—continued.

The following is a list of the hybrids, together with
their recorded parentage : .

guatemalensis......-+.- E. aurantiacum and C. Skinnerii
(nat. hyb.).
guatemalensis Wischu-\ E. aurantiacum and C. Skinnerii
BENTANG..c0scerccaese (nat. hyb.).
matutina .... C. Boweringiana and E. radicans
(Veitch).
C. Boweringiana and E. 0’ Brienianum
(Veitch).
radiato-Boweringiana.. E. radiatum and C. Boweringiana
(Veitch).

-EPICHIL, EPICHILIUM. A term applied to the
upper part of the lip of an Orchid when that part differs
materially from the lower portion, or hypochil.

EPIDENDRUM. Including Amphyglottis, Dinema,
and Physinga. ‘Tropical America is the headquarters. of
this genus. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 512-14, Vol. I., the following should be added. A few
species formerly classed hereunder <r now referred to
Hormidium and Lanium. See also Barkeria and
Nanodes, which are included in this genus by Bentham
and Hooker. Unless otherwise specified, stove treatment
is required.

E. emulum (emulating), A synonym of #. fragrans.
E. alatum (winged). The correct name of HE. a. majus.

E. amabile (lovely). A name applied in gardens to both
E. dichromum and E. Ortgiesii.

-E. arachnoglossum (spider's tongue). jl. reddish-purple (car-
mine-violet), in a short, corymbiform or roundish raceme; sepals
and petals acute, recurved; lateral lobes of lip roundish, pecti-
nate, the middle one cuneate, deeply bilobed; column violet,
club-shaped. J. distichous, alternate, glabrous, sessile, oblong-
lanceolate, obtuse, fleshy. Stems tufted, erect, naked above.
Colombia, 1883. (R. H. 1882, p. 554.)

E. a. candidum (white).* 1. wholly white, with the exception
of the orange lateral calli of the lip. 1886.

E. aromaticum (aromatic). . numerous, fragrant, about lin.
across; sepals and petals very pale yellow; lip whitish,
streaked with red, three-lobed, the side lobes appressed to
the column except at the apex; scape two or three times
as long as the leaves. J. Yin. to 12in. long, linear, rigid.
Pseudo-bulbs 2in. to 3in. in diameter, two- or three-leaved.
Guatemala, 1835. (Ref. B. ii., t. 89.)

E. atropurpureum album (white).* A white-lipped variety.

E. a. Randianum (Rand's). 7., sepals and petals greenish-
brown, with paler margins ; lip white, large, marked with con-
tiguous red veins at the base. Amazons, 1886. (L. ii, t. 1;
R. ser. ii., t. 94.) Syn. EB. Randianum.

E. a. roseum (rosy).* jl. smaller than in album; sepals and
petals deep purplish-brown ; lip rose-colour, with a purple blotch
near the base. (F.d.S. iv., t. 372; I. H. 1868, t. 541; P. M. B.
xi., p. 243.)

E. atrorubens (dark red). /. lin. across; sepals and petals of
a very dark reddish-purple ; lip of a lighter shade, free, three-
lobed; scape loosely paniculate. October. J. linear-oblong, 8in.
long, obtuse. Mexico, before 1892.

E. auriculigerum (auricle-bearing). /., sepals and petals long
and straight; lip auricled at the base, the middle lobe tri-
angular, acuminate, with two long keels, swollen between the
auricles. 1888. Allied to FE. Brassavole.

E. auritum (eared). . lin. across, with an Apple-like fra-
grance ; sepals and petals light yellow, the petals much shorter ;
lip deeper yellow, with a purple stain at base ; peduncles three-
to five-flowered. J. 6in. long, narrow-ligulate. _Pseudo-bulbs
compressed, 14in. long, one-leaved. Guatemala, 1839,

E. Barkeriola (Barkeriola). jl., sepals and the light rose-
coloured petals nearly equal; lip white, with a deep purple
blotch and some short purple lines on the disk, where there
are two raised lines, pandurate or obovate; raceme one-sided.
l. lanceolate, acute, wavy, reddish beneath and on the margins.
Habitat not recorded, 1884. Syn. Barkeria Barkeriola. :

E. bituberculatum (two-tubercled). This species is allied to
E. Schomburgkii, but is smaller and slenderer, with rosy-purple
Bowers calli at base of lip yellow. Habitat not recorded,
1892.

E. Capartianum (Dr. Capart’s). A synenym of E. Godsefi-
annum,

E. Christyanum (Christy’s). //. greenish and brown, in an erect
raceme; sepals oblong, apiculate; petals spathulate ; lateral
segments of lip sub-quadrate, extrorse, the middle one triangular,
apiculate; column trifid. J. ligulate, acute. Pseudo-bulbs long-
pyriform, two-leaved. Bolivia, 1884.

E. ciliare (ciliated).* /. fragrant, several in a raceme, each with
a long bract at base; sepals and petals greenish-yellow, linear,

Mrs. James O'Brien....

Epidendrum—continued.

acute; lip white, three-parted, the lateral lobes pectinately
incised, the middle one setaceous, much longer. Winter. J. in

airs. Pseudo-bulbs oblong, obtuse. ‘Tropical America, 1790.

ne of the first epiphytal Orchids cultivated in ne gardens.
(B. R. 784.) E. cuspidatum(B. M. 463; B. R. 783; L. B. C. 10) is
considered a variety of this species; the flowers are yellower
and larger, and the middle lobe of the lip is linear-lanceolate,
and not appreciably longer than the side ones. 1844.

E. cochleatum (snail-shell-like).* #. din. to 4in. across ; sepals
and petals greenish-white, linear ; lip sub-orbicular or fan-like,
somewhat reserhbling a snail-shell, deep maroon-purple beneath,
yellowish-green above, witha large maroon-purple blotch on each
side ; calli three, white ; raceme four- to seven-flowered. 7. acute,
6in. long. Stems pseudo-bulbous, Jin. to 4in. long, two-leaved.
West Indies, 1787. Said to have been the first epiphyi Orchid
which flowered in this country. (B. M. 572.) Syn. £. lancifoliuin
(B. R. 1842, t. 50).

E. coriaceum (leathery). A form of ZH. variegatum.

E. crassifolium (B. M. 3543) is synonymous with Z. elonga-
tum.

E. cuspidatum (cusp-pointed). A variety of E. ciliare.
E. densifiorum (dense-flowered). A variety of FE. polyanthum.

E. dichromum amabile (lovely). /. usually rose-coloured,
with a deep purplish-crimson lip, remaining in beauty a long
time. 1892. (W. O. A., t. 452.)

E. diffusum (diffuse). A synonym of Seraphyta diffusa.

E. diotum (two-eared). /. more than lin. across, very sweetly
scented ; sepals and petals cinnamon-brown, with wavy edges;
lip yellow, streaked with deep brown, thick and fleshy ; scape
twice as long as the leaves, many-Howered. J/. about 1ft. long,
spreading. Pseudo-bulbs elongated, one-leaved. Guatemala.

E. Ellisii (Ellis’s). #1. rose-coloured, with a yellowish crest on the
lip, disposed in short racemes. J. 4in. long. Stems lft. high.
Colombia, 1894.

E. eae (lengthened). The correct name of EF. crassi-
Folium.

E. Endresii (Endres’).* jf. as large as those of E. ellipticwn ;
sepals white, tipped green, the upper one cuneate-oblong, acute,
the lateral ones triangular; petals white, spathulate ; lip
blotched mauve, curiously cut, with two triangular edges at the
base, the anterior lacinia cuneate-obreniform. /. about a dozen,
like those of Box. Costa Rica, 1883. (G. C.n.s. xxii., p. 504.)

E. falsiloquum (lying). (fl. paniculate; sepals and petals
whitish-ochre ; lip white, with three linear, acute, depressed,
mauve keels; calli white. 2. linear, acuminate. Habitat not
recorded, 1885. Allied to E. verrucosum.

E. Flos-aéris (air-flower). A synonym of Arachnanthe mos-
chifera.

E. fragrans (fragrant).* fl. very fragrant, 2in. across, inverted ;
sepals and petals creamy-white ; lip white, streaked with purple,
sub-orbicular, with a fleshy callus at base; peduncles short,
few-flowered. J. lanceolate, 8in. to 12in. long. Stems 3in. to 4in.
high, one- or two-leaved. ‘Tropical America, 1778. (B. M. 669.)
Syn. E. emulum (B. R., t. 1898).

E. fraudulentum (fraudulent). #. light rose-coloured, small,
the column and lower part of the ovary purple, the keel and calli
yellow. 1886.

E. fulgens (brilliant). A synonym of ZL. Schomburgkii.
E. glaucum (glaucous). A synonym of Dichewa glauca.

E. glumaceum (glume-like). //. 14in. across, inverted, fragrant;
sepals and petals white striped with pale rose on the inside,
white on the outside ; lip stained and streaked with rose in the
centre, margined with white, acuminate; peduncles racemose.
7. 6in. to 8in. long. Pseudo-bulbs pyriform, two-leaved. Per-
nambuco, 1837, (B. R. 1840, t. 6.)

E. Godseffianum (Godseff’s).* (/l. nearly 2in. across; sepals and
petals yellowish-green, suffused with a purplish tone ; lip white,
the front lobe veined with light rose; peduncle slender, pro-
ceeding from the apex of the pseudo-bulb, more than 2ft. long.
Brazil, 1892, Syn. £. Capartianum (L. vii., t. 333).

E. Hartii (Hart's). jl. whitish-yellow, small, disposed in
branched, terminal panicles. 7. linear, 4in. long. Stems 8in.
long. Trinidad, 1894. Allied to Z. purum.

E. hastatum (halberd-shaped). Jl. having brownish-green sepals
and petals and a pure white lip. 1896. A pretty little species.

E. ibaguense (Ibagué). 7. in a dense, almost globose head;
sepals and petals orange ; lip yellow, obcordate, the lateral lobes
cordate, rounded at the tip and fringed. # very fleshy, amplexi-
eaul, oblong, obtuse. Stems tall, slender, the upper portion
leafy, the extreme end leafless. Colombia, Pern, 1867. (F. M.
1868, t. 390.)

E. Imperator (emperor). A garden synonym of Z. lewcochiium.

E. inversum (inverted). ”. pale straw-coloured, or white
striated with light rose, with a purple blotch on the lip, and
sometimes with a few purple spots at the base of the other
segments, crowded, fragrant; calli bright yellow; peduncles

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 343

Epidendrum—continued.

racemose. J, 4in. to 6in. me Pseudo-bulbs fusiform, 3in. to
4in. long, two-leaved. Minas Geraes, 1839.

E. ionocentrum (violet-spurred). (/., sepals and petals lemon-
coloured, spotted with greenish-brown, lanceolate, acuminate ;
lip white, violet or purple in the centre; raceme twenty to
twenty-four flowered. Gbseuuh-halbe broad. Otherwise like
E. Brassavole.

E. ionosmum (Violet-scented).* jl. fragrant, I4in. across ;
sepals and petals greenish-brown, bordered with pale yellow,
obovate ; lip three-lobed, yellow streaked with red, the side lobes
erect, the mid-lobe emarginate; peduncles racemose, few-
flowered. J. oblong-lanceolate, 3in, to 4in. long. Pseudo-bulbs
globose, three-leaved. British Guiana, about 1838.

E. Kienastii (Kienast-Zolly’s). _l., sepals and petals very light
rose, with darker purple veins, the sepals lanceolate, the petals
very cuneate at base; lip white, with fine purple, callose lines
on the wavy mid-partition, the side partitions cuneate-ligulate,
two-toothed outside; raceme several-flowered. J. usually two,
faa long, 4in. to lin. broad, cuneate-oblong, acute. Mexico,

E. lancifolium (lance-leaved). A synonym of E. cochleatum.
E. latifolium (broad-leaved). A synonym of EZ. nocturnum.

E. Laucheanum (Lauche’s). /. wholly brownish, with the
exception of the lip, which is green, disposed in terminal, many-
flowered racemes. J. 3in. to 6in. long. Stems 8in. high. Origin
unknown, 1893.

E. leucochilum (white-lipped). #., sepals and petals light
yellowish-green, reflexed ; lip ivory-white, three-lobed ; peduncles
rising from a compressed sheath, five- to nine-flowered. Stems
as thick as a cedar pencil, 1{ft. to 2ft. high, three- to five-leaved.
Rhizome stout, woody. Colombia and Venezuela, 1842 and 1875.
(P. F. G, iii., p. 146.) Syn. E. Imperator, of gardens.

E. Liliastrum (Liliastrum). A synonym of Sobralia Lilias-
trum.

E. Mantinianum (Mantin’s). #. of a pale whitish-green,
large, solitary, marked with purplish-brown dots on the veins of
the sepals and petals, and with larger markings on the acute lip.
1. glaucous-green. Habitat not recorded, 1892. A dwarf species.
(LH. xxxix., t. 150.)

E. Mathewsii (Mathews’). #., sepals and petals stained
purplish outside, small, nearly transparent, the lateral sepals
connate half-way up; lip Boo) dull blood-purple, shining, or-
bicular, bifid at apex, convex above, concave eneath, completely
concealing the lateral sepals. J. distichous, rigid, fleshy. Stems
See eocumbenls Known in gardens as Nanodes Mathewsii.

eru, . .

Fic. 368. EPIDENDRUM MEDUS&.

E. Medusz (Medusa’s). This is the correct name of the plant
described as Nanodes Meduse, See Fig. 368.

E. Mooreanum (F. W. Moore's). jl. very Scie sepals and
petals light green; lip deep purple, with a light green margin;
panicle lax ; leaves linear, lft. long. Costa Rica, 1891.

E. nocturnum (nocturnal). /l., sepals and peak pale ochreous-
yellow or greenish-white ; lip white, three-lobed, with two yellow
or white calli at the base of the mid-lobe ; peduncles eight. to
ten-flowered. J. linear or oblong-lanceolate, 6in, to 8in, long.

Epidendrum—continued.

Stems stoutish, lft. to 24ft. long. Tropical America, before
1816. (B. M. 3298.) Syn. LE. latifoliwm (B. R. 1961).

E. oncidioides (Oncidium-like).* /. yellow, blotched brown,
very fragrant; sepals and petals obovate, unguiculate; lip
three-lobed, the lateral lobes narrow, obtuse, flat, much shorter
than the roundish, cuspidate middle one, the disk three-keeled ;
panicle long, racemose. J, two or three, 2ft. long, 14in. wide.
Stem 3ft. to 4ft. high. Surinam, A stately species. (B. R.
1623; I. H. ser. v. 28.)

E. Ortgiesi (Ortgies’). jl. rather large, disposed in a raceme;
sepals and petals red, bordered with white; lip purple. J. one or
two, strap-shaped. Habitat not recorded, 1892. A showy species.
Syn. E. amabile, of gardens.

E. pallidifiorum (pale-flowered). jl. pale yellow, lin. across,
usually with some purple streaks at the apex of the column and
on the side lobes of the lip ; peduncles drooping, many-flowered.
yi eee ey Sin. to Tin. long. Stems terete, lft. to 14ft. high.
West Indies, 1828.

E. paytense (Payta). . of a brilliant scarlet-vermilion, with
some orange on the lip, which is also marked with some darker
spots, J. short, very strong, oblong, acute, tinted purplish-
brown. Shoots stiff, with purplish-brown sheaths. Colombia
and Peru, 1885.

E. polyanthum (many-flowered). l. orange or salmon-colour,
with a strong scent of cowslips; sepals ovate-lanceolate, acute,
striated ; petals linear, reflexed; lip three-lobed, three-ribbea,
the lateral lobes sub-cuneate, retuse, the middle one retuse;
panicle strict, simple. J. distichous, ovate-lanceolate, acute.
Mexico, 1841.

E. p. asperum (rough). A variety having the ovaries and
rachis densely coyered with small warts. 1885.

E. p. densifiorum (dense-flowered), fl. greenish, with a little
pink on the edges and in the middle of the lip. 1836. Syn.
E. densijlorum (B. M. 3791).

E. polybulbon (many-bulbed). #. lin. across; sepals and
petals tawny or light yellow, with a brown centre; lip white,
with a short claw ; peduncles one-flowered. 7. ovate-oblong, lin.
to l4in. long. Pseudo-bulbs produced from a wiry rhizome at
intervals of about lin., ovoid, sin. long. West Indies, &c, 1841.
Syn. Dinema polybulbon (B. M. 4067).

E. pristes (saw-like). A synonym of E. Schomburgkii.

E. Pseudepidendrum auratum (golden).* /., disk of the lip
crimson, the borders deep orange. 1885. A fine variety.

E. eee ane (dagger-like). fl. large, usually two in a
sub-sessile, terminal raceme; sepals and petals at first greenish,
then yellowish; lip at first white, afterwards yellow, three-
parted, cordate at base. J. 4in. to 6in. long, narrow-lanceolate-
oblong. Mexico, 1890. Allied to E. leucochilum.

E. punctulatum (slightly dotted). 7. stellate, in a slender
anicle ; sepals and petals brown inside, green outside, lanceo-
ate, acute ; lip sulphur, with minute dots, trifid, the side lacinie

square, the middle one sessile, ovate, acute, the mid-nerves
thickened ; column brown and green; border of the anther-bed
white, spotted brown. Mexico, 1885. Greenhouse.

E. purum (pure).* 7. pure white, sweetly scented, in a slender,
nodding raceme ; scape terminal. Spring and summer. /. narrow,
obtuse, about 6in. long, light green, persistent. Stems erect,
rather stout, about 2ft. high. Caraceas, 1842.

E. pusillum (small). jl. yellowish-green, dotted with brown,
solitary. 7. 5in. long. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid-globular. Brazil,
1891. Allied to EB. tampense.

E. radiatum (radiating).* jl. lsin. across; sepals and petals
eream-coloured, reflexed ; lip white, with radiating bright purple
lines, concave, shell-like; racemes seven- or more-flowered.
v. linear-ligulate, 10in. to 15in. long. Stems shortly fusiform,
stalked, 3in. to Sin. long, two- or three-leaved. Rhizome woody.
Mexico, 1841. (B. R. 1842, t. 45.)

E. Randianum (Rand’s). A form of FE. atropurpureum.

E. replicatum (bent back). /l., sepals and petals yellowish-
brown, bordered with yellow; lip white, streaked and veined
with rosy-pink, three-lobed, the sides of the front lobe tuned
downwards ; racemes terminal, lft. to 14ft. long, many-flowered.
Summer. J. long, strap-shaped, persistent. Pseudo-bulbs oblong-
ovate, two-leaved. Colombia, 1881,

E. sceptrum (sceptre).* fl. small, sometimes three dozen in a
raceme; sepals and petals golden-yellow, spotted dark purple,
the sepals lanceolate, the petals obovate; lip white at base,
profusely marked bright purple; racemes lft. to 2ft. long. Sep-
tember and October. p long, thin, remote, lorate. Pseudo-
bulbs pear-shaped, compressed, lft. long. Venezuela, Colombia,
1843, (B. M. 7169.)

E. Schomburgkii (Schomburgk’s). //. rich vermilion-scarlet ;
sepals and petals linear-lanceolate; lip three-lobed, strongly
keeled, bicallose at base, the lateral lobes broadly semi-ovate,
rounded and lacerated behind, the front lobe cuneate, gradually
widening upwards, the edge denticulate, the apex shortly
cuspidate ; raceme short, close or corymbiform. i. distichous,
oblong, obtuse, fleshy. Demerara, &c. A handsome species.
(B. iv. 165; B. R. 1838, 53.) Syns. £. fulgens, E. pristes.

344 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Epidendrum—continued.

E. selligerum (saddle-bearing). l. fragrant, 14in. across ; sepals
and petals brown with a pale margin, spathulate, concave; lip
having the side lobes white, the crisped mid-lobe light purple,
and the disk saddle-like; peduncles 3ft. to 4ft. long, many-
flowered. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, the largest 3in. to 4in. in diameter,
two-leaved. Guatemala, 1836,

E. spondiadum (Spondias). 1., sepals and_ petals reddish-
green, shading to dull purple, acute or acuminate; lip dark,
margined with pale green; peduncle many-flowered. The
Spondias, Costa Rica, 1893. In general appearance this resembles
E. variegatum. (B. M. 7232.)

E. Stamfordianum Leeanum (Lee's). /., sepals and petals
ochre-coloured inside, covered with purple hieroglyphic mark-
ings, scarcely translucent outside ; lip light rose, purple-spotted
inside, broad. 1887.

E. S. Wallacei (Wallace's). #., middle lacinia of the lip
obcordate, quite entire and very narrow; column shorter than
in the type. Mountains south of Bogota, 1887.

E. stenopetalum (narrow-petaled). jl. rose-coloured, few, pro-
duced at the tips of the pseudo-bulbs; lip a little darker than
the sepals and petals, having a square, white area at the base,
with a small, yellow crest, adhering to the column for quite half
the latter's length. West Indies and Central America, 1887,
(B. M. 3410.)

E. tampense (Tampa). i. about 1jin. across, several on a
slender scape; sepals and petals yellowish-brown, cuneate-
linear; lip white, with more or less confluent purple lines.
1. linear, 6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs small, ovoid. Florida, 1888.
(B. R. 1847, t. 35.)

E. tibicinis (cow-horm). A synonym of Schomburgkia
tibicinis.

E. tovarense (Tovar). fl. milk-white ; sepals and _ petals linear-
spathulate ; side lobes of lip almost quadrate, the mid-lobe
emarginate ; peduncle 6in. to 8in. long, few-flowered. J. oval-
oblong, Jin. to Sin. long. Stems erect, Yin. to 12in. high, as
thick as the little finger. Tovar, Venezuela, 1850.

E. trachychilum (rough-lipped). . very leathery, disposed in
a dense, much-branched panicle ; sepals and petals olive-brown,
the sepals oblong, much-spreading, the petals somewhat con-
formed; lip deep yellow, studded with red warts, white and
spotted pink on the callus, brilliant green with red warts on the
lower lobes. J. straight, ensiform, much shorter than the scape.
Pseudo-bulbs elongated, two-leaved. Mexico, 1885, Greenhouse.
(R. G. 1205.)

E. tricolor (three-coloured), /l. clear yellow, small, numerous,
with a Cucumber-like odour. JZ. 4in. long. Stems about Sin.
high. Venezuela, 1893, Allied to EL, purum.

E. variegatum (variegated). l. fragrant, lin. to 1sin. across;
sepals and petals pale yellow, or sometimes yellowish-green
blotched with purplish-brown; lip bright rose-colour, or white
spotted with rose, very short, cordate, acute; racemes longer
than the leaves, many-flowered. 7. oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to
Yin. long. Stems fusiform, 6in. to 9in. high, two- or three-leaved.
South America, &c., 1832. (B. M. 3151; B. R. 1839, t. 11.)

E. v. coriaceum (leathery). jl. light yellow, spotted with
reddish-brown; lip paler than the sepals and petals. J.
broader, shorter, and more leathery. Stems shorter and thicker,
(B. M. 3595, under name of E. coriacewin.)

E. verrucosum (warted). /l. ina spreading panicle; sepals and
petals greenish-yellow; lip three-lobed, the side lobes creamy-
white, the front lobe yellow, with a bright violet spot at base.
Spring and summer. 7. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate. Stems
leafy, lift. to 4ft. high. Jamaica, 1825.

E. vitellinum flore-pleno (double-flowered).* This is
described as having “perfectly regular flowers formed of
twelve segments.” 1890. The typical plant is shown in
Fig. 369.

E. v. giganteum (gigantic). A synonym of Z, v. majus.

E. Wallisii (\Wallis’).* 7. numerous, about 14in. across, scented ;
sepals and petals golden-yellow, spotted carmine-crimson,
ligulate-oblong ; lip white, with radiating, tubercled lines of
magenta-purple, broad, cuneately flabellate ; racemes drooping.
October and November. J. distichous. Stems several feet in
height, spotted brownish - purple, leafy. Colombia, 1874.
(W. O. A. ii., t. 74.)

E. Watsonianum (Watson's). A new species, allied to
E. Godsefianum.

E. Wendlandianum (Wendland’s). /. nearly 2in. in diameter,
sepals and petals light green; lip snow- white, with dark
purplish lines on the side lobes; stalks one- to three-flowered.
Mexico, 1893. Cool-house.

E. xanthinum (yellow). jl. yellow, sometimes tinted with
orange, disposed in a dense head, on a peduncle nearly as long
as the stems; sepals and petals acute ; lip three-lobed, fringed.
1. oblong-lanceolate, 3in. to 4in. long. Stems 1ft. or more in
length, as thick as a goose-quill, leafy throughout. Minas
Geraes, about 1839. (B. M. 7586.)

Epidendrum—continued.

E. xipheroides (resembling E. xzipheres). . few in a slender
raceme ; sepals and petals green, with purple lines ; lip yellow,
with a thick, white callus. J. linear, thick, 8in. long, sin. wide.
Pseudo-bulbs large, pear-shaped, two-leaved. Brazil, 1896.

In addition to the above, a large number of species are in
cultivation at Kew and one or two other establishments, but
they have little or no horticultural value.

This somewhat despised section of Orchids has been of
considerable value to the hybridist. The intercrossing of
some of the showiest species has produced excellent
results. By far the most interesting haye been those
instances where Epidendrum has been used as one of the
parents in the production of bigeneric hybrids, from which
such names as Lpi-Cattleya, Epi-Lexlia, and ELpiphronitis
are derived. :

We append a list of Hpidendrwm hybrids, with their
parentage :
Berkeley? .viceccwoncacee Stamfordianum and O'Brienianum

(Berkeley).

Clarissa* . elegantulum and Wallisii (Veitch).

dellense . zanthinum and vadicans (Schroder).

elegant rscceeeee Endresio-Wallisit and Wallisii
(Veitch).

elegantulum leucochilum* Endresio-Wallisii and Wallisii
(Veitch).

elegantulum luteum* .. Endresio-Wallisii and Wallisii
(Veitch).

Endresio-Wallisii®
Endresio-Walli
superbum*
James O' Brien*

Endresii and Wallisii (Veitch).

Endresii and Wailisii (Veitch).
E. O' Brienianum (Veitch).

langleyense*.... pseudepidendrum and Wallisii
(Veitch).

O'Brientanum™ ........ evectum and radicans (Veitch).

O' Brienianum evectum and radicans (Veitch).

orphanum .... =Endresio-Wallisti (Sander).

PR CDUR Rootes etek O' Brienianumand vitellinum (Veitch).

radicanti-

Stamfordianum...... Stamfordianum and radicans (Veitch).
radico-vitellinuwm .. vitellinum and radicans (Veitch).
Wallisio-ciliare* ciliare and Wallisii (Veitch).
wantho-radicans. . aanthinum and rvadicans (Sir T. Law-

rence).

Fig. 369, EPImDENDRUM VITELLINUM, showing Habit and
detached Flower.

EPIGZ#A. Flowers white or pink, fragrant, sessile ;
ealyx three-bracted; sepals five; corolla salver-shaped,
with five imbricated lobes. Leaves alternate, shortly
petiolate.

EPIGHAN, EPIGEOUS. Growing close to the
ground; growing on land as distinguished from water,

he re

i tee

—_—-—- Foe |

i a i i eee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. :

rs
Or

EPIGYNIUM ACUMINATUM. A synonym of
Corallobotrys acuminata (which see).

‘EPI-LELIA. Oxp. Orchidex. _Bigeneric hybrids
derived from the intererossing of Epidendrum and Lelia.
For cultural requirements, see Epi-Cattleya.

The following is a list of hybrids, together with their
recorded parentage :

Charlesworthii ........ E. radwans and L. cinnabarina
(Charlesworth).

Hardyana ......0+00. E. ciliare and L. anceps (Sander).

Heatonensis ........ -. E. Wallisii and JL. cinnabarina
(Charlesworth).

radico-purpurata ...... E. radicans and LL. purpurata
(Veitch).

EPILINELLA. A synonym of Cuseuta (which see).

EPILOBIUM. Including Chamexnerium. Calyx-limb
four-parted, deciduous ; petals four, obovate or obcordate,
erect or spreading ; stamens eight, the alternate ones rather
shorter. To the species described on p. 145, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

E. Fleischeri (Fleischer’s). A synonym of. E. Dodonei.

E. glabellum (nearly glabrous). jl. pink, din. to 4in. across,
disposed in the upper axils. /. in rather scattered pairs, sessile or
shortly petiolate, Jin. to gin. long, oblong, ovate- or lanceolate-
oblong, obtusely sinuate-toothed, sometimes shining. Stem erect,
6in.-to 12in. high, or decumbent. New Zealand.

E. longipes (long-stalked). A synonym of EF. pedwiculare.

E. nummularifolium (Moneywort-leaved). i. pink or whitish,
very small ; peduncles axillary, slender, tin. to 4in. long. J. two
to four lines long, sessile or petiolate, numerous, opposite, rather
crowded, orbicular or oblong, obtuse, flat or convex. Branches
2in. to 6in. long, glabrous or pubescent. New Zealand. Plant
prostrate, hardy.

E. pedunculare (pedunculate). 7. pink or whitish, very small ;

peduncles axillary, slender, as much as 4in. long. 7. membranous,
tin. to fin. long, sessile or petiolate, numerous, opposite, rather
crowded, orbicular or oblong, obtuse.. New Zealand. Plant
small, prostrate. Syn. EF. longipes.

E. rosmarinifolium is a form of FH. Dodonwi.

EPIMEDIUM. This genus embraces about eight
species, natives of Europe and temperate Asia. Alike for
flowers and foliage these elegant spring-flowering plants
are appreciated. The latter is very ornamental, being
frequently of a coppery-bronze hue in combination with a
pretty colour, and then it makes good material for vases.
The species will thrive almost anywhere and in any soil, and
all are readily propagated by divisions in late summer.
To those described on p. 515, Vol. I., the following should
be added. J. diphyllwm is now classed as a separate
genus, Aceranthus (which see).

E. sagittatum (arrow-shaped). /. numerous, tin. in diameter ;
inner sepals white ; petals yellow. J. biternate, 14ft. to 2ft. long ;
leaflets nine, cordate-ovate or hastate, very firm, Jin. to 6in. long,
the edge fringed with horny teeth, the lower surface sometimes
densely pilose; petioles 1ft. long. Japan and China.

E. sinense (Chinese). A synonym of EZ. sagittatum.

1 alae (various-coloured), A synonym of E. macran-
thum.

E. violaceum (violet). A synonym of E. macranthum.

EPIPACTIS. One or two species formerly included
in this genus are now classed under Cephalanthera.
To those described on p. 515, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

E. atrorubens (dark req). jl. and ovaries dark purple; lip
ovate, acute or slightly hollowed. July to September. /. like
those of LE. latifolia, often reddish. kh. Sin. to 12in. France,
&e. Syn. EF. latifolia rubiginosa.

E. cucullata (hooded). A synonym of Eriochilus autumnalis.

E. latifolia rubiginosa (reddish). A synonym of FE. atro-
rubens,

EPIPHANES (of Blume). A synonym of Gastrodia
(which see).

EPIPHRONITIS. Orv. Orchidex. This most
interesting, useful, and beautiful bigeneric hybrid is the
result of the intercrossing of Epidendrum radicans with
Sophronitis grandiflora. It is a most desirable addition
to the Orchid family, and its qualities are such as to merit
a place in every collection of Orchids. It has the inter-
mediate characteristics of the two parents in the flowers.
The durability of these and their bright colour render

Vol. V.

Epiphronitis—continued.
them most useful for arranging with other plants and for
eut-flower purposes.

The cultural requirements are a light position on the
stage of the warm intermediate house, and a liberal amount
of moisture both at the root and in the atmosphere during
the growing season. More friable conditions should be
afforded during the resting period. The potting material
should consist of equal proportions good fibrous peat and
living sphagnum moss. Shallow pans are the most
suitable receptacles; these should have ample drainage,
and should be sufficiently large to receive the some-
what straggling roots, which are produced at the base
of the last made growth. Aérial roots are also produced
from the nodes at intervals higher up the stem, as
inthe Epidendrum parent. These need not be interfered
with except it is desirable to increase the stock. ‘This may
be done by cutting the stems asunder just below*where the
root has been emitted, and potting them up in the usual way.
They should have a thorough watering with soft rain-water
as soon as they have been repotted, and every encourage-
ment must be given to induce and encourage free growth.
If the plants are removed to a cool, airy house after the
flowers have become expanded, they last in perfection
for several weeks.

Epiphronitis Veitchit .. Epidendrwm radicans and Sophronitis
grandiflora (Veitch).

EPIPHYLLUM. This genus now embraces abont
half-a-dozen species. Epiphyllums require an intermediate
house in winter, whilst, in summer, any position where they
can be kept a little close and moist, and be shaded from
bright sunshine, will suit them. Some growers recommend
placing these plants in a hot, dry house ; but we have never
seen good specimens cultivated under such conditions. All
through the summer months the plants should be syringed
both morning and evening ; but by the end of August they
will have completed their growth, and should therefore be
gradually exposed to sunshine and air. It is advisable to
discontinue the use of the syringe from September till the
return of spring, but the plants should always be kept
supplied with a little moisture at the root and in the air
about them during the wintermonths. In this respect,
these plants and the Rhipsalis are exceptions among
Cactuses, as all the others are safest when kept dry during
the cold, dull weather between September and April.

When grown on their own roots, Epiphyllums are useful
for planting in wire baskets intended to hang near the
glass ; large and very handsome specimens form in a few
years, if young rooted plants are placed rather thickly round
the sides of the basket, and grown in a warm honse.

'Epiphyllums are employed with good effect for covering

walls, which are first covered with peaty soil by means of
wire netting, and then cuttings of the Epiphyllums are
stuck in at intervals of about Ift. A wall clad with the
drooping branches of these plants is attractive even when
without their beautiful flowers; but when seen in winter,
with hundreds of sparkling blossoms, they present a
most beautiful picture. Large plants of Pereskia may be
trained over pillars in conservatories and afterwards grafted
with Epiphyllums ; in fact, there are many ways in which
these plants may be effectively employed in gardens.

To those described on p. 517, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

E. Geertneri (Gertner’s).* fl. brilliant scarlet, shaded with
violet, very showy, terminal, twin; calyx short, pilose at base ;
petals narrow-lanceolate, acuminate, spreading-recurved. April.
Joints of the stem 2in. to 3in. long, 1jin. broad, truncate, crenate,
the crenatures hairy. Brazil, 1888. (B. M. 7201.) E. Gertneri
is an interesting and beautiful hybrid, raised from an Epiphyllum
and a Cereus of some kind. The branchlets are exactly the same
as those of E. truncatum, but the flowers are not like an
Epiphyllum at all, resembling rather those of a Cereus or a
Phyllocactus. SyNns. E. Makoyanum (J. H. 1889, p. 352),
E. Russellianum Gertneri (R. H. 1887, p. 516).

E. Gibsoni (Gibson's). jl. two to four, of a beautiful, dark
orange-red, produced at the ends of the branches, having some
straight hairs at their base. 1886, This plant closely resembles
E. truncatum.

E. Guedeneyi (Guedeney’s).* /. large; outer petals white,
slightly tinged with sulphur; the others pure creamy-white;
stamens much shorter than the petals. Stems very broad, thin,
with roundish, shallow notches. Probably of garden origin.

E. Makoyanum (Makoy’s). A synonym of LE. Gertneri.
E. Phyllanthus (leaf-flowering). A synonym of Phyllocactus
Phylianthus.

2¥-

346 THE

DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Epiphyllum—continued.

Fig. 370. FLOWER OF EPIPHYLLUM RUSSELLIANUM.

E. Russellianum. This is easily distinguished from F. trun-
catum by its smaller branchlets. A flower is shown in Fig. 370.

E. R. Geertneri (Gertner’s). A synonym of ZL. Gertneri.

E. truncatum. The following are additional varieties:
-Bridgesii, tube violet, petals dark purple; eruentum, tube
purplish-scarlet, petals bright scarlet ; tricolor, tube salmon-red,
petals red, centre purplish.

Varieties. The following varieties, in addition to those
named in Vol. I., p. 517, may be named: Bripaxst, tube
violet, petals dark purple: Crurntum, tube purplish-
scarlet, petals bright scarlet. TR10oLOR, tube salmon-red ;
petals red, centre purplish.

EPIPHYLLUM (of Haworth).
locactus (which see).

EPIPREMNUM. Syn. Raphidophora.
is at present the only species in cultivation.

EPISCIA. Calyx free, deeply five-cleft or five-parted,
the lobes or segments entire or rarely toothed; corolla
having five rounded, spreading lobes. To the species
described on p. 517, Vol. I., the following should be added.
See also Centrosolenia.

E. cupreata metallica (metallic).
tint. Colombia, 1869.

E. densa (dense). jl. pale straw-coloured; corolla nearly 2in.
long, slightly decurved, hairy, the lobes very short; racemes
crowded on the arrested nodes of the stem, very short. October.
l. few, crowded, 6in. to 10in. long, ovate-oblong, cuneate,
rounded, or nearly cordate at base, bright blood-red beneath ;
petioles stout, din. to 4in. long. Stem short. Demerara, 1895.
(B. M. 7481.)

E. maculata (spotted).* jt corolla yellow, spotted with brown,
2in. long, remarkable in having one of the corolla lobes folded
inwards and forming a lid-like valve to the tube ; cymes axillary,
rather dense, September. /. ovate, 3in. to 6in. long, more or
less recurved, paler beneath. Stems fleshy, trailing. British
Guiana, 1890. A beautiful stove plant.. (B. M. 7131.)

E. punctata (dotted). The correct name of Drymonia punctata.
E. tessellata (tessellated), The correct name of Centrosolenia
bullata.

A synonym of Phyl-

E. mirabile

fl. of an orange-scarlet

E. Luciani (I. H. 1876, t. 236), E. pulchella, and E. splendens
have also been introduced.

EQUAL. Resembling something else in all respects
or in length only ; regular; symmetrical.

EQUINOCTIAL. A term applied horticulturally to
flowers that open and close at regular, stated intervals.

ERAGROSTIS. Spikelets few- or many-flowered,
compressed; lower palea three-nerved, neither hairy
nor woolly, the upper one remaining after the rest of
the flower has fallen. Leaves and sheaths smooth or
hairy. Culms often branched. This genus is allied to Poa,

ERANTHEMUM. Flowers white, pink, red, or lilac,
variously disposed; calyx deeply five-cleft, the segments
short, narrow, sub-eqnal; corolla tube elongated, the limb
spreading, five-partite; stamens two. Leaves entire, or
rarely deeply toothed. ‘To the species described on p. 518,
Vol. I., the following should be added. Others formerly
classed hereunder are now referred to Chameran-
themum, Dedalacanthus, Fittonia, and Thyrsa-
canthus.

E. albiflorum (white-flowered). 7. snow-white, oppositely
fascicled ; corolla tin. long; spike (with the peduncle) 6in. to
12in. long, erect. July. J. oval-oblong, shortly cuspidate,
cuneate at base, sessile, 44in. to 54in. long, lined on both sides.
Stems 3ft. high. Brazil. (B. M. 4225.)

E. borneénse (Borneo). _//l. crowded round the rachis, forming a
conical] inflorescence ; calyx 4in. long ; corolla white, with a faint
tinge of lemon, the tube lin. long, cylindric, the limb lin. in
diameter, obscurely two-lipped, quite flat; spike 4in. to 6in. long;
peduncle stout, erect. 7. 4in. to 6in. long, shortly petiolate,
ovate-oblong, acuminate, entire, rounded or acute at base,
glabrous, studded with raphides. Borneo, 1882, A nearly
glabrous shrub. (B. M. 6701.)

E. hypocrateriforme (salver-shaped). 7. red, opproxtmaling
corolla tube 1sin. long, the limb nearly salver-shaped ; spike
terminal, 2in. to 3in. long; bracts bristly. J. ovate, attenuated
at both ends, 14in. long, highly glabrous. Branches glabrous,
ears tetragonal. estern tropical Africa, 1879. (B. M.

E. indicum (Indian). According to C. B. Clarke, in the “ Flora
of British India” (iv. 497) this is the correct name of Thyrsa-
canthus indicus. SYN. Asystasia Thyrsacantha.

E. palatiferum (palate-bearing). A synonym of F. cinna-
barinum. (B. M. 5957, right-hand figure.)

E. Parishii (Parish’s). The correct name of Z. crenulatum
grandijlorwm (B. M. 5440).

E. roseum (rosy). jl. of Bee deep rose-colour; corolla tube
fin. long, the limb small; spike slender, terminal. J. ovate,
acute, 4in, long, 2sin. broad, deep green above, with scattered
golden powdering, blush-pink beneath; petioles 2in. long.
Amazons, 1874. . H., 1876, t. 235.)

E. velutinum (velvety). (fl. of a deep rose-pink, in long spikes ;
tube slender, curved, lin. long. J. deep velvety olive-green,
bullate. 1886. A distinct and pretty shrub.

E. verbenaceum (Verbena-like), jl. white, opposite ; corolla
tube twice as long as the calyx; spike terminal, simple or
trifid. J. oblong, cuneate-attenuated at base, decurrent into the
petioles, silvery-lined on both sides, glabrous. Stem lft. to 2ft.
high, Bahia, 1862.

In addition to the above species, the following garden plants
may be named: eboracense, flowers white; marmoratum (R. G.
t. 536, f. 2); nigrescens, leaves blackish-purple; and nigrum,
leaves purplish (I. H. n.s., t. 404).

ERANTHIS. UE. cilicica is a comparatively recent
introduction to commerce, and eyen now is far from being
abundant. From the well-known H. hyemalis it chiefly
differs in being deeper as to colour, later in flowering, and
in not being so pretty as to “‘collar.”’ Nor is it so robust
of constitution. For all that it should be included in the
early spring garden.

ERCILLA. Syns. Apodostachys, Bridgesia. This-
genus, which is closely allied to ay lac now embraces
two species, natives of Pern and Chili. Leaves alternate,
petiolate, thickly coriaceous.

For planting in dry soils, EZ. spicata is well adapted.
Cuttings of young shoots root freely if taken off in July and
inserted Be light soil on a warm border, and covered with a
hand-light.

ERECTO-PATENT. In a position intermediate
between erect and spreading.

EREMZZA (from eremos, solitary ; in allusion to the
solitary style, or female organ). ORD. Myrtaceex. A small
genus (five species) of greenhouse, bushy shrubs, closely
allied to Calothamnus; they are restricted to Western
Australia. Flowers sessile, solitary or few, surrounded by
imbricated bracts. Leaves alternate, flat and Heath-like.
G. fimbriata and G. pilosa (Syn. G. ericifolia) have been
introduced, but it is doubtful if they are now in
cultivation.

EREMOPHILA (from eremos, solitary, and phileo, to
love; in allusion to the plants being found in deserts). ORD.
Myoporinee. A genus embracing nearly forty species
of stoye shrubs or trees, all Australian. A few of the
species haye been introduced, and two are described on
p. 497, Vol. III., under Stenochilus, which modern
authorities class under Lremophila.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

EREMOSTACHYS. According to Sir J. D. Hooker,
twenty-seven species, all natives of Western Asia, are
included in this genus. Calyx teeth five; corolla tube
included ; stamens four.

EREMURWUS. Syns. Ammolirion, Henningia. These
stately plants, with their enormous spikes of flowers, are
worthy of the attention of the hardy plant lover. All

Fic. 371. EREMURUS HIMALAICUS,

are fairly hardy, and will thrive in good, well-drained
soil. Their greatest enemy is frost in spring, followed by
warm sun and cutting winds. .This should be studied at
planting time. Eremuruses are best planted in autumn,
and they should be disturbed as little as possible. Increased

&c. 347

Eremurus—continued.
by division in autumn. ZH. himalaicus (Fig. 371, for which
we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch and Sons) is one of
the dwarfest of the genus. To the species described on
p. 519, Vol. I., the following should be added:

E. Aitchisoni (Aitchison’s).* jl. pale reddish, disposed in
dense spikes. June. Stems 3ft. to 5ft. high. Afghanistan
(on high mountains) A grand species, closely allied to
E. robustus.

E. aurantiacus (orange). A synonym of EZ. Bungei.

E. bucharicus (Bokhara).* jl. white, about lin. in diameter,
disposed in a Moa and rather lax raceme; perianth segments
marked with a brownish-red median line. J. triquetrous,

laucous, retrorsely serrulate-scabrous on the margin and keel.
£1) about 3ft. high. Bokhara, 1890. (R. G. 1890, t. 1315,

E. Bungei (Bunge’s).* /., perianth bright yellow, 4in. long;
pedicels erecto-patent ; raceme oblong, dense, 4in. to Sin. long ;
scape terete, lft. long, glabrous. J. linear, lft. long, less than
sin. broad, firm, glabrous, the edges minutely ciliated. Persia,
1885. (R. G. 1168, a.) SYN. E. aurantiacus (R. G. 1168, b, g, h).

E. Elwesii (Elwes’).* . of a beautiful pink, very numerous,

edicellate ; stem as much as 9ft. high. 7., radical ones 3ft. long,
eshy. Origin not recorded, 1897. Allied to EH. robustus (of
are ;* is probably a variety), but much earlier. (R. H. 1897
p- .

ERIA. Syns. Dendroliriwm, Octomeria (of Don),
Pinalia. Including Porpaw (of Lindley), Mycaranthus, and
Trichotsia. This is perhaps the most polymorphic genus
of Orchids, and no less than ninety-four representatives are
found in British India. To the species described on p, 519,
Vol. I., the following should be added:

E. bicolor (two-coloured). fl. pure white, with pubescent,
purple ovaries and rachis, borne in one-sided racemes; bracts
white. J. five to seven, cuneate-lanceolate, stiff, 4in. to Sin. long.
Stems 4in. to 5in. long, very tumid at base. Ceylon, 1888. A
pretty species.

E. bigibba (twice-gibbous). ., sepals and petals light reddish,
lanceoiate, the sepals with green median nerves; lip whitish,
with small, purple dashes at base, transversely trifid ; column
yellowish-white, purple at the base inside. J. long, petiolate, on
a tumid, cylindraceous foot. Borneo, 1884.

E. carinata (keeled). _/1., sepals light yellowish-green, lin. long,
keeled at back; petals yellowish-green; lip deep, dull yellow,
yeined crimson, narrow-oblong, obtuse, with small, rounded
lateral lobes ; racemes terminal, two- or three-flowered. J. linear-
lanceolate, acute, 8in. to 9in. long. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, smooth.
Hong Kong, 1886. Syn. E. Fordii.

E. cinnabarina (cinnabar-coloured). fl. of a rich cinnabar-
orange, about lin, in diameter ; bracts lanceolate; racemes 4in.
long, about six-flowered. J. 6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs lin. long.
Borneo, 1894, (L., t. 448.)

E. coronaria (crowned). A synonym of Trichosma suavis.

E. cristata (crested). jl., sepals and petals pure white; lip
yellow, somewhat darker on the disk and margins of the side
lobes; column white, with a yellow anther-case. Moulmein,
1882. A pretty little species.

E. Elwesii (Elwes’). A synonym of EZ. Meiraz.

E. Fordii (Ford’s). A synonym of £. carinata.

E. Laucheana (Lauche’s). j. green and purple, disposed in a
drooping raceme. 1892.

E. lineoligera (line-bearing). jl. white, very thin; sepals and
petals acute, curved ; lip cuneate-dilated, trifid, the side lacinie
triangular, very short, the middle one: projecting, triangular,
undulated, with purple lines on each side; raceme ascending,
with orange bracts. J. rather thick, cuneate-oblong-lanceolate.
Pseudo-bulbs fusiform. Siam, 1885.

E. marginata (margined). jl. lin. in diameter; sepals and
petals white, flushed with pink ; lip pale yellow, margined with
red; bracts yellow, large; scape 4in. long, two-flowered. 7. and
on each 3in. long, the latter clavate. Birma, 1889. (B. M.
7 -)

E. Meirax (Meirax). jl. light brown, small; outer perigone
connate, three-toothed; petals rhomboid; lip oblong, retuse,
with two rounded lobes at base. J. nearly lin. long, stalked,
oblong, acute. Pseudo-bulbs depressed, covered with fibrous
sheaths. 1885. A tiny plant. (B. M. 7529.) Syn. E. Elwesii.

E. monostachya (one-spiked). jl., sepals and petals greenish-
yellow ; lip having a very small anterior lacinia, and two angular
calli between the sinuses between the lateral and anterior
lacinie ; inflorescence simple. Java, 1885.

E. muscicola (Moss-growing). /l. yellowish-green, very small,
racemose. J. about 4in. long. Pseudo-bulbs racemose. Ceylon,
1887. An insignificant species.

E. rhodoptera (red-winged). /l., sepals whitish-ochre, as well
as the pedicels, ovaries, and bracts; petals purple, ligulate,
broad; lip trifid, the lateral segments purple, produced, the
middle one ligulate, retuse, emarginate; vaceme elongated.
1. linear-ligulate, acute. Stems cylindrical. 1882.

348

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Eria—continued.

E. Rimanni (Riman’s). /. of a pellucid, pale yellow, the front

lobe of the lip golden-yellow, with two purple spots; raceme
nodding, dense, with a few reddish hairs.
acute, very leathery, light green, with dark nerves.
bulbs pyriform, about Jin. long.

1. cuneate-oblong,
Pseudo-
Birma, 1885,

Fic. 372. ERicA CAVENDISHIANA.

E. striolata (slightly striated). (/., sepals and petals light ochre-
coloured, linear-ligulate, acute, the former marked with three
stripes and the latter with one stripe of reddish-purple ; lip
ligulate, with very blunt side lobes, and three conspicuous, partly
crenulate, yellow keels; raceme dense-flowered, the rachis only
slightly hairy. 7. cuneate-oblong, acute, very fleshy. Papuan
Islands, 1888, (I, H. 1888, t. 48.)

E. suavis (sweet).

In addition to the above, a large number of species of no
horticultural value are cultivated at Kew and in other botanical
gardens.

ERIANTHUS. Spikelets spiked in pairs upon each
joint of the slender rachis, one of them sessile, the other
pedicellate ; grain free; spikes crowded in a panicle, and
clothed with long, silky hairs, especially in a tuft at the
base of each spikelet. 2. Monsteirii, a hardy species from

A synonym of Trichosma suavis.

Mount Olympus, has also been grown in Continental
gardens,
ERICA. Including Pathysa and Syringodea. Five

species are included in the British Flora, viz.: E. carnea

Fig. 373. ERICA PROPENDENS.

Erica—continued.

(Mediterannean Heath), EF. ciliaris (Ciliated Heath),
E. cinerea (Scotch Heath, Scotch Heather), EF. Tetralix
(Cross-leaved Heath), and H. vagans (Cornish Heath).
The Hardy Heaths form a most useful group by reason
of their robustness, compactness of growth,
length of flowering period, as well as the time
they last in perfection. Popularly they are
supposed to thrive only in peaty soils; but
this is a mistake. They will grow almost
equally well in loam, so long as lime is absent.
For the rock garden, and edgings to beds,
they are well suited, and will yield their
blossoms in profusion each season if a top-
dressing of leaf-mould be given. JE. carnea
is particularly valuable on account of pro-
ducing its flowers in mid-winter; and this
and its white variety alba shonld always
be represented. By a jndicions selection of
species the hardy section of Ericas may
be found in .blossom practically the year
through.

Of Heaths very largely grown for market,
the lovely yellow E. Cavendishiana (Fig. 372)
is one of the most popular. Free flowering
and also extremely beautiful are EB. ventricosa
and its varieties (Figs. 875 and 376); while
other especially desirable kinds are the hybrids
BE. Spenceriana (Fig. 374) and EB. propendens
(Fig. 373), all of which were described in
the work proper.

To the species and yarieties described on
pp. 520-6, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

E. cerinthoides coronata (crowned). fl. deep scarlet-vermilion.
1895. A handsome, dwarf variety.

E. coronaria (crowned). A garden synonym of Ble@ria ericoides.

E. corsica (Corsican). A synonym of F£. stricta.

E. hyemalis alba (white). This variety differs from the type
only in having pure white flowers. 1882.

E. Mackaiana (Mackay’s). A form or synonym of Z£. Tetralizx.

Fic. 374,

ERIcA SPENCERIANA.

1900

SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

349

Erica—continued.

Fig, 375, ERICA VENTRICOSA,

E. Maweana (Mawe's). fl. purplish-crimson, produced in
clusters, after the manner of those of E. Tetralix and E. ciliaris.
Autumn. Stems sub-erect, much-branched, forming soft, orna-
mental bushes, lft. to 1sft. high. 1882. Hardy. Probably a

@ hybrid.

E. Mooreana (Moore’s).* jl. in large, terminal umbels of a dozen
or more; corolla bright, glossy crimson-red, with a ring of
black at the mouth, ventricosely tubular, above lin. long, the
lobes pink, roundish ; pedicels red, with gland-bordered bracts.
Z. in whorls of four, very much recurved, fringed with twisted
cilie, and tipped with a long awn. 1882. Hybrid.

E. orbicularis (orbicular). A synonym of Bleria ecricoides. *
E. sicula (Sicilian). A synonym of Pentapera sicula.
E. vulgaris (common). A synonym of Calluna vulgaris.
E. Wilmoreana,. Of this species there are several varieties,
including calyeulata, glauca, and superba. °
The following changes of nomenclature haye been made by
modern botanists :
E. alopecuroides is a form of, or synonymous with, FE. nudiflora.

E. Bonplandiana a a E. Muscari.

E. caffra va 3 E. persoluta.

E. codonodes EH. lusitanica.

E. densa #4 * 7. ventricosa.

E. echiiflora A) oy Y. coccined.

f. Eweriana ae ns Y. Uhria.

iY. eximia “a a Hy. aristelia.

H. ferruginea 4 in FE. squamosa.

EB. gemmifera % E. Massoni,

7. grandinosa ;; ‘ E. formosa,

y. Hartnell fi i 7. crinita.

ee aiariis iy E. pavettejlora.
7. jubata i; Se E. melanthera,

E. Lambertiana 7 7 1. physodes,

?. Linna ana i Fe, EE, perspicua,
HN. metulejlora a aS 7. Massoni.

= ara Pf is of dastigiata,
. Ovala ” 3 4. hirtiflora,

E. Parmentieriana iy “ E. prestans.

E. primuloides + fs E. fastigiata.

E. princeps eT fh E. Massoni.

E. splendens 5 5 E. tumida.

E. triumphans a3 a BE. andromedejlora.

E. trossula Bs A E. Muscari.

ERICALA. A synonym of Gentiana (which see),
ERICOILA. A synonym of Gentiana (which gee).
ERIGERON. Including Leptostelma. All the Eri-

gerons in cultivation are worth growing where space can
be found for them, either on the rockery or in the front row
of a sunny border. They blossom over a long period and
until late in the year. -The seeds should be sown in
early summer outside, and the divisions may be made in
either spring or autumn. LF. awrantiacus is one of the best
species grown, being very showy and very dwarf; another
excellent kind is FE. speciosus swperbus (3ft.), which
blossoms towards the end of summer. The flowers of many
kinds are excellent for cutting. To the species described
on pp. 526-7, Vol. I., the following should be added.
E. mucronatus is a very floriferous and pretty border
plant. Cuttings should yearly be put into a cold frame,
in case the old plants outside are killed during the winter.

E. alpinus (alpine). 7.-heads purple, solitary or corymbose;
rays rarely exceeding the reddish pappus. Summer. J., radical
ones petiolate, spreading, obovate or oblong-obovate; cauline
ones usually sessile, obovate or oblong. A. lft. Europe
(Britain), &c. Hardy perennial.

E. a. grandiflorus (large-flowered).* l.-heads purplish, large.
Late summer. A fine rockery plant.

E. a. semibarbatus (half-bearded). /l.-heads 2in. to 3in. in
diameter ; rays twice as long as the pappus, the tube furnished
with long hai d., cauline ones half-amplexicaul or narrowed
at base. Western Himalayas, &c. Probably E. Roylei is
synonymous with this.

E. atticus (Attic). A synonym of EF. Villarsii.

E. bellidifolius (Bellis-leaved). .-heads bluish-purple, few,
corymbose, larger than in EF. philadelphicum ; rays about fifty,
much broader. March and April. JZ, radical ones clustered,
2in. to 3in. long, obovate or broadly spathulate, serrated or
entire; cauline ones oblong or lanceolate-oblong, partly
amplexicaul. A. Yin. to 20in. North America, 1790. Hardy
perennial. (B. M. 2402.)

E. caucasicus. The correct name is E. pulchellus.
E. glabellus mollis (soft). /l.-heads

rose-coloured, large

Colorado, 1896, Plant pubescent.

350

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Erigeron—continued.

E. hybridus roseus (pink hybrid). A garden hybrid between

i. PNR GIer and EF, Villarsii. 1896. & H. 1896, p. 301, f. 26.)

E. macranthus (large-flowered).* /l.-heads blue or purple, with
a yellow eye, few on simple peduncles, but freely produced,
smaller than in FE. speciosum. August. J. thickish, reticulated,
glabrous, with hispid-ciliated margins, obtuse; upper ones
about lin. long and sin. broad. Stem leafy to the summit.
North America. Hardy perennial.

E. maximus (largest). _/l.-heads purplish, solitary at the tips of
the peduncles; rays in two series. Summer. /. amplexicaul,

dentate-serrated; radical ones long-lanceolate; upper ones

cordate-lanceolate, acuminate. Mexico, 1830. Half-hardy
perennial. Syn. Leptostelma maximum (S. B. F. G.,
ser. ii., t. 38.)

E. mucronatus (mucronate).* _/l.-heads pedunculate; involucral
scales linear, subulate, puberulous; rays white, biseriate, twice
as long as the disk. Summer and autumn. J. lanceolate,
attenuated at base, ciliated, entire, or lobed or toothed above
the middle. h. 6in. to 12in. Stem terete, branched. Mexico.
Half-hardy perennial. Syn. EF. quercifolius.

E. philadelphicus (Philadelphian). _fl.-heads pale reddish-
purple or flesh-coloured, rather small, corymbose; rays in-
numerable. June to August. /. membranous, ciliated ; lower-
most ones spathulate, oblong, tapering to a slender base or
margined petiole, the midrib whitish ; upper ones amplexicaul
and mostly cordate at base. 4h. 1ft. to 2ft. North America,
1778. Hardy perennial.

E. pulchellus (rather pretty).
casicus,

E. quercifolius (Oak-leaved). A synonym of EH. mucronatus.

E. Roylei is probably identical with FE. alpinus semibarbata.

E. salsuginosus (salt-marsh-loving). The correct name of Aster
salsuginosus.

E. speciosus superbus (superb).* A fine garden variety, with
much larger blossoms than in the type, and freely produced.
1889. (Gn. xxxvi., p. 377.)

E. strigosus (strigose).* /l.-heads white, in loose corymbs; rays
about twice the length of the involucre. June to August.
1. entire or slightly serrated; lower ones ovate or spathulate ;
upper ones scattered, lanceolate, oblanceolate, or linear. h. 1ft.
to 3ft. North America. Hardy annual or biennial.

E. Villarsii (Villars’).* .-heads purple; rays twice as long as
the disk. July. 2. lanceolate, scabrid, sessile. Stem erect,
pubescent, racemose at apex; branchlets one-headed, longer
than the leaves. fA. lft. Europe, 1804. Hardy perennial. Syn.
E. atticus.

ERINACEA (from erinaceus, a hedgehog; in allusion
to the spiny character of the plant). Orp. Leguminose. A
monotypic genus. The species, H. pungens (Syn. E. his-
panica) was formerly classed under Anthyllis, and will be
found under the name A. Erinacea on p. 87, Vol. I.
Calyx membanons, with short teeth ; petals long-clawed,
the lower claw adnate to the staminal tube ; peduncles two-
or three-flowered; bracts and bracteoles small, leafy.
Pods oblong, glandular-villous, two-valved. Leaves silky,
nue tcholate or digitately trifoliolate. Branches often
leafless.

ERINEUM PADI. See Plum—Insect Pests.
ERINEUM TILIACEUM. See Tilia—Insects.
ERINEUM VITIS. See Vine—Animal Pests.

ERINUS. About eight species are now referred to this
genus, mostly natives of South Africa, HE. lychnideus is
now referred to Zaluzianskia.

ERIOCALIA. A synonym of Actinotus (which

The correct name of E. cau-

see).

ERIOCAMPA LIMACINA. See Sawflies and
Slugworms.

ERIOCAMPA ROSZ. Sce Rose Sawflies.

Ta ea A synonym of Montanoa (which
see).

ERIOCAULON. The following are other synonyms of
this genus: Chxtodiscus, Electrosperma, Lasiolepis, Leuco-
cephala, and Nasmythia.

ERIOCEPHALUS (from erion, wool, and kephale, a
head; the heads become yery woolly after flowering).
Orv. Composite. A genus embracing seventeen species of
greenhouse, evergreen, much-branched, rigid, mostly silky
or silvery, scented shrubs, confined to Sonth Africa.
Flower-heads racemose, umbellate or solitary, sub-globose,
heterogamous; ray florets whitish, in one series; disk
yellow or purple ; invyoluere double, the outer part consisting

Eviocephalus—continued.

of four or fiye bracts, the inner campanulate, densely
woolly. Leaves usually small, often fascicled, entire or
rarely three-lobed at apex. Three of the species have been
introduced, but the following is the only one now in
cultivation, It thrives in a compost of sandy loam and a
little peat, and may be propagated by cuttings of young
shoots, inserted in sand, under a hand-glass.
E. africanus (African). /.-heads white, umbellate at the tips
of the branches. January to March. /. opposite or tufted,
silky-pubescent, thickish, obtuse, jin. to lin. long, linear or

trifid, channelled. 1731. (B. M. 833.)

ERIOCNEMA. E. znea, FE. marmorata, and E.
Sandere are synonymous with Bertolonia marmorata.

ERIODENDRON. Ceiba is synonymous with this
genus.

ERIOGONUM. Syn. Espinosa. To the species

described on p. 527, Vol. I., the following should be
added :

E. Haussknechtii (Haussknecht’s). This is described as a
singular species with yellow flowers, native of the Washington
territory. 1891.

E. stellatum is a form of E. wmbellatum.
E. umbellatum. The variety Si/eri is an improved form.

ERIOPAPPUS. A synonym of Layia (which see).

ERIOPHORUM. Syn. Linagrostis. . To the species
described on p. 527, Vol. I., the following should be added :

E. latifolium (broad-leaved). fe spikelets two to ten or more
in a terminal umbel; glumes olive-green, lanceolate. Summer.
1. few, flat, mostly radical, much shorter than the stem, more or
less triangular; those on the stem often very short. Stems
tufted, slender, about lft. high. eurepe (Britain), North
America, &c. Some authorities class this as a variety of
E. polstyachion.

ERIOPSIS. Flowers showy, pedicellate; sepals
equal, spreading, free, or the lateral ones connate with the
foot of the column in a very short chin; petals similar to
the sepals; lip affixed to the foot of the column, shortly
incumbent, at length erect, the lateral lobes broad, erect,
loosely enfolding the column, the middle one small,
spreading, entire or two-lobed; column rather long,
incuryed; pollen masses two. Leaves usually two, long,
ample. To the species described on p. 528, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

E. Helenz (Helen’s). ji. resembling those of E. biloba, but much
larger; stems 14ft. long, many-flowered. J. linear-lanceolate.™
Pseudo-bulbs 16in. high. Peru, 1897. This is described as
“without any doubt the prettiest of the genus.”

E. Sprucei (Dr. Spruce’s). 7., sepals and petals light yellow, the
latter with red borders ; side lobes of the lip whitish, dotted red,
nearly circular, the middle one lemon-yellow, with mauve spots
at the base of the broad stalk, transversely elliptic, the disk
white, with two acute horns on the middle; raceme long,
cylindrical. 7. cuneate-oblong, acute. Amazons, 1884.

ERIOSPERMUM. This genus now embraces up-
wards of thirty species. Flowers whitish or tinged with
green, yellow, or claret-purple, in simple racemes ; perianth
campanulate, the segments distinct; stamens six; pedicels
solitary. Leaves usually solitary, produced after the
flowers. Rootstock large and tuberons. In addition to the
species described on p. 528, Vol. I., the following have been
introduced, but they are of little horticultural value:
E. albucoides, E. brevipes, and EF. calcaratum.,

ERIOSTEMON. To the species, &c., described on
p. 528, Vol. I., the following should be added:
E. cuspidatus (cusp-pointed). A synonym of E. myoporoides.
E. intermedius is synonymous with EF. myoporoides minor.

E. myoporoides minor (lesser).
E. intermedius.

E. neriifolius is identical with E. myoporoides.

obovalis (obovate). #. rather smaller than in Z. buwifolius;
icels axillary, one-flowered. 7. obcordate, obovate, or oblong-
spathulate, very obtuse or truncate, rarely attaining 4in. in
length, much narrowed at base and often petiolate. h. 2ft. to 3ft.
New South Wales, &c. Of this species there is a double-flowered
form, flore-pleno (G. C. 1888, iii., p. 85),

E. pulchellus (rather pretty). A garden hybrid.
ERIOSTOMUM. A synonym of Stachys (which

see).

The correct name of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 351

ERISMA (from erisma, strife; in reference to the
difficulty experienced in locating the genus in the natural
arrangement). Syns. Debrea, Dittmaria. ORD. Vochy-
siacee. A small genus (four species) of stove trees, natives
of Northern Brazil and Guiana, and closely allied to
Qualea. Flowers small or rather large, paniculate. Leayes
opposite, petiolate, coriaceous. Some of the species attain
a great size in their native places. EH. floribundum has
been introduced, but is probably lost to cultivation.

ERITHALIS. Syn. Herrera. Flowers usually in
terminal, pedunculate, erect panicles, very rarely solitary ;
calyx limb truncate or fiye- to ten-toothed; corolla salver-
shaped or rotate, with five to ten lobes. Leaves opposite,
petiolate, coriaceons, elliptic, obovate or lanceolate.

E. odorifera (scent-bearing). A synonym of E. /fruticosa.

ERITHALIS (of Forster). A synonym of Timonius
(which see).

ERITRICHIUM. Bentham and Hooker include
Krynitzkia and Plagiobothrys hereunder. ‘This genus
comprises about seventy species. Flowers blue or white,
in simple or branched racemes, or rarely nearly all axillary ;
calyx deeply five-cleft or five-partite ; corolla tube short or
rarely longer than the calyx, the lobes five, imbricated,
obtuse, spreading; stamens five, affixed to the tube,
included. Nutlets four, or fewer by abortion. Leaves
alternate or (in very few species) opposite, usually narrow.
To the species described on p. 529, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

E. barbigerum (beard-bearing).* /l. white, small, much resem-
bling those of a Myosotis, disposed in branching, scorpioid cymes;
calyx lobes linear, about jin. long. Summer and autumn.
7. lanceolate. California, 1886. A pretty annual; the whole
plant clothed with long, spreading hairs. (R. G. 1886, pp. 358-9,
1, 42; R. H. 1885, p. 552, f. 99.) According to the ‘Index
Kewensis,” the correct name of this plant is Krynitzkia
barbigera.

E. nothofulvum. jl. white, sweet-scented. California, 1892.
A hardy annual, in general appearance not unlike a Forget-
me-not. According to the ‘Index Kewensis,” the correct name
of this plant is Plagiobothrys nothofulvus.

ERNDLIA. A synonym of Curcuma (which see).
ERODENDRON. A synonym of Protea (which see).

ERODIUM. Though the Erodiums generally are best
accommodated on the rockery, EH. Manescavi is such a
vigorous grower, quickly attaining a good size, that it is

best for the herbaceous border, thriving particularly well

im chalky soils.
To the species described on p. 529, Vol. I., the follow-
ing should be added:

E. chamzdryoides (Chamedrys-like). The correct name of
E. Reichardi.

E. chrysanthum (golden-flowered).* l. lemon-yellow; petals
yellow, obovate, twice as long as the calyx. Summer. J. ad-
pressedly silvery-silky, bipinnate; segments rather broad.
obtuse. Stem shortened, scape-like. Greece, &c., 1897. Plant
tufted. A fine, hardy perennial.

E. geifolium (Geum-leaved). A synonym of E. hymenodes.

E. moschatum (Musk-like). /l. pak; petals unequal, obovate,
equalling the calyx; peduncle long, many-flowered. May to
July. J. pinnatisect; segments eleven to thirteen, large, ovate,

doubly serrated. Stem ascending, rather thick. South Europe,
North Africa, &c. Half-hardy annual.

EROPHILA (from er, the spring, and phileo, to love ;
in reference to the flowering period). Orb. Crucifere. A
small genus (about five species) of small, hardy annuals,
extending from Europe to Northern India, H. vulgaris
(Whitlow-Grass, Syn. Draba verna) being a British plant ;
they are closely allied to Draba. LE. przxcox has been intro-
duced, but is of little horticultural value.

ERPETION. Included under Viola (which see), the
correct name of E. reniforme being V. hederacea.

ae A synonym of Commelina (which
see).

ERYCINA (a name of Venus, from Mount Eryx, a
mountain in Sicily, where she had a temple). Op.
Orchidez. A monotypic genus. The species is a singular,
little, Oncidium-like Orchid, but differing remarkably from
that genus in the structure of the lip and column, the
former being almost equally three-lobed, while the latter
is short, thick, and wingless. For culture, see Oncidium.

Erycina—continued.

E. echinata (hedgehog-like). fl. gin. across; petals green;

lip yellowish, large and flat ; racemes axillary from the base
of the seudo-bu b, decurved, loosely many-flowered. April.
Ll. 2i 0 4in, long, ovate-oblong, with a few brown stripes,
Stems tufted, 2in. to 3in. high, clothed with imbricating bracts
below and leaves above, and terminating in a small, two-leaved
pseudo-bulb. Mexico, 1892. (B. M. 7389.)

ERYNGIUM. These plants are suited for the flower-
border, shrubbery, or even for lawns, but the situation
must be well drained: damp is fatal to them. E. eburnewm
should be treated as a half-hardy annnal.

To the species described on pp. 529-30, Vol. L., the
following should be added :

E. aquaticum. The correct name is EF. yucccefoliwm.
E. asperifolium (rough-leaved). A synonym of EF. glaciale.

E. czruleum (blue).* #. blue; involucral bracts five, subulate,
twice or thrice as long as the head. July. l., radical ones
ovate-cordate, undivided, three-lobed, or trisected ; cauline ones
sessile, rigid, palmate or almost pinnate. Stems dichotomously
es Ey corymbose, . 2ft. to 3ft. Orient, 1816.

ardy.

E. creticum (Cretan). . amethystine blue; involucral bracts
five, exceeding the long, somewhat rounded head. Summer.
1, cauline ones almost palmately cleft, the lobes lanceolate,
spiny, ciliate-toothed at base. Stems divaricately much-branched
above. Crete, &c. Hardy.

E. glaciale (glacial). #. blue; involucral bracts six to eight,
thrice as long as the roundish heads. Summer. J., radical ones
cuneate-spathulate, trisected, with long and rigid spines, the
segments three-lobed ; cauline ones nearly sessile, deeply dis-
sected. Stem 3ft. to 6ft. high. Spain. Hardy. Syn. E. asperi-
Solium,

E. hybridum (hybrid). A distinct kind, having deep blue
flowers and stems, and growing to a height of 2ft.

E. Lasseauxii (Lasseaux’). jl. reddish-purple, small, in a loose,
branched panicle. Summer. Jl. 24ft. to 3ft. long, narrow,
forming a strong tuft. Stems 6ft. to 9ft. high, slightly leafy.
se ir aie Closely related to Z. dichotomum. (R. H. 1874,
p. 375,

E. Leavenworthii (Leavenworth’s). . bright violet-purple ;
heads lin. long, nearly lin. across, crowned with a leafy tuft.
Summer. J/., cauline ones palmately five- to seven-parted, about
2in. long, with spreading, pungent segments. Arkansas, &c.

E. Oliverianum (Oliver’s).* jj. blue; involucral bracts ten to
twelve, longer than the head of flowers, and having about six
teeth on each side. h. 3ft. to 12ft. Orient. Hardy. Probably
a garden hybrid, of which EH. gigantewm is one of the parents;
it resembles E. alpinum in habit. (Gn. 1885, ii., 484.)

E. planum (smooth).* 7. light blue, small, ball-shaped, and pro-
duced in great numbers. 4h. 3ft. Europe, &e. Of value on
account of its late-flowering qualities.

E. Spinalba (white-spined). 1. whitish, in an ovate-cylindrical
head; involucral bracts nine or ten, pinnatifid, very rigid.
Summer. J/., radical ones three- to five-parted, the lobes deeply
toothed or dichotomously incised. Stems thick, almost simple.
Europe. Hardy.

E. triquetrum (triquetrous). . blue; involucral bracts three or

four, pungept-pcinted, keeled, exceeding the rounded head;
eduncles triquetrous. July. J/., radical ones petiolate, cordate,
hree-lobed, the lobes spiny-toothed ; cauline ones three- to five-
parted. hk. lft. Sicily, &e. 1824. Hardy.

E. virginianum (Virginian). jl. pale blue or nearly white;
heads numerous, Zin. in diameter; involucral bracts seven or
eight, three-cleft. August. 7. linear-lanceolate and linear,
uncinately- (rarely spinulose-) serrated, the lower ones five to ten
lines wide. Stems lft. to 5ft. high, cymosely branched, often
compound at the top. North America. Hardy biennial.

E. yucczfolium is the correct name of FE. aquaticum.

Occasionally to be met with are: EH. campestre(Kurope), E. corni-
culatum (Portugal), and FE. dichotomum (Mediterranean region).

ERYSIMUM. Sepals erect; stamens free. These
fragrant yellow Wallflower-like subjects are excellent for
sunny spots in rockeries or in flower-borders.

To the species described on p. 530, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

E. arkansanum (Arkansas). A synonym or form of #. asperwm.

E. canescens (hoary). jl. yellow, scentless; claw longer than
the calyx. June. J/. linear, entire or slightly toothed, some-
what canescent. South Europe, 1816, A neat alpine biennial.

E. murale (wall-loving). . golden-yellow. A charming, dwarf,
compact variety. (R. H. 1897, p. 43, f. 14-15.)

E. oil fecal ee (thick-fruited). jl. bright orange-yellow ;
petals obovate-spathulate. Summer. ¢. petiolate, lanceolate,

352 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Erysimum—continued.
sinuate-toothed. Stems very robust, many-angled, erect. h. Lift.
to 2ft. Temperate Sikkim-Himalaya.

E. pulchellum is a form of E. rupestre.

eee eee re (Rhetian). A synonym of EZ. ochroleucum helve-
icwm.

E. rupestre (rock-loving)." jl. yellow, small. J. slightly toothed ;
radical ones spathulate; cauline ones ohne pubescent.
Summer. Stems suffruticose. Asia Minor. useful plant
for the rockery. EH. pulchellum is a form of this.

E. Wahlenbergii (Wahlenberg’s).* jl. bright yellow. July.
1. lanceolate, toothed. Stem 2ft. high, branched. Transylvania,
1891. A very showy perennial.

ERYSIPHE GRAMINIS. ‘ce Oidium.

ERYSIPHE MARTII and E. COMMUNIS.
See Vine Fungi.

ERYTHEA. To the species described on p. 530,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

E. aculeata (prickly), of Regel. A synonym of EF. armata.

Erythrina—continued.

E. caffra (Kaffir), of Ker and Gawler.
FE. Humeana.

E. Constantiana (Constant’s). ”. scarlet, large; racemes
axillary towards the ends of the branches. ‘Trunk 4ft. in
diameter, and, as well as the branches, covered with persistent
spines. A. 20ft. Origin unknown. (R. H. 1896, p. 524.)

E. Humeana. The correct name of HE. Humei.

E. indica picta (painted). A variety having variegated leaves,

E. marmorata. ‘The correct name of EF. indica marmorata.

E. Parcelli. The correct name of E. indica Parcelli.

E. picta (painted). A form of FE. indica.

E. Vespertilio (bat). jl. numerous, in showy, erect racemes,
pendulous; standard ovate, nearly Ijin. long. 1, leaflets
obversely triangular, cuneate at base, the front side deeply
hollowed out, so as to leave the two front angles projecting, the
hollowed portion having sometimes a central apiculus. Western
Australia, 1885. A grotesque, warm greenhouse shrub. See
Fig. 377, for which we are indebted to Mr. Wm. Bull.

Other species or varieties that are, or have been, in cultivation
are: E. Hendersoni, ¥. insignis (R. G., t. 988), E. profusa, E. pul-
cherrima, and LE. velutina.

A synonym of

Fie. 377. UPPER PORTION OF PLANT OF ERYTHRINA VESPERTILIO.

E. armata (armed). /l., spadix tomentose, paniculate, pendent.
Z. large, fan-shaped, palmatisect, glaucous; margins of the
petioles armed with spines. California, 1887. Syns. EF. aculeata
of Regel (R. G. 1887, 279, f. 74), Brahea glauca, B. Roezlii.

ERYTHRZA. Most of the species are broadly dis-
tributed over the temperate and sub-tropical regions of the
Northern Hemisphere, but they are rarely found within
the tropics; one extends as far as Chili, and another is
Australian. To those described on pp. 530-1, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

E. linarifolia (Linaria-leaved). The correct name of E. lit-
toralis, which is sometimes classed as a variety of
E. Centaurium.

E. Massoni (Masson’s). The correct name of LE. diffusa.

E. spicata (spicate). jj. pink, sub-sessile, erect, bracteate,
disposed in long and rather loose, simple or bifid spikes. July
and August. J. oblong, about tive-nerved. Stems quadrangular,

thickly leafy, erect-branched above. South Europe, &c. (on salt
marshes). Half-hardy annual.

ERYTHRINA. To the species described on pp. 531-2,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

E. Bidwilli (Bidwill’s) A hybrid between EH. herbacea and
E. Crista-galli.

ERYTHROCHATE PALMATIFIDA. A syn-
onym of Ligularia japonica (which see). ;

ERYTHROCHITON. Flowers pedunculate or upon
the leaves, showy, racemose or sub-fasciculate; calyx
large, red; corolla white or pink, the tube straight or
curved, the lobes spreading, almost equal, imbricated or
induplicate-valvate. Leaves towards the tip of the stem,
alternate, very long, oboyate-lanceolate, _bifoliolate.
E. Hypophyllanthus is now classed as a distinet genus,
under the name of Hypophyllanthus Lindeni.

ERYTHRODANUM. A synonym
(which see).

aah waits A synonym of Physurus (which
see).

ERYTHRONIUM. This genus now embraces eight
species, seven of which are North American. For the rock-
garden, edgings, the front lines of mixed borders, or for
natnralising, these charming little plants, with their
Cyclamen-like flowers and often elegantly marbled foliage,
are equally adapted. Nor does their utility cease with
their outdoor cultivation. As pot-plants they are like-
wise pretty. A partially shaded situation and a loam and

of Nertera

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 353

Erythronium—continwed.

peat soil suit them well, and they should be planted
about 3in, deep in autumn, and covered with sand.
Many additions, chiefly from America, have been made
to the ranks of these flowers within the last ten years,
and the newer introductions are far superior to the
older ones, beautiful though some of the latter are. To
those described on p. 533, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

E. albidum (whitish). j. white or bluish-white, solitary ;
perianth segments lin. to lin. long, without auricles at the
base. J. oblong-lanceolate, 4in. to 6in. long, slightly or not at
all mottled. Stem 6in. to Yin. long. Corm ovoid, stoloniferous.
North America, 1824.

E. a. bracteatum (bracted), fl. yellow. 7. longer than in the
type. Mountainous regions, North America.

Ree RATS

Fic. 378.

E. citrinum (citron-yellow). 1. lemon-yellow ; perianth segments
having a broad, orange blotch near their auricled base, and the
tips often suffused with pink; peduncles usually three-Howered.
Oregon.

E. Dens-canis. Besides the white form, the following may be
mentioned : japonicum (from Japan), flowers violet-purple, with
a blackish spot at the base of the petals; sibirieum, a more
robust form than the type, from the Altai Mountains, having
flowers of a deep rosy-purple, banded with purplish-crimson near
the base of each segment, and with a yellow eye.

E. Hartwegi (Theodore Hartweg’s).* jl. usually solitary, some-
times two or three to a peduncle, remaining in beauty for three
or four weeks ; perianth segments cream-coloured with an orange
zone at base. Spring. J/. marbled on the upper surface with dull
purple. Mountains near Sacramento, 1898. (B. M. 7583; G. C.
Sept. 26, 1896, p. 361, f. 64.)

E. Hendersoni (Henderson’s).* /. drooping, faintly scented ;
perianth campanulate, about 2in. in diameter, the segments pale
lilac, spotted dark purple at base, reflexed from half-way down ;
peduncle 6in. to 8in. long, one- or two-flowered. Apvil. 1. two,

Vol. V-.

Erythronium—con/inued.
opposite, oblong, dull green, spotted purplish-brown, narrowed
to a long, channelled } » Oregon, 1887. (B. M. 7017; G. C.
888, iii., p. 653, f. 86; G. & F. i., p. 317, f. 50.)

E. Howelli (Ilowell’s).* . pale pink, with a deep orange spot
near the base of each perianth segment ; inner segments having
seales or auricles; stamens white. Oregon. Resembles
E. Hendersoni.

E. Johnsonii (Johnson’s).* jl. of a reddish-pink hue, deeper on
the outside, with a zone of orange-yellow at the base of the
perianth segments ; scapes 10in. to 12in. high. Southern Oregon,
1896. (G. C. 1895, xix., p. 548, f. 83; Gn. li., p, 136.)

E. multifiorum (many-flowered). jl. bright lilac, with a yellow

se, aS many as fifteen to a peduncle. 7. mottled. Probably a
variety of 2. purpurascens,

E. Nuttallianum (Nuttall’s).*
brown anthers. Jd, dark green.

fl. colden-yellow, with reddish-
North America. This species is

ERYTHRONIUM REVOLUTUM PINK BEAUTY.

somewhat rare in cultivation. It comes very close to #. grandi-
Jlorwm, which, however, has white anthers. It likes a sunny but
rather damp position.

E. propullans (budding forth). #1. rosy-purple, yellow at base ;
perianth sin. long; stigma undivided ; peduncle one-flowered,
2in. to 3in. long. 7@. oblong-lanceolate, 2in. to Jin, long, slightly
spotted. Corm small, ovoid, stoloniferous. Minnesota.

E. purpurascens (purplish), ji. light yellow, tinged with purple,
deep orange at the base, usually four to twelve in a sub-
umbellate raceme from lin. to 14in. long. May. J. large, more
or less oblong, frequently undulated. Bulbs lin, to 2in. long.
Sierra Nevada.

E. p. uniflorum (one-flowered).
flowered. SYN. FE. revolutuin.
E. revolutum (revolute). A synonym of #. purpurascens uni-
florum. ‘There are several varieties of this. One, Pink Beauty,
is shown at Fig. 378, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Barr

and Sons.

E. Smithii (Smith's).

purascens revolutum.

jl, peduneles slender, one-

This is probably identical with 2. pur-

22

354

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ERYTHROPHLEUM.

Fillea and Mavia are
synonymous with this genus.
ERYTHROPOGON. Included under Metalasia

(which see).
ERYTHRORHIZA. A synonym of Galax (which

see).

ERYTHROTIS. This genus is now included under
Cyanotis (which see), the correct name of E. Beddomei
being C. kewensis.

ERYTHROXYLON. Steudelia (of Sprengel) is

synonymous with this genus. To the species described on

p. 533, Vol. I., the following should be added :

E. mexicanum (Mexican). jl. greenish; pedicels axillary,
solitary, scarcely longer than the petioles. 7. obovate-oblong,
rounded and often retuse at apex, rather acute at base, sub-

coriaceous, glabrous; stipules equalling the petioles. Mexico,
1869. (R. G. 615.)
ESCALLONIA. Syns. Stereorylon, Vigiera. To the

species described on pp. 533-4, Vol. I., the following should
be added :

E. Berteriana (Bertero’s).
glabra.

E. exoniensis (Exeter).* . pink and white, pendent, produced
in profusion. 7. deep green, ovate, small. 1891. A very pretty,
hardy shrub.

E. langleyensis (Langley).* 7. pinks very numerous. June.
A par en hybrid between EF. Philippiana and E. macrantha.
1897, (G. C. 1897, xxii., p. 17, f. 4.)

E. Philippiana.* A variety of EF. virgata. It forms a beau-
tiful bush, and is hardy.

E. pulverulenta glabra (smooth). /., calyx shining and
clammy ; petals elliptic-oblong, sessile; racemes spicate, terminal,
simple, twice as long as the leaves. J. elliptic, serrated, shining
above, 2in. to 3in. long, 1l4in. broad; petioles fin. long. h. 5ft.
to 6ft. Chili, Plant glabrous, clammy from resin. SYN.
E. Berteriana.

E. revoluta (revolute). . white, Zin. long, spreading, pedi-
cellate; petals with a long, straight claw, and a short, oblong,
rounded limb; racemes or panicles terminal, sessile, erect,
simple or thyrsoid. September. J. Zin. to 1jin. long, obovate,
acute or cuspidate, toothed, pubescent. h. 10ft. to 20ft. Chili,
1887. (B. M. 6949.) :

E. rubra. Of this species there is a white-flowered variety,
alba.

E. Sellowiana (Sellow’s). /l. white; calyx teeth short, entire ;
petals spathulate; panicles terminal, many-flowered. Summer,
1. lanceolate, tapering into the petioles, serrated, resinous-dotted

A synonym of E£. pulverulenta

beneath. Branches erect. kh. 10ft. to 20ft. Brazil. Plant

glabrous.

ESCHENBACHIA. A synonym of Conyza (which
see).

ESCHERIA. A synonym of Gloxinia (which see).

ESCHSCHOLTZIA. The fonr or five species of this
genus are confined to North-West America. E. californica
and E. crocea and its varieties are amongst the most
brilliant flowered of hardy annuals. They are best sown
in autumn, and thinned ont to nearly 1ft. apart.

To the information given on p. 534, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

E. cucullata (hooded). fl. lemon-yellow, with an orange spot
at base, somewhat small, borne on long, depressed branches.
1. when young strongly cucullate-incurved. Northern California,
1894. A remarkable species.

E. fumarizfolia (Fumitory-leaved).
mannia fumariefolia.

E. maritima (maritime). /. of a paler yellow, with an orange
blotch at the base of each petal. J. greyish-white. Otherwise
like E. californica. 1894.

ESMERALDA. This genus is included by the
authors of the ‘‘ Genera Plantarum ’’ under Arachnanthe
(which see).

E. Clarkei (Clarke's). A synonym of Vanda Clarket.

ESPINOSA. A synonym of Eriogonum (which
see).

ETHANIUM. A synonym of Renealmia (which
see).

ETHULIA (derivation obscure). Syn. Kahiria. Orv.
Composite. A small genus (two species) of half-hardy,
branched herbs, one Javanese, the other a native of

India, tropical Africa, &c. Flower-heads rather small,
torymbose, homogamous ; inyolucral bracts in many series ;

A synonym of Hunne-

Ethulia—continued.

receptacle flat, naked; florets all tubular. Leaves alter-

nate, serrated. They thrive in any fairly good soil, and

may be increased by seeds.

E. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). A synonym of E. conyzoides.

E. conyzoides (Conyza-like). l.-heads purplish or_ reddish,
very numerous ; peduncles short or long. /. 2in. to Sin. long,
narrowly or broadly elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate, narrowed and
entire at base, glandular-dotted; serratures coarse, distant.
India, &c. An erect, glabrous or puberulous, leafy annual.
(B. R. 695.) Syn. E. angustifolia.

EUADENIA. Sepals four, free, lanceolate; petals
four, linear-spathulate, two of them elongated; stamens
is free or coalescing in a short circle. Leaves trifolio-
ate.

EUCALYPTUS. Calyx tube turbinate or campann-
late, the base adnate with the ovary, the apex truncate,
entire or remotely toothed ; stamens numerons, in several
series, free. To the species described on pp. 535-6, Vol. L.,
the following should be added :

E. Andreana (André’s). jl. disposed in globose clusters, on
short peduncles. jr. globose, the size of a small pea, with a
depressed rim, in dense clusters. J. opposite, sub-sessile, 4in.
long, lanceolate, acuminate. 1890. (R. H. 1890, p. 346, f. 105-6.)

E. ficifolia (Ficus-leaved). fl. showy; calyx slightly tinged with
red ; filaments beautiful cinnabar-red. /. conspicuously stalked,
leathery, always somewhat decurrent into the stalk, pointed
at the apex, or sometimes narrowly so. A tree seldom exceeding
50ft. in height in its native forests.

E. leucoxylon (white-wooded). Ironbark; White Gum. J. on
axillary, terete or slightly flattened peduncles. January.
fr. obovoid or sub-globular, jin. in diameter. J. lanceolate,
acuminate, often falecate, mostly 3in. to 6in. long. 1891. A
medium-sized or tall tree. (Gn., 1891, t. 799.)

E. resinifera (résin-bearing). Grey or Red Gum; Leather
Jacket ; Red Mahogany. /l. six to eight on an axillary or lateral
peduncle, more or less flattened. fr. obconical, sub-globose-
truncate, or almost hemispherical. 7. ovate-lanceolate or lanceo-
late, acuminate, straight or falcate, mostly 4in. to 6in. long,
rather thick. A tall tree, with rough bark. (G. C. Aug. 3, 1872,
p. 1541; S. E. B., t. 84.)

E. Staigeriana (Staiger’s). #l. white. 7. exquisitely fragrant.
It is doubtful if this species is in cultivation. (G. C, 1889, v.,
p. 437, f. 81.)

E. stricta (erect). /. small, four to eight to a short peduncle.
Jr. globose-truncate, jin. in diameter. J/. linear-lanceolate or
linear, straight or faleate, obtuse or acuminate, mostly 2in. to
4in. long, very thick and shining. 1889. A shrub or small tree,
with stringy bark. (B. M. 7074.) .

E. urnigera (pitcher-bearing). . three together or rarely
solitary ; peduncle axillary. fr. about sin. long, somewhat urn-
shaped. /. ovate, oval-oblong, or lanceolate, obtuse, 2in. to 4in.
long, straight or rarely oblique, very thick. kh. sometimes 50Oft.
1888, (G. C. 1888, iii., p. 460, f. 64.)

E. viminalis (twiggy), Manna Gum; White Gum. Jl. three
to eight on a short, axillary or lateral peduncle. fr. sub-globose-
truncate, three to five lines in diameter, the rim rather broad.
1. lanceolate, more or less faleate and acuminate, 3in. to 6in.
long. 1810. A moderate-sized or large tree. (G. C. Novy. 24,
1888, p. 597.)

The following are, amongst others, in cultivation in some
Continental gardens: EE. amplifolia, E. botryoides, E. ca@ru-
lescens, E. cinerea, E. cordata, E. corynocalyx, E. cosmophylla,
E. crebra, E. diversicolor, E. diversifolia, E. doratoxylon, E. gom-
phocephala, E. goniocalyx, E. jugalis, E. longifolia, E. marginata,
E. megacarpa, E. melliodora, E. Mulleri, E. occidentalis,
E. piperita, E. Rameliana, E. rostrata, E. rudis, E. Stuartiana,
E. tereticornis, and E. tetraptera. Most of these would thrive in
the Channel Islands.

EUCHARIDIUM. Three species are now referred
to this genus. Flowers rather large, solitary, sessile ;
calyx tube linear, long-produced ; petals four, clawed, three-
lobed or enuneate-obcordate, the middle lobe produced ;
stamens four, inserted at the throat of the calyx. Leaves
alternate, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, oblong, or linear,
entire. To the species described on p. 536, Vol. I., the
following should be added :

E. Breweri (Brewer’s).* /. pink with a white cerere, axillary
very numerous ; petals four, trilobed, the central lobe very long
and narrowed at base. Summer. /. ovate-oblong or linear,
entire. Stems short, branched. California. Plant dwarf.

E. grandifiorum is now regarded as a distinct species.

EUCHARIS. Flowers white, showy, few in an umbel;
perianth tube cylindrical, straight or curved, the lobes
equal, rather broad, spreading; stamens shorter than the
lobes ; bracts numerous, narrow, the two or three outer ones
broader, involucral. Leaves petiolate, oblong. Bulb tunicated.

eS SC

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 355

Eucharis—continwed.

The cultivation of these beautiful flowers is not so
difficult as is popnlarly supposed. Where so many fail is in
over-foreing the bulbs with a view to obtaining a third
flowering season, instead of remaining content with two;
another mistake is allowing a season of rest. By far
the best results are obtained by those who do not dry
off the plants after flowering. All dead and decaying
matter should be removed from the bulbs previous to
potting, and if freshly imported they should be placed
in a vessel of water for a day; this will tend to cleanse
them of “‘mite.’’ The bulbs should not be covered entirely
at first; they shonld, in fact, be started before the operation
is complete, maintaining a temperature of 70deg. and in a
moist atmosphere. Weak liquid cow-manure is the best
stimulant for Eucharis.

Oceasionally both Mealy Bug and Thrips infest
Enucharis ; but these are comparatively easy to cope with
by eprmenie the plants with a good insecticide. There
is, however, a pest which is far more _ formidable.
It is popularly known as the Envcharis Mite, but
this is not a very appropriate name, as the Mite may be
found on numberless Amaryllidaceous plants, grown alike
under glass and ontside. It is a species of Rhizoglyphus,
and it ruins thousands of bulbs annually, and always acts
prejudicially upon the crop. The chief symptoms of attack
are a yellowing and dying away of the foliage. Where
the attack is very severe the bulbs seldom get over it ; but
a weak preparation of Kerosene Emulsion carefully applied,
taking care that the roots are kept free from the insecticide,
will oust the enemy.

To the species described on p. 536, Vol. I., the following
should be added:

E. Bakeriana (Baker's). 7. like those of FE. grandiflora, with
the corona of EF. candida, 24in. in diameter ; umbels four- to six-
flowered ; scape 10in. to 18in. high. January and May. 2. four
or five, on stout petioles, elliptic, 10in. to 18in. long, very dark

een, closely striated with many obscure nerves. Bulb ovoid,
rown-scaly. Colombia, 1890. (B. M. 7144; G. C. 1890,
vii., f. 61, 1899, xxvi., p. 249.)

E. burfordensis (Burford Lodge).* fl. over 3in. across and
about 2in. long, bell-shaped. J. like those of E. Mastersii, but
narrowed as in E. Stevensii. 1899. A supposed hybrid between
the species named. (G. C. 1899, xxvi., p. 247.)

E. Clibrani (Clibran’s). A synonym of Urceocharis Clibrani.

E. elmetana (Elmet Hall). A hybrid stated to have been raised
between E. Sanderi and E. grandiflora ; it is described as of
freer growth than FE. Sanderi. (G. C. Nov. 4, 1899, p. 345.)

E. andifiora fragrans (fragrant). . usually six to a
peduncle, much more fragrant than in the type. /. small, sub-
erect, channelled, with a distinct curvature, Origin uncertain.

E. g. Lowii (Low's). 1. white, as large as those of the type,
each segment having its side edges considerably incurved ;
corona short. J. resembling those of E. candida, but larger,
borne on tall footstalks. Colombia, 1893. A supposed natural
hybrid between EF. grandiflora and EB. Sandert. (G. C, 1893,
Xiii., pp. 455, 538, f. 78.)

E. g. Moorei (Moore's). fl. smaller than in the type; corona
white inside, with a fine, yellow line where the filaments run
down; teeth between the filaments large and acute. 7. roundish,
much smaller than in the species. 1888, A distinct variety.

E. Hartwegiana is correctly placed under Caliphruria
(which see), according to J. G. Baker.

E. Lehmanni(Lehmann's). 1. white, l4in. in diameter, about
four in an umbel; corona deeply twelve-toothed. J. two,
elliptic-oblong. Popayan, 1889. Closely allied to EF. candida.
It produces seed freely. (R. G. 1889, p. 313, t. 1300, f. 1.)

E. Mastersii (Dr. Masters’). #. nearly sessile; perianth tube
2in. to 2sin. long; limb 3in. in diameter, the segments ovate,
much imbricated; staminal cup striped green; pedicels short ;
umbel two-flowered; scape less than lft. long. February.
1. distinetly petiolate, oblong, acute, 8in. to 10in. long, 4in. to
5in. broad. Bulb l4in. to 2in. in diameter. Colombia, 1885.
(B. M. 68314; G. C. 1899, xxvi., p. 241.)

E. Sanderi is the correct name of EF. Sanderiana.

’ E. S.- multiflora (many-flowered), l. five or six, considerably

smaller than those of the Epes stripes of the staminal cup green.
Colombia, 1885. (B. M. 6831B.)

E. Stevensii (Stevens’).* . pure white, tinted with yellow on
the outside of the corona, 3in. to 34in. across; umbels about
seven-flowered. J. 12in. to 14in. long, 5in. to 6in. broad. 1883.
A hybrid between EF. candida and E. Sanderi. (G. C. 1899,
XXVi., p. 243.)

EUCHLZAENA. E. mevicana (B. M. 6414) is the correct
name of FZ, luxurians,

EUCHRESTA (from euchrestos, useful; in allusion to
the medicinal qualities of the seeds). Orp. Leguminose.
A small genus (two species) of stove or greenhouse shrubs;
one is found in the Indian Archipelago, on the Himalayas,
and in Formosa, and the other is Japanese. Flowers white,
scattered at the sides of the rachis of a terminal or axillary
raceme ; calyx shortly sinuate-toothed ; standard oblong,
slightly recurved; wings narrow-oblong, free. Leaves
alternate, impari-pinnate ; leaflets three to seven, opposite,
exstipellate. HE. japonica is a greenhouse shrub, thriving
in any ordinary soil. Propagated by seeds or by cuttings
of the ripened shoots, inserted in sand, under a hand-glass,
in heat.

E. japonica (Japanese). fl, bluish-white, ten to thirty in a
terminal raceme. J. trifoliolate; leaflets coriaceous, glabrous,
obovate-elliptic, obtuse or slightly produced at apex, the
terminal one 2in. to 4in. long. A. lft. to 14ft. Japan, 1865.
Plant unbranched, erect or slightly decumbent at base. (R. G.
1865, t. 487.)

EUCLEA. Syns. Brachycheila, Kellaua, Rymia, The
species are found in tropical and South Africa.

EUCNEMIS. A synonym of Govenia (which see),

EUCOMIS. Syn. Basilea. This genus now embraces
ten species, one of which is found in tropical Africa.
Flowers green, pedicellate, in a dense or elongated
raceme ; perianth persistent, with six sub-equal, spreading
segments ; stamens six, shorter than the perianth ; scape
simple, leafless. Leaves radical, oblong or elongated.
Bulb tunicated, often rather large.

E. punctata is the commonest of the species yet intro-
duced, and it is well worthy of a place in gardens in a
favoured part of this country. A light, rich soil is best,
and the bulbs should be planted some 5in, deep in autumn,
protecting their quarters with light litter. The foliage is
very bold, and this, combined with the tuft of leaves sur-
mounting the flower-spike, gives the plant a distinct
appearance. Species like E. punctata make a very good
pot plant for the greenhouse; while the more recently
introduced E. zambesiaca needs stove treatment. The
potting should be done in autumn, giving but little water
during winter. Propagation is effected by offsets in
October.

To the species described on pp. 537-8, Vol. I., the
following should be added:

E. clavata (club-shaped). A synonym of F. regia.

E. pallidifiora (pale-flowered). _/l., perianth 1jin. in diameter,
the segments greenish-white, oblong, acute; raceme lft. long,
24in. in diameter, crowned with a tuft of thirty small leaves ;
peduncle 14ft. to 2ft. long, cylindrical. J. five or six to a
sous oblanceolate, sub-erect, over 2ft. long, 4in. to Sin, broad.
1887.

E. regia (royal). (#., perianth 4in. long; raceme dense,
oblong, 3in. to 6in. long, with a terininal tuft of twenty to
thirty reduced leaves; peduncle clavate, 3in. to 6in, long,
i. six to eight, lingulate, obtuse, lft. to Isft. long, 3in. to
4in. broad. Bulb globose, 2in. to 3in. in diameter. 1702 and
1862. Syn. E. clavata (Ref. B. 238).

E. robusta (robust). #., perianth gin. to jin. long; raceme
dense, oblong, 6in. to 8in. long, crowned with a tuft of
twenty to thirty reduced leaves; peduncle very short. J. ensi-
form, acute, 2ft. long, 2in. broad, very thick, crisped on the
margin. Bulb large. 1894.

E. zambesiaca (Zambesi). 7., pedicels shorter ; raceme longer
and denser; scape not spotted. J. firmer. Otherwise like
E. punctata. Eastern tropical Africa, 1886. Stove.

EUCRYPHIA. Syn. Carpodontos. Flowers white,
showy, axillary, solitary, pedunculate; sepals four, free ;
petals fonr, broad, much imbricated; stamens very
numerous, hypogynous. Leaves opposite, coriaceous,
simple or pinnate, entire, toothed, or crenate.

E. pinnatifolia is a valuable hardy deciduous shrub

owing some 10ft. to 12ft. high in its native country), as it
will flourish even in the vicinity of towns. The flowers are
some 3in. in diameter, pure white, with long filaments and
bright yellow anthers, and are produced in late summer.
To get the best results it should be planted in a sunny spot
where the wood can get well ripened. Hardly less attrac-
tive than the flowers is the Rose-like foliage, which in
autumn assumes a beantiful orange tint.

To the species described on p. 538, Vol, I., the follow-
ing variety should be added :

E. Billardieri Milliganii (Milligan’s). Plant smaller and

more compact in all its parts than the type, the leaves
often all less than 4in. long. Tasmania, 1891. (B. M. 7200.)

356 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

EUDOLON. A synonym of Strumaria (which see).
EUDOXIA. A synonym of Gentiana (which see).
EUFRAGIA. Included under Bartsia (which see).
EUGEISSONA (from eu, good, and geisson, the

projecting part of a roof; in allusion to the purpose to
which the leaves are said to be put). Orp. Palme. A genus
embracing about half-a-dozen species of unarmed, tufted,
monocarpic, spinous, stove Palms, all natives of the
Malayan Archipelago, and allied to Plectocomia (which
see for culture of the only species introduced). Flowers
large, coriaceous, solitary or in twos or threes, the females
the larger; spadix terminal, erect, thyrse-like, clothed
below with flagelliferous leaf-sheaths. Leaves pinnatisect ;
leaflets lanceolate ; rachis armed, not flagelliferous.

E. tristis (sad). . lin. to ljin. long, terminal on the flexuous
branches of the spadix ; bracts many, closely imbricated ; spadix
4ft. to 6ft. long, the sheaths and spathes armed. J. 15ft. to
20ft. long; leaflets many, 2ft. to 24ft. long, narrow-lanceolate,
subulate, acuminate, the midrib bristly above ; petioles 7ft. to
10ft. long, armed with flat, brown spines. Stems densely tufted,
yery short, or wanting. Malay Peninsula and Penang.

EUGENIA. Including Jossinia. Of the 700 species

described, probably not more than 500 are distinct as such;
they are found most plentifully in tropical and sub-tropical
America and tropical Asia, and less copiously in Australia
and Africa. Inflorescence centripetal or centrifugal. Leaves
opposite, coriaceous or membranons, penniveined. To the
species described on p. 538, Vol. I., the following should be
added. Several of the alterations of nomenclature are
based on the ‘Index Kewensis.”’

E. apiculata (apiculate). The correct name of Myrtus Lwna.

E. caryophyllata (Clove-tree). The correct name of the plant
deseribed on p. 274, Vol. L., as Caryophyllus aromaticus.

E, Chequen (Chequen). The correct name of Myrtus Cheken.

E. cotinifolia (Cotinus-leaved). The correct name of EF. orbicu-
lata. SYN. Jossinia elliptica.

E. fragrans (fragrant). The correct name of Myrtus fragrans.

E. Garberi (Garber’s). #l. white, disposed in small, axillary
clusters. /. ovate-oblong. Florida, 1889. A tree, attaining 50ft.
to 60ft., and with a trunk 15ft. in diameter, in its native country.
(G. & F. 1889, ii., p. 28, f. 87.)

E. Guabiju (native name). . white, sweet-scented, solitary,
axillary; corolla of four petals; stamens very numerous.
Jr. Dlackish-blue, pruinose, edible, about tbe size of a Cherry.
1, opposite, coriaceous, ovate, acute, with a black point, entire,
dark green above, much paler beneath. Uruguay. A bushy
shrub. (R. H. 1897, p. 304.)

E. Jambolana (Jambolana). jl. numerous, sweet-scented ;
panicles lateral below the leaves, rarely axillary and terminal.
August. jr. purple, olive-shaped, varying in size from a pea to

a@ pigeon’s egg. l. ovate or oblong, obtuse, 3in. to 6in. long,
acuminate, smooth and shining. Tndia’ to Australia, 1796. A
tree of considerable size. Syn. Syzygium Jambolanum.

E. Luma (Luma). A synonym of E. apiculata.

E. Michelli. The correct name is 2. unijlora.

E. orbiculata. The correct name is EF. cotinifolia.

E. Pimenta is synonymous with Piimenta oficinalis.

E. uniflora (one-flowered). The correct name of E. Michelli,
E. Korthalsiana and E. magnijica are rare in cultivation.

EULALIA. When planted ont Enlalias make most
effective lawn plants. The variegated kinds are best for
pots, which may be kept in an unheated house. Spring
is the time to divide the plants for purposes of increase.

To the species and varieties described on p. 538, Vol. I.,
the following should be added:

E. japonica (Japanese).
stnensts,
E. j. gracillima (very slender). This variety is distinguished

from the type by its slender habit. 1888.

E. j. §. univittata (one-striped). 7. long, gracefully bent, with

a eee band along the centre. Japan, 1889. An ornamental

variety.

EULEUCUM. A synonym of Corema (which see).

EULOPHIA. Syn. Orthochilus. This genus embraces
nearly fifty species. To those described on pp. 538-9,
Vol. I., the following should be added :

E. bella (pretty). A synonym of Lissochilus milanjianus.
E. bicolor (two-coloured), of Reichenbach.

EB. Zeyheri.

i. campestris (fieldoving). jl. many, sub-secund; sepals
yellow or green, striped with pink, Jin. to Zin. long; petals

The correct name is Miscanthus

A synonym of

Eulophia—continued.

narrower ; lip as long as the sepals, the mid-lobe usually purple;
scape 6in. to 18in. long, stout or slender, springing from a
deformed tuber. Plains of India.

E. carinata (keeled). A synonym of E. virens.

E. congoénsis (Congo). A synonym of EF. guineénsis.

EE. defiexa (deflexed), jl. 2in. across, disposed in a lax raceme;
sepals and petals purple and lilac ; lip fringed with white ; scape
aft. high. Jd. lanceolate, about 1ft. long. Natal, 1895.

E. explanata (made plain). #. purple and yellowish, spreading,
Zin. to Zin. across; lip sessile, somewhat panduriform; spur
broadly conical; scape 4in. to 8in. long, ten- to twelve-flowered.
7. very young at the flowering period, surrounded at base by
broad sheaths. Nepal.

E. gigantea (gigantic). A synonym of Lissochilus giganteus.

E. guineensis purpurata (purple).* /. handsome, in a loose
raceme ; sepals and petals dark, dull purple, narrow-lanceolate.
acuminate ; lip bright rose-purple, the front lobe elliptic-ovate,
acute. Pseudo-bulbs globose, two- or three-leaved. Western
tropical Africa, 1883. A showy plant. (W. O. A. ii. 89.)

E. Ledienii (Ledien’s). jl. pale brownish-green, with two pale
purple blotches on the sides of the lip; sepals and petals
nearly sin. long; raceme lax, 3in. to 6in. long; scape Sin. to 15in.
long. 7¢. oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to l5in. long. Pseudo-bulbs
ljin. or more jong. Tropical Africa, 1888. Syn. E. maculata
(R. G. 1888, t.. 1285).

E. Mackaiana (Mackay’s). <A
Mackayi.

E. Mackenii (MacKen’s). This resembles E. Ledienii, but has
broader leaves and flower segments. Natal, 1892.

E. maculata (spotted). A synonym of E. Ledienii.

E. megistophylia (largest-leaved). #. greenish-yellow, lined
with brownish-red, panicled; sepals lanceolate, narrower than
the petals; lip four-lobed, the lobes obtuse; spur very short,
cylindrical; sheath ample, ochreous, oblong, acute. 7. more
than lft. long and Yin. broad, petiolate, cuneate-oblong, acute.
Comoro Islands, 1885. A striking species. (R. H. 1887, p. 87.)

E. monophylia (one-leaved). This resembles HE. Ledienii, but
the leaves are of a peculiar grey, suffused with a coppery tint,
and with a few olive-green spots arranged in irregular transverse
bands.

E. nuda (naked). ji. rosy-lilac, green, or purple, rather large;
sepals lin. long, linear-oblong; petals many-nerved; raceme
elongated, many-flowered ; scape stout, lft. to 3ft. long. 7. 10in.
to 14in. long, elliptic-lanceolate. Tuber large. Tropical Hima-
laya, 1891.

E. pulchra divergens (pretty, diverging). . purple-spotted,
showy; sepals and petals oblong-linear, acute; lip going out
into two diverging shanks; spur short and straight; raceme
many-flowered, equalling the leaves. /. oblong-lanceolate. Isle of
Bourbon, 1884. he typical plant is not in cultivation.

E. Saundersiana (W. Wilson Saunders’). 7. green, the petals
and lip having a few broad, black lines, the centre of the sepals
black ; lip Sin. to 6in. long, four-lobed ; racemes 4in. to 6in. long,
many-flowered ; scapes erect, lft. to 2ft. high. Jl. petiolate,
elliptic-oblong, Sin. to Qin. long. Pseudo-bulbs two-leaved.
Tropical Africa, before 1864. (R. X. O. ii., t. 173.)

E. seripta (marked). #7. green, brown, and yellow, rather
showy; sepals and petals ea oblates lip three-parted ; spur
very short ; scape radical, branched. J/. linear-lorate, somewhat
distichous. Stem fleshy, oblong. Madagascar, &c., 1872.

E. streptopetala (twisted-petaled). A synonym of Lissochilus
streptopetalus.

E. Wendlandiana (Wendland’s). fl. disposed in a raceme
l6in. long; sepals pale green, linear; petals white; lip green,
with faleate lateral lobes. J. three or four at the summit of the
pseudo-bulbs, 2ft. long, lanceolate, acute. Pseudo-bulbs 2sin.
long. Madagascar, 1897.

E. Zeyheri (Zeyher’s). jl. pale golden-yellow, with dark purple
side-lobes and base to the lip, crowded at the top of the scape;
sepals lin. long. April. 7. as long as the scape, narrow-
lanceolate, acuminate. h. lft. to 14ft. Natal, &e. (B. M. 7330.)
Syn. E. bico'or (of Reichenbach).

Several other species are in cultivation in botanical establish-
ments, but they have little decorative value.

EULOPHIELLA (a diminutive of Eulophia). Orp.
Orchidex. A small genus (two species) of stove Orchids,
allied to Cyrtopodium, from which wey differ in habit, and.
in the absence of a mentum, the perianth being hemispherical
and equally rounded at base ; they are natives of Madagascar.
For culture, see Cyrtopodium.

BE. Elizabethw, of which such great things were expected
on its introduction, has proved somewhat disappoint-
ing. The more recently introduced E. Peetersiana is a
remarkable Orchid, resembling to a very great extent the
members of the genus Lissochilus. These plants require a
hot, moist position in the stoye house, but the creeping
nature of the rhizome renders them somewhat difficult

synonym of Zuygopetalum

—— a

——

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

307

Eulophiella—continued.

subjects to accommodate. It is advisable to give them a
liberal amount of pot room. The best compost is good
fibrous peat and sphagnum moss, with a free sprinkling of
broken crocks, which assist in maintaining it in an open
and porous condition.

Enlophiellas require a liberal amount of moisture during
the growing season, and must not be allowed to suffer from
want of moisture at the roots at any period of the year.
Constant observation is necessary to keep the plants clear
of Thrips or other insects, especially when the growths are
in a young and tender state. The best means to hold insect
pests in check is by frequent fumigation and carefully
sponging the plants. The two species described are all
that are at present procurable.

E. Elizabethz (in honour of H.M. the Queen of Roumania
(‘Carmen Sylva”]). jl. white, slightly flushed with pale pink,
and with the back of the sepals, ovary and scape of a dull purple,
1sin. across ; sepals orbicular; petals smaller; lip much smaller
than the sepals, with a golden-yellow disk, three-lobed ; racemes
many-flowered. April. /. nearly 2ft. long, 1sin. broad, narrow-
lanceolate. Rhizome creeping and rooting, sending up green,
annulate pseudo-bulbs 4in. to 6in. high, the transverse scars at
the nodes bearing a thin bunch of brown fibres lin. long. 1892.
(B. M. 7387; I. H. xl., t. 173; L. vii., t. 325.)

E. Peetersiana (Peeters’). fl. rose-coloured, large, borne in
strong, axillary spikes; lip large, the lateral lobes oblong, the
middle one bilobed. J. 4in. in diameter at the base. Rhizomes
thin, Iris-like, yellowish - white. Madagascar (?), 1896,
(G. C, 1898, i., p. 201.) Syn. Grammatophyllum Remplerianwin.

EUNOMIA. Flowers white, shortlyracemose. Leaves
opposite, sessile or amplexicaul, entire, rather thick.

EUONYMUS. Abont forty species are included in
this genus ; they inhabit the mountainous parts of India,
North China, Japan, Europe, and North America, a few
being fonnd in the Malay Islands.

The deciduous varieties may be increased by seeds, which
are best sown in sandy soil in spring, and placed in gentle
heat to hasten germination. When the seedlings are an
inch or so high they should be pricked off into boxes of
turfy loam and liberally supplied with water. The
Japanese varieties are very ornamental when grown as
standards 3ft. or so in height from the soil. FE. ewro-
pzus forms a suitable stock, and should be established in
pots prior to grafting, which latter operation should be
performed in February. When grafted, they may be laid
on their sides or stood in deep pits in a moist temperature
of abont 60deg. When a union has been formed, a little
air must be admitted, and the syringe used freely amongst
the top growth, and in a few weeks’ time they should be
stood ontside in a sunny position. After a season's growth
in pots nice heads will be formed, and they can then be
planted ont in the shrubbery, where their heads stand out
boldly above the adjoining shrubs.

To those described on pp. 539-40, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

E. Carrierei (Carriére’s). A form of EF. japonicus.

E. elegantissima variegata (very elegant, variegated). A
garden variety with silvery-variegated leaves. 1882.

E. europzus is commonly known as Catteridge-tree and Prick-
wood.

E. japonicus Carrierei (Carriére’s).* A prostrate form that
will make a picturesque rockwork plant. 1883. A vigorous,
green-leaved, garden variety of E. radicans.

E. j. Chouveti (Chouvet’s).* 7. thick, fleshy, very narrowly
ovate-elliptic, glossy, rounded at tip, with a narrow margin of
yellowish-white. A remarkable form, with erect branches. It
bears cutting well, and makes an excellent ornamental border
plant. 1887.

E. j. columnaris (columnar). 7. shortly oval, rounded, some-
times sub-orbicular, thick, glossy, with broad, shallow teeth. A
vigorous form, of columnar habit.

E. j. compactus (compact).* 7. small, variegated with white.
189; A pretty, dwarf, compact variety, well suited for an
edging plant or for boxes.

E. nanus (dwarf).* 7. greenish-white, four-cleft, one to three
on a peduncle. July and August. J. lanceolate, entire, nearly
opposite, deep green. Branches smooth, somewhat herbaceous.
Northern Caucasus, 1830. A neat, trailing under-shrub, suitable
for the rockery. SyN. E. pulchellus (of gardens).

E. n. foliis-variegatis (variegated-leaved). 7. small, variegated.
1890. A very dwarf, much-branched variety.

E. pulchellus (pretty). A garden synonym of EZ. nanus.
E. radicans (rooting). A variety of E. japonicus.

EUOSMA (of Andrews). A synonym of Logania
(which see), the correct name of JF. albiflora being
L. floribunda.

EUOSMUS, or EVOSMUS (of Nuttall). Included
under Lindera (which see).

EUVOTHONZA. A synonym of Hexisia (which

see).

EUPATORIUM. To the species described on p. 540,
Vol. I., the following should be added. Many of the
hardy kinds are snitable subjects for the wild garden.

E. arboreum (tree-like). A synonym of E. macranthum.

E. glechonophyllum (Glechon-leaved). _jl.-heads pink, corym-
bose ; involucral bracts in one or two series, linear. /. opposite,
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, toothed ; petioles 4in. to lin. long.
Chili, 1831. Greenhouse perennial.

E. grandiflorum (large-flowered). A synonym of Brickellia
grandiflora.

E. japonicum (Japanese). /l.-heads white, disposed in corymbs.
1. ope trifoliolate, pubescent beneath. Japan and Formosa,
1889. A hardy perennial, closely resembling FE. cannabinum.

E. Kirilowii (Kirilow’s). A synonym of E. Lindleyanum.

E. Lindleyanum (Lindley’s). j.-heads white; corymbs
numerous, sub-umbellate. ¢. in whorls of four, lanceolate,
deeply and unequally serrated, and, as well as the stem, pilose.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. North China. Hardy perennial. Syn. E. Kirilowii
(R. G., t. 850).

E. macranthum (large-flowered). The correct name of
E. Weinmannianum. SYN. E. arboreum.

E. odoratum (scented). /.-heads pale blue or white, scented,
fifteen to twenty-five in a dense, trichotomous corymb. August.
1. opposite, petiolate, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, often
cuneate at base, 3in. long, 1jin. broad. Branches cylindrical,
h. 6ft. West Indies, &c., 1752. Stove shrub.

E. probum (honest).* j.-heads white, about sin. across, disposed
two to four on a branch in a flat-topped corymb. Winter.
l. opposite, 4in to lsin. long, somewhat triangular-ovate, acute,
rounded or sub-cordate at base, bluntly toothed ; petioles Jin. to
lin. long. Stems herbaceous above. Peru, 1870. Whole plant
viscid-hairy. A good species for the greenhouse. (G. C. 1890,
vii., p. 321, f. 48.)

EE. scandens (climbing). A synonym of Mikania scandens.

E. serrulatum (slightly serrated). jl.-heads rosy-lilac, din.
long, oblong, many ina corymb. J. 2sin. long, 4in. to sin. broad,
opposite, shortly petiolate, lingulate-lanceolate, serrulated.
Branches terete. Brazil, 1894. Greenhouse shrub. (R. H. 1894,
p. 304.)

E. Weinmannianum. The correct name is FZ. macranthum.

E. cordatum, E. megalophyllum, E. reticulatum, and E. vernale
are also, or have been, in cultivation.

EUPETALUM. Included under Begonia (which

see).

EUPHORBIA. Including Dactylanthes. To the
species described on pp. 541-2, Vol. I., the following should
be added:

E. canaliculata (channelled). A synonym of Pedilanthus
tithymaloides.

E. carinata (keeled). A synonym of Pedilanthus tithymaloides.

E. Fournieri (Fournier’s).* i. white, small. 7. roundish-ovate,
lft. long, bright green, with silvery nerves; petioles reddish.
Young plants having a fleshy, five-angled stem. Madagascar. A
pretty, Cactus-like species.

E. heterophylla (variable-leaved). jl., cymes or corymbs
dense, involucred by bracts which are bright red at base.
l. pandurate or variously shaped, petiolate. North and South
America, 1889. Hardy annual.

E. Lathyris (Lathyris). Caper Spurge. /., umbels of three or
four rays, once or twice forked; bracts large, ovate-lanceolate.
Summer. /. opposite, din. to 4in. long, the upper ones broader.
h. 3ft. or more. Europe (Britain), &e. An annual or biennial,
often cultivated in cottage gardens.

E. marginata (margined). /., inflorescence umbel-like, with
three dichotomous rays. September. J. sessile, ovate or oblong,
acute, equal at base, entire; uppermost or floral ones having
conspicuous white, petal-like margins, whorled or opposite.
Stems stout, densely leafy, 2ft. to 3ft. high. North America,
1811, Hardy annual. Syn. EF. variegata (B. M. 1747).

E. Sipolisii (Sipolis’). #. small, disposed in sessile cymes.
Stems erect, branching, winged, leafless, sin. in diameter.
Brazil, 1893. Stove.

E. variegata (variegated). A synonym of £. marginata.

The following have also been introduced, among others :

E. pilulifera, E. pluineroides, E. procumbens (SYN. E. pugniformis),

and E. stygiana.

EUPHORIA (in part). Synonymous with Nephelium
(which see).

358

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

EUPITHECIA RECTANGULATA. Sce Green
Pug Moth.

EUPTERYX PICTA. See Potato—Insect Pests.

EUPYRENA. A synonym of Timonius (which see).

EURHOTIA. A synonym of Cephaelis (which see).

EUROTIA (from ewros, ewrotos, mould ; the long, slender
hairs on the bracts resemble mould overgrowing the plant).
Syns. Ceratospermum (of Persoon), Guldenstedtia, Krasche-
ninnikova. ORD. Chenopodiaceer, A small genus (three
species) of small, hardy shrubs or herbs, natives of Western
and Central Asia, North-west America, &c., closely allied
to Grayia (which see for culture). Flowers minute; males
densely spicate at the tips of the branchlets; females
axillary. Fruit compressed. Leaves small, alternate or
fascicled, obtuse, entire, with recurved margins. Only one
of the species calls for description here.

E. lanata (woolly). fr. reddish; calyx (when fruiting) woolly-
tomentose. 7, narrow-linear, whitish-grey. Western North
America, 1894. An erect shrub, with thickly-felted twigs.
EURYA. Flowers small, sessile or shortly peduncu-

late, fascicled or rarely solitary in the axils; sepals five,

imbricated ; petals five, imbricated, coalescing at base ;
stamens fifteen or less, rarely five. Leaves often crenate-

serrated and glabrous. To the species described on p. 542,

Vol. I., the following should be added :

E. vitiensis (Fiji). f. small, axillary, unisexual, the males
fascicled, the females usually in pairs. J. elliptic-lanceolate or
oblong, serrulate, acuminate at both ends, shining. Fiji, 1887.
Stove tree. A form of E. japonica.

E. Jacquemartii (R. H. 1869, p. 369), a Japanese species, has
also been grown in Continental gardens.

EURYALE. Anvneslea (of Roxburgh) is synonymous
with this monotypic genus. Berries 2in. to 4in. in
diameter; seeds varying in size from a Pea to a Cherry,
much eaten in India when roasted.

EURYANDRA. A synonym of Tetracera (which

see).

EURYANGIUM. Included under Ferula (which
see).

EURYBIOPSIS. A synonym of Vittadinia (which
see).

EURYCLES. Only the two species described on

p. 542, Vol. I., are included in this genus. Flowers white,
many in an umbel; stamens inserted at the throat of the
tube, shorter than the sub-eqnal, ascending segments;
filaments bordered in the lower half, united into a more or
less distinct cup. Leaves broad, petiolate, with lax,
arcuated main veins. Bulb tunicated.

E. sylvestris (wood-loving). The correct name of E. amboin-

ensis.

EURYGANIA, Flowers rather large, disposed in
axillary racemes or corymbs, rarely solitary, nodding or
pendulous ; calyx five-lobed or five-toothed; corolla terete,
tubular, or conico-tubular, the limb contracted, five-lobed.
Leaves alternate, thickly coriaceous, persistent, shortly
petiolate, entire or obscurely serrated.

EURYOPS (from euryops, having large eyes; in
allusion to the conspicuons flowers of some of the species).
Orv. Composite. A genus embracing about twenty-seven
species of mostly greenhouse or half-hardy, shrubby plants,
allied to Othonna; one is found in Arabia and Abyssinia,
and the rest are South African. Flower-heads yellow,
heterogamons, radiate ; pappus in many series, caducous,
formed of rough bristles ; disk florets tubular, five-toothed,
perfect. Leaves alternate, often clustered, entire, incised,
or pinnatisect. For culture, see Othonna. :

E. abrotanifolius (Southernwood-leaved), _l.-heads on terminal
peduncles three or four times longer than the leaves. January
to March. J. lin. to 2in. long, densely crowded, pinnati-partite ;
lobes mostly alternate, distant, entire, linear-filiform, spreading
or recurved. h. 2ft. to 3ft. South Africa. A strong bush.
SYN. Othonna abrotanifolia (B. R. 108; L. B. C. 1698), —

E. pectinatus (comb like). The correct name of Othonna
pectinata. :

E. virgineus (virgin-like). (/.-heads the size of peas; peduncles
luin. long. October. JU. sessile, crowded, 4in. long, flat, cuneate,
sharply and deeply three- to five-toothed. Branches long,
slender, kh. lft. to 2ft. South Africa, 1821, Syn. Othonna
flabellifolia (L. B. C. 728).

EURYTHALIA. A synonym of Gentiana (which

see).

EUSIPHO. A synonym of Cyrtanthus (which see).

_ EUSTEPHIA (from eu, well, and sfephos, a crown;
in allusion to the circle of stamens), Orp. Amaryllidex.
A monotypic genus. The species, EH. coccinea, is the
plant described on p. 89, Vol. III., as Phedranassa rubro-
viridis,

EUSTOMA. Syn. Urananthus (in part). Corolla tube
short, broadly campanulate, deeply five- or six-cleft, the
lobes oblong or obovate, twisted; stamens five or six.

E. ip (Silene-leaved). The correct name of EF. eralt-
atum,.

EUSTREPHUS BROWNII. A
E. latifolius.

EUSTYLIS. A synonym of Nemastylis (which

see).
EUTACTA. Included under Araucaria (which see).

EUTAXIA. Flowers axillary, solitary or in groups
of two to four, often crowded at the tips of the branches.
E. empetrifolia is the correct name of Sclerothamnus
microphyllus.

EUTERPE. In addition to the species described on
p. 543, Vol. I., EB. speciosa, E. stenophylla, and E. sylvestris
are grown in the Kew Collection, but are not generally
cultivated in English gardens.

synonym of

E. montana, The correct name is Prestoea montana.

EUTHAMIA. Included nnder Solidago (which see),

the correct name of E. graminifolia being S. lanceolata.

Sa cor A synonym of Bouteloua (which
see).

EUXENIA. A synonym of Podanthus (which see),
the correct name of FE. grata being P. ovatifolius.

EUXOLUS. Included under Amarantus (which

see).

EVALLARIA. A
(which see).

EVANSIA. Included under Iris (which see),
EVEA. A synonym of Cephaelis (which see),

EVERGREEN. A term applied to certain subjects
whose foliage does not decay in winter, or that remains
in an Evergreen condition until the new foliage is
developed.

Ge ee FLOWER. See also Gnapha-
ium.

EVESHAM MOTH. This name is sometimes used
for the Winter Moth (Cheimatobia brumata). Itis, however,
an inappropriate one for so widespread a pest, and one quite
as abundant elsewhere as in the particular locality suggested
by the name Evesham.

EVODIA (from evodia, sweet scent; in allusion to the
odour of the leaves). Including Tetradium. ORD.
Rutacee. A genus embracing about twenty-two species of
unarmed, stove, evergreen trees or shrubs, natives of
tropical Asia, the Pacific and East African Islands, and
Australia. Flowers small, in panicled, axillary cymes,
unisexual; sepals four or five, imbricated ; petals four or
five, sessile; stamens four or five. Leaves opposite,
simple, one- to three-foliolate, or impari-pinnate, quite
entire. E. triphylla has been introduced, but is probably
lost to cultivation.

E. fraxinifolia (Ash-leaved).

trichotomum.
EVODIA (of Gertner).
(which see).

EVOLVULUS. Syns. Cladostyles, Meriana. This
genus includes about seventy species, mostly American.
About a dozen have been introduced, but most of them are
lost to cultivation.

EVOSMUS, or EUOSMUS (of Nuttall).
under Lindera (which see).

EXACUM. LE. macranthum is a form of E. zeylan-
icum. EE, viscosum is now classed under Ixanthus
(which see).

synonym of Polygonatum

The correct name of Tetradium

A synonym of Ravensara

Included

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 359

EXARRHENA (from ez, out, and arren, male; in
allusion to the exserted stamens). OrpD. Boraginew. A
small genus (five species) of greenhouse or half-hardy,
annual or perennial herbs, natives of Australia and New
Zealand. It was included by the anthors of the ‘‘ Genera
Plantarum” under Myosotis; but Sir J. D. Hooker now
regards it as distinct, remarking that ‘‘whereas the
filaments in Myosotis are inserted in the throat of the
corolla some way down below the glands at the mouth
of the tube between which the anthers lie (or point),
in Evarrhena the stamens are inserted at the mouth
itself, between the glands, and are therefore wholly ex-
serted.” M. macrantha, the only species known to
cultivation, is an erect, robust, half-hardy, sweet-scented,
hispid-pilose herb, requiring cold-frame treatment and
shade from bright sunlight, or the leaves will scorch.

E. macrantha (large-flowered). #. yellow, sin. long, borne
in terminal, bifurcate cymes; corolla twice as long as the
ealyx, the upper part funnel-shaped, the lobes broadly
oblong, obtuse. September. 7. radical ones 2in. to 4in. long,
oblong-lanceolate ; cauline ones smaller, linear-oblong, obtuse.
New Zealand, 1892. (B. M. 7291.)

EXCCGCARIA (from exceco, to blind; in allusion to
the effect of the juice and of the smoke of burning branches
on the eyes). Syn. Commia. Orv. Euphorbiacee. A
genus embracing about thirty species of glabrous, stove
trees or shrubs, with acrid, milky sap, natives of tropical
Asia, Africa, and Australia. Flowers minute. Leaves
alternate or opposite. One or two of the species have
_been introduced, but they are probably not now in
cultivation.

EXOASCUS. A genns of destructive fungi, several
members of which are responsible for malformations in
various fruit and other trees. EE. cerasi is responsible for
the Witches Brooms of Cherry ; E. deformans for the Curl
of Peach-Trees; and E. prwni for the Bladder or Pocket
Ploms. They will be found described under their respective
common names. There are many others found upon land-
scape trees, but those enumerated are economically the
most important.

EXOBASIDIUM RHODODENDRI. See Alpine
Rose Gall.

EXOCARP. The outer layer of a pericarp.

EXOCARPUS (from exo, outside, and karpos, fruit ;
in allusion to the fruit resting on an enlarged pedicel).
Syns. Sarcocalyr, Xynophylla. Orv. Santalacew. A
genus embracing abont a dozen species of greenhouse trees
or shrubs ; eight are Australian, and the rest are found in
New Zealand, Norfolk Island, the Sandwich Islands, and
Madagasear. Flowers minute, in small, axillary clusters.
Leaves alternate or rarely opposite, often reduced to
minute scales, or very deciduous, rarely larger and
portent. E. cwpressiformis (R. G. 1888, p. 288, f. 60)

as been introduced, but is of little horticultural value.

EXOCHORDA. E. grandiflora is sometimes used as
a wall-plant, but it also succeeds when grown as an isolated
specimen upon the lawn.

To the species described on p. 544, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

E. Alberti (Albert’s).* 1. white, inodorous, Zin. across, borne in
profusion; stamens Srouped in five bundles. April and May.
Jr. very large. 1. dark green, lanceolate, quite entire ; those on
the sterile branches slightly toothed and more acute. Bokhara,

888. A handsome shrub. (R. H. 1891, p. 409.)

EXOTHOSTEMON. A synonym of Prestonia
(which see).

EXTRA-TROPICAL. Living in regions beyond the
tropics.

EYE CUTTINGS. A method of propagation fre-
quently used for increasing the Vine (which see).

EYED HAWE-MOTH. See Sphingide, Vol. III.

EYREA. A synonym of Turpinia (which see).

EYSENHARDTIA. Syns. Varennea,
Flowers white, small, densely spicate-racemose.
impari-pinnate ; leaflets numerous, small.

FABA.
Faba.

Viborquia.
Leayes

The correct name of F. vulgaris is Vicia

FABAGO. Included under Zygophyllum (which
see), the correct name of F. major being Z. Fabago.

FABRICIA (of Adanson), A synonym of Lavandula
(which see).

FABRICIA (of Thunberg), A synonym of Cur-
euligo (which see).
Wy

Fie. 379.

FADYENIA PROLIFERA,

FADYENIA. F. prolifera (Fig. 379) is an eccentric-
looking little Fern, but so thoroughly distinct from any
other known species that no mistake as regards its
classification can possibly be made by anyone who has
seen it once. It is usually considered difficult to manage,
yet it is free growing when kept under suitable con-
ditions: these consist of heat, moisture, and permanent
shade. It succeeds well in a compost of three parts
fibrous peat and one part sand, with abundant moisture
at the roots. Under such treatment it not only flourishes,
but rapidly spreads in all directions, through the rooting
of the proliferous extremities of its barren fronds, where
the young plants thus produced (and without being dis-
connected from the parent plant) in turn yield subjects
haying all the characters of a fully-developed specimen.

FADYENIA (of Endlicher). Included under Garrya
(which see).

FAGARA.

see).

FAGOPYRUM. F. esculentum emarginatum and

F. tataricum are grown on the Continent.

Included under Xanthoxylum (which

360

“FAGREA IMPERIALIS. A

F. auriculata,

FAGUS. Beech trees are very liable to be attacked
by the wound parasite, Nectria ditissima, described and
illustrated under Canker in the present volume. The
treatment there suggested should be followed.

Another wound-fungus is known as Polyporus (Fomes)
fomentarius, or Tinder Fungus. The sporophores resemble
the hoofs of horses, and are brownish at first, becoming
greyish. At one time tinder was prepared from this
species, the central portion of the sporophore being
utilised. Many kinds of articles of wear have been
manufactured from the Tinder Fungus. The sporophores
should always be carefully removed from trees, and the
part coated with tar. In bad cases nothing short of
burning the tree will suffice.

To seedling Beeches there is a species of Mildew
(Phytophthora _omnivora), which proves exceedingly
destructive. Though by no means confined to the genus
Fagus, yet it is perhaps oftenest noticed in connection
therewith. The seedlings show very characteristic dark
blotches on the leaves; but sometimes the stems are also
involved. Nothing short of removing all seedlings showing
these blotches is of any use. Beds to which sun cannot
penetrate are oftenest attacked, the conditions being more
favourable for the development of the parasite. The
disease is tided over by means of oospores.

To the species described on p. 2, Vol. Il., the following
varieties should be added:

synonym of

F. americana (American). A synonym of F. ferruginea.

F. betuloides. The garden varieties latifolia (broad-leaved)
and macrophylla (large-leaved) are in the Kew Collection.

F. rotundifolia (round-leaved). A form of F. syivatica.

F. sylvatica atropurpurea Rohani (Rohan’s dark purple)-
1. similar to those of the Fern-leaved Beech in form, but like
those of the Copper Beech (J. s. cuprea) in colour. 1894. A
garden form.

F. s. foliis-striatis (having striped leaves). This variety is
said to have been discovered, in 1892, in a forest in Hessia.
“Soon after opening the leaves show a regular golden striation,
parallel with the nerves, and this striking appearance lasts till
they fall off.”

F. s. roseo-marginata (rosy-margined).
with pink. 1888.

F. s. rotundifolia (round-leaved). 7. roundish, closely set on
the twigs. 1894. A distinct form, of upright growth.

F. s. tricolor (three-coloured). 7. dark purplish-green, spotted
with bright carmine-rose, and shaded with rosy-white. 1885.
An ornamental garden variety.

F. a Zlatia (Zlatia). A variety with golden-tinted leaves.
1892.

7., young ones edged

FALKIA. Flowers small or mediocre, solitary, shortly
pedunculate ; sepals five, imbricated ; corolla broadly cam-
panulate, the limb five-angled or five-lobed. Leaves
cordate, ovate, orbicular, or reniform, small.

FALLOWING. Except in the case of foul land,
Fallowing is not an advisable operation in the garden, as
it means the loss of a season’s crop. The system of
Fallowing is to deeply work the soil several times during
the summer months, destroying the weeds, and afterwards
expose it to the weather as much as possible. Usnally the
soil is much poorer after the Fallowing, as being bare, or
having had no crop during the year, no nitrogen will haye
been absorbed from the atmosphere.

FALSE. Similar in appearance only.
FALSE ASPHODEL. See Tofieldia.

FALSE BUGBANE. See Trautvetteria pal-
mata.

FALSE HELLEBORE. See Veratrum.

= pees MITREWORT. ‘See Tiarella cordi-
olia.

FALSE RHUBARB. See Thalictrum flavum.

FALSE SANDALWOOD. See Ximenia ameri-
cana.

Tae TINDER FUNGUS. See Polyporus,
ol. .

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

FAMILY. Specifically, a group of plants more com-
prehensive than a genus, but less so than an order. The
word is, however, often used as a synonym of order; e.g.,
Orv. Cactacex, the Cactus Family.

FARADAYA (named in hononr of Michael Faraday,
the celebrated chemist, 1794-1867). Orb. Verbenacee.
small genus (abont four species) of stove or greenhonse,
tall-climbing, glabrous shrubs, natives of Australia, Fiji,
New Gninea, &c. Flowers white, showy; calyx at first
closed, ultimately cut into two or three yalvate lobes ;
corolla tube exserted, enlarged above, the limb ample,
spreading, four-cleft; stamens four, long-exserted; cymes
many-flowered, disposed in a terminal, loosely corymbose
panicle, or sessile at the nodes. Leaves opposite, entire,
coriaceous. ‘Two species are in cultivation. They thrive
in a rich loam, and require plenty of root room. ‘The
branches should be allowed to spread close to the glass,
in as light a position in the stove as possible.

F. papuana (Papuan). jl. salver-shaped, disposed in corymbose
panicles. J. lanceolate, bullate. Java,

F. splendida (splendid). #7. large, in a terminal, corymbose
panicle; calyx segments eight to ten lines long; corolla tube
above lin. long, the lobes flat, nearly Zin. long. J. ovate, acu-
minate, rounded or cordate at the base, 6in. to nearly 12in. long,
prominently penniveined ; petioles lin. to 2in. long. Queensland.
A tall, woody climber.

FARAMEA. Syn. Anfoniana. Flowers white; in-
florescence terminal, variable: calyx limb cup-shaped or
almost tubular; corolla fannel-shaped or tubular, the lobes
spreading or recurved; stamens four. Leaves opposite,”
coriaceous or membranous, usually oblong or lanceolate.

FARFUGIUM is included by Bentham and Hooker
under Senecio (which see).

FARINA. This name is often applied to the Pollen
(which see) of a flower.

FARMYARD AND STABLE MANURE. This
substance differs from all artificial manures, and in several
important particulars. Its value depends, first, on the
materials of which it is formed ; secondly, on the condition
of its formation ; and, thirdly, on the way it has been kept
and treated until it is applied to the soil. .

The materials of Farmyard or Stable Mannre are litter
and the excreta of animals. That produced from young
growing stock, or from milch cows, is not so good as that
produced from old, or fattening animals. Then, again, that
which is produced from underfed animals is of a very
inferior description. Further, the composition of the excreta
of domestic animals of varions kinds is different. The
excrements of horses, which are fed with a more nitrogenised
food than most other animals of the farm, are of a very
fertilising and valuable character. The excrements of farm
animals may be placed in the following order of manurial
value: Horse-dung and sheep-dung are about equal; then
dung from oxen and cow-dung; and, last, pig-dung. The
dung of horses and sheep yields hotter and more rapidly-
fermenting material than does the dung of oxen, cows, or

igs.

: Farmyard or Stable Manure is said to be a perfect
fertiliser, because it contains all the elements necessary for
supporting a healthy and vigorous growth of plants. It is
a universal manure, because it universally produces these
effects upon a great variety of soils and upon most deserip-
tions of garden products.

Another reason why itis so valuable is that it produces
mechanical effects in the soil to which it is applied, from its
mass of organic matter, which no artificial manure can
accomplish. The important mechanical effects, especially
of long dung on clay soils, are not to be underrated. Then,
again, the vast amount of heat developed during the
decomposition of dung is of immense yalne to the gardener
for forcing purposes, and this cannot be attained by other
chemical agents.

Further, Farmyard and Stable Mannres furnish available
humus and a mulch if they are spread upon the surface of
the soil ; they also tend to increase the water-holding power
of the soil, and to improve its texture and physical condition.
It may here be stated that, so far as the humus matter of
dung is beneficial to vegetation, it is only by its oxidation
and nitrification, and a consequent supply of carbonic acid
within the soil—a source of immense importance in the
early stages of the life of a plant, and before it has developed

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 361

Farmyard and Stable Manure—continued.
and exposed a sufficient amount of green-leaf surface to the
atmosphere to render it independent of soil supplies of
carbonic acid,

In many cases it is believed that these benefits are a
fall equivalent for the less soluble characters of the fertilis-
ing constituents of Farmyard or Stable Manure, as compared
with commercial fertilisers. When the soil has a reasonable
amonnt of ayailable plant-food within it, the foregoing state-
ment may be correct ; but as the ultimate welfare of garden
plants depends so much ona healthy and vigorous start, with
an abundant root-development, it becomes a question whether
the more quickly-acting commercial manures may not be
more yaluable than the slowly-acting animal manures,
whenever the soil is deficient in readily available plant-food.
Then, again, Farmyard Mannre, with its slow, nitrifying

roperties, may furnish sufficient nitrogenous food for all
ate crops in the garden, or those haying a long period of
growth ; but for early crops or very rapidly-growing plants
some easily soluble nitrogenous manure, such as guano,
nitrate of soda, sulphate of ammonia, &c., will be found of
great advantage. A tonof Farmyard or Stable Manure, when
applied to the soil, will add about 605lb. of organic matter,
which will yield from 9b. to 15lb. of nitrogen. But the
large amount of carbon in combination with the nitrogen
causes it to nitrify with comparative slowness,and the nitri-
fying process is essential before dung becomes available for
plants. The ton of dung will also add 67lb. of ash or
mineral constituents, supplying from 4lb. to 10lb. of
phosphoric acid, and from 5lb. to 13lb. of potash.

In some experiments of Sir John Lawes, at Rothamsted,
Hertfordshire, with Potatoes grown year after year on the
same land, it was shown that in the first year of the
application of 14 tons of Farmyard Manure per acre an
increase of 8 ewt. of Potatoes only was obtained oyer the
plot which received no mannre at all; while in the next four
years of the application of the same quantity of Farmyard
Manure the increase of Potatoes averaged 2 tons 17 ewt. per
acre oyer the unmannred plot, pointing clearly to the slow
action of the dung, and showing that it rarely produces
much effect in the first year of its application.

Further, it was found that when 200lb. of nitrogen was
applied to the Potato crop in the form of Farmyard Manure,
which also contributed a very large amount of mineral
constituents, in no case was the increased yield of the crop
so great as was obtained by an artificial mixture of minerals
and nitrogenous manure supplying only 86lb. of nitrogen,
but in a more readily available condition. Nor was the
increased assimilation of any one of the individual con-
stituents so great under the influence of Farmyard Manure
as when these were applied in the rapidly ayailable
condition, as in the artificial mixtures.

In the case of several other crops it bas also been found
that only a small proportion of the nitrogen of Farmyard
Manure was taken up in the first year of the application.

In ordinary garden practice Farmyard and Stable Manure
are not only araely relied upon for the growth of most
crops, but are applied in considerable quantities. It is
probable, therefore, that independently of the liberal supply
of all necessary constituents of plant-food, the beneficial
effects of this manure are in a considerable degree due to its
influence on the mechanical condition of the soil, rendering
it more porous and easily permeable to the surface-roots,
upon the deyelopment of which the success of so many
garden plants greatly depends. Then, again, something
may be due to an increased temperature of the surface-soil,
engendered by the decomposition of so large an amount of
organic matter within it ; whilst the carbonic acid evolved
in the decomposition will, with the aid of moisture, serve to
render the mineral resources of the soil more soluble.

There are several practical considerations which count in
fayour of using well-rotted manures, especially when not
used in conjunction with an artificial fertiliser. It is
especially worthy of observation that, whilst the insoluble
organic matter of dung is much reduced in quantity during
the fermentation, the insoluble organic matter which
remains is richer in nitrogen than an equal quantity of the
same substance from fresh dung. Therefore, weight for
weight, well-rotted Farmyard Mannre is richer in soluble
fertilising constituents than fresh dung, and contains
especially more readily available nitrogen, and hence
produces a more immediate and powerful effect on vege-
tation. Many practical gardeners have urged that fresh
manure, even if it does not actually injure the crop to which

Vol. V.

Farmyard and Stable Manure—continued.

it is applied, may still tend to the production of stems and
leaves rather than of seeds and fruits. The rankness,
however, of fresh dung and urine could be controlled and
utilised by applying the manure in small quantities, and
supplementing it with artificial fertilisers of kinds appro-
priate to the crops or individual plants that are to be
grown. See also Animal Manures.

FARNESIA. Included under Acacia (which see).
FASCIATION. A condition consisting of a banding

together of stems and inflorescences, or of a lateral
widening and banding of the former, as in the case of the
Garden Cockscomb. Recently some interesting experi-
ments have been conducted by M. L. Geneau de Lamarliére
with the object of producing Fasciation in the stems and
inflorescences of plants. Barkhausia tarazxacifolia was the
species selected experimentally for producing the desired
malformations. It was found that mutilations practised
upon the principal stems and branches fayoured the
formation and development of dormant abnormal buds, and
thus gave rise to branches and inflorescences more or less
Fasciated. Mutilation of the principal axes, then, we are
told, is a cause of teratological growths ; an indirect cause
certainly, but none the less effectual.

FATSIA. Only three species are included in this
genus—those described on p. 3, Vol. II. Flowers her-
maphrodite or polygamons ; petals four to six, membranons,
valyate ; stamens four to six ; filaments filiform; umbellets
paniculate or racemose, all perfect, or the lateral ones
male. Leayes ample, palmately cleft, glabrous, bristly,
or woolly beneath.

F. japonica is one of the best of room plants if its foliage
be kept free from dust and due attention be paid to
watering in late spring and early sammer. Where so many
fail with this plant in rooms is in assigning it a sunny
position. Itisashade lover, and this cannot be too well
remembered.

FEABERRY. A name locally applied to the Goose-
berry (which see).

FEDIA. To the species described on p. 4, Vol. II.,
the following varieties should be added:

F., Cornucopiz candidissima (whitish). This variety differs
4 the type and from floribunda-plena in having white flowers.
1885.

F. C. floribunda-plena (abundantly double flowered). A hand-
some, tufted variety, producing its pretty, reddish-pink, double
flowers in such profusion as to almost entirely hide the leaves.
1886. (R. G. 1218.)

FEDIA (of Adanson). A synonym of Patrinia
(which see).

FEDIA (of Gertner).
Valerianella (which see).

FEIJOA (named in honour of Don J. da Silva Feijo,
Director of the Natural History Museum at San
Sebastian), Syn. Orthostemon. ORD. Myrtacee. A small
genus (two species) of stove or greenhouse shrubs, natives
of Brazil, and only distinguished from Psidiwm in the
elongated ovary, in the filaments being erect in bud (in
which it differs from all other plants of the order), and in
the hairy anthers. F. Sellowiana, the only species
introduced, probably requires warm greenhouse treatment,
and may perhaps be increased by layering.

F. Sellowiana (Sellow’s). 1. solitary, axillary; petals fawn-
coloured outside, purplish-crimson within. jr. yellowish-green,
egg-shaped, Guava-like, richly perfumed, and of a ‘‘ delicious,
aromatic, spicy” flavour. J. 2in. to 3in. long, opposite, shortly
petiolate, oblong, obtuse, er een shining. 1698. An erect
shrub or small tree. (B. M. 7620; G. C. 1898, ii., p. 451, f. 134-5;
R. H. 1898, p. 264.)

FELICIA. Including Agathza (in part, not A. sylves-
tris). To -the species described on p. 4, Vol. II., the
following should be added :

F. abyssinica (Abyssinian). l.-heads lilac, hemispherical,
solitary, terminal, on peduncles lin. to 2in. long. J. closely
alternate, linear, sessile, entire or minutely setulose-ciliated, 4in.
to Zin. long. h. 4in. to 12in. Tropical Africa, 1896. A tufted,
half-hardy, much-branched shrub.

F. fragilis (fragile).* jl.-heads of a pale violet-blue with a
yellow centre, about fin. in diameter. July to September.

3A

In part synonymous with

362

Felicia—continued.
1. narrow-linear, hard-tipped, usually rigidly ciliated. Stems
dwarf, slender. South Africa, 1759. Half-hardy annual or
biennial, becoming shrubby at base ; useful as a carpet plant to
show up bright-flowering subjects. Syns. F. tenella, Aster
tenellus (B. M., t. 33).

F, fruticosa. According to the ‘Index Kewensis,” this is once
again classed under Aster,

F. tenella (rather tender). A synonym of C. fragilis.

FENDLERA (commemorative of Auguste Fendler,
one of the first botanists who visited New Mexico). Orb.
Sawifragee. A monotypic genus. The species is a hardy
or half-hardy, erect, deciduous, pubescent-pilose or glabrous
shrub, with terete, striated branches. It does well in any
ordinary soil if afforded the protection of a wall in other
than Southern districts. Propagation may be effected by
seeds, by cuttings, or by layers.

F. rupicola (rock-loving) jl. white, large and _ showy,
pedunculate, terminal, one to three on the short branchlets ;

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ferns—continued.

at an altitude varying from 10,000ft. to 12,000ft., and others
at the sea-level, which indicates that, in artificial culture,
while certain kinds are perfectly hardy in this country, others
require the protection of the warm house. In their native
habitats, certain exotic species affect the most exposed and
sunny situations, much in the same way as the Scale Fern
(Ceterach officinarum), the Maidenhair Spleenwort (Asple-
nium Trichomanes), and the Wall Rue (Asplenium ruta-
muraria) do in this country. Others only thrive under the
influence of dense shade; while others, again, require
constant moisture at the roots, with their heads in full
exposure to the action of the light, just as is the case with
some of our common British species.

Another important feature in connection with Ferns in
general is the singularly cosmopolitan character possessed
by certain kinds which, though generally given and
accepted as being of British origin, are also found wild in
various, and, in some cases, in very distant parts of the

Fic. 380.

calyx eight-ribbed; petals four, clawed; stamens eight, long.
i. opposite, lin. long, sub-sessile, oblong, entire, three-nerved.
h. 2ft. to 4ft. Texas and New Mexico, 1888. (R. H. 1891, f. 12.)
FENUSA ULMI. See Sawflies.

FERDINANDA. The species formerly classed under
this generic name are now referred to Podachenium
and Zaluzania (which see).

FERNANDEZIA (of Lindley). This genus (p. 4,
Vol. II.) is now merged into Lockhartia (which see).

FERNANDEZIA (of Ruiz and Payon), A synonym
of Dichza (which see).

FERN RUE. See Thalictrum flavum.

FERNS. Amongst the most striking points in connec-
tion with Ferns is the extremely wide range of their
geographical distribution. From the Tropics, where they
exist in profusion, to the Arctic regions, as far north as
Greenland, Ferns are found in greater or less quantities, some

THE FERNERY, NASH Court, FAVERSHAM.

Globe. Thus most of our Spleenworts, or Aspleniums, are
also found throughout the European Continent, Northern
Asia, North and South Africa, in North America, in various
parts of India, &c. The same may also be said of our
common Maidenhair Fern (Adiantum Capillus-Veneris),
which is found wild nearly all over the world. Even our
own Royal Fern (Osmuwnda regalis) is found growing
plentifully on the banks of rivers and streams on the
Neilgherries and other high mountains in India, while the
common Shield Ferns, Polystichwm angulare, Lastrea
spinulosa, and others, are also natives of many parts of
India and of North America. Yet another example of the
cosmopolitan character of Ferns is well shown in the
delightful violet-scented, small-growing Lastrea fragrans,
which, although originally introduced into this country
from North America, is fonnd to be abundant on some of
the Japanese mountains.

It is remarkable also that, to a certain extent, each
country appears to produce Ferns forming natural special

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 363

Ferns—continued.

sections. Thus, we find that North America supplies us
with species mostly of a deciduous character, from the
tiny-growing Pellea Breweri to the gigantic Struthiopteris
pennsylvanica, Onoclea sensibilis, Adiantum pedatum,
various Osmunda, Dicksonia punctilobula, and Woodsia
areolata. It is from Japan that, on the contrary, the

Ferns—continued.

Tree-Ferns found in the East and West Indies and
South America are, with a few exceptions, conspicuous by
their comparatively slender stems, whereas those, or most
of those, native of New Zealand, Australia, and Tasmania,
have stems of a comparatively thick nature, such as those
of the deservedly-popular Dicksonia antarctica, of the

Fia. 381.

greatest part of the hardy and semi-hardy evergreen kinds
are native. We note among the most popular species
such general favourites as Cyrtomiwm falcatum and
C. anomophyllum, Lastrea atrata, L. opaca, Polystichum
setosum, and P. Tsus-Simense, all of which are not only
evergreen, but have a peculiarly glossy appearance and
leathery texture—characters which are shared by very few
of our native Ferns and by scarcely any other exotic kinds.

WELL-GROWN FERNS (in House in Mr. H. B. May’s Nursery, Upper Edmonton).

Silver Tree-Fern, Cyathea dealbata, C. medullaris, and
a few others. :
It is worthy of notice that the powers of producing
crested, depanperated, and other characters peculiar to
forms of original species, either of a deciduous or of an
evergreen nature, is much more deyeloped among Ferns
growing spontaneously in England than among those found

in any other country, as it is a fact that scarcely a single

364

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ferns—continued.
species of Fern native of the British Isles has retained
its normal characters throughout: all haye become more
or less addicted to variations. That power of producing
variable forms, either due to the influence of the atmo-
sphere or to other causes, can hardly be ascribed to the
effects of cultivation, as most of the crested, undulated,
multifid, and other forms of Lastrea Filia-mas, Athyriwm
Filix-femina, Polypodium vulgare, Polystichum angulare,
and Scolopendrium vulgare have usually been met with in
a wild state in some part or other of the United Kingdom.
Even the production of the crested forms of exotic species,
such as Adiantums, Gymnogrammes, and Pteris may be
said to be a monopoly of this country.

Like any other order of plants, Ferns have their pigmies
as well as their giants, but the differences as regards
dimensions are much more marked in them than in most if
not in all others. While some of the gigantic Tree-Ferns
attain some 50ft. in height, others seldom exceed a few
inches ; and, as regards the fronds themselves, although in
the case of certain Polypodiums, Trichomanes, and others,
these are only an inch or even less in length, in others
they reach fully 15ft. Again, some kinds affect a
bushy and symmetrical form, whereas others are provided
with rhizomes or stems which naturally grow many yards
in length, twining round other plants or climbing to the
top of tall trees.

Although in the majority of cases their foliage is of a
uniform green colour, yet, either in the course of development
or when fully matured, their fronds, in some cases entire,
and in others more or less finely divided, exhibit a most
extensive variety of shades, ranging from the dark colour
peculiar to the Hard Fern, Blechnwm Spicant, or to the
Soft Prickly Shield Fern, Polystichum angulare, to the
soft pea-green tint of our common Oak Fern, Polypodiwm
Dryopteris, or the loyely Adiantum trapeziforme. Others,
like the common Polypodiwm aurewm, a deservedly popular
strong - growing kind, or the small, dwarf - growing
P. glaucophyllum, retain all through their existence a
pleasing bluish tint which forcibly reminds one of the
foliage of Eucalyptus globulus. Others, again, although
quite green when mature, are, during their development, of
most brilliant bronzy or metallic tints. This peculiar
character is particularly noticeable among the Adiantums,
some of which, like A. Veitchii, rubellum, tinctwm, macro-
phyllum, and others, are endowed with most gorgeous hues,
turning from a delicate pink to a bright magenta, and finally
changing to a glaucous green tint of exquisite softness,
before taking the uniform and permanent green colour
which they retain to the end of their existence. The same
changes of colours also apply to Blechnum occidentale,
Doodia media, and D. aspera multifida, to the striking
Didymochlena truncatula, the ever - charming dwarf-
growing Lomaria L’Herminieri, the handsome, large-
growing Davallia polyantha, and many other species of
small or large habit. ‘To those who might object that the
variations in colour above referred to. only belong to the
early part of the vegetation of the plants, it may be
answered that, as Ferns of an evergreen nature are growing
nearly all the year round, the objection is not of great
consequence, as there is always a variety of colour to be
seen and admired wherever a certain quantity of these
plants are grown.

Ferns for purposes of culture may be divided into two
broad sections—hardy and exotic, the former in this
country succeeding ont of doors, and the latter requiring
glass protection (see Figs. 380 and 381).

Harpy Ferns. There are many places in gardens
where flowering plants cannot live, and these are well
adapted for the cultivation of Ferns. Whenever practic-
able, the Hardy Fernery should be situated in a
natarally moist and cool spot, and, strong light being in
most cases objectionable, the neighbourhood of tall,
deciduous trees should have preference over all other
places, as in this case the plants would be little exposed to
the sun, and protected from strong winds. A position with
a north aspect is the one most ‘suitable, the plants having
then a maximum of light without being spoilt by the sun.
The Hardy Fernery should be constructed of stone, in the
form of rockwork, either on the level ground or as a ravine,
excavated toa greater or less depth. In whatever form the
Fernery is arranged, drainage is of the utmost importance,
and should be provided for the ready escape of surplus
moisture, It should be borne in mind that, in the formation

Ferns—continued.

of the Outdoor Fernery, it is most essential to study the
requirements and comfort of the plants in preference to
showing the building of the rockwork, and to provide against
the disastrous effects of high winds, which are injurious to
all Ferns. Besides the friendly shelter of neighbouring
trees, as stated elsewhere, the tenderest kinds may also be
protected by the judicious grouping of the more robust
sorts, which, when planted in masses, considerably help in
procuring the comfort necessary to the well-being of the
smaller and more delicate species.

In planting the Hardy Fernery, the distribution of the
evergreen and of the naturally deciduous species should be
carefully considered, and the plants arranged in such a way
as to avoid at any time a bare appearance, and allow the
whole place to remain covered with foliage during the
resting season. The introduction of North American and
certain Japanese Ferns, which haye proved quite hardy
under our climate, has materially added to the great
diversity of size and habit as represented by the British
species and their numerous varieties.

The planting of the Hardy Fernery may safely take place
at any time from October to March; but if it is tolerably
sheltered it is preferable to plant in autumn, as root-action
in most hardy Ferns commences long before there are any
visible signs of vegetation, and in that case the plants
moved in the autumn will, if kept sufficiently moist during
the winter, make a quantity of fresh roots, upon which the
new growth is mostly dependent. If, however, the place
where the Hardy Fernery is situated is exposed, it is
preferable to plant only in the spring, and just before
vegetation commences, say about the end of March, as the
plants are then full of vigour, the ascension of sap enabling
them to take every advantage of the new soil, the nutritive
properties of which are readily assimilated by the roots.
Special attention to the nature of the plants employed in the
plantation of the Hardy Fernery is indispensable, and of
much greater consequence than the preparation of the com-
post or material in which the plants are to grow, and which,
for general purposes, consists of two parts of fibrous loam,
one part of half-decayed leaf-mould, and one part of coarse
silver-sand. ,

An attempt has been made to place in their respective
positions the British and the hardy exotic Ferns, according
to their dimensions, and it is hoped that it will serve asa
guide to amateurs intending to plant a collection of Ferns
out of doors. With a view to insuring each plant a position
suitable to its requirements, we have marked with an
asterisk (*) the kinds requiring more than ordinary moisture
at the roots, and with a dagger (+) those kinds which prefer
a somewhat exposed and airy situation ; all others thrive in
naturally shady and moist places, as previously stated.

Dwarf species and varieties growing from 4in. to 12in.
high: Allosorus crispus and A. acrostichoides ; the various
Spleenworts, such as Aspleniwm Adiantum-nigrum, ebenum,
fontanum*, lanceolatum, Ruta-murariat, Trichomanest,
viride ; several prettily-crested forms of the Lady Fern,
Athyrium Filiz-femina; Blechnum Spicant; Ceterach
oficinarumt ; Cystopteris fragilis, Dickieana, and mon-
tanat ; a few varieties of the Male Fern, Lastrea Filix-mas ;
Lomaria alpina ; the Oak, Beech, and Limestone Polypodies,
Polypodium Dryopteris, Phegopteris, and calcareum ; Poly-
podium vulgare} and varieties ; several handsome forms of
Polystichum (Aspidiwm), including the Holly Fern, P. Lon-
chitis; numerous forms of the Common Hart’s-tongue,
Scolopendrium vulgare* ; and Woodsia glabella, ilvensis,
and obtusa.

Among the medium-sized species and varieties, growing
from 12in. to 24in. in height, we particularly note : Aspidium
cristatumt and A, noveboracense ; Dicksonia punctilobula ;
several handsome varieties of the Lady Fern and also of the
Male Fern; Lastrea intermedia, marginale, xmula,
romoneT Thelypteris® ; the Welsh Polypody, P. cambri-
cum; and several pretty forms of Polystichwm angulare,
Scolopendrium vulgare*, and Woodwardia virginica*.

The principal and most ornamental species and varieties
growing 2ft. and upwards are: Athyrium Michauwii and
several varieties of A. Filix-femina, such as Howarde,
Grante, Elworthii, plumosum, setigerum, todeoides, &e. ;
Lastrea Goldieana, and several varieties of L. Filix-mas,
such as Bollandie, Barnesii, grandiceps, Ingramii,
Vineare, &c.; also Lastrea dilatata and its several crested
varieties. The North American Onoclea sensibilis* and
Osmunda cinnamomea*, interrupta*, giacilis*, as well as

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 365

Ferns—continued.
the British Osmunda regalis and regalis cristata*, are
among the most distinct of all known Ferns. Very interest-
ing also are Aspidiwm (Polystichum) munitum and the
beantiful varieties of angulare, such as divisilobwm, multi-
lobum, proliferum Crawfordianum, Lomaria chilensis, Pteris
aquilina, and Struthiopteris pennsylvanica*, which grows
very Inxuriantly, and attains a large size when planted in a
damp, shaded, and sheltered position.

When a Hardy Fernery is once established, very little
attention is required to keep it in good order. The whole
work in connection with such a place is limited to
occasional waterings during the summer, while during the
winter a slight covering of old leaves or other light
material placed over the plants will enable the tenderer
sorts to withstand the rigour of our most severe winters.

Repotrina Ferns. This is an operation of great im-
portance, and the principal points to be observed are
that they should not on any account be over-potted, and
that special care should be taken to prevent the roots of the
plants from being torn away or broken off. Over-potting is
undoubtedly a frequent cause of loss of Ferns, and should
always be avoided. Although a hard-and-fast rule as to the
dimensions of the pots to be used cannot possibly be laid
down, it is well to remember that by far the better plan is
to repot several times, as required, giving a slightly larger
pot each time, than to put plants into much larger pots with
the object of saving labour, or the trouble of repotting in a
month or two. Through successive repottings the plants
derive from each additional supply of new soil the full
amount of the nutritive properties it possesses, while over-
potting frequently causes sickness. Healthy well-rooted
plants may safely be repotted as follow: from 3in. pots to
44in. pots, from 44in. pots to 6in. pots, from 6in. pots to 8in.
pots, from 8in. pots to 10in. pots, from 10in. pots to 13in.
pots, and so on. Ferns require repotting less frequently
the larger they become, and the larger the pots are in which
they growing; they also should be repotted more or less
frequently, according to their nature and to their power of
growth. Itis well known among practical men that these
plants make their hardiest and most luxuriant growth when
the inside surface of their pots is already covered with a
network of roots.

When proper attention is given to Ferns after repotting,
this operation may safely be performed at almost any time
of the year; but, generally speaking, it is preferable to
commence in the warm house about the beginning of
February, and in the cool house about the beginning of
March. In every case it is most advisable to have the
plants repotted as they start into new growth. This opera-
tion may be continued through spring and summer, but it is
best to cease about the middle of September, as little
growth is made after that time, and the addition of new
soil, even if not injurious to the plants, is of very little use,
as its nutritive properties are washed out before the spring
by the repeated waterings the plants require in the mean-
time. It is not advisable to put into larger pots plants with
roots matted together in a hard mass until they have been
carefully loosened as much as it can be done with safety.
When the roots have filled the bottom of the pots, and have
become thickly matted among the crocks, it is best to repot
withont disturbing them, leaving the crocks in, for it is
certain that, if for the sake of removing the crocks the roots
are torn away, the plants will be deprived of the best part of
their feeders, and will suffer accordingly. Large plants
should be examined and repotted if they require it, but
there is no necessity for repotting them every year ; indeed,
in many cases it is advisable not to do so, although small
plants benefit by being repotted several times during the
year, because in the growing season, under favourable con-
ditions, they make fresh roots very rapidly.

On account of the extremely sensitive nature of their
roots, Ferns should preferably be potted in old pots ; these,
when used, shonld be clean and dry, so as to prevent,
whenever the plants are to be repotted, the breaking of
their roots, which is bound to happen if the plants have
been previously potted in wet or dirty pots, to the sides of
which the roots will be found to strongly adhere. When-
ever new pots are to be used, it is advisable to have these
put in water, in which they should remain until they are
thoroughly soaked, and then be well dried before using ; it
is well known that pots fresh from the kiln absorb a great

uantity of water, and when their pores are not previously
ed it very frequently happens that the first two or three

Ferns—continued.
waterings, instead of being beneficial to the plants, only
serve to soak the pots, while the balls of soil which the
latter contain become so dry that it is often most difficult
afterwards to get them into a moist condition.

Great care must always be taken that the plants when
repotted are sufficiently moist at the roots, which organs
are exceedingly sensitive to even a temporary absence of
moisture. When a Fern has suffered from want of water at
the roots, the effect is shown by the shrivelling of the
fronds, the older ones being usually affected before the
young growths. This is a peculiarity well worthy of special
notice ; for while in the case of most other plants, either of
a herbaceous or of a woody texture, the temporary flagging
of the foliage is efficiently remedied by an_ ordinary
watering, or, at the most, by a thorough soaking of the
roots, such treatment has no apparent effect on the roots of
most Ferns, and very few indeed are the species whose
fronds, having once flagged, regain their elasticity by the
application of water at the roots or over the foliage; the
Nothoclenas and the Cheilanthes are* the Ferns which
show the least the effects of drought at the roots.

In growing Ferns in pots it will be found greatly
beneficial to the plants that these should stand on a solid,
cool, moist bottom, and the ordinary stage or shelf can
hardly correspond to the requirements of the plants. The
most suitable material on which to place Ferns in general is
a solid bed of ashes or one of sand covered with a layer of
coal-cinders, which have the property of remaining fresh
and sweet for an indefinite time. Wherever practicable, the
houses in which Ferns are intended to be grown in pots
should be comparatively low structures, sunk 15in. or 18in.
below the surface of the ground, and provided with solid
beds, bricked on their vertical outer surface. The walks
should be made either of coarse gravel, or of the natural
earth, if of a sandy nature, simply covered with a thickness
of 2in. or 3in. of coal-cinders, these being the most porous,
and at the same time the best moisture-retaining materials
that can be used in a house in which constant humidity is of
the utmost importance.

GROWING FrRNs IN Pans. Besides pot culture, pure and
simple, there are several other equally practical ways of
growing Ferns, some of which have been devised by the
cultivator to render the plants more attractive by
presenting them under their most favourable aspect, while
others have been suggested to him by the nature of the
plants under his care.

Besides the hanging-basket, already noted in Vol. L.,
there is the shallow pan. Both methods offer to certain
species advantages which they could not obtain if grown in
Ale time-hononred conventional flower-pot. The shallow
pan is especially useful for the culture of most Ferns
provided with running rhizomes. These organs, in a few
instances, prefer being kept underground, but, in most
cases, they delight in running over the surface of the soil, to
which they should from time to time be carefully fastened
down by means of small wooden pegs, which are useful until
the rhizomes have produced sufficient roots to keep them-
selves in position, when the pegs may be entirely dispensed
with. As the plants grow, and the rhizomes extend, they
are apt to come over the sides of the pans; for the welfare
of the plants this must be prevented, and it is easily done
by carefully turning them inside the pans and pegging them
securely on to the soil. Under these conditions, the
rhizomes producing fresh roots all along their length add
strength to the plant, whereas, when they extend over the
sides of the pan and out of the damp soil or moss, they
seldom produce any roots, and have to be supported by the
plant instead of helping it, and the results are anything but
satisfactory. When used, the pans, like the pots, must be
clean and dry. Drainage is an essential point; the holes
should be covered with large crocks, which should be
covered with either moss or rough peat; this, again,
should be covered with a layer of very rough compost,
higher in the middle than at the sides ; then the pan should
be filled to a sufficient depth with finer material until there
is enough to plant the Ferns. The principal thing is to
have the work firmly done, and, when the rhizomes are well
pegged down and watered, very little attention besides
watering will be needed for some time. A greater surface
in a pan of the same dimensions may easily be obtained by
raising the compost in the centre of the pan and forming a
cone resting on rough pieces of peat, all made secure by
being skewered together. This method is particularly

366 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ferns—continued.
suitable to certain Ferns, such as Davallias, and, with a
little extra care, these mounds may easily be prevented from
becoming dry.

Ferns on Cork. Many are the ways in which virgin
cork may be used, and often with the greatest advantage ;
but perhaps the prettiest arrangement with that material
consists in the making of artificial trees of various
dimensions, by firmly binding or tying pieces of cork bark
together, allowing little spaces here and there to be left
open, so that the hollow parts may be filled with a compost
suitable to the Ferns used. Many Ferns will grow under
such conditions; but Davallias, Nephrolepis, and Platy-
ceriums particularly luxuriate under this treatment.

Porous Borries. A terra-cotta bottle, made of a
specially porous material, and usually known as the

Ferns—continued.

by an asterisk (*); those succeeding best under ordinary
greenhouse treatment have no special mark; while those
which are hardy are indicated by a dagger (t+).

Tree Ferns. Alsophila australis, A. contaminans*, A. Cooperii,
A. excelsa, A. Rebecce, A. villosa*. Brainea insignis*. Cyathea
arborea*, C. dealbata, C. Dregei*, C. insignis*, C. medullaris.
Dicksonia antarctica, D. Barometz, D. chrysotricha, D. fibrosa,
D. regalis*, D. Schiedei*, D. squarrosa. Hemitelia Smithii.
Lomaria cycadoides, L. discolor, L. gibba.

Gigantic Non-arborescent Ferns. Acrostichum aurewm*,
A, cervinum, A. scandens*. Adiantum cardiochleanum*, A. tene-
rum*, A. trapeziforme*. Angiopteris evecta*. Aspidium capense.
Asplenium longissimum*, A. Nidus*. Blechnwm brasiliense.
Davallia divaricata*, D. hirta cristata*, D. platyphylla, Dicksonia
adiantoides, D. culcita, D. davallioides Youngii. Didymochlena
truncatula*. Marattia alata*, M. Cooperii*, M. elegans. Nephro-
lepis davallioides and varieties*, N. rufescens tripinnatijida*.

Fig. 382. POLYPODIUM AUREUM.

‘* Madeira Fern bottle,’ having been procured, it is covered
with a layer of clay about an inch thick, which is fastened
to it and held in position by means of copper wire worked
across in different directions. Quite tiny secdlings of
Adiantum Capillus-Veneris are then planted in the clay,
the bottle is filled with water, which soon percolates
through to the clay, and hung up. There is no need to
give water direct to the plants—the bottle only requires
to be occasionally replenished; by that means a most
pleasing ball of green foliage is produced, lasting in
perfection so long as the bottle is not allowed to get dry.

Ferns FoR Spectan Purposes. The list of Ferns
which follows is a selection of those best suited to special
purposes, whether ontdoors or inside. Those kinds which
thrive best under warm treatment are distinguished

Polypodium aureum (Fig. 382), P. Heraclewm*, P. sub-auricu-
latum*, P. verrucosum*. Pteris Drinkwaterii, P. moluccana*,
P. tremula and varieties. Todea arborea. Woodwardia orientalis
and radicans.

Small-growing Ferns. Acrostichwm peltatum*. Actiniopteris
radiata*. Adiantum jissum, A. Legrandii, A. Luddemannianum,
A. mundulum, A. Pacottii, A. reniforme. Asplenium Ceteracht,
A. elegantulum, A. flabellifolium, A. fontanumt, A. monanthe-
mum, A, Ruta-murariat, A. Trichomanest, A. viviparum*.
Davallia alpina*, D. parvula*. Fadyena prolifera*. Lomaria
spicant and varietiest. Nephrodium fragrans, N. sanctum. Pellea
Brewerii, P. Bridgesii, P. gracilis. Polypodium lycopodioides,
P. piloselloides, P. rupestre, P. vaccinifolium. Woodsia glabellat,
W. hyperboreat, W. oreganat, W. scopulinat.

Ferns with Coloured or Tinted Fronds. Adiantum
cardiochlena*, A. col; A. cyclosorum*, A. hispidulum,
A, lunulatum*, 4. macrophytlum and varieties*, A. peruvianum*,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 367

Ferns—continued.

A, rhodophyllum*, A. rubellum*, A. tetraphullum gracile*,
A, tinctum, A. Veitchianum*. Blechnum longifolium gracile,
B. occidentale. Brainea insignis*. Davallia polyantha*,
D. retusa", D. tenuifolia Veitchiana*. Didymochlena truncatula*.
Lastrea coruscat, L. erythrosorat, L. opacat, L. prolificat.
Lomaria attenuata, L. L’Heriminiert*. Osmunda palustris.
Pellwa, nearly all of a glaucous colour. Polypodium appendi-
culatum, P. aureum, P. glaucophyllum, P. sporadocarpum.
Pteris aspericaulis, P. tricolor*. Woodwardia orientalis.

Variegated Ferns. Adiantum cuneatum variegatum, A. macro-
phyllum striatum*. Anemia phyllitidis tessellata. Athyrium
Goringianum pictumt. Dictyogramme japonica variegata.
Lastrea aristata variegata. Polypodiwm vulgare variegatumt.
Pteris aquilina variegatat, P. cretica albo-variegata, P. c. Mayii,
P. nemoralis variegata, P. palmata nobilis*, P. quadri-
aurita argyreia, P. q. tricolor*, P. regine, P. r. cristata,
P, Victoria, P. V. cristata. Scolopendrium vulgare variegatumt.

Crested Ferns. Adiantum cuneatum grandiceps, A. c. Ludde-
mannianum, <A. c. versaillense, A. excisum multisidum.
Aspidium angulare (numerous forms)t. <Asplenium adiantum-
nigrum grandicepst, A. marinum ramosumt, A. Trichomanes
(several forms). Athyrium Filixz-feemina (numerous forms)t.
Davallia elegans polydactyla*, D. hirta cristata*, D. Mariesii
cristata. Doodia aspera multifida*. _Gymnogramme grandiceps*,
G. Parsonsii*, G. Wettenhalliana*. Lastrea Filix-mas (numerous
forms)t, L. patens cristatum, L. Richardsii multifida, L. spinulosa
polydactylat. Lomaria spicant (several forms)t. Nephrolepis
davallicides furcans*, N. Dujii*. Niphobolus lingua corymbifera.
Osmunda japonica corymbifera, O. regalis cristatat. Polypodiwm
vulgare (several forms)}. Pteris aquilina grandicepst, P. cretica
(several forms), P. serrulata (several forms), P. tremula grandi-
ceps, P. t. Smithiana. Scolopendrium vulgare (numerous forms)t.
Woodwardia radicans cristata.

Gold and Silver Ferns. Adiantum scabrum, A. sulphureum,
A. Williamsii. Alsophila pruinata. Cheilanthes argentea,
C. Borsigiana*, C. Clevelandii, C. Eatoni, C. farinosa,
C. tomentosa. Cyathea dealbata. mnogramme calomelanos
(several silver forms)*, G. chrysophylla (several golden forms)*,
G. triangularis, G. trifoliata*. _ Nothochlena Eckloniana,
N. flavens, N. hypoleuca, N. lanuginosa, N. Newberryii,
N. nivea, N. sinuata, N. sulphurea, N. trichomanoides*.
Onychium auratum*.

Filmy or Transparent Ferns. Hymenophyllum weruginosum,
Hf. asplenioides, H. caudiculatum, H. chiloense, HoumNaiorn
H. crispum, H. cruentum, H. demissum, H. dilatatum,
H. Forsterianum, H. hirsutum, H. javanicum, H. pectinatum,
i. pulcherrimum, H. scabrum, H. tunbridgenset, H. Wilsonit.
Todea Fraseri, T. grandipinnula, T. intermedia, T. pellucida,
T. superba. Trichomanes alatum, T. exsectum, T. humile,
T. parvulum, T. pyxidiferum, T. radicans and varietiest,
T. reniforme, T. tenerum, T. trichoideum, T. venosum. All the
above succeed under cool treatment.

Ferns of Drocping Habit. Adiantum amabile*, A. cauda-
tum*, A, concinnum*, A. incisum*, A. lunulatum*, A. l. dolabri-
Sorme*. Asplenium caudatum*, A. flabellifolium, A. flaccidum,
A. I issimum*, A. obtusilobkum*, A. Sandersoni*. Davallia
cherophylla, D. dissecta, D, fijiensis and varieties*, D. hemiptera*,
D. retusa*, D. tenuifolia Veitchiana*. Gymnogramme gloriosa*,
G. schizophylla*. _ Nephrolepis acuta, N. Bausei, N. cordifolia,
N. davallioides*, N. d. furcans*, N. Dufii*, N. exaltata, N. pluma.
Polypodium appendiculatum, P. lachnopus, P. Paradise, P. sub-
auriculatum, P. sub-petiolatum, P. verrucosum*. Pteris moluccana*.
Woodwardia orientalis, W. radicans, W. r. cristata.

Ferns of Se Habit. Lygodium — dichotomum*,
L. japonicum, L. palmatum, L. pinnatifidum*, L. scandens,
L. venustum*, L, volubile*.

Ferns of Trailing Habit. Acrostichum acuminatum*,
A, cervinum*, A. osmundaceum*, A. peltatum (Rhipidopteris)*,
A. scandens (Stenochlena)*. Davallia aculeata*, D. afinis,
D. cherophylla, D. divaricata*, D. elegans*, D. Grifithiana*,
D. hirsuta, D. immersa, D. marginalis, D. Mariesii, D. Mooreana*,
D. nove-zelandie, D, pentaphylla*, D. pyxidata, D. repens,
D. solida, D. Tyermanni. Dicksonia adiantoides, D. cicutaria,
D. davallioides Youngii*. Gleichenias (all known sorts).
Hymenophyllum (all known sorts). Nephrolepis (all known sorts).
Oleandra articulata*, O, nodosa*, O. Wallichii. Polypodium
aureum, P. Billardieri, P. Dryopterist, P. glaucophyllum*,
P. hexagonopterumt, P. lachnopus, P. lingua, P. l. corymbifera,
P. Paradisee*, P. Phegopterist, P. piloselloides, P. pustulatum,
P. repens*, P. Schneideri*, P. sporadocarpum*, P. sub-auricu-
latum*, P. sub-petiolatum*, P. Swartzii*, P. vaccinifolium*,
P. verrucosum*, P. vulgare and varietiest. Polystichum capense.
Pteris moluccana*, P. scaberula. Trichomanes (most of the
known sorts). Woodwardia angustifolia.

Curious Ferns. Actiniopteris radiata*, A. r. australis*.
Adiantum reniforme, A. 1. azarifolium*. Anemia (all
known sorts)*. Angiopteris evecta. Asplenium australasicum*,
A. Hemionitis, A. Nidus*. Botrychium lunariat. Ceratopteris
thalictroides)*. Fadyena prolifera. Gymnogramme javanica*,
G. Muellerii, G. trifoliata*. Helminthostachys zeylanica*.
Hemionitis cordata*, H. palmata*. H odium crinitum*.
Lindsaya reniformis*. Llavea cordifolia. Lygodium (all known

Ferns—continued.

sorts). Marattias (all known sorts)*. Pellewa geranifolia (Fig. 383).
Platycerium (all known sorts)*. Polypodium sossum*, P. Niphias.
Pteris ludens*, P. palmata, P. sagittifolia. Rhipidopteris
peltata*, R. p. gracillima*. Schizea (all known sorts)*. Tnitis
ie sorts)*. Trichomanes reniforme. Vittaria (all known
sorts)*.

Viviparous and Proliferous Ferns. Adiantum cauda-
tum’, A. ciliatum*, A. dolabriforme*, A. lunulatum™. Asplenium
alatum*, A. attenuatum, A. - Belangerii*, A. bulbiferwm,
A. caudatum*, A. Colensoi, A. compressum, A. dimorphum,
A. flabellifolium, A. flaccidum, A. laxwm pumilum, A. longissi-
mum*, A. monanthemum, A. obtusilobum, A. reclinatum*,
A, Sandersoni*, A. tenellum, A. viviparum*, A. v. nobile*. Cera-
topteris thalictroides*. Cystopteris bulbifera. Fadyena prolifera.
Gymnogramme schizophylla*. Hemionitis cordata*, H. palmata*.
Hypolepis Bergiana. Lastrea cicutefolia, L. prolifica. Nephro-
lepis (nearly all known sorts). Phegopteris divergens. Platy-
cerium alcicorne, P. Stemmaria*, P. Willinckii*. Polypodium
proliferum, P. refractum. Polystichum angulare proliferum and
varietiest, P. viviparum. Pteris palmata. Scolopendrium
(Camptosorus) rhizophyllum, S. vulgare densumt, S. v. pro-
liferumt, S.v. Wardiit. Trichomanes pinnatum*. Woodwardia
Srreniatts, W. radicans, W. r. Burgesiana, W. r. crispa, W. r.
cristata,

Fic. 383, PELL#A GERANIFOLIA.

Ferns for Hanging Baskets in Warm Fernery.
Adiantum amabile, A. caudatum, A. concinnum, A. cuneatuin
grandiceps, A. dolabriforme, A. Farleyense, A. fragrantissimum,
‘A, gracillimum, A. peruvianum, A. Williamsit. Asplenium
caudatum, A. longissimum. Blechnum glandulosum. Davallia
dissecta, D. elegans, D. fijiensis and varieties, D. Grifithiana,
D. Mooreana, D. entaphylla, D. tenuifolia Veitchiana.
Gymnogrammes (gold and silver), G. schizophylla gloriosa.
Microlepia hirta cristata. _Nephrolepis davallioides furcans,
N. exaltata, N. pectinata. Platycerium alcicorne. Polypodium
sub-auriculatum.

Ferns for Growing on Cork Blocks in Cool Fernery.
Adiantum Capillus-Veneris and varieties, A. colpodes elegans.
Asplenium flabellifolium. Davaillia bullata, D. Mariesii,

M. cristata. Hypolepis distans. Pelleea rotundifolia,
P. ternifolia. Platycerium alcicorne. Polypodiwm incanwm,
P. lycopodioides, P. pustulatum, P. salicifoliwm, P. tenellwm,
P. triangulare laxum.

Ferns for Hanging Baskets in Cool Fernery. Adian-
tum assimile, A. venustum. Asplenium flaccidum. Davallia
bullata, D. Lawsoniana, D. Mariesii, D. M. cristata, D. nove-
zelandiw, Hypolepis distans, H. tenuis. Leucostegia immersa.

368

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Ferns—continued.

Nephrolepis philippinensis, N. pluma, N. tuberosa. Pellwa terni-
folia. Phegopteris effusa. Platycerium alcicorne. Polypodium
pustulatum. Polystichum lepidocaulon. Pteris scaberula, P. ser-
rulata and varieties. Woodwardia orientalis, W. radicans,
W. r. cristata.

Ferns for Growing on Cork Blocks in Warm Fernery.
Adiantum ciliatum, A. dolabriforme, A. lunulatum, A. setu-
losum. Aspleniwm nobilis. Davallia decora (all species with
rhizomes). Nephrolepis cordata compacta, N. pectinata, N. philip-
pinensis. Oleandra nodosa. Pellea flexuosa. Phlebodium veno-
sum. Phymatodes vulgaris cristata. Platyceriwm grande,
P. Hillii, P. Stemmaria, P. Willinckii, Stenochleena scandens.

Ferns for Planting on Walls in the Warm Fernery.
Adiantum emulum <A, amabile, A. caudatum, <A. ciliatwn,
A. cuneatum and varieties, A. fragrantissimum, A. peruvianum,
A. pubescens, A. tenerum. Asplenium alatum, A. flacciduin,
A, planicaule. Blechnum glandulosum. Davallia decora, D. dis-
secta, D. elegans, D. hemiptera, D. fijiensis and_ varieties,
D. Mooreana, D. pentaphylla, D. Tyermannii. Leucostegia
immersa. Nephrolepis (all sorts). Osmunda palustris. Platy-
loma ternifolia. Polypodium appendiculatum, Billardierit,
P. Catherine, P. glaucophyllum, P. sub-auriculatum, Poly-
stichum mucronatum. Stenochlena scandens.

Ferns for Planting on Walls in the Cool Fernery.
Adiantum ethiopicwm, A. assimile, A. Capillus-Veneris and
varieties, A. colpodes, A. cuneatum and varieties, A. Cunning-
hamii, A. denorum, A. formosum, A, fulvwm, A. pubescens,
A. venustum, A. Williamsii. Aspleniwm biforme, A, elegantulum,
A, flaccidum. Blechnum occidentale. Davallia bullata, D. Mariesti,
D. novee-zelandie. Diplazium Thwaitesii. Doodia caudata.
Hypolepis distans, H. repens. Leucostegia immersa. Nephro-
lepis tuberosa. Niphobolus lingua. Onychium japonicum, Poly-
stichum triangulare laxum. Pteris adiantifolia, P. longifolia,
P. scaberula, P. serrulata and varieties,

Stove Ferns for Exhibition. Adiantum cardiochlena,
A. Collisii, A. Farleyense, A. fragrantissimum, A. Lathomii,
A. peruvianum, <A. trapeziforme. Aglaomorpha Meyeniana.
Anemias (of sorts), <Aspleniwm Nidus. Davallia fijiensis and
varieties, D. Mooreana, D. polyantha, D. tenuifolia Veitchii.
Gymnogramme chrysophylla Alstonie, G. peruviana argyrophylla,
G. schizophylla gloriosa, Nephrolepis davallioides, N. d. furcans,
N. rufescens tripinnatifida. Microlepia hirta cristata. Platycerium
grande. Polypodiwm Schneiderii, P. sub-auriculatum. Pteris
ludens.

Greenhouse Ferns for Exhibition. Adiantum cuneatum,
c. grandiceps, <A. gracillimum, A. Veitchii, A. Williamsii.
Asplenium laxum pumilum. Brainea insignis. Davallia bullata,
D. Tyermannii, Gleichenia dicarpa longipinnata, G. flabellata,
G, Mendellii, G. rupestris, G. semivestita, G. spelunce. Lomaria
gibba, L. g. platyptera. Microlepia platyphylla. Phegopteris
effusus. Polypodium aureum. Pteris Drinkwaterii, P. longifolia
Mariesii, P. scaberula. Woodwardia orientalis, W. radicans and
varieties.

British Ferns (dwarf) for Exhibition. Adiantum Capillus-
Veneris grande, A. C.-V. imbricatum. Asplenium fontanum,
A, septentrionale, A. Trichomanes confluens, A. T’. cristatum,
A, T. incisum. Athyrium Filix-femina crispum, A. F.-S.
Edwardsti, A. F.-f. Vernonie cristatum. Blechnum Spicant
cristatum, B. S. Maunderii, B. S. plumosum, B. 8S. trinervo
coronans. Cystopteris montana. — Lastrea Filia-mas fluctuosa,
L. montana ramo-coronans. Polypodium vulgare cristatum,
P. v. elegantissimum, P. v. Fowlerti. Polystichuin Lonchitis.
Scolopendrium vulgare Coolingit, S. v. eristulatwm, S. v. ramo-
marginatum, S. v. scalariforme.

British Ferns (tall) for Exhibition. <Athyriwm Filizx-
Semina corymbiferum, A. F.-f. Craiggti, A. F.-f. Fieldic, A. F.-f.
plumosum, A. F.-1. todioides, A. F'.-f. Victoria. Lastrea Filix-
mas Bollandic, L. I'.-m,. cristata, L. F.-m. fimbriata, L. F.-m.
grandiceps, L. F.-m. ramosissima. Osmunda regalis cristata.
Polypodium vulgare cambricwm, P. v. pulcherrinun, Polystichum
angulare cristatum, P. a. divisilobum decorum, P. a, plumosum,
P. a. proliferum, P. a. p. Henleye, P. a. rotundatum.
Scolopendrium vulgare crispum, S. v. endiveefolium, S. »v.
grandiceps, S. v. ramo-cristatum majus, S. v. Stablerae.

Hardy Exotic Ferns for Exhibition. Adiantum pedatum.
Aspidium Goldieanum. Dicksonia punctilobula. Lastrea corusca,
L. erythrosora. Lomaria chilensis. Onoclea sensibilis. Osmunda
cinnamomea, O. gracilis, O. interrupta. Polystichum munitum.
Struthiopteris pennsylvanica.

Hardy Ferns Suitable for Dwelling Rooms. Asplenium
biforme, A, bulbiferwm, A. Colensoi, A. foeniculaceum, A. laxum
pumilum, A, Nidus. Cyrtomiwm anomophyllum, C. faleatwm,
C. Fortunei. Davallia canariensis. Lastrea aristata variegata,
L. atrata, L, Filix-mas cristata, L. lucida. Nephrolepis exaltata,
N. tuberosa. Osmunda palustris. Polypodiwm aureum. Platy-
cerium alcicorne. Polystichum capense, P. setosum. Pteris
adiantifolia, P. cretica and varieties, P. longifolia, P. Mazi,
P. Ouvrardii, P. serrulata and varieties, P. Todea arborea,
P. tremula, P. Wimsettii.

Hardy Ferns Suitable for Ordinary Fern-Cases,
A(liantum-Capillus Veneris and varieties, A. afine, A. hispidulum,

Ferns—continued.

A. reniforme, A. setwlosum. Asplenium alatum, A, Fernandez-
ianum, A. fragrans, A. Hemionitis, A. inequale, A. monan-
themum, A. zeylanicwm. Davallia bullata, D. canariensis,
D. nove-zelandie, D. tenuifolia stricta. Doodia caudata. Lomaria
alpina. Niphoboluslingua. Onychium japonicum. Polypodium
Billardierti, P. Scoulerii, P. venosum. Polystichwm _setosum.
Pteris cretica and varieties, P. internata, P. serrulata and
varieties. Scolopendriwm vulgare and varieties.

For Outdoor Ferneries. Ferns growing from 4in. to 12in.
in height: Allosorus acrostichoides, A. crispus. Aspidium
nevadense. Asplenium adiantum nigrum, A. ebenum, A. Ruta-
muraria, A. Trichomanes and varieties, A. viride. Athyrium
Filix-foemina crispum, A. F.-f, Edwardsii, A. F.-f. Findlayanum,
A. F.-f. Frizelle, A. l’.-f.minimum, A. F.-f. Vernonia. Blechnum

Spicant and varieties. Ceterach oficinarum. Cystopteris
bulbiferum, C. fragilis and other sorts. Lastrea Filiz-mas crispa,
L. rigida. Lomaria alpina, L. crenwata. Phegopteris
hexagonoptera. Polypodium Dryopteris, P. Phegopteris,

P. Robertianum, P. vulgare cornuliense, P. v. elegantissimum.
Polystichum angulare Baylie, P. a. parvissimum, P. Lonchitis.
Scolopendrium vulgare Coolingii, S. v. cristulatum, S. v. densum,
S. v. digitatum, S. v. endivefolium, S. v. fissum, S. v.
grandiceps, S. v. marginatum tenue, S. v. ramo-cristatum,
S. v. scalariforme. Woodsia ilvensis, W. obtusa. Woodwardia
angustifolia.

Ferns growing from lft. to 2ft. in height: Aspidiwm crista-
tum, A. noveboracense, A. rigidum argutum, Asplenium Thely-
pteroides. Athyrium Filix-feemina (about fifteen varieties).
Dennsteedtia punctilobula. Lastrea emula, L. dilatata cristato
gracile, L. ad. lepidota, L. Filiz-mas fluctuosa, L. F.-m. Crouchii,
L. intermedia, L. marginale, L. montana, L. Thelypteris. Poly-
podium alpestre, P. a. flexile. P. vulgare auritum,
P. v. cambricum, P. v. crenatum, P. v. semilacerum.
Polystichum acrostichoides, P. aculeatum, P. angulare acuti-
lobum, P. a. cristatum, P. a. grandidens, P. a. imbricatum,

P. a. proliferum, P. a. rotundatum, P. a. Wollastonii.
Scolopendrium vulgare capitatum, S. v. ecrispum, S. v.
multifidum. Woodwardia virginica,

Ferns growing 2ft. high and upwards: Aspidium Clin-
tonianum, A. spinulosum Boothii. Athyrium Filix-feemina
(about eighteen varieties), A. Michauxii. Lastrea dilatata and
varieties, DL. erythrosora, L. Filix-mas (about eighteen
varieties), LD. Goldieana. Lomaria chilensis. Onoclea sensibilis.
Osmunda cinnamomea, O. gracilis, O. interrupta, O. regalis,
0. r. cristata. Polystichum angulare (about twelve varieties),
P. munitum, Pteris aquilina, P. a, cristata. Struthiopteris
germanica, S. pennsylvanica.

Ferns for Cutting. Adiantum cmulum, A. amabile’,
A. Capillus-Veneris, A. cuneatwm, A. decorum, A. Farleyense*,
A. fragrantissimum*, A. gracillimwm, A. Pacotii, A. scutum*.
Asplenium Adiantum-nigrumt, A. alatum. Davallia bullata,
D. decora, D._ dissecta*, D. d. elegans*, D. fijiensis*,
D. Grifithiana*, D. tenuifolia, D. t. Veitchiana*, D. Tyermannii.
Leucostegia immersa. Onychium japonicum. Osmunda palustris.
Pteris cretica and varieties, P. serrulata and varieties. Poly-
stichum angulare and yarietiest. ‘ .

Pests. To the list of destructive insect and other
pests noted in Vol. II. must be added several others
which do much damage alike to indoor and outdoor
Ferns. One of the most destructive of all Fern pests
is the Black Vine Weevil (Otiorrhynchus sulcatus),
thongh seldom recorded as such. It is an omnivorous
insect, and therefore especially undesirable. As a
perfect insect it will feed upon the succulent young
fronds, absolutely ruining the plants if the pests remain
undiscovered. They are nocturnal in their habits, and in
the daytime remain ensconced just beneath the soil or under
fan of any sort, or even in wall cracks. Where young
Fern fronds are attacked in the way suggested, and the
depredator cannot be found in the daytime, a search should
be made at night, having first taken the precaution to well
surround the plants attacked with stiff paper to which
some sticky substance like tar has been applied. The
plants should be approached carefully, and a light suddenly
turned upon them, and lightly jarred, when the Weevils,
being alarmed, will drop, and remain stnek fast upon the
tar. The larve or grubs of these Beetles are equally
undesirable, as they would feed upon the roots.

Surface Caterpillars (Agrotide) are equally destructive,
these again preferring the succulent young fronds. These
insects haye already been noticed under Agrotis in the
present yolume. Ants, too, are undesirable visitors to
Ferneries, and should be secured by means of one of the
traps referred to under Ants. Cockroaches feed upon
the young fronds of Ferns in warm greenhouses, and should
be trapped (see Cockroackes).

°——— =.

we 4s

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 369

Ferns—continued.

Outside the insects are several other objectionable
animals which at times prove troublesome to the Fern-
grower—Woodlice, Slugs, and Snails, all of which should be
dealt with according to the means suggested under their
respective headings.

FPERRARIA. To this species, &c., described on p. 9,

Vol. IL, the following should be added:

F. antherosa is the correct name of F. Ferrariola.

F. Pavonia (Pavonia). A synonym of Tigridia Pavonia.

F. punctata (dotted). A synonym of I’. undulata.

F.. Tigridia (Tigridia). A synonym of Tigridia Pavonia.

F. viridifiora (green-flowered). A synonym of F. Ferrariola.

F. Welwitschii(Welwitsch’s). jl. bright yellow, in four clusters ;
segments lin. long, the blade dotted with brown, longer than the
broad claw; peduncles long, erect. July. J/., stem ones linear,

the longest 3in. to 4in. long. Stem less than lft. long, branched
below the middle. 1871.

FERREOLA. Included under Maba (which see).

FERULA. Including Ewryangium. To the species
described on pp. 9-10, Vol. I1., the following should be
added :

F. foetida (fetid). The identity of this species has been recently
established as the plant which furnishes the Asafctida of
commerce. Itisa native of Persia and Afghanistan. (G. & F.
1896, ii., p. 331, f. 60, 61.)

F. foetidissima (very fetid). A synonym of F. Jaeschkeana.

F. Jaeschkeana (Jaeschke’s). jj. yellowish-white. Stem,
leaves, and inflorescence as in F. Narthex, but the leaves are
closely crenate, doubly crenate, or almost serrated. Kashmir,
1878. Syn. F. feetidissima (R. G. 1878, t. 944).

F. Narthex (Narthex). 1. yellowish, in simple or scarcely
compound umbels. July. 7. pubescent (at least when young);
lower ones lft. to 2ft. long, ovate; secondary and tertiary pinne
decurrent, entire or very irregularly crenate-serrated; cauline
sheaths large. Stems ft. to 8ft. high. Baltisthan. Syn.
Narthex Asafetida (B. M. 5168).

F. neapolitana (Neapolitan). A synonym of F. glauca.

F. Sumbul, Euryangium Suinbul is synonymous with this
species.

FESTOONS. Shoots that are dependent in a grace-
fol manner from climbing plants trained over the roofs of
conseryatories, or against walls or pillars, &c., are said to
hang in Festoons.

FESTUCA. Including Vulpia. Four varieties of the
British F. ovina (Sheep’s oe are grown in gardens,
yiz., dwriuscula (rather tenacious), glawca (having foliage
of a bluish hue), tenwifolia ieee leaves and viridis
(green). F. Crinuwm-ursi (which is really a form of F. varia,
a native of Central Europe and Asia Minor) is another
ornamental sort, growing about 3in. high. All the aboveare
very useful for edgings.

FEUILLZA PEDATA. A synonym of Telfairia
pedata (which see).

FEVERWORT. See Triosteum.

FEVILLEA. Flowers small, diccions, on slender
pedicels, disposed in panicles, Fruit large, zoned above the
middle of the calyx-limb. Leaves petiolate, cordate,
poet or palmately lobed, membranous; tendrils simple
or bifid.

F. pedata (pedate-leaved). A synonym of Telfairia pedata.

FIBRE. The thread-like tissues that exist in plants
generally ; any vegetable substance the constituent parts
of which may be separated into, or used to form, threads
for textile fabrics or the like.

FIBRILLARIA XYLOTRICHA. See Vine
Fungi.

FICUS. Including Bosscheria, Covellia, and Sycomorus
(which is kept distinct in Vol. III.). The number of
species, according to specimens in herbaria, is upwards of
600; they are found in the warmer regions of the globe.

Ficus elastica, though a stove subject, is very accom-
modating, and with a little care may be kept as a room-
plant for years. Its chief requirement when so grown is
to be assigned a light but dranght-proof position. Its
thick, leathery leaves soon accumulate quantities of dust,
and this should be removed by sponging them twice a
week with tepid water. Should it be necessary to repot,
this should be done in April.

Vol. V.

Ficus—continued.

To those described on pp. 11-12, Vol. II., the following
should be added :

F. acuminata. The correct name is F’. parietalis.

F. bengalensis (Bengal). Receptacles sessile in pairs, the
size of a Cherry when ripe. 7. petiolate, ovate to elliptic, 4in.
to 8in. Jong, labrescent above, glabrous or minutely pubescent
beneath. dia, &c. A large, stove tree. SyN. F. indica.

F. Cannoni (Cannon’s). The correct name of Artocarpus
Cannoni.

F. capensis. The correct name of Sycomorus capensis.

F. Cavroni (Cavron’s). J. shortly petiolate, cuneate-obovate,
obtuse, lift. long, 9in. broad, dark green with a yellowish-white
midrib above, rusty beneath. Brazil, 1887. Stove shrub.

F. comosa is a variety of Ff. Benjamina. The fruits are about
Zin. in diameter when ripe.

F. dealbata. The correct name is Coussapoa dealbata.

F. elastica Ravan ats (variegated). 7. variegated with various
shades of creamy-white and yellow. A beautiful form.

F. erecta (erect). Receptacles solitary or in pairs, glabrous or
hispidulous, peduncled or nearly sessile, globose or pyriform.
1. variable in shape, entire or lobulate, or toothed. India, &c.

F. e. Sieboldii (Siebold’s). Receptacles yellow and red, solitary
or in pairs, sin. in diameter, globosely pyriform, on long
eduncles. Summer. J. 6in. to 8in. long, linear- or oblong-lanceo-
ate, acuminate, entire or rarely slightly lobed on one side.
Japan, 1878. A greenhouse bush or small tree. (B. M. 7550.)

F. indica (Indian). A synonym of F. bengalensis.
F. minima is a form of I’. pumila.

F, Neumanni (Neumann’s). J. petiolate, lft. or more in length,
lsin. broad, elongated-oblong, acute or almost acuminate,
rounded and slightly cordate at base, three-nerved, entire ;
petioles 3in. to 4in. long. Branches nearly straight, obsoletely
triangular. Habitat not recorded. Plant glabrous. Probably
stove. Syn. F. rigida.

F. nobilis (noble). A synonym of F. Porteana.

F. nympheifolia (Nymphea-leaved). Receptacles axillary,
twin, globular, sessile. J. 1ft. long, 8in. broad, rounded, deeply
cordate at base, mucronate at apex, five-nerved, dark green

above, whitish beneath; petioles about 8in. long. Caracas. A
glabrous, arborescent species.

F. parietalis (wall-loving). The correct name of F’. acuminata
(of B. M.).

F. Porteana (Porte’s). J. oblong, acute, with two lateral lobes,
endent, 2ft. long, lft. broad, dark green, glabrous. Mexico,
862. Cool-house. Syn. F, nobilis.

F. pumila (dwarf). The correct name of F. stipulata.

F. p. variegata (variegated). A vigorous, tufted form, having
the leaves margined with creamy-white. 1897.

F. radicans variegata (rooting, variegated). A_ garden
variety, having leaves variegated with creamy-white. 1897.

F. repens is a synonym of F. pumila.

F. rigida (rigid). A synonym of F. Newmanni.

F. stipulata. The correct name is F. pumila.

F. Sycomorus. The correct name of Sycomorus antiquorwm.
The following have also been introduced: F. elegans, F'. macro-

carpa, F. Minahasse (SYN. Bosschiana Minahasse), and F. rhizo-
carpa (SYN. Covellia rhizocarpa).

FIDONIA PINIARIA. See Pinus—Insects.

FIELDIA (of Gandichand). A synonym of Staur-
opsis (which see), the correct name of FF. lissochiloides
being S. Batemanni.

FIGS. Below we give a selection of the best varieties
up to date:

Angélique. Fruit medium, skin yellowish-green ; flesh pale, and
of fine sweet flavour. A free bearer, forcing well in pots.

Black Marseilles. Fruit rather small; skin deep purple ;
flesh reddish, very juicy, and of delicious flavour. An abundant
bearer and forces well.

Bourjassotte Grise. Fruit medium to large, round, with
flattened crown, pale green; skin suffused with purple ; flesh
red, with a thick sweet juice. One of the richest flavoured
varieties, free bearer, and excellent for pot culture. SYN.
Grizzly Bourjasotte.

Brown Ischia. Fruit small; skin pale brown; flesh also
brownish, and, like all the Ischias, of a most delicious flavour. A
great bearer under glass or outside.

Gourand Rouge. Fruit medium; skin reddish-brown; flesh
firm, juicy, and of fine flavour. A fair cropper under glass.

3B

370 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Figs—continued.

Grosse Verte. Fruit of the largest size; skin greenish-yellow,
with firm red flesh, and first-class favour. Well adapted for pot
culture.

Malta. Fruit medium, pear-shaped ; skin dark ; delicious flavour.
A free bearer, suitable for indoor or outdoor culture.

Pingo de Mel. Fruit large; skin pale green; flesh yellowish,
very juicy, of good flavour. A variety of the highest merit for
early forcing in pots, and an enormous cropper, with a strong,
vigorous habit. Should prove a valuable market variety.

Reculver. Fruit small; skin and flesh purplish, of sweet and
good flavour. A great bearer, whether grown outside or forced.

St. John’s. Fruit large; skin pale green; flesh white, firm,
juicy, and of excellent flavour. A valuable new early variety,
producing splendid crops in pots. This is frequently stated to be
the same as Pingo de Mel, but is distinct from that variety, the
fruit of St. John’s being more pear-shaped.

Trifer. Fruit medium ; skin yellow; flesh white, with a most
delicious flavour. A great bearer, early, and suitable for
forcing.

Violette Sepor. Fruit large; skin reddish-brown; flesh
dark, of first-class flavour. An abundant bearer and good
grower, forcing well in pots or planted out.

Yellow Ischia. Similar to the other forms of Ischia, except
that the skin is a bright yellow.

Pests. Fig trees in the open air are seldom troubled
with pests. Under glass, Mealy Bug, Red Spider, and Scale
are the principal foes, and all make most headway while
the fruit is ripening and syringing is in abeyance. Mealy
Bug and Scale may be entirely ousted by thoroughly
washing every portion of the trees once or twice while
dormant with a reliable insecticide, and keeping a careful
look-out for any of the eaomy when the plants are growing,
and destroying them before they have had time to multiply.
Red Spider is almost certain to attack the foliage when
the fruit is ripening, owing to the comparative dryness
of the atmosphere at that period; but immediately the
crop is all gathered plenty of atmospheric moisture may be
again maintained, and the foliage well syringed on both
sides seyeral times daily, which will soon have the effect
of eradicating this pest.

Of diseases due to Fungi, the Fig is comparatively free.
The most tronblesome is a species of Canker, Libertella
ulcerata, for which Mr. Massee stands sponsor. In the
‘*Gardener’s Chronicle”? for July 28rd, 1898, it is fully
described and illustrated. The bark of the affected trees
crack, and a large area soon becomes involved. The disease,
Mr. Massee suggests, usually gains access through a wound.
A knife that has been used to cut out a diseased portion, if
afterwards employed upon a healthy tree without fresh
treating to a fungicide, will quickly set up the disease.

FIGURE -OF-EIGHT MOTH (Diloba cxruleo-
cephala). Although oftener found upon Hawthorn or
upon Blackthorn than upon orchard trees, yet now and
again the caterpillars of this distinctive Moth inflict injary
upon Apple trees and Plum trees. The perfect insect is
upon the wing in September, and is common in the United
Kingdom, though not frequently seen, being nocturnal.
The fore-wings are fuscous, with browner spaces and
orbicular whitish spots, one pair of which is confluent,
forming a figure ‘‘8,’’ and giving rise to the above popular
name. The hind-wings are fuscous-whitish, with a dark
blotch at the anal angle. The eggs are deposited singly
or in groups, but do not hatch ont until April of the
following year. The caterpillars, like the perfect insect,
are distinctive, being of a bluish-grey or bluish-green
colour, and having a blue head, while along the back is an
interrupted yellow line, and on the sides are lines of a
similar colour. There are black tubercular spots, from which
proceed stiffish hairs. The caterpillars are full-fed towards
the end of May, by which time they are of large size.
ae pupa-state is passed in a cocoon in or near the food-
plant.

By way of remedies nothing is better than Paris Green in
the proportion often recommended, so long as it is not
applied at a time likely to injure the future crop. The
perfect insect will come to light freely, and if an acetylene
lamp be set up anywhere near trees known to have been
infested with the caterpillars in spring, numbers of the
Moths may be caught and killed.

FIGWORT. See Phygelius capensis.

FILAMENT. The stalk of a stamen, supporting the
anther.

FILBERT GALL. See Vine Galls.

PILLZA. A synonym of Erythrophleum (which

see).
FINGER - AND - TOE, CLUBBING, or
ANBURY. ‘These are popular names for a disease

affecting a large number of plants, but very destructive in
the case of Cabbages, Turnips, Radishes, and certain
Crucifere. The disease results from the attack of a fungus
parasite known as Plasmodiophora brassice. The chief
symptoms are a distortion of the roots, which finally
decompose. The excrescences formed at the roots vary
considerably in size, but once the plants have been attacked,
decay is certain. At one time the disease was thought to be
due to the irritation set up by a species of Beetle. Modern
research, however, is against the Beetle theory, though it
must be confessed that whereyer Clubbing exists the
Cabbage Gall Weevil (so-called) is frequently present in
large numbers.

Alike by the Board of Agriculture and the Kew
authorities the cause of ‘‘Clubbing”’ in Cabbage and other
plants has been investigated, and the result of such
investigations have been made known. On preventive
rather than remedial measures must the gardener and
farmer rely. The fungus is readily transferred, and carts
and horses used for the conveyance of the produce
from infested fields are frequently the agency for the
distribution of the pest. At one time it was not safe for
several years to cultivate cabbages, &c., on ground which
had previously carried a diseased crop. To-day, however,
by a process of sterilisation such ground may be rendered
fit for their reception.

In the ‘‘ Kew Bulletin” the practical treatment of these
Slime Fungi resolves itself into the following: (1) In
addition to cultivated plants, several common Weeds
belonging to the Crucifere are attacked by the Plasmodio-
plore. Hence the necessity for preventing such weeds in

elds and hedge-banks. (2) That the germs of disease are
present in soil that has produced a diseased crop, and retain
their vitality for at least two years. (3) That the develop-
ment of Plasmodiophora is favoured by the presence of
acids, and checked by the presence of alkalies, agreeing in
this respect with the fungi rather than with bacteria. (4)
For the purpose of sterilising infected soil experiments
prove that either a dressing of lime or a manure containing
potash salts is effective, the latter being more valuable, as it
not only destroys the germs in the soil, but also arrests the
disease in seedling plants, and at the same time supplies one
of the ingredients necessary for the healthy growth of
Turnips.

FIRE. See Fueland Furnaces.

FIRE PINE. See Silene virginica.

FIRST OF MAY. See Saxifraga granulata.

FISCHERA (of Sprengel). A synonym of Siebera
(which see).

FISCHERA (of Swartz).
phyllum (which see).

FISCHERIA. F. hispida should be classed under
Gonolobus.

FISH MANURE. A very good manure is made from
Fish, and is sold as Fish Guano. The moisture is
extracted, and the bone, &c., is then ground up into both
coarse and fine guano. For top-dressing growing crops,
plants in pots, &c., it is excellent. In places where Fish
that is not fit for use, or is rejected by the fishermen, is dug
or ploughed into the land in a raw state, it acts as a good
fertiliser.

FISH POISON TREE. See Piscidia.

FISSILIA. A synonym of Olax (which see).

FISTULINA HEPATICA (Beef-Steak Fungus).
See Oak Fungi (Vol. II.).

FITTONIA. F. argyroneura is now regarded as a
good species, and not as a variety of F. Verschaffeltit.
The plants are dwarf, but not trailing.

FITZROYA. Syns. Cupresstellata, Diselma. Catkins
globose, fin. to 4in. diameter. Leaves small, ternately
whorled or decussately opposite, loosely or adpressedly
imbricated.

FIVE FINGERS. See Syngonium auritum.

FLABELLATE. The same as Flabelliform; re-

sembling an open fan.

A synonym of Leio-

— —— 2

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 371

FLACOURTIA. Sigmarota is identical with this
genus. F. japonica is synonymous with Idesia polycarpa.

FLAGELLARIA (from jflagello, to whip or scourge ;
in allusion to the long, flexible shoots). Orb. Flagellariex.
A small genus (two species) of stove climbers, natives of
India and Fiji. F. indica has been introduced, but is
probably no longer cultivated.

FLAGELLARIZ. A small natural order of tall,
leafy, erect or climbing plants, natives of the Old
World and the Pacific. Flowers small, in terminal
panicles, uni- or bi-sexual; sepals six, persistent, im-
bricated; stamens six, hypogynous; filaments free.
Fruit a small berry, or a drupe with one to three stones.
Leaves many-nerved or plaited; petioles sheathing. The
order embraces three genera and seven or eight species. It
is of little horticultural interest.

FLAKES. See Carnation.

FLAME-FLOWERED NASTURTIUM. See
Tropeolum speciosum.

FLAME LILY. A common name for Pyrolirion, now
included under Zephyranthes (which see).

FLAMINGO FLOWER. See
Scherzerianum.

FLAT PEA. See Platylobium.
FLAVERIA. Syn. Vermifuga. Most of the species

are found in America, but one is Australian. Flower-
heads narrow, sessile, secund, disposed in dense cymes.

FLAX LILY. See Phormium.

FLESHY. Having a firm or somewhat firm pulp, as
frnit ; thick but not fibrous, as leaves.

FLEURYA (name commemorative of J. F. Fleury, a
writer on Orchids). Orp. Urticacew. A genus comprising
eight species of stove or greenhouse annuals, clothed with
stinging hairs, all tropical, a few extending to South Africa.
Flowers moneecions or diccious, clustered; clusters in
solitary, axillary cymes or spikes, unisexual or androgynons.
Leaves alternate, toothed, three-nerved; stipules connate
in opposite pairs or wanting. Only one species calls for
mention here. For culture, see Annuals.

F. podocarpa (stalked-fruited). 7., inflorescence small, uni-
sexual; male cymes mostly in the upper axils and females in the
lower. 2. ovate, acuminate, serrated, lin. to 2sin. long. Stem
slender, erect, lft. to 2ft. high, simple or branched. West
Africa, 1
FLOEREEA (of Sprengel). A synonym of Adeno-

phora (which see).

FLORA. A name applied to the whole of the plants
that grow in any particular region or locality, and to a book
that describes them.

FLORAL LEAVES. See Bracts.

FLORESCENCE. Flowering; the opening of the
blossoms.

FLORESTINA (origin of name not explained). Orn.
Composite. A small genus (two species) of half-hardy,
annual herbs, with small, whitish or purplish flower-heads,
natives of Mexico, and allied to Palaforia. C. pedata is
the correct name of Stevia pedata.

FLORIDA RIBBON FERN. See Vittaria
lineata.

FLOWER GARDEN. See Garden.

FLOWER OF A DAY. See Tradescantia
virginica.

FLOWER OF THE WEST WIND. See
Zephyranthes.

FLOWER OF TIGRIS. See Tigridia Pavonia.

FLOWERING BOX. See Vaccinium Vitis Idea.

FLOWERING CURRANT. See Ribes san-
guineum.

FLOWER-POTS. See Pots and Potting.

FLOWER-STAGES. See Stages.

FLUED WALLS. In former times the walls in
some of the large gardens were built with flues running
through them, the idea being to give more than the ordinary
warmth to somewhat delicate trees, like Peaches and
Nectarines, and to ensure the proper ripening of the wood
and crops. Fine examples of these Flued Walls may be
seen in the gardens at Snelston Hall, Derbyshire. Since
cheap glass came in no more such walls have been built.

Anthurium

FLUELLEN. See Veronica officinalis.
FLUITANT. Floating upon or in waier.
FLYWORT. Sie Myanthus.

FOAM FLOWER. A popular name for Tiarella
cordifolia.

ee A synonym of Torreya (which
see).

FOGGING OFF. This is better known as Damping
Off (which see).

FOLIATION. The process of leafing.

FOLLICULATE. Having follicles.

FOMES IGNIARIUS (False Tinder Fungus).
See Polyporus (Vol. III.).

FONTANESIA. This genus embraces a couple of
species. F. Fortwnei is a form of F. phillyrxoides.

FOOTSTALE. This term is applied to the stalk of
a flower or other organ as well as to that of a leaf.

FORBESIA. A synonym of Curculigo (which see).

FORCING. By the use of refrigerating chambers, cer-
tain plants—Lilies of the Valley for instance—may be so
retarded that it is possible to produce the flowers at any
season. Of plants generally employed for forcing the
following may be named: Amygdalus persica flore-pleno ;
Azalea amena, A. mollis (vars.), A. pontica, and Ghent
varieties ; Cerasus pseudo-Cerasus ; Clethra alnifolia ; Deut-
zia gracilis, D. Lemoinei, and D. scabra flore-pleno ; Kalmia
glauca and K. latifolia; Lilacs; Lilies of the Valley ;
Philadelphus Boule d’Argent ; Pieris (Andromeda) flori-
bunda; Prunus sinensis flore-pleno and P. triloba; Rhodo-
dendron odoratum and Early Gem; Rhodora canadensis ;
Roses ; Spirza astilboides, S. confusa, S. ( Astilbe) japonica,
and S. Thunbergii ; Staphylea colchica; Viburnum Opulus
and V. plicatwm; Wistama sinensis, and Zenobia (Andro-
meda) speciosa.

Other good plants for forcing are Dicentra spectabilis,
Polygonatum, Carnation Winter Cheer and Malmaisons,
Sweet Peas, Violets, Hellebores (Christmas Roses), Gail-
lardias, Pyrethrums, Mertensia virginica rubra, Ten Week
Stock Princess Alice, and bulbs in great variety.

FOREIGN VIOLET. See Schweiggeria.
FORE-RIGHT SHOOTS. See Breast-wood.
FORRESTIA. Syn. Amischotolype. This genus

now includes seyen species of erect herbs (three of which
are perhaps varicties of one). Flowers bracteate, sessile,
in crowded, sub-sessile, axillary panicles; sepals and petals
nearly equal; stamens six. Leaves broad; sheaths tubular,
persistent after the fall of the blade. Stem simple, creeping
and rooting below.

FORRESTIA (of Rafinesque).
Ceanothus (which see).

FORSYTHIA. A couple of species, natives of China
and Japan (those described on p. 20, Vol. II.), compose this
genus. Calyx-tube longer than the four lobes ; corolla tube
short, the much longer lobes spreading aboye; stamens
two, affixed at the base of the corolla. Leaves opposite,
rarely whorled.

F. Fortunei (Fortune's) and F. Sieboldii (Siebold’s) are
simply vigorous forms of F’. suspensa.

F. intermedia (intermediate). jl. bright golden, large, freely
produced. 1891. A garden hybrid between F. suspensa and
F. viridissima. (R. G.1891, pp. 595, 397, f. 1-4.)
FORSYTHIA (of Walter). A synonym of

Decumaria (which see).

FOTHERGILLA. F. Gardeni is the correct name of
F.. alnifolia,

FOUNTAIN PLANT.
folius.

FOUQUIERA. Flowers showy, in thyrsoid or shorter
and looser panicles; sepals five, free; petals five, hypo-
gynous, deeply joined in a tube, spreading at apex,
imbricated ; stamens ten or more, in one or two series.
Leaves fascicled or almost solitary in the axils of the spines
(aborted leaves), small, obovate, entire, rather fleshy. To
the species described on p. 20, Vol. II., the following should
be added :

F. columnaris (columnar). . paniculate. Stems pyramidal,
succulent, deeply wrinkled, emitting thin, straggling branches,
beset with scattered, slender spines, called by Baillon abortive

A synonym of

See Amarantus salici-

372

Fouquiera—continued.

leaves, in whose axil is developed a tuft of small, fleshy leaves.
Mexico. A very singular plant. (G. C. 1899, xxvi., p. 277, f. 94.)

F. spinosa (spiny). fl. scarlet, pedicellate, disposed in a
corymbose panicle; stamens ten. 7. mostly fascicled, obovate-
oblong, membranous. kh. 15ft. SyN. Idria columnaria.

FOVEATE. Having conspicuous pits or depressions.

FOVEOLARIA (of Ruiz and Payon), in part. A
synonym of Styrax (which see).

FOVEOLATE. Having small pits or depressions.
FOXTAIL PINE. See Pinus Balfouriana.

FRAGARIA. To the species and varieties described
on p. 21, Vol. II., the following should be added :
F. alpina (Alpine). A synonym of F. vesca semperflorens.
F. chiloénsis (Chiloe). The correct name of F. chilensis.
F. vesca semperfiorens (ever-flowering). Alpine Strawberry.

Jr. conical-ovoid, shining, in some varieties purple and white.
Alps. Syn. 7’. alpina.

FRANCISIA. Included under Darwinia (which see).

FRANKENIA. About a dozen species are included
in this genus. Calyx gamosepalous, tubular, persistent ;
petals imbricated, free ; stamens four to six or more, hypo-
gynous. Leaves opposite, small, exstipulate. To the
species described on p. 23, Vol. II., the following should be
added :

F. ericifolia (Erica-leaved). (fl. red, aggregated, terminal ;
petals toothed. July. J. linear, petiolate, the margins revolute,
glabrous above, beneath (as well as the stem and calyx) velvety-
pruinose. Canary Islands, 1816. Hardy, evergreen trailer.

F. hirsuta (hairy).
F. capitata.

FRANKINCENSE. See Pinus Teda.

FRANSERIA (named in hononr of Dr. Ant. Franser, a
Spanish botanist). Orp. Composite. A genus embracing
about ten species of hardy or half-hardy, annual or
perennial herbs, natives of North America, Pern, and Chili.
Flower-heads small, unisexual, moncecious, nodding, sessile
or shortly pedicellate, in simple, leafless spikes or racemes
at the tips of the branches, or paniculate. Leaves
alternate, toothed or incised, or once or more pinnately
dissected. F. artemisioides, the only species introduced,
although shrubby, should be treated as a half-hardy biennial
or perennial; it thrives in sandy-loam soil, and may be
propagated by seeds,

F. artemisioides (Artemisia-like). /.-heads in spikes. Jnly.

1. bipinnatifid-dentate, greenish above, whitish-pubescent on the

under-side ; petioles winged. h. 5ft. to 6ft. Peru, 1759 and 1890.

FRASERA. Calyx having four lanceolate or linear
segments; cymes irregular, forming a dense, thyrsoid or
pyramidal panicle.

F. caroliniensis is the correct name of F. Walteri.

FRAXINUS. F. excelsior is the only British repre-
sentative of this genus. Seedling Ash are also attacked
by the Mildew referred to under Fagus, and should be
similarly treated.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 23-4,
Vol. II., the following should be added :

F. americana foliis argenteo-marginatis (silvery-mar-
gined leaved). An ornamental form, having the leaflets bordered
with pale yellowish (or rosy in a young state). 1886.

F. anomala (anomalous). jl. in short panicles. J. mostly
simple, thinly coriaceous, ovate, rounded, or cordate, rarely
obcordate, entire or partly serrated, lin. to 2in. long, sometimes
composed of two or three sessile leaflets. North America, 1896.
A shrub or low tree.

F. Bungeana (Bunge’s). /. many in a compound, terminal
panicle, J., leaflets two pairs, petiolulate, scarcely lin. long,
ovate, acute at base, acuminate at apex, bluntly serrated;

etioles and petiolules minutely pubescent. h. 3ft. to O5ft.
orth China, 1894. (G. & F. 1894, vii., p. 4, f. 1.)

F. raibocarpa (bent-fruited). f. sickle-shaped. J. few; leaflets

rather small. Central Asia, 1892. A tree of graceful habit.

F. rhynchophylla (beak-leaved). A fine Ash, easily distin-
guished from other sorts by its winter buds, which are globose,
din. in diameter, having broad scales covered with thick, red-
dish tomentum. Northern China, &c., 1894. According to
the ‘‘Index Kewensis,” this is a variety of F. 2anthoxyloides.
(G. & F. 1893, vi., p. 484, f. 70.)

F. turkestanica (Turkestan). 7. pinnate; leaflets five, dark
green, cuspidate, coarsely toothed. Buds reddish. Bark dark
green, smooth, Turkestan, 1887, Probably a garden form.

The correct name of F. Webbii and of

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Fraxinus—continued.

F. xanthoxyloides (Xanthoxylum-like). fl. appearing before
the leaves, in dense heads, brown from the woolly bracts.
Jr., samaras lsin. by 1jin. 7@., leaflets three to five pairs, hardly
acuminate, crenulate-serrate, Zin. by Zin.; lowest petiolulate.
Temperate Himalayas, &c, 1845. A shrub, or sometimes a tree
25ft. high.

FREESIA. J. G. Baker reduces this genus to one
species, F. refracta, of which Leichtlinii and odorata are
varieties.

Many failures by amateurs to grow these charming bulbs
(Fig. 384, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch and
Sons) are recorded. The chief mistake made by most
cultivators is in not giving the bulbs after flowering a good
roasting in the sun. _ After the foliage has died down in the

cold frame the pots containing the bulbs should be trans-
ferred to the sunniest place in the *greenhonse for a time,

Fic. 384. FREESIA REFRACTA ALBA.

and afterwards shaken out and stored away until potting

time again arrives. As well as being propagated by seeds

as suggested in Vol. II., they may be increased by offsets
separated at the time of storing the parent bulbs, and
planted in a large pan for growing on.

F. refracta odorata (fragrant). 1. bright yellow, with a more
equal limb than in the type, fewer in a spike ; inflorescence less
branched ; spathe-valves broader and more obtuse. J. broader
and less rigid. Syn. Tritonia odorata (L. B. C. 1820).

FREESTONE PEACHES and NECTARINES.
These are varieties of Peaches and Nectarines in which the
flesh of the fruits parts readily from the stones.

FREEZING. See Frost.

FREMONTIA VERMICULARIS.
Sarcobatus Maximilianus (which see).

FRENCH WILLOW. See Salix triandra.

FREYCINETIA. Syns. Jezabel and Victoriperria.
This and Pandanus are the only two genera in the Order
Pandanex. ‘To the species described on p. 26, Vol. II., the
following should be added :

F. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). l., spadices three to five, sin.
to lin. long, racemose, on a short peduncle. /. Grass-like, lft. to
1sft. long, finely acuminate, the margins smooth or minutely
serrulated. Stems climbing, as thick as a goose-quill. Malay
Islands.

F. insignis (remarkable). ., spadices two or three, peduncu-
late, erect; outer spathes greenish, the inner ones red. Jr.
green, 2in. to 4in. long, elongated-oblong; berries free at the
conical, three- to five-cornered apex. J. 1}ft. to 3ft. long, Zin. to
lin. broad, acuminate, spinulose-serrated on the margins and on
the midrib beneath. Java, &c. A lofty, sparingly-branched
climber,

A synonym of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 373

FREYLINIA (a commemorative name). ORD.
Scrophularinew. A small genus (about four species) of
Sonth African, greenhouse shrubs. Flowers orange or lilac ;
calyx five-parted, the segments closely imbricated ; corolla
tube cylindrical, the lobes five, spreading, flat; stamens
four, didynamous ; cymes few-flowered, usually paniculate.
Leaves opposite or scattered, entire, shining above. For
culture of the two species described hereunder, see
Phygelius (to which this genus is allied).

F. cestroides (Cestrum-like). 7. orange, disposed in a loosely-
branched panicle 3in. to 4in. long; corolla nearly 4in. long.
November. /. opposite, narrow-lanceolate, 3in. to 4in. long, flat,
cradually narrowed at both ends. h. 3ft. or more. 1774. SYNs.

'. lanceolata, F. oppositifolia.

F. lanceolata (lance-leayed). A synonym of F’. cestroides.

F. oppositifolia (opposite-leaved). A synonym of F’. cestroides.

F. rigida (rigid). A synonym of I. undulata.

F. undulata (wavy). 7. lilac, the same size asin I’. cestroides ;
throat dotted with yellow ; cymes one- to three-flowered, disposed
ina simple or slightly-branched raceme lin. to 3in. long. July
and August. J. three to five lines long, ovate, rigid, the midrib

rominent beneath. Branchlets rigid. h. 2sft. 1774. Sys.
. rigida, Capraria undulata (B. M. 1556).

_ FREZIERA includes Lettsomia. The species, accord-
ing to Bentham and Hooker, number about eight.

FRIDERICIA (commemorative of Frederick III,
King of Bavaria). OrRp. Bignoniacer. A small genus
(two or three species) of tall-climbing, stove shrubs, natives
of Brazil, and closely allied to Bignonia. Flowers scarlet
or yellowish-red, in an ample panicle. Leaves opposite,
trifoliolate. One of the species has been introduced. For
culture, see Bignonia.

F. Guilielma (William’s). . seven in a compact, terminal
panicle ; calyx and especially the corolla often six-cleft. 7. ovate-

pene: acute at base, shortly acuminate at apex, highly glabrous.
bia.

FRIEDRICHSTHALIA. A synonym of Tricho-
desma (which see).

FRINGED VIOLET. See Thysanotus.
FRINGE LILY. See Thysanotus.
FRITILLARIA. Including Rhinopetalwm, &e.

genus is distributed over North temperate regions.
The Fritillarias are uncommon bulbous subjects, and not
well represented in gardens. Evyen our native Snakesheads

This

(F. Meleagris) (Fig. 385, for which we are indebted to
Messrs. Veitch and Sons) seldom find a place, though
they are nice as to colour,

and graceful to a degree.

Fic, 385, FRiTiLLARTA MELEAGRIS.

Fritillaria—continued.

To see them at their best they should be naturalised.
For the rock garden F. aurea and F. pudica are two of
the best. One of the kinds needing special treatment is
the beautiful F. recwrva, which succeeds in an entirely
sandy soil.

To the species described on pp. 27-9, Vol.
following should be added :

F. armena fusco-lutea (fuscous-yellow). jl. bright yellow
inside, tinged coppery-brown outside, solitary, drooping, gin.
rea l. four to six, about 2in. long. h. Sin. to 6in. Smyrna,
1887.

F. aurea is a form of F. lutea.

F. Bornmulleri (Bornmuller’s).
1896. Allied to F. lutea (aurea).

F. bucharica (Bokhara). 1. white, greenish or purplish at base;
perianth segments ovate or ovate-lanceolate, obtusely acuminate,
or rarely lanceolate or linear-lanceolate ; raceme terminal, few-
or many-flowered. J. usually all alternate, ovate or lanceolate,
the upper ones narrower. Stem erect, flexuous, 6in. to 18in.
high. Bokhara, 1884, (R. G. 1171.)

F. Burneti (Burnet’s).* A form of 7. tubeformis.

F. camschatcensis. The original spelling of F. kamschat-
censis.

F. canaliculata (channelled).* jl. three to five to a stem;
pani purplish, campanulate. February. /. linear, glaucous,
in. to 4in. long. Kurdistan, 1890. A pretty species, resembling
F. pyrenaica.

F. citrina (Citron-coloured).* /l. pendulous; perianth greenish
outside, yellow on the inner surface. Taurus, 1893. A very
pretty species.

F. contorta (twisted). . nodding, 14in. to 2in. long; perianth
segments united (thus differing from all the other species)
1. three or four, distant, lanceolate, somewhat fleshy. Origin
unknown, 1886,

F. delphinensis. The correct name is /’. tubeformis.

F. discolor (two-coloured). /l. nine to twelve, light yellow, with
a slight suspicion of green, 14in. to 2in. across; segments oblong-
lanceolate, slightly reflexed; throat marked with a blood-red
ring; bracts numerous. /. erect, s' le, sub-amplexicaul, broadly
lanceolate, glaucous, fleshy, about din, long and lin. broad, with
a tinge of red up the midrib on the under-side. h. 10in. 1888.

F. Ehrharti (Ehrhart’s). The correct name of F. macvandra.

F. gibbosa (swollen). The correct name of F. Karelini.

F. hericaulis (Clary-stemmed). jl. drooping; perianth sin. to
gin. long, the segments dark purple, glaucous, not tessellated.
April. 7. four, erect, alternate, sessile, the lowest oblong,
obtuse, 2in. long, the others lanceolate. Stem one-headed.
h. 4in. to Sin. Asia Minor, 1889. Allied to /. armena.

F. Hookeri. The correct name is Liliwm Hookeri.

F. Imperialis. In addition to the varieties named in Vol. IL.,
the Double Red and the Double Yellow should be named.

F. I. inodora purpurea (scentless, purple). 1. dark crimson.
Bokhara, 1885. A handsome variety. (R. G. 1165.)

F. Karelini. The correct name is F. gibbosa.

F. Kotschyana (Kotschy’s). A form of I’. latifolia.

F. K. affinis (related). A synonym of F. nobilis.

F. latifolia (broad-leaved). (/l., perianth greenish-yellow,
suffused with purple, more or less distinctly tessellated, the
segments oblong, 14in. to 1jin. long. May. @. glaucous, oblong-

lanceolate, the lower ones often 3in. to 4in. long. Stem rather

thick, one-headed, about 1ft. high, with five to seven leaves above
the middle. Orient, &c., 1604. (B. M. 853, 1207.)

F. 1. Kotschyana (Kotschy’s). /., perianth segments rather
narrower. J., upper ones narrow-linear. f. 6in. 1844,

F. liliacea (Lily-like). jl. drooping, on pedicels 4in. to 2in.
long ; perianth white, veined with green, jin. to lin. long. J. nine
to fifteen, often opposite or ternate, oblanceolate, fleshy, 2in. to
4in, long, fin. to sin. broad. Stem 6in. to 12in. long, one- to six-
flowered. California. Syn. Liliorhiza lanceolata.

F. lusitanica (Portuguese). /., perianth saturated with vinous-
purple, tessellated, Zin. to lin. long, the segments 4in. to 4in.
broad. June. 2. seven or eight, ascending, linear, acuminate,
Zin. to 4in. long, 4in. to 4in. broad. Stem one-headed, slender,
Yin. to 15in. long. Portugal, 1825.

F. macrandra (large-anthered). The
F. Ehrharti.

F. macrophylla. Liliwm rosewm is the correct name.

F. Moggridgei (Mogegridge’s). A form of F. tubeformis.

F. nobilis (hoble). . drooping, shortly pedunculate ; perianth
dark claret-brown outside, within greenish-yellow spotted with
brown, l4in. long, broadly campanulate. Spring. J. erect ;
lower ones opposite, lanceolate, about 2in. long; upper ones
usually three in a_ whorl, linear. Stem tere'e, erect, one-
flowered, 3in. to 4in. high. Armenia, 1896. (B. M. 7500.) Syn.
FE’, Kotschyana afinis.

F. oxypetala (of Hooker).

II., the

fl., perianth golden-yellow.

correct name is

A synonym of F’. Stracheyt,

374 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Fritillaria—continued.

F. oxypetala (of Royle). The correct name of Liliwm oxy-
petalum.

F. Perryi (Perry’s).* /l. approaching those of F. recurva, but
roduced in greater profusion, and appearing a fortnight earlier.
886. A fine garden hybrid between J’. recurva and F’. lanceolata.

F. pluriflora (many-flowered).* jl. of a uniform reddish-purple,
nodding; perianth segments oblanceolate, gin. to lin. long ;
pedicels long. J. eight to fifteen, nearly covering the stem,
somewhat whorled, narrow-lanceolate, 3in. to 4in. long. Stem
stout, lft. or more in height, four- to twelve-flowered. Bulb of
large, thick scales sin. to lin. long. California, 1897. (G. C. 1897,
XXL, p. 231, f. 76.)

F. Raddeana (Dr. Radde’s). /. greenish-yellow, shorter than
the pedicels. J., floral ones recurved-spreading. Habit rather
dwarfer than F. Imperialis, which the plant otherwise resembles.
Central Asia, 1887.

F. Sewerzowi bicolor (two-coloured).* fl. light olive-green,
having a brownish, V-shaped mark at the base of each segment.
Alatau, 1885. A remarkable variety. (G. C. ser. iii., vol. i.,
p. 457; R. G. 1181.)

F. Sieheana (Siehe’s).* l. large; perianth segments bright
green streaked with reddish-purple outside, within yellowish
marked with purple. hk. about 14ft. Asia Minor, 1897, A
splendid species, thriving in chalky soils with leaf-mould.

F. Stracheyi (Strachey’s). #l. solitary; perianth pale purple,
speckled within below the middle, the segments lin. long, acute.
June. U. narrow-linear, 4in. to 6in. long, din. to jin. broad;
radical ones linear-lanceolate, long-petiolate, obtuse. Stem 6in.
to 12in. high. Temperate Himalayas. Syn. F. oxypetala, of
Hooker (B. M. 4731; L. J. F. 422).

F. tristis (sad). A synonym of F. obliqua.

F. tubzeformis (tube-like). The correct name of I. delphin-
ensis.

F. Whittallii (Whittall’s). This very closely resembles
F. Meleagris, but has an orbicular instead of a linear nectary.
Taurus, 1893,

F. zagrica (native name). /., perianth of a dark lurid purple,
not tessellated, glaucous on the outer surface. Kashand
Mountains, Persia, 1893. Closely allied to F. armena and
FE. tulipifolia.

FRIVALDIA. A synonym of Microglossa (which

see).
FRGLICHIA includes Oplotheca.
FROG ORCHIS. See Habenaria viridis.
FROLOVIA. Included under Saussurea (which see).
FROST GRAPE. See Vitis cordifolia.

FRUIT-SPUR. A short branch haying one or more
frnit-buds.

FRUIT-TREE BEETLE (Scolytus rugulosus).
Closely allied to that pest of the Elm, Scolytus destructor,
is the insect known by the common name aboye adopted.
Many kinds of frnit-trees are laid under contribution—
Apples, Pears, Peaches, Plums, and Cherries—and the
insect is even more destructive in the United States and
upon some parts of the Continent than here. The trees
usually attacked are either very young ones, or else those
which from some cause or another lack vitality, or yet
again which haye suffered from external injury. The
smaller branches are always affected, and the first
symptoms observable are a dying away of the tips and
of the foliage. This, however, is not always due to the
particular insect under notice. Trees manifesting such
symptoms should be further examined by the aid of a
glass, and if some very minute holes are revealed it may
fairly be assumed that the Fruit-Tree Beetle is the
delinquent. These holes, if the bark be removed, will be
found to lead to others in the wood proper. The insects
are upon the wing in spring, and deposit their eggs in the
bark. The larvae, or grubs, resulting when hatched feed
first upon the bark, and then tunnel the wood, though not
to any great depth, always working away from the galleries
made by the mother-beetle. In size the Fruit-Tree Beetle
is scarcely 3in. long, dull black as to colour, and furrowed ;
the antenne and legs are reddish. The larye are white
and wrinkled. :

_ Feeding as the insects do, they are not reached by
insecticides ordinarily employed. The only plan available
is to coat the trees with some objectionable substance,
such as kerosene and soft soap made of a fairly stiff
consistency, and applied to the parts very early in the
year. This, however, would only be practicable when
frnit was grown upon an extremely small scale. Where

Fruit-tree Beetle—continued.

the trees are attacked lightly, the bad portions should be
cut away as early as psf in the season and burned.
In the case of trees badly attacked nothing short of
uprooting and burning is likely to avail.

FUCHSIA. Including Skinnera. Calyx-tube globose
or ovoid at base, produeed above the ovary into a deciduous,
four-lobed, campanulate or funnel-shaped limb ; petals four
or very rarely wanting, convolute, spreading, or reflexed ;
stamens eight. Leaves opposite, alternate, or whorled,
entire or toothed. To the species and varieties described
on pp. 31-5, Vol. II., the following should be added :

F. ampliata (ample). /. scarlet, solitary, or two or three
together in axillary clusters; calyx lobes ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate ; petals shorter than the calyx lobes, obtusely quad-
rangular. une. J. 2in. to 3in. long, usually drooping and
ternately whorled, elliptic-oblong, acute at both ends, denticu-
late, glabrous, sometimes pubescent beneath; petioles 4iu. to
4in. long. Stem often decumbent below. A. 3ft. to 5ft. Andes
of Ecuador, 1877. (B. M. 6839.)

F. coccinea. In gardens this name is often applied to #'. macro-
stemma.

F. conica (conical). A form of F. macrostemma.

F. corallina is a garden hybrid.

F. cylindracea. The correct name is I’. parviflora.

F. discolor (two-coloured). A form of F. macrostemma.

F. globosa. ‘ihe correct name of 7. macrostemma globosa.

F. gracilis (slender). A form of F. macrostemma.

F. macrostemma (large-crowned). The correct spelling of
F. macrostema.

¥F. m. discolor (two-coloured). fl. scarlet and purple, small,
numerous. /. 3ft. August. One of the hardiest of all varieties.

F. m. gracilis multiflora (many-flowered). fl. of a darker
crimson and shorter than in the typical gracilis, very freely
produced. J’. tenella is a seedling form of gracilis.

oe, parviflora (small-flowered). The correct name of C. cylin-

racea.

F. pendula (drooping). A garden hybrid with pendulous
branches. 1894. (R. H. 1894, p. 470, f. 174, 175.)

F. pendulzfiora is a garden hybrid.

F. pumila (dwarf). A variety of F. macrostemma.

F. riccartoni (Riccarton). A seedling from F. (macrostemma)
globosa.

F. semperfiorens (ever-flowering). A garden hybrid. 1888,

F. tenella (rather tender). A form of F. macrostemma gracilis.

F. Toddiana (Todd's). ji. scarlet and purple. 1843. A garden
re between F’. fulgens and F’. globosa. (R. H. ser. ii., vol. ii.,
p. 349.)

F. triphylla hybrida (hybrid). A garden hybrid between
F. triphylla and F. corymbifera.

F. t. superba (superb), Probably a chance hybrid between
F. triphylla and F. corymbiflora.

Varieties. For convenience these may be divided into
classes thus :

Single-flowered. ABD-EL-KADER, scarlet, corolla plum-
coloured ; AMBASSADOR, crimson-scarlet, corolla dark purple ;
AMIE, sepals deep crimson, corolla dark purple ; BLAND’s NEW
STRIPED, sepals deep scarlet, corolla purple, striped red and
rose; CECIL GLASS, white and pale pink; CHILWELL Beauty,
sepals bright red, corolla rich violet-purple, free; C. N. May,
sepals bright scarlet, corolla dark plum ; COUNTESS OF ABER-
DEEN, pure white; COVENT GARDEN WHITE, white, purple, and
crimson; CRIMSON BEDDER, sepals red, corolla Bue with
foliage of a decided crimson ; DEFIANCE, sepals reddish-crimson,
corolla violet; DIspLay, sepals bright red, corolla deep rose ;
Dr. SANKEY, rich ruby Ted and dark glossy foliage; EMPEROR,
sepals bright red, corolla purple or maroon, excellent for
baskets or pillars; Farr MAIp, sepals creamy-white, corolla
carmine; FILLE DE LAIR, sepals bright red, corolla pure white,
pyramidal habit ; FLOCON DE NEIGE, sepals carmine, corolla pure
white ; GENERAL ROBERTS, crimson and purple, very tine; HAR-
LEQUIN, sepals rich carmine, corolla bluish-purple ; LYE’s EXCEL-
SIOR, sepals white, shaded with magenta, corolla carmine; MARIE
COMTE, sepals and tube red, corolla deep violet, one of the
best; MONARCH, tube and sepals bright red, corolla red, shaded
with violet; Mr. H. Roperts, sepals soft rose, with a deeper
shade in the corolla; PARACHUTE, sepals bright scarlet, corolla
violet ; P. RADAELLI, sepals red, corolla violet, striped rose ;
PRESIDENT, sepals vermilion, corolla deep purple ; PRINCESS
BEATRICE, tube and sepals pure white, corolla bright pink;
Rosa BONHEUR, sepals blush-white, corolla rich rose ; SALOPIA,
sepals crimson, corolla light purple ; SWANLEY GEM, sepals and
tube scarlet, corolla rose; TOURNEFORT, sepals red, corolla
white, striped red; TuLip, sepals and tube deep crimson,
corolla deep purple; WHITE SOUVENIR DE CHISWICK, sepals
and tube pure white, corolla rosy-pink.

Double-flowered. AUG. FLAMENG, sepals red, corolla large, |

purple; AUGUSTIN Harpy, sepals scarlet, corolla violet, fine ;

—_—-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 375

Fuchsia—continued.

BALLET GIRI, tube and sepals scarlet, corolla white, one of the
best ; BEAUTY OF EXETER, sepals red, with darker corolla ; BORE-
ATTON, sepals scarlet or crimson, corolla purple; BUFTON, sepals
scarlet, corolla rosy-white; CHAMPION OF THE WORLD, sepals
coral-red, corolla deep purple; CHRISTOPHE COLOMB, sepals
scarlet, well reflexed, corolla dark rosy-carmine, a grand
variety; COMTE LEON TOLSTOI, sepals red, corolla dark
blue; DororHy Fry, sepals crimson, corolla white, with
crimson stamens, free; ELIZABETH MARSHALL, sepals scarlet,
corolla white; EMILE SALLE, sepals bright red, corolla
white, splendid variety; FORTUNA, sepals crimson, corolla
white, marked crimson at the base; GENERAL SASSIER,
sepals dark red, corolla deep violet ; GUSTAVE DoRE, sepals red
and reflexed, corolla white; LA FRANCE, sepals bright red,
reflexed, corolla bluish ; LouIS FAucoN, sepals scarlet, corolla
purple ; MADAME BRUANT, sepals bright red, corolla light rose,
Pee MERVEILLE, sepals coral-red, corolla dark blue;
M. HERMITTE, sepals reddish-crimson, corolla blue; Mrs. E. G.
HILL, sepals dark red, corolla creamy-white, one of the best ;
PHENOMENAL, sepals red, corolla rich violet, extra large; ROSE
PHENOMENAL, similar to PHENOMENAL, but with rose corolla ;
ROSALIE, sepals and tube crimson, corolla white; SENATEUR
BERLET, sepals bright carmine, corolla rich violet, large, fine
form ; SERENA, sepals and tube rosy-pink, corolla rose ; 'THALIA,
sepals coral-crimson, corolla white and semi-double.
FUCHSIA (of Swartz). A synonym of Schradera

(which see).
FUCHSIA, CALIFORNIAN. See Zauschneria
californica.

FUCHSIA-FLOWERED GOOSEBERRY. ‘ee
Ribes speciosum.

So OnE. A synonym of Pheenix (which
see).

FULLER’S HERB. See Saponaria.

FUMAGO VAGANS. See Syringa Fungi.

FUMARIA. Several species formerly classed here-
under are now referred to Corydalis.

FUMIGATING. In Fomigators there has been a
marked advance of late years, rendering the process
much easier of accomplishment, as well as more deadly to
animal life. In place of Fumigators made to burn tobacco-
paper or rag, the house is filled with vapour by means of a
spirit-lamp fitted under a dish-like receptacle containing
liquids. The vapour given off is far more deadly to insects
and other animals than is tobacco-smoke, and far less
injurious to tender plants or foliage, the only exception in
fruit houses being in the case of Muscat of Alexandria
and Lady Downes Vines. These two varieties are
frequently affected by vaporising insecticides.

FUNGI. Of all pests these are the most complicated
to the average gardener, as they are also the most
numerous, and the most disastrous and far-reaching in
their effects. As a proof of this latter, one has but to
instance the Sleeping Disease of Tomatoes (Fusarium
lycopersici), of which so much has lately been heard, both
in Guernsey and in this country, where a whole season’s
crop may have to be sacrificed owing to the seed having been
obtained from a diseased source. To many gardeners the
methods by which fungoid diseases are reproduced are
eeeaely. Uaciows, and such visitations as Mildew of
various kinds are attributed to chance, or oftener to
weather influences. Then there is a still larger section
who regard such diseases as ‘‘not proven,’ or their injurious
properties as having been exaggerated.

The gardener’s chief difficulty with all Fungi is that his
first acquaintance with any is usually when much mischief
has been done. His first indications are when the Fungus
has existed sufficiently long to produce outward character-
istics—like the familiar Mildew on the Strawberry, the
“Rust”? on Chrysanthemum, or the Mushrooms on the
roots of his orchard and landscape trees like Agaricus melleus
(Armillaria mellea). Again, he does not seem able to
reconcile the fact that such Fungi have forms of frnits, or
spores, varying with the seasons ; each has its part to play
in the reproduction, or it may be in the extension of the
infected area, of the species. Then there are certain small
Fungi (called hetercecious) which require two plants—some-
times of widely different natural orders—to complete the
cycle. The Gooseberry Rust (Acidiwm grossularix), whose
orange-red patches are familiar upon the foliage and fruit
of that plant, is but the Cluster-Cup stage of Puccinia
Pringsheimiana, whose other stages are found upon Carex
acuta and Carex Goodenovi; while the Rust found on the
leaves and other parts of Barberries is likewise a stage

Fungi—continued.
in the life-history of a still more destructive Fungus known
as Wheat Rust (Puccinia graminis). These are only two
familiar examples of hetercecious Fungi.

Parasitic Fungi reproduce their kind in various ways. One
of the commonest, however, is by means of fruits which are
equivalent to the seeds of flowering plants, though differing
from them in never enclosing an embryo, or young plant.
They, moreover, are of more than one kind, each, as
previously stated, having a particular part to fulfil. The
forms of fruits (or rather the appearance of the plants when
such fruits are ripe) with which the gardener is familiar are
the spring and summer ones. The winter fruit is absolutely
unknown because, being a resting stage, it is passed in the
soil, or it may be in the decaying parts of the plant, until
the following season, when it resumes activity, and only
needs to come in contact with a host-plant whose parts are
favourable to its development, to commence again the cycle
of life. The summer form of frnit is produced very rapidly,
and as it is scattered so readily in various ways, unless the
surrounding plants of the same kind are protected in some
way they are sure to fall victims. Thus it is that spraying
with a fungicide a house of plants from which say one
unhealthy one has been remoyed, is of the utmost value, as
it renders the susceptible parts non-susceptible. In other
words, the fruit which is carried—it may be on the leaves—
will not germinate, even though the conditions generally are
favourable. Still, with every precaution taken, so minute
are the bodies responsible for reproduction, and so difficult
is it to be certain that all parts of the plant liable to
infestation are covered, that some of the summer fruits are
likely to find a place and go on extending the disease. A
second spraying in ten days or so might therefore be
adopted. When, however, plants in houses or outside have
been known to be attacked one season, it will usually pay
to spray early in spring, even as a precautionary measure.
Many gardeners omit to do this, which accounts possibly
for their failure to battle with many a fangoid disease.

A very popular notion prevails that once a plant attacked
with Fungus dies, the trouble is at an end. This is,
however, far from being the case, as the majority of the
most troublesome diseases are tided over the resting period
of the plant by the winter fruits already alluded to. For
this reason the grower cannot be too particular in getting
rid of every particle of rubbish—leayes, prunings, &c.—by
burning, returning the ashes to the soil. This will mini-
mise considerably the trouble from such a source; while, if
it is possible to apply a dressing of lime in winter beneath
trees so affected, this would further help the grower to
battle with the disease.

Other means of reproducing such diseases of Parasitic
Fungi are by the mycelium, or vegetative part of the plant.
For this reason where trees are attacked by Fungi like
Armillaria mellea, Trametes pini, &e., the practice of
isolating such by means of trenches is adopted. Hartig, in
his excellent work upon ‘‘ The Diseases of Trees,” says that
if this is carefully carried ont it is a certain preventive
against the spread of the disease.

Another most prolific source of reproduction is found in
Sclerotia, which are produced by certain Fungi affecting
Potatoes, Marrows, Beans, and many buibous plants. As -
the name suggests, they consist of hard structures, which
are of variable size, colour, and form. Frequently, how-
ever, they are roundish or oval and black; they are also
numerous. It is within the last few years that Sclerotia
in connection with several well-known fungoid diseases have
been discovered—the Lily Disease for instance. In this
Prof. Marshall Ward compares them to mice-droppings, and
suggests how readily they might be mistaken for ‘‘ foreign
bodies.”” Then there is an extremely troublesome Fungus
popularly called the Sclerotium disease (Sclerotinus
Sclerotiorum), which affects a host of plants, the Sclerotia
being of large size. Burning those affected is all that can
be done.

Sclerotia are sometimes found only in dead plants; at
others only in living ones. In no case, howeyer, do they
resume activity until the host-plant itself is well advanced.
Usually they rest in the soil through the winter, the hard,
outer coat serving to protect the soft, inner contents of
felted mycelinm from frost and cold.

Mention has already been made of the desirability of
collecting and burning all rubbish, such as leaves and
prunings; fallen fruits should be included in the same
category. Cuttings from plants infested with Fungi should

376

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Fungi—continued.
never be taken, and seeds from a similar source are also to
be avoided. Some varieties of vegetables and fruits have
proved themselves if not exactly disease-proof, at least
partially resistant, and all the principal nurserymen may be
relied upon to supply them. Potatoes have been vastly
improved in constitutional vigour. Unfortunately, some of
our finest hardy fruits have proved less capable of resisting
disease than others. Cox’s Orange Pippin cankers badly
despite every care in its cultivation. Another factor for the
practical gardener to consider is the question of cropping.
The practice of growing the same crop, or even one liable to
similar diseases, year after year, on the same spot, is to be
condemned, as the cultivator’s trouble is only increased.
Too little attention is also paid to frnit and other recep-
tacles, and by this means it is quite possible to introduce a
most troublesome disease into an area that previously
boasted an immunity therefrom. (See also Fungicide.)

FUNGICIDE. A preparation which is used in order to
combat certain diseases due to parasitic fungi. It is only
within recent years that anything like a flood of light has
been thrown upon the destructive diseases attributed to
such fungi, though from Berkeley’s time, at any rate, it
has been known that sulphur, in some form or other, was
useful as a Fungicide. Some of the more important Fungi-
cides are here enumerated :

AMMONIACAL SOLUTION OF COPPER CARBONATE. This is
one of the most useful of Fungicides, as it is clear, and
besides being easy of application, it may be applied to
fruit crops right up to the ripening stage, which in the
case of some Fungicides—Bordeaux Mixture for instance
—it would be unwise to do. Unlike Bordeaux Mixture, this
solution does not disfigure the piants on whichitisused. In
the case of ornamental-foliaged subjects which are required
for market or for decorative use in the honse, this is
important. A yery good formula is that given by Mr.
Clarence Weed, who has used it very successfully in the
case of Apple Scab, Mildews. &c.:

Carbonate of Copper......-.................
Strong Ammonia...
Water gals.

Mix the carbonate of copper with sufficient water to form
a paste, then add to the ammonia.

Borpreaux Mrxture. This is probably the best of all
Fungicides, and its merits have already been “dealt with
under the heading here adopted. What is known as the
fifty-gallon formula is the safest to use upon such plants as
Potatoes, Apples, Pears, Plums, and Gooseberries. In the
case of tender fruits like Peaches and Nectarines it will
be advisable to increase the quantity of quicklime, and
add a further ten gallons of water, making sixty in all.

Conpy’s Frurp. Im the case of Rusts, such as the
destructive Puccinia hieracii, found upon Chrysanthemums,
and the better known Carnation Rust, a weak solution of
this has been found most beneficial.

Copper SuLPHATE Sonurion. This is only suitable
as a winter dressing for plants known to have been infested.
Vines, fruit trees, and the walls of houses should be sprayed
with the mixture, with a view to destroying the resting
. spores of certain fungi.

Copper Sulphate. .........c0cececsccceseeeee f
SWaiter Sete te einieqere ciate nieinininveinisin nmin ielte nies -se-. 20gals.

This should be prepared in a wooden vessel, and the
copper sulphate be suspended in the manner suggested in
the case of Bordeaux Mixture.

Frowers oF SunpHur. This well - known house-
hold preparation was formerly much in vogue with
rosarians against Mildew, but now it has been practically
superseded by Liver of Sulphur, described below. It should
be dusted on plants infested with Mildew in the early
morning, when they are damp from the dews.

Liver oF SuLPHUR, or Porasstum SuLPHIDE. This is
an excellent and safe Fungicide, but to yield the best results
it should be sprayed on as soon as possible after preparation.

Potassium Sulphide
Water 3gals.

The potassium readily dissolves in a little hot water.

For Mildews and certain Rusts it is of great value.

SreRILIsaTion. This method is employed in the case of
Smuts of Cereals, and consists in steeping the seed in a
solution of copper sulphate.

Copper Sulphate ........--ceeeseceeeeeeeeeee lb.
Hot Water

402.
sgal.

|

Fungicide—continued.

The seed should be steeped in this from twelve to fourteen
hours, then taken ont and allowed to drain, Another plan
is that known as Jensen’s process, which consists in
placing the seed in a snitable receptacle, and then plunging
it several times in hot water. This will not injure the
germinating power of the seed, but is fatal to the fungi
spores. The water at the first dipping should not exceed
a temperature of 120deg. Fahr., and at the second and
subsequent dippings 132deg. Fahr. must not be exceeded.
A few seconds will be sufficient for each immersion, and
the water shonld be allowed to drain away before each
plunging of the receptacle. Finally the seed should be
spread ont and allowed to dry. A method of sterilisation
of the soil in the case of Finger-and-Toe has already
been described under that heading.

Fungicides are only useful when employed in combination
with the careful removing and burning of infested branches,
shoots, fallen leaves, &c. To consign these to the garden
rubbish-heap without resorting to burning is to increase
the trouble considerably. The subject of Spraying Machines
will be dealt with under that heading.

FUNIUM PILIFERUM. A synonym of Furcrea
gigantea (which see).

FUNKIA. Syn. Libertia (of Dumortier). Including
Niobe. Perianth fannel-shaped, with six lobes; stamens
six, affixed to the tube, or hypogynous, declinate; shape
simple, tall, leafless. Leaves radical, petiolate, ample.

F. alba (white). A synonym of F. subcordata.

F. albo-marginata (white-margined). A synonym of F. lancifolia.

F. czrulea (blue). A synonym of F. ovata.

F. cucullata (hooded). A synonym of F. Sieboldiana.

F. grandiflora is a form of F. subcordata.

F. Sieboldii. Of this species there is a variety having the
leaves margined with yellow.

F. undulata (wavy). A synonym of F. lancifolia.
FURCRZEA. Syn. Funium. According to J. G.

Baker, this genus comprises about seventeen species, all
natives of tropical America. Flowers greenish-white,
loosely paniculate, often replaced by bulbils (from which
the plants may be propagated) ; perianth rotate, the tube
short, cylindrical, the segments oblong, sub-equal,
spreading horizontally ; stamens short, attached to the
throat of the perianth tube; filaments erect. Leaves
densely rosulate, usually rigid, spiny-pointed and ed7ved
with spines. The leaves of F. gigantea yield an excellent
fibre. To the species described on pp. 37-8, Vol. II., the
following should be added:

F. albispina (white-spined). #. white, tinged with green,
solitary, pendulous ; inner perianth segments sin. long ; panicle
rhomboid, the central branches 6in. to 8in. long; peduncle 5ft.
long. November. J. fifteen to twenty in a sessile rosette, 1ft.
to 1sft. long, 2in. broad; marginal prickles greenish-white,
deltoid. Probably Central America, about 1892.

F. Lindeni (Linden’s). This is a form of F. cubensis, differing
mainly in having handsomely variegated leaves. 1869.
(I. H.n.s., t. 186.)

F. pubescens (downy). (j., perianth segments greenish-white,
above lin. long, sin. to Zin. broad; panicle five times as long as
the peduncle; peduncle rather longer than the leaves. 7. about
thirty, lanceolate, rigid, not wavy, 2ft. long, 24in. broad, pungent,
tipped and armed with distant, medium-sized spines. Tropical
America, 1892. Plant stemless. (B. M. 7250.)

F. Roézlii (Roézl’s). A synonym of F. Bedinghausii.

F. stricta (erect). ., perianth segments lin. long; peduncle
with panicle 8ft. to 9ft. long. 7. about thirty in a rosette,
lanceolate, bright green, 2ft. to 23ft. long, 2in. to 24in, broad,
so deeply channelled as to be almost triquetrous above the
middle, and having large, distant prickles. 1868.

F. Watsoniana (Watson’s).* 7. tufted, spreading, as long as a
man’s arm, 24in. wide, convolute when young, bluish-green, with
alternate bands of creamy variegation ; margins undulated, with
minute spines at distant intervals. 1898. A beautiful plant.
(G. C. 1898, i., pp. 242-3, f. 90.)

FUSARIUM LYCOPERSICI. See Sleeping
Disease of Tomatoes.

FUSCESCENT. Slightly fnscons.

FUSCOUS. Greyish-brown.

FUSICLADIUM DENDRITICUM and F.

PYRINUM.
present yolume.

FUSSIA. A synonym of Aira (which see).
FUSTIC-TREE. See Chlorophora tinctoria.

See Apple and Pear Scab in

77

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 3

GABERTIA. A synonym of Grammatophyllum
(which see).

GHRTNERA. The two species described under this
heading belong to Hiptage (which see).

GAGEA. Syn. Ornithoxanthum. To the species
described on p. 39, Vol. Il., the following should be
added :

G. arvensis (field-loving). A synonym of G. stellaris.

G. lutea. The correct name is G. fascicularis.

G. stellaris (star-like). 7. yellow, disposed in a corymbiform
raceme; perianth segments lanceolate. March and April.
7., radical ones two, linear, obtuse, channelled and recurved ;
floral ones opposite, lanceolate. Europe. SYN. G. arvensis,

G. stenopetala. The correct name is G. bracteolaris.

GAHNIA (called after H. Gahn, a Swedish botanist
of the eighteenth century). Syn. Psittacoschenus. ORD.
Cyperacee, A genus embracing about a score species of
stove or greenhouse, perennial herbs, mostly Australian,
a few inhabiting New Zealand, New Caledonia, the
Malayan Archipelago, South China, and the South Pacific
Islands. Spikelets blackish or brown, often two-flowered ;
glumes many ; hypogynous bristles none; stamens three to
six; panicle ample and loose or narrow and spike-like.
Nut reddish-fuscons, whitish, or black, ovoid, obovoid, or
sub-fusiform, Leaves usually long, terete, with a long,
subulate acumen. It is doubtful whether the plant here
described is the true G. aspera. For culture, see
Cyperus.

G. aspera (rough). (/., spikelets whitish-yellow; inflorescence
terminal. jr. reddish-yellow. J. bright green, channelled, wavy,
lanceolate. Tiji, 1887. An ornamental plant, of Arundo-like
habit.

GAILLARDIA. Syns. Calonnea, Galardia, Virgilia.
Abont ‘eight species are comprised in this genus.

This is another of the flowers which the florist has taken
in hand with excellent results, and the perennial Blanket
Flowers (Fig. 386), as they are sometimes called, are
amongst the most valuable flowers from early summer

ETCHING Co

Fic. 386, FLORISTS’ GATLLARDIAS.
Vol. V.

Gaillardia—continued.
till late autumn. They are very effective when planted in
bold groups in the border; while even as bedding plants
they have few superiors when pegged down Ift. or so
apart. In hot, dry summers they are amongst the com-
paratively few subjects which are not injuriously affected.
They have few enemies, and may be readily preserved
for years if covered with some light litter before severe
weather sets in. For supplying cut-flower material, they

*are also valuable. A deeply-worked but light and rich

soil suits them best, and they should be planted in spring.
There are both single and double varieties, the former
being the more decorative, but the latter prove the more
usefal for cutting.

Varieties. ‘These are numerous, but mostly some shade
of crimson, red, or yellow. Some good ones are:
ADDISON, BASSANIO, CHARLES KINGSLEY, ELLEN TERRY,

GENERAL SYMONS, HYPATIA, JAMES KELWAY, LADAS, LANGPORT

WoNDER, LORD METHUEN, LORD ROSEBERY, MR. PITCHER,

OLIVER WENDELL HOLMES, PRIMROSE DAME, RUBINSTEIN,

St. BLAISE, SPLENDIDISSIMA PLENA, VIVIAN GREY, W. B.

CHILD, WILLIAM KELWAY, and WILLIAM ROLFE.

GALACTIA (from gala, milk; in allusion to the
milky juice of some of the species). Including Collza
and Sweetia (of De Candolle). Orb. Leguminose. A genus
embracing about forty-five species of stove, greenhouse, or
hardy, prostrate or twining herbs or erect shrubs, all
American, allied to Camptosema. Several of them have
been introduced, but they are probably no longer grown.

GALACTITES. Syn. Iupsia. G. australis has been

introduced, but is probably lost to cultivation.
GALANGA. A synonym of Alpinia (which see).
GALANGALE. ‘See Kempferia Galanga.

GALANTHUS. This genus consists of about half-
a-dozen species, confined to Europe and Western Asia.
Flower generally solitary, cernnous ; spathe usually simple ;
perianth tube none, the outer segments oblong-spathulate,
the inner ones much shorter, obovate, emarginate, stiffly
erect; stamens epigynous; filaments very short. Leaves
two or three, lorate. Rootstock a tunicated bulb, one tunic
wrapped tightly round the base of the stem and leaves.
A number of plants that have been described as species
are now regarded as mere forms of G. nivalis.

Snowdrops are amongst the most appreciated of hardy
bulbs, though it is the spring- rather than the late-flowering
kinds, like G. nivalis octobrensis, which are known. They
may be employed in a variety of ways—in the border, on
the rockery, in the beds, and in the grass. The last is the
most natural method of all, and when grown thus the
refined beauty of the flowers is seen to the greatest
advantage. The bulbs should be planted in antumn, and
2in. deep, and unless there is some good reason for it they
should not be disturbed very frequently. Propagation may
be effected by seeds sown as soon as procurable in light,
sandy soil, in boxes; or they may be divided just after
flowering and immediately replanted. The antumnal kinds,
like the one above-named, Rachelw, Olgx, corcyrensis,
cilicicus, and Cassala, are not as vigorous as their spring
relatives, but nevertheless are well worth attention by
the cultivator of hardy bulbs.

Sparrows prove troublesome in almost all gardens; but
they may be prevented from doing much damage if black
thread be stretched across the beds or borders. The greatest
enemy of the Snowdrop cultivator is, however, a species of
Mildew due to Sclerotinia galanthina, which causes the
plants to rot away very suddenly and mystericusly, as the
foliage shows no sign as a rule of weakness. If, however,
disease be suspected, the foliage and bulbs had hetter be
examined, when probably a greyish mould will be discovered
upon the former. Later in spring both foliage and bulbs
will be found to be covered with the black bodies known
as selerotia. When this is the ease, such bulbs should
be burned, and fresh positions given them. Whenever
bulbs suddenly cease to flower without any apparent cause,
the disease should be suspected, and measures be taken to
prevent it from spreading. It would also be advisable to
lift any bulbs in the vicinity and well dust them with
powdered sulphur, replanting them in fresh quarters.

A species of Rhizoglyphus, popularly known as Bulb
Mite, also proves troublesome to Snowdrops, and badly-
affected bulbs should be destroyed, as the Mites are with

$C

378 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Galanthus—continued.

difficulty reached, feeding as they do in the folds of the
bulbs.

To the species, &c., described on p. 41, Vol. II., the
following should be added :

G. Alleni (Allen’s). A synonym of G. nivalis caucasicus.

G. byzantinus (Byzantine). /l., outer perianth segments jin.
long ; inner ones marked with green as in G. plicatus; scape
slender, 6in. long. February. /. shorter than the scape when
flowering, glaucous, broadly channelled as in G. Elwesii. Bulb
medium-sized, globose. Habitat not recorded, 1893.

G. cilicicus (Cilician).* This is closely allied to G. Posteri, but
differs in its less robust habit, much narrower leaves, and in the
absence of the large green blotch on the lower half of the inner
perianth segments, while the green glaucous line found upon the
centre of the leaves of Snowdrops generally is absent. Cilician
Taurus, 1897.

G. Elwesii Cassala* has larger flowers than the type, with
a blotch on the three inner perianth segments, the basal one
being conjoined.

G. E. globosus (globular). /l. frequently two; perianth limb
globose ; outer segments very broad. 1887. (Gn. 1887, i., p. 393,
under name of G. globosus.)

G. E. robustus (robust). A very robust variety, with a large
bulb, and thick, glaucous leaves. Asia Minor, 1893.

G. E. unguicularis (clawed). A variety of erect habit, and
easily distinguished from the type by its claw-like segments.
Asia Minor, 1894.

G,. E. Whittallii (Whittall’s).* A distinct early-flowering variety,
with large blossoms. 1898.

G. Fosteri (Foster’s).* jl. white; outer segments convex on the
back, lin. to l4in. long; inner ones obovate-cuneate, with a
large green blotch on the lower half ; spathe-valve green, linear-
convolute, 2in. long ; peduncle slender, shorter than the leaves.
eum 1. bright green, 6in. long, lin. broad. Asia Minor,
1889.

G. globosus (globular). A form of G. Elwesii.

G. gracilis (slender). 7. having a large green blotch at the base
of the inner perianth segments, the outer ones jin. long; scape
overtopping the leaves. March. 7. glaucous, the edges not
reflexed. Bulb small, globose. Bulgaria, 1893. Allied to
G. Elwesii.

G. grandiflorus (large-flowered).* jl. resembling those of the
large forms of G. nivalis. Jl. having a recurved edge, very
glaucous beneath. Bulb very large, globose. Habit very robust.
Origin uncertain; perhaps a hybrid. 1893. Syn. G. maximus.

G. Ikariz (Icarian). /l., inner perianth segments quadrate,
with crisped edges as in G. Elwesii, and the single apical blotch
asin G. nivalis; scape Tin. to 8in. long. JU. bright green, lorate,
sin. to Zin. broad, the margins not recurved. Nikaria (the
classical Icaria), 1893.

G. latifolius (broad-leaved). /l., outer segments oblong-spathu-
late, sin. to Zin. long; inner ones with only a green patch
round the sinus; anthers narrowed suddenly to an acute point.
February and March. J. Zin. to lin. broad, simply channelled
down the centre. Bulb lin. in diameter. Caucasus, 1868. (G. C.
1879, f. 52c, 1881, p. 404, f. 80; R. G. 2868, t. 578, f. 1.)

G. maximus (largest). A synonym of G. grandijlorus.

G. Nicana (Nikarian). A late-flowering Snowdrop, with broad,
short foliage; probably identical with G. Ikaria. 1897.

G. eee Atkinsi (Atkins's). A large-flowered garden variety.
1891.

G. n. caucasicus (Caucasian). (/l., outer segments pure white,
broader, more convéx on the back, and with a& narrower claw,
than in the genuine G. nivalis, Zin. to lin. long, the inner ones
obovate-cuneate, with a deep notch and two erect, rounded
lobes, only marked green outside in a horse-shoe patch round
the notch, but within streaked with green and white more than
half-way down. Syn. G. Alleni. The garden varieties /atifolius
(= Redoutet) and virescens belong to this sub-species.

G. n. corcyrensis (Corfu). A small variety.

G. n. c. przecox (early). This is an early-flowering form, with
breader leaves.

G. n. Elsz (Elsa's), This variety is nearly allied to G. n. corey-
rensis, but has larger flowers and stouter leaves. November to
March. Mount Athos, Macedonia, 1891.

G. n. lutescens (yellowish). jl. having the inner segments
tipped with yellow instead of green, and a yellowish ovary.
G. n, poculiformis (cup-shaped). l. having the inner segments

plain white and nearly as long as the outer ones,

G. n. Rachelz (Rachel’s).* This resembles Else, but is more
robust and has larger flowers. October and November. Mount
Hymettus, 1891.

G. n. Scharloki (Scharlok’s). This form has two long,
herbaceous spathe-valves, sometimes two flowers, and a green
spot at the tip of each outer aoe 1888. The name is some-
times mis-spelt Sharlocki and Shaylockii.

Galanthus—continued.
G. n. serotinus (late). An autumn-flowering variety. 1888.
Other varieties of G. nivalis are: Melvillei, almost identical
with Imperati ; and octobrensis, flowering in October.

G. Olgz (Queen Olga’s). jl., outer segments oblong-unguiculate,
about lin. long, jin. to 4in. broad; inner ones half as long, plain
white, with rounded lobes. October. J. 6in. to 8in. long, jin.
Hae simply channelled, glaucous, especially beneath. Greece,

G. Perryi (Perry's). ., outer perianth segments gin. to jin.
long, the inner ones deeply emarginate, with a green, horse-shoe
mark at the apical sinus; scape Sin. to 6in. long. JZ. 2in. long,
Jin. broad. Bulb lin. in diameter. 1893. Intermediate between
G. caucasicus and G, latifolius.

G. umbricus (Umbrian). A synonym of G. nivalis Imperati.
GALAPEE-TREE. ‘ee Sciadophyllum Brownii.

ee A synonym of Gaillardia (which
see).

GALATEA. A synonym of Eleutherine (which
see).

GALAXIA. Of this genus there are but two species
—those described on p. 41, Vol. II. Stamens inserted at
the throat of the perianth tube, the filaments connate in
a cylindrical column.

G. ovata grandiflora (large-flowered). (. ljin. in diameter
when fully expanded (in the Eye they are only lin. across).

(A. B. R. 164 and B. M. 1208, under name of G. grandiflora.)

GALEA. A helmet or hood; a helmet-shaped sepal
or petal; hence Galeate, helmet-shaped.

GALEANDRA. Syn. Corydandra. To the species
and yarieties described on pp. 41-2, Vol. II., the following
should be added:

Fic. 387. GALEANDRA BAUERI.

G. Baueri (Bauer's). /. brownish-green, in drooping racemes ;
lip with purple front portion, and white outside. June to
August. JU. lance-shaped, three-nerved. South Mexico, &c. See
Fig. 387. (Bot. Reg. 1840, t. 49.)

G. Baueri (of Lindley). A synonym of G. Batemanni.

G. Claesii (Claes’). fl. about 2in. across, six to eight in a
se raceme about Yin. long; sepals and petals brown ; lip
rosy. J. bluish-green. _Psendo-bulbs slender, about lft. long.
Brazil, 1893. Allied to G. villosa. (L., t. 391.)

G. d@’Escagnolleana (Baron d’Escagnolle's). 7., sepals and
petals brownish-ochre ; lip white and sulphur, the median lobe
marked with dark purple; spur funnel-shaped. /. narrow-
lanceolate, acuminate. Para, 1887. Allied to G. Baweri lutea.
(1. H. ser. v., t. 22.)

G. Devoniana Delphina. /1., sepals and petals reddish-brown,
margined yellowish, lanceolate, acute; lip white, veined purple,
large. Venezuela, 1887. A distinct variety, slenderer in all
its parts than the type. (L., t. 80.)

G. flaveola (yellowish). jl., sepals and petals yellowish, tinted
sepia, lanceolate, acuminate; lip yellow, dotted hyaline-purple ;
apiculus of the anther having a black, anchor-like, terminal

— a

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 379

Galeandra—continued.
process ; raceme eight-flowered. 7. cuneate, linear, acuminate,
4in. broad, the uppermost ones smaller. Stem more than Qin.
long. Venezuela, 1887.

G. lagoensis (Lagoa). This is described as ‘‘a very singular
eee with greenish sepals and a large, crimson lip.” Brazil,
1894.

GALEDUPA. A synonym of Pongamia (which see).

GALEGA. To the species, &c., described on p. 42,
Vol. II., the following should be added. Several plants
that were formerly included hereunder are now referred to
Tephrosia.

G. biloba (two-lobed).
bluish-lilac flowers.

G. officinalis africana (African). 1. purplish ; racemes longer
than inthe type. /. broader and more obtuse.

G. 0. alba (white).* A pretty variety bearing pure white flowers
and growing 34ft. to 4ft.
G. o. bicolor (two-coloured).

white flowers.

G. 0. compacta (compact).* The flowers of this variety are of

a delicate lilac. 3ft.

G. tricolor (three-coloured). A synonym of G. officinalis.

(H. E. F,, t. 185.)

GALEOLA. Syns. Cyriosia, Hematorchis, Ledgeria,
Pogochilus. Flowers mediocre or rather large ; lip sessile
at the base of the column, broad, concave.

GALINSOGEA. Included under Tridax (which see).

GALIPEA. G. frifoliata furnishes the Angostura-bark
of commerce. G. heterophylla, G. macrophylla, and G. odora-
tissima are now classed under Cusparia.

GALL MIDGES. See Cecidomyia.

GALTONIA. This genus now embraces three species.
Flowers white, showy, in a long, loose raceme; perianth
tube rather broad, rounded at base, the lobes as long as
the tube, spreading; stamens six, affixed to the throat
or tube, shorter than the lobes; scape simple, leafless.
Leaves few, radical.

G. candicans will not thrive outside, except the position
be a sunny one and the soil light, rich, and well drained.
In such favoured spots, however, it makes a splendid
show, and associated with early Gladioli a nice effect
is created. In Guernsey the plants are seen to perfection.
They may be planted in either autumn or spring, the
latter for preference, and the bulbs should be buried
some 6in. or 7in. Once planted, they should not be
frequently interfered with, as they resent such treatment.
Potted up for the conservatory or for the greenhouse they
are excellent, and may be had in flower either early or
late in the year. Bulbs so treated should, however, be
returned to the borders. Seeds should be sown in March.

To the species described on p. 43, Vol. II., the following
should be added:

G. clavata (club-shaped). 1. scentless, arranged in a lax raceme;
perianth tube clavate, about lin. long, the segments Jin. long,
oblong, obtuse; peduncle 2ft. high. Autumn. 7. six or eight,
sessile, lanceolate, glabrous, glaucous-green, 2ft. long. 1879. An
unattractive plant. (B. M. 6885.)

G. princeps-candicans (hybrid). A garden hybrid between
the two species indicated in the name. 1899.
a A synonym of Palicourea (which

see).

GAMMA MOTH, or SILVER Y MOTH. See
Plusia.

GAMOLEPIS (from gameo, to marry or unite, and
lepis, a scale ; in allusion to the connate involucral scales),
Ord. Composite. A genus embracing about a dozen
species of greenhonse or half-hardy shrubs or rarely herbs,
natives of South Africa, only differing from Euryops in
haying no pappus. G. annua requires the ordinary treat-
ment of half-hardy annuals. For culture of the other
species in cultivation, see Othonna.

G. annua (annual).* _1.-heads bright yellow or orange; involucral
bracts ten to fifteen. /. lin. to lsin. long, pinnati-partite ; lobes
five to seven on each side, 4in. to Zin. long, linear, entire or with
one or two lobules. Branches flexuous. h. Sin. to 10in. A slender,
wiry, glabrous, mostly branching annual. Syn. G. Tagetes.

G. euryopoides (Ewryops-like). _/l.-heads yellow, borne on
eduncles 2in. to 4in. long. 7. crowded, lin. to 14in. long, mostly
rifid to the middle (some entire) ; lobes about 4in. long, linear,

concave, thickish, sub-acute. A. 2ft. . An erect, leafy

bush, with the aspect of Eurvops abrotanifolia. (B. M. 6249.)
G. Tagetes (Tagetes). A synonym of G. annua.

A form of G. oficinalis, with pretty,

A garden variety with blue and

GAMOPETALOUS. The same as Monopetalons.
Having the petals more or less joined, so as to form a
tube or cup.

GAMOPLEXIS. A synonym of Gastrodia (which

see).

Sawer eD Ee: Included under Narcissus (which
see).

GARCINIA. Syn. Brindonia. Of the three dozen

species embraced in this genus, seven are tropical African,
and the remainder are found in tropical Asia and
Polynesia. Flowers polygamous; sepals and petals four
or five each, the former decnssate, the latter imbricated.
To the species described on p. 43, Vol. II., the following
should be added:

G. SE (Hanbury’s). l., males axillary, solitary or in
groups of three to six, on pedicels fin. to 4in. long; females
solitary, axillary, much larger than the males. fr. spherical,
larger than that of G. Morelia. 1. more ovate in form and some-
times 7in. long and 4in. wide. /. 30ft. to 60ft. Cochin-China, &c.
This is one of the species producing gamboge.

G. ovalifolia (oval-leaved). A synonym of Yanthochymus ovali-
Solius.

G. Xanthochymus. A synonym of Yanthochymus pictorius.

GARDEN. By far the larger number of Gardens
met with are those attached to villas, and usually the
space at command is not well utilised. It has now
become a recognised thing to set apart the ground
found behind most dwelling-houses entirely for the
cultivation of flowers, as vegetables may now be obtained
so cheaply that in small quantities they are not worth
growing.

The designs given may readily be followed by the
amateur, without the aid of costly tools or the experience
of a skilled workman. To take the simplest form
(Fig. 388): Set out the border about 3ft. wide along
one side of the Garden, and line it up with edge-
tiles, bricks, or even a boarded edge; from this line
measure 2ft. 6in. for the gravel path, and at several
intervals place some small stakes. Now pass a line of
string along these stakes, which will form the boundary
of the lawn. Next set out the centre flower-bed, which
is arranged after the shape of a Maltese cross. To do
this, drive some small stakes at the four extreme corners,
as shown by the black dots (Fig. 388). Then measure
and stake ont the inside square, and place stakes (as
illustrated by the black dots) for the corners of the
ficures. Now if some twine is passed from stake to
stake (as shown by the dotted lines), the outline of the
figure is at once obtained.

Information on the making of Lawns will be found under
that heading in Vol. II., as well as a little later on in the
present volume. . ;

A summer arbour may be fixed in one corner, which
shonld be the shadiest of the four corners. Fig. 389 is a
cross-section of the ground showing the level of the path,
lawn, and flower-bed. :

Fig. 390 illustrates a design where the central bed is a
diamond shape, surrounded with a grass lawn, which is
edged with a rockery-work border 3ft. wide. This is a very
suitable place for the cultivation of Ferns, &c. At the end
of the lawn, a space abont 6ft. or 8ft. wide may be left for
division between a summer arbour and a greenhouse.
Fig. 391 shows the relative heights of rockery, lawn, and
flower-bed, the setting out of which may be done by
arranging string-lines on stakes, to represent the dotted
lines shown in Fig. 390. 4

Fig. 392 is a simple design, formed with a centre bed
supported by two crescent-shaped beds, which are
surrounded with a lawn and edged with a border 3ft. wide.
In this case the principal part of the work is to lay the
lawn and set out the beds, as there is no high elevation of
the border. The beds are struck out by placing a stake
at a (Fig. 392), and with a length of string equal to the
radius of the circle required, and a sharp-pointed stick
tied in, mark ont the circle in the soil. The centres for
striking ont the crescents are given in the illustrations, the
work being performed as above. A summer arbour occupies
the central position at the end of the Garden. Fig. 393
shows the relative heights. : ‘

In Fig. 394 design is introduced in which more ground
is devoted to the flowers and less to the lawn. The border
is 3ft. wide, edged with tile, wood, or bricks; the main

380

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Garden—continued.
path is 2ft. Gin. wide, and grayelled. The dimensions of
the beds must be arranged according to the space at dis-
posal, but roughly the Garden should be divided into
about three equal lengths. The method of striking ont
the beds may be seen in Fig. 394, where the centres for the
yarious circles are shown by black dots. An improvised
wooden trammel, with a shifting point, is useful for setting
ont. At one end of the Garden a greenhouse and summer
arbour are arranged. Fig. 395 illustrates the relative
heights.

Fig. 396 illustrates a very stylish design—easily con-
structed, and not expensive to stock. The centre bed is
about 10ft. in diameter, cnt in the lawn; the side borders
are 2ft. Gin. wide; and at each corner of the lawn are

Garden—continued.
covering of 6in. or so of soil answer well for plants, and
afford good drainage. The face may be made of abont
every conceivable kind of material, such as broken pipes,
engine-clinkers, pieces of rongh stone, brick-clinker, brick-
ends, limestone, large pebbles, spar, &c.; and the larger
the variety the better the appearance obtained. Butt
ends of trees, dug after the tronk is felled, can always
be introduced with advantage, as, for instance, in place
of the pedestal vases. ’

In all of the accompanying designs it is possible to fix
a straight line for drying clothes the entire length of the
Garden, without coming in contact with the varions flower-
beds, &e., a point which will no doubt greatly recommend
itself where the laundry work is performed at home.

Vit AL be
DA LK

CARAUEL

GRHUEL

Fics. 388 anp 389.
DESIGN FOR SMALL GARDEN.

placed pedestal flower-vases (Fig. 400). The central
position at the end of the Garden is occupied by a
rustic summer-honse. Fig. 397 illustrates the relative
heights.

Fig. 398 contains a large proportion of rockery, and is
most suitable for those who prefer a rugged to a more
formal appearance in their Gardens. The side rockery
is 3ft. wide, whilst the two cirenlar rockeries are abont
10ft. in diameter and 4ft. high at the apex. At each
corner of the lawn a pedestal vase (Fig. 400) may be
placed, filled with Pelargoniums, &e., and a number of
creepers to come down the sides. A summer arbour or
greenhouse may be placed at the end. Fig. 399 shows the
relative heights.

In making the rockery-work, cinder-ashes, brick-rubbish,
&e., are always available for the bottom, and with a

Fics. 390 AND 391.
DESIGN FOR SMALL GARDEN.

Fics. 592 anp 395,
DESIGN FOR SMALL GARDEN.

In each of the illustrations the dwelling-house is
presumed to be at the lower end of the drawing, where
the thick dotted line crosses.

When the villa is semi-detached, the rule is for a strip
of land to ran back from the honse a certain distance.
This strip, termed a Garden, is often the same width as
the honse, and enclosed by a wall on each side, which
separates it from Gardens of similar size belonging to
neighbours. Fig. 401 illustrates a Garden of this deserip-
tion, which must be laid ont on somewhat simple lines, as
space will not permit of anything elaborate, nor would any
elaborate style appear to advantage in such a small area.
However, before any planting is done, the drainage ought
to be made good if at all defective, and the soil of the beds
and borders rendered suitable for the reception of the
plants. If the soil be of a heavy character, road sweepings

SS ee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 3881

Garden—continueid.

or serapings, fine ashes, or any good material that will
assist in making the soil more porous, will be very bene-
ficial. Again, if the soil be poor and hungry, a liberal
application of manure, dug or trenched deeply in, will be
necessary : otherwise the plants would languish.

Having prepared the soil, the walks should be made.
This consists in excavating the soil from 8in. to 10in. deep,
and the requisite width, then filling in to a depth of abont
6in. with broken bricks. clinkers, or rough stones. Over
this there should be laid 2in. or 3in. of rough gravel, and
on that, again, an inch of fine or sifted gravel, making all
firm, and placing it so that the walk, when complete, is
highest or rounded in the centre, and gently sloping to the
sides. Such a walk is dry both summer and winter, and

Garden—continued.

a good sward is most quickly obtained if sown in the spring.
As the young sward grows, it should be kept mown and
well rolled. All Daisies and Dandelions should be drawn
out immediately they are observed. In fact, any very
coarse-growing plant that may appear is best removed at
once.

The planting of the Garden will depend in a great measure
upon the taste of the owner, but not a little also upon the
extent of his pocket. Dealing with Fig. 401, Cordon fruit-
trees would succeed if planted in the border a, and trained
up the sides of the honse, unless the aspect were due north.
If the aspect were south or south-west, Peaches and .
Nectarines would answer if desired, trained as fan-trees.
On the other hand, the following climbers would be very

SUMNIER
ARBOUR.

CREEM
HOUSE.

Fl
| &
SS
iB
Q

Figs. 394 ann 295.
DESIGN FOR SMALL GARDEN.

amply repays the extra labour and expense incurred.
Oceasionally the walks are edged with strips of oak board,
firmly secured to oak posts driven behind them. The oak
posts and boards are nearly level with the surface of the
lawn or grass edging. The advantages of such an edging
are that the verges of the grass are always in place, there
is no trouble in eutting them, and the sides always look
neat and trim.

The next operation is the making of the lawn. This
should be levelled and made thoroughly firm in every part.
Unless made firm, portions will sink, and the surface
become uneven later on. The beds, of course, would be
marked ont and made before. After having made the
surface perfectly level, sow the seed thickly, and cover
lightly with finely-sifted soil. The seed may be sown at
almost any time of the year if protected from birds, but

Fras. 396 AND 397.
DESIGN FOR SMALL GARDEN.

Fics. 398 AND 399.
DESIGN FOR SMALL GARDEN.

ornamental: Azara integrifolia variegata and A. micro-
phylla, both with dense and handsome foliage ; Ceanothus
Veitchianus, a Charming blue-flowered plant; Crategus
Pyracantha Lelandii, in winter covered with orange-red
berries; Garrya elliptica; Lonicera sempervirens (Scarlet
Trumpet Honeysuckle) ; Magnolia grandiflora, and any of
the Iyies, of which there is a great variety. All the
above are evergreen. If desired, the following decidnons
climbers conld be added: Roses in variety, Clematis,
Honeysuckle, Vitis inconstans (Ampelopsis Veitchii), Jas-
minums, &e. The boundary wall or fence could be
covered with espalier-trained frnit-trees, Roses, Ivies,
Wistaria, whichever the owner preferred, all or any
of which would be effective. The borders c, if planted
with herbaceous subjects thinly, with bulbs, annuals,
&e., dotted in amongst them, wonld be charming all

382 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Garden—continued.
through the season and supply eut flowers in quantity.
The following herbaceous plants are dwarf, and would not
interfere with the plants or trees trained against the wall
or fence: Anemone, Aquilegia, Campanula, Coreopsis lan-
ceolata, Dicentra, Funkia, Gaillardia, Gerbera, Geum,
Hemerocallis, Henchera, Iris in variety, Linum, Mont-
bretia, and Statice. Amongst bulbs there are Gladioli,
Daffodils and other Narcissi, Hyacinths, Tulips, and many
others. The varieties of annnals are almost endless ; but
any of the dwarf-growing sorts, if sown early in April, in
fine, friable soil, and not allowed to become crowded as
they grow, would produce an enormous quantity of flowers

Fic. 400, PEDESTAL FLOWER-VASE FOR GARDEN.

during the summer. The bed d might be planted with
Carnations, Pompon or Cactus Dahlias, Tea-Roses, &c.
If planted with the last-named, some of the early-flowering
bulbs, like Daffodils or Hyacinths, could be grown amongst
them, not disturbing the bulbs after flowering. The two
long beds (e, e) conld be planted with Roses, Rhododen-
drons, early-flowering Chrysanthemums, or anything else
preferred. If Rhododendrons were planted, some of the
Lilies (L. awratwm, for instance) could be got in amongst
them. As a rule, this splendid Lily seems to thoroughly
enjoy such a position, and produces magnificent spikes of
flower. Tho two circular beds (T, I) would he yery effective
planted with Pentstemons, Antirrhinums, or any similarly

Fic. 401. DESIGN FOR SMALL GARDEN,

Garden—continued.
regs amd 5 \
Tus Rese, Daktias, dwert-pors, \
Mmekatlnas Dastitt, Unnuals te — Waker bles

\
wy

A
; ee

=—

% i
i

3

~

— Path

<<a
| | / { S
| A } 13
Real f { ww
| | < \ \
} a) y: \
y S|
) 2
ay” f
: t | aS
aes meat
s SU tela
3 “Ss
ca = a
es ic

WeeRng Ast Arner Vetces |

3 Path ay
Bock A
cate

ate [ (CEERI rahe Ce LET LE SEIS,

Fic. 403. DESIGN FOR GARDEN PRINCIPALLY DEVOTED
TO FLOWERS.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 383

Garden—continued.
beautiful yet inexpensive flowers. In brief, it may be
stated that nearly all the hardy or semi-hardy plants, but
chiefly the former, will prove far more desirable and
pleasing than any of the tender bedding subjects so much
in favour with villa Garden owners.

In most town Gardens it is desirable, as far as possible,
to have a block at the bottom of the Garden, not only to
make the place private, but also to shut out the everlasting
view of bricks and mortar. For that reason the end (G) is
marked as planted with trees and shrubs. Amongst those
that seem to thrive in towns are Cupressus Lawsoniana, a
quick-growing, tall, evergreen tree; all the Yews, Hollies,
Tree Ivies, and the hardy Bamboo (Bambusa Metake). In
deciduous subjects there are the beautiful Golden Privet,
Berberis in charming variety, Acers in sorts, Prunus,
Azalea Mollis, and Thorns. Many others might be
included, but those named will produce a fine effect when
well established.

Fig. 402 represents another form of Garden attached to
villas, and, as will be observed, the major portion is devoted
to grass for tennis or other games. ‘This kind of Garden
finds much favour, being both pleasing to the eye and
inexpensive to keep in order. The subjects already recom-
mended for planting against the house are also suitable for
this one, Facing the trees and shrubs in the borders
marked, such tall-growing plants as Sunflowers, Dahlias,
Perennial Asters (or Michaelmas Daisies), and Rudbeckias,
would have a good appearance. Facing those, again,
Phloxes, early Chrysanthemums, and similar moderate-
growing plants would answer, with bulbs of all kinds and
annuals filling the space to the margin of the border. If u
small pool of water could be made in one corner, the hardy
Water Lilies would always prove a source of attraction ;
and when once established they would require no further
care. It is marvellous the immense quantity of flowers
these plants will produce, and no flower is more admired
than Water Lilies placed in glass bowls in rooms. If the
boundary walls are covered with Ivy, a nice finish is given
to the whole place, which is thus made to look homelike,
and any newness is done away with. Any new house may
rapidly be made tc appear as if built for many years by a
judicions system of outside embellishment with trees,
climbers, and other plants. The first cost may seem some-
what heavy, but when once done, the only outlay incurred
afterwards is maintenance.

Cupressus

Fic. 404. GARDEN DESIGN IN WHICH THE PRINCIPAL FEATURE

IS GRASS SPACE FOR TENNIS OR CROQUET.

Two other types of villa Gardens are shown at Figs. 403
and 404. Fig. 403, in particular, shows a method of laying
out which is less formal than that usnally employed for
villa Gardens, the irregnlar-shaped beds when judiciously
filled proving very effective, while the evergreen Arbor Vit
and the graceful Weeping Ash used as lawn plants go to
form a pleasing whole,

GARDEN BALSAM. Sec Dianthera pectoralis.

GARDENER. A term applied to one who has been

trained in horticultural practice for a number of years,
passing through the different grades of apprentice or
student, journeyman, and foreman. In _ these days a

Gardener must possess plenty of tact, ability to manage a
staff, be well educated, and, above all, be thoroughly
practical. Some knowledge of insect pests, plant diseases,
and the chemistry of soils is also advisable.

GARDENIA. Several species formerly included here-
under are now referred to Randia. Gardenias may be
grown in a temperature of from 60deg. to 85deg. from
March to September; but during winter from 50deg. to
60deg., with less moisture, will suffice. The best soil
consists of equal parts fibrous loam, sandy peat, and well-
rotted dung. Syringing, as stated in the body of the
work, is very beneficial except when the plants are
flowering, when it should be discontinued. The plants
known to commerce as G. radicans and G. r. major are
much esteemed, as they flower freely in small pots.

To the species described on p. 52, Vol. I., the following
should be added :

G. citriodora (Citron-scented).
axillare.

G. grandiflora (large-flowered).* 1. white, large, solitary,
lateral and terminal, six-parted, “scented ; calyx segments
reflexed-faleate ; corolla salver-shaped. fr. yellow, glabrous.
2. lanceolate, shining. Cochin-China. An unarmed, greenhouse
tree,

G. intermedia (intermediate).

G. jasminoides (Jasmine-like),

G. longistyla (long-styled).
stula.

G. Maruba (Maruba).

G. radicans is a form of G. jasminoides.

G. Sherbourniz (Mrs. Sherbowrn’s). A synonym of Sherbournia
JSoliosa.

A synonym of Mitriostigma

A form of G. florida flore-pleno.
The correct name of G. florida.
A synonym of Macrosphyra longi-

A synonym of G. jasminoides.

G. hexagona has also been introduced, but is not in general

. cultivation.

GARDENING. This is now of national importance
and of wide scope. It embraces not only the cultivation
of gardens in the somewhat restricted sense, but also of
frait, vegetable, and flower culture for market. Such an
industry provides employment for thousands of both men
and women. It is scientifically known as Horticulture.

GARDEN PEEELE MOTH.
calis.

GARDEN SPIDER.

GARDOQUIA. To the species described on pp. 52-8,

Vol. II., the following should be added :

G,. discolor (two-coloured). #1. purple; corolla sin. to Zin. long,
distinctly bilabiate, pubescent. June. 7. petiolate, Jin. long,
obovate or oblong, acute or obtuse, entire, narrowed at base,
green above, woolly-tomentose beneath. Chili, 1827. A much-
branched, greenhouse shrub.

GARNET BERRY.

GARRYA. A mistake frequently made in the culture
of Garryas is that they are pruned at the wrong season
of the year. They should never be eut back in summer.
The best time is immediately they haye done flowering
and before new growth commences, as they are then
given the full growing season in which to make and
mature their wood. Shorten some of the breast-wood and
remove the worn-out growths altogether, so as to encourage
and make room for young, vigorous shoots. When grown
in bush form keep the centre of the plants well thinned,
so that the air can pass freely amongst the branches, as
it is at the points of the previous season’s matured shoots
that the graceful catkins are borne during winter.

GARULEUM (name mnexplained by its author). Orp.
Composite. A small genus (three species) of greenhouse,
South African, sub-shrubby plants, allied to Lagenophora
(which see for culture). Flower-heads moncecious, radiate,
terminal, pedunculate; ray floréts blue, strap-shaped ;
disk florets yellow, tubular; receptacle convex, naked;
inyolueral scales biseriate. Leaves alternate, pinnatifid,
with toothed lobes. Only one species has been introduced.

See Pionea forfi-

See Spiders.

See Ribes rubrum.

384

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Garuleum—continued.
G. pinnatifidum (pinnatifid).

G. viscosum (clammy). _/l.-heads, ray-florets of a beautiful sky-
blue; peduncles glandular and downy. Summer and autumn.

i. lin. to l4in. long, Zin. broad, pinnately cleft nearly or quite
to the midrib. h. lft. to 2ft. 1774. Plant minutely velvety.
SyN. G. pinnatifidun.

GAS-LIME. This contains small quantities of
ammonia, also carbonate of lime, sulphate of lime,
and sulphites of lime (combinations of quicklime and
sulphuretted hydrogen), which are injurious to all forms
of life, whether vegetable or animal, and therefore
Gas-lime must be exposed to the air before applying to the
soil, in order to oxidise these deleterious products and
change them into sulphate of lime or gypsum. When
used as an insecticide, it should be employed as fresh
as possible. It will be found exceedingly beneficial if
applied to soils affected by the disease known as Club-
Root or Anbury in root crops and the Brassica family.
In this case, it may be spread on the land in autumn
and plonghed or dug in. From thirty to fifty bushels per
acre may be used.

GASTERIA. Perianth tubular, curved; tube dilated
into a ball in the lower half, cylindrical in the upper ;
segments small, ovate, sub-equal ; stamens six, hypogynons.
One of the best known species is G. verrucosa (Fig. 405).

A synonym of G, viscosum.

Fic. 405.

GASTERIA VERRUCOSA.

To the species described on p. 54, Vol. II., the following
should be added :

G. fuscopunctata (fuscous-dotted). 1. in a simple raceme 14ft.
to 2ft. long ; peduncle simple, 14ft. long. 7. twelve to twenty in
a dense, multifarious rosette, stiffly erecto-patent, lanceolate,
6in. to 12in. long, dull green, when old reddish-brown, with a few
whitish and many brown spots. Leafy stem 2in. to 3in. long.
1860. (B. M. 7549.)

The following species have also been introduced during the last
forty years, but they are rarely met with (some of them are in the
Kew Collection): G. apicroides, G. cheilophylla, G. colubrina,
G. dicta, G. eacelsa, G. gracilis, G. marmorata, G. pallescens,
G. parvifolia, G. picta (SYN. G. formosa), G. planifolia, G. por-
phyrophylla, G. variolosa.

GASTONIA PALMATA. A synonym of Trevesia
palmata (which see).

GASTROCARPHA.
(which see).

GASTROCHILUS (from gusi/er, a belly, and cheilos,
a lip: in allusion to the swollen lip). Orb. Scitaminee.
A genus embracing about half-a-dozen species of stove,
perennial or rarely annual herbs, natives of India and
China, allied to Hedychiwm. Flowers solitary or spicate,
often secund; calyx short, spathaceous; corolla-tube
slender, the segments connivent, ascending; lateral
staminodes petaloid, broader than the corolla-lobes; lip
oblong, longer than the corolla segments, entire. Leaves
oblong, acute. Leafy stem absent or present. Rootstock

A synonym of Moscharia

Gastrochilus—continued.

wanting or creeping. The species introduced thrive in a
sandy-loam compost, and may be propagated by division
when new growth is commencing.

G. albo-lutea (white and yellow). #1. smaller, having a flat,
white lip, lined with bright yellow. /. oblong, 9in. long. Other-
wise like G, longiflora. Andaman Islands, 1894.

G. Curtisii (Curtis's). //. white, having a yellow lip with a red
margin, disposed in a clusterin the sheathing bases of the leaves.
l. stalked, nearly 2ft. long, hairy beneath. Rootstock fleshy.
Malaya, 1894. Allied to G. lonyijlora. (B. M. 7363.)

G. Jenkinsii (Jenkins's). A variety of G. longijlora.

G. longiflora (long-flowered). /l. one or two in radical spikes ;
corolla tube 3in. long, the white segments in. to lin. long;
staminodes white; lip tinged with red and crisped on the
incurved margins. July. /. about four in a tuft, 6in. to 12in. or
more in length, cordate or cuneate at base; petioles long, erect,
channelled. Sikkim Himalaya, 1843. Plant stemless.

G. 1. Jenkinsii (Jenkins’s). 7. larger, of a purer white, the lip
tipped with bright red. India, 1841. (B. M. 4010, under name
of G. Jenkinsii.)

G. Eee ee (very pretty). fl. white
spikes 2in. to 3in. long, with imbricated bracts ; corolla segments
4in. long; lip lin. long, tinged with pink. August. J. sessile or
shortly petiolate, 4in. to 6in. Jong, oblong, caudate. Rootstock
creeping, usually pee ducing a leafy stem 6in. to 12in. long.
Tenasserim, &c., 1828,

GASTROCHILUS (of Don).
colabium (which see).

GASTRODIA. Syns. Epiphanes (of Blume), Gamo-
plexis. Flowers pedicellate, erect or nodding, in a rather
lax raceme ; coluron elongated (except in G. Cunninghamii).
Stem simple, sheathed with many scales.

GASTROGLOTTIS. Inelnded
(which see).

GASTROMERIA. A synonym of Melasma (which

see).

wGASTROPACHA QUERCIFOLIA. See Lappet
(3) Me

GATEN or GATER TREE.
guinea.

GATHERER. An instrument fashioned in the form
of the averruncator, or standard tree pruner, with a
small net or bag attached to receive the frnuit when
severed from the tree. Like the averruncator, it is made
of various lengths to suit purchasers’ requirements, and is
convenient to gather fruits where they are beyond the
reach of the hand, or when a ladder would be likely to
damage the trees. No instrument, however, equals the
hand for fruit gathering.

GAULTHERIA. The hardy sorts of Gaultheria berry
much more freely if lifted and divided every fourth year
or so. This especially applies to G. procumbens, which
should, if possible, be shaded from the fierce mid-day sun,
It is well adapted for planting as marginal lines to taller-
growing subjects, especially in the American garden, and
it forms an admirable carpet underneath such shrubs as
the early-flowering Daphne Mezerewm when planted in
beds on the turf.

To the species described on p. 56, Vol. IT., the following
should be added :

G. discelor (two-coloured). A synonym of Diplycosia discolor.
G. fragrans (fragrant). A synonym of G. fragrantissima,

G. imsipida (insipid). jl. white; corolla ?in. long; raceme
shorter than the leaves. j7r., pericarp white, edible but insipid.
7. shortly petiolate, 2in, to 3in. long, ovate, acuminate, entire
or serrulate, rounded and ciliated at base, strigose-pilose on the
veins beneath (as well as the petioles and branchlets), . 2ft.
to 3ft. Mexico, 1873. Half-hardy. (B. M. 6070.)

G. nummularioides (Moneywort-like).* /. resembling those of
the Lily of the Valley, but frequently tinged rosy-pink, axillary.
Summer. fr. scarlet. i roundish, deep green, changing in
autumn to dull rose, ciliated on the margins. Stenmis wiry, sub-
prostrate. Himalayas, 1884. An ornamental, hardy evergreen,
suitable for baskets. (G. C. n. s., xxii., p. 457; P. F. G. ii., p. 164,
under name of G. nummularie.)

G. odorata (scented). The correct name of G. scabra.

G. serpyllifolia (Thyme-leaved). A synonym of Chiogenes
hispidula.

many in terminal

Included under Sac-

under

Liparis

See Cornus san-

je}

UR

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 385

Gaultheria—continued.

G. trichophylla (hairy-leaved). . pink or nearly white, about
as long as the leaves, very shortly pedicellate, solitary, axillary,
nodding. May. jr. blue, turbinate, five-lobed. J. din. to 4in.
long, spreading, ovate-oblong, entire or obscurely crenulate,
with a few rigid bristles on the margin. Himalayas and China.
A dwarf, tufted, hardy, evergreen shrub; the smallest known
species. (B. M. 7635.)

The following have also been introduced : G. bracteata, G. ferru-
ginea, G. glabra caracasana, and G. Lindeniana, but they are not
generally cultivated.

GAYA. A synonym of Seringia (which see).

GAZANTIA. Treasure Flower. Syn. Melanchryswm.
Flower-heads often yellow, orange, dark brown, or reflecting
peacock colours. For a sunny position amongst the dwarfer
bedding plants, the showy G. splendens is most useful.
Prior to being put ont in the border in June, the plants
should be hardened off. On no account should enttings
be taken in spring.

To the species described on p. 57, Vol. II., the following
should be added :

G. bracteata (having prominent bracts). fl.-heads 2in. across ;
ray florets white; disk yellow; peduncles 6in. long. 7. in a
rosette, linear, Sin. to 8in. long. 1894. Syn. G. nivea (of
gardens).

G. b. 5 oie (arge-flowered).* A garden hybrid between
G. ndens and G. bracteata. 1897.

G. b. latiflora (broad-flowered).* /l.-heads whitish or cream-
coloured, large. f

G. montana (mountain-loving). /l.-Aeads pale yellow.
A prostrate perennial,

G. nivea (snow-white), of gardens. A synonym .of G. bracteata.
G. pinnata (pinnate). /.-heads on peduncles not much longer
than the leaves; involucral segments in two or three rows.
1. radical, petiolate, 3in. to Sin. long, white beneath, hispid
above, pinnati-partite (entire in the form integrifolia); lobes two
to eight pairs, oval-oblong or linear. 1881. Perennial.

G. pygmeza (dwarf). jl.-heads small; ray florets about twelve,
white, with a purplish band beneath; peduncles shorter than
the leaves. J, all undivided, linear-spathulate, 2in. to 3in. long,
obtuse, tapering toa ciliated petiole. Crown woody. Re-intro-
duced in 1896, (B. M. 455.)

GAZANIOPSIS (from Gazania, and opsis, like; in
allnsion to the resemblance to Gazania). ORD. Composite.
A hybrid, nearly allied to Gazania and Gorteria. It thrives
in a well-drained garden soil in a sunny situation, and
may be increased by seeds, or by cuttings, inserted
under a bell glass, in a cold frame in late summer.

G. stenophylia (slender-leaved).* /l.-heads 3in. across, on long,
leafiess stalks ; ray florets bronzy-green in the centre externally,
of the richest golden-yellow internally ; disk-florets of the same
colour ; involucral bracts numerous, running together at the base
into a cup, the free ends leafy, about lin. long, linear, ciliate at
the edges. J. deep green above, long, linear, grassy, snowy-white
beneath. South Africa. The-flowers have the same habit of
closing in the after-part of the day as those of Gazania.

GEISSOIS. Flowers purple, showy, disposed in simple,
lateral racemes ; calyx four- or five-parted ; petals wanting ;
stamens ten to twenty. Leayes opposite, coriaceons,
petiolate, digitately three- to five-foliolate, entire or
serrated; stipules large, membranous.

GEISSOMERIA. The correct name of G. longiflora
is G. macrophylla.

GEISSORHIZA. J. G. Baker refers thirty species
to this genus. Stamens inserted at the throat of the
perianth tube, the filaments short, free, filiform.

G. humilis (dwarf). The correct name of G. setacea.
G. obtusata is a variety of G. imbricata. The type is probably
not in cultivation.

G. rochensis spathamza (spathed).
stem forked. Plant more robust.

GEITONOPLESIUM (from geiton, a neighbour, and
plesion, near; alluding to the fact that this genns is
closely related to Eustrephus latifolius, another Australian
plant). Syns. Calcoa, Luzwriaga (of R. Brown). Orp.
Liliacee. A monotypic genus, differing from LVustrephus
only in inflorescence and in the entire (not fringed) inner
perianth segments. For culture, see Dianella.

G. cymosum (cymose). /. drooping, in loose, terminal cymes,
sometimes short, simple, and few-flowered, sometimes several in
an oblong panicle din. to 4in. long ; perianth purplish-green, 4in.
long. J. varying from linear to ovate, 2in. to Sin. long. Stems
climbing and twining. Australia, 1832. (B. M. 5131.)

Vol. V.

d. entire.

jl. several in a spike ;

GELA,. A synonym of Acronychia (which see).

GELASINE. Two species, natives of tropical America,
are referred to this genus. Flowers blne, fugitive, several
in a spathe ; perianth tube very short, the segments equal,
obovate ; stamens inserted at the base of the segments, the
filaments united to the top in a cylindrical column. Leaves
plicate. Rootstock a tunicated corm. G. azurea is the
only species known in cultivation.

GELONIUM. Included under Ratonia (which see).
GEMBANGA. A synonym of Corypha (which see).
GENERA. The plural of Genus (which see).

GENISTA. Rock Broom. Including Dendrospartum.
Standard oyate ; wings oblong; keel oblong, slightly retuse
or almost incurved, obtuse. Stipules minute or wanting.
To the species described on p. 58, Vol. II., the following
should be added. They are hardy, except where otherwise
stated. Several plants formerly classed hereunder are now
referred to Cytisus.

G. amsanctia. See G. anxantica.

G. Andréana (André’s). A garden synonym of Cytisus scoparius
Andréanus.

G. aspalathoides (Aspalathus-like).* (/l. smaller than those of
G. anglica, pubescent, in pairs, pedicellate, disposed in racemes.
July and August. J. few, sessile, simple or trifoliolate, oblong
linear, slightly silky. h. lft. to 2ft. North Afr A dense,
spiny bush, well suited to the rock-garden. 5 Spartium
aspalathoides, S. erinaceoides.

G. cinerea (ash-grey). /. solitary, sub-sessile at the sides of
the branches ; petals silky, sub-equal. Summer, 7. adpressedly
villous. 7. lanceolate, adpressedly pubescent. Branches
striated, Rush-like. France, &c. (W. D. B., t. 76.)

G. corsica (Corsican). /l. pedicellate, axillary, solitary ; keel as
long as the glabrous standard. June and July. /. linear-
lanceolate ; stipules somewhat spine-like. Spines simple, rigid.
h, 2ft. to 3ft. Corsica. A wholly glabrous, greenhouse shrub.

G. ferox (fierce). /l. racemose ; calyx slightly pubescent ; corolla
glabrous. June and July. J. sessile, simple or trifoliolate, oblong,
nearly glabrous. Branches numerous, striated, spiny at apex.
h. 1}ft. Mediterranean region, 1800. Greenhouse.

G. germanica (German).* //. slightly villous, borne in terminal
racemes; keel longer than the standard and wings. June to
August. /. lanceolate, slightly hairy. Spines simple or
branched, the floriferous branches not spiny. kh. sft. to 2ft.
Europe, 1773. A capital shrub for the rock-garden. Syn
Scorpius spinosus.

G. horrida (horrid). l. few, almost terminal; calyx pubescent.
Summer. J. petiolate, opposite, trifoliolate; leaflets linear,
slightly silky. Branches opposite, angular, spiny. hk. 3ft.
Pyrenees, 1821.

G. juncea (Rush-like).

G. monosperma (one-seeded). jl. white; petals silky, about
equal; racemes lateral, few-flowered. June and July. fr., pods
ovate, inflated, one- or two-seeded. J. very few, linear-oblong,
clothed with appressed pubescence. Branches erect, slender,
twiggy. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Spain, &e. This shrub converts the most
barren spot into a fine, odoriferous garden ; it is largely used in
Spain to stop the sand. (B. M. 683, under name of Spartium
monospermum.)

G. Oweniana (Owen's).
G. elegans.

G. Retam (Retam).

A synonym of Spartiwm juncewm.

A hybrid between G. Everestiana and

The correct name of G. Retama.

G. ramosissima (much-branched).* jl. sub-sessile, clustered
at the sides of the branches; petals silky, sub-equal. July.
i. few, lanceolate, villous. Branches numerous, striated,
slightly tubercled. h. 3ft. Southern Spain.

G. Scorpius (Scorpius). . shortly pedicellate, fascicled,
glabrous ; keel as long as the standard. April and M
very few, oblong, slightly silky. Spines branched, spreading,
striated, glabrous. k. 3ft. to 44ft. France and Spain, 1570.

G. sibirica (Siberian). fr. brown. Stems erect. /, 6ff. Siberia,
1785. Plant slenderer than G. tinctoria (of which it is only a
variety).

G. s. filifer (thread-bearing).
Syn. Cytisus filifer.

G. tinctoria elatior (taller). A variety having a very large,
paniculate inflorescence. 4h. 4ff. to Sft. Caucasus,

G. triquetra (triquetrous). A synonym of G. triangularis.

G. virgata.* Old plants of this species attain as much as 6ft.
to 10ft. in height, and are then very showy.
GENOSIRIS. A synonym of Patersonia (which

see

jl. pale yellow, numerous. 1826.

3D

386

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

GENTIANA. Syns. Asterias, Ciminalis, Coelantha,
Dasystephana, Lricala, Ericoila, Budowia, Purythalia,
Gentianella, Glyphospermum (of G. Don), Hippion, Pneu-
monanthe, Ulostoma. To the species described on pp. 59-61,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

G. acaulis alba cceruleo-striata (blue-striped). A variety
with dark blue stripes upon the white petals.

G. a. albida (white). A white-flowered variety.
G. a. alpina (alpine). A variety with obovate, obtuse leaves.
G. a. azurea (blue). A variety with intense blue flowers.

G. a. Clusii (Clusius’), jl. dark blue, with spreading lobes,
solitary, large; peduncle lin. to 2in. high. J. rosulate, lanceo-
late, acute. Alps, 1888.

G. a. coerulea albo-marginata (white-margined).
and light blue, with dark blue streaks.

G. a. Kochiana (Koch's). fl. dark blue, large, solitary, with
five blackish-green spots; lobes short, scarcely purendink
peduncle short. J. radical, elliptic, obtuse. Alps, 1888.

G. adscendens is a form of G. decumbens.
G. alpina (alpine). A form of G. acaulis.

G. arvernensis (Auvergne).* A beautiful little alpine Gentian,
allied to G. Pneumonanthe, but more robust and tufted in habit,
with much deeper blue flowers, and firmer and broader leaves.
It lasts many weeks in blossom. 1882. Probably a form of
G. Pneumonanthe. (F. & P. 1882, p. 75.)

G. asclepiadea alba (white).* A beautiful white variety of
this well-known type.

G. barbata (bearded). A synonym of G. detonsa.

G. Bigelovii (Bigelow’s). 1. violet, sessile, axillary, arranged in
a leafy spike; calyx tube purplish, cylindric, with long-linear,
green teeth; corolla about lin. long, two subulate teeth alter-
nating with the ovate, sub-acute lobes. August. J. linear or
linear-oblong, 2in. long. h. 1ft. to 14ft. ew Mexico, 1886.
(B. M. 6874.)

G. calycosa (having a prominent calyx).* jl. often solitary or
three to five in a cluster; calyx lobes as long as the tube;
corolla deep blue, about 14in. long, dotted white at the base
of the spreading lobes. J. opposite, partly connate, ovate, 4in.
to ljin. long. Stems erect, Sin. to 12in. high, unbranched.
North America, 1888. (R. G. 1888, t. 1270, f. a-c.)

G. carpathica (Carpathian). A form of G. nivalis.
G. Catesbzxi (of A. B. R.) is synonymous with G. Andrewsii.
G. Catesbezei (of B. M.) is identical with G. Saponaria.

G. Charpentieri (Charpentier’s). /f., calyx five-toothed ; corolla
yellow, dotted with red. Swiss Alps, 1888. This is supposed
to be a hybrid between G. lutea and G. punctata; it closely
resembles the former.

G. ciliata. The correct name is G. detonsa.
G. Clusii (Clusius’). A form of G. acaulis.

G. decumbens (decumbent).* jl. blue, in a racemiform cyme;
corolla narrow, obconical, with five short, ovate lobes. /. linear-
lanceolate, scabrous on the margins. Stems ascending.
layas. (R. G. 1087, f. 1-2.)

G. d. Olivieri glomerata (Olivier's compact). fl. deep blue,
usually very numerous, sessile or nearly so, densely cymose-sub-
capitate or in an uninterruptedly glomerate raceme. July. 7.
ae a ‘a Fetisowi, but narrower. Turkestan, 1883. (R. G. 1069,

G. detonsa (clipped).
Syn. G. barbata.

G. Fetisowi (Fetisow’s). jl. deep blue, sessile, in terminal,
compact clusters, and solitary or clustered in the axils ; corolla
tubular-campanulate, the segments slightly acute. July and
August. Jl. narrow-lanceolate, five-nerved, entire; cauline ones
connate; radical ones rosulate. Stem solitary, tall, erect.
Turkestan, 1883. Plant highly glabrous. (R. G. 1069, f. 1-5.)

G. Fortunei. The correct name is G. scabra.

G. Freelichii (Frelich’s). 7. solitary, on peduncles jin. to din.
long, with a pair of leaf-like bracts at the base of the acutely
five-toothed calyx; corolla blue, 1sin. long. 7. rosulate, rather
thick, linear-oblong or linear-oblanceolate, sub-acute, channelled.
Stems short, somewhat tufted. Carinthia, 1888.

G. Gaudiniana (Gaudin's). j., calyx entire, with about one
lobe, not spathaceous; corolla of a lurid purple, with more
pointed lobes than in G@. purpurea. Swiss Alps, 1888. A
hybrid, closely resembling G. purpuvea, but more robust. SYN.
G. spuria.

G. Haengsti (Haengst’s). A» synonym of G. Kummeriana.

G. Kesselringi (Kesselring’s). jl. whitish, dotted outside with
violet, sub-sessile in glomerate, terminal racemes; corolla
tubular-ventricose, the limb of five ovate, spreading lobes,
shortly apiculate at apex. July and August. /., radical ones
numerous, linear-lanceolate, acute; cauline ones opposite,
oblong-lanceolate. Stems about 8in. high. Turkestan, 1883.
(R. G. 1087, f. 3-4.)

G. Kochiana (Koch's). A variety of @ acaulis. :

fl. white

Hima-

The correct name of G. ciliata (of B. M.).

Gentiana—continued.

G. Kummeriana (Kimmer’s). A hybrid between G. lutea
and G. pannonica. Syn. G. Haengsti.

G. Kurroo brevidens (short-toothed).
prostrate stems 3in. to Sin. long. Himalayas, 1
of spreading habit.

G. montana (mountain-loving). . terminal or in the upper
axils, paniculate or corymbose ; corolla white or blue, striped, or
passing into pink or purplish, and yellowish at base, Zin. to 14in.
in diameter. JU., radical ones rosulate; lower ones petiolate,
obovate, or spathulate ; upper ones more sessile, oblong-lanceo-
late or rarely almost ovate. h. 6in. to 18in. Australia and New
Zealand. Hardy annual.

G. m. saxosa (rock-loving). jl. large, in compact corymbs. 1895.

G. Moorcroftiana (Moorcroft’s). jl. solitary at the ends of the
branches or in leafy cymes; calyx tube tin. long; corolla pale
blue, Zin. to 1lfin. long, funnel-shaped, the throat naked and
without folds, the lobes ovate, Jin. long. Summer. J. lin. to
1hin. long, sessile, linear-oblong or elliptic, obtuse or sub-acute,
nerveless. Stem simple or branched from the root. h. 4in. to
10in. Western Himalayas, Annual. (B. M. 6727.)

G. nivalis (snow-loving). l. blue, solitary, like those of G. verna,
but much smaller. Summer. A. lin. to 4in. Europe (very rare
on a few of the higher Scotch mountains), &e. A slender, erect.
leafy annual, more or less branched.

fl. blue, produced on
A variety

Fic. 406. GENTIANA THIBETICA,

G. n. carpathica (Carpathian). fl. sessile, with a transparent,
veiny calyx, and a funnel-shaped, five-cleft corolla. 1. obovate,
sessile, the upper ones distant. Carpathian Alps, 1888.

G. Olivieri (Olivier’s). A form of G. decumbens.

G. oregana (Oregon). 1. few at the summit of the stem or
occasionally scattered-racemose; corolla deep blue, over lin.
long, broadly funnel-shaped. September. J. ovate or ovate-
oblong, lin. to l4in. long. Stem erect or ascending, lft. to 2ft.
high. North America, 1892. .

G. prostrata (prostrate). jf. solitary, terminal; corolla azure-
blue, about din. across. J. ovate, small, with white, cartilaginous
or scarious margins. Stems often procumbent. h. lft. to 3ft.
Europe, North America, &c., 1888. Hardy annual or biennial.

G. rubra (reddish). This closely resembles G, Jutea, but the
corolla is purplish outside, has no folds, and the tube is about
equal to the lobes. Swiss Alps, 1888. Syn. G. Thomasii.

G. Saponaria (Saponaria). 1. usually several to a stem, sessile,
clustered at the summit and often in the upper axils; corolla
light blue, lin. or more in length, with short and broad, erect
lobes. August. Jd. varying from oyate-lanceolate to oblong or

deere gla wit ek ee eee

Gentiana—continued.
broadly lanceolate, 2in. to 3in. long. Stem lft. to 2ft. high.
A America, 1776. Syn. G. Catesba@i (B. M. 1059, not A. B. R.
G. S. alba (white). A variety having white flowers.
G. saxosa (rock-loving). A form of G. montana,
G. scabra (rough). The correct name of G. Fortunei.
G. ra shoal (sceptre). #. borne in terminal clusters; corolla
deep blue, ljin. to 2in. long. /. ovate to oblong-lanceolate, 14in.
to din. long. Stems fleshy, 2ft. to 4ft. high. North America.
G. spuria (spurious). A synonym of G. Gaudiniana.
G. thibetica (Thibet). . sessile, crowded in the uppermost
axils ; corolla yellowish-white, washed with lilac, not spotted,
twice as long as the five-toothed calyx and having a fold in
each sinus. /.,cauline ones 5in. to 7in. long, lanceolate, connate
at base in a cylindric sheath; uppermost ones sessile, whorled.
Stem simple, 14ft. high. Eastern Himalayas, 1897. See Fig. 406.
(B. M. 7528.)
G. Thomasii (Thomas’s).* A synonym of G. rubra.
G. triflora (three-flowered). i. blue, large and handsome, some-
what like those of G. Pneumonanthe. Late autumn. J. linear-
lanceolate, smooth, glossy dark green. A. lft. Mountains of
Central Asia. (R. G. 1189.)

1880.

Fig. 407.

G. verna zstiva (summer).
the type.

G. viscosa (clammy). A synonym of Jzanthus viscosus.

G. Wallichiana (Wallich’s). . light blue; in axillary, termina!
clusters. July and August, Stems Qin. to 12in. long, nearly
prostrate.

G. Walujewi (Walujew’s). 1. whitish, dotted pale blue, sessile,
densely crowded in a head-like, terminal cyme; corolla jin.
in diameter, the lobes elliptic-lanceolate, acute. Late summer.
1., radical ones numerous, coriaceous, lanceolate, narrowed into
short petioles; cauline ones sessile, elliptic or lanceolate,
oppose. Stems solitary or twin, growing erect from the rosette
of radical leaves. Turkestan, 1884. (R. G. 1140.)

a eee A synonym of Gentiana (which
see).

GENUS. “A classificatory group comprehending a
number of species (or sometimes a single species) possessing
certain common structural characteristics distinct from
those of any other group’’ (Murray).

A form with larger flowers than

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 387

GEODORUM. Syns. Cistella, Otandra. Of this
genus about nine species haye been enumerated: they
inhabit the East Indies, the Malayan Archipelago, and
Australia, To those described on pp. 61-2, Vol. II., the
following should be added :

G. candidum (white).* 1. white, ascending or erect, inodorous,
less spreading than usual; petals almost orbicular; lip very
broad, narrowed upwards from the two-crested base. Birma.
A very distinct species.

G. Duperreanum (Baron Duperré’s).* i. nine to fifteen in a
spike; sepals and petals white, linear-oblong ; lip white, with
purple veins, concave. J@. three or four, oblong-lanceolate.
Cochin China, 1883. A pretty Orchid.

GEOFFRZEA. A couple of species formerly included
here will be found described under Andira.

GEOMETER MOTH. See Moths.
GEOMETRINA. See Moths.

GEONOMA. Syns. Gynestum, Vouay. To the species
deceuhed on p. 62, Vol. IL, the following should be
added :

|

GEONOMA PYNASRTIANA.

G. acaulis (stemless). /., male and female spadices on the
same or on different plants, radical; peduncle nearly 2ft.
long. Leight to twelve or more, pinnatitid, thickly con-
gested, 3ft. to 4ft. long; leaflets lanceolate. Brazil, 1825.
Plant stemless.

G. acutiflora (acute-flowered). A form of G. baculifera.

G. baculifera (small-berry-bearing). 1. dicecious ; spadix borne
beneath the fronds, drooping, simply branched. fr. blackish-
violet, nearly elliptic. J. simple, cuneate-forked, or sometimes
divided into four to six lobes. Stem lin. to ljin. thick. A. Sf.
to 6ft. French Guiana.

G. b. acutifiora (acute-flowered). fl. acute, imbricated ; spadix
branched, pubescent. fr. black, shortly elliptic, as large as a
Hazel-nut. 7. 5ft. to 8ft. long, pinnatifid. Stem 6ft. to 8ft. high,
rarely taller. Amazons, 1846.

G. binervia is the correct spelling of G. binervis.

G. Carderi. The correct name is Prestoéa Carderi.

G. decora (decorative). 7. pinnate, borne on reddish-brown
petioles; leaflets smooth, deep green, narrow. Habitat not
recorded, 1894. A dwarf Palm. (I. H. 1894, p. 361, t. 25.)

388

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Geonoma—continued.

G. deversa (turned aside). /., spadix reddish, flexuous, droop-
ing, simply branched. jr. bluish-black, as large as a pen. l.
borne on long petioles, divided into two or three pairs of
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate-cuspidate leaflets. A. 2ft. to 3ft.
French Guiana, 1846.

G. fenestrata (window-like). A synonym of Malortica gracilis.

G. Herbstii (Herbst’s). A plant closely resembling G. gracilis,
but broader in the leaf segments. 1889.

G. interrupta (interrupted). /. imbricated; spadix pi
lately multitid. jf. dark violet, shining, elliptic, as larg a
Hazel-nut. /. terminal, 8ft. to 9ft. long, pinnatitid; leaflets
faleate, acuminate. h. 6ft. Peru, 1849.

G. lacerata (torn). /. broad, bilobed, the lobes (in young
plants) upwards of lin. across, lacerately split at the apex,
the surface ribbed so as to appear plicate; petioles broad,
sheathing at-base, flattened and slender upwards, angular on
the dorsal side. Central America, 1869. (I. M. 1869, t. 446.)

G. maxima eat Sec . moncecious; spadix slender, droop-
ing, lft. long, borne below the leaves, compound-branched.
l. terminal, pinnate, 4ft. EE leaflets twenty to thirty,
lanceolate, acute, 8in. to Yin. long. Stem 1jin. thick, erect,
naked, whitish, noded. h. 10ft. to 12ft. French Guiana.

G. pinnatifrons (pinnate-leaved). jl. imbricated; spadix
branched, Ree Jr. the size of a pea, 7. terminal,
innatifid ; pinne erose at the summit. Stem slender, 15ft.

igh. French Guiana, 1821.

G. Pohliana (Pohl’s). ji. slightly fuscous, imbricated ; male
spadix nearly 2ft. long, much branched; female nearly
equalling the male, but with fewer and slenderer branches.
Jr. ovate. 1. 5ft. to 7ft. long, unequally pinnatitid ; leaflets
linear-lanceolate, somewhat falcate. Rio Janeiro.

G. Pynertiana (Pynert’s), of gardens.* J. shortly-stalked,
apparently spineless, glabrous, the smallest 24ft. by 10in.,
oblanceolate, gradually tapering to the base, divided at apex
into two rounded, erose lobes with an acute sinus; midrib

rominent on both surfaces. Malaya. A strikingly handsome
alm; according to the Kew authorities, it is an Jyuanura,
probably I. Speranskyana. See Fig. 407, for which we are
indebted to the ‘‘Gardener’s Chronicle.” (G. C. 1898, xxiii.,
p. 258, f. 98; BR. H. 1898, p. 262, f. 92.)

G. Seemanni (Dr. Seemann’s).* J., those first produced about
2in. long, the later ones 10in. long, broadish, bilobed, forming
two sharp-pointed divisions, feauianveiued, strongly plaited ;
petiolés sheathing at base, with a broadish, scarious margin.
Central America, 1869. Plant stemless. (I. M. 1869, t. 428.)

G. Siesmayeriana (Siesmayer’s). This plant is described as
“a species of tufted habit, with glaucous-green leaves which
are tinted with red when young” (Catalogue, L’Horticulture
Internationale, 1896).

G. Spixiana (Spix’). /. imbricated ; spadix lft. to lift. long,
paniculate, pubescent. fr. dark violet, shining, as large as a
Hazel-nut. ¢. terminal, 4ft. long, undivided, lanceolate, cuneate
at base, bifurcate at apex. Stem 6ft. to &ft. high. Brazil, 1824.

G. tenuifolia (slender-leaved). 1. like those of G. gracilis, but
glamcous ; young ones tinged with rose. Eastern Peru, 1895,

G. imperialis, G. Princeps, G. pulchella, and G. zamorensis have
also been introduced, but are rare in cultivation.

GEOPHILA (from ge, the earth, and phileo, to love;
in allusion to the dwarf habit of the species). Onrp.
Rubiacee. A genus embracing eight or ten species of
slender, creeping, stove perennials, only differing from
Cephaelis in their diminutive size. Only one has been
introduced. It will thrive in a compost of sandy, fibry
peat, leaf soil, and loam, with efficient drainage, and may
be increased by seeds or by division.

G. picta (painted). 7. white, small, many in a head. J. ovate-

oblong, 2in. long, dull green, with a pink midrib and pink hairs.
British Guiana, 1896.

GEOPHILA (of Berger).
(which see).

GEOTRUPES STERCORARIUS.
borne Beetle.

GERANIUM. To the species and varieties described
on pp. 62-4, Vol. II., the following should be added :

G. aconitifolium (Aconite-leaved). jl. white, lin. to 1ljin.
across; sepals long-awned; petals spreading, ovate, rounded
at tip. May and June. JZ. 2in. to 24in. across, three- to nine-
parted ; segments narrow, acute or obtuse ; upper leaves sessile,
with radiating lobes. h. 1ft. to 2ft. South Europe, India, &c.,
1775.

G. armenum (Armenian).* /l. blood-red, very showy, about
lsin. across; petals obovate, retuse, black-spotted at base ;
peduncles long. Summer. J., lower ones broadly cordate,
ve-parted; segments incised, acute, deeply toothed; upper
leaves triangular; radical ones 6in, to Sin. across, h, Sft.
Orient. (R. H. 1881, 350.)

A synonym of Merendera

See Shard-

Geranium—continued. .
G. gymnocaulon (slender-stemmed). A form of G. ibericum.
G. lancastriense (Lancaster). A form of G. sanguwineum.

G. Lowii (Low’s). jl. pink, in large clusters; stalks fleshy, lft.
to 2ft. high. J. 3in. to 12in. in diameter, in five divisions, each
division again deeply divided.

G. nodosum (noded). f. purplish-red, striate-veined; petals
emarginate. ummer. 7., lower ones five-lobed, upper ones
three-lobed ; lobes oblong, acuminate, serrated, clear beneath.
Stems tetragonal. Europe (Britain, but not indigenous).

G. platypetalum (broad-petaled), A form of G. ibericwm.

G. sanguineum album (white).* A lovely white form, free as
to growth and desirable for either borders or rockeries.

G. sessilifiorum (sessile-flowered). /l. white and purple, almost
sessile; petals small. /. thick, mostly radical, on long petioles,
divided into five- or seyen-lobed segments. Rootstock tap-

. rooted. Australia and New Zealand (in alpine districts), 1894.

G. subcaulescens (short-stemmed). jl. red; petals very blunt,
longer than the villous calyx. JU. almost radical, villous, rather
greyish, five-parted; lobes blunt, three-toothed. Stem very
short. Asia Minor. Allied to G. asphodeloides.

G. Traversii (Travers’). jl. ight purple, streaked with carmine,
large. J. silvery, similar to those of G. argentewm, but larger.
New Zealand, 1898.

G. tuberosum Charlesii (Dr. Charles’). /l. rose-coloured, lin.
to 14in. across, the petals enlarging till they fall off. /., radical
ones none; lowest cauline ones an oe the uppermost
ones sessile. Afghanistan, 1885. (B. M. 6910.)

GERARDIA. Including Dasistoma or Dasystoma.
Flowers pedicellate or almost stalkless, sub-racemose at
the tips of the branches, without bracteoles; calyx
campanulate, five-toothed or five-cleft nearly to the
middle; corolla tube broad, the limb spreading, with five
rounded lobes; stamens four. ‘To the species described
on p. 65, Vol. II., the following should be added :

G. tenuifolia (slender-leaved). . pale violet, Pentstemon-like ;
corolla sin. or more in length; peduncles slightly exceeding
the leaves. June to August. J. linear, acute, ;,in. to din.
broad, light green. A. 15ft Mexico, 1894. A much-branched
perennial.

Fic. 408. GERBERA JAMESONI.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 389

GERBERA (named in honour of Gerber, a German
naturalist, who travelled in Russia). ORD. Composite.
A genus embracing about twenty species of greenhouse
herbs, with a very short, perennial caudex, all African
and Asiatic (temperate or mountainons regions). Flower-
heads yellow, pink, or white, solitary, heterogamous and
radiate, rarely homogamous and discoid; inyolucre tur-
binate or broadly campannulate, the bracts in two or more
series; receptacle flat; pappus copious; scape naked or
sealy. Leaves radical, entire or sinuate-pinnatifid. The
three species introduced thrive in a compost of sandy
loam and peat. Propagation may be effected by seeds or
by cuttings of the side shoots. In favoured localities and
in dry, sunny borders, G. Jamesonii may be grown outside ;
but in all other cases it is best treated as a greenhouse
subject, still giving it a sunny but airy position.

G. asplenifolia (Asplenium-leaved).* /jl.-heads Pareles pappus
reddish ; scape cobwebby or woolly. 7. narrow, 4in. to 6in. long,
petiolate, pinnatifid or pinnatisect, Fern-like, reddish-tomen-

se beneath; lobes roundish, glossy above, concave, with

revolute margins. South Africa. A handsome plant.

G. crenata (crenate).* A synonym of Mairia crenata.

G. Jamesoni (Jameson’s).* /l.-heads solitary, sub-erect, 3in. to
4in. across ; ray florets bright orange or flame-coloured above,
about thirty, in one series, ligulate ; scapes 10in. to 18in. long.
Spring. JZ. Sin. to 10in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, panansealy

innatifid; petioles 6in. to 8in. long. Transvaal, 1888. See

at aa M. 7087; G. C. 1889, v., f. 122; Gn. 1889, xxxvi.,

Pp. Feat hy (2-29)

G. viridifolia (green-leaved). /l.-heads, rays white above, yellow
beneath. J. shortly petiolate, elliptic or oblong, l4in. to 24in.
wide, obtuse, slightly tapering at base, entire or denticulate,

een ee sides, Crown of root copiously silky. South
ca, .

GERDARIA. A synonym of Sopubia (which see).

GERM. Broadly, that portion of a plant which is
capable of development into the likeness of that from
which it sprang; literally, the embryo in a seed or
spore.

GERMAN CATCHFLY. Sce Lychnis Viscaria.

GERMANEA. A Plectranthus
(which see).

GERRARDANTHUS (called after W. T. Gerrard,
a collector at Natal). Opp. Cucurbitacez. A small genus
(three species) of stove or greenhouse, tall, glabrous
climbers, natives of Western and Hastern tropical Africa.
Flowers greenish or fuscous, dicecions; calyx five-lobed ;
corolla rotate or campanulate, deeply five-parted; males
racemose, with four stamens and an imperfect fifth ;
females solitary, with an elevated, trigonal ovary. Fruit
small, elongated, terete, many-seeded. Leaves mem-
branous, cordate or hastate-cordate. G. tomentosus, the
only species known to cultivation, is a stove perennial,
of botanical interest. Mr. Wood, now Superintendent
of the Natal Botanical Gardens, is recorded to have
found, on the top of and between large stones, tubers, one
of which ‘‘ measured 6ft. in circumference, and was nearly
2ft. thick; its surface was scarred; and from the centre
arose a stem not more than #in, in diameter, thickly
covered with small, round. tubercles, which ascended
without a leaf to the top of trees 50ft. high. On turning
over one of the tubers, it was found to have but one fibrous
root, about 4in. thick. . . . The natives do not appear to
put the plant to any use”’ (‘‘ Botanical Magazine,”’ 6694).
The plant may be increased by seeds.

G, tomentosus (downy). /. yellow, sin. in diameter, the males
in short racemes, the females one or two together. August.
fr. 3in. long, oboyoid, ten-ribbed, dry, opening by three lobes.
d. large, cordate-reniform, five-lobed. Natal, 1874. (B. M. 6694.)

- aarcueena A synonym of Bulbophyllum (which
see).

GESNERA. According to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,”
the correct spelling is that of Linnewnus—Gesneria. In-
eluding Dircea. To the species described on pp. 65-6,
Vol. I1., the following shonld be added. Many plants
formerly classed under this genus are now referred to
Houttea, Isoloma, Negelia, Paliavana, and Pent-
arhaphia. The alterations in nomenclature are based on
the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,”’

G. amabilis (pleasing). A synonym of Neegelia multiflora.

G. Blassii (Blass’).* #. cinnabar-red, disposed in pendent
panicles. /, ovate-cordate, acuminate, crenulate, the nerves

synonym of

Gesnera—continuwed.

reddish on the under-surface. Stems pendent, woolly, as much
as 6ft. long. Brazil. One of the prettiest species. Syn.
Dirceea Blassii (F. d. 8., t. 1140-1).

G. bulbosa. The correct name is G. maynisica.

G. caracasana (Caracas), /l. reddish, sulphur at base, the
limb nearly blood-coloured, striated; peduneles axillary,
solitary, one-flowered. Summer. J. elliptic, crenulate, petiolate,
3in. to 5in. long; upper ones sessile. Venezuela. Plant velvety-
pubescent.

G. cardinalis (cardinal).* /l. of a beautiful bright red, velvety,
large, cymose-umbellate, on long peduncles. /. ample, opposite,
petiolate, cordate, rounded-obtuse, crenate; lower ones oyate-
elliptic; upper ones nearly orbicular; uppermost ones sessile.
Stem procumbent, terete. Rhizome tuberous. Origin unknown,
1850. Plant velvety-canescent. (Gn. 1892, ii., p. 874.) Syn.
G. macrantha (of gardens).

G. Clausseniana (Claussen’s). /. orange-red, pendent, on long
pedicels, forming simple, terminal racemes. Summer. J. ovate-
cordate, rugose, tomentose. Stem simple, cylindrical. Tuber
very thick. h. 2ft. to 44ft. Brazil, 1840.

G. Donklarii. The correct spelling of G. Donkelaariana,

G. Douglasii (Douglas’s). A synonym of G. maculata.

G. hondense is a species of [soloma.

G. lateritia (brick-red). jl. scarlet, disposed in umbelliform
racemes; corolla cylindrical-clavate, tomentose outside, 14in.
long. June. J. ovate-cordate, rounded at apex, crenulate, the
lower ones 6in. long and Sin. broad. A. 2ft. Brazil, 1834.

G. latifolia (broad-leaved). jl. red, disposed in axillary
cymes. J. ample, ovate-orbicular, crenulate. Stems simple,
velvety. h. 3ft. Brazil. SyN. G. macrostachya (B. R. 1202).

G. Leopoldi (Leopold’s). . bright red, tubular, the throat
oblique, the lobes rounded; stamens violet; pedicels one-
flowered; panicle umbel-like. J. shortly petiolate. Brazil,
1898. (Gn. 1898, i., p. 542, t. 1176.)

G. longifiora (long-flowered). A synonym of Achimenes longi-
Jlora.

G. macrantha (large-flowered). A
G. cardinalis.

G. macrostachya (large-spiked).

G. maculata (spotted). The correct name of G. purpurea
B. M. 5115). Syns. G. Douglasii (B. M. 3612), G. verticillata
B. M. 2716), Dircwa picta (L. J. F. 302).

G. magnifica (magnificent). The correct name of G. bulbosa.

G. polyantha (many-flowered). jl. scarlet, yellow in the
throat, disposed in paniculate cymes; pedicels elongated.
Summer. 2. ovate-cordate, acuminate, toothed; lower ones
petiolate; upper ones sessile, velvety, white beneath. h. 2ft.
Stems obtusely tetragonal. Brazil, 1840.

G. polyantha (of B. M. 3995). A synonym of G. discolor,

G. purpurea, The correct name is G. maculata.

G. Sceptrum (sceptre). //.

garden synonym of

A synonym of G. latifolia.

white, disposed in elongated

thyrses; corolla long-tubular; pedicels whorled in threes.
Summer. 2. also whorled in threes, cordate, obtusely toothed.
h. 3ft. Brazil. The variety ignea has reddish-yellow flowers.
(B. M. 3576.)

G. Sellovii (Sellow’s). jl. scarlet, in lateral cymes, forming a
thyrse; corolla cylindrical-claviform, July. /. ovate-cordate,
acute, slightly toothed, tomentose, whitish beneath. Stems
and branches pilose. 2. 3ft. Brazil, 1835,

G. Suttoni (Sutton’s). 1. scarlet; corolla pubescent, Lin. long;
pedicels axillary, solitary, one-flowered. July. /., lower ones
cordate, petiolate, tomentose ; upper ones ovate, usually sessile.
Stems branched. h. 14ft. to 2ft. Brazil, 1833. (B. R. 1537.)

G. umbellata (umbellate). /. amaranth-red, dotted, disposed
in a terminal umbel. Summer. J. cordate, crenulate. Brazil.
Whole plant velvety.

G. verticillata (whorled). A synonym of G. maculata.
GETHYLLIS. Syns. Abapus and Papiria. To this

genus J. G@. Baker refers nine species; they much

resemble Crocus in habit. To the species described on

p. 66, Vol. IL., the following should be added :

G. afra (African). /l., perianth tube 3in. to 4in. long; limb
luin. to 2in. long. August. J. twelve to twenty, linear,
twisted, glabrous, strongly ribbed, 1820. <A plant that
flowered at Kew in 1887 “had the six stamens variously
broken up into two, three, or four, and the segments much
flushed with red outside.” (B. R. 1016.)

G. lanceolata. ‘The correct name is Apodolirion lanceolatum.

GETHYRA. A synonym of Renealmia (which
see).
GETONIA. A synonym of Calycopteris (which
see).

390 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

GEUM. Calyx persistent, with five imbricated,
valvate lobes. Stamens numerous, usually clustered in
several series. To the species, &c., described on pp. 66-7,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

G. aleppicum (Aleppo). A synonym of G. strictwm.

G. chiloense grandiflorum (large-flowered).* l. of a bright
scarlet, very large. A grand variety for grouping in mixed
borders. SYN. G. coccinewm grandijlorum.

G. c. miniatum (scarlet).* This and G. hybridum (also known
as the Altrincham variety) are probably one and the same.
The flowers last from April till the end of July.

G. coccineum grandifiorum (large-flowered). A synonym
of G. chiloense grandijlorum.

G. Heldreichii (Heldreich’s).* This is said to be a form of
G. montanum with deep bright orange-red flowers. 1896.

G. hybridum (hybrid). Probably identical with G. chiloense
mintiatum.

G. miniatum (scarlet). A variety of G. chiloense.

G. montanum grandiflorum (large-flowered).* This is a
very desirable variety, with larger foliage and deeper yellow
flowers than the type. It is of garden origin, and sometimes
catalogued under the name of G. m. maximum.

G. reptans (creeping). /l. yellow; petals obcordate, longer
than the calyx. July and August. /., radical ones interruptedly
pinnatifid, the larger lobes obovate-cuneiform, deeply toothed
at apex, the smaller ones ovate, entire or three-toothed ;
cauline leaves three-lobed. Sterile stems creeping ; floriferous
ones erect, undivided. fh. 8in. Switzerland, Germany, &c.
(Gn. 1886, 1i., p. 479.)

G. rheticum (Rhetian Alps).* /l. golden-yellow, lin. across.
Summer. /., radical ones Sin. to Sin. long, lyrate, interruptedly
pinnate; side pinne with coarse, deep serrations; terminal
leaflet large, heart-shaped, lobed. Stems numerous, 6in. to 8in.
high, erect, with three or four small, pinnate leaves. An
interesting natural hybrid between G. montanum and G. reptans,
discovered on the south side of Monte Rosa, 1886, (R. G. 1229.)
SyN. Sieversia rheetica.

G. speciosum (showy).* This is described as a large plant,
similar to G. montanum, with bright orange, large-petaled
flowers. Caucasus, 1898,

G. urbanum (city-loving). jl. yellow, sin. to Zin. in diameter,
terminating the branches of a very loose panicle; peduncle
slender. May to July. J., lower ones pinnatisect, the terminal
leaflet 2in. to 3in. in diameter, orbicular, the lateral ones
sinaller; cauline leaves sessile, broad, variously cut and lobed.
Stems lft. to 3ft. high. Europe, India, Australia, &c.

G. virginianum (Virginian). /. white; petals cuneate-obovate,
about as long as the calyx. June to August. J. variously
divided; radical ones on long petioles; upper cauline ones
nearly sessile. Stem lft. to 3ft. high. North America,

GEVUINA. According to the ‘‘Index Kewensis
this is the correct name of Guevina (which see, on
p. 101, Vol. II.).

GHIESBREGHTIA. A synonym of Calanthe

(which see).
GHINIA. A synonym of Tamonea (which see).
GHOST MOTH, or GHOST SWIFT MOTH

(Hepialus humuli). Though a yery common Moth, it is
not as often recognised as a pest as it shonld be. The
caterpillars at times are very destructive to the suceulent
roots of kitchen-garden prodnce, as well as to flowering
bulbs, grass, and of course the Hop. Unfortunately,
feeding as the larve do, concealed beneath plants, they
are not readily reached. The cultivator may, however,
minimise the attack perhaps by ‘‘collecting’’ the insects
as soon as they are noted upon the wing, and killing
them before the female has a chance of scattering her
eggs. The larve and the spiny pup shonld also be
destroyed when unearthed by digging. The use of certain
volatile substances under the soil, like cyanide of potassinm
and bisulphide of carbon, has been recommended by some ;
but even if good results have been obtained from them,
they are far too dangerous to be generally employed.
See also Otter Moth, Vol. II.

GHOST SWIFT MOTH. ‘See Otter Moth,
Vol. II. ; and Ghost Moth, in present volume.
GIAS. A synonym of Bletia (which see).

GIBRALTAR MINT. See Mentha Pulegium
gibraltarica.

Shaecoae tar A synonym of Sequoia (which
see).

”

GILIA. Including gochloa, -Dactylophyllum (of
Bentham), Linanthus, and Navarretia. These are excellent
plants for a sunny position, and shonld be freely planted
by bee-keepers. To the species described on pp. 67-8,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

G. californica (Californian). ji. rosy-lilac, lin. in diameter;
corolla lobes broadly cuneate-obovate, their margins often
minutely erose, July. J/. very crowded, soon widely spreading,
all alternate, palmately three- to seven-parted, acerose or
subulate, rigid and pungent. Western California, 1854. Half-
hardy perennial. Syn. Leptodactylon californicum (B. M. 4872).

G. coronopifolia (Coronopus-leaved).* jl. scarlet, yellowish
and dotted with red within, thyrsoid-paniculate; corolla lin.
to lsin. long, the lobes ovate. July to October. 7. pinnately
eae into filiform or narrow-linear divisions. Stem 2ft. to
ft. high, very leafy throughout. South Carolina, &c., 1726.
Half-hardy biennial; an excellent pot-plant. (B. R. 1691.) Syn.
Ipomopsis elegans. Of this species there are several colour
varieties.

G. dichotoma (dichotomous). . pure white, lin. long, terminal
or in the forks, sub-sessile ; petals obovate. Summer. J. sessile,
opposite, palmately cleft; segments three to five, subulate,
entire. hk. 6in. to 12in. California, 1833. Plant erect,
dichotomously branched, highly glabrous. Syn. Linanthus
dichotomus.

G. hybrida (hybrid). The name applied to a fine race of
garden hybrids between G, androsacea, G. micrantha, and
G. m. wurea.

G. inconspicua. ‘The correct name is G. parviflora.

G. lutea (yellow). A synonym of G. micrantha.

G. parviflora (small-flowered). The correct name of G. incon-
spicua.

G. pungens (pungent). A synonym of G. squarrosa.

G. squarrosa (squarrose). jl. blue or sometimes whitish,
capitate-crowded and densely leafy-bracted; corolla slender,
rather shorter than the calyx lobes. August. J. alternate,
having their primary divisions incised or parted; upper ones
and bracts spinescent. h. 1ft. California, 1847. SyN. G. pungens
(B. M. 2977).

G. tricolor violacea (violet). A pretty variety having violet
flowers with a dark eye. ;

G. nivalis (Snow Queen) (white) and G. rosea splendens (vose) are
good garden varieties.

SILER SIACE
see).

GINGELLY OIL PLANT. See Sesamum in-
dicum.

GINGER, WILD. ‘ce Asarum europeum.

GINGIDIUM (of F. Mnueller). A synonym of
Aciphylla (which see).

GINGILIE OIL PLANT. ‘ee Sesamum in-
dicum.

ERE OUS os A synonym of Pharnaceum (which
see).

GINKGO. The soil best suited to the Ginkgo is a dry
loam rather than a wet one. Though perfectly hardy, it is
not advisable to plant in very cold, bleak situations,
especially if the soil is inclined to be cold and improperly
drained. Propagation is readily carried on by seeds sown in
cold frames or in the open ground, proyided the position
is a sheltered one, and also by layering when practicable,
The variegated forms are generally increased by grafting,
which operation is best performed in spring on stocks of
the type, established in pots, and placed in a warm house.
The scions will be much benefited by an occasional light
syringing overhead, but on no account must too much water
be given, or there will be fear of damping off. Protection
from the sun will be necessary until a union has been
effected. The pendulous varieties may also be worked
upon the common species,

GIPSIES’ ROSE. See Scabiosa arvensis.
GISSANTHE. A synonym of Costus (which see).

GITHOPSIS (from Githago, the Corn Cockle, and
opsis, resemblance; in allusion to the calyx). On».
‘ampanulacez. According to Bentham and Hooker, this
is a monotypic genus. The species is a small, pretty,
half-hardy annual, resembling the Venus’ Looking-glass

(Specularia Speculwm). For culture, see Annuals.

G. specularioides iS oS jl. blue, simply _ter-
minating the stem or branches, or becoming lateral, strictly
erect. jr., capsule rigid, tapering into a very short and stout

eduncle, 7, small, sessile, linear-oblong, coarsely toothed. A.
in. to 10in. California, 1894. Plant hirsute or glabrate.
(G. C. 1894, xvi., pp. 244-5, f. 34.) :

Included under Liliacez (which

t
;
ae

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 391

GLADIOLUS. About 140 species are referred to this
genus by J. G@. Baker. Stamens inserted at the throat
of the perianth tube, contiguous and arching; filaments
short, free; anthers linear, basifixed. A number of species
formerly included here will now be found under Acidan-
thera, Antholyza, Aristea, Babiana, Ferraria,

Hesperantha, Ixia, Lapeyrousia, Melaspherula,
Synnotia, Tritonia, and Watsonia. ;

In order to grow this handsome garden favourite well,
the ground requires pre aration, and a light sandy soil
is best. If the soil is eee it must be well drained,
and some road- or river-sand spread thickly over the
surface, and lightly forked in. ‘The soil should always
be prepared by trenching deeply the previous autumn.
Cow- and stable-manure, mixed in equal proportions, and
turned over two or three times, until the violent heat
has abated and the manure has half-decayed, should be
worked in during the process of trenching, one layer
at the depth of 18in., and another at 9in. This would
be the maximum depth. Sometimes the greatest depth
would be 15in., and the lesser 6in. The ground should
be prepared not later than October.

During wipter and early spring, when the surface is
dry, it should be lightly forked over. By the first week
in’ March the ground is usually in good condition to
plant out the first lot of corms. Drills as for Peas, 14in.
apart, should be drawn, and the corms planted from Sin.
to 12in. asunder, according to their size. The base of
the corm should be placed about 4in. below the surface
of the ground, some dry, clean, river- or silver-sand put
under and over each, and the drill filled in again. The
ground is often in a wet condition when the time
arrives for planting out; if this is the case, still draw
the drills, and use dry sand, but filling up the drill with
some dry soil, anuaite siftings from the potting-shed.
This gives the corms a good chance to start.

A fresh lot of corms should be planted every two weeks
until the end of May, and this will give a succession
of blossom until the end of the season. The plants soon
ene above ground if the weather is favourable,
and as soon as they are discernible the Dutch hoe
must be run through them to lighten the ground and
destroy weeds. The hoe may be used with benefit even
if no weeds are to be seen, d
Gladioli are exceedingly well adapted for cutting to
place in rooms, if the spike is cut when the first four or
six blossoms have opened; the remainder of the flowers
will open in the house. Gladioli have the best effect if
their own foliage is used.

A few of the very choicest varieties must also be

selected to save seed from, and they must be cross-
fertilised. This is easily done. The seed-bearing parent
must be selected, and before the flowers are half-open
the anthers pulled off with the fingers. When the flowers
are fully expanded, the ee from some superior variety
should be taken when the flowers are also fully developed,
and the stigma of the seed-bearer touched. This should
be done on successive days, until the entire spike has
been cross-fertilised.
The leaves of the Gladiolus remain green till yery late
in the autumn, but the corms should be lifted from the
middle to the end of October. As they are forked ont
of the ground, cut the stalk off close to the crown, shake
off the adherent soil, saving the bulblets, or “spawn,”
clustering round the base of the parent corm, spread the
corms out in an airy place, and when well dried, store
in boxes or bags until planting time; but they must not
be exposed to frost.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 70-1,
Vol. II., the following shonld be added :

G. Adlami(Adlam’s). jl. greenish-yellow, five or six in a dense,
simple, erect ee perianth tube nearly straight, lin. long,
the segments oblong, acute, two of them granulated with red
towards the tip. /. ensiform, lft. to 14ft. long, lin. broad at
oo middle, with distant, stramineous ribs. Stem lft. to 14ft.
ong. .

G. angustus (narrow). /l. white, two to six in a very lax,
equilateral spike ; perianth tube narrow-funnel-shaped, liin. to
Zin. long,.the three lower segments haying a spade-shaped,
pel mark in the centre. une. JU. three or four, linear,
lat, 4in. to din. broad, the lower lft. or more in length. 1756,
(A. B. R. 589; B. M. 602.) Syn. G@. trimaculatus.

__ G, armeniacus (Armenian).* jl. deep purplish, small, numerous,
Armenia, 1892. A handsome, dwarf species.

Gladiolus—continued.

G. atroviolaceus (dark violet). if dark purple, small, four
to eight in a lax, secund spike. /. three, firm, linear, closely
ribbed, 6in. to 12in. long. Syria, &e., 1889.

G. aurantiacus (orange). . bright orange-yellow or tinged
with red, many in a lax spike sometimes lft. long; perianth
tube curved, 2in. long, dilated suddenly in the middle, the
upper segments lin. fo 14in. long, the three lower shorter.
2. four to six, ensiform, lft. to 14ft. long, 4in. to Zin. broad.
Stem simple, about 3ft. long including the inflorescence.

G. a. rubro-tinectus (reddish-tinged). fl. orange-yellow,
thickly dotted with red. 1894.

G. blandus albidus (white). #7. pure white. (A. B. R. “sh,
under name of G. blandus; B. M. 648, under name of
G. b. niveus.)

G. b. carneus (flesh-coloured). The correct name of

G. b. campanulatus (A. B. R. 188, under name of G. campanu-
latus).

G. b. Hibbertii (Hibbert’s). 1. pink, with very distinct, red,
spade-shaped blotches on the three lower segments.

G. b. Mortonius (Morton’s).* /. sub-erect; segments white,
with copious vertical, faint pink streaks. 1837. (B. M. 3680,
under name of G. Mortonius.)

G. carneus (flesh-coloured).
ventricosus.

G. Cooperi is a variety of G. psittacinus.

G. decoratus (decorated).* jl. bright purple, six to twelve in
a very lax, secund spike ; perianth tube curved, lin. long, the
upper segments jin. to lin. long, the lower having a pale,
spade-shaped blotch nearly filling the blade. J. three or four,
ensiform, sin. to Zin. broad, very oblique at base, the lower
ones lft. long. Stem 2ft. to 3ft. long. Moramballa, East
Africa, 1890. Stove.

G. Eekloni (Ecklon’s).* jl. bright red, copiously and minutely
spotted, six to twelve in a very lax spike; perianth tube
curved, jin. to lin. long, the limb lin. long, the upper seg.nents
sin. broad, the lower jin. broad. Autumn. 2. four to six,
sub-basal, ensiform, rigid, with thick ribs, lft. long, lin. to
lyin. broad. Stems robust, simple, 14ft. to 3ft. long including
the spike. 1862. (B. M. 6335.)

G. Elloni (Ellon’s). /l., perianth white, tipped with purple,
star-shaped. 1890. Described as a pretty species in a Conti-
nental periodical, but not given by Baker in “‘ Flora Capensis ”
(1896).

G. floribundus (of gardens). A synonym of G. oppositijlorus.

G. fusco-viridis (fuscous-green). fl. greenish, with minute
stripes of claret-brown, about 2in. long; scape 2ft. long, bearing
about a dozen flowers. /. ensiform, ljin. long, lin. broad.
1897, Allied to G. dracocephalus.

G. Hibbertii (Hibbert’s). A garden form of G. blandus.

G. hirsutus (hairy).* 1. bright red, three to six in a very Jax
spike; perianth tube curved, l4in. long, the segments ldin.
long. June. J. four to six, short, ensiform, rigid, very strongly
ribbed, both blade and sheath finely hairy, Stems simple,
hairy, lft. to 2ft. long including the spike. 1795. Syns.
G. hirsutus roseus (B. M. 574), G. roseus (A. B. R. 11).

G, illyricus (Mlyrian). jl. bright purple, three to six in a lax,
secund spike ; perianth tube din. long, the limb lin. long. 7. two
or three, linear, laxly nerved, din. broad, Stem slender, lft.
to 14ft. long. Europe (Britain), Asia Minor, &e.

G. i. Reuteri (Reuter’s). 7. narrower and stem _ slenderer
than in the type. Spain and Portugal. Syn. G. serotinus.

G. imbricatus (imbricated). . dark purple, four to ten in a
secund spike; perianth tube din. long, the segments obtuse,
lin. long. June. J. two or three, linear, laxly veined, Jin. to
din. broad. Stem slender, lft. to iit. long. Hastern Europe,
&c., 1820. Syn. G. neglectus.

G. Kirkii (Sir John Kirk’s). f. in a lax, secund spike 6in. to
12in. long; perianth tube sin. long, the segments pale pink, un-
spotted, cuspidate, lin. long. J. tive or six, linear, glabrous,
firm, strongly ribbed, slightly glaucous, 1ft. to 14ft. long, sin.
to Zin. broad. Stem terete, 3ft. long including the spike. 1890,

G. Kotschyanus (Kotschy’s). fl. light violet, about lsin. long,
with a nearly regular limb, the lower segments rather paler than
the others, with a dark, median stripe; spike loosely few-

A synonym of G. cuspidatus

flowered; scape lft. to 2ft. high including the inflorescence.
May. J. three, linear, 6in. to 8in. long. Afghanistan, Persia,
1880. (B. M. 6897.) P

G. Leichtlini (Leichtlin’s). f. bright red; perianth tube
arcuate, ljin. long, the upper segments connivent, the three

below it; spike

lower much smaller, red at the tip, yellow ]
Stem

dense, secund. 7. four, ensiform, bright green, lft. long.
terete, 2ft. long. 1889. é

G. Lemoinei eee. The type of a series of hybrids with
bright yellow and bright red flowers, having large, ‘purplish-
brown blotches at the base of the lower segments; they have
been raised by M. Lemoine, of Nancy, by crossing G. gandavensig
with G. purpureo-auratus. ‘Three are figured in Gn., July 24,
1886,

392

THE DICTIONARY

eee “dn Oboe” Gee Pe, Ow 5 _ fe)

OF GARDENING,

Gladiolus—continued.

Fic. 409.

EARLY GLADIOLUS THE BRIDE.

G. Ludwigii (Ludwig's). 7. pale yellow; perianth tube funnel-
shaped, Zin. long; the three upper segments oblong-spathulate,
the three lower ones unguiculate; spike distichous, twenty-
to thirty-flowered. J. pilose, about six in a sub-basal, distichous
rosette, rigid, with thick ribs, 2ft. to 3ft. long. Stem pubescent,
2ft. to 3ft. long including the spike.

G. L. calvatus (bald). A variety having the rachis of spike,
leaves, and stem glabrous. Syn. G. ochrolewcus (B. M. 6291).
G. marsiliensis (Marseilles). The type of a new race of
garden hybrids between G. psittacinus and G. gandavensis. 1894.

G. Mortonius (Morton's). A variety of G. blandus.

G. nancieanus (Nancy). A hybrid raised by M. Lemoine between
G. Saundersit and one of the G. Lemoinei hybrids.

G. natalensis (Natal). A synonym of G. psittacinus.

G. neglectus (neglected). A synonym of G@. imbricatus.

G. ochroleucus (yellowish-white), of B. M. A synonym of
G. Ludwigti calvatus.

G. oppositifiorus (opposite-flowered). jl. white, thirty to forty
in a distichous spike often lft. long; perianth tube curved, lin.
to ljin. long, the limb ism. long, horizontal, the segments 4in. to
4in. broad. Z., basal ones about four, firm, 1ft. to 14ft. long, Zin.
to lin. broad. Stem 3ft. to 4ft. long including the spike, often
branched. 1892. (B. M. 7292.) Syn. G. floribundus (of gardens),

G. Papilio atratus (dark).* A fine variety, the ground-colour
of the flowers being dark purple instead of yellow. 1885.

G. Papilio-gandavensis (hybrid). A garden hybrid between
the species and hybrid indicated in the name. 1893.

G. platyphyllus (broad-leaved). . deep yellow, veined with
red; perianth tube nearly 2in. long; spike 6in. to 12in. long.
1. broader than in any other known species, being broadly
ensiform, lft. long and nearly 2in. broad. 1893. Allied to
G. dracocephalus.

G. przecox (early). A synonym of G. Watsonius.

G. primulinus (Primrose-yellow).* jl. Primrose-yellow, four or
five in a lax spike; perianth tube much curved, lin. long, the
upper segments much imbricated, jin. long, the lower smaller.
1., basal ones three, ensiform, strongly ribbed, the lowest lft.
long, Zin. broad. Stem 14ft. long. South-east Tropical Africa.
1889. Stove.

G. psittacinus Cooperi. The correct name of G. Cooperi.

G,. punctatus (dotted). i. large; perianth greenish-yellow
inside, striated with purple in the centre of the three superior

Gladiolus—continued.

segnients, striated and dotted with purple outside ; spike loose,
unilateral, three- to six-flowered. /. three or four, 61n. to 12in.
long. Stem 14ft. high. 1889.

G. Quartinianus superbus (superb). /.

with crimson, larger than in the type. 1898.
xxiv., p. 467, f. 140.)

G. ramosus (branched).* . bright red, openly funnel-shaped,
with dark blotches at the base of the three lower segments.
A hybrid between G. cardinalis and G. oppositiforus. The
florists’ flowers of this group are hardier and flower earlier
than those of the gandavensis section.

G. ringens (gaping). A synonym of G. recurvus.

G. roseus (rosy). A synonym of G. hirsutus.

G. serotinus (late). A synonym of G. ilyricus Reuteri.

G. trimaculatus (three-spotted). A synonym of G. angustus.

G. tristis concolor (one-coloured). A variety with flowers
wholly white or pale yellow. (B. M. 1098.)

G. turicensis (Zurich). A garden hybrid between a variety of
G. Saundersii and G. gandavensis.

G. Victorialis eae f. bright pale crimson; spike lft.
long, sometimes forked. 1893. A hybrid between G. communis
and G. cardinalis or G. Colvillet.

G. vinulus (reddish). A synonym of G. vittatus. .

G. vomerculus (resembling a small ploughshare). The correct
name of G. hastatus.

G. watsonioides (G. Watsonius-like). jl. four to ten in a very
lax, unilateral spike; perianth bright scarlet, the tube curved,
lin. long, the segments oblong or ovate, acute, lin. long; s;athe
valves curved, leafy, lanceolate. June. J., produced ones about
four, linear, erect, firm, lft. to 14ft. long. Stem erect, 2ft. to 3ft.
long, with usually a couple of much-reduced leaves below the
inflorescence. Kilimanjaro, 1886. (B. M. 6919.)

G. Watsonius (Watson’s).* 7. two or three, each standing on a
peduncle-like tube, enclosed by a bifid spathe ; corolla bright red,
funnel-shaped, the segments ovate-lanceolate, spreading. Feb-
ruary and March. J. three or four, 3in. long, upright, rigid, flat,
linear-lanceolate. Stem 1ft. to 1sft. high. (B. M. 450.) Antho-
lyza revoluta is now the correct name of this species. Syn.
G. precox (A. B. R. 38). A variety in which the segments are
variegated with yellow from the base about half-way up, is
figured in B, M. 569.

Varieties. Of all Gladioli now grown the Early-flowering
section is one of the most useful, providing flowers through
late spring and early summer ontside, and correspondingly

yellow, flushed
(G. C. 1898,

Fie. 410, Earty GLADIOLUS BLUSHING BRIDE.

;
‘
I

.
z

BN a lh al alee Be aa ee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 393

Gladiolus—continued.

Tig. 411, GLaproius INsIaenis.

earlier when grown under glass. In this are included several
well-known kinds like Colville’ The Bride (Fig. 409),

cardinalis, byzantinus, Brenchleyensis, Blushing Bride

(Fig. 410), and Insignis (Fig. 411), Following these come
the hybrids associated with the name of Lemoine, some
of the best embracing Beauty, Boussingault, Castelar,
Dagmar, De Humboldt, Duguesclin, Etoile Polaire, B. V.
Hallock, Holland, Hypatia, Louis Thibant, Mirabeau, Ori-
flame, Venus de Milo, Voltaire, and Xenia. These Bidce
over the gap between the early- and the late-flowering
kinds. The spikes are large, freely produced, arid yield
flowers of a very brilliant colonr. They are of good consti-
tution, and on warm, sandy soils may be left out all winter
provided their quarters are lightly covered. Sometimes
Lemoine’s hybrids are spoken of as Spotted Gladioli, by
reason of the fact that the petals are elegantly blotched.
Yet other sections are the Giant-Flowered Childsii
(Fig. 412), of which Aurea Superba, Ben Hur, Cavour,
Mrs. Beecher, and W. Falconer are good types; and the
Large-Flowered Nancieanus, like Jules Finger, Pasha,
and William Watson. Yet another Large-Flowered section.
characterised by lovely colouring, is that known as Kelwayi
(Fig. 413), in which may be found snch gems as Arthur
Toms, Burne Jones, Carlton, Eugene Sandow, J. G. Cla: ke,
Nana, Richard Martin, Richard Milner, and Snowdrift.
Lastly, there is the ever-popular gandavensis section,
of which the varieties appended may be recommended :
A. F. Barron, scarlet, streaked with white; ALFRED HENDER-
SON, vermilion-scarlet; APPIANUS, white, blotched with rose:
BELLINI, white, striped violet; BoNo, crimson, tinged purple ;
DUCHESS OF EDINBURGH, purplish-rose, striped carmine;
GaLatTes, blush; Howarpd MAYNARD, scarlet, with yellow
throat; JAMES KELWay, crimson, lined with white; Lorp
IDDESLEIGH, scarlet, white centre; MR. GLADSTONE, scarlet-
crimson, light centre; Mrs. LANG?rRY, white, purple tinted;
MRS. LAXTON, rose, white centre ; NAUTCH GIRL, light red, flaked
crimson; Numa, white, flaked carmine, yellow centre; PRINCE

Vol. Y.

Gladiolus—continued.

HENRY, purple, with white throat ; PRINCESS ROYAL, blush, with
rose mottling ; St. GATIEN, brilliant red, white lines ; SILENUs,
crimson, striped violet ; THOMAS MOORE, scarlet-crimson, violet
blotch ; WILLIAM KELWAY, scarlet-crimson, blotched white.

Gladioli are very effective as cut flowers, particularly in
groups of nicely assorted colours, with their foliage
(Fig. 414).

GLAND. A secreting apparatus; a wart-like swelling.

GLAND BELLFLOWER. See Adenophora.

GLANDULIFOLIA. A synonym of Adenandra
(which see).
GLAPHYRIA. Included under Leptospermum

(which see).

GLASS CASES. These may range from the small
bell glass to the long Cases covering many feet or yards
of wall, under which are planted some of the choicer
kinds of hardy fruits, such as Peaches, Nectarines,
Cherries, Pears, &c. Small bell glasses are employed for
growing’ delicate plants that require some such protection,
both in hot-houses and outside. Large Cases are used for
filmy Ferns, and the well-known Wardian Case is in request
for plants in rooms. Whether such Cases are in hot-
houses or in rooms, fresh air should be admitted daily
to sweeten the internal atmosphere, and to allow moisture
to escape. Glass Cases employed for fruit-growing
against walls are not heated artificially, but much may
be done by closing the Case early with a good sun heat
—bottling the natural heat, as it were. By means of Glass
Cases, excellent crops of fruit are annually obtained from
walls that would otherwise fail through climatic conditions.

Vic. 412. GLADIOLUS CHILDSI.

E

w

394

GLASS HOUSES.

See Conservatory, Green-

house, Orchard House, Orchid House, Vinery
(under Vine), &c.
GLAUCIUM. Sepals two; petals four; stamens

indefinite. To the information given on p. 71, Vol. IL.,

the following should be added :

G. corniculatum phceniceum.,
G. pheeniceum.

G. Fischeri (Fischer’s).* ji. flame-coloured. 7.
snow-white wool. A handsome species.

G. squamigerum (scale-bearing). fl. yellow, ljin. in diameter ;
capsule covered with scales. J/., radical ones lyrate, pinnatifid,
cauline ones few, minute, sessile. Altai Mountains.

GLEDITSCHIA. To the species described on p. 72,
Vol. II., the following shonld be added :

G. carolinensis (Carolina).
G. ferox (fierce). 7. bipinnate; leaflets lanceolate,
Spines trifid, much compressed. hk. 18ft. to 20ft.
Probably a form of G. macracantha. SYN. G. orientalis.

G. orientalis (Eastern).
GLEICHENIA. Including Mecosorus and Mertensia

(of Willdenow). There is no British representative of this
genus, which, however, is widely distributed. One species,
G. dichotoma (Fig. 415), is particularly widely dispersed,
being found in the New and in the Old World, in the
Pacific Islands, and as far north as Japan.

CuituRE. In the majority of cases cool treatment is the
most suitable for Gleichenias, and with very few exceptions
they fare best in a house where during the winter the
temperature falls as low as 45deg. In fact, most, if not all,
of the failures experienced in the early attempts at
cultivating these charming plants may be traced to the

The correct name of

covered with

A synonym of G. monosperma.

acute,
China.

A synonym of G. ferox.

Fic. 413.

KELWAY’S HYBRID GLADIOLI,

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Gleichenia—continued.

Fic. 414.

A GROUP OF HYBRID GLADIOLI,

pernicious practice of growing them in too much heat—
treatment which causes them to make stunted growths,
generally full of thrips and seale. Besides the house being
at most what is usually called intermediate, it should also
be light and well ventilated. Bright light is indispensable
in the culture of Gleichenias ; they will even withstand a
little sunshine during the morning and the afternoon, and
be benefited by it. Light, in fact, is of such importance
that if a plant in perfect health be placed under, say, Tree
Ferns, or under any other plant that will permanently shade
it, it will soon retrograde, and show by its spindly growth
that it does not at all appreciate the presence of neigh-
bours taller than itself. It is also worthy of note that
snecess cannot reasonably be expected unless these plants
are in a perfect state of cleanliness.

The plants comprised in the section Eugleichenia
are provided with rhizomes of a particularly slender and
naturally hard nature. They are very shallow rooters,
and when not planted ont should be grown in rongh,

sandy peat, in pans. Their rootlets being short and
exceedingly brittle, it is necessary that the rhizomes
from which they are produced should receive special

attention at the hands of the enltivator; and as these
haye a particular objection to being buried underground,
they must be carefully kept on the surface by being
pegged on the potting material, which must be made
firm, if not altogether hard. It is therefore indispensable
that the plants should have abundance of pot-room, so
as to give the rhizomes every facility for spreading. The
pans should be well drained, as, stagnant moisture at the
roots is injurious.

Not only do the plants belonging to the Mertensia
section differ from the others by their general appearance,
but they are provided with rhizomes of a totally different
nature, being fleshy, brittle, much stonter, and nsually
root deeply into the ground of their own accord. For
these, a mixture of two parts fibrous peat, one part
fibrous loam, and one part of sand is preferable to the

Gleichenia—continued.

sandy peat recommended for the first-named section. They
require a quantity of water at the roots, though stagnant
moisture must carefully be avoided. Plants of both
sections are better for being at all times kept dry over-
head. One of the most distinct species in the Mertensia
section is G. pubescens (Fig. 416), which has a peculiar
cobwebby underside to its handsome frond.

One of the porcine causes of the scarcity of Gleichenias
in general collections is attributable to their slow propa-
gation, as, with the exception of seedlings of G. circinata

—s spelunce and G. c. semi-vestita of commerce, and of
G. rwpestris, which have at various times been raised at
Messrs. J. Veitch’s establishment, the mode of increase
has always been limited to the division of clumps, an
operation which is very tedious, extremely hazardous,
and seldom attended with complete success.

We have

Fig. 415. FROND OF GLEICHENIA DICHOTOMA,

a never heard of seedlings of plants belonging to the

ertensia section being raised in this country, and that,
together with the fact that the importations direct from
their various habitats seldom give entire satisfaction, is
probably the reason why they are so rare. Moreover,
the difficulties, real or imaginary, to be encountered in
the cultivation of Gleichenias haye tended to keep them
4 out of many collections; but, thanks to successful growers
2, of these plants having made public the knowledge of their
requirements, and endeayonred to simplify their culture,
we are rapidly gaining ground.

- 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Gleichenia—continued.

Fig 416, PORTION OF FROND OF GLEICHENIA PUBESCENS.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 72-3,
Vol. IL., the following should be added:

G. circinata glauca (glaucous). A synonym of G. c. Mendelli.

Pic. 417. PORTION OF FROND OF GLEICHENIA CIRCINATA
SEMI-VESTITA.

G. c. Mendelli (Mendell’s).* fronds, under-part of the lobes,
which are perfectly flat, of a beautiful silvery colour. Plant
much more robust than the type. One of the most distinct
and free-growing kinds in cultivation. It is shown at Fig. 113,
p. 73, Vol. IL. (erroneously called semi-vestita). SYN. G. c. glauca,
The true semi-vestita is shown in Fig. 417.

396

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, 7

.

Gleichenia—continued.
G. c. spelunez (cavern-loying). fronds pendent, abundantly
produced, varying considerably in size and_ ramification;
Segments loosely set, curved inwards, forming little cavities ;
under-surface silvery-glaucous, the upper pale green. New
South Wales.
G. Mendelli (Mendell’s).
G. rupestris glaucescens (glaucous).

A form of G. circinata.
sti. reddish-purple.

Jronds glaucous, much thicker in texture than in the type.

i ae

Fic 418. GLoxiniA AIGBURTH CRIMSON

GLOBBA. Syns: Hura (of Kenig), Manitia, Sphero-
carpos. Leaves lanceolate, rarely ovate, often produced
into a tail-like point. To the species described on p. 73,
Vol. II., the following shonld be added. One or two
plants formerly included hereunder are now referred to
Alpinia.

G. alba (white). A synonym of G. albo-bracteata.

G. albo-bracteata (white-bracted). #7., calyx white: corolla
yellow ; flower-stem terminating in a lax panicle, of which the
axis, branches, bracts, and bracteoles are white. J. seven or
eight to a stem, ovate-lanceolate, green, fin. to Sin. long. Stems
brownish-purple, 25ft. high. Sumatra, 1882. Syns. G. alba
(R. H. 1887, p. 286, t. 20), G. coccinea.

G. coccinea is synonymous with G. albo-bracteata.

G. purpurea (purple). A synonym of Mantisia saltatoria.

GLOBE RANUNCULUS. See Trollius.
GLOBULARIA. Syn. Abolaria. G. salicina is the

correct name of G. longifolia.
GLOBULEA. Included under Crassula (which see).
GLG@OSPORIUM. A genus

of very destructive fungi, several
members of which attack frnits
like Apples, Almonds, Raspberries,
Blackberries, Currants, Goose-
berries, and Vines, while others
affect Rhododendrons, Sycamores,
&e. In all there are characteristic
spots and pustules, which may be
fonnd upon either leaves or frnit,
or upon both. At first they are
usually brownish or reddish, but
finally become black, which latter
circumstance has given rise to the
popular name of Anthracnose in
the case, say, of Gleosporium vene-
tum, found upon both Raspberries
and Blackberries, and most de-
structive in America. Other well-
known species are G. fructigenum,
responsible for Apple Rot, or Ripe
Rot; G. ribis, for the Currant
Anthracnose of America, but
occurring also in this country and
upon the Continent; G. ampel-

I

Gleosporium—continued.

ophagum, for Black Rot of Grapes; G. musarum, for the
well-known blackish spots upon the frnits of Bananas;
G. nervisequum, for the Sycamore Blight of America ;
G. rhododendri, for the yellow blotches upon Rhododen-
drons, though not recorded from England. The pustules
are in reality the fruits of the fungus; they appear
separately, but often coalesce or become confluent.

GLG@OSPORIUM AMPEL-
OPHAGUM. ‘See Grape Rot
and Vine Fungi.

GLOMERULE.

cyme.

GLORIOSA. According to
J. G. Baker (in the ‘Flora of
Tropical Africa’’), this genus now
includes five species. To those
described on p. 74, Vol. IL, the
following shonld be added:

G. abyssinica (Abyssinian). 7. pro-
duced from the upper axils ; perianth
segments refiexed, not crisped, Zin.
to 3in. long, Zin. to lin. broad ; pedi-
cels 3in. to 4in. long. JU. oblong,
acuminate, sometimes tendrilled at
apex, Sin. to 6in. Jong, lsin. broad;
upper ones alternate. Stem erect,
lft. to 2ft. long, simple or branehed.
‘Tropical Africa, 1894.

G. simplex (simple).
name of G. virescens.

GLORY OF THE SNOW.
See Chionodoxa.

GLOSSANTHUS. A synonym
of Klugia (which see).

GLOSSOPETALON (from glossa, ‘a tongne, and
petalon, a petal: in reference to the shape of the petals).

ORD. Celastrinex. A small genus (two or three species)
of hardy, much-branched, very spiny, North American

A head-like

The correct

shrubs. Flowers white, sparse, axillary, shortly peduncn-
late; calyx deeply five-cleft; petals five, long tongne-
shaped; stamens ten. Leaves alternate, spathulate,

entire, small. G. meionandrum (R. G. 1894, p. 237, f. 52),
the only species introduced, is described as a compact,
much-branched, thorny shrub, with inconspicuons, whitish
flowers, native of Colorado, &c. It thrives in any fairly
good soil, and may be increased by cuttings.

GLOW-WORM (Lampyris noctiluca). A name applied
to a species of British Beetle found occasionally in country
gardens, and one which should be preserved. In this
particular species the wingless female emits the brighter
light; but the male also gives off a phosphorescent
light ; while even the egg, larya, and pnpa are luminons.
In some countries the reverse obtains, and the male is
the chief light-bearer. It is thonght that in the case of

Fic. 419. GROUP OF GLOXINIAS.

1900 SuPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 397

Glow-worm—continued.

the females the light is used as an attraction to the
‘opposite sex; but the purpose of the greater brilliance of
the males is not so readily determined. Some think that
it is displayed simply as a form of rivalry amongst the
male element. As perfect insects these Beetles do not
appear to feed; but as larve they are very active, and
feed upon various Mollusca, whose shells they enter and
clear out the contents, afterwards cleansing themselves
in the way suggested under Insects. Between the Glow-
worm in the larval state and the wingless female there is
ne difference, and the former is often mistaken for the
atter.

GLOXINERA (from Glovinia and Gesnera, the parent
plants). A very fine bigenerie hybrid. Brilliant is a
yery fine plant raised by Messrs. J. Veitch and Sons,
between a Gesnera and Gloxinia Radiance. The flowers
are of the usual size of the Gloxinia, horizontal in position,
and of a rich carmine-crimson colour. The foliage is
intermediate between the parents, and decidedly orna-
mental. (G. C. 1895, p. 144, f. 22.

GLOXINIA. This genus now embraces abont
eighteen species. Calyx tube turbinate, adnate, the five
lobes sub-equal, short or narrow; corolla tube straight
or curved, eylindrical or enlarged above, the limb
spreading, oblique or nearly equal, the lobes five, flat,
rounded; stamens four, included; pedicels one-flowered.
To the species and hybrids described on p. 76, Vol. II.,
the following should be added. See also Isoloma,
Negelia, and Sinningia. :

G. insignis (remarkable). #. bluish-lilac, blotched crimson at
base of tube. Autumn and winter.
oD Seo imsignis (remarkable). 7. lilac and crimson.

G. m. sceptrum (sceptre). #. clear lilac, dis-

: posed in a large, rigid, terminal inflorescence.
. large, erect, cordate. Hybrid. The flowers
are freely produced through the winter.

G. multifiora is synonymous with Negelia
multiflora,

G. Tapeinotes. This name has been given
to a bigeneric hybrid between a spotted Gloxinia
a Sinningia barbata (Tapeinotes Caroline).

G. tubiflora (tubular-flowered).
Achimenes tulrsiora.

G. variabilis (variable). 7. white, spotted with
pet pens, large, inside of tube yellowish
Greenhouse herb. 1877.

Varieties. AIGBURTH CRIMSON (Fig. 418), flowers
large and of a brilliant crimson, one of the best
of this colour, and very floriferous; CREOLE,
throat dark maroon, shading to light blue at the
margins ; ELEANOR, throat pale sulphur-yellow,
spotted with violet, a very pretty and distinct
variety; HER MaJEsty, pure white flowers of
great substance, freely borne on good healthy
em probably the finest white; MERIMAC,

lowers a deep crimson, with a narrow margin of
pale carmine; Miss Tupor, large, well-formed
white flowers, freely spotted with rosy-red; Mrs.
Avory, flowers pure white, with a distinct rosy
margin, very pretty ; Mrs. NEAL, throat crimson-scarlet, with a
white border spotted with rose; PRINCE OF WALES, a fine reddish-
crimson flower of fine form; PRINCESS OF WALES, flowers snowy-
white, margined with orange-crimson, very handsome; ROSE
QUEEN, flowers a beautiful soft rose, self-coloured ; ROSINA and
TRILBY are both distinct, handsome, and heavily-spotted varie-
ties, of which there are now many.

GLYCE. A synonym of Keniga (which see).

GLYCINE. Soy. Ineluding Soja. To the species
deseribed on p. 76, Vol. II., the following shonld be
added. A number of plants formerly classed hereunder
are now referred to Amphicarpeza, Apios, Cheto-
calyx, Cologania, Fagelia, Hardenbergia, Ken-
nedya, Sweetia, Turpinia, Wistaria, <&c.

G. Soja (Soja).* 7. violet, shortly pedicellate, disposed in small,
axillary racemes. /r., pods hispid-velvety, abundantly pro-
duced. J. trifoliolate ; leaflets stalked, ovate-lanceolate. Stems
erect, branched from the base. A. lft. to 3ft. Asia, 1790.
Annual. Syns. Dolichos Soja, Soja hispida.
GLYCINE (of Wight and Arnott). A

Teramnus (which see).
GLYPHOSPERMUM (of G. Don).

Gentiana (which see).

A synonym of

synonym of

A synonym of

GMELINA. Flowers large, in small or panicled
cymes; calyx shortly five-toothed; corolla limb oblique,
five- (or four-) lobed. To the species described on p. 77,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

G. arborea (tree-like). The correct name of G. Rheedii.

G. Hystrix (spiny). #. in short, dense, terminal, cone-like
spikes, formed of large, reddish-purple bracts, and yellow,
irregularly campanulate flowers 3in. long. 7. elliptic, oblong, or
lobed, 3in. long, cuneate or rhomboid at both ends, glaucous
beneath; petioles lin. long. India, 1894. A large, spiny,

climbing shrub, with the habit of a Bougainvillea. (B. M. 7391.)
_GNAPHALIUM. To the species described on p. 77,
Vol. I., the following should be added. Several species
formerly included here are now referred to Anaphalis,
Antennaria, Helichrysum, Helipterum, and Leon-
topodium.

G. Cunninghami (Cunningham's). A synonym of G. japonicum.
G. japonicum (Japanese). J. silvery, mucronate-acute; lower
ones lanceolate, attenuated at base; upper ones sessile, linear,
hk. lit. A cosmopolitan annual, forming a very good foliage
plant for edgings, especially on poor soils. The blossoms should
not be allowed to expand. SyNs. G. Cunninghami, G. lanatum.

G. lanatum (woolly). A synonym of G. japonicum.

GNIDIA. To the species described on
Vol. IL, the following should be added: °
G. juniperifolia (Juniper-leaved). 7. two to four in a head.

June and July. Jl. sparse, lanceolate-linear, acute, coriaceous,

din. to sin. long. - Branches erect, twiggy, mostly with corymbose

branchlets. h. lft. to 24ft. South Africa, 1786. A Variable

species. SYN. G simp’ex (B. M. 812).

G. simplex (simple). A synonym of G. juniperifolia.

GOAT MOTH (Cossus ligniperda). The caterpillars
of this Moth (Fig. 420) are found in abundance in Apple
and Pear trees, and most landseape and timber trees.

ti-d,

pp-

Fic. 420. Goat Morn.

Their depredations are well known; but there is consider-
able difficulty in reaching the larye, which remain several
years as such before assuming the pupal state. Unlike
some of the large insects—Sirex gigas for instance—which
only attack weak and decaying trees, the Goat Moth
deposits her eggs only upon the robust ones. In fact,
should an infested tree die, the caterpillars will forsake it.
The perfect insect is on the wing during late Jnne and
July, and rests during the day upon its food-plant, where
it is well “protected,” so well does its colour harmonise
with the surroundings. The eggs are laid upon the food-
plant, and pushed by means of the abdomen under the
bark, and then secured by means of a viscid secretion.
In the autumn the caterpillars may be found boring into
the tree. When ready to become perfect insects the pnpe
work out of their cocoons by means of the spines upon the
abdomen, and towards the outlet of the galleries.
Fumigating bellows and sulphur may be employed to
oust the caterpillars from their retreats, but the task of
doing so is not easy. Many inject liqnid insecticides into
the galleries ; paraffin is best. Wires may also be thrust
into the holes, and the lar killed by this means.
During the time the insects are upon the wing the tree-
tronks should be carefully searched, and any fonnd

398

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Goat Moth—continued.
destroyed. This may be most successfully done in the
evening just before twilight. :

One of the most important points in dealing with these
pests is to carefully seal up the outlet-holes after the
insects have been destroyed. This may be done with
erafting-wax, and will prevent the trees from decaying.

GOAT’S THORN, GREAT. See Astragalus

Tragacantha.
GOAT WILLOW. See Salix Caprza.
GODOYA. The correct name of G. gemmiflora [not

geminiflora] is Blastemanthus gemmiflorus.
GOD'S EYE. See Veronica Chamedrys.
GOERIUS OLENS. See Staphylinide.
GOETHEA. This genns is closely allied to Pavonia,

under which G. semperflorens is now classed.

GOLDBACHIA. A

(which see),

GOLDEN APPLE. ‘ee
lutea.

GOLDEN BALL. See Trollius europzus.

GOLDEN CHAFER, GREEN ROSECHAFER,
or ROSECHAFER (Cetonia awrata). Popularly this
elegant Beetle is associated only with the Rose, and not
then as often regarded as a pest as it should be. Fruit-
growers, however, know it as one of the most hurtful
Beetles to the Strawberry and the Apple crops, feeding as
it does upon the flowers, or rather upon the sexual organs.
Nor does it confine its depredations to such, but it may
be found upon numbers of flowers and ornamental trees.
Where the Beetles are plentiful they are best taken. in a
collecting-net, and afterwards destroyed by means of boiling
water. The larve when turned up with soil, or the very
destructive cocoons enclosing the pup, should be similarly
treated. Sea Rosechafer.

GOLDEN MAIDENHAIR., ‘ee
vulgare and Nothochlena.

GOLDEN THISTLE. This name is also applied to
Protea Scolymus (which see).

GOLDEN WILLOW.

GOLD-TAIL MOTH. This is a near relative of
the destructive Gipsy Moth and the Brown-tail Moth,
referred to under that heading in the present volume;
and also under Liparis, in Vol. II. For the best methods
of dealing with it, see Brown-tail Moth and Haw-
thorn Caterpillars.

GOLDYLOCKES. See also Aster Linosyris.

GOLOWNINIA. A Crawfurdia
(which see).

GOMBO. See Hibiscus esculentus.

GOMEZA (named in honour of Bernardino Gomez, a
surgeon in the Portuguese Navy, who wrote on the plants
of Brazil in 1803). Orb. Orchidex, A genus embracing
about half-a-dozen species of stove, epiphytal Orchids,
natives of Brazil, with the habit of small Odontoglossums.
Flowers pale yellow or greenish, inconspicuous but usually
fragrant, produced in winter and early spring; lip affixed
at the base of the column, continuous, incurved-erect or
erect from the base, at length reflexed, spurless; column
erect, semi-terete; raceme often many-flowered; scape
axillary under the pseudo-bulb, simple. Leaves contracted
to a rather broad petiole. The species introduced require
similar culture to the Brazilian species of Miltonia
(which see).

G. Barkeri (Barker's). /l. light yellowish-green, with some red
spots on the lip and an orange line round the stigma; lateral
sepals connate to the middle; scape loosely racemose, many-
flowered. 1. 5in. to Tin. long. Pseudo-bulbs 3in. to 4in. long,
two-leaved. 1836. Syns. Odontoglosswm Barkeri, Rodriguezia
Barkeri (B. M. 3497).

G. crispa (curled). fl. sea-green, bordered with yellow, Prim-
rose-scented ; sepals and petals undulate-crisped; raceme
elongated. 7. oblong-lanceolate, spreading, undulated. Pseudo-
bulbs elongated, compressed, two-leaved. 1839. Syns. Odonto-
glossum erispatulum, Rodriguezia crispa (B. R. 1840, t. 54).

synonym of Arundinella

ZEgle and Spondias

Polypodium

See Salix alba vitellina.

synonym of

Gomeza—continued.

G. foliosa (leafy).* /. buff-yellow, very fragrant, jin. across ;
lateral sepals connate at base; lip reflexed, having two
white keels on the disk; raceme longer than the leaves. /.
linear, 6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs much compressed, 2in. to 3in.
long, two-leaved. 1825, Syns. Odontoglossum foliosum, Pleuro-
thallis foliosa (B. M. 2746).

G. planifolia (flat-leaved). #. light greenish-yellow, very
fragrant; lateral sepals connate nearly to their tips; lip
reflexed, with two oblong tubercles on the disk; raceme longer
than the leaves. 7. 4in. to Sin. long, recurved. Pseudo-bulbs
about 2in. long, two-leaved. 1822, Syns. Odontoglosswin
planifolium, Rodriguezia planifolia (B. M. 3504).

G. recurva (recurved). Jl. light yellow, Zin. across vertically ;
lateral sepals connate into an oblong blade deeply bitid at
apex; lip having two short, raised plates at base; raceme as
long as, or longer than, the leaves. J/. 8in. to 12in. long.
Pseudo-bulbs 2in. to 3in. long, two- or three-leaved. 1815,
(B. M. 1748.) Syns. Odontoglossum recurvum, Rodriguezia
recurva,

GOMPHIA. According to the compilers of the
‘“Index Kewensis,” this genus includes Walkera and
Wolkensteinia ; but the species known under the former
name are probably lost to cultivation.

G. gigantophylla (giant-leaved). The correct name of

G. Theophrasta. Wolkensteinia Theophrasta (RK. G. 1865, t. 471)

is synonymous with this species.

GOMPHOCARPUS. Anantherix should, according
to Bentham and Hooker, be inclnded hereunder. To the
species described on p. 79, Vol. II., the following should
be added:

G. padifolius. According to the ‘Index Kewensis,” this
should be classed under Yysmalobium.

G. setosus (bristly). /l. greenish-yellow, glabrous; umbels
numerous about the tips of the branches. J. linear, narrowed
to the petioles, attenuated-acute at apex, pale green, highly
glabrous, with revolute margins. Stems sub-shrubby ; branch-
Jets woolly. South Arabia, 1897, A small shrub, allied to
G. fruticosus. (B. M. 7536.)

G. sinaicus (Mount Sinai).
G. fruticosus.

GOMUTUS. A synonym of Arenga (which see).
GONATANDRA. A synonym of Campelia (which

see).

GONGORA. ‘To the species described on p. 80,

Vol. II., the following should be added:

G. aurantiaca (orange). fl. of a bright vermilion-orange,
distantly arranged in nodding spikes, lasting a long time in
perfection; scapes erect, about Ift. high. Autumn and early
spring. Colombia, A distinct, evergreen species. SYN. Acropera
aurantiaca (B. M. 5501).

G. barbata (bearded).* j. showy; sepals and petals olive-
brown ; lip conyolute, forming a long tube, rosy-pink at base,
white in front, bearing on the disk many rosy-pink protuber-
ances ; raceme two- to five-flowered; scape nodding. Summer.
i. distichous, linear-lanceolate, almost white beneath. West
Indies. (I. H: vii., t. 248.)

G. Charlesworthii (Charlesworth’s). jl. nearly white, barred
with very light brownish-purple; scape arching, about lift.
long, bearing about twenty flowers. J/. plicate, lft. long, 2sin.
broad. Habitat not recorded, 1893.

G. Charontis. /1., sepals and petals yellow, spotted with brown ;
lip white, its apex and basilar wings rich yellowish, spotted with
crimson, as is the white column; spike many-flowered, hairy.
Pseudo-bulbs large, rounded. Colombia, 1877.

G. flaveola (yellowish). jf. light ochre-yellow, spotted brown,
distant; lip with a sigmoid claw, and having a median bristle
and very small basilar horns to the basal part (hypochil) ;
peduncle angulate, bearing a rich raceme. 1886,

G. galeata (hooded).* jl. strongly scented like Wallflowers ;
sepals and petals pale tawny-yellow ; lip brownish-red ; racemes
drooping, freely produced, the ovaries curving inwards. Summer.
Pseudo-bulbs ovate, clustered. Mexico, 1828. Syns. G. Loddi-
gesit, Acropera Loddigesii (B. M. 3563), Mawxillaria galeata
(L. B. C. 1645).

G. g. purpurea (purple). j., sepals dark purple; petals deep
yellow ; lip dotted with black. 1890.

G. gratulabunda (congratulating). 7. yellow, profusely dotted
with dull red; sepals revolute-margined, the dorsal one erect,
the lateral ones reflexed ; raceme loosely many-flowered. 7. ob-
lanceolate, caudate-acuminate. Pseudo-bulbs oblong, strongly
and acutely ribbed. Colombia, 1857. (B. M. 7224; R. X. O. ii.,
p. 169, t. 170, f. 3.)

G. grossa. jl. whitish or yellowish, numerously spotted with
dark purple. Ecuador. Allied to G. atropurpurea, from which
it differs in having a tooth inside and a small terete acuminate
body between the horns, and a broader and stouter lip.

G. Jenischii (Jenisch’s). A synonym of G. odoratissima.

G. Loddigesii (Loddiges’), A synonym of G. galeata.

This is identical. with the common

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

399

Gongora—continued.

G. macrantha (large-flowered). A synonym of Coryanthes
macrantha.

G. maculata alba (white). ”. wholly white, except some
pink spots on the lip. May. Pseudo-bulbs more deeply ribbed
than in the type. This variety is also known as grandiflora.

G. m. tricolor (three-coloured). A synonym of G. tricolor.

G. odoratissima (highly odorous). jl. clear yellow, mottled and
blotched reddish-brown ; upper sepal and petals adherent to the
back and sides of the curved column, while the ah is continuous
with its base, clawed, the basal part (hypochil) arched and
laterally compressed, with a pair of petaloid processes on the
back ; the upper part (epichil) acutely elongate-ovate, the sides
folded face to face; racemes drooping. /. broadly lanceolate.
Venezuela, (F.d.S. 229.) Syn. G. Jenischii.

G. portentosa rosea (pink). /., sepals and petals bright
rose-purple, with small, purplish spots; lip citron-yellow and
brown, large and thick. United States of Colombia, 1896. A
pretty variety. (L. 508.)

G. Sanderiana (Sandevr’s). jl. yellowish, with rose-coloured
spots, disposed about six in a raceme. JZ. 10in. long, 2in.
broad. Pseudo-bulbs conical, Sin. long. Peru, 1896. Allied to
G. portentosa.

G. tricolor (three-coloured). /., sepals deep, bright yellow,
blotched sienna-brown, the dorsal one lanceolate, affixed half-
way up the back of the column, the lateral ones obliquely
triangular; petals pale yellow, lightly spotted, small; hypochil
white, oblong, convex, two-horned at base, the epichil stained on
the sides with cinnamon; racemes stout, drooping. Pseudo-
bulbs thickly ribbed. Panama or Peru. (B. R. 1847, t. 69, under
name of G. maculata tricolor.)

. ti; cata (truncate). fl. whitish or straw-coloured, freckled

broWnish-purple ; dorsal sepal obovate, carinate, the lateral ones

roundish-oblong, very blunt ; petals small; lip clear yellow,
curved, the hypochil compressed in the middle and bearing two
awns in front, the epichil ovate, channelled; pedicels mottled

purple. Mexico. (B. R. 1845, t. 56.)

ais quinquenervis and G. scaphephorus are also in cultivation at
ew.

GONIOSCYPHA (from gonia, an angle, and skyphe,
a cup; in allusion to the angled, cup-like perianth). Orp.
Liliacee. A monotypic genus. The species is a stove
perennial, of striking appearance. It requires similar
culture to Eucharis (which see).

G. eucomoides (Eucomis-like). ., perianth dull green, cam-
panulate, with six sub-orbicular, very obtuse lobes; scape
simple, leafless, bearing a dense, cylindrical spike of flowers,
surmounted by a crown of fine, subulate bracts, similar bracts
being mixed with the flowers. 7. in a rosette, elliptic, acute,
lft. long, 4in. to 5}in. broad. _ Rootstock short, fleshy. Bhotan,
1886. (G. C. 1886, xxvi., p. 744; J. L. S. xiv., p. 581, t. 19.)
GONOCALYX. This monotypic genus is closely

allied to Ceratostemma, under which it should perhaps

be included.

GONOGONA. A synonym of Goodyera (which see).

GONOLOBUS. 4G. hispidus should be classed here-
under, and not under Fischeria. See also Fischeria,
Lachnostoma, and Marsdenia, under which genera
ois species formerly included under Gonolobus are now
classed.

rors biel A synonym of Goodenia (which
see).

GOODYERA. Syn. Gonogona. The species are found
in Europe, Madeira, tropical and temperate Asia, and
(according to Reichenbach) New Caledonia and the Masca-
rene Islands. To those described on p. 81, Vol. II., the
following should be added. A few plants formerly included
here are now referred to Hemaria.

G. discolor is now classed under Hamaria.

G. japonica (Japanese). /. stout, oblong-ovate, velvety-green,
tinged with olive-brown; midrib broadly striped with silvery-
white, suffused when young with rosy-pink. Japanese gardens.

G. macrantha luteo-marginata (yellow-margined). /. dis-
tinetly margined with. band of creamy-yellow. Japan. Green-
house. (F. d. S. 1779-80; F. & P. 1867, p. 227; G. C. 1867,
p- 1022; R. G. 533, f. 2.)

G. macrophylla (large leaved).
1. large. Madeira, 1880.

G. Rodigasiana (Rodigas’). 7. thick, ovate-lanceolate, acute,
velvety, pale green, silvery in the middle; sheaths very shortly
attenuated. Papua, 1886. Stove. (I. H. 1886, 616.)

G. Rollissoni (Rollisson’s). /. rich, dark green, margined,
striped, and blotched with pale yellow on the upper surface, rich
velvety-purple beneath. Native country unknown. A beautiful,
stove species.

G. tessellata (tessellated). A synonym of G. pubescens minor.
G. Menziesii, G. procera, and G. reticulata are also in cultivation

~ at Kew.

G.

white, hairy outside.

GOOSEBERRY. There is little to add to the infor-
mation given in Vol. II. The importance of good drainage
cannot well be over-estimated. If this be at all defective,
the growth is stunted, the fruit is small, and the bushes
are soon coyered with moss, which is undesirable, as it
affords shelter to many of the worst kind of pests. The
soil should also be loosened where the bushes are to be
planted. If heayy and tenacious, burnt refuse, road-
serapings, or strawy ‘manure should be worked in to
render it more porous. On the other hand, if light and
sandy, marl or clay may be beneficially employed. If, too,
animal manures are used when the bushes are bearing,
great assistance will be given. Planting is best done from
the middle of October to the end of November, and in dry
weather.

Pruning is an important operation, and should be done
immediately after the fruit is ripe; then the cultivator is
better able to see where the congested growth is sitnate.
Where, however, birds are a nuisance, it will be advisable
to defer pruning until spring, otherwise the buds will be
taken, and the crop suffer in consequence.

Insects, §c. To the list of destructive pests enumerated
on p. 83, Vol. II, several others should be added—
Gooseberry Mite (Bryobia pretiosa), Gooseberry and
Currant Scale (Lecanium ribis), Winter Moth (Chei-
matobia brumata), Otiorhynchus picipes, Dot Moth
(Mamestra persicarie), which see, and Gooseberry
Mildew. The majority of these are of sufficient import-
ance to receive treatment under their respective headings.

Sorts. Following the plan of the work, we have placed
the new varieties of merit in their respective classes, based
upon the colour of the fruits. Those marked ¥ are specially
recommended for flavour, and those marked s for size.

Class I. Fruit with Red Skin.
Companion (fF). Fruit light red, hairy. Habit rather spreading.
Forester (Ss, F). Fruit bright red, hairy, very early. Branches
erect. An abundant cropper.

Lancashire Lad (s, F). Fruit dark red, hairy, early. A
favourite market variety.

Speedwell (s, F). Fruit pale red, hairy, early.
and erect. An abundant bearer.

Whinham’s Industry (&). Fruit deep red, medium to large,
hairy. A valuable variety for market, being early and a great
bearer, with branches erect.

Branches strong

Class II. Fruit with Yellow Skin.
Diamond (s, F).
bearer.
Golden Gem (s, ').
An abundant bearer.
Gunner (5s, &). Fruit dark yellow.

Fruit yellow. Branches partly erect. A good

Fruit bright yellow, late. Branches erect.

Branches erect. A great

bearer,
Class III. Fruit with Green Skin.
Angler (Ff). Fruit deep green, medium, early. Branches erect.

A profuse bearer.
Fearless (5S, F).
spreading.
Lofty. Fruit deep green, hairy, medium to large.
spreading. A good bearer.

Fruit bright green. Branches somewhat

Branches

Class IV. Fruit with White Skin.

Duchess of Sutherland (Ff). Fruit white, oval, medinm size,
good flavour. Branches spreading. A moderate bearer.

Sheba Queen (fF). Fruit white, medium. Branches erect. Good
cropper.

GOOSEBERRY AND CURRANT SAWFLIES
(Nematus ribesii and N. consobrinus). Popularly there is
supposed to be but one representative of this family
infesting Currants, the latter msect frequently being over-
looked. This may be accounted for chiefly by the two sects
approaching one another so closely in general appearance
as larve, thongh consobrinus is smaller than the better-
known ribesii, and is found later. When full-fed the
caterpillar is a bright green, except the first and the
last segments, which are yellowish, the black processes
(tubercles) which characterise the young larve being
absent.

To the remedies suggested in Vol. II. may be added:
Paris Green (loz. to 20 gallons of water), carefully sprayed

400

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Gooseberry and Currant Sawflies—continued.
on. The Sawfly larve are chewing insects, and are there-
fore best dealt with through their food-plants. As a
preventive. and in addition to the remedies suggested,
the old soil about the bushes should be replaced by new,
the former being deeply buried or burnt.

GOOSEBERRY CLUSTER CUPS. This is a
well-marked fungus found upon Gooseberries, and is the
ALcidium-stage of Puccinia Pringsheimiana. See Goose-
berry Fungi.

GOOSEBERRY FUNGI. Of recent years several
species of Fungi have proved troublesome to the Goose-
berry cultivator. The more important are Gooseberry
Cluster Cups, Gooseberry Mildew, the Wound Fungus
Plowrightia ribesia, and a species of Polyporus, which
is sometimes found upon the stems of both Gooseberries
and Currants: it is an ally of the Tinder Fungus (Fomes
fomentarius).

Gooseberry Cluster Cups is but a stage in the life-history
of Puccinia Pringsheimiana, found upon certain species
of Carex. The disease is one which is far more prevalent
than it was a few years ago, and seems to be spreading.
Wet weather is favourable to its development. The
Cluster Cups are found upon orange-red patches, and when
mature are filled with similarly-coloured spores. When
viewed under the compound microscope, the Cluster Cups
will be seen to have cut edges. They are found in late
spring, and where Gooseberries are largely cultivated the
disease may prove yery injurious. When once attacked
there is no known cure; on preventive measures should
the gardener rely. These may consist in removing and
burning the infested berries and leaves, and spraying
with Bordeaux Mixture early in the next season. The
disease, however, is one readily disseminated if the
sedges on which the teleutospores are produced remain
undiscovered.

Of Gooseberry Mildew there are two distinct kinds,
one of which, Sphxrotheca mors-Uve, is very destructive
in the United States. This attacks both leaves and
young frnits, enveloping them with a cobweb-like mildew,
and finally with a fine white powder. The leaves ‘‘ yellow”
and die, and the fruits fail to grow. Im the United
States many fungicides have been employed, but none
so effectively as potassium sulphide (loz. to 3 gallons
of water). The first application shonld be made just
as the buds are bursting, and two others should follow
at intervals of eleven days. This treatment Mr. Close, of
the New York Agricultural Experiment Station, found
eminently satisfactory.

The other species of Gooseberry Mildew (Microsphera
grossulariz) is common in this country, but is confined to
the foliage, which is covered with a whitish powder.
The treatment recommended for Sphwrotheca mors-Uve
will be equally suited to this.

Plowrightia (Scleroderris) ribesia is not confined to
Gooseberries, but may also be found upon both Black
and Red Currants. It is a Wound Fungus, characterised
by black crusts, or stroma, which burst through the
bark. To Mr. Massee, of Kew, belongs the credit of
determining its parasitic nature, for even as recently as
Professor Smith’s translation of Tubcenf’s work it is
described as ‘‘a common species on twigs of Red and
Black Currant, but whether parasitic or not is unknown.”
Mr. Massee also publishes in the ‘‘ Gardeners’ Chronicle”
an excellent drawing of the Fungus on both Currant and
Gooseberry, showing the large black warts on the
stems, and also a section through a Fungus illustrating
the flask-shaped perithecia which are produced later.

Polyporus ibis is found on the Gooseberry and its
allies the Black and the Red Cnrrant, but only on old
and practically worthless trees, which shonld be dug up
and burned. See Polyporus, Vol. III.

GOOSEBERRY MILDEW. ‘Se
Fungi.

GOOSEBERRY MITE (Bryobia pretiosa). A very
common pest, but one frequently mistaken for Red Spider.
It swarms upon both Gooseberries and Currants, and
is most troublesome in yery dry seasons, and especially
in those gardens where Ivy is grown as a wall-plant.
Like Mites generally, this Bryobia has eight legs when
mature, but the front pair on the members of this genus
are of unusual length. The Mites in colour vary from

Gooseberry

Gooseberry Mite—continued.

bright red to reddish-brown. They appear in early spring,
and cause the young foliage to present a sickly appearance,
and eventually to be shed prematurely. They cluster npon
the under-surface of the leaves, and spin a web, but
during bright weather may be found upon the upper
surfaces. The best remedy to apply is weak Kerosene
Emulsion.

GOOSEBERRY OR MAGPIE MOTH (Abraras
grossulariata). This conspicnously-coloured Moth, and its

Fic. 421. GoosEBERRY MoTH, Larva, AND PUPA.
s
larva and pupa (Fig. 421) are not likely to be mistaken

for anything else. Though the caterpillars feed for a
time in late summer, yet it is after hibernating that they
are most destructive to Currants and Gooseberries. So
conspicuous, however, are the larvye that where only
small gardens are concerned hand-picking should suffice.
In other cases the remedies suggested for Gooseberry and
Currant Sawflies will answer, combined with keeping the
trees ie from dead leaves and the ground beneath from
rubbish. ,

GOOSEBERRY SCALE (Lecanium ribis). This is
a red-brown Scale occurring in sufficient numbers upon
Currants and Gooseberries to be constituted a pest, though
at present not widely dispersed. The insects are donble-
brooded, the eggs of the later brood not hatching ont
until early spring of the following season. As it is prac-
tically useless to attempt to deal with Scale except when
the larve are on the move, the cultivator should periodically
examine his bushes. Once the ‘“‘Scale’’ has hardened,
nothing short of removal by means of a stiff brush will
suffice. Weak Kerosene Emulsion, however, if sprayed on
when the larye are moving freely, will destroy large
numbers; while hot water of 140deg. Fahr. will also effec-
tnally oust the pests at the stage named.

GORDONIA includes Lacathea, the correct name of
L. florida being G. pubescens.

GORTERIA (named in hononr of David Gorter, a
Dutch botanist and author of a ‘*‘Flora Belgica”). Syn.
Personaria. Orv. Composite. A small genus (four
species) of half-hardy, diffuse, Sonth African annuals,
allied to Gazania. G. personata has been introduced, but
is probably no longer grown in this country. One or
two species formerly included here are now referred to
Gazania. G. acaulis is a garden name for Haplocarpha
Leichtlinii.

GORTERIA (of La Marck).
heya (which see).

GOSSYPIUM. The species are distributed over the
tropics of the Old and New Worlds. To those described
on p. 85, Vol. II., the following should be added:

G. arboreum (tree-like). 7. purple, rarely white; petals
spreading. July. 7. nearly glabrous, deeply palmately five- to
seven-lobed ; lobes linear-oblong, mucronate. Plains of India,
1694. A stove shrub or low tree, rarely herbaceous.

G. Comesii (Comes’). 7. yellow, with a blood-red spot at the
base of the petals. 7. three- to five-lobed. 1889. Probably a
variety of G. herbaceum. SYN. G. indicum Comesii.

G. indicum (Indian). A synonym of G. herbaceum.

G. Kirkii (Kirk's). #. yellow-eyed; peduncles articulated in
the middle. JZ. stellate-pilose above, glandular-velvety below,
broadly ovate, acute, cordate at base, palmately five-lobed ;
petioles longer than the leaves. Eastern tropical Africa, 1881.

A synonym of Berk-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

GOTHIC MOTH. See Vine Moths.

GOTHOFREDA. A
(which see).

GOUFFEIA. Included under Arenaria (which see).
GOUGHIA. A synonym of Daphniphyllum (which

see).

GOUTY GERANIUM. See Pelargonium gib-
bosum.

GOVENIA. Syn. Eucnemis. To the species
described on p. 87, Vol. IL, the following should be
added:

G. sulphurea (sulphur). #. rather large ; sepals light sulphur,
the lateral ones rather broader than the cuneate-lanceolate
upper one; petals white on the disk, sulphur on the margin,
with numerous broken, purnle lines; lip white, spotted dark
brown at apex, cordate-oblong. /. scarcely 2in, broad, cuneate-
lanceolate, acuminate. Pseudo-bulbs Onion-like. Paraguay,
1885. A curious species.

GOVINDOVIA. A synonym of Tropidia (which

see).

GRACILARIA SYRINGELLA. ‘See Syringa
—Insects.

GRADERIA (probably an anagram on Gerardia, the
name of an allied genus). Syn. Bopusia. Orv. Scrophu-
larinez. A small genus (two or three species) of many-
stemmed, warm greenhouse herbs, natives of South Africa.
Flowers sub-sessile; calyx five-cleft; corolla tube
inserted, much enlarged, the limb of five broad, sub-eqnal,
spreading lobes ; stamens four, included. Leaves opposite
or the upper ones alternate, ovate-lanceolate, entire, or
euneately three- to five-cleft or pinnatifid. Only one
species calls for description here. It is probably semi-
parasitic.

G. subintegra (almost entire). . rosy-lilac, Gloxinia-like, in
y, erect racemes. J. ovate-elliptic, acute, hairy. Branches
trailing ; rootstock woody. Transvaal, 1894. (G. C. 1893, xiv.,

p. 798, f. 122.)

GRAFTING WAX. Apart from the use to which
this substance is usually applied, it may be successfully
employed for stopping holes or covering wounds in trees.
Painter’s ‘“‘knotting’’ will be found an excellent substitute
for Grafting Wax as ordinarily employed. It is easily
applied, and quickly forms a coat impervious to weather.

GRAIN. The seeds of plants of the order Graminez ;
popularly, any small seeds.

GRAMINCA. A synonym of Cuscuta (which see).

GRAMMANGIS. These are best grown in baskets
suspended near the roof-glass in the stove or East Indian
house, and in a position where they can obtain the maxi-
mum amount of available light. Only snfficient shade is
required to prevent the sun’s rays from scorching the
foliage. The potting compost shoal consist of good
fibrous peat and living sphagnum—two parts of the former
to one of the latter. To this may be added a liberal
sprinkling of finely-broken crocks. The compost should
be pressed moderately firm about the roots and base of
the plant. The drainage should be clean and ample.

The best time at which to repot is when the new
roots are being emitted from the base of the last-made

synonym of Oxypetalum

growth. The plants require a liberal supply of water
during the growing season. After the growths are
matured, only sufficient moisture is required to maintain

a plump condition of the bulbs and foliage.

GRAMMANTHES. G. gentianoides is now the
correct name of G. chloreflora.

GRAMMATOPHYLLUM. Syns. Gabertia, Pat-
tonia. Flowers showy, on long pedicels; sepals and petals
snb-equal, free, spreading; lip affixed above the base of
the column, erect, concave, the lateral lobes rather broad,
erect, loosely embracing the column, the middle one short,
recuryed-spreading, narrow or dilated; column erect,
rather shorter than the lip ; raceme loosely many-flowered ;
scape long, simple. Leaves distichous, often very long.

The flowering of the remarkable G. speciosum (the
giant of its race) in the collection of Sir T. Lawrence,
at Burford, Dorking, in 1897, has been one of the most
interesting events in the Orchid World. Only on four
previous occasions had it flowered in Enrope, viz., in

Vol. V.

eee 401

Grammatophyllum—continued.

Messrs. Loddiges’ Nursery, at Hackney, in 1852; in the
collection of Sir G. Taunton, at Leigh Park; in the
collection of Mr. W. G. Farmer, Nonsuch Park, Ewell ;
and imperfectly in the collection of the late Mr. John
Day, at Totterham.

To illustrate the gigantic proportions attained by this
species in its native country, Mr. J. H. Veitch, in his
“‘A Trayeller’s Notes,’ speaks of one in the Botanic
Gardens at Penang as being 424ft. in circumference,
its shoots from 6ft. to 7ft. long, and its seed-pods 7din. long
(ineluding their foot-stalks) and 24in. in aearickan One
of the last year’s racemes, of which there were thirty,
was 7}{t. long. Mr. Veitch also added that the plant was
in fine condition, nearly all the shoots being clothed with
foliage of a good colour. °

The same writer also gives particulars of a plant of
more gigantic proportions in the Botanic Gardens at
Butenzorg, Java. This had forty-six racemes of flowers,
some with twenty-four open blossoms and many more buds
to expand. The plant was 15ft. throngh, and had stems
9ft. long.

It will be gathered from these particulars that to
cultivate this species a house of considerable proportions
will be required to accommodate it. It grows satis-
factorily under the same conditions as that afforded to
stove plants generally. It should be placed in a position
where it can obtain all the available light, only shading
to prevent actual scorching of the leaves. It requires a
liberal supply of moisture both at the root and in the
atmosphere Boeri the growing season, with more dryer
conditions during the period of rest. It is an interesting
and wonderful plant where ample accommodation is
available.

To the species described on p. 92, Vol. IL., the following
should be added :

G,. elegans (elegant).* #1. showy, six or seven on an erect peduncle
1ft. high ; sepals sepia-brown, with ochre-yellow margins, oblong ;
petals the same colour, narrower ; lip yellow, with brown mark:
ings in front and a hairy disk, trifid, the front lobe wedge-
shaped and emarginate; column white, with a pair of brown
lines below the stigma. 7. elongated, distichous. Pseudo-bulbs
rather large, oblong. South Sea Islands, 1883.

G. Ellisii (Ellis’s). A synonym of Grammangis Elisii.

G. Fenzlianum (Fenzl’s). ji. 2tin. in diameter, somewhat
distant; sepals and petals pale yellowish-green, spotted with
brown, the petals narrower and reflexed ; lip yellowish, obliquely
striped with brown, the mid-lobe reflexed, while between the
side lobes is a channelled, white plate; scapes 3ft. to 4ft. long,
many-flowered. 7. lft. to 14ft. long, oblong or lanceolate-oblong.
Stems pseudo-bulbous, 4in. to 6in. long. Amboyna.

G. F. Measuresianum (Measures’). A synonym of G. Rum-
phianum Measuresianum.

G. Gulielmi II. (William 11.). A synonym of G. Rumphianum.
G. Measuresianum (Measures’). A form of G. Rumphianum.

G. pantherinum (panther-like). {- as large as those of
Cymbidium eburneum, ‘spotted with dark blotches”; sepals
and petals narrow cuneate-oblong, obtuse; lip cordate at base,
trifid, with triangular segments, totally naked, ‘without any
eee of hairs or velvet”; middle segment acute. New Guinea,

G. Reemplerianum (Rempler’s). A synonym of Eulophiella
Peetersiana.

G. Rumphianum (Rumphius’). 7. erecto-patent, twenty-five to
thirty on a scape; sepals and _ petals me yellowish-green,
blotched with brown ; lip yellowish-white, lined with dark violet,

ilose inside, three-lobed. 2. lanceolate-oblong, lft. or more in
ength. Pseudo-bulbs tufted, oblong-conical, 9in. long when fully
grown. Moluccas. (B. M. 7507.) Syn. G. Gulielmi II.

G. R. Measuresianum (Measures’).* /., sepals and petals
emerald-green, blotched and spotted with dark brownish-purple ;
side lobes of lip light yellow with oblique brown lines, the front
lobe white with three brown lines at apex. Philippine Islands,
1889. Syns. G. Fenzlianum Measuresianum, G. Seegerianum (of
gardens).

G. Sanderianum (Sander’s). A clerical error in a gardening
periodical, the plant intended being G. speciosum.

G. seriptum (marked). /., sepals and petals yellow and red-
spotted, equal, spreading, oblong, obtuse; lip lined with pale
purple ; raceme many-flowered ; scape very long, rising from the
base of the pseudo-bulb. J. lanceolate, three-nerved. Pseuido-
bulbs transversely articulated, deeply ribbed. Moluccas.

G. Seegerianum (Seeger’s). A garden name for G. Rumphianum
Measuresianum.

GRAMMICA. A synonym of Cuscuta (which see).
3F

402

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

GRAMMITIS CETERACH. A synonym of Asple-
nium bulbiferum (which see).

GRANGERIA (named.in hononr of N. Granger, a
traveller in Egypt and Persia). Orp. Rosacex. A small
genus (three species) of small, stove trees, natives of
Madagascar and Manritins, and scarcely distinct from
Moquilea. G. borbonica (Syn. G. buwifolia) has been intro-
duced, but is of no horticultural value.

GRAPE ANTHRACNOSE. See Grape Rot.
GRAPE FLOWER VINE. See Wistaria.

GRAPE OR VINE LOUSE (Phyllovera vastatriz).
By way of a preventive measure against this pest, some
interesting experiments have been conducted in France in
connection with Vine cuttings, and it is simplicity itself.
According to the ‘‘ Revue Horticole,” both the insect and
its eggs may be destroyed by placing the Vine shoots
intended for propagation purposes in water having a
temperature of from 40deg. to 50deg. Cent. (104deg. to
122deg. Fahr.). It has been found that the shoots may
be kept for ten minutes in water of that temperature, or
for five minutes in water at 53deg. Cent. This precautionary
measure is recommended for all purchased Vines before
planting them.

In the principal wine-growing districts, grafting upon
American stocks, as suggested in Vol. II., has proyed very
successful.

An insecticide which has been employed with more or
less success for the root-feeding insects is bisulphide of
carbon, a most inflammable preparation, and one needing
the greatest care in its application. The liquid is injected
into the soil with a special kind of syringe made by
Vermorel. About one-third of an ounce is required for every
square yard, the preparation penetrating the soil to a depth
of from 4in. to 6in. in the case of an average soil, and
deeper in heavy ones. No injury to the roots is caused
if the bisulphide of carbon be used when the Vines are
at rest. Several applications may be necessary, as,
thongh fatal in the case of the perfect insects, the eggs
are unaffected.

GRAPE ROT, or BIRD’S-EYE ROT (Gilco-
sporium ampelophagum). This very distinctive disease is
often most destructive upon the Continent of Europe, as
well as in America, and it is not altogether unknown here.
In America it is called Grape Anthracnose, and is some-
times known scientifically as Sphaceloma ampelinwm.
Leaves, shoots, and frnits are all involved, and the spots
characteristic of the disease usually manifest themselves
in late spring. The spots on the fruit are remarkable,
being cirenlar or somewhat irregular as to form, greyish,
with brown margins, and surrounded by a vermilion-red
ring. This combination has given rise to the popular
name of Bird’s-Eye Rot.

Unless efforts are made to control the disease, it spreads
yery quickly, inyolying the loss of the crop. Equal parts
flowers of sulphur and lime have been found useful. This
is all that may be done with safety while the Vines are
active. When at rest, washing them with iron sulphate
6lb. and water 1l4gals. has been fonnd most effectual in
those countries in which the disease is most prevalent.

Other diseases of Grapes will be found under Black
Rot of Vines and Vine image in the present volume,
and in Vol. IV. under the latter heading.

GRAPHOLITHA BOTRANA. See Vine Moths.

GRAPTOPHYLLUM. To the species described on
p. 94, Vol. II., the following should be added :
G. pictum (painted). A synonym of G. hortense. The name

G. picturatum has been given to a large-leaved form of this
well-known species, 1895.

GRASSES FOR LAWNS. All the leading seeds-
men sell mixtures of Lawn Grass seed suited to either heavy
or light soils, as well as for town gardens. The following
Grasses for Lawns are recommended by Messrs. Sutton
and Sons, Reading: Cynosurus cristatus is especially
advised for all soils, as it will thrive almost everywhere ;
Festuca duriuscula is excellent on all soils except wet ones;
Festuca ovina tenuifolia is indispensable on all soils;
Festuca rubra is one of the best Grasses for dry soil;
Lolium perenne Suttoni is not so coarse as other varieties
of Rye Grass, and is first-rate for covering the soil rapidly ;
Poa pratensis is useful for light, rich soils, and Poa trivialis

Grasses for Lawns—continued.

succeeds best in moist situations—it is one of the best
Grasses for sowing under trees ; Poa nemoralis sempervirens
is one of the prettiest and best Lawn Grasses, and will grow
almost anywhere. All Lawn Grass seeds should be sown
thickly, and protected from birds by netting until they
haye well germinated. Four bushels of seed per acre is
considered a fair quantity.

GRASS MOTH. See Antler Moth.

GRASS OF PARNASSUS. See
palustris.

GRASS-TREE, or GRASS GUM-TREE. ‘Se
Xanthorrhea.

GRATIOLA.
imbricated ;
included.
G. tetragona (four-angled). A synonym of Stemodia lobelioides.

GRAVEL. This differs considerably in textare, some
binding and making a firm walk in all weathers, while
others absolutely refuse to bind in dry weather. In
making new walks it is desirable to procure Gravel from
such sources as are known to set firm in all seasons.
Gravel may be kept very bright and clean in appearance
by means of any of the weed-killers on the market, applied
in April or May, and when the weather is dry. If the
makers’ directions are followed out, no weeds will be seen
for the rest of the year.

GRAVEL WALKS. See Walks.

GRAYIA (in honour of Dr. Asa Gray, a celebrated
American botanist, for many years Professor of Botany
at Harvard University). Orb. Chenopodiacer. A small
genns (two species) of rigid, erect, branched, hardy shrubs,
closely allied to Atriplex, natives of North-west America.
Male flowers minute, glomerate, axillary, pedicellate;
females racemose. Fruit large for the size of the plant,
pendulous. Leaves alternate, sessile, linear, obovate, or
spathulate, obtuse, entire, rather fleshy. Only one species
has been introduced. It is a small bush, thriving in any
fairly rich soil, and may be increased by seeds or by
cuttings.

G. polygaloides (Milkwort-like). jr. rose-coloured, com-
ressed ; calyx (in fruit) nearly sin. long. J. six to ten lines
ong, ascending, oblong-lanceolate or obovate, cuneate at base.
Stem erect; branches ascending or divaricate, spiny at apex.
California, 1894. Syn. G. spinosa.

G. spinosa (spiny). A synonym of G. folygaloides,

GREASE-BANDING. A method of encircling
tree-trunks with bands covered with a sticky substance,
to prevent wingless females of Moths from reaching the
upper portion for purposes of egg-laying. See Winter
Moths.

GREAT OXEYE. See Pyrethrum uliginosum.

GREAT SPEARWORT. ‘Se Ranunculus
Lingua.
GREAT TORTOISESHELL. See Vanessa.

7 GREEK VALERIAN. See Polymonium czeru-
eum.

GREEN CHAFER. See Rosechafer, Vol. III.

GREENHOUSE. As this structure shonld be as
light and airy as possible, it is best to employ plenty of
iron-work, haying no large heavy wooden rafters or sash-
bars to obstrnet the light. This mode of construction is
expensive at first, but will be found cheaper and more
durable than wood in the end. When wood is used, teak
will be found most serviceable.

The house should only be of moderate height—abont 12ft.
—and have a lantern about 2ft. wide, rising 24ft. higher
at the top, making the actual height in the centre 144ft.
The width may vary according to convenience, but 16ft.
will be suitable. There shonld be shelves 3ft. wide at the
sides, 24ft. paths on each side, and a central bed 5ft. wide.
The height of the sides may be 6ft., half being glass,
resting on a wall 3ft. from the ground.

The side shelves or stages should come to within 6in.
of the top of the wall. They are best made of slate with
a few holes bored in about 18in. apart, and having a raised
rim all round the edge. These should be filled with well-
washed small gravel stones, Wooden shelves are not to

Parnassia

Calyx five-parted, with the segments
pedicels axillary, solitary; stamens two,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Greenhouse—continued.
be recommended ; they soon decay if not well looked after,
and in so doing make’ eaeeeoree places for all manner
of insect and fungus pests, which are most injurious to
plants. Shelves or stages made of wooden battens, with
spaces in between, should never be used, as they allow
water to run away at once, and by permitting dry air to
come from below, and to circulate freely amongst the pots,
cause too rapid evaporation. Thus in hot weather constant
watering will be necessary, or the plants must be stood in
saucers, which is not adyisable, as in that case the water
does not run away at all, and the pot is liable to become
water-logged, causing the soil to sour. In the case of
slate covered with loose gravel stones, the stones allow
water to run freely from the pot, but yet retain it; thus
continual evaporation takes place, and the air passes up
amongst the foliage of the plants laden with moisture. This
is especially the case when they are damped two or three
times a day.

In the centre of the house it is usnal to have shelves
placed in tiers one above the other. These should also be
made of slate and covered with gravel stones; but it is a
better plan to have a flat bed raised 6in. above the gronnd.
In the centre of this tall plants in tubs or large pots may
be placed; or they may even be planted out, and then
others not quite so tall arranged next them, the plants
getting lower towards the edge. This bed should also be
covered with loose grayel. The paths should either be
tiled or cemented over.

The temperature of this house should range from 50deg.
to 60deg. In all cases it shonld be at least 5deg. lower in
the night than in the day, both in this and the growing-
houses.

When the soil is very heavy and wet, the ground on
which the Greenhouse is to stand should be raised above
the rest, so as to ensure perfect drainage. The growing-
mew also, in such cases, be better raised instead of
sunk,

Tue Growine-Housss. Of these there should be at least
two: one structure may be divided into two parts, and
sometimes three divisions may be made. The sunk house
or pit is best, as, not being so exposed, the heat is more
easily retained. This is a house having a low exterior
wall abont 1ft. high on which the roof rests, coming down
nearly to the level of the ground. It is entered by an
exterior flight of steps, the path in the centre being 34ft.
below the level of the ground; side shelves are fitted
similar to those in the Greenhouse, but they may be wider.
The two divisions should be warm and cool respectively,
the first having a winter temperature ranging from 55deg.
to 65deg., and the second from 45deg. to 55deg. In summer
artificial heat will not be necessary in the cool end, and in
the warm one only during very damp weather, or for the
purposes of propagation, when a little bottom-heat may be
required. The warm pit may be used for growing plants on,
and for bringing them into blossom quickly, or for gentle
forcing in the spring. The cool pit will serve for hardening
off “eben in blossom before shifting to the Greenhonse, as
well as young ones that are intended to grow outside in
the summer ; it can also be used asa resting pit. Both the
pits can be used for propagation.

It is a good plan in the case of these houses to make
sections of the roof to lift on hinges, so that when the
weather is suitable they can easily be propped open and
the plants shifted without passing up and down through
the doors.

Frames. It is very convenient to have a few of these,
and it is surprising what a number of plants may be grown
in them with the aid of a little heat. They should vary in
depth, so as to admit of different-sized plants being grown
in them, are best bnilt of brick with wooden lights, and
should face to the south.

Aspect. Both the Greenhouse and the growing-pits
should run from north to south; thus the sun will rise on
one side and set on the other, both sides getting their fair
share of sunshine, whilst it will be right over the centre at
mid-day.

SHapinc. This is an important item in plant-growing.
It is best effected by means of roller-blinds, having a reel
and cord at one end by which they can easily be let up and
down. Fine tiffany is the best material. Wooden blinds
are also used; these consist of strips l4in. wide, having

4in. space in between, and bonnd together by cords. They

&c. 403

Greenhouse—continued.
are also made to roll up and down, but reqnire to run on
supports about lft. above the surface of the glass.

Permanent shading consisting of washes should never
be used; it is very injurious to plants to be continually
shaded on dull days, especially in spring and antumn, when
maybe there are several dull days in succession. On the
other hand, blinds require constant attention, as many
valuable plants are frequently spoilt when in full blossom
by the careless cultivator going away and leaving the
blinds up, when during his absence the sun has come ont
and shone fiercely. Permanent shading may be used for the
sides of the house, but even there tiffany, hung up by
means of hooks and rings, and fastened in a like manner
at the base, is better. These blinds may be replaced in
winter by blanket ones, which will be of great advantage
on exceptionally cold nights or in windy weather, for
keeping the heat in.

Heratine. See the article under this heading in Vol. II.

VENTILATION. The art of giving the right amonnt of
air at the right time can only be acquired after long
experience. All the houses should be plentifully supplied
with ventilators, especially the Greenhouse. This shonld
have lights on hinges along each side of the honse and
along the whole length of the lantern on each side, and
wooden ventilators under the shelves, let in the brickwork
on a level with the pipes, all opening from the inside.

Plenty of air should be given on every occasion when
it can be done without lowering the temperature unduly.
Fresh air is life to plants, but when cold and damp it is
injurious, and should be excluded. When a cold or strong
wind is blowing only those ventilators on the opposite side
from that which is exposed thereto should be opened.
Bottom air can always be given by means of the ventilators
in the brickwork, except when the thermometer stands
below freezing-point, or the wind is very cold. By this
means the air of the house is kept fresh, whilst by passing
over the pipes first it is warmed before reaching the plants.

The same rules apply to the growing-pits, except that
not quite so much air should be given to many plants
making growth as to those that have finished flowering or
are in full blossom, and this shows the necessity of haying
a warm as well as a cool pit even in summer. Lach pit
should have ventilators at the top of the roof, and also
at the sides between the roof and the ground. When the
nights are cool, but the sun is strong and bright during
the day, the temperature may be kept up by closing the
ventilators early and storing the sun heat.

In the frames air can be given by means of wooden blocks
notched in stair fashion, so that the lights can be raised
to various heights when it is not desired to remove them
altogether.

Water Tanks. Every Greenhouse should be provided
with water tanks. These can be let in the ground on a
level with the floor, and service water laid on; but they
should also be made to collect all the rain-water from the
roof, and this should be used in preference to any other.
It is as well to have a couple of hot-water pipes running
through the tanks, so that the water may be heated to the
same temperature as that of the house. Self-registering
thermometers should be placed in every house, so that
variations of temperature may be observed.

GENERAL CunruRAL Hints. As greenhouse plants vary
so much in their habit and growth, they require different
methods of treatment and different composts for growing
in, the various soils for making which should always be
stacked for some time before using. ;

Watering requires extreme care. It is almost impossible
to tell anyone how to water properly, but the cultivator
who takes a real interest in his plants will soon get to
know the requirements of each individual, and will water
it accordingly. On no account should a plant—except in
special cases—be allowed to become dry. Very often a
plant will suffer so much damage from being dry for only
one day that it will not recover during the rest of the year.
Generally if the pot in which a plant is growing gives
a hollow ring when tapped it may be said to be dry, but
this is not always a true test, and one can only tell
correctly after long experience. Again, care must be
exercised not to over-water, as quite as much damage can
be done in that way. ‘The great art is to give a plant
water just sufficient at the time when it is beginning to
require it.

404

Greenhouse—continued.

All plants when potted should have perfectly clean pots
and good drainage. If this latter becomes blocked it must
be renewed, otherwise the soil will become sour and the
plant will suffer. To prevent this, the drainage should
be covered with some loose material, such as dry leaves
or moss.

Worms are sometimes a great nnisance with pot-plants.
They can often be got at by carefully knocking the plant
out of the pot, taking care not to injure the roots or break
the ball. If this cannot be done, watering with soot or
clear lime-water will kill them.

When potting it is important that the compost should
be in good condition—neither dry nor wet. It is a good
test to take a handful and give it a good squeeze; then if
it remains in a lamp, which will yet readily break up when
thrown down, it may be said to be fit for use. Snfficient
room must be left between the surface of the soil and the
rim of the pot to enable it to hold a good quantity of water.

Plants which haye been potted on should always be kept
a little closer and warmer than they have previously been
till they have recovered the check. One good soaking
should be given and the plants allowed to go without water
for a time, but not to become dry. If it is summer, and
the foliage is inclined to flag, syringe gently overhead
three or four times a day.

Careful attention must be paid to the watering of
freshly-potted plants, as numbers are often killed from,
over-watering. It must be borne in mind that the soil
round a freshly-potted plant has no roots in it, and there-
fore nothing to absorb the moisture ; and if this be kept
wet it will become sour, so that when the plant begins
to send fresh roots into it, instead of growing they will
be poisoned and rot off. It will thus be seen that it is
best to keep the plant rather on the dry side till its
roots have got a good hold and are capable of assimilating
the moisture.

All plants must be watered before potting, for if the
ball is dry at that time it can never be got moist again
by watering after potting.

The gravel on which the plants stand, and the floors
of the houses, should receive*a slight sprinkling of water
throughout the year—except when damp, close weather
prevails—at least once a day in the cool pit and Greenhonse,
and oftener in the warm pit. In very hot weather during
summer this should be repeated three or four times, at
the same time syringing the plants overhead, giving
those that are in blossom just a slight spray, and letting
those that are not have the full benefit of the syringe.

Many people are afraid to syringe plants in blossom,
saying that the flowers are thus caused to damp, or are
discoloured. This is a great mistake, for if it is done
whilst the air is dry, with full ventilation on the house
and the blinds down, it is of the greatest benefit, enabling
the flowers to last much longer. It must, however, be done
carefully, in order to avoid bruising, and only perfectly
clean water should be used. Watering should be done
with a rose-can to avoid washing the soil out of the pots.
The summer watering is best done in the afternoon after
four o’clock, and in winter in the morning.

Cleanliness is most important for the health of the
plants, washing frequently leaves and pots, and continually
removing dead foliage or flowers, for these, if allowed
to remain, form breeding grounds for fungi, as well as
looking unsightly. By continually cleaning the house
noxious insects are turned out of their hiding places,
whilst when the glass is kept clean the maximum amount
of light is admitted. All these may seem trivial matters,
but it is attention to such small details that makes the
difference between good and bad cultivation.

Never allow a plant to spoil for want of a stake. Many
weak-stemmed or top-heavy plants require stakes, and in
the case of those that throw up several flowering stems
each should have a separate one, which looks better than
when only one is placed in the centre. Use the stakes
as thin as possible, provided they are sufficiently strong
for the purpose. Bamboos painted green are best, being
light, strong, and durable, and they can be obtained in
all sizes.

Arrangement is a matter requiring careful consideration.
Never put two similar colours together. It is better to
have batches of one species arranged in groups. The
finest effects are obtained when two species of contrasting
colours are mixed together, and fine foliage plants dotted

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Greenhouse—continued.

in between. A splendid effect may be obtained by mixing
plants having tall loose spikes of flower amongst other
dwarfer-growing kinds of a contrasting colour.

Avoid overcrowding. A far better effect is always
obtained by having a few good groups with plenty of
room between the plants, so that their full beauty ma,
be seen, than by haying a lot huddled together, whic
is not good either for the plants or for the observer.

Prsts are a continual source of trouble to the cultivator
of Greenhouse plants. Green Fly, Red Spider, Thrips,
Mealy Bug, and Scale are the chief enemies. For all
these, except the last, fumigation with the XL All
Vaporiser and Liquid is the best and safest remedy for
any plant, whether in blossom or not, but is rather
expensive. Tobacco-paper may also be used with good
effect for the first-named, but many plants cannot stand
it, especially if young and tender, whilst most flowers
will suffer. Syringing or sponging with some insecticide
is very effective, and is necessary for Scale, but these
preparations must be used with care, especially in the
ease of young or rough-leaved plants. Small plants may
be dipped in a solution of insecticide, but in any case
they should all be washed clean an honr or so later with
pure water. A safe insecticide is Fir-tree Oil; while
a cheap and safe one is hot water (140deg. Fahr.).

GREEN MANURING. This is one of the best and
cheapest ways of adding humus or organic matter, to poor
sandy soils especially. The term is applied to some quick-
growing crop, such as mustard, which is ploughed in green.
Green Mannring adds nothing to the mineral matter of the
soil, Its utility is due to its getting organic matter from
the carbonic acid of the air; and also, as in the case of
leguminous plants, a certain amount of nitrogen from the
same source. The roots of green crops bring up plant-
food from the subsoil to the surface for the use of
succeeding crops. Green Manuring helps to smother weeds,
and it may in. some cases destroy insects. Various crops
are used for Green Manuring: they should be quickly-
growing plants yielding a large quantity of green stuff.
The crop should be ploughed or dug in when the weather
is moderately moist and warm to favour decomposition.

GREEN PUG MOTH (Lupithecia rectangulata).
Of. insects seldom recorded as hurtful in gardens the
Green Png is one. Yet to both Apple and Pear trees its
caterpillars are decidedly injurious, feeding as they do
upon the blossoms, the principal parts of which they
consume, and then spin together the petals by means of
a web.. The Moth is a very common one in this country,
as well as in North and Central Europe; and in France
the damage inflicted by it is very great. By reason of
their habits, the caterpillars are not often detected, and
they are somewhat difficult to deal with also on that
account.

The Moths are about fin. in stretch of wings, and
very variable as to colour: they are found in June and
July, and are nocturnal. Usually the wings are green,
striped with blackish-grey, and near their centre is a
black spot. Sometimes, however, grey-brown, and even
almost black specimens are found. At rest these insects
may be found in the daytime on fences and walls in the
vicinity of their food-plants, and they should always be
destroyed.

The eggs are laid upon the buds, and here they remain
until the early spring of the following season, when they
hatch ont. The larve are stontish, and of a pale
yellowish-green, with a darker green or a dull red
stripe down the back. When about to become pupe the
pests drop from their food-plant, and make a slight
cocoon of earth.

Wherever the blossoms in early spring are observed
prematurely to brown, it would be advisable to examine
them for the caterpillars. If found, boards covered with
tar should be arranged beneath the trees, which should
be tapped at night, when the caterpillars are neadily
alarmed and many will drop. These should be collected
and destroyed. Spraying with an insecticide is of no use
in such an infestation; in fact, an arsenite is likely to
do more harm than good. Where fowls are allowed to
run in an orchard or in a garden they would destroy
large numbers of the lary~ if the soil beneath be ronghly
dug. Insectivorous birds, like starlings, should always
be encouraged,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 405

i
GREEN-VEINED WHITE BUTTERFLY
Rises napi). See Cabbage Caterpillars, in present
volume.

GREENWEED. ‘This name is also applied to
Genista pilosa (which see).

GREIGIA. Three species of this genus are described
by J. G. Baker, natives of sub-temperate Chili. They
are distinguished from Karatas by haying large lateral
heads of flowers, basifixed anthers, and exserted, falcate,
untwisted stigmas. Fruit a large, whitish, rather pulpy
berry. Leaves very long.

G. clandestina (secret). A synonym of G. sphacelata.

GREVILLEA. To the species described on pp. 97-8,

Vol. II., the following should be added :

G. annulifera (annulet-bearing).* #1. sulphur-yellow, shortly
pedicellate; perianth Jin. long; style upwards of lin. long,
curved, very stout ; racemes 3in. to 4in. long, shortly pedunculate,
panicled at the ends of the branches. July. /. spreading and
recurved, 3in. to Sin. long, pinnate ; segments lin. long, distant,
linear-subulate, rigid; petioles 4in. to lin. long. h. 6ft. to 8ft.
Shrub, (B. M. 6687.)

G. Hilliana (Hill’s). #. small and very numerous, in dense,
cylindrical racemes 4in. to Sin. long. J. petiolate, either
entire, ovate-oblong or elliptical, 6in. to 8in. long or longer,
and deeply divided at the end into two or three lobes, or
deeply pinnatifid with five to seven lobes, 1862, A large
tree. (B. M. 7524.)

G. Hookeriana (Hooker's). 7. dull yellowish, about 4in. long,
with long, crimson styles ; racemes 2in. to 3in. long, dense, one-
sided. /. rigid, pinnate, having three to nine pairs of linear
segments. 1886. (B. M. 6879.)

G. pulchella (rather pretty).* 1. white, in dense, terminal or
axillary, usually glabrous racemes sin. to lin. long. J. pin-
nate, lsin. to 3in. long; segments seven to eleven, cuneate,
trifid or three-toothed. fh. lft. to 2ft. 1879. A slender,
divaricate shrub or under-shrub. (B. M. 5979.)

G. robusta elegantissima (very elegant).* /. broader than in
the type. 1892. A robust and charming variety.

G. Thelemanniana splendens (splendid). //. crimson, larger
than in the type ; spikes short, dense, recurved. J. bipinnatitid,
rigid; segments linear, 1883. This is apparently a form of
G. Wilsoni, (R. H. 1882, p. 456.)

GREWIA. To the species described on p. 98,
Vol. II., the following should be added :

G. orientalis (Eastern). . yellowish-white, three to a
peduncle. July and August. JU. ovate-oblong, acuminate,
crenulate, velvety, reddish when young. India, 1767.

G. parviflora (small-flowered). . yellow, small, in dense,
peduneculate umbels hidden by the leaves. 7. large, unequally
serrated, with three prominent veins, hispidulous above,
whitish beneath. h. 2ft. to 3ft. North China, 1888. Of more
botanical than horticultural interest.

Fic. 422, GREY DAGGER MOTH AND CATERPILLAR.

GREY DAGGER MOTH (Acronycta psi). A dis-
tinctive, very destructive, and common insect, whose
caterpillars feed upon a large number of garden plants
—Plums, Pears, Roses, &c. ‘The Moth (Fig. 422) is
on the wing during May and June. It is about Idin,

Grey Dagger Moth—continued.
in spread of wings. The fore-wings are grey-whitish,
thickly dotted with brown, with numerous lines, and the
distinctive markings near the anal angle resembling the
Greek wy, are responsible for the common name. The
hind-wings are whitish, sprinkled with greyish. The eggs
are deposited singly. The larye (Fig. 422) are con-
spicuous, being of a blackish-grey, with a broad,
yellowish dorsal stripe, broad, whitish stripe at side,
and a lateral series of orange or reddish marks.
Segment five bears a long, narrow, blackish prominence
or tubercle; while segment twelve has a smaller one.
There are numerous yellowish and blackish hair-tufts.
The lary, although so conspicuous, are not taken by
many birds, probably on account of their hairy nature.
The larve are feeding during August and September.
The pupa-state is passed in a cocoon in a crevice of the
food-plant.

Except in the case of fruit-trees, the caterpillars
would be best destroyed by poisoning their food-plant
with one of the arsenites. Plum and Pear trees at the
time stated should be syringed with weak Kerosene
Emulsion or a similar preparation.

GREY GUM. See Eucalyptus resinifera.

GRIELUM (from graios, old; in allusion to the hoary
leaves). Orb. Rosacee. A small genns (three species) of
greenhouse annuals, natives of South Africa. Flowers
yellow, large, solitary, on axillary peduneles; petals
five; stamens ten. Leaves alternate, hoary, pinnately
decompound. G. humifusum and G. tenwifoliwm have
been introduced, but are probably no longer in cultiva-
tion.

GRIFFINIA. To the species described on p. 99,
Vol. II., the following should be added :

G. hyacinthina micrantha (small-flowered). In this variety
the flowers scarcely exceed lin. in length. 1880.

G. intermedia (intermediate). ., perianth pale lilac, 1sin. to
2in. long, the tube short, the segments oblanceolate; umbel
six- to ten-flowered; peduncle slender, lft. long. 7. oblong,
acute, cuneately narrowed into a long petiole. Bulb ovoid,
longer than in G. hyacinthina. (B. R. 990.)

G. Liboniana (Libon’s). //., perianth pale lilac, lin. to 1Jin-
long, with scarcely any tube; umbel six- to eight-flowered ;
peduncle two-edged, lft. long. March. J. five or six, con-
temporary with the flowers, sessile, oblong, acute, 3in. to 4in.
long. Bulb lin. in diameter. 1843. (L. J. F. 290.)

G. parviflora (small-flowered). j/l., pevianth pale lilac, jin. to
lin. long, the segments lanceolate-unguiculate; umbel ten- to
fifteen-flowered ; peduncle nearly lft. long. February. J. three
or four to a bulb, contemporary with the flowers, oblong,
acute, 6in. long, narrowed to a 6in. petiole. Bulb ovoid, 2in.
to 3in. in diameter. 1815. (B. R. 511.)

GRINDELIA. Syn. Demetria. Flower-heads hetero-
gamous, radiate, or rarely homogamous through the rays
being absent; invyolucral bracts in many series; recep-
tacle flat or convex.

G. coronopifolia (Coronopus-leaved). A synonym of

Xanthocephalum centauroides.

G. grandiflora is a form of G. squarrosa.

GRISEBACHIA. A synonym of Howea (which see).
GRISELINIA. Syws. Decostea, Pukateria, Scopolia

(of Forster). Flowers minute. As now constituted,
according to the ‘‘Index Kewensis,”’ this genus comprises
only the two species described on p. 98, Vol. IT.

GRONOPHYLLUM (from grone, a hollow or cave,
and phyllon, a leaf; probably referring to the shape of the
perianth segments). Orb. Palme. A small genns (four
species) of unarmed, stove Palms, with a slender, annulate
trunk, natives of New Guinea and the Celebes. Spadix
shortly peduneculate; complete spathes three, elongated,
caducous ; bracts and bracteoles connate in a very short
ring. Fruit small. Leaves terminal, equally pinnatisect ;
segments cuneate, one- to three-nervyed. G. microcarpwm
is in the Kew Collection, but is not generally cultivated.

GROTTO. Usnally a dell in which the sides are
lined with rockwork, tree-roots, or tree-stems, arranged
with taste and planted with Ferns, trailing plants, and
other subjects liking more or less shade. Such Grottoes
always look best when a stream is trickling through them,
or when a pond is near; and if under trees they form a
cool and pleasant resort during the summer months.

406
GROUND BEETLES. A popular name for the

very large family Carabidw#, several of whose members
are amongst the commonest and most useful of our
native garden Beetles. Familiar species are Carabus
nemoralis, C. violaceus, and C. monilis, all of which are
found in gardens. To this family also belongs the
beautiful C. auratus, which upon the Continent is so
instrnmental in keeping at bay the destructive Cock-
chafers, whose grabs they devour. Althongh several times
recorded in England, this bright green, golden-sheened

Beetle cannot fairly be claimed as indigenous. See
Beetles.

GROUND CISTUS. See Rhodothamnus
Chamecistus.

GROUND-HELE. See Veronica officinalis.

GROUND HEMLOCK. See Taxus canadensis.

GROUND NUT. See Apios tuberosa.

GROUND RATTAN CANE. See
flabelliformis.

GROVE. A quantity of trees planted with a view to
effect, and with no undergrowth in the form of bushes, &c.,
is a Grove. When the trees are well developed, with a
carpet of grass underneath, a Grove is one of the most
charming retreats during the summer and autumn.

GRUB. A popular name bestowed upon the larve of
insects, but more especially those of Beetles.

GRYLLIDZ, or CRICKETS. Sce Crickets, in
Vol. I.; and Acheta, in present volume.

GUAGNEBINA. A synonym of Manettia (which

Rhapis

see).
GUAPEBA. A synonym of Lucuma (which see).
GUATTERIA. See also Polyalthia, the species

of which are sometimes classed under Guatteria.

GUAVA. The fruits of Psidium Guava and P. Catiley-
anum ave known in commerce by this name. They are
edible and astringent.

GUETTARDA.§ G. lucida and G. tomentosa are
described under Stenostomum, which is now included
by botanists under Antirrhea.

GUEVINA. According to the latest authorities,
Gevuina is the correct spelling.

GUEVINA AVELLANA. A name given in Italian
gardens to Eleodendron spherophyllum pubescens
(which see).

GUINEA PLUM. See Parinarium excelsum.

GUINEA WHEAT. Sve Zea Mays.

GUIZOTIA OLEIFERA.
Veslingia sativa (which see).

GULDENSTZDTIA. A synonym of Eurotia
(which see).

GULUBIA COSTATA. According to the “Index
Kewensis,’’ this is the correct name of Kentia costata
(which see).

GUM. A product of secretion, obtained from the sap
of many plants.

GUM ARABIC. Sce Acacia arabica and A. vera.

GUM SENEGAL. See Acacia Senegal.

GUM-TREE, CAPE. See Widdringtonia juni-
peroides.

GUMIRA. A synonym of Premna (which see).

GUMMING, or GUMMOSIS. The origin of this
condition usnally associated with Vines, and popularly
known as Gumming, has never been satisfactorily deter-
mined. As stated in Vol. IL., by some it is ascribed toa
species of Corynewm; while by others it is thought to be
brought about by errors in cultivation at pruning time.
Mr. W. G. Smith, in an interesting contribution to the
““Gardener’s Chronicle’’ on certain obscure diseases of
Vines, says that ‘‘Gumming”’ is an excessive formation of
gummy substances fonnd in every Vine. .

In the “Kew Bulletin” for 1899, Mr. Massee refers to
the fact of many specimens of Prunus japonica being
killed at Kew by a disease which agreed in character with

The correct name of

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Gumming, or Gummosis—continued.
what is known as Gummosis. The substance which oozed
ont consisted of almost colourless drops of gum; these
sometimes coalesced, forming irregularly-shaped masses,
which when removed disclosed a large wound. The fungus
in this case responsible for the mischief Mr. Massee names
Cladosporium epiphyllum, and considers that this is the
first time that the disease has been directly proved to be
due to afungns. He advocates resorting to collar-praning
and replacing the soil under the shrub with fresh, and
also providing a layer of quicklime.

GUNDELSHEIMERA. A synonym of Gundelia
(which see).

GUNNERA. Prickly Rhubarb. In addition to the
species described on p. 102, Vol. I1., G. brephogea (I. H.
1872, t. 111), a Colombian species, and G. insignis, from
Chili, have been introduced to European gardens.

G. chilensis (Chilian). The correct name of G. scabra.
GUNNIA. Included under Sarcochilus (which see).
GUSTAVIA. G. superba is the correct name of

G. insignis. G. brasiliensis and G. Theophrasta have

also been introduced to Continental gardens.

GUTIERREZIA. The following species is a hardy,
suffrnticose plant, thriving in dry soil. It may be in-
creased by seeds or by divisions.

G. Euthamiz (Euthamia-like). /.-heads golden-yellow, small,
profusely disposed in a compound, fastigiate, contracted

corymb. J. crowded, narrow-linear, acute, slightly scabrous.
Western United States, 1896.

GUTTA-GUM TREE. See Vismia guianensis.

GUTTATE. Covered with small dots, as if sprinkled. —

GUZMANIA. Sepals shortly connate at base; corolla
gamopetalons, with oblong segments much shorter than
the cylindrical tube. Capsule, leaves, and habit as in
Tillandsia. Other species formerly included here are
now classed under Aschmea, Caraguata, Karatas,
Tillandsia, &c. (which see).

G. Bulliana (Bull's). A synonym of Caraguata angustifolia.

G. Devansayana. The correct name is Caraguata Devansayana.

G. fragrans. A variety of G. tricolor. The name has also
been applied to “chmea eburnea.

G. Melinoki (Mélinok’s). A synonym of Caraguata Melinonis.

G. tricolor. The following are fine garden varieties : erythro-
cephala, fragrans, grandis, maculata, and Sallieri (the tirst-
named said to have a spike 10in. in circumference).

GYAS. A synonym of Bletia (which see).

GYMNANTHUS. A synonym of Trochodendron
(which see).

GYMNEMA. Cymes clustered or umbel-like, often
cer from the base, sessile or shortly pedunculate in an
axil.

G. tenacissima (very tenacious). A synonym of Marsdenia
tenacissima.

GYMNOCLADUS. Another species has been added
to this formerly monotypic genus, described on p. 103,
Vol. Il. Flowers whitish, in terminal, simple racemes
or raceme-like thyrses. Pods sessile, oblong, sub-falcate,
thick, turgid, or sub-terete, two-valved, containing pulp
between the seeds. Leaves bipinnate; leaflets ovate,
membranons.

G. chinensis (Chinese). Soap-tree. jl. inconspicuous, in short
racemes. Jr. Sin. to 4in. long, very thick, containing a soft
substance, used by the Chinese women for washing the face.
Z. large; pinne having numerous oblong, obtuse leaflets.
China, 1899.

GYMNODISCUS (from gymmnos, naked, and diskos,
a disk ; the disk florets haye no pappus). Orb. Composite.
A small genus (two species) of half-hardy, South African
annuals, allied to Othonna. G. capillaris has been intro-
duced, but is probably not now in cultivation.

GYMNOGRAMME. Including Ceropteris, Lepto-
gramme, and Syngramme.

CuiturE. This very popular genus is remarkable: for
the attractive character of many of its species and varieties,
and for the easy mode of cultivation under which some of
the more robust kinds thrive. The Gymnogrammes form

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 407

Gymnogramme—continued.

Fic. 423. GYMNOGRAMME LEPTOPHYLLA.

the nucleus of that most interesting group the Gold and
Silver Ferns, the under-side of the foliage of many of
them being covered with farina of a colour varying from
the purest white to shades of yellow of different degrees
of intensity. Sometimes plants are found which bear
fronds suffused with white and yellow powder at the same

Fie. 424. Back OF FROND OF GYMNOGRAMME ALISMA&FOLIA. °

Gymnogramme—continued.
time: this sort of dimorphism in colours may frequently
be observed in forms derived from the calomelanos type,
which also sometimes produce fronds provided with the
nsual covering on one half, whereas the other portion
is completely destitute of the coloured powder. Such
instances, however, can only be regarded as curiosities. The
same remark is also applicable to the varieties with forked

Fic. 425. GYMNOGRAMME ANDERSONIT.

or crested fronds, which under cultivation Gymnogrammes
have a peculiar tendency to produce: of these G. calo-
melanos chrysophylla Parsonsii and G. pulchella Wetten-
halliana are excellent examples. Then there are also a

|

|
i

é i
|

%

Fic. 426. FROND OF GYMNOGRAMME CH®ROPHYLLA.

few kinds, such. as G. rufa, G. tomentosa, G. vestita, &c.,
which are totally devoid of any powder whatever, and in
which that principal ornament is replaced by a covering
of reddish or silvery hairs, giving the plants a downy
appearance that is very attractive.

408

Gymnogramme—continwed.

All the species are very ornamental, and the majority
of them may be grown with great success in hanging-
baskets, in which they show off their beantifal colours
to perfection. Where this method of cultivating them is
practicable it is really the most suitable, as these plants
are fond of light and also of an atmosphere drier than
that found in the ordinary Fernery or the warm plant-
house. However, owing to their great size and robust
growth, some kinds can only be grown in pots.

Gymnogrammes should be potted firmly in light material,
made up of two parts fibrous peat, one part of leaf-mould
(where this is not readily procurable, the same quantity
of finely-chopped sphagnum may be substituted), and one
part of silver-sand. Those grown in pots should not be mixed
among other Ferns; they should be kept by themselves
and out of reach of the water from the syringe, as they
not only suffer from the effects of overhead watering, but
also present a wretched appearance, the white or yellow
meal being easily displaced by the slightest sprinkling.
They grow very well and get much better coloured if kept
without, or with only very light, shading, the light, how-

Fie. 427. GYMNOGRAMME LANCEOLATA.

ever strong, never being too much for them, provided they
have been accustomed to if from the first, and that plenty
of ventilation is afforded. Althongh particularly foul of a
dry atmosphere, Gymnogrammes are plants which saffer
very much if water at the roots is not freely applied,
and neglect in this respect often accounts for the diminutive
size in which they are sometimes found in general col-
lections. :

Gymnogrammes are readily propagated from their spores,
which germinate freely and make handsome specimens in a
comparatively short time.

As is the case with all large genera of Ferns, there are
a few individuals which require special treatment, or which
possess peculiarities not known to the general cultivator.

When first introduced, G. japonica was expected to
become a good evergreen Fern for ontdoor culture. In
that respect it has not answered expectations, as it will
only bear a few degrees of frost, and can hardly be called
an evergreen, as the old fronds, although dying down
gradually, have all disappeared by the time the new ones
make their appearance. The general aspect of the plant
is that of a broad-leaved Pteris cretica of a very dark
colour and stiff habit. It is a great lover of moisture,
and to do well requires a quantity of water at the roots
all the year round. ‘The soil which suits it best is a
mixture of about equal quantities of peat and fibrous
loam. The plant has a great antipathy to being potted
hard, and particularly dislikes water on the fronds, which
turn black in a very short time if subjected to frequent
syringings.

Although generally considered fairly hardy, G. lepto-
phylla (Fig. 423) thrives best in the warm honse, where

PO are RAN ich et ec. Se eae ene a

tm

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Gymnogramme—continued.

one frequently finds seedlings coming up spontaneously on
the surface of the pots containing other plants. A warm,
shady, moist nook in the Fernery is therefore the most
suitable situation. The compost which this species prefers
is one made of equal parts leaf-mould, peat, and loam,
with a little sand. It also requires, while growing, an
abundant supply of water at the roots, but must have
thoroughly good drainage.

G. pal is a robust species, and under liberal treat-
ment, and en grown in such a place that its gradually-
extending fronds can be trained near the glass of the
roof, it forms a very picturesque object.

3
Cpe
|

GZ DANY bY
¢

WSaies; Ships

ne
>

Fic. 428. GyMNOGRAMME MICROPHYLLA.

Other interesting kinds are G. alismezfolia, with Alisma-
like fronds (Fig. 424); G. Andersoni (Fig. 425), a minute
species; the elegant G, cherophylla (Fig. 426); G. lanceo-
lata (Fig. 427), which in its native country is frequently
found growing upon trees; and the small G. microphylla
(Fig. 428). ;

To the species and varieties described on pp. 104-5,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

G. argentea (silvery). sti. slender, glossy, chestnut-brown,
2in. to 3in. long. fronds deltoid, quadripinnatifid ; pinne often
distant, deltoid, the lowest 3in. to 4in. long, 2in. broad, of a

Fia. 429. GyMNOGRAMME CORDATA.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 409

Gymnogramme—confinwed.

soft texture; under-side coated with a white powder, some-
times tinged with red. sori pale brown. Natal and the
Mascarene Islands. SYN. Ceropteris argentea. The form aurea
has yellow powder.

G. calomelanos chrysophylla farinifera (farina-bearing).
cau. short. sti, quadrangular, channelled, blackish, minutely
white-dotted. fronds white beneath, mealy above. 1886. (1. H.
1886, 604.)

G. c. c. grandiceps (large-crested). A fine, crested variety.

G. c. c, Laucheana grandiceps (Lauche’s, large-headed).*
Jronds elongated, bipinnate, terminating in a broadly-tasselled,
drooping apex, the under-surface clothed with palish yellow
meal; segments blunt at the end. 1882. The most striking
of all the Gold Ferns.

Other sub-varieties of chrysophylla are: Alstonie, grandiceps,
multiceps, Parsonsii; and of peruviana there are forms known as
argyrophylla and Mayii.

Fie. 430.

G. chrysophylia (golden-leayed). A variety of G. calomelanos.

G. cordata (heart-shaped).* sti. glossy, black, lin. to 2in. long,
scaly. fronds somewhat ovate, 3in. to 6in. long, 1sin, to 2in.
broad, bipinnatifid; pinnz oblong; lobes nearly round, deeply
toothed, somewhat coriaceous, naked above, densely coated
below with rusty-brown scales. sori at first linear, eventually
confiuent and covering the greater part of the pinne. Cape
Colony, Bourbon Island, &c., 1838. See Fig. 429.

G. decurrens (running down). A synonym of G. elliptica.

G. diplazioides (Diplazium-like). sti. 3in. to 4in. long, scaly
below. fronds soft, lift. to 2ft. long, bipinnatifid; central
pinne 3in. to 4in. long, Zin. to lin. broad, cut down about two-
thirds of the way into blunt, entire lobes, the lower ones gra-
dually reduced. sori oblong, often reaching from the midrib to
the edge. Mexico and the West Indies. Syns. G. Linkiana,
G. rupestris, Leptogramme diplazioides.

Vol. V.

Gymnogramme—continued.

G. elegantissima (most elegant).
of G. decomposita.

G. elliptica (elliptic). rhiz. wide-creeping, woody. sti. naked,
lft. or more in length. fronds soft, lft. to 14ft. long, 6in. to
Yin. broad, cut down nearly to the rachis in the upper, and

uite in the lower, part into four to six narrow-oblong or
elliptic pinne on each side. sori narrow, oblique, reaching
the midrib but not the edge. Himalayas, Queensland, &e.
Greenhouse. Syns. G. decurrens, Selliguea elliptica.

G. Féei (Fée’s). rhiz. wide-creeping, furnished with very bright
brown scales. fronds dimorphous; barren ones 3in. to 4in. long,
ljin. to 2in. broad, oblong-ovate, borne on stipes lin. to 3in.
long; fertile ones a little longer and narrower, and with
shorter stipes; both entire, acute, coriaceous, conspicuously
veined and smooth on both sides. sori narrow-oblong, in
manele rows between the main veins, not reaching either the
midrib or the edge. Malaya. See Fig. 431. Syn. Selliguea Féei.

See Fig. 450. A synonym

Ve ——

GYMNOGRAMME ELEGANTISSIMA.

G. flavens (yellowish). A synonym of Nothochlena slavens.
G. fraxinea (Ash-like)

G. gracilis (slender).* sti. short, glossy, scaly, about 4in. long.
JSronds very handsome, 2ft. to 4ft. long, 1ft. or more in width,
soft, bipinnatifid ; central pinne 4in. to 8in. long, lin. to 1din.
broad, cut down nearly to the midrib into slightly falcate
lobes. sori nearer the edge than the midrib. Jamaica and
Guadeloupe. See Fig. 432. Syn. Leptogramme gracil

G. Hookeri (Hooker's). sti. 4in. to 6in. long, firm, covered (as
well as the under-surface of the fronds) with rusty-brown
down. fronds coriaceous, Yin, to 15in. long, 4in. to Sin. broad,
bipinnate; leaflets lanceolate; pinnules narrow-oblong, entire
or slightly toothed, }in. to sin. long, with inrolled edges. sori
oblong, thick, at length covering the whole under-surface and
covered by the down. Andes of Colombia. See Fig. 453.

3G

A synonym of G. javanica.

410 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, —

Gymnogramme—continued. Gymnogramme—continued.

> G. Matthewsii Meet peiceet SS sti. 4in. to 6in. long, dark chest-

nut-brown, clothed with dense, brown hairs. tripin-

natifid, coriaceous, lft. to 1ift. long, 4in. to Sin. broad, oblong-

lanceolate; pinne 2in. long, lin. broad, cut down to the

midrib below into oblong, blunt pinnules, with broad, rounded

“ess hairy on both sides. sori of a conspicuous brown.
| er.

Fic. 433. FROND OF GYMNOGRAMME HOOKERI.

G. Mayii (May’s). This name is applied to forms of eer

: G. calomelanos peruviana and G. pulchella. *

Fic. 431. GYMNOGRAMME FEEI. G. Muelleri (Mueller’s). sti. wiry, 3in. to 4in. long, densely
clothed with rusty-brown scales. fronds pinnate, 4in. to 10in. ~

long, lin. to 34in. broad; pinne sessile, roundish or oblong,

G. Laucheana (Lauche’s). This and its forms are all varieties
of G. calomelanos chrysophylla,

G. L'Herminieri (l’Herminier’s). A form of G. calomelanos |
chrysophylla, ;

G. Linkiana (Link’s). A synonym of G. diplazioides.

Fic. 434. FROND OF GYMNOGRAMME MUELLERI.

liin. long, jin. broad, entire, thick, coriaceous, the lower ones
often auricled; lower surface densely matted with brownish
scales. sori abundant, narrow, in several rows nearer the ed:

than the midrib, eventually connivent. Australia. See Fig. 434.
This singular and interesting greenhouse or stove species
Fic. 432. PoRTION OF FROND OF GYMNOGRAMME GRACILIS. when young resembles Asplenium Ceterach.

: 3

Gymnogramme—continued.

G. multiceps (many-headed). A form of G. calomelanos.

G. ochracea (ochreous). A garden synonym of G. tartarea.

G. Parsonsii (Parsons’). A form of G. calomelanos.

G. Pearcei. A de of this very elegant, stove species is
shown in Fig. .

G —— robusta (stout).* sti. covered at base with white powder.

narrower at the base and more elongated towards the

apex than in the type. 1883. Plant larger in all its parts.

Fic. 435. Porrion OF FROND (ONE PINNA)
OF GYMNOGRAMME PEARCEI.

G. peruviana (Peruvian). A form of G. calomelanos.
G. p. argyrophylla (Peruvian, silvery-leaved).
synonym of G. calomelanos peruviana.

G. pulchella Wettenhalliana (Wettenhall’s).* fronds having
their extremities so crested as to form a jasge corymb ; their
pinnz are also densely crested. A highly decorative garden
variety. See Fig. 436. Mayi is another form.

- G, rupestris (rock-loving). A synonym of G. diplazioides.

G. Sprengeriana (Sprenger’s). A garden hybrid between
G. argentea and G. calomelanos chrysophylla Laucheana. 1897.

- G,. sulphurea. There is a crested variety—grandiceps.

A garden

G. Totta (Hottentot). rhiz. decumbent. sti, 6in. to 12in. long,

— slightly scaly below. fronds soft, 1ft. to 14ft. long, bin. to 10in.

broad, bipinnatifid ; pinne sessile, lanceolate, Sin. to Sin. long,
about lin. broad, with blunt, undivided lobes reaching about
half-way down. sori narrow-oblong, simple, sometimes very
i Sbene South Africa, India, &e. A strong-growing arnl
ay tinct species. Syn. Leptogramme Totta.

eee

ES eee ee CPR Ne are ee ee,
= = Wh we ter) oa = =

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Tic. 456. FROND OF GYMNOGRAMME
PULCHELLA WETTENHALLIANA.

ce. 411

Gymnogramme—continued.

G. trifoliata. In general aspect, this erect Bhodes described in
Vol. II.) has several characters peculiar to itself. See Fig. 437.

G. Veitchii (Veitch’s). This is a supposed hybrid between
G. decomposita and G. Pearcei robusta. 1834,

G. vestita (clothed).* sti. wiry, 3in. to 6in. long, densely clothed
with matted, rusty-brown, silky scales. fronds 6in. to 12in.
long, lin. to 14in. broad, pinnate ; pinnz opposite or alternate,
set close to the midrib, with a little space between each,

Fic. 437. GYMNOGRAMME TRIFOLIATA.

entire, bluntish, oblong or cordate at base, thick but flaccid,
covered on both sides with velvety hairs, at first silvery,
afterwards rusty-brown. sori usually forked, disposed over the
whole under-surface. Pekin, Himalayas, &e. Stove or green-
house. See Fig. 438.

G. ampla, G. cantoniensis, G. dobroydense, and G. vellea have
also been introduced, but are rare in cultivation.

GYMNOLOMIA. ‘To the species described on p. 105,
Vol. IL., the following should be added :

G. maculata (spotted), A synonym of Wulgia maculata.

Fic. 438. FROND OF GYMNOGRAMME VESTITA.

G. triplinervia (triple-nerved). /.-heads yellow, axillary, long-
edunculate ; pappus crown-like. July to September. /. petio-
te, ovate, narrowly acuminate, crenate-toothed, triple-nerved,

adpressedly hispidulous on both sides. h. 3ft. Bogota, 1825.
Syn. Gymnopsis triplinervia.
G. uniserialis (in one series).

uniserialis.

A synonym of Sclerocarpus

ru.

412

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

GYMNOSPERMEZ. An _ important class of
exogenous plants (but often made a sub-class of the
Dicotyledonez), characterised by naked ovules and by
the absence of a perianth (except in the (netacezx).
Cotyledons two or more; flowers strictly unisexual. The
class embraces the three orders Conifere, Cycadacex, and
Gnetacex.

GYMNOSPORIA (from gymnos, naked, and sporos,
seed). Syn. Catha (of Endlicher). Onp. Celastrinex.
A genus comprising about sixty species of stove shrubs
or small trees, distributed over the hotter parts of the
whole world. Flowers in small, dichotomous cymes; calyx
four- or five-cleft; petals four or five, spreading ; stamens
four or five, inserted underneath the disk. Leaves alternate,
exstipulate. One or two of the species have been intro-
duced, but are probably not now grown.

G. cassinoides (Cassine-like). The correct name of Celastrus
cassinoides.

GYMNOSTACHYUM. About seventeen species are
now referred to this genus. ‘T'o those described on p. 106,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

G. decurrens (decurrent). fl. white, disposed in a spike 8in.
long, with a purple stalk. JZ: green and grey, with a purplish
me ovate, wavy, 4in. long. Stems short, branching. Penang,

G. Verschaftelti (Verschaffelt’s), of I. H.
Fittonia Verschaffeltii.
GYMNOSTICHUM.

(which see).

GYMNOTERPE. A synonym of Tapeionanthus

(which see).
GYMNOTHECA. Sce Mavrattia.
GYNANDRIRIS. Included under Iris (which see).

GYNERIUM. According to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,”’
eight species are now referred to this genus. G. argentewm,
described on p. 106, Vol. IL., is now known as Cortaderia
argentea.

G. argenteum aureo-lineatum (golden-lined).
form. 1898.

G. saccharoides (Saccharum-like). l., panicle 5ft. to 6ft.
long, elegantly arched, not unlike the common Pampas Grass
(G. [Cortaderia] argenteum). September. J. distichous, 5ft. long,
lin. wide. Stems densely tufted, simple, 12ft. or more in height,
lin. thick at base, clothed with leaves. Tropical America, 1894.
This stove aquatic yields the ornamental, feathery Grass used
for the decoration of rooms, and which, after being imported
into London, is dyed in various colours and sold as ‘‘Uva
Grass.” (B. M. 7352.)

GYNESTUM. A synonym of Geonoma (which see).

GYNETERIA (of Sprengel). A of
Tessaria (which see).

GYNHETERIA (of Willdenow).
Tessaria (which see).

GYNOCEPHALA.
(which see).

GYNOPLEURA (from gyne, a female, and pleura,
side; the style rises from the side of the ovary). ORD.
Passifloree. A genus embracing six or seven species of
greenhouse herbs, shrubby at base, pilose, tomentose or
pubescent, natives of Chili, Flowers yellow or blue, often
showy, paniculate or fascicled; calyx tube straight or
slightly curved, campanulate or turbinate, the lobes five,
oblong ; petals obovate or spathulate, broader than the
calyx lobes; corona slightly toothed ; stamens five. Leaves
alternate, sessile, linear, oblong, or spathulate, entire,
sinuate- toothed, or sub-pinnatifid. The two species
described below are best treated as greenhouse annuals,
and thrive in a compost of sandy peat and fibry loam
with a little leaf-mould. Seeds should be sown in March.
G. humilis (dwarf). jl. white, striped with purplish-red, about

gin. in diameter, corymbosely crowded at the tips of the

branches. September. J. about lin. long, obovate-oblong,
obtuse, coarsely crenate-serrated, narrowed but scarcely
petiolate, pale green, silky-hairy. Chili, 1898. A low-growing,

excessively branched, slender, hardy annual. (B. M. 7645.)

G. linearifolia (linear-leaved). jl. sevéral in a_ panicle;
perianth greenish-purple, with the five inner segments pale
purplish-blue. September. /. 2in. to 3in. long, linear, obtuse,
toothed, recurved. h. lft. to lift. Andes of Chili, 1831. Syn.
Malesherbia linearifolia (B. M. 3362).

GYNOPOGON. A synonym of Alyxia (which see).

A synonym of

A synonym of Asperella

A variegated

synonym
A synonym of

A synonym of Phytocrene

GYNOXIS (in part). Included under Senecio (which
see). The correct name of G. fragrans is S. Skinnert.

GYNURA. Involucral bracts ten to twelve, in one
series, narrow ; receptacle flat, pitted or shortly fibrillate.
To the species described on p. 106, Vol. II., the following
should be added :

G. ovalis is a form of G. aurantiaca.

G. sarmentosa (sarmentose). (/l.-heads of a dull orange,
numerous, narrow, sin. long, paniculate. J. petiolate or the
upper ones sessile, 14in. to 24in. long, ovate, elliptic, or lanceolate,

acute or acuminate, almost entire or sinuate-toothed. Stem
reddish, and, as well as the branches, loosely twining. India,
'&e., 1892. (B. M. 7244.)

GYPSOPHILA. Including Struthium. Calyx tur-

binate-tubular or campanulate, five-toothed or five-cleft ;

petals five. To the species described on pp. 106-7, Vol. IL.,

the following should be added:

G. elegans (elegant). fl. pink; petals broadly cuneate-linear,
two to five times longer than the calyx. May to July. J/. one-
nerved; upper ones small, oblong-spathulate; the rest linear-
lanceolate, acute, shortly connate at base. Stems lft. to Lsft.
high, dichotomously branched. Asia Minor, &c., 1828. A glabrous
annual or perennial.

G. Manet. (Mangin’s). jl. light rose-coloured, rather large,
disposed in small panicles. 7. very glaucous, glabrous. Roots
thick, fleshy. Siberia, 1898. Perennial.

G. muralis (wall-loving). . pink; calyx turbinate; petals
cuneate, truncate-sub-retuse or crenate. May to July. 2.
linear-subulate, acute. Stem filiform, much branched. North
and Central Asia. Annual.

G. Raddeana (Radde’s). jl. pale rose-coloured, with darker
stripes; solitary. Summer. J. small, crowded, ovate-deltoid,
sub-acute. Eastern Persia, 1889. A perennial, of very dwarf,
tufted habit. (R. G. 1892, t. 1365, f. 5-8.) -

G. scorzonerifolia (Scorzonera-leaved),
of G. perfoliata.
GYRANDRA (of Wallich).

phyllum (which see),
GYROMIA. A synonym of Medeola (which see).
GYROSTACHYS. A synonym of Spiranthes

(which see).
GYROTHECA. A

(which see).

A synonym or form

A synonym of Daphni-

synonym of lLachnanthes

HABENARIA. Syn. Sieberia.
Neotinea, Nigritella, and Peristylis, Flowers spicate or
racemose; sepals sub-equal, free or cohering towards
the base; petals often smaller, sometimes deeply two-
lobed : lip continnous and often very shortly connate with
the column, haying a short or long spur, and a spreading
or pendulous, undivided or three- to fiye-lobed lamina, the
lateral lobes sometimes pectinate-fringed or ciliated ;
column very short. To the species described on p. 107,
Vol. II., the following should be added. UH. albida,
H. bifolia, H. conopsea, H. intacta, and H. viridis (Frog
Orchis) are British species.

The new introductions which in recent years have been
made to this somewhat neglected genus of plants have
proved interesting, showy, and desirable. Such kinds as
H. carnea, H. c. nivosa, H. pusilla, and the large pure
white H. Susannx, are suitable for stove-honse culture.
They are deciduous and tuberons-rooted. Like most other
tuberous-rooted stoye-plants, they must have careful
attention while in the resting state, and they must not,
under any consideration, be allowed to shrivel through
lack of sufficient moisture, but enough only must be
given to maintain them in a plump condition.

The pots used should be as small as possible. First
secure the drainage by placing a large crock over the
hole at the base, then add sufficient broken crocks to
raise the crown of the tuber to within gin. of the rim.
Next fill to about one-half the depth of the tuber with

Including Aopla,

. small, clean crocks, on which should be placed a thin

layer of sphagnom. ‘The remaining space should be
filled, so that the tuber is just covered, with the follow-
ing compost: One half should consist of good fibrous
peat, loam, and chopped sphagnum in equal proportions.
and the other of finely-broken crocks and a liberal
sprinkling of rough silver-sand. The whole should be
thoroughly mixed before using. When potting has been
done, the plants should be placed in a light position in
the stove, and be kept sufficiently near the glass to
prevent them from being drawn. They should then
be freely sprinkled with a fine-rose can, using slightly

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 413

Habenaria—continued.

chilled water. As growth advances, the plants will
require more pot-room. ‘This should be done without
disturbing the existing potting compost more than is
really necessary: one shift should be sufficient for the
season. Large ‘‘sixties’’ will be found ample for the
small-tubered kinds, but ‘‘forty-eights’” will be
necessary for the larger-growing ones. For large pots the
potting compost shonld not be so finely broken as when
the smaller sizes are used. The tubers require only a
moderate amount of water at the roots until they get
into full growth; then a liberal supply must be given,
and every inducement given to encourage their de-
velopment by atmospheric moisture; slight overhead
syringings will be found beneficial in bright weather.
Care must be taken to shade the plants from the bright

1 2

Fic. 439. HABENARIAS: 1, H. PUSILLA ; 2, I. Susann«&; 3, H. CARNEA.

seorching rays of the sun. Observation must be con-
stantly kept for such pests as Thrips and Red Spider,
which attack the leayes and centres of the growths,
and quickly disfigure the plants. Where these are found,
the house should be fumigated, and the necessary steps
taken for their destruction. _ When the flowering season
is over, the plants should be allowed to die down or
dry off naturally, and stood on a dry shelf near the light,
where they may be kept under observation until the
potting season comes round, The stock may be increased
by dividing the tubers at the time of potting.

H. Bonatea (Bonatea). jl. pale green and white, of singular
form; of the three anterior lobes of the lip the lateral ones
are somewhat tubular, while the central one is even more
so, forming a sort of nectary. South Africa, 1895, Greenhouse.
Syn. Bonatea speciosa (G. C. 1895, i., p. 743, f. 112).

H. candida. ‘The correct name is H. subpubens.

H. carnea (flesh-coloured).* 7. larger than those of H. pusilla ;
helmet-shaped portion of a beautiful pink, the remainder white ;
spur lsin. long; scape erect, three- to five-flowered. 7. small,
dark green, thickly spotted with white. Singapore, 1891. A
handsome, stove species. See Fig. 439. (G. C. 1891, x., p. 729,
f. 105; G. & F. 1891, iv., p. 475, f. 76; J. H. 1893, xxvii., p. 283,
f.40.) Thereisa variety, nivosa (SYN. alba, Gn. 1896, i., p. 182
t. 1005), with white flowers. 1894.

H. ciliaris albiflora (white-flowered), A variety with creamy-
white flowers. Canada,

H. cinnabarina (cinnabar-red). /l. orange-red, small, disposed
in a dense cluster; scape erect, 6in. high. 7. erect, linear, 6in.
long. Madagascar, 1893. Stove.

H. conopsea Ceariopied). Fragrant Habenaria. fl. reddish or
rarely white, small, very numerous, sweet-scented, lip three-

'y
»

Habenaria—continued.

lobed; spike oblong or cylindrical. All summer. Stem lft. to
2ft. high, with linear or narrow-lanceolate leaves. Tubers
palmate. Europe (Britain), &c. SyNns. Gymnadenia conopsea,
Orchis conopsea.

H. decipiens (deceptive). l. 14in. long, with a pendent spur 4in.
to 5in. long; lip much longer than the green sepals, cuneate,
three-lobed; pedicels long; scapes erect, few-flowered. September
to November. Z. radical, Plantain-like. Western Ghats of India,
prior to 1891. Cool-house. Syn. H. longecalcwrata (B. M. 7228).

H. Ellioti (Llliot’s). #1. green, with a long, thin spur. 2. bright
green, lanceolate, luxuriantly produced on a strong stem. Mada-
gascar, 1897. Stove.

H. Elwesii (Elwes’). //l. greenish-yellow, 2in. long; petals bifur-
cate from the base; lip highly glabrous, the limb divided into
three filiform segments; raceme lax-flowered. JU. erect. Nilghiri
Hills, 1896. More curious than beautiful. (B. M. 7478.)

H. foliosa (leafy).* (/l. purple, numerous
in an ovate-oblong spike about 8in. long;
sepals erect, ovate, obtuse ; petals similar
but smaller and straighter ; lip pendent,
very large, three-lobed. May. /. unspotted,
oblong; lower ones obtuse. hk. 1sft. to
2sft. (B. M. 5074; B. R. 1701.)

H. gigantea. The correct name is
H. Susanne.

H. incisa (cut). . rich purple, small,
fragrant, thickly set in oblong, terminal
racemes. June. /., cauline ones obtusely
lanceolate, deep green. h. lft. to 14ft.
North America, 1826, Syn. Platanthera
ineisa.

H. longecalearata (long-spurred). A
synonym of H. decipiens.

H. macrantha (large-flowered). ji,
sepals and petals dark brown; lip
purplish - lilac, marked with darker
streaks and freckles, roundish; spike
six- to ten- flowered. l. sheathing,
three - nerved. Sierra Leone, 1886.
Stove. Syn. Gymnadenia macrantha.

H. margaritacea (pearly-white). 1.
white, in a terminal, somewhat dense
raceme. Summer. /. oblong, acuminate,
dark green, blotched and spotted with
white. hf. lft. South America. Stove.

H. militaris (military). A synonym of
H. pusilla.

H. orbiculata is a form of H. Hookeri.

H. pusilla (small).* /., lateral sepals
green, oblong, acute, reflexed and reyo-
lute; petals green, strongly adhering to
the green dorsal sepal, forming
cullate-pavicular helmet; lip
the side lobes oblong-dolab: 5
spreading, the front lobe bifid ; raceme
lax. J. linear, acute, 8in. to Yin. long,
Zin. broad. kh. lft. or more. Cochin
China, 1886. Stove. See Fig. 439. Syn. H. militaris (Gn.
1893, xliii., t. 908; J. H. 1888, xvi., p. 25; W. O. A. vi. 281).

H. reniformis (kidney-shaped). jl. green, about 4in. in diameter;
spike 3in. to 6in. long, four- to six-flowered. 7. one or two,
radical, 4in. to gin. long, fleshy, orbicular or oblong. India, &c.
Stove. Syns. Aopla reniformis, Herminium reniforme.

H. subpubens (slightly downy). The correct name of H. candida.

H. Susannz (Susanna’s).* See Fig. 439. The correct name of
H. gigantea.

H. S. sumatrana (Sumatran). /. white, large. Sumatra, 1893.

A number of other species are in cultivation in botanical collec-
tions, but they have little or no horticultural value.

HABIT. This usually denotes the general appearance
of a plant; e.g., compact, straggling, climbing, &c. It is
also and less commonly employed to suggest fruitfulness.

HABRANTHUS PUNCTATUS. A form of Hip-
peastrum Bagnoldi (which see).

HEMANTHUS. African Tulip. Including Nerissa.
According to J. G. Baker, this genus embraces nearly forty
species, natives of Tropical and Sonth Africa and Socotra.
Flowers red or white, densely umbellate ; perianth erect,
the tube almost cylindrical, the segments equal, linear or
lanceolate, spreading or permanently ascending; stamens
inserted at the throat of the perianth tube; filaments
filiform, often longer than the segments; anthers small;
spathe yalyes more than two, erect or spreading, mem-
branous; peduncle stout, solid. Leaves broad, obtuse,
thin or fleshy. Bulb tunicated. To the species described
on p. 108,‘ Vol. II., the following should be added:

414

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Hemanthus—continued.
H. abyssinicus is identical with //. multiflorus.

H. albifios is the correct name of H. virescens albijlos, and the
plant described. as H. virescens is H. a. pubescens.

* H. Allisoni (Allison’s). jl. pure white, in very large umbels.

Transvaal, 1894. This species has the habit of H. coccineus.
Syn. H. candidus:

H. Baurii (Rev. R. Baur’s).* jl. white, a little shorter than the
bracts; bracts white, ciliated, broadly obovate; umbel dense,
2in. in diameter, sub-sessile between the leaves. November.
i. two, sub-orbicular, dark green, Sin. to 6in. long and broad,

reading on the ground. Bulb 3in. to 4in. in diameter.
serene) 1886, A handsome, dwarf, greenhouse species. (B. M.
6875.)

H. candidus (white). A synonym of H. Allisoni.

H. carneus (flesh-coloured). jl. in a dense, globose umbel 2in,
to 3in. in diameter; perianth pink, rarely white, 4in. long;
Fane 6in. to 12in. long, mottled with purple. June to August.
. two, developed after the flowers, obtuse, 4in. to 6in. long, softly
hairy. Bulb 2in. to Zin. in diameter. Cape Colony, 1819. (B. M
3373; B. R. 509.)

H. Clarkei (Clarke's). A garden hybrid between //, albijlos and
H. coccineus.

H. coccineus (scarlet).* /l. in a dense, globose umbel 2in, to din.
in diameter; perianth bright red, lin. long ; peduncle 6in. to Sin.
long, minutely spotted with reddish-brown. September. J. two,
fully developed in winter, lingulate, sub-erect, 14ft. to 2ft. long,
6in. to 8in. broad. Cape Colony, 1731. (B. M. 1075 ; L. B. C. 240.)

H. insignis is a variety of H. magnijicus.

H. Kalbreyeri is identical with 1. multijlorus.

H. Lindeni (Linden’s). #1. rosy-searlet, about 2in. in diameter,
about a hundred disposed in a very large head; scape 14ft. high.
l. large, clear green. Congo, 1890. This species is closely
related to H. cinnabarinus. (G. C. 1890, viii., p. 436, f. 85; TI. H.
xxxvii., p. 89, t. 112.)

H. magnificus (magnificent).* ., perianth bright scarlet, lin.
long; umbel globose, very dense, sometimes bin. to 6in. in
diameter; peduncle above lft. long. July. 2, produced ones
six to eight, oblong, bright green, undulated. Stem lft. to 2ft.
high, spotted with reddish-brown. Natal, 1838. Syn. H. Rowpevi
(EF. M. 1875, t. 148). :

H. m. insignis (remarkable). The correct name of JI, insignis.

H. m. superbus (superb).* J. five or six, narrower than in the
type, contemporary with the flowers in spring.

H, multiflorus superbus (uperb).* A brilliant-coloured and
improved form of the type. 1898.

H. Nelsoni (Nelson’s).* jl. red, crowded in a globose head 3in.
across; scape lft. long, hairy. J. sessile, oblong, lft. long, 4in.
broad, downy above, glabrous beneath. Bulb red, oblong, com-
pressed. Transvaal, 1898,

H. rotundifolius (round-leaved). jl. in a dense, compressed
umbel I4in. to 2in. in diameter; perianth pale red, lin. long;
peduncle bright red, 6in. long. May. J. two, spreading, sub-
orbicular, Sin. to 6in. long and broad. Bulb din. to 4in. in
diameter. Cape Colony, 1790. (B. M. 1618.)

H. Rouperi (Rouper’s). A synonym of H. magnijficus.

H. tenuiflorus (slender-flowered). A synonym of H. multiflorus.

H, toxicarius (poisonous). A synonym of Buphane disticha.

H. Arnottii and H. Cooperi have also been introduced.

HEMARIA. Sepals equal, free, the dorsal one erect,
conniyent or coherent with the petals in a hood, the lateral
ones spreading ; lip affixed to the base of the short column.
To the species described on p. 108, Vol. II., the following
should be added :

H. argyroneura (silvery-nerved). A synonym of Dossinia mar-
morata.

H. Dawsoniana (Dawson's). The correct name of the plant
described on p. 81, Vol. I., as Anectochilus Dawsonianus.
(F.d.S., t. 1830.

H. discolor Ordiana (Ord’s). This closely resembles H. Daw-
soniana, but the leaves are of a vivid green, with golden veins.
Malaya. SYN. Goodyera Ordiana.

H. Otletz (Mme. Otlet’s).* /. white, with a yellow-tinted, one-
sided lip, disposed in a lax spike. J/. dark olive-green, with
coppery veins, lanceolate, acute. A. 6in. to 10in. Tonkin, 1891.
A beautiful plant. (I. H. xxxviii., t. 124.)

seam manna A synonym of Galeola (which
see).

SOC HAE: A synonym of Laplacea (which
see).

HZENKEEA (of Ruiz and Pavon). See Maytenus and
Schepfia.

HZNSELERA. A synonym of Physospermum
(which see),

HAGEA, or HAGZA. A synonym of Polycarpea
(which see). ‘

HAG TAPER. Sce Verbascum Thapsus.
HAIR ORCHID. See Trichosma suavis.

HAKEA. To the species described on p. 109, Vol. II.,
the following should be added:

H. gibbosa (swollen). /l. white, small, in sessile, axillary
clusters; pedicels short, densely villous. May. jr. about lin.
in diameter, with a short beak. J/. terete, entire, smooth, rigid,
sharp-pointed, lin. to 3in. long. 4h. several feet. 1790. SYN.
H, pubescens.

H. laurina (Laurel-like).* jl. rosy-lilac, in dense, globular, sessile,
axillary clusters; pedicels about din. long. Summer. J. narrowly
elliptic-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, long-petiolate, 4in. to 6in,
long, and (as well as the branches) hoary-tomentose or glabrous.
h. 10ft. to 30ft. 1830, A handsome shrub. (B. M. 7127;
G. C. n. s., xxv., p. 149.)

H. pubescens (downy). A synonym of H. gibbosa.

H. scoparia (Broom-like). A form of H. sulcata.

HALESIA. To the species described on pp. 109-10,
Vol. IL., the following variety should be added :
H. tetraptera Meehani (Meehan’s). A seedling variety.
differing from the type in anes smaller and shorter-stalked
L

flowers, and thicker, pale: distinctly rugose leaves. 1892.
(G. & F. 1892, v., p. 534, f. 91.)

HALF-HARDY PLANTS. A term applied to such
subjects as require protection during winter. They are to
be found in all sections—annual, biennial, and perennial.

HALIA VAUARIA. See V-Moth.

HALIMODENDRON. [To the species described on
p. 110, Vol. IL., the following variety should be added:

H. argenteum flore-purpureum Crosplesawery This
vee, differs from the type in having deep rosy-purple flowers.

HALODENDRON (of Thouars).
Avicennia (which see).

HALOXYLON (from hats, salt, and xylon, wood; in
allusion to the salt deserts in which some of the plants
are found). Orp. Chenopodiacew. A genus embracing
eight or ten species of greenhouse or hardy shrubs or small
trees, natives of Europe, North Africa, Western and Central
Asia, and India, and only distingnished from Salsola by
their articulated branches and monadelphons filaments.
H. Ammodendron, the only species introduced, is a hardy
shrub, found in sandy deserts, and should be treated
accordingly.

H. Ammodendron (Ammodendron). 7. yellow, small, produced

in abundance, loosely spicate. Stems leafless, woody, pale

reenish. Trunk (in its native places, Turkestan, &c.) thick.
Syn. Anabasis Ammodendron.

HAMAMELIS. The Chinese and Japanese species of
Hamamelis may be readily increased by grafting in Februar
on stocks of the North American H. virginica, whic
should be about the thickness of a lead-pencil, and
established in pots before grafting takes place. The
scions should be abont 3in. or 4in. long, and taken from
firm, well-ripened shoots. After they have been properly
secured to the stocks, place them in a close case with a
temperature of 55deg. to 60deg., and if slightly syringed
overhead occasionally a union will be accelerated. When
a few inches of growth have been completed, take them
out of the cases, stand upon the side stages of the house,
and keep close to the glass to prevent spindly growth.
Each plant should be tied to a small stake, and later on
planted out in the open ground. The species alluded to
above should always be planted in a sunny position, and
the soil most favourable to good growth is a well-drained
loam, enriched with leaf-mould and a little peat, and on no
account should they be planted in soil retentive of moisture.
As the flowers are borne on the leafless branches in the
early year, a background of suitable evergreens should be
provided, in order to set off the flowers to the best possible
advantage.

To the species described on pp. 110-11, Vol. II., the
following should be added :

H. arborea is a form of H. japonica, which is a good species.

H. mollis (soft). /. light yellow, resembling those of H. arborea.
lv, 4in. to Sin. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, densely clothed beneath
with a felt-like mass of stellate hairs (thus differing from all
caer cultivated species of this genus). A. 9ft. to 30ft. China,

A synonym of

H. virginiana is the correct name of H. virginica.
H, Zuccariniana (Zuccarini’s). A form of H. japonica.

oa a ee oe

HAMBURGH PARSLEY. See Parsley.

HAMELIA. Duhamelia is synonymous with this
genus.

HAMELINIA. A synonym of Astelia (which see).

HAMILTONIA. Probably both H. scabra and
H, spectabilis are merely forms of H. suaveolens.

HAMILTONIA (of Muehlenbeck).
Pyrularia (which see).

HAPALE. A synonym of Hapaline (which see).

HAPALINE (derivation uncertain). Syn. Hapale.
Orp. Aroidez. A small genus (two species) of small,
slender, stove herbs, natives of Birma and the Malayan
Peninsula, allied to Colocasia. H. Brownei, a species with
greenish-white spadix and spathe (B. M. 7325), has been
introduced, but it is not likely to be grown mnch outside
botanical collections.

HAPLOCARPHA (from haploos, single, and karphe,
chaff ; in allusion to the one-rowed, chaffy pappus). ORD.
Composite. A genus comprising four species of green-
house or half-hardy, almost stemless, perennial herbs,
natives of Sonth Africa, one extending into tropical
regions. Flower-heads yellow, rather large, solitary,
heterogamons, radiate ; involucre hemispherical, the bracts
in many series; receptacle flat or convex, naked or
slightly fimbrilliferous; ray florets ligulate, spreading,
entire or minutely three-toothed; achenes turbinate.
Leaves radical, entire or toothed, cano-tomentose or
woolly beneath. H. Leichtlinii, the only species in cul-
tivation, is a showy, free-flowering pliant, requiring
protection during the winter. It thrives in any fairly
good soil. From the crown are produced numerous
short shoots, which all flower; and by making cuttings
of these the plant may be propagated.

H. Leichtlinii (Leichtlin’s).* /.-heads 2in. to 24in. in diameter ;
involucral scales free, the outer ones cobwebby-tomentose, the
inner ones tipped dull purple; ray florets stained purple beneath,
the disk of a deeper yellow; scape lft. long. J. 6in. to 12in.
Jong, 2in. to 24in. broad, lyrate-pinnatisect. 1883. SYN. Gorteria
acaulis (of gardens).
HAPLOCHILUS.

see).
HAPLOPAPPUS [according to the ‘Index Kewen-

sis,” Aplopappus is the correct spelling]. Including

Sideranthus. To the species described on p. 112, Vol. II.,

the following should be added:

H. ericoides (Erica-like). jl.-heads 4in. long, having three to
five short rays, very numerous, paniculate. J. all filiform or
nearly terete, excessively numerous and axillary-fascicled ;

cauline ones only jin. and those of the dense fascicles }in, long.
h, 2ft. to Sft. California. Plant fastigiately much-branched.

HAPLOPTERIS. See Vittaria.

HARDENBERGIA. To the species described on
p. 112, Vol. II., the following variety should be added:

= peenounyils ceerulea (blue). A variety with blue flowers.

A synonym of

Included under Zeuxina (which

HAREBELL, AUSTRALIAN.
bergia gracilis.

HARES AND RABBITS. These at times are
very destructive to trees, especially in severe winters,
when food is scarce. Again, it is thonght that the bark
is taken as an aid to digestion. From whatever canse
barking occurs, it is undesirable, as it exposes the trees
to the attacks of certain wound-fungi. To guard against
barking by animals, trees should be treated with
Ahlbottin’s Composition, which will render them imper-
vious to the attacks of Hares, Rabbits, or even of deer.
This preparation is of a thick, greasy consistency, and
is not washed off by even heavy rains. Other points in
its fayour are that it is non-poisonons, and that it may
be applied to the most delicately-barked trees.

HARPALUS RUFICORNIS. This is one of the
Beetles belonging to the interesting and numerous group
“agg era (Ground Beetles). It is noteworthy from the
fact that it is one of the few species which at times
forsake a diet of flesh for one of vegetables. Of late
' years this insect has proved very troublesome in gardens

See Wahlen-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 415

Harpalus Ruficornis—continued.
where Strawberries are grown, showing a marked
partiality for the ripe fruit. Like the majority of the

din. (12mm. to

The Beetle is most numerous where litter is employed
as a protection to the fruit from heavy rains, as this
affords the pest safe harbourage during the day. Where
the insect is troublesome, the litter should be periodically
examined during the day, and the perfect insects
collected and destroyed. ‘To trap these pests is some-
what difficult, the most successful method being that
suggested by Messrs. Laxton in their mannal—to let
into the ground-level in spring a number of cheap
pudding basins, baiting them with ‘‘lights and sugar
and water.’’ Disused condensed milk-tins have also been
similarly employed, and the crops thus saved from de-
struction.

- HARPALYCE (of Don). Included under Prenan-
thes (which see).

HARTMANNIA. Incladed under Gnothera (which

see).

HARTWEGIA (of Nees).
phytum (which see).

HASSELTIA. A synonym of Kickxia (which see).
HATCHET VETCH. See Securigera Coronilla.
HAWKFLIES. See Syrphus.

HAWORTHIA. Flowers whitish, ribbed with green
or reddish-brown; perianth oblong-cylindrical, with a
straight tube and a bilabiate limb of six sub-equal, oblong
segments; stamens six, hypogynous. ‘To the species de-
seribed on p. 114, Vol. II., the following should be added :

H. columnaris (columnar). jl. gin. long ; raceme simple, nearly
lft. long; peduncle simple, 6in. long. 2. about thirty in a rosette,
multifarious, obovate, cuneate, all ascending, not recurved, jin.
to a long, 4in, thick, minutely cuspidate. Leafy stem short.
1884,

H. distincta (distinct). A synonym of H. venosa.

H. pilifera (ball-bearing). /l. jin. long; raceme lax, simple, 6in.
long ; peduncle simple, bin. long. /. twenty to thirty in a rosette,
multifarious, oyate-oblong, lin. long, jin. thick, rar green,
pellucid, rounded on the back, with a Targe awn. 1860. (Ref. B.,
t. 234.)

A synonym of Chloro-

H. Radula (Radula). ji. Zin. long; raceme very lax; peduncle
simple or branched, 6in, to 12in. long. May. J. thirty to forty
crowded in a multifarious rosette 5in. to 6in. across, lanceolate-
deltoid, very acuminate, recurved. Leafy stem short. 1805.

H. venosa (veined). l. gin. long ; raceme lax, simple, 6in. to Yin.
long; peduncle simple, 6in. long. J. twelve to fifteen in a rosette,
multifarious, lanceolate-deltoid, rather recurved, 2sin. to din.
long, dull green with a purplish tinge, cuspidate; margins
minutely denticulate. Re-introduced 1875. Syn. H. distincta
(G. C. 1876, vi., p. 130, f. 30).

H. vittata (striped). jl. gin. to jin. long; raceme simple, dense
upwards; peduncle simple, stiff, about sin. long. 7. twenty to
thirty in a dense rosette, multifarious oblong-lanceolate, very
acuminate, 14in. to 1fin. long, jin. thick, with about five short,
vertical stripes and a long, pellucid awn. 1860. (Ref. B., t. 263.)

H. xiphiophylla (Xiphion-leaved). /l. about Zin. long; raceme
lax, cernuous, Jin. to 4in. long ; peduncle 6in. long. 7. fifty or
more ina dense, sessile rosette, lanceolate, 2in. long, pale green,
acutely keeled on the back, tapering to a pellucid awn. 1895.
(B. M. 7505,

The following species have also been introduced: H. afinis,
H. bilineata, H. Bolusii, H. Cooperi, H. glauca, H. Greenit,
H. icosiphylla, H. minima, H. Peacockii, UH. polyphylla, H. Tisleyi.

HAWTHORN, CHINESE. ‘See Photinia ser-
rulata.

HAWTHORN, WINTER. See Aponogeton
distachyon.

416

HAYLOCKIA (named in honour of Haylock,
Dr. Herbert’s gardener). Orp. Amaryllidee. A mono-
typic genus. The species is a small, half-hardy, bulbous
plant, which thrives in a soil consisting of sandy loam
with a slight intermixture of peat and leaf-mould, and
is propagated by offsets.

H. pusilla (small). 7. solitary; perianth erect, regular, the
tube tinged with green, lin. to 2in. long, very slender, the
limb whitish, sometimes tinged with red outside, funnel-
shaped, lin. to 1jin. long. March. J. narrow-linear, spreading,
developed in winter. ulb lin. in diameter. Buenos Ayres,
1829 and 1899. (B. RB. 1371.)

HAYNALDIA THAPSOIDEA. According to the
‘Index Kewensis,” this is the correct name of Lobelia
thapsoidea (which see).

HAZEL-BUD MITE (Phytoptus avellane). Allied
to the Currant-Bud Mite already described is the pest
known by the name here adopted. Though its ravages
are chiefly confined to the Hazel, yet at times it proves
injurious to the Filbert. The symptoms of attack and life-
history are identical with those detailed under Currant-
Bud Mite. Im gardens this pest is not difficult to
control, as the deformed buds may readily be seen early
in spring, and as the pruning of Filberts usually takes
place in March or April all that the gardener has to do
is to remove the infested buds and burn them. See

Currant-Bud Mite.

HEAD. A term applied specifically to the cluster
of flowers in Composite and Dipsacee ; and generally to
other compact forms of inflorescence.

HEADACHE-TREE. See Premna integrifolia.

HEART AND DART MOTH. See
Moths.

HEATING. The new horizontal tubular boiler
(Fig. 440) of the Thames Bank Iron Company is finding
considerable favour amongst market growers, for its
economy, reliability, and ease with which any damaged
or leaking part may be replaced with little loss of time.
In fact, it has proved so excellent in every case when

Turnip

Fic. 440.

HORIZONTAL TUBULAR BOILER.

given a fair trial that market growers are employing it
in preference to most other boilers.

HEBEANDRA. A synonym of Monnina (which

see).
HEBECOCCA. A synonym of Omphalea (which see).
HEBELIA. A synonym of Tofieldia (which see).

HEBENSTRETIA. To the species described on
p. 119, Vol. II., the following should be added:

H. comosa (tufted). #. orange, disposed in a terminal, dense,
elongated spike. J. dilated, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, lin. to
l4in. long, sessile, ‘glabrous, toothed, especially towards the
apex. Stems erect, terete, glabrous. Greenhouse or half-hardy
perennial.

H. ec. serratifolia (serrated-leaved). jl. white, marked with a
piocees spot. J. lanceolate, serrated. 1890. (R. G. 1890, p. 191,
f. 46.)

H. integrifolia (Syn. H. tenuwifolia) is a form of H. dentata.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Hebenstretia—continued.

H. scabra (scabrous). jl. white, approximating, in terminal
spikes scarcely lin. long. Juneand July. JU. linear; lower ones
longer, slightly denticulate ; upper ones shorter and entire; all
glabrous or scarcely Papers and slightly obtuse. Stems
erect, branched, shrubby below, pubescent. h. 1ft. 1824.

H. tenuifolia (slender-leayed). A synonym of H. integrifolia.

HEBERDENIA. Included under Myrsine (which
see). H. eacelsa is a synonym of M. Heberdenia.

HECATEA. A synonym of Omphalea (which see).

HECHTIA. The species are natives of Mexico and
Texas. Flowers sub-dicecious, whitish ; peduncle produced
from the axis of one of the outer leaves of the rosette.
Leaves as in Dyckia.

H. Besseriana (Besser’s). A garden synonym of I. stenopetala.

H. Elemeetii (Elemeet’s). A synonym of Rhodostachys andina.

H. glomerata (clustered). The correct name of H. Ghiesbreghtii
(I. H. 378).

H. ciymiann (Glym’s). A garden synonym of Pitcairnia angus-
tifolia.

H. pitcairnizfolia (Pitcairnia-leaved).
stachys pitcairniefolia.

H. stenopetala (narrow-petaled). The correct name of
H. cordylinoides. Syn. H. Besseriana (of gardens).

HEDERA. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 120-2, Vol. II., the following should be added. One or
two species formerly classed hereunder are now referred to
Oreopanax, &c.

H. arborea (tree-like). A synonym of Dendropanax arboreum.

H. glomerulata (in small clusters). A synonym of Brassaiopsis
speciosa.

H. Helix maderensis variegata (Madeira, variegated).
t deep green, with broad, silvery variegation. 1888. A fine
orm.

H. H. tesselata (tesselated).* /. bright green, with reticula-
tions of yellowish-green ; young ones very highly coloured. 1893.
A handsome Ivy.

A synonym of Rhodo-

HEDERACEOUS. Ivy-like.

HEDGEHOG CACTUS. A popular name for
Echinocactus.

,ee ees HOLLY. See Ilex Aquifolium
erox.

HEDGE MUSTARD. See also Sisymbrium.
HEDGE NETTLE. See Stachys.

HEDRZANTHUS (EDRAIAN-
THUS). Included under Wahlenbergia
(which see).

HEDWIGIA. Flowers small, in axil-
lary panicles. Leaves alternate or nearly
opposite, impari-pinnate; leaflets opposite,
entire or serrated.

H. panamensis (Panama).
A. balsamifera.

HEDWIGIA (of Medicus). A synonym of
Commelina (which see).

HEDYA OCELLANA.
Tortricina.

HEDYCHIUM. Flowers disposed in a terminal
thyrse; calyx tubular, three-toothed ; corolla tube elon-
gated, the lobes narrow, equal, spreading. Stems erect,
leafy, usually tall. To the species described on p. 128,
Vol. IL., the following should be added:

H. acuminatum is a variety of H. spicatwm.
H. chrysoleucum is a variety of H. coronarium.

H. coccineum angustifolium (scarlet, narrow-leaved).
correct name of H. angustifoliwm.

H. ellipticum (elliptic). 7. white, with an orange-yellow
filament; corolla tube 2in. long ; seginents lin. long ; staminodes
rather shorter; spike very dense, 3in. to 4in. long. August.
l. oblong, 6in. to 12in. long. Himalayas, 1804. (L. B. C. 1881;
R. G. 1201.)

H. Elwesii (Elwes’).* 1. of a rich golden-yellow, with a bright
red filament; corolla tube 2in. long, the segments lin. long;
staminodes resembling the segments; spike dense, 6in. long.
1. oblong, 1ft. or more in length, nearly glabrous beneath. Khasia
Hills, 1894. Allied to H. coronarium.

H. flavum is a variety of H. coronarium,

The correct name of

See Pear—Insects and

The

Hedychium—con tinued,

H. peregrinum (foreign). ., calyx liin. long; corolla tube
slender, 2{in. long, the petals light yellowish-green, very narrow,
luin. long, the lip white, lin. leng; outer bracts pale brown ;
spike 6in. long. J., lower ones 4in. to Sin. long, elliptic, acute or
acuminate, rounded at base; upper ones lft. to 14ft. long,
lanceolate or elliptic-lanceolate. Stem 3ft. to 4ft. high, leafy.
Madagascar, 1883.

H. Wilkeanum (Wilke’s). A garden hybrid between H. coro-
narium and H. Gardnerianum. 1894.

HEDYSARUM. To the species described on p. 123,
Vol. Il., the following shonld be added. Several plants
formerly included hereunder are now referred to Des-
modium.

H. Crista-galli (Cock’s-spur). A synonym of Onolrychis sativa.
H. microcalyx (small-calyxed). jl. bright violet-red, shortly
pedicellate, lin. long; calyx small, five-toothed; standard
narrowly oblong-obovate, emarginate, equalling the narrow-linear
wings; racemes axillary, sometimes lft. long, many-flowered ;
peduncles very long. June. /. lft. long or less; pinne eight to
ten pairs, jin. to l4in. long, opposite, petiolulate, oblong or

ovate-oblong. Himalayas, 1887. A tall sub-shrub. (B. M. 6931.)
H. multijugum (many-paired).* fl. pale vermilion-pink, disposed

in axillary, eight- to ten-flowered racemes, which are longer than

the leaves. J. leaflets twenty to forty, alternate, obovate or
oblong, obtuse, silky-pilose beneath; petioles (and branches)

silky-pilose. h. 2ft. to 5ft. South Mongolia, 1883. (R. G. 1122.)
H. Onobrychis (Onobrychis). A synonym of Onobrychis sativa.

H. tuberosum (tuberous). A synonym of Pueraria tuherosa.

HEKATEROSACHNE. A of Oplis-
menus (which see).

HEKORIMA. A synonym of Streptopus (which

see).

}

synonym

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 417

HELENIUM. Including Amblyolepis. To the species
described on p. 124, Vol. IL., the following should be added :

H. atropurpureum (dark purple). A variety of 17. nudiflorum.

H. Bigelovii (Bigelow’s). fl.-heads rich_ yellow, with brown
disk. Late summer. h. 4{t. North America.

H. Bolanderi (Bolander’s).* j.-heads 2in. to 3in. in diameter;
ray florets bright yellow, numerous; disk dark brown. June to
August. /. ovate, obovate, or spathulate-lanceolate, entire, more
or less decurrent. Stem lft. to lift. high, leatless at apex and
one-headed, or rarely branched and bearing two or three heads.
North America, 1891. Perennial, of vigorous habit and very
free-flowering. (R. H. 1891, p. 377, f. 93-4.)

H. grandiflorum (large-flowered).* _/l.-heads larger, deeper in
colour, and possessed of a blacker disk than those of
H. pumilum, which the whole plant resembles. Perennial.

H,. pumilum (dwarf). l.-heads yellow ; involucral scales spread-
ing, lanceolate. August. J. oblong, nearly entire. h. 1ft. North
America. Perennial.

H. setigerum (bristle-bearing). l.-heads golden-yellow; rays
almost lin. long, three- to four-lobed. All the summer. /. mem-
branous, bright green, entire; radical ones oblong-spathulate,
with a long, tapering base; cauline ones~ oblong or ovate,
acuminate, rounded or half-clasping at base. h. lft. or more.

Texas. Annual.
HELIACZEUS POPULI. ‘ee Populus—Insect .
Pests.

HELIANTHEMUM. Holly Rose. H. Tuberaria (of
B. M.) is a synonym of H. globularixfolium. These ever-
green shrubs are extremely valuable as being amongst
the comparatively few subjects which will flower pro-
fusely upon dry, hot, sandy soils. The brilliant flowers
open in bright sunshine, and are of good size, but of no
use for cutting. They are short-lived upon the plant, but

atone for this by their abundance and
j=) oe] ~4the time over which the flowering period

extends. They are not rampant growers,
and may be readily kept within bounds
by slight prunings in spring. Besides the
species referred to in Vol. II., there are
several most desirable garden forms, both
single and donble, the best of the former
including Bronze Queen, Pink Beanty,
Salmon Qneen, Snowflake, and Sulphur
Gem; and of the latter, Mrs. C. W.
Karle.

HELIANTHUS. The perennial
Helianthus (Fig. 441) are extremely usefal
plants, and may be effectively employed
in beds, borders, or shrubberies. They
are very robust, and may therefore be
left to take care of themselves. Like
the members of the genus generally, they
are sun-loyers, and a sunny position in a
well-drained, rich border is where they
are seen to perfection. Periodically it is
advisable to lift them and give the roots
entirely fresh quarters, as, being some-
what gross feeders, they quickly take
the nutriment ont of the soil. When
propagated by divisions, these may be
made in either spring or autumn.

Of recent years some very fine garden
varieties have been obtained, in some
cases later as to flower than the species,
and with the blossoms well above the
foliage. The best kinds are Bouquet d’Or,
H. G. Moon, Meteor, Miss Mellish, Qneen
Victoria, and Soleil @’Or. For fuller
information on the perennial Sunflowers
the reader is referred to a paper by
Mr. D. Dewar, in the “Journal of the
Royal Horticultural Society,’’ vol. xv.,
part i., p. 26.

To the species described on pp. 126-7,
Vol. II., the following should be added :
H. altissimus (tallest). A

H. giganteus.

H. atrorubens (dark red), of Lamarck. <A
synonym of /. letijlorus.
H. atrorubens (of Michaux).

H. rigidus.

H. Dammanni (Dammann’s) and H. D.
sulphureus (sulphur-coloured) have been

synonym of

A synonym of

Fic, 441.

VARIETIES OF PERENNIAL SUNFLOWERS.

described as garden hybrids between H. argo-
phyllus and H. annuus, 1890.

3

418

Helianthus—continued.

H. debilis (weak). .-heads yellow; rays in. or more in length ;
disk Jin. or more in diameter. Summer. 7. varying from ovate
to deltoid or obscurely hastate, occasionally sub-cordate, lin. to
3in. long, toothed, on slender petioles, Stems Ift. to 3ft, high.
1895. Annual. (B. M. 7432.)

H. d. cucumerifolius (Cucumis-leaved). /l.-heads, vays fifteen
to twenty, lin. or more in length. /. triangular-ovate, wavy,
coarsely toothed, sub-cordate at base. 1883.

H. decapetalus niger (black). A garden synonym of I. divari-
catus.

H. d. sulphureus elatior (sulphur, tall).
of HW. giganteus.

H. divaricatus (divaricate). jl.-heads, rays orange-yellow, lin.
to lsin. long, acute; disk yellow; bracts half as long as the rays.
1. ovate, acuminate, stalked, opposite or decussate, usually
appressed. Stems smooth or scabrous, green or purplish, 4ft. to
6ft. high, simple or branched near the summit. 1759. Perennial.
Syn. IL. decapetalus niger (of gardens).

H. doronicoides (Doronicum-like). _/l.-heads mostly crowded,
on short peduncles; bracts ciliated on back and margins.
1. opposite or the upper ones alternate, ovate, tapering to both
ends, sessile, serrated, rough. Stems 5ft. to 8ft. high, densely
pubescent and scabrous. 1759. A rather coarse - growing
perennial. Syn. H. pubescens, of Hooker (B. M. 2778).

H. giganteus (gigantic). /l.-heads deep yellow; rays lin. to 1}in.

long. JU. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, more or less scabrous

on both sides, tapering, shortly petiolate or sub-sessile, minutely
serrate or denticulate or entire, 3in. to Sin. jone Stems
hispidulous or scabrous, 10ft. to 12ft. high. 1714. erennial.
(B. M. 7555.) Syns. H. altissimus, H. decapetalus sulphureus
elatior (of gardens).

H. japonicus (Japanese).
cestivus.

H. leetiflorus (pretty-flowered),* /l.-heads yellow, usually several,
rather shortly pedunculate; involucral bracts in two or three
series; rays numerous, 2in. to 2sin. long. August. J. ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate at both ends, 4in. to 10in. long, serrated.
Stem stiff, 6ft. to 8ft. high, very leafy. 1810 and 1888. Perennial.
Resembles tall forms of H. rigidus. Syn. H. atrorubens (of
Lamarck).

H. levigatus (smooth). /l.-heads bright yellow; rays six to
eight, about lin. long. Jl. opposite or the upper ones alternate,
lanceolate, acute, entire. Stems 3ft. to Sft. high, branched, deep
purple. Perennial.

H. Ligeri (Liger’s).
H. letiflorus. 1897.

H. linearis (linear). A synonym of Viguiera linearis.

H. macrocarpus (large-fruited). A variety of H. annuus.

H. Maximiliani (Maximilian’s).* ji.-heads bright golden-yellow,
shortly pedunculate, terminal and axillary; rays often lin.
long. October. J. almost all alternate, thickish, becoming rigid,
very scabrous above, lanceolate, acute or acuminate at both ends,
mostly sub-sessile, entire or eperingyy. denticulate. Stem stout,
7f{t. to 12ft. high. Perennial. (R. H. 1895, p. 397.)

H. mollis cordatus (heart-shaped).* /l.-heads orange-yellow,
large, borne on long, leafy peduncles. /. broadly ovate, acute.
Stems 3ft. to 5ft. high, leafy, branching. 1889. A splendid
variety. (G. & F. 1889, p. 136, f. 100.)

H. multiflorus (many-flowered). A variety of H. decapetalus.
There are several garden forms, both single and double.

H. Nuttallii (Nuttall’s). 7.-heads about the size of those of
H. giganteus; bracts of the involucre naked or somewhat hirsute
at base. 1. lanceolate or the upper ones linear, Sin. to 6in. long,
serrulated or entire. Stem usually simple, 2ft. to 4ft. high.
Rocky Mountains (in wet soil), 1899.

H. occidentalis (Western). 7.-heads mostly solitary, on rather
long peduncles; rays orange-yellow, ovate, lin. long; disk
yellow. J/., radical and lower ones ovate, obtuse, or lanceolate-
oblong, coriaceous, entire or serrated. Stem slender, 2ft. to 3ft.
high, branched, hispid. Perennial.

H. pubescens (of Hooker). A synonym of H. doronicoides.

H. rigidus. Syns. H. atrorubens (of Michaux), Viguiera rigida.
This species is often confused with Harpalium rigidum. There
are a number of good yarieties, including wstivus (japonicus),
elegans, grandiflorus, latifolius, and the following:

H. r. semiplenus (half-double), /. having two, three, or more
rows of ray florets. A garden variety.

H. speciosus (showy). A synonym of Tithonia speciosa.

H. strumosus (measly). A synonym of H. decapetalus.

H. tubzeformis (tube-like). A synonym of Tithonia tubeformis.

HELICHRYSUM. Inelnding Lewcostemma, Penta-
tawis, and Swammerdamia. Aphelexis (which see) is also
included hereunder by modern authorities. To the species,
&c., described on pp. 127-8, Vol. II., the following should
be added:

H. brachyrhynchum (short-beaked). _//l.-heads brilliant yellow,
with a very dark, flat disk, lin. across, solitary on long peduncles.

A garden synonym

An erroneous name for H. rigidus

A garden hybrid between H. rigidus and

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Helichrysum—continued.

June to September. 7. alternate, linear-lanceolate, entire, whitish-
woolly. fh. 1ft. or more. Australia, Greenhouse.

H. devium (devious). l.-heads several in a cyme, with a white
involucre and a black disk; peduncles white. J. lanceolate,
sessile, three-nerved, greyish-green, with white, wavy borders.
Branches snowy-tomentose. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Madeira, Green-
house shrub,

H. Gunnianum is synonymous with 1. seorpivides.
is a true species, but not in cultivation.

H. Humboldtianum (ifumboldt’s).
Humboldtianum.

H. humile (dwarf). The correct name of Aphelexis humilis.
Syn. Helipterum humile.

H. Mannii is a form of H. fetidum.

H. orientale (astern). jl.-heads bright yellow, small, globular,
in terminal, branched corymbs. April to August. /. sessile,
obtuse, entire, ovate-oblong or the upper ones lanceolate. Stems
simple, erect. h. 1ft. to 1{ft. Crete, 1629. Plant whitish-woolly.
This species is largely cultivated for Immortelles in the Mediter-
ranean region.

H. sesamoides (Sesamum-like).* /.-leads lin. to 14in. across,
very handsome; involucre white, rosy, pale lemon, or mottled,
lustrous, satiny. May. J. half-amplexicaul, subulate, rigid,
glossy, keeled ; lower ones loosely set, lin. to 2in, long, flexuous ;
upper ones fin. long. 4H. lft. to 2ft. South Africa, 1759. Green-
house shrub. Syns. Aphelexis sesamoides, Helipterwm sesamoides.

H. s. fasciculatum (fascicled). /.-teads, inyolucral scales
pale lemon-yellow or primrose, the outer ones fulvous. SYNS.
ema Jasciculatum, Xeranthemum fascieulatum (A. B. R.

H. s. heterophyllum (variable-leaved). /l.-heads, involucral
scales white, or the outermost ones brown-tipped. (A. B. R. 279,
under name of Xeranthemum fasciculatum var.)

H. vestitum (clothed). Cape Everlasting. /l.-heads satiny-white,
medium-sized. July to September. J. linear, terminating in a
black point, whitish. Stems erect, somewhat woody. South
Africa. The flowers are largely employed for funeral and orna-
mental purposes.

HELICODEA.

see).

HELICONIA. To the species described on pp. 128-30,
Vol. II., the following shonld be added. The plants described
as H. aureo-striata, H. illustris, H. i. rubricaulis, and
H. Sanderi are not Heliconias ; but their family having yet
to be determined, they are referred to here for conyenience.

H. aurantiaca (orange). The correct name of H. brevispatha.

H. brasiliensis (Brazilian). 1. disposed in a flexuous thyrse ;
spathes scarlet, five- to eight-flowered; scape equalling the
leaves. September. /. oblong, acute, cordate at base, glabrous,
2ft. long, sears beneath ; petioles 2ft. to 3ft. long. h. 6ft. to 8ft.
Brazil, 1820. (H. E. F., t, 190.)

H. brevispatha. The correct name is H. aurantiaca.

H. Choconiana (Chocon’s). ji. yellowish, 2in. long; spathes
scarlet, 2in. long; inflorescence sessile, terminal, deflexed.
7. sessile on the sheaths, 6in. to 10in. long, 2in. broad, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, shining green. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Guatemala,
1888. (G. & F. 1888, i., pp. 161-2, f. 31.)

H. illustris (remarkable).* /. ovate-lanceolate, the veins clearly
marked in rose-pink. South Sea Islands, 1893. A beautiful
foliage plant, of Musa-like habit.

H. i. rubricaulis (red-stemmed). 7. 14ft. to 2ft. long; nerves
and petioles, as well as the stem, of a bright red. 1896. (R. H.
1896, p. 36.)

H. nitens (shining). J. obliquely oblong-ovate, bright satiny-
green. Mexico, 1883, A small, neat species.

H. Sanderi (Sandevr’s). This plant is closely allied to H. ilustris,
but is less robust and the variegation of the leaves consists of
marbling instead of reticulation. New Guinea, 1899.

H. spectabilis (remarkable). 7. green above, dull purple
beneath, and having a red midrib. Tropical Asia, 1892. (I. H.
xxxix., t. 156.)

H. triumphans is a form of H. Bihai.

H. viridis (green). 7. i}ft. to 2ft. long, 6in. broad, pale green.
Polynesia, 1883. A fine plant, of graceful habit.

HELICOPHYLLUM (from helix, helikos, spiral, and
phyllon, a leaf; alluding to the lateral segments of the
older leaves. Orb. Aroidew. A small genus (four or five
species) of Western Asiatic, greenhouse or hardy, tuberous
herbs. Flowers on an appendiculate spadix, the males and
females remote, with subulate, neuter organs between ;
spadix much shorter than the spathe, slender or robust ;
spathe marcescent, the tube oblong, sub-ventricose, per-
sistent, the lamina oblong, erect ; peduncle much shorter
than the leaves. Leaves long-petiolate, thickly coriaceous,

H. Gunnii

A synonym of Heliplerum

Included under Billbergia (which

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

419

Helicophyllum—continued.

hastate or sagittate, or the young ones hastate and the
older ones pedatisect with segments confluent at base ;
lateral segments often spirally twisted. H. Alberti, an
Arum-like plant, is hardy if given a sunny border and a
well-drained, sandy loam. It may be propagated from
seeds, or by means of the small tuber offsets.

H. Alberti (Albert eel’s), jl. very fetid; spadix Sin, long,
slender, the appendix bluish-black, Tagged at tip; spathe 7in.
long, the tube pale green, the lamina dark maroon-purple within,

le green outside, very thick, acuminate. May. J. 4in. long,

tate, acuminate, undulated, with two lateral, horn-like, hori-

zontal, basal lobes, and between them two linear, erect ones;
petioles stout, 4in. long. Bokhara, 1884. (B. M. 6969.)

HELIGMA. A synonym of Parsonsia (which see).

HELIOCARPUS. Sun Fruit. This genus is closely
allied to Triwmfetta. Flowers small, disposed in terminal
panicles. Leaves three-lobed, serrated.

HELIOPHILA. Cape Stock. To the species de-
seribed on p. 180, Vol. IL., the following should be added:
H. araboides (Arabis-like). A synonym of H. pilosa incisa.
H. scandens (climbing). 1. white, sometimes tinted rose, large,

racemose. /. lanceolate. Stems slender, twining. Natal, 1887.
An interesting plant, (B. M. 7668.)

HELIOPSIS. To the species described on p, 130,
Vol. IL., the following shonld be added:

H. canescens (hoary). A synonym of H. scabra.

H. levis superba (superb). A very showy form, with deep
yellow flowers, having an orange disk.

H. Pitcheriana (Pitcher’s). A variety of H. scabra.

H. scabra (rough). This is now regarded as a good species.
fi.-heads, rays oblong, nearly or quite lin. in length. August.
i, varying from broadly ovate and_ sub-cordate to ovate-
lanceolate, the upper ones occasionally entire. h. 2ft. to 4ft.
Otherwise as H. levis. North America, 1824. Syn. H. canescens
(B. R, 592). There is an excellent dwarf form of this, known as
Tom Thumb.

H. s. Pitcheriana (Pitchers).
heads. 1897.

HELIOTROPISM. Having the power of movement
under the influence of light.

HELIOTROPIUM. Including Piptoclaina and Tiari-
dium. To the species and yarieties described on p. 131,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

H, incanum (hoary). 7. in dichotomously corymbose spikes ;
corolla white, twice as long as the calyx, rather hispid outside ;
peduncles hairy. June. J. thick, ovate, acute, crenulated,
wrinkled above and lined with retrograde asperities, softer and
one beneath. Stem shrubby. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Peru. Green-

couse.

H. i. glabrum (smooth). jl. purple. 2. rough, broadly elliptic
destitute of hairs. ts (G. an Xxii., p. 809, f, 140.) oe

Varieties. Considerable variation in colour is now
shown in these sweet-scented flowers. To the varieties
already named the following may be added:

CHARMEUR, very dark; GROSSMANIA, deep violet; LADY MOLEs-
WoRTH, light mauve; L’ALBATROSS has a large white eye,
edged violet; LA RENOMMEE, lilac, tinted with rose-violet ;
LE Crp, white, tinted with lilac; MADAME Bruant, light
mauve, white centre; MADAME ComMTE, light blue; PRESIDENT
GARFIELD, bright mauve-purple; PRIAPO, bright blue, with
white eye ; RoI DES NoIRs, maroon-purple, white eye, distinct ;
THE QUEEN, whitish.

HELIPTERUM. Acroclinium and Astelma
(which see) are now included hereunder, the specific names
remaining unchanged.

H. fasciculatum (fascicled). A form of Helichryswm sesamoides.

H. humile (dwarf). A synonym of Helichrysum (Aphelexis)
humile.

H. maculatum (spotted). A garden name for H. Manglesii.

H. Manglesii flore-pleno (double-flowered). #. deep rosy-

pink, double. 1889. This is a great improvement on the type.
There is also a double white-flowered form, alba.

H. sesamoides (Sesamum-like). A synonym of Helichrysum
sesamotdes.

HELLEBORUS. Im this genus it is the Christmas
Rose section rather than the Lenten Rose one which is
popular. The latter, however, is quite distinct from the
former, and should always be represented, the flowers
being produced at the time suggested by the popular

A form with rich orange flower-

|
|
|

Helleborus—continwed.

name. Some beautiful varieties of Lenten Roses have been
produced by the florist from H. orientalis and H. viridis.
These require to be planted in shade and in a good rich
loam, and to be disturbed as little as possible. During
dry summer weather the plants should either be mulched
or well watered; and occasional soakings of weak liqnid
manure are beneficial, When dividing up Lenten Roses
this should be done as soon after flowering as possible,
April being a good month for the work.

Hellebores suffer badly in some seasons from a destrnc-
tive fungus, Phoma effusa. This is noteworthy from the
fact that it lives first as a saprophyte on humus in the
soil, and afterwards becomes parasitic. The infested
portions should be remoyed as soon as noticed, and
burned, before they can ripen the spores which are
scattered in every direction by different agencies.
Beyond this little can be done the season the disease is
noted. Next season, however, as soon as the leaves
appear, they should be sprayed with a solution of
potassium sulphide, repeating it after ten days or so.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 182-3,
Vol. I1., the following should be added :

H, altifolius (tall-leaved).

H. angustifolius (narrow-leaved).
minor,

H. atrorubens is a variety of H. odorus.
H. Bocconi (Boccon’s).

H. caucasicus. Other varieties are guttatus (striped) and
pallidus (pale). (R. G., t. 400.)

H. c. nigricans (blackish).
in having large, bluish-black flowers.

H. colchicus coccineus (scarlet).
A fine form.

H,. c. venosus (veined). An excellent form, having deep rose-
purple, elegantly-veined flowers.

H. hyemalis (winter).

H. olympicus. Of this well-known kind several very desirable

varieties are in commerce: major, pure white; roseus, soft
pink ; and superbus, white, large.

A variety of H. niger.
A synonym of H. niger

A synonym of H. viridis.

This variety differs from the type
1896.

jl. Maroon-crimson.

1890.

A synonym of Franthis hyemalis.

Varieties. Of the Lenten Rose section the following
varieties of H. orientalis are all worth cultivating :

AFGHAN PRINCE, deep purple; APOTHEKA BOGREN, purple,
elegantly spotted; BISMARCK, vinous purple; CHANCELLOR,
clear rose, fine flowers; COMMERZIENRATH BENARY, white, with
crimson spots, imbricated; DR. HoGG, deep rose; IRENE, soft
ink ; LASANDRA, rosy-purple, veined and spotted; Mrs.
AMBERT, blush white, spotted crimson; PSYCHE, soft pink,
blotched crimson; SYLVIA, rose; W. E. GLADSTONE, soft rose,
with pink shadings.

Of H. viridis varieties there is not such an attractive
colour range, nor is the foliage permanent. Nevertheless
Columbine, dwmetorwm, Ellen Terry, and erubescens, to-
gether with the type, should, if possible, have a place in
the border, as they are distinct. For naturalising, how-
ever, they are still better adapted, the shade of the wood-
land suiting them to a nicety.

HELLENIA (of Retz).
(which see).

HELLENIA (of Willdenow).
pinia (which see).

HELMINTHOSTACHYS. Indian Flowering Fern.
H. zeylanica is a species somewhat difficult of cultivation,
requiring stove temperature all the year round and a con-
stantly moist place. The best compost consists of two
parts rich loam, one part leaf-mould, and one part sand.
Propagation is very slow, as it very seldom forms double
crowns, and young plants have neyer, it is believed, been
raised from its spores, which are disposed in small, crested
clusters, forming a long, loose spike of peculiar shape,
Being deciduons, care must be taken that, during the
resting season, its roots and rhizome, both of which are of
a succulent nature, do not become dry, in which case
it would seriously suffer and possibly die outright.
H. zeylanica is of little value as a pot plant, but highly
interesting when grown in a warm Fernery in a moist
situation, where it does not get disturbed during the
resting season.

A synonym of Costus

Included under Al-

420

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

HELONIAS. According to the ‘Index Kewensis,”
fonr species, natives of North America and Tropical
Africa, are referred to this genus, which is closely allied
to Tofieldia. Several plants formerly included hereunder
are now referred to Chamelirium, Melanthium,
Stenanthium, Veratrum, Xerophyllum, and Zy-
gadenus.

HELONIOPSIS (from Helonias, and opsis, resem-
blance; alluding to the affinity of the genera). SYN.
Sugerokia. OnpD. Liliacew. A small genus (four species)
of greenhouse or hardy perennials, natives of Japan and
Formosa. Flowers solitary or few at the tip of the scape,
rather large, slightly nodding: perianth segments distinct
or scarcely connate at base, oblong or narrow, sub-equal,
snreading; stamens six; scape erect, simple. Leaves
radical, petiolate, oblong or lanceolate, scarious-sheathed
at base. Rhizome short, horizontal. H. japonica, the
only species in cultivation, thrives in any fairly good
garden soil, and may be increased by divisions in autumn.
H, japonica (Japanese). /., perianth rose-coloured, five to six

lines long, the segments free, narrow; stamens very shortly

exserted; pedicels usually longer than the flowers; raceme
short, two- to ten-flowered. April. J. oblanceolate, at the
flowering period 3in. to 4in. long and lin. broad, brownish
towards the tips. Japan, 1881. Wrongly called H. umbellata
in G. C. ser. iii., vol. i., p. 711. (B. M. 6986.)

HELOSPORA. A synonym of Timonius (which

see).

HELWINGIA.
H. ruscifolia.

HELYGIA. A synonym of Parsonsia (which see).
HEMEROBIUS. See Lacewing Flies.

H, rusciflora is the correct name of

Fic. 442. FLOWER OF HEMEROCALLIS AURANTIACA MAJOR.

HEMEROCALLIS. This genus embraces five
species, natives of Central Europe and temperate Asia,
Japan especially.

These very accommodating plants should be freely used
in the mixed borders and in the shrubbery. The flowers
are yery useful for cutting if picked in the bud state,
those of H. flava and H. Thunbergii being especially so.
In moist or in dry soils the plants seem to do equally
well, providing they are not often disturbed. They may
be planted in either autumn or spring, at which time,
too, they should be divided for purposes of increase.

To those described on p. 134, Vol. II., the followimg
should be added :

H. aurantiaca (orange-coloured). //l. six to eight in a corymb;
perianth bright orange-yellow, the segments above Sin. long,

~ Leaves opposite, entire or toothed.

Hemerocallis—continued.

crisped ; main petite about lin. long. July. 7. six to eight
to a stem, ensiform, 3ft. long, lin. broad, acutely keeled. Stem
3ft. long. Habitat uncertain, but probably Japan or Eastern
Siberia, 1890.

H. a. major (larger). //l. bright orange, firm; perianth tube Zin.
long, the limb 4in. long. 7. lin. to lin. broad, firm, strongly
ribbed. Japan, 1895. (G. C. 1895, xviii., pp. 62, 71, f. 14; Gn. 1895,
xlviii., p. 400, t. 1041.) See Fig. 442.

H. citrina (Citron-yellow). 1. Lemon-yellow. China, 1897. This
species differs from H. minor in having much larger flowers and
leaves twice as broad; and from H. Dumortierii in the flowers
being twice the size, with a longer tube and scape, and in the
leaves being thrice as long.

H. flavo-Middendorfii (hybrid). 7. Citron-yellow, the outer
pean segments brick-red on the exterior. A garden hybrid

Cee the species indicated in the name. 1897. (R. H. 1897,
p. 247.)

H. fulva angustifolia (narrow-leaved). /l. orange-yellow, the
slender tubular portion of the perianth half as long as the
segments. Japan, 1885. Syn. H. f. longituba (R. G. 1187), ©

H. f. maculata (spotted). . having a deltoid, reddish-purple
blotch on the inside of the perianth. North-Western China,

H. Thunbergii (Thunberg’s). A.
sweet-scented. July. A. 14ft. Japan.

HEMICARPURUS. A synonym of Pinellia (which

see).

HEMIGENIA (from hemi, half, and genea, to beget;
in reference to the absence of the two upper stamens).
Including Atelandra. Orp. Labiatey. A genus embracing
about twenty-two species of greenhonse shrubs or under-
shrnbs, all Australian; closely allied to Hemiandra. Two
of them have been introduced, but they are probably no
longer grown.

HEMIGRAPHIS (from hemigraphos, half-written ;
in allusion to the shape of the corolla). Orp. Acanthacex.
A genus embracing about a score species of stoye or
greenhonse, annual or perennial herbs, inhabiting the East
Indies, the Malayan Archipelago, China, and Japan.
Flowers rather small, solitary or rarely twin, spicate ;
calyx deeply five-cleft or five-parted, the segments often
more or less connate below the middle; corolla tube
slender, shortly enlarged above, the limb of five rounded,
spreading lobes; stamens four, didynamous, included ;
bracts often imbricated; bracteoles minute or wanting.
For culture of the
species described below, see the allied genus Ruellia.

H. colorata (coloured). 1. white; corolla narrow, six to seven
lines long ; spikes terminal, tetragonal, pedunculate. J. cordate-
ovate, crenate, bullate, 23in. long, 1gin. broad, tinted silvery-grey
on the upper surface, purple beneath ; petioles l4in. long. Stem
creeping, and, as well as the petioles, loosely hairy. India, 1885.
Stove perennial.

H. latebrosa (secret). The correct name of the plant described
on p. , Vol. TIL., as Ruellia latebrosa. \

rich clear yellow, very

HEMIMERIS. One or two species formerly included
hereunder are now referred to Alonsoa.

HEMIONITIS. Ivy-leaved Fern. Although some
eight or nine species of Hemionitis are known and
described, only three or four of them are usually grown ;
these are easily-grown plants of dwarf habit. When grown
in pots, all these singular Ferns require is a mixture of two

arts of fibrous, soft peat, and one part of sand, or where
the peat obtainable is of a somewhat close nature, the
mixtnre is benefited by the addition of one part of chopped
sphagnum. It is essential, on account of the few roots
which they produce, that these plants shonld be kept in
pots of comparatively small dimensions, and that the
drainage should be perfect. All are liable to the depreda-
tions of Aphides, which are easily destroyed by slight
fumigations; occasionally, also, Thrips may make their
appearance on the foliage, in which case the most efficacious
treatment consists in a dip in a slight solution of lemon
oil. H. cordata (Fig. 443) is one of the most distinct
species.

Propagation is readily effected by spores, which germinate
freely, and also by means of the young plants that most
kinds produce at the base and at the notches of the
segments of the fronds, which, for that purpose, should be
firmly laid on the surface of the soil recommended above.

0

s

ae eT

Hemionitis—continued.

Fic, 443. HEMIONITIS CORDATA,

HEMIORCHIS (from hemi, half, and Orehis; the
plant much resembles an Orchid). Ord. Scitaminex.
A monotypic genus. The species is a quick-growing,

UYU

x

Fic. 444. PINNA OF FROND AND FILAMENTOUS GROWTH AT BASE
OF RACHIS OF FROND OF HEMITELIA CAPENSIS.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 421

Hemiorchis—continiued.

stove, herbaceous plant, native of the Hastern Himalayas
and Birma, allied to Globba. For enlture, see Alpinia.

H. burmanica (Birwa). J. jin. across, produced before the
leaves; calyx reddish-brown, with ovate segments; lateral
staminodia yellowish-white, about as long as the corolla
segments; lip yellowish-white, spotted with reddish-brown,
orbicular ; spike short, dense; peduncle hidden by the bract-
leaves. 7. three to six, produced on a short special stem, oblong,
ane? very pale beneath. Rootstock white, tuberous. (B. M.

HEMIPILIA (from hem, half, and pilion, a cap;
alluding to the covering of the pollen mass). Orp.
Orchidee, A small genus (three species) of stove
Orchids, with the habit of Habenaria rotundifolia,
natives of the East Indies. Flowers few in a raceme;
sepals nearly equal in length, the dorsal one concaye,
the lateral ones spreading, oblique; petals smaller, nn-
divided; lip continuous with the column, spreading,
rather broad, the base produced in a spnr; column yery
short. Stems having one leaf at the base. For culture,
see Pogonia,

H. amethystina (amethystine). . white and purple, Ophrys-
like, 4in. in diameter, numerous ; scape erect, 8in. long. /. soli-
tary, ovate, cordate, 4in. long, yellowish-green, marbled with
brown. Tuber small, fleshy. Birma, 1897. (B. M. 7521.)

H. calophylla (beautiful-leaved).* /., eae white and green,
rarely purple; petals similar, but much smaller; lip dark
vinous-purple, 4in. broad; raceme six- to eight-flowered ; scape
Sin. to Tin. high, green, spotted reddish-brown. July, 7. 2in.
to 3in. long, ljin. to l4in. broad, sessile on the tuber, the
acute base sunk in the Je dark green, mottled brown.
Moulmein, 1886. (B. M. 6920.)

HEMIPTERA. ‘ve Insects.
HEMISACRIS. A synonym of Schismus (which

see).

HEMISANDRA. A
(which see).

HEMITELIA. With ver
require stove temperature, which no doubt accounts for their
not being more generally cultivated. Most of them are
strong growers, the trunks in many cases attaining 15ft.
or more in height; they therefore require large structures
to enable them to perfectly develop their broad, shining
fronds, which have an imposing appearance in a fernery
planted in company with other kinds haying more delicate
or finely-divided foliage. The beauty of the under-surface
of the fronds is greatly enhanced by the position of the
sori, which usually form an almost uninterrupted line
round the leaflets.

Hemitelias are not by any means difficult to grow if
potted or planted in a mixture consisting of about equal
parts peat, loam, and sand. During the growing season
they require not only a good deal of heat, but also a
large amount of moisture at the roots and along their
trunks, most of which are of a drier and more woody
nature than those of other Tree-Ferns.

Propagation is almost invariably from spores, which
germinate freely, though the plants may also be increased
by means of lateral offsets, which are occasionally produced
along the trunks of certain species. Two of the most
popular kinds are H. capensis (Fig. 444) and H. Smithii
(Fig. 445). ;

To the species described on pp. 135-6, Vol. IL., the
following should be added:

H. Brunoniana (Brown's). fronds, rachis of pinne often free
from prickles ; rachis of pinnules beneath more or less erisped-
pubescent ; veinlets two branicHed very rarely three-branched.
sori, involucre membranous, reduced before the capsules are
ripe to a hemispheric cup or sub-patelliform scale. /. 10ft.
to 40ft. India.

H. guianensis (Guiana). A synonym of 7. muiltijlora.

H. Lindeni (Linden’s), fronds pinnate; pinne shortly stalked,
thin, 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to ljin. broad, acute, the margins
cleft into regular, short lobes having their apex directed
upwards. sori disposed in two or three irregular lines or series
on the margins of the pinne. Caracas, 1894.

H. multifiora Parade. /ronds larger than in the type,
glabrous, bipinnate; rachis wingless, marked with white
lenticels. sort marginal, copious. Colombia, 1877. Habit more
robust. (I. H. 1877, t. 280, under name of J. gutanensis
Parade.)

Aphelandra

syuonym of

few exceptions, Hemitelias

422 THE

DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Hemitelia—continued. a

Fie. 445. Portion OF FROND OF HEMITELIA SMITHII.

H. Walkerze (Mrs. Walker’s).* fronds ample, bi- or tripinnate ;
pinne 13ft. long; pinnules din. to 4in. long, cleft nearly or
quite to the midrib; lobes oblong, very blunt, entire or
slightly notched. sori occupying the lowest forking of the
veins close to the midrib; involucre large, roundish. Ceylon
(at 6000ft. elevation).

HEMIZONIA (from hemi, half, and zone, a girdle;
in allusion to the half-enclosed ray-achenes). ORD. Com-
posite. A genus embracing about twenty-five species of
Californian herbs, nearly all annuals or biennials, usnally
glandular, viscid, and strongly scentetl, allied to Layia.
Flower-heads yellow or white, usually small or mediocre.
Leaves alternate or sometimes opposite. Only one
species, H. pungens, has been introduced. It is described
(G. C. 1898, xxiv., p. 298) as a ‘‘ quick-growing shrub, with
straggling white branches, bright green, spinous leaves,
and yellow flowers,’ but according to the ‘‘Synoptical
Flora of North America,” it is “only an annnal or a
biennial.

HEN-AND-CHICKENS HOUSELEEK. Sve
Sempervivum soboliferum.

HENCEKELIA.
(which see).

HENDERSONIA. See Spheropsidee.
HENFREYA. A synonym of Asystasia (which see),

Included under Didymocarpus

HENICOSTEMMA. A synonym of Enicostema
(which see).

HENNINGIA. A synonym of Eremurus (which

see).
HENRICEA. A synonym of Swertia (which see).

HEPATICA. Inclnded under Anemone (which see),
the correct name of H. triloba being A. Hepatica.

HEPETIS. A synonym of Pitcairnia (which see).
HEPIALIDZE. ‘See Moths.

HEPIALUS HUMULI.
present yolume, and Otter Moth in Vol. Il.

HEPIALUS LUPULINUS. ‘See Common Swift
Moth.

HEPTA. In Greek compound words this signifies
seven; e.g., Heptamerous (haying seven parts), Hep-
tandrous (having seven stamens).

HEPTAPLEURUM. Syn. Sciadophyllwm (of Blume).
To the species described on p. 136, Vol. II., the following
should be added :

H. venulosum erythrostachys (red-spiked).* 7. deep red,
very tiny, in a branched, terminal panicle. /. very large, long-
stalked ; leaflets broad. Branches strong, spreading. Tropical
Asia, 1895. A small, pretty tree. (B. M. 7402.)

H. vitiense (Fiji). jl. three to seven in an umbel. /. digitate;
leaflets obovate-oblong, obtuse, narrowed to the petiole, entire,
with horizontally spreading veins. Fiji, 1887. Syn. Agalma
vitiensis.

HERACLEUM. To the species deseribed on p. 137,

Vol. II., the following should be added:

H. eminens (conspicuous). A synonym of H. platytenium.

H. flavescens (yellowish).* /l. yellowish, not radiating. A less
vigorous species than either H. pubescens or H. persicum, but
more ornamental on account of its more abundant and more
divided foliage. Austria, 1889. Perennial.

H. lanatum (woolly). #1. white; umbels widely spreading, 6in.
to 10in. in diameter. jr. nearly sin. long. /. ternately divided,
very large, glabrous above, tomentose-pubescent beneath ; prin-
cipal divisions 4in. to 10in. in diameter, unequally lobed, the
lobes acuminate. Stem sulecate, pubescent, 4ft. to 8ft. high.
North America, &c. Perennial. In the form vestitum the upper
part of the stem and the petioles are densely woolly.

H. Mantegazzianum (Mantegazzi’s).* jl. disposed in an
immense umbel, attaining 44ft. in diameter, and containing as
many as 10,000 flowers ; stem strong, erect, coppery-red. J. 3ft.
long, forming a tuft about 12ft. in diameter. Orient, 1897.
A gigantic species,

H. persicum (Persian). 1. white, in large umbels; inflorescence
shortly papillose-pubescent. jr. 4in. long. J. large, highly
glabrous aboye, shortly pubescent beneath, pinnate or bipinnate ;
segments three or four pairs, the lower ones petiolulate, all
cut into lanceolate, acuminate segments. /. 12ft. Persia, &c.,
1888. Biennial. Allied to H. pubescens.

H. platyteenium (broad-ribboned). #. white; umbels some-
times lft. in diameter, many-flowered, softly hairy. June.
Jr. large, papillose-hairy. 7. very large (often 2ft. long),
glabrescent above, cobwebby beneath; lower ones me
segments petiolate, cordate, broadly and very obtusely palmate-
lobed ; upper ones tripartite. h. 4ft. to 5ft. Western Asia, 1871.
Biennial. Syn. H. eminens (G. C. 1871, p. 875).

H. paneseens (downy). fl. white, in many-rayed umbels;-
im

orescence scabrid-setulose. Summer, 0. glabrous above,
pubescent beneath, pinnatisect; segments two or three pairs,
cleft into elliptic, shortly acuminate lobes, the lower ones shortly
pedicellate. Taurian Mountains, &c. Biennial. The form
Wilhelmsii only differs in the fruit.

H. Wilhelmsii (Wilhelms’). A form of H. pubescens.
HERB. Specifically, a plant of which the stem dies to

the ground at the end of the season. Herbs are annnal,
biennial, or perennial in duration.

HERBAL. A title given by old writers to books on
plants, e.g., Parkinson’s and Gerarde’s ‘‘ Herbals.”

HERBARY. An old name for that part of the garden
deyoted to the culture of Herbs (which see).

HERB CHRISTOPHER. See Actza spicata.

HERBERTIA. Syns. Alofia, Trifurcia. H. cxrulea
is regarded by J. G. Baker as identical with H. Drum-
mondiana.

HERITERIA (of Schrank). A synonym of Tofieldia
(which see).

See Ghost Moth, in

|
“
,
q
|

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 423

HERITIERA (of Gmelin). <A synonym of Lach-
nanthes (which see).

HERITIERA (of Retzius). This is now considered
to be synonymous with Alpinia (which see).

HERMANNIA. 1'o the species deseribed on p. 137,
Vol. IL., the following should be added :

H. argentea (silvery). /l. orange and yellow; calyx shortly
campanulate; peduncles racemose, one-flowered. May. 1. bi-
pinnatifid, covered with stellate scales; lobes decurrent. h. 2ft.
South Africa, 1820,

H. aurea (golden). A synonym of H. althcwifolia.

H. conglomerata (conglomerate). jl. yellow, small, sub-
capitate, crowded at the ends of the branches. J. 4in. to Jin.
long, petiolate, cuneate-ovate or nearly round, very obtuse,
crenate or incised, plaited and undulated, hairy beneath.
h. lft. to 2ft. South Africa, 1872. A spreading, hispid shrub.
(Ref. B. 217.)

H. cristata (crested).* /. of a bright brick-red, solitary in the
axils of the upper leaves; calyx jin. long; petals lin. long,
with an incurved claw and an orbicular, recurved limb.
Autumn. 2. lin. to sin. long, sessile or shortly petiolate,
linear-oblong, acute, crenate-serrate or toothed. Stems as-
tending, lft. to 1sft. high. Transvaal, 1890. (B. M. 7173.)

H, denudata (naked). jl. yellow, small; peduncles racemose-
paniculate, one- to three-flowered. 7. shortly petiolate or sub-
sessile, lanceolate, acute, lin. to 2in. long, coarsely toothed
above the middle. h. 2ft. to 3ft. South Africa, A glabrous,
straggling shrub.

H. fasciculata (fascicled), A synonym of ZH, linearifolia.

H. linearifolia (linear-leaved). . purplish; peduncles race-
mose, drooping, one-flowered, shorter than the leaves. J, lin.
long, one line broad, obtuse, glabrous and slightly viscid.
Branches glabrous, divaricate. South Africa, 1869. A stout,
serubby bush. Syn. H. fasciculata (Ref. B. 289).

H. scoparia (Broom-like). /. bright yellow, pendulous, in
secund racemes. ?/. mostly linear, lin. long, sub-sessile, scat-
tered; lower ones linear-cuneate, often three-toothed at apex.
Branches erect. Stems several from the same crown, trailing,
arin slatt long, shrubby at base. South Africa, 1870. (Ref.

HERMINIUM. Including Chamorchis. Aopla
(referred to this genus by Bentham and Hooker) is now
included under Habenaria (which see). To the species
deseribed on p. 188, Vol. II., the following shonld be
added : ;

H. alpinum (alpine). . white; lip ovate, repand, twice as
large as the acute petals; spike few-flowered, shorter than

the leaves. May. J. linear, Grass-like. Mountains of Europe,
1824. (B. R. 1499.)

H. reniforme (kidney-shaped).
reniformis.
HERMIONE.

see).

HERMODACTYLUS TUBEROSUS. According
to J. G. Baker, this is the correct name of the plant
described on p. 198, Vol. II., as Iris tuberosa.

HERNANDIA. Hertelia is synonymous with this

genus,
HERNANDIEZ. A tribe of Laurinez (which see).
HERPESTIS. Syns. Anisocalyx, Bramia, Caconapea,
Calytripler, Cardiolophus, Heptas, Mecardonia, Mella,
Monniera (of P. Brown), Ranaria, Septas (of Loureiro).

Calyx five-parted; corolla with a cylindrical tube and
spreading lobes; stamens four, included.

H. cuneifolia (cuneate-leaved). A synonym of H. Monniera.
HERPOTRICHA NIGRA. ‘ce under Juniperus
—Diseases.
HERRERA. A synonym of Erithalis (which see).

HERRERIA. According to the “Index Kewensis,”
H. Salsaparilha is the correct spelling of the name of
the species described on p. 138, Vol. IT.

HERTELIA. A synonym of Hernandia (which see),
HESIODIA. A synonym of Sideritis (which see).

HESPERALOE (from hesperos, Western, and Aloe;
alluding to the aspect of the plant and its native habitat).
Orv. Iiliacee. A genus embracing only a couple of species
of very striking and interesting, greenhouse plants, having
a leafy stem or a very short caudex, natives of North

A synonym of Habenaria

Ineluded under Narcissus (which

Hesperaloe—continued.

America, and closely allied to Yucca, Perianth straight,
cylindrical; segments narrow, nearly equal. Leaves
clustered, linear, channelled, rigid, filamentose on the
margins. For culture, see Yucca.

H. Davyi (Davy’s). . green and white, lin, long; panicle 12ft.
high, copiously branched, the branches lft. to 2ft. long. 2. 4ft.
long, broader than in H, yucecefolia, with brown marginal fibres.
California (?), 1898.

H. Engelmanni (lngelmann’s). A synonym of HW. yucecfolia.

H. yucceefolia (Yucca-leaved). /l. pale rose-coloured, fascicled
at the sides of the this or branches of the loose racemes ;
perianth cylindrical, straight, the segments narrow, sub-equal ;
stamens six; pedunele or scape leafless, 3ft. to 4ft. high,
simple or with a few straight branches. J. clustered, linear,
channelled, d, the margins white-filamentose. Texas, 1882.
(G. C. 1882, xvili., p. 199, f. 34.) Syn. H. Engelmanni.

HESPERANTHA. 'I'o the species deseribed on
p. 188, Vol. IL., the following should be added :

H. longituba (long-tubed). ll. three to eight; inner segments
white, outer ones tinged with reddish-brown, sin. to gin. long ;
spathe valves tinged with red; scape lft. high. J. two or three,
distichous, glabrous, grass-like, 6in. to Qin. long, with a
reduced one clasping the scape below the middle. i877.

HESPERIS. Siliquas elongated, nearly terete or
tetragonal. ‘To the species described on p. 139, Vol. IT.,
the following should be added. A few species formerly
included hereunder are now referred to Malcolmia.

H. arabidiflora (Arabis-flowered).
Linneana.

H. violacea (violet).* #. violet; claw of the petals included,
the lamina obovate; pedicels about equalling the calyx ; raceme
almost paniculate. jr., siliquas 2sin. to Jin. long. June.
1., radical ones oblong, entire or repand, rarely almost runcinate ;
cauline ones lanceolate, acute, almost entire. A. 6in. to 12in.
Asia Minor. A pretty annual or biennial.

HESPEROCALLIS (from hesperos, Western, and
kallos, beauty; in allusion to the habitat of the plant,
Hemerocallis, to which the present genus bears some
resemblance, being an Hastern one). Orp. Liliacew, A
monotypic genus. The species is a greenhouse or half-
hardy plant, with a short, woody caudex, allied to Hemero-
callis. For eulture, see Yucca.

H. undulata (waved). /l. whitish, sweet-scented, large, shortly
pedicellate, in a simple raceme; perianth funnel-shaped, the
tube cylindrical, the lobes oblong-spathulate, longer than the
tube, erecto-patent; stamens six; bracts under the pedicels
scariose, sometimes a few leafy ones below the inflorescence ;
scape erect, simple. February and March. J. radical, linear,
elongated, undulated, rather thick, broadly edged with white.
California, 1882.

HESPEROCHIRON (from hesperus, evening, used
for Western, and Chiron, a Centaur distinguished for his
knowledge of plants, i.e., Western Centanry; the plants
were formerly supposed to belong to the Gentian Family).
Orv. Hydrophyllacee. A small genus (two or three
species) of nearly or quite hardy, perennial rock-plants,
natives of North America. Flowers solitary, on axillary
peduncles; corolla purplish or nearly white; parts of the
flower occasionally in sixes or sevens. Leayes entire,
spathulate or oblong, on mostly elongated, margined
petioles, crowning the caudex or rootstock. The plants
thrive in any ordinary soil. Good drainage must be
afforded.

H. californicus (Californian). l. white, with dark stripes;
corolla oblong-campanulate, 4in. to Zin. long. July, JZ. copious
in a radical rosette, lin. to 2in. long. California, &e., 1823.
Syn. Nicotiana nana (B. R. 833).

H. pumilus (dwarf). jl. white, veined with violet and with a
yellow base, nearly rotate ; lobes longer than the tube, which is
set within. - 2. all radical, 2in. to 24in. long, sin. to Zin. broad,
spathulate, hairy beneath. Idaho to Oregon, 1888, Hardy
alpine, with tuberous rootstock. Syn, Villarsia pumila.

HESPEROCLES. A synonym of Nothoscordum
(which see),

A synonym of Parrya

HESPEROSCORDUM. Included under Brodiea
(which see).
HESSEA. Eight species are referred to this genus

by J. G. Baker. Flowers pink, small; perianth cut down
nearly or quite to the ovary, the segments spreading ;
stamens inserted at the base of the segments. To the

424

Hessea—continued.
species described on p. 139, Vol. II., the following should
be added :

H. Duparquetiana (Duparquet’s). jl. about twenty in an
umbel ; perianth 2in. long, with a short tube; segments white,
with a carmine keel, flat, narrow; pedicels 4in. long; peduncle
as thick as a finger. J. lorate, lft. long at the flowering
period. Kalahari region, South Africa. Syn. Imhosia Dupar-
quetiana.

HESSEA (of Bergius).
(which see).

HESSIAN FLY (Cecidomyia destructor). Though
known in America for upwards of a century and a
quarter, and on the Continent of Europe for over half a
century, it was not until 1886 that this insect was dis-
coyered in England. As its specific name suggests, it is
very destructive, the crops laid under contribution being
Wheat, Barley, and Rye. As, too, it will also attack
several of the grasses found in pastures, it is a very
undesirable insect to establish itself. The name Hessian
Fly was bestowed upon it as long ago as the War of
Independence, at which time it was said to have been
introduced by the Hessian troops.

Cereals attacked by the Hessian Fly present a very
characteristic appearance, as they bend down as if storm-
laid. This is due to the larye attacking the stem at
points where the leaves encircle it, preferably, it seems,
low down. Here it extracts the nutriment to such an
extent that the stem is so weak as to be unable to stand
up, and the ears of corn, if they are produced, are but
miserable specimens. The perfect insects are minute
Midges (2mm. to 3mm. in length), and therefore quite
inconspicuous. They vary as to colour with the sexes,
and also in individuals, but usually they are a velvety-
black, with a pink or brownish abdomen, marked into black
squares. The insects are on the wing in early summer. In
America Cecidomyia destructor is double-brooded, but in
this country only one brood is usually hatched.

The larva shorly before becoming a pupa has the
power of exnding a peculiar substance, from which it
evolves a most extraordinary case that may be likened
unto Flax seed. In this it slonghs the larval skin, and
becomes a pupa. It is frequently stated that the pupa
state is assumed in the shrunken skin of the larva, but
this is not the case, as the latter may be found
distinct from the pupa in the Flax seed-like puparia.

As remedial measures are practically hopeless, the
cultivator has to rely upon prevention and Nature. In
the latter case he is aided by several destructive
parasites of the Hessian Fly, one Enropean species in
particular, Semiotellus nigripes, being of the greatest
benefit, and it has been imported into various parts of
America on that account. There are numbers of others.
Early sowing of Wheat and Barley is recommended, as
it has been found that late-sown cereals are more
liable to attack, as in the former case (say in ee 2)
the perfect insects are not in evidence. Thick-strawe
cereals are also advocated, and those varieties which’ to
a certain extent are insect-resisting. Burning the stubble
is by some adyocated as a precautionary measure if carried
out in a systematic manner, commencing at the edges of
field. Others, however, say that, by burning, the useful
parasites to which attention has been directed are like-
wise destroyed. All fields should be kept clear of grass
weeds ; and, according to Griffiths, land dressed with a
manure consisting of nitrate of soda 2cwt. and agricul-
tural salt $ewt. to the acre, will prove of immense benefit.

HETERANTHERA. Syns. Buchosia, Leptanthus.
Of the three species introduced, H. limosa is the best
known.

HETEROCERA. See Moths.

HETERODERA RADICICOLA. One of the most
destructive species of Eelworms, and responsible for the
galls found upon the roots of many vegetables and frnits,
but especially npon Tomatoes, Cucumbers, and Vines.
See Eelworms.

HETERODERA SCHACHTII.
Worms.

HETERGCIOUS. Fungi are said to be hetercecions
when they are parasitic upon different plants at different
stages—e.g., Gymnosporangium, several species of which
require two widely distinct plants in order to complete the
eycle of life.

A synonym of Carpolyza

See Nematoid

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

“

HETEROPAPPUS. UH. decipiens is a form of
H. hispidus.
HETEROPHLEBIUM. Included under Pteris

(which see).

HETEROSPERMUM (from heferos, variable, and
sperma, seed). ORD. Composite. A small genns (five
species) of small, hardy or half-hardy annuals, mostly
natives of the warmer parts of America, allied to Coreopsis
(which see for culture). Flower-heads yellow, small, the
three to five rays little exserted. Leaves opposite,
pinnately or ternately dissected, or sometimes undivided.
HA. Xanti (Syn. H.. Xanthii, R. G. 1898, p. 429, f. 79) is
described as a dwarf-growing, hardy, Californian annual,
much resembling the well-known Sanvitalia procumbens.

HETEROSPORIUM ECHINULATUM. See
Carnation Fairy Ring Spot.

HETEROSTALIS. Included under Typhonium
(which see).
HETEROTAXIS. Included under Maxillaria

(which see).
HETEROTHRIX. A synonym of Echites (which

see).

HETEROTOMA.

genus.

HETEROTRICHUM (from heteros, variable, and
thria, trichos, hair ; in allusion to the variable hairs on the
leaves). Orv. Melastomacez. A genus embracing half-a-
dozen species of stove, often hispid-pilose or glandular
shrubs, natives of Guiana, Colombia, and the West Indies.
Flowers white or pink, small or rather large, in terminal
or rarely lateral panicles; petals six to eight ; stamens
twelve or indefinite. Leaves petiolate, ample, ovate-cordate
or oblong, entire or serrulated. H. macrodon, the only
species calling for mention here, thrives in a compost of
sandy loam and peat, and may be increased by cuttings.
H. macrodon (long-toothed). . in terminal cymes of ten to

twelve; petals pure white, red at base, obovate, imbricated ;

stamens sixteen. Autumn. /. pphosite but very unequal, cordate-
ovate, acuminate, dentate-toothed, seven-nerved, paler beneath.

Branches and stalks covered with rufous hairs. h. 7ft. to 9ft.

Caraccas and Colombia. (B. M. 4421.)

HETEROTRICHUM (of Bieberstein).
under Saussurea (which see).

HETEROTROPA. ‘See Asarum.

HEUCHERA. Those kinds, like H. hispida, which
are grown for their foliage shonld have their flowers
pinched out. The Heucheras may be effectively employed
upon rockeries. They may be divided in either autumn
or spring.

To the species described on p. 140, Vol. II., the following
should be added:

H. brizoides (Briza-like). A garden hybrid between Tiarella
purpurea and Heuchera sanguinea. 1897.

H. pilosissima (very pilose). //l., petals linear, twice the length
of the teeth of the sub-globose calyx. J. ovate-cordate, rather
obtusely lobed, toothed. California. Plant sub-caulescent, very
villous with long, spreading, glandular hairs.

H. rosea (rosy). A garden hybrid between H. pilosissima and
H. sanguinea, 1893.

4 ea alba (white).* This form differs from the type
in having pure white flowers. 1896. (I. H. 1896, p. 334, f. 32.)
H. s. grandiflora (large-flowered). ‘This has flowers of a larger
size and more brilliant colour than the type. ;

H. s. splendens (splendid). Another improvement upon the
type as regards colour.

HEUDELOTIA. A synonym of Balsamodendron
(which see).

HEVEA. JH. quianensis (Syns. Siphonia Cahuchu and
C. elastica) furnishes the Brazilian or Bottle Rubber of
commerce.

HEWARDIA. Included under Adiantum (which
see), the correct name of H. adiantoides being A. Hewardia.

HEWITTIA BICOLOR.
Palmia bicolor (which see).

HEX. In Greek compound words this signifies six;
e.g., Hexandrous (having six stamens), Hexagynous (having
six styles).

Myopsis is synonymous with this

The correct name of

Included —

\

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C, 425

HEXADESMIA (from hez, six, a, withont, and
desmos, a bond or thong; in allusion to the six separated
pollen masses). Orb. Orchidee. A small genus (four
or five spee’es) of stove, epiphytal, branched Orchids,

natives of Mexico, Central America, the West Indies, and’

Brazil, allied to Scaphyglottis. Flowers small, fascicled
or racemose. Leaves fleshy. Three of the species have
been introduced, but they are seldom seen outside botanical
collections.

HEXAGLOTTIS. Including Plantia. Flowers
yellow, three or four in a cluster; perianth cut down to
the ovary into six sub-equal, spreading segments, twisting
spirally as it fades; filaments very short, flattened, con-
nivyent; panicle having few spicate branches. Leaves
one or two, linear or nearly terete. Rootstock a tunicated
corm,

HEXAMERIA. A synonym of Podochilus (which

see).

HEXISIA (from evisoein, to be equal or like; in
reference to the conformity of the lip with the sepals).
Syn. Euothonza. Orv. Orchidew. A small genus (three
or four species) of epiphytal Orchids, inhabiting tropical
America from Brazil to Mexico. Flowers mediocre ;
sepals nearly equal, narrow, the dorsal one free, the lateral
ones produced in a very short chin; petals resembling the
dorsal sepal; lip erect, connate with the column at base,
the lateral lobes obscure, the middle one lanceolate,
spreading, equalling the sepals; column short; pollen
masses four; racemes terminal, few-flowered; peduncles
short. Leaves narrow, rather rigid. Only one species is
known in gardens. For culture, see Ornithidium.

H. bidentata (two-toothed).* ji. bright scarlet, about Jin. in
diameter; sepals and petals linear, acute ; lip narrow obovate-
oblong ; racemes short, arising from the nodes. 7. linear-oblong,
not longer than the joints. Stems constricted at the nodes, the

pas lin. to ljin. long. Panama, Colombia, 1887. A pretty

ittle Orchid. (B. M. 7051.)

HEXORIMA. A synonym of Streptopus (which

see).

HEYMASSOLI.

see).

HEYNEA (commemorative of Dr. Heyne, a German
botanist). Orb. Meliacee. A small genus (two or three
species) of stove trees or shrubs, restricted to India and
the Indian Archipelago. Flowers rather small, in terminal
and axillary, corymbose panicles. Leaflets five to eleven,
opposite, entire. H. trijuga (B. M. 1733) and H. quin-
quejuga have been introduced, but are probably lost to
cultivation.

HIBISCUS. Including Abelmoschus and Triguera.
Calyx five-cleft or fiye-toothed ; staminal column truncate
or five-toothed ; ovary five-celled.

The varieties of hardy Hibiscuses grow well in ordinary
garden soil, but prefer one that is sandy, deep, and rich.
A sunny position is advisable, although not absolutely
essential to ripen the wood sufficiently to enable them to
earry a good display of blossom each antumn. Propaga-
tion may be carried on by means of seeds, and if sown in
March in light soil and placed in gentle heat, they vege-
tate freely. Cuttings of the current season’s matured wood
taken in early autumn and dibbled in sandy soil, and the
pots plunged in warm bottom-heat and kept close, emit
roots in about a fortnight. They must be shaded from
the sun on bright days. Layering about midsummer and
in early autumn is sometimes practised; and grafting on
stocks of the type in spring in heat, and treated as
recommended for the Hamamelis, is also successful.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 142-3,
Vol. II., the following should be added. A few species
formerly included here are now classed under Fugosia.
H. Archeri (Archer's). A garden hybrid between H. Rosa-

sinensis and H. schizopetalus.

H. californicus (Californian). |. white, with a purple centre,
2in. to Sin. long, Sin. to 54in. across. Late summer or autumn.
1. cordate, acuminate, rarely somewhat three-lobed, crenate or
acutely toothed, 3in. to Sin. long, exceeding the petioles, velvety-

. pubescent when young. h. 5ft. to 7ft. Island in San Joaquin
River, California. Perennial.

ES ecalycinus (prominent-calyxed). (f. large, campanulate ;
etals yellow, with a purple spot at base, broad-obovate.

\ @ pale green, roundish, sub-trilobate, serrated. Stems hairy.

| Natal. Greenhouse shrub. Syn. H. chrysanthus.

\ Vol. V.

A synonym of Ximenia (which

Hibiscus—continued.
H. chrysanthus (golden-flowered). A synonym of H. calycinus.
H. cisplatinus (Plane-like). #. pale rose, 2sin. in diameter;
calyx campanulate, surrounded by numerous linear bracts.
q. ovate, acuminate, with a tendency to become three-lobed.
Brazil, 1887. Greenhouse shrub.

H. Cooperi (Cooper's). A form of H. Rosa-sinensis.

H. crassinervis (thick-nerved). #. pink, scarcely sin. long;
peduncles solitary, axillary, remote or clustered at the ends of
the branches. 7. about lin. long, less than 4in. broad, shortly
petiolate, sub-cordate, oblong-ovate, coarsely serrated, with
prominent nerves. Tropical Africa.

H. c. flammeus (flame-like).* /. fiery-red; peduncles long.
7. cordate, glandular. Ab nia, 1893. Best treated as a
half-hardy annual; perennial when grown under glass.

H. esculentus (edible). Gombo; Okra. /. yellow, with a
crimson centre; peduncles about lin. long, solitary, axillary.

Summer. fr. 6in. to 10in. long, pyramidal-oblong, glabrescent,
edible. 7. cordate, three- to five-lobed; lobes oblong, toothed ;

peuclse 6in. long, bristly. h. 2ft. to 3ft. India, &e. A half-
ardy annual, cultivated in many countries for its fruits.

H. e. speciosus (showy).* #. sulphur-yellow, large, blotched
with blood-red at the base of the petals. 1894. A handsome,
hardy annual. (R. G. 1894, p. 622, f. 111.)

H. grandiflorus (large-flowered). A synonym of H. hetero-
phyllus.

H. hastatus (spear-shaped), A synonym of H. militaris.

H. heterophyllus (variable-leaved). fl. white, with a purple
centre, large, on short pedicels in the upper axils. /. entire
or deeply three-lobed, lanceolate or elliptic-oblong, 5in. to 6in.
long, usually serrated or crenulate, sometimes white beneath.
Branches often prickly. h. 6ft. Australia, 1803. Greenhouse
shrub. (B. R. 29.) Syn. H. grandiflorus (Gn. 1885, ii., 478).

H. lasiocarpus (woolly-fruited). fl. resembling those of
H. Moscheutos. fr. more or less densely hairy. 7. broadly
ovate, more or less cordate at base, nearly equally tomentose
on both surfaces. North America. Half-hardy shrub.

H. 1. occidentalis (Western). jr. pubescent rather than hairy.
7. more uniformly cordate at base. Chihuahua and California,
1888. (G. & F. 1888, i., p. 425, f. 68.)

H. Lebelei (Lebele’s). . lemon-yellow, large, with reddish-
brown blotches at the base of the corolla. /. palmate digitate.
h. 3ft. to 44ft. China, 1893. An unbranched, half-hardy annual.

H. lilacinus (lilac). A synonym of ugosia hakew/folia.

H. liliiflorus (Lily-flowered). jl. scarlet, axillary, forming a
kind of corymb; calyx segments five. Summer. J/. oblong-
lanceolate. coriaceous, entire or divided into three to five
lobes. h. 3ft. to 6ft. Isle of Bourbon, 1819. (B. R. 1995.) Of
this greenhouse tree there are several pretty varieties.

H. Manihot (Manihot). 1. sulphur-yellow, purple in the centre,
6in. or more in diameter; petals roundish, abruptly narrowed at
base. Summer and autumn. J. palmately divided nearly to the
base; lobes five to seven, often lft. long, linear, acuminate,
coarsely toothed. India, &c., 1715. Greenhouse perennial.
(B. M. 1702, 3152; Gn., 1898, i., p. 126, t. 1157.)

H. micranthus (small-flowered). (7. white or pink, 4in. across,
axillary ; corolla reflexed. J. ovate or oblong, glandless, Zin. to
lin. long, entire or serrated, rough with bristly hairs. Branches

slender, rod-like, spreading, stellate-bristly. India, &c. Stove
shrub. The form voseus has rose-coloured flowers. Abyssinia,

1895.

H. Moscheutos. Swamp Rose Mallow. Syn. H. palustris (of
Linneus). Of this species there are one or two varieties with
white or pinkish-white flowers.

H. multifidus (much-cleft). A synonym of Fugosia hakee/folia.

H. mutabilis (changeable). 1. white or pinks on first opening in
the morning, becoming deep red by night, Sin. to 4in. across ;
peduncles axillary, 4in. to Sin. long. /. downy, five-angled, 4in.
across, cordate, toothed; petioles 3in. long. China (cultivated
in India), 1690. A. small, greenhouse tree, without prickles.
There is a double-flowered form.

H. palustris (marsh-loving),
H,. Moscheutos.

H. palustris (of Vhore). A synonym of H. roseus.

H. Patersonii (Paterson’s). A synonym of Lajunaria Pater-
sont.

H. Rosa-sinensis intermedius (intermediate). A garden
hybrid between H. R.-s. magnijicus and H. schizopetalus. 1889.

H. R.-s. kermesinus (carmine). 7. rich carmine-crimson,
large; petals broad, rounded, undulated, outer ones reflexed,
central ones erect, the innermost series consisting of the trans
formed column developed into numerous petaliferous lobes
bearing stamens on their margins. South Sea Islands.

H. R.-s. magnificus (magnificent).* 1. bright rosy-magenta,
shaded crimson, the base of each petal blotched chocolate.

H. R.-s. subviolaceus (partly violet).* jl. bright rose-colour,
lightly striped with violet, dark purple at the base of the
divisions, double. 1885. An ornamental variety.

of Linneus. ~ A synonym of

ake

426

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Hibiscus—continued.

H. surattensis (Surat). /l. yellow, with a dark purple centre,
about lsin. across, axillary, solitary; bracteoles having a
spathulate appendage ; peduncles equalling the petioles. July
to September. /. orbicular, about 16in. in diameter, deeply and
palmately three- to five-cleft. India, &e., 1731. A weak-stemmed,
stove, trailing plant, covered with soft hairs and with scattered
prickles. (B. M. 1556; G. C, 1891, ix., p. 529, f. 105.)

H. syriacus. In a ldition to the varieties named in Vol. IL., the
following are worthy of recognition: Comre DE HAINAULT,
LADY STANLEY, LILACINA PLENA, and PAINTED LADY.

H. ternatus (ternate), of Cavanilles. A synonym of //. T'rionwin.

H. venustus (charming).* jl. cream-yellow, about 3in. in
diameter. 2. orbicular, about 17in. across, lobed. Tahiti (?),
1891. A handsome, tall, stove shrub, nearly allied to HW amuta-
Vitis, (1B, M. 7183.)

HICKORY PINE. See Pinus Balfouriana.
HICORIAS. A synonym of Carya (which see).

HIDALGOA (after Hidalgo, a Mexican naturalist).
Orb. Composite. A small genus (three species) of green-
house herbs or under-shrubs, natives of Brazil and Costa
Rica. They are closely allied to Dahlia and Coreopsis,
but differ from both in habit, in the large fertile achene
of the ray flowers, and in the sterile disk flowers, the
styles of which are entire or very shortly two-lobed.
H. Wercklei, the only species introduced, should be
treated as a perennial; it climbs by means of the long
petioles, which twist round objects of support.

H. Wercklei (Carlo Werckle’s).* jl.-heads solitary, 24in. across ;
ray florets about ten, bright scarlet above, dirty yellow beneath,
three-toothed, spreading, oblong; disk yellow; peduncles
axillary, solitary. July. /. opposite, broadly ovate, pinnately
ternatisect, lsin. to 24in. long, the teeth tipped with reddish-
brown. Costa Rica, 1898. (B. M. 7684.) Syn. Childsia Wercklei.

HIDE-BOUND. Another name for the condition
known as Bark-bound (which see).
HIERACIUM. Including Pilosella. To the species

described on p. 143, Vol. Il., the following should be
added :

H. maculatum (spotted). jl.-heads yellow, cymose; florets
toothed. Summer and autumn. J. ovate-lanceolate, stronely
toothed, hairy, strongly speckled with black. Stem branched,
many-leaved. kh. 14ft.

H. villosum (villous).* 7.-heads yellow, large, with glabrous
rays. July. /. membranous, silvery-glaucous, almost entire;
upper cauline ones ovate or oblong, sub-amplexicaul; radical
ones oblong-sessile. “Stems slightly branched, few-headed, leafy.

h. lft. Germany, Switzerland, &c. Plant white-villous, rather
handsome. A good plant for withstanding drought.

HIEROCHLOE. To the species described on p. 143,

Vol. 11., the following should be added:

H. redolens (scented), l., panicle 6in. to 10in. long, nodding;
branches capillary, slightly hairy, the lower ones 2in. to 3in.
long. J. flat, quite smooth or slightly scabrid; ligule broad,
membranous. Culms densely tufted, 2ft. to 3ft. high. Tas-
mania, &c. (in wet places), 1832.

HIGGINSIA (of Blume). A synonym of Petunga

(which see).
HIG TAPER. See Verbascum Thapsus.
HILLEBRANDIA (named in hononr of Dr. Hille-

brand, a botanist at Hawaii, who sent dried specimens
of the plant to Kew in 1865). Orp. Begoniacer. A
monotypic genus. The species is a tall, branched, sue-
culent, stove herb, everywhere sparsely clothed with
long, reddish hairs. For culture, see Begonia.

H. sandwicensis (Sandwich Isles). jl. white, tinged rose, or
more or less rosy, about 4in. in diameter, the females bi-
bracteolate ; sepals five, ovate, sub-acute, the outer ones rather
larger; petals five, spathulate, concave, membranous ; stamens
muny, free; peduncles 6in. to 12in. long, dichotomously branch-
ing, and bearing bisexual cymes. May. JZ. 4in. to Bin. long
and broad, obliquely rounded and deeply cordate, with a very
Narrow sinus, and overlapping basal lobes. kh. 3ft. to 4ft.
Sandwich Isles, 1886. (B. M. 6953.) .

HILL GOOSEBERRY. See
tomentosa.

HILLIA. To the species described on p. 144, Vol. IL.,
the following should be added:

H, tetrandra (four-anthered). Jl, corolla tube lin. to lJin.
long, the four lobes roundish-obovate, one-third or one-quarter
as long as the tube. June. /. obovate or spathulate-lanceolate,
cuneate at base, rounded at apex, lsin, to 24in. long. Roots

bearing small tubers. A. 3ft. to 4ft. Jamaica, 1793. (B. M.
7355.) ;

Rhodomyrtus

HIMANTOGLOSSUM.
(which see).

HIMANTOPHYLLUM. Sve Clivia and Imanto-
phyllum.

HIMATANTHOS. A synonym of Plumeria (which

see).

Included under Orchis

HIP. A common name for the frnit of a Rose.

HIPPEASTRUM. Knight's Star. Including
Habranthus and Phycella. J. G. Baker limits the
number of species to thirty-eight. Flowers usually

bright red or whitish; perianth-tube often furnished with
minute scales or a distinct neck at the throat; stamens
inserted at the throat of the tube, more or less declinate.
Leaves linear or lorate. Rootstock a bulb with
membranous tunics. Many plants formerly classed under
Amaryllis are now known as Hippeastrams.

Fic. 446. Hybrid HippEasTRUM.

So great has been the advance made by florists with
the lovely hybrids belonging to this genus (Fig. 446) that
the time-honoured species are now relegated to the back-
ground. Not only are the flowers themselves more diver-
sified as to colour, but the foliage is far stronger than
in the older kinds. Coming, as the flowers do, at a dull
season of the year, they are much in request as _pot-
plants for table and other indoor decoration, especially,
too, as being of excellent substance they last a long time
in perfection. :

To the species described on p. 145, Vol. II., the follow-
ing should be added. They require stove treatment.

H. advenum (foreign). jf. yellow or red, horizontal or
ascending, lsin. to 2in. long; segments Jin. broad ; umbel two-
to six-flowered; peduncle 6in. to 12in. long. December and

January. 7. linear, lft. long, glaucous-green. Bulb ljin. in
diameter. Chili. SyNs. Amaryltis advena (B. M. 1125; B. R.

849), Eustephia Macleanica (Ref. B. 332).

H. a. pallidum (pale). The correct name of H. miniatum.

H. ambiguum is a form of HZ. solandrijlorum.

H. Andreanum (André’s).* jl. pale red, striated with dark
red, four to six in an umbel; spathe pink ; perianth 4in. long,
with a short tube; scape lft. to 14ft. long. /. lorate, appearing
after the flowers. Cordilleras and Colombia, about 1876. Syn,
Amaryllis Andreana (of gardens),

H. Arechavaletz (Mme. Arechavalet’s). jj. three in an

umbel; perianth white, banded with crimson, 4in. long, 2in./

broad ; scape 2ft. high. Monte Video, 1898. This is very neay
A, vittatum, only differing in having the margins of the periants
segments plain.

oe a

OS =—=S— rh rr

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 427

Hippeastrum—continued.

H. Bagnoldi (Bagnold’s). 1. yellow, tinged with red, erect or
nearly so, ljin. to 2in. long; tube very short; segments 4in.
broad; umbel four- to six-flowered; peduncle lft.-long. — d.
linear, glancous, lft. long. Bulb 2in. in diameter, the tunics
nearly black. Coquimbo. Syn. Habranthus Bagnoldi (B. R.
1396).

H. B. punctatum (dotted). #., periauth drooping, the tube
green, the segments milky-white, with copious small, red dots,
spreading, revolute at apex. Chili, 1885. Syn. Habranthus
punctatus (R. G. 1163, f. 3).

H. bicolor (two-coloured). /l. bright red, passing to yellowish-
green towards the base, ascending, narrowly funnel-shaped ;
umbel four- to nine-flowered; peduncle slender, 1ft. to Lift.
long. October. /. about four, contemporary with the flowers,
linear, obtuse, Lift. to 2ft. long. Bulb globose, 2in. in diameter.
Chili. SyNs. Amaryllis cyrtanthoides (B, M. 2393), A. ignea
(B. R. 803), Phycella biflora (B. R. 1943).

H. b. magnifica (magnificent). #., perianth limb 3in. long.

H. bifidum (bifid). 7. bright red, erect or nearly so, about 2in.
long; tube very short; segments obtuse, jin. broad; umbel
three- to six-flowered ; peduncle lft. long. March. 27. two or
three, linear, slightly glaucous, lft. long, produced after the
flowers. Bulb ljin. in diameter. Buenos Ayres, 1825. SyNs.
Habranthus angustus (B. M. 2639), H. bifidus’ (B. M. 2599),
H. intermedius (B. R. 1148), HW. kermesinus (B. R. 1638).

H. brachyandrum (short-anthered).* #. pale pink, deop
blackish-red at the base of the segments, nearly erect, 34in.
long; tube short, funnel-shaped ; segments acute, Jin. broad ;
stamens less than lin. long; umbel one-flowered ; peduncle
slender, 1ft. long. South Brazil, 1890. (B. M. 7344.)

H. brasiliense (Brazilian). A garden synonym of ZH. rutilum
Sulgidum.

H. calyptratum (calyptrate). 7. pale yellow, reticulated with
green; tube Zin. long; limb 4in. long, the segments oblong-
unguiculate, acute, 1fin. to l4in. broad; umbel two- or three-
flowered ; peduncle 2ft. long. May. /. five or six, lorate, acute,
bright green, lft. to 2ft. long. 2in. broad. Bulb din. in
a Brazil, 1816. Syn. Amaryllis ealyptrata (L. B. C.

H. Cybister (Cybister). Tumbler Sprekelia. The correct name
of Sprekelia Cybister (FE. d. S. 455-6).

H. equestre splendens (splendid).* #. larger than in the
Bape. eat having broader perianth segments. 1895, (R. H. 1895,
p. 577.)

H. e. Wolteri (Wolter’s). . of a beautiful cinnabar-red or
scarlet, 5in. to 6in. in diameter. Costa Rica, 1895. (R. G.
1895, p. 20, f. 49, under name of H. Wolteri.)

H. fulgidum (bright). A form of I. rutilum.

H. Leopoldi (King of the Belgians’). /., tube short; limb
yery regular, 5in. long, 6in. to Tin. across, the segments 2in.
broad, white towards the tip, bright red in the middle, with
a bifid white keel in the lower half of the red, and a large,

eenish-white throat ; peduncle stout. 2 lorate, 1ft. to 2ft.
eS Bulb 2in. tp din. in diameter. Andes of Peru, 1869.
epg t. 475-6.) Syn. Amaryllis Leopoldi (G. C. 1870, p. 733,
f ).

H. Muesserianum (Muesser’s). /., perianth segments salmon-
colour, tinted with rose, narrow. Brazil, 1896. _ This species
is nearly allied, to H. aulicum. (I. H. 1896, p. 376, t. 72.)

H. phycelloides (Phycella-like). |. bright red, with a yel-
lowish centre, erect; perianth tube jin. long; segments ob-
lanceolate ; scape 6in. to 12in. long, three- to six-flowered.
i. three or four, long-linear, glaucous, appearing with the
flowers. Chilian Andes. 1830. SyN. Habranthus phycelloides
(B. R. 1417).

H. procerum (tall). 7. lilac, four to twelve in an umbel;
tube very short; limb 5in. to 6in. long, the segments less
than lin. broad ; peduncle lft. to 14ft. long, ancipitous, lin. to

‘ljin. in diameter. Winter. 2. about a dozen, distichous,
faleate, ensiform, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 14in. to 2in. broad. Bulb
large, with a long neck. South Brazil, 1863. A very distinct
Species. SYNS. Amaryllis procera (I, d. S. 2077-8), A. Rayneri
(B. M. 5883).

H. pulverulentum. The correct name is H. rutilum acu-
minatum.

H. pyrrochroum is merely a variety of H. equestre.

H. Reginz (Queen's).* Mexican Lily. #. two to four in an
umbel; tube 4in. to sin. long; throat having a large, greenish-
white star; limb bright red, 4in. to Sin. long, the segments
lin. to ljin. broad. May. /. fully developed after the flowers,
2ft. long, liin. broad. Bulb 2in. to 3in. in diameter. Mexico
Ds the West Indies, 1725. Syn. Amaryllis Regine (B. M.

).
\ H. rutilum (red).* _/l. two to four in an umbel; tube green,
Zin. long; limb 3in. to 4in. long, the segments bright crimson,

\ with a green keel extending half-way up, Zin. to lin. broad,
filaments red; peduncle lft. long. J. six to eight, lorate, lft.

long. Bulb 2in. to 3in. in diameter. South Brazil, 1810. Syn.
Umaryllis rutila (B. R. t. 23; L. B. C. 1449).

Hippeastrum—continved.

H. r. acuminatum (taper-pointed). The correct name of
H. pulverulentum.

H. r. fulgidum (bright).* The correct name of H. sub-
barbatum. SYN. H. brasiliense (of gardens).

H. sub-barbatum. The correct name is H. rutilwm fulgidum.

H. Wolteri (Wolter’s). A variety of H. equestre.

The following list of hybrids include kinds which are
sure to give satisfaction :

ALFRED HENDERSON, crimson-scarlet, maroon centre ; ASPASIA
white, feathered with wlet, and elegantly banded; BEE-
THOVEN, light orange, veined white; CONQUEROR, crimson-
searlet, large; ECLIPSE, white, striped scarlet; ELDORADO,
orange-scarlet, with dark veinings ; EMPRESS OF INDIA, scarlet,
with white rays; FIGARO, crimson, with grey eye; Masor
WILSON, bright scarlet ; MATCHBOX, white, veined orange-
scarlet, barred white; Miss AMALIE, white, blotched and
veined rosy-pink ; SOUTHEY, scarlet, rayed white and green;
THE VIGIL, white, with red markings.

HIPPION. A synonym of Enicostema (which see).
HIPPOBROMA. Incladed under Isotoma (which

see).

HIPPOCASTANUM. A synonym of Zésculus
(which see).

HIPPOGLOSSUM (of Breda). A synonym of
Cirrhopetalum (which see).

HIPPOGLOSSUM (of Hartmann). A synonym of
Mertensia (which see).

HIPPOPHAE. The species formerly known as
H. argentea and H, canadensis are now classed under

Shepherdia.

HIPTAGE (from hiptamai, to fly; in reference to
the three-winged samarz). Syns. Gertnera (of Schreber),
Molina. Orv. Malpighiacew. A small genus (about four
species) of stove, climbing shrubs, found in tropical Asia.
Flowers white, fragrant, in terminal and axillary, some-
times compound racemes; calyx five-parted; petals
clawed ; peduncles erect: stamens ten, declinate. Leaves
opposite, coriaceous, entire, petiolate, glandless; stipules
wanting. The species thrive in a compost of peat and
loam, and may be increased by cuttings.

H. Madablota (native name). The correct name of Gertnera
raceniosa.

H. obtusifolia (obtuse-leaved), The correct name of Gertnera
obtusifolia.

HIRZA (named in honour of De la Hire, a French
botanist). Orb. Malpighiaceew. A genus embracing about
fifty species of stove shrubs, often climbing, natives of
tropical America. Flowers small. Leayes entire. Several
of the species have been introduced, but it is doubtful
if any are now in cultivation.

HIRCULUS. Included under Saxifraga (which
see).
HOAREA. Included under Pelargonium (which

see), the correct name of H. atra being P. hirsutwm
melananthum.

Fic. 447. SPROUGHTON HOE,

HOES AND HOEING. The Hoe illustrated at
Fig. 447 is a really improved Dutch Hoe, as it is worked
in the same way with the advantage that, having a
double edge, it may be effectively moved either back-
wards or forwards. When the person using the Hoe is
standing up, the flat of the blade lies on the surface of
the ground, and is easily moved backwards or forwards
without bending the back. Another advantage is that
the Hoe is self-cleaning, i.e., does not clog with soil if it
is damp, and works itself bright quickly, doing its work
expeditionsly and well. If it is desired to remove any
large or noxious weed by the roots, the pointed end is
very handy for that purpose.

428

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

HOFFMANNIA. To the erence described on p. 147,
Vol. Il., the following shonld be added :
H. pheenicopoda (purple-footed). #. inconspicuons. J. ovate-
oblong, acute, dark green es violet-red on the under-
surface. Central America (%), 1898.

HOFFMANSEGGIA (named in hononr of J. F. Hoff-
mansegg). ORD. Leguminose. A genus embracing abont
fourteen species of dwarf, mostly stove herbs or under-
shrubs; two are South African and the rest American.
They are very closely allied to Cxsalpinia. Two of the
species have been introdnced, but it is doubtful if they are
still in cultivation.

HOG NUT. See Carya porcina.

HOHENBERGIA. This genns is included under
Zichmea (which see).
H. capitata (headed). A synonym of #chmea exsudans.
H. erythrostachys (red-spiked). A synonym of chmea
glomerata.
H. Legrelliana (Legrell’s). A synonym of Ortgiesia Legrelleana.
HOLARRHENA (from _holos, entire, and arrhen, a
male; in allusion to the anthers). Orp. Apocynacez. A
genus embracing seven or eight species of stove trees or
shrubs, found in tropical Asia and Africa, and allied to
Tabernemontana. Flowers white, cymose. Leaves
opposite, membranous. H. age bee (Syns. H. villosa,
Chonemorpha antidysenterica) has been introduced, but is
not in general cultivation.

HOLBCGLLIA. This genus is monotypic, H. acuminata
being now regarded as merely a variety of H. lattfolia
(with which species Stauntonia latifolia is synonymous).

HOLCOCHLZENA. Inclnded under Pellea (which

see).
HOLLY, AMERICAN. See Ilex quercifolia.

HOLLYHOCK. In certain positions in the garden
no other flower is so effective as the Hollyhock, but it
has not been so popular in recent years as it used to be,
becanse of the difficulty in cultivating the plants owing to
the disease. If clean plants can be “obtained, say, in “the
autamn, they should be wintered in frames, and the pots
plunged to the rims in cocoa-nut fibre or similar material.
‘They are usually wintered in small-sized flower-pots, and
in the spring repotted in 5in. and 6in. size. In April they
may be planted out where they are to flower. The
Hollyhock is a very gross-feeding plant, and requires
a rich, deep soil. ‘The ground ought always to be well
trenched and mannred during the winter, when it is usually
in good condition at planting time in the spring.

It is a good thing when putting out the plants to have
at hand a barrow-load of good prepared compost, such as
is used in the potting-shed: a little of it should be
placed around the ball of the roots as the plants are
turned ont of the pots; this gives them a good start. A
stont stick, standing some 6ft. ont of the ground, will be
required, and it is best to put the sticks into the ground
at once, and plant the Hollyhocks up to them, fastening
the stems to them at the same time. The plants soon
start into rapid growth, and must be fastened to the
sticks as growth progresses. As soon as dry weather
sets in, the plants should be freely watered, and some
decayed manure placed around the base to prevent undae
evaporation.

Some cultivators remove the lateral growths, so that
the centre spike may be of splendid quality. Such
growths are furnished both with eyes containing leaf-
buds, and with flower-buds. The leaf-buds, if cut out
and inserted in small pots in sandy soil, will produce
nice young plants. They should be treated much as
yine eyes are. The small pots should be plunged in a
spent hot-bed, when the bud will, in a week or ten days,
come through the soil. Great care must be taken in
watering them at this stage, as they have considerable
tendency to rot off; but as the plants advance in growth
and form roots, they should be potted on into large

‘‘sixties,”’ and in these they will pass the winter, but
must be potted on in the early spring months.

Hollyhocks are also propagated in the spring by root-
grafting, and by cuttings from growths obtained from
the old stools. To obtain these the old plants should be
lifted out of the ground in October, and planted in
flower-pots from 6in. to Sin. in diameter; there is no
need to over-pot them. The plants may either be

Hollyhock—continued.

wintered in a garden-frame or in a cool greenhouse, and
in February or March the cuttings will be ready.

one should be taken with a sharp knife close to the main
stem of the plant, and potted in ‘“‘thumbs”’ in sandy soil.
If the soil is moist, and the cuttings are placed in the
propagating-frame of a forcing-house, they will require
little or no water until roots are formed, and an over-
supply of water might cause most of them to rot off at
the base. They will soon start into growth if they do
well, and must, of course, be inured to a more airy place
as soon as possible.

Root-grafting is merely the process of tying the shoot
to a bit of Hollyhock root, after cutting the growth and
the root much in the same way as ordinary whip-grafting
of fruit-trees. Growths shonld be planted in small
flower-pots, deep enough to leave the point of union just
above the surface. These spring-propagated plants will
flower rather later than those struck from eyes or in
any other way in the autumn.

Propagation from seed is much the easiest way to raise
a stock of Hollyhocks, and, of course, it is always best
to save the seed from the very best varieties. Such
plants should also be cross-fertilised, for if this is not
done the seedlings produce flowers differing very little
from the parent plant, most of them inferior in quality,
but some equally good, and very few of them better. If
the seed is sown soon after it is gathered and dried, and
the plants are preserved through the winter in garden-
frames, they flower strongly the following season;
but if the seed is obtained during the winter, it is as
well to sow it in May or June, planting the ‘seedlings,
when strong enough, where they are to flower. Seedlings
when planted out require exactly the same treatment as
the named varieties.

In hot, dry seasons, the leaves of Hollyhocks become
much damaged by Red Spider, which attacks the under-
sides of the leaves. The best way to destroy it is to
syringe freely. This may be done frequently by the use
of clean rain-water, and the mechanical action of the
water will dislodge the pest. Tobacco-water effectnally
destroys it. :

Varieties. Several fine additions to the list of named
varieties of Hollyhocks have been made within recent
years. Some of the best are as follow :

Doubles. ALETHA SMITH, pink, sometimes tinted with buff;
ALFRED CHATER, rose mottled, good form; APOLLON, cherry-
rose; AQUILA, deep purple; BEauTY, rosy-lilac; BLACK
KNIGHT, very dark maroon; CRIMSON KING, bright crimson ;
CRIMSON QUEEN, deep crimson (one of the best); DELI-
CATISSIMA, cream, on a darker ground; EUCLID, deep yellow,
tinged bronze ; EXvuLtTIM, blac ish-maroon ; JAMES ALLEN,
deep claret; MARY AY, flesh pink} MULBERRY Ge,
reddish- mulberry ; Ovip, bright cerise ; PURPLE PRINCE, rich

urple ; QUEEN OF THE WHITES; VAQUERO, primrose;
WALDEN PRIMROSE, light primrose, with chocolate base.

Singles. ATHELSTANE, dark claret ; LANGPORT RIVAL, crimson,
with wavy petals; MARJoRY, deep ‘claret ; PARRET PRIDE, soft
puce, with rose-coloured centre; SULPHUR QUEEN, pale
yellow; WEARNE WYCHE, white, with pink centre.

HOLLYHOCK FUNGUS (Puccinia malvacearwm).
In addition to the preventive measures suggested in
Vol. IL, p. 149, weak Bordeaux Mixture should be
sprayed upon the diseased plants. Condy’s Fluid, used
in the proportion of 2 gills to each } gallon of water, has
proved very effectual. All dead and decaying leaves
should be collected and burned.

HOLLY-LEAF FLY (Pagina ilicis). This pest
is far more debilitating to Hollies than is generally
supposed, as in bad attacks the leaves are shed in quanti-
ties. When this is the case the cast foliage should be
collected and burned, and just prior to the appearance of
the perfect insects next season the trees shonld be syringed
with a solution of soft soap and quassia.

arama tas Included under Scirpus (which
see).

HOLOTHRIEX (from jolos, whole, and thriz, hair;
in reference to the stem being covered with hairs). Orb.
Orchidez. A genns embracing about eighteen species of
stove or greenhonse, terrestrial Orchids, natives of
tropical and South Africa and Madagascar. Flowers
small, in slender, usually secund spikes: sepals some?
times hairy; petals entire or variously divided at apex

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 429

Holothrix—continued.

lip erect or spreading, divided at apex into from three
to many segments, produced at base into a spur; scapes
slender, usually hairy, and without sheaths. Leaves one
or two, sessile, ovate or orbicnlar-reniform, radical. Two
of the species haye been introduced. They thrive in
a mixture of peat, sphagnum, and charcoal, and require
the temperature of a warm greenhouse.

H. Lindleyana (Lindley’s).* (. white, racemose; scape
slender; lip five-lobed, with an imrolled spur. J. ovate,
spreading on the ground. South Africa, 1888. A pretty little
Orchid. (G. C. 1888, iii., p. 364, f. 56.)

H. orthoceras (straight-spurred). . white, striped with
urple, numerous; scape purple, erect, 6in. long. J. ovate,
in. long, green, with grey reticulations. South Africa, 1897.
(B. M. 7523.)

HOLY HERB. See Verbena officinalis.
HOLY THISTLE. See Silybum Marianum.

HOMALANTHUS. Syys. Duania, Omalanthus.
Including Dibrachion (of Regel). To the species de-
scribed on p. 149, Vol. Il., the following should be
added :

H. giganteus (gigantic).
long, nearly thrice exceeding the
densely pubescent beneath. Otherwise _ resembling

H. Leschenaultianus. Java, 1866. SyNs. Carumbium gigan-

teum, Dibrachion peltatum (R. G. 1866, p. 100, t. 504).

H. Leschenaultianus (Leschenault’s). The correct name of

A. populifolius.

HOMALIUM (from homalos, even, consistent; the
stamens in some of the species are regnlarly divided
into fascicles). Including Astranthus. Orb. Samydacez.
A genus embracing abont thirty species of stove trees or
shrubs, natives of Asia, Africa, and North Australia.
One or two of them have been introduced, but they are
probably not now seen outside botanical collections.

HOMALOMENA. Syn. Zantedeschia (of Sprengel),
in part. Chamecladon (which see) is included in this
genus by Sir J. D. Hooker, in the “Flora of British
India.” Flowers borne on an inappendiculate spadix,
which is included in the spathe and often shortly
stipitate, the male inflorescence cylindrical or fusiform,
the female shorter and narrower; spathe straight,
cylindrical or conyolute below, the lamina conyolute or
gaping, acuminate. Leaves ovate- or triangular-cordate
or lanceolate ; petioles often elongated and long-sheathing.
To the species described on p. 149, Vol. II., the
following should be added:

insignis (remarkable).* j., spathe green, 34in. to 4in. long,
obtusely keeled at back, the apex compressed-rostrate ; spadix
white, Sin. long. J. lft. long, 6in. broad, elliptic-oblong, obtuse
and shortly mucronate, rounded at base, green above, suffused
purple beneath; petioles fuscous-purple, channelled, 3in. to

Far hae sheathed to the middle. Borneo, 1885. (L H. 1885,

t. :

H. rubescens is the correct name of H. rubra.

H. Siesmeyeriana (Siesmeyer’s). _., spathe purplish-red
outside, white within, the tube and limb indistinguishable;
peduncle purplish-red. 7. slightly sagittate, the veins, midrib,
and margin beneath tinted red; petioles purplish-red, long,
glabrous. Malaya, 1885.

HOMALOPETALUM (from homalos, flat, and
petalon, a petal ; the middle petal [lip] is like the lateral
ones). ORD. Orchideer. A monotypic genus. The species
is a tiny, stove Orchid, allied to Tetramicra (which see
for culture).

H. jamaicense (Jamaica). #. solitary on peduncles lin. long;
segments 4in. long, linear. J. ovate, in. long. Pseudo-bulbs
4in. long. Rhizomes creeping. Jamaica, 1896.

HOMERIA. Six species are included in this genns.
Perianth segments free to the base, conniyent in a cup,
then spreading; filaments united in a cylindrical tube;
spathes cylindrical, few-flowered. Leaf (usually) solitary,
overtopping the flowers. To the species described on
p. 149, Vol. II., the following should be added:

H. aurantiaca is a variety of H. collina.

H. collina miniata (scarlet). 7. of a tawny red with a yellow
centre; scape 12in. to 20in. high, bearing several fascicles of
flowers. 7. one or two, rigid, linear, without any central band.
(S. B. F. G. 152.) Syn. Morea miniata (A. B. R. 404).

H. c. ochroleuca (yellowish-white). jj. of a pale yellow.
(B. M. 1103, under name of H. ochroleuca.)

H. flexuosa (bending). A synonym of Heraglottis longifolia.

f., female pedicels becoming very
rigid bracteate males.

|
|
|

Petasites alpina ‘ts

HOMOGYNE ALPINA.
synonymous with this species.

HOMOPTERA. See Insects.

HOMOS. In Greek componnd words this term means
similar ; e.g., Homocarpons,, having fruits all of one kind.

HONCKENYA PEPLOIDES. A
Arenaria peploides (which see).

iy ory a rammatea A synonym of Pederia (which
see).

HONEY AGARIC. This very conspicuous fungus,
known scientifically as Agaricus melleus and Armillaria
mellea, may be found upon many orchard trees as
well as upon Conifers in large numbers in August and
later, and is responsible for the disease known as Tree-
Root Rot. It grows alike as a saprophyte and as a
parasite, and the clusters of pale yellow sporophores,
or mushrooms, are very familiar. It is a most destructive
fungus to trees on which it finds lodgment. Indeed, the
only compensating influence that the fruit-grower has
in connection with the pest, is that the mushrooms
are edible, if of somewhat peculiar flavour. Care
shonld be taken that trees do not receive exterral
injury, as when this is the case the spores which are
distributed when ripe find a congenial resting-place and
start the trouble in what was previously a non-infected
area; or, again, the fungus may gain access by means of
black, stringlike mycelium spreading from the roots and
eventually working between the bark and the wood. If
the bark be damaged the wood should be coated with tar
at once.

It is practically useless adopting remedial measures when
once a tree is attacked, and the endeavour must rather be

synonym of

-to prevent, as far as possible, the spread of the trouble.

Hartig, in his ‘‘ Diseases of Trees,’’ recomntends digging
narrow trenches some distance from the trunk, and thus
preventing the extension by means of the mycelium
already referred to. Where old tree-stumps have been
allowed to remain, and the sporophores are growing
thereon, they should be collected before the spores can
be distributed, and either eaten or burnt. Further, the
stumps should be removed.. On no account should the
**toadstools,” as they are frequently termed, be kicked
off the trees, as is frequently done. See also Pinus—
Fungi, where the pest is illustrated.

Pte FLOWER, CAPE. See Protea melli-
era.
HONEY GARLIC. See Nectaroscordum.
HONEYSUCELE, BUSH. See Diervilla.

HONEYSUCEKLE, JAMAICA. See Passiflora
laurifolia.

HOOP ASH. See Celtis crassifolia.
HOOP WITHY. See Rivina.

HOP AND PLUM APHIS (Phorodon humuli). See
Aphides and Phorodon.

HOP-DOG. See Tussock Moths.
HOPEA. Included under Symplocos (which see).

HOPEIREIA (of Sprengel). A synonym of Salmea
(which see).

HOPLOCAMPA TESTUDINEA. ‘See Apple
Sawfly.
HOPLOPHYTUM. Included under Aichmea

(which see).

HOP-TREE. See Ptelea trifoliata.

HORMIDIUM (from hormos, a necklace ; in allusion
to the small psendo-bulbs clustered at the sides of the
rhizome). Orv. Orchidez. A genus embracing about seven
species of dwarf, stove, tropical American, epiphytal
Orchids, formerly included under Epidendrum (which see
for culture). Flowers variously disposed; lateral sepals
broader ; petals like the dorsal sepal or very narrow; lip
broadly connate with the base of the short column.
Leaves small, coriaceous or slightly fleshy. H. uniflorwm
(Syn. H. pygmzum) and H. Sophronitis have been intro-
duced, but it is doubtful if they are still in cultivation.
H. bicornutum (two-horned). A synonym of Diacrium

bicornutum.
HORNED RAMPION. See Phyteuma.

430 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

HORNEMANNIA MARTINICENSIS. The

correct name of Vaccinium Imrayi (which see).

HORNEMANNIA (of Bentham).
Sibthorpia (which see).

HORNET (Vespa Crabro). This, the largest of British
Wasps, occasionally gives trouble to the gardener, as the
insect shows a partiality for ripe fruit and especially
Grapes. In collecting, too, material for its nest, the bark
of several trees is laid under contribution. Against this,
however, must be set off its utility in destroying
noxious insects like Aphides, Scales, and the larve of
undesirable Moths. In neighbourhoods where Hornets are
found, a bottle of sweetened liquid hung up in the trees or
in the fruit-house will prove attractive to the insects,
which are far from common. See Wasps, Vol. IV.

Included under

HORNET FLY (Asilus crabroniformis). A large
dipterous insect, belonging to the Asilid#, sometimes

known as Robber Flies and Hawk Flies. Their chief
characteristics are: Head short and broad, eyes convex;
month prolonged into a short, horny beak: antenne three-
jointed, variable; palpi small; legs stout and_ strong,
with usually large feet and thick, blunt claws; hind-body
long and tapering; wings large and powerful. All the
family Asilide are exceedingly voracious insects, capturing
their prey alive, and then driving the horny beak into the
victim, which may consist of anything from small Moths
and Wasps to the fierce Tiger Beetles and the giant
Dragonflies. The larve live in the soil, and subsist
largely upon beetles.

A. crabroniformis is a strikingly bold insect, and on
account of its hairy covering and yellow-and-black dress
it might at a superficial glance pass for a Hornet or even
a Bee. This insect is found in many parts of England,
especially near the coast, where we haye seen it hawking
in gardens for prey. In Sark it is very common. The
insects are extremely useful to the gardener and farmer,
and should never be killed. They are harmless to man
despite their formidable appearance.

HORSE CHESTNUT, SMOOTH-FRUITED.
See Pavia.

HORSE GENTIAN. See Triosteum.
HORSE MANURE. The droppings of horses are

richer in nitrogen than those of either cows or pigs, but
not so rich as those of sheep; they have a somewhat
denser texture, and cohere but loosely. For this reason
they are readily distributed through the soil, and quickly
decay; hence the nutrient elements become rapidly fit
for absorption and assimilation by plants. The solid
excrements of horses are less lasting than those whose
action is slower.

HORSESHOE GERANIUM.
zonale.

HORSE THISTLE. See Cnicus.
HORT. See Hortensis.
HORTA. A synonym of Clavija (which see).

HORTENSIS OPULOIDES. A
Hydrangea Hortensia (which see).

HORTICULTURE. The science of Gardening

(which see).

HOSE-IN-HOSE. A term employed when the calyx
of a gamopetalous flower partakes of the form of the
corolla, or when the corolla consists of two parts or
whorls—a condition often found in the Primrose.

HOST-PLANT. One which supports a parasite.
HOTEIA. A synonym of Astilbe (which see).

ee oo HEAD, See Stangeria para-
oxa.

HOULLETIA. To the species, &c., deseribed on
pp. 153-4, Vol. II., the following should be added:

H. Landsbergi (Landsberg’s). l. fleshy, 3in. across; sepals
orange, with small red spots; petals smaller and notched; lip
white, tinged with purple, narrow, with four horn-like lobes ;
yeduncle purplish, stout, 4in. long. September. J. 12in. long,
in. broad, strongly ribbed. Pseudo-bulbs lin. long. Costa
Rica, 1891. Intermediate house. (B. M. 7362.)

H. Lowiana (Low’s). Jl. yellowish-white to cream-colour, with
some deeper sulphur-yellow at the base of the lateral wings of

See Pelargonium

synonym of

Houlletia—continued.
the hypochil, nearly as large as a crown piece, ivory-like in
substance ; peduncles usually bent forward or sideways, one-
to three-flowered. J. cuneate-oblong-lanceolate, acute, plaited,
unequal. Pseudo-bulbs short-pyriform, with some longitudinal
wrinkles, two-leaved. Colombia, 1874.

H. odoratissima xanthina (yellow).* /., sepals and petals
orange-yellow, the lip sulphur and white. 1884. A handsome
variety.

HOUSE FUNGUS. A popular name sometimes em-
ployed for the destructive Merulius lacrymans (which
see).

HOUSTONIA. H. purpurea is the correct name of
H. longifolia. H. serpyllifolia (of B. M.) is probably a
form of H. cerulea.

H. cerulea alba (white).

HOVEA. Ineluding Plagiolobium, Platychilum, and
Poiretia (of Smith). H. Celsi is the correct name of
H. elliptica.

A white-flowered variety of the type.

Fic. 448. HowEA BELMOREANA.

HOWEA. Thongh this genus of Palms boasts but two
species, H. Belmoreana (Fig. 448) and H. Forsteriana, they
are both so attractive that they shonld be represented even
if only as room plants, for which the latter is preferable.
Both are very popular species with the trade.

HOYA. Including Plocostemma. To the species
deseribed on pp. 155-6, Vol. Il., the following should be
added :

H. gonolobioides (Gonolobus-like). 7. brownish, rotate, with
ovate, obtuse lobes, umbellate ; peduncles hispid. 7. membranous,
cordate-ovate, acuminate, hairy on both sides. Stem fulvous-
hispid, climbing. India (?), 1884. A distinet plant.

H. Griffithii (Dr. W. Griffith’s).* 1. externally pale and rather
dull rose-red, with yellowish edges, paler and yellowish within,
with three faint pink stripes on each segment, lin. to Ijin. in
diameter, numerous, umbellate on a stout peduncle, lin. to 14in.
long. July. 7. in distant pairs, 4in. to 10in. long, very shortly
petiolate, elliptic or oblong-lanceolate or oblanceolate. Stem
flexuons, climbing. Eastern Bengal, 1885. (B. M. 6877.) A fine
species.

H. lasiantha (woolly-flowered). 7. yellow; corolla_reflexed,
densely stupose within at base; umbels very long-pedunculate,
terminal. July. J. ovate, shortly cuspidate, obsoletely veined.
Borneo, 1858. (B. M. 5081, under name. of Plocostemma
lasianthum.)

H. Lauterbachii (Lauterbach’s). 1. dark brownish-red on
the outer surface, emerald-green on the inner, large, and, as
well as the leaves and stems, hairy. 1896.

451

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Hoya—continuwed.

H. linearis sikkimensis (Sikkim). jl. waxy-white, pen-
tagonally five-lobed, nearly 4in. in diameter, in terminal, ten- to
thirteen-flowered umbels. JZ. soft, fleshy, terete, hairy. Stems
weak and flaccid, pendulous, slender, softly 1 Sikkim,

1883. A good basket plant. "(B. MNiG682)s( Gir met 83, x.;
pp. 8-9.)
H. longifolia Shepherdi (long-leaved, Shepherd’s).* The

correct name of H. Shepherdi. (G. C. n. s., XXiv., p. 616.)
H. Shepherdi is a form of H. longifolia.
H. trinervis is a form of H. Pottsii.
H. viridifiora (green-flowered). jl. green; corolla jin. in
diameter, cup-shaped, the lobes triangular; umbels drooping,
y-flawered; peduncles lin. to din. long. fr. covered
sty dust. /. ovate, sub-orbicular, or cordate, acuminate,
3in. to 6in. long; petioles lin, to Sin. long. India, The correct
name of this plant is Dregea volubilis.

HUDSONIA. H. Nullullii is synonymous with
I, ericoides.

HUEGELIA (of Reichenbach). A synonym of
Trachymene (which sce).

HUERNIA. Several species have recently been
discovered in tropical Africa. To those described on

p. 156, Vol. II., the following should be added :

H. aspera (rough). jl. few in a sessile cyme; sepals greenish
or purple, linear-subulate, spreading; corolla purple, nearly
lin. in diameter and as long, campanulate, the lobes very short,
broadly triangular, acute; column very short; outer corona of
five broad, short, truncate, very dark lobes, the inner of five
yellowish, oblong-lanceolate, erect, incurved, obtuse ones. Sep-
tember. / minute, tooth-like, distant, horizontal or recurved.
Stems procumbent, purplish-brown ; branches ascending, divari-
eate. Zanzibar, 1887. Stove. (B. M. 7000.)

H. Hystrix (quill-like). 7. having the limb and throat of the
corolla covered with fleshy, subulate processes; parts of the
inner corona having their apices expanded into flattened, oval,
horizontal processes, somewhat resembling an inverted foot,
Syn. Stapelia Hystrix (B. M. 5751).

H. macrocarpa (large-fruited).
with red ; corolla shortly campanulate.
(R. G. 1895, p. 353, t. 1416.)

H. macrocarpa (of Dammann). A synonym of I. Penzigii.

H. Penzigii (Penzig’s). jl. blackish-purple, disposed in sessile
cymes; corolla campanulate, lin. across. Stems 3in, high, tive-
angled, with teeth nearly sin. long. Abyssinia, 1892. Stove.
Syn. Hf. macrocarpa, of Dammann (R. G. 1892, p. 526, f. 108).

H. somalica (Somaliland). l. deep brownish-purple with yellow
spots on the corona, l4in, long, campanulate ; pedicels 4in. long.
Stems 3in. long, five-angled, with acute teeth. Somaliland, 1898.
Allied to H. oculata.

H. Sprengeri (Sprenger’s). jl. golden-bronze, with a
centre ; corolla star-shaped. Abyssinia, 1893. Stove.
H. tubata (tubular). 7. solitary, pale greenish, with reddish
dots, the throat red-pilos corolla ten-toothed, campanulate.

Branches tetragonal, SYN. Stapelia tubata (L. B. C. 225).

HUERNIOPSIS (from Huernia, and opsis, resem-
blance). Orp. Asclepiadew. A monotypic genus. The
species, H. decipiens, is a tiny, greenhouse succulent, with
erimson-brown and yellow flowers, allied to Hwernia. 1t
was introduced from the South African Diamond Fields in

1877, but is of more botanical than horticultural interest.

HULTHEIMIA. included under Rosa (which see),
the correct name of H. berberifolia being R. simplicifolia.

HUMBOLDTIA (of Necker). A synonym of Voyria
(which see).

HUMBOLDTIA (of Ruiz and Pavon).
Pleurothallis (which see).

HUMMING-BIRD HAWK MOTH.
glossa stellatarum.

HUMULUS. Syn. Lupulus. Flowers dicecious, the
males paniculate, the females spicate. Leaves opposite,
petiolate, broad, five- to seven-nerved. To the species
Hg on p. 157, Vol. II., the following should be
added :

H. japonicus (Japanese)., fl., males in long, lax panicles;
females in short, ovoid spikes, on long peduncles, with cordate,
cuspidate-acuminate bracts, which do not enlarge in the fruit.

Jl. greenish-yellow, spotted
Abyssinia, 1895. Stove.

white

A synonym of

See Macro-

penal five- to seven-lobed, the margins toothed. Japan.
tT ie Somewhat like the common Hop. (R. G. 1886, p, 359,
f. 43.)

H, j. lutescens (yellowish). This differs from the type in having
leaves of a bronzy or golden tint. 1898.

HUNTSMAN’S CUP. ‘ce Sarracenia purpurea.

HUONIA. A synonym of Acronychia (which see).
HURA (of Kenig). A synonym of Globba (which see).
HURTLE - BERRY. ‘See Vaccinium Vitis-

Idea.

HUTCHINIA. A synonym of Boucerosia (which
see).

_HUTCHINSIA. To the species described on p. 158,

Vol. I1., the following should be added:

H. alpina (alpine).* j. white, in clusters about lin.

style very shortly exserted. May. (/7., siliquas acute at

ends. 1. pinnatipartite, glabrous. Pyrenees, &c.,

A beautiful rockery or border perennial for a dry,

position. ;

H. calycina (having a prominent
Smnclowskia calycina.

hich ;
both
1775.

sunny

calyx) A synonym of

Fic. 449. Hyacintuus L’INNOCENCE.

HYACINTHUS. MIneluding Bellevalia. To the
species and varieties described on pp. 159-60, Vol. II.,
the following should be added. Several species formerly
included hereunder are now referred to Mtscari.

H. Aucheri (Aucher’s). #1. purplish-tinted ; perianth sin. long;
raceme dense, twenty- to twenty-five flowered, lsin. long;
scape firm, 3in. to 4in. long., J. three, fleshy-coriaceous,
linear, 6in. to Sin. long. Persia, 1894. Syn. Bellevalia Aucheri.

H. azureus (sky-blue). A synonym of H. ciliatus.

H. ciliatus (ciliated).* #., lower ones deep blue, deflexed, with
an oblong perianth {in. long, the segments about one-third as
long as the tube; upper ones nearly sessile, the sky-blue, cam-
panulate perianth having segments nearly or quite as lor
the tube; raceme dense, conical, with a thickened blue ¢ -
scape rather shorter than the leaves. February. /. six or
eight, lorate, erect, glaucous, 4in. to 6in. long, deeply
channelled down the face. Bulb white, about lin. in diameter.
Asia Minor. Syn. H. azureus (B. M. 6822). There is a larger
form—giganteus—from Mount Muris. 1898. (G. C, 1898, xxiv.,
p. 190, f. 52.) -

H. fastigiatus (pyramidal).* /., perianth bright lilac, 4in. to
din. long, the segments oblong-lanceolate ; raceme few-flowered,
in the wild state often congested into a corymb; scape erect,
terete, shorter than the leaves. March and April. /. thr
six or more, subulate, weak, glabrous, 6in. long, contemporary
with the flowers, Corsica and Sardinia, 1882, (8. M. 6663.)

H. lineatus (lined). jl, perianth blue, campanulate, din. to
tin. long, ascending; raceme lin, long o twelve-flowered ;
scape 2in. to 4in. high. Spring. 7. two, rarely three, oblong-
lanceolate, acute, faleate, line-nerved, Sin. to 4in, long. Asia
Minor, 1887. (R. G. 1887, p. 446, f. 114.)

H. nonscriptus (unwritten). A synonym of Sci//a nutans,

H. syriacus (Syrian). A synonym of //. trifoliatus.

H. trifoliatus (three-leaved). he correct name of Bellevalia
syriaca, SYN. H. syriucus.

432

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Hyacinthus—continued.

Varieties. Many of the older varieties, like Alba
Maxima, Alba Superbissima, Laurens Koster, Grand
Lilas, L'Innocence (Fig. 449), and La Grandeur, in their
several colour sections, continue to rank with the best
varieties at the present time. Still some very notable
additions have be2n made since this work was originally
published, and a selection of these will be found below :

Single Blue. Baron VAN TUYLL, CAPTAIN Boyton,
CZAR PETER, DUKE OF YORK, ELECTRA, GENERAL GORDON,
GRAND MAITRE, HAYDN, KING COLE, LORD BALFOUR, MAG-
NIFICENT, MASTERPIECE, QUEEN OF THE BLUES, SIR E. LAND-
SEER, THE SHAH, and THE SULTAN.

Single Red. BeLLte QUIRINE, CARDINAL WISEMAN, CHAL-
LENGER, COUNTESS OF ROSEBERY, FABIOLA, GENERAL
PELISSIER, GIGANTEA, KING OF THE BELGIANS, KING OF THE
Reps, Kowinoor, L’ORNEMENT ROSE, and LoRD PERCY.

Single White. AVALANCHE, BRITISH QUEEN, DUKE OF
CLARENCE, KING OF THE WHITES, LADY CLINTON, MISS
NIGHTINGALE, PRINCESS AMELIA, PRINCESS OF WALES,
QUEEN OF THE WHITES, SNOWFLAKE, and WHITE PERFECTION.

Single Yellow. ADELINE RISTORIE, CIty OF HAARLEM, DUC
DE MALAKOFE, IDA, KING OF THE YELLOWS, L’OR D’AUSTRALIE,
and OBELISK.

Double Blue. CHARLES DICKENS, CROWN PRINCE OF SWEDEN,
PERFECTION, PURPLE PRINCE, and VAN SPEYK.

Double Red. Bouquet RoyaL, CHANCELLOR, EMPRESS OF
INDIA, PRINCESS LOUISE, SANS SoucI, and THE FIRST.

Double White. Epison, FLORENCE NIGHTINGALE, LA GRANDE
DUCHESSE, LORD DERBY, PRINCESS LOUISE, TRIUMPH BLAN-
DINA, and VIRGO.

HYZ:NACHNE. A synonym of Toxicodendron
(which see).

HYALOPTERUS PRUNI.
Pests, and Vine—Animal Pests.

See Peach—Insect

HYBANTHERA. MIneluded under Tylophora
(which see).
HYBERNIA. ‘Two members of this genus—

H. aurantiaria (Scarce Umber Moth) and H. defoliaria
(Mottled Umber Moth)—are very destructive to orchard
trees, including Apple, Plum, Nut, &c., as well as to
Elm, Oak, Birch, Beech, and Hawthorn. The popular
name of the first has been ill-bestowed, as the insect is
common rather than scarce. The male, female, and
caterpillar of the Searee Umber Moth are shown at
Fig. 450.

By Permission of the Board of Agriculture.

Fic. 450. Scarce UMBER
showing (1) Winged
(5) Caterpillar.

Motu (Hybernia
Male, (2) Wingless
All natural size.

aurantiaria),
Female, and

Grease-banding, as suggested in Vol. IL., p. 161, may
be profitably employed if the grease is renewed frequently
through the winter and early spring. For all that, some
of the females are sure to pass the bands and lay their
eggs. This being so, Paris Green in the proportion of
loz. to 20 gallons of water should be sprayed on to poison
the food-plant. This may be done several times during
the season—until, in fact, the fruits are half-grown. The
first spraying may be done as soon as the caterpillars
are seen. If the use of Paris Green be objected to, then
quassia and soft soap solutions may be tried, though the
former is preferable,

HYBRIDISING, or CROSS-FERTILISING.
The most important work in this connection to be
chronicled is in the Orchid section, where some beautiful
bigeneric hybrids have been raised. See Orchid Fer-
tilisation.

HYDNOPHYTUM (from Hydnon, the old Greek
name used by Theophrastus for the Trnffe. and phyton, a
plant; the tuber-like stock resembles a Truffle). Orv.
Rubiacer, A genus embracing thirty species of very
curious, stove, epiphytal, highly glabrous shrnbs, with a
deformed, fleshy, tuberous, simple or lobed stock, excavated
by ants; they are natives of the Indian Archipelago,
tropical Australia, and the Fiji Islands. Flowers white,
sessile, small, axillary, solitary or fascicled; corolla
funnel- or salver-shaped, with a short or long tube.
Drupe small, with two stones. Leaves opposite, leathery,
obtuse. Two of the species haye been introduced. For
culture, see the closely-allied genus Myrmecodia.

H. Forbesii (Forbes’s). jl. tubular, axillary, very shortly
pedicellate. July. fr. coral red, ellipsoid, crowned with the
calyx limb, produced in October. J. sub-sessile, obovate,
obtuse or slightly acute. Stems short, terete. Tuber prickly.
New Guinea, 1886. (B. M. 7218.)

H. longiflorum (long-flowered).
axillary clusters. August. 7. opposite, 2in. to 2sin. long,
ovate, fleshy, green. Stems proper terete; the base swollen
and tuber-like. Fiji, 1891. (B. M. 7343.)

HYDRANGEA. With the exception of dry, hungry
soil, Hydrangeas grow freely in ordinary garden soil, but
delight in one in which leaf-monld and peat form a
good part. Perfect drainage should be secured, as they,
especially H. Hortensia and its lovely varieties, delight
in copious supplies of water during the growing season.
The last-named group usually die down to the ground
line in winter, but with the return of spring vigorous
shoots are thrown up from the old stools. Much
benefit is derived from a mulching or top-dressing of
manure or leaf-mould in June, and the variety named
H. paniculata grandiflora requires severe proning in
order to produce large, massive panicles of flowers. The
principal growths made the previous year should be cut
back to within a couple or three eyes of the old wood in
February or March, and the slender unripened shoots
removed altogether. The last-named variety is well
adapted for conservatory decoration in early spring, but
it is not advisable to subject it to very hard forcing.

To the species and yarieties described on pp. 162-3,
Vol. II., the following should be added :

H. altissima (very tall). j., buds conical, acute, but the
calyptrate corolla becoming hemispheric before falling, owing
to the rapid swelling of the ten stamens. J. 3in. to 6in. long,
ovate-lanceolate, cordate, or narrow-lanceolate, serrated or
entire except near the apex. A. 8ft. to 15ft. Temperate
Himalayas. A spreading, hardy shrub.

H. aspera (rough).* /l., barren ones white, large and numerous,
disposed in a hairy corymb; sepals serrated or entire. 7. long-
lanceolate, acuminate, 6in. to 8in. long, 2in. to 3in. road
sometimes elongated to the petioles, the upper surface slightly,
the lower densely, hairy. h. sometimes 20ft. Temperate
Himalayas, 1889. Hardy. This somewhat resembles H. panicu-
lata in habit.

H. Belzonii (Belzoni’s). A form of H. Hortensia.

H. chinensis (Chinese). 7. having the enlarged sepals almost
fleshy, and nearly equal, remaining till the fertile flowers have
matured ; cymes much larger. J, 3in. to Sin. long. Habit stouter.
Otherwise closely resembling H. virens. North China. Hardy.

H. cordata (heart-shaped). A synonym of H. arborescens.

H. hirta (hairy). #. white, disposed in numerous terminal (not
radiating) umbels; stigma bilobed; peduncles and petioles

fl. tubular, jin. long, in

hairy. /. ovate, serrated, villous, Nettle-like, becoming nearly
glabrous with age. Branches slender, at first hairy. dh.
Sit. to 4ft. Mountains of Japan. Hardy.

H. Hortensia (Hortensia). The correct name of H. hortensis.

H. H. acuminata (taper-pointed). #. blue. Syn. H. japonica
ceerulescens. Of this there are forms with white and pink
flowers.

H. H. Belzonii (Belzoni’s). /., inner sterile ones deep blue;
sterile ones white or tinged with blue, and having entire
sepals. There is a variegated leaved form of this.

H. H. Lindleyana (Lindley’s). #7, outer ones of the umbel
white or bluish, irregularly spotted with red on the borders;
central flowers small. A stout variety. Syn. H. H. roseo-alba
(Gn. 1894, ii., p. 467, t. 990).

H. 4H. ramulus-coccinea (having scarlet branchlets).*
jl. tinted with rose, large; peduncles translucent red. Young
shoots and petioles of a dark plum-red. 1890.

en ae ee, ee ee ee,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

433

Hydrangea—continued.

H. H. rosea (rosy).* jl. of a brilliant, deep rose-pink, large, in

medium-sized, globular heads. 1883. A fine decorative plant.
The variety stellata rubra plena has double flowers. 1890.

H. involucrata (involucred). fl. lilac or yellowish, of two
forms ; cymes clustered, before opening having a caducous, two-
or three-leaved involucre. ?. ovate, acuminate, glandular-
serrated, reticulate-veined, hispid on both sides. Mountains of
Japan. Greenhouse.

H. japonica (Japanese). A form of H. Hortensia,

H. nivea (snowy). A synonym of H. radiata.

H. petiolaris is a form of H. quercifolia.

H. radiata (rayed). #. white, becoming wholly sterile under
cultivation ; buds depressed. May and June. /. ovate, mostly
cordate, acuminate, sharply serrated, silvery-tomentose beneath
(this feature is often absent from cultivated plants). h. 6ft.
ree South Carolina, 1786. Hardy. Syn. H. nivea (W. D. B.
i. 43).

HYDROCERA ANGUSTIFOLIA. The correct
name of Tytonia natans (which see). Syn. H. triflora.

HYDROCLEYS COMMERSONII. The correct
name of Vespuccia Humboldtii (which see). Limno-
charis Humboldtii is the same plant.

HYDROCOTYLE (from hydor, water, and kotyle,
a flat cup; in allusion to the habitat and to the cup-
shaped leaves of some of the species). Orb. Umbellifere.
A large genus (about seventy species) of stove, green-
house, or hardy herbs or under-shrubs, with long, slender,
creeping, often tufted stems, broadly distributed, especially
in moist, temperate regions. Flowers minute. Leaves
entire or palmately dissected. One or two of the species
haye been introduced, but they are more of botanical
than of horticultural interest. H. vulgaris is the common
Pennywort or Pennyleaf.

HYDROGLOSSUM. Included under Lygodium
(which see).

HYDROMYSTRIA. A synonym of Limnobium
(which see).

HYDROPELTIS. The correct name of H. purpurea
is Brasenia Schreberi.

HYDROPYRUM. A synonym of Zizania (which
see).

HYDROSME.
(which see).

HYDROTZENIA (from hydor, water, and tainia, a
band ; the segments have a triangular bar at their base,
which secretes a honey-like fluid). Orn. Iridex. A small
genus (four species) of greenhouse or half-hardy, bulbous
plants, natives of Mexico and Pern, and formerly included
under Tigridia, from which they mainly differ in having
a campanulate perianth, the segments being without any
spreading blade. H. Meleagris and H. Van Houttei, the
species in cultivation, will be found described under
Tigridia.

HYGROPHILA (from hygros, moist, and phileo, to
love; some of the species are found in wet places).
Asterocantha (which see) is included hereunder by
Bentham and Hooker. Orp. Acanthacew. A genus
embracing abont fourteen species of stove herbs, broadly
dispersed over tropical and sub-tropical regions. . Flowers
bluish-purple, sessile, in terminal heads or. axillary
whorls; stamens didynamons. Leaves opposite, lanceolate
or obovate, entire.

H. spinosa (spiny). The correct name of the plant described on

Included under Amorphophallus

p. 140, Vol. L, as Asteracantha longifolia.
HYLEMIA NIGRESCENS. See Carnation
Maggot.

HYLESINUS ATER. ‘Sce Pine Bark Beetles.

HYLINE (from hyle, a wood; the genus was founded
on a plant found in the woods of Brazil). Orb.
Amaryllidex. A small genus (two species) of stove
plants with the habit of Hymenocallis (which see for
enlture), but differing in their numerous ovules and in the
free perianth segments. Both are natives of Brazil. One
of them has been introduced.

H. Worsleyi (A. Worsley’s). jl. 8in. long, two to a scape;
erianth segments white, narrow ; scape 1{ft. high. J. 14ft. long,

in. broad. 1899.

Vol. V.

HYLOBIUS ABIETIS. See Pine Weevils.
HYLOGYNE. A synonym of Telopea (which see).
HYLONOME. A synonym of Behnia (which see).
HYLOTOMA. See Rose Sawflies.

HYLURGUS PINIPERDA. This is the name by

which the destructive Beetle, formerly classed as Hylesinus
piniperda, is now known. See Pine Bark Beetles.

sae yea aad A synonym of Strumaria (which
see).

HYMENIUM.

fungi.

HYMENOCALLIS. According to J. G. Baker, this
genus comprises thirty-one species, natives of tropical
and sub-tropical America. Flowers usually pure white;
stamens united in a distinct cup (corona), the free portion
of the filaments filiform; peduncle solid, compressed.
Leaves sessile and lorate or petiolate and oblong. To the
species described on pp. 164-5, Vol. II., the following should
be added (all have white flowers) :

H. caribzea (Caribbean). jl. six to twelve in a sessile umbel;
erianth tube 2in. to 3in. long; segments linear, 3in. to 34in.
ong; corona regularly obconic, lin. long, faintly two-toothed
between the free tips of the filaments, which are l4in. to 2in.
long; peduncle acutely angled, little shorter than the leaves.
June. /. a dozen or more, multifarious, lorate, acute, 2ft. to 3ft.
long, 2in. to Sin. broad above the middle, narrowed to lin. at
the base. Bulb globose, 3in. to 4in. in diameter. West Indies,
1872. Stove. Syns. Pancratium cariveum (B. M. 826),
P. declinatum (L. B. C. 558).

Spore-bearing surface in certain

Fic, 451.

HYMENOCALLIS OVATA.

H. concinna (neat). {
evergreen, and smaller in all its parts.
1893. Said to be quite hardy in Naples.

H. cordifolia (cordate-leaved). fl. about twenty in an umbel;
perianth tube 4in. or more in length, the segments 2in. long ;
corona inconspicuous. J. broad, Eucharis-like, 24ft. long. Vene-
zuela, 1899. Stove. (R. H. 1899, p. 445, f. 191.)

H. crassifolia (thick-leaved). fl. four ina sessile umbel ; tube
ereen, 2sin. long, the segments linear, 34in. long ; scape 2ft. high.
1. six to eight, lorate, obtuse, bright green, 2ft. long, 2in. broad.
Southern United States, 1871. Greenhouse. SYN. Pancratiuin
crassifoliwm (Ref. B. 331).

H. defiexa (deflexed). fl. three or four in a sessile umbel;
erianth tube curved, lin. to 2in. long, the segments linear,
in. to 4in. long; corona funnel-shaped, 2in. to Jin. long, with
recurved processes lin. or more in length; peduncle ancipitous.
1. ensiform, acute, 1ft. long, less than 2in. broad. Andes of
Peru, 1839. Stove (probably a natural hybrid), Syn. Jsmene
dejlexa.

H. Deleuilii (Deleuil’s).

A species resembling H. caribea, but
i. lin. wide. Mexico,

A synonym of H. littoralis.

oK

434 THE DICTIONARY OF

GARDENING,

Hymenocallis—continued.

Fic. 452. INFLORESCENCE AND LEAVES OF HYMENOCALLIS
TUBIFLORA.

H. eucharidifolia (Eucharis-like).* j., perianth with a green,
slender tube 4in. long ; segments linear, deeply channelled down
the face, Sin. to 34in. long; corona funnel-shaped, 1jin. long ;
umbel four- or five-flowered ; scape ancipitous, lft. long. May.
1. four, thin, bright green, oblong, lft. long, nearly sessile.
Tropical America, 1884. Stove.

H. glauca (bluish-grey). The correct name of H. Choretis.

H. Horsmanni (Horsmann’s). . one to three in a sessile
umbel; perianth tube 4in. to 54in. long, the segments very
narrow, 24in. long; corona rotate, less than lin. long; peduncle
3in. to 4in. long. July. J. few, thin, oblanceolate, lft. long,
lin. to 1sin. broad, very narrow at base. Mexico, 1883. Stove.

H. humilis (dwarf). jl. solitary; perianth tube lin. long,
dilated at the top, the segments linear, 2in. long; corona
broadly funnel-shaped, gin. long; peduncle rather shorter than
the leaves. 7. linear, 4in. to 6in. long, din. broad. Florida,
1888. Greenhouse. (G. & F. 1888, i., p. 114, f. 23.)

H. lacera (torn). The correct name of H. rotata.

H. littoralis (shore-loving). The correct name of H. adnata.
Syn. H. Deleuilit.

H. Moritziana (Moritz’s).* fl. fragrant, twenty or more in an
umbel; perianth tube very long, greenish. J. erect, distichous
or nearly so, Eucharis-like, 24ft. long. La Guayra. Stove. A
compact, handsome, evergreen species, allied to H. eucharidi-
folia, but larger in all its parts.

H. ovata (egg-shaped) is the correct name of H. amena.* SyYNS.
a amenum (B. M. 1467), P. fragrans, P. ovatuin
(B. R. 43). See Fig. 451.

H. Palmeri (Palmer's). #. solitary; perianth tube 3din. to
4in. long, the segments as long as the tube and only one line
broad; corona funnel-shaped, lin. to jin. long, acuminately
lobed; peduncle slender, less than lft. long. 7. linear, lft.
long, tin. broad. Florida, 1888. Greenhouse. (G. & F. 1888,
i., p. 138, f. 25.)

H. quitoensis (Quito). The correct name of H. tenuifolia.
H. schizostephana (having a cut corona). jl. resembling
those of H. caribea, but having the filaments very stout and

winged at the base, forming an irregular cup, appearing as if
torn. Brazil, 1899,

Hymenocallis—continued.

H. tubiflora (tube-flowered). fl. many in an umbel, sessile;
erianth tube erect, slender, 6in. to Sin. long, the segments
inear, about 4in. long ; corona narrow funnel-shaped, lin. long ;
eduncle compressed, lft. long. J. with a thin, oblong, acute
TName: 8in. to 12in. long, gradually narrowed to a petiole 6in.
to 12in. long. Guiana, Trinidad, &c., 1803. See Fig. 452. Syn.
Panciatium guianense.

H. undulata (wavy). The correct name of H. Borskiana.

H. virescens is identical with H. Macleana.

HYMENOCHARIS (of Salisbury). A synonym of
Ischnosiphon (which see).

HYMENOCYSTIS.
(which see).

HYMENOLZENA. A synonym of Pleurospermum
(which see).

HYMENOMYCETES. See Oak Fungi.

HYMENOPAPPUS (from hymen, a membrane, and
appos, pappus; the latter consists of hyaline pale).
YN. othia. OrpD, Composite. A genus embracing
seven species of hardy or half-hardy, annnal, biennial,
or perennial, mostly floccose-tomentose herbs, natives of
North America, and closely allied to Chenactis. Flower-
heads white or yellow, medium-sized, corymbosely
eymose or solitary, pedunculate. Leayes alternate, once
or twice pinnatifid or partite; lower ones sometimes
entire. Two of the species have been introduced. They
thrive under ordinary treatment.

H. artemisizfolius (Artemisia-leaved). _/l.-heads white, 4in.
long, corymbiform-cymose and rather numerous, on_ short
eduncles. Spring. @. varying from simply pinnatifid or
yrately few-lobed and sometimes quite entire (lanceolate or
oblong) to bipinnately parted into broadly linear or narrowly
oblong obtuse divisions or lobes. h. lft. to 3ft. Texas.
Perennial.

H. tenuifolius (slender-leaved). (/l.-heads dull white, din. to
4in. long, rather numerous and corymbosely cymose, on rather
short, slender peduncles. Spring. J. rather rigid, once or twice
(radical ones thrice) pinnately parted into very narrow-
linear or filiform divisions, their margins soon revolute.
h. 1ft. to 2ft. Nebraska, &c. Biennial.

Included under Woodsia

Fic. 453. HYMENOPHYLLUM PULCHERRIMUM.

~ 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 435

HYMENOPHYLLUM. Syn. Spherocionium. In-
cluding Leptocionium and Pachyloma. With the excep-
tion of the beautiful H. fuciforme and H. pulcherrimum
(Fig. 453), nearly all the species at present known are
of creeping habit. Being provided with shallow-rooting
rhizomes, they succeed best when growing on the surface
of a rock, and are allowed to ran under the moss which
covers it. It is worthy of note that the great majority of
these plants are natives of New Zealand, Tasmania, and
Chili, where they exist in a climate naturally cool and
humid, and of the East and West Indies, where they oceur
under trees at high elevations; in such situations they

Fie. 454. FRoND OF HYMENOPHYLLUM RUGINOSUM.

are permanently subjected to the influences of shade and
moisture, and also to a comparatively cool temperature.
The fronds show considerable variation, as may be seen
from Figs. 454, 455, 456, and 457.

Hymenophyllums are particularly well adapted for
growing in Fern-cases in towns; they are all the more
yalnable by reason of their fronds, though apparently of
a delicate nature, not being, like that of most other
Ferns, affected by fogs, which prove so destructive to
vegetable life in general. They require constant mois-
ture, but this shonld be produced more by means of

Fic. 455. FROND AND PORTION OF RHIZOME OF
HYMENOPHYLLUM DEMISSUM.

Hymenophyllum—continued.
condensation than by mechanical waterings, to which
these plants are decidedly averse, especially the species
with hairy or woolly fronds, which greatly suffer from
baie syringed overhead. It is especially to be depre-
cated in the case of H. hirtellum, H. scabrum, H. valvatum,
H. tunbridgense, and H. sericewm. For the last-named

Fic. 456. FROND AND RHIZOME OF HYMENOPHYLLUM
JAVANICUM.

the material most suited to its growth is a piece of sand-
stone, or any other porous stone, over which its tiny
rhizomes can run freely without, however, clinging to it.
On this subject, Mr. Marchant, a very careful observer,
says: “I have been trying a method which is proving
most satisfactory. I have had a large pit excavated
under a spreading tree. I then made a bed of cement
to just cover the bottom, and hold say lin. of water
over the whole strface; all the Ferns are placed on

Fic, 457. FROND OF HYMENOPHYLLUM PECTINATUM.

bricks or on inverted pots, and the whole is covered
with three-frame lights. I get a splendid condensation
and much time is saved, as no overhead syringing is
required,” .

Hymenophyllums require but little light, and only a small
depth of soil, as their slender rhizomes, mostly of a wiry
nature, haye the greatest objection to being buried under
the loose material in which they delight to grow. When
the plants are cultivated in pots or in pans the compost

436

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Hymenophyllum—continued.
should be made of sandy peat, chopped sphagnum, and
small pieces of sandstone, im about equal parts, with an
additional sprinkling of coarse crock dust, the whole being
made so light and permeable as to be prevented under any
circumstances from becoming sour through the accumulated
moisture resulting from the repeated sprinklings and
waterings necessary to produce condensation. Some species,
especially among the most dwarf-growing kinds, succeed
best when established on a piece of sandstone without any
other material.

Hymenophyllums are propagated but slowly—a_ fact
which no doubt accounts for their prices remaining higher
than those of ordinary Ferms. We have known only one
batch of young seedlings, and these, even when five years
old, did not show their true characters. The plants are,
however, commonly increased by the division of their
rhizomes, an operation which is safe enough, although it is
one requiring a little patience. Draughts must be carefully
avoided at all times of the year, and air should only be
very sparingly admitted into the case.

No Hymenophyllum is more effective than H. demissum ;
it is a suitable companion for the Killarney Fern, with
which, under cultivation, it is often found. The lively
green colour of its young fronds, which, with age, turn to
the deepest dark green, and the vigorous habit and con-
stitution of the plant, are special recommendations.

H. dichotomum delights in sending its tiny rhizomes
through a coating of moss covering either a piece of rock
or a block of wood or Tree-Fern.

H. Forsterianum is a very free-growing plant, whose
wiry rhizomes are particularly fond of moss and decaying
vegetable matter. It produces fronds in great abundance.

H. hirsutum succeeds best on a block of wood and in
an upright position; it requires a very humid but airy
situation, and great care must be taken at all times that
no water touches its fronds.

H. polyanthos does not require such a close temperature
as do most Hymenophyllums; the airiest place in the
house suits it best. It is provided with exceedingly
slender, wiry rhizomes, which delight in making their
way through partly-decayed vegetable matter; on that
account it makes a beantiful object on a block of wood,
its slender, elegantly-arching fronds then showing them-
selves to great advantage.

H. tunbridgense is one of the most diffienlt of all
Hymenophyllums to manage. It dislikes water over the
fronds, and thrives well either in a mixture of equal parts
of peat and silver-sand or on a block of sandstone, the
principal object being to have it pressed hard on to the
material upon which it is intended to grow. A successful
cultivator of these plants says that the treatment which
gives the most satisfactory results consists in laying the
sheet of Hymenophyllum upon a porous piece of stone
without any soil, and laying a slab over it, leaving it in
that state for three to four weeks, after which time the
plant has usnally taken hold of the new stone, when the
slab is removed.

H. valvatum is noteworthy from the fact that its
growth takes place in autumn and winter, when most
other Ferns from the same habitats are comparatively
resting. Althongh not of a hirsute nature, it greatly
dislikes water on its delicate and exceedingly transparent
fronds.

To the species described on pp. 163-4, Vol. II., the
following should be added:

H. attenuatum (narrowed). A synonym of H. magellanicum.

H. axillare (axillary). shiz. very slender. fronds 3in. to 8in.
long, lin. broad, narrow-oblong, flaccid and pendent, tri-
innatifid; main rachis winged throughout or above only;
ower pinne varying from in. long with simple segments to
ljin. long with pinnatifid pinnules and several segments. sori
two to twelve to a pinna, terminal on the lateral segments.
West Indies and Venezuela.

H. badium (reddish-brown). sti. 2in. to 3in. long, winged
above. jronds erect, 4in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad,
oblong or broadly lanceolate, tripinnatifid ; main rachis broadly
winged; lower pinnz cut to the rachis into several pinnules
on each side, the lowest of which are deeply incised. sori
two to twelve to a pinna, terminal on the segments on both
sides. India, &c. Distinct, but rare in cultivation.

H. Catherine (St. Catherine's). sti. lin. to 2in. long, erect,
wiry. fronds 2in, to Sin. long, lin. to 1sin. broad, oblong, fully
bipinnate ; lower pinn broadly rhomboidal, cleft to the rachis ;

Hymenophyllum—continwed.
lower pinnules several times forked, with very narrow-linear

Segments. sort six or more to each pinna, much broader than
the segments. St. Catherine’s Peak, Jamaica (at 5000ft.).

H. chiloense (Chiloe).* fronds triangular or broadly lanceolate,
about 2in. long and lin. broad, dull green, with conspicuous dark
veins, bipinnatifid ; pinnz ciliated on the margins and slightly
hairy beneath. sori solitary at the base of the pinne on the
upper side. Chiloe, &c. A gem amongst Filmy Ferns.

H. crispum (curled). This species is closely allied to H. axillare,
but is distinguished by its crisped fronds, borne on very slender,
wingless stipes. Mexico to Peru.

H. cruentum (blood-coloured). rhiz. slender, creeping, simple,
slightly sinuate. sti. slender, naked, 3in. to 6in. long. fronds
delicately transparent, seaweed-like, 3in. to Sin. long, lin. to
lsin. broad, with simple, prominent veins, becoming brownish-
rosy with age. sori six to twelve on each side of the frond, at
the tips of the sinuses. Chili.

H. dichotomum (dichotomous).* sti. 2in. to 3in. long, winged
on both sides. jfronds broadly triangular, bi- or tripinnatitid,
4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad ; lower pinne three times as
long as broad, the segments crisped and sharply toothed or torn.
sort numerous in the axils of the segments. Juan Fernandez
and Chili. A pretty, dwarf species.

H. dilatatum (dilated) is the correct name of H. dilatum.

H. d. Forsterianum (J. Cooper Forster's). fronds 14ft. long,
6in. broad, tripinnatitid ; pinnz 3in. long, not caudate, pee
undulated. sori two to six to a pinna, terminal at the tips
of the segments on the upper side only; involucre very
large, divided nearly to the base. Brazil.

H. elegans (elegant). A synonym of H. lineare.

H. elegantulum (rather elegant). _ sti. lin. to 4in. long, ciliated.
Jronds flaccid, pendulous, 6in. to 18in. long, 2in. to 6in. broad,
linear-oblong and pinnate or broadly oblong and bipinnate; rachis
free; lower pinne in the bipinnate form often with several pairs
of pinnules; pinnules lin. to 3in. long, deeply pinnatifid princi-
pally on the upper side; ultimate segments densely hairy. sori
six to twelve, terminal on the lateral segments. Andes of
Ecuador, &e.

H. flexuosum (bending).* sti. distinctly winged. fronds 10in.
to 12in. long, broadly lanceolate, quadripinnatifid; ultimate
segments narrow and undulated. sort six to twenty to a
pinna, terminal on the segments on both sides. New Zealand.
‘This beautifully crisped and undulated Fern is now regarded as
a species, and not as a form of H. javanicwm.

H. Forsterianum (J. Cooper Forster’s). A form of H. dila-
tatum.

H. fuciforme (Fucus-like).* rhiz. thick, decumbent, resembling
crowns. sti. strong, erect, narrowly winged above. fronds erect,
laucous, lft. to 2ft. long, 4in, to 6in. broad, triangular-lanceo-
ate, tripinnatifid; main rachis winged throughout; lower
segments sometimes forked. sori numerous, small, disposed in
the axils of the segments. Chili and Juan Fernandez.

H. fucoides (Fucus-like). sti. 2in. to 4in. long, wiry, ciliated.
fronds oblong, tripinnatifid, 4in. to 6in. long, 1}in. to 2in, broad;
main rachis winged above and ciliated; secondary rachis
winged throughout; pinne rhomboid, acuminate, with long,
narrow, spinulose-toothed, entire or forked segments. sori not
more than four to a pinna, usually contined to the segments
on the upper side. Tropical America. ;

H. lineare (linear).* rhiz. slender, hairy, thread-like. fronds
pendulous, flaccid, 3in. to 8in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, pinnate ;
pinne deeply cut into simple or forked, linear lobes, with the
margins and surface densely hairy. sori two to six toa pinna,
terminal on the lateral segments. Tropical America, A pretty
and distinct species. SYN. H. elegans.

H. magellanicum (Magellan). sti. erect, wiry, 2in. to 4in.
long, naked or winged. fronds oblong-triangular, 3in. to 6in.
long, 2in. to 4in. broad, tripinnatifid; lower pinne broadly
triangular, with deeply-cleft pinnules, furnished on each side
with several toothed segments. sort very small, six to ten to
a pinna, terminal on the segments of the upper ones. Chili,
Chiloe, &c. (H. S. F. i., t. 368.) Syn. H. attenuatum.

H. multifidum (much-cleft).* sti. wiry, naked, 2in. to 4in.
long. fronds broadly lanceolate, 2in. to 6in. long, lin, to Sin.
broad, tripinnatifid; main - rachis winged above, wingless
belbw; ultimate segments narrow. sort two to twelve to a
inna, terminal on the lateral segments of the upper ones on

oth sides. New Zealand. A yery elegant species.

H. pectinatum (comb-like).* sti. naked, 2in. to 4in. long,
very wiry. fronds oblong, pinnate, glaucous-green, 3in. to 6in.
long, 4in. to 14in. broad, with conspicuous venation; main
rachis only winged towards the summit; pinne deeply cleft on
their upper side into long, narrow, parallel, simple or slightly
forked segments. sori six to eight toa pinna, terminal on the
lower segments of the upper side. Chili and Chiloe. One of
the most beautiful species of the genus. There is a fine variety
superbum.

ae

: 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Hymenophyllum—continwed.

H. subtilissimum (very slender). sfi. lin. to 3in. long, wiry,
erect, tomentose. fronds 3in. to 8in. long, lin. to 2in. broad,
ovate-lanceolate, tripinnatifid; main rachis slightly winged
above; lower pinne spreading, divided nearly to the rachis
into numerous alternate pinnules, which are again deeply
divided into broad, linear segments, the surface and margins
tawny-pubescent. sort two to twelve to a pinna, terminal on
the lateral segments. New Zealand, «ce.

H. tamariscifolium (Vamarisk-leaved), A form of I. javan-

. veum

H. villosum (villous).
HYMENOSPORUM (from hymen, a membrane, and

sporos, seed; the seeds are girded by membranous wings).
Orv. Pittosporee. A monotypic genus. The species is a
greenhouse, evergreen tree, with the habit of Pittosporum
; (which see for culture).
H. flavum (yellow). jl. yellow, marked orange-red at the mouth
of the tube, showy, in a loose, terminal panicle ; sepals distinct ;
4 petals connivent in a tube above the middle or sub-coherent, and,
a as well as the numerous stamens and the ovary, silky-tomentose.
: April. 7. entire, glabrous, broadly obovate-lanceolate, the upper-
& most ones often somewhat whorled. Eastern Australia. SYN.
‘ Pittosporum flavum (B. M. 4799).

F HYMENOXYS (of Torrey and Gray).
Actinolepis (which see).

HYOPHORBE. Syn. Sublimia. According to the
Kew authorities, H. indica is a good species, and not
synonymous with Chrysalidocarpus lutescens.
~ H. indica (Indian). . white or yellowish; spadix loosely
branched ; peduncle 3in. to 6in. long. _/. on petioles lft. to 24ft.
long ; pinnz forty to sixty pairs, lanceolate, acuminate, 2ft. long,
24in. broad ; sheath cylindrical. Stem 4in. to 6in. in diameter.
h. 40ft. to 50ft. Mauritius and Bourbon Island.

HYOSPATHE. JH. elata is synonymous’ with
* Pigafetta elata, and H. pwhigera with Prestoéa pubi-
gera.

HYPZHELYPTUM (in
Hypolytrum (which see).

HYPELYTRUM. A
(which see).

HYPENA PROBOSCIDALIS
ROSTRALIS. See Snout Moths.

HYPERICUM. To the species describod on _ pp.
168-9, Vol. II., the following should be added; all of
them are hardy.

A synonym of H. polyanthos.

A synonym of

She

~~?

part). Synonymous with

synonym of Hypolytrum

and HYPENA

i.
:
2
4
,
3

H. zgypticum is the correct spelling of H. egyptiacum.

H. aureum (golden).* fl. large, nearly solitary and sessile;
petals orange-yellow, coriaceous, reflexed, longer than the
“ovate, unequal sepals and the excessively numerous stamens.
Summer. 7 oblong, obtuse, attenuate, glaucous beneath,
minutely undulate-crisped on the margin,
aceous. h. 2ft. to 4ft.
and compact.

H. Buckleyi (Buckley’s). jl. bright yellow, about lin. across,
solitary, terminal. North Carolina, 1891. A dwarf, shrubby
species. (G. & F. iv., p. 581, f. 91.)

H. chinense (Chinese). _jl., calyx oblong, dotted with black;
peduncles bibracteate. September, March. J. elliptic, obtuse,
slightly dotted with black. Stems terete. h. 3ft. China,
1755 and 1883. Syns. H. monogynum (B. M. 334), H. sinense.

H. densiflorum (dense-flowered). jf. smaller than in
H. prolificum; calyx very short, ovate. JU, linear-lanceolate,
attenuated at base. Branches sub-terete. United States, 1890.
Allied to H. prolificum. (G. & F. iii., p. 524, f. 67.)

H. humifusum (spreading). 7. in terminal cymes; calyx
exceeding the corolla; stamens fifteen to twenty. J. oblong,
obtuse, very slender, with pellucid and black dots. Stems
eeane over the surface of the ground. Europe. A useful
plant for the rockery.

H. monogynum (one-styled). A synonym of H. chinense.

H. Moserianum (Moser’s).* /. of a rich butter-yellow, as
large as a crown piece, with crimson-toned stamens; petals
of good substance. sol. A hybrid between H. patulum and
H. calycinum, but most closely resembling H. Hcokerianum.

H. M. tricolor (three-coloured). 7. variegated with white and
rosy-carmine. 1894.

H. sinense (Chinese). A synonym of H. chinense.

H. triflorum is a form of H. Hookerianum, its correct name
being H. H. Leschenaultii.

H. uralum is a synonym of I. patulum

4 somewhat cori-
Southern United States. Habit dense

ara ne e A synonym of Paradisia Grbich
see).

HYPHA. A filament of mycelium.

HYPHZENE. Syns. Cucifera, Dowma. To the species
genet on p. 169, Vol. IL., the following should be
added :

H. crinita (hairy). fr. obovate, depressed, shortly stalked.
t flabellate, with fibres between the segments, covered on both
sides with very fugacious, white down; margins and upper sides
of the nerves scabrous; petioles sheathing at base, deeply
channelled above. Stem simple, 8ft. to 20ft. high. Natal.
Greenhouse. Syns. H. natalensis, H. Petersiana. —

H. natalensis (Natal). A synonym of H. crinita.

H. Petersiana (Peters’). A synonym of I. crinita.

In_ addition to the two species described in this work,

H. Schatan, a native of Madagascar, is grown at Kew.

HYPOCHZERIS (from hypo, for, and choiros, a pig;
the roots of the plants are said to be greedily eaten
by pigs). Including Agenora and Seriola. ORD. Composite.
A genus embracing about thirty species of mostly hardy,
perennial or annual, scapigerous herbs, broadly aiscersed
over temperate or mountainous regions, allied to Taraza-
cum. Flower-heads yellow, long-pedunculate, homogamons ;
florets all ligulate ; involucral bracts in many series ; recep-
tacle flat. Leaves rosulate, entire, toothed or pinnatifid.
Several of the species haye been introduced, but they are of
little horticultural value.

HYPOCHIL. A term applied to the lower portion of
the divided lip in some Orchids.

HYPOCYRTA. To the species described on p. 169,
Vol. IL., the following should be added:

H. gracilis (slender). A synonym of Codonanthe gracilis.

H. leucostoma (white-mouthed). <A
leucostoma.

H. pulchra (pretty).* /l. axillary, solitary, hairy ; sepals scarlet,
din. Jong, erect ; corolla pale yellow, nearly lin. long, urceolate.
June. ¢. 4in. to Sin. long, ovate, sub-acute, cordate at base,
rather fleshy, serrulated, dull green clouded with brown above,
vinous-red beneath ; nerves sunk above, very prominent beneath.
Stem erect, Sin. high. Colombia, 1894. (B. M. 7468.)

HYPODERRIS. The Hypoderrises are of easy
culture, thriving well in a warm temperature and moist
atmosphere. The compost which they prefer consists of
one part of fibrous loam, two of peat or partly-decayed
leaf-mould, and one of silver-sand ; and althongh attaining
larger dimensions when grown in a shady place, they thrive
luxuriantly in, and are not averse to, strong light. They
also enjoy an abundance of water at the roots, especially
from May to October. On account of their robust habit,

synonym of Besleria

Fic. 458.

FROND OF HYPODERRIS BROWNII.

458

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Hypoderris—continued.
these Ferns are well adapted for the decoration of the
warm rockery, where their foliage, of a massive nature,
forms a crane contrast to that of plants with more
finely-divided fronds. H. Brownii (Fig. 458) is an un-
common and distinct species.

HYPOGENOUS. Growing upon the under-surface of
anything. (Not to be confounded with Hypogynous.)

HYPOLEPIS. All the species of 2a ea og require
either stove or greenhouse temperature. ney: are highly
ornamental when planted in the rockery, for which purpose
they are most aseful, as they thrive best when associated
with stones, over and amongst which their creeping rhizomes
delight to run, although they do not cling to the stones.
All are of easy culture, and when kept in pots should be
grown in rough peat with a good sprinkling of small stones
and silver-sand, as they require an abundant supply of
water at the roots at all times of the year. that
account also it is indispensable that the drainage of either
the pots or the part of the rockery in which they are
planted should be perfect, any deficiency in this respect
producing most disastrous results. Hypolepises should be
grown in a fairly shaded position, as the rays of the sun are
hurtful to their foliage, which in most instances is of a
soft, papery texture. All the species may be propagated
from spores, which in most cases vegetate freely ; but they
are usually increased by the division of their rhizomes, this
being a quicker and less troublesome mode of repro-
duction. H. repens produces spores so freely that when
once obtained it becomes a troublesome weed, covering
every Fern-pan, to the exclusion of less robust kinds.

H. Bergiana is singularly prolific, and the way in which
it reproduces itself most readily is very peculiar, and
confined to this species: from its tiny fibrous roots spring
a quantity of small, seedling-like plants, which form
pooleaiaed subjects much more quickly than seedlings
proper.

To the species described on p.
following should be added :

H. amaurorachis (having a dark rachis).*

170,- Vol. I1., the

rhiz. thick, hairy.

sti. lft. to 14ft. long, and, as wellas the rachis, dark purplish.
fronds handsome, very hairy, elongated-triangular, 3ft. long,
2ft. broad at base; pinne distinctly stalked, those at the base
opposite, the others alternate; pinnules undulated and notched.
sori abundant and conspicuous, solitary in the notches of the
Australia.

lobes. Greenhouse.

ef
5 we

=

Fic. 459. PINNA AND PINNULE OF HYPOLEPIS ANTHRISCIFOLIA.

H. anthriscifolia (Anthriscus-leayed), of Presl. rhiz. stout,
wide-creeping. sti, strong, erect, straw-coloured, lft. to 2ft.
long, rough. fronds thin, 6ft. to l0ft. long; lower pinne lft.
or more in length, 4in. to 6in. broad; pinnules spear-shaped,
distant ; segments cut down to the midrib into small, oblong,
deeply-pinnatifid divisions. sort two to four together in the
ro ene Bourbon, Mauritius, &c. Greenhouse. See
Fig. 459.

Hypolepis—continued.

H. anthriscifolia (of gardens). This hardy plant is quite dis-
tinct from the previous species. rhiz. small, wiry. sti. slender,
short, aia hairy. fronds quadripinnatifid, resembling
those of the Lace Fern (Cheilanthes elegans), 6in. to Tin. long,
2hin. to 3in. broad. Syns. Cheilanthes anthriscifolia and
Microlepia anthriscifolia (of gardens).

H. millefolia (Milfoil-like). rhiz. stout, wide-creeping. sti.
erect, about 6in. long, ies brown. fronds broadly triangular,
lft. or more in length, 4in. to 6in, broad, stalked, slightly hairy
below; pinnz having their stalks slightly winged; ultimate
segments sharply toothed. sori placed in the lower sinuses
only. New Zealand. Greenhouse.

H. radiata (rayed). A garden name for Cheilanthes radiata.

So IE (remarkable). A synonym of Cheilanthes chloro-
phytta,

HYPOLYTRUM. Syns. Albikia, Beera, Hypzx-
lyptum (in part), Hypelytrwm, Tunga. Spikes panicled,
the branches rigid; bracts long and leaf-like. Leaves flat,
somewhat thin, three-nerved, gradually narrowed to each
end. Stem with some nodes far above the base. To the
species described on p. 170, Vol. II., the following should
be added :

H. Schraderianum (Schrader’s). J. tufted, 24ft long, 2in.
broad, entire, green with purple margins. Brazil, 1893. A
stout, Grass-like plant. (I. H. 1895, p. 25, f. 5.)

HYPONOMEUTA PADELLA (Small Ermine
Moth). This insect, described and illustrated under
Hawthorn Caterpillars, is a great pest to the Apple-
grower; it is also found upon the Blackthorn, but so far
it does not appear to have been destructive to cultivated
Plums, though it is, nevertheless, a most undesirable
orchard visitor. Feeding, as the larve do, in a common
web, they should be readily destroyed by holding
underneath the nest a pail containing boiling water, into
which the cut-out colony should be thrown.

HYPOPHYLLANTHUS LINDENI. This is the
correct name of LErythrochiton Hypophyllanthus, which
is now classed as a distinct, monotypic genus.

HYPOTHRONIA. A synonym of Hyptis (whic

see). 2

HYPOXIS. Of this genus fifty-one species have been
enumerated ; they are found in tropical Asia, Australia, the
Mascarene Islands, tropical and South Africa, and tropical
and North America. Perianth tube none, the segments
six, sub-equal, spreading; stamens six; ovary three-celled.
To the species described on p. 171, Vol. II., the following
should be added :

H. colchicifolia (Colchicum-leaved), jl., perianth Ijin. in
diameter, the segments bright yellow inside, greenish-yellow
and slightly hairy on the back, oblong-lanceolate; peduncle
slender, three- or four-flowered. Autumn. J. in a tuft about lft.
high; produced ones six to eight, oblong or oblong-lanceolate,
the largest 6in. to 8in. long, 1din. to 2in. broad, glabrous. Corm
globose, 2in. in diameter. Cape of Good Hope, 1884.

H. hemerocallidea (lemerocallis-like), The correct name of
H,. elata.

H. Baurit and H. villosa (SYN. H. pannosa) have also been
introduced.

HYPTIS (from hyptios, resupinate: the limb of the
corolla is turned on its back). Syns. Brotera (of Sprengel),
Hypothronia, Rhaphiodon, Schaueria. Orv. Labiate, A
huge genus (about 250 species) of mostly stove herbs,
under-shrubs or shrubs, of polymorphous habit and
inflorescence, natives of the warmer parts of America.
Calyx teeth five, usually acute or subulate; corolla sub-
bilabiate, the lowest lobe abruptly deflexed ; stamens four,
didynamous. Only one species calls for mention here. It
is a greenhouse or half-hardy annnal, requiring ordinary
treatment.

H. suaveolens (sweet-smelling). Fis pale blue, rather pretty;
corolla shortly exserted ; heads few-flowered, racemose-paniculate
and axillary. J. petiolate, ovate, or the lower ones cordate,
doubly serrated or almost sinuate. West Indies, &c., 1889.
Syn. Ballota suaveolens.

HYSTERIA. A synonym of Corymbis (which see).
HYSTERIUM PINASTRI. See Pinus—Fungi.
HYSTRIX. A synonym of Asperella (which see).

.

a —
ee
a

J

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

439

IANTHE (of Salisbury).
(which see).

IBERIS. This genus embraces about forty species of
annual, biennial, or perennial herbs or under-shrubs.
Siliquas flat-compressed, ovate at base, entire or emarginate
at apex. To the species described on pp. 171-2, Vol. IL.,
the following should be added:

I. affinis (related). A synonym of I. pandureformis.

I. contracta (contracted). jl. white. May. jr. in a much-
contracted corymb. J. linear, slightly cuneate, toothed.
Stems glabrous, sub-shrubby. A. 6in. Spain, 1824. There is a
form rosea, with rose-coloured flowers. ;

I. corifolia (Coris-leaved).* jl. white, small. This pretty
species in general appearance resembles J, sempervirens, but
is of a much dwarfer character, not exceeding Sin. in height

I. florida (flowery). A synonym of J. semperflorens.

I. Lagascana (Lagasca’s). #. white, in compact corymbs.
May to July. /r., siliquas sub-corymbose, very acutely bilobed.
2. oblong, somewhat spathulate, toothed at apex. A. 8in. to
12in. Murcia, &c. Annual. Syn. J. pubescens.

I. linifolia (Linum-leaved). . pink, in hemispherical,
terminal corymbs. June to September. /r., siliquas corym-

bose, bidentate. J. linear, entire; radical ones somewhat
toothed. A. 8in. to 12in. Spain, &c. Plant glabrous, annual
or perennial.

I. pandurzformis (fiddle-shaped). jl. white, in dense, umbelli-
form racemes. jr., siliquas rounded-ovate. /. dark een,
ciliated-pubescent or nearly pianrons, pinnatifid, with linear,
obtuse lobes. Branches simple or corymbose. h. 6in. to 12in.
Central France. Annual or biennial, Syn. J. afinis.

I. petrza (rock-loving).* A variety of J. Tenoreana.

A synonym of Hypoxis

ie aoa (pinnate).* jl. white, scented, corymbose. /r.,
siliquas in a short, often umbelliform raceme. Jl. oblong-linear,
pinnatifid or pinnatipartite; segments linear, obtuse. h. 6in.

to 12in. Central and Southern Europe. Annual or biennial.

I. pubescens (downy). A synonym of I. Lagascana.

I. stylosa (large-styled). A synonym of Noccea stylosa.

I. Tenoreana petrza (rock-loving).* . white, tinged with
red in the centre. A pretty rockery variety.

Varieties. Of the annual Candytufts many handsome
garden yarieties are to be had, some of the best being
Blush Queen, Dunnetti, Giant-Flowered, Normandy, and
Tom Thumb White. The last, growing only about 6in.,
makes a pretty edging plant.

IBIDIUM. A synonym of Spiranthes (which see).
ICACO. A synonym of Chrysobalanus (which see).
ICACOREA. Included under Ardisia (which see).

I, guianensis is synonymous with A. acuminata.

ICHNEUMON FLIES. Ordinarily these are
supposed to consist of members of the Ichnewmonidzx
proper; but the term may be said to embrace the closely-
allied family Braconide, which latter may be broadly
distinguished from the former by the number of cells
which traverse the wing. In the former they are three,
and in the latter four. There are many other microscopic
differences, which it would serve no good purpose to discuss
here. In their life-histories these two families have much
in common, the larve of each living parasitically in the
bodies of laryw, or it may be of pupa, or less often in the
perfect insects themselves. Belonging to the Braconidz
is a most useful and most abundant species in Apanteles
glomeratus (Fig. 460), which is largely responsible for

Fic. 460. APANTELES GLOMERATUS (ICHNEUMON FLY OF
WHITE BUTTERFLIES).

keeping in check the very numerous White Butterflies
(Pieris), whose larve feed chiefly upon Cabbages. The
appearance of these ‘‘ichneamoned” larve is very
familiar, the yellowish cocoons of the parasite being weil
in evidence. <A. glomeratus deposits its eggs upon the

Ichneumon Flies—continued.

unfortunate host, and the parasitic larve work into the
living insects. ‘They do not, as is popularly supposed,
eat them alive, but feed upon the non-yital parts. The
lepidopterous larve continue to feed, and if anything
with greater voracity, until they are about to become
pup, when they usually die. Occasionally, however, the
parasites are found upon-the pupe as well as upon the
imagines when they emerge. Fig. 460 gives an idea of
the outward conformation of A. glomeratus, though in the
process of reproduction the series of cells upon the
wings haye been obliterated.

In the Ichnewmonide proper are insects which live as
parasites even upon wood-feeding insects like Sirea,
found in decaying Conifers of various kinds. These belong
to the genera Rhyssa and Thalassa, and are provided with
long ovipositors, so constructed as to enable them to bore.
As showing the great value of Ichnenmon Flies in preserving
the balance, it may be cited that no less than fifty species
are parasitic upon that pest of the fruit cultivator, the
Winter Moth; that upwards of 1200 species of the
Ichneumonide alone are indigenous to this country; and
that 1200 specimens of one parasite haye been bred from a
single lepidopterous larva. This latter statement is on the
authority of Dr. Sharp.

ICICA. A synonym of Bursera (which see).
ICTODES. A synonym of Symplocarpus (which

see).

IDRIA COLUMNARIA. This is probably identical
with Fouquiera spinosa (which see).

IGUANURA SPERANSKYANA. According to
the Kew authorities, this is probably the correct name
of ue plant described as Geonoma Pynertiana (which
see).

ILEX. In addition to seeds, budding, and grafting, the
varieties of Ilex may also be very successfully increased
by cuttings of the current season’s matured wood, 2in. or
3in. long, dibbled in sandy soil on a warm, sheltered
border in August, and covered with hand-lights or a
frame. The lower leaves should be removed, and a clean
cut with a sharp knife made just below a joint. It is
yery important that the euttings should be made quite
firm at the base. Water with a fine rose water-pot twice
or three times a week, and shade from the sun with
tiffany, mats, &c. Beyond giving a chink of air
occasionally to allow superfluous moisture to escape,
very little ventilation will be necessary until the cuttings
have callused and roots are being emitted. Plants raised
from cuttings are rather slow in growth for a season or
two, but when properly established they grow just as
freely as worked plants, and for some reasons are to be
preferred to those raised by budding or grafting, the
latter being more or less troublesome on account of the
suckers and growths which appear on the stock below
the scion. The pendulous varieties may be worked at
the desired height from the ground-line on stocks of the
common species.

In transplanting Hollies, it is always advisable to lift
them with good balls of earth, and preserve the roots
intact. This operation is best performed in early autumn,
while the atmosphere is charged with moisture, as the
trees then have sufficient time in which to make fresh roots
before winter.sets in, and in spring they will start into
growth without feeling a check. Avoid planting in very
dry, windy weather ; but if it is carried out at such a time,
give a good watering at the roots and overhead as soon as
planting is completed. If the weather remains dry,
repeat the waterings at intervals. Hollies are considerably
improved by frequent transplantings, as they are then
encouraged to make large quantities of fibrous roots, which
would not be the case if the plants were left undisturbed
for protracted periods during the first few years of their
existence.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 174-7,
Vol. II., the following should be added :

I. canadensis (Canadian). A

synonym of Nemopanthes

canadensis.
I. caroliniana (Carolina). A synonym of J. Cassine.
I. Cassine. J. caroliniana, I. floridana, and I. vomitoria are

synonymous with this species.

440

THE DICTIONARY

, a ee fee «i tr = ar

OF GARDENING,

Tlex—continued.

I, conocarpa (cone-fruited), fl. white, small, in short, axillary
racemes. J. lanceolate, serrulated, 4in, long. h. 6ft. Brazil, 1895.
A greenhouse or stove shrub, chiefly interesting as being one of
the plants which yield Maté, or Paraguay Tea. (B. M. 7310.)

I. Cunninghami (Cunningham's). A synonym of J. dipyrena.

I. Fischeri (Fischer's). A garden form of J. Aquifoliwm.

I. floridana (Florida), A synonym of J, Cassine.

I. Gongonha is synonymous with Villaresia mucronata.

I. insignis (remarkable).* /l. four-parted, 4in, in diameter, in
sub-globose clusters. jr globose, 4in. in diameter. Jl. very
thick, 6in. to Yin. long, acute, elliptic-lanceolate, obscurely
serrated, the young ones spiny-toothed; petioles stout, jin.
to lin. long. Sikkim Himalaya, 1880. A small, erect, ever-
green tree,

I. microcarpa (small-fruited). A synonym of J. rotunda.

I. Pedaro. A synonym of I. Aquifolium maderensis.

I. quercifolia (Oak-leaved). The correct name of J. opaca.

I. rotunda (round). ji. in axillary umbels, borne on peduncles
much shorter than the petioles. /. entire, ovate, acute at both
ends, glabrous. North China, Syn. J. microcarpa.

I. vomitoria (vomitory). A synonym of J. Cassine.

WY \\

Fic. 461.

FLOWER AND LEAVES OF IMPATIENS HAWKERI.

I. Wilsoni (Wilson’s).* This is described as a splendid Holly,
of sturdy growth, with stout foliage, and deep red, showy
berries as large as small Cherries. 1899.

I. Green-leaved Varieties.

I. Aquifolium atrovirens (dark green). J. large, flat, pale
green. SYN. J. A. maderensis atrovirens.

I. A. camellizfolia (Camellia-leaved). 7. entire, not spiny,
flat, resembling those of a Camellia. 1888.

I. A. latispina (broad-spined).* 7. broad, with long spines,
very free.

I. A. maderensis atrovirens. A synonym of J. A. atrovirens.

I. A. nigrescens (blackish). 7. large, broad, and smooth.

II. Silver- and Gold-leaved Varieties.

I. Aquifolium argentea regina (Silver Queen).* J. large,
broadly margined with white. Showy and of good habit.

I. A. flavescens (yellowish).* 7. blotched and suffused with
yellow. This is popularly known as Moonlight.

I. A. Golden King. An improvement upon the well-known
Golden Queen, being larger in leaf and deeper as to colour.
A sport from Hodgins’ Holly.

I. A. Moonlight. A synonym of J. A. flavescens.

ILLAWARRA PALM. Se Ptychosperma
Cunninghamiana.
: ILLAWARRA PINE. See Podocarpus spinu-
osa.

ILLICIUM. To the species described on p. 177,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

I. verum (true). True Star Anise. jl. red, axillary, shortly
pedunculate, globose; perianth leaflets about ten, orbicular,

concave. November. elliptic-lanceolate or oblanceolate,
obtuse or obtusely acuminate, shortly narrowed into the
petioles. h. 9ft. South China, 1883. (B. M. 7005.)

IMAGO (pl. IMAGINES).

winged condition of an insect.

IMANTOPHYLLUM. To the species described on
p. 178, Vol. I., the following varieties shonld be added.
For garden varieties see Clivia.

I. miniatum aurantiacum (orange). /l. bright yellowish-
salmon, Jin. in diameter; umbels large. 1886. Garden seedling.
I. m. blandfordizflorum striatum (Blandfordia-flowered,
striped).* jl. crimson-carmine outside, Blandfordia-like, borne

in dense heads, the segments margined with salmon-buff. J.

striated with creamy-yellow. 1889.

I. m. cruentum (bloody).* fl. bright
orange-scarlet, of fine form and sub-
stance. Spring.

IMBRICARIA (from imbrico, to
cover like tiles; in allusion to the
biseriate calyx segments). Syn. Binec-
taria. ORD. Sapotacez. A small genus
(four or five species) of stove, milky
trees, closely allied to Mimusops,
natives of tropical Africa and the
Mascarene Islands. I. maxima (Syn.
I. borbonica) has been introduced, but
it is probably only grown in botanical
collections.

IMMORTELLE. See also Gom-
phrena and Helipterum.

IMPATIENS. To the species described on pp.
179-80, Vol. II., the following should be added. Most of
them require stove treatment.

I. aurea (golden). The correct name of J. pallida,

I. auricoma (golden-haired).* rhe golden-yellow, streaked with
red within ; petals five, the lateral ones connate in pairs, the
dorsal one beak-tipped, with a short, bifid, curved spur.
April. 72. 6in. long, alternate, lanceolate, acuminate, with
bristles between the crenatures, the midrib (as well as the
stem and branches) reddish. h, 6in. to 2ft. Comoro Islands,
1893. Perennial. (B. M. 7381.)

I. biflora (two-flowered). The correct name of J. fulva.

I. candida is a variety of J. Roylei.

I. comorensis (Comoro Islands). jl. bright carmine, large, with
a white, bifid spur. J. elliptic-lanceolate, acute, crenate.
Comoro Islands, 1887. A pretty plant, of vigorous growth.

I. cuspidata (cuspidate). A synonym of J. latifolia.

I. Episcopi (Bishop Hannington’s). A form of I, Sultani.

I. fasciculata (fascicled). A synonym of I. chinensis.

I. fulva. The correct name is J. biflora,

I. glandulifera (of Royle) and J. glanduligera (of gardens).
Synonyms of J. Roylei.

I. Hawkeri (Lieut. Hawker’s).* . brownish-red, large, very
showy, axillary, solitary or corymbose; claws of the segments
white, marked blue; sepals and petals broad, the dorsal sepal
rounded, the lateral lobes oblong; spur red, recurved.
Summer. J. glabrous, shortly petiolate, 44in. long, 2in. broad,
opposite or ternate, very acutely serrated, ovate-elliptic,
acuminate. Sunda Islands, 1886. A branched herb. See
Fig. 461, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Bull and Sons.
(IL. H. ser. v. 2.)

I. latifolia (broad-leaved). fl. rosy, lin. to 1gin. across, solitary
in the axils of the leaves, having a long, filiform spur. /.
lanceolate, acuminate, 2in. to Sin. long, acute at base, serrated.
Stems glaucous. Birma, 1884. Syn. J. cuspidata.

I. longicornu (long-horned), of Wallich. A
I. amphorata.

I. Marianz (Marian’s). /. light purple, rather large, cymose;
lip with a longish, slender, hooked spur; standard with a
hairy ridge extending into a projection at about one-third
below the top. June. J/. cuneate-oblong, acute, serrated, deep

een, with light areas between the veins. Stems thickish,
airy. Assam, 1881. Greenhouse annual.

I. Micholitzii (Micholitz’), /. white or pink, with a dark pink
centre. New Guinea, 1892. A dwarf, bushy species,

I. mirabilis (remarkable).* jl. golden-yellow, very large,
curiously inflated, axillary; lateral petals coalescing in one.
August. 7. tufted at the apex of the trunk, long-petiolate,

The adult and usnally

synonym of

{

Sf Lee Matas
a

we

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 441

Impatiens—continued.
ovate, crenate, fleshy, spreading, lft. long. Trunk 4ft. high
and as thick as « man’s leg (in its native country). Langkawi
Island, 1891. (B. M. 7195.)

I. Noli-tangere. The correct name of J. noli-me-tangere.

I. pallida. The correct name is J. aurea.

I. Rodigasi (Rodigas’). /. rosy-purple, axillary, with the long,
slender spur curved forwards; pedicels long. ¢. opposite or
whorled, ovate-lanceolate, acute, serrated. Java, 1889. A
pretty Balsam. (I. H. 1889, p. 25, t. 78.)

I. Roylei pallidifiora (pale-flowered).* 1. pale pink, spotted

with red, larger than in the type; corymbs 6in. to _10in.
broad. 7. 6in. to 8in. long. A. 5ft. to 6ft. Himalayas. (B. M.
7647.)

I. Sultani Episcopi (Bishop Hannington’s).* jl. rich _purple-
carmine, shot with a brilliant rosy hue, Zanzibar, 1886. A
perpetual-flowering variety.

IMPATIENT. Used in a garden sense, this term
implies that a plant cannot withstand any excess of a
particular condition; ex. gr., Impatient of heat or cold.

IMPERFECT. This term is applied to flowers that
lack either stamens or pistils.

INCARVILLEA. Amongst plants for outside
eulture of comparatively recent introduction none is
more beautiful than I. Delavayi, which has proved itself
perfectly hardy. In height it grows some 2ft., and it
may be placed in the borders; or seedlings plentifully
employed in the beds of hardy subjects now so often
seen would proye very decorative and uncommon.

To the species described on p. 181, Vol. II., the follow-

ing should be added:

I. arguta (sharp). A synonym of Amphicome arguta.

I. Delavayi (Delavay’s).* _jl., corolla bright rose-red, the tube
3in. long, decurved, the limb 3in. to 3sin. broad; scape three-
to thirteen-flowered. May. J. few, radical, lft. to 15ft. long,
pinnate ; leaflets six to eight, rather distant, fin. to Sin. long,

Incarvillea—continued.

I. variabilis (variable). #. bright rose-purple, in loose, erect
racemes ; corolla tube lin. long, slightly curved, the limb more
than lin. across. August. J. all alternate, 2in. to 4in. long,
shortly petiolate, ovate, pinnate; leaflets six to eight pairs.
h. lft. to 14ft. Western China, 1898. A half-hardy, slender

perennial. (B. M. 7651.)
INCOMPLETE. Lacking some part. See Incom-
plete.

INCURVARIA CAPITELLA. ‘ee
Shoot Moth.

INDIAN BERRY. ‘See Randia aculeata.
INDIAN CUP. See Sarracenia.

Currant-

INDIAN CURRANT. See Symphoricarpus
vulgaris.
INDIAN FLOWERING FERN. See Helmin-

thostachys.
INDIAN GRASS. See Arundo.

INDIAN HILL GUAVA. See
tomentosa.

INDIAN MALLOW. See Sida and Urena.

INDIAN or EGYPTIAN ORES. See
Nymphea Lotus. A <

INDIAN PHYSIC. See Magni caseri.
INDIAN SHAMROCK. See Ti Le

INDIAN WILD PEPPER. SecWtitex trifolia.
INDIGENOUS. Native.

INDIGOFERA. To the information given on p. 181,
Vol. II., the following should be added :
I. Dosua compacta (compact).
ompacta,
D. stricta (erect). An erect, garden form, with violet-red
lowers. 1870.
Gerardiana alba (white).
acemes. 1891. Nearly hardy.
G. compacta (compact). . of a vinous-rose colour;
aflorescence very compact. 1877. Syn. J. Dosua compacta.
Iwafusi (native name). #. white, washed with pink, very
legant. Summer. Japan. A small tree,
violacea. The correct name is J. pulchella.

INGA. To the information given on p. 182, Vol. IL.,
: following should be added :

anomala (anomalous). jl. red; heads few-flowered, twin,
isposed in terminal racemes. May to August. /., leaflets tive
) seven pairs, linear, obtuse, glabrous, ciliated. h. 6ft. to 12ft.
fexico, 1729. Calliandra grandijlora is the correct name of
lis species.

ferruginea (rusty). A synonym of J. vulpina.

Harrisii (Harris’s). A synonym of Calliandra Harvisii.
ulcherrima is identical with Calliandra Tweedii.

setifera (bristle-bearing). The correct name of J. macro-
hylla (of B. M.).

vulpina (fox-like). . purplish, disposed in a pretty,
aminal spike. 7. compound, and, as well as the branches.
»vered with yellowish hairs. Brazil. Tree. Syn. I. ferruginea
*, d. S. viii., 773).

NGENHOUSSIA. A synonym of Amphithalea

tich see).

NOCULATION.

iich see),

NSECTICIDES. [In gardening these may be
eribed as preparations which destroy animal pests
erally, and not insects only, as the name would at
t sight seem to suggest. They vary greatly with the
ts under consideration, and the universal Insecticide
yet to be discovered. With some plant-feeding
mals the employment of Insecticides is practically
less, owing to the peculiar habits of the pests—shoot-
trunk-infesting kinds, which feed protected, like Wood
ypard and Goat Moths, Currant-Shoot Moths, Leaf
isters (Tortrices), Case-Makers, &c.
‘efore any Insecticide can be used effectively, the
dener must determine how the pest feeds, as on that
*h depends. A poisonous Insecticide that would be fatal
u chewing insect, like the caterpillars of Moths, &c.,
id be harmless in the case of a sucking insect or
xr animal, which, before taking any nutriment from
leaves, first bores throngh the poison area, Then,

$L

Rhodomyrtus

A synonym of J. Gerardiana

jl. pure white, produced in erect

Another name _ for

Budding

440 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Tlex—continued.

I. conocarpa (cone-fruited). /l. white, small, in short, axillary
racemes. J. lanceolate, serrulated, 4in, long. h. 6ft. Brazil, 1895.
A greenhouse or stove shrub, chiefly interesting as being one of
the plants which yield Maté, or Paraguay Tea. (B. M. 7310.)

I. Cunninghami (Cunningham's). A synonym of J. dipyrena.

I. Fischeri (Fischer's). A garden form of J. Aquifolium.

I. floridana (Florida). A synonym of J. Cassine.

I. Gongonha is synonymous with Villaresia mucronata.

I. insignis (remarkable).* jl. four-parted, 4in. in diameter, in
sub-globose clusters. jr globose, 4in. in diameter. J. very
thick, 6in. “to Qin. long, acute, elliptic-lanceolate, obscurely
serrated, the young ones spiny-toothed; petioles stout, Zin.
to lin. long. Sikkim Himalaya, 1880. A small, erect, ever-
green tree.

I. microcarpa (small-fruited). A synonym of I. rotunda.

I. Pedaro. A synonym of J. Aquifoliwm maderensis.

I. quercifolia (Oak-leaved). The correct name of I. opaca.

I. rotunda (round). /l. in axillary umbels, borne on peduncles
much shorter than the petioles. J. entire, ovate, acute at both
ends, glabrous. North China, SyN. J. microcarpa,

I. vomitoria (vomitory). A synonym of J. Cassine.

Fic. 461. FLOWER AND LEAVES OF IMPATIENS HAWKERI.

I, Wilsoni (Wilson’s).* This is described as a splendid Ho
of sturdy growth, with stout foliage, and deep red, she
berries as large as small Cherries. 1899.

I. Green-leaved Varieties.
I. Aquifolium atrovirens (dark green). J. large, flat, p
green. Syn. J. A. maderensis atrovirens.

I, A. camellizfolia (Camellia-leaved). J. entire, not spi
flat, resembling those of a Camellia. 1888. -

I. A. latispina (broad-spined).* 2. broad, with long spin
very free.
I. A. maderensis atrovirens. A synonym of J. A. atrovin
I. A. nigrescens (blackish). /. large, broad, and smooth.
II. Silver- and Gold-leaved Varieties.
I. Aquifolium argentea regina (Silver Queen).* J. lay
broadly margined with white. Showy and of good habit.
I. A. flavescens (yellowish).* 7. blotched and suffused w
yellow. This is popularly known as Moonlight.

I. A. Golden King. An improvement upon the well-knc
Golden Queen, being larger in leaf and deeper as to colc
A sport from Hodgins’ Holly.

I. A. Moonlight. A synonym of I. A. jlavescens.

ILLAWARRA PALM. Se Ptychosperma

Cunninghamiana.

; ILLAWARRA PINE. See Podocarpus spinu-
osa.

ILLICIUM. To the species described on p. 177,

Vol. IL., the following should be added:

I. verum (true). True Star Anise. jl. red, axillary, shortly
pedunculate, globose; perianth leaflets about ten, orbicular,
concave. November. J. elliptic-lanceolate or oblanceolate,
obtuse or obtusely acuminate, shortly narrowed into the
petioles. h. 9ft. South China, 1883. (B. M. 7005.)

IMAGO (pl. IMAGINES). The adult and usually
winged condition of an insect.

IMANTOPHYLLUM. To the species described on
p. 178, Vol. II., the following varieties should be added.
For garden varieties see Clivia.

I. miniatum aurantiacum (orange). /. bright yellowish-
salmon, Jin. in diameter; umbels large. 1886, Garden seedling.

I. m. blandfordizflorum striatum (Blandfordia-flowered,
striped).* jl. crimson-carmine outside, Blandfordia-like, borne
in dense heads, the segments margined with salmon-buff. 7,
striated with creamy-yellow. 1889.

I. m. cruentum (bloody).* fl. bright
orange-scarlet, of fine form and sub-
stance. Spring.

IMBRICARIA (from imbrico, to
cover like tiles; in allusion to the
biseriate calyx segments). Syn. Binec-
taria. OrpD. Sapotacez. Asmall genus
(four or five species) of stove, milky
trees, closely allied to Mimusops,
natives of tropical Africa and the
Mascarene Islands. I. maxima (Syn.
I. borbonica) has been introduced, but
it is probably only grown in botanical

INCARVILLEA DELAVaAYI.

By an unfortunate error, which was not discovered
in time, the printers used a wrong block for illus-
trating Incarvillea Delavayi. It should havé been

as above; that which was given was of Kalanchoe
Marmorata F

7

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 441

Impatiens—continued.

ovate, crenate, fleshy, spreading, lft. long.
and as thick as a man’s leg (in its native country).
Island, 1891. (B. M. 7195.)

I. Noli-tangere. The correct name of J. noli-me-tangere.

I. pallida. The correct name is J. aurea.

I. Rodigasi (Rodigas’). #. rosy-purple, axillary, with the long,
slender spur curved forwards; pedicels long. /. opposite or
whorled, ovate-lanceolate, acute, serrated. Java, 1889. A
pretty Balsam. (I. H. 1889, p. 25, t. 78.)

I. Roylei pallidifiora (pale-flowered).* 7. pale pink, spotted
with red, larger than in the type; corymbs 6in. to 10in.

Trunk 4ft. high
Langkawi

broad. 7. 6in. to Sin. long. A. 5ft. to 6ft. Himalayas. (B. M.
7647.)

I. Sultani Episcopi (Bishop Hannington’s).* 1. rich purple-
earmine, shot with a brilliant rosy hue. Zanzibar, 1886. A

perpetual-flowering variety.

IMPATIENT. Used in a garden sense, this term
implies that a plant cannot withstand any excess of a
particnlar condition; ex. gr., Impatient of heat or cold.

IMPERFECT. This term is applied to flowers that
lack either stamens or pistils.

INCARVILLEA. Amongst plants for outside
culture of comparatively recent introduction none is
more beautiful than I. Delavayi, which has proved itself
perfectly hardy. In height it grows some 2ft., and it
may be placed in the borders; or seedlings plentifully
employed in the beds of hardy subjects now so often
seen would proye very decorative and uncommon.

To the species described on p. 181, Vol. II., the follow-

ing should be added:

I. arguta (sharp). A synonym of Amphicome arguta.

I. Delavayi (Delavay’s).* _l., corolla bright rose-red, the tube
3in. long, decurved, the limb 3in. to 35in. broad; scape three-
to thirteen-flowered. May. J. few, radical, lft. to lift. long,
pinnate ; leaflets six to eight, rather distant, 4in. to Sin. long,
sessile. Stem very short, simple or eparinely branched.
China, 1893. Hardy. (B. M. 7462; R. H. 1893, 544.) See Fig. 462.

Fic. 462. FLOWERS OF INCARVILLEA DELAVAYI.

andiflora (large-tlowered). jf. of a rich rose-red; scape
= et, tearing ram = ke flowers. - aa leafiets shorter than
a yt (whic species c i
Toe “Gee Pp osely resembles). China,
I. grandifiora (of Poir). A synonym of Tecoma grandiflora.
L ‘tomentosa (downy), of Roxburgh. A synonym of Paulownia
imperialis,

Vol. Y.

I.
sho!

Incarvillea—continued.

I. variabilis (variable). . bright rose-purple, in loose, erect:
racemes ; corolla tube lin. long, slightly curved, the limb more
than lin. across. August. J. all alternate, 2in. to 4in. long,
shortly petiolate, ovate, pinnate; leaflets six to eight pairs.
h. lft. to sft. Western China, 1898. A half-hardy, slender

perennial. (B. M. 7651.)
INCOMPLETE. Lacking some part. See Incom-
plete.

INCURVARIA CAPITELLA.
Shoot Moth.

INDIAN BERRY. See Randia aculeata.
INDIAN CUP. See Sarracenia.

Currant-

See

INDIAN CURRANT. See Symphoricarpus
vulgaris.

INDIAN FLOWERING FERN. See Helmin-
thostachys.

INDIAN GRASS. See Arundo.

INDIAN HILL GUAVA. See
tomentosa.

INDIAN MALLOW. See Sida and Urena.

Rhodomyrtus

INDIAN or EGYPTIAN PEQTUS. See
Nymphea Lotus. ne i]

INDIAN PHYSIC. See Magni “aseri.

INDIAN SHAMROCK. ‘See Ti he

INDIAN WILD PEPPER. Sectitex trifolia.
INDIGENOUS. Native.

INDIGOFERA. To the information given on p. 181,

Vol. II., the following should be added :

I, Dosua compacta (compact). A synonym of J. Gerardiana
compacta.

I. D. stricta (erect).
flowers. 1870.

I. Gerardiana alba (white). 7. pure white, produced in erect
racemes. 1891. Nearly hardy.

I. G. compacta (compact). jl. of a vinous-rose colour;
inflorescence very compact. 1877. Syn. J. Dosua compacta.

I. Iwafusi (native name). #. white, washed with pink, very
elegant. Summer. Japan. A small tree.

I. violacea. The correct name is J. pulchella.

INGA. To the information given on p. 182, Vol. IL.,
the following should be added :
I. anomala (anomalous). jf. red;

disposed in terminal racemes. May to August. 2., leatiets tive

to seven pairs, linear, obtuse, glabrous, ciliated. h. 6ft. to 12ft.

Mexico, 1729. Calliandra grandiflora is the correct name of

this species.

I. ferruginea (rusty). A synonym of I. vulpina.

I. Harrisii (Harris's). A synonym of Calliandra Harrisii.

I. pulcherrima is identical with Calliandra Tweedii.

I. setifera (bristle-bearing). The correct name of J. macro-
phylla (of B. M.).

I. vulpina (fox-like). #. purplish, disposed in a pretty,
terminal spike. l. compound, and, as well as the branches.
covered with yellowish hairs. Brazil. Tree. Syn. I. ferruginea
(BF. d. S. viii., 773).

INGENHOUSSIA. A synonym of Amphithalea

(which see).

An erect, garden form, with violet-red

heads few-flowered, twin,

INOCULATION. Another name for Budding
(which see).
INSECTICIDES. [In gardening these may be

described as preparations which destroy animal pests
generally, and not insects only, as the name would at
first sight seem to suggest. They vary greatly with the
pests under consideration, and the universal Insecticide
has yet to be discovered. With some plant-feeding
animals the employment of Insecticides is practically
useless, owing to the peculiar habits of the pests—shoot-
and trunk-infesting kinds, which feed protected, like Wood
Leopard and Goat Moths, Currant-Shoot Moths, Leaf
Twisters (Tortrices), Case-Makers, &c.

Before any Insecticide can be used effectively, the
gardener must determine how the pest feeds, as on that
much depends. A poisonous Insecticide that would be fatal
to a chewing insect, like the caterpillars of Moths, &c.,
would be harmless in the case of a sucking insect or
other animal, which, before taking any nutriment from
the leaves, first bores throngh the poison area. Then,

3L

442

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Insecticides—continued.

too, the time at which Insecticides may be most effec-
tively used will vary with the species. Take the Scales.
To spray on an Insecticide when the Scale-like coverings
of certain species have been formed, avails but little: the
time is when the newly-hatched larve are on the wander.

Timely application of Insecticides is very important,
and this is especially the case with crops which are
destined for market or the table, when appearance is
everything. Insects on outdoor crops are, as a rule,
more difficult to control than those on indoor ones. A very
important point in connection with any Insecticide is to be
certain as to its effect upon any plant before applying it
wholesale. An indiscriminate application upon a tree or
plant may lead to disaster.

For poisoning the food-plants of chewing insects like
the lary of Moths, Butterflies, and Sawflies, the grubs
of Beetles which feed exposed, as well as the Beetles
themselves that lay the green parts of plants under
contribution, Paris Green (despite the prejudice against
its use), in the proportion of loz. to 20 gallons of water,
is the best Insecticide. Many growers also add loz. of
lime, as this minimises the chances of the foliage being
injured. The mixture should be kept stirred, or the
Paris Green will settle, and it shonld be distributed
in a nice fine spray. With frnit trees on no account
should the preparation be employed when they are in
blossom. So far as the fruit itself is concerned there is
not the slightest danger to the consumer if the arsenite
is used in the proportion stated. Manufacturing agri-
cultural chemists, like Mackey and Mackey, of Bermondsey,
keep Paris Green Paste ready for making the Insecticide ;
and this is preferable to having to mix the powder one’s
self, an operation fraught with not a little risk. London
Purple is another powerful arsenical poison, and needs to
be just as carefully handled.

Hellebore (in powder) dusted or blown on to the trees
in the early morning is also a capital Insecticide,
especially in the case of the Sawfly and Caterpillar
grabs on Gooseberries. Although a strong poison, Helle-
bore is soon rendered harmless by contact with the out-
side air, and must therefore be renewed.

For sucking animals, one of the best all-round
preparations is Kerosene (paraffin) Emulsion. If properly
made the kerosene does not separate and cause injury
to the plants. It may be procured in this country in a
concentrated form, and all that the user has to do is
to dilute it to the proper proportions, which wil! vary
somewhat with the kind of tree under treatment and
the age of the leaves. The ingredients are hard or soft
soap, kerosene, and rain water. Their proper amalgama-
tion requires some skill.
weaker the solution. The exact proportion may be deter-
mined by the gardener himself. These emulsions are best
bought from firms with the machinery for making them.

A very good home-made preparation for similar insects
consists of 1 wineglassful of ordinary petroleum and 3
gallons of hot water. The difficulty about this solution is
that the petroleum does not readily amalgamate, and
constant stirring is necessary. It is a very good plan to
put sufficient soff soap in the water to discolour it, as
this has been fonnd preferable to plain water.

Soft soap alone is a capital Insecticide for Scale. 20z. to
a gallon of hot water may be safely employed upon hard-
wooded greenhonse subjects, but upon softer things the soap
may be reduced one-half. For rubbing into the bark of
trees it may be used at from three to four times the
strength of that first named.

Water applied at a temperature of 140deg. is a most
useful Insecticide, especially for Scale. It has the merit,
too, of being harmless to the plants under treatment—
neither leaves, flowers, nor fruits being affected. Aphides
readily succumb to it, as do Thrips. In the case of
Cactuses suffering from insect pests—Mealy Bug, &c.—
the hot-water treatment may be very successfully
employed, first turning the plants on their sides. The
great difficulty is in keeping the water sufficiently hot: it
quickly cools on delivery.

Hard-bodied insects, like many of the Beetles, are
difficult to cope with where they do not actually feed
upon the green portions of the trees or plants, their
horny wing-cases protecting them against the Insecticides
which kill by contact and that may be safely employed.
Many of the most troublesome Weeryils, all of which are

The younger the foliage the -

Insecticides—continued.

night feeders, are best shaken on to a board thickl
smeared with tar and afterwards collected and destroyed.

Earwigs, Cockroaches, Ants, Wasps, and Wood-lice
are best dealt with by traps or poisoned food. Red
Spider (including the Bryobias) shonld be killed by
contact when on outdoor trees ; while indoors they should
be treated to one of the vaporising Insecticides, except in
the case of certain Grapes.

Fumigation by means of hydrocyanic acid gas is likely in
the future to prove of immense benefit against many pests,
as in the case of Currant-Bud Mite (which ais and
some of the worst kinds of Scale. For years the former has
baffled all the efforts of gardeners and economic entomolo-
gists to stay its ravages. From some extensive experiments,
however, made by Mr. H. H. Cousins, M.A., Mr. A. V.
Theobald, M.A., and others at the Wye Agricultural
College, there is no doubt that the formidable foe may be
ousted by the powerful Insecticide named, and a fall report
of the experiments appeared in the ‘‘Gardeners’ Chronicle.”
Nearly twenty years ago this Insecticide was used in
California for the destruction of Scale in the Orange
groves, and proved of immense benefit. Great care
has, however, to be taken that the fumes are not inhaled.
So far as the Currant-Bnd Mite is concerned, the best
time for fumigation appears to be December and January.
The cost is infinitesimal. In California tents are used
for surrounding the infested trees; while in the experi-
ments conducted at Wye a modification of this plan by
the use of a waterproof cloth seems to have been
employed. loz. of cyanide to 150 cubie feet Mr. Cousins
and his colleagues found effectnal.

The following is the formnla for making the hydro-
eyanie gas: Cyanide of potassium, loz.; sulphuric acid,
20z.; water, 30z. The water is placed in a glazed earthen-
ware vessel (an old jam-pot, for instance), and then the
acid is put in; the waterproof tent or material is then
placed, round the bushes or trees to be freed, and the
cyanide added. There is no necessity to go to great
expense with the ‘‘tent.” Mr. D. W. Coqnillet, who was
the first to discover the merits of hydrocyanie gas as an
Insecticide, simply employed common bed-ticking treated
with linseed oil. The covering is left round the tree for
half to three-quarters of an hour.

Hydrocyanic gas has also been successfully employed
as a greenhouse Insecticide in New South Wales, and it
was found that not only did it destroy Thrips and Red
Spider, but Scales, Ants, and Beetles. Still greater care
would have to be exercised in a greenhonse, and the
cyanide would haye to be first suspended and controlled
by a string from the outside, so that it could be dropped
at the right moment. Several conditions are necessary,
according to Mr. Hugh Dixson, who contributed a most
practical article upon the subject to the ‘‘ Gardeners’
Chronicle.” These are that the foliage of the plants be
dry, that the wind is blowing away from any private
residence, and that no persons are near the house at the
time it is being treated, especially upon the lee side;
and finally, that all vessels that the cyanide has touched
be carefully washed and the water thrown down the sewer.
Mr. Dixson says that 1 grain of cyanide for every cubic foot
of the house, and an eqnal quantity of sulphuric acid
diluted with an equal quantity of water, are the proper
proportions.

Carbon bisulphide is employed for root-feeding insects
like Schizoneura lanigera, found upon the roots, as well
as the trunks and branches, of Apples, &c.; the Grape
Phylloxera (which see); and the Cabbage Gall Weevil.
Doubtless its sphere of usefulness may be considerably
extended.

Borax is frequently used with success in plant-honses
where Cockroaches abound, but rather as an expellent
than as an Insecticide. In California, Resin Washes are
much used for Scale, and they prove very effective ; but
in England and in other countries such washes are not
called for. Resin Washes usually consist of resin, caustic
soda, tallow or oil, and water; and less often paraffin.

Of the more recent commercial preparations for use in
glasshonses, those known as yaporising Insecticides, like
Nicoticide, XL All, and the like, are of great value if
used with caution, and to a very great extent they have
simplified the work in connection with the pests of stoves,
greenhouses, conservatories, and fruit-honses. They are
mostly tobacco preparations.

at. > ~
a

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

i

INTEGUMENT. A covering layer or membrane.

INTER. In compound words this signifies ‘‘ between” ;
e.g., Intercostal, between the ribs of a leaf. It shonld
not be confounded with Intra, which means “within.”

INTERMEDIATE HOUSE. In large gardens the
value of the Intermediate House is great. It is, as it were,

‘a connecting link between the stove and the greenhouse, or

between the warmest Orchid-houses and the cool ones.
Not only are there a multitude of plants that require the
temperature of the Intermediate House all the year
through, but there are also many other plants from the
cooler structures that need a little extra heat at certain
periods to make good growth, and there are also plants
in the hottest honses that need a lower temperature, or
period of rest, which can be best given in the Intermediate
House, for which reasons such a house is practically a
necessity where there are many plant-houses.

INTRA. In compound words this signifies “‘ within” ;
£9. Intramarginal, within bat near the margin. See
Inter.

INULA. Of late years many species of these showy
border plants have been introduced to gardens. They are
much superior to the older I. Heleniwm, which is coarse and
only suited to the wild garden. They are dwarf of habit,
and some of them have bold foliage—I. grandiflora, for
instance. They may be planted in either spring or
autumn, at which svasons, too, they may be divided for
purposes of increase.

To the species described on p. 190, Vol. II., the following
should be added:

I. ensifolia (ensate-leaved).* l.-heads one or several to a stem;
scales lanceolate, erect, leaf-like, cobwebby-tomentose beneath.
August. J. sessile, linear, strongly acuminate, many-nerved,
per rons. Stems erect. f. Sin. Caucasus, &c., 1793. (J. F. A.

)

I. jae (large-flowered). i., involucral scales linear-
subulate, fulvous-hirsute. July. 7. sessile, oblong, slightly
villous, serrated, the serratures glandular at apex. Stems
simple, one-headed. h. 2ft. Caucasus, Persia, &c., 1810. (B. M.
1907, under name of J. glandulosa var.)

I. hirta (hairy). f.-heads solitary or almost ternately corymbose ;
involucral scales hairy-ciliated, linear-lanceolate, the outer ones
exceeding the inner ones. July. J. sessile, lanceolate-oblong,
rigid, sore entire, the margins and nerves hairy. Stems erect,
somewhat branched, pilose-hairy. A. lft. South Europe, 1759.
(J. F. A. 358.)

I. salicina (Willow-like).* 1.-heads, involucre campanulate, the
seales ovate-lanceolate, serrulate-scabrous, slightly reflexed at
apex. July. 7. half-amplexicaul, lanceolate, lise seabeas on
the margins, somewhat recurved at apex. Stems erect, corym-
bosely branched ; branches one-headed. /. 14ft. South Europe,
&c., 1648. (F. D. 786.)

I. saxatilis (rock-loving). A synonym of J. viscosa.

I. squarrosa (squarrose). fl.-heads solitary or corymbose at the
tips of the branches; involucre campanulate, the scales ovate,
spreading-reflexed at apex. July. /. oblong, acuminate, serrated,
more or less scabrid, reticulate-veined. Stems erect, slightly
branched. A. lft. France, &c., 1768.

I. viscosa (clammy). /l.-heads having linear involucral scales.
July. 2. lanceolate, serrated, glandular-pilose, sessile, cordate-
auricled ; auricles reflexed. Stems erect, pilose-viscous, panicu-
lately branched at apex; lateral branches leafy, few-headed.
h, 15ft. South Europe, 1596. Syn. J. saxatilis.

I. montana is also suitable for naturalising in the wild garden.

INVOLUCRARIA. Included under Trichomanes
(which see).

IOCHROMA. Iyciwm fuchsioides is synonymous
with I. fuchsioides. ‘To the species described on p. 190,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

I. flava (yellow). fl. in rite & clusters; corolla pale yellow,
tubular, 1sin. long, with five short lobes. J. alternate, ovate-
lanceolate, petiolate, glabrous above, finely puberulous below.
h. O6ft. Cordilleras of Colombia, 1898. A bushy shrub,
(R. H. 1898, p. 360.)

IONIDIUM includes Pombalia. I. capense is known
as the Cape Violet.

IONOPSIDIUM.
ander Cochlearia.

IPHIGENIA (named after Iphigenia, daughter of
Agamemnon). Orp, Liliacee. A small genus (four species)
of stove or greenhouse, bulbous plants, closely allied to
Ornithoglossum (which see for culture), natives of
India, Africa, and Australia. Flowers small, erect,

This genus is now included

- I. Cavanillesii (Cavanilles’).

&c. 448

Iphigenia—continued.

solitary or corymbose; perianth six-partite, stellate,
deciduous; stamens six, hypogynons. Leaves few.
scattered, linear, the upper ones bract-like. Only one
species calls for description here.

I. indica (Indian). fi. reddish or purplish, few or many;
pecans din. to sin. long; pedicels lin. to 2in. long. June.
. few, the lower ones 6in. to 8in. long. Stem 3in. to 10in.
long, flexuous. India, 1818. Syn. Anguillaria indica.

IPOMGA. (Inelnding Leptocallis, Mina, and
Skinneria. To the species described on pp. 191-2, Vol.
il., the following should be added. A few plants
formerly included hereunder are now referred to
Argyreia and Lettsomia. See also Batatas (which
is included in this genus by Bentham and Hooker).

Se (taper-pointed). The correct name of J. muta-

is.

I. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). The correct name of
I. jilicaulis.

I. Batatas. The plant known in gardens as Convoleulus
chrysorhizus is a form of this species. 1888.

I. Bona-nox. There is a form grandijlora, having very large,
sweetly-scented flowers.

I. bonariensis (Buenos Ayres).* _. purplish-lilac ; peduncles
axillary, solitary, bearing a corymb of three (to seven?)
flowers. Summer. 7. cordate, palmately three- to five-lobed.
Stems long-twining, branched, purplish. Roots tuberous.
Buenos Ayres, about 1826. A magnificent, stove species.
(B. M. 3665.)

I. Bronsoni (Bronson’s). This is described (iu G. & F. 1892,
y., p. 345) as “a rapid grower, with white stems, gouty at
base ; flowers not seen.” Cuba, 1892. Stove.

I. camerunensis (Cameroons). A form of J. paniculata.

The correct name of Batatas
Cavanillesii.

I. coccinea (scarlet).* fl. red, sweet-scented; corolla jin. to
1gin. long, the limb obscurely lobed, 4in. to 4jn. wide. June
and July. 7. on slender petioles, cordate, or with a sagittate
or hastate base, acuminate, entire, angled, or toothed. Stems
climbing. A. 9ft. to 15{t. Carolina, 1713. Half-hardy annual.
(A. B. R. 499; B. M. 221.) There is a form luteola with orange
flowers.

I. decora (comely). . white, with a rosy-purple centre, large.
1. oval, velvety. Stems annual, 3ft. high. Rootstock woody.
East Africa, 1879. Stove.

I. digitata (digitate). The correct name of J. platensis.

I. filicaulis. The correct name is J. angustifolia.

I. gossypioides (Gossypium-like). #. rose-coloured, with a
reddish-purple throat, showy. 7. borne on long petioles.
Southern Argentina, 1897. Greenhouse annual; not climbing.

I. grandiflora (large-flowered). A form of J. Bona-nox.

I. hederacea. Of this species there are many garden forms,
including atroviolacea (dark violet and white), grandiflora
(large, pale blue), Huberi variegata (variegated), and superba
(pale blue, with a white margin).

I. hederifolia (Ivy-leaved).* /. of a very bright reddish-
searlet, numerous, the tube elongated, the limb abruptly
spreading. Summer and autumn. J. with three to five more
or less deep lobes, the middle one oyate-lanceolate, acuminate,
the lateral ones much narrower, sinuate-angled. Mexico,
Antilles, &e. Stove.

I. Horsfalliz alba (white). A synonym of J. Thomsoniana.

I. imperialis (imperial). Under this name the following half-
hardy garden forms are desqribed: J. % aurata (golden),
flowers blue or rosy-lilac, leaves golden; a vigorous climber.
I. i. collata (collated), flowers variable in colour, and having
wavy, crimped margins. 1897.

I. Kerberii (Kerber’s).* ji. of a vivid scarlet, clustered, com-
pletely covering the plant (when cultivated in the open air in
Southern Italy). 7. cordate. South America, 1894. Green-
house.

I. leptophylla (slender-leaved). #. pinkish-purple; corolla
funnel-shaped, about 3in. long; peduncles short, one- or two-
flowered. 7. simple, entire, linear, 2in. to 4in. long, din.
broad, shortly petiolate, acute. Stems erect or ascending, 2ft.
to 4ft. high. Roots very large, weighing from 10Ib. to 100lb.
Texas and New Mexico. Greenhouse perennial.

I, linifolia (linum-leaved). . yellow, small; peduncles lin.
to din. long, few- or many-flowered May. Jl. petiolate
narrow-oblong, the lower ones often Sub-cordate and ovate-
oblong, lsin. to 2sin. long. Stems slender, twining or
creeping. India, 1827. Stove annual. SyN. Skinneria
caespitosa.

I, mutabilis. The correct name is I. acuminata.

I. paniculata (panicled) he correct name of Batatas
paniculata.

I. p. camerunensis (Cameroons). A variety with entire
leaves. Cameroons, 1891. (R. G. 1891, t. 1352.)

444

Ipomea—continued.

Perring’s). . violet-rose, 3in. long, 2in.

24 She alee re ata A eccines ovate, lobed at base.

Stems slender, climbing, clothed with stellate hairs.

Cameroons, 1897. Stove.

I. platensis. The correct name is J. digitata. be J

. There are a number of varieties of this species,

side EES wueriagat (crimson), Dicksoni (blue), flore-pleno
(double-flowered), and tricolor (ved, white, and blue striped).

Fahy

Fic. 463,

FLOWERS OF [rPoM@®A ROBERTSIL.

I. Robertsii (G. F. Roberts').* ., sepals 4in. to 4in. long,
corolla nearly white externally, with pale pink stripes, 3in.
to 4in. long, the limb internally white, obscurely striated
with pale pink, and with five lanceolate, rosy-pink rays;
peduncles one-flowered. July. 7. 3in, to 4in. long, mem-
branous, broadly ovate-cordate, acuminate, dull green,
pubescent; petioles lin. to 2in. long, pubescent. Queens-
land, 1883. Stove, twining perennial. (B. M. 6952.) See Fig. 463.

I. setifera (bristle-bearing). #. white or purple, scented,
showy, borne in profusion, two to four to a petiole; outer
sepals _ bristle-bearing. 1. cordate-sagittate, emarginate-
mucronulate, highly glabrous’ Guiana, &c., 1894. Greenhouse
perennial.

I. Thomsoniana (Thomson’s).* jl. white, 3in. in diameter;
cymes axillary, few-flowered. J. trifoliolate; leaflets stalked,
elliptic or elliptic-oblong, acute, fleshy. 1884. A handsome,
stove climber, with the general habit of J. Horsfallie.
Chip ae Leeda ps) lis hGs IC. me) aS! oex. Ds Gloss aS Ne
I. Horsfallie alba. According to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,” this
is a variety of J. ternata.

I. Woodii (Wood's). /. rose-purple, large, disposed in shortly-
stalked clusters; corolla campanulate. J. cordate, tinted
with purple. Zululand, 1894. A tuberous-rooted, greenhouse
perennial, with woody stems.

IPSEA (from ips, a Cynips insect; in allusion to some
fancied resemblance), ORD. Orchider. A small genus
(two species) of stove, terrestrial Orchids, natives of
India and Africa; they have the long, narrow, plicate
leaves and sheathed scape of Pachystoma (ander which
genus Ipsea was included by Bentham and Hooker), but
are distinctly pseudo-bulbous, with a few large, highly-
coloured flowers.
I. speciosa (showy).

speciosum.

This is the correct name of Pachystoma

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

IRESINE. Syn. Xerandra. Including Rosea. To
the species described on p. 193, Vol. II., the following
should be added :

I. formosa (beautiful).* J. golden, veined with crimson and
pencilled with green. 1883. A _ very effective sport from
I. Lindenii; it keeps its character well out of doors, and
makes an excellent bedding plant. :

I. Herbstii Wallisii (Wallis’s).* 7. small, ovate-reniform,
cleft at apex, recurved, blackish-purple. A remarkable, dwart
variety. Another good form is brilliantissima.

IRIARTEA. To the species described on p. 193,

Vol. IT., the following should be added:

I. andicola (Andes). A synonym of Ceroxylon andicola.

I. gigantea (gigantic).* 7. having large, obliquely fan-shaped
leaflets, preemorsely cut, light green; lowermost leaves grace-
fully recurved. Stem supported a few inches above the soil by
thick roots. Tlahitat not recorded. A noble Palm. (G. C.,
Aug. 17, 1872, p. 1105, f. 261.)

I. ventricosa (swollen). /l., spathes ten to twelve, deciduous ;
spadices 3ft. to 4ft. long. jr. globose, the size of a Cherry. /.
Sft. to 12ft. long; pinne repand-sinuate. Stem attaining 80ft.
in height; but sub-globose when young. Rio Negro, Brazil.
(L. H., t. 400.)

I, Bungerothii is in cultivation at Kew.

IRIDORCHIS. A synonym of Cymbidium (which

see).

IRIS. Rainbow Flower. Including Newbeckia. <Ac-
cording to. J. G. Baker’s ‘‘ Handbook to the Iridew,”’ this
genus embraces upwards of 160 species. One or two
formerly included here are now referred to Marica,
Morea, and Trimezia.

In the outdoor garden there are few genera which are
richer in species and varieties than the Iris, as there are
few months of the year when one or other of its repre-
sentatives is not in evidence. Hyen in winter the lovely
I. wnguicularis (I. stylosa), I. reticulata histrioides, I. alata,
I. Vartani, and I. persica may be enjoyed if they are
planted in a sheltered sunny spot, or better still upon the
rockery. Of early spring-flowering, bulbous kinds there
are a still greater number, rich in colour and fragrant as
to flower—I. reticulata, I. Rosenbachiana, and the lesser-
known I. Bakeriana. There are many others, but those
named are gems of the first water in their respective
sections. They are, moreover, species which should receive
far more encouragement from gardeners than is usually
given them.

In late spring there are several species quite as
charming in their way as the three named, the best being
I. sindjarensis, I. assyriaca, I. susiana, I, iberica,
I. Helene, I. Gatesii, I. atrofusca, I. lwpina (with its
curious beard), and I. Lortetii. A little later, in May, the
delicately beautiful I. cristata, so well fitted for either
rockery or border, is in flower. This last is one of the
species that cannot be too freely planted where a sandy
peat soil can be given it. May, however, is the
month of Irises, as June is of Roses; then the lovely
Rhizomatous section generally, from the common blue
germanica to the finer descendants of pallida, neglecta,
squalens, variegata, &c., are in full beauty. Nor is June
without its special Iris, for then the flat, Clematis-like
flowers of I. levigata (better known as I. Kempferi) com-
mence to blossom, and continue right into late summer;
while contemporary with them are many little known but
lovely species in JI. Boissieri, I. tingitana, and I. jwncea,
the familiar but charming I. sibirica, and the English and
Spanish Irises in great variety.

Coming, as the Irises do, from many quarters of the globe,
their treatment varies considerably, not only with species
and varieties from the same countries, but often with
individuals. Some, like the common Flag Irises, will
flourish with a minimum of attention in almost any soil,
providing it is fairly rich, and eyen in town gardens.
Many, as already pointed out, require a sheltered sunny
rockery ; a few, like JI. Lortetii, I. susiana, I. tectorwm,
I. lupina, &e., require a position where they can literally
have a ‘‘roasting’’ in summer, and a light, well-drained
soil. Those growers who are most successful with this
singularly beautiful section advocate lifting the roots a
month after flowering and placing them on a sunny shelf
until planting-time again arrives in December. TI. tectorwm,
as its name implies, grows upon roofs in its native country,
but here a less elevated position will suffice if it be on a
neeery with plenty of sun, and protected from cutting
winds.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 445

Tris—continued.

The Bearded Irises as a whole delight in a fairly dry
soil like a sandy loam, and the best results are attained
by not too frequent disturbance. The crowns may be
broken up every third year, and the most vigorons portions
planted. This should be done as soon after flowering as
conyenient,

For waterside planting there are a host of species and
varieties available, and these should be freely employed.

Fic, 464.

IRIS SIBIRICA.

Iris sibirica (Fig. 464) and its many varieties are a host
in themselves. They should be planted a little above the
water-level, when a fine effect will be obtained. They are
also good border plants. The common Water Flag
(I. Pseudo-Acorus) and its variegated form are by no means
to be despised, as they flourish in marshy spots where
little else of the same bold and floriferons character is to
be found. Equally as well adapted for the border and the
waterside are the robust, soft-coloured hybrids known as
Monspur, for which gardeners are indebted to Professor
Foster. Then there are the Japanese Irises (I. levigata),
which are similarly accommodating so long as when
located in the border they are assigned a moist position.
To see them, however, in their greatest beauty they should
be grown near the water in company with the semi-aquatic
kinds already named, J. versicolor, and the newer
I, Delavayi.

Of the Bulbons Irises the English (Fig. 465) and the
Spanish are amongst the most popular, for they yield
gorgeous colour effects at a minimum of cost. Whole beds
are sometimes devoted to them, as in Fig. 466; but the
painter alone can give any idea of their brightness and
beauty—a beauty which is longer continued if the beds
are not exposed to full sun. One frequently hears that
Irises are too ephemeral to be used for decorative effect
indoors. This charge would not lie if the cultivator

TIris—continued.

would eut them as bnds and allow them to expand in
water. Taken generally, their planting is best effected
from late summer to autumn, and the bulbs should not be
too frequently disturbed. For pot culture many of the
Bulbous Irises are amongst the brightest flowers under
glass. They should be potted up in autumn and after-
wards placed in a cold frame. All Bulbous Irises when
grown outside should have a sandy but fairly rich soil.
No protection in such a soil is necessary in winter,
although a little light litter strewn over their quarters
during severe weather will ensure them against bad frosts.

Irises have comparatively few pests. Slugs are trouble-
some to the early-flowering kinds, and should be trapped.
The worst pest is, however, a species of fungus found
upon I. reticulata, and known as Mystrosporium adnatum.
It is characterised by inky-black patches upon the
bulbs, which gradually rot away, leaving but an empty
shell containing a blackish powder. According to Mr.
Massee, who stands sponsor for the name, ‘soaking the

Fic. 465.

VARIETIES OF ENGLISH IRISES.

bulbs for two hours in a solution of formalin one part,
and water 300 parts, will destroy the fungus in light
attacks.’”’ All infested bulbs which are beyond treatment
should be burned. The fnngus is very common, and
terribly destructive.

To the species, &c., described on pp. 194-200, Vol. If,
the following should be added :

Sect. I. Irises proper.
Rootstock a Short Thick Rhizome.

A hybrid, with pale lilac flowers, netted with
It is between J. werica var.

I, Agatha.”
purple, and with silver-grey falls.
and I. Kowlkowi venosa.

I. Alberti (Dr. Albert Regel’s).* jl. bright lilac; tube less than
lin. long; falls obovate-cuneate, 2in. long, densely bearded, and

446

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Iris—continued.

veined dull brown and lilac on a white ground ; standards above
lin. broad, suddenly narrowed to a convolute claw ; panicle lax,
overtopping the leaves. May. Jl. ensiform, 14ft. to 2ft. long,
slightly glaucescent. Rootstock stout. Turkestan. (B. M.
7000 ; R. G. 999.)

I. albicans (whitish). A form of J. florentina.

I. albopurpurea (white and purple). #. white, spotted with
purple. Japan, 1896. This species is closely allied to
I. hezagona and IJ. levigata, It was imported with the latter,
from which it differs in having the inner perianth segments
erect instead of horizontally spreading. (B. M. 7511.)

I, aphylla. Of the numerous garden varieties of this well-
known species, the following are good: BRIDESMAID, soft
lavender, margined with mauve; DELICATISSIMA, white, margined
with blue; and MADAME CHEREAU, white, margined with pale
blue.

I. arenaria minor (lesser). A dwarf variety, having much
smaller flowers than those of the type.

I. asiatica (Asiatic). A form of J. pallida.

Iris—continued.

.I. Barnumess (Mrs. Barnum's). fia tube greenish, 4in. long;
limb dark uniform claret-purple; falls 2in. long, oblong-
cuneate, with a soft, whitish beard down the haft; standar
erect, 2sin. long, plain purplish-black; spathe one-flowered,
2in. to 2sin. long, the valves tinged wit urple. 7. weak,
glaucous, 6in. long at flowering time, 4in. to ee broad. Stem
one-headed, lin. to 6in. long, with a single leaf. Mountains of
Armenia, 1888. (B. M. 7050.)

I. Bartoni (Col. Barton's). fl. two or three in a cluster, strongly
scented; perianth tube greenish, lin. long; falls creamy-white,
veined greenish-yellow on the face, violet-purple on the claw,
tue beard white and orange; standards creamy-white, veined
pale June. Jl. ensiform, pale green, 14ft. long, Lin. to 2in.

road, strongly ribbed. Stem usually once-forked, overtopping
the leaves. Afghanistan, 1886. (B. M. 6869.)

I. benacensis (Lake Garda). ji., falls dark violet, with an
obovate blade or haft veined with brownish-violet, and a
yellowish-white beard ; standards bright violet, oblong-unguicu-
late. J. ensiform, about lft. long. Stem about 1ft. long, three-
headed. South Tyrol, 1887.

Fic. 466.

I. Athoa (Mount Athoa). fl. of a brownish-red-purple. Mount
Athoa, 1893. A more robust species than J. biflora, to which
it is closely related.

I. atrofusca (dark fuscous). A form of J. atropurpurea.

I. atropurpurea (dark purple). j., tube green ; limb purplish-
black; falls oblong-cuneate, 2in. long, lJin. broad; standards
erect, 3in. long, orbicular-unguiculate; spathe one-flowered.
7. linear, glaucous, 6in. long. Syria, 1889. (1. H. 1889, 51;
R. G. 1361.)

I. a. atrofusca (dark fuscous). A distinct variety, as tall as
I. susiana, but having the outer perianth segments much
shorter and of a uniform brownish-black. Palestine, 1893.
(B. M. 7379.)

I. atroviolacea (dark violet). ji. dark violet, very fragrant ;
tube less than lin. long; falls 3in. long, obovate-cuneate,
reflexed half-way down; beard white, tipped with yellow;
standards as long as the falls, 2in. broad. May. 2. ensiform,
lft. long at flowering time, jin. to lin. broad. Stem one-headed.
Only known in cultivation; probably a hybrid between
I. Chameiris and I. pallida.

I. aurea intermedia (intermediate), A deep yellow variety
paying ee standards. Intermediate between J. aurea and
. orientalis.

I. balkana is a distinct species, flowering in April and May.

A BED OF SPANISH

Tris.

I. Biliotti (Biliotti’s). (fl. sweet-scented ; falls reddish-purple,
with fine, blackish veins, bearded, 34in. long, lin. broad,
cuneate-spathulate ; standards bluish-purple, with fine blue
veins, 34in. long, 2in. broad, connivent ; styles white, ovate, with
triangular, reddish-purple crests. June. J. darker green, more
distinctly striated, and more rigid than ir J. germanica.
Trebizond, 1887. Habit as J. germanica.

I. Bismarckiana (Bismarck’s). jl. as large as in J. susiana;
falls ash-grey, with darker veins and a dark spot at base,
orbicular ; standards sky-blue, with blackish veins. J. ensiform,
glaucous-green, 8in. long. Lebanon, 1890, Habit as J. susiana.

I, bosniaca (Bosnian). 1. citron-yellow, bearded, like 7. pumila.
Early spring. h.-1ft. to lift. Bosnia, 1898.

I. bracteata (bracteate). #., tube nearly obsolete; limb pale
yellow, 2in. long; falls veined with blue, having an ovate
blade 4in. broad; standards shorter, oblanceolate; spathes
two-flowered; peduncle one-headed, 2in. to 12in. long. 1,
roduced ones very few to a tuft, lft. to 2ft. long, Jin. to din.
road. Oregon, 1888. (Gn. 1888, t. 8.)

I. caroliniana (Carolina). This is closely allied to J. versi-
color, mainly differing in its erect, glaucous, much shorter
leaves, and very much smaller seeds, arranged in two distinct
BE North Carolina, 1888. (G. & F. 1893, vi. p. 334,
f. 51.)

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Iris—continued.
I. Chameeiris italica.* A fine purple variety of dwarf habit.

I. ciengialti (Monte Ciengialto). (fl. sky-blue, flushed violet ;
perianth tube, as well as the segments, short and broad, the
beard white, tipped orange, short and dense, with thick, stunted
hairs; scape about lft. high, usually four-flowered. May and
June. 2. yellowish-green, 6in. to Yin. long and sin. broad, or
more. Stem about as long as the leaves, one- to three-headed.
Monte Ciengialto. There are several varieties of this plant,
including Loppio, with rich dark blue flowers.

I. cypriana (Cyprian). l. bright lilac, fragrant, 6in. to Tin.
in diameter; tube rather longer and segments more obovate
than in J. pallida (to which this species is allied). Late
June. 7. glaucous, ensiform. Cyprus, 1888.

I. defiexa (deflexed). 1. fragrant; tube lin. long; limb 2in.
to 3in. long; falls dark purple, obovate-cuneate, reflexing
half-way down; standards bright lilac, obovate-unguiculate ;
spathes two- or three-owered. June. J. ensiform, glaucous,
lft. to 14ft. long, lin. to lin. broad. Stem three- to five-
headed, overtopping the leaves. eae Himalayas, 1833.
Syn. J. nepalensis, of Wallich (B. R. 818).

Fic. 467, IRIS GERMANICA BLACK PRINCE.

I. Delavayi (Delavay’s).* jl. of a beautiful violet, blotched
with white; falls ovate-lanceolate, acute; standards reflexed,
ovate, obtuse, emarginate. J. glaucous, 24ft. long. Yunnan,
China, 1895. A cates semi-aquatic species, nearly
ett I. sibirica. (B. M. 7661; R. H. 1895, p. 398,

I, Duthieii (Duthie’s). jf. solitary, sessile; tube 3in. long or
more ; falls reddish-lilac with darker veins and blotches above,
greenish-yellow beneath, nearly horizontal, lanceolate, bearded ;
standards paler reddish-lilac, with darker veins, connivent, l+in.
long, oblong-ovate; styles light reddish-lilac, with triangular,
crenate crests. /. appearing after the flowers, five or six to a
tuft, 2ft. long, sin. broad, yellowish-green. Rhizome knotted,
Kumaon, 1887.

I. ensata chinensis (Chinese). /.., falls pale blue, the central
aaeebt veined with white; standards lilac, erect.

I. Eulefeldi (Eulefeld’s). A variety of I. scariosa.
I. fimbriata (fringed). A synonym of J. japonica.

I. flavissima Bloudovii (Bloudow’s bright yellow). The
correct name of I. Bloudovii,

(og OME

Iris—continued.

I. florentina albicans (whitish). #. pure white, very
fragrant ; pen tube and spathe valves shorter than in
the type. Spain to Cyprus, 1888

I. furcata (forked). A synonym of J. aphylla.

I. Gatesii (Rev. T. F. Gates’).* ., falls reflexed, 3in. broad,
of a delicate pale grey, formed by fine purple veins on a
creamy-white ground, sometimes sky-blue with darker veins ;
throat densely hairy. June. 7. (and habit) as in J, susiana.
Armenia, 1889. (G. C. 1890, ii., 17; Gn. 1893, i., 897.) A robust
species.

I. germanica. There are many improved varieties of this,
the Common Blue Flag: BLACK PRINCE, deep purple (Fig. 467) ;
FONTARABIA, deep blue; KHARPUT, deep blue and violet-purple ;
Kocutl, violet, white, and yellow; NEPALENSE, dark purple
oe violet, with red, yellow, and white stripes; and PURPLE
CING.

I. g. sea (chalky). l. pale pearly-white. 1893. (I. H. 1893,
t. ie

I. g. semperfiorens (ever-flowering). A variety raised in
Italy, and described as ‘‘being constantly in flower and well
adapted for forcing and pot culture.” 1890.

I. g. Siwas (Siwas). _ji., falls dark indigo-purple; standards
dark bluish-purple. Siwas, Asia Minor, 1887.

I. Grant-Duffi (Sir M. E. Grant-Duff’s). jf., tube Jin. long;
limb 2sin. long; falls with a yellow blade 4in. long, the haft
yellowish-white veined with lilac; standards as long, simi-
larly coloured, oblanceolate-unguiculate ; spathes one-flowered.
1. linear, less than lft. long, in. broad. Stem 6in. long, one-
headed, about two-leaved. Palestine, 1888. (B. M. 7604.)

I. Guldenstadtiana. Of this species there are white, blue,
and soft yellow forms—alba, cerulea, and lutescens.

I. Haynei (W. A. Hayne’s). jl. dark grey, dotted with black;
tube lin. long; blade of the falls orbicular, lJin. broad;
standards 3in. long, orbicular, with a short claw; spathe
one-flowered. 7. weak, 6in. to Sin. long at flowering time, jin
to 4in. broad. Stem one-headed, 6in. to 8in. long. Palestine,
1893. Perhaps not distinct from J. Sari.

I. Helenz (Helen’s).* j., tube greenish, l4in. long; limb pale
lilac, veined with reddish-brown, 2in. to 2sin. long; falls
dark purple and velvety at the throat, lin. broad; spathes
2in. to 3in. long, one-flowered; peduncle one-headed, 3in. to
6in. long, with two to four short leaves. 7. linear-complicate,
very faleate, 3in. to din. long at flowering time. Palestine,
1894. (J. H. 1894, p. 227, f. 38.) Syn. I. Marie. A very beau-
tiful species.

I. Hookeri (Hooker’s). The correct name of J. tridentata (of
Hooker). Syn. J. tripetala (of B. M.). J. Hookeri and
I. Hookeriana are. distinct species.

I. Hookeriana (Hooker's). fl. two to a stem; tube fin. to
4in. long; falls bluish-purple with darker blotches above,
green with purple borders beneath, obovate-lanceolate, 13in.
long, Zin. broad, reflexed, densely bearded; standards bluish-
purple, narrow-oboyate, Zin. long, sin. broad; styles reddish-
purple, very concave, with triangular, serrated, revolute crests.
4. lft. long, Zin. to lin. broad, appearing with the flowers.
Stem about Sin. long. Lahul, 1887. (B. M. 7246.)

I. hybrida (J. amena). Some good garden varieties are: ALICE
Bakr, white, with soft lavender shadings; Duc DE NEMOURS,
purple, edged with white; Mrs. H. DARWIN, white, with violet
nettings; Mrs. G. DARWIN, white, with gold and violet reticu-
lations ; and VICTORINE, white, netted blue, with deep blue falls
having white mottlings.

I. iberica Pereneeos (I. paradoxa-like). fl. having a
broad, purple beard on the spreading, yellow falls; standards
purple, with darker veinings. 1890.

I, Ibparad.* A lovely hybrid between J, iberica and I. paradoxa.
The flowers are vinous purple, veined with a darker colour and
striped with red.

I. imbricata (imbricated). A synonym of I. flavescens.

I. kashmiriana (Kashmir). #1. sweetly scented ; tube over lin.
long; limb pure white, Sin. long; standards and falls
1}in. to lsin. broad, the beard white, tipped with yellow, ldin.
long ; falls reflexing half-way down; Space 3in. long, two- or
three-flowered. May. J. ensiform, slightly glaucous, 14ft. long,
more than lin. broad. Stem 3ft. long, bearing several clusters
of flowers. Kashmir, 1875.

I. Kingiana (King’s). A synonym of J, kumaonensis.

I. Kochii (Koch’s). #1. dark violet; falls having an obovate
blade, a haft veined with brown, and a yellow beard ; standards
obovate-unguiculate. J. entire, somewhat glaucescent. Stems
lft. to 14ft. long (about as long as the leaves), three- to four-
headed. Southern Tyrol, 1887.

I. Korolkowi. Of this species there are a number of colour
varieties, including Leichtliniana, venosa, and violacea, but the
following is the most remarkable :

I. K. concolor (concolorous).* A fine variety, with almost
concolorous, bright lilac-purple flowers. (B. M. 7025B.)

I. kumaonensis (Kumaon). hi perianth tube greenish,
cylindrical, 2in. to 24in. long; falls dark lilac, mottled paler

448

Iris—continued.

lilac, obovate-cuneate, with a white and yellow beard; stan-
dards paler lilac, unguiculate, erect; spathes single-flowered ;
peduncle very short. May. J. five or six in a rosette, three
of them elongated, linear, erect, about 6in. long at flowering
time. Central Himalayas, 1887. 'SyN. J. Kingiana (B. M. 6957).

I. levigata. The Japanese Irises of garden origin are improve-
ments upon the type, and should be grown in as great a variety
as possible. The following are all good: Curyo, lilac and white,
with golden centre ; DOROTHY DREW, lilac, with violet veinings
and yellow centre; LaDy ScoTT MONCRIEFF, white and rose-
pink ; MAJOR SHIBO, mauve, with yellow blotch ; OKUBO, white,
speckled rosy-lilac; OzaKa, pale blue, blotched deep yellow;
QUEEN OF SPANGLES, pinkish-purple, with white mottlings and
yellow centre; and ToMOZE, white, light blue ring, and spotted
gold.

I. 1. Schirnhoferi (Schirnhofer’s). A yellow-flowered form. 1883.

I. Leichtlini (Leichtlin’s). 7. yellowish, purple, and fuscous-
red ; standards broadly lanceolate, acute, erect; falls obovate-
spathulate, with a bluish-white beard; spathe herbaceous,

four-leaved, purplish at apex; scape _three-flowered. l.
ligulate-ensiform, acute, erect, slender, lft. to lft. long.
Stem 14ft. long, one-headed. Rhizome stoloniferous. Turkes-
tan, 1887. Syn. J. vaga (R. G. 1244, f. 7).

I. lineata (lined). A synonym of I. Suwarowi.

I. Lortetii (Lortet’s).* j7., tube lsin. long; limb 4in. long;

falls pale greyish-lilac, spotted and striped with reddish-
brown, and with short yellow hairs down the haft, 3in.
broad; standards pale grey, veined with reddish-brown,
erect-inflexed; spathes lin. to 6in. long, one-flowered ;
eduncle short, one-headed. J. thin, glaucous, ensiform,
ess than lft. long at flowering time. Lebanon, 1890.
(B. M. 7251; Gn. 1893, ii., 897.) One of the best species.

I. L. alba (white). A variety with pure white flowers. 1896.
Half-hardy.

I. lupina (wolf-bearded). #7. solitary; tube about 2in. long;
falls greenish-yellow, veined brownish-red towards the margins,
3in. long, 13in. broad, broadly lanceolate, reflexed, serrated,
bearded; standards the same colours, 3gin. long, 24in. broad,
elliptic, connivent, crenate, heavily bearded; styles yellow, with
brownish-red veins and dots, much recurved, with rounded
crests. 2. Qin. long or more, 4in. broad. Stem 6in. high.
Kharput, 1887. A curious species.

I. lutescens Statellz (Marquis Statella’s). ., perianth
segments broader than in the type; spathe valves shorter; less
pointed, and more scariose. 1886. (B. M. 6894, under name of
I. Statelle.)

I. macrosiphon (large-tubed). j., tube slender, 1sin. to 3in.
long; limb bright lilac, 2in. long; falls Zin. broad, obovate-
cuneate ; standards rather shorter ; spathes one- or two-flowered.
7. linear, 1ft. long, finely-ribbed. Stem one-headed, din. to 6in.
long. California and Oregon, 1890. (Gn. 1890, xxxviii., 462.)

I. Madonna (Madonna). This is stated to be ‘‘an evergreen
species, with large, lilac-blue flowers.” Arabia, 1892.

I. Mariz (Maria's). A synonym of J. Helene.

I. Meda (Medean). ., tube green, less than lin. long; falls
greenish-yellow with a brown centre, copious brown veins, and
a dense yellow beard; standards unguiculate; spathe one-
flowered, 2in. to 24in. long. J. glaucous, not rigid, 4in. to 5in.
long at flowering time, jin. broad. Persia, 1888. \(B. M. 7040.)

I. Milesii (Miles’). 7. bright lilac, fugitive, inodorous, three or
four in a cluster; perianth tube cylindrical, the limb about
2in. long; falls having darker lilac lines radiating from the
yellow keel ; standards shorter than the falls. May and June.
/. seven or eight, distichous, ensiform, pale green, lft. to 2ft.
long, ljin. broad, gradually tapering. Stem 3ft. long, bearing
three or four clusters of flowers. Temperate Himalayas, 1881.
(B. M. 6889.)

I. Monspur.* Of this lovely hybrid there are many forms, all
some shade of blue. A. J, BALFoUR, DOROTHY FosTER, LoRD
WOLSELEY, and PREMIER are all good.

I. neglecta. Very numerous are the varieties of this species,
such as CLARISSIMA, lavender, netted crimson-purple on
white; CORDELIA, pinkish-lilac, deep crimson, edg: rose ;
Kitty KINGsBuRY, lavender and deep purple; SULTANA, blue
and maroon, netted white, and with an orange crest; and
WILLIE BarR, French grey and white, suffused violet.

I. nepalensis. The plant figured in B. R. 818 as J. nepalensis
is I. deflexa.

I. n. Letha (Letha). This form differs from the type in having
sessile and very fragrant flowers. Birma, 1892.

I. pallida. The beautiful colour combinations and fragrance of
the garden forms of this make them great favourites wherever
Rhizomatous Irises are grown. Some of the most noteworthy

_ kinds are: ALBERT VICTOR, pale blue and lavender; ASIATICA,
pee purplish-blue ; DatMmatica, lavender-blue; DALMATICA

RINCESS BEATRICE, lavender, very large flowers; LEONIDAS,
soft mauve; and QUEEN OF May, Bey ultis.

GL P. asiatica (Asiatic). (fl., standards greyish-blue ; falls rich
b. eae and yellow; veins brown. Asia Minor, 1892, (Gn.
1892, xli., p, 121, under name of J. asiatica.)

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Iris—continued.

I. paradoxa (paradoxical). #., tube less than lin. long;
falls dark brown, lingulate, lin. to lsin. long, with a small
blade 4in. broad and a diffusely-bearded claw; standards
white, erect, 2in. to 3in. long, lsin. to 2in. broad, with a
short claw; spathe one-fiowered, 2in. to 3in. long. J. linear-
complicate, 3in. to 6in. long at flowering time, tin. broad,
sa faleate. Stem one-headed, 2in. to 6in. long. Georgia

and North Persia, 1888. (B. M. 7081; R. G., t. 386, f. 3.)

I. p. violacea (violet). . having the standards dark violet
and the falls tinged with violet.

I. Polakii (Polak’s). 7., tube 4in. long; falls obovate-cuneate,
2in. long, lin. broad, defiexed from below the middle, with a
dark violet beard and a dark violet spot above it; standards
rather shorter, lilac, veined with violet; stem one-headed, Jin.
to 4in. long. J. narrow-linear, as long as the stem. Rhizome
very short. Persia (at 8000-9000ft.).

I. pratensis (meadow-loving). A synonym of J. sibirica.

I. pseudo-variegata (false variegated). | /., falls brown,
with yellow veins; standards bright deep yellow. 1899. ‘his
belongs to the J. germanica section.

I. Robinsoniana (Robinson’s). A synonym of Morea Robin-
soniana.

I. Sari (Sar River). //., tube lin. long; limb bright Jilac, 3in. long;
falls obovate-cuneate, lsin. to Zin. broad, reflexed half-way,
with a diffused beard down the haft; standards broader and
a little longer, orbicular, with a short claw; spathe one-
flowered, 2in. to 3in. long. J. pale, linear-complicate, about
6in. long at flowering time, jin. to 4in. broad. Stem one-
headed, 3in. to 6in. long, with about two reduced leaves.
Asia Minor, 1876.

I. S. lurida (lurid). #., falls pale brownish, with copious
brownish-black spots and lines. 1887: (B. M. 6960.)

I. S. mazarene (Nazarene). 1., falls straw-coloured, heavily
marked with rows of brownish-purple spots, and with a large
maroon blotch in the centre; standards creamy-white, with
blue veins. Palestine, 1893.

I. scariosa (scarious). fe tube greenish, lin. to 2in. long;
limb yellow or lilac, 2in. long; falls sin. to iin. broad,
reflexing half-way down; standards the same size; spathes
two- to three-flowered; peduncle one-headed, 2in. to 6in. long.
May. /. ensiform, 6in. to 12in. long at flowering time, 4in. to
Zin. broad. Siberia, &c., 1826.

I. s. Eulefeldi (Eulefeld’s). . lilac, larger than in the type.
/. broader, Stem about lft. long. (B. M. 6902; R. G. 954.)

I. sibirica acuta (acute). A variety with white reticulations.
I. s. alba (white). A white-flowered variety.
I. s. orientalis (oriental). A deep velvety-blue.

Of garden forms that may be recommended are: ATRO-
PURPUREA, parle 3 BAXTERI, blue, with white falls; GEORGE
WALLACE, pale blue and deep blue in combination, flaked with
white; and GRANDIS, violet, with white nettings.

I. sofarana. J. solitary; falls creamy-white,'with dark purple
reticulations, elliptic; stand@firds orbicular, nearly white,
marked with thin dark hd veins interspersed all over with
pails dots; scapes about 10in. high. Lebanon, 1899. (G. C.

899, xxvi., pp. , 391, f. 125.)

I. squalens. Of this species a host of garden forms have been
raised, many of them of great merit: A. F. Barron, dark
bronze, white, with crimson tip; ARNOLS, reddish-bronze and
dark purple; BRONZE Beauty, yellow, reddish-lavender, crested
with gold; DR. BERNICE, coppery-bronze; LAVENDULACEA,
lavender, tinged light yellow; M. CHEREAU, golden-bronze
and deep crimson; SALAR JUNG, bronze, with deep maroon
nettings on a white ground; and VAN GEERTII, lavender and
deep purple.

I. Statellz (Marquis Statella’s). A form of I. lutescens.

I. Straussii (Strauss’s). 1. of a brownish-violet tint. 2. narrow.
h. about 3in. Sultanabad, Persia, 1899.

I. Suwarowi (Suwarow’s). ji. hyaline-greenish, with claret-
purple veins; segments all elliptic-lanceolate, cuspidate; claw
of the standards sometimes faintly bearded; falls bearded to
the middle with blue. /. thin, linear, pale green, about lft.
long at flowering time, jin. broad. Stem _ one-headed, as
long as the leaves. Turkestan, 1885. (B. M. 7029.) Syn.
T. lineata (R. G. 1244, f. 1-6).

I. tenuis (slender). (7., tube very short; limb white, faintly
veined with yellow and lilac, ljin. long; blade of falls oblong,
4in. broad; inner segments rather shorter, oblanceolate-

nguiculate ; spathes one-flowered. 7., produced ones few in a
een ensiform, lft. to lift. long, sin. broad, gradually narrowed
to the point. Stem lft. long, forked, two-headed. Oregon,
1888. (G. & F. 1888, i., f. 6; Gn. 1888, t. 1.)

I. tridentata. The correct name is I. Hookeri.
I. tridentata (three-toothed), of Pursh, A
I. tripetala,

I. tripetala (three-petaled). 7., tube less than lin. long;
limb bright lilac, in. to din. long; blade of the falls lin.

synonym of

AVRA ’

1.—IRIS JUNCEA (BULBOUS SECTION). 4.—IRIS MONSPUR (TALL BEARDLESS
2.—IRIS VARIEGATA ‘HONORABLE’ FLAG IRIS).
(TALL BEARDED FLAG IRIS). 3.—IRIS E

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 449

Iris—continued.
or more across; standards cuspidate, erect, Jin. long; spathe
one-flowered, the outer much shorter than the inner. /.
linear, lft. to 14ft. long, {in. broad, finely ribbed. Stem
lift. to 3ft. long, one- to three-headed. Southern United
States. Syn. J, tridentata, of Pursh (Ss. B. F. G., t. 274).

I. tripetala (of B. M.). A synonym of J. Hookeri.

I. trojana (Trojan). jl. sweet-scented; tube longer than the
ovary; limb ght vViolet-purple; falls violet, obovate, the
blade longer than the haft, which is white bordered with
yellow and veined with reddish-brown; standards bright
Violet, suddenly unguiculate. 2. ensiform, ve ute, glau-
cescent. Stem above 3ft. long, with many branches, much
overtopping the leaves. Troy, 1888.

I. tuberosa, ‘This is now accorded
Hermodactylus.

I. unguicularis alba (white). This variety differs from tne
type in having pearly-white Howers. 1883.

I. u. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. deep purple, very
large. 1889,

I. u. lilacina (lilac). . of a tender lilac, smaller than in the
type, with less pronounced yellow spots; crests of the stigma
very upright. Atlas, 1888.

es marginata (margined). jl. violet, edged with white.

generic rank. Sce

I. u. pavonia (peacock-like). fl. having “a white, radiating
area at base.”” 1888.

I. u. speciosa (showy). ji. brightly coloured, larger than in
the type; falls violet, the basal part whitish veined with
piney purple; standards brownish-purple. Said to be only
adapted for pot culture.

I. vaga (wandering). A synonym of J. Leichtlini.

I. Van Houttei (Van Houtte’s).* #. marked with reticulate
veins of a dark brown or black. April. 1882. A handsome
and distinet hybrid between J. susiana and J. iberica, having
more resemblance to the former in the markings. c

I. variegata. This species is rich in garden varieties, all of
which have the standards same shade of yellow, the falls
often differing considerably. Varieties to note are: ABOU
HASSAN, coppery-yellow, with darker mottlings; Dartus, lilac,
edged white, orange head; Ep. Simmons, yellow, with purple
blotches and deep purple falls; GRACCHUS, crimson, white
nettings ; HUMBOLDTII, yellow, with purplish-black tracings and
edged with gold; MAori KING, yellow and deep crimson, edged
with gold; ROBERT BURNS, velvety-maroon, netted with white
and edged with gold.

I. versicolor virginica. Vhe correct name of J. virginica.

Sect. II. Xiphions.
Rootstock Bulbous.

I. Aitchisoni (Aitchison’s). #., tube lin. to ljin. long; limb
bright lilac, 1lsin. to 2in. long; falls with an obovate blade
4in. broad; standards spreading, tricuspidate, less than lin.
long; spathes one-tlowered, 2in. to 2sin. long. March. 1.
linear, sub-terete, lft. to lift. long at flowering time. Stem
6in. to 18in. long, one- to three-headed. Punjab and Afghanis-
tan, 1898. (Gn. 1898, liv., p. 102, t. 1182.)

I. alata. Vhere are a number of garden varieties of this
species, including alba (white), cinerea (gr h), cupreata
(coppery), Uilacina (lilac), magna (large), nigrescens (blackish),
and speciosa (showy). Several of them are figured in R. G. 1351.

I. argentea (silvery). A form of I. xiphioides.

I. assyriaca (Assyrian).* //!. white, much resembling those of a
large J. caucasica in form. 1896.

I, Bakeriana (Baker's). Jl. solitary, violet-scented; tube and
limb each 3in. long; falls bright violet on the edges, white in
the centre with violet spots, and haying an inconspicuous
yellow streak down the claw; standards plain lilac, erect,
oblanceolate. February. /. three or four, subulate, hollow,
6in. to Sin. long at flowering time, with a horny tip. Moun-
tains of Armenia, 1889. (B. M. 7084.)

I. Boissieri (Boissier’s). fl. blue-purple and red-purple. May.
South Portugal, 1876. This is closely allied to J. /ilifolia,
“but differs in having a very distinct tube above the ovary,
in having broader and more obovate inner perianth segments,
in the claw of the outer perianth segment being long and
narrow, and furnished with a very distinct beard which
stretches far on into the lamina” (M. Foster).

I. Bornmulleri (Bornmuller’s). A synonym of I. Danfordi«.

I, caucasica coerulea (blue). #. pale lilac, lined with violet,
and having a yellow patch on the falls. 1889,

I. c. oculata (eyed). /l. yellow with blue markings. 1889,

I. Danfordiz (Mrs. Danford’s).* /., tube 1sin. long ; limb bright
yellow, ljin. long; falls spotted with brown, the blade Jin.
broad ; standards reduced to a spreading cusp; spathes 2in.
long. February and March. Jl. produced after the flowers,
hollow, tetragonal, lft. long. Stem very short, one-headed.

Vol. V.

Tris—continued.

Cilician Taurus, 1889. (B. M. 7140.) Syn. J. Bornmulleri (Gn.
1890, i., 753, 2).

I. Fosteriana (Foster's). f., falls pale yellow, lyin. to 2in.
long, with an orbicular blade above 4in. broad; standards
bright purple, lin. long, with an obovate blade; spathes one-
flowered. March. /. four to six, lanceolate, acuminate, falcate,
4in. to 6in. long at flowering time. Stem short, one- or two-
headed. Afghan and Russian boundary. (B. M. 7215.)

I. juncea numidica (Numidian). /. light yellow, having the
falls veined with black. 1889. A handsome variety, ‘‘ unlike
any other Iris.”

I. Kolpakowskiana (Kolpakowski’s). #. violet - scented,
solitary ; tube 2in. long; limb bright lilac, l4in. to 2in. long ;
blade of the falls sin. broad, with a yellow line at the throat,
miuch shorter than the haft; standards oblanceolate-unguicu-
late. 7. four to six, linear, sub-terete, channelled and white-
striped, 2in. to 3in. long at flowering time. Mountains of
Turkestan, 1888. (R. G. 939.) SYN. Yiphion Kolpakowskianuwm
(B. M. 6489).

I. lusitanica (Portuguese). A form of 7. Yiphium.

I. maricoides (Marica-like). A form of J. Sisyrinchium.

I. orchioides (Orchid-like). ., tube lsin. to 2in. long; limb
2in. long ; falls having an obovate blade sin. across, bright yellow,
with a blotch of purple on each side of a crest running down the
claw ; standards less than lin. long, with a long, tiliform claw ;
spathes one-flowered, 2in. long. April. 7. about six, lanceolate,
acuminate, 6in. to Sin. long at flowering time. Stem three- to
six-headed, often lft. to 14ft. long. Mountains of Turkestan,
1880. (B. M. 7111; R. H. 1880, p. 337, f. 68.)

I, o. czerulea (blue). 7. lilac, with a bright yellow blotch in the
centre of the blade of the fall.

I. o. oculata (eyed). #. having the blade of the falls more
spotted than in the type.

I, persica mardinensis. An early variety of the type,
having soft grey-purple spotted flowers. Mesopotamia.

I. reticulata alba (white). A form having white flowers, with
orange-yellow crests. 1894.

I. r. cyanea (blue). #. having the limb of the falls slate-blue,
much variegated. (R. G. 797.)

I. r. histrioides (/. Histrio-like).” fl. having the falls much
mottled with white and lilac, both on the claw and on the
broader, orbicular blade. Eastern Anatolia, 1891. (J. H.
1891, p. 121, f. 18.)

I. r. sophenensis. /. smaller, more spreading, and less
turbinate than in the type; falls with a light reddish-purple
blade and a long narrow claw with a wavy yellow crest.
February. Kharput, Asia Minor, 1885.

I, Rosenbachiana (Rosenbach’s).* //., outer perianth segments
spreading or reflexed, emarginately bilobed at apex ; claws of
the standards erect, striped with yellow, ljin. long, the lamina
obovate, striped orange, dark purple above; style very long,
with three terminal branches, petaloid ; spathes two-leaved,
one-flowered, very fragrant. March. J. three to five, linear-
lanceolate, acute. Bulb ovate, one- to three-flowered. Stem
very short, one- to three-headed. Turkestan, 1886. (B. M. 7135;
Gn, 653, f. 2.) There are two varieties,

I. R. czerulea (blue). jl. pale violet within; standards and style
dark violet at apex. (R. G. 1227 a.)

I. R. violacea (violet). (1. purplish-violet within ; standards and
style dark purplish-violet at apex. (R. G. 1227 b.)

I. sindjarensis.* //. slate-lilac; tube 3in. long; falls oblong-
cuneate, 2in. long, with radiating darker lilae lines and a small
yellow crest; standards defiexed, lin. long. March. 2. about
eight, crowded, lanceolate, distichous, 5in. to 6in. long at
flowering time. Mesopotamia, 1890. (B. M. 7145; G. CG. 1890,
i., 365.)

I. Sisyrinchium (Sisyrinchium). /. lilac, fugitive; tube lin.
long; limb lin. to lsin. long; falls having a low spot
bordered with white in the centre; standards shorter, 4in. to
fin. long; spathes two- or three-flowered. April and May.
/. two, linear, arcuate, 6in. to 12in, long. Stem terete, 6in. to
12in. long; heads one to three. Mediterranean region to India.
Syns. Morea Sisyrinchium (B. M. 1407), M. Tenoreana
(Ss. B. F. G., t. 110), Xiphion Sisyrinchium (B. M. 6096).
I. S. maricoides (of which there is a large purple-flowered
form) differs slightly in the filaments.

I. sophenensis. A form of /. reticulata.

I. spectabilis (remarkable). Thunderbolt Iris. This is merely
a form of J. Yiphium, of more robust habit than the type, and
having darker yellow flowers flushed with brown.

I. Tubergeniana (Van Tubergen’s). . having falls of a
bright yellow colour and minute, three-toothed standards.
1899. Allied to J. cawcasica and J. orchioides.

I. Vartani (Dr. Vartan’s).* //., perianth tube nearly white, 24in.
long, the limb pale slaty-lilac; falls oblong-spathulate, 4in.
broad, cspiously veined lilac on a paler ground, with a yellow
carinal crest ; standards erect, in. broad; peduncle very short.
October to December. J/., produced ones usually two, 8in. to

3M

450 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Iris—continued. |

12in. long, dark green. Palestine, 1885. (B. M. 6942.) A pretty
species.

I. Viviani (Vivian's). A sub-variety of J. Yiphium.

I. xiphioides. English Iris. Well-known garden
are: BLANCHEFLEUR, white, tinged rose; GRAAF BE
magenta, flaked white, crimson spotted; KING OF THE BLUES;
LA CHARMANTE, layender-blue and white, margined soft blue;
and LILACINA, deep lavender, violet spotted.

I, x. argentea (silvery). A garden variety having white falls
blotched with purple. 1891. (R. H. 1891, p. 36.)

Fic. 468. SpanisH Iris AVALANCHE.

I. Xiphium (Xiphion). The correct name of the well-known
Spanish Ivis of our gardens, J. vulgaris.

I. X. lusitanica (Portuguese). A variety with yellow flowers.
(B. M. 679, under name of J. lusitanica.)

I, X. 1. Viviani (Vivian's). #1. yellow, large, wax-like; falls
sulphur-yellow, with transparent veins and a large, golden
blotch. Portugal, 1889.

The following garden varieties of J. Xiphium are amongst the
best grown: AVALANCHE (Fig. 468), white, blotched yellow,
fringed; CALIFORNIA, deep yellow, with orange blotch;
CATHERINA, deep blue, white, and orange ; GOLDEN KING, deep
yellow ; PRINCESS IDA, white and primrose, blotched orange ;
SNOWBALL, pure white, blotched deep yellow; THE Moor,
reddish-purple and brown; and THUNDERBOLT, bronzy-purple
and warm brown, blotched deep orange.

IRONBARK. ‘See Eucalyptus leucoxylon.
IRON SHRUB. See Sauvagesia erecta.
IROUCANA. Included under Casearia (which see).
ISABELIA (named in honour of H.I.H. Isabel,

Comtesse d’Eu, a great patroness of science and _ horti-

culture). Orp. Orchidee. A monotypie genus. - The

species is a very peculiar, creeping, pseudo-bulbons, one-
leaved, epiphytal Orchid, allied to Maxillaria (which see
for culture).

I. virginalis (virgin-white). /. white, solitary; sepals sub-
equal, the lower ones corinate at base and produced ina short
spur; petals narrower ; lip entire, somewhat obcordate. April.
l. linear-aciculate, long, acute. Pseudo-bulbs small, covered
with reticulated, fibrous bracts. Brazil.

ISABELLA GRAPE. See Vitis Labrusca.

ISATIS. To the species described on p. 200, Vol. IL.,
the following should be added :

I. Boissieriana (Boissier’s). //. yellow ; inflorescence racemose-
corymbose. /r., silicules heteromorphous, pubescent. /., upper
ones oblong, acute, cordate-sagittate at base, entire; lower
ones cuneate-oblong, acute, sinuate-toothed. Ah. about 1ft.
Turkestan, 1876. Hardy annual.

ISCHARUM. To the species described on p. 201,

Vol. II., the following should be added:

I. eximium (choice). /. having the spathe dark purple on the
upper side, and green spotted with red on the under-surface.
l. broad, simple. Western Cilicia, 1898. Hardy. (G. C. 1898,
xxiii., p. 126, f. 49.)

ISCHNASPIS FILIFORMIS. A species of Thread
Scale found upon Palms in this country, but very de-
structive abroad to coffee plantations. See Scale Insects.

ISCHNIA. A synonym of Tamonea (which see).
ISCHNOSIPHON (from ischnos, thin, and siphon, a

tube ; in allusion to the slender, cylindrical corolla tube).
Syn. Hymenocharis. Orv. Scitaminer. A genus embracing
about sixteen species of mostly tall, stove herbs, closely
allied to Maranta, natives of tropical America. I. Arowma,
I. Parkeri (Syn. Phrynium Parkeri), and I. smaragdinus
(I. H. 1870, t. 16) are grown at Kew, but none of the
species are in general cultivation.

ISCHYROLEPIS. A ceynonym of Restio (which

see).

ISCUROCHLOA. A synonym of Bambusa (which
see}.

ISOETES (from isos, equal, and etos, the year; in
allusion to the evergreen nature of the plants). Quillwort.
Orv. Selaginellaceey. A genus embracing about fifty
species of broadly-distributed, stove, greenhouse, or hardy,
stemless perennials, aquatic or growing in damp gronnd,
with a two- or three-lobed rootstock of firm texture,
emitting dense tufts of root-fibres from its under-side.
Leaves without any lamina, forming a dense rosette,
subulate, rounded at back, dilated at base. Sporangia
not arranged in spikes, but embedded in the base of the
leaves ; macrospores yery numerous. The genns is repre-
sented in Britain by L. lacustris and its Irish variety
Morei (J. B. 1878, p. 353, t. 199). I. Druriwi is grown
at Kew.

ISOLOMA. Including Moussonia and Sciadocalyx.
Tydza (which see) is also included hereunder by Bentham
and Hooker. To the species described on p. 201, Vol. II.,
the following should be added :

I. elegans (elegant). /l. purple, the throat and limb yellowish
within, purple-spotted; corolla l4in. long, slightly incurved;
umbels three- to four-flowered. J. opposite, petiolate, ovate-
oblong, acuminate, crenate-toothed. Guatemala. Plant densely
and softly villous-tomentose, often reddish. SyYNS. Moussonia
elegans (F. d. S. v., t. 489; L. & P. F. G. i, p. 128, f. 88),
M. formosa (R. G. 1854, t. 101).

I. hirsutum (hairy). /l. orange-scarlet, with the upper lip
scarlet and the lower one and the throat spotted with scarlet,
tubular, abundantly produced. Origin not recorded, 1881.
Plant of free growth.

I. ignoratum (unknown). 7. cinnabar-red, villous-hairy outside,
part of the limb slightly spotted with yellow; peduncles one-
flowered, axillary, solitary or twin. J. ternate, oblong, slightly
acuminate, narrowed to the petioles, deeply and simply crenate.
Stem erect, fleshy, silky-pilose. Central America. SYNS.
Gesnera ignorata, Kehleria ignorata.

I. jaliscanum (Jalisco). jf. borne in umbels; corolla scarlet,
lin. long. J. oblong-lanceolate, lin. to 3in. long. Stem de-
cumbent, pubescent. Mexico, 1896.

I. longifolium (long-leaved).’ jl. orange-red, disposed in a
terminal raceme; limb regular; peduncles whorled in the
upper axils, much longer than the petioles. J. opposite or
almost alternate, crenulate-toothed, much narrowed at both
eo Guatemala, 1840. Syn. Gesnera longifolia (Gn. 1888, i.,
644).

I. tubiflorum (tube-flowered). 7. yellow, tinged with red,
rough with hairs; peduncles axillary, much shorter than the
petioles. J. large, ovate, acuminate, slightly toothed, reti-
culated, strongly veined and pale beneath. Colombia, 1846.
Syn. Gesnera tubiflora.

I. Luciani (SYN. Sciadocalya Luciani, I. H. 1874, p. 151,
f. 182), J. rupestre (SYN. Kehleria rupestris), and I. Warscewiczii
(Syn. Sciadocalyx Warscewiczii, B. M. 4843) have also been
introduced.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

451

ISOLOPHUS. Included under Polygala (which see).

ISONANDRA. This is in part synonymous with
Dichopsis (which see).

ISOSOMA ORCHIDEARUM. See Cattleya Fly.

ISOTOMA. Inclading Hippobroma. To the species
described on pp. 202-3, Vol. IL., the following should be
added :

I. petrza (rock-loving). 7. white, verging to flesh-colour, lin.
long, the segments horizontal or reflexed, the three lower ones
yellowish at their junction. 7. lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate, unequally laciniate. Stems branched, often lit.
long, and many-flowered. Flinders Range, Australia. Plant
highly glabrous.

; 1 i preter (Syn. Hippobroma brevijlorwm) has also been intro-

duced,

ISOTYPUS. Included under Onoseris (which see).
ITALIAN OAK. See Quercus Esculus.

hae STARWORT. ‘See Amellus Lych-
nitis.
ITHURIEL’S SPEAR. See Triteleia laxa.

IVESIA UNGUICULATA. A synonym of Poten-
tilla unguiculata (which see).

IVIRA. Included under Sterculia (which see).

IVORY NUT PALM. See Phytelephas macro-
carpa.

IVY-LEAVED FERNS. See Hemionitis.

IVY-LEAVED PELARGONIUM. See Pelar-
gonium peltatum.

IVY-LEAVED TOADFLAX. See Linaria Cym-
balaria.

IXIA. Thongh not hardy in all parts of England, yet
so graceful as to form and beantiful as to colour, as well
as fragrant, are the flowers, that the bulbs should be

lanted wherever possible. Speaking generally, the species
Fave been largely ousted by the many garden varieties,
but a distinct and uncommon species like I. viridiflora,
with light-green, black-centred flowers (Fig. 469), will
always hold a foremost place. Ixias when grown ont-
side are best planted in November, or later, and their
quarters protected with light litter until early spring.
They shonld be lifted each season. It is, however, as pot-
plants that they excel, and five or six bulbs in a 3in. pot
will produce a pretty effect in the greenhouse.

To the species, &c., described on pp. 203-4, Vol. IT.,
the following should be added. A number of species
formerly included here will be found under Geissorhiza,
Romulea, Sparaxis, Tritonia, and Watsonia.

I. aristata (pointed). jl. many in a loose spike; perianth tube
Zin. long, with a whitish limb of the same length. April.
7. three or four, linear, firm, strongly ribbed, 4in. to 6in. long.
Stems lft. to 14ft. long. 1800. (B. M. 589.)

I. a. elegans (elegant). /., perianth tube and limb each 4in.
long. J. narrower than in the type and not so firm. (R. G.
46, under name of Wiirthia elegans.)

I. bicolor (two-coloured). A synonym of Synnotia bicolor.

I, capillaris is identical with J. scariosa.

I. paniculata (panicled). /. many, in loose, erect spikes;
perianth tube 3in. long, the cream-white segments lin. long,
often tinged with red. May. J. two or three, linear, glabrous,
6in. to 18in. long. 1774. Syns. J. longiflora (B. M. 256), Tritonia
longijlora (B. M. 1502). In the variety rochensis the perianth
tube is much shorter than in the type, and more dilated at
the throat. Syn. T'ritonia rochensis (B. M. 1503).

I. scariosa (scarious). The correct name of J. aulica. Syn.
I. capillaris.
Varieties. Some of the best are here enumerated :

AzUREA, deep blue, with paler centre; BEAUTY OF NORFOLK,
light yellow, black centre; CRATEROIDES, rich scarlet ; DONNA-
TELLO, brick-red, brown centre; EXCELSIOR, crimson-scarlet ;
HUMBERT, coppery-rose, black centre; Lapy SLADE, light pink,
brighter and darker centre; PRa#:sTANS, reddish-crimson; and
WHITE QUEEN, pure white, crimson centre.

IXIANTHES (from izos, birdlime, and anthos, a
flower ; in allusion to the very viscous corolla). Onrp.
Scrophularinee. A monotypic genus. The species is a

Ixianthes—continued.

greenhouse, erect-branched, hairy shrub, with the habit of
Retzia, and closely allied 1o HMalleria (which see for
culture).

I. retzioides (Retzia-like). /l. one to three on short, axillary
peduncles ; corolla yellow, very viscous, the tube inflated,
nearly lin. long, the limb bilabiate, five-lobed, spreading.
1. crowded, 4in, long, 4in. broad, pubescent, serrated at apex.
h. 7ft. South Africa, 1889. (B. M. 7403.)

IXIOLIRION. Perianth regular, without any tube
above the ovary, the segments oblanceolate, ascending,
acnte; stamens shorter than the segments, to the claws
of which they are attached. Rootstock a tunicated bulb.

I. montanum (mountain-loving). According to J. G. Baker,
this is the correct name of the plant described on p- 204,
Vol. II., as I. tataricwm, and I. m. tataricum is the proper
name of I. t. Ledebourii. The variety macranthum has deep
blue flowers shaded with purple, and Sintenisi has flowers of
a lighter blue.

Fic. 469, IXIA VIRIDIFLORA.

IXORA. To the species described on pp. 204-5,
Vol. IL., the following varieties, &c., should be added :

I. alba (white). 1. white, corymbose. 7. lanceolate, acute, 4in.
to 5in. long, l4in. to 2in. broad. India. (R. G. 1037.)

I. armeniaca (orange-coloured). fl. pale yellow, flushed with
salmon. 1890, Habit dwarf and compact.

I. bella (pretty). . salmon-pink. 1881.

I. Burbidgei (Burbidge's). l. bright orange-scarlet, in dense,
axillary and terminal, cymose clusters. 18827. Very similar
to I. salicifolia in general habit.

I. conspicua (conspicuous). A handsome form, with large
trusses of buff-yellow flowers, changing to bright orange. 1886.

I. eminens (eminent). 7. at first clear buff, afterwards changing
to light salmon-pink, large. 1885,

I. eximia (choice). /. buff, changing to salmon-pink, long-
tubed, disposed in large trusses. 1881.

I. ferrea (iron-like). jl. pink, few, in axillary or lateral,
sessile, contracted corymbs; tube 4in. long. ¢, oblong, acute,

452

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ixora—continued.

4in. to 6in. long, shortly petiolate. h. 20ft. West Indies, 1793.
Syn. Siderodendron trijlorum.
I. Findlayana (Findlay’s). fl. white, very fragrant. East

Indies, 1883. Shrub of free growth and short, stocky habit.

I. formosa (beautiful). 1. orange-red, freely produced in large,
globose clusters. (F. M., t. 284.)

I. Gemma (gem). /i. rich orange-yellow, borne in large, compact
trusses. 1885.

I. illustris (brilliant). 7.
produced in large trusses.

I. insignis (remarkable). jf. deep rosy-crimson, shaded orange,
disposed in a compact truss. Habit dwarf.

I. Morsei (Morse's). /l. bright orange, sometimes shaded with
scarlet ; trusses large and well-formed. 1884.

I. ornata (adorned). A variety producing a profusion of flowers
of a bright orange-salmon colour. 1881.

I. salicifolia variegata (Willow-leaved,
marked with a feathered, greyish stripe
Sumatra, 1882.

I. salmonea (salmon-coloured). jl, buff and salmon-coloured.
1892.

of a bright orange-salmon colour,
1881.

variegated). 1.
along the midrib,

I. speciosa (showy). /l. buff, changing to orange-salmon. 1886.
I. splendida (splendid). 7. brilliant orange-crimson, in large

corymbs. 1883. (I. H. 463.)

I. venusta (charming). jl. at first bright
becoming salmon-buff, large.

I. Westii (West's). jl. pale rose, becoming bright rose with age,
disposed in large, sub-globose trusses, 4in, to 6in. in diameter.

orange, afterwards

1882. Hybrid.

JACA. See Artocarpus integrifolia.

JACARANDA. J. ovalifolia is the correct name cf
J. mimosefolia.

JACOBZA. Included under Senecio (which see).

JACOBEA LILY. ‘See Sprekelia formosissima.

JACOBINIA. Including Drejera. Libonia (which

see) is also included hereunder by modern botanists. To
the species described on p. 206, Vol. IL., the following
should be added :

J. magnifica (magnificent).
Syn. Cyrtanthera magnifica.

J. Mohintli (Mohintli). . orange-yellow, axillary ;
corolla bilabiate, the elongated tube inflated above,
the upper lip slightly arched, the lower one curved
in a spiral and three-toothed at apex. J, opposite,
elongate-ovate, entire, coriaceous. Mexico, 1886. A
half-hardy under-shrub, of bushy habit. SYNS.
Dicliptera scorpioides (of gardens), Drejera Willde-
nowiana, Sericographis Mohintli.

J. paucifiora (few-flowered).
Libonia floribunda.

J. Pohliana (Pohl’s).*
compact thyrse ; coro

A synonym cf J. carnea.

The correct name of

fl. scarlet, disposed in a
a 2in. long, glabrous, scarcely
viscid, 7. ovate-oblong or ovate, 6in. long, cuneate
at base, narrowed to the petioles. kh. 3ft. to Sft.
3razil. SyYNs. Cyrtanthera Pohliana, Justicia carnea.
The form velutina has pink flowers and velvety-
pubescent bracts and leaves. There is another
variety, nanc.

J. sericea (silky). 7.

red, disposed in terminal

spikes; corolla 2in. long, very pubescent; pedicels
a y, very short, opposite, one-flowered. i.
costate; lower ones oblong, acuminate at both
ends; floral ones ovate. Peru, &e., 1819. Plant
whitish-silky.

JACOB'S STAFF. See WVerbascum
Thapsus.

JACQUINIA. Bonellia is synonymous
with this genus.

JACUANGA. A synonym of Costus

(which see).

JALAMBICEA.

: A synonym of Limno-
bium (which see).

JALAPA. A synonym of Mirabilis
(which see).
JALAP-PLANT. See Ipomea Purga.

JAMAICA DOGWOOD. See Piscidia.

|

|

|

Fic. 470.

HONEYSUCKLE.

JAMAICA See Passiflora
laurifolia.

JAMAICA HORSE BEAN. See Canavalia
ensiformis.

JAMAICA PAROQUET BUR. See Trium-
fetta.

JAMAICA PLUM. See Spondias lutea.

JAMAICA ROSE. See Meriania.
JAMBOLIFERA. A

(which see).

JAMESONIA. J. imbricata and its varieties all
succeed well under greenhouse treatment. A compost
of an open nature made of two parts fibrous peat, one part
chopped sphagnum, and one part silver-sand, snits them
best. They require copious watering at the roots, bunt
should not be syringed overhead. Propagation is usually
effected by division of the rhizomes, but they may
also be increased by spores, which are abundantly
produced, and germinate freely when sown in a warm
temperature. Not being of a very decorative character,
these Ferns, though thoroughly distinct, are not extensively
found in private collections; their culture is generally
limited to botanic gardens.

To the species described on p.
tollowing varieties should be added :
J. imbricata canescens (hoary). fronds, upper part so

densely clothed with long, yellowish-brown hairs as to quite
hide the hoary pinne. Habit stouter than the type.

J. i. Pearcei (Pearce’s). fronds rather more than lin. broad ;
pinne sin. long, oblong, densely hairy beneath, with revolute
edges. Andes of Ecuador (at 10,000ft.).

J. i. verticalis (vertical). sti. w lft. long. fronds 6in. to

Yin. long, 4in. broad; pinne oblong-triangular, naked; rachis
covered with very short down.

JANIA. A synonym of Beometra (which see).
JANKZA. Included under Ramondia (which see),

the correct name of J. Heldreichii being R. serbica.

JANTHE. A synonym of Celsia (which see)

synonym of Acronychia

206, Vol. IL., the

JAPANESE T)WARFED TREE THUYA OBTUSA
(286 Years Old).

a

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS. &C.

55

JAPAN LACQUER or VARNISH TREE. ‘ee
Rhus vernicifera.

JAPAN WAX. See Rhus succedanea.
JAPANESE AREBORICULTURE. An art of

producing replicas in miniature of many of the largest and
most decorative of landscape trees—Cedars and Oaks, for
instance—ornamental trees of the garden proper, fruit-trees,
and Palms, practised with great success by the Japanese.
In Japan, miniature gardens, laid out with a scrupulous
exactness as to detail in the landscape and its accessories,
are common, and occupy but a few square feet. In this
country the trees are comparative novelties, though the
numerous ways in which they may be employed as
dinner-table, conservatory, and outdoor subjects should
ensure for them a measure of popularity—at least, with
those to whom money is not an object, and providing our
uncertain climate is suitable. When correctly treated,
these trees are properly proportioned as regards trunk
and branch, leaf and flower, and not mere outrages upon
Nature. Many, too, are of great antiquity—centuries, in
fact (Fig. 470 represents a specimen of Thuya obtusa, 286
years old, and standing but 34ft. in height)—and the
greater the age, the more expensive they are. The trees
are sometimes raised from seed, at others from cuttings.
At Kew a collection of these dwarfed trees may be found.

The method of dwarfing varies considerably with
individuals, all of whom carefully guard their secrets. The
chief subjects on which the art is practised are : Conifers,
Maples, Beeches, Oaks, Pears (Fig. 471), Plums, Cherries,

Fig. 471,

JAPANESE DWARFED TREE PYRUS SPECTABILIS
(Height 2ft.).

Privets, Bamboos, Cycads, Wistarias, Podocarpnses,
Magnolias, Orange-trees, and even Ferns. The dwarfing is
brought about by root and branch restriction, whether the
tree be raised from seed or from cuttings. Such restriction
of the roots is commenced at the very ontset, and may

|

Japanese Arboriculture—continuwed.

consist of either pinching or cutting. Very small pots
and a very shallow rooting surface are employed, and
generally the process is one of starving Only when a

Ft

S=..

i

Fic. 472, JAPANESE DWARFED TREE PINUS DENSIFLORA,

tree is observed to be failing is a slight stimulant
allowed, and potting shifts are not frequent. In some
cases the dwarfing, after a time, becomes hereditary,
when no restriction is of course necessary.

Apart, too, from the actual dwarfing of the trees,
there are elaborate if fantastie systems of training, as
in Fig. 472, which represents Pinus densiflora, specially
trained by the late Mr. Mogi, of Tokio, and considered a
marvellous example of the art; while still further variety
is lent by colour-grafting, some of the Maples being very
effective when thas treated. The illustrations (Figs. 470
to 473) represent some of the more popular subjects and
methods, and for them we are indebted to Mr. Hida, of
Conduit Street, and Messrs. Yamanaka and Co., of Japan,
respectively. In Fig. 473 may be seen (1) a fine example of
Pinus densiflora combined with a large rock, some shoots
of variegated Bamboo, and a tiny bronze tea-house to form a
Bonsai: it isan example of the Japanese skill in Bonkai
gardening; (2) Cryptomeria japonica (height 14in.),
surrounding a large rock, with a tiny bronze temple at the
base and a quaint pagoda at the back, another example of
Bonkai gardening (that is, the production of a landscape
view in a very small space) ; 3 represents a golden variety

454

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Japanese Arboriculture—continued.
uf the Thuya obtusa (height 7in., length of branch 14in.,
age abont thirty-five years)—a handsome example.

The treatment each subject requires to maintain it in
health varies with the individual. According to Messrs.
Yamanaka, several hours of sunshine each day is an
important factor. Pines, for instan-e, need four or five
hours’ sun a day, to be watered every other day, and
once a week to be thoroughly sprinkled. Maples also
require the sun at least half of each day, to be watered
once a day until the leaves fall, when they should be
kept warm and only receive water twice a week until
the new leaves are pushed in the spring.

ss

FiG, 475. JAPANESE DWARFED TREES.
1, PINUS DENSIFLORA; 2, CRYPTOMERIA JAPONICA; 3, THUYA OBTUSA.

JAPANESE OAK. Sce Quercus glabra.

_JAPANESE PAGODA-TREE. See Sophora
japonica.
JAPANESE PEPPER. See Zanthoxylum

piperitum.
JAPANESE TOAD LILY. See Tricyrtis hirta.
JAPANESE YEW. See Cephalotaxus.
JASIONE. Syn. Ovilla. To the species described
on p. 206, Vol. II., the following should be added:

J. humilis (dwarf). jl. blue, rather pretty, on short, terminal
peduncles. July and August. J. linear-obovate, flat, entire ;
radical ones approximate, disposed in a rosette. Stems simple,
ascending. h. about 6in. Pyrenees, &ec., 1824.

JASMINE, BOX.
JASMINE, ROCK.
JASMINUM. The hardy summer-flowering kinds

should have their shoots thinned ont in early summer, so
that the remaining ones may have ample opportunity of
becoming thoroughly matured, by which they are enabled to
carry a goodly display of blossom. The winter-flowering
sorts should be attended to in February, soon after the
floral display is over. Cut away the old, exhausted
wood and weakly shoots to make room for vigorous
growths, as it is on the young wood that the flowers
are produced. When plants are trained to walls, arbours,

&c., a pleasing effect is obtained by

planting some of the small, green-

leaved Ivies in association, as the
latter form an admirable setting for
the rich golden-yellow flowers of the

Jasmine; and if the vigorous shoots

of the latter are secured to the wall,

&c., and the young growths allowed

to hang gracefully, the effect at

flowering-time is very fine.

To the species described on pp.
207-8, Vol. II., the following shonld
be added :

J. PEG (related). A form of J. ofjici-
nale.

J. angulare (angular-stemmed). (/.
white, disposed in terminal cymes;
calyx teeth short, ovate, acute ; corolla
tube lin. to 14in. long, the limb of five
or six spreading, lanceolate lobes. 1.
trifoliolate. Stems angular. South
Africa, 1886. An ornamental, scram-
bling, greenhouse shrub. (B. M. 6865.)

J. luteum (yellow). A synonym of
J. fruticosum,

J. nitidum (shining). /l. white, fragrant,
Zin. long; racemes short, few-flowered.
Z. simple, lanceolate, Sin. long. Stems
thin. Admiralty Islands, 1898. Stove
climber.

J. polyanthum (many-flowered). 7.
pink outside, white within, very strongly
scented ; corolla about 14in. long, with
a Jong tube. J. opposite, pinnate ;

See Phillyrea.
See Androsace.

leaflets five to seven, lanceolate,
acuminate, coriaceous. Stems long,
sarmentose. Yunnan, China, 1891.

Greenhouse shrub. (R. H. 1891, f. 69.)
JATEORHIZA. Male flowers

in long, slender, axillary, racemose
panicles, usually sessile on the short
lateral branches; females in simple
or nearly simple racemes. Leaves
large, membranous, palmately lobed.
J. Columba is the correct spelling
of J. Calumba.

JATROPHA. Physic Nut. To
the species described on p. 209,
Vol. IL., the following should be
added :

J. gossypiifolia (Gossypium-leaved).
a. of a beautiful reddish-purple, many
in paniculate cymes. May to August.
l. lobed above the middle, Sin. to 6in.
broad; segments usually obovate,
acuminate, the margins doubly serrated
or crenate, densely glandular. Warm
regions of America, 1699. (B. R. 746;
L. B. C. 117.)

J. hastata (halberd-shaped). The correct name of J. pan-
durefolia.

J. integerrima. The correct name is Manihot diversifolia.

J. Manihot (of Linneus). A synonym of Manihot ulilissima.

JEFFERSONIA. J. binata is the correct nime of
the plant described on p. 208, Vol. Il., as J. diphylla.

JEHLIA. Included under Lopezia (which see), the
correct name of J. fuchsioides being L. macrophylla.

JERUSALEM CHERRY. See Solanum Pseudo-
capsicum.

JESSENiA (named in hononr of Dr. Carl Jessen,
Professor of Botany). Orp. Palme. A small genus

i

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &Cc. 455

Jessenia—continued.

(three species) of stove, unarmed Palms, allied to
Euterpe, natives of South America. Flowers mediocre,
moncecious on the same spadix; spathes two, fusiform ;
spadices pendulous, shortly pedunculate. Leaves terminal,
yery numerons, equally pinnatisect; segments crowded,
opposite, ensiform. J. amazonum is grown at Kew, but
it is not in general cultivation.

JESUIT’S NUT. See Trapa natans.
JEW BUSH. See Pedilanthus tithymaloides.

JEW'S APPLE. See Aubergine and Solanum
Melongena.

JEZABEL. A synonym of Freycinetia (which see).
JOCASTE. A synonym of Smilacina (which see).

JOE PYE WEED. ‘Se
pureum.

JOHNIA. Included under Salacia (which see), the

sorrect name of J. coromandeliana being S. prinoides,
JOINT FIR. See Ephedra.
JOLIFFIA. A synonym of Telfairia (which see).

- Sona A synonym of Bougainvillea (which
see).

JOSEPHIA. A synonym of Dryandra (which see).
JOSEPH’S COAT. See Amarantus splendens.
JOSSINIA. Included under Eugenia (which see).

JUANIA (in allusion to the habitat of the plant).
Orv. Palmx. A monotypic genus. The species is an
elegant, slender, unarmed, stove Palm, allied to
Ceroxylon (which see for culture).

J. australis (Southern). /. small, solitary. fr. globose, a3
large as a Cherry. Jl. terminal, pinnatisect; segments
elongated, narrow, ensiform, acuminate, striate-nerved,
silvery beneath, thickened on the margins, recurved at base;
petioles slender, squamose-scurfy. Juan Fernandez.

JUANULLOA. J. auwrantiaca (Syns. Brugmansia
floribunda, B. parviflora) is the correct name of
J. parasitica,

JUGLANS. To the species and varieties described
on pp. 210-11, Vol. II., the following should be added.
Several species formerly classed hereunder are now
referred to Carya and Pterocarya.

J. regia. The following varieties may be mentioned: hetero-
phyla, leaflets laciniate; maxima (SYN. macrocarpa), nut very
large; monophylla, leaves with only one leaflet, a curious
form; and serotina.

J. Sieboldiana (Siebold’s). The correct name of J. ailanti-
Solia.

J. Vilmoriniana (Vilmorin’s). jr. globular. 7. having about
five pairs of ovate, coriaceous, glabrous leaflets. The origin

of this tree is uncertain; but it is said to be a hybrid between
J. regia and J. nigra. (G. & F. 1891, p. 52, f. 11, 12.)

JUJUBE LOTUS. See Zizyphus Lotus.
JULIANA. A synonym of Choisya (which see).

JULIDZ. This is one of the families into which
the Order Chilognatha is split up by natnralists. It
contains the very familiar Millipedes (which see), and
is characterised by having a cylindrical body; by the
possession of more than thirty rings, and many eyes in
a cluster. All the species usually met with are more or
less injurious. The best known is J. terrestris.

JUNCAGINEZ. Included under Naiadacee (which
see).

JUNCUS. Including Tenageia. According to Hooker,
sixteen species of this genus are natives of Britain.

JUNGIA (named in honour of Joachim Jung, of
Liibeck). Syns. Dumerilia (of Lagasca), Martrasia,
Rhinactina, Trinacte. Orpd. Composite. A genus com-
prising about a dozen species of stove or greenhouse,
erect or somewhat climbing, sub-shrubs or tall herbs,
natives of South America from Chili to Brazil, and
extending as far as Colombia. Flower-heads yellow or
pink, small or mediocre, homogamous, paniculate at the

Eupatorium pur-

Jungia—continued.

tips of the branches ; inyolucre cylindrical or campanulate,
the bracts in one or two series. Leaves alternate,
varying from orbicular to linear. It is doubtful if
J. rugosa (J. spectabilis of gardens), the only species intro-
duced, is still in cultivation.

JUNIPERUS. Junipers may be increased by grafting
on the common species in spring, and plants so raised
make good-sized specimens in less time than those
raised from cuttings. Young, well-ripened shoots of
the previous summer’s growth should be selected, and if
they are placed in a warm close case a union -will be
effected in a few weeks’ time, after which they should be
gradually hardened off, neatly staked, and grown on in
cold frames until ready for planting out the following
spring in nursery rows in the open ground, the soil most
suitable being composed of fibrous loam and leaf-mould.
Some of the dwarf-growing forms are well suited for
planting on rockeries. A few of the best are J. sabina
and its varieties, J. procumbens, J. littoralis, J. com-
munis, and J. c. awreus.

Dispases. Junipers are attacked by several species of
fangi, one of the worst being Trametes radiciperda
(Fomes annosus), which causes the well-known Root-Rot
upon J. communis and certain other Conifers (see Pinus
—Fungi, Vol. III.). <A very distinct species causing great
destruction on the Continent is Herpotricha nigra (sce
Pine-Leaf Fungi). Then there are no fewer than four
species of very complex fungi belonging to the genus
Gymnosporangium (which see), whose teleutospore stage
is passed upon the Common Juniper or some of its
near allies. G. clavarieforme produces in late spring
somewhat leathery yellow masses from swollen spots on
the branches ; the ecidium, or cluster-cup, stage is passed
upon the Hawthorn or upon the Pear or a close ally.
G. sabine is found upon several ‘species of Juniper, the
teleutospores being of a dirty-brown colour ; the xcidium-
stage causes the disease known as Pear-Leaf Rust
(Roestelia cancellata), described and illustrated in Vol. III.
G. confusum, as regards its ecidinm-stage, is passed upon
the Medlar and the Quince, and the shredded cluster-
cups may be found on the hardened orange spots on the
infested leaves. G. juniperinum forms its teleutospores
upon the Common Juniper and J. c. nanus, but passes
its «cidium-stage upon Mountain Ash foliage, where the
torn cluster-cups are found upon deep orange spots.
In all these cases the remedy is to get rid of one o1
other of the host-plants, often a most difficult matter,
as they may be situate some distance from the infested
area,

To the species and yarieties described on pp. 211-14,
Vol. IL., the following should be added :

J. communis aureus (golden). An elegant, drooping form,
golden-tinted. 1896.

J. conferta (crowded). A synonym of J. Jittoralis.

J. davurica (Dahurian), 7. opposite or in whorls of three;
those on the male plant very small, imbricated in four rows,
shortly pointed; those on the females whorled, linear, aw]-
shaped, spreading, sharp-pointed, densely disposed, channelled
and whitish above, convex at back. Branches terete, forked,
widely spreading. Dahurian Mountains, 1791.

J. foetidissima (very fetid). 7. on the branches and primary
branchlets ovate or lanceolate, acuminate, quadrifariously
opposite; those on the secondary branchlets ovate-rhomboid,
slightly acute, convex on the back. Branches terete, erect;
branchlets somewhat tetragonal. Orient. A shrub (lOft. to
12ft. high) or tree, often confused with J. excelsa.

J. littoralis (shore-loving). fr. tawny-brown, with a violet
bloom, globose, rather above 4in, long. 7. thickly placed in
threes, linear, three-sided, rigid, openly imbricated, sharp-

jointed, 4in. long, half a line wide; upper side channelled and

ongitudinally white-marked, the under one convex and keeled.

Japan. Allied to J. rigida, but the leaves are more crowded.

Syn. J. conferta.

J. mexicana (Mexican). 7. in opposite pairs, only ;,in. long,
ovate, closely imbricated on the small branches in four rows,
dull greyish; those on young plants mostly in threes. Branches
angular, horizontal, ascending at the ends. h. usually 20ft. to
30ft. Mexico. Only hardy in warm situations.

J. pseudo-Sabina (false Savin). J. those on the lower
branches linear, pungent, those on the terminal branchlets
quadrifarious, closely imbricated, appressed, the largest 4in.
long, rather spreading, the smallest j,in. long, rhombic-ovate.
Temperate Himalayas, &c. A robust shrub or tree.

J. Sanderi (Sander’s). A compact, dense-growing, dwarf
species, said to have been introduced from Tibet. 1899.

456

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Juniperus—continued.

J. taxifolia (Yew-leaved). /. sessile, in whorls of three, linear,
slightly rounded at apex, rigid, spreading, glaucous aboye,
dark green below, with a strong rib ending in a_ point.
Branches few, scattered, somewhat spreading, pendulous at
apex. h, 8ft. to 10ft. Japan and China.

J. virginiana reptans (creeping). A prostrate variety, suit-
1896.

able for rockeries, «ec.
J. v. turicensis (Zurich). A variety of compact, pyramidal

habit and with bluish-grey leaves. 1896.

The following species are also grown at Kew: J. Cedrus and
J. flaccida (under glass), J. Henryana, J. littoralis, J. macropoda,
J. procera, and J. tetragona.

JUNO’'S TEARS. See Verbena officinalis.

JUPITER’S BEARD.
tectorum.

JUPITER'S DISTAFF.
JURINEA. J. cyanoides (Syns. J. Pollichti, Serra-

tula cyanoides), J. linearifolia (Syns. Serratula lineari-
folia, S. multiflora), and J. mollis (Syn. Serratula
transylvanica) have been introduced, but are probably no
longer grown.

JUSSI@A. Jussiewa is, according to the ‘Index
Kewensis,”’ the correct name. To the species described
on p. 214, Vol. IIL., the following should be added :

J. macrocarpa ciliata (large-fruited, ciliated). A synonym
of J. peruviana ciliata.

J. natans (swimming). /l. white, pedunculate ;
four or five, acute, shorter than the ovate petals.

See also Sempervivum

See Salvia glutinosa.

calyx lobes
i. petiolate,

sub-orbicular, entire or toothed. Colombia (in stagnant
water). A glabrous, stove, aquatic perennial.

J. peruviana ciliata (ciliated). /. yellow, 2in. across,
axillary. /. alternate, ciliated. Stems hairy, with five

winged angles,
carpa ciliata.

JUSTICIA. Including Rostellaria. To the species
described on p. 214, Vol. II., the following should be added.
See also Aphelandra, Chetothylax, Dianthera,
Ecbholium, Jacobinia, Peristrophe, Schaueria,
Sphinctacantha, and Thyrsacanthus, for species
formerly included under Justicia.

J. campylostemon (curved-stamened). jf. white, small, with
some purple spots on the disk of the middle lobe of the lower
lip; peduncles axillary, mostly shorter than the leaves, one- to
several-flowered. Winter. 7. ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acu-
minate, glabrous except on the nerves beneath. h. 2ft. Natal,
1883. An unattractive species.

JUTE-PLANT.

Colombia, 1880. Half-hardy. SYN. J. macro-

See Corchorus capsularis.

KADSURA. Flowers unisexual; sepals and petals nine
to fifteen. IK. propinqua is synonymous with Schizandra
propingua, and K, chinensis (of Hance) is identical with
Schizandra Hanceana.

K2EMPFERA. A synonym of Tamonea (which see).
K2EMPFERIA. To the species described on p. 214,

Vol. II., the following should be added:

K. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). jl. few, in a central, sessile
spike; corolla tube (and staminodes) white, twice as long as
the segments; lip lilac, deeply cut into two lobes. 7. many,
ascending, lanceolate, 6in. to 8in. long. Root tuberous.
Eastern Himalayas.

K. atrovirens (dark green).* 1. violet-purple, 1{in. in diameter,
the lip spotted yellowish at base; spike few-flowered, shortly
exserted from the sheath. 7. 2in. to Sin. long, 14in. to 2in. broad,
obliquely elliptic-oblong, acute, dark green above, rather paler
towards the margins, more or less suffused with purple beneath ;
petioles 4in. to Sin. long, channelled, sheathing at base. A. Sin.
Borneo, 1886. (I. H. 1886, t. 610.)

K. Ethelz (Mrs. Ethel Beningtield).* jl. rose-purple, with a
blotch of yellow on the lip-like lower segments, solitary,
4in. across. Spring. 7. oblong-lanceolate, 1ft. long. Stem at
first 8in. hi ufterwards lengthening to 2ft. Natal, 1898.
Allied to K. Kirkit. (G. C. 1898, xxiii, p. 94, f. 34.)

K. Kirkii (Kirk’s). The correct name of Cienkowskia Kirkii.
(R. G. 1364,)

K. longa (long). A synonym of K. rotunda.

K. macrosiphon (large-tubed). jl. numerous, on skort
eduneles; corolla tube long and slender; lobes blue, lin.
ong, the lower one lin. broad. 7. tufted, lanceolate, lft.
long. German East Africa, 1898. Allied to K. Kirkii.

Kempferia—continued.
K. ovalifolia (ovate-leaved). The correct name of K. Parishii.

K. pandurata (fiddle-shaped). jl. in a peduncled spike,
hidden in the dilated bases of the petioles; corolla tube 2in.
to 2sin. long, the segments whitish; lip tinged with red,
lin. long. 7. oblong, Yin. to 12in. long, erect. Ceylon, &c.
Cultivated in India, &c., for its Ginger-like rootstock.

K. secunda (side-flowering). /l., calyx tubular, slender, split
above; corolla tube reddish, nearly lin. long, very slender,
curved, the lobes elliptic-oblong, acuminate ; lateral staminodes
broadly oblong or rounded, spreading, rather reflexed; lip
rounded, shortly bifid or notched at end; spike terminal, few-

cleft. September. fr. three to four lines long, ovoid, many-
seeded, /. 3in. to 34in. long, the lower ones smaller, membranous,

obliquely lanceolate, caudate-acuminate. Assam and Khasia
Mountains, 1873. (B. M. 6999; Gn. 1873, iv., p. 154.) SYN.
Monolophus secunda.

K. eyecioss (showy).* j. pure white, disposed in a. sessile
head; corolla tube 3in. long, the segments, staminodes, and
lip about lin. long. 7. sub-orbicular, erect, shortly petiolate,
Sin. to 6in. long, plain green or variegated. Birma.

K. vittata (striped). #. not very conspicuous; inflorescence
central. August. 7. 34in. to 44in. long, elliptic, slightly oblique,
rounded at base, dark green above, with a feathery grey
stripe sin. broad along the midrib; under-surface greyish-green ;
petioles 34in. to 5in. long, vaginate for half their length. A.
Yin. Sumatra, 1881. A pretty foliage plant.

KAFFIR BEAN-TREE. See Schotia.
KAFFIR LILY. See Schizostylis coccinea.
KAGENECKIA. K.

or a form of, K. oblonga.
KAHIRIA. A synonym of Ethulia (which see).

KAINIT. A cheap form of potassic fertiliser. The
crade Kainit found in commerce contains 12 per cent. to
13 per cent. of potash, 27 per cent. to 30 per cent. of
magnesia, and 30 per cent. of common salt. It is more
valuable in light loam than in heavier soils, which it
makes more sticky. A fair dressing per acre would be
from 3ewt. to 6ewt., mixed with other fertilisers, and
worked well into the soil.

KAKI. See Diospyros.

KALANCHOE. To the species described on p. 216,
Vol. Il., the following should be added :

K. acutiflora (acute-flowered). fl. whitish; corolla segments
rather acute; cymes paniculate. August. 7. broadly lanceo-
late, crenate. kh. 2ft. Habitat not known, 1806. Stove. SYN.
Fareia acutiflora (A, B. R. 560).

K. zegyptiaca (Egyptian). A synonym of K. crenata.

K. Bentii (M. Theodore Bent’s).* #1. white, in an erect loose
panicle; calyx consisting of four fleshy, spreading lobe

crategoides is identical with,

corolla inflated at base, distinctly four-angled. (Ay Psy
cylindrical, rigid, narrowed radually to an acute point,

arranged decussately in pairs at top of the stem. h. 3ft.
Hadramaut, 1894. The largest flowered of all the Kalanchoes
known to cultivation.

K. carnea (fesh-coloured).* fl. pink, fragrant, sin. in diameter,
disposed in corymbose cymes. J. fleshy, petiolate, elliptic-
ovate, obtuse, crenate, brownish-green, Sin. to 54in. long,
lsin. to 3in. broad. Stem, when old, forming a large bole.
South Africa, 1886. An attractive, greenhouse, glabrous
succulent. (G. C. 1887, i., p. 211, f. 48.)

K. Cassiopeia (Cassiopeia). Th
greenhouse species with Echeveria-
leaves. Abyssinia, 1894. Greenhouse.

K. flammea (flame-coloured), /. bright scarlet, tubular,
numerous in an erect, long-stalked, corymbose cyme. J. fieshy,
crenate, shorter than in K. glaucescens (which this species
resembles). Stems lft. high. Somaliland, 1897. Greenhouse.

K. glaucescens (glaucescent). jl. red or dark yellow, in
compact di- or trichotomous panicles, or on few-flowered
peduncles from the upper nodes. 1/., lower ones narrow-ovate,
erenate, obtuse, glabrous, Sin. long, narrowed to amplexicaul
petioles. Stem terete, glabrous, with ascending, pubescent
branches 2ft. to 3ft. in height. Abyssinia, 1894, Greenhouse.

K. grandiflora (of gardens). A synonym of K. marmorata.

K. laciniata (torn). . yellow; sepals lanceolate, somewhat
spreading ; cymes glabrous. July and Av st. 7. once-pinnatitid ;
segments jin. to lin. broad, flat, ir ate, sometimes
bipinnatifid. h. 2ft. India and tropical Africa, 1781. Stove.
There is a form having pubescent cymes and leaves twice or
thrice pinnatifid.

K. marmorata (marbled).* jl. white; corolla tube 2in, long,
the limb 2in. in diameter; cymes few-flowered. J. obovate-

is described as a dwarf,
ke, bluish-green, toothed

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C... 457

Kalanchoe—continued.

(of gardens).

KALMIA. Few hardy subjects are more valued than
these dwarf-growing shrubs, and especially K. latifolia
(American Mountain Lanrel), which is attractive either for
its flowers or its foliage. It is, as stated in Vol. IT.,
largely employed for forcing; but, after flowering, plants
so employed should be placed in gentle heat, and freely
syringed. This will induce the pushing of new growths,
when the plants should be gradually hardened off and
planted out on a warm, sunny border to ripen their
wood. K. latifolia (Fig. 475) is also an exceedingly good
subject for winter beds.

To the species described on p. 216, Vol. II., the
following varieties should be added:

K. latifolia myrtifolia (Myrtleleaved). A dwarf, garden

form. 1883. Syn. K. myrtifolia (R. H. 1883, p. 10).

K. 1. Pavarti (Pavart’s). A variety with very bright-coloured

flowers. 1888. (R. H. 1888, p, 540.)

K. myrtifolia (Myrtle-leaved). A dwarf form of K. latifolia.

KALOROCHEA LANGLEYENSIS. This name
has been given to a hybrid between Crassula coccinea
and C. falcata. C. langleyensis is, however, its correct
name.

KALOSANTHES VERSICOLOR. A synonym of
Rochea versicolor (which see).

KAMBALA-TREE. See Sonneratia apetala.
Vol. V.

KANGAROO APPLE. See Solanum aviculare.

KARATAS. According to the latest classification by
Mr. J. G. Baker, this genus embraces abont three dozen
ties. Flowers red, violet, or white ; sepals free down
the ovary; petals united in a distinct tube, the
nents lingulate or ovate; stamens inserted in the
la tube, not reaching to the tips of the segments ;
is usually sessile, each subtended by a bract, and
shortened inner leaves usually bright-colonred. Fruit
sate. To the species described on pp. 216-7, Vol. II.,
following should be added:

acanthocrater (strong-spined). . purplish or bluish, in a
nse head in the centre of the leaves. May. J. forming a
nse rosette, spreading, obtuse, with spiny margins, dark
2en above, greyish-banded beneath; inner ones brownish-
otted. Brazil, 1885. A large species, 24ft. to 3ft. in diameter.
. M. 6904.) Syn. Nidularium acanthocrater (B. H. 1884, 9).
agaveefolia (Agave-leaved). l. white, in a nearly sessile,
otral head, overtopped by the bright red inner leaves; petals
lf as long again as the sepals. 7 thirty to forty in a dense
sette, lanceolate, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 2in. to 3in. broad,
ich narrowed to the base, armed with large, pungent
ickles. Cayenne, 1853.

amazonica (Amazons). jl. white, with a greenish tube,
sposed in a dense, sessile head in the centre of the rosette ;
acts greenish-brown. June. 2. rosulate, lft. to 14ft. long,
1. to Jin. broad, greenish-brown on the face, glossy claret-
own on the back, without markings or scales, the margins
ely serrated. Amazons, 1870. Syns. Aechmea amazonica,
omelia amazonica.

ampullacea (pitcher-like).* jl. about twelve in a head;
vals and bracts green; corolla blue, white at the throat. 1.
vy, short, obtuse, acuminate, green, spotted with reddish-
own, especially beneath. Brazil, 1881. A distinct and pretty.
acies, producing numerous suckers; it is remarkable for the
winer in which the long sheaths of the leaves are collected
10 a sort of ovoid pitcher. Syn. Nidulariwm ampullaceum
. H. 1886, p. 296).

antiacantha (opposite-spined). This is described as
omething in the way of K. Legrelle, but larger; the
ves are brownish at the base, and the bracts of a deeper

Fic. 475.

KALMIA LATIFOLIA.
3N

456 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Juniperus—continued. | Kempferia—continued.
J. taxifolia (Yew-leaved). /. sessile, in whorls of three, linear, | K. ovalifolia (ovate-leaved). The correct name of K. Parishii.

slightly rounded at apex, rigid, spreading, glaucous aboye f : = £s
dark green below, with a strong rib ending in a point. K pandurata pnedlestepen): iw in a peduncled | spike,
Branches few, scattered, somewhat spreading, pendulous af hidden in the dilated hases of the natinlos - senna e

apex. A. 8ft. to 10ft. Japan and China.
J. virginiana reptans (creeping). A prostrate variety,
able for rockeries, &c. 1896.
J. v. turicensis (Zurich). A variety of compact, pyran ‘
habit and with bluish-grey leaves. 1896.
The following species are also grown at Kew: J. Cedrus
J. flaccida (under glass), J. Henryana, J. littoralis, J. macrop
J. procera, and J. tetragona.

JUNO'S TEARS. See Verbena officinalis.

JUPITER’S BEARD. Gee also Semperviv
tectorum.

JUPITER'S DISTAFF. See Salvia glutinos
JURINEA.,. J. cyanoides (Syns. J. Pollichii, Se

tula cyanoides), J. linearifolia (Syns. Serratula line
folia, 8S. multiflora), and J. mollis (Syn. Serrat
transylvanica) have been introduced, but are probably
longer grown.

JUSSIZA. Jussieva is, according to the ‘“‘In
Kewensis,” the correct name. To the species descri
on p. 214, Vol. II., the following should be added:

J. macrocarpa ciliata (large-fruited, ciliated). A syno1
of J. peruviana ciliata.

J. natans (swimming). /. white, pedunculate ; calyx lo
four or five, acute, shorter than the ovate petals. 7. petiol:
sub-orbicular, entire or toothed. Colombia (in stagn
water). A glabrous, stove, aquatic perennial.

J. peruviana ciliata (ciliated). fl. yellow, 2in. acre
axillary. 1. alternate, ciliated. Stems hairy, with

winged angles. Colombia, 1880. Half-hardy. SYN. J. ma
carpa ciliata.

JUSTICIA. Including Rostellaria. To the spec
described on p. 214, Vol. II., the following shonld be add
See also Aphelandra, Chetothylax, Dianthe
Echolium, Jacobinia, Peristrophe, Schauer:
Sphinctacantha, and Thyrsacanthus, for spec
formerly included under Justicia.

J. campylostemon (curved-stamened). fl. white, small, w

some purple spots on the disk of the middle lobe of the lov KALANCHOE MARMORATA.
lip; peduncles axillary, mostly shorter than the leaves, one-

several-flowered. Winter. 7. ovate or ovate-lanceolate, a: By an unfortunate error, which was not discovered
minate, glabrous except on the nerves beneath. h. 2ft. Nat ©

F tive species. in time, the printers used a wrong block for illus-
SE ap grag oe 4 trating Kalanchoe Marmorata. It should have
JUTE-PLANT. See Corchorus capsularis.

been as above; that which was given was of
Incarvillea Delavayi

KADSURA. Flowers unisexual ; sepals and petals ni
to fifteen. K. propingua is synonymous with Schizand
propingua, and K. chinensis (of Hance) is identical witn

AWauwuLy aU au aerpUSU uUTCrcU Ul wt Ue Walancenoes

~ kK tivation.
hizandra Hanceana. known to cul eo
Soeemire, Hunceans A K. carnea (fiesh-coloured).* i. pink, fragrant, 3in. in diameter,
KEMPFERA. A synonym of Tamonea (which see). disposed in corymbose EYES. = eave pelle Su
> 4 ovate, obtuse, crenate, brownish-green, 3in. to 5din. ong,
KEMPFERIA. To the species described on p. 214, lyin. to 3in. broad, Stem, when old, forming a large bole.
Vol. IL., the following shonld be added: South Africa, 1886. An attractive, greenhouse, glabrous
K. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). l. few, in a central, sessile succulent. (G. C. 1887, i., p. 211, f. 48.)
spike; corolla tube (and staminodes) white, twice as long as K. Cassiopeia (Cassiopeia). This is described as a dwarf,
the segments; lip lilac, deeply cut into two lobes.

p ul . 2. many, greenhouse species with Echeveria-like, bluish-green, toothed
ascending, mene late, 6in. to 8in. long. Root tuberous. leaves. Abyssinia, 1894. Greenhouse.
Eastern Himalayas. i

-coloured). . bright se: . bulz
K. atrovirens (dark green).* 1. violet-purple, 1Jin. in diameter, K. flammea (flame-coloured). 7. bri scarlet, tubular,

*t, long-stalked, corymbose cyme. 1. fleshy
the lip spotted yellowish at base; spike few-flowered, shortly mamerons it an grees Tins en eee ney:
exserted from the sheath. J. 2in. to Sin. long, 14in. to 2in. broad, resembles) Stems lft. high. Somaliland, 1897. Groauhise
obliquely elliptic-oblong, acute, dark green above, rather paler > ee + 5 , USE
towards the margins, more or less suffused with purple beneath ; K. glaucescens (glaucescent). #. red or dark yellow, in
petioles 4in. to Sin. long, channelled, sheathing at base. h. Qin. compact di- or trichotomous panicles, or on few-flowered
Borneo, 1886. (I. H. 1886, t. 610.) peduncles ran oo RinTED ae 1., lower one Nee

K. Ethelz (Mrs. Ethel Beningtield).* f. rose-purple, with a CECB ETE OE UES) Ue Orgs ii Oey DaLLO Me fo Jample xray
blotch of yellow on the lip-like lower Ren eonie solitary. petioles. Stem terete, glabrous, with ascending, pubescent
4in. across. Spring. 7. oblong-lanceolate, lft. long. Stem at branches 2ft. to 3ft. in height. Abyssinia, 1894. Greenhouse.

first 8in. high, afterwards lengthening to 2ft. Natal, 1898. K. grandiflora (of gardens). A synonym of K. marmorata.

Allied to K. Kirkii. (G. C. 1898, xxiii. p. 94, f. 34.) sae : ey cre ery ~
est eS ® 2 | K. laciniata (torn). #7. yellow; sepals lanceolate, somewhat
K. Kirkii (Kirk's). The correct name of Cienkowskia Kirkii. | spreading ; cymes glabrous. July and August. /. once-pinnatitid ;

(R. G. 1564.) segments jin. to lin. broad, flat, incised-crenate, sometimes

K. longa (long). A synonym of K. rotunda. bipinnatifid. A. 2ft. India and tropical Africa, 1781. Stove.
K. macrosiphon (large-tubed). jl. numerous, on skort There is a form having pubescent cymes and leaves twice or
eduncles; corolla tube long and ‘slender; lobes blue, lin. thrice pinnatifid.

ong, the lower one lin. broad. J. tufted, lanceolate, 1ft. K. marmorata (marbled).* f. white; corolla tube 2in. long,
long. German East Africa, 1898. Allied to K. Kirkii. | the limb 2in. in diameter; cymes few-flowered. J. obovate-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 457

Kalanchoe—continued.

Fic. 474. KALANCHOE MARMORATA.

cuneate, 4in. long, green, blotched with brown. Stems leafy.
Abyssinia, 1892. Greenhouse. See Fig. 474. (B. M. 7333.) Syn.
K. grandijlora (of gardens). =
K. spathulata (spathulate). /. Ce ee Moa in loose,
paniculate cymes. July and August. J/. glabrous, obovate-
thulate, crenulate; lower ones obtuse; upper ones acute.
h. 2ft. to 24ft. China, 1820. Greenhouse. SYN. Cotyledon hybrida
(of gardens).

KALMIA. Few hardy subjects are more valued than
these dwarf-growing shrubs, and especially K. latifolia
(American Mountain Laurel), which is attractive either for
its flowers or its foliage. It is, as stated in Vol. II.,
largely employed for forcing; but, after flowering, plants
so employed should be placed in gentle heat, and freely
syringed. This will induce the pushing of new growths,
when the plants should be gradually hardened off and
planted ont on a warm, sunny border to ripen their
wood. K. latifolia (Fig. 475) is also an exceedingly good
subject for winter beds.

To the species described on p. 216, Vol. II., the
following varieties should be added:

K. latifolia myrtifolia (Myrtleleaved). A dwarf, garden

form. 1883. Syn. K. myrtifolia (R. H. 1883, p. 10).

K. L Pavarti (Pavart’s). A variety with very bright-coloured

flowers. 1888. (R. H. 1883, p. 540.)

K. myrtifolia (Myrtle-leaved). A dwarf form of K. latifolia.

KALOROCHEA LANGLEYENSIS. This name
has been given to a hybrid between Crassula coccinea
and C. falcata. C. langleyensis is, however, its correct
name.

KALOSANTHES VERSICOLOR. A synonym of
Rochea versicolor (which see).

KAMBALA-TREE. See Sonneratia apetala.
Vol. V.

KANGAROO APPLE. See Solanum aviculare.

EKARATAS. According to the latest classification by
Mr. J. G. Baker, this genus embraces about three dozen
species. Flowers red, violet, or white ; sepals free down
to the ovary; petals united in a distinct tube, the
segments lingnulate or ovate; stamens inserted in the
corolla tube, not reaching to the tips of the segments ;
heads usnally sessile, each subtended by a bract, and
the shortened inner leayes usually bright-coloured, Fruit
baceate. To the species described on pp. 216-7, Vol. IL.,
the following should be added :

K. acanthoerater (strong-spined). . purplish or bluish, in a
dense head in the centre of the leaves. May. J. forming a
dense rosette, spreading, obtuse, with spiny margins, dark
green above, greyish-banded beneath; inner ones brownish-
spotted. Brazil, 1885. A large species, 25ft. to 3ft. in diameter.
(B. M. 6904.) Syn. Nidularium acanthocrater (B. H. 1884, 9).

K. agaveefolia (Agave-leaved). /. white, in a nearly sessile,
central head, overtopped by the bright red inner leaves; petals
half as long again as the sepals. /. thirty to forty in a dense

rosette, lanceolate, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 2in. to 3in. broad,
much narrowed to the base, armed with large, pungent
prickles. Cayenne, 1853.

K. amazonica (Amazons). fl. white, with a greenish tube,

disposed in a dense, sessile head in the centre of the rosette;
bracts greenish-brown. June. J. rosulate, lft. to lft. long,
2in. to Jin. broad, greenish-brown on the face, glossy claret-
brown on the back, without markings or scales, the margins
finely serrated. Amazons, 1870. SyNs. 2chmea amazonica,
Bromelia amazonica.

K. ampullacea (pitcher-like).* #7. about twelve in a head;
sepals and bracts green; corolla blue, white at the throat. J.
few, short, obtuse, acuminate, green, spotted with reddish-
brown, especially beneath. Brazil, 1881. A distinct and pretty
species, producing numerous suckers; it is remarkable for the
manner in which the long sheaths of the leaves are collected
into a sort of ovoid pitcher. Syn. Nidulariwm ampullaceum
(B. H. 1886, p. 296).

K. antiacantha (opposite-spined), This is described as
“something in the way of K. Legrelle, but larger; the
leaves are brownish at the base, and the bracts of a deeper

Fic. 475.

KALMIA LATIFOLIA.
3N

458

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Karatas—continued.

searlet.” 1888. According to the ‘‘Kew Bulletin,” 1889, how-
ever, the plant intended is “probably Bromelia antiacantha,
which is a synonym of B. fastuosa.”

K. Binoti (Binot’s). . in a sub-sessile, central head; sepals
green; petals white. J. fifteen to twenty in a rosette, lorate,
not rigid, Yin. to 12in. long, 2in. to 2sin. broad, with a few
transverse bands of pone green, rounded suddenly to a small
cusp and tipped with red at apex, the marginal prickles very
small. South Brazil, 1817. Plant stemless. Syn. Nidularium
Binoti. K. sanguinarium only differs from this in its larger
prickles.

K. Caroline (Caroline’s). The correct name of K. olens. SYNS.
Bromelia Caroline (R. G. 211), Nidularium Meyendorsi (R. G.
1859, p. 266, f. 5-8; I. H. 245). Brazil, 1856.

K. Chantrieri_ (Chantrier’s). A garden hybrid between
K fulgens and K. Innocentii. 1895.

K. cyanea (dark blue). 7. violet, in a small head in the centre
of the rosette. July. 7. about a dozen, rosulate, ensiform,
1sit. to 2ft. long, lin. broad, firm, with distinct transverse
bands of paler and darker green. Prob&bly Brazil, 1872. Plant
stemless. Syn. Nidularium cyaneum.

K. denticulata (slightly toothed). #7. dull violet, in a small
head in the centre of the reduced inner leaves. J. ten to fifteen
in a rosette, lanceolate, 6in. to 8in. long, 4in. broad, with
distant, minute marginal prickles. South Brazil, 1865. Plant
stemless. Syns. Nidularium agavefolium (of gardens),
N. denticulatum.

K. digeneum (bigeneric). A garden hybrid between K. Inno-
centii and a species of Bromelia. 1893.

K. fulgens (brilliant).* ji. thirty to forty in the centre and
a few usually in the axils of the six to ten brilliant scarlet
reduced inner leaves; corolla tin. to liin. long, violet, with
a white tube. J. fifteen to twenty in a short, dense rosette,
lorate, spreading, the outer ones lft. long, lsin. to 2in. broad,
copiously mottled with darker green, sharply toothed on the
edges. South Brazil, 1849. Syns. Guzmannia picta (of gardens),
Nidwlarium fulgens (L. J. F. 411), N. pictum (of gardens).

K. guianensis (Guiana). A synonym of Bromelia laciniosa.

K. Innocentii foliis luteo-variegatis (having yellow-
variegated leaves).* This variety differs from the type in
having the leaves marked with longitudinal lines and bands
of yellowish-white. 1894. (I. H. 1894, p. 73, t. 5, under name
of Nidwlarium.)

K. I. striata (striated). 7. 8in. to 12in. long, bright green,
striped or striated with a central white variegation, deepening
off to creamy-yellow, the margins freely furnished with small,
spinose teeth. Brazil, 1888. Syn. Nidulariwm striatum.

K. Johannis (Johanni Sallier’s). . white, small; inflorescence
immersed in the centre of the leaves. J. spreading, about 12ft.
long, obtuse and channelled down the face, very pale green,
slightly marbled, reddish at the apex, the margins armed with
fine, distant spines. Brazil, 1885. Habit vigorous. Syn.
Nidularium Johannis.

K. Makoyana (Makoy’s). jl., petals whitish, slightly violet
towards the acuminate tips, free to the base; bracts green,
narrow, linear-lanceolate. /. green on both sides, but obscurely
white-banded beneath. Otherwise like K. spectabilis. Tropical
America, 1887. Syn. Nidularium Makoyanum.

K. olens. The correct name is K. Caroline.

K. Paxianum (Pax’s). This is closely related to K. Innocentii,
but has white flowers, red-tipped_bracts, and peculiar yellowish-
green leaves. Brazil. (R. G. 1415.)

K. princeps (first). . violet, in a globose head in the centre
of six to ten bright red reduced leaves. J. fifteen to twenty
in a short rosette, lorate, about lft. long, lsin. to 2in. broad,
pruinose beneath, the marginal teeth small. South Brazil,
1858. Syn. Nidularium spectabile (of gardens).

K. p. magnifica (magnificent).* 1, lower ones shorter and
broader than in the type, dark vinous purple; upper ones
elongated, narrower, green, with bright rosy tips, lepidote
beneath. 1889. Garden variety. Syn. Nidwarium princeps
magnificum (R. G. 1223).

K. purpurea (purple). /. red, in a dense, central rosette, the
reduced inner leaves scarcely changed in colour; corolla
segments 3in. long. 7. ten to fifteen in a short rosette, lft. or
more in length, lin. to l4in. broad, more or less flushed with
purple- or claret-brown, the marginal prickles minute. Brazil,
before 1830.

K. rutilans (ruddy).* i. vermilion-red, disposed in a contracted
panicle nestling among the bract-leaves, which are of a beautiful
red, shaded with rose. J. about twenty in a long, utricular
rosette, above lft. long, liin. broad, smooth, spotted dark
green. South Brazil, 1885. Syn. Nidularium rutilans.

K. sanguinarium (bloody). A form of K. Binoti.

K. striata (striated). A variety of K. Innocentii.

K. tristis (sad). #., sepals purplish-brown; corolla violet, with
a white tube. April. 7. ten to twelve in a rosette, ensiform,
8in. to 12in. long, lin. broad, mottled with brown, especially
towards the base, with minute marginal prickles. South
Piper Syns. Nidularium marmoratum (of gardens),

. triste,

EKAULFUSSIA. K. assamica (a synonym of
K. zsculifolia) is very easily grown; it requires a sub-
stantial mixture of two parts fibrous loam, one part
peat, and one part sand, with abundance of water at
the roots all the year ronnd. It is usually propagated
from spores.

EAULFUSSIA (of Nees).
(which see).

KEDROSTIS (derivation uncertain). Syns. ch-
mandra, Coniandra, Cyrtonema, Rhynchocarpa. ORD.
Cucurbitaceez. A genus embracing abont fourteen species
of stoye or greenhouse, prostrate or climbing herbs,
with perennial roots, natives of tropical and sub-tropical
Asia and Africa, closely allied to Melothria (Zehneria).
Flowers small, monecious or dicecious, the males racemose
or corymbose, the females solitary or aggregate. Frnit
small, baccate, ovoid, beaked, shortly pedunculate. Leayes
entire, lobed, toothed, or parted. For culture of K. africana,
see Gourds.

K. africana (African). fl. greenish, small, monecious, the
females solitary at the base of the male racemes. July and
August. fr. as vert as a small Olive, reddish at maturity
(in September). . Shortly petiolate, soft and glabrous,
decompound. h. 15ft. to 20f. South Africa. Syns. Bruonia
africana, B: dissecta, Coniandra dissecta, Rhynchocarpa dissecta.

KEEL. This term is specifically applied to the two
lower petals of a papilionaceons flower, which are joined
into a Keel-shaped body.

EKEERLIA (of De Candolle). A
Aphanostephus. See Leucopsidium.

KEITIA. A synonym of Eleutherine (which see).
KELLAUA. A synonym of Euclea (which see).

KENDRICKIA (a commemorative name). OnrD.
Melastomacez. A monotypic genus. ‘The species is a
stove climber, ascending to the tops of the highest trees
in its native place, and when in blossom tinging the forest
red ; it has been described as ‘‘ one of the most beantiful of
Ceylon plants.’ It will probably thrive under the same
treatment as that recommended for Melastoma (to which
it is allied). ¥
K. Walkeri (Walker's).* 1. bright red, large, terminal, in few-

flowered umbels or solitary; calyx urn-shaped; petals four,

fleshy; stamens eight; peduncles stout. /. opposite, petiolate,
oblong or obovate, obtuse, greyish-green, fleshy, distichons,
pendent at the ends of the stems, which in their lower part

creep like Ivy. Ceylon, 1896.

KENNEDYA. Including Amphodus, Physolobium,
and Zichya. To the information given on p. 217, Vol. IL.,
the following should be added :

K. coccinea. (B. M. 2664; L. B. C. 1126.) Syns. K. dilatata
(B. BR. 1526), K. inophylla (B. R. 1421), Zychia coccinea (B. 120),
Z. tricolor (B. R. 1839, t. 52).

K. Marryattze (Mrs. Marryatt’s). A variety of K. prostrata.

K. rubicunda. Amphodus ovatus (B. R. 1101) is a synonym of
this species.

EKENTIA. To the species described on p. 218, Vol. II.,
the following should be added. K. australis is a good
species, according to the Kew authorities.

K. elegans (elegant), of Brongniart. A synonym of Cyphopheenix
elegans. e name is also applied to Veitchia Storckii.

K. Kersteniana (Kersten’s). This is described as a “‘ striking-
looking Palm with leaves widely pinnate, the wedge-shaped
leaflets curiously erose and of a dark green tint.” It is
probably a species of Ptychosperma. 1898. (G. C. 1898, xxiv.,
p. 391, f. 113.)

K. Luciani (Lucian’s). J. large, thick, coriaceous, bright
green, borne on golden-yellow petioles. 1985: (I. H. 1885,
t. 451.)

K. rubricaulis (red-stemmed).
red petioles. 1876.

K. australis, EK. elegantissima, and K. Sanderiana have also
been introduced.

A synonym of Charieis

synonym of

i. pinnate, ovate, borne on

KENTIOPSIS. It is doubtful if K. divaricata
belongs to this genus. LK. oliveformis is in cultivation
at Kew.

KENTRANTHUS. A synonym of Centranthus
(which see).

KEPPLERIA (of Martius).

A synonym of Ben-
tinckia (which see).

ae

-tributor to ** Flora Brasiliensis,” 1840, &c.).

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC.

459

EKERCHOVEA. Included under Stromanthe. The
plant described as K. floribunda is identical with
S. Porteana (which see).

KEROSENE EMULSION. See Insecticides.
EKERRIA, WHITE. See Rhodotypos kerrioides.

KETELEERIA (named in honour of Keteleer, a
Parisian gardener). Orp. Conifere. A small _ genus
(three species) of hardy, evergreen trees, with flat
leaves and scaly buds, natives of China, included by
Bentham and Hooker under Abies, but regarded as
distinct by Dr. Masters, in his ‘‘List of Conifers and
Taxads,”’ and by the compilers of the ‘‘ Index Kewensis.”
For culture, see Pinus.

K. Davidiana (Abbé Davyid’s). 2. sub-distichous, 14in. to 2in.
long, 4in. broad, keeled below, broadly channelled above, with
folded edges. cones long-stalked, pendent, Sin. to 6in. long,
2sin. in diameter when opened; scales slightly recurved.
Branches spreading horizontally and ramifying laterally. 1873.
2 large tree. SYN. Pseudotsuga Davidiana (F. & P. 1874, pp-

K. Fortunei (Fortune's). he correct name of Abies Fortunei.
(G. C., March 15, 1884; J. L. S. xxii., p. 197.)

KIBATALIA. A synonym of Kickxia (which see).

EKICKXIA (named in honour of Jean Kickx, author
of ‘Flore Cryptogamique des Flandres”). Syns.
Hasseltia, Kibatalia. ORD. Apocynaceer. A genus em-
bracing only a couple of species of glabrous, stove trees,
one Javanese, the other a native of Western tropical
Africa, closely allied to Mascarenhasia. Flowers
yellowish or greenish; corolla with five twisted lobes.
Leayes opposite, penniveined. For culture of K. africana,
see Dipladenia.

K. africana (African). fl. yellow, about lin. long including
the lobes, salver-shaped, numerous, in short, axillary cymes.
1. oblong-lanceolate, 4in. to Qin. long. Western tropical
Africa, 1895. A valuable rubber-tree, attaining 60ft. in its
native place. Probably the plant in cultivation under this
name is K. elastica.

KIDNEY BEAN OF MALACCA.
carpus Anacardium.

EKIESERIA. A synonym of Bonnetia (which see).

KILMARNOCK WEEPING WILLOW. ‘“e
Salix Caprza pendula.

KING OF THE WOODS or KING PLANT.
See Ancectochilus regalis.

KING OF THE WOODS, STRIPED. ‘See
Zeuxine regium.

EKINKIANA. A synonym of Cinchona (which see).

KIRENGESHOMA (name of Japanese origin).
Orv. Saxifragee. A monotypic genus. ‘The species is
a hairy, hardy perennial, allied to Hydrangea and Phil-
adelphus. Probably it is not yet in general cultivation.
K. palmata (palmate). (fl. stalked; calyx short, eup-like;

petals yellow, oblong, lin. to lsin. long; stamens fifteen;

inflorescence loosely cymose-paniculate. /. stalked, palmately
lobed ; lobes acute. Mount Ishizuchi (at 5000ft.).

KLATTIA (named in honour of F. G. Klatt, a con-

Ord. Tridex.

A monotypic genus. The species is a greenhouse, bulbous

plant, allied to Aristea (which see for culture).

K. partita (parted). fl. bright blue, ten to fifteen in a dense,
oblong, terminal head ; perianth tube 4in. long, the segments
2in. to 24in. long, with a lanceolate blade sin. long. April. 7.
crowded, alternate, ensiform, amplexicaul, ascending, 6in. to Qin.
long, firm, closely ribbed. Stems woody, much-branched,

lft. to 2ft. high ; branches ancipitous, leafy to the top. South
Africa, 1822. Syn. Witsenia partita.

ELUGIA. K. zeylanica is the correct name of
K. Notoniana (of B. M.). The true K. Notoniana (of
A. de Candolle) is probably not in cultivation.

ENAUTIA. Included under Scabiosa (which see).

KNEE PINE. See Pinus Mughus nana.

EKNIGHT’S STAR. See Hippeastrum.

KNIPHOFIA. Torch Lily. According to J. G. Baker,

upwards of thirty species are now referred to this
genus. At one time it was practically restricted to
kinds which were generally regarded as hardy in the
southern half of England. As now understood, it embraces

See Seme-

Kniphofia—continued.

both greenhouse and stove species. The former require
to be just kept from frost, and the latter to be treated
like Strelitzias. Even the reputed hardy species are
safer if covered with light litter during very severe
weather. These latter include some of the showiest plants
for the late spring and autumn decoration of the lawn,
borders, and shrubberies. ‘They should be planted in
bold clumps and left undisturbed.

Kniphofias vary greatly in height, 18in. or so, as in

Fig. 476. KNIPHOFIA Macowant.

the case of K. Macowani (Fig. 476), to 4ft. or more
in the case of K. aloides and its varieties, and 6ft. in
Lachesis and Monarch; but the colours are mostly some
shade of yellow or red. Drought is fatal to the chances
of these plants, and must be guarded against alike by
copious waterings and mulching.

Many new species have been introduced of recent years,
but in the majority of cases they are far inferior to the
garden yarieties and hybrids now so plentiful, and the
best of which will be found below. Mixed seedlings are
also very decorative. To those described on pp. 219-20,
Vol. IL, the following should be added. Except where
otherwise indicated, they are practically hardy.

K. aloides glaucescens (glaucescent).* A garden variety
with very large spikes of flowers. 1889, (Gn. 1889, xxxvi.,
. 458.) K. a. grandis (Fig 477, for which we are indebted to
Messrs. Veitch and Sons) is another large-flowered form. The
type is well known as the Common Red-hot Poker.

K. a. nobilis (noble).* . at first red, afterwards brigh\ orange,
very numerous, disposed in a large, compact spike. July to
October. /. dark green, 24ft. to 3ft. long. h 6ft. A robust and
highly decorative garden plant.

K. a. Saundersii (Saunders’).* //l. of an intense orange-red, dis-

osed in ovoid spikes as much as 10in. long. Jl. 3ft. to 44ft.
tone A magnificent garden plant.

K. breviflora (short-flowered). #. all yellow; perianth
eylindrical, Jin. long; me 4in. long; peduncle slender,
terete, as long as the leaves. J. linear, not rigid, lft. to lift.
long, ;yin. broad. South Africa, 1897. Greenhouse. Allied
to K. modesta, (B. M. 7570.)

K. citrina (Citron-yellow). jl. pale yellow, in an oblong, dense
raceme 2in. long; perianth sub-cylindrical, 7in. long; stamens
and style much exserted ; peduncle shorter than the leaves.
i. many, linear, 14ft. to 3ft. long, 4in. across, triquetrous at
back. Ah. 2it. South Africa, 1892. (Gn. 1892, ii. 861.)

K. Kirkii (Sir John Kirk's). /. in a dense raceme; perianth
reddish-orange, sub-cylindrical, sixteen to seventeen lines long,
4in. in diameter in the upper half; peduncle 4ft. long, bearing

460

THE DICTIONARY

Kniphofia—continued.

two large bract-leaves. Winter. 7. ensiform, 5ft. to 6ft.
long, 14in. broad low down, gradually tapering to a long point,
acutely keeled. South-eastern tropical Africa, 1887.

K. longicollis (long-necked). fl. lemon-yellow, tinged with
orange-yellow when young; paras nearly cylindrical, 14in.
to l}in. long; raceme dense, short, oblong. /. ensiform, acutely
keeled, 2ft. none lin. broad. Natal, 1893. A very late-flowering
species. (B. M. 7623.)

K. longistyla (long-styled). ., perianth cylindrical, nearly
lin. long; style much exserted ; raceme dense, finally 6in. long.
1. numerous, erect, linear, 14ft. to 2ft. long, jin. to 4in. broad.
British Central Africa. Stove.

K. modesta (modest). /. white, funnel-shaped, Jin. long;
raceme cylindrical, dense, 6in. to 12in. long; peduncle erect,
about 2ft. long. October. J. few in a cluster, linear, pale
green, 2ft. to Sft. long, fin. broad. Natal and Griqualand,
1889. (B. M. 7293.)

K. multifiora (many-flowered). fl. white, comparatively small,

thickly disposed in spikes about 7ft. high, with long, protruding
1. about 6ft. long, 3in. broad.

stamens. South Africa, 1899.

Sem i i ic

Fic. 477. KNIPHOFIA ALOIDES GRANDIS.

K. natalensis (Natal). /. mostly yellow, in a raceme 6in. to
8in. leng ; perianth about lin. long. J. linear, 14ft. to 2ft. long.
South Africa, 1889. A rather pretty species.

K. n. condensata (condensed). Raceme denser than in the
type. Scape and leaves shorter. 1895. Syn. K. Woodii.

K. Nelsoni (Nelson’s).* fl. in a dense, oblong raceme, 2in. to 3in.

long, all deflexed when expanded ; perianth bright scarlet, with
sometimes a tinge of orange, lin. long; peduncle lift. to 2ft.

long. October. 7. lift. to 2ft. long, narrow-linear, with serru-
lated edges. Orange River Colony, 1892. (G. ©. 1892, xi,
p. 554, f. 83.)

K. Northize (Miss North’s).* jl. in a very dense raceme over
lft. long, the lower ones yellow, the upper ones red towards
the tip; perianth lin. long; peduncle shorter than the leaves,
more than lin. thick. 7. thirty to forty in a dense rosette,
lanceolate, acuminate, broadly channelled down the face.
Stem short, 2in. to 3in. thick. South Africa, 1889. (B. M. 7412.)

K. pallidiflora (pale-flowered). l., perianth white, rather
more than Jin. long and jin. in diameter, somewhat funnel-
shaped, with short, obtuse lobes; raceme at first short and
dense, but elongating and becoming lax as the flowers epen;

OF GARDENING,

Kniphofia—continued.

stem terete, lft. to 2ft. high. Autumn. 7. 6in. to 12in. long,
one line broad, semi-terete, minutely serrulated. Ankaratra
Mountains, Central Madagascar, 1887.

K. pauciflora (few-flowered).* /l. pale lemon-yellow, less than
lin. long ; perianth narrow-funnel-shaped ; raceme few-flowered,
3in. to 4in. long. July. J. few in a tuft, linear, firm, lft.
to 14ft. long, acutely keeled. Natal, 1860. Greenhouse.
(B. M. 7269.)

K. primulina (Primrose-yellow). jl. all pale yellow, in a dense,
oblong raceme 3in. to 4in. long; perianth lin. long; peduncle
stout, stiffly erect, 3ft. to 4ft. long. 7. many, ensiform, 3ft. to
4ft. long, 4in. to lin. broad, acutely keeled. Natal, &c., 1897.
Greenhouse.

K. pumila. This is sometimes called Tritoma maroccana, and
is synonymous with K. quartiniana.

K. sarmentosa (sarmentose). fl. red in the upper half, red
or tinged with red below, in a dense, cylindrical raceme 6in.
to 12in. long; perianth fin. to lin. long. J. ensiform, acumi-
nate, 2ft. to 3ft. long, Zin. to lin. broad, glaucous-green,
acutely keeled. South Africa. There is a hybrid between

Ae ne and K. aloides (to which it is closely

allied).

K. Tuckii (Tuck’s).* . yellow, tinged with bright red
when young, all deflexed ; pedicels very short; perianth
Zin. long ; raceme very dense, 5in. to 6in. long ; peduncle
shorter than the leaves. June. J. ensiform, lft. to
lift. long, Zin. broad, tapering gradually to the apex.
h. 4ft. to 5ft. South Africa, 1892.

K. Woodii (Wood’s). A synonym of K. natalensis con-
densata.

K. zombensis (Mount Zomba). /l., perianth cylin-
drical, narrowed towards the base, lin. long; pedicels
very short; raceme dense, 3in. to 4in. long; bracts
white, with a brown keel. J/. many, ensiform, lft. to
3ft. or more in length. British Central Africa. Stove.

Varieties and Hybrids. The following is a list
of the best-known varieties and hybrids up to date :

AUTUMN GLORY, bright crimson; CHLORIS, apricot-
yellow; CITRINA, canary-coloured; CLOTO, brilliant
scarlet ; CORALLINA, bright scarlet, shading to orange-
red, 2ft.; CORALLINA SUPERBA, coral-scarlet, 3ft. ;
DIANA, rich yellow, with prominent scarlet anthers;
H. CANNELL, carmine-red, 5ft.; HEROINE, pale yellow,
3ft. to 4ft.; LACHESIS, rich yellow, 6ft.; MATADOR,
deep crimson; METEOR, bright yellow; MONARCH,
orange-scarlet, 6ft.; OBELISK,sbright yellow; OPHIR,

rich orange; PAUCIFLORA-MACOWANI, intermediate
between the parents suggested; PritzeRi, bright

crimson, with long anthers, 4ft. ; PHaBuUS, clear prim-
rose-yellow; R. C. AFFOURIT, bright coral-red ;
SOLFATERRE, pale yellow; STAR OF BADEN-BADEN,
yellow, shaded orange, strong grower, 6ft.; STELLA,
lemon-yellow; TRIUMPH, orange-yellow, 4ft.

KNOL-KOHL. Another uame for Kohl-
Rabi (which see).

ENOT. A swollen joint or node.

KNOT GRASS or WEED.
gonum.

KOELREUTERIA. Flowers in ample, ter-
minal, branched panicles, irregular, polygamons.
Capsule rather large, inflated, three-lobed, three-
valved. Leaves alternate, exstipulate, deciduons,
bipinnate or impari-pinnate ; leaflets opposite and
alternate. This genus now embraces two species.
To that described on p. 221, Vol. IL, the following
should be added :

K. bipinnata WOT Jl. bright yellow, with a purple spot
at the base of the petals, resembling those of K. paniculata.
fr. purple when ripe, broadly elliptic, 24in. long. J. bipinnate,
2ft. or more in length and nearly as broad; leaflets few, each
with nine or ten ovate, acute, toothed divisions. Yunnan,
China, 1888. An ornamental, hardy, free-flowering tree. (Gn.
1888, ii., p. 305; R. H. 1888, p. 393, f. 93.)

K. paniculata japonica (Japanese).
but less hardy than the type.

See Poly-

An interesting variety,

KCNIGA. Glyce is synonymous with this genus.
To the species described on p. 221, Vol. II., the following
variety eredld be added :

K. maritima nana compacta (dwarf, compact).* A very
dwarf and compact variety; its white flowers are succeeded
by an abundance of pretty berries. This is a charming subject
for small borders, and can be effectively employed in carpet
bedding.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

461

oe Included under Achimenes (which
see).
KOHLERIA. Included under Isoloma (which see).

KOLBEA. A synonym of Beometra (which see).

KOLPAKOWSKEIA.
(which see).

EKOPSIA. To the species described on p. 222, Vol. IL.,
the following should be added:

K. ornata (ornamental). /l. white, with a red centre, salver-
shaped, disposed in corymbose panicles. J. large, oblong-
lanceolate, glossy green. Ceram, 1884. A handsome shrub.

KORDELESTRIS.
(which see). :

KOROLKOWIA DISCOLOR. A synonym of
Fritillaria Sewerzowi bicolor (which see).

as A synonym of Dorstenia (which
see).

KORTHALSIA. Ceratolobus (of Blume) is syno-
nymous with this genus. The species dre climbing, spiny
Palms, with more or less cuneate or trapezoid leaflets.

KOSARIA. A synonym of Dorstenia (which see).
KOSTELETZEKYA

A synonym of Ixiolirion

A synonym of Jacaranda

(named in honour of V. F.

Kosteletzky, author of ‘Allgemeine Medizinisch-
pharmazeutische Flora,’ &c., published in 1831-6). Orb.
Malvacez. A small genus (five or six species) of stove

or greenhouse herbs or shrubs, often hispid or scabrous,

natives of the warmer parts of America, and closely’

allied to Hibiscus. Flowers pink, purple, or white;
petals spreading or erecto-conyolute; staminal column
entire or five-toothed ; peduncles one- to many-flowered,
axillary or in paniculate, terminal racemes. Leaves
sagittate or angular-lobed. Only one species calls for
mention here. For culture, see Hibiscus.

K. virginica (Virginian). . pink, more than 2in. across;
petals obovate-cuneate, hairy externally on one side; racemes
paniculate, nodding; peduncles lin. to 2in. long. August. 1.
cordate-ovate, acuminate, 2in. to 24in. long, unequally serrate-
toothed; lower ones three-lobed. Stem 2ft. to 4ft. high.
Virginia, 1798. Hardy perennial. Syn. Hibiscus virginicus.

KRAMERIA. K. lanceolata is the correct name of
K. pauciflora.

EKRASCHENINNIKOVIA. A synonym of Eurotia
(which see).

KRYNITZKIA BARBIGERA. See Eritrichium
barbigerum.

aaa (of Blume). A synonym of Fagrza (which
see).

KUNZEA. Including Salisia (of Lindley). To the
species described on p. 222, Vol. II., the following should
be added. K. sericea (Syn. Salisia pee) has also
been introduced, but is not in general cultivation.

K. pomifera Dee eaaae: . white or yellowish, sessile,
forming dense, terminal heads. fr. a blue berry fin. in
diameter, crowned by the calyx lobes. 7. tin. to 4in. long,
variable in shape. 1889. A rigid, prostrate shrub. The fruits,
which are called Muntries by the Australian natives, are largely
used in jam-making. (G. C. 1889, v., p. 201, f. 36.)

KUNZIA. A synonym of Purshia (which see).

i samen A synonym of Hymenodictyon (which
see).

KYDIA. K. fraterna is now regarded as identical
with K. calycina.

EYRTANTHUS. A

synonym
(which see).

of Posoqueria

LABIA MINOR. See Earwigs, in present volume.

LABISIA. To the species described on p. 223,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

L. alata (winged). fl. white within, flesh-coloured outside,
small; thyrse spike-formed, axillary, 4in. to 6in. long;
eduncle minutely rusty-scurfy. J. alternate, sessile, 6in. to
Zin. long, 3in. to 4in. broad, lanceolate, obtuse, acuminate,
long-attenuated at base, the margins slightly crenulate, the
upper surface calcareous-green. A, lft. Borneo, Sumatra, and
Malacca, 1886. (I. H. 1886, 605.)

Labisia—continued.

L. Malouiana (Malou’s).* 7. sub-sessile, 8in. to 10in. long,
23in. to 34in. broad, lanceolate, acuminate, velvety, dark green,
irregularly marked pale green down the middle, red and purple
when young ; petioles very short, sheathing at base. Stem short,
erect, warted, slightly copper-coloured, spotted white. Borneo,
1885. (I. H. 1885, t. 580.)

L. smaragdina (emerald-green). /l. pink, elegant, disposed in

anicles. 7. in a rosette, oblanceolate, obtuse, bright green.
lant nearly stemless. Borneo, 1892. (I. H. 1892, t. 160.)

LABURNUM. Including Podocytisus. The seed is
ripe in autumn, and may be sown in light soil in spring
in the open air and covered with fine soil. The seedlings
should be lifted carefully, and transplanted into nursery
cows, allowing sufficient room for each plant to develop.
The Laburnum is a valuable tree for landscape planting,
provided it is used with discretion. It looks best in groups,
and if associated with the Flowering Thorn the effect is
remarkably pretty.

To the species and varieties described on p. 224
Vol. II., the following should be added:

L. Adami pendulus (pendulous). A variety with drooping
branches. 1871.
L. Alschingeri

“Alschingeri.

L. anagyroides (Anagyris-like).

5)

(Alschinger’s) A synonym of Cytisus
According to the ‘ Index
Kewensis,” this is the correct name of L. vulgare. L. autumnalis,
L. bullatum, L. grandijlorum, L. monstruosum fastigiatum,
L. serotinum, and L. tardijlorwm are forms of the common
species.

LABURNUM, NATAL.
gyne.
LABURNUM MOTH (Leucoptera laburnella). This

is one of the Tineidez, and its larva is responsible for the
disfiguring blisters found upon Laburnum foliage. Apart,
too, from the appearance of the trees, the general health
suffers, especially in bad attacks. The Moth is a very
common and an abundant one, not only in England, but
oyer the whole of Central Europe, and being double-
brooded it is capable of inflicting much damage.

The Moths are only about 8mm. in the stretch of the
wings, and fly in May and again in Angust. Though so
minute, they are delicately beautiful. The fore-wings are
white, with yellow bars and spots, and elegantly fringed ;
the hind-wings are whitish. The body is grey, with two
spots on each segment. The eggs are deposited upon the
leaves, and the caterpillars hatch out in June. “They
quickly mine the leaves, causing spiral, blister-like blotches,
which in some cases coalesce. They are green-whitish,
and about jin. long when full-fed. The pupal state of the
first brood is passed in a whitish cocoon upon the under-
surface of the leaves. From these pup the second brood
of Moths hatch out in August, and act similarly to the
first brood. The pupal state, however, of this latter brood
is passed beneath the food-plant, from which the larve
descend by a cord, and the insects remain in that condition
all winter, to appear as Moths in spring of the following

ear.

z Where trees were known to be affected one season it
would be a good plan to spray the food-plant with some
objectionable substance in April and May. This might
act as a deterrent to the females when egg-laying.
Once the larve have mined the foliage, little can be
done except pinching affected leaves between finger and
thumb, or removing the foliage and burning it. The
later brood may, however, be more easily dealt with by
placing tarred boards beneath the infested tree and
jarring it, when the insects will let themselves down by
the silken threads and be readily captured. Further
measures consist in removing the soil to a depth of
several inches, burying it deeply, and then replacing it
with fresh. Lime and soot in mixture would also prove
distasteful if liberally dusted upon the soil just prior to
the time when the second brood of larve descend for
pupating.

LACZNA. Syn. Navenia. Flowers rather large,
loosely racemose, shortly pedicellate; lip continuous with
the foot of the column; scape below the pseudo-bulbs,
recuryed, many-sheathed. Leayes ample, plicate-yeined,
contracted into the petioles.

LACATHEA. Included under Gordonia (which see),
the correct name of L. florida being G. pubescens.

See Calpurnia lasio-

462 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

LACE BARK. ‘ee Lagetta.
LACE BARK PINE. See Pinus Bungeana.

LACE-LEAF PLANT.
tralis.

LACHENALIA. Including Brachyscypha. Accord-
ing to J. G. Baker, this genus now embraces forty-two
species.

CuntivaTiIon. One of the chief errors in the culture of
Lachenalias is giving them too much heat. All that is
necessary to a sturdy growth is sufficient heat to keep
out frost; air should be admitted whenever favourable. A
very effective way of growing these bulbs is in baskets.
L. pendula is especially suited to such a mode of culture.
An ordinary hanging wire basket should be lined at the
bottom and sides with moss. Over this the bulbs may be
planted, bottom upwards, and 2in. apart. Fill with good
fibrous loam, putting in more bulbs just below the sar-
face of the soil at the top of the basket. This should be
done in autumn, and plenty of water should be given. The
bulbs will soon grow away, and the flowers and foliage
will not only cover the top of the basket, but the sides
and bottom as well.

To the species and hybrids described on p. 225,
Vol. II., the following should be added :

L. aurea is a form of L. tricolor.

L. aureo-reflexa (hybrid).* #. bright yellow, the outer seg-
ments slightly tinged green, fading to reddish-brown; perianth
lin. to ljin. long; raceme eight- to twelve-flowered. April.
t. two, unspotted, lanceolate, 6in. to 8in. long. 1887. A
hybrid between LZ. tricolor awrea and L. reflexa.

L. bicolor (two-coloured). A synonym of L. violacea.

L. bifolia is a synonym of L. rosea.

L. Cammi (Camm’s).* A fine garden hybrid between L. tricolor
aurea and L. pendula.

L. Comesii (Comes’). This differs from L. tricolor Nelsoni by
the outer segments being rather longer in proportion to the
inner. 1891. A hybrid between L. rejlexa and L. tricolor
quadricolor. (R. G. 1891, p. 358, f. 77.)

L. fragrans (of A. B. R.) is a synonym of ZL. violacea.

L. lancezfolia (lance-leaved), A synonym of Scilla lanceefolia.

L. lucida is a synonym of L. pallida.

See Ouvirandra fenes-

Fic. 478 FLOWERS OF LACHENALIA TRICOLOR NELSONI.

Lachenalia—continued.

L. Nelsoni,* described in Vol. I. and illustrated at Fig. 478,
is now regarded as a form of L. tricolor.

L. odoratissima is a synonym cf L. pallida.

L. pendula aureliana (aureliai).* A robust, garden variety,
with large, red flowers. 1890. (Jt. H. 1890, p. 576.)

L. pusilla (small). 1. six to twelve in a dense corymb ; perianth
pale lilac, jin. to din. long; ea 4in. to lin. Jong. 7.
about four, lanceolate, 2in. to din. long, gradually narrowed to
the clasping petiole, spotted with brown or becoming reddish-
brown. SYN. Brachyscypha undulata.

L. quadricolor is a form of L. tricolor.

L. racemosa is a synonym of L. pallida.

L. reflexa (reflexed). . all erecto-patent; perianth bright
yellow, tipped green, about lin. long, the segments being of
unequal length. 7. in pairs, recurved, 6in. to Sin. long, lin.
broad, dark green, channelled, the tissue thickening towards
the tip, which becomes almost horny.

L. reflexa (of A. B. R.). A synonym of Scilla lanceolata.

L. Regeliana (Regel’s). A garden hybrid between L. reflexa
and L. tricolor awrea. 1891. (R. G. 1891, p. 356, f. 76.)

L. rosea (rosy). jl. all ascending; perianth bright red, jin.

long; raceme lax, 2in. to Jin. long; peduncle as long as the’

leaves. May. J. one or two, smooth, lanceolate, 6in. to Qin.
long. This is a distinct species, and not a synonym of
L. wsopetala. Syn. L. bifolia (B. M. 1611; L. B. C. 920).

L. rubida Warei (Ware’s).* /l. ten to twelve in a dense
raceme; perianth ljin. jong, the outer segments bright red at
base, bright yellow in the middle, tipped green, the inner ones
greenish-yellow, with a reddish-brown margin. J. two, 4in. to
Sin. long, dark-spotted. 1884.

L. superba (superb). A garden synonym of ZL. tricolor
quadricolor.
L. tigrina Warei (tiger-marked, Ware's). A synonym of
ida Warei.

L. tricolor aurea (golden). 7., perianth bright orange-
yellow. (B. M. 5992; G. C. 1856, p. 404, f. 176, 1872, p. 291,
f. 109.) The form gigantea has spikes nearly 20in. high, with
close upon thirty flowers. 1893.

L. t. lutea gigantea (sigantic). /l. of a rich orange colour,
produced on a spike fully lft. long. 1893.

L. t. przecox (early). A variety that flowers as early as
Christmas. 1889. (R. G. 1312, f. 1, under name of L. guadricolor
precox.)

L. t. quadricolor (four-coloured).* jl., perianth having a red
base and a greenish-yellow middle ; outer segments tipped with
green, the inner ones with reddish-purple. (A. B. R. 148;

. B. C. 746.) Syn. L. superba (of gardens).
Varieties. Besides the species and hybrids named, there
are some excellent garden varieties, as follow:

Cawston GEM, yellow, tipped pink; GARNET, yellow, edged
with dark red; RECTOR OF CAWSTON, deep yellow, tipped with
red; RUBY, a combination of scarlet, yellow, and green; and
Topaz, deep yellow, edged purple.

LACHNZA. L. eriocephala and L. purpurea are
now classed under Lasiosiphon (which see).

LACHNAGROSTIS.
(which see).

LACHNUS. See Pinus—Insects.

LACHUZA DE PASTOR.
Jacquini.

LACINIA. The segment of a Laciniate leaf or other
body, such as the three-parted lip of an Orchid.

LACTARIA. A synonym of Ochrosia (which see).

LACTUCA. Including <Agathyrsa. To the species
described on p. 227, Vol. Il., the following shonld be
added :

L. albana (Albanian). A synonym of ZL. racemosa.

L. Sp eonres (gigantic).* jl. bluish-violet, disposed in panicles.
1889. A hardy perennial, of imposing appearance. Garden
variety. Syn. Mulgedium giganteum.

L. racemosa (racemose). /l.-heads azure-blue, disposed in
anicles. Summer and autumn. Caucasus, 1897. Perennial.
yns. L. albana, Mulgedium albanwm.

LADDER FERN. See Nephrolepis.
LADY TULIP. See Tulipa Clusiana.
LADY’S LACES. See Arundo.

LADY’S SEAL. See Polygonatum multifiornm
and Tamus communis.

A synonym of Deyeuxia

See Sonchus

4
7
2

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 463

LADY’S SLIPPER,
See Selenipedium.

LADY’S TRESSES. See Spiranthes.

LZ=LIA. The following corrections of, and additions
to, the information given on pp. 227-30, Vol. II., are
based upon the monograph of the genus published by
Messrs. James Veitch and Sons, in Part II. of their
“Manual of Orchidaceous Plants.” Several species
formerly included under Brassavola are now referred to
this genus.

Many of the Lelias do well under the same conditions as
the Cattleyas. Some of the Mexican species, however,
such as the various forms of JL. anceps, L. albida,
L. autumnalis, L. majalis, and others of this

SOUTH AMERICAN.

» section, thrive more satisfactorily when grown under_

more exposed and brighter conditions than those usually
recommended for Cattleyas. If a house cannot be set
apart for the culture of this section, the plants should

hag
im

Lelia—continued.

at the roots until the flower-spikes have been removed ;
damping between the pots on the staging and floors must
be continued until this season arrives. After the flower-
spikes haye been removed, drier, more airy, and cooler
conditions should be maintained; a temperature of
50deg. is quite sufficient during the resting period.

The plants may be grown in pots, pans, or baskets.
When placed in the two receptacles last-named, they may
be more easily suspended and brought up to the light,
where a house is not set apart for their culture. The
best season in which to re-pot the plants is when the new
roots are commencing to be emitted from the base of the
new growth. The potting compost should consist of good
fibrous peat and living sphagnum in abont equal pro-
portions ; this should be pressed moderately firm. The

drainage should be ample.

L. acuminata. The
L. rubescens.

correct name of this species is

Fic. 479. La®.iaA ANCEPS SANDERIANA.

be placed under such circumstances that they can
obtain the maximum amount of bright light, only suffi-
cient shade being required to prevent the direct rays
of the sun from scorching the foliage. Where a
honse is devoted to their enlture, no shade whatever
is required. A liberal use of the ventilators during
the hottest part of the day affords free circulation
of fresh air, which counteracts the scorching powers of
the sun. Under these conditions the plants should
be freely syringed in the morning when the conditions
are favourable, and again early in the afternoon, at
the same time closing the ventilators, thereby procuring
a hot, humid temperature, which is essential during
the growing-season. If this is done, very little fire-
heat will be required, and it should only be used during
the coldest parts of the night and in unfavourable
weather throngh the summer months. As the shorter
days of autumn arrive, more fire-heat will be necessary,
and the overhead moisture must be correspondingly
reduced. The plants require a liberal amount of water

L. albida bella (beautiful). The correct name of L. a. rosea,
(Wi O. A., t. 239.)

L. a. salmonea (salmon-coloured). jl. having salmon-red sepals
and petals.

L. a. Stobarti (Stobart’s). ji., sepals and petals tipped rose-
purple; anterior lobe of the lip bright purple.

L. a. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured).* fl. pale sulphur-yellow,
having a light mauve hue on each side of the front lobe of
the lip and dark purple marks at its base. 1884. A striking
variety. é

L. anceps Amesiana (Hon. F. L. Ames’).* /l., sepals and
petals white, firm, the former having a green dot at apex,
the latter feathered with crimson at the tips; lip_violet-
crimson, the tube yellow inside, streaked with purple, white out-
side, with a three-ridged, orange keel. 1888. A fine variety.
The form Thomsoniana is similar.

L. a. Ashworthiana (Ashworth’s). /. snow-white, with bluish
veins on the lip. 1894. (G. C. 1894, xv., pp. 84, 103, f. 10.)
L. a. Hyeana (Jules Hye-Lessen’s). fl. white, large, having
a stripe of light yellow on the disk of the a and some

purple veins on the side lobes. 1890. (L. v., t. 226.)

464 THE DICTIONARY

Lelia—continued.

L. a. Kienastiana (Kienast-Zolly’s). /l., sepals white; petals
and side lobes of the lip rosy; otherwise like those of
L. a. Dawsonii. 1886.

L. a. leucosticta (white-spotted). A variety with white or
whitish-pink markings on the darker rosy sepals and petals.

L. a. munda (beautiful). j., lip having white side lobes,
pscket with purple veins, the yellow confined to three keels.
1886,

L. a. Oweniana (Owen's). jl. richly coloured, flaked with
white. 1892. (J. H. 1892, xxv., p. 569, f. 77.)

L. a. Percivaliana (Percival’s). jl., sepals and petals palest
rose-purple, suffused white; lateral angles of the lip warm
mauve-purple, the anterior portion purple-magenta only at the
extreme anterior third, the posterior two-thirds white; disk
light orange, the tips of the three crests sulphur-yellow, the
disk having some purple lines over the nerves. Mexico.
(R. i. 36; W. O. A. vi. 256.)

L. a. Sanderiana (Sander’s). A Eee form of L. a. Dawsonii;
the transverse purple zone on the lip is divided into two
blotches by a white area. 1885. See Fig. 479. (G. C. 1877,
i., p. 281, f. 59.)

L. a. Schroederz (Baroness von Schroeder's). /l., sepals and
petals satiny-rose, the latter tipped purple; disk of the lip
orange-red, with a yellow blotch on each side, the side lobes
bordered with purple, the anterior one with maroon-purple.

L. a. Schroederiana (Baron von Schreeder’s). 1. white, with
an orange disk to the lip and some crimson-purple radiating lines
upon it. 1885.

L. a. Stella (star-like). fl. very large ; penal and _ petals white,
stellate; side lacinie of the lip remarkably curved, porrect, and
angled, the middle lacinia long, narrow at base, dilated and
often emarginate at the top, part of the base and the disk
orange. 1887. (G. C. ser. ili., vol. i., p. 280.)

L. a. Veitchiana (Veitch’s).* //l., sepals and petals white; disk
of the lip bright yellow, with brown veins, the angles of the
side lobes and front part of the middle lobe purple-mauve with
darker stripes. 1883.

L. a. virginalis (virgin-white).

A synonym of L. a. alba.

}
¥
Fic. 480. FLOWER OF LELIA ANCEPS WADDONENSIS.
L. a. waddonensis. allied to

n A splendid white form,

L. a. Schrederiana. The sepals and petals are unusually large
and of good substance. The front lobe of the lip is exceptionally
broad, white, becoming yellow on the disk; there are a few
bright purple lines on the side lobes. 1898. See Fig. 480.

OF GARDENING,

Lelia—continued.

L. a, Williamsii (Williams'’). 1. white, the lip having a yellow
disk, and a yellow throat distinctly st: iped d i - :
Winter. Mexico. (W. O. A. iy. 190) Bae a

L. autumnalis alba (white). A pure white form. 1889.
L. Boothiana (Booth’s), A synonym of L. lobata.

L. crispa. The correct name of Cattleya crispa.
L. Dayana. This is now regarded as a variety of L. pumila.

Fic. 481. FLOWER OF L&ALIA DIGBYANA.

L. Digbyana (Digby’s).
Digbyana, See Fig. 481.
W. O. A. vi. 241.)

L. Dormaniana is synonymous with Cattleya Dormaniana.

L. euspatha (beautiful-spathed). A synonym of Lelio-Cattleya
Schilleriana.

L. glauca (glaucous). The correct name of Brassavola glauca.
L. grandiflora (large-flowered). A synonym of L. majalis.
L. grandis tenebrosa (dark). See L. tenebrosa.

The correct name of Brassavola
(B. R. 1846, 53; F. d. S. 1847, 257;

Fic. 482. LA&LIA HARPOPHYLLA.

ce

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Lelia—continued.

L. harpophylla. A few years ago this species was very rare:
now it is somewhat common, Fig. 482 gives an idea of the
habit and general aspect of the plant.

L. lobata (lobed). The correct name of Cattleya lobata. Syns.
L, Boothiana, L. Rivieri.

L. longipes (long-stalked). jl. 2in. across; sepals and petals
pale mauve-purple, spreading; lip golden-yellow, rather
shorter than the sepals, three-lobed ; peduneles flexuous, two-
or three-flowered. July. J. solitary, sessile, din. to 6in. long,
narrowly elliptic-oblong, obtuse. Brazil, 1893. (B. M. 7541.)

L. Lucasiana (Lucas’s). This species is closely allied to
LL erispilabia, from which it mainly differs in having a yellow
ape the other parts of the flower are purplish-mauve. Brazil,

L. pachystele (thick-columned). This is probably synonymous
with Lelio-Cattleya elegans.

L. peduncularis. This is now regarded as a variety of
L. rubescens, and its correct name is L. r. rosea.

Fic. 483. FLOWER OF L&LIA PERRINII,

L. Perrinii (Pervin’s). A flower of this beautiful species,
described in Vol. IL, is shown at Tig. 483.

L. P. alba (white). . white, with a tinge of yellow on the
disk of the lip. 1888.

L. Pilcheriana lilacina (lilac). This is merely a small-flowered
form. 1886.

L. Pinelii (Pinel’s). A synonym of ZL. pumila preestans.

L. prestans (excelling). (F. d. S. xviii. 1900; R. X. O. ii. 114.)
Syns. L. Pinelii, Cattleya Pinelii.

L. pumila (dwarf). The correct name of Cattleya marginata.
(M. O. ii. 78.) Syn. C. pumila. There is a white-flowered form,
candida.

L. purpurata Russelliana (Russell's). /l. large ; sepals white,
suffused lilac, rather narrow; petals slightly deeper-coloured
and broader; lip rosy-lilac, large, with a band of light rose
near the yellow, rose-pencilled throat. Brazil. Very rare.
(W. O. A. vi. 269.) Syn. L. Russelliana.

L. p. Schreederii (Baron von Schreeder’s), /., sepals and
petals pure white; inner surface of the tube of the lip pale
ochreous-yellow, with radiating lines of deep purple, the
anterior lobe mauve-purple, bordered with white. (W. O. A. i. 2.)

L. Rivieri (Riviére’s). A synonym of L. lobata.

L. rubescens (reddish). The correct name of DL. acuminata.
(B. R. 1845, 69; M. O. iii. 81; W. O. A. iv. 163.)

L. r. alba (white). 1. white, with a yellow stain on the lip.

L. r. rosea (rosy). The correct name of L. peduncularis.

L. rupestris (rock-loving). fl. violet ; sepals and petals oblong,

acute; lip circular, the middle lobe obtuse, crisped, wit)

straight, elevated lines; scape racemose, many-flowered.

November. 2. oblong, erect, channelled. Pseudo-bulbs one-

leaved. Brazil, 1840, Allied to L. flava. Syn. Bletia rupestris.

Vol. V.

&C. 465

Lelia—continued.

L. Russelliana (Russell’s). A variety of L. purpurata.

L. Schilleriana (Schiller’s). A synonym of Lelio-Cattleya
Schilleriana.

L. Schroederii (Baron von Schreeder’s). A variety of ZL. pur-
purata.

L. tenebrosa (dark).* j., sepals and petals coppery-bronze ; lip
purple, of a lighter shade at the margin, darker in the throat,
and having a dark blotch on either side of the disk. Bahia,
1891. Allied to L. grandis, of which it is by some authorities
classed as a variety. (L. vii., t. 290; R. ser. ii., p. 69, t. 33;
W. O. A., t. 487.) There are several named forms of this
beautiful plant.

L. Wallisii is a form of Cattleya labiata.

L. Warneri (Warner’s) A synonym of JLelio-Cattleya
Schilleriana.

Lelias, like the closely-allied Cattleyas, have lent them-
selves readily to the skill of the hybridist, with the result
that many charming plants have been produced. We
append a list of all those recorded, with their parents, to
date. Many of the hybrids which were originally described
as Lelias haye now been removed, and are classed under
the name of Lelio-Cattleya, under which heading they
will be found.

Hybrids.

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER,
CAANOON LTS cra)o\syeset sie feels anceps and pumila (Ingram).
Briseis .... . harpophylla and purpurata (Douglas).
CINNU-DTOSH «2.2.2 sees cinnabarina and tenebrosa (Charles-

worth).

Clarinda .........--. Perrinii and pumila (Veitch).
Dighyano-purpurata. purpurata and Digbyana (Veitch).
VEO SSG Sele crainte =miaia ie anceps and purpurata (Veitch).

Euterpe
Exquisite ..
flammea ..
Gravesice

Dayana and crispa (Veitch).

Syn. Juvenilis.

cinnabarina and Pilcherti (Veitch).
Syn. Euterpe.

tenebrosa and Dayana (Charlesworth).
Perrinii and pumila (Bleu).
cinnabarina and purpurata (Veitch).
purpurata and Perrinit (Ingram).
cinnabarina and Digbyana (Veitch).

Latona ...... =

Lucy Ingram.....
Mrs. M. Gratrix .
MULQTESCENR a= ich ste

pumila and tenebrosa (Maron).
Olivia crispa and xanthina (Veitch).
Omen..... autumnalis and purpurata (Veitch).
Oweniana Dayana and xanthina (Sander).
Pilcher 5 crispa and Perrinit (Veitch).
pulcherrima lobata and purpwrata (Sander).
Ragotiana . grandis and cinnabarina (Ragot).
splendens . . . crispa and purpurata (Veitch).
Dae ine AAP CeO Le Syn. Latona.

Natural Hybrids.
NAME. PARENTAGE.

AMANAA .... 2-60.00 crispa and lobata.
Crawshayane . . autumnalis and albida.
Eyermaniana... grandiflora (majalis) and albida.
Finckeniana . albida and anceps alba var.
Gouldiana ... autumnalis and anceps.
Leeana .. pumila and unrecorded,
leucoptera Jurfuracea and albida.
lilacina....... crispa and Perrinii.
Lindleyana See Brassio Cattleya Lindleyana.

VENUSTM.. 05. s0rcens Surfuracea and grandiflora (majalis).

LZELIO-CATTLEYA. These are bigeneric hybrids
derived from the intercrossing of the two _ species
Cattleya and Lelia, and through the compounding of
these specific names the bigeneric name is founded.
The cultural requirements are the same as those recom-
mended for Cattleyas.

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.

Ab ie via lotole oy cto Seales Syn. Mardelli (Leemann).

Admiral Dewey . C€. Warnerii and L.-C. elegans (Maron).

Adolphus ....-000ec0ees L. cinnabarina and C. Aclandie
(Paynter).

Alcides .... C. Dowiana aurea and L,-C. elegans
(Thornton).

AMAZONE coecsccvcscuce Cc. maxima and FL. purpurata
(Ingram). F ,

CAMBIO aielelainalnniecine\sls)s0 C. intermedia and L. cinnabarina
(Gratrix), ;

AMESIONM.. 2 nc ceccecce C. maxima and L. crispa (Veitch).

AMONM ..... .. @. Loddigesii and L. Perrinii (Bleu).

Andreana@ ...-.....+.- C. bicolor and L.-C. Schilleriana
(Maron). ae

Antimachus .......+.- C. Warscewrezii and L.-C. Dominiana
(Leemann).

APRTOMItE.. 0.0 ceiesvece C. Mendelii and L. purpwrata (Lee).

30

466 THE DICTIONARY

Lelio-Cattleya—con tinued. |

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.

APOUlOnid.. cc ccceceeees L. purpurata and C. Dowiana aurea
(Douglas).

Arnoldiand .. 0.20.22 Syn. eximia. |

ABCONIM .. ce 000s C. Trianei and L. xanthina (Veitch). |

Aurora C. Loddigesiti and L. pumila (Veitch). H

Aylingii ..... .. Parentage unrecorded (Hollington). |

Baroness Schroder...... C. Trianei and L. Jongheana (Baron
Schroder).

Behrvensiand@ .....0.0+5 L.-C, Schilleriana and C. Loddigesti
(Sander).

belairensis .....--...++ L. autumnalis and C. Bowringiana
(Mantin).

DAU cistcaclalctdea Maen L. purpurata and C. labiata vera
(Veitch),

Berthe Fournier
Bertie Warberton

L.-C. elegans and C. aurea (Maron).
Syn. Canhamiana.

Dlessensis ......+. .. L. Dayana and C. Loddigesii (Maron).
bletchleyensis .......+++ L. tenebrosa and C. Warscewiezii
(Leon).

CBOTEA itis stato mistsitaist ets Syn. C. G. Roebling.

Bowevingt
broomfeldiensis .
LLG joearooe

wis. Boweringiana and blessensis (Maren).
.. Syn. Ingramii.
C. Gaskelliana and L. crispa (Cookson).

Brymervriqand .....-00 ee L.-C. amanda and C. Warscewiczti
(Brymer).

CAMIStOGIOSS se cveeeree L. purpurata and C. Warscewiezii
(Veitch).

callistoglossa, Var. L. purpurata and C. Warscewiczii,
ignescens var. Sanderiana (Veitch).

calloglossa ......++.++- C. labiata vera and L. lobata or
L. crispa (Veitch).

Canhami@ ............ C. Mossie and L. purpurata (Veitch).

Canhamiana . E L. purpurata and C. Mossice (Veitch).

Capuettry reat ccmenes L. cinnabarina and C. Warscewiczit
(Cappe). 2

Captain Scott. L.-C. elegans and C. labiata (Leemann).

Cassandra C. Loddigesti and L.-C. elegans
(Veitch).

CO SBTOPE a aleta eo n(alactale stat L. pumila and L.-C. exoniensis
(Veitch).

(Ca) eacoehoauoreeanctio C. Mossice and L.-C. Hippolyta, var.
Phebe (Peeters).

GG. Roebling ........ L. purpurata and C. Gaskelliana
(Sander),

Charles Darwin........ L.-C. elegans Turnerii and C. maxima
(Ingram),

Charlesworthii ........ L, cinnabarina and C. Dowiana aurea
(Charlesworth).

(Bue saoacoddann dsp ue C. intermedia and L.-C. elegans
Turnerii (Ingram).

claptonensis ..+..+++++ L.-C. elegans and C. Dormaniana
(Low).

Clivat rn tecasissiie caer C. Dowiana and L, preestdns (Cookson).

(QUOT Sencnind cdotrnac C. Warscewiczii and L.-C. elegans
Turnerii (Veitch).

corbelliensts .. 0.6... 6. . Syn. Aurora.

Cornelia mr .. L, pumila and C. labiata (Veitch).

Cranstone ..........-. C. Harrisone and ML. tenebrosa
(Cranston).

Fic. 484. Laio-CatrLeyA DOMINIANA.

Fascinator

2 WiC te ae hy
GARDENING,
Lelio-Cattleya—continued.
NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.

L. purpurataand C. Forbesii (Cypher).
L. purpurata and C. Trianei (Veitch).
Syn. Miss Harris.

doco hoannio Gee Unbe L. Perrinii and C. Dowiana aurea

(Veitch).
Salter aecet dialer L. Perrinit and C. Dowiana aurea
(Veitch).
L. erispa and C. guttata (Veitch).
L. Perrinii and L.-C. elegans Turnerii
(Ingram).

Dighyano-Mossie ...... L. Digbyana and C. Mossia (Veitch).
Dighyano-Triane ..
Dominiana (see Vi

... C. Trianwi and L. Digbyana (Veitch).
84) L. purpurata and C. Dowiana(Veitch).

PaO: Meaer L.. harpophylla and CC. Trianei
(Cookson).
Doris, var. xantho .... C. Trianei and L. harpophylla
(Veitch).
TS Brownian ot icte eee C. Trianei and L,-C. Schilleriana
(Sander).
Duchess of York ...... Syn. Bryan.
Duke-of York.........- L.-C. elegans and C. Brymeriana
(Sander).
donppe mses L. purpurata and C. Luddemanniana
(Maron).
Edouard Andre ...... Syn. Canhamiana.
Reiaiaicet sata ae C. Percivaliana and L. purpurata
(Ingram).
Elstead Gem ........+- C. bicolor and L. xanthina (Ingram).
Empress of India Syn. Dominiana.
Rts fn atalertetets kes L. pumila and C. Warscewiezii
(Veitch).

Ernestii Princess Olga C. Percivaliana and L. flava (Maron).
retefats syathimateisists C. Gaskelliana and L. Boothiana

(lobata) (Paynter),

Syn. Aphrodite.

C. Trianet_ and L. grandiflora
(majalis) (Veitch).

etieta eta teieiale nies L. Dayana and CC. Gaskelliana
(Veitch).
Euphrosyne.....cc0s0-s L. Dayana and C. Warscewiczii
(Veitch).
Sialts ats Gains jatebeteats C. Warneriti and JL. purpurata
: (Veitch).
exoniensis (sve Fig. 485) C. Mossie and L. crispa (Veitch).
Fanny Leon .........- C. labiata and L,-C. exoniensis (Leon).
Sanannsic seas L. purpurata and C. Schrodere
(ingram).
SUMLETG access clale bie site .. @. Loddigesii and L.-C. exoniensis
(Veitch).

L, crispa and C. Schilleriana (Veitch),
C. Mossie and L.-C. elegans alba
(Veitch).

Frederick Boyle........ C. Trianei and L. anceps (Sander).
stsngacenoucausa C. granulosa Schofieldiana and L.

Dayana (Charlesworth).

sein eee eicee tinct C. bicolor and L.-C. elegans Turnerii
(Ingram).

mleiaisiiinesaned L. harpophylla and C. amethystoglossa
(Maron).

G.S. Ball .. L. cinnabarina and C. Schroderw
(Veitch).

Harold \.C. Schilleriana and L.-C. Schilleriana

Morris { _ (Sander).
Harvisii .... L.-C. Schilleriana and C. Mossie
(Harris).
Harrisone- \C. Harrisone and L. prestans
prestans J (Sander).

Henry | L.-C. Schilleriana and C. Hardyana
Greenwood { (Maron).
Herode...... C. O'Brieniana and L.-C. elegans

Turnerti (Peeters).
H. Hanning-\ C. Leopoldit and L,-C. Marion
ton (Measures).
highburyensis C. Lawrenceana and L. cinnabarina
(Chamberlain).
Hippolyta .. L. cinnabarina and C. Mossie

(Veitch).
Homere .... DL. Perrinit and C. Percivaliana.
(Ingram).
Hon, Mrs. Ve. aanthing and C. Gaskélliana
Astor (Sander).
Horniana .. L. purpurata and I.-C. elegans
(Horn).
Hurstii .... C. Skinnerii and L. purpurata
(Hurst).
Hyeana .... L. purpurata and C. Lawrenceana
(Veitch).

illuminata ... Parentage unrecorded (Briggs-Bury).
illustris .... L. Dayana and C. Warscewiczii
f (Ingram). .
Fnpera ne \ C. Mendelii and L. Digbyana (Maron).
Ingranii .. L. Davana and C. Dowiana aurea
(Ingram).
TRO coe ean C. Loddigesiiand L,-C.elegans(Veitch).

eee te

Lelio-Cattleya—continued.

Fic. 485, L#®.Li0-CATTLEYA EXONTENSIS.

P L. pumila and C. Marstersonie
Z (Veitch).

- DRE berets wae cian ts C. intermedia violacea and L. pumila
a (Lawrence). -
—_ Josephine .......5--..-: L. purpurata and C. chocoénsis
- (Chamberlain).

prasiata (Sander).

Schofieldiana (Miller).
L. Perriniti and C.,
(Veitch).
Syn. Canhamiana.

: (Veitch).
ES L.-C. Arnoldiana and L.-C. Gottoiana
< (Sander).
C. bicolor and L. harpophylla (Veitch).
C. Mendelii and L. cinnabarina
(Clarke).
L.-C. elegans and C. Dowiana (Veitch).
; C. Mosse and L.-C. elegans (Perre-
¢ noude).
Baden- re age and C. Lawrenceana
aie ye).
C. Iuddemanniana and L,-C. elegans
(Veitch).
¥ Marriottiana .......... L. flava and C. Skinnerit (Marriott).
a Martineté ..... C. Mossie and L. tenebrosa (Maron).
¢ Massangeana L. tenebrosa and C.
= (Peeters).
Es. massiliensis oo... 66.006 L. erispa and C. Trianei (Cham-
~ berlain).
Mauve Queen .......... C. Warnerti and LL, crispa (Sanler).
Maynardi. ... DL. Dayana and C, dolosa (Sander).
RE MMOLOOTS o 0 oe dis bs vols» - ZL. Dayana and C. Bowringiana
(ingram)._
Minerva .............. I. Perrinii and C. Lawrenceana

(Ingram).
(Harris).

Rava eecsts C. granulosa and L, erispa (Rollison).
aii <y <aeee ee C. Trianai fd L. dava (Veitch).

1900, SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 467

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
intermedio-cinnabarina. C. intermedia and L.
(Charlesworth).
intermedio-flava. C. intermedia and L. flaca (Maron).
e Isabella. Syn. Fascinator.

C. Mossi and L. majalis (Cookson).
C. Mossie Wagnerii and L.-C. elegans

cinnabarina and C. granulosa

LL. tenebrosa and C. bicolor (Mantin).
L.-C. Fausta and C. Loddigesii

Miss. Harris .....--..- C. Moxssie and L.-C. Schilleriana

Lelio-Cattleya—continued.

NAME, PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
Nephnelia, src .ecncceses C. Mossie and L.-C. Aimesiana
(Veitch).

Normantiyco2: oe... .56- Syn. Clive.

L. crispa and C. Warscewiczii (Veitch).
L, crispa and C. Warscewiczii (Veitch).
C. eldorado and L. xanthina (Ingram).
L. pumila and C. Leopoldiit (Mantin).
Syn. Tiresias (Charlesworth).

Othello ... Syn. Charles Darwin (gram).

Our Queen . .. Syn. C. G. Roebling (Sander).

Fete inert L. harpophylla and C. Leopoldii

olivetiensis -
Ophelia ...

(Peeters).
Sacaoe Neseeesse. D. crispa and C. Dowiana (Veitch).
Parizsiana .-..--.--..++ Syn. eximia (Hye).
Parysatis.. C. Bowringiana and L. pumila
(Veitch).

Philbrick- \C. Aclandie and L.-C. elegans
iana .... J (Veitch).
Phebe .... C. Mossie and L, cinnabarina (Cook-

son).
Phryne.... C. Warscewiczii and L. xanthina
(Veitch).
Pisandra.. L. ecrispa and C. eldovredo (Veitch).
» Proserpine... L. Dayana and C. velutina (Veitch).
Pytho...... L.-C. elegans and C. Loddigesii
(Ingram).

Radiance .. Syn. L.-C. Dominiana (Ingram).

radiata.... L. purpurata and C. dolosa (Maron).
regalis Syn. L.-C. Aphrodite (Maron).
Regina Syn. Cicero (Maron).

Regine... Sar: purpurata and C. Forbesii

(Cypher). ~-

ROMMEL 1 tat itera a stie C. Aclandie and L. tenebrosa (Veitch).

Ridolfiana ... -. Syn. Canhamiana.

Robin Measures......-. be ts and L. xanthina (San-

er).

ROBUINE: oo < cc en eset C. Trianai and L.-C. Dominiana
(Veitch).

Roy Wigan............ Syn. bletchleyensis,

FRUDY GEM estes c ne wens C. Lawrenceana and L,-C. elegans

ick (Ingram). a

MQULETIE,- Sonics one 0cce L. purpurata and C. Loddigesii
(Maron).

SQNMer® 2.2.2.2 5002+ DL. xanthina and C. Dormaniana
(Sander).

Sanderiana ............ L. xanthina and unknown (Sander).

Schutzeriana . .... L,-C, elegans and C. labiata (Linden).

CAEN bns came cfiminy cana C. superba and L.-C, dévoniensis
(Veitch).

Semiramis ...-.....--+ DL. Perrinti and CC. Gaskelliana
(Veitch).

SEXED itan ce wigs oecin i L.-C. elegans and C, citrina (Ingram).

Sir William Ingrain .. L. purpurata and C. Dowiana aurea
(Ingram).

Stanleyensis .......... Syn. Ingramii (Statter).

Statteriana . .... DL. Perrinii and C. labiata (Veitch).

Stella..... .... DL, erispa and L.-C, elegans (Veitch).

Stella L. grandis and C. intermedia (Thorn-
ton).

Stelznero-Hardyana.... Syn. Henry Greenwood (Maron).

DUNT Veceeeiee an cee L. cinnabarina and C. superba
(Charlesworth).

Superbo-elegans ........ C. superba and L.-C. elegans (Maron).

Denplere Wace omelets ose Syn. Mardellii.

The Hon. Mrs. Astor .. ees elias and C. Gaskelliana (San-

er).

STR OENS wefan jolt feats stais ares L.-C. exoniensis and L. pumila (Law-
rence).

Thorntonii (see Fig. 486) C. Gaskelliana and L. Dighyana
(Thornton).

TROT Ohare sicte oro, ctole'a's te" L. Dayana and C. Luddemanniana
(Veitch).

TAP ESUES varetale'alalaletetnstereis C. Bowringiana and L.-C. elegans

(Veitch).
Syn. Novelty.
L, crispa and C. Loddigesit (Heath).
C. superba and L.-C. exonicnsis

trentoniensis ..
Tresideriana
triophthalma .

(Veitch).

TOW BOT cee cea ate . C. labiata vera and L. purpurata
(Ingram). oe

TERIA Beatle ete tata oii L. pumila and C. Trianwi (Veitch).

tyntesfieldiensis .... DL. purpurata and C. Dowiana(Hardy).

fy EAE esned aot Syn. aurora.

Valvassori .........-.. Syn. eximia.

Varjenevskyana........ Syn. albanensis.

Vettchian® .......cc. C. labiata vera and L. crispa (Veitch).

velutino-elegans .... 20+ C. velutina and L.-C. elegans (Maron).

VENUS a aciznecescvensee L.-C. elegans Turnerti and L, Perei-
valiana (Ingram).

GCCOTC ae wsinie sists isin ves < L. erispaand L,-C, Dominiana (Schro-
der).

AURAL a a alatnss alessaZhio.t'vs0\e C. Gaskelliana and L. purpurata
(Veitch).

ARLADININE Meta cfo'e's 2 a'ao 2-2 sa L. harpophylla and unrecorded
(Schroder).

468

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

“ Lelio-Cattleya—continued.

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER
WAINRAMENSIS «1-0-0 L. cinnabarina and C. Trianewi
Normanii (Lucas).
WEEMONIENSIS «2 eee eees Syn. Gallierii (Thornton).
Wellsice Syn. eximia (Sander).
Wellsiana C. Trianei and LL. purpurata
(Sander).

Wellsiana langleyensis C. Trianei and L. purpurata (Veitch).
Wiganie@ ......+.ee00es L.-C. Gottoiana and C. Mossie
(Maron).

Wiganiand ....-.+++065 L. purpurata and L.-C. Dominiana
(Wigan).

Wlsontee oo... cccrcccres C. labiata and L. Dayana (Sander).
Wrigleyand .. 0.0 .eeceee L. anceps and C. Bowring*ana

(Wrigley).

Yellow Prince .....++- Syn. The Hon. Mrs. Astor (Leemann).
ZENLOD bleeds wietdin'aiatvrsietetas =i C. Loddigesii and L.-C. elegans
(Veitch).

ZEDRYTO ovo.» wo ewiale ae C. Mendelii and L. zanthina (Veitch).

Fic. 486. L#.LI0-CATTLEYA THORNTONII.

Natural Hybrids,

NAME. PARENTAGE.
CGLDANBNSUR ois cn s\n \se a C. Warnerii and L. grandis.

intermedia and JL.
L. lobata.

CMAN nein eiatsiais'o elas et Oe crispa or

BrooMiand ...0ce0.eees L.-C. elegans and unknown.
elegans ... L. purpurata and C. Leopoldii

Gottoiana ...
Gottoiana rosea .

C. Warnerii and L. tenebrosa.
C. labiata and L. tenebrosa.

intricata . C. intermedia and L.-C. elegans.
Owenice L, Perrinii and unknown.
Pittiana G. guttata Prinzii and L. grandis.
porphyritis .... L. pumila and C. Dormaniana.

purpurato-intermedia ..
purpurato-Leopoldii....
Sehilleriana as
verellit

Syn. L.-C. Schilleriana.

Syn. L.-C. elegans.

L. purpurata and C. intermedia.
L. lobata and C. Forbesii.

_LZLIOPSIS. The correct name of L. domingensis
is Broughtonia lilacina.

LESTADIA BIDWELLII. See Black Rot of
Vines.

LZESTADIA VIOLZ. See Violet Fungi.

LAFOENSIA. UL. Vandelliana is the correct name
of L. microphylla.

LAGASCEA. Syn. Nocca.
name of LD. latifolia.

LAGENARIA. UL. virginalis is a
L. vulgaris, having waxy white flowers.
p. 85, f. 16.)

LAGENIFORM.

DL, suaveolens is the correct

variety of
(G. C. 1892,

Shaped like a Florence dask.

LAGERSTROMIA. L. elegans (P. M. B. xiv.,

p. 269) is synonymous with DL. indica.
LAHAYA. A synonym of Polycarpea (which see).

LALLEMANTIA. To the species described on

p. 231, Vol. II., the following should be added :

L. iberica (Iberian). fl. blue, rarely yellowish; limb small.
July and August. 7, lower ones shortly petiolate, oblong,
obsoletely repand-crenate ; floral ones sessile, linear-lanceolate,
obtuse. Stems erect, simple or branched below. /. lft. to
lift. Orient, &c.,1711. Annual or biennial.

LAMARCKIA.
with this genus.
LAMARCKIA (of gardens). A
Elzodendron (which see).
LAMELLA. A thin plate; a small Lamina.
LAMINA. This term is applied to the limb of a
sepal or petal as well as to the blade of
a leaf.

LAMINATE, LAMINATED.
sisting of plates or layers.

LAMIUM. Bentham and Hooker in-
elude Orvala in this genus, and the cor-
rect name of O. lamioides is L. Orvala.
L. Galeobdolon is commonly known as the
Yellow Archangel. In addition to the two
species described on p. 232, Vol. II., we
may mention L. garganicum, which, with
L. Orvala, may be used to clothe dry and
impoverished soils where little else will
thrive.

LAMOUROUXIA. The following
species may be described (see p. 232, Vol. IT). :
L. Pringlei. (Pringle’s). l. crimson, tubular,

bilabiate, l4in. long. J. small, ovate, sessile.

h. 3ft. to 5ft. Mexico, 1895. A much-branched,

erect shrub. (G. & F. 1895, p. 273, f. 39.)

LAMPRA. A synonym of Weldenia
(which see).

LAMPROCOCCUS. UL. Jacksoni is a
synonym of Pitcairnia Jacksoni, and
L. Vallerandi is a species of Streptocalyx.

LAMPRONIA RUBIELLA. ‘ee
Raspberry—Insects. a

LAMP-WICEK. See Phlomis lych-
nitis.

LAMPYRIS NOCTILUCA. See

Pterium and Tinea are synonymous

synonym of

Con-

Beetles, and Glow-worm, in present
Volume ; and Insects, in Vol. II.
LANCEWOOD. See Guatteria.
LANCISIA (of Lamarck). A synonym of Lid

beckia (which see).

LANCISIA (of Pontedera).
(which see).

LANCRETIA. A synonym of Bergia (which see).
LANDOLPHIA. Syn. Wiallughbeia (of Klotzsch).

To the species described on p. 282, Vol. II., the following

should be added:

L. florida (flowery).* Indiarubber-tree of Tropical Africa.
jl. white, orange-stained towards the centre, scented, shortly
pedicellate; calyx small; corolla tube straw-yellow, lin. long,
the lobes lin. long, linear-oblong, obtuse ; cymes peduneulate,
many-flowered. June. 7. ample, shortly petiolate, ovate-oblong,
obtuse or acute, entire, rounded or sub-cordate at base, with
six to eight nerves on either side the midrib. Tropical Africa,
1878. (B. M. 6963.) A handsome climber.

LANDSCAPE GARDENING. In the formation
of a garden or park there are certain rules which must
guide the Landscape-gardener. These vary according to
the situation, size, and purpose of the garden whose
creation they are intended to control. In any case, how-
ever, good taste must prevail. A garden cannot be laid
out according to a set pattern; it must be as natural as
possible, and the different parts must harmonise in every
detail with the environment. Advantage may be taken of
the existing Landscape, and its aspect may be improved ;
but the general character of a situation must nut be
changed. All creations must remain true to natural laws.
In a flat country offe must not endeayour, for instance,

A synonym of Cenia

— —_——-

TT. =

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 469

Landscape Gardening—continued.
to give to a garden a mountainous aspect by creating a
rushing stream, dashing in cascades over rocks: it would
be offensive to both the sight and the imagination. The
Landseape-gardener must study the general aspect of the
situation, the nature of the soil, the altitude, the climate,
and the local vegetation. He must think what will be
the aspect of his creation thirty or forty years hence,
when the trees will be in the fulness of their develop-
ment, in order to be able to judge of the correctness of
his conceptions. Fall attention must be devoted to the
views which may be commanded over the neighbourhood,
or in the garden or park itself. Everything which he
considers pleasant and picturesque—as, for instance, a
view of a church, a ruin, water, or any agreeable feature
of a landscape—must be utilised to the best advantage.
He can heighten the effect of such views by directing
the line of sight between narrow openings amongst trees.
The area of a garden may be made to appear larger than
it really is, and boundaries may be so dissimulated that
the garden may appear to embrace the whole of the
surrounding Landscape. The boundary walls and fence
may be clothed with Ivy: hedges may be kept low; or
again, they may be set in a ditch so as to be completely
hidden when viewed from a certain distance.

The gardener should bear in mind that trees serve to
frame the view, and give, by the variation of their

wa nt
se Kottke 4 .
INES Ne the Bie
» ~
° Sor Sees

Fic. 487. PLAN OF A COUNTRY RESIDENCE.

A, Mansion; B, Stables, close to the servants’ entrance, hidden from the Mansion by thick
plantations ; C, Gardener's Cottage, opposite to the Stables ; D, Greenhouses, one lean-to
and two span-roof houses; E, Kitchen Garden, surrounded by walls, against which are
trained fruit-trees ; F, Lodge; G, Main Entrance; H, Bridges; L, Water Pump and Engine
House; M, Reservoir; N, Summer-house. (The dotted lines are the lines of sight.)

i Se my
RAW

Landscape Gardening—continuwed.

forms and colours, light and shade to the picture. By
these helps the lines of sight may be broken, thus
imparting life to a Landscape, and preventing even the
most beautiful views from becoming monotonous. In
some cases a view hidden by trees may be brought into
sight, while at the same time the most charming effects
may be created, by making openings amidst the trees by
cutting down branches, or, when necessary, by altogether
removing the trees which intercept the view. If recourse
be had to the latter expedient, the gardener must make
sure before sacrificing a tree that the general aspect will
benefit thereby, as any mistake in that direction cannot
afterwards be easily rectified; he should well consider,
too, the number of years a tree takes to attain its full
development.

The choice of a site for the house in respect to the
points of the compass is of the greatest importance. It
must come before every other consideration; it must
eyen take precedence of the view, as the comfort of the
dwelling, which must never be undervalued, depends
largely on its aspect. It is not easy to state the best
position to meet every case; but, all things considered,
perhaps a south-easterly one presents the most adyan-
tages. A house facing the south on that side gets too
much sun in the summer, while the side facing north
gets none in the winter. With a south-easterly position,
however, every side gets the benefit
of the sun. Fig. 487 gives the plan
of a country residence, embodying
the usual accessories.

The gardener has also to con-
sider the approaches in their
relation to public roads leading
to, say, the railway-station, the
post-office, or the church. They
must appear to lead as directly as
possible to the intended points.

PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS.
When the formation of a garden
has been decided upon, the first
operation will be a careful study
of the ground, with the plan of
the site at hand. If such a plan
does not exist, one must be made
before any other work can proceed.
The plan is taken off after the
manner adopted by surveyors. It
is not proposed here to go into a
detailed description of this opera-
tion. Suffice it to say that, in the
ordinary way, a line is first staked
which will serve as a working-
base. From this line the surface
is measured out, transforming it,
according to requiremenis, into
squares, trapeziums, and triangles,
and the results are taken note of,
and drawn. The situation and
area of any existing buildings, the
exact position of the trees, &c.,
must all be noted. When this has
been done, the levels of the ground
haye to be similarly dealt with,
sections being taken of the prin-
cipal parts of the area, both longi-
tudinally and transversely ; well-
defined figures of the lines followed
by the surface of the ground being
thus obtained.

The best position for the house,
if it has to be erected, must be
fixed in relation to the point of
the compass, the outlook, the
natural shelter, the surrounding
views, and the height of the
situation. The conveniences of
communication with the neigh-
bourhood, the form and the nature
of the soil, and the sites of the
various buildings which it is in-
tended to erect, have all to be
considered. The natural advan-
tages of the situation, which will

4/6

yO OT Sat Pan ee
te pat ae) St eo FS

+

470° THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Landscape Gardening—continued.
facilitate the creation of picturesque effects, will have
to be well studied, as well as the best methods of remedy-
ing any defects.

Tracina. The necessary appliances required for
tracing the design of the future garden or park are an
optical square, a chain, a rule, a garden line, and some
sticks and pegs. With the pegs will be marked the
positions of the buildings, trees, &c., the outlines of
the alleys, water, and beds, and the heights of the levels
of the earthwork to be thrown up. Two different kinds
of pegs will be required: (1) Long poles to indicate the
positions of the buildings to be erected; (2) Pegs 2tt.
long, 1din. to 2in. square, thick, and pointed at one end,
for marking the outlines. The sticks shonld be as
straight as possible, 3ft. to 4ft. long, with a slight slit
in the centre of the top. In this should be inserted
pieces of white paper; these are used for tracing the
lines of sight and are the bases to work upon in the
general tracing.

The outlines of the house have first to be traced as
exactly as possible, the situation of the principal rooms
being marked, as according to their disposition the lines
of yiew will have to be arranged. The greatest number of
lines of view will be concentrated at the centre of the
principal front. From these points the gardener must
start to stake, taking, one after the other, the different
objects which it is decided to include in the picture—such
as a church steeple, a ruin, water, rockery, &c. Some-
times these views may be hidden by trees, through which
openings will have to be made, or by other obstacles,
which will likewise have to be overcome. ‘Their positions
will be found on the plan by taking the angle formed by
two lines, of which one will mark the future opening, and
this will then be noted on the ground by the aid of the
compass.

The different views and aspects, regarded from other
parts of the garden or park, must afterwards be fixed
with exactness. For this purpose the lines used and
marked on the plan of situation will be reproduced on
the ground, and with some perpendiculars and angles
measured and traced from them the gardener will arrive
at the required situation. The start and the direction
of the view will then be found. In fixing these lines of
sight the peculiarity of the angle of sight must be taken
into consideration. The object to be set in view must
be seen in all its width: it must not be concentrated

into a narrow opening; such an opening must be wider
at its extremity than at its start, close to the point of
If the view is to be reciprocal—that is,

observation.

RR

Fic. 488. DIAGRAM OF RECIPROCAL VIEW.

if the two ends become each in turn top and base of
the triangle—the opening must not be bounded by two
parallel lines, but must be managed as shown in Fig. 488.

The outline of a lake, river, &c., must be pleasing,
and in harmony with the situation. Very often the
agreeable forms given to creations on paper will have
to be altered on the ground. It must be remarked here
that a curve appears much more accentuated when traced
on the ground. It will be well, after the - principal
points of the lake have been determined, to join them
by inserting intermediate pegs at short distances from
each other, say every 14ft., or every 6ft. when the curves
are short.

The tracing of the alleys is most important, as it is in
fact the reproduction on the ground of the design of the
garden. The tracing of an avenue or of a str aight alley,

Landscape Gardening—continued.
or, indeed, of any other straight line which may oceur
in the design of a garden, is such an easy operation,
that it hardly reqnires any description. The extremities

are fixed, and intermediate pegs inserted upright in the.

line at “equal distances. The curved lines are more
difficult to trace. Geometrical curves may be calculated
and traced with invariable precision, but generally
speaking they only occur in geometrical or formal gardens,
or in flower-beds. In the tracing of gardens or parks,
one has generally to deal with fantastic curves with
long, sweeping lines, and contra-curves with ever-changing
centres. Their execution requires great practice, as
they are traced by sight, without the help of any
instrument. Their ontlines, so long as they are pleasing,
do not require to be traced with mathematical precision,
Though this could be obtained, it wonld entail con-
siderable trouble and great loss of-time withont giving
any appreciably better result.

We will begin by demonstrating the principle employed
in tracing a regular curve with only one centre, an
operation which may be done in two different ways. In

Fic, 489. TRACING A CURVE FROM A FIXED POINT.

the first, shown at Fig. 489, the worker stands at a, and
directs the operation without moving from that spot. The
pegs are set at equal distances, and the apparent
interval between them increases with the distance from
the point a. The represented curve is divided into eight
parts, and the apparent distance between each peg, as
seen from a, will be respectively cd for ce, ef for eg, gh
for gi, &c.; that is, the intervals seen between those
pegs are equal to the lengths of the perpendiculars dc,
fe, hg, &c., erected on the
straight lines ac, ae, and
ag. From the point a,
situated on an eminence,
the worker conld see all
the different points of the
curve, whereas, if he were
standing in a hollow of the
ground, one part would be
hidden.

By the second method the
curye is traced by what is
known, in French, as
cheminement, and differs
from the first in that the
operator, instead of direct-
ing the work from one point,
goes forward as it proceeds.
It is based on the principle that if the perimeter of a circle
is divided into equal parts the abscisse are all equal
to each other. In Fig. 490 the curve is equally divided
in a, c, e, g, and i; the abscisse of the chords Ac, ae,
and cg will be equal to ba, as all the ares of the cirele
are equal to each other. Starting at the point A, the
operator has the pegs at a and e¢ inserted, and notes
the length of the abscissa ba, keeping it in mind,
Going forward to a, he has the peg e inserted,
reproducing in dc the length of the abscissa ba, and so
on. Irregular curves, with several centres, are those
which occur most frequently in tracing a garden; they
are also traced by cheminement, as just explained.

Fig. 491 represents a parabolic curve equally divided.
In working gradually forward from c’ to d’ it will be
seen that the abscisse e'e, ff, and gg, gradually lengthen,

BS Son Os Ria,

co)

£ Landscape Gardening—continwed.

at a

Fic. 490, TRACING A CURVE BY CHEMINEMENT.

and that the flatter the curves the shorter they become.
The operator, therefore, as he proceeds, must remember

ye ee ee

AS Fic, 491, TRACING A PARABOLIC CURVE.

7c

these proportions. Contra-curves (Fig. 492) very often
occur in the tracing of alleys, the object being to get
round an apparent or a real obstacle in the formation
of the ground, such as a rock, &c. Im such a case the
gardener has to trace first one curve and then the other,
with the same proportions, taking care that no breach
of the line occurs at F.

Fe
Zz

meee ee ee hl Hh

Fic. 492. TRACING A CONTRA-CURVE.

In tracing an alley it is usual to first insert pegs at
a considerable distance from each other; say, every 60ft.
Some workers trace first one side of the alley and then

4

me
> LLY
SS
> = =
=

DB

Fic, 493, CoRRECT JUNCTION OF ALLEYS.

LL

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 471

Landscape Gardening—continued.
the other, but it is preferable to trace the axis first, as
it will afterwards be easier to effect a harmonious
junction of the different alleys. The axis traced, it is
usual to go over the work again, correcting the defects.
Two men take a rod, equal in length to the width of
the proposed alley, and mark its centre. They stop at
each peg and set the rod at right angles to the axis,
while a third man holds the mark just on the axis, and
a peg is then inserted at each extremity of the rod,
marking exact points in both sides of the alley.

Fig. 493 represents a correct junction (formed when the
axes have been first traced), in which the alleys con-
verge well at their point of janction, so that when the
sides have been traced it is only necessary to round the

Fic. 494. DEPrECTIVE JUNCTION OF ALLEYS.

angles. In Fig. 494 is shown a defective junction of
alleys (a result easily obtained when one side of an
alley has been first traced, and then the other), where
the different axes do not meet well.

When the general tracing has been done, and the
defects have all been corrected, some intermediate pegs
on the sides are inserted 15ft. from each other, and
driven well in. Those marking the axis are then taken
out. Pegs marking the outlines of beds, in order not to
be confused with those marking the alley, must be
painted at the top or else inserted
in an inclined direction. In gardens
the outlines of beds bordering an
alley must be strictly parallel to
them; but the sides facing the lawn
may be irregular.

Practical methods for tracing on the
ground symmetrical designs, with the
help of instruments, are numerons ;
but the following simple rules will
enable those who do not possess the
latter, and are not accustomed to
: r their use, to obtain a similar resalt
simply with the aid of a garden line and a few pegs.

(1) To trace with the line a straight line perpendicular
to another straight line (Fig. 495): On the line AB two

CL. a
ZZ D
ZG}; z A
Z ON
sae ALS
ee Bethe
& oN
sae ees
/ } ‘
i Ly “a =
A &E C jo 238}
Fic. 495. TRACING WITH A GARDEN
LinE A PERPENDICULAR AND AN

EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE.

pegs are inserted at EB, F, at equal
distances from the centre (C); nooses,
formed at each extremity of the
garden line, are passed over E and
¥F, and in the middle of the line a
knot is made, By holding the line
at D and tightening it, DC, the

472

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Landscape Gardening—continued.
perpendicular to AB, is found. A similar result may be
obtained by tracing a circle from each extremity of the
line AB with radins EF. ‘The two ares of the circles
will meet in D, from which the perpendicular to AB may
be traced to ©. This latter method may be used to
advantage on a flat
E surface, while the
4 former is preferable
‘ on uneven ground.
' (2) To trace a per-
' pendicular at the ex-
\ tremity of a straight
\
|

HAs line (Fig. 496): In

ig arg cos the line AB a peg (C)

ie ‘| is inserted anywhere,

Sen ee eS, Land the moses ofthe
A Cc B garden line are passed

over the pegs B, C.
These are drawn tight
till the knot made
in the middle gives
the point D, where
another peg is inserted. The noose over the peg B is
then taken off, and by putting it in a line with DC the
extremity of the garden line will give the point HE, the
line from which to B is
perpendicular with AB.

(3) To trace on the ground
an angle or triangle (Fig.
497): A line (AB), in this
case 20ft. long, is measured.
Then a garden line, 20ft.
long, is fastened at A, and
another, 8ft. long, at B. t
Both free ends are joined
eapentier, and ge point oI A B
is found, giving the apex o E Tife Gite tee
FReirion ele, MN he tietic: Fic. 497. TRACING A TRIANGLE.
angle is to be equilateral, it
can be traced by Example No. 1, used to find the per-
pendicular, or by this method with lines of equal length.

- (4) To trace with the

D CG garden line a_ rectangle

‘ (Fig. 498): At B in the
line AB, 20ft. long, for
instance, a perpendicular
| (BC), 8ft. long, is traced.
A B Another line, 20ft. long, is
fastened at the peg at C;
Fic. 498. TRACING A Recrancie, 204 a third one, of B8ft., at
the peg at A, both ends

: being joined in D.

(5) To trace with a garden line a regular polygon:
say Fig. 499, representing a pentagon, ABECD, is to be
reproduced. The line AB and the
-line AC are measured; with these
measures the triangle (ABC) may
be traced by Example shown at
Fig. 497. Two lines, equal in length D
to AB, are fastened by one end in
A and in C, and by joining the other
ends together the point D is found,
while, proceeding similarly on the :
other side, the point E is found.

(6) To trace with a garden line A
a circle or an arc of a circle: A yyq 499, TRacING A
peg is placed in the centre, and RrGuLar POLYGON.
the noose of a string, equal to the
radius (the half of the diameter), is passed over it, the
tracing being done by
moving round with a
stick fixed at the other
end of the tightened
string.

(7) To trace an ellipse,
of which only the major
axis is known (Fig. 500) :
The line AB is divided
into three equal parts
at E and F, With the
length of one of those
parts as radins, and the
points E, F, as centres,

Fic. 496. TRACING WITH A GARDEN LINE
A PERPENDICULAR AT THE EXTREMITY
OF A STRAIGHT LINE,

Fic. 500. TRACING AN ELLIPSE.
(First Method.)

Landscape Gardening—continued.

two circles are traced, of which the circumferences cut
each other in C and D. From C, two diameters of the
circles are traced, of course passing through the centres,
E, F, and meeting the circumferences in I, J. A similar
operation is performed from D. From the point C as
centre, and the diameter
CJ as radius, the two
circles are joined by an
arc, which will meet them
inland J, and this may
be repeated from D at A
GH. Another way: The
major axis (AB) being
given (Fig. 501), at rather
less than a third of that
line from the end, a peg
is inserted as at C. That
distance’ is measured
from B, and a peg in-
serted at D. A string
is fastened at C and D, and put loosely over B. Then
a stick (E) is put in the loop, and moved round the foci
C and D in one direction, the string being kept tant.
cee is by far the easiest method to practise on a large
scale.

(8) To trace with a garden line an ellipse of which
the major and minor axes are known (Fig. 502): The
major axis AB is divided in E into two equal parts by

Fic. 501. TRACING AN ELLIPSE.
(Second Method.)

the half of CD, and measnr-
ing it on AB, will give AF.
FE is then divided into three
equal parts, of which one is
measured in Gon FA. The
length AG is then also
measured on BE, giving the
point H. With the garden
line two equilateral triangles
are traced according to Ex-
ample 3, having as common
base GH, and as apices I
and J respectively, the sides
being produced. With GA
as radius, the are KAL, and
with HB, the are MBN, are traced. The ellipse is then
completed by tracing two other ares having as centre I
and J, and touching the previously-traced ares at the
points L, K, M, and N.

With these examples most of the plain figures of a
geometrical garden may be traced, even if the gardener
has no other instruments at hand than line and pegs.

The tracing of orchards and fruit and kitchen gardens
is, as a rule, very easy. The right angle is the domi-
nating feature, and great care must be taken in well
fixing the axes and their perpendiculars. When the
tracing of a regular garden has to be executed on very
inclined ground, it must be done according to the
horizontal plane. The principal point of the tracing,
and especially the lines of operations, will have to be
fixed by stretching garden lines well tightened in a
horizontal direction, while with the plumb the exact
places for the pegs are indicated. The pegs or poles
used must be of such a length that a part may be left
in sight till all the work is done, even if the other part
should be hidden by the filled ground.

Levet. When the tracing has been executed, the
points of leyel which will have to guide the formation
of the earthwork have to be fixed. In the scheme of
transformation, the levels fixing the different gradients
of altitude, and describing the original lines followed
by the surface of the ground—obtained when taking off
the plan of situation, and when making the study of
the ground—have been altered or rectified.

The principal points of level are fixed with a
theodolite or with a water-level, and the intermediate
points with borning-rods. The last-named consist of
three pieces of wood, 4ft. long and 2in. wide, with a
strip of board placed exactly at right angles across their
tops. They are used in the following manner: Given two
points of level the operator, with the help of two men,
sets his rod on one point while a man holds his upright
on the other point. The second man holds his in the
line at the intermediate point. The operator then looks

E
:

.
7

Fie. 502. TRACING AN ELLIPSE.
(Third Method.)

the minor axis CD; taking”

.

eo eS see

— = > Ts

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC. 473

Landscape Gardening—continued.

over the top of the little board, and if he sees the top
of the other two in even line, the level is obtained;
while if he sees the second higher or lower than the
third, it has to be lowered or raised accordingly.

Where the soil has to be remoyed, a hole is made, and
a peg inserted at the bottom and sunk to the right
level; its top may be painted red. If, howeyer, soil has
to be brought to that place—that is if the level of that
particular spot has to be raised—the peg will have to be
painted:on three sides only, the fourth being utilised for
oe the height of the future level above the original
soil.

ApprRoAcHES. The ways of communication determine
more than anything else the style of a garden. The
principal points for consideration, in laying out approaches,
are not numerous, but they are of the utmost importance.
The communications between the entrance from the public
road and the house, and between the latter and all other
parts of the place, must be as convenient and as easy
as possible. Their appearance must be harmonious and
in accord with the style of the garden. They should
always appear to lead direct to their destination, and
any deviation should only arise from a decided obstacle.
Approaches must be solidly established and well kept.

The different ways of communication in a park or a
garden are as follow: The drive, which may be straight
or curvilinear; the walks, which may also be either
straight or curvilinear, according to the style of the
garden; and the paths and back road for the service of
the house, of the garden, and of the stables.

THe Drtve leads from the public road to the residence.
If the estate is a large one, and the house is of pretentious
appearance, and situated in flat country, a_ straight
drive is advisable; but if the ground is undulating, a
euryilinear drive is more appropriate. A straight drive,
though imposing, is monotonous. A straight avenue
must start from the centre of the house, and put the
latter into relief. When the centre of a residence is not
prominent or particularly deéorative, two ayenues may
start. from each of the extremities of the front, each one
becoming a centre. The space between the two avenues
must on no account be planted with trees, though it
may be turfed, and be brightened with flower-groups.
The number of rows of trees on each side of an avenue
may vary from one to four. If more rows than one are
planted, they may be arranged in either squares or
chequers.

A drive with one or several curves is best adapted—
in fact, the only suitable one—for undulating ground ;
and it has to be closely studied after the site of the
house has been chosen. ‘The site of the entrance from
the public road must be determined according to the
exigencies of the situation and the proprietor’s needs.
Tf a curvilinear drive is chosen, it must, nevertheless,
not deviate too much from the straight line. The entrance
thereto must be as near ‘to the house as the natural con-
ditions will allow. The curyes must be easy, forming broad,
sweeping lines. Every change of curve must have its
apparent reason—i.e., an obstacle, such as a tree which
it is desired to conserve, a rock, or a wooded hill, which
has to be allowed for. To increase the variety of a
long drive, such ‘‘obstacles”” may be artificially created,
The more undulating or hilly the ground, the more
numerous must be the turnings, and each sweep of a
curve must be hidden from the succeeding bend. The
entrance from the public road must, if possible, be at
right angles with the latter; and the commencement of
the drive from tle public road, and also the house end,
must be nearly level. The entrance ought not to be situated
on a higher level than the house. The slope of the drive
must, if possible, be regular, even, and continuous all the
way along, except at the ends. It must not go up and
down hill if this can be avoided, unless water has to be
erossed or a hill to be turned.

The gradient of a good drive must not exceed one in
fourteen, and its width must be at least 14ft., so as to
permit of two carriages passing each other. There must
not be an open view of the house at the entrance of the
drive; the house must only be seen from the points at
which it will appear to its best advantage, through
occasional openings between groups of trees.

Trees bordering such a drive must not be planted at
regular distances, as that would prove monotonous. They

Vol. V.

Landscape Gardening—continued.
must be skilfully arranged in groups at alternately varying
distances.

A proper treatment of each end of the drive is of great
importance. The custom in England differs from that of
several continental countries—Franee in particular. In
French gardens the drive very often divides, almost from
the start, into branches, which go round a large lawn and
meet again in front of the house, the general aspect
remaining constantly similar. There is only one curve on
each side, forming round the lawn a kind of regular track
of a fairly decorative appearance when well treated, but
still presenting—as M. Ed. André, in his famous work,
“Art des Jardins,’ deplores—many serious defects, of
which the principal is the uniformity of design. He says
that the result of an invariable model applied to the
most varied circumstances is to reduce the design to an
artificial and inartistic proceeding, thongh he does not
intend to prosecribe the bifurcated alley when applied to

Fic. 503, APPROACH IN FRENCH GARDENS AFTER ANDRE.

a suitable situation. Fig. 503 illustrates this type. The
entrance (A) is opposite the house (B). The drive divides
into the branches (C, C), The crossway (DD) is sur-
rounded by groups of trees and shrubs. ‘The elliptical
lawn is undulating ; the centre has been lowered and the
verges have been raised. Beds (H, E) are planted with
flowers, and trees are scattered about in various places.
Everywhere regu-
larity, with an
apparent variety
of aspect, pre-
vails.

As a rule in
French gardens
the drive goes
round the house ;
while in England
this is not the
case. The drives
are not divided,
but usually end
in front of the
house, there form-
ing a narrowring.
The interior of
the garden or

3P

Fig. 504. APPROACH ArTER MAcInrosu.

474 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Landscape Gardening—continued.

park is hidden either by sinking the carriage-drive, by
raising banks along the garden, or by planting; there-
fore, the space in front of the house must be large
enough to pormit of carriages making a cirenit as easily
as possible—say not less than 30ft. for a small honse, or
100ft. for a large one. There must also be enough space
on either side of the porch to allow carriages to draw
close to the steps. Fig. 504, after MacIntosh, represents
a house (A) confined on the side of the entrance in a
narrow space by a -wall
(B). The drive (C) skirts
a circular turfed space
(D). Both sides are
planted with compact
groups of shrubs. In
Fig. 505 there are two
big groups (H, F) at the
entrance, and a third at
G; the house is hidden
by those groups withont
being itself deprived of
air or of view. The last
two examples are only
suitable for small gar-
dens. Fig. 506 shows a
good design of drive (A),
a bad one being shown
by the dotted lines (B).

Tue WALKS AND THE
Parus, like the drive,
are governed by a very
few general rnles, though
they present a_ great
variety of forms. They must lead in a natural and
agreeable way to any place of interest—say, to one com-
manding a good view over the country, or having itself
‘a picturesque aspect: to a tree, to some water, or to
a playground, Alternate curves are a necessity, as they
enable one to view an object under different aspects,
but their number must not be greater than is strictly
necessary. On hilly ground the curves and turnings will
have to be more numerous. The width of a walk is, as
a rule, S8ft., and of a path 4ft. Their edges must be
kept strictly parallel, and must never be crooked, as they
are sometimes seen in gardens.

Fic. 505. APPROACH AFTER HUGHES.

Fia. 506.

Two or more walks and paths need not in their forms
follow definite shapes, as the delineation of such would
be hidden by the plantations. One alley must not run
into another at right angles, but their axes, as before
stated, must join harmonionsly. It must (Fig. 507) join
obliquely after such an angle that the direction of
B may be taken naturally, but at the same time one
should also be able to turn with ease towards C if one
chooses to take that direction. When an alley (A)
divides, each of the two branches (B and C) must take at
once a decided opposite direction in order not to leave
any donbt about its destination (Fig. 507). Such a dis-
position as that shown in Fig. 508 must be avoided. The

Goop (A) AND BAD (B) DISPOSITIONS OF AN APPROACH.

Landscape Gardening—continued.

separation is seen at once to be unnecessary, as the two
branches show that they will meet again at a short distance.
In the formal garden the alleys not only characterise
of garden.
&e.,

but create the kind
borders, flower-beds,
harmony with the
architectural lines of
the house, and the
former must have their
axes in common with
the latter. There must
be a marked delinea-
tion of the limits of the
formal and the Land-
seape Garden, in the
form of _ balusters,
steps, or banks.

If the formation of
the drives, walks, and
paths is very carefully
attended to, it will
afterwards be much
easier to keep them 4
in good order, The lines forming the widths of the drive
must be well defined, and that width dug ont. The depth
of the depression and the thickness of the road material

depend on the use to
fos ee which the road is in-
w &

fe, ©@

Their turfed grass

terraces, must be in strict

C

Fic. 507. Goon BIFURCATION.

main drive, on which
= there is likely to be
(sp a lot of carriage
3 traffic, must be made
as solid, and main-
tained in the same
condition, as a public
4h “67 road ; it will require
20 a layer of broken
(ee : stones or rough
recs gravel 6in. to 10in.
Fic. 508. Bap BIFURCATION. thick. Other kinds

of porous material,

in the form of broken

bricks, clinkers, or burnt ballast, may be first employed,
and these may be covered by a thin layer of the first-
named material. A
drive 14ft. in width

tended to be put. A
.

should have a
“crown”? of 3in.
The materials

named must be well
rolled down, and
watered at the
same time, in order
to get them to bind
well. The weight
of the roller to be
used depends on
the thickness and
quality of the road
material employed,
the slopes of the
ground, and the
number of horses
to be used to draw
it. It is not ad-
visable to use a
horse-roller heavier
than four tons, as
it will require too
many horses, and these wonld cause too much cutting
up. Should a heavier one be required, a steam-roller is
preferable. The lightest of these weigh ten tons, and
good and solid work is done with them. When the
roller has gone several times over the surface, a thin
coat of fine, good binding gravel should be spread
over, rolled, and watered, filling as well as possible
all the cavities, and thus forming a solid and smooth
surface.

For a walk, 3in. to 4in. of rongh gravel, with a
crown of 2sin., is sufficient. A path requires just enongh
fine gravel to keep it dry. Drives or walks traversing
damp spots or following the falling ground have to be

_— —_. |

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 475

Landscape Gardening—continued.

drained. Drains may be placed in the middle or on
either side. Drives and walks must have gully—holes,
with gratings, in sufficient number, according to the
gradient of the ground. ‘The outlet pipes of the gully-
holes must be 6in. above the bottom to allow spaces for
the deposit of gravel displaced by rains.

Turfed walks are more economical, but they must be
kept clean by mowing them and trimming their edges
frequently.

The centre of an alley must never be of a higher
leyel than that of the verges. From the lawn bordering
an alley one should step down to the alley. The less
apparent the walks and alleys are, the better is the
general aspect of the garden. Both verges must be kept
at the same leyel at the start, even if the ground is
rising on one side and falling on the other.

There are numerous forms of verges,

ee

which yary

Fic. 509. SECTIONS OF ALLEYS, SHOWING RESPECTIVELY BAD

AND GOOD DISPOSITIONS OF VERGES.

according to circumstances.
of good and defective dispositions of verges are

shown. In Section A they are flat, as is very often

seen; while A’ represents a better disposition, the walk

being sunk a little, and the edges of the verges rounded.

Sometimes the edges are seen (as in Section B) to be

ent straight out as in a@ b, before joining the level of the

lawn in 6 b. The lines a’ a’ of B’ are more deeply sunk,

and of a better aspect. They may also be disposed as

in ¢ ¢, putting the alley more in view. In Section C

the ground is falling according to the line a b, and the

broken line d e must not be imitated, while the section

on a’ b’ in Section C’ could be replaced with advantage

by d’ e’. When the ground is boggy, the alley must not

rise abruptly over the level of the ground (as in ¢ d in

D); it must be kept above the average surface (a’ b’ in

D’) which is flooded, and be supported by the verges,

é d’, which gradually join the level of the general _
surface.

When the fall of the ground is too rapid, it may be
interrupted now and again by steps of either wood or
stone, between which the slope will be gentler. Stone
steps must have a rustic appearance, so as to appear
as if naturally found on the spot. They must not be
higher than 4in. or 5in. each, and must also be wide
enough to allow of taking several steps on each before
getting on the next. Wooden steps are made with
long branches either left whole or split in the middle;
they are then fastened by stout pegs, inserted on the
outside, or nailed against the latter when the pegs are
inside. Their disposition must be the same as that of
stone steps.

In Fig. 509 a few sections

Goop.

Landscape Gardening—continued.

Prantine. Plants are the fundamental ornament of
nature, and therefore of the garden; and it is on their
association that the charm of the Landscape mostly
depends. Planting is, therefore, of paramount import-
ance in Landseape Gardening. In the creation of a
garden the formation of the ground may not be well
harmonised—the waters may look artificial, the rocks
may not be well disposed; but all these defects may be
amended by a cleverly-arranged plantation. Failure in
making a good choice of plants, or in grouping them
well, is an iyreparable mistake. Each tree has its
particular aspect and charm when well developed, though
its wsthetic qualities may be differently appreciated. On
the Continent one is accustomed to see trees with large
erowns supported by naked trunks forming the woods,
and they are appreciated there as much as those splendid
isolated specimens which have been able to grow freely,
and whose branches touch the ground. In
England a tree is really only appreciated
when its trunk is densely covered with
branches. In the United States, inspired
by the same taste, a tree is not allowed
to haye its crown supported by a nude
trunk, and gardeners there go so far as
to top the heads of big trees. All opera-
tions, however, which tend to modify the
natural form and beauty of a tree ought
C to be condemned. To cut isolated trees
into any shape whatever is bad taste. Such
proceedings may be tolerated when dealing
with a mass; for instance, in the form of
a straight avenue, an arbour, or a hedge,
the lines of which are in harmony with the
style of the garden. Without any con-
sideration of species and stature, the
beauty of a tree lies in the elegance and
lightness of its general aspect. A tree with
compact and regular foliage, its apparent
surface not being broken by the projection
of a few branches, is not of agreeable
appearance. The white Horse-chestnnt is in
this condition in its early stage, but it
improves in appearance as it grows, and
the branches of a fully-developed tree often
droop to the ground. How inferior beyond
any comparison is the glow of light falling
on an unbroken mass of leaves compared
with that falling on the noble outlines of an
Oak or a Beech! What a variety of grada-
tion of lights and shadows are produced by
their prominent branches and deep recesses |

Trees must not only be judged for their particular
qualities as isolated specimens, but also for their effects
when associated with other species; their position in the
Landscape has to be studied. The variety in grouping is
infinite, but it has been found that the best effects in
nature are obtained when compact masses of trees cover
the top of a hill, which they thus make to appear higher.
The summits may be crowned by forests of Conifers.
Below these should come trees in groups, then isolated
specimens, and lastly, mere bushes, which, as it were,
break away from the masses on the hill-side to unite
themselves with the vales.

Great variety of form and of colour, of light and of
shadow, is brought into play. In the meadows groups
of big trees should rise here and there. In order that
big trees may produce a harmonious effect, they must be
grouped with their natural associates in a Landscape,
and the introduction of exotic species, though they may
be hardy and of good appearance, must be avoided. A
large bush of dark green, growing at the foot of a slender
tree with foliage of a light hue, produces a_ happy
contrast. A group of two trees produces a good effect
only when one differs from the other in a yery marked
manner. Groups of three trees are often met with in
nature, but they are never of the same kind, or at
least of the same strength. It is by their difference of
size, and by the variety of their foliage, that they attract

notice. An equilateral triangle presents a too regular
aspect. A scalene triangle will be a better disposition

for a group, and its appearance will be_ enhanced (if
the triangle is large enongh) by planting a fourth
specimen in the middle, especially if the different

476

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Landscape Gardening—continued.
species contrast well. Groups of five are well disposed
when they are planted at the four angles of a trapezium,
and at its centre. They may also be disposed in the
shape of an irregular pentagon, but this arrangement
has the disadvantage of presenting too circular an
appearance. Groups of over nine or ten trees will only
have a pleasant appearance if planted in several
irregular sections, composed of different kinds of trees.
Not only must trees be planted at suitable distances,
but in order to present a good appearance the mingling
of their branches with each other must be harmonious ;
their profile and colours will only be appreciated if
those points have been happily met. It sometimes
happens that these differences are secured in trees of
one variety, but of different sizes. It may also be the
result of mixing together a group of species, well
defined by their forms and the colour of their foliage.

Trees of a pyramidal shape look well by the contrast
they afford when grouped with trees with round crowns,
such as when towering above a group of Elms. In forming
groups, it may be accepted as‘a rule that whatever the
number and the form of the trees, they must, as a whole,
in order to produce a satisfactory effect, present that
balance in all their parts which should also characterise
the isolated specimen. A group, it will be understood,

forms a whole, and must be treated as a single object.
When Nature is left to provide for herself, the balance of
In order to

the different parts will seldom be missed.

5 Oe NU
£8)

Landscape Gardening—continued.
before how openings can be made, letting light into the
boundaries of the Landscape. A park cannot be created
under more advantageous conditions than when situated
in a wood; here the most fascinating results can be
obtained at once. As already said, the indigenous species
of trees suffice to create yaried effects. The masses which
will form the background of the picture, and are seen only
from a distance, impart to the Landscape its dominating
character, and it is less the beauty of the individnal
subjects than that of the whole that must be taken into
account, From a distance, trees of middling appearance
produce good effects ; but close to the walks the par-
ticular ornamental qualities of each tree have to be taken
into consideration.

In making openings, the outlines must present varied
forms, but lines, or a succession of sweeps and serpentines
that are sinuous to excess, must be avoided. Prominences
marked by detached trees and more or less deep recesses,
sometimes penetrating into the masses, then breaking
sometimes only slightly, will create an infinite variety in
lights and shadows. Walks through woods must be
treated as openings, and their sides must present the
same varied aspects.

Deplorable effects are produced by crowded clumps of
circular appearance, often of one species only, and yet
such are often met with. It is advisable to leave sufficient
space between each specimen, especially when Conifers are
concerned, that they may develop under normal conditions,

Fia. 510, POSITIONS OF TREES IN ISOLATED GROUPS.

produce a better effect, planted groups of trees must
remain in harmony with existing woods, of which they
must appear to be only detached parts, and their number
must be regulated as may be required.

In shrubs we haye an unlimited variety, and in planting
large groups they must never be formed of only one
species. An exception may be made in planting small
gardens where natural disposition is out of consideration.
The number of shrubs that are found growing on the
banks of rivers is rather small, but, nevertheless, charm-
ing effects are obtained by forming groups of some of the
following Willows: Saliz Caprea, S. purpurea, 8. rubra,
and §. vitellina,. Amongst rocks a great variety of vegeta-
tion is always met with, growing in most picturesque
fashion. Dog Roses, Brambles, Barberries, Elders, and
many more form very attractive contrasts. The plants,
though many of them are not very decorative by them-
selves present in such associations very picturesque
effects.

After having considered some of the most striking
aspects of the plants in their natural state, we now come
to their practical application for the decoration of parks
and gardens. In the creation of the latter the Landscape-
gardener has to deal with old and new plantations. In
the first instance, the existing plantations haye to be
preserved or modified in their outlines when necessary ;
while, in the second, the surface of the ground may be
deyoid of vegetation, and the plantations may therefore
have to be created. In most cases, both conditions haye
to be complied with at the same time. It has been stated

and that their lower branches may be allowed to coyer the
ground. Isolated groups must not present any formal dis-
position. In fact, any tendency to a regular aspect must
be avoided. Fig. 510 shows some groups of three or four.
Of A, B, C, and D, the first (A) and the last (D) are bad,
being too regular; while B and C are tolerable, though
the trees are of a too regular aspect, being of the same
streneth. In the forms HE, F, G, and H there is a more
accentuated variety of aspect. The highest trees are
those marked a, while those next in height are indicated
by b; the remainder are of varied and bushy appear-
ance. The differences in height and the forms of foliage
produce a striking diversity.

Groups of more than six trees must be considered as
consisting of several groups, and not as composing only

_ one. Groups of two trees may produce good effects, but,

as has been said, one must be bushy, and the other must
be slender and rise above the first.

It is not advisable to group Conifers with other trees,
except when planting large wooded masses, where a few
specimens here and there, towering above the others,
will break the sky-line. It is better to group them by
themselves, and to leave their lower branches to develop
naturally, and cover the ground. Conifers are very
decorative, especially on a falling lawn, close to rocks.
If some shrubs are planted at the foot of a big tree,
they must not form a circular group, but their ont-
lines must be as varied as possible. They must be
all of one kind, the tree providing sufficient contrast.
In grouping trees, the pyramidal forms are kept in the

— ee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 477

Landscape Gardening—continued.
middle. Poplars (Populus nigra fastigiata) in small
isolated quantities, on the banks of rivers and lakes,
look very nice, but their effect is enhanced when sup-
ported by groups of Willows.

There must be a marked difference between the
plantations of the park and those of the garden close to
the house. In the former, as has been said, all the dis-
position of planting and the choice of the plants must be
in harmony with the surrounding Landscape. In the latter
the planting may be more apparently connected with
the design of the garden. The plants should be finer,
and may also be of exotic origin, which, by their growth
and tint of foliage, are such as we are accustomed to
find in a garden. In the park we have ‘‘plantations”’ ;
in the garden we have to a certain extent a ‘‘collection
of plants.’ The planting in a garden is not proceeded
with in the same way: trees are never on a line, and all
regularity in the distances is avoided. The big trees

of first height (No. 1) in Fig. 511 are 12ft. to 18ft.
and those next in height fill the

from each other,

Fie. 511.

intervals, and are more on the sides of the group. The
shrubs (No. 3) on the edges are 4ft. to 5ft. from each
other, and those in the centre (No. 4) fill all the empty
space, in such a manner, however, as to leave about 5ft.
free round the trunk of each tree, A verge of from 2ft.
to 3ft., according to the size of the garden, is left
between the group and the alley. The first row of shrubs
is planted 10in. from the inner line of the verges. The
different species of shrubs and trees of which the group
is formed must be well mixed. After a few years of
growth, the varied aspect obtained will be very good.
The strong-growing species will blend themselves with
the weaker ones, and will form a delightfully compact
whole, while still retaining their individual beauty.

It is wrong to distribute the different species with which
a bed is planted in small groups of one species only, as
is sometimes seen. The growth, form, and colour of
such groups being naturally different, the result obtained
is far from presenting a harmonious whole. The trees
must not necessarily be in the centre of the groups,
although the shrubs must be disposed in such a way
that all are seen to their best advantage, the small ones
being placed in front and the tallest in the centre. The
trees planted close to the alley on the verge of the
group are intended to give shade as well as decorative
effect. A shady walk is always appreciated.

DISPOSITION OF TREES AND SHRUBS IN GROUPS.

Landscape Gardening—continued.

Small, isolated groups scattered on the lawns produce
very nice contrasts, but are only recommended where
great attention can be devoted to the keeping of the
garden in order. The position of each tree and shrub will
have to be marked beforehand, and each must be planted
in well-dug and properly-prepared ground. A calm and,
if possible, clondy day should be selected, and the roots
well spread in the soil at their proper depth. The
branches should be left intact, but on growth commencing
they may be slightly cut back. After planting, if the
weather Reated to be dry, the shrubs, &c., must be well
soaked with water. This is particularly necessary with
evergreens and Conifers. It is also advisable on the
same account to cover the surface of the ground with
rotten dung or dry leaves from the wood, in order to
protect the roots from frost in the winter and from drought
in the spring.

The planting of isolated trees requires particular
attention in order to ensure success. Circular holes are
dug out—deep if they are intended for species having
roots like the Pear-tree or the
Sophora, and broader than deep for
those with spreading roots. The
average depth in rich soil is 44ft.,
and the diameter 3ft.; but in poor
soil a hole 7ft. wide and 4aft. deep
is required. It is a great advantage
when the hole can be dug out several
months in advance, and the soil left
exposed during that time to the bene-
ficial influence of the air.. Before
planting, all injured roots must be
cut away with a sharp knife, and the
branches must be thinned ont and
pruned in proportion, as the roots are
taken off, imparting at the same time
a good shape to the crown. The tree
must, if small, be kept upright in the
middle of the hole, by a man holding
it, or when large by means of three
ropes tied in the crown, and held,
stretched at equal distances, by three
men. The roots should be covered with
fine soil, this being well rammed in
between them with a pointed stick in
order not to leave any cavities. The
hole must be filled to the height at
which the tree used to be, allowing
for the sinking of the soil. Some
trees, Poplars and Willows for in-
stance, ought to be planted deeper
than they were before. Previous to
planting, a strong stake must be
driven into the middle of the hole to
prevent the tree from being shaken
by the wind ; if it were driven in after
planting, some of the roots would be
injured. Very large trees are kept in position by three
well-stretched wires fastened to the crown, and secured
to three strong pegs planted at equal distances. During
the first year after planting, in order to protect the trunk
from the scorching sun, it can be covered from the
ground to the lower branches with a coating of long
straw or with reeds. During the summer, if the weather
is dry, all the new plantations must be well watered.

American plants, such as Rhododendrons, Azaleas,
Kalmias, and Andromedas, are, as a rule, grown close
to the house. They delight in a peaty soil, though one
may sometimes see Rhododendrons doing well in loam.
The bed intended for such plants is excavated a foot
deep, and the bottom of the ground is covered by a layer
2in. or 3in. thick of coarse gravel or brick rubbish.
This will serve to provide drainage, and will isolate
the peat from the natural ground, preventing it from
getting sour, and keeping the worms off. This layer
is covered with clods of peat, coarsely broken, and all
the roots are put at the bottom. The coarser the peat,

the better do the plants thrive. The bed is rounded,
and the total thickness of the peat is abont I4ft.,
of which 9in. is above the soil. When small plants

are inserted, that depth is not necessary. Rhododen-
drons must be planted in March, the tallest being
placed at the back, so that they may be seen better

478

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Landscape Gardening—coitinued.
when in blossom. They may be either of one colour
or mixed. A good disposition is to plant in the middle
different red varieties. The edges should consist of one
sort only. Kalmia latifolia forms very nice edges round

groups of varieties and hybrids of Rhododendron maximum
and R. arboreum. The intervening spaces may be planted
with Lilium auratum.

For planting hedges, different ways of more or less
The most

practical value have been recommended.

ES
00
lon 4

Landscape Gardening—continued.

Artificial undulations of the gronnd, if used with care
and taste, are very decorative, and the happiest effects
and contrasts, giving a great variety of aspect, are
possible. On a perfectly flat ground, when a large
surface has to be dealt with, it is not advisable to use
them. In the case of a lake which has been dug, the
excavated soil may be used to raise the verges of the
lawn; buat, in such situations, decorative aspects depend
more on the plantations. In Fig. 513, the plan of a villa

: garden is given, together with the
longitudinal section (AB), and the
transverse section (CD), illustrating
the formation of the ground-surface.
In the middle of the lawn is a
cemented lake (F), and with the earth
excavated, a mound has been formed
at E, serving as background to the
picture. The side facing the lake (F)
is covered with rocks, planted with

Fic. 512. METHOD OF ARRANGING DIRECT VIEW.

advantageous method is to insert a row of young plants
at 20in. from the boundary line of the property—often
marked by a ditch. ‘They may also be planted at the
bottom of the ditch, the double advantage of which is
that they are not seen from a distance, and, at the
same time, are protected. Good hedges are formed with
Berberis vulgaris, Crategus Oxyacantha,
C. lucida, Ilex Aquifoliwm, and Maclwura

herbaceous plants and ferns, hiding
the filling-pipe, and so disposed as to
form a cascade. The remainder of the
mound is planted with shrubs and
trees, and on the top is a summer-house. The boundary
walls are hidden by thick plantations of shrubs and
trees (G, G), and H is a shady resting-place. The groups
J, J, close to the house, are composed of Rhododendrons
and Kalmias. The groups K, K are planted with evergreen
shrubs and other plants. L, L are two Weeping Willows.

aurantiaca. Hedges of Crategus and
Tlex together are very effective and
decorative at the same time.

GROUNDWORK. This cannot be
governed by hard-and-fast rules; the
natural forms of an undulated surface
are so numerous that practically every
case has to be treated differently. The
_ natural ground inclinations cannot be
altered, though their defects may be
improved. While dealing with the
details, the natural character of the
situation must remain predominant.
The centre of a lawn may be hollowed
out and its verges raised, giving to
the whole surface an agreeable un-
dulating appearance, and at the same
time increasing its surface. The places
intended for groups of trees and shrubs
and flower-beds should be raised above
the ground-level, forming mounds
which harmonise with the general in-
clination of the lawn. Between these
groups and beds long, sweeping, dale-
like depressions should be formed, of
which the principal must have their
lines of sight directed to the house or
other points of rest, and their middle
—that is, their lowest part—must never
on any account be planted.

Tf in front of the house, or anywhere
in proximity to it, there are hillocks
interrupting the view, they must be
removed. Fig. 512 is a section repre-
senting such a ground disposition. The
house (A) is required to be seen in
elevation from B, at the bottom of

the park, where there is a ruin of pic-
turesque appearance ; from B the view
of the honse is partly hidden by the
crest C and the hillock D. To remedy
this evil, all the soil above the dotted
line in C and D should be taken off
and brought to KH, filling the deep
hollow there represented. A long,
sweeping line should be formed. Such
obstacles as C and D not only intercept the view, but
also give to the surface a confined appearance, while by
their removal the opposite effect is obtained. In large
gardens and parks it is only the surface of the ground
close to the house and the drives that are dealt with.
The remainder is left untouched.

Fig. 513. PLAN OF A VILLA GARDEN,

AB, Longitudinal Section; CD, Transverse Section.

M, M are Conifers planted on small eminences with soft
slopes. N is a Bamboo. O is a red Horse-chestnut, and
at P, P are specimens of Chamerops in their summer
garb. The beds Q, Q are ocenpied during the summer
with bedding-plants. R is a specimen of Cortaderia
(Gynerium). The beds Q, Q are about 2ft. above the

-

J

1900 SUPPLEMENT —RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 479

Landscape Gardening—continued.

level of the alley, and the directions of the undulations,
starting from them in varied forms to the lake, are marked
in the sections AB, CD.

Strong slopes, when the soil is of a loose nature, or
when they exceed 45deg., must be supported by blocks of
stone, -inserted in the ground at different places, and of
which the tops only are seen. Steps can also be formed
in the subsoil and the top soil; they should be well
rammed down, in order to prevent any ‘“‘sliding.”’ As
a rule, sufficient earth to form the groundwork of a
garden can be found on the spot. It is really the
quantity of soil available in a place which shonld guide
the operations. The rough-cast of the work is formed
with the subsoil. The thickness of the top soil required
depends on the quantity at command; buat for a lawn,
or for turfed borders and verges, a coat of 10in.
to 1ft. is generally allowed. The portions which are
to be planted will require a thickness of soil of at
least 2ft.

When the necessary thickness of top soil has been
roughly spread over the surface, it must be levelled by
taking with the shovel the soil forming the uneven
surface, and filling up the holes with it, thus giving
to the surface a finished appearance. Levelling is a
delicate operation, which requires taste, clear sight, and
practice. For this work one cannot absolutely rely on
the points of level fixed on the plan. One has to be
gnided by the effects produced. When the levelling has
been done, the whole should be slightly forked and raked
over. The limits of the flower-beds and the groups of
shrubs should be marked, the yerges formed, the edges
trimmed, and lastly the pegs should be taken ont. Only
the sowing of the grass remains to be done.

Water. Water gives a great charm to any Landscape,
and whenever possible, it shonld be utilised in the creation
of gardens. If existing, it must be preserved and its effects
improyed. In creating water effects the gardener must
restrict himself to natural fitness. A stream rushing
oyer a stony bed, leaping now and again over a rocky
barrier, and forming cascades full of boisterous life,
characterises mountainous or hilly surroundings; while
a placid lake or a qniet, sleepy river running in sweeps
across grassy meadows belongs to the low-lying land:
yet the latter in its proper position equals in effect the
wild mountain torrent. Small lakes, it is true, may be
met with on high grounds, but it is rather the exception
than the rule. Varions effects are to be obtained by
creating a lake with its ontlines forming bays, promon-
tories, and creeks; but these must depend more or less
upon the undulations of the shores and the surrounding
grounds, and on the different obstacles the water has
met with, or is supposed to have met with, in breaking
its way through. When making a large lake, it must
look natural, and the work of man must not be apparent.
In a small place it is not easy to deal with the ont-
lines of the water in the same way, for a small garden
necessarily looks artificial.

It may be necessary to hide from the view of the
spectator, by plantations at certain points, portions of
the lake, in order to vary the impressions created as he
goes round. If the shores are flat and nninteresting,
variations may be made by raising the opposite banks at
different spots, and planting them with trees which will
be reflected in the water. Trees must not fringe the
shore, for they would impart to the water a gloomy
appearance ; but single trees, especially those of pendulous
habit, may be planted to hang over the water. Light
must be allowed to reflect freely, giving freshness and
colour to the scene. The views from the honse or other
points of the garden should be directed towards the lake
where the largest water prospect is obtainable. For the
Same reason views on a river must be guided, if possible,
up or down stream, and not across it. Islands give variety
to the ontlines of a lake or river. They should not be
placed in the centre, but on the side, and there should not
be less than 16ft. of water between them and the main-
land. If a bridge constructed, its narrowest point
shonld be at right angles with the shore. The banks,
where there will not be any planting, shonld be turfed
below the water-lines. The slopes of the sides imme-
diately below the water-level should be steep, so that
when the water falls there will not be any muddy shore
laid bare. The depth of the water should not be less

Landscape Gardening—continued.
than 4ft., in order to prevent a too rapid evaporation from
taking place.

lake must be constructed with great care, though
it does not actually differ much from the work in
connection with the formation of the ground already
dealt with. If the earthwork consist only of an ordinary
excavation, the earth obtained, when not needed to raise
the level of the soil intended for groups of trees
or to fill depressions of the ground, may be employed
close by, in order to avoid unnecessary cartage and work,
to vary the aspect of the shores, or to form plantations
near the lake or the river. It may, however, happen that
the excavation of a lake, or the modification of the bed
and the course of a river, demand a special treatment.
The soil may be boggy, rendering the task difficult. The
work ought to be done in the winter, when the ground is
hard, and in portions. Dykes of clay should be erected
between the excavated part and the water, and the pump
kept working withont interruption. The running water
must be led away into ditches, and great care must be
taken to preyent the flooding of the work by erecting a
strong dam at the deviation of the stream. When the
soil has been excavated to the intended depth the bottom
of the lake should be smoothed, giving the necessary fall
to the ground. It must then be made watertight by using
either cement or puddle. In the majority of cases, when
a solid foundation is available, concrete is used. The
bed, when levelled and well rammed, is covered with a
layer of not less than 6in. of concrete at the bottom and
8in. on the sides.

The concrete used should be composed of a mixture of
three parts of broken stones or coarse gravel and two
parts of hydraulic mortar and sand. This mortar itself
is a mixture of two parts of sand and one of hydraulic
lime. The concrete should then be well and evenly
rammed, the surface made smooth with the back of a
shovel, and left to dry for a few days. It should then
be covered with a layer of Portland cement lin. thick.

When puddle is used, the ground should be excavated
to the required depth, allowing Ift. thick at the bottom
and 18in. on the sides. Puddle is prepared by cutting
clay, pouring water on it, and treading it until it is
plastic enough for use. When it has heen applied on the
surface, it must be well trodden and rammed. The shores
can be solidified, if the ground should happen to require
it, by driving in a few pegs at the edges with branches
and interlacing them. If there is any fear of the shores
getting washed away, the side can be covered under the
water-line with coarse stones.

A lake may also be formed by utilising a stream and
erecting across its lower end a strong dam of one and
g half to three of base to one of height. This dam
should be built up in layers of clay, well rammed, and
supported by earth. The surface could be planted with
grass and shrubs, but not with trees, as the roots of
the latter, when shaken by the winds, would loosen the
soil and allow the water to run through. The top of
the dam must be at least 5yds. or 6yds. wide, according
to the nature of the soil employed and the volume of
water to be kept back, and 5ft. above the water-line.
Rocks may be seattered about the shores, especially
close to the inlet and the overflow, which may be hidden
by the aid of plants. The sides below the inlet must
be paved to a width of about 6ft. The inlet, the oyer-
flow, and the emptying pipes must be built in the solid
ground,

Dratnine. Soil that is always saturated and boggy is
necessarily cold and poor, as the circulation of warm
air, which promotes the evaporation of the moisture, is
prevented. The soil gets into a state of decomposition,
rendering the existence of any sound vegetation im-
possible. This condition is due to the subsoil being
impermeable ; the cold water cannot, therefore, find its
way through, and it must be led away by artificial
drainage. ‘This operation consists in digging trenches,
at the bottom of which pipes are laid to collect the
water and lead it ont of the ground.

The depth at which drain-pipes should be laid, and
the distance at which they must recur, depend upon the
nature of the soil. In heavy ground they should be-
placed at from 2ft. to 3ft. deep, while in light soil 4ft.
below the surface, and at intervals of from 20ft. to 40ft.,
would suffice. The collecting-drains must run parallel

480

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ae tee oe
Landscape Gardening—continued.

with the line of ground having the greatest fall, and
the main drain should lead to the lower ground and
fall into a lake or a river, being discharged above the
water-level. ‘The drains of the lawns should be made
to join those running parallel with the drives and alleys.
Collecting-drains should have a fall of lin. to the
yard, and should join the main channel at an acute
angle. The pipes must be covered with porous material,
such as ordinary soil, broken bricks, crocks, stones, or
clinkers, &c., within 6in. of the surface of the ground.
See also Garden, Vol. II.

LANGUAS. A synonym of Alpinia (which see).
LANGWORT. See Veratrum album.

LANIUM (from lana, wool; in allusion to the woolly
flowers). ORD. Orchidee. A small genus (two or three
species) of stove, epiphytal Orchids, natives of Brazil,
Surinam, &c., allied to Epidendrum (which see for
culture). Flowers rather small, shortly pedicellate ;
dorsal sepal free, incurved; lateral ones broader, faleate ;
petals like the dorsal sepal, but narrower; lip connate in
a short tube with the base of the short column, Leaves
rigid or rather fleshy.

L. Berkeleyi (Berkeley's). 1.
brown dots, small. J. short.
oblong. Brazil, 1894.

L. microphyllum (small-leaved). jl. dull purple or greenish,
woolly; raceme terminal. J. distichous, narrow, fleshy,
channelled, acute, serrulated, much shorter than the raceme.
Demerara. A small, creeping species. SYN. Epidendrum
microphyllum.

green, with minute reddish-
Pseudo-bulbs small, linear-

L. subulatum (awl-like). jl. pale green. J. subulate. Brazil,
1896. Plant small in all its parts.
LANKESTERIA. According to C. B. Clarke,

L. parviflora is the correct name ‘of L. hispida (Syn.
L. longiflora).

LANTANA. To the species and varieties described
on p. 234, Vol. I., the following should be added :

L. involucrata (involucred). /. in dense, globose heads; corolla
lilac, with a yellow throat; bracts squarrose, silky. Autumn.
7. opposite or ternate, scarcely lin. long, ovate or roundish-
rhomboid or oblong. Branches rigid, spreading. Ah. 3ft.
West Indies, 1690.

L. nivea angustifolia (narrow-leaved). <A
L. n. mutadilis.

L. n. grandiflora (large-flowered). In this form the flowers
as well as the leaves are much larger than in the type.
Varieties. Comparatively few new varieties have been

introduced, though there are one or two of exceptional

merit: Drap d’Or, whose bright yellow flowers are very
useful in the summer beds; Heclat; Giselle; Hybrida ;

Phosphore; Pluie d’Or, and Reyeil. Those who grow

Lantanas must be watchful that with them is not intro-

duced a very destructive species of Seale, Orthezia

insignis (which see).

synonym of

LAPAGERIA. ‘To the species and varieties de-
seribed on p. 2385, Vol. Il., the following should be
added :

L. rosea Ilsemanni (Ilsemann’s).* A vigorous and free-
flowering form, with larger and more brightly coloured flowers
than those of the type. 1897. (R. G. 1897, t. 1445.)

Other varieties of garden origin are Nash Court, an
improvement upon DL. r. swperba, The Knoll, and Warnham
Court.

LAPEYROUSIA. According to J. G. Baker, this
genus consists of thirty-two species, natives of Sonthern
and tropical Africa. Flowers generally small; perianth
with an almost eylindrical tube slightly dilated towards
the throat, the segments oblong-lanceolate, spreading ;
stamens inserted at the throat of the tube, unilateral,
close, arcuate; filaments short; spathe valves small or
large, usually herbaceous. Leaves distichous, sub-terete,
linear or ensiform,

To the species deseribed on p. 235, Vol. IT., the following
shonld be added :

L. grandiflora (large-flowered).* (/l., perianth bright red, 2in,
in diameter, with a yellow eye, the three lower segments haying
a large, triangular, dark crimson spot; spikes four- to ten-
flowered. 1. 6in. to 12in. long, }in. broad. Corm small, stolon-
iferous. South-east Tropical Africa. Greenhouse. Similar in
habit to Anomatheca cruenta, but larger. (B. M. 6924.)

LAPORTEA. ‘To the species described on p. 235,
Vol. IJ., the following should be added :

L. moroides (Mulberry-like). %., panicles in pairs from the
axils of the lowest leaves. fr. purple, Mulberry-like, in
pendent bunches, remaining on the plant in a
dition for nearly a year. J. 6in. to in. long, broadly ovate-
cordate with an acute sinus, often peltately attached to the
petiole, acuminate, coarsely serrated, pubescent or villous.
Queensland, 1887. A large, greenhouse shrub or small tree,
virulently stinging. (B. M. 7057.)

LARBREA. Included under Stellaria (which see).
LARCH APHIS (Chermes laricis).

A species of

Aphis causing damage to the foliage of Larches. For
remedies, see Aphides.
LARCH BLISTER. Another name for Larch

Canker.

LARCH CANKER, or LARCH BLISTER
(Dasyscypha calycina). A well-known destructive fungoid
disease of the Larch, found in many countries,
including America. Like the Canker of Apple-trees, it is
a wound-fungus; it thrives more especially in low, damp
situations, and, according to Hartig, Larches in such
situations soon become diseased, and die in a few years
without any large blisters making their appearance.
Trees which are attacked by imsects like the larve of
the Larch Moth are usually affected, as in the wounds
made by the insects the spores find a resting-place, and
with congenial conditions soon develop. ‘The indications
of Canker may be found in late summer by a falling of
the needles, which previously have assumed an unhealthy
appearance, together with depressed spots on the twigs and
stems. Rapidly the fungus spreads by means of the
mycelium until the whole tree may be involved. The
characteristic cups are produced upon resinous swellings
upon the branches. They are beautiful objects, and have
aes been described in Vol. III., under Peziza (which
see).

The disease is a difficult one to combat once it has
attacked a plantation. Cultivators should, however,
remember that in summer it remains stationary, the
mycelium again becoming active towards autumn and con-
tinuing through winter. The best treatment that can be
recommended is to cut out the Canker-spots ; but this, of
course, is only possible when a few trees are involved.
Afterwards such spots should be dressed with copper
sulphate (see Fungicides), and then coated with tar.
Preventive measures consist in so locating the Larch that
it gets plenty of air in an open, elevated situation. In
such a place it is far less liable to be attacked than
when grown in moist valleys. All diseased parts removed
should be carefully burned.

LARCH, FALSE or CHINESE.
lavix.

LARCH MOTH (Coleophora laricella). The larve
of this small Moth are directly responsible for much
injury to the Larch, by devouring the young and tender
buds in spring. The genus is a large one, and well
represented in this conntry. The larvye mine when
young, but afterwards fashion out a case in which they
dwell. The larva of the species under notice constructs
a whitish cylindrical case ont of-the fragments of food-
plant, and may be found from September onward to
May. It is brown in colour, The Moth is rather more
than jin. in stretch of wings, and both fore-wings and
hind-wings are grey, as are also head and antenne. It
is on the wing in midsummer. In very bad cases trees
are practically defoliated. Remedies are practically use-
less in the case of this insect.

LARICIO. Sce Pinus Laricio.

LARIX. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 235-6, Vol. II., the following (based on Dr. Masters’
‘List of Conifers and Taxads,”’ 1892) should be added :
L. americana. The correct name is L. pendula.

Abs pena E noe (Archangel). A garden synonym of LD, ewropea
svoririca.

UL. chinensis (Chinese). A-synonym of Cunninghamia sinensis.

L. davurica [not dahwrica]). There are two varieties—
japonica (with bluish-green leaves) and prostrata (prostrate).

L. kurilensis may be the same as L. d. japonica.

L. europza rossica (Russian), More compact than the type,
free in growth, and of graceful habit. -

See Pseudo-

plump con--

>

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

481

Larix—continued.

L. e. sibirica (Siberian). A much-branched variety, having
stout, horizontal branches, and numerous drooping branchlets
clothed with rich green leaves. Syns. L. archangelica (of
gardens), L. Ledebourii.

= Kempferi (Kempfer’s). A synonym of Pseudolarix Kemp-
eri.

L. Ledebourii is a variety of DL. europea, its correct name
being L. e. sibirica.

L. pendula (pendulous). American Larch; Tamarack. The
correct name of L. americana.

L. sibirica (Siberian). A variety of DL. europea.

LAROCHEA TINIFLORA. A
Rochea tiniflora (which see).

LARREA. To the species described on p. 286,
Vol. IL., the following should be added:

L. divaricata (divaricately lobed). (/., ovary (and fruit) pilose.
June to September. J. sessile, deeply bilobed, villous; lobes
lanceolate, divaricate. Argentine Republic, 1829.

LASIA (from lasios, rough ; in allusion to the prickly
surface). Orp. Aroidew. A monotypic genus. The
species is a robust, marsh-loying, stove herb, requiring
similar culture to Anthurium (which see).

L. aculeata (prickly). A synonym of L. heterophylla.

L. heterophylla (variable-leaved). 7., spathe 6in. to 10in.
long, the tube lfin. to 2in. long, the blade very long, narrow,
convolute above ; spadix cylindrical, obtuse, Zin. to Lin. long,
when fruiting 24in. to 3{in. long; peduncle 8in. to 12in. long.
i. very variable, hastate when young, when old more or less
deeply pedate-pinnatipartite, 8in. to 12in. long and broad,
the lateral partitions two or three, linear-oblong or oblong-
lanceolate, more or less acuminate, narrowed towards the base ;
petioles 8in. to 20in. long. Caudex ljin. thick, more or less
densely prickly. India. Syns. LZ. aculeata, DL. spinosa,
Dracontium spinosum. Cyrtosperma Martveiefjianum is probably
identical with this.

L. spinosa (spiny). A synonym of ZL. heterophylla.
LASIAGROSTIS. Included under Stipa (which

synonym of

see), the correct name of JL. Calamagrostis being
S. Lasiagrostis.
LASIERPA. A synonym of Chiogenes (which see).

LASIOLEPIS (of Boeckeler), A
Eriocaulon (which see).

LASIOPERA. A synonym of Bartsia (which see).

LASIOPETALUM. Corethrostylis (which see)
is included hereunder by the authors of the ‘‘ Genera
Plantarum.” Several species formerly classed in this
genus are now referred to Thomasia.

L. arborescens (tree-like). A synonym of Seringia platyphylla.
L. Baueri (of gardens). A synonym of Guichenotia ledifolia.

LASIOPTERA RUBI (Raspberry Midge). See
Raspberry—Insects.

LASIOPTERA VITIS (Vine Midge).
Galls.

LASIOPUS (of Don). Included under Taraxacum
(which see), the correct name of JL. sonchoides being
T. montanum.

LASIORRHIZA. Inclaoded under Leuceria (which
see), Lasiorrhiza rosea and L. rwncinata are synonyms
of Leuceria runcinata.

LASIOSIPHON (from lasios, woolly, and siphon, a
tube ; in allusion to the hairy or silky-pubescent perianth
tube of most of the species). Orb. Thymelewacer. A
genus embracing about twenty-five species of stove or
greenhouse shrubs, with the habit of Gnidia (which see
for culture), natives of Southern and tropical Africa,
Madagascar, and tropical Asia. Flowers hermaphrodite,
densely capitate at the tips of the branches; perianth
with a cylindrical tube and five spreading lobes; stamens
ten. Leaves opposite or scattered. Only one species calls
for description here.

L. anthylloides (Anthyllis-like).* 1. chrome-yellow, umbellate,
sub-sessile ; perianth tube 14in. long, very slender, silky-pilose.
September. J/. sessile, spreading or decurved and revolute,
oblong-lanceolate, acute, silky-villous. Stems erect, leafy.
South Africa, 1889. Greenhouse. (B. M. 7303.)

L. eriocephalus (woolly-headed). The correct name of
Lachneea eriocephala,

L. purpurea (purple). The correct name of Lachncea purpurea.
Vol. V.

synonym of

See Vine

LASIOSPERMUM. ‘To the species described on

p. 236, Vol. II., the following should be added:

L. radiatum (rayed). /.-heads radiate; rays white, jin. or
more in length. /. somewhat fleshy, lin. to 2in. long, pinnati-
partite, the upper segments 4in. to lin. long, all erecto-
patent. A. 2ft. or more. Half-hardy perennial. Syns. Lancisia
bipinnata, Lidbeckia bipinnata, Matricaria bipinnata.

LASIOSTOMA (of Schreber). A
Strychnos (which see).

LASTHENIA. UL. glaberrima is a form of
L. glabrata, according to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis.”’

LASTREA. LC. aristata is identical with Aspidium
aristatum; L. eburnea, with Aspleniwm oxyphyllum ;
L. Standishii, with Aspidiwm laserpitiifolium; and
L. varia, with Aspidiuwm variwm.

LATACE (name not explained by its author). Orn.
Inliacez. A monotypic genus. The species is a green-
house, bulbous plant, nearly allied to Leucocoryne, but
haying the perianth more tubular and the style included.
For culture, see Allium.

L. Volkmanni (Volkmann’s). #1. white, small, tubular in the
lower half, long-pedicellate, umbellate; spathe with two
lanceolate valves; stamens three, with three sterile filaments
alternating with them. /. two, narrow. Bulb tunicated. h. 10in.
Andes of Santa Rosa, 1889. (R. G. 1889, t. 1302, f. 1.)

LATANTA.
genus.

LATENT. Remaining dormant; e.g., Latent Buds.
LATERALS. A term applied by gardeners to the

side shoots springing from a stem or branch. For
instance, those shoots on Vines which emanate from the
spurs caused by pruning are Laterals, and any shoots
starting from the Laterals are sub-Laterals. Again, the
shoots emanating from strong growths of the current
year’s growth are Laterals, as frequently seen in Peaches,
Nectarines, and Plums, and large trees are quickly formed
by “‘laying-in” all the Laterals which grow in a suitable
direction on young wall-trees.

LATHRZA. Including Clandestina. To the species
described on p. 237, Vol. II., the following should be
added :

L. Clandestina (Clandestina).* . pale _greyish-purple or
violet, with a dark purple lower lip, erect, 2in. long; racemes
3in. to 5in. high, many-flowered. April. Stems innumerable,
densely crowded, nearly buried in the earth, 4in. to 6in. high ;
scales jin. to fin. broad. Rhizomes densely interlaced. Europe,
1888. A very handsome perennial. (B. M. 7106.)

LATHYRUS. Including Clymenum. So important
has the culture of the Sweet Pea become, alike as a
pot-plant for the greenhouse and as a decorative and
a market plant outside, that some fuller information
than is given in Vol. II. is called for. First, it may
be considered as a hardy annual than which there is
nothing finer. In the garden of the average amatenr,
the Sweet Pea receives but scant attention, and its
period of beauty is naturally very restricted; but
where it is cultivated as it shonld be, the flowering
season may be prolonged to almost any extent.

To start with, the soil must be rich, and if this is not
so naturally, it must be made so by the incorporation of
thoroughly rotten manure, dug in, say, the previous
autumn, and then allowed to remain open to frost and
air until the time for sowing the seeds comes round.
This is usually some time in early spring, choosing a day
when the soil is in working order, and breaking it up
roughly. To prevent the seeds when sown from being
taken by birds and mice, it is usual to soak them for a
quarter-of-an-hour in paraffin, or else to coat them with
red-lead. The seed may either be sown in rows some
6ft. or 8ft. apart, to form a hedge, or in colour-groups,
using a large inverted pot and sowing the seed round the
impression made by the rim, keeping the seed, in the latter
case, a good distance apart. In large gardens it is usual
to make sowings in March, April, and May in drills drawn
about 3in. deep, and to protect the quarters with black
cotton arranged diagonally.

As soon as the seedlings are an inch or two ont of the
soil, they should be firmly staked, using sticks containing
all the twiggy growths, and the soil at each side made
firm. It is rar advisable to use a light mulching, as
this prevents the moisture in the soil from evaporating

3Q

Synonym of

Cleophora is synonymous with this

482

Lathyrus—continued.
should a period of drought occur in late spring, as it
frequently does. Rotten leaf-monld and well-rotted horse-
manure are as good as anything. This mulching will
minimise considerably the labour in connection with
watering, which in very dry weather does more harm
than good by caking the top soil. The after-treatment
consists in keeping the flowers picked so as to prevent
the formation of seed-pods. By this method the plants
may be kept going for some time, and after they begin
to show signs of exhaustion and general wear and tear,
they may be gone over with the shears and topped.
This will induce them to make new growths, from which
flowers will continue to be produced until bad weather
sets in. We have frequently had Sweet Peas in all
their beauty in mid-October by adopting the “topping”
plan suggested. :

Sweet Peas may also be grown with success as window-
box subjects by sowing them thickly in the front rows,
allowing them to droop over, and keeping them in
place by means of string stretched from each side of the
window. They require similar treatment to that already
noted; but as the mulching cannot be done, copious
waterings must be given. The back of the boxes may
be oceupied with any tall plants liked.

Some cultivators who are desirous of getting Peas
outdoors at the earliest time possible, use 3in. pots, and
sow in them towards. the end of February half-a-dozen
seeds, coyering them 4in. deep, and making the soil
firm. This latter is of the greatest importance. To
start them they are placed in gentle heat, but after-
wards kept in cold frames, and allowed plenty of air
whenever the conditions are favourable. They are thence
transferred to the open ground in April, and afforded a
sunny position.

Recently the value of the Sweet Pea as a pot-flower
has been shown, and this method of culture is likely to
become still more popular. The seeds are sown in boxes
at the beginning of September, and the young plants
afterwards potted singly into ‘“‘ sixties” and stood in a cold
frame, as near the glass as possible, giving plenty of air,
as aboye advised. From there they are re-potted abont the
beginning of December, using larger-sized pots—‘‘forty-
eights ’’—while by the end of the next month they will be
ready for their final shift into 10in., when they must be
neatly staked. The aim of the cultivator in the winter
months must simply be to keep the plants on the cool
side. No forcing must be attempted; in fact, the house
temperature should never reach 50deg.

Hardly less beantiful nowadays are the varieties of the
Everlasting Pea, which are to be found in many colours.
They are extremely useful for making pretty hedges, and
afford plenty of cut-flower material. For these, as for
the Sweet Peas, twiggy sticks should be employed for
them to ramble over. Then two or three of the dwarf
species and: varieties—like DL. rotundifolius, L. sativus,
L. s. azwreus, and L. s. albus—are most effective when
employed upon rockeries or in groups in the front row
of the summer borders. Yet another section is the
trailing one, of which JL. tingitanus and L. sylvestris
platyphyllus are fairly well known.

To the species described on pp. 237-8, Vol. II., the
following should be added. See also Orobus (which is
included hereunder by Bentham and Hooker).

L. Armitageanus is a synonym of L. nervosus.

L. azureus (azure-blue). This plant (referred to in F. & P.
1881, p. 22) is a variety of the old L. sativus.

L. Clymenum (Clymenum). jl. blue, or having the standard
red and the wings blue, one to six to a peduncle. 7, lower
petioles dilated, leafiess, linear-lanceolate; upper ones _five-
Betas linear. Stems tetragonal, winged. South Europe.

nnual.

L. Davidii (David's). #., corolla yellowish-white, at length
ochreous; peduncles many-flowered, ultimately exceeding the
leaves. jr., pods narrow-linear. /. three- ori our-jugate ; leaflets
oval, rhomboid-oval, or oval-oblong, obtuse at both ends or
slightly acute at apex ; stipules semi-cordate or semi-sagittate.
Japan, North China, 1883. A tall, highly glabrous perennial.
(R. G. 1127.)

L. Drummondii (Drummond's). /. of a bright carmine, very
large, several borne on the stalks which spring from the axils
of the leaf-shoots. fr., pods straight, glabrous, many-seeded.
7. reduced to a pair of rounded-ovate, sessile leaflets. A. 34ft.
to 4ft. Origin unknown. This requires a shady and sheltered
position.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Lathyrus—continued.

L. Gorgoni (Gorgon’s). fl. fuscous, rather large; peduncles one-
flowered, shorter than or nearly equalling the leaves. J. having
one pair of lanceolate leaflets and trifid tendrils. Stems diffuse,
winged. Sicily.

L. letifiorus (pretty-flowered). fl. nearly white or faintly
flesh-coloured, nearly lin. long; standard veined, and suffused
with light pink at back; racemes longer than in L. violaceus
(which this species resembles in leaves and habit). California,
1894. Half-hardy perennial.

L. luteus (yellow). ji. bright yellow; corolla twice as long as
the calyx; racemes pedunculate, six- to twelve-flowered,
equalling or exceeding the leaves. /., leaflets six or eight,
oblong, acute, membranous, 2in. to 4in. long; stipules leafy.
pone sub-erect, glabrous, 2ft. to 3ft. high. Western Himalayas,
1882.

L. magellanicus. The correct name is L. nervosus. This is
frequently offered for sale in plant catalogues ; but oftener than
not L. sativus, a well-known annual, or else L. tingitanus is
substituted.

L. nervosus (nerved).
(S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 344).

L. niger (black). The correct name of Orobus niger.

L. pubescens (downy).* jl. pale violet, disposed in dense
racemes ; calyx pubescent; peduncles longer than the leaves.
Summer. JZ. unequally pinnate; leaflets oblong-lanceolate,
twice as long as the petioles. Stems winged, and, as well
as the leaves, pubescent. Chili and Uruguay, 1840 and 1892.
A magnificent, greenhouse climber. (B. M. 3996.)

L. sativus. This species, described in Vol. IL, is largely
cultivated as a fodder plant in Europe, and also in India and
Egypt. The meal, however, made from the seeds is extremely
poisonous.

L. s. albus (white). Pure white. h. lft.

L. s. azureus (azure-blue). jl. of a clear azure-blue. h. 1ft.

L. s. coloratus (coloured). /. white, purple, and blue.

L. Sibthorpii (Sibthorp’s). A synonym of L. wndulatus.

L. splendens (splendid). 1. searlet-purple, large, very beautiful,
arranged in clusters of from ten to twelve; keel almost lin.
long. J. very variable. Lower California, 1881. Greenhouse or
half-hardy. Allied to the Everlasting Pea. (B. M. 7575.)

L. sylvestris platyphyllus delicatus (delicate coloured).
jl. white, flushed with pink. There is also a pretty garden
variety known as Pink Beauty.

L. s. Wagneri (Wagner's). jl. a dark red, handsome.
perennial trailer.

L. undulatus (wavy).* /. magenta-red; standard orbicular,
lin. in diameter; racemes unilateral, five- or six-flowered ;
peduncles 6in. long. 1a and June. /., leaflets twin, oblong,
sub-acute or cuspidate; stipules lanceolate-deltoid. Stems
prominently winged. 2. 2ft. to 3ft. Turkey, 1889. Perennial ;
requires a warm situ@ ion. Syn. L. Sibthorpii (B. M. 7499). A
handsome plant.

L. vernus (spring). The correct name of Orobus vernus. There
are three good varieties: albus (white), flore-pleno (double-
flowered), and flaccidus (the correct name of Orobus flaccidus).

L. violaceus (violet). #. violet-blue, about gin. long, the
standard veined with darker, nearly parallel veins; racemes
ten- to fourteen-flowered. 7. light green, with about twelve

The correct name of L. magellanicus

A hardy

small leaflets. kh. 6ft. to 8ft. California, 1894 Half-hardy
perennial.
Varieties. So much has the Sweet Pea increased in

favour of late years, that the number of varieties of
IL. odoratus now available has reached enormous propor-
tions. A Sweet Pea conference and a show devoted to
this beantifal annual have been held. The rapid rise
in favour is largely due to the improvements florists
have made in the flowers, than whom none have been
more assiduous than Mr. Eckford, of Wem. New varieties
may not increase at the same rate in the future, but
improvements upon existing kinds willbe made. At the
time of writing, however, the following may be considered
to embrace most of the best in cultivation:

AMERICA, white, striped pink; AURORA, white, flaked orange-
salmon; BLAacK KNIGHT, deep maroon, vigorous and free;
BLANCHE BURPEE, white, free; BOREATTON, deep maroon;
CaLypso, bright magenta, flushed mauve; CAPTAIN OF THE
BLUES, a combination of bright purple and light blue, fine
flower; CHANCELLOR, bright orange, with orange-pink wings ;
COLONIST, rosy-lilac ; COQUETTE, deep primrose, suffused purplish-
rose ; COUNTESS CADOGAN, violet and light blue, with lavender
keel ; COUNTESS OF ABERDEEN, white and pale pink ; COUNTESS
OF Powls, bright orange, suffused purple, very glossy, lovely
combination of colour; COUNTESS OF RADNOR, pale lavender ;
DorotTHY TENNANT, light violet; DuCHESS OF EDINBURGH,
scarlet, flushed crimson; DUCHESS OF SUTHERLAND, pearl-
white, suffused light pink, very fine; DUKE OF SUTHERLAND,
deep claret, with indigo-blue wings, handsome; DUKE OF
WESTMINSTER, maroon and bright violet, quite distinct;

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

483

Z Lathyrus—continued.

EARLIEST OF ALL, rose, with white wings; EMILY
Eckrorp, dark blue, tinged with reddish-mau large,

and a flower of good texture; EMILY HENDERSON, white.
large, and free; FASCINATION, magenta-mauve; FIREFLY,
bright crimson, free, and of good substance ; GEORGE GORDON,
rich lake; GORGEOUS, orange-pink standard, and soft pink
wings, two flowers in a spike; F MAJESTY, soft pink;
Hon. F. Bouverie£, bright coral-pink ; LADY BEACONSFIELD,
salmon, tinted rose, very distinct; LADY GRIZEL HAMILTON,
lilac, very beautiful; LADY MARY CURRIE, deep orange-pink,
shaded rosy-lilac; Lapy Nina BALrour, soft mauve, 1
dove-grey, one of the best for exhibition; LApy PE a
bright rose, very chaste; LADY SKELMERSDALE, rosy-lilac,
with white wings, distinct ; LEMON QUEEN, blush-pink, tinted
lemon, with nearly white wings; Lorrie Eckrorpb, deep
mauve, with white wings, beautifully edged with mauve;
LOVELY, light pink; Mars, bright red, becoming deeper with
age, the best of its colour; MIKADO, orange-cerise, striped
white ; MONARCH, bronzy-crimson and deep blue, large flowers ;
Mrs. Eckrorp, delicate primrose; Mrs. FITZGERALD, soft
cream, and edged with pale pink; Mrs. GLADSTONE, delicate
pink ; Mrs. JOSEPH CHAMBERLAIN, white, striped bright rose ;

AVY BLUE, a combination of purple and violet; ORANGE
PRINCE, bright orange-pink ; OTHELLO, dark maroon; PINK
Cupip, dwarf; PRIMA DONNA, soft pink; PRIMROSE, pale
primrose; PRINCE EDWARD OF YORK, scarlet and deep rose,
very showy; PRINCE OF WALES, bright rose, free; PRINCESS
OF WALES, mauve-striped on white ground; QUEEN VICTORIA,
soft yellow, overlaid purple; RoyAL ROSE, deep rose standards
and pale rose wings; SADIE BURPEE, white, with incurving
standards ; SALOPIAN, deep crimson, tinged with rich red, and
tinted orange-scarlet, large, tine flower; NATOR, cream,
shaded and striped chocolate ; SHAZADA, da naroon, shaded
purple, distinct ; STANLEY, deep maroon, good form; TRIUMPH,
orange-pink, with white wings flushed purple; VENUS, salmon-
buff, shaded rosy-pink; WHITE CUPID, dwarf.

LATTICE-LEAF PLANT. ‘Se Ouvirandra
fenestralis.

LAUREL, PORTUGAL. See Cerasus lusi-
tanica.

LAUREL, SEASIDE. ‘See Phyllanthus lati-
folius.

LAUREL, SHEEP. See Kalmia angustifolia.
LAUREL, VARIEGATED. ‘See Aucuhba.
LAUREMBERGIA. A synonym of Serpicula

(which see).

LAURENTIA. To the species described on p. 238,

Vol. II., the following should be added :

L. carnosula (slightly fleshy).* 7. blu. with two yellow, white-
bordered spots on the lower lip, axillary, in shape resembling
those of Lobelia Erinus. 1. opposite and alternate, linear-
lanceolate, acute, entire or somewhat serrated. Branches
diffusely spreading, ascending. California. A hardy annual, of
Lobelia-like aspect. (B. M. 6257.)

LAURERIA. A synonym of Juanulloa (which
see).

LAURESTINUS (properly
See Viburnum Tinus.

LAUROPHYLLUS. A synonym of Botryceras
(which see).

LAURUS. Several species formerly included here-
under are now referred to Cinnamomum, Lindera,
Nectandra, Ocotea, Persea, and Sassafras.

L. nobilis flourishes best in an open, well-drained soil,
and a sunny spot should be selected, as the wood wust be
well matured to withstand the rigours of severe winters.
The Sweet Bay-tree is very useful for growing in pots
and tubs for standing on terraces and in cool con-
servatories and yestibules. It also withstands gas fumes
well. It is rather impatient of root-disturbance, and care
should be exercised in transplanting, which is best
attended to either abont the end of September or in
April. If the weather is dry at planting-time, a
watering overhead, as well as at the roots to settle the
soil, will be of immense benefit in assisting the plant to
establish itself in its fresh quarters.

LAVANDULA. Including Sfechas. To the species
eeeeribed on p. 239, Vol. IL., the following should be
added :

L. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). A synonym of L. vera.

L. lanata (woolly). jl. violet; spike elongated, somewhat
interrupted; floral leaves lanceolate or linear. J. oblong-

LAURUSTINUS).

Lavandula—continued.
lanceolate, linear, or sub-spathulate, entire, revolute-margined,
densely white-woolly on both sides. Spain, 1872. Greenhouse
evergreen. (Ref. B. 301.)

L. latifolia (broad-leaved). A synonym of L. vera.

LAVATERA. ‘To the species described on pp.

239-40, Vol. II., the following should be added :

L. crestiana (Chateau de Crest). A hybrid, probably between
L. maritima and L. trimestris; it has the largely opened,
flattened flowers and velvety leaves of the former, and the
etal-colour, calyx, and bracteoles of the latter. July to
ecember. h. 5ft.

L. cretica (Cretan). The correct name of Malva mauritiana.

L. insularis (insular).* /l. yellowish-white, striped with purple,
on stout, deflexed and curved pedicels nearly lin. long. 7. 3in.
to 6in. broad, palmately lobed, with a narrow sinus, borne on
long petioles ; lobes rounded, obtuse, coarsely crenate. Mexico,
1896. A compact, half-hardy, finely stellate-pubescent shrub,
about 4ft. through. (G. & F. 1896, p. 164, f. 27.)

L. maritima (maritime). 7. white; pedicels axillary, solitary.
May. J. tomentose, somewhat rounded, obtusely angled and
ae Stems shrubby, also tomentose. h. 2ft. South Europe,

L. trimestris alba (white).* This is a beautiful variety of the
well-known trimestris, having snowy-white flowers. Both are
very effective annuals, whether grown in beds or in borders, as
they produce an abundance of flowers which last in perfection
along time when cut. Seeds may be sown in either autumn or
spring, the former for choice.

LAVENDER, SEA. ‘ce Statice.
LAVENIA. A synonym of Adenostemma (which

see).
LAVERNA VINOLENTELLA. See
shoot Moths.

LAVRADIA. UL.

L. montana.

Apple-

glandulosa is a synonym of

fexr13]

Fic. 514. RANSOMES’ PATENT LAWN SWEEPER.

LAWN MOWERS. During the past few years
many improvements have been made in Lawn Mowers:
not only are they in many cases lighter, but they also
combine easy working, efficiency, and greater speed.
Ransomes’ ‘“‘ Patent Double Angle Cutting Barrel” is a
decided improvement on the old machines where the
spiral or twist of the blades was in one direction. In
the new machine the blades are in two lengths, and
the spiral at opposite angles, thus throwing the grass
into the centre of the collecting-box. Another improvement
is the ribbed rollers, which prevent the machine from
sliding when mowing on sloping lawns or banks. Messrs.
Ransomes have also a patent screw adjustment fitted to
their machines which does away with the awkward plan
of turning over the machine to adjust the blades. The
serews are turned from above, or as the machine stands, and
blades can be regulated till they cut evenly and without
friction, and with the least labour. For cutting sharp,
sloping banks, Ransomes’ ‘‘ Anglo-Paris Mower” is very
useful, fitted with a long handle. The grass is cut neatly
andevenly by this machine. The ‘‘Pennsylvania’”’ isa light,
easily-worked machine, very suitable for large lawns, golf-
links, &c., and being light is moved with little trouble
from one part of the grounds to another. A most useful
arrangement for moying Lawn Mowers with ease from one
place to another is the ‘‘New Lawn Mower Carriage,”
sold by most makers. ‘The Lawn Mower is raised by the
handles, and the carriage—which consists of two low

484

Lawn Mowers—continued.
wheels connected—is pushed under the machine, so that
the part in front of the rollers rests on the wood cushion
of the carriage, where it remains firm, and may then be
wheeled rapidly over rongh walks or ground withont any
injury to the machine.

Steam Lawn Mowers were introduced a few years ago,
and haye proved more economical than those worked by
horse-power ; they do their work well where the lawns are
moderately level, and will no doubt be more in demand
for cricket-grounds and similar places in the future.
They are easily managed, and the cost of fuel is light.

LAWN-SWEEPING MACHINE. This is a very
useful machine, and is made in two sizes—one worked by
horse-power, and the other by two men. There are four
brushes, which revolve rapidly, sweeping everything up
into a receptacle behind, leaving the grass quite clean
and fresh-looking. When full, the receptacle is easily
removed by being drawn out from the slides which keep
it in position; but in the horse-power machine the
receptacle is emptied by a lever, which opens a flap and
deposits the rubbish in a heap on the ground. See
Fig. 514.

LAXMANNIA (of Fischer).
(which see).

LAXMANNIA (of
Petrobium (which see).

LAYIA. To the species described on p. 244, Vol. IL.,
the following should be added :

L. elegans (elegant).* l.-heads numerous, l4in. across; ray
florets yellow on the basal half, white above; disk yellow.
1., lower ones pinnatifid; cauline ones narrow-lanceolate, sub-
amplexicaul. Stems much-branched, reddish, pubescent. 1883.
A dwarf, but very showy and floriferous annual.

L. e. alba (white). There is a white-flowered form of this.

L. glandulosa (glandular).* _/.-heads solitary, lin. in diameter ;
ray florets white, flat, broadly obovate, three-lobed at apex;
disk yellow, small. Summer. J. alternate, linear, obtuse, lin.
to l1sin. long. 1886. A beautiful, glandular-hairy annual,
branching from the base. (B. M. 6856.)

L. heterotricha (variable-haired). j.-heads white, sometimes
tinged with rose; ray florets ten to eighteen; hairs of the
pappus bristles less abundant, the inner woolly ones wanting.
Generally larger and more erect ; otherwise like L. glandulosa.
California.

LAYING-IN. The process of Laying-in the young
wood of trees against walls to fill up, extend, or form the
tree is known by this name. The temporary insertion of
newly-received trees from a nursery or other source in a
shallow trench, where they can remain until permanently
planted, is also termed Laying- or Heeling-in.

LAZY-BEDS. A form or system of Potato culture
that never found much favour, and is now obsolete. It
consisted in deeply digging a piece of ground, and putting
the tubers on the surface in straight lines; the soil was
taken out from between the rows and placed on the
tubers, the Potatoes thus growing on ridges. Another
plan was to have the ground dug as above, the tubers
put more closely on the surface, and alleys made round
the beds, the soil from the alleys being spread evenly
over the tubers.

LEADER. The terminal shoot of an excurrent trank,
commonly forming the apex of a conical tree, as in the Fir.

LEZEBA. A synonym of Cocculus (which see).
LEAF BLIGHT OF CELERY. See Cercospora.

LEAF-BLIGHT, or LEAF-SCALD, OF PEAR
AND QUINCE (Entomosporium maculatum). This is a
much-dreaded fungoid disease in America, where it is
particularly destructive to the two fruits associated with
its name, though not entirely restricted thereto, Apples,
Peaches, and Cherries also being attacked. Spring or
early summer is the season when the disease principally
manifests itself in the form of roundish, reddish spots on
the newly-opened leaves; or it may not show itself until
summer is well advanced. The spots in bad cases run
into one another, and thus the roundish shape they at
first assumed is destroyed. They also darken with age,
and are depressed. Shoots and fruits, as well as foliage,
are attacked, and frequently the last-named all falls off.

A synonym of Coluria

Forster). A synonym of

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Leaf-Blight—continued.

Weak Bordeaux Mixture should be applied directly the
disease is seen, and the sprayings shonld be repeated
at intervals. Unless, however, all the fallen leaves and
the diseased shoots are carefully burned, the fungus
will appear again the following season. It may be that
the sprayings in the early part of the year when the
fruits are small, may not be sufficient to entirely check
the spread of the disease. In that case one of the clear
Fungicides (which see) should be employed.

LEAF-BLIGHT OF STRAWBERRY (Sphezrella
fragariz). See Strawherry-Leaf Blight.

LEAF-CAST OF PINES (Lophodermum pinustri).
See Pine Blight or Pine Needle Cast.

LEAF CUP. Sce Polymnia.

LEAFP-CURL OF PEACH.
(Vol. II.).

LEAF-CURL OF POTATO (Macrosporium solani).
See Potato—Fungi.

LEAF-CUTTER BEES.
noptera.

LEAF-RUST. See Chrysanthemum Leaf-Rust.
LEAF SPOT OF CELERY. See Cercospora.

LEAF WEEVILS. A name applied to certain
species of Phyllobius (which see).

LEAROSA. A synonym of Doryphora (which see).

LEAST YELLOW UNDERWING. ‘See Try-
phena.

LEATHER JACKET.
ifera.

LEAVES. See Leaf.

LECANIUM. A genus of Scales, several species of
which have proved themselves pests in this and other
countries. DL. Persice, the Brown Peach Scale, has already
been described and illustrated under Scale Insects in
Vol. III. Then there is the Brown Currant Scale (L. coryli ;
LL. ribis), which is common upon hardy bush fruits like
Gooseberry, Currant, and Raspberry, as well as upon certain
ornamental trees and shrubs—Cotoneasters, for instance. A
common and destructive species of this genus is genevense,
affecting Hawthorns and very occasionally Apple-trees.
This is also one of the species of which the males are
known and recognised. The female is a deep red; but
the male is of a vivid red and extremely small in
comparison, even for Scales, with his partner. They may
be found upon Hawthorns in early spring, and in very
large numbers. Under glass there is a minute species
showing a partiality for Roses; it is of a dirty-yellow
colour, spotted with black, and round in form. For
method of treatment, see Scales, in present volume, and
also Seale Insects, in Vol. III.

LECANIUM HESPERIDUM. Sce Scale Insects.

LECANIUM PERSICZH. See Peach —Insect
Pests.

LECANIUM VITIS. See Vine Scale Insects.

LECANOPTERIS (from lekane, a dish, and Pieris, a
Fern ; in allusion to the habit). Orp. Filices. A genus
embracing four or five species of stove Ferns, natives of
Malaya, allied to Dicksonia and Deparia. I. carnosa is
remarkable for the form and manner of growth of its
rhizome, which forms an irregular, putty-like crust sur-
rounding the branches of trees, to which it clings by
means of short, brown, fibrous roots; the interior is full
of small cavities or galleries, similar to those of Hydno-
phytum and Myrmecodia. The plant is (or was recently)
grown at Kew.

LECHLERA. A synonym of Solenomelus (which

see).
LECONTIA. A synonym of Peltandra (which see).
LECYTHEA ROSZ. ‘See Rosa—Fungi.

LEDEBOURIA HYACINTHINA. A
of Scilla indica (which see).

LEDGERIA. A synonym of Galeola (which see).

See Peach—Fungi

See Aculeate Hyme-

See Eucalyptus resin-

synonym

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 485

LEEA. Syns. Agquilicia, Ottilis. To the species
described on p. 247, Vol. II., the following should be
added :

L. amabilis splendens (splendid).* A lovely variety, having
the stems, petioles, midrib, and under-surface of the leaves
coloured red. Borneo, 1884. (I. H. 518.)

L. Rohersiana (Reehrs’), A synonym of L.
Rehrsiana.

L. sambucina (Sambucus-like). . greenish-white. (/r. dry,
the size of a small Cherry. 7. pinnate or tripinnate, often
Sift. by 4ft.; leaflets stalked, very variable in size and shape,
acute or acuminate, serrated. Tropics of the Old World.

L. s. Reehrsiana (Reehrs’). /. pinnate, 16in. long, glaucescent,
cordate-oblong, acuminate, deeply toothed, bronze-green when
young. Colombia, 1897. Plant variable, resembling a Cissus.
Syn. L. Rohersiana (G. C. 1898, i., p. 242, f. 92).

LEECHEE. See Litchi.

LEEK. For all soils and positions the Musselburgh
and the London Flag are the most reliable sorts, being
perfectly hardy and standing well throngh the winter in
the most exposed situations. Each has a long, thick
stem, and is largely cultivated. Dobbie’s Champion Prize,
Monstrons Carentan, The Lyon, Henry’s Prize, and
Ayton Castle Giant, are all of immense size and most
suitable for exhibition. Most of these varieties haye been
grown and exhibited with the blanched portion over 20in.
in length and 4in. in diameter, the whole plant weighing
over 4lb. All the varieties are suitable for cultivating
in either the North or the South.

LEGOUZIA. A synonym of Specularia (which see).

sambucina

LEICHARDTIA (of Brown). A synonym of
Marsdenia (which see).
LEIOCARYA. <A synonym of Trichodesma

(which see).

LEIOCHILUS. Syn. Cryptosanus. The correct
spelling is Leochilus, the name Leiochilus being applied
to a genus of Rubiacee not in cultivation.

LEIPHAIMOS. A synonym of Voyria (which see).
LEJICA. A synonym of Zinnia (which see).

LEMA TRILINEATA. See Potato — Insect
Pests.

LENIDIA. A synonym of Wormia (which see).

LENNEA (commemorative of M. Lenné, a foreign
landscape gardener). Orv. Leguminose. A small genus
(two species) of greenhouse trees or shrubs, one Mexican,
and the other a native of Central America; they are closely
allied to Wistaria. Flowers pink or greenish, in axillary
racemes or fascicled at the axils. Leaves impari-pinnate.
L. robinoides (P. F. G. iii., p. 27, f. 246) has been introduced,
but is probably not now grown.

LENT LILY. A popular name for Narcissus, Psendo
Narcissus. Also called English Lent Lily.

LENTEN ROSES. Sce Helleborus.

LENTICULA PALUSTRIS. A garden name for
Pistia Stratiotes (which see).

LEOCHILUS is the correct spelling of Leiochilus.

LEONTICE. Some of these tuberons rooted plants,
though regarded as hardy, are best grown under a hand-
light or in a greenhouse, as they produce their flowers very
early in the year. The tubers should not be covered in
planting.

To the information given on p. 249, Vol. IL., the following
should be added :

L. Alberti (Albert Regel’s). (. ochreous, streaked reddish-
brown at back, nearly lin. across; raceme conical. April.
!., fully-formed ones on petioles 4in. to Sin. long, sub-digitately
five-partite, the leaflets rather fleshy, elliptic, obtuse ; stipules
Zin. long. Stems several, very stout, each giving off two
radical, undeveloped leaves (which fully develop long after the
flowering period), and a stout flower-stem 6in. to 8in. high.
| Sar ce 1886. Half-hardy. (B. M. 6900; R. G.

L. altaica is now regarded as synonymous with Bonyardia
Rauwolfii.

L. darwasica (Darvas). jl. golden-yellow, large, racemose ;
bracts slightly coloured on the margins. February. /., cauline
ones trifoliolate, with a winged or auricled base; radical ones
having roundish-ovate leaflets, glaucous, and sometimes reddish
on the ArrIne 5 floral ones in two series, six in each. Bokhara
(at 5000- t.), 1888. Hardy.

Leontice—continued.

L. Leontopetalum (Leontopetalum). fl. in a terminal, com-
pound raceme; petals one-third the length of the orbicular
sepals. Spring. fr., capsule lin. to lsin. long. J. biternately
cleft; segments ovate or obovate, rarely sub-cordate, lin. to
l14in. long, the terminal one sometimes twice- or thrice-parted
h. lft. to lft. Greece, &c. Hardy. L. vesicaria is a form of
this species.

L, odessana (Odessa). A synonym of Bongardia Rawwolfii.

L. thalictroides (Thalictrmm-like). A synonym of Caulo-
phyllum thalictroides.

L. vesicaria (bladder-like). A form of L. Leontopetalum.

LEONTODON. Apargia is synonymous with this
genus.
LEONTODON (of Adanson). A synonym of

Taraxacum (which see).
LEONTOGLOSSUM. A

(which see).

LEOPARDANTHUS. A synonym of Dipodium
(which see).

LEPACHYS. UL. coluwmnaris and L. pinnatifida are
the correct names of Rudbeckia columnaris and R. pinnata.

LEPANTHES. To the species described on p. 251,

Vol. IL., the following shonld be added:

L. gracilis (slender). #. 4in. long; sepals bright yellow;
petals deep yellow, usually with a maroon-purple border on the
inner side; lip yellow; column dull purple; raceme lin. to
lin. Jong. 1. elliptic, mucronate, Zin. to 1jin. long. Stems
slender, 1sin. to 2in. long. Origin unknown; grown at Kew.

pe eee A synonym of Eleagnus (which
see).

LEPERIZA. Two species formerly referred here
—L. eucrosioides and L. latifolia—ave now classed under
Stricklandia and Urceolina respectively (which see).

LEPICEPHALUS. A synonym of Cephalaria
(which see).

synonym of Delima

LEPIDANCHE. A synonym of Cuscuta (which
see).

Scares aa A synonym of Microseris (which
see).

LEPIDOPELMA. A synonym of Sarcococca
(which see).

LEPIDOSTEMON PENTSTEMONOIDES. A
synonym of Pentstemon antirrhinoides (which see).

LEPIDOTE. Scaly or seurfy.

LEPIDOTHAMNUS. A synonym of Dacrydium
(which see). >

LEPIDOZAMIA. Included under
(which see).

LEPIRONIA (in part).
(which see).

LEPTACTINA (from leptos, slender, and aktin, a
ray ; in allusion to the circle of narrow lobes in the limb
of the corolla). Sometimes spelt Leptactinia. Orv.
Rubiacee. A genus comprising four species of stove
shrubs, natives of tropical Africa. Flowers conspicuous,
fascicled at the tips of the branchlets, sessile or shortly
pedicellate; calyx five-parted; corolla tube elongated,
silky, the limb of five spreading, narrow-oblong or lanceo-
late lobes; stamens five ; fascicles sessile or pedunculate.
Leaves opposite, rather large, shortly petiolate, elliptic,
oboyate-oblong, or lanceolate, membranous ; stipules ample,
connate at base. Branchlets terete. The following are the
only species in cultivation. They thrive in well-drained,
fibrous loam, and may be increased by cuttings.

L. Mannii (Mann's). i. white, fragrant, disposed in terminal,
dense, sessile cymes; corolla 4in. long, with five spreading
lobes 24in. long. J. oblong, obtuse or shortly acuminate,
cuneate at base, sub-sessile, 3in. to 8in. long, l4in. to 34in.
broad, the margins’ reflexed. hk. 6ft. to 12ft. Upper Guinea,
1893. A nearly glabrous shrub, of Randia-like habit. (B. M.
7367.)

L. tetraloba (four-lobed).* 7. solitary, sessile, terminal; calyx
4in. long; corolla white, minutely papillose outside, the tube
ljin. long, the lobes jin. long, with alternating coronal
appendages one line long. J. 24in. to 7in. long, jin. to 1fin.
broad, oblanceolate, cuneately narrowed to the rather acute
base; petioles two to nine lines long. Usagara Mountains, 1885.
A neat little, bushy shrub.

Macrozamia

Synonymous with Mapania

486

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

LEPTANTHE. A synonym of Macrotomia (which

see).

LEPTANTHUS. A

(which see).

LEPTARGYREIA.
(which see).

LEPTARRHENA (from leptos, slender, and arrhen,
male ; in allusion to the subulate stamens). ORD. Sazi-
fragex. A monotypic genus. The species, L. amplewi-
folia (Syn. L. pyrolifolia), is a hardy, perennial herb,
with the habit of Pyrola, and having small, white
flowers and stem-sheathing petioles. It has been intro-
duced from North America, but is not of much horti-
cultural value.

LEPTOBALANUS. A
(which see).

synonym of Heteranthera

A synonym of Shepherdia

synonym of Moauilea

LEPTOCALLIS. Included under Ipomcea (which
see).

LEPTOCARPUS. A synonym of Tamonea (which
see).

LEPTOCERAS. Included under Caladenia (which
see).

LEPTOCODON (from lepfos, slender, and kodon, a
bell; in allusion to the shape of the flowers). ORp.
Campanulacee. A monotypic genus, the species being a
slender, glabrous, greenhouse, perennial twiner, formerly
included under Campanumea (which see).

L. gracilis (slender). The correct name of Campanumca

gracilis.

LEPTOGLOTTIS. Included under Schrankia
(which see).

LEPTOGYNE. Included under Pluchea (which
see).

LEPTOSPERMUM. Including Glaphyria and Peri-
calymna. To the species described on p. 252, Vol. II.,

the following should be added:

L. Annze (Mrs. Anna Schadenberg’s). fl. white, with red
stamens, small, axillary and terminal, solitary or two or
three together. JU. lanceolate, Sin. to jin. long, ascending.
Branches slender, ascending. Mindanao, 1885. (R. G. 1184.)

L. baccatum (berried). /l. white; calyx glabrous, the teeth
coloured and pubescent. June. jf7,., capsule baccate. Summer.
1. lmear-lanceolate, pungent, one-nerved, three-nerved at base,
Branchlets hairy. Australia, 1790.

L. grandiflorum (large-flowered).
of L. jlavescens and L. scoparium.

L. juniperinum (Juniper-like). A form of L. scoparium.

L. pubescens (downy). The correct name of L. lanigerwm.

LEPTOSTACHYA (of Mitchell), A
Phryma (which see).

A name applied to forms

synonym of

LEPTOSTELMA. Included under Erigeron
(which see).
LEPTOSTEMMA. A synonym of Dischidia

(which see).
LEPTOSTIGMA. A synonym of Nertera (which

see).

LEPTOSYNE. To the species described on p. 252,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

L. Douglasii (Douglas's). /l.-heads, rays sin. or more in length;
peduncles long, scape-like, one-headed. J. once to thrice parted
into nearly filiform divisions; all but the lowest alternate.
h. 9in. to 12in. California.

L. gigantea (gigantic). jl.-heads resembling small Sunflowers.
1. finely divided. Stem soft-wooded, 2ft. to 8ft. high. Cali-
fornia, 1895. Half-hardy. (R. G. 1895, f. 111-12.) ‘

L. Stillmani (Stillman’s). _//l.-heads, ring of the disk florets
beardless ; achenes somewhat obovate, quite smooth and naked
on the back, becoming papillose or tubercled on the inner
face; peduncles scape-like, one-headed. J., all but the lowest
alternate ; lobes linear, jin. broad. California, 1873. A low
annual. (R. G. 1897, p. 612, f. 83.)

LESCHENAULTIA. To the species described on
p. 253, Vol. II., the following should be added:
L. bicolor major (two-coloured, greater).*
garden variety. 1884. (Gn. 1884, p. 468.)
L. formosa major (greater)* jl. dark orange-red, numerous,

pendulous ; peduncles Zin. long. 7. closely set, linear. 1886.
A free-flowering shrub. (R. H. 1886, p. 468.)

A blue-flowered,

LESPEDEZA. Including Oxyramphis. To the
species described on p. 253, Vol. IL., the following should
be added :

L. bicolor flore-albo (white-flowered).* A white-flowered
variety. 1893.

L. Delavayi (Delavay’s).* jl. deep violet, passing into purplish-
black, disposed in a large, terminal panicle. J. trifoliolate;
leaflets elliptic, obtuse, green above, silvery beneath. h. 3ft.
to 6ft. Yunnan, China, 1890. A hardy perennial, of bushy
habit. (R. H. 1890, p. 225, f. 70.)

L. eriocarpa (woolly-fruited). jl. deep purplish-ved, gin. to
4in. long; racemes copious, many-flowered, Zin. to 4in. long ;
calyx (and pods) ee i, July. J1., leaflets obovate-cuneate,
sin. to lin. long, thinly grey-canescent beneath. h. 3ft. to
4ft. Temperate Himalayas, &c., 1819. An erect half-hardy
shrub. SyN. Oxyramphis macrostyla (B. R. xxxii., t. 28).

L. macrocarpa (large-fruited).* jl. purple, small, numerous,
disposed in racemes, produced during several months. J. tri-
foliolate. North China, 1883. A hardy, ornamental shrub.

L. trigonoclada (triangular-branched). jl. pale yellow or
whitish, disposed in terminal panicles. September. 7. elon-
gated, glabrous, coriaceous. Stems and branches triangular.
Gorges of Hee-chan-men, China, 1890. A curious and
remarkable, hardy perennial.

L. capillipes, L. hirtella, L. eriocarpa polyantha, and L. yunna-
nensis, described in R. H. 1890, pp. 226-7, are probably not yet
in cultivation.

LESSER BROAD-BORDERED YELLOW

UNDERWING. See Tryphena.

LESSER CELANDINE. See Ranunculus
Ficaria.

LESSER SPEARWORT. ‘See Ranunculus
Flammula.

LESSER YELLOW UNDERWING. See Try-
phena.

LETTSOMIA (named in hononr of J. C. Lettsom,
a British physician and naturalist). Orb. Convolvulacex.
A genus embracing upwards of thirty species of climbing,
more or less hairy, stove shrubs, natives of Eastern Asia
and tropical Africa. Corolla tubnlar-funnel-shaped ;
stamens included or exserted: cymes axillary, pedun-
culate, densely corymbose or capitate, bracteate. Leaves
alternate, undivided, often rounded or cordate at base.
Only one species calls for mention here—that described in
Vol. I. as Argyreia capitata. For culture, see Argyreia.

LETTSOMIA (of Ruiz and Payon). Included under
Freziera (which see).

LETTUCE. On hot, dry soils, where Lettnuces are
so liable to ‘‘bolt”’ during the summer, without forming
hearts, it is a good plan to sow the seed thinly in drills,
and thin out the plants to proper distances apart as
soon as they are large enough to handle, at the same
time keeping them well watered. By this means no
check is given, as in the case of transplanted Lettuces,
and they quickly form good, tender hearts. In many
gardens it is almost impossible to get good Lettnuces in
hot, dry weather without adopting this method of
sowing the seed, and not transplanting.

Sorts. To the varieties named in Vol. II., the following
may be added as especially good.

Cabbage Lettuces. *DANIELS’ ConTINUITY, heads medium,
solid, leaves thick and edged with red, very crisp and tender ;
withstands hot weather better than any other variety.
*GOLDEN YELLOW, heads large, solid, crisp, and of good flavour ;
an excellent variety for summer use. PERFECT GEM, heads
medium, solid, tender, and fine flavour; a good, dark green
variety, withstanding drought well.

Cos Lettuces. *CHAMPION WHITE, heads very large, whitish-
green, firm, and sweet; a very good summer variety.
*LEVIATHAN, a larger and improved form of the old Brown or
Bath Cos; *LONDON WHITE, heads large, quickly developed,
firm, and of good flavour; much esteemed by market growers.
LETTUCE APHIS (Siphonophora

Lettuce—Insects, Vol. II.

LETTUCE MILDEW (Peronospora ganglioniformis).
Little can be added of practical value to the information
contained in Vol. II, Though the name above adopted is
the one generally applied to the disease, yet the fungus
is not restricted to the Lettuce, but is found upon
Cinerarias, Sonchus, Artichokes, &c. Whole houses of
Lettuce are sometimes affected by the disease in winter,
and when this is the case care should be taken not to
utilise such structures another season for a similar crop.
A more recent scientific name for the Lettuce Mildew is
Bremia lactuce.

lactuce). See

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C, 487

LETTUCE, WATER. Sce Pistia Stratiotes.

LEUCADENDRON. Syns. Conocarpus (of Adanson),
Protea (of Linneus). To the species described on p. 255,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

L. ae (plume-like). f. yellow, in sessile heads ;
males 4in. long; females as large as a small Apple, sub-globose.
July. 7. sessile, linear-lanceolate, obtuse, narrowed at base,

twisted, sin. to lin. long. Branches fastigiate. A. 4ft. 1774.

LEUCADENDRON (of Linnens). A synonym of
Protea (which see).

LEUCENA GLAUCA.
Acacia glauca (which see).

LEUCANIA UNIPUNCTA. See Army Worm.

LEUCANTHEMUM. Included under Chrysanthe-
mum (which see).

LEUCERIA (from lewkeres, white; some species are
clothed with white wool). Syn. Leucheria. Including
Chabrea and Lasiorrhiza. Orb. Composite. A genus
embracing about twenty-five species of greenhouse,
annual or perennial herbs, allied to Chaptalia, natives
of extra-tropical South America or the Andes. Flower-
heads purple, pink, blue, or white, homogamous. Leaves
sometimes all radical, sometimes alternate on the stems,
entire, incised, or pinnately dissected. L. rwncinata is
the only species calling for description here. For culture,
see Annuals.

L. runcinata (runcinate). /.-heads white, fragrant, often
changing to pink. June. J. oblong, sessile, sub-amplexicaul,
more or less deeply pinnatifid, the segments rather distant.
Flowering branches somewhat paniculate. Stems weak, lft.
to lift. high. Andes, 1844. Syns. Chabrea rosea, C. runcinata
(B. M. 4116), Lasiorrhiza rosea, L. runcinata.

LEUCHERIA. See Leuceria.

The correct name of

Fic. 515. LEUCHTENBERGIA PRINCIPIS.

LEUCHTENBERGIA. This genns affords one of
the most remarkable instances of plant mimicry that occur
in the Cactus order. Remove the flower from DL. principis,
and very few people indeed would think of calling it a
Cactus, but would probably consider it a short-leaved
Yueea. In habit, in form, in leaf, and in texture, it more
resembles a Yucca or an Agaye than anything else, and
until it flowered it was considered such by the Kew
authorities. The leayes, or rather tubercles, are sometimes
longer and slenderer than in Fig. 515. The nearest
approach to this plant is Mammillaria longimamma,
in which the tubercles are lin, or more long, finger-

Leuchtenbergia—continued.

shaped, and crowned with a few hair-like spines. But the
Leuchtenbergia bears its flowers on the ends of the
tubercles, and not from the avxils, as in all others. This
peculiarity leads one to infer that tubercles are modified
branches, the spines representing the leaves. Some species
of Mammillaria and Echinocactus develop young plants
from the tops of their tubercles; and this also points to
the probability that the latter are branches. In
Leuchtenbergia, the tubercles fall away as the plant
increases in height, leaving a bare, woody stem similar
to that of a Yucca.

The Leuchtenbergia has always been difficult to keep in
health. It thrives best when kept in a warm, sunny
house during winter, and in an exposed, airy, warm
position under a frame during summer. It may be watered
regularly whilst growing—that is, from April to September
—and kept quite dry all winter. The soil shonld be well-
drained loam, and the roots should have plenty of room.
A specimen may be seen in the Kew Collection.

Propagation may be effected from seeds, or by
remoying the head from an old plant, putting the former
in sand, and placing it under a bell glass to root,
watering it only abont once a week till roots are
formed. The old stem should be kept dry for about
two months, and then watered and placed in a sunny,
moist position, where it can be syringed once a day.
A shelf in a stove is the best position for it. Here it
will form young buds in the axils of the withered
tubercles, and on the edges of the persistent parts of
the tubercles themselves. They first appear in the form
of tiny tufts of yellowish down, and gradually develop
till the first leaf-like tubercle appears. When large
enough, the buds may be removed and planted in small
pots to root. If an old plant is dealt with in this way
in April, a batch of young ones should be developed
and rooted by October. Grafting does not appear to haye
ever been tried for this plant. When sick, the plant
should be carefully washed, and all decayed parts cut
away; it may then be planted in very sandy loam, and
kept under a bell glass till rooted.

LEUCOCEPHALA. A synonym of Eriocaulon
(which see).
LEUCOCORYNE. To the species described on

p. 256, Vol. II., the following should be added;

L. purpurea (purple). jl. lavender and crimson-maroon, two to
eight produced on each scape. J. Grass-like, as in other species.
Chili, 1894. Hardy.

LEUCOHYLE. A synonym of Trichopilia (which

see).

LEUCOIUM. J. G. Baker includes Acis (which see)
under this genus. Perianth broadly campanulate ; tube
none ; segments uniform, ovate or oblong, connate towards
the base; stamens epigynous; filaments filiform, shorter
than the basifixed anthers. Though nominally hardy, yet
all the species are not good outdoor subjects. L. tricho-
phyllum, for instance, does best when inserted in pots in
a greenhouse, or else in a cold frame, using a very sandy
compost. For the rockery, L. autwmnale is better suited
than for the border, and this also should be planted in a
sandy compost.

To the species described on p. 257, Vol. II., the following
shonld be added:

L. carpathicum (Carpathian). A form of ZL. vernum.

L. hyemale (wintry).* (/., perianth white, the segments oblong,
imbricated, sin. long, tinged green at back, the three inner
shorter and more obtuse than the outer; peduncle slender,
erect, one- or two-flowered. ete S i. two to four, con-
temporary with the flowers, narrow-linear, 6in. to 12in. long.
Bulb brown-tunicated. Maritime Alps. (B. M. 6711; Fl.
Ment. 21.) Syns. L. nicwense, Acis hyematlis.

L. niczense (Nicean). A synonym of L. hyemale.

L. pulchellum’ is the correct name of J. Hernandezii, which is
accorded specific rank by Baker; it differs from L. aestivum
in its smaller flowers (produced a fortnight earlier) and narrower
leaves.

L. roseum (rosy). jl. usually solitary; perianth limb rose-red,
4in. long ; segments oblanceolate ; peduncle slender, 2in. to 4in.
long. September and October. J. filiform, produced after the
flower. Bulb jin. to 4in. in diameter. Corsica, 1820. Syn.
Acis rosea (G. B. F. G., t. 297).

L. r. longifolium (long-leaved).
more floriferous, 1886.

a. larger. JU. longer, Plant

488

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Leucoium—continued.

L. tingitanum (Tangier). . white, five or six in an umbel
at the top of a strong scape lft. to 1sft. high; spathe valves
two. Spring. /. narrow-linear, lft. long, appearing with the
flowers. Marocco. Allied to L. trichophyllum.

L. trichophyllum (hairy-leaved). #. white, slightly tinged
with rose at the base of the segments; scape 6in. to 12in.
high, two- to four-flowered. April. 2. about three, filiform,
about as long as, and produced with, the scape. Spain,
Marocco, &c., 1820. (B. R. 544.) Syn. Acis trichophylla. The
form grandiflora has larger flowers than the type.

L. vernum carpathicum (Carpathian).* In this form the
perianth segments are pred with yellow instead of_ green;
the flowers are very sweetly scented. 1895. (B. M. 1993, under
name of L. carpathicum.)

LEUCOPHHEA SURINAMENSIS.
roaches.

LEUCOPHYLLUM (from leukos, light or white.
and phyllon, a leaf). Orp. Scrophulariner. A small
genus (three species) of low, much-branched, greenhouse
shrubs, densely scurfy-tomentose with usually silvery-
white wool, natives of Mexico and its Northern borders.
Flowers showy, on short, bractless, axillary peduncles ;
corolla violet-purple, with a broad tube and five rounded,
spreading lobes. Leaves small, obovate or roundish,
shortly petiolate. L. texanum, the only species introduced,
will probably thrive in any fairly good soil, and may be
increased by cuttings.

L. texanum (Texan). j., corolla almost campanulate, the
limb lin. across, delicately and softly villous within. Spring
and early summer. J. tomentose, obovate, sin. or more in
length, almost sessile. h. 2ft. to 8ft. Southern borders of
Texas, 1890. (G. & F. iii., p. 488, f. 63.)

LEUCOPHYTA.

(which see).

LEUCOPSIDIUM (from Lewcopsis, an allied genus,
and eidos, resemblance). Syn. Keerlia (of De Candolle).
Orv, Composite. A small genus (three species) of hardy
or half-hardy, many-stemmed, annual or biennial herbs,
natives of the Mexican region, and properly
classed under the name Aphanostephus ; they
are closely allied to Myriactis. Flower-heads
mediocre or rather large, solitary at the tips
of the branches, heterogamous; ray florets
varying from white to violet-purple; disk
yellow ; involucre hemispherical; receptacle
convex or almost conical, naked. The
following should be treated as half-hardy
annuals. See Annuals.

L. arkansanum (Arkansas). (/l.-heads having
rays #in. long. Summerand autumn. J. varying
from oblong-spathulate to broadly lanceolate,
the lower ones often toothed or sinuate-lobed.
h. 1ft. to 2ft. Arkansas, &c., 1838.

L. ramosissimum (much-branched). _/l.-heads
about lin. across, on slender peduncles; ray
florets violet-blue. 7., upper ones linear or
lanceolate, entire or few-toothed; lower ones
laciniate-pinnatifid or incised. hk. 4in. to 12in.
Texas. A very compact, carpet-like subject.

LEUCOPTERA LABURNELLA.
See Laburnum Moth.

LEUCORHAPHIS. A
Brillantaisia (which see).

See Cock-

Calocephalus

Included under

synonym of

LEUCOSTEMMA. Ineluded under
Helichrysum (which see).
LEUCOTHOE. One or two species

formerly included hereunder are now referred
to Agarista, Agauria, and Pieris.

LEWISIA. This genus, which differs
from Calandrinia in the capsule dehiscing
from the base to the apex (and not in the
opposite direction, as in the latter genus),
now embraces three species. To that
described on p. 259, Vol. II., the following
should be added :

L. Tweedyi (Tweedy’s). . flesh-pink, with a
bronzy sheen, 2in. to 3in. across; peduncles
rather longer than the leaves, one- or two-
flowered. August and September. 7. many, all
radical, 2in. to 34in. long (including the short,
winged petiole), broadly ovate or obovate, ob-
tuse. North-western United States, 1899. A gla-
brous, tufted, stemless perennial. (B. M. 7633.)

LEXARSA. A synonym of Myrodia (which see).

LIABUM. To the species described on p. 259,
Vol. II., the following shonld be added:

L. Maroni (Maron's). j.-heads pale yellow, radiate, corym-
bose, on long peduncles. J. petiolate, triangular-hastate,
distantly toothed, 4in. to Sin. long, 3in. to 4in. broad. h. about
2ft. Brazil, 1887. A greenhouse or half-hardy, white-tomentose
perennial. Syn. Andromachia Maroni.

LIATRIS. Syn. Psilosanthus. These are all usefal
plants, as the species will thrive where little else will
succeed. All are excellent Bee plants. To the species
and yarieties described on pp. 259-60, Vol. II., the follow-
ing should be added :

L. cylindracea (cylindrical). #.-heads pink, few or several,
cylindrical, lin. or less in length, with a turbinate base;
bracts all appressed. September. h. lft. 1811.

L. pumila (dwarf). A synonym of L. spicata montana.

L. spicata montana (mountain-loving).* _//l.-heads large ; spike
pee eeonally short. 72. broader than in the type. kh. 10in.
to 20in. Syns. L. pumila, L. spicata (S. B. F. G., t. 49).

LIBANOTIS. Included under Seseli (which see).
LIBANUS. A synonym of Boswellia (which see).
LIBERTELLA ULCERATA. ‘ce Figs—Pests.

LIBERTIA. To the species described on p. 260,

Vol. II., the following shonld be added :

L. azurea (blue). A garden synonym of Orthosanthus multijlorus.

H. czrulescens (bluish). jl. pale blue; inflorescence 4in. to
6in. long, consisting of very numerous many-flowered umbels.
1. linear, rigid, green, lft. or more in length. Stem lft. to 2ft.
long, bearing two to four reduced leaves. Chili, 1873.

L. tricolor (three-coloured). fl. snow-white, mediocre; panicle
rather few-flowered; branches dichotomous, two- or three-
flowered. jr. orange coloured. J. Grass-like, green, whitish-
green, and red, coriaceous, acuminate. New Zealand, 1863.
Plant highly glabrous, tufted.

LIBERTIA (of Dumortier).

A synonym of Funkia
(which see).

Fig. 516.

LiIcUuALA JEANENCEYI.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 489

LIBOCEDRUS. To the species described on p. 261,

Vol. II., the following should be added :

L. Bidwilli (Bidwill’s). Young leaves and branches similar to
those of LZ. Doniana, but not so broad; old branches having
fastigiate, four-angled twigs jin. in diameter. New Zealand.
Conservatory species.

L. decurrens aureo-variegata (golden-variegated). A
variety with persistently golden-variegated leaves. 1896.

LICUALA. Flowers usually small, scattered, her-
maphrodite ; spadices interfoliolar, sheathed by tubular,
coriaceous, persistent spathes. Fruit small. To the
species described on p. 262, II., the following
should be added:

L. Jeanenceyi (Jeanencey’s).* 7. fan-shaped, cl ft to the base
into seven or eight divisions, which are squared at the apex,
but notched with bifid division. New Caledonia, 1898. A
handsome Palm, clothed to the base with leaves. See Fig. 516,
for which we are indebted to Messrs. W. H. and L. Collingridge.

L. Kirsteniana (Kirsten’s).* This is described as ‘‘a pretty
Palm, with deeply-cut leaves.” Madagascar, 1895

L. Muellerii (Mueller’s). fr. crimson, in large, straggling
panicles. J. closed all round so as to appear peltate, plicate,
divided to more than half their length into truncate lobes
obtusely toothed and jagged and 2in. to 3in. broad at_the end,
the whole leaf forming a flat, stiff, shield-like disk 64ft. across.
h. 30ft. Queensland. Syn. Livistona Ramsayi.

L. spinosa (spiny). The correct name of L. horrida.

L. triphylla (three-leaved). l., spadix lft. long, slender, with
a few branches. few, flabelliform, three- to nine-parted;
segments 8in. to 10in. long, broadly crenate ; petioles 2ft. long,
less than fin. broad, sparingly armed with small spines. Stem
only 3in. to 4in. high. Malaya.

L. Veitchii (Veitch’s). 7. rather distant, tin. long; spadix
14in. long, slender, with six or eight branches. 2. nearly 2ft.
across, sub-orbicular, cuneate in the lower third, convex,
bright green, regularly plicate in slightly curved lines, the
margins shortly cut into bifid tips sin. to gin. long; petioles
armed with stout prickles. Stem very short (at seven years
old). Borneo, 1883. (B. M. 7053.)

L. amplifrons is in cultivation at Kew.

LIDBECKIA (commemorative of Eric Gnustavins
Lidbeck, formerly Professor of Botany at Lund, Sweden).
Syn. Lancisia (of Lamarck). Orb. Composite. A small
genus (three species) of greenhouse under-shrubs or half-
herbaceous plants, natives of South Africa and Sonth
America. Flower-heads mediocre, long-pedunculate at
the tips of the branches; rays white, in one series; disk
yellow; receptacle flattish; involucre in two or three
series. Leaves alternate, often rather broad, incised or
pinnatifid. The two species introduced thrive in a compost
of peat and loam, with the admixture of some charcoal
and silver-sand. Propagation may be effected by cuttings,
inserted in sandy peat, under a hand-glass.

L. lobata (lobed). f.-heads smaller than in LZ. pectinata.
May. /. petiolate, sub-palmately three- to five-lobed, dotted,
villous; lobes mucronate; petioles 4in. to lin. long, about
equalling the blade. h. lft. to 2ft. South Africa, 1800. Plant
clothed with long, silky hairs. SyN. Cotula quinqueloba.

L. pectinata (comb-like). _j.-heads like those of the Oxeye
Daisy; peduncles lin. to 3in. long. May and June. J. sub-
sessile, oblong, pinnatifid, lin. to 14in. long, glaucous beneath ;
lobes three to five on each side, broadly linear, the lower
smaller. Branches rod-like, leafy. h. 2ft. to bft. South
Africa, 1774. Plant sparingly pubescent or glabrous.

LIEVENA. A synonym of Quesnelia (which sce).

LIFTING. A very important operation, especially
with fruit-bearing trees which are growing rampantly
and bearing little or no fruit, and also with trees that
are in bad health through the roots having entered poor
or injurious subsoils. With other trees and_ shrubs,
Lifting is generally to transport trees from one position
to another as more snitable for them. Whatever class of
tree it is intended to lift, it is necessary to commence
the operation by digging a trench sufficiently far away
from the trunk as to not unduly injure the principal
roots. After haying dug a deep trench all round the
tree, the soil is gradually worked ont with a steel fork,
brnising the roots as little as possible, and working out
the soil from underneath the tree until it is seen that
all roots are free, and the tree able to be lifted right
out. Before replanting, all badly-brnised or jagged roots
should be cut back, and the tree then planted with
as little delay as possible, giving the roots a good
soaking of water to settle the soil about them. The
Lifting of Vines requires more care. The best plan is to

dl. V.

Vol.

|

Lifting—continued.

begin at one end of the Vine border,
remove all soil. As the roots become free of soil
they ought to be drawn back ont of the way and
wrapped in wet mats, which must not be allowed to
become dry. When a new border is made, the roots can
be spread out in the new compost and well watered when
the operation is completed. The best time to lift
trees and shrubs generally is the end of October, and
for Vines just before the foliage falls, shading the Vines
and syringing them daily once or twice to preserve the
leaves. If they can be retained fresh, they will
materially assist the Vines to make new roots in the
fresh border. See also Transplanting.

LIGHTFOOTIA.
L. ciliata.

LIGHTFOOTIA (of Schreber). A
Rondeletia (which see).

LIGNEOUS. Woody.

LIGULARIA includes Prythrochete, the correct
name of E. palmatifida being L. japonica. To the species
described on p. 263, Vol. II., the following should be
added :
L. Hodgsoni (Hodgson’s). /l.-heads deep bright yellow, 24in.

across; involucre turbinate. July. J7., radical ones long-

petiolate, large, cordate or roundish, repandly lobed, serrate-

and carefully

L. tenella is the correct name of

synonym of

toothed; cauline ones gradually reduced to bracts. Stem
his succulent, 3ft. or more in height. Japan, 1863. (B. M.
LIGUSTRINA. Included under Syringa (which

see), the correct name of L. amurensis being S. japonica.

LIGUSTRUM. To the species, &c., described on
pp. 263-4, Vol. II., the following should be added:

L. brachystachyum (short-spiked). A synonym L. Quihoui.

L. coriaceum (leathery). /. white, with a yellowish tinge, in
globose, terminal and lateral clusters or heads on a panicle
2in. to 4in. long. June. J. 2in. to 2sin. long, orbicular or
orbicular-ovate, with a narrow, reddish-purple border; petioles
short and stout. h. 3ft. to 6ft. Japan, 1860. A rigid, closely-
branched, half-hardy, evergreen shrub. (B. M. 7519; FB. & P-.
1876, t. 65; R. H. 1874, p. 418, f. 56.) Syn. L. lucidum
coriaceum.

L. japonicum Alivoni (Alivon’s).* J. ovate-lanceolate, acu-
minate, entire, narrowed at base, wavy-margined, dark green,
shining, irregularly variegated pale yellowish. 1886. A robust,
garden variety.

L. lucidum coriaceum is synonymous with L. coriacewm.

L. 1. tricolor (three-coloured). 7. prettily marked with yellow,
pink when young, but not so hardy as the type.

L. 1. Triomphe de Bordeaux. /. rich glossy green.
branching. Other forms are Alivoni and sinense.

L. medium (intermediate). fl. white, small, disposed in ter-
minal panicles. J. broadly lanceolate, acute. Japan, 1891. A
hardy shrub or small tree.

L. nepalense (Nepal). The correct name of L. spicatuim.

L. ovalifolium instabile (unstable). /. alternate, opposite,
or in whorls of three. 1878.

L. Roxburghii (Roxburgh’s). A synonym of L. japonicum.

L. sinense nanum (dwarf).* . small, odorous, in abundant
bunches. J. closely set, ovate, undulated. 1875. A dwarf,
much-branched, compact form.

L. strongylophyllum (Strongylus-leaved). _/. white, in rather
loose panicles. J. orbicular or obovate, 4in. to lin., almost
glabrous. China. An evergreen shrub or small tree.

L. Walkeri (Walker's). jl. disposed in a large, compound,
minutely pubescent panicle; corolla tube hardly as long as
the calyx. J. elliptic, acuminate, with slender, irregular

Habit

nerves. Ceylon, Neilgherries, &c. (up to 5000ft. elevation),

1898. (G. C. 1898, ii., p. 282, f. 82.)

LILIAGO. Included under Anthericum (which
see).

LILIASTRUM. A synonym of Paradisia (which
see).

LILIUM. Inelnding Martagon and Notholirion.

Comparatively few new species of Liliwm have to be
recorded since the issue of the work proper. _ Those,
however, which have been introduced are most desirable
additions to the lists of hardy herbaceous subjects. In
L. Grayi the gardener has a remarkably fine species
allied to the DL. canadense section, and like them,
requiring for its successful culture a moist, peaty soil.
No less desirable is DL. rubellum (Fig. 520), lovely as
to colour and sweet as to flower. This latter is best

3R

490)

Lilium—continued.

Fie. 517. Linium BRownil.

grown in a light, rieh soil. It is also a first-class pot-
Lily. _ If species have been few, varieties have been
particularly numerous, and the more noteworthy of these
will be found described below.

For general purposes the best kinds are to be found
in L. candidum (despite the fact that this is attacked in
some seasons by a Bofrytis-form), L. croceum, L. Martagon,

L. umbellatum and its varieties, pyrenaicum,
L. Henryi, L. tigrinum and varieties, L. Brownii
(Fig. 517), L. elegans (Thunbergianum, Fig. 518),
L. Hansoni, L.- speciosum Kretzeri, and L. awratum
platyphyllum.

For pot culture the most useful are DL. longiflorum,
L. \. Harrisii (Bermuda or Easter Lily), L. 1. robustum,
L. candidum, L. auratum (Fig. 519) and its varieties,
L. speciosum, L. Henryii, L. nepalense, L. sulphureum,
L. umbellatum and its varieties, L.
varieties, and DL. rubellum.

A point to bear in mind in cultivating Lilies is to
disturb them as little as possible; this may be done by
affording top-dressings of soil annually. If it be abso-
lntely necessary to transplant any, care should be taken
that this is done at the proper season—as soon as the
stems have died down—say from late August onwards till
October. With the species and varieties at command,
and the method of retarding the bulbs now adopted, it
is possible to have Lilies all the year round. Indeed, in
the ontdoor garden, one variety or another may be had in
flower from the end of May until October, and later in
some districts and seasons.

Pests. Lilies, although they cannot boast an immunity
from pests, are singularly free from them. There are.
however, one or two species which are affected by fungoid
diseases—for instance, L. awratum and L. speciosum are
attacked by Rhizopus necans, and L. candidwm by a
Botrytis-form of Sclerotinia. Both diseases are very
destructive, and call for vigorous measures. ‘The first

elegans and its >

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Lilium—continued.

is thought to be induced by the bulbs being shipped
from Japan at the wrong season—during the sultry,
moist weather incidental to the summer of that conntry—
instead of in autumn (October), when the soil is dry,
and the bulbs are properly matured. From this it would
seem that the remedy lay rather with the exporter than
with the grower, who maybe is anxious to get the bulbs
on the market irrespective of season. Again, the conditions
under which the bulbs are shipped to this country are those
conducive to the spread of the disease, by causing them
to ‘‘ sweat.”

If; as was suggested some time back in the ‘* Gardeners’
Chronicle,’’ a method of cold storage were adopted, the
disease now so fatal might be reduced to a minimum.
Being, however, a wound-fungns, the disease is readily
contracted, as it has been conclusively shown that it lives
2s a saprophyte in the soil. Bulbs affected with the
disease show signs of discoloration, which gradually
spreads until they become absolutely rotten, and then
disclose the white mycelium.

In the ‘‘Kew Bulletin,’’ for 1897, Mr. Massee deals at
length with this disease, and illustrates its various phases.
He moreover suggests that as a means of prevention,
bulbs intended for export should be first subjected to
a 1 per cent. solution of salicylic acid for twenty
minutes, and afterwards well dried. This would destroy
the spores of the fungus. Further preventive measures
consist in burning all rotten bulbs.

The other species of fungus attacks all parts of the
plant above the soil, and is particularly destructive to
the flower-buds, causing them to rot. This disease is
most injurious during wet, damp weather—conditions
favourable to its development. Minute rusty spots are
usually first noticed upon leaves and flower-buds, and

FIG,

518. LILIUM THUNBERGIANUM.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 491

Lilium—continued.

these increase in size. The area over which the disease
extends also increases, and eventually the buds decay,
and a greyish-white mycelium is produced which darkens
with age. In course of time the plant snecumbs; but
this does not mean the death of the fungus, as, prior to
this taking place, irregularly-shaped, shiny black bodies,
known as Sclerotia, haye been produced. By means of
these the fungus is tided over the winter, as they are
impervious to the severest weather, and only need the
adyent of spring to start the disease afresh. In this
ease all infected plants shonld be burned, and the
quarters set apart for the culture of the plants should
be changed.

Fig, 519. LiLiuM AURATUM.

Rats and mice are very partial to Lily bulbs, and
especially to L. awratum: while Aphides and the Bulb-
mite (Rhizoglyphus Robini), which latter penetrates the
scales, do considerable damage at times if undetected.
Warm water, in which a table-spoonful of paraffin to the
pint has been added, would probably prove of service in
ridding the bulbs of Mite; but the solution must be kept
stirred.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 266-74,
Vol. II., the following shonld be added:

L. Alexandrz (Alexandra’s).
L. alpinum (alpine).

L. auratum platyphyllum (broad-leaved).* 1. richly spotted
with brown, very large, often over 12in. wide. JZ. very much
broader than in the type.

L. a. p. virginale (virgin-white).* fl. white, banded yellow,
the petals being slightly spotted with the same colour; anthers
dark coloured. 1882.

L. a. rubro-vittatum (red-striped).* A magnificent variety,
having a red band in the centre of each petal. Easy to grow

A form of ZL. Brownii.
A synonym of L. parvum.

Lilium—continued.

L. a. Wittei (Witte’s).* 7. pure white, unspotted, and having a
central band of yellow, the petals sometimes tinged with pink.
Very distinct and beautiful.

i. beerensis (Beer). A garden hybrid between L. chaleedonieum
and L. excelsum. 1895.

L. Biondii (Biondi’s). A scarlet-flowered, linear-leaved species,
Hes) allied to, or perhaps identical with, L. sutchuenense.

L. Bolanderi (Bolander’s).* (fl. one to four; perianth purplish-
red, dotted with blood-red on the inside, campanulate, pendent ;
segments lanceolate. /. whorled, bluish-green. Stem purplish.
h. 1ft. to 3ft. California, 1889. (Gn. 1890, ii. 776.) Resembles
L. Grayi in flower.

L. Brownii (Brown's). The correct name of the L. japonicum,
described in Vol. If. See Fig. 517

L. B, Alexandre (Alexandra’s). jl. pure white, more open
than in the type, and with a longer style. Japan, 1893. (G. C.
1893, xiv., pp. 86, 243, f. 44.) Syn. L. Ukeyuri.

L. B. Colchesteri (Colchester’s).* f. pale yellow, fading to
creamy-white,* streaked outside with reddish-brown, very
fragrant. Under glass this Lily comes a creamy-yellow.

L. B. leucanthum (white-flowered). (/., perianth having no
tinge of red on the outside and marked with yellow inside;
tube less distinctly trumpet-shaped than in the typical
Brownit, 1. broader, Western China, 1894. A distinct form.

L. B. viridulum (slightly-greenish). 1. creamy-white, tinged
on the outside with yellowish-green, having only a faint dash
of claret-brown. Japan, 1885.

There are several other forms of Brownii, including Chloraster.

L. Burbanki (Luther Burbank’s). /l. clear orange-yellow, purple
spotted, very sweet-scented. Vigorous and free-flowering. A
hybrid between L. pardalinum and L. Washingtonianum, but
not so recurved as to blossom as the former.

L. californicum (Californian), of gardens. A synonym of
DL. puberulum.

L. camschatcense (Kamtschatkan).
camschatkense.

L. canadense flavum (yellow).
crimson. Very effective.

L. c. rubrum (red). /l. red outside and yellow inside, spotted
with black.

L. candidum. The forms argenteo-varieqatum and aureo-
variegatum have variegated leaves.

L. chalcedonicum. = Other
Heldreichii, and pyrenaicuin.
L. chinense (Chinese). A scarlet-flowered, linear-leaved species,

nearly allied to L. sutchuenense. 1896.

L. columbianum lucidum (clear). fl. bright golden-yellow,
spotted with brown, agreeably scented, nodding, with recurved
segments. J. dark, glossy green, lanceolate or ovate, alternate
below and verticillate above. Stem 3ft. to 44ft. high, green
or greenish-purple. Bulb rather small, with narrow, sharply-
pointed scales. California.

L. concolor luteum (yellow).
red. China and Japan, 1877.

L. croceo-elegans (hybrid).
indicated in the name. 1893.

L. dalhansoni (hybrid).* A fine hybrid between Z. Martagon
dalmaticum and L. Hanson. 1893.

L. dauricum [the correct spelling).
fused with L. umbellatum.

L, elegans Alice Wilson.” /.
beautiful, dwarf variety, but rare.

L. e. alutaceum Prince of Orange. ji. apricot-orange,
spotted with black. lft.

L. e. Batemanniz (Mrs. Bateman’s). fl. rich dark yellow,
three to twelve to a stem. A. 4ft. Japan, 1899.

L. e. Beauty. /. brilliant orange, shaded red. h. 2ft.

L. e. biligulatum (biligulate). #. bright orange, with many
purple spots in the middle of the segments.

L. e. cruentum (bloody). jl. of a deep blood-crimson, mottled
and streaked with a deeper shade. 1882, One of the tinest of
the group. ,

L. e. E. L. Joerg. #. bright crimson, streaked with yellow.
Late flowering and distinct.

L. e. flore-pleno (double-fiowered). 1.
transformed into petal-like organs,
appearance to the flower.

L. e. Horsmanni (Horsmann’s).* /. of a rich mahogany-red ;
scarce.

L. e. marmoratum (marbled) and L. e m.
(golden). Two of the earliest-Howering varieties.

Asynonym of ritillaria

jl. Soft yellow, spotted deep

varieties are: imaculatum,

jl. yellow, spotted purplish-

A hybrid between the species

This species is often con-

ot a lemon-yellow tint. A

having the stamens
imparting a double

aureum

492 THE

DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Lilium—continued.

L. e. Orange Queen.’ Jl. bright orange, with dark spots, large,
and of good substance. A. lft. One of the best.

L. e. ornatum (orate). jl. bright orange-yellow, spotted with
black. Very early.
L. e. Othello. /l. blood-red, with orange tinge. A showy form.

L. e. robustum (robust). jl. deep orange, marked all over
with small spots of dark brown, large and handsome. 1882.

L. e. splendens (splendid). An early variety.

Fic, 520. LiLiuM RUBELLUM. .

L. e. The Sultan.* jl. deep crimson. An effective variety.

L. e. Van Houttei (Van Houtte’s), jl. of a deep crimson,
with black spots. h. 2sft.

L. e. venustum s identical with L. e. armeniacum.
L. e. v. macranthum (large-flowered). (jl. clear orange.

L. e. Wallacei (Wallace's). jl. Spiele with brown, usually
solitary. Bulbs stoloniferous. h. 2sft. Japan, 1889.

L. e. Wilsoni (Wilson’s). fl. of an Apricot colour, with yellow
stripes. h. 2ft. A late variety.

L. Elizabethz (Elizabeth's). A synonym of L. Krameri.
L. formosum (beautiful), A synonym of L. elegans.

L. Fortunei (Fortune's). fl. disposed in a paniculate raceme ;
perianth orange-yellow, spotted with dark brown; segments
unguiculate. “ linear, drooping. h. 14ft. to 2ft. Japan, 1862.

L. Grayi (Gray’s).* jl. often solitary, ascending or somewhat
nodding; perianth deep reddish-orange, spotted within, 1sin.
to 2in. long, the segments oblanceolate, abruptly acute, not
recurved. /. four to eight in a whorl, lanceolate, acute, not
scabrous. Alleghany Mountains, 1888. Allied to L. canadense.
(B. M. 7234; G. & F. 1888, i., p. 19, f. 4.) A splendid species.

L. Henryi (Dr. Henry’s).* jl. four to twenty in a large, lax
corymb; perianth yellow, dotted in the lower part with
reddish-brown, 3in. to 34in. long. Jl. closely set, lanceolate,
6in. to Sin. long. h. 5ft. to 6ft. Ichang, China, 1890. (B. M.
7177; G. C. 1890, ii., f. 75; Gn. 1891, 830.) A handsome and
Vigorous species.

L. Humboldtii magnificum (magnificent).* fl. deeper in
colour than in the type, and heavily spotted, the petals being
tinged with purple. A. 4ft. to 5ft. Very free.

L. japonicum. Recent investigations prove that the true
L. japonicum is a plant which goes under the name of
L. Krameri (of Hooker). The L. japonicum described in Vol. Il.
is L. Brownii.

L. lancifolium (of gardens). A synonym of L. speciosum.

L. longifiorum (long-flowered). In addition to the form
eximium, which is probably the finest, there are several
others, including albo-marginatum (variegated-leaved), for-
mosanum, gigantewm, MADAME VON SIEBOLD, precox, Takesima,
and Takesima grandiflora. Wilsoni is identical with eximium.

L. Lowii (Low’s).* fl. corymbose or umbellate ; perianth white,
or greenish outside, speckled with claret-brown below, din. to
4in. long, recurved from the middle. 7. numerous, linear,
sessile, Zin. to 3in. long. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Birma, 1891. (B. M.
7233; Gn. 1894, i. 953.

L. lucidum (clear). A synonym of L. columbianum,

Lilium—continued.

L. Marham (hybrid).* A beautiful hybrid between L. Martagon
album and L. Hansoni, and having orange flowers with reddish
spots and streaks. h. 6ft. Excellent for pots.

L. maritimum (sea-loving). Coast Lily. jl. reddish-orange,
with purplish spots, nodding, one to six in a corymb ; perianth
ijin. to lin. long, the segments eboney revolute ¢ peduncles
2in. to 5in. long, ascending. July. /. scattered thinly on the
upper part of the stem, but crowded below, occasionally
etn lin. to Sin. long. Stem sft. to 3ft. high. Cali-
ornia,

L. Martagon. Of this species there are now several varieties,
including album (white), atrosanguineum (dark porpley, dal-
maticum (Dalmatian), flore-pleno (double-flowered), anc villosum
(villous-budded).

L. monadelphum. In addition to Szovitsianum, there are
one or two other forms, including colchicum and Loddigesianum.

L. nepalense ochroleucum (yellowish-white). /.. golden-
yellow. 1890.

L. ochroleucum (yellowish-white).
L. sulphureum.

L. oxypetalum. The correct name is Fritillaria oxypetala.

L. pardalinum Johnsoni (Johnson's). This is more
intense as to colour and taller than the type. British Columbia.

i es luteum (yellow). jl. Indian yellow, spotted with brown.

A garden synonym of

L. p. Michauxii (Michaux). /l. crimson-scarlet, shading to
yellow, spotted with a deeper colour. kh. 4ft. Late-flowering.

L. p. pare (dwarf). A garden hybrid between L,
pardalinum and L. parvum. 1889.

L. p. Warei (Ware’s). i. varying from lemon to orange-yellow,
unspotted, smaller than in the type. & shorter and more
cordate. Lower California, 1886.

L. Parkmanni (Parkmann’s).* A beautiful hybrid between
L. speciosum and L. auratum. 1865.

L. parvum (small). This is now regarded as a species, and
not as a variety of L. canadense. SYN. L. alpinum.

L. primulinum (Primrose-yellow). #. about three in a corymb
or umbel, on long pedicels; perianth pale yellow, unspotted,
Sin. to 6in. long, funnel-shaped, the segments revolute in the
upper half. /. lanceolate, 3in. to Jin. long. Stem Sft. to 4ft.
high, erect. Shan States, Birma, 1892. Greenhouse or half-
hardy. (B. M. 7227.)

L. puberulum (puberulous).* Of Torrey and Duchr. Jl. bright
orange-red, thickly spotted, from six to ten in a large
panicle; segments strongly reflexed. Summer. J. in large
whorls. A. 3ft. to 4ft. California. This species has close
affinity to L. Humboldtii, from which it chiefly differs in
having the stem and under-surface of the leaves puberulous.
A stately species. Syn. L. californiewm (of gardens).

L. puberulum (of gardens) is a synonym of L. pardalinum
pallidifolium.

L. rubellum (reddish). fl. one or two, oblique; perianth clear
red, unspotted, about 3in. in diameter; segments lanceolate-
oblong, obtuse. /. bright green, 2in. long, lanceolate. Bulb
globular. Japan, 1898. Allied to L. japonicum. (B. M. 7634;
G. C. 1898, L, p. 251.) See Fig. 520.

Fic. 521. LILIUM SPECIOSUM ALBUM.

rat te

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 493

Lilium—continued.

L. speciosum album (white). /. pure white or faintly tinged
with pink. There is a sub-variety corymbijlorum, with more
numerous flowers. See Fig. 521.

L. s. a. Kreetzeri (Kretzer’s).*
finest Lilies in cultivation.

L. s. Melpomene (Melpomene).* (7. rich, bright crimson, 8in.
across, the perianth segments margined with white, richly
spotted. J. very broad. 1882.

L. s. rubrum (red). jl. of a beautiful rose-colour, washed with
carmine and with purple spots.

L. sulphureum (sulphur-coloured). jl. fragrant, pendent, on
long pedicels; perianth pale sulphur-yellow, suffused with
claret-colour outside, 7in. to 8in. long, recurved in the upper
half. 2. very numerous, 3in. to 4in. long, 4in. broad, linear;
upper ones bulbiferous. Stem 6ft. to 7ft. high. Upper Birma,
1892. Greenhouse or half-hardy. (B. M. 7257 ; R. H. 1895,
p. 554, f. 173.) Syns. DL. ochroleucum and L. Wallichianwm
superbum (of gardens).

L. sutchuenense (Sutchuen).
flowers and narrow leaves, allied to L. Maximowiczii.
It has been erroneously called L. szechnense in gardens.

L. szechnense. See L. sutchuenense.

L. tigrinum jucundum (pleasant). jl. cinnabar-red, black-
dotted below ; filaments and style orange; anthers chocolate-
red. Japan, 1876.

L. Ukeyuri (Japanese
Alexandre.

jl. pure white. One of the

A species with large, bright-red
1896.

name). A synonym of ZL. Brownii

L. umbellatum (umbellate). Under this name, of garden
origin, are gronped a number of beautiful Lilies, frequently, but
wrongly, classed as forms of L. dawricum. The best are: atro-
sanguineum, erectum, fulgidum, grandiflorum, INCOMPARABLE,
maculatum, multijlorum, SAPPHO. The flowers are some shade of
red, with spots, and are produced in June. They. vary in height
from 2ft. to Sft., and are largely and effectively employed in
shrubberies. *

L. Wallichianum superbum (superb).
of L. sulphureum.

LILY DISEASE. A popular name for the fungoid
disease affecting Lilium candidum. See Lilium—Pests.

LILY OF THE VALLEY. So far as the forcing
of this lovely flower is concerned great advances have
been made, owing to the introduction of what are known
as retarded crowns. By means of these it is possible to
haye blossoms at seasons—before Christmas—that before
were quite out of the question. Apart, too, from that, such
crowns give finer flowers and healthy and abundant
foliage. The treatment necessary for such crowns is

A garden synonym

Fia, 522. FuRTIN’s LILY OF THE VALLEY.

Lily of the Valley—continued.

to pot them up in the ordinary way, after which they
should be kept in a cool frame for four days, and then
transferred to a greenhouse where a temperature of
55deg. to 60deg. can be maintained.

For outside culture an improved strain of Lily of the
Valley has been introduced with larger and finer flowers
than those previously known. The variety is known as
Fortin’s (see Fig. 522), and the flowers are produced on
exceptionally long stalks.

LILY PINE. See Aphyllanthes.

LIMATODES LABROSA. A synonym of
Calanthe labrosa (which see). JL. rosea is a synonym
of C. rosea.

LIME APHIS (Pierocallis tiliz),
LIMIA.

See Aphides.
A synonym of Vitex (which see).

LEER,

remem ON

Fig. 523.

LIMNANTHEMUM NYMPH&OIDES.

LIMNANTHEMUM. UL. indicum (Water Snow-
flake) is known in gardens as Villarsia Humboldtiana, and
L. nymphezoides (Fig. 523) is also called L. peltatum. To
the species described on p. 277, Vol. II., the following
should be added :

L. lacunosum (lake-loving), #l. white; corolla lobes broadly
ovate, naked except the crest-like yellowish gland at their
base, twice as long as the calyx lobes. Summer. J. entire,
roundish-cordate, lin. to 2in. broad, thickish; petioles filiform.
Northern United States. Syns. Villarsia cordata, V. lacunosa.

L. trachyspermum (rough-seeded). Fairy Water Lily. /l.
white, larger and of stouter texture than those of L. lacunoswm.
June. /. cordate, orbicular, thick, entire, or repand. North
America.

LIMNANTHES. To the species described on p. 277,
Vol. II., the following should be added :

L. alba (white). #@. almost white or bright rose at summit,
rather large; calyx hairy; peduncles slender, 4in. long. July.
Z. glabrous, pinnatifid; segments narrow, mucronate; radical
leaves tufted. h. 6in. to 12in. 1845.

LIMNETIS. A synonym of Spartina (which see).

LIMNOBIUM (from limne, a marsh, and bios, life).
Orvb. Hydrocharidex. This is the correct name of the
genus described on p. 77, Vol. IV., under its old name
Trianea. 7

LIMNOCHARIS.
clature may be noted:
L. emarginata (emarginate).
L. Humboldatii (Humboldt’s).

mersonit,

LIMNONESIS. A synonym of Pistia (which see).

LIMNOPHYTON (from limne, a marsh, and phyton,
a plant; in allusion to the positions in which the plant
is found). Syn. Dipseudochorion. OrRp. Alismacer. A
monotypic genus. ‘The species, L. obtusifoliwm (SYN.

The following changes in nomen-

The correct name of L. Plumieri.
A synonym of Hydrocleys Com-

494 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Limnophyton—continued.

Sagittaria obtusifolia), is an erect, succulent, marsh plant,
native of tropical Asia and Africa, with the characters of
Alisma, but having polygamous flowers. It has been
introduced, but is of little horticultural value.

LIMODORUM. Several species of Orchids formerly
known by this name are now referred to Angrecum,
Bletia, Calopogon, Cymbidium, Cyrtopera, Eu-
lophia, ani Phaius.

LIMONIA MONOPHYLLA. A synonym of
Atalantia monophylla (which see). Lb, Lawreola is
identical with Skimmia Laureola.

LIMONIASTRUM. UL. articulatum is the correct

name of L. monopetalum.

LINAGROSTIS. A

(which see).
LINANTHUS.

LINARIA. Including Chenarrhinum (sometimes
erroneously spelt Chenorrhinum). To the species and
varieties described on pp. 278-9, Vol. II., the following
should be added : 5

L. alpina rosea (pink). A pale pink form of the beautiful
type.

L. anticaria (southern). ‘The flowers of this are variously
coloured and marked. The plant is very dwarf, and is a
capital subject for old walls, &e. Spain, Biennial or
perennial.

L. antirrhinifolia (Snapdragon-leaved).
of L. Cavanillesii.

ales (Snapdragon-like). A synonym of L. Cavan-
v SUL.
L. aparinoides (Aparine-like). A synonym of L. heterophylla.

L. bipartita alba (white)* is a pretty, pure white form, with
deep yellow blotches. There are also pink (Queen of Roses)
and deep purple (splendidq) vavieties.

L. Broussonetii (Broussonet’s). /l. citron-yellow, orange at
the throat, dotted with brown; corolla as large as in L. alpina;
spur straight; spikes terminal, erect. Summer. J. linear or
linear-lanceolate ; lower ones quaternate. Spain, &e. A pro-
cumbent or ascending annual. SYN, L. multipunctata.

L. B. erecta (erect). Stems erect, forming a compact tuft.

L. Cavanillesii (Cavanilles’).* . bright purple, very freely
produced in spikes. Summer and autumn. J. mostly ternately
whorled, obovate, slightly petiolate. A, 6in. to 8in. Spain, 1897.
Plant villous. A very pretty annual for the rockery. Syns.
L. antirrhinifolia (of gardens), L. antirrhinoides.

L. Cymbalaria alba (white).* A white-flowered variety of the
type. A. 3in.

L. C. maxima (greatest).* jl. twice the size of the ordinary
Ivy-leaved Snapdragon, fragrant. J. not quite so large,
highly pubescent. 1882. Syn. L. pallida. The typical species
is commonly known as Pennyleaf or Pennywort, and also as
Kenilworth Ivy.

L. heterophylla splendens (splendid). . crimson, with a
large, golden centre. 1888. Other similar varieties are aureo-
purpurea and purpurea.

L. macedonica (Macedonian).* jl. yellow; corolla nearly lin.
long, equalling the flexuous spur; raceme loose. /. sparse,
glaucescent, rather broad at base, sessile, ovate-lanceolate,
shortly acuminate. Macedonia. Annual, woody below. (Gn.
1894, i., 948.) Though given as a distinct species by many, this
is probably but a wide-leaved variety of L. dalmatica.

L. maroccana hybrida (hybrid). /. varying in colour from
rose to red and from lilac to violet, the lower petal being
earned white; spikes terminal. Branches slender, upright.
te le

L. multipunctata (many-dotted).
sonetit.

L. pallida (pale). A synonym of L. Cymbalaria maxima.

L. pilosa (pilose). jl. pale purplish-blue, with a yellow palate
and a rather incurved spur; calyx pilose. June to September,
J. opposite and alternate, cordately rounded or reniform, villous,
five- to eleven-lobed, the lobes mucronulate. Branches creeping
white-hairy. Italy, &e., 1800. i

L. p. longicalcarata (long-spurred). In this variety the spur
be pale purplish flower is as long as the tube. (R. G.

L. triornithophora carnea (flesh-colowred). A pink variety
of the type A, lift.

synonym of Eriophorum

Ineluded under Gilia (which see).

A garden synonym

A synonym of L. Brous-

LINDELOFIA. To the species described on p. 280,

Vol. II., the following should be added :

L. longifolia (long-leaved). /l. bright blue, like Forget-me-
nots, borne in scorpioid cymes. May. J. lanceolate, h. 2ft. to
2sft. 1888. This is probably identical with, or a variety of,
L. spectabilis.

LINDENIA. To the species described on p. 280,

Vol. IL:, the following should be added :

L. vitiensis (Fiji). ., corolla cream-coloured, silky-tomentose,
the tube very long and slender, the segments oyate-oblong,
obtuse; anthers and pistil panjecting. 1. oblong-lanceolate,
glabrous, 4in. to 6in. long, lin. to 14in. broad; petioles and lower
part of the midrib purplish. A. 3ft. to 4ft. Fiji, 1884. A highly
ornamental shrub,

LINDERA includes Euosmus or Evosmus.

LINDNERA FIBRILLOSA. A
Pseudogaltonia Pechuelii (which see).

LINDSAYA. If the species of Lindsaya are more
extensively represented in herbaria than in gardens, it is
not on account of their deficiency in good qualities, but
rather to the difficulties with which their importation is
usually beset. Time after time, some of the most beautiful
representatives of the genus have arrived in Europe, and
to all appearances in good condition, but from some
inexplicable cause they have just as frequently died.
Lately, however, owing to their being differently treated,
some of the most interesting kinds have been established
in this country. These, when taken from the packing-cases,

were placed in pots nearly filled
2 with crocks, in which they
‘ were firmly held by two or
three pieces of turfy loam.
In this way cultivators are
imitating their natural mode
of growth, for this class of
Fern is generally found with
the creeping rhizomes running
in and about a poor, stony
soil, frequently drenched with
rain, and therefore often car-
ried away and leaving very
little soil to stagnate about
the roots. All of them, too,
revel in a humid atmosphere,
and under cultivation do well
if treated as Filmy Ferns; but
they need a higher tempera-
ture. Several of the species
bear considerable resemblance
to certain Adiantums, while
others are more like Davallias ;
but in all instances their stalks,
which are light-coloured, lack
the black, polished appearance
peculiar to those of most of the
ll, Maidenhair Ferns. ~
i Although they require an
|, abundance of water at the
i | roots, perfect drainage for
/ Lindsayas cannot be too
i strongly insisted upon, for they
| suffer considerably from the
effects of stagnant water —as
much, in fact, as from the
want of atmospheric humidity.
When properly _ established,
these plants should be potted
4 in a mixture of two parts turfy
loam and one part fibrous peat,
" - with just a dash of sand; and
I ee only a little of this era
- 3 should be used in each pot,
e ig: be}. Uae the greater part of which should
> be filled with drainage mate-
rials. They shonld then be
either set on, or, better still, plunged in, a bed of
sphagnum, kept close, and occasionally sprinkled over-
head. Nearly all the species thrive fairly well under
such treatment, although a few members of the genus,
notably those native of New Zealand, such as L. linearis,
L. microphylla (see Fig. 524), and DL. trichomanoides, need
a little less heat. The majority of them, however, come
from warmer climes—the East and the West Indies,

synonym of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 495

Lindsaya—continued.
Tropical America, &c.—where they grow either in or on
the margin of the woods and under the shade of large
forest trees, close to running streams, where the atmos-
phere is constantly humid and warm. -

Lindsayas are usually propagated by the division of
their crowns or of their rhizomes. We have no record

of any of them having been raised from spores in this
country, unless it be of L. retusa of Mettenius, which
has been fully described as Davallia retusa, the name
first given to it by Cayanilles, subsequently confirmed by
T. Moore, and under which the plant is also extensively
known in European gardens.

BiG. 525. FRONDS OF LINDSAYA CULTRATA,

To the species described on pp. 280-1, Vol. II., the
following should be added :

L. cultrata.* This elegant species is found in the Kast Indies,
Java, Ceylon, Luzon, the Philippines, and Queensland. Fronds
are shown in Fig. 529.

L. davallioides (Davallia-like). shiz. short-creeping. sti. firm,
erect, 6in. to 12in. long. fronds formed of a long central
joint and two or three pairs of curved branches 4in. to 8in.
ong; pinne having their lower margin straight or slightly
curved, and the upper one with four to six regular, rounded
but not deep lobes, placed close together but not overlapping.
sort uniformly disposed on the margins of the lobes. Malaya.
Syn. Davallia Kunzeana (of gardens).

L. Griffithiana (Griffith’s). A synonym of ZL. ensifolia

FiG. 526, FROND OF LINDSAYA GUIANENSIS.

L. guianensis.” he general appearance of this plant partakes
very much of the habit of a good-growing Davallia; it is also
very attractive on account of its lively-green colour. See
Fig. 526,

L. Kirkii (Kirk’s).* s¢i. stout, nearly upright, 1ft. to 2ft. long.
fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to Yin. Brod. thin, formed of
a long unbranched point and six to nine branches on each
side 6in. to Yin. long; pinnules overlapping, much decurved
at base, the outer edge rounded, the upper ones notched.
sori_ abundantly Sneed round the upper edge. Seychelles.
A distinct and handsome species.

Lindsaya—continued.

L. Leprieurii (Leprieur’s). A synonym of L. trapeziformis.

L. Lowii (Low's). A synonym of Acrostichum sorbifolium.

L. pentaphylia (five-leaved). A synonym of L, ensifolia.

L. retusa (retuse).* rhiz. close-growing, underground. — sti.
smooth, erect, crimson, lft. long. fronds elongated-triangular,
eft. to 3ft. long, 14ft. broad, opine pinnules rhomboidal.
sori on the dilated extremities of the margins of the pinnules.
Sumatra. An excellent Fern for hanging-baskets. Syn.
Davallia retusa.

L. trapeziformis. Of this species there are three varieties
caudata, laxa, and L’Herminieri.

LINE. See Measurements. -

LINEATE. Marked with fine, parallel lines, usually
coloured. Lineolate is the diminutive of Lineate.

LINGUIFORM. Tongue-shaped,
LININGS or COATINGS. Before the use of hot-

water for heating became so general, hot-beds from strawy
manure were relied upon largely to afford heat for early
supplies of salads, &c., and after a heavy fall of snow or
rain the heat of the fermenting material would fall
considerably. In such cases the addition of a good Lining
of fresh fermenting gave a stimulant to the falling
temperature, and prevented a collapse of the crop growing
on the bed.

LINKIA (of Cavanilles).

(which see).

LINKIA (of Persoon).
(which see).

LINNEAN SYSTEM. The sexnal system of botany
introduced by Linneus, who divided the Vegetable
Kingdom into twenty-four classes, mostly according to the
number and disposition of the stamens, the last being the
Cryptogamia, or flowerless plants.

LINOSPADIX (from linea, a thread of flax, and
spadix, a Palm branch; the axis of the inflorescence is
slenderer than in most Palms). Orp. Palmez. A small
genus (three species) of dwarf, unarmed, stove Palms,
closely allied to Howea, natives of New Guinea. Flowers
minute, moncecions on a simple spadix; spathes two,
remote, marcescent. Fruit red or yellow, small, ellipsoid.
Leaves terminal, flabelliform, and deeply bifid or pinna-
tisect. For culture of the best-known species (described
below), see Calamus.

L. Micholitzii (Micholitz’). This is described as ‘unique in
the genus in being quite stemless, the wedge-shaped leaves
rising erect from the ground in a large tuft, They are
upwards of 4ft. long, narrow at the base, broadening upwards,
ending in a pair of long, acute points.” (Ridley, of Singapore,
in G. C. 1895, Xviii., p. 262.) 1896.

L. Petrickiana (Petrick’s).* J. bright green, produced in rapid
succession while the plant is in a young state; leaflets long
and narrow. 1899. A neat little Palm.

LINOSPADIX (of H. Wendland).
Bacularia (which see).

LINOSYRIS. Included under Aster (which see).
L. Howardii is a synonym of Bigelovia Howardii.

LINUM. Including Cliococca. Four species are in-
cluded in the British Flora—L. angustifolium, DL. cathar-
ticum, L. perenne, and Lb. usitatissimum. To the species,
&e., described on p. 282, Vol. II., the following should
be added :

L. austriacum album (white).
well-known type.

L. Chamissonis is the correct name of L. Macrei (of Bot.
Mag.). The true L. Macrei is probably not in cultivation.

L. grandiflorum coccineum (scarlet).* 7. bright crimson-
rose. h. lft. One of the finest hardy annuals.

L. g. kermesinum (crimson). This is a pretty variety with
crimson flowers.

L. pubescens (downy). /l. pink, thrice as long as the calyx ;
cymes usually compound. J. three- to five-nerved ; lower ones
oblong, obtuse; upper ones oblong-lanceolate, acute. Asia
Minor. A more or less bristly-hairy, hardy annual.

L. p. Sibthorpianum (Sibthorp’s). /l. pink, blue, and yellow.
Silesia, 1887.

L. sibiricum is a form of L. perennw.

L. suffruticosum (sub-shrubby). A synonym of L. salsoloides.

LINYPHIA. See Spiders.

LIP. The labellam in Orchids ;
| of a labiate calyx or corolla.

A synonym of Persoonia

A synonym of Desfontainea

A synonym of

A pure white variety of the

one of the divisions

496

LIPARIS. Including Gastroglottis. To the species
described on p. 283, Vol. II., the following should be
added :

L. bituberculata (two -tubercled).
L, formosana.

L. ecylindrostachys (cylindrical-spiked). A
L. longipes.

L. decursiva and L, foliosa are, according to the ‘Index
Kewensis,” merely forms of L. rejlexa.

L. elegans (elegant). /l., sepals and petals pale greenish ; lip
So neriads raceme many-flowered ; scape Tit, to 14ft. high.
1. 3in, to 8in. long, linear-lanceolate, acute. Pseudo-bulbs ovate,
one- to three-leaved. Penang, 1886.

L. fulgens (brilliant).* #. of a uniform deep red; sepals,
petals, and lip din. to 4in. long, the apex of the lip divided into
a pair of crenulate lobes; raceme Sin. long, bearing about
twenty-five flowers. J. linear-lanceolate, Sin. to 6in. long.
Pseudo-bulbs 2in. long. Philippines (?), 1889.

L. grossa (thick). /. yellowish-brown, many in a raceme;
sepals and lip ligulate. J. Bepediy Benlares obtuse. Pseudo-
bulbs short, stout, pyriform, two-leaved, Birma, 1883.

L. latifolia (broad-leaved). ji. ochre; sepals oblong-ligulate,
the lateral ones bent down; petals linear, reflexed; lip
cuneate-dilated, emarginate, two-lobed, with dark ochre anterior
margins, reddish-brown on the disk ; peduncle nearly Yin. long.
l. solitary, cuneate-oblong-ligulate, acute, protected by a
sheath. Jaya, &c., 1885

L. longipes (long-footed).

The correct name of

synonym of

jl. pale green, minute, borne in
racemes. J, 3in. to 6in. long. Bulbs 1}in. long. Tropical Asia,
&c. 1888. An unattractive species. Syns. L. minutiflora,
L. spathulata.

L. 1. pendula (pendulous). The correct name of L. pendula.

L. minutiflora (minute-flowered). A synonym of L. longipes.

L. spathulata (spoon-shaped). A synonym of L. longipes.

L. tricallosa (having three calli). f., sepals greenish-yellow ;
petals yellow or purple, filiform; lip rather large, yellowish-
green changing to dull purple, with dark veins and two
(sic) blackish-purple calli at base. J. soft, cuneate-oblong.
Pseudo-bulbs elongated, tetragonal. Borneo, 1879.

The following species have also been introduced: L. Bowkeri,

L. cuneilabris, L. disticha, L. elliptica, L. montana (SYN. Gastro-

glottis montana), L. multiflora, L. nervosa, L. Prainii, L. Sawnders-
iana, L. Stricklandiana,

LIPOCHZETA (in part).
(which see).

LIPPIA. To the species described on p, 284, Vol. II.,
the following should be added :

L. bracteata (bracteate).* fl. dull red, subtended by violaceous
bracts, disposed in sub-globose heads. 2. large, opposite,
ovate, acuminate, scabrous above, tomentose beneath. 1883.
An ornamental, free-flowering, greenhouse shrub.

L. canescens (hoary).* jl. in ovoid or at length sub-
cylindrical heads; corolla clear lilac, with a yellow throat ;
peduncles axillary, solitary, filiform. Summer. J. small,
spathulate-obovate, -oblong, or -lanceolate, acute. Stems
suffruticose, rooting, sometimes filiform. South America, 1664.
Syns. L. jiliformis, L. repens (of gardens). This plant is grown
in Southern California as a substitute for lawn grass. It grows
freely in any soil, and quickly covers the ground.

L. filiformis (thread-like). A synonym of L. canescens.

L. iodantha (violet-flowered). jl. yellow, small, abundant,
disposed in bunches at the tips of axillary peduncles, with
purple bracts. Autumn. J. opposite, lanceolate, serrulated.
h. 4ft. to 6ft. Mexico. (G. & F. 1896, p. 105.)

L. repens (creeping), of gardens. A synonym of L. canescens.

LIQUIDAMBAR. “Index

Kewensis,” LL. name of
L. imberbis.

A synonym of Zexmenia

According to the
orientalis is the correct

LIQUIRITA. Included under Glycyrrhiza (which
see), the correct name of JL, officinalis being now
G. glabra.

LIRIODENDRON. A variegated (DL. t. aureo-

marginatum), a fastigiate (L. t. fastigiata, of gardens), a
pyramidal (L. #. pyramidale), and an _ obtuse - lobed
(L. t. obtusilobum) variety of the well-known L. tulipifera
are now in cultivation.

The varieties of Liriodendron may be inereased by
layering—a rather slow process of propagation, as roots
are thrown ont but sparingly. They may also be raised
by grafting on stocks of the type. As the roots of
Liriodendron are not furnished with many fibres, it is
necessary to transplant frequently in a young state,
unless they are planted at once in the positions they are
to occupy permanently.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

LIRIOPE. UL.

L. graminifolia.

LIRIOPE (of Herbert).

(which see).

LIRIOPE (of Salisbury).
(which see).

LIRIOPSIS. A synonym of Elisena (which see).

LISIANTHUS. UL. alatus is the correct name of
L. Cirstedii. L. exaltatus is a synonym of Eustoma
silenifolium. A few species formerly included hereunder
are now referred to Leianthus. Wallisia princeps is a
synonym of L. princeps.

LISSOCHILUS. To the species described on p. 286,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

L. arenarius (sand-loving). 1. purple, with dusky or olivaceous
sepals and some yellow inside the spur; sepals and petals
gin. to Zin. long; lip broadly pandurate, jin. to 1jin. long;
racemes 4in. to 8in. long, six- to ten-flowered; scapes 2ft. to
3ift. high. 7. linear or lanceolate-linear, lft. to 1sft. long.
Tropical Africa, 1885.

L. dilectus (beloved). /l. rosy, with a purple lip, large; sepals
linear-lanceolate, accuminate, reflexed; petals oblong, very
broad ; lip three-lobed, the side lobes broad, the front one
nearly square, retuse; peduncle 2ft. to 3ft. high. J. broad.
Rhizomes branched, hand-like. Congo, 1886.

L. dispersa (scattered), A synonym of L. Wakefieldii.

L. giganteus (gigantic).* jl. 2sin. to Jin. across; sepals
greenish, tinged with rose, turned sharply back; petals light
rose-purple, large, obtuse; lip light rose-purple, with some
darker streaks and three yellow Keels ; scapes erect, 6ft. to
8ft. or more in height, racemose above the middle, May.
i. narrow-lanceolate, acute, 3ft. to 5ft. long. Tropical Africa,
1887. A noble species. (G. C. 1888, iii., pp. 616-17; I. H. 1888,
t. 53; W. O. A. x., t. 457.) Syn. Eulophia gigantea.

L. Grzefei (Dr. Grefe’s). A synonym of L. Krebsiit. (R. G.

jl. golden-yellow and violet;

1899, t. 1460.) :

L. graniticus (granite-like).”
sepals 4in. long ; petals broadly ovate, sin. long ; lip pandurate-
oblong, 4in. Jong; racemes lft. long, laxly many-flowered ;
scapes 4ft. high. J. five, elongated-linear, 9in. to 15in. long.
Tropical Africa, 1894. A handsome species.

L. Krebsii purpurata (purple). //. 2in. in diameter; sepals
dark green outside, maroon-purple inside, the margins revolute ;
petals bright yellow above, beneath pale cream-coloured faintly
veined with red; lip dull orange-yellow, with chocolate-purple
side lobes, streaked with darker lines; scape about 34ft. high.
i. thin, broadly lanceolate, acute, plicate, lft. long. South
Africa, 1885. (W. O. A., vi. t. 259.) There is another variety,
pallida.

L. milanjianus (Mlanje). /., sepals purplish-brown, green at
base, 4in. long; petals rosy-carmine, with darker veins; lip
yellow, with some dark nerves on the side lobes, deeply trilobed ;
racemes 6in. to Yin. long, laxly many-flowered ; scapes 2ft. to
24ft. high. J. linear-oblong, 6in. long.
bique, 1889. (B. M. 7546.) Sy¥N. Eulophia bella.

L. parviflorus (small-flowered). jl. pale red, six to eight to a
scape ; upper sepal concave, clawed, reflexed, the lateral ones
spreading; petals slightly clawed; lip almost free, auricled
at base. December. South Africa, 1822. (B. 172.)

L. roseus (rosy).* jl., sepals deep velvety-brown, spathulate,
concave, reflexed; petals deep rose, large, oblong, apiculate,
recurved; lip deep rose, three-lobed, rounded, longer than the
petals, with a golden crest on the disk, the under-side and
the spur yellow ; raceme dense, oblong ; scape Sft. to 4ft. high.
1. stiff, erect, broadly lanceolate, plicately veined. Sierra
Leone, 1841. A grand species. (B. R. 1844, 12.)

L. Sandersoni (Sanderson’s).* (/. 2in. to 2sin. in diameter;
sepals dirty green, edged and nerved brown; petals pure
white, much larger, obliquely and faleately broad-oblong ; lip
large, the side lobes dark green, with brownish veins, the
mid-lobe having a pale violet, purple-streaked limb, and a
yellowish-green disk; spike lft. long, erect; scape 6ft. to 7ft.
high. June. @. 3ft. to 4ft. long, 3in. to 4in. broad, elongate-
lanceolate, acute, narrowed into long petioles. Natal, 1879.
A stately plant. (B. M. 6858.)

L. stylites (columnar).* jl. rose-colored, as large as a good
Zygopetalum intermediuwm; sepals triangular, acuminate,
reflexed ; petals oblong, wide; lip nearly square, blunt-edged,
dark-spotted at the base inside, having a short, conical,
angled spur, and two styliform processes in the mouth.
February. 0, linear-lanceolate, 2ft. long. Tropical Africa,
1885. A handsome species.

L. Wakefieldii (Wakefield’s). /., sepals green, jin. long; petals
bright yellow, Zin. long; lip pandurate-oblong, with three to
seven bright yellow keels; racemes 6in. to Tin. long; scapes
2kft. to 4ft. long. 7. elongated-linear, 6in. to Sin. or more in
length. ‘Tropical Africa, 1893. Syns. L. dispersus, Eulophia
dispersa,

L, cristatus and L. purpuratus are also grown at Kew, but are
not in general cultivation.

spicata is the correct name of

A synonym of Elisena

A synonym of Reineckea

Mlanje, &c., Mozam-

LIST. A name for the woollen shreds employed in
securing trees to a wall.

LISTERA (named in honour of Martin Lister, an
early and celebrated British botanist). Syn. Diphryllum.
ORD. Orchidee. A genus embracing about ten species of
hardy terrestrial Orchids, fonnd in Europe, Northern
Asia, and America, and readily known from the small-
flowered, spurless British Orchids by the two leaves borne
at some distance from the ground, placed so near together
as to appear opposite. Flowers green, small, in a slender
raceme. JL. cordata and J. ovata are British plants. The
species have little or no horticultural value.

LISTROSTACHYS. Included under Angrecum
(which see).

LITA. Asynonym of Voyria (which see).

LITCHI, or LEECHEE. These are the fleshy seeds
of Nephelium Litchi. They have recently found their way
into English markets, their sweet flavour and delicious
scent being much appreciated.

LITHAGROSTIS. A synonym of Coix (which see).

LITHOSPERMUM. Ineluding Batschia (of J. F.
Gmelin) and Pentalophus. LL. arvense, L. officinale, and
L. purpureo-ceruleum are British plants. To the species
described on p. 286, Vol. II., the following should be
added. See also Alkanna.

L. angustifolium (narrow-leaved). 7., earlier ones bright
yellow, large and showy, the later ones smaller and eae
pedicellate. June. JZ. all linear. Root thick and deep,
abounding in violet dye. &. Qin. to 12in. or more. North
America, 1812. An erect or diffusely branched perennial.
Syns. Batschia longijlora, Pentalophus longiflorus. L. a. longi-
Jjlorum has pale yellow flowers.

L. Gastoni (Gaston’s).* jj. very deep blue, with a white eye.
June and July. zk. lft. Pyrenees.

L. graminifolium (Grass-leayed). jl. deep blue, drooping,
disposed in terminal clusters; scape 6in. to 12in. long, wiry.
June to August. Jl. tufted, Grass-like. Northern Italy, &e.
Syn. Moltkia graminifolia.

L. graminifolium (Grass-leaved), of Reemer and Schultz. A
synonym of L. rosmarinifolium.

L. rosmarinifolium (Rosemary-leaved). jl. bright blue, lined
white, about jin. in diameter, terminal. June to September.
7. narrow, lin. or more long. h. lft. to 2ft. Central Italy, &c.
Evergreen, Syn. ZL. graminifoliwm (of Remer and Schultz).

L. tinctorium (dyer’s). ‘The correct name of this plant is
Alkanna tinctoria,

LITOBROCHIA. Included under Pteris (which see),
the correct name of L. Vespertilionis being P. incisa.

LITSEA includes Tomez.
LITTLE MILLET. ‘See Panicum miliaceum.

LITTONIA. ‘To the species described on p. 287,

Vol. II., the following variety should be added:

L. modesta Keitii (Keit's). A very vigorous form, much
more floriferous than the type. 1886. (R. G. 1237.)
LIVER OF SULPHUR. A well-known fungicide,

sometimes called Potassium Sulphide.

LIVID. Lead-colonred, bluish-brown, or grey.

LIVISTONA. There are few more decorative genera
of Palms than Livistona, many species of which are
grown for market, L. chinensis in particular; while in
a young state some of them are amongst the most
ornamental species known, L. rotwndifolia (Fig. 527) for
example, All the species are, however, not equally
robust. L. chinensis, already alluded to, and DL. australis
are two species that may be readily grown in a cool
house; but the species illustrated requires warmer
treatment. To the species described on pp. 287-8, Vol. II.,
the following should be added:

L. enervis (nerveless).* 7. deeply divided, flabelliform; seg-
ments only jin. broad and very delicate in texture. 1891.
Perhaps the same as ZL. inermis (SYN. Corypha decora, of
gardens), which is a form of L. humilis.

L. Leicharatii (Leichardt’s), A synonym of L. humilis.

L. Ramsayi (Ramsay’s). A synonym of Licuala Muelleri.

L. Woodfordii (Woodford’s).* ., spadix nearly 4ft. long,

aniculate, fr. globular, jin. long, probably bright red.

. long-petiolate, sub-orbicular, 1sft. long and nearly as broad ;

lobes narrow, acuminate. A. 30ft. to 40ft. Polynesia, <A

beautiful Palm.

L. Drudei, L. subglobosa, and L. Woganii are also grown in
the Kew Collection.

Vol. V.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 497

LLAVEA. Mexican Flowering Fern. Although an
old inhabitant of our gardens, L. cordifolia is unfor-
tunately seldom found in collections. The fact of its
being generally grown in too warm a place, explains
the speedy death of specimens which, under cooler
treatment, would have lasted for years and increased in
size and strength. The plant is of a thoroughly ever-
green habit, and in an intermediate or temperate house
forms a splendid subject, either grown as a pot plant
or, better still, planted on rockwork or in any place
where drainage is perfect, on the summit of a projecting
“rock” for instance, in a mixture of peat and sand in
about equal parts. A little crock-dust may with advan-
tage be added to the compost, as this helps to keep
the soil open, which seems the condition most essential
to the welfare of the plant. It should be placed in a
well-ventilated position, and syringing overhead should be
carefully avoided. It is usually propagated by division
of the crowns.

LLOYDIA. L. alpina is now the correct name of
L. serotina (Syn. L. striata).

Fic. 527. LIvistONA ROTUNDIFOLIA.

LOAM. A very broad and comprehensive term applied
to soils of various characters. As usually understood by
gardeners, Loam is the top spit from a pasture field. It
is full of fibre, and is suitable for potting purposes and for
making new Vine and other fruit-tree borders. It varies
very considerably, and is known under different names.
Black Loam is usually found in low-lying districts ; sandy
Loam is pretty well distributed over the whole country,
and though producing early crops, is of a hungry nature,
requiring liberal manuring. The same applies to chalky
Loam; but heavy Loams resting on clay or rock are
more retentive, and though less easy to work, require
less manure to keep them fertile, and when properly
cultivated produce the heaviest crops of grain, fruit, or
vegetables, and for plants like Roses such soil is the
most desirable.

LOASA,. To the information given on pp.
Vol. IL., the following should be added :

L. lateritia. The correct name is Blumenbachia lateritia.
L. palmata (palmate). A synonym of Blumenbachia insignis.
L. Pentlandii. The correct name is Blumenbachia Pentlandir.

358

288-9,

498

LOAVING. This is an old term, better understood
now under the word ‘“Hearting,’”? when the central
leaves of a plant form a firm heart, throngh the leaves not
unfolding, as in the Cabbage and Lettuce.

LOBELIA. Including Parastranthus. L. Dortmanna
(Water Lobelia) and LL. wrens (Acrid Lobelia) are
inelnded in the British Flora.

Dwarf tender Lobelias are not as frequently utilised
for hanging-baskets in summer as they should be.
Varieties like Cora Linn, Barnard’s Perpetnal, Royal
Blue, and White Lady are all excellently adapted for
this method of culture as well as for beds, borders, and
pots. The perennials are amongst the finest of hardy
flowers, affording a magnificent display during the later
months of the year. They may be accommodated in either
beds or borders, and in the latter case they are most
effective when associated with some of the evergreen
shrnbs. The only thing against them is that they are
not quite hardy, and their crowns need to be covered
with litter during very hard weather.

To the species described on pp. 290-1, Vol. II., the
following should be added. A few species formerly
included herennder are now referred to Pratia.

L. cardinalis. There is a lovely variety of this known as
Crimson Beauty. It has deep red flowers and very effective
dark red foliage. h. 24ft. Half-hardy perennial.

L. c. atrosanguinea (dark red). A dark red form of the
beautiful type.

L. debilis (weak). The correct name of L. Speculum.

L. Dortmannii (Dortmann’s). A name applied in Continental
gardens to what is apparently a form of L. Erinus.

L. fulgens. Two or three fine garden varieties have been
introduced which are far superior to the type. These are
ALBA, white; FIRer_y, Ean crimson; HEAVENLY BLUE,
clear light blue; QUEEN VICTORIA, deep vermilion; Roska,
clear rose ; SNOWFLAKE, pure white; VIOLACEA, reddish-violet,
with red foliage. All are about 3ft. high.

L. Gerardi (Gerard’s).* . rich violet, very large, clustered ;
calyx ciliated on the margins. 2, forming a rosette. . Stems
4ft. to Oft. high, very strong. A fine hybrid between
varieties of L. cardinalis and JL. syphilitica. (R. H. 1893,
p. 519.) There are several forms varying considerably as to
colour, from pink to violet-purple.

L. intertexta (woven). (ff. in the ape axils and loosely
racemose at the ends of the branches; lower lip of the
corolla white below the middle, violet beyond, 4in. broad,
three-lobed; upper lip violet, small, of two segments.
December. J. alternate, rather distant, tin. to 4in. long.
hk. 6in. British Central Africa, 1898. Half-hardy annual.

~ (B. M. 7615.)

L. Kerneri (Kerner’s).* fi. violet-purple, covering the upper
part of the stem. /. broad, lanceolate, toothed, forming a
rosette ; cauline ones similar. Costa Rica, 1889. Greenhouse
perennial. This is considered by some as a variety of
L. splendens.

L. littoralis (seashore-loving). The plant frequently catalogued
by this name is Pratia angulata (which sce).

L. Milleri (Miller’s).* . rich purple. Ah. 3ift.
hybrid between L. fulgens and L. syphilitica.

L. physaloides (Physalis-like). <A
physaloides.

L. purpurascens (purplish). The correct name of L. ilicifolia.

L. Rivoirei (Rivoire’s). #. of a clear rose-colour. 1897. A
perennial, which does best in the open ground; the seeds
peoninate with difficulty, and should not be covered with
earth.

L. sessilifolia (sessile-leaved). (jl. violet; corolla four times
as long as the calyx. June. /. sessile, approximate, lanceolate,
serrulated; lower ones obtuse; upper ones acute. Stems
erect, simple, lft. or more in height. Kamtschatka, 1882.
Hardy perennial.

L. splendens is a variety of L. fulgens.

L. sub-nuda (nearly naked).* jf. pale blue, about sin. across,
borne on rather long pedicels, and arranged in lax, naked
racemes. J. all radical, in a reduced rosette (the stem having
only a few very reduced ones), stalked, cordate-ovate in outline,
the margins pinnatifidly cut, dark green above, beneath purplish,
with green veins. Mexico, 1887. A small-flowered but pretty
Boe pmealy suitable for rockwork. (G. C. ser. iii., vol. ii.,
p- bs

L. tenuior grandifiora (large-flowered).
form of the well-known type.

An excellent

synonym of Colensoa

A large-flowered

L. umbellata (umbelled). #. blue, terminal, umbellate ;
corolla lin. Jong. June. J. sessile, linear, dilated and trifid
at apex, long-toothed. Stems angular, erect, lft. high.

Habitat unknown, 1878. Greenhouse perennial.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Lobelia—continued.

Varieties. In the Bedding section of Lobelias several
distinctly-improved varieties have been introduced, the
best of which will be found ennmerated below:

BARNARD’S PERPETUAL, dark blue, white eye, large and profuse
as to flower, and of graceful habit; BRIGHTON BLUE, deep
blue, very compact; CARMINE GEM, a_ beautiful carmine;
COBALT BLUE, azure-blue; COLIBRI, light pink, with large
white eye and rose spot on the petal; COMPACTA ALBA, pure
white; CoRA Linn, dark blue, of trailing habit; CRYSTAL
PALACE, =. ultramarine blue, one of the best for borders;
EMPEROR WILLIAM, dark blue, one of the best; Map OF
Moray, blue, with large white eye, dwarf; OXONIAN, rich
deep blue, with white eye, very compact; PARROT, dark blue,
with white eye and carmine spot; PRIMA DONNA, maroon-
crimson; PuMILA Compactra, bright blue; PUMILA INGRAMI,
white; REINE BLANCHE, pure white; RoYAL BLUE, deep blue,
with white eye, bushy habit; SrTirLInG BLUveE, light blue,
vigorous; TRICOLOR, blue or pink, with white eye and car-
mine spots; WHITE Lapy, white, large, and free.

LOBELIA (of Presi).
pylos (which see).

LOBESIA RELIQUANA. See Vine Moths.
LOBLOLLY BAY. See Gordonia Lasianthus.
LOBULE. A small lobe.

LOCHNERA. A synonym of Vinca (which see).

LOCKHARTIA. Syn. Fernandezia (of Lindley). To
the species described on.p. 292, Vol. Il., the following
should be added :

L. amoena (pleasing).* fl. of a beautiful yellow, fascicled,
having the lip painted with purple and the column with brown;
sepals ovate, acute ; pos complicate, recurved ; lip tripartite ;
bracts ample. March. J. triangular, obtuse. Stem rather tall.
Costa Rica, 1872. A pretty species.

L. lunifera (moon-bearing). The correct name of Fernandezia
robusta.

LOCULICIDAL. Dehiscing, or splitting through the
back of the loculus or cell of a seed-vessel; i.e., by the
dorsal suture of the carpel.

LOCUST, AFRICAN. See Parkia africana.
LOCUST, HONEY. See Gleditschia triacan-

thos.

LOCUST-TREE, SWAMP or WATER. ‘Se
Gleditschia monosperma.

LODEWORT. See Ranunculus aquatilis.

LOGANBERRY. This is a supposed cross between
the Blackberry and the Raspberry. The growths are
somewhat like those of the Raspberry, but more prickly.
The fruit is large and Raspberry-like in shape, with
larger pips and darker colour; the flesh is firm, very
jnicy, and briskly acid. When well established, the plant
produces good crops of frnit. Propagation is best effected
by division, which may be done by potting the pieces as
soon as divided in the autumn and planting them ont
early in March. Or the divisions may be made in spring
as the plants commence to grow, putting them ont
permanently at once.

LOMANDRA. A synonym of Xerotes (which see).

LOMARIA. Inclading Plagiogyria and Stenochlena.
Of the members of this extensive genus, the great bulk
are greenhouse plants. It is especially the numerous
and handsome species native of Brazil, Chili, New
Zealand, Australia, and Africa, which may be employed
for the ornamentation of our cool-houses, as not only
is this mode of treatment the most rational and the
least expensive, but it is also the only one under which
such species thrive well. It is an indisputable fact
that, whereas fine-foliaged or flowering plants may often,
when submitted to the influences of great heat and
moisture, be induced to grow more rapidly, in the case of
Lomarias a temperature kept above their requirements is
productive of disastrous results. This is undoubtedly
owing to their natural dislike of having water over their
foliage, and plants under such conditions must be copiously
syringed to counterbalance the effects of the heat
employed in the process of ‘‘forcing.”” Now, to Lomarias

A synonym of Siphocam-

-

1900 SUPPLEMENT —RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 499

Lomaria—continued.
this mode of culture cannot possibly be applied with any
chance of success. First, because, as soon as_ the
temperature becomes too high, Thrips make their
appearance; and, secondly, if water overhead is used at
all, the texture of the foliage of most species is such that
the fronds get spotted, and the whole plants in a very
short time present a wretched appearance. As these
remarks are applicable to nearly all the species, large
and small alike, and as they are of the utmost importance

Fic, 528. BARREN AND FERTILE FRONDS OF LoMaARIA
Z BLECHNOIDES.

for the successful management of this particular genns,
they cannot possibly be too carefully observed.

Besides some Japanese and Chilian species which are
thoroughly hardy in many parts of England, there is
L. Spicant, the only member of the genus having a
claim to European origin. This is found in nearly all
parts of Enrope—in Denmark, Norway, Sweden, &c. In
this country it grows abundantly under hedges and in
lanes, as well as in Ireland, especially in the counties of
Clare and Wicklow; but the coldest habitat to which it
is indigenous with us is the Cairngorm Mountain, in
Aberdeenshire, where it is fonnd at an elevation of
1200ft.

With yery few exceptions, one kind of soil is snitable
for all Lomarias. It should consist of about equal parts
good fibrous loam, leaf-mould, and silver-sand. here
leaf-monld is not easily procurable, an equal proportion
of peat may be substituted, but leaf-mould is better. A
few of the smallest-growing kinds, snch as DL. alpina,
L. blechnoides (see Fig. 528), L. Germainii, and DL. lan-
ceolata, are adapted for growing in Fern-cases, where,
on account of their distinctly-shaped fronds, they con-
trast in a pleasing manner with the more feathery as
well as with the more massive kinds with which they
are associated. Several species are also useful for room-
decoration, and DL. gibba is very extensively raised for
that purpose. The slower-growing, but very compact,
L. ciliata and L. discolor nuda are also highly decora-
tive. JL. ciliata and L. c. gigantea require to be kept in
the drier part of the house, for if the slightest moisture
be allowed to settle upon the fronds black streaks will
appear, and the plants ultimately will decay.

L. L’ Herminieri is a most attractive Fern, as its foliage

when young is of a beantiful crimson colour, changirg |

Lomaria—continued.

with age toa dark glossy green. It is, unfortunately, not
very common in collections, although now and then fine
specimens may be seen in which seyeral shoots have
started at different intervals from the side of the main
trunk, and developed so as to form a four- or six-branched
plant, which is then very decorative. Besides being one
of the Lomarias most sensitive to moisture on the fronds,
it is also one requiring peat and sand only to thrive
well, as loam, unless very light and fibrous, is injurious
to its roots.

Although Lomarias will not bear being kept dry, yet
they do not require so much water at the roots as do

yee
WS

2-337)

reese ae

i
AN
St b
\

Fic. 529, FERTILE AND BARREN FRONDS OF
LOMARIA FLUYIATILIS.

the majority of other Ferns. They should be potted
somewhat loosely, for they dislike the soil being rammed
hard. An excellent way of making use of them is to
plant them in dead Tree-Fern stems. Remove the
decayed or partly-decayed matter from the centre of the
stems, and scoop them ont sufficiently to accommodate &
solitary plant with a little mould round it, in order to
give it a start; after that, keep the stem constantly
moist, and the result will be that in a short time the
roots. of the transplanted Lomaria will have taken

500

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Lomaria—continued.

possession of the dead stem, in which they run apace.
The plant will have the appearance of a handsome
Lomaria with a stout stem of its own, and, if properly
managed, will remain for years in excellent condition. A
few species are naturally of arborescent habit, but this
is rather the exception than the rule. Lomarias are
almost invariably increased by means of their spores,
which are abundantly produced and germinate very freely.

In many sheltered places L. alpina may be treated
as a hardy Fern; but this species succeeds best and
remains evergreen in the greenhouse. It is extremely
nseful for edging in the rockery or for planting in
groups, making patches of a metallic or dark green
colour on, say, the point of a rock, as it is a plant
which requires very little soil in which to grow.

In the case of L. discolor bipinnatijida, it is advisable
to subject it to as little artificial heat as possible, so as
to keep it free from the attacks of Thrips and Red
Spider, which are particularly fond of it.

The barren fronds of L. fluviatilis (see Fig. 529), being
of 2» drooping character, render the plant suitable for
growing in small hanging-baskets. Cultivated in that
way, it shows itself to perfection. The method is also
more beneficial to the plant, for if the fronds are allowed
to lie on the ground they get damaged by constant
contact with moisture, and soon deteriorate.

L. punctulata is an easily-grown plant which requires
thorough drainage, stagnation at the roots being par-
ticularly injurious to it. Its fronds are very valuable
for decoration, as they retain their freshness for a long
time when cut and kept in water.

The Hard Fern (L. Spicant) is
of our evergreen species, and
sturdy habit, as well as the deep green colour of its
barren fronds, renders it one of the most useful plants
for the decoration of the outdoor rockery, Where, in a
moist, shady nook it forms a beantiful and most

one of the commonest
its striking dwarf and

Fic. 530. LOMARIA GIBBA PLATYPTERA.

|

Lomaria—continued.

conspicuous object. L. Spicant
fastidious of all our British Ferns, for, although it prefers
a, moist sitnation with a northern aspect, it also sneceeds
in a stiff, clayey soil, and when exposed to the direct rays
of the sun. — It dislikes lime in any form. The compost
in which the Hard Fern and its varieties grow most
luxuriantly is one made_of loam, peat, leaf-mould, and
sand in equal parts. In planting, it is found most
beneficial to intermix, if possible, some fragments of
broken sandstone with the compost, which is thus
rendered more permeable, although retaining at the same
time its permanently moist nature. It is in great
request for the hardy Fernery, but, like some others of
our British Ferns, it may with great advantage be also
nsed for the decoration of the greenhouse and con-
seryatory. Under such conditions its fronds, which are
extremely useful in a cut state for mixing with cut
flowers, retain their stiffness all throngh the winter.
Some very handsome specimens of this species, in Sin.
pots, have lately been produced in quantities by our
market-growers for winter decoration. ‘The most reliable
method employed for increasin the varieties of the
Hard Fern is by division of the crowns. Very little
dependence can be placed on their exactly reproducing
the varieties in any other way. The species is readily
propagated by means of spores, which are usually ripe
about September.

To the species and varieties described on p. 295, Vol. IL.,
the following should be added :

L. alpina ramosa (branched).
form of the type.

L. aspera (rough). caw. stout, }
scaly. sti. scarcely any. barren fronds 6in. long, 2in. broad,
ovate-lanceolate, gradual narrowed below; pinne close, the
larwest 3in. long, gin. broad, slightly dilated at base and auricled
above. fertile fronds Sin. long, jin. broad, borne on longer
stipes ; pinne crowded, sin. long, din. broad. Chili and Chiloe.

L. Boryana Dalgairnsiz. The
fertile fronds of this variety,
which are of a very erect, rigid
habit, have their pinnz con-
spicuously contracted.

L. ciliata gigantea (gigantic).*
sti. densely clothed with dark
-scales. fronds often 14ft. to 14ft.
in length. A handsome form.

L. ce. grandis (large).* Fronds
naving pinne as wide as in
Blechnum brasiliense. & hand-
some form, stronger and more
reeular in growth than the type.
1897.

L. c. major (larger). A strong-
erowing and handsome form,
with a spreading habit. 1897.

Z%. Dalgairnsiz (Miss Dal-
gains’). A form of L. Boryana,

L. discolor bipinnatifida (bi-
pinnatisd).* barren fronds often
Sft. long, 6in. broad, numerous ;
pinne overlapping, cut to the
midrib. fertile fronds (so called)
usually as sterile as the barren
ones. South Australia. This
handsome variety can only be
increased by suckers.

L. d. nuda pulcherrima (very
pretty).* This garden variety
differs from L. d. nuda in having
the tip of each pinna somewhat
crested or forked, and the apex
of the frond still more distinctly
crested.

L. faleata (falcate). The plant
found in eatalogues and in col-
lections under this name is
L. discolor nuda.

L. gibba platyptera (broadly-
winged).* A gigantic variety,
often producing fronds Sft. in
length. It has all the appearance
of 2 Blechnum, and does not
produce spores. See Fig. 530.

L. g. rosea (pink). A synonym
of L. g. tineta.

L. g. tincta (tinged).* fronds
when young tinged with pink,
the central ones being almost

is one of the least

This is a dwarf, crested

ultimately elongated, brown-

Lomaria—continued.

erpendicular; pinn# narrower and more pointed than in any
tther form of 'L. gibba. Syn. L. g. rosea.

‘L. heterophylla (variable-leaved). A form of L. attenuata.

L. membranacea (membranous). rhiz. short, clothed with dark
brown scales. barren fronds narrow-oblong, 6in. to Qin.
long, lin. to l4in. broad, shortly stalked; pinne coriaceous,
narrow-oblong, blunt, notched, quite distinct at base though
connected, the lowest reduced to auricles. fertile fronds borne
on stalks several inches long; pinne narrow and distantly
placed. New Zealand. Greenhouse. y ;

L. minor (lesser). A synonym of L. procera.

L. neocaledonica (New Caledonian). A synonym of L. gibba.

L. onocleoides,* Barren and fertile fronds of this beautiful,
evergreen species are shown in Fig. 531.

L. procera. Syn. L. minor. Many Ferns which were formerly
regarded as distinct species, but which are only varieties of

L. procera (see Fig. 532), are found in catalogues under specific
names. Several of these are mentioned on p. 294, Vol. Tr

L. p. Duttoni (John Dutton’s). barren fronds more leafy
than in the type. The mock fertile ones have long, narrow,
whip-like pinne. New Zealand. This form is quite barren,
and can only be propagated by means of the stolons, which
are sparingly produced. f

Fic. 531. BARREN AND FERTILE FRONDS OF LOMARIA
ONOCLEOIDES.

L. Spicant. Hard Fern. The following additional distinct
varieties may be mentioned :

L. S. Aitkiniana (Aitkin’s). fronds, lower portions contracted,
the surface aay corrugated, the apex magnified into a huge,
branching head, of which the under-side bears traces of an
excurrent line like the marginate Seolopendriums.
Clare, Ireland, 1882. See Fig. 533.

L. S. contracta, A ae frond of this distinct and constant

County

variety is shown at Fig.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 501

Lomaria—continued.

Fig. 533. CREST OF LOMARIA SPICANT AITKINIANA.

Fic. 535, BARREN FROND OF LOMARIA SPICANT POLYDACTYLA.

502 THE DICTIONARY

Lomaria—continued.

Fic, 536. BARREN FROND OF LOMARIA SPICANT RAMO-CRISTATA.

L. S. obovatum (obovate). fronds normal in outline, but the
pinne very much contracted at the base, so that they take
a distinctly obovate form. St. Michael’s, Azores, 1882.

L. S. polydactyla.* Of this charming Cornish variety a
barren frond is shown in Fig. 535,

L. S. ramo-cristata (branched and crested).* barren fronds
about Sin. long, twice or several times branched, the summit
of each branch divided and crested; fe: broad, almost
square at apex. Yorkshire. See Fig. 536.

Pic. 537. BARREN FROND OF LOMARIA SPICANT SERRATA.

L. S. serrata (serrated). barren fronds lft. long, 3in. broad;
pinne somewhat faleate, deeply but finely toothed, the tips
often forked (see Fig. 537). Jsertile fronds longer and more
upright; pinnze very narrow, sharply toothed, occasionally

forked at apex. Tunbridge Wells, &e.

FIG. 558. BARREN FROND OF LOMARIA SPICANT TRINERVIS.

L. S. trinervis (three-nerved).
some variety is shown at Fig.
L. zamizfolia (Zamia-leayved).

cycadotdes.

LOMATOGONIUM.
(which see).

LOMATOPHYLLUM. The three or four species
of this genus are natives of the Mascarene Islands.
L. borbonicum is the correct name of L. aloiflorum.

LOMBARDY POPLAR. ‘See Populus nigra
pyramidalis.

LONCHITIS. These plants thrive in a mixture of two
parts peat and one part fibrous loam; they require an
abundance of water at the roots and complete protection
from the direct rays of the sun. Lonchitises may possibly

ae barren frond of this hand-

A synonym of LZ. Boryana

A synonym of Pleurogyne

be objected to for pot culture on account of their strong
growth; but in the conservatory or in the rock Fernery,

OF GARDENING,

Lonchitis—continued.
where bold-looking subjects are frequently reqnived for
effect, they never fail to prove a source of attraction,
especially when planted out with sufficient space allowed
them in which to develop their handsome fronds. When
fertile, the fronds are very conspicuous on account of
the bright colonr of the spore-masses. Thongh usually

Fic. 539. PINNA OF LONCHITIS PUBESCENS.

propagated by division of their underground rhizomes,
these plants may also be increased by means of their
spores, which germinate freely if sown as soon as they
are ripe. Of the species cultivated, DL. pubescens (see
Fig. 539) is the more popular.

LONCHOCARPUS. To the species described on

p. 296, Vol. II., the following shoyld be added :

L. Barteri (Barter’s).* 1. in clusters of eight to ten, Zin. long,
shortly pedicellate; calyx reddish-brown, hemispheric; corolla
Sraae the standard shortly clawed, the wings obtuse;
racemes lft. to 14ft. long. September. J. 1ft. long or more;
leaflets five or seven, 4in. to 7in. long, petiolulate, elliptic-
oblong, acuminate or caudate-acuminate. Tropical Africa.
A handsome stove climber. (B. M. 6943.)

L. latifolius (broad-leaved). #7. pale purple; corolla 4in. long.
1., leaflets two to four pairs, elliptic or lanceolate-oblong, acute,
2in. to 6in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, minutely puberulous
beneath. West Indies, 1868. Stove shrub or tree.

LONDON PURPLE. An arsenical preparation
largely employed in combination with lime as an insecti-
cide. Used alone it is effective so far as the pests are
concerned, but hurtful to the trees, especially to the
tenderer kinds like Peach. Used in the proportion of
llb. of London Purple to Ilb. of lime and 250 gallons of
water it will not scorch the foliage. Used in combina-
tion with Bordeaux Mixture it is very effective against
fungi as well. Before using London Purple the mixture
should be well stirred. It is a most virulent poison, and
must therefore be employed with care.

LONICERA. The British Flora embraces L. Capri-
folium (Woodbine), L. Periclymenum, and L. Xylostewm.
To the species and varieties described on pp. 296-7,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

L. Alberti (Albert Regel’s). (fl. rose-coloured; corolla nearly
regular. 7. soft, linear, somewhat resembli those of
Rosemary, greyish-green, enone beneath. Branches slender,
dependent. Turkestan, 1887. Plant dwarf. (B. M. 7394; R, G.
1065.) Syn. Chameecerasus Alberti (of gardens).

L. alpigena (alpine). 7. greenish-fuscous-red ; corolla gibbous
at base. April. J. oval-lanceolate, acute, glabrous or pubescent,
very shortly petiolate, scarcely toothed. Stem erect. h. 6ft.
Central and Southern Europe, 1596. (J. F. A. 274.)

L. a. nana (dwarf). This only differs from the type in its
dwarfer, more compact habit. Syn. Chamecerasus alpigena
nana (of gardens).

L. a. Webbiana (Webb’s). /. yellowish-green, suffused outside
with brownish-red; corolla bilabiate. 72 large, oblong or
elliptic-oblong, abruptly pointed. Himalayas, 1888. (R. G. 1888,
pp. 7-8, f. 2. under name of L. Webbiana.)

L. aureo-reticulata (colden-reticulated).*

Japanese Golden
Honeysuckle.

A form of L. japonica jlexuosa.

4

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

503

Lonicera—continued.

L. bella (pretty).* A garden hybrid between L. chrysantha
(Morrowi) and L tatarica. The following forms are grown
in Continental gardens: albida (whitish), atrorosea (dark rose),
candida (white), incarnata (fesh-coloured), and vosea (rose).

L. brachypoda is a form of L. japonica flexuosa.

L. chrysantha Geller jl. at first yellowish-white but
ultimately changing to bright yellow. jf bright cope
Z. acuminate, light green. North-east Asia. A handsome aald
robust-growing species.

L. ciliosa (ciliated). 7. bright yellow; corolla tube hirsute ;
whorls of the sub-sessile spike approxim ate-capitate. Summer
7. ovate, glaucous beneath, conspicuously ciliated, or sessile and
somewhat amplexicaul. North America.

L. c. occidentalis (Western). jl. deep orange-red, in whorle:
heads. June to August. i. ovate, nearly sessile, ciliated,
glaucous beneath ; upper ones connate. h.15ft. North America,
1830. Syn. Caprifolium occidentale (B. R. 1457).

L. confusa (confused). jl. white at first, eventually red or
yellow; inflorescence almost thyrse-like; peduncles axillary,
two-flowered, opposite, velvety. June. /. ovate, acute, rounded
at base, velvety on both surfaces. Branches twining, pubescent.
Japan, China, &c., 1806. Evergreen. Syns. L. Halleana,
L. japonica (A. B. R. 583; B. R. 70).

L. dioica is a synonym of L. glauca.

L. flavescens (yellowish). fl. varying in colour from sulphur- to
citron-yellow, glandular-hairy ; corolla segments nearly regular ;
bracts ovate, acute; bracteoles covering the base of the corolla,
l. petiolate, lanceolate, acuminate. British Columbia, 1888.
(R. G. 1888, p. 7, f.1.) Syn. L. Webbiana (of gardens).

L. flexuosa is a form of L. japonica.

L. floribunda (abundant-flowered). A form of L. Korolkowii.

L. Fraseri (Fraser's). A synonym of L. jlava,

L. gigantea (gigantic). . golden-yellow, tubular, arranged
in a large, terminal panicle. J/. glaucous, nearly blue,
eras floral ones connate. 1883, A floriferous garden
plant.

L. grata (agreeable). il. very fragrant, whorled in the axils of
the upper leaves or leaf-like bracts; corolla red or purplish
outside, smooth, 14in. long, the limb at first nearly white. July.
l_ about 2in. long, obovate, glabrous, glaucous beneath. /, 2)ft.
North America, 1720.

L. Halleana (Halle’s). A synonym of ZL. confusa.

L. Hildebrandiana (Hildebrand’s).* /l. of a beautiful orange-
erimson, Sin. to 7in. long or more, in axillary pairs on short
peduncles. J. large, dark glossy green, oval or elliptic, shortly
acuminate, rounded at base, very glabrous, din. to Sin. long.
Upper Birma, 1893. The largest of all the Honeysuckles.
(G. C. 1898, ii., p. 210, f. 58.)

L. hirsuta-Sullivantii (hybrid). A garden hybrid between
rn aia and ZL. Sullivantii. 1896. (G. & F. 1896, p, 345,

L. hispida (hispid). jl. greenish-white, pendulous; peduncles
shorter than the ovate, ciliated bracts, two-flowered. fr.
purple. 7. shortly petiolate, ovate-elliptic, 14in. to 2in. long,
rounded or cordate at base, setose-ciliated, glabrous on both
surfaces. Stem erect; branches hispid. h. 2ft. to ft. Central
Asia to Siberia, 1883. (R. G. 1100.)

L. japonica (of A. B. R., &e.). A synonym of L. confusa.

L. Kesselringii (Kesselring’s). fl. red on the outside, white
variegated with red inside, bearded in the throat of the tube,
which is not gibbous at base. J. lanceolate or elliptic-lanceo-
late, acute, pale beneath. Kamtschatka, 1890. A dwarf,
much-branched shrub, allied to L. nigra.

L. Korolkowii (Korolkow’s). 7. yellowish-white. _/r. orange-
red. 1894. A very free-flowering, bush Honeysuckle, allied to
L, Xylosteum. (G. & F. 1894, vii., p. 34, f. 4.)

L. K. floribunda (abundant-flowered). jl. pale rose-coloured,
about gin. Jong; very numerous, lateral on short twigs.
i. shortly petiolate, ovate, obtuse, rounded or sub-truncate
at base, greyish-green. Persia, &c., 1889. A much-branched,
slightly tomentose shrub.

L. longiflora. The correct name is L. macrantha.

L. Maacki (Maack’s). jl. white, numerous, axillary, with a
narrow funnel-shaped tube and a two-lipped limb of five
segments, of which four are united and spread in one direction,
the fifth lobe taking the opposite one. J. ovate-elliptic,
acuminate, rounded at base. h. 10ft. to 15ft. Manchuria, 1884.
A rather pretty, much-branched shrub. (R. G. 1162.)

L. macrantha (large-flowered). The correct name of L. longi-
Slora.

L. micrantha (small-flowered). /!. pale pink, eventually turning
yellowish, small. jr. red, small. 7. varying from lanceolate

. to obovate, nearly glabrous or slightly hairy. Turkestan, 1889.
A tall bush. Syn. ZL. tatarica micrantha.

L. minutiflora (minute-flowered). A garden hybrid between
I. micrantha and L. chrysantha (Morrow).

L. misera (miserable). A garden hybrid between ZL. micrantha
and L. Xylosteum.

Lonicera—continued.

Le muendeniensis (Muenden). . white or yellowish-white.
fr. red, ovoid. Branches arching; twigs erect, softly hairy.
1893. A garden hybrid between ZL. bella and L. gibbijlora.
(R. G. 1893, p. 102, f. 18, 4-6.)

L. muscaviensis (Muskau). jf. white. jr. red 1893. A
garden hybrid between LZ. chrysantha (Morrowi) and
L. Ruprechtiana., (R. G. 1893, p. 100, f. 18, 1-3.)

L. nigra (black). fl. pale rose, borne in pairs; peduncles
scarcely shorter than the leaves. fr. black, sub-globose.
1. ovate-oblong, entire, shortly petiolate, villous when young,
nearly glabrous when adult. h. 4ft. Stems erect. Europe, &c.,
1597.

L. notha (bastard). A garden hybrid between DL. Ruprechtiana
and DL. tatavica, he following forms are grown in Continental
gardens: alba (white), carneo-rosea (flesh-pink), gilva (pale
yellow), grandiflora (large-flowered), ochroleuca (yellowish-white).

L. occidentalis (Western). A form of L. cilioswm.

L. parviflora is a form of L. glauca.

L. Periclymenum belgica (Belgian). _/. reddish on the
outside, yellowish within. Branches purplish. A more robust,
form than the type.

L. P. serotina (late).
until the autumn,

L. permixta (much mixed).
L. macrantha and DL, tatariea.

L. przecox (early). This is a garden name for L. Caprifolium.

L. propinqua (related). A garden hybrid between L. alpigena
and L, involucrata (Ledebourit).

L. punicea. The correct name is Symphoricarpus puniceus.

L. Ruprechtiana (Ruprecht’s).* . pure white, on long
peduncles. Jr. red or yellow. June. J. ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate, dark green above, greyish beneath. h. 10ft. to 12ft.
Manchuria. There are many hybrids between this and
L. Morrowi.

L. salicifolia. (Willow-leaved). A garden hybrid between
L. micrantha and L. Ruprechtiana.

L. segreziensis. The correct name of plants that have been
grown in gardens under the names of ZL. diversifolia and
L. hispida.

L. por emarens is popularly known as Trumpet Honey-
suckle.

L. s. fuchsioides (Fuchsia-like).* #. of a beautiful reddish-
orange outside, yellow in the throat, much longer than in
the type. A fine variety; and swperbum is another.

L. splendida (splendid).* 1. yellowish-white, about 1Jin. long,
disposed in terminal heads. 7.

fl. redder than in the type, produced

A garden hybrid between

connate, oblong or obovate-
oblong, obtuse. Spain, 1890. (R. G. 1890, p. 65, f. 13.) Syn.
Caprifolium splendidum (of gardens).

L. Standishii (Standish’s). See under L. fragrantissima.

L. syringantha (tube-flowered). #. pale pink, axillary, about
sin. long; corolla having a straight tube and spreading lobes;
peduneles very short. 7. in pairs, small, ovate, obtuse, rounded
or almost cordate at base. North China, 1892. A tall, much-
blanched, glabrous ‘shrub. (R. G. 1892, p. 564, f. 115-16.)

L. tangutica. jl. yellowish, small, borne in pairs on slender

eduncles ; corolla tubular-funnel-shaped, very shortly five-
obed. fr. red, globose, JU, ovate-elliptic, obovate, or oblong,
glaucous beneath. Kansu, North China, 1891. (R. G. 1891,
pp. 580-1, f. 104-5.)

L. tatarica grandibracteolata (having large bracteoles).
This seedling variety is distinguished from the type in having
very large, leafy bracts. 1891. (R. G. 1391, p. 486, f. 90.)

L. t. micrantha (small-flowered). A synonym of L. micrantha.

L. thibetica (Thibet).* 1. rose-tinted, small, fragrant, twin on
the lateral branchlets. June. /. dark green above, glaucous
beneath, small, whorled in threes. Branches arched. h. 14ft.
Western China, 1897. A compact, bushy shrub.

L. translucens (translucent). #1. somewhat resembling those
of L. quinquelocularis, but of a darker yellow and slightly
larger. J. ovate, acute, rounded or slightly cordate at base.
Himalayas, 1889.

L. Webbiana (Webb's), of gardens. A synonym of ZL. jlavescens.

L. Webbiana (of Wallich). A form of L. alpigena.

L. Zabelii (Zabel’s). (fl. of a bright, dark rose-colour. fr. coral-
red, small, round. 7. ovate, shortly stalked. 1893. A bushy
shrub, hybrid between ZL. jloribunda and L. tatarica. (R. G.
1893, p. 104, f. 19, 1-3.)

The following have also been introduced to Continental
gardens: DL. gibbijlora, L. Maximowiczii, L. Sullivantii.

LONTANUS. A synonym of Borassus (which see).

LOPEZIA includes Jehlia, J. fuchsioides being

synonymous with LD. macrophylla. ~L. racemosa 18 a

synonym of J. coronata.

LOPEZ-ROOT. See Toddalia aculeata.
LOPHIA. A synonym of Alloplectus (which see).

504

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

LOPHIRA. [L. alata is the correct name of the plant
described on p. 298, Vol. IL., as L. africana.

LOPHOCLINIUM. A synonym of Podotheca
(which see).

LOPHOPHORA (from lophos, a crest, and phoreo,
to bear; in allusion to the flower-bearing areola and tuft
of hairs at the summit of the tubercles). The generic
name proposed by J. M. Coulter, the American botanist,
for Anhaloniwm Williamsti (Syn. Echinocactus Williamsii)
and its form Lewinti.

LOPHOXERA. A synonym of Celosia (which see).
LOPSEED. See Phryma.

LORANTHUS (from loron, a strap, and anthos, a
flower; in allusion to the shape of the petals). ORD.
Loranthacee. A large genus (about 330 species) of stove,
greenhouse, or hardy, parasitic shrubs, rarely terrestrial
trees or shrubs, broadly distributed throughout the tropics,
beyond which few extend. Flowers often beautifully
coloured, small or long, hermaphrodite or by abortion
dicecious; perianth double; calyx truncate or four- to
six-toothed ; petals four to six, valvate. Fruit baccate
or drupaceous. Leayes entire, often thick or fleshy.
L. flavidus is an interesting, hardy or half-hardy parasite,
stated, in ‘‘ Gartenflora,’’ to be in cultivation in England ;
this is, however, doubtful. It may possibly be grown by
sowing the berries upon the above-ground roots or on the
branches of the Beech-tree.

L. flavidus (yellowish). 7. produced in small racemes from the
previous year’s growth; perianth yellowish, sin. long, having a
slender tube, and four narrow, reflexed segments. ¢. opposite,
petiolate, oblong, about Ijin. long, obtuse and thick. New
Zealand, 1885.

LORD ABERDEEN’S PINE. See
Pinaster Hamiltoni.

LORD PENZANCE’S HYBRID SWEET-
BRIARS. See Rosa.

LORENTEA (of Lagasca).
(which see),

LORENTEA (of Ortega).
(which see).

LOROGLOSSUM.
see).

LOTE. See Zizyphus Lotus.

LOTUS ARBOREUS. A synonym of Carmichelia
australis (which see).

LOTUS, SACRED. ‘See Nelumbium.

LOUREA (named in honour of Professor Loureiro, of
Lisbon). Orv. Leguminose. A small genus (three or four
species) of stove herbs, natives of tropical Asia and
Australia, and allied to Desmodium. Flowers in terminal,
simple or panicled racemes. Leaves stipellate ; leaflets one
to three. L. Vespertilionis has been introduced, but if is
not of much horticultural value.

LOURYA (named in honour of Jules Louis Charles
Boys de Loury), Orp. Hzmodoracexw. A monotypic
genus. The species is a very curious stove plant, with
the habit of Curculigo and Peliosanthes, differing from
the former in the stamens and basal ovules, and from
the latter in the baccate fruit, the pericarp of which is
not burst open when in a young state by the enlarging
seeds. In general appearance this plant looks like an
Aspidistra, but far showier by reason of its flowers and
fruit. For culture, see Peliosanthes.

L. campanulata (bell-shaped).* #1. sin. across in a dense
raceme; perianth pale yellow, with a purple disk, broadly
campanulate, the limb of six broad lobes; raceme radical,
about din. long, very dense. December and January. fr. bright
blue, ovoid, obtuse, lin. long and Zin. broad, produced in
clusters. 7. (with the petiole) 10in. to 20in. long, 3in. to 4in.
broad, oblong-lanceolate, acute at both ends, radical. Cochin
ching, 1889. (B. M. 7482 ; R. H. 1889, p. 128, f. 32.) A beautiful
plant.

LOW BLACKBERRY. See Rubus canadensis.

LOWIA (named in honour of Sir Hugh Low, C.M.G.).
Syn. Orchidantha. Orv. Scitaminee. A genus embracing
three species of interesting, stove, perennial herbs, natives
of Borneo, Perak, and the Malay Peninsula, resembling
dwarf Heliconias in foliage, but with flowers like those of

Pinus

Included under Pectis
A synonym of Sanvitalia

Included under Orchis (which

Lowia—continued.

an Orchid, and having five stamens instead of one. For

culture, see Heliconia.

L. borneénsis (Bornean). ° 1. eres in short spikes close
to the ground ; sepals yellowish at base, purplish towards the
apex, narrow linear-lanceolate, acute, lin. long ; petals blackish-
violet, aristate, rather more than din. long, the lowest linear,
acuminate, lin. long. J. elliptic-oblong, acuminate, bright green,
6in. to 8in. long, 24in. to din. broad; petioles Sin, to 10in. long.
Borneo, 1886. SyN. Orchidantha borneensis.

L. longiflora (long-flowered). 1. 6in. long; sepals olive, linear-
lanceolate, spreading; two smaller petals purplish, the third
pure white, larger, lip-like; scapes lft. long, one-flowered.
4, tufted, 3ft. long. Perak, 1896. Plant stemless. (G. C. 1896,
Xx., p. 652, f. 111.)

L. maxillarioides (Maxillaria-like). 1. in a lax ae with
two or three branches; sepals spreading, 14in. long; petals
three, the lowest much the largest, green. June. 7. distichous,
tufted, lanceolate, 8in. to Yin. long; petioles long, erect. Root-
stock shortly creeping. Malay Peninsula, 1894. Plant stem-
less. (B. M. 7351.)

LOXANTHUS. A
(which see).

LOXOTIS. A synonym of Rhynchoglossum (which

see).

LOXSOMA. Little can be said with certainty on the
culture of L. Cunninghami. In its native habitat it is
said to grow with the foliage exposed to the action of
the air to such a degree that no other member of the
tribe Hymenophyllew could withstand, but at the same
time with its roots, which are of a peculiarly wiry nature,
constantly in water. The soil in which it is found in its
native places is said to be a yellow loam of a very clayey
nature, and this has proved to be the case with all the
importations which we have seen. Little can be said
about its propagation, beyond the fact that in a natural
state it increases itself rapidly by means of its spores,
which are produced in great abundance.

LOZOTZINIA ROSANA. See Rosa—Insects.

LUDIA. Two species, natives of the Mascarene
Islands, are referred to this genus. Flowers axillary, sessile
or shortly pedicellate ; sepals four or five; petals wanting.
Leaves entire, serrated or (in the same specimen) incised.
L. heterophylla (variable-leaved), of Bory. A synonym of

Aphloia mauritiana.

rede a A synonym of Arundinaria (which
see).

LUDOVIA (named in honour of Lonisa, Queen of
Charles IV. of Spain). Orv. Cyclanthaceer. A small
genus (two species) of stove plants, with a thick, rooting
caudex, natives of French Guiana and Brazil; they are
very closely allied to Carludovica (which see for culture).
Flowers disposed in dense spitals; spadices axillary,
shortly pedunculate, oblong-cylindrical ; spathes three to
five, distichous. Leaves distichons, very large, thick,
rigid, slightly sheathing at base, somewhat petiolate,
lanceolate or almost spathulate, acute, crenate-toothed
towards the apex.

L. crenifolia (crenate-leaved). 7. sheathing, distichous, closely
set, about 14ft. long, dark green, leathery, obovate-lanceolate,
slightly crenate, gradually tapering at base into an amplexicaul
penale about 8in. long. Amazons, 1893. (G. C.1893, xiil., p. 442,

synonym of Phlogacanthus

LUDOVIA (of Persoon).
(which see).

LUEDDEMANNIA (named in honour of Herr
Lueddemann). ORD, Orchidee. A small genus of stove
Orchids, natives of Sonth America, closely allied to
Cycnoches (ander which it was included by the authors
of the ‘‘Genera Plantarum”). Ovary velvety; sepals
oblong, acute, fornicate; petals cuneate-oblong, acute ;
peduncle pendulous, very many-flowered. For culture,
see Catasetum.

L. Lehmanni (Lehmann’s)

Lehmanni. i
L. Pescatorei (Pescatore’s). /l. 1jin. in diameter; sepals dull

yellow, with a little brown inside; petals and lip bright

yellow peduncles 3ft. long, bearing nearly a hundred flowers.
uly. 7. leathery, glaucous, lanceolate. Colombia, 1848. The

lant exhales an odour like that of decaying Oranges. (B. M.

aD) Syns. Acineta glauca, Cycnoches Pescatorei (P. F. G. i,

p. 123).

A synonym of Carludovica

The correct name of Cycnoches

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 505

Lueddemannia—continued.

L. Sanderiana (Sander’s). This species closely resembles
L. Lehmanni, but differs in the cream-colour of its flowers,
especially in the lip, which is white with purple blotches and
a cushion-like, hairy callosity of very dark purple. Colombia,
1897.

L. triloba (three-lobed). j. yellow, numerous, with a few
madder-brown blotches on the lip; peduncle 6in. long.
l. lanceolate, lft. long. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, 24in. long. 1895.

LUFFA. Vegetable Sponge. This genus furnishes
the Luffas largely employed in this country and elsewhere
as bath-room accessories—whence the popular name above.
The Luffas of commerce are the fibrous interior of the
dried fruits. To the species described on p. 300, Vol. II.,
the following should be added :

L. sgyptiaca (Egyptian). jj. yellow, racemose, on long
peduncles. fr. club-shaped, smooth, 5in. to 12in. long, ten-
ribbed or somewhat ten-angled, edible. 7. 4in. in diameter,
reniform-orbicular, five-angled or somewhat five-lobed, toothed,
dotted on both surfaces; petioles 2in. long. Native country
doubtful; it is cultivated throughout the tropics. SYN.
L. cylindrica,

L. cylindrica (cylindrical). A synonym of L. egyptiaca.

L. Forskallii (Forskall’s).* #. sulphur-yellow. fr. small, ovoid,
lee with black seeds. Arabia, d&c., 1894. <A pretty
climber.

LUHEA. According to the Kew authorities, Lwehea
is the correct spelling.

LUISIA. To the species described on p. 301, Vol. IL.,
the following should be added:

L. Amesiana (Ames’). jl. about lin. across, disposed in
clusters at the sides of the stem; sepals and petals pale
yellow, speckled and streaked with purplish-brown on the out-
side; lip very pale yellow, spotted with purplish-maroon.
June. India, 1890. Habit resembling Vanda teres. (G. C. 1893,
xiv., p. 52, f. 8.)

L. antennifera (antenn-bearing). /l. pale green, with a purple
lip as long as the sepals ; petals linear, 4in. long ; rachis of spike
very stout, jin. to lsin. long. J. din. to 4in. long. Stem stout,
aa lft. or more in length. Perak, &e. (R. X. O., t. 78,
f. 2.

L. brachystachys (short-spiked). l., sepals and petals green
and rose-purple, shaped as in JL, teretifolia; lip blackish-
purple, yellow at base, obovate-oblong, rather thin, with
usually strong parallel grooves or nerves. /. 2in. to 6in. long,
slender. ‘Tropical Western Himalaya. (R. X. O.i., t. 78, f. 1.)

_L. Cantharis (beetle-like). jl. green and purple, lin, across, the

lip resembling a small beetle; raceme very short.
6in. long. Stem elongated. Allied to L. Volueris.
1895.

L. teretifolia (terete-leaved). The correct name of L. platy-
glossa. SYN. L. zeylanica.

L. trichorhiza (hairy-rooted). jl. twice as large as in
L. teretifolia ; lip obovate-oblong, rather longer than the sepals,
flat, grooved. J. 4in. to 6in. long, stout. Tropical Himalaya.
Plant sometimes having an enormous development of downy
roots. (H. E. F., t. 72; R. X. O., t. 77.)

L. Volucris (bird-like). 1. solitary in the axils, resembling
small birds with outstretched wings; sepals and petals pale
yellowish-green ; lip dark purple, fleshy, pressed close to the
stem, resembling a epi opterpis chrysalis. 7. 3in. to 5in. long,
stout. Stem stout, 6in. to 10in. long. Sikkim Himalaya, 1893.
(G. C. 1893, xiv., p. 32, f. 9.)

L. zeylanica (Cingalese).

LUMA. Included under Myrtus (which see).
LUMBRICUS. See Worms.

LUNANEA. A synonym of Cola (which see).
LUNARIA.

l. terete,
Birma,

A synonym of L. teretifolia.

To the species described on p. 301,

Vol. IL., the following variety should be added. The
flat, silvery seed-pods of L. annua form the chief

attraction of the plant.
L. annua variegata (variegated). 7. irregularly margined
with creamy-white. 1890.

LUPERUS RUFIPES.
LUPINASTER.

see).

LUPINUS. The many beautiful kinds which have of
late years been introduced, especially in the Tree Lupins
and in the varieties of L. polyphyllus, haye made the
genns still more valuable. The Tree Lnupins may be
flowered from seed the second season, and nothing conld
well surpass for quantity of fragrant blossom or for beauty

See Red-footed Beetle.
Included under Trifolium (which

Vol. V.

Lupinus—continwed.
masses of L. arboreus luteus or of Snow Qneen (Queen
of the Snow). In the annual section there are kinds
like L. hybridus atrococcineus, L. Menziesii, L. subcarnosus,
whose decorative and free-flowering qnalities it would
be difficult to surpass. The principal cultural details are
not to allow seed-pods to form, otherwise there will be
but a brief blaze of beauty, and to give plenty of
water. None of the Lupins transplant well. The perennial
species like a rich soil, and in late spring a good mulching
of rotten manure is of the greatest value.

To the species described on pp. 302-:
following should be added. UD.
Continent as a forage plant.

L. albo-coccineus nanus (white and scarlet, dwarf).
jl. sweetly scented; spikes rich rosy-crimson half-way up,
thence to the apex pure white, borne well above the foliage.
Summer. 1887. This forms handsome, compact bushes, about
lft. in height. (G. C. 1887, ii., p. 597.)

L. arboreus. There are varieties with lilac, yellow, purplish,
and white flowers. The last-named (Snow Queen) forms a
bush some 4ft. high, covered with fragrant white Howers. The
yellow variety is very beautiful, and one of the best for cut
flowers.

L. atrococcineus hybridus (dark scarlet hybrid).* jl. of a
beautiful, crimson-scarlet, in long, terminal spikes. July
and August. A very floriferous garden plant. (R. H. 1890,
pp. 252-3.)

L. Cruckshanksii

Vol. IL. the

albus is grown on the

(Cruckshanks’).* 7. very handsome ;

standard bluish-purple, deep yellow in the middle, paler
towards the extremity, the margin reddish; wings deep

purplish-blue, with a reddish spot at base; racemes large.
July. 7¢. pale; leaflets seven or more, usually nine, obtuse,
sometimes mucronate. Stem almost arborescent. h. 4ft. to
5ft. Peru. Half-hardy. (B. M. 3056.)

L. densiflorus (dense-flowered). j!, white, stained with pink,

or yellow, whorled in a dense spike, sub-sessile. July.
1., leaflets oblong-spathulate. A. 9in. California, 1833. Annual.

(B. R. 1689.) Syn. L. Menziesti (of Agardh).
L. Dunnetti (Dunnett’s). A synonym of ZL. tricolor elegans.

L. fallax (false).* l. distinctly whorled; standard and wines
about equal, the latter deep violet, the former white in the

middle, changing to red; racemes pedunculate. /., levtlets
seven to nine, linear-lanceolate; acute, lsin. to 24in. long.
h, 3ft. to 5ft. Mount Tamalpais, San Francisco. An orna-

mental, half-hardy, silvery-pubescent shrub,

L. Hartwegii (Hartweg’s).* 7. of a beautiful blue, whitish on
the keel, shortly pedicellate, almost whorled; spike 8in, to
12in. or more in length. July to October. 7. long-petiolate ;
leaflets seven to nine, lanceolate-oblong, slightly mucronate ;
stipules linear, very long. h. 2ft. to 2sft. Mexico. Usually
grown as an annual, but doubtless a perennial. (B. R. xxv.,
f. 31; L. J. F. 100.)

L. H. ccelestinus (sky-blue). #1. of a lovely sky-blue. h. 2ft.

L. hirsutissimus (very hairy). /. reddish-purple, alternate ;
pedicels bractless. July. 7. few, spotted with pale green like
those of a Pulmonaria; leaflets obovate, mucronulate. Stems
sub-erect. A. 9in. California, 1838. A very hairy annual.

L. hirsutus (hairy)." /. azure-blue, large, alternate or whorled
in spikes 4in, to 6in. long. July and August. J. long-petiolate ;
leaflets oblong, digitate. Stem simple. A. 15ft. to 2ft. France,
&e. Of this very pretty annual there are varieties with white
and pale rose flowers.

L. Menziesii (Menzies’), of Agardh.
florus.

L. Micheneri (Charles Michener’s). #. not very ornamental,
turning to a dull purplish or purplish-green soon after opening.
Northern California, 1894. A prostrate, half-hardy perennial,
very pretty in the early stages of growth.

L. mutabilis Cruckshanksii hybridus (hybrid). 1. vary-
ing in colour from blue to dark purple, scented, whorled in fives.
1., leaflets digitate, ovate-oblong. kh, ft. to 44ft.

L. m. versicolor (various-coloured). jl. showy, several shades
of colour, purple, blue, and lilac. hk. 34ft.

L. nanus albus (white). A variety with pure white flowers.

L. polyphyllus albus (white). A white-flowered variety,
growing about 3ft. high.

L. p. Foxii (Fox’s). jl. a combination of deep blue and white.
h. 2dsft.

A synonym of ZL. densi-

L. p. Purple King. J. rich purple. 2. ft.

L. p. Somerset.* /. a clear soft yellow. A beautiful variety.

L. pubescens (downy). /l. violet-blue with a white centre,
whorled in sixes and disposed in long spikes. July to Sep-

ate, lanceolate, velvety on both surfaces.

1844. Annual or biennial. (L. J. F.

tember. 7., leaflets dig
Mexico, Guatemala, «e.,
108.)

L. subramosus (somewhat
L, subcarnosus.

branched). A garden name for

3T

506

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Lupinus—continued.

L. sulphureus (sulphur-yellow). (fl. sulphur-yellow, slightly
scented, whorled in very dense spikes 6in, to 8in. long. July
and August. 1, leaflets oblong-lanceolate, velvety and slightly
cottony. Stem robust, branched above. h. 1sft. to 2ft. Cali-
fornia, &c. Annual.

L. tricolor elegans (three-coloured, elegint). ., standard
dark violet ; wings and keel white; spike compact, Sin. to 8in.
long. J. digitate ; leaflets seven to nine, velvety beneath. Stems
usually simple. h. 1)ft. Of garden origin. Syn. L. Dunnetti.

LUPSIA. A synonym of Galactites (which see).
LUPULUS. A synonym of Humulus (which see).
LURID. Of a dingy brown tint.
LUXEMBURGIA.

name of DL. corymbosa.

LUZURIAGA (of R. Brown).
noplesium (which see).

LYCASTE. These lovely winter- and spring-flowering
Orchids cannot be too highly recommended to the notice
of amateurs. The whole section is far better grown in
the cool intermediate house, where they ean have a liberal
circulation of air through the lower ventilators whenever
outside conditions permit. The cool house, under similar
conditions to those provided for Odontoglossums, suits
them well during the summer months; but they require
a slightly higher temperature during the dull months of
the year. The potting should be done in the early spring,
using a compost of rough, fibrous peat and sphagnum,
to which may be added a little loam and a liberal
sprinkling of rough sand, The drainage should be clean
and ample. Lycastes require a liberal amount of water
during the active season of growth, and at no season of
the year should they be allowed to become dry at the
roots. Shading must also be carefully attended to by
draping the roof-blinds if the sun’s power is likely to
damage the foliage. The L. Skinnerii section embraces
the most satisfactory varieties to cultivate.

To the species and yarieties described on p, 304, Vol. IT.,
the following should be added :

L. Ayeriana (Ayer's). This species much resembles Cattleya
citrina in habit, but has drooping, green flowers, strap-

L. polyandra is the correct

A synonym of Geito-

shaped, glaucous-green leaves, and angular pseudo-bulbs.
Peru, 1895
L. candida (white). /l. about 2in. across; sepals pale green,

spotted with light rose, reflexed at apex; petals smaller,
whitish, tinted with light rose ; lip purer white than the petals,
with a few rose-purple spots, obovate-oblong, obscurely three-
lobed; column white, spotted with rose; scapes 3in. to 4in. long.
1. Jin. to 12in. long. Central America, 1852. (L. & P. F. G. ii,
p. 37.) L. ¢. Lawrenceana (of gardens) is a form having all
the segments tinted with rose.

L. ciliata (ciliated), of Veitch. A synonym of LD. Barringtonie.

L. cinnabarina (cinnabar-red). jl. 4in. across, solitary on the
scapes; sepals and petals ivory-white, with a tinge of green ;
lip of an Apricot-red; scape erect. 7. large, broad. Peru,
1893. Allied to L. mesochlana. (LL. ix., t. 394.) Syn. Maxillaria
cinnabarina.

L. citrina (citron-coloured). fl. large, thick and fleshy; sepals
and petals lemon-coloured ; lip white, marked lilac. Brazil.
A robust but rare plant, with the habit of Bifrenaria
Harrisonie.

L. Cobbiana (Cobb’s). A synonym of L. lanipes.

L. cochleata (snailshell-like). /l. deep orange; sepals and
petals obtuse, the latter hairy; lip nearly circular, not
spotted, the lateral lobes rather acute, the central one emar-
uate, slightly crisped; column long, hairy. May. Mexico,
1851.

L. costata (ribbed). jl. very pale yellow; dorsal sepal oblong-
lanceolate, the lateral ones broadly lanceolate-faleate, united
at base in a conical spur; petals obversely lanceolate, shorter

than the sepals; lip three-lobed, concave, the middle lobe.

roundish-cordate, recurved at apex, entire, the lateral ones
short, ovate; bracts cucullate, acute. Pseudo-bulbs angular,

~ ovyate-conical, each terminated by two lanceolate, petiolate
leaves. Colombia, 1842. (B. R, xxix., t. 15; L. v., t. 220; R. G.
1859, t. 620, 1885, t, 1141; W. O. A. viii., t. 384.) SYN. Maxillaria
costata.

L. cristata Randi (Rand's). A synonym of L. Randi.

L. c. Modiglianiana (Cavaliere Modigliani’s). jl.
except the anther, which is yellow. 1888.
name of Paphinia Modiglianiana.)

L. cruenta gigantea (gigantic).
form. 1894. = s _

L. Denningiana (Denning’s). jl. almost as large as those of
L. gigantea; sepals and petals whitish-green, the latter rather

1 white,
(L. iii., t. 117, under

A large and deeply-colouved

Lycaste—continued.

smaller than the former; lip reddish-brown, the front lobe
oblong, blunt, toothleted, reflexed, the disk bearing a large,
rhomboid, acute appendage. /. cuneate-oblong. Pseudo-bulbs
broadly pyriform, furrowed, glaucous. Ecuador.

L. Deppei punctatissima (much-dotted). #. whitish-green,
thickly marked with small, dark purple dots; lip yellow,
having radiating, purple lines. Guatemala, 1882.

L. grandis (large). jl. chocolate-brown, barred on the lower
half of the lanceolate, acuminate sepals and petals with
yellowish-green and cream-colour, the edges creamy; lip with
a blackish-purple claw, widening into an_ oblong, obtuse,
creamy front lobe, which is-hairy on the apical portion, and
has a pair of oblong lobes on each side of it, the two basal
ones being incurved and pale chocolate-brown, and the two
front ones horizontal and blackish-purple. Brazil, 1884. A
curious Orchid. Syn. Paphinia grandis (W. O. A. iv., t. 145).

L. Harrisoniz (Mrs. Harrison’s). A synonym of Bifrenaria
Harrisonie,

L. Jamesiana (James's). A form of /. Skinneri.

L. jugosa punctata (dotted). /. greenish-yellow, spotted
with reddish-black. 1883.

L. j. rufina (rufous). 7., sepals pale yellowish-green; petals
speckled with blackish-purple; lip marked brown. 1883.

L. Lawrenceana (Sir Trevor Lawrence's), of gardens. A form
of L. candida.

L. leucantha (white-flowered), jl. Zin. to 4in. across,
unattractive; sepals brownish-green; petals yellowish-white ;
lip trilobed, the side lobes light yellow, the middle one
creamy-white, reflexed; column yellowish-white; scape 7in.
to Yin. long. 1, 20in. to 25in. long. Costa Rica, 1850.
(L. & P. F. G. ii, p. 37; Ref. B. ii., t. 102.)

L. Lindeniana (Linden’s). jl. large and showy; sepals and
petals lanceolate, acuminate, the central part dark reddish-
purple (broken up into lines and spots on the sepals), the
margins white; lip white, with a dark purplish-brown base,
the front lobe hastate, with numerous filiform and papillate
crests. J. elliptic, acute. Pseudo-bulbs oblong-ovoid, 2in. to
2sin. long. Orinoco. SyN. Paphinia Lindeniana.

L. locusta (locust-like). #., sepals 24in. long; lip fringed;
column white, the remainder of the flower described as
““orasshopper-green.” 1898. This species is allied to L. costata.

L. Luciani (Lucian Linden’s). _/., sepals pale brown, spotted
with pink; petals white, with dots of a rosy tint; lip pink and
white. 1893. Allied to L. lasioglossa. (IL, t. 412.)

L. Macrobulbon (having large pseudo-bulbs).* 7. fragrant,
3in. across; sepals greenish-yellow; petals bright yellow,
reflexed at the tip; lip bright yellow, sometimes red-spotted on
the terminal lobe; column bent, yellow, red-spotted. J. 15in,
to 20in. long. Pseudo-bulbs pear-shaped, 3in. long. Colombia,
1844. Syn. Maaillaria Macrobulbon (B. M. 4228). L. Youngti
(L., t. 368) is a slight variety of this species. 1893.

L. macrophylla (large-leaved). jl. bold; sepals olive-green;
er pale nankeen-sulphur, nearly as long as the sepals,
proadly rounded and undulated at the extremity; lip pale
sulphur, spotted purple on the edges of the lobes, and having
a tongue-shaped appendage. JU. ample, lanceolate, plaited.
Pseudo-bulbs large, ovate, ribbed. Caraccas, 1837. (W. O. A.,
t. 230.) Syns. DL. plana (B. R. 1843, t. 35), Mazillaria
macrophylla.

L. m. Measuresiana (Measures’).* fl., sepals reddish-brown,
tipped green, green outside; petals and lip white, densely
spotted rose-purple, except on the margins of the petals.
Bolivia, 1887. A beautiful, free-flowering variety. (W. O. A.
vii., t. 306, under name of L. plana Measuresiana.)

L. macropogon (large-bearded). /l. orange-coloured, larger
than in L. Macrobulbon (to which this species is allied); sepals
oblong, acute, hairy at base; petals smaller; lip three-lobed,
the front lobe cuneate-oblong, acute, hairy, with a broad,
rhomboid tubercle at base. Costa Rica, 1888.

L. Mastersiana (Dr. Masters’).*
greenish-brown ;
yellow. 1891. A fine species.

L. plana (flat). A synonym of ZL. macrophylla.

L. Randi (Rand's). /. 2}in. in expanse; sepals and petals
purplish-red, transversely barred, and longitudinally striped
along the margins, with white; lip marked with the same
colours, crested ; peduncles two-tlowered. JZ. 3in. to 4in. long.
Pseudo-bulbs ellipsoid, about lin. long. 1886, (L. 30.) Syns.
L. cristata Randi, Paphinia Randi.

L. Rossiana (H. J. Ross's). /l., sepals greenish - yellow,
oblong, acute; petals broader, deep orange-yellow, with a few
brown dots near the base; lip yellow, faintly barred with
brown, three-lobed. Tropical America, 1893. Allied to
He cruenta, but with smaller flowers and a differently-formed
ip.

L. rugosa (wrinkled).* (1. creamy-white, covered with red spots,
which now and then become confluent, large, of a waxy
appearance ; raceme pendulous, two-tlowered. 7. thin, linear,
acuminate. Pseudo-bulbs very small, terete, furrowed.

fl. freely produced; sepals
petals and lip of a deep (almost orange)

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 507

Lycaste—continued.

Colombia, 1882. A remarkable and attractive Ovchid, of
dwarf growth. Syn. Paphinia rugosa. (R. ser. ii., i., t. 11.)
L. Schilleriana (Schiller’s). ., sepals greenish-brown, about
4in. long, spreading; petals pure white, smaller, converging
over the base of the lip; lip pure white in front, with a faint
tinge of yellow at the base; scapes about 6in. high. 2 and
pseudo-bulbs as in L. Skinneri, but the leaves more erect.

Central America. (Ref. B., t. 154.)

L. S. Lehmanni (Lehmann’s). jl. having the petals dotted
with red on the inside, and the lip marked with rosy-carmine.
1830. (R. G., t. 1321.)

Fic. 540. FLOWER OF LYCASTE SKINNERI ALBA.

L. Skinneri alba (white).* ., sepals and petals pure white ;
lip white, with the faintest tinge of yellow about the centre;
the tongue-shaped appendage yellow. Guatemala, 1841. (F. M.
ser. ii. 35, f. 1.) See Fig. 540. =

L. S. armeniaca (orange).* f. having the lip of a lovely
apricot colour. 1891. (R. ser. ii., t. 18.)

L. S. imperator (emperor). 7. very large; sepals bright rose-
pink ; petals crimson ; lip mottled with crimson. 3

L. S. Jamesiana (James's). . white, except the base of the
on and inside of the column, which are rich magenta.

L. S. purpurea (purple). (/., sepals pale rose, shaded with
urple; petals deep Posed Sry spotted with vinous-purple ;
ip white, slightly tinged with yellow. 1893. A beautiful
variety. (L., t. 379.)

L. Wittigi (Wittig’s). (7., lip convex, the blunt, emarginate
mid-lobe covered with hairs, white outside, with small
urplish hairs on the mid-lobe, the side lobes acute, rather
arge, striped with dark purple, the disk dark violet-purple.
Otherwise resembling L. tetragona. Rio de Janeiro, 1878.

L. xytriophora (‘‘probably from zystron, an instrument for
scraping, planing, or polishing, in allusion to the shape of the
plate on the lip—if so, the name should be aystrophora”
{Veitch}). jl. 3in. to 4in. across; sepals light greenish-brown ;

Lycaste—continued.

petals yellowish-green at base, white above; lip white, small,
sometimes stained with rose-pink on the inner side, the plate
yellow, spotted with red; scapes 4in. to 5in. long. J. lft. to
fin more in length. Northern Peru, 1867. (Ref. B. ii.,

L. Youngii (Young’s). A form of M. Macrobulbon.

. LT. consobrina, L. mesochlena, L, tricolor, and L. viridis are also
included in the Kew Collection.

| The following desirable hybrids have been raised :

Pi 4. NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
BAU acss.9s Skinneriti and plana Measuresiana
(Ball).
Imschootiana .. Skinnerii and cruenta (Imschoot).
ANCL ae ene Skinnerii and Rossiana (Ross).
Mary Gratriz.. Skinnerit and plana Measuresiana

(Gratrix).
shoenburnensis Skinnerii and Schilleriana (Emperor
of Austria’s garden).
LYCHNIS. Including Silenopsis. The

following are British plants: L. alpina,
L. diurna, L. Flos-cuculi, L. Githago (correct
name Githago segetum, Corn Cockle), L. ves-
pertina, and L. Viscaria (Rock Lychnis). To
the species and varieties described on pp. 305-6,
Vol. II., the following shonld be added.
Agrostemma (which see) is included here-
under by Bentham and Hooker.

L. alba (white). White or
jl. white, solitary, dicecious ;
long. Plant more viscid.
L. dicica. Europe.

Evening Campion.
calyx hairy, green,
Otherwise resembling

L. Bungeana (Bunge's).
Jlora.

L. chalcedonica. Of the three varieties of this
brilliant species, L. c. alba plena and L. ec. flore-
pleno are excellent, the white single form being
poor in comparison.

L. Coeli-rosa (Rose of Heaven). The correct name
of Agrostemma Celi-rosa. The plant is also some-
times found under the name of Viscaria oculata.

A synonym of L. grandi-

I.. coronaria. This is the correct name of the
plant described and illustrated under Agrostemma
coronaria, in Vol. I. There are also three varieties
far superior to the type in A. ¢. atrosanguinea,
A. c. grandiflora, and A. c. hybrida splendens, All
are very select herbaceous subjects.

L. corsica (Corsican).* fl. pale pink, afterwards
changing to bright -pink, and finally assuming a
reddish hue, somewhat resembling Alpine Pinks,
and produced in great profusion upon wiry, branching
stems. Summer. A. 2ft. to 3ft. A very pretty
annual, though scarce. SyN. L. Loiselewri.

L. dioica (dicecious). The correct name of L. diurna.
Of this there are two very beautiful double forms,
white and red respectively—L. d. alba plena and
L. d. rubra plena.

L. Flos-cuculi rosea plena (pink, double)
form. 1894.

L. Flos-Jovis is the correct name of Agrostemma Flos-Jovis.
L. fulgens grandiflora® is now regarded as a species.

L. f. Haageana grandiflora ¢
greater variety of colours, and larger than in the type.

L. grandiflora (large-flowered).
grandiflora. SYN. L. Bungeana.

L. Haageana (Haage’s).*

L. hybrida (hybrid). #. variable in colour, usually crimson or
scarlet, disposed in close, symmetrical heads. A. 24in. to Sft.
A hybrid between ZL. coronaria and L. Flos-Jovis.

L. Loiseleuri (Loiseleur’s).
L. oculata is a form of L. Celi-rosa.

L. speciosa (showy) is probably a salmon-scarlet-flowered form
of L. grandiflora. Japan, 1871.

L. Viscaria alba (white).* A handsome white-flowered form.

L. V. splendens plena (double). A
double variety.

LYCIMNIA. A
see).

A semi-double

(large-flowered). jl. of a
1888.

The correct name of L. fulgens

A form of L. fulgens.

A synonym of L. corsica.

splendid rose-coloured

synonym of Melodinus (which

508

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

LYCIUM. ‘The species are broadly distributed over
temperate and sub-tropical regions. ‘To those described
on pp. 306-7, Vol. II., the following should be added :

L. pallidum (pale). /. green or tinged with purple, solitary
or in pairs, axillary, pedicellate; corolla jin. long, with broad,
spreading lobes. jf. bright red, nearly Ain. long. 7. oblanceo-
late, lin. to 2in. long, very pale. Branches somewhat drooping,
with a few long, slender spines. sh. 3ft. New Mexico,
oe &ec,, 1888. Deciduous. (G. & F. 1888, i., p. 340,
f. 54.)

L. ruthenicum (Russian). This only differs from L. euwropawn
in slight botanical features.

L. Trewianum (Trew’s). A synonym of L. chinense.

LYCOPODIUM. ‘To the species described
pp. 307-8, Vol. II., the following shonld be added:

L. clavatum. A popular name for this species is Wolf's Claw.

L. cordifolium (cordate-leaved). A synonym of Selayinella
cuspidata elongata.

L. Hippuris (Horse-tail). A synonym of L. squarroswin.

L. Mooreanum (Moore's). Stems erect, branched, 3ft. long.
1. closely placed, short, pale green, bearing the sporangia in
their axils. Brazil, 1892.

L. obscurum (obscure). The correct name of L. dendroidewm.

L. squarrosum (squarrose). The correct name of L. Hookeri.
Syn. L. Hippuris.

L. ulicifolium (Ulex-leaved). Stems dichotomous, 2ft. long
and about sin. thick, densely clothed with bright green, linear-
lanceolate, very sharply-pointed leaves. Himalayas, 1880. A
pendulous, stove or greenhouse species.

L, uliginosum is now transferred to Selaginella.

on

L. complanatum, L. nummularifolium, and L. strietum are
also grown in botanical establishments.

LYCORIS. According to J. G. Baker, this genus
consists of five species, confined to China and Japan.
Flowers red or yellow; perianth funnel-shaped, rather
irregular, the tube short, cylindrical, dilated at the apex,
sometimes scaly at the throat, the segments unguiculate ;
stamens inserted near the throat of the tube; filaments
long; umbels many-flowered; pedunele solid. Leaves
linear or lorate, not usually developed with the flowers.
Beowisels a bulb with membranous tunics and a short
neck.

Althongh in the majority of cases these bulbs are
best grown in a greenhouse, yet in favoured soils and
situations, as under a south wall, L. sanguinea and
L. squamigera will thrive. LZ. awrea, known in America
as the Golden Spider Lily, needs a temperature of some
65deg. and to be carefully rested.

To the species described on p. 308,

Voli-Ik,
following should be added:

the

L. radiata alba (white).* /. white, tinged with pale yellow
at the base of the segments. Japan. ~A fine variety.

L. r. variegata (variegated), fl. crimson, very large, edged
with white when fading. 1889. Syn. L. Terracianii.

L. sanguinea (bloody). jl. dull red (Baker gives the flowers
as bright red); perianth erect, 1sin. to 2zin. long, the segments
neither crisped nor deflexing; umbel four- to six-fowered ;
peduncle slender, 1ft. to 14ft. long. July and August. JZ. three
to seven, produced after the flowers, linear, din. broad. Bulb
ovoid, lin. in diameter. Japan, 1888. More curious than
beautiful.

Sy a morpores (purple).* This is a pretty variety of the above.

L. Sewerzowi. The correct name is Ungernia trisphera.

L. squamigera (scale-bearing). jl. rosy-lilac, fragrant ;
perianth 3in. long, the segments 4in. broad above the middle ;
umbel four- to seven-flowered; peduncle stout, 2ft. long.
July and August. J. five or six to a bulb, produced in spring,
above lft. long, Zin. to lin. broad. Bulb large, globose.
Japan, 1888. (B. M. 7547; G. & F. iii, p. 176, f. 32.) Syn.
Amaryllis Hallii (of gardens).

L. s. purpurea (purple).* 4.

s a combination
bright purple. h. Lift.

of lilae and

L. Terracianii (Verraciani’s). A synonym of ZL. radiata
variegata.

LYCOSA. See Spiders.

LYGISTUM (of P. Browne). A synonym of
Manettia (which see). 3
LYGODICTYON. Included wnder Lygodium

(which see).

-

LYGODIUM. Climbing Ferns. Including Hydro-
glossum, Lygodictyon, and Ugena. All the species
laxuriate in rich, spongy soil of an open nature, that
which suits them best being a mixture of peat or good
leaf-mould, loam, and chopped sphagnum, in abont equal

541.

Fia PINNA AND FERTILE PINNULE OF LYGODIUM

RETICULATUM.

proportions. L. reticulatum (see Fig. 541), however,
requires a soil of a slightly more substantial nature. It
must also be borne in mind that. they require an
abundance of water at the roots, and are greatly benefited
by frequent and copious syringings during their most
active season, from May to October. It is only when
planted out that these singular Ferns show themselves
to advantage and attain their full development, and in
that condition they are also less liable to the attacks of
pests than when they haye their roots restricted in pots.

Propagation is effected by means of spores, when the
plants are required in quantities, and such is the method
usually adopted for producing strong, healthy plants of
L. japonicum. Most of the other species are increased
by division of the crowns, which operation may be safely
done at any time between March and September.

L. dichotomum is a species well adapted for covering
large pillars, as it is of very robust growth and most
effective; its foliage, though somewhat massive, is very
elegant, and remains on the plant for a very long time.
It is not unusual to find specimens of this species trained
on pillars and against the glass, as in the large Tropical
Fernery at Kew Gardens, where they retain their foliage
for three or even four years.

L. japonicum is the most popular member of the whole
genus, and thousands of plants find their way to the
markets, where it is known only under the name of
L. scandens. The consequences of this mis-naming are
that in many, if not all, private establishments the plant
is found under the spurious name, whereas the true
L. scandens (see Fig. 542), which is a totally different
plant, exists only in botanical gardens and in a few
nurseries. LL. japonicum is a delightful climber, pro-
ducing shoots 8ft. to 10ft. long, of an exceedingly tender
nature, and furnished with finely-cut foliage of a cheerful
green colour, forming light festoons that are very useful
for table-decoration. It is well adapted for growing in a
Fern-case in the drawing-room, but in any case it should
be placed near the light. The plant may also be grown
in a basket, and in that way shows itself to the greatest
advantage. A hanging-basket of small dimensions is of
little use, as it does not afford sufficient scope for the

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 509

Lygodium—continued.

fall development of the plant; but if a wire basket 12in.
or l4in. in diameter is used, and three plants are at the
outset put in it, one between each chain, it will, in a
remarkably short space of time, make a specimen that has
no equal for elegance; for while some of the strongest
shoots are trained upwards along the chains and in the
centre of the basket, those of medium growth, by being
allowed to hang all around the sides, will soon completely
cover it.

To grow L. palmatum well and to freely produce its
handsome, fertile fronds, whose fructification, borne in
miniature catkins, ripen about September, this species
requires a very porous soil. The best mixture is good
leaf-mould and chopped sphagnum in equal parts, with
an abundance of water at the roots all the year round,
but principally from March to September.

Another species calling for special notice is L. poly-
stachyum. Althongh very fond of moisture, it will not
stand overhead syringing; and the same may be said of
L. venustwm, which requires plenty of space for deyelop-
ment.

¥

Fic. 542. LyGopIuM SCANDENS.

To the species described on pp, 308-9, Vol. IL., the
following should be added :

L. dichotomum rd bare A (many-fingered). An inte-
resting crested form. 1894.

L. flexuosum (bending). A synonym of ZL. dichotomum.

L. lanceolatum (lanceolate). primary petiole short or obso-
lete ; secondary about lin. long; pinnules 8in. to 12in. long,
6in. to 10in. broad, with three or four uniform, coriaceous,
glossy segments on each side, 4in. to 6in. long, jin. to lin.
broad, all stalked, articulated at the rounded or cuneate (never
cordate) base. spikes one to two lines long, disposed in close
rows along the edges of the fertile divisions. Madagascar,
A robust species. Syn. Mydroglossum madagascariensis

L. pinnatifidum (pinnatifid).* primary petiole almost wanting;
secondary often lin. long; pinnules Sin. to 12in. long, 6in. to
12in. broad, with a ligulate-oblong terminal segment 3in. te
6in. long, sin. to Zin. broad, and three or four like it on each
side, usually rounded or cordate, articulated at base, the
lower ones (or all) short-stalked, sometimes hastate or pinnate
below. spikes one to three lines long, in close rows along the
edge of the leafy segments. Himalayas, &c.

L. scandens Fulcheri (Fulcher’s). caw. semi-terete, pale
brown, producing short branches. fronds in pairs, 6in. to Yin.
long, 4in. to 6in. broad, having four to six or more pairs of
shortly petiolate pinne; sterile pinne oblong-lanceolate, 2in.
to din. long; fertile ones usually shorter, the little spikelets
of fructification projecting from the marginal teeth. 1882.
Syn. Hydroglossum scandens Fulcheri.

LYGUS. See Potato—Insect Pests.

LYNCEA. A synonym of Melasma (which see).
LYNGWORT. Sve Veratrum album.
LYNXFLOWER. ‘See Stanhopea tigrina.
LYONETIA CLERKELLA. A destructive species

of Moth, belonging to the Vineidw, whose lary liye in
long, irregular galleries in the foliage of Apple, Cherry,
Pear, Birch, and Hawthorn, causing considerable leaf-
dropping and debilitation of the trees affected.
Moreover the pest is double-brooded, which considerably
adds to the trouble.

The Moths are in. in stretch of wings, and are found
in June and again in October, and they pass the winter
in this state concealed in crevices, &c. The fore-wings
are of a shining white, with fuscous suffusions, brown
spots, and brownish longitudinal markings, though these
are not yery distinct. The hind-wings are dark grey.
The larve are pale green, and when full-fed they assume
the pupal state in an elongate, whitish cocoon suspended
from the ends.

The chief symptoms of attack are a brownish patchy
appearance upon the foliage which has been ‘‘ mined.”
Unfortunately remedies are ont of the question with
insects feeding thus protected. When their presence is
noted all that the fruit-grower can do is to collect all
leaves which fall prematurely and burn them. Some
growers have tried applications for preventing egg-laying
in late spring ; but such have not proved of mnch practical
value. ‘Trees known to have been attacked should be
carefully examined in winter, and all perfect insects
found should be destroyed. Where trunks are treated
to a caustic potash solution in winter, numbers of the
Moths are destroyed.

LYONIA. To the species described on pp. 309-10,
Vol. II., the following shonld be added. One or two
plants formerly classed in this genus are now referred to
Leucothoé.

L. frondosa (leafy). <A form of L. paniculata, having leafy,
paniculate flowering branches.

L. paniculata is the correct name of L. ligustrina.

L. rubiginosa (reddish). /l. white; racemes short, axillary,
congested, ferruginous. July. Jl. coriaceous, ovate, 1l4in. long,
acute at base, obtuse at apex, entire, shining and reticulate-
veined above, the young ones lepidote-ferruginous beneath.
St. Thomas’ Island, 1736.

LYRATELY PINNATE. When the pinne become

smaller towards the base of a leaf or frond.

LYSIMACHIA. To the species described on p. 310,
Vol. IL, the following should be added. See also
Steironema.

L. brachystachys (short-spiked). A synonym of ZL. bary-
stachys.

L. ciliata and L. lanceolata are now regarded as synony-
mous with Steironema heterophyllum.

L. davurica (Dahurian). A form or synonym of L. vulgaris.

L. nemorum (wood-loving). The correct name of L. azorica.

L. Nummularia aurea (golden).* A yellowish-leaved form,
very useful for hanging-baskets, for trailing on the rockery,
for window-boxes, and for covering the moist banks of the
waterside.

L. paridiformis (Paris-like). #. bright yellow, axillary.
July. . ovate, tapering to both ends. Central China, 1891.
A remarkable species, resembling Paris quadrifolia. (B. M.
7226.)

L. salicifolia (Willow-leaved). A synonym of L. ephemerum,

510 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

LYSIONOTUS. ‘To this genus two other species
should shortly be added—DL. pauciflora and L. carnosa.
The former is stated by Mr. Hemsley to promise well; and
the latter has been raised from seed at Kew, and is
described as a dwarf shrub with white flowers, lilac-tinged,
and borne in the axils of the leaves.

L. longiflora (long-flowered), A synonym of schynanthus
longijlora.

LYSISTIGMA. A synonym of Taccarum (which

see).

MABA. To the species described on p. 311, Vol. IT.,
the following should be added:

M. natalensis (Natal). #., females solitary, axillary, sub-
sessile ; corolla tin. long, densely silvery-pubescent externally.
d. on very short, puberulous petioles, Zin. to lin. long, ovate,
oblong, or elliptic, obtuse, dark green above, pale and
reticulate-veined beneath. South Africa. A much-branched,
twiggy shrub.

Fic. 543. MACKAYA BELLA.

MACARANGA (a native name). Including Mappa.
Orp. Euphorbiaceew. A genus embracing upwards of
eighty species of stove trees or shrubs, allied to Ricinus ;
they are confined to the Old World, and are chiefly
Malayan. Spikes or racemes axillary or lateral, simple
or slightly branched, or paniculate at the tips of the
branches. Leayes alternate, petiolate, often large, entire
or four-lobed. Only one species is known in gardens.
For culture. see Codizum.

M. Porteana (Marius Porté’s).* fl. pale reddish, sessile,
inconspicuous, in axillary, pyramidal, laxly-branched panicles,
all male, except an occasional terminal female or bisexual.
April. _@. at the tip of the stem, peltate, orbicular-ovate,
nearly 3ft. broad, dark green above with golden nerves, rosy
beneath when young; petioles 2ft. to 3ft. long; stipules
Jin, to 6in. long. Stem woody, erect, 4ft. to 44ft. high, marked
with triangular scars. Philippine Islands, 1888. Tree. (B. M.
7407 ; R. H. 1888, p. 176, f. 56.) SYN. Mappa Porteana (G. C.
1894, ii., p. 284).

MACARTNEY ROSE.

MACBRIDEA (named in honour of Dr. James
Macbride, of Sonth Carolina). Orp. Labiate. A small
genus (two species) of glabrous or sparsely hairy, green-
house perennials, natives of North America, and closely
allied to Physostegia, Flowers purple or white, showy,
sessile; inflorescence rather few-flowered, capitate.
Leaves lanceolate or spathulate-oblong, repand-toothed or
entire, minutely dotted. M. pulchra has been introduced,

See Rosa bracteata.

Macbridea—continued.

It thrives in sandy peat and loam, with good drainage,

and may be increased by cuttings in May.

M. pulchella (rather pretty). A synonym of M. pulehra.

M. pulchra (pretty). (/., corolla rose-purple, lin. long, streaked
with a deeper hue and white, the upper lip entire. Late
summer. J. oblong-lanceolate, mostly acute at both ends,
tapering to the petioles, thinnish; floral ones ovate, acute.
Stems simple, lft. or more in height. North California, &e.,
1804. Syn. M. pulchella.

MACDONALDIA. A synonym of Thelymitra
(which see).

MACFADYENA (named in honour of James
Macfadyen, M.D., author of the ‘Flora of Jamaica,”
1837). Syn. Phryganocidia. Including Dolichandra. Orn.
Bignoniacee. A genus embracing about twenty - five
species of tall-climbing, stove shrubs, natives of tropical
America, closely allied to Bignonia. Flowers showy, on
axillary peduncles; calyx membranous, broad; corolla
tube long and rather broad, the limb sub-bilabiate,
consisting of five rounded, spreading, slightly unequal
lobes ; stamens four, didynamous. Leaves tri- or bifoliolate,
or sometimes decompound. For culture of the species here
described, see Bignonia.

M. Dolichandra (Dolichandra). jl. red, one to three to a
peduncle at the tips of the branches; calyx spathe-like, cut to
the middle. 7. opposite, each having two oblong leaflets and
often ending in a tendril. Argentina, 1891. A highly glabrous,
ornamental species. SynNS. Dolichandra eynanchoides, Spathodea
Dolichandra.

M. corymbosa (SYN. Spathodea corymbosa) has also been
introduced,

MACKAYA. There are few more beantifal green-
house flowering shrubs than M. bella, whose showy lilae
and purple-striped flowers are shown at Fig. 543.
Where many fail with this shrub is in not pruning at
the right time. This must be after the period of
Howarine, removing some 2in., or a little more, of each
shoot.

MACLEAYA. A synonym of Bocconia (which see).
MACLURA. To the species described on p. 312,
Vol. IL., the following varieties should be added:

M. aurantiaca inermis (unarmed). J. larger than in the
type. Branches spineless. 1896. (R. H. 1896, p. 33, f. 10.)

M. tinctoria (dyers’). A synonym of Chlorophora tinctoria.

MACODES. This genus now embraces abont five
species, differing from Anectochilus in its spurless, sessile
lip, with a three-lobed limb, the front lobe narrow-
spathulate. To the species M. Petola (Fig. 544), described
on p. 312, Vol. II., the following should be added :

M. javanica (Javanese). The correct name of Anectochilus
javanicus. (B. M. 7037.)

Fic. 544. MACODES PETOLA.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 511

Macodes—continued.

M. marmorata (marbled). A synonym of Dossinia marmorata,

M. Petola superba (superb). A handsome, large-leaved form
of one of the beautiful metallic-veined Orchids, having deep
green leaves and golden markings, with open intervening
spaces.

M. Sanderiana (Sander’s). /. pale green, borne on a scape
lft. high. 7. ovate, 4in. long, dark olive-green, with yellowish
reticulations. Sunda Islands, 1895. SyN. Anectochilus San-
derianis.

MACRADENIA. WM. mutica is a synonym of

Trichopilia mutica.

MACRZEA (of Lindley). A synonym of Viviania
(which see).

MACRANOPLON (in _ part).
Phelipza (which see).

MACRO-. A prefix signifying large or long; e.9.,
Macrophyllous, having large or long leaves.

MACROCERATIDES. A synonym of Mucuna
(which see).

MACROCHILUS. A synonym of Miltonia (which
see), the correct name of Macrochilus Fryanus being
Miltonia spectabilis.

MACROCHLAMYS. Included under Alloplectus
(which see).

MACROCHORDIUM. Incloded under Hehmea
(which see). z

ace A synonym of Orania (which
see).
MACROCNEMUM. A synonym of Remijia

(which see).

MACROGYNE. A synonym of Aspidistra (which

see).
MACROLEPIDOPTERA. See Moths.

MACROLINUM. A synonym of Reinwardtia
(which see).

MACROLOBIUM VUAPA. The correct name of
the plant described on p. 189, Vol. IV., as Vouapa
bifolia, the genus Vowapa being merged by modern
anthorities under Macrolobium.

ae A synonym of Arundinaria (which
see).

MACROPIDIA [erroneously spelt Macropodia] (from
macropus, a kangaroo, with suffix ida; in allusion to the
popular name of the plant, viz., Kangaroo’s Foot). Orb.
Hemodoraceery. Kangaroo’s Foot. A monotypic genus.
The species is a cool greenhouse, perennial herb, with
the habit and inflorescence of a paniculate species of
Anigozanthos (which see for culture).

M. fumosa (smoky). ff. yellow, almost sessile in dense,
unilateral spikes on the branches of the panicle; perianth
tube Zin. long, much incurved, the lobes very oblique, nearly
lin. long. June. J. radical or nearly so, lft. long, in. broad.
Stem stout, 3ft. to 4ft. high. Australia. SyN. Anigozanthos
fuliginosus (B. M. 4291).

MACROPODIA. See Macropidia.

MACRORHYNCHUS. Included under Troximon
(which see).

MACROSCEPIS (from makros, long, and skepe, a
covering; in allusion to the size of the calyx). Orb.
Asclepiadex. A small genus (three or four closely-related
species) of stoye, climbing sub-shrnubs, natives of Pern,
Colombia, and Central America. Flowers rather large, in
clustered, axillary cymes; calyx segments five, ovate-
lanceolate ; corolla tabe ovoid or broadly cylindrical, the
limb thick, five-lobed, broadly spreading. Leaves opposite,
ample, cordate. M. obovata, the only species calling for
mention here, requires similar treatment to Physianthus
(which see).

M. elliptica (elliptic). . of a rich brown, soft and velvety,
in clusters, and resembling those of Hoya carnosa. 1. elliptic,
bright green, and, like the stems, thickly covered with soft,
felt-like, yellow-brown hairs. 1899. A stove climber, every
part. of which emits a strong scent when bruised.

M. obovata (obovate-leaved). /., corolla yellowish-brown, lin.
in diameter. November. /. shortly petiolate, 4in. to 6in. long,
obovate, contracted above the cordate base. Western tropical
America, 1884, Plant densely hirsute. (B. M. 6815.)

Synonymous with

MACROSPHYRA (from makros, long, and splawra, a
hammer ; in allusion to the very long and robust style and
the large bifid stigma). Orb. Rubiacer. A monotypic
genus. The species is a stove, evergreen shrub. For
culture, see Gardenia (to which this plant is allied).

M. longistyla (long-styled). #1. cream-coloured, fragrant, 14in.
to 3in. long, the style exserted nearly as much more; corolla
tube hairy-pubescent, the limb jin. to lin. across. June.
7. oval, broadly ovate, or obovate, acuminate, cuneate or obtuse
at base, 2in. to 74in. long. Shoots tawny-hairy. h. 6ft. Western
tropical Africa, 1845. Syn. Gardenia longistyla (B. M.
4322).

or onram SOLANI. See Potato—
ungi..

MACROSPORIUM TOMATO. Sce Black Rot
(or Black Spot) of Tomato.

MACROSTIGMA (of Kunth). Included under
Tupistra (which see), the correct name of M. twpistroides
being Twpistra macrostigma.

MACROSTYLIS (of Breda). A synonym of
Corymbis (which see).

MACROTOMIA (from makros, long, and fome, a
eutting ; in allusion to the long divisions of the calyx).
Syn. Leptanthe. Orp. Boraginer. A genus embracing
seven or eight species of erect, hispid, perennial herbs,
natives of the Himalayas and the Orient. Calyx five-~
parted, with long-linear segments ; corolla funnel- or nearly
salver-shaped, with a long, slender tube, and five broad,
imbricated lobes; stamens five, included; cymes dense,
corymbose or spicate. Nutlets four, or fewer by abortion.
Leaves alternate. The two species introduced thrive in
any well-drained garden soil, and may be increased by
seeds.

M. Benthami (Bentham’s). 7. sessile, lin. long ; calyx segments
tipped purple; corolla lobes dark maroon-purple, triangular-
ovate ; thyrse 8in. to 12in. high. May. J., radical ones 6in. to
10in. long, narrow-lanceolate, hirsute; cauline ones many,
smaller, sessile, linear-lanceolate, acute. h. 1ft. to 3ft. Western
Himalaya, 1884. Hardy. (B. M. 7003.)

M. cephalotes (headed).* jl. golden-yellow, large, pubescent ;
racemes large, head-like. J. silvery-canescent ; radical ones
4in. to Sin. long, linear-lanceolate or lanceolate ; cauline ones
shorter, acuminate. Stem 6in. to 12in. high. Orient, 1896. A
handsome alpine.

M. echioides (Echium-like). This is the correct name of the
plant described as Arnebia echioides, in Vol. I.
MACROZAMIA (Swan River Fern Palm). To the

information given on p. 314, Vol. II., the following should

be added :

M. Fraseri. This plant is known in gardens by the names
Zamia Kraseri and Z. Miqueli.

M. Hopei is, according to the ‘Index Kewensis,” a good
species, and not a variety of M. Perowskiana (more correctly
spelt Perofskyana).

M. Mackenzii is a form of M. Miquelii.

M. Pauli-Gulielmi (Paul William's). The correct name of
M. plumosa. Encephalartos Mackenii is also identical with this
species.

M. tenuifolia (slender-leaved). This equals M. Pauli-Gulielni.

MADAGASCAR POTATO. ‘See Solanum in-
dicum.
MADEIRA VINE. A popular name for Boussti:-

gaultia baselloides.

MADIA. To the species, &c., described on p. 314,

Vol. Il., the following should be added:

M. Nuttallii (Nuttall’s). _(f.-heads sparsely paniculate, 4in.
high, usually slender-peduncled ; bracts eight to twelve.
Summer. J. linear-lanceolate, some or most of them opposite.
Stem slender, lft. or more in height. North America.
Perennial.

M. sativa racemosa (racemose). _/l.-heads somewhat race-
mosely disposed ; florets fewer than in the type.

M. viscosa is a form of M. sativa.

MZ@RLENSIA. A synonym of Corchorus (which
see).

MAGDALINUS PRUNI. ‘ee Plum—Iinsect
Pests.

MAGNOLIA. Lanrel-leaved Tulip-tree. When propa-
gation by grafting is adopted, the deciduous kinds may be
worked upon seedlings or rooted layers of M. discolor,
or any vigorous-growing sort. M. grandiflora is the best

512

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Magnolia—continued.

stock for the evergreen kinds. Magnolias should never

be planted in imperfectly drained land, and_ positions

haying an eastern exposure shonld be avoided, because
cold winds and late spring frosts disfigure the flowers and
damage young growths. The best time to transplant
is in early spring just before growth commences, and if
watered overhead and at the roots they generally push
forth strong growth, and recover themselves before
autumn-moved plants.

To the species described on pp. 315-6, Vol. II., the
following should be added:

M. conspicua Alexandrina (Alexandrine). This is the
earliest to flower of the M. conspicua kinds.

M. c. Norbertiana (Norbert’s). 1. purplish-tinted, large, stout.
This is a late-flowering variety of the well-known M, conspicua.

M. c. speciosa (showy). A showy variety of M. conspicua.

M. foetida (fetid). A synonym of M. grandiflora.

M. fuscata. The correct name is Michelia fuscata.

M. glauca longifolia (long-leaved), A variety with lanceolate
leaves, and flowering a long time.

M. grandiflora biflora (two-flowered). i. usually in pairs,
which open in succession. 1885.

M. hypoleuca (white beneath).* jl. creamy-white, very
fragrant, 6in. to 7in. in diameter; petals six to nine, obovate-
spathulate ; filaments scarlet. J. biennial, lft. long, ovate-

*® elliptic, obtuse or shortly cuspidate, glabrous above, densely
white-pruinose beneath; petioles 1sin. long. Japan, 1895.
Hardy. The wood of this very beautiful species is largely
bere by the-Japanese for lacquered articles. (G. & F. 1888,
p- .)

M. Kobus (native name). /. creamy-white, 4in. to Sin. across,
erect; sepals three; petals six; style reflexed. May. /. 6in.
to Tin. long, 3in. to 3sin. broad, obovate, acuminate at both
ends, deciduous; young ones pubescent beneath. h. 70ft. to
80ft. Japan. Hardy in the South of England. Syn.
M. Thurberit.

M. Lenniei (Lennie’s).* /l. purple on the outside and white
within. A hybrid between M. conspicua and M. obovata
discolor, (F.d. 8. xvi., t. 1693; R. H. 1866, 370.)

M. obovata gracilis (slender). #. dark purple outside.
.l. narrower than in the type. Plant smaller than M. obovata.

M. parviflora minor (smaller). This variety is smaller in
all its parts than the type. Japan, 1888.

M. pumila (dwarf). The correct name of Talawma pumila.

M. pyramidata (pyramidal). A synonym of M. Fraseri.

M. salicifolia (Willow-leaved), of Maxim. ji. unknown.
?. ovate, acute, silvery on the lower surface, emitting a delicious
fragrance when bruised. Bark at first light green, eventually
becoming dark reddish-brown. h. 15ft. to 20ft. Japan, 1893.
A slender tree. (G. & F., Feb. 8, 1893, p. 65, f. 12.)

M. salicifolia (of gardens) is really a narrow-leaved form of
M. grandiflora.

M. stellata. There is a variety of this with very pale rose-
coloured flowers.

M. stricta (erect). A garden hybrid between M. conspicua
Soulangeana and M. obovata. 1893.

-M. Thompsoniana (Thompson's) is kept up by Sargent, who
gives M. glauca as synonym.

M. Thurberii (Thurber’s). A synonym of M. Kobus.

M. virginiana (Virginian). A synonym of M. glauca.

M. Watsoni (Watson’s). The correct name of the plant figured
in Gn., Dec. 8, 1883, as M. parviflora. (B. M. 7157.)

M. Wiesneri (Wiesner's). #. pure white, very fragrant ;
stamens very numerous. 7. deciduous, ovate-oblong, thick,
6in. to 8in. long, 3in. to 4in. broad, glaucous-green. Japan,
1889. A dwarf, bushy tree, glabrous in all its parts ; probably
hardy.

M. Yulan. The “Index Kewensis” gives this as the correct
name of M. conspicua. There are numerous seedling varieties.

MAHERNIA. To the species described on p. 316,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. chrysantha (golden-flowered). fl. golden-yellow; petals
twice as long as the calyx. J. petiolate, elliptic-oblong, obtuse,
crenulate, corrugated, at length glabrous above, white-
tomentose beneath. hk. lft. 1868. Under-shrub. (Ref. B. 26.)

MAHOGANY PINE. See Podocarpus Totara.
MAHOGANY, RED.
MAIA. A synonym of Maianthemum (which see).

MAIANTHEMUM.
name of M. bifoliwm.

See Eucalyptus resinifera.

M. Convallaria is the correct

MAIDENHAIRS, GOLD AND SILVER. ‘Se
Nothochlena. Polypodium vulgare is also called
Golden Maidenhair. :

MAIDEN TREE. A term applied to a fruit tree
that has not produced any frnit from the time it was
sown; but as usually understood amongst nurserymen
and gardeners, a fruit tree one year old from the time of
budding or grafting is a Maiden Tree.

MAIETA (native name). OrpD.
small genus (two species) of small,
American, stove shrubs, allied to Clidemia.
has been introduced, but is
cultivation.

MAINEA. A synonym of Trigonia (which see).
MAKART BOUQUETS. These are named after

the famous painter, who utilised various dried Grasses,
veneers: and Palm foliage for the decoration of his
studio.

MALABAILA. The correct name of M. Opopanaz is,
according to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,’’ Opopanax Chironiwm,

MALABAR NIGHTSHADE. See Basella.

Melastomacer. A
slender, South
M. quianensis
probably no longer in

MALACHIUM. Included under Stellaria (which
see).

MALASPINZA. A synonym of Zgiceras (which
see). MI

MALAXIS. This genus now embraces about half-

a-dozen species. Several that were formerly classed
hereunder are now referred to Brassia, Liparis,
Microstylis, Oberonia, &c.

MALCOLMIA [Malcomia is the correct spelling,
according to the ‘‘Index Kewensis”’]. Flowers loosely
racemose, ebracteate; sepals linear, erect; petals long-
linear or long-clawed. Siliquas nearly terete, elongated
or subulate, generally on thick peduncles. Leaves
alternate, entire or pinnatifid. To the species described
on p. 318, Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. bicolor (two-coloured). j., petals pink, yellowish at base.
Summer, /r., siliquas erecto-patent, Zin. to lin. long. JZ. ovate
or oblong-lanceolate, almost entire. h. 6in. Grecian mountains,
&e. Plant pubescent.

MALE. Bearing only male organs.
MALESHERBIA LINEARIFOLIA. A synonym

of Gynopleura linearifolia.
MALLET FLOWER. See Tupistra.

MALLOTUS (from mallotos, fleecy, woolly ; in allusion
to the fruit of some of the species). Syn. Rottlera (of
Roxburgh). A genus embracing about seventy species of
stove or greenhouse shrubs or trees, mostly found in the
tropics of the Old World, allied to Ricinus. Flowers of
both sexes racemose. Fruit capsular. Leaves alternate
or opposite, petiolate, stipulate. M. japonicus, the only
species calling for description here, may prove hardy in
our southernmost districts. It may be increased by seeds,
or by ripened cuttings, inserted in sandy loam, under a
glass.

M. japonicus (Japanese). fl. inconspicuous, paniculate. May
and June. /. 4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, rhomboid-
ovate, cuspidate-acuminate, entire, bearing minute yellowish
glands beneath, at length glabrous on both sides; petioles
equalling or shorter than the leaves. Branches woody.
h. 10ft. to 15ft. Japan, &e., about 1890, (R. H. 1894, f. 32.)
Syn. Rottlera japonica (S. Z. F. J. 79).

MALLOW, INDIAN. See Sida and Urena.
MALLOW, ROSE. A common name for various

species of Hibiscus.
MALLOW-WORT. ‘Sve Malope.

MALOPE. Mallow-Wort. Of M. trifida grandiflora
there are pretty colour varieties in alba (white) and rosea
(flushed with pink). All are beautiful subjecus for the
mixed border, or even for the shrubbery border.

MALPIGHIA. WM. coccigera is the correct name
of the plant described as M. coccifera.

EPIPHRONITIS VEITCHII.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 513

MALVA. To the species, &c., described on pp. 318-9,
Vol. II., the following should be added:
M. campanulata (bell-shaped). A synonym of Malvastrum
campanulatum.

M. hastata (spear-shaped). . rosy-violet, borne on long
stalks. Mexico (?), 1893. A garden annual.

M. matritiana. The correct name is Lavatera cretica.
M. miniata (scarlet). A synonym of Spheralcea miniata,
described in Vol. ILL.

M. moschata rosea (rose).
time-honoured Musk Mallow.

M. Munroana is synonymous with Spheraleea Munroana.

A pretty pink variety of the

-M. sylvestris (wood-loving). jl. dark pink or violet, veined,

May to October. J. five- to seven-

long-pedunculate, erect.
h. lft.

lobed, toothed. Stem erect, very slightly branched.
to 1jft. Europe. Biennial.

M. zebrina (striped), of gardens, is a pretty Mallow often found
i rdens. It varies as to colour, but is usually white, striped
with purple. It should doubtless be referred to M. sylvestris.
M. Martensiana, a pink-flowered Australian species, has also

been introduced.

MAMESTRA PERSICARIZ. See Dot Moth.
MAMMILLA. A small teat-like prominence.

MAMMILLARIA. Anhalonium (which see) is
now kept up as a distinct genus. With but few
exceptions, all the cultivated Mammillarias may be
grown in a warm, sunny greenhouse; or they may
be placed in a frame with a sonth aspect, during
summer, remoying them into artificially-heated quarters
for the winter. They do not like a large body of
soil about their roots, but always thrive best when in
comparatively small pots. If a sweet, new, fibry loam,
mixed with broken bricks or cinders, be used to
pot these plants in, they may then be left undis-
turbed at the root for several years. Much harm is
often done to the more delicate kinds of Cactuses by
repotting them annually. The pots should be well
drained with ecrocks, and these covered with a layer of
fibre sifted from loam. In summer, the soil should be
kept moist, but never saturated; and after a bright,
warm day, the stems may be moistened over by
syringing them with tepid water. A point of much
importance in connection with these, and indeed all

tropical and extra-tropical plants, is, that the water

used for watering or syringing them should be rain-
water if possible, and never more than a degree or so
colder than the plants themselves would be. Thus, a
plant which had been standing in the full glare of a
midsummer sun all day, would be much endangered by
watering it with cold tap-water. Where proper arrange-
ments for water are not made in a greenhouse or stove,
it is a good plan to place the water wanted for the day’s
use in the sun along with the plants. A little bag, filled
with soot and a weight, tightly tied at the neck, and
placed in the water, is a good method for rendering hard
tap-water suitable for the roots of plants. In winter,
Mammillarias may be kept quite dry at the roots, except
in mild, sunny weather, when a little water may be
given. M. vivipara is quite hardy in New York, as
also are several other kinds, whilst we learn that by
planting them out in summer, and protecting them by
means of a frame from heavy rain, dews, fogs, and
sudden changes of weather, a good many species of both

Mammillaria and Echinocactus are successfully managed
in the neighbourhood of that town. Doubtless M. missowr-

iensis will also prove equally hardy.
A collection of the most distinct kinds may be successfully
managed in a glass case in a room window, providing

_ the sun shines through it for a few hours in the day.

Propagation is usually effected by means of seeds,
which may be procured from Continental seedsmen, as
well as from our own. The treatment required by the
seeds is similar to what has been already advised for
those of other Cactuses. The tufted kinds are easily
multiplied by separating the stems, or even by cutting off
the tops and planting them in small pots of sandy soil.
Some of the kinds (more especially the small-flowered
ones) are often prettily studded over with bright red,
coral-like berries, which are the little fruits, and contain,
as a rule, matured seeds capable of reproducing the
parent plant.

M. angularis is a robust kind, and when happily
situated it forms a specimen Ift. in diameter, owing to

Vol. V.

Mammillaria—continued.
its freely-produced arm-like branches, which spread out
and curve upwards. It requires a warm greenhouse
temperature during winter, and exposure to bright sun-
shine at all times. M. applanata should be similarly
treated. M. atrata, though rare in England, is worth
attention becanse of the prettiness of its flowers and
the attractive form of its stem. It will thrive in a cold
frame, and requires protection from excessive wet only;
rather than from cold. Grown in a warm house, it
becomes sickly, and is short-lived. M. bicolor, one of
the commonest of the Cactuses grown in English
gardens, and one of the most distinct, if kept free from
dust, which may be done by covering the plant with a
bell glass, shows much beauty in the stem. It is one of
the easiest to manage, and will thrive in a warm room-
window if exposed to bright sunlight and kept dry in
winter. M. chlorantha requires cool-house treatment, and
should be kept free from dust, which disfigures the white
spines.

M. clava needs a warm greenhouse; but, unless it is
kept in full sunshine both summer and winter, and
perfeetly dry during the latter season, it will not produce
any flowers. As a flowering plant, it ranks amongst the
very best of the Mammillarias. It may be easily propa-
gated from seeds ripened on cultivated plants. M. discolor
thrives when grown on a dry shelf in a warm house, and
kept moist in summer, but perfectly dry in winter.
M. dolichocentra is a native of Mexico, and flowers in
summer. It sueceeds in a tropical temperature, and
enjoys a daily syringing oyerhead on bright days in
summer, but in winter requires little or no water. A
charming species is M. echinata, when grown in a warm
house. few pieces of broken brick should be placed
upon the surface of the soil about the base of the plant,
as the stems like to press against, or grow upon,
anything in the nature of rocky ground.

Though rare in cultivation, M. Bchinus succeeds in a
warm greenhonse, with exposure to bright sunshine all
the year round, a moderate supply of water in summer,
and none at all during winter. A few large pieces of
broken brick or sandstone placed in the soil, just under
the base of the stem, afford the roots conditions snitable
to their healthy growth. M. elegans requires greenhouse
treatment.

M. elephantidens (see Fig. 550) grows quicker than is
usual with plants of this genus, and it is also exceptional
in the regular and abundant production of its flowers. It
has been a rarity in Enropean collections for many years,
and, although easily grown, it is often killed through
wrong treatment. cool greenhouse or sunny frame in
summer, plenty of water whilst growth is active, and a
light, well-drained soil, suit it best; whilst during winter
it must be kept perfectly dry, and protected only from
frost. In a tropical house it is invariably sickly, and
altogether unsatisfactory.

MW. elongata and its varieties, densa, intertezta, rufescens,
rutila, subcrocea, and swperterta may all be grown in a
cold frame, or in a window where the sun can shine upon
them; or they may be grown along with tropical kinds.
For small cases in windows, these little Thimble Cactuses
are amongst the most suitable.

M. floribunda is a handsome kind for window culture,
and, if well supplied with fresh air, sunshine, and sufficient
water to keep the soil moist, it will flower almost every
year. It must have no water in winter. :

M. longimamma requires greenhouse treatment; or it
may be placed in a sunny frame out of doors during
summer. It is not easily multiplied from seeds, but is
free in the production of offsets from the base of the
stem.

M. macromeris (see Fig. 552) is one of the most
beautiful of all Mammillarias, and requires the same
treatment as M. longimamma, except that, owing to the
woody nature of its rootstock, and its long, tap-like roots,
it should be planted in pans instead of pots, using a
compost of rough loam, mixed with lumps of broken brick
or limestone. M..macrothele is almost hardy in the
warmer parts of this country, suffering from damp rather
than frost in winter. It should be grown in a cool, well-
aired greenhouse or frame, with the sun shining on it all
day. 3 A

M. micromeris (see Fig. 545) and M. Ottonis are species
that need much care under cultivation, water im excess

3U

514

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Mammillaria—continued.
being fatal, and a soil of the wrong sort soon killing all
the roots. They may be grown in small pots, in a mixture
of loam and lime rubbish, and a warm greenhouse.

M. multiceps should be grown on a shelf in a_ cool
greenhouse—anything like a stove temperature being
fatal to it. As a flowering plant it is of no value, but
the compact tuft formed by its numerous stems, with
their attractive spines, renders it worthy of cultivation.

M. pectinata (see Fig. 546) is attractive even when not
in flower. It requires warm greenhouse treatment, with
exposure to fall sunshine. During late antumn it shonld
have plenty of air to ripen the new growth made whilst
flowering ; in winter it should have a dry position near
the glass. :

M. pulchra, a rare kind nowadays, is one of the
prettiest, and it should always be grown in a warm

Fic. 545. MAMMILLARIA MICROMERIS.

house. M. pusilla (see Fig. 547) should be grown in a
frame in summer, and wintered on a shelf in a warm
greenhouse. M. pycnacantha should be grown in a warm
greenhouse all the year round. Old stems develop offsets
from the base, by which the species may be multiplied.

M. Scheerii grows naturally ma red, sandy loam, and
under cultivation requires warm-house treatment, except
during the autumn, when it may .be placed in a frame
and exposed to full sunshine and plenty of air.
M. Schelhasii (see Fig. 555) may be tried out of doors
in a sunny position in summer if wintered on a shelf in
a greenhouse. M. Schiedeana should be grown in a green-
house where frost is excluded, and where there is plenty
of sunlight at all times. It is easily increased, either
from seeds or from the offsets produced at the base of
old stems. M. semperviva needs to be grown in a frame
in summer, and wintered in a cool greenhouse or frame.

For the rest, M. stella-awrata may be cultivated under
a bell glass in a room window, the only danger being
damp during winter. M. sulcolanata (see Fig. 558), a
charming little plant, should be grown in a frame
exposed to full sunshine all summer, and removed to a
shelf in a warm greenhouse in winter. Grafted on to
a Cereus or an Opuntia it is healthier than when on its
own roots. M. tuwberculosa may be grown in an ordinary
greenhouse, on a shelf, in full sunshine. M. wncinata,
like all the kinds with short, angular tubercles, is easily
managed, and always ripens seeds. It may be grown in
a frame, or even out of doors, all through the summer,
removing it to a greenhouse for the winter; while
M. viridis likes a sunny frame out of doors during
summer, and a dry, warm greenhouse shelf in winter. In
Utah and New York, M. vivipara is commonly cultivated
as a hardy garden plant, bearing exposure to keen frosts
and snow without suffering; but it would not thrive
out of doors in winter with us, unless covered by a
handlight during severe weather, and protected from

Mammillaria—conlinued.
heavy rains in winter. It likes a strong, clayey soil.
M. Wildiana requires to be grown on a shelf in a sunny
greenhouse, both in winter and in summer. M. Wrightii
likes plenty of moisture and sunlight during the summer,

Fic. 546. MAMMILLARIA PECTINATA.

whilst making new growth ; but in winter, when at rest, it
ought to be kept on a shelf, and just moistened overhead
in bright weather.

M. Zucchariniana is a large, handsome-stemmed kind,
easily kept in health, and flowering freely if grown on a
shelf in a cool greenhouse in winter, and placed in a
warm, sunny position out of doors in summer. It pro-

Fic. 547.

MAMMILLARIA PUSILLA,

duces seeds freely, and pretty plants, 3in. or more in
diameter, may be obtained in two years from seeds. By
grafting it, when young, on the stem of a Cereus or a
cylindrical Opuntia, a healthy, drumstick-like plant is
easily obtained.

- 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 515

Mammillaria—continued.

To the species described on pp. 320-2. Vol. IL, the
following shonld be added. There are a host of names in
Continental catalogues, but, as in the work proper, we
haye confined our attention to species and varieties actually
in commerce here.

M. acanthophlegma (watery-spined). A synonym of W. elegans.
M. Alversoni (Alverson’s). A variety of MM. radiosa.

M. angularis. The correct name is M. compressa.

M. applanata. The correct name is M. Heyderi.

M. arizonica (Arizona). A variety of M. radiosa.

M. atrata. The correct name is M. rhodantha.

M. aulacothele (furrow-nippled). A synonym of MW. microihele.
M. autumnalis (autumnal) A synonym of WM. mutabilis.

Fic. 548. MAMMILLARIA COMPACTA.

M.barbata (hearded).* #. rosy-pink, lin. in diameter. fr. green,
oblong, crowned with rudimentary flowers. Stem simple,
depr ssed-globose ; ax of the tubercles naked; prickles
radiating in several series, very numerous, about forty white,
hair-like outer ones, and ten to fifteen more robust inner ones,
the central ones singularly robust, uncinate, fuscous, erect.
New Mexico, 1885. (R.G.,t. 1208, a-c, & t. 1400.)

M. bicolor nivea (snowy). Stem obovate, proliferous;
tubercles conical, woolly and spine-bearing at apex, the axils
woolly; outer spines white, appressed, hair-like, the inner
four white, fuscous at apex, the longest lin. long. Mexico.

M. bocasana (Bocas).* Stems globose, less than 2in. hi
tubercles set in long, axillary, white wool; radial spin
white and hair-like, the central four red, one of them hooked.
Mexico. Stove. There is a variety splendens.

M. Brownii (Brown's). A synonym of M. robustispina.

M. Caput-Medusz is a form of M. Sempervivi.

M. Carretii (Carreti’s). 1. whitish, with rosy-streaked petals.
Summer. Stem simple, rather small, depressed-globose ; radial
spines yellowish, rather long, spreading recurved, and inter-
woven. Mexico,

M. centricirrha (hooked cirrhi). /. reddish-carmine. Stem
proliferous; tubercles pyramidal, quadrangular; spines irregular,
usually with four to twenty-four radials and one central;
radial spines short, straight or curved, awl-shaped, Zin. long;
central ones longer and stouter; young spines yellow. Mexico.
Syn. M. Schmidtii. -

M. chlorantha (yellow-flowered). A form of M. radiosa

M. cirrhifera longispina (cirrhi-bearing). A synonym of
M. mutabilis.

M. compacta (compact). fl. yellow, tinged with brown outside,
terminal, large. Stem globose, solitary; spines comb-like, all
radial, whitish. Mexico. Allied to M. pectinata. See Fig. 548.

M. compressa (compressed). The correct name of M. angularis.

M. cornifera (horn-bearing). . unknown. fr. red, Zin. long.
Stem globose, 3in. in diameter; tubercles oblong-ovate, 3in.
long, crowded, the younger ax woolly; radial spines fifteen
to twenty rigid and horny, curved or straight, reflexed,
yellowish, very sharp, 4in. long, the central one stouter and
slightly deflexed, or sometimes wanting. Southern Mexico,
1845. Syns. M. de@monoceras, M. impexicoma.

Mammillaria—conlinued.

M. cornimamma (horny-nippled). 7. light yellow, with a
purplish stripe on the back of all but the innermost -
ments, 3in. broad. Summer. Stem sub-globose, about 2
diameter, greyish-green, the axils and areole of the younger
tubercles densely white-woolly ; tubercles large, conical, grooved
down the upper face; outer spines 10in. to 134in. long, tipped
brown, the inner ones one to three, dark brown, stouter and
longer. Native country unknown, 1887.

M. crassispina (thick-spined).* jl. red. Late summer. Stem
simple, ovate-columnar, shining green; tubercles cylindrical-
conical, the axils almost naked; radial prickles twenty-four

to twenty-seven, whitish, rigid, diaphanous, somewhat fascicled,
much spreading, the inner six or seven irregula disposed,

with a central, nearly erect one, pink at base. Mexico. Very

pretty; one of the best.
M. dzmonoceras (demon’s-horn). A synonym of M. cornifera.
M. dasyacantha (thick-spined).* . small, ruby-like, springing
from the centre. Stem 2in. to din. high, almost globular,
covered with spiral whorls of tiny tubercles; spines arranged
in little stars, with an erect central one. Mexico. <A pretty
Thimble Cactus.

M. deaibata (whitened). The correct name of M. Peacocki.

M. densa (thick) Though frequently catalogued as a species,
this is but a variety of M. elongata.

M. deserti (desert-loving). A variety of WM. radiosa.

M. discolor (two-coloured). jl. rose-purple, less than lin. wide,
very short. Stem globose, about 4in. in diameter ; tubercles
smooth, egg-shaped, their bases embedded in white wool, their
tips crowned with stellate tufts of short, reddish spines.
Mexico, 1829.

M. echinata (prickly).* Stem often multiplex, cylindrical,
elongated ; tubercles naked, broad at base, very short, obtuse
at apex; young areolie slightly tomentose; prickles bristle-like,
sixteen to eighteen, radiating, spreading-recurved, yellow, much
longer than the tubercles, the two central ones rigid, slightly
fuscous. Mexico, 1885. (R. G., t. 1208, d-e.) By some this is
regarded as a stout variety of M. Halei.

M. Echinus (hedgebog-like). jl. yellow, nearly 2in. long, cup-
shaped, produced two or three together at the top of the stem.
June, Stem about the size and shape of a small hen’s-egg,
completely hidden by the spines; tubercles 4in. long, arranged
in thirteen spiral rows; spines white, radiating, with a central
spike-like one. Mexico. Warm house. See Fig. 549

Fic. 549. MAMMILLARIA ECHINUS.

M. elegans (elegant).* jl. rarely borne in cultivation. Stem
globose, 2in. high; tubercles small, conical, when young
woolly at the tips; spines about twenty, whitish with brown
tips, short and slender, arranged in a star on each tubercle,
with four*rather longer central ones. Mexico, 1850, _ SYNs.
M. acanthophlegma, M. Klugii, and M. Potosina (of gardens).

M. elephantidens (elephant’s-tooth). jl. Sin. wide; sepals
violet, with white margins ; petals bright rose, purple at base, a
line of purple extending down the middle; stamens numerous,

516

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Mammillaria—continued.

with purple filaments and yellow anthers, Autumn. Stem
globose-depressed, 6in. to Sin, in diameter, bright, shining green ;
tubercles smooth, round, 1sin. long, furrowed across the top
(which at first is filled with wool, but when old is naked), the
base furnished with a dense tuft of white wool ; spines recurved,
radiating in groups of eight, springing from the furrows.
Paraguay. See Fig, 550. here is a very spiny variety (spino-
sissima) in cultivation.

Fic. 550. MAMMILLARIA ELEPHANTIDENS.

M. elongata (elongated).* jl. tawny yellow, borne in the axils
of the tubercles; petals sin. long. fr. bright coral-red, as large
as a Date-stone. Stems tufted, the tallest about the size of a
man's thumb; tubercles short, crowded, hidden under the
star-like clusters of reddish-yellow spines, all radial. Mexico.
Suitable for frame or window culture. There are several
varieties—densa, intertexta, rufescens, rutila, subcrocea, and
supertexta—diftering in the length and thickness of the stems
or in the colour of the spines.

M. erecta (erect).* /. of a beautiful citron-yellow, very large,
scentless. May and June. Stem lft. to 14ft. high, elongated-
cylindrical, proliferous at base, of a bright glaucescent-green ;
tubercles dilated at base, obliquely attenuated and rounded
at apex, the axils evanescently floccose-woolly ; spines of a
beautiful clear yellow, regularly disposed in rays. Mexico.

M. eriacantha (woolly-spined).* . yellow, small. June and
July. Stem simple, cylindrical, elongated; tubercles crowded,
acutely conical, four-sided, the axils woolly; radial spines
twenty to twenty-four, bristly, yellowish, the two central ones
straight and rigid, pubescent. Mexico.

M. formosa (beautiful).* fl. red, with lanceolate segments.
June. Stem simple, somewhat club-shaped; tubercles some-
what tetragonal, with floccose wool in the axils ; radial spines
twenty to twenty-two, the six inner ones acicular, stellate,
thick at base, black at each end. Mexico, 1847.

M. fulvispina (yellow-spined). A synonym of M. rhodantha.

M. Goodrichii (Goodrich’s). #. 4in. in diameter, lateral;
petals yellowish-white, with red midribs. jr. scarlet, clavate.
Stem 2in. to 3in. high, ovate-globose, almost simple;
tubercles shortly ovate, woolly and bristly in the axils;
radial spines eleven to fifteen, jin. long, whitish, the
central three or four dark fuscous, the lower central one a
little longer. San Diego, California. ‘The specific name is
sometimes misspelt Goodridgii.

M. Grahami (Graham’s).* jl. rose-coloured, lin. long, usually
produced in a circle round the stem. June and July. fr. an
oval berry, sin. or more long. Stems globose, scarcely 3in. high,
when old sometimes branching ; tubercles din. long, egg-shaped,
corky when old; spines in tufts of about twenty, 4in. long, all
radiating except the hooked central one. Colorado. Very rare.

M. Grusoni (Gruson’s). jl. yellow. Stem globose; tubercles
four-sided, naked in their axils, each bearing fourteen radiate
spines and two central ones, which are reddish when young but
em white with age. Mexico, 1889. (R. G. 1889, p. 105,

M. Heeseana (Heese’s). jl. carmine-red. Plant depressed-
globose, when young clothed with soft, white wool intermixed

Mammillaria—continued.

with weak bristles, naked when old. Mexico, 1896. This plant
has the longest spines of any Mammillaria yet discovered.

M. Heyderi (Heyder’s). The correct name of M. applanata,
M. impexicoma.

M. Hirschtiana (Hirscht’s). . varying in colour from pink to
dark red, large and numerous. Stems very spiny. 1897.

M. impexicoma (unkempt). A synonym of MV. cornifera.

M. Kilugii (Klug’s). A synonym of M. elegans.

M. lasiacantha (woolly-spined).* jl. white, with pink stripes,
small. Stems depressed, spreading, lin. high, forming a dense
tuft; tubercles small, crowded, hidden by the numerous
spreading, wool-like, feathered spines, which are all radial.
Texas, Arizona, &c. Syn. M. Runge.

M. 1. denudata (denuded). A variety
spines.

M. 1. plumosa (feathery). Spines longer and more distinctly
feathered than in the type. North Mexico.

M. Lehmanni (of Link and Otto, B. M. 3634).
is M. macrothele.

M. longimamma (long-nippled).* jf. citron-yellow, large and
handscme, the short tube hidden in the tubercles; petals 14in.
long, narrow, pointed, all directed upwards; stamens short,
numerous. Early summer. Stem seldom more than 4in. high,
branching at the base when old; tubercles lin. long, 4in. in
diameter, terete, slightly curved, narrowed to the apex, each
crowned with a tuft of about a dozen spines. Mexico. See
Fig. 551.

with unfeathered

The correct name

Fig, 551, MAMMILLARIA LONGIMAMMA.

M. macromeris (large-parted). fl. about 3in. long and wide,
arising from the centre of the stem; petals carmine, almost
yurple just before fading, regular and spreading as in the Oxeye
ater: August. Stem about 4in. high, naked at base, woody
and wrinkled when old; tubercles as in M. longimamma, but
with curving, radial spines, like needles, often 2in. long,
white or rose-tinted when young, almost black when old.
Mexico. Owing to the woody nature of the rootstock, and the
long, tap-like habit of the stouter roots, this should be planted
in pans instead of pots. See Fig. 552.

M. macrothele dese nplos) The correct name of
M. Lehmanni (B. M. 3634).

M. missouriensis (Missouri).* fl. yellow or reddish, about lin.
long. May. Stem globose, nearly l4in. in diameter, simple or
nearly so; tubercles ovate-cylindrical, sin. or more in length,
slightly grooved ; radial spines thirteen to seventeen, straight,
whitish, setaceous, #in. long, the central one more robust,
straight and porrect, puberulent, or often wanting. Upper
Missouri, &c., 1818. Syn. M. Nuttallii. This will probably
prove hardy.

M. m. cespitosa -(tufted).* A
brownish-yellow flowers.

M. mutabilis (changeable). #. purple. July. Stem depressed-
globose, umbilicate at apex ; tubercles unequally four-sided, at
first of a pleasing green, at length orange; axils at first
naked, afterwards woolly and hairy; spines numerous, very
changeable in colour, the outer ones erect, the central one
very long, flexuous, blackish at apex. Mexico. Syns.
M, autumnalis, M. cirrhifera.

M. m, longispina (long-spined). This variety is very distinct,
bearing long, ivory-white twisted spines.

beautiful variety with

ee

-

uf Mammillaria—continuwed.

; M. Nickelsz (Nickelsi’s). 7. having a red tube, 2in. or more
across. Stems ciespitose from the upper part of the groove;
tubercles }in. long, ovate-oblong; radial spines fourteen to
eighteen, the upper ones fascicled and much longer than the
lower ones. Mexico. This probably is the same plant offered
by dealers as M. Nicholsoni. Syn. M. Nickelsii, of gardens.

Fic. 552. MAMMILLARIA MACROMERIS.

M. Nickelsii. A synonym of M. Nickelse.

M. nivea (snowy). A form of M. bicolor.

M. Nuttallii (Nuttall’s). A synonym of M. missouriensis.

M. Ottonis (Otto’s).* /. white, large for the size of the plant.
May and June. Stem small, compressed, 3in. across, with

= numerous compressed tubercles, and short, hair-like spines,

Mexico, 1834. See Fig. 553. ‘there is another species called
M. Ottonis, having a large, spiny stem.

aan

<
A
fi,

- sARaa a

Fic. 553. MAMMILLARIA OTTONIS.

M. Peacocki. The correct name is M. dealbata.

M. Pfeifferi (Pfeiffer’s).* Stems having the spines subulate,
fawn-coloured at first, but afterwards bright golden. This
plant closely resembles M. rhodantha; in fact, it is now
classed as a variety of that species. A beautiful Cactus.

M. phellosperma (corky-seeded). Stems simple, sometimes
proliferous at the base, globose when young, afterwards almost
cylindrical or pear-shaped, Sin. high, 2in. in diameter ; tubercles
4in. long, arranged in twelve spiral rows, slightly woolly in the
axils ; spines radiating in two rows, about fifty on each tubercle,
the three or four central ones hooked at the tip or sometimes
straight, and almost black, while the remainder are almost
white. This plant has not been known to flower under
cultivation.

M. Potosina (Potosin’s). A garden synonym of M. elegans.

M. Purpusi (Purpus’s). 7. red, small, disposed in a circle near
the apex. Stem simple, rarely proliferous, cylindrical or cone-
shaped, 4in. high; tubercles in twelve to twenty rows, each

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 517

Mammillaria—continued.

bearing a tuft of about twenty white radial spines, and six red
central straight ones. Mountains of Colorado, 1894. Said to be
one of the hardiest of Cacti.

rN E

Fig. 554. MAMMILLARIA RADIOSA.

fl. violet. May and June. This is
distinguished from M. vivipara by its ovate to cylindrical
form, simple habit, more numerous (twelve to twenty) and
longer radial spines, usually more numerous (three to fourteen)
central spines of which the upper are more robust than the
lower, and obtuse stigmas. Southern Texas, &e. See Fig. 554.
Syn. M. vivipara radiosa.

M. r. Alversoni (A. H. Alverson’s).* Fox-tail Cactus. This
differs from deserti in its more robust and branching habit
(h. 6in.), shorter and thicker tubercles, more numerous, stouter
and longer black-tipped spines, and pink flowers. South-
eastern California.

M. xr. arizonica (Arizona).* jl. rose-coloured, 2in. to 2sin.
across. Stem globose or ovate, din. to 4in. in diameter;
tubercles about lin. long, cylindrical, ascending, deeply grooved,
with numerous straight, rigid spines, the fifteen to twenty
outer ones whitish, the three to six inner ones deep brown
and stouter. Northern Arizona.

M. r. chlorantha (yellow-flowered).
yellow, l}in. to 2in. long and broad. Stem ovate to
cylindrical, sometimes 8in. to Qin. high, with twenty to
twenty-five grey radial spines almost in two series, and six to
nine stouter reddish or brown-tipped centrals, Southern Utah,
1883.

M. r. deserti (desert-loving). #. straw-coloured, becoming
purplish-tipped, smaller than in M. r. arizonica. Stem sub-
elobose or ovate, simple, with deeply-grooved tubercles,
densely covered with stout, grey, interlocking spines.
California, &c.

M. r. neo-mexicana (New Mexican). Stem generally shorter
than in the type, sub-globose to sub-cylindrical, branching at
base or simple, with more numerous radial spines, and more
numerous blackish-purple central ones. Southern Utah, &e.

M. rhodantha (rose-flowered). The correct name of M. atrata.
Syn. M. fulvispina.

M. robustispina (stout-spined). 1. saffron-yellow, 14in. to 2in.
long, with a very slender tube. July. . green. Stems large
and stout, simple or tufted; tubercles sub-terete, lin. long;
radial spines twelve to fifteen, stout and rigid, Zin. to lin.
long, the lower ones stouter, more dusky, straight or eurved
downwards, the upper ones straight and fascicled, the
central one stout, curved downwards, all horny and black-
tipped. Sonora. Syn. M. Brownii.

M. Rungei (Runge’s). A synonym of M. lasiacantha.

M. Scheerii (Scheer’s). 1. terminal, erect, with several whorls
of spreading, recurved petals, the lower ones tinged crimson,
the upper ones pale yellow, forming shallow cup 2in. across.
Stem 7in. high and 5in. in diamet ut base ; tubercles large,
swollen, somewhat flattened, the apices crowned with about
a dozen brown spines. Mexico.

M. radiosa (radiate). 7.

jl. yellowish or greenish-

518 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Mammillaria—continued.

Fig. 555. MAMMILLARIA SCHELMASIT.

M. Schelhasii (Schelhas’). /l. white, with a line of rose down
each petal, fin. across. Early summer. Stem producing offsets
freely at the base, which grow into full-sized stems, and develop
young ones till a compact cushion is formed ; tubercles closely
arranged, cylindrical, shining green, with fifteen to twenty
radial, white, hair-like spines sin. long, and three inner, thicker
ones, usually only one being hooked, Mexico. See Fig. 559.

M. Schmidtii (Schmidt's). A synonym of M, centricirrha,

Tic. 556. MAMMILLARIA SEMPERVIVI.

M. Sempervivi (ever-living). jl. inconspicuous and scantily
developed near the outside of the top of the stem. Stem
pear-shaped, 3in. wide, the top slightly depressed ; tubercles
conical, jin. long, their bases set in a cushion of white wool,
their tips bearing tiny tufts of wool, and four small spines,
which fall away on the tubercles becoming ripe, leaving two
short, diverging, central spines. Near Zimapan, Mexico (at
an elevation of 5000ft.). See Fig. 556. M. Caput-Meduse is a
form of this species. -

Mammillaria—continued.

M. Spaethiana (Spaeth’s). his closely resembles M. Purpusi;
the chief difference is in the shape of the stem, which is
depressed-globose rather than conical. Mountains of Colorado,
1894.

M. sphacelata (dark, withered). jl. rather small; sepals
reddish-brown; petals blood-red. “May. Stem 8in. high,
cylindrical, becoming proliferous; tubercles almost conical,
rhomboid ‘at base, the axils nearly naked; radial spines
fourteen to eighteen, ivory-white, red at apex, and becoming
blackish and sphacelate, the central three or four erect.
Mexico.

M. strobiliformis (strobiliform), of Scheer. A synonym of
M. tuberculosa.

Fic. 557. MawMILLARIA SUB-POLYHEDRA.

M. sub-polyhedra (often many-sided).* jl. arranged in a zone
on the tops of the old stems; sepals greenish-yellow ; petals
bright red. May. fr. scarlet, lin. long, pear-shaped, Stem
simple (till it becomes old, when it develops offsets at the
base), broadly cylindrical, 8in. high, Sin. in diameter ; tubercles

four-sided at base, prism-shaped, bearing pads of white wool

in the corners at the base, and crowned with tufts of four to

Mexico. See Fig. 557. A beautiful species. It requires plenty
of light. A moist atmosphere is fatal to success.

Fic. 558. MAMMILLARIA SULCOLANATA.

M. sulcolanata (woolly-grooved). jl. bright yellow, Poppy-
scented, nearly 2in. across, the spread of the petals suggesting
Paris Daisies. June to August. fr. glaucous-green, egg-
shaped. Stem simple when young, proliferous at sides when
old, the young plants developing from the apices of the

seven spines, usually all radial, sometimes one central. South ~

a

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &u, 519

Mammillaria—continued.

tubercles, not in the axils, as is usual; tubercles nut-shaped,
large, the bases surrounded by white wool, the points bearing
eight to ten rigid, brown spines, all radiating from a little pad
of wool. South Mexico, 1836. See Fig. 558.

M. texana (Texan). A form of M. pusilla.

M. tuberculosa (tubercled).* 1. pale purple, about five borne
at the top of the stem, lin. long and wide, Daisy-like. May
and June. fr. red, oval. Stem 6in. high, 2in. thick, conical,
surrounded at base with globose branches or offsets; tubercles
in numerous spiral rows, Sin. long, rather narrow, pointed, with
a crown of radial spines and three or four central ones. Mexico.
A yery pretty and distinct plant. Syn. M. strobiliformis (of
Scheer).

M. uncinata (hooked). /. purple, with a deeper tint running
down the centre of the petals, lin. long and wide, erect. May
and June. Stem globose, about 4in. in diameter; tubercles
closely pressed against each other at base, four-angled, in.
long; spines four arranged crosswise and a central yellow one.
Mexico, 1846. Half-hardy.

M. vetula (oldish). 1. yellow, jin. long, just peeping above the
tubercles; stigma white. May and June. Stem 3in. high, iin.
thick ; tubercles having a radial crown of hair-like yellow spines
jin. long, and a central red one sin. long. Mexico, 1835.

M. villifera (hair-bearing). /. pale rose, with a line of purple
down the middle of each petal, borne near the top of the stem.
May. Stem like that of M. vetula, but usually proliferous at
hase; tubercles angular, short, woolly in the axils, and bearing
four rigid, short, reddish-brown spines at apex. Mexico.

M. viridis (green). /. pale yellow, erect, lin. long, borne at
the top of the stem. May and June. Stem 4in. high, Sin. in
diameter, proliferous at base; tubercles short, four-angled,
crowded in spiral rows, woolly at base, with five or six radiating
spines and a central erect one at apex, none of them more than
fin. long. Mexico, 1850. Half-hardy.

M. vivipara (stem-sprouting). jl. at the apex of the stem,
lin. long and broad; petals about thirty, bright purple,
fimbriated. May and June. fr. pale green, sin. long. Stems
produced in profusion, sometimes forming a cluster 3ft. in
diameter ; tubercles small, hidden by the spines; spines radial,
about twenty to each tubercle, white, hair-like, stiff, about
4in. long, the central four or six a little longer than the
others. Louisiana.

M. v. radiosa (radiate). A synonym of M. radiosa.

M. Wrightii (Wright’s).* 1. bright purple, lin. long. fr. purple,
somewhat globose, lin. Jong. Stem globose or depressed-
globose, 1fin. to 3in. in diameter, simple; tubercles 4in. long,
with naked axils; radial spines eight to twelve, white (upper
ones dusky-tipped), pubescent, 4in. to sin. long, the central
ones usually two, rarely one or three, reddish-black, hooked.
Mexico, Texas, &c.

M. Zuccariniana (Zuccarini’s).* 1. bright purple, lin. long
and wide, borne at the top of the stem, May and June.
fr. purple, egg-shaped, lin. long. Stem din. high, rounded above,
narrowed and pegtop-like at base, the top flattened and about
3in. across; tubercles conical, jin. long, with a tuft of six to
eight white, hair-like spines, and two central hooked ones.
Mexico, 1878. A charming little plant.

MANABEA. A synonym of Zgiphila (which see).
MANDIROLA. Included under Achimenes (which

see).
MANDRAGORA. M&M. officinarwm (Syn. M. officinalis)

is the correct name of M. vernalis.

MANETTI. A Rose Stock introduced from Italy by
the late Mr. Rivers.. It is a very vigorous Stock, and
therefore not so well suited to the Teas as the Seedling
Briar (which see). It is largely employed as a Stock for
dwarf Roses, and is especially suited to soils which are
hot and grayelly, and on which Briars refuse to flourish.

MANETTIA. WM. luteo-rubra is the correct name of

M. bicolor, and M. micans is properly called M. cordifolia.
MANGOLD FLY. ‘See Beet or Mangold Fly.

MANIHOT. To the species described on p. 323,
Vol. IL., the following should be added:

M. Aipi is a variety of M. palmata.

M. carthaginensis (Carthagena). (/l., racemes sub-sessile,
many-flowered, simple or paniculate-branched. July. . 3in. to
5in. long and nearly as much in breadth, deeply five- to seven-

arted, membranous, of a fresh green above, rather glaucous
eneath; segments lanceolate, spathulate, or obovate. Ve-
nezuela, &c., 1826. Greenhouse or half-hardy tree, of slender
habit. Syns. Janipha Loejlingii, Jatropha carthaginensis.

M. diversifolia (variable-leaved). The correct name of Jatropha
integerrima.

MANITIA. A synonym of Globba (which see).

MANLILIA. A synonym of Polyxena (which see).
MANNA GUM. See Eucalyptus viminalis.
MAN OF THE EARTH. A popular name for

Ipomea pandurata.

MANULEA. Several species formerly included here-
under are now referred to Chenostoma, Lyperia, and
Sphenandra.

MAPA. A synonym of Petiveria (which see).

MAPANIA (a native name). Syn. Lepironia (in
part). Including Pandanophyllum. ORD. Cyperacee.
A genus embracing about thirty-three species of stove,
perennial, sometimes very tall herbs, dispersed over
the tropics. Spikelet many-flowered, borne on the stem
or terminating a leafless scape, solitary or few in a
sessile head, or rarely numerous and _ corymbosely
paniculate. Leaves fascicled at the base of the stem or
on the rhizome, long and rather *broad, or ovate-
lanceolate, on long petioles. Two species haye been
introduced. For culture, see Cyperus.

M. humilis (dwarf). /., spikelet castaneous, solitary, trigonal-
ovoid, jin. to Zin. long; scape dark purple, leafless, 2in. to Sin,
long. Jl. trifarious, to 10in. long, ljin. to Ijin. broad,
three-nerved, narrow-oblong, rounded-cuneate at , with a
cusp ljin. long at apex; petioles 4in. to Yin. long, channelled,
complicate-st hing at base. Borneo, 1885. Sys. M. lucida
(I. H. 1885, t. 557), M. Wendlandi, and Pandanophyllum
Wendlandi.

M. lucida (clear). A synonym of M. humilis,

M. pandanifolia (Pandanus-leaved). 1. long, narrow, stiffish,
arching, green, 2ft. long, l4in. wide. h. about 4ft. Habitat not
recorded, 1897. By some botanists it is thought that this
species belongs elsewhere.

M. Wendlandi (Wendland’s). A synonym of M. humilis,

MAPLE BLOTCH (Rhytisma acerinum). See Acer—
Insects and Diseases.

MARANHAO NUT. See Bertholletia.

Fic. 559. MARANTA ARUNDINACEA VARIEGATA.

MARANTA. To the species and varieties described
on pp. 326-7, Vol. IL, the following should be added.
Several plants formerly included under Maranta are now
referred to Calathea, Myrosma, and Stromanthe.

520

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Maranta—continued.

M. angustifolia. The correct name is Stromanthe Tonckat.

M. argentea (silvery). J. large, oblong, acute, silvery-grey,
marked with narrow, curving lines of a deep green. Brazil,
1884,

M. arundinacea variegata (variegated).* 7. Sin. to Tin. long,
lsin. to 3in. broad, oblong, sub-acuminate at apex, rounded-
obtuse at base, beautifully and irregularly variegated in dark
and light greens and greenish-yellow ; petioles 6in. to 7in. long,
striped with green and white. Singapore, 1886. See Fig. 559,
for which we are indebted to Messrs. James Veitch and Sons.
Syn. Phrynium variegatum (I. H. 1886, 601).

M. asymmetrica (unsymmetrical). J. having the blade much
wider on one side of the midrib than on the other. 1882.

M. Chantrieri (Chantrier’s).* J. ovate-cordate, acute, lft. to
14ft. long, wavy, greyish-green, traversed by oval-oblong, acute
bands of deep green and thread-like lines of the same colour;
petioles 4in. to 8in. long. Brazil, 1897. A handsome species.

M. chimboracensis. The correct name is Calathea chim-
boracensis.

M. concinna is synonymous with Calathea leopardina.

M. conspicua (conspicuous). 7. oblong-ovate, dark green
above, pinnately marked with broken, distant bands of pale
yellow-green, purplish beneath. Brazil, 1885. A small
Species.

M. fascinator (bewitching).* /. distichous, truncate at base,
slightly acuminate at apex; ground-colour of the upper surface
dark green, silvery towards the centre, pale green towards the
edges, the nerves of a fine red; under-surface purple. Brazil,
1894. A dwarf species. (I. H. 1894, p. 105, t. 7.)

Fic. 560.

MARANTA MAJOR.

M. gratiosa (favoured).* 7. broadly oblong, sub-cordate, silvery-
grey, the midrib and five or six tapering, curved bands on each
side of it of a bright green. Brazil, 1884.

M. iconifera (picture-bearing). 7. about 6in. long, obliquely

ovate, yellowish-green, marked with oblong, deep green blotches.
Brazil, 1887. y

Maranta—continued.

M. Kerchoveana (Kerchove’s) A synonym of M. leuconeura.

M. Koérnickiana (Kotrnick’s). jl. whitish; bracts coloured,
broader than long, obtuse; spike ovate-cylindrical. JU. green,
4in. to 8in. long, elliptic, acute or shortly acuminate, highly
glabrous, shining above, the margins undulated ; petioles long,
sheathing at base. Brazil, 1874. (R. G. 1874, t. 784.)

M. Leonz (Mme. Leon’s). /. ovate, 6in. long, borne on petioles
of about the same length; both covered with soft, silky
hair and variegated with green and grey. 1893. Plant dwarf.

M. leptostachya (slender-spiked). J. obliquely elliptic-oblong,
acute, bright green, pinnately banded with greenish-white.
Brazil, 1884. Syn. M. speciosa.

M. leuconeura (white-nerved). J. cordate-oblong, obtuse or
very shortly acuminate, green on the upper surface, purplish
beneath, the midrib light green. Ah. 6in. to 8in. Brazil, 1875.
(PF. d. 8. 2364-5.) Syns. M. Kerchoveana, M. Kerchovei (of
gardens), and Calathea Kerchoveana.

M. major (greater).* 7. green, ovate, borne on long, erect
petioles. h. 3ft. A splendid plant for dwelling-house or
conservatory adornment, so long as it is never placed where
the sun’s rays fall directly upon it, has a nice loamy soil, and
plenty of water during the growing season. See Fig. 560.
Syn. Ischnosiphon leucopheus.

M. ee (Massange’s). Of this plant, which is already
very fully described in Vol. L as Calathea Massangeana (B. H.
1875, p. 178, t. 10; F. M. n. s., t. 234), there are several colour-
varieties. ~

M. minor (lesser). J. shortly elliptic, sub-cordate at base,
shortly and obliquely mucronate at apex, emerald-green, with
six distant blotches of deep reddish-brown. Brazil, 1897. A
smnall-growing species.

M. musaica (mosaic). 7. obliquely cordate, 7in. long, 3sin.
broad, bright, glossy green, marked with numerous close-set,
transverse veins. Brazil, 1884.

M. nitida (shining). /. oblong, acute, 6in. long, din. broad, pale,
bright, shining green, with four or five oblong, green patches on
each side of the midrib. Brazil, 1884.

M. picta (painted). A synonym of Calathea picta.

M. polita (neat). /. din. to Sin. long, 2in. broad, glossy green,
elegantly marked with stipitate, oblong, dark green blotches.
Brazil, 1384.

M. Porteana is synonymous with Stromanthe Porteana.

M. Sanderiana (Sander’s). This is described as an
ornamental foliage plant in the way of Calathea ornata roseo-
lineata, but with much larger leaves. 1892.

M. smaragdina. ‘he correct name is Calathea smaragdina,

M. speciosa (showy). A synonym of MW. leptostachya.

M. splendida (splendid). By some authorities this is regarded
as a Calathea, and it is described as such in Vol. I.

M. undulata (of gardens), frequently thus catalogued, is a
synonym of Calathea undulata.

MARANTHES. A
(which see).

MARATTIA. Including Stibasia. Marattias are
highly ornamental, robust-growing Ferns, and although
they do not form trunks, generally attain very large
dimensions. Their stately fronds are produced from
very thick, fleshy crowns. A peculiarity of this genus
is that it produces most of the edible Ferns known
in cultivation. In New Zealand, the West Indies, Brazil,
and Mexico, the succulent crowns of the yarious indigenous
species are used by the natives as articles of food, either
boiled, roasted, or baked. Though Marattias thrive
luxuriantly if given a good amount of heat, M. frawinea
elegans will stand in a cold Fernery for several consecutive
years, and indeed make very good progress during the
summer months, although resting in the winter ;"but it is,
we believe, the only Marattia which will sneceed under
cold treatment.

Marattias possess an immense advantage over most, if
not all, other gigantic-growing Ferns, inasmuch as, if they
are accidentally allowed to get dry at the roots, the
fronds and their divisions, being jointed and of a fleshy
nature, hang down and become quite flabby—a state in
which they have the faculty of remaining a comparatively
long time without sustaining any serious damage. It is,
however, advisable, when plants in that condition are
detected, to give water at the roots at once, when the
fronds will speedily regain their former stiffness without
showing a trace of having suffered from the mishap.

The Marattiacee are seldom propagated by means
of spores, although these are abundantly produced, for
they are said to germinate with difficulty; our own
experience points that way, as we have only once
succeeded in getting some to germinate, notwithstanding

synonym of Parinarium

> ee oe rt Fae. ee ee
pe NE segn > AO a ae
' io ae SA vist

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.,

521

Marattia—continued.
that they have been sown in all possible states and under
yarious conditions. Marattias are usually and readily
increased by laying the basal scales of the fronds on a
bed of constantly moist material, such as sphagnum,
where they will be found to emit roots freely, and to
produce on each side of the scales little bulbous growths,
which later develop into plants.

Fic. 561. PORTION OF PINNULE OF MARATTIA ALATA.

Of all the Marattias in cultivation, M. Cooperi is perhaps
the one most subject to the rayages of Thrips and Scale ;
but it may easily be kept clean, as it will endure fumigation
withont suffering in the least.

To the species described on p. 3827, Vol. IL,
following should be added:

M. ascensionis (Ascension Island).
purpurascens.

M. attenuata. Of this species there is a variety Moorei.

M. Burkei (Burke's). riz. stout, prickly, green, more than
lft. in length. fronds square, tripinnate, above lft. long and

Pia broad, bright green; pinne arranged in four opposite pairs ;

the

A synonym of M. fraxinea

pinnules crowded, lanceolate, l4in. Jong, crenate. Colombia,
1897. Stove. Allied to M. alata (see Vig. 561). (G. C. 1897,

xxii, p. 425, f. 129.)
M. Cooperi (Cooper’s). A synonym of M. attenuata.
M. cristata (crested). A synonym of MW. fraxinea purpurascens.

oF

9

eee

lf iD

Sree

“

Fic. 562. PORTION OF PINNA OF MARATTIA FRAXINEA.

M. fraxinea. A portion of a pinna of this noble species,
native of South Africa, Polynesia, India, New Zealand, &e.,
is shown in Fig. 562. Syn. M. sorbifolia.

M. Moorei (Moore's). A form of M. attenuata.
Vol. V.

.M. Verschaffeltiana

Marattia—continued.
M. purpurascens (purplish).
M. salicifolia (Willow-leaved). A variety of M. fraxinea.
M. sorbifolia (Sorbus-leaved). A synonym of M. fraxinea.
(Verschaffelt’s). A

A variety of M. fraainea.

synonym of

M. cicutcefolia.

MARCGRAVIA INDICA. The plant catalozued
by nurserymen under this name is probably a Pothos;
while M. paradoxa is Monstera acuminata.

MARCH MOTH (Anisopteryx escularia). A common
Moth, whose larve are destructive to orchard trees—
Plums and Apples—as well as to many landscape trees,
Oak, Elm, &c. It is a near relative of the very objection-
able Winter Moth (Cheimatobia brumata), with which it
is sometimes found feeding. The male has ample wings,
but the female is wingless and has a large anal tnft
(Fig. 563, 3). Flying as it does in the dusk of evening, the
male Moth is not often noticed, but it may commonly be
found at rest upon oak fences, &c., in the neighbourhood
of its food-plant, though so well does its general colour
harmonise with the environment, that the insect wonld
readily escape the unpractised eye. Popularly, the Moth is
associated with the month of March, but it may be found

By Perinission of the Board of Agriculture.

Fic. 563. Marca Morn (Anisopterya cscularvia), showing
(1) Male Moth; (2) Caterpillar; (3) Wingless Female; and
(4) Twig with Eggs.

much earlier. The general colour of the fore-wings of the
male is brown or brownish-ochreous, traversed by paler
wayy lines which are whitish internally ; the hind-wings
are lighter. In stretch of wings the insect is over lin.
The female is brownish and of the form shown in the
illustration. She deposits her eggs in a series of rings
in the vicinity of the buds (as shown), and then covers
them with hairs from her anal tuft. On emergence the
caterpillars feed upon the unexpanded bunds, and soon
commence to grow. When mature they are over lin.
long, and are yellowish-green, with a darker dorsal line,
edged with yellow, while the subdorsal, lateral, and snb-
spiracular lines are yellowish. They are provided with
rudimentary fore-legs on segment nine. The pupal state
is passed in a silken cocoon just beneath the surface of
the soil.

By way of prevention, grease-banding, as in the case
of the Winter Moth, has been found of great assistance
in lessening attacks. Where, however, despite every
precaution, females pass the bands, deposit their
eggs, and caterpillars are hatched out, there is nothing
better than spraying with Paris Green as soon as
practicable, using loz. of the arsenite to 24 gallons of
water.

MARGINATE. Haying a defined margin different

in texture or colour from the remainder of the organ,

MARGUERITE, or PARIS DAISY. See Chry-
santhemum frutescens.

MARIALVA. A synonym of Tovomita (which see).
MARIANTHUS. Inelnding Calopetalon. To the

species described on p. 323, Vol. II., the following should
be added:

M. ringens (gaping). #1. red, in dense, terminal corymbs,
shortly pedunculate ; petals very oblique, Zin. to lin. long.
November. 7. varying from broadly lanceolate to linear,
acuminate, 2in. to din. long, narrowed to the petioles; young
ones sometimes — silky-hairy Syy. Calupetalon — ringens

(B. M. 5233).
$x

522 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

MARICA. This genus embraces abont eleyen species,
confined to tropical America. Stamens short, erect ;
filaments distinct; pedancle flat and leaf-like, with one
or few sub-sessile or pedunculate flower-clusters. To the
species, &c., described on p. 328, Vol. II., the following
should be added : ~

M. californica (Californian). A synonym of Sisyrinchium
californicum.

M. longifolia. /. yellow, barred and banded with brown, 2in.
across; peduncle narrowly winged, lft. to 2ft. long, bearing
three long-stalked clusters just below the tip. 7. green, ensiform,
lin. broad. Rio Janeiro, 1828. Syn. Cypella longifolia.

M. Northiana splendens (splendid).* A variety having
flowers more brightly coloured than in the type. Brazil, 1895.
(i. H. 1895, 40.)

M. occidentalis (Western). jj. three in a cluster; outer
erianth segments white, spreading, lin. long; inner ones in.
ong, the concave base mottled with brown and the ovate tip

with violet. July. J. five in an erect, fan-shaped cluster,
ensiform, the central ones lft. long. Stem erect, more than
lft. long, broadly winged. Peru, 1892.

M. plicata (folded). A synonym of Elewtherine plicata.

M. striata (striped). A synonym of Sisyrinchium striatum.

M. vaginata (sheathed). A synonym of M. Northiana.

MARICA (of Schreber).
(which see).

MARISCUS (a name applied by Pliny to a kind of
Rush; perhaps from the Celtic mar, a marsh, in allusion
to the habitat). Orb. Cyperacew. A large genus (160
species) of Rush or Grass-like herbs, of variable habit,
inhabiting warm regions, closely allied to Cyperus.
Glumes persistent, the lowest two empty. For culture,

A synonym of Cipura

‘see Cyperus.

M. ferax (fertile) is described as a tall-growing, Brazilian
species, with very large inflorescences. 1895. SyNs. Cyperus
distans, C. ferox.

M. umbilensis. /., spikes in. to lin. long, cylindric, of many
spikelets; bracts four to eight, as much as lft. to 2ft. long;
umbel compound, Sin. to Yin. in diameter. 7. 14ft. to 2ft. long,
din. to tin. broad. Stem 2ft. to 3ft. long, triquetrous at top.
South Africa, 1891. Syns. Cyperus natalensis (of gardens),
C. umbilensis.

MARL. A form of carbonate of lime employed to
improve the character of light, porous soils, and make
them retentive of manure and moisture. See Manures,
Vol. Il.

MARMALADE PLUM. See Lucuma mammosa.

MARQUISIA.
see).

MARREM GRASS. See Psamma.

MARRUBIASTRUM. A synonym of Sideritis
(which see).

MARSH BEETLE. See Typha latifolia.
MARSH FLEABANE. See Pluchea.
MARSH SAMPHIRE. See Salicornia.
MARSH VALERIAN. Sve Valeriana dioica.

MARSILEA. To the species described on p. 330,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. quadrifolia (four-leaved). petiole 3in. to 6in. long;
leaflets deltoid, glabrous, 4in. to jin. long, the outer edge
rounded and entire. pedicels bi- or quaternate, Sin. to lin. long,
erect, connate with each other, and adnate to the base of the
petiole and upper part of the base of the conceptacle.
coneeptacles roundish-oblong, jin. to din. long. sori sixteen to
twenty. Central Europe, &c. A hardy, wide-creeping aquatic.

M. salvatrix (saviour). A fora of WM. Drummondii, the
difference being purely botanical.

MARTAGON. Incladed under Lilium (which see).

MART EMSIE: A synonym of Alpinia (which
see).

MARTINEZIA. To the species described on
pp. 330-1, Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. Aiphanes (Aiphanes). fl. white, on a simply-branched
spadix, 1sft. long. jr. red; nut hard, black. 7. 5ft. long;
pinne four pairs, opposite, cuneiform, premorse at apex,
whitish-pubescent beneath, petioles prickly. Stem 30ft. high,
6in. in diameter. Caracas. Syn. Aiphanes aculeata.

M. corallina and M. leucophwa have also been introduced.

A synonym of Coprosma (which

rg rena A synonym of Jungia (which
see).

MARTYNIA. M. Craniolaria is correctly Craniolaria

annua.

MARUMIA (of Reinwardt). A synonym of Saurauja
(which see).

MASDEVALLIA. M. Dayana, M. gracilenta, and
M. hypodiscus are now referred to Cryptophoranthus ;
and M. anchorifera, M. brevis, M. gibberosa, M. pulvinaris,
M. punctata, and M. swertiefolia are classed under
Scaphosepalum.

Masdevallias are not difficnlt to grow; in fact there
are, perhaps, no Orchids more amenable to enltivation than
the large and showy-flowered section of this species, to
which belong M. coccinea (M. Harryana), M. Veitchii,
M. militaris (ignea), and other of the species and hybrids
of this class. ‘They require a cool, moist house in summer,
with a temperature of from 45deg. to 50deg. in winter.
Lower conditions than these may be allowed in cold
weather, but with these the moisture in the atmosphere
must be reduced and the plants kept drier at the roots.
In the dull winter months, with a normal temperature,
the moisture must be applied with considerable discretion.
The climatic conditions outside being so changeable, cause
considerable fluctuations inside the cool divisions of our
houses. Sudden falls in the temperature when the plants
are wet at the roots often induce spotting of the leaves,
giving them that unsightly appearance so common in
the foliage of the -large-flowered section of Masdeyallias.
There are certainly no Orchids worthier of the attention of
the amatenr than this section of the genns, all the
species of which are best grown in pots.

fe

/
i 4
i
|
i

Fic 564. MAasDEVALLIA CHIM£RA WALLISII.

The Chimera (see Fig. 554), or small-flowered botanical
section, need a warmer treatment during the winter
season, and the temperature should not be allowed to
drop below 50deg. They are best accommodated in
baskets, and the small-growing section in pans, so that
they may be suspended near the roof-glass. They do
well with the other section during the summer months of
the year, and should not be allowed to suffer from lack of
moisture at the root at any time.

M. Wendlandii is a tropical species, thriving best in
a warm intermediate house temperature at all seasons of
the year. The potting of the large-flowered section is
best done in the months of August and September. The
other sections should have attention in the early spring,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Masdevallia—continued.

the compost in each case consisting of good fibrous peat
and living sphagnum, with a free sprinklmg of coarse sand
and finely-broken crocks or charcoal, to assist in retaining
a porous condition of the compost. The drainage should
be clean and ample. j y ;

To the species, varieties, and hybrids described on
pp. 332-5, Vol. II., the following should be added :
M. acrochordonia (belted above). 7. much as in M, ephippium,
six to fifteen to a peduncle; sepals having numerous warts on
the upper surface ; petals acuminate; lip much narrower than
in M. ephippium, with an undulated, median keel on the upper
part, and an acuminate top. Ecuador, 1885.
M. amabilis lineo-striata (striated). . having the sepals
streaked with lines of purple on an_orange-yellow ground.
May. Peru, 1875. (I. H. ser. iii., t. 196.)
M. angulata (angled). This species is allied to MW. Mooreana,
from which it differs in having shorter scapes and perianth,
the free parts of the sepals much less attenuated, and longer
leaves. Ecuador, 1898.
M. astuta (cunning). A synonym of M. erythrochete.
' M. aviceps (bird’s-head), The correct name of Pleurothallis
aviceps.
M. Backhouseana is a form of M. Chimera.
M. Benedicti (Benedict's). A synonym of M. Houtteana.
M. biflora (two-flowered). A synonym of M. pachyura.
M. Bonplandi (Bonpland’s). jl. larger than in WM. coriacea (to
which this species is allied); sepals oblong-ligulate, acute,
_two-keeled; lip oblong, very slightly trilobulate, /. narrow-
spathulate, less than half as long as the peduncle. Habitat not
recorded.
M. Bruckmiilleri (Bruckmiiller’s), A synonym of WV. coriacea.
M. Burbidgeana (Burbidge’s). /. having the tube less than
4in. across; sepals greenish-yellow, lin. long, with brown spots
and yellow hairs; lip yellowish. /. tufted, 5in. long. Colombia,
l

M. caloptera (beautiful-winged), jl. white, larger than those
of M. melanopus, witb crimson streaks, longitudinal stripes on
the sepals—two on the upper and three on each lateral one ;
sepals cohering for jin., forming a narrow tube, gibbous below ;
lip yellow, with crimson lines and spots, J. din. long, oblong-
ovate. Northern Peru, 1874.

M. calyptrata (hooded). #. of a beautiful orange-yellow ;
dorsal sepal very short; tails filiform, lsin. to 2in. long; lip
rounded, obtuse at apex. Habitat not recorded.

M. candida (white). A synonym of MW. tovarensis.

M. Carderi (Carder’s).* 1. remarkably fleshy and soft; tails
yellow, spotted blackish-purple, long; perianth short, cup-
shaped, whitish inside, ochre-orange at base, bearing a blackish-
manve-purple zone between the two areas, the free, triangular
ortions short, the inside covered with rusty hairs. /. spathulate-
anceolate, 3in. to Sin. long. Colombia, 1883. (B. M. 7125;
G. C. n. s., xx., p. 181, f. 30.) A pretty species.

M. caudata (tailed).* The correct name of M. Shuttleworthii.
See Fig. 565.

M. Chimzra. ‘The following (described as species in Vol. II.)
are now regarded as forms of this: M. Backhouseana, M. Roezlii,
M. spectrum, and M. Wallisii.

M. C. aurea (golden). A golden-yellow variety of the type.

M. C. Gorgona (Gorgon). jl. canary-yellow, densely spotted
with reddish-purple; lip tinged with pale orange-red.

M. C. senilis (senile). 1. reddish-brown, covered inside with
short, yellow hairs, comparatively small; petals white, with
mauve-brown spots; lip pale purple and white. 1885,

M. coccinea Harryana. Besides the varieties included under
M. Lindeni in Vol. IL, the following are noteworthy : arminiaca,
ceerulescens, COMET, CRIMSON KING, lilacina rugosa, rosea-
violacea, rotundijlora, sanguinea, 'tHOMPSON'’S SCARLET, and
versicolor.

M, Colibri (humming-bird). A synonym of M. ephippium.
M. conchifiora (shell-flowered).* A fine variety of M. coccinea,
having shell-like flowers of a rosy-lake shade.

M. costaricensis (Costa Rica).* This does not appear to differ
materially from M. Laucheana.

M. Crossii (Cross’s). A synonym of M. racemosa.
M. Culex (Culex), A synonym of Pleurothallis macroblepharis.

M. cupularis (cup-like). #. about 2in. long; the eup-like part
clear brown strongly spotted with very dark brown, dark
brown inside; sepals and lip ochre-yellow, the latter with
three brown lines and a number of spots on the lateral lobes.
1. small, oblong, obtuse. Costa Rica,

M. demissa (depressed). ., free lacinia of the upper sepal
triangular and very short, the tail dark yellow, the lateral
sepals brownish-purple, connate, rounded outside, with two

Masdevallia—continued.

strong, yellow tails ; petals brown, small; lip brown, narrow,
cordate-triangular, acute; column white; peduncle one-
flowered, much shorter than the leaf. /. very thick, cuneate-
spathulate. Costa Rica, 1887.

M. Denisoniana is a form of M. coccinea.

M. deorsa (downwards). Jl. light buff-yellow, much blotched
with purple-brown, especially at the back and towards the base
of the lateral sepals; petals light greenish-yellow, lip papillose
in front, deep purple, mottled with yellow behind; dorsal sepal
Zin. long, the lateral sepals about twice as long, each terminating
in a long, rather slender tail. 7. 10in. to 13in. long, coriaceous
and rather narrow, and they invariably maintain their down-
ward direction. It is an interesting plant, and its anomalous
habit would suggest that it grows under somewhat peculiar
conditions in a wild state. It belongs to the coriacea section,
differing from the others in having a descending scape, and the
lateral sepals are not united into a common limb, as in many of
the larger-flowered species of the group. Colombia, 1894.

aes

Fic. 565. MASDEVALLIA CAUDATA.

M. elephanticeps (elephant’s-head). /. solitary, horizontal,
3in. to 4in. long, somewhat resembling an elephant’s head, the
tubular portion of the perianth produced into a chin at the
lower base, and, as well as the lower sepals, dark crimson-
purple, pale purple outside, united for one-third their length,
the tails yellow inside; upper sepal bright yellow, the three-
cornered basal part gradually narrowing into the yellow tail;
peduncles lft. high,- 7. tufted, cuneate-spathulate, <
Colombia. (F. d. S. 997: R. X. O. i., t. 3.) The
pachusepala (R. X. O., t. 74, f. 3-4) has the tails of the s
broader.

M. ephippium, One of the most distinct Masdeyallias. See
Vig. 566. It is described in Vol. IL.

M. fasciata (bundled). /l., dorsal sepal oblong, hooded, with
a filiform-tail; lateral ones narrower; lip pandurate, seated
ita long production of the foot of the column. Colombia,

M. fenestrata (window-like).
atropurpureum,

A synonym of Cryptophoranthus

524 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

= - - ~

Masdevallia—centinued.

M. flaveola (yellowish). jl. pale yellow, two or three on a
slender peduncle. 7. cuneate-spathulate. Costa Rica, 1884. A
small species, somewhat resembling I. attenuata.

M. Forgetiana (Forget’s). jl. small. 7. comparatively narrow,
light green. Northern Brazil, 1835.

M. fragrans (fragrant). jl. yellowish, cupped, with short,
fleshy tails, in shape much resembling those of I. pachyantha.
Colombia, 1893. This appears to be a yellow variety of
M. corniculata.

M. fulvescens (fulvous).* fl. of a buff shade, passing into
light purplish-brown on the constricted sides of the throat ;
upper sepal deeper orange-yellow, shading into purplish-brown
on the two lateral nerves; tails 2in. long; lip and petals very
small, white. Colombia, 1890. A very pretty species, allied
to M. infracta. (G. C. 1890, viii., p. 525, f. 65.)

M. Galeottiana (Galeotti’s). A synonym of M. floribunda.
M. Gaskelliana is synonymous with M. erythrochete.
M. Gorgona (Gorgon). A variety of M. Chimera.

M. guttulata (slightly striped). This species is closely related
to M. tovarensis, but the flowers are only half as large and
are yellowish-white spotted and slightly suffused with light
purple. March, Ecuador (2), 1890. Syn. M. Lawrencei.

Fig. 566. MASDEVALLIA EPHIPPIUM.

M. Huebschii. A
Maxillaria Huebschii.

M. ignea Boddaertii (Dr. Boddaért’s). 7. solitary, about 24in.
long, 2in. to 24in. broad, very flat, on tall peduncles; sepals
yellow, gradually passing to bright crimson-scarlet mottled with
yellow, the dorsal one filiform, the lateral ones ovate, not tailed.
April and May. JZ. leathery, lanceolate-obovate. Colombia.
(I. H. ser. iii. 357.)

M. i. Massangeana (
flushed rosy-purple, large.

M. i. militaris (military). (fl. not very freely produced, having
the tube yellow and the limb cinnabar-red; lip broad and

misprint in an Orchid publication for

sange’s) jl. bright orange-vermilion,

short. @. dark green, of considerable substance. Colombia,
1880.
M. Laucheana (Lavche's). jl. white, with yellow tails.

1, spathulate. A pretty species.

M. Lawrencei (Sir Trevor
M. guttulata.

M. Lindeni is a form of WW. coccinea.

M. longicaudata is identical with I. infracta.

M. Lowii (Low’s).

M. macrochila (large-lipped). /l. 1sin. across ; sepals yellowish-

reen, spotted with black, ovate, the tips terminating in tails

as long as the blades; lip orange-yellow, with darker orange
veinings, broadly sub-panduriform. JZ. oblong-elliptic or oblong-
lanceolate, 2in, to 4in. long. Colombia, 1890. Allied to
M. bella. (R. G. 1891, t. 1344, f. 4-6.)

M. maculata flava (yellow). A small-flowered form, with
the tails of a uniform tawny-yellow. 1889.

Lawrence's). A synonym = of

This appears to be a synonym of M. trinema.

M. myriostigma is a synonym of W. floribunda.

Masdevallia—continued.

M. nidifica (nest-building). 1. white, veined and dotted with
crimson; lobes yellow, having very long tails; peduncles one-
flowered. Ecuador, 1880. A miniature species.

M. Normanii (Rey. Norman's). A synonym of M. Reichen-
bachiana.

M. Obrieniana (O'Brien's). A sniall species, closely allied to
M. simula, but having larger, “yellow flowers spotted with
maroon. Habitat not recorded, 1890.

M. platyrachis (broad-rachised). A synonym of Pleurothallis
platyrachis.

M. polyantha (many-flowered). A synonym of M. Schlimii.

M. psittacina is identical with M. Houtteana and M. Benedicti.

M. pumila (dwarf). 7, cup cylindrical; petals ligulate, obtuse,
semi-sagittate ; tails linear; upper triangle short, minute, the
lateral ones large, produced; Jip pandurate-ligulate. JZ. linear-
‘lanceolate, unequally bidentate at apex, 4in. long. Peru.

M. pusilla (dwarf). jl yellowish, blotched with purplish-
brown, small; scape 4in. long, flexuous. 7. lanceolate,
6in. long. Colombia, 1893. Allied to M. T'roglodytes.

M. Pusiola (rather dwarf). 7. light sulphur, small, deeply slit ;
free part of the sepals equal in length to that of their tails;
petals bilobed at apex, one lobe being bent forwards; lip
unguiculate, auricled on each side at the base, the anterior
blade oblong-sagittate. 2. tufted, lanceolate, lin. long.
Colombia, 1887. The smallest Masdevallia yet known.

M. racemosa (racemose).* fl. of a brilliant orange-red, shaded
with crimson, sometimes paler, approaching yellow ; upper
sepal triangular, reflexed, the lateral ones connate in a tail-
less blade lin. to lin. broad; petals and lip minute; scape
10in. to 15in. long, racemose. 7, 2in. to 4in. long. Colombia,
1883. (G. C. 1884, xxi., p. 737.) Syn. M. Crossii.

M. Roezilii is a form of WM. Chimera.

M. Rolfeana (Rolfe’s). jl. of a rich chocolate-brown, honey-
coloured at the basal parts of the tube, 2sin. long; tails 24in.
long. J. thick, leathery, twice as leng as the scape. Colombia,
1891. A remarkable species.

M. rufo-lutea (reddish-yellow). A synonym of M,. civilis.

Fic. 567. MASDEVALLIA TRIARISTELLA.

M. Schreederiana (Baron von Sckreeder’s).* fl. “of good size,
the two lower divisions rather the larger, edged with deep

purple and white in the centre”; tails yellow, very lone
recurved. Origin not stated, 1890. (J. H. 1890, xxi., p. 557,
f. 74.)

M. senilis (old). A form of . Chimera.
M. Shuttleworthii. The correct name is M. caudata.

.
7

we ie |

Fe ee Fe ee Te ee ee

ee eS a” Tee

ey ae ae ee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 525

Masdevallia—continued.

M. sororcula (little sister). #. greenish outside; middle sepal
pale, lined purple, the lateral ones purple, with greenish tails ;
petals white, with a purple mid-line, the purple side lobes and
disk with a red mid-line and white adjacent areas; peduncle
one-flowered. J. ligulate, acute, leathery. Habitat not recorded,
1887.

M. spectrum is a form of M. Chimera.

M. striatella (slightly striated). . small; perianth white,
striped cinnamon, going off into three short tails; petals with
a brown mid-line, lanceolate, with an angle on the lower side ;
lip yellow at base and apex, and with three purple nerves,
lanceolate, acute, angular at base. 7. about Sin. long, rather
thick, cuneate-oblong, blunt. Colombia, 1886.

M. triaristella (three-bristled). This very distinct species,
fully described in Vol. IL., is shown at Fig. 567.

M. trichzta is identical with MW. gemmata.

M. tricolor (three-coloured). jf. purple, having the tails of
the sepals short, the lateral sepals connate, and the lip nearly
square, Colombia, 1882. Allied to M. Estrada.

M. trinema (three-tailed). /l., sepals almost white, thickly
spotted and marked with reddish-purple, almost eqnal,
elongated-triangular; lip dark purple, small, nearly flat.
Colombia, 1890. When this plant is suspended in a basket,
the flowers have an elegant appearance. (G. C. 1890, viii.,
p. 268, f. 44.) Syn. M. Lowii.

M. velifera (sail-bearing). jl. greenish-yellow, shaded brown,
the tails clear dark yellow; odour unpleasant. Habit and

rowth as in M. coriacea. Colombia (?), 1878. (G. C. 1887,
1, p. 744.)

M. Wallisii is a form of W. Chimera.

M. Wendlandii (Wendland’s). jl. white, tubular, solitary, 4in.
long, the tails equal to the free triangular bodies; chin short ;
lip ‘having an orange area before the apex, and very numerous
small, dark purple spots; column white, with three mauve
stripes. /. densely massed, spathulate, minutely bilobed.
Colombia, 1887.

M. Winniana (Winn’s). This is now regarded as a variety of
M, Chimera. It differs from the variety Roezii by haying longer
tails.

M. xanthocorys (yellow bug).
(Shuttleworthii).

A variety of M. caudata

Hybrids.
NAME. - PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
LACE. ogopn cog hecenoenee abbreviata and Chelsoni (Hincks).
Aja ....'. Chelsoni and peresteria (Veitch).
Amesiant. .. Veitchiana and tovarensis (Sander).
PABMOMUL) Vn) .clse t= ends Chelsoni and Reichenbachiana
(Veitch).
Bocking Hybrid.......- Veitchiana and cucullata.

Cassiope -. triangularis and Harryana (Hincks).
caudata-Estrade@ ...... Estrade and Shuttleworthii (caudata)
(Veitch).

Chamberlainiana ...... Harryana coccinea and Shuttleworthii

(Chamberlain).
(OCU CS. SSGRHED Boe SIC Hioics Veitchiana and amabilis (Veitch).
CAP CBee cae «ce a2 Veitchiana and Schroderiana (Veitch).
Courtauldiana .. rosea and Shuttleworthii (Veitch).
Gurleta toe sere -. macrura and tovarensis (Curle).
OPA Stain ctoke tien ciaininitie stale triangularis and racemosa Crossti
(Hincks).
STIS AM eae goes eaieaten Harryana and ignea (Veitch).

falcata ...
Fraseri ...
Gairiana .
Gelengiana ...
glaphyrantha .

Lindenti and Veitchiana (Drewett).
ignea and Lindenii (Fraser).

Davisti and Veitehiana (Veitch).
Shuttleworthii and xanthina (Sander).
infracta and Barleana (Veitch).

VEL CLMAW watatictin sincerest wnea rubescens and Veitchiana
(Heath).

SPL ODE Seiaiiinnccslile oieiele iets coriacea and Veitchiana grandiflora
(Hincks).

FREnrtatta o<05050 mines a= ignea rubescens and Shuttleworthii
(Ames).

Hincksiana ............ tovarensis and ignea (Hincks).

ignea-Chelsoni.
Imogen ...
Jessie Winn.

ignea and Chelsoni (Ames).
Schlimii_and Veitchiana (Veitch).
tovarensis and Davisii (Winn).

Kimballiana . Veitchiana and Shuttleworthii
(Sander).

TPOIE uate a nine a's os iioie ngs = Estrade and Arminii (Hincks).

Mary Amee............ tgnea and Gairiana (Ames).

HCV ChE aise stots See a 3 tovarensis and Veitehiana (Stevens).

Measuresiana.......... tovarensis and amabilis (Sander).

Mundyana ..... Syn. Heathiit (Sander).

Parlatoreana . Barleana and Veitchiana (Veitch).

PULA ere oer se .. Gairiana and Harryana (Hincks).

Pourbaiat oo. teas Veitchiana and Shuttleworthii
(Linden).

LECT OS CS rigt ppt Ae oe ignea erubescens and Shuttleworthii
(Ames).

Rushtontt. 0... .2.-0.ce> ignea Echartii and racemosa Crossii
(Hincks)

Masdevallia—continued.

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
SRhUttrydnd — ..cecvaees Shuttleworthit and TTarryana
5 (Lawrence).
splendida .......eeeeees Barleana and Veitchiana (Veitch

and Nat. Hyb.).
Estrade and Harryana (ITineks).
Veitechiana and Exstradw (Hincks).

MASSANGEA. WM. Lindeni and M. musaica are
now classed as species of Caraguata by Baker, and
by other botanists as Guzmannia ; but M. hieroglyphica
is referred to Tillandsia (which see). ‘

MASSONIA. According to J. G. Baker, this genus
now embraces about thirty-three species. To those
described on pp. 335-6, Vol. II., the following should
be added:

M. amygdalina (Almond-like).* /. strongly Almond-scented,
forming a dense, globose, sessile head; perianth white, jin.
long, with reflexed, lanceolate segments. 7. two, ovate, acute,
glabrous, decumbent, 2in. long. 1889.

M. angustifolia. The correct name is Polyxena angustifolia.

M. brachypus (short-stalked). /. in a shortly-peduncled head;
perianth white, 4in. long, with lanceolate sesments. /. oblong,
obtuse, thin, glabrous, 6in. long. Bulb lin. in diameter. 1874.

M. ensifolia. The correct name is Polyxena pygmoa.

M. jasminiflora (Jasmine-flowered). jl. scented like a ripe
Pear; perianth white, green-tipped, 4in. long, with a slencer
tube and reflexed segments; head sessile. 7. two, ovate, not
spotted, 2in. to Jin. long. Bulb white, small. 1894. (B. M.
7465.)

M. odorata (scented). A synonym of Polyxena odorata.
MASSOVIA.

(which see).

MAST. In addition to Beech Mast, this name is also
applied to Acorns, Chestnuts, &c.

MASTICH-TREE. See Fistacia Lentiscus.
MATE. See Ilex conocarpa.
MATHEA. A synonym of Schwenkia (which see).

MATHIOLA. Bentham and Hooker spell this name
Matthiola. The Virginian Stock does not belong to this
genus, but to Malcolmia (which see). To the species
described on p. 336, Vol. IL., the following should be
added. See also Stocks.

M. annua is now regarded as a variety of M. incana.

M. greeca (Grecian). A form of M. incana.

M. incana greca (Grecian). An entirely glabrous plant, with
leaves of a beautiful green. Orient.

M. sinuata (sinuate). jl. nearly resembling those of M. incanu,
scented at night. July. /r., pods compressed, velvety and
glandular, muricate. 7. oblong, tomentose ; lower ones sinuated
Stems nearly erect, branched. Europe (Britain), near the sea.
Biennial.

Varieties. Florists usually separate these into three
groups—Ten-Week, Intermediate, and Biennial. The first
are the summer-flowering Stocks so largely used for
bedding; the second are intermediate between the first
and the last, and are better adapted for pot culture
than ontside; while the third embrace the well-known
Bromptons, which flower in spring from seed sown the
previous spring. By employing the various kinds
judiciously, Stocks may be enjoyed practically the year
through where glass is available. Some good varieties
are: Ten-Week—Autumn Giant, 24ft.; Giant Primrose,
14ft.; Kelway’s German Dwarf Improved, Ift.; Mauve
Beanty, 9in.; Princess May ; Snowflake, 2ft. ; and Triumph,
9in. Intermediate—Covent Garden, lft.; Emperor, Itt. ;
Snowdrift, 1ft.; Todd’s Crimson ; and Winter Avalanche,
13ft. Biennial—Cottager’s, 2ft.; Giant White; New Giant,
2ft.; and Sunrise, 1ft.

MATONIA. Very little is known as to either the
culture or the propagation of this, one of the rarest and
handsomest of known Ferns, which, though at various
times imported alive in this country, never seems to
haye made headway or even to haye become established
in any collection. Considering that it comes from Mount
Ophir, Malacca, it should be as easily grown as some
Cypripediams found wild in the same locality, which
succeed admirably under artificial cultivation. Un-
fortunately, such is not the case; and although subjected

Stella
Veitchiano-Estrade....

Included under

Spathiphyllum

526

Fo ae ee a

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Matonia—continued.

to the same treatment, M. pectinata has not been
successfully grown in this country for any length of time.
On account of its peculiar beanty, however, its culture
well deserves to be tried again whenever opportunities
arise,

MATRICARIA. Much confusion exists in trade and
other catalogues in respect of the members of this genus.
The plants usnally offered under the name of eximia are
a variety of Pyrethrum Parthenium. There is a beantiful
plant sometimes cultivated abroad under the name of
M. parthenoides, Desf.

M. discoidea (disk-like). fl.-heads all shortly pedunculate;
involucral bracts white-scurious with a greenish centre, scarcely
half the length of the well-developed, greenish-yellow, ovoid
disk. 7. bi- or tripinnately dissected into short and narrow,
linear lobes. fA. Yin. to 12in. North America. A very leafy,
somewhat aromatic, glabrous annual.

M. inodora plenissima (very double).
M. t%. jlore-pleno.

M. Parthenium.
MATRIMONY VINE. See Lycium.

MATS. Well-known articles employed for the pro-
tection of tender plants on walls or in the open during
the winter; also for covering frames and similar structures
in frosty weather. Nurserymen find them almost
indispensable for enveloping tender plants consigned to
customers, and the quantity employed is enormous. The
best mats are received from Russia, and are made from
the inner bark of a tree; they are usually sold as ‘‘ heavy”
and ‘‘light.”” Straw is occasionally employed for making
Mats, but such rapidly decays, and after being used a
few times such Mats become untidy.

MATTEUCCIA (named in honour of C. Matteucci,
an Italian physician). Orp. Filices. A small genus,
under which some modern American botanists include the
well-known Ostrich Fern (Onoclea Struthiopteris), thongh
the reason for the separation is not given. We have,
however, followed Hooker and Baker.

MATTHIOLA. According to Bentham and Hooker
and the ‘Index Kewensis,” this is the correct way of
spelling Mathiola.

MATTHISONIA. A
(which see).

Rea ee A synonym of Saururus (which
see).

MAUDLIN, SWEET. See Achillea Ageratum.

ere oe A synonym of Agapanthus (which
see). 5

MAURANDIA [the correct spelling To the species
Beserined on p. 337, Vol. IL., the following should be
added :

M. antirrhiniflora (Antirrhinum-flowered). #., corolla purple
or sometimes white, 4in. to lin. long, with a nearly closing
palate July. /. triangular-hastate or the lower ones cordate-

-hastate; lateral lobes often with a posterior tooth. Texas,
California, &c. A low or tall-climbing perennial. The correct
name is Antirrhinum maurandioides.

M. atrosanguinea is synonymous with Rhodochiton volubile.
M. Barelaiana. Of this species there are varieties with

white, rose-purple, and dark purple flowers. M. Luceyana is
a pink-flowered form.

M. erecta (erect). #. axillary, solitary, about lin. long;
corolla narrow, slightly oblique. 72. long-petiolate, rather
thick, orbicular-cordate or sometimes nearly reniform,
obscurely lobed or deeply crenate, 14in. across. North-eastern
Mexico, 1882, An erect, branched, viscous herb,

M. Luceyanaa (Lucey’s). A form of M. Barclaiana.

M. scandens is a form of M. semperflorens.
MAUROCENIA. A synonym of Cassine (which

The correct name of

A synonym of Pyrethrum Parthenium.

synonym of Schwenkia

see).

sicoeek A synonym of Erythrophleum (which
see).

MAXILLARIA. Including Dierypta and Heterotazis.

Xylobium was formerly included hereunder, but is now
kept distinct. Though the majority of Maxillarias are
best accommodated when grown in pots, M. Sanderiana
is best grown in haskets, so that they may be suspended

Mazillaria—continued.

near the roof-glass. Not only is a light position desir-
able to induce’the plants to flower freely, but they have
a habit of producing their flower-scapes from the base
of the growth; these, having a downward tendency, often
pierce the potting compost and make their appearance
through the lower bars of the basket, and not infre-
quently through those at the bottom. ‘There is not a
quainter or more attractive flower in the whole Orchid
family than this species when fwly expanded. By
cultivation in baskets, the plants are easily suspended
in such a position that their attractive characteristics
are displayed to the best advantage.

Fibrous peat and living sphagnum make a good potting
compost. This species reqnires the temperature of the
intermediate house and a liberal supply of moisture at
the root during the active season of growth.

To the species described on pp. 338-9, Vol. II., the
following ahonla be added. Several plants formerly
included under Mawillaria are now referred to Bifre-
naria, Lycaste, and Zygopetalum.

M. Anatomorum, A synonym of M. venusta.

M. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). A synonym of M. variabilis.

M. Augusta Victoria. /. having white sepals and _ petals
and a broad, yellow lip with some purple markings. Habitat
not recorded, 1898. Allied to M. Sanderiana.

M. callichroma (beautifully-coloured).* 7., sepals white at
base, golden-yellow at apex; sepals purplish-brown at base,
white in the middle, yellow at the extremities, strongly curved
backwards; lip three-lobed, the lateral lobes purplish-brown,
the mid-lobe white, the disk yellow. Venezuela, An old and
beautiful species, allied to M. luteo-alba.

M. citrina (citron-yellow). A synonym of Zygopetalwin
citrinum,

M. crocea (yellow). /. orange-yellow ; sepals linear, lin. long;
petals shorter, bent forwards; lip brownish-red, fleshy,
reflexed, crisped on the margin; scapes 4in. to Sin. long.
1, narrow-ligulate, Sin. to Tin. long. Pseudo-bulbs lin. long,
one-leaved. Rio Janeiro, 1833. (B. R., t. 1799.)

M. ec. Lietzei (Lietze’s). /., lip obsoletely three-lobed ; disk
yellow, the margin and outside purplish-brown ; scapes shorter
than the leaves. Brazil, 1889.

M. densa (dense). A synonym of Ornithidium densum.

M. dichroma (two-coloured). jl. 3in. across; sepals and petals
white and brownish-purple ; lip margined with purple; scape
6in. long, clothed with sheathing bracts. J. oblong-lanceolate,
lft. long. Peru, 1898. Allied to M. venusta. ‘The flowers of
this species last a long time.

M. eburnea (ivory-white). A synonym of M. grandiflora.

M. elegantula (rather elegant). fl. having yellow and white
segments, spotted with brown. Habitat not recorded, 1897.
Allied to M. fucata. (G. C. 1897, xxii., pp. 388, 420)

M. Endresii (Endres’). 7., sepals and petals light ochreous,
triangular-ligulate, acuminate, aristate; lip ochre, with a
yellow disk, and purple borders and veins on the side lobes;
callus triangular, depressed ; peduncle rather short. 7. cuneate-
ligulate, blunt-acute. Pseudo-bulbs very broad, elliptic. 1886,

M. fucata (painted). 7., sepals and petals white outside, white
inside at base, purple in the middle, yellow at apex, the sepals
spotted red at apex, triangular, the lateral ones broadest, with
reflexed tips, the petals rhomboid, blunt-angled at the sides ;
lip ochreous, striped brown, oblong-elliptic, trifid in front, the
side lobes rounded, margined brown, the mid-lobe small, semi-
oblong, emarginate ; peduncles Qin. long, with many sheaths.
Zl. ehleneinateeites acuminate, 8in. to 9in. long; petioles Sin.
to 7in. long. 1886. Allied to M. irrorata. (G. C, 1888, iv.,
p. 577, f. 81, misprinted M. fuscata.)

M. fuscata. A misprint for M. fucata.

M. glumacea (glume-like). f., sepals dull yellowish-green,
glume-like, rigid; petals similarly coloured; side lobes of lip
dull maroon, the front lobe deep blackish-brown, with yellow
margin and apex, the fleshy callus of a shining purplish-
brown ; scapes short, with four or five imbricating scales.
Brazil, 1892.

M. Harrisoniz (Mrs. Harrison's). A synonym of Bifrenaria
Harrisonic.

M. Houtteana (Louis yan Houtte’s). © ”., sepals and petals
cinnamon-brown with a narrow yellow margin, brownish-green
behind, the petals smaller; lip of a gamboge-yellow, spotted
with reddish-purple, gently reflexed; scape short. J/. linear-
ligulate, 4in. to 6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs compressed, ljin. to
2in. long. Guatemala, before 1849.

M. Huebschii (Huebsch’s). #. white; Jateral sepals much
rounded, like a goitre; petals linear-rhombic, acute; lip
transyerse, rhombic, with a yellow, emarginate callus on the
disk, a mauve-purple margin inside, and a few dots and
blotches at the base outside ; column white, with mauve stripes
in front. Ecuador, 1888. Allied to M. fucata

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 527

Maxillaria—continued.

M. Kalbreyeri (Kalbreyer’s). /., sepals and petals greenish-
white, the upper sepal and Poe ligulate, the lateral sepals
triangular, acute; lip greenish-white, marked mauve-purple on
the outer margins, oblong-ligulate, blunt, toothleted on the
anterior margins, a little broader towards the base. ¢. oblong-
ligulate, 9in. high, lin. broad. Pseudo-bulbs about 2in. long
and lin. broad. Colombia, 1885.

M. Kimballiana (Kimball's). A synonym of M. prestans.

M. Lehmanni (Lehmann’s).* 7. white; side lobes of the lip
light reddish-brown and covered with e hairs inside, pale
ochre with dark chestnut veins outside, the front lobe
sulphur, triangular, wavy. euador, 1886. A showy species.

M. lepidota (scaly). /., sepals yellow, with brown tails, 24in.
long; petals wholly yellow, shorter; apical half of lip yellow,
spotted with blackish-purple, the lateral margins incurved;
column yellow. 7. linear-lanceolate, 9in. to 12in. long. Pseudo-
bulbs lin. to l4in. long, one-leaved. Colombia, &e., 1877.

M. leptosepala. The correct name is M. setigera.

M. Lindeniz (Mme. Linden’s). fl. rather large; sepals milk-
white, somewhat fleshy, acuminate; petals milk-white, with
two or three pale rose-coloured lines; lip very pale yellow,
with five or six reddish bands on the lateral lobes. Habitat
not recorded, 1894. (I. x., t. 464.)

M. longisepala (long-sepaled). l., sepals pale purplish-
brown, with darker striation, very narrow, nearly 4in. long;
petals rather shorter; lip light yellowish-green, with 1 vdiating
dark reddish-brown lines on the margin; scape 6in. long.
7. narrow-ligulate, 6in. to 9in. long. Pseudo-bulbs tufted, lin,
to ljin. long. Venezuela, 1890. (L. vi., t. 248.)

M. macrophylla (large-leaved). A synonym of Lycaste macro--

phylla.

M. marginata (margined). fl. liin. across vertically ; sepals
orange-yellow, with a narrow, dark red margin and a red line
behind; petals much smaller; side lobes of lip streaked
obliquely with reddish-purple, the front lobe light yellow,
reflexed; scape din. to 4in. long. J. linear-lanceolate, 5in, to
8in. long. Pseudo-bulbs liin. to 2in. long, one- or two-leaved.
Rio Janeiro, 1830. Syn. Cymbidium marginatum (B. R. 1530).

M. mirabilis (remarkable). l. 2in. across; sepals orange and
crimson, spotted with dark brown, reflexed; petals much
smaller, yellow, with reddish-brown spots and lines; lip
yellow, with a marginal row of spots; scape 8in. long, one-
flowered. J. linear-oblong, lft. long. Pseudo-bulbs small,
compressed. Habitat not recorded, 1894. (L. ix., t. 417.)

M. Molitor (producer). jl. dingy yellow; sepals tinged brown,
acute, the lateral ones narrower; petals smaller, oblong-
lanceolate, often reflexed at top; lip marked brown, trifid, the
mid-lacinia triangular, blunt, wayy, the side ones rounded ;
column yellow, with red spots in front. @. and pseudo-bulbs
as in M. grandiflora.

M. Mooreana (Moore's). l. cream-coloured, with maroon-purple
stripes on each petal and a farinaceous lip margined with
purple. Guatemala, 1895. Allied to M. grandiflora.

M. Muelleri (Mueller’s). j., sepals and petals clear yellow;
lip yellow, dotted with purple; scape one-flowered, with two
inflated bracts. JU. solitary, leathery, 6in. long, lin. broad.
Pseudo-hbulbs somewhat compressed, two-angled. Habitat not
recorded, 1890, Allied to M. rufescens. SYN. M. squamata (of
gardens). 4

M. neophylia (new-leaye1). jl. covered at base by a very wide
bract ; chin small; sepals and petals pale yellow, with numerous
brown spots, acuminate; lip trifid; peduncle covered with dark
brown sheaths. J. solitary, long-stalked, 24in. long, Zin. broad,
very strong and thick, Pseudo-bulbs small, rugose, lenticular,
Colombia, 1879,

M. ochroleuca (yellowish-white). l. yellowish-white, scented,
fascicled; sepals very acuminate; petals similar; lip three-
lobed. 7. ensiform, erect. Pseudo-bulbs oblong, compressed,
two-leaved. Rio Janeiro. (L. B. C., t. 1904.)

M. parva Coat jl. yellow, borne on a short scape.
lin. long. Pseudo-bulbs small. Brazil, 1895.

M. preestans (excelling). jl., sepals and petals honey-yellow,

2. about

the former ligulate, acute, the latter narrow, shorter,
acuminate or blunt-acute; lip trifid, the basilar laciniw

whitish, with purple spots, the mid-lacinia brownish-yellow,
very thick, cuneate-oblong, acute; column yellow, spotted

purple. ¢. cuneate-ligalate, blunt-acute. Pseudo-bulbs oblong,
ancipitous, with convex sides, Guatemala, 1884. Syn.

M. Kimballiana,

M. punctata (dotted). jl. 2sin. across; sepals and petals light
yellow, paler at back, with a few red spots; petals narrower
and more acute; lip yellow with red lines, obscurely lobed ;
column pale yellow, red at apex; scape 3in. to 4in. long,
t. linear-lanceolate, acute, 7in. to 10in. long. Pseudo-bulbs
ovoid, about lin. long, one-leaved. Brazil, 1833. (L. B. C.,

t. 1914.)
M. Rollissoni (Rollisson’s). A synonym of Zygopetalum
Rollissoni.

M. Sanderiana (Sander’s).* jl. ivory-white, 4in. to Sin.
across, the bases of the sepals and petals and the outside of

Maxillaria—continued.

the lip dark vinous-crimson,

L i 1 the inside of the lip yellowish,
with vinous-crimson spots.

- May. J. stalked, broadly oblong,
obtuse, apiculate, Pseudo-bulbs compressed, one-leaved.
Ecuador, 1883 or 1884. The finest known species. (B. M.
7518; Gn. 1887, xxxii., p. 60, t. 606; R. ser. i., t. 25; W. 0. A. x.
t. 463.) ?

M. S. Fuerstenbergiana (Fuerstenberg’s). _/l. ivory-white,
having only a few pale purplish spots on the petals. 1894,

M. S. xanthoglossa (yellow-lipped). /., sepals and petals
having. an exceptional number of crimson spots; lip deep
yellow. 1893, (J. Hl. xxvi., p. 494, f. 89.)

M. Sanguinea (blood-coloured), This species is allied to
M. tenuifolia, which it resembles in habit; but it differs in
having the sepals and petals of a dull reddish-brown and yellow
and the lip purplish-erimson. Chiriqui, Colombia, 1895.

M. setigera (bristle-bearing). The correct name of M. lepto-
sepala.

M. speciosa (showy). jl. pallid, covered with numerous blackish-
puzls spots; sepals and petals narrow, acuminate, spreading,
in. to 6in. long ; peduncle one-flowered. Colombia, 1876. 3

M. squamata (scaly). A garden name for M. Muelleri.

M. Steelii (Steel's). A synonym of Scuticaria Steelii.

M. striata (striated).* jl. about Sin. in diameter; sepals and
petals greenish-yellow, striped with brownish-purple ; lip
white, with amethyst-purple, vein-like lines. Peru, 1893.
Habit as M. venusta. (L. ix., t. 398.) A beautiful species.

M. triloris (three-strapped).* The flowers of this species very
closely resemble those of M. luteo-alba, but differ in having
a pale purplish tint; they are very freely produced. South
America. (B. H. 1870, t. 13.)

M. varicosa (varicose-veined). fl. fewin a raceme. 1. petiolate,
oblong-ligulate, acuminate, 1ft. or more in length, 2in. broad.
Pseudo-bulbs fusiform, furrowed, 3in. long. Bolivia, 1883.

M. Warreana (Frederick Warre’s). A synonym of Warrea
tricolor.

M. xanthina (yellow). A synonym of Zygopetalum xanthinum,

In addition to the more decorative species described in this
work, a large number are cultivated in botanical establishments.

MAXIMILIANA. M. Jagwais included in the Kew
Collection, and has been introduced to Continental gardens,
but it is not in general cultivation in this country.

MAXIMILIANA (of Martins, in “Flora”), <A
synonym of Cochlospermum (which see).

MAY BUGS. These Beetles are near relatiyes of the
destructive Cockchafers (which see for methods of dealing
with them). *

MAYBUSH, CALIFORNIAN. See Photinia
arbutifolia.

MAYFOLE, WEST INDIAN. Sce Spathelia
simplex.

MAYS. A synonym of Zea (which see).
MAYTENUS. WM. chilensis is only a form of
M. Boaria,

MAZE. An arrangement of hedges, the paths between
being so puzzling that it is extremely difficult to find
the exit. Yew forms an excellent hedge, and quickly
attains the necessary size. Holly is also excellent, but
slower in growth; the same applies to Box. Other
suitable plants are Beech, Privet, Laurel, &c.

MAZEUTOXERON. A synonym of Correa (which
see).

MEADOW BEAUTY. See Rhexia virginica.
MEADOW GRASS. See Poa.

MEADOW SAXIFRAGE. See _ Saxifraga
granulata, Seseli, and Silaus pratensis.

MEALIES. See Zea Mays.
MEALY BUG. A popular name for several insects

which cover their bodies with a meal-like substance. ‘This
characteristic, however, brings together a few inseets which
are not Mealy Bugs proper, although they are meal-coyered
—Pseudococcus wlicis, found upon Gorse, &c.; and the root-
feeding Ripersia terrestris. Strictly speaking, the true
Mealy Bugs are Dactylopius citri, a ubiquitous pest;
D. longispinus, found upon many plants; and D. Walker,
a Grass-infesting species. As a rule, the difficulty in
dealing with these pests is not so much in regard to the
perfect insects as with the egg-sacs. What is known as
Kerosene Hmulsion is one of the best insecticides, but this
must not be applied indiscriminately, or the remedy will

528

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Mealy Bug—continued.

be worse than the disease. Its effect upon any plant
should first be tested before anything like a wholesale
application is attempted. Hot water, where it can be
kept at the reqnired temperature (see Insecticides) will
kill the perfect insects; but the egg-sacs do not appear
to be affected. Soft-soap solution is also excellent, but
here again it must be used of a strength in accordance
with the plants or parts of plants under treatment. A
strength, for instance, that could be applied with safety
to the trunks might prove fatal to more susceptible
parts of the same tree. For very tender plants under
glass, loz. to the gallon of water will suffice ; in the case
of hard-wooded subjects the quantity of soap may be
doubled ; while in the case of tree-tranks, from 60z. to
80z. would not do any damage. See also remedies under
this heading in Vol. II., p. 340.

MEASUREMENTS. In plant, insect, and other
descriptions, it is often necessary for purposes of accuracy
to employ Measurements other than inches, such as
Line and Millimetre. In the former case twelve lines
may be said to go to an inch; and, ronghly, twenty-
five millimetres represent an inch. A more accurate
method of arriving at the number of inches in a given
number of millimetres is to multiply the millimetres
by 10 and then divide by 254.

MECONOPSIS. WM. diphylla and M.
according to the ‘‘Index Kewensis,’’ identical with
Stylophorum diphyllum (which see). Seeds of
M. cambrica should be sown outdoors in April; while
seeds of M. heterophylla may be sown ontside in either
April or autumn.

To the species described on p, 341, Vol. IT., the following
should be added :

M. cambrica flore-pleno (double-flowered). A globular,
double-flowered variety. 1896. (G. C. 1896, p. 671, f. 111.) There
is also a beautiful garden form of the Blue Himalayan Poppy
(cambrica), known as Orange King. It is an excellent rock
plant, and about lft. high.

M. heterophylla (variable-leaved).* jl. coppery-orange, with
dark crimson centre, 14in. across, with a Lily of the Valley-like
scent. Summer. J. few and remote, pinnately divided ; segments
of the lower ones ovate, incised, and petiolulate, those of the
upper ones linear, entire, somewhat confluent. A, lft.
California. A most beautiful annual, suited alike to indoor
and to outdoor culture. In the latter case it attains a much
greater height than that given above. It should prove a
valuable plant for decorative purposes, as the flowers are
produced well above the foliage, and last well. It seeds freely.
(B. M. 7636.)

M. quintuplinervia (five-nerved). jl. pale violet, solitary,
nodding; petals shortly clawed, rhomboid-ovate, lsin. long;

_ stamens in many series; scape erect, at length Qin. high.
Zl. lanceolate, narrowed to the petioles, entire, five-nerved.
North-west China, 1877. Plant hairy, Perennial. (R. G. 1892,
t. 880 b-d.)

MEDIAN APPLE. See Citrus medica.
MEDICA. A synonym of Tourretia (which see).

MEDICAGO. ‘To the species described on p. 341,

Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. Echinus (hedgehog-like). Calvary Clover. jl. yellow;
peduncles five- or six-flowered, longer than the petioles. July.
tr. cochleate-ovate, deeply reticulated, spiny; spines laterally
appressed, very long and very acute. /., leaflets obovate or
obeordate, obsoletely toothed. h. 6in. South of France, 1818.
Annual.

M. scutellata (saucer-shaped). jl. yellow; peduncles one- or
two-flowered. fr. cochleate, many-seeded, convex-hemispherical
above, flat beneath, thickly reticulate-veined. J2., leaflets
obovate. Stem diffuse. South Europe. Annual.

MEDICOSMA (from medica, and osme, smell; in
allusion to the sceat of the flowers, which resembles that
of Citrus medica). Ord. Rutacew. A monotypic genus, the
species, M. Cunninghamii, being the plant described in
Vol. I. as Acronychia Cunninghami (B. M. 3994). Leaves
mostly opposite, consisting of a single leaflet obscurely
articulate on a short petiole, oblong-elliptical or rarely
oboyate-oblong, obtuse or acuminate, 3in. to 6in. long.

MEDINILLA. To the species described on p. 342,

Vol. II., the following variety should be added :

M. magnifica rubra (red). A fine variety, having darker
flowers than in the type. 1888.

M. Teysmanni (leysmann’s). The
M. anabilis.

etiolata are,

correct name of

MEDLAR. Medlar-leaves are attacked by a species of
fungus known popularly as Medlar Cluster Cups, and
scientifically as Gymmnosporangium confusum. It is a
close ally of Gymnosporangium sabine, whose secidium-
stage grows upon Pear-leaves, and is sometimes called
Roestellia cancellata. The Medlar Cluster Cups will not
grow upon Pears, but they are commonly found upon
Hawthorn. The wcidia, or cluster cups, which divide or
shred, are situate upon orange-red thickened spots
having bright red margins. The species and several of
its allies are interesting to biologists and others, inas-
much as they belong to what are called hetercecions
fungi, two host-plants being necessary to complete the
eycle. In the fungus under notice, certain species of
Juniper are necessary to grow the telentospores, as
they are in several closely allied species. Such spores,
produced upon the Juniper in sping, consist of jelly-like
masses and are readily seen. ‘To control this and similar
fungi is difficult in the extreme, as the two host-plants
may be situate in different gardens some distance apart.
To spray with the ordinary fungicides will not avail in
the least, and the cultivator must if possible find out
where the Junipers are situated. If in a neighbouring
garden he must get permission to cut ont the portions
infected, and cover with tar, or else to uproot the trees.
These fungi have a very debilitating effect upon the
trees attacked.

MEGACARYON (from megas, large, and karuon, a
nut; in allusion to the large, ovoid, acuminate nutlets).
Orv. Boraginex. A monotypic genus. ‘The species is a

coarse, setose-hispid, biennial or perennial herb, closely .

allied to Echiwm. It thrives in any fairly good soil, and
may be increased by seeds.

M. orientale (Oriental). jl. rosy-lilac, disposed in unilateral,
forked, elongated spikes; corolla ljin. long, almost regular,
tubular-funnel-shaped. J7., radical and lower ones lft. to 14ft.
long, 2in. to 3in. broad, broadly oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
canescent-velvety; upper ones shorter, bristly; floral ones
narrow-linear-lanceolate. Stems thick, 3ft. or more in height,
Pane branched. Orient, 1897. (G. C. 1897, ii., p. 226,
. 67-8.

MEGACHILE. See
Vol. V.

MEGACLINIUM. To the species described on
pp. 342-3, Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. Clarkei (Major Trevor Clarke's). jl. green, much speckled
with purplish-brown, tin. apart; scape 64in. long. JZ. oblong,
obtuse, 2sin. to 2jin. long. Pseudo-bulbs broadly oblong,
acutely four-angled, lin. long, jin. broad, two-leaved.
Western tropical Africa, before 1891.

M. Imschootianum (M. A. van Imschoot’s). jl. yellowish-
green, with brown spots; rachis 5in. to 6in. long; scape
10in. long. JU. linear-oblong, obtuse, 6in. long. Pseudo-
bulbs acutely triangular, oblong, ljin. long, one-leaved.
Western tropical Africa, 1895.

M. leucorhachis (white-rachised). jj. yellow, velvety; lip
recurved; scape erect, 6in. to 7in. long; rachis white. 2. foe
oblong, obtuse, 6in. to 7in. long. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid-oblong,
acutely four-angled, 24in. long. Upper Guinea, 1891.

M. minutum (minute). 7. dull maroon or orange-red,
greenish-yellow towards the base of the segments, very
small; rachis lin. long, about twelve-flowered; scapes sub-
erect, l4in. long. August. JZ; linear-oblong, jin. to lin. long.
Pseudo-bulbs ovoid-oblong, obscurely triangular, sin. to lin.
long, two-leaved. Upper Guinea, 1883. (B. M. 7314.)

M. Nummularia (Moneywort-like). This is closely allied to
M. minutum, but has a shorter raceme, with six to eight minute,
purplish flowers, leaves lin. long, and flattened pseudo-bulbs,
Cameroons, 1894.

M. oxyodon (sharp-toothed). jl. like those of M. falcatum, but
having the petals longer and more arched; lip membranous,
three-lobed. 7. two, lanceolate, acute, 2in. Jong, sin. broad.
Pseudo-bulbs spherical, four-angled. Madagascar, 1888. Syn.
Bulbophyllum oxyodon,

M. pusillum (dwarf). 1. green and purple, a little darker than
the rachis, which is lsin. long; seapes about 4in. long.
7. linear-oblong, obtuse, 3in. long, 4in. broad. Pseudo-bulbs
ovoid-oblong, four-angled, lin. to Ijin. long, two-leaved.
Eastern tropical Africa, 1894.

M. scaberulum (slightly scabrous). jl. dull purple, the base
of the sepals whitish-green spotted with purple, roughish
outside; inflorescence erect, din. to 4in. long. Zl. two,
elliptic-oblong, 2in. or more in length. Pseudo-bulbs
tetragonal. Pondoland, 1888.

M. triste (sad). /. green, speckled with black, velvety; rachis
thick and fleshy, din. to 4in. long; scape 14ft. long, with

Aculeate Hymenoptera,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 529

Megaclinium—continued.

nearly a dozen sheaths near the base. J. linear-oblong,

obtuse, Sin. to Sin. long. Pseudo-bulbs obtusely three-angled,

lsin. to 2in. long, two-leaved. Tropical Africa (?), 1894.

M,. Sandersoni has also been introduced, but is not in general
cultivation.

PEGALOTEECA: A synonym of Restio (which
see).

MEGARRHIZA CALIFORNICA. Cogniaux and
Bentham and Hooker refer this to PLchinocystis fabacea ;
but Sereno Watson separates it therefrom.

MEGASEA. Included under Saxifraga (which see).
MEISTERIA. Ineluded under Enkianthus (which

see).

MELALEUCA. W. wneriifolia and M. salicifolia are
synonyms of Tristania neriifolia (which see).

MELAMPODIUM (said by Theophrastus to have
been named after Melampus, who first used the plant).
Orv. Composite. A genus embracing about eighteen
species of stove, greenhouse, or hardy, annual or perennial
herbs, rarely under-shrubs, mostly found in the warmer
parts of America. Flower-heads yellow, terminal in the
upper axils, usually rather small, heterogamous, radiate.
Leaves opposite, entire or toothed. M. paludosum (Syns-
M. divaricatum, M. ovatifolium) and M. perfoliatum have
wees introduced, but they are not of much horticultural
value.

MELAMPSORA SALICINA. Sce Salix—Fungi.

MELANCHRYSUM. A synonym of Gazania
(which see). :
MELANDRYUM. This genus is kept up by Mr.

F. N. Williams, in his monograph of Silene, &c., in the
“Journal of the Linnean Society,” vol. xxxii. See
Silene.

MELANOCARPUM SPRUCEI. A synonym of
Pleuropetalum costaricense (which see).

MELANORRHGA. W. wsiiata is the correct name
of the plant described as M. usitatissima.

MELANOSELINUM.
(which see).

= Sareea A synonym of Breynia (which
see).

MELANTHIUM. Some of the species formerly
incladed in this genus are now referred to Andro-
cymbium, Beometra, Dipidax, Helonias, White-
headia, Wurmbea, and Zygadenus.

| = A synonym of Wyethia (which
see).

MELASPINZA. A synonym of Hgiceras (which
see).

MELASTOMA. Several species formerly included
hereunder are now referred to Amphiblemma and
Pleroma (Tibouchina).

M. candidum (white). jf. pink, three to seven in a short
cyme; calyx canescent; petals lin. to ljin. long; bracts
densely pilose. Summer. J. ovate, acute, 2in. to 6in. long,
densely bristly above, villous beneath; petioles in. to Jin.
long. Branches hoary, obtusely tetragonal; young ones
and petioles densely strigose-scaly, h. 44ft. South China.
M. malabathricum (of B. R. 672) is probably the same as this.

M. decemfidum (ten-cleft). The correct name of M. sanguinewm.
Syn. M. malabathricum, Sims (B. M. 529).

Included under Thapsia

M.1aalabathricum. Sve a/so M. candidum and M. decem-

fidum.
M. villosum (villous). The correct name of Pleroma villosum.

MELHANIA. To the species described on p. 345,
Vol. II., the following shonld be added:

M. erythroxylon. Tvochetia erythroxylon is synonymous with
this species.

M. Melanoxylon (dark-wooded). #1. white, Malva-like, lin.
across, with a crimson blotch at the base of the column formed
by the purple stamens and green stigma. /. ovate, acuminate,
slightly toothed, 2in, long, dark green above, covered beneath
with soft, silky, white hairs. h. 20ft. St. Helena. A shrubby,
stove tree. (G. C. 1890, vii, pp. 512-3, f. 81.)

‘MELIA. ‘To the information given on pp. 845-6,
Vol. II., the following should be added -

Vol. V.

Melia—continued.

M. Azedarach umbraculiformis (umbrella-formed). Texas
Umbrella Tree. The habit of this curious variety is indicated
in itsname. 1894. (G. & F. 1894, vii., p. 92, f. 20.)

M. floribunda (abundant-flowered), A garden synonym or
variety of M. Azedarach.

M. sempervirens is identical with M. Azedarach.

MELICA (an old name, from meli, honey). Melie
Grass. ORD. Graminee. A genus embracing about
thirty species of mostly hardy, erect, perennial Grasses,
broadly distributed. Spikelets one-, two-, or rarely
several-flowered, narrowly or loosely paniculate ; glumes
two, usually large. Leaves soft, flat or convolute. The
species here described thrive under ordinary treatment,
and may be increased by seeds or by division of the tufts,
The species named are all excellent for bouquets.

M. altissima (very tall).* jf. spikelets pedicellate; panicle
elongated, coarctate, unilateral, interrupted, the branches
appressed. June and July. /. lanceolate-linear; upper ones
much the smaller. Culms strong, erect. h. 34ft. Siberia, &c.
A hardy, tufted species. Syn. M. sibirica. There is a good
variety of this known as atropurpuwrea.

M. ciliata (ciliated). _71., spikelets erect; outer petal ciliated ;
panicle somewhat spicate. May to July. /. stiff, glaucous.
h. 1ft. to 14ft. Europe, &c. Hardy. There is a variety of
this, penicillaris. '

M. macra (large).* /., spikelets disposed in a spike-like,
unilateral raceme; glumes very sharp. Summer. /. spreading,
lanceolate, greyish-green, sharp. A. 14ft. Montevideo. A
half-hardy, tufted species. 4

M. papilionacea (butterfly-like).* #., spikelets purple,
disposed in narrow, slender panicles, which are branched from
the base. Summer. J. fine, tufted. A. lft. Argentina and
3razil, 1890. An ornamental, half-hardy species.

M. sibirica (Siberian). A synonym of M. altissiina.

MELIDORA (in part). Synonymous with Enkian-
thus (which see).

MELINOSPERMUM.
(which see).

MELINUM. A syncnym of Zizania (which see).

MELLOCA. A synonym of Ullucus (which see).

MELOCACTUS. Melocactuses like a _ tropical
temperature all the year round, with as much sun-
light as possible, and a moist atmosphere for about
three months during summer, when growth is most
active. Very little soil is required, as the largest stems
have comparatively few roots; indeed, imported stems
have been known to live, and even make growth, nearly
two years without pushing a single root; but of course
this was abnormal, and was no other than the using-
up of the nourishment stored in the stem before
it was removed from its native home. Large im-
ported plants are very rarely established; and even
when established, they do not thrive long, owing to the
fact that, after the cap has commenced to form, no further
stem-growth is made. Young plants grow very slowly,
a plant 3ft. across taking, according to Sir W. Hooker,
from 200 to 300 years to reach that size. It has been
stated that grafting is a good plan to adopt for the
Melocactus, Mr. F. T. Palmer, in ‘‘ Culture des Cactées,”’
recommending the following treatment for M. communis :
Take a Cereus peruvianus of about the same diameter
as that of the base of the Melocactus, cut off the head
of the former, but not so low as to come upon the hard,
ligneous axis, and then pare off the hard epidermis and
ribs for about lin. Next take off a slice from the base
of the Melocactus, also paring off about lin. of the
epidermis all round; place the two together, and bind
on firmly with strong worsted. In warm weather, a
union should take place in about two months, but it
will be safest to allow the ligature to remain till growth
commences. The precaution of paring off the hard skin
and ribs is absolutely necessary, as the juicy centre
contracts, and the rind, or epidermis, does not. There
would, therefore, be a cavity formed sufficient to prevent
all cohesion, be the graft tied on eyer so tightly.

Large imported stems should be kept perfectly dry
for about a fortnight, and if they show any signs of
rottenness, the bad portions should be cut away;
exposure to the air for a few days will generally cause
these pared places to callus over. At all times, even
when the stems appear to be in good health, a look-out
should be kept for decayed patches, especially about the
base.

A synonym of Dichilus

3Y

530

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Melocactus—continued.

Propagation may be effected by means of seeds, which
usually follow quickly after the flowers produced on
cultivated specimens; also by means of offsets, which are
formed about the base of the stem if the top of a growing
plant is cut out. As the cap is the most remarkable part
of M. communis, the purchase of large imported stems, in
preference to young ones raised from seeds, is recom-
mended; for, as the cap does not form till the stem
attains a large size, there would be small hope of seedlings
reaching the flowering stage during a lifetime.

To the species described on p. 348, Vol. II. the
following should be added :
M. latispinus (broad-spined).

cornigerus.

A synonym of Echinocactus

Fic. 568. MeLocactus MIQUELI.

M. Miquelii (Miquel’s). . unknown. Stem oval, dark green ;
ribs fourteen, well defined; spines in small tufts of eight or
nine, short, blackish-brown, less than 4in. long, one central, the
others radiating ; cap cylindrical, 3in. high, 14in. in diameter,
composed of layers of snow-white threads, mixed with short,
reddish bristles. St. Croix, West Indies. See Fig. 568.

The following have been introduced to Continental gardens, or
are described in books, but are not in general cultivation in this
country: M. amenus, M. goniodacanthus, M. humilis (R. G. 1897,
t. 1439), WM. Lehmanni, M. pyramidalis, M. Zuccarini.

MELON. Occasionally Melons in this country, in
common with other Cucurbitucer, are attacked by a
destructive form of Mildew (Peronospora (Plasmopara)
cubensis). In America, however, the disease is very rife
and spread over a wide geographical area. The under-
surface of the foliage is the part attacked, and the
appearance it presents is not unlike that produced by
the well-known Downy Mildew of the Vine. Generally
the leayes have a sickly and an unhealthy look—brown
or yellow, and spotted—and are shed. Directly the
disease is noted, sprayings with weak Bordeaux Mixture
or with sulphide of potassium should be made. Further,
all decayed and decaying leaves should be collected and
burned. This disease was known as far back as Berkeley’s
time, but it does not appear to have caused much anxiety
amongst growers.

Varieties. To the varieties enumerated in Vol. II.,
p. 351, the following should be added in their respective
classes : é

Class I. Green and White-fleshed.

Ingestre Hybrid. Fruit medium, of a beautiful golden-
yellow, with prominent netting; flesh white, melting, very
juicy, and of exquisite flavour.

Knowsley Favourite. Fruit medium to large; flesh green,
melting, and of fine flavour. An early, free-setting variety.

The Countess. Fruit medium; skin bright yellow and beauti-
fully netted; flesh deep white, melting, and delicious in flavour.

Melon—continued.

Class II. Scarlet-fieshed.

Beauty of Sion. [Fruit medium, round ; skin golden-yellow
and nicely laced; flesh remarkably deep, juicy, melting, and
rich in flavour.

Masterpiece. Fruit large, finely netted; flesh very melting,
and of fine flavour. A very free-setting variety.

Sion House. Fruit medium, oblong; skin clear yellow and
well netted; flesh melting, rich, and of delicious flavour.

Sutton’s Al. Fruit Jarge, round; skin pale green and
handsomely netted; flesh deep, juicy, and of very good
flavour.

Triumph. Fruit large and of fine flavour; flesh scarlet, with
a band of green under the skin. Frequently green-fleshed
fruits are produced on the same plants.

MELON CACTUS. See Melocactus communis.
MELON PUMPKIN. See Cucurbita Pepo.
MELOTHRIA (from Melothron, the Greek name for

Bryony). Orv. Cucurbitacer. A genus embracing about
twenty-five species of stove, climbing herbs, with simple
or bifid tendrils, closely allied to Zehneria, and broadly
distributed over tropical regions. Flowers white, small,
usually moneecious. Fruit indehiscent, globose and acute
or fusiform and sub-rostrate. They are usually grown
rather for their fruits than their flowers. For culture
of the introduced species, see Gourds.

M. abyssinica (Abyssinian). #. yellowish, very small. fr.
orange-coloured, round, small, produced in great profusion in
autumn. Abyssinia, 1893. Perennial.

M.. heterophylla (variable-leaved).
Zehneria hastata.

M. pendula (pendulous). jl. yellow, axillary, solitary; females
long-pedunculate; corolla slightly hairy. (fr. ovate-globular,
pendent. 2. petiolate, cordate, with five toothed lobes. North
America, 1752. A scabrous-pubescent annual.

M. punctata (dotted). The correct name of Zehneria suavis.
Syns. Z. scabra, Pilogyne suavis.

MELVILLA. Included under Cuphea (which see),

the correct name of M. speciosa being C. Melvilla.

MENEGHINIA. A synonym of Arnebia (which

The correct name of

see).
MENIOCUS. Included under Alyssum (which see).
MENISCIUM. Although the genus Menisciwm

comprises only a comparatively small number of species,

these are sufficiently distinct to render it interesting ; the

majority of them are strong-growing, handsome plants, but
one at least amongst them (M. simplex) is of such small

dimensions that it is frequently used in Fern-cases, a

purpose for which it appears particularly well adapted.

Nearly all Menisciums haye a beautiful venation qnite

peculiar to them. Being swamp-loving subjects, they are

useful for planting in Ferneries near the margin of water,

a place where few Ferns grow very satisfactorily. They

thrive luxuriantly in a mixture of half loam and half

fibrous peat, with a few pieces of crocks or charcoal
intermixed. Vhough their roots, which are of a fleshy

and brittle nature, are fond of moisture, they have a

great dislike to stagnant water. Menisciums are usually

propagated by division of their crowns, but they may
also be easily and more rapidly increased by means of

their spores, which germinate freely when sown in a

warm and moist position.

M. deltigerum (delta-bearing). A synonym of Acrostichum
virens.

M. reticulatum. Of this species there are a few varieties,
including macrophyllum (having large pinne) and oligophyllum
(with few pinne).

MENISPERMUM. To the species described on
p. 352, Vol. II., the following should be added. Several
plants formerly classed hereunder are now referred to
Cocculus.

M. dauricum (Dahurian). /. yellowish-white, in twin,
eapitellate racemes. June. J. peltate, glabrous, cordate,
narrowed, smaller than those of M. canadense, the angles

acute, the terminal one acuminate but scarcely mucronate.
h. 9ft. Dahuria.

MENODORA (from menos, strength, and doron, a
gift; probably in allusion to some economic quality).
Syns. Bolivaria, Calyptrospermum. ORD. Oleacez. A
genus embracing fourteen species of greenhouse herbs
or under-shrubs, natives of America and Sonth Africa:
Flowers solitary, twin, or in dichotomous panicles.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 581

Menodora—continued.
Leaves entire, toothed, or pinnately dissected.
has been introduced, but it is probably no
cultivation.

MENTHA. To the information given
Vol. Il., the following should be added:
M. aquatica (aquatic). According to the ‘‘Index Kewensis,”
this is the correct name of M. citrata.
M. gibraltarica. Gibraltar Mint. <A form of M. Pulegium.
M. punctata (dotted). A synonym of Preslia cervina.
MENTUM. A chin. The term is applied to a
projection at the foot of the column in some Orchids.

MENTZELIA.
of M. bartonioides.
Bartonia aurea.

M. trifida
longer in

on p. 302,

M. gronoviefolia is the correct name
M. Lindleyi is the correct name of

Fic. 569.

MENYANTHES TRIFOLIATA.

MENYANTHES. A number of species formerly
included in this genus are now referred to Limnan-
themum and Villarsia. The beautiful little Buckbean,
M. trifoliata (see Fig. 569), is retained here.

MENZIESIA. To the species described on p. 354,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. glabella (slightly glabrous). #. lurid purplish, in terminal
umbels; corolla ovoid-campanulate. Early summer. Ul. obovate,
mostly obtuse, barely mucronate-tipped, lin. to 2in. long,
with some small, appressed hairs above, glaucescent and
glabrous or nearly so beneath; margins obscurely serrulated,
minutely ciliolate. Rocky Mountains, 1888.

M. globularis i is now regarded as a good species,
a variety of M. serruginea.

MERATIA. A synonym of Chimonanthus (which
see). .

MERENDERA. Syn. Geophila. To the information
given on p. 354, Vol. IL., the following should be added:

M. Bulbocodium. The iat bulbocodioides has larger flowers
and is more robust than the type. 1882.

M. caucasica ruthenica (Russian). /. bright carmine-
purple, Crocus-like, appearing before the narrow leaves.
‘Transylvania, 1888. Mr. N. E. Brown regards this as identical
with Bulbocodium ruthenicum, which is the same as B. vernwm
versicolor.

and mt as

M. Eichleri is now regarded as a good species, and not as a

form of M. caucasica.

Merendera—continuwed.

M. sobolifera (shoot-bearing), of
Colchicum procurrens.

MERIANA (of Trey.). A
(which see).
MERIANA (of Vellozo).

(which see).

gardens. A synonym of
synonym of Watsonia

A synonym of Evolvulus

MERIANIA. Jamaica Rose. M. leucantha is the
correct name of M. rosea.
MERIMEA. A synonym of Bergia (which see).

MERMAID WEED. See Proserpinaca.
MERODON EQUESTRIS. ‘Sec Narcissus Fly.

MERTENSIA. To the _ species deseribed on
pp. 304-5, Vol. IT., the following should be added :

M. oblongifolia (oblong-leaved). /. of a fine blue, with a tube
4in. long, disposed in r ither close clusters. Spring and summer.
ue mostly oblong or spathulate-lanceolate, rather succulent,
deep green, Stems 6in. to 9in. high. North America (on moist
slopes).

M. pulmonarioides (Pulmonaria-like). According to the
“Index Kewensis,” this is the correct name of M. virginica.

Fic. 570. MERTENSIA SIBIRICA.

M. sibirica atrocerulea (dark blue). A dark blue variety,
taller than the type. The typical plant is shown at Fig. 570.

MESECHITES. A synonym of Echites (which see).

MESEMBRYANTHEMUM. To the species
described on pp. 355-60, Vol. II., the following should
be added:

M. abbreviatum (shortened). J. 2in. long, 4in. thick, acutely
triquetrous, acute or slightly mucronulate. Stems thic k, short,
prostrate, clustered; internodes short. 1825, (M. A. Se
§ 19, f. 5.)

M. exquilaterale (equilateral).
Kewensis,” this is the correct name of M. Rossii;
however, is often regarded as a distinet species.

M. amcenum (pleasing). purplish, with white filaments ;
petals 4in. long ; nao din. to 12in. long. JZ. crowded,
green, incurved, erect, lin. to l4in. long, cylindrically tri-
quetrous, bluntish, mucronulate. Branches sub-erect. Under-
shrub.

M. bellidiflorum
M. subulatuin.

M. Brownii (Brown’s).* #. at first brilliant lustrous purple,
fading into ochreous or reddish-yellow, lin, to 1jin. in diameter,
solitary or in threes at the ends of the br: anches ; calyx tube
short, turbinate ; us in several series, very narrowly
spathulate, the lip obtuse, retuse, or notched. July. d. six to

According to the ‘ Index
the latter,

(Daisy-flowered). The correct name of

532 THE

DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Mesembryanthemum—confinued.
eight lines long, terete, acute, pale glaucous-green; youngest
ones obscurely triquetrous or semi-terete. Branches slender.
h. lft. South Africa. (B. M. 6985.) Syn. M. micans (of gardens).
A showy species.

M. candens alba. A white varicty of the type.
also a pink one—rosea.

M. capitatum (headed).* /. yellow, large; calyx urceolate,
the lobes slightly longer than the attenuated petals. Summer.
t. crowded, equilaterally triquetrous, 5in. to Tin. Jong, only
din. broad, glaucescent, purplish and larger at base. Stem
suffruticose, simple or branched. ik. 4in. to 6in. South Africa.

M. Ecklonis (Ecklon’s). #. white, 4in. across, somewhat
trichotomous, usually ternate or biternate. September and
October. 7. almost connate, depressed-triquetrous, six to
ten lines long, spreading-recurved, mucronulate’ Stem and
branches pubescent, at length glabrate. Root woody. A. 13ft.
Plant branched from the base. (M. A. S., §49, f. 5.)

M. faleatum (sickle-shaped). 7. pink, small, ternate ; peduncles
ljin. to 2in. long. July. din. long, crowded, somewhat
triquetrous-compressed, sub-faleate, pellucid-dotted. Stem
suffruticose, much-branched; branches filiform. 1805.

M. ficiforme (Fig-like). Plant stemless, obpyramidal or Pear-
shaped, pale glaucous, lin. high, retuse and obtuse at apex,
often distinctly green-dotted. 1819. This is often miscalled
M. nuciforme in gardens.

M. hirtum is a form of M. polyanthon.
for sunny rockeries and hot, dry banks.

M. intonsum (unshorn). The correct name of M. introrsum.

M. lepidum (neat). 1. white, showy, longer than the peduncles;
calyx lobes acuminate. 7. somewhat recurved at apex, slightly
mucronate. Branches and branchlets numerous, erect. h. 2ft.
An erect, slender sub-shrub.

M. micans (glittering), of gardens. A synonym of WM. Brownii.

M. mucronatum (mucronate). #7. pink. /. jin. long, oblong-
ovate, triquetrous at apex, connate at base, glaucescent,
ending in a white mucro. Stem sub-shrubby, lin. to 2in.
long, erect, much-branched. 1794.

M. nuciforme (nut-like), of Haworth. A synonym of M. minutum.
In gardens this name is also often erroneously applied to
M. jficiforme.

M. productum (produced). #7. pale pink, showy, bigeminate
or ternate; calyx lobes unequal; petals lanceolate. November.
i. crowded, sub-distichous, lin..to l4in. long, semi-terete,
erect-incurved, glaucous, smooth, mucronulate. Stem lin. to
2in. high; branches erect. 1822.

M. roseum (rosy). jl. pale rose, ternate or twin, showy ; petals
Zin. long, in two series; peduncle about 2in. long. July.
7. liin. long, gin. broad, incurved, glaucous, compressed-
triquetrous, mucronulate, dotted. Stem 14ft. to 2ft. high;
branches spreading, leafy. 1795. Under-shrub.

M. serrulatum (slightly serrated). The correct spelling of
M. serratulum.

M. tricolor (three-coloured),
M. tricolorum.

M. tricolorum album (white). A pretty variety, having
white, Daisy-like flowers with purple centres. 3in. Annual.

MESOCHIL. In Orchids with a lip divided into
three portions, the central division is called the Mesochil.
See Epichil and Hypochil.

MESOSPINIDIUM. See also Cochlioda.

MESPILUS. WM. Smithii (Syn. M. grandiflora) is

now regarded by some botanists as Crategus grandiflora.

There is

An excellent plant

of gardens. A synonym of

MESSERSCHMIDIA. Included under Tourne-
fortia (which see).
IMETACHILUM. A synonym of Appendicula

(whith see).

METALASIA (from meta, on the other side, and
lasios, hairy ; some of the species have the leayes woolly
beneath). Including Erythropogon. Orv. Composite. A
genus embracing about twenty species of small, erect

or spreading, greenhouse shrubs, endemic in South
Africa. Flower-heads cylindrical or turbinate, rarely

solitary, mostly corymbose or fascicled; florets purple
or whitish. Leaves alternate, sessile, linear or oblong.
About ten of the species have been introduced, bnt it
is doubtful if any of them are still cultivated.

METEORIC. A term applied to flowers which open
or close owing to atmospheric influences.

METHYSCOPHYLLUM. A synonym of Catha
(which see).

METROSIDEROS. To the species described on
p. 361, Vol. II., the following variety should be added.
Several species formerly included hereunder are now
referred to Callistemon.

Metrosideros—continwed.

571.

Fic. METROSIDEROS FLORIBUNDA.

M. floribunda. A trade name for Callistemon Tanceolatus. See

Fig. 571.
M. f. alba (abundant-flowered, white). fl. pure white. 1885,
METROXYLON. In addition to the species

described on p. 361, Vol. IL, M. amicarum, a native of

the Friendly Isles, is grown at Kew, but it is not in

general cultivation.

M. elatum (tall), of gardens.
elata (which se).

M. elatum (of Martius).

METROXYLON (of Sprengel).
Raphia (which see).

MEXICAN LILY. See Hippeastrum Regine.
MEXICAN POPPY. See Argemone.

MEYNIA (of Roxburgh). A synonym of Vangueria
(which sée).
MEZEREUM. Included onder Daphne (which see).

MICHAUXIA. Syn. Mindium. To the species
described on p. 362, Vol. II., the following should be added :
M. Tehihatcheffi (I'chihatcheff’s).* 1. white, Campanula-like,

very numerous, sub-sessile; spike 2ft. or more in length.

June and July. 7. toothed; lower ones broadly oblong,

undivided or lobed at base; cauline ones oblong and ovate,

amplexicaul. h. 6ft. to 7ft. Orient, 1896. A very handsome

annual or biennial.. (B. M. 7742; G. C. 1897, i., p. 55, f. 53.)

MICHAURXIA (of Necker). .A synonym of Relhania
(which see).

MICHELIA. WM. fuscata
Magnolia fuscata.

MICONIA. Cyanophyllum (which see) is included
hereunder by the authors of the ‘‘Genera Plantaram.”
To the species described on p. 362, Vol. IL, the
following should be added:

M. staminea (full of stamens).
M. Teysmanniana.

M..velutina (velvety). 7 ample, opposite, petiolate, ovate,
acute, with three to five prominent nerves, entire, of a
beautiful dark green, velvety, and zoned with white above;
lower surface purplish-red ; petioles red. Stems reddish-brown.
Brazil, 189% | According to Rodigas, this is a variety of
M. (Cyanophyllum) magnisica.

M. vesicaria (bladder-like). 2 opposite, ovate, petiolate,
hairy, about 6in. long, deep green, shaded with violet. Peru, 1895.

MICRANTHERA. A synonym of Tovomita
“(which see), the correct name of M. clusixfolia being
T. Choisyana.

MICRANTHUS (from mihkros, small, and anthos, a
flower; in allusion to the size of the blossoms). Orp.
Iridex. A small genus (two species) of greenhouse plants
with tunicated corms, natives of South Africa. Flowers

A synonym of Heterospathe

A synonym of Piga/setta elata.

A of

Synonym

is the correct name of

The correct name of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 533

Micranthus—continued.

red, small, in dense, distichous spikes ; perianth tube short,

euryed, the segments spreading, obtuse; stamens inserted

at the throat, unilateral. Leayes sheathing, superposed.

For culture, see Watsonia.

M. fistulosus (fistular). jf. as in M. plantagineus. 1. lorate,
glabrous, the largest 3in. to 6in. long. SyNs. Ixia fistulosa
(B. M. 523), Watsonia fistulosa.

M. plantagineus (Plantain-like). fl. in spikes Jin. to 6in.
long, the lower blossoms often abortive or replaced by bulbils.
June. 7. about three, linear, strongly ribbed, the largest 6in.
to 12in. long. Stem 6in. to 12in. long, simple or branched.
1774. SyYNs. Watsonia compacta (L. B. C. 157), W. plantaginea
(B. M. 553).

MICRANTHUS (of Wendland).

Phaylopsis (which see).

MICRO-. A prefix signifying small; e.g., Micro-
phyllons, having small leaves.

eri A synonym of Physurus (which
see).

MICROCOCCUS AMYLOVORUS.
Pungi, Vol. III.; and Canker, Vol. V.

MICROCYCAS (from mikros, small, and Cycas; in
allusion to the relative size and affinity of the plant).
Orp. Cycadacexw. A monotypic genus. The species,
M. calocoma, is the plant described on p. 236, Vol. IV., as
Zamia calocoma (which see); it is a native of Cuba.

MICRODON (from mikros, small, and odous, odontos,
a tooth). Syn. Dalea (of Gertner). Orv. Selaginer. A
genus embracing four or five species of small, greenhouse,
South African shrubs, closely allied to Selago. Flowers
in dense or interrupted spikes. Leaves entire; canline
ones linear. One or two of the species (which were
formerly classed under Selago) have been introduced, but
they are not generally cultivated.

MICROGENETES. A synonym of Phacelia (which

see).
MICROGYNE. Asynonym of Vittadinia (which see).
MICROLEPIDOPTERA. Sve Moths.
MICROMELES. Inclouded under Pyrus (which see).
MICROMERIA. The following species are good

rockery plants, thriving best in a sandy loam. Being

small they may be inserted in narrow chinks.

M. croatica (Croatian). 1. of a pale rose-violet; corolla twice
as long as the calyx; cymes depauperated, forming a _con-
tracted panicle. Summer. J/. sub-sessile, entire, jin. long,
rounded-ovate. Stems numerous, 3in. to 6in. long, nearly
erect. Rhizome densely branched. Croatia.

Mz. grzeca (Grecian). fl. pink; cymes axillary, shortly pedun-
culate, three- to seven-flowered, secund. June. /. sessile, firm,
sweet-scented ; lower ones ovate or ovate-oblong; upper ones
lanceolate or linear. Branches ascending or erect. h. Yin.
Orient, &c. A much-branched, pubescent, under-shrub. (S. F. G.
vi., t. 542.)

M. Juliana (Julian's). 1. pale red, extremely minute. J. sessile,
nearly all ovate; upper and floral ones narrower, scarcely
exceeding the whorls; all obtuse, revolute-margined. Branches
erect, pubescent (or in var. hirsuta hairy), 6in. to 12in. or more
in length. Mediterranean region. Shrub.

M. rupestris (rock-loving). . white or purple; cymes shortly
pedunculate, clustered, many-flowered. June. J. petiolate,
ovate or oblong, 4in. to 4in. or more in length (under cultivation).
Stems from a woody base, lft. to 14ft. long, ascending. South
Enrope, &c. SYN. Satureia rupestris.

A synonym of

See Pear—

ee Included under Sarcochilus (which
see).
MICROPETALON. Included under Stellaria

(which see).

MICROPHGNIX (from mikros, small,"and Phenix ;
in allusion to the habit of the plants, and their affinity
to Phenix). Orp. Palmz. The two following hybiils
are the only plants that have been described under this
name. They will probably thrive under the treatment
recommended for Phenix (which see).

M. decipiens (deceptive). According to Carritre, this name
was given by Nandin to a hybrid, obtained by a horticulturist
at Hyéres, between the common Date Palm (Phenix dactylisera)
and the dwarf Fan Palm (Chameerops humilis).

M. Sahuti (Sahut’s). fr. reddish-brown, about jin. long,
“ellipsoid, with rounded angles. 1885. A garden hybrid
between WM. decipiens and Tra hycarpus excelsus, having the
habit‘and f>liage of the former, and the violet-tinted petioles
and fruits of the latter. (R. 1. 1885, p. 513, f. 91.)

MICROPIPER. Included under Peperomia, (which

see).

MICROSERIS (from mikros, small, and Seris,
Endive or Lettuce; ‘‘not an apposite name for our
larger species’’—Asa Gray). Syns. Bellardia, Calais,
Lepidonema, Uropappus. ORD. Composite. About a
dozen species of this genus are known; they are green-
house or hardy, annual or perennial herbs, one being
found in South America, another in New Zealand and
Anstralia, and the rest in North-west America.
M. Lindleyi, a hardy annual with yellow flower-heads,
has been introduced, but is probably not now in cultivation.

7 Se ee BERBERIDIS. Sve Mildew,
ol. .

MICROSPHERA GROSSULARIZ. See Goose-
berry Fungi.
MICROSTYLIS. To the species described on

p. 364, Vol. II., the following should be added :

M. bella (pretty). A synonym of MW. plantaginea.

M. congesta (crowded). #7. yellowish-green, small, crowded
in a compact, cylindrical raceme din. to 6in. long ; scape erect,
6in. to 12in. long. JZ. lanceolate, acuminate, 4in. to 6in. long.
Stem thick, 3in. long. India, &c. An unattractive species.

M. c. fusea (fuscous). /. purple, more densely congested than
in the type. 1882. Syn. M. trilobulata.

M. Lowi (Low’s).* J. purple, the ears of the sagittate lip
ochreous ; peduncle rosy-purple. /. of a dark coppery-brown,
marked with a broad, whitish, central band, the margins
undulated. Borneo, 1885. A beautiful little plant. (B. H.
1884, t. 14, f. 2.) :

M. macrochila (large-lipped). jl. very large for the genus; lip
din. wide; scape 8in. long. J. almost identical with those of
M. Scottii, being light brown, with a marginal band of light
yellow. Malaya, 1895. (G. C. 1895, xviii., p. 525, f. 60.)

M. plantaginea (Plantain-like). #1. dull purple, disposed in
an elongated raceme; sepals and petals linear-ligulate; lip
long, sagittate, sub-equally toothed at apex. Jl. ample,
cuneate-oblong, acute, undulated. Pseudo-bulbs conical-
cylindrical. Sunda Islands, 1885. Syn. M. bella (I. H. 1885, 581).

M. purpurea (purple).* 7. yellowish-purple. 7. broadly ovate,
4in. to Sin. long, 2in. broad or more, much undulated, the
upper surface dark metallic-crimson, the under-surface and
petioles pale metallic reddish-grey. Ceylon. A fine species.

M. Scottii (Scott’s)* (7. green and purple, numerous, small;
scape 6in. hig 7. very ornamental, ovate, acuminate, 5in.
long, plaited, light bronze, the margins yellow, spotted with
brown; under-side greenish-yellow, veined with purple and
spotted with green. Stems fleshy. Malay Peninsula, 1892.
(B. M. 7268.)

M. trilobulata (three-lobuled). A synonym of MW. congesta fusca.

MIDNAPORE CREEPER. ‘See Rivea hypo-
crateriformis.

MIEGIA. A synonym of Arundinaria (which see).
MIERIA. A synonym of Schkuhria (which see).
MIGNONETTE. Many additional varieties have

been placed upon the market of recent years, the best
being: Bush Hill White, Covent Garden Favourite,
Garaway’s Double White, Golden Gem, Pyramidalis
Grandiflora, and Victoria Crimson Improved.

MIKANIA. To the species described on p. 360,
Vol. IL., the following should be added:

M. amara (bitter). The correct name of M.-Guaco.

M. Sanderi (Sander’s). fl. unknown in cultivation. J. opposite,
in pairs, 6in. to 8in. long, 4in. to Sin. broad, ovate, bright green
down the centre, deep bronzy or purplish-green towards the
margins, veined with pale green or whitish. Stems slender,
purple. 1898. A tall-growing, stove climber.

M. senecioides (Senecio-like). A garden synonym of Senecio
mikanioides.

MILDEW. For combating the diseases which are
popularly known under this heading, and which are very
numerous, sulphur in some form still remains one of the
most useful of fungicides. The most approved preparation
of it is sulphide of potassium. Even more efficacious, but
less generally useful, is the Bordeaux Mixture. This latter
cannot, however, well be used upon plants under glass, as
a rule, on account of the somewhat disfiguring effects it
has upon them. Of its utility there can be no doubt.
See Fungicides.

MILKWEED. A common name for species of
Asclepias.
MILEKWORT. See Polygala.

534 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Miltonia—continued.

M. spectabilis, in its varied forms,
is best grown in baskets or shallow
well-drained pans. They require an
abundance of light and warm inter-
mediate house treatment during the
growing season. <A position near the
roof-glass of the Cattleya-house snits
them admirably during the summer
months. As soon as the flowers have
been removed and the bulb is properly
developed, cooler and drier conditions
should be maintained.

The potting compost required for
each section is a mixture of good
fibrous peat and living sphagnum in
eqnal portions. The drainage should
be clean and ample.

To the species and varieties de-
scribed on pp. 367-70, Vol. IL., the
following should be added:

M. bicolor (two-coloured). A variety of

M. spectabilis.

M. cereola (slightly waxy). A synonym
of M. Regnelli.
M. Moreliana (Morel’s). A variety of

M. spectabilis.

M. pulchella (rather pretty). A synonym
of M. Phaleenopsis.

M. Schreederiana (Baron Schreeder’s).
Fic. 572. MILTONIA ROEZLII AND M. R. ALBA. fl. fragrant, 2sin. across; sepals and

petals. chestnut-brown, tipped and
marked with light yellow, with revolute

MILLA. A few species formerly classed under this margins; lip rose-purple at base,’ milk-white at apex, sub-
genus are now referred to Brodiza, Calliprora, pandurate ; scapes erect, racemose, seven- to nine-flowered.
Nothoscordum, and Triteleia. January. 1. linear-oblong, Sin. to Tin. long. Pseudo-bulbs
M. macrostemon (larze-stamened). The correct name of ovoid-oblong, two-leaved. Central America. SYN. Odontoglossum

Schreederi ii - W. O. A. Viii., t. Z
Nothoscordum macrostemon. chroeederianum (R. ii., t. 96; W. O. A. vili., t. 382),

oy M. speciosa (showy). A synonym of M. cuneata.
RASS. Sce Paspalum and ¢ n
rece seated = : ms ; & ee M. spectabilis Moreliana atrorubens (dark red). i. much
MILLETTIA. M. japonica is now re-

garded as the correct name for Wistaria
japonica.

MILTONIA. The three Miltonias which
find most fayour with Orchid specialists are
M. vevillaria, M. Roezlvi (see Fig. ), and
M. spectabilis. To flower these satisfactorily,
three different systems or conditions of
culture are absolutely necessary. M. vewvil-
laria will do well in the Odontoglossum-
house during the summer months of the year,
but as soon as the cool autumn nights return,
it should be removed to warmer quarters
where it can obtain an even temperature of
55deg. The best season in which to pot the
plants is in spring, just as new growth is
commencing to form the bulb, and the flower-
spikes make their appearance in the axils
of the leaves. This is the season at which
they commence to root from the base of the
developing growth, and as the roots are
emitted rapidly, they quickly establish them-
selves in their new quarters. They should
be freely watered with soft rain-water as
soon as the potting has been done, and
should be kept in a fairly moist condition
at the roots until the flowering seasqn is
over, after which they should be allowed to
become comparatively dry. Only sufficient
moisture is required to keep the bulbs
plump until the young growths get well
away from the base of the old bulb. After
they attain some 3in. or 4in. in length, the
plants may be more liberally treated.

M. Roezlii and its variety alba require a
high and humid temperature, which should
never be less than 60deg. in winter. They
do best when plunged to the rim of the
pots in living sphagnum; this assures a
desirable moist condition constantly about
the plants. The best season to re-pot
M. Roezlii is when the new roots are being
emitted from the base of the developing
growths. Fic. 573. MILTONIA VEXILLARIA.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 535

Miltonia—continued.

darker than in Moreliana, often
September. Brazil. A scarce plant.

M. stellata (star-like). A synonym of M. /lavescens.

M. vexillaria alba (white).* A _ beautiful, white-flowered
variety. 1885. Syn. Odontoglossum vexillarium album (W. O. A.,
t. 227). The typical plant is shown at Fig. 573.

M. v. Cobbiana (Cobb's). #., upper portion of the usual deep
rose-pink, the large, expanded wings of a pure white. 1882.

M. v. leucoglossa (white-lipped). j7., sepals and petals pale
rose; lip pure white. Colombia. A striking variety.

M. v. Measuresiana (Measures’). jl. of a purer white and
smaller than those of the variety alba. 1885.

M. v. rubella (reddish). fl. bright rose, with three crimson
lines at the base of the lip. /. broader than usual. Pseudo-
bulbs more blunt than in the type. 1882.

M. v. superba (superb). ., sepals and petals rose, the former
having a purplish-crimson stripe at base; lip magenta-rose, the
white area at the base having a large, dark crimson-purple
blotch veined with darker, radiating lines. Autumn. Colombia.
Syn. Odontoglossum vexillarium superbum (W. O. A. iv., t. 171).

M. Warscewiczii ztheria (ethereal). #., sepals and petals
very light, with white tips; lip white, having a light yellow
area bordered and based with very light mauve-lilac. 1881. A
curious variety. i

M. W. alba (white). . having a broad, white lip, marked in
the centre with a conspicuous, lilac blotch. 1882.

M. W. xanthina (yellowish). 1. almost wholly yellow, the lip
having a narrow, white border. Winter. Peru.

measuring 4in. across.

Hybrids.

PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
vezillaria and Roezlii (Bleu and
Veitch).
vexillaria and Roezlii (Bleu).
vexillaria and Roezlii (Bleu).

NAME.
Blevana 7..4........-

Bleuana nobilior ......
Bleuana virginalis ....

Natural Hybrids.

NAMe. PARENTAGE.
Binott. ....,. candida and Regnelli
BIATURE Se wna wp 2 = ... spectabilis and Clowesi.
Bluntit Lubbersianz....

spectabilis and Clowesi.
spectabilis Moreliana and Clowesi.
spectabilis and flavescens.

Syn. Lamarckiana,

Clowesi and candida.

bicolor and (unrecorded).

MIMICRY. A resemblance which certain plants bear
to other plants, animals, or even to their environment.
In a state of nature it doubtless acts as a protection
eramat enemies. It is also known as Protective Resem-

ance.

MIMOSA. Several species formerly included here-
under are now referred to Acacia, Albizzia, Calli-
andra, and Stryphnodendron. To those described on
p. 370, Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. argentea. Brazil. Stove climber.

M. Spegazinii (Spegazini’s). #. in globose heads, forming
terminal racemes; stamens pale violet. Jfr., pods three- or
four-seeded, prickly. J/. having but one pair of pinni, bearing
numerous leaflets, and armed with prickles at the base.
Argentina, 1892. Greenhouse shrub.

M. stricta (erect). A synonym of Acacia stricta.

MIMULUS. To the species described on pp. 370-1,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. Clevelandi (Cleveland’s). #. golden-yellow, in a terminal
spike; corolla lsin. long; peduncles short. 7. lanceolate,
glandular-pubescent (as is the whole plant), Stems suffruti-
cose. Southern California, 1895. Greenhouse. (G. & F. 1895,
i, p. 134, f. 20; G. C. 1895, 1., p. 518.)

M. luteus alpinus (alpine). A name applied by Asa Gray
to a series of mountain varieties, from 2in. to 12in. high, all
perennials and large-flowered, including Roezlii and Tilingii
(R. G. xviii., t. 631).

M. maculosus (spotted). See M. luteus cupreus.

M. mohavensis (Mohave River).* l., calyx tube sin. long;
corolla whitish, with a dark crimson eye, the stout tube
searcely longer than the calyx, the limb much spreading, 4in.
in diameter. Summer. J. oblong-lanceolate, acute, entire,
reddish. A. 2in. to 3in. California, 1885, A pretty little,
minutely viscous-pubescent, hardy annual.

M. moschatus Harrisonii (Harrison’s).*
very large flowers.

M. perfoliatus (perfoliate).
alatus.

Bluntit Peetersiana....
BIOMED 5. ciateicisis wrasielsiea cts
Joiceyand......
Lamarckiana .
leucoglossa ...

A variety having

‘A synonym of Leucocarpus

|

Mimulus—continued.

M. Roezlii (Roezl’s). A form of M. luteus alpinus.

M. Tilingii (Tiling’s). A form of M. luteus alpinus.

M. tomentosus (downy). This is closely allied to M. glutinosus,
but the leaves are white-woolly beneath. California, 1897.
Greenhouse.

Varieties. Besides the species and varieties already
noted, there are a host of names of garden origin. The
more noteworthy are: Cloth of Gold, Duplex, Fire King,
Gloriosus, Grandiflorus Brilliant, Prince Bismarck, and
Ruber.

MINA LOBATA.
color (which see).

MINDIUM. A synonym of Michauxia (which see).
MINT, MOUNTAIN. See Pycnanthemum.

_MINT-BUSH or MINT-TREE, AUSTRALIAN.

See Prostanthera.

MINT RUST (Puccinia Menthe).

under Puccinia, in Vol. III.
MINUARTIA. Included under Arenaria (which

see).

MIQUELIA (of Blume).
thera (which see).
MIRABILIS. To the species described on p. 372,

Vol. IL., the following should be added :

M. hybrida (hybrid). #. white, sessile, congested; perianth
tube glabrous or pubescent, the limb spreading. July. J. ovate-
cordate, very shortly petiolate, acuminate, sinuate-margined,
sometimes truncate at base. h. 2ft. 1813. A hybrid, probably
between M. Jalapa and M. longiflora.
MIRACULOUS BERRY. ‘See

dulcificum.

MIRBELIA BAXTERI.
lobium scandens (which see).

MISCANTHUS. WM. sinensis (B. M. 7308) is the
correct name of Eulalia japonica (which see), and
E. gracillima (frequently catalogned as Eulalia gracillima
univittata, E. japonica gracillima, &c.) is a variety of it.

MISCHANTHUS. See Miscanthus.

MISCOPETALUM. Included under Saxifraga
(which see).

MISTLETOE CACTUS. ‘See Bhipsalis.
MITOPETALUM.

see).

MITRASTIGMA. A
(which see).

MITREWORT, FALSE. ‘See Tiarella.

MOCK ORANGE. See Philadelphus coronarius.
MOCE PRIVET. ‘ee Phillyrea.

MOHRIA. Frankincense Fern. M. caffrorwm is of

yery easy culture: all that it requires in the way of
soil is a mixture of about eqnal parts peat, ieaf-
mould, and sand, with the addition of small pieces
of sandstone or soft brick-dust. Syringing overhead
must be carefully avoided, or it will cause the fronds to
turn brown and decay in a short time. The plant is
essentially a greenhonse subject, and should receive all
the light possible. Propagation is readily effected from
spores, which are abundantly produced, and which
germinate very freely, producing young subjects in a
remarkably short space of time.

MOIST STOVE. A Stove-house containing plants

A synonym of Ipomcea versi-

This is dealt with

A synonym of Stauran-

Sideroxylum

A synonym of Oxy-

A synonym of Tainia (which

synonym of Plectronia

requiring plenty of atmospheric moisture for their
proper development—such as Nepenthes, &c.
MOLDENHAWERA (commemoratiye of I. J.

Moldenhawer, a German botanist). Syn. Dolichonema.
Orv. Leguminose. A small genus (two or three species)
of stove, unarmed, South American trees. Flowers
racemose. Leaves either bipinnate or impari-pinnate.
M. floribunda has been introduced, but is probably not
now in general cultivation. y

MOLINA (of Cayanilles).

A synonym of Hiptage
(which see).

536

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

MOLINA (of Ruiz and Payon). A
Baccharis (which see).

MOLINIA. M. Bertini is a seedling variegated form
of M. cxerulea, introduced in 1890.

MOLLIA (of Willdenow). A synonym of Polycarpea
(which see).

MOLTKIA GRAMINIFOLIA. A synonym of
Lithospermum graminifolium (which see).

MOLUCCELLA. To the species described on p. 376,
Vol. II., the following should be added :

M. spinosa (spiny). 7. six to ten in a whorl; corolla whitish,
the limb exceeding the calyx, the limb of which is lin. long,
very obliquely bilabiate and seven-spined ; bracts subulate-spiny.
l. petiolate, ovate, deeply incised-lobed. Stems erect, tall,
quadrangular, suleate, simple or slightly branched. Orient.
SYN. Chasmonia incisa (B. R. xii., t. 1244).

MOMORDICA. To the species described on pp. 376-7,

Vol. II., the following shonld be added:

M. chinensis (Chinese). This differs from M. Charantia only
in its much larger and longer fruits, which are of a silvery
colour. China, 1893.

M. involucrata (involucred).* f., males pale yellowish, with
three green spots on the short tube, solitary in the upper axils;
females few, with revolute lobes; bracts of peduncle adjacent
to the calyx, resembling an involucre. July. fr. scarlet, fleshy,
Zin. long. J. lkin. to 2in. in diameter, five-lobed, the lobes
toothed ; petioles slender, tin. to lin. long. Natal, 1862. A
graceful climber. (B. M. 6932; Ref. B. iv. 225.)

M. martinicensis (Martinique). A very quick-growing, much-
branched plant resembling M. Charantia, with ornamental
fruit. Habitat not recorded, 1888.

M. muricata (pointed). jl. pale yellow. fr. golden or orange-
yellow, with blood-red pulp and white seeds. Peru, 1893. A
vigorous species.

MOMORDICA (of Pceppig and
synonym of Cyclanthera (which see).

MONANTHES POLYPHYLLA. The correct
name of Sempervivum Monanthes (which see).

synonym of

Endlicher), <A

MONARDA. This genns includes some of the finest of

hardy perennials, amongst them the Bergamot (M. didyma),
besides white (alba), blush (carnea), and other forms of
the almost equally well-known M. fistulosa. The Bergamot,

apart from its brilliant scarlet flowers, has fragrant
foliage.

MONELLA. A synonym of Cyrtanthus (which
see). :

MONESES UNIFLORA.
M. grandiflora.

MONETIA. A synonym of Azima (which see).

MONILIA FRUCTIGENA. See Brown Rot of
Fruit.

MONIZIA. Included under Thapsia (which see).

MONKEY BREAD. See Adansonia.

MONEEY NUT. See Arachis hypogea.

MONKEEY’S COMB. ‘ce Pithecoctenium.

MONKEY’S EARRING. See Pithecolobium.

MONK’S-COWL ORCHID. See Pterygodium.

MONK’S PEPPER-TREE. See Vitex Agnus-
castus.

MONO-. In Greek
signifies ‘‘one”’
only once.

MONOBOTHRIUM.

see).

MONOCHILUS (of Wallich).
under Zeuxina (which see).

MONOCHLAMYDEZ. A sub-class of Dicotyledons
or Exogens.

MONOCHORIA. UM. hastxfolia is the correct name
of M. hastata.

MONODORA. To the species described on p. 379,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. grandiflora (large-flowered). fl. yellow, irregularly spotted
with red, drooping, more than double the size of those of
M. Myristica; outer petals din. to 4in. long, crisped-undu-
lated, the inner ones much smaller. May. 7. oblong or
obovate-oblong, acute, rounded, obtuse, or cordate at base;
young ones glossy, rose-purple. Western tropical Africa, 1860,
(B. M. 7260.)

The correct name is

compound words, this prefix
or ‘‘once’’; e.g., Monocarpic, bearing fruit

A synonym of Swertia (which

This is now included

MONOGRAMME. Rush Ferns. Inelading- Vagi-
nularia. Though none of the species contained in this
genus are of mnch decorative value, yet they are
interesting from a botanical point of view, and three or
four of the strongest growers may even be used with
advantage for planting in warm Fern-cases. All require
stove treatment, and need a very light peaty material
to grow in. Propagation is easily effected by division
of the rhizomes (prostrate stems), which are usnally of
a slender, wide-creeping nature.

MONOGYNELLA. A synonym of Cuscuta (which
see).
MONOPANAX. According to the “Index Kewensis,”

M. Ghiesbreghtii is identical with Oreopanax xala-
pense (which see).

MONOPYLE (from monos, single, and pyle, a door;
in allusion to the capsule opening by one dorsal slit).
Orp. Gesneracee. A small genus (five or six species) of
stove, scabrous-pubescent herbs, closely allied to Gloxinia,
but slenderer, and with the corolla nearly regular. For
culture of M. racemosa, the only species calling for
description, see Gloxinia.

M. racemosa (racemose). jl. white, obscurely spotted within ;
corolla lin. long, Zin. across, the tube slightly curved, the two
lower of the tive spreading lobes toothed; racemes stout,
terminal, bracteate. July. /. bright green, opposite, petiolate,
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate ; petioles purplish, with

a purple-centred green blotch at the swollen base. Colombia,

1875. (B. M. 6233.)

MONOTYPIC GENUS. A genns formed of a single
species. ~

MONOXORA. A synonym of Rhodamnia (which
see).

MONSTERA. To the species described on p. 380,

Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. acuminata (taper-pointed). Shingle Plant. J. rather thick,
cordate-ovate or oblong-cordate-ovate, shortly acuminate, 8in. to
10in. long, very unequal-sided, paler beneath ; petioles Sin. to
5in. long, with a broad, membranous margin. Tropical America.
Syns. MW. tenuis, Marcyravia paradoxa (of trade catalogues).

M. pertusa (perforated). The correct name of M. Adansonii.

M, tenuis (slender). A synonym of M. acuminata.

MONTBRETIA AUREA.
cosmia aurea (which see).

MONTEREY PINE. See Pinus insignis.
MONTHLY ROSE. See Rosa indica.

MOON CREEPER. See Ipomea Bona-nox.
MOONFLOWER. This in some conntries is applied

to species of Ipomea.
MOON TREFOIL. Sce Medicago arborea.

MOOREA (named in honour of F. W. Moore, Curator
of the Royal Botanic Garden at Glasnevin, near Dublin).
Orv. Orchidee. A monotypic genus. The species is a
stove, epiphytal Orchid, allied to Houlletia (which see
for culture), but differing in the lip being without a claw
and articnlated with the foot of the column, and in the
epichil not being articulated with the hypochil.

M. irrorata (bedewed). #1. 2in. in diameter ; sepals and petals
reddish-brown, with a nearly white base, the lateral sepals
carinate ; lip straw-yellow, with radiating purple lines, deeply
three-lobed; column creamy-white; raceme thirteen-flowered ;
scapes erect, 17ft. high. 7. lanceolate, 14ft. to 2ft. long.
Pseudo-bulbs 24in. long, two-leaved. South America, 1890.
(B. M. 7262; G. C. 1892, xi., p. 489.)

MOP-HEADED. A term applied to trees having no
leader, and bearing a very great number of small
branches; it is also appropriately applied to the abnor-
aally large blossoms of Chrysanthemums at present in
ayour.

MOQUILEA. Lepfobalanus is synonymous with this

A synonym of Cro-

genus.
MORZA. Including Dietes. According to J. G.
Baker’s ‘‘Handbook of Jridex,” this genus embraces

nearly sixty species; he says, ‘‘The line of demarcation
between Jris and Morea has been drawn in different
places by different authorities. Here I have followed
Bentham, with whom Iris belongs entirely to the North
Temperate zone, and Morwa to the Cape and tropical
Africa, with one species (M. Robinsoniana) Australian.”

be

:

dj

ae we ee ee ee

RTE ee es, ee ee ee

1900

Morza—continued.

To the species, &c., described on pp. 381-2, Vol. IT., the
following should be added. A number of plants
formerly included here are now classed under Aristea,
Eleutherine, Hexaglottis, Homeria, Lapeyrousia,
Libertia, Marica, Pardanthus, Sisyrinchium,
Sparaxis, Tigridia, &c.

M. barbigera (beard-bearing). A form of M. ciliata.

M. ciliata (ciliated). 7. lilac with a yellow eye, or yellow,
fugitive; blade of the falls sin. broad ; spathe single. September.
i., basal ones three to five, spreading, lanceolate, acuminate,
focL} pubescent, Jin. to 5in. long. A. 4in. to 6in. 1587. (B. M.

M. c. barbigera (beard-bearing). 7. bright red, with yellow
falls, finely pilose at the throat of the blade and on the claw.
1587. Syns. M. barbigera (B. M. 1012), M. tricolor (A. B. R. 83).

M. fimbriata (fringed). fl. lilac, fugitive; perianth jin. long;
standards erect ; spathes two- to three-flowered. J. three to ten
in a basal tuft, linear, rigid, much crisped, obscurely ciliated.
h. 4in. to 6in. SYN. Vieusseuxia crispa.

M. glaucopis (owl-eyed). l., perianth white, fugitive, lin. to
ljin. long, the falls having a bluish-black spot at the base ;
spathes ‘Bin. to 2kin. long. May. Z., produced one solitary,
long, single, narrow-linear. Stem 14ft. to 2ft. long, simple or
branched. Cape Colony. Syns. Jris pavonia (B, M. 168),
Vieusseuxia glaucopis (F. d. 8. 423).

M. Huttoni (Hutton’s). The species catalogued under this name
is M. spathacea.

M. longispatha (long-spathed). A synonym of M. spathacea.

M. pavonia (peacock-like). j., perianth bright red, fugitive,
lin. to ljin. long, the falls having a bluish-black or greenish-
black spot at the base; spathes cylindrical, 2in. long. May.
2, produced one solitary, narrow-linear. Stem lft. to 2ft.
long, simple or branched. Cape Colony. (B. M. 1247.) Syn.
Tris pavonia (A. B. R. 61). ;

M. p. lutea (yellow). /. yellow; falls not spotted. Syn,
M, tricuspis lutea (B. M. 772).

M. p. villosa (villous). ., falls bright purple, with a bluish-
ae spot and a hairy claw. 1789. Syn. Iris villosa (B. M.

M. Robinsoniana (Robinson’s).* ., perianth pure white,
fugacious, din. to 4in. across ; segments of both rows spreading,
the outer ones above lin. broad, the inner ones narrower};
clusters loosely corymbose; spathes lin. to 2in. long. June
to September, /., radical ones firm, ensiform, 5ft. to 6ft. long.
Stem 5ft. to 6ft. long. Australia, 1877. A distinct and hand-
some species, resembling Phormiwm tenax in habit. The
flowers of this plant in its native country are largely employed
in wedding bouquets. (B. M. 7212.) Syn. Iris Robinsonianw
(G. C. 1872, p. 392).

M, Sisyrinchium is identical with Iris (Xiphion) Sisyrinchium.

M. sordescens (dirty). A synonym of MW. tristis.

M. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured). fl. sulphur-yellow, with
orange and brown markings, about lin. in diameter, disposed
in a single, terminal cluster. /. two, linear, 4in. long. Stem
slender, erect. Corm small, globose. 1898. (B. M. 7658.)

M. Tenoreana (Tenore’s) A synonym of Jris (Xiphion)

inchium.

M. tricolor (three-coloured). A synonym of M. ciliata barbigera.
M, tricuspis lutea (yellow). A synonym of M. pavonia lutea.
M. viscaria bituminosa is the correct name of M. bituminosa.

MORGAGNIA. A synonym of Simethis (which see).

MORINA. To the species described on p. 383,
Vol. I1., the following should be added:

M. betonicoides (Betony-like). jl. sessile; involucre bristly;
corolla bright rose-red, crimson at the bases of three or four
of the lobes, the limb sin. in diameter; spikes sub-capitate,
subtended by opposite bract-leaves tinged with red. June.
2. 4in. to 8in. long, linear-lanceolate, acute, entire, with very
long prickles on the margins. Stem erect or sub-erect, 10in,
to 18in. high. Sikkim-Himalaya, 1883. Hardy rock plant.
(B. M. 6966.)

M. persica (Persian).* /. pink, disposed in elongated spikes;
corolla tube lin. to Isin. long. July. 7. 6in. long, lin. broad,
sessile, doubly spiny-toothed, pubescent or glabrous. Stems
3ft. to 4ft. high, pubescent or villous upwards. Western
Himalayas, 1740. A very ornamental hardy perennial. Syn.
M. Wallichiana.

M,. Wallichiana (Wallich’s). A synonym of M. persica.

MORINGA. MUM. oleifera
M., pterygosperma,

MORISIA (named in honour of G. G. Moris, 1796-
1869, Professor of Botany at Turin, and joint author
with G. de Notaris of ‘Flora Caprari#’”’), Orb.

Vol. V.

is the correct name of

SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Gs = tao

Morisia—continued.

Crucifere. A monotypic genus. The species is an
interesting alpine perennial, requiring a sandy nook in
the rockery. It may be propagated by seeds or by
divisions. .
M. hypogeza (underground). fl. golden-yellow, jin. broad,
very numerous; petals spathulate; scape decurving after
flowering and burying the ripening fruit in the soil, March.
7. spreading horizontally from the root, 2in. to 3in. long,
linear, pinnatisect or pinnatifid. Stems short or wanting.
Rocks and sandy shores of Sardinia and Corsica, 1890. (B. M.
7598 ; G. C. 1890, ii., p. 503; Gn. 1891, 822.)

Fic. 574. MORMODES PARDINA.

MORMODES, Syn. Cyclosia. To the species, &c.,
dekomes on pp. 384-5, Vol. IL, the following should
e added:

M. aromatica (aromatic). jl. of a greenish-brownish-purple,
with darker spots, having a fragrance like aromatic vinegar ;
sepals and petals roundish-ovate, acute, secund, concave ;
lip narrow-cuneate, convex, the middle segment triangular,
acuminate, hood-like; raceme short, erect. J. smaller than in
M. pardina (to which this species is related), Mexico, about
1840. (B. R. 1843, t. 56.) The form oleo-aurantiaca has orange
flowers, dotted and streaked with blackish-purple. 1880.

M. badia (brown). 7. about a dozen borne on an erect scape
lft. long; sepals and petals dull red; lip yellowish-brown.
Peru, 1897. Allied to MW. ignea. There is also a yellow form (/utea).

M. Buccinator aurea (golden). /. deep orange-yellow ; spike
strong, about 6in. long. 1891.

M. B. major (larger). (7. ochre, larger than in the type; sepals
and petals numerously dotted cinnamon; lip with a few pale
markings on the sides. Colombia.

M. calantha (beautiful-flowered). A synonym of M. Colossus.
M. citrina (citron-yellow). A synonym of M. pardina unicolor.

M. Cogniauxii (Cogniaux’s). 7. somewhat Jarger than those
of M. Rolfeana, which they otherwise closely resemble. 1894.

M. Dayana (Day’s). /l. as large as those of M. Wendlandi;
sepals and petals ochre, with red, longitudinal lines inside;
lip white, revolute, so that the outsides of both halves touch,
triangular, with a short, inflexed apiculus in the middle;
column white, small, apiculate ; raceme few-flowered. 1885.

M. ignea maculata (spotted). ., sepals and _ petals
yellowish-brown, regularly spotted* with dark purplish-brown ;
lip red, irregularly spotted with dark brown. Peru, 1893.
(L. vi., t. 273.)

M. Lawrenceana (Sir Trevor Lawrence's). /l., sepals and
petals dark orange-yellow, striped with dark brown within,

3Z

538

Mormodes—continued.

dotted outside, lanceolate; lip yellow, copiously spotted with
purplish-brown ; column white, spotted with purple ; racemes
many-flowered. J. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate. Pseudo-bulbs
pyriform. Colombia, 1891. (L. vi., t. 273.)

M. luxata eburnea (ivory-like).* _/l. wholly ivory-white. 1886.
(I. H. ser. v. 35.) A beautiful variety. SYN. M. Williamsii.
M. 1. punctata (dotted). #. whitish, the sepals and petals

marked with small, reddish spots. 1885,

M. 1. purpurata (purple). fl. light mauve-purple, with dark
purple lines and spots on the sepals and petals; side lobes of
the lip much darker than the central part. 1886.

M. macrantha (large-flowered). A synonym of M. Colossus.

M. Oberlanderianum (Dr. Oberlander’s). j., sepals and
petals light yellow, spotted with rose; lip apricot-coloured,
darker below, entire. January. J. oblong, cuneate, acuminate,
and conspicuously veined. Orocue, 1899, (G. C, xxviii., p. 318.)

M. cenantha (wine-flowered). This species closely resembles
M. Buceinator in form, but the flowers are of a claret-purple
tint. 1898.

M. pardina aurantiaca (golden). b
yellow sepals and petals, and a lighter yellow lip.
t. 144.) Fig. 574 represents the handsome type.

aH melanops (dark-looking). jl. very dark brownish-purple.
1886.

A variety having golden-
He xxxix.,

M. platychila (broad-lipped). jl. pale buff, upwards of lin.
in expanse ; lip marked with many dull purple stripes ; racemes
compact, erect. 1887. A distinct species.

M. punctata (dotted). (., sepals and petals yellowish-brown,
speckled with dark brown, lin. long; lip yellow, with
numerous chestnut spots, stalked, the blade triangular;
column yellowish-white, with minute light purple spots.
Habitat not recorded, 1891.

M. Rolfeana (R. A. Rolfe’s).* #. large, handsome, and
strongly scented; sepals and petals pale green, with darker
green stripes, and tinted with brown; lip brownish-crimson
above, greenish-yellow below, striped with green, fleshy;
column crimson at back, white in front; raceme lax. Peru,
om (B. M. 7438; G. C. 1892, xi., p. 203, f. 30; L. vii,
t. \)}

M. vernixia (varnished). . blackish-purple; sepals and petals
broad, shining; lip having the mid-line a little lighter, with
blackish-purple spots; column light mauve-purple, with
numerous dark spots. Guiana, 1887, Allied to M. Buccinator.

M. Wendlandi (Wendland’s). j., sepals and petals yellowish,
lanceolate, with cinnamon lines which are sometimes inter-
rupted; lip yellow, with dark purple-dotted lines, rhomboid-
dilated, clawed at base ; pedicels brown, much dotted ; peduncle
more than lft. long, racemose. Central America.

M. Williamsii is synonymous with M. luxata eburnea.
MORNA. A synonym of Waitzia (which
M. nitida being identical with W. aurea.
MOROCARPUS. A synonym of Debregeasia
(which see).
MORUS. To the species described on p. 385,
Vol. II., the following varieties should be added :

M. alba aurea (golden). This variety is distinguished from
the type by its yellow leaves and branches. 1896,

M. a. globosa (globular). A form of hemispherical habit. 1896,

M. a. nervosa. A variety with prominent veins to the foliage,
and bearing large fruits.

M. a. pendula (pendulous).
slender, drooping growths. 1897.

M. a. tatarica (Tatarian). This is the Russian Mulberry,
which bears small and poor-flavoured fruits.

M. nigra tomentosa (tomentose). A variety having downy
leaves beneath.

MOSS, SPANISH. See Tillandsia usneoides.
MOSS CAMPION. See Silene acaulis.

MOSS ROSE. See Rosa centifolia muscosa.
MOSSY-CUPPED OAK. See Quercus Cerris.
MOTH MULLEIN. See Verbascum Blattaria.
MOTH ORCHID. See Phalenopsis.
MOTHERWORT. See Leonotis.

eo oe A synonym of Patrinia (which
see).
MOUNTAIN DAMSON. See Simarouba amara.

MOUNTAIN GREEN or MOUNTAIN PRIDE,
WEST INDIAN. See Spathelia simplex.

MOUNTAIN MINT. See Pycnanthemum.
MOUNTAIN PLUM. See Ximenia americana.
MOUNTAIN TOBACCO. See Arnica montana.

MOURNFUL WIDOW. See Scabiosa atro-
purpurea.

see),

A graceful form, with long,

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

tacit aa Included under Isoloma (which
see).

MOUSTACHE PLANT. Sce Caryopteris Mas-
tacanthus.

MOWING. An important operation for keeping

lawns, verges, banks, golf-links, and similar places in a
neat condition. The introduction of lawn-mowers has
made the work easier than was the case when the scythe
alone was employed: it js also better done. The majority
of lawn-mowers perform their work most expeditionsly
and best when the grass is dry ; but when the scythe is
used, the early morning, while the dew is on, is prefer-
able. The grass is then erect, offers the greatest resist-
ance to the scythe, and is thus more easily ent. See
Lawn Mowers.

MUCEDINES. See Mould.
MUCUNA. WM. sempervirens, originally introduced in

1816, was reintroduced to Kew from China, in 1890; it
is not in general cultivation.

MUDAR-PLANT. See Calotropis gigantea.

MUDDING. A preparation of clay and water made
of a thin consistency, in which the roots of young vege-
table plants, small trees, and shrubs were at one time
dipped to keep them moist until planted.

MUEHLENBECKIA. WM. depressa is a misprint in

a Continental publication for M. adpressa.

M. varians (variable). (#1. disposed in solitary or twin racemes
about lin. long, simple or bifid at base, at the tips of the stems.
1. petiolate, ovate, acute, truncate-sub-cordate at base; petioles
din. a Tee long. Stems very slender, twining. Habitat not
recorded.

MULE. A cross between two species or genera. See
Hybridising.
MULTI-. In compound Latin words, this prefix

denotes ‘‘many’’; e.g., Multidentate, having many teeth ;
Maltijugate, furnished with many pairs of leaflets.

MUNDI-ROOT. See Chlorocodon.

MURAL. ‘This term is applied horticulturally to
plants that grow and thrive on walls.

MURICE. A native name for the bark of seyeral

‘species of Byrsophyllum.

MURRAIN BERRIES. See Tamus communis.

MURRAYA. Bergera (which
hereunder by Bentham and Hooker.
correct name of Bergera Kenigii.

MUSA. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 392-38, Vol. II., the following should be added.
M. textilis and its variety amboynensis.are largely grown
in the Philippines. They yield the Manila Hemp. A very
large trade has also’ sprung up in Bananas, which are
chiefly the products of M. sapientuwm and its varieties, and
M. Cavendishii. For further information on the genns, the
reader is referred to J. G. Baker’s ‘‘Synopsis of the
Genera and Species of Musa” (‘‘Journal of Botany,”
1893, vii., pp. 189-222), and to the Kew Gardens “Bulletin,”
Aug., 1894.

M. africana is probably a young form of M. ventricosa.

M. aurantiaca (orange).* A very handsome plant, closely
allied to M. sanguinea, but having bright orange-yellow
flowers and bracts. jr. green, glabrous. Stem rather short.
Assam, 1894.

M. Bakeri (Baker’s). 7., males in clusters of nine to twelve ;
spike short; bracts deep crimson inside, intensely paces
outside; spike short. fr. trigonous when immature, dropping
off before ripening. 7. 7ft. long, 2ft. broad; petioles 2ft. long.
Stem 10ft. high, 8in. in diameter. Cochin China, 1898. Allied
to M. sapientum. (B. M. 7627.)

M. Basjoo (native name).* Japanese Banana. j. in a dense
panicle lft. to 1ft. long; calyx whitish, 2in. long; peduncle
arched, lft. long. fr. din. long. ¢. oblong, thin, bright green,
6ft. to 9ft. long, lift. to 2ft. broad, deltoid at base; petioles
stout, about lft. long. Stem cylindrical, 6ft. to 9ft. long. Liu-
Kiu Archipelago, Japan, 1890. As hardy as M. Ensete. (B. M.
7182.) SYN. M. japonica (of gardens).

M. calosperma (beautiful-seeded). 1. white, numerous, fin. to
lin. long; raceme thyrsoid, pendulous. fr. pale yellow, Sin.
long, not edible; seeds twenty-four_to twenty-eight, black, in.
long. J. 8ft. to 10ft. long, 2ft. to 3ft. across. A. 15ft. to 25ft.
New Guinea. It is doubtful if this species is yet in cultivation.

see) is included
M. Kenigii is the

~ 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 539

Musa—continued.

The seeds are made into necklaces by the natives. (G. C. 1896,
ii., p. 467, f. 85.)

M. Carolinze (Caroline’s). A synonym of M. rosacea.
M. chinensis (Chinese). A synonym of M. Cavendishii.

M. discolor (two-coloured). jf. in a drooping panicle as long
as the leaves ; bracts reddish. fr. reddish-violet, very palatable.
i. narrow-oblong, smaller and firmer than in M, sapientum,
rounded at base, tinged with violet or red beneath when young;

» petioles lft. or more in length. Stem slender, 6ft. to 10ft.
ong. New Caledonia; widely cultivated.

M. Fehi (native name, Fei). #. sessile, six to eight in a
cluster ; panicle long, erect. fr. yellow when ripe, 5in. to 6in.

long, lin. thick, many in a bunch, angled, “excellent when

cooked.” 2. larger and firmer that in M. sapientum; petioles
lft. to 14ft. long. Trunk cylindrical, 15ft. to 20ft. long, full
of violet juice. Tahiti, 1888. M. Seemanni (G. C. 1990, ii.,
p. 162, f. 28) is probably the same species.

M. Hillii (Hill's). 1. white, in a dense, erect panicle; calyx
about lin. long; bracts 3in. to Yin. long; peduncle 3in. thick.
Jr. ovoid, 2in. to 2ksin. long, densely crowded, not edible.
“ oblong, arcuate, 12ft. to 15ft. long, 2ft. broad. Stem
cylindrical, very robust, 30ft. high, 1sft. in diameter.
Queensland, 1895. (B. M. 7401.)

M. japonica (Japanese). A garden synonym of M. Basjoo.

M. kewensis (Kew).* jl. in a short, erect, shortly pedunculate
spike; bracts crimson, tinged with mauve, 4in. to 6in. long;
calyx yellowish, lin. long. June; October. J. oblong, obtuse,
24ft. long, 6in. to 10in. broad, paler beneath. Stem “it. long.
1895. The first hybrid Musa, the parents being M. Mannii and
M. rosacea.

M. Mannii (Mann’s). /. yellow, the females in clusters of
three; male bracts pale crimson, crowded, 3in. to 4in. long;
peduncle (with spike) erect, 6in. long. March. fr. green,
small, angular. 1. few, oblong, spreading, 3ft. long, Tin. broad.
Stem slender, cylindrical, 2ft. long, tinged with black.
Assam, before 1893. (B. M. 7311.)

M. Martini (Martini’s). 7. bright rose-red. 7. oblong, long-
petiolate, firm, bright green above, glaucous beneath, with
reddish veins. Canary Islands, 1892. This has the habit of
M. sapientum ; it is hardier than M. Ensete.

M. ornata (ornate). A synonym of M. rosacea.

M. paradisiaca is a form of MW. sapientum.

M. rubra (red). l., calyx yellow, lin. long; bracts bright
red, the lower ones lft. long; peduncle and panicle erect, the
Jatter at first dense. fr. liin. to 2in. long, in clusters of three
or four. 7. oblong-lanceolate, 14ft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to Qin.
broad ;_ petioles slender, lft. long. Rangoon, 1896. Habit of
M. coecinea, (B. M. 7451.)

M. sapientum. The following are now classed as varieties of
this species : M. Champa (of gardens), M. Dacca, M. martabanica,
M. paradisiaca, M. Troglodytarum (Syn. M. Uvranoscopos),
M. violacea (of gardens), and M. zebrina.

M. Seemanni (Seemann’s). Probably identical with WM. Fehi.

M. sinensis (Chinese). A synonym of M. Cavendishii.

M. speciosa (showy). A synonym of M. rosacea.

M. Troglodytarum (Troglodyte). A form of M. sapientum.

M. ventricosa (swollen). 7. in a dense, drooping, oblong-
lanceolate panicle; fertile ones 2in. long; petal entire.
l. oblanceolate-oblong, acute, 4ft. to 5ft. long, much thicker
than in M. sapientum, with a pale midrib; petioles very short
and stout. Stem much swollen, 4ft. in diameter at base.
h. 8ft. to 10ft. Angola. (G. C. 1881, i., p. 435.) M. africana is
probably a young form of this.

M. zebrina is a form of M. sapientum.

MUSCARI. 'l'0 the species and varieties described
on pp. 393-4, Vol. II., the following shonld be added:

M. Aucheri lingulatum (Aucher’s, tongue-shaped). A synonym
of M. lingulatui,

M. azureum (azure-blue). A synonym of Hyacinthus ciliatus
according to “Index Kewensis,” but of H. azuwreus by many
bulb specialists.

M. comosum tenuiflorum (slender-flowered). /l. of two
kinds; lower ones olive-green, pear-shaped, pendulous; upper
ones deep violet-blue, nearly cylindrical, on longer stalks.
1889,

M. conicum. Of this well-known species there is a garden
variety, HEAVENLY BLUE, which is one of the finest Muscari in
cultivation. See Fig. 575.

M. latifolium (broad-leaved). 1. blue, ten to twenty in an
oblong, rather loose raceme about 2in. long; sterile ones
narrow-tubular, sessile ; fertile ones obovoid-oblong, urceolate ;
scape erect, lft. or more in height. J. solitary, oblong-lanceolate,
long-attenuated, flat. Bulb small, ovate. Orient.

M. lingulatum (tongue-shaped). #l. blue, din. long; raceme
dense, sub-spicate, twenty- to thirty-flowered, nearly lin. long
and jin. broad; scape 2in. to Sin. long, livid-blue upwards.

Muscari—continued.
¢. two or three, narrow-lingulate, fleshy-herbaceous, glabrous

2sin, to Sin. long. Asia Minor. SyN. M. Aucheri lingulatum.

M. luteum is a form of MW. moschatum.

M. Maweanum (George Maw’s). . bright blue, oblong,
slightly constricted at the throat, with white segments:
racemes - dense, 2in. long, lin. in diameter. J. spreading,
linear, 6in. to 8in. long, 4in. broad, slightly glaucous, deeply
channelled down the face. Armenia, 1889.

M. monstrosum (monstrous). A form of M. comosum.

ce Tel pea carneum (flesh-pink). A variety having pretty
pik flowers.

M. suaveolens (sweet-scented). A synonym of M. moschatum.

M. tenuifiorum (slender-flowered). A form of M. comosum.
M. commutatum and M. neglectum are two species closely

allied to M. racemosum, and M. atlanticum to M. armeniacum.

Fic. 575. MUSCARL CONICUM HEAVENLY BLUE.

MUSCARIA. Included under Saxifraga (which see).
MUSK HYACINTH. A common name for Muscari

moschatus.

MUSLIN MOTH.
thastri.

MUSSZINDA. To the species described on p. 401,
Vol. IL., the following shonld be added:

M. capsulifera (capsule-bearing). white, fragrant, in
terminal, corymbose cymes; corolla tube lin. . long,
hairy within, the limb jin. broad, April and July. jr. a
loculicidal capsule. J. Ijin. to 2sin. long, opposite, oblong-
lanceolate or obovate; petioles short. A. lift. or more.
Socotra, 1887. (B. M. 7671.)

M. erythrophylla (red-bracted), . three or four, sulphur-
yellow, funnel-shaped, born on short pedicels ; bracts dazzling
searlet, roundish-ovate, 3sin. long, din. broad, /. opposite,
roundish-ovate, bright green. Congo, 1888. A shrub, wholly
covered with silky pubescence.

M. theifera (Tea-bearing). A form of M. uniflora.
MUSSINIA. A synonym of Gazania (which see).

MUSTARD BEETLE. See Phaedon betule
(Kunst).

MUTISIA. To the species described on p. 401,

Vol. II., the following shonld be added:

M. breviflora (short-flowered). fl.-heads lin. in diameter; ray
florets orange-red, jin. long, nearly 4in. broad, obtuse; disk
yellow. 7. pale green, ovate-oblong, retuse or emarginate,
cordate at base, 24in. long, ljin. broad, the margins armed
with somewhat distant, spiny teeth, the midrib produced into
a tendril. Chilian Andes, 1885, Greenhouse, scrambling shrub.
(R. G. 1163, f. 1.)

M. speciosa is the correct name of M. arachnoidea.

M. versicolor (various-coloured). l.-heads, ray florets orange,
banded with dark brown, Ijin. long, din. broad, linear,
spreading; disk yellow; involucre cylindrical. J. lineare
subulate, armed, revyolute-margined, rigid, produced in a short,

See under Spilosoma Men-

540

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Mutisia—continued.
reddish tendril. Stem
Chilian Andes, 1884. Greenhouse.
M. vicizefolia (Vetch-leaved). fl.-heads orange, large, radiate ;
involucre long, cylindrical. J. pinnate, ending in a tendril,
like those of a. Vetch; leaflets numerous, lanceolate, acute,

terete, striated, flexuous, wingless.
(R. G. 1163, f. 2.)

glabrous. Peru, Bolivia, &c., 1887. A handsome, greenhouse

or half-hardy climber. (R. H1. 1891, p. 228.)

MYCARANTHUS. Included under Eria (which
see).

MYCOLOGY. The botany of Fungi. ‘

MYCONIA. A synonym of Ramondia (which see).
MYLINUM. A synonym of Selinum (which see).
MYOPORUM.

genus.
MYOPSIS. A synonym of Heterotoma (which see).

MYOSOTIS. To the species and varieties described
on p. 403, Vol. II., the following should be added:

M. alpestris elegantissima (most elegant). A _ pretty,
dwarf, free-flowering variety, having white, rose, and blue
flowers. 1883. (R. H. 1882, p. 20.)

M. cespitosa (tufted). . having a smaller corolla, with the
limb often slightly concave. Otherwise like M. palustris, of
which it was formerly classed as a variety. Europe (Britain).
Perennial.

M. c. Reichsteineri (Reichsteiner’s).* A charming variety,
forming dense tufts covered with blue blossoms during April
and May, and not exceeding 2in. in height. Lake of Geneva,
1889.

M. cintra (banded). A synonym of M. Welwitschii.
M. dissitifiora alba (white). #1. pure white. 1883.

M. d. Dyerze (Mrs. Thiselton-Dyer’s). fl. larger; corolla sky-
blue, yellow at the mouth, the limb jin. in diameter. Plant
taller than the type. Switzerland, 1898. (B. M. 7589.)

M. d. grandiflora (large-flowered).* jf. double the size of those
of the type, and produced in great profusion in February.
1886. Garden variety.

M. d. perfecta (perfect). A very large and finely-formed
variety. 1883.

M. lithospermifolia (Lithospermum-leaved). ji. very large

1. resembling those of Lithospermum purpureo-

and numerous. f
A form of M. sylvatica.

Bertolonia is synonymous with this

ceruleum.

M. Lyalli (Lyall’s). /. very shortly pedicellate ; corolla tin. to
yin. long; raceme short, simple or forked. /., radical ones
oblong-spathulate or obovate-lanceolate, lin. to l4in. long;
cauline ones narrow, linear-oblong or oblong-spathulate. Stems
several, 2in. to 6in. high. New Zealand. A tufted perennial.

M. oblongata (oblong). A synonym of M. sylvatica.

M. Reichsteineri (Reichsteiner’s), A form of M. ceespitosa.

M. scorpioides (scorpion-like). A synonym of M. palustris.

M. semperfiorens. This by many is considered but a dwarf
form of M. palustris.

M. sylvatica elegantissima (very elegant). /. white, blue,
or pink. A floriferous, dwarf form. (R. G., t. 1033.)

M. s. grandiflora (large-flowered). A variety haying flowers
nearly in. across. 1885. (R. G. 1885, p. 121.) There are also
forms with white, pink, and striped flowers.

M. Traversii (Travers’).* /. lemon-yellow, almost sessile;
racemes densely hispid, capitate, many-flowered. /., radical
ones narrowly linear-spathulate, obtuse, lin. to sin. long,
narrowed to short petioles, hispid ; canline ones linear-oblong.
h, Sin, to 8in. New Zealand, 1894. A pretty perennial, with
the habit of M. alpestris.

M. Welwitschii (Welwitsch’s). #. bright blue,
yellowish-white eye, disposed in scorpioid cymes. J. ovate-
lanceolate. fi. about 4in. Spain, 1890. Annual or biennial, of
tufted habit. Syn. I. cintra (R. G. 1890, p. 191, f. 47).

Varieties. The garden varieties of the Forget-Me-Nots
are numerous. Some of the best are: Bexley Gem,
Compacta Aurea, Distinction, Jewel, Little Queen, and
Princess Mand. Usnally the Forget-Me-Nots are relegated
to the beds and borders, but they are equally suited to the
rockery and to pot cultnre.

MYRIACTIS (from myrios, a myriad, and aktin, a
ray; in allusion to the number of ray florets). Sy¥n.
Botryadenia. ORD, Composite. " genus embracing
about five species of greenhouse or half-hardy annuals,
all Asiatic and African, allied to Brachycon:>. M. nepal-
ensis_ (Syn. M. Gmelini) has been introduced, but
probably it is no longer in cultivation,

with a

MYRIADENUS.
see).

MYRIALEPIS SCORTECHINI. A Palm bearing
this name, native of Malaya, is included in the Kew
Collection, but it is not in general cultivation, and very
little is known concerning it.

MYRICA. Under this genus the anthors of the
“Genera Plantarnm”’ include Comptonia (which see) as
M. asplenifolia. M. rubra is the correct name of the
plant grown in gardens as M. Nagi.

MYRIOBLASTUS. A synonym of Cryptocoryne
(which see).

MYRIOCARPA (from myrios, myriad, and karpos,
fruit; alluding to the numerons fruits). Orp. Urticacez.
A genus embracing six species of stove shrubs or small
trees, inhabiting tropical America, from Brazil to Mexico.
Flowers dicecious, rarely moncecious, scattered at the
sides of the filiform branches of the rachis, the males
often sessile and densely clustered, the females looser,
sessile or pedicellate, often very numerous; spikes or
racemes solitary or somewhat fascicled at the axils or
nodes, often branched. Leaves alternate, usually ample,
petiolate, toothed, penniveined and about three-nerved.
Two species are known in gardens. Where room can be
spared, they will make a bold and effective appearance.
They thrive in good, well-drained loam, and may be
propagated by cuttings of the young wood,

M. longipes colipensis (long-stalked, Colipa). //., female
inflorescence consisting of pendulous, forked spikes, 14ft. to 2ft.
long, densely covered with small, flask-shaped ovaries. J. 14ft.
to 14ft. long, llin. broad, elliptic, acute, rounded at base,
crenate on the margins, clothed with rigid hairs, adpressedly
pubescent beneath; petioles 10in. to 12in. long. Mexico, 1887.
A shrub or small tree. SYN. Af. colipensis.

M. stipitata (stalked). #., females more or less clustered ;
males sub-sessile, glomerulate; primary branches of the
inflorescence short, the ultimate ones sometimes shorter than
the leaves. J. ovate- or obovate-elliptic, or rarely elliptic-
lanceolate, 4in. to 7in. long, shortly acuminate at apex,
rounded or obtuse, very rarely sub-cordate at base, unequally
serrate-denticulate or crenulate. Mexico, Venezuela, &c. A
shrub or small tree,

MYRIOCEPHALUS STUARTII. The correct
name of Polycalymma Stuartii (which see).

MYRISTICA includes Virola.

MYRMECODIA (from murmez, murmekos, an ant;
in allusion to those insects making their habitation in
the rhizomes). ORD. Rubiaceer. A genus of abont a
score species of stove, epiphytal, highly glabrous, ‘‘ ant-
nesting” shrubs, with a smooth or prickly, tuberons
rhizome; they extend from Sumatra and Singapore to
New Guinea, North Australia, and Solomon’s Archipelago.
Flowers white, small, sessile, solitary or few; calyx
tube ovoid, the limb very short, entire; corolla having a
cylindrical or sub-urceolate tube, and a four-lobed limb ;
stamens four. Leayes stalked, clustered at the tips of
the branchlets, opposite, narrowed to rather long petioles,
coriaceous; stipules persistent, ample, bifid; branches
short, quadrangular, thick and fleshy. Two species are
in cultivation in this country. They require great heat,

Included under Zornia (which

and should be treated like epiphytal Orchids. Seedling
plants may be raised from the fruits.
M. Antoinii (Antoine’s). 7. white, small. January. J. elliptiec-

ovate, 4in. long, bright green. Tuberous base of the stem 20in.
in circumference, covered with spines; upper portion Qin. long,
lin. in diameter, ‘covered with imbricated, woody shields.
Torres Straits, 1893. More curious than beautiful. (B. M.
7517.)

M. Beccarii (Beccari’s). ., corolla tube cylindrical, the lobes
ovate, thick, longer than the tube. Vebruary. fr. cylindric-
oblong, rounded at apex, four-stoned. 7. oblanceolate or
oblong-oblanceolate, sub-acute, fleshy Tuber not ribbed,
lobed, spinulose; spines short, simple; branches thickened-
nodose. Tropical Australia, 1884. (B. M. 6883.)

MYROBALAN-TREE. Sve Terminalia.

MYROBALANUS. l[nclucled under Terminalia
(which see).
MYROBROMA. A synonym of Vanilla (which

see),

‘a’

1900 SuPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC.

MYROSMA (from myron, myrrh, balsam, and osme,
smell; in allusion to the odour. of the plant). Syn.
Maranta (in part). Orb. Scitaminee. A genus embracing
about a dozen species of stove, tuberous-rooted plants,
closely allied to Maranta; one is found in Madagascar
and the rest are tropical American. Flowers in axillary
or terminal, complanate, unilateral spikes; bracts di-
stichous, imbricated, secund; sepals three, free, equalling
or rather shorter than the corolla, which has a short tube
and a epreading limb; lip broad. Leaves mostly radical.
Stems short, erect. For culture of the species introduced,
see Maranta.

M. Lubbersii. The correct name of Stromanthe Lubbersiana.

M. madagascariense (Madagascar). jl. greenish-white, in
dense, unilateral spikes, consisting of two close rows; peduncles
3in. to 4in. long, dichotomously forked. J. distichous, half-a-
dozen to a stem, oblong-lanceolate, lft. to 14ft. long; petioles
lift. to 14ft. long. tree Soe before 1872. Syn. Phrynium
unilaterale (Ref. B., t. 312).

M. nanum (dwarf). ji. white, small, disposed in dense
spikes. J. very hairy, variegated down the midrib with a
longitudinal yellowish band. Brazil (?), 1894. A dwarf species.
M. cannefolium (SYN. Calathea Myrosma, of Lindley) has also

been introduced.

MYRSINE. Including Heberdenia. Bentham and
Hooker inelude Suttonia (which see) hereunder, M. Heber-
denia (Syns. Ardisia excelsa, Heberdenia eucelsa) has been
introduced, but is not in general cultivation.

M. Urvillei (Urville’s). The correct name of Suttonia
australis.

MYRSTIPHYLLUM. A synonym of Psychotria
(which see).

MYRTUS. Several species formerly included here-
under are now referred to Eugenia. The following
changes of nomenclature are based on the “Index
Kewensis.”’

M. Cheken,. The correct name is Eugenia Chequen.

M. fragrans. The correct name is Eugenia fragrans.

M. Luma (of Molina). The correct name is Eugenia apiculata.
M. orbiculata is synonymous with Eugenia cotinifolia.

M. Pimenta (Pimenta). A synonym of Pimenta oficinalis.

M. tomentosa is synonymous with Rhodomyrtus tomentosus.

MYSTACIDIUM (from mustax, mustakos, a mous-
tache, and eidos, resemblance; in allusion to the pointed
vrolongation of the lip), Syn. Aéranthus (of Reichen-
bach, jun.). Op. Orchidew. A genus comprising about
a score species of stove, epiphytal, not pseudo-bulbous
Orchids, natives of tropical and South Africa. Flowers
usually small, racemose; sepals and petals nearly equal,
free, spreading; lin affixed to the base of the column,
produced in a long, slender spur, the lateral lobes some-
times ovate, erect, sometimes nearly obsolete, the middle

“one erect or spreading, often ovate, undivided; pollen

masses two; racemes axillary, often short. Leaves di-

stichons, usually few, coriaceous, spreading. Stems leafy,

rigid. Only two species are at all well-known in gardens.

They thrive either on blocks or in baskets, in a cool

house, and will succeed under conditions similar to those

which suit Angrecum falcatum.

M. Curnowianum (Curnow’s). /l. yellowish-white ; sepals and
petals ligulate, acute; lip cuneate-obovate, retuse, with a
median apiculus; spur filiform, five times as long as the lip.
i. ligulate, emarginate, fleshy, dark, dull green, rather rough.
Madagascar, 1883. Syn. Aéranthus Curnowianus.

M. filicorne (thread-horned). . white, lin. in diameter,
numerous; sepals, petals, and lip lanceolate, acute; spur
slender, 2in. long or more. 7. narrow-oblong, 2in. to 5in. long,
about 4in. broad, obtusely two-lobed at apex. Natal, 1887.
A pretty, free-flowering, Angrecum-like Orchid, of tufted
habit. (G. C. ser. iii., vol. ii., p. 135.)

M. dolabriforme, a species of botanical interest, is in the Kew

Collection, M. Hariotianum has also been introduced, but is

of no horticultural value.

MYTILASPIS POMORUM. Another name for
the Oyster-shell Bark Lonse, or Apple Mussel Scale
(which see).

MYTILASPIS VITIS. See Vine Scale Insects.
MYZUS PERSICZ. See Peach—Insect Pests.

MYZUS RIBIS (CURRANT APHIS). ‘See
Aphides.

541

NZGELIA. The Hybrid Negelias now in commerce,
with their richly-coloured, velvet-like foliage and bright-
coloured, bell-shaped flowers, are far and away superior to
the old kinds. Some of the best will be found enumerated
below. A succession of these decorative plants may be
had by planting in April, May, and June.

ABOMEY, tube rose; limb white, spotted with rose; leaves brown,
prettily variegated. ACHIMENOIDES, tube yellowish-rose out-
side, yellow dotted rose within; lobes light rose. AMABILIS,
pure white, with blotched lip; a beautiful hybrid. BrRriocHer,
yellowish, pink-spotted ; tube rose. COLOMBINE, lemon-yellow.
HYACINTHINA, white or pink; floriferous. LEICHTLINI, yellow,
suffused with rose at top. MASSENET, carmine and chrome-
yellow. PRINCE DE BULGARIE, tube orange; limb and inside of
throat deep yellow, rose-spotted. SAPPHO, white, tinged rose,
with canary-yellow throat. Srrius, tube carmine-red, yellow
outside; limb yellow, spotted with rose.

NZNIA TYPICA. See Vine Moths.

NAGETA. Included under Podocarpus (which see).

NAGELIA. Included under Cotoneaster (which see),

NAIL-GALLS. See Tilia—Insects.

NAILWORT. See Paronychia.

NAPA DIOICA. The correct name of Sida
Napza (which see).

NAPOLEONA. Four species are now referred to
this genus. To those described on p. 409, Vol. II., the
following should be added:

N. imperialis cuspidata (cuspidate). This differs from the
better-known, typical N. imperialis in its larger flowers, which
are cream-coloured with a crimson centre, regularly five-
angled, with straight sides (not five-lobed as in N. imperialis);
the leaves are much larger, being 8in. to 10in. long and 4in,
to 5in. broad. 1886. (G. C. 1886, xxv., p. 657, f. 147 B, under
name of NV. cuspidata.)

N. Miersii (Miers’). /l., corolla yellowish outside, pink on the
ribs, orbicular, about forty-toothed and ribbed; within three-
coloured, the outer zone yellowish, the next pink, and the
innermost white; corona white, circled with pink at base.
October. J. ovate-oblong, obtuse, cuspidate, rounded or
cuneate at base. Western tropical Africa, 1886. (B. M. 7199.)
Syn. N. Whitsieldii.

N. Whitfieldii (Whitfield’s). A synonym of NV. Miersii.

NAPOLEON’S WEEPING WILLOW.
Salix babylonica Napoleona.

NARCISSUS. Including also Philogyne, Queltia,
Schizanthes, and Tros. Despite the fact that these bulbs are
amongst the easiest to cultivate, yet the failures recorded
are very numerous, more especially with amateurs. One
of the chief causes is late planting, irrespective of
variety. There are some varieties which may be planted
in November, or even later, without any appreciable
falling off in quantity or quality of blossom being
noticeable; while there are others—the Poeticus section,
for instance—that can hardly be planted or replanted too
early. In fact, the best results with these are obtain-
able when the bulbs are inserted by the end of July.
To those unacquainted with the root-action of the
different varieties, this may appear unduly early, and
calculated to interfere with the ordinary summer routine
work, as well as with the border occupants; but it is an
important factor in the successful growth of the bulbs.
The majority of Bed and Border Narcissi are, however,
better planted during August and early September at the
latest, and only on an emergency should the work be
deferred later.

Again, the depth at which Narcissi should be planted
may not seem an important detail, yet it is one, and it
is, moreover, not as often considered as it should be. The
actual depth will vary with the size of the bulb; but a
very good rule-of-thumb calculation is that suggested by
Mr. William Barr—namely, that all WNarcissi bulbs
should be covered with soil once-and-a-half their
own depth, measuring from the collar of the neck to
the actual base. On no account should the bulbs come
in contact with crude manure, or they will assuredly
be injured. Where manure is rendered necessary by
the poorness of the soil at the time of planting, it
should be well rotted, and placed at such a depth
that the roots of the bulbs do not run into it. Many
cultivators prefer, however, to utilise portions of the
garden for Narcissi culture which have been enriched for
a previous crop. This is very desirable in sandy. soils.
Cultivators should also take care that the bulbs rest upon

See

542,

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Narcissus—continued.
the soil, and are not ‘‘hung up.”” The actual disposition
of the bulbs will vary with the taste of the indiyidnal ;
but as a rule, good-sized, irregular groups of one variety
give the best effect in beds and herbaceous borders.
Formality should be studiously avoided. Many who grow
simply for cutting, dig a narrow trench and plant the
bulbs in that; while others prefer lines.

Plenty of water is essential in the growing season, and
the flowers are always more beantiful in a moist season
than in a dry one; while there are fewer complaints as
to ‘‘blindness” through the bulbs receiving a check
comparatively early in their growth. An imperfectly
understood detail in connection with Border and Bed
Narcissi is “‘lifting.’”’ Many cultivators lift their bulbs
each year, and usually before the foliage has matured.
This is a fatal error. As a rule, and providing the soil
be suitable—say a nice moist loam—the bulbs do not
need annual lifting. Many varieties may be left for
years, indeed until the soil shows signs of exhaustion
and the bulbs of deterioration. Then the whole batch
should be lifted, and if the entire stock could be trans-
ferred to a different part of the country it would most
materially benefit it. It is surprising what a change of
quarters will do, and the recuperative power that it
possesses. Bulb-growers are aware of this, and period-
ically change the Narcissi stock when they have trial
grounds situate in two widely different parts of the
country.

Lifting must always be done with care, and the best
time for the operation is when the foliage has assumed
the yellow stage preparatory to decay. Where only just
a change of quarters is called for, as in the average
garden, the bulbs, after the process of lifting, should be
carefully dried in a cool, airy shed. As soon as properly
dry, any offsets large enough may be separated from the
parent plants either by pulling them apart or by cutting.
Then, again, there are some varieties which are best
naturalised—in fact, they refuse to grow as border plants.
These should be planted as freely as possible in the grass.
Take the English Lent Lily; this is never so happy as
when in the meadow-land ; or again, the beautiful Pallidus
Precox, Scoticus, Spurius, and many others. Once a stock
of these is planted in the grass, they will increase by
means of seed in the course of a few years. This is a

Fic. 576.

NARCISSUS LEEDSIT NATURALISED.

beautifal form of gardening. Fig. 576 represents some
Leedsii Narcissi naturalised at Kew Gardens. When
planting bulbs in meadow-land they may be dibbled in
with a crow-bar, or similar tool, but in lawns the grass
had better be taken up for the purpose, and the soil
underneath arranged for their reception.

For general planting some of the best varieties are to
be found in Golden Spur, P. R. Barr, Barrii Conspicuns,

Narcissus—continued.
Maximus, Baroness Heath, Sir Watkin, Empress, Grandis,
Horsfieldii, “Eggs and Bacon,” Gwyther (Fig. 577),
W. P. Milner, Henry Irving, King of the Netherlands,
and Johnstoni Queen of Spain. Any or all of these

Fic. 577.

NARCISSUS GWYTHER,

yarieties make ideal pot plants. Those who wish to
naturalise the bulbs will find Golden Mary, Duchess of
Brabant, Obvallaris, Rugulosus, Princeps, Ornatns, and
Thomas Moore, besides the varieties referred to above,
give satisfactory results. There is in addition a most
distinct and beautiful subject adapted either for pots

or for growing in ornamental bowls. We refer to
the Chinese Sacred Lily, Water Fairy Flower, Joss
Flower, Flower of the Gods, or Good Luck Lily. This

is a variety of Polyanthus Narcissus. Withont any soil
or withont any more accommodation than an ordinary
sunny living-room window affords during the day, this
flower may be enjoyed in winter. At night the bowls
should be taken from the window and stood where they
are less likely to be affected by frost. Many Daffodils
may also be grown in bowls in a similar manner.
Besides the larger varieties of Narcissi employed for
pot culture, there are a number of miniature species and
varieties which must not be overlooked for pot work.
These are, in addition to those mentioned in Vol. II.,
N. minimus, N. juncifolius, N. minor, N. nanus, N. Bulbo-
codium monophyllus, and N. cyclamineus. There are also
a host of small-flowering kinds too fragile to be risked
in the mixed border, but whose beanty ought not to be
lost. For these a place on the rockery shonld be
assigned, and providing a suitable carpet-plant is pro-
vided, they will push up their flowers before winter's
icy grip has released its hold. They should not be
disturbed so long as they are doing well. In low-lying
pockets in the rock garden might be tried N. Bulbocodium
and its varieties, except monophyllus (Hoop Petticoat),
as well as N. cyclamineus, all of which are moisture-
lovers; while in other pockets might be inserted
N. nanus, N. minimus, N. lobularis, N. triandrus albus,
and N. juncifolius. All will not flourish, though sufficient
will to justify the experiment. Many advocate the
planting of N. Bulbocodium monophyllus, but this, though
undoubtedly dainty, is not often a success, even where
the best of conditions—a warm, sheltered position, and a
rich, light soil—are forthcoming. To appreciate this
pretty species at its true worth, it must be grown in a
pot and kept in a cool frame or greenhouse, when, if
well watered, the exquisite flowers will be produced in

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 548

Narcissus—continued.

January and February. A dozen bulbs may be accom-
modated in a din. pot.

Pests. It may be urged in respect of Narcissi that
they are remarkably free from pests, either animal or
vegetable. Mice, rats, and rabbits are sometimes
troublesome, and these must be trapped. Occasionally,
too, the Lily Fungus attacks the bulbs, causing them to
present a secabby appearance, and later affecting the
foliage. As a preventive measure, Veltha has been found
of use. Of insect pests, the Narcissus Fly (which
see) is the worst; but sometimes the larve of Bibio
Marci (St. Mark’s Fly) (which see) attack bulbs of
Daffodils and other Narcissi. Then the very common
Bulb-Mite (Rhizolglyphus echinopus) works considerable
mischief to the fleshy roots. This is a minute pest, and
should be treated as advised under Eucharis. It is
found upon most bulbous subjects.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 411-20,
Vol II., the following should be added:

N. Bernardi (Bernard’s). This has an orange- or lemon-yellow
and more plicate corona half as long as the spreading, white
segments; otherwise it does not differ from N. Macleaii (of
which Baker classes it as a form). South of France.

N. Bulbocodio-Pseudo-Narcissus (hybrid). 7. milky-white,
horizontal, lsin. léng; tube narrowly funnel-shaped, tinged
with green, gin. long; segments linear, ascending, rather
shorter than the corona, which is gin. long, faintly crenulate
at the throat; peduncle slender, terete, one-flowered. J. linear,
slightly glaucescent, channelled down the face, din. broad.
Portugal, 1887. An interesting natural hybrid between the
species indicated in the name. (G. C. 1887, i, f. 78.)

N. calathinus is a sub-species of NV. triandrus.

N. cyclamineus (Cyclamen-like). A form of N. Pseudo-Nar-
eissus,

N. elegans (elegant). The correct name of NV. serotinus elegans.
N. Johnstoni (Johnston’s). A variety of N. Pseudo-Narcissus.

N. Jonquilla Burbidgei (Burbidge’s). A variety having the
corona cut into six segments nearly to the base. Native
country unknown, 1885.

N. juncifolio-muticus (hybrid).“ #. three, on a slender,
terete peduncle, the two upper ones ascending, the lower one
horizontal; perianth tube greenish-yellow, gin. long, the ex-
panded limb bright lemon-yellow, horizontal, 14in. in diameter,
the segments ovate-oblong, much imbricated; corona orange-
yellow, obconical, sin. long. Latter end of April. 72. narrow-
linear, channelled. Pyrenees, 1886. An interesting natural
hybrid between N. juncifolius and N. Pseudo-Narcissus muticus.
(G. C. 1889, vi., p. 161, f. 22.)

N. major (larger). A variety of N. Psewlo-Narcissus.

N. minor (smaller). A variety of N. Pseudo-Narcissus.

N. moschatus (musky). A variety of N. Pseudo-Narcissus.

N. muticus (curtailed). A form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus.

N. poeticus bifiorus plenus (two-flowered, double). M
double, two on each scape. 1885. A fine variety. (R. G. 1193.)

N. Pseudo-Narcissus cyclamineus (Cyclamen-like). (7.,
perianth lemon-yellow, the tube very short, the segments
nearly lin. long, strongly reflexed from the base; corona
as long as, or longer than, the segments, rather deeper
in colour, the edge crenate; scape sub-terete, 6in. to 12in.
long. Spring. J. two or three, linear, sub-erect, deeply
channelled. Bulb sin. in diameter. Portugal. (B. M. 6950.)

N. P.-N. Johnstoni (Johnston’s). jl. pale sulphur, remarkable
for the long and rather slender corona tube, which is about
Zin. long, and less spreading at the mouth than in the common
Daffodil, Portugal, 1887.

N. P.-N. muticus (curtailed). #. lin. to sin. long; tube
obconical, 4in. long and broad; segments sulphur-yellow, lin.
to ljin. long; corona deep lemon-yellow, as long as the seg-
ments, Zin. in diameter at the very truncate throat. Pyrenees.
(F. M., t. 224, under name of N. muticus.)

N. Sabinii (Sabine’s). fl. solitary, drooping; perianth tube
green, cylindrical, somewhat funnel-shaped ; segments whitish,
shining, broad, imbricated, ovate ; corona yellow, plaited, Zin.
long, erose; scape ancipitous, channelled. Spring. J. pale

een, broad, few. This form, which is closely allied to
y. Macleaii, has been re-introduced by Mr. Barr. (B. R. 762.)

N. scaberulus (slightly scabrous). #., perianth yellow, iin. to
gin. across, stalked, bent; tube hee aes din. to jin, long;
segments ovate, imbricated, the three inner ones broadest,
apiculate, slightly fringed at tips, spreading, ultimately
slightly reflexed; corona about {in. across, cup-shaped, more
or less crenate; scape 2}in. to 4in. long, one- or two-flowered.
March and April. /. two, linear, more or less prostrate,
longer than the scape, slightly furrowed above, two-angled
beneath. Bulb small. Oliviera do Conde, Portugal.

N. serotinus elegans is now classed as a species.

Narcissus—continued.
N. syriacus (Syrian). A synonym of N. Tazetta.
N. Tazetta intermedius is now accorded specific rank.

xarden Varieties. A few of the more recent and
desirable varieties in the yarious sections are here briefly
noticed :
Types of Garden Narcissi.

N. Backhousei (Backhouse’s). . solitary, horizontal; tube
obeonical, about 4in. long and broad; segments sulphur-
yellow, spreading horizontal. , oblong, imbricated, lin. to 14in.
long; corona lemon-yellow, a little shorter than the seginents,
with a deeply-lobed, plicate, erect throat. An intermediate
form between N. Pseudo-Narcissus and N. incomparabilis, the
former of which it resembles in stature and leaves.

N. Barrii (Barr's). fl. horizontal or ascending ; perianth tube
greenish, sub-cylindrical, lin. Jong; segments pale sulphur-
yellow, oblong, spreading horizontally, slightly imbricated
when fully expanded, ljin. long, jin. broad at the middle;
corona lemon-yellow below, orange-yellow at the throat,
obconical, 4in. long, gin. broad at the throat, crenulate,
strongly plicate in the upper half; stamens all six opposite
the base of the corona; style just overtopping the anthers ;
ovary oblong-triangular, 4in. long; peduncle ancipitous, one-
flowered, about lft. long; pedicel and spathe as in N. incom-
parabilis. JU. linear, twisted, glaucous, above lft. long, din.
broad. No doubt a hybrid between WN. incomparabilis and
JV. poeticus, the former predominant.

N. Burbidgei (Burbidge’s). #. horizontal or ascending;
perianth tube green, cylindrical, lin. long; segments pure
white, spreading horizontally, not imbricated, oblanceolate-
oblong, TaEpiabes ljin. long, in. broad; corona obconical,
din. long, 4in. broad at the throat, very plicate, crenulate, the
base yellow, the edge a red; anthers and stigma placed
in the corona; ovary oblong-triangular, Jin. long; peduncle
one-flowered, ancipitous, lft. long; pedicel and spathe as in
NV. poeticus. 1. linear, glaucous, twisted, above lft. long, tin.
to sin. broad. No doubt a hybrid between N. poeticus and
N. incomparabilis, the former element strongly predominating.

N. Humei (Hume's). 7. solitary, cernuous; tube obconical, sin.
long, 4in. broad; segments sulphur-yellow, oblong, loosely
ascending, lsin. long, 4in. broad; corona lemon-yellow, lin.
long, lin. broad at the erect throat, which is minutely
erenulate. J. jin. broad. A hybrid, no doubt between
N. poculiformis and N. Pseudo-Narcissus.

N. Leedsii (Leeds’). jl. about horizontal; perianth tube
greenish, cylindrical, Zin. long ; segments milk-white, spreading,
oblanceolate-oblong, cuspidate, lin. to lin. long, 4in. to Zin.
broad at the middle, not imbricated; corona pale sulphur-
yellow, 4in. long, 4in. in diameter at the throat, plicate in the
upper half, crenulate at the erect margin; anthers all six
placed opposite the base of the corona; style overtopping the
anthers; ovary oblong-triangular, sin. to sin. long; peduncle
one-flowered, ancipitous, a little longer than the leaves;
pedicel lin. long; spathe one-valved, membranous, clasping
the pedicel and ovary. J. linear, twisted, glaucous, lft. long,
tin. broad. Probably a hybrid between N. poculiformis and
and some form of N. incomparabilis.

N. Macleaii. This species is described in Vol. II.

Fic. 578. NARCISSUS GLORY OF LEIDEN.

544

Narcissus—continued.
Group I. Magnicoronati (Ajax, or Pseudo-Narcissus).
TRUMPET DAFFODILS—SELF-YELLOW.

Alvarez. This is an Emperor in miniature. Free.

Ard Righ. Perianth full yellow; trumpet deep yellow. Early.

Big Ben. Flowers 5in. across. Perianth primrose; trumpet
yellow. A very large and a very expensive variety.

Captain Nelson. Flower a soft yellow. Dwarf.

Glory of Leiden. Flower large and handsome, with perianth
and trumpet of a uniform colour. A fine variety. See
Fig. 578.

Golden Spur. Flower deep yellow, with large lobed trumpet.
Excellent for pot culture and for forcing.

Harbinger. Perianth sulphur; trumpet yellow. Early.

Johnstoni Queen of Spain. Flowers soft yellow, with
reflexed perianth and straight trumpet. Suitable for natural-
ising.

Lady Helen Vincent.
trumpet.

Monarch. Perianth and trumpet rich yellow. Of good form
and substance, but most expensive.

P. R. Barr. Perianth primrose; trumpet rich yellow. Of
good form and sturdy.

Flower a soft clear yellow, with large

TRUMPET DAFFODILS—T WO-COLOURED.

J.B. M. Camm. Perianth white; trumpet chrome-yellow. A
beautiful variety.

Mrs. Morland Crosfield. Perianth pure white} trumpet
clear yellow. A showy variety.

Victoria. Perianth creamy-white; trumpet rich
elegantly frilled. The best variety for pot work.

Weardale Perfection. Perianth white, large; trumpet pale
primrose. One of the finest of all Daffodils, but out of the
range of all except the rich.

yellow,

TRUMPET DAFFODILS—WHITE AND SULPHUR.

Apricot. Perianth white; trumpet soft primrose
shading off to apricot. Violet-scented.

at first,

Fic. 579. NARCISSUS MADAME DE GRAAF.

Madame de Graaf. Perianth pure white;
primrose, passing to white Free. See Fig. 579.

Snowflake. Perianth white; trumpet apricot, but becoming
pure white. Strong grower.

trumpet pale

Group II. Mediocoronati.
INCOMPARABILIS (CHALICE-CUPPED DAFFODILS).

Crown, or Cup, as a rule half as long as the Perianth Segments.

Commander. Perianth pale sulphur; cup yellow, stained
orange-red. Bold grower.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, et

Narcissus—continued.
leat bh a Perianth white; cup margined with orange-
scarlet.

Stella Superba. Perianth clear white, spreading; cup
yellow, very showy. Excellent variety for cutting.

BARRII (STAR NARCISSI, WITH SHORTENED CHALICE CUP).
Perianth Segments twice (or more) the length of the expanded Cup,
or Crown.

Cecily Hill. Perianth soft primrose, with yellow base ; cup
yellow, flushed orange-red, and edged cinnabar-red. Late-
flowering variety.

Dorothy E. Wemyss. Perianth white, large; cup canary-
yellow, edged orange-scarlet. <

Mrs. C. Bowly. Perianth pure white;

PP cup orange-red. A
striking flower.

LEEDSI (EUCHARIS-FLOWERED WHITE DAFFODILS).

Resembling in form the Incomparabilis and Barrii Sections, but
differing in colour of Cup, which is pure white or pale yellow
passing to white.

Maggie May (Syn. Edmond’s White).
Ad cup citron-yellow, elegantly frilled.
the section.

Una. Perianth creamy-white; cup bright citron-yellow, tinged
apricot, Violet-scented.

BACKHOUSEI (DAFFODILS WITH TRUMPET-SHAPED CROWNS).

Border Maid. Perianth pure white; trumpet clear yellow.

TRIDYMUS (TRIPLE-CROWN DAFFODILS).

Cloth of Gold. Perianth rich yellow; cup deep gold. Sweetly
scented and free.

St. Patrick, Perianth soft yellow; cup rich yellow. A robust
grower. :
Group III. Parvicoronati.

BURBIDGEI (HYBRID PoET’s DAFFODILS OR STAR NARCissi).

Sequin. Perianth snowy-white ; cup golden-yellow, broad, and
flattened against the perianth. Very distinct.

Perianth white,
The best in

POETICUS (PURPLE-RINGED POET’S DAFFODILS).

Cassandra. Perianth clear white, wide-spreading ; cup edged
with dark red. A vigorous grower.

NARCISSUS FLY (Merodon equestris). When
dealing with this Fly in the Dictionary proper it was
remarked that, owing to its comparative scarcity in
England, there was but little need for more than a
passing notice. In the lapse of time, however, cireum-
stances haye arisen which call for a modification of the

Fic. 580. NARcISSUS FLY—PERFECT INSECT, LARVA, AND PUPA.

statement. The Narcissus Fly has now appeared in this
country in sufficient numbers to be constituted a pest.
Cornwall has been the chief centre of its ravages, as
there large acreages of Narcissi are under cultivation.
In some districts, notably around Penrhyn, the Fly has
proved extremely troublesome, and thousands of bulbs
have been sacrificed,

At planting time very great care should be exercised,
and any decaying or soft-necked bulbs should at least
be viewed with suspicion, cut open, and any maggots
found removed. ‘To plant such bulbs with the maggots
enclosed is to increase the trouble. One bulb one maggot
is the usual order of things, but sometimes two of the
grubs are snugly ensconced within a single bulb.

Those bulbs which are known to be of Continental origin
will need to be very carefully gone over, as the Narcissus:
Fly is a common insect im many parts. Despite all
reasonable precautions, many of the infested bulbs will
necessarily be planted. The grower, therefore, should
watch the plants in spring, and at once uproot any
suspects. Later, too, at the time for the Flies to be on
the wing (May), the plants should again be watched, and

i

’
’

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

545

Narcissus Fly—continued.
if the insects, which are bee-like and conspicuous, are
observed hovering over the Narcissi, the bulbs should be
lifted as early as possible after maturing, and any doubtful
ones destroyed. ‘The soil should then be treated with gas-
lime to destroy the insects pupating in the soil.

Fic. 581. NARCISSUS BULR AFFECTED BY MERODON

EQUESTRIS.

Figs. 580 and 581 show respectively the various stages
of the Narcissus Fly, and also a badly-affected bulb after
the Fly has been removed.

NARDOSTACHYS. This genus ig Oe regarded aa
monotypic, N. grandiflora being identical with N. Jata-
mansi.

NARTHEX. JN. Asafetida is synonymous with
Ferula Narthex (which see), and N. Pollaki is identical
with Dorema Ammoniacum.

NATAL LABURNUM.
gyne.

NATURALISED. A term applied to an exotic
plant that has become established and reproduces itself
spontaneously. A still commoner acceptation is in
allusion to a delightful form of gardening for whose in-

See Calpurnia lasio-

-troduction we are largely indebted to Mr. W. Robinson—

namely, of planting bulbous and other subjects amidst
their natural surroundings : for example, the cultivation of
the Common Daffodil and the Snakesheads in meadow-
land ; and of other species in woodlands, wild gardens, &c.

NATURAL ORDER. A, family; a group of one

or more genera, forming a division of a class.

NATURAL SYSTEM. Jussien’s system of botanical
classification by which plants are arranged according to
their natural affinities.

NAUCHEA. A synonym of Clitoria (which see).

NAUCLEA. N. Gambier and N. sessilifructus are
synonyms of two species of Unearia (which see).

NAVARRETIA, or NAVARRETTIA. Included
under Gilia (which see).

NAVET, or NAVEW. Another name for Rape
(which see).

NECK. This term is also applied to the upper end
of the sheathing petiole in Grasses; to the throat of a
gamopetalous corolla; and to the thin end of a Pear.

NECKLACE POPLAR. See Populus monilifera.
Vol. V

NECTARINE. To the varieties described in Vol. II.,
the following should be added:

Advance. Flowers large. Fruit large, green, and mottled with
red on the sunny side; fiesh greenish-yellow, melting, juicy,
and of fine flavour. Leaves glandless. A free-bearing, early,
hardy, and vigorous variety.

Darwin. Flowers large. Fruit large, orange, deeply flushed
with red on the exposed side; flesh light yellow, melting and
rich, ripening in the middle of August. Glands kidney-shaped.

Dryden. Flowers small. Fruit large, nearly covered with a
deep dark red colour; flesh white, very juicy, and of exquisite
flavour, ripening outside end of August or early in September,
Glands kidney-shaped. A vigorous grower, and one of the
best and most prolific varieties.

Early Rivers. Flowers large. Fruit medium to large,
greenish in the shade, bright red on the sunny side; flesh
whitish, very juicy and of excellent flavour; most valuable
for early forcing. Glands kidney-shaped. Ripening outside in
the middle of July, and a vigorous grower and free bearer. A
splendid variety.

Milton. Flowers large. Fruit large, yellow, dark red on the
sunny side; flesh white, rich, very juicy, and of exquisite
flavour, ripening middle of September. Glands round. Tree
very vigorous and prolific.

Murrey. Flowers small. Fruit medium, roundish, ovate,
nearly covered with dark red; flesh whitish, very melting
and delicious, ripening early in August. A fine, hardy variety
and an abundant bearer. ’

Pineapple. Flowers large. Fruit large, deep orange, red
on the sunny side; flesh yellow, melting, juicy, and of fine
flavour, ripening end of August. Glands round. Hardy and
a great bearer. An improved and later form of Pitmaston
Orange.

Precoce de Croncels. Flowers large. Fruit medium to
large, light yellow, flushed with scarlet on the sunny side;
flesh whitish, melting, very juicy, and of delicious flavour.
A variety of French origin, sent out by Messrs. J. Veitch and
Sons, Chelsea. It is one of the earliest, and excellent for
forcing or outside culture, as the tree is hardy, a vigorous
grower, and an abundant bearer.

Rivers’s White, described in Vol. I1., is a poor bearer.

Stanwick Elruge. Flowers small. Fruit medium, light
green, deep dark red on the sunny side; flesh whitish,
melting, juicy, and very rich, ripening middle of August.
creda kidney-shaped. A very fine variety, especially under
glass.

Pests. The Nectarine is sometimes attacked by the

Shot-Hole Fungus—Cercospora (which see for remedies).

NECTRIA DITISSIMA. See Canker.
NEGRETIA. A synonym of Mucuna (which see).
NEGRO’S HEAD. See Phytelephas macrocarpa.

NEGUNDIUM AMERICANUM. A synonym of
Acer Negundo (which see).

NEGUNDO. This genus is now included under
Acer (which see). To the species and varieties described
on p. 430, Vol. IL., the following should be added:

N. californicum (Californian).* jr. oblong, pubescent.
1., leaflets three, incised-toothed, pubescent or hairy, especially
below and on the petioles. Higher California. A very
vigorous tree, with beautiful foliage.

NEILLIA. Syn. Adenilema. Including Physocarpa.
To the species described on p. 431, Vol. II., the following
should be added:

N. opulifolia foliis aureo-marginatis (gold-margined-
leaved). J. irregularly lobed, variegated with yellow. 1890.
(R. G. 1890, p. 9, f. 2-3, as Spirea var.)

N. Torreyi (Torrey’s). This is similar to NV. opulifolia, but
is more compact in habit and only 2ft. to 3ft. in height.
Rocky Mountains, 1889, (G. & F. 1889, p. 4, f. 84.)

NELITRIS. According to the compilers of the
“Index Kewensis,” Decaspermum is the correct name of
this genus.

NELUMBIUM. Sacred Lotus is another popular
name for the species of this genps, which number only
two, although specific names haye been given to several
varieties of N. speciosum, the only distinction being in
the colours of their flowers, which range from white to
deep rosy-pink and in some cases are semi-double.

NEMASTYLIS. Seventeen species of this genus are
described by J. G. Baker. Flowers usually blue; fila-
ments free or united; style-branches cleft to the base into
subulate forks.

4A

546 THE DICTIONARY
NEMATANTHUS. N. chloronema is now considered

to be merely a form of N. longipes.

NEMATANTHUS (of Nees).
denowia (which see).

NEMATOID. ‘Thread-like.
NEMATOSTYLIS. ‘See Nemastylis.

NEMATUS CONSOBRINUS AND N. RIBESII.
See Gooseberry and Currant Sawflies.

A synonym of Will-

NEMEOPHILA PLANTAGINIS. See Tiger
Moths.
NEMESIA. To the species described on p. 433,

N. strwmosa and

Vol. II., the following should be added.
The

N. versicolor compacta are both half-hardy annuals.

former is much valued on account of its variety of

colours ; the latter is a good plant for edgings.

N. linearis (linear). jl. purplish; lips of the corolla nearly
equal; spur straight, shorter than the lips.

1. linear-lanceolate, entire or few-toothed.

Half-hardy perennial.

April to Sep-

tember. Branches

ascending. h. 2ft. 1822.

Fic. 582. NEMESIA STRUMOSA.

N. strumosa (strumose),* ji. very variable in colour, being
white, ochreous, pale yellow, orange, scarlet, carmine, or rosy-
purple; corolla lin. across; raceme short, sub-corymbose.
Summer and autumn. J., radical ones oblong-spathulate,
entire; cauline ones lanceolate or linear, toothed. kh. 1ft. to
2ft. 1892. (B. M. 7272; G. C. 1892, xii., p. 269, f. 48; Gn.
1893, i. 900.) See Fig. 582, for which we are indebted to
Messrs. Sutton, the introducers of the plant.

N. versicolor compacta (compact).* A compact, blue-and-
white flowered form.

NEMOPHILA. The best variety of P. insignis
is grandiflora, light blue with white centre, very effective
and largely employed in bedding-ont arrangements and
for ribbon borders. There is also a dark blue variety of
N. (atomaria) Menziesii, named atrocerulea.

NENGA.

Four species are now referred to this
genus. They have the characters of Pinanga, but the
sepals and petals are sub-equal and_ subulate.
P. Wendlandiana is the correct name of N. pumila.
N. sphxrocarpa, a native of New Guinea, is grown at
Kew, but is not in general cultivation.

NEOBENTHAMIA (named in honour of George
Bentham, joint author with Sir Joseph Hooker, of the
“Genera Plantarum”; the prefix neo [new] serving to

OF GARDENING,

Neobenthamia—continued.

distinguish it from two previously founded, but
abandoned, genera named Benthamia). OrpD. Orchidex:
A monotypic genus. The species is a stove Orchid,
allied to Cymbidium (which see for culture), but
differing conspicuously in the shorter, hardly spreading
perianth, and in the lip not being erect or embracing
the column, but spreading from the base and slightly
recurved beyond the middle.

N. gracilis (slender). jl. pure white, with two rows of
reddish spots on the lip, nearly lin, across; raceme short,
erect, terminal, many-flowered. February. J. long-linear,
acuminate, sheathing at base, recurved. Stems long, thin,
tufted, Bamboo-like. Eastern tropical Africa, 1884. (B. M.

7221; G. C. 1891, x., p. 272, f. 33.)

NEOTINEA. Included under Habenaria (which
see).

NEOTTIA. Several species formerly included here

are now classed under Spiranthes (which see).

NEPENTHES. To the species and hybrids described
on pp. 435-9, Vol. II., the following should be added:

N. amabilis (lovely). Pitchers mottled with dark crimson,
freely produced. 1886, A garden hybrid between N. Hookert
and N. Raflesiana, of good habit; it bears closer resemblance
to the former parent.

N. Amesiana apts Ames’). Pitchers green, prettily marked
with red. 1893. A hybrid been N. Raflesiana and N. Hookeriana.

N. Balfouriana (Balfour’s).* Pitchers lft. long, deep red,
with a few green spots and numerous spots and splashes of
crimson. 1899. A handsome hybrid between N. Mastersiana
and NV. miata.

N. Burbidgei (Burbidge’s). A synonym of NV. Phyllamphora.

N. Burkei (Burke's). Pitchers green, blotched with red,
cylindrical, wingless, narrowed in the middle, 8in. long;
mouth dark red, irregularly Jobed, with a number of parallel
nerves; lid ovate, obtuse. Borneo, 1889. (G. C. 1889, vi.
p- 493, f. 69.)

N. B. excellens (excellent).* Pitchers larger and more richly
coloured than in the type, being of a mottled bronzy-green,
with a rich, deep bronze-purple margin. 1890. A capital
plant for basket culture. (J. H. ser. iil., xxi., p. 161, f. 21.)

N. B. prolifica (prolific): J. narrower than in the_ type.
Pitchers smaller, but very freely produced, mottled dull
green, with a margin of orange-russet. 1890.

N. compacta (compact).* Pitchers produced in abundance,
about Sin. long and 8in. in circumference, reddish-purple,
sometimes shaded with violet, splashed and marbled with
creamy-white, the margins and mouth creamy-white; lid
spotted. 1881. A distinct plant, of compact habit.

N. Curtisii (Curtis’). J. sub-coriaceous, glabrous above, sparsely
glandulose beneath, 8in. long. Pitchers about 8in. long, dull
green, thickly mottled with purple, ascending, the throat
shining; lid cordate-ovate, acute, about the size of the mouth
of the pitcher, prettily marbled with purple on a pale ground.
Borneo, 1887. (B. M. 7138; G. C. 1887, ii., p. 689.)

N. C. superba (superb).* Pitchers much darker than in the
typical plant, and having a broad, purplish rim. 1889.

N. cylindrica (cylindrical). 7. spreading, broadly oblanceolate-
oblong, Sin. to 12in. long, narrowed into a winged petiole.
Pitchers 6in. to 8in. long, lin. to 14in. in diameter, pale green,
with a few scattered, crimson spots and markings, cylindrical,
slightly inflated below the middle; mouth frilled; lid oval,
with a depressed mid-nerve, horizontal or slightly fornicate
over the aperture. 1887. A hybrid between N. Veitchii and
N. hirsuta glabrescens, (G. C. 1887, ii., p. 521, f. 133.)

N. Dicksoniana (Dickson’s).* Pitchers beautifully coloured,
with a broad, rosy rim. 1888. A fine hybrid between
N. Veitchii and N. Raflesiana, intermediate in form between
the two parents, and of robust growth. (G. C. 1888, v., pp.
541-3, f. 78.)

N. excelsior (advanced). Pitchers Sin. deep, richly mottled
with purple-red and chocolate-brown on a light green ground,
oblong, rounded at base, 1883. A hybrid between N. Rajiesiana
and N. Hookeriana.

N. Findlayana (Findlay’s).
reddish-crimson, medium-sized, produced in profusion.
Garden hybrid.

N. formosa (beautiful).* A garden hybrid between N. chelsoni
and N. distillatoria.

N. Harryana (Harry Veitch’s).
and N. Edwardsiana,

N. Henryana (Henry Williams’), Pitchers about Tin. long,
reddish-purple, variegated with green; throat light green, with
violet spots; mouth crimson, shaded with violet; lip round,
suffused with rosy-lake. A hybrid between WN. Hookeriana and
N. Sedeni. (I. H. ser. y. 15.)

Pitchers pale green, mottled with
1886.

A hybrid between N. villosa

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Nepenthes—continued.

N. Hibberdii (Hibberd’s). Pitchers blood-red, spotted with «

le yellowish-green, green inside; lid green outside, in-

stinctly marked with dull red on the inside. 1883. Garden
hybrid.

N. mixta (mixed). Pitchers’ about 8in. long, with a fringed
wing, cylindric-oblong, pale cream-colour, flushed with pecan
and blotched with red as in N. Northiana, ribbed round the
mouth with deep crimson. 1893. A hybrid between N. Northiana
and N. Curtisit; it was at first called N. Northisit. (G. C.
1893, xiii., pp. 46-7, f. 9.)

N. m. ea (blood-coloured), A variety having the
pitchers coloured dark reddish-brown. 1894.

N. nigro-purpurea (dark purple). J. leathery, glabrescent,
acute at both ends. Pitchers dull purplish-brown, marked only
by a few scattered, paler spots, ponch- or bag-shaped, 6in.
long, 24in. in diameter, with a few stellate hairs; wings rather
broad, fringed with teeth;: mouth obliquely ovate, bordered
by a rim of purple or whitish ribs; lid purple, mottled on
the lower surface, ovate-oblong. Borneo, 1882. Probably of
specific rank. (G. C. n. s., xviii., p. 425.)

N. Obrieniana (O’Brien’s). Pitchers long and narrow, the
basal part green and slightly ventricose, the upper half
cylindrical and reddish, the mouth having a green rim. Borneo,
1890. (I. H. 1890, p. 109, t. 116.)

N. Paradisz (Paradise Nurseries). Pitchers rich crimson,
marked with pale green, very much narrowed in the centre,
4in. to Sin. long, 2in.-to 2sin. broad at the widest part, the
edge of the throat and the inside of the lid green, the outside
of the lid marked reddish. 1883. Garden hybrid.

N. Pervillei (Perville’s). /. short, shining green, oblanceolute.
Pitchers dull crimson, 2in. long. Seychelles, 1896. In a wild
tate, this plant produces leaves lft. long and pitchers 8in.
ong.

N. rufescens (reddish), J. lft. long, 2sin. broad, acute.
Pitchers green, flushed with red, cylindric, 7sin. long, 2in.
broad ; lid oblong, spurred. Stem cylindric, reddish. 1888, A
pariien hybrid between N. Courtii and N. distillatoria. (G. C.
888, iv., p. 669, f. 95.)

N. sanguinea (blood-red). A synonym of N. Veitchii.

N. stenophylla (narrow-leaved). J. narrow. Pitchers 6in. to
7in. long, lyin. broad, green, with numerous longitudinal, dark
reddish-purple spots; rim narrow; lid small. Borneo, 1830.
Allied to N. Curtisii. (G. C. 1892, xi., p. 401.)

N. Tiveyi. (Tivey’s). Pitchers light een, streaked and
blotched with bright brown; rim broad, bright reddish-brown,
convex. 1897, . A garden hybrid between N. Veitchii and
N. Curtisii superba. (G. C. 1897, xii., pp. 200-1, f. 59, 60.)

N. ventricosa (swollen).* J. narrow, glabrous. Pitchers green,
with a red rim, wingless, constricted in the middle, 6in. long.
Philippine Islands, 1898. A distinct and striking plant, allied
to N. Burkei. (G. C. 1898, xxiii., p. 380, f. 143.)

N. Vieillardii (Vieillard’s). 7. sessile, thick, lanceolate,
slightly pubescent below. Pitchers oblong-ovoid, ventricose,
8in. long, hairy, with the sides winged and denticulate.
Tendrils silky-white or ferruginous. Stem robust, obtusely
trigonal, glabrous, slightly hairy at apex. New Caledonia, 1876.

N. Wittei (Witte’s). A garden hybrid of which N. Curtisii
is one of the parents, the other not being recorded. 1897.

N. zeylanica (Cingalese). A synonym of N. distillatoria.

NEPETA. To the species described on p. 439,
Vol. II., the following should be added :

N, macrantha (large-flowered). fl. blue, showy, three to seven
in shortly-pedunculate cymes; corolla l4in. to sin. long;
raceme elongated, Jax. Summer. /. shortly petiolate, ovate-
lanceolate, 2in. to 4in. long, serrate-crenate. Stems 2ft. to 3ft.
high, erect, branched. Siberia. Perennial. Syn. Dracocephalum
stbirteum (B. M. 2185).

N. Meyeri (Meyer's). A synonym of N. micrantha,

N. micrantha (small-flowered). /l. of a clear azure-blue, rather
small; corolla hairy, with exserted tube; cymes opposite,
many-flowered, forming a panicled raceme. Summer. P petio-
late, ovate, obtuse, crenate, rounded or sub-cordate at base.
Stems erect, 6in. to lft. or more in height, simple or branched
below. Orient. A pubescent annual. Syn. NV. Meyeri.

N. spicata (spicate). 7. pale blue; spike oblong or cylindrical.
September. J/. petiolate, ovate- or triangular-cordate, l4in. to
4in. long, coarsely crenate or serrated, Stems lft. to 3ft. high,
with often spreading branches. Western Himalaya, 1878.
Perennial. (B. M. 6405, a starved form.)

NEPHELAPHYLLUM. Syn. (Cytheris. To the
species described on p. 439, Vol. II., the following should
be added :

N. cristatum (crested). /. sin. wide; sepals and petals green,
with purple lines; lip white in front; scape 10in. long, few-

flowered. J. cordate-ovate, 2in. long. Hong Kong, 1896.

NEPHELIUM includes Scytalia.

AT

NEPHRODIUM. Buckler Ferns. Including Pachy-
deris, Phlebigoniwm, Podopeltis, Proferea, and Pycnopteris.

This genus includes many species remarkable for their
decorative qualities, and others unequalled for their
hardiness and power of endurance. Plants of all
dimensions are found amongst Nephrodiums, from the
tiny-growing N. pedatwmand N. sanctum, with fronds
only a few inches long, to the majestic N. villosum or
the beautiful and massive N. Boryanwm, both of which
produce very handsome fronds from 4ft. to 6ft. and even
frequently 8ft. in length. Whatever their size, however,
Nephrodiums are all of easy culture, a property which
market growers have not been slow in appreciating.
Even the commonest of all, N. molle, which for years
was considered no better than a weed, has sprang into
commercial popularity. When specimens of this species
are planted out on the rockery, where all Nephrodinms
seem to thrive, they soon become objects of great beauty ;
but, whether grown in that way or as pot plants, they
require a richer soil than most other Ferns.

All the Nephrodiums thrive in a mixture of loam and
peat, which, for the most robust kinds, should he in
about equal proportions, with a small part of cow-manure
previously dried and well mixed together, and an
additional sprinkling of silver-sand; for the smaller and
consequently slower-growing species, less loam and more
sand should be used.

Most Nephrodiums, especially the strong-growing kinds,
are quite indifferent as to shading; a little sunshine acts
as a strengthening agent, making their foliage much
more lasting during the winter months than could other-
wise possibly be the case. They all require a good
supply of water at the roots all the year round, but
principally during the growing season. Although they do
not actually suffer from occasional waterings overhead, it
is very doubtful if they derive any benefit therefrom: the
foliage of many kinds, being of a soft texture, soon gets
spotted and loses its beauty if allowed to remain in a
wet condition for any length of time. Im any case, the
plants must not be kept close; confinement in the case
of Nephrodiums means not only an invasion of Thrips,
their greatest enemy, but also that brownness of mature
fronds which often puzzles the amateur grower. ‘The
only way to avoid such unhealthy appearances is to grow
the plants in well-ventilated houses, where moisture
cannot condense on their foliage.

Nephrodiums are easily and rapidly propagated by
means of their spores, which are abundantly produced
and germinate very freely; the species provided with
creeping rhizomes may also be increased by the division
of these organs, which operation is most successfully
performed during the months of March and April. .

Considered as a purely British species, the beautiful
N. cristatwm is one of our rarest plants. Owing to its
native places being boggy situations, it is, however,
somewhat difficult to grow successfully for any length of
time. As an ontdoor Fern, if planted in peaty soil near
the water, it will flourish as well as in its native
habitat ; but in less favonrable situations it will become
weaker every year, until it finally, in two or three
years, dies. °

N. decompositum is of comparatively easy culture, and
is altogether a most desirable plant. It is usually of
medium growth, exceedingly useful for table-decoration,
and also for forming an edging in the rockery in front
of taller kinds, as it is of a neat and compact habit.
N. d. glabellum is well adapted for pot culture, or for
planting in nooks in the rockery where there is but little
soil or space at disposal. It is also a capital plant
for Fern-cases, as generally seen in dwelling-rooms,
where it grows luxuriantly, its tender, soft green colour
forming a striking contrast with plants of a darker hne.
The beauty of this variety is readily destroyed by watering
or syringing overhead, which causes the fronds, young or
old, to assume a brownish, sickly appearance.

N. erythrosorum is a highly decorative species, in many
respects distinct, and deserves to be cultivated on a large
scale. “It has proved perfectly hardy eyen in London,
haying stood, without any protection whatever, the
test of our hardest winters; but under such treatment
it becomes deciduous. When treated as a cool indoor
subject, its magnificent fronds, of a beamtiful bronzy hue
ina young state, but turning with age to a dark shining
green, remain on the plant all the year round, and make

548

Nephrodium—continued.

it a very useful species for winter decoration. The
whole plant is rendered exceedingly attractive by the
bright red indusia, which contrast pleasantly with the
dark glossy green of the upper surface of the frond. It
is easily propagated from spores.

Filix-mas, when planted in naturally sheltered
places, becomes almost an evergreen species, most useful
for ornamenting the rockery and shrubbery. Like many
other Ferns, it looks much handsomer when planted out,
especially if disposed upon an irregular surface, in
clumps of six or eight strong plants each, with a few
pieces of stone or rock, which greatly add to their
appearance, laid in between and among them. The male
Fern is not, however, in any way fastidious, and will
grow luxuriantly either in pots or planted out, in almost
any soil, provided that during its growing season it
receive a good supply of water at the roots; but it
prefers a light and sandy loam toa stiff clay, and
although it will bear exposure to the sun, yet it flourishes
much better in a shady situation. It is readily propa-
gated from spores, which are usually , ripe about
Midsummer; and also from division of the crowns, which
is a much slower process.

N. hispidum is particularly adapted for growing in a
Fern-case in the dwelling-room, where, in the company
of Todeas and other Filmy Ferns, it will be found to
thrive admirably ; indeed, it is a plant rather difficult to
manage in the open honse, unless a close and shady
corner can be devoted to it. Hither as a pot plant or
planted out it forms a beautiful and interesting object.

N. molle is a most accommodating plant, succeeding
under either stove or greenhouse treatment. It does well
either grown in a pot or planted out in the rockery,
where it forms a capital background, showing off to
adyantage other and choicer Ferns, and in which position
it soon multiplies, as it is readily propagated from
spores. Several varieties of N. molle have been produced
under cultivation, the most distinct being N. m. corym-
biferum. On account of its curious form, its rapid
growth, and its pleasing green colour, this variety
has taken a leading place among the Ferns specially
grown for decoration. When subjected to cool or inter-
mediate treatment it is never, to our knowledge, attacked
by any insect; it is only when grown in too warm a
house that the plant is seen covered with Mealy Bug,
which pest is only eradicated with great difficulty, as
the texture of the fronds is very soft, and they do not
bear fumigating or dipping in any insecticide.

N. montanum is most effective when planted in masses
on the rockery; but it is one of the few species which
do not take to transplanting very kindly, although, with
a little care, it may successfully be removed. It also
makes a handsome specimen when grown in a pot. In
either case thorough drainage is necessary, and the soil
best suited to its cultivation is a compost of four parts
of fibry peat and one part each of leaf-monld and sandy
loam, with a free admixture of silver-sand.

Though generally considered as an evergreen green-
house species, N. Sieboldii is sufficiently hardy to
withstand the severity of an English climate, as it is
reported by Lowe to have survived the winter of 1854-55
in the open air, while it also withstood the rigours of
the winter of 1889-90 unprotected, in the neighbourhood
of London.

N. spinulosum is well adapted for the moist parts of
the Peper or the shady parts of the shrubbery, where,
through its bold, free habit, it is rendered very distinct
and decorative. The plant will bear a moderate degree
of exposure, though it prefers shade; but, whichever
situation it may occupy, a good supply of water at its
roots is necessary all the year round.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 440-4,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

N. affine (related). A synonym of N. Piliz-mas.

N. atratum (dark), A synonym of N. hirtipes.

N. atrovirens (dark green). A synonym of N. decompositum.
N. Blumei (Blume’s). A synonym of N. intermedium.

N. borneense (Bornean)., rhiz. wide-creeping, densely scaly.
sti. firm, erect, naked, 6in. long. fronds lanceolate, lft. to
1sft. long, 4in. to 6in. broad; pinne 2in. to 3in. long, about
lin. broad, cut to a broadly-winged rachis into narrow-oblong,
notched lobes. sori midway between the midrib and the edge;

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Nephrodium—continuwed.

involucre persistent. Borneo.
borneensis.

Syn. Lastrea

See Fig. 583.

Fic. 583. PART OF FROND OF NEPHRODIUM BORNEENSE.

N. Boryanum (Bory’s). sti. 2ft. to 3ft. long, stramineous or
brownish, scaly. fronds 6ft. to 8ft. long, 2ft. to 3ft. broad;
lower pinne 1ft. to 14ft. long, 6in. broad; pinnules lanceolate,
3in. to 4in. long, cut to a winged rachis into blunt, spreading,
more or less toothed lobes two to three lines broad; rachises
and under-side naked. sori in rows near the midrib.
Himalayas, &c. Greenhouse. Syns. NV. divisum, Lastrea
Boryana.

N. Brunonianum (Brown's). sti. tufted, black, 4in. to 6in.
Jong, densely dark brown scaly. jronds lft. to 14ft. long,
seldom more than 4in. broad; pinne close, unequal, oblong-
lanceolate, blunt, cut half-way to the rachis into sharply-
toothed, blunt lobes. sori abundant, midway between the
edge and the midrib. Himalayas (at 12,000ft.). Greenhouse.
Syn. Lastrea Brunoniana.

N. calearatum (spurred). sti. densely tufted, stramineous,
villous above. fronds lft. long, 3in. to 6in. broad; pinne
EPresne, 2in. to 4in. long, gin. to Zin. broad, cut down two-
thirds or more to the rachis into oblique, sub-falcate, linear-
oblong, acute or blunt lobes; rachis villous.
involucre glabrous, persistent. India.
Syn. Lastrea calearata.

N. canum (hoary). sti. densely tufted, 6in. to 8in. long,
slender, finely villous. fronds 8in. to 12in. long, 3in. to 4in.
broad ; central pinne 2in. long, 4in. broad, gradually narrowed
from base to point, cut nearly to the rachis into close,
slightly crenate lobes gin. broad; lower pinne distant and
dwindling down gradually. sori sub-marginal; involucre thin,
fugacious. Himalayas. SYN. Lastrea cana.

N. chinense (Chinese). cau. decumbent. sti. about 6in. long,
slender, scaly. jvonds lft. to 1{ft. long, 6in. to Qin. broad;
inne few, the lowest much the largest, Sin. to 6in. long,
in. to 4in. broad; lowest pinnules much longer than the
others, which are lanceolate, with distinct, oblong-deltoid,
deeply-pinnatifid lower segments, the under-surface almost
naked, sort copious, distant from the midrib. North China
and Japan. Greenhouse.

N. confiuens (cohering). fronds deltoid, lft. to 1sft. each
way, tripinnatifid; lowest pinne the largest, deltoid, unequal-
sided; pinnules large, lanceolate, the lowest deeply lobed;
ribs densely hairy. sori large, disposed in one row near the
main veins; involucre small, fugacious. Queensland. Green-
house. SyNs. Aspidiwm confluens, Sagenia conjluens.

N. coruscum (glittering). A synonym of Aspidium variwm.

N. cristatum (crested). “This resembles N. Filix-mas, but the
fronds are less erect; the pinne less regular; the segments
broader, thinner, more wedge-shaped on the lower side, much
more toothed, and the lower ones sometimes almost pinnatitid,
the plant then forming some approach to N. spinwoswm, from
which it differs in the much narrower fronds, with the seg-
ments much broader and much less divided. sort large, as in
N. Filix-mas, with a conspicuous indusium. Europe (Britain),
&e. SyNns. Aspidium cristatum, Lastrea cristata.

N. c. Clintonianum (Clinton’s). A very vigorous form. 1888.

N. c. floridanum (Florida). fronds thickish, broadly lanceo-
late, pinnate, lft. to 2ft. high; sterile ones shorter, growing in
a crown from a thick, scaly rootstock. A vigorous form.

N. c. uliginosum (marsh-loving). fronds broader than in the
type; pinnules smaller and more numerous, more sharply
pointed and more deeply cut, fringed with sharp teeth at
their extremity. sori covering the under-surface. Hardier
than the type. SYN. Aspidium uliginoswm.

sort medial ;
A well-marked plant.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC. 549

Nephrodium—continued.

N. cristatum-marginale (hybrid). A supposed natural
hybrid between the parents indicated by its name. 1896.
(G. & F. 1896, p. 444, f. 58.)

N. denticulatum (small-toothed). sti. tufted, lft. or more
in length, densely scaly at base, naked above. fronds
triangular, coriaceous, lft. to 2ft. long, 8in. to 12in. broad ;
lowest pinne much the largest; lowest pinnules the largest,
lanceolate, the segments cut into spathulate lobes furnished
with spiny teeth. sori scattered over the whole under-surface.
Tropical America.

N. deparioides (Deparia-like). sti. firm, lft. or more in
length, slightly scaly below. ‘fronds oblong-lanceolate, 14ft. to
2ft. long ; lower pinne 4in. to 6in. long, lanceolate; pinnules
unequal-sided, stalked, triangular, their broad, blunt, nearly
quadrangular lobes distinctly toothed. sori terminal in the
teeth (as in a Deparia). Southern India, &e. Greenhouse.
Syn. Lastrea deparioides.

N. dilatatum (enlarged). A form of N. spinuloswm.

N. divergens (diverging). A synonym of NV. efusum.

N. divisum (divided). a synonym of NV. Boryanum.

N. effusum (spreading).* rhiz. short-creeping, woody. _ sti.
2ft. or more in length, scaly below. fronds pale green,
beautifully geeomppany, 4ft. long, 2ft. broad, four or five
times pinnatifid; lower pinne the longest, lft. to 14ft. long,
often lft. broad; pinnules lanceolate, closely set; segments
lanceolate, unequal-sided, the lower ones cut to the midrib
into pinnatifid lobes. sori scattered over the under-surface,
usually devoid of involucre. Mexico, &c. Syns. Polypodium
divergens, P. effuswm. :

N. elongatum (elongated). A variety of N. Filix-mas.

N. erythrosorum prolificum (prolific). /ronds rigid, deltoid,
bipinnate, deep green, gemmiparous in the axils of the
segments and on the margins; pinne rather distant, obliquely
ovate-lanceolate, the posterior side most developed; pinnules
unequal, but usually linear, acute, and somewhat falcate.
sori numerous, large, reniform, distributed over the whole
back of the frond, covered by prominent indusia. Japan, 1883
An interesting variety.

& £,
px

NS Wires RQ

Oy

Fic. 584. FROND OF NEPHRODIUM FILIX-MAS RAMOSISSIMUM.

N. Filix-mas. The following are well-marked forms: athyrioides,
Barnesti, Borreri, dentatum, elongatum, Findleyanum, foliosum,
Ingramii, interrupta, Jervisii, Loweiw, magnijica, Mapplebeckii,
multi-cristatum, propinquum, ramo-cristatum, ramosissimum
(see Fig. 584), ramosum, ramulosissimum, Scottii, Willisonii,
Winstanleyi.

N. glabellum (smoothish). A form of N. decompositum.

N. Grisebachii (Grisebach’s). This gigantic, stove species is
allied to N. setigerum, differing principadly in its larger size
and in its stipes being densely clothed at base with scales
fully lin. long, which leave distinct tubercles when they fall.

al.

N. hirtipes. Syn. Aspidiwm atratwm.

N. Hopeanum (Lieut. Hope's). sti. lin. to ljin. long, grey,
glossy, naked. fronds oblong-lanceolate, lft. long, 6in. to Tin.

Fn he

Nephrodium—continued.

broad, bipinnatifid; pinnz distant, sessile, caudate, the lower
ones din. to fin. long, gin. to Zin. broad, cut down to a narrow
wing into ligulate-faleate, entire lobes gin. broad; tip of frond
like one of the pinne; rachis grey, slightly pubescent. sort
crowded close to the midrib; involucre firm, persistent. Poly-
nesia, 1883. Syn. Lastrea Hopeana.

N. incisum (cut). sti. tufted, 2in. to din. long, scaly below.
Jronds narrow-oblong, lft. or more in length, Zin. to lyin.
broad, coriaceous, finely hairy below, gradually narrowed
towards the base, with triangular or lanceolate lobes often
not reaching more than one-third the way to the rachis.
sori nearly marginal; involucre very fugacious. West Indies
and Colombia.

N. irregulare (irregular). A synonym of N. latifolium.

N. javanicum (Java). A synonym of Didymochlwna polycarpa.

N. Jenmani (Jenman’s), sti. stout, scaly, erect. fronds bi-
pinnate, about 2ft. long and Qin. to 12in. broad, densely
pellucid-dotted. Jamaica, 1887. Syn. Lastrea Jenmani.

N. latifolium (broad-leaved). stz, ebeneous, lft. or more in
length. fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, lin. to lJin. broad, deeply
pinnatifid at apex; pinne three to five on each side, the lowest
(much the tasece) in. to 12in. long, 6in. to 8in. broad, soft,
greyish. sori disposed in rows, principally close to the main
veins. Polynesia. Syns. N. irregulare, Sagenia irregularis.

N. Lawrenceanum (Lawrence's). caw. 3in. to 4in. high. sti. (as
well as the rachis and costa beneath) blackish. fronds 2ft. or
more in length, gracefully arching, ovate, pinnate below,
pinnatifid above; pinne falecate, pinnatitid, the lower ones
about 14ft. long. Madagascar, 1881. SyN. Sagenia Lawrenceana.

N. lepidum (pretty). sti. green, setose on the margins of the
groove down the face. fronds ovate, acuminate; pinne
alternate, very shortly stalked, lanceolate, acuminate, pin-
natifid, the central ones longest, glabrous, with hairy midribs
and setose margins. sori placed near the midribs on each
side, with inflated, roundish-reniform, lead-coloured, hairy
indusia. 1886, An elegant Fern. SyN. Lastrea lepida.

N. lucidum (clear). rhiz. short-creeping, with a few small,
brown basal scales. sti. contiguous, lin. to 3in. long. fronds
oblong-lanceolate, bipinnatifid, glabrous, lft. to lift. long, Sin.
to 6in. broad; pinne twelve to twenty pairs, sessile, linear,
pinnatifid. sori apical on the veins. Madagascar, 1877. Habit
of N. sophoroides.

N. macrophyllum (large-fronded).* sti. tufted, dull brownish,
lft. to 2ft. long, scaly below. fronds composed of a large ter-
minal pinna (often forked at base) and from four to eight
lanceolate ones on each side, entire or slightly lobed, the
lowest pair distinctly forked at base. sori reniform, in two
rows between each primary vein, and usually situated on the
middle of a veinlet. West Indies, &e. SyNns. Aspidiwm
macrophyllum, Sagenia macrophylla. There is a garden variety
calvatum.

N. mamillosum (nippled). This species closely resembles
N. decurrens; but the pinne are undivided, and the sori are
so deeply immersed as to make the upper surface appear as
if covered with minute nipples. Moluccas, 1886. SYN. Sagenia
mamillosa (I. H. 1886, 598).

N. marginale. Syn. Aspidiwm marginale. In the variety
elegans most of the pinnules are twice or thrice as long as in
the type, and all are pinnatifid.

N. Maximowiczii (Maximowicz’s). sti. light brown, glossy,
scaly, 6in. to 8in. long. jronds smooth, deltoid, quadripinnatifid,
about lft. each way; lowest pinne the largest, long-stalked,
produced on the lower side; their lowest pinnules and segments
deltoid, stalked, cuneate at base; the ultimate lobes unequal-
sided, toothed. sori small, just below the final notches;
involucre persistent. Japan. Greenhouse. Syn. Lastrea
Maximowiczii.

N.molle. Several varieties of this species have been produced,
including polydactylon, violascens, and Sangwelli, which last is
of free growth, very ornamental for pots or for the rockery.
1884.

N. montanum Barnesii (Barnes'). fronds much narrower
than in the type. A pretty variety.

N. m. coronans (crowned). A finely crested variety; the
apex of the frond is developed into a large, crisped tuft, and
the apices of the pinne have smaller, roundish, crisped ones.
1882

N. nevadense (Nevada). Sierra Shield Fern. rhiz. creeping,
slightly scaly. fronds pale green, l}in. to din. long, in-
cluding the short stipes; divisions of the pinne in the
fertile fronds generally folded together early in the day,
opening in the afternoon. sori close to the margins, covered
with a minute, hairy indusium. Sierra Nevada, &c. Green-
house.

N. opacum (opaque). This hardy garden lant has the
AreArAuce of s amt lenived, dull form of y erythrosorum,
and is said to be Japanese; its fronds, however, never show
the beautiful tints of the species named. It is rarely affected
by gas, smoke, or fog. SYN. Lastrea opaca.

N. Oreopteris (Mountain Fern). A synonym of WV. montanum.,

550

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Nephrodium—continued.

Fig. 585. FROND OF NEPHRODIUM PARISHII.

N. Parishii (Parish’s). sti. slender, naked, 6in. to Qin. long.
fronds deltoid, 6in. to 8in. each way; lower pinnze much the
largest; pinnules oblong-lanceolate, lin. to 2in. long, cut
nearly to the rachis into close, crenate lobes of a parchment-
like texture. sovi in rows not far from the midrib. Moulmein.
See Fig. 585. Syn. Lastrea Parishii.

N. polymorphum (of many forms). hiz. creeping. — sti.
brownish, naked, lft. or more in length. fronds 2ft. to 4ft.
long, lft. to 14ft. broad, impari-pinnate ; pinne five to thirteen,
oblong, variously forked, especially the lower ones, coriaceous.
sori small, abundant, scattered on the connected veinlets.
Ceylon, Himalayas, &c. Syn. Sagenia polymorpha.

N. prolificum (prolific). A form of N. erythrosorum.

N. punctilobum (dotted-lobed). A synonym of Dicksonia
punetiloba. Z

N. recedens (receding). sti. erect, lft. long, woolly-scaly.
fronds lft. to 2ft. long, lft. or more broad, deltoid; lower
pinne 6in. to 12in. long, 3in. to 6in. broad, their pinnules
often 6in. long, 2in. broad, and divided into distinct, one-
sided, lanceolate segments, and close, slightly-toothed lobes,
smooth above, woolly beneath. sori six to eight round the
pice of the larger lobes. Ceylon, Neilgherries. Syn. Lastrea
vrecedens,

N. recurvum (recurved). A synonym of NV. emulum.
N. remotum (distant). A variety of NV. spinuloswm.

N. Richardsi multifida (much-cleft).* A fine, free-growing,
crested variety, useful for decorative purposes, and producing
itself true from spores.

N. Rodigasianum (Rodigas’).* fronds spreading, lanceolate,

Sft. to 4ft. long; pinnx sessile, linear-lanceolate, pinnatifid.
Samoa, 1882. A handsome species. (I. H. 1882, t. 442.)

N. scabrosum (rough). sti. slender, 14ft. to 2ft. long,
clothed with straw-coloured scales. fronds 1sft. to 2ft.

long, lft. to 14ft. broad; pinnz 6in. to Qin. long, 3in. to
Sin. broad; pinnules of the lower side the largest, with
lanceolate segments cut nearly to the rachis into toothed,
ligulate lobes of a soft texture. sori small, usually one at
the base of each lobe. Neilgherries. Greenhouse. Syns.
Lastrea scabrosa, Polypodium nigrocarpum.

N. Serra (a saw). rhiz. wide-creeping. sti. firm, glossy, lft.
or more in length. frends slender, 2ft. to 3ft. long, lft. or
more in breadth, broadly lanceolate; pinne spreading, 6in.
to Sin. long, seldom sin. broad, cut down about half-way to
the midrib into sickle-shaped, acute lobes, coriaceous, pale
green. sori in two rows a little apart from the midrib; indusia
hairy. Cuba, Mexico, &c.

N. setigerum (bristle-bearing). rhiz. creeping. sti. lft. to
2ft. long. fronds lft. to 3ft. long; lowest pinne largest,
8in. to 12in. long, 4in. to 6in. ‘broad ; pinnules narrow-
lanceolate, cut down to the rachis into close, deeply-cleft,
pale green lobes of a soft texture. sori small, eight to
twelve to a lobe. China, India, &c. Greenhouse. SyYNs.
NV. tenericaule, Lastrea setigera. In the variety cristatum
the fronds are more or less crested.

Nephrodium—continuwed.

N. setosum (bristly). sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long, densely
light brown-scaly. fronds lft. to 14ft. long, 6in. to Yin. broad;
lowest pinne the largest; pinnules usually lanceolate, cut
down to the midrib into long, narrow segments of a soft
texture. sori in a line close to the midrib. Java. A
distinct species. SyNs. Aspidiwm setosum, Lastrea setosa.

N Sieboldii variegata. A variegated form of the well-known
ype.

N. simulatum (simulating). This species much resembles
NV. Thelypteris, but differs in its longer stipes, introrse lower
pinne, larger sori, and less convolute margins. 1886, SYN.
Aspidium simulatum (G. & F, 1896, p. 484, f. 69).

N. Sloanei (Sloane's). rhiz. stout, wide-creeping. fronds

larger (3ft. to 4ft. long) and with narrower and more sharply-
pointed lobes than in N. patens, which this stove species
Tropical America.

otherwise resembles. Syn. Lastrea Sloanei.

Fic. 586, NePHRODIUM SPARSUM GRACILE.

N. sparsum gracile (slender).* sti. short, slender, con-
spicuously scaly. fronds lanceolate, bipinnatifid, 3in. to 4in.
long. A pretty variety. See Fig. 586.

N. spinulosum Boottii (Boott’s). fronds deep green, slightly
scaly beneath, disposed in a circle or crown fully 3ft. high
including the chaffy, rusty-scaly stipes; pinne lanceolate,
distant ; lowest pinnules sin. long, 4in. broad, cut one-third
to half the way to the rachis. North America, &e.

N. s. dilatatum. The following are fairly distinct sub-
varieties : anomalum, collinum, compactum, crispum, eristatum,
dentigerum, gracile, grandiceps, Howardii, nanwm, ramosum,
spectabilis, tanacetifolium.

N. s. intermedium (intermediate). fronds broader than in
the type (often 22in. long and Qin. broad) and more finely
cut; pinne more spreading, the lowest nearly 3in, apart.
North America.

N. Standishii (Standish’s). This is a trade name for a beautiful
Fern known correctly as Aspidiwm laserpitiifolium.

N. subtriphyllum (almost three-fronded). rhiz. creeping. sti.
brownish, 1ft. or more in length. fronds lft. to 14ft. long, Sin.
to 12in. broad, sub-deltoid, having a large, deeply-cleft terminal
pinna, with lanceolate lobes, and one or two on each side.
sori large, scattered on the connected veinlets. China, Ceylon,
&e. SYNS. Aspidium subtriphyllum, Sagenia subtriphylla.

N. tenericaule (slender-stemmed). Synonymous
N. setigerum.

N. terminans (terminating). A synonym of WV. pteroides.

N. Thwaitesii (Thwaites’). This closely resembles NV. depari-
oides in general outline, but the small sori are marginal instead
of terminal in the teeth of the lobes. Ceylon. Syn. Lastrea
Thwaitesii.

N. undulatum (wavy).* sti. tufted, 6in. to lain. long, scaly
at base, glossy upwards. fronds lft. or more in length,
broadly triangular-ovate; main rachis distinctly zigzag in

with

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

~ Nephrodium—continued.
outline; pinne deflexed, then curved upwards, overlapping ;
lowest pair usually the largest (in. to 6in. long); pinnules
nearly triangular, cut into broadly ovate segments. sori large,
disposed near the midrib. Ceylon, &e. A distinct and elegant
species. Syn. Lastrea undulata.

N. varium (variable). A garden name for Aspidium variwm.

N. velutinum (velvety). sti. 1ff. or more in length, bright
brown, villous upwards, scaly at base. fronds lft. to lift.
long, nearly as broad, deltoid ; lower pinne much the largest,
deltoid; lowest pinnules the largest, cut to the rachis below
into pinnatifid, oblong lobes; rachises densely villous; both
surfaces pubescent. sori small, copious; involucre glandular-
ciliated. New Zealand. Greenhouse. Syn. Lastrea velutina.
N. Trimeni and N. variolosum (Syn. Aspidium variolosum) are

grown in botanical establishments.

NEPHROLEPIS. Ladder Fern. Althongh not a
large genus, this contains some of the most valuable
Ferns adapted for planting on rockwork, a position in
which they soon form ornamental masses of a striking
and attractive character. All Nephrolepises are most
tenacious of life, and when it so happens that, through
want of moisture at the roots, their leaflets drop off,
the plants soon recover; for, after a few weeks of
attentive nursing, another crop of fresh foliage usually
takes the place of the fronds previously destroyed. The
fronds, which in some kinds attain 4ft. in length, are in
most, if not in all, cases produced from crowns disposed
at various intervals on long, thin, rapid-growing rhizomes
of a wiry nature. This is a feature peculiar to the plants
contained in this genus, and by which means most of
them are rapidly increased, especially the reputed barren
forms, such as N. Duffii, N. rufescens tripinnatifida, and
the fertile but very variable N. davallioides furcans,
which, when propagated from spores, produces plants
showing their crested character in a more or less
marked degree. Where it is desired that these should be
increased, they should be planted in a shallow bed of
coarsely-broken peat, chopped sphagnum, and _ silver-
sand, in about equal parts: in this the rhizomes can
freely ron and produce young plants, which may be
safely severed from the parent when they have developed
three or four fronds. Besides the usual rhizomes already
alluded to, a few species, such as N. Bausei, N. cordifolia
(tuberosa), N. philippinensis, N. pluma, and N. undulata,
are also provided at the roots with small tubers of a
succulent nature, which likewise produce young plants
in a remarkably short time. In this latter section
N. Bausei, N. plwma, and N. undulata are entirely
deciduous, and, from want of knowledge respecting their
habit, have often been lost during their resting season,
when some growers keep them so dry that, long before
the time comes when they should start into growth
again, the tubers have ceased to live. All through the
winter, the soil which contains them must be kept in
a moderately moist condition, so as to prevent them
from shrivelling up: this is an essential point as regards
securing a healthy, strong spring growth.

All the species of Nephrolepis are particularly well
adapted for basket culture, being naturally of an elegant
drooping character; they have also a curious propensity
for taking possession of the outer surface of the baskets
and growing all round them, thus making perfect balls
of gracefully pendulous foliage, which, provided the
plants are well supplied with- water at the roots all the
year round,\remain a long time in perfect condition. On
acconnt of the jointed nature of their leaflets, the fronds
are of little use in a ent state, as they only last good
for a comparatively short time. The plants are specially
useful for covering walls and pillars, as they require but
very little soil and can almost be kept thriving on
moisture alone. Many of them may be propagated from
spores, which germinate freely and make young plants
in a short time. N. Zollingeriana is best accommodated
on a rockery in cither a warm or an _ intermediate
temperature.

N. davallioides furcans is valuable for growing in large
baskets, in which it never fails to prove very attractive.
Althongh spores are freely produced, it is best to propa-
gate it by means of the young plants produced from
rhizomes in the ordinary way, on account of the numerous
and extreme variations which take place among the
seedlings, a small percentage only of which are possessed
of the true characters of the parent.

&c. 551

Nephrolepis—continued.

N. Dufii, being a totally barren plant, can only be
propagated by division of the crowns, an operation easily
performed at almost any time of the year, but with
greater safety in early spring; or by young plants
produced from the rhizomes, which, however, are not so
plentiful as in other species. It is ore of the best
Ferns for pot culture, its somewhat upright habit making
it less suitable than other species for baskets, brackets,
and wall-coverings.

For indoor decoration, as well as for general use,
N. evaltata has no equal,-and being of a particularly
accommodating nature it thrives well under other Ferns
in places which possibly would otherwise remain bare,
It is also well adapted for planting on a cool rockery,
either in out-of-the-way corners or on rocks near water;
but, wherever it is planted, care shonld be taken to
give it plenty of room, so as to ensure the full develop-
ment of its beautiful fronds. N. eraltata is a rapid grower,
and soon forms very ornamental masses when planted
out; but when left alone it has a tendency to overrun
any more delicate Ferns which may happen to be near it.

N. pluma being thoroughly deciduous, care must be
taken to keep its tubers, which are of a somewhat woody
character and of a dark brown colour, in a constantly
but moderately moist soil during the resting period,
which corresponds with our own winter, otherwise they
will shrivel up, and the plant will be lost. Like
N. cordifolia and N. pluma, N. undulata produces small
tubers, from which it can easily be propagated after
its resting period. It is very scarce in collections, owing,
doubtless, to its being of decidnous habit, which often
causes it to be accidentally thrown away during its resting
time.

Fic. 587. NEPHROLEPIS RUFESCENS TRIPINNATIFIDA.

To the species and yarieties described on pp. 444-6,

Vol. If., the following should be added :

N. Barteri (Barter’s). A form of N. exaltata.

N. Bausei (Bause'’s).* fronds numerous, erect, more than lft.
high, leafy from their base, and of a soft, bright green; pinnz
bipinnatifid. 1885. An ornamental Fern, of dense habit, suit-
able for basket culture. Garden variety.

552 THE DICTIONARY

Nephrolepis—continued.

N. cordifolia compacta (compact).* fronds arching, 1sft. to
2ft. long, leafy from the base; pinn closely disposed, oblong,
coriaceous, lin. long, toothed, deep glossy green, with a
darker midnerve. 1890. An elegant garden variety (distributed
as N. cordata compacta), suitable for the intermediate house
or stove. Other varieties in cultivation are philippinensis and
tuberosa.

N. davallioides furcans plumosa (plumed).* fronds
repeatedly forked at their summit, ending in large tassels of
a crested and feathery nature. 1873. A very distinct form.

N. d. multiceps (many-headed). fronds light green, much-cleft,
gracefully spreading. 92.

N. exaltata neglecta (untrimmed). fronds Ift. to 2ft. long;
pinne cordate, cruciate, or triangular, distant, but much more
securely attached to the rachis than in other kinds. This form
is more suited for the rockery than for pots or baskets.

N. e. plumosa (feathery). In this variety the fronds are crested.
. 1899.

Other varieties are Barteri and volubilis (the last-named of
zigzag form).
N. imbricata (overlapping). A synonym of NV. cordifolia.
N. neglecta (untrimmed). A form of N. exaltata.
N. obtusifolia (blunt-leaved). A synonym of NV. cordifolia.

N. philippinensis (Philippine Islands).* fronds narrow, seldom
exceeding lft. in length, quite erect, produced from thickly-
tufted crowns; midrib bright shining brown; pinne closely
set, deflexed, dark green, coriaceous, auricled at base, finely
toothed. Philippine Islands. A lovely stove or greenhouse
species.

N. platyotis (broad-eared).
N. recurvata (recurved). A garden synonym of N. exaltata.

N. rufescens (reddish). Of this ferruginous-tomentose variety
there is a form in which the pinne overlap one another and
are cut down, especially on the lower side, into deep,
lanceolate segments, which (in the specimen figured in G, C.
1887, i., pp. 477, 481) are merely serrated, “but in a frond
which lies before us [tripinnatifida] are again _pinnatifid”
(J. G. Baker). 1887. A free-growing, handsome Fern, either
for pot culture or for planting out in a warm house. See
Fig. 587, for which we are indebted to Messrs. W. and J.
Birkenhead.

N. undulata (wavy).* fronds arching, seldom exceeding 1ift.
in length, narrow-lanceolate ; pinne narrow-oblong, acute, of a
thin papery texture, notched at the edges, of a cheerful light
green. West Africa, 1848. A very handsome species, especially
when in fruit.

N. Zollingeriana (Zollinger’s)." rhiz. freely produced, ex-
tending a long way. sti. terete, woolly, green at first, turning
brown. fronds seldom more than 14ft. long, of a cheerful green ;
pinne so deeply toothed as to appear pinnatifid. sort in a
single row half-way between the midrib and the margin;
involucre nearly round, fugacious. Malaya. A good rockery
species for the warm or intermediate house.

NEPHTHYTIS. To the species described on p. 446,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

N. picturata (pictured). 7. spreading, 6in. to 12in. long, 5in.
to Yin. broad, broadly ovate-hastate, deeply cordate at base

A synonym of N. acuta.

Fic, 588, NEPHTHYTIS PICTURAYa.

OF GARDENING,
Nephthytis—continued.

with a rhomboid sinus, cuspidate-acuminate at apex, variegated
with white in a pattern resembling the tips of Fern fronds
laid between the nerves; petioles 10in. to 12in. long, terete,
erect, green. Congo, 1887. Stove perennial. See Fig. 588,

for which we are indebted to Mr. Wm. Bull.
NEPTICULA. See Rosa—Insects.
NERIEGME. See Spiders.

NERINE. Flowers pale or deep red, few or many
in an umbel; perianth funnel-shaped, the segments more
or less crisped; stamens inserted at the base of the
segments; peduncle usually slender. To the species and
varieties described on p. 447, Vol. II., the following should
be added :

N. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). A form of N. flexuosa.

N. appendiculata (bhavirg an appendage). /l. in colour and
size resembling those of N. flexuosa angustifolia, but the
filaments have each at the base outside a strap-shaped
process with two or four long, apical teeth (a new type of
structure in the genus). 1894.

N. curvifolia Fothergilli (Fothergill’s). ji. between crimson
and scatlet, more numerous than in the type. The plant is
more robust in all its parts. (A. B. R. 163, under name of
Amaryllis Fothergilli.)

N. elegans alba (white).* /. white, medium-sized, ten or a
dozen borne in an umbel on an erect scape about 6in. high.
1. bright green, 4in. long, sin. broad. 1893. A beautiful dwarf

lant, ‘‘said to be an introduction from South Africa, and there-

ore not likely to be a form of NV. elegans, which is a hybrid of

garden origin. It comes near N. Moorei.” (J. H. xxvii., p. 349,

f. 51.)

N. excellens (excelling). “A garden hybrid between
N. flexilis (? flexuosa] and N, humilis.” 1882.

N. flexuosa angustifolia (narrow-leaved). jl. pink; pedicels
pubescent. J. linear, gin. to tin. brodd. 18385. A very distinct
plant. (Ref. B. 329, under name of NV. pulchella angustifolia.)

N. f. Sandersoni (Sanderson’s). This differs from the type in
the less-crisped perianth segments, which are more united in
a cup at the base, the stouter pedicels and peduncles, and
the broader leaves. 1885.

N. Fothergilli (Fothergill’s). A variety of NV. curvifolia,

N. humilis splendens (splendid). A variety having rosy-
carmine flowers.

N. Moorei (Moore’s). jl. six to nine; perianth bright scarlet,
erect, the segments cut down to the ovary, oblanceolate,
crisped, l4in. long, nearly din. broad ; pedicels Zin. to lin. long;
peduncle about 8in. long. 7. produced a little after the flowers,
Jin. to 12in. long, 4in. to Zin. broad, curved, slightly twisted,
blunt, thick and leathery, shining. 1886.

N. pancratioides (Pancratium-like). fl. white, twelve to
twenty in an umbel; perianth lin. long, with small, square,
bifid scales between each of the filaments, as in Pancratium ;
scape 2ft. high. 7. long, narrow, sub-terete in the lower half.
1891.

N. pulchella (pretty). A variety of V. flexuosa.

N. pumila (dwarf).* #1. of a brilliant scarlet, with a golden
sheen, sixteen to eighteen in an umbel. Jl. appearing after
the flowers, about 10in. long, channelled, glaucous, incurved,
and spreading on the ground. 1890. A beautiful species,
somewhat similar to NV. curvifolia.

N. rosea (pink). A form of N. sarniensis.

N. sarniensis corusca insignis (remarkable).
with white centre.

N. s. c. pallida (pale). An orange-scarlet form.

N. s. profusa (profuse). jl. bright scarlet; segments narrower
and more acute, less wavy, and less falcate than in the form
venusta. Late in August.

N. s. rosea (pink). jl. rose-red. /. darker than in the type.
(B. M. 2124, under name of J. rosea.)

Hybrids. These in many cases quite ont-distance the
species alike as regards form and colour of flowers.
Some excellent kinds have of- recent years been pro-
duced by Mr. Elwes, Mr. Max Leichtlin, and others. The
more important are included in the enumeration that
follows :

ALLENI (sarniensis and s. corusca major); ATROSANGUINEA
(sarniensis Plantii and flexuosa); CAMII (curvifolia and undu-
lata); CINNABARINA (Fothergilli and flexuosa); COUNTESS
BATHURST ; ELEGANS (flexuosa and rosea); EXCELLENS (flexuosa
and hwmilis); LADY BROMLEY; LADY CLEMENTINA MITFORD;
Lapy DoRINGTON ; LADY LAWRENCE; LADY LLEWELLYN ; LADY
Lucy Hicks BEacH ; LADY Mary SHELLEY ; MANSELLI ( flexuosa
and curvifolia Fothergilli); MEADOWBANKII (sarniensis and
Fothergilli); Miss JEKYLL; Miss WILMOT; MRS. BERKELEY;
Mrs. Dovuctas; Mrs. GopMaN; MUTABILIS (humilis and
jlexuosa pulchella); NOVELTY, free and very late, one of the
best ; O’BRIENI (pudica and Plantii); ROSEO-CRISPA (undulata
and jlezwosa); STRICKLANDI (curvifolia and pudica); TARDI-
FLORA, and TARDIFLORA MAJOR

Deep rose,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 553

NERIUM. UN. coccinewum is synonymous with
Wrightia coccinea. Rose Bay is a common name of
N. Oleander, which is also known as N. lauriforme.
N. grandiflorum is another name for N. odorwm.

NERVATION. The arrangement of the nerves of

a leaf.

NERVURES. The ramifications of the veins of
leaves.

NESZEA includes Decodon.

NESOPANAX. Included under Plerandra (which
see).

NESTRONIA. A synonym of Buckleya (which
see).

NETTLE, HEDGE. See Stachys.

NETTLE -LEAVED MULLEIN.
bascum Chaixii.

NETTLE, STINGLESS. See Pilea.
NEUROCALLIS. See Acrostichum.

NEUROLOMA. Included under Parrya (which
see).

NEUSTANTHUS. A
(which see).

NEUTER. Devoid of both stamens and pistils.

NEUWIEDIA (a commemorative name). Orp.
Orchidee. A small genus (five species) of stove, terres-
trial Orchids, allied to Selenipediwm, natives of Malacca
and the Malayan Archipelago. Flowers small, nearly or
quite sessile; sepals and petals equal, free, conniyent or
at length spreading; lip sub-spathulate, otherwise similar
to the petals; column short; spike or raceme terminal,
dense, simple, often elongated. Leaves long, contracted
to the petioles. The two species introduced require
similar treatment to the stove species of Cypripedium
(which see).

N. Griffithii (Griffith's). 7. white, deflexed, ovoid, sin. long ;
spike shortly pedunculate, 4in. to 6in. long. September.
il. 4in,. to-10in. long, lin. to I4in. broad, erect, elliptic-lanceo-
late. h. 14ft. Malacca. (B. M. 7425.)

N. Lindleyi (Lindley’s). 7. pele primrose-yellow, lin. long,
decurvyed, almost cylindrical, shortly Fees raceme 6in. to
12in. long, dense-flowered; scape lft. high, furnished with
lanceolate bracts tipped with brown. Midwinter. 7. numerous
towards the base of the stem, lft. to 1sft. long, 2in. broad,
narrow-lanceolate. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Singapore, 1887. (B. M.
7368, flowers much too golden.)

NEVIUSA (named in hononr of the Rey. D. R. Nevins,
of Alabama, the discoverer of the plant). Orp. Rosacex.
A monotypic genus. The species is a nearly or quite
hardy, glabrous, slender shrub, with cylindric branches
and very slender, puberulous, leafy branchlets, allied to
Kerria. It thrives in ordinary garden soil, in sheltered
positions, and may be propagated by cuttings.

N. alabamensis (Alabama). i. lin. in diameter across the
spreading stamens, in terminal, sessile, sub-paniculate
corymbs; calyx tube green, small, the tive lobes 4in. long,
deeply toothed; stamens white, numerous, in many series;
RAS yellow. May. J. alternate, petiolate, lsin. ‘to 34in.
long, membranous, pale green, ovate or oblong-ovate, acute
or acuminate, usually doubly serrulate, puberulous; petioles
4in. to sin. long. Alabama, 1882. (B. M. 6805.)
NEWBOULDIA PENTANDRA.

Oroxylum indicum (which see).

NEW ZEALAND BLUEBELL.
bergia saxicola.

NEW ZEALAND BUR. See Acena.

NEW ZEALAND LABURNUM. See Sophora
tetraptera microphylla.

NEW ZEALAND WATER-LILY. See Ranun-
culus Lyalli.

NICKER-TREE. A name applied to those species
of Czsalpinia which were formerly classed under
Guwilandina.

NICOTIANA. To the species described on pp. 450-1,
Vol. II., the following should be added :

N. affinis is a synonym of N. alba.
N. Bigelovii (Bigelow’s). jl. white, very freely produced,
loosely racemose, opening at night; corolla tube 1Jin. to 2in.

Vol. V.

See Ver-

synonym of Pueraria

A synonym of

See Wahlen-

Nicotiana—continued.

long, the limb lin. to lin. across. 2. oblong-lanceolate,
sessile or nearly so; lower ones 5in. to Tin. long, the upper

ones lin. to din. long. A. lft. to 3ft. California, &c., 1898
Annual.

N. colossea (colossal). A synonym of N. tomentosa.

N. macrophylla (large-leaved). A form of V. Tabacum.

N. noctiflora albiflora (white-flowered). jl. white. 7. greyish-

green, slightly hairy. 1898. (R. G. 1898, p. 131, f. 138.)

N. rustica (rustic). fl. lurid yellowish or greenish, thyrsoid,
paniculate, opening in the daytime; corolla gin. long July
to September. 7. ovate or the lower ones rounder and sub-

cordate, very obtuse, often lft. long. h. lft. to 3ft. Probably
indigenous to the Old World (naturalised in North America).

A very viscid-pubescent annual.

N. sylvestris (wood-loving). jl. white, expanded in the day-
time ; corolla tube 3in. long, very slender, glandular-pubescent,
the limb lsin. broad; inflorescence almost hemispherical,
formed of sessile fascicles. August. J. lft. or more in length,
lyrate-obovate, semi-amplexicaul at base. h. 5ft. Argentina
(at 6000ft.), 1898. A stout, branching, glandular-puberulous
herb. (B. M. 7652.) A half-hardy annual.

N. Tabacum macrophylla (large-leaved).* jl. pale red, very
large. 7. as much as l6in. long, much undulated, ovate or

cordate, acute. There are rose-purple and carmine-red flowered
forms of this.

N. tomentosa (downy). . pinkish-white; corolla tube 3in.
to 4in. long. J. 3ft. long, 20in. to 22in. broad, dark shining
green, tinted with reddish-violet when young, ovate, acute,
attenuated at base into large, wavy wings on the stout
etioles. Stem stout, simple, as much as 7ft. to l0ft. hich.

razil, 1888. Greenhouse or half-hardy annual. (B. M. 7252.)
Syn. WN. colossea. There is a variegated form (variegata).

NIEBUHRIA OBLONGIFOLIA. A synonym of
Merua oblongifolia (which see).

NIEREMBERGIA. Cup Flower. N. intermedia is
a synonym of Salpiglossis linearis (the correct name
of Petunia intermedia), and N. phenicea is identical
with Petunia violacea.

N. frutescens atroviolacea (dark violet).* A handsome
variety having dark violet flowers. h. lft. Half-hardy peren-
nial, There is also a white form of frutescens known as WHITE
QUEEN.

NIGELLA. N. Garidella is the correct name of the
plant described on p. 452, Vol. II., as N. Nigellastrwm.

N. damascena. Of this popular species there are azure-blue
(ceelestina) and white (alba) forms.

N. hispanica. Of this species there are dark purple (atro-
purpurea) and white (alba) forms.

NIGGERS. See Athalia spinarum (Vol. V.) and
Turnip Sawfly (Vol. IV.).

NIGHTSHADE, MALABAR. See Basella.

crest it tt THREE-LEAVED. See Tril-
ium.

NIGHT-SOIL. A very powerful manure, composed
of human feces and urine, especially when taken from
earth-closets, as all the fertilising constituents are
saved, which is not the case when collected in tanks
with large quantities of water present. Being so rich
in plant-food, Night-soil should be applied to the soil
in comparatively small quantities, particularly to growing
crops, otherwise injury may follow its application.

NIGHT TEMPERATURE. Mauch of the success
or failure of the gardener who has hot-honses or frames
under his charge depends on the Night Temperature
maintained. It is an accepted fact that the temperature
in all such structures should be lower at night than
during the day. Plants, like animals, must have periods
of rest to make a. sturdy, healthy growth; and if the
Night Temperature is not allowed to fall below that of
the day, the growth of plants, Vines, or other frnit-
bearing trees becomes weak and thin, followed by
ill-health. Again, high Night Temperatures induce an
attack of Red Spider, Thrips, and a host of other animal
and fungoid pests, the dry heat usually found therewith
being specially favourable to such enemies.

NIGRITELLA.

see).
NIMA. A synonym of Brucea (which see).
4B

Inelnded under Habenaria (which

554

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

NIPHZA. Eight species are now referred to this
genus. To those described on. p. 453, Vol. Il, the
following should be added:

N. Roezlii (Roezl’s). fl. small, in the upper axils, on long,
glandular-hairy, purple pedicels. J, stalked, 1sin. to 24in. long,
ovate, obtuse, crenate, rugose, dark green. Tropical America.
Plant dwarf, compact, covered with white or reddish hairs.
(R. G., t. 896.)

N. rubida is the correct name of Phinwa rubida.

NITRATES. See Nitrification.

NITRIFICATION. Nitrification has an important
bearing upon horticulture. Nitrogen in the form of
nitrates is generally regarded as the best kind of nitro-
genous food for plants of all descriptions. Nitrates are
compounds of nitric acid with mineral bases, as potassium
nitrate, sodium nitrate, caleinm nitrate, and ammonium
nitrate. Plants obtain their nitric acid by absorbing the
nitrates that are already present in the soil—those that
are carried down to the soil from the atmosphere in
rain, dew, hoar-frost, and snow; those that are applied
artificially in fertilisers; and those that are formed in the
soil from the nitrogen of other substances.

As is well known,-all the nitrogen that is applied to
the soil for fertilising purposes, especially in farmyard
and stable manures, compost heaps, in green-manuring,
and by animal manures, is not in the form of nitrates.
It may be either in the form of ammonia or of more
complex organic compounds. It is very probable,
however, that before it is taken up by the growing
plant the organic nitrogen is changed, first into the form
of ammonia, and then into nitric acid.

These changes all take place through the agency of
micro-organisms, or ferments, in the soil, and that
particular process in which the nitrogen of the ammonia
is changed into nitric acid is called Nitrification. This
change is accomplished by the joint action of two
separate organisms, one of which changes the nitrogen
of ammonia into nitrous acid, while the other changes
the nitrous acid into nitric acid, the latter being the
form in which it is assimilated by plants.

The conditions that are required for the development
of nitrifying organisms are the presence in the soil of
certain food-constituents—heat, moisture, oxygen, and
some mineral base—to neutralise the nitric acid as it
is formed. It is also necessary that the soil be slightly
alkaline. _The nitrifying organisms require certain
substances as food, among which phosphorie acid and
lime are most important. It has been found that with-
out phosphoric acid there can be no Nitrification. This
probably is one of the reasons why phosphatic manures
show such beneficial results when applied to certain soils,
as well as furnishing direct plant-food.

The three conditions which exert a marked influence on
Nitrification, and which in horticultural practice are
more or less intimately associated, are heat, air, and
moisture. The process is most rapid during warm
weather, in presence of sufficient air and moisture.
Hence it is more active in summer than in winter, and
more rapid in a conservatory or covered frame than in
the open garden.

Nitrification also teaches the gardener the reason why
thorough tillage of the soil is so essential, and why
charcoal, added to potting material and a sufficiency of
drainage crocks, in pot culture, is so important and
beneficial. The loosening and pulverising of the soil allow
the admission of the necessary -oxygen, and regulates
the supply of moisture. If the soil is allowed to become
very dry, or, on the other hand, is saturated with water
to the exclusion of air, Nitrification is retarded, and may
be permanently stopped. In this connection it is interesting
to note that in certain plant-cultures, especially that of
the Chrysanthemum, if the soil is allowed to get thoroughly
dry, the plants never afterwards seem to regain their
former healthy vigour, nor will they produce such fine
blossoms as if a steady and continuous growth is
maintained.

The final product of Nitrification is nitric acid; but
the nitrifying organisms cannot develop in the presence
of a free acid; hence the benefit of liming sonr soils,
such as water-meadows, peaty soils, or very rich old
garden soils. The lime corrects the sourness of the soil
by neutralising the free acid, and then, if the other
conditions of heat, oxygen, moisture, and food are
favourable, Nitrification may proceed. There must be an

Nitrification—continued.

excess of lime applied over and aboye the amonnt
necessary to correct the acidity of the soil in order to
neutralise the nitric acid as it is formed.

Whenever the soil is in a condition unfavourable to
Nitrification, there is danger that not only may nitrates
not be formed, but that there will be a loss of nitrogen
from those nitrates which are present. This loss is due
to a process known as Denitrification (which see).

NOCCZZA (named in honour of Domenico Nocea,
Professor of Botany at Pavia at the end of the eighteenth

century). Orv. Crucifere. A genus embracing only
two species of small, hardy, European herbs, allied
to Iberis. Flowers white or lilac, sub-corymbose, bract-

less; sepals spreading; petals entire; scapes naked.
Radical leaves crowded, pinnatisect. Only one of the
species has been introduced. For culture, see Biennials.
N. stylosa (large-styled). . pale lilac; stamens, petals, and
style about equal in length. J. slightly fleshy ; ies ones
pends obovate-oblong, nearly entire; upper ones alternate,
lanceolate, 14in. long. h. 4in. South Europe, 1879. Biennial.
Syn. Jberis stylosa (R. G., t. 1029, f. 3).

NOHL-KOHL. ‘ee Kohl-Rabi.

NOLANA ROSTRATA. A synonym of Osteo-
carpus rostratus (which see).

NOLI-ME-TANGERE. See Impatiens Noli-me-
tangere.

NOLINA. See also Beaucarnea.

NOLTEA AFRICANA. This is the correct name
of the plant described on p. 209, Vol. IV., as Wille-
metia africana (which see).

NONE-SO-PRETTY. Sce Saxifraga umbrosa.

NORDMANNIA CORDIFOLIA. A synonym of
Trachystemon orientalis (which sce).

NORMANDY CRESS. Another name for American
or Land Cress (which see under Cress).

NORTENIA. A synonym of Torenia (which see).

NOTHOCHLZENA. Gold and Silver Maidenhairs.
Some of the members of this genus require stove
temperature all the year round, while others sneceed best
under greenhouse treatment. In that respect they are
like Gymnogrammes and Cheilanthes, which, on account
of either the woolly or the golden or silvery nature of
the under-side of their foliage, they also resemble in
general appearance. Most of the plants belonging to this
genus are of a somewhat delicate nature, requiring more
than usnal care, especially during the winter, to preserve
their foliage, which, from its constitution, in many cases
possesses the property of retaining moisture, and is there-
fore apt to decay. An important fact to notice is that,
from whatever part of the globe they come, all the
Nothochlenas are invariably found on rocks much exposed
to the sun, but so situated that the plants get a good
supply of moisture at the roots. The majority of the
species are of erect or semi-erect habit, although a few are
particularly well adapted for growing in baskets of small
or medium dimensions, in which they display their elegant
fronds to advantage. In any case they should not be
kept in a close or a moist place, a somewhat airy situation
being indispensable to all of them. If grown in pots, a
mixture of good fibrous peat and small pieces of sand-
stone in about equal proportions is all that is required ; but
great care must be taken to ensure perfect drainage, as
stagnant water at the roots is highly injurious. Finely-
sifted soil shonld be carefully avoided, as also should
overhead syringings.

Nothochlenas are almost invariably propagated from
spores, which in some cases germinate freely ; but many of
the species may also be increased by division of the crowns,
which operation is best performed from March to May.

Though considered somewhat difficult to manage,
N. levis is one of those plants which amply repay any
extra care bestowed upon them. Whoever has ee the
good fortune of seeing it grown, as it was a few years
ago, in the select collection of the late Mr. 8. Rucker,
where, under Mr. Pilcher’s care, it formed a most
handsome basket—the admiration of every visitor—will
testify to the possibility of success. It only requires
cool, or at the most intermediate, temperature and a dry
position, such as a hanging-basket; and when grown in

Ag

CNT pi Pe. A
' a 7 é

. :
: 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 555
Nothochlena—continued. | Nothochlena—continued.
this way the beantifnul silvery under-side of its fronds is N. Gillesii (Gilles’), A synonym of NV. syuamosa.
.
shown off to greatest advantage. Ghess : h N. Hookeri (Hooker's). rhiz. short-creeping. _ sti. clustered,
N. lanuginosa is well adapted for growing in the reddish-brown, smooth, shining, 6in. long. fronds star-shaped,
ereyices of the cool rockery, where it should be planted five-pointed, about din. across; terminal pinna broadly tri-
‘ with very little soil around it, and in an elevated and angular Beatbed the seo ete ones Se ee
; exposed situation. copiously covered with powder varying in colour from white
N. Morante is seldom met with in anything like good {0 ormge. , North, America. | This, distinct species" closly
ee ee wn oe ee | eae
P really requires, thoroughly cold treatment. The ‘most N. Hookeri (of Lowe). A form of N. nirva.
r convincing proof of this may be derived from the way in N. levis (smooth). A synonym of NV. sinuata.
, which it is grown, with signal success, by Messrs. J. Se A {
a Backhouse and Son, of York. Nowhere else, perhaps, is Bb pepe oa peneDee s). oe eS lit. Jong, dark green
7 it brought to such perfection, and yet very little trouble with greyish spots on the upper surface, brownish below,

is taken with it; all through the summer it is grown out
in the open, and during the winter the plants are simply
put into cold frames, where the frost often penetrates,
and where they are protected only from excessive wet
weather, which to this species is much more injurious

oa, ae
¥

: than cold.

q N. nivea is a most useful plant where baskets of small

% dimensions are required ‘for the warm house—it should

at be kept very near the light, and in a position where no

< syringing is likely to reach it; while as a Fern for a

medium-sized hanging-basket, N. trichomanoides has few

, equals, as its abundant fronds are most elegantly pen-

z dulous. It requires to be grown in a light compost of

4 either fibrons peat or leaf-mould and silyer-sand. We

; find that the intermediate house is the place where it

‘ thrives best, and where its fronds last the longest on

q the plant, proyided they are kept perfectly dry at all

‘ Seasons.

‘ To the species, &c., described on pp. 455-6, Vol. IL.,

the following should be added :

—

E i}

2

“

7

|

:

r

:

3

%

:

5;

B

Fic. 589. FrRonp OF NoTHOCHLEZENA HOOKERI.

| N. affinis (related). sti. tufted, glossy, nearly black, wiry, 2in.
to 3in. long. fronds 4in. to Sin. long, lin. broad, bipinnatitid ;

inn short-stalked, triangular-oblong, 4in. long, deeply cleft
into close, entire lobes, coriaceous, densely matted below
with sulphur-coloured meal. sori brownish, marginal. Mexico

and Guatemala. Stove. Syn. Cincinalis afinis.
a N. chrysophyllia (golden-fronded). A synonym of N. flavens.
N. cretacea (cretaceous). A synonym of N. sulphurea.

N. dealbata (whitened). stz. densely tufted, 4in. to 6in. long,
slender, wiry, chestnut-brown, rusty-scaly. fronds 3in. to 4in.
each way, deltoid, tripinnate; pinne distant, the lower ones
deltoid ; lowest pinnules deltoid; lobes oblong, obtuse ; texture
sub-coriaceous ; upper surface naked, pale green, the lower
eared with pure white powder. Missouri. Syn. Cincinalis

albata.

N. Fendleri (Fendler’s).* sti. densely-tufted, wiry, chestnut-
brown, glossy, 2in. to 3in. long. fronds tripinnate, broadly
triangular; main and secondary rachises curiously flexuous;
pinne, pinnules, and ultimate segments all distinctly stalked ;
upper surface glaucous, the lower one densely white-powdery.
sore America. A very ornamental species. Syn. Cineinalis

endlert,

having rounded, olive-green pinnie covered with brownish scales.
Habitat not recorded, 1888.

N. Parryi (Parry’s).* riz. short, blackish-scaly. sti. slender,
very dark, 4in. to Sin. long. fronds Sin. long, oblong-lanceo-
late, bipinnate, greenish-white and slightly hairy above, rusty-
white and very hairy beneath; pinnules closely-set, very small,
searcely visible through the woolly covering; outer margin
slightly recurved. sori very dark, in groups of three or four,
forming a ring of about twenty joints. North America. <A
pretty species.

N,. rufa (redilish).

A synonym of N. ferruginea.

Fic. 590. FROND OF NOTHOCHLANA SULPHUREA CANDIDA.

N. sulphurea candida (white). fronds broadly triangular,

bipinnate, 4in. long; lowest pinne having divided basal

pinnules ; under-surface covered with white or yellow ceraceous

owder, except on the black, shining midribs. California. See
ig. 590,

N. tenera (tender). 7hiz. chaffy with rusty-brown scales.
fronds ovate, 3in. to 6in. long, tripinnate; pinnee numerous,
mostly opposite, rather distant, somewhat cordate, usually
long-stalked, pale glaucous on both surfaces; pinnules entirely
covered with dark brown sori. Chili, Bolivia, &c. (B. M.
3055.) Syn. Cincinalis tenera.

NOTHOSCORDUM. N. inodorwm is a form of
N. fragrans (Syn. N. borbonicum), and N. striatellum is a
variety of N. striatum. Milla macrostemon is the correct
name of N. macrostemon.

556

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

‘“NOTODONTIDZ. See Moths (Vol. I1.).

NOTTINGHAM CATCHFLY. See Silene
nutans.
NOTYLIA. To the species deseribed on p. 457,

Vol. II., the following shonld be added:

N. brevis (short). #. white and yellow, minute, many ina
short raceme. /. oblong, 4in. long. South America, 1895.

N. Bungerothii (Bungeroth’s). jl. closely packed; sepals
yellowish-green ; petals linear-faleate, white, and having an
orange spot at base; lip white, small, singularly rounded ;
eduncle long, densely racemose, J, nearly Yin. long, 2in. to
in. broad. Pseudo-bulbs very large and broad, oblong.
Central America, 1887.

N. laxa (loose). jl. greenish, the petals having orange spots

at the base; racemes lax, elongated. 7. cuneate-oblong-
ligulate, acute. Brazil, 1892.
NOUELIA (named in honour of M. A. A. Nonel,

Director of the Musée d’Orleans). ORD. Composite. <A
monotypic genus. ‘The species, N. insignis (R. H. 1889,
p. 229, f. 60) is a greenhonse or half-hardy shrub or
small tree, with white, terminal urn-shaped flower-heads
Zin. long, and entire leaves 3in. to 8in. long, tomentose
on their under-surface. It is a native of Yunnan, China,
and in general aspect somewhat resembles the common
Plum-tree.

NOWODWORSKEYA.
(which see).

NUCIFEROUS. Bearing nuts.
NUCIFORM. Naut-shaped.

NUPHAR. N. minimum is the correct name of the
plant described on p. 458, Vol. II., as N. pumilum.

NURSERY. As usually understood, this term is
applied to the grounds where quantities of trees, shrubs,
and tender and hardy plants are propagated in large
quantities for sale. In most large establishments a
portion of the garden is set apart for the growth of
hardy plants, trees, shrubs, &c., for the requirements of
the place. This also is known as Nursery quarters. The
forester also possesses, or should possess, a reserve part
for the raising of trees and the growing on of stock for
planting out on the estate.

NUT, GROUND. See Apios tuberosa.
NUTMEG, CALIFORNIAN.

A synonym of Polypogon

See Torreya cali-

fornica.

NUTMEG - SCENTED GERANIUM. See
Pelargonium fragrans.

NUT SAWFLY (Cresus septentrionalis). Though

oftener attacking the common Hazel of the woods or the
hedgerow than the nuts of our gardens, yet at times the
caterpillars of this Sawfly literally swarm on Cob Nuts.
The larve are gregarious in their mode of feeding, and
some half-dozen or so may be found upon a single leaf
with their bodies bent over in the direction of the head
enawing away in a most voracious manner. Approach
the tree and the insects at once begin to subject their
bodies to most violent contortions, and this is continued
while danger threatens. From the characteristic way in
which they feed, and from the spasmodic jerking of
their bodies, the insects should be identified by anyone.
Moreover, their depredations are so much in evidence
that the gardener could hardly fail to note them, for
after the trees are attacked, there is nothing but the
ribs of the leaves left to tell the tale.

As a further means of identification, it may be stated
that in colour they are of a lovely bluish-green, except
for the second and last segments of the body, which
are deep yellow. Disposed over the body, but especially
in the vicinity of the spiracles, are a number of black
spots varying somewhat in size and shape. The perfect
insects are on the wing in May, and the eggs are
deposited on the veins of the leaves. Towards the end
of June or beginning of July, according to the season,
phe ae appear, and as soon as full-fed they pupate in
the soil.

As the lary feed exposed to view, it would be a good
plan to shake the trees over sheets of paper covered
with some sticky substance; while Paris Green (loz. to
20 gallons of water) might be safely sprayed on to the

Nut Sawfly—continued.
infested trees, treating the soil beneath the trees in
winter and early spring to a good dressing of soot and
lime well ‘‘pointed” in.

NUTTALLIA (of Barton).
(which see).

NUT-TREE MITE (Phytoptus avellane), A near
relative of the Currant-Bud Mite, and feeding similarly.
Unlike the latter, however, it is kept in check by the
praning which the trees annually undergo. See Hazel-
Bud Mite.

NYCTAGO (of Jussien).
(which see).

NYCTERISTION.
phyllum (which see).

A synonym of Callirhoé

A synonym of Mirabilis

A synonym of

Chryso-

Fic. 591.

NYMPH2ZA ZANZIBARIENSIS.

NYMPHZA. To the species and varieties described
on pp. 459-60, Vol. II., the following should be added:

N. alba candidissima (whitest). A large-flowered form.

N. capensis (Cape of Good Hope). The correct name
N. scutifolia.

N. fennica (Finnish). //l. small; petals white, ten to fifteen,
narrowly lanceolate, concave; stigmas five- to nine-parted,
with yellow or violet-tipped lobes. East Finland, 1899.
Hardy.

N. gracilis (slender). jl. white, large, handsome, star-like;
fragrant, borne well above the foliage; petals acuminate ;
stigma twelve- to fifteen-rayed. 7. somewhat orbicular-cordate ;
lobes rectangular, obsoletely repand-toothed. Rhizome very
short, sub-globose. Mexico. Tender.

N. Kalmiana is a synonym of Nuphar minimum.

N. Lotus monstrosa (monstrous). ., buds usually trans-
formed into tubers, which eventually form plants. /. more
freely marked with dark brown than in the type. Lake
Nyassa, 1886.

N. L. rubra (red). i. deep red, freely produced; petals much
broader than in the type. J. large, peltate, dark copper-
coloured beneath. East Indies.

N. L. thermalis (thermal). The correct name of NV. thermalis.

N. mexicana (Mexican). /. brighter and deeper in colour
than in N. flava (which this species closely resembles), freely
produced; sepals and petals acute. J. ovate-sub-orbicular,
cordate at base, crenate. Mexico, 1889. Half hardy.

N. micrantha is a form of NW. stellata.
N. odele. A synonym of N. stellata purpurea.

N. Parkeriana (Parker’s). This is described as having “the
habit of N. odorata, and with large, pure white, fragrant
flowers with yellow stamens.” British Guiana, 1894. Stove.

of

Sol

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 55

Nymphea—continued.

N. spheerocarpa rosea (spherical-fruited, pink).
a pink form of N. alba.

N. stellata eastoniensis (Easton).
numerous broad, deep blue petals.
p. 474, £. 68.)

N. s. purpurea (purple). A handsome variety, with reddish-

urple flowers. 1887. Syn. N. odele. (R. G. 1240, under name of

N. zanzibarensis flore-rubro.) Voalefoka is a white variety.

1888.

N. tetragona (four-angled). The correct name of N. pygmea

N. thermalis is a form of V. Lotus.

N. tuberosa plena (double). #. large and very full; stamens
converted into petals.

N. t. rosea (rosy). jl. pale rose. Not so
type.

N. zanzibariensis.* This, the darkest blue Water Lily known,
is now regarded as a distinct species, and not as a form of
N. stellata. See Fig. 591. (B. M. 6843.)

N. z. azurea (azure-blue).* #. bluish-violet ; filaments yellow;
anthers violet. 2. coarsely toothed, glossy, spotted with deep
violet. 1897. (R. H. 1897, p. 328.)

N. z. rosea (pink). j. varying from deep carmine to pink.
i. shaded red beneath.

Varieties. Under Aquatic Plants (which see) were
described a number of very distinct hardy kinds, in-
eluding the best of the hybrids associated with the name
of M. Marliac. There is, however, another section of the
genus equally beautiful and desirable for those having
houses for the culture of Aquatic Plants. A selection of
these tropical and tender kinds will be found below.
D. and N. indieate respectively Day- and Night-flowering.

Apparently

A seedling variety, with
1896. (G. & F. 1896,

vigorous as the

Fig. 592, NyMPH#A DAUBENYANA.

BOUCHEANA, flowers soft rose, slightly tinged with purplish-
carmine, passing to a lighter hue at base of petals; leaves
scalloped and sharply serrated at margin; free; Lotus and
Lotus rubra ;[N.}. DAUBENYANA (see Fig. 592), flowers blue, with
yellow stamens tipped with blue, violet-scented, perpetual
flowerer ; stellata and micrantha; [D.]. DEANIANA, flowers rosy-
pink, large; leaves bronzy; vigorous and free; [N.]. DEVON-
IENSIS (see Fig. 593), flowers rich deep red, very large; leaves
large, bronzy-green, toothed at the margins; robust and free;
Lotus and Lotus rubra; [N.]. EUGENIE, soft carmine-rose, paler
at base; leaves dull bronzy-green on upper surface, blotched
with reddish-brown, and margins serrated; shy flowerer; [N.].
KEWENSIS, flowers bright rosy-red, shading off lighter towards
the base of petals, large and freely produced; Lotus and
Devoniensis ; [N.]. O’MARANA, flowers bright rosy-red; leaves
bronzy, deeply toothed at margins; free; dentata and Sturte-
vantii (also a hybrid); [N.]. ORTGIESIANA, flowers bright rosy-
red, with orange-red stamens; leaves bronzy-green on the
upper surface, with prettily scalloped and serrated margins ;
vigorous and easily grown; dentata and rubra; [N.]. PULCHER-
RIMA, flowers light blue, remaining a long time expanded ;
vigorous and free; [D.]. STURTEVANTII, flowers bright rosy-red,
cup-shaped, large, and broad-petaled; leaves bronzy on the
upper surface, deeply toothed at the margins; shy flowerer ; a
beautiful plant; [N.]. THERMALIS, flowers white, with a pink
tinge, faintly scented ; [N.].

| Nymphea—continued.

Fic. 593.

NYMPH2XA DEVONIENSIS.

NYSSA. To the species described on p. 460, Vol. I.,
the following should be added :

N. aquatica (aquatic). A syncnym of N. caroliniana.

N. biflora (two-flowered). A synonym of N. caroliniana.

N. candicans (whitish). A synonym of M. capitata.

N. caroliniana (Carolina). j., fertile ones twin, on if eheiea ks
Ijin. to 24in. long. April and May. jr. dark blue, the
size of Peas. J. ovate-oblong, attenuated at base, entire, 3in.
to 4in. long, glaucescent beneath. kh. 30ft. to 45ft. North
America, 1759. Syns. NV. aquatica, N. bijlora.

N. grandidentata ( e-toothed), A synonym of NV. uniflora.

N. uniflora (one-flowered). /. small, solitary. May. J. long-
petiolate, ovate, acuminate, with two or three large teeth on
one side only, woolly beneath, 5in. to 6in. long. kh. 75ft. to SOft.
Florida, 1812. Probably the finest species of the genus. SYN.
N. grandidentata.

OAK. In addition to the insect pests mentioned in
Vol. Il. as being injurious to Oak-trees, must be named
several others which in certain seasons constitute
themselves pests. These, too, are mostly enemies to the
foliage, and pests which are, moreover, found npon many
other trees, including those of the orchard, as well. Two

of the most destructive are the Mottled Umber Moth
and the Winter Moth. Their attacks may be modified

by timely grease-banding. Several species of Sawflies,
however, feed upon the foliage of the Oak, and these
are more difficult to reach. Hmphytus serotinus is a
very common pest, and the larve may be found in late
spring and early summer. They are about din. long,
cylindrical, and of a lively green, with a powdering
of a slightly lighter colour than that of the ground. If
the parts of the trees infested could be reached with
a powerful hose, the pests might be washed from the
leaves and afterwards destroyed, as when alarmed they
drop to the ground.

OAK FUNGI. The chief fungi infesting Oaks were
dealt with in Vol. II. There are, however, a few others
which are found upon Oaks as well as upon other trees.
One of the most destructive is Nectria ditissima, already
dealt with in connection with Apple Canker. In
Germany especially, Oax-trees are attacked by Sterewm
frustulosum, which gives rise to the condition known
as Partridge Wood, the discoloration haying a fanciful
resemblance to speckled white breast-feathers found upon
that bird. Hartig says that at first the ‘‘ wood assumes
a deep red-brown colour, and then white blotches on a
dark ground make their appearance, which stand in a
certain relationship to the large medullary rays.”
Eventually the characteristic white blotches decompose,
forming perforations, and the mycelium may be noticed.

558

Oak Fungi—continued.

The remedy lies in cutting out the diseased portions and
coating the parts with a tar preservative. So far this
fungus has not been found in England. A near relative,
however, S. hirsutum, is very common here, and is
responsible for a rotten condition. Being alike a
saprophyte and a parasite, it is especially objectionable,
in the latter case gaining access throngh a wound.
The sporophores are variable as to shape, and very
tongh, with wavy edges, while the upper surface is
hirsute. All dead wood should. be removed. The
diseased portions should be ent out, then treated to a

solution of bichloride of mereury (a virulent poison, -

and exceedingly corrosive), and coated with tar. Oak-
root Fangus (Rosellinea quercina) is peciliar to seedling
Oaks, and therefore of moment to the forester and the
nurseryman. Hartig, who has devoted some considerable
study to this fungus, which is very prevalent in some
parts of the Continent, says that it spreads very rapidly
during wet summers. Its presence is readily indicated
by the leaf condition, which is unhealthy, and by the
presencee of the strands of white or (later) brown
mycelinm attached to the roots and trayersing the soil
in search of other bost-plants, and by the black
selerotia. Conidia are produced upon the mycelium, and
by these the fungus is developed in summer; while
perithecia, from which are evolved ascospores, are also
present, and by these the fungus is reproduced in the
spring of the next season. All infested seedlings should
be uprooted and burned, and the spread of the disease
should be prevented by the digging of trenches.

OAK-LEAF GERANIUM. ‘See
quercifolium.

OAK-LEAF ROLLER MOTH (Tortrix viridana).
This Common Moth will be found described under
Tortrix (Vol. IV.), and also under Oak (Vol. II.).
The caterpillars are very familiar, as they may be found
by thousands in certain seasons suspended in mid-air,
having let themselves down from their spun-together

Pelargonium

cylindrical retreat. They vary considerably as _ to
eolour. At first they are greyish, but as they get

full-fed they assume a greenish colour. These pests
usually undergo the final change in the tubes which
they have ingeniously constructed; but circumstances
frequently arise which practically compel them to take
shelter in the bark of the Oaks on whose foliage they
have fed. Then they lightly cover themselves with a
thread-like substance which they spin.

So numerous are these foes in our woods and planta-
tions that the trees are often quite defoliated. So
far, no really practical remedies have been devised for
dealing with the insects; while the fact that the Oak
produces a second crop of sound leaves tends to show
that the trees are not seriously injured.

OAK-ROOT FUNGUS. ‘See Oak Fungi.
OAK, SHE. See Casuarina stricta.

OBERONIA. To the species described on p. 465.

Vol. 11., the following should be added :

O. acaulis (of B. M.). The correct name is O. ensiformis.

o. Myosurus (Myosurus), jl. buff, minute, in a dense spike
less than 4in. long; scape very short and stout. 7. radical,
3in. to 4in. long, 4in. in diameter, terete, curved. Nepal,
Birma, &c., 1896.

0. rufilabris (red-lipped). jl. yellow, ultimately changing to
light red, with a reddish-brown lip, minute, in dense whorls ;
scape and raceme together lin. to 2in. long, the latter nodding.
Z, lin. to 1jin. long, thin, narrow-oblong. Birma, 1881.

OBLONG WEEVIL (Phyllobius oblongus). See
Phyllobius, Vol. III.

OCA. The native name of the edible tubers of Ovalis
tuberosa in Bolivia, where they are used like Potatoes.

OCHROPTERIS. 0. pallens is a beantiful and
very rare Fern, having the general habit and texture of
an ample-fronded and much-divided Davallia. The plant
requires an abundance of heat and moisture all the year
round, and a compost of three parts peat, two parts sand,
and one part loam. Like the majority of Ferns from
the same habitat, it is averse to strong light. We are
not aware that this interesting plant has ever been
raised from spores either in this or in any other country
in Enrope.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

OCIMUM. To the species described on p. 467,

Vol. II., the following should be added :

0. comosum (tufted). /. blackish-purple. 2.
Habitat not recorded, 1889. An annual, in
0. Basilicum, of which it is probably a variety.

O. gratissimum (very grateful). jl. pale yellow, very small;
racemes erect, slender, the whorls rather closely set. July and
August. /. glabrescent, ovate, acute, 2in. to 4in. long, crenate
or coarsely toothed; petioles lin. to 2in. long. h. 4ft. to 6ft.
India, &c., 1751. Shrub.

O. minimum is a form of 0. Basiliewm.

O. suave (soft). This mainly differs from 0. gratissimum in
having the leaves densely and softly tomentose on both sur-
faces. Africa, 1816.

OCOTEA includes Strychnodaphne.
OCREA. The correct spelling of Ochrea.

bright green,
the way of

OCTA-, OCTO-. Hight; e.g., Octomerous, eight-
parted.
OCTADESMIA. 0. serratifolia is the correct name

of the plant described on p. 467, Vol. II., as O. montana.

OCTOMERIA. To the species described on p. 467,

Vol. II., the following should be added:

O. cochlearis (snailshell-like). /. bent sideways; sepals and
petals whitish-ochre, tailed; lip trifid, hairy, light sulphur,
with a purple blotch on the disk. JZ. strong, cochleate,
glaucous, purple beneath, with numerous transverse furrows.
3razil, 1881,

O. diaphana (diaphanous). . white, transparent, scentless,
solitary; sepals and petals very acute; lip three-toothed, the
margins slightly crisped. 7. ovate, convex, acute, Upper part
of the stem invested with large sheaths. Brazil. A small but
pretty species.

O. supraglauca (glaucous above). jl. Zin. long; sepals and
petals pale glassy-green, faintly tinted purplish outside, lanceo-
late, acuminate; lip one-fourth as long as_the sepals and
petals, obtuse, yellowish, with a large, lurid-purple blotch ;
peduncles bearing two or three flowers. 7, elliptic, fleshy,
whitish-green above, beneath dark green, obscurely tessellated
with dark purple, and minutely furrowed. 4k. about 2in.
Brazil, 1887. Plant tufted.

Several other species are grown in botanical establishments,
but they are of little or no horticultural value.

OCTOMERIA (of D. Don).
(which see).

ODONATA. See Dragonflies.

ODONOPTERA BIDENTATA. The caterpillars
of this common Moth are frequently met with in gardens,
feeding upon a variety of trees and shrubs—Hazel, Birch,
Ivy, chiefly. To the last-named they are often very
destructive. The Moth is over 1din. in wing expanse, and
may be found during May and June. The caterpillars are
feeding during July, August, and September; they are
not readily found, however. In colour they are a light
grey, or brown, with darker markings upon the back:
sometimes, too, they are blackish, with pale greenish
markings. When fnll-fed they pupate just below the
surface of the soil, or beneath any rubbish likely to afford
the necessary shelter, the perfect insects appearing the
following season. When Ivy is badly attacked the food
plant should be poisoned with Paris Green, 20z. to the
gallon of water.

ODONTOCARPA.
(which see).

ODONTOGLOSSUM. No Orchids haye been so
extensively imported as the O. crispwm section of Odonto-
glossams. In many of these importations startling
novelties have appeared; and several supposed natural
hybrids between the different species which are known
to grow together have also been introduced, and in many
instances they have proved desirable additions to these
charming plants. The ‘‘garden hybrids” have been
useful, inasmuch as they have determined the identity
and origin of some of the natural hybrids. In other
instances, but especially in those hybrids which have
been procured through the influence of O. Harryana as
one of the parents, distinct and desirable additions have
been made. The raising of Odontoglossums from seed
is now being extensively practised, and frequent additions
may be expected in the near future.

One of the principal details in the culture of the cool
section of Odontoglossums in the past was the supposed

A synonym of Eria

A synonym of Valerianella

r necessity for haying a house with a northern aspect, or

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 559

Odontoglossum—continued.

one in which strong sunlight could be avoided. The modern
system of culture altogether disposes of the idea of dull
surroundings and dense shade, and span-roofed houses,
built in such a manner that a constant circulation of fresh
air is admitted at all times when the external conditions
are favourable, are now found to be the most suitable.
The heavy shading also formerly in use has_ been
replaced in almost all the establishments where these
plants are well grown, by open wood lattice roller blinds,
so that while the sun's rays are broken a clear bright
light is admitted. These blinds, being raised some
distance from the glass, permit the air to circulate freely,
with the result that considerably cooler conditions can
be maintained in the interior of the houses.

O. Harryana and its hybrids do best when grown in
a temperature a few degrees warmer than the ordinary
Odontoglossum-honse temperature. They should not be
allowed to be in a lower temperature than 50deg. even
in winter. If cultivated with the other Odontoglossnms
they are liable to become spotted and permanently
disfigured during the winter months. They succeed well
at the warm end of the Odontoglossum-house through the
hotter months of the year.

Other species formerly included hereunder are now
referred to Gomeza and Miltonia.

0. angustatum (narrowed). jf. in erect, shortly branched
panicles; sepals greenish, with a brown mid-line, linear, very
acuminate ; petals yellow, transversely barred cinnamon-
brown, broader than the sepals, isped ; lip white, the
anterior part oblong-triangular, wavy, toothed, with brown
streaks and bars, a crest of two serrated- lamellw, one
middle keel, and a tooth on each side of it. Pseudo-bulbs
yriform, ancipitous, each with one broadly lanceolate leaf
rom its apex, and about four accessory ones at its base.
Peru. (B. O, 26.) SYN.. O. claviceps.

O. angustatum (of Bateman). A
sissimum.

O. apterum (wingless). l. white, with roundish, purple spots
collected near the base; lip having a fleshy, twolobed claw,
with a pair of diverging teeth in front, and a crenate limb;
scape few-flowered. March. J. broadly lanceolate. Mexico.
(BeOS 1)

0. aspidorhinum (buckler-nosed). jl. of a clear yellow,
blotched more or less with reddish-brown; spikes pendent.
1, stiff, cuneate-oblong. Pseudo-bulbs long-ovoid. Colombia,
1895. Plant dwarf, tufted.

O. astranthum (star-flowered). #. nearly 2in. across, the
organs stellately disposed; sepals and petals yellowish,
streaked and blotched purplish-brown; lip white, spotted
pale rose, ligulate, acuminate in front, the base of the column
orange, with a few reddish-purple spots; panicle branching,
upwards of fifty-flowered. Summer. Keuadorean Andes.
Something like O. odoratum.

O. aureo-purpureum (golden and purple).* /. golden-yellow,
marked with purple, 2in. across, disposed in a very large, stiff,
much-branched panicle. J. flat, lanceolate, acute, narrow.
Stem 6ft. high. Peru and Venezuela. A noble species.

O. baphicanthum (dyed-flowered). A variety of O. odoratum.

OQ. bictonense roseum (rosy). jl., sepals and petals brown;
lip deep rose. O. ). rubrum is probably synonymous with
this.

O. blandum blepharicantham (fringe-flowered).
with golden-brown markings.

0. Boddaertianum (Dr. Boddaért yan Cutsem's). /l., sepals
and petals yellow, marked with dark cinnamon, lanceolate,
acuminate ; lip white, the basilar lobes semi-ovate, erect,
dotted mauve-purple, the median lobe with small, spreading
basilar angles; column whitish-yellow, spotted brownish-
purple. Venezuela. Allied to O. odoratum.

O. Bowmanni (Bowmann’s). A. form of 0. erispum.

0. Brandtii (Brandt's). j., sepals straw-yellow, spotted with
maroon in the basal half; petals straw-yellow, with a maroon
band at base and a central spot; lip white, with red spots;
crests two, horn-like. Colombia, 1889. Allied to O. Lindley-
anum, of which it is perhaps a variety. (R. G. 1889, t. 1308.)

O. Brassia (Brassia-like). A synonym of O. odoratum delto-
glossum.

O. czrulescens (bluish). A synonym of 0. Rossii.

0. Cervantesii roseum (rosy). /. pale rose-coloured.

O. chiriquense (Chiriqui). A variety of 0. coronariwm.

O. cinnamomeum (cinnamon). A synonym of O. Schilleri-
anu.

0. citrosmum sulphureum (sulphur).*
suffused with rose-purple.

O. claviceps (club-headed).

synonym of O. ramo-

Jl. white,

JL, sepals and petals
A distinct form. 1894,

A synonym of O. angustatum.

Odontoglossum—continued.

O. confertum (clustered). /., sepals and petals pale cinnamon,
dotted with ochre inside, light brown outside with a ereen
keel, deep orange at apex, surrounded by a violet-purple border
partly composed of spots ; lip light yellow ; panicle dense, with
zigzag branches. Jl. two, ligulate, acute, lft. long. Pseudo-
bulbs long-pyriform, 34in. long. Ecuador, 1879.

O. constrictum castaneum (chestnut-brown). _/., sepals and
petals brown, having one or two greenish-white lines at the
base. 1885.

O. coronarium chiriquense (Chiriqui). 1. paler and larger
than in the type; sepals chestnut-brown ; petals yellow, with
some brown markings; lip yellow, with a brown blotch on the
disk. Chiriqui. Syn. 0. chiriquense.

0. c. miniatum (scarlet). l. smaller than in the type; sepals
and petals chestnut-brown, bordered yellow; lip yellow; in-
florescence denser. Pseudo-bulbs more closely placed. Ecuador.
SYN. O. miniatum (of gardens).

0. crinitum sapphiratum (sapphire).* A fine variety, having
the white lip covered with light mauve-bluish spots. 1886.

0. crispum apiatum (bee-like). /., all the segments marked
with one large brown blotch and two smaller ones, the sepals
stained violet-purple. 1886.

0. c. apiculatum (apiculate).* A beautiful pure white-flowered
variety.

O. c. aureum magnificum (golden, magnificent).* 77. creamy-
yellow, 3in. across ; sepals and petals blotched chocolate-red ;
spikes stout, erect, branched at Feaat 1883.

O. c. Ballantynei (Ballantyne’s). j., sepals and petals having
a large, sanguineous-purple blotch in the centre; lip with
large, reddish-brown spots around the crest.

0. c. Bowmanni (Bowmann’s). ji., sepals white, flushed and
blotched deep rose; petals white, spotted rose towards the
base ; a broadly hastate, with four or five reddish-brown
spots and a large yellow disk. Colombia. Syn. 0. Bowmanni.

0. c. Brymerianum (Brymer’s).* 7, ground colour faintish
rose, edged with silvery-white, spotted with light brown. A
superb form.

0. c, Crawshayanum (De B. Crawshay’s).* jl. pure white,
seb spotted and blotched with rich scarlet, large, star-like.

0. c. Cutsemianum (Dr. Boddaért van Cutsem’s).
spotted red, large, with broad, toothed petals.

0. c. Dayanum (Day's). ji., sepals with an irregular, central,
mauve-purple blotch; petals with one or two circular spots
and a streak at the base; lip white.

jl. white,

Pig. 594.

ODONTOGLOSSUM CRISPUM FRANZ MAZREEL.

560 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Odontoglossum—continued.

O. c. Franz Mazreel.* _/l. whitish, blotched with blood-red
and crimson. 1895. See Fig. 594.

0. c. Hrubyanum (Hruby’s).
central area of the very broad sepals and
a brown blotch. Colombia. (R. ser. i., t. 2

0. c. hyperxanthum (extra-yellow). jl., sepals with a few
light yellow spots; petals white, rhomboid, serrated; lip and
column yellow. 1887.

O. c. Kinlesidianum (Rev. R. Kinleside’s). ., sepals and
petals rosy-white, the petals with three series of crest-like
teeth on the face; lip white, with a yellow disk, some red
spots around it, and radiating lines at the base. 1888.
(R. ser. i., t. 45.)

O. c. Massangeanum (Massange’s).* Jl.
crisped, heavily blotched with deep crimson.
form.

0. c. Prince of Wales.* jj. 44in. across; sepals and petals
pure white, with a faint tinge of rose in the sepals; lip extra
large, white, with golden disk and three or four reddish-brown
spots where the disk ceases. 1898.

0. c. purpurascens (purplish).* /. having a suffusion of
areTienea and strewn with red spots. 1899.

O. c. Reginz (The Queen’s). jl. white, evenly spotted reddish-
brown, the disk of the lip yellow. Colombia, (W. O. A.
vi., t. 264.)

O. c. Schreederi (Baron von Schreeder’s). l., all the segments
with one deep, large, reddish-brown blotch (or sometimes two)
and two or three smaller ones; in addition to these, several
reddish-brown spots are scattered over the remaining white area.

O. c. Scottii (Scott's). jl. creamy-yellow, large and showy;
sepals entire, with large, bold anole of chestnut-brown ; petals
coarsely toothed, with fewer and smaller spots near the base;
lip having prominent, yellow crests. Pseudo-bulbs
flat, ovate. 1883.

0. c. Shuttleworthii (Shuttleworth’s). j., sepals and petals
broad, white, heavily blotched with chocolate-brown; the lip
blotched and fringed.

O. c. splendens (splendid). 7. white, tinged rose; sepals with
a brown blotch in the centre and several smaller ones at
base ; petals spotted brown at base; lip with a large, central,
brown blotch and some small brown spots on each side of the
base, which is yellow, with some radiating, dark red lines.

O. c. virginale (virgin-white).* 7. pure white, the lip marked
with one or two small dots and having yellow on the disk.
1882. A handsome variety.

O. ce. Wilsoni (Wilson’s). j1. very delicate blush, very large;
petals broad, fringed; sepals and lip having a few chocolate
spots. 1882.

0. c. Wolstenholmiz (Mrs. Wolstenholme’s). jl., sepals and
petals pure white, spotted ochre-brown in the centre, bordered
mauve, very acuminate, the petals lobed and toothed; lip
having a brown, ligulate disk and yellow calli; column yellow
at base. 1887.

O. c. zebrinum (zebra-striped).* jl. whitish with a creamy
SUaUION, spotted and barred with reddish-brown, 2sin. across.
1898.

O. cristatellum (slightly crested). A variety of O. cristatum.

jl. large, the whole of the
Rea occupied by
)

large, beautifully
1894. A brilliant

1. ligulate.

O. cuspidatum (cuspidate). A variety of O. luteo-purpurcum.

O. Dawsonianum (Dawson's). A garden synonym of O. Rossit
Ehrenbergii.

0. Dayanum (Day's). jl. large; sepals and petals creamy-
white, profusely spotted with cinnamon-brown ; lip white and
pale mauve. Origin not recorded, 1897. Allied to O. prestans.

O. deltoglossum (deltoid-lipped). A variety of O, odoratum.

QO. Ehrenbergii (Ehrenberg’s). A variety of 0. Rossii.

O. epidendroides (Epidendrum-like). jl. large, disposed in
a panicle 3ft. to 9ft. long; sepals and petals of a brilliant
yellow, with three to five carmine spots, cuspidate; lip white,
spotted with purple, the claw united half-way to the face of
the very downy column. 2, lanceolate. Central America.

O. facetum (elegant). A variety of O. lwteo-purpwreum.

O. gloriosum (glorious).* jl. mostly yellow, sometimes clouded
with green, always spotted with chestnut-brown, stellate;
sepals and petals oblong-ligulate, acuminate ; ee cordate at
base, ligulate and acuminate upwards, having a brown blotch
above the crest; inflorescence long and branched. Summer.
l, and pseudo-bulbs as in crispum. Colombia, 1865.
(B. O. 12; G. C. 1865, p. 578.)

O. gracile (slender). jl. reddish-brown, about lin. in diameter ;
lip fleshy, with two whitish crests; peduncle blackish, panicu-
lately branched, the branches two- or three-flowered. 7. and

pseudo-bulbs tinged blackish. Ecuador. A distinct-looking
species.
O. Hallii. Of this species there are several tine varieties in

yrandijlorum, Lairenianum, leucoglossum, and magnijicum.

O. Harryanum (Harry Veitch’s).* j.,
brown, with transverse, greenish-yellow lines,

sepals and petals
the petals

Odontoglossum—continued.

projecting straight forward; lip very large, divided across the
middle into two pieces, the one pure white, the other brownish-
lake, with bright yellow, fringe-like crests. 2. leathery, oblong,
obtuse, 7in. to 10in. long. Pseudo-bulbs oval-oblong, compressed,
2sin. to 3in. long, two-leaved. Colombia, 1887. Evergreen.
(G. C. 1887, iL, p. 169; W. O. A. viii, t. 366.) There are
several varieties, including flavescens, with flowers wholly yellow.

O. Hennisii (Hennis’). ., sepals and petals yellow, with
brown spots; lip white and brown. Peru or Ecuador, 1891.
eo _Tesembles 0. odoratwm, but is really related to
. erinitum.

0. Hrubyanum (Hruby’s). A garden synonym of 0. cirrhosum.

O. Hunnewellianum (Hunnewell’s).* ji. 2in. across; sepals
and petals yellow, with large, brown blotches, broadly lanceo-
late, acute; lip creamy-white, spotted with brown, obovate-
elliptic, the edges crisped and undulated. Colombia, 1889.
A small-growing species. There is a large variety of this—
maximum,

O. ioplocon (violet-woven). This is closely allied to 0. Edwardi,
but it differs as follows: sepals longer, narrower, and more
undulated; lip much smaller; and in the forms of the calli
and column wings. Ecuador, 1892.

0. Jenningsianum (Jennings’). A variety of O. erispwm.

O. Kreenzlinii (Krenzlin's). jl. 2in. across; sepals and petals
pale yellow, with brown blotches, lanceolate, acuminate; lip
white, lanceolate, apiculate, with a velvety-brown blotch in
front and a few purple spots at the sides. Colombia, 1893.

0. Krameri album (white). 7. wholly white. 1893.

O. leeve auratum (golden). /., lip very narrow, a little dilated
at the apex and acute at the top. 1885,

O. Leeanum (Lee’s).* According to the Kew authorities this is
a variety of O. odoratum, but by others it is regarded as
distinct.

O. ligulare (strap-like). A variety of O. Lindleyanum.

O. limbatum (bordered). A variety of O. crispwm.

0. Lindleyanum albidulum (whitish). 1. yellowish-white,
with some light sulphur at the base of the lip. 1885.

O. Lucianianum (Lucien Ljnden’s).* fl. white, blotched with
reddish-purple, racemose; sepals and petals lanceolate, acumi-
nate; lip velvety, the epichil oblong-ligulate, cuspidate, with
crenulate margins; wings of the column linear-aristate, very
narrow. Pseudo-bulbs pyriform, attenuated, smooth. Vene-
zuela, 1887. (I. H. ser. v., t. 7; L. ii, t. 65.)

O. luteo-purpureum Amesianum (Ames’).
yellowish-green. 1891.

O. 1-p. Vuylstekeanum (Vuylsteke's).* /l. sulphur, with a
few blotches of the deepest and richest orange on the odd
sepal, the petals, and the lip (which is much dilated at the
top); lateral sepals orange, except at their base. Colombia.
A grand variety. The form maculatum has the disk of petals
aati base of lip whitish-sulphur, the other parts deep yellow,
a few conapienons, cinnamon blotches being scattere
sepals, petals, and lip. 1884.

O. maculatum. Of this species two other varieties worth
mention are: anceps and superbum.

O. miniatum (scarlet), of gardens. A variety of 0. coronarium.

O. mirandum (extraordinary). A variety of 0. Lindleyanum.

O. odoratum baphicanthum. The form tmmaculatum has
primrose-yellow flowers without any spots. 1895.

O. o. Ortgiesianum (Ortgies’). l., sepals and petals white,
edged with yellow, and with a central maroon spot. Colombia.
(R. G., t. 1360.)

O. oliganthum (few-flowered) jl. two or three to a
peduncle ; sepals and petals brown, with a reddish area which
on the base of the petals is eileen with brown; lip rich
yellow, with a brown border to the basal part and some brown
spots on the front lobe. J. linear-ligulate, acute, Sin. long.
Pseudo-bulbs fusiform. Guatemala, 1879.

O. orientale (Eastern). 1. yellow, large, having dark spots on
the petals, upper sepal, and lip; inflorescence 2ft. to Sft. long.
Eastern Andes of Ecuador, 1879. This species is much in the
way of O. pardinwm.

O. ornatum (ornamental). /l. creamy-white in the centre, and
marked with small, red spots. Colombia, 1891.

O. Ortgiesianum (Ortgies’). A form of O. odoratum.

O. Pescatorei Germinyanum (Comte de Germiny’s).
4. white, flushed rosy-purple on the sepals, and marked with
a few rose-purple spots, chiefly on the mid-line of the sepals,
and one at the apex of the petals; basal part of the lip
broadly margined purple round a yellow disk, which has some
radiating, purple lines and a figured blotch in front, the front
lobe spotted purple. (W. O. A. vii., t. 305.)

O. P. leucoxanthum (white-and-yellow).* /. of a pure white,
except some orange on the crests of the lip, the wings, and
the base of the column. 1887. A remarkable form. (G. C.
1887, i., p. 606.)

fl. of a pale

over

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 561

Odontoglossum—continwed.

Fig. 595, OpoNTOGLOSsSUM PESCATORET VEITCH.

O. P. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* /. larger and more symmetrical
than in the commoner forms, all the segments irregularly
blotched with rich magenta-purple, the portion ‘so coloured
occupying more than one-half of the entire surface ; inflorescence
anicled. This is a unique variety. It flowered originally in

essrs. J. Veitch’s Nursery, at Chelsea, among a batch of
imported plants. It is now in the collection of Baron
SANGER: where, under skilful cultivation, it has made con-
siderable improvement. See Fig. 595.

O. platychilum (broad-lipped). jl. 2in. across, one or two on
a short scape; sepals and petals creamy-white, with chestnut
markings at base; lip large, cordate, of a soft pink, with

urple spots. J. semi-erect, oblong-lanceolate, about Yin. long,

Pecntinstaihs ovate, one-leaved. Central America (?), 1892.

(G. C. 1892, xi., p. 587, f. 84; J. H. 1892, xxiv., p. 329, f. 56.)
O. pretiosum. A synonym of 0. Schlieperianum.

O. p. grandifiorum (large-flowered). A fine variety having
larger flowers than the type.

O. prionopetalum (serrate-petaled).* jl. 4in. across; sepals
and petals rich yellow, heavily spotted and barred chestnut-
brown, the petals deeply serrate; lip white in front, pale
yellow behind, with a large, transverse, brown blotch in the
centre. Spring. Colombia. A handsome plant, allied to
O. luteo-purpureum. (R. ii., t. 84; W. O. A. x., t. 474.)

0. pulchellum Dormannianum (Dormann’s). /. white,
lyin. to lgin. in diameter; sepals and petals 4in. broad.
Pseudo-bulbs stronger, stouter, and rounder than in the type.
Guatemala.

O. ramosissimum cceleste (celestial). 7. tinted with mauve
instead of spotted, as in the type. 1893. (I. H. 1893, t. 170.)
O. ramulosum (slightly branched). jl. yellow, small, with a
deep brown stain at the base of the sepals and petals; lip
with a brown stain on each side of the principal lamelle;
ae purple-brown; panicle long and narrow. Colombia,

O. retusum (retuse). /., sepals and petals orange-red, tinged
yellow, lanceolate, acute; lip yellow, or the same colour as
the sepals and petals, oblong, retuse, bilamellate at base;
panicle branched, 100- to 150-flowered. /. linear-lanceolate,
papery. Ecuador, 1846. A dwarf, small-flowered species.

O.r chanthum (beak-flowered). //1., sepals and petals yellow,
ligulate, acute, with a brown line and a few brown spots at
the base of the petals; lip with a narrow, acuminate front
lobe, two or four keels, and no. bristles; raceme lax.
Colombia, 1887. ‘his plant is something in the way of
0. Lindleyanum.

QO. rigidum (rigid). #. bright canary-yellow, on long foot-
stalks; sepals and petals oblong, acute; lip deeper in colour
than the other segments, with a long claw and sub-quadrate
blade that has an apiculus in the centre of the anterior
margin ; crest bidentate; column three-angled, green at base,
yellow at apex; inflorescence tall, paniculate. 7. linear. Pseudo-
bulbs ovate. Peru.

O. roseum (rosy). A synonym of Cochlioda rosea.

O. Rossii albens (whitish). #. spotted with yellow instead
of brown. (W. O. A., t. 434.) ‘

O. R. immaculatum (unspotted).
pink; petals and lip white.

O, rubescens (reddish). A variety of 0. Rossii.
Vol. VY,

jl. unspotted ; sepals pale

Odontoglossum—continued.
O. Sanderianum (Sander’s). A variety of O. constrictum.

O. Schreederianum.* This is now regarded as a form of
0. crispum; but the plant described in G. C. 1887, ii., p. 364,
under this name, is Miltonia Schreederiana.

O. seringa (Seringa). . round, somewhat smaller than in
0. crispum, spotted with brownish-red, and having a white
centre; sepals and petals bordered with yellow. Seringa,
Colombia, 1891.

O. Shuttleworthii (Shuttleworth’s).
O. crispum.

0. spectatissimum
0. triumphans.

0. Uro-Skinneri album (white).
white lip. 1893.

©. viminale (twiggy). jl, sepals and petals brown, with
whitish-sulphur borders, and linear spots around the margin,
which are scarcely visible; lip light sulphur at base, deep
yellow in front, with an angle at each side of the base and
the lanceolate anterior part; column pale green, bordered
mauve at top. J. linear, acute, more than lft. long. Pseudo-
bulbs the size of a large hen’s-egg. Colombia, 1885.

O. Vuylstekeanum (Vuylsteke’s). A variety of O. luteo-pur-
pureum.

O. Warnerianum (Warner's). A variety of O. Rossii.

0. Warscewiczii (Warscewicz’), A synonym of
Endresii.

The following among a number of other species are in cultivation
in botanical collections: O. auriculatum, O. guttatum, O. longi-
Solium, O. myanthum,

This is a variety of

(most splendid). A synonym of

A variety with a pure

Miltonia

Hybrids,

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
crispo-Harryanum .... crispum and Harryanum (Vuylsteke).
CLCEMENE Os sic vlenicinive triumphans and Pescatoret (Veitch).
Hallio-crispum ........ Hallii and ecrispum Cooksonii (Cook-

son).
Harryano-crispum .... Harryanum and crispwm (Vuylsteke).
Leroyanum ............ erispum and luteo-purpureum (Leroy).
loochristyense .. crispum and triumphais (Vuylsteke).
Rolfe Harryanum and Pescatorei (Vuyl-
steke),
Souvenir de Victor de\luteo-purpureum and Harryanun
CROs Seat J (Hye).
Wattianum .. .......-. Lindleyanum and Harryanuwm (Craw-
shay).

ANDERSONIANUM.

Fic. 596. OpONTOGLOSSUM

Natural Hybrids..-

NAME. PARENTAGE.
acuminatissimum...... Lindleyanum and luteo-purpureum,
AGTIANIE, elena 0 = ale> 0.00 Hunnewellianum and crispum.
ats oo (see) crispum and glorwsum.
aspersumM ......- maculatum and Rossii.
cirrho-cristatum cirrhosum and cristatum.
Cookeanum .... gloriosum and trivmphans.
Coradinei ... .. Lindleyanum and erispuin.
Denisonicet .......+..+: luteo-purpureum and erispum.

+ The original name of this cross.

4c

562

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cdontoglossum—continued.

NAME. PARENTAGE.
dicranophorum .......- Lindleyanum and triwmphans.
elegans 21.445. cirrhosum and Hallii. — ‘
elegantius......+++- .--- Lindleyanum and nobile (Pescatorei).

~ Fic. 597. ODONTOGLOSSUM EXCELLENS.

excellens (see Fig. 597) Pescatoret and triwmphans.

Galleottianum ........ Cervantesii and nebulosum.
Hallio-Kegeljani .. Hallit and Kegeljani (polyxanthum).
TANTS on lan ce cirrhosum and cristatum.
Horsmanti .. Tuteo-purpureum and nobile.
Humeanum. . cordatwm and Rossii.

ANCEUS »2 2+ Syn. Andersonianum.

Dulus ...2..45 gloriosum and luteo-purpureum.
Murrellianum nobile and gloriosum.
Ruckerianum .. Syn. Andersonianum.
Staurastrum .. Lindleyanum and tripudians.
Stawuroides .... Lindleyanum and nobile.

Wattianum ..
Wendlandian
Wilckeanum Sao
Williamsianum ........

Lindleyanum and Harryanum.
crinitum and crispum Lehmannii.
luteo-purpureum and crispum.
grande and Schlieperianum.

ODONTONEMA. A synonym of Thyrsacanthus
(which see).

ODONTOSPERMUM. To the species described on
p. 476, Vol. II., the following should be added:

O. maritimum (sea-loving). j.-heads, involucral bracts
spathulate. J. oblong-spathulate, villous. Branches sometimes
leafy, sometimes naked, one-headed. Stems irregularly
branched. Mediterranean region. (G. C. 1884, xxii, p. 392,
f. 70.) SYN. Asteriscus maritimus.

CGNECTRA PILLERIANA. See Vine Moths.

CNOCARPUS. To the species described on p. 476,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

«. dealbatus (whitened). (., spadices three or solitary,
slender, pendulous, 14ft. to 2ft. long, much-branched. fr. globose
or ovoid. /. about twenty in a head; segments very numerous
(fifty to seventy), linear-lanceolate, acuminate, 2ft. to 2sft.
long. Stem tall, soboliferous. Brazil. The correct name of
this species is Mauritia armata.

cee ey A synonym of Berchemia (which
see).

CNOTHERA. Including Pachylophus. To the
species and varieties described on pp. 476-9, Vol. IL.,
the following should be added :

= oe This is now regarded as identical with O. taraxaci-
Olva.

@. crassicaulis (thick-stemmed).* 7. white, tinted with
yellow in the centre, 3in. to 4in. in diameter ; style four-lobed.
July to September. J. lanceolate, acute, unequally toothed,
with whitish nerves. Stems branched from the base, the
tranches ascending. h. 14ft. to 2ft. North America. A fine

iennial.

@. Drummondii (Drummond’s). j#. pale yellow, with a
preezish centre; petals obcordate, l4in. long. June to October.
ovate-lanceolate, undulated; cauline ones sessile. h. 2ft.

Cnothera—continued.

Texas, 1833. Annual or biennial. (B.
dwarf form nana, with large flowers.

C. eximia is a synonym of @. cespitosa.

G. formosa (beautiful). jl. pure white, about 34in. in diameter.
Habitat not recorded, 1899. A dwarf plant.

C. Fraseri (Fraser's). A variety of @. glauca.

. fruticosa major (greater).* This is a very free-flowering
Variety having golden-yellow flowers. It is later than the type.

G. f. Youngii (Young’s).* fl. bright yellow. A handsome
border plant of vigorous habit. There is also a double-
flowered form.

. grandiflora (of Willdenow). A form of @. biennis.

@. Johnsoni (Johnson's). This is a tall (4ft.), half-hardy
annual, with large, citron-yellow flowers. North-west America,
1898. (R. G. 1898, p. 430, f. 82.)

«. Lamarckiana (Lamarck’s).
grandijlora.

. linearis is a form of (. fruticosa.

@. Nuttallii (Nuttall’s). . white, turning to rose-colour,
small; calyx tube very slender, lin. to 2in. long. June an
July. 72. crowded, lanceolate, pinnatifid, acuminate. North
America, 1811. A stemless, pubescent perennial.

@. rubicunda (ruddy). A variety of @. amena.

G. Sellowii (Sellow’s). #. bright yellow, scented, 4in. across,
disposed in a long, terminal spike. June to August. J. ovate-
lanceolate, pubescent; cauline ones lanceolate, acute. Stem
erect, pubescent, simple or branched. A. 2ft. to 24ft. Chili,
1831. Annual. ‘

G. serotina (late), of Sweet. A synonym of @. fruticosa.

G:. suaveolens (sweet-scented). A synonym of W@. biennis
grandiflora,

C. tanacetifolia (Tansy-leaved). A synonym of @. Nuttallii.

. taraxacifolia is a form of @. acaulis.

G. tetraptera (four-winged). 7. at first whitish, then reddish,
4in. across. Jl. pinnatisect, with the divisions toothed. Stems
branched from the base; branches ascending. h. lft. Mexico.
Annual.

@. t. rosea (pink).* A variety with beautiful rose-coloured
flowers. An excellent plant for either the border or the
rockery.

:. trichocalyx (hairy-calyxed). . white, turning to pink,
axillary, rather small; calyx long-hairy when young. June.
1. crowded, pinnatifid, the young ones somewhat canescent-
hairy; segments short, entire, obtuse. Stem about lft. high,
nearly simple, erect. North America. Perennial or biennial.

M. 3361.) There is a

A synonym of @. biennis

Varieties. There are many new varieties of the annual
section usually catalogued as Godetias. Some of the best
are:

Bridesmaid. 7. blush-white, blotched with rose, large.

Crimson Beauty. 7. deep crimson, with a white centre. An
excellent bedder.

Duchess of Fife. ji. white, blotched carmine.

General Gordon. 7. crimson-carmine, with lighter centre.

Gloriosa. i. deep blood-red. A showy and compact variety.

Marchioness of Salisbury. 7. bright crimson, margined
with white, large. An attractive variety.

White Pearl. 7. of a beautiful pure white.

CONIA. See Honia.

OIL NUT. See Pyrularia oleifera.

OILY GRAIN. See Sesamum indicum.
OKRA. See Hibiscus esculentus.

OLD MAID. See Vinca rosea.

OLD MAN CACTUS. See Pilocereus senilis.

OLEA APETALA. A synonym of Notelea
longifolia (which see). O. buaifoa is synonymous
with O. capensis.

OLEANDRA. Althongh not an extensive genus,
Oleandra_ embraces some of the most interesting
trailing Ferns in cultivation. O. neriiformis, a plant
much more like an Oleander than a Fern, is, how-
ever, an exception; it grows somewhat in the way of
Gleichenia flabellata, but has thicker and more fleshy,
erect stems, which haye, moreover, the peculiarity of
branching out freely, and of being provided with aérial
roots—a character to be found in scarcely any other
cultivated Fern. All the other species make good speci-
mens either trained upon stems of dead Tree-Ferns,
which they readily ascend and quickly cover, or grown
on mounds of peat. None but very fibrous peat shonld,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Oleandra—continued.

however, be used; thick turfs of it should be placed one
above another, and tightly skewered together by means
of wooden pegs so as to form a pyramid.

Another way of employing Oleandras is to use them
for covering pillars indoors; but as they take possession
of any genial surface, fastening themselves to it by means
of short, fibry roots, it is indispensable that these should
be provided with proper nourishment as the rhizomes
extend. The best plan is to fix round the pillar a wire
cylinder of 2in. to 3in. mesh, which should be filled up,
as the rhizomes extend, with a mixture of two parts
fibrous peat and one of sphagnum, rammed tolerably
close. For hiding pillars, walls, or unsightly upright
supports, the Oleandras are quite as useful as the better-
known Davyallias, and do not require any more special
attention ; although not perhaps quite such rapid growers,
they possess the advantage of retaining their foliage
longer than is the case with most Davallias. All the
Oleandras known to cultivation require an abundance of
water at their roots throughout their growing season, and
they are’ greatly benefited by occasional syringings
overhead during the summer. Although they may be
propagated from spores, they are usually increased by
division of the rhizomes any time between April and
September.

To the species described on p. 481, Vol. II., the following
should be added:

0. chinensis (Chinese). A synonym of 0. Cumingii.

0. Cumingii (Cuming’s). sti. forming, about 2in. from the
densely brown-scaly rhizome, a sort of joint, from which the
fronds, when decayed, become detached. fronds Ift. to 14ft.

long, lin. broad, soft, gradually narrowed to both ends; mid-
rib slightly hairy. sori rather large, light brown, forming a
Assam,

scarcely interrupted line near the midrib. &e. SYN.

O. chinensis.

‘i

=

ae

Li

WN

DY

Ai

Fic. 598. OLEANDRA CUMINGII LONGIPES.

O. C. lo:

pes (long-stalked). A variety having longer stipes
than in the type.

See Fig. 598.

563

Oleandra—continued.

0. C. Sibbaldii (Sibbald’s).
than in the type.
midrib. Tahiti, &e.

0. Sibbaldii (Sibbald’s). A form of 0. Cumingii.

O. Wallichii. Although similar in habit to the other species,
this is quite distinct on account of the marginal hairs along
the whole length of the fronds,

OLEARIA. Daisy Bush. To the species described
on pp. 481-2, Vol. II., the following should be added:

O. dentata (toothed), of Hooker. A synonym of 0. macrodonta,

0. ilicifolia (Holly-leaved). _j.-hkeads resembling those of
O. dentata (which this species much resembles). 7. longer
and narrower, deeply waved on the margin, with spiny teeth.
Branches and twigs nearly glabrous. New Zealand. Plant
Musk-scented, hardy. :

O. insignis (remarkable).* l.-heads white, lin. across: florets
very numerous; peduncles 6in. to 10in. long, one - headed.

al fronds thinner and more hairy
sort in very irregular lines not so near the

i. coriaceous, oblong, obtuse, quite entire, 4in. to 6in. long.
Stems densely clothed with white or reddish felt. New Zealand.
A low, flat-topped, robust, greenhouse bush. (B. M. 7034.)

0. macrodonta (large-toothed). _f.-heads white, with a red
centre, small, Daisy-like, disposed in large, hemispherical
corymbs, J. elliptic-oblong, undulated, coarsely toothed, some-
what Holly-like in appearance. New Zealand, 1886. Hardy
shrub or tree. (B. M. 7065; GG. n. s., XXVi., pp. 304-5.)
Syn. 0. dentata (of Hooker).

0. myrsinoides (Myrsine-like). fl.-heads pale purple, narrow,
three to five together on axillary peduncles forming a leafy,
oblong panicle. May. J. alternate, obovate to oblong, less
than sin. long. Australia, 1835. A silvery or silvery-tomentose,
greenhouse shrub, low and straggling or densely bushy.

0. nitida (shining). __jl.-heads white, with yellowish disk, in
close, many-flowered, rounded corymbs; ‘florets fifteen’ to
twenty. /. resembling those of O. fwrfwracea, but more ovate,
less coriaceous, sinuate-toothed, acute or acuminate, the
tomentum more silvery and shining. New Zealand, 1886. A
small, hardy tree. (G. C. n.s., xxvi., pp. 44-5, f. 10.)

0. nummularifolia (Moneywort-leaved). fl.-heads white,
solitary, on peduncles longer or shorter than the leaves.
1. closely-set, erect, spreading, or deflexed, jin. to 4in. long,
orbicular, oblong, obovate, obtuse, quite entire. Branches
stout, erect, often glutinous. A. lft. to 10ft. New Zealand (at
4000ft.), 1899. Hardy.

O. stellulata (slightly stellate).
0. Gunniana.

O. Traversii (Travers’). _l.-heads din. long, very numerous, on
slender pedicels; panicles numerous, cymose, axillary and
terminal, much-branched. 7. flat, opposite, oblong- or ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, quite entire, 14in. to 24in. long, glabrous
and shining above, silky-downy beneath (as well as the panicles
and branches). h. 30ft. to 35ft. New Zealand, 1887. (G. C.
1887, ii., p. 187.) Only hardy in very favoured localities.

OLEOBACHIA PALUSTRIS. A corruption of
\ Delabechea palustris. Delabechea is now included under
| Sterculia (which see).

OLYRA (the name of a kind of grain mentioned b
Herodotus and others as food for horses, along with
Barley). Orp. Graminee. A genus embracing about
twenty species of tropical Grasses, all, except one or two
African, being American; they are remarkable for the
great variety they display in habit, foliage, inflorescence,
and sexuality of the spikes. Only one species calls for
mention here, It forms a very elegant, evergreen pot
plant for the stoye, thriving in any fairly good soil, and
may be increased by seeds or by divisions.

The correct name _ of

0, concinna (neat).* 7., spikes rather shorter than the leaves,
terminal and axillary; spikelets three, two female and one
male. January. 7. lin, long, uniform, distichous, sessile in
very short sheaths, almost imbricated, ovate, cuspidate-acumi-
nate, often reddish towards the tips. Stems 6in. to 10in. long,
filiform, at length drooping. Costa Rica, 1891. (B. M. 7469.)

OMPHALODES. Though usnally regarded as
healthy, O. Luciliz and O. verna are better for protec-
tion in winter. To the species described on PP. 482-3,
Vol. II, the following should be added. See also
Paracaryum.

O. Krameri (Kramer’s).* jf. of a rich blue, about as large as
a sixpence. 1. ample. Japan, 1882. A beautiful addition to
our hardy plants; it is larger in growth than either O. Lucilie
or O. verna.

0. verna alba (white). This only differs from the type in
having white flowers.

564

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ONCIDIUM. Cyrtochilum and Palumbina
(which see) are now included hereunder. To the species
and yarieties described on pp. 483-91, Vol. II., the

following should be added. Those marked T. are
tropical, while those marked C. will thrive in a cool-
house. The remainder require an intermediate tem-
perature.

O. emulum. This is regarded as identical with 0. superbiens.

0. albo-verrucosum (white-warted). jl. bright yellow,
having the sepals barred with brown and the warted crest
white. 1898. A supposed new species. [C.]

O. anomalum (anomalous). A synonym of 0. panchryswm.

O. anthocrene (flower-fountain). jl. disposed in large, upright,
branched spikes; sepals and petals chocolate-brown, trans-
versely barred yellow towards the base, much undulated ; lip
white. Summer. Peru. A curious species, in habit somewhat
resembling Miltonia Warscewiczii. (W. O. A. ix.,t. 392.) [T.}

0. aureum (golden). ji. 14in. across; sepals and petals pale
greenish-yellow, with a faint purplish tinge near the base;
lip bright golden-yellow; racemes five- to seven-flowered ;
scapes lift. to 13ft. long. J. linear-lanceolate, 4in. to! Sin.
long. Pseudo-bulbs lin. to l4in. long, one- or two-leaved.
Mexico, 1838. [C.]

O. auriferum (gold-bearing). jl. lin. across; sepals and
petals citron-yellow, with two or three pale brown bars; lip
citron-yellow, with a pale red blotch near the crest, three-
lobed; peduncles longer than the leaves, loosely panicled.
7. linear, 7in. to 10in. long. Venezuela, 1846-7. Allied to
0. panchrysum. [C.]

O. aurosum (golden). A variety of 0. excavatum.

O. bicolor (two-coloured). The Kew authorities regard this as
a distinct species, and not as a variety of 0. Martianwm.

O. bracteatum (bracteate). . lin. across; sepals and petals
bright yellowish-green, spotted with blackish-purple; lip
broadly clawed, the claw reddish-brown, the blade and
auricles light yellow, white beneath; scapes 3ft. to 4ft. long,
with a spathe-like bract at each node. /. linear-ligulate. Pseudo-
bulbs much compressed, two-leaved. Colombia, 1849-50.

O. brevilabrum (short-lipped). jl. bright yellow, barred with
brown, Zin. in diameter, disposed in many-flowered_ panicles.
z. linear, lft. long, Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, 2in. long. 1894. [C.]

O. Brienianum (0’Brien’s).* jj. of a bright sulphur-yellow,
distinctly barred with cinnamon, having a very small front
blade to the lip; pedicels very short; raceme nodding.
Pseudo-bulbs short, small, compact. Paraguay, 1881. [C.]
In the variety rujida the flowers are nearly covered with
cinnamon,

O. czesium (greyish). A synonym of 0. Geertianum.

O. caminiphorum (furnace-bearing). /l. brightly coloured, lin.
across; sepals and petals brown in the basal half, yellow in
the upper; lip yellow, with red spots and a chestnut band ;

eduncles panicled, many-flowered. /. linear-oblong, 3in. to Sin.
ong. Pseudo-bulbs much compressed, 14in. long, one-leaved.
Caracas, 1850. The specific name is a fanciful one.

O. candidum (white). The correct name of Palumbina
candida.

0. chrysodipterum (golden-winged).* 1. 3in. across; dorsal
sepal chestnut, with a narrow yellow border, the lateral ones
wholly brown, divergent; petals bright gamboge-yellow,
spotted with brown on the basal half; lip yellow, stained
with brown, linear, deflexed; scape 3ft. to 9ft. or more in
length, branched. J. broadly ligulate, 15in. to 20in. long.
Pseudo-bulbs 3in. long, one- or two-leaved. Probably Andean,
about 1890. A very handsome species.

O. chrysomorphum (dark-golden).
Zin. across; eepals and petals golden-yeliow, similar; lip
paler, oblong, dilated at base and apex into two rounded
obes; scapes lft. to 13ft. long, panicled from the middle.
Winter. J. linear, Jin. fo Sin. long. Pseudo-bulbs Lin. long,
compressed, two- or three-leaved. Colombia, 1877.

©. chrysops (golden-eyed). /l., sepals light brown, cuneate-
oblong; petals light brown, much broader, somewhat wavy,
blunt; lp bright yellow, the basilar laciniz small, the
isthmus very short, the large anterior blade reniform,
emarginate, the calli triseriate; peduncle reddish, racemose.
1, reddish, short. 1888. Allied to O. bicallosum.

O. chrysopyramis (golden-pyramid). jl. of a uniform canary-
yellow, jin. across; upper sepal and petals clawed; lip
panduriform; peduncles slender, lft. to 2ft. long, loosely
paniculate, many-flowered. June. 7. linear-ligulate, 5in. to 6in.
Jong. Pseudo-bulbs lsin. to 2sin. long, with acute edges, two-
leaved. Andes of Ecuador or Southern Colombia, 1852.

O. chrysorhapis (golden-needled). ., sepals and petals light
sulphur-yellow, the disk spotted dark brown, forming one mass,
with extended external processes on the upper sepal and
petals; side lacinie of the lip linear, lobed at top, erect, the
claws covered with tumours, the anterior blade reniform,
emarginate, very large; pedicels three- to _ five-flowered.
z. cuneate-oblong-lanceolate, acute, 6in. to Tin. long, 1Jin.
wide. Brazil, 1888. [T.]

ji. numerous, crowded,

Oncidium—continued.
O. chrysornis is a form of 0. ochthodes.

0. crispum ochraceum (ochreous). fl. ochre-brown, without
lateral crests on the sides of the middle keel of the lip. 1888.

O. cristatum (crested). ji. bright kegel lsin. across, with a
few red spots on the crest of the lip; panicle branched,
arching, many-flowered. /. linear-lanceolate, 6in. to Qin. long.
Pseudo-bulbs ovate, 2in. long. Brazil, 1892. (L. x., t. 451.)

QO. crocodiliceps (crocodile’s-head). fl. several in a one-sided
raceme ; sepals and petals greenish-sulphur, striped and blotched
cinnamon, the sepals ligulate, acute, the petals sub-equal ; li
white, with a tuft of yellow hairs at the sub-cordate or rounde:
base, and a velvet callus in front; anther very large, com-
parable to a broad crocodile’s head. J. cuneate-oblong, acute,
very strong. Pseudo-bulbs ultimately much wrinkled Mexico,
1885. [C.]

O. Croesus is a variety of 0. longipes.

O. cruentum (bloody). A synonym of 0. reflexum pelicanum.

O. cucullatum. According to the Kew authorities, the correct
name is 0. olivaceum.

OQ. decipiens is a form of 0. Crista-gaili.

Fie. 599. INFLORESCENCE OF ONCIDIUM FORBESIT.

O. detortum (crooked). j., sepals light brown, shortly clawed
and eared, the upper one yellowish at apex; petals yellow,
with brown spots, and having shorter claws; lip with
spreading-triangular side lobes and an oblong acute front
one; inflorescence long. Habitat not recorded, 1888. Allied
to O. serratum. SYN. Cyrtochilum detortum.

O. dichromum (two-coloured). This species is closely allied
to O. aureum, but the flowers are larger, the sepals and
petals are reddish-purple, and the lip is bright yellow; panicles
branched. Peru, 1895. [C.]

O. excavatum Dawsoni (Dawson’s).* jl. bright yellow and
rich brown, large; scape 5ft. long, sometimes producing a
hundred flowers. Peru.

O. falcipetalum (falcate-petaled). jl. 2sin. to din. across;
sepals russet-brown, with a narrow yellow margin, clawed;
petals much smaller, falcate, yellow, spotted with brown on
the basal half; lip purplish-brown, linear, reflexed ; peduncles
flexuous, several feet long. Autumn. J. 1ft. or more in length,
Pseudo-bulbs 2in. to 4in. long, two-leaved. Andes, before 1886.

O. fimbriatum (fringed). (/. Zin. across; sepals and petals
bright yellow, barred and streaked transversely with red, the
petals clawed; lip yellow, sub-panduriform, the front lobe
with a minutely-fringed margin; scapes 2ft. to ft. long,
denoning many-flowered. June. JZ. linear or ligulate-oblong,
acute. seudo-bulbs two-leaved. Brazil, 1878. [T.]

; 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 565

Oncidium—continued.

O. Forbesii. This is one of the finest species of the whole
genus (see Fig. 599). It is often called the ‘‘ Gold-laced
Oncidium.” ;

0. F. Measuresianum (Measures’). jl. of a pure golden-
yellow, with a very narrow border of purplish-brown. 1891.

O. Gautieri is a form of 0. unicorne.

; 0. Geertianum (Van Geert’s). fl. lsin. across; sepals and

petals greenish, tinged with rose, shortly clawed; hp bright
canary-yellow, three-lobed, the front lobe broadly clawed;

racemes about five-flowered; peduncles slender, erect.
> “. linear, 6in. to 7in. long. Pseudo-bulbs olive, clustered,
u lin. to ljin in diameter. Mexico, 1853. (R. G. 1854, t. 80;
R. X. O. i, t. 6, f. 2, under name of O. cesium.)
P 0. Godseffianum (Godseff’s). 7. borne on a long, slender,

branching scape. J. linear-lanceolate. Pseudo-bulbs 5in. long,
cylindrical, two-leaved. Habitat not recorded, 1896. This
species resembles 0. pubes, but differs in its smaller flowers
and in the separation of the lateral sepals.

oO. ‘acillimum (very slender). ji. yellow, small, with a few

; pale brown marks about the- bases of the segments; panicle

" much-branched, 3ft. long. J, linear-lanceolate, 8in. long.
: ale ovoid, 3in. long. Peru, 1898. Allied to O. luteum

0. hastatum hemimelznum (half-black). /., sepals and
petals blackish-purple, tipped whitish-green; mid-lacinia of
the lip brownish. Mexico, 1887.

0. h. Roezlii (Roezl’s). jj. yellowish, with some brown spots,
small; column, wings, and side lobes of the lip yellow, the
mid-lobe of the lip brownish. 1876.

0. Henchmanni (Henchmann’s). A synonym of 0.
ginense sanguineum.

O. heteranthum (various-flowered). 7. numerous, but all

{ aborted to filiform, whitish segments except the terminal one,
which is Zin. across ; sepals and petals creamy-white, with two

or three brown bars; lip somewhat lyre-shaped, the basal

add reddish-brown, the apical part yellow; scape 3ft. to 4ft.

ong, branched almost from the base. J. linear, 3in. to Sin.

long. Pseudo-bulbs 2in. long, two-leaved. Andes of Bolivia.

0. hians (gaping). (7. yellow and brown, small; lip having an
extraordinary, erect, white, fleshy appendage, as foe as the
column, parallel with that organ, and resembling the four
fingers of a hand a little hollowed out and closed together ;
column without cheeks; stigma beaked. J. oval to linear-
oblong, lin. to 2in. long. Brazil, 1838. (R. G., t. 12504.) [T.]

O. holochrysum (wholly yellow). A synonym of 0. onustwm.

©. Hookeri (Hooker's). ji. lively yellow, small; sepals and
petals oblong, nearly equal, the latter spotted orange; lip
three-lobed, the Jateral lobes linear-oblong, spreading, the
middle one broadly obovate-cuneate, the base orange- or
chestnut-coloured and tubercled; scape 6in. to 18in. long,

? pay. branched. J. Sin. to 8in. long, linear-ligulate.
'seudo-bulbs clustered, two-leaved. Brazil. (B. M. 3712, under
name of O. raniferum major.) [C.]

O. Huebschi (Huebscli’s). f. yellow, tinted brown, disposed
in a much-branched panicle; lip narrower in front than at
base, its ahief mark consisting in the bipartite, orange column
wings. Ecuador, 1885.

O. intermedium (intermediate).

0. ionosmum (Violet-scented).
: unguiculatum.
O. iridifolium (Iris-leaved),
4 0. Crista-galli.

O. juncifolium (Rush-leaved). A synonym of 0. Cebolleta.

cartha-

A form of 0. luridum.
A synonym of O. tigrinuwm

of Lindley. A synonym of

0. Keilianum (Keil’s). A synonym of Brassia Keiliana.
0. Kramerianum (Kramer’s).* This is now regarded as a
distinct species, and not as a variety of O. Papilio. (F. a. S.,
‘ t. 1956.) S¥Ns. O. nodosum, O. papilioniforme.
. O. K. resplendens (resplendent). In this form the flowers
are much larger, an the colours brighter, than in

Kramerianum; the callus of the lip, also, is longer than in
that variety, and has the base and apex yellow, spotted and

barred purplish-brown, the middle being white, barred
’ purplish-mauve ; the lip itself lacks the brown margin

generally seen. [T.]

O. leopardinum (leopard-marked).* fl. yellow, showy, disposed
in loose panicles about 3ft. high ; sepals and petals banded dark

, brown ; lip banded brown at base, the middle lobe unguiculate,

} transversely emarginate, the base auriculate. Peru. <A free-

; flowering, compact species. [T.]

0. Leopoldiana (Leopold IT.’s). . 1jin. across; sepals and

b petals white, with a purple disk, the former shortly unguiculate ;
lip violet-purple, fleshy, slightly three-lobed ; bracts jin. long ;
panicle very long, branching, many-flowered. Andes, 1890.
(L. vi., t. 274.) [T.]

O. lepturum (slender-tailed). /., properly formed ones light
yellow, spotted brown; sepals and petals cuneate-oblong,
acute ; lip with a very broad, cordate base, narrowed into a
small, bitid apex, and having a cushion of finger-like calli at

|

Oncidium—confinued.

the base. Bolivia, 1886. One of the group with tufts of abortive
flowers. [C.]

®0. leucotis (white-eared). This species is closely allied to
O. obvyzatum, but has a stiffer panicle of wholly yellow flowers.
Colombia, 1880.

0. Lietzei (Lietze’s). jf. bright reddish-brown, sometimes
spotted with yellow (var. awreo-maculatum, R. G. 1887, t. 1279),
numerous, not fully expanding; lateral sepals connate into a
narrow blade; lip having two reflexed auricles; scapes slender,
2sft. to 3ft. long. Spring. J. oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to 8in.
long. Pseudo-bulbs Zin. to 5in. long, clothed for half their
length with whitish sheaths. Brazil, 1881. (R. G. 1881, t. 1044).

In the variety bicolor the flowers are variegated with yellow.

O. longifolium is a synonym of 0. Cebolleta, and not a variety
of O. Cavendishianumn. ;

Fig, 600. ONCIDIUM LONGIPES CRa:sus.

0. longipes Croesus (Creesus). The correct name of 0. Cresus.
See Fig. 600.

O. loxense (Loxa).* jl. in a broad panicle; sepals dull olive,
barred cinnamon, unguiculate, oblong, acute; petals broader
and shorter; lip bright orange, having a tooth-like auricle on
each side of the base, a short, broad stalk, and a broad,
reniform blade. 7. cuneate-ligulate, acuminate. Pseudo-bulbs
oblong, furrowed, two-leaved. Cordillera of Loxa, 1884. (R.
ser. ii., t. 54; W. O. A. x., t. 439.) [C.]

O. Lucasianum (Lucas’s). jl. golden-yellow, resembling those
of O. Marshallianum, disposed in loose, erect racemes. Pseudo-
bulbs ovate, 2in. long, two-leaved. Habitat not recorded,
1894. (G. C. 1894, xv., pp. 475, 479, f. 51.)

O. ludens (playful). /., sepals rich brown, unguiculate, the
upper one transversely elliptic, the lateral ones oblong, acute ;
petals yellow, marbled cinnamon, shortly unguiculate, hastate,
annular, occurring both closed and open; lip pale yellowish-
ochre and brown, recurved towards the apex; column
greenish, striped brown, the wings dark purple. Habitat not
recorded, 1885. Allied to O. annulare. [T.]

O. luridum intermedium (intermediate).
large, with numerous circular, reddish-brown spots.
viil., t. 345, under name of O. intermediunit.)

O. lutescens (yellowish). f., dorsal sepal dark brown, with a
yellow, recurved margin, long, wavy, the lateral ones greenish-
brown; petals dark brown, edged with yellow, very short,
wavy, auricled; lip dark greenish at the angled base, purple
in front, oblong, short, with a three-toothed crest. Habitat
not recorded, 1887. Allied to O. metallicwm.

O. luteum (yellow). /. pale yellow, small, numerous, disposed
in a panic 14ft. long. 7. 4in. long. Pseudo-bulbs ovate, over
lin. long. Habitat not recorded, 1893. Allied to O. chryso-
pyramis.

0. macranthum Williamsianum (Williams’). _/.
large, Indian purple blotch on each petal. Colombia.

O. micranthum (small-flowered). A synonym of Cyrtochilum
micranthum.

jl. bright yellow,
(W. O. A,

having «a

566
~ Oncidium—continued.

O. microchilum (small-lipped). /. l4in. across; sepals pale
brown, with yellow markings; petals chestnut-brown or
brownish-purple, barred and margined with yellow ; lip white,
purple-spotted, three-lobed, small ; scapes robust, very glaucous,
3ft. to 4ft. long, the branches few-flowered. J. rigid, oblong,
Tin. to 12in. long. Pseudo-bulbs ljin. to 2in, long, one-leaved.
Guatemala, 1838. (B. R. 1843, t. 23; Ref. B. ii., t. 122.)

©. Micropogon (small beard). l. 1sin. across the petals;
sepals yellow, banded pale brown, linear-oblong, acuminate,
undulated; petals golden-yellow, with a deep reddish-brown
claw, much broader than the sepals; lip golden-yellow, with
three sub-equal, spreading, clawed lobes, the disk covered
with yellow and brown tubercles; @aceme Sin. to 10in. long,
pendulous. August. 7. two to a pseudo-bulb, 4in. to 6in. long,
linear-oblong. South Brazil (?), 1886. (B. M. 6971; R. G. 1855,
t. 136; R. X. O. i., t. 63, f. 2.)

O. monachicum (monkish). /., dorsal sepal dark brown, with
a crisped, yellow border, reniform, overarching, the lateral
ones large, cuneate-oblong, on long stalks; etals cinnamon,
blotched and edged soip nie yew, roundish-hastate, incurved,
undulated; lip brown, ligulate, with an angular base and a
double callus; spikes large and branching, as in O. serratwm.
March and April. Colombia. Allied to O. metallicum. (G. C.
1883, xix., p. 369, f. 54.) [T.]

O. murinum (wine-like). jl. yellow, with the column of a dull
crimson-purple, small, but pretty and numerous, in a large
panicle; lip triangular, sessile, fleshy, with two roundish
crests on the disk. Ecuador, 1888.

O. nanum (dwarf). jl. jin. across; sepals and petals yellow,
spotted with brown, incurved; lip bright yellow, with two
small auricles at base; scapes decumbent, panicled, the
branches short and few-flowered. 7. from a creeping rhizome,
3in. to 6in. long, pea-green, spotted with red. Pseudo-bulbs
wanting. Britis uiana, 1842.

O. nodosum (noded). A synonym of 0. Kramerianum.
O. nubigenum (cloud-born). A variety of O. ewcullatum.
O. olivaceum (Olive-like). The correct name of O. cucullatum.

O. ornithopodum (bird-footed). . having a singular, trifid
callus, with a solid, beak-like median tooth and excavated
lateral angles. Tropical America, 1879.

O. orthotis (straight-eared). jj. yellow, in. across, with
brown markings, terminal on each branch, with one or two
aborted ones; upper sepal reflexed, the lateral ones hanging
straight down; petals widely spreading; lip broadly cordate.
i. solitary, lin. to 2in, long. Pseudo-bulbs small. Habitat
not recorded, 1888. (I. H. 1888, t. 69.) .

0. panchrysum (all golden). #. of a uniform bright canary-
yellow, ljin. across; sepals acute, the lateral ones divergent ;
petals obtuse; lip somewhat panduriform; scapes erect,
iift. to 2ft. long, panicled and many-flowered. J/. ligulate,
Yin. to 12in. long. seudo-bulbs much compressed, 2in. long,
one-leaved. Colombia, 1842. [C.] Syn. 0. anomalum.

O. panduratum (fiddle-shaped). _/l. reddish-brown and _ yellow,
smaller and more numerous than in 0. anthocrene (which this
species otherwise resembles). Colombia, 1895.

O. Papilio Kramerianum is now accorded specific rank.

0. P. majus (greater). A synonym of 0. P. Eckhardti.

QO. papilioniforme (butterfly - like). A synonym of
O. Kramerianum.

O. pardoglossum (panther-marked-lipped). jl. chestnut-
colourea, narrow, much marked with yellow on the lip, and
having a very obscure, yellow band on the dorsal sepal;
column light yellow, very long, with brownish-purple wings.
1886. An interesting species.

O. pelicanum (pelican-beaked), A form of O. reflexwm.

O. pretextum Gravesianum (Graves’). jj. yellow and
brown, 2in. in diameter, disposed in branched panicles.
South Brazil, 1892. (G. C 1892, xi., pp. 535, 650, f. oh

O. pyramidale (pyramidal). jl. bright canary-yellow, lin.
across, with red spots and markings; sepals and petals
reflexed; lip somewhat panduriform, with the front lobe
emarginate ; peduncles erect or nodding, 14ft. or more in
length, many-flowered. J. linear-ligulate, Sin. to 8in. long.
Pseudo-bulbs lin. to 2in. long, two-leaved. Southern Colombia,
1842, A rare species.

O. raniferum (frog-bearing). jj. bright yellow, small but
showy; sepals and petals retlexed; lip three-lobed, the large
crest orange-red; scapes Sin. to 8in. long; sparingly branched,
many-flowered. @. Grass-like, Sin. to 8in. long. Pseudo-bulbs
clustered, lin. to 2in. long, tapering, two-leaved. Brazil, 1837.
The crest ‘‘somewhat resembles the figure of a frog couchant”
(Veitch).

O. r. major (larger) A synonym of 0. Hookeri.

0. refractum (bent back). jl. greenish-yellow, barred with
brown; sepals and petals wavy, pointed; column and lip
reflexed. Colombia, 1894. Allied to O. zebrinuwm.

0. Rigbyanum (Rigby’s). A synonym of O. sarcodes.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Oncidium—continued.

0. robustissimum (very robust). . larger than in
O. sphegiferum (to which this species is allied); sepals and
petals brown atybase, yellow at apex; lip yellow, with brown
stripes, the side lobes rounded and serrated ; branches of the
panicle straight. Brazil, 1888.

O. Rogersii (Rogers’). A variety of 0. varicosum.

O. Rolfeanum (Rolfe’s). jl. yellow and brown, disposed in a
long, branching raceme. Colombia, 1892. One of the small-
lipped section, and allied to 0, Kienastianum.

O. roseum (rosy). A synonym of 0. carthaginense sanguineum.

0. Saintlegerianum (Saint Leger’s). A synonym of 0. spilo-
pterum.

O. Sanderianum (Sander’s). This is described by one authority
as “‘free-flowering, with thickly-branched scapes of large, rosy-
red blossoms,” but the flowers have also been described as
chocolate-brown. Peru, 1893. This species is said to be allied
to O. serratum.

O. sanguineum (bloody). A variety of O. carthaginense.

O. sphegiferum (wasp-bearing). 1. ae orange, lin. across,
with a reddish stain at the base of each segment ; sepals and
petals clawed; lip sub-pandurate, the front lobe of a lighter
orange than the sepals and prey scapes 3ft. to 4ft. long,
panicled, many-flowered. J, e ae ane 6in. to 8in. long.
Pseudo-bulbs lin. to lsin. in diameter, one-leaved. Brazil,
1842-3. (P. F. G. ii, No. 124.) [T.]

0. spilopterum is now regarded as a distinct species, and not
as a variety of 0. Batemannianum. Syn. O. Saintlegerianum.

O. Sprucei (Spruce’s). ji. bright yellow, produced in great
profusion; sepals and petals blotched red above, obovate,
obtuse ; lip having the transverse middle lobe narrowly clawed,
two-lobed, stained red at base; panicles flexuous. 7. sometimes
24ft. long. Brazil. Allied to O. Cebolleta. [T.]

O. stelligerum (star-bearing). jl. stellate, paniculate; sepals
and petals qaliovial, with many brown spots, oblong-ligulate ;
lip yellowish-white, with a darker yellow callus, the lateral
lobes short, obtuse-angled, the isthmus narrow, the middle
lobe roundish-cordate, shortly and abruptly cuspidate. Mexico.
Allied to O. hastatum, [C.]

0. s. Ernesti (Ernest's). a pale yellow, with large, rounded,
brown spots on the sep and petals, and a reddish-purple
front lobe to the lip. Mexico, 1887, (W. O. A. vi., t. 260.) [C.]

O. suave (pleasant). fl. fragrant, more than lin. across; ral oe
and petals dark sepia-brown, obscurely keeled, reflexed at tip ;
lip bright yellow, blotched with reddish-brown around the
crest, three-lobed ; peduncles slender, 14ft. to 19ft. long, panicu-
late. the branches few-flowered. J. linear, 6in. or more in
length. © Pseudo-bulbs ancipitous, 3in. long. Oaxaca, 1839.
(@. F. G. ii., f. 135.)

0. superbiens a asl ji. 24in. in diameter ; sepals chocolate-
brown, tipped yellow, long-clawed, the upper one much crisped,
reflexed at apex, the lateral ones more ovate and less curved ;
petals smaller, yellow above, barred chocolate below, cordate-
oblong, recurved, with a shorter and broader claw ; lip blackish-
pomnlss with a yellow crest, very small, revolute ; panicle loose,

exuous, twenty- to thirty-flowered; scape (and inflorescence)
2ft. to 3ft. long. 2 about 1ft. long, linear-oblong, acute,
keeled. Pseudo-bulbs elongate-ovate, compressed, about 4in.
long. Colombia, Venezuela. (B. M. 5980.) [T.] Syn. 0. emulum.

°F ee ES albens (whitish). ji. pale yellowish-white.

0. tetrapetalum (four-petaled). bf lin. across; sepals and
petals bright chestnut-red, barred and marked with yellow,
clawed, the lateral sepals connate and concealed by the lip;
lip white, with a red blotch in front of the crest, broadly
clawed ; scapes erect, ljin. to 2in. long, many-flowered. J. in
tufts of four or more, 3in. to 6in. long, fleshy, triquetrous.
nee oe wanting. West Indies. SYN. O. tricolor (B. M.

va ee splendidum (splendid). A synonym of 0. splen-
wum,

O. tricolor (three-coloured). A synonym of 0. tetrapetalum.

O. unicolor (one-coloured). #. of a uniform yellow. Brazil,
1893. This species is allied to O. wniflorum, but is of more
robust habit.

O. urophyllum (tail-leaved). fl. lin. across; sepals and petals
clear yellow, blotched with chestnut-brown, the lateral sepals
connate almost to the apex; lip canary-yellow, three-lobed ;
scapes drooping, 14ft. to 2ft. long, many-flowered. J/. ensiform,
curved, 4in. to 6in. ue Pseudo-bulbs wanting. Antigua,
1838 and 1891. (B. R. 1842, t. 54.)

O. ustulatum (burnt). . brown, with a light border to the
sepals, some yellowish lines on the borders of the petals, and
the front lobe of the lip reddish-purple; sepals and petals
crisped; callus very broad, with spreading, linear-ligulate
lamelle, lined and dotted with brown. Colombia, 1883. uch
in the way of O. metallicum.

O. viperinum (viper-like). . lin. across; sepals and petals
pale reddish-brown, barred with light yellow, much undulated,

: 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Oncidium—continued.

the lateral sepals free; lip canary-yellow, with a curious
crest (resembling vipers’ heads seen in profile); peduncles
erect, 5in. to 7in. long, few-flowered; axis of the inflorescence
twining. 7. linear-oblong, 2in. long. Pseudo-bulbs obscurely
four-angled, lin. long, two-leaved. Uruguay. [T.]

O. volvox (twining). ji. lin. across; sepals and petals yellow,
much spotted with reddish-brown for two-thirds of their
length; lip bright yellow, sub-panduriform ; scapes very
slender, flexuous, 3ft. to 5ft. long, the branches two- or
three-flowered. Autumn. J. narrow-ligulate, 8in. to 12in.
long. Pseudo-bulbs oval-oblong, 2in. to 4in. long, furrowed,
two-leaved. Caracas, 1854. (R. X. O. i., t. 99, No. 1.)

©. Warneri (Warner’s). Jl. five to eight in a short raceme;
sepals oval, spreading; petals narrower and ascending; lip
bright yellow, three-lobed, flat, the middle lobe deeply parted
into two roundish lobes. Autumn. J. linear - lanceolate,
recurved. Pseudo-bulbs ovate, ancipitous, with two leaves.
Mexico. There are two varieties: purpuratum, sepals and
petals white, streaked bright purple; and sordidwm, sepals
and petals dull yellow, streaked purple. [C.]

©. Widgreni (Widgren’s). i. light yellow, with bars of
reddish-brown ; co as large as the lip; raceme about
eight-flowered. /. solitary, 3in. to 4in. long. Brazil, 1889.

ied to O. cornigerum, but with much brighter-coloured
flowers. :

0. xanthocentron (yellow-spurred). #. disposed in a dense
panicle ; petals hastate, having a dark spot over the base; lip
dark, with a rhomboid, yellow centre. Andes. The contrast
of colours in this species is very marked.

0. zonatum (zoned). #. variable in form;
petals yellow, with tranverse, brown bands.
Allied to 0. bryolophotum.

Large numbers of species not enumerated are also grown in
botanical establishments, including: O. abortivum, 0. iridifolium
(of Humboldt), 0. ogthostates, O. pictum, O. Schillerianum, O. tri-

odes, O. Trulia.

sepals white ;
Colombia, 1893.

Fic. 601. ONCIDIUM MARSHALLIANO-FORBESII.

Natural Hybrids.
PARENTAGE.

Syn. O. Marshalliano-Forbesii.
Syn. 0. Gardneri.

NAME.

CAlOglOssUuM ...0-eeeeeee
elegantissimum .....+-+

elliferum .......... Syn. O. Gardneri.

Gardneré ........00 «++. Forbesit and dasystyle.
hematochilum ........ luridwm and Lanceanum.
Larkinianum.......... Syn. Marshalliano-Forbesii.
ee pitaicise sls ors Syn. Marshalliano-Forbesii.
a Tie 601) eo orberts } Marshattianum an Forbesii.

SOLOTOIA Wem de cm sre deine .. Syn. Marshalliano-Forbesii.
Pollettianum ....+++... Syn. Gardneri.
preestans ...... seseeeee Syn. Gardneri.
preetextum ......+ «eee. Syn. Gardneri.

Wheatleyanum ........ crispum and dasystyle.

ONCOMA. A synonym of Oxera (which see).

ONCORRHYNCHUS. A synonym of Orthocarpus
(which see),

&C. 567
ONCOSPERMA. 0. tigillaria is grown at Kew,

but it is not in general cultivation.

ONE-SHIFT SYSTEM OF POTTING. [his
consists in moying a plant from the cutting-pot, or
from the pot into which it was put as a seedling, into
that in which it is intended to blossom or fruit. Soft-
wooded plants—such as Pelargoniums—succeed very well
on this system when potted on from a 3in. pot to one
6in. or more across. Tomatoes, again, answer very well
on this system, but extra care in watering is necessary
until the pots are filling with roots, otherwise the soil
becomes sour and the plants unhealthy. Hard-wooded
plants do not succeed well on the One-Shift System.

ONION. Besides the pests already described in
connection with the Onion, there is one which promises
to be more destructive than any yet recorded. This is a
species of Nematoid Worm (which see, Vol. II.), now
popularly called EKelworm. The species, Tylenchus
devastatrix, does not confine its attention to one plant,
but is found upon many, from Cloyer to Hyacinths.
The symptoms of attack are chiefly a swelling of the
infested bulbs, followed by a cracking; while the foliage
is frequently distorted as well. The bulb, though ap-
parently sound to the eye, nevertheless when handled is
flabby, if not soft unto rottenness.

Once the disease asserts itself, it is difficult, if not
impossible, to combat. All infested bulbs should be care-
fully lifted and burned. On no account should the same
quarters be used for a similar crop the next season. As, too,
the Nematoids may be present in the seed, care should
be taken not to utilise any from an infested garden.

On the Continent the disease known as Onion Sickness
is far more prevalent than here; but considering the
quantities of seed obtained in this country from Conti-
nental establishments, it is easy to conceive how readily
disease may be introduced into what was previously a
perfectly healthy area.

The Welsh or Spring Onion, or Ciboul (Alliwm fistulosum),
is cultivated the same as the ordinary variety, except
that very little thinning is necessary, as the plants do
not form bulbs. Though very hardy, the plants are of
little value, and scarcely worth growing.

The following are all good additions to the varieties of
Onions :

A 1. Bulbs large, deep, round, with a medium neck; skin
brownish-yellow; flesh whitish, firm. An excellent keeper.
Valuable alike for autumn or spring sowing.

Ailsa Craig. Bulbs very large, roundish, with a small neck ;
skin greenish-white; flesh very solid. This is probably the
largest variety, and it keeps well. In 1895, Mr. J. Bowerman
exhibited twelve Onions of this variety weighing 3741b. ; while
single bulbs have been grown weighing 3lb. 940z.

Cranston’s Excelsior. An excellent variety, and very
similar to Ailsa Craig in size and appearance.
Crimson Globe. Bulbs medium, globular; skin glossy

crimson. A fine variety for spring sowing, and a good keeper.
Giant Zittau. Bulbs round; skin deep yellow; flesh firm.
A long keeper. One of the best for autumn sowing.
Silver Globe. Bulbs medium, globular; flesh firm,
the mildest-flavoured varieties.
distinct from White Globe.

ONION SICKNESS. See under Onion.

ONOBRYCHIS. To the species described on p. 496,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

©. laconica (Mount Laconia). fl. bright pink, large, disposed
in a dense, oblong-cylindrical spike; peduncles very long.
Summer. /., leaflets seven to nine pairs, elliptic-linear. Orient,
1892. Plant stemless (or stem lft. high), silky-canescent.

O. vicizefolia (Vicia-leaved). According to the Kew authorities,
this is the correct name of O. sativa.

ONOCLEA. These plants require an abundance of
water at the roots all the year round, and are best adapted
for planting out in the hardy rockery or Fernery, as pots
scarcely afford them sufficient accommodation for the full
development of their rhizomes or stolons, which, in some
instances, extend a very long distance. The soil which
Onocleas prefer is a compost of three parts good
strong loam and one of leaf-mould. reat care should
be taken that at all times of the year their roots are
kept in a damp state. Some magnificently cultivated
examples of these Ferns exist at the Botanic Gardens,
Cambridge, where Mr. R. I. Lynch has had the good idea

One of
An excellent cropper, and

568

Onoclea—continued.
of planting them close to the edge of a pond, with the
result that O. sensibilis (see Fig. 602) rivals in size and
majesty the Royal Fern (Osmunda regalis) itself.

Onocleas may be increased by means of spores, but
their propagation is effected usnally by division of their
underground rhizomes, or of their stolons, from October
to March.

Fic. 602. ONOCLEA SENSIBILIS, showing Habit and Portions of
Fertile Frond and Barren Leafiet.

To the species described on p. 497, Vol. II., the following
variety should be added:

O. germanica recurva (recurved). fronds having the edges
of the pinne rolled or recurved, which imparts a light and
charming appearance. 1889. This is frequently found cata-
logued as O. pennsylvanica recurva.

ONONIS. Syn. Anonis. O. hispanica is now regarded
as a variety of O. Natria. O. arvensis (Rest harrow) is
the correct name of the British O. spinosa. Of the well-
known O. rotundifolia there is a beantiful variety in

O. r. splendens.
ONOPORDON. 0.
O. illyricum.

O. tauricum (Taurian). /.-heads, involucral scales lanceolate,
rigid, somewhat viscous, the outer ones widely spreading.
7. decurrent, sinuate, spiny-toothed, greenish on both sides.

horridum is a synonym” of

Stems erect, branched, pubescent. South Europe. Hardy
biennial. Syn. 0. virens.

O. virens (strong). A synonym of 0. tauricum.
ONOSERIS. Inclading Isotypus. To the species

deseribed on p. 498, Vol. II., the following should be
added :

O. purpurata (purple). 7.-heads purple; florets exceeding the

' involucre; scape branched to the middle, three-headed.
7. radical, densely tomentose beneath, lyrate; terminal lobe
the largest, somewhat deltoid-hastate. Colombia. An almost
stemless, greenhouse perennial.

‘ONOSMA. To the species described on
Vol. II., the following shonld be added :

©. albo-roseum (white and pink).* fl. white, in a few days
changing to deep rose, sub-sessile, pruinose-velvety; corolla
nearly lin. long; raceme simple, rarely bifid. 7. hoary-grey,
oblong, obtuse, attenuated into the petioles; cauline ones
sessile. Asia Minor, 1890. A beautiful hardy perennial or
under-shrub.

O. pyramidalis (pyramidal). 7. drooping, in nodding, short
racemes; corolla bright scarlet, fading to lilac, about as long
as the sepals, with a rather contracted, truncate mouth.
October. “£, radical ones numerous, rosulate, 10in. to 12in.
long, nearly lin. broad, narrow-lanceolate, acuminate; cauline
ones 4in. to 6in. Jong, sessile, lanceolate, acuminate. Stem
1ift. to 2ft. high, stout, terete, pyramidally branched. Western
Himalayas, 1886. A greenhouse or half-hardy plant, covered
with white hairs. (B. M. 6987.)

O. tauricum (Taurian). A form of 0. stellulatum.
ONYCHIUM. Although four species belonging to

this genus are known in cultivation, the two most
extensively grown, O. auratum (see Fig. 603) and

p. 498,

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Onychium—continued.

O. japonicum (see Fig. 604), are extremely elegant, and
possess some useful decorative qualities. Their fronds

are so light and finely eut, and of such a pleasing colour,
specially

that they are adapted for mixing with

Fic. 603, FERTILE FROND OF ONYCHIUM AURATUM.
*

eut flowers, amongst which they look as graceful as

some of: the finest Adiantums, and remain fresh much _

longer. While O. japonicum thrives well in a cool
house—in fact, will not stand stove treatment, under

Fic. 604. ONYCHIUM JAPONICUM.

which it is soon attacked by Thrips—O. auratwm uires
a stove, or at least a good intermediate house, the

pen ee oe eee
» ’ ton & ys

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT

Onychium—continued.

year round. The same compost snits them both, viz.,
a mixture of fibrous loam, peat, or leaf-mould, and silver-
sand, in abont equal proportions. Both shouldbe potted
loosely, as they have a great aversion to hard soil at any
time. Care must also be taken to ensure their fronds
being kept dry at all seasons, as if allowed to get wet
they soon turn to a darkish-brown colour and begin to
decay. O. japonicum is easily propagated from spores,
which germinate freely, or by division; but the same
cannot be said of O. awratum: the fact of its forming
only single crowns prevents its increase by division. The
only mode of dealing effectually with this handsome
species is, therefore, by means of seedlings, which come
up freely enough, but which haye a natural tendency
to damp off just above ground while in a young state.
In potting or planting O. auratum, the utmost care
should be taken to keep the crown well above the
surface of the soil, which must be thoronghly drained.

ONYCHIUM (of Blume). A synonym of Dendro-
bium (which see).

OOSPORA ABIETINUM. This fungus is respon-
sible, according to Oudemans, for the shedding of the
foliage of certain well-known species of Abies—A. Nord-
manniana and A, Pinsapo to wit. It is a very minute
species, and the only preventative seems to lie in
collecting and burning the shed foliage.

OOSPORE. A technical name for a spherical, dark-
coloured, smooth body found in fungi, and more popularly
known as a resting spore. It results from the fer-
tilisation of an oosphere, a rounded ball of protoplasm,
which Professor Marshall Ward popularly translates as
an incipient egg, the egg itself being the oospore. The
actual process is set out in Vol. III., under Perono-
spora, p. 81; and an oospore, much magnified, is illus-
trated in Fig. 91. ,

OPERCULARIA UMBELLATA. A synonym of
Pomax umbellata (which see).

OPHIOGLOSSUM. Snake’s Tongue. Including
Rhizoglossum. Although none of the Ophioglossums are
what may be termed very ornamental, yet several of
them should be grown, as they deservedly are in some
of our best collections as great curiosities. They are
useless as pot plants, and succeed best when planted
out in the Fernery, where a naturally damp spot should
be prepared for them. The compost should consist of
fibrous loam and half-decayed sphagnum in abont equal
proportions, with an admixture of sand, in which their
fleshy roots plunge with avidity. Ophioglossums are not
aquatic plants ; therefore, although requiring a constantly
moist situation, they must not on any account be planted
where there is any stagnant water. Propagation is
usually effected by division. We are not aware that
any seedlings have eyer been raised artificially.

O. japonicum (Japanese). A synonym of Lygodiwm japonicum.

OPHIOPOGON. 0. intermedius (Syn. Fluggea
intermedia) is now regarded as a distinct species, and
not as a variety of O. japonicus; there is a form of the
latter, variegatus, having the leaves striped with yellowish-

white. O. spicatus (of Ker) is a synonym of Liriope
spicata. 5

eh ane acpi Included under Allium (which
see).

OPHIOSTACHYS. A synonym of Chamelirium
(which see). ett

Sd ape A synonym of Aquilaria (which
see).

OPHRYS. Three species of this genus are inelnded
in the British Flora, viz.: O. apifera, O. aranifera,
and O. muscifera. To those described on pp. 500-1,
Vol. II., the following should be added:

O. Bertolonii (Bertoloni’s)* #. of medium size, having the
sepals and petals pale rose and the lip dark maroon Italy,
1889. A handsome species.

O. bombylifiora (Bee Flower). The correct spelling, according
to the Kew authorities, of 0. bombylifera.

OPIUM POPFY. ‘See Papaver somniferum.

OPLISMENUS. To the plants described on p. 501,
Vol. II. (both of which, according to the ‘ Index
Kewensis,” are forms of O. compositus, a cosmopolitan
species), the following should be added :

Vol. V.

INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 569

Oplismenus—continued.

O. Burmanni albidus (whitish). /. mostly white, with a
green stripe along the midrib. India, 1886. A pretty, stove
or greenhouse Grass, of dwarfer and more compact habit than
the common variegated form, 0. B. variegatus (described as
Panicum variegatum, of gardens, on p. 19, Vol. III).

O. imbecillis variegatus (weak, variegated). A garden
name for 0. Burmanni variegatus.

OPOPANAX CHIRONIUM. According to the
‘* Index Kewensis,”’ this is the correct name of Malabaila
Opopanax (which see).

OPUNTIA. To the species described on pp. 502-4,
Vol. IL., the following should be added:

0. Arbuscula (small tree). #. greenish-yellow, tinged with
red, ljin. across; petals few. June. Trunk woody, about
4in. thick, 7ft. to 8ft. high, with green bark; branches
numerous, slender, copiously jointed; ultimate joints Jin.
long, sin. thick, slightly tubercled and bearing tufts of whitish
spines nearly lin. long. Mexico. A remarkable, stove species.

O. arenaria (sand-loving). jl. 2in. across. May. fr. lin. long,
bearing a few short spines. Stems spreading, forming a tuft
3ft. through and 1ft. high; joints lsin. to 3in. long and nearly
as broad, terete, with very prominent tubercles and numerous
tawny bristles; upper spines lin. to lsin. long, white, with
a yellow point, the shorter ones hair-like and curled. Mexico.
Stove. Requires a very loose, sandy soil.

0. camanchica, /r. deep red, oval, 2in. long, sweet and juicy.
Stems prostrate and extensively spreading, with ascending,
obovate-orbicular joints 6in. to Tin. long; bristles greenish
or yellowish-brown; spines one to three (or marginal ones
three to six), reddish-brown to blackish-brown. ‘Texas,
Colorado, &e. Hardy.

O. c. albispina (white-spined).* A pretty, white-spined variety.

oO. eo CAE (greater). A variety having very large, obovate
joints.

O. c. minor (lesser). A variety with small, prickly joints.

O. c. orbicularis (orbicular). A strong-growing form, having
large, roundish, thin, bluish-grey-green joints beset with long,
light brown spines. Colorado, 1899.

O. c. rubra (red). 7. dark brownish-red, becoming carmine at
margins and outside, 24in. across; stamens yellow; ovary
slender and not prickly.

O. c. salmonea (salmon). This is a remarkable colour-variety.
At first it is a glossy chamois, but afterwards changes to a
salmon.

O. clavata (club-shaped). jl. yellow, l4in. across. jr. lemon-
yellow, l4in. long, with clusters of bristle-like spines. J. jin.
long. Stem short; joints club-shaped, 2in. long, lin. broad,
narrowed to both ends; cushions tin. apart, composed of
various-sized spines up to lin. long. ew Mexico, 1854.
Stove.

O. cylindrica cristata (crested). A dwarf, cockscomb
variety, with the leaves and white hairs growing all along
the wrinkled top of the “‘comb.” Stove.

O. dearmatus (without prickles). This belongs to the papyra-
cantha group, but is smaller, with small bunches of fine, short
spines. Chili.

0. decipiens. The correct name is 0. imbricata.

O. decumana (huge).* jl. orange, large. Summer. 7. brownish-
red, watery, oval, 4in. long, spiny; flesh red, sweet. Stem
hard, woody, brown-barked, bearing an enormous head of
elliptical flat joints each 12in. to 20in. long and about lft.
broad, smooth, greyish-green, with a few scattered cushions
of very tiny bristles and sometimes a spine or two. Brazil,
1768. Stove. The largest species in cultivation; it is said
to be what is known in Malta as the Indian Vig. Syn.
O. maxima.

0. dejecta (debased). jl. scarlet, with elongated stamens.
Stems cylindrical; branches pendent; joints erect-divaricate,
much compressed, narrow, elongated; areol remote, scarcely
tomentose; upper prickles setaceous, whitish, the lower ones
white. Cuba, 1840.

O. diademata (diademed). jl. unknown. Stem short, erect,
composed of globose, superposed joints, greyish-green, very
succulent ; topmost joint pear-shaped, with a tuft of whitish
hairs and spines on the apex, out of which the new crowth
pushes; cushions large, lin. apart, with a tuft of short grey
hairs and spines, and a curving large spine. La Plata. Warm
greenhouse. A ten-year-old plant at Kew is only 4in. high.

O. echinocarpa major (larger). Stem 4ft. high; joints Sin.
to 10in. long; spines long, sheathed.

O. Emoryi (Emory’s).* 7. sulphur-yellow, tinged with purple,
2hin. across, August and September. fr. 24in. long, lin. thick,
covered with cushions of bristles and spines. Joints
cylindrical, curved, Jin. long; tubercles very prominent, longi-
tudinally attached, the tips crowned with cushions of short
bristles and numerous radiating spines, some 2in. long and
very strong. Mexico. Warm greenhouse.

O. ferox (tierce). $j. unknown. Stems not articulated,
compressed, branched, somewhat tuberculate ; areole clustered,

4D

570

7

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Opuntia—continued.
convex, the upper part yellow, bristly, the lower bearing four to
six unequal, whitish prickles. Warmer parts of America, 1819.

O. filipendula (drooping-threaded).* f. purplish, 24in. in
diameter, very handsome. May and June. Stems about lft.

high, spreading; joints flat, round or oval, about 3in. long,
often less, bluish-glaucous; cushions in. apart, composed of
a little tuft of white, woolly hair, and a cluster of erect,
rather strong bristles; spines usually one to each cushion,
slender, defiexed, white, lin. to 2in. long, but absent from
some joints.

Mexico. Stove., See Fig. 605.

Fic. 605. FLOWERING BRANCHES OF OPUN'TIA FILIPENDULA.

O. formidabilis (formidable). Plant deep glaucous-green.
Stems short and thick, and covered with white, stiff spines
6in. or more in length. Chili.

OQ. frutescens is a form of 0. leptocaulis. ’

O. fulgida (shining). . bright pink, fading to purple, cup-
shaped, usually less than lin. in diameter. July and August.
Jr. fleshy, lin. to 14in. long, ovate. Stems 5ft. to 12ft. high,
arborescent, flexuous, with a few divaricate branches; joints
clustered at their ends, 3in. to 8in. long, very spiny, dull
greyish, inclining to olive; spines lin. to lin. long, stellate.
Arizona, &c., 1895. (G. & F. 1895, p. 324, f. 46.)

0. Grahami (Graham’s). jl. yellow, 2in. across, borne on
the ends of the ripened joints. June. fr. lin. long,
stellate-spiny. Joints 2in, long, cylindrical, with adpressed
tubercles 4in. or more in length, each bearing a tuft of long,
radiating spines. Roots thick and fleshy. Mexico. Stove.

O. horrida (horrid). A variety of 0. Tuna.

O. humilis (dwarf). A synonym of O. Tuna.

O. hystricina (porcupine-like). fl. yellow, large. //r. lin. long,
spiny. Plant spreading; joints 3in. to 4in. long and broad;
cushions rather large, Jin. apart, with numerous spines varying
in length from 4in. to 4in., and short, yellowish bristles. San
Francisco Mountains. Probably hardy.

O. imbricata (imbricated) The correct name of O. decipiens.

‘O. inermis (unarmed). A synonym of 0. stricta.

©. invicta (invincible). #7. yellow, 2in. across, abundant.
tr. covered with reddish spines. Plant low, branching; joints
4in. long, 3in. thick, with star-like tufts of about twenty
flattened spines, the shortest 2in. long. California. ‘This
may be a Cereus, but it groups well enough with O, Schottii
to be retained for the present in Opuntia” (Coulter).

O. leucotricha (white-haired).* #. variable. June. J. in young
plants small, subulate, bright red. Stem erect ; joints flattened,
ovate or oblong, having numerous cushions, 4in. apart, of soft
bristles, with a large central spine and a few shorter ones, all
rigid and needle-like when young, but lengthening with age
and becoming soft and curled like stiff, white hair. Mexico,
1836. Stove. A beautiful species.

O. lucida (clear).* 7. yellow, Rose-like in shape, large, fragrant.
Stems 3ft. to 4ft. high; branches covered with a network of
shining spines. Habitat not recorded, 1889.

O. lurida (lurid), Candle Cactus. A tree-like plant, with
elongated tubercles. (fl. dark yellow, Rose-shaped, with dense
centre of stamens. Stems slender, with short, tine but strong
spines.

|

Opuntia—continued.

O. macrocentra (large-spurred).* fl. bright yellow, 3in. across,
borne on the upper edges of the youngest joints. May and
June. Joints flat, large, almost circular, thinly compressed,
usually purplish; cushions lin. apart, with greyish spines, often
3in, long and generally pointing downwards. h. 3ft. Mexico.
Intermediate. A rare but desirable species.

0. macrorhiza (large-rooted). jl. yellow, large and beautiful.
Summer. Stems cylindrical at maturity; joints flattened,
battledore-like, with deciduous spines longer than the tufted
bristles on the stems, the newly-developed joints having small
leaves; roots thick and fleshy, having the appearance of
Potatoes, and supposed to be edible. Texas. This is now
regarded as a form of O. Rajinesquii. See Fig. 606.

O. maxima (largest). A synonym of P. decwmana.

O. microdasys rufida (reddish). A variety with reddish-
brown bristles.

O. missouriensis. The correct name is 0. polyacantha.

O. monacantha variegata (variegated). A very desirable
variety, showing white and green variegation,

0. occidentalis (Western).* jl. orange-yellow, nearly 4in.
across, borne on the ripened joints. June. Jr. 2in. long,
juicy but sour. Stem stout, woody, with numerous wide-
spreading branches often bent to the ground; joints Yin, to 12in.
long, 6in. broad, flattened, sometimes 100 on a plant; cushions
nearly 2in. apart, with small, closely-set bristles, and straight
spines 4in. to ldin. long. California. A fine plant where room

can_be afforded; it requires rough, stony soil. Possibly
hardy.
0. pachyclada rosea (thick-branched, pink). ‘This is

described as “a small-jointed dwarf, spreading form, which is
probably a hybrid between 0. Sragilis and O. xanthostema.”
Colorado, 1899. Hardy.

Fic. 606.

FLOWERING BRANCHES OF OPUNTIA MACRORHIZA.

O. papyracantha. ‘his species (see Fig. 607) is one of about
half-a-dozen characterised by flat, paper-like spines, and which
form a group called Platyacantha. O. diademata and
0. Turpinii are other members of this group.

O. Parryi (Parry’s). jl. yellowish-green, 14in. across, borne on
the terminal joints. Stem short; joints club-shaped, 4in. to
6in. long, very spiny; cushions elevated on ridge-like tubercles ;
bristles few, coarse and long; spines very. numerous, 4in. to
sin. long, the central one broad and flattened, the rest
triangular. Mexico. Intermediate.

O. Piccolominiana (Piccolomini’s). Plant robust, oval-bladed,
glaucous-green; blades thick, with cushions of short, white
spines. This is regarded by some as a variety of O. robusta.

O. plicatus (folded). Tree-like, and bearing long, white spines.

O. plumosa nivea (white). This is a curious and somewhat
remarkable plant, from the fact that it bears long, white, flat,

papery spines, somewhat resembling wood shavings. By some
authorities regarded as a variety of O. papyracantha.
O. polyacantha Caueny une The correct name of

O. missouriensis. (B. M. 7046.) The following are varieties :
albispina, fruit ovate, spines white, bristles straw-coloured ;
erythrostema, flowers yellow, with bright red stamens; platy-
carpa, fruit flattened or depressed, spines few, bristles straw-
coloured ; salmonea, flowers clear yellow at first, becoming deep
orange and eventually salmon ; trichophora, bristles and spines
white, the latter twisted, old joints having a hoary appearance.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

571

Opuntia—continued.

O. polyantha (many-flowered). #. pale sulphur-yellow, lin.
in diameter; stamens white; style five- to seven-cleft. July
to October. Stem sub-erect ; joints oblong, 6in. to Sin. long ;
areole slightly spaced, furnished with yellow hairs and six to
eight sub-equal, yellow spines marked with brown. kh. Sft.
South America, 1811. Syn. Cactus polyanthos (B. M. 2691).

0. Rafinesquii arkansana (Arkansas).* jl. light yellow,
34in. across. June and July. Hardy,

O. ramosissima (much-branched). A synonym of 0. tessellata

O. rhodantha (red-flowered).* (fl. silky carmine, 3}in. across,
having the corolla and filaments red, the anthers yellow, the
stigma green, and the ovary smooth. June. Joints obovate,

covered with long glaucous spines. Colorado, 1896. Hardy.

O. r. brevispina Kehorieapinesy: Jl. large. Joints rather large
thick, obovate, dark greyish-green; spines reddish when young.
Colorado, 1899.

0. r. flavispina (yellow-spined). Joints thinner than in
brevispina; spines longer, yellow on young joints, with a
darker point. Colorado, 1899.

O. rosea (rosy).* l. bright rose, 2in. across, borne on the ends
of the ripened growths of the year, usually clustered. June.
Stem erect, freely branching ; joints 2in. to 6in. long, cylin-
drical; tubercles ridge-like, bearing on their points small
cushions of very fine bristles, and tufts of pale yellowish
spines about tin. long all pointing upwards. Brazil. <A
distinct and handsome, but rare species.

O. Scheeri (Scheer’s). 7. not known. Plant shrubby, branched,
upright, green. Joints oval, nearly rhomboidal, or reversed
egg-shaped; areols woolly; spines twelve or less, citron-
yellow, thin, brittle, sin. long. A. 3ft. Mexico.

O. Schwerini (Schwerin’s). (fl. bright greenish-yellow. Joints
small, shortly obovate, thickly beset with slender, white spines.
Colorado, 1899. :

0. spinosissima (very spiny). 1. reddish-orange, 2in. across.
June. Stem erect, woody (becoming cylindrical with age, and
sometimes devoid of branches for about 5ft. from the ground);
joints very flat and thin, deep green, ovate or rounded, 6in. to
12in. long; cushions lin. apart; bristles very short; spines in
clusters of about five, the longest 2in. long, brownish-yellow.
h, 20ft. South America, 1732. Stove. Probably a form of 0. Tuc.

Fie. 607. OPUNTIA PAPYRACANTHA.

O. stricta (erect). $l. yellow, Zin. across. July. ./r. pyriform,

dark violet, not edible. Plant erect; joints obovate, 14in
long, 3in. to Sin. broad, slightly or not at all spiny, but

furnished with very numer small bristles. kh.
Tropical America, 1796. SYN. O. inermis.

7)

1sft. to 2ft.

0. subulata (awl-sh»ped).* fl. dull purple, small. — Spring.
Jr. pyriform, 4in. long; seeds nearly sin. across. J. green,

subulate, 2in. to 5in. long. Stem erect, cylindrical, 2in. thick,
channelled and tubercled above; joints long and branch-like,
with tufts of short white hairs on the tips of the tubereles,
and one or two white spines sin. to lin. long. South
America, A handsome, warm greenhouse species.

oO. tessellata (tessellated). jl. purple, 2in. across. Stem thick,
with dark grey, scaly bark; branches clothed with ash-grey
tubercles, each bearing a small tuft of wool and a stout,
straight, yellow spine 2in. long, enclosed in a loose, yellow
sheath, A. 2ft. to 6ft. California, &e. A bushy plant.” SYN
O. ramosissina. There is a crested variety of this, which is
beautiful if somewhat scarce.

OQ. tetracantha (four-spined). f.
scarlet, ovate. Stem and joints

bright

greenish-purple. /r.
with

cylindrical, covered

Opuntia—continued.

prominent tubercles bearing tufts of brown bristles and straw-
coloured, flattened, deflexed, loosely-sheathed spines. h. 2ft
to 5ft. Arizona, 1896. A branched shrub.

0. tomentosa (downy). Jl. reddish. Plant erect, of a pleasing
green, tomentose; joints lanceolate, compressed, 6in. long,
obovate or lanceolate, tubercular; spines all bristly, scarcely
exceeding the tomentum. hk. 2ft. Mexico, 1820.

O. Tuna horrida (horrid). Stem stout, erect ; joints flattened ;
cushions lin. apart, composed of short reddish bristles and
long tawny-red spines, about eight in each cushion, having a
very ferocious appearance. Probably Mexico, 1795.

O. Whipplei (Capt. Whipple’s).* #. red, 2in. across, clustered.
June. jr. lin. long. Stem usually pri rate, with slender,
elongated’ branches, which are cylindrical when old, and
broken into short joints when young; joints 2in. to 12in. long,
less than lin. in diameter; cushions small, round; spines
white, variable, one lin. long, the rest smaller, Mexico. A
free-flowering, stove species.

O. xanthostema (yellow-stamened). jl. of a carmine-red,
having dark yellow filaments and a prickly ovary. Colorado,
1896. Hardy.

O. x. fulgens (bright).* l. vivid crimson, superior in colour to
the type.

O. x. orbicularis (orbicular). Joints medium-sized, roundish,
dark greyish-green; spines brown when young. Colorado, 1899.

O. x. rosea (rosy).* A profuse variety bearing rosy-carmine

flowers.

ORANGE RUST OF ROSES. ‘See Rosa—
Fungi.

ORANGE THORN. See Citriobatus.
ORANIA. To the species described on p. 508,

Vol. II., the following should be added:

O. nicobarica (Nicobar Islands). A synonym of Bentinckia
nicobarica.

O. nivea (snowy). ‘A tall Palm, of vigorous growth, with
large, shining green leaves, white on their wnder-surface”
(“Kew Bulletin”). Habitat not recorded, 1886.

0. philippinensis is grown at Kew, but is not in general
cultivation.

ORBIGNYA (a commemorative name). Orv. Palme
A small genus (five or six species) of stove, unarmed,
dwarf or tall palms, closely allied to Jubwa, natives of
Bolivia and Brazil. O. Lydiw and O. Sagotii are included
in the Kew Collection, but they are not in general
cultivation.

ORCHIDANTHA. A synonym of Lowia (which see).
ORCHID HYBRIDISATION. Although the art

of Orchid Hybridisation may still be termed as in its
infancy, there cannot be two opinions as to the prominent
part if must play in the future. The collector carries on
his work of destruction when procuring the various species
which, as in the case of Odontoglossum crispwm, are put
upon the European markets ‘by hundreds of thousands
annually. This, combined with the spread of civilisation,
the pressure of cultivation, and the gradual pressure of a
dense population, will ultimately result in the extinction
of many of the most popular species now in cultivation.
If any illustration of this fact were necessary, we need only
refer to our native hardy Cypripedium Calceolus, which
has become virtually extinct in this country, but owing
to its extensive distribution over central Europe it is still
comparatively plentiful in places. Though the process otf
extinction may be slow, the fact remains of its gradual
progress. It is thus, then, that we shall have to depend
on the work of the hybridist to retain the species by
raising them from seed, as well as by procuring new sorts
by the act of cross-fertilisation.

The art of Orchid Hybridisation was first introduced by
the late Mr. J. Dominy, in the nurseries of Messrs. J. Veitch
and Sons, at Exeter. Mr. Dominy, upon the suggestion
of Dr. Harris, a surgeon of that town, commenced his
experiments in 1852. It was in October, 1856, that the first
hybrid (Calanthe Dominii) flowered. Mr. Dominy carried
on the work successfully among the various sections of
the Orchid family for twenty years, having flowered during
that time about twenty-five hybrids—the last, and probably
the best, being ‘‘ Lelia,” now classed as Lelio-Cattleya
Dominiana, which flowered in 1878.

Mr. Seden, who succeeded Mr. Dominy in this department,
has been most suecessful in introducing hybrids of sterling
merit, Other nurserymen, gentlemen, and gardeners in
private establishments have suecessfally taken up the
work in such earnest that there is scarcely a place in this

572

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Orchid Hybridisation—continued.
country in which Orchids are appreciated but that contain
seedlings of some of the different species. Continental and
American horticulturists have also developed the work
successfully.

There are many in the past who have hesitated and
delayed experimenting in raising seedlings. One of the
principal reasons for this delay has been the common
but erroneous notion that it takes practically a lifetime
before the plants raised from seed may be induced to
flower. Tine, it has taken over twenty years in the
bygone days to induce plants to flower, but it must not
be overlooked that horticulturists generally have many
facilities afforded which were not vouchsafed to our fore-
fathers ; and with the more advanced principles to assist
us, we are enabled to considerably minimise the time that
elapses between the sowing of the seed and the flowering
of the plants.

The writer of these notes has been successful in flowering
plants in two years from the time of sowing the seed, and
there are very few indeed of the large family of Orchids
which, with proper treatment, would require more than
five or six years to reach the flowering st2ge. The injury
caused to plants used for Hybridisation purposes has been
another detrimental consideration to the development of
the general spread of Hybridisation. There is no denying
that in many cases the strain of fructification does con-
siderably distress the plants, and it freqnently takes two
or three years for plants so affected to regain their normal
conditions ; but surely if a crop of seedlings are procured
there is ample repayment for the sacrifice of the mother-
plant. The more general practice of Hybridisation is
sufficient illustration to indicate that most of these un-
favourable considerations are now being overcome.

SeELEctiInG Puants. The chief thing to be considered in
the selection of the seed-bearing parent is general good
health and condition. One cannot expect to procure satis-
factory seeds from plants having weakly constitution, or
that are in a condition that they are unable to retain their
seed-pods for the lengthened period required for them to
develop and mature their seeds. Plants in an unsuitable
condition quickly show signs of the strain placed upon
them, by the early shrivelling and sinking of the psendo-
bulbs. Although the seed-pod may go on for the full
period usually required for development, it will be found
that at the time of bursting very little, if any, seel will be
contained in the interior, and that only a fluffy substance,
very light in colour, remains. To get satisfactory
results, therefore, it is advisable to give due consideration
to the condition of each plant before using it for Hybridi-
sation purposes.

The selection of species must also be considered. It is
useless to expect satisfactory results unless some little
forethought is given. Superior kinds should be selected, and
those widely distinct from each other. It does not always
follow that the superior qualities of one parent will atone
for the shortcomings of the other into which it has been
erossed. As an illustration of this, we would draw atten-
tion to the fact that Cypripediwm Spicerianum, one of the
finest species of the genus, has been used as one of the
parents in the production of over one hundred distinct
crosses, yet it would be difficult indeed to select a dozen
among these which are of exceptional merit.

In the selection of parents to produce new varieties, we
would suggest that the list of hybrids contained at the
end of each of the genera should be used as a guide to
that end, and also for the reproduction of those varieties
which have already appeared and which have proved of
sterling merit. There is a wide field of possibilities still
open to the hybridist in the direction of bigeneric hybrids.
With the exception of Cypripediums, the construction of
the flowers in almost the whole of the Orchid genera is
favourable to the production of seedlings by cross ferti-
lisation. The efforts in this direction, although limited up
to the present, have produced satisfactory results: one of
the finest of these is to be found in Epiphronites Veitchii.

Most SurrasLe TIME FOR F®RTILISING THE FLOWERS.
During the bright months of the year (March to
September) there need be very little consideration given
to this matter, but for choice we should advise the
morning portion of the day for the purpose. During the
daller months of the year we prefer operating when the
sunlight is strongest, from, say, ten to two o'clock,
Owing” to the prevalence of dull weather in the winter

Orchid Hybridisation—continued.
months, especially in the fall of the year, it is a difficult
matter to attain suecess, for after the flower has been
fertilised the decaying portions of the segments
frequently convey decomposition to the more sensitive
portions of the flowers after fructification has considerably
advanced, causing the whole to rot.

PERIOD BETWEEN FERTILISATION AND FRUCTIFICATION.
There can be no doubt but that here, as in other
members of the Vegetable Kingdom, fructification
commences immediately the sexual portions of the flowers
are bronght together. In the ease of Oncidiums,
Cattleyas, Lelias, Odontoglossums, &c., the segments of the
flowers begin to wither within a few hours. In fact, we
have observed that insects coming into contact with the
stigma frequently set up sufficient irritation to canse the
flower to wither and decay.

TREATMENT AFTER FERTILISATION. To procure good
seed it is advisable that the plants carrying seed-vessels
should be afforded every encouragement that will be likely
to assist in its production. One of the principal con-
siderations, therefore, is that they should be afforded
all the available light. It is not necessary to place the
plants in such a position that the direct rays of the sun
may destroy the foliage and otherwise unduly distress
them ; but at the same time, every encouragement must
be given that will assist them to properly ripen the pods,
or good seed cannot possibly be procured. A position
near the roof-glass generally satisfies their requirements
in this direction.

The period that elapses between fertilisation and the
ripening of the seed-pods differs very considerably. In
the case of the South American Selenipediums, a few
months suffice for the pods to reach maturity; but with

Fic, 608. ORCHID SEEDLINGS GERMINATING (Two Months).

Cattleyas and Cypripediums, from nine to fifteen months
elapse before the seed-vessels are mature, which is
indicated by the bursting of the pod. The longer the
seed-pod remains on the plants, the greater are the
possibilities of procuring good seeds. As soon as it is
discovered that the seed-pods are bursting, they should be
carefully tied up in tissue-paper, so that the seed, should
it drop, may be secured. It generally takes a considerable
time for the outer portions of the seed-pods to become
dry, especially if allowed to remain on the plants. It is
advisable, therefore, to remove them from the plants,
and place them under such favourable conditions as may
facilitate the ripening process. The seed will be ready
for sowing as soon as it can easily be shaken ont of the
pod.

MetHops or Sowina Seep. The old system of
sowing the seed of Orchids on an established plant of
the same genera, is one that is most satisfactory in

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 573

Orchid Hybridisation—continued.
such cases as Cypripediums, Phains, and others of this
section; but there. are other cases—say where the plants
require a season of rest—in which it would be
exceedingly undesirable to sow seed, for it would mean
the sacrifice of the old plant if the requirements of the
seedlings are to be supplied.

As there are other means of raising plants from seed,
it is not advisable to sow Cattleyas, and their allies, or
Dendrobinms on the plants of their respective genera.
Another method of sowing seed is to procure a piece
of pitch-pine, bruise it well, and either suspend it in
a moist position as a raft or place small pieces in pans,
first soaking the material in water, and then sowing
the seed while wet. Rough sawn pieces of white deal,
such as would be cut from the sawing asunder of a
seaffold-pole, is a most suitable surface on which to sow
the seed; but for this system it is necessary that the
conditions should be fairly hot and a high state of
humidity be retained at all times. The blocks should
be fitted into pans and suspended near the roof-glass.

One of the best systems we have found for the raising
of Cattleya seedlings is to fill shallow pans about one-
third their depth with clean, broken crocks, filling in the
remaining portion with the coarse Fern roots left when
picking the peat for potting, broken small and mixed
with a little charcoal. This should be thoroughly wetted
before the seeds are sown. Fig. 608 represents a pan
of this description with Cattleya seedlings two months
from the sowing of seed. Cocoa-nut fibre is favoured by
some as a suitable surface on which to sow the seeds,
but we find that it commences to decay too early, and
the surface has a tendency to become sour, although we
have no donbt that shut up in a propagating-case it
would answer the purpose admirably. Whichever system
is adopted, it is absolutely necessary that the surface
should be thoroughly wet before commencing to sow
the seeds ; for if sown on a dry surface, they are so
light that they quickly become floated, and are thus
easily washed from their position to destruction.

The period that elapses between the sowing and
germination of the seeds varies considerably. Sometimes
indications of the vitality of the seed may be observed
in from seven to ten days. In other cases we have

Fig, 609. ORCHID SEEDLINGS (Six Months).

known the seed to come up after having-been sown two
years; cases also frequently occur in which the first
batch of the seed has made its germination qnickly,
while others sown at the same time, even on the same
receptacle, will continue to make their appearance for
two or three years afterwards. The treatment of the
seed from the time of sowing up to the rooting period

Orchid Hybridisation—continued.
of the plants that have germinated therefrom is an
operation that requires considerable care and judgment.
The principal item, of course, is the watering. To dip
the tiny, dust-like germs of seed when in a dry state
would result in floating the seeds from off the surface
of the material on which they had been sown. To
water carelessly, even from the finest rose on the water-
can, quickly displaces the growing seedlings, and they
are thus washed over the sides of the pots and are lost.
It is therefore necessary to take precautionary measures
to prevent this, and the besf means of overcoming the
difficulty is to use a small spray diffuser, similar to those

FiG. 610. ORCHID SEEDLINGS (Two Years)

found in florists’ shops ; the water is forced out in a fine
mist-like spray by means of a small air pump, which is
attached. This we find answers the purpose admirably.
The periods between sprayings will vary according to
the outside conditions of the atmosphere. In bright,
warm weather the seedlings will require damping twice
a day; but in dull, cool weather probably once or twice
a week will be sufficient. This is best judged by the
operator. Care must also be observed to prevent the small

seedlings from becoming dry, especially if these are
hong in a light position near the roof-glass. Seedlings,

if once allowed to become dry, shrivel; the tiny plants
rarely regain their normal condition, and gradually dwindle
and die. Excess in either case must be avoided.

Porrinc Srppiinas. The best time at which to
remoye the seedlings is just at the period after which
the first or seed-leaf has reached maturity, and when the
miniature root makes its appearance. We advocate that
the sooner the plants can be induced to become established
in their independent pots the better. The accompanying
illustration (Fig. 609) will give a fair indication of the
condition of the plants when they may be safely handled,
provided that the roots are in an active condition, and the
plants, as far as growth js concerned, are in a dormant
condition, We would prefer their being potted before the
stage indicated in the illustration, so that the roots shown
might in the meantime have become established in the
potting compost; but in a young stage they are very
tender subjects to handle, and partienlar care is required
lest they become injured in the operator's hands during
transplanting. We advise those not familiar with the
treatment of seedling Orchids to defer potting up the
plants until they are sufficiently large to be conveniently
handled. The size of the pots used depends on the

574

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Orchid Hybridisation—continued.
vigorousness of the plants to be dealt with. There
are pots about an inch in diameter that are most
suitable for seedling Cattleyas, Dendrobinms, and such-

like. Cypripedinms, which are stronger rooting and
of more yigorous constitution, may be treated more
liberally as regards pot room. We find it best to

plunge the tiny pots into pans of peat, which are then
suspended close up to the roof-glass. The pots are
filled to about half their depth with clean, finely-broken
crocks; the potting compost consisting of finely-
chopped peat roots and sphagnum in about equal
proportions, and a little rough sand or ‘broken charcoal
may be added with advantage. After potting, the plants
are thoronghly watered before being placed in their per-
manent position, after which every encouragement is given
to induce the plants to grow freely. ;

As the plants advance, considerably more room will be
annually reqnired. It is not advisable, when the plants
have become attached to the receptacle, to turn them
out of the pots at the period when repotting is required,
especially when we are dealing with Cattleyas in the
early stages. It is better by far to remove all decayed
and undesirable matter, and replace the same with clean
drainage. Next procure a pot or pan of the desired
size, and place the plant with the pot attached to
the roots into it; after filling in with liberal drainage,
cover the remaining surface with the potting material,
which should become coarser as the plant reaches maturity.

(

Fic. 611. OrcHID SEEDLINGS (Four Years).

As the accompanying illustrations (Figs. 610 and 611)
show, the plants, under favourable circumstances, make
considerable advance after the first two years. The
plants then may be more liberally treated; but one of
the principal things to endeavour to prevent, as far as
possible, is premature growth. If a plant commences a
secondary growth immediately after, or perhaps before,
the preceding growth reaches maturity, the chances are
that a growth will be advancing during the whole period
in which the plant should have been at rest. Th con-
sequence of this will be (especially if premature growth
commences in autumn) that neither of the pseudo-bulbs
will be properly ripened, they will be prone to decay
during the dull winter months, and the future well-being
of the plant will be very doubtful and uncertain. It is better
to remove the plants to cooler and more airy conditions
when growth is completed, so that they may have the full
advantage of the resting season, returning them to their
growing quarters as soon as there are traces of renewed
vitality in the early spring of the year. Insect pests will
have to be held in check by frequently cleaning the plants
with a soft sponge and fumigating the houses. Wood-lice
may be trapped with hollowed-out potatoes. Slugs and
snails may be caught at night by placing a little bran near
where they frequent, and picking them off with the aid
of a light. Cockroaches are poisoned, or caught in jars
half-filled with treacle-water placed about the stages and
near their haunts.

ORCHIDOCARPUM. A synonym of Asimina
(which see).

ORCHIDOFUNCKIA. A synonym of Cryptar-
rhena (which see).
ORCHIS. Including Loroglossum. The British Flora

embraces nine species, viz. : hircina (Lizard Orchis),
O. latifolia (Marsh Orchis), O. lawiflora, O. maculata,
O. mascula (Early Orchis), O. militaris, O. Morio (Green-
winged Orchis), O. pyramidalis, and O. ustulata (Dwarf
Orchis). To the species and varieties described on
pp. 520-1, Vol. II., the following should be added:

O. bicornis (two-horned). A synonym of Satyrium cucullatum.

O. lactea is a form of 0. tridentata.

O. latifolia. The Glasnevin variety has tall spikes of rich
purple flowers, heavily spotted with blackish-purple. 1895,

0. longicruris foliis-maculatis (spotted-leaved). In this
variety the leaves are marked with large, irregular, brownish-
purple blotches. 1884. (R. G., t. 1149, f. 3, under name of
°O. undulatifolia foliis-maculatis.)

O. maculata superba (superb).* oe rich mauve, spotted and
blotched purple; spikes dense, about lft. long. May and
June. J. dark green, spotted purple. A. 14ft. 1886, A vigorous-
growing variety.

©. monophyla (one-leaved). jl. resembling those of
O. macilata in size and marking; peduncle 6in. long, bearing
a loose raceme. J. one or rarely two, sub-erect, oblong, 4in.
long, folded at base, green, with large, purplish-brown spots.
Tubers oblong. Birma, 1898. Greenhouse. (B. M. 7601.)

O. undulatifolia (wavy-leayed). A synonym of O. longreruris.
O. coriophora, O. globosa, and O. incarnata are in cultivation

in botanical establishments.

ORDEAL BEAN (of Old Calabar).
stigma.

ORDEAL-TREE. See Tanghinia venenifera.
ORDER. See Natural Order.

OREODAPHNE (of Nattall). <A
Umbellularia (which see).

OREOPANAX. To the species described on p, 522,
Vol. I1., the following should be added:

O. capitatum (headed). J. elliptic, acuminate, long-petiolate,
persistent. h. 12ft. South America, 1779. A vigorous shrub.
Syns. Aralia capitata, Hedera capitata.

O. jatrophefolium (Jatropha-leaved). 7. palmate or sub-
digitate; lobes ovate-lanceolate, sinuated on the margins ;
petioles cylindrical, 10in. to 12in. long. Stem eylindr
branching only at the summit. Mexico. Greenhouse. Syn.
Aralia jatrophefolia.

O. nympheifolia (Nympha-leaved), (fl. inconspicuous, in a
terminal panicle. l. of a beautiful green, long-petiolate, per-
sistent, alternate, varying in length from 4in. to 12in., ovate,
acuminate; nerves palmate, prominent beneath. Branches
rounded. A. 6ft. to 12ff. A vigorous, greenhouse tree. SYN,
Aralia nympheifolia (of gardens).

O. Sanderianum (Sander’s). jf. small, in globose heads.
i. mostly three-lobed but variable in form, of a firm, coriaceous
texture; mid-lobe usually prominent, triangular. Guatemala,
1892. In habit this species resembles Fatsia papyrifera. (G. C.
1893, xiii, f. 67; R. G. 1893, f. 71.)

O. xalapense. Monopanax Ghiesbreghtii is synonymous with
this species.

OREOPHILA. A synonym of Pachystima (which

see).

ORGYIA ANTIQUA. As stated in Vol. II., this
is one of the worst pests against which gardeners have to
contend. Not only does it destroy practically every kind of
ornamental shrub and tree, but Ske frnit-bearing trees and
bushes. The remedy, wherever it can be applied, is Paris
Green diffused in a fine spray over the food-plants in spring.
Much, however, may be done by way of prevention by
searching for the cocoons in autumn and destroying those
found, together with the adherent eggs, by burning.

ORIGANUM. To the species described on p, 523,

Vol. II., the following variety should be added :

O. hybridum (hybrid). This plant is identical with 0. sipylewn.
(G. C 1888, iii., p. 232, f. 37.)

O. Maru nervosum (Maru, nerved), jl. pink; spikelets
oblong, small, numerous. June. J. sessile, broadly ovate,
almost entire, sin. to nearly lin. long, somewhat cordate at
base. Stem erect, lft. high. Egypt, &e., 1823

O. Maru (of Sibthorp). A synonym of 0. microphyllwm.

See Physo-

synonym of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 575

Origanum—continued.

O. nervosum (neryed). A form of 0. Maru.

O. pulchellum (rather pretty). A form of 0. Tournefortii.

0. vulgare aureum.* A bright yellow variety of the type,
flowering in early spring.
ORITHALIA. A synonym of Agalmyla (which

see).
ORIXA. Included under Celastrus (which see).

ORMOCARPUM. The correct name of 0. coronil-
loides is O. sennoides. Diphaca cochinchinensis, Pictetia
eeainata, and Robinia squamata are synonymous with
this species.

ORNITHARIUM STRIATULUM.
of Sarcochilus teres (which see).

ORNITHIDIUM. To the species described on

p. 524, Vol. II., the following should be added :

0. album (white). A synonym of Camaridium ochroleucum.

0. fragrans (fragrant). This species is allied to 0. denswm,
but has fewer and larger flowers, which are whitish, suffused
with ‘purple, and fragrant, and shorter leaves. Habitat not
recorded, 1894,

0, nanum (dwarf). jl. yellowish, small, borne on scapes lin.
long. J. and pseudo-bulbs very small. West Indies, 1894.

0. ochraceum (yellowish). jj. very small; sepals and petals
ochraceous, with a few mauye-purple spots, ligulate, acute ; lip
white, the disk of the anterior lacinia ochre, spotted mauve.
1. cuneate-oblong, unequally acuminate, cartilaginous. Pseudo-
bulbs elliptical, ancipitous. Colombia, 1887. Of poor appear-
ance,

0. parviflorum and O. Sophronitis (R. X. O., t. 84, f. 3) are in
cultivation in botanical establishments.

ORNITHOCEPHALUS. 0. Oberonia has been
introduced, but is probably not in general cultivation.

ORNITHOGALUM. To the species described on
pp. 524-6, Vol. II., the following should be added. They
need greenhouse treatment except where otherwise stated.
O, nutans and O. umbellatum are exceedingly valuable,
as, while thriving in dense shade, they are proof against
the attacks of rats and mice.

O. albovirens (white and _ green). in a dense, oblong
raceme about 2in. long; perianth whitish, jin. to jin. long, the
segments keeled with green; peduncle lft. to 1sft. long.
. three or four, linear, 1ft. to 14ft. long, sin. to fin. PECEN
acuminate, glabrous. Bulb green, lin. in diameter, South
Africa, before 1878.

0. anomalum. Drimia anomala is the correct name of this
species.

O. apertifiorum (open-flowered). fl. greenish-white, jin. across,
disposed in a spike 14ft. long. 7. slender, 6in, long. Orient,
1889. Allied to 0. narbonense.

O, armeniacum (Armenian). jl. white, keeled with green,
eight to twelve in a dense corymb; perianth jin. to Zin. long.
7. numerous, very narrow, linear, channelled, 7in. to 10in. long,
white-lined, ciliated below or on the margins. Bulb ovate,
Armenia, 1879,

A synonym

_O, aurantiacum (orange-coloured). fl. one or two, bright

orange-yellow; perianth 4in, long; peduncle slender, 3in. to
4in. long. J. two or three, very slender, terete, glabrous, shorter
than the peduncle. Bulb sin. in diameter. South Africa, 1878.

QO. aureum (golden). A form of 0. thyrsoides.

0. capitatum. Urginea capitata is the correct name of this
species.

O. divaricatum (straggling).
pomeridianum.

O. exscapum (dwarf-scaped). /. white, three to twelve in a
raceme 24in. to Sin. broad; perianth 4in. to gin. long; scape
lin. to l4in. long. May. /. five or six, 4in. to 6in. long, glabrous,
striped. South Europe, 1824. Hardy.

O. flavescens (yellowish). A form of 0. thyrsoides.

O. flavissimum (yellowest). A form of O. thyrsoides.

O. grandifiorum (large-flowered).* jl. white, large, each of the
six perianth segments tinged with green at the base. Habitat
not recorded, 1897. Hardy.

O. Hauscknechtii (Hauscknecht's). . pure white, large,
appearing very early in the spring and growing only a few
RES above the ground. Asia Minor, 1897.

0. narbonense pyramidale (pyramidal). A variety bearing
pyramidal clusters of white flowers. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Hardy.

O. natalense (Natal). /. white, small; pedicels ascending ;
raceme lax, l4in. to Sin. long. J. three, sub-erect, thin, linear,
3in. to 4in. long, hairy, ciliated on the margins. Bulb small.
South Africa (at 6800ft.), 1893.

0, Saundersiz (Mrs. K. Saunders’). jl. white, many, corymbose ;
erianth 4in. long; pedicels ljin. to 2in. long; peduncle stout,

t. to Sft. long. JU. many, lorate, flaccid, above 1ft. long, 2in.

A synonym of Chloroyalum

Ornithogalum—continued.
broad. Bulb large, globose. South Africa, 1891.
0. arabicum.

O. Squilla (Squill). A synonym of Urginea maritima.

O. umbellatum splendens (splendid).* A large variety of
the well-known type. Hardy.

OROBUS. To the species described on p. 527,

Vol. II., the following should be added :

0. aurantius. The correct name is Vicia aurantia.

O. aureus (golden). jl. fawn or ochreous-yellow, rather large, in
loose racemes. May and June. /., leaflets ample, pale green.
Stems branched. h. 1sft. Tauria.

O. lathyroides (Lathyrus-like). A synonym of Vicia oroboides.

0. montanus (mountain-loving), A synonym of O. luteus.

QO. pyrenaicus (Pyrenean). A synonym of 0. variegatus.

0. vernus albusplenus (white, double).*| A showy double
variety.

ORONTIUM JAPONICUM. A

Rohdea japonica (which see).
OROXYLON is the correct spelling of Orowylwm.

Syn. Calosanthus.

ORPHANIDESIA (named in hononr of Professor
Theodoros G. Orphanides, a Greek botanist). Orp.
Ericacez. A monotypic genus. The species is a dwarf,
hardy, shrubby plant, allied to Agawria and Gaultheria.
It will thrive in peaty soil, and may be increased by
cuttings or by layers.

oO. cpa Se (Gaultheria-like). jl. one or two to a
peduncle ; calyx lobes large; corolla salver-shaped, sin. long.
1. alternate, oblong, acute, 2in. to din. long, rough beneath ;
etioles short. Branches prostrate, leafy, covered with stiff
airs and glands, the leafy part lft. long. Caucasus, 1899,
(R. G. 1891, p. 469, f. 87.)

ORTGIESIA (named in honour of M. Ed. Ortgies,
for nearly forty years Curator of the Botanic Garden at
Zurich). Orv. Bromeliacee. A small genus (two species)

Allied to

synonym of

‘of half-hardy, herbaceous plants, natives of Uruguay and

South Brazil. Flowers bright red; sepals lanceolate,
gradually narrowed to a large cusp, united in a distinct
cup above the apex of the ovary; petals lingulate;
inflorescence a dense spike or head. Leaves and habit
of Rhodostachys. Of the two species, O. Legrelleana is
described on p. 30, Vol. I., as Mehmea Ortgiesii, and
O. tillandsioides on p. 202, Vol. III., as Portea tilland-
sioides (their former names).

ORTHOCARPUS (from orthos, upright, and karpos,
fruit: the capsule is not oblique, as in Melampyrum,
an allied genus). Syn. Oncorrhynchus. Orb. Scrophu-
lavrinee, ‘The correct name of the genus described on
p. 92, Vol. IV., as Triphysaria (which see).
0. erianthus roseus (woolly-flowered, pink).

name of Tviphysaria versicolor.

Cc. purpurascens (purplish). jl. lin. long; calyx lobes,
corolla, and the pinnatisect bracts crimson, pink, or purplish ;
spike thick and dense. Spring and summer. J. Jaciniately
once or twice pinnately parted into very narrow lobes, or the
upper ones palmately cleft. h. 6in. to 12in. California. Half-
hardy. (R. G., t. 1166.)

ORTHOCERAS. 0. stfriciwm is the correct name
of the plant described on p. 528, Vol. II., as O. Solandri.

ORTHOSANTHUS. See Orthrosanthus.

ORTHOSTEMON. A synonym of Feijoa (which
see).

OSAGE APPLE. ‘See Maclura aurantiaca.

OSBECKIA. 0. canescens and O, Umlaasiana are
synonyms of Dissotis incana (which see).

OSBECKIASTRUM. A synonym of
(which see).

OSMANTHUS. 0. rotwndifolius is a dwarf variety
of O. Aquifolium, with very coriaceous, obovate, slightly
lobed leaves. The varions forms of Osmanthus, especially
the green- and purple-leaved varieties, are serviceable for
town gardens, also for growing in pots or tubs for
the decoration of vestibules, balconies, &c. The variety
named atropurpurea makes a splendid subject for
winter bedding, especially when in association with the
Golden-leaved Yew, the leaf-colonr standing out in bold
yet good contrast. They delight in good loamy soil and
an open sitnation, yet one shielded from biting winds.
Copious supplies of water should be given, particularly
in the early part of the growing scason. Propagation

The correct

Dissotis

576

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Osmanthus—continued.

is readily carried on by means of cuttings taken off in
autumn and dibbled in sandy soil on a shady border, and
covered with hand-lights. Protection from the sun and
frequent light waterings will be necessary for a few
weeks. Plants may be quickly raised in February and
March by grafting in heat on the common Oyal-leayed
Privet ; but the latter are so objectionable in throwing up
suckers that plants on their own roots are to be preferred.

OSMUNDA. Flowering Ferns. Osmundas are easily
cultivated, even in common garden soil; but if planted
out, a spot should be selected for them by the side of
water, so that, while the heads of the plants are fully
exposed to the air, the roots may be kept constantly wet.
If anyone will take the trouble to prepare for these
magnificent Ferns a mixture of swamp mud and good
loam, and will keep their roots supplied with abundant
moisture, the result will be all that can be desired. If,
however, there is any difficulty in procuring the materials
just named, a mixture of turfy loam and fibrous peat
will suit them very well, and the addition of a portion
of river-sand will induce the development of roots,
which will run in all directions, and thus insure the
production of numerous robust fronds. Though requiring
an abundance of water at the roots at all times of the
year, the plants dislike being syringed overhead. The
propagation of Osmundas is invariably effected by means
of spores, which are produced in abundance and
germinate very freely. If grown in pots, the Royal Fern
must have good drainage and an abundant and continuous
supply of water.

To the species and varieties described on p. 580,
Vol. II., the following should be added: .

0. bipinnata (bipinnate).* rhiz. erect. sti. tufted, glossy,
lft. or more in length. fronds bipinnate, 14ft. to 2ft. long,
6in. to 10in. wide; pinne shining, coriaceous, 3ft. to 4ft.
long, oblong-lanceolate, the upper ones barren and simple,
the lower ones winged-stalked, with numerous oblong, closely-
set, blunt, stalkless pinnules; fertile part consisting of three
or four opposite pairs of pinn, with several pairs of pinnules
4in. to sin. long on each side; fertile segments much con-
tracted, covered with fructification. Hong Kong A handsome,
greenhouse species.

O. gracilis (slender). A form of O. reyatlis.

O. japonica (Japanese). A form of O. regalis.

O. regalis gracilis (slender).* A graceful form, the fronds of
which sometimes come up tinted. SYN. O. spectabilis.

O. r. japonica (Japanese). fronds, barren and fertile ones
often quite distinct, the latter developed first and soon dis-
appearing ; some of the lateral pinnze becoming fertile, while
the terminal ones remain barren. Another variety is pur-
purascens.

O. spectabilis (remarkable). A synonym of O. regalis gracilis.

OSSZHA. The correct name of O. fascicularis is
Henriettella fascicularis. O. hirsuta is the proper name
of Sagrea hirsuta (which see).

OSTEOCARPUS (from osteon, a bone, and karpos,
fruit). ORD. Convolvulacex. A monotypic genus from
Chili, only differing from Nolana in the very hard, bony
frnit (whence the generic name). The species is a green-
house herb or under-shrub. It thrives in sandy loam,
and may be increased from seeds, or by cuttings of the
young wood.

O. rostratus (beaked).* jl. azure-blue, bell-shaped, with pointed
buds. Summer. J. scattered, linear, terete. Branches pubescent.
A remarkably pretty sub-shrub. (R. G. 1884, t. 1175, a-e.) SyNs.
Alona rostrata, Nolana rostrata.

OSTEOMELES (from osfeon, bone, and Melon, an
Apple; in allusion to the bony stones). Orp. Rosacezx.
A genus embracing eight species of hardy or half-hardy,
evergreen, branched shrubs or trees, mostly natives of
the Andes, but also represented in China, Birma, the
Sandwich Islands, &c., and closely allied to Amelanchier
(which see for culture). Flowers corymbose, few or
numerous, bracteolate. Fruit slightly fleshy, with five
hard stones. Leayes alternate, petiolate, coriaceous,
usually simple (in one species impari-pinnate), nerved,
entire or serrated. Only one species calls for mention
here. O. anthyllidifolia is an elegant, half-hardy, ever-
green shrub, thriving in any fairly good soil. It may be
increased by seeds or by cuttings

Osteomeles—continued.

0. anthyllidifolia (Anthyllis-leaved).* jl. white, fragrant,
Hawthorn-like, about Zin. across, in short, sub-sessile, terminal
corymbs ; petals obovate-oblong. Early summer. jr. dark red,
globose, crowned by the calyx. February. J. 2in. to 4in. long,
jin, to sin. broad, pipari pinnate leaflets in pairs, din. to 4in.
long. Branches stout. h. 5ft. to 6ft, Eastern Asia and the
Pacific Islands, 1892. (B. M. 7354.)

OSTROWSKIA (named by Regel, in honour of the
Russian botanist, Ostrowski). OrpD. Campanulacer. A
monotypic genus. ‘The species is a very handsome and
distinct, hardy, perennial herb, requiring a deep, light,
rich soil to grow it successfully.

O. magnifica (magnificent).* /. mauve-lilac, suffused with
white, 5in. to 6in. across, on long stalks, disposed singly or
in a terminal raceme; calyx with a series of linear pores at
the base of the long, linear, acute segments; corolla cam-
panulate, 3in. long and broad. J. in whorls, large, lanceolate,
acutely toothed. h. 4ft. to 5ft. Turkestan, 1887. (B. M. 7472;
G. C. 1888, iv., p. 65; I. H. 1889, 71; J. H. 1888, xvii.,
p. 53; R. G. 1887, p. 639; R. H. 1888, 344.) One of the finest
of hardy perennials known.

OSTRYA. ‘To the species described on p. 532,
Vol. II., the following shonld be added :

O. Knowltii (Knowlt’s). /. ovate, obtuse or acute at apex,
obtuse or cuneiform at base, serrate-toothed, pubescent,
smaller than those of O. virginica. h. 12ft. Arizona, 1863,
(G. & F, 1894, i., f. 23.)

OTACANTHUS. This genus is now regarded as
monotypic (O. cxruleus).

OTAHEITE APPLE. See Spondias.
OTHLIS. A synonym of Doliocarpus (which see).

OTHONNA. Including Ceradia. To the species
described on pp. 532-3, Vol. IL., the following should be
added. One or two plants formerly included hereunder
are now referred to Euryops.
O. amplexifolia (clasping-leaved).

O. amplexicaulis,

O. ciliata (ciliated). A synonym of Othonnopsis ciliata.

QO. coronopifolia (Coronopus-leaved). jl.-heads, rays in many
series; peduncles terminal, 3in. to 6in. long, one-headed.
July to September. 7. lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, entire
or few-toothed, 1l4in. to 2sin. long, acuminate, thick. Stem
shrubby, erect. h. lft. to 2ft. 1787.

O. cylindrica (cylindrical). /l.-heads, involucral scales eight or
nine; peduncles terminal, bearing a several-headed, branching
corymb, J. scattered, long-linear, lsin. to din. or more in
length, semi-terete, spreading. 1818. A loosely-branched, forking
shrub,

O. digitata (digitate). /.-heads, florets many; involucral scales
eight to ten, acute; peduncles 6in. to 8in. long, naked, one-
headed. July to September. J. polymorphous; radical ones
4in. to 6in. long, generally more or less lobed or toothed;
upper ones 'stem-clasping, oblong or spathulate. Stem short ;
branches sparsely leafy; root tuberous A. 14ft. 1822. Syn.
Doria digitata.

O. linifolia (Linum-leaved). ji.-heads solitary, terminal, on very

The correct name of

long pedicels. June to September. 7., radical ones 6in. to
10in. long, long-linear or linear-lanceolate, rigid, ribbed and
veiny. Stems scape-like, bifid, or twice or thrice forked, 8in.

to 14in. high; root tuberous, 1824

O. quinquedentata (five-toothed). jl.-heads, pedicels elon-
ated, sub-umbellate; involucral scales seven or eight.
. cuneate-oblong, Sin. to 6in. long, sessile, half-clasping and
somewhat decurrent, thinnish but tough, five-toothed near the
apex. Stem closely leafy below, loosely panicled at the
summit, 3ft. to 4ft. high, robust, but not wocdy. 1830.

O. retrofracta (bent back). (jl.-heads, involucre five-parted ;
edicels one-headed, axillary, scarcely twice as long as the
eaves. June to September. 7. oblong-lanceolate, cuneate at
base, with a large tooth or lobe in the middle on each side.
Branches divaricate or bent back. A. 2ft. 1828. Plant half-
shrubby, erect, glabrous. SyN. Doria retrofracta.

OTHONNOPSIS. To the species described
p. 533, Vol. II., the following should be added :

O. ciliata (ciliated). /l.-heads terminal, solitary, on naked
peduncles 6in. to 8in. long; rays eight, long and broad. J. 1din.
to 2in. long, tapering much at base, oblong, obovate or
spathulate, undivided or incised-pinnatifid with short, broad

on

lobes, all ciliate-toothed. Stems many from the crown,
trailing, several feet long. 1828. Sub-shrub. Syn. Othonna
ciliata. \

OTOCHILUS. 0. porrecta is the correct name of

_ the plant described on p. 534, Vol. IL., as O. fragrans.

OTOPTERA BURCHELLII. A

Synonym of
“Vigna Burchellii (which see).

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

aCe) Dae

OTTELIA. 0. indica is now regarded as a form of
O. ovalifolia,

OUR LADY’S MILK THISTLE.
Marianum.

OVULARIA SYRINGE. See Syringa—Fungi.

OXALIS. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 540-2, Vol. II., the following should be added :

O. anthelmintica (anthelmintic). A synonym of O. Pes-capre
abyssinica.

O. binervis (two-nerved). fl. white, three to seven in an
umbel. J. consisting of three deeply-lobed leaflets; lobes
lanceolate-oblong, somewhat falcate, two-nerved, dark purple
beneath. Root tuberous. Habitat not recorded, 1890.

O. caprina abyssinica (goat's, Abyssinian). A synonym of
O. Pes-capre abyssinica.

O. catharinensis (Santa Catharina). /. white, greenish at
base ; petals sin. to fin. long, narrow cuneate-oblong ; peduncles
terete, umbellately four- to fifteen-flowered. /., leaflets three,
triangular, sub-sessile, 24in. broad, cuneate at base, truncate
at apex, green and glabrous above, paler or purplish and
minutely hairy beneath; petioles 2in. to 8in. long. Rhizome
branching, covered with fleshy scales. South Brazil, 1887.

0. corniculata, This species and its variety rubra are
perennials.

0. corymbosa (corymbose). The correct name of 0. bipunctata
and 0. Martiana.

0. imbricata flore-pleno (imbricated, double-flowered). 1. of
a deep rose-colour, ‘‘as double as the most double of Chinese
Primulas,” nodding ; peduncles hairy. J. hairy. Port Elizabeth,
1886. (C. C. 1887, ii., p. 681.)

0. Pes-caprz abyssinica (Abyssinian goat’s-foot). 1, purple
or lilac, about Jin. long, in umbels of three to eight on
elongated, succulent peduncles. 7. on petioles 2in. to 6in.
long, with short, membranous sheaths; leaflets obcordate,
with broad, rounded lobes. Stem very short (or wanting) ;
tuber oblong-ovoid, covered with brown scales. Tropical and
South Africa, 1893. SyNs. O. anthelmintica, O. caprina
abyssinica. :

O. sensitiva (sensitive). A synonym of Biophytum sensitivum.

O. stricta is now regarded as an American form of the British
0. corniculata.

OXERA (from overos, sour; in allusion to the acrid
taste). Syn. Oncoma. Orv. Verbenacew. A genus em-
bracing ten species of glabrous, often climbing, stove
shrubs, natives of New Caledonia. Flowers whitish or
yellowish-white, pedicellate, rather large; calyx four- or
five-cleft, or rarely sinuate-toothed ; corolla limb four-
cleft ; perfect stamens two, long-exserted; bracts usually
small; cymes dichotomous, pedunculate in the upper
axils, or disposed in a terminal, trichotomons panicle.
Leaves opposite, entire, coriaceous. Only one species has
been introduced. It thrives in good, rich, loamy soil, and
may be increased by cuttings.

O. pulchella (pretty).* l., calyx of four green sepals, }in. to
jin. long ; corolla yellowish or faintly greenish-white, 2in. long,
between funnel- and bell-shaped, the lobes broadly oblong ;
eymes many-flowered. December. /. 2in. to Sin. long, petiolate ;
uppee ones oblong, obtuse or sub-acute; lower ones longer,
oblong-lanceolate, obtusely acuminate, entire or with shallow
crenatures. 1886. A handsome, free-flowering, evergreen
climber. (B. M. 6938; G. C. 1888, iii, p. 209; Gn. xxxiii.,
510; J. H. 1888, xvi., p. 87.)

OXYACANTHA. See Crategus Oxyacantha.

OXYBAPHUS. Syn. Allionia (of Loefler). To the
species described on p. 542, Vol. II., the following should
be added :

O. californicus (Californian). fl. purple, solitary, axillary,
funnel-shaped, on pedicels about sin. long. 7. petiolate, broadly
ovate, obtuse or sub-acute, sub-cordate at base. h. 1ft. to 2ft.
California, 1888. Hardy perennial, viscid on the stem and
leaves. (R. G., t. 1266, f. 2.)

0. nyctagineus (night-flowering).
0. Cervantesii.
OXYPETALUM. Tweedia floribunda, T. pubescens,

and T. rosea are synonyms of O. solanoides.

OXYRAMPHIS, or OXYRHAMPHIS. Included
under Lespedeza (which see), the correct name of
O. macrostyla (of Lindley) being L. eriocarpa.

OXYTENANTHERA (from oxytenes, sharp-pointed,
and anthera, an anther). ORD. Graminee. A genus
embrgcing nine species of arborescent or scandent,
unarmed Bamboos, with a stont, usually creeping, and
stoloniferous rootstock; one is tropical. African, and

Vol. V.

See Silyhbum

The correct name of

Oxytenanthera—continued.

the rest are Asiatic. Spikelets elongated, cylindrical or

conical, one- to three-flowered; panicle large, the

branches with few or many heads of whorled or capitate
spikelets. Leaves large or small, shortly petiolate.

Stem-sheaths various. Only one species has been

introduced. For culture, see Bambusa.

O. abyssinica (Abyssinian). ., spikelets oblong-conical, very
acute, lin. long, disposed in very numerous heads. J. linear-
or oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to 10in. long, 4in. to lin. broad
cordate or narrowed at base; sheaths glabrous or
Culm 25ft. to 50ft. high, woody, l4in. to din. thick at
glaucous-pruinose ; branches whorled. Abyssinia, 1895.

OXYTROPIS. 0. wralensis is the correct name of
O. Halleri.

OXYURA CHRYSANTHEMOIDES. A synonym
of Layia Calliglossa (which see).

OYSTER-SHELL BARK-LOUSE.
Mussel Scale, Vol. V.

Se ee A synonym of Ticorea (which
see).

See Apple

PACHISTIMA. The correct spelling of Pachy-
stima (which see).

PACHYPODIUM. PP. tomentoswm is the correct

name of P. succulentum. Syn. P. tuberosum.

PACHYRHIZUS. P. Thunbergianus is a synonym

of Pueraria Thunbergiana.

PACHYSANDRA. PP. coriacea is a form of Sar-

cococca pruniformis,

PACHYSTIMA. The correct spelling, according to

the Kew authorities, is Pachistima.

PACHYSTOMA. [psea is kept distinct by the Kew
authorities. To the species described on p. 2, Vol. III.,
the following should be added:

P. pubescens (downy). #. white, having the trifid lip striated
with purple and with a green disk; sepals lanceolate; petals
linear-ligulate ; raceme dense. /. ensiform, 3ft. long. Java.

P. Thomsonianum punctulatum. J. principally differmg
from the type in having white sepals and _ petals, minutely
pointed with red. 1898. (R. H. 1898, p. 504.) The correct name
of P. Thomsonianum, according to the Kew authorities, is
Ancistrochilus Thomsonianus.

PACKING. Fruits. Peaches and Nectarines must
not be over-ripe, or they are sure to bruise in transit.
They should be packed in boxes only deep enough to
take one layer, and the bottom bedded with wood wool.
Each fruit should be carefully wrapped in tissue-paper
and surrounded with fine wood wool to prevént the
fruits from touching or moving in transit. Any empty
space must be filled with packing material, and the lid
of the box serewed, not nailed, down.

PHONIA. Herbaceous Ponies, both Singles (Fig.
612) and Doubles (Fig. 613), are of such value to the
gardener that no one can really afford to have them un-
represented, They are amongst the hardiest flowers that
ean be named, brilliant, even gorgeous, of colour, or yet
again, of the most delicate shades, sweet of scent, and
attractive as to foliage, the tints of the Peony plants
in spring and autumn being incomparably beautiful. How
different the present-day varieties from the old ones
which did duty in gardens thirty years ago, restricted as
to colour, and the scent of which was positively repug-
nant! The best time to plant is early autumn.

Unfortunately it is not everywhere that these gorgeous
Ponies will flourish. They need a good, rich, well-
trenched soil, and it is useless attempting their culture
in a poor one. Position is of some importance with the
Peony, and some of the best specimen&’ we have seen
have been grown between the shelter of fruit trees or in
the shrubbery borders. A south-west, west, or even a
north-west aspect suits them best; an east or a south-
east aspect is not good. The fact is, the Prony forms
its buds very early in the season, and thongh the
plants are capable of enduring severe frosts with
impunity, yet if the buds are frozen, and then the sun’s
rays fall directly upon them, they are spoilt for a
certainty. Usually this is not noticeable until long
after the damage is done. If more consideration were

4E

578

Peonia—continued.

given to planting, the complaints
flowering of the Peony would be fewer.
Disbudding one frequently sees advocated, but this is
a waste, as the Pony is all too soon out of blossom.
During the growing season plenty of water is necessary,
with liquid manure as a stimulant; while to prevent
evaporation of moisture from the soil, a mulching of
litter should be provided in spring. Well-decayed horse-
manure will be found, as a rule, better then cow-manure,
and less likely to encourage insects hurtful to the roots.

against the non-

Fic. 612. SINGLE PONIES EMPIRE AND LADY HELEN VINCENT.

Pests. Ponies enjoy a_ singular
diseases and animal pests. The worst pest is that
described by Mr. Massee as the Drooping Disease of
Ponies (Sclerotinia pxonix) in the ‘‘Gardeners’ Chronicle”’
of Ang. 13, 1898. The characteristic drooping of the
stem, he says, appears without any previous warning,
and the plants attacked succumb in a few days. At
first a white mould forms upon the discoloured stems—
this is the Botrytis-stage of the fungus; while later the
sclerotia are developed; these tide the disease over the
winter, and produce conidia the next season to renew
the attack. Mr. Massee recommends the immediate
removal of all affected stems, and the removal of the
old surface soil, replacing it with fresh but mixed with
ime.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 5-7,
Vol. III., the following shonld be added :

P. anomala (anomalous). According to the “ Index Kewensis,”
this is the correct name of P. Emodi.

P. arietina. Of this species there are several varieties, including
alba, Andersoni, Barrii, and Bazteri.

P. Bakeri (Baker's). jl. deep rose, about 44in. across. 7. about
six, biternately divided; leaflets broadly ovate, acute, the
terminal one thgee-lobed, glaucous and hairy beneath. Stem
stout, pilose, reddish. A. 2ft. 1890. (J. H. 8. xii., p. 441, f. 32.)
Syn. P. peregrina byzantina.

P. Broteri (Broter’s). . crimson or rose-red, rarely white;
petals six to eight, obovate, cuneate, 2in. long. J. six to eight
to a stem, glabrous on both surfaces, bright green above,
glaucescent beneath, the terminal segment lin. to l4in. broad;
fully-developed lower leaves with about twenty segments.
Stems glabrous, one-flowered. h. lft. to 2ft. Spain and Portugal.
Excellent for naturalising.

P. decora. Of this there are two varieties: elatior, with larger
and richer flowers than the type; and Padlasii, a deep crimson.

immunity from

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Peonia—continued.

P. lutea (yellow).* 7. cupped, 3in. to 4in. across, somewhat
resembling those of Nuphar lutea. J. like that of P. Moutan.
Yunnan, 1900. An interesting species, for which gardeners are
indebted to Prof. Max Corna. With this Pony-lovers may
confidently look forward to a new colour-race of these beautiful
flowers.

P. microcarpa (small-fruited).* fl. 4in. to 5in. across. fr.,
earpels lin. long. J. bipinnatipartite; divisions termately
pinnatisect, the lobes ovate or oblong-lanceolate, highly glabrous
above, glancous beneath. Spain. This is now regarded as a
variety of P. officinalis.

The form JONATHAN GIBSON has very downy foliage.

P. officinalis. Additional varieties of this to note are: albicans
and anemonefora*, rich crimson, with twisted stamens of a
rich crimson and edged yellow.

P. paradoxa fimbriata (fimbriated).
double, lilac-purple flowers.

P. p. rosea (rosy). A rosy variety, somewhat difficult to procure.

P. peregrina byzantina (Byzantine). A synonym of P. Bakeri.

P. p. compacta (compact). A dwarf, bushy variety.

P. tenuifolia latifolia (broad-leaved).* An excellent variety,
with broader foliage than the type. Late sprin ywering.

P. villosa (villous). This is a whiie-flowered European species
sometimes met with in cultivation and in catalogues of hardy

A variety with semi-

plants. It is, however, somewhat rare.
Varieties. The following are additional varieties to those

already given:

Double Herbaceous Pzonies. AGNES BARR, AGNES MARY
KELWAY, ALONZO, BARONESS SCHRODER, BERLIOZ, CAVALLERIA
RUSTICANA, CYCLOPS, DR. BONAVIA, DUCHESS OF SUTHERLAND,
DUCHESS OF TECK, DUKE OF CAMBRIDGE, DUKE OF CLARENCE,
DUKE OF DEVONSHIRE, GLORY OF SOMERSET, JOAN SEATON,
KELWAY'S QUEEN, LADY ALEXANDRA MacburF, LADY BERES-
FORD, LADY CARRINGTON, LaDY GWENDOLEN CECIL, LADY
LEONORA BRAMWELL, LANGPORT QUEEN, LIMOSEL, MADAME
BREON, MADAME DE GALHAU, MADA LOISE MERE, MaRtIa
KELWAY, MASTERPIECE, MI BRIcE, MisS SaLMon, Moon-
BEAM, MOUNTEBANK, MR STUBBS, PADEREWSKI, PRINCE
GEORGE, PRINCE @F WALES, PRINC May, SAINFOIN, SIR
THOMAS LIPTON, SNOWBALL, SOLFATERRE, SUMMER Day
(Fig. 615).

Fic. 613. DoUBLE P&ony SuMMER Day.

Single Herbaceous Pzonies. AMIABLE, ARGUS, AUTUMNUS,
BRIDESMAID, DOROTHY, DUCHESS OF PORTLAND, DUCHESS OF
SUTHERLAND, EMILY, EMPIRE (Fig. 612), HESPERUS, KAISER,
LaDy HELEN VINCENT (Fig. 612), Lapy LILIAN OGLE, LaDY¥
MARGARET FERGUSON, LaDY WIMBORNE, MARGARET ATTWOOD,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C.

579

Pezonia—continued.
MILLAIS, OPHIA, QUEEN OF May, Rosy DAWN, STANLEY, THE
Czar, THE MIKADO, VISCOUNT CROSS, WATER LILY, WHITLEYI.
Hardy European Pzonies (varieties of P. anomala,
arietina, P. decora, P. officinalis, and P. peregrina).
BLANDA, BLUSHING MarIp, CHARMER, CROWN PRINCE,
ELATIOR, EXCELSIOR, EXQUISITE, GERTRUDE JEKYLL,
INSIGNIS, NORTHERN GLORY, OTTO FROEBEL, PETER BARR,
POMPADOUR, PURPLE EMPEROR, Rosy GEM, RUBY QUEEN,
SABINI, SERAPH, SUNBEAM.

Moutan, or Tree-Pzonies (Singles and Doubles). BANITERI,
BEAUTY, CECIL RHODES, COMTESSE D'ENDORT, DON QUIXOTE,
ELLA C. STUBBS, FRAGRANS MAXIMA, GRAND DUKE, HENRY
IRVING, JAMES KELWAY, JEAN DE RESZI LILACINA
PLENIssIMA, LorD Byron, LoRD IVEAGH, LOUISE MICHELET,
MADAME LAFFAY, MADAME LOUIs Miss BEATRICE JONES,
Mr. BANCROFT, ODORATA MARIA, PRINCE ALBERT, REINE
ELIZABETH, RUTILA, SNOWFLAKE.

PAINTED CUP. ‘See Castilleja.
PAINTED GRASS. ‘ee Arundo.

: PALA INDIGO-PLANT. ‘See Wrightia tinc-
oria.

PALAFOXIA. P. Hookeriana and P. terana are now
removed to the genus Polypteris (which see).

PALAUA is the correct spelling of Palava.
PALAY- or IVORY-TREE. ‘See Wrightia.
PALEACEOUS. Chaffy; bearing chaff-like scales.

PALICOUREA. To the species described on p. 8,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. barbinerva (bearded-nerved). The correct name of P. Jutea.

P. discolor (two-eoloured). 4 garden .synonym of Psychotria
tabacifolia,

P. jugosa (ridged). 7. opposite, elliptic-oblong, dark, satiny
green, with depressed midrib and veins, the under-surface
purple. Brazil, 1886.

P. nicotianzfolia (Nicotiana-leaved). A synonym of Psychotria
tabacifolia.

P. racemosa is now classed under Psychotria.

P. subcrocea (somewhat Saffron-coloured). The correct name
of P. crocea.

PALINETES. A synonym of Ammocharis (which

see).

_PALISOTA. To the species described on p. 8,

Vol. III., the following shonld be added :

P. Maclaudii (Maclaud’s). 7. white; panicle cylindrical, lax,
8in. long; peduncle 2in. to 4in. long, woolly. /. long and
rather narrow; hairs of the sheaths and stalks black. Upper
Guinea, 1896.

PALIURUS. P. Spina-Christi is the correct name of
P. aculeatus (Syns. P. australis, P. virgatus, B. M. 2535);
P. ramosissimus is the correct name of P. Aubletia.

PALLASIA (of L’Héritier).
(which see).

PALLENIS. This genus now embraces four species,
of which P. spinosa is the best known.

PALM, CABBAGE. Scee Oreodoxa oleracea.

PALM OIL. This is yielded by Eleis guianensis
(which see).

PALMS. The general culture and propagation of these
are discussed under Palma, in Vol. III., pp. 12 and 13.

PANAX. According to the Kew anthorities,
P. dumosum, P. fissum, P. laciniatum, P. plumatum, and
P. Victorie are merely forms of P. fruticosum. To the
species; &c., described on p. 14, Vol. III., the following
should be added (probably most of these are varieties of
P. fruticosum). All are stove shrubs.

P. armatum. The correct name is Aralia armata.
P. aureum (golden). This resembles P. (fruticosum) Vietcrir,

Wate the variegation is yellow instead of white. West Indies,
P. Balfourii (Balfour’s).* /., leaflets orbicular, serrated, green,

blotched and margined with creamy-white. New Caledonia,

1899. An elegant plant.
P. crispatum (crisped). /. densely disposed, triangular, pin-

nately divided, deep green, with several pairs of overlapping

leaflets and a terminal one, each of which is deeply incised and
slightly toothed on the margins, thus imparting a crispy appear-
ance; petioles (and stem) olive-green, spotted lighter green.

Brazil, 1888.

A synonym of Encelia

Panax—continued.

P. fruticosum multifidum (much-cleft). 7. broadly ovate
and very obtuse in outline, tripinnatisect ; ultimate divisions
linear or linear-lanceolate, din. to 4in. long, tipped with a short,
white bristle, and often margined with bristle-tipped teeth.
1887.

P. f. Victoriz (Queen Victoria’s).*
variegation.

P. horridum (horrid). A synonym of Fatsia horrida.

P. lepidum (pretty). 7. biternate, deep green, the leading

ivision surpassing the others ; lateral pinnules of the secondary

ons obliquely obovate, the inner portions of the two
blades almost covering the small central pinnule, which is
defiexed, and in some instances is scarcely more than
rudimentary ; outside margins deeply and irregularly incised,
spinose-toothed. Brazil, 1888.

P. Mastersianum (Dr. Masters’).* ., green, minute, in
small umbels at the termination of each branchlet of the
inflorescence. /. elegant, pinnate, 3ft. long; leaflets pale green,
flushed with pink, 10in. long; rachis forked; petioles pinkish,
spotted with white. Stem erect. Solomon Islands, 1898. (G. C.
1898, xxiii., p. 242, f. 88.)

P. nitidum (shining). /. deep green, roundish-obovate, appressed
at apex, the margins furnished with small, slightly spinose
teeth, the front part with two, three, or more deep incisions ;
petioles and stems brownish or deep olive-green, spotted or
marbled yellowish-green. Brazil, 1888.

P. ornatum (adormed). /. long, pinnate; pinne narrow-lanceo-
late, deeply toothed on the margins ; petioles (and stems) dark
brownish-green, freckled or spotted light green. Brazil, 1888.

P. serratifolium (serrate-leaved). 7. compound; leaflets
serrated at the edge; petioles (and stem) marked with brown.
Polynesia, 1883.

P. spinosum (spiny).
(Aralia pentaphylla).

PANCHLORA MADERZ. ‘ee Cockroaches.
PANCIATICA. A synonym of Cadia (which see).

PANCRATIUM. To the information given on
pp. 14-15, Vol. III., the following should now be added.
Several plants formerly classed under this genus are now
referred to Hymenocallis (which see).

P. amboinense and P. australasica are

Eurycles sylvestris.

P. fragrans (fragrant). A synonym of Hymenocallis ovata.

P. guianense (Guiana). A synonym of Hymenocalliz tubijlora.

P. parviflorum (small-flowered). A synonym of Vagaria

parviflora.

P. trianthum (three-flowered). fl. one to three in an umbel;
erianth tube 6in. long, obconical in the upper inch ; segments
nceolate, acute, ascending, 2in. long; staminal cup about

lin. long, with bifid teeth between the free tips of the

filaments; peduncle short, slender. Spring and summer.

7. six to eight, narrow-linear, lft. or more in length, straight.

Bulb lin. to 2in. in diameter. Tropical Africa, 1894.

A variety showing white

A synonym of Acanthopanax spinosum

synonyms of

PANDANOPHYLLUM. Included under Mapania
(which see).
PANDANUS. Including Barrotia and Eydouxia. To

the species described on pp. 16-18, Vol. III., the following
should be added :

P. aquaticus (aquatic). This differs from P. odoratissimus in
the stem emitting no adventitious descending roots, and in
the drupes in the head not cohering in clusters. North
Australia.

P. Augustianus (Auguste’s). This is closely related to
P. Kerchorei, but the leaves are larger and more densely
serrated, the nerves being green and denticulated, and the
stem is broader. Papua, 1886. (I. H. 1886, t. 612.)

P. Baptistii (Baptist’s). This species is described as being
“remarkable for its narrow, bright green leaves, entirely
devoid of spines.” Australia, 1892. (R. G. 1893, f. 118.) Syns.
P. Dyerianus, P. inermis Dyerianus.

P. Barklyi (Barkly’s). .fr., female heads containing seventy to
100 drupes; drupes purple, compressed, 1sin. to 2in. long. 7. lft.
to 3ft. long, Zin. to Zin. broad, long-pointed, reduplicate on
each side, dark green above, glabrescent beneath, the margins
and midrib spiny. h. Sft. to 8ft. Mauritius.

P. ceramicus (Island of Ceram). Asynonym of P. labyrinthicus.

P. ceylanicus, See P, zeylanicus.

P. decorus is now regarded as distinct from P. conoideus.

P. discolor (two-coloured). 7. serrated, having two slightly
raised ridges on the upper surface; young ones of a bronzy
hue. India, 1884. A bold-looking plant.

P. Dyerianus (Dyer’s). A synonym of P. Baptistii.

P. Eydouxia (Eydouxia). jfr.,female heads globose, containing
twenty to thirty drupes; drupes 3in. to 5in. long, five- or six-

580

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pandanus—continued,

angled, orange-yellow at base. 7. very firm, long-pointed,
glaucous-green, 5ft. to 7ft. long, in. to 5in. broad, reduplicate
on each side, the margins armed with red-tipped spines.
Stem 8in. to Qin. in diameter. A. 20ft. Mauritius. SYN.
Eydouxia macrocarpa.

P. Forsteri (Forster's). This only differs from P. odoratissimus
in slight botanical characters. The whole head of fruit is said
to be nearly Ift. long, and the individual drupes are: about
2in. long. New South Wales.

P. Grusonianus (Gruson’s). J. numerous, very narrowly linear-
lanceolate, densely serrated from base to apex, the teeth
brilliant red, acute, the midrib keeled below and_slenderly
spicate. Stem short. Amirantes Islands, 1887. (I. H. xxxiv.,
t. 12.) Syn. Barrotia Grusoniana.

P. Hornei. /r., female heads globose, lft. in diameter, con-
taining eighty to 100 purple drupes Sin. to Sin. long. @. thin,
coriaceous, 6ft. to 10ft. long, Sin. broad, tapering to a long
point, dark green above, the midrib and edges armed with
red spines. , sometimes 60ft. Seychelles. -

P. humilis (dwarf), of Loureiro.

A synonym of P. poly-

cephalus.
P. inermis (unarmed). 7. 44ft. long, 2in. broad, carinate, very
acuminate, glaucous-green, very elegantly arched. h. O6ft.

Philippine Islands.

P. i. Dyerianus (Dyer’s). A synonym of P. Baptistii.

Pandanus—continued,

abruptly to a long, tail-like point.
distinct plant,

P. Porteanus is now regarded as specifically distinct from
P. polycephalus,

P. Sanderi (Sander’s).* 7. sword-like, having small marginal
spines something like P. Veitchii, but the variegation consists
of narrow bands of golden-yellow, alternated with green
throughout the length of the leaves, and not confined to
the margins. Habitat not recorded, 1898. Habit tufted, See
Fig. 614. (G. C. 1898, xxiii., p. 243, f. 94.)

P. sphzroideus (almost spherical). jr., female heads 44in.
in diameter, globose, containing over 100 drupes, which are
pink at base and bluish-green at apex. J. firm, Sft. to ft.
ong, 2in. to 34in. broad, pale green, the edges armed with
short, reddish spines. Stem decumbent, freely branched.
h, 8ft. to 12ft. Mauritius.

P. stenophyllus (narrow-leaved). 7. linear, flexuous, lift. long,
less than lin. broad, spiny on the margins and midrib. Java.
A very elegant plant. SYN. P. nitidus.

P. sylvestris (sylvan). jr. conical, 14in. to 18in. long; drupes
orange, hexagonal. 2. 6ft. to 9ft. long, 2in. broad, spiny on
the borders and keel. Mascarene Islands. A branched tree,
eee aerial roots. A specimen flowered in Paris in

P. Thurstoni (Thurston's). This species is closely related to
P. furcatus, but differs in having a branched
inflorescence. Fiji Islands, 1894.

P. unguifer (claw-bearing). A synonym of
P. minor.

P. utilis exilis (meagre).
P. Vandermeeschii,

P. zeylanicus (Cingalese). fr. broadly oblong;
crown conical, narrowed to a spinescent style
notched at tip. 7. elongated, the margins fur-
nished with strong, recurved spines. Stems
tall, tufted, very slender. Ceylon. Habit much
as P. furcatus, but leaves narrower and branches
more erect.

P. levis, P. Millore, and P. spectabilis are also
grown in botanic gardens, &c., but are not in
general cultivation,

PANICULATE. Panicle-like ; arranged

in, or bearing panicles.

PANICUM. Ineluding Digitaria and
Tricholena. To the species described on
pp. ne Vol. III., the following should be
added :

P. bulbosum (bulbous).* #. spreading grace-
fully ; spikelets twin, quadrifariously imbricated,
ovate, acute; panicle branched, about 5ft. high,
the branches scabrous, alternate or opposite.
1. pilose above, with scabrous margins. Culm

Pacific Islands, 1892. A

A synonym of

Fic. 614. PANDANUS SANDERI.

P. Kerchovei (Comte de Kerchoye’s). 7. very narrow, attenu-
ated and acute at apex, densely toothed, the middle nerve
keeled below, the lateral ones numerous, one or two of the
primary ones keeled above, confluent towards the apex; teeth
greyish-white. Stem short, attenuated. Amirantes Islands,
1886. (I. H. 1886, t. 600.)

P. Kurzeanus (Kurze’s). A synonym of P. polycephalus.

P. labyrinthicus (labyrinthine),* fr. scarlet when ripe,
ellipsoid, 2sin, long, 1fin, thick, fascicled at the tip of a
long peduncle. JZ. linear, about 3ft. long, lsin. broad, spiny
on the margins and on the apex of the keel. Stem sin.
thick, bearing a crown of leaves. Sumatra, 1888. (B. M.
7063.) Syn. P. ceramicus (also spelt ceramensis).

P. Lais is now regarded as a distinct species. jf. solitary or
racemose, With a flat or depressed crown, Habitas P. furcatus.
Malaya. e

P. microcarpus (small-fruited). fr. globose, 24in. in diameter,
containing fifty to ninety very small, purple drupes. J. thin,
coriaceous, lft. to 2ft. long, seven to ten ies broad, slightly
glaucous beneath; margins red-spiny; midrib spiny at tip
and base. Stem branching freely at an acute angle. Mauritius.
A small tree or shrub.

P. nitidus (shining). A synonym of P. stenophyllus.

P. ornatus (ornate). fr. solitary, terminal, long-pedunculate,
cylindric, glaucous, surrounded by short, scale-like spathes ;
drupes densely crowded but not confluent in groups. J. very
long, caudate-acuminate, acutely serrated. Malacca and
Singapore.

P. pacificus (Pacific).* 7. broad, shining

: ). l Breen, having the
margins furnished with fine spines, and t

e tips narrowed

{

glabrous. Mexico. A fine hardy perennial for
the shrubbery border.

P. Crus-galli frumentaceum (Cockspur,
forage). jl., spikes many, thickened, incurved,
sometimes corymbose, with densely crowded, unarmed spike-

lets. 7. linear, flat, glabrous or “puberulous. Stem erect.
h. lft. to 4ft. All warm countries. Hardy annual.

P. frumentaceum (forage). A variety of P. Crus-qalli.

P. italicum japonicum (Japanese). A form of the common
Millet, with pendulous inflorescences, cultivated in Turkestan.
It is probably native throughout Eastern and Southern Asia.
h. 14ft. (R. G. 1887, p. 278, f. 72.) P. italicwm is now classed
under Setavia.

P. jumentorum (cattle-food). A synonym of P. maximum.

P. tonsum (shorn). This is described as_a hardy perennial,
with a light, feathery, silky inflorescence 2ft. to 3ft. in height,
and linear, acuminate, scabrid, glaucescent leaves. South
Africa, 1895. (R. H. 1897, p. 273, f. 98.) Syn. Tricholena
tonsa.

PANISEA UNIFLORA. A synonym of Celo-
gyne uniflora (which see).

PANNING. The making of a pan, or basin, round
the stem of a newly-planted tree or shrub, in which water
can be put to keep the roots moist, is sometimes termed
“Panning.”

PANSY. This has always been a favourite, not only
on account of the rich, brillant, and varied colonrs, bean-
tifully contrasted with the softer shades, pale blue and
violet, but also for the sweet and very delicate perfume.
Again, plants may be obtained in blossom during eyery
month in the year without forcing, but with the aid

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Pansy—continued.

of a garden frame during the time of frost and snow. No
plant sooner exhausts itself by blossoming; and as soon
as the flowers show evident signs of inferiority, the old
plants must be renovated by a rich surface-dressing, and
a succession of young ones must be maintained. The
recently-introduced varieties are all worthy of careful
culture. A few of the best are here given:

Fic, 615. TyPE OF FANCY PANSY.

Fancy Pansies (see Fig. 615).

AGNES MABEL, ALEXANDER SMITH, ANDREW FRATER, ANDREW
STRUTHERS, BERNARD DOULTON, C. B. RENSHAW, CLEOPATRA,
Cot. M. R. G. BUCHANAN, CONSTANCE SHELL, Davin G.
M‘Kay, EMMELINE, GEORGE STUART, JEANTE R. KERR, JOHN
M‘LELLAN, JOHN ROBERTSON, LADAS, MARMION, Mrs. C,
LAMBIE, Mrs. D. JOHNSTONE, Mrs. J. DICKINSON EATON,
Mrs. R. G. Morr, MRS. SHERRARD, MRS. WM. CUTHBERTSON,
Mrs. WILLIAM Lockwoop, Mrs. W. STEELE, Mrs. W.
WATSON, MySIE PAUL, PETUNIA, SIR JOHN WATSON, STE-
PHANIE, ‘TAMWORTH HERALD, TAMWORTH YELLOW, TOM
Walters, W. H. CLARKE, W. J. PYE, WILLIAM SYDENHAM,
W. WATSON.

Show Pansies.

-Class I. Selfs. ALEXANDER BLACK, ALLAN STEWART, BESSIE
SMELLIE, Boppy HARPER, JOHN E. MARTIN, LILYBANK GEM,
MAGGIE BENSON, MARY MITCHELL, Miss ALLAN, MRs. GLAD-
STONE, Mrs. JOHN HUNTER, WILLIAM FULTON, WINNIE IRVINE.

Class II. White Grounds, AGNrs BoRROWMAN, AGNES
Ikay, CATHERINA, FaiR MAID, GRACE DARLING, JESSIE
THOMSON, Mrs. Brown, Mrs. J. G. PauL, Mrs. W. Goopat,
Mrs. WILSON, PorTIA, R. GARDINER, ROYAL Visit, W. E.
GLADSTONE,

Class III. Yellow Grounds. A. JoHNSTONE, Buspy
BEAUTY, BUSBY GEM, COLONEL STIRLING, D. STRACHAN,
G. C. GORDON, JAMES CHRISTIE, JOHN BORROWMAN, NEIL
TURNER, P. C. D, BOSWELL, REY. R. STEVENSON, ROBT. M.
WENLEY.

PANSY RUST (Peronospora violz).
Fungi.

PANZERA. A synonym of Eperua (which see).

PAPAVER. To the species and varieties described

on pp. 20-2, Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. aculeatum (prickly). The correct name of P. horridwin.

P. arenarium (sand-loving). jl. purple, dark-spotted, as large
as those of P. Rheas. Early summer. 7. bipinnatisect ; seg-
ments linear, minute. Stems leafy, slightly branched. h. lft.
to 14ft. Orient. Annual.

P. californicum (Californian). fl. clear orange with a yellow
centre, 2in. to 24in. in diameter. A. lft. California, 1890.

P. cambricum (Welsh). A synonym of Meconopsis cambrica.

P. croceum (golden). A form of P. nudicaule.

See Violet

&c. 581

Papaver—continued.
P. Danebrogii (Danebrog’s). See under P. somniferum.

P. glaucum (glaucous).* jl. deep scarlet, solitary, 3in. to 4in.
in diameter, remarkable in having the petals, which are
spotted at base, arranged in the form of a double cup. May
to July. J. pianesus radical ones obovate-oblong, narrowed
to the petioles; cauline ones pinnately lobed or parted,
toothed, cordate at base. Armenia, &c., 1891. Annual,
(R. G. 1891, p. 608, f. 116-7.)

P. Hookeri. Syn. P. Rheas latifolium.

P. levigatum (smooth).* jl. dark scarlet, with a black blotch
at the base of each petal, 3in. to 4in. in diameter. Summer.
7. pinnatipartite. Stems much-branched, lft. to 2ft. high.
Orient, 1889. A handsome annual. (G. C. 1889, v., p. 20, f. 4.)

P. nudicaule. From this species have been produced the
orange, white, and yellow forms known as Iceland Poppies.
These are generally grown as biennials, sowing the seed in late
summer to produce flowering plants the next season from late
spring to early autumn,

P. n. radicatum (rooting).
leaves. 1899.

P. pavoninum. The correct spelling of P. pavoniwm.

P. Pollaki (Pollak’s). This species is something in the way of
P. orientale, but has smaller dark cherry-red flowers and more
finely-cut leaves. Persia, 1888. Perennial.

P. pyrenaicum (Pyrenean). A form of P. alpinum.
P. radicatum (rooting). A form of P. nudicaule.

A dwarf variety, with very hairy

Fic. 616. FLOWERS OF PAPAYER SOMNIFERUM.

P. Rhoeas, From this, the Common Wild Poppy of the fields,
the world-wide Shirley Poppies have been produced by the
Rey. W. Wilks, Vicar of Shirley. He first noticed a stranger in
the midst of a patch of Wild Poppies in a waste corner of the
garden, and by a process of selection and cross-fertilisation
produced from a single flower having a narrow white edging to
the petals the charming colours that we haWe to-day. Shirley
Poppies are single, and are distinguished by having a white
base with yellow or white anthers or pollen, They vary in
colour from brightest scarlet to pure white, with intermediate
shades of pink, together with flakes and edged flowers in variety

P. R. latifolium (broad-leaved). A synonym of P. Hookeri.

582

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Papaver—continued.

P. rupifragum (rock-breaking). (/. orange-buff, 3in. across,
on long peduncles; sepals glaucescent. Summer. J. nearly all
radical, oblong-lanceolate, acute, pinnatipartite. Rhizomes
tufted, many-stemmed. Spain and Marocco. Perennial.

P. r. atlanticum (Atlantic).* #1. orange-red or scarlet, 2in. to
3in. in diameter. /. 6in. to 8in. long, oblanceolate, pinnate.
Stems hairy, lft. to 2ft. high. Marocco, 1890. A showy Poppy.
(B. M. 7107.)

P. ruporient.
by the name.

P. setigerum is classed by botanists as a form of P. somni-
Jerum (Fig. 616).

P. spicatum (spicate). . brick-red, disposed in a long, spike-
like raceme, the lower ones very shortly pedicellate, the rest
sessile. Summer. J. oblong; radical ones narrowed to the
petioles; cauline ones rounded at base, sessile, acutely toothed.
Orient. A densely white-woolly perennial.

P. umbrosum (shade-loving).* A variety of P. Rheas.

Varieties. Of P. orientale and P. o. bracteatum there
are some pretty garden forms, the best of which are:
Beauty of Livermore, Brightness, Brilliant, Duke of York,
Fire King, Pink Beauty, Precox, Prince of Orange,
Princess of Wales, Royal Scarlet, Salmon Qneen, Silver
Queen, Superbum, and Trilby. All are excellent for shrub-
beries, clumps in grass, and for the wild garden.

PAPAW of the United States. See Asimina triloba.
PAPPERITZIA (so ealled after Papperitz, a friend

of Reichenbach’s, who discovered Hymenophyllum tun-

bridgense in Saxony). ORD. Orchidew. A monotypic

genus. The species is a small, stove Orchid, of
botanical interest, allied to Rodriguezia. For culture,
see Burlingtonia.

P. Leiboldi (Leibold’s). #. green, small, with yellow bristles
on the sepals and petals and some yellow on the lip; dorsal
sepal conic-gibberose, with a tail-like apex, the lateral ones
connate; petals oblong, aristate-acuminate; lip connate with
the base of the column, forming a blunt pouch at the base,
closed by a high, three-toothed crest; racemes lax, pendulous.
July. /. 2in. to Sin. long, linear, acuminate. Mexico, 1886.

PARA CRESS. ‘See Spilanthes Acmella (Syn.

S. oleracea).
PARA NUT. See Bertholletia.
PARA RUBBER. See Hevea brasiliensis.

PARACARYUM. To the species described on

p. 23, Vol. III., the following shonld be added:

P. angustifolium (narrow-leaved).* jl. sky-blue; corolla
more than twice as long as the calyx; racemes corymbose.
1. hairy; radical ones crowded, linear and_linear-oblong ;
cauline ones few, narrow-linear. Asia Minor, 1899. An elegant,
small, tufted perennial.

P. heliocarpum (sun-fruit). The correct name of P. anchusoides.
(B. M. 7520.) :

PARAFFIN. An excellent insecticide when carefully
used. It is, however, difficult to mix with water. The best
way of using Paraffin is in the form known as Kerosene
Emulsion. See Insecticides.

PARAGUAY TEA. See Ilex conocarpa.
PARASITIC PLANTS. These are both numerous

and varied as to form. They may consist of highly-
organised subjects like Orchids, Mistletoes, Loranthi,
&c.; of Ferns, Mosses, Lichens, Algw, and a host of Fungi
of large size as well as others of microscopic proportions.

PARDANTHUS. P. wepalensis and P. japonicus

are garden varieties.
PARDIA TRIPUNCTANA. See Rosa—Insects.
PARING AND BURNING. Operations not very

much practised now, as it is well known that they de-
stroy all the humus and most ‘of the plant-food in the
soil, thus leaving it poorer than it was before. At the
same time the addition of burnt soil in moderation often
improves land by acting mechanically upon it, making it
more porous and easier to work. When it is desired to
utilise Parings sfrom road-sides, ditches, or other soil
infested with noxious weeds, it is an excellent plan to first
burn the same, and so destroy all the objectionable matter
before applying the new soil to the land.

PARIS DAISY. See Chrysanthemum frutescens.

A hybrid between the two species indicated

PARIS GREEN. See Insecticides.
PARIVOA. Included nnder Eperua (which see).
PARLATORIA. A genns of Scale Insects, members

of which are found in greenhouses in this country. ‘The
best known species are P. pergandii, found upon Asters ;
P. Zizyphi, very familiar upon imported Oranges ; and
P. proteus upon Orchids. See Scale Insects.

PARRYA. P.. macrocarpa (R. G., t. 1126) is the
correct name of P. nudicaulis, and P. Linnzana is the
correct name of P. arabidiflora.

PARTED. Divided nearly to the base.

PARTING. The Parting, or division, of many plants
becomes a necessity when they are so congested that the
growth is weak and the blossoms are unsatisfactory.
Many herbaceous plants need Parting every two or three
years to prevent overcrowding and ensure the best results,
and the same applies to a number of stove and greenhouse
plants. As a rule, the best time to part plants is when
they commence to make growth, as then new roots are
being formed, and the divided portions quickly seize upon
the soil and make rapid progress. There are exceptions
to the rule of the time of Parting, such, for instance, as
in the case of Iris germanica. These are always most
successfully divided immediately after they have flowered.
Ponies, again, recover quickest if parted in September.
See also Propagation, Vol. III.

PARTRIDGE WOOD. See Oak Fungi, Vol. V.
PASITHEA (named after Pasithea, one of the

Graces, who was also called Aglaia). Orb, Liliacee. A
menotypic genus. The species is a greenhouse, rhizo-
matous perennial, requiring similar culture to Funkia
when grown under glass.

P. czrulea (blue). #7. pale purplish-blue, with darker stripes,
star-shaped, lin. in diameter, shortly and slenderly pedicellate ;
panicle erect, loosely racemose. April. /. narrow-linear, Grass-
ike, long-acuminate, sheathing at base. Chili, re-introduced
1889. Plant highly glabrous. (B. M. 7249.)

PASSERINA. Several species formerly known by
this name are now classed under Arthrosolen and
Thymelza (which see).

PASSIFLORA. To the species and varieties de-
scribed on pp. 29-33, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

P. adiantifolia is now regarded as a species and not as a
variety of P. Banksii.

P. Buonapartea. A hybrid between P. alata and P. quad-
rangularis.

P. Campbellii (Campbell's). jl. bright red, with purple
shadings on the inner side of petals, the outer side paler red
and minus the purple tinge; corona prominent, the centre
being whitish, merging into red towards the extremities of the
filaments. /. deeply tive-lobed. A greenhouse variety of very
vigorous growth.

P. cardinalis (scarlet). 7. small, about the size of P. kermisina;
colour of petals brick-red inside, pale green outside; corona
deeply set and pale in colour. 2. entire. The ‘‘ Kew Hand-
List” refers this to P. amabilis, and the latter is given as a
native of Brazil. Burbidge’s ‘ Cultivated Plants,” however,
says that it is a hybrid obtained by M. Schachter, of Loos-lés,
Lille, the result of fertilising P. racemosa with pollen of P. alata,
which seems to be copied from Dr. Masters’ ‘‘ Classified List
of Passifloras,” Jour. Royal Hort. Soc., iv., 125.

P. chelidonea (Swallow-wort-like), . greenish, 2in. in
diameter. 7. oblong, bifid to a quarter of their length, with
a short middle tooth, shining green above, pubescent and
pale purplish beneath, rounded at base. Ecuador, 1879. (G. C.
1879, xii., p. 40, f. 5.)

P. europhylla (broad-leaved). . whitish and unattractive.
l. very broad, oblong, rounded at the base, with two large
glands and two divergent triangular lobes at the apex, dull
green on the upper and purplish on the under surface. British
Guiana, 1900,

P. galbana (bright). jj, pale greenish or primrose-yellow,
opening at dusk, closing in sunlight, 3in. across, fragrant ;
sepals having a small horn below the apex. 2. entire, lanceolate,
3in. jlong, cordate-oblong-lanceolate: petioles less than 4in.
long: Branches slender. Brazil, 1896. Greenhouse. (G. C.
1896, xx., p. 555, f. 97.)

P. Im-Thurnii (Im Thurn’s). 1. erect, 4in. in diameter; sepals
bright scarlet, oblong, glandular; petals ruse-coloured or
almost white, smaller than the sepals. 7. broadly oblong,
acute, leathery, glabrous above, setulose von the lower
surface. Guiana, 1898. (G. C. 1898, xxiii., p. 305, f. 114.)

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 583

Passiflora—continued.

P. Jenmanii (Jenman’s). #. small, creamy-white. J. very
distinct from any other Passiflora, and consisting of leaves
with seven somewhat ovate leaflets, often with ciliated bristles
near the base, and each leaflet has a distinet short petiole.
Not a vigorous grower, and requires more care in cultivation.

P. kewensis (Kew). A garden hybrid between P. Raddiana
and P, cerulea. 1888. Greenhouse.

P. Madonna. Said to be a cross between P. racemosa and
P. Buonapartea.

P. manicata (collared). A synonym of Tacsonia manicata.

P. Marryattz (Mrs. Marryatt’s). 7., petals purplish-red, the
margins being of a deeper shade, outside reddish; corona full,
filling the centre of blossom, and of a deeper shade of colour
than the petals. /. thick, three-lobed. A free-growing, green-
house variety, but less rampant than P. Campbellii. One of
the very best, very free-flowering, often abundantly produced
from the old growths or stems, which is nnusual with most
sorts.

P. Miersii (Miers’). . white, flushed with pink, about 2in. in
diameter; outer coronal threads white, barred with purple
at base, the inner ones violet or deep purple. 7. ovate-
lanceolate, entire, cordate at base, claret-coloured beneath.
Brazil, 1888. A small species. (B. M. 7115; G. C. 1888, iv.,
p. 352, f. 46.)

P, Neumannii (Neumann’s). /., sepals greenish-white, long,
lanceolate ; petals greenish-white, smaller; rays of the crown

certilean-blue, spreading. August. 1. three-lobed; lobes
slightly serrated, the middle one broadest and largest. Stem

climbing. 1848. Hybrid. (P. M. B. 1849, xv., p. 270.)
P. peltata is a variety of P. suberosa.
P. Pfordtii (Pfordt’s). A synonym of P. Munroi.

P. pinnatistipula (pinnate-stipuled). A synonym of Tacsonia
pinnatistipula,

P. pruinosa cues fl. solitary, axillary, 3in. acer
and petals white; coronal threads numerous, we
yellow, and blue. J. glabrous,

een; stipules large. British
. C. 1897, xxii., p. 393, f. 117.)

Pe; panee snemlarts variegata (variegated). A variety
differing from the type only in its leaves, which are freely
covered with yellow spots and blotches. In the ease of the
type, where the ornamental fruits are liked, artificial fertilisation
must be resorted to.

P. triloba (three-lobed).* fl. 3in. in diameter ; sepals and petals
violet, reflexed; coronal threads numerous, violet, banded with
white, the outer ones short, the inner ones long, linear, erect,
forming a sort of cup around the stamens and pistil. JZ. cor-
date, entire or three-lobed ; stipules biglandular at apex. Peru,
1889. A handsome climber. (I. H. 1889, p. 53, t. 83.)

P. verrucifolia (warted-leaved). A variety of P. edulis.

P. violacea (violet).* jl. Sin, in expanse; calyx lobes having
a distinct spur; sepals and petals pale lilac, oblong, obtuse ;
outer coronal filaments blue in the middle, white at base and
tips, the inner, violet ones shorter; peduncles long. 7. three-
lobed; stipules large, obliquely semi-cordate. Brazil, 1885,
A beautiful, stove or greenhouse species. (B. M. 6997; R. H.
1885, p. 468.)

P. Watsoniana (Watson's). 7. about 3in. in diameter; sepals
green with whitish margins outside, within white, flushed
violet, narrow-oblong, horned at apex; petals delicate lilac,
similar to the sepals; corona of several rows of erect threads,
the outer rows twice as long as the inner, violet, barred white.
1. three-lobed, 2in. to 24in. long, 3im broad, green above,
violet beneath. Stove. This hybrid is frequently catalogued
simply as P. Watsonii. (G.C. 1886, xxvi., p. 648; I. H. 1889, 74.)

Varieties. Besides the varieties named, others worthy
of mention are: Comtesse Giuglini, Eynsford Gem, John
Spaulding, Imperatrice Eugenie, and Basing Park Hybrid.
The last is an interesting hybrid between Tacsonia mol-
lissima and Passiflora racemosa, for which gardeners are

indebted to Mr. Smythe, of Alton. ’

PATERSONIA. To the species described on p. 33,
Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. longiscapa (long-scaped). l. blue, three or four together ;
ovary and tube velvety; outer segments fin. long; bracts
glaucous, 2in. long; scape much longer than the leaves.
1. rigid, linear-lanceolate, 6in. to 20in. long, Eastern Australia,
(S. F. A. 39.)

38; sepals
white,
dark

7643 ;

palmately three-lobed,
Guiana, 1897. (B. M.

PAUCI-. A Latin prefix, signifying few.
PAULOWILHELMIA (a commemorative name).

Orv. Acanthaceer. A genus embracing five species of
stove shrubs, endemic in tropical Africa, closely allied to
Ruellia (which see for culture). Flowers large, in
scorpioid, axillary, lax cymes; corolla tube lin. to 3in.
long, linear or inflated in the upper part; lobes five,

Paulowilhelmia—continued.
contorted in bud; stamens four. Leaves long-petiolate,
ovate, irregularly (often coarsely) toothed; bract ovate ;
bracteoles small or wanting. Only one species is known
to cultivation.

P. speciosa (showy), of N. E. Brown. A synonym of

P. togoensis.

P. togoensis (Togoland). . blue, disposed in terminal
panicles, calyx more than jin. long; cymes lin. to 2sin.
ong. J. 2in. to Sin. long, truncate or sub-cordate at base.
Stems stout; viscid-hairy upwards. kh. 2ft. 889. Syn.

P. speciosa (G. C. 1889, vi., p. 749, f. 106).
PAULOWNIA. Incarvillea tomentosa (of Roxburgh)

is synonymous with P. imperialis, which is figured at
B. M. 4666. For the shrubbery border this tree, when
subjected to the requisite pruning in late autumn, proves

Pome cae

Fic. 617. PAULOWNIA IMPERIALIs.

very effective (see Fig. 617). It should be trained to a

single stem and cut down nearly to the base.
PAVETTA. To the species described on p. 35,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. montana (mountain). jl. pure white, Ixora-like, in terminal

corymbs. JU. long-petioled, oblong-lanceolate, acute. Java, A
dense, free-growing plant, well adapted for pot culture.

P. natalensis (Natal).* #1. snow-white, salver-shaped, with

very long-exserted styles, disposed in handsome, densely
eymose heads. 7. lanceolate-oblong, acute, dark, shining
green, Natal, 1888. Stove shrub.

PAVIA. To the species described on pp. 35-6,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. indica (Indian). /. white, red, and yellow, secund; petals
four; panicles oblong, nearly equalling or exceeding the
leaves. fr. reddish-brown, spineless, lin. to 2in. long.
1. glabrous ; leaflets usually seven, unequal, delicately serrated,
distinctly petiolulate, the terminal one 5in. to Yin. long, 14in.
to 3in. broad, the lateral ones smaller; common petiole 3in. to
6in. long. h. 60ft. to 70ft. Western Himalayas, 1844. Syn.
Esculus indica (B. F. F. 103, t. 19; B. M. 5117).

P. lutea (yellow). A synonym of P. flava.

P. macrocarpa (large-fruited). A synonym of P. rubra.

P. neglecta (neglected). A synonym of P. flava.

PAVONIA. To the species described on p. 36,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. intermedia (intermediate). /. whitish, terminal, some-
what clustered ; outer bracts eight to twelve, the inner ones
rather shorter. 7. ovate-lanceolate, dentate-serrated, hairy.
Brazil.

P. i. kermesina (carmine).*
of dwarf habit. 1894,

P. semperflorens (ever-flowering).
Goethea semperflorens.

P, velutina (velvety).

A curious and handsome variety,
The correct name of

The correct name of P. malacophylla.

584

PEA. To the list of varieties on pp. 39-40, Vol. IIL,
the following shonld be added:

Earliest Sorts.

Al (Sutton’s).* Wrinkled green marrow. Pods long, straight,
usually containing seven to nine large peas of sugary flavour.
h. 3ft. to 4ft. A heavy bearer, very hardy, and very early.

Early Giant (Sutton’s)* Wrinkled green marrow. — Pods
straight, very long, with seven to ten large peas of fine
quality. h. 3sft. A valuable early variety and great cropper.

Empress of India.* Wrinkled marrow. Pods nearly straight,
long, and well filled with eight large and sweet peas. A. 4ft.
Very early and good bearer.

Harbinger (Dickson’s).* Wrinkled marrow. Pods straight,
closely filled with six medium peas of excellent quality. An
early variety that should prove a valuable market sort, being
an enormous bearer.

Improved Gem (Hurst and Sons’).* Wrinkled marrow. Pods
straight, well filled with five peas of very good quality.
h. 13ft. An improved form of the well-known CHELSEA GEM,
and equally as early, hardy, and productive as that variety.

Productive Marrowfat (Sutton’s)." Wrinkled marrow. Pods
nearly straight; peas very large and of splendid quality.
h. 2ft. A great bearer and valuable early variety. -

Second Early and Main Crop.

Captain Cuttle.* Wrinkled marrow. Pods very long and
slightly curved, very dark green, in pairs, and producing
seven to eleven very large peas in a pod, of a fine deep green
colour and superior flavour. A. 3sft. A robust and very
prolific yariety. Excellent for exhibition, and one of the
best for main crop.

Eureka.* Wrinkled marrow. Pods nearly straight, large and
handsome, containing seven to ten very large peas of fine
colour and excellent flavour. kh. 3ft. A sturdy, productive
variety, standing hot weather well.

Magnum Bonum.* Wrinkled marrow. Pods straight, hand-
some, with eight very large peas in each, of excellent flavour.
h. 3ft. A splendid variety and a great cropper.

Majestic.* Wrinkled marrow. Pods in pairs, straight, and
well filled with seven to nine large, deep green peas of
splendid quality. h. 25ft. An excellent cropper.

Saccharine (Sim’s).* | Wrinkled marrow. Pods in pairs,
straight, and averaging eight very large sweet peas in each.
h. 5ft. A moderate cropper. Fine for exhibition.

The Gladstone.* Wrinkled marrow, pods slightly curved, in
pairs, well filled with eleven large, dark green peas of
excellent quality. A. 4ft. A new variety of great promise.

Late Crop.

Alderman.* Wrinkled marrow. Pods in pairs, nearly
straight, broad, closely filled with about nine large, deeply-
coloured peas of superior quality. . 5ft. A splendid mid-
season or late variety.

Autocrat.* Wrinkled marrow. Pods in pairs, straight, each
containing about seven large peas of high quality. h. 3ft.
A very robust variety, resisting mildew, and most valuable
for late supplies.

Late Queen (Sutton’s).* Wrinkled marrow. Pods in pairs,
straight, very closely packed with about nine large, dark
green peas of superior quality. h. 3ft. A very late variety,
of robust habit, and a great bearer.

Michaelmas (Carter’s).* Wrinkled marrow. Pods in pairs,
nearly straight, containing seven to nine large peas closely
compressed in each pod, of delicious quality. h. Sift. One of
the finest late varieties, and very prolitic bearer.

EDIBLE-PODDED OR SvuGAR Pras. If prepared and
eooked whole when young, these form an _ excellent
dish, and are of really delicious flavour. The pods shonld
not be cut, as with French Beans or Scarlet Runners, but
simply the stalk removed and the pods boiled for about
thirty minutes, and served whole. In most varieties it
will be found that the pods are of better flavour than
the Peas therein. Edible-podded Peas are not cultivated
in Britain so much as their merits deserve. The largest
and best variety of this class, and a very free bearer, is
Sans Parchemin Hatif 4 Large Cosse (Vilmorin). Pods
in pairs, nearly straight, long, thick, and very fleshy,
containing seven large Peas in each. Height 4ft.

PEA MILDEW. See Pea—Fungi, Vol. III.
PEA RUST. See Pea—Fungiy, Vol. III.

PEA, SWEET. See Lathyrus odoratus.
PEA, TANGIER. See Lathyrus tingitanus.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

PEACH. Sorts. Noteworthy additions to the varieties
on pp. 42-3, Vol. III., are:

Dagmar. Flowers small. Fruit large, roundish-oval ; skin very
deep crimson, oe greenish-yellow on the shaded side, and
very downy; flesh white, melting, and of delicious flavour.
Early in August. Glands usually kidney-shaped. The tree is
a free grower, hardy, and very prolific. A very handsome
Peach, and forces well.

Early Alfred. Flowers sea ee Fruit large, round ; skin crimson,
and pale yellow on the shaded side; flesh white, rich, and
melting. End of July or early in Say er No glands. A hardy
and vigorous variety, and an abundant bearer when true to
name. A spurious form is frequently grown under this name.

Early Grosse Mignonne. This is an early form of GROSSE
MIGNONNE, possessing all the splendid qualities of that
excellent variety, but nearly a month earlier. A fine sort for
forcing. Syn. Large Early Mignonne.

Gladstone. Flowers large. Fruit very large; skin red, and
greenish-white on the shaded side; flesh white, melting, full
of juice, and a good flavour. Middle to end of August. Gland-
less. A handsome Peach. Tree hardy and a good bearer.

Lady Palmerston. Flowers small. Fruit large; skin marbled
with deep red, and straw colour on the shaded side; flesh
white, melting, and of very good flavour. Middle of Sep-
tember. Glands kidney-shaped. An excellent variety in warm
positions. It should not be confounded with the worthless
Lorp PALMERSTON.

Late Devonian. Flowers small. Fruit large, somewhat
oval, with a prominent aiaple and deep suture; skin deep
crimson, and heavily marked with red on the shaded side;
flesh pale yellow, stained with red near the ston2, melting,
and of fine flavour. End of September. A very handsome,
new variety raised from a cross between BELLE DE VITRY
and Late ADMIRABLE.

Marquis of Downshire. Flowers small. Fruit large and
highly coloured; flesh white, stained with red near the stone,
very juicy, and of delicious flavour. End of September.
Glands kidney-shaped. One of the hardiest and best late
Peaches. SYN. Royal Ascot.

Merlin. Flowers large. Fruit large; skin crimson and pale
yellow; flesh white, melting, and very luscious. Middle of
August. A very good variety raised from EARLY GROSSE
MIGNONNE.

Osprey. Flowers small. Fruit large; skin pale, flushed with
red; flesh white, melting, luscious, and of good flavour
Early in October. Glands round. One of the latest Peaches.

Raymaekers. Flowers large. Fruit very large, resembling
NOBLESSE, but hardier, and an abundant bearer. End of Sep-
tember. Glands round. A handsome, highly-flavoured variety.

Salway. Flowers small. Fruit large, round; skin a deep
Apricot-yellow ; flesh yellow, and, like all the yellow Peaches,
not of high quality. Early in October. Glands kidney-shaped.

Violette HAtive. Flowers small. Fruit large, round; skin
marbled with dark red, pale green in the shade; flesh
white, juicy, and of the richest flavour. End of August.
Glands round. This variety is one of the hardiest and best
eae succeeding equally well in the forcing-house or out-
side.

Waterloo. Flowers large. Fruit large, round; skin light green,
with bright red on the exposed side; flesh whitish, firm, juicy,
and of good flavour. ° Middle of July. Glands round. This is
an American variety, and valuable for forcing from its earli-
ness, and is not so prone to cast its buds as EARLY ALEXANDER,
pene ripens at the same time. It is also a good Peach to
travel.

Funai. Silver-Leaf is a most puzzling disease, donbt-
less of fungoid origin, found upon Plums, Greengagés,
Peaches, Sloes, Birdcherries, and Portugal Lanrels. It
is most destructive. The foliage of the affected trees
turn silvery on their upper surface, and somewhat sickly-
looking, yellowish, on the under-surface. Very frequently
the upper cuticle separates from the other leaf portions.
The fruits become brown, and are shed in large quantities,
and the disease seems to spread rather rapidly. The
specific fungus responsible for the mischief has yet to
be discovered, but it is believed to be a near relative of
Exoascus deformans, responsible for Peach Curl. The
treatment found of most avail is to lift the trees at the
proper season—when inactive—and dress the soil with
sulphate of iron; or the affected portions may be cut

out. Root-pruning has also in certain cases proved
beneficial. In this latter case the ‘‘ wood” must be the
guide to the gardener.

PEACH CURL (Evxoascus deformans). As _ the

specific name implies, it deforms the parts affected.
The leaves are curled, blackened, and frequently distorted,
but the branches also participate, and the trees generally
are much injured. Apart from the characteristics above’

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 585

- —

Peach Curl—continued. Pear—continued.
noted, the leaves affected assume a yellowish or red a very agreeable musky aroma. November and December, An
colour, and fall. The disease manifests itself in spring, excellent variety for pyramid or cordon.

and both infested leaves and shoots should be removed
and burnt. Spraying with a weak solution of Bordeaux
Mixture shonld be used to prevent the spores which are
disseminated from germinating, and thus increasing the
area of infection.

PEACOCK BUTTERFLY. ‘ce Vanessa.

PEACOCK TIGER FLOWER. See Tigridia
Pavonia.

Fic. 620. Prar EMILE D'HEYST.

Marguerite Marillat. Fruit large, obovate; eye small, in a
shallow basin; skin greenish-yellow, russety, and flushed on
the exposed side; flesh white, melting, and very juicy, with a
rich aromatic flavour. A new French variety of much promise.

Marie Guise. Fruit medium size, juicy, melting, and rich.
February to March. See Fig. 621.

Princess. A larger and later form of LOUISE BONNE DE
JERSEY. November and sometimes December.

Triomphe de Vienne. [Fruit very large, long-pyriform; eye
small, partly closed, set in a shallow basin; skin yellow,
usually covered with russety dots; flesh white, juicy, and of

Fic. 618. PEAR CONFERENCE. excellent flavour, September. Tree hardy, strong, and an

abundant bearer.

PEAR. Some of the finest of the varieties intro-
| duced during the last ten years or so are included in
; the enumeration below. We also illustrate three of the
older and very distinct varieties: Conference (Fig. 618),
Des Deux Scenrs (Fig. 619), and Emile d’Heyst (Fig. 620).

Beacon. Fruit large, long-pyriform; eye large, set in a shallow
basin; skin yellow, flushed on the exposed side; flesh white,
melting, and good if gathered before fully ripe, insipid if
ripened on the tree. August. The tree is hardy, handsome,
and a good bearer.

Beurré Baltet Pére. Fruit large, obovate; eye large and
open ; skin green, covered with red on the exposed side; flesh
melting and well flavoured. November. A handsome Pear, and
a good cropper.

Fic. 621. PEAR MARIE GUISE.

Funar. To the list of fungi injurious to Pears enu-
merated in Vol. III., must be added Taphrina_bullata,
which is responsible for the condition known as Pear-leaf
Blister, and which is quite different from that dne to the
attacks of the Gall-Mite. The fungus is a near relative of
Exoascus deformans, causing Peach Carl, but unlike that
species it does not distort the leaves. The blisters may
not be noticed at first, so closely do they approximate
to the general leaf-colour; and it is not until the brown,
or it may be the fruit-producing stage (white), that the

Fig. 619. PEAR Des DEUX SeuRs. symptoms of attack are observed.
: “Weak Bordeaux Mixture is the preventive to employ,
combined with the destruction by fire of all infested
leaves which fall or which can be reached.

| Beurré Dumont. [Fruit medium to large, obovate; eye small |
| and full; skin russety ; flesh white, melting, and delicious, with |
|

Vol. V. 47

586

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

PEAR BLIGHT. See Apple and Pear Blight.

PEAR-LEAF BLISTER (Taphrina buliaia). See
i Pear—Fungi.

PEAR-LEAF BLISTER MITE (Phytoptus pyri).
See Pear—Insects, Vol. III.

PEAR-LEAF CLUSTER CUPS (Gymnosporan-
gium sabine). A popular name bestowed upon the fungus
described and illustrated in Vol. III., p. 54.

PEAR-LEAF RUST
See Pear—Fungi, Vol. III.

PEAR MIDGE (Diplosis pyrivora). This is a
dipterons, gnat-like fly, which appears in the early spring.
the females depositing their eggs in the unexpanded
blossoms. The larvee when hatched enter the young fruit,
hindering its growth, causing it to be deformed, to crack,
and eventnally to fall. The pupal state is assumed in the
soil, and the insect passes the winter in that condition.
Spraying with arsenite is not of much good, as to do so
when the fruit trees are in blossom would be to sacrifice
the whole crop; while, once the insects are in the young
fruits, they are perfectly safe from insecticides. Pre-
ventive measures consist in the collection of the fallen
frnits which show signs of infestation, and burning them
before the larve can enter the ground to pupate. In
America, kainit, as a dressing under the trees in late
summer, has been found of service, using it at the rate
of half a ton per acre. The gnat is only 2mm. long,
and the larva also abont 2mm., yellowish, and footless.
These larve are very lively, and move by a series of
jerks and bends much after the fashion of the aquatic
larve of certain relatives. Infested frnits which are
hanging might readily be shaken on to sheets laid under
the trees.

PEAR SCAB. See Apple and Pear Scab.

PEAR SUCKER (Psylla pyrisuga).
Insects, Vol. III.

PEARL CUDWEED, or PEARLY EVER-
LASTING.: See Anaphalis margaritacea.

PEAT-PLANTS. Plants that thrive best in peat
include many tender and hardy species far too numerous
to name. A few of the principal are many kinds of
Orchids, Ericas, Epacris, and Azaleas grown under glass.
A great many of the American shrubs and plants require
peat, as do all the bog plants amongst hardy subjects.

PEDICULARIS. According to the Kew authorities,
P.. Hoffmeisteri is synonymous with P. megalantha.

PEDILANTHUS. Of P. tithymaloides there are
two forms, variegatus and v. cucullatus, each haying
leaves bordered with white, and in the latter the edges
of the leaves are drawn up, imparting a cupped effect.
P. carinatus is synonymous with P. tithymaloides.

PEKEA. Included under Caryocar (which see).

PELARGONIUM. Including Dimacria. To the
species and varieties described on pp. 61-5, Vol. III., the
following should be added :

P. acerifolium (Maple-leaved).
losum.

P. atrum (dark). The correct name of P. hirsutum.

P. Cotyledonis (Cotyledon-like). #. white, not unlike those
of P. zonale. J. ovate, peltate, dark green, hairy. Stems
thick, fleshy, branched, dark brown. St. Helena (on rocky
cliffs), 1899.

P. Drummondi (Drummond's). #. rosy-red; petals obovate,
the two posterior ones conniving and streaked with red;

(Gym nospora ngium Sabine).

See Pear—

The correct name of P. angu-

peduncles 3in. to 6in. long, many-flowered. May. J. long-
petiolate, 3in. to 5in. across, orbicular-cordate, five-lobed,
crenate-toothed ; stipules very large. h. 2ft. or more,

Australia, 1892. A pubescent under-shrub. (B. M. 7346.)
P. hederzefolium (Ivy-leaved). A synonym of P. peltatwm.
P. lateripes (lateral-stalked). fl. im’ many-flowered umbels.
l. cordate, five-lobed, somewhat toothed, fleshy, glabrous.
Stem shrubby; branches fleshy, terete. 1807. Very like the
Ivy-leaved Pelargonium (P. peltatum), but the petiole is
inserted at the margin of the leaf.

Pelargonium—continued.

P. multibracteatum (many-bracted). #. white, numerous,
umbellate. /. deeply lobed, bronzy-green, marked with a dark
zone. Stems trailing. Abyssinia, 1892.

P. odoratissimum (very fragrant). //. white, very small;
peduncles five- to ten-flowered. July. 7. strongly and sweetly
aromatic; cauline ones roundish-cordate, very obtuse, entire
or repand-lobulate, velvety, on petioles 6in. to 10in. long.
Stem short, simple or branched; Howering branches long and
trailing. 1724. Shrubby. (Sw. Ger. 299.)

P. saxifragoides (Saxifrage-like). l. pink and purple, small.
1. bright green, fleshy, resembling those of a Saxifrage. 1890.
A dwarf, compact species, belonging to the same group as
P. peltatum.

P. violareum (Viola-like).

The correct name of P. tricolor.
Varieties. The following is a list of selected varieties :

Large-flowered Show Pelargoniums.

BLUSH-ROSE, ground colour blush-rose, upper petals blotched
with crimson; J. DovuGLas, rosy-pink, distinct white centre,
upper petals blotched with maroon, free habit, with
large bold flowe J. W. Hayes, a dark-coloured sport from
MARTIAL ; LILy, lower petals rosy-crimson, upper petals blotched
with rich crimson, pale edges, a pretty, distinct variety.

Decorative Pelargoniums.

ALICE M. LOVE, salmon-rose, free, and fine habit; EMPRESS OF
InpIA, deep salmon-scarlet, upper petals blotched with
crimson, pale centre, fine habit, excellent; H. J. JONES, rosy-
red, maroon blotch in upper petals, dwarf, and very free;
Lorp ROBERTS, rich rosy-red, shaded with cerise, a lovely
variety, of fine, free habit.

Zonal and Nosegay Pelargoniums.

Single-lowered Varieties adapted for Pot Culture. ADOLPHE
BRISSON, carmine, shaded with pink towards a white centre,
remarkably floriferous, and of fine, dwarf habit; ALBION, pure
white, dwarf, and very free; BIRTHDAY, pale salmon, large
flowers and _ trusses, excellent; CRABBE, salmon-red, fine form,
large floweiS and trusses, dwarf, and free; JULES LEMAITRE,
crimson, large trusses, very free-flowering; LECOMTE DE
LISLE, orange-scarlet, shading to a beautiful blush-pink centre,
very free and good; MADAME BEAUVRON, pink, deeply spotted
with red, a pretty and unique variety, of good tloriferous habit ;
Miss JOLIFFE, soft pink, fine form, dwarf, and excellent; Mrs.
ROBERT CANNELL, salmon, large flowers, freely produced in
large trusses; NIAGARA, pure white, dwarf, and free-flowering ;
PAUL CRAMPEL, crimson-scarlet, very large flowers and
immense trusses, one of the best ; PHYLLIS, salmon, excellent ;
ZENOBIA, rosy-scarlet, very free-flowering.

Single-flowered Varieties specially adapted for Bedding. ALBION,
white, dwarf, and free-flowering; Mrs. FRENCH, pink, very
free, and of compact habit; MRs. NORMAN, salmon, very

Fig. 622.

DOUBLE ZONAL PELARGONIUM.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

PS OP sir

Pelargonium—continued.

floriferous, bushy habit; PAuL CRAMPEL, crimson-scarlet,
excellent ; Royal Visit, deep scarlet, dwarf, and free-flowering.

Double-flowered Varieties (Fig. 622) adapted for Pot Culture.
ADVANCER, pure white, very free-flowering, dwarf, and compact ;
Captain H. COLVILLF, brilliant scarlet, trusses '.vge and
freely produced, compact habit; DouBLE JacoBy, a double
form of the dark crimson HENRY JACOBY, with all that old
favourite’s good habit ; DUKE OF FIFE, semi-double, a splendid
searlet sport from F. V. RAsSPAIL; HERMINE, semi-double,
pure white, very free, and one of the best for winter flowering ;
Sirk HAMILTON, magenta, sturdy habit, and very floriferous ;
VILLE DE POITIERS, scarlet, free-flowering, and of dwarf habit.

Ivy-leaved Pelargoniums,

Double and Semi-Double Flowered. ERNEST BERGMAN, crimson-
searlet, trusses and flowers very large; LA FRANCE, soft lilac,
flowers very large and distinct, dwarf, compact habit;
SOUVENIR DE CHARLES TURNER, deep pink, feathered with
deep maroon in the upper petals, flowers and trusses very
large, one of the best.

Scented-leaved Pelargoniums.

CrispuM, foliage small and sweetly citron-scented; DENTICU-
LATUM Maus, foliage of medium size and finely cut, habit

compact, sweetly scented; Fark HELEN, large Oak-leaved
foliage, strongly scented; FILICIFOLIUM OpOoRATUM, foliage

beautifully cut and Fern-like, with a very pleasing scent ; LADY
Mary, medium foliage, nutmeg-scented; LADY PLYMOUTH,
medium foliage, prettily variegated; PHEASANT’S Foor, foliage
in the form of a pheasant’s foot, sweet-scented, good habit ;
PRETTY POoLty, foliage large and almond-scented, dwarf
habit ; PRINCE OF ORANGE, foliage small, richly orange-scented,
dwarf habit; QUERCIFOLIUM, foliage large and Oak-leaved, not
agreeably scented, but ornamental; RADULA Mavor, foliage
small and Fern-like, citron-scented ; SHOTTESHAM PET, foliage
medium and Filbert-scented, dwarf habit ; VARIEGATED PRINCE
OF ORANGE, a variegated form of PRINCE OF ORANGE,

PELECYPHORA. To the species, &c., described on
p. 65, Vol. III., the following varieties should be added:
= aselliformis cristata (crested). A cockscom)b or crested

orm.

P. a. pectinatus (comb-like). A variety with larger scales
than the type. (R. G. 1885, p. 25, under name of P. pectinatus.)

PELEXIA. To the species described on p. 65,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. adnata (adnate). The correct name of P. spiranthoides.

P. maculata (spotted). #1. green, tipped with pink; scape
purple, lft. long, clothed with sheaths and bracts. 7. shining
olive-green blotched with grey above, purplish below. 1893.

P. olivacea (olive-green). 7. pubescent, disposed in a raceme
6in. long; sepals olive-green; petals and lip white. J. olive-
green, marked with two silvery bands. Andes, 1891.

P. roseo-alba (pinkish-white). jl. white, borne on_ erect
scapes lft. high. J. olive-green, spotted with white. Brazil,
1892. Syn. P. Travassosii.

P. saccata (saccate). jl. green, small, with a whitish lip;
raceme 6in. long. J. ovate, 6in. long, 2in. broad, light green,
pretty. marbled with grey. Guatemala, 1895. Allied to

. maculata,

P. Travassosii (Travassos’). A synonym of P. roseo-alba.

P. Wendlandiana (Wendland’s), . greenish-brown with a
white lip, disposed in a spike. Stem 2ft. high. 1892. Mainly
of botanical interest.

PELICAN FLOWER. ‘See Aristolochia gigas
(the correct name of A. grandiflora).

PELIOSANTHES. To the species described on

p. 66, Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. albida (whitish). 1. white, small; raceme longer than the
petioles, stout, erect; scape very short. Summer. J. elegantly
tufted, five- to eight-nerved, lft. long, l4in. to 2in. broad,
elliptic-langeolate, caudate-acuminate; petioles stout, 6in.
long. Malay Peninsula, 1885. Plant dwarf. (B. M. 7110.)

PELLZA. Cliff Brake Ferns. Coming as they do from
various and distantly-situated parts of the globe, Pellwas
are well adapted for the ornamentation of the stove and
of the greenhouse alike; such species as P. falcata,
P. rotundifolia, and P. atropurpurea (Fig. 623) are very
nearly hardy in some favoured parts of this country.
All the Pellwas are of small or medium dimensions,
and are very useful for planting in rockeries or in
small hanging-baskets, in which positions they are
much more effective than when grown in pots. They
require but little soil, and a comparatively: exposed
situation suits them best. They flourish in a compost

Pellwza—continued.

of a light and very porous nature, such as a mixture of
two parts peat, one part loam, and one part silver-sand,
or, better still, pulverised old mortar, in which their thin,
fibrous roots delight to run. Pellwas should not at any
time be allowed to get dry at the roots, but their foliage
should never be wetted. They prefer being kept close to
the light, which is never too strong for them, provided
they are sheltered from the direct rays of the sun.

BP roy
Fig, 623. PELLAA ATROPURPUREA.

Most cultivated Pellxas are readily propagated by means
of spores, which are abundantly produced and germinate
freely. Those species which are proyided with ronning
rhizomes may be propagated by division, an operation
performed most successfully during March and April.

To the species described on pp. 66-7, Vol. III, the
following should be added :

P. adiantifolia (Adiantum-fronded).
P. hastata.

P. adiantoides (Adiantum-like).* sti. black, shining, lft. or
more in length. fronds lift. to 2ft. long, broadly ovate,
bipinnate ; pinne at the base having seven to ten pinnules,
the rest gradually decreasing upwards to a simply-pinnate
apex; barren pinnules ovate and bluntly toothed, the fertile
ones more entire and acute, those next the midrib occasionally
auricled, the terminal one hastate. seri in a narrow, continuous,
marginal line. West Indies. A handsome and _ vigorous
greenhouse species. SyNS. Platyloma adiantoides, Pteris adianti-
Jolia, Pteris adiantoides, Pteris latifolia.

P. alabamensis (Alabama). sti. wiry, polished, blackish, 2in,
to 4in. long, covered at base with reddish-brown scales, as
also is the short-creeping, branched rhizome. fronds broadly
ovate, 4in. to 8in, long, 1Jin. to 2in. broad, bi- or tripinnatifid ;

inn numerous, closely placed, coriaceous, cut to the midrib
into numerous narrow-oblong segments, which are mostly
entire, but the lowest are again pinnatifid. sori having a
broad involucre. North America. Greenhouse. Syns. Allosorus
alabamensis, Cheilanthes alabamensis. (UU. 8. F. ii, p. 89,
t. 103B.)

P. cordata sagittata (arrow shaped). This is closely’ related
to the variety flecuosa, but its fronds are not zigzag, and its
habit, instead of being drooping, is upright. fronds triangular,
bipinnate, L4ft. to 2ft. long; pinnules rolli heir margins under
and becoming arrow-shaped when fertile, cordate when barren.
Syns. Allosorus sagittatus, Platyloma sagittata.

P. decomposita (decompound). The plant found in catalogues
under this name is P. angustifolia, described in Vol. TLL

P. sagittata (arrow-shaped). A form of P. cordata,

A garden synonym of

Byars)

PENZA. One or two species formerly included
hereunder are new referred to Sarcocolla.

PENNISETUM. ‘To the species described on p. 69,
Vol. IIIL., the following should be added :

P. giganteum (gigantic). /l., spikes nodding, solitary or in
airs in the upper axils, slender, pedunculate. /. narrow-
inear-lanceolate. h. 5ft. to 6ft. Habitat not recorded, 1884.
A stove Grass. .

P. longistylum violaceum (violet).* A variety distinguished
from the type in having long, metallic-violet awns to the
spike. 1888.

P. orientale (Eastern).* 7. disposed in a spike 5in. to 16in.
long; rachis stout, hairy, sub-terete, not grooved or notched ;
bristles Zin. to jin. long, all very slender, flexuous, often

purplish. 7. 1ft. to 2ft. long, din. to 4in. broad, glabrous or
hairy. Stem 2ft. to 6ft. high, erect or ascending. Asia and

North Africa, 1895.
1895, p. 206),
P. Ruppellianum (Ruppell’s).

P. triflorum (three-flowered).
of Nees.

P. villosum (villous). #. white, disposed in long, dense,
feathery spikes. Abyssinia, 1891. A species of tufted habit ;
it may be treated as a half-hardy annual or as a greenhouse
perennial.

Annual. Syn. P. Ruppellianum (1. H.

A synonym of P, orientale.
This is a synonym of P. orientale,

PENTACEROS. Included under Buettneria
(which see).
PENTACHZAETA. PP. bellidijlora is the correct

name of P. awrea.

PENTALOPHUS. Included under Lithospermum
(which see). P. longiflorus is a synonym of L. angusti-

folium.
PENTAPHRAGMA. See Araujia.
PENTAPHYLLON. Included under Trifolium
(which see).
PENTARRHAPHIA. Syn. Conradia. To the

species described on p. 70, Vol. III., the following should
be added :

P. Craniolaria (Craniolaria). jl. greenish-yellow, dotted with
black, five or six on a peduncle Sin. to 6in. long; corolla lobes
fringed. Summer. J. petiolate, obovate-cuneiform, runcinate
or lobed, glabrous above, hispid beneath. h. 3ft. to 4ft. St.
Domingo. Syn. Craniolaria fruticosa.

P. longiflora (long-flowered).* fl. bright scarlet, few in long-
peduncled, axillary or supra-axillary cymes; corolla 14in. long.
Summer and autumn. /. 3in. to Sin. long, ovate- or oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate, dark green above, pale
beneath ; petioles sin. to Zin. long. West Indies. A small,

sparingly-branched shrub. (B. M. 7339.) Syn. Conradia
ventricosa. :
PENTAS. To the species described on p. 71,

Vol. III., the following variety should be added:

P, carnea Quartiniana (Quartin’s).* A fine variety, flower-
ing more freely than the typical plant. Abyssinia, 1893.

PENTHORUM (from pente, five, and horos, a column ;
in allusion to the five-angled, five-beaked capsule). Oxp.
Crassulaceer. A small genus (three species) of hardy,
erect, perennial herbs, natives of North America, China,
&e., and allied to Sempervivum (which see for culture
of P. sedoides). Flowers greenish, unilateral ; calyx fiye-
partite; petals five or wanting; stamens ten; cymes
terminal. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, acute at both
ends, sessile, serrated.

P. sedoides (Sedum-like). /l. pale greenish-yellow; petals

often wanting; branches of the cyme many-flowered. July to
September. Stem somewhat branched, angular above. North

America (in ditches and wet places).

PENTSTEMON. To the species and varieties de-
scribed on pp. 71-4, Vol. III, the following should be
added. Attractive, however, as some of the species and
their varieties are, they are, taken generally, inferior
to the hybrids now in cultivation and obtained from
P. Hartwegii, P. gentianoides, and P. Cobxa.

P. czruleus (blue). 7. blue, varying occasionally to rosy-lilac
or white; corolla Zin. to Zin. long; th spike-like, usually
dense. Summer. /. all lanceolate to narrowly linear (often 3in.
long and only a line or two broad).

P. Clevelandi (Cleveland’s). 7. crimson; corolla 3in. long,
with a narrow throat; thyrse narrow. Summer. J. rigid,

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Pentstemon—continued.
oblong or ovate, acutely and rigidly toothed ; uppermost ones
usually connate in a disk. Stem woody at base. h. 2ft. to 4ft.
1893.

P, Cobza purpurea (onrpley jl. rich purple, sparingly shaded
with violet, much larger than in the type; spikes four to six on
established plants. 1882. A charming variety.

P. cyananthus (blue-flowered). A form of P. glaber.
P. Douglasii (Douglas’). A form of P. Menziesii.
P. Fendleri (Fendler’s). A synonym of P. acuminatus.

P. gentianoides (Gentian-like). //. violet ; corolla nearly lin.
long; panicle elongated, somewhat interrupted, leafy at base.
July. /. 6in. or less in length, lanceolate, the upper ones broadly
amplexicaul, acuminate, glabrous. Stem 3ft. to 4ft. high.
Mexico, 1846. Half-hardy.

P. gentianoides (of Lindley). A synonym of P. Hartwegii.

P. glaber speciosus (showy).* /. of a beautiful bright blue,
with purplish markings ; panicle spike-like, lft. long. A narrow-
leaved form. 1827. (B. R. 1720; R. H. 1895, f. 124, and
S. B. F. G. ser. ii, t. 259, under name of P. speciosus.)

P. g. splendens (splendid).* jl. dark blue; inflorescence tall.
l. spathulate, rosulate. 1895. (G. C. 1895, p. 77, f. 25, under
name of P. Gordoni splendens).

P. Hallii (Hall's). 1. lilac, mauve-purple, or nearly violet, five
to fifteen in a short, spike-like thyrse; corolla fin. long,
broadly campanulate. Summer. 7. thickish, linear and linear-
spathulate, or the lowest broader, obtuse. A. Sin. to 12in.

P. Jaffrayanus (Jaffray’s). A form of P. azureus.

P. letus (pleasing). 7. blue; corolla lin. long; panicles racemi-
form, lsft. high. uly and August. J. lanceolate or linear-
lanceolate ; the lowest spathulate. Plant cinereous-pubescent
or puberulent. Allied to P. Roezlit.

P. Lewisii (Lewis's). A synonym of P. Menziesii.

P. Lobbii (Lobb’s). A synonym of P. antirrhinoides.

P. Menziesii (Menzies’). jl. violet-blue to pinkish-purple;
corolla lin. or more in length; pedicels almost all one-flowered ;
inflorescence mostly glandular- or viscid-pubescent. Summer.
1. ovate, obovate, or oblong, tin. to lin. long, rigidly serrulate or
entire. h. Yin. to 12in. This is also called P. M. Lewisii.

P. M. Newberryi (Newberry’s). #. rose-purple or pink.
(G. CG. 1872, p. 969, f. 227, under name of P. M. Robinsoni.)

P. procerus (tall). A synonym of P. confertus ccruleo-
purpureus.

P. puniceus (red).* fl. of a bright rose-red or vermilion, funnel-
shaped, 14in. long; cymelets many-fowered. June. J. thick,
greyish; lower ones oblong or obovate, obtuse; upper ones
sub-ovate or lanceolate, clasping. A. lft. to 6ft. Arizona,
1889. A showy species. (R. H. 1892, f. 135.)

P. Roezlii (Roezl’s). jl. pale blue or violet ; corolla Sin. to Zin.
long; thyrse narrow, or more diffuse and compound. Summer,
1. all lanceolate or linear, or the lower ones oblanceolate.
h. Yin. to 12in. 1872. (R. G. 1872, t, 239.) Allied to P. letus.

P. rotundifolius (round-leaved).* jl. of a bright brick-red,
disposed in a lax panicle; corolla abont lin. long. Summer.
2. opposite, roundish or broadly ovate, glaucous; cauline ones
sessile. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1888. An attractive species. (B. M.
en & F. 1888, p. 472, f. 73; G. C. 1888, iv., pp. 264-5,

P. Scouleri (Scouler’s). A form of P. Menziesii.

P. secundiflorus (side-flowering).* 7. blue, suffused with
bronze on the upper surface; corolla tube abruptly dilated,
the lips widely spreading; peduncles one- to three-flowered.
Summer. J., radical ones spathulate; cauline ones narrow-
lanceolate, 2in. to 3in. long. hk. lft. or more. Colorado, 1896,
A well-marked and beautiful species.

P. speciosus (showy). A form of P. glaber.

P. tubiflorus (tube-flowered). #1. white or whitish, often with
a tinge of purple; corolla funnel-shaped; thyrse twiggy, much
interrupted. Summer. 7. oblong or oyate-lanceolate. Stem 2ft.
to 3ft. high. Plant wholly glabrous.

P. Watsoni (Watson’s). jl. violet-purple or partly white ;
corolla narrow-funnel-shaped, six to eight lines ong; thyr
contracted, rather loose. Summer. /., cauline ones oblong-

lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, acute or acuminate. Stems
lft. or more in height, ascending or weak. 1896.
Hybrids. Some of the. finest hybrids are here

enumerated :

AUGUSTE CAIN, CATULLE MENDES, CAVALLIER, CHARIVARI,
CHINOISERIE, CLEVELANDIT, CONGO, DOMINO, EMILIE DESCHANEL,
EMILIE PALADILHE, GENERAL GALLIENI, GEORGE ULRICH,
GUILLAUME Capus, JEAN Mack, LE Borba, LEONNEE, LE
PROPHETE, MME. FURTADO-HEINE, MATAMORE, NINON DE
L’ENCLOS, PRESIDENT CARNOT, SANDORFF, STANISLAS.

PENTZIA. PP.
P. flabelliformis.

crenata is the correct name of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 589

PEPEROMIA. To the species described on pp. 74-5,

Vol. IIIL., the following should be added :

P. inquilina (tenanting). J. small, green, fleshy, orbicular.
Stems red. Central America, 1892. A small, trailing species.

P. metallica (metallic).* 2. alternate, lanceolate-oblong, dark
green, with metallic reflections, and having a pale greenish

stripe along the midrib, and reddish veins beneath. Stem

reddish or violet. A. lft. Peru, 1892. A charming plant.
(I. H. 1892, t. 157.)

P. obtusifolia (obtuse-leaved). The
P. clusiefolia.

P. Sandersii (the correct spelling).
regarded as distinct from this species.
P. heterostachua (leaves with pale ribs), P. pellucida, P. puberula

(Ref. B., t. 302), and P. tithymaloides (SYN. P. magnolicefolia)

have also been introduced.

PEPPER, CHINESE or JAPANESE. ‘ee
Xanthoxylum piperitum.

PEPPER VINE. See Ampelopsis bipinnata.
PERAPHYLLUM (from pera, a pouch, and phyllon,

a leaf; in allusion to the membranous expansion of the

calyx). Orp. Rosacew. A monotypic genus. The species

is a hardy, much-branched shrub, formerly included under

Amelanchier (which see for culture).

P. ramosissimum (much-branched). ff. Zin. across, erect, in
small, sub-sessile, erect, branched corymbs ; petals white with
a rose disk, orbicular. May. fr. 4in. in diameter, globose,
fleshy, edible. 7. lin. to 2in. long, obovate-oblong or narrowly
oblanceolate, narrowed to a short petiole, entire, at first silky-

correct name _ of

P. Verschafeltit is now

oe h. 2ft. to 6ft. Western North America. (B. M.
PERENNIALS. Thongh the term is frequently

employed of plants generally which flower season after
Season, yet it is oftener restricted to Herbaceous Perennials,
a group of plants quite indispensable in the border. Any
plant that lives for upwards of two years, and produces
soft or succulent stems which die down every year, the
roots remaining alive and sending up fresh growth the
following year, is commonly designated a Perennial. The
number of kinds and varieties of even bardy Herbaceous
Perennials is immense, and constantly being added to,
forming one of the charming features of the garden; in
fact, without these plants our borders, shrubberies, bog
gardens, and wild gardens would lose their brightest
ornaments.

The cultivation of Perennials entails a considerable
amount of knowledge, especially as to soils. Some
require a moist, shaded position; others succeed best in
a dry, hot aspect; while others will answer in almost
any position and soil. Fortunately, the bulk of Herbaceous
Perennials come under the latter category, and will give
pleasing results in any ordinary garden soil that has
been moderately manured. If the soil is heayy, a dressing
of long strawy manure and road-scrapings dug in deeply
will prove beneficial ; if light and porous, cow manure and
marl or clay will render it heavier and more retentive
of moisture, digging in these ingredients during the
autumn or winter, and planting the Perennials in the
early spring.

In planting, a knowledge of the height, blossoming,
and colour period is essential, so as to have the tall
plants at the back of the border and the dwarf ones in
front; and also that the colours may blend well when
in flower, and so distributed that the flowers are not in
a mass in one part and unrepresented in another. Further,
the choice should be so made that as one plant goes ont
of blossom, another in proximity shonld be commencing,
thus giving a succession of blossom.

Nearly all Perennials are easily increased by division,
euttings, or seeds. Taking division first, this is a
necessity with many kinds, otherwise they become so
overcrowded that their beauty is spoiled. In all cases
it is advisable to divide big clumps by hand instead of
by cutting them through with a sharp spade or knife,
which injures both roots and growths. At the time when
new growth is being made is the most suitable period
for division, the plants suffering less by check then than
at any other season,

Practically all Herbaceous Perennials root rapidly from
cuttings put in during the early spring, and inserted in a
sandy compost in cold frames or under hand-lights, keeping
them close for a fortnight or so, and shaded from bright
son until established. Afterwards the young plants

Perennials—continued.

should be gradually exposed to the light and air, and
when ready, planted out where they are intendeg to
blossom. Such plants as the Herbaceous Phlox usually
produce immense heads of blossom the same season as
the cuttings are inserted.

The raising of plants from seed is full of interest, as
not only are such the most vigorous, but there is always
a possibility that new varieties may be produced through
cross-fertilisation by insects. Some seeds lie dormant a
long time if not sown immediately they are ripe, as, for
instance, Primula japonica, which germinates directly if
sown at once when ripe; but if kept a few months, it
will remain dormant for nearly two years. As this
applies to many other Perennials, the seeds ought to be
sown when ready in cold frames in boxes or pans, and
when large enough the seedlings should be pricked ont
in nursery-beds, and finally planted out where they are
intended to flower. x

To give a list of all Perennials would occupy more
space than can be spared. We must, therefore, limit
the selection to some of the more noteworthy, referring
the reader for the chief of the Alpines to Alpine Plants.

In the genera enumerated may be fonnd some of the
finest of hardy Herbaceous Perennials :

Acanthus Dictamnus Myosotis
Achillea Dodecatheon Nepeta
Aconitum (all parts Doronicum Qnothera
of plant poisonous) Dracocephaluin Omphalodes
Adonis Echinops Onobrychis
Alstromeria Epilobium Ononis
Althea Epimedium Orobus
Alyssum Eranthes Ostrowskia
Anchusa Erigeron Peonia
Anemone Erodium Papaver
Anemonopsis Eryngium Pentstemon
Antennaria Erythronium Phlomis
Anthericum Ferula Phlox
Aquilegia (Hybrids) Francoa Phugelius
Arabis Fuchsia Physalis
Armeria Funkia Physostegic.
Arnica Gaillardia Phytolacca
Arum Galega Platycodon
Arundo Gentiana Plumbago
Asclepias Geranium Polyugonatum
Asphodelus Gerbera Polygonum
Asters (Michaelmas Geum Potentilla
Daisies) Gladiolus Primula
Astragalus Glaucium Prunella
Baptisia Gynerium Pyrethrum

Bocconia (but needs Gupsophila Ranunculus

to be restricted as Hedysarum Rhexia

to roots) Helenium Romneya
Borago Helianthus Rudbeckia
Buphthalmum Helichrysum Salvia

Helleborus
Hemerocallis

Saponaria
Saxifraga

Calandrinia
Calceolaria

Callirhoe Hesperis Scabiosa
Campanua Hibiscus Seilla
Carnation Hyacinthus Scutellaria
Cassia Hypericum Sedum
Catananche Iberis Silene
Centaurea Incarvillea Stsyrinchium
Centranthus Inula Spigelia
Chelone Tris Spirea
Chrysanthemum Kniphofia (Tritoma) Statice
Cimicifuga Lathyrus Stokesia
Clematis Liatris Stulophorum
Colchicum Lilium Thermopsis
Commelina Linaria Tiarella
Convallaria Linum Tradescantia
Coreopsis Lobelia Tricyrtis
Coronilla Luptnus Trillium
Cortusa Lychnis Trollius
Corydalis Lythrum Tropeolum
Crambe Malva Verbascum
Cyclamen Meconopsis Teronica
Cynara Medicago a
Cypripedium Melittis Vinca
Delphinium Menyanthes Viola
Dentaria Mertensia Zatischneria
Dicentra Monarda

PERESKIA. To the species described on p. 76,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. aculeata rubescens (reddish). 7. glaucous-green above,
tinged with red below. Spines on the old stems shorter
and more numerous in each cushion than in the type.
lanceolata and rotunda are two other varieties.

P. lychnidifiora (Lychnis-flowered). jl. aprieot-yellow, large,
Rose-shaped, solitary and terminal; petals toothed and
fringed at the ends; stamens very short, with yellow anthers.

590

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pereskia—continued.
i. ample, ovate, acute, caducous, each having a large axillary
prickle. Stem and branches cylindrical. Mexico,

P. spathulata (spatula-like). fl. red. JU. spathulate, thick,
green, 24in. long. Trunk ascending, slender, at length woody ;
areole remote, tomentose, the young ones woolly; prickles
one or two, rigid, whitish. Mexico.

P. subulata (awl-like). 7. subulate, slightly channelled, Sin.
to 6in. long. Stem fleshy, several yards in height and 2in.
in diameter, naked at apex; areola prominent. Valparaiso.

Fic. 624.

PERESKIA ZINNIZELORA,

P. zinnizflora (Zinnia-flowered).* jl. rosy-red, terminal on the
ripened young shoots, and composed of a whorl of broad,
overlapping petals, nearly 2in. across, with a _ cluster of
stamens in the centre. Stem erect, woody, branching freely ;
branches bearing oval, acuminate, fleshy, wavy-edged, green
leaves, with short petioles, and a pair of spines in the axil
of each; spine cushions on old stems crowded with stout,
brown spines. Mexico. A well-marked species, in the way of
P. Bleo. See Fig. 624.

PEREZIA. To the species described on p. 76,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. multiflora (many-flowered). (jl.-keads bluish, terminal,
corymbosely clustered ; involucral scales in two or three series,
the outer ones mucronate; pappus somewhat reddish.
7. amplexicaul, oblong, sinuate-toothed. Stems erect. Brazil.
Annual, rN. Homoiantius multiflorus.

P. sonchifolia (Sonchus-leaved).* /l.-heads white, somewhat
resembling a miniature double Camellia; florets all ligulate,
imbricated. l. Thistle-like; radical ones elongated, cut;
cauline ones much smaller, alternate, sessile. Stems erect,
simple and branched. Uruguay, 1895. A pretty annual,
(R. H. 1836, p. 134.)

PERFORATE. Pierced with small, round holes.

PERGULARIA. P. sanguinolenta is now considered
to be a species of Crypfolepis, a genus not otherwise
represented in gardens.

PERICOME (from peri, around, and kome, a_ tuft
of hairs; there is a tuft of long hairs all around the
margin of the achenes). Orp. Composite. A small
genus (two species) of half-hardy, shrubby perennials,
natives of the Mexican region, and closely allied to
Palafoxia (which see for culture). Flower-heads
erowded and corymbose or loosely paniculate, hetero-
gamons, radiate; involucre campanulate, the bracts in

Pericome—continued.

one series. Leaves opposite or the upper ones alternate,

petiolate, acuminate. Only one species has been

introduced.

P. caudata (tailed). /.-heads golden-yellow, 4in. or less in
height, numerous in terminal, corymbiform cymes. J. long-
petiolate, triangular-hastate, 2in. to 5in. long, with sparingly

crenate-toothed or entire margins. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Colorado,
1896. Plant strongly scented, widely branching.

»
PERIDERMIUM STROBI. This fungus is

responsible for the Bladder Rust, or Weymouth Pine
Rust (which see). It is also found upon Pinus Cembra
and P. Lambertiana. It is hetercecions, the other stage
being passed upon Currants, when it is known as
Cronartium ribicolum.

PERIGYNOUS. This term is also used to indicate
stamens that adhere to the calyx but are free of the
ovary.

PERILLA. To the species, &c., described on p. 78,

Vol. III., the following variety should be added:

P. arguta atropurpurea (sharp, dark purple). A synonym
of P. ocimoides crispa.

P. ocimoides rosea (pink). J. variegated with red, pink,
light green, and whitish. 1897. Syn. P. nankinensis rosea.

PERIPLOCA. Campelepis is synonymous with this
genus, which now embraces abont sixteen species.

PERISPORACEI. See Pyrenomycetes.

PERISTERIA. Syn. Eckardia. To the species
dexeriped on p. 79, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

P. aspersa (bestrewn). jl. large, about ten in a_ short
raceme; sepals and petals yellowish-brown, covered with
brownish-red dots; front of the lip dark crimson. Pseudo-
bulbs 44in. high and more than 7in. in diameter. Venezuela,
1891. (L. vi., t. 267.)

P. Ephippium. J. having broadly-linear fleshy arms to the
column, and a rhomboid three-lobed epichil to the lip; callus
broad, ribbed and furrowed, the ribs meeting and prolonged
in a thick line to the apex of the mid-lobe. Andes (?), 1883.
Allied to P. pendula.

P. leta (pleasing). #. bright yellow, somewhat resembling
those of P. cerina; sepals and petals spotted dark purple, the
former oblong, the latter cuneate-rhomboid; lip with smaller
spots than those on the sepals and petals; bracts ovate,
triangular; raceme porrect, several-flowered. J. two or three,
plicate, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate. Pseudo-bulbs pyriform.
Origin unknown, 1887.

P. Lindeni (Linden’s).* ji. seven to twelve in a. raceme;
sepals and petals green, flushed with deep purple except at
the pe and spotted with blackish-purple; lip margined and
striped with the same colour on a light ground. February.
1. large, deep green, plicate. Pseudo-bulbs elongated-obovoid.
prea! not recorded, 1892. A handsome species. (L. Vii.,

- -)

P. Rossiana (H. J. Ross's). (fl. differing only in the lip and
column from those of P. pendula. Pseudo-bulbs the size and
shape of a hen’s egg. Habitat not recorded, 1889.

P. selligera (saddle-bearing). l. the same colour as those of
P. pendula, the epichil being perhaps yellower; column arm-
less; callus saddle-like, with deep, argute margins, covering
the whole disk. Demerara, 1887. This is closely related to
P. pendula, : ‘
PERNETTYA. To the species described on p. 80,

Vol. IIIl., the following should be added :

P. floribunda (abundant-flowered) A hardy shrub, in the
way of P. mucronata, of which it is probably a variety, but
more free-flowering and with larger crimson berries. Extra-
tropical South America, 1883. (G. C. 1883, xviii., p. 648, f. 113.)

P. mucronata. Of this there are a number of beautiful
forms, the best being cariea nana, coccinea lilacina, macro-
carpa, nigra major, rosea purpurea, sanguinea, and speciosa.
All are useful for pot culture, for room and window decoration
in winter and early spring.

P. phillyrezfolia (Phillyrea-leaved). 1. white, solitary;
corolla ovate-urceolate ; pedicels axillary. /. lanceolate, sharply
mucronate, remotely toothed, glabrous, one-nerved. Branchlets
sparsely bristly. h. lft. Peru. Syn. Arbutus phillyrecefolia,
PERONEA COMARIANA. This is the correct

name of the pest referred to under Strawherry—

Insects as P. comparana. It is synonymous with

P. proteana and P. potentillana.

PERONEA VARIEGANA. Sce Rosa—Insects.

PERONOSPORA GANGLIONIFORMIS. See
Lettuce Mildew.

af

ong

—

én i

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C,

591

PERONOSPORA VIOLZ. See Violet Fungi.

PERSEA. To the species described on p. 82,
Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. carolinensis (Carolina). Red Bay. jl. silky, in cymose
clusters, on peduncles shorter than the Se calyx lobes
unequal, persistent. July. jr. dark blue. @. oblong or

lanceolate-oblong, 2in. to 3in. long, smooth and deep green

above, glaucous beneath, obscurely veined. Branchlets
smoothish. h. 20ft. to 40ft. North America. Syn. Laurus
carolinensis.

P. indica (Indian).* 7, calyx whitish, fin. long; panicles 3in.
to 6in. long, crowded in a terminal corymb, and, as well as

the petioles and _ branchlets, silky-woolly. /. coriaceous,
elliptic- or lanceolate-oblong, 3in. to Sin. long. Canary
Islands, &c. A showy tree, furnishing hard and very beautiful

wood. Syn. P. tenerife.
P. teneriffze (Teneriffe). A synonym of P. indica.

PERSIAN SUN’S-EYE.
solis.

PERSICA. To the species and yarieties described
on p. 88, Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. vulgaris. This species is also known as Amygdalus persica.

P. v. alba flore-pleno (white, double-flowered). fl. of the
purest white, semi-double. 1899. A very pretty, free-flowering
shrub, admirable for conservatory decoration.

P. v. magnifica (magnificent).* . bright red, large, semi-
double, produced in great abundance. 1894. A_ beautiful
shrub, frequently catalogued as an Amygdalus.

P. v. przecox (early).* A hardy variety of the double-flowered
Peach, which commences to blossom some days earlier than
the common form.

PERSONATE. Masked; having the upper and
lower lips of an irregular gamopetalous corolla pressed
together so as to resemble the face of a grinning
animal,

PERUVIAN DAFFODIL. A name applied to
the species of Ismene, now included under Hymeno-
callis (which see).

PERUVIAN NASTURTIUM.
tuberosum.

PERUVIAN SWAMP LILY.
anthes candida.

PETALODY.
into petals.

oe A synonym of Carallia (which
see).

PETASITES. Of this genus the Winter Heliotrope
(P. fragrans), described in Vol. III., is only of value for
the wild garden or for water-side planting.

To the species described on p. 84, Vol. III.,
following should be added :

P. japonicus (Japanese).
thyrse; peduncle furnish
l. radical. Japan. Syn. Nardosinia japonica.

P. 4. giganteus (gigantic).* A variety growing as much as
6ft. high, with petioles edible as in the Rhubarb. Japan, 1897.
In its native country the leaves are used as rain-protectors. An
excellent subject for the sub-tropical garden.

P. officinalis (officinal), The correct name of P. vulgaris.

See Tulipa Oculus-

See Tropeolum
See Zephyr-

The conversion of other floral organs

the

fi.-heads Qisposed in a fastigiate
ed with two or three linear bracts.

anes Included under Crassula (which
see).
PETROSELINUM. Included under Carum (which

see), the correct name of P. sativum being C. Petro-
selinum.

PETUNIA. Salpiglossis linearis is the correct name
of P. intermedia. Some of the most useful varieties in
this genus are to be found in the Fringed section, which
in some cases resemble closely the best Chinese Primulas.
Good varieties for bedding, &e., are Countess of Ellesmere,
Dr. Hogg, Hender’s Double Fringed, Holborn Blue, Kate
Tidy, Miranda, Model, Mrs. Chas. Wilson, Perfection, Rose
Superbe, Schwester Boniface, Spitfire, Victoria, W. Brown,
and White Queen.

PEUCEDANUM. The Kew authorities include
Anethum (which see) under this genus, the specific name
of A. graveolens remaining unchanged.

PEUMUS FRAGRANS. A synonym of P. Boldus
(which see).

PHACELIA. Syn. Cosmanthus. To the species
described on p. 88, Vol. III., the following shonld be
added ; but neither is so good as P. Whitlavia or P. cam-
panularia, described in Vol. IIT.

P. bipinnatifida (bipinnatifid). 7. violet-blue; corolla rotate-
campanulate, over sin. across; racemes few- or many-flowered.
July to September. 2. pinnately three- to seven-partéd ;
divisions ovate or oblong-ovate, acute, coarsely incised or

innatifid. A. lft. or more. Alabama, &c., 1824. Annual or

iennial.

P. circinata (crozier-like). . whitish or bluish; corolla
moderately five-lobed; inflorescence hispid, the dense spikes
thyrsoid-congested. June. J. lanceolate to ovate, acute, some
of them with one or two pairs of smaller lateral leaflets.
h. Yin, to 2ft. California, &c., 1817. Biennial or perennial.
Syn. Aldea circinata.

P. Orcuttiana (Orcutt’s). 7. white, with a yellow eye, sessile
in the at length dense spikes; corolla rotate-campanulate,
twice as long as the calyx. J. pinnatifid, somewhat lyrate ;
lobes shortly oblong, entire. h. lft. Lower California, 1890.
A viscid annual.

P. Wrangeliana (Wrangel’s).

PHEDRANASSA.
as a monotypic genus,
(which see).

A form of P. divaricata.

P. eucrosioides is now classed
under the name Stricklandia

PHAIO-CALANTHE. Bigeneric Orchid hybrids,
produced through the intercrossing of Calanthe and

Phaius. The cultural requirements are similar to those
recommended for Phaius.

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
AYNOUUE 5.2. oe ceccenss P. grandifolius and C. Regnierti
(Sander).

Dat HILO tio SOOO OCOO P. Humbilotii and C. Masuea (Sander).
Brandte. .. P. Wallichii and C. Veitchii (Sander).

CRORE Lat ASO CED IES P. grandifolius and CC. Bryan
(Cookson).

TNGUUINAET iw oinn ve seve P. vestatus and C. Masuca.

INSMUTALG oo - wae sc ccence P. grandifolius and C. Masuca
(Veitch).

AIP OV EUS celeiaeldatn taste P. grandifolius and C. Veitchii
(Veitch).

TT P. grandifolius and C. gigas (Veitch).

Sedeniana .. P. grandifolius and C. Veitchit

(Veitch).

+ This hybrid was described by Reichenbach as a Phaius, but should no

doubt be classed among the Calanthes.

PHAIUS. The cultural requirements of these are
a stove temperature, with highly humid conditions of the
atmosphere while growing. During the resting season
only sufficient moisture will be required to retain a plamp
and desirable condition of the pseudo-bulbs. The potting
compost should consist of fibrous loam and peat, to
which may be added a liberal amount of sphagnum, and
sufficient rough sand or broken crocks to keep it porous.
The drainage should be clean and ample. Care must be
taken to keep the plants free from Thrips and Scale by
fumigating and sponging the leaves at regular intervals.

To the species and varieties described on p. 90, Vol. IIT.,
the following should be added:

P. albus giganteus (gigantic). jl. larger than in the type;
sepals and petals pure white; lip golden-yellow. 1896,

P. Bernaysii is, according to the Kew authorities, a variety
of P, Blume.

P. bicolor (two-coloured).*, /l., sepals and petals reddish-brown ;
side lobes of the lip rose-coloured and folded over the column,
the front lobe being yellowish-white, flushed with rose. Ceylon,
1837. An ornamental species which Sir J. D. Hooker regards
as synonymous with P. Wallichii. (B. M. 4078.)

P. b. Oweniz (Mrs. Owen's) is a fine, dark-coloured form of it.
1894.

P. Blumei (Blume’s). jl., sepals very acuminate; lip two-
crested within, the limb semi-trilobed, the middle lobe
largest, undulated. Java (grown in gardens). Closely allied
to P. grandifolius. (R. G. 1865, t. 464.)

P. B. assamicus (Assam). A one-flowered variety, differing
much in colour. The following are some of the chief forms:
luteo-albus, oculatus, picturatus, purpuralus.

P. Brymerianus (Brymer’s). jl. large, disposed in terminal,
drooping heads; sepals and petals white; lip yellow, with
radiating crimson lines. J. Sin. long. Stems 2ft. high. Birma,
994 Allied to P. Marshallie. Syn. Thunia Brymeriana
(R. ii, t. 82).

P. callosus (thick-lipped). ., sepals and petals dull reddish-
brown, tipped dingy-white, less numerous than in P. grandi-
Jolius (which this plant resembles in habit); lip white, with
a tinge of pink, a dark purple spot beneath, and a little
yellow on the two-lobed spur, truncate or almost two-lobed
at the end, with a thick, callous line passing downwards along

OF GARDENING,

592 THE DICTIONARY
Phaius—continued. ca
the middle. Java. (G. C. 1848, p. 287; R. X. O., t. 122.)

Syn. Limodorum callosum,

P. candidissimus (whitest). /. entirely white; lip trifid, the
side lobes toothed in front, the front lobe crested with filiform
processes ; spur inflated and two-lobed; inflorescence nodding,
about six-flowered. Birma, 1889. Much in the way of
P. Marshallie, Syn. Thunia candidissima.

Fig. 625. SINGLE FLOWER OF PHATUS HUMBLOTII,

P. Henryi (Henry’s). A synonym of P. Humblotii (see Fig. 625),
for which we are indebted to the ‘‘ Gardeners’ Chronicle.”

P. Humblotii albus (white).* #1. rather larger than in the
type; sepals and petals white; lip blush, marked with rose,
et with chestnut-brown, and having a yellow blotch.
1890.

P. luridus (lurid). #1. 2in. broad; sepals and petals greenish-
yellow and rufous, spreading ; lip yellow, with two red blotches ;
raceme few-flowered; scapes one or two, lft. to 1sft. long.
7. lanceolate, lft. to 14ft. long. Stem 2ft. high. Ceylon.
Terrestrial.

P. Mannii (Mann’s). A form of P. Wallichii.

P. Marshalliz ionophlebia (violet-veined). #., lip having
a sulphur-coloured disk and crest, with erose veins to the
apex. 1885.

P. M. purpuratus (purple). _//., lip three-lobed, white, spotted
with purple, having five yellow keels across the disk and
numerous yellow filiform processes; front part veined bright
purple-brown outside. 1888.

P. M. tricolor (three-coloured). fl. disposed in long, pendulous
racemes; sepals and petals pure white; lip orange-yellow,
marked crimson-purple. 1887.

P. M. trilobus (three-lobed). 7., lip three-lobed, broad, having
dark reddish-brown veins and twelve darker rows of toothed
crests. 1888.

P. Mastersianus (Dr. Masters’). This species is described as
being allied to P. albus, but having flowers scarcely half the
size, with a more campanulate lip. 7. 10in. to 12in. long,
crowded, distichous. Stems 4ft. high. Moulmein. Syns. Thunia
Mastersiana, and 1’. pulehra (of Reuhl).

P. mishmensis (Mishmi Hills). 1. pale rose, with white
spots on the lip and a yellow spur, erect, lsin. long; lip
trilobed, the mid-lobe bilobuled; raceme lax-flowered ; scapes
one or two, rather slender, erect, 1{ft. long. Jd. 6in. to 12in.
long, alternate, elliptic-lanceolate. Stem dft. to 4ft. long.
Mishmi Hills, Upper Assam, 1893. Syns. P. roseus, Limatodes
mishmensis.

P. niveus and P. nivalis (snowy). Garden names for P. albus.
P. Oweniz (Mrs. Owen's). A form of P. bicolor.

P. paucifiorus (few-flowered). jl. white, tinged with pale
yellowish ; lip marked with red; racemes cauline, short, few-

flowered. May. J. elliptic-lanceolate, long-acuminate. Stems
slender, erect. Java. (B. M. 7086.) Syn. Limatodes paucijlora

(P. F. G., t. 81).

P. philippinensis (Philippines). 7. not fully expanding; sepals
and petals reddish-brown, passing into light yellow at the
margins, white outside; lip white, slightly tinged with pink,
changing with age to pale yellow, trumpet-shaped; raceme

Phaius—continued.

few-flowered. August. J. lanceolate, lft. to 14ft. long. Pseudo-
bulbs like the rhizome of an Iris, l4in. to Zin. long. Philippine
Islands, 1889.

P. Robertsii (Roberts’).* 1. brownish-yellow, streaked with
red; lip destitute of a spur. New Caledonia, 1884. Described
as a handsome species.

P. Reblingii (Roebling’s). 1. 5in. across; sepals and petals
lemon-yellow at back, tinted with reddish-yellow on the
front; lip yellow and white, with pink and red veins and
streaks, the spur lin. long. J. 4ft. long. Pseudo-bulbs Qin.
to 10in, high. Khasia Hills, 1895.

P. roseus (rosy). A synonym of P. mishmensis.

P. Sanderianus (Sander’s). #. more than 6in. in diameter;
sepals and petals eoppery-red; lip yellow at the base, crimson
in the middle, white on the front lobe. This may be only a
variety of P. bicolor.

P. S. Ralli’s. A variety having sepals and petals yellow, and

lip white.
oh Sleboldys A synonym of Calanthe striata.
P. (Bletia)" Tankervilliz (Mrs. Tankervill’s). A synonym

of P. grandifolius,

P. Wallichii Mannii
coloured variety. 1889.
P. Winnianus (Winn’s).*

lilac ; lip of a very deep maroon, plicate.

(Mann's). A large-flowered, deep-

fl. large; sepals and petals rosy-
1895. A magnificent

species. Syn. Thunia Winniana (L. x., t. 452).
P. Woodfordii (Woodford’s). A synonym of P. maculatus.
Hybrids.
PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
grandifolius and tuberculosus
(Sander). :

Ashworthianus ........ Wallichii and maculatus (Sander).
COokSONG ss. cc cence grandifolius and Humblotii (Cookson),
COORSOTAY wane tk Secen cae Wallichit and tuberculosus (Cookson).

D. S. Brown
Gravesit

amabilis and grandifolius (Sander).
Wallichii and grandifolius (Graves).

hybridus .. grandifolius and Wallichii (Drewitt).
Joieyanus Blumei and amabilis (Sander).
maculato-grandifolius.. grandifolius and maculatus (Veitch).
PATER Bee leh talcta stealer Blume and tuberculosus (Sander).

Fic. 626. PHatus NORMAN.

Sanderianus and tuberculosus (Cook
son).

Cooksonii and Humblotit (Cookson).

bicolor and Humblotii (Sander).

Sanderianus and Humblotii (Cook
son).

Norman (see Fig. 626) ..

oakwoodiense ..
Owenianus ..

Eww eccecee eeeeeee

.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Fic. 627. (A) PHALENOPSIS SCHILLERIANA; (B) P. STUARTIANA; (C) P. APHRODITE.

PHALZNOPSIS. Including Stawroglottis. Of this
large and showy genus some of the finest species at the
present time are P. Aphrodite, P. Schilleriana, and
P. Stuartiana (Fig. 627). To the species and varieties
Besabed on pp. 91-3, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

P. amabilis (lovely), of gardens.

P. antennifera_ is
P. Esmeralda,

P. Aphrodite Dayana (Day’s). #7. very large; lower sepals
dotted carmine over half their surface; side lobes of the lip
deep yellow at the lower edge, the middle lobe trowel-shaped
or hastate, marked carmine-crimson across the base, and
striped carmine-crimson down the centre. Eastern Archi-
pelago. Syn. P. amabilis Dayana (W. O. A. i. 11).

P. A. gloriosa (glorious).* jl. very conspicuous, set closely,
much resembling those of P. amabilis. 1. broad at apex,
green on both sides, slightly silvered on the upper surface.
Sulu Archipelago, 1888.

A synonym of P. Aphrodite.

now regarded as identical with

P. Buyssoniana (Comte F. du Buysson’s).
bright purple, the lateral sepals bordered inside with white;
lip bright scarlet, the side lobes ochraceous outside, with
scarlet lines. Cochin China, 1888. Very similar to P. Regnieriana,
but brighter in colour, and having the median processes on the
stalk of the lip filiform-linear instead of triangular.

P. Denisiana (F. Denis’s). #. nearly 2in. across, about a
dozen on a stout peduncle lft. or more in length; sepals and
petals greenish-yellow, with brownish-red pe lip white,
with arnt and yellow markings. J. lft. long, 4in. broad,
broadly oblong, deep green. Philippine Islands, 1899.

P. denticulata (slightly-toothed). ., sepals and petals white,
spotted brown, cuneate-ligulate, acute; lip white, three-
parted, the side partitions ligulate, light yellow on the anterior
side, the median one cuneate-oblong-ligulate, acutish, with
three mauve lines on either side. December. J. 6in. to Tin.

1888. Allied to P. swnatrana.

A synonym of P. rosea.

fi., sepals and petals

long, 2in. to 3in. wide, green.
P. equestris (equine).

P. Esmeralda candidula (whitish). 7.
lip streaked and flushed with rosy-purple.
pretty variety. (L. vi., t. 263.)

P. fasciata (banded). 1. light yellow; lip having the crest
and part of the front lobe orange, the front part of the lobe
being light purple. Philippine Islands, 1882. Allied to
P. sumatrana,

P. Foerstermanii (Foersterman’s). u
sepals and petals cuneate-lanceolate, marked with thin,
forked, or hieroglyphic brown, transverse lines; lateral
lacinie of the lip scimitar-shaped, retuse, recurved, with a
retrorse bristle, and an oblique keel outside, a yellow callus
on the inner side of each, the middle lacinia tridentate at
apex; peduncle two-edged. J/. cuneate-obovate, unequally bi-
dentate at apex. 1887.

Vol. V.

white, having the
Cambodia, 1890. A

fl., ground-colour white ;

|

593

Phalenopsis—continued.
P. fugax (fugacious). A

Sarcochilus unguiculatus,

P. grandiflora (large - flowered). A
synonym of P. amabilis.

P. Kimballiana (Kimball's). A
of P. sumatrana.

.P. Lindeni (Linden’s). #1. closely re-
sembling those of P. rosea, but much
larger. “. somewhat like those of
P. Schilleriana. Habitat not recorded,
1895,

P. Lobbii (Lobb’s). <A

P. intermedia.

P. Luddemanniana hieroglyphica
(hieroglyph- marked). (/., sepals and
petals ochre-white, narrower than in
the type, with cinnamon, hieroglyphic
markings ; side laciniz of lip very short,
the middle one cuneate, narrow, with
an unusually developed keel. 7. 7in. to
8in. long, 2in. wide. 1887.

P. L. ochracea (ochreous). fl., sepals
and petals pale yellowish-rose, barred
pale brown. Philippine Islands. (R. H.
1872, 390.)

P. maculata (spotted). 1. small; sepals
and petals pallid, with a few purplish-
brown blotches; lip having a fleshy,
semi-terete central lobe, a yellow callus,
a purple anterior border, and numerous
small spots. Borneo, 1881. A diminutive
plant.

P. Micholitzi (Micholitz’). 7. creamy-white, disposed in short
spikes; lip having a central raised ridge of hairs. Philippine
Islands, 1890. This species is something in the way of
P. tetraspis, and chiefly of botanical interest.

synonym of

form

synonym of

P. Regnieriana (Regnier’s). 7. rose-coloured, with a lip that
is nearly wholly dark purple, and a dark purple column ; side
lacinize of the lip small, triangular, the middle one much

larger, oblong-lanceolate, apiculate, thickened beneath ;
peduncles nine- to twelve-flowered. 7. very thick, tapering.
Siam, 1887. “Allied to P. Esmeralda.

P. rosea leucaspis (white-shielded). . somewhat smaller

than in the type, with shorter and broader segments ; sepals
pale rose-purple, mottled with white ; petals and lip of a deeper
colour ; callus whitish, with yellowish-brown dots. Philippine
Islands, 1848.

P. Ruckerianum (Rucker’s). A garden synonym of Sarcochilus
unguiewlatus.

P. Sanderiana. There are several colour-varieties of this
species, including alba and punetata.

P. Schilleriana alba (white).
of the yellow crest, and a few yellow
portion of the lip. 1882.

jl. white, with the exception
spots on the upper

P. S. major (greater), A large variety of the type.

P. S. purpurea (purple). ji. deep rose-purple, with a shade of
blue, compact. 1892.

P. S. vestalis (vestal).*

P. Stuartiana Hrubyana (Hruby’s). 7, sepals and petals
purple at back, the upper sepal narrowly, the petals broadly,
margined white, the inner border of the lateral sepals also
white.

P. S. nobilis (noble). . longer in its parts than in the type ;
callus of the lip orange. 1882.

jl. white. Philippine Islands.

P. S. punctatissima (much-dotted). ., upper sepal, and
upper and inner sides of the Jateral ones, and petals dotted
with mauve. 1882.

P. sumatrana Kimballiana (Kimball's). /., sepals and
petals bright yellow, barred with chestnut-red ; lip ochraceous,
with an orange tubercle on each side. 1888. A distinct and
handsome variety.

P. violacea Bowringiana (Bowring’s). /!. pure, light yellow,
with a broad dash of purple inside the lateral sepals, and
some purple bands and freckles at the bases of the upper
sepal and petals. Malayan Archipelago.

P. v. Schroderi (Baron Schréder’s).* _/. larger and finer as
to colour than in the type; sepals and petals wholly purple,
broad; lip of a deeper amethyst-purple than in the type;
raceme short, erect. J. bright green. 1882.

P. Wightii (Wight’s).

A synonym of Doritis Wightti.

4G

594 THE DICTIONARY

Phalenopsis—continued.
Hybrids.

PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
Sanderiana and Stuartiana (Sander).
Stuartiana and Aphrodite (Veitch).
amabilis and rosea (Veitch).
rosea and Stuartiana (Veitch).

NAME.
Amphitrite
Ariadne
Artemis......
Cassandra

F.L. Ames ... amabilis and intermedia (Veitch).
Harriette ..... amabilis and violacea (Veitch).

HC RRA ACOSBE Sanderiana and ros a (Veitch)
Hermoine Stuartiana and Luddemanniana
(Veitch).

intermedia Aphrodite and rosea (Veitch).

John Seden amabilis and Luddemanniana
(Veitch).

Lady Rothschild........ intermedia Porteii and Sanderiana
(Low).

IP ABR SAGO OIOOD

Ludde-violacea violaceum and Luddemanniana
(Veitch).

Mrs. J. H. Veitch...... Luddemanniana and Sanderiana
(Veitch).

Rothschildiana ........ Schilleriana and amabilis (Veitch).
Schroder@........--++-- eucorhoda and intermedia Porteti
(Low).

Stuartiana-Mannii*.... Stuartiana and Mannii (Veitch).
WERE) con tcoineie ee ole wien seiuls Aphrodite and rosea leucaspus
(Veitch).

Widante ......0..0--- Schilleriana and Stuartiana (Low).
Natural Hybrids.
NAME. PARENTAGE.
Gleicornys co. -i-cert.2 Schilleriana and amabilis.
casta .... Syn. leucorhoda.
delicata intermedia and rosea.

intermedia .....
intermedia Br. yme! r ‘iana
intermedia Porteii ....

Aphrodite and rosea.
Aphrodite and rosea.
Aphrodite and rosea.

ue Tae eon) cast (Se@\ Aphrodite and Schilleriana,
speciosat .. Tuddemanniana and tetraspis.
Valentini..... cornu-cervi and violacea.
Veitchiana Schilleriana and rosea.

t P. speciosa is described by Reichenbach as a supposed natural hybrid, but
it is very questionable, and will no doubt prove a true species.

PHALANGIUM POMERIDIANUM. A synonym
of Chlorogalum pomeridianum (which see). P. Lilias-
trum is identical with Paradisia Liliastrum.

PHALERIA. To the species described on p. 93,
Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. ambigua (ambiguous). #. pure white or faintly flushed
with yellow, Daphne-like, very fragrant, Zin. long and broad,
twelve to fifteen in axillary and terminal heads. May.

2. 4in. to Sin. long, elliptic, cuspidate-acuminate, acute at base,

light green above, paler beneath. Java, 1894. A climbing,

glabrous, stove shrub. (B. M, 7471.)

PHALEROCARPUS. A synonym of Chiogenes
(which see).

PHALOCALLIS. Included under Cypella (which
see).

PHASEOLUS. To the species described on p. 94,
Vol. TIL, the following should be added :

P. derasus (scraped off).

jl. greenish-white, in pedunculate,
few-flowered racemes ;

standard concave, shorter than the

wings. Jr. linear-oblong; seeds *k, with a white scar.
Z., leaflets ovate, acuminate. Brazil, 1888. Stove twining

annual.

P. lunatus (moon-shaped). fl. greenish-yellow,
lax, 6in. long, the lower fascicles distant. fr.
two- to four- seeded, 2in. to Zin. long. 1,
acuminate. Native country uicertain ;
in the tropics. Stove twining annual.

P. perennis (perennial). 1.
long. July and August. /, levflets ovate, acuminate,
4in. long, the terminal one usually sub-cordate,
ones inequilateral. Stems 4ft. to 10ft. long, climbing or trailing.
North America, 1824. Hardy perennial.

PHAYLOPSIS (from phaulos, worthless, and opsis,
appearance). Syns. #theilema, Micranthus (of Wendland).
OrpD. Acanthiceey. A genus embracing a dozen species of
small, stove or greenhouse shrobs, allied to Dedalacanthus,
natives of tropical and Sonth Africa, the Mascarene
Islands, and India. P. parviflora (Syn. P. gi s
Sims, B. M. 2433) has been introdaced, but is probably
lost to cultivation.

small ; racemes
recurved,
leaflets ovate,

everywhere c¢ ultivated

purple ; racemes lax, 4in. to 12in.
2in. to

the lateral

OF GARDENING,

Fic. 628. PHALA:NOPSIS LEUCORHODA CASTA.

PHEGOPTERIS VILLOSA. A
Nephrodium pubescens (which see).

PHELYPZEA is the correct spelling of Phelipea

(which see).
PHENOGAMOUS.

PRILADELPEUS. To the species, &c.,
on p. 95, Vol. III., the following should be a dded. In this
genus, however, as in many others, hybrids have been
introduced which are far superior to the typical plants.

P. californicus (Californian).

P. coronarius Keteleeri flore-pleno (double flowered).* A
beautiful, double-flowered variety.

synonym of

See Phenogamous.

described

A synonym of P. Gordonianus.

P. c. verrucosus (warted). #., calyx and peduncle warted.
1. elliptic-ovate, acuminate, pubescent beneath and warted on
the nerves. /h. 6ft. to 9ft. North America, 1812.

P. c. Zeyheri (Zeyher’s). This differs from the type in having

larger but less numerous flowers, and in having the Jeaves
rounded at base.
P. Coulteri (Coulter's). 7. white about lin. in

diameter. l. ovate-lanceolate, se ed, whitish-pubescent
on the lower surface. Branches slender, drooping. Northern

Mexico, 1888. Half-hardy shrub. (G. & F. 1888, p. 252, f. 40.)

P. Falconeri (Falconer’s). This is apparently merely
of P. coronarius with narrow, elongated petals. (G.
1895, f. 68 )

P. floribundus (abundant-flowered).
Jlorus.

P. latifolius (broad-leaved).

a form
& F.
A synonym of P. grandi-

A synonym of P grandiflorus.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

d95

Philadelphus—continwed.

P. mexicanus (Mexican).* /l. white, solitary or ternate at the
tips of the branchlets; calyx densely pubescent. June and
July. @. ovate, very acute, acuminate, remotely and argutely
denticulate or entire, slightly hairy beneath. Branches lax,
dependent, pubescent. Mexico, 1839 and 1898, Half-hardy.
(B. M. 7600.)

P. microphyllus erectus (erect).
the type.

P. Satzumi is a variety of P. coronarius.

P. tomentosus (downy). /. white, in terminal racemes;
calyx lobes ovate, acute; pedicels opposite. /. ovate, acute,
denticulate, tomentose beneath. A. 3ft. to 6ft. India, 1822.

P. triflorus (three-flowered). A synonym of P. coronarius.

P. verrucosus (warted). A form of P. coronarius.

P. Zeyheri (Zeyher's). A form of P. coronarius.

Hybrids. The best of these are: Lemoinei (between
P. microphyllus and P. coronarius), and the forms Boule
d’ Argent, Candelabre, Gerbe de Neige, Manteau d’Hermine,
and Mont Blane.

PHILESIA. P. magellanica is the correct name of
P. bucifolia.

PHILIBERTIA.

a form of P. gracilis.

PHILLYREA. P. decora is the correct name of

P. Vilmoriniana. Syn. P. lawrifolia (of gardens).

PHILODENDRON.

A more erect plant than

P. grandiflora is now regarded as

To the species described on

pp. 96-8, Vol. IIL., the following should be added:
P. albo-vaginatum (white-sheathed).
P. amazonicum (Amazon).
P. ambiguum (ambiguous).

A form of P. lacerwm.
A synonym of P. laciniosum,
A synonym of P, Ochrostemon.

Fic. 629. PHILODENDRON ANDREANUM.

P. Andreanum (André’s).* J. pendulous, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 10in.
broad, elongate-cordate-lanceolate, acute, dark, shining green,
with coppery reflections. Colombia, 1886, A fine climber. See
Fig. 629, for which we are indebted to Messrs. James Veitch
and Sons. (R. H. 1886, p. 36.)

Philodendron—continued.

P. asperatum (rough). l., apache reddish, very long, subulate-
cuspidate; spadix shortly stalked; peduncle short. /. cordiform-
ovate ; petioles semi-terete. Stems climbing, with short inter-
nodes. Bahia.

P. Augustinum (Augustine’s). jl. unknown. J. about 1ff. in
diameter, with a deep basal sinus, very broadly opening,
pinnatisect or almost bipinnatisect, with seven to ten pairs
of segments; petioles rather longer than the leaves, with
minute spots. Stem rather thick, with long internodes.

P. bipennifolium (double feather-leaved). A
P. pandureeforme.

P. callefolium (Calla-leaved). A garden synonym of P. Imbé.

P. Corsinianum (Corsini’s), A garden hybrid; parentage not
recorded. 1888.

P. crinitum (hairy). A synonym of P. squamiferum.

P. cuspidatum (cusp-pointed).

P. Devansayanum (Devansay’s).*
young, glossy green when adult. Stems red, climbing.
Peru, 1895. (I. H. 1895, pp, 187, 376, t. 48.)

P. dilaceratum (twice-torn), A synonym of Rhaphidophora
decursiva.

P. disparile (different). #., spathe tube yellowish-green, the
limb cream-colour, rather longer than the tube; peduncle
shorter than the spathe. 4. broadly triangular-cordate-
sagittate, rather longer than the petioles. Bahia, 1860.

P. dolosum (false). (/., spathe tube ovoid, rather shorter than
the long-cuspidate, ovate limb; pedune short. ¢@. of a
pleasing, shining green, cordate or ovate-triangular, narrowed
towards the acuminate apex; petioles shortly sheathing, semi-
terete, densely warted. Bahia.

P. Eichleri (Kichler's). This is described as a stately species,
allied to P. Selloum. Brazil, 1899.

P. elegans (elegant). This is described as ‘‘a climbing species,
with pinnatitid leaves.” 1881.

P. elongatum (elongated). (., spathe tube yellowish-green,
rather shorter than the yellowish-white, shortly apiculate
blade; spadix oblique, stipitate; peduncle shorter than the
spathe. 7. elongated-hastate-oblong, rounded or sub-obtuse,
with a broadly-opening sinus; petioles about equalling or
longer than the leaves. Stem climbing. Brazil.

P. eximium (choice).* /7.,
within, shortly apiculate

synonym of

A synonym of P. scandens.

l. cordate, blood-red when
Upper

spathe tube green, the limb white

padix narrow-eylindrical; bracts
whitish. 7. of a pleasi shining green, broadly ovate-
cordate, rounded or shortly cuspidate at apex; petioles
sheathing on young plants. Stem climbing, with rather long
internodes. Brazil.

P. hederaceum (Ivy-like).
coloured inside to the base; spadix rounded.
acuminate, entire, shining green; petioles rounded.
climbing. Martinique.

P. Hookeri (Hooker's). A species very closely related to
P. grandifolium; indeed, Engler classes it as merely a form of
that species. Demerara, -(B. M. 3545, under name of Caladiwin
grandifolium.)

P. Imbé (na‘ive name). ., spathe evolute nearly to the base,
the tube green outside, reddish within, the limb dirty yellow,
broadly ovate; peduncle short. /. ovate or oblong, deeply
cordate at base, the basilar lobes rounded, acuminate at apex.
Stem and branchlets rusty-purplish, the former emitting long
aerial roots. Rio de Janeiro. SYN. P. callefoliwm (of gardens).

P. imperialis (imperial). //., spathe green and cream-coloured,
Bahia, 1860. A plant very closely allied to 2. asperatuimn
(Engler regards it as synonymous with that species’.

P. i. Laucheanum (Lauche’s). /.
long, bright green, heavily mottled with grey.

jl., spathe very large, ovate, acute,
1. cordate-oblong,
Stem

ovate-cordate, 6in. to Yin.
1897.

P. Karstenianum (Karsten’s). jl, spathe green, whitish
inside, 24in. long, gapin subulate. Z oblong-ovate or almost

oblong, shortly cuspidate at apex, rounded or very shortly
sub-cuneate at base, 4in. to 8in. long; petioles 4in. to 6in.
long, with a rather broad sheath. Internodes short. Venezuela.

P. lacerum (torn). /., spathe linear-lanceolate, 4in. to Sin.
long, the tube purplish within, the limb sulphur; peduncles
lft. long. 7., primary ones ovate-lanceolate, entire, the later
ones deeply incised-crenate, deeply sinuate at base, 8in. long;
petioles terete, 14in. long. Stem climbing. Jamaica.

P. 1. albo-vaginatum (white-sheathed). /. having the lobes
or seements longer than in the type (1{in. to 3in.), and the
sheaths white. Jamaica.

P. laciniosum (torn). The correct name of P. laciniatwin.
Syns. P. amazonicum, P. pedatwm, P. quercifolium.

P. latifolium (broad-leaved). 7. oblong-ovate, bin. long, 4in.
broad, borne on petioles about 8in. lo anterior lobe three
or four times as long as the posterior ones. Caracas,

P. Martineti (Martinet’s). /. large, sagittate, dark green above,
purplish on the under-surf. 1895. ‘This species bears some
resemblance to P. Melinoni.

596

Philodendron—continued.

P. micans Ceaee): This plant is closely allied to
P. scandens; in fact, Engler regards it as synonymous with
that species. Colombia.

P. nobile (noble).* 4”. axillary ;
crimson both outside and within; limb white
outside spotted with deep rose. /. obovate-lanceolate, acute.
Stem climbing. South America, 1885. This resembles J. erassi-
nervium. but is larger.

P. notabile (notable).

tube of the spathe rosy-

1. deep green, cordate, 2ft. long, lobed,
borne on long petioles. Stem short. Habitat not recorded, 1893,
A plant of large dimensions; but until it flowers the name
cannot be determined with certainty.

P. Ochrostemon (yellow-stamened). /., spathe tube searcely
distinct, green, the limb yellow, cuspidate-acuminate ; peduncle
short. jr. yellow. /. on young plants narrow- or elongated-
lanceolate, very long-acuminate, those on adults ovate or
oblong-ovate, rounded at base, shortly cuspidate at apex ;
sheaths rather broad. Internodes rather long. Rio de Janeiro.
Syn. P. amnbiguum.

P. ornatum (ornamental). /., spathe tube sub-cylindrical,
twice as long as the ovate, very long-cuspidate limb;
peduncle short, white-striolate. /, shining green, cordate-
oyate-triangular or broadly ovate-cordate, shortly euspidate
at apex; petioles shortly sheathing, semi-terete. Internodes
short. Brazil.

P. oxycardium
P. scandens.

P. pandurzforme (fiddle-shaped). /., spathe yellowish-white,
almost wholly convolute, acute; peduncles short, two or
three from one axil. ¢ pale green, variable; lower ones
oblong, slightly cordate; upper ones pandurieform ; uppermost
ones hastate, three- to five-lobed or parted, the terminal lobe
long-cuspidate. Stem climbing; internodes long. Brazil. Syn.
P. bipennifolium.

P. pedatum (pedate). A synonym of P. laciniosum.

P. pinnatifidum-Wendlandii (hybrid). A garden hybrid
between the species indicated. 1899.

P. quercifolium (Oak-leaved). A synonym of P. laciniosum.

P. robustum (robust). This is described in Linden’s catalogue
as a species of extraordinary vigour, with large leaves of an
emerald-green colour, 1896.

P. rubro-punctatum (red-dotted).
Jjidum rubro-punctatin.

P. sagittifolium (urow-leaved). (j., spathe 4in. long, the
oblong, acute limb whitish ; pedune le din. to 4in. long,
1, 16in. to 20in. long, 6in. to 8in. broad, oblong-sagittate, sub-
coriaceous. Stem erect-climbing ; upper internodes 1sin. to
2in. long. South Mexico.

P. scandens (climbing). /., young ones oblong-ovate, slightly
cordate, long-acuminate, glittering-silky above, reddish
beneath ; adults rounded-cordate-ovate or somewhat tri-
angular, distinctly cordate at base, cuspidate-acuminate
at apex. Internodes very long, Vera Cruz and Panama.
SyNs. P. cuspidatum, P. oxycardium.

P. Sellowianum (Sellow’s). A synonym of P. Sellowmn.

P. spectabile (remarkable). ‘This is described large, soft-
wooded plant of vigorous habit, remarkable for its velvety or
silky leaves 1ft. to 14ft. long and Ce as broad, 1869.

P. squamiferum (scale-bearing), //., spathe 34in. to 4in. long,
the tube reddish-purple, the AS pale greenish-yellow and
reddish-purple outside, whitish-vellow withir spadix oblique,
sessile, din, long ; pedune les twin, reddish, 3in. long. 7. 6in. to

(sharply heart-shaped). A synonym of

A synonym of P. pinnati-

12in. long, 5in. to 10in. broad, pinnatifidly five-lobed ; young
ones entire or three-lobed; petioles 6in. to 12in. long, Jin.
thick, terete, reddish, densely bristly. Stem smooth. srazil

and Guiana, 1885, (1. H. 1836, 590.) Syn. P. erinitum.

P. tripartitum (thrice-parted), /., spathe tube oblong, the
blade whitish, ovate, shortly acuminate, 4in. long; peduncle
solitary, lin. long. rh tripartite, 6in. to Tin. long, the mid-
division shortly cuspidate, the lateral ones very inequilateral
and rather obtuse ; petioles 14in. long, terete. Stem radicant.
Caracas,

P. triumphans (triumphant). This species is somewhat
similar to P. verrucosum, but it is a stronger grower, bearing
leaves twice as large. 1898. F

P. Wendlandii (Wen dland’s). 7, spathe oblong-lanceolate,
6in. long, the tube about equalling the blade. 2. 1ft. or more
in length, rather thick, shining above, slightly cuspidate at
apex, minutely cordately auricled at base; petioles 4in. to
Sin. long. Stem very short, thic Central America.

P. hastatwm, P. Peareei, P. Roezlii, and P. Wallisii have also
been introduced.

PHILOPODIUM RIGIDUM. A garden synonym
of Muehlenbeckia adpressa (which see).

PHINZA. According to the Kew authorities,
P. rubida should be classed under Niphea (which see),
P. albo-lineata being the only species of this genus.

yithin, the~

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

PHLOMIS. To the species described on pp. 99-100,
Vol. III., the following should be added:
P. laciniata (torn). A synonym of Hremostachys laciniata.
P. Leonurus (lion’s-tail). A synonym of Leonotis Leonurus.
P. purpurea (purple). 7. purplish-rose ; bracts very numerous,
densely imbricated. July. J. oblong, obtuse, erenate, truncate
or sub-cordate at base, much wrinkled, villous above, white-

tomentose beneath. Branches floccose-tomentose. kh. 2ft.
South Europe, 1661. Shrub.

P. Russeliana (Russel’s). A synonym of P. viscosa.

PHLOX. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 100-8, Vol. III., the following shonld be added:

P. acuminata ler panied). A variety of P. paniculata.

P. adsurgens (approaching). jl. rose-coloured, in lax cymes;
corolla tube nearly twice as long as the calyx, the lobes
obovate, about five lines long. Spring and summer. /. ovate-
lanceolate or ovate, acute, Jin. to fin. long. Stems diffuse
and ascending, slender, 9in. or more in length. Oregon, 1888.
Perennial or under-shrub. (G. & F, 1888, p. 66, f. 11.)

P. bifida (bifid). ”. pale violet-purple, scattered or barely
cymulose ; corolla lobes twice (rarely thrice) cleft to or below
the middle into diverging segmen Spring. /. linear, lin. or
more in length, gle ubrous. Stems diffuse, branching, 'slender.
h. Yin. Illinois, &e.

P. divaricata canadensis alba (white).
form that is a pleasing addition.

P. Drummondii cuspidata (cuspidate). /., corolla lobes
three-toothed, the middle tooth four or five times as long as
the side ones. 1888. A dwarf variety. (R. G. 1264.) It is
also known as stellata.

P. D. fimbriata (fringed). 7., corolla lobes three-toothed, the
middle tooth only about twice as long as the side ones, 1888,
(R. G. 1264.) Also known as laciniata.

P. D. flore-pleno (double-flowered).* A pretty, double-flowered
form. 1886. (R. G. 1886, p. 404.)
P. D. grandiflora (large-flowered).

with the petals rounded.

P. D. hortensizfiora alba (Ilortensia-flowered, white).*
jl. pure white, showy and heantiful, produced in large heads.
Hae A close- erowing and compact form. (EF. & P. 1882,

p. 53.)

p. D. nana (dwarf). A dwarf race about 6in. high.

P. nana (dwarf). 7. pink, red, white, or yellow, iin. across,
scattered or somewhat corymbose; corolla lobes elliptic,

A white-Howered

jl. about 14in. in diameter,

? Spring and summer. J, linear, lin, to Jin. long,
spreading, those of the branches often alternate. h. 6in. to

ying ES &c., 1888. Perennial or under-shrub; probably
hardy. (G. & F. 1888, p. 413, f. 66.)

P. Stellaria (starry).* /. pure white, more than lin. across,
slightly drooping, scattered, mostly long-peduncled. May and
June. Z. lin. to 2in. long, linear, acute, rather rigid. » Stems
dark, wiry. Kentucky River.

P. suffruticosa (sub-shrubby). A form of P. glaberrima.

P. verna (spring).* /l. of a beautiful pink, very dark in the
throat, six to eight in terminal cymes, eventu: uly
May to July. ¢@, radical ones rosulate, obovate, mo
sessile, hairy ; cauline ones linear-lanceolat Stems creep
This plant, mentioned in several works as a native of
America, is given as a hybrid in the ** Index Kewensis.

Varieties. The following enumeration includes some of
the best varieties :

Alpine Varieties (Suliu/ata Section). ALBA,
ENSIS, ANNULATA, ATROPURPUREA, BRIGHT S, COMPACT
G. F. WILSON, GRANDIFLORA, LILACINA, LitrLe Dot, MODE
NEWRY SEEDLING, OCULATA, PALLIDA, STELLARIS, THE BRIDE,
VIVID.

Early-flowering Varieties

AL DBOROUGH-

(Suffruticosa Section). A.

MCKINNON, CHARI DOWNIE, FORERUNNER, KING oF
PurecLes, LADY SGRAVE, Mrs. MILLER, PRIN ALEX
ANDRA, PURPLE EMPEROR, SNOWDON, SUNRISE, THOMAS C

GLOVER, WHITE SWAN.

Late-flowering Varieties (Decussata Section),
BEATRICE, BERANGER, BouQuet DE ST. CyR, COQUELICOT,
ECLAIREUR, CLARMONDE, ETNA, EUGENIE DANZANVILLIERS,

NY, FIANCEE, IRs, LA MAviLpE, LE MAnpbt, LEONARDO
, LE SOLEIL, LE VENGEUR, LORD RALEIGH, MADAME

MICHAEL CERVANTES, MISS PEMBERTON,

AVALANCHE,

ANTOINE,

MOLIERE, BLAINE, SCHLIRMANN, ‘TORPILLEUR, WILLIAM

ROBINSON.

PHOENIX. ‘To the species described on pp. 104-5,
Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. canariensis. The correct name of PP. tenuis.
20ft. long, gracefully arched. Syn. P. Juba.

P. compacta (compact). ‘This is described as ‘‘a garden
hybrid between P. leonensis and P. reclinata,” but as these
are identical, it must be regarded as a garden synonym of
P. reclinata.

1. probably

on

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C, 597

Phenix—continued.

P. cycadjfolia (Cycad-leaved). A variety of P. dactylifera.

P. dactylifera cycadifolia (Cycad-leaved). 7. Sit. to 6ft.
long; pinn® very numerous, linear. Trunk cylindrical, 2ft.
thick, covered with the scars of fallen leaves, like that of a
Cycad. 1879. (R. G. 1879, t. 974, under name of P. cycadifolia.)

P. Hanceana (Hance's). A form of P?. humilis.

P. humilis (dwarf). fr. oblong; fruiting spadix long-peduncled.
7. somewhat glaucous ; leaflets scattered, interruptedly fascicled.
Stems short or moderately long, tufted. India, China, «&e.
P, Ouseleyana is a form of this species.

P. h. Hanceana (Hance’s). /. greyish-green, much resembling
those of P. dactylifera, but shorter. South China.

P. h. Loureiri (Loureiro’s). jr. ovoid. 72, leaflets often
approximate, mostly falciform. Stem short. Assam, «&c.,
1889. Syn. P. pusilla, Lour.

P. h. pedunculata (long-peduncled). 7., spathe 8in. long,
the margin fringed. jr. black, small, oblong-ovoid; peduncle
very long. Stem short. Western Ghats.

P. h. Reebelini (Rebelin’s).* A dwarf variety having regularly
innate leaves about lft. long, the pinne narrow and green.
Siam, 1889. (G. & F. 1890, p. 273; G. C. 1889, ii., f. 68.)

P. hybrida (hybrid).* A hybrid between P. dactylifera and
P. farinifera. VYhe stem i mt and stout, while the leaves
resemble those of P?. Jarinifera. The fruits, when mature,
are of a glaucous-red. Greenhouse.

P. intermedia (intermediate). A garden hybrid between
P. sylvestris and P. reclinata, 1883.

P. Jubz (Juba’s). A synonym of P. canariensis.

P. leonensis is synonymous with P. reclinata.

P. Loureiri (Loureiro’s). A form of P. huiilis.

P. Mariposz (Mariposa) A hybrid or
P. canariensis.

P. melanocarpa (black-fruited).
ensis.

P. Ouseleyana is a variety of P. humilis.

P. pusilla (dwarf), of Gertner. A synonym of P. zeylanica.

P. pusilla (dwarf), of Lour. A synonym of P. h. Loureiri.

P. rupicola foliis argenteo-variegata (silvery
leaved).* A beautiful variety, having leaves var
green and white. 1887. (I. H. ser. v. 3.)

P. senegalensis (Senega]). A variety of P. reelinata.
P. melanocarpa is a supposed large-fruited form of P. senesatl-
ensix, said to have originated in a garden on the Riviera;
it has black, edible fruit. (R. H. 1893, p. 563.)

P. tenuis. The correct name is P. canariensis.

P. Vigieri (Vigier’s). A synonym of P. canariensis.

P, zanzibarensis (Zanzibar). A synonym of P. reclinata.

P. zeylanica (Cingalese). fr. scarlet, then dark purple, sin.
long; spadix spreading-branched. /. rather short; leatlets
very numerous, almost equidistant, quadrifarious, bright green,
rigid, Tin. to 10in. long, pungent, spreading at right angles.
Stem 8ft. to 20ft. high. Ceylon. Syn. P. pusilla (of Gertner).
P. andamanensis and P. pumila (both names of garden origin)

have alSo been introduced, but are rare in cultivation.

PHOLIDOTA. To the species described on p. 105,
Vol. III., the following should be added:
P. assamica (Assam). This is closely allied to P. imbricata,
but differs in having nearly globose pseudo-bulbs. Assam, 1890.
P, convallarioides. Probably identical with P. ventricosa.
P. Lugardi (Lugard’s). /l. white, small, shell-like, disposed in
pendent racemes 6in. long. Western Birma, 1893.
P. pallida is now regarded as synonymous with P. imbricata.
P. repens (creeping). _#l. flesh-pink, small, disposed in short,
recurved racethes. /. 3in. to 4in. long, oblanceolate. Rhizome
creeping. India, 1891.

P. ventricosa (swollen).* fl. white, Convallaria-like, forming
a spike 6in. high. /. 14ft. long. Java, 1889. ‘An interesting
species. SyN. Carlogyne ventricosa,

variety of

See under P, senegal-

The following species are also in cultivation at botanical
ee seen, and in private collections: P. articwlata,
P. chinensis, P. conchoidea, and P. obovata,

PHOLIOTA ADIPOSA. ‘ve Agaricus.
PHOMA EFFUSA. See Helleborus.
PHORMIUM. This genus now embraces three

species. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 105-6, Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. Hookeri (Hooker’s).* 1. on slender pedicels; sepals orange,
linear-lanceolate, acute; petals green, linear-oblong, rounded
and recurved at apex; filaments blood-red; scape inclined.
July. ¢. ensiform, flaccid, recurved, torn at apex. h. 5ft.
New Zealand. Hardy in favoured situations. (B. M. 6973.)

Phormium—continued.

P. tenax nigre-limbatum (black-bordered). 7. glaucous-
green, erect, rather broad, margined blackish-purple ; the points
split, both sides of each of the divided portions having the
blackish-purple margin.

PHORODON HUMULI. ‘his pest is now regarded
as identical with that- fonnd upon Damsons and other
Plums in early spring, and again in September, the inter-
mediary period being passed upon the Hop. See Aphides.

PHOSPHATIC MANURES. Sce Phosphates of
Lime, Vol. III.

PHOTINIA. P. japonica (Syn. Mespilus japonica,
B. R. 365) is now classed under Eriobotrya, which is
kept distinct. P. glabra is a synonym of P. serrulata,

PHRAGMATOBIA FULIGINOSA.
Moths.

PHRAGMITES (from phragma, a fence, breastwork,
or screen; in allusion to the habit of the species).
Syns. Arundo (of Palisot de Beauvois), Czernya. ORD.
Graminee. A small genus of tall, perennial Grasses,
allied to Arundo, widely distributed over temperate and
tropical regions. Spikelets three- to seven-flowered, in
decompound panicles, not jointed on the pedicels ; glumes
all glabrous. Leaves long. P. communis (SYN. Arundo
Phragmites), the Common or Great Reed, is a well-known
British perennial, growing 5ft. to 6ft. high, with drooping
panicles of purplish-brown flowers—a useful subject for
the margins of lakes and ponds. There is a most
beantiful variegated form of this, which should be widely
known.

PHRYGANOCIDIA. A synonym of Macfadyena

(which see).

PHRYNIUM. To the information given on p. 109,
Vol. III., the following should be added. Several species
formerly included hereunder are now referred to the
genus Calathea.

P. capitatum (headed). 1. in a sessile spike ljin. to 2in. in
diameter, subtended by two or three large, ovate bracts;
corolla segments purple, linear-oblong. July. /. oblong, 1ft. to
lift. long, 6in. to 8in, broad ; petioles longer than the blade,
that which bears the spike Zft. to dft. or more in length.
India, 1807.

P. Danielii (Daniel's). A synonym of Thawmatococeus Danielii.

P. Griffithii (Griffith’s). @. borne im a radical spike; peduncle
lft. long ; calyx segments white; corolla segments unequal, the
upper erect, oblong, the lateral retlexed. 7. 2ft. long, borne on
petioles 3ft. to 4ft. long. Leafy stem many-leaved. India.

P. Lubbersii (Lubbers’). A synonym of Myrosma Lubbersti.

P. Parkeri (Parker's). A synonym of Ischnosiphon Parkeri.

P.sanguineum. The correct name is Stromanthe sanguinea.

P. unilaterale (unilateral), A synonym of Myrosma madagas-
cariensis.

P. variegatum (variegated). A synonym of Maranta arun-
dinacea rariegata,

PHYGELIUS. According to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,”

this genus is monotypic (P. capensis).

PHYLLAGATHIS. To the species described on
p. 110, Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. hirsuta (hairy). This differs from the other species in the
very short, broadly-rounded calyx lobes; in the obovate,
rounded petals; and in the ovary being almost_ entirely
adherent to the calyx. Borneo, 1894, (1. H. 1894, t. 3.)

PHYLLANTHUS. Incloading Emblica, Reidia, and
Scepasma. To the species described on pp. 110-11,
Vol. III.. the following should be added:

P. Chantrieri (Chantrier’s). Vhis is now regarded as identical
with P. glaucescens.

P. elongatus (lengthened). A synonym of P. angustifolius.

P. epiphyllanthus (flowers upon leaves). The correct name
of P. falcatus.

P. glaucescens (greyish). The same as P. Chantrieri, described
in Vol. IIT. ©

P. latifolius (broad-leaved). A synonym of P. speciosus.

P. linearis (linear). /. fascicled, minute; calyx white.
Branches tardily deciduous, compressed ; branchlets crowded,
likin. to 2sin. long, distichous, linear, serrulated from the
base, striate-veined. Stem lft. to 2ft. high. West Indies.

P. montanus (mountain-loving). /., males glomerate, with a
rosy calyx; females purple, solitary. Branches persistent,
cylindrical, compressed towards the top; branchlets 2in. to

See Tiger

598

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Phyllanthus—continued.
3in. long, scattered, spathulate, repand, striate-veined.
Indies, 1820. A small tree. (B. M. 2652.)
P. pulcher (pretty). ‘The correct name of P. pallidifolius.
P. roseo-pictus (rosy-painted). /. alternate, about lin. long,
elliptic, obtuse, variegated with crimson and white. Habitat
not recorded, 1877. Probably a garden form.
P. turbinatus (turbinate). A synonym of Breynia turbinata.

PHYLLARTHROWN. Six species are now referred
to this,genus. P. Bojeranum is the correct spelling of
P. Bojeriana.

PHYLLERIUM VITIS. See Vine—Animal Pests.

eae OB T OS OBLONGUS. ‘ee Phyllobius,
ol. IIT.

PHYLLOCACTUS. Syn. Lpiphyllwm (of Haworth).
To the species and varieties described on pp. 112-3,
Vol. IIL., the following shonld be added. Many Phyllo-
eacti are amongst the showiest of window plants, and
should be freely employed.

P. grandis (large)* jl. creamy-white, lft. long including the
tube, resembli those of the night-flowering Cereus, and
opening after sunset, deliciously almond-scented. Summer and
autumn. Branches broad, notched. Honduras. A fine, free-
flowering species.

P. Guedeneyi (Guedeney’s). A garden synonym of Phyllocactus
Guedeneyi.

P. Russelliana
Russellianum.

Hybrids and

West

(Russell's). A synonym of Epiphyllum
Of late years a revival in
and some beautiful
The best of

Varieties.

favour of these plants has set in, l
varieties have been produced by the florist.
these are described below :

Fig. 630. Payitocactus J. T. Peacock IMPROVED.

AGATHA, rose-pink, shaded salmon; ALBUS SuPERBUS, white,
with greenish-white petals ; AURANTIACUS SUPERBUS, brick-red;
BRILLIANT, bright scarlet; CoopERI (Syn. CRENATO-GRANDI-
FLORUS), creamy-white ; DELICATUS, pink, suffused white, very

satiny; ELATIOR, crimson-scarlet, with white filaments; ENA,

orange-scarlet, tinted apricot; EPIRUS, soft pink; EURASIAN,
deep scarlet, margined with purple; EXQUISITE, rose-pink ;

ISABEL WATSON, coral-red outside, orange-red within, and

Phyllocactus—continued.

margined violet-carmine; JEssIca, soft pink; J. T. Peacock
IMPROVED (Fig. 630), brilliant rose-pink; MARsus (Fig. 631),

Fic. 631.

PHYLLOCACTUS MARSUS.

pretty salmon-rose; NIOBE, deep scarlet, with purple centre;
ORION, crimson-scarlet ; PLATO, bright scarlet; RoMEO, light
red, edged with purple; VENUS, crimson, shaded violet.

PHYLLOCALYX. Lugenia Selloi is the correct
name of P. edulis. ¢
PHYLLOCLADUS. To the information given on

pp. 113-4, Vol. TII., the following should be added :

P. alpinus (alpine). According to Dr. Masters and Sir J. D.
Hooker, this is merely an alpine form of P. trichomanoides ; it
is a very small and compact bush, found growing at 6000ft.
elevation, and would doubtless prove hardy here.

P. asplenifolia (Spleenwort-leaved). A synonym of P. rhom-

boidalis.
P. Billardieri (La Billardiere’s). A synonym of P. rhom-
boidalis.

P. trichomanoides glauca (slaucous).
P. glaucus. x
PHYLLODOCE. This genus (p. 114, Vol. III.) is

now included under Bryanthus (which see).

PHYLLOGENOUS. Growing upon leaves.

PHYLLOSTACHYS. To the species described on
p. 114, Vol. III., the following should be added. For
fuller information on this and other genera of Bamboos,
and for cultural details, the reader is referred to Mr.
A. B. Freeman-Mitford’s admirable work, ‘‘The Bamboo
Garden,”’ 1896. See also Bambusa.
P. aurea (golden). Golden Bamboo.

Bambusa aurea. SYN. B. sterilis.

P. Boryana (Bory’s). A variety of P. nigra.

P. Castillonis (Castillo’s).* 7. lanceolate, Sin. to Qin. long,
tessellated, glossy green with bright orange stripes fading
to creamy-white, glaucous beneath; petioles distinct. Culms
5ft. or_more in height, variegated green and yellow; inter-
mous Sin. to 4in. long; sheaths purple, tinged pinkish. Very
ardy.

P. edulis (edible) A synonym of P. mitis,

A synonym of

The correct name of

an

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 599

Phyllostachys—continued.

P. fastuosa (proud).” /. bright
neath, Sin. to Jin. long, jin. to
at apex, constricted lin. from
spreading species.

P. flexuosa (bending). #. borne on all the branches, in the
place of the fallen leaves; spikes 1jin. to ljin. long, consisting
of eight to ten spikelets, disposed in a panicle. /. like those
of P. viridi-glaucescens. Culms 6ft. or more in height. 1864.
This must not be confused with Bambusa siexuosa (of Munro).

P. fulva (fulvous).* This species has the colouring of P. aurea,
with the graceful habit of P. Henonis and 2. nigra Boryana.
1898. (G. C. 1838, xniv., p. 245, f. 68.)

P. Henonis.* /. linear-lanceolate, bright green above, 2in. to
3in. long, gin. broad, tapering, tessellated, serrated on one side
especially. Culms 8ft. to 14ft. high, l4in. thick, rough; inter-
nodes 4in. to 6in. long; branches often three to a node, 6in. to
20in. lone. Mr. Freeman-Mitford considers this the loveliest of
all Bamboos.

P. heterocycla (various-noded). Tortoiseshell Bamboo. 7. 24in,
to 4in. long, Sin. across, bright green above, glaucous beneath,
minutely tessellated, serrated mostly on one side, finely
pointed. Branches borne in twos and threes, one much longer
than the others; lower internodes arranged alternately and
partly suppressed, Somewhat resembling the seales of a
tortoiseshell. 1893. A curious species.

P. Kumasasa (native name). 7. appearing as if clustered, but
really borne singly, some of them 3in. long and lin. broad,
ovate, acute, rounded at base, serrated, minutely tessellated.
Culms green, channelled; internodes lin. to 2in. long, prettily
zigzageed ; sheaths purple, fringed, with hairs; branches in
threes and fours, lin. to l4in. long.” h. 14ft. to 3ft. (G. C. 1894,
i., p. 45.) Syns. P. ruseifolia, P. viminalis.

P. Marliacea (Marliac’s).* /. variable in size, some 44in. long,
lin. broad, lanceolate, serrated, deep green above, glaucous
beneath; petioles rather long. Culms shining dark green;
lower internodes liin. to 2in. long, the nodes well detined;
branches in twos and threes, long and gracefully arching.
A rather rare species.

P. Mazeli (Mazel’s). A synonym of P. Quilioi.

P. mitis (clittering).* 71 very beautiful, variable in length
from lin. to 6in., lanceolate, finely pointed, serrated mostly on
one edge. Culms deep green, eventually yellow, shining, 20ft.
to 60ft. high, growing very quickly; sheaths tessellated,
brownish, spotted with purple; developed branches in twos.
One of the tinest of hardy Bamboos. Syn. P. edulis.

P. nigra Boryana (Bory’s).* Culms green at first, rich
yellow the second season, and blotched with purplish-brown ;
bud-seales pale yellowish-green. One of the finest of the
hardy Bamboos.

P. n. nigro-punctata (black-dotted). Culms in the second
season brown, with darker speckles all over. ‘Taller, more
free-growing, and hardier than the type. SYN. Bambusa
nigro-punctata (of gardens).

P. nigro-punctata (black-dotted). A variety of P. nigra.

P. Quilioi (Admiral Du Quilio’s). 7. 2in. to 8in. long, rather
broad, serrated on one or both edges, dark green often spotted
with brown above, glaucous heneath; petioles rather long.
Culms 18ft. or more in height, nearly En. thick, brilliantly
polished, dark green; noces stained with purple; sheaths
pinkish-brown, mottled with purple; branches in twos. SyYNS.
P. Mazeli, Bambusa Quilioi.

P. ruscifolia (Ruscus-leaved). A synonym of P. Kuimasasa.

P. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured).* This handsome, golden-
stemmed species resembles P. mitis, but it is smaller, with
more sharply-serrated leaves, and the culms are more
brilliantly coloured. h. 13ft. or more, Not hardy. Allied to
P. mitis. SYN. Bambusa sulphurea.

P. viminalis (twiggy). A synonym of P. Kuwimasasa.

P. violescens (violet). /. 2in. to Tin. long, lanceolate, finely
pointed, dark green above, glaucous beneath. Culms at first
deep violet, almost black, changing to dingy yellow or brown ;
sheaths purplish-brown, with a strongly-marked ligule. A. 13ft.
or more. Not hardy. Syn. Bainbusa violescens.

P. viridi-glaucescens (green and glaucous).* /. lanceolate,
finely pointed, serrated mostly on one edge, 3in. to 4in. long,
4in. broad, bright green above, glaucous beneath. Culms 18ft.
or more in height, 2in. thick, bright green, then dingy yellow,
zigzagged ;. branches very long in proportion to the internodes,
scantily leafy. Rootstock rapidly running. The best of the tall-
growing ones.

PHYLLOTRETA. To this genns, dealt with in
Vol. IIl., at least one other species must be named as
being especially troublesome to gardeners. This is P. atra,
which will attack both flowers and foliage of many well-
known plants—Stocks, Virginia Stocks, and Tropxolums.
The best remedy against them is that suggested under
Turnip Flea, or Turnip Fly. Or qnicklime and

green above, glaucous be-
lin.- broad, sharply pointed
the end. A beautiful, tall,

“sulphur, in about equal parts, may be dusted over the

foliage.

PHYLLOXERA OF THE VINE. According to
the ‘‘Revne Horticole,”’ some practical experiments have
been conducted in France with a view to still farther
lessening the chance of attacks by this pest. All Vine
shoots intended for propagating purposes are immersed
in water of from l04deg. to 120deg. Fahr. ‘This, is
sufficient, it is stated, to destroy eggs and insects alike.

PHYLLOXERA VASTATRIX.
Vine Louse.

PHYSALIS. To the species described on p.
Vol. III., the following should be added:

See Grape or

115,

Fig. 632. PuHYSALIS FRANCHETI.

P. Francheti (Franchet’s).* 7., mature calyx coral-red or
tinged with orange, about 3in, long and Tin. to Sin. in circum-

ference. JU. very large and long-petiolate. Stem simple,
glabrous. h. 14ft. Japan, 1894. This species closely resembles

the old P. Alkekengi (of which it is probably_a variety), but
has larger fruit. A robust grower. See Fig. 632. (G. C. 1894,
xvi., pp. 434, 441, f. 57; Gn. 1896, i., 1059.)

P. prostrata (prostrate). A synonym of Cacahus prostratus.

PHYSIANTHUS. See also under Araujia.

PHYSIC NUT. ‘See Jatropha.

PHYSOCARPA. Included under Neillia (which
see).

PHYSOCHLAINA. P. prvalia is the correct name

P. physaloides is now regarded as a

of P. grandiflora.
species of Scopolia.

PHYSOPODA. See Thrips.

PHYSOSIPHON. To the species described on
p. 116, Vol. IIL, the following should be added. Both
are allied to P. Loddigesti. *

P. guatemalensis (Guatemalan). /. yellow, and purple,

small, racemose. J. oblong. Guatemala, 1891.

P. Lindleyi (Lindley’s). 7. green, with red sepals, the whole
blossom jin. long; scape 4in. long. & oblong, obtuse, din.
long. Stem 2in. long. Mexico, 1895.

600

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

PHYSOSTEGIA. P. truicata is a synonym of
Brasoria scutellarioides (which see). P. virginiana
nana is a dwarf*form with many-flowered, bright pink
racemes ; it is also known in gardens as P. Regelii. There
is also a white form (alba).

PHYSURUS. 'I’o the species described on p. 117,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. chinensis (Chinese).
1. tufted, ovate, green, 4in. long.
China, 1896.

P. fimbrillaris (fringed).* /. white; sepals marked outside by
a central line of pellucid glands; lip yellow at the tip, which
is delicately fringed. 7. ovate, dark green, with silver veins.
Brazil.

PHYTEUMA. To the species described on p. 115,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. Balbisii (Balbis’s). 1. white, in an oblong-cylindrical spike
fin. to lin. long. Summer. 7. sub-entire or sharply toothed ;
radical ones petiolate, cordate, broadly ovate, acute; cauline
ones few, sub-sessile, ovate, acuminate. Stem erect, 4in. to 6in.

, high. Piedmont.

P. Halleri (iUaller’s). fl. dark violet, in an ovoid-oblong head
lin. to 14in. long, with two spreading or reflexed bracts. May.
l., lower ones long-petiolate, cordate-ovate, acute, doubly

fl. small, numerous on short scapes.
Stem short. Iwantung,

serrated; upper ones lanceolate, serrated. A, 6in. Alps, &e.,
1822.
PHYTOLACCA. Including Pircunia. To the species

described on p. 119, Vol. III., the following should be

added :

P. acinosa (full of kernels). #. 4in. across; racemes 2in. to
6in. Jong, erect, many-flowered. /, elliptic-ovate or lanceolate,
acuminate, 6in. to 10in. long, thinly succulent, narrowed into
the stout petioles. Stems 3ft. to 5ft. high, stout, herbaceous,
succulent. Temperate Himalayas, 1844. Some authorities class
this as a form of P. decandra.

P. arborea (tree-like). A garden name for P. dioica. “

P. decandra albo-variegata (white-variegated).* A form
with variegated leaves. 1887. (R. H. 1887, p. 16, f. 2.)

P. d. luteola (yellowish). ‘This form differs from the type in
having the leaves pale yellow, striped and spotted with
bright green. 1894.

P. dioica (diccious).* fl. dicecious, spreading or spreading-
reflexed; raceme 2in. to 3in. long, shortly pedunculate. /. like
those of the Black Poplar (Populus nigra), 3in. to Tin. long,
acuminate, recurved-mucronulate. Trunk 20ft. to 450ft. high.
South America. Syns. P. arborea (of gardens), Pirewnia
dioica.

PHYTOMYZA ILICIS. See Holly-Leaf Fly.
PHYTOPHTHORA. Spraying with Bordeaux Mixture

has proved of great benefit in keeping in check that scourge
of the Potato cultivator, Phytophthora infestans. If two
sprayings were employed in conjunction with Jensen’s
system of moulding, and the other precantions dealt with
in Vol. III. were taken, the complaints as to the ravages of
the disease would be fewer. With the farmer or the
cultivator on a large scale there should be no difficulty,
as a suitable spraying-machine shonld form part of his
agricultural appliances. With the labourer, allotment
holder, and small gardener, the case is different, as the
cost of a sprayer would have to be seriously considered.
Even this, however, need not deter the practical man
from applying the fungicide: on the Continent such
people get over the spraying difficulty with a very
primitive appliance—namely, a bundle of heather, which
is dipped in the solution, to be afterwards distributed by
a mere jerk of the hand. Allotment holders conld also
combine to obtain a sprayer, which would soon earn its
cost by the improvement alike in the crop-yield and the
appearance of the tubers when lifted.

PHYTOPHTHORA OMNIVORA.

PHYTOPTUS AVELLANZ. See
Mite.

PHYTOPTUS PYRI (Pear-Leaf Blister Mite). See
Pear—Insects, Vol. III.

PHYTOPTUS RIBIS. See Currant-Bud Mite.
PIARANTHUS. P. pullus is now referred to

Boucerosia as B.mammillaris. P. piliferus is a synonym
of Trichocaulon piliferum.

PICEA. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 121-3, Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. alba. Of this species there are many varieties, including
cerulea (bluish-leaved), echinoformis (dwarf and _ bushy),

See Fagus.
Hazel-Bud

Picea—continued.
Sastigiata (pyramidal), intermedia (small-coned, short-leaved,
glancous-farinose), pendula (drooping), and variegata (variegated
with yellowish-white).

P. alpestris (rock-loving). ‘This resembles P. execlsa, but has
the young shoots velvety, with stiffer, shorter, thicker leaves,
about Jin. to fin. long, and more distinctly four-angled.
Swiss Alps.

P. Breweriana (Brewer's). /. five to twelve lines long, one-
half to one line broad, rounded or slightly keeled above,
stomatose beneath on each side the prominent midrib, obtuse.
cones slender, 3in. long, with thin, entire scales. Branchlets
long, drooping, whip-like, puberulous. A. 80ft. to 90ft. North
California, 1886. This tree somewhat resembles P. eacelsa.
(G. C. 1886, pp. 497-8, f. 93.)

P. czrulea (blue). A form of P. alba.

P. californica (Californian). A synonym of Tsuga Pattoniana.

P. concolor (one-coloured). A synonym of Abies concolor.

P. Engelmanni (of gardens). A synonym of P. pungens.

P. ericoides (Heath-like). 7. short, pale green. <A distinct
and pretty Fir, the origin of which is unknown; it is of
pyramidal outline, and forms a densely-branched, small tree,
with slender branches.

P. excelsa. White Deal.
may be noted ;

P. e. capitata (headed). A singular variety of the Spruce.
“The bulk of the plant forms a globular mass, from which
project, like pins from a pin-cushion, relatively long branches,

The following additional varieties

each bearing a head-like mass of leaves at the top.” 1889.
(R. G. 1889, p. 333, f. 103.
P. e. cincinnata (curly-headed). 7. of a rich green. Branches

horizontal ; branchlets drooping.

P. e. compacta (compact).*
distinct.

P. e. diffusa (diffuse).
rockeries.

P. e. dumosa (bushy). A neat, much-branched, pyramidal,
low tree, rather slow in growth.

P. e. mutabilis (changeable).* A handsome variety, dis-
tinguished from the type by the bright lemon-yellow tint
assumed by the young growths in spring. 1887.

P. e. reflexa (reflexed). A garden variety with pendulous
branches. 1890. (R. G. 1890, p. 259, f. 73.)

A vigorous form.
Very attractive, compact, and

A dwarf-growing form, well adapted for

P. e. viminalis (twiggy). J/. short. Branches very long,
slender, flexuous, reflexed, pendent. 1889. (R. G. 1889, f. 26.)

P. e. virgata (twiggy). This is identical with the form

monstrosa.

P. jezoensis is synonymous with P. ajanensis.

P. Menziesii. The correct name is P. sitchensis.

P. Morinda is the correct name of P. Smithiana.

P. nigra Doumetti (Dounett’s). /. glaucescent, violaceous,
slender, small. Branches small, numerous. A compact, conical
variety.

P. n. fastigiata (pyramidal).
P. n. rubra (red). Red Spruce.
America, 1755. SYN. P. rubra.
P. obovata Schrenkiana (Schrenk’s).

P. Schrenkiana.

P. orientalis aurea (golden).* In this fine variety the leaves
close to the main stems are of a deep bronzy-green, while
those elsewhere are of a bright golden hue. 1893.

P. o. nana (dwarf), A garden variety of pyramidal habit,
depressed and enlarged at the base. 1891.

P. o. pygmeza (pigmy). /. whitish or variegated, stiff, acute.
P. Parryana (Parry’s). A synonym of P. pungens.
P. polita (neat). The correct name of Abies polita.

P. pungens. Recky Mountain Bine Spruce. ‘‘ White, glabrous
branchlets, stouter [than those of P. Engelmanni], in old
specimens somewhat flattened, spiny-pointed leaves, blue in
young trees and in the young growth of old trees; the cones
are much longer and paler [than in Hngelmanni), the bark
thick, crooked, and greyish; leaves of seedlings somewhat
denticulate’”’ (Engelmann). <A tall tree. (G. C. 1883, p. 725,
f. 130; Nov. 7, 1891, pp. 547, 549.) Syns. P. Engelmanni (of
gardens), P. Parryana.

a n argentea (silvery). J. of a bright, silvery-glaucous hue.

7. very short. Habit pyramidal.

This is merely a dwarf form.

The correct name of

P. p. glauca (glaucous).* A strikingly beautiful, glaucous
form. See Fig. 633, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch
und Sons. pendula is a drooping form of this.

P. rubens (red). cones ovate-oblong, early deciduous, lin. to
24in. long, borne on short, incurved stalks; scales rounded.
i. very slender, dark yellow-green, tetragonal, standing out from
all sides of the branch, sin. to gin. long, very lustrous at
maturity. Branchlets pubescent. Bark reddish-brown. h. 70ft.

.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 601

Picea—continued.

to 110ft. North America, 1755.
Pinus rubra.

P. sitchensis (Sitcha). The correct name of P. Menziesii.

P. Smithiana. P. Morinda is the correct name (G. C. Sept. 26,

1885, p. 393, f. 85).
P. vulgaris (common), A synonym of P. excelsa.

Syns. Abies rubra, P. rubra,

Picotee—continued.

GANYMEDE, GRACE DARLING, ISABEL LAKIN, LENA, MARTIAL,
Mary D. ANSTISS, Minos, MisS MAGUIRE, Mrs. Lovat,
NORMAN CARR, SOUVENIR DE HEADLAND, ZENO.

Light and Heavy Rose- and Scarlet-edged. Amy, CLIo,
CORDELIA, DAISY ETHEL, DUCHESS OF YORK, LIDDINGTON’S
FAVOURL Lit PHIL, MRS. FOSTER, Mrs. RuDD, MRS.
SHARP, NELLIE, ROSIE SYDENHAM,

Fic, 633. PICEA PUNGENS GLAUCA,

PICOTEE. The following additional varieties are
among the best of recent years:

Light and Heavy Purple-edged. AMELIA, ANN Lorp,

ATHENE, BARON BurRpEtTr CouTTs, CALYPsO, CLARA
PENSON, FANNY TETT, HER MAJESTY, LAVINIA, MRS. FRED
SANDER, M rON, NYMPH, POLLY BRAZIL, PORTIA,
SUMMERHILL,

Light and Heavy Red-edged, AcME, BRUNETTE, CHAR-
LOTTE BRONTE, Dr. HORNER, EMILY, ENA, EURIPEDES,
:

Vol, V.

Yellow Ground. Empress EUGENIE, IAipe£, HYGELA, LADAS,
Lapy CectL Scotr MontTaGu May QUEEN, MIss ALICE
Mitts, Mr. Nicget, Mrs. DouGLas, MRS. DRANFIELD, MRS
ROBERT SYDENHAM, ‘MRS. WHITBOURN, STANLEY WRIGHTSON,
THE GIFT, VENUS, VIRGO, WANDERER.

PICRIDIUM (from Picris, and eidos, resemblance ; in
allusion to its affinity with Picris), Syn. Reichardia (of
Roth, 1787). Orp. Composite. ‘Ten species have been
referred to this genus, but not more than five or six are

4u

602

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Picridium—continued.

distinct as such: they are hardy, glabrous, annual or
perennial herbs, natives of South Europe, North Africa,
and Western Asia, Flower-heads yellow, long-pedunculate,
homogamonus ; involucre campanulate, the bracts in several
series; florets ligulate, five-toothed at apex. Leaves
radical or alternate, toothed or pinnatifid. P. tingitanwm,
probably the only species in cultivation, is a perennial.

It thrives in any fairly good garden soil, and may be

increased by divisions.

P. tingitanum (Tangier). /l.-heads on squamose peduncles ;
outer involucral bracts squarrose. July. /. all runcinate-
pinnatifid, semi-amplexicaul, denticulate. Stems branched.

h. 14ft. Tangier, &c., 1882.

Syn. Scorzonera orientalis.
PICTETIA. P. squamata is now removed to
Ormocarpum, under the name of QO. sennoides, with
which O. coronilloides is synonymous.

PIERARDIA. A synonym of Baccaurea (which
see).

PIERIS. To the species described on pp. 124-5,
Vol. IIL, the following varieties should be added.
P. mariana, P. nitida, and P. ovalifolia are poisonous to
animals.

P. densiflora (dense-flowered). A form of P. ovalifolia.

P. japonica is a variety of P. ovalifolia

P. j. elegantissima (most elegant).* This garden variety only
differs from the typical japonica in having the leaves prettily
margined with white. SYN. Andromeda japonica variegata.

PIERIS NAPI. Sce Cabbage Caterpillars.
PIGAFETTA. This genns is named in hononr of

Ant. Pigafetta, an Italian, who accompanied Magellan
in his voyage round the world (1519-22), and wrote an
account of it.

PIGEON’S GRASS. See Verbena officinalis.

PILEA. To the specie# described on p. 125, Vol. IIT.,
the following should be added:
P. Spruceana (Spruce'’s). jl.

crowded, axillary racemes.

Peru and Venezuela, 1895. A dwarf spec

PILOCARPUS. P. Jaborandi (B. M. 7483) is the
correct name of the plant described on p. 126, Vol. IIL.,
as P. pennatifolius (B. M. PL, t. 48; f. 6-11).

PILOCEREUS. To the species described on p. 127,
Vol. IIIL., the following should be added:

P. Celsianus (Celsius’). Stem (in garden specimens) columnar,
simple, pale gluucous-green, woolly towards the apex; ribs ten
to seventeen, obtuse; radial prickles usually nine, rigid,
subulate, straight or htly curved, pale yellow ; central ones
two to four. Andes. Syns. 2. foveolatus, P. Williamsii. There
are several forms of this species.

P. Forsterii (Morster's). A sy nonym of P. Houlletianwm.

P. foveolatus (small-pitted). A synonym of P. Celsianus.

P. Hoppenstedti (Hoppenstedt’'s). Stems columnar, eight- to
twenty-angled, the angles rounded, with deep, acute grooves
between them; pulvini closely-set, white, tomentose; outer
spines about twenty, unequal, the lower ones longest, greyish-
white ; central ones six to eight, brownish, the lower ones
2sin. long. Mexico, 1888. Stove. A curious species.

P. senilis. Young plants of this spec such as the very
tine specimen shown in Fig. 634, are more conspicuously white-
hairy than old ones.

P. Williamsii (Williams’). A synonym of P. Celsianus.

The following have been introduced, but are very rare in
cultivation: P. chrysomatlus, P. Columna-Trajani, P. Marschaill-
eckianus, and P. tilophorus.

greenish-white,

disposed in
2. dark bro1

reen, ovate, rugose.

Paani mae a A synonym of Melothria (which
see).

PIMPINELLA includes Tragiwm.

PINCHING. The stopping, or Pinching, of the

growing shoots of plants and fruit trees is a very important
operation in determining the shape of a plant, as well as in
the production of fruit on fruit-bearing trees, especially
those grown under glass. Some plants would grow very
tall and ugly unless the points of the shoots were
removed while young, thus causing what would have other-
wise been dormant buds to start into growth, and the
plant to assume a munch dwarfer and bushier habit. Aecain
it frequently oceurs that a shoot will commence making
strong growth, and the remaining ones on the plant
scarcely move ; but by timely Pinching of the gross shoot,

Pinching—continued.
the energy is in a great measure distributed oyer the
weaker shoots, and the plant retains its form.

With frnit trees under glass, careful Pinching is a
necessity ; and to conserve energy, the Pinching should
as fay as possible be done by the finger and thumb while
the young wood is soft. For instance, the stopping
of Vine laterals and the snb-laterals is always best
done as soon as they are lar enongh for the
finger and thumb to pinch. Fig-trees are more fruitful
and the produce is finer if the points of the young
shoots are pinched ont when fonr or five leaves are
formed. Peaches, Nectarines, Plums, Cherries, Apples,
and Pears grown in pots under glass mnst be judiciously
‘pinched’? to make them bear good crops of fruit.
The usual practice is to remove the points of the
shoots when they have made seven or eight leaves. Wall
and other trained trees, both under glass and outside, need
careful attention in this respect to secure the finest results.
Under glass this attention is usually given; but outside
trees are permitted to make a great quantity of growth
that is cut; away with the pruning-knife, and much of the
energy of the tree is wasted. This wonld be avoided
if a proper regulation of the growth by Pinching were
adopted, as in the case of trees grown under glass.

Fic, 634.

PILOCEREUS SENILIS.

PIN-EYED. Having the style more conspicnous
than the stamens. Anricula-growers regard pin-eyed
specimens as worthless—sneh, for instance, as have the
stigmatic part protruding from the eye, with the anthers
placed lower down.

PIN PILLAR.

PINANGA. To the species described on p, 130,
Vol. IIL., the following should be added :

P. decora (comely). 7. pinnate, green, tinged brown; pinne
sessile, broadly lanceolate, long-acuminate, sometimes bifid
and rounded at the apex; sheaths marked brown. Caudex
tall. Borneo, 1886, Unarmed. (I. H. 1886, 114.)

P. Dicksonii (Dickson's). f., spadix branches stout, densely
clothed with imbricating flowers; spathe simple. /. pinnate,
4ft. long, forked; leaflets numerous, sessile, 1ft. to 2ft. long,
broadly linear, preemorse, the upper ones confluent. Trunk
loft. to 18ft. high, 2in. thick. .Western Ghats.

See Opuntia curassavica.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c.

603

Pinanga—continued.

P. disticha (two-rowed). _7., spadix 2in. to 3in. long, simple.
i. lft. to lift. long, cuneately obovate, simple and deeply
forked, or with a few broad lateral, acuminate leaflets inserted
by a broad base. Stems 2ft. to 6ft. high, usually tufted.
Penang, &c. SyN. Ptychosperma disticha.

P. gracilis (slender). jl., spadix white or scarlet, simple,
reflexed; spathe solitary, bifid. J. 3ft. to 4ft. long, sparingly
pinnate; leaflets inserted by a very broad base, lft. long or
more; petiole and sheaths scurfy. Stems 6ft. to 20ft. long,
din. to sin. thick, slender, usually gregarious. Sikkim, «ce.

P. lepida (pretty). 7., when first developed, brownish-crimson,
gradually changing to deep, lustrous green, with faint darker
mottling ; sments unequal, prominently veined above;
petioles short, rufescent. East Indies, 1888. “This Palm is only
known in a young state in gardens.

P. paradoxa (paradoxical). l., spadix short, decurved;
peduncle short. lft. long, entire and oblong, or having
three to six pairs of sigmoidly linear-lanceolate, acuminate
leatlets 4in. to Sin. long, with a broad base. Stem 3ft. to
6ft. long, Jin. in diameter. Malacca, &c.

P. Sanderiana (Sander’s). J. two-lobed, spreading, glossy,
mottled green; petioles mottled or freckled with brownish
pubescence, destitute of spines. Indian Archipelago, 1885.

P. spectabilis (remarkable). JU. dark green, with paler
mottlings, silvery beneath, pinnate; young ones two-lobed.
East Indies, 1886.

PINASTER. See Pinus Pinaster.

PINCENECTITIA TUBERCULATA. A synonym
of Beaucarnea recurvata, the correct name of which
is Nolina recurvata.

PINE BLIGHT or PINE NEEDLE CAST
(Lophodermium pinastri). A condition due to fungus
attack, and peculiar to many species of Pinus, the
Weyiaouth Pine being one of those exempt. The chief
symptom is indicated by the second of the names above
adopted. Old trees and seedlings are alike attacked, and
the latter rarely recover in bad cases. Pines affected by
the fungus show brown blotches upon the leaves, while
the other portion assumes a purplish tinge. Hartig
suggests, a8 a precautionary measure, the isolation of
nursery-beds from older trees. Once the tissues are
attacked there is little hope of recovery. See also Pinus
—Fungi, Vol. IIL, p. 138.

PINK. Pinks and Carnations are affected by a Rust

known as Puccinia Arenarie (see Vol. IIl.). The
disease is best combated by means of a weak solution of
Bordeanx Mixture directly the spotted appearance is noted
on the leaves.

Varieties. These have received many additions during
the last ten years or so, and some of the more noteworthy
in their respective sections are here given:

Border and Forcing Pinks. ALpino, ALICE LEE, AScoT,
BeRTHA, BUEN ReETIRO, Caro DI MoNTI, DRESDEN, ERNEST
LADHAMS, EURYDICE, HER MaAJesty, HOMER, Mrs. LAKIN,
MRS. SINKINS, MRS. WELSH, PADDINGTON, PHEASANT’S EYE,
SNOWFLAKE, ZURICH.

Show or Laced Pinks. Berrua, Bertram, Borarp, CHAN-
TILLY, CLARA, DEVICE, EMERALD, EMPRESS OF INpIA,

T, GEORGE Brow? ORGE WHITE, Harry
LADY CRAVEN, MINERVA, MIsS PoMEROY, Mrs.

Mrs. WAITE, OLD CHELSEA, RELIANCE, RoyaL

.
DARKE,
WORCESTER, Sara, THE RECTOR.

PINUS. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 141-6, Vol. III., the following should be added. In
in the enumeration will be found a few species not yet
introduced to this country, but which doubtless will be
in the near future, and others which will only grow in
certain localities.

P. abchasica (Abchasian). A synonym of P. halepensis.

P. Abies (Abies). A synonym of Abies pectinata.

P. albicaulis (white-stemmed). J. entire, 2in. to 3in. long,
stout, rigid, curved, keeled on the inner face, rounded on
the outer. cones 23in. long, ovate, rounded at base, very
resinous ; scales transversely keeled. Branches s t, hori-
zontal, much twisted. h. 30ft. to 60ft. Mexico and California
(at 8000ft. to 14,000ft.). This Alpine Tree is, it is much to be
regretted, not adapted for culture in this country.

P. Alcoquiana (Alcock’s). A synonym of Picea Alcockiana.

P. apulcensis (Apulco). 7. in fives, slender, 6in. long, slightly
curved, deep glaucous-green; sheaths long and silky. cones
4in. long, conical-ovate, glossy, whorled, very resinous; scales
rugged, pyramidal, sometimes beaked. Branches short, few,
irregular, glaucous-violet on the younger parts. h. 45ft.
to 60ft. Apulco, Mexico (on mountains), 1839.

Pinus—continued. .

P. aristata (awned). By very many botanists this is now
regarded as inseparable from P. Balfowriana.

tet attenuata (attenuated). A synonym of P. tuberculata,
described in Vol. III. A species which cannot be recommended
for culture here.

P. australis. The correct name is P. palustris.

ih austriaca is a variety of P. Laricio. ‘There is a garden
form Joliis-aureis, having leaves marked with yellow. 1887.

P. Ayacahuite (native name). The correct name of P. Buona-
partea. SYNS. P. Dom Pedri, P. Loudoniana, P. Veitchii.

P. Banksiana (Banks’). Gray or Northern Scrub Pine. J. in
twos, lin. long, elliptic, divergent, flat, very da een. cones
twin or rarely solitary, sessile, conical, oblong, ust lly curved,
lyin. to 2in. long, smooth; scales pointless. h. 5ft. to 20ft.
United States, 1785 and 1878. A stragglir hrub or tall tree.
Syns. P. divaricata, P. Hudsonia, P. rupestris.

P. Brutia (Brutia). A form of P. pyrenaica.

P. Buonapartea. The correct name is P. Ayacahuite.

P. canariensis (Ca ary Islands). 7. in threes, triquetrous,
serrulated, acute, 6in. to 8in. long; sheaths jin. long. cones
oblong-cylindrical, 54in. long, straight, sessile, hard and
glossy ; scales lin. broad, bluntly pointed. Branches regular ;
branchlets slender, drooping. h. 60ft. to 70ft. Mountains of
Teneriffe, 1888. Rather tender. (G. C. June 9, 1888, p. 723.)

P. caramanica (Karamana). <A synonym of P. Laricio
karamana.

P. cembroides (P. Cembra-like). J. in threes or rarely in
twos, 2in. to 24in. long, sometimes incurved, bright glaucous-
green, very dense, acute; sheaths very short, soon falling.
cones 13in. wide, lin. long, sessile; scales in three rows only ;
seeds large, edible. Branches regularly whorled, smooth,
ash-grey, horizontal. h. 15ft. to 20ft. Mexico, 1830. Un-
suited for culture in this country except in a few favoured
sites in the West. (J. H. S. i, p. 236.) Syns. P. Llaveana,
P. osteosperma.

P. cembroides (of Gordon). A synonym of P. edulis.

P. clausa (inclosed). 7. longer and finer. cones nearly sessile,
spreading or reflexed, mostly persistent for years. h. 10ft. to
40ft. Otherwise like P. in@ps, of which it was formerly
classed as a variety. Southern United States, 1892. (G.& F.
April 6, 1892, f. 24.)

P. cubensis (Cuban). 2. ternate or the upper ones twin, Yin.
to 10in. long, very narrow, rigid, compressed-triquetrous,
mucronate; sheaths rather short, persistent. cones solitary or
twin, ovate or ovate-conical; scales somewhat rhomboid, with
a prominent, transverse keel. Southern United States and
Cuba.

P. Devoniana (Duke of Devonshire’s). A synonym of P, Monte-
zume.

P. divaricata (divaricate). A synonym of P. Banksiana.

P. Dom Pedri is synonymous with P. Ayacahuite.

P. Edgariana (Edgar's). A synonym of P. muricata.

P. excelsa zebrina (zebra-striped). A remarkable variety,
Bovine the leaves curiously rayed with white. (R. H. 1889,
f. 101.)

P. excelsa (of Hooker). A synonym of P. Peuke.

P. glabra (smooth). J. in twos, slender, scattered, 3in. to 4in.
long. cones generally solitary, somewhat cylindrical, about 2in.
long. Branches and branchlets smooth, whitish. h. 40ft. to
60ft. Southern United States.

P. Gordoniana (Gordon’s). A synonym of P. Montezume.

P. Grenvillez is a form of P. Montezume.

P. Hartwegii (Hartweg’s). J. in fives or sometimes fours, very
dense, curved, dark green, 6in. long; sheaths long on the
young leaves. cones 4in. to 5in. long, nearly 2in. broad,
clustered, pendulous, oblong, tapering, deep purple at first,
dark brown when adult; scales rather thin, fov ded.
Branches few, robust, irregular. h. 40ft. to 50ft. Mexico (at
9000ft.), 1839. Fairly hardy. Closely allied to P. oocarpa.
Syn. P. rudis (of Endlicher).

P. Hudsonia (Hudson's). A synonym of P. Banksiana,

P. inops (poor). Jersey or Scrub Pine. 7. 1sin. to 3in. long,
scattered, short, rigid, flat on the inner face; sheaths short.
cones solitary, oblong-conical, sometimes curved, 2in: to 3in,
long, light brown; scales tipped with a straight or recurved,
awlshaped prickle. Branches spreading or drooping ; young
shoots with a purplish-glaucous bloom. h. 15ft. to 40ft. North
America, 1759. A straggling tree, not thriving well or for any
length of time here.

P. i. clausa (inclosed). See P. clausa.

P. Jeffreyi is now regarded as a species, and not as a variety
of P. ponderosa.

P. karamana (Karamana). <A form of P. Laricio.

P. Khasya (Khasia). /. in threes, very slender, green, serru-
lated, Sin. to 9in. long, semi-terete, grooved above; sheaths
sin. to jin. long, persistent. cones lo vedunculate, ovoid,
2in, to din. long, recurved when young; tips of the scales

604

THE DICTIONARY OF. GARDENING,

Pinus—continued. ,

thickened, flat or convex, transversely keeled. h. sometimes
200ft. (in Birma). Khasia, &c. (up to 7000ft.). Tender.

P. koraiensis variegata (variegated). In this garden form
the young leaves are whitish-yellow in colour. ‘The plant is
said to be a vigorous grower, 1887.

P. Laricio. Dr. Masters groups the various forms of this
species as follow: (1) nigricans, leaves thicker, stiffer, and
brownish-green (e.g., austriaca and Heldreichii); (2) Pallasiana,
leaves stiff as in nigricans, but cones larger, and the surface of
the scales cracked ; and (3) tenuifolia, leaves narrow and thin
(e.g., monspeliensis, pyrenaica, and Salzmanni).

P. latifolia (broad-leaved): /. lin. to 2in. long, very slender,
serrulated, cones ovate, sub-cylindrical, 3in. or more in length,
peduncled (produced above the uppermost leaves of the season);
scales chestuut-brown, shining. Mexico, SYN. P. datisquama
(G. C. Dec. 2, 1882, p. 713, f. 125).

P. latifolia (of Sargent). A synonym of P. ponderosa scopulorum.

P. latisquama (broad-scaled), A synonym of P. latifolia.

P. leiophylla (smooth-leaved). /. in fives, slender, glaucous-
green, 4in. to Sin. long, partly three-sided, sharp-pointed,
drooping, closely set; sheaths short, shrivelled. cones 2sin.
long, ovate, acute, flattened or depressed at base, pendulous ;
scales jin. across, with a sharp poms in the middle, dark.
Branches slender, pendulous at the tips. zk. 60ft. to 100ft.
Mexico (up to 7000ft.). Rather tender,

P. Llaveana (Llave’s). A synonym of P. cembroides.

P. lophosperma (crest-seeded). A synonym of P. Vorreyana.

P. Loudoniana is synonymous with P. Ayacahuite.

P. macrophylla (large-leaved), A variety of P. Montezuma.

P. maritima (sea-loving). A synonym of P. halepensis.

P. Massoniana (of S. Z. F. J.). The correct name is
P. Thunbergii.

P. microcarpa (small-fruited). A synonym of Larix pendula.

P. mitis (mild, pliant). Short-leaved Pine; Yellow Pine.
i. in twos or threes, crowded, very slender, concave on the
inner face, dark green, 3in. to Sin. long; sheaths long.
cones light brown, about liin, long, mostly solitary, oval or
conical-oblong, opening at maturity; scales tipped with a

weak prickle. h, SOft. to 60ft. North America, 1739. Ill
adapted for culture in Great Britain.

P. monspeliensis (Montpellier). A form of P. Laricio.

P. montana (mountain-loving), The correct name of

P. Mughus.

P. Montezume (G. C. Oct. 25, 1890, f. 90-94). Several Pines
formerly regarded _as_ species (P. Devoniana, P. Grenville,
P. macrophylla, P. Russelliana) are referred hereunder as
varieties, by Dr. Masters, who groups them as follow: (1)
Lindleyana, leaves smaller and cones shorter; (2) macrophylla,
leaves long (SYN. P. Grenvillew, J. H. S. ii., 27).

P. Mughus. The correct name is P. montana.

P. Nuttallii (Nuttall’s). A synonym of Larix occidentalis.

P. occidentalis (Western). West India Pine. 7. in fives,
bright green, 5in. to 6in. long, acuminate, slender but. stiff,
rather distant, with lanceolate scales at base 4in. long ;
sheaths over sin. long, persistent. cones 34in. long, somewhat:
pendulous, conical, rather long-stalked, covered with sharp-
pointed scales. h. 20ft. to. 30ft. St. Domingo and Cuba, 1820.
Very rare in this country, and of doubtful hardiness.

P. oocarpa (egg-fruited). 7. in fives, slender, acuminate, rather
pendulous, 8in. to 10in. long, bright green, thickly set; sheaths
long, persistent. cones solitary, ovate, tapering, 34in. long,
pale yellow, hard, shining, rather long-stalked; scales with
elevated bands from centre to corners. kh. 40ft. to 50ft.
Temperate parts of Mexico, 1840. Tender.

P. osteosperma (bony-seeded). A synonym of P. cembroides.

P. palustris (marsh-loving). American Pitch Pine. The
correct name of P. australis.

P. p. excelsa (tall). J. shorter, slenderer, and more erect.
Plant hardier and more branched. Origin unknown,

P. patula (rather spreading).* 7. in threes, fours, or fives, Tin.
to Sin. Jong, slender, soft, spreading, deeply channelled above,
convex beneath; sheaths lin. long. cones in clusters of three
to five, ovate-oblong, 4in. long, obtusely pointed, pale brown,
smooth, polished; scales having a small prickle in the centre

when young.. Branches numerous, but irregular. h. 60ft.
to 80ft. Colder regions of Mexico (up to 9000ft. ), 1885. (G. C.

Jan. 24, 1885, f. 19, 20, 22.) An ornamental species.

P. p. macrocarpa (large-fruited),
2in. broad. hk, 1O0ft. or more.
p. 435, f. 92.)

P. p. stricta (erect).
spreading.

cones 6in. to Tin. long,
1891. (G. C. 1891, ix.,

7. shorter and stiffer than in the type,
cones half as large. A slenderer tree.

P. pendula (drooping). A synonym of Larix pendula,

P. pentaphylia (five-leaved). This species has been intro-
duced, but it is doubtful whether any specimens haye survived.

_ P. Strobus.

Pinus—continued.

P. persica (Persian). J. in twos, 2in. to 5in. long, deep green,
twisted, tufted at the tips of the branches, channelled inside,

convex outside, finely serrated. cones clustered, Sin. long,
ovate, tapering, greyish-brown, hard, smooth. Branches
regular, short, slender, mostly pointing upwards. South of

Persia. A large tree.

P. Peuke (Greek for Pine Tree). J. in fives, 34in. to 4in. long,
three-edged, bright green, with slight glaucous bands, very
narrow, stiff, acuminate. cones yellowish-brown, cylindrical,
slightly tapering, obtuse at both ends, 3in. to 4in. long, with
seven or eight rows of scales. Branches spreading, thickly
furnished with laterals. hk. 30ft. to 40ft. Mountains of

edonia and Roumelia, &c., 1864 (up to 6000ft.). SYN.

P. excelsa, of Hooker (J. L. S. xxii, p. 205). Of slow growth, but

of robust constitution,

P. Pinaster major (larger). 7. stout, channelled, 8in. to
10in. long, dark green, cones solitary, 8in. to 10in. long. A
very large tree, with strong, spreading branches.

P. P. minor (smaller). Cortean Pine. 7. smaller than in the
type. cones smaller, sometimes produced in large clusters of
more than 100.

P. P. prolifera (proliferous).
fascicles.

P. Pinceana (Pince’s).* /. in threes or twos, 3in. to 4in. long,
very slender, three-edged, straight; sheaths soon falling.
cones 3in. to 3sin. long, conical, obtuse, glossy brown, on
rather stout stalks. BrancHes long, slender, flexible, pendu-
lous; branchlets slender, long, drooping. h. 60ft. Mexico (up
to 9000ft.). A very handsome, weeping tree.

P. Pithyusa (Pithyusa). A synonym of P. halepensis.

P. ponderosa, The variety scopulorum (P. latifolia, of Sargent),
besides being a smaller tree, has shorter leaves and smaller
cones. Rocky Mountains, 1888,

P. pseudo-Strobus (false Strobus). 7. in fives, 8in. to 10in.
long, very slender, glaucous, rather pendulous; sheaths lin.
long, composed of jagged scales. cones whorled, 5in. to 6in.
long, conical, slightly curved ; scales rhomboid, with a sharp
point in the centre. Branches diverging from the main trunk
at right Boel (as in P. Strobus), with numerous slender
branchlets. h. 90ft. to 100ft. Mexico (up to 10,000ft.). Tender.

P. pseudo-Teda (false Tada). 2. 4in. to 6in. long, slender,
rigid; sheaths fringed, 4in. long. cones solitary, ovate, 2in.
long ; scales depressed, with an awn one line long, Only known
as a garden plant.

P. radiata. This is the correct name of the plant described
as P. insignis.

P. resinosa (resinous). Red Pine. J/. in twos, 5in. to 6in. long,
dark green, slender, straight, yellowish-green, thickly set on
the shoots; sheaths nearly lin. long, white with age. cones
terminal, ovate-conical, smooth, about 2in. long ; scales slightly
thickened, pointless. Branches whorled, reddish-brown. h. 70ft.
to 80ft. United States, 1756. The wood is compact and durable,
but not very resinous. Syn. P. rubra. Unsuited generally for
culture in this country.

P. rigida serotina (late-fruiting). A variety with longer
leaves and more elongated cones, often remaining closed for
years.

P. rubra (red). A synonym of P. resinosa.

P. rudis (rude), of Endlicher. A synonym of P. Hartwegii.

P. rupestris (rock-loving). A synonym of P. Banksiana.

P. Russelliana (Duke of Bedford's). A synonym of P. Monte-
zum.

P. Salzmanni (Salzmann’s). A form of P. Laricio.

P. sinensis (Chinese). A synonym of P. Massoniana.

Of this species there are a number of varieties,
including aurea, compacta nana, nivea, and variegata,

P. sylvestris aurea (golden).* 7. pale green, becoming rich
yellow in winter. A very attractive, slow-growing variety; it
prefers an open situation and a rather dry soil.

P. s. columnare compacta (columnar, compact). A garden
variety, of a dense, flame-like outline, resembling P. ceinbra

cones small, disposed in dense

in a_young state; it is slow-growing. 1889. (R. H. 1889,
p. 393, f. 101.)
P. s. globosa (globular). A small, very compact, much-

branched tree, with glaucous leaves; it is distinct and very
slow in growth.
P. tabulzformis (lable-like).

P. Teeda (torches), Frankincense, Loblolly, Old-field, or Torch
Pine. /. in threes, or rarely twos or fours, slender, 6in. to
10in. long, pale green, rigid, blunt, channelled on the inner
side; sheaths lin. long, nearly smooth, whitish when young.
cones solitary, 3in, to Sin. long, oblong-conical ; scales armed
with a short, rigid, straight spine. Branches scaly, spreading,
dense. fh. 80ft. United States (in damp soil), where the
timber is used for torches, 1713.

P.. Teocote (candle-wood).. 7. in threes, 3in. to 5in. long, com-
pressed, erect, rigid, acuminate, light green, channelled on
the inner side, convex below; sheaths lin. long. cones ovate-

A form of P. Thunbergii.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 605

Pinus—continued.

oblong, 24in. long, tapering, smooth, drooping, on rather long
Mexico

stalks. Branches rather stiff, very leafy. h. 100ft.
(up to 8000ft.), 1839.
P. Thunbergi (Thunberg’s).* The correct name of

P. Massoniana (of Endlicher, not of Lambert). In the form
variegata the lower part of the leaves is marked with yellow.
tabulwformis is a dwarf kind, with strong branches. Fairly
hardy, and a good seaside tree.

P. Torreyana (Torrey’s). /. in fives, 8in. to 10in. long, stout,
stiff, pungent-pointed, three-edged ; sheaths sin. to more than
lin. long. cones 44in. to 54in. Jong, globular or obtusely ovate,
much resembling those of P. Pinea; seeds very large, with
a thick crest. Shoots very stout, white-powdery or glaucous
when young. Lower California, 1860. Syn. P. lophosperma.

P. uncinata (hooked). A synonym of P. montana,
P. Veitchii (Veitch’s). A synonym of P. Ayacahuite.

Fic. 635. PIPTANTHUS NEPALENSIS.

PIP. A common name for an Apple, Orange, and
other seed; it is also applied by Anuricula cultivators
to the individual flowers in a truss.

PIPER. To the species described on pp. 147-8,

Vol. IIIL., the following should be added:

P. metallicum (metallic). J. thick, round, of a beautiful
metallic green. Borneo, 1882. Stove.

P. ornatum (ornamental).* 7. peltate, ovate-orbicular, shortly
pointed, 24in. to 5in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, bright green,
marked with pink spots. Celebes, 1884. Stove.

P. rubro-venosum (red-veined). J. alternate, cordate, acumi-
nate, bright green, entire, highly glabrous, five-nerved ; nerves
marked on the upper surface by irregular lines of rose-colour ;
stipules adnate to the, petioles. 1886. According to N. EK.
Brown, this is scarcely distinct from M. ornatum. Stove.
(I. H. 1886, 33.)

PIPERIDGE. Another name for the Barberry. See
Berberis.

PIPES. A word generally applied by gardeners to
those Pipes employed for heating purposes, but also em-
bracing those for draining, water, gas, and other purposes.
The hot-water Pipes for heating glass or other structures
are usually made in 9ft. lengths, with collars fitted with
india-rubber or other bands for connecting to each
other, and the necessary bends, elbows, T-pieces, &c., too
numerous to name. The sizes of the Pipes vary from a
diameter of lin. upwards. Practice, however, has proved
that a din. Pipe is the most useful size for general pur-
poses about the body of the house; and a 2in. Pipe to
ron on the roof, near the ventilators, to warm the
external air as it goes into the structure. In laying or
fixing hot-water Pipes, there should always be a slight
ascent to the highest point direct from the boiler, with
no dip or depression anywhere. As a rule, the sharper
the ascent the quicker the flow of the hot-water through
the Pipes.

PIPINGS. The cuttings of Carnations, Picotees, and
Pinks are usually termed Pipings, and are made of the
enrrent year’s growth. Pipings are about 5in, long, and
the leaves are removed from the lower halves; they are
then inserted in firm, sandy soil in pots, pans, cold
frames, or under hand-lights, keeping them rather close
for a few weeks, by which time they will haye made

roots. Afterwards they are gradually hardened by ex-
posure.
PIPTADENIA. P.. guianensis is a synonym of

Stryphnodendron guianense (which see).

PIPTANTHUS. To the species described on p. 148,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. nepalensis aureus (golden). This only differs from the
type in having the bark striped yellow and green. 1879.
See Fig. 635. Syn. Vhermopsis nepalensis aureus. —

P. tomentosus (downy). This resembles P. nepalensis, but
is clothed in all its parts with silky tomentum. Yunnan,
China, 1887.

PIPTOSPATHA. This genus now embraces four
species, and is distinguished by the nodding spathe, the
limb of which is calyptrately deciduous from the tube,
the latter forming a funnel-shaped cup round the fruiting
spadix. To the species described on p. 148, Vol. III.,
the following should be added :

P. Ridleyi (Ridley’s).* j., spathe dull green at base, pink
above, with darker nerves and dots, closed except at the
apex, completely hiding the spadix. June. J. erect, 6in. to
Sin. long, 2in. broad, elliptic-lanceolate, acute at both ends,
green, with irregular yellowish blotches. Malay Peninsula,
1893. (B. M. 7410.)

PIRATINERA. A synonym of Brosimum (which

see).

STECOMts: Included under Phytolacca (which
see).

PIRUS. See Pyrus.

PISHAMIN, SWEET. See Carpodinus.

PISONIA. According to the Kew authorities,
P. grandis is the correct name of P. inermis.

PISTOL-PLANT. Sce Pilea microphylla.
PIT. Sce Pits.

PITCAIRNIA. To the species described on pp. 150-1,
Vol. IIL., the following should be added :

P. arcuata (arched). fl. 3in. long; sepals carmine and yellow;
pois pale yellow; bracts lanceolate, brownish-red on the
ower part of the stem, bright carmine on the narrow-cylindric
spike. Jl. petiolate, lanceolate, acute, 24ft. to 3ft. long, 3in. to
4in. broad ; petioles spiny. Stem arching, as long as the leaves.
Colombia, 1882. Syn. Newmannia arcuata (R. H. 1886, p. 108).

P. coerulea (blue). The correct name of Puya cerulea,

P. Darblayana (D’Arblay’s). jl. in a loose panicle; sepals
brick-red ; petals bright red. 1888. A garden hybrid, closely
allied to P. Maroni. (R. H. 1890, f. 10, 11.)

P. excelsa (tall). A synonym of P. pulverulenta.

P. floccosa (woolly). /., petals blue, half as long again as
the calyx; panicle lax, with numerous ascending, spicate
branches, densely white-floccose; peduncle as long as the
leaves. 7. about 100 in a dense rosette, ensiform, acuminate,
24ft. to 3ft. long, lin. broad, armed with hooked prickles.
Venezuela, 1847.

P. jaliscana.* /. in a simple raceme 3in. to 4in. long, shortly
pedicellntas petals bright red. /. linevr, 6in. long, green, stiffly

airy on the margins. North Mexico, 1888. Plant stemless.
(R. G. 1892, f. 77.) An attractive kind that will doubtless be
introduced,

P. Klabochorum } (Klaboch’s).
species, allied to P. pulverulenta.

P. latifolia. P. furfuracea is a variety of this species.

P. Maroni (Maron's). A hybrid between LP. corallina and
P. Altensteinii. 1884.

P. megastachya (large-spiked). fl. sub-sessile; calyx pale
rose, downy ; corolla peacock-blue, tubular, 14in. long; panicle
24ft. high, downy; peduncle shorfer than the leaves,
7. numerous, thick, coriaceous, arching, 2ft. to 24ft. long, 2in. to
2sin. broad, shining green above, covered with white felt

sath, the margins spiny. Andes of Peru, 1873. Syn. Puya

A tall, copiously-panicled

P. nigra (black).* i. violet, long, subtended by large, recurving,
rich coral-red bracts; raceme dense, erect, 1ft. long; sepals
lin. long; petals 24in. long; peduncle stout, erect, 6in. to Yin.
long. 2 Yin. to 12in. long, petiolate, oblong-elliptic, acute,
rreen. Ecuador, 1883. A handsome and very distinct plant.
SYN. Newmannia niyra (R. H. 1881, p. 390).

606

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pitcairnia—continued.

P. Palmeri (Palmer's). l., petals bright red, 1jin. long ;
raceme simple, secund; peduncle very short, with slender,
subulate leaves. J. few, linear, chi taceous, 6in, long, 4in.
broad, those on the barren shoots sparsely hairy, those on the
flowering shoot barbed. Mexico, 1888. (G. & F. 1888, p. 211,
f. 38.)

P. Roézlii (Roézl’s). f., sepals coral-red; petals cinnabar-red,
thrice as long as the sepals, connivent in a helmet; bracts
downy. November. 7. long-lanceolate, ascending, arcuate,
sessile, furfurescent on both sides, channelled, unarmed.
Stems red. Andes of Peru, 1885. Plant tufted. (B. H. 1885,
p. 288, tt. 18-19.)

P. violacea (violet).* fl. deep violet, 2in. long, with yellow
anthers; inflorescence lax, with horizontally spreading branches
6in. to 14in, long, borne on a stem 6ft. high. J/. long, narrow,
recurving, glaucous, spiny-margined. Mexico (?), 1880.

P. virescens. The correct name is Caraguata virescens.

P. Whytei (Whyte’s). A synonym of P. cwrulea.

P. zeifolia (Zea-leaved). J. G. Baker regards this as syno-
nymous with P. maidifolia. SYN. Vriesia tricolor (of gardens).
P. Lindeni, P. lutea, and P. Morelii have also been introduced

to Continental gardens.

PITCH PINE. See
P. rigida.

Pinus palustris and

PITCHER-PLANT. See also Sarracenia.
PITCHER-SHAPED. Tubular, with a contracted
throat.

PITHECOCTENIUM. To the species described on
p. 152, Vol. III, the following should be added:

P. buccinatorium (trumpet-like).
buccinatoria.

P. Catharine (St. Catharine’s). The correct name of P. Caroline.

P. clematideum (Clematis-like).* . white, with a yellow
throat, showy, trumpet-shaped, in large, terminal racemes.
d. ending in a tendril, with two ovate, acuminate leaflets, or
sometimes with three leaflets and no tendril. Stems slender.
Argentina, 1890. SYN. Anemopayima clematidewn.

PITTOSPORUM. MInelnding Senacia. To the
species described on pp. 153-4, Vol. III., the following
should be added:

P. angustifolium (narrow-leaved).
reoides.

P. capense (Cape). A synonym of P. viridiflorum.

P. eriocarpum (woolly-fruited).* jl. golden-yellow, fragrant,
4in. long, disposed in compound, many-flowered, often umbellate
corymbs; peduncles lin. to 2in. long. /. ovate to broadly
lanceolate, 3in. to 8in. long, shortly stalked, downy beneath
when adult. Western Himalayas, 1896. A small, greenhouse
tree. (B. M. 7473.)

P. eugenioides variegatum (variegated).
pale green, bordered white.
purple. New Zealand, 1882. Greenhouse, evergreen shrub.

P. flavum (yellow). A synonym of Hymenosporum jlavwm.

P. phillyrzoides (Phillyrea-like).* jl. yellow, sin. across;
yedicels axillary, solitary or in clusters or umbels. /. oblong-
anceolate to linear, quite entire, 2in. to 4in, long, with a
small, hooked point. Australia, 1823 and 1888. A graceful,
greenhouse shrub or small tree. SYN. P. angustifolium
(L. B. C., t. 1859).

P. resiniferum (resin-bearing). fr. ovoid-compressed.
first white-woolly, eventually becoming glabrous.
blackish, glabrous. Philippine Islands, 1894.

P. rhytidocarpum (wrinkled-fruited).* ji. white, disposed in
terminal, crowded umbels. /. obovate or oblanceolate, shortly

A synonym of Bignonia

A synonym of P. philly-

7. elliptic-oblong,
Stems and branches blackish-

l. at
Branches

acuminate. Fiji, 1887. A pretty and useful, greenhouse shrub.
PITYROSPERMA. Included under Cimicifuga

(which see), the correct name of. P. acerinuwm

C. japonicum.

PLAGIANTHUS. P. Lampenii is a form of
P. sidoides. P. Lyallii is now regarded as a species
of Gaya, a genus not otherwise represented in gardens.

PLAGIOBOTRYS NOTHOFULVUS. ‘See Eri-
trichium nothofulvum.

PLANARIAN WORM (Bipolium kewense). A
species of Worm occasionally found in glass-houses. It
is flat, thin, and smooth, and is thought to be a usefal
creature, feeding upon insects, worms, and millipedes.
In Orchid collections it has been found more than once
in this country.

PLANERA. One or two species formerly ineluded
hereunder are now referred to Zelkova (which see).

being

PLANERA (of Giseke).

(which see).
PLANK-PLANT. Sce Bossiea scolopendria.

PLANT. An organised being endowed with life, and
very occasionally with the power of motion (as in
Insectivorous and Climbing Plants and in Zoospores).
When complete they have a root, stem, and leaves, or
less often a single leafy expansion, a series of cellules, or
even a single cellule. Further, they are divided into
flowering (Phanerogamons) and flowerless (Cryptogamons).
The former have flowers and seeds ; but the latter depend
for their reproduction upon minute one-celled spores.

PLANTAGO. To the species described on p. 155,

Vol. III., the following shonld be added :

P. coriacea (leathery). The correct name of P. brasiliensis.

P. lanceolata marginata (margined). (., stem crowned
with a tuft of oblong-lanceolate leaves, spotted with white.
t. bordered with white and marked with glaucous stripes,
three- to five-ribbed, erect or spreading. France, 1889. An
abnormal form; it may be increased by division.

P. macrophylla purpurea (large-leaved, purple). A large,
purple-leaved variety of the British P. major (Greater
Plantain). 1878

P. uniflora (one-flowered). #., scape slender, as long as the
leaves, one-flowered, hairy. /. few, 4in. to ljin. long, narrow-
lanceolate, sinuate-toothed or entire, variegated, villous at
base. Stems jin. high only. New Zealand, 1899.

PLANT BUGS. Sve Insects—Heteroptera.

PLASHING. This is really an intertwining of growths.
When Thorn or other hedges become too tall or bare at
the base, they are strengthened and made almost impene-
trable to animals by bending down the growths and
entting them about half-way throagh at the base, and
twining them among stout stakes. These stakes are
about 4ft. apart, and are known as live and dead stakes.
The live stake is an upright growth cut off at the proper
height in the fence, and the dead stake is one that is
made and driven into the soil.

PLASMODIOPHORA BRASSICZ. Sce Finger-
and-Toe, Clubbing, or Anbury.

PLASMOPARA VITICOLA. See Vine Fungi.

PLATANUS. To the species, &c., described on
p. 156, Vol. III., the following varieties should be added.
According to the Kew list, P. acerifolia and P. cuneata
now rank as species and not as forms of P. orientalis.
P. acerifolia Siuttneri (Sittner’s).* 7. deeply cut, pale green,

beautifully marbled and striped with creamy-white. A hardy

and vigorous variety, with constant variegation.

P. occidentalis cucullata (hooded). J. small, roundish,
nearly entire or slightly lobulate, somewhat cucullate. 1877.
A curious variety. ‘There are several variegated forms of
P. occidentalis, that known as P. 0. argenteo-variegatis being
very ornamental.
PLATYCAPNOS.

see).

PLATYCERIUM. Elk’s-horn and Stag’s-horn Ferns.
With the exception of P. alcicorne, which thrives best
in an ordinary greenhouse temperature, all Phatyceriams
require stove treatment. They succeed best and become
most effective when planted in the fork of an ordinary
tree-branch or in an artificial wall-pocket made of virgin
cork. P. alcicorne also has a most pleasing appearance
when grown as a basket-plant, as its roots, which usually
produce young plants on their surface, soon make a
perfect ball, imparting a singular effect, growing as it
does in all directions—sideways, head downwards, &c.—
with equal vigour. The best compost is a mixture, in
about equal parts, of rough, fibrous peat and sphagnum.
The plants are particularly fond of strong light, and
should receive water at the roots with moderation. The
best way to keep them in good condition “in that respect
is to soak them thoroughly, and then to wait until the
foliage begins to droop and to present a soft, withered
aspect before soaking them again.

Platyceriums are usually propagated by means of young
plants produced from the adventitious buds on their
roots. P. grande, however, has never been known to
produce any, and consequently it must be propagated by
means of spores; this method, though somewhat slow,
is also resorted to for other species when required in
great quantities. 2

A synonym of Costus

Included under Fumaria (which

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 607

Platycerium—continued.
To the species and varieties described on pp. 157-8,

Vol. III, the following should be added:

P. alcicorne majus.* In this variety, which requires a
warmer temperature than the species, the foliage is much
larger_and the plant is of a much more robust habit. See
Fig. 636, for which we are indebted to Messrs. James Veitch
and Sons.

4

Fic. 636. PLATYCERIUM ALCICORNE MAJUS,

P. angolense. This is now regarded as a distinct species and
not as a variety of P. ethiopicuim.

P. Billii. According to the Kew authorities, this is merely a
variety of P. alcicorne.

P. Veitchii (Veitch’s). This is described as of stout, erect
growth, the fronds being of an unusually leathery substance
and dark green. Habitat not recorded, 1896,

PLATYCLINIS. With the exception of P. filiformis,
all the remaining species are best suited for pot or pan
culture. The best of these is P. glumacewm. Its free
habit, good constitution, and highly fragrant flowers
render it one of the most usefal and attractive of the
winter-flowering Orchids. The flowers are produced from
the centre of the newly-developing growths when the
foliage has advanced to about 6in. in length. One raceme
of its highly fragrant flowers is suflicient to perfume a
good-sized greenhouse.

The best season to repot these plants is when the
young roots are being emitted from the base of the

young growths. The pos should be drained to within
a few inches of the mm, and over the material should
be placed a layer of sphagnum, finishing off with good
fibroas peat and moss in equal proportions, and pressing
moderately firm about the base of the bulbs. It is
advisable to mass a quantity of plants together in one
pot if an effective display is to be produced. As soon
as active growth commences, they should be assigned a
light position in the warmest house. They require a
liberal amount of water during the growing season, but
as soon as the bulbs have become matured, cooler and

drier conditions shonld be afforded, only snfticient
moisture being supplied to keep them in a normal
condition.

To the species described on p. 158, Vol. IIT., the following
should be added :
P. cucumerina (cucumber-like). jf. light, pellucid green,
arranged in a graceful, distichous raceme; lip with a toothed,
brown auricle on each side of the base, running out into a

narrow, aristate proce: middle lobe obcuneate, retuse,
apiculate, with two brown stripes on the disk. 2. shining.
Pseudo-bulbs_cucumber-like, at length furrowed, tufted.

Philippines, 1885. Syn. Dendrochilum cucumerinum.

P. rufa (reddish). /l. reddish-brown; scapes 6in. long, many-
flowered. J. linear, acute, l0in. long. Pseudo-bulbs tufted,
egg-shaped, jin. long. Habitat not recorded, 1898. Allied to
BP. uncata,

P, uncata (hooked).* #. pale green, larger; sepals and petals
acute; racemes drooping, shorter. Otherwise resembling

Platyclinis—continwed.
P. filiformis. Malay Archipelago, 1897. Syn. Dendrochilum
uncatum.

P. latifolia (SYN. Dendrochilum latifolium) and one or two
other species are in cultivation in the collections of specialists
as well as at Kew.

PLATYCODON. Chinese Balloon Flower. There
are now white-flowered and semi-double forms of P. grandi-
florwm. The names P. autwmnale and P. chinense are
applied to the more robust forms.

PLATYLOBIUM. Several species formerly included
hereunder are now referred to Bossiewa. P. lanceolatum
and P. ovatwm are synonyms of B. heterophylla.

PLATYPUS CYLINDRUS. See Oak—Insect
Pests.

PLATYSACE. The correct name of Siebera (which

see). Syn. Fischera (of Sprengel).

topes mesa A synonym of Podochilus (which
see).

PLATYSTACHYS. Included under Tillandsia
(which see). :

PLECTOCOMIA. To the species described on

p. 160, Vol. IIT., the following should be added. Plecto-

comias requires a hot, moist stove.

P. crinita (hairy). 7. pinnate, very large, glaucous-green,
whitish on the under-surface; petioles armed with white
spines in fascicles of about six. Habitat not recorded, 1896.

P. Griffithii (Griffith’s). 7., male spikelets sessile; females
vedicellate. fr. three to five in each spathel ; spadix branches
ft. to 3ft. long; spathels lin. broad. 7. (with the flagellum)
about 20ft. long; leaflets distant, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 2in. to 3in.
broad, decurved, glaucous beneath. Stem as thick as a man’s
leg. Malacea, A gigantic species.

P. khasyana (Khasia Hills). The correct name_ of
P. assamica of Hooker (B. M. 5105) described in Vol. III.
P. spectabilis has also been introduced, but is at present rare

in cultivation.
PLECTRANTHUS.

p. 160, Vol. IIL, the following shonld be added.

require greenhouse treatment.

P. cylindraceus (cylindrical). (1. lilac; racemes spike-like,
branched, 2sin. long. 2. small, ovate, crenate, cuneate at base,
white-woolly, the upper ones lin. long. hk. Ift. Abyssinia,
1894, A somewhat succulent under-shrub.

P. hadiensis. Jf. lilac-purple, spotted. 7 cordate, borne on
short petioles, doubly serrated. Abyssinia, 1894. A prostrate,
much-branched bush,

P. herbaceus (herbaceous), fl. lilac. 7. cordate, toothed, borne
on long petioles. Abyssinia, 1894. An ereet herb.

P. marrubicides (Marrubium-like) /l, white, very small, in
dense clusters, forming interrupted spikes 6in. long. 7. small,
obovate-cuneate, elliptic, or ovate-oblong, crenate, thick,
fleshy. Stems erect, thick, villous. Abyssinia, 1894. A enrious
shrub (?).

P. Schweinfurthi (Schweinfurth’s).
in dense, many-flowered whorls.
Arabia, 1894. A dense, dwarf bush.

PLECTRITIS. The compilers of the

Kewensis”’ include this genus under Valerianella.

PLEIONEMA. A corruption of the word Pleroma

(which see).

PLERANDRA (from pleres, fall, and aner, andros,
a male; in allnsion to the numerous stamens). Including
Bakeria (of Seemann) and Nesopanaw, Orp. Araliacee.
A small genus (four species) of stove, unarmed, glabrous
trees, natives of Fiji. Flowers polygamous (?); calyx
entire or sinuate-toothed ; petals five, valvate, calyptrate,
cohering or rarely free; stamens numerous, in two or
soveral series; umbellets pedunculate. Fruit often rather

the

To the species described on

All

J. blue, small, disposed
1. stalked, ovate, toothed.

“Index

large. Leaves ample, digitately compound; leaflets
coriaceous, entire. Only two species haye been intro-
duced. For culture, see Trevesia.

P. Greeffei. Sce P. Grayi.

P. Grayi (Asa Gray's). l. greenish ; umbellets_ twenty-six-
flowered; umbels many-rayed. fr. Zin. long, 4in. in diameter.
1. digitate ; leaflets nine, obovate-oblong, obtuse, attenuated to
the petioles, the upper ones 6in, to 7in. long and 24in, broad.
1887. Wrongly called P. Grejei.

P. vitiensis (Fijian). jl. green, disposed in compound umbels
Yin. to 12in. across. J. digitate; leaflets five to ten, petiolate,
elliptic-obovate, blunt at apex. Stem unbranched. 1887, A
small tree. SYNS. Bakeria vitiensis, Nesopanwx vitiensis.

608 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

PLEROMA. According to the Kew authorities,
Tibouchina is now the correct name of this genus, most of
the specific names remaining unchanged. ‘To the species
described on p. 162, Vol. III., the following should be
added. See also Chetogastra.

P. macranthum is a form of P. semidecandrum.

P. marmoratum (marbled). jl. bluish-purple, large. J. ovate,
dark green, blotched with cream-colour. Habitat not recorded
(probably a garden variety), 1884. A bushy shrub.

P. meiodon (smaller-toothed). jl. purple, disposed in pedun-
culate cymes; corolla 4in. in diameter. /. ovate, lin. long. h. 6ft.
Brazil, 1895, A loose shrub.

P. villosum. The correct name is Melastoma villosum.

PLEUROCOCCUS VULGARIS.
Fungi.

PLEUROTHALLIS. To the species described on
p. 163, Vol. III., the following should be added, but as
stated in Vol. III., the species generally are of little
horticultural value.

P. atropurpurea (dark purple). The correct name of this
plant is Cryptophoranthus atropurpureus.

P. Autraniana (Autran’s). jl. light yellow, spotted and striped
with purplish-brown, disposed in’ racemes. Habitat not
recorded, 1895. Allied to P. longissima.

P. aviceps. The correct name is Masdevallia aviceps.
P. coccinea (scarlet). A synonym of Rodriguezia secwnda.

P. convergens (converging). /l. white, fragrant, disposed in
racemes. Brazil, 1899. Plant tufted.

P. foliosa (leafy). A synonym of Gomeza foliosa.

P. gelida (ice-like). jl. creamy-white or greenish-white, in
racemes somewhat resembling a Lily of the Valley. Summer.
l. stout, oblong, deep green. h. lft. Jamaica, 1841.

P. glanduligera (gland-bearing). 1. pale yellow, small,
streaked with green and reddish-purple, about a dozen on a
slender scape 6in. long. Summer. /. small, ovate, fleshy.
Brazil.

P. glossopogon (bearded-tongued).
P. insignis.

P. immersa (immersed). fl. rich claret or purplish, disposed in
a pendulous raceme; peduncle tightly embraced in the hollow
of the lower end of the leaf (hence the specific name). | /. 3in.
to 6in. long, obovate, obtuse. Colombia, i891. (B. M. 7189.)

P. inflata (inflated). #. whitish, solitary. J. 6in. long, lin.
broad, Stems 6in. long. Colombia, 1894.

P. insignis (remarkable).* fl. pale, pellucid whitish-green, 23in.
long ; upper sepal with three dull purple stripes, long-attenuate
above, the lower connate pair having three dull purple stripes
near the margin ; feet with a broad base, bristle-like above ;
central lobe of lip dark blackish-purple, ligulate, villous at apex,
the side ones halt as long, faleate-linear; peduncle two-flowered.
7. sessile, oblong or linear-oblong, 3zin. long. Colombia, 1879,
(B. M. 6936.) SYN. P. glossopogon (of gardens).

P. Kreenzlini (Krenzlin’s). jf. purple and_ silvery-white.
Habitat not recorded, 1894. A singular little species.

P. lamprophyllum (shining-leaved). jl. pale straw-yellow,
deliciously scented; racemes long, erect, many-flowered, pro-
duced from the tops of the stems. Central America.

P. lepanthiformis (Lepanthes-like). A synonym of P. villosa.

P. Leucopyramis (white-pyramid). l. milk-white, small, freely
produced, Autumn. l. linear-ligulate, 2in. to 3in. long.
Stems 2in. to din. high, clothed with dark brown sheaths.
Probably Costa Rica. (R. X. O. iii., t. 210, f. 1-9.)

P. liparauges (bright-beaming). 7. light reddish-ochre, pellucid,
remarkably thin; sepals linear; petals nearly so, but broader at
the base; lip light ochre, with an orange margin at the apex,
oblong, blunt-acute, rounded at base; column green, semi-terete,
with angular wings. J. petiolate, oblong, blunt-acute, the upper
surface spotted mauve-purple, the lower nearly wholly mauve.
Brazil, 1885. A small species. *

P. longissima (very long). /l. white, tinged with yellow, dis-
posed in a dense, one-sided raceme; scape slender, erect,
upwards of lft. in length. Spring. J. solitary, oblong, 5in.
long, lin. broad, thick, fleshy, deep green. Stem slender.
West Indies. (H. E. F. ii., t. 123; L. B. C., t. 949.) Syn.
P. racemiflora.

P. macroblepharis (large-fringed). fl. resembling those of
P. Barberiana, but with narrowly acicular petals and a flat,
hairy lip. ¢. longer and more acute than those of the species
just alluded to. Peru. Syn. Masdevallia Culex.

P. maculata (spotted). A synonym of Cryptophoranthus
maculatus.

P. ophiocephala. A synonym of Restrepia ophiocephala.

P. ornata (ornamental). jl. pale purplish-brown, less than 4in.
across; margins of the sepals densely fringed with white
tendrils, which are agitated by the slightest touch or draught.
1. about lin, long. Colombia, 1890. (B. M. 7094.)

See Pinus—

A garden synonym of

Pleurothallis—continued.

P. pergracilis (very slender). jl. yellowish, very small, with
purple lines; scapes 4in. high. 7. small, spathulate, densely
tufted. British Honduras, 1893.

P. pernambucensis (Pernambuco).
small; raceme 4in. long, six-flowered.
Brazil, 1894,

P. platyrachis (broad-rachised). fl. golden-yellow ; lip aa 4
a deep central band with an elevated ochreous ridge on eac
side ; raceme lin. to lin. long, six- to ten-flowered, the rachis
stout. October. J. 5in. to 6in. long, lin. broad. Costa Rica,
1884. (B. M. 7129.) Syn. Masdevallia platyrachis.

P. platystachys (broad-spiked). jl. green, dotted with
purple, small, disposed in a compressed spike; scape as long
as the leaves, with about four bracts. J. lanceolate, bidentate
at apex. Brazil, 1888. Plant tufted.

P. puberula (slightly downy). jl. green and dull yellow,
fragrant, small, numerous. Habitat not recorded, 1893.

P. punctulata (slightly dotted).* . 1jin. across; sepals and
petals light yellow, spotted with purplish-brown; lateral
sepals connate into a concave, oblong body, only the points
being free; lip deep maroon, papillose above. J. lanceolate-
oblong, 3in. to 34in. ong. very stiff and leathery. Stems about
2in. high. Colombia, 1885. A handsome species.

P. pyrsodes (torch-like). jl. orange-coloured, solitary.
very short-stalked, numerous. Central America, 1876,

P. racemiflora (raceme-flowered). A synonym of P. longissima,

P. Raymondii is the proper spelling of P. Reymondii.

P. Regeliana (Regel’s). /l. gaping; dorsal sepal ochreous, erect;
lateral ones. reddish, declinate, connate; petals whitish; lip
rose-coloured, with some purple marks at base, unguiculate,
oblong-ligulate ; bracts ochreous; peduncle short, recurved.
1. very coriaceous, rounded at base, oblong or ovate-oblong, the
apex slightly emarginate. Stem climbing. Minas Geraes, Brazil,
1886. (R. G. 1886, p. 51.)

P. rhombipetala (rhomboid-petaled).

small, disposed in loose racemes.
Guiana, 1893.

P. Roézlii (Roézl’s).* 7. of a deep blood-purple, partly ex-
panded, five or six in a one-sided raceme; sepals 1jin. long,
the lateral ones connate into an ovate blade; lip tongue-

fl. green and purple,
l. oblong, lin. long.

1. stout,

fl. green and purple,
Mount Roraima, British

shaped. Spring. /. oblong-lanceolate, Sin. to 8in. long, light
G green, Stems erect, 3in. to 6in. high, with pale brown
sheaths. Colombia, 1885. An attractive species.

P. rotundifolia (round-leaved).
on short scapes.
P. rufa (reddish).
small ;
long.

Jl. yellow and purple, borne

2. orbicular, sin. long. Jamaica, 1895.
fl. dull brownish-red, with a purple lip,
raceme short, fleshy. J. fleshy, fin. long. Stems 4in.

Mexico, 1898.

P. stenosepala (narrow-sepaled). /., sepals and petals light
green; lip of a light brownish-buff shade.

P.. teretifolia (terete-leaved). 7.
slender, pendulous racemes. 7.
Qin. high. Brazil, 1892.

P. tribuloides (Tribulus-like). 7. brick-red,
numerous. . about 2in. Jamaica, 1887.
species.

P. unistriata (once-striated). jl. whitish, lined with purple,
small, few ona slender scape 24in. long. 4 lin. long. Habitat
not recorded, 1893.

P. villosa (villous). #7. purple, small. 7. narrow-oblong-lanceolate,
petiolate, twice as long as the raceme. /. 4in. Mexico, 1894.
Syn. P. lepanthiformis,

PLOCOGLOTTIS. To the species deseribed on

p. 164, Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. acuminata (taper-pointed). 7. lin. across; dorsal sepal
erect, the lateral ones finely acuminate; lip quadrate, with
rounded angles; raceme very lax, simple or branched ; scape
10in. or more in length, J. solitary, 10in. fo 12in. long, elliptic-
lanceolate. Perak, Java, &c. .

P. javanica (Javanese). fl. pale yellow, speckled with red,
fin. across; dorsal sepal arched, the lateral ones and the
petals falcate; lip broadly obovate, with rounded angles and
tip; raceme 8in. to 10in. long; scape much longer than the
leaf. @. solitary, 10in. to 12in. long, 3in. to 4in. broad. Java.

PLOCOSTIGMA. A Podochilus
(which see).

PLOWRIGHTIA MORBOSA. See Black Knot.

PLOWRIGHTIA (SCLERODERRIS) RI-
BESIA. See Gooseberry Fungi.

PLUCHEA. To the species described on p. 164,
Vol. IIL., the following should be added :

P. subdecurrens (somewhat decurrent).
pedicellate, many in a terminal corymb.
i. decurrent, lanceolate-linear, acute.
terete. h. 2ft. Mexico.
adnata, Conyza asteroides.

brown, fleshy, disposed in
narrow, terete, forming a tuft

_ very small,
An inconspicuous

synonym of

fl.-heads yellow,
August and September.
Stems shrubby, erect,
Greenhouse shrub. Syns. Baccharis

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC.

609

PLUM. To the list of varieties on pp. 165-6, Vol.
TIL., the following should be added:

Archduke. [Fruit large, oval, purple, and very handsome.
End of September or early October. _ Equally fine for cooking,
dessert, or preserving. A comparatively new variety, raised
by Mr. Rivers, and a valuable sort for both private and
market growers, owing to its lateness.

Belle de Louvain. Fruit very large, oval, reddish-purple,
covered with a good bloom; flesh yellow and clinging to the
stone. Middle of August. A splendid variety for cooking or
preserving. Tree a most abundant bearer.

Brahy’s Green Gage. Fruit medium, roundish-oval; skin
yellow, with a delicate bloom; flesh of the most delicious
Gage flavour. End of July. A productive variety.

Burbank. Fruit large, oval, yellow, with red spots, and
agreeable flavour, A Japanese variety, with foliage somewhat
like the Peach. Excellent in pots or under glass, but
doubtful outside in this country.

Gisborne’s. Fruit medium, roundish-oval; skin a beautiful
amber colour when fully ripe; flesh solid, juicy, and of good
flavour. August. Tree a most abundant bearer.

Golden Transparent Gage. Fruit large, round, bright
poldea-yellow 5 flesh very tender and of exquisite flavour.

ctober. This should not be pruned severely.

Large Black Imperial. Fruit very large, dark purple; flesh
firm, and excellent for culinary purposes. September. Hardy
and prolific.

Monarch. [Fruit large, oval, deep peer aS covered with
a dense bloom; flesh firm, brisk, and pleasant, parting freely
from the stone. September. A very valuable, late, culinary
variety, raised by Mr. Rivers, and should prove an acquisition
for market growers, as the tree is hardy and very prolific
either against wall or in the open ground, and the fruit does
not crack with the rain.

Reine Claude du Comte Hathem. Fruit medium to
large, round, rosy-red, with a lovely bloom; flesh melting
and of delicious flavour, parting freely from the stone.
September. A dessert variety of great excellence when grown
against a wall, and a good cropper.

Wyedale. Fruit medium, roundish, dark purple; flesh yellow,
firm, and excellent for cooking. Middle of October. One of
the best late Plums, frequently hanging on the trees after
all the foliage has fallen. It is very hardy, and succeeds in
cold districts.

Damsons.

Blue Prolific. Fruit medium, deep purple; flesh juicy and
highly flavoured. Early in August. Tree very productive.

Bradley’s King. Fruit large, oval, deep purple-black. A
very fine, new variety, a great cropper, and rapidly coming
into favour with market growers.

Frogmore. Fruit medium, roundish-oval, black; flesh tirm
and of excellent flavour, quite good enough for dessert.
August. This is the richest-flavoured Damson, and the tree
is very hardy and prolific.

PLUM, GUINEA. See Parinaria excelsa.

PLUM FIR. See Prumnopitys elegans (Podo-
carpus andina).

PLUM NUTMEGS. A common name for the fruits
of some species of Monimiacez.

PLUMBAGO. To the species described on pp. 169-70,
Vol. III., the following variety should be added:

= a alba (white). A variety having white flowers.

PLUMED THISTLE. See Cnicus.

PLUMERIA. To the species described on p. 170,

Vol. III., the following shonld be added :

P. alba (white). . white, 2in. long, fragrant; corolla lobes
rather longer than the tube; cyme long-pedunculate, with
fascicled branches. July and August. J. narrow-lanceolate,
6in. to_12in. long, revolute, coriaceous; pefioles Zin. to 14in.
long. West Indies, 1738 and 1894.

PLUTELLA CRUCIFERARUM. See Diamond-
Back Moth.

POA. To the species described on p. 171, Vol. IIL,
the following should be added :

P. flabellata (fan-shaped). /., spikelets compressed, about
five-flowered; glumes sub-equal; pale unequal, the outer
ones acuminate, somewhat awned; panicle oblong, dense,
compressed. 7. highly glabrous, convolute, acute, rigid ; lower
ones flabellate, distichous. Falkland Island, Cape Horn, &e.
Syns. Dactylis cespitosa (R. G. 1194, 1197), Festuca jlabellata.

POCKET PLUMS. See Bladder or Pocket
Plums.

Vol. V.

PODACHZENIUM (from pous, podos, a foot, and
achane, an achene; in allusion to the achenes being
contracted at the base into a two-winged stalk). Syns.
Cosmophyllum and Dicalymma. ORv. Composite. A
small genus (two species) of stove, American shrubs,
One of them, P. paniculatwm, will be found described
under Zaluzania (which see for culture).

P. andinum (from the Andes). /l.-heads disposed in loose
corymbs; ray florets white; disk yellow. J/. large, coarsely
lobed. Andes of Colombia, 1892. A useful plant for sub-
tropical bedding. (R. H. 1892, p. 414, f. 125-6.)

PODALYRIA. P. lwpinoides is a synonym of Ther-
mopsis lanceolata. P. capensis is identical with Virgilia
capensis, and P. australis is the same as Baptisia
australis.

PODANTHES. This genus is now included under

Stapelia. P. incarnata is a synonym of Boucerosia
incarnata.

Ae nee A synonym of Trichopus (which
see).

PODISOMA FUSCUM. See Pear—Fungi.

PODOCARPUS. ‘To the species described on

pp. 172-3, Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. alpinus (alpine). fr. small, bifid. 7. thickly scattered or
somewhat distichous, linear, obtuse, fin. to 4in. long, with
a small spine at apex, deep green above, glaucous beneath.
Branches long, slender, spreading. h. 10ft. to 12ft. (when
supported by a stake). Tasmanian mountains, &c. A hardy
species.

P. andinus. The correct name is Prumnopitys elegans.

P. andinus (of gardens). A synonym of P. chilina.

P. asplenifolia (Spleenwort-leaved). A synonym of Phyllo-
cladus rhomboidalis.

P. chilinus (Chilian).* jr. dark purple, gin. to 4in. long.
7. linear-lanceolate, acute, straight or rarely falcate, alternate,
spreading, sessile, entire, flat, smooth, bright green, Sin. to
4in. long, with a single, paler nerve, glaucous beneath.
Branches very numerous, alternate, opposite, or in threes.
h. 40ft. to 60ft. Mountains of Chili, 1853. Hardy in the South
and West of England. Syn. P. andinus (of gardens).

P. elatus (tall). The correct name of P. ensifolius.

P. Endlicherianus is probably a form of P. neriifolius.

P. japonica elegantissima (very elegant). 7. when young
pale yellow, but with age assuming the normal tint.

P. macrophyllus (large-leaved). jr. oval, as large as Peas.
l. alternate or scattered, linear-lanceolate or somewhat
ghleng; flat on the edges, distant, dry, coriaceous, 2in. to
4in. long, 4in. broad, rarely faleate, pale shining een,
obtuse, or with a stiff, blackish point. A. 40ft. to 50ft. Japan.
Hardy. There are gold- and silver-leaved varieties respectively.
This is one of the species used by the Japs for dwarfing.

P. pectinatus (comb-like).* J. nearly lin. long, 8in. broad,
densely arranged in two ranks, one on either side of the
branches, linear, falcately curved towards the acute point,
dark green above, silvery beneath, with revolute margins.
New Caledonia, 1892. Greenhouse. A pretty species for table-
decoration.

P. variegatus (variegated), A synonym of P. Totara.

PODOCHILUS (from pous, podos, a foot, and cheilos,
a lip; the lip is joined to the column at its apex by a
foot or stalk). Syns. Apista, Cryptoglottis, Hexameria,
Platysma, Plocostigma. Onp. Orchidew. A genus
embracing about a dozen species of stove, epiphytal
Orchids, natives of the East Indies and the Malayan
Archipelago. Flowers small, often minute, disposed in
terminal racemes; sepals erect, connivent; petals almost
equal to the dorsal seral or narrower; bracts small.
Leayes small, distichous.- P. longicalcaratus, the only
species introduced, requires similar culture to other Hast
Indian Orchids.

P. longicalearatus (long-spurred). l. white and purple,

small, disposed in a raceme lin. long. J. lin. long, sin. broad.
Stem 2ft. long. Borneo, 1894.

PODOCOCCUS (from pous, podos, a foot, and kokkos,
a berry; in allusion to the stalked, baccate fruit). ORD.
Palme. A monotypic genus. The species is _a stove
Palm, allied to Wallichia. For culture, see Palme
Young plants grow slowly, and sucker very freely, in
hot, moist house.

P. Barteri (Parter’s). fl. reddish, sessile, ternate; spadices
simple, pendulous, on Jong, slender peduncles; spathes four,
tubular, marcescent. jr. orange, oblong-cylindrical, stalked,

41

610

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Podococcus—continued.
nearly lin. long, edible. J. glaucescent, Sft. to 6ft. long,
alternate, unequally pinnatisect; segments eight or ten,
remote, membranous, rhomboid-lanceolate, acute, many-nerved,
the terminal ones confluent; sheath long, cut. h. 5ft. to 8ft.
Western tropical Africa, 1893. Whole plant reddish-
furfuraceous. (I. L: S. xxiv., p. 426, t. 38a, 40B, 43a.)

PODOCYTISUS. Included under Laburnum (which

see).

PODOLEPIS. To the species described on pp. 173-4,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

P, rugata (wrinkled). _/.-heads yellow, at least as large as in
P. acuminata; ray florets three- or four-lobed. Summer.
1. oblong, lanceolate, or linear. A rather stout perennial, with
the habit of P. acuminata (from which this is distinct) but
usually retaining more of a white, cottony wool.

PODOPHYLLUM. Four species are now referred
to this genus, two of them being Chinese. To those
described on p. 174, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

P. diphyllum (two-leaved). A synonym of Jeffersonia binata
(diphylla).

P. pleianthum (several-flowered). jl. rich purple, drooping,
produced in large bunches. fr. glaucous-green at first, purple
when ripe, resembling that of the May Apple (P. peltatum).
1. peltate, orbicular, six- to eight-lobed; lobes triangular,
acuminate, very shallow, with toothed margins. h. lft. to
2ft. China, 1889. (B. M. 7098; G. C. 1889, vi., p. 299, f. 44.)
PODOSPHZ@RA KUNZEI. See Plum—Fungi.

PODOSPH@RA OXYACANTHA. See Apple
Powdery Mildew.

PODOTHECA. ‘Io the species described on p. 175,
Vol. III., the following should be added:
P. chrysantha (golden-flowered). (.-heads golden-yellow,

numerous, lin. across ; florets numerous, exceeding the involucre ;
peduncles rather long, dilated under the heads. J. linear,

scabrid. h. lft. 1898. An erect annual. (B. M. 7625.)
PECILOSOMA CANDIDATUM. ‘See Rosa—
Insects.

P@PPIGIA (of Bertero).
_ thamnus (which see).

POGOCHILUS. A synonym of Galeola (which see).

POGOGYNE. To the species described on p. 175,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. nudiuscula (nearly naked).* 7. bright blue, about sin. long,
bilabiate, whorled. Summer. J. tufted, linear, obtuse, glabrous
Branches slender, puberulent. A. Yin. to 12in. California, 1886.
A pretty, dwarf, compact annual. (R. G. 1241.)

POGONIA. To the species described on p. 175,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. Barklyana (Sir Henry Barkly’s).* fl. green, with a darker
green flush ; sepals lanceolate, acuminate ; petals broader and
shorter; lip trifid, the side lacinie angulate, the middle one
acuminate, reflexed at apex; peduncle nearly 2ft. long.
sometimes eleven-flowered. J. large, roundish, apiculately
sinuate, cordate at base, Yin. broad; petioles Qin. high.
Mauritius, 1885. A fine species.

P. plicata (folded). jl. 14in. across; sepals and petals greenish,
widely spreading, acuminate ; lip whitish or rose-coloured with
a pink tip, embracing the column; stem 4in. to 6in, long.
l. orbicular-cordate, 2in. to 4in. across, many-nerved, Tuber
globose. India.

P. speciosa (showy). /l. purple, large, not unlike those of a
Bletia, two or three produced at the apex of an erect stem
4ft. high. J. alternate, ovate-oblong, glaucous. Brazil, 1894.

POGONOPUS. P. exsertus is the correct name of
the plant deseribed on p. 175, Vol. III., as P. caracasensis,

peeve See A synonym of Catopsis (which
see).

POGOSTEMON. According to the compilers of
the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,’” P. Heyneanus is the correct
name of P. Patchouli.

POHLIA PLATENSIS. The plant found oceasion-
ally catalogued under this name is a species of Cypella.

POINCIANA GILLIESII. A synonym of
Cesalpinia Gilliesii (which see).

POINTING-IN. When applying chemical or other
manures to land which is full of roots, it is necessary
to merely point them in with a fork. The roots thus
receive immediate benefit, without injury, as would be
the case if such manures were dug in with a spade or
other sharp implement.

A synonym of Rhaphi-

POISON BULB, CAPE. See Brunsvigia
ee (the correct name of which is now Buphane
disticha).

POISON ELDER. Sce Rhus venenata.
POISON NUT. See Strychnos Nux vomica.
POISONOUS PLANTS. A number of plants, both

hardy and tender, are more or less poisonons, and need
to be handled with care, or serious results may ensue.
To enumerate a few, Euphorbias, Oleanders, Poinsettias,
and Hippomane Mancinella. The sap of these has had
very injurious effects on gardeners with cuts or wounds
on their hands. Another extremely poisonous genus is
Rhus, and simply handling species like venenata and
Towicodendron has caused great swelling of the limbs.
Then there are plants which, if not poisonous in the
strict sense of that term, cause trouble by means of the
irritant hairs. Primula obconica, to wit, causes skin
eruptions on many people. Then several bulbous plants
are highly poisonous—the common Meadow Saffron
(Colchicum autumnale) and Buphane towicaria are good
examples.

POISON SUMACH or WOOD. See
venenata. f

POLAR PLANT. See Silphium laciniatum.

POLEMONIUM. ‘To the species and varieties
described on p. 177, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

P. cceruleum campanulatum (bell-shaped). jl. bright
lilac-blue, with golden stamens, pendent, bell-shaped. April
es May. J. pinnatifid; leaflets lanceolate. Northern Europe,
189:

P. flavum (yellow). /. light yellow, tinged with tawny-red
outside, lin. in diameter; corolla infundibular-campanulate,

landular-puberulous ; cymes corymbose. September. Z. pinnate ;

eaflets many-jugate, elliptic-lanceolate, acute. Stem 2ft. to
3ft. high, simple or corymbosely branched, loosely tomentose

above. New Mexico. (B. M. 6965.)

P. himalayanum (Himalayan). l., corolla 14in. in diameter,
the segments lilac-blue, round; panicle axis and calyx very
hairy. Himalayas.

P. pauciflorum (few-flowered). i. yellow, tinged with red on
the outside; corolla funnel-shaped, lsin. to 2in. long.
1. pinnate ; leaflets narrow-lanceolate, acute, lin. long. A. 1,ft.
Mexico, 1889. A branching, leafy, glandular-pubescent
perennial. (G. C. 1889, vi., p. 96, f. 15.)

P. Richardsonii. /. nodding, in terminal corymbs; corolla
limb pale purple, marked with deeper veins, the segments broad.
Summer and autumn, 7. pinnate, with an odd leaflet; leaflets
ten or twelve pairs on the radical leaves, fewer on the cauline
ones, entire, pubescent below. Stem erect, branched. Great
Bear Lake, 1825. By some botanists this is referred to
P. humilis.

P. sibiricum (Siberian). A synonym of P. ceerulewm dissectwm.

POLIANTHES. To the species, &c., described on
p. 178, Vol. III., the following should be added :
P. tuberosa gracilis (slender). #., perianth having a long,
slender tube. August. 7. narrower and habit slenderer than
in the type. 1879.

POLY, or GERMANDER. See Teucrium.

POLYANTHUS. This old-fashioned garden flower
still holds its own and is of the greatest use in providing
a display of spring flowers. Varieties have been much
improved these last few years, a selection of the best up to
date being: Danesford Yellow; Erin’s Yellow; Golden
Ball; Hermand; John Woodbridge; Miss Nelly Fraser ;
Pantaloons; Queen Victoria; Rex Theodore; Terra
Cotta; Tortoiseshell ; and Woodside Red.

POLYCARPZEA. P. microphylla is the correct
name of P. gnaphalioides. P. memphitica is now classed
under Polycarpon.

POLYCARPON L@FLINGIZ. The
name of Polycarpea memphitica (which see).

POLYCYCNIS. To the species described on
pp. 182-3, Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. Lehmanni (Lehmann’s). j. light brown, spotted with
purple, l}in. across; disk covered with long, white hairs ; scape
pendulous, Sin. long, many-flowered. Pseudo-bulbs oblong,
sulcate, lin. long, each bearing a lanceolate leaf 7in. long.
Colombia, 1894. (G. C. 1895, xviii., p. 245.)

POLYDESMUS EXITIOSUS. See
Fungi.

Rhus

correct

Turnip—

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. .611

POLYGALA. To the species, &c., described on
p. 183, Vol. III., the following should be added. Several
plants formerly included hereunder are now referred to
Brachycarpea, Mundtia, and Muraltia.

P. amarella (slightly bitter). A synonym of P. calearea.

P. calearea (chalk-loving). fl. bright blue, pink, or white, in
short, terminal racemes of six to twelve. Summer. J. spathu-
late, narrowed to the eae somewhat reflexed. Stems
prostrate. Europe (South of England). SYN. P. amarella.

P. Chamzbuxus purpurea (purple).* A beautiful variety
with magenta-purple blossoms.

P. cordifolia (cordate-leaved).
cordata.

P. Dalmaisiana (Dalmais’). See
grandifiora.

P. Galpini (Galpin’s). 1. pale rosy-lilac, nearly lin. across
the expanded wings; racemes axillary, erect, Sin. to 4in. long.
September. 7. shortly petiolate, 2in. to din. long, ovate,
acuminate, bright green above, paler beneath. Branches
flexuous. h, 3ft. to 5ft. Swaziland, 1889. A slender, straggling,
greenhouse shrub. (B. M. 7439.)

P. gyrandifolia (large - leaved).
P. Hilairiana.
POLYGAMOUS. Having male and hermaphrodite,

or female and hermaphrodite, or male, female, and

hermaphrodite flowers all together on the same plant.

A synonym of P. oppositifolia

under P, myrtifolia

The name of

correct

Fig. 637. POLYGONATUM MULTIFLORUM.

POLYGONATUM. Syn. Campydorum. P. multi-
florum (Fig. 637, for which we are indebted to Messrs.
J. Veitch and Sons) is quite one of the most useful of
plants for forcing purposes. It should be potted up in
November, and afterwards plunged in cocoa-nut fibre till
growth starts, when the plants should be placed in their
flowering quarters. To the species described on p. 184,
Vol. IIL., the following shonld be added:

P. hirtum (hairy). A synonym of P. latifoliwm.

P. latifolium (broad-leaved).* /l. one to five, drooping from
the axils; perianth jin. long, the tube white, the segments

eenish. July. 7. ten to fifteen, alternate, oblong, 3in. to
in. long, puberulous beneath, Stem 2ft. to 4ft. high,
puberulous above. Europe, &c., 1802. Syns. P. hirtwin,

Convallaria latifolia.

P. 1. commutatum (changed). jl. white, large, three to seven
in a bunch. Stems and leaves glabrous throughout. h. 2ft. to
7ft. North America.

P. Moserianum (Moser's).
leaves. 1897.

P. multifiorum bracteatum (large-bracted).
throughout the summer; bracts much developed.
P. m. Broteri (Broter’s). A large-flowered variety.
P. officinale flore-pleno (double-flowered), A desirable,
double-flowered variety. ,
P. Thunbergi (Thunberg’s). This is frequently catalogued as
of specific rank. It is, however, referable to P. /atifolium, of

which it is a glabrous form.

A garden variety, with variegated

ji. borne

POLYGONUM. Including Ampelygonum. To the
species described on pp. 185-6, Vol. Ill., the following
should be added :

P. adpressum (adpressed), of Labillardiére.
Muehlenbeckia adpressa.

P. amplexicaule oxyphyllum (sharp-leaved). A
eens feathery white plumes of fragrant flowers.
h, 2ft.

P. baldschuanicum (Baldschuanic).* #1. rose-coloured, nearly
jin. across, in small fascicles; panicles axillary and terminal,
effuse, the branches angular. September. /. long-petiolate,
ovate- or hastate-cordate, obtuse to acuminate, pale green.
Stem slender, woody, climbing to 20ft., sin. thick at base.
Bokhara, 1888. A very beautiful, hardy species. (B. M. 7544;
R. G. 1888, t. 1278.)

P. chinense (Chinese).

A synonym of

variety
Autumn.

jl. white, pink, or purplish, in small
panicled or corymbose heads. J. extremely variable; petioles
usually having two auricles at base. Temperate Himalaya,
&e. A rambling or erect (5ft.), hardy shrub. SYN. Ampelygonum
chinense. The form /oliis-pictis has some leaves green, others
purple, all with a white V-shaped mark. China.

P. crispulum (slightly crisped). A synonym of Atraphaxis
buxifolius.

P. lanigerum (wool-bearing). #. carnation-red or white;
racemes lin. to 2in. long, disposed in slender, divaricate
panicles. 7. sessile or petiolate, narrowly lanceolate, 4in. to

in. long, finely acuminate (rarely glabrous above). Stem 2ft.
to 10ft. long, much-branched, procumbent and
creeping below. ‘Tropics of the Old World, 1889.
Half-hardy perennial, clothed with snow-white
tomentum. (R. G. 1890, p. 224, f. 52.)

P. macrophyllum (large-leaved). The correct
name of P. spharostachywm.

P. molle (soft). jj. white, in large, terminal,
thyrsoid, tomentose panicles. /. petiolate, ellip-
tic-lanceolate, silkily pubescent, tomentose, or
villous beneath. Branches stout, hairy. h. 2ft.
Temperate Himalayas, 1882. Hardy shrub;
excellent for grouping.

P. multiflorum (many-flowered). #1. whitish,
small, in loose, spreading panicles. 7. cordate-
ovate, acute, 4in. long, 3in. broad, shining, deep
green. Stems numerous, long, slender, reddish.
Root tuberous. Japan, China, &c., 1881. Hardy
perennial climber or trailer.

P. orientale variegatum (variegated). An
ornamental garden variety, distinguished from
the type in having variegated leaves. 1892.
(R. H. 1892, p. 37, f. 8.) The form pumilum
(dwarf) is rather earlier than the type.

P. petiolatum (long-petiolate). A synonym of
P. amplexicaule.

P. polystachyum (many-spiked). #. white or
pink, Jin. across, in a large, very variable,
effuse panicle. J. sub-sessile or petiolate, oblong-
lanceolate, 4in. to 9in. long, caudate-acuminate,
the base usually contracted and sub-hastately
cordate or truncate. A, 3ft. to 6ft. Temperate
Himalaya. Hardy shrub.

P. virginianum (Virginian). jl. greenish;
racemes 6in, to l6in. long, very slender. August
and September. . elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate,
4in. to 10in. long, thin, many-nerved ; petioles 4in. to lin. long.
Stem erect, 2ft. to 5ft. or more in height. North America,
India, Japan, &e., 1640. Hardy perennial.

P. viviparum (viviparous). jl. pink, sub-erect, very variable
in size, disposed in solitary, erect, slender spikes lin. to 4in.
long. ¢. very variable, lin. to 6in. long, sometimes pubescent
or tomentose beneath. Stem slender, 6in. to 12in. long. Root-
stock woody. Himalayas, Arctic Europe, &c. Hardy perennial.
POLYMNIA. To the species described on p. 186,

Vol. III., the following shonld be added:

P. maculata (spotted). 1 heads having ten linear-lanceolate,
toothed rays. September to November. J. opposite, sinuate-
lobed, decurrent. Stems sulcate, nearly glabrous. h. 6ft.
Mexico (on mountains). Half-hardy perennial.
POLYPAPPUS (of Nuttall). A synonym of Tessaria

(which see).

‘

= a ee SOS

POLYPHRAGMON. A synonym of Timonius
(which see).
POLYPODIUM. MIneluding Anapeltis, Dipteris,

Schellopsis, Stegnogramme, Thylacopteris, and Xiphopteris.

CunturE. The Polypodiums, both British and exotie,
are of two different structures and of various habits. A
small proportion of them, such as our common ‘Oak ”’
and ‘‘ Beech” Ferns (P. Dryopteris and P. Phegopteris),
are deciduous, and provided with slender rhizomes which
delight in running underground, especially in partly-

612

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Polypodium—continued.
decayed vegetable matter; the foliage of: these species,
as a rule, is of a soft, papery texture. The majority of
them, however, are of an evergreen nature, having
fronds of a somewhat leathery texture, produced from
rhizomes which prefer being kept above or close to the
surface of the ground.

Those species provided with underground rhizomes may
be either grown in pots or planted in any part of the
stove, the cool Fernery, or the outdoor rockery, according
to their native habitats; and for these, a mixture
composed of two parts fibrous loam, one part leaf-monld,
and one part sharp silver-sand, answers all requirements.
This treatment also applies to the species in which the
fronds are produeed from a single crown. The epiphytal
species, which do not burrow, but keep near, or even on,
the surface of the soil, require a different material to
grow them luxuriantly. Good fibrous peat, or, better
still, half-decayed leaf-monld, should form the best part
of their compost, in which silver-sand is not needed, but
to which a fourth part of fibrous loam may be added to
give it cohesion. Whether grown in pots or planted in
the rockery, these species should have good drainage and
comparatively shallow pots or pockets. The epiphytal
species are particularly adapted for covering Tree-Fern
stems and for growing in hanging-baskets, in which
positions their rambling habit is shown to great
advantage.

The majority of Polypodiums are propagated by division
of their rhizomes at almost any time of the year; but
a few species grown extensively for decorative purposes
are more rapidly propagated by means of their spores,
which are abundantly produced, germinate freely, and
produce better-shaped plants than those obtained from
division of the rhizomes. Being evergreen and strong
growers, P. aureum and its varieties require substantial
food; a mixture consisting of about equal proportions
of fibrous peat, loam, and silver-sand suits them best.
They must also receive a liberal supply of water at the
roots while growing, as well as occasional waterings
with weak liquid manure. P. Billardieri is a particularly
shallow-rooting plant; it flourishes best in a flower-pan,
in a mixture in which fibrous peat predominates,

In planting P. Dryopteris, a spot where moisture and
shade can always be depended upon should, if possible,
be selected, and a shallow bed made of a compost of two
parts of fibrous peat, one part of leaf-mould, and a free
admixture of silver-sand, or, better still, of broken
sandstone. If grown in pots for a cool frame or for the
greenhouse, where it makes most pleasing objects, the
above mixture will be found equally suitable; but in
either case ayoid putting in too much soil: a depth of
3in. to 4in. is quite sufficient. It is also indispensable
that thorough drainage should be secured, for water
remaining stagnant about its roots is very injurious to
P. Dryopteris. In planting, great care must also be
taken to prevent the rhizomes from being buried too
deeply, in which case they seldom grow; they must be
kept only just below the surface of the soil, throngh
which it is adyisable to allow the tips to protrude.
Planting should take place about April, and a moderate
watering must follow, after which the soil requires to be
kept constantly moist. Althongh totally deprived of
foliage during four or five months of the year, the Oak
Fern should never be allowed to get dry at the roots,
for the rhizomes soon shrivel up and the spring growth
then only produces small or deformed fronds, as the
plants are much weakened. It is also advisable to give
plants grown in pots a slight coyering during the
winter, though they do not require this attention when
planted ont. This species, readily increased by division,
does not appear to have produced any constant yaria-
tions; several more or less curious forms of it have
from time to time been noticed, but none of them have
remained constant under cultivation.

As a rule, P. Meyenianum (Fig. 638) is a difficult plant
to manage in pots, but it thrives apace when treated like
a Platycerium—grown either on a stump, in a shallow
pan, or in a hanging-basket. Care should be taken not to
bury its rhizomes. The soil should be pure fibrous peat,
on which the rhizomes shonld at first be pegged down,
free scope being allowed for their extension. Grown in
that way, it soon repays any extra trouble bestowed on
its culture.

Polypodium—continued.

Like the Oak Fern (P. Dryopteris), P. Phegopteris may
with advantage be planted ont in the open Fernery or
grown in pots, and the compost recommended for that
pretty species is equally suitable for the Beech Fern, but
a greater depth—about 6in.—must be allowed, as it roots
much deeper into the ground. Care must also be taken
not to bury the rhizomes deeply, but to keep them barely
below the surface of the ground. A moist, shady place is
indispensable, as the plant is particularly partial to an
abundant and constant supply of water, and to frequent
syringings during the growing season. When cultivated
in pots in a cool house, the Beech Fern is nearly ever-
green, as its old fronds, thongh discoloured and
generally broken at the base, remain on the plants
almost until the new ones make their appearance.

P. pustulatum is a species of easy culture; it is well
adapted for growing in dark places where hardly any
other Fern would thrive, and for planting in such positions
on stones or rockwork, which it rapidly covers and to
which it clings with a remarkable tenacity. P. subauricu-
latum is a Fern which may with great advantage be
utilised for covering dead trunks of Tree-Ferns; in such
positions it makes a very beantiful object and grows
apace, as it delights in sending its roots and rhizomes into
partly-decayed vegetable matter. In the centre of a
warm conservatory it surpasses all others in elegance,
and where there is plenty of height to allow the fronds
space to hang, a specimen with numberless fronds 10ft.
to 12ft. long is a sight not easily forgotten. If grown
in a basket, it will derive great benefit from a small
portion of chopped sphagnum added to the mixture of
soil, and will stand a fair amount of strong light.

P. vulgare is found most useful for adorning the hardy
rockery, where it proves very effective when growing in
a mass, and the ease with which it can be managed,
coupled with its evergreen nature, greatly adds to its
value as a hardy decorative plant. In the culture of
this species it is well to imitate nature as closely as
possible. To that effect it is necessary that the spot
selected should be shady, cool, and damp, yet without
stagnant moisture. The soil which best suits this species
is one composed of leaf-mould, or a vegetable compost,
interspersed with a cool but not too moist clay or garden
mould. Following nature, the rhizomes should not be
buried in the ground, but fastened close down to it, the
roots alone being covered. Another very important point
in connection with the cultivation of the Common Poly-
pody is that it must be planted where -its rhizomes can
take undisturbed possession of the place selected, as it
is only when the plants are well established that they
produce really beautiful foliage.

Besides being so highly useful for cultivation out of
doors, the Common Polypody and its several varieties
are well adapted for the ornamentation of the cool
Fernery under glass, where they may be used with
great advantage and effect. Nearly every position is
adapted to their requirements, althongh the more elevated
parts of the rockwork are preferable, and the shady
parts of the Fernery are also more suitable than those
which are exposed to strong light.

The only position in which these plants do not thrive
is one in which they are continually exposed to the
dripping of water, for even occasional thorough dryness
at the roots does not cause the immediate destruction
of the fronds. P. vulgare and its varieties are usually
propagated by division, which may be done at almost
any time of the year, though spring is the most suitable
season.

Although quite hardy, P. v. cambricum makes a splendid
pot plant when grown in the cold frame or in the
greenhouse, the pleasing pale green colour of its foliage
being particularly attractive among other Ferns.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 186-95,
Vol. III., the following should be added. Except where
otherwise indicated, stove treatment is required.

P. accedens (approaching). rhiz. wide-creeping, filiform,
searcely scaly. sti. very short. fronds, barren ones oblong,
obtuse; fertile ones longer and narrower (2in. to 4in. long
and din. to 4in. broad), the fructification confined to the
narrowed upper part; texture coriaceous. sori in single rows
‘close to the midrib. Malaya, &c. Syn. Phymatodes accedens.

P. alpestre. There are three other varieties of this species:
interruptum, laciniatum, and lanceum, all natives of Britain.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Polypodium—continued.

P. amcenum (pleasing). rhiz. stout, densely clothed with dull
brown scales. sti. firm, erect, naked, 6in. to 12in. long. fronds
lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, cut nearly to the rachis
into numerous entire or slightly-toothed pinne Sin, to 6in,
long, of a firm but papery texture. sori in a single series.
Nepaul, Khasya, &c. (at 6000ft. to 10,000ft.). Greenhouse.
SYN. Goniophiebium amenum.

P. amplum (large). fronds very large, tripinnatifid; ultimate
segments oblong, blunt, of smooth texture, slightly indented
on the margins. sori large, in one row on each side of the
midvein, eventually covering the whole under-side of the frond.
Martinique. Syn. Phegopteris ampla.

P. appendiculatum (having appendages?). sti. tufted, about
lit. long. fronds broadly lanceolate, 1}ft. to 2ft. long, 8in. to
10in. broad; pinne 3in. to 5in. long, jin. to lin. broad, cut
down nearly to the midrib into narrow-oblong, falcate lobes
of a soft, papery texture ; lower pinne having a small gland
at the base. sori close to the midrib. Eastern Himalayas
and Penang. Syn. Phegopteris appendiculatus.

P. appendiculatum (of gardens). A form of P. plesiosorum.

P, areolatum (areolate). A form of P. aurewm.

P. aureum Mayii (May’s).* fronds undulated, serrated, of a
silvery lustre, having the veins tinted ea. 1898.
Syn. Phiebodium Mayii (G. C. 1898, xxiii., p. , £. 121).

P. Barberi (Barber's). sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long, slightly
scaly at base. fronds palmately five-lobed or more usually
pinnate, consisting of a terminal segment and one to four pairs
of pinnz 4in. to 6in. long, lin. broad, nearly entire, coriaceous,
and naked on both sides. sori abundant, disposed principally
in two rows near the main veins. Malaya. Syn. Dictyop-
teris Barberi.

P. bifurcatum (twice-forked). A synonym of P. Lobbianum.

P. biseriale (in two series). sti. slightly scaly, lft. to 2ft.
long. fronds much divided, 2ft. to 3ft. long, lft. or more in
breadth; lowest pinne 6in. to 8in. long, cut down to the
rachis into oblong-lanceolate pinnules, which are subdivided
into lobes of a thin, papery texture. sori in pairs on the lower
lobes. Andes of Peru and Ecuador. Syn. Phegopteris
biserialis.

P. brasiliense cristatum (crested).* fronds 3ft. to 4ft. long,
gracefully arching; pinne 6in. long and terminating in two
complex tassels. A distinctly beautiful variety.

P. caleareum (chalk-loving). A synonym of P. Dryopteris
Rob rtianum. :

P. cambricum (Welsh). A form of P. vulgare.

P. carnosum (fleshy). A form of P. lomarioides.

P. caudiceps (tail-headed).* rhiz. long, slender, creeping.
sti. slender, 2in. to din. long. fronds simple, glabrous, oblong-
lanceolate, 6in. long, lin. or rather more broad, tapered below to
@ narrow wing, the apex drawn out into a narrow, attenuated
point ori tail (hence the specific name). sori round, naked,

roduced on the lowest veinlet. Formosa, 1886. An elegant
ket Fern. Syn. Goniophlebium caudiceps.

P. chnoodes (downy or woolly).* rhiz. stout, densely clothed
with dull brown scales. sti. erect, slender, naked, 4in. to 6in.
long. fronds drooping, lft. to 2ft. long, 4in. to Sin. broad, cut
to the rachis into distinct, falcate, opposite pinne, 2in. to 4in.
long, sin. broad, cordate at base, of a soft texture, and finely
hairy on both surfaces. sori in two series on each side of the
main veins. West Indies, &c. Syns. P. dissimile, Goniophlebium
chnoodes.

P. contiguum (contiguous). A synonym of P. longifolium.

P. difforme macrophyllum Garpe fronded)7 Sronds 5ft.
long, bright peat pinne Qin. long, 2in. broad, toothed. 1898.
A large, bold form.

P. dissimile (dissimilar). A synonym of P. chnoodes.
P. divergens (diverging). A. synonym of Nephrodium effusum.
P. effusum (spreading). A synonym of Nephrodium effusum.

P. flocculosum (slightly woolly). rhiz. short, clothed with
bright brown scales. sti. firm, erect, 4in. to 6in. long, woolly
upwards. /ronds entire, 6in. to 18in. long, lin. to l4in. broad,
gradually narrowed to the apex, coriaceous, densely clothed
beneath with rusty-brown wool. sori bright-coloured, in
straight, diagonal rows from midrib to edge. Northern India
(at 5000ft.). Greenhouse. SYN. Niphobolus flocculosus.

P. fossum (ditch-loving).* rhiz. slowly creeping. fronds about
lft. long, varying from linear-lanceolate to ovate, the edges
sinuately toothed or lobed ; lobes longer or shorter according to
the breadth of the frond, simple or bifid, or in the broadest
fronds multifidly flabellate, deep green above. ori large,
roundish, sunk in deep cavities which form a line of bosses on
the upper surface. 1882. A distinct and interesting, evergreen
Fern, well adapted for basket culture. Syn. Pleopeltis fossa.

P. grandiceps (large-headed). fronds arising at intervals from
a slender, creeping rhizome, simple, oblong-lanceolate, leathery,
about 6in. long and lin. broad, tapering below into a narrow
wing. Formosa, 1885. A dwarf Fern, suitable for basket
culture. SYN. Goniophlebium grandiceps.

|

&C. 613

Polypodium—continued.

P. grandi-nigrescens (hybrid).* A novel and bold Fern,
described as a hybrid between P. nigrescens and P. vulgare
grandiceps. (G. C. 1898, ii., p. 356, f. 105-6.)

P. grenadense (Grenada). rhiz. shortly creeping. fronds
pinnate, Sin. to 6in. long, cartilaginous, pellucid, bright green.
Antilles, 1894.

P. Griffithianum (Griffith’s).
clothed with dull brown scales. sti. firm, erect, 3in. to 6in.
long. fronds simple, 6in. to 8in. long, l4in. to 2in. broad,
wavy-edged, acuminate at apex, rounded, narrowed, or auricled
at base. sori large, in a row near the midrib, one. between
each main vein. Northern India. Greenhouse. SyN. Phymatodes
Grifithianum.

P. hastatum. rhiz. firm, with bright rusty scales, sti. din. to
4in. long, firm, erect, glossy. fronds 4in. to 6in. long, simple,
lanceolate, 4in. to lsin. broad, or three-lobed, with the lateral
lobes like the terminal one but smaller. sori in a single row,
nearer the midrib than the edge. Japan to Formosa, 1820.
Stove or greenhouse. Syn. Phymatodes hastatum.

P. hirsutum (hairy). sti. tufted, 3in. to 4in. long, densely
scaly. fronds oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to Sin. long, tripinnatitid,
parchment-like, scaly on both sides, but especially below.
sori in a row on each side of, and close to, the midvein. Minas
Geraes, Brazil. Syn. Phegopteris hirsuta.

P. hymenodes (membrane-like). A synonym of P. superyiciale.
P. inzequale (unequal). A synonym of P. guatemalense.

P. intermedium (intermediate). A synonym of P. cali-
Jornicum.

P. irioides (Iris-like). rhiz. stout, clothed with dark brown
scales. fronds lft. to 3ft. long, lin. to din. broad, gradually
narrowed to both ends, entire, thick, fleshy, pale or yellowish-

een, naked on both sides. sort very small and copious,
irregularly scattered. New South Wales, &c., 1824. A
singular, erect-growing species. SYN. Phymatodes irioides.

P. i. cristatum (crested). A crested form of the type. Sy¥n.
P. leopeltis cristatum.

P. Karwinskianum (Karwinski’s). A synonym of P. plebeiwm.

P. Krameri (Kramer’s).* rhiz. wide-creeping and freely branch-
ing. sti. slender, wiry, 3in. to 4in. long. fronds thin, pale
green, Sin. to 6in. long, 2sin. to 3in. broad, cut half-way to
the rachis into oblong, undulated lobes, the lower pair more
deeply cut and deflexed. sort numerous, black, scattered
over the under-surface. Japan, 1878. A pretty, hardy species,
in the way of P. Phegopteris.

P. lachnopus (downy-stalked). rhiz. wide-creeping, densely
clothed with black, bristly scales, sti. slender, naked, 2in. to
4in. long. Jronds flaccid, simply pinnate, lin. to l4in. long,
3in. to 4in. broad, cut nearly or quite to the rachis into
slightly-toothed pinne naked on both surfaces.
series. Northern India, &c. (at 7000ft.). Greenhouse.
Goniophlebium lachnopus.

P. levigatum (smooth). sti. naked, shining, purplish. fronds
lanceolate, bipinnatifid, 14ft. long, 3in. to 4in. broad; pinne
numerous, loose, opposite, 14in. to 2in. long, cut down to a
narrow wing into close, blunt Jobes of a parchment-like
texture, smooth on both surfaces. sori nearly oblong. Peru.
Syn. Phegopteris levigata.

P. Lobbianum (Lobb’s). fronds lft. long and broad; main
lobes reaching to the base, three or four times forked;
ultimate segments linear, entire, coriaceous, dark brownish-
green above, tawny beneath. sori in a single row on each
side of, and near, the midrib. Borneo, &c. SyNs. P. bifurcatum,
Dipteris Lobbiana.

P. lomarioides (Lomaria-like). rhiz. forming a thick, wide-
Sane erust, clothed with small, peltate scales. sti. 2in
to 4in. long, firm, erect. fronds lit. to lift. long, 4in. to
6in. broad; barren ones cut within jin. to jin. of the rachis
into close, horizontal, oblong, entire, blunt lobes; fertile
ones cut nearly to the rachis throughout, with more numerous
lobes fin. to gin. broad. sori completely immersed, round
or oblong, in two rows near the midrib. Malaya, &c. Syn.
Phymatodes lomarioides. P. (Lecanopteris) carnosum, according
to Baker, appears to be an abnormal form of this, with lobes
intermediate in character, and with large sori in very dis-
tinct, marginal pits. Penang, 1894.

P. lycopodioides salicifolium (Willow-fronded).* fronds
longer and narrower than in the type, nearly or quite uniform,
both kinds being about 5in. long, scarcely 4in. broad, and
beautifully veined. A pretty and free-growing form. Other
varieties are maximum and sqguamulosum.

P. macrourum (long-tailed), This resembles P. Phiymatodes
in habit and size, but is distinguished by its long-tailed
fronds, which are rhomboid-caudate, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 6in. to
12in. broad, bright green, the lanceolate tail having its middle
part pinnatifid. Queensland (?), 1886.

P. Meyenianum (Meyen’s). Bear’s-paw Fern. rhiz. stout,
with bright ferruginous scales jin. long. J/ronds 2ft. to 3ft.
long, 8in. to 12in. broad, the lower part cut nearly to the
rachis into erecto-patent, linear-oblong, blunt, entire lobes, 3in.

to 6in. long, 4in. to lin. broad, the upper part pinnate, with

rhiz. wide-creeping, densely

sori in single
SYN.

614

Polypodium—continued.

numerous close pinne, 4in. to 8in. long, which consist only of
a firm midrib with a row of small, round lobes on both sides,
each with a sorus that covers it. Philippines. Syns. Aglao-
morpha Meyenianum, Drynariwm Meyenianum, D. philippense
(of gardens). See Fig. 638.

FG. 638.

POLYPODIUM MEYENIANUM.

P. multilineatum (many-lined). sti. firm, erect, naked, 2ft.
or more in length. fronds pinnate, 3ft. to 4ft. long, 14ft. to
2ft. broad; pinnz numerous, sometimes lft. long, acute,
coriaceous, naked on both sides. sori in two rows. Sylhet,
Kumaon, &c. A_ strong-growing species. SYN. Goniopteris
multilineata,

P. owariense (Owarian). A form of P. lycopodioides.

P. Paradise is regarded by the Kew authorities as a variety
of P. pectinatum.

P. penangianum (Penang).* fronds almost stalkless, lft. to
1sft. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, entire, gradually narrowed
towards the base and sometimes wavy-edged, papery, hairy
beneath. sori in rows close together, confined to the upper

art, and falling short of the edge. Penang. A distinct and
andsome species. SYN. Niphobolus penangianus.

P. leet aati multifidum (much-cleft). This variety is
distinguished from the type in having its fronds irregularly
multifid. There is also a crested form known as ecristatum.

P. Picoti (Picot’s).* fronds numerous, arching, wavy, elongate-
oblong, entire, coriaceous, 3ft. long or more, 4in. to 6in. broad,
green and very shiny above, glaucous-green beneath. Brazil,
1886. A noble, greenhouse Fern, of vigorous habit.

P. pictum (painted). rhiz. creeping, clothed with black scales.
sti. smooth. fronds three-lobed, glabrous, tapering to the base ;
lobes oblong, rounded at apex, the middle one about 5in. lon
and lin. broad. Polynesia, 1881. A free-growing species, allied
to P. Billardiert. SYN. Pleopeltis picta.

P. Preslianum (Presl’s). A synonym of P. neriifolium.

P. pulvinatum (cushion-like). A variety of P. awrewin.

P. refractum (broken). fronds erect, pinnate, lft. long, 6in.
broad; pinnz lanceolate, auricled at base, sinuate, stiff,
glossy, the lower ones conspicuously deflexed. sori abundant,
black, scattered. Brazil, 1847. Syn. Gonioptcris refracta.

P. rivale (brook-loving).* rhiz. stout, creeping, clothed with
bright rusty-brown scales. fronds, barren ones din. to 6in. long,
2in. broad, cut down three-quarters of the way to the rachis

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Polypodium—continued.

into blunt lobes; fertile ones 14ft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 8in.
broad, distinctly stalked, with blunt, entire lobes 2in. long and
4in. broad, reaching nearly or quite to the rachis; texture
papery. sori in a single row on each side of, and close to, the
midrib. North-east Himalayas. A distinct species. SYN.
Drynaria mollis.

P. Robertianum. Limestone, Smith’s, or Rigid Three-branched
Polypody. A form of P. Dryopteris.

P. rostratum (beaked). rhiz. filiform, wide-creeping, scaly.
sti. tirm, naked, lin. to 2in. long. fronds entire, 2in. to 4in.
long, Jin. to lin. broad, gradually narrowed to both ends,
coriaceous. sori large, in single rows near the midrib. Hima-
layas, SYN. Phymatodes rostrata.

P. Schneiderii (Schneider’s).* rhiz. thick, fleshy, clothed with
silvery scales. sti. stiff, wiry, 6in. to Yin. long. fronds broadly
triangular, about Yin. each way; pinne closely set, almost
overlapping; pinnules cut into deeply-cleft, undulated lobes.
A very handsome garden hybrid between P. aurewn and
P. vulgare elegantissimum. SYN. Phlebodium Schneiderii.

P. simplex (simple). A variety of P. lineare.

P. sphzrocephalum (sphere-headed). A synonym of P. angus-
tatum,

P. superficiale (superficial). _rhiz. woody, wide-creeping,
clothed with brown, shining scales. sti. 4in. to 6in. long, firm,
naked, often curved. fronds 6in. to 12in. long, lin, to 2in.
broad, gradually narrowed to both ends, the edge entire. sori
copious, scattered irregularly. Northern India (up to 6000ft.).
Greenhouse. Syns. P. hymenodes, Phymatodes superficialis.

P. tzeniosum (ribbon-like). A synonym of P. angustifolium.

P. tricuspe (three-pointed). shiz. stout, woody. sti. firm,
erect, 6in. to 8in. long. fronds hastate, 2in. to 4in. each way,
coriaceous, dark green above, densely matted beneath; central
lobe broadly lanceolate, the lateral ones spreading, much
smaller, auricled at base. sori minute, abundant, in rows of
three or four between the main veins, and of nine to twelve
between the midrib and the edge. Japan and Korea. Green-
house. SYN. Niphobolus tricuspis.

P. urophyllum (tail-leaved). rhiz. creeping. sti. 2ft. or more
in length, stout, erect. fronds 2ft. to 4ft. or more in length,
lft. to 14ft. broad, with a terminal pinna and usually several
on each side, which are sometimes lft. long and more than 2in.
broad, entire or slightly lobed. sori in two close rows, or some-
times in one row only. India, Australia, &e. SYN. Goniopteris
urophylla,

P. varius (various). A variety of P. adnascens, having short,
thick, fleshy fronds rising from a creeping rhizome.

P. Veitchii (Veitch’s). rhiz. slender, creeping, clothed with
pale brown scales. sti. very slender, less than lin. long.
Jronds deltoid, thin, smooth, pale green; segments oblong,
fin. to 4in. broad, obtuse, minutely notched, the lowest side
ones reaching nearly to the rachis. , sori globose, com-
paratively large, in a single row nearer the midrib than the
edge. Japan, 1880. Greenhouse.

P. vulgare. Of this species some of the best varieties other
than those enumerated in Vol. III. are: cambricwm, crenatwm,
Fowleri, grandiceps, and Prestonii.

P. Xiphias (swordfish). rhiz. stoutish, creeping, with brownish
scales. fronds glabrous, more than 1ft, long, elliptic-oblong or
somewhat obovate, caudate-cuspidate, narrowed below to the
point of attachment; veins pinnate, reticulated. sori round,
medium-sized, dotted over nearly the whole back of the frond.
South Pacific Islands. The specific name refers to the shape
of the fronds. Syn, Pleopeltis Xiphias.

P. zosterzeforme (ribbon-shaped). rhiz. wide-creeping, slender,
fragile, scaleless, sti, short and very slender. fronds ribbon-
like, 4in. to 6in. long, very narrow, with entire edges, gradually
narrowed to the base, soft and papery, dark green. sort in
irregular rows between the midvein and the margin.
Tenasserim. SYN. Phymatodes zostereeformis.
POLYPORUS. The most destructive species belong-

ing to this genus have already been dealt with in

Vol. IIT., pp. 195 and 196. Little by way of prevention

can be added to the information there given. The greatest

care must, however, be exercised in collecting and burning
the fungi as soon as they are noticed, and before they
have a chance of ripening their spores. Abies, Pinus,

Oaks, Alders, Willows, Birch, and many Orchard and

Bush Trees (Gooseberries) are attacked by different

species of Polyporus, and all are undesirable. They

are usually wound-parasites, and therefore care should
be exercised to dress any wounds made in trees with

Stockholm tar, having first treated them with a solution

of mercurie bichloride—a very corrosive preparation, and

a most dangerous poison.

POLYPTERIS (from polys, many, and pteris, meant
for pteron, a wing; in allusion to the pappus). ORD.
Composite. A small genus (four species) of hardy or
nearly hardy, scabrous-pubescent, North American herbs,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 615

Polypteris—continued.

formerly included under Palafoxia (which see for

culture). Flower-heads rose-purple or flesh-colonved,

loosely corymbose-cymose or paniculate, pedunculate.

Leaves undivided and mostly entire, petiolate; all the

upper ones alternate.

P. Hookeriana (Hooker's).
Hookeriana,

P. texana (Texan). /.-heads pink; florets about thirty, five-
parted ; involucral scales ten to twelve. J. lanceolate-linear,
acuminate, three-nerved, puberulous. Annual. Syn. Palafoxia
texana.

POLYSCIAS (from polys, much, and skias, shade ;
in allusion to the plentiful foliage). Orp. Araliacer. A
genus comprising about eight species of stove, glabrous
trees or shrubs, inhabiting the East Indies, the Indian
Archipelago, and the South Pacific and Mascarene Islands.
Flowers umbellate, racemose or paniculate ; calyx truncate
or repand-toothed on the margin; petals five to eight,
valvate, free or cohering at apex; stamens as many as the
petals ; disk flat or rarely sub-conical ; bracts scale-like or
wanting. Leaves pinnate; leaflets coriaceous, usually
ample. Only one species calls for description here. For
culture, see Trevesia.

P. paniculata (paniculate). 7. pinnate; leaflets usually seven,
the terminal one Jin. to Qin. long, the others short-stalked,
oblong, obtuse, shining, sub-coriaceous, deltoid or rather
rounded at base, 4in. to 6in. long. SyYN. Terminalia elegans
(of gardens). This ‘thas no more to do with the genus
Terminalia than with a Cabbage” (G. C. 1887, ii., p. 366),

POLYSTACHYA. To the species described on
p. 196, Vol. III., the following shonld be added:

P. Buchanani (Buchanan’s). (. yellowish, with faint traces
of purple, small; scapes 1ft. long. 72. about 6in. long. Eastern
tropical Africa, 1889. Very similar to P. luteola.

P. bulbophylloides (Bulbophyllum-like). fl. white, sub-
sessile, with an orange spot on the lip. Western tropical
Africa, 1891. A minute species, with the habit of a small
Bulbophyllum.

P. dixantha (of two yellows). #., sepals and petals ochreous ;
lip dark yellow, with purple side lobes and an _ orange-
coloured callus. Western tropical Africa, 1882. A curious
Species.

P. grandiflora (large-flowered). The correct name of P. galeata.

P. imbricata (overlapping). . yellow and pink, small,
disposed in a branched spike. /. about 3in. long. Stems as
long as the leaves. Eastern tropical Africa, 1893.

P. Kirkii (Kirk's). /. white, 4in. across, having the lip
margined with purple; scape flattened, din. long. J. linear-
oblong, Sin. long. Pseudo-bulbs narrow, 2in. long. Eastern
tropical Africa, 1894.

P. Lawrenceana (Sir Trevor Lawrence’s). jl. pale lilac and
een, disposed in a simple raceme. British Central Africa,
893. Allied to P. Kirkii.

P. leonensis (Sierra Leone). fl., upper sepal and petals light
een; lateral sepals suffused brownish-purple in the lower
alf; lip white, the lateral lobes suffused behind with light

purple, and the front lobe, the central keel, and the basal
part of lip white-mealy. May. Pseudo-bulbs arranged thickly
in a string along the creeping rhizome. Sierra Leone, 1888.

P. Ottoniana (Otto's). 7 white, sin. across; sepals having
a purple median line; lip with a yellow blotch on the disk ;

eduncles one-flowered. /. in pairs, linear, Grass-like, the

The correct name of Palafoxia

onger one 4in. long. Pseudo-bulbs clustered, in. long,
prolonged into a slender stem lin. to Ilsin. long. South

Africa, 1847.
P. usambarensis (native name). This is nearly related to

P. Kirkii, but differs in its numerous leaves and in always

having branched inflorescences. German Hast Africa, 1898.

P. villosa (villous). jl. pale green, with « white lip, small,
hairy; scape erect, Sin. long. J. linear-lanceolate, 10in. long.
Eastern tropical Africa, 1894.

P. Wightiana (Wight’s). 7.
broader than long; panicle
1. two or three, gin. to 6in.
4in. to 6in. long. Malabar.

P. zambesiaca (Zambesi).
short scapes. /. lanceolate,

yellow; sepals din. long; lip
labrous, with short branches.
ong, Zin. to lin. broad. Stem

fl. yellow and brown, borne on
3in. long. British Central Africa,

POLYSTIGMA RUBRUM. See Plum—Fungi.

POLYXENA. P. angustifolia is the correct name of
Massonia angustifolia,

POMACEOUS. Apple-like.

POMMELO. A popular but cormpt name for the
fruits of Citrus decumana, now largely imported.

POMMERESCHIA (named in honour of Pommer
Esche, Director of the Société d’Horticulture des Etats
Prusse). ORD. Zingiverew. A monotypic genus. The
species is a quick-growing, stove, foliage plant much
resembling a Phrynium in general habit. For culture, see
Zingiber.

P. Lackneri (Lackner’s). fl. golden-yellow, in a pedunculate
spike 3in. to 5in. long, sub-distichous; lip cuneiform, bidentate
or bifid. 7. distichous, oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, 6in.
to 10in. long. Rhizome tuberous, globular. hk. 2ft. to 2Qk4ft.
Birma, 1895, ¥

POMOLOGY.

fruits.
POMPION. See Cucurbita.

POMPON. A word used of certain florists’ flowers
which are produced in tufts—Pompon Chrysanthemums
for instance.

PONCELETIA (of
Spartina (which see).

PONDS. In all gardens the effect is enhanced by the
appearance of water, and where possible it should be
introduced in the form of Ponds or streams. See Aquatic
Plants.

PONDWEED, HORNED. See Zannichellia.

PONERA. In addition to the species mentioned on
p. 197, Vol. III., the following have been introduced :
P. juncifolia, P. pellita, and P. prolifera, P. Kienastii
is also known as Scaphyglottis Kienastii.

The section of horticulture relating to

Thouars), <A

synonym of

Fic, 639, PONTEDERIA CORDATA.

PONTEDERIA. To the species, &c., described on
p. 198, Vol. III., the following variety should be added.
See also Eichhornia and Monochoria.

P. montevidensis (Monte Video). This is simply a form of
the widely-distributed P. cordata (see Fig. 639). 1899.
PONTHIEVA. To the species described on p. 198,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. grandiflora (large-flowered). jl. large; lateral sepals
connate for nearly all their length, white, blotched green at
base; dorsal sepal narrow-lanceolate; petals halberd-shaped,
twisted, yellow, striped Indian-red; lip small, fleshy, red;
scape Yin. high; raceme eight- to ten-flowered. J, broad,
ovate, acute, dull green, hairy. Keuador.

616

THE, DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

POPPY, MEXICAN. See Argemone.
POPULUS. To the species and varieties described
on pp. 200-1, Vol. III., the following should be added :
P. alba macrophylla (large-leaved). A large-leaved form.

P. a. nivea (snowy).* /. covered with white tomentum on the
under-side. One of the most ornamental of the white-leaved
Poplars.

P. a. pyramidalis (pyramidal). The correct name of
P. a. Balan: Syn. P. Korolkowi.
P. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). J. ovate-lanceolate, narrowed

to the base, Willow-like, acute, glabrous, crenate-serrate.
Branchlets terete, glabrous. Otherwise like P. moniliformis
(of which it has been classed as a variety). North America.
SyN. P. salicifolia (of Rafinesque).

P. balsamifera candicans variegata (variegated). /. large
and showy, dark green, shaded with paler green, and heavily
mottled and splashed with yellow. Syn. P. ontariensis
variegata.

P. Bolleana (Bolle’s). A synonym of P. alba pyramidalis.

P. canadensis aurea Van Geertii (Van Geert’s golden).
A synonym of P. deltoidea aurea.

P. canescens. According to the Kew authorities, this is now
classed as a species, and not as a variety of P. alba.

P. deltoidea aurea (deltoid, golden). J. of a soft yellow,
borne on bright red petioles, which impart a pleasing and
distinct appearance, especially in autumn, when the colour
deepens to orange. Young growths more or less touched with
red. This variety is free in growth, and the foliage does not
burn in hot summers. SYN. P. canadensis aurea Van Geertit.

P. Eugenii (Eugene Simon’s). A garden variety of P. monilifera.

P. Korolkowi (Korolkow’s). A synonym of P. alba
pyramidalis.

P. monilifera Eugenii (Eugene Simon’s). A tree of giant
size. It ‘carries its limbs and shoots perpendicularly,
forming a columnar head. It grows faster than other
varieties, and is well adapted for planting as a solitary tree
in parks or in groups. but not by roads or streets” (C. Mathieu,
in R. G., Dec. 1, 1887).

P. monticola (mountain-loving). A form of P. Tremula.

P. ontariensis (Ontario). A synonym of P. balsamifera candi-
cans.

P. pyramidalis (pyramidal). A variety of P. nigra.

P. salicifolia (Willow-leaved), of Rafinesque. A synonym of
P. angustifolia.

P. Steiniana (Stein’s). A garden hybrid, not in general
cultivation. 1888. (R. G. 1888, p. 173, f. 37-8.)

P. tomentosa is a variety of P. alba. .

P. trichocarpa (hairy-fruited). . having the ovary densely
tomentose. /. ovate-lanceolate, cordate at base, 8in. long, 5in.
broad, serrated, glabrous, pale beneath; petioles about lin.
long, marked with red. Branches divaricate, reddish when
young. California.

P. Viadri (Viadri’s). This is something in the way of P. nigra,
but branches lower down the trunk; the leaves are more
cordate and paler beneath, the branches are more curved and
more branched, and the tree is more fertile. Germany, 1890.
POROCARPUS. A synonym of Timonius (which

see).
PORPHYROSTACHYS.

ptera (which see).

PORRECT. Directed outwards or forwards.

PORTEA. According to the latest classification,
P. Legrelliana and P. tillandsioides are transferred to
Ortgiesia (which see), under the same specific names.

PORTENSCHLAGIA (named in honour of F..V.
Portenschlag-Ledemmeyer, an Austrian botanist, who died
in 1821). Orv. Umbellifere. A monotypic genus. The
species is a tall, much-branched, hardy perennial, slightly
pubescent or almost glabrous. It thrives in any good
garden soil, and may be propagated by seeds or by
divisions.

P. ramosissima (much-branched). . yellowish-white, poly-
gamous, produced in compound, many-rayed umbels ; involucral
bracts numerous, often membranous at the margins; petals
hairy. jr. shortly hairy. J. ternately to pinnately decompound;
ultimate segments 4in. to lin. long, filiform. Dalmatia, 1888.

PORTENSCHLAGIA (of Trattinick). Included
under Elwodendron (which see).

PORTULACA. To the species described on p. 202,
Vol. III., the following should be added :
P. grandiflora compacta (compact). Under this name is

known a strain of compactly habited, brilliantly flowered
varieties.

A synonym of Steno-

Portulaca—continued.
P. g. Regeli (Regel’s). fl. of a peculiar salmon-buff tint, with
a yellow centre, solitary. 1885. (R. G. 1209.)

P. Thellusonii. The compilers of the “Index Kewensis”
regard this as a distinct species.

PORTULACARIA. This genus now embraces two
species, but only one has been introduced to cultivation.

POSOQUERIA. To the species described on p. 203,
Vol. III., the following should be added. One or two
plants formerly ineluded hereunder are now referred to
Randia.

P. latifolia (broad-leaved). The correct name of P. reroluta.

P. macropus (large-footed).* jl. pure white, very sweet-scented,
many in a corymb; corolla glabrous, the tube five times the
length of the limb, the segments slightly acute. /. somewhat
coriaceous, oblong, acute, rounded at base; petioles above lin.

long; stipules long, triangular, membranous. Brazil, 1896.

Plant slightly hairy. (B. M. 7467.)

POSTERIOR. That side which adjoins the axis or

main stem.
POT. Sce Pots and Potting.

POTHERBS. The cultivation of herbs is not so
general as it should be, oras it was years ago. Usnally
any out-of-the-way spot in the garden is devoted to their
culture, and the consequence is that they are rarely seen
in good form. While a very rich soil is not desirable,
one that is fairly good is the best. To have the flavour
of the herbs properly developed, the plants should have
the benefit of all the sun and light possible. Many herbs
are easily propagated by seeds, and answer best raised
in that way—Basil, Borage, Chervil, Fennel, Marjoram,
Pot Marigold, Parsley, Savory, and even Sage, for instance.
A few that succeed best propagated by cuttings or
division are Mint, Thyme, Chives, Tarragon, Sorrel, &c.

POT MARIGOLD. See Calendula officinalis.

POTATO. To the varieties described on pp. 209-10,
Vol. IIIL., the following should be added :

Kidney-Shaped. NINETY-FOLD, an early variety and immense
cropper; flesh white and very floury when boiled. RELIANCE,
a new mid-season or late variety, of beautiful shape, full eyes,
and of fine table quality. RINGLEADER, probably the earliest
Potato in cultivation; flesh white and of excellent quality
immediately the tubers are large enough to use. SIR JOHN
LLEWELYN, tubers large, handsome, white, very floury and
of good flavour when boiled; eyes prominent; enormous
cropper, and good disease-resister; a most promising new mid-
season variety. SUPREME, a new variety of great promise,
being large, handsome, a great cropper, and of excellent quality.
THE BRUCE, somewhat after the form of MAGNUM BONUM; a

eat cropper, fine quality, excellent disease-resister, and a long
eeper. WINDSOR CASTLE, a popular variety of great merit;
a great cropper, good keeper, handsome, and high quality.

Round. Epicure, tubers large, white, and very floury when
boiled; eyes shallow, and a great cropper; a mid-season
variety. _FLOURBALL, tubers large and handsome, and a
very good keeper, also resisting disease well; of excellent
quality, and a great cropper; mid-season or late. HARBINGER,
tubers medium, white, and of excellent quality; a splendid
early variety, and very prolific. SATISFACTION, tubers large,
handsome, and fine for exhibition; a heavy cropper, and of
first-class cae TRIUMPH, tubers handsome and of high
quality ; a long keeper, and excellent for general crop.

POTATO SCAB. Though popularly associated with
the Potato, this disease attacks other vegetable crops
and particularly Beet. Of recent years, many investi-
gations have been made in respect thereto in America.
Amongst the preventive measures suggested is the use of
corrosive sublimate in solution for steeping the seed in
prior to planting. This dangerous poison, however, calls
for such great care on the part of the operator that its
use is hardly likely to become popular. Dr. Halsted says
that ordinary flowers of sulphur dusted in the rows, at the
rate of 200lb. to the acre, give excellent results; while
Dr. Arthur, of Indiana, advocates a weak solution of
formalin, 1 pint to 30 gallons of water. See also Potato
—Fungi, Vol. III.

Bee pre WEEVIL. See Potato—Insect
ests.

POTENTILLA. Including Sanguisorba. To the
species described on pp. 211-2, Vol. III., the following
should be added :

P. alchemilloides (Alchemilla-like). jf. white; petals roundish-
obcordate, scarcely longer than the calyx. May to July.

~ aes *S

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&Cs 617

Potentilla—continued.
7., radical ones palmately five- to seven-cleft ; cauline ones three-
lobed, the lobes oblong, scarcely toothed at apex. Stem firm,
sub-erect. h. 1ft. Pyrenees.

P. aurea (golden). #. saffron-yellow, loosely sub-corymbose ;
petals obovate; peduncles filiform. Summer. /., radical ones
palmately five-cleft, obscurely pilose, the lobes broadly obovate,
toothed, cuneate; stipules lanceolate. Stem bending down-
wards. Alps.

P. a. ambigua (ambiguous). 7. larger than the type. J. ter-
nately palmatisect ; segments three-toothed. Stems ascending,
few-flowered. Plant hairy.

P. colorata (coloured). A synonym of P. nepalensis.

P. davurica (Dahurian). A form of P. fruticosa.

P. davurica-fruticosa (hybrid). This is described in the
“Kew Bulletin” as a hybrid ‘between the two species named ” ;
but as, according to the “Index Kewensis,” P. davurica is
synonymous with, or a form of, P. fruticosa, the hybrid named
is apparently a form of the latter species. 1896. It has the
lobes of the leaves ternately or quinately pinnatisect.

P. flagellaris (whip-like). #. yellow, solitary on axillary
eduncles; petals obovate, entire. June. J. all five-cleft;
eaflets lanceolate, acute, argutely serrated. Runners filiform,
pubescent. A. 2in. Siberia, 1820.

P. Friedrichseni (Friedrichsen’s). A garden hybrid between
P. fruticosa and its form davurica.

P. EL eed (Hipp’s). jl. as in P. pennsylvanica. July.
7, leatlets narrow-oblong, approximate but scarcely crowded,
silky above, silvery-canescent beneath, pinnatitid-serrated ;
stipules entire or somewhat toothed. h. 14ft. North-west
America. Formerly classed as a form of P. pennsylvanica.

P. hirta (hairy). #7. pale yellow, paniculate, more or less
distant. 1. palmately cleft into five to seven obovate, more or
less toothed or pinnatifid lobes, the lateral ones pedate or
cuneiform, three-toothed at apex. Stems ascending. South
Europe.

P. micrandra (small-anthered), j. dark yellow. /. pinnate.
Japan, 1896. A bush about half as tall as P. fruticosa.

P. multifida (much-cleft). 7. yellow, as large as those of
P. verna, corymbose. July. 7. somewhat palmately bipinnati-
sect ; lobules oblong-linear, revolute, hoary-tomentose beneath ;
stipules entire. h. bin. Switzerland, Siberia, &c., 1759.

P. nepalensis pallida (pale). A variety with pale flowers,
introduced by Messrs. Paul in 1890.

P. nitida. Of this plant there are many varieties, including
atrorubens, with large rosy-purple flowers; grandiflora, with
flowers more than lin. across and of a soft pink; and rosea,
deep rose-coloured flowers, darker towards the centre.

P. palustris (marsh-loving). The correct name of P. Coma-
rum.

P. parvifolia (small-leaved). #. yellow. July and August.
Siberia, 1896. A dwarf, much-branched shrub.

P. recta (erect). J. palmately cleft; lobes broad, acutely
toothed ; stipules broad, coriaceous, more or less deeply toothed.
Otherwise like P. hirta, h.1ft. South Europe, 1644,

P. rupestris (rock-loving). Rock Potentil. jf. pure white,
few, rather large, forming a loose, irregular corymb. May and
June. /. chietly radical, pinnate; leaflets five or rarely seven,
ovate, toothed. A. 6in. to 10in. Europe (Britain), &c.

P. splendens (splendid). #. having the sepals broader.
1, leaflets ternate or quinate, broader, and silky-pilose above.
Otherwise like P. alba, France.

P. Valderia (Valderia). . yellowish-white; petals obovate,
shorter than the calyx. Summer. /., radical ones palmately five-
to seven-cleft, with obovate-cuneiform, toothed tomentose lobes .

cauline ones five-cleft; floral ones clustered-corymbose. Stem
sub-erect, few-flowered. Alps of Piedmont.
Varieties. Many beautiful hybrids, Single, Double,

and Semi-donble, are now procurable. They vary through

the shades of yellow to the darkest crimson. The

following are noteworthy :

ARC EN CIEL, ATROSANGUINEA, BIGARRURE, CALIFORNICA,
CANDIDAT, CAPELLA, CARNIVAL, CENDULLON, CHROMATELLA,
CONGO, DRAP D'OR, ETNA, HOPWOODIANA, IMBRiICcATA, LA NvIT,
LE VESUVE, MARS, MONT D'OR, PURPUREA PLENA, ROSEFLORA,
St. BLAISE, WILLIAM ROBINSON.

POTERIUM. P. caudatwm and P. spinosum are
now classed under Bencomia (which see).

POTHOS. To the species described on p. 213,
Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. angustatus (narrowed). A synonym of Anthurium angus-
tatum.

P. argenteus (silvery).* /. ovate, acuminate, inequilateral, of
firm texture; upper surface silvery-grey, with an irregular
band of deep green extending nearly the whole length of the
ee and an irregular margin of the same colour. Borneo,

Vol. V.

Pothos—continued.

P. argyrzeus is synonymous with Scindapsus pictus.

P. bifarius (bifarious). The correct name of P. celatocaulis.
Syn. P. flexwosus (of gardens).

P. crassinervius (thick-nerved).
Hookeri.

P. elongatus (elongated). J. ovate-elongated, 12in. to 14in.
long, 6in. to 10in. broad, coriaceous, dark, shining green. 1885.
This is useful for covering walls, &c. Probably a species of
Scindapsus.

P. Enderianus (Ender's).
Borneo, 1884.

P. flexuosus (bent). 7. alternate, oblong, with an acuminate,
deflexed apex, and a few alternate, elongated ribs. Stems
flattened, rooting. 1884. This species is now classed under
Anthuriwm.

P. flexuosus (of gardens). A synonym of P. bifarius.

P. Loureiri (Loureiro’s). 7. very variable, from ovate-acuminate
to lanceolate; petioles leaf-like, linear-lanceolate to oblanceo-
late, lsin. to 6in. long. Philippines and China. A glabrous
climber.

P. nigricans (blackish). 7. spreading, 5in. to 6in. long,
shining blackish-green. 1886. An ornamental climber, suitable
for covering pillars or trellis-work.

P. nitens (shining). 7. ovate, acute, slightly and unequally
cordate at base, dark, shining bronzy-purplish-green. Stems

A synonym of Anthurium

1. of a sombre metallic black.

terete. Eastern Archipelago, 1887.
P. rubrinervis (red-nerved). A synonym of Anthurium rubri-
nervium.

P. scandens (climbing). 7. very variable, 2in. to 4in. long,
sin. to 2in. broad, obovate or lanceolate, acute, apiculate,
or acuminate, cuneate or rounded at base; petioles lin. to
3in. long, the base half-amplexicaul. Stem as thick as the
little finger, much-branched. India, 1821.

POTHUAVA. Included under Hchmea (which see).
P. nuilicaulis glabriuscula (R. G., t. 1096) is a glabrous
variety of . nudicaulis.

POURRETIA. P. nivosa and P. surinamensis are
garden names for Tillandsia tectorum and T. pulchra
respectively.

PRAIRIE DOCK. ‘See
aceum.

PRAIRIE ROSE. See Rosa setigera.

PREMNA. Gumira is synonymous with this genus.

PREMORSE. See Premorse.

PRESCOTTIA. The following changes in nomen-
clature from that adopted on p. 216, Vol. III., may be

noted :

P. plantaginifolia (Plantain-leaved).
P. plantaginea.

P, stachyodes (spike-like). The correct name of P. colorans.

PRESTOEA CARDERI. The correct name of
Geonoma Carderi (which see). (B. M. 7108.) P. trini-
tensis is grown at Kew, but is not in general cultivation.

PRICKLY CEDAR. See Cyathodes acerosa.
PRICKLY DATE PALM. See Acanthophenix.
PRICKLY RHUBARB. See Gunnera.
PRICKLY THRIFT. See Acantholimon.

PRICKWOOD. ‘See Cornus sanguinea and
Euonymus europeus.

PRIESTLEYA. P. ericefolia is referred by modern
botanists to the genus Amphithalea (which see), under
the same specific name.

PRIMULA. Those specially interested in Primroses
should consult the ‘‘ Report of the Primula Conference,”’
forming Vol. VII., No. 2, of the “Journal of the Royal
Horticultural Society,’’ 1886. The most important of
recent monographs, however, is the excellent one of
Dr. Pax, of Breslau (1888), entitled “* Monographische
Uebersicht iiber die arten der Gattung Primula.”

P. admontensis (Admont). /., calyx coloured, pubescent ;
corolla lobes lilac, cordate; scape erect, twice as long the
leaves, few-flowered. May. J. spathulate-ovate, dentate-serrate
on the margins, glandular-pilose. Roots tufted. Styrian Alps,
1883. A hybrid between P. Auricula and P. Clusiana, found
on limestone rock with its parents. SyNs. P. Churchiilii,
P. Clusiana dentata.

P. algida (cold). 7. purplish, shortly pedicellate ; corolla salver-
shaped, with deeply bifid, cordate lobes; scape three- or

4K

Silphium terebinth-

The correct name of

618

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Primula—continued.

four-flowered. Spring. 7. ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, argutely
serrated; petioles dilated, Caucasus.

P. alpina (alpine).* /l: brilliant violet-purple, large, in a many-
flowered bunch. May. J. broadly spathulate or obovate,
slightly toothed, covered, as well as the scape, with farina.
Grisons. A hybrid between P. Auricula and P. viscosa, of
great beauty, resembling the former in habit and distribution
of the flowers. It is suitable for either the rock-garden_ or
the flower-border. Syns. P. intermedia (of gardens), P. rhetica.

P. amethystina (amethystine). 1. red-purple, three to six in
an mbar lobes entire or emarginate. June. J. resembling
those of a petioles winged, short,
attenuated. Plant glabrous, slightly
farinose.

P. Arctotis (bear’s-ear). /. white or lilac-purple, smaller than
in P. pubescens (to which this plant is closely allied), densely
glandular-hairy. /. broadly spathulate-obovate, obtuse, toothed,
green, 1886, ‘‘A pretty hybrid between P. Auricula and
P. hirsuta (Kerner).” (R. G. 11988.)

P. Auricula bellunensis (Belluno). jl. golden-yellow, large,
on longish scapes, handsome, free. May and June. 1. broadly
ovate, obtuse; veins prominent; margins deeply and evenly
serrated or indented, densely ciliated; petioles winged, Alps of
Belluno.

P. A. dolomitica (Dolomite).* jl. of a uniform bright lemon-
yellow, having a cylindrical tube and a broadly funnel-
shaped limb of obovate, deeply emarginate segments; umbel
eight- to ten-flowered; scape 2in. to din. long, terete, green.
1. six to eight, broadly oblong, sessile, dull green, minutely
hairy, forming a basal rosette, the margins white and minutely
ciliated. ‘Tyrol, 1884. A beautiful, alpine species

P. Balbisii (Baldo).* jl. shining golden-yellow, large, almost
scentless ; throat white, hairy. April and May. Baldo, and
the Alps of South Tyrol, Styria, &c. This is distinguished
from its near ally, P. Awricula, by its smaller, rounder, and
more glossy leaves, which are entirely free of farina, so
conspicuous in this section.

P. bella (handsome).* (jl. violet-purple, two or three on a scape,
sub-sessile, very large. Summer. J. long-petioled, ovate or
sub-orbiculate. Habit of the Himalayan P. uniflora, but
differing in the narrow, deep lobes of the leaves, in the shape
of the calyx, and in the corolla, which has bifid lobes, the
throat being closed with whitish hairs. Summit of Mount
Tsang-Chan, Yunnan, 1884,

P. Berninz (Bernina).* /, rosy-purple, large, very free. April

i. smaller than in P. viscosa, with slightly crenated
entirely glandular-hairy, broad-clasping at base.
rich vegetable soil, Alps, growing with its parents. A
natural hybrid between P. v. hirsuta and P. viscosa, of rare
beauty.

P, biflora (two-flowered).* jl. pretty, deep rose, large, produced
in pairs on short scapes, in great abundance. Spring. Tyrol.
Habit and appearance of P. minima, but with larger leaves,
sheathing at base, and distinctly serrated. The whole plant
is not more than lin. or so in height; a lovely little subject
for the rockery, exposed. Sandy peat and loam. A hybrid
between P, Florkeana and P, minima.

P. blattariformis (Blattaria-formed). jl. lilac, numerous,
scattered; corolla lobes broadly obcordaté; raceme 8in. to
12in. long. Jl. ovate or obovate, deeply crenate. Yunnan. A
aisuinet and handsome species, clothed with short, papilliform
airs.

P. Boveana. The correct name is P. verticillata.

P. bracteata (bracted). jl. yellow, large; lobes obcordate,
emarginate; calyx densely pubescent. March. J. petioled,
rugose-oblong, obtuse, with attenuated base; petioles long,
narrowly winged. Rhizome thick and woody, very charac-
teristic. Shaded clefts of the limestone rocks, Lankong,
Yunnan. Related to P. bullata, but differing chiefly in the
absence: of powder, in the shorter pubescence, and in the
glandular hairs which cover the entire plant (absent in
P. bullata).

P. bullata (nflated).* jl. golden-yellow, large ; tube narrow at
the throat, but broadening towards the calyx, half as long
again as the limb; scapes tall, many-flowered. April. 7. petio-
late, lanceolate, firm, covered underneath with golden dust,
reticulated and slightly inflated above; margins doubly
dentate or crenate; petioles winged. Rhizome thick, woody,
covered with scars above, divided at the base. Calcareous
rocks, Yunnan. <A very beautiful species, almost entirely
covered with golden farina.

P. calliantha (beautiful-flowered). jl. intense violet-purple,
five to ten in an umbel, large; calyx campanulate, the teeth
narrow, purplish on the outside; bracts lanceolate, acuminate.

Daisy, ovate-oblong ;
Prairies, Yunnan, China.

June. /. oblong or obovate-oblong; petioles short, winged
and attenuated. Rhizome short and thick. Shady places

under Fir-trees on Mount Tsang-Chan, Tali, Yunnan. A
charming species, nearly allied to P. secundijlora, differing
in its more coriaceous leaves, covered underneath with a fine,
golden powder, and finely crenulate instead of serrulate.

Primula—continued.

P. carniolica (Carniola).* jl. pale to deep blue, with a silvery-
white throat; scape 3in, to 4in. high, with from three to ten
flowers. April and May. 1. 2in. long, ovate-lanceolate, tapering
to the base, but again broadening at the clasping point,
glabrous, shining on the upper surface. Rosettes large, loose.
Alps of Carinthia, and Carniola. Syns. P. Freyeri, P. Jellen-
kiana. P. ¢. multiceps has larger and deeper-coloured flowers.

P. cashmeriana (Kashmir). A form of P. denticulata. See
also P. kashmiriana,

P. cernua (drooping) l. broadly ovate, short, petiolate ;
margins crenulate. early allied to P. capitata and P. erosa,
from which it differs in the flowers (produced in July) being
stalked instead of sessile, and in the shape of its leaves and
calyx. Chalky alpine pastures north of Tali, Yunnan, 1883.

P. Churchillii (Churchill’s). A synonym of P. admontensis.
P. ciliata (ciliated). A variety of P. viscosa.

P. Clusiana dentata (toothed). A synonym of P. admon-
tensis.

P. commutata (changed). A variety of P. viscosa.
P. confinis (neighbour). A variety of P. viscosa,

P. cortusoides grandiflora (large-flowered). A synonym of
P. c, Sieboldii.

P. cridalensis (Cridala).* jl. rosy-purple, large. J. ovate,
broadening again at base, slightly ciliated, and rough on the
upper surface. Tyrol, 1884. A very distinct hybrid between
yeh qunolenate and P. Wulfeniana. It is a fine plant for exposed
rockeries.

P. daonensis (Val Daone). Kents rose, with a white centre,
very large. May and June. J. obovate, glandular-hairy on both
sides; margins serrated. Tyrol and Eastern Swiss Alps (6500ft.
to 9800ft.), 1854. A small and very pretty plant; it does well
on exposed places on rockery. SYN. P. enensis.

P. decora (comely), of Sims. A form of P. viscosa hirsuta.

P. Delavayii (Delavay’s). fl. intense purple, large, slightly
hairy on the outside; peduncles eventually lft. or more Kiet.
August. JU. broadly ovate or sub-orbicular, cordate. Damp
situations in clayey soil (16,000ft.), Yunnan, China. A very
interesting new species, constituting a new sub-genus on
account of the large, laterally compressed seeds, and by the
flowers appearing before the leaves, borne singly on bractless
peduncles.

P. denticulata alba (white). A white-flowered variety, re-
quiring the same treatment as the type. 1886.

P. d. pulcherrima (very pretty). 1. lilac-purple, in spherical
heads 3in. or more across. February to April.

P. d. variegata (variegated), A- garden variety, having the
leaves bordered with white. 1889.

P. digenea (two-natured, i.e., hybrid). A hybrid between
P. elatior and P. vulgaris, nearly allied to the former. It is
not distinct enough for general collections. Alps.

P. Dinyana (Dinyan’s). ji. deep purple, handsome, produced
in great abundance; corolla lobes narrow-obcordate; scapes
3in. to 6in. high, disposed in rather large heads of four to ten
flowers. Spring. J. 4in. long, ovate-lanceolate, with ciliated
and _ slightly dentate margins. Bavaria. A hybrid between
P. integrifolia and P. viscosa, most nearly allied, however, to
the first parent, from which it takes its habit. It is a very
useful plant for the rockery, doing best in rather shady nooks,
in rich, vegetable soil.

P. discolor (two-coloured).* fl. lilac or violet-purple, with silvery
eye, large; scape 3in. to 4in. high, covered with farina. April.
7. ovate, with dentate margins, sparingly covered with glandular
hairs. Western and South Tyrolese Alps (in fissures of granite
rocks, 6000ft. to 7000ft.). A hybrid between P. Auricula and
P. daonensis, resembling the former in habit. It is a charming
plant, easily managed in the open border. A possible parent
of the garden Auriculas.

P. dolomitica (Dolomite). A variety of P. Auricula.

P. dryadifolia (Dryas-leaved). (fl. violet, three to five in an
umbel, sub-sessile ; calyx campanulate; bracts broadly ovate.
July. J. ovate or sub-cordate ; petioles short, winged. Rhizome
long, slender. Glacier of Li-Kiang, Yunnan. Habit much
resembling that of Dryas octopetala, well characterised by its
leaves and the shape of its bracts.

P. Dumoulinii (Dumoulin’s). /. deep rose-coloured, large for
the size of the plant; corolla lobes obcordate; scapes not
more than 2in. high, producing numerous flowers, in compact
bunches. Spring. J. more spreading, larger, and broader
than in P. minima (which this plant resembles in habit), with
numerous small pits on the upper surface. Collected on the
Mountain Trate, Indicarien, Austria, 1877. A robust-growing,
free-flowering hybrid between P. minima and P. spectabilis,
with the characters of both parents distinctly shown in robust
specimens. It is pretty for rockeries, doing well wherever

. minima grows. Sandy peat, in rather dry positions.

P. elatior calycantha (calyx-flowered). A pretty, garden

form, having a large, leafy, frilled and lobed calyx, which is
coloured like the corolla. 1886. (R. G. 1886, p. 242, f, 17.)

ae

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Primula—continued.

P. e. intricata (perplexing). A very distinct, Continental form
of our wild Oxlip, but not worth adding to general collections.

P. elliptica (elliptic). . four to twelve in a loose umbel,
violet or bluish-purple, with broad, deeply-cleft lobes; tube
variable in length. June and July. /. not mealy, 2in. long,
ovate or ovate-oblong, narrowed into a broad petiole, with
sharply-toothed margins, dark green and shiny above. h. 6in.
to 12in. Near Thibet, Cashmere, &c. (8000ft. to 12,000ft.).
Habit of P. rosea.

P. Elwesiana (Elwes’).* jl. dark purple, solitary, very large ;
calyx five-parted, the segments ovate-lanceolate ; scape 6in. to
7in, high. J. 2in. to 3in. long, oblanceolate, acute, entire;
ponotes broadly winged. Rootstock stout, with broad, tleshy,
eafy scales. Sikkim-Himalaya. A remarkable and beautiful
species. (G. C. n.s., xxi., p. 645.)

P. Escheri (Escher’s). fl. rose or lilac-purple, large; scapes
2in. to 3in. high, bearing several flowers. April. J. lin. to
2in. long, half as broad, ovate-lanceolate, the margins cartil-
aginous, serrated. 1880. Whole plant glandular-hairy. Habit of
P. integrifolia, in close, dense, tufty rosettes of numerous
leaves. A hybrid between P. Auricula and P. integrisolia,
growing with its parents.

P. Facchinii (Facchin’s).* fl. rosy-purple, rather large, two or
three to each scape. May and June. 2. spathulate, gracefully
curved, and usually deeply crenated at apex, bright green;
rosettes compact. Granite region, Southern Tyrol. An ex-
tremely graceful and useful plant, hybrid between, P. minima
and P. spectabilis, most nearly allied to P. minima. It is the
easiest to manage of the newer* hybrids, and a_ profuse
blossomer,

P. farinosa alba (white).* A white-flowered but scarce variety.

P. farinosa var. (of Scopoli). A synonym of P. longiflora.

P. finmarchica (Finmark). A variety of P. sibirica.

P. floribunda grandiflora (large-flowered).* A variety
having much larger flowers than in the type. 1896. (R. G.
1424.)

P. Florkeana (Flirke’s).* #1. deep lilac or lilac-purple ; corolla
lobes obovate, deeply bifid; scape 2in. high, bearing several
flowers, surrounded by a leafy involucre. Spring. /. cuneate
or tongue-shaped, broad at the apex, dentate or serrated, about
lin. long. Growing withits parents on the Swiss and Tyrolean
granite Alps (7000ft.). A charming little hybrid between

. glutinosa and P. minima; very free and vigorous. Syn.
P. minima hybrida,

P. Forbesii (Forbes’s).* jf. pale lilac, with a yellow throat, in
three to six whorls; scape l6in. to 20in. long. 2. small, petio-
late, oblong or ovate, toothed, pubescent. Yunnan, China,
1883. A Primrose midway between P. cortusoides, which it
resembles in the leaves, and P. farinosa, which it resembles
in the flowers. Half-hardy, and best treated as an annual.
(B. M. 7246; G. C. 1883, xix., p. 113, f. 17; R. H. 1893, f. 67.)

P. Forsteri (Forster's). #. deep rose-coloured, with white
throat, large, produced two or three on each scape, and
usually twice in the year—early spring and autumn—rarely
failing. 7. three to four times larger than in P. minima
deeply and sharply serrated at apex, hairy on the margins and

er surface. Padaster in Gschnitz Valley, Central Tyrol,
1880. A hybrid between P. minima and P. viscosa hirsuta.
Habit and leaves resembling P. minima, but very robust, and
having the hairs of the latter parent.

P. Freyeri (Freyer’s). A synonym of P. carniolica.

P. frondosa (leafy). ji. of a pleasing blue; pedicels very slender,
lax, over lin, long; scape 2in. to 6in. high, erect. June.
7. numerous, cuneate-oblong or obovate, lanceolate or oblong,
sometimes Qin. long, narrowed to the petioles. Thracia. Plant
highly glabrous.

P. Gambeliana (Gambel’s). #. purple, the mouth annulate;
corolla lobes round, emarginate ; scape few-flowered. 7. lin. in
diameter, orbicular-cordate, toothed, glabrous. Buds mealy.
Temperate Himalayas. Similar to P. rotundifolia, but with
fewer and larger flowers. (G. C. n. s., xxi, p. 545.)

P. geraniifolia (Geranium-leaved). #. many, in a solitary,
terminal umbel, with sometimes a whorl below the umbel,
spreading and drooping; corolla pale purple, glabrous, the
tube a little longer than the pubescent calyx, rather inflated
and contracted at the yellow, annulate mouth; scape erect,
6in. to 10in. long, softly hairy. May. J. spreading, lin. to 14in,
in diameter, orbicular and deeply cordate, pale yellow-green,
membranous, hirsute on both surfaces, eleven- to fourteen-
ote Rootstock short. Eastern Himalaya, 1887. (B. M.

P. glacialis (glacial).* fl. violet, three to five in an umbel.

June. A charming little species, distinguished by its long
calyx, divided four-fifths of its entire length into very narrow
lobes, and by its corolla, with narrow, quite entire divisions.
Nearest P. nivalis (of Pallas, not of gardens) and P. Fedschen-
koi. It differs in its larger, more deeply-lobed calyx. Clefts of
rocks on the Glacier of Li-Kiang, Yunnan, China.

P. Heerii (Heer’s). l. purple, large, several on a scape. April.
Habit low, close, and tufty, like that of P. integrifolia, from

&c. 619

Primula—continued.

which the leaves differ in being lin. to 2in, long, ovate-
lanceolate, slightly toothed and hairy. A hybrid between
P. viscosa hirsuta and P. integrifolia, growing with its parents.

P. hirsuta (hairy). A variety of P. viscosa

P. Hornemanniana (Hornemann’s). A synonym of P. stricta.

P. Hugueninii (Huguenin’s). jl. fine, deep purple, large;
scape 2in. to din. high, bearing several flowers. April and
May. J. lin. long, obovate- or ovate-lanceolate, toothed from
the middle of the blade to the apex; margins covered with
short hairs, slightly glutinous. 1880. Habit tufty, like that of
P. integrifolia; rosettes close and large. A hybrid between
P. glutinosa and P. integrifolia, growing with its parents.

P. humilis (dwarf). A synonym of P. pusilla, of Wallich.

P. Huteri (Huter’s).* j. deep violet; limb shorter than the
tube; scape glutinous, with three or four oblong bracts. May.
q long-spathulate, with eleven to fifteen short, broad,
triangular teeth, thickened at the tips like small bladders.
Tyrol, &c. A pretty little hybrid between P. Flérkeana and
P. glutinosa ; habit of the latter, not more than lin., high.

P. imperialis (imperial). 1. of a rich Cowslip-yellow, tinged
with orange; scape erect, 3ft. to 4ft. high. 7. lift. long, Sin.
broad. Java, 1891. Greenhouse. (B. M. 7217; Gn. 1891, t.
823; J. H. 1891, xxiii, f. 1.) his, the true P. imperialis,
differs specitically from the Himalayan Primrose figured in
B. M. 6732 as P. prolifera.

P. intermedia (intermediate), A garden synonym of
P. alpina.

P. involucrata czrulea (blue). A variety with bluish
flowers.

P. Jeschkiana (Jeschke’s), of Kerner.
P. Stuartii purpurea.

P. japonica splendens (splendid).* A beautiful variety with
crimson flowers, best grown as a semi-aquatic.

P. Jellenkiana (Jellenk’s). A synonym of P. carniolica.

P. kashmiriana (Kashmir). A form of P. sibirica. See also
P. cashmeriana.

P. Kerneri (Kemer’s). jl. of a reddish-violet colour, with a
yellowish-white throat; ealyx campanulate; teeth twice as
long as broad, elliptic, and pointed; seapes stout, 2in. to 4in.
high, bearing several flowers. April and May. 7. bright green,
“slender, broadly spathulate-obovate, dentate-serrate. Styria
and Eisenhut, near Turrach, in Stieirmark, in company with
P. Goblii. Habit of P. viscosa, the entire plant covered with
black, glandular hairs. A hybrid between P. Avwricula and
P. villosa.

P. Kitaibeliana (Kitaibel’s). A variety of P. spectabilis.
P. latifolia (broad-leaved). A variety of P. viscosa.

P. Lebliana. (jl. rose-purple, large and fine; scape 3in. to
4in. high, three- to eight-flowered. April and May. J. ovate-
lanceolate, lin. to 2in. long, in close rosettes; upper surface
eee shiny; margins cartilaginous, dentately serrated.

880. Habit of P. Wudfeniana, which it most nearly resembles,
although the traces of the other parent are most distinct both in
leaves and flowers. A hybrid between P. Auricula and P. Wul-
feniana, growing with its parents.

P. longiflora (long-flowered).* 1. brilliant violet or purple, over
4in. in diameter, enveloped in farina; tube three times longer
than the calyx divisions, the latter triangular, pointed ; scapes
lft. to 14ft. high, stout, the bracts surrounding the umbel larger
and broader than in P, farinosa. MayandJune. J. only slightly
farinose underneath, lin. to 2in. long, ovate-oblong, pointed,
irregularly notched or toothed, slightly dilated at base. Grassy
regions of the high Alps (5000ft. to 7000ft.). Somewhat resembling
P. farinosa in habit and general appearance. SYN. P. farinosa
var. (of Seopoli). P. 7. Krattli is said to be a hybrid between
P. farinosa and P. longiflora, found in 1876.

P. longobarda (Lombard). ji. rose-purple, large, several on a
scape; calyx campanulate; teeth short and obtuse. April.
Z. not glutinous, obovate-lanceolate, acute, hardly punctured.
Caleareous and granite regions, South Tyrol, Lombardy. A very
distinct plant, nearest to P. calycina, of which it may turn out
to be a variety; habit much the same.

P. magiassonica (Mount Magiissone). /l. large, like those of
P. spectabilis. May. 1. ovate or obovate, lin. long and about
as broad, glabrous; upper surface closely pitted; margins
cartilaginous, slightly serrated. 1880. Habit and disposition
of P. spectabilis; rosettes close, tufty. A hybrid between
P. spectabilis and P. minima, growing with its parents.

P. marginata andiflora (large-flowered).* fl. of a rich
plum-purple, with white mealy eye. A fine variety.

P. minima hybrida (hybrid). A synonym of P. Flérkeana.

P. m. pubescens (downy), of Josch. A synonym of P. Sturii.

P. minutissima (very minute).* jj. bright purple, 4in. to 4in.
in diameter (large for the size of the plant); lobes bifid;
scape hardly rising above the leaves, bearing one to three
flowers. June. J. densely crowded, dark green, oblanceolate-
acute or obtuse, toothed, mealy beneath. Alpine Himalaya.
A pretty little species, forming large patches of rosettes, each
4in. to lin. in diameter.

A synonym of

620

Primula—continued.

P. mistassinica is a form of P. farinosa.

P. multiceps (many-headed). A variety of P. carniolica.

P. Mureti (Muret’s). A synonym of P. Muretiana.

P. Muretiana (Muret’s). #l. rich, deep purple, many in a
head, large, opening earlier than those of P. integrifolia.
April and May. J. broader than in P. Dinyana, entire or
slightly toothed, viscous-hairy. High Alps. Closely allied
to P. Dinyana, and also a hybrid between P. integrifolia
and P. viscosa, taking more after the latter than the former
parent. Rich, deep loam, in a cool position. Sy¥N. P. Mureti.

P. muscoides (Moss-like). l. purplish, small, solitary ; corolla
segments deeply two-lobed. J. sessile, obovate, oblong, or
sub-spathulate, dilated at the base ; margins coarsely toothed.
Sikkim-Himalaya. Plant densely tufted, small, not mealy.
(G. C. n. s., xxi., p. 545.)

P. m. tenuiloba (slender-lobed). f., corolla tube narrower,
slightly hairy; lobes very narrow, deeply cleft, with narrow
lobules.

P. Nelsoni (Nelson's). A variety of P. viscosa.

P. nivalis (snowy), of Pallas. i. lilac-purple ; calyx tube oblong
or broadly lanceolate, shorter than the oblong capsule; corolla
lobes oblong or oval, entire, three to four lines long, the tube
funnel-formed; umbels consisting of two to ten flowers on
scapes 3in. to 18in. high. Spring. JZ. lin. to 6in. long, thickis
perfectly glabrous and often mealy on the under-surface ; mar
often entire but usually closely denticulate. Caucasus, «c.,
1790. (R. H. 1878, p. 12.) The description of P. nivalis given on
p. 221, Vol. IIL., is that of P. pubescens alba (Syns. P. nivalis
and P. nivea, of gardens), and should be replaced by the
above.

P. nivalis (of gardens). A synonym of P. pubescens alba.
P, nivea (snowy), of gardens. A synonym of P. pubescens alba.

THE DICTIONARY

Fic. 640. PRIMULA OBCONICA.

P. obconica. The following are varieties of the useful and
well-known type. (see Fig. 640): jimbriata, with a fringed
corolla; and rosea, a rose-coloured form. 1897.

P. obovata (obovate). 1. pale rose or purple,
stout scape. April and May.

: several on a
1. lin. long, ovate, obtuse,

OF GARDENING,

Primula—continued.

glandular-hairy above; margins evenly and distinctly serrated,
glandular-hairy. Valmenon. A hybrid between-P. tyrolensis
(of which it is a near ally) and P. Balbisii, growing with its
parents.

P. Obristii (Obrist’s). A hybrid between P. Balbisii and
P. Auricula; very near the former, but more robust.

P. obtusifolia (obtuse-leaved). ., calyx dark brown when
not mealy, campanulate; corolla claret or almost port-wine
coloured, rarely yellow, the mouth orange-yellow, the lobes
broadly obcordate ; scape 6in. to 10in. high. May and June.
1. variable, 2in. to Sin. long, usually obtuse, the under-surface
naked or mealy. Himalayas, 1887. (B. M. 6956.) There is a
good variety of this, Gammieana.

P. cenensis (a mistake for Val Daone).
P. daonensis.

P. Olgz (Olga’s).* fl. pretty rosy-lilac or purple, resembling
those of P. sibirica: corolla lobes Gncardates bifid; scape
3in. to 4in. high, terminating in a few-flowered umbel. Spring.
1. ovate-oblong, tapering to a narrow, winged petiole, glabrous,
shiny on both sides. Turkestan, 1887. Said to be nearly
allied to P. nivalis (of Pallas), and a great acquisition.

P. pallida (pale). A very slight form of P. viscosa hirsuta.
P. pedemontana (Piedmont). A form of P. viscosa.

P. petiolaris nana (petivlate, dwarf). jl. lilac-purple, lin.
in diameter, with a white and yellow eye; corolla lobes
obcordate,- entire or toothed; scape very short. /. almost

A synonym of

sessile, obovate, oblong, or spathulate. Himalayas, 1889.
Half-hardy. A dwarf “variety of an exceedingly variable
species. (B. M. 70798.)

P. Peyritschii (Peyritsch’s). A hybrid between P. Auricula

and P. viscosa. It may be treated as a very robust form of
the latter species. Alps. Syn. P. viscosa major (of English
gardens).

P. pinnatifida (pinnatifid). 7. violet; tube long, cylindrical;
lobes entire. July. /. long-petiolate, winged, ovate or oblong,
the base entire, cuneate, pinnatifid. Glacier of Li-Kiang,
Yunnan, China. The fiowers of this species recall those of
Erinus alpinus, but are, of course, larger.

P. Plantz (Planta’s). fl. rose-purple, rather large. April and
May. J. ovate, pointed, finely serrated from the middle to the
apex, entirely covered with brown, glandular hairs. 1880.
Habit robust, like that of P. viseosa hirsuta; rosettes close
and tufty. A hybrid between P. viscosa hirsuta and
P. daonensis, growing with its parents.

P. Poissoni (Poisson’s).* fl. rich -purple, 4in. to Zin. in
diameter, disposed in whorls. July to September. 7. narrowly
oblong, with a broad, dilated, clasping base ; margins serrated.
h. 4ft. to 6ft. Yunnan, China, 1889. Allied to P. prolifera.
(B. M. 7216; Gn. 1891, 827; R. H. 1891,491.) A very free species. '

P. Portz (Porta’s). J.

wine-red, large, several on a scape.
April and May.

l. small, viscous, obovate, serrated only on
the upper half. South Tyrol, 1873. A hybrid between
P. Auricula and P. daonensis. It is allied to P. discolor,
but it differs in the glandular-hairy scape and in the absence
of farina on the calyx and corolla. A useful little plant for
rockeries.

P. pubescens alba (white). See description under P, nivalis,
on p. 221, Vol. Ill. This plant has been- long known in
English gardens under the names of P. nivalis and P. nivea,
and has been supposed to be a variety of P. viscosa. It is,
however, not viscid, and is usually mealy, which not only
excludes it from P. viscosa, but also from P. v. hirsuta, under
which it is often quoted.

P. pulchra (beautiful). #7. purple, large for the size of the
plant (lin. in diameter); tube funnel-shaped. J. oblong or
ovate-oblong, glaucous beneath; base round or cordate;
margins wavy. Sikkim-Himalaya. Plant glabrous, not mealy.
(G. C. n. s., xxi, p. 545.) ~

P. pumila (dwarf).* 1. rosy-purple, large, free; calyx tubnlar-
campanulate, the teeth ovate ; scape about lin. high, glandular-
hairy, two- or more-flowered. April and May. Jl. cuneate, in.
to Zin. long, half as broad, with seven to nine large, triangular
teeth at the apex; margins covered with small, sessile glands.
Southern Tyrol, &c. (6000ft. to 7000ft.). This hybrid between
P. minima and P. daonensis is well named, being amongst the
smallest of its class. It is nearly allied to P. minima in habit
and general appearance.

P. purpurea (purple), of Royle. A variety of P. Stuartit.

P. pusilla (weak), of Wallich. fl. violet-purple, sessile, about
lin. in diameter; calyx hoary; tube short, terete; lobes
oblong, obtuse or acute: scape slender, one- to four-flowered.
Spring. 7. sin. to lin. long, spathulate-oblanceolate, pinnati-
fidly toothed. Central and Eastern Himalayas (15,000ft. to
16,000ft.). Plant densely tufted, hoary. (B. M. 7079a.) This
must not be confounded with P. pusilla, of Goldie. Syn.
P. humilis.

P. Reidii (Reid’s).* fl. ivory-white, fragrant, very shortly
pedicellate, nodding; calyx ample, glandular-ciliate; corolla
tube as long as the calyx, the lobes broadly oblong, connivent
in a globe, bilobed at apex ; scape rigid, many-flowered. May.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 621

Primula—continued.

, oblong or oblong-oblanceolate, deeply lobulate-toothed or
erenate, narrowed into the petioles, bullate, loosely silky-
eye Sikkim-Himalaya, 198b, (B. M. 6961; G. C. n. s., xxvi.,
p. 691.)

P. reticulata (netted). #. yellow; corolla tube funnel-shaped,
the much-exserted mouth not annulate; scape 6in. to 12in.
high. Late spring. J. oblong-cordate, obtuse, doubly crenate,
reticulated, glaucous beneath, on long petioles. Central and
Eastern Himalayas (11,000ft. to 15,000ft.), 1887. Plant glabrous,
mealy or not. <A close ally of P. sikkimensis.

P. rhztica (Rhetian Alps). A synonym of P. alpina.

P. rosea grandiflora (large-flowered). A large-flowered form
having bright rose flowers. h. Yin.

P. rotundifolia (round-leaved). il. pale purple or pink, with
a yellow throat; corolla tube twice as long as the calyx ; limb
flat, lin. in diameter; inflorescence puberulous and mealy ;
scape 8in. to 12in. high. June. J. lin, to din. in diameter,
orbicular-cordate, crenately toothed ; petioles 6in. to 12in. long.
Buds in resting season densely covered with sulphurous meal.
Temperate Himalayas (12,000ft. to 14,000ft.).

a neue (Rusby’s). jl. deep purple, with a yellow eye; calyx
mealy-white at base, the meal running up between the lobes
in acute, tooth-like patches ; corolla lobes obcordate; umbels
six- to ten-flowered ; scapes Sin. to 10in. high. Spring. / oblong-
spathulate, denticulate. New Mexico, 1881. A distinct species.
(B. M. 7032.)

P. salisburgensis (Salzburg). jj. reddish-purple, rather large,
several in a head; bracts oblong, as broad as the calyx teeth ;
seape not viscous. April and May. J. cuneate, the upper
quarter of their margins set with seven to nine acute, triangular
teeth, the tips blunt. A hybrid between P. glutinosa (which
it resembles in habit) and P. minima, growing with its parents.
It should be grown in peaty soil, sphagnum, &c.

P. scotica is a form of P. farinosa.

P. secundiflora (side-flowering).* ., calyx purplish, the lobes
deltoid, lanceolate, acute ; corolla intense Violet, the tube cylin-

July.

drical, the lobes broadly obovate, entire. i. papery,

covered with golden dust, oblong or ovate-oblong; margins
equally serrulate; petioles broadly winged, attenuated.

Glacier of Li-Kiang, Yunnan, China. Plant glabrous, allied
to P. sikkimensis. It is one of the most beautiful of the
Primulas.

P. septemloba (seven-lobed). f., calyx campanulate, glabrous
or nearly ‘so, divided to the middle into equal, lanceolate,
acute divisions; corolla purple, lin. long, the limb concave,
the lobes obovate, emarginate. July. 7. nearly round, deeply
cordate at base, deeply seven-lobed; lobes broadly ovate,
obtuse. Rhizome slender, horizontal. Forests at the base of
the Glacier Li-Kiang, Yunnan, China. Entire plant covered
with soft, pliant, jointed hairs. Nearly allied to P. mollis.

P. serratifolia (serrate-leaved). jl. golden-yellow, five to tenin
an umbel, large ; scapes longer than the leaves. June. /. thin,
papery, oblong or obovate towards the long and winged
petioles; margins acutely denticulate or erose. Prairies, Yun-
nan. This is a near ally of P. obtusifolia, entirely glabrous,
and without meal. It must not be confounded with the
obscure European P. serratifolia, a hybrid between P. minima
and P. Wulfeniana.

P. sibirica finmarchica (Finmark).* /. dark lilac; corolla
tube short; pedicels much longer than those of P. favinosa,
7. lanceolate, not farinose beneath. Mountains of Scandinavia,
1892.. A pretty rockery plant.

P. Sieboldii (Siebold’s). A form of P. cortusoides.

P. similis (like).* A hybrid between - P. Balbisii and
P. Auricula, apparently about intermediate between them.
It is a fine, robust plant for the rockery or flower-border.
April and May. Indicarien and Petrasch, Styria.

P. soldanelloides (Soldanella-like). /. white, large, nodding ;
scape one-flowered; corolla lobes obcordate. J. 4in. to 4in.
long, petioled, ovate, runcinate-pinnatifid. Sikkim-Himalaya.
Plant quite glabrous, not mealy. (G. C. n. s., xxi., p. 545.)

P. sonchifolia (Sonchus-leaved). fl. violet. June. J. glabrous,
oblong or obovate-oblong, obtuse, attenuated, sinuate, re-
sembling those of Sonchus asper; petioles broadly winged.
Slopes of the mountain T’sang-Chan, China. Nearly allied to
P. obtusifolia, but distingushed by its almost runcinate leaves.

P. spectabilis Kitaibeliana (Kitaibel’s).* . rosy-purple,
larger than in the type, several on each scape, produced in
abundance. April and May. J. ovate, pointed, serrated,
densely covered with short, white hairs. Sub-alpine stations
in Croatia. Habit of P. spectabilis. A charming plant for the
rock-garden, on sunny, exposed places. It requires rich, loamy
soil.

P. spicata pikes). fl. violet, spicate, resembling those of
P. uniflora. June. 1. papery, pale green, ovate or ovate-oblong,
obtuse, attenuated at base, doubly crenate; petioles narrowly
winged, Elevated pastures of Tsang-Chang, above ‘Tali,
Yunnan, 1884. A very remarkable species, with unilateral,
spicate flowers, a form of inflorescence unique amongst
Primulas.

Primula—continued.

P. stricta (erect). ji. pink; corolla lobes obcordate.
1. ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, undulated or rar ly
erenate, obtuse, highly glabrous, Otherwise like P. farinosa.
Scandinavian Mountains, 1822. Syn. P. Hornemanniana.

P. Stuartii purpurea (purple). jl. pale or deep purple, often
in two whorls; lobes obcordate or bifid, entire. Summer.
i. rarely toothed, broad, white or yellow beneath. Sub-alpine
and Alpine Himalayas. Habit and leaves resembling P. Stuartii.
Syn. P. Jeschkiana (of Kerner).

P. Sturii (Stur’s). fl. rose-purple, large and free. April and
May. J. about lin. long, wedge-shaped, glandular-hairy, coarsely
toothed at the almost truncateapex. Steiermark, near Eisenhut,
1856. A hybrid between P. minima and P. viscosa, with the
habit and general appearance of the former, but freer and more
robust. SYN. P. minima pubescens (of Josch).

P. tenella (tender). jl. bluish-white, large, solitary, erect ;
corolla lobes obcordate. 7. numerous, mealy all over, cuneate
and entire below the middle, toothed above. Eastern VThibet.
Whole plant 2in. to 2sin. high, glabrous. (G. Gon. s., xxi,
p. 545.)

P. tenuiloba (slender-lobed). A variety of P. muscoides.

P. Traillii (Traill’s).* fl. blush, tinted with white, borne on
tall, slender scapes. Himalayas, 1897. A new species, very
closely allied to P. involucrata., (G. C. 1897, xxii., p. 263, f. 80.)

P. uniflora (one-flowered).* jl. pale lilac, larger than the whole
rosette of leaves; corolla lobes shallow, unequally toothed ;
scape slender, one- or two-flowered. /. few, sin. long, orbicular
or broadly ovate, pinnatitidly crenate. Sikkim-Himalaya. A
charming little species. (G. C. n. s., xxi., p. 545.)

P. Venzoi (Venzo’s). jl. pale purple, one to three to a scape,
lin. in diameter, very pretty; petals deeply cut. April.
7. lin. to ldin. long, ovate-lanceolate, pointed; margins rough,
cartilaginous, slightly indented ; surface hairy and densely
pitted. Tyrol, &c. Habit tufty, in dense rosettes. A hybrid
Peneen P. tyrolensis and P. Wulfeniana, nearly allied to the
atter.

P. verticillata is the correct name of P. Boveana.

P. vinciflora (Periwinkle-flowered). fl. purplish-violet, 14in. in
diameter; tube long, pubescent, swollen at the base; corolla
lobes obcordate ; scape hairy, one-flowered. 7. cuneate-oblong,
ciliated, covered with reddish, sessile glands. Yunnan, China.
(G. C. 1887, i., p. 575, f. 108.)

P. viscosa ciliata (fringed). A very robust form, with larger
flowers, produced in greater abundance than in the type.

P. v. commutata (changed). fl. bright rose, large. May and
June. J. broadly ovate or obovate, viscous-hairy ; margins
entire or slightly toothed. Porphyritic region, Eastern Alps.

P. v. confinis (neighbour). jl. bright, deep rose, large, very
handsome, approaching those of P. v. ciliata, but larger and
more vigorous. May and June. J. small, obovate, toothed,
viscous-hairy. Alps.

P. v. hirsuta (hairy).* /. pale lilac, with a bright silvery
eye, large. Spring. Eastern Switzerland, Tyrol, &c. (6000ft.
to 7000ft.). A charming variety, forming large rosettes of ovate
or obovate leaves, deeply and sharply toothed, and densely
covered with soft hairs. P. decora, of Sims (B. M. 1922), is
very nearly allied to this variety, as also is P. pallida.

P. v. iberica (Iberian). A variety with lilac flowers, 1885.

P. v. major (larger). A garden synonym of P. Peyritschit.

P. v. Nelsoni (Nelson's). . pale purple or pink, many on a
scape. April and May. J. obovate, entire or slightly serrated ;
margins glandular-hairy. Habit of P. viscosa; rosettes neat.
Oviginated in English gardens.

P. v. purpurea (purple).* A beautiful spring-flowering
variety, bearing clusters of crimson-purple flowers.

P. Wulfeniana (Wulfen’s).* /l. deep purple-violet, large.
April and May. JZ. not punctate as in P. spectabilis, lanceolate-
spathulate, shiny green; margins rough, cartilaginous. Alps.
A good and very free rockery plant, requiring calcareous soil. ~
In Vol. III., p. 222, it is placed as a variety of P. spectabilis,
but it is quite entitled to specific distinction.

P. yunnanensis (Yunnan).* . violet-purple; corolla tube
narrow, twice as long as the calyx; limb concave, bilobed,
the lobes ovate, entire. July. 7. ovate-oblong, crenulate,
mucronate; petioles short, narrowly winged, glabrous. Clefts
of limestone rocks at foot of Li-Kiang Glacier, China. A very
fine species, closely allied to P. unijlora.

April.
y loosely

Varieties. The number of garden varieties in the various
sections into which the genus is split up by florists is
very great. For the conyenience of the reader we give
some of the best in each class :

Chinese Primulas (P. sinensis). BRAD'S
MAID, BRIGHTNE ORD PINK, F
BLUE, GIANT Ros 2 RIAL WHITE,
KENTISH PURPLE, Miss Eva FisH, Miss INEZ, PEACH BLOSSOM,
PINK QUEEN, PRINCESS, PURITY, ROSY QUEEN, and SWANLEY
MAUVE.

YLING, BRIDES-
2D DOUBLE

622 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Primula—continued.

Japanese Primroses (P. cortusoides). _ ARTHUR, BEAUTY,
BLUSHING BRIDE, BRILLIANT, BRUCE FINDLAY, CHARMER,
DISTINCTION, GEM, GENERAL GORDON, Miss NELLIE BARNARD,
Mrs. Ryper, NOVELTY, PEARL, PURITY, PURPLE KING, QUEEN
OF THE WHITES, RUBY QUEEN, VICTOR, and WARE’S WHITE.

Primroses (P. acaulis). ARTHUR DUMOULIN, BLUE GEM,
CLOTH OF GOLD, COVENANTER, CROUSSIT FLORE PLENO,
DOUBLE CRIMSON, ELIZABETH BRODIA, EVELYN’S ARKWRIGHT,
G. F. WILSON, HARBINGER, JACK IN THE GREEN, JAMES NIMMO,
Mary ERSKINE, Miss MAssEy, Mrs. WILSON, OAKWOOD BLUE,
QUAKERESS, QUEEN OF WHITES, RED GAUNTLET, THE
MIKADO.

PRIMULINA (a diminutive of Primula; in allusion
to the resemblance). Orb. Gesneracez. A monotypic
genus. The species is a small, hardy perennial Alpine,
with the habit of a Primula, and exhaling a powerfal
Tobacco-like odour. It is allied to Klugia and Rhyncho-
stylis, but has a salver-shaped corolla, with nearly equal
lobes, and’ the disk is highly-developed as two large,
cuneately-quadrate, fleshy bodies at the base of the ovary.
The plant is very difficult to rear in this country.

P. sinensis (Chinese). A synonym of P. Tabacum.

P. Tabacum (Tobacco). Shekin (Rock Tobacco). jl. disposed
in loose corymbs; corolla limb in. to Zin. broad, unequally
five-lobed, the lobes white, with very broad purple borders.
July. 2. all radical, crowded, rather fleshy, orbicular, 2in. to
Sin. across, obtusely lobulate; cordate at base ; petioles lin.
to 3in. long, broadly winged. China, 1887. (G. C. 1889, vi.,
f. 52.) Syn. P. sinensis (B. M. 7117).

PRINOS INTEGRIFOLIUS. A
Nemopanthes canadense (which see).

PRIONOPHYLLUM. A synonym of Encholirion
(which see).
PRITCHARDIA. To the species described on
p. 224, Vol. III., the following should be added:
P. filamentosa (thread-like). A synonym of Washingtonia jili-
Sera.
P. grandis. This name is also applied to Licuala Veitchii.
P. macrocarpa is synonymous with P. Gaudichaudii.

P. Thurstoni (Vhurston’s).* jl. borne in compact panicles
at the apices of the slender stems; stems longer than the
leaves, from the axils of which they rise. J. fan-shaped,
palmatisect, large, forming a dense tuft at the top of the tall

synonym of

on Fiji, 1883. (R. G. 1887, p. 486-9, f. 123-4, 1-8.) A fine

alm.

Moa etd HAWK MOTH. See Sphingide,
ol. .

PROCHYNANTHES (from prochon, an ewer, and
anthos, a flower; in allusion to the shape of the perianth).
Orv. Amaryllidex. A small genus (two species have been
described) of greenhouse, tuberous-rooted plants, natives of
Mexico, Perianth sub-persistent, the tube sub-cylindrical
at base, then abruptly geniculate and dilated, the seg-
ments broad, short, equal, erect; stamens inserted below
the throat. Leaves linear-lanceolate or oblanceolate.
Only one species is known to cultivation. It requires
similar treatment to Bravoa (which see).

P. Bulliana (William Bull’s). . brownish-green, quite sessile,
in pairs, forming a very long, ‘lax, simple spike; perianth
tube abruptly decurved and dilated at the middle; peduncle
erect, twice as long as the leaves, furnished with several
reduced leaves. Summer, J. few, in a radical rosette, oblan-
ceolate, acute, persistent, lft. or more in length, 2in. broad.
1883. (B. M. 7427.) Syn. Bravoa Bulliana.

PROPS. Strictly speaking, all supports of plants are
**Props,’’ but as usually understood, a Prop is a support
for heavily-weighted branches that would otherwise break.

PROSOPIS. P. juliflora is the correct name of
P. Siliquastrum.

PROSTRATE. Lying flat on the ground, but not
rooting.

PROTEA. To the species described on p. 228, Vol. III.,
the following should be added. Several plants formerly
included hereunder are now referred to Aulax, Isopogon,
Leucospermum, and Nivenia. ,

P. amplexicaulis (stem-clasping). /. purple, in a sub-sessile
head the size of a small Apple; scales exceeding the flowers.
February. J. sessile, cordate-amplexicaul, rigid, spreading, lin.
to 2sin. long, ovate or ovate-oblong, acute. Stem (or branches)
lft. to 2ft. long, erect. 1802. Syn. P. repens (A, B. R. 453).

P. cynaroides (Cynara-like). fl. white, greenish below, in a
large, obovate-globose, at length spreading head; scales pink at

Protea—continued.

apex. August. J. roundish-obovate or elliptic, 4in. to 6in. long
(including the petiole). Stem dwarf, undivided. 1774. (G. C.
1895, p. 34, f. 3.)

P. humiflora (dwarf-flowered). A synonym of P. humilis.

P. humilis (dwarf). /. purple, in a hemispherical head lin. in
diameter. 7. linear, acute, flat, glabrous, lin. to nearly 3in.
aoe very narrow. Plant erect. Syn. P. humijlora (A. B. R.

P. imbricata (imbricated), of Thunberg.
cephalus imbricatus.

P. magnifica is now regarded as distinct from P. speciosa.

P. Mundi is the correct name of P. penicillata.

P. nana (dwarf). jl. crimson, nodding, cup-shaped, 2sin.
across, terminal ; scales in three or fourseries. J. like those of
a Pinus, crowded, erecto-patent, acicular, acute or acuminate.
h, 2ft. 1889. A glabrous shrub. (B. M. 7095.)

P. patens Corending fl. blackish-purple at the summit;
calyx white-woolly, Isin. long; head sessile, as large a small
fist, the inner scales dark purple-bearded. J. narrow-oblong,
4in. to Sin. long, slightly undulated. Branches woolly-
ae procumbent. Syn. P. speciosa patens (A. B. R.

P. repens (creeping), of Andrews.
caulis.

P. rhodantha (rose-flowered). fl. rose-coloured, with orange
stamens, disposed in a terminal head 3in. across, broadly
turbinate; peduncle short. May. J. sessile, linear-oblong,
rely at apex. Stem short, swollen. A. 1sft. 1886. (B. M.

P. speciosa patens (spreading). A synonym of P. patens.

PROTEA (of Linneus).
dendron (which see).

PROTECTION. Tender plants that are not able to
withstand the rigour of our winters need some kind of
Protection, which is afforded in various ways. Dwarf
Tea Roses are covered a few inches above the ground
with a mound of Cocoa-nut fibre or similar material, so
that if the winter kills all the exposed wood, that
protected is safe. Standard and half-standard Tea Roses
are greatly protected by Bracken Fern tied in the head.
Mats are also largely used for the Protection of tender
plants, and for covering frames, &c., in bad weather. In
the early spring the blossoms of Peach, Nectarine, and
Apricot trees on walls are protected until the flowers have
all set by means of tiffany, cheap calico, netting, &ce.
Belts of hardy trees are also planted on the exposed side
of fruit trees to break the force of cold winds; and the
walls of gardens are erected as much for Protection as
for the crops of fruit grown on them.

PROTIUM. Included under Bursera (which see).
PRUMNOPITYS (from prumnos, outermost; and

pitwis, a Pine-seed; in allusion to the fructification).

Syn. Stachycarpus. ORvD. Conifere, A small genus of

greenhouse or hardy trees, formerly included under

Podocarpus (which see for culture), but with the finits

on a loose spike instead of solitary on a fleshy stalk.

P. elegans (elegant). Plum Fir. The correct name of Podo-
carpus andina.

P. spicata (spicate). Black Pine; Matai; Mayi. j., male
catkins sessile, ten to twenty in axillary spikes; females in
loose spikes. 7. mostly in two rows, jin. to ljin. long, needle-
shaped or linear, imbricated. Branches and branchlets numerous,
flexuous, ascending. h. (in New Zealand) 150ft. to 200ft. Green-
house. Dacrydiwm Mayi is synonymous with this species.

PRUNELLA. To the species enumerated at p, 232,

Vol. III., the following should now be added:

P. grandiflora alba (white). A snow-white variety, some
6in. high.

P. g. rubra (red). A variety with red flowers.

P. g. Webbiana (Webb's). <A variety bearing rich purple
flowers. h. Sin.

P. vulgaris laciniata (torn).*
deep purple flowers,

PRUNUS. To the species and yarieties described
on pp. 235-7, Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. acida semperflorens (always flowering).* This is a
splendid variety, of pendulous habit, with small white flowers,
and small, dark, leathery leaves; bears flowers and fruit at
the same time. It is frequently catalogued as Cerasus semper-
Jlorens.

P. alleghaniensis (Alleghany). fl. at first pure white, after-
wards changing to pink. jr. biuish-purple, nearly globular,

A synonym of Soro-

A synonym of P. amplexi-

A synonym of Leuca-

A handsome variety, with

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Prunus—continued.

very handsome. A. 4ft. to 12ft.

or small tree, allied to P. insititia.

preserves. (G. & F. 1890, p. 429, f. 53.)
P. Amygdalus, See Amygdalus communis.

P. angustifolia @arrow-leaved) A synonym of Cerasus
Chicasa.

P. Armeniaca, See Armeniaca vulgaris.

P. baldschuanica (Baldschuan). ji. red; calyx tube ovate-
cylindric. 72. obovate-elliptic, coarsely and doubly serrated.
Otherwise closely resembling P. divaricata. Baldschuan, Bok-
hara, 1890. Shrub or dwarf tree. (R. G. 1890, t. 613.)

P. candicans (whitish). A synonym of Cerasus Chicasa.

P. Capuli (Capollin). The correct name of Cerasus Capollin.

P. cerasifera is a form of P. divaricata.

P. Cerasus. See Cerasus Caproniana.

P. Chamezcerasus. See Cerasus Chameecerasus.

P. Chicasa (Chicasaw Plum). See Cerasus Chicasa.

P. Cocomilia (Cocomilia). Febrifuge Plum. /. white, borne
on short, twin peduncles. fr. yellow, ovate-oblong, mucronate,
somewhat acid. J. obovate, crenulate, glabrous, glandular.
h. 20ft. Calabria, 1824.

P. communis (common). The name adopted by some botanists
to include P. domestica, P. insititia, and P. spinosa, which are
regarded by them merely as sub-species.

P. c. Pruneauliana (Pruneaul’s).* #. white, produced in such
abundance as to quite cover the twigs. Of this fine variety
there is a double form.

P. curdica. This is described as “intermediate between
P. spinosa and P. insititia.” Asia Minor, 1896.

P. Davidiana alba (white). This is a white variety of the
species described in Vol. III. as Persica Davidiana.

P. divaricata atropurpurea (dark purple).
name of P. Pissardii.

P. d. contorta (twisted).

- twisted, and is of more fastigiate habit than the type.
Syn. P. cerasifera contorta (R. H. 1895, p. 201, f. 57).

P. domestica damascena (Damascene). Damson. /r. dark
violet, small, oblong or slightly elongated, edible.

P. d. Plantierii (Plantier’s). 1. pure white, semi-double, pro-
duced in abundance, and succeeded by black Plums of good
flavour. 1885. Garden variety.

P. fruticans (shrubby). A form of P. spinosa.

P. glandulosa (glandular). A synonym of P. japonica.

P. humilis (dwarf). #. 4in. across, solitary or in pairs on a
short peduncle ; petals white, with a short, red claw. fr. sin.
long, bright red, ovoid-globose. J. l4in. to 2in. long, shortly
Pees elliptic-ovate, serrulate. Branches slender, erect.

. 4ft. North China, before 1873. (B. M. 73365.)

Pennsylvania, 1890. A shrub
The fruits are used for

The correct

This variety has the leaves spirally
1895,

P. japonica, of Carritre (R. H. 1873, p. 457, f. 41). A ‘rare
species.

P. hybrida reptans (hybrid, creeping). (. red. Branches
paces divaricate. 1886, Garden hybrid. (R. H. 1886,
pp. 7.)

P. h. stricta (erect). jl. white. Branches erect. 1886. Garden

hybrid. (R. G. 1886, pp. 416-7.)

P. Jacquemontii (Jacquemont’s). jf. often in pairs, very
shortly pedicellate; calyx tube fin. to jin. long; petals pink,
4in. broad, orbicular; stamens about twenty. May. J. 2in.
to 2sin. long, ovate, ovate-lanceolate, elliptic, or nearly
obovate, acute or acuminate, serrulate; petioles in. long.
h. 6ft. to 10ft. North-west Himalayas, 1886. Hardy shrub.
(B. M. 6976.) A rare species.

P. japonica (Japanese). The correct name of P. sinensis.
Syn. P. glandulosa.

P. j. sphzerica (spherical). This form only differs from the

type in its somewhat larger, spherical fruits. (R. H. 1887,

p. 468, f. 156.) There is a garden seedling of this variety

called preecor. (R. H. 1892, p. 488, f. 142-3.)

P. japonica (of Thunberg). A synonym of P. humilis.

P, juliana. St. Julian Plum. /r. dark violet, small. There
is a pendulous form of this, introduced in 1889.

P. maritima pygmeza (pigmy). fr. red or purplish, smaller
than in the type. /. softly pubescent or tomentose beneath,
h. 4ft. to 5ft. orth America, 1756.

P. Miqueliana (Miquel’s). j. pale pink or white, corymbose
on short, leafy shoots; pedicels and calyx sparsely hairy.
i. deeply and irregularly cut, having two orange glands at
the base, and, as well as the petioles and young shoots,

ubescent. Otherwise like P. subhirtella. “Japan, 1888.
iG. & F. 1888, pp. 196, 199, f. 37.)

P. Mume Alphandi (Alphand’s).
double, rose-pink flowers. Japan, 1885,
SYN. Armeniqca Mume Alphandi,

A variety having semi-
(R. H. 1885, p. 564.)

&e: "623

Prunus—continued.

P. Myrobalana (Myrobalan).
cerasifera.

P. orthosepala (straight-sepaled). 1. white, with exserted,
orange-coloured stamens. fr. globose, about lin. in diameter,
on a stout, rigid stalk about 4in. long; skin very dark blue
or nearly black, with glaucous bloom; flesh of good flavour
and quality, juicy, yellow. A. 4ft. to 5ft. Texas, 1894. A
densely-branched, twiggy shrub, (G. & F. 1894, p. 184, f. 34.)

P. Padus. See Cerasus Padus.

P. pendula (pendulous).* #. of a soft rose, freely produced.
March and April. Japan. Of pendulous habit. It is closely
allied to P. subhirtella. Syn. Cerasus pendula rosea, under
which name it is generally found in commerce.

P. Pissardii is a variety (atropwrpurea) of P. divaricata.

P. prostrata (prostrate). The correct name of Amygdalus
incana. A nice shrub for a sunny rockery.

P. Pseudo-Cerasus. Of this there are several varieties with
double flowers, the best of which are JAMES H. VEITCH, fl. pl.
luteo (with yellow foliage), and Watereri. This is usually
catalogued as a Cerasus.

P. Puddum (Puddum).* 7. rose-red or white, solitary, fascicled
or umbellate ; petals obovate or linear-oblong ; peduncles 4in.
to lin. long. Jr. oblong or ellipsoid, with red or yellowish, acid
flesh. J. 3in. to Sin. long, ovate- or oblong-lanceolate, caudate-
acuminate, sharply and often doubly serrated. Temperate
Himalayas. A large tree, of brilliant appearance when in
flower. SyN. Cerasus Puddum.

P. pygmea (pigmy). A form of P. maritima.

P. serotina (late). The correct name of P. salicifolia. The
fruits of this species are known as Capollins, Capoulinos,
or Capulinos.

P. sibirica. See Armeniaca sibirica.

P. spinosa fruticans (shrubby). il. arising before the leaves,

A synonym of P. (divaricata)

solitary or twin. (fr, reddish-yellow, _pubescent-velvety,
globular, sweet. J/. ovate-sub-orbicular, slightly cordate at

base and doubly toothed. France, &c. This variety is also
known as macrocarpa.

P. subcordata (somewhat cordate).
the ordinary Plum. J. roundish, finely
cordate at base. California, 1889. Shrub.

P. tomentosa (downy). (/l. white, sub-sessile, solitary, or in
fascicles of two to four. J. broadly elliptic, shortly cuspidate,
with small serratures, the under-surface, as well as the new
shoots, tomentose. Japan. (R. G., t. 853.)

P. virginiana. See Cerasus virginiana.

P. Watsoni (Watson's). fr. gin. in diameter; skin thick,
bright orange-red, without bloom; flesh juicy, bright yellow,
edible and sometimes of good quality although slightly
austere. Kansas, &c., 1894. A twiggy, dwarf Plum. (G. & F.
1894, p. 134, f. 25.)

PSAMMISIA. According to the compilers of the
““Index Kewensis,’’ P. aclerophy lta is a distinct species,
and not the same as P. sarcantha.

PSEUDO. False or spurious; e.g., the Pseudo-bulb
in Orchids.

PSEUDO-BOMBYCES. Sce Moths.

PSEUDO-CHZ NOMELES MAULEI. A synonym
of Pyrus Maulei (which see).

PSEUDOCOCCUS ULICIS.° See Mealy Bug.

PSEUDOGALTONIA (from pseudos, false, and
Galtonia ; in allusion to the resemblance). Orv. Liliacex.
A monotypic genus. The species is a greenhouse, bulbous
plant. For culture, see Galtonia.

P. Pechuellii (Pechuelli’s). . greenish, sin. long, with
obtuse segments, united in their lower two-thirds, and short
stamens ; raceme dense, sixty- to eighty-flowered ; peduncle stiffly
erect, overtopping the leaves. J. six to eight, fleshy, erect,
lanceolate, above lft. long. Damara Land, 1886. Bulb large,
crowned with bristles. Syn. Lindnera fibrillosa.

PSEUDOMONAS CAMPESTRIS.
Rot of Cabbage.

PSEUDOPHGENIX (from pseudo, false, and Pheniz,
alluding to the resemblance in general aspect to the
kindred genus Pheniz). Orv. Palme. A monotypic
genus. The species is a stove Palm, requiring similar
culture to Phoenix (which see).

P. Sargentii (Sargent’s). j., spadix panicled, about 3ft. long
and broad. fr. bright orange or red, jin. in diameter.
Z. pinnate, 44ft. long; leaflets lanceolate, acuminate, lft. to
lift. long, glaucous beneath. A. 25ft. Florida, 1887, (G. C.
1888, iv., p. > G. & F., i., 1888, pp. 353, 355.)

ji. resembling those of
serrated, slightly

See Black

624

PSEUDOTSUGA. To the species and varieties
described on p. 238, Vol. III., the following should be

added :

P. Davidiana (Abbé
Davidiana.

P. Douglasii brevifolia (short-leaved).* J. green, polished.
This somewhat resembles the Silver Firs; it is of pyramidal
habit and slow growth.

P. D. glauca pendula (glaucous, Pe 1. dark green.
Young growth glaucous-tinted. 1895. A tall variety.

P. D. glaucescens (glaucous). A very glaucous form. 1895.
Other forms are : denudata (stem very simple), dwmosa (dwarf,

compact bush), fastigiata (pyramidal), and stricta (dwarf, erect-
branched).

P. D. pumila (dwarf).*
habit.

P. D. Stairii (Earl Stairs’).* 7.
gradually changing to pale green.
form, less vigorous than the type.

PSIDIUM. To the species described on p. 239,
Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. aromaticum is a form of P. Guajava.
P. Guajava is the correct rendering of P. Guava.

P. montanum (mountain-loving). The correct name of
P. cordatum.

P. Passeanum (Passe’s). /l. white, axillary. fr. pale green or
yellowish, pear-shaped, about as large as a Plum, edible.
1. opposite, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, borne on short
petioles. Stems slender, round. h. 3ft. to 6ft. Habitat not
recorded, 1890. Shrub. (R. H. 1890, p. 233, f. 71.)

PSILA ROSH. See Carrot Grubs.

PSILOTUM. P. mascarenica and P. nudum are
practically identical with P. triquetrum.

PSILURA DISPAR. See Black Arches Moth.

David's). A synonym of Keteleeria

A distinct variety, of neat, compact

nearly white in spring,
A showy, free-growing

PSITTACOSCHENUS. A synonym of Gahnia
(which see).
PSORALEA. P. arborea is now regarded as merely

a form of P. pinnata.

PSYCHECHILUS. A synonym of Zeuxina (which

see).

PSYCHOTRIA. To the species described on p. 239,
Vol, III., the following shonld be added. Several plants
formerly classed hereunder are now referred to Pali-
courea.

P. cyanocarpa
P. eyanococea.

P. leucocephala (white-headed).
macrophylla.

P. pilosa (pilose).

P. racemosa (racemose).
racemosa,

P. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured).* /l. bright blue, Centranthus-
like, borne in clusters. jr. sulphur-yellow. JZ. shining green.
Fiji, 1887. A profuse and continuous flowering, small, climbing
shrub,

P. tabacifolia (Tobacco-leaved). fl. gin. long, shortly pedi-
cellate ; calyx pubescent, the lobes triangular; corolla pale
yellow, tomentose, tubular, the lobes short, triangular, margined
red; thyrse terminal or from one of the upper axils, 4in. to 7in.
long, contracted. September. 7. opposite, 5in. to Yin. long,
Zin. to 3in. broad, elliptic-lanceolate or oblong, acuminate,
rather membranous. Brazil. Syns. Palicowrea discolor (of
gardens), Palicowrea nicotiancefolia (B. M. 7001).

PSYLLA MALI.
PSYLLA PYRISUGA. See Pear—Insects.

PTERIDOPHYLLUM (from Pieris, a Fern, and
phyllon, a leaf; the leaves are like Fern-fronds). Orb.
Papaveracee. A small genus (two species) of herbs, with
rather thick rhizomes, natives of Japan, and very closely
allied to Hypecowm. Flowers in a simple or slightly-
branched, terminal raceme: sepals two, scale-like; petals
four, spreading, the outer ones elliptic-concave, the
inner ones flat; scape naked. Leaves radical, pectinately
pinnatisect. P. zeylanicwm was introduced some thirty
years ago, but it does not appear now to be in cultivation.

(blue-fruited). The correct name _ of
A synonym of Rudgea

The correct name of P. chontalensis.
The correct name of Palicourea

See Apple-Sucker.

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

PTERIS. Pterises are not fastidions as regards soil :
and a mixture of two parts peat, one part loam, and one
part sand suits most of them. The majority of them thrive
as well in a place exposed to strong light as in a shady
one, bat this does not apply to the beautifully-variegated
P. quadriaurita argyrea, P. cretica albo-lineata, P. asperi-
caulis tricolor, and P. ensiformis Victoriz, all of which,
either in their natural habitats or under cultivation,
need a subdued light. The cause of these plants being
frequently met with in a stunted condition and having
a burnt appearance is generally attributable to the effects
of strong light, and this is readily understood when we
consider the natural conditions under which the plants
flourish, being always found in the dense shade of forests
where the annual rainfall is very heavy, and rarely if
ever growing in Bamboo forests where the shade is
partial only.

With the exception of a few species provided with
creeping rhizomes, and which may be propagated by
division, all Pterises are readily increased from spores,
which are abundantly produced and germinate very freely.

The Bracken can rarely be grown successfully in pots
for a long time; but it forms a noble ornament when
planted in a deep, sandy soil, where the development of
its fleshy rhizomes is not interfered with. In such a
position it should be covered with old leaves every
winter, or with its own if these are not required for
other purposes. Its propagation takes place nacurally
by means of the spores, for it requires special care in
transplanting, and can only be successfully moved when
dormant in winter,

Although P. e. Victorie reproduces itself very freely from
spores, some of the seedlings are thoroughly distinct.
Among these we may particularly note regine, which
has the variegation running in narrow stripes to the
margins of the leaflets, and is of more vigorous growth
than Victorie ; and cristata, a form with very prettily
and regularly crested fronds, which are also beautifully
and distinctly variegated.

P. palmata possesses the peculiarity of reproducing
itself from bulbils borne at the top of the stalk, just at
the point of junction with the leafy portion. The quickest
way of propagating it in quantities is by means of
spores, which are freely produced ; ‘yet the bulbils will,
if pegged down on the ground without being severed
from the parent plant, make young plants in a very short
time.

To the species and yarieties described on pp. 240-5,
Vol. III., the following should be added. Except where
otherwise indicated, stove treatment is required.

P. adiantifolia (Adiantum-fronded).
adiantoides.

P. adiantoides (Adiantum-like).
adiantoides.

P. Bausei (Bause’s). A variety of P. semipinnata.

P. biaurita argentea (silvery).* fronds deep shining green,
with the bases of the pinnules greyish or whitish-green.
1894. A useful plant. .

P. Boultoni (Boulton’s). A form of P. serrulata showing a
very distinct colour, this being a light pea-green.

P. Childsii (Childs’). fronds compound; pinnze much sub-
divided, ‘‘the tips and margins being percristate.” Origin not
stated. 1896. Greenhouse.

P. comans densa (dense). fronds spreading round an erect
caudex. New Caledonia, 1880.

P. crassipes (thick-stalked). A synonym of P. gigantea.

P. cretica crispata (crisped). fronds beautifully crisped,
bold, spreading, green, with a sin. band of glaucous-grey down
the centre. 1891.

P. c. Mayii (May’s).* fronds variegated as in P. c. albo-lineata,
but the plant is smaller, and all the pian, whether barren
or fertile, are crested. This form reproduces true from spores.

P. c. nobilis (noble).* fronds erect, beautifully crested. 1888,
A dwarf variety.

P. c. sempervirens (evergreen).* A handsome crested variety,
exceedingly useful for room decoration.

P. ec. Summersi (Summers's). fronds much divided, having
all the principal pinne heavily divided and erested at apex.
1898. ‘This is described as ‘ta particularly fine Pteris, of
sturdy but elegant growth.” (G. C. 1898, xxiii., p. 370, f. 139.)

P. c. Wimsetti (Wimsett’s).* fronds from lft. to 2ft. long,
chestnut-striped ; pinnz variable.

P. Drinkwateri (Drinkwater’s).* fronds 2ft. high; pinne dark
green, jin. wide. 1896, A beautiful Fern for the conservatory.

A synonym of Pella

A synonym of Pellea

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C, 625

Pteris—continwed. Pteris—continued.

P. Duvali (Duval’s). A garden hybrid between P. palimata and two or four lanceolate pinnules on their lower side, and all
P. sagittifolia. 1897. SyYN. Doryopteris Duvali (R. H. 1897, of them having a broad band of white in the centre. sori in
p. 563, f. 168). @ continuous line from base to apex. Southern Brazil. A

very handsome species, SyNs. P. elegans, Doryopteris nobilis,
Litobrochia elegans.
Ley teh (Duval's).* A variety with stout, palmate fronds.

P. elegans (elegant). A garden name for P. nobilis.

P. ensiformis Victoriz (Victoria’s). barren fronds small,
rostrate. fertile fronds upright, abundant, lift. to 1sft.
ong; pinne about fin. broad, beautifully variegated through-

out. SYN. P. e. variegata. There are two other forms— P. n. variegata (variegated).* A handsome and robust form,
cristata, with beautifully variegated and crested fronds ; and well marked with silver. 1894.

regine, having the variegation in narrower stripes than in | Pp, nobilis (of gardens). A synonym of P. palmata.

Vector and more wgorous in} growth. P. Ouvrardi (Ouvrard’s). A form intermediate between

P. flabellata ascensionis (Ascension Island). A variety of Pucratiinrand paainbrosds) Ae beautiful Kern:

smaller dimensions than the type, its lower leaflets some- a s oe =a 2
times showing several small, compound leaflets on each side. P. reginz (Queen’s). A garden form of P. ensiformis.

1865. P. Rochfordi (Rochford’s). A form of P. serrulata.

P. gigantea (gigantic). sti. stout, erect, naked, 2ft. to 3ft. P. semipinnata Bausei (Bause’s).* sti. deep chestnut-brown.
long. fronds coriaceous, tripartite ; terminal pinna lft. long, fronds densely tufted, erect, 12in. to 1éin. high; pinne about
3in. broad, cut down to a_ broadly-winged rachis into 2in. long, the lowermost bipinnate, consisting of four to six
numerous narrow, faleate lobes, which are slightly toothed broadly linear, deep green pinnules, 1886. A useful, decorative,
when barren ; lateral ones numerous, often 1ft. long and 4in. garden Fern, of very compact habit.
broad; pinnules nearly 2in. long. sori falling short of the tips P. serrulata Boultoni (Boulton’s). jronds long, with narrow,
of the segments. West Indies, &. Syns. P. crassipes, Lito- waved, crimped pinne. 1896, A stiff-growing variety.
brochial gigantea. . P. s. Cowani (Cowan's). sti. branched, /ronds broad-ended,

P. glaucovirens (glaucous-green). A synonym of P. quadri- with crested pinne. 1883,

aurita.

P. s. cristata. This variety is very variable. The usual form
is of upright habit, but many seedlings are more or less
drooping. The varieties compacta and densa only differ from
this in their close, dense habit and dwarf stature.

P, s. c. gigantea (gigantic). A very large form, probably of
garden origin. 1893.

P. s. c. lacerata (torn). fronds Yin. to 12in. long, slender, the
margins serrulate; each pinna divided into a tassel-like or
corymbose, drooping bunch of lacerated segments. 1882. nana
is a dwarf form.

P. s. gloriosa (glorious). /ronds having each pinna many

ole times divided at its summit, and each division terminating in

EEE a deeply-cut, fan-shaped crest. Habit pendulous.

Y EZ
,

-
2S
SSS

9 SLL Eee

4 ¥ 4 P.s. gracilis (slender). fronds narrow, densely produced, of a
i s pleasing green; pinne very narrow. 1892. A delicate and
iW graceful variety. In the form multiceps the fronds are crested.

Fic, 641, FROND OF PTERIS GRIFFITHII.

P. Griffithii (Griffith’s). sti. erect, wiry, 6in. to 8in. long.
Jronds somewhat coriaceous, broadly lanceolate, 6in. to 8in.
long; upper lateral pinne simple, about jin. apart; lower
ones 2in. to din. apart, divided to the midrib, their lowest

innules often again divided. sori covered by a narrow
ae. Northern India. See Fig. 641. (H. 8. F. ii, p. 170,
,. AL

P. internata (grown between). fronds, outer ones ovate, tri-
pinnate; central ones longer, bipinnate. West Indies, 1880.
Resembles P. heterophylla, of which it is perhaps a variety.

P. latifolia (broad-fronded). A synonym of Pelle@a adiantoides.

P. longifolia Mariesii (Mavies’).* This differs from the type
in having shorter fronds and narrower pinnie. Penang, 1895.
It reproduces itself true from spores.

P. 1. nobilis (noble). fronds evergreen, 4ft. to 5ft. high ; pinne
linear, 8in. to 10in. long; rachis pale brown. sori continuous,
linear, marginal. South Sea Islands, 1884.

P. ludens (sportive).* rhiz. wide-creeping. fronds dimorphous ;
barren ones on slender, black stipes Sin. to 4in. long, varying
from triangular with two slightly-deflexed basal lobes to
hastate, with entire margins; fertile ones on stipes often lft.
long, 4in. to 6in. each way, cut into five narrow-lanceolate Fic. 642. PTERIS LUDENS.
lobes, all or some of which (except the terminal one) are
sometimes again forked. sovi in a continuous line round the
margin. Malaya and the Philippine Islands. See Fig. 642. P. s. Leyii (Ley’s). A curious, depauperate form, with the

Syn. Doryopteris ludens. A remarkable species. pinne elongated by long, filiform extensions of their midribs.
P. nobilis (noble).* sti. naked, wiry, lft. or more in length. 1876. ,
fronds very coriaceous ; first-produced one cordate; later ones P. s. pendula (pendulous). fronds so densely crested at the
hastate and finally somewhat palmate, with the terminal and apex as to cause them to assume a pendulous position, the
upper lateral pinnie entire, the lower lateral ones divided into. tassel of a paler green than the rest. 1891.

Vol. V. 4L

626

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pteris—continued.

P. s, plumosa (feathery).* A charming, tasselled form. 1889.

P. s. Pocockii (Pocock’s). fronds drooping, having a short,
dense crest at the end of each segment. 1884.

P. s. Rochfordi (Rochforu’s). A robust, crested form. 1898.

P. s. voluta (wreathed). fronds having the pinne decidedly
curled, crested at apex. 1895.

P. Summersi (Summers's). A form of P. cretica.

P. tremula densa (dense). fronds so heavily crested as_to
almost resemble Parsley. 1892. A compact variety, smaller
than the type.

P. t. elegans (elegant).* A very light and charming variety.
1896.

P. t. flaccida (flaccid). fronds bright and shining; pinne
narrower than in the type; terminal pinnules much elongated
and slightly twisted.

P. t. foliosa (leafy). fronds wavy, larger and broader than in
the type. 1886.

P. t. grandiceps (large-crested). fronds semi-dependent, the
apices divided into flattish, fimbriately-tasselled crests, made
up of four or five principal divisions and numerous multi-
furcations; pinne and pinnules also terminating in narrow
apices. 1887.

P. t. nivalis (snowy).* This variety is described as ‘“‘a charming
Fern, very graceful and silvery in colour, edged with green.”

P. t. Smithiana (Smith’s).* jronds 2ft. to 2sft. high including
the stalks, much divided and heavily crested, but variable.
A very handsome variety.

P. t. variegata (variegated). fronds having a silvery band
plone the centre of the pinne and pinnules. 1892. A beautiful
orm.

P. umbrosa cristata (crested). jronds erect, with drooping
pinne and pinnules; all the segments long-linear, much
divided and ecrisped at the tips, deep green. 1879.

P. undulata (undulated). sti. dark chestnut-brown, lft. long.
fronds 2ft. long and broad, triangular or sub-pentangular,
pinnate; pinne broadly lance@late, pinnatifid throughout ;
segments 2in. to 24in. long, the basal one decurrent, the rest
connected by a jin. wing. sori not extending to the apex or
sinus of the lobes. Fiji. SyN. Litobrochia undulata. This is
now regarded as distinct from P. comans.

P. Victoriz (Victoria’s). A variety of P. ensiformis.

P. Wallichiana (Wallich’s). sti. strong, chestnut-brown,
glossy, 5ft. to 6ft. long. fronds large, thrice divided ; central
pinna 2ft. long, lft. broad, its many lanceolate, sessile
pinnules cut nearly to the rachis into numerous oblong lobes
nearly entire when barren; lateral pinne as large as the
central one and again forked; all of a soft texture and pale
green. sori disposed along the whole length of the pinnules.
Japan, &c. Greenhouse. SYN. Campteria Wallichiana.

P. Wimsetti (Wimsett’s). A variety of P. cretica.
PTERISANTHES (from pieron, a wing, and anthos,

a flower; the flowers are borne on a_broadly-winged
axis). Syn. Embamma. Orv. Ampelidex. A small genus
(four species) of large, climbing or sarmentose, stove
plants furnished with tendrils, closely allied to Vitis,
natives of the Indian Archipelago. Flowers small, four-
or five-parted, inserted on a flat, expanded, membranous,
peduneulate rachis, unisexual. Fruit globose or ovoid,
one- to fonr-seeded. Leaves alternate, simple or three-
to seven-foliolate, digitate or pedate. For culture of

P. polita, the only species introduced, see Cissus.

P. polita (elegant) /#. borne on a flattened rachis, the
marginal ones stalked, the rest sessile. J. 4in. to 8in. long,
elliptic-oblong or ovate, acute, sub-cordate, distantly and
spinosely serrated or entire, membranous. Moulmein, &c., 1896.
Habit like a Cissus. (B. M. 7561.)
PTEROCALLIS TILIZ:

Aphides.

PTEROCARYA. P. caucasica is the correct name
of P. frawinifolia. P. Spachiana is a form of this species.

PTEROPHORINA. See Moths.

(Lime Aphis). See

PTEROSTIGMA. A synonym of Adenosma
(which see).
PTILOSTEPHIUM. Included under Tridax
(which see).
PTYCHOCHILUS. A synonym of “Tropidia

(which see).

PTYCHOCOCCUS (from ptyche, a fold, and kokkos,
a berry; in allusion to the wrinkled albumen). Okp.
Palme. A genus of three species of Javan Palms,
founded by Beccari, formerly included under Ptycho-

Ptychococcus—continued.

sperma. It differs from that genus in the form of the
frait, which in Ptychococeus is obliquely attenuated into
a beak at the apex, instead of being rounded. For
culture, see Ptychosperma.

P. arecinus (Areca-like).* A very beautiful, pinnate-leaved
Palm, which, in its native forests, attains a height of 60ft.
or more.

P. paradoxus (paradoxical). 7. sheathing at base; young
ones two-lobed, the lobes oblong-cuneate, oblique at apex,
with jagged margins; adult ones deeply pinnately-cleft, with
lanceolate pinne 10in. to 12in. long, oblique at apex and
jagged; petioles grooved. Stem erect, slender, 15ft. to 20ft.

igh. New Guinea, 1894. Syn. Ptychosperma paradoxa (of
gardens).

PTYCHORAPHIS (from ptyche, a fold, and raphis,
a needle; probably in allusion to the leaflets). ORD.
Palme. A small genus (two species) of stove Palms,
natives of Singapore, Johore, and the Nicobar Islands,
closely allied to Nenga. Flowers spirally disposed, male
only towards the tips of the branches, a female between
two males towards the base; spathes two, complete,
caducous; spadix intrafoliolar, paniculately branched.
Fruit small, ovoid. Leaves pinnatisect; leaflets narrow,
caudate-acuminate. For culture, see Palms.

P. augusta (splendid).* 7., spadix decompound, 24ft. to Ssft.
long. fr. scarlet, lin. long, elliptic-oblong. 2. 8ft. to aft.
long ; leaflets numerous, sessile, narrow-linear, 2ft. to 3ft. long,
acuminate, three-ribbed ; petioles very short. Trunk 80ft. to
100ft. high. lft. in diameter. Nicobar Islands, 1892. When
young, this resembles Cocos Weddeliana, An elegant Palm in
a young state. (G. C. 1892, xii., p. 397, f. 63.)

P. singaporensis (Singapore). 7. yellow; spadix about lft.
long, branched from the base. fr. Zin. long, ovoid or elliptic-
ovoid. JU. 3ft. to 6ft. long; leaflets numerous, alternate, straight,
8in. long, l4in. broad; petioles 2ft. to 24ft. long. Stem 6ft. to
12ft. long, lsin. in diameter, soboliferous. Singapore and
Johore, 1884. SyNs. Drymophleus, Ptychosperma, and Rhopalo-
blaste singaporensis.

PTYCHOSPERMA. To the species described on
pp. 247-8, the following should be added:

P. angustifolia (narrow-leaved) A synonym of Coleospadix
oninensis.

P. disticha (two-rowed). A synonym of Pinanga disticha.

P. elegans (elegant).* l., panicles lateral, 1ft. to 1sft. long
and broad, branching into numerous spikes, the ends very
flexuous. J. several feet long; segments numerous, more or
less toothed or irregularly jagged at the end. Australia.
A low or very tall Palm. (B. M. 7345.) Syn. Seaforthia
elegans (of R. Brown).

P. elegans (of gardens).*
Cunninghamiana.

P. Normanbyi is now classed under Areca.

P. paradoxa (paradoxical). A garden synonym of Ptychococcus
paradoxus.

P. Sanderiana (Sander’s).* ., males in pairs, on a much-
branched panicle; females on a separate panicle. fr. bright red,
sin. long, ovoid. 7. 4ft. long, pinnate ; segments alternate, linear,
1sft. long, tapering to a long point. Stem 10ft. to 15ft. high;
nodes Jin. apart. New Guinea, 1898. Young specimens are very
elegant. (G. C. 1898, xxiv., pp. 330, 435, f. 126.)

P. Seemanni is now classed under Balaka.

P. singaporensis (Singapore). A synonym of Ptychoraphis
singaporensis.

A synonym of Archontophenix

P. Warleti (Warlet’s). J. pinnate, having the sheaths and
stalks covered with coarse, purplish hairs; segments oblong-
cuneate, erose at the margin, silvery beneath. Habitat not
recorded, 1898. Only known in a young state. (G. C. 1898,
Xxiii., p. 242, f. 91.)

PUCCINIA ARENARIZ. See Carnation Rust.

PUCCINIA HIERACII.
Leaf Rust.

PUCCINIA MALVACEARUM. See Hollyhock
Fungus.

PUCCINIA PRINGSHEIMIANA. See Goose-
berry Fungi and Gooseberry Cluster Cups.

PUCCOON, RED. See Sanguinaria.
PUDDLING. See Muddling.

See Chrysanthemum

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 627

PUERARIA. According to the ‘Kew Bulletin,”
1892, Pachyrhizus Thunbergianus, Dolichos hirsutus, and
D. japonicus are synonyms of Pueraria Thunbergiana.
(R. H. 1891, p. 31, f. 8.)

eT A synonym of Griselinia (which
see).

PULMONARIA. To the species described on p. 251,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. arvernense. This is a garden name for a beautiful kind
having deep blue flowers in clusters. There is also a white
variety.

P. azurea is a variety of P. angustifolia.

P. grandiflora is a synonym of P. saccharata.

P. mollis (soft). @. as in P. officinalis. June. Jl. softly
pubescent; radical ones elliptic-lanceolate or lanceolate,
decurrent into broadly winged petioles; cauline ones ovate-
lanceolate, semi-amplexicaul. , 9in. Pyrenees.

PULP. The soft, juicy inner part of a fruit.

PULTENZEA. To the species described on pp. 251-2,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

P. Gunni (Gunn's). 7. golden-yellow, with brownish-purple
stripes on the standard and a brownish-purple keel, small;
heads three- to five-flowered, terminating the branchlets.
7. very small, linear-lanceolate. Branches twiggy. 1885. (R. G.
1173 [1174 in text).)

P. linophylla (Linum-leaved). The correct name of P. retusa.

P. sylvatica (sylvan). A synonym of Oxylobiwm ellipticum
(Pultenee).

P. Ausfeldi has also been introduced.
PULVINARIA. A genus of very distinct Scales,

so named on account of the cushion or pad of white wax
which the female secretes at the hinder extremity of
and beneath her body. The species of interest to the
gardener are P. ribesiw, found on Currants (see Currant
Scale); P. vitis, on Vines; and P. floccosa, on Camellias.
For remedies, see Scale Insects.

PUPALIA. Syama is synonymous with this genus.

PURPLE-FLOWERING RASPBERRY. ‘ee
Rubus odoratus.

PURPLE LOOSESTRIFE. See Lythrum Sali-
caria.

PURPLE OSIER. See Salix purpurea.

PURSHIA. This genus now embraces a_ second
species, in addition to that described on p. 253, Vol. IIT.

P. glandulosa (glandular). jl. yellowish-white, with a Cinna-
mon-like odour, small, numerous. North-west America, 1898,
A dwarf shrub, resembling P. tridentata.

PUYA. J. G. Baker refers fourteen species to this
genus. Several plants formerly included here are now
classed under Pitcairnia. To the two species described
on p. 255, Vol. III., the following should be added :

P. chilensis (Chilian). 7. Peer eg etals twice as
long as the calyx; panicle dense, rhomboid, 2ft. to 3ft. long,
with crowded branches; lower bracts lin, long; peduncle
erect, much longer than the leaves. July. J. 100 or more in
a rosette, ensiform, acuminate, 3ft. to 4ft. long, I4in. broad,
vertically lined on the back, armed with large, distant, horny
spines. Caudex 6ft. to 10ft. long. Chili, &c., 1820. (B. M.
4715; F. d. S. 869-70; R. G. 225.) Syn. P. coarctata.

P. c. gigantea (gigantic). J. erect, with shorter and more
robust prickles. Caudex 10ft. to 15ft. long.

P. coarctata (coarctate), A synonym of P. chilensis.

P. coerulea. The correct name is Pitcairnia coerulea.

P. lanuginosa (woolly). jl. greenish-blue, borne in a dense,
simple spike lft. long by Sin. in diameter, surmounting a stout
peduncle 3ft. long; flower bracts lanceolate, acuminate, very
woolly, whitish-brown on the back; sepals obtuse, much imbri-
cated; petals oblong-obovate, the blade jin. broad. October.
7. sixty to 100 in a dense rosette, ensiform, 2ft. to 24ft. long,
lin. broad low down, tapering to a long point, green above,
white below, beset with distant, ascending spines. Trunk 2ft.
to 3ft. high, forked at the top, hidden by old, dead, reflexed
leaves. This plant flowered for the first time at Kew in 1888.

P. Roezli (Roezl’s). A synonym of Pitcairnia megastachya.

P. Thomasiana (Thomas's). A_ tall-growing species with
bluish-green flowers. South-west Colombia, 1899. (B. H. 18995

p. 452.)
P, virescens is a synonym of Caraguata virescens.
P. Whytei (Whyte’s). A synonym of Pitcairnia coerulea.

PYCNANTHEMUM (from pyknos, dense, and
anthemon, a blossom; in allusion to the dense inflo-
rescence). Mountain Mint. Syns. Brachystemum, Koellia,
Tullia. ORD. Composite. A genus embracing about
seventeen species of mostly hardy, erect perennials, with
a pungent, Mint-like flavour, confined to North America,
and allied to Origanwm. Flowers whitish or purplish,
the lips of the corolla mostly dotted with purple; whorls
many-flowered, dense, crowded with bracts, usually
forming terminal heads or close cymes. Stems often
corymbosely branched aboye. Only two species have been
introduced. For culture, see Perennials.

P. lanceolatum (lanceolate). #. in small, numerous, capitate
clusters, villous-canescent ; bracts ovate. Summer. J. lanceolate
or almost linear, nearly sessile, entire, very numerous, obtuse at
base. Stem somewhat pubescent.

P. muticum (curtailed). jl. white, in very dense clusters at
the ends of the branches and in the uppermost axils. Summer
and autumn. /. ovate, broadly ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate,
rather rigid, acute, mostly sessile and minutely toothed.
h. lft. to 2sft. 1897. Plant minutely hoary, pleasantly
aromatic. Syn. P. piloswm.

P. pilosum (pilose). A synonym of P. muticum.
PYRALIDINA. See Moths.

PYRETHRUM. To the species and _ varieties
ceverped on p. 257, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

P. Decaisneanum (Decaisne’s). jl.-heads pale yellow, radiate,
larger than those of C. marginatwm. Autumn. J. obovate,
pinnatifid. hk. 1ft. to 1sft. Japan, 1887. Syn. Chrysanthemum
Decaisneanum.

“Pp. diversifolium (variable-leaved), A synonym of Brachycome
diversifolia.

P. marginatum (margined). /l.-heads deep yellow, small,
disposed in rounded corymbs. Autumn. J/. cuneate-oblong,
pinnatitid in the upper third, tomentose beneath and on the
edge. Stems tomentose. Japan, 1887. Syn. Chrysanthemum
marginatum.

P. Mawii (Maw’s). /l.-heads lin. to 14in. across, on rather long
peduncles; rays about twenty, white, rose-coloured at back,
broadly linear-oblong, three-toothed. August. J. scattered,
about lin. long, triangular to oblong, pinnatifid. Branches 1ft.
to 14ft. high. Rootstock woody. Greater Atlas, 1871. (B. M.
5997.)

P. multifidum (much-cleft). .-heads white, long-pedicellate,
resembling Marguerites ; corymb large, very many-flowered.
Summer. J. petiolate, pinnatifid, finely cut. h. 1sft. to 2ft.
Orient. A branched, tufted, whitish-pubescent, hardy perennial,
(R. H. 1896, p. 449, f. 152-3.)

P. parthenifolium aureum selaginoides (Selaginella-
like). JZ. flat, shallowly lobed, so cut as to resemble a sprig of
Selaginella, of a bright yellowish-green. 1882.

P. p. glaucum (glaucous). This variety differs from the type
in having glaucous leaves. 1895.

P. Starckianum (Starck’s). jl.-heads white, large. /. deeply
cut. h. lft. Caucasus, 1697. A greyish-tomentose alpine.

Varieties. The beautiful varieties, both single and
double, which florists have of recent years evolved, are
superior to the species. They are amongst the finest of
hardy perennials, and will flower a second time if eut
down, say after the first display is over in June. They
like a well-trenched, loamy soil, and plenty of water
during dry seasons. A selection of the two sections is
given below:

Single Pyrethrums. AGNES Mary KELWay, APOLLYON,
Ascot, BEATRICE KELWAY, CASSIOPE, CLEMENCE, COMET
DECOY, FIREFLY, GENERAL FRENCH, JAMES KELWayY, KLEI
HOLTZ, MARY ANDERSON, MERRY HAMPTON, MR. SANT
OLIVER TWIST, PETER BARR, PRINCESS CHARLOTTE, PRIN 5
MARIE, PRINCESS OF WALES, QUEEN OF THE MARKET, ROSETTA,
YELLOWSTONE.

Double Pyrethrums. ALFRED, ALFRED HENDERSON,
ANEMON®FLORA, APHRODITE, CARL VOGT, EMPRESS QUE
FIGARO, FLORENTINE, KiNG Oscar, LADY KILDARE, LEONARD
KEtWAy, Lorp ROSEBERY, MAGICIAN, METEOR, MILTON,
ORMONDE, PERICLES, PRIMROSE, QUEEN SOPHIA, SHOTOVER,
SOLFATERRE, WILSON BARRETT.

PYROLA. P. wnijlora is a synonym of Moneses
grandiflora.

PYROSTRIA. A synonym of Timonius (which
see).

PYRULARIA. P. pubera is the correct name of

P. oleifera.

628

PYRUS. Including Micromeles. To the species and
varieties described on pp. 258-62, Vol. III., the following
should be added :

P. Achras (Achras). A form of P. communis.

P. alnifolia (Alder-leaved). jl. in_a long-pedunculate corymb.
fr. ovate, 4in. long. 7. 2in. to Jin. long, ovate, acuminate,
rounded at base, doubly serrated, glabrous, coriaceous, pale
beneath; petioles rather thick, channelled, tomentose.
Branches erecto-patent ; branchlets short. Japan, 1892. (R. G.
June, 1892, pp. 282-4, f. 61-2.) SyNns. Micromeles alnifolia, Sorbus
alnifolius.

P. amygdaliformis (Almond-like). l. white, corymbose ;
petals obovate, hairy to the claw. May and June. fr. globose,
usually crowned by the calyx. 2. oblong or linear-elliptic,
obtuse, cuneate at base, often obsoletely crenulate, floccose-
pubescent beneath when young. Branches spiny ; buds pubes-
cent. h. 15ft. South Europe, 1810. This is sometimes classed
as a variety of P. nivalis, It is also known as P. parviflora.

P. Aria Bee ee (yellow-leaved). A garden form with
yellow leaves. 1891,

P. A. discolor (discoloured). A small tree. 1891.

P. A. intermedia (intermediate). A synonym of P. A. scan-
dica.

P. Aucuparia. Rantry; Rhoddon, Roan, or Roddon Tree.
The following additional varieties may be noted:

P. A. atropurpurea (dark purple). jl. produced in large
corymbs. j7. very dark red, very large. 1889.

P. A. foliis-aureis (golden-leaved).* 2., leaflets rather thick,
tomentose, marked with yellow, which deepens with age.
1886. An ornamental, garden variety.

P. A. rossica fructudulei (Russian, sweet-fruited).
of the Mountain Ash with sweet fruits. Russia, 1896.

P. Bollwylleriana. P. auricularis is the correct name.
P. cardinalis (cardinal-red).* /l. of a clear cardinal-red, thickly

produced, very large and of good substance. 1893. A garden
form.

P. Conwentzii (Conwentzi’s). A hybrid of which P. Aria is
one of the parents. Pomerania, 1899.

P. coronaria flore-pleno (double-flowered). This is a double-
flowered form of the typical P. coronaria; but its introduction
was announced in 1893 under the name of P. angustifolia flore-
pleno.

P. cratzgifolia (Hawthorn-leaved).* . white, showy, disposed
in terminal corymbs; calyx campanulate; petals orbicular.
fr. ved, elliptic. /. ovate, acute, lobulate, pubescent, resembling
those of P. torminalis in outline, but thinner. Northern
Ttaly. Bush or small tree. (B. M. 7423.)

P. crenata (crenate), of Lindley. A synonym of P. vestita.
P. Cydonia (Cydonia), See Cydonia vulgaris.
P. discolor (two-coloured), A form of P. Aria.

P. fennica. According to the ‘Index Kewensis,” P. pinnatifida
is the correct name.

P. floribunda Halliana (Hall’s). This is a variety with
semi-double flowers ; it is also known in gardens as P. Park-
mann.

P. f. Scheideckeri (Scheidecker’s). 1. pink, flushed with rose,
produced in great abundance all along the growths. 1896.

P. germanica (German). See Mespilus germanica,.
P. Halliana (Hall's). A variety of P. floribunda.

P. heterophylla (variable-leaved). JU. very variable, some
smooth on the margin, some slit and almost filiform, but the
majority almost intermediate between these two extremes.
High mountains of Eastern Turkestan, 1890. (G. C. 1890, vii.,
p. 115, f. 18.)

P. intermedia (intermediate). Swiss Beam-tree.
racemosely corymbose; petals flat, spreading; corymbs flat.
May. J. ovate, incised-lobed, toothed, appressedly white-
tomentose beneath. h. 40ft. Europe, 1789. Allied to P. Aria.
There are two varieties, angustifolia (narrow-leayed) and
latifolia (broad-leaved).

P. japonica Moerlezii is described under Cydonia.

P. Kaido (Kaido). A form of P. spectabilis.

P. Malus armenizfolia (Apricot-leaved). Z. tomentose,
resembling those of a Plum rather than those of an Apricot.
A variety of Oriental origin. SyNs. Malus armenicefolia,
M. dasyphylla.

P. M. aurea (golden). J. yellow with the exception of a
green patch in the centre. 1890. (R. G., t. 1425.)

P. M. austera (austere). A synonym of P. M. acerba.

P. M. fiore-pleno (double-flowered). fl. at first pale rose,
afterwards almost white, semi-double. Syn. Malus Reevesii.

P.M. John Downie. A very hardy free-flowering variety,
producing large clusters of oval fruit of a brilliant red on the

exposed side, and soft yellow on the shaded side. One of
the best and most ornamental sorts,

A form

jl. white,

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pyrus—continued.

P. M. paradisiaca. Paradise Apple. /. pinkish-white, with
a cottony calyx. April and May. (fr. small, spherical, insipid.
i. acuminate, very cottony when” young, eventually glabrous
above and pubescent beneath. A. 15ft. to 18ft. Central
Russia.

P. Medwietzkyana (Medwietzky’s), All parts of this tree,
with the exception of the old leaves, are red, even the bark
and wood. ‘The pulp of the fruit, which has a fine flavour.
is of a dark rosy colour. Siberia, &c., 1891.

P. melanocarpa (dark-fruited). A form of P. arbutifolia
P. microcarpa (small-fruited). A form of P. americana.
P. nepalensis (Nepaul).

P. nivalis salvifolia (Sage-leaved).
P. salvifolia.

P. occidentalis (Western). An alpine Mountain Ash, recently
introduced to American gardens. Washington, Oregon, «&c.
(G. & F. 1897, p. 86, f. 11.)

P. Parkmanni (Parkmann’s).
Halliana.

P. parviflora (small-flowered).
Sormis.

A synonym of P. vestita.
The correct name of

A synonym of P. floribunda
A synonym of P. amygdali-

P. Pashia (Pashia). . white and pink, lin. across ; inflorescence
very variable, usually corymbose with a very short peduncle and
woolly, sometimes:-fascicled or umbellate. May. Jl. ovate or
ovate-lanceolate, 2in. to 4in. long, acuminate, sometimes caudate,
serrulated and three-lobed ste young, glabrous when old.
Temperate Himalaya, 1825. Tree. Syn. P. variolosa,

P. prunifolia pendula (pendulous). A weeping variety of
the Siberian Crab.

P. Pyraster (Pyraster). A form of P. communis.

P. Ringo is now regarded as a species and not as a variety
of P. Toringo.

P. salicifolia (Willow-leaved). 1. white, shortly pedicellate,
disposed in few-flowered corymbs. May and June. /7r.
turbinate-globose. JZ. linear-lanceolate, acute, quite entire,
very shortly petiolate, silvery-tomentose beneath. Branches
spiny ; buds white-tomentose. h. 20ft. Russia, &c., 1780.

P. sikkimensis (Sikkim). #. pale pink, in many-flowered
corymbs at the tips of the long peduncles; petals orbicular,
velvety. jr. dark red, with white spots, obconical-pyriform,
“very good stewed.” Jd. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, toothed,
tomentose beneath. Sikkim Himalaya, Allied to P. baccata.
(B. M. 7430.)

P. sinaica (Mount Sinai). jl. corymbose. jr. sub-globose. May.
1, ovate-oblong, very minutely crenulate, sub-acute, glabrous
above, whitish-pubescent beneath, tardily deciduous. Mount
Sinai. Plant much-branched, diffuse; allied to P. amygdali-
Sormis.

P. Sorbus is the correct name of P. domestica.

P. spectabilis magnifica (magnificent). A perfectly hardy
variety, bearing fine bold trusses of lovely, deep rosy-pink
blossoms. An improvement on P. spectabilis.

P. spuria (spurious). 7. pinnate; leaflets ovate, crenate, hairy
beneath, the terminal one larger; petioles glandular. h. 20ft.
Origin unknown; a supposed hybrid between P. Aucuparia
and P. arbutifolia.

P. thianschanica (Thianschan). A tree or small shrub,
very similar to P. Aucuparia, but having the buds tomentose
and the young leaves villous. Central Asia, 1890.

P. tomentosa (downy). #. white. May and June. 1. ovate-
lanceolate, slightly _crenulate, shortly petiolate, white-
tomentése beneath. Branchlets tomentose. /. 20ft. Siberia,
1810.

P. Tschonoskii (Tschonosky’s). jr. yellow, solitary or in
groups of two or three, obovate, Ijin. long. Jl. ovate,
acuminate, dark green. h. 30ft. Japan, 1894. This is the
indigenous Pear-tree of Japan, where P. sinensis, a common
cultivated fruit tree in all parts of the empire, has
occasionally become naturalised. (G. & F. 1894, p, 54, f. 9.)

P. ussuriensis is a form of P. sinensis.
P. variolosa (somewhat variable). A synonym of P. Pashia.

P. vestita (clothed). Himalayan Beam-tree. /. white, in
umbelliform corymbs, with a downy rachis. May and June.
7. oblong-lanceolate or elliptic-acuminate, most densely woolly
beneath and on both surfaces when young. Ah. 10ft. to 18ft.
Temperate Himalayas. A pyramidal tree. Sywns. P. crenata,
of Lindley (B. R. 1655), P. nepalensis.

=o Tere DE BARYANUM. ‘See Damping

PYTHONIUM, A synonym of Thomsonia (which

see).

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C: 629

QUADRIALA. A synonym of Buckleya (which
see).

QUENOUILLE. A form of frnit tree usually trained
against a wall, and having a central stem, with the
branches trained from it on each side in horizontal tiers,
the lowest being the longest. The tree thus forms a
perfect pyramid form. Fortunately this shape is seldom
seen now; it has little to recommend it, as there is
a great loss of wall space between the upper parts of the
trees, while the natural tendency of such trees is to
make strong growth at the top, which must frequently
be checked by root-pruning.

QUERCUS. To the species and varieties described
on pp. 263-6, Vol. III., the following should be added.
Most of the common names are those used in North
America.

Q. acroglandis (sharp-glanded). A synonym of Q. agrifolia.
Q. acuminata (taper-pointed). A variety of Q. Prinus.

Q. alnifolia (Alnus-leaved), Golden Oak. l. rare. f7., cup
hemispherical, velvety-scaly, in. long; nut jin. to lin. long,
obovoid-oblong. J. oval or roundish, lin. to 14in. long, entire
or shortly toothed to the middle, shining above, densely golden-
tomentose beneath. Cyprus, 1880. An evergreen, arborescent
Sas, hardy only in very favoured localities. (Gn. 1880, xviii.,
p. 486.)

Q. americana aurea (golden). A synonym of Q. rubra aurea.

Q. a. splendens (American, splendid).* 7. beautifully tinted
with bronze and red. A graceful, garden variety.

Q. angustifolia (marrow-leaved). A garden synonym of
Q. acuta.

Q. apennina (Apennine). fl. borne on a pedunéle 24in. to 4in.
long. /. ovate, obtusely lobed, shortly petiolate, pubescent and
rather cottony beneath, not falling till the end of the winter.
Italy and Central France. Some authorities consider this to
be a variety of Q. Toza, but the ‘Index Kewensis” refers it
to Q@. Robur. There is a golden-leaved form, aurea. 1885.

Q. apennina (of gardens). A synonym of Q. Cerris.

Q. aquatica. The Kew Hand-list places this as a synonym of
Q. nigra: according to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,” it is a distinct
species. :

Q, a. nana (dwarf). A garden synonym of Q. heterophylla.

Q. arcoglandis. A misprint for Q. acroglandis.

Q. austriaca sempervirens is synonymous with Q. Turneri.

Q. Ballota* is classed by some botanists as a variety of Q. Ilex;
but it is distinct enough for specitic rank.

Q. bambuszfolia. According to the Kew Hand-list, this is
a form of Q. acuta. The ‘‘ Index Kewensis” accords it specitic
rank.

Q. Brantii (Brant’s). fr. solitary; cup lfin. long, prevish:
velvety, hemispherical ; nut slightly exceeding the cup. J. ovate
oer oblong from an often cordate base, more or less crenate-
toothed, pubescent beneath, Jin. to 4in. long, l4in. to 2in.
broad; young ones dentate-serrated; petioles four, to seven
lines long. Kurdistan,

Q. californica (Californian), A synonym of Q. Kelloggii.

Q. castanezfolia (Sweet Chestnut-leaved).* jl. solitary or
ternate on short peduncles. jr. solitary or twin; cup hemi-
spherical, silky-scaly, Zin. broad; nut glabrescent, ljin. long.

«1. petiolate, din. to 6in. long, oblong or oblong-lanceolate,
rounded or cordate at base, sparsely pilose above, pale or
whitish-green and more pilose beneath, deeply and irregularly
toothed. Branchlets and petioles minutely velvety. A. 60ft.
Asia Minor, &c., 1846. A handsome, deciduous species.

Q. Cerris. Other varieties are argentea variegata, cana major,
c. minor, laciniata, and longifolia nova.

Q. chrysolepis (golden-scaled). Californian Live Oak; Maul
Oak. jl., catkins 2in. to Jin. long, slender. May and June.
Jr. usually solitary, sessile or short-stalked ; cup hemispheric
or turbinate; nut light chestnut-brown, oval or ovate, sin. to
2in. long. /. oblong-ovate to elliptical, lin. to 4in. long, 4in. to
2in. broad, cordate, rounded, or cuneate at base, acute or
cuspidate at apex, entire on old trees, often toothed or
sinuate-toothed on young ones, glabrous above, fulvous-
tomentose and ultimately Dluish-white beneath ; petioles rarely
Berens: h. 40ft. to S0ft. California, &c. Evergreen. Rather
tender.

Q@. coccinea. Of the several garden varieties may be
mentioned: macrophylla (large-leaved) and pendula (drooping).
Q. tinctoria (which has been classed hereunder as a variety) is
synonymous with Q. velutina.

Q. crispula (slightly crisped). 72 almost sessile, elliptic- or
obovate-oblong, obtuse or sub-cordate at base, acutely,
deeply, and unequally serrate-lobed, 2in. to Tin. long, in.
to 3sin, broad, slightly pilose when young; lobes ovate,
acute, slightly toothed. Japan. Evergreen. There is a
variety groxseserrata (deeply serrated).

Quercus—continued.

Q. cuneata (wedge-shaped). According to the Kew Hand-list,
this is the correct name of Q. falcata; the ‘‘ Index Kewensis”
keeps up the latter name.

Q. cyclophylla (round-leaved). A synonym of Q. Baillota.
Q. Daimyo (native name). A synonym of Q. dentata.

Q. dentata (toothed).* ”. in dense catkins l4in. or more in
length. J. sub-sessile, 3in. to 10in. or more in length, 2in. to
6in. broad, obovate or oboyate-oblong, obtuse at both ends,
lobed or crenate in a great variety of ways, stellate-pilose
when young, glabrous above when old; petioles tin. long;
stipules jin. long. Japan. A very fine, deciduous species, of
free growth. Syn. Q. Daimyo.

Q. d. pinnatifida (pinnatifid). 7. pinnatisect, attaining about
lft, in length. 1888.

Q. discolor (two-coloured). A synonym of Q. velutina.

Q. Douglasii (Douglas’s). Blue Oak; Mountain White Oak.
ji., catkins hairy; females in short, hairy spikes, February
to April. fr. sessile or short-stalked, solitary or twin, very
abundant; cup thin and shallow, green; nut broadly ovate,
acute, jin. to lin. long. J. oblong, lobed, spinescent, or entire,
bluish-green and pubescent, 2in. to Sin. long, very variable in
shape; petioles stout, jin. to sin. long. h. 5Oft. to 9O0ft.
California, Deciduous.

Q. echinacea (prickly), A synonym of Q. densiflora.

Q. Farnetto is the name adopted by the “Index Kewensis”
for Q. conferta, but the Kew Hand-list keeps up the latter
name. ‘

Q. fastigiata (pyramidal). A variety of Q. pedunculata.

Q. ferruginea is, according to the Kew Hand-list, a synonym
of Q. marilandica.

Q. Fontanesii (Fontanes’). A synonym of Q. Pseudo-suber.

Q. Gambellii (Gambell’s). White or Shin Oak. f., catkins
slender, hairy; females bright red. May and June, jy. sessile
or stalked; cup enclosing one-third of the nut, which is
usually ovate, rusty-pubescent, din. to lin. long. 7. broadly
obovate to oblong-lanceolate, din, to Sin. long, yellowish and
pubescent below, variously lobed or pinnatifid, turning scarlet
or orange in the autumn, the lobes entire, emarginate, or
lobed; petioles persistent. kh. 3Sft. to 20ft. (according to
locality). Colorado, &e.

Q. Garryana (Garry’s). White Oak. jl., catkins hairy.
fr. sessile or shortly stalked; cup cup-shaped or turbinate;
nut ovate or slightly obovate, lin. to lin. long, sweet.
1. obovate or oblong, cuneate or rounded at base, coarsely
pinnatifid-lobed, thick and firm, 4in. to 6in. long; lobes seven
to nine, the terminal one sometimes three-lobed; petioles
stout, pubescent, 4in. to nearly lin. long. hk. SOft. to 100ft. (in
exposed places reduced to a shrub). North-west America.

Q@. georgiana (Georgian). fr. abundant, shortly pedunculate ;
cup smooth and shining, saucer-shaped, enclosing one-third of
the ovate-globose nut, which is 4in. long. J. din. to 4in. long,
smooth, somewhat obovate, cuneate at base, with deep or
shallow open sinuses, and three to five triangular-lanceolate,
entire, acute or obtuse lobes, turning scarlet in autumn. A, 6ft.
to 8ft. Georgia, 1888. A low, spreading bush.

Q. glandulifera (of Masters). A synonym of Q. Turneri.

Q. heterophylla (variable-leaved). Bartram’s Oak. /1.,
catkins hairy, 2in. to 3in. long. May. /r. sessile or short-
stalked, sparingly produced; cup light reddish-brown,
enclosing half the nut, which is 4in. long, light yellow or
reddish-brown. i. lanceolate or oblong-obovate, entire,
sinuately spinulose-toothed, coarsely serrated, or with entire,
bristle- pointed lobes. kh. 30ft. to 40ft. United States.
Deciduous. SYNS. Q. aquatica nana (of gardens), Q. Phellos-
velutina.

Q. hispanica (Spanish). A synonym of Q. Pseudo-suber,

Q. hungarica (Hungarian). A synonym of Q. conferta.

Q. Ilex. Other varieties are diversifolia (variable-leaved),
Genabii, macrophylla (large-leaved), rotundifolia (round-leaved),
Smilax, and undulata (wavy-leaved).

Q. I. Ballota. See Q. Ballota.

Q. imbricaria-palustris (hybrid). A hybrid between the
species indicated in the name is grown in the Kew Arboretum.

Q. Kelloggii (Kellogg's). #., catkins hairy, 4in. to 5in. long.
April and May. fr. stoutly pedunculate, solitary or clustered ;
cup light brown, cup-shaped ; nut oblong to obovate, lin. to 14in.
long. 2. oblong or obovate, Sin. to 6in. long, glabrous or
pubescent below, pinnatifid-lobed, the lohes tapering and
acute or broad and obovate, repand-toothed or entire, turning
yellow or brown in autumn; petioles slender, lin. to 2in.
long. A. (in favourable situations) 100ft. Oregon and California.
SNS. Q. californica, Q. nigra Barroni.

Q. kermesina (crimson). A garden synonym of Q. coccifera.

Q@. lanceolata (lanceolate). fr. often twin, sub-sessile or
shortly pedunculate; cup 4in. long, reflexed-scaly; nut half-
exserted. J. elliptic-lanceolate, acute or obtuse at base,
bristly-acuminate to obtuse at apex, entire or toothed,

630

Quercus—contin ued.

scarcely persistent. Mexico (where it attains: 30ft. to 50ft.).
A rather tender tree, only assuming the dimensions of a
shrub in our Southern districts.

Q. lanuginosa (woolly). /. not large, sometimes sub-sinuate,
sometimes pinnate or pinnatifid, above sparsely pilose, at
length glabrous, pale-tomentose beneath; petioles fin. to }in.
long. Europe and Western Asia. Deciduous. Formerly
classed as a form of Q. Robur, to which it is related.

Q. laurifolia (Laurel-leaved).* Water Oak. /., catkins 2in.
to 3in. long. March and April. fr. sessile or sub-sessile,
generally solitary ; cup saucer-shaped, reddish-brown, hairy-
pubescent; nut sin. long, nearly ovoid. 7. oblong-oval or
oblong-obovate, sometimes faleate, narrowed and acute or
rarely rounded at base, acute or bristly at apex, entire,
usually 3in. to 4in. long and jin. broad, changing to yellow
in autumn; those on vigorous branches sometimes unequally
lobed; petioles jin. long. hk. sometimes 100ft. North
America, 1786.

Q. Leana. Lea’s Oak. By its characters and by the foliage
of the second generation, Dr. Asa Gray considers that this
is pretty clearly a hybrid between Q. imbricaria and Q. coccinea
tinctoria. North America. Deciduous.

Q. lobata (lobed). Valley Oak. J., catkins hairy, 2in. to Sin.
long. April. jr. solitary or in pairs, sessile or sub-sessile ;
cup iin. to nearly lin. long, pale-tomentose; nut conical,
ljin. to 2{in. long, with a thick umbo at apex. J. thin but
firm, 24in. to 4in. long, oblong or obovate, deeply lobed, pale
and pubescent beneath; lobes seven to eleven, the terminal
one somewhat three-lobed; petioles broad, hairy, jin. to sin.
long. h. sometimes 100ft. California. Deciduous.

Q. lusitanica (Portuguese). jr. sessile or shortly pedunculate,
solitary or few; nut twice to four times exceeding the
greyish-velvety cup. J. sometimes persistent, oboyate-oblong
or obovate, very variably toothed or lobed. hk. 40ft. Medi-
terranean region, 1824. A very polymorphous, rather tender
species.

Q. 1. Boissieri (Boissier’s).
Sant td and deeply crenate-serrate, the lobes
sub-acute ; petioles jin. to sin. long.

Q. 1. petiolaris (prominently-petiolate). J.
toothed or entire; petioles 4in. to lin. long.

Q. macedonica (Macedonian). fr. large, sessile, solitary or
in twos and threes; cup hemispherical, pubescent; nut
included or shortly exserted, edible. 2. 2in. to din. long,
somewhat coriaceous, glabrous, rounded or truncate-sub-
cordate at base, denticulate or crenate-repand ; petioles very
short. Orient, 1892. Deciduous.

Q@. marilandica (Maryland). Black Jack; Jack Oak.
ji., catkins hairy, 2in. to 4in. long. May. Jr. solitary or in
pairs, usually on stout stalks; cup enclosing one-third to
two-thirds of the nut, which is oblong, light yellowish-brown,
about fin. Jong. 2. 3in. to 8in. long, 2in. to 8in. broad,
broadly obovate, dilated and often three- or rarely five-
lobed at apex, rusty-pubescent below, turning brown or
yellow in autumn; petioles stout, yellow, sin. to Zin. long.
h. 20ft. to 50ft. United States. Syn. Q. ferruginea.

Q. Michauxii (Michaux’).* Basket Oak; Cow Oak. _jl., catkins
slender, hairy, 3in. to 4in. long. May. /r. solitary or in
pairs, sessile or nearly so, stout-stalked ; cup hoary-tomentose,
enclosing one-third of the nut, which is bright brown, sweet,
lin. to ljin. long. JU. 6in. to 8in. long, broadly obovate or
oblong-obovate, cuneate or rounded at the broad or narrow

1. oblong, rarely entire, often
obtuse or

usually few-

base, undulate-lobed, tomentose or pubescent and often
silvery-white beneath, turning rich crimson in autumn;
petioles tin. to lsin. long. A. sometimes 100ft. Southern

United States.

Q. minor (lesser). A synonym of Q. stellata.

Q. Mirbeckii (Mirbeck’s). 7. rarely acute at base, usually
obovate or elliptic, obtuse or acute, often Sin. long and 1jin.
to 2in. broad, crenate or toothed. This is usually regarded
as a variety of Q. lusitanica, SYN. Q. Sang.

Q. nigra Barroni (Barron's). A synonym of Q. Kelloggii.

Q. palustris Reichenbachi (Reichenbach’s). In this variety
the leaves are red from their first opening. 1896.

Q. pedunculata argenteo-variegata (silver, variegated).
A pretty variegated variety of the type.
Q. p. asplenifolia (Asplenium-leaved).

P. pedunculata filicifolia.

Q. p. atropurpurea (dark purple).
purascens.

Q. p. comptonizfolia (Comptonia-leaved). J. cleft into
numerous short divisions. It is also known in gardens as
Fennesii.

Q. p. Doumeti (Doumet’s).

A synonym of

A synonym of Q. p. pur-

7. cut to the midrib into elongated

lobes, more or less undulated and twisted. 1894. (R. H.
1894, f. 3.)
Q@. p. elegantissima (most elegant), A synonym of

Q. p. variegata.
Q. p. Fennesii (Fennes’). A synonym of Q. p. comptonicefolia,

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Quercus—continued.

Q. p. foliis-aureis (golden-leaved).
cordia.

Q@. p. nigra (black).
pruinose.

Q. p. pectinata (comb-like).* 7. deeply cut, graceful, light and
elegant. Also known as pinnata.

Q. p. pinnata (pinnate). A synonym of Q. p. pectinata.

Q. p. pubescens (downy). 7. more or less pubescent beneath.
Branches velvety. France.

Qa. P. salicifolia (Willow-leaved). 7. elongated, lanceolate,
entire.

Q. p. scolopendrifolia (Scolopendrium-leaved).
the fronds of a tiny Hartstongue Fern.

a. P. umbraculifera (umbrella-bearing). A variety of broadly
globose habit, raised from acorns of Q. p. fastigiata. 1896.
Q. Phellos-velutina (hybrid). A synonym of Q. heterophylla.
Q. phillyrzoides (Phillyra-like). jr., cup whitish-tomentose,
saucer-shaped, much shorter than the nut. J. elliptic or
obovate-oblong, l4in. long, obtuse at base, entire or serrated
towards the apex, coriaceous; nerves and petioles fuivous-
velvety. Branches secund. Japan. Evergreen. SYN. Q. rotunda

(of gardens).

Q. platanoides (Platanus-like). A synonym of Q. bicolor.

Q. pontica (Pontic). ., catkins borne below the leaves, long,
pendulous. jr. small; nut sub-globose, twice as long as the
scaly cup. J. 5in. to 6in. long, elliptic, coarsely toothed,
glabrous above, paler beneath. Branchlets highly glabrous.
Pontic Mountains, Asia Minor, 1891. A deciduous, dwarf
shrub or tree. (R. G. 1891, p. 509, f. 95.)

Q@. prinoides (Prinus-like). Chinquapin Oak. j., catkins
hairy, 1jin. to 2sin. long. May. jr. sessile or short-stalked,
profusely borne ; cup hoary-tomentose, enclosing half to two-
thirds of the sweet, chestnut-brown nut, which is 4in. to jin.
long. J. 3in. to 6in. long, usually obovate-oblong, cuneate at
base, undulate-toothed, softly pubescent and often silvery-
white below, turning bright orange and scarlet in autumn;
petioles stout, {in. to Zin. long. United States.

Q. Prinus acuminata (taper-pointed). Yellow Chestnut Oak.
Jr., cup hemispherical, thin, of small, appressed scales; nut
seven to nine lines long. /. Chestnut-like, slender-petiolate,
often oblong or even lanceolate, usually acute or pointed,
obtuse or rounded at base, sharply toothed. North America,
1822. A medium-sized tree.

Q. pseudo-coccifera (False Kermes Oak). r., cup hemi-
spherical; nut ovoid, often jin. to lin. long. 2. oval or
elliptic, acute, spiny-toothed, cordate at base, very shortly
petiolate, glabrous above, larger than those of Q. coccifera (to
which this species is closely allied). A. 15ft. to 18ft. Central
and South Europe. According to C.S. Sargent, this evergreen
species is the most abundant tree of Syria. To it belongs the
famous Oak of Mamre, known as David's Oak. (G. & F. ii.,
p. 602, f. 153.)

Q. pumila (dwarf). Running Oak. 7, catkins villous, 2in. to
3in. long. April. jr. sessile or nearly so, usually solitary ; cup
red-brown-scaly, saucer- or cup-shaped; nut sub-globose, dark
chestnut-brown, about sin. long. J, lin. to 4in. long, oblong,
elliptic, lanceolate, or oblong-obovate, usually entire, coated
below with pale pubescence, fatiing in the spring; petioles
rarely din. long. A. 10ft. to 12ft. North California, &c. A
shrub, spreading by underground stolons and forming huge
thickets in its native places.

Q. rotunda (round). A garden name for Q. phillyreoides. ‘

Q. rubra. There are two varieties—aurea (golden-leaved) and
pendula (drooping).

Q. Sang (Sang). A synonym of Q. Mirbeckii.

Q. Schochiana (Schoch’s). A hybrid between Q. Phellos and
Q. palustris. 1892.

Q. sclerophylia is identical with Q. Turneri.

Q. serrata. Of this species there is a drooping variety,
pendula.

Q. sessilifiora. The following forms are in cultivation,
though some are rare: afghanistensis, alnoides (Alder-leaved),
Devoniana, dschorochensis, falconbergensis, tberica, laciniata
(deeply cut), mespilifolia (with pretty, narrow, Willow-like
leaves; should be grown in a moist soil), pendula (drooping),
and variegata (variegated). The, form cueullata is identical
with cochleata.

Q. Tauzin. A synonym of Q. Toza.

Q. texana (Texan). Red Oak. 7., catkins slightly pubescent,
Zin. to 3in. long. May. Jr. sessile or short-stalked, usually
solitary ; cup light-brown-scaly, tomentose ; nut oval, abruptly
narrowed and rounded at base, light brown, sometimes
striated, sin. to liin. long. J. 2sin. to 6in. long, obovate, trun-
cate or cuneate at base, deeply pinnatifid-lobed with broad,
rounded sinuses, the lobes sinuate-toothed at the usually broad
apex, usually turning dark vinous-red in autumn; petioles
reddish, lin. to 2in. long. United States. (G, & F. 1894,
p. 514, f. 81-2.)

A synonym of Q. p. Con-

1. blackish or wine-red, glaucous and

4. resembling

—

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Quercus—continued.

Q. tinctoria. The correct name is Q. velutina.

Q. Toumeyi (J. W. Toumey’s). Jr. sessile, solitary or twin; cup
shallow; nut oval or acute, 4in. to Zin. long. J. thin but firm,
light bluish-green, 4in. to jin. long, ovate or ovate-oblong,
entire or remotely spinose-toothed, puberulous beneath, pro-
bably falling with the new growth in spring; petioles stout,

vein. long. h. 25ft. to 30ft. Arizona, 1894. (G. & F. 1895,
Viii., p. 92, f. 13, 14.)

Q. Turneri (Turmer’s). jl. bore on_ short peduncles.
fr. clustered, ripening the first year; cup hemispherical,

densely covered with small, obtuse, ciliolate scales; nut
ellipsoid, acute, rather more than twice the length of the cup.
1. oblong, obtuse, distantly toothed. A pyramidal, evergreen
tree, of garden origin—perhaps a hybrid between Q. Ilex and
Q. pedunculata or Q. Cerris. SYNS. Q. austriaca sempervirens,
Q. glandulifera, of Masters (G. C. 1880, xiv., pp. 714-5, f. 134),
Q. sclerophylla.

Q. undulata (wavy). Scrub or Shin Oak. #., catkins tomen-
tose, lin. to 2in. long. jr. solitary or twin, on stout stalks;
cup hoary-tomentose; nut oval, jin. to lin. long. J. lin. to
3in. long, oblong, sinuate-toothed, entire, pinnatifid, lobed, or
spiny, bluish-green, pubescent; petioles stout, din. to nearly
lin. long. a 2it. to 25ft. Western North America.
Deciduous.

Q. velutina (velvety).
Syn. Q. discolor.

Q. Wislizeni (Wislizen’s). #., catkins hairy, 3in. to 4in. long.
Early spring. jr. sessile, short-stalked, or occasionally spicate ;
cup shallow or tubular and lin. deep; nut slender, Zin_ to
l}in. long, light chestnut-brown, often striate. 7. sin. to Sin.
long, usually oblong-lanceolate, entire, serrated or sinuate-
toothed, dark green and lustrous, falling the second year;
petioles Jin. to lin. long. h. 70ft. to 80ft. California.

The following are also grown in botanical establishments :
Q. Dalechampii, Q. infectoria, Q. macrantha, Q. mongolica,
and Q. variabilis.

QUESNELIA. Syy. Lievena. According to J. G.
Baker, about a dozen species, natives of Brazil and
Guiana, are now referred to this genus, which differs
from Billbergia in its usually spicate inflorescence,
shorter and less spreading petals, and alternate stamens
‘attached to the top of the claw of the petals. ‘To the
species described on p. 266, Vol. III., the following should
be added :

Q@. cayennensis (Cayenne). The correct name of Billbergia
Quesneliana (F. d. S. 1028; R. G. 1875, tt. 834, 836). Syn.
Q. rufa of E. Morren (B. H. 1882, p. 115, tt. 4-6).

Q. columbiana (Columbian). ., petals violet, twice as long
as the calyx; spike few-flowered, lax, simple, erect, 2in. to
3in. long; peduncle hidden by the connivent bases of the
leaves. March. J. about a dozen in a rosette, lorate, arcuate,
lift. to 2ft. long, lsin. to 2in. broad, brown at back, the
marginal prickles close and minute. Columbia, 1882. Syn.
Ronnbergia columbiana.

Q. Enderi (Ender's). 7., petals violet, twice as long as the
sepals ; = ip dense, oblong, few-flowered; bracts tinged with
red, the lower ones lft. long; peduncle slender, above lft.
long. J. eight to ten in a rosette, lorate, 2ft. long, 2in. broad,
rounded to a cusp at apex, the prickles hooked. South
Brazil. (R. G. 1888, p. 195, tt. 41-3.) SyNs. Billbergia Enderi
(R. G. 1217), Q. lateralis.

Q. lateralis (lateral). A synonym of Q. Enderi.

Q. princeps (chief), of gardens. A synonym of Q. rufa.

Q. roseo-marginata (rosy-margined). A synonym of Q. rufa.

Q. rufa (red). The correct name of Billbergia roseo-marginata.
Syns. Lievena princeps (R. G. 1024), Q. princeps (of gardens),
Q. roseo-marginata (B. H. 1881, p. 82, t. 4; R. H. 1880, p. 70),

Q. Skinneri (of gardens). @Q. rufa of E. Morren is synonymous
with Q. cayennensis.

Q. Skinneri (Skinner’s). A garden synonym of Q. rufa.

Q. strobilispica (cone-spiked). #1. in a dense, ovate-oblong
spike; sepals white-woolly, elliptic-oblong; petals at first
violet-rose, at length reddish-brown, oblong, erect, cucullate-
obtuse towards the apex; bracts elliptic-oblong, imbricated ;
scape red, white-woolly, one-third shorter than the leaves.
1. coriaceous, channelled, ligulate, acuminate, 2sft. to 3ft. long,
24in. broad, dark green and glabrous above, dark green with
silvery-lepidote horizontal zones beneath, the margins shortly
ce nama Brazil, 1885. Syn. Billbergia Glaziovit (R. G.

Q. Van Houtteana.* The correct name of the very beautiful
Q. Van Houttei.

Q. Wittmackiana (Wittmack’s). #., calyx red; petals blue;
raceme dense, few-flowered ; bracts very small ; peduncle much
shorter than the leaves. /. ensiform, rigid, nearly erect, 34ft.
to 4ft. long, lsin. broad, fasciated with white on the back, the
marginal teeth minute. Probably South Brazil, 1888. (R. G.
1888, t. 1281, f. 2.)

The correct name of Q. tinctoria.

eC. 63

QUICK. A popular name for Crategus
when employed for making a living hedge.

QUILLWORT. See Isoetes.

QUIN-. A Latin prefix meaning five.

QUINA, QUINO, cor QUINQUINA.
chona.

QUINCUNX. The planting of vegetables or frnit

trees in rows with the plant or tree midway between the
two plants in the next row, or, as gardeners term it,
“planting alternately,” is the old name employed to
distinguish this system of arranging the plants or trees.

QUININE. See also Remijia pedunculata.

QUIVISIA. Q. chilosantha is the correct name of
Turrea rigida.

Oxyacantha

See Cin-

RABBIT BERRY. See Shepherdia argentea.
RACEMULOSE. In small racemes;

small Raceme. G

RADISH. The following additions to the list of
varieties in Vol. III. are worth recording :

DEEP SCARLET OLIVE-SHAPED EXTRA EARLY (Vilmorin), one of
the earliest and best varieties in cultivation, coming into
use very quickly, and of mild flavour; a very short top, and
excellent for forcing. THE SUTTON, roots long; flesh
very white, tender, and good, and withstands drought well.
WHITE OLIVE-SHAPED EXTRA EARLY (Vilmorin), a splendid
variety, of mild and excellent flavour, and, like the Scarlet
Olive-shaped, is one of the earliest; excellent for forcing or
sowing outside.

RAFNIA includes Vascoa.

RAG. A gardener’s word for the core and membranes
in the Orange and allied fruits.

RAGS. Within recent years waste material from
cloth and Rags has been utilised to make a very
useful manure known as ‘‘Shoddy.”* The waste from
cloth factories, tailors’, and other places is ent up or
shredded into small pieces and sold at a cheap rate to
hop growers, fruit and vegetable farmers, and is applied
by them in various quantities per acre—abont 5Sewt.
is the usual quantity per acre—and the effect on some
land is very marked by the healthy growth of the crops,
especially where the ‘*Shoddy” has been put on heavy
land. Hops particularly seem to appreciate this manure.

RAGWORT, SEA. See Cineraria maritima.

RAILINGS. Iron fencing or Railing has practically
ousted the old post and rail oak fence. Yet, when well
put up, and the posts charred or tarred at the base
before they are bedded in the soil, the latter has much
to recommend it. It is strong, durable, rustic-looking,
and excellently adapted for keeping cattle out of planta-
tions, or to protect young fences of Quick, Holly, &c.,
until they are able to take care of themselves. For
dividing parks and similar open expanses, iron Railings
are preferable, as they are practically invisible in the
distance, and thus do not obstruct the view, as would
be the case with wooden Railings.

RAJANIA.

see).

RAMIFORM. Branch-like.
RAMONDIA ineludes Jankza. R. serbica Nathalix®

is a yariety having deeper and brighter coloured flowers
than the type.

RAMOON-TREE. See Trophis.
RAMTILLA. A synonym of Guizotia (which see).

RANDIA. Canthium chinense and C. coronatum are
synonymons with R. dumetorum.

RANTRY or ROWAN-TREE. See Pyrus Aucu-
paria.

RANUNCULUS. Asa florist’s flower the Ranunculus
has gone out of favonr. Occasionally, however, one finds
a bed of these, and the effect is very fine (Fig. 643). The
dwarf species are oftener seen, as they make capital
subjects for the rockery.

resembling a

A synonym of Brunnichia (which

632

Ranunculus—continued.

To the species described on pp. 273-5, Vol. III., the
following should be added. R. aconitifolius, R. amplexi-
caulis, R. anemonoides, R. asiaticus, R. cortusefolius,
R. gramineus, and R. parnassifolius are perennials.

A beautiful

R. aconitifolius grandifiorus (large-flowered).
variety with very large flowers.

R. affinis validus (related,
R. cardiophyllus.

R. anemonoides.
Solium.

R. Buchanani (Buchanan's). . pure white, 2in. or more in
diameter; scape 6in, to 12in. high, one-flowered. 7. two or
three times trifidly divided. New Zealand (up to 7000ft.), 1890.

R. bulbosus flore-pleno (double-flowered).* Cuckoo Bud.
A very fine double-flowered variety.

R. bullatus (blistered). 7. orange-yellow, large, scented; scape
naked, one-flowered. May. J. all radical, petiolate, ovate,
toothed. Root tuberous. A. lft. South Europe, 1640. Not
very hardy, but a good border species.

R. cardiophyllus. ‘he correct name is R. afinis validus.

R. carpaticus (Carpathian).* jl. golden-yellow, 2in. in dia-
meter. May. J. nearly orbicular in outline, palmate, crenate.
Stem lft. high. Rootstock creeping. Eastern Hungary, 1892.
A distinct and showy perennial. (B. M. 7266.)

R. crenatus (crenate). /. white, large; calyx glabrous ; petals
tive, obovate, almost entire, crenate at apex ape one-flowered,
3in. to 4in. high. June and July. 72. roundish-cordate, crenate
at apex. Hungary, 1818.

true). The correct name of

This is a form of Callianthemum rute-

Fic. 643. A BED OF RANUNCULUS.

R. Ficaria flore-pleno.
Lesser Celandine,

R. fumarizfolius is a form of R. millefoliatus.

R. hybridus (hybrid). #1. yellow; scape one- to three-flowered.
May. J. highly glabrous; radical ones long-petiolate, reniform,
crenate-lobed ; cauline ones two, shortly petiolate, lobed at

A beautiful double variety of the

apex. Root tuberous. h. Sin. Austrian Alps, 1820.
R. illyricus (Illyrian). #. yellow; calyx slightly reflexed.
May. J. silky-woolly ; the first ones entire, linear-lanceolate ;

the rest tripartite, with entire or tripartite linear lobes.
erect, many-flowered. Root tuberous. /. 15ft.

1596. (J. F. A., t. 222.)
R. isopyroides,.

Solium.

Stems
South Europe,

The correct name is Callianthemum rute-

R.nyssanus.* 7. of a shining citron-yellow, large and numerous.
May. A showy plant.

R. polyanthemos (many-flowered). (7. yellow: calyx hairy;
eduncles suleate. J. palmately three- to five-parted, with th
obes somewhat linear. Stems erect, many-flowered, and, as
well as the spreading petioles, pilose. Root fibrous. Central
Europe.

R. pyrenzus (Pyrenean).* jl. white ; scape or peduncle tomen-
tose at apex, one- or several-flowered, June to August. J. linear
or lanceolate, entire. A. lft. Alps and Pyrenees, 1807. A
beautiful subject when freely planted.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ranunculus—continued.

R. Seguieri (Seguier’s).* #. white, jin. in diameter; petals
five, entire, orbicular, longer than the calyx. June and July.
i. three-parted, with acute or bluntish, entire, tritid partitions ;
floral ones small, sessile, entire or trifid. Stem one- to three-
flowered. h. 3in. Alps, 1819. (R. G. 1192, f. 1 (1194, f. 1, in
text)).

R. Sonnieri (Sonnier’s). f. bright yellow, large. J.
deeply cut. Caucasus, 1897.

R. speciosus (showy). A good form of R. bulbosus.

R. Thora (Thora). jl. yellow, two or three on a glabrous
scape. May. J. highly glabrous; radical ones petiolate;
cauline ones sessile, reniform, crenate. Root tuberous. A. Sin.
Jurassic Alps, 1710.

cs Traunfellneri (Traunfellner’s).* A pretty form of R. alpes-
ris.

RAPE (Edible-rooted). This vegetable is seldom
grown, probably owing to the small size of the root,
which is long, white, Carrot-shaped, and about the
thickness of the thumb. Seed should be sown in January
on vather poor ground, not recently manured, otherwise
the roots will be forked. From this sowing, roots will
be ready for use in May. For later supplies seed may
be sown in a cooler position, where the plants would get
shade during the hottest part of the day, as they enjoy
comparative coolness and moisture. As the seedlings
adyance they ought to be thinned to about 10in. apart.
To prepare the roots for use, the skin is scraped off,
and they are boiled like Turnips.

RAPHANUS. To the
species described on p. 276,
Vol. III., the following should
be added :

R. caudatus is a form of
R. sativus.

R. isatoides (Isatis-like). _//.
yellow, in racemes terminating
the side branches. 1., radical
ones lyrate-pinnatisect ; cauline
ones ovate-lanceolate, amplexi-
eaul, thick, glaucous, 1886. A
garden variety of Radish, with
the general aspect of Isatis
tinctoria. (R. H. 1886, p. 372,
f. 101.)

RAPHIA. R. peduncu-
lata is the correct name of
R. Ruffia; and, according
to the ‘‘Index Kewensis,”’
R. tedigera is identical with
R. vinifera. R. Hookeri is
in cultivation at Kew.

RAPHIDOPHORA (of
Hassk.). A synonym of
Epipremnum (which see).

RAPHIDOPHYLLUM.
A synonym of Sopubia
(which see).

large,

RAPHIOLEPIS is the correct spelling of
Rhaphiolepis.

BABE ATE: A synonym of Polypogon (which
see).

RASPBERRY. The most serions diseases of fungoid
origin affecting Raspberries are the Rust described in
Vol. IIl.— Phragmidium Rubi-Idei—and Raspberry
Anthracnose (Glwosporiwm venetum), a very formidable pest
in America. The latter, as the popular name suggests, is
chiefly characterised by a spotting, alike of the foliage and
the canes. The spots are minute and reddish when they
are first noticed on the canes in summer, but later they
increase in size and coalesce. They then have white
centres, with dark purple margins. The spores are
distributed, and the disease, unless controlled, assumes
alarming proportions. The mycelium is perennial, and
the second season usually proves fatal to the canes. At
least, this is the opinion of Miss Detmers and others
who have made the disease a special study.

For this, as well as for the Rust already named,
weak Bordeaux Mixture is the best fungicide to employ.
The time for the application in the case of Raspberry
Anthracnose is, says Mr. W. J. Green, first, in spring,
before the leaves have expanded; secondly, when the
young canes begin to push; thirdly, fourteen days after

2

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

OG. 638

Raspberry—continued.

. the latter spraying, paying special attention to the young
canes ; and lastly, just prior to the flowering period. As
Raspberry foliage is somewhat susceptible, care should
be taken to test the Bordeaux Mixture before spraying
in quantity. About quarter strength has been found to
be effective and non-injurious to the plants. All the
oid canes should also be removed and burned as a pre-
cautionary measure.

The following are additional varieties to those given
in Vol. III. :

Norwich Wonder. [Fruit large,
flavour. A vigorous grower, and very free bearer.
esteemed by market growers.

Semper Fidelis. Fruit large, red, somewhat acid in flavour.
A great and continuous bearer, fruiting after most of the
summer varieties are over.

Superlative. Fruit very large, conical, deep red, and of fine
flavour. Footstalks long, canes stout, and very fruitful. A
new variety of great excellence that has rapidly become
popular.

White Magnum Bonum. Fruit medium, sweet and agreeable
flavour. A superior variety to the YELLOW ANTWERP.

RASPBERRY BRAND, or RASPBERRY
RUST. See Raspberry—Fungi, Vol. III.

RASPBERRY-BLACKBERRY. Under the name
of Mahdi, a hybrid has reen raised by crossing the common
Blackberry with Raspberry Superlative. The credit
for this is due to Messrs. J. Veitch and Sons, Chelsea.
The growth somewhat resembles that of the Blackberry,
but shows distinct traces of Raspberry blood. The frnit
is large, produced in clusters, dark purplish-red in colour,
and intermediate between its parents in flavour.

RAT’S TAIL CACTUS. A very appropriate common

name for Cereus flagelliformis.
RATTLESNAKE FERN. See
virginianum.
RAUWOLFIA. To the species described on p. 279.
Vol. III., the following shonld be added:

R. canescens (hoary). /. reddish, small; cymes axillary,
few-flowered. 7. quaternately whorled, elliptic, ovate, or
obovate, acute at both ends, the larger ones Zin. to 3in. long,
tomentose beneath; petioles gin. long. Branches somewhat
tomentose. h. 7ft. West Indies, 1759. Syn. R. hirsuta.
R. tomentosa is a white-flowered form of this species.

R. hirsuta (hairy). A synonym of R. canescens.

R. tomentosa (downy). A form of R. canescens.

RAVENSARA (from the Malagasy words raven,
leaf, and sara, good; in reference to the strong clove-
like odour of the leaves). Madagascar Nutmeg. Syns.
Agathophyllum, Evodia (of Giertner). Orv. Lawriner.
A small genus (three or four species) of highly aromatic,
glabrous, stoye trees, only found in Madagascar. Flowers
small; perianth tube turbinate or obovoid, the limb of six
nearly equal segments ; perfect stamens nine ; panicles few-
flowered, pedunculate in the upper axils. Leaves sparse,
leathery, penniveined. R. aromatica, the only species
known to cniltivation, is described as Agathophyllwm
aromaticum on p. 36, Vol. I.

RAXOPITYS. A synonym of Cunninghamia
which see).

REA. A synonym of Dendroseris (which see).

RED ADMIRAL BUTTERFLY. See Vanessa.

RED BAY. Sce Persea carolinensis.

RED CURRANT. See Currant.

RED GUM. See Eucalyptus resinifera.

RED MAHOGANY. Sce Eucalyptus resinifera.

RED PUCCOON. See Sanguinaria.

RED SPIDER (Tetranychus telarius). This mite
inflicts the greatest injury upon plants under glass, and
is especially destructive to Vines. Sulphur in some form
is still the best remedy to employ, but to be of the
greatest service Vineries and such-like places must have
a moist atmosphere. A dry atmosphere is very favourable
to the development of the pest, and mnst be guarded
against. Outside, one of the preparations containing
sulphur in some form should also be employed, using
the syringe freely whenever possible. As stated in

Vol. V.

deep red, of excellent
Much

Botrychium

t)

Red Spider—continued.
Vol. III., the Red Spider is neither an insect nor a
Spider proper, though it approximates to the latter.
The illustration (Fig. 644) gives an excellent idea of these
minute and much-dreaded pests of gardens and glass-

houses. See also Tetranychus telarius, Vol. III.
Ventral View.
Fic, 644. Rep SPmperR (magnified 130 diameters),

RED-FOOTED BEETLE (Luperus rufipes). Both
Apple-trees and Pear-trees at times suffer from the attacks
of this small, unattractive-looking beetle (Fig. 645), which
appears on the newly-opened leaves. It is about 4mm.
to 5mm. in length, and of a shining black except the
feet, which, as the specific name indicates, are red.
There is little difficulty in recognising its presence, for

the leaves on which it has been feeding

are pierced with innumerable small
holes, looking as if they had been
penetrated by fine shot. On their
first appearance in spring numbers of
the pests may be found upon a single
leaf, and as they continue in the per-
fect state a long time, they must be
regarded as decidedly inimical to the
trees on which they elect to dwell.

Old and young trees alike suffer from

their depredations, though for the

latter they seem to have the greater

partiality. Contrary to the custom

of many beetles feeding upon fruit

trees, the female of the one under
p notice deposits her eggs in the soil

beneath the food-plants. As the

presence of the depredator is so easily
detected there ought not to be much difficulty in dis-
lodging it by shaking the trees in early spring over a white
cloth or by spraying them with an insecticide, Paris Green
for instance; while soot or lime “pointed” into the
soil in antumn and again early in the new year would
probably be of some service.

RED-LEGGED GARDEN WEEVIL. See
Apricot Weevil.

REHMANNIA. To the species described on p. 282,
Vol. IIL., the following should be added :
R. chinensis (Chinese). The correct name of R. glutinosa.

i vhite, ting vi rose, tubular,
. stris (rock-loving). /l. white, tinged with rose, tubul:
saree ot fleshy, toothed, covered with long silky hai
Central stem erect ; lateral ones all drooping. h. lft. to 14 i.
Western China, 1890. An interesting, half-hardy species.
(B. M. 7191.)

Fic. 645. RED-FOOTE
BEETLE.

4M

634

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

“ REICHARDIA (of Roth, 1787).
Picridium (which see).

REICHARDIA (of Roth,
Pterolobium (which see).

REMIJIA (named in honour of Dr. Remijo. who,
according to Anguste de Saint-Hilaire, was the first to
make known in Brazil the valuable febrifagal property
of the bark of these plants). Syn. Macrocnemum. ORD.
Rubiacew. A genus embracing about thirteen species of
stove shrubs or small trees, allied to Cinchona, natives
of tropical America. Flowers white or pink, scented,
pubescent, silky, or villous, in axillary, interrupted, often
long-pednnenlate racemes; stamens fiye, inserted below
the middle of the tube. Leaves opposite or ternately
whorled, sometimes large and yery coriaceous; stipules
intrapetiolar, often large. Only one species has been intro-
duced. R. pedunculata requires a warm, moist atmosphere.
It shonld be planted in fresh, spongy, Heath soil coarsely
broken up, and this should be kept moist by frequent
waterings. According to the ‘*Revne Horticole,”
however, it might grow stouter and more branching if
kept in a temperate house near the glass. It may be
propagated as recommended for Cinchona (which sev).

R. pedunculata (long-pedunculate). fl. pink; peduncles as
long as the leaves. /. opposite, shortly petiolate, about 6in.
long, ovate, acute, strongly nerved. Andes of Colombia, 1887.
Shrub. (Gn., April 13, 1889, p. 345; R. H. 1887, f. 84.)
REMOTE. Separated by unusually large intervals.

RENANTHERA. With the exception of Renanthera
Lowii, the members of this genus require to be grown in a
strong light to induce them to flower in a satisfactory
manner. Exposure to the full power of the sun’s rays,
with a hot, humid condition of the atmosphere, are
essential during the active season of growth, with cooler
and drier treatment during the resting season. The most
free-flowering of these, and one of the most handsome, is
R. Storeti. R. Imschootiana is a small plant, and is most
suited for basket culture. Renantheras require ample
drainage, and a potting compost consisting of good living
sphagnum pressed moderately firm.

To the species described on p. 233, Vol. III., the
following should be added. One or two species are trans-
ferred to Arachnanthe.

R. Imschootiana (Imschoot’s).* 7. reddish-vermilion and
yellow, simply racemose, somewhat resembling those of
R. coccinea, Wut having shorter perianth segments. Assam,
1892. There is a variety superba. 1899.

R. matutina breviflora is synonymous with R. elongata.

R. Rohaniana (Prince Camille de Rohan’s). fl. yellow and
crimson; peduncle black-hispid, flexuous, slender. Borneo,
1891. (W. O. A., t. 435.) According to the Kew authorities,
this is a form of R. Hookeriana.

RENDLE’S TANK SYSTEM OF HEATING.
The system advocated by Wm. Rendle was fixing a large
tank in the centre of a house heated by hot-water pipes
from the boiler passing to the tank to heat the water.
The tank was covered to prevent excessive escape of
steam, and tan was used around the tank to plunge
plants in. For heating purposes the plan had little to
recommend it, and never became popular; buat probably
it gave the idea of having hot-water tanks in propa-
gating houses. These are usually shallow, cemented
tanks, with flow and return hot-water pipes through
them to heat the water, which is covered with slabs.
On the slabs cocoanut fibre is placed, and pots or pans
filled with compost. Cuttings or seeds plunged in this
material qnickly germinate or root through the genial
bottom-heat thus afforded.

RESERVE GARDEN. In almost all gardens
it is advisable to have a portion set apart for growing
on or nursing trees and hardy plants for future use.
Such plants are extremely useful for filling up gaps,
adding to existing collections, and, in the case of foreing
plants, for lifting and potting as required for bringing
on under glass.

REST. See Resting.
RESTREPIA. The various members of the Restrepia

family are best grown in shallow pans or baskets so that
they may be suspended near the roof-glass of the cool

Orchid-house. They require a similar potting compost
to that advised for Masdeyallias.

A synonym of

1821). A synonym of

Restrepia—continued.

To the species described on p. 284, Vol. III., the following ,
should be added :

R. guttulata (slightly striped). This is very like R. maculata,
but larger in all its parts and destitute of tendrils at the base
of the lip. Eenador.

R. maculata is the correct name of R. antennifera.

R. ophiocephala (snake’s-head). jl. whitish-pink, solitary,
nearly lin. across, shortly gibbous at base ; dorsal sepals large,
tongue-shaped, scurfy-puberulous; petals scarlet-striated; lip
straight, entire. 7. fleshy, coriaceous, ovate-lanceolate, shortly
three-toothed at apex. Mexico. Syn. Pleurothallis ophiocephala.

R. pandurata (fiddle-shaped). (/l. several produced in suc-
cession; lateral sepals whitish, spotted crimson-purple; lip
pandurate, the anterior blade very ‘broad, transversely
oblong, covered with warts, hairy, whitish, with numerous
port-wine-coloured spots; column having two orange spots at

the base. September. 7. 24in. to 4in. long. Stems lin. to
2in. high. Colombia, 1884.
R. punctulata (slightly dotted). A garden synonym of

R. elegans.

R. sanguinea (blood-coloured). /.
long. J. elliptic, 2in. long.
Colombia, 1896.

R. striata (striated). This differs from other species of the
genus in having striped instead of spotted sepals; they are
united for more than -half their length. Otherwise it is not
unlike AR. elegans. Colombia, 1891. (B. M. 7233.)

RETARDING. With the aid of specially con-
structed Retarding chambers, such as those made for
Messrs. Rochford, Turnford, Herts, flowers of Lilies,
Spireas, Azalea mollis, &e., are produced all the year
round. The retarded plants, crowns, or bulbs are
brought out of the cool chambers into heat, and the
results achieved are highly satisfactory. The gardener,
not haying such convenience for Retarding, is obliged
to purchase such crowns, &c., from nurserymen or other
specialists. At the same time much may be done to
retard yarious subjects under his charge, and thus
prolong the ordinary season of production. By disposing
flowering plants in different parts of the garden in
varying aspects, the season of beauty may be extended.
Gooseberries and Currants planted behind a north wall
and kept dry overhead will furnish fruit until November.
In fact, the skilful gardener, with the necessary means
at his command, accomplishes much in Retarding and
prolonging supplies of fruit, flowers, and vegetables.

RETTBERGIA. A synonym of Chusquea (which

see).

RHAMNUS. To the species described on p. 286,
Vol. III., the following shonld be added:

R. Alaternus aurea (golden).
speckled with yellow.

R. alnifolia (Alder-leaved).. jl. green, solitary or aggregated,
produced on the lower part of the young shoots. May and
June. fr. black, three-seeded. 7. ovate, acuminate, serrated,
lin. to 3in. long, acute at base, pubescent on the veins
beneath. h. 2ft. to 4ft. North America, 1778.

R. hybrida (hybrid). . axillary, always sterile. 2. oblong,
acuminate, finely denticulate, persistent till the second winter.
Supposed to be a hybrid between R. Alaternus and R. alpina.
Syn. R. sempervirens (of gardens).

R. Purshiana (Pursh’s). . green; umbels axillary ; peduncles
longer than the petioles. May. fr. black, the size of Peas.
l. broadly elliptic, denticulate-serrated, 3in. to Sin. long,
strongly pubescent beneath. A. 10ft. to 20ft. North America,
1826.

R. sempervirens (evergreen). A
R. hybrida.

RHAPHIDOPHYLLUM. A
Rhapidophyllum (which see).

RHAPHIODON. A synonym of Hyptis (which

crimson ; peduncle 2in.
Otherwise like R. pandurata.

7. larger than in R, A. variegata,

garden synonym of

misspelling of

see).
RHAPHIOLEPIS [Raphiolepis is the correct
spelling]. To the species described on p. 287, Vol. IIL,

the following should be added:

R. ovata (ovate).* Japanese Hawthorn. fl. pinkish-white,
disposed in compact umbels. Spring. 7. ample, rounded, dark
green, forming rosettes at the tips of the branches. Japan,
about 1870. A beautiful shrub. (R. H. 1870-71, p. 348.) There
is a form with variegated leaves.

RHAPIS. R. Kwanwortsik (misspelled Kwamwonzick
in I. H. 1887, t. 13) is a synonym of R. flabelliformis.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 635

RHAZYA (from the Arabic name). Orb. Apocynacece.
A small genus (two species) of hardy, glabrous, erect
shrubs or under-shrubs, closely allied to Vinca, natives
of Greece, Western Asia, and Arabia. Flowers densely
eymose, corymbose, or somewhat thyrsoid at the tips of
the branches. Leaves alternate, rather thick. One species
has been introduced. It requires similar treatment to
the hardy species of Vinea (which see).

R. orientalis (Oriental). fl. varying from bright blue to dark
violet ; corolla seven lines long; cyme terminal, not exserted
from the uppermost leaves. Summer. /. 2in. long, membranous,

shining, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, sub-s >, Br:
simple, short, erect, thickly leafy. Orient, 1889. (R.

t. 1345.)

RHEUM. To the species described on p. 288,

Vol. III., the following should be added :
R. australe is regarded by Sir J. D. Hooker as_ probably
synonymous with R. Emodi.

R. Collinianum (Collin’s). . crimson, in spikes 5ft. to 6ft.

high. June and July. China.
R. compactum (compact). #. white and green; panicle
branches nodding (erect in fruit). M l. broadly ovate,

rather thick, obsoletely undulated or , Seven-nerved, very
obtuse, highly glabrous above, slightly pilose beneath. Stems
tall, suleate. Siberia, &c., 1758. Syn. R. nutans.
R. hybridum Florentini (florentin’s hybrid).
hybrid. between R. Collinianum and R. oficinale.

A garden
It has an

inflorescence 6ft. to 9ft. high, the flowers being excessively
numerous. 1899.

R. Moorcroftianum (Moorcroft’s).* fl. bright r
in a dense, pyramidal inflorescence less than 2ft. hi
pubescent. 2. oblique, nearly brous. Kumaon, 185
decorative, probably hardy species. (G. C. 1895, xvii.
f. 115.)

R. nutans (nodding). A synonym of R. compactum.

R. palmatum tanghuticum.* This differs from the type in
having much longer and more deeply-lobed leaves. It makes
an excellent lawn plant.

R. Ribes (Ribes-like). #1. white and green; pedicels fascicled.
May. i. glaucescent, coriaceous, sub-cordate-orbicular or
reniform, 4in. to 12in. long, 6in. to 2ft. broad, minutely
denticulate, often papillose-scabrid beneath. Stems tall, thick,
leafy below, leatiess above and forming a large, much-branched,
fastigiate panicle. Orient, 1724. This is unfortunately not
hardy. (B. M. 7591.)

RHEXIA. Several species formerly included here-
under are now referred to Tibouchina. R. Acisanthera is
synonymous with Acisanthera quadrata (which see).

RHINACTINA. A synonym of Jungia (which see).

RHINCHOGLOSSUM. See Rhynchoglossum.

RHIPSALIS. Mistletoe Cactus. To the species and
varieties described on p. 290, Vol. III., the following should
be added. Several others have lately been introduced, but
are chiefly of botanical interest, the flowers being mostly
small and unattractive. Sixteen new species and varieties

1, disposed
racemes

A very
, p. 765,

were described in the ‘‘Reyne Horticole’? in 1892, but
they do not appear to be in general cultivation. Some

of them, however, are listed by German specialists in
Cactaceous plants. Rhipsalis species succeed best when
grown in a moist stove.

R. aculeata (prickly). 7. whitish, small. jr. dark wine-red.
Stems cylindrical, trailing, slightly eight- to ten-angled, and
clothed with tufts of slender white spines. Argentina, 1892

R. cavernosa (cavernous). This is something in the way of
R. communis, but has flat (mot th ngled), toothed stems,

ixils of the teeth having a large cavity tilled with woolly
South Brazil, &c., 1890. There are also white and pink

yarieties of this. Syn. Lepismium cavernosum (R. G. 1890,

p. 151, f. 38).

R. cristatum purpureum (purple).
broader joints, bronzy-purple in colour.

R. dissimilis (unlike), Stems stout, cylindrical, jointed, some
of them smooth, while others are covered with tufts of
bristles about din. long. South Brazil, 1890. Syn. Lepismium
dissimile (R. G. 1890, p. 148, f. 36-7; 1891, p. 634, f. 21). The
form setulosa has five-angled stems.

R. floccosa (woolly). Stems as in R. Cassytha (of which this
is probably a variety), but thicker, long and with the
branchlets in compact clusters on the ends of the long,
arching branches. Warm-house.

R. hadrosoma (thick-bodied). 1. white, hyaline.
drical, bright green. Brazil, 1897.

R. Knightii (Knight's). 1. white, small. Stems and joints as
in R. communis; wings of joints usually broad, with red
margins, the hair in the notches in a dense tuft nearly lin.
long, pure white, silk-like. A. lft. Brazil. A straggling
species. Syns. Cereus Knightii, Lepismium Knightii.

A variety with larger,

Stems cylin-

Rhipsalis—continued.

R. Mittleri (Mittler’s), The correct

R. Myosurus (mouse-tail).* fl. yellow, tinged with red, small,
borne from the notches. July. Stems dependent, several feet
long, branching freely, jointed, with three or four wings or
angles; angles reddish, notched, with tufts of white hairs
between the notches. Brazil, 1839. Warm-house. Syn. Lepis-
mium Myosurus.

R. pendulifiora laxa (loose). A variety
curving and more pendulous than in the type.

R. pulvinigera (cushion-bearing). 7.

Branches dark

name of R. communis.

having branches

white and yellowish
having the

areole

green. green, terete, in
regular spirals, and bearing small, roun¢ rudimentary
leaves or scales of a reddish-brown. Brazil, Sinilar to
R. floccosa. (R. G. 1889, p. 182, f. 33, 34.)
R. Regnelli (Regnell’s). #. white, small. Branches broad,
flat, coarsely toothed. South Brazil, 1890. Similar to

R. Houlletii. (R. G. 1890, p. 118, f. 29, 31-3.)

R. salicornoides stricta (erect).

Joints all pointing up-
wards.

Plant much more compact than the type.

Fic. 646.

RHIPSALIS SARMENTACEA.

R. sarmentacea. This species (described in Vol. IIT.) should

be grown in a ket of peat-tibre, or, better still, on a
piece of soft Fern-stem. See Fig. 646, for which we are
indebted to the Gardeners’ Chronicle.

R. trigona (three-angled). fl. white, small, borne in the
notches of the angles. Spring. jr. white. Branches usually
in forks, jin. in diameter, three-angled; angles wavy or
slightly notched, greyish-green. Brazil. A thin, straggling,

stove species.

636

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

RHIZOGLYPHUS ECHINOPUS. The scientific
name of the well-known ‘‘ Bulb Mite,” so difficult to deal
with on account of its mode of feeding. See under

Galanthus.

ee Oe FRAGILIS. See Vine Fungi,
Vol. IV.

RHIZOMORPHA SUBCORTICALIS.
Fungi, Vol. IV.

RHIZOPUS NECANS. See Lilium—Pests.
RHODDON-TREE. See Pyrus Aucuparia.
RHODODENDRON. Including Vireya. Rhodora

(which see) is also included herennder by modern
authorities. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 292-8, Vol. III., the following shonld be added. One
or two of them belong to the section Azalea (which
see), as indicated by the synonyms. In the enumeration
given are many of the finer hybrids and varieties of garden
origin. Others will be found at the end.

R. afghanicum (Afghan). A synonym of R. Collettianuwm.

R. albescens (whitish). 7. white, scented, large, the upper
segments marked at the base with sulphur-yellow. J. glabrous,
the under-surface silvery-white. 1887. Garden hybrid.

R. Albrechtii (Albrecht’s). #1. purple, smaller than in
R. Schlippenbachii (to which this species is allied); corolla
rotate-campanulate, with a very short tube. /. smaller and
slenderer, deciduous, broadly elliptic or oblong. Branches
slender, flexuous. Japan. Probably hardy.

R. Andersoni (Anderson's). . bright carmine. Himalayas.
A garden name for what is probably a form of R. arboreum.
R. Apoanum (Apo). /l. red, small, tubular, about 4in. long,
with spreading lobes ; trusses few-flowered. JZ. narrowly elliptic,
acute at both ends, green above, rusty beneath. Philippine
Islands, 1885. A small shrub. (R. G., t. 1196 [1195 in text].)
R. arboreum. 2. nilagiricwum and R. Windsori are forms of

this species.

R. assamicum (Assam). A garden name of R. formosum.

R. Aucklandii. The correct name is R. Grifithianum.

R. Batemani (Bateman’s). A form of R. campanulatum.

R. blandfordizflorum is identical with 2. cinnabarinum.

R. brachycarpum (short-fruited). 7. pale yellow or cream-
colour, dotted with green at the base of the upper lobes of
the corolla, 15in. to 1fin. in diameter, disposed in large, terminal
clusters. 72. oblong, obtuse, shortly mucronate, clothed beneath
with rusty-silky pubescence. Japan, 1888. A tall, hardy, wide-
branching shrub, resembling R. catawbiense in general
appearance. (G. & F. 1888, p. 292, f. 46.)

R. calophyllum is a variety of R. Maddeni.

R. Campbelliz (Lady Campbell's). A
R. arboreum.

R. catawbiense. Of this very hardy species there are a
number of varieties, principally of garden origin. The best are:
album elegans, white, with yellow spots; delicatissimum, blush-
rose; Hverestianum, lilac, daintily spotted; fastuosum jlore-
pleno, lilac, a fine double; and purpureum elegans, rich purple.

R. ciliicalyx (having a ciliated calyx). jl. pure white when
fully expanded, 2sin. long, 4in. in diameter, odorous; calyx
segments rounded, edged with white ciliz ; corolla tube short,
the lobes crisped. 1. obovate-lanceolate, coriaceous, 3in. to 4in.
long, shining green above, brownish-scaly beneath. Yunnan,
1895. A remarkable species, allied to R. Veitchianum.

R. Collettianum (Major Collett’s).* 1. white, in dense, ter-
minal corymbs, shortly pedicellate, surrounded with broad,
ciliated seales ; sepals five, obtuse; corolla nearly lin. long,
funnel-shaped; stamens ten. May. J. 2in. to 3in. long, very
coriaceous, elliptic-oblong or -lanceolate, acute at both ends,
opaque above, lepidote-scaly beneath ; petioles din. to 4in. long.
Branchlets furfuraceous-pubescent. h. 8ft. to 10ft. Afghanistan.
Hardy. (B. M. 7019; G. C. 1888, iv., p. 297.) Syn. R. afyhanicum
(of gardens).

R. Curtisii (Curtis’). A synonym of R. multicolor.

R. dilatatum (dilated).* . twin; corolla bright rose-colour,
fading to white towards the base within, deeply two-lipped ;
inflorescence terminal, clothed with glabrous bracts. April.
7. ternate, sin. to 2in. long, rhombic-ovate, bright green
clouded with blood-red above, very pale beneath. Japan,
1885. A small, beautiful, hardy, much-branched shrub. (B. M.
7681.) Syn. Azalea dilatata (of gardens).

R. Falconeri-niveum (hybrid). A garden hybrid between the
two species indicated in the name. 1896.

R. ferrugineum. Of this species atrococcinewm (dark scarlet),
erectum (erect), hybridum (hybrid), myrtifolium (Myrtle-leaved),
and variegatum (variegated) are desirable varieties.

R. flavum (yellow). See Azalea pontica.

R. Fordii (Ford’s).* l. white, about 2in. in diameter, disposed
in few-flowered corymbs. 7. dark green, obovate, cuneate at

See Vine

synonym of

- Rhododendron—continued.

base, coriaceous, 3in. long. China, 1894. Allied to R. Fortunet
and R. brachyearpum.

R. formosum. A&. Gibsonii and R. Johnstoni are merely forms
of this species.

R. Forsterianum (Forster's). A garden
R. Veitchianum and R. Edgeworthii. 1882.

R. Gibsonii (Gibson’s). A form of R. formosum.

R. grande roseum (rosy).* jl. of a lively rose-colour, with
darker veins on the lobes, and obscure spots on the tube
within. Sikkim, 1887. (B. M. 6948.)

R. graveolens (strongly-scented).* /. pure white, fragrant. A

hybrid between

dwarf and free-flowering hybrid between R. formosum and
R. Sesterianum.

R. Griffithianum is the correct name of R. Aucklandit
(R. G, 1866, t. 517; R. TH. 1855, t. 5).

R. Halopeanum (Halopé’s). A garden hybrid between
Ae Srabenvanaien and It. avboreum. 1896. (R. H. 1896, pp. 359,

-)

R. Harrisii (Harris's).* /l. deep rose-crimson, with a few dark
spots on the upper segments, in a dense head as in
KR. arboreum. Autumn. J. oblong-ovate, 5in. long, pale
beneath; petioles lin. long. A hybrid between R. arboreum
and R&R. Thomsonii. Hardy.

R. hirsutum album (white). A white-flowered form, of
compact habit.

R. indico-javanicum (hybrid). A garden hybrid between
Azalea indica and R. javanicum. 1889.

R. intermedium (intermediate). A natural hybrid between
R. ferrugineum and R. hirsutum.

R. irroratum (bedewed). jl. many, in terminal heads, very
shortly pedicellate; corolla lin. long, the tube white, with
faint spots, the five short, recurved lobes suffused with rose.
September. 2. spreading and deflexed, 3in. to 4in. long, oblong
to oblanceolate, with recurved margins. hk. 3ft. or more.
China, 1890. A glabrous shrub, (B. M. 7361.)

R. jasminifiorum carminatum (carmine). jl. rich carmine,
slightly toned with orange-scarlet around the base of the
limb, the tube paler externally. 1886. A hybrid between
Rh. jasminiforum and R. javanicuin.

R. j. roseum (rosy). jl. soft carmine-rose, twice as many in
an umbel as in the type. 1894.

R. javanicum tubiflorum (tube-flowered). fl. orange-red;
corolla tube elongated, June. ¢. smaller than in the type,
the midrib impressed above. Sumatra and Java, 1885.
(B. M. 6850.)

R. Johnstoni (Johnston's). A form of R. formosuin.

R. Keiskei (Keiske’s). /l. rose-purple, about lin. in diameter,
disposed in loose corymbs. @. ovate, 3in. long. Japan, 1895,
A hardy species, allied to 2 dauricwn, but dwarfer in habit.

Fic, 647. RHODODENDRON KEWENSE.

R. kewense (Kew).* 7. of a pale flesh-colour, not so large
as those of R. Grijithianum (between which and I. Hookert
this is a hybrid), but more numerous in the truss. Kew, 1874.
A valuable and quite hardy plant, flowering freely near towns.
See Fig. 647.

R. Kingianum (King’s). jl. blood-red, disposed in a dense head.
Manipur, 1899. A new species, closely allied to M. arboreum,
from which it differs in having the leaves crowded on the
stem, bullate, with recurved margins. (G. C. 1899, xxvi., p. 506,
f. 102.)

R. Kochii (Koch's). #. white, 1fin. long, tubular, with a
campanulate limb, something like those of R. jasminiflorum,
disposed in loose trusses. J. petiolate, oblong-lanceolate,

1900 SuUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 637

Rhododendron—continued.

acuminate, Sin, to 6in. long, narrowed to the petioles, which
are Jin. to ljin. long. Philippine Islands, 1885. Stove shrub.
(R. G., t. 1195 [1196 in text).)

R. Lindleyi (Lindley’s).* . pure white, five or six in a terminal
umbel, stout, wax-like, with an aromatic perfume; corolla tube
24in. long, the limb 3in. broad, April. 7. 3jin. long, elliptic-
oblong, retuse-mucronate, slightly revolute, glaucous and dotted
beneath. Bhotan, 1864.

R. Lobbii (Lobb’s). jl. bright glossy crimson, with a long,
narrow, curved tube, and a small, spreading limb, disposed in
terminal trusses. ¢. oblong-elliptic, disposed in whorls.
Borneo, 1870.

R. Lochz (Lady Loch’s). fl. rather large, in terminal,
umbelliform fascicles, on very conspicuous stalklets; corolla
bright red, scaly-dotted outside, the tube cylindrical, the
limb bluntly five-lobed and conspicuously veined. J. persistent,
mostly whorled, some scattered, conspicuously stalked, flat,
nearly ovate, rather blunt, glabrous, minutely scaly-dotted
beneath. h. 20ft. Mount Bellenden-Ker, 1887. This tree is
the only known Australian Rhododendron,

R. Luscombei (Luscombe’s). 7. rosy-red, broadly campanulate,
as large as those of R. Fortuneit. A garden hybrid between
KR. Fortunet and R. Thomsonii. 1892. There is a variety
splendens with rich crimson flowers. 1896.

R. macrosepalum (large-sepaled). l. pink, the upper corolla
lobes spotted with purple; sepals very long, acuminate.
U., young ones elliptic-lanceolate, shortly acuminate, aggregated
at the tips of the branchlets; the rest obversely lanceolate,
slightly acute, smaller. Japan, 1870. A very dwarf, hardy
species.

R. Maddeni longiflorum (long-flowered). jl. borne on longer
and thicker pedicels than in the type; corolla dull rose out-
side, pale bluish inside, 5in. long. 1894.

R. Manglesii (Mangles’).* /l. white, disposed in very large
heads. 1886. R. Grijithianum is one of the parents and a
oe hybrid (ALBUM ELEGANS) the other. Vigorous and quite
nardy,

R. modestum (modest). #. six to ten, loosely umbellate;
corolla pale pink, with blood-red spots on the dorsal half of
the tube, broadly funnel-shaped. May. J. rather crowded,
shortly petiolate, 2in. to 3in. long, elliptic-oblong, acute,
greenish-yellow beneath, closely lepidote. Sikkim Himalaya,
1887. A small, much-branched shrub. (B. M. 7686.)

R. multicolor (many-coloured). fl. few, horizontal, in ter-
minal umbels ; calyx minute ; corolla dark red or bright yellow,
lin. long, between funnel- and bell-shaped, the five lobes equal,
one-third the length of the tube. Winter. 7. whorled, three
to seven together, 2in. to 3in. long, 4in. to Zin. broad, elliptic-
lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, contracted into the short
petioles, dull green above, paler beneath. Sumatra. A small,
glabrous, slender bush. (B. M. 6769.) Syn. R. Curtisii
(. & P. 1884, 615).

R. nobilius (noble). A garden hybrid between R. Teysmanni
and R. javanicum. 1896.

R. occidentale (Western).* Californian Azalea. jl. later than
the leaves, umbellate, odorous; corolla white, or with a slight
rosy tinge and a pale yellow band on the upper lobe, often
24in. long, with a conspicuous funnel-shaped tube. 7. obovate-
oblong, nearly glabrous at maturity, but ciliated, thickish,
lin. to 3in. long, shining green, changing to blood-red in
autumn. h. 2ft. to 6ft. North America. Hardy, Syn. Azalea
occidentalis.

R. orbiculare (orbicular). fl. rosy, fascicled ; corolla lobes six
or seven, roundish; pedicels highly glabrous. JU. orbicular-
cordate, with short, imbricated ‘lobes, whitish beneath;
petioles fleshy. h. 9ft. Thibet, 1877.

R. ovatum (ovate). jl. rosy-purple, with spots of a darker
purple. Spring: i. ovate, shining, lsin. long. North
China. A dwarf species, first introduced by Fortune in 1844,
but afterwards lost to cultivation; it was reintroduced in
1895. Syn. Azalea ovata (B. M. 5064). ¥

R. parvifolium. According to the ‘Index Kewensis,” this is
synonymous with R. Anthopogon.

R. pencom must not be confused with Azalea pontica
(which see). There are several varieties: allbwm, cheiranthi-
Solium, daphnoides (of gardens), lancifolium, and variegatum.

‘R. przecox (early).* jl. delicate rose, profusely produced in the

middle of February in mild seasons, A garden hybrid between
R. ciliatum and R. dauricum. 1882,

R. procerum (tall). A synonym of R. maximum.

R. Przewalskii (Przewalski’s). jl. white; corolla campanulate,
with rounded, emarginate lobes; raceme corymbose, erect,
twelve- to fifteen-flowered. 1. coriaceous, smooth, ovate-elliptic,
rounded at base. Kansu, China, 1899. A compact-growing,
hardy, evergreen species.

R. purpureum (purple). A synonym of R. maximum.

R. Purshii (Pursh’s). A synonym of R. maximum.

R. racemosum (racemose). jl. pink and white, campanulate,
nearly lin. across, very sweet-scented, disposed in sub-terminal

Rhododendron—continued.

corymbs ; corolla lobes spreading, obtuse. March. 2, deep green
above, nearly white beneath, shortly petiolate, elliptic or obovate,
obtuse, rounded or cuneate at base. Western China, 1892.% A
small, erect, Box-like, hardy shrub, very useful for the rock-
Panay (B. M. 7301; G. C. 1892, xii., p. 62, £.9; Gn. 1892, xlii.,
t. 878.

R.Rhodora. The correct name of Rhodora canadensis.

R. Rollissonii is a variety of R. arboreum.

R. roseum odoratum (rosy, scented), 1. pale rose-coloured,
fragrant, rather small, disposed in good-sized heads, 1886,
Garden hybrid.

R. Roylei (Royle’s). A synonym of R. cinnabarinum.

R. rubiginosum (reddish). jl. few, corymbose, shortly
pedicellate, much larger than in R. punctatum (which this
species otherwise much resembles); corolla bright rose-red.
April and May. Jl. ovate or oblong-lanceolate, acute or
acuminate. A. 3ft. Yunnan, 1894. Plant (leaves beneath)
brownish-lepidote-sealy ; quite hardy. (B. M. 7621.)

R. scabrifolium (rough-leaved). jl. in loose, terminal, sub-
wmbellate fascicles; corolla white, flushed with pink, l4in. in
diameter, the lobes spreading, about twice as long as the
tube. April. 7. 2sin. to 3sin. long, elliptic- or oblong-lanceo-
late, acute at both ends, scabridly hispid above, scaly beneath,
ciliate-margined. Stems, &e., hispid-hairy. Western China
(at 8000ft.), 1888. A small, rigid, unbranched shrub. (B. M.
7159.)

R. Schlippenbachii (Baron Schlippenbach’s).* jl. produced
before the leaves, umbellate; corolla pale rose, 3in. across, the
tube very slight, the lobes broadly ovate, speckled with
reddish-brown towards the base. J. deciduous, sub-quinately
whorled, sessile, thin, 2in. to 4in. long, obovate, very shortly
petiolate. h. Sft. to Sft. Manchuria and Japan. Related to
Rt. sinensis. A handsome species. (B. M. 7373; G. C. 1894, i.,
p. 462, f. 58; Gn. 1894, xlvi., t. 972.) Syn. Azalea sinensis.

R. serpyllifolium (Wild-Thyme-leayed). solitary, sub-
sessile, from leafless buds at the ends of the leafy branchlets;
corolla bright rose-red, about lin. broad, with spreading lobes.
April. _U. deciduous, crowded, rarely oyer 4in. long, sessile,
appearing as if whorled on the very short lateral branchlets.
Japan, 1882, A low, scrubby, rigid, possibly hardy shrub.
(B. M. 7503.) SyN. Azalea serpyllifolia.

R. Sesterianum (Sester's). A white-flowered, garden hybrid,
of which R. Edgeworthii is one of the parents.

R. Smirnowi (Smirnow’s).* ji. deep purplish-scarlet, corymbose-
umbellate; calyx minute, pelviform, the lobes very short;
corolla campanulate, about I{in. long, obtusely five-lobed,
crimped on the margins, J. 44in. long, coriaceous, evergreen,
oblong, rather obtuse at apex, cuneate at base, the margins
revolute, glabrous above, beneath (as well as on the petioles,
peduncles, and pedicels) densely white-floccose-tomentose.
Caucasus, 1886, A tall shrub. (R. G., t. 1226, f. 2, d-g.)

R. superbissimum (most superb).* A garden hybrid, probably
between &. Veitchii and R. Hdyeworthii. 1897.

R. Teysmanni (Teysmann’s). jl. many, in terminal umbels;
corolla yellow, 1gin. long and broad, the tube cylindric below,
widely funnel-shaped upwards. J. oblong-lanceolate, acute,
often whorled, 7in. long; petioles jin. long. India. A large,
stove shrub.

R. Ungerni (Baron Ungern-Sternberg’s). jl. white, corymbose-
umbellate ; calyx small, five-parted, the segments elongated ;
corolla campanulate, obtusely five-lobed, the lobes reddish on
the back. ¢/. coriaceous, persistent, oblong, nearly 7in. long,
narrowed towards the base, cuspidate at apex, glabrous
above, white-floccose-tomentose beneath; petioles (as well as
the branches) tomentose-puberulous. Caucasus, 1886. A tall
shrub. (R. G., t. 1227, f. 1, a-c.)

R. Vaseyi (Vasey’s).* jl. in lax umbels; corolla bright clear
pink, 1l}in. across, dotted with darker pink at the base of the
upper lobes. May. J. oblanceolate, acute, cuneate at base,
2sin. to din. long, not expanded at flowering time, sparsely
hairy. Carolina, 1888, Although this hardy shrub attains
15ft. to 18ft., yet it flowers when only about lft. in height
(G. & F. 1888, i., f. 60.)

R. Victorianum (Victorian). jl. pure white, except the golden-
yellow interior of the funnel-shaped tube, as freely produced
as those of R. Dalhousie ; limb spreading, tive-lobed. 7. as in
KR. Nuttallii. 1887. A garden hybrid between the species named.

R. Washingtonianum (Washington's). This is merely a
form of R. californicum. 1899.

R. Williamsii (Williams’). 1. white, slightly spotted in the
upper segments, freely produced. 1885, A hybrid between a
species of Rhododendron and Azalea sinensis.

R. Windsori is a variety of R. arborewm.

R. yedoénse (Yeddo). 7”. pale blush-coloured, double, about
three in an umbel; calyx segments linear-oblong, acute,
slightly serrated, white-bristly ; corolla tube funnel-shaped, the
limb campanulate. /. sub-caducous, oblong-lanceolate, shortly
acuminate, spreading, in groups of about five at the tips of
the branchlets, membranous-chartaceous, the autumnal ones
smaller, linear-spathulate. Japan, 1886. (R. G., t. 1233 a-b.)

63

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rhododendron—continued.

R. yunnanense (Yunnan). jl. few, sub-racemosely corymbose
ow a stout, terminal rachis ; corolla white, 2in. across, with
blood-red spots towards the bases of the upper lobes. April.
l. shortly petiolate, 2\in. to Jin. long, elliptic-lanceolate,
covered above with stiff hairs, pale green and glabrous beneath.
Branches blackish-brown. Yunnan, 1894. An erect, hardy
shrub. (B. M. 7614.)

The following are rare in cultivation: R. decorum, R. Delavayi,

R. lacteum, R. linearifoliwn.

Fic, 648. RHODODENDRON OPHELIA.

Varieties. The following are some of the best:
Hybrid Greenhouse Rhododendrons. AMABILE, APHRO-

DITE, BALSAMINEFLORUM ALBUM, B. AUREUM, B. Car-
NEUM, B. RAJAH, B. ROSEUM, BARONESS HENRY SCHRODER,
CERES, EXQUISITE, HERCULES, LATONA,

.
E Beauty, LUTEO RoOsEUM, MRs.
E Pius ULTRA, NEPTUNE, NUMA,
S BEA-
Ruby,
SOUVENIR DE J. H. MANGLES, SYBIL,

TRIUMPHANS, YELLOW GEM, YELLOW
PERFECTION.
Hardy Rhododendrons (Garden

Varieties and Hybrids). A. B.
TREEMAN MITFORD, ABRAHAM DIXON,
AGAMEMNON, ALTACLARENSE, ANNIE
DIXWELL, ARBOREUM WELLSIANUM,
AUGUSTE VAN GEERT, BARON SHRO-
DER, BARON OSy, BLANCHE SUPERBE,
BRILLIANT, BROUGHTONIANUM, CHARLES
THOROLD, C. S. Sar t, CUNNIN
HAMI, DHULEEP SINGH, DONCAS
DucHESS OF CONNAUGHT,

‘LORENCE SMITH, GOVE
UENE SCHIE
, HiRSUTIF

RER, ATE WATERER
CLAREMONT, LADY CLEMENT
FORD, LIMBATUM, LORD EVERS
MME. MIOLAN CARVALHO, MADAME WAG
NER, MARTIN HOPE Sutton, MAXWELL
T. MASTERS, MIRABILE, MisS JEKYLL,
Mrs. JOHN WATERER, Mrs. R. G.
SHAw, Mrs. Tom AGNEW, NEILSONII,
NOBLEANUM CoccINEUM, OBTUSA,
OCHROLEUCUM, PINK PEARL, PRINCE
CAMILLE DE ROHAN, PRING WILLIAM
OF WURTRMBURG, PROMETHEUS, PUL-
CHERRIMUM, R LLIANUM, SIR HuM-
PHREY DE TRAFFORD, TORLINIANUM,
VESUVIUS.

R,

RME, JOHN
LApY
Mir

‘one shorter,

RHODOSPATHA. Including Alimeta. R.

the correct name of Spathiphyllum pictum.

RHODOSTACHYS. ‘To the species described on

p. 298, Vol. III., the following should be added:

R. bicolor. Bromelia bicolor (B. H. 1873, t. 14) is the same
as this species; but B. Joinvillei and Hechtia pitcairniefolia

yms of B. pitcairniafolia, while Ruckia Elemeeti is
identical with 2. andina,

R. Elemeeti (Elemeet’s). A synonym of, R. andina.

R. Joinvillei (Joinville’s). A synonym of R. piteairnicefolia.

R. littoralis (seaside-loving). /., petals rose-red, lingulate,
lin. long; filaments pink; head central, ljin. to 2in. in
diameter, September to November. 7. about forty in a rosette,
ensiform, acuminate, less than lft. long, Zin. broad, white-
lepidote at back, the marginal prickles pungent. Colchagua,
Chili, 1873.

R. pitcairnizfolia (Pitcairnia-leaved). jl. in a dense, central
head l}in. to 2in. across; petals bright violet, slightly pro-
truded; ovary clavate, lin. long; reduced inner leaves bright
red. 2. about fifty, ensiform, Lift. long, Jin. to Zin. broad,
gradually tapering. Probably Chili, 1866, The following are
identical with this species: Billbergia Joinvillei, Bromelia
Joinvillei (B. H. 1876, p. 161, tt. 10, 11), Hechtia pitcairnicefolia
(R. H. 1861, p. 211), R. Joinvillet.

R. p. Kirchoffiana (Kirchoff's). This differs from the type
in being smaller and slenderer, and in having the bracts
smooth» within. Chili, 1890. (R. G. 1890, p. 345, t. 1525.)
RHOPALOBLASTE (from rhopalon, a club, and

blaste, sprout or embryo; the embryo bears a club-shaped

appendage). Orp, Palme. A small genus (three species)
of unarmed, stove Palms, natives of the Malay Archi-

picta is

pelago, and closely allied to Ptychosperma (which
see for culture). Spadix shortly pedunenlate, loosely

branched ; complete spathes two, caducous, the lower

two-keeled.

R. hexandra (six-anthered). fl. rather large; spadix thick,
pedunculate, robust-branched; spathes large, the lower one
densely velvety-tomentose. fr. nearly lin. long. Jl. large,
regularly pinnate; leaflets thick, -eous, linear, acute.
Stem robust. Moluceas, 1890. Bentinckia ceramica,
Cyrtostachys ceramica.

R. singaporensis (Singapore).
singaporensis.
RHOPALOCERA. See Moths.
RHOPALOSIPHUM RIBIS. See Aphides.
RHUBARB, PRICKLY. See Gunnera.

RHUS. Several species of this genus are amongst the
finest subjects for affording autumn tints—R. Cotinus,
R. cotinoides, and R. typhina (Fig. 649),-which makes an
ideal plant for lawns, and thrives even in towns.

To the species, &c., described on pp. 300-1, Vol. III.,
the following should be added :

a

A synonym of Ptychoraphis

Fig. 649. RHUS TYPHINA.

a

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.,

639

Rhus—continued.

R. cotinoides (R. Cotinus-like).* 7. minute; panicle nearly
sessile, narrow, With erect branches. fr. smooth. — 1. simple,
membranous, oval, obtuse, entire, acute at base, 3in. to 4in.
long (including the petioles). Alabama. Hardy.

R. Cotinus atropurpurea (dark purple).* A desirable
variety on account of its richly-coloured foliage and purple
seed-plumes.

R. Michauxii (Michaux’). fr. bright scarlet, clothed with close,
silky pubescence, disposed in pyramidal panicles. J. pinnate.
Stems erect, 2ft. to 3ft. high. Southern United States,
1895. Hardy shrub, spreading extensively by underground
stolons. (G. & F. 1895, p. 404, f. 55.)

R. Toxicodendron. Poison Vine. The Japanese forms are
known in gardens under the erroneous name of Ampelopsis
Hoggi. They are to be avoided on account of their poisonous
nature.

R. trichocarpa (hairy-fruited). jl. inconspicuous; panicles
narrow. fr. pale, prickly, loosely drooping. J. long, unequally
pinnate. h. 25ft. Japan, 1897. A slender, hardy tree.
(G. & F. 1897, p. 384, f. 49.)

RHYNCHANTHERA (of Blume).
Corymbis (which see).

A synonym of

Fic, 650. RHYNCHOSTYLIS RETUSA.

RHYNCHANTHUS (from rhynchos, a beak, and
anthos, a flower ; in allusion to the peculiar shape of the
blossoms). Orb. Scifaminew. A small genus (two species)
of very curious, stove, tuberous-rooted herbs, remarkable
in having very small corolla lobes, a lip reduced to a
mere point, a most curious, petaloid filament, resembling
a long canoe, exserted far beyond the corolla lobes, and
terminated by an anther with no appendage, and an
erect, fannel-shaped stigma. For culture, see Heliconia.
R. Bluthianus (Bluth’s). /. few in a spike; segments

carmine-red ; filament white, broad. kh. about lft. Birma (?),

1899. A Canna-like plant. (R. G. 1899, p. 38, t. 1464.)

R. longiflorus (long-flowered). /. 4in. long, few, erect, in a
terminal, sub-sessile spike; bracts two, pale orange-red, 14in.
long ; calyx tubular, with a split mouth, and a rounded, retuse
tip; corolla pale yellowish-green, the tube 2in. long, the lobes
4in. long; filament straw-coloured. July. 7. 6in. to 8in. long,
Luin. broad, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, edged brown, con-
tracted into short petioles. Stem 14ft. high, with ten to twelve

. leaves. Birma, 1885. (B. M. 6861.)

RHYNCHOCARPA. A synonym of Kedrostis
(which see).

RHYNCHOGLOSSUM. BR. obliquwm is the correct
name of R, zeylanicum.

RHYNCHOSIA. R&R. caribea is the correct name
of R. gibba. R. albo-nitens is a synonym of Desmodium
Skinneri albo-nitens (which see).

RHYNCHOSTYLIS. To the species described on
p. 302, Vol. III., the following should be added:

R. ccelestis (celestial-blue).* 1. crowded, jin. across, on white
or pale blue pedicels; sepals white, with an indigo-blue api
blotch ; basal half of the blade of the lip white, the apical
half indigo-blue; column very short. J/. fleshy, din. to 6in.
long. Stem stoutish. Siam, 1891. (L., t. 500; W. O. A. viii.,
t. 361.) Syn. Saccolabiwm celeste.

R. garwalica (Garwhal). A synonym of S. retusa.

R. retusa guttata (striped). 7. smaller, more crowded, and
more densely spotted. ¢. longer, narrower, more closely set,
sub-pendulous. SyN. Saccolabium guttatum (B. M. 4108;
W.5. O. ii., t. 18). The type is shown at Fig. 650,

R. r. premorsa (bitten). jl. pale, and with fewer spots;
racemes longer. 7. shorter and broader, distinctly praemorse
at apex. Plant more robust.

RHYPAROBIA (PANCHLORA) MADERZ.
See Cockroaches.
RHYTIDOPHYLLUM. Rk. Humboldtii and R. Oer-

stedii are synonymous with Campanea Huwmboldtii and
C. Oerstedii respectively.

RHYTISMA ACERINUM. See Acer—Insects
and Diseases.

RIBBON FERN. See Vittaria.

RIBES. To the species described on pp.

Vol. III., the following should be added :

R. alpinum pumilum (dwarf). A very dwarf, yellow-flowered
garden variety. 1881.

R. americanum (American). The correct name of R. floridwin.

R. aureum aurantium minus (orange, dwarf).* jl. of a
rich yellow. A very free-flowering variety, of close, compact
habit.

R. bracteosum (bracteate).* /. greenish, in erect racemes
often 6in. to 10in. long; pedicels exceeding the spathulate
bracts. jr. black, with resinous dots. ¢. often 6im. in
diameter, long-petiolate, cordate, deeply five- to seven-lobed,
resinous-dotted beneath; lobes acuminate, coarsely doubly-

s ed or incised. h. 5ft. to 8ft. Oregon, &e. A striking
species. (B. M. 7419.)

R. Bridgesii (Bridges’). A garden synonym of R. villosum.

R. erythrocarpum (red-fruited). l. reddish, in erect racemes.
Jr. brilliant scarlet, almost pear-shaped, glandular-hairy.
7. orbicular, three- to five-lobed. Stems creeping, rooting
hairy, with erect branches. h. 4in. to 6in. Oregon, 1897.
(G. & F. 1897, p. 184, f. 21.)

R. fasciculatum (fascicled). jj. four or five in shortly-
pedunculate, erect fascicles. J. cordate at base, three- or
obsoletely five-lobed ; lobes ovate, obtuse, deeply toothed, lin.
long and broad, pubescent beneath, the teeth mucronulate.
Branches somewhat flexuous, unarmed, with whitish bark.
China and Japan.

R. floridum. The correct name is R. americanum.

R. fragrans (fragrant). A synonym of R. aurewm preecox.

R. fuchsioides (Fuchsia-like), A synonym of 2. specioswm.

R. integrifolium (entire-leaved). jl. greenish-yellow, small,
bracteate, disposed in rather short racemes. J. oblong-
lanceolate, serrated, acute. Chili, 1880. (R. G., t. 1047, f. 6.)

R. japonicum. According to the “Index Kewensis,” this is
now regarded as a distinct species, and not as a variety of
R. alpinum.

R. Lavallei (Lavalle’s). A garden synonym of R. villosum.

R. Menziesii (Menzies’). jl. red or deep rose-colour, large ;
peduncles one- or two-flowered, as long as the leaves. March
to May. jr. densely bristly. 7. cordate, five-lobed, incised-
serrated, veiny and rugose, pubescent-tomentose beneath.
Stems prickly or naked. A, 2sft. to Sft. California, 1830.
(B. R. 1847, t. 2368.)

R. missouriense (Missouri). A synonym of R. americanum.

R. oxyacanthoides Purpusii (Purpus's). //. greenish, small.
Jr. blackish-red, acid, Colorado, 1899. A dwarf bush, with
spreading or pendulous twigs.

R. prostratum (prostrate).
May. fr. pale red, and, a
bristly. 2. deeply cordate

304-6,

jl. greenish; racemes erect, slender.

well as the pedi glandular-

ive- to seven-lobed, smooth; lobes
ovate, acute, doubly s ed. Stems reclining her prickly
nor thorny. North America, 1812. A capital rockery plant.

R. recurvatum (recurved). A synonym of R. americanum,

R. sanguineum albidum (whitish). /. whitish, slightly
suffused with pink, and with a deeper shade in the centre.

R. s. atrosanguineum (dark blood-coloured). jl. larger and
brighter than in atrorubens.

R. s. flore-pleno (double-flowered).* A fine variety, with
double flowers which remain a long time in perfection.
(P. M. B. xii., p. 121.)

R. Spaethianum (Spaeth’s). A species resembling, and very
nearly allied to, R. cereum. Colorado, 1899,

_ 640

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ribes—continued.

R. stamineum (having prominent stamens).
R. speciosum,

R. succirubrum (red-juiced).
catum and R. gracile.

R. villosum (villous), of Gay, not of Nutt. /. golden-yellow,
sub-sessile, about din. long and broad ; racemes spiciform, sub-
erect or drooping, shorter than the leaves, dense-flowered. June.
1. petiolate, orbicular-ovate, lin. to l4in. across, sub-entire or
broadly three-lobed, lurid green. Chilian Cordillera, before 1858.
An erect, glandular-tomentose shrub. (B. M. 7611.) SyYNs.
R. Bridgesii and R. Lavallei (of gardens).

RICHARDIA. The old method of growing Richardia
africana—namely, of drying them off in summer and
starting them again in autumn—is gradually falling into
desuetude. In fact, it has been abundantly demonstrated
that this species may be made to furnish its spathes
continnously. By this system, when making new growth,
the plants are kept in the beds or borders; or again, they
may be potted up and left outside until they have recovered
from the slight check received and become established.
In the dull months of the year and in spring they shonld
be kept fairly cool, well watered, and from time to time
given a suitable stimulant. R. Hlliottiana and R. angus-
tiloba (Pentlandii) should be grown in the warm pit daring
winter, and in the cool one during summer.

To the species described on p. 307, Vol. III., the following
should be added :

A synonym of

A hybrid between R. divari-

Fia. 651.

RICHARDIA ELLIOTTIANA.

R. africana. A curious form of this species with a branched
spadix is figured in G. C. 1895, xvii., p. 135, f. 19, 20. nana
compacta is a compact form, less than half the height of the
type, but with flowers almost as large.

R. albo-maculata sulphurea (sulphur-coloured).* A variety
having a soft-yellow spathe with black centre, and elegantly
spotted foliage.

R. angustiloba (narrow-lobed).* ., spathe 4in. to 44in. long,
the limb clear deep gamboge-yellow, with a dark purple-brown
blotch at the base inside, paler outside, oblique, nearly
horizontal; spadix scarcely half as long. 2 74in. to 17in. long,
4in. to llin. broad, elongate-deltoid or -oblong, acute or
acuminate, hastate, with short or long and spreading basal
lobes and a very open sinus. 1892. Syn. R. Pentlandii

Richardia—continued.
(B. M. 7397), under which name it is generally catalogued by
the trade and it is grown at Kew.

R. aurata (golden). A synonym of R. hastata.

R. Elliottiana (Capt. Elliott’s).* ., spathe bright golden-
yellow, 6in. long, the tube between funnel-shaped and cam-
panulate, the limb 3in. long and broad, with a caudate tip;
spadix orange-yellow, about 3in. long; peduncle nearly Sit.
high. August. U2. nearly lft. long, 7in. broad, orbicular-
ovate, deeply cordate, apiculate, with transparent blotches (see
Fig. 651); petioles as long as the leaves. 1896, (B. M. 7577.)

R. Lehmanni. A misprint for R. Rehmanni.

R. Lutwychei (Lutwyche’s). Pride of the Congo.
of R. hastata.

R. Pentlandii (Pentland’s). A synonym of R. angustiloba.

R. Rehmanni (Rehmann’s). /., spathe 3in. to 44in. long, the
limb bright rosy-purple, darker at the base within but not
blotched, or white or greenish-white to the base within, with
rosy-tinted margins ; spadix not half as long. J. 7jin. to 15in.
long, lin. to 2in. broad, lanceolate, subulate at apex, green or
white-spotted. 1893. (B. M. 7436; G. C. 1893, xiv., p. 564, f. 94,
as R. Lehmanni [by error].)

R. Rhodesia (Rhodesian). /. having a very large spathe of a
rich, dark golden hue. 1898.

R. suffusa (suffused).* This appears to be merely a robust form
of R. melanoleuca. 1899.

RICHARDSONIA PILOSA. This is the correct
name of the plant referred to in Vol. III. as R. scabra.

RICINELLA. A synonym of Adelia (which see).

RICINUS. To the species described on p. 308,
Vol. III., the following varieties should be added. Fatsia
japonica (Aralia Sieboldii) is, in London, often sold as the
Castor Oil Plant (R. communis) to the uninitiated. The
fruits of these are curious in autumn.

R. cambodgensis (Cambodia).* This is a handsome form of
R. communis, with large purple leaves and blackish stems and
branches.

R. communis borbonensis arboreus (Tree-like).* The
foliage is bronzy-green, and the plant grows to a height of 5ft.
A capital subject for lawns.

R. c. cinerascens (zreyish).
purple, becoming deeper.

R. c. enormis (enormous). /. large, brownish-purple, changing
to dark green or red when older.

R. c. Gibsonii atrosanguineus (dark-red).
crimson-red leaves, and growing some 4ft. or Sft.

R. c. maculatus (spotted). A variety with coppery-bronze
foliage and red veinings thereto.

R. c. zanzibarensis (Zanzibar).* /. bright green, with whitish
veins, handsome, 2ft. across. jr. having the seeds much larger
than, and different in shape from, those of the typical
R. communis. _h. 6ft. to 8ft. Eastern tropical Africa, 1894.
(R. G. 1894, p. 75, £. 20.)

RIDAN. A synonym of Actinomeris (which see).
RIDDLING. This consists in Riddling soil through

a fine sieve for sowing yery fine seeds on, putting in
cuttings, &e. -It is also employed for the removal of
objectionable substances—such as_ broken pieces of pots,
&c.—from soils which it is intended to usefully employ.

RIGIDELLA. According to J. G. Baker, R. orthantha
(F. d. S. 46) is apparently a mere form of R. flammea
with shorter, stouter, erect pedicels.

RIPENING WOOD. A very important detail in
the production of fine frnit and flowers is the proper
Ripening of Wood. This may be effected by the removal
of all useless wood in August, thus exposing what is left
to the full action of sun and air. Again, in trained
plants and trees the wood must not be congested, or it
will not properly mature, and the results the following
year will be unsatisfactory.

RIPE ROT. See Apple Rot.
RIPERSIA TERRESTRIS. See Mealy Bug.

é
RITCHIEA. To the species described on p. 309,

Vol. III., the following, which is now regarded as a

distinct species, should be added:

R. polypetala (many-petaled). jf. pale straw-coloured, 4in.
across, three to five in terminal, erect corymbs; petals about
fourteen, very narrow.
long as, or longer than, the petioles, oblong or obovate-lanceo-
late; petioles ‘Sin. to 5in. long. Western Africa. An erect,
glabrous shrub. (B. M. 5344.)

A synonym

The foliage in this is brownish-

A form with

1. alternate ; leaflets three to five, as -

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 641

RIVEA. See also Argyreia.

RIVINA. R.
R. pubescens.

ROADS. See also Landscape Gardening.
ROAN-TREE. See Pyrus Aucuparia.
ROBBER FLIES. ‘See Hornet Fly.

ROBINIA. To the species and varieties described
on pp. 309-10, Vol. III., the following should be added.
Seyeral plants formerly included in this genus are now
referred to Calpurnia, Caragana, Halimodendron,
Lonchocarpus, Ormosia, Pictetia, &c.

R. coccinea (scarlet). A synonym of Ormosia coccinea.

R. glutinosa (glutinous). A synonym of R. viscosa.

R. hispida inermis (unarmed). A synonym of R. h. macro-
phylla.

R. macrophylia (large-leaved). A form of R. hispida.

R. neo-mexicana (New Mexican).* /. pale rose-coloured,
disposed in dense, short, clustered racemes ; peauaite and
calyx glandular-pubescent. Autumn. Jr., pods resembling
those of R. viscosa. 1., leaflets elliptic or oblong, glaucous.
Prickles stipular, somewhat recurved. kh. 4ft. to 6ft. New
Mexico, 1891. A useful tree for park or garden, somewhat
resembling R. Pseudacacia.

R. n.-m. luxurians (luxuriant). #. in compound racemes,
sometimes borne twice a year. Southern Rocky Mountains,
1892. Larger than the type.

R. Pseudacacia angustifolia (narrow-leaved).
leaved variety. 1889.
R. P. aurea (golden).*

sunny spot.

R. P. inermis aise weceaee (variegated).
of inermis, having variegated leaves.

R. P. mimoszfolia (Mimosa-leaved). JU. finely divided.

Among numerous other varieties are: dissecta, pendula,

Rehderi, revoluta, and spectabilis.

R. rosea (rosy). A synonym of R. hispida.

R. squamata (scaly). A synonym of Ormocarpwin sennoides.

levis is now regarded as a form of

A narrow-
A golden-leaved form. It requires a

A pretty form

ROCHEA. To the species described on p.. 310,
Vol. III, the following shonld be added. See also
Crassula.

R. hybrida albiflora (white-flowered hybrid).
between KR. jasminea and R. odoratissima. 1894.

R. tiniflora (Tinus-flowered). . snow-white, very numerous,
in a broad, compact, terminal cyme; peduncles and pedicels
very short; stamens brownish-scarlet, forming a tine contrast.
7. small,ovate, broadly sheathing at base. 1861. Syn. Larochea
tinijlora.

ROCK BROOM. ‘ee Genista.
ROCK CARROT. See Thapsia edulis.
ROCK JASMINE. See Androsace.

ROCK LYCHNIS. A common name for the species
of Lychnis (which see) formerly classed under Viscaria.
ROCK TOBACCO. See Primulina Tabacum.
ROCKET LARESPUR. See Delphinium Ajacis.

ROCKSPRAY. See Cotoneaster.
RODDON-TREE. See Pyrus Aucuparia.

RODRIGUEZIA. Burlingtonia (which see) is now
included in this genus. To the species described on
p. 311, Vol. III., the followirg should be added. Other
plants formerly classed hereander are. now referred to
Gomeza.

R. Bungerothi (Bungeroth’s). #. purplish; sepals and petals
resembling those of R. seeunda; lip cuneate-obovate, bilobed,
with a well-developed, triangular, descending spur; column
quite naked, white; inflorescence dense. Venezuela. A near
ally of R. secunda. (L. iii., t. 127.)

R. crispa (curled). The plant sometimes described as such is
Gomeza crispa.

R. decora (comely). The correct name of Burlingtonia decora.

R. Fuerstenbergii (Fuerstenberg
than lin. broad ; sepals rose-coloure
blotched with yellow; raceme lft. long, three-flowered.
pseudo-bulbs) small. Habitat not recorded, 1890.
to RK. Leeana.

R. Leeana picta (painted).* /l. covered with numerous mauye-
purple lines and spots, which are almost circular on the fine
lip. A fine variety. 1885.

R. Lindeni (Linden’s). A synonym of R. pubescens.

Vol. V.

A hybrid

fl. 2in. long and more
; petals and lip white,
d. (and
Allied

Rodriguezia—continued.

R. luteola (yellowish). fl. yellowish, small, having all the
parts connivent, and disposed six to nine in a raceme.
Habitat not recorded, 1883.

R. pubescens (downy). This is the correct name of the plant
described on p. 225, Vol. I., as Burlingtonia pubescens.
(L. 306.) Syn. R. Lindeni.

R. anomala has also been introduced.
ROELLA. To the species described on p. 312,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

R. decurrens (decurrent). A
capensis.

R. elegans (elegant). 1. bright blue, with a purple stain in
the throat, solitary, axillary. February to May. J. partially
spathulate, sessile, opposite, slightly crenate, acute, hairy.
Stem erect, hairy. A. Yin. 1836. (P. M. B. vi., p. 27.)

R. muscosa (mossy). /. blue, terminal, solitary; corolla Jin.
long, funnel-shaped. August. 7. one to four lines long, ovate,
spreading-reflexed. Branches filiform, leafy, lin. or more in
length. 1802. A very dwarf, trailing perennial.

R. Squarrosa (squarrose). jl. white, terminal, clustered or
rarely solitary; corolla five-cleft. July. 72 decurrent, ovate,
acute, one to two lines long. Stem erect, woody, 6in. to 12in.
high, branched above or from the base; branches reddish.

ROESLERIA HYPOGZEA. See Vine Fungi.
ROESTELIA CANCELLATA. See Pear—Fungi.

ROEZLIA REGIA. A garden q
Furerea Bedinghausii (which see).
ROFFIA. See Raphia.
ROMANOWIA NICOLAI. This name has been
given to a dwarf-growing Palm haying pinnate leaves
made up of about a dozen cuneate segments, blackish-
brown above, pale green shaded with violet below. It
was introduced to Continental gardens in 1899, but the
habitat is not recorded.

synonym of Wahlenbergia

synonym of

Fig. 692.

ROMNEYA COULTERI.

ROMNEYA. Californian Bush Poppy. R. Coulteri
(Fig. 652), the only species of this beautiful genns, vy
described in Vol. IIT. as but half-hardy. It has, however,
since proved hardy, but it needs a position where it can
get plenty of sun and a good deep soil. Then it will
produce its flowers freely, and over a long period—from
early summer till early antumn. Even near towns we
have seen it doing well, providing the conditions named
obtained, and the best plant that we remember was in
a cottage garden at Croydon. There it was growing
Inxuriantly, and had attained a height of over 6ft. It is
a herbaceous perennial of the first water.

4N

642

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ROMULEA. In his “Handbook of Iridex"” J. G.
Baker reduces the number of species to thirty-three. To
those deseribed on pp. 312-3, Vol. III., the following
should be added :

R. Clusiana (Clusius’). fl. bright yellow, pointed with lilac;
stamens yellow; scape simple or forked from the base,
1. about four, arched, 6in. to 12in. long. Spain and Portugal.
There is a form with white flowers.

R. longifolia (long-leaved). The correct name of R. cruciata.

R. Macowani (Macowan’s). ji. lin. to 1sin. in diameter, bright
golden-yellow in the lower eo lighter upwards, often tinged
red at the tips; stamens half as long as the segments. J. long,
spreading, sub-terete. Stems short, one- to _four-flowered.
South Africa. Greenhouse. (G. C. 1887, i., pp. 180, 184, f. 42.)

R. pudica is a variety of R. rosea.

R. speciosa (showy). This is a variety of R. rosea, with deep
carmine flowers. (B. M. 1476.)

RONDELETIA. &. odorata major is a form with
larger flowers than in the type.

RONNBERGIA COLUMBIANA. A synonym of
Quesnelia columbiana (which see).

ROOM PLANTS. The cultivation of Room Plants
constitutes a most interesting phase of gardening. The
chief causes of failure are: purchasing from a wrong
source, injudicions treatment—in either watering, the
application of stimulants in too great quantities or at
inopportune times—bad potting, too frequent shifts,
attempts to increase the stock, frost, draught, dust, and
bad drainage. There are comparatively few insect and
other enemies to Room Plants, and those which are in
evidence are easily dealt with. Soil, of course, is a factor
in ae culture, and one that is also but little under-
stood.

The source whence a plant is obtained has a most
important bearing upon its future welfare, and particu-
larly in the case of those foliage subjects which in a
state of nature require a hot, moist temperature, and
whose surroundings haye as nearly as possible to be
imitated when they are grown artificially here. Despite
the fact, however, that many of our finest foliage Room
Plants are natives of warmer climes, they are sufficiently
accommodating to live amidst very different surroundings
if they are but intelligently treated. The travelling
hawker is always to be avoided. The plants he has for
disposal have been grown on by a method to fit them
for quick sale, and their lives are most ephemeral. India-
rubber Plants, Palms, Fatsias, and numberless Ferns are
raised in large quantities to supply the markets, and
such are abont the worst that can be purchased if a long
life is desired. To get the best possible results with
Palms and such like they should be purchased from a
trustworthy nurseryman or florist who has prepared the
plants for the treatment they are likely to undergo.
They should also be purchased in late spring or summer :
never in winter or in autumn.

Frost and draught are most powerful enemies against
which the cultivator of Room Plants has to contend.
A window is the most suitable position for plants
generally in the daytime, as there they get a maximum
of light and sunshine. At night, in winter, the case is
different. A good plan is to have at hand a couple of
wire stands, on to which the plants could be moved at
night, and these should be placed in the centre of the
room, or else in a corner where draughts are not
prevalent at night, and, if necessary, further surrounded
by a temporary screen of stout tiffany, which can easily
be mounted upon a roughly-constructed frame. By this
means the dangers from frost are considerably reduced,
and the plants can easily be returned to their quarters
in the window in the morning. Some further protection
may be necessary in the case of Palms, and this will
be referred to further on,

Air is very necessary to the well-being of plants. In
winter time the top sash may be allowed down in liying
rooms, say a couple of inches, this space being filled by
a piece of close wire gauze-like material; this may be
so arranged that at any time the window may be at
once closed. The door should not be left open at the
same time as the window, or the result will be disastrous
to plant life, especially when cold and drying winds are
prevalent. Plants, too, which are used for hall decora-
tion must also be guarded against frost and draught.

Dust on the foliage clogs the breathing pores. Where,
tnerefore, Palms, Euryas, Aspidistras, Indiarubber Plants,

Room Plants—continued.

and similar stout-textured foliage subjects are employed
in rooms, they should be carefully kept clean of dust
and dirt, and the best means of doing this is with a
sponge and some soft lukewarm water. This should be
done twice a week, or oftener in the case of very dusty
apartments.

The importance of good drainage in the case of pot-
or box-plants can hardly be over-estimated. An im-
perfectly drained pot soon causes the best and freest of
soils to sour, and quickly destroys the most promising
of plants. Especial care must be given to the pieces
covering the hole or holes of the pot or box. The other
drainage material must be so arranged that the water
passes freely through. The amount of drainage, and
even the kind employed, will vary a little with the class
of plant. As a rule, pieces of old pots and broken or
whole oyster shells are amongst the best for plants in
general, Cactuses require special treatment in the matter
of potting, and this is fully dealt with under Cactus.

Before a plant can be properly potted, its requirements
must be known to a nicety, for whereas in the majority
of cases crowded root-space might be taken as an
almost certain indication of the need of a shift, there
are plants which succeed better the less they are
interfered with, so long as they receive some assistance
by means of top-dressings or stimulants. All classes of
Room Plants are not equally affected, and therefore no
hard-and-fast rule can be laid down. Palms yield the
best results when they are not given too much room;
and a frequent cause of failure is shifting them too
frequently. The roots must be the absolute gnide
to repotting. So long as these are not too crowded,
the drainage is ample, and the plant exhibits a health
appearance, it should not be repotted. And so it is with
many other of the foliage plants used for room decora-
tion—Aspidistras in particular. Then the manner of
potting will vary with the class of plant; Chrysanthe-
mums, for instance, require the compost tightly rammed,
and so also do Palms. As a general rule, hard-wooded
plants, like Heaths, require to be more firmly potted
than soft-wooded ones, like Pelargoniums.

Palms, according to Dr. Udo Dammer, are best potted
so that the soil slopes gradually from the side down to
the centre. By this means moisture is best conyeyed to
the centre of ie ball of earth, which otherwise frequently
remains dry, to the detriment of the roots. This should
be well borne in mind when repotting.

Again, in potting a plant, the condition of the soil will
have to be taken into consideration. If it is too dry,
repotting must not be undertaken. The soil must be
moist without being wet. The pots must also be thoroughly
clean and dry. No plant should be placed in a wet ora
dirty pot. Where, therefore, washing has been resorted
to, or new pots have been soaked, as they shonld be,
they must be thoroughly dried before being used. Spring
may safely be put down as the best time for repotting,
as then it is that roots are most active.

The best water for any purpose is pure rain water.
Cold tap water should never be used. The next best
thing to rain water is that from a stream or well.
In towns, of course, this latter source of supply is not
available, and the cultivator must then use tap- or pump-
water. It should be kept in a large receptacle where
the snn can shine upon it, and be brought to the
requisite temperature by the addition of hot water, if
necessary.

A fairly good method of telling if water is needed is to
strike the pot with the knuckles, and if a clear ringing
sound is emitted, it may usually be assumed that water
is needful, although sometimes the dull, heavy sound one
connects with a plant having a sufficiency of water is
given off if the roots are amply filling the space at their
disposal. Palms are somewhat difficult subjects for
the majority of amateurs to judge of, but if the
foliage of the stont-textured species be flaccid and
readily rolled, especially towards the apex, water is then
badly needed. The rough-and-ready method previously
suggested holds good least of all with Palms, for, as
already has been stated, they shonld be restricted as
regards root-room, and, therefore, even if dry, the ringing
sound is less likely to be given off.

The best time for watering depends upon the season:
in the winter, morning shonld be selected, so long as

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 643

Room Plants—continued.
there is no danger of frosts; while even in summer, if the
cultivator does not mind getting up early, morning is the
best time, so long as it is done before the sun gets too
powerful; otherwise his operation had better be deferred
until the evening. In any case merely wetting the top
soil is not of the slightest use—indeed harmful, as it
cakes the surface; the plant should have a good soaking.
Cactuses require special treatment as regards watering,
and this is mentioned under their respective heads.

Most plants dealt with here may be grown successfully
in a combination of fibrous loam, leaf-soil, and sand.
Two parts of the first-named to one part of the others
will be abont the correct proportions. Exceptions are
the Cactuses, when to fibrous loam and sand should be
added broken brick rubble to the extent of nearly one-
half; and some of the hard-wooded plants like Heaths,

Fic. 655. OPHIOPOGON JABURAN VARIEGATA.

when peat may replace the leaf-soil, though it is not
absolutely necessary, as has often been proved. For
Ferns, there shonld be a preponderance of peat in the
compost. Potting soils may be bought ready mixed in
those cases where no conyenience exists for storing them
on the premises. This is the better plan to adopt. In
most gardens, however, there would be room, say, for
providing a supply of leaf-soil. Leaves of any kind can
be thrown into a heap, but the best soil is that prepared
from the leaves of Oak and Elm,

All plants require assistance from time to time in order
to allow of their perfecting their growth, and of re-
cuperating those energies exhausted in bringing forth
their crop of flowers, fruit, or foliage. Taken all round,
the most conyenient for the general run of gardeners
who go in for pot-plants are the ‘‘artificials.” Where,
however, the conveniences exist, there should always be
kept a tub of soot-water (made by sinking a bag of soot
in any large tub) and some liquid cow-manure. These
two manures are most useful in giving colour to such
foliage plants as Palms, Aspidistras, and the like.

Room Plants—continued.

First as to Foliage Plants, of which Palms are the
chief of the species best suited to room cultivation, the
following may be named: Howea Forsteriana (Kentia
Forsteriana) ; Livistona chinensis (Latania _ borbonica) ;
Trachycarpus excelsus (Chamxrops excelsa) and T. Fortunet
(Chamzrops Fortunei); Rhapis flabelliformis; Phenix
rupicola and P. reclinata ; Cocos Weddeliana and C. plumosa
er pulchra); Archontophenix Cunninghamiana
Seaforthia elegans, Ptychosperma Cunninghamiana) ;
Sabal Adansonii and S. Blackburniana (S. wmbraculifera) ;
Jubza spectabilis; Nannorhops Ritchieana; and most
of the Arecas. Other good Plants in this section are
Aspidistra lurida, A. l. variegata, and A. elatior; Fatsia

japonica (Aralia Sieboldii), which should be freely
watered from late spring until late summer, and
afforded a shady position; Cordyline australis and

C. indivisa ; Ficus elastica (India-
rubber Plant); Maranta major
(easily managed if given a position
where it does not get the direct
rays of the sun); Ewrya japonica
and its variegated variety ; Phor-
mium tenaz and its equally
desirable and more effective
variegated forms; Ophiopogon Ja-
buran variegata (Fig. 653); Arau-
caria excelsa ; Carex japonica varie-
gata; Dasylirion acrotrichum and
D. glaucophyllum latifolium ; Yucca
filamentosa aureo-variegata and
Y. aloifolia ; Agave americana and
its variety variegata, and A. wni-
vittata; Chlorophytum elatum

‘ variegatum (better known perhaps
as Anthericum variegatum and
Phalangium argenteolineare) ; Cy-
perus alternifolius and its yarie-
gated form; Pandanus Candela-
brum variegatus ; Eulalia japonica
foliis variegata; Rex Begonias:
Coleus ; and Ferns.

Amongst flowering plants there
are a host of Cactuses, ineluding
Cereus flagelliformis (Rat’s Tail
Cactus), C. Berlandieri, C. cxs-
pitosus, C. pentalophus (C. lepta-
canthus), C. Blankvi, and C. poly-
acanthus; Echinocactus gibbosus
and E. hexedrophorus; Eehinopsis
Pentlandi and its varieties, E.
Eyriesii and E. oxygona. _ Mam-
millaria bicolor, M. gracilis, M.
sanguinea, and M. elongata, are
all good.

In bulbs and tubers Crocuses,
Hyacinths, Scillas (Squills), Snow-
drops, Daffodils, and other Narcissi
(including the Chinese Sacred Lily)
are all indispensable. Then there
are Solomon’s Seal (Polygonatum
multiflorum); the Scarborough
Lily (Vallota purpurea); Isxias

and Sparaxis; Allium neapolitanwm, A. azwrewm, and
A. Macnabianum; Anomatheca cruenta; Freesia refracta
aiba; Erythroniums ; Lachenalia pendula and L. tricolor ;
Nerine sarniensis and N. Fothergilli (cwrvifolia) major ;
Tuberoses; Lilies like L. speciosum and its varieties,
L. longiflorum, L. awratwm and its varieties, and L. Harris: ;
Fritillaria Meleagris, F. aurea, and F. armena; Mont-
bretias ; Schizostylis coccinea; early-flowering Gladioli ;
Watsonias ; Zephyranthes ; and the dwarf Iris species.

Of tuberons plants there are Anemones like A. coronaria
(both single and double) ; Tuberous Begonias; Cyclamen
Coum, C. europzwm, C. hederxfolium (C. repandum),
C. Atkinsii, and C. libanoticum; and Eranthis hyemalis.

Geraniums (Pelargoniums) ; Musk; Stocks; Asters ; Forget-
me-Nots (Myosotis) ; Primula obconica, P. sikkimensis, P. den-
ticulata cashmeriana, and P. rosea; Cinerarias; Common
Christmas Rose (Helleborus niger); Deutzia gracilis;
Hydrangea hortensis ; Cytisus racemosus ; Coronilla glauca ;
the well-known Dicentra (Dielytra) spectabilis; Astilbe
(Spirea) japonica ; and Francoa ramosa (Bridal Wreath) and
F. appendiculata, are other excellent floral subjects.

644

Room Plants—continued.

Of Ferns, the kinds ayailable for use as pot-plants for
indoor decoration are fairly numerous, and include Pteris
cretica albo-lineata, P. quadrita argyrea (P. argyrea of
some), P. serrulata; Todea barbara ; Asplenium bulbiferwm,
A. b. Fabianum, A. b. lawum, A. flaccidum, and A. Tricho-
manes; Pellexa (Platyloma) rotundifolia; Cyrtomium
falcatum and its varieties Fortunei and caryotidewm;
Scolopendrium vulgare (Common Hartstongue); Lomaria
Spicant; and Polypodium vulgare cambricum.

For use as basket plants, Ivy-leaved Pelargoniums ;
Campanula isophylla, C. % alba, and C. fragilis;
_ Lysimachia Nummularia (Creeping Jenny) and its

variegated form; Ivies of sorts, but especially the
variegated kinds ; variegated Stonecrops (Sedum) ; Zebrina
pendula (more familiarly known as T'radescantia zebrina) :
the common Musk ; Isolepis gracilis ; Saxifraga sarmentosa ;
Kenilworth Ivy (Linaria Cymbalaria) ; Othonna crassifolia ;
Nierembergia gracilis; Tropxolum polyphyllum ; and such
Ferns as Asplenium caudatum and longissimum ;
Davallia retusa; Nephrolepis exaltata, N. acuta and N.
pluma; and Woodwardia radicans, are a few good subjects.

ROOT-PRUNING. When fruit trees are making
rampant growth and bearing little or no fruit, the
cultivator adopts a judicious system of Root-pruning to
check excessive growth, and to throw the trees into a
frnuit-bearing condition. As to the method of procedure, no
hard-and-fast rule can be laid down, as the size of the
tree and other conditions must be considered. If a tree
is large, and has not been disturbed at the roots for many
years, it is advisable to Root-prune only one side at a
time. If it were done all round at once the check given
would be so severe that death would result, or, at any
rate, very serious injury for a number of years. In dealing
with a large tree, a deep trench should be dug, about
as far from the stem as the branches extend in the case of
standards or half-standards, and about 8ft. to 12ft. away
from the stem or trunk of trained trees, according to
their size. The trench ought to be sufficiently deep to
enable the operator to cut through all roots. Afterwards,
with a fork, the soil shonld be worked out from amongst
the roots towards the trunk, cutting through all roots
that strike directly downwards into the sub-soil. All
other roots should be carefully preserved and kept moist.
Having bared all the roots nearly to the trunk, all
those badly injured should be cut back, and then
evenly laid in the soil again, and if fresh soil can be added
so much the better. The soil about the roots should be
firmly trodden, thus encouraging fibrous roots near the
surface. In two years the other side of the tree or trees
may be treated in a similar manner.

Smaller trees may be lifted bodily, all the long,
straggling roots cut back, and replanted, thus effectually
checking superabundant growth. Im nurseries where
specimen trees are grown for sale, they are lifted and
Root-pruned every two years, to keep them movable with
good balls of earth attached to the roots. The great
point in successfully Root-pruning large or small trees,
is to commence operations far enough away from the
trunk to ensure a good quantity of uninjured roots for
laying in the soil.

ROOTS. The formation of good fibrous Roots is
essential for the production of healthy plants, flowers,
and fruit. To attain this object it is requisite that a
suitable medium for root-growth should be obtained.
With the exception of Bog Plants, drainage for surplus
moisture to pass away is absolutely necessary, otherwise
the stagnant water will destroy all the finer and most
valuable Roots. Soil, again, must be suited to the
requirements of the plants. Rhododendrons, Ericas,
and plants of that class, for example, quickly become
unhealthy when the Roots come in contact with lime.
Fruit-producing trees, on the other hand, must haye
lime to form and develop their crops, and if it is not
present naturally, it must be applied to the Roots by
the cultivator. Some plants need a loose soil which
the Roots can easily penetrate for their growth;
while others, especially the Vine, Fig, and, in fact, most
frnit trees, give the finest results when the rooting
medium is very firm, which causes the production of a
mass of fibrous Roots, followed by short-jointed, sturdy
wood, certain to bear satisfactory crops of fruit. On the
other hand, if the soil were loose and easily perforated
by the Roots, these would be long, thick, practically

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Roots—continued.

devoid of fibre, and the growth of the wood long-
jointed, sappy, and unfrnitful. In those orchards where ,
the finest and heaviest crops of frnit are produced,
every effort is made to encourage the Roots to the surface
by feeding, and therefore it is very unwise to mutilate
the Roots by surface-digging. In fact, with some plants,
such as Raspberries, it is most injurious, as the best
Roots are thus destroyed. Every year the pernicions
system of digging amongst trees and shrubs is answerable
for ill-health and deaths, and what should be the most
beautiful part of the garden is rendered more or less
unsightly by dead and dying portions of the shrubbery
through Root-mntilation. In the remoyal of plants and
in replanting, as little damage as possible should be done
to the Roots. From the time of lifting until replanted,
the Roots should be kept moist: if they are allowed to
become dry during the interval, a serious check to the
trees or plants will follow.

ROSA. In Vol. III. the more injurious Fungi were dealt
with at considerable length, and little need be added to
the information there given. For the very common Mildew
(Sphxrotheca pannosa), sulphur in some form is still the
best fungicide for staying the progress of the disease.
Powdered sulphur has long been employed by gardeners,
and it is fairly effectual. Far better results are, how-
ever, obtainable by using it in combination with quicklime
(three parts of flowers of snlphur and one part of powdered
quicklime). Many rosarians, however, prefer to either
the clear preparation liver of sulphur in solntion (loz.
to 3 gallons of water). (See Fungicides.) For the Orange
Rust (Phragmidium subcorticatum) weak Bordeaux Mix-
ture should be used. This shonld be in combination with
the collection and burning of all fallen leaves in autumn
and the employment of copper sulphate solution (loz.
copper sulphate to 2 gallons of water) in early April.
This latter is also effectual in the case of the ‘‘Spot”
Fungi prevalent. in many places.

In respect of Mildew, it may be stated that the Hybrid
Perpetuals as a section are far more liable to attack than
are the Teas, the Hybrid Teas, and the Noisettes. This
point does not as often receive attention when the gar-
dener is making a selection as it might.

For “Canker,” which, as in the case of Apple-Tree
Canker, is characterised by the splitting of the bark, the
remedies under Canker may be found of use.

INSECTS AND OTHER ANIMAL PrEsts. As in the case of
Fungi, little by way of addition is called for here.
Broadly it may be stated that outside for insects which
chew, like the Sawflies and certain Moth Caterpillars,
feeding exposed, there is nothing so good as _ hellebore,
either as a powder or in solution, or a solution of Paris
Green (see Insecticides). Both are, however, virulent
poisons, and must be carefully kept. For Aphides (see
Aphides) and other pests which suck, Kerosene Emulsion,
soft-soap solution, or even hot water, may be ‘tried.
Under glass the gardener must largely rely upon syringing
and famigation to keep pests in check, together with, in
the case of Scale, the application of Kerosene Emulsion by
means of a sponge or a brush. One of the most trouble-
some of all pests falling under this heading is a species
of Eelworm at the roots of pot Roses. The Eelworm is
readily introduced with the potting soil. See Eelworms
in present Volame, and Nematoid Worms in Vol. IL.,
for remedies and means of prevention.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 319-25,
Vol. III., the following should be added. The changes in
nomenclature are based on the ‘‘ Index Kewensis.”

R. acicularis nipponicus (Nippon). /. rich rose, solitary,
ljin. across, borne on slender peduncles. J. pale green.
Branches slender. Japan, 1899. An erect bush. (B. M. 7646.)

R. alpina pyrenaica (Pyrenese). A spiny variety with rose-
pink flowers and very long fruits.

R. anemonefiora (Anemone-flowered).
R. indica anemoneeflora.

R. anserinzfolia. The correct name is R. Begyeriana.

R. Beggeriana (Begger’s). The correct name of R. anserine-
folia. There are two varieties: nigrescens and Schrenki.

R. blanda Manettii (Manetti’s). ”. of a beautiful clear rose,
semi-double, very elegant. Lombardy, about 1820. R. Mendleri
is another form of R. blanda.

R. borbonica, or Bourbonia.
R. indica.

The correct name of

Bourbon Rose. See under

7
;

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Rosa—continued.

R. centifolia pzestumense (Piestum). A variety having clear
rose-coloured, double or semi-double flowers. 1895.

R. chinensis (Chinese). A form of R. indica.

R. clinophylla (bent-leaved). A synonym of R. involucrata.

R. damascena. This is considered by some authors to be a

hybrid between R. gallica and R. cantina.

R. d. belgica (Belgian). Rose of Four Seasons. fl. small but
very odorous, six to twelve inacorymb. Intermediate between
R. damascena and R. centifolia.

R. d. portlandica. Portland or Perpetual Rose. jl. of various
colours, solitary or in twos or threes. fr. red, elongated.
1. lanceolate, soft and glaucous beneath. Probably of English
origin.

R. Ecze. The correct name is R. zanthina.

R. Engelmanni (Engelmann’s), A new _ species, allied to
R. alpina, with obleng fruit. Colorado, 1889. (G. & F. 1889,
p. 377, f. 121.)

R. ferruginea (rusty). The correct name of R. rubrifolia.

R. gallica conditorum (founder). A variety from which
perfume is obtained in Asia Minor. 1889.

R. g. incarnata (flesh-coloured). #. bright red.
unarmed. France. (B. M. 7035.)

R. g. provincialis (Provence). fl. of various dark tints,
velvety. J2., leaflets mostly orbicular. France.

Attar of Roses is obtained from the forms conditorum and
trigintipetala.

R. gigantea (gigantic). This is something in the way of
R. indica chinensis, but larger, and differs in having solitary
lemon-white flowers 5in. in diameter when expanded, but golden-
yellow as a bud, with entire outer sepals and unarmed floral
branches. Birma, 1888. (G. C. 1889, vi., p. 13, f. 4.)

R. glutinosa yarmalensis. jl. whitish-red, comparatively
large. J. small. Spines strong, uncinate. /. 24ft. Asia Minor,
1892. A good dwarf variety for the rockery.

R. Heckeliana (Heckel’s).
The correct spelling of

Branches

645

Rosa—continued.

toothed leaflets. California, 1888. A species of compact,
much-branched habit, armed with numerous straight spines.
(G. & F. 1888, p. 102, f. 22.)

R. mollis omissa (remiss). fl. pink. fr. obovoid or pyriform,
glabrous. J., leaflets glandular beneath. France.

R. Noisettiana. See under R. indica.
R. omissa (remiss). A variety of R. mollissima.

R. Pissardi (Pissard’s). l. white, double, and fragrant.
to 18ft. Caspian Region. (R. H. 1880, p. 314, f. 62, 63.)

R. platyphylla (broad-leayed). A form of R. multiflora.
R. polyantha (many-flowered). A synonym of R. multiflora.

R. pomifera (pome-bearing). Great Apple Rose. jl. pink,
solitary or a few together ; peduncles short. fr. red or purplish,
large, globose or pyriform, prickly. /., leaflets about twice as
long as broad, doubly serrated. Branches arched, with scattered,
straight prickles. Europe. (B. M. 7241.)

R. Rapa (Rapa). A synonym of R. lucida.
R. reclinata (reclining). A form of R. indica.

R. repens flore-pleno (double-flowered). A white, double-
flowered but flat monthly rose.

R. rubifolia (Rubus-leaved). A synonym of R. setigera.
R. rubrifolia. The correct name is R. ferruginea.

R. sinica. R&. levigata is the correct name.

R. villosa (villous) A synonym of R. mollis.

R. Watsoniana (Watson's). /. white, and Myrtle-like. Summer.
l. very slender. Japan. ;

R. Wichuraiana (Wichuray’s). A synonym of R. Lucie.
R. xanthina (yellow). The correct name of R. Ece.

h. 15ft.

Hybrid Perpetual Roses.
Prune in March, and always to a bud that points outwards. Weak
kinds may be pruned hard to cause them to start vigorously ; two
or more buds may be lest at the base of each shoot. Vigorous

R. Hackeliana.

R. heterophylia (variable-
leaved). A garden hybrid
between R. rugosa and
R. Eglanteria (R. lutea). It
bears white flowers.

R. humilis triloba (three-
lobed). A curious variety,
having the petals distinctly
three-lobed. 1889. (G. &
F. 1889, p. 76, f. 93.)

R. incarnata (flesh-

coloured). A form of
R. gallica.
R. indica chinensis.

Chinese Rose. jl. reddish-
crimson, medium - sized,
slightly double, slightly
odorous ; sepals simple or
pinnate, glabrous,caducous.
Summer. J. consisting of
three or five small, elliptic-
ovate, acuminate leafiets,
purplish beneath. China.

R. i. odorata (scented). A
general name for the Tea
Roses.

R. involucrata lena
(full). A variety with large
white flowers, rose-tinted.

R. levigata is the correct
name of R. sinica. ‘There
is a beautiful hybrid from
this, known as ANEMONE.

R. Luciz (Mme. Lucie
Savatier’s). /l. snow-white,
solitary or sub-corymbose,
fragrant ; petals Jin. to Zin,

broad, orbicular-obovate,
retuse. August. fr. purple or scarlet, small, globose.

1., leaflets five to nine, ovate, any toothed, the upper ones
shortly acuminate. Floriferous branches glabrous, sparsely
prickly. Japan and China, 1880 and 1891. A profuse-flowering,
rostrate shrub. (B. M. 7421.) Syn. R. Wichuraiana (G. & F.
891, iv., ii., p. 570, f. 89), under which name it is usually
catalogued and grown.

R. macrantha (large-flowered).* A form of R. canina.

R. Manettii (Manetti’s). A form of R. blanda.

R. minutifolia (minute-leaved). #. pink or white, lin. across,
solitary, disposed on short spurs along the branches.
Jr. globular. J. very small, composed of tive or seven deeply-

Fic. 654.

HYBRID PERPETUAL ROSE CLIO.
(From a Photograph by Richmond and Peto, Lustleigh, S. Devon.)

growers may be left longer, and pruned to the sirst large plump
bud nearest the base of each shoot. Orin the case of Bush Roses the
shoots may be left their entire length and pegged down, or else
lightly pruned, as in the case of Teas, All weak wood, and also
shoots that cross each other, should be cut out, in order to let in
daylight and air.

ALPHONSE SOUPERT, bright rose; ANNIE Woop, bright red,
large and full, imbricated, best in autumn; Baccuus, bright
violet-red, good autumn Rose; BARON HAUSSMANN, dark red ;
CAPTAIN HAYWARD, bri ‘mine-crimson, free, but some-
what thin; CHARLES LEFEBVRE, bright red, shaded with
purple ; CLIo, white, tinted flesh, large and free (see Fig. 654);

‘

646

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rosa—continued.

CoMTE DE RAIMBAUD, bright crimson, of good form, one of the
best; CRIMSON QUEEN, carmine, shaded scarlet; Dr. Hoae,
deep violet, vigorous; DUCHESSE DE Morny, light rose, silvery
underneath, imbricated, full; DUKE OF ALBANY, bright crimson,
large, an effective autumn variety ; DUKE OF CONNAUGHT, bright
velvety-crimson, of perfect shape, free; EARL OF DUFFERIN,
rich velvety-crimson, globular; ELISE BOELLE, white, large
and full; ELLA GORDON, cherry-crimson, large, semi-globular,
goodin autumn; EXPOSITION DE BRIE, pale red, shaded crimson;
FRANCISQUE RIVE, cerise, shaded carmine ; GRAND MOGUL, deep
crimson, large and free; GUSTAVE PIGANEAU, rosy-crimson,
large, globular, not a good grower; HELEN KELLER, bright
rose, With shell-like petals; JEANNIE DICKSON, rosy-pink, with
silvery edges, beautiful asa bud; LADY SHEFFIELD, rosy-cerise ;
MADAME CHARLES Woop, bright crimson, shaded purple;
MADAME EUGENE VERDIER, light rose, globular; MDLLE.
MARIE Raby, brilliant red, of good form; MARCHIONESS OF
DUFFERIN, rosy-pink, large, of good form; MARCHIONESS OF
LONDONDERRY, ivory-white, excellent in autumn ; MARCHIONESS
OF LoRNE, rich rose, shaded carmine; MRs. JOHN LAING,
soft pink, semi-globular, one of the best inautumn; Mrs. R. G.
SHARMAN CRAWFORD, rose-pink, with paler outer petals ; PAUL’s

|

Vem

Fic. 655. ROSE Paut’s EaRty Biusn.
(From a Photograph by Richmond and Peto, Lustleigh, S. Devon.)

EARLY BLUSH (see Fig. 655, blush-white, profuse as to flower;
PRIDE OF REIGATE, carmine, striped with white, of exquisite
form ; REY. ALAN CHEALES, pure lake, with silvery-white back
petals; SALAMANDER, vivid scarlet-crimson, of good form;
SILVER QUEEN, silvery-blush, shaded delicate rose, large, full,
and cupped; SPENSER, satiny-pink, shaded white on outer
petals ; SUZANNE M. ROpDOCANACHI, light rose, shaded silver, a
very attractive variety; T. B. Haywoop, crimson-scarlet,
shaded black; Tom Woop, cherry-red, shell-shaped, an ex-
cellent Rose; VicroR HuGo, bright crimson, of elegant shape ;
VIOLETTE BOUYER, white, but sometimes tinted, one of the
best; WALTHAM STANDARD, deep carmine, shaded scarlet,
Vigorous; WHITE BARONESS, pure white, excellent in autumn.

_|

Rosa—continued.

Tea-scented Roses.

Under Glass: Severe pruning is never advised. Regulate the growth
as made, and only shorten back the strong shoots. Outside:
Dwarfs in beds may be cut down nearly to their base in April.
Many, however, shorten back in March, and finish the pruning in
April. Where exhibition flowers are required, the buds must be
restricted to one on each shoot. Climbing Teas should never be
hard pruned. All vigorous shoots should be allowed to remain
practically their entire length. In all cases weak wood must be
removed.

BRIDESMAID, pink, an improved CATHERINE MERMET;
CLEOPATRA, pale pink, edged with rose; COMTESSE DE
TURENNE, pale pink, shaded rose; ELISE FUGIER, white, with
yellowish centre; EMPRESS ALEXANDRA OF RussiA, lake-red,
shaded orange, globular; ERNEST METZ, rose-carmine, with
brighter centre; ETHEL BROWNLOW, salmon-pink, shaded
yellow at base of petals; FRANCESCA KRUGER, copper-red,
shaded yellow and red; GOLDEN GaTE, cream-white, slightly
yellow-tinged, fine variety ; HON. EDITH GIFFORD, white, tinted
with rose; JULES FINGER, rose, with silvery shading; MADAME
CusIN, rosy-purple; MAMAN COCHET, light rose, shaded with
yellow; MURIEL GRAHAME, cream-white, flushed rose;
SOUVENIR DE GABRIELLE DREVET, pale salmon-red, with
coppery-rose centre; SOUVENIR DE S. A. PRINCE, pure white ;
THE BRIDE, pure white.

Hybrid Tea Roses.
For method of pruning, see under Teas.

AUGUSTINE GUINOISSEAU, white, rose-tinted ; BEAUTE LYONNAISE,
white, faintly tinted with yellow; BELLE SIEBRIECHT, bright
rosy-pink, very free; BESSIE BROWN, creamy-white ; CAROLINE
TESTOUT, clear rose, large and double, one of the best ; COUNTESS
OF CALEDON, pale rose, with deeper centre ; DANMARK, a double
La FRANCE; GLOIRE LYONNAISE, lemon-white, exquisite as a
bud; KaIsERIN AUGUSTA VICTORIA, white, deeper centre; La
FRAICTEUR, white, shaded and tinted with rose ; L'INNOCENCE,
pure white, large and free; MADAME J. FINGER, creamy-white,
shaded pink; MARQUISE LiTTA, carmine, with vermilion-red
cenes SOUVENIR DE PRESIDENT CARNOT, light rose, suffused
white.

Noisette Roses.

Varieties of this section should only be closely pruned when they
are intended to produce extra large blossoms. In other cases, if
the weak and exhausted wood be removed, this will suffice.

ADELAIDE VIVIAND MOREL, canary-yellow, edged rose-carmine ;
BOUQUET D'OR, deep yellow, coppery centre; COQUETTE DES
BLANCHES, pure white, very fine; DUCHESS OF MECKLENBERG,
pale yellow; FELLENBERG, bright crimson; FORTUNE'S YELLOW,
yellow, flaked carmine, semi-double; L’IDEAL, yellow, tinted
copper and gold, very fine ; MADAME ALFRED CARRIERE, creamy-
white, large and full, vigorous; MADAME PIERRE COCHET,
orange- or apricot-yellow.

Bourbon Roses.
The shoots should practically be left their entire length.

ACIDALIE, white, tinted rose; BarRpou Jos, bright scarlet, semi-
double ; BARONNE GONELLA, rose, with pink shading; J. B. M.
CaMM, salmon-pink; LORNA DOONE, magenta-carmine; Mrs.
PAUL, blush-white, tinged rose, fragrant; PRINCESS LOUISE
Victoria, pale pink, fine; QUEEN OF BEDDERS, deep crimson ;
QUEEN OF THE BOURBONS, fawn-coloured salmon; SIR JOSEPH
PAXTON, pinkish-rose, free.

Luciz (Wichuraiana) Hybrids,

A slight shortening is all that is called for, as they are, as a rule,
more or less, creeping Roses.

EVERGREEN GEM, buff, changing to white; GARDENIA, bright
yellow, becoming cream; JERSEY Beauty, pale yellow, large,
single; MANDA’S TRIUMPH, pure white, double, in clusters;
MAY QUEEN, coral-pink, climber; PINK ROAMER, bright pink,
with orange-red anthers, single; RUBY QUEEN, bright carmine,
with white base; SouTH ORANGE PERFECTION, white, tipped

ink; UNIVERSAL FAVOURITE, pink, double, very sweet;
ARIEGATA, leaves spotted and tipped with white.

Lord Penzance’s Hybrid Sweet-Briars.
These do not need any pruning.

Amy ROBSART, deep rose, robust and free ; ANNE OF GEIERSTEIN,
dark crimson, succeeded by pretty fruits; BRENDA, peach-pink ;
CATHERINE LEYTON, rose-pink, with golden anthers; EDITH
BELLENDEN, pale rose, profuse; FLORA M‘Ivor, pure white,
tinged rose; JEANNIE DEANS, scarlet-crimson; JULIA MAN-
NERING, porcelain-pink; LADY PENZANCE, copper-tinted, yellow
at base; LORD PENZANCE, fawn, with golden centre; Lucy
ASHTON, white, edged pink ; MEG MERRILEES, bright crimson,
free; ROSE LRADWARDINE, clear rose, vigorous,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 647

Rosa—continued. Rosa—continued.
Moss Roses (R. centifolia muscosa). Evergreen Roses (I. sempervirens).
These, like the Provence Roses (which see), require to be closely | In these varieties a number of the hanging shoots are best left nearly
pruned. their full length, just removing the tips. The weak and exhausted

ANGELIQUE QUETIER le lilac-rose, free; BLANCHE Moreau, | wood in the head should, however, all be cut out. These make
E , , ; AS } ZAU, Seat ares
pure white, large, and distinct, one of the best; CELINA, rich pretty Weeping Roses.
crimson, shaded purple; CRESTED, bright rose, large and full; DonNA Mart, white, small; JAUNATRE, fawn-yellow; LEOPOL-

CRIMSON GLOBE, deep crimson; CUMBERLAND BELLE, bright DINE D’'ORLEANS, white, shaded rose, small, double; Myrtan-
silvery-rose (climber); GRACILIS, rose-pink, very mossy ; JULIE THES RENONCULE, blush, edged rose-pink ; PRINCESS LOUISE,
DE MERSAUT, rosy-pink; REINE BLANCHE, pure white, good light pink; RAMPANTE, pure white; RUSSELLIANA, dull

variety; WE ZAIR, soft rose. crimson, excellent pillar Rose.

Ayrshire Roses (Rosa repens hybrida).

These useful Roses for banks, trees, arches, and the like, require little
or no pruning—just the weak wood cut out and the tips of the other
shoots shortened,

ALICE GRAY, creamy-white, edged pink, good arch Rose;
QUEEN, purple; QUEEN OF THE BELGIANS, pure white; THE
GARLAND, nankeen and pink, becoming white. :

Musk Roses (2. moschata).

Pruning consists in the removal of useless wood, and a slight shorten-
ing back of the vigorous shoots.

FRINGED Musk, white, with serrated petals; PRINCESSE DE
NASSAU, cream, becoming white, double, late-flowering ;
RIVERS’ Musk, light pink, shaded buff, double.

Ramanas Roses (2. rugosa).

These beautiful Hedge Roses require no pruning beyond the shortening
back of a rampant growth.

ALBA, pure white, single; AMERICA, crimson-lake, large, and
| open; ATROPURPUREA, dark crimson; BLANCHE DOUBLE DE
COUBERT, pure white, semi-double, lovely in autumn; CALo-
CARPA, soft rose, followed by pretty fruits ; CONSUL F. MEYER,
silvery-rose, large, double; CORUSCANS, clear pink, distinct ;
FIMBRIATA, pale rose or white, fimbriated ; MADAME CHARLES
WortH, reddish-purple, semi-double, vigorous; MADAME
GEORGES BRUANT, white, double, fragrant; MIKADO, crimson,
semi-double, distinct; Mrs. ANTHONY WATERER, deep red,
large, semi-double, free; ROSE APPLES, silvery-rose and pretty
fruits; SOUVENIR DE CHRISTOPHE COCHET, pink, semi-double,
large fruits ; THUSNELDA, salmon-pink, semi-double, early.

Macartney Roses (2. bracteata).

Very little pruning is called for where these tender but beautiful
Roses are grown. They should receive the shelter of a south wall.
ALBA SIMPLEX, white, single, fine, open flower; BERBERIFOLIA
HarRpDII, yellow, maroon-spotted, single; MARIE LEONIDA,
_ white, centre creamy-blush, large, double.

Fic. 656. YORK AND LANCASTER ROSES. |

Provence Roses—Cabbage and York and Lancaster
(Fig. 656) (Rosa centifolia).

CELESTIAL, light blush ; COMMANDANT BEAUREPAIRE, rose, with
purple and white stripes; MAIDEN’s BLUSH, light blush;
Rosa MuNDI, cherry-red and white; Sancta (Holy Rose of
Abyssinia), pale pink ; TUSCANY, dark violet-red.

Polyantha Roses (Rosa polyantha).

Alike under glass and in the open the Dwarf varieties should have
the shoots cut down nearly to their base after howering. They are
excellent Roses for edgings to beds and borders. The Climbers
should have the exhausted wood removed after lowering ; while all
congested shoots should be eut away at the same time.

Dwarf: ANNA MARIA DE MONTRAYVEL, white, double, fragrant ;
BLANCHE REBATEL, bright crimson, lighter in centre; CECILE
BRUNNER, pale pink, pretty; CLOTHILDE SOUPERT, pure
white, with pink centre, double; ETOILE D’OR, lemon-yellow,
with paler outer petals; GEORGES PERNET, rose, with yellow
shading; GLOIRE DES POLYANTHA, bright pink, white centre;
GOLDEN Fairy, buff-yellow; LitrLE Dor, pink, flecked with | Fic. 657. RAMBLING ROSE LEUCHSTERN.
carmine ; MA PAQUERETTE, pure white; PERLE D'OR, nankeen-
yellow, with orange centre; PERLE DES ROUGES, bright
crimson; RED Pet, dark crimson; WHITE PET, white, free. Chinese, or “Monthly” Roses (I. indica, R. semperjlorens).
Climbing : AGLAIA, canary-yellow ; CLAIRE JACQUIER, nankeen- “ . i
yellow ; CRIMSON RAMBLER, bright crimson, strong ; ELECTRA, The growth of these should be regulated in October, and the slight
yellow; EUPHROSYNE, pink, with white centre; GRANDIFLORA, shortening back necessary is best done in April. They are sun-
pure white; LEucH (see Fig. 657), bright rose, with large lovers.

white eye; PSYCHE, rosy-pink, with salmon-yellow suffusions at ABBE MIOLAN, deep purple, sometimes striped with white, free ;
base of eae PURPLE EAsT, rosy-carmine and bright purple, ARCHDUKE CHARLES, rose, changing to crimson; AURORE,
semi-double ; SIMPLEX, pure white, single ; THALIA, white, semi- orange-yellow, shaded fawn, dwarf; CLIMBING CRAMOISIE

double ; THE LION, rich crimson, large, single; WALLFLOWER, SUPERIEURE; CLIMBING WHITE PET; CoRA, Jemon-yellow,
crimson-scarlet. edged with carmine-rose, dwarf ; CRAMOISIE SUPERIEURE, deep

648 THE - DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rosa—continued. _ ROSELLINEA QUERCINA. See Oak Fungi,
crimson, very beautiful; DucHER, pure white, vigorous, of in present Volume.
good habit; DUKE OF YORK, variable as to colour, from ROTTLERA (of Roxburgh). A synonym of Mal-
crimson to white ; FELLENBERG, bright crimson, very free, good hich g =

‘ieee ne dl al Seta et lotus (which see).
bedder ; IRENE WATYS, salmon-white, changing to pink; JEAN
3\CH SISLEY, silvery-pink and carmine; LAURETTE MESSIMY, ROUGH LEAVES. A gardener’s name for the first

leayes produced after the cotyledons.

ROUHAMON. A synonym of
Strychnos (which see).

ROUPALA. ‘To the species de-
scribed on p. 329, Vol. III, the
following should be added :

R. aurea (golden).* A very elegant
species, having the upper parts of the
stem and the petioles covered with
golden hair. St. Catherine's Island, 1866.

R. Poortmanni (Poortmann’s). 7. red,
disposed in spikes. J. very variable in
the adult stage, and covered with a red-

dish-brown felt. Habitat not recorded,
1883.

Ff = Gao % te » ROUPELLIA. According to
ee Op eae, , modern anthorities, R. grata is the
only species of this genus.

ROVE BEETLES. See Sta-
phylinide.

ROYAL BAY. See Laurus
nobilis.

ROYDSIA (named by Dr. Rox-
burgh in honour of Sir John Royds,
“one of the Puisne Judges of the
Supreme Court of Judicature of
Bengal, and an eminent benefactor
to the Science”). Orp. Capparidez.
A small genus (two species) of stove
shrubs, natives of the East Indies
and the Philippine Islands. Flowers
; MADAME EvuGENE RESAL, pink, yellow, small, fragrant, axillary and in terminal

Fic. 658. ROSE AUSTRIAN YELLOW.

rose, with yellow shadir
shaded orange, free; MI
single; Mrs. BOSANQUET, pale waxy flesh, nearly white, fine
for bedding; OLD BLUSH MONTHLY ROSE; QUEEN Mab,
apricot-yellow, shaded orange and rose-pink ; VIRIDIFLORA, a
ereen variety, in which the petals and stamens are modified
wholly or in part into bracts.

Wittmorr, bright coppery-yellow, | janicles; sepals six, coloured, imbricated or sub-valvate ;
petals none; torus short; stamens very mumerous ;

Austrian Briar Roses (R. lutea, Fig. 658).

These need to be given a sunny position, and to have their shoots left
practically entire, but bent down. Weak wood should be thinned
out.

SOLEIL D'OR, deep golden-yellow when open, 2in. to din. across,
of vigorous constitution and quite hardy.

Boursault Roses (It. alpina).

All weak and exhausted wood should be removed after flowering, and
the tips shortened in spring. Good Roses for rough places ; suc-
ceeding almost anywhere, in country or in town.

BLusuH, blush-white, very large; ELEG , crimson, large, semi-
double ; MoRLETH, light rose, large, semi-double.

Microphylla Roses (I. microphylla).

Just the points of the shoots should be removed in spring, and the
weak wood in autumn.

MA SURPRISE, rose, suffused white, large, double; RUBRA
PLENA, deep red, curious, large and full; SIMPLEX, pinkish-
white, single.

Scotch Roses (Rosa spinosissima, Fig. 659).

No pruning is necessary.

These are found in a variety of colours—white, cream, yellow,
pink, rose, and crimson. Then there is also the Perpetual
Scotch Rose, STANWELL PERPETUAL, a pretty flesh-pink.
ROSCOEA. To the species described on p. 3826,

Vol. III., the following variety should be added. See also

Cautleya.

R. purpurea sikkimensis (Sikkim). This is ‘supposed to
differ from the type in the stem and roots, and also in the
shade of purple of the flowers.” India, 1890.

ROSE OF HEAVEN. See Lychnis Celi-rosa. ~~
ROSE RUST. Sce Rosa—Fungi.
ROSE SCALE. Sce Scale Insects. \

ROSE-LEAF MILDEW (Spherotheca pannosa). | —
See Rosa—Fungi. |

Fic. 659. ROSA SPINOSISSIMA.

+

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 649

Roydsia—continued.

pedicels bibracteate at base. Fruit red, olive-shaped.
Leaves ample, shortly petiolate, simple, oblong, exsti-
pulate. R. swaveolens, the only species introduced, is a
rather coarse, rambling bush, well worth cultivating for
its delicions fragrance by those who can give it space
enough: it is not suited for small houses. The plant
thrives in good, rich, loamy soil, and may be readily
increased by cuttings of the young wood.

R. suaveolens (sweet-scented). . numerous, jin. in diameter,
fragrant; stamens about 100, spreading; racemes axillary, or
rather above the axils, 3in. to 7in. long, solitary or in terminal

anicles. January to May. jr. lin. to lsin long. J. alternate,
in. to 12in. long, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, rarely oblanceo-
late, acute or acuminate, entire, shining, pale beneath; petioles
sin. to sin. long. East Indies. (B. M. bl.)

RUBENTIA. Included under Eleodendron (which

see).

Fic. 660, RUBUS PHGNICOLASIUS.

_RUBUS. To the species, &c., described on pp. 331-2,
Vol. III., the following should be added :
R. americanus (American). A garden synonym of R. villosus.
R. coronarius (crowned). A variety of R. rosefolius.
R. deliciosus. The flowers of this species are snow-white,
not red.

R. fruticosus. Of this species there are several beautiful
double-flowered varieties, both white and pink.
R. f. czsius turkestanicus (Turkestan). 7.
and very narrow petals. fr. elongated, of

Turkestan, 1892. (R. G. 1892, p. 106, f. 25.)

R. japonicus tricolor (Japanese, three-coloured). /. Simple,
three-lobed, toothed; young ones pink; older ones variegated
with white; petioles (and stems) rose-coloured. Japan, 1894.
(G. C. 1894, xvi., p. 96, f. 15.)

R. lasiostylus (woolly-styled). j., petals blood-red, orbicular-
spathulate, about half as long as the recurved sepals ; pedicels
red; corymbs few-flowered, sub-terminal; style woolly. June.
i. pinnate, 3in. to Sin. long; leaflets three to five, doubly
serrated, white-tomentose beneath, the young ones suffused
with red. Shoots 4ft. high, erect, sin. thick; prickles slightly
curved. China, 1889. (B. M. 7426.) a hi

R. leucodermis (white-skinned).* . white; peduncles axillary
and terminal, few-flowered. /r. pale pink, large, with a whitish
bloom. J. trifoliolate or sometimes pedately five-foliolate ;
leaflets broadly ovate, incised-serrated, acute, canescently
tomentose beneath. Stems glaucous, armed with strong,
recurved prickles. Oregon and California. A pretty species.

R. melanolasius (dark-woolly). This is described as a species
eiolar to the Raspberry (2. Ideus). North-west America,

R. Millspaughi (Millspaugh’s). ‘A spineless Bramble, with
edible fruits.” North America, 1892.

R. moluccanus (Moluccan). The correct name of R. re/lexus.

R. paucifiorus (few-flowered). A form of R. lasiocarpus.

R. phoenicolasius. Japanese Wineberry. The scarlet fruits
of this variety are not only ornamental but very useful for
culinary purposes. They are not sweet enough for dessert,
but make excellent jam, and they come in just after Raspberries

are over. The plamt does best in a dry, sunny position. See
Fig. 660.

Vol. V

having small
good flavour.

Rubus—continued.

R. reflexus. The correct name is R. moluccanus.

R. roszfolius flore-pleno (double-flowered), A synonym of
R. rr, coronarius.

R. sinensis (Chinese). A synonym of R. roscefolius coronarius.

R. sorbifolius (Sorbus-leaved). A synonym of 2. rosefolius.

R. trifidus (thrice-cleft). jl. rose-coloured, showy, fascicled.
1. large, deeply cordate-trilobed; lobes incised, unequally
serrated. Stems flexuous, erect, glabrous, unarmed, Japan,
1888.

R. trivialis (trivial). . large, one to three to a peduncle.
March to May. jf. black, large. J. persistent, trifoliolate or
pedately five-foliolate; leaflets ovate-oblong or almost lanceo-
late, sharply serrated, nearly glabrous. North America, 1889.

R. ursinus (bear's). jl. white, in small corymbs. jr. black.
l, with three, or rarely five, ovate or elliptic, variously toothed,
more or less tomentose leaflets; uppermost leaves often simple.
Stems rather weak and trailing, armed with rather slender
prickles. California, 1888.

R. xanthocarpus (yellow-fruited).

airs in the axils of the upper leaves. Jr. yellow.
Sin, North China, 1892.

RUBY TIGER MOTH. See Tiger Moths.
RUDBECKIA. Echinacea (which see) and

Lepachys were formerly included under this genus, but
are now kept distinct. To the species described on
pp. 332-3, Vol. III., the following should be added:

R. amplexicaulis (stem-clasping). jl.-heads, ray florets
yellow, oblong, sin. or more in length; disk (cone) brownish.
July. i. one-ribbed, reticulate-veiny, entire or sparingly
serrated ; lower ones oblong-spathulate, sessile by a tapering

fl. white, solitary or in
h. 8in, to

base. h. lft. to 2ft. 1793. A glabrous, somewhat glaucous
annual. Syn. Dracopis amplexicaulis (B. M. 5716).

R. californica (Californian).* _jl.-heads solitary; ray florets
few, pure golden-yellow, 4in. to 24in. long; disk brown, short-
oblong to cylindrical. July to September. 7. ovate to oblong-
lanceolate ; upper ones sessile by a narrow base, more or less
toothed, sometimes two-lobed at apex. Stem simple, 4ft. to 6ft.

. high. 1891. A noble species.

R.columnaris. The correct name is Lepachys columnaris.

R. c. pulcherrima (very pretty).* This differs from the type
in having a part of, or even the whole of, the upper face of the
ray florets brownish-purple. SYN. Obeliscaria pulcherrima (of
De Candolle).

R. Drummondii (Drummond's). ji.-heads, ray florets bright
orange, deeply stained with dark brown at base, oblong, obtuse,
recurved; cone green. July and August. /. pinnate; lobes
linear-lanceolate, slightly jagged, acute. Stems numerous,
slender. h. 1sft. to 2ft. i836. (P. M. B. vi, p. 51.) Syn.
Obeliscaria pulcherrima (of gardens).

R. laciniata (torn). jl.-heads large; ray florets few or several,
oblanceolate, soon drooping; disk greenish. Summer. J. broad,
serrated ; radical ones pinnately five- to seven-foliolate or nearly
so, the divi8ions often laciniately twice- or thrice-cleft; lower
cauline ones three- to five-parted, the upper ones thrice-cleft,
those of the branches few-toothed or entire. Stem 2ft. to
7ft. high. 1640.

R. 1. grandiflora (large-flowered). /l.-heads clear yellow. h. 5ft.
to 6ft. Autumn.

R. nitida (shining).* /l.-heads golden-yellow, smaller, but more
regular and plentiful, and with broader ray florets, than in
R. laciniata (which this species resembles). Late summer.
1. less incised. h. 2ft. to 6ft. or more (under good cultivation).
A robust and handsome species.

R. pallida is synonymous with Echinacea angustifolia.

R. pinnata. The correct name is Lepachys pinnatijida.

R. purpurea. The correct name is Echinacea purpurea.

R. subtomentosa (slightly tomentose). jl.-heads showing
hardly any raised disk; ray florets golden, numerous, lin. to
ljin. long; disk black. Early and late summer. J/. nearly all
petiolate, ovate, acutely serrated, or the terminal lobe ovate
and the lateral ones oblong or lanceolate. h. 2ft. to Oft.
Plant cinereous with soft pubescence.

Varieties. There are two especially good varieties in
Autumn Glory, with golden-yellow flower-heads and bronzy
disk ; and Golden Glow, a beautiful double-flowered variety
of R. laciniata.

RUDGEA. To the species described
Vol. III., the following should be added :

R. nivosa (snowy). jl. snow-white, few, imperfectly cymose ;
corolla tube lin. or more in length, the five limb segments
having a horn-like process below the apex. J. shining above,
whitish beneath, resembling those of Prunus Laurocerasus.
Stem erect, cylindrical. Brazil, 1866. Syn. Psychotria nivosa.
RUE ANEMONE. ‘See Thalictrum anemon-

| oides.

on p. 339,

40

650

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

RUELLIA. Including Stemonacanthus. To the
species described on pp. 333-4, Vol. ILL, the following
should be added. Several plants formerly included here-
ander are now referred to Aphelandra, Asystasia,
Crossandra, Hemigraphis, Hygrophila, Petal-
idium, and Strobilanthes.

R. ciliosa (ciliated). jl. blue, often 2in. long; corolla tube
usually twice as long as the calyx and as the limb with the
obconical throat. July. 72. oblong or the lower ones oval
(lin. to 2in. long), almost sessile. Stems sometimes flowering
when 2in. to 3in. high. North America, 1824. A very variable,
hardy perennial, usually clothed with long, spreading hairs,
especially the filiform calyx lobes. Syn. Dipteracanthus
ciliosus.

R. latebrosa. The correct name is Hemigraphis latebrosa.

R. Makoyana (Makoy’s). jl. carmine-rose, large. J. olive-
green, shaded with violet and veined with white on the
upper surface ; under-surface vinous-purple. Brazil, 1895.

R. Pearcei (Pearce’s). jl., corolla scarlet, 2in. to 24in. long,
erect, with recurved or revolute lobes; peduncles axillary,
spreading, few-flowered. 2. shortly petiolate, 5in. to 6in. long,
lanceolate, long-acuminate, obtusely serrated, brownish-purple
beneath. Bolivia, 1867. An erect, glabrous under-shrub, SYN.
Stemonacanthus Pearcei (B. M. 5648).

RUFESCENT. Somewhat Rufous.

RUINS. See Landscape Gardening.

RUN. Plants which do not stand drought well, or
are growing in poor or thin soil, and quickly form seed-
stems—such as Lettuce, Radish, Turnip, Cauliflower, &c.
—are said by gardeners to Run, or ‘“‘bolt.’’ The best

preventive is a deeply-worked, fertile soil and ample
moisture at the roots.

RUPALA. See Roupala.
RUSCUS. The

Danaé Laurus.
RUSH BROOM.
Viminaria.
RUSINA. See Noctua.
RUSSELIA. R. Lemoinei is the name given to a

garden hybrid that has been raised on the Continent
between R. juncea and R. sarmentosa (1897).

RUTA. R&R. bracteosa is now classed as a form of
R. chalepensis.

RYMIA. A synonym of Euclea (which see).
RYTIDOPHYLLUM. Sce Rhytidophyllum.

correct name of R. racemosus is

See Spartium junceum and

SABAL. In addition to the species described on
p. 338, Vol. III., the following are grown, in botanical
establishments: S. filamentosa, S. glaucescens, S. major,
S. mexicana, and 8. Sanfordi. 8S. minor is a synonym
of S. Adansoni.

SABICEA. 5S.

form of S. aspera.

SACCHARUM. According to the “ Index Kewensis,”
S. spontaneum and S. arundinaceum are the correct names
of S. xgyptiacum and 8S. procerum respectively; and
S. sinense is merely a form of S. officinarum.

SACCIA (named in honour of Dr. Sace, agricultural
chemist, of Cochabamba). Orb. Convolvulacez. A doubt-
ful genus, founded by M. Naudin. The only species,
S. elegans, is yery interesting, considering the natural
order, as being of tree-like habit. It will probably thrive
under the treatment recommended for the tender species
of Convolvulus.

S. elegans (elegant). /. lilac, of medium size, disposed in
axillary racemes near the ends of the branches. h. 3ft. or more.
Cochabamba, Bolivia, 1889.

SACCOLABIUM. Including Gastrochilus (of Don).
To the species and varieties described on pp. 340-1,
Vol. III., the following should be added. See also
Acampe.

S. ampullaceum is the correct name of the plant described
in Vol. IIL. as S. rubrum.

S. Barbeyz (Mme. Barbey’s). This is identical with Angraecum
imbricatum.

S. bivittatum (twice-striped). jl. small, disposed in a lax,
drooping spike; sepals and petals yellowish, with two
purplish-brown stripes; lip white, nearly as long as the
sepals. @. strap-shaped, leathery. East Indies, 1890.

hirta is now regarded as merely a

Saccolabium—continued.

S. calceolare (slipper-like). 7. yellow or greenish, speckled,
barred or blotched with reddish-brown, jin. to 4in. ACTOSS 5
lip white or yellow, red-speckled; peduncle tin. to lyin
long. J. bilobed or cleft, 4in. to Sin long. India,

S. cerinum (wax-like). . orange-coloured, waxy in texture,
with an apricot-coloured spur, numerous, ascending, racemose.
April. 2. dark, ligulate, bilobed. Malay Archipelago, 1888.

S. coeleste is a synonym of Rhynchostylis ceelestis.

S. garwalicum is synonymous with Rhynchostylis retusa.

S. giganteum is classed under Vanda (V. densijlora) by Hooker,
in the ‘‘ Flora of British India.”

S. g. Petotianum (Petot’s). fl. dull white, large and rigid.
Cochin China, 1885.

S. g. Regnieri (Regnier’s).
across. 1889.

S. hainanense (Hainan). /. white and purple, small,
numerous, disposed in a panicle 6in. long. J. lanceolate-
linear, 24in. long. Hainan, 1895.

S. longicalcaratum (long-spurred).
many in a raceme 6in, long.
1894.

S. miniatum (of Hooker). A synonym of S. curvifoliwm.

S. Mooreanum (Moore's). /l. pink, with green tips, small,
disposed in a crowded, short raceme; scape 8in. long. J. 6in.
long, 1l4in. broad. New Guinea, 1893. (B. M. 7428.)

S. papillosum is now removed to Acampe.

S. Pechei (Peche’s). j., sepals and petals ochre, with red
spots, cuneate-oblong, blunt-acute; lip forming a cupular
spur, having a few red spots at the yellow base of the spur,
the side lacinie retuse and angular over the transversely
triangular, nearly white mid-lacinia; raceme few-flowered.
i. broadly ligulate, blunt, bilobed at apex, 7in. long, nearly
2in. broad. Moulmein, 1887. (G. C. 1887, f. 447.)

S. retusum is synonymous with Rhynchostylis retusa.

S. Smeeanum (Smee’s). 7., sepals and petals greenish-white,
with mauve mid-veins, becoming whitish-ochre with brown-
purple stripes, the sepals oblong-ligulate, the petals nearly
so; lip white, becoming yellow, the disk of the oblong, acute
mid-lacinia mauve, turning brown, the side laciniw very
small; peduncles bifid, each branch closely racemose. 1887.

S. speciosum is a synonym of Aerides maculosum.

S. Wightianum (Wight’s), of Lindley. A synonym of Aerides
radicosum.
S. geminatum, S. lanatum, and S. micranthum are in cultiva-
tion in botanical collections.

SAC FUNGI. See Ascomycetes.

SADLERIA. 5S. cyatheoides is a vigorous grower,
requiring no special care, and thriving under warm treat-
ment, in a mixture of two parts peat, one part lcam, and
one part silver-sand, with abundance of moisture at all
times of the year. It is usually propagated by means of
spores, received from its native habitats, none of the
cultivated plants having as yet shown signs of fructifica-
tion.

SAGINA. To the species described on p. 342, Vol. III.,
the following should be added:

S. procumbens (procumbent). jl. white, solitary, star-like ;
sepals, stamens, and petals four or five; petals about half as
long as the sepals. May to August. J. small, linear, mucronate.
Stems 2in. to 6in. long. Europe (Britain), &e. A_ pretty,
annual or perennial alpine, forming little, spreading tufts.

S. subulata (awl-shaped). The correct name of S. pilifera.
Syn. Spergula pilifera.

SAGITTARIA. S. variabilis is now regarded as a
form of S. sagittifolia (Water Archer). S. japonica is
another form of it, with donble flowers. S. obtusifolia is
a synonym of Limnophytum obtusifolium. We give an
illustration of the beautiful S. montevidensis (described in:
Vol. III.) at Fig. 661.

SAGO PALM. See Metroxylon.

SAGRZA. To the species described on p. 343,
Vol. III., the following should be added:
S. hirsuta. The correct name is Ossea hirsuta.

S. pilosa (hairy). #1. disposed in an axillary, racemose panicle ;
petals whitish, spotted at base, small. Jr. red, prickly.
1. petiolate, oblong, acute, five-nerved, glabrous above, pilose-
hairy beneath, especially on the nerves; petioles (as well as the
peduncles and branches) rusty-hairy. West Indies.

ST. BERNARD'S LILY. ‘See Anthericum
Liliago.

ST. BRUNO’S LILY. See Anthericum Lili-
astrum. .

A. variety with flowers 1}in.

. pinkish-purple, small,
Z. 4in. long, 14in. broad. Birma,

- 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 651

ST. MARKE’S FLY (Bibio Marci), A common
dipterous insect, whose larva is credited with some
damage to the roots of corn and grass. The larve
somewhat resemble spiny caterpillars, and have a very
hard head, Feeding as they do at the roots of plants,
they are not readily reached. The popular name has
been bestowed because of the appearance of the flies
about St. Mark’s Day. The colour differs considerably
in the two sexes, the male being black and the female
yellowish.

SAINTPAULIA (named in honour of Baron Walter
yon Saint Paul, the discoverer of the plant). Op.
Gesneracee. A monotypic genus. The species is a
charming, stove, stemless, hairy-pubescent perennial, with
the habit of Ramondia pyrenaica. It is easily raised
from seed, sown as described for Begonia. If sown in
March, the plants will flower profusely in August.

S. ionantha (violet-flowered).* jf. nodding, cymose, on stout
peduncles ; corolla violet-blue, sub-rotate, bilabiate, lin. across,
the nee lip two-lobed and much the smaller. July. J. 14in.
to 2in. long, ovate- or oblong-cordate, obtuse, crenate; petioles
short and stout. Eastern tropical Africa, 1893. (B. M. 7408;
G. C. 1893, i., f. 104; R. G. 1893, f. 103; R. H. 1893, f. 103.)
S. i. grandiflora violacea is larger and deeper in colour than the
ire. S. 7. albescens has white flowers delicately tinted with
light blush-pink. S. i. purpurea is a very dark variety.

|
|
)
t

Fic. 661, SaGITTARIA MONTEVIDENSIS.

SALACIA. To the species described on p. 343,
Vol. III., the following should be added:
S. scabra (rough). jl. green, in axillary and terminal,

dichotomous panicles. fr. spherical. 1. ovate-oblong, almost
entire, veined and rough on the under-surface. Guiana.

SALADING. In addition to the plants named in
Vol. III., p. 343, as suitable for Salads, the following
should be named: Celery and Celeriac, Corn Salad,
Cucumbers, Dandelion, Nasturtium, Onions, Purslane,
evipion, Salsafy, Shallots, Sorrel, and Watercress, all of
which are more or less appreciated.

SALIX. Willows, when well chosen, make most
effective pictures in the landscape, especially in winter,
when their vari-coloured stems stand ont prominently
amidst usually sombre surroundings. Later in spring the
catkins are also decorative.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 345-7,
Vol. III., the following should be added. A number of
varieties formerly described as species are mentioned under
8. phylicifolia.

S. acutifolia is an acute-leaved form of S. daphnoides.

S. alba argentea (silvery).* A silvery variety of the beautiful
type. SYN. S. regalis,

S. a. britzensis. An ornamental variety, having the young
shoots of a purplish-red. 1879. Syn. S. vitellina britzensis.
There is another variety, argentea (silvery).

S. ambigua (ambiguous), jf., catkins shortly stalked or
sub-sessile; scales silky-pilose. Late spring. /. lin. to 2in.
long, oblong-obovate or -oblanceolate to oblong-elliptic, with
a short, recurved point, serrated or nearly entire, rugose, dark
green, shining, or glaucous or cottony-hairy beneath. Branches
ascending or procumbent. A. lft. to-3ft. Europe (Britain).
(Sy. En. B., t. 1555.) There are three or four yarieties.

S. americana pendula (pendulous). A garden name for two
distinct kinds of Willow—S. elegantissima and S. purpurea
pendula.

S. amplexicaulis (stem-clasping). A form of S. pendula.
S. amygdalina (Almond-like). A form of S. triandra.

S. aurita (eared). Round-eared Willow. 7., male catkins closely
sessile, but much smaller than in S. Caprea (to which this is
nearly allied); females sin. long when in flower. Early spring.
7. lin. to 2in. long, orbicular to oblong, more wrinkled than in
S. Caprea. Plant more bushy. Europe (Britain), &e.

S. babylonica Salomoni (Salomon’s). A graceful and rapid-
growing form. Other varieties are annularis (Ringlet Willow)
and Napoleona (Napoleon’s Weeping Willow).

S. balsamifera (balsam-bearing). (f., catkins dense, lin. to
lsin. long, the males very silky, with rosy scales, the females
less silky, becoming lax in fruit. J. 2in. to 3in. long, lin. to
lsin. broad, acute or acuminate, broadly rounded or sub-
cordate at base, of a rich reddish colour when’ young,
becoming dark green above, paler or glaucous beneath,
Siabrows h. 4ft. to 10ft. Eastern North America, 1888,
Shrub.

S. basfordiana (Basford). A variety of S. fragilis.

S. blanda (pleasant). 7. 3in. to Sin. long and less than lin.
broad. A fine Weeping Willow; it is a hybrid between
S. babylonica and S. fragilis. 1893.

S. candida (white). Hoary Willow. #., catkins cylindrical,
close-flowered, the females lsin. to 2in. long at maturity.
April. 7. narrow-lanceolate, acuminate or the lowest obtuse,
the upper surface and the young branches covered with a
thin, web-like wool, which is whiter and denser beneath.
Stem 2ft. to 5ft. high; twigs reddish. North America, 1811.

S. chlorophylla (green-leaved). /l., fertile catkins dense, short,
eylindrical. fr. silky, very short-stalked. 7. oblong-lanceolate
or oblong, mostly entire, obtuse or acutish at apex, lin. to
2in. long, shining green above, pale or glaucous beneath,
coriaceous when old. North America, 1888. A spreading bush,
only a few inches high.

S. cinerea is now classed as a species and not as a variety
of S. Caprea. S. aquatica, S. Medemii, and tricolor are forms
of this.

S. cordata (heart-shaped). /., catkins lateral, appearing with
the leaves, leafy at base. May and June. 7. 2sin. to 6in.
long, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, cordate, truncate, or even
acute at base, acuminate at apex, sharply toothed, smooth,
paler beneath ; stipules often large, reniform or ovate. North
America. A shrub or small tree, of which the following are
varieties : glaucophylla, rigida (myricoides), sericea, and vestita.

S. cuspidata is now accorded specific rank. See under
S. pentandra.

S. elegantissima (most elegant).* Something in the way of
S. babylonica, having long, pendent branches, often tinged
with a russet tint; the habit is more spreading and the crown
larger. It is a free grower. SyN. S. americana pendula (of
gardens),

S. fragilis basfordiana (Basford).* /., male catkins yellow,
2hin. long, the females l4in. long. 7. long, narrow-lanceolate,
acute, serrated. Bark of a brilliant orange, passing to red
on the terminal twigs. 1882. The female tree is also known
as S. sanguinea. (G. C. 1882, xvii., 298, f. 41-2, under name
of S. basfordiana.) ‘The form Jatifolia has broader leaves than
the type. ©

S. gracilistyla (slender-styled).* ., catkins 14in. to 3in. long.
l. bold, broadly lanceolate, thickly nerved. Japan and North
Cua 1897. A handsome Willow, with crowded, prominent

uds.

S. Helix (Helix). A variety of S. rubra.

652

Salix—continued.

S. herbacea (herb-like). f., catkins very small, ovoid.
Summer. J. obovate or orbicular, above 4in. long, finely
crenate, green, glabrous or sometimes slightly silky-hairy
when young. Branches seldom rising above 2in. from the
ground. Europe, &c. The smallest of British shrubs.
(Sy. En. B., t. 1578.)

S. Hoyeriana (Hoyer’s). This is described as “‘a handsome
Weeping Willow, with oe leaves 4in. long and 2in. broad.”
Cascade Mountains, British Columbia, 1889.

S. Humboldtiana (Humboldt’s). #., male catkins golden,
2in. to 3in. long; females often 3in. long; scales fulvescent.
i. lanceolate-linear, very long-attenuated, argutely denticulate,
highly glabrous on both sides, 2in. to 4in. long, one to three
lines broad, rather rigid when adult. Andes, 1883. An
evergreen, greenhouse tree, of pyramidal habit.

S. H. fastigiata (pyramidal). A variety of pyramidal habit,
resembling that of the Lombardy Poplar. h. 24ft. to 30ft.
Peru, &c., 1896. (R. H. 1896, p. 177, f. 58-60.)

S. Humboldtiana (of gardens). A synonym of S. pentandra.

S. inecana (hoary). jl., male catkins sessile, about lin. long,
incurved ; females 1Jin. to 2in. long, rather lax. 2 often 2in. to
5in. long, one to six lines broad, lanceolate-linear, acuminate,
revolute-margined, slightly toothed, woolly-tomentose beneath.
Europe, 1821. A shrub, often very large.

S. lanata (woolly).* ., catkins one to three, bright yellow,
terminal, congested, sessile, very hairy, thick, cylindrical, erect,
3in. to 4in. long. Early summer. J. sub-cordate-oval or broadly
lanceolate, rigidly coriaceous, 14in. to 3in. long, densely silky
white-tomentose on both sides. Arctic Europe (Scottish
mountains) and Asia. A much-branched shrub. Sadleri is a
variety.

S. lasiandra lancifolia (hairy-anthered, lance-leaved).
jl, catkins greenish-yellow, about 2in. long, borne on short,
lateral shoots. J. lanceolate, acuminate, 6in. to 10in. long,
finely serrated; stipules reniform. California. (R. G. 1887,
pp. 409-10, f. 98.)

S. laurina is regarded as a species by modern botanists. See
under §, filicifolia.

S. Nicholsoni purpurascens (Nicholson’s, _ purplish).
7. purple when young. 1889. A shrub resembling the Purple
Peach; it is probably a natural hybrid, of which S. nigra is
one of the parents.

S. nigricans (blackish). 7., catkins pedunculate, very long
and thick; males oval-oblong ; females cylindrical. Spring and
early summer. i. Sin. to Sin. long, jin. to 2in. broad,
lanceolate-ovate, entire or serrated, highly glabrous to densely
woolly-tomentose, turning black in drying. Europe (Britain),
&c, Allied to S. phylicifolia (of which some botanists regard
it as a variety), but larger. There are numerous varieties,
including moabitica, a dwarf form, with finely-fringed leaves.
(Sy. En. B., t. 1347-54.)

S. petiolaris (long-petiolate). ., male catkins sessile, in.
long, with blackish scales; females nearly lin. long. April.
1. rather rigid, narrow-lanceolate, cuspidate, 3in. to din. long,
usually jin. broad, argutely serrated or entire, glabrous,
glaucescent beneath (but at first densely silky); petioles din. to
din. long. h. 3ft. to 10ft. North America. .

S. purpurea pendula (drooping).* American Weeping Willow.
l. grey, slender. This weeping variety forms a dense head, and
thrives in hungry soils and bleak situations. Syn. S. americana
pendula (of gardens).

S. p. scharfenbergensis (Scharfenberg).* This is even more
beautiful than pendwla ; the branches are stained with russet-
brown. amplexicaulis (stem-clasping) is another variety.

S. regalis (regal). A synonym of S. alba argentea.

S. repens. Creeping Willow. (#., catkins cylindrical, usually
about 4in. long, sessile, at length pedunculate and lin. long.
Spring. 7. oblong or lanceolate, less than lin. long, rarely
shortly ovate, or in luxuriant shoots narrow-oblong and 1Jin.
jong, nearly or quite entire, silky. Europe (Britain) and Asia.
A low, straggling shrub. A series of forms of this species is
figured in Sy. En. B., t. 1356-62. S. 7. argentea is one of the
best known, though usually under the name of S. sericea
argentea. SYN. S. Woolseyana.

S. reticulata (netted). #., catkins cylindrical, sin. to lin. long,
shortly downy, on rather long, leafless peduncles. Summer,
i. obovate or orbicular, entire, Zin. to lin. long and broad
greens cabs pa mich wrinkled above, white below.
Surope ritain), &c. <A prostrate, much-branched shrub.
(Sy. En. B., t. 1375.) e ition

S. retusa (retuse). ., catkins erect, rather longer than broad
terminal on lateral, leafy branchlets, appearing late :
females 4in. Jong, the males shorter. 7. tin. long, very
shortly petiolate, oblong-obovate, obtuse or emarginate,
entire or minutely serrulated towards the base, long-
attenuated at base, shining green. South Europe, 1673. A
small shrub, with flabellately creeping branches, and excellent
for clothing banks. S. serpyllifolia is a much-branched form
of this, with leaves about din. long.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Salix—continued. ~

S. rosmarinifolia (Rosemary-leaved).* f., catkins small,
sessile; ovary silky. April. J. linear-lanceolate, nearly
entire, flat, lin. to 2in. long, pubescent above, silky beneath ;
stipnles subulate. Branches silky. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Europe,
North America, &c. A graceful, canescent, bushy shrub.

S. Russelliana is a synonym of S. fragilis, not S. viridis.

S. Salomoni (Salomon’s). A robust form of S. babylonica.

S. sanguinea (blood-coloured). A name applied to the female
tree of S. fragilis basfordiana.

S. scharfenbergensis (Scharfenberg’s).

S. sericea argentea (silky, silvery).
argentea.

S. serpyllifolia (Thyme-leaved). A dense form of S. retusa,
useful for damp banks.

S. Smithiana (Smith’s). #., catkins opening before the leaf-
buds expand; males ovate-oblong, sub-sessile; females short,
cylindrical. Spring. 1. oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate-
elliptic, acute, slightly undulated, shortly stalked, Sin. to
6in. long, bright green above, greyish-white beneath. Europe
(Britain). A bushy shrub. (Sy. En. B., t. 1324.) acuminata,
Jerruginea, and velutina are varieties.

S. vitellina is sometimes classed as a distinct species, and
not as a variety of S. alba. S. v. pendula is a pleasing,
pendulous form.

S. Woolseyana (Woolsey’s). A synonym of S. repens argentea.

SALMEA. 8S. Eupatoria is the correct name of
S. scandens (Syn. S. grandiceps).

SALPIANTHUS. A synonym of Boldoa (which
aoe: S. purpurascens is a synonym of Cryptocarpus
globosus.

SALPICHROA. To the species described on p. 347,

Vol. IlI., the following should be added:

S. rhomboidea (rhomboid). #. white, usually solitary (or
twin); corolla short, tubular. (fr. white. 7. small, rhomboid-
ovate, rounded at base and narrowed to the petioles, nearly
glabrous or slightly pubescent, the margins and _ petioles
ciliated. Stem slender. Buenos Ayres. Greenhouse or half-
hardy ; suitable for trellises. (R. H. 1897, pp. 504, 529, f. 159.)

SALPIGLOSSIS. Owing to the variable colours
of the flowers of S. sinwata, it is frequently called
S. variabilis. S. linearis is the correct name of Petunia
intermedia. The garden hybrids of this genus are very
beautiful with their Alstrémeria-like flowers, often beanuti-
fully pencilled. The following are good: Beanty, Crimson
ee New Emperor, Princess Ida, The Moor, and Violet

meen.

SALPINGANTHA.
See Geissomeria.

SALTICUS. Sve Spiders.

SALVIA. To the species described on pp. 349-53.
Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. brasiliensis (Brazilian). A synonym of S. splendens,
S. candidissima (whitest). The correct name of S. odorata.

S. coccinea nana (dwarf). A much-branched, bushy variety.

S. c. punicea (reddish). fl. of a brighter red, more velvety,
and more closely placed than in the type. Plant larger,
slenderer, and later-flowering.

S. dichroa is a form of S. bicolor.

S. floceulosa verticillata paucifiora (flocculose, whorled,
few-flowered). /l. of a rich red, with two white spots on the
upper lip of the corolla, disposed in terminal spikes. J. bright
green, lanceolate-ovate, thin, slightly wrinkled. Andes of
Quito, 1890. Greenhouse shrub.

S. Horminum bracteis-violaceis (violaceous-bracted). A
hardy variety having violaceous bracts.

S. H. purpureum (purple). This form differs from the type
in having the floral leaves carmine-rose or bright purple, with
darker veins.

S. Hoveyi is a synonym of S. splendens.

S. macrostachya (large-spiked). fl. blue; corolla lin. long;
whorls many-flowered, forming dense, terminal spikes 6in. to
8in. long. J. petiolate, roundish-ovate, 2in. to Sin. long, deeply
and irregularly crenate, cordate-auricled at base, villous-

ubescent; floral ones persistent. Stems 6ft. or more in
height, quadrangular. Peru, Ecuador, &c., 1894. Greenhouse
shrub. (B. M. 7372.)

S. mexicana minor (Mexican,
S. discolor.

S. officinalis tricolor (three-coloured).* J. variegated pink
and yellowish-white, afterwards turning pink or red. An
interesting and decorative variety.

A form of S, pendula.
A synonym of S. repens

A misprint for Salpizantha.

lesser), A synonym of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 653

Salvia—continued.

S. pheenicea (scarlet).* . magenta-carmine, lin. long ; whorls
remote; the lower ones many-flowered, the upper ones
depauperate ; raceme long, glandular-hispid. J. petiolate, ovate
or oblong, slightly serrated, crenate, rounded or sub-cordate
at base, glabrous or puberulous ; floral ones persistent. Stems
erect, 4it. high. Ecuador, 1890. A pretty, greenhouse shrub.

S. prunelloides Se (purple). A variety having
purplish-red flowers. 1890.

S. pseudo-coccinea (false coccinea). A form of S. coccinea.

S. purpurea (purple).* #7. purple; corolla nearly thrice as
long as the densely woolly calyx; whorls many-flowered,
approximate, secund. June. J. petiolate, ovate, acuminate,
serrated, rounded or cordate at base, glabrous or hoary-
pubescent; floral ones small, acuminate. A. 2ft. Mexico, 1821.
Greenhouse perennial.

S. scapiformis (scape-formed). #., calyx jin. long; corolla
pale amethystine-blue, the limb din. in diameter; whorls
numerous ; scapes 6in. to 10in. high, ascending. June. 7. all
radical (rarely with an opposite pair towards the base of one
or more of the scapes), 2in. long, spreading, broadly ovate-
or oblong-cordate, obtuse, coarsely crenate or Jobulate, reddish-
pope beneath. China, &c. Greenhouse perennial. (B. M.

.)

S. Schiedeana (Schiede’s).
long. 7. ovate, crenate, 3in. long.
Mexico, 1896. Hardy.

S. splendens grandiflora (large-flowered). A variety having
large and bright red flowers. There are also several good garden
forms, like ROSE BEAUTY and SILVERSPOT.

S. sylvestris (wood-loving) #. purplish-violet, disposed in
elongated, somewhat branched racemes; lower whorls often
din. distant. August. J. 2in. to 4in. long; lower ones petiolate ;
upper ones sessile; all oblong-lanceolate, crenate, rounded
or cordate at base, paler, pubescent or hoary beneath. Stem
6in. to 3ft. high, paniculate. Orient, &c., 1759. Hardy
perennial. There is also a white variety, alla.

Ss. She ae (Yunnan). 1. cobalt-blue, large.
those of S. scapiformis. China, 1896. Hardy.

SALVINIA. According to J. G. Baker (‘‘Hand-
book of the Fern-Allies’’) this genus embraces thirteen
peeciee, natives of warm regions. S. natans is the best-

own.

SAMARA (of Linnenus).

(which see).

SAMBUCUS. To the species and varieties described
on p. 354, Vol. IIT., the following should be added:

S. czrulea (blue). fl. in compound, depressed, five-rayed
eymes. fr. blackish, but strongly whitened with a glaucous,
mealy bloom, larger than in S. canadensis. l., leaflets five
to nine, thickish, ovate to narrowly oblong; lower ones rarely
three-parted. h. 6ft. to 18ft. Western North America. This
arborescent species fruits when very young. Syn. S. glauca.

S. Gautschii (Gautsch’s). This is apparently a mere form of
the Danewort, S. Ebulus. 1890.

S. glauca (glaucous). A synonym of S. cerulea.

S. nigra pendula nova (pendulous, new). J., leaflets
elongated. Branches very long, shortly recurved. 1890. A very
singular variety. (R. H. 1891, f. 50.)

S. n. pyramidata (pyramidal). 7. robust; leaflets numerous,
large, elongated, unequal, deeply toothed. Habit narrow-
pyramidal. 1884.

S. n. variegata (variegated). 1 striped with silvery-grey,
which colour it unfortunately loses if planted under the shade
of tall trees.

S. pubens is now considered to be synonymous with S. vacemosa
pubescens.

Ss. p. maxima (largest).
S. canadensis.

S. pyramidata (pyramidal). A variety of S. nigra.

S. racemosa arborescens (tree-like). In this variety the
leaves are larger than in the type, and composed of seven
to nine oblong leaflets. Rocky Mountains, 1888.

S. r. heterophylla (variable-leaved). A garden variety, having
the leaves simple or composed of three irregularly-formed
leaflets. 1891. (R. G. 1891, p. 655, f. 123.)

S. r. laciniata (torn). A form with laciniated leaflets.

S. r. plumosa aurea (golden). A form of the Scarlet-
berried Elder having finely-cut, golden leaves. 1896.

S. r. serratifolia (serrate-leaved). 7. Fern-like, rather narrower
than in the form plumosa, and not so deeply pinnatifid.

S. r. tenuifolia (slender-leaved).* An attractive variety, of
graceful outline.

SAND PEAR. See Pyrus sinensis.

SANDAL WOOD, FALSE. See Ximenia ameri-
cana.

fl. blue, disposed in a spike 6in.
Stems hairy, lft. high.

A synonym of Embelia

This is apparently the same as

i. resembling *

SANDFLY BUSH. See Zieria Smithii.

SANGUINAIRE - PLANT. See Paronychia
argentea.

SAN JOSE SCALE (Aspidiotus perniciosus). See
Scale Insects.

SANSEVIERIA [the correct spelling]. To the
species described on p. 356, Vol. IIT., the following should
be added:

S. aureo-variegata (golden-variegated). 7. oblong-obovate,
thick, leathery, pale green in the centre, with two broad bands
of creamy-white, and a narrow, pale green margin.

S. javanica (Javanese), A synonym of Dracena elliptica.

S. Kirkii (Kirk’s). #1. white, forming a densely congested, sub-
globose raceme 6in. to 8in. in diameter; tube cylindrical, 4in. to
Sin. long; lobes recurved, lin. long. February. /. three or
four, oblanceolate, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 3in. broad, obscurely
mottled, narrowly bordered with reddish-brown. Rhizome
stout. South-east tropical Africa, about 1881. (B. M. 7357.)

S. Roxburghiana (Roxburgh’s). jl. pale greenish-white, lin.
long, cylindric, in ‘fascicles of three to six ; raceme lft. to Lift.
long, cylindrical. July. 2. eight or nine, 2ft. to 24ft. long, lin.
broad, dagger-formed, concave above, pale green fasciated
with darker green, narrowly red-bordered. Stem very short.
East Indies, 1895. (B. M. 7487.)

Ss. sabe (somewhat spicate). jl. whitish, all solitary,
in a dense, sub-spicate inflorescence; perianth 2in. long.
October. 2. pale, unspotted, oblanceolate, nearly flat, 8in. to
Yin. long, gradually narrowed to the base. South Africa, 1889.
Greenhouse.

SANTIA. A synonym of Polypogon (which see).

SANTOLINA. To the species described on pp. 356-7,

Vol. III., the following shonld be added:

S. alpina (alpine). A synonym of Anthemis montana.

S. pectinata (comb-like). /.-heads, involucral scales pubescent.
July. J. pinnatipartite ; lobes six to eight on each side, linear,
obtuse, entire, bifid, or trifid. Branches sub-erect, leafless and
one-headed at apex. A. 2ft. Spain, 1822. Plant very slenderly

pubescent.
S. viridis (green). l.-heads, involucral scales lanceolate.
Summer. J. quadrifarious, toothed; teeth straight, subulate.

Branches leafless and one-headed at apex.
An erect shrub.

SAOUARI NUT. See Caryocar nuciferum.

SAPINDUS DANURA. A synonym of Nephelium
verticillatum (which see).

SAPLING. A young tree.
SAPONARIA. 5S. officinalis flore-pleno is a good

South Europe.

variety, with the stamens transformed into irregular
petals.
SAPROPHYTE. A plant which grows on decaying

animal or vegetable matter—many of the Fungi and
certain flowering plants, those for instance without any
green colour.

SARACA. S. declinata is the correct name of the
plant described on p. 359, Vol. III., as S. inclinata.

SARCANTHUS. To the species described on
pp. 359-60, Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. auriculatus (auricled). ff. greenish-white, lined with
purple. Habitat not recorded, 1895. Allied to S. Parishii,
but differing principally in having a pair of ear-like lobes at
the base of the lip.

S. hongkongensis (Hong-kong). fl. pale lilac, small,
numerous, in axillary racemes Sin. long; column and front
of the lip bright purple. /. terete, recurved, 4in. long. Stem
lit. high. Hong-kong, 1898.

S. pugioniformis (dagger-like). jl. yellowish-white, with red

stripes, small, sessil spike pendulous, many-flowered, 7in.
long. 7. lanceolate, Sin. long. Stem somewhat compressed,
Qin. long. Venezuela, 1894.

SARCOBATUS (from sarv, flesh, and batia, a

bush; in allusion to the fleshy appearance caused by
the white bark). Greasewood. Syn. Fremontia (of
Torrey). Orv. Chenopodiaceery. A monotypic genus.
The species, S. Maximiliani (Syn. S. vermiculatus), is a
hardy, erect, branched, thorny, leafy, North American
shrub, with white bark, and bearing monecions or
dicecious flowers, without bracts. It is of no particular
horticultural value.

SARCOCALYX. A synonym of Exocarpus (which

see).

654 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

SARCOCHILUS. To the species described on
pp. 360-1, Vol, III., the following should be added :

S. Berkeleyi (Major-Gen. EB. S. Berkeley’s).* /l. creamy-white,
with a purple stain on the lip, crowded, 14in. across vertically ;
lip clawed, the side lobes faleately linear; racemes pendulous,
longer than the leaves. JU. ligulate, spreading, Sin. to 9in.
long, obtuse or emarginate. Stem 3in. to 6in. high. Nicobar
Islands, 1891. SyN. Thrixspermum Berkeleyi (W. O. A. X.,
t. 436).

S. borneensis (Bornean). /l. yellowish, disposed in a short
spike, on a long peduncle; sepals narrow, spreading; petals
about l4in. long; lip spotted. Borneo, 1892. Habit erect.
(I. H. 1892, t. 161.)

S. crassifolius (thick-leaved). jl. yellowish, few, small, borne
on short scapes. J. short, ovate-oblong, fleshy. Stem climbing.
Habitat not recorded, 1894.

S. hainanensis (Hainan). /l. light yellow, pendent ; sepals and
petals l4in. long ; lip shorter; raceme in. long, with pectinate
bracts. J, linear-oblong, 4in. long. Stem slender. Hainan,
1896.

S. indusiatum (covered). l. small, disposed in short, dense
racemes; sepals and petals yellowish, spotted red; lip white ;
spur cylindric, with “a kind of bucket” at its apex. J. soft,
shining, oblong, 3in. broad. Sunda Isles, 1886. Syn. Thrix-
spermum indusiatum.

S. luniferus (moon-bearing).* fl. 4in, across; sepals and
petals yellow, spotted with orange-red, obtuse; lip white,
saceate, with erect side lobes; racemes drooping, many-
flowered ; peduncles lin. to 2in. long. J. usually wanting, but
sometimes small ones are produced. Moulmein, 1868. (B. M.
7044.) Syn. Thrixspermum luniferum.

S. Moorei (Moore's). jl. many in a raceme; sepals and petals
light yellow, with numerous brown blotches; lip sacciform,
with short lobes; peduncle 6in. long. /. nearly lft. long, over
2in. in breadth. Solomon Islands, 1880. Syn. Thrixspermum
Moorei.

S. muriculatus (slightly muricate). /l. light yellow, in very short
racemes, sweet-scented, about sin. across; sepals and petals
with two purple bars. J. 6in. to Yin. long, lorate, obliquely
notched or two-lobed. Stem 6in. to 8in. ie stout, rooting
peer Andaman Islands, 1881. Syn. Thrixspermum muricu-
atum.

S. muscosus (mossy). Jl.
a short, hairy scape. J.
Andaman Islands, 1893.

S. purpureus (purple). l. pale rose-coloured ; lip of a deeper
rosy-crimson than the sepals and petals, hollowed out near the
tip somewhat in the form of a slipper; spikes about 8in. long,
many-flowered. J. distichous, oblong-linear, emarginate, 3in. to

4in. long. India. Syn. Camarotis purpurea (L. 8. O. 19;
P. M. B. vii. 25).

S. rubricentrum (red-spurred). l. white, having a red centre,
spotted with darker red, twelve to twenty in a raceme; lip
banded with red across the front. Jd. oblong, about 5in. long.
Australia, 1880. =

S. Sillemianus (Sillem’s). jl. milk-white, slightly tinted with
pale yellow; lip striped with purple, the middle lobe yellow
inside and marked with two purple spots outside; peduncle
two-flowered. 7. elongated, terete. Birma(?), 1882. Habit
of Vanda teres, but not quite so robust. Syn. Thrizspermum
Sillemianum.

S. unguiculatus (clawed). /., sepals and petals light straw-
colour ; lip clawed, three-lobed, the side lobes white, streaked
crimson, the middle lobe rounded, fleshy, dotted crimson;
raceme three- or four-flowered. Manilla, 1848. Syns. Phule-
nopsis fugax, P. Ruckeriana (of gardens), and Thrixspermum
unguiculatum. (W. O, A. vi., t. 266.)

SARCOCOCCA. S. pruniformis is the correct name

of S. saligna. 8S. Hookeriana is a variety of this species.

SARGENTIA ARICOCCA. A synonym of Pseudo-
phenix Sargenti (which see).

yellow and purple, small, borne on
distichous, oblong. Stem dwarf.

SAROTHAMNUS SCOPARIUS ANDRE-
aaa A synonym of Cytisus Andreanus (which
see).

SARRACENIA. To the species and _ hybrids
described on pp. 363-7, Vol. III., the following shonld
be added :

S. atrosanguinea (dark red).
S. purpurea.

S. Claytoni (Clayton’s).* Pitchers beautifully coloured vinous-
purple at the summit, shading to crimson. 1890, A distinct
form, of rigid growth.

S. decora (comely). A garden hybrid, probably betw
S. psittacina and 8. variolaris. 1889. “ 4 ae

The correct name of this is

Sarracenia—continued.

S. Mandaina (Manda’s).
rubra and S. Drummondit.

S. porphyroneura (purple-nerved). J. erect, with a large,
circular Jamina, which, as well as the upper portion of the
pitcher itself, is traversed by purple veins. 1882.

S. Sander (Mrs. Sander’s). A garden hybrid between S. Drum-
mondii alba and S. Cookiana.

S. Sanderiana (Sander’s). A garden hybrid between S. Drum-
mondit rubra and 8. Farnhami. 1897.

S. vittata maculata (striped and spotted),
between S. purpurea and S. chelsoni. 1891.
S. Willisi (Willis’s). A garden hybrid between S. Courtii and

S. melanorhoda.

S. Wilsoniana (Wilson’s). A distinct and pleasing hybrid
between S. jlava and S. purpurea.

8. Wrigleyana (Wrigley’s). A garden hybrid between
S. psittacina and S. Drummondii. (R. G. 1889, p. 495, f. 75.)

SATURNIA. See Moths.

SATYRIUM. To the species described on pp. 367-8,
the following should be added :

S. aureum is a form of S. coriifolium.

S. carneum roseum (rosy). jl. rose-coloured, produced in a
bold head. 1889.

S. ciliatum is a form of S. nepalense.

S. membranaceum (membranous).* fl. bright or Sri carmine,
nodding, lin. broad; poles fringed, serrated beyond the middle;
lip having a recurved, serrulate tip; spike dense, Sin. to Sin.
long. May. J. two, 4in. to 6in. long, spreading, rounded-ovate.
Stem lft. to 2ft. high, very stout. South Africa, 1889. A hand-
some species. (B. M. 7104.)

S. militare (military). A synonym of S. spherocarpum.

S. sphzerocarpum (spherical-fruited). fl. white, with red
spots and lines, Orchis-like, lin. long, about twenty on an
erect scape about lft. high; lip galeate. J. ovate-oblong,
erect, acute. South Africa, 1893. (B. M. 7295.) Syn.
S. militare.

S. Wightianum (Wight’s). A form of S. nepalense, with a
short, dense spike and few broad radical leaves.

SAURAUJA. To the species described on p. 368,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. lanceolata (lanceolate). jl. umbellate, on axillary peduncles.
1. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, very minutely serrulated, bright
green, glabrous when old, reddish-scaly on the nerves when
young. Java, 1882. A shrub of stout growth,

S. serapiquensis has also been introduced.

SAUROMATUM. S. pedatum, S. punctatum, and

S. venosum are now regarded as synonymous with S. gut-

A garden hybrid between S. flava

A garden hybrid

tatum. S. venosum thrives under greenhouse treatment.

SAURURUS. 8S. chinensis is now regarded as
distinct from S. Lowretrt. *.

SAUSSUREA. 5S. japonica is the correct name of
S. pulchella. S. macrophylla is synonymous with
S. alpina.

SAXEGOTHEA. S. gracilis is a garden name for

Podocarpus nubigena (which see).

SAXIFRAGA. To _ the species and _ varieties
described on pp. 371-6, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

S. afghanica (Afghan). A synonym of S. Stracheyi alba.
S. aizoides autumnale (autumnal). A reddish-brown variety
well worth cultivating.

S. Aizoon. Of this species there are several varieties differing
only slightly from the type, such as carinthiaca, incrustata,
Malyi, pugmea, rosularis, and Sturmiana.

S. A. pectinata(comb-like). 7. densely rosetted, silvery-margined.

S. ajugifolia (Ajuga-leaved). jl. yellowish-white, rather small,
one to three on long, axillary peduncles. May and June.
7., lower ones mostly or all entire; upper ones divided into

three to five linear lobes. h. 1ft. Pyrenees.

S. androsacea (Androsace-like). , white, large; petals
obovate, somewhat retuse, longer than the calyx. June and
July. J. herbaceous, obovate-spathulate, entire or rarely three-
toothed. Stems almost leafless, one- to four-flowered, pilose.
h. lft. Alps, 1792.

S. apiculata (apiculate).* #1. lemon-yellow, numerous, corym-
bose, borne on short, leafy stalks. Spring. J. bright green,
narrow-lanceolate, disposed in small rosettes. Pyrenees.
Plant very dwarf. (G. C. 1894, xv., pp. 556-7, f. 68.) SY¥NS.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

655

Saxifraga—continued.

S. aretioides micropetala, S. Frederici-Augusti (of gardens),

S. Lapeyrousei, S. luteo-purpurea (of gardens).

S. aretioides. Two good varieties of this species are alla
(white) and primulina (soft yellow).

S. a. micropetala (small-petaled).

5. aspera (rough). jl. yellowish-white, rather large, disposed in
a very loose panicle. May and June. /. linear, bordered with
long hairs. stems rooting ; abortive branches bud-like. , 2in.
Alps and Pyrenees.

S. a. bryoides (Brya-like). This differs from the type in haying

glabrous leaves. Pyrenees and Auvergne.

S. atlantica (Atlantic). . whitish, large, scented, somewhat
capitate, very shortly pedicellate. 7. rounded, bright green ;
cauline ones sessile or nearly so. Stem slender. Atlas
Mountains, 1895. A compact, dwarf species.

S. autumnalis (autumnal), of Linneus.
S. aizoides.

S. biflora (two-flowered).* //l. varying from pale to deep red, in
groups of two to five. May. J. obovate, flat, not dotted,
cruciately opposite, somewhat imbricated. A. 2in. Alps and
Pyrenees, 1820. Habit lax.

S. b. Kochii (Koch's). . rosy, purple, in twos and fours. Alps.

S. biternata (twice-ternate). /l. white, large; petals many-
nerved, spathulate, slightly emarginate, twice as long as the
calyx. Jl. of the rosette long-petiolate, biternate, the lobes
rounded and obtusely toothed; cauline ones three- to five-
cleft ; floral ones entire. Stems slightly branched, tufted.
Mountains of Spain. Plant hispid.

S. Boydii (Boyd's). jf. yellow, large. A garden hybrid between
S. Burseriana and S. aretioides, with the leaves and habit of the
ae 1890. (Gn. 1890, xxxviii., p. 10.) There is a white form
(alba).

S. bryoides (Brya-like). A form of S. aspera.

S. czxspitosa (tufted). Two distinct varieties of this well-
known species are hirta and platyphylla.

S. cartilaginea (cartilaginous).* #. white, pink, or purple,
unspotted, somewhat corymbosely paniculate; calyx lobes
ovate, equalling the campanulate tube; petals obovate,
contiguous at base. June to August. J. of the rosette eblong
or obovate-oblong, acute or acuminate, cartilaginous-serrated.
Stems few-leaved. Caucasus.

S. cervicornis (stag’s-horn). A synonym of S. pedemontana.

S. Clusii (Clusius’). fl. white, yellow, and red, loosely
paniculate ; peduncles long, divaricate. 7. alternate, obovate-
cuneiform, toothed, flaccid. Stems striated. Pyrenees, &c.,
1882. Plant very viscous-pilose. S. propaginea is a white-
flowered, seedling form of this species.

S. cochlearis is now regarded as a distinct species, and not
as a variety of S. lingulata.

S. c. minor (lesser).* A small variety of the pure white type,
forming silvery cushions and graceful flowers.

8. corbariensis (Corbara). This is merely a form of S. geran-

toides. 1899.

S. cordifolia purpurea (purple).* This is a beautiful variety,
sometimes catalogued as a Megasea. There is also a fine garden
variety, BRILLIANT.

S. coriophylla (Coris-leaved). A variety of S. Rocheliana.

S. crassifolia aureo-marginata (gold-margined). A varie-
gated form.

S. c. media (medium). /. bright rose-pink. J. shining green.

S. c. orbicularis (orbicular). fl. pink, very profuse, standing
well above the broad leaves.

S. c. ovata (ovate). Somewhat similar to S. orbicularis, but
with narrower leaves.

S. c. rubra (red). jl. red. Otherwise this form resembles
S. c. ovata.

S. crustata (encrusted).* . two or three to a peduncle, dis-
posed in a few-flowered, erect panicle. June and July.
4. very narrow, ciliated at base. Otherwise like S. longifolia
(fe it was formerly classed as a variety), Switzerland,

A synonym of S. apiculata.

A synonym of

S. cuneifolia (cuneate-leaved). jl. white, with a yellow mark
at the base of each petal; nicle narrow. May and June.
1. obovate-cuneiform, very obtuse, shortly petiolate, serrate-
toothed, dark green above, pale and reddish beneath. Stem
Sin. to 6in. high. Root emitting runners. Alps, 1768. There
are several varieties, of which apennina is the best.

S. dentata (toothed). A variety of S umbrosa.

S. diapensioides tombeanensis, J. white, three or four
to each of the blood-red stems. J." rosulate, erect. ovate-
lanceolate or subulate. Tyrol, 1888.

S. Engleri (Engler’s). fl. white, small. 2. thick, deep green,
gradually changing to golden-yellow in winter, with slight
crustaceous margins. A hybrid between §. Aizoon and
S. cuneifolia.

Saxifraga—continued.

S. exarata (furrowed). jl. white, four to six in a panicle ;
petals obovate, three-nerved. June and July. 7. cuneiform,
sessile, three-lobed ; mid-lobe oblong, obtuse, the lateral ones
undivided or bipartite. kh. 6in. Alps, Pyrenees, &c., 1800.
Plant polymorphous, tufted, glandular-viscid. Syn. S. pulchella.
There is a variety in cultivation known as nervosa.

S. Forsteri (Forster's). A bybrid between S. cesia and
S. mutata.

S. Frederici-Augusti (Frederick Augustus’), of gardens. A
synonym of S. apiculata. The true S. Frederici-Augusti is a
rare and distinct plant, with a spicate inflorescence and purple
flowers, and is not at present in cultivation in this country.

S. glauca (glaucous). A synonym of S. diapensioides.

S. globulifera (globe-bearing).* jl. white. 7. nerved, spathulate,
entire ; upper ones palmately three- to five-cleft; those on the
floriferous branches remote, linear. Stems bulbiferous. Atlas
Mountains, 1895. This makes a turfy carpet of bright green
leaves, and in the winter they turn purplish-red.

S. hibernica (Irish). A name applied to forms of S. hypnoides
and S. umbrosa.

S. Huetiana (Huet’s).*

jl. bright yellow, small but very

numerous, solitary, axillary, on long peduncles. May.
Z. alternate, petiolate, reniform, somewhat lobed, bright
green. Branches numerous, htly fleshy, forming a charming,

round tuft. A. 4in. to 6in.
either borders or edgings.

Ss. See (Huguenin’s).* . white, solitary, shortly
stalked. J. imbricating, oblong, ciliate-toothed, 4in. to 4in.
long. kh. lin. to 2in. Eastern Swiss Alps, 1886. A neat
little plant, of creeping, tufted habit. (R. G. 1230s.)

S. hypnoides. Of this well-known species there are two or
three varieties that are well worth cultivating—S. h. variegata,
S. h. variegata compacta, and S. Whitlavii.

Asia Minor. A capital annual for

-S. japonica (Japanese). A garden name for a form of

S. sarmentosa.

S. juniperina (Juniper-like). A synonym of S. juniperifolia.

S. Kolenatiana (Kolenat’s). This species is closely allied to
S. cartilaginea (of which it was formerly classed as a vanety);
it differs mainly in having the serratures of the leaves rather
more acute than in that species. Asia Minor.

S. lantoscana (Lantosca).* A beautiful variety of S. lingulata,
with gracefully arching panicles of white flowers. There is also
a still more lovely form, superba.

S. Lapeyrousei (Lapeyrouse’s), A synonym of S. apiculata.

S. latepetiolata (broadly-petiolate).* 1. white, sin. in diameter,
crowded. J. borne on broad petioles, reniform, deeply three-
to five-lobed, coarsely crenate, glandular-hairy; lower ones
forming a dense rosette; upper ones attenuated. Stem 8in. to
12in. high, branched, robust. Spain, 1889. A remarkable,
biennial species. (B. M. 7056.)

S. lingulata lantoscana (Lantosca).* jl. creamy-white;
spike slightly drooping. 7. crowded in the rosette. Otherwise
resembling S. Cotyledon pyramidalis. A very fine variety.
(G. C. 1881, xv., pp. 109, 540.)

S. longifolia-Cotyledon (hybrid). A garden hybrid between
the species indicated in the name. 1887.

S. longifolia-marginata (hybrid). A garden hybrid between
the species named.

S. luteo-purpurea (yellow and purple).
of S. apiculata.

S. luteo-viridis (yellow and green). 7. green; inflorescence
contracted, cymose-paniculate, six- to twelve-flowered. 7. lower
cauline ones very short, obovate-spathulate, glabrous; middle
ones spathulate-linear; rosette ones rounded or acute, spathu-
late-lingulate, glabrescent above, ciliated and violet-tinted
beneath. Trannsylvania.

S. macropetala (large-petaled). . deep lilac, like those of
S. oppositifolia ; ovary having a ring-like disk round its base.
i. crowded, roundish or cuneate, obtuse, ciliated, pitted.
Tyrol, 1888. Allied to S. oppositifolia.

S. Malyi (Maly’s). This is a form of S. Aizoon.

S. McNabiana (McNab’s).* A garden hybrid between S. Coty-
ledon and S. Hostii. 1890.

S. Milesii is now classed as a species and not as a variety of
S. Stracheyi.

S. montavoniensis. /. white, with the stamens and calyx red.
1890. Probably a variety of S. Cotyledon. (R. G., t. 649.)

S. muscoides moschata is the correct name of M. moschata.
There are several colour-forms of this, including atropurpurea,
compacta, and Rhet.

S. oppositifolia compacta (compact).* A beautiful form,
flowering freely in spring. The flowers are purple. A moist
position is necessary. Sometimes this is accorded specific rank
and classed as S. Rudolphiana.

S. 0. grandiflora (large-flowered).*
the type.

A garden synonym

jl. rose, twice the size uf

656

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Saxifraga—continued.
s. Seas (pale). A form with paler flowers than the type.
1888.

eo pyrenaica splendens (splendid).*

orm.

S. o. Rudoliphiana (Rudolph’s).
twin, Habit spreading.

S. ovata (ovate). A form of S. crassifolia.

S. palmata (palmate). A form of S. hypnoides.

S. paniculata (paniculate). A synonym of S. geranioides.

S. pectinata (comb-like). A form of S. Aizoon.

S. pedatifida (pedately-cleft). /., peduncle and calyx pilose-
glandular. May. Jl. five-lobed; lobes oblong-linear, entire,
more or less acute, rarely gum-bearing; cauline ones two- or
three-lobed. Otherwise like S. geranioides (of which it was
formerly regarded as a variety). South of France.

S. pedemontana (Piedmont). #1. white, sub-corymbose ; calyx
segments linear; petals obovate-oblong, much longer than
the calyx. July and August. J. of the rosette triangular-
cuneiform, rather thick, three-lobed, strongly nerved; lobes
obtusely toothed at apex. Stems almost naked, erect. Alps
of Piedmont, 1824. Plant pilose-viscid. Syn. S. cervicornis.

S. planifolia (flat-leaved). /. white; calyx lobes ovate,
obtuse; petals obovate, slightly retuse, three-nerved. July
and August. 7., lower ones oblong, obtuse, dense; cauline
ones distant; all slenderly (about) three-nerved, Switzerland,
Piedmont, and Pyrenees. Plant densely tufted, softly pilose.

S. propaginea (propagating). A form of S. Clusii.

S. pubescens (downy). /. few on an almost naked stem.
(. of the rosette clustered palmate; segments linear, viscid-
pubescent. Pyrenees, &c.

S. pulchella (rather pretty). A synonym of S. exarata.

S. Rudolphiana (Rudolph’s). A form of S. oppositifolia.

S. seardica (Scardi Mountains). #. white, few in an erect
corymb; calyx glandular; petals obovate, twice or thrice
exceeding the calyx. June and July. Jl. rigid, glaucous,
glabrous, lanceolate, acute, somewhat concave above, keeled
beneath, scabrid-denticulate at base. Orient. Plant tufted.

S. Schmidtii is perhaps a form of S. ligulata.

S. sponhemica. /l. white, sin. across; petals marked with
three green nerves; panicle very many-flowered, 8in. to 12in.

A lovely rosy-crimson

jl. pinkish-purple, solitary or

high. @. deeply lobed or cleft; segments acuminate-subulate.
h. 4in. Europe. Plant emitting runners at base. Allied to

S. hypnoides.

S. taygetea is now regarded as a distinct species, and not as
a variety of S. rotundifolia.

S. tombeanensis. A form of S. diapensivides.

S. tricolor (three-coloured). A form of S. sarmentosa.

S. tyrolensis (Tyrol). A garden hybrid between S. cesia and
S. squarvosa.

S. umbrosa dentata (toothed). #. dotted with pink, in
narrow panicles; peduncles 8in. high. J. orbicular, deeply
toothed, very pale beneath. Pyrenees.

S. u. Ogilvieana (Ogilvie’s)* jl. pinkish; panicles dense,
about 6in, high. A fine variety.

S. Vandellii (Vandell’s). . white; corymbose, pedunculate ;
calyx lobes ovate; petals obovate-cuneate, much longer than
the calyx. June to August. 7. firm, ciliated; radical ones
densely clustered. Tyrol, &c. Plant pilose-glandular.

S. Wulfeniana (Wulfen’s), This is identical with, or a form
of, S. retusa.

S. Zimmeteri (hybrid).
S. cuneifolia.

Hybrids, Besides the hybrids, &c., already named, the
following are worthy of mention: Distinction, Hybrida
Nana, La Gaye Dauphine, Porte, and Progress.

SCABIOSA. Star Head. To the species, &e.,
Besenipee on pp. 376-7, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

S. alpina (alpine). A synonym of Cephalaria alpina.

S. caucasica alba (white). A variety with white flower-
heads. 1895.

S. Correvoniana (Correvon’s).*
with a large involucre. May to August. Stems erect, 7in.
to Yin. high. Abchasia, 1892. A handsome, bushy plant.

S. Metaxasii (Metaxas’). A synonym of S. palestina.

S. ochroleuca Webbiana (yellowish-white, Webb's). The
correct name of S. Webbiana.

S. palzstina (Palestine). /.-heads very variable in colour,
form, and size; corollas more or less radiate, the segments
three- to six-cleft. Summer. J. variable; lower ones toothed
or lyrate, rarely pinnatipartite; upper ones lyrate or pinnati-
partite. Stem erect, variable in height. Orient. A more
or less pubescent annual. Syn, S. Metaxasit.

A hybrid between S. Aizoon and

ji.-heads pale yellow, large,

Scabiosa—continued.

S. parnassi (Parnassus). A synonym of S. Pterocephala.

S. stellata (star-like). jl.-heads pink or bluish-white, long-
edunculate; corollas radiant. July. J. incised or almost
yrate; terminal lobe the largest, obovate, toothed. Stems
branched. A. 14ft. Mediterranean region, 1823. Annual.

S. Victoriz (Victoria's), A garden hybrid. 1888.
SCHIVOLA. To the species described on pp. 377-5,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. cuneiformis (wedge-shaped). . blue, sessile, in a long,
interrupted spike; corolla gin. long. J. petiolate; lower ones
obovate, often 2in. long; upper ones oblong-cuneate, passing
into sessile bracts, which are mostly under 4in. long and
quite entire. Stems erect or ascending, herbaceous. 1824.

S. Taccada (Taccada). A synonym of S. Keniyii.

SCALE INSECTS (Coccidz). These, together with
their near allies the Mealy Bugs, &c., are very inimical
to plant-life, and with one or two notable exceptions
offer no compensating advantages. Such exceptions are
to be found in the case of the Cochineal Insect (Coccws
Cacti) and the lesser known Lac Insect (Tachardia lacca),
each of which yields an article of commerce of economic
utility. Against these two must be set a very large
namber of most objectionable pests alike to outdoor
flowers, fruit (both outside and under glass), and
greenhouse and stove plants. In this country alone the
list of indigenous species is a formidable one, but small
in comparison with those found in some other countries,
with which the writings of Douglas, Cockerell, Com-
stock, and others have familiarised us.

The most injurious species that of recent years has
been recorded in any country is the San Jose Scale
(Aspidiotus perniciosus), so destructive to nearly every
kind of fruit in California and elsewhere. So far, however,
it has not yet made its appearance here, though with
the facilities now existing for an interchange of commerce
its advent may not be long delayed. Already a near
relative in the Japanese Cherry Scale (Diaspis amygdali)
has found its way here upon imported species of the
genus Prunus; but thanks to the note of warning sounded
by Mr. R. Newstead, of Chester, it was promptly stamped
out. Unfortunately another species has found a lodgment
here, and it looks as if it has come to stay. We refer
to Orthezia insignis.

Worthy of note in connection with Coccids generally is
the omnivorous nature of the majority, and in none is
this characteristic exemplified better than in the Orthezia
just noted, and in the Common Mealy Bug of our plant-
houses (Dactylopius destructor), Fruit trees harbour several
species, the most destructive being the Oyster Shell
Bark Louse (Aspidiotus ostreeformis), the Mussel Scale
(Mytilaspis pomorum), Peach Scale (Lecanium persicx),
Brown Currant Scale (Lecaniwm coryli), and the Cottony
Cushion Scale (Pulvinaria ribesiv). Palms are also
considerably preyed upon, the species varying from the
curious black, thread-like Ischnaspis filiformis to the
Oleander Scale (Aspidiotus Nerii). Orchids and Camellias
suffer not a little from the attention of Coccids; while
Roses are infested by Diaspis rose and Lecanium rose.
Aspidiotus britannicus, recorded from Kew as having
been found upon Hollies, is new to this country; while
that establishment has also the credit for enriching
Science with a new species, Fiorinia kewensis, discovered
by Mr. Newstead.

Of the newly-recorded species most interest centres
around Orthezia insignis, a beautiful but very destructive
and omnivorous species. Six years ago it formed the
subject of a report issued by the Massachusetts Agricultural
College, and prepared by Mr. C. H. Fernald. It was
then described as ‘‘A New Greenhouse Pest.” Since
that time it has been found in many greenhouses in this
country, and it behoves every gardener to be aware of
the pest. In America the insect goes by the name of the
Black-Tailed Mealy Bug, the White-Tailed Mealy Bug,
Lantane Bug, and White Fly, the last being a singularly
absurd name. Twice we have met with it on Lantanas,
and in each case the gardener was powerless to do anything
to get rid of the pest. Only the females were, however,
observed, though a very careful watch was kept for the
males. To judge by the list of food-plants it has most
accommodating tastes, and on that account alone would be
a most undesirable visitor in any greenhouse. In America
the chief food-plants are given as Lantanas, Ageratums,
Libonias, Verbenas, Fuchsias, Coleus, Pelargoniums,

|
|

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. “657

Scale Insects—continued.
Cinerarias, Petunias, and Celosias. Here the writer has
seen them upon Lantanas only.

Mr. Fernald thus describes the adult female (see
Fig. 662, a): Body is broadly oval, and from 12mm.
wide by 15mm. in length, and varies in colour from

ochreous mottled with very dark, dull green between ~

the segments to an almost uniform dark, dull green.
The surface of the body is partially concealed by plates
(lamellz) of a wax-like substance. The first of these
plates is somewhat triangular in outline, and projects
slightly forward; the second and the third are shorter
and broader than the first, and project outwardly ; while
those from the fourth on are narrower and longer, and
are curved downwards and backwards over the marsupium.
There is also a series of plates on the ventral surface.
Those behind the last legs are quite large, and are situate
somewhat between the coxw, and project over the

Fic. 662. ORTHEZIA INSIGNIS (after Fernald), showing (A) Adult
Female, dorsal view; (B) Nymph, after Second Moult;
(c) Adult Male, dorsal view. All much enlarged.

marsupium. This latter varies from 3mm. to 5mm. in
length; it is generally nearly straight, but often much
euryed upwards, with the sides slightly convergent and
the end truncate. These plates, which vary with the
individuals, consist of striated compact masses of a brittle,
snowy-white substance (whence the name of White-tailed
Mealy Bug). The substance is secreted by numerous
fine papille. These, however, are not observable until
the plates have been removed or rendered translucent
with potash or soda. They are extremely fragile, but
are quickly replaced. The eggs are laid and the young
hatched in the space between the plates. Mr. Fernald
estimates the number of eggs laid varies from 125 to
175, and that they hatch out in about two months. The
young Scales are naked when first hatched, but are
gradually coated with the secretion already noticed.
There are probably three broods a year in this country.

The most effective preparation against this Coccid appears
to be Paraffin Emulsion.. This can now be obtained in
many quarters. Fir-Tree Oil is also beneficial, but must
be very carefully employed, otherwise the foliage of
delicate plants is likely to be affected. The directions
of the makers shonid be strictly followed. There is one
thing that hardy-plant lovers have to be thankful for,
and it is that there is no chance of an infestation, as the
insects are quite unable to withstand cold or frost.

In dealing with Coccids generally, the best results have
been obtained by the use of Kerosene Emulsion (see
Insecticides). This or any other insecticide must be used

Vol. V.

Scale Insects—continued.

in combination with common sense. The nature of the
plant, or even of its parts, must be carefully considered, the
condition of the weather at the time of the application of
the insecticide, and even the accepted quantities in
solution may have to be modified to meet this or that
condition of plant-life. For instance, the treatment that
could be meted out to a trunk of an Apple- or a Pear-tree,
could not be employed on the somewhat delicate leaf of
a Palm or other greenhouse or stove occupant; and so
it is with all. Tree-trunks, branches of frnit and other
trees against walls are all best treated in winter when
they are at rest, using a stiff (painter’s) brush, and well
working the insecticide into ai! likely crevices. Plants
under glass are safest treated in the evenings of bright
days, never during bright sunlight. Then, again, even
the stages of certain of the insects must be taken into
consideration if good results are to be obtained. Take
for instance the case of the Coccids that elaborate a
Scale. To spray these when the scale-like covering has
been provided is useless; for though it would of course be
an easy matter to employ an insecticide to destroy the
“Scales,” yet there would be the danger also of destroying
the trees themselves. The best period for waging war
against these species is when the larve are in the
actiye stage. Then they are vulnerable and readily
destroyed. Besides Keroscue Emulsion, referred to in
Vol. III., and the several other insecticides named,
Gishurst Compound and Fir-Tree Oil may be mentioned
as being very effective though not suited to large areas
of trees and plants under cultivation, being far too
expensive. For greenhouse and stove subjects they are,
however, available, and when used with care and accord-
ing to the directions supplied, may be relied upon to do
their work. We have not described in detail the various
Coccids mentioned, for the simple reason that in the
majority of cases the distinguishing characteristics are
not seen by the unaided eye. The more important,
however, haye been enumerated under their respective
headings. See also Scale Insects, Vol. III.

SCAPHOSEPALUM (from skaphe, a boat, and
sepalum, a sepal; in allusion to the form of the sepals).
Orv. Orchidex. A small genus of Orchids, natives of
tropical America, formerly included under Masdevallia
(which see for culture), but differing in having the dorsal
sepal free, the lateral ones forming a boat shape under
the lip, which is strongly recurved and curled up.
S. anchoriferum, S. breve, S. gibberosum, S. pulvinare,
and S. swertiefoliwm will be found described under
Masdevallia, in Vol. II.

S. antenniferum (antennz-bearing). fl. greenish-yellow, lined
with brown; scape l4ft. long. J. elliptic, Sin. to Sin. long.
1890. Allied to S. pulvinare.

S. microdactylum (small-fingered). jl. greenish-yellow and
brown, small; scape Sin. long. J. 2in. long, oblong, fleshy,
with three apical teeth. 1893. Allied to S. ochthodes.

S. ochthodes (rugged). jl. yellow, fleshy; lateral sepals
rectangular, erect, SES Cie petals ligulate, acute; lateral lobes
of lip semi-ovate, entire, the mid-lobe oblong, serrulated ;
keels two; raceme elongated, many-flowered ; peduncle nearly
lft. long, very slender, densely verrucose. Colombia.

S. punctatum (dotted). 1. pale greenish, small, spotted with
dark purplish-brown; lateral sepals more ochreous, their tails
din. long; scape descending, bearing a succession of flowers.
2. 3in. to 4in. long, 4in. to Zin. broad. 1888. Allied to S. swertia-
folium. (B. M. 7165.)

SCAPHYGLOTTIS. S. Kienastii is the correct

name of Ponera Kienastii.

SCARES. Many devices to scare birds from fruit
trees, seeds, ripe Corn, &c., are adopted, but few, if any,
are really effectual, as the birds soon become accustomed
to them, and carry on their depredations. _Seed-beds
and Jow-growing crops are protected by threads of black
cotton run over in and about them. This is almost
invisible, and the birds flying about get their wings
entangled therein, and carefully ayoid that place in the
future.

SCARLET TIGER MOTH. See Tiger Moths.

SCELOCHILUS. To the species described on p. 380,
Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. carinatus (keeled). jl. about seven in a short, pendulous
raceme; sepals bright yellow, jin. long; petals purple and

aP

658

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Scelochilus—continued.
white, sin. long; lip white, Jin. long, with a purple blotch.
1. lanceolate, 4in. long. 1895.

S. variegatus (variegated). fl. whitish, lined with purple.
1. erect or spreading, narrow-lanceolate, 4in. to Sin. long.
Pseudo-bulbs flat, very thin. Colombia, 1895.

SCEURA. A synonym of Avicennia (which see).
SCHAUERIA. A synonym of Hyptis (which see).

SCHEELEA. ‘To the species described on p. 380,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. kewensis (Kew). jl. bright purple, small, crowded; male
and female spadices short eal stout; spathes stout, boat-
shaped, 24ft. long. J. pinnate, about 25ft. in length. Tropical
America, before 1897, (B. M. 7552-3.)

S. amylacea is included in the Kew Collection.

SCHINUS. S. dependens is the correct name of
Duvaua dependens. (B. M. 7406.)

SCHISMATOGLOTTIS. S. variegata (of gardens)

is synonymous with S. neogwineensis.

SCHIZHA. Comb or Rush Ferns. On account of
the difficulties with which their culture is beset, Schizwas
are seldom met with in general collections; yet some of
the species are well worth a little extra attention. It
may be useful to note that where they are found to
thrive under cultivation they are invariably grown in a
compost of roughly-broken peat and loam, in abont equal
parts, with ample drainage; for, althongh growing
naturally in swampy places, under culture they greatly
dislike stagnant water. Frequent and copious waterings
at the roots are, however, necessary, as is a_well-
ventilated position. We have never heard of Schizeas
being raised from spores, although these have frequently
Late received in this country from Australia and else-
where.

SCHIZANDRA. To the species described on p. 383,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. Hanceana (Hance’s). fl. scarlet, green at base, rather
large. Jd. oblong-lanceolate; petioles robust. South China, A
much-branched, highly glabrous, twining, greenhouse shrub.
Syns. Cosbea coccinea, Kadsura chinensis.

SCHIZANTHUS. To the species described on

p. 884, Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. Grahami lilacinus (lilac). A fine variety, having lilac-
coloured flowers, with a dark EE ek oe brown-veined
upper lip, and lilac tips. (R. G. 1887, p. 665, f. 169.)

S. incanus (woolly). A synonym of S. retusus.

S. papilionaceus (butterfly-like). A purple-spotted form of
S, pinnatus. TOM THUMB is a dwarf, compact form of that
species.

S. retusus is now classed asa distinct species, and not as a
variety of S. Grahami. Syn. S. incanus (B. H. 1852, t. 6, f. 2).

S. violaceus (violet). A form of S. pinnatus.

S. wisetonensis (Wiseton).* jl. varying in colour from white
through blush and pink to crimson-brown, some with a yellowish

suffusion, freely produced, 1900. A useful and attractive garden
variety.

SCHIZOCASIA (from schizo, to cut or split, and
casia ; in allusion to its divided leaves and its relation-
ship to Colocasia). Orb, Aroidew. A small genus (three
or four species) of stoye herbs, with a thick candex, natives
of New Guinea, Siam, and the Philippine Islands. Flowers
moneecious, on an appendiculate spadix, the males and
females remote. Leaves ovate-cordate, pinnatipartite ;
petioles elongated, terete. According to Mr. N. E. Brown,
there are no real characters to separate Schizocasia from
Alocasia (which see for culture).

S. Portei (Porte’s). J. oblong-triangular, sagittate, pinnati-
partite; lateral divisions semi-ovate or oblong, obtuse, with
a deep sinus; stalks half as long again as the leaves. Caudex
thick. New Guinea, 1862.

S. Regnieri (Regnier’s). 1. unknown. 7. large, pinnatifid, 10in.
to 12in, long, peltate, repand, dark green above, the midrib
and principal nerves much paler, glaucescent beneath, the
margins undulated; pinne costate, mucronate at apex,
cordate-lanceolate; petioles 13ft. long, sheathing at base,
terete, yellow, with reddish, hieroglyphic markings. Siam,
1887. (I. H. ser. v. 6.)
SCHIZOCODON (from schizo, to cut, and kodon, a
bell; in allusion to the fringed corolla), Orn.
Diapensiacee. A small genus (three species) of hardy,
perennial herbs, very closely allied to Shortia, but
haying racemose flcewers, fringed corolla lobes and
filaments varying in length; they are found on the

Schizocodon—continued.

mountains of Japan. Only one species has been intro-

duced; it is found growing in stony places. For

culture, see Perennials.

S. soldanelloides (Soldanella-like). fl. deep rose in the
centre, shading to blush-white or white, fringed like those
of Soldanella, lin. acros cape four- to six-flowered. March.
i. small, evergreen, ovate or orbicular, cuneate or sub
cordate at base, deeply-toothed. h. 2in. to 4in. 1692.
pen 7316 ; G. C. 1893, i., p. 415, f. 59; J. H. ser. iii., xxvi., p. 28,
+ 09.)

SCHIZOMYCETES. ‘ce Pear—-Fungi.

SCHLUMBERGERIA. J. G. Baker includes this
genus under Caraguata (which see).

SCHG@FFIA. A corruption of Schepffiia (which

see).

SCHENLANDIA GABONENSIS. Orv. Ponte-
deriacee. This name has been given to a_stemless,
terrestrial, stove plant, allied to Monochoria, intro-
duced from Western tropical America in 1896. The
solitary flowers (which, as well as the branches and
bracts, are violet) spring from short branches in the
axils of the bracts, and the leaves are cordate and acute.
It is said to be of easy culture, and to have a prolonged
flowering period.

SCH@NOCAULON (from Schoinos, a Rush, and
kaulos, a stem; in allusion to the Rush-like scape).
Syns. Asagrea, Sabadilla. Orv. Liliacee. A small
genus (five species have been enumerated) of half-hardy,
bulbous plants, natives of the Mexico-Texan region.
Flowers rather small, in long, dense, terminal, sub-sessile
spikes ; perianth persistent, the segments distinct, sub-
equal, narrow-lanceolate or linear, ereeto - patent;
stamens six, hypogynous, longer than the segments ;
bracts small; scape simple, tall, leafless. Leaves radical,
long-linear. The culture of S. officinale, the only species
introduced, is not yet understood; the plant is, however,
only of botanical interest.

Fic. 663. SCHOMBURGKIA TIBICINIS.

SCHOMBURGKIA. To the species described on

p. 386, Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. carinata (keeled). A synonym of S. Lyonsii.

S. chionodora (snow-gift). jl. white, with a purple spot on
the lip, numerous; sepals ligulate, acute ; Petals spathulate,
blunt; lip large, four-lobed, toothleted and wavy, with five
entire keels on the disk. 7. cuneate-oblong, obtuse, 4in. to Sin.
broad. Pseudo-bulbs many-angled, 1ft. long or more, having
but a single, central cavity. Central America, 1886,

S. ec. Kimballiana (WW. S. Kimball’s).* 4. light purple; info-
rescence with numerous branches, 18

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

659

Schomburgkia—continued.

5. Humboldtii (Humbolit’s).* 1. resembling those of a Leelia ;
wayy, pale lilac, the petals tinted purple

towards the apex; lip with triangular, amethyst-purple side
lobes, and a bilobed, fringed and crisped front lobe, of 3
bright purple, with paler streaks, the disk yellow, with five

sepals and petals

to seven keels, purple tow:
A handsome species. (R

ds_ their base.
Re O.at 53)

Ss. lepidissima (very pleasant). jl. closely resembling those of
Leliopsis domingensis, borne on a branched stem 3sft. long.

.

oo

Venezuela.

Schomburgkia—continued.
miargins; lip rosy-purple, with three white keels;

Winter and spring. Colombia. (L. x., t. 475.)
S. Sanderiana (Sander’s).*

the centre; s
rigid, obtus
Yin. high.

, Sin. Jong.

Fic, 664. ScCIADOPITYS VERTICILLATA.

Pseudo-bulbs very strong, about l6in. long and 6in. in circum-
ference, with two broad green leaves at the apex. Habitat
not recorded, 1889,

S. marginata immarginata (not margined). This is chiefly
dependent for its character on the absence of yellow margins
on the sepals and petals. 1887.

S. rhionodora. A misprint for S. chionodora.

S. rosea (rosy). ji. smaller than in S. undulata (to which this
species is allied); sepals and petals reddish-purple, with wavy

allied to S. Humboldtii. (J. Tl. 1891, xxii., p. 163, f. 30, xxili.,
p. 503, f. 92; R. ser. ii., t. 59.)

S. Thomsoniana (Thomson's). fl. light yellow and sulphur,
with purple markings; sepals and petals ligulate, acute,
undulated ; lip trifid, the lateral segments triangular, extrorse,

obtuse, the middle one ligulate, emarginate, much ped
Honduras, 1887. Allied to S. tibicinis, SYN. Bletia Thomsoniana.

S. tibicinis. Fig. 663 illustrates the fairly well-known and
beautiful Cow-horn Orchid, described in Vol. IIT.

column
white, spotted with purple; spike rather short for the genus.

jl. rosy-purple, about 3in. across;
petals broader than the sepals; lip three-lobed, the mid-lobe

ljin. long, wavy-margined, veined with deep rosy-purple in
cape over 2ft. long, many-flowered. 2. two, thick,
Pseudo-bulbs conico-cylindrical, about
Habitat not recorded, 1886. A beautiful species,

660

SCHOTIA. S8. tamarindifolia is a form of S. speciosa.

SCHRANKIA. According to the Kew authorities,
this is the correct spelling of Schranckia.

SCHUBERTIA (of Blume). A synonym of Hors-
fieldia (which see).

SCHUBERTIA (of
Araujia (which see).

SCHWZIGRICHENIA. A
zanthos (which see).

SCHWEIGGERIA. 5S. fruticosa (Tongue Violet) is
the correct name of the plant described on p. 387,
Vol. III., as S. pauciflora.

SCIADOPHYLLUM. S. leptophyllum is a synonym
of Dizygotheca leptophylla.

SCIADOPITYS VERTICILLATA. This is one
of the handsomest and most distinct of Japanese Conifers
(Fig. 664, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch
and Sons). It is thoroughly hardy, but dislikes cold winds,
especially when growth is tender. This species is some-
what slow in growth, and delights in peaty soil with
which is incorporated a quantity of leaf-monld. An
eastern exposure should be avoided, but the greatest
drawback to its successful culture is a cold, wet, badly-
drained soil, as anything like stagnation at the roots is
fatal to it. As it does not transplant well, great care
should be taken in the preparation. A good ball of earth
should be attached to the roots, and the latter protected
from drying winds by placing mats or similar material
round the ball. After planting is completed, water should
be given to settle the soil about the roots, and an
occasional damping overhead will induce healthy growth.
A yearly top-dressing of leaf-monld will increase the
vigour of the plants. S. verticillata is well adapted for
planting as single specimens on the lawn, and is service-
able for all kinds of decorative work. It forms a bold,
symmetrical specimen, with horizontal, spreading branches,
and long, narrow, leathery leaves of the deepest green,
produced in whorls of from thirty to forty at the tips of
the growths, and bearing some resemblance to an open
umbrella.

SCILLA. Many of the Scillas will thrive under the
shade of trees where little else will grow. To the species
dexeribed on pp. 388-91, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

S. Adlami (Adlam’s). /., perianth mauve-purple, Jin. long;
edicels }in, to sin. long; raceme short; peduncle slender,
in. to 4in. long. April. JU. single, linear, rather fleshy, 8in,
to Yin. long, sin. broad. Eastern Natal, 1891. Greenhouse.

S. anti-taurica (Anti-Taurus). A form of S. sibirica.

S. Bellii (Bell’s). ., perianth brownish-blue, campanulate, Jin.
long, the segments oblong-spathulate; bracts anes: raceme
short, ten- to twelve-flowered ; scape slender, terete, 3in. to
4in. long. Spring. J., produced ones two or three, oblong-
lanceolate, 3in. to 4in. long, acute, erect, fleshy. Laristan,
Central Persia, 1884. Hardy.

S. bifolia. A curious hybrid was raised in 1891 between this
Bbecies and Chionodoxa Lucilie, but it is of no horticultural

» value.

S. b. alba (white).*
flowers.

S. b. rosea (rose). A pretty rose-coloured variety.

S. b. Whittalli (Whittall’s).* jl. bright blue, borne in a close
raceme. 1891.

S. bipartita (bipartite). /., perianth porcelain-blue. Marocco,
1835. A dwarf, hardy, winter-flowering plant, regarded by the
Kew authorities as a form of S. lingulata.

S. Buchanani (Buchanan's). /jl., penienth green, tin. long,
with purple filaments; raceme dense, oblong, 2in. long;
peduncle flexuous, 6in. to 8in. long. May. JZ. three, lanceolate.
Mozambique District, 1895. Greenhouse.

S. festalis (festal). The correct name of S. nutans.

S. f. cernua (drooping). jl. of a very clear blue, in a conical
spike 4in. long. Central Europe. A form of S. festalis,
Hardy.

S. Galpini (Galpin’s). #., perianth bright mauve-purple, {in.
long; filaments bright purple; raceme dense, sub-globose, #in.
in diameter. /. three or four, oblong-spathulate, sessile, 2in.
to Sin. long. Bulb lin. in diameter. Transvaal. Greenhouse.

S. hispanica. alba and rosea are white- and pink-flowered
forms respectively. Those issued under these names by Messrs,
Krelage, of Haarlem, are especially distinct, and advances upon
those ordinarily grown as such. There is also a form major,
which is larger than the type, as well as the garden form
EMPRESS.

Martius). A synonym of

synonym of Anigo-

A charming variety, with ivory-white

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

»

Scilla—continued.

S. hyacinthoides stricta (erect), In this form the flowers
are borne on erect pedicels and the bulbs are solitary, 1890.
S. Kraussii (Krauss’s). l., perianth bright blue, campanulate,
sin. long; pedicels erecto-patent, 4in. to Jin. long; raceme
moderately dense, 3in. to 4in. TOR peduncle slender, 6in. to
Yin. long. 2. about four, spreading, lanceolate, strongly ribbed,
densely pubescent, 2in. to 3in. long. Bulb l4in. to 2in. in

diameter. South Africa. Greenhouse.

S. laxiflora (lax-flowered). /l., perianth green, 4in. long, central
pedicels pale mauye, erect, sin. to jin. long; raceme very lax,
oblong, 3in. long ; peduncle slender, din. long. J. three or four,
oblong-lanceolate, mottled, the largest 3in. long. South Africa,
1891. Greenhouse.

S. Ledieni (Ledien’s). /., perianth greenish, campanulate, jin.
long; pedicels very short ; raceme moderately dense, 3in. long ;
eae) 6in. long. J. five or six, lanceolate, glaucous, 6in. to
2in. long, rooting at the tip, spotted. Bulb lin. in diameter.
Lower Guinea, 1889. Greenhouse. (R. G., t. 1294.)

S. leucophylla (white-leaved). ., perianth bright purple,
tipped with green. Persia, 1893. This resembles some of the
Hyacinths of the sub-genus Bellevalia, but the perianth seg-
ments are free to the base. Hardy.

S. lingulata (tongue-shaped). jl., perianth blue, campanulate,
star-like, about jin. long; raceme oblong, rather dense, six-
to fifteen-flowered ; scape 2in. to 4in. long. Spring. J. six to
eight, fleshy-herbaceous, glabrous, ascending, lingulate-lorate,
embracing the scape at base, 2in. to Jin. long, four to six lines
broad. Bulb six to eight lines thick. Algeria, Marocco, 1887.
(R. G., t. 1261, f. 2.) ardy. The variety alba (R. G., t. 1261,
f. 4) has white, and Jilacina (R. G., t. 1261, f. 3) lilac, flowers.

S. nutans. The correct name, according to the “ Index
Kewensis,” is S. jfestalis. Other forms are bracteata (long-
bracted) and caerulea (blue).

S. pallidifiora. The correct name is S. rigidifolia.

S. patula (somewhat spreading). jl. resembling those of
S. festalis, but rather larger, scentless; scape erect. J. four
or five, lanceolate. Bulb ovoid. Europe. There are three
varieties—alba (white), major (larger), and rosea (pink).

S. paucifolia (few-leaved). The correct name of S. paucijlora.

S. peruviana elegans (elegant). A red-flowered form.

S. polyantha (many-flowered). #., perianth green outside,
dull purple within, din. long; pedicels 4in. long; raceme dense,
oblong, 4in. to Sin. long; peduncle 6in. to Yin. long, purple-
spotted. JU. four, lorate-oblong, sub-erect, lft. to 14ft. long,
with darker blotches (purple at base). Bulb ljin. to 2in. in
diameter. South Africa, 1878. Greenhouse.

S. preecox (early). A form of S. bifolia.

S. rigidifolia (rigid-leaved). The correct name of S. pallidiflora.

S. serotina (late). A synonym of Dipcadi serotina.

S. sibirica anti-taurica (Anti-Taurus). An early, robust,
many-flowered, garden variety. 1890.

S. s. multiflora (many-flowered), A very floriferous form,
having longer flower-spikes than in the type. 1895. (Gn.
1895, xlviii., p. 162, t. 1029.)

S. s. vera alba (true white).
useful, dwarf variety.

S. sub-secunda (almost secund). /l., perianth green, brownish
outside towards the base, }in. long; filaments bright purple;
raceme dense, sub-secund, 6in. long; peduncle drooping,
nearly 1ft. long. June. /. six to eight, lanceolate, 6in. to 12in.
long, lin. to ldin. broad, tinged with purple at back and
blotched a little towards the base. South Africa, 1881. Green-
house.

S. Ughii. See S. peruviana Hughii.

SCINDAPSUS. S. argyrza is synonymous with
S. pictus (Silver Vine). 8S. pertusus (R. H. 1883, p. 561,
f. 111) is not a Scindapsus, but Monstera deliciosa.
S. anomalus (R. H. 1884, p. 536, f. 114) has the young
leaves entire and the older ones divided (Syn. Marcgravia
paradoaa, of gardens).

SCIRPUS. To the species described on pp. 391-2,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. maritimus (maritime). Sea Scirpus. jl., spikelets of a rich
brown, about Zin. long, sometimes two or three but oftener
eight to tenin a cluster. Summer. J. Jong, flat, pointed, often
far exceeding the stems. Stems sharply triangular, 2ft. to 5ft.
high. British coasts. There is a variegated-leaved form that
is well worth growing.

SCLEROCARPUS (from skleros, hard, and karpos,
fruit; in allusion to the hardened enclosing bracts).
Orv. Composite. A genus embracing about eleven species
of greenhouse or half-hardy, perennial herbs, closely
related to Gymnolomia, natives of tropical America,
Africa, and Asia. Flower-heads yellow, rather small.
Leaves usually alternate. Only one species calls for
mention. For culture, see Annuals.

jl. pure white, large. 1893. A

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 661

Sclerocarpus—continued.
S. uniserialis (in one series). /l.-heads orange-yellow, slightly
scented, solitary on long peduncles. July to October. J. large,
ovate, acute, irregularly toothed, crenulate. Stems much-
branched. kh. Btt. to 44ft. Texas. Half-hardy annual. Syns.
Gymnolomia uniserialis (of gardens), Gymnopsis wniserialis,

SCLEROTINIA DOUGLASII. See Douglas Fir
Blight.

SCLEROTINIA FUCKELIANA.
Mould.

SCLEROTINIA FHONIZ.
in present Volume.

SCLERRODERIS RIBESIA.
Fungi.

SCOLIOPUS (from scolios, tortuous, and pous, a
foot; probably in allusion to the tortuous rhizome). ORD.
Tiliacee. A small genus (two species) of hardy or nearly
hardy, rhizomatous, North American perennials, closely
allied to Medeola. Perianth deciduous ; segments distinct,
the three outer ones broadly lanceolate, spreading, the
three inner ones linear, erect. Leaves two at the tip of
the stem, sessile or shortly petiolate. ‘The only species
introduced will probably thrive under the treatment re-
commended for Trillium.

S. Bigelovii (Bigelow’s). jl. solitary on radical peduncles ;
perianth seven to nine lines long, the inner segments purple,
the outer ones green, striated with purple. February.
Z. radical, ovate-elliptic to narrowly-oblanceolate, 4in. to 15in.
long, spotted, sessile or narrowed at base. California. (G. C.
1894, i., p. 267, f. 28.)

See Velvety
See under Peonia,

See Gooseberry

Fic. 665. FROND OF SCOLOPENDRIUM VULGARE CRISTATUM.

SCOLOPENDRIUM. Scolopendriums are adapted
for either the stove, the greenhouse, or the hardy Fernery.
The best-known and most extensively cultivated is
undoubtedly the common Hartstongue, S. vulgare, of which
there are a large number of beautiful or merely curious
forms found in gardens. They thrive best in a compost of
a light, sandy nature, made up of two parts leaf-monld or
peat, one part loam, and one part silver-sand, and are
particularly useful for growing by the edge of water or
in shady places, where it is often difficult to cultivate
other plants with success.

With the exception of the varieties of S. vulgare, which
are usually and with greater certainty increased by the
division of their crowns (and a few by means of the bnlbils
produced on their fronds), the propagation of Scolopen-
driums is effected by spores, which are abundantly
produced and germinate freely.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 393-4,
Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. brasiliense (Brazilian). sti. short, hairy. fronds 6in. to
12in. long, lin. to 14in. broad, almost entire, tapering to both
ends, coriaceous; veins intercrossing one another about two-
thirds of the distance from the midrib to the edge. sori con-
fined to the free veins. Brazil, 1856. Stove. SyN. Antigramme
brasiliense. >

S. officinale (officinal). A synonym of S. vulgare.

S. sibiricum (Siberian). sti. 2in. to 3in. long, naked, dark
brown below. fronds dimorphous; barren ones lin. long,
barely in. broad, ovate, acute; fertile ones 6in. long,
fin. broad, prolonged and rooting at apex as in S. rhizo-
phyllum, but narrowed at base. sort linear or oblong. Siberia,

Scolopendrium—continued.

Japan, &e. This hardy species should be grown in a vertical
SYN. Camptosorus

position amongst stones, in a shady spot.
stbiricus.

Fic. 666. FROND OF SCOLGPENDRIUM VULGARE CRISTATUM
VIVIPARUM,

S. vulgare ramo-marginatum (branched, margined).
Similar to the form Jato-digitatum, but with the contracted
and lined character of marginatum in the leafy portion and
elsewhere.

S. v. scalariforme (ladder-shaped). A distinct, dwarf, seed-
| variety, with narrow, crested fronds, recuving at the tip.

S. v. Valloisii (Vallois’). A strong-growing variety, having
the fronds dilated and irregularly divided and crested at their
summit, forming large, bunch-like tufts. (R. H. 1886, p. 447,
f. 114, unr name of S. oficinale Valloisii.)

Fic. 667. FROND OF SCOLOPENDRIUM VULGARE GRANDICEPS.

662

Scolopendrium —continued.

=
CSE

SY

Fig, 668, FROND OF SCOLOPENDRIUM VULGARE RAMO-CRISTATUM.

In addition to the varieties of S. vulgare mentioned in this
work there are many others (no less than seventy are grown
at Kew), such as S. v. cristatwm (Fig. 665) and its sub-variety
viviparum (Fig. 666), S. v. grandiceps (Fig. 667), S. v. ramo-
eristatum (Fig. 668), S. v. sagittato-cristatum (Fig. 669), and
S. v. sagittato-projectum (Fig. 670). For further details the reader
is referred to Druery’s “ British Ferns” and Schneider's ‘‘ Book
of Choice Ferns.”

Fic. 669. FROND OF SCOLOPENDRIUM VULGARE SAGITTATO-
CRISTATUM.

SCOLYTUS RUGULOSUS.
Beetle.

SCOPOLIA. To the information given on p. 395,
Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. carniolica concolor (one-coloured). This differs from
the type chiefly in having pale yellow, scentless flowers.
Eastern Europe, 1893. Syn. S. Hladnikiana (G. C. 1893, xiii.,
p. 418, f. 60).

S. Hladnikiana (Hladnik’s). A synonym of & carniolica
concolor. Hladnickiana and Fladnichiana are misspellings.

S. physaloides (Physalis-like). The correct
Physochlaina physaloides.

SCOPOLIA (of Forster).
(which see).

SCORCHING. The Scorching or burning of foliage,
both under glass and outside, is due to the prevalence of
dry heat and lack of moisture. Under glass, Vines in
the early portion of the season quickly have the tender
young foliage scorched unless the ventilation is care-
fully watched, especially in the mornings, when the sun
suddenly breaks out with power, running up the internal
temperature of the Vinery to a great height. Sometimes
also the berries are scorched.

To avoid Scorching the ventilators should be opened
early, if the weather is mild, giving only a little air at

See Fruit-Tree

name of

A synonym of Griselinia

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Scorching—continued.

first, and gradually increasing the ventilation as the
temperature rises, and reducing it if the thermometer falls. _
One of the gravest mistakes is to suddenly throw open
the ventilators when the house is very hot to prevent
Scorching and to lower the temperature. A violent check
et a to the perspiring foliage, and mildew is sure to
ollow.

Fia. 670. FROND OF SCOLOPENDRIUM VULGARE SAGITTATO-
PROJECTUM.

SCORODOSMA. Included under Ferula (which see).
S. fetidum is a synonym of F. Assafwtida.

SCORPION SENNA. See Coronilla Emerus.

SCORPIUS SPINOSUS. A synonym of Genista
germanica (which see).

SCORZONERA. S. wndulata is now regarded as a

form of S. mollis.
SCOTCH ASPHODEL. See Tofieldia palustris.
SCOTCH KALE. See Eorecole.
SCOTCH LABURNUM. See Laburnum alpinum.

SCURVY GRASS (Cochlearia officinalis). A plant .
sometimes used as a Salad. It will thrive in any light,
porous soil; the seeds germinate quickly if sown imme-
diately they are ripe, at the end of June or early in
July, in drills about Yin. apart, lightly covering them.
When large enough to handle, the seedlings should be
thinned ont to about Yin. apart in the rows; if necessary,
the thinnings may be planted ont, and if watered will make
good plants by the following spring, when the leaves will
be ready to pick for use.

SCUTELLARIA. To the species described on
pp. 398-9, Vol. III., the following should be added :
S. alpina bicolor (two-coloured).* fl. having the upper lip
purplish and the lower one white. (R. H. 1892, 12.)

S. amoena (pleasing). . blue, large, resembling those of
S. baicalensis (S. macrantha). Jl. oblong. China, 1896,

S. baicalensis (Baikal). The correct name of S. macrantha.
S. cordifolia (cordate-leaved).

S. dependens (dependent). The correct name of S. japonica
(of Morren).

S. formosana (Formosa). fl. dark viclet-blue, green below,
lin. long, sub-secund, opposite, in a lax terminal raceme.
Early summer. J. shortly petiolate, 24in. to Sin. Jong, ovate or
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, faintly serrated. Stem 2ft. to 3ft.
high. China, 1894. An erect, cool greenhouse shrub. (B. M.
7458.)

A synonym of S. splendens.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Scutellaria—continued.
S. grandiflora is 1 form of S. orientalis.
S. lupulina (wolf's). A form of S. alpina.

S. Trianzi. According to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,” this is a
distinct species, and not a variety of S. incarnata.

SCUTICARIA. 8. Dodgsoni is a doubtful plant,

probably identical with S. Hadwenii.
SCYPHZA. A synonym of Marila (which see).
SEA ONION. See Urginea maritima.
SEA RAGWORT. ‘cee Cineraria maritima.
SEAFORTHIA. See also Pinanga. S. robusta (of

gardens) is a synonym of Rhopalostylis Baweri.

SEAKALE. In addition to the old and well-known
variety, there has been introduced a very meritorious
sort under the name of Lily White. As its name indi-
cates, it is of beautiful colour, and considered by
connoisseurs to be of finer flavour than the old variety.

SEASIDE BALSAM. See Croton Eluteria.

SEASIDE LAUREL. See Phyllanthus lati-
folius.

SEBACEOUS. Wax-like or producing wax.
SECALE CEREALE. Cee Tilletia.
SECUND. One-ranked; unilateral ; one-sided.

SECURINEGA. To the species described on p. 402,
Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. ramiflora (branch-flowered). j., females solitary; males
in depauperate fascicles. J, lin, to 1jin. long, ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate at both ends, glabrous, pale beneath. Branchlets
numerous, densely leafy, tetragonal, pale yellowish. Eastern
Asia. Syns. Phyllanthus ramijflorus, Xylophylla ramiflora,

SEDUM. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 403-7, Vol. III., the following should be added:

8. Alberti (Albert’s). #. white, disposed in a cymose panicle.
July. i. terete, crowded at the ends of the branches. Stems
procumbent. Turkestan, 1880. (R. G., t. 1019, f. 3.)

5S. alboroseum (white and pink). #. pure white, with pinkish
stamens, 4in. across; corymb 3in. to 4in. broad; lowest
peduncles 2in. to 3in. long, with large bracts. J. close, in
spirals of four, never opposite, oblong-spathulate, 24in. long,
incised-crenate in the upper two-thirds, glaucous-green. Stems
several, 14ft. long. Japan, 1860. (Ref. B., t. 33.) This is now
regarded as a distinct species.

S. altissimum (tallest). 1. yellow, many in a_ branched,
corymbiform cyme; petals six to eight, lanceolate, acute,
spreading. June. J. almost terete, acute, glaucous, glabrous;
upper ones scattered, nearly flat above. Stems suffruticose,
branched at base; floriferous ones erect. h. lft. South
Europe, 1769.

S. assoideum. A synonym of S. dendroideum.

S. brevifolium major (larger). A large form of the type.

S. czespitosum (tufted). jl. white, tinged with red, few in
lax, scorpioid cymes. J, close, oblong, obtuse, sessile, ascending,
din. long. Stem few-branched. h. lin. to 3in, Mediterranean
region. Annual. (Ref. B., t. 295,)

S. cordifolium. According to the ‘Index Kewensis,” this is
of specific rank, and not a form of S. maximum.

S. crassipes (thick-stalked), A synonym of S. asiaticwm.

Ss. een (blue). jl. purplish, disposed in leafy cymes.
1. thick, oblanceolate, blunt, epbonte entire. Stem simple.
h. cae “ pea Siberia, 1879. pretty, dwarf species. (R. G.,
t. 972, f. 2.

S. dendroideum (tree-like). Tree Sedum. bs yellow, sessile,
bractless, unilateral, thyrsoid; petals five, lanceolate. June
to August. J. scattered or opposite, obovate-cuneate, glabrous ;
those on the sterile branches forming a rosette. Stem shrubby,
erect, branched. Mexico. Greenhouse. SYN. S. assoidewm.
This is a variety with variegated leaves.

S. ebracteatum (bractless). 1. yellowish-white, secund, sessile,
bractless; cymes elongated, spicate, about six-flowered.
4 sparse, glabrous, ovate, obtuse, thick. Flowering stems
erect. h. lit. Mexico, 1865. Greenhouse. (Ref. B., t. 221.)

S. edule (edible). A synonym of Cotyledon edulis.

S. Englerianum (Engler’s). A densely-tufted species, probably
closely allied to S. dasyphyllum. Pyrenees, 1896.

S. erythrostictum is now regarded as a form of S. Telephium,
and S. alboroseum as a distinct species.

S. Ewersii turkestanicum (Turkestan).
variety.

S. Fabaria (Fabaria). A sub-species of S. Telephium.

S. formosanum (Formosa). /. bright yellow, mostly sessile,
bracteate; vetals lanceolate, acuminate, spreading. Summer.

A rosy-purple

&c. 663

Sedum—continwed.

7. one to three, whorled, lin. to ljin. long, 4in. broad, flat,
spathulate, obtuse, recurving towards the ar softly succulent.
Stem repeatedly branched from near the base. h. about 6in.
Formosa, 1885. A glabrous, half-hardy or greenhouse annual.

S. Forsterianum (Forster's), A variety of S. pruinatwm.

S. glanduliferum (gland-bearing). A variety of S. dasy-
phyllum.

S. maximum purpureum (purple).
purple leaves.

S. obtusifolium (obtuse-leaved). jl. white, sub-sessile, secund ;
cyme-branches two or three, spreading, lax. J. sessile, reticu-
lately red-veined, very obtuse, obsoletely crenulate ; lower ones
lin. to lin. long. Stems erect, rather thick, woody below,
24in. to 3in. high, densely leafy as far as the cyme. Orient. A
remarkable species.

S. oreganum (Oregon). i. pale rose-coloured, in a compound
cyme; petals over 4in. long, linear-lanceolate, much acuminate ;
stamens ten; pedicels short. l. all scattered, spathulate,
rounded at apex. Stems erect, simple. North America. Plant
glabrous, not glaucous.

S. pallidum (pale). . white or pink, five-parted, sub-sessile ;
petals acute, thrice as long as the sepals; eyme-branches
minutely glandular. July. 2. lin. long, oblong to linear.
Stems lin. to Sin. long, annual, solitary. India to Greece,
1817. The variety voseum has pink flowers.

S. purpurascens (purplish). A sub-species of S. Telephium.

S. roseum (rosy). According to the ‘‘Index Kewensis,” this
is the correct name of S. Rhodiola.

S. rubens (reddish). fl. pinkish-white, small, in cymes with
lax, scorpioid branches 2in. to 3in. long. /. crowded, sessile,
linear, erecto-patent, semi-cylindrical, 4in. to Zin. long on the
main stem, preuceun erect more or less tinged with red.
Stems erect, din. to 4in. high. South Europe, Asia Minor, &c.
Annual. (Ref. B., t. 242.)

S. rupestre grandiflorum (large-flowered).*
dwarf variety with crimson-shaded leaves.

S. Sempervivum (Sempervivum).
vivoides.

S. stoloniferum atrosanguineum (dark red).
purple-red variety.

S. Telephium purpurascens (purplish). l. rose or purplish,
in a terminal, compact corymb. August and September.
1, obovate or oblong. Stems strong. France, &c.

S. Wallichianum (Wallich’s). This is closely allied to
S. asiaticum ; it differs chiefly in having broader, more denticu-
late, sometimes almost bipinnatifid leaves. Himalayas.

SEEDLING. A plant produced from seed, especially
a very young plant.

SEED-ROOM. The most essential point in making
a Seed-Room is the exclusion of moisture, as dampness
causes the seeds to start germination, and when sown
some time afterwards they probably prove a failure.
It is, therefore, important that the room should be so
built that it can be relied upon to be always dry.
Hxtremes of temperature are of comparatively little
account provided moisture is absent.

SEEMANNIA. According to the ‘‘Index Kewensis,”
S. ternifolia is the correct name of S. silvatica, and
S. Benaryi is a distinct species.

SELAGINELLA. Most Selaginellas are of very easy
culture, and as a rule invaluable for decorative purposes ;
their elegance can hardly be overrated, and their powers of
endurance in many instances prove sufticiently satisfactory
to enable growers to utilise them for decoration. They are
readily propagated from cuttings made from their creeping
stems, which emit roots at nearly every joint. The layering
of the fronds by pegging firmly on a constantly damp, mossy
surface is a rapid method of producing very handsome
plants, and this operation may be performed with equal
success at almost any time of the year. In private
establishments especially, where the demand for decorative
plants is great, and where greater difficulties are enconn-
tered in the propagation of Ferns, these useful plants
may be increased at a rapid rate, and with comparatively
little trouble.

With very few exceptions, Selaginellas require a warm,
close, moist atmosphere, where draughts are carefully
excluded, although some of them are quite at home in a
temperate house, and a few are even hardy in a sheltered
position ont of doors. The temperature most suitable for
the bulk of them is from 65deg. to 70deg., and they will,
by growing more luxuriantly, give even more satisfaction

A pretty variety with

A beautiful,
A synonym of S. semper-

A deep

664 ' THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Selaginella—continued.
if the atmosphere can be kept at from 70deg. to 75deg.
all the year round.

There are various ways of growing Selaginellas. They
delight in any light soil, and it should be kept open by

Fic. 671. SELAGINELLA PERELEGANS.

intermixing charcoal or small potsherds through it.
Growing them in shallow pans is the best method of cul-
tivation, as, with the exception of the plants belonging to
the rosulat# section, they all require room to spread, and
most of them root upon the surface of the soilonly. They
should be kept on the shady side, or at one end of the
house ; in any case it will be found beneficial to have them
in such a position that there may be a certain amount of
constant moisture about them. To that effect, they
should be placed on a solid bed which constantly gives
off moisture, or, if this is impracticable on account of
the house being provided with permanent stages,
these should be covered with sphagnum, to be kept
wet ; and the pans should not be allowed to rest directly
on the moss, but be set up above it upon three small pots
or on an inverted pan, so as to avoid all direct contact
with the saturated material. Plants so arranged will
derive all the benefit of the surrounding moisture without
their soil becoming sour. Although they have a particular
dislike to standing permanently in the wet, Selaginellas
require copious waterings at the roots, and for that
reason it is necessary that their pots or pans shall be
thoronghly well drained. They should not be syringed
overhead, or only very sparingly during the hot summer
days, as their massive thongh feathery fronds cannot
long endure being wetted.

To the species described on pp. 409-12, Vol. III., the
following should be added:

S. albospica (white-spiked). A form of S. stenophylla.

S. Bakeriana (Baker’s).* stems trailing, 6in. to Sin. long;
lower branches copiously compound. J. bright green ; those of
the lower plane spaced, spreading, oblong, obtuse, j,in. long;
leaves of the upper plane half as long, ascending, acute.
spikes very copious, slender, square, lin. to 2in. long. Queens-
land. Syn. S. leptostachya. Greenhouse. A pretty species.

S. bulbifera (bulb-bearing). stems decumbent, Ry out
copious root-fibres in the lower half; many of the lower
branchlets excurrent and whip-like at the tip, and bearing
bulbils, which reproduce the plant. 7. not distinctly ciliated.
1867. Stove or greenhouse. “ Probably a form of S. radiata,
produced by cultivation in a damp, warm atmosphere”
(Baker).

Selaginella—continued.

S. caulescens gracilis (slender). stems distantly branched,
bright green. 1880. An elegant, dwarf variety.

S. c. minor (lesser). A synonym of S. ¢. japonica.

S. concinna (neat). stems trailing, lft. or more in length,
copiously pinnately branched; lower branches _ flabellately
compound. J. of the lower plane crowded, ascending, oblong-
lanceolate, y;in. to fin. long, glossy, rigid, much dilated at
base; leaves of the upper plane one-third as long, much
imbricated, with a long cusp. spikes sin. to lin. long,
square; bracts cuspidate, strongly keeled. Mascarene Islands.
Stove.

S. cuspidata crispa (curled). A charming form, differing
from the type in its crisped stems. 1288.

S. c. Emiliana (Emilie’s).* stems, branches 6in. to Yin. long,
abundantly produced and copiously divided, of a pleasing
light green, erect when young, becoming darker and_hori-
zontal. Very handsome, bushy plants of this fine variety
can be grown in comparatively small pots.

S. denticulata (of gardens). A synonym of S. Kraussiana.

S Douglasii (Douglas's). stems trailing, Zin. to 6in. long,
pinnately branched ; lower branches copiously compound. 7. of
the lower plane pale, firm, broadly oblong, obtuse, ~,in. long,
auricled and ciliated at base, the upper side much imbri-
cated over the stem; leaves of the upper plane half as long,
cuspidate. spikes sin. to lin. long; bracts cuspidate, much
imbricated. British Columbia, &c. Greenhouse.

S. Emiliana (Emilie’s). A form of S. cuspidata.

S. gracilis (slender).* stems 2ft. to 3ft. long, sub-erect, pinnately
branched, rather rough; pinne narrow-lanceolate, din. to Sin.
long; pinnules simple, the lower ones lin. long, din. broad.
l. bright green, ovate-falcate ; stipular ones narrow-lanceolate,
cuspidate, parallel and close-set. spikes terminal, tetragonal,
4in. to lin. long. South Sea Islands, 1886. An elegant, stove
species,

S._ Griffithii (Griffith’s). stems erect, 6in. to 12in. long,
simple below, deltoid and decompound upwards; lower
pinne tripinnate; final branchlets jin. to 4in. long. Jl. of
the lower plane ascending, oblong-rhomboid, jin. to {in.
long, dilated, serrulated, and imbricated ; leaves of the upper

lane minute, with a large cusp. spikes square, din. to 4in.
long; bracts cuspidate, strongly keeled. Tropical Asia, 1860.
Stove.

S. leptostachya (slender-spiked). A synonym of S. Bakeriana.

S. longissima (longest). stems 2ft. or more in length;
branches deltoid, 6in. to Yin. long, with ascending simple
upper and_ slightly compound lower branchlets; ultimate
divisions 2in. to 2sin. long. 2. of the lower plane close,
oblique, ovate-oblong, acute, fin. long, the upper side strongly
ciliated at base; leaves of the upper plane one-third as long,
nearly erect, obscurely cuspidate. spikes terminal on the
branchlets, square, lin. to 2in. long; bracts erecto-patent,
strongly keeled. Colombia, &c., 1881. Stove.

Fic. 672. SELAGINELLA TASSELLATA.

S. Mettenii (Mettenius’). stems slender, wide-trailing, distantly
pinnate; branches short, flabellately compound. J. of the lower
plane nearly contiguous on the branches, the upper ascending,
the lower spreading, obtuse, din. long, bright green, not imbri-
cated over the stem; leaves of the uppa plane one-third as

oe

——

—"

.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&C. 665

_Selaginella—continued.

long, not cuspidate. spikes square. 1865. Greenhouse. Sup-
posed to be a garden hybrid between S. wneinata and
S. tnequalifolia.

S. oregana (Oregon).* stems pendent, flaccid, 1ft. to 6ft. long,
pinnate, much-branched. /. uniform, linear-lanceolate, convex
and grooved at back, sparsely denticulate, scarcely jyin. long,
acute, but not bristle-tipped. spikes square, very slender,
resembling the sterile branchlets. Oregon. Greenhouse. A
beautiful species.

S. perelegans (very elegant). The correct name of this plant
is S. inwqualifolia perelegans (under which it is described on
bi 411, Vol. IIT.). See Fig. 671, for which we are indebted to
Messrs. W. and J. Birkenhead.

S. Pervillei (Perville’s). A synonym of S. Vogelii.

S. Pitcheriana (Pitcher’s). A form of S. erythropus.

S. radiata (radiate).* stems slender, sub-erect, 6in. to 12in. long,
acutely angled down the face, closely pinnate, sometimes
stoloniferous at base; branches copiously compound. J. of the
lower plane contiguous on the branchlets, spaced on the main
stem, erecto-patent, ovate, acute, jin. to jin. long, much

Selaginella—continued.

S. usta (burnt). stems Sin. to 12in. long, erect, simple at base,
compound above; branches erecto-patent, the upper ones
copiously compound. JU. of the lower plane crowded, erecto-
patent, bright green, rigid, dilated, serrulated, imbricated on
the upper side at base; leaves of the upper plane one-third as
long, acute, much imbricated. spikes square, tin. to sin. lone.
New Caledonia. Stove. : ‘

S. Victoriz (Victoria's). Of this lovely species, intermediate
between S. Wallichit and S. caniculata, a portion of a stem is
shown at Fig. 673 (for which we are indebted to Mr. Bull).

S. viridangula (green-angled).* stems sub-erect, sarmentose,
3ft. to 4ft. long; pinne deltoid, 1ft. long, erecto-patent ;
pinnules with simple upper and compound lower erecto-patent
tertiary divisions; ultimate segments usually in. to lin. long,
bright green at base. J. of the lower plane contiguous or
nearly so on the branchlets, lanceolate-falcate, acute, sin. to
tin. long (jin. long and much spaced on the pinne), bright
green, dilated; leaves of the upper plane very small, distinctly
cuspidate. spikes square, lin: to 2in. long; bracts strongly
keeled. Mountains of Fiji, 1884. Stove. z

S. Warscewiczii (Warscewicz’s). A synonym of S. radiata.

Seeing

Nas rf

p

5 eee N
4 VL
a
ee STR Li HLES

Fic. 673. PORTION OF STEM OF SELAGINELLA VICTORIA.

imbricated on the upper side at base, strongly ciliated; leaves
of the upper plane half as long, cuspidate. spikes square, 4in.
to lin. long. Tropical America (up to 9000ft.). Stove or green-
house. SYN. S. Warscewiczii.

S. radicata (rooting). A synonym of S. plumosa.

S. spinulosa (slightly spiny). A synonym of S. spinosa.

5. eee (narrow-leaved). stems pale straw-coloured,
sub-erect, 6in. to 12in. long, rooting from the lower half,
copiously pinnate ; lower branches copiously compound. J. of
the lower plane anette oblong-lanceolate, j;in. to Jin. long,
serrulated and imbricated on the upper side; leaves of the
upper plane one-third to half as long, cuspidate. spikes
resupinate, short. Mexico. Stove. S. albospica is a form of
this species,

S. tassellata (tasselled).* stems erect ; branches and branchlets
flat, closely pinnate, the tips furnished with fertile, quad-
rangular spikes about l4in. long, giving the plant a tasselled
appearance, Brazil, 1887. Stove. See Fig. bra, for which we
are indebted to Mr. Wm. Bull.

S. uliginosa (swamp-loving). The correct name of Lycopodium
uliginosum.

Vol. V.

SELAGO. Several species formerly included here are
now classed under Microdon (which see). 8. myrtifolia
is the correct name of S. Gillii.

SELENIPEDIUM. Under Cypripedium the various
hybrids of Selenipediwm will be found, with their recorded
parentage. So far as these are concerned, they are amongst
the most difficult Orchids to grow. Many of the most
familiar, such as S. caudatum (Fig. 674), S. caricinum,
S. Lindleyanum, and 8. Schlimii, are but seldom met with
in perfection. This is the more pronounced and inex-
plicable from the fact that, almost without exception, the
hybrids that have been derived from the intercrossing of
the species are about the most tractable Orchids in culti-
yation. ‘There is certainly no freer and more vigorous class
of Orchids under almost any conditions than the majority
of the Selenipedium hybrids. Their requirements are best
met by growing them with the intermediate section of Cypri-
pediums. They require a liberal supply of moisture, both at
the roots and in the atmosphere, at all seasons of the year.

4Q

666 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Selenipedium—continued.
To the species and varieties described on pp. 418-4,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. Boissierianum (Boissier’s). jl. yellow, veined and tinged
with bright green, marked brownish-crimson on the edges of the
sepals and in other places; petals curiously twisted and hori-
zontally extended, the ed erose ; lip rounded. A Peru, 1887.
(G. GC, 1887, i., p. 143.) S. reticulatum is a form of this.

S. caudatum giganteum (gigantic).* /l., upper sepal white,
spotted with yellow ; petals 10in. long, white, with dark green

reticulation, blackish-brown outside; lip pure white within,
with a yellow ring round the border. A fine variety. (1. ii.,
t. 96.)

fl. large; upper sepal 2sin. long ;
wrmine-red, oblong, smooth,
Stems cylindrical, pubescent,

S. Dalleanum (Dalle’s).
petals 5in. long; lip deep glossy
1. lorate, acute, 14ft. to 2ft. long.

20in. high. Habitat not recorded, 1895. (R. H. 1895, p. 548, f. 180.)
A synonym of S. Roezlii,

S. Hartwegii (Hartweg’s).

Fic. 674. SELENIPEDIUM CAUDATUM WALLISII.

S. Hincksianum is a form of S. longiflorwm.

S. Lindeni is a variety of S. caudatum.

S. palmifolium (palmate-leaved). jl. about twenty-five or
thirty to a scape; sepals and petals yellow; lip citron-yellow.
Stems leafy, attaining 3ft. in height. French Guiana. “A very
rare species.

S. Parishii (Parish’s). A synonym of Cypripedium Parishii.

S. reticulatum is a form of S. Boissierianum.

Ss. Sargentianum (Sargent’s). This species closely resembles
Ss. Lindleyanum in flowers, foliage, and habit; it differs chiefly
in having a pair of small, white tubercles on the inner margi
of the side lobes of the lip. Brazil, 1893, (B. M. 7446 ;
1894, ii., f. 100.)

S. Schroderz splendens (splendid).* A very brilliant variety
1887. (LL. ii., t. 69.) ms ) Yer ae eee

S. Sedeni Weidlichianum (Weidlich’s). 7. clear rose-colour
and white, freely produced. 1893, A capital, winter-flowering

variety. (R., t. 51.)

Selenipedium—continued.
S. Wallisii (see Fig. 674) is
S. caudatum

S. Warscewiczii

voseum,

SELF. A term applied to a flower (or a plant) which

is wholly of one colour.

SEMPERVIVUM.
pp. 416-9, Vol. III., the following should be added.
changes in nomenclature are based on the
Kewensis.”’

S. anomalum is probably a form of S. pumilum.

S. arachnoideum. S. piliferum and S. Webbianwm are forms
of this species.

S. barbatulum, 8. Doellianum, and S, Fauconneti are
varieties of S. arachnoideum.

S. Boutignyanum is given as a form of S. arver-
nense by some; but at Kew it is kept as
distinct.

S. grandiflorum and S. soboliferum are
forms of a species called S. globiferum.

S. Heuffelii is a form of S. patens.

S. Lamottei, S. parvulum, and S. Reginz-
Amalize are forms of 8S. tectorwm.

S. Lindleyi (Lindley’s). The
S. villosum,

S. Mettenianum (Metten’s). /.
stems 4in. to 6in. high. Summer.
sized rosettes, fringed, reddish
Kuropean Alps. A neat little
rockery, thriving in a loamy soil.

S. Monanthes.
polyuphylla.

S. Neilrichii (Neilrich’s). A
narium.

S. patens (spreading).
Z. rosulate, obovate-ol
glaucous, hairy. Ks
t. 858, f. 2.)
this species.

S. piliferum (hair-bearing).
noideum,

S. pulchellum (rather pretty).* 7”. pink;
cymes compact, many-flowered. 1. obovate-
oblong, obtuse, viscid, lineolate beneath, dotted
with ved and shortly hairy on both surfaces ;
rosettes 14in. in diameter. Habitat not recorded.
A glabrous shrub.

S. Requieni (Requien’s). A
of S. tectorum rusticum.

S. Schottii is a form of S. glauwewm.

S. spinosum (spiny). A synonym of Cotyledon
spinosum.

S. tectorum. 8S. Lamottei,
S. Reginw-Amalie (described
III.) are varieties of this spe
is a glaucous form, with ve
(Syn. S. Requieni, of gardens),

S. Thomeyeri (Thomeyer’s).
between S. hirtum and S. arachnoideum.

S. Verloti is a variety of S. Pomelii.

S. villosum. The correct name is S. Lindley.

S. Webbianum (Webb's). A garden name for
a form of S. arachnoideum.

now regarded as a variety of

(Warseewiez’s) A synonym of S. caudarum

To the species, &c., described on
The
** Index

correct name of

rosy-white, on
¢. in medium-

in autumn.
plant for the

The correct name is Monanthes

form of S. are-
fl. yellowish ; petals erect.
long, abruptly cuspidate,
5 tern Enrope. . G.,
S. Heuffelii is merely a form ot

A form of S. arach-

garden synonym

S. parvulum, and
$ species in Vol.
S. t. rusticum
y large rosettes.

A garden hybrid
1892.

SENECILLIS. Included under Senecio
(which see).
SENECIO. Including Delairia. To the species

described on pp. 419-21, Vogl. III., the following should be
added :

S. abrotanifolius (Southernwood-leaved), <A
S. adonidifolius.

S. adonidifolius (Adonis-leaved).* jl.-heads brilliant orange,

synonym of

showy, disposed in a compound corymb. July. 2. petiolate,
pinnatisect, much-cleft; lobes linear, acute, deep green.

Stems erect, terete, simple, lft. to lift. high.
1800. A neat, glabrous, hardy perennial.
Jolius, S. artemisicefolius.

S. alpestris (Alpine).

S. artemisizfolius
S. adonidifolius.

S. aurantiaca (orange).
aurantiaca.

8. auriculatissimus (prominently auricled). j.-heads golden-
yellow, lin. across, pedicellate, in lax, terminal corymbs.

South Europe,
Syns. S. abrotani-

The correct name of Cineraria alpestris.
(Artemisia-leaved), A synonym of

The correct name of Cineraria

aa eS ae

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 667

Senecio—continwed.

February. transversely oblong, 2in. to 2sin. broad, obreni-
form, or orbicular-reniform ; petioles lin. to 2in. long, slender,
dilated at base into a convex auricle over lin. long. British
Central Africa, 1898. A remarkable and attractive, greenhouse,
climbing shrub. (B. M. 7731.)

S. Balbisianus (Balbis’). Piedmont Groundsel.
name of Cineraria longifolia (of Allioni).

S. brachychetus (short-bristled).
Cineraria longifolia.

S. calamifolius (Calamus-leaved).
caulescens.

S. candicans (whitish). l.-heads insignificant, seven or eight
in a sub-umbellate corymb, 7. large, entire, leathery; radical
ones petiolate, ovate, crenate; upper ones sessile, elliptic-
oblong. Stem herbaceous, erect, simple, woolly. Falkland
{slands, 1898. Hardy. ;

S. carniolicus (Carniolan). jl.-heads yellow, twice the size of
those of S. incanus; pedicels elongated; corymb_ simple.
7. oblong, narrowed to the petioles, incised-sub-pinnatifid ; lobes
entire. Stems ascending from the base, simple, somewhat
tufted. Alps. A cobwebby-woolly, hardy perennial.

S. Cineraria. The correct name of Cineraria maritima.

S. Claussenii (Claussen’s). /l.-heads orange-yellow, rather large,
five or six in a corymbiform raceme at the tip of an axillary
pecuncls 3sin. to 6in. long. Autumn. JZ. deeply sinuate-
obed ; lobes acute, covered when young, and especially beneath,
with an abundance of silvery, cottony wool, as is the whole of
the plant more or less. Stems bushy. h. 2ft. Brazil, 1855.
Greenhouse or half-hardy. :

S. Correvonianus (Correvon’s). /l.-heads yellow, handsome,
disposed in a panicle at the summit of a bare stem.
7. coriaceous, reniform or cordate, borne on long petioles.
Caucasus, 1897. Hardy, alpine perennial.

S. cruenta (blood-red), The correct name of Cineraria cruenta.

S. ficoides (Ticus-like). /l.-heads white, disposed in paniculate
corymbs; involucre cylindrical, with seven or eight scales.
July to November. /. fleshy, nerveles8, compressed, acuminate,
elaucous-pruinose. Stem fleshy-shrubby, South Africa, 1710.
Greenhouse. SyN. Kleinia jicoides.

S. Galpini (Galpin’s). /.-heads of a brilliant orange-colour,
disposed in a lax corymb on a Jeafy stem lft. high. 7. fleshy,
glaucous, oblanceolate. Barren stems short, compact, tufted.
Transvaal, 1892. A greenhouse species, of the section Kleinia.
(B. M. 7239.)

S. Gunnisii (Gunnis’). A synonym of S. pendula.

S. Hanburianus (Hanbury’s). fl.-heads pale yellow, disposed
in loose cymes. ¢. chordiform, about Ift. long. Stem fleshy,
branched, Sin. long. South Africa (?), 1898. Stove. Said to
be a new species, allied to S. chordifolius.

S. Heritieri (L’Heritier’s). /l.-heads bright purple and white,
radiate; inyolucral scales fifteen to twenty; peduncles one-
headed, scarcely longer than the petioles. Spring. J. petiolate,
somewhat cordate-orbicular, five- to seven-lobed, jin. in
diameter, white-woolly beneath. Teneriffe, &c., 1845. Green-
house shrub. (G. & IF’, 1891, iv., p. 510, f. 79.) SYNs. Cineraria
aurita (Gn. xxxviii., p. 252, t. 770), C. lanata (B. M. 53).

S. Hualtata (Chilian native name), l.-heads lin. across,
shortly pedicellate, in crowded clusters at the ends of the
naked branches of a panicle lft. to 2ft. high; ray florets
twelve to sixteen, pale straw-coloured; disk golden-yellow.
June. J. chiefly radical, lft. to 14ft. long, oblong-ovate, bluish-
green or purplish beneath. A. 5ft. Chili and Argentina, 1890.

ardy perennial. (B. M. 7422.)

S. japonicus (Japanese).
japonica,

S. kleinioides (Kleinia-like). This species resembles 9. Antew-
horbium, but has smaller flower-heads and flat obovate
eaves; florets thirteen to twenty-two, all tubular, half as
long again as the. involucre. Abyssinia, 1894. A glabrous,
greenhouse shrub.

S. latifolius (broad-leaved),
S. laxifolius.

S. laxifolius (lax-leaved). /.-heads yellow, about lin. across,
in very loose, terminal, somewhat corymb-like panicles; ray
florets twelve to fifteen, elliptic-oblong. June. ¢@. sin. to
2sin. long, usually elliptic- or linear-oblong, entire; petioles
sin. to Zin. long. New Zealand, 1894. A small, much-branched,

reenhouse shrub. (B. M. 7578; Gn. 1895, ii., 1008.) Syn.
. latifolius, of Masters (G. C. 1894, ii., f. 43).

S. Ledebourii (Ledebour’s), The correct name of Ligularia
macrophylla.

8. cigar ca (white-spiked). A greenhouse or half-hardy,
tufted under-shrub, with white-tomentose leaves, much in the
way of S. Cineraria (Cineraria maritima),
pinnatisect. Uruguay, 1893. (B. H. 1893, f. 37.)

The corree
The correct name of

A synonym of S. scaposus

°
The correct. name of Ligularia

of Masters. A synonym of

but elegantly

Senecio—con/inwed.

S. lilacinus (lilac). Although closely related and from the
same country, this is considered specifically distinct from
S. glastifolius.

s. longip&s (long-stalked). jl.-heads scarlet, hemispherical,
2in. in diameter; pedicels three, green, scaly; peduncle
terminal, 10in. high. June. J. crowded, spreading and
recurved, thickly fleshy, 2in. to 24in, long, ovate to spathulate-
oblong, obtuse, entire. Stem 6in. to 8in. long, decumbent,
copiously leafy. Eastern tropical Africa, 1899, A glabrous,
stove herb. Syn. Kleinia Grantii (B. M. 7691). -

S. macrophyllus (large-leaved).* /l.-heads yellow, numerous,
disposed in loose, terminal corymbs; ray florets five. August.
1., lower ones ample, oblong-obovate, obtuse, on long, winged
petioles ; upper ones sessile, amplexicaul. Stems robust, 6ft.
in height. Orient, 1896. Shea erennial, something in the
way of S. Doria. (R. H. 1896, f. rh)

S. multiflorus (many-flowered). l.-/ieads lilac-purple, numerous,
in a compound, paniculate corymb; involucral scales twelve
to fifteen. Summer. /. 3in. in diameter, cordate-reniform,
slightly angled, scarcely toothed, nearly glabrous above,
tomentose beneath; petioles 3in. long, dilated at base. Stems

erect, glabrous. h. 3ft. Canary Isles, 1853, Half-hardy
erennial. SyYNS. Cineraria multiflora, Doronicum Bourgei
B. M. 4994).

S. Palmeri (Palmer's). j.-heads few, with yellow rays, about
lin. in diameter, disposed in a pedunculate corymb. JZ. oblong-
lanceolate, slightly toothed, narrowed into rather long petioles.
h, lft. to 2ft. Guadeloupe Island, Lower California, 1890.
Greeunonee perennial or hardy annual, densely clothed with
white felt.

S. pendulus (pendulous). /l.-heads bright vermilion mixed with
orange-colour, depressed, about 14in. across, peduncles 3in. or
more in length. October. J. 4in. long, produced only at the
growing tips of the young joints. Stem consisting of a few
curved or crooked, cylindrical joints each 4in. to 15in. long,
obtuse, fleshy. Somaliland, &c. A singular, greenhouse
species. SYNS. S. Gunnisii, Kleinia pendula (B. M. 659).

small and

S. Petasites (Petasites).* jl.-heads yellow,

very. numerous, disposed in a very large, thyrsoid,
terminal panicle. Summer and autumn. J. petiolate,
ample, rather thick, rounded-cordate at base, with five to
seven angular lobes, dark green above, pale beneath. Stem
robust, fleshy, slightly branched, shrubby at base. A. 3ft.
to 44ft. Mexico. Greenhouse. Syns. S. platanifolius (of
gardens), Cineraria Petasites. (B. M. 1536.)

S. platanifolius (Plane-leaved). <A
S. Petasites.

S. populifolius (Poplar-leaved). /l.-heads having lilac-white
rays and a yellow disk, disposed in a branched, nearly
regular corymb. Spring and summer. J. petiolate, ovate-
cordate, toothed, angular, glabrous and green above, white-
tomentose beneath. Stems numerous, bushy, somewhat woody
at base. h. 2ft. Canary Islands, Greenhouse.

S. repens (creeping). /l.-heads few, corymbose. June. 7. fleshy,
glaucous, oblong, acuminate. Stems fleshy, woody below.
Roots creeping. South Africa, 1710. A glabrous, greenhouse
species, smaller and more glaucous than S, jicoides, which it
closely resembles. SYN. Kleinia repens.

S. sagittatus (arrow-shaped).
hastata.

S. sagittifolius (arrow-leaved).* /l.-heads Ijin. in diameter,
with a cream-white ray and a yellow disk; panicle many-
flowered, at the tip of a simple floral stem 7ft. to 1l0ft. high,
clothed with small amplexicaul leaves. 7., radical ones
disposed in a rosette, Sft. long, lft. to 14ft. broad, sagittate,
acute, with two leafy, crest-like processes along the midrib.
Uruguay, 1892. A highly decorative and remarkable, green-
house species. (B. M. 7322; G,. C. 1893, i., f. 50; R. H. 1892,
p. 53, f. 16, 17.)

S. scandens (climbing). A garden synonym of S. mikanioides.

S. Smithii (Smith’s).* .-heads white, many in «a leafy, terminal

anicle ; ray florets twenty to thirty, very variable, 4in. to qin.
ong. June. /., lower ones 8in. to 10in, long, ovate or oblong,
cuneate to bilobed at base, on very stout petioles ; upper ones
sessile, oblong. Stem as thick as the thumb. A. Sft. to 4ft.
South Chili and Fuegia, 1895. A noble, hardy perennial.
eG 7531.) SYN. Cineraria gigantea (S. KE. B. ii., part ii,
t. 65).

S. spathuleefolius (spithulate-leaved). //.-heads orange-yellow,
about as large as « shilling, many in a simple corymb;
involucre woolly. /., radical ones ovate, broadly petiolate ;
cauline ones sessile, lanceolate; all slightly toothed. Stem
herbaceous, erect. h. 6in. to 12in. Alps, &c. A rather pretty,
woolly-floceose, hardy species.

S. venustus (charming). A synonym of S. grandiflorus.

SENSITIVE FERN. ‘ee Onoclea sensibilis.

SEPTORIA CHRYSANTHEMI. ‘See Chrysan-
themum Leaf Spot.

garden name for

The correct name of Cacalia

668

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

SEQUOIA. Wellingtonias, in common with some other
coniferous subjects, are attacked by a fungoid disease, a
Botrytis-form of Sclerotinia Fuckeliana. The greyish mould
is very familiar, as it is fonnd upon a variety of subjects.
Young trees are the yictims, the fungns atfacking the
main shoots. All diseased trees should be taken up
and burned, and the remainder thoroughly sprayed with
weak Bordeanx Mixture.

To the species and varieties described on p. 422, Vol. IIL.,
the following should be added :

S. gigantea pyramidata compacta (pyramidal, compact).
A garden form, of compact, pyramidal growth. 1891.

S. sempervirens variegata (variegated). A form differing
from the type in having highly glaucous and slightly variegated
foliage. 1890.

SERAPHYTA. S. multiflora is the correct name
of S. diffusa.

SERIOLA. Included under Hypocheris (which
see).

SERRASTYLIS (from serra, a saw, and stylis, a
style; in allusion to the toothed wings of the column).
Orv. Orchideex. A monotypic genus. The species is a
stove Orchid allied to Brassia and with the habit of
Trichopilia. It will probably thrive under the treatment
recommended for Oncidium.

S. modesta (modest). #. lin. in diameter, numerous, in a
drooping raceme Sin. long; sepals and petals reddish, edged
with yellow; lip white, with a few purple streaks; column
having two large, wing-like auricles, the side lobes of the lip
similarly formed. J. solitary, broadly lanceolate. _Pseudo-

bulbs linear-oblong. Colombia, 1893. (G. C. 1894, xvi.,
p. 726, f. 91.)
SERRATULA. Other species formerly included

hereunder are now referred to Jurinea, Pluchea, and
Saussurea.

SERRATURE. One of the teeth of a serrated
margin.
SESBANIA. To the species described on p. 425,

Vol. IIL., the following should be added:

S. exasperata (roughening). 7. golden-yellow, with red spots
on the back of the standard, large, papilionaceous, disposed
in short racemes. J. 6in. to 10in. long. Branches_ slender,
h. 8ft. to 10ft. Tropical America, before 1894. (B. M. 7384.)

S. platycarpa is the correct name of S. vesicaria.

S. Tripetii (Tripet’s). #. in drooping racemes; standard
searlet, much paler on the inner face, with a yellow spot on
the claw; wings and keel palish red. June to October.
7. dull green above, glaucescent beneath. h. 6ft. Brazil and
Argentina. Greenhouse. Syn. Daubentonia Tripetit.

SESIA TIPULIFORMIS. ‘See Currant Clear-
wing Moth or Currant Borer.

SETACEOUS. Bristle-like.

SETARIA ITALICA. The
Panicum italicum (which see).

SETS. In some parts of the country the tubers of
Potatoes, Dahlias, and similar things are termed ‘‘Sets.”’
These may be whole or parts of Potatoes. In some
parts cut Sets are preferred, and in others whole Sets.

SETTING. The fertilisation of the female blossom
with the pollen from the male blossom is known as
Setting. When certain varieties of Melons, Tomatoes,
and Grapes are naturally more or less shy in producing
fruit, although producing plenty of female flowers, they
are known as shy Setters.

SEWERZOWIA should be included under Astragalus,

and the correct name of S. turkestanica is A. Schmalhausent.

SHANKING. The canse of Shanking—i.e., the
drying up of the stems of the berry of the Grape, the
stems of yonng plants of the Brassica family and many
other plants—is somewhat difficult to determine, as so
many things contribute to the condition. With Grapes,
the following are amongst the principal contributory
causes: careless or bad ventilation of the Vineries, such
as sudden dranghts of cold air after the house had become
very heated; too much or too little water at the roots;
extremes in the atmospheric moisture of the house; bad
drainage; exhaustion of the soil or of some element
therein, particularly lime ; oyer-rich soil, or the application
of too much natural or chemical manures, and the

correct name of

Shanking—continued.

passing of the roots out of the prepared border into
some unsuitable material or soil.

Shanking will appear in the berries at yarions stages,
sometimes when they are qnite small and no larger than
Peas, often at the stoning period, and also when the
frnit is commencing to colour. When the latter ocenrs
it is usually produced by over-cropping the Vines. When
the stems of young Cauliflower, Lettuce, &c., Shank in
frames early in the season, it is largely dne to over-
crowding or insufficient ventilation. In the open ground,
frost, a lack of lime or potash, and overcrowding will
cise the stems to Shank. Or the collapse of stems may
be due to a fungus. See Damping Off.

Fic. 675. SHIRLEY POPPlIEs.

SHARP CEDAR. Se

Acacia oxycedrus and
Juniperus oxycedrus.

SHE OAK. See Casuarina stricta.
SHEEP LAUREL. See Kalmia angustifolia.
. SHEK-IN. See Primulina Tabacum.

SHELLS. These are all useful as a manure when
pounded up, the roots showing their appreciation by
clinging round the broken pieces, no doubt for the lime
and other useful constituents contained therein. Oyster-
shells are excellent for many plants, such as Chrysan-
themums, for drainage, and supply a certain amount of
plant-food at the same time.

SHEPHERDIA. SF. argentea is in gardens often
confused with Elwagnus argentea, which is a distinct,
althongh related, plant.

SHEPHERD'S BEARD.

SHEPHERD'S CLOCK.
tensis.

SHERBOURNIA (named in honour of Mrs. Sherbourn,
who first flowered the plant in England). Orp. Rubiacezx.
A monotypic genus. The species is an unarmed, scandent,
pubernlons or glabrescent, stove, evergreen shrub or tree,
formerly included under Gardenia (which see for
cultnre).

See Urospermum.
See Tragopogon pra-

"7

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

669

Sherbournia—continued.

S. foliosa (leafy). 1. lin. to 23in. Jong, fleshy-coriaceous, rigid,
axillary, solitary or twin; calyx limb jin. to lin. long;
corolla white outside and purple inside, or orange variegated
with purple. June and July. 7. opposite, elliptic to ovate-
oblong, acuminate at apex, cuneate, rounded, or cordate at
base, 2in. to Yin. long, jin. to 44in. broad; stipules caducous,
sin. to 3in. long. Western tropical Africa, 1842. SyYNs.
Amaralia bignonieflora, Gardenia calycina, G. Sherbournie
(B. M. 4044).

SHIELD FERN. ‘See Aspidium.

SHIFTING. The act of potting is frequently termed
Shifting by gardeners. The term is also applied to
moving trees, shrubs, and plants from one part of the
garden to another.

SHINGLE PLANT. ‘See Monstera acuminata.

SHIRLEY POPPIES. A group of these well-
known and useful plants, fully dealt with under Papaver,
is shown at Fig. 675.

SHOOT.

vigorous stem.

SHORTIA (named in honour of Dr. Charles W. Short,
of Kentucky). Orp. Diapensiaceey. A small genus (three
species) of highly glabrous, scapigerous herbs, with a
perennial caudex, natives of the mountains of Carolina
and Japan, allied to Galax (which see for culture).
Flowers white or pink, on a terminal scape, solitary,
ample, nodding; calyx squamose-bracteate, five-parted ;
corolla campanulate, five-lobed; staminodes five, scale-
like. Capsule erect. Leaves all radical, long-stalked,
orbicular or cordate, toothed or serrated, persistent, scaly
at base. A most interesting account of S. galacifolia,
which thrives almost anywhere, but prefers peat and sand,
is given in the ‘‘ Botanical Magazine”’ (7082).

S. galacifolia (Galax-leaved).* 1. white, lin. across; corolla
lobes ovate-oblong, deeply crenate, the tube short, funnel-
shaped ; scapes red, slender, Sin. to 9in. long. Spring. /. obtuse,
2in. broad, repand-denticulate, shining, assuming a_ pretty,
bronzy-crimson tint in autumn. North Carolina, 1881. Plant
tufted. (B. M. 7082; G. C. 1881, i., p. 596, f. 109; G.& F.
1888, p. 506, f. 80.)

S. uniflora (one-flowered).
nearly lin. across; stamens white.
retuse at apex. North Japan.

SHORTIA CALIFORNICA. This name has been
applied in gardens to Actinolepis coronaria (which
see). It has nothing to do with the genus Shortia.

SHOT-BORERS. ‘ee Apple-Bark Beetle.

SHREDS. These are usnally small pieces of cloth
employed to secure wall-trees and their growths in their
proper positions. Waste cloth may be purchased at
a cheap rate from tailors and drapers. This is ent
into small, narrow strips of a length to suit requirements,
and, after being passed round the shoot or branch, is
nailed to the wall. If the time and labour can be
spared, it is an excellent plan to take all wall-trees
away from the wall and burn all the shreds, as they
form harbours for insects and their eggs. By burning
the Shreds thousands of pests would be destroyed.

SHY BUG (Anthocoris nemorwm). An interesting
insect belonging to the Hemiptera — Heteroptera, though
rather to the farm than tothe garden. It issometimes found
in large numbers in Hop-grounds. The point about it is
that entomologists are not decided as to whether or not
to condemn or to praise it. Undonbtedly it is, to a certain
extent, injurious by reason of the fact that it sucks the
bine; on the other hand, it destroys vast quantities of
Aphides, and thus may be regarded as a blessing in disguise.
The insects are only about 4mm. in length, with dark red
head, thorax, and shield, and pale yellow wing-cases mar-
gined with red. There are two, and sometimes three
broods, the first being abroad in the spring. The larve
are wingless and lighter in colour than the perfect insects.
The popular name has been bestowed on account of the
habit the insects have of ensconcing themselves directly
they are approached by man.

SIBTHORPIA. %. evropxa variegata has the leaves
slightly larger than in the typical native S. ewropxa,
and of a bright golden-green colour,

A young growing branch or twig, or a

jl. pale pink, with white veins,
1. cordate, sinuate-toothed,

SICANA (said. to be the Peruvian name of one of
the species). Orb. Cucurbitaceey. A small genus (about
three species) of tall, greenhouse, climbing herbs, allied
to Cucurbita. Flowers yellow, rather large, solitary.
Fruit large, fleshy, many-seeded. Leayes palmately three-
to nine-lobed. For culture, see Gourds.

S. atropurpurea (dark purple). #1. lobed, reddish-violet
beneath, large. fr. purplish-violet, shorter than in S. odorifera,
strongly perfumed. Paraguay, 1892. (R. H. 1894, p. 108.)

S. odorifera (scented). fl. monecious, axillary; ovary 2in. to
2sin. long. fr. yellow, finally orange, cylindrical, glabrous,
something like a large Cucumber, with a peculiar odour; flesh
pe yellow, edible. /. sub-orbicular, 5in. to 10in. in diameter,
deeply cordate at base, five- to seven-lobed. h. 30ft. to 45ft.
Brazil, 1889, (R. H. 1890, p. 516, f. 163.)

S. spheerica (spherical). ., males golden-yellow, pubescent
outside, campanulate, 4in. across. September. fr. globose,
about the size of a small Orange. 7. 3in. to 4in. in diameter,
reniform in outline, deeply three- to five-lobed, deeply cordate
at base. Jamaica, 1884. Plant nearly glabrous. (B. M. 7109.)

SIDA. The following changes of nomenclature may be
noted :
S. alezoides (Alca-like). A synonym of Callirhoe alewoires.
S. inequalis and S. sessiliflora are classed by the Kew
authorities under Abutilon.
S. integerrima (entire). A synonym of Abutilon integerrimum.
S. Napezea is accorded generic rank as Napwa dioica.
S. periptera (winged round). A synonym of Anoda punicea.
SIDALCEA. ‘To the species described on p. 431,

Vol. III., the following variety should be added:

S. malvzflora Listeri (Lister's).* _7/., corolla pink, fringed,
ljin. in diameter, spreading. 1897. A pretty variety. There
are also nice forms known as atropurpurea (bright purple) and
JAMES DICKSON (dark rose).

S. oregane (Oregon). A synonym of S. ma/rajlora.
SIDERANTHUS.

(which see).

SIDEROXYLON SPINOSUM (of Linnens). A
synonym of Argania Sideroxylon (which see).

SIEBERA. The
Platysace.

SIEBERA (of Presl). A synonym of Anredera

(which see).

SIEGESBECKIA. \%.
S. ibertca, and 8. triangularis are
S. orientalis.

SIEVEKINGIA (2 commemorative name). Orb.
Orchidee, A small genus (four species) of stove Orchids,
allied to Lacewna, natives of South America. Only one
species is known in gardens. For culture, see Acineta.

S. Reichenbachiana (Reichenbach’s). #. about six in a
pendulous corymb, each about 2in. acre epals pale straw-
coloured, concave; petals narrower, and, as well as the lip,
fringed with deep yellow hairs, the lip blotched with red;
peduncle 2in. long. 7. solitary, elliptic-lanceolate, plicate,
prominently ribbed; petioles red-speckled. Pseudo-bulbs lin.
long, clustered, blotched with red. Ecuador, 1890. (B. M.
7576.)

SILENE. According to Mr. F. N. Williams (** Journal
of the Linnean Society,” vol. xxxii.), this genus embraces
390 species. He removes SS. LElizabethe, S. lacera,
S. laciniata, S. noctiflora, S. ornata, S. pennsylvanica,
S. regia (M. illinoense), and S. virginica to Melandryum,
which is again restored to generic rank. To the species
described on pp. 432-3, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

S. acaulis exscapa (stalkless). A variety having paler flowers
than the type, and dense, bright green cushions.

S. a. grandiflora (large-flowered).* A large-flowered, crimson
variety on stalks 2in. or more long.

S. egyptiaca (Egyptian). The correct name of S, Atocion.

S. alpestris. The correct name is S. rupestris.

S.anglica. S. gallica is the typical form.

S. bipartita (twice-parted). A synonym of S. vespertina.

S$. Fortunei (Fortune’s). 7. pink or white, solitary or in a
shortly-branched raceme; calyx jin, long, tubular ; petals
bipartite, the lobes incised. J. linear-lanceolate, acute,
attenuated to the petioles. Stems numerous, erect, shrubby
below. China, 1898. (B. M. 7649.)

Included under Haplopappus

correct name of this genus is

droseroides,

cordifolia, 8.
forms of

merely

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Silene—continued.

S. gallica is the typical form of S. anglica.

S. juncea (Rush-like). The correct name of S. picta.

S. maritima. Witches’ Thimble. In addition to the double
variety, there is a form with pink flowers.

S. pendula alba (white). A variety with white flowers.

S. p. compacta, Of this there are single and double forms
with white, pale and dark rose, and red flowers, and one with
yellow leaves.

S. p. ruberrima Bonnettii (Bonnett’s very red). jl. of a
bright carmine-rose. Stems, branches, and leaves strongly
tinted with purple. Plant wholly glabrous.

S.picta. The correct name is S. juncea.

S. Pumilio (dwarf).* . pink, 1Jin. across, solitary, on slender
penieall's calyx oblong-campanulate ; petals undivided. June.
. linear, obtuse, ciliated. Stems tufted, simple. Tyrol, &c.,
1823. A beautiful, very dwarf rock plant, of which there is
also a white-flowered form.

S. rupestris (rock-loving). The correct name of S. alpestris.

S. Saponaria. A synonym of Saponaria officinalis.

S. Zawadzkyi (Zawadzky’s). l. white, in dichotomous racemes ;
limb of the petals orbicular, with two appendages. May and
June, /., radical ones rosulate, lanceolate, acute; cauline
ones very narrow. Stems erect. h. 6in. to 8in. Galicia.

SILPHIUM. ‘To the species described on p. 4385,
Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. albiflorum (white-flowered). _/l.-heads sessile in the axils or
stoutly pedunculate, 34in. across; involucre sub-globose; ray
florets pale straw-coloured or creamy-white, narrowly oblong,
bifid. September. J. ovate, pinnatifid or bipinnatifid, coria-
ceous, the uppermost ones linear; lobes linear, 2in. to Sin.
long. Stem simple, 2ft. to 4ft. high. Texas. Plant clothed
with short prickles. (B. M. 6918.)

S. integrifolium (entire-leaved). /l.-heads somewhat corym-
bose, nearly all shortly pedunculate. Summer and autumn,
July and August. 7. entire or denticulate, ovate-lanceolate ;
upper ones closely sessile, partly amplexicaul, acute at apex,
3in. to Sin. long, glabrous to cinereous-pubescent. Stem smooth
or scabrous, sometimes rough-hispidulous.

S. terebinthinaceum pinnatifidum (pinnatifid).
cut or pinnatifid.

SILVA. ‘See Sylva.
SILVER-FIR LEAF DISEASE (Acunthostigma

parasiticum). A very distinct fungoid disease, characterised
by the perithecia being spherical, and covered with
radiating hairs, as suggested by Hartig’s generic name
of Trichospheria. The needles of affected trees wither and
die, and may be found hanging from the partially-killed
shoots by means of a’ white mycelium. Though chiefly
confined to the Silver Fir, it occasionally attacks other
Conifers, especially those growing amidst damp sur-
roundings. Alike in Britain, on the Continent, and in
America, the disease is prevalent. Though so far no remedy
has been offered, yet, by removing and burning the affected
portions, something may be done towards staying the
progress of the disease.

SILVER-LEAF OF PEACH. ‘Se
Fungi.

SIMARUBA [the correct spelling]. To the species
described on p. 436, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

S. Tulz. jl. bright carmine, about Jin. in diameter; branches
of the corymb (as.well as the petioles) purple-tinted. J., leaflets
elliptic-oblong, shortly pointed. Porto Rico, 1889. (R. G.
1889, 1298.)

SINNINGIA. 8S. Caroline is the correct name of
S. barbata. An interesting bigeneric hybrid, called
Gloxinia Tapeionites, was raised in 1892, in a
Continental garden, between a spotted Glowvinia and
8. barbata (Tapeionites Caroline).

SINUOUS. Flexuons; undulating.
SIPHOCAMPYLUS. The correct name of

S. coccimeus is Centropogon coccineus. 8S. fulgens is now
regarded as specifically distinct from 8. Humboldtianus.
S. lewcostomus is a form of S. coccineus.

SIPHONOPHORA LACTUCZ.
Injurious Insects, Vol. II.

SIREX. Of this genus, 8. gigas and 8. juvencus are
now fairly well-known insects, occurring in many parts of
England, though frequently records are from districts and

1, deeply

Peach—

See Lettuce—

Sirex—continued.

places that lead one to suppose that the insects have
emerged from wood used in bnildings, or more frequently
perhaps as shoring material for pits ; usually, too, it is the
males only that are seen. Thongh formidable-looking,
especially S. gigas (Fig. 676), owing to its size, the strong
ovyipositor, and boring apparatus, and the general colour
and markings approximating to that of Wasps, the insects

Fic. 676. HORN-TAILED SAWELY (Strex gigas).

are nnable to inflict any injury upon man. We mention
this because it is no rare in new houses to find one of these
insects flying and making a loud humming noise.
Whether or not they are to be considered pests is an
open question. ‘Those we have haye heard of and seen
have been in trees already decayed, and we do not
remember to have found the insects in thoroughly healthy
ones. A full description of these Wood Wasps, as they
are sometimes called, will be found in Vol. TIL. p. 439,

SIRRASTYLIS. Sce Serrastylis.
SISYRINCHIUM. There are fifty-eight known

species of this genus. Many plants formerly classed
hereunder are now referred to Bobartia, Calydorea,
Eleutherine, Homeria, Libertia, Orthrosanthus,
Solenomelus, Symphyostemon, Trimezia, Xc.

SKIMMIA. To the species; &c., described on
pp. 440-1, Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. Fortunei (lortune’s). This is the correct name of the plant
described in Vol. III. as S. japonica (Hort.), and B. M. 4719
(not Thunb.).

S. japonica (Japanese), of Thunberg. The correct name of
S.oblata. The following names, which are somewhat confusingly
employed in trade catalogues, are regarded either as seedling
varieties or as sexual forms of this species: S. Foremani,
S. fragrans, S. fragrantissima, S. intermedia, S. oblata ovata,
S. oblata Veitchii, and S. Rogersii.

SKINNERA. Included under Fuchsia (which see).

SLEEP. A condition of plants, generally found at
night, characterised by the flowers closing and drooping,
and by the leaves folding.

SLEEPING DISEASE OF TOMATO (Fusarium
lycopersicz). The chief symptom of this disease is the
entire collapse of the plants—a whole house may succumb
that but a short time previously gaye no outward sign
that anything was amiss. The disease is not amenable
to treatment. ‘The whole of the plants should be burned,
the soil treated with lime, and the house washed with a
fungicide.

SLEVOGTIA. A synonym of Enicostema (which

see).

Fic. 677. MatuRE SLUGWORM LARVA.

SLUGWORMS. Eriocampa limacina larvee (Fig. 677)
are found in yery large numbers upon Pear, Apple, Plum,
Cherry, and other trees. In addition to the remedies
suggested in Vol. III., freshly-slaked lime freely dusted

i i i iis al

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

671

Slugworms—continued.

on the foliage in the early morning should be tried. Where
the attack is a bad one, and Paris Green can be applied,
it should be employed, as being chewing insects the
Slugworms are readily poisoned by the arsenical prepara-
tions. As a general remedy the quicklime, however, will
be better.

SMALL TORTOISESHELL. Sve Vanessa.
SMALLREED. See Calamagrostis.
SMELOWSEIA (named in honour of T. Smelowski,

a Russian botanist who worked early in the nineteenth
century). Orb. Crucifere. A small genus (four species)
of somewhat tufted, woolly-tomentose, hardy perennial
herbs, natives of Siberia. Flowers white or yellow,
usually small, racemose, without bracts. Leaves pinnately
or bipinnately cleft. S. calycina (Syn. Hutchinsia
calycina) has been introduced, but is probably no longer
grown in our gardens, being of little horticultural value.

SMERINTHUS. See Sphingide.
SMERINTHUS OCELLATUS.
SMERINTHUS POPULI.
SMERINTHUS TILIZ. Sve Sphingide.
SMILACINA. S&. bDifolia and S. canadensis are
synonyms of Maianthemum Convallaria (which see).

SMILAX. To the species described on: pp. 444-5,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. argyrza (silvery). 7 very shortly petiolate, lanceolate,
acuminate, Sin. to 6in. long, bright green, variegated with
white spots. Stems very prickly. Bolivia, 1892. Stove
climber. (I. H. 1892, t. 152; R. H.1893, p. 201.)

S. mauritanica (Mawitania). A variety of S. aspera.
SNAIL FLOWER, CLIMBING. \‘e Phaseolus

See Sphingide.
See Sphingide.

Caracalla.
SNAKE’S-HEAD. See also Hermodactylus.
SNEEZEWORT. ‘cee Achillea Ptarmica.

SNOWBERRY, CREEPING.

SNOWDROP MILDEW
See Galanthus.

SNOWDROP WINDFLOWER. ‘Se
sylvestris.

SOAP-PLANT. Sve Chlorogalum.
SOAP-TREE. ‘See Gymnocladus chinensis.
SOBOLEWSEYA (a commemorative name, which

has been misprinted Tobolewskia in some works). ORDp.

Crucifere. A small genus (two species) of hardy, erect,

paniculately-branched, annual herbs, natives of Asia

Minor. Flowers white, on slender pedicels; sepals

spreading. Siliqnas ascending, clavate, compressed or

somewhat terete, one-celled, one- or rarely two-seeded.

Leaves rounded, deeply crenate. For culture, see Peren-

nials and Annuals.

S. clavata (club-shaped). jl. very numerous, corymbose.
Jr., siliquas rostrate-clavate at apex.
petiolate, reniform-cordate; upper
Armenia, 1892.

S. lithophila (stone-loving). jl. as in S. clavata. 1., lower ones
long-petiolate, cordate-reniform, deeply and obtusely incised ;
upper ones sessile, oblong, soutneds Tauria, &c. A highly
glabrous annual.

SOBRALIA. To the species described on pp. 448-9,
Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. Beyeriana (Beyer's). fl. 5in. across; sepals
white, tinged with lilac; lip rosy-lilac, large, wavy, with a
yellow throat. /. broad. h. 1sft. Habitat not recorded, 1892.

S. Brandtis (Mme. Brandt's). /l. borne from a cone-like
head; sepals and petals rosy-purple, linear-oblong; lip con-
volute, with a yellow disk and wavy margins. J., sheaths
marked with black spots. South America, 1896. Habit of
S. macrantha.

S. chlorantha. The correct name is S. macrophylla.

S. Lindeni (Linden’s).* fl. 10in. in diameter; sepals and
petals white, tinted with rose; lip crimson-purple in front,
white in the folded portion, with a few chocolate lines in

Sen acons Stems shorter than in S. macrantha. Ecuador,
1895.

S$. Lowii (Low's). l. deep purple, freely produced, but lasting
only a short time; sepals and petals about 2in. long; lip
rather shorter. J. narrow-lanceolate, with a tapering point.

See Chiogenes.
(Sclerotinia galanthina).

Anemone

1 May.
1., lower” ones long-
ones almost — sessile.

and petals

Sobralia—continued.
Stems lft. to 14ft. high.
allied to S. sessilis.

S. Lucasiana (C. T. Lucas’s).* 7. large, similar in shape and
size to those of S. xantholeuca; sepals and petals white,
faintly tinged with rose; lip rosy-purple, with a yellow blotch
at the base. Tropical America, 1892. Probably a variety of
S. macrantha.

S. luteola (yellowish). /l. light yellow, 3in. across, with darker
veins on the lip and a few traces of brown between the
keels. 7. oblong-lanceolate, plicate, 6in. long. Stems 3ft. high.
Tropical America, 1898. Allied to S. suaveolens.

S. macrantha alba nana (dwarf white).
Stems only lft. high. 1897.

S. m. delicata (delicate). ji. almost wholly white; sepals and
petals slightly tinged with lavender; lip edged with soft
lilac. 1891.

S. m. Hodgkinsoni (Hodgkinson’s).*
petals rosy-lilac; lip brilliant rosy-purple and orange.
A beautiful variety.

Ss. m. Kienastiana (Kienast’s).* /. pure white, with the
exception of a small blotch of yellow at the base of the lip.
1888.

S. m. rosea (rosy).
rose. 1890.

S. macrophylla (large-leaved).
rantha.

S. Sanderze (Mrs. Sander’s). This species is allied to S. lewco-
awantha, but the flowers are larger, sulphur-white in colour,
and lack the orange markings in the throat. Central
America, 1890.

S. sessilis (of B. M. 4570).
S. sessilis, which is described in
B. M. 7376.

S. Warscewiczii (Warscewicz's). jl. very bright purple, larger
than in S. Liliastrwm; petals cuneate, acute; lip flabellate,
emarginate at apex. 1. broadly oblong, firm. Stems firm and
compact. Costa Rica (at 6000ft.), 1890.

S. Wilsoni (Wilson’s). jl. white, faintly suffused with rose,
blotched with yellow on the lip; sepals acuminate, 44in.
long; lip emarginate, crispo-undulated, Sjin. long. J. lanceo-
late, very acuminate, 7in. long. Central America, 1890.

S. xantholeuca albescens (white). /. pale primrose, with the

Colombia, 1890. A distinct species,

jl. pure white.

jl. large; sepals and
1894.

Jjl., sepals light rose; petals and lip deep

The correct name of S. chlo-

A synonym of S. decora. The true
Vol. IIIL., is figured in

throat golden-yellow. 1889.
Hybrids.

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
AMESIANG...-..sccececs wantholeuca and Wilsoni (Sander).
Veitchianad ...........5 macrantha and xantholeuca (Veitch).

_ SOGALGINA. Included under Tridax (which see).
SOILING-UP. The earthing-up of Celery to blanch

it, and the drawing-up of soil to the stems of Potatoes,
Cabbage, Cauliflower, &c., is also known as Soiling-up.

SOLANDRA. 4S. lxvis is now regarded as a form
of S. longiflora.
SOLANUM. To the species and varieties described

on pp. 452-6, Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. albidum Poortmanni (Poortmann’s whitish).* 1. white,
small, produced in numerous cymes, towards the end of the

season, on the young, white-tomentose shoots. J. large,
pinnatifid, 2ft. long, bright green above, white-tomentose
beneath. Andes, 1886. A noble, half-hardy perennial. (R. H.

1886, p, 232, f. 67.)

S. anthropophagorum. ‘he correct name is S. Uporo.

S. auriculatum (auricled). fl. violet, with a central white
stripe, Zin. in diameter. ,/r.’reddish, globular, as large as a
Sloe. /. ample,. soft, ovate-oblong, long-acute, green and
glabrous above, greyish and tomentose beneath, often accom-
panied by two rounded, stipule-like organs. Madagascar, &c.
Half-hardy annual.

S. boerhavizefolium (Boerhavia-leaved).
minoides.

S. cernuum (drooping). fl. white, with golden anthers, sub-
sessile, lin. across; cymes drooping, almost opposite the leaves.
1. sometimes 2ft. long, broadly oblong or ovate, acuminate,
rounded or narrowed at base, undulate-margined, bright
shining green above, white and hairy beneath. Stem or trunk
ft. to Sft. high, naked below, hairy above. South Brazil. A
small, stove tree. (B. M. 7491.)

S. chrysotrichum (golden-haired). jl. purple, campanulate,
ljin. across. J. ovate, acute, with seven or more lobes, spiny,
4in. to din, long. Nyassa-land, 1894. Stove.

S. ciliatum macrocarpum (large-fruited). A variety having
fruit 14in. in Minneter, + 1808. (R. H. 1888, p. 78, f. 16.)

S. citrullifolium (Citrullus-leaved). A synonym of S. hetero
doxum.

A synonym of S. jas-

672

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Solanum—continued.

S. cornutum (horned). 7. yellow, lin. to lin. across, plicate,
resembling a five-rayed star, one segment produced; cymes
simple, few-flowered. 1. pinnatipartite, 5in. to Tin. long,
3in. to 4in. broad; partitions pinnatifid, prickly; prickles

straight, subulate, yellow. Stem herbaceous, prickly, 4ft. high,
branched. Mexico, &c. Greenhouse, (G. C, 1897, ii., p. 311,
£94)

S. coronatum (crowned). /7. variegated, as large as a Plum.
/. dark green, pinnatifid. h. 3ft. Habitat not recorded, 1892.
A’ greenhouse or half-hardy, much-branched, leafy species,
armed with violet and grey prickles.

S. Dammannianum (Dammann’s). jl. dark blue, large,
disposed in clusters. fr. yellow. Jl. large, cordate-ovate, with
Wavy, sinuate borders, tomentose on both sides. Stems
covered with stellately-branched hairs. h. 8ft. to 9ft. Habitat
not recorded, 1890. A robust, greenhouse species.

S. demissum (weak). A form of S. tuberoswin.

S. Duchartrei (Duchartre’s). jl. purple, hairy on the outside.
J. sinuately lobed. Western tropical Africa, 1890. Stove shrub,
prickly in all its parts.

S. duplosinuatum (doubly sinuate).* fl. blue, large. jr. white.
/. large, pinnatifid, of a clear green, suffused with bronze-
colour, and armed with yellow prickles, Abyssinia, 1892. A
tine, tall-growing, strong plant.

S. Farini (Faini’s). A strong-growing, blue-flowered, spiny,
greenhouse species, something in the way of S. duplosinuatum.
Africa, 1896.

S. ferrugineum (rusty). A synonym of S. tormuin.

S. guineénse (Guinea). fl. violet, small, sub-umbellate.
Jr. dark Dlackish-blue, shining, numerous. 7. ovate, glabrous,
entire, paler beneath, cuspidate, the larger ones 6in. long,
including the petioles. A. 2ft. to 4ft. West Africa, 1889. A
half-hardy annual, of rapid growth, referred, in the ‘ Index
Kewensis,” to S. nigrum.

S. havanense (Havana). The correct name of .S. Hookerianum.

S. heterodoxum (heterodox). /. violet, lsin. across, with
orange anthers ; corolla lobes acute; cymes few-flowered, near
the tips of the branches. July. /. deeply pinnatifid; lobes
five to seven, obtuse, pinnatifid-toothed. Stem branched,
spiny. kh, 1sft. to 2ft. Texas, 1820. Hardy, pubescent annual.
Syn. S. citrullifoliwn.

S. Hookerianum. ‘The correct name is S. havanense.

S. hybridum Hendersonii (IJenderson’s). jl. white, abun-
dantly produced. jr. orange-red, ovoid. Habitat not recorded,
1878. This much resembles S, Pseudocapsicuin.

S, jasminoides floribundum (abundant-flowered).* A more
floriferous plant than the type, and having smaller and less
pinnatifid leaves. 1886. It is a fine climber.

5S. lasiophyllum (woolly-leaved). jl. purple, few, in short,
dense racemes ; corolla lin. to 1sin. across, shortly and broadly
lobed. fr, ovoid-globular, enclosed within the calyx. /. very
shortly petiolate, ovate-oblong to nearly orbicular, very thick
and soft, lin. to 2in. long. /. 2ft. to 3ft. West Australia, 1897.
A stout, rigid, prickly, greenhouse shrub or under-shrub,
densely and softly stellate-tomentose.

S. Melongena. The form ovigerwm has white fruits the size
of a hen’s egg; and in speciosa atropurpurea they are of a
beautiful reddish-scarlet.

S. Monteiroi (Monteiro's). /. purple, campanulate, ljin. in
diameter. fr. purple, large, edible. /. oblong, thin, 8in. long.
Angola, 1894. Stove shrub.

S. Mors-elephantum (elephant’s-death). jl. bright blue.
Jr. canary-yellow, large, depressed-globose. /._ dark green,
lyrate, borne on violet-coloured petioles. h. 3ft. ‘Tropical
Africa, 1894. Greenhouse bush.

S. muticum (curtailed).* /. violet-blue; peduncles axillary,
fascicled. fr. reddish, about as large as Hazel-nuts.
/. alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, acuminate, softly pubescent.
h. 43ft. Paraguay, 1894. This greenhouse bush had been
previously grown in this country but had been lost for some
twenty years previous to the date given above. (R. G. 1894,
t. 1401.)

S. Ohrondii (Ohrond’s).. A synonym of S. Commersoni.

S. ovigerum (egg-bearing). A form of S. Melongena.

S. pensile (pendulous). jl. bright violet-blue, with a white,
star-shaped eye and conspicuous yellow stamens; corolla 14in.
across, the segments with incurved tips; panicles large,

pendulous, pubescent. May. 7. 2in. to 4in. long, ovate or
cordate-ovate, paler beneath. Demerara, 1887. A tall,

branched, stove-climber. (B. M. 7062.)

S. Pierreanum (Pierre's). 7. rounded, ribbed, lin. in
diameter; when young green striped with deep violet, then
ivory-white changing to golden-yellow, and when quite ripe of
an intense vermilion-scarlet. 7. ovate, acuminate, obscurely
lobed, deep green. Western tropical Africa, 1899.

S. Pseudocapsicum nanum ((warf). A dwarf,
branched, tufted variety.

S, racemigerum and S. rosarigerum (of Continental
gardens). Synonyms of Lycopersicum esculentum.

much-

Solanum—continued.

S. texanum ovigerum (egg-bearing).
ripe, the shape and size of hens’ eggs.
1894. A half-shrubby perennial.

S. Tomatillo (small Tomato).* #. purple, Potato-like but
smaller, terminal, corymbose; calyx five-toothed; corolla
puberulous outside; peduncles branched, J. solitary, linear,
obtuse, entire, glabrous, rather thick, the margins undulate-
crisped. Stem shrubby, with almost herbaceous, highly glabrous
branches. Chili, A desirable plant, quite hardy, though it may
be usefully employed as a greenhouse subject, flowering the
greater part of the winter. It may be readily increased from
cuttings.

S. torvum (wild, gloomy). fl. white, l4in. across, many in lateral,
dense, often dichotomous racemes. fr. yellow, 4in. to 4in. in
diameter. 7. ovate, 6in. long, sinuate or lobed, softly hairy
above, stellately tomentose beneath, without prickles. h. 8ft.
to 12ft. Tropics, &c. (cosmopolitan). Greenhouse shrub.
Syn. S. ferrugiieum.

S. tuberosum. There is a variegated form—variegatum. 1897.

S. Uporo is the correct name of S. anthropophagorum.

S. verrucosum (warted). A form of S. tuberosum.

SOLDANELLA. To the information given on
pp. 456-7, Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. affinis (related). A synonym of S. montana.

S. hybrida (hybrid). A natural hybrid between S. alpina and
S. pusilla.

S. minima alba (white). A yariety with white flowers.

S. pusilla is the correct name of S. Clusii,

SOLENACHNE. A synonym of Spartina (which

see).

SOLIDAGO. Including FPuthamia. To the species
described on pp. 457-8, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

S. californica (Californian), /l.-heads golden-yellow, sin. long,
disposed in a dense, twiggy thyrse 4in. to 12in. long ; rays seven
to twelve. /. oblong, oblong-lanceolate, or obovate, obtuse or
apiculate, entire or slightly toothed. Stem rather stout, low or
tall. Plant pubescent or puberulent.

S. Gattingeri (Gattinger’s). jl.-heads small, in racemiform
clusters, forming a corymbiform, naked panicle. J. ciliolated ;
lowest cauline and radical ones lanceolate-spathulate, appressed-
serrulate ; upper ones mainly entire, oblong-lanceolate, about
lin. long; uppermost ones jin. to 4in. long. Branches and
inflorescence glabrous. 4d. barely 2ft.

S. glabra (glabrous). A synonym of S. serotina.

S. grandiflora (large-flowered). A form of S. Jittoralis.

S. littoralis (shore-loving). jl.-heads rather large, but
resembling those of S. Virgauwrea; raceme oblong, crowded,
Summer. J. obovate-lanceolate, almost entire. Stems simple.
Italy, &e. Whole plant shortly velvety-pubescent. ‘8S. grandi-
flora, of unknown source, is evidently a tall, cultivated form
ofethis” (Asa Gray).

S. multiflora (many-flowered). A synonym of S. ulmifolia.

S. nutans (nodding). A synonym of S. canadensis.

S. Shortii (Short’s). /.-heads narrow, in racemiform clusters ;
panicle oblong or pyramidal. 7. bright green, oblong-lanceolate,
the longer ones 2in. to 3in. long, acute, slightly serrated.
Stem and flowering branches scabrous. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Allied to
S. Gattingert.

S. ulmifolia (lm-leaved). jl.-heads resembling those of
S. rugosa. Summer, J. bright green, glabrous or pubescent,

Jr. bright red when
Stem erect, bushy,

acute or acuminate at both ends, coarsely serrated. Stem
smooth. Allied to S. rugosa. SYN. S. multiflora,
S. Virgaurea nana (dwarf).* _/.-heads golden-yellow. h. 2it.

A compact form, suitable for the mixed border.
S. V. prostrata (prostrate). A pretty, dwarf variety.

SONCHUS. To the species described on p. 458,
Vol. III., the following should be added. One or two
plants formerly included hereunder are now referred to
Lactuca.

S. arboreus (tree-like). l.-heads larger than in S. pinnatus,
many in terminal corymbs ; florets fifteen to twenty. J. pinnati-
partite, spirally disposed ; lobes linear, one to two lines broad,
entire. Stem arboreous, terete, unarmed. Canary Islands.

S. congestus (crowded). The correct name of S. Jacguini.

S. leptocephalus (smooth-headed). /l.-heads many in terminal,
corymbose panicles, June and July. 7. pinnatipartite; lobes
linear-filiform, entire, scarcely half-a-line broad. Stems
shrubby, unarmed. Canary Islands.

SONERILA. To the species described on p. 458,
Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. orientalis (Eastern).

fl. bright rose or purple with yellow
anthers, produced in

profusion. 7. broadly ovate, acute,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 673

Sonerila—continued.

cordate at base, crimson-maroon, with or without a feathered,
whitish, central band, or dotted with white on a light or
dark green ground. Arakan Hills, Birma, 1890, There are
three forms of this : guttulata (slightly striped), picta (painted),
and punctata (dotted).

Hybrids. Some of the best-known are ALFRED MAME, DUCHESS
DE BRABANT, FRANCOIS MARCHAND, H. WALTER, LApDy
BuRTON, MADAME ALESCH, MADAME VAN LANGENHOE, MADAME
WALLERS, Mrs. H. WALTER, SILVER QUEEN, and SOUVENIR
DE MADAME VAN HOUTTE.

SOPHORA. To the species and varieties described
on pp. 459-60, Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. japonica hybrida (hybrid). ‘This differs from the typical
:* weeping *” Sophora in the strong, horizontally-spreading main
branches, and in the long, thin, pendulous smaller ones. 1893.

S. platycarpa (flat-fruited). This is scarcely distinguishable
from S. japonica in habit and general aspect, but differs
markedly in having flatter pods. Japan, 1896,

SOPHRO-CATTLEYA. These are bigeneric hybrids
derived from the intercrossing of the genera Sophronitis
and Cattleya.

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
Batemaniana .........- S. grandijlora and C. intermedia
(Veitch).

PREUTIROI sale leielstelcle ste iel== Ss. grandiflora and €. Loddigesii
(Veitch).

Chamberlainiana VS. grandiflora and C. Harrisone

triumphans J (Chamberlain).

Cleopatra ......... re S. grandiflora and C. gultata Leo-
poldii (Charlesworth).

Ca Ts BR ARE CeO AnCOnt an S. grandiflora and C. Boweringiana
(Veitch).

George Hardy .......- S. grandiflora and C. Aclandie
(Hardy).

Queen Empress ......+. S. grandiflora and C. Mossie (Veitch).

Fic. 678. Sopuro-LasLia Lata.

SOPHRO-LZELIA. Bigeneric hybrids derived from
the intercrossing of the species of Sophronitis and Lelia.

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
leta, See Fig. 678 .... S. grandiflora and L. Dayana (Veitch).
Marriottiana .......... S. arandijlora and L. jlava (Sir W.

Marriott).

SOPHRO-LZELIO-CATTLEYA. Bigeneric hybrids
derived by intercrossing the species of Sophronitis with
the bigeneric hybrid Lrlio-Cattleya. The cultural require-
ments are the same as those recommended for the miniature-
growing Cattleyas and Lelias.

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
REREEVERG wroia'n (chs ois a sia «)e< Ss. ndiflora and L.-C. elegans
(Veitch).

Veitchii (var. Eros) .... S. grandiflora and L.-C. elegans

el aR A synonym of Sophronitis (which
see).

Vol. V.

FiG. 679. SOPHRONITIS GRANDIFLORA.

SOPHRONITIS. Syn. Sophronia. To the species
and varieties described on p. 460, Vol. III., the following
should be added:

S. grandifiora aurantiaca (orange). A variety with dark
orange-red flowers. 1886. (R. H. 1886, p. 492.) The type is

shown at Fig. 679.

Ss Rossiteriana (Rossiter’s). jl. yellow, large and full.

S. militaris is, according to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,” a form of
S. grandijlora. .

S. pterocarpa is now regarded as synonymous with S. cernua.
SORI. The plural of Sorus (which see).

SOUR. Land that is wet or badly-drained is Sonr,
and unfitted to grow cultivated plants or trees upon.
Borders planted with Vines or other fruit trees under
| glass quickly become sour if the drainage is not good ;
i and the same applies to any plants in pots. Soil for
| potting, or for making fruit-borders, should always be got
from sound land, and not from wet ground ; from the latter
it would be Sour and poor in quality and plant-food.

SOUTH AFRICAN YELLOW-WOOD. See
Podocarpus elongata.

SOUTHWELLIA. Included under Sterculia (which
see).

SOWING. The Sowing of seeds requires careful
judgment and knowledge, not only as to the where and
how, but also as to the proper season. For instance,
many seeds will germinate at once if sown immediately
after they are ripe, but if kept for some time, they
will remain dormant for many months. Many of the
Primulas are cases in point. Other seeds, such as Melons,
Marrows, Brassica, &c., will germinate freely after keeping
for some years. In Sowing seeds in the open ground,
the soil ought to be fine and friable, dry, and parting
freely from the rake or feet. When the soil is damp,
and adheres to the tools and feet, it is almost impossible
to sow the seeds properly; and if a little dry or hot
weather follows, the ground bakes and hardens, and
germination is almost impossible.

The quantity of seed to sow of any kind must be
determined upon by the knowledge of the sower, as, for
instance, Peas and Beans should be sown very thinly,
while Radishes and all Brassica may be sown much more
thickly ; bat with all outdoor Sowings, care should be
exercised that the seeds are not sown too deeply. Fine
seeds, like those of most Hardy Annnals, ought to be merely
covered with the finest film of fine soil, otherwise many will
fail to get through the soil ; larger seeds, such as those of
the Turnip in vegetables, and Sweet Williams (Dianthus

4k

674

Sowing—continued.
barbatus) may be covered with jin. of fine soil. Peas and
Beers will germinate freely if sown at a depth of sin.
or 4in,

Seeds sown under glass are more under the command
of the gardener, and if good, germination is practically
assured, provided he has proper convenience for Sowing,
as, for instance, bottom-heat for raising Cucumbers and
Melons early in the year. These are best sown singly
in small pots of good soil, and the pots plunged up to
their rims in Oocoa-nut fibre or tan, with a genial
bottom-heat. This applies to most seeds sown very early
under glass. Very small seeds, like those of the Begonia,
shonld be sown on the surface of fine soil, and covered
with a square of glass to prevent evaporation, and shaded
until germination has taken place. Instead of watering
these fine seeds with a ‘“‘rose,’’ it is best to dip the pot or
pan nearly to the rim in warm water for a few minutes ;
the seed is thus undisturbed. .

SOY. See Glycine.

SPADOSTYLES SIEBERI. A
Pultenza euchila (which see).

SPAENDONCEA. A synonym of Cadia (which see).

SPANISH GARLIC. Another name for Rocam-
bole (which see).

SPANISH IRIS. See Iris Xiphium.
SPANISH MOSS. See Tillandsia usneoides.

SPANISH ONION. Many of our best Onions have
some of the old Spanish Onion blood in them, and those
imported from Spain and Portugal are much the same as
those grown in Britain; but they are sown very early,
and transplanted when large enough to handle to rich
soil, and liberally manured and watered afterwards, the
fine, bright sammers ripening-up the bulbs splendidly.

SPANISH VIPER’S GRASS. See Scorzonera.

SPARAXIS. J. G. Baker reduces the number of
species to three, viz., S. bulbifera, S. grandiflora, and
S. tricolor.

Varieties. Useful and well-tried varieties are Angelique,
Delicata, Garibaldi, Josephine, Lady Carey, Leopard,
Queen Victoria, and Victor Hmmantel.

SPARTIUM. This genus now embraces about half-a-
dozen species, but only S. juncewm, which is one of the
finest of plants for sandy soils, appears to have been
introduced. One or two plants formerly included here-
under are now referred to Cytisus and Genista.

SPARTOTHAMNUS (of Webb). Included under
Cytisus (which see).

SPATALLA. According to the ‘‘Index Kewensis,”’
the correct names of 8. incurva, S. pedunculata, and
S. pyramidalis are respectively S. procera, 8. curvifolia,
and 8. parilis.

SPATHA. See Spathe.

SPATHANTHEUM.
correct name of S. heterandrum,
monotypic.

SPATHIPHYLLUM. S. Wallisii (of gardens) is a
synonym of Stenospermation Wallisii.

SPATHODEA. Other species formerly included
herennder are now referred to Dolichandrone and
Macfadyena. 8S. pentandra is synonymous with
Oroxylum indicum.

SPATHOGLOTTIS. To the species described on
p. 467, Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. Augustorum (named in honour of Auguste Linden and
Auguste de Rhonne, two travellers and collectors). A synonym
of S. Vieillardii.

S. gracilis (slender). l. bright yellow, Zin. in diameter, with
a few streaks of red on the inside of the lip. Borneo. This
plant is often grown in gardens for S. aurea, which it resembles
in every character except in having a broader-lobed and
differently-formed lip. (B. M. 7366.)

S. ixioides ese y ji. bright golden-yellow, jin. to lin.
across, nodding ; lip having some reddish specks on the disk ;
seapes slender, erect, one- or two-flowered. Summer. /. two or
three from each pseudo-bulb, 8in. to 18in. long, Grass-like ;
sheath purplish, pubescent. Eastern Himalaya, 1881. (B. M.

.)

synonym of

8. Orbignyanum is the
and the genus is

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Spathoglottis—continued.

S. Kimballiana (W. S. Kimball’s).* jl. about 3in. across, the
inner surface golden-yellow, the dorsal surface of the sepals
and petals copiously spotted with reddish-brown, and with
some faint red striolation on the lip, the lateral lobes of
which are large. J. 2ft. long, lin. to 14in. broad, long-acuminate.
Borneo. (B. M. 7443.)

S. plicata. There is a white-flowered form, alba.

S. Regnieri (Regnier’s). This is closely allied to S. Lobbit. It
differs as follows: /l. smaller, having no stripes on the lateral
sepals ; stalked ovaries shorter; side partitions of the lip shorter
and broader; callus standing more backwards; peduncle
having shorter hairs. J. much broader. Cochin China, 1887.

S. Vieillardii (Vieillard’s).* jl. pale lilac, disposed in a nearly
capitate raceme; lip tripartite, the side lobes rectangular,
retuse, the mid-lobe long-clawed, oblong, two-lobed at apex.
l. broadly cuneate-oblong, acute. Pseucdo-bulbs ovoid, tinted
brown. Sunda Isles, 1886. A tine species. (B. M. 7013.) Syn.
S. Augustorum (L., t. 25).

Fic. 680. SPATHOGLOTTIS AUREO-VIEILLARDII (WIGAN’S. VAR.).

S. V. rubra (red). fl. darker-coloured and larger than in the

type, being of a bright purple; lip of a deeper tint than the
sepals and petals. 1892. (J. H. 1892, xxv., p. 529, f. 70.)
Hybrids.
NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
aureo-Vieillardit .....- aurea and Vieillardii (Veitch).
aureo-Vieillardit aurea and Vieillardii (Wigan). See

(Wigan’s var.) Fig. 680.

SPATULATE. See Spathulate.

SPECIFIC. Having reference to a species. A
Specific Name is that part of a scientific name which
indicates the species ; it follows the generic name.

SPECULARIA. Of S. Speculum there are several
varieties; including large (grandiflora) and double-flowered
kinds,

SPENNERA. A synonym of Aciotis (which see).

SPERGULA PILIFERA is synonymous with
Sagina subulata (which see).

SPERGULASTRUM. Included under Stellaria
(which see). ;

SPERMACOCE STRIGOSA. A
Crusea rubra (which see).

SPHZ@RALCEA. To the species described on
p. 469, Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. Emoryi (Emory’s). _ fl. orange-red, small, several together
borne on slender pedicels from the axils of the leaves.
1, petiolate, broadly ovate, pinnatifidly lobed and toothed.
h. lft to 2ft. California, 1888. Hardy perennial. (R. G.,
t. 1266, f. 1.)

S. Munroana is tie correct name of Malvastrum Munroanum
(Syn. Malva Munroana).

synonym of

y J
iam
Week

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

SPHERELLA FRAGARIZ. See Strawberry
Leaf Blight.

SPHZROLOBIUM. To the species described on

p. 469, Vol. III., the following should be added:

Ss. grandiflorum on See Jl. bright yellow and red,
usually in pairs in the axils of scale-like bracts; standard
din. long; racemes graceful, rather dense, terminal. Summer.
Stems ft. to 3ft. high, terete, Rush-like, rather thick, leafless,
or clothed with small, linear leaves. 1893. (B. M. 7308.)
SPHZ[ROPSIS. Sce Spheropside.

SPHZEROPTERIS BARBATA. This requires
stove temperature, a shady ‘situation, and an abundance
of water at the roots all the year round.“ It is propagated
by spores, which are freely produced when the plant has
attained its full development.

SPHZROSPORA. A synonym of Acidanthera
(which see).

SPHEROTHECA CASTAGNETI.
berry—Fungi.

SPHHEROTHECA HUMULI. See Strawberry—
Fungi.

aa MORS-UVZ.

ungi.

SPHHEROTHECA PANNOSA.
Fungi, Vol. III.

SPHINGIDZ. Thongh taken as a family the
strikingly beautiful Hawk-Moths give yery little trouble
to the gardener, yet now and again there are to be found
on Vines and upon fruit trees, as well as upon a few
flowering plants, one or two species of the seventeen with
which this country is credited. It will, therefore, be as
well to direct attention to them, for even if present in
small numbers the larye are such enormous feeders
that they wonld quickly do an amount of injury to any
plant on which they elected to dwell. Fortunately
the caterpillars are hen and are not likely long to
escape the eye of the vigilant gardener, and particularly
as their depredations are so much in evidence.

Of those at all likely to cause trouble to fruit-growers,
the Large Elephant Hawk-Moth (Chzrocampa elpenor) is
the commonest; indeed, it shares with its relative,
C. porcellus, the credit of being amongst the smallest as
well as amongst the commonest of the family to which
they belong. Both feed occasionally upon the Vine, as
well as upon Codlins and Cream (Hpilobium hirsutum),
Fuchsias, &c. Then there is the Eyed Hawk-Moth
(Smerinthus ocellatus), another fairly common species in
this country, and a distinct one to boot: Not one of
these elegant Moths is likely to be seen on the wing
by day, but they may sometimes be found resting in the
vicinity of their food-plants, and awaiting the cover of
evening before venturing forth to pair.

See Straw-

Sce Gooseberry

See Rosa—

Fic. 681. LARGE ELEPHANT HAWkK-MorTH.

C. elpenor (Fig. 681) is on the wing towards the end of
May or the beginning of June, in which latter month
the eggs are deposited. These are hatched in July, and
the larve at once commence to feed. It must not be
assumed that the Vine is the only food-plant of this
species, or indeed the commonest, but it is selected, as
is also the Apple-Tree. By the time the caterpillars are
foll-fed they approach 3in. in length. As is sometimes
the case with Sphingide the larve are of two kinds,
brown and green, with a velvety surface, but quite
destitute of hairs or points. The reticulations or other

|

675

Sphingidze—continued.

markings vary with individuals, some being black, with
yellowish sides, and others brownish. As will be seen
by the illustration (Fig. 682), the head is small, and there
is a small black horn situate on the twelfth segment.
The creature, moreover, has two large and distinct eye-
spots, and when, as is its wont if danger threatens, the
anterior portion of the body is contracted into the posterior
these spots look like eyes, and give a somewhat forbidding
look to the insect. ’

Fic. 682. LARVA AND PuPA OF LARGE ELEPHANT HAWK-MOTH.

When full-fed the pupa state (Fig. 682) is assumed on
the surface of the ground, the caterpillar haying previously
constructed a rough kind of cocoon from any pieces
of material, such as leaves, to be found in the vicinity
of its food-plant. In that it passes the winter, and
emerges, as already stated, in May of the next year.
The Moths are elegant of form and beautiful of
marking. The fore-wings are bronze-green, margined
with pak and are traversed by pink lines; the thorax
and the body are also green, and further adorned by
crimson stripes. The under-surface is a lovely pink.

C. porcellus (Small Ekephant Hawk-Moth) has such a
close resemblance to its relative just described, thet
despite the colour variation it should readily be recognised
The perfect insect, larva, and pupa, are shown at Figs.
683 and 684,

Smerinthus ocellatus (Hyed Hawk-Moth, Fig. 685)
now and then occasions trouble to the Apple and Pear
grower by the presence of the larve in considerable

’

676 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Sphingide—continued.

Fic. 683. SMALL ELEPHANT Hawk-MOTH,

uumbers. If is a fairly common species, but a most
undesirable visitor to gardens, as the larvye have not
only voracious appetites, but they are feeding for
several weeks and will quickly defoliate the trees.
The Moths are on the wing at about the same time as
those just described, and the larve (Fig. 686) hatch

Fie. 684. Larva AND PUPA OF SMALL ELEPHANT HAWK-MOTH,

out from the eggs laid in June. ‘They are greenish
when fnll-fed, and have curiously disposed white stripes
near the back and on the sides. The horn is blue, with
a black tip, the head is a darkish green, and the legs
are pinkish. The pupa state (Fig. 686) is passed beneath
the surface of the soil.

Sphingide—continued.

Fic. 685. Eyep Hawk-MorTH.

The Moths are pinkish-grey on the fore-wings and
yellowish-grey on the hind-wings; while the two
characteristic blue spots encircled with black (Fig. 685),
from which the Moth derives its common name, are at
once sufficient to distingnish it from all others. The
thorax is grey and the body brown.

With caterpillars so conspicuous as those of the Hawk-
Moths just named, head inee is by far the best remedy ;

Fic 686. CATERPILLAR AND CHRYSALIS OF EYED ITAWK-MOTH.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 677

Sphingide—continued.
while the Moths themselyes may be occasionally taken
at rest in the daytime, or, in the case of Smerinthus,
while on the wing, as it is slow in flight as compared
with the Elephant Hawk-Moth.

Fic. 687. Poprar Hawk-Moru.

As stated in Vol. III., the Poplar Hawk-Moth (Sme-
rinthus Populi) lives on Poplar, Laurustinus, and Laurel,
as well as upon Willow and Aspen. It is the commonest
of British Hawk-Moths, the most sombre as to colouring,

Sphingide—continued.

“light.” The eggs, which number considerably over 100,
are deposited in May or June, and take about ten days to
hatch. The perfect insect is on the wing from May till
July, and the pupa may be found from September till
June. The larva when full-fed
assumes the pupal state just below
the soil, but without making any
cocoon. Althongh the colour giyen
in Vol. III. applies to some speci-
mens, yet it is by no means constant,
these insects showing considerable
variation alike as regards colour and
size. This Hawk-Moth, it is worthy
of note, will pair not only with
S. ocellatus but also with Sphinx
ligustri, and hybrids of both are not
uncommon.

S. tilie (Lime Hawk-Moth) is a
handsome insect, and although its
popular name points to the Lime as
the food-plant, yet the larva will
feed upon Hazel, Oak, Ash, Birch,
Elm, Alder, and Sycamore. The
‘eggs are laid towards the end of
June. The perfect insect is on the wing from May till
as late as August in exceptional cases, and the pupal
planeta from October till June. See Figs. 689
an }

Fig. 688. Larva AND PuPA OF PoPpLAR HAWK-MoTH.

and one of the weakest upon the wing. The perfect
insect is shown at Fig. 687, and the larva and pupa are
shown at Fig. 688. This Moth may often be taken at

+
aa ¥, = > . .
. or fase .G x \
+
> 2S Ta .

Sphinx ligustri (Privet Hawk-Moth) is a fairly common
species, and also a handsome one to boot. Though
Privet is the food-plant, yet the larva will lay under

678

Sphingide—continued.

Fic. 689. Lime Hawk-Moru.

‘contribution quite a large number of common garden
plants—Lilac, Guelder Rose, Holly, Spindle Tree, Ash,
Laurustinus, Snowberry, Fuchsia, Phillyrea, and others.
From this it will be seen that its tastes are somewhat
cosmopolitan. Though the presence of the larva should
not remain long undetected, yet the insect itself is by no
means easy to discover when feeding, so well does its
colour harmonise with its environment. And even when
full-fed and on the look-out
for a favourable spot in
which to assume the pupal
state, its colour of bright
pale green with white and
violet and purple - edged
stripes has been replaced
by others that are not so
likely to be noticed by in-
sectivorous birds, or even
by man. The pupal state
is undergone beneath the
ground. The eggs are laid
in May or June; the larve
feed throughout the summer,
and into, in some cases,
late autumn. The pupal
state lasts from October till
May or June of the following

year. See Figs. 691 and
692.
Another Hawk-Moth to

be mentioned in connection
with the garden is the
Death’s Head (Acherontia
Atropos). This, as noted
under Potato —Insects,
affects that vegetable ; but
it may also be found upon
many other garden subjects,
such as the Tea ‘Tree,
Tomato, the Common Jas-
mine, Privet, Elder, Com-
mon Mock Orange, Catalpa,
&e. It is the largest of
all British Moths, as well
as one of the most inter-
esting from a naturalist’s
standpoint. For apart from
the peculiar markings which
have given rise to the
popular name it bears, the
insect is capable of giving
utterance to a squeak not
unlike that emitted by a
mouse. The Moth’s fond-
ness for sweets sometimes
seals its doom, for cases
are on record where it has
entered a bee-hive and been
immured by the Bees sealing it up with wax. On the
Continent the Death’s Head is oftener found than here.
The Moth chiefly belongs to the South of England, and
judging by the number of pup# unearthed (the perfect
insect is not so often seen) at Potato-digging time, it is
far more abundant some seasons than others. The year
1900 was an abundant one. The eggs are laid from May

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Sphingide—continued.
to July; the larve feed from May till September,

choosing the evening for their feast; and the pupal state
extends from August till June or July, the perfect
insects appearing in May and June. Lneas, in his

interesting work upon ‘‘ British Hawk-Moths,” says with
regard to the perfect insects, those emerging in May and
June would have spent the winter in pupal condition;
while the September, October, and November specimens
would be new in almost all cases, while the July and
August ones might belong to either set. As the Moth
itself was illustrated in Vol. III., we give the‘larva
and pupa only at Fig. 693.

The above practically represent all the British Hawk-
Moths against which any charge of destroying garden
plants can be laid. There are two or three other members
of this beautiful family which frequent our gardens for the
purpose of sipping the sweets of some of our commonest
bed and border plants. The Humming-Bird Hawk-Moth
(Macroglossa stellatarwm), Fig. 694, may often be seen by
the observant hovering over Pelargoninms, Fuchsias, Lark-
spurs, Evening Primroses, Honeysuckle, and others. This
Hawk-Moth is of somewhat sombre colouring as compared
with some of its relatives. The fore-wings are of a
smoky-brown, while the hind-wings are of dull copper.
The insect is noteworthy from the fact that it is to be
found at almost all seasons, for on even bright days in

Fic. 690. LARVA AND PUPA OF LIME HAWK-MOTH.

winter it will venture forth. The above list of plants
are only those which in gardens are most likely to tempt
it to sip their sweets. In the country the plant to attract
it is the Viper’s Bugloss (Echium vulgare). This Hawk-
Moth is marvellous of flight, and it is this which has
given rise to the very appropriate popular name it bears.
The larva may be found from June to September. It is

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 679
Sphingidwe—continued. | Sphingide—continued,

Fic, 691. Priver Hawk-Mortu.

green, thickly dotted with white, with a white line on With the exception of the Bedstraw Hawk-Moth
each side, and a stiff, rongh, bluish horn. The pnpa is (Deilephila galii), the last of the Hawk-Moths to merit
dark brown, and this condition is assumed just beneath any notice in reference to the garden is the large Con-
the surface of the ground. The Moth itself is a day-flier, volvulus Hawk-Moth (Sphinx convolvuli). This is an
though it also ventures ont after sunset. As food-plants, erratic species here, some seasons being fairly abundant,
however, none of the usual garden occupants over which and at others yery scarce. Those who know its habits
it hovers seem affected by the larve. may, in favourable localities, observe it hovering in the

evening over the Japanese
Lily (Liliwm awratum),
Carnations, Honeysuckle,
Tobacco (Nicotiana affinis),
and many another sweet-"
scented occupant of our
gardens. Its chief food-
plants, however, are the
Bind-weeds (Convolvulus
sepium and C. arvensis),
two common and very un-
desirable weeds of many
gardens. The larye are
seldom found, however. We
illustrate the perfect insect
at Fig. 695.

Deilephila galii is a rare
garden visitor, but, like its
relatives above-named, fre-
quents sweet-scented plants
like Jasmine, Sweet William,
and Honeysuckle, as well as
its ordinary food-plants, the
Bedstraws. It resembles
D. euphorbie in colour,
markings, and shape. The
fore-wings are yellowish,
with an olive-brown band
from the tip to the hind
margin, which the upper
edge meets not far from the
base of the wing, this being
a clear point of distinction
from D. ewphorbiw ; between
this band and the edge of
the wing the colour is grey.
Along the costal margin is
a band of olive-brown. The
The hind-wings in gronnd-
colour are yellow, with a
tinge of pink. They are
black at the base, and have
a streak of the same colour
extending from the tip to
the anal angle. Between
the black is a reddish-pink
suffused patch towards the
base of the wing, and a
white patch at the inner
Fic, 692. LARVA AND PUPA OF PRIVET Hawk-MOoTH. margin. The fringe on the

680 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
l

Sphingide—continued.

Fic. 693. LARVA AND PuPA OF DEATH’S HEAD MOTH.

hind-wings is white, as it is also on the inner margin of
the fore-wings, that on the hind margin of the latter

Fic, 694. HumMinG-Birp Hawk-MoTH.

being brown, with the extreme edge white. Head and

thorax are brown, with a white stripe on the

sides.

Sphingide—continued.

Abdomen is brown, adorned on the sides by four inter-
rupted bands near the thorax, alternately black and white,
and for the rest of the way to the anal extremity by
a white edging behind each segment. The back has in
the central line a few small white spots. The legs are
light in colour.

SPIDER LILY, GOLDEN. See Lycoris.

SPIDER ORCHID. See Bartholina pectinata.

SPIKE GRASS. See Uniola.

SPILANTHES. S. Acmella is the correct name of

S. oleracea.

Fic. 695.

CONVOLVULUS HAawk-MOorTR,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 681

SPILOCZHA POMI. See Pear—Fungi.
SPILONOTA ROBORATA. See Rosa—Insects.
SPINDLE-TREE SCALE. See Scale Insects.
SPINOVITIS. Inclpded under Vitis (which see).

SPIRZA. To the species and varieties described
on pp. 474-8, Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. arbuscula (little tree). (. bright rose-red, disposed in
small, compact corymbs, terminating the branches. Stems
erect, wiry. Washington, Oregon, &c., 1897. An alpine shrub.
(G. & F. 1897, p. 413, f. 53.)

S. arguta (sharp).* #7. of the purest white, disposed in very
numerous, compact spikes. J. obovate, bright green, slightly
toothed. Hybrid. The best white Spirea grown; it is of
good habit and very free-flowering. (G. C. 1897, ii., p. 3, f. 1.)
Syn. S. multiflora alba.

S. astilboides is by some now regarded as a form of S. Aruncus,
but is kept distinct at Kew.

S. a. floribunda (abundant-flowered).* A very vigorous and
free-flowering sort, said to be a hybrid between S. astilboides
and Astilbe japonica. Very useful for forcing. 1891. (R. H.
1895, f. 184.)

S. a. Lemoinei (Lemoine’s). A garden hybrid between
S. Thunbergii and S. floribunda. (R. H. 1895, f. 185.)

S. bracteata (bracted). The correct name of S. media
rotundifolia, (B. M. 7429.) Syns. S. nipponica (of gardens),
S. rotundifolia jflore-albo (of gardens).

S. bullata (bullate). #1. dark pink or claret-coloured, in much-
branched, dense, terminal corymbs; pedicels short, villous,
bracteolate. Summer. 2. sub-sessile, jin. long, coriaceous,
glabrous, dark green and bullate above, paler beneath, ovate-
oblong, crenate ; nerves pinnate, very prominent on the under-
surface. Branches erect, wiry, cylindric, densely clothed with
reddish-brown down. Japan. A dwarf shrub, lft. to 14ft. high.
(R. G. 1215.) SYN. S. crispifolia (of gardens).

S. Bumalda (Bumalda). A variety of S. japonica.

S. camtschatica (Kamtschatkan).* 1. white, sweetly scented,
larger than those of S. Ulmaria, corymbose ; sepals reflexed,

jlose; carpels very hairy. Jl. palmately lobed, 6in. wide,
in. long; upper cauline ones somewhat hastate or lanceolate;

petiole: ppendiculate. kh. 4ft. to 10ft. Kamtschatka and
Behring’s Island, 1889. A stately perennial. Syn. S. gigantea

(of gardens).

S. c. himalensis (Himalayan). A synonym of S. vestita.

Fic. 696. SPIR#A DISCOLOR ARIAZFOLIA.

Vok. V.

Spirzea—continued.

S. chamzdrifolia oblongifolia (oblong-leaved)
of S. media.

S. chinensis. The correct name is S. dasyantha.

S. confusa (of gardens). A synonym of S. Van Houttei.

S. crispifolia (crisped-leaved). A garden synonym of S. bullata

S. dasyantha (thick-flowered). The correct name _ of
S. chinensis.

S. digitata (digitate). 7. red, in a coarctate, branched corymb ;
style rather thick, capitate. July. 7“ pinnatisect, tomentose
beneath ; terminal segment seven-lobed, the lateral ones five-
lobed. A. 2ft. Eastern Siberia, 1823. Allied to S. palmata.
Perennial.

S. discolor arizfolia. Of this well-known Spirea, described
in the body of the work, we give an illustration (Fig. 696).

S. expansa (expanded). A synonym of S. bella.

S. gigantea (gigantic), of gardens. A garden synonym of
S. camtschatica.

S. Humboldtii (Humboldt’s).* jf. white, minute, exceedingly
numerous, borne on the sides of long, slender, white stalks
arranged in a paniculate form. J. large, spreading, triangular,
bipinnate ; segments lanceolate, acuminate, serrated. Habitat
not recorded, 1884. A fine perennial.

Ss. opens Anthony Waterer.* A specially good variety,
of dwarf, compact habit. The flowers are not affected by the
sun as are those of other Spiras. It is really a fine form of
S.j. Bumalda.

S. j. Bumalda (Bumalda).* (fl. of a beautiful deep rose-pink,
disposed in very large corymbs. kh. 2ft. A magnificent
compact and rapid-growing variety, very useful for edgings to
beds and shrubberies. In the KNaP HILt variety the flowers
are paler, with a deeper centre, and the whole plant is very
compact. 1891. /

S. j. glabrata (glabrous).* 7. deep pink, very freely produced
in dense corymbs. /. deep green. A fine variety for massing,
being of dense habit.

S. j. ruberrima (very red).* jf. pink, freely produced.

S. kamtschatica. See S. camtschatica,

S. lanceolata (lanceolate), of Commerson. A synonym of
S. cantoniensis.

S. Lindleyana is synonymous with S. sorbifolia.

S. Margaritz (Margaret's). 7. soft pink. A plant of free
growth, which should be allowed plenty of room to develop;
it carries a great quantity of blossom.

S. media rotundifolia. The correct name is S. bracteata.

S. mongolica (Mongol). A _ vigorous-growing species, bearing
an abundance of flowers along the pendulous shoots late in
the season. China.

S. multifiora alba (many-flowered, white).
S. arguta.

S. nipponica (Japanese).

S. pikoviensis (Pikoy).
S. hypericifolia.

S. pinnata (pinnate), of Meench.

S. rotundifolia flore-albo (round-leaved, white-flowered). A
garden synonym of S. bracteata.

S. salicifolia Billardi (Billard’s). 7.
larger than in the type; spikes long and strong.
September. A vigorous form.

S. Schinabecki (Schinabeck’s). A garden hybrid. 1884.

S. Ulmaria variegata (variegated). J. variegated green and
creamy-yellow.

S. ulmifolia (Elm-leaved). A form of S. chameedrifolia.

S. Van Houttei (Van Houtte’s). 7. white. May. A garden

hybrid between S. media and S. trilobata. It is largely grown
as a forcing plant under the name of S. confusa.

SPIRANTHES. To the species and varieties de-
scribed on pp. 478-9, Vol. III., the following should be
added. S. cinnabarina and S. colorans thrive under green-
house treatment.

S. albescens (whitish). . green, with a brown-tipped lip,
hairy; sepals lanceolate; petals linear, forming, with the
dorsal sepal, the galea; lip ligulate, dilated in front, the apex
obtusely triangular; raceme few-flowered. /. petiolate, oblong,
acute, spotted white. Colombia, 1885. Syn. S. leucosticta,

S. colorata is the correct name of S. colorans.

S. gemmipara (bud-bearing). A synonym of S. Romanzofiana
(the correct spelling].

S. leucosticta (white-spotted).

SPIXIA. A synonym of Centratherum (which see).

SPLASHED. Having various-sized, broken stripes;
e.g., Apples.

A synonym

A synonym of

A garden synonym of S. bracteata.
A hybrid between S. crenata and

A synonym of S. sorbifolia.

bright red, much
June to

A synonym of S. albescens.

4s

682

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

SPLITGERBERA. A

(which see).

SPONDIAS. S. cytherea is asynonym of S. dulcis;
S. Mombin, of S. lutea; and §S. Myrobalanus (of
Jacquin), of S. purpurea.

SPORLEDERA. A

(which see).

synonym of Bohmeria

synonym of Ceratotheca

SPOT. A popular name for many diseases, usually
of fangoid origin. One, for instance, attacking the fruit
of Tomatoes is known as Spot. There is a black patch
about the centre or eye of the green, and also the ripe,
fruit. So far, no remedy has been discovered. It attacks
finit both under glass and outside, growing in both rich,
moderate, and poor soil, and the application of special
Tomato manures have no apparent effect in preventing or
stopping its increase. It is advisable to pick off and
burn any infested fruit at once when the Spot is detected
and burn them. ‘This seems to be the most effectual

Spraying—continued.

however, is the heavy cost of the labour required to work
it; while the work of conveying the insecticide or the
fungicide mixture to the pumps, and moving the pumps
themselves, occupies a great deal of time. This is a
serions matter, as when the Hops are attacked by insects
the washing should be done qnickly—the sooner the better
—to avoid loss to the grower.

The best system, at any rate for use on a large scale, is
that introduced by the well-known firm of engineers.
Messrs. Merryweather and Sons, of London, and illustrated
in Figs. 697, 698, and 699. It consists of a light, portable,
steam pumping-engine in connection with a system of
easily-movable wrought iron piping, and enables from
twelve to twenty-four sprays to be worked simultaneously.
The piping is in convenient lengths, each length being
fitted with a piece of flexible anti-caustic hose at each
end and quick-hitching gunmetal couplings. Tee-pieces,
each with flexible hose and two couplings, are provided,

Fic. 697. MERRYWEATHER’S ‘‘ VALIANT” STEAM PUMPING-ENGINE—At work on the Farm of Mr. Isaac Reader,
Paddock Wood, Kent.

mode of dealing with this fungoid enemy. Carnations,
Pelargoniums, Orchids, and many other plants are attacked
by a fungus that produces black Spots in the foliage and
stems. See Anthracnose.

SPRAYING. For years past growers of Hops, frnit,
vegetables, &c., have realised that the quality of their
crops depends largely upon the efficiency of the cleansing
apparatus employed, and many methods have been more
or less successfully adopted for the Spraying of the crops
with insecticides or with fungicides; but in each of these
devices weak points have been discovered which have
caused growers to wish for a really infallible plant for
mechanical Spraying.

Judging from the results produced, the most efficient
system hitherto employed is undoubtedly the hand-pump
system, consisting in the employment of pumps placed in
portable cisterns containing mixtures of water and
chemicals, with one or two spray jets attached to each
pump. The pumps are each worked by one or two men,
and another man is required to manipnlate each spray
jet. One disadvantage attending the use of this system,

and, in work, are connected between two lengths of pipe.
Each tee-piece has cock attached, and by means of
breechings two lines of hose pipe can be led away from
each cock to supply two jets or sprays. This system of
pipes can be laid down between the rows of Hops, fruit
trees, or other crops by a few men in a very short time,
and enables the washing to be done rapidly and thoroughly,
there being no small hand-pumps to be filled with insecti-
cide, causing work to be stopped every few minutes; the
sprays in this case being worked continuously.

The insecticide or the fungicide is mixed up in a tank
placed on the ground alongside the engine, and pumped
continnously into a portable pipe system. Hach man has
a long jet pipe with a spray nozzle, and a cock is fitted
to each pipe, so that any of the jets can be shnt off
independently. The pump is of rustless gunmetal, with
copper air vessels and gunmetal pipe connections. It
is fitted with a patent injector for keeping the_ boiler
supplied with water, as well as with a lever hand-pump
to fill boiler when starting work. An important feature
is that one or the whole of the sprays may be shut off

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 683

Spraying—continwed.

at once withont stopping the engine, and thus the man
in charge of the engine can keep one or the whole of
the jets supplied at an even pressure. The robber of the
hose being of the best quality, it is not affected by either
Bordeaux Mixture or the clear solutions of copper similarly
employed. In cases where it is necessary to use Paris
Green or similar arsenical preparations that are heavy
and not soluble, an agitator is fixed in the receptacle in
which they are held, and this is worked by means of a
belt from the fly-wheel of the engine.

With Merryweather’s apparatus six men can thoroughly .

spray twelve acres of large Cherry- or Apple-trees, taking
100 trees to the acre, in six hours, or six acres of Hops

Spraying—continued.
the operator wherever required, under glass or ontside.
The machine will hold about four gallons of liqnid, and is
easily carried on a man’s back. The pump-handle comes
under one arm, and the sprayer, with the tube attached,
under the other. Itis most easy to work, and sends ont a
fine mist-like spray with considerable force. In the hands
of a capable man, the spray can be made to fall on
either the upper or the lower side of the foliage, infested
with insect pests or fnngi. For Roses, fruit trees on
walls, and low-growing subjects, this apparatus is extremely
useful and yery economical, as much less liquid insceticide
or fungicide is wasted than is the case with the ordinary
syringe or garden-engine. Another advantage is that it

Fic. 698.

Paddock Wood,

jin the same time. The plant is also available for
Spraying Potatoes and root-crops, Tea plantations, Vines,
Tobacco plants, &c. The engine may be employed for
irrigation work or any pumping duties on an estate or a
farm. As a fire-engine it is also very valuable, the boiler
being capable of raising steam from cold water to working
pressure in ten minutes from the time of lighting the
fire. It will deliver 100gals. of water per minute, and
throw a powerful jet to a good height. By throwing the
pump ont of gear the engine can be used to drive any
machinery, such as chaff-cutters, cream-separators, circular
saws, &c.

The small Knapsack Engine is a most useful apparatus
to have, as it can rapidly be moved abont op the back of

MERRYWEATHER’S SPRAYING PLANT—At work on Apple-Trees at the Farm of Mr. Tsaac Reader,

Kent.

can readily be turned to any part, where the larger engines
on wheels could not be taken.

For Spraying larger trees in quantity with insecticide,
there are engines specially made by Messrs. Boulton and
Paul, of Norwich See Fig. 700. In this case, the engines
are fitted with powerful pumps, haying automatic dashers
attached; these keep the liquid in constant agitation
during use, a most important point when employing Paris
Green or London Purple, thus ensuring a uniform strength.
If the Stott Sprayer is fitted to these engines, a fine spray
is delivered that will quickly moisten every part of the
tree. See also Syringe.

Another effective Spraying-pump is known as Gould's
Pomona. It is fitted with an agitator, so that insecti-

684 THE

DICTIONARY OF

GARDENING,

Spraying—continued.

Tic, 699.

MERRYWEATHER’S 1lop-WastInG PLANT—At work at Rodmersham, IKent.

Men spraying with

hose taken off main pipe.

cides and fungicides may be kept constantly in a state
of suspension. For even standard fruit trees itis excellent.
as being fitted with a l0ft. hose, an extension rod of
bamboo, and a double Vermorel nozzle, a fine mist-like
spray can be concentrated upon affected spots or trees
as high as 30ft. For Spraying Potatoes it is equally
adapted.

BOULTON AND PAUL'S HAND SPRAYING-MACHINE,

SPREKELIA. This is now, according to J. G. Baker,
a monotypic genus, the species being S. formosissima
(Syn. S. Heistert).
S. Cybister. The correct name is Hippeastrum Cybister.
S. formosissima glauca (glaucous) has smaller and paler
flowers than in the type, and glaucous leaves. (B. R. 1841, t. 6.)
S. f. Karwinskii (Karwinsky’s). 7. brilliant red, the segments
keeled and bordered with white. ‘
S. f. ringens (gaping). l. pendent, the upper segment having
a central yellow band.
SPRING STARFLOWER.
flora.

SPRINGTAILS. A common name for certain
families of the Collembola characterised by possessing the
power. of leaping. They are known respectively as
Poduridz and Smynthuridz. See also Collembola.

SPROUT. Any quickly-grown part. Brussels Sprouts
are commonly referred to in commerce as “‘ Sprouts.”

SPRUCE, DOUGLAS. See Pseudotsuga.
SPRUCE, HEMLOCK. See Tsuga.

SPRUCE GALL APHIS. Sce Chermes of the
Apple. }

SPURLESS VIOLET. See Viola hederacea.
SPURRING. The cutting back to a few bnds of

side-shoots on fruit trees produces spurs, and the
operation of pruning thus is termed Spurring-in. Asa
rule, trained fruit trees produce the most and finest
fruit on the spurs ; but with continual pruning year after
year, the spurs are yery apt to become too congested
to properly mature the wood, and little or no fruit is
produced. When this is the case, the spurs should be
curtailed in size. All fruit trees, except Black Currants,
Morello Cherries, Peaches, and Nectarines, answer on the
spur system of pruning.

See Triteleia uni-

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 685

STACHYCHRYSUM. A synonym of Adenan-
thera (which see).

STACHYS. To the species described on pp. 482-3,
Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. affinis (related). A synonym of S. tuberifera.

S. Betonica alba (white). This is a white variety of the
type.

S. chrysantha (yellow-flowered). . lemon-yellow; whorls
four- to six-flowered, in rather loose spikes. /. shortly petiolate,
roundish-ovate, slightly crenate. Greece, 1897, A dwarf,
half-hardy, tufted, many-stemmed, densely woolly perennial.

S. lavandulefolia (Lavender-leaved). . rose-purple, pubescent
outside ; whorls two- to six-flowered. 7. rather obtuse, softly
canescent; cauline ones petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, entire,
narrowed at both ends; floral ones sessile, ovate-lanceolate.
Armenia, &e A dwarf, procumbent under-shrub.

S. nivea (snowy). jl. white, sessile; calyx snow-white ; whorls
many, four- to six-flowered; raceme often 6in. long. June and
July. 7. sub-sessile, entire, the lower ones oblong, obtuse,
narrowed at base, the medium ones lin. to 14in. long, the floral
ones lanceolate. Branches 6in. to 12in. long, erect. Caucasus,
1820. A densely woolly-tomentose, much-branched, hardy
under-shrub, SYN. Betonica nivea.

S. sibirica is, according to the Kew authorities, a form of
S. germanica,

S. Sieboldi (Siebold’s). A synonym of S. tuberifera.

S. tuberifera (tuber-bearing). Chinese or Japanese Artichoke ;
Crosnes. jl. pink, spicate, rarely produced. J. ovate, acute,
reticulated, harsh. Ah. lft. to 1sft. China and Japan, 1885.
In this species the tubers, which are used as a vegetable, are
really the thickened extremities of the underground branches,
and are marked by buds or eyes at the nodes, as in Potatoes.
They are produced in great profusion and bear a considerable
resemblance to the Fir-apple or Asparagus Potato. Each
tuber has a bud at the end, and this curves upwards to form a
new shoot. (G. C. 1888, iii., pp. 13, 16, f. 1.) SyNs. S. afinis,
S. Sieboldi. For culture, see Crosnes.

S. tubifera. Another spelling of S. tuberifera.

STACHYTARPHETA. 5%. orwbica is the correct
name of S. aristata; S. cayennensis should be spelt
S. cajanensis ; S. jamaicensis is properly called S. indica ;
and S. wrticifolia is synonymous with S. indica.

STAGANOSPORA. See Spheropside.

STAG-HEADED. A term applied to trees which
are dying at the top.

STANDARDS. A term applied to many trees and
shrubs grown on a clear stem, as, for instance, Apples,
Pears, Plums, Cherries, Damsons, &c., amongst fruit
trees. The distance apart at which these trees should be
planted must be determined by the character of the soil
and the varieties. If the soil is deep and fertile, all
the above trees may be put 40ft. apart each way; but
if it is of moderate quality, and the varieties are compact
in habit, 30ft. apart will be sufficient. Half-Standards
are trees with stems 3ft. or 4ft. long, and planted from 15ft.
to 20ft. apart. This class of tree finds considerable favour
amongst market growers, as the trees come into bearing
more rapidly than the full Standards, and the trees are
less exposed to gales, while the fruit is more easily
gathered. Amongst many other trees and plants grown
as Standards are Gooseberries grafted on Ribes aurea,
Currants, Roses, Hollies, Heliotrope, Pelargoniums, &c.
See also Vol. III.

STANGERIA. S. Katzeri and S. schizodon are now
regarded as distinct species and not as forms of S. para-
doxa.

STANHOPEA. To the species described on pp.
486-7, Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. Amesiana (Capt. Ames’). A synonym of S. Lowii.

S. cymbiformis (boat-shaped). 7, sepals and petals dirty
straw-colour, connivent, the latter undulated, with a few
small, blood-red spots; hypochil yellow ; mesochil and epichil
white, spotted with purple; raceme often _many-flosvered, lax.
Central America, Allied to S. Ruckeri. (R. X. O. ii., t. 124.)

S. Fregeana (Frege's).* fe of an intense egg-yolk-colour,
irregularly spotted with dark purple, two to a peduncle ;
sepals oblong-triangular; petals shorter, acute, usually twisted ;
lip white, with small, dark purple spots. Jl. and pseudo-
bulbs as in S. tigrina. Mexico. (R. X. O. i, t. 82.)

S. Fuerstenbergix (Mme. Fuerstenberg’s). hie white, blotched
with crimson at the base of the lip. In other respects this
species resembles S. oculata. Habitat not recorded, 1899.

Stanhopea—continued.

S. graveolens Leitzeri (Leitzer’s). #., sepals and petals of
a more decided yellow than in the type; the orange mark
on the hypochil replaced by a faint red band, the front
lobe white, dotted with purple. Brazil, 1891. (R. G., t. 1345.)

S. Haseloviana (Haselow’'s).* jl. very large, five to seven
in a raceme; sepals pale, with reddish dots, rounded; petals
pale rose, erect, oblong ; lip elongated, pale rose, with danke
spots, the lateral lobes horned, the middle one ovate, obtuse ;
column winged and lobuled at summit. /, petiolate, oblong-
lanceolate. Peru, 1896. (B. M. 7452; R. X. O.i., t. 72.)

S. impressa (impressed). fl. buff-yellow, slightly spotted
with purple and blotched with orange on the lip; sepals and
petals 2in. long ; lip three-lobed, 2in. long ; bracts large, ovate ;
scape 6in. long, four-flowered. J. elliptic-oblong, lft. long.
eS ERG NS din. long. Western Andes, 1898. Allied to
S. tnodora,.

Tic. 701. STANHOPEA INSIGNIS.

S. insignis. This beautiful species, described in Vol. IITI., is
illustrated at Fig. 701.

S. Jenischiana (Jenisch’s). A synonym of S. Bucephalus.

S. Lowii (Low’s).* A striking species of the ecornwta section,
having purple spots on the hypochil and whitish-buft sepals
and petals. Colombia, 1893. (G. C. 1893, xiv., pp. 630, 689,
f, 107.) Syn. S. Amesiana.

S. maculosa (spotted). A synonym of S. Devoniensis.

S. Madouxiana (Madoux’).* /l. creamy-white, spotted with
pink, fragrant, 6in. across; lip tinged with dark purple;
scape pendent, bearing one or two flowers. J. 20in. to S0in.
long, 5in. to Qin. broad. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid. Colombia, 1898.
(G. C. 1898, xxiv., p. 134, f. 34.)

S. Moliana (Moly’s). 1. having the sepals yellowish-white and
the petals white, both marked with annular, rose-coloured
spots; lip white, dotted with purple. Peru, 1893. Allied to
S. Ruckeri and S. Wardii. (1. vii., t. 351.)

S. nigripes (black-stalked). f., sepals and petals yellow,
with ens Salt purple blotches, and a pair of black, eye-like
spots on the hypochil, the cavity also being black, Habitat

686

Stanhopea—continued.

not recorded, 1894. Allied to S. Warditi, which it
in all parts but the lip. 4

S. Rodigasiana (Rodigas’). 1. 6in. across, solitary on per
scapes; sepals creamy-white, spotted with rose

lip dark purple,
on
. 1898, xxiv.,

column green, spotted with purple;
ivory-white blotch and numerous eu oa
June. Colombia, (B. M. 77
vA "

1898. 702;

Fic.

702.

This beautiful basket-Orchid,
is shown in both flower and bud

described
at I

S. tigrina.
IIL., p. 486,

STAPELIA. African
now included hereunder.
the Species deseribed on pp.
should be added.
on the

S. albicans (whitish).

S. cupularis (cup-like). A new species, resembling S. va
from which it is distinguished by the erect,
corona. 1897.

S. Desmetiana (De Smet’s).* j., corolla 44in.
pubescent and pale green or purplish at back,
purplish-red with transverse pale yellowish lines,
surface clothed with long, purple hairs; eymes
Stems din. to Yin. high, lin.
angled, sinuate-toothed. Before 1874,

S. erectiflora (erect-flowered). jl. purplish-brown,
white-hairy, very small; corolla Turk’s-cap-like ; cymes
one- to four-flowered. Stems 4in. to Tin. high, . thie
angled, branching at base, flowering from their sides.
1877.

S. Gussoniana is synonymous with
(deseribed in Vol. I. as B. ewropcea).
S. Hystrix (spiny). A synonym of Huernia Iystriz.
S. longidens (long-toothed). jl. greenish-yellow,
purple, disposed in sessile cymes lin.
long, four-angled ; ang
teeth lin. long. 1895.

Pits)

S. marmorata (marbled). jl. blood-red,
foetid; corolla very spreading, half- -quinquefid, 2in. in dis
peduncles solitary in the forks of the young branchlets.
Branches numerous; branchlets glabrous, glaucous, th
ones procumbent, tetragonal, with approximate, very
but mucronate teeth. fh. 1ft. 1820.

S. pedunculata is the correct name of S. devis.

S. picta is the correct name of S. anguinea.

8S. pilifera (hair-bearing).
Serum.

S. pulchella (rather

purplish-brown ; corolla

Toad Flower.
See
488-9; Vol.

III., the fol

““TIndex Kewensis.”’

This is an albino form of S. a7

to 54in.

Boucerosia Gus

in diameter,
2s furnished with long, :
Allied to S.

Woodtt. (G. ©.

pretty).* fl.
five-cleft,

dotte
tria

light yellow,
the segments

corona small, ré d about half a line above the
surface. Stems resembling those of S, normatis, 1882,

and purple ;
with an
the mesochil.

also Diplocyatha.

the
the
sub-
“or more thick, pubescent,

yellow-striped,

resembles

idulous

pp. 14,

STANHOPEA TIGRINA.

in Vol.

702.
Podanthes is

To

lowing

The changes in nomenclature are based

wulata.

rieqgata,

acute margin to the

across,
inside
entire
sessile.
four-

densely
usually
k, four-

‘Al rut

soniana

spotted with
Ste
nding,

ms 6in.
stout

898, xxiv.,

very
umeter ;
July.
e older
obtuse

A synonym of T'richocaulon pili-

xd with
neular ;
general

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

~ Stapelia—continued.
S. pulla (dark), A synonym of Boucerosia mammillaris.
S. Scilla (Scilla). Sce S. variegata,
S. variegata is the correct name of S. Curtisii. S. Scilla is

a form similar to this, but the spots are confluent into longi-
tudinal stripes.

S. Woodii (J. M. Wood's), /. three or four in sessile cymes;

corolla dark purplish-brown, l4in. across, nearly flat, with
a few yellowish dots. Stems lin. to
Sin. long, mottled with purple, four-
angled, stoutly toothed, 1892.
S. annulata, S. atrata, S. trifida, and
S. trisulca (S. scutellata) have been
introduced, but are not in general

cultivation.

STAPHYLEA.

To the species

described on pp. 489-90, Vol. IIL, the
following should be added : :
S. Coulombieri (Coulombier’s). Nearly

allied to S. colchica, from which it differs
in its more globular flowers, with broader
and shorter sepals and petals, and in its
later period of flowering. Really inter-
mediate between SS. colchica and S. pin-

nata. 1887. Garden variety.
S. elegans Hessei (Hesse’s). Prebably
a hybrid between S. Coulombieri and

S. pinnata. 1898.
STAR GRASS. Sec Aletris.
STAR HEAD. See Scabiosa.

STAR OF JERUSALEM. See
Tragopogon pratensis.
STAR THISTLE.

taurea.

STARWORT, ITALIAN. See
Amellus Lyehnitis.

STATICE. To the species de-
scribed on pp. 491-3, Vol. III., the following should be
added. See also Acantholimon and Armeria.

S. arborescens is a variety of S.
S. australis (Southern). The correct name of S. sinensis.
S. Candelabra (candelabra). A synonym of S. Suworowi.

S. caspia (Caspian). jl. pale blue; spikelets two- or three-
flowered, in spikes at. ihe ends of the crowded branchlets.
July. 2. obc e or lanceolate-spathulate, narrowed to the
petioles. Caspian region. Plant granular-scabrous, varying in
height to 1ft. Rockery.

See Cen-

Sruticans.

S. eximia turkestanica (Turkestan). #. lilac, in short,
dense, terminal spikes. 7. lanceolate, acute, 6in. to 8in. long,
lsin. to 2in. broad, forming a rosette. Stems 2ft. to 2sft.

high. Turkestan, 1888.
S. Gmelini (Gmelin’s).*
two-flowered, in short, de

(R. G., t. 1270, f. d-m.)

fA. dark blue, small; spikelets about

imbricated spikes ; scape terete
below, angled above, bearing a corymbose panicle. June to
August. 7. glibrous, broadly ovate or obovate, one-nerved,
very obtuse, nearly or quite sessile. h. 14ft. to oft. Eastern
Europe and Russian Asia, 1796,

S. Limonium (Limonium). Common Sea Lavender. fl. bluish-
purple, numerous, in short, rather loose spikes at the ends of

the branches; panicle corymbose; scape erect, leafless, 6in.
to 12in. or more in height. Summer and autumn. J. 2in. to
6in. long, obovate or oblong, entire, glabrous, narrowed to a

long stalk. Stock short and thick. Europe (Britain), &c.
S.L. alba (white). This white variety is a desirable garden plant.
S. minuta (minute). jl. red; spikelets two or three, in a

terminal, erect spike. June. J. rosulate, small, obovate or

lanceolate-spathulate, obtuse or retuse. Mediterranean region,

1658. A very tiny, rockery species.
S. minutiflora (minute-flowered). /., spikelets about two-

flowered, in short spikes, disposed in a short panicle. Summer.

1. small, densely rosulate, obovate or oblong-spathulate, very

obtuse or retuse. Mediterranean region. Rockery.

S. monopetala (one-petaled). A synonym of Limoniastrum
articulatum.

S. sinensis. name is S. australis.

5. sinuata. Of this species there are now several very pretty
and useful colour varieties.

S. superba (superb). A hardy annual, closely resembling

S. Suworowi, but having the bikes densely crowded into a

pyramidal panicle. 837. (R. G. 1887, p. 666, f. 170.)

STATICE ARARATI ee Ararat’s). This plant,
regarded by some as identical with Acantholimon 4g gluma-
cewm, is accorded specific rank in the ‘* Index Kewensis.”

= \
The correct

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

687

STATIONS. In former years, careful attention was
aid to the preparation of Stations for frnit trees by
orming a bed of concrete, stones, brickbats, slabs, &c., at
the bottom of the hole prepared for planting a tree, with
the view of preventing the tap-root from penetrating into
the subsoil. This is seldom done now, as the old plan
was not only somewhat costly, but there was always the
risk of a violent wind blowing the trees over, even when
large, if not properly stayed. In preparing Stations at
the present time, the skilful cultivator makes sure that
the drainage is good, so that all excess of water passes
off quickly, then a hole is excavated rather wider than
is absolutely necessary for the roots to go in without
bending any back, the sides and bottom of the holes
being well broken up. The tree is then planted, the
upper roots being only an inch or two below the surface,
the soil is made firm about the roots, and the tree securely
fixed to a stake or other support until it is established.
A mulch of strawy manure completes the operation, and
frnit trees, Roses, &c., planted in such prepared Stations
at the proper season seldom disappoint the planter.

STAUROPSIS. To the species described on
pp. 493-4, Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. lissochiloides (Lissochilus-like). The correct
S. Batemanni.

S. philippinensis (Philippine). f. lin. across, solitary,
produced from the axils of the leaves; sepals and petals
reddish-brown; lip purple and white, with a hairy keel.
Z. elliptic-oblong, 1sin. long. Stem erect-climbing. Philippine
Islands, 1894.

S. undulata (waved). The correct name of Vanda undulata.

S. Warocqueana (Warocque's).* jl. of moderate size,
disposed in rich racemes; sepals and petals yellow, dotted
with pale reddish-brown; lip white, spotted with rose. New
Guinea, 1892. A beautiful species. (L. vii., t. 319.)

STEEPING. Seeds that are encased in very hard
shells, like those of the Cannas, have their germination
quickened very much by being soaked for twenty-four
hours in water before sowing. With softer seeds of
the Pea and Bean type very little is gained in hastening
germination by Steeping. Where birds are troublesome,
the seeds are sometimes steeped in some obnoxious
ecompound—paraffin for instance—but such preparations
must be employed with caution, or the germinating power
may be destroyed,

STEGANIA. See Lomaria.
STEIRONEMA (from sfeiros, sterile, and nema,

thread ; referring to the presence of staminodia alternating
with the fertile stamens). Orp. Primulacew. A small
genus ie five species) of hardy, leafy-stemmed
perennials, natives of Europe and North America, formerly
included under Lysimachia (which see for culture).
Flowers yellow ; peduncles slender. Leaves all opposite,
but mostly in apparent whorls on the flowering branches
(as in Trientalis). :

S. heterophyllum (variable-leaved). The correct name of

Lysimachia lanceolata and L. ciliata. SYN. S. lanceolatwin.
S. lanceolatum (lanceolate). A synonym of S. heterophyllum.

STELLATE HAIRS. Hairs haying seyeral branches

arranged in a star-like manner.

STELLERA. S98. Alberti is a synonym of Wiks-
tremia Alberti (which see). S. altaica is a form of
S. Chamezjasme.

STEMODIA. To the species described on p. 496,
Vol. IIL, the following shonld be added:

S. durantifolia (Duranta-leaved). 1. bluish-purple, scarcely
4in. Jong, disposed in terminal spikes. 7. opposite or whorled,

name of

sessile, lanceolate, toothed, lin. to 2in. long, varying in
breadth. h. lft. to 14ft. Tropical America, 1890. A green-

house or half-hardy, very viscous annual, simply or paniculately
branched.

STEMONA. To the species described on p, 496,
Vol. IIl., the following should be added :

S. Curtisii (Curtis's). In habit and forms of leaf this
resembles S. tuberosa, but the leaves are alternate, the
petioles long and slender, and the flowers appear to be uni-
sexual. India, 1892. (B. M. 7254.)

S. tuberosa (tuberous), The correct name of S. gloriosoides.
(B. M. 1500.)

STENANDRIUM (from stenos, narrow, and aner,
andros, a male; in allusion to the stamens). ORD.
Acanthacew. A genus embracing about eighteen species
of stove or greenhouse, mostly almost stemless herbs,
natives of tropical and sub-tropical America; they are
closely allied to Eranthemum (which see for culture
of the species introduced). Flowers usually small, sessile,
spicate; calyx five-parted; corolla obliquely five-lobed ;
stamens four, didynamons, included. Leaves usually
radical or clustered at the base of the stem, entire.

S. igneum (fiery). /. yellow, in terminal, elongated spikes.
1. spreading, decussately opposite, ovate-oblong, obtuse, 4in.
long, intense green above with reddish-yellow stripes along
the midrib and nerves, below paler with prominent nerves ;
petioles short. Peru. (I. H. 1877, t. 266.)

S. Lindeni (Linden’s). /. yellow, disposed in erect, cylindvic
spikes. /. opposite, elliptic-obovate, obtuse, daz green,
shading to paler green towards the centre, and marked with
yellow veins. Peru, 1891. A foliage plant, of dwarf habit.
(I. H. 1891, t. 136.)

S. Beeckmannianwn (I, H. 1892, t. 166) and S. Goosensianum
(I. H. 1893, t. 168) are garden hybrids, the latter having leaves
variegated with green and yellow and margined with brown.

STENIA. This Orchid does best when grown in
baskets or perforated pans, under similar conditions to
those recommended for the Pescatorea section of Zygo-
petalums.

STENOGLOTTIS. This genns, described on p. 497,

Vol. III., now embraces two species.

S. longifolia (long-leaved). jl. deep mauve-purple, having a
fringed lip; scape ‘erect, lift. high, the upper half clothed
with flowers. 7. 6in. long, persistent, undulated, green, tinged
with purple. Natal, 1889. (B. M. 7186; G.-C. 1894, ii., f. 72.)

STENOMESSON.= According to J. G. Baker's
latest revision of the genus, in his ‘‘Handbook of the
Amaryllidge,” the number of species is limited to eleven,
natives of the Andes. Flowers generally red or yellow,
tipped with green, few or many in an umbel; perianth
tube long, funnel-shaped ; stamens inserted at the throat
of the perianth tube; filaments united towards the base
in a distinct cup, which is often toothed between them.
To the species, &c., described on pp. 497-8, Vol. III., the
following should be added:

S. angustifolium (narrow-leaved). A variety of S. viridi-
Jlorun.

S. flavum (yellow). /. four to six in an umbel; perianth limb
bright yellow, ljin. to 2in. long, the tube dilated at the
middle, the segments 4in. long; peduncle slender, 1ft. long.
May. 7. oblanceolate, lft. long, lin. broad, obscurely
petiolate. Bulb lin. in diameter. 1824. (B. M. 2641.) Syn.
Chrysiphiala flava (B. R. 978).

S. f. curvidentatum. The correct name of S. curvidentatuin.
Edge of the staminal cup having a bifid tooth between each of
the filaments. Syns. S. paucijlorum, Chrysiphiala paucijlora
(H. E. F. 132).

S. f. latifolium. The correct name of S. latifolium. Edge of
the staminal cup having an entire tooth between each
filament. Greenhouse. SYN. S. vitellinwm.

S. fulvum (fulvous). A variety of S. incarnatwin.

S. latifolium is a variety of S. flavum.

S. pauciflorum is identical with S. flavum ecurvidentatum.

S. recurvatum (recurved). jl. six to twelve in an wnbel;
perianth limb reddish-yellow, 2in. to 2sin. long, the segments
sin. long; peduncle lft, to 14ft. long. /. three to six, linear,
lft. long, 4in. broad, contempor with the flowers. Bulb
lin. to 14in. in diameter. Sys. Carpodotes recurvatus, Chrysi-
phiala recurvata, Coburgia recurvata.

S. Stricklandi is a synonym of Stricklandia eucrosivides.

S. trichromum (three-coloured). A variety of S. tnearnatum.

S. viridiflorum angustifolium (narrow-leaved). Jl. having
stamens shorter than the perianth segments ; style exserted.
7. narrower than in the type. (B. M. 3866b, under name of
Callithauma anqustifolium.)

S. v. Elwesii (Elwes’). jl. having the staminal eup deeply six
cleft, and the lobes quadrate and emarginate. 1876.

S. vitellinum is identical with S. flavwn latifolium; it
requires greenhouse treatment.
STENOSPERMATION. To the species described

on p. 498, Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. multiovulatum (many-ovuled). A variety of S. Spruceanum.

S. Spruceanum multiovulatum (Spruce’s, many-ovuled).
f., spathe white, 6in. long, borne on a peduncle lft. to 1sft.
long. 7. oblong, 1ft. long, 5in. broad ; petioles 6in. long. Stems
3ft. to 6ft. high. Colombia, 1894.

S. Wallisii is the correct name of S. pompayanense.

688

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

STENOTAPHRUM. According to the latest
authorities, S. glabrum is the correct name of S. ameri-
canum.

STEPHANANDRA. This genus now embraces four
species, natives of China and Japan, and closely allied
to Neillia. Flowers small, racemose or paniculate,
slenderly pedicellate. Leaves alternate, petiolate, incised,
or pinnatifid and incised-serrated, pubescent beneath. To
the species described on p. 498, Vol. III., the following
should be added :

S. incisa (incised). A synonym of S. flexuosa.

S. Tanakez (Tamaka’s). jl. white, very small, puberulous;
in terminal, pendulous panicles 3in. to 4in. long. June. J. 2in.
long and broad, alternate, triangular-ovate, three-lobed, bright
green, turning golden-yellow in autumn; lobes acuminate,
serrated. Branches brown. h. 3ft. Japan, 1893. (B. M. 7593 ;
R. G, 1896, t. 1431.)

STERCULIA. Including Oleobachia, To the species
described on p. 500, Vol. III., the following should be
added :

S. acuminata (taper-pointed). A synonym of Cola acuminata.
S. austro-caledonica (South Caledonian). jl. deep ‘red,
shaded with orange, numerous, 4in. in diameter; racemes
lateral, springing from the old part of the trunk. J. large,
palmately lobed, disposed in a terminal crown. h. 10ft. or
more. New Caledonia. An erect, unbranched, stove tree.
(B. M. 7382.) SYN. S. neocaledonica (of gardens).
S. Balanghas (of Roxburgh). A synonym of S. 7obilis.

S. grandiflora (large-flowered), A synonym of Cola acumi-
nate.

s. EE Dt (variable-leaved).
Solia.

S. neocaledonica (New Caledonian).
S. austio-caledonica.

S. nobilis (noble). #. pale buff, red within, fragrant, mostly
males, in. across, campanulate ; panicles lax, axillary, many-
Howered, pendulous. jr. containing edible seeds. J. 2in. to
12in. long, 2in. to 6in. broad, glabrous, oblong, acuminate ;
petioles lin. long. kh. 20ft. India, 1787. Syn. S. Balanghas (of
Roxburgh).

S. urens (stinging). 7. yellow, small, the females mixed with
many males; panicles erect, dense, terminal, many-flowered,
glandular-pubescent. fr., follicles armed with stinging hairs.
7. about the ends of the branches, Qin. to 12in. Jong and
broad, rounded, five-lobed, cordate at base; petioles 6in. to
Yin. long. Trunk erect. India, 1793. A soft-wooded tree.

STEREOSPERMUM (from stereos, rigid, and
sperma, seed). Orv. Bignoniaceey. A genus embracing
about ten species of stove trees, natives of tropical Asia
and Africa, and formerly classed under Bignonia. Several
of them have been introduced, but it is doubtful if they
are still in cultivation.

ain eae FRUSTULOSUM. See Oak Fungi,
ol. . ?

ste ks HIRSUTUM. See Oak Fungi,
ol, .

STERNBERGIA. These beautiful bulbous plants
should be left in the soil, which shonld be deep and
light ; cover them with litter in severe weather. To the
species and yarieties described on p. 501, Vol. III., the
following should be added:

8S. Fischeriana (Fischer’s).* jl. bright yellow; tube funnel-
shaped, less than Jin. long; segments oblong-spathulate, 14in.
long; peduncles two or three to a bulb, short, one-flowered ;
spathes white, usually bifid. March. J. eight or nine to a
bulb, contemporary with the flewers, linear, obtuse, 6in. long
at the flowering season, afterwards lengthening. Bulb lin. to
2in. in diameter. Caucasus, &c., 1894. (B. M. 7441.)

S. macrantha (large-flowered).* jl. bright yellow; tube cylin-
drical, 2in. long ; segments oblong, lin, to 1jin. long; peduncle
cylindrical, 4in. to 6in. long; spathe 3in. to 4in. long. Autumn.
l. lorate, obtuse, glaucescent, Zin. broad, fully developed in

A synonym of S. diversi-

A garden synonym of

June. Bulb lin. to Ijin. in diameter, the neck 4in, to 6in.
long. Asia Minor, &c., 1896. (B. M. 7459.)
STEUDNERA. 5S. discolor is now classed as a

distinct species and not as a form of S. colocasixfolia.

STEVIA. To the species described on p. 502,
Vol. III., the following should be added. S. fascicularis
and §S. ivefolia are now 1ezarded as distinct species.

S. fascicularis (fascicled), jl.-heads white, fasciculately
congested ; florets glabrous. September. 7. opposite, rhomboid-

lanceolate, deeply and argutely serrated; upper ones sessile.
Mexico, 1830. Greenhouse. (B. R. 1838, t. 9.)

Stevia—continued.

S. iveefolia (Ivy-leaved). l.-heads white, disposed in fastigiate
corymbs ; involucre and florets glandular and downy. August.
l. lanceolate, attenuated to the petioles, serrated at apex.
Stems erect, villous-hairy, corymbosely branched at apex.
h, 2ft. Mexico, 1816. Greenhouse.

S. odorata (scented). jl.-heads white, odorous, disposed in
terminal, corymbose cymes. August. 7. narrow-lanceolate,
acuminate. Ah. about l6in. Habitat not recorded, 1890. <A
free-flowering, greenhouse species.

S. salicifolia (Willow-leaved). /l.-heads white, disposed in
spreading corymbs. June to September. Jl. opposite, narrow-
lanceolate, very shortly petiolate and almost connate, nearly
oF anite entire. h. 14ft. Mexico, 1803. A glabrous, greenhouse
shrub.

STINGING NETTLES. See Urtica.

STINK FLY. A popular name for the beantifal
and distinct Lacewing Flies (which see).

STINKING CEDAR. Se Torreya taxifolia.
STINKING YEW. See Torreya.
STINKWOOD, TASMANIAN. See

Smithii.

STIPA. To the species described on pp. 503-4,

Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. arundinacea (Arundo-like). 1. purplish-brown, disposed in
drooping plumes about 4ft. long, which when dry form excellent
“everlastings.” h. 2ft. New Zealand, 1882. Syn. <Apera
arundinacea (G. C. 1897, xxii., pp. 282-3, f. 84).

S. Calamagrostis (Calamagrostis). The correct name of
S. Lasiagrostis.

S. capillata (long-haired). 1. in a loosely-branched panicle, the
branches very slender, erect, elongated; glumes cuspidate-

Zieria

attenuated. J. glaucous, rigid, convolute, slender. Culms erect,
rigid, leafy throughout. A. 2ft. Orient, &c., 1815. A useful
species.

STISSERA. A synonym of Curcuma (which see).

STOKING. This is a most important operation in
the heating of glass structures, mushroom-houses, and
similar places. In the first place, the stoker should be
guided by the external conditions, as, for instance, early
in the morning, if the day promises to be bright and
warm, it would not only be a waste of fuel and labour
to put on a strong fire, and thus heat the hot-water
pipes unduly; but the combination of strong heat from
the pipes and from the sun is injurious, predisposing
the plants to an attack of Red Spider and other
animal foes. On the other hand, when the morning
is dull and cold, with a disagreeable wind, it would
be unwise not to keep up a good fire to maintain the
necessary heat in all the houses. Hence the necessity
for the stoker exercising a very careful watch on atmo-
spheric conditions and changes, and promptly acting in
a sensible manner to avoid waste of labour and fuel, as
well as to ensure the best conditions for the plant-life
in the heated structures. Another important item in
Stoking is perfect cleanliness in the stoke-hole and round
the boiler, otherwise considerable loss will occur. All
ashes and clinkers should be removed before there is any
possible danger of their interfering with the draught of
the fire, or mixing with the fuel. Nothing indicates
carelessness and a want of method more than to see
clinkers and ashes mixing with the coal or treading under
foot in the stoke-hole. Many boilers have the fire playing
over the outer surface, and soot quickly accumulates.
Being practically a non-conductor, it prevents the flames
from having the same heating power as when the boiler
is kept clear. This waste is avoided if the boiler is
regularly cleared of soot once a week through the doors
placed for that purpose on all boilers requiring such
attention. :

Much depends, again, on how the Stoking is performed.
One stoker will obtain nearly double the heat from the
same weight of fuel in the same boiler as will another.
To ensure the greatest amount of heat from fuel it is
essential that the bars on which the fire rests should be
kept free from clinkers or other matter that interferes
with the draught of the fire, and any ashes in the fire
removed by raking between the bars from underneath
with the long-handled hooked poker. This is much better
than continually stirring up the fire, turning it over and
over, and wasting a lot of heat in the process. It is
necessary to use the poker occasionally, but after clearing
away all clinkers the first thing in the morning, and

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 689

Stoking—continued.
again at night before banking-up, the less the fire is in-
terfered with, the better. In fact, with that excellent fuel,
anthracite coal, it is most unwise to turn the fire over
unnecessarily,- as it will go black and be a long
time in becoming bright again. During very cold
weather, when the fires must be kept going continuously
to maintain a proper temperature, the stoker will secure
the greatest heat by getting a big fire, and replenishing
it frequently with a small amount of fuel, thus always
keeping a bright, hot fire playing on the boiler. If
the fire is permitted to burn low, and is then heavily
charged again with fuel, it is astonishing how qnickly
the hot-water pipes cool while the fire is burning
up. Again, it is always advisable to have the body of
the fire as near to the furnace-door as possible, so that
the fire may travel over the whole of the boiler. When
far back in the furnace, much of the heat is lost,
va a front part of the boiler is scarcely touched by
e fire.

Indirectly connected with Stoking is the feeding of the
boiler. In many gardens the snupply-cistern is filled by
hand, and not by a ball-tap, and it is important that
the water is never allowed to become low; not only is it
dangerous, but when there is a large, fierce fire, the
sudden addition of a mass of cold water to a heated
boiler is very liable to cause it to crack, and thus
become useless at a time when it is most needed.

STOPPING. The operation of Stopping, or pinching
back, the growth of fruit trees and plants in pots is a
very important one, and requires both care and judgment ;
but no hard-and-fast rule can be laid down. The Grape
Vine usually has its laterals stopped one or two leaves
beyond the bunch; but if there is space for further
extension of the lateral growth, it is advisable to allow
three or fonr leayes to be made before Stopping. In
training trees in fancy forms, shoots may be made to
appear almost anywhere they are desired by judicious
Stopping; and plants that would otherwise be tall and
leggy are made bushy and compact by timely Stopping.
with trained fruit trees there is a danger of doing more
harm than good by summer Stopping of the shoots. If
done too early, a mass of young wood is produced, thus
ad congested spurs and unripened wood with little
ruit. ;

STOVE. For maintaining the proper atmospheric
temperature hot-water pipes may be laid under the paths,
with iron gratings above to allow the heat to pass readily
through ; or they may be arranged up the side walls or
above the staging. The side walls of the house about 3ft.
from the ground level should be glazed so as to make the
structure as light as possible, as for seyeral months of the
year all the light that it is possible to obtain will be
necessary for the proper development of the plants
growing inside.

Where only one house is used as a Stove, it should
be divided across the middle by a glazed partition. The
two divisions may then (at certain seasons of the year)
be kept at slightly different temperatures, and the
atmosphere of one may be kept drier to ripen the wood
and’ also to allow that period of rest which is so necessary
to a large number of plants.

Good loam is essential, and this should be the top spit
from a pasture, with plenty of fibrous roots in it. It
should be stacked for several months before it is required
for use in a good-sized heap, with the grassy side down-
wards. r :

Good fibrous, turfy peat, of a sandy nature, is another
requisite, and when used should be broken into lumps with
the hands. For some plants, such as Anthuriums, it is
desirable to remove a quantity of the fine matter. This
may Pe done by slightly beating the broken lumps with
a stick.

Leaf-monld, when obtained by collecting the leaves of
Oak, Beech, Elm, &c. (avoiding those of a poisonous
nature, such as Lanrels), putting them in a large heap
and occasionally turning it over to sweeten it, is very
useful for many plants. It is highly important that it is
sweet and free from fungus.

Cow-dung, when well decayed, is a very safe manure to
use for plants that require a little stimulant.

Coarse silyer-sand is extensively used for

Vol. V.

striking

Stove—continued.
cuttings and for mixing in composts to keep them sweet
and porous.

Charcoal, in lumps, is another useful material for mixing
in the soil to keep it open, and for the roots of plants to
cling to.

Live sphagnum should have all the grass, leaves, and
refuse picked out before using.

Cocoa-nut refuse is a clean and snitable material for
hot-beds, and for plunging plants that require bottom-
heat (if hot-water pipes are supplied to provide the
necessary heat).

Artificial manures are offered in abundance. Many of
them are of good quality, and are of great benefit if used
judiciously.

Stove plants should be encouraged to make most of their
growth during the spring and summer months, when
there is plenty of sunlight to develop it. They should
be repotted in the spring, just as they are commencing
to grow, and the heat and moisture in the house increased.
In repotting, clean, dry pots, with efficient drainage,
should be used, and soil in a proper state as regards
moisture, and sufficiently warmed to prevent chilling of
the roots. In ventilating, cold dranghts must be avoided,
and the ventilators be closed as early in the afternoon
as is consistent with safety to economise the sun heat,
which will be found to be more beneficial to the plants
than an indiscriminate use of fire-heat.

The water used both for watering the soil and for
syringing overhead should be of about the same tem-
perature as that of the house. In watering give suffi-
cient to wet the whole ball of earth quite through, but
be careful not to apply any water unless required, or the
soil will become sodden and sour. Clean rain-water is much
the best when it can be obtained in sufficient quantity.
If well-water is used it should be exposed to the air for
some time beforehand.

During the bright days of spring and summer most
plants require a little protection from bright sunshine.
For this purpose a material called ‘‘hothouse shading” is
made into blinds, and fixed to rollers to cover the roof.
Care should be taken to draw up the blinds when the
weather becomes cloudy, to prevent the plants from
becoming drawn and weak.

In the following genera may be found the chief deco-

rative subjects for the Stove, exclusive of Ferns, an
enumeration of which appear under that heading.

Flowering Plants.

Achimenes Franciscea ( Brun- Pereskia
Aichmea Telsia) Peristeria
Brides Gardenia Pescatorea
Alschynanthus Gesnera Phaius
Agalmyla Gloneria Phalenopsis
Allamanda (Psychotria) Phyllocactus
Amasonia Gloxinias Pilea
Angraecum Goldfussia Pilocereus
Anhaloniumn Goodyera Platyclinis
Aneectochilus Grammatophyliuom — Plumbago
Anthurium Hedychium Poinsettia
Aphelandra Heliamphora (Euphorbia)
Arachnanthe Hibiscus Posoqueria
Ardisia Hippeastrum Promenea
Ataccia (Tucea) Imantophyllum Reinwardtia
Begonia (Clivia) Renanthera
Bollea Impatiens Rhipsatis
Bulbophyllum Txora Rhododendron
Burbidgea Justicia Rivina
Burchellia Lasiandra Rondeletia
Calanthe Leuchtenbergia Russelia
Centropogon Libonia Saccolabium
Cereus Linum Saintpaulia
Clerodendron Luculia Seutellaria
Clivia Magnolia Sericographis
Crinum Mammillariae (Jacobinia )
Dendrobium Medinella Strelitzia
Dendrochilum(Platy Melocactus Tabernemontana
clinis) Miltonia Thyrsacanthus
Diacrium (Epiden- Monochetwin Tillandsia
drum) Musseenda Torenia
Didymocarpus Neegelia Toxicophlea
Echinocactus Oncidiuwm Tydeas
Epidendrum Opuntia Urceolina
Epiphyllum Pancratium Vanda
Eucharis Paphinia Vinca
Eupatorium Pelecyphora Vriesia
Euphorbia Pentas Warscewiczella
4T

690

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Stove—continued.
Ornamental Foliage Plants.

Acalypha Cyperus Panax
Alocasia Dichorisandra Pandanus
Ananassa Dieffenbachia Paniewin
Andropogon Dracena Pavetta
Anthurium EBranthemum Peperomia
Aphelandra Eriocnema Phrynium
Aralia Erythrina Phyllanthus
Asparagus Ficus Phyllotenium
Begonia Fittonia Rhopala
Bertolonia Heliconia Roupala
Brexia Isolepis Sanchezia
Brownea Jacaranda Sonerilla
Caladium Leea Spherogyne
Campylobotrys Maranta Strobilanthes

(Hoffmannia) Mimosa Tillandsia _
Cossignia Musa Tradescantia
Croton Nepenthes Zebrina
Curculigo Nidularium Zingiber
Cyanophyllum Oplismenus

Climbers. Wall and Pillar Plants.

Allamanda Glorvwsa Paullinia
Aristolochia Hloya Pellionia
Bignonia Tpomea Pothos
Bougainvillea Jasminum Schubertia
Cissus Manettia Solanum
Clerodendron Marcgravia Stephanotis
Combretum Oxera Tecoma |
Dipladenia Passijlora Thunbergia
Ficus

STRAIN. A term used by seedsmen for some particular
or celebrated variety that has been raised in a special
manner.

STRANVZESIA. This genus now embraces four
species, natives of China, Thibet, and the Himalayan
region.

STRATIFICATION. By this method seeds which
quickly lose their germinative properties may be preserved.
The direct action of air has a very detri-
mental effect on seeds, and those requiring
protection are mostly stratified as soon as
they are collected. The simplest way to do
this is to take a receptacle of any sort
possessing some outlets to prevent any stag-
nation, and of a size suitable to the quantity
of seeds to be preserved. On the bottom of
it should be laid a thin bed of breeze (small
pieces of unburnt coke), and this should be
covered with one of sand, on which the seeds
should be deposited as closely as possible.
Another layer of sand shonld now be added,
then more seeds, and so on until the pan is
filled, when the whole must be covered with
more breeze to keep away worms. It is
advisable to stand the receptacle in the coolest
place. As cellars are too warm in winter, a
good plan would be to bury it underground
at a sufficient depth to avoid frost. The
soil placed on the top must be arranged in
such a way as to form a kind of cone to keep
off the water; and this especially applies to
tree and vegetable seeds. Stratification is
also useful for tropical and sub-tropical seeds,
which would otherwise lose their germinative
properties before their arrival here. Cocoa-
and Coffee-tree seeds must be stratified as
soon as collected.

STRAVADIUM INSIGNE. A syno-
nym of Barringtonia samoensis (which
see).

STRAWBERRY. The method of
growing Strawberries ih barrels has been
recommended as a means of obtaining a
large quantity of fine fruit from a small
area. For those who have a very limited
garden the plan possesses some advantages ;
but for the ordinary cultivator the barrel has
yet to be proved an advantage or superior
to the usual practices. The size of barrel
most frequently used is that known as a
36-gallon. The top is removed, and the
bottom perforated with drainage-holes. The

Strawberry—continued.

sides of the barrels are also perforated with holes about
3in. in diameter, there being 100 holes or so in a
barrel of the size named. After putting drainage in the
barrel, it is filled with good fibrous loam, and a little
well-decayed manure added, having a 3in. drain pipe,
or a coil of fine wire-netting filled with moss down the
centre of the barrel from top to bottom, which acts for
drainage and keeps the soil sweet by admitting air down
the centre.

_ Strong Strawberry-ranners are planted early in August
in the holes round the barrel,-and also on the top, and
the young plants carefully watered and syringed to
encourage growth. The following season the plants fruit,
and, if the barrel is raised a foot or so from the ground,
the frnit hanging down is free from grit, and perfectly
clean. The greatest objection to this mode of growing
Strawberries is the weight of the barrel, and the difficulty
of moving it from one place to another or turning it
round so that the sun may shine on all sides. A
revolying apparatus was made for placing the barrels
on, but the cost was too great for it to be used generally.

Forcine In Pors. In addition to the information given
under this head in Vol. III., we add a few remarks on the
importance of the proper development and cleanliness of
the foliage. Many are under the impression that plants
will frnit as well when deprived of their foliage as when
this is retained. Experiments, however, have proved that
thongh the blossoms will set they absolutely refuse to
develop fruit of a useful size, none attaining the size of
an ordinary marble or a Hazel-nut. This is due to the
want of nourishment supplied throngh the leaves, and the
leaves being absent no ‘plant-food supplied to the roots
can be assimilated; in fact, manures supplied under such
conditions do infinitely more harm than good.

In Fig. 703, showing a plant with bold, handsome foliage
and blossoms appearing above, we have the proper growth
and balance between the roots and tops, in which both

Fic. 703. FORCED STRAWBERRY PLANT IN FLOWER,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 691

Strawherry—continued.
work together for the production of good fruit. The
healthy foliage quickly absorbs and assimilates the plant-
food supplied by the grower, and is followed by excellent
crops of frnit, as shown in Fig. 704, bearing ripe berries.

Fic. 704. ForcED STRAWBERRIES IN FRUIT.

Next in importance to having good foliage is the keeping
of the leaves clean and free from insect pests, otherwise
they may be entirely destroyed by these foes. d
Spider appears, fumigation with one of the vaporising
insecticides is necessary; but if the foliage is well
syringed daily, except when the plants are in blossom,
and when bearing ripe fruit, few insect enemies will put
in an appearance. When the fruit is swelling freely,
2oz. of muriate of potash in 1 gallon of water will assist
the berries considerably if applied once a week, but this
pbualant shonld cease when the fruit commences to
colour.

Insects, &c. Strawberries ontside are attacked by
two or three species of voracious Ground-Beetles, which,
- forsaking for a time their carnivorous
diet, feast upon the ripening fruit.
Harpalus ruficornis, a very common
Beetle, is one that is found in enor-
mous numbers in Strawberry-beds,
the mulching usually provided afford-
ing it a safe harbourage in the day-
time. It feeds at night. The insect
is about din. long, flattish, and dark
as to colour. Indeed, the head and
thorax are quite black, and the only
relief to its general sombre colouring
are the red legs, antenne, and the
down upon its wing-cases. The
larval state is passed beneath the
soil. This insect is winged, contrary
to what is usual in the Ground-
Beetles found in this country.

Pterostichus (Steropus) madidus
(Fig. 705) is even commoner than
the Harpalus, and is altogether a
larger insect, reaching jin. long. It
is shiny black, ovate, convex, with
a distinct furrow in the back, and
much streaked. The legs of this
insect are sometimes red. The
Beetle is very common in gardens, and is wingless.
Equally common is Calathus cisteloides, another wingless
insect, but swift of foot. It is black, approaches din. in
' length, and is very fond of sheltering beneath stones and
fallen leaves. The above, with perhaps Zabrus gibbus and

Fig. 705. PrERosTICHUS
MADIDUS,

Strawberry—continued.

a few of the Sunshiners (Amara), are the exceptions in
the family Carabide to those feeding exclusively upon
flesh.

In the case of a small garden, the Beetles may be hand-
picked by dislodging them from their hiding-
places during the day; but where there are
acres of the frnit under cultivation something
less laborious would necessarily have to be
adopted. The paste known as the Magic, if
properly distributed, soon thins them down;
or Ramsden’s Beetle Paste may be employed.
Messrs. Laxton Bros., the Strawberry special-
ists, of Bedford, have devised a very ingenious
way of dealing with these destructive Ground-
Beetles. Their plan is to sink all over their
fields common basins, baited with tempting
morsels. The Beetles make their way into
the basins, but are unable to get out of them.
The method is fully described in their
‘Strawberry Manual.”

A well-known pest is a species of Nematoid
Worm.. Aphelencus fragariz. This is very
dificult to deal with, owing to its method of
feeding beneath the soil. So far its ravages
have been best met by the introduction of
certain artificials, which, while doing good
tothe crop, render the quarters uncomfort-
able.

Funei. Many of the fungi affecting Straw-
berries were briefly mentioned in Vol. III.
Some of these now require more extended
notice, as they have since proved serious
pests. é

Strawberry Mildew (Spherotheca hwmuli)
is a most injurious disease against which the
cultivator has to do battle. At one time it
was thonght that it was identical with the
Rose Mildew (Sphxrotheca pannosa), but further inyes-
tigations haye shown that it differs from that well-known
pest, the chief point of difference lying in the shape
of the conidia and in their size. The disease is not by any
means of recent discovery, Berkeley, the pioneer of plant-
diseases due to fungi, haying described it more than forty
years ago in the ‘‘Gardeners’ Chronicle.” Nor is it
confined to the Strawberry, as its specific name suggests,
the hop-grower having suffered severely from its ravages.
Moreover, it is found upon many common British plants,
and therefore its presence in gardens causes little sur-
prise. Until comparatively recent years, however, it
has not proved very troublesome to Strawberries in this
country, thongh in America it has been regarded for
a long time as a formidable pest, being known there as
S. castagnet. :

Leaves and fruits are alike affected, and, as in the
case of its near ally, the Rose Mildew, there is considerable
curling of the foliage at the margin. Later the fruits are
attacked, though it is not usually until the crop is prac-
tically ready for market that its effects are visible to the
naked eye. The berries attacked are rendered unmarket-
able. ‘To the grower the first symptoms of attack are
noticeable in late spring, the foliage curling in the way
suggested, and afterwards the white mycelium is noticeable,
especially on the under-surfaces. Quickly conidiophores
(Fig. 706) with conidia are produced, and the latter are
scattered broadcast by various agencies, increasing the
area of infection and giving to the foliage a powdery
appearance that cannot be mistaken. The berries also
participate. Towards the end of the season, another form
of fruit is produced upon the leaf-stalks, known as peri-
thecia (Fig. 706). These cases, as they may be termed,
contain spores which, little affected by winter’s cold or
damp, remain undeveloped until the spring, when they
are set free and the cycle is commenced anew. The peri-
thecia remain sometimes upon the plants, and at others
in the soil in their vicinity. So far no disease-resisting
variety has yet been produced; but perhaps. this will be
forthcoming in the future. Some varieties, however,
appear to be more susceptible than others, those con-
taining Black Prince blood for instance. — :

Once the disease has attacked the fruits, nothing can
be done. ‘The time to spray is directly the leaves are
observed to be infested in spring. Sulphide of potassium
in the case of this and similar Mildews has given excellent

692

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Strawberry—continued,

results. Several sprayings should take place at intervals
of about ten days.

A

*%: 150

By Permission of the Board of Agriculture.

Fic. 706. STRAWBERRY MILDEW (Spheerotheca_humuli), showing
A, Conidiophores ; B, Perithecium; and C, Section of Ascus,
showing the spores.

To the varieties on pp. 512-3, Vol. III., the following
may be added:

Acquisition. Fruit very large, pale red ; flesh soft and of fair
flavour. An immense bearer.

Auguste Boisselot. Fruit dark red; flesh red, melting, and of
delicious flavour. Hardy and prolitic.

Countess. Fruit large, dark crimson, with deep red melting
flesh, of exquisite flavour. A splendid variety on warm soils, and
very prolific.

Edouard Lefort. Fruit medium to large, bright red; flesh red,
melting, with a delicious aromatic flavour. A French variety
of great merit. Hardy, and a moderate bearer.

Empress of India. Fruit medium to large, bright scarlet ;
flesh red and very fine flavour. Valuable for forcing or outdoor
culture.

Gunton Park. Fruit large, deep crimson-scarlet; flesh firm,
rich, and briskly flavoured. A new and promising variety.

Leader. Fruit very large, deep scarlet, with flesh of the same
colour, of fairly good flavour, A great bearer, hardy and
compact.

Mentmore. Fruit large, very dark red. A new variety raised by
Messrs. Laxton, of fine flavour, and promises to be a good mid-
season variety.

Strawberry—continued.

Monarch. Fruit very large, deep crimson; flesh white, firm, an¢
of very good quality. A new variety ; hardy and prolific.

Royal Sovereign. Fruit large, bright scarlet ; flesh pale, firm,
and briskly flavoured, A variety of great merit. A wonderful
cropper, hardy, and also very early. Fine for either forcing
or outside culture.

Veitch’s Perfection. Fruit very large, dark crimson; flesh
very rich and of the finest flavour. A new late variety raised
from across between British Queen and Waterloo, and promises
to be a valuable introduction.

Waterloo. Fruit very large, dark claret-colour ; flesh deep
crimson, juicy, and of agreeable flavour. Valuable for its late-
ness, and as a rule produces the heaviest crop on two-year-old
plants.

STRAWBERRY LEAF - SPOT (Spherella
fragariz). The common name gives a clue to the chief
characteristic of the disease—the spots on the foliage.
These occur on the upper surface, and increase in size
and colour as the different stages are reached; usually
they coalesce. They are at first dark purplish; then the
central portion lightens until it is nearly white, and the
blotches by this time are of large size, and practically the
whole leaf-surface is discoloured. When this is the case,
the foliage is shed, and in very bad cases the plants die.
In America the somewhat heroie treatment of mowing
the plantation after the crop has been gathered, and
then firing the tops by the aid of straw, is adopted; but
the remedy when suggested here was regarded as worse
than the disease. There seems, however, to be little
doubt as to its efficacy, and it is well worthy of a trial,
followed the next season by spraying with Bordeaux
Mixture. In America the disease is called the Strawberry
Leaf-Blight, and those who wonld like to go farther
into its life-history shonld read Prof. Scribner’s article in
the Report of the United States Department of Agriculture.

STRELITZIA. To the species and varieties described
on p. 514, Vol. III., the following shonld be added :
S. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). A form of S. parvifolia.
S. farinosa is a variety of S. Regine.
S. Nivenii (Niven’s). 7. lanceolate, very narrow.
hybrid. 1888.
S. pumila (dwarf). A form of S. Regine.

S. Regine flava (yellow). A variety with citron-yellow sepals.
1887. It is also called citrina.

STREPTOCALY®X (from streptos, twisted, and calyx;
in allusion to the twisted sepals). ORD. Bromeliacer. A
small genus (eight species) of stove, herbaceous plants,
differing from Achmea only in the very contorted sepals
and more protruded, scaleless sepals—according to J. G.
Baker, scarcely worth separating generically. For culture
of the two species known to cultivation, see Aachmea.
S. Fuerstenbeygii. The correct name of Achmea,Fuersten-

bergii. SyN. Tillandsia Fuerstenbergii.

S. Vallerandi Canpene Vallerand’s). jl. violet, in a dense,
erect, oblong-cylindrical panicle Ift. to lft. Jong 5 branch-
bracts as long as the branches, bright red, the lower ones
3in. to 4in. long. J. about forty in a dense rosette, ovate and
Zin. to 4in. broad at base, the blade 3ft. to 4ft. long and
lsin. broad, the marginal prickles small and close. Amazon
Valley, 1876. (B. H. 1883, p. 13, t. 1-2.) Syn. Lamprococcus
Vallerandi (R. H. 1887, p. 129).

STREPTOCARPUS. All the plants comprised in
this genus will thrive under greenhouse treatment. To
those described on p. 516, Vol. III., the following shonld
be added:

S. biflorus (two-flowered). A synonym of S. Gardenii.

S. Galpini (E. E. Galpin’s).* fl. rich mauve, with’a conspicuous
white eye, campanulate, nearly 14in. across; corolla lobes five,
spreading-recurved. October. J. solitary, radical, sessile, ovate-
oblong, obtuse, entire, sub-cordate at base, silky-villous above,
tumid between the nerves, flesh-coloured and red-nerved
beneath. Transvaal, 1890. (B. M. 7230.)

S. luteus (yellow).* The correct name of the plant figured in
B. M. 6636, and described on p. 516, Vol. IIL, as S. parviflora.
S. multifiora (many-flowered). A garden variety of S. Rexii.
s. pnanoean (small-flowered).* i. pale blue or purplish;
calyx somewhat five-parted; corolla tube about jin. long;
edicels twin, distant; peduncles three- to ten-flowered.
if dense, ovate or oblong, narrowed at base, sub-sessile, 7in.
South Africa.

A garden

long, crenate, softly villous, woolly beneath.
(B. M. 7036.)

S. Rexii multifiora (many-flowered).
ae larger and brighter-coloured flowers than in the type.
1895.

A garden seedling,

i
tb

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &cC.

693

Streptocarpus—continued.

S. Wendlandii (Wendland’s).* This very fine species
resembles S. Dunnii in regard to size and form of flower, but
it is of clear blue colour. Natal, 1890. (B. M. 7447.)

Hybrids. The following are good :
ACHIMINEFLORUS (S. polyanthus and Veitch’s Hybrids);
ACHIN 2FLORUS ALBUS, white, large flowers; ACHIMI

FLORUS GIGANTEUS, lavender-blue, large ; BRUANTI (S. polyan-
thus and S. ; Distinction ; DyERI (S. Dunnii and
S. Wendlandii); Gratus (S. Dunnit and Veitch’ 3) 3
KEWENSIS (S. Dunn and S. Rexii); Licar

4S. Wendlandii and 8S. Watsoni); Mrs. HEAL (S.

Jandii and Veitch’s Hybrids); PULCHELLUS (S. Fanninit and
: LPH (S. Wendlandiit and Veitch’s
Dunnii and S. parvislora); and WHITE

Fia. 707.

STREPTOCARPUS WHITE Lapy.

STREPTOPUS. S. distortus is the correct name
of the plant described as S. amplewicaulis (which name
should be amplexifolius).

STREPTOSTIGMA.
(which see).

STRICKLANDIA (named in honour of Sir C. W.
Strickland). Orp. Amaryllidez. A monotypic genus,
differimg from Phxdranassa in having monadelphous
filaments. The species, 8. ewcrosioides, is described on
p. 89, Vol. III., as Phxdranassa eucrosioides, and was
also formerly known as Leperiza eucrosioides and
Stenomesson Stricklandi.

STRIKE. To take root; commonly said of cuttings.

STRIKING. ‘The process of propagating by means
of cuttings is termed Striking, and when the cuttings
haye emitted roots they are stated to have ‘‘ struck.”

STRIPED KING OF THE WOODS.
Zeuzine regium.

STROBILANTHES. To the species described on
pp. 516-7, Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. alatus (winged).* . violet-blue, marked with a yellow spot
in the throat, disposed in loose panicles; corolla 1Jin. long;
peduncles axillary or terminal, trifid, hairy. J. cordate,
serrated, caudate-acuminate, more or less hairy, Sin. long,
24in. broad, dark green; petioles lin, to 4in, long, linear or

A

synonym of Cacabus

See

\

Strobilanthes—continued.

winged upwards. Stem quadrangular, more or less hairy.
h. 2ft. to 4ft. Temperate Himalayas, 1886. A handsome,

greenhouse shrub. SyN. 8.

S. attenuatus (narrowed).

S. callosus (hardened). /. pale violet-blue; corolla 14in. long,
very hairy within; spikes lin. to 4in. long, often densely or
laxly cymose. J. elliptic, acuminate at both ends, 6in. to Qin.
long, crenate, conspicuously lined and hairy above. Branches
often warted or tuberculed. h. 6ft. East Indies, 1897. (B. M.
7538.)

S. coloratus (coloured). /. pale bluish-purple, lin.
shortly pedicellate; sepals erect, linear, 4in. long corolla
with a ventricose tube and short, rounded lobes; panicles
6in. to 12in. high, widely spreading and profusely branched

attenuatus (R. G., t. 1243).
A synonym of S. alatus.

long,

January. ?. Sin, to 7in. long, ovate or elliptic, acuminate or
produced into a long tail, serrated, dark green above,
reddish-purple beneath. fk. 3ft. to 6ft. Khasya, 1886.
(B. M. 6922.)

S. Dyerianus (Dyer’s).* l. violet-blue, disposed in erect spikes ;
corolla lin. long, funnel-shaped. J. opposite, ovate, acuminate,

marked, especially when young, with rich rosy-purple
ona dark green ground. East Indies, 1893. A m ificent,

free-growing species.

(B. M. 7574; J. H. xxvi., p. 359, f. 66.)

S. flaccidifolius (flaccid-leaved).* jl. lilac-puiple, in loose,
leafy, paniculate spikes; tube of the corolla bent, the lobes

deeply notched. 7. 2in. to 4in. long, elliptic-lanceolate,
acute, narrowed to the petioles, serrated, glabrous, bright

green.

India, China, 1887. A pretty shrub, yielding a blue
dye called ‘‘ Room.”

(B. M. 6947.)

STROMANTHE. Including Kerchovea. S. Lubbers-
iana is now regarded as a_ species of Myrosma

(M. Lubbersii), S. spectabilis is a form of S. sanguinea,

and §S. Tonckat is the correct name of Maranta
angustifolia,
STROPHANTHUS. Many of the plants of this

genus possess quaintly-coloured flowers, which are ren-
dered still more curious by the long, tail-like expansions
of the corolla lobes. S. dichotomus is shown at Fig. 708.

S. Ledienii (Ledien’s). #. borne in umbels terminating the
woody branches; corolla buff-yellow, star-shaped, five-lobed,
each lobe prolonged into a very long, narrow, ribbon-like tail ;
corona and stamens violet, with five white rays. J. nearly

ile, obovate, suddenly drawn out into a short point, the

margins entire, both surfaces softly hairy. Congo, 1887. Stove

shrub. (R. G., t. 1241.)

S. Petersianus grandiflorus (Peters’, large-flowered).
jl. solitary, few in a terminal cyme; corolla tube over lin.
long and broad, dull yellow, streaked with red, the lobes
reflexed, with loosely-twisted, pendulous tails 8in. long, yellow
within, dull red outside. May. J. 3in. to 5in. long, ovate,
obtusely acuminate, undulated, pale beneath. Delagoa Bay,
1884. A slender, glabrous, stove climber. (B. M. 7390.)

STRYCHNODAPHNE. Ineluded
(which see).

STRYPHNODENDRON (from stryphnos, rough,
astringent, and dendron, a tree). Orb. Leguminose.
A small genus (five or six species) of stove, unarmed,
usually small, tropical American trees, closely allied to
Piptadenia and Adenanthera. Flowers small, uniform,
hermaphrodite or sub-polygamons, in cylindrical spikes.
Leaves bipinnate; leaflets small. Only one species has
been introduced—S. guianensis (Syns. Acacia, Mimosa, and
Piptadenia guianensis)—and that is not in general
cultivation.

STUARTIA. According to the ‘‘Index Kewensis,”
S. Malachodendron is the correct name of the plant
described on p. 521, Vol. III., as S. virginica ; but the Kew
Hand-list of trees and shrubs keeps up the latter name.

STYLIDIUM. To the species described on pp. 520-1,

Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. crassifolium (thick-leaved). #. pink, four-lobed, jin. in
diameter ; scape 2ft. high, hairy, with numerous short branches.
1. 4in. to Sin. long, fleshy, line: South-west Australia, before
1899. A tall, rigid, erect, nearly glabrous, greenhouse herb.
(B. M. 7679.)

STYLOPHAGA. See Cockroaches.

STYLOPHORUM DIPHYLLUM. = Meconopsis

diphylla and M. petiolata are synonyms of this species.

STYRAX. According to the ‘‘Index Kewensis,”
S. japonica is a distinct species (see under S. serrulata
virgata). To the species described on p. 523, Vol. III.,
the following should be added:

under Ocotea

694 THE

DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Styrax—continued.

S. Obassia (Obassia).* 7. white, fragrant, lin. to l}in. in’

diameter, numerous, secund, nodding, disposed in racemes
6in. to 8in. long. fr. ovoid-oblong, as large as a Hazel-nut.
l. elliptic or roundish, cuspidate, Sin. to 8in. long and broad,
etiolate, denticulate, cano-tomentose beneath, in autumn
ecoming suffused with yellow and blotched with red. Japan,
1888. Hardy. (B. M. 7039; G. C. 1888, iv., p. 133, f. 14.)

SUB-CLASS. A group of orders next in importance
to a Class.

SUB-EROSE. Siib-crose means
Subérose (Suber-like) means Cork-like.

SUB-KINGDOM. The highest sub-division of a
Kingdom; e.g., the Phenogams and the Cryptogams of
the Vegetable Kingdom. -

SUB-SHRUB. See Under-shrub.

SUBTEND. To embrace in its axil.

SUCCULENT PLANTS. The chief characteristics
of Succulent Plants are their great diversity and
peculiarity of form, and on this account alone they
are worthy of cultivation, for they differ so much in
appearance from the general run of plants as to afford
a complete chanze to the eye. But besides being
pecnliar, many are very ornamental and bear handsome

slightly bitten;

Succulent Plants—continued.
cool (from 45degz. to 55deg.), with as much sun-heat in
both cases as the plants can get during summer.
However, if this plan is not convenient, the majority
of Succulents may be grown in a temperature ranging
from 50deg. to 60deg. in summer, and this may drop as
low as 45deg. in winter.

Most of the Succulents inhabit tropical countries and
grow in dry, arid regions, where they are baked up for
a great part of the year, and during the other portion
are subjected to torrential rains interspersed with bright
sunshine, together with a very warm atmosphere, and
this is especially the case with Cacti. It is during this
period that they make their growth and flower. During
the remainder of the season they are at rest and are
undergoing a ripening process. To secure these con-
ditions as near as possible under artificial treatment,
the plants should be started into growth in the spring
by giving copious waterings, and also syringing overhead
during April, May, and June. Towards the end of the
last-named month the supply should be gradnally re-
duced, and bnt little given during the rest of the season,
the plants being allowed to become almost dry; while
daring the winter, unless any of the plants show signs
of shrivelling, none at all is reqnired. By reducing the
water-supply early the plants are well ripened and

Fic. 708. STROPHANTHUS DICHOTOMUS.

flowers, and as such are worthy of being treated as
something more than mere curiosities.

Provided a few essential conditions be observed, there
are few plants that are more easily cultivated than
Succulents, or that require so little attention. The most
important condition is that they should be provided with
a house to themselves. There are many plants of this
class that may be cultivated with a fair amount of
success along with others requiring totally different
conditions; but the suecess so obtained is never equal
to what can be done when they are grown alone.

The house should be very light, airy, and well drained.
The drainage is very important, as for a great part of
the year the honse will require to be kept dry, and
at no time should water be allowed to remain on the
floors. For this reason it is advisable that the flooring
of the honse be aboye the level of the surrounding
ground; it is also better, if space permit, for a division
to be made, one part of the structure to be warm (with
a temperature of from 55deg. to 65deg.) and the other

enabled to pass through our dull, damp winters. With-
out thorough ripening flowers cannot be obtained. No
shade at all is required, but plenty of ventilation shonld
be given during hot weather; and excepting during the
growing period the atmosphere of the house should be
kept quite dry.

All Suceulents should be grown in small pots. Even
large plants require yery little root-room. ‘The soil
should in nearly every case consist of good fibrous loam
mixed with plenty of sharp silver-sand, broken bricks,
and mortar rubbish; and plenty of drainage should be
given.

Repotting is not often necessary ; in fact, provided the
drainage is good, most of the Succulents will do for
several years in the same pot. When necessary, the
operation should be performed in the spring, during
April and May.

Propagation is very simple, as there are scarcely any
other plants that root so easily from cuttings. Many
are easily raised from seed, others throw up suckers. and

1900 SUPPLEMENT—-RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 695

Succulent Plants—continued.
some may be propagated by leaf-euttings. When propa-
gated by suckers, it is advisable to let the cut portion
dry well before inserting it in soil, which shonld be
nearly dry and have plenty of sand mixed with it.
See also Cacti.

SUGEROKIA. A synonym of Heloniopsis (which
see).
SUEKANA. A synonym of Celosia (which see).

SUN-FRUIT. ‘See Heliocarpus.
SUPER-. The same as Supra- (which see).

SUPERPHOSPHATES. See Phosphates of
Lime, Vol. III.

SUSUM (from the native name). Orv. Flagellarizx.
A genus embracing two species of stove, Indian and
Malayan perennials, with a stout, erect stem. Flowers
dicecions, in broad panicles, sessile. Fruit Pea-like,
succulent, one- or two-seeded. S. anthelminticum, the only
species introduced, is an interesting plant somewhat
resembling a Dracena.

S. anthelminticum (worm-expelling). /. reddish-tinted, about
din. broad; panicle erect, shortly and_stoutly pedunculate,
irregularly branched. 2. 3ft. to 8ft. long, lanceolate, acuminate,
coriaceous, many-nerved ; petioles lft. to 3ft. long, sheathing
at base. Stem 3ft. to 5ft. high, stout, leafy at top. Malay
Peninsula, &c., 1889, (R. H. 1889,’p. 76, f. 23.)

SUTERA. A synonym of Chenostoma (which see).

SUWARROW NUT. See Caryocar nuciferum.

SWAINSONA. To the species and varieties deseribed
on pp. 527-8, Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. coronillzfolia is now accorded specific rank.

S. c. Osbornii (Osborn’s). 7. pink, becoming violet with age.
1851. (L. J. F., t. 304.)

S. Ferrandi alba (Ferrand’s white). . yellowish-white in
bud; corolla snow-white when fully expanded, with a broad,
spreading standard; keel small; wings much reduced.
Probably a garden variety of S. galegifolia.

SWAMP LAUREL. See Magnolia glauca.

SWAMP LILY, PERUVIAN. See Zephyr-
anthes candida.
SWAMP LOCUST-TREE. ‘See Gleditschia

monosperma.
SWAMP POST. See Quercus lyrata.
SWAMP SASSAFRAS. See Magnolia glauca.
SWARTZIA. To tho species described on p. 528,
Vol. III., the following should be added:

S. apetala (without petals). 7., spike twenty- to thirty-flowered.
“ Pate leaflets lanceolate-ovate, acuminate, glabrous.
razil.

S. Langsdorfii (Langsdorf’
7. pinnate; leaflets ovate,
petioles marginate. Brazil.
SWEDISH BEAM-TREE.

media.

SWEEPING. In the hands of a good workman the
besom is the best appliance for cleaning up fallen leaves
on lawns or walks. The worker should always sweep in
the same direction as the wind is blowing.

SWEET MARJORAM.
ana. :
SWEET MAUDLIN. See Achillea Ageratum.

SWEET PEA (lathyrus odoratus). Fall cultural
details and a list of varieties are given under Lathyrus,
in this Volume,

SWEET PISHAMIN.

SWEETIA (of De
Galactia (which see).
SWIETENIA CHLOROXYLON.
Chloroxylon Swietenia (which see).
SWORD FERN. A common name for Xiphopteris,
now ineluded under Polypodium (which see).
SYAMA. A synonym of Pupalia (which see).

SYLVA, or SILVA. The trees of any particular
country or region.

s) fl. white, five or six in a raceme.
acute, reticulate-veined, glabrous ;

See Pyrus inter-

See Origanum Major-

See Carpodinus.

Candolle). Included under

A synonym of

Seer eee. A synonym of Carallia (which
See).

SYMPHONIA GLOBULIFERA. A
synonym of Moronobea coccinea (which see).

SYMPHORICARPUS. To the species and varieties
described on p. 530, Vol. III., the foliowing shonld be
added :

S. acutus (acute). 7. oblong-lanceolate, acute or acuminate,
softly tomentose, acute at base, sometimes toothed. Western
North America, 1888. Syn. S. mollis acutus.

S. Heyheri (Heyher’s). jl. rosy, pretty. 7. rhomboid, of firm
texture, with prominent veins. Colorado, 1888. Syn. S. occiden-
talis Heyheri.

S. occidentalis Heyheri (Heyher’s). A synonym of S. Heyheri.

S. orbiculatus (orbicular). The correct name of S. vulgaris.

S. parviflorus (small-flowered). A synonym of S. orbiculatus.

S. puniceus (scarlet). The correct name of Lonicera punicea.

SYMPHYANDRA. To the species described on
p. 531, Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. Hoffmanni (Hoffmann’s). jl. white, drooping, lin. to liin.
long; calyx lobes ovate-lanceolate, acute, entire. Summer.
Z. lanceolate, acute, serrated. h. lft. to 2ft. Bosnia, 1884,
Allied to S. pendula, but more robust and floriferous and
softly hairy. (B. M. 7298; G. C. 1888, iv., p. 760, f. 107.)

SYMPHYOSTEMON. To the species described on
p. 531, Vol. III., the following should be added :

S. Segethi. J. blue, solitary, having the bases of the six seg-
ments orange; spathe valves two. 7. Rush-like, din. to 4in,
long. Stem creeping. Chili, A very curious and interesting,
hardy plant. Syn. Susarium Segethi (R. G., t. 1117, f. 1).

SYNADENIUM. S. arborescens (B. M. 7184) is purely

of botanical interest.

SYNANDROSPADIX (from syn, confluent, together,
aner, andros, a male, and spadiz; in allusion to the
disposition of the male flowers). Orp. Aroidew. A mono-
typie genus. The species is a noble stove plant, probably
requiring similar treatment to Anthurium (which see).
S. vermitoxicus (worm-poison). j., spathe greyish-green

outside, flesh-coloured and shortly-lined inside, 6in. long, 4in.

broad, ovate, open, caudate at apex; spadix rather shorter
than the spathe, covered with purplish flowers ; scape lft. high.

October and March. J. large, annual, hastate-cordate, acute,

undulated; petioles channelled. Tubers sometimes weighing
4lb. Tucuman, 1891. (B. M. 7242.)

SYNANTHERIAS (from syn, confluent, together,
and anthera, an anther). Orb. Aroidex. A monotypic
genus. The species is a stove plant with the characters
of Amorphophallus (which see for culture), but having
the male and female inflorescences distant, with oblong,
depressed, interposed nenters.

garden

S. sylvatica (wood-loving), ., spadix yellow ; spathe clouded,
barred, and streaked with green and pale pink (as well as the
petiole and peduncle), 2in. to 4in. long, the limb very short.
May. J. one or two, 14ft. to 24ft. across; divisions once or twice
pinnatifid ; leaflets 2in. to 6in. long, lanceolate, long-acuminate.
‘Tuber sub-globose, bulbilliferous. Deccan Peninsula to Ceylon.
(B. M. 7190.) SyYNS. Amorphophallus sylvaticus, A. zeylanicus,
Arum sylvaticum.

SYNEILESIS. Included under Senecio (which see).
SYNNOTIA. J. G. Baker reduces the number of

species to two, regarding S. galeata as identical with
S. bicolor.

SYNTHYRIS (from syn, together, and thyris, a
little door or valve; in allusion to the closed valves
of the pod). Orp. Scrophularinex. A genus comprising
about half-a-dozen species of glabrous or pilose, hardy,
perennial herbs, with thick rhizomes, natives of North-
west America. Flowers bluish or reddish, racemose or
spicate; calyx four-parted, the segments narrow; corolla
tube very short or wanting, the lobes erecto-patent,
imbricated; stamens two; peduncles scape-like, simple,
with alternate, amplexicaul, leafy bracts. Leaves mostly
radical and petiolate; those of the simple stem or scape
all alternate. For culture of the species introduced, see
Veronica.
S. pinnatifida (pinnatifid). #. dark blue or whitish, handsome,

disposed in narrow spikes. Summer. J. slender-stalked, round-
reniform to oblong in outline, palmately to pinnately three-
to seven-parted, or divided below and the divisions again
cleft or parted. h. 9in. Rocky Mountains, 1889.

696

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Synthyris—continued.

S. reniformis (kidney-shaped). jl. pale violet, about 4in. long;
corolla lobes oblong-lanceolate, unequal; raceme erect, 4in. to
6in. long, many- but not dense-flowered; peduncle stout, Sin.
to 10in. long. April. 7, l4in. to 2sin. in diameter, orbicular-
cordate, coriaceous, double-toothed. 1885. (B. M. 6860.)

SYRINGA. ‘To the species and varieties described
on pp. 536-7, Vol. IIL., the following should be added:
S.amurensis. According to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,” this is the

correct name of S. japonica.

S. Emodi aurea (golden). This only differs from the type in
having the leaves blotched with dull yellow. 1886.

S. E. rosea (rosy). A variety with rosy-lilac flowers. 1888.
(R. G. 1888, p. 492.) It is also known as Bretschneideri.

S. Josikzea eximia (choice).* /. bright red in bud, turning to
bright rose when open, larger than in the type and disposed
in larger panicles. 1899.

S. pekinensis (Pekin). jl. white, in a dense panicle. J. ovate-
deltoid, obtuse or acuminate, the long petioles and th® midrib
blackish-purple. Branchlets slender, flexuous, velvety, dark
red. China, 1886. A very bushy shrub or small tree, nearly
allied to S. amurensis, (G. & F. 1890, p. 165; f. 30.) Syn.
Ligustrina pekinensis.

S. p. pendula (pendulous).
its “weeping” habit,

S. persica laciniata (torn).
deeply cleft.

S. p. mimoszfolia (Mimosa-leaved). A variety with impari-
pinnate leaves. 1878. (R. H. 1878, p. 453, f. 99.)

S. persica (of gardens). See S. dubia (S. chinensis).

S. pubescens (downy). A synonym of S. villosa (which is
figured in B. M. 7064).

Ss. rothomagensis is synonymous with S. chinensis.

S. vulgaris chamethyrsa (ground-thyrse). A

monstrous form. 1894. (R. H, 1894, p. 370, f. 157-8.)

Varieties. The following are all good. Single: Aline
Mocquery, Frau Dammann, Géant des Batailles, La
Ville de Troyes, Marie Legrange, Noisettiana, President

This only differs from the type in

A variety with leaves very

dwarf,

Grévy. Double: Charles Joly, Doyen Keteleer, Emile
Lemoine, La Tour d’Auyergne, Leon Simon, Madame
Casimir Perier, Madame Jules Finger, Souvenir de

L. Thibant, and Virginite.

SYRINGE. An indispensable implement for spraying
and washing plants, damping the walls and floors of
fruit- and plant-houses, frames, &c. The best Syringes
are sold with two or three spare nozzles, viz., with a
coarse and a fine one, and one that ejects the water in
the form of a jet. A skilful man can direct water on
the plants in the form of the finest Spray or as coarse as
he likes by the use of the finger applied to the nozzle
while driving the water ott of the Syringe with the
other hand. There has been little or no improyement
of late years in the form of the Syringe, Read’s being

still one of the best, and is universally used. A few
years ago Messrs. Stotts, Manchester, introduced a
Syringe with a small chamber at the end. Im this

chamber a solid insecticide is placed, and as the person
using the Syringe forces the water ont it becomes
sufficiently impregnated with the insecticide in the
chamber to kill the insects it is employed against, thus
avoiding the trouble of dissolving the insecticide, and
very little waste is experienced, as the liquid leaves the
Syringe in the form of a fine spray through a patent
nozzle.

SYRINGODEA. Seven species are referred to this
genus by J. G. Baker; S. pulchella is the only one in
cultivation.

TABEBUIA. ‘To the species described on p. 1,
Vol. IV., the following should be added. 1. chrysantha,
T. serratifoua, and T. spectabilis are now referred to
Tecoma.

T. pentaphylia (five-leaved). fl. rose_or purplish, large, dis-
posed in pedunculate, dichotomous panicles. July and August.
4. composed usually of five obovate, obtuse, stalked leaflets,
scaly-pubescent on both sides. h, 15ft. Martinique, 1733.
Syns. Bignonia pentaphylla, Tecoma pentaphylla.

TACCARUM.

of T. peregrinum.

TACHARDIA LACCA. See Scale Insects.

T. cylindricum is the correct name

TACHIA. ‘Two species formerly known under this —
name are now classed under Leianthus (which see).
T. Swartwi is a synonym of Leianthus exsertus.

TACHIADENUS. J. radiatus (mentioned in the
‘“ Wiener Illustrirte Garten-Zeitung,”’ 1889) appears to be
intended for T. carinatus. -

TACSONIA. To the species described on pp. 3-4,

Vol. IV., the following shonld be added:

T. eriantha (woolly-flowered). A form of 7’. mixta.

T. exoniensis (Exeter). /l., tube 2sin. long; limb 44in. to 5in.
across; sepals and petals brick-red, rose-pink within; throat
violet. 7. Sin. by 4in., downy. Before 1872. A hybrid between
T. Van Volzemii and T. mixta mollissima.

T. ignea (fiery). A synonym of 7. manicata.

T. Jamesoni (Jameson’s). fl. bright, rich rose-colour, large ;
tube cylindrical, 4in. long ; flower-stalk shorter than the leaves.
1. glabrous, sub-orbicular, three-lobed, 2in. long, 2sin. broad.
Ecuador. Greenhouse.

T. militaris (military). This is said to be a hybrid between
T. Van Volaemii and T. insignis, but according to the ‘‘ Kew
Bulletin,” the latter and 7’. manicata are more likely to be the
parents. 1899. (G. C. 1899, xxvi., p. 484, f. 60.)

T. quitensis (Quito). A form of 7. mizta.

T. Smythiana (Smyth’s). A garden hybrid or seedling very
similar to 7. mollissima, but with brighter-coloured fiowers.
1892. (G. C. 1892, xii., pp. 442, 704, f. 109.)

T. speciosa (showy).* A form of 7. mixta.

T. tomentosa (downy). jl. rosy-red; involucre large, three-
leaved. 7. tomentose, trifid above the middle, three-nerved ;
lobes ovate, serrated ; petioles glandular, bearing six pedicels ;
stipules falcate. Peru, 1870.

TZNITIS. Fillet or Ribbon Ferns. These plants
require a soil of a peaty nature (two parts peat t6 one
of loam), a moist atmosphere, and abundant shading.
They are generally propagated by the division of the
crowns.

TAGETES. To the species described on pp. 4-5,
Vol. IV., the foHowing should be added:

T. erecta. Of this, the well-known African Marigold, the forms
LEMON QUEEN and PRINCE OF ORANGE should be grown.

T. gigantea (gigantic). fl. unknown. J. opposite, pinnate,
having a balsamic odour; leaflets soft, narrowly elliptic,
toothed. Stem stout, pruinose, 6ft. to 9ft. high. Bolivia, 1886.
A stout, half-hardy herb.

T. lacera (torn). /. small, freely produced in lax, terminal
panicles ; florets of a cleat orange-chrome or yellow, February
to May. 1898, A half-hardy, sub-shrubby perennial, of neat
and graceful habit. (G. C. 1898, xxiii., p. 355, f. 135.)

T. minuta (minute). The correct name of 7. glandulifera.

TAIL.
appendage.

TAINIA. To the species described on p. 5, Vol. IV.,
the following should be added:

T. penangiana (Penang).* jl. yellow and brown, 2in. across;
sepals acuminate; petals narrow; column broadly winged;
scape lft. high, few-flowered. J. 8in. to 12in. long, lsin. to
2in. broad (about equalling the slender petioles), elliptic-
lanceolate, plicate. Pseudo-bulbs clustered, flagon-shaped.
Penang, 1897. (B. M. 7563.)

T. speciosa (showy). i. white, with the sepals and petals
produced into long, filiform, slightly yellowish tails; lip
many-nerved; scape lft. to 2ft. long. 7d. 4in. to 6in. long,
jin. broad; petiole 6in. to 10in. long. Perak, &e.

T. angustifolia, a species allied to 7. latifolia, is rare in culti-
vation,

TALIGALEA. A synonym of Amasonia (which

see).

TALINUM. ‘To the species described on p. 6,
Vol. IV., the following should be added. Several plants
formerly included hereunder are now referred to Ana-
campseros and Calandrinia.

T. roseum (rosy). i. rose-coloured, produced in long panicles.
oS 1892. ‘This is probably identical with 7’. cunei-

Jolium.

TALISIA. To the species described on p. 6, Vol. IV.,
the following should be added:

T. princeps (first).* . whitish, small, very numerous, in
large, branching panicles. /. forming a superb plume, spread-
ing, broad, pinnate, acuminate, attaining 6ft. in length. Stem
unbranched. Venezuela, 1888. This ornamental tree (before
it flowered) has been known in gardens as Zheophrasta pinnata
(Myrsinee) and Brownea princeps and B, erecta (Lequminose).

This term is also applied to any long, flexible

—_"

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 697

—

TAMARACK. See Larix pendula (americanc).

TAMARIX. To the species described on p. 7,
Vol. IV., the following should be added. One or two
plants formerly included hereunder are now referred to
Myvricaria.

T. anglica (English). A synonym of 7. gallica.

T. chinensis (Chinese).* (. pink, in a long, slender, paniculate
spike. 7. very minute, imbricated, acute. Branches nodding,
plumose. Canton. A graceful, hardy shrub, Syn. 7. japonica
plumosa (of gardens).

T. germanica (German). A synonym of Myricaria germanica.

T. hispida (hispid). . of a rosy-carmine, brighter than in
other cultivated species, sub-sessile ; raceme slender, laxly and
shortly paniculate. August and September. J. very small,
ovate-cordate, abruptly acuminate, adpressed, imbricated.
Orient, 1893. A glaucous, densely velvety-pubescent, hardy
shrub. Syn. 7. kashgarica.

T. japonica plumosa (Japanese, feathery). A garden synonym
of 7’. chinensis.

T. kashgarica (Kashgar). A synonym of 7. hispida.

T. odessana (Odessa). 7. aye pert disposed in compound
racemes forming an ample panicle. /. lanceolate-subulate, very
acute, decurrent. Branches elongated, erect; branchlets
numerous, very slender. Bark reddish-fuscous. Odessa, 1891.
Hardy shrub. 3

T. parviflora (small-flowered), of gardens.
_T. gallica.

TAMUS. JT. Elephantipes is synonymous with
Testudinaria Elephantipes (which see).

TANACETUM. To the species described on p. 8,
Vol. IV., the following should be added:

T. Balsamita. The correct name is
Balsamita.

T. camphoratum (camphor-scented). The correct name of
the plant figured in F. d. S., t. 1191, as 7. hwronense, which is
pleasantly camphor-scented. The true 7’. huronense is not in
cultivation.

T. fruticulosum bracteatum (slightly shrubby, bracted).
Ji.-heads yellowish, one to a bracteate peduncle, several of the
coloured bracts crowded beneath the head, giving the
appearance of a double involucre; inflorescence loosely
corymbose. /. jin. to 4in. long, once or twice pinnatisect.
Stems very numerous, 10in. to 14in. long; root woody. Mountains
of Thibet, 1878. Plant hoary or woolly.

T. Herderi (Herder’s). /.-heads bright yellow, forming a fine
contrast with the leaves. Jl. in compact silvery rosettes,
produced in great profusion. Stems rather thick, branched.
Turkestan. A capital dwarf plant for the rockery.

TANAKEA (named in honour of M. Tanaka, an
ardent botanist). Orb. Savifrageer. A monotypic genns.
The species is a hardy, scapose plant with an oblique
rhizome. It is closely allied to Leptarrhena, but has ten
stamens, and the petals are wanting. It will probably
succeed under the culture recommended for Tiarella
(which see).

T. radicans (rooting). . white, cymosely paniculate, very
small; lower peduncles three-flowered, the upper ones one-
flowered. J. thick, long-petiolate, lin. to 2sin. long, ovate-
lanceolate, rounded or sub-cordate and biplicate at base,
acute at apex, unequally serrated, bristly. Rhizome oblique,
densely fibrillose, stoloniferous. Japan.

TANGIER PEA. See Lathyrus tingitanus.

TAPEINZIGLE. A synonym of Tapeinanthus
(which see).

TAPEINANTHUS (from fapeinos, low, and anthos,
a flower; in allusion to the dwarfish habit of the plant).
Syns. Carregnoa, Gymnoterpe, Tapeinegle. Orpd. Amaryl-
lideew. A monotypic genus. The species is a small,
tunicated-bulbons plant, difficult of cultivation in this
country.

T. humilis (dwarf). . solitary or twin, jin. in diameter ;
perianth yellow, funnel-shaped, with a very short tube, the
segments narrow-oblong, erecto-patent, sub-equal, with a small
scale at their base; scape very slender, din. to 4in. high.
l., perfect one appearing late, filiform, with a small, stipitate
cnet at base. Spain, Tangiers, 1887. (G. C. 1887, i., p. 53,

TAPEINOPHALLUS.
phophallus (which see).

TAPHRINA AUREA. See Populus—Fungi.
TAPHRINA BULLATA. See Pear—Fungi.
Vol. V.

A synonym of

Chrysanthemum

Included under Amor-

_ TARCHONANTHUS. Several species formerly
included hereunder are now referred to Brachylena.

TARENNA. The correct name of Webera (which
see), according to the *‘ Index Kewensis.”’

_TAXODIUM. The correct name according to the
Kew authorities and Dr. Masters of T. heterophyllum
is_ Glyptostrobus heterophyllus, but Kent in Veitch’s
*“Coniteras”’ favours Brongniart’s name of T. heterophyllum.
T. gigantewm and T’. sempervirens are now classed under
Sequoia.

TAXUS. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 11-12, Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. adpressa (adpressed). A variety of 7. baccata.

T. baccata adpressa variegata (variegated). A pyramidal
form, more erect than the type, and variegated at the tips
with clear creamy-yellow. 1889.

T. b. albo-variegata (white-variegated).* 7. silver-edged,
touched with yellow in the winter. Very attractive.

T. b. aurea (golden).* 7. golden. Branches yellow-tipped. A
tine plant for winter bedding and for window-boxes.

T..b: Dovastoni. The sub-variety aurea pendula* has pale
green leaves, striped and margined with golden-yellow.

T. b. elegantissima (most elegant).* /. edged with creamy-
white. This variety is paler, more erect, and more regular in
growth than variegata.

T. b. monstrosa (monstrous). A form haying much thicker
and stronger branches than in the type.

T. b. nigra (black). /. bluish-green. Habit bold, erect.

T. b. pendula (pendulous).* 7. very dark green.
pendulous. A splendid shrub for small gardens.

T. b. procumbens (procumbent). A spreading, bright green
bush, tinted with red.

T. b. pyramidalis (pyramidal).*
but having reddish bark on the young shoots and bro:
leaves. More compact and erect than the type.

T. b. stricta (erect). /. pale green, smaller than in nidpathensis.
A dense, erect form.

T. b. Washingtoni (Washington’s).* A beautiful, variegated
form, free in growth and constant.

T. floridana (Florida). A bushy tree, rarely 30ft. high, with a
short trunk occasionally lft. in diameter, and many stout,
Epreading branches. Florida, 1896. Not yet in cultivation in
this country.

T. Harringtoniana (Harrington's). Asynonym of Cephalotaxus
pedunculata.

TCHIHATCHEWIA (named in hononr of Count
Panl de Tchihatchef, a famous Russian traveller and
writer). ORD. Crucifere. A monotypic genus. The species
is a singular and beautiful, hardy perennial, allied to
Tsatis, and very suitable for the rockery. For culture,
see Perennials.

T. isatidea (Isatis-like).* #. bright rosy-red, Vanilla-scented,
densely disposed in a hemispheric, much-branched corymb 4in.
across; petal limb oblong, half as long as the claw. May.
7. 1din. to 24in. long, spreading and recurved, the upper ones
gradually larger, sessile, linear, hispidly hairy. Stem 6in. to
10in. high, very stout. Armenia, 1893. (B. M. 7608; R. H. 1895,
f. 116-17.)

TEA-TREE, BRAZILIAN. See Stachytarpheta
indica (Syn. S. jamaicensis).

TECOMA. To the species described on p. 13,
Vol. IV., the following should be added. Tabebuia
chrysantha, T. serratifolia, and T. spectabilis are now
classed under this genus.

T. amboinensis (Amboyna).* jl. orange-red, Sin. to 4in. long,
freely produced in axillary racemes. J/. pinnate. Amboyna,
1886. A handsome, stove climber.

T. grandiflora. Syn. Incarvillea grandiflora (of Poir), Of this
fine species there are several hybrid varieties, including MMr.
GALEN, rubra, and sanguinea (SYN. purpurea).

T. Mackenii (Macken’s). A synonym of 7. Ricasoliana.

T. Manglesii (Mangles’). A form of 7. australis.

T. radicans. Of this species there are many colour varieties,
ranging from yellow to dark red, as well as late (Thunbergit)
and early (pra@cox) ones.

T. Ricasoliana (Ricasol’s). /. in terminal panicles; corolla
delicate rose-pink, with darker veins, the tube somewhat
inflated or narrowly funnel-shaped, the limb spreading.
7. pinnate; leaflets ovate, acute, toothed. South Africa, 1887.
A Fesuediaes greenhouse species. Syn. 7’. Mackenit.

T. sambucifolia is a form of 7. stans.

T. Smithii (Smith’s).* This is not a hybrid, as has been stated,
but is synonymous with 7. fulva. (G. C. 18953, ii., 104; Gn. 1895,
ii., 1022.) 5

Branches

Allied to cheshuntensis,
ler

4uU

698

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

TECOPHILZA. To the species and variety described
on p. 14, Vol. IV., the following should be added:

T. cyanocrocus Leichtlinii (Leichtlin’s). jl. of a deep blue,
as in those of Gentiana verna, without a trace of yellow. 1886,

TELEUTOSPORE. See Puccinia.

TELLIMA. Including Lithophragma. To the species
described on p. 14, Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. grandiflora purpurea,” This is a handsome variety, with
very ornamental foliage in autumn.

T, parviflora (small-flowered). jl. deep pink, rather large;
petals much exserted; raceme at first short, elongated in
fruit. May and June. J. ternately divided or parted, the
segments three-cleft. Stems lft. to 1sft. high, with one or
two leaves. Plant canescently hairy. Syn. Lithophragna
parviflora,

Temperate House—continued.
38ft. high. The total length of the building, including
lobbies, is 628ft., and the width 164ft. A broad, straight
path extends the whole length of the centre, and forms a
unique promenade, and is probably the finest sight of the
kind in the world, as the trees in the central division
tower up to the roof, and in the wings the plants are
already almost up to the roof (Fig. 709). This splendid
house (the front of which is shown at Fig. 710) is the
largest plant structure in the world, and cost abont £60,000.
For the information as to the size and cost of the Tem-
perate House we are indebted to the ‘‘ Journal of the Kew
Guild for 1899.”

TENAGOCHARIS.

(which see).

A synonym of Butomopsis

TEMPERATE HOUSE. At Kew the Temperate
House is a well-known object. It was designed hy
Mr. Decimus Burton, and built by Messrs. W. Cubitt
and Co., in 1860. The large central division was completed
in 1862, and is 216ft. long, 140ft. wide, and 60ft. high.
The two octagons connect the north and south wings, each
octagon being 54ft. in diameter. The south wing is known
as the Mexican Honse, and is filled with Mexican plants,
many of them being of great beauty. This wing
was finished in 1897, and the north wing in May, 1899.
This is filled with choice Rhododendrons, Camellias,
Bamboos, &c., and is a fine sight when the trees are in
blossom. LKach of the wings is 116ft. long, 64ft. wide, and

Fic. 709. INTERIOR OF TEMPERATE HOUSE AT KEw.

TENORIA (of Sprengel). Included nnder Bupleurum
(which see).

TENTACLES. Sensitive hairs or filaments, such as
those of Drosera-leaves.

TENTACULATE. Having thread-like appendages
(tentacles).

TENTHREDO TESTUDINEA. this is an old
name for Hoplocampa testudinea, or Apple Sawfly
(which see).

TEPALS. Prof. H. G. Reichenbach’s name for the
inner perianth segments (petals) of Orchids.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

&c. 699

TEPHROSIA.
name of T. suberosa.

TERMINALIA. T. angustifolia is the correct name
of T. Benzoin. T. elegans is a garden synonym of
Polyscias paniculata.

TERMITES. See White Ants.

TERRESTRIAL. Growing on the ground, not on
trees or in water.

TETRACLINIS ARTICULATA. The
name of Callitris quadrivalvis (which see).

TETRAMICRA. MT. (Leptotes) serrulata is syno-
nymous with T. bicolor. T. minuta, a species introduced
in 1889, is, as its name implies, very small—the whole
plant is scarcely 2in. high—and is of little decorative
yalue. The following variety may be noted :

T. bicolor brevis (short). This differs from the type in having
shorter segments and a white lip. 1892.

TEUCRIUM. Tothe species described on pp. 22-3,
Vol. IV., the following should be added:

T. multifiorum (many-flowered). #. light red; whorls two-
to six-flowered, distant, racemose. August. Jl. shortly petiolate,
ovate, acute, din. to 4in. long, sometimes hoary beneath. A. 1ft.
Spain, 1732. Half-hardy shrub,

Mundulea suberosa is the correct

correct

Thalictrum—continued.
T. adiantifolium (Adiantum-leaved).

T. angustifolium (narrow-leaved). . pale yellow, fascicled
at the tips of the branches of the dense, corymbose panicle.
June. 2. ternately decompound ; segments variable in form.
h. 3ft. Root fibrous. South and Central Europe, 1793.

ae oa rubrum (red). /l. of a rosy-lilac tint

A form of 7. minus,

T. Chelidonii (Chelidonium-like).* fl. lilac, or purple, lin. in
diameter; sepals elliptic, obtuse; panicle with long, rigid
branches. J/, ternately divided, pale green above, glaucous
beneath ; leaflets of the lower leaves lin. in diameter, orbicular-
cordate, crenate or lobed; floral ones sharply toothed. Hima-
layas. A pretty, dwarf, usually much-branched herbaceous
species. See Vig. 711, for which we are indebted to the
‘Gardeners’ Chronicle.”

T. Delavayi (Delavay’s). #. pale purple, disposed in lax
panicles ; sepals 4in. long. June. J., radical ones long-petiolate,
ternately decompound,,10in. to 12in. broad; leaflets obtusely
three- to five-lobed, cordate at base. Stems 2ft. to 3ft. high.
Yunnan, China, 1890. (B. M. 7152; G. C. 1890, vii., p. 124, f. 19.)

T. rhynchocarpum (beak-fruited). #. greenish, numerous,
small, borne upon hair-like pedicels Summer. /. resembling
Maidenhair, ‘two to four times pinnately divided ; leaflets
simple or ternate, usually ovate or cordate, three-lobed or
broadly three- to seven-toothed. Stem erect, 4ft. to 10ft. high.
Transvaal, tropical Africa, 1892. Half-hardy perennial.

T. sylvaticum (sylvan). A synonym of 7. minus.

Fig. 710. EXTerror or TEMPERATE House av Kew.

T. Polium. Poly Germander, #. white, yellowish, or purple,
small; whorls few, in globose or oblong, terminal heads.
Summer. /. cuneate, oblong, or linear, sessile, crenate, softly
rugose. Stems much-branched from the base. Branches
procumbent, ascending, or sub-erect, 5in. to 6in. long. Europe,
&e., 1562. A half-hardy, evergreen, hoary-tomentose, woolly,
or pilose-hispid shrub. Rockery.

T. P. purpureum (purple). jl. bright rosy-purple. A. 6in. to
Sin. There are several other varieties.

T. purpureum (purple). A variety of 7. Poliwm.

T. pyrenaicum (Pyrenean). #. purplish and white; whorls
few, disposed in solitary, dense, terminal heads lin. in
diameter. Summer. J. petiolate, round, crenate, 4in. to 3in.
in diameter; floral ones oblong-linear, acute, entire. Stem
Cs well as the branches and leaves) downy. h. 3in. to 6in.
outh Europe. Half-hardy shrub.

T. Scorodinia variegatum. A good plant for the rockery
or the border,

TEXAS UMBRELLA TREE. See
Azedarach umbraculiformis.
THALIA. See also Stromanthe.

THALICTRUM. ‘To the species and varieties de-
a ae on pp. 23-4, Vol. IV., the following should be
added :

Melia

THAMNOCALAMUS. Included under Arun-
dinaria (which see).
THELESPERMA. To the information given on

p. 25, Vol. IV., the following should be added. For
culture, see Coreopsis.

T. filifolium (thread-leaved). (fl.-heads, rays yellow, broad,
over 4in. long; disk usually purple, turning brownish. Summer.
7. not rigid, bipinnately divided into filiform lobes no wider
than the rachis. h. lft. to 2ft. Arkansas to Texas. A loosely
branching, hardy annual or biennial.

T. f. Burridgeanum (Burridge’s).* /l.-heads having the rays
orange-yellow, lin. long, three-lobed, with a large basal, dark
brownish-purple mark, June to September. A hybrid between
T. filifolium and Coreopsis tinctoria. SYN. Cosmidium Burridge-
anum (of gardens).

THELYMITRA. To the species described on
pp. 25-6, Vol. IV., the following should be added:

T. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. greyish-blue, about
thirty in a dense spike; sepals and petals concave, 4in.
long; hood very flat, the space between the two lateral
appendages consisting of two large wings. q. lanceolate,
Qin. long, forming a closed sheath for Sin. to fin. h._ 1dft.
to 24ft. Australia. The best species known. (F. A. 0} iii,
part ili.)

”

700

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

THEMISTOCLESIA. The words “Including Cen-
trostemma”’ should be deleted, This genus is allied to
Ceratostema.

THEOPHRASTA. This genus now embraces abont
seven species. J. densiflora is the correct name of
T. Jusszi (B. M. 4239); the true Jussiewi is not in eniti-
yation. T. antioqguiensis' is a synonym of Clavija
cauliflora,

THIBAUDIA. See also Agapetes.

THINOGETON. A synonym of Cacabus (which
see).

THISTLE, GOLDEN. This name is also applied
to Protea Scolymus (which see).

THLASPI. 7. arabicum is synonymous
Zthionema Buxbaumii (which see).

with

Fic. 711.

THALICTRUM CHELIDONH.

THOMAS’S PHOSPHATE or BASIC SLAG,
of which the following data show the chief constitnents.
is a manure which has recently come largely into use.
The figures show that it contains a large proportion of
lime (which is in a caustic condition), phosphorie acid,
and iron oxides. It is of various mannrial qualities,
ranging from abont 12 per cent. of phosphoric acid (equal
to 26 per cent. of tribasic phosphate of lime) to over
20 per cent. of phosphoric acid (equal to nearly 44 per
cent. of phosphate), so that guarantees of quality should
be carefully considered by the purchaser. y

SELECTED CONSTITUENTS IN Basic Siac.

Lime .. 45-04 per cent.
Magnesia : 620 ,
Phosphoric acid 1g
Iron oxides A ae Ma nee FOO: *
Silica Wo. cer} coca REN AB OD! es
Manganese : no =n a) gonad =

|

Thomas’s Phosphate—continued.

Experiments with Basie Slag have indicated that to
produce the same effects as superphosphate, at least
twice the quantity should be applied in the form of slag
as would suffice in that of superphosphate. Soils poor
in lime, or those inclined to be wet and sticky, are most
benefited by Basic Slag, provided that they contain
plenty of organic matter. Basic Slag is a manure well
adapted for fruit trees, flowering shrubs, Roses, lawns,
paddocks, and pastures. It must not be used in com-
bination with ammonia salt, because it sets the ammonia
free, and causes a loss of plant-food. It may, however,
be mixed with nitrate of soda.

THOMSONIA. JT. Hookeri
identical with T. nepalensis.

THORN, EGYPTIAN. See Acacia vera.
THRIFT, PRICKLY. See Acantholimon.

THRINAX. To the species described on p. 29,
Vol. IV., the following should be added. Several others
are grown in botanical collections.

is now regarded as

T. micro (small-fruited). fl., spadix elongated, with
slender branches. fr. about the size of Peas. /. orbicular,
coriaceous, pale silvery-green below, much-cleft; petioles
flexible. Trunk 30ft. high. Florida, 1896.

T. Morrisii (Morris’s). #., spadix 2ft. long, with nine to
twelve recurved branches; spathes numerous, tubular.
7. terminal, sub-orbicular, glaucescent beneath; segments
about thirty, acuminate, lft. long, conspicuously nerved above,
the margins yellowish-white. Caudex club-shaped, 3ft. high.
West Indies. (G. C. 1891, ix., p. 700; 1892, xi., pp. 112-13,
f. 20, 21.)

THUJOPSIS. Sve Thuyopsis.

THUNBERGIA. This genns now embraces about
seventy-five species. To those described on pp. 32-3,
Vol. IV., the following shonld be added:

T. affinis pulvinata (related, cushioned). . ample, sub-
solitary; corolla violet, the tube yellow within and tinged
yellow outside, twice as long as the bracts, recurved above
the base, the lobes ample, rounded, retuse. September.
1. shortly petiolate, elliptic, acute or obtuse, entire, acute at
base. Stem quadrangular, rambling, becoming woody and
very hairy. Zanzibar, 1886. (B. M. 6975, under name of
T. affinis.)

T. albiflora (white-flowered). A synonym of 7. alata.

T. aurantiaca (orange). A variety of 7. alata.

T. Doddsii (Dodds’). A variety of 7. alata.

T. grandiflora alba (white). A variety having pure white

flowers. 1892.
T. Hookeriana (Hooker's). The correct name of 7. Kirkii.
THUNDER-PLANT. See Sempervivum tec-
torum.

THUNIA. These are most decidedly deciduous Orchids,
and therefore the cultural requirements are vastly different
from those afforded to the evergreen section of Phaius,
under which heading botanists have thought fit to class
them. The potting compost of good fibrous loam and peat,
mixed with a liberal sprinkling of chopped sphagnum and
rough sand, is all that is required. The potting should be
done as soon as the plants commence growing, in the early
spring. They should be placed several together in a pot.
and a stick, sufficiently strong to secure the plants in
the desired position, should be affixed to each, all dead
and decaying matter haying previously been removed.
The pots used should be drained to one-third their depth,
the remaining space being filled with the potting compost ;
the plants should be placed in position, and the material
made firm about the base. Little water will be required
at first, but as soon as the new roots have got well hold
of the compost, they require a liberal amount of root-
moisture. As the flowering season advances, and the pots
become filled with roots, frequent waterings will be
essential, and a weak application of liqnid cow-manure
once or twice a week will be beneficial. During the
growing season a light position and a hot, humid atmo-
sphere are most desirable. Occasional syringing over-
head will be of advantage, and will also aid in checking
Red Spider and other pests from which they are liable to
be attacked. When the flowers have been removed, the
bulbs quickly finish up their growths, and every encourage-

.

we

— "sa "> = =

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 701

Thunia—continued.

ment must be afforded to enable them to do so thoroughly.
As soon as they are properly matured, and their leaves
commence to drop, the plants should be removed to drier
and more airy quarters. When the whole of the foliage
has died away, the plants should be placed in a dry, light
position until the return of spring, when they quickly
show indications of restarting into growth.

Hybrid.
NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER
Veitchiana ........---- Marshalliana and Bensonie (Veitch),

Thuya—continued.
T. gigantea aurea (golden).* A
golden foliage. 1897.

T. g. compacta (compact).*
compact growth.

handsome variety with
A very handsome variety, of

T. g. plicata (folded).* Similar in
not so vigorous and more bushy. It is very decorative and
thrives in poor soils ¢ sed situations. Syn. 7. occiden-
talis plicata. The iety dutea has rich yellow foliage
and is very attractive in winter.

habit to the type, but

T. gigantea (of gardens). A synonym of Libocedrus decurrens.

Fic. 712. THUYA ORIENTALIS.

THUYA. Thuyopsis (which see) is now included
hereunder. To the species and varieties described
on pp. 33-4, Vol. IV., the following shonld be added :
T. caucasica (Caucasian). A of T. occidentalis

Wareana.

T. chilensis (Chilian). A synonym of Libocedrus chilensis.

T. Craigiana (Craig’s), of Murray. A synonym of Libocedrus
decurrens.

T. Craigiana (of gardens). A synonym of F. gigantea.

T. dolabrata (hatchet-leaved).
dolabrata.

synonyni

The correct name of Thuyopsis

T. japonica (Japanese). The correct name of 7. Standishit.
T. Lobbii (Lobb’s).

T. Menziesii (Menzies’).

A synonym of 7. gigantea.

A synonym of 7. gigantea.

T. obtusa (obtuse). A synonym of Chamecyparis obtusa.

T. occidentalis Dicksoni (Dickson's). /. rich green in
summer, stained with bronzy-yellow in winter. Of pyramidal
habit, sparsely branched, free in growth.

T. oc. erecta viridis (erect, green). Bushy, much-branched,

neat, and distinct.

702 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Thuya—continued,
T. oc. plicata (folded). A synonym of 7. gigantea plicata.

T. oc. Spathii (Spath’s). A seedling variety having thread-
shaped .young shoots, which become regularly feathered the
second year. 1890. (R. G. 1890, p. 226, f. 54.)

T. oc. Wagneri (Wagneri).
pyramidal habit. 1896.

T. oc. Wareana (Ware's). Vigorous, compact, and superior
to the type; its short, horizontal branches clothed with deep
green leaves. Syn. 7’. caucasica. The sub-variety /utea has
yellow leaves.

A variety of compact, narrow,

T. orientalis aureo-variegata (golden-variegated). /. pale
yellow. A taller grower than aurea. The type is shown at
Fig. 712.

T or. compacta (compact). J. bright green.
pleasing dwarf variety.

T. or. ericoides (Heath-like).* 7. at first tender green,
changing in autumn to brownish-violet. h. 3ft. A gem for
the rock-garden and for winter bedding.

T. or. meldensis (Melden). A supposed hybrid between
the Virginian Red Cedar and the Chinese Arbor Vite. 1852.

T. or. minima (smallest). /. bronzy in winter. A dense, low
bush.

A distinct and

T. pendula (pendulous). A name applied to varieties of
T. occidentalis and T. orientalis.

T. pisifera (Pea-bearing).
Sera.
T. tatarica is a form of 7. occidentalis.

T. t. compacta (compact).
narrow, conical growth. 1886.

THUYOPSIS. T. borealis is a synonym of
Chamecyparis nutkatensis, and T. dolabrata nana is
identical with T. d. lxetevirens. T. d. nidifera is a form
with plume-like branchlets. J. Standishii is a synonym
of Thuya japonica.

THYLACANTHA.
(which see).

THYME, WATER. See Elodea.

A synonym of Chamecyparis pisi-

A garden variety, of compact,

A synonym of Angelonia

THYMELZA. According to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,”’
Passerina hirsuta is the correct name of T. hirsuta.

THYMUS. To the species and varieties described
on p. 86, Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. azoricus (Azores). A pretty little rockery plant, with purple
flowers, allied to 7. Serpyllum. It should be potted in light,
loamy soil. . (L. B. C. 1530.)

T. bracteosus (bracteate). jl. having a villous calyx. Summer.
2. petiolate, oblong, narrowed at base, flat; floral ones sessile,
broadly rounded-cordate, imbricated, ciliated. Flowering
branches ascending. Dalmatia.

T. citriodorus. According to the Kew authorities, this is
the correct name of J. Serpyllum vulgaris. There is a silver
variegated form known as Fraser’s Silver, that is an excellent
rockery subject.

T. c. aureus (golden).* A dense, compact, variegated, more
robust, evergreen form, Yin. high.

T. lanuginosus (woolly). A form of 7. Serpyllum, according
to Kew.

T. Mastichina (mastic-like). jf. white; whorls few, all or the
upper ones in globose, terminal heads. Summer. J. petiolate,
ovate or oblong, obtuse, narrowed at base, naked; upper and
floral ones broader. Spain. A diffuse, ascending, or pro-
cumbent under-shrub.

T. Serpyllum albus (white).
variety.

T.S. as (dark purple).* This dark purple variety
ee of the finest subjects for the rockery. North of England,

T. S. coccineus (red) is an ornamental, crimson form.

A beautiful, white garden

T. S. rotundifolius (round-leaved). A dwarfer and more
floriferous form than the type, with rounder leaves. 1879.

THYRSACANTHUS. The correct name _ of
T. indicus is, according to C. B. Clarke, in Hooker’s
‘Flora of British India” (iv. 497), Eranthemum indicum.

'THYRSOPTERIS. J. elegans is a thoroughly
distinct plant, requiring only greenhouse temperature,
shade, and an abundance of water at the roots.
Although fertile fronds have at yarions times been
produced in this country, and every possible attention
has been paid to the sowing of their spores, there is no
record of any young plants having been so raised, and
the propagating of this handsome Fern has therefore
been limited to the rooting of the lateral shoots which
are produced on the trunk.

THYSANACHNE. A synonym of Arundinella
(which see).

THYSANOPTERA. See Thrips.
THYSANURA. See Aptera.

TIBOUCHINA. According to the Kew authorities,
this is now the correct name of the genus formerly known
as Pleroma (which see).

TICKSEED. Sce Coreopsis.

TICOREA. Galipea multiflora is the correct name
of Ticorea jasminiflora.

TIGRIDIA. This genns_ includes eight distinct
species. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 38-9, Vol. IV., the following should be added:

T. buccifera (horn-bearing).* 7., perianth 2in. across, with a
purple-dotted, greenish-yellow base, the blade of the outer
segments purple, obovate, the inner segments tubular-folded
in the centre; spathe valves lsin. to 2in. long. J. nearly as
long as the stem, linear, plicate, sin. broad. Stem branched,
lft. long. Mountains of Mexico, 1888. A very beautiful, half-
hardy species. (G. & F. 1889, p. 412, f. 125.)

T. grandiflora (large-flowered). A synonym of 7, Pavonia.
T. liliacea (Lily-like). A synonym of 7. Pavonia liliacea.
T. Meleagris. The correct name is I/ydrotenia Meleayris.

Fic. 713. TiGRIDIA PAVONIA ALBA.

T. Pavonia alba (white).* jl. pearly-white, large, marked at
the base of the perianth segments with large spots of reddish-
brown on a yellowish ground. 1882. This plant has the
eeneral habit of 7. P. conchiflora, from which it is presumed to
have originated. In the form immacuwlata the spathe is snow-
white without spots, and in RUBY QUEEN the flowers are soft
rese. See Fig. 713.

T. P. flava (yellow).

f., spathe yellow. 1896.
variety.

A distinct

wee

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 703

Tigridia—continued.

T. P. liliacea (Lily-like). 1. reddish-purple, with almost white
variegation. 1893. Supposed to be an accidental hybrid
between the typical species and 7. P, alba.

T. P. rosea (pink). #. yellow, tinged with rose. 1893. Sup-
posed to be an accidental hybrid between 7’. Pavonia and its
variety conchijlora.

Other varieties are: grandiflora, Watkinsoni, and Wheeleri.

T. Pringlei (Pringle’s).* ., perianth with a campanulate base,
blotched within with crimson; sepals 2sin. long, with a
reflexed, scarlet limb; petals broadly cordate or reniform at
base, the narrower, triangular-ovate, acute limb not spotted.
July and August. Stem slender, lft. to 2ft. high, with two ov
three winged, plicate leaves, and a single flower. Bulbs small,
with fusiform roots. South Mexico, 1883. Half-hardy. (B. M.
7089; G. & F. i., p. 389, £61.)

T. Van-Houttei. The correct
Houttei.

TILIA. To the species and varieties described on
p. 40, Vol. IV., the following should be added:

T. americana pubescens (downy). A synonym of
T. pubescens.

T. argentea orbicularis (orbicular). J/. thick, coriaceous,
orbicular or rhomboid, cordate at base, silvery beneath.
Branches pendent. 1890. A seedling variety.

T. Beaumonti (Beaumont’s). A synonym of TZ. platyphyllos
obliqua.

T. euchlora (beautiful green) A synonym of 7. dasystyla.

T. platyphyllos corallina (coral-red). Young branches
assuming a deep red tint during the winter. _

T. p. macrophylla (large-leaved). /. very large.

T..p. obliqua (oblique). J. markedly oblique at base.
T. Beawmonti.

T. p. oxycarpa (sharp-fruited).
(s ead toothed.

T. p. pendula (drooping). A variety with pendulous branches.

T. p. tortuosa (twisted). Branches curiously curved and
twisted.

T. eos (downy). (j., buds and peduncles pubescent.
/. 2in. to 4in. long (much larger on small trees), pubescent at
first, afterwards glabrous above. United States, 1726. This
species is of no great value as an ornamental tree in Great
Britain. Syn. 7. americana pubescens.

T. sylvestris (sylvan). A synonym of 7. cordata.

T. mandschurica and T. Migueliana (G. & F. 1893, p. 111, f. 19)
have also been introduced. The former does not promise to
equal any of the xuropest species, and the latter has not
yet been sufficiently tried.

TILLANDSIA. According to J. G. Baker, this genus
—by far the largest of the Order Bromeliacee—now
embraces upwards of 300 species, of very variable habit.
To the species and varieties described on pp. 42-6,
Vol. IV., the following should be added:

T. anceps. 1. setacea (of Hooker) is a synonym of 7. compressa,
and 1’. tricolor is a form of 7. punctulata.

T. Armadez (Armada). J., radical ones lorate, attenuated at
apex, l6in. long, 2in. to 2jin. broad, very glabrous, finely striated,
violet, more or less tinged with green or pale at the edge.
Armada, South Columbia.

T. bivittata (two-striped).
bivittatus.

T. Bloki (Blok’s). Apparently synonymous with 7. regina.

T. bulbosa. There are two varieties—T. b. erythraa (SYN.
T. picta, B. M. 4288) and T. b. variegata.

T. compressa (compressed), /l., petals white, the blade
shorter than the stamens; spike dense, simple, 6in. to Sin.
long; bracts reddish-yellow, ovate, l4in. long; peduncle 6in.

long. June. 2. densely rosulate, ensiform, acuminate, ovate

at Tes lsin. broad; blade lft. to 14ft. long, convolute in the

upper half. Jamaica, 1833. Syn. 7. setacea (B. M. 3275).

T. corallina (coral-flowered). jl. numerous, on an erect scape
longer than the leaves; sepals yellowish or greenish, thick,
shining, Sending a diaphanous, gummy substance; petals pale
yellow, longer than the sepals; bracts purple-violet, foliaceous,
half-amplexicaul. 7. quite entire, canaliculate, obtuse, mucro-
nate, 14ft. long, 2in. broad, glaucous-violet below, and with a

reenish-blue tint above tranversely marked with dark, wavy
ines. SYN. Encholirion corallinum (F. M. n. s., t. 116; I. H.
xviii. 70).

T. c. roseum (rosy). A slight variety, with smaller flower-

bracts than in the type.

T. c. r. variegatum (variegated). J. striped with yellowish
bands. 1884. An ornamental plant, of garden origin.

T. c. splendens (splendid). /. more compact, more obtuse, and
broader than in the type. 1885,

name is Hydrotenia Van-

Syn.

fr. prominently five-ribbed.

A garden synonym of Cryptanthus

Tillandsia—continued.

T. didisticha is now correctly known as 7’. Lorentziana.

T. Dugesii (Duges’). jl., corolla deep purple, sin. longer than
the calyx; panicle lft. long; peduncle shorter than the
leaves and closely sheathed by bracts, the bases of which
(as well as the rachis) are glossy and crimson. J. densely
rosulate, Sin. to 6in. long, ensiform-setaceous from an ovate
base, thinly lepidote. Mexico, 1897. (G. & F. 1897, p. 44, f 7.)

T..(Vriesia) Falkenbergii (Falkenberg’s). A garden name
for T. heliconioides. :

T. foliosa (leafy).* /l., petals lilac, convolute in a cylindrical
tube shorter than the stamens; inflorescence a dense, short
panicle of many ascending, dense, distichous, simple spikes
l4in. to 2in. long, the lower branch-bracts pointed ; peduncle
shorter than the leaves. J. densely rosulate, ensiform,
acuminate, ovate at base, lft. long, sin. to #in. broad. Central
America, 1873, A showy species.

T. Fuerstenbergii (Fuerstenberg’s). The plant usually cata-
logued under this name is correctly Streptocalyx Fuerstenbergii.

T. Geissei (Geisse’s). fl. rosy, disposed in a simple, few-
flowered spike; bracts green at base, carmine above; stem
6in. to 8in. high. J. linear-subulate, channelled, silvery. Chili,
1889. A small species. (R. G.; t. 1302, f. 2.)

T. Glaziovii (Glaziou’s). /l., calyx as long as the bracts; petal-
blade sin. jong; inflorescence a moderately dense, non-distichous
spike Jin. to 4in. long; bracts ljin. long; peduncle 6in. to 8in.
long. J. about twenty in a dense rosette, with an ovate base
lin. to ljin. broad, and a reflexing, linear-convolute, rigidly-
pomarepns blade 2in. to 3in. long, thinly lepidote. South

Trazil.

T. gracilis is now correctly known as 7. procera.

T. Hamaleana. J. G. Baker regards 7. wmbellata (R. H.
1886, p. 60) as a form of this species.

T. imperialis (imperial), of Carritre. A form of 7. regina.

T. Kirchoffiana (Kirchoff’s). A synonym of 7. Leiboldiana.

T. Krameri (Kramer's). A form of 7. psittacina.

T. Leiboldiana (Leibold’s).* #1. in simple, dense spikes 14in. to
2in. long; petals lilac, convolute in a tube 4in. long; bracts
bright red, fin. to lin. long; peduncle much shorter than the
leaves. J. densely rosulate, ensiform, acuminate, lft. to 15ft.
long, #in. to lin. broad, not very rigid. Central Mexico, 1883,
ge aepiareut species. Syn. 7. Kirchofiana (R. G. 1889, t. 1302,
f. 2).

T. Lindeni. Of this species there are several varieties—fore-
pleno, Koutsinskyana, major (splendida), tricolor, violacca.

T. lineata (lined). J., radical ones lorate, glabrous, finely
striated, green striped with violet above, violet on the under-
surface. Columbia.

T. longibracteata (long-bracted). #. yellow, in a dense,
simple spike lft. long and Jin. broad ; bracts 2in. to 24in. long;
peaunele stiffly erect. /. thin, flexible, lorate, almost glabrous,

sin. to 2ft. long, 1sin. to 2in. broad, narrowed to the apex,
or rounded and cuspidate. Venezuela and Trinidad, 1897.

Syn. Vriesia longibracteata.

jy. Lorentziana (Lorentz’).
(R. G. 1349.)

T. Lubbersii (Lubbers’). #. few, in a lax, simple, distichous
spike 2in. to Sin long; petal-blades white, sin. long; bract
greenish-red, nearly lin. long; peduncle slender, 6in. to 8in.
long. J. twelve to twenty, densely rosulate, ensiform from an
ovate base, 6in. to 8in. long, sin. broad, pale glaucous-green.
South Brazil, 1882. Syn. Vriesia Lubbersit.

T. magnifica (magnificent). This is described as ‘‘a pretty
plant, undoubtedly of garden origin.”

T. Makoyana (Makoy’s). jl. in a lax, simple spike Sin. to
6in. long; corolla violet, 4in. longer than the calyx, which is
jin. longer than the bracts; peduncle lft. long. /. densely
rosulate, lanceolate, acuminate, 14ft. long, 2in. broad low down,
gradually tapering to a long point, channelled down the face.
Mexico, before 1879.

T. Martelli (Martell’s). jl. bright red. This is a near ally of
T. zebrina, but the leaves are narrower and whitish at the
base. Habitat not recorded, 1898.

T. Massangeana superba (superb).* 7. blotched and trans-
versely barred with a dark bronzy shade upon a paler ground,
1892. A fine plant, of vigorous growth; probably a variety of
T. splendens.

T. microxiphion (small-bladed). 1. few, in a dense, terminal
spike; bracts pink; petals violet-purple, lingulate, spreading
at apex. February. /. linear, rigid, pale green, lepidote, about
lin. long, deeply channelled above, rounded at back. Stems

The correct name of 7. didisticha.

short, erect, densely leafy. Monte Video, 1890. Allied to
T. stricta. (B. M. 7320.)
T. Moensiana (Moens’). J. 4in. wide, tapering to the apex,

mottled, margined with green,

creamy-yellow, veined or
‘tly Habitat not recorded, 1892. A

elegantly recurved. h. 5ft.
near ally of 7’. regina.
T. Moreliana (Morel’s). A synonym of Billbergia vittata.

T. musaica (Mosaic). A synonym of Caraguata musaica.

704

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Tillandsia—continued.

T. oligantha (few-flowered). l., calyx bright red; petals
white, convolute in a tube more than 4in. longer than the
calyx; spike lax, simple, 3in. to 4in. long, the bracts bright
red, #in. long ; peduncle 1ft. long, the upper bract-leaves bright
red. J, densely rosulate, ensiform, acuminate, ovate at base,
less than lft. long, sin. broad, rigidly coriaceous. South
Brazil, 1885. Syn. Vriesia rubida.

T. Pastuchoffiana (Pastuchoft’s), of gardens.
Baker, this is probably the same as 7. Morreni.

T. picta (painted), of B. M. 4288. A synonym of 7. bulbosa
erythrea.

T. procera (tall). The correct name of 7. gracilis.

T. psittacina Krameri (Kramer's). A form having entirely
red flower-bracts. (B. M. 5108, under name of 7’. Krameri.)

T. p. Morreniana (Morren’s).* A handsome variety, having
more numerous and more approximate flowers than the type.
1882. (R. H. 1882, p. 287, t. 10-12, f. 2, by error numbered 3.)

T. pulverulenta lineata (powdery, lined). 7. ascending, with
recurved tips, gradually narrowing from a very broad base to
the acute apex, green, with mealy hairs, and longitudinally
striped with yellow; rosette 6ft. to 7ft. in diameter. Brazil,
1888. Syn. Vriesia pulverulenta lineata (R. H. 1888, p. 89, f. 20).

T. punctulata (slightly dotted). ., petals lilac, convolute in
a tube lin. longer than the calyx; spike dense, simple, Jin. to
4in. long, the lower bracts bright red; peduncle 6in. long.
1. thirty to forty, densely rosulate from an ovate base, the
blade 6in. to 9in. long, deeply channelled at the base. Central
Mexico.

T. p. tricolor (three-coloured).* A robust variety, with «
branched spike. 1877. (B. H. 1879, p. 162, t. 10-11, under name
of 7. tricolor.)

T. purpurascens (purplish). #. unknown. J. deep purple,
sheathing, oblong-lanceolate from a dilated base, mucronate at
apex, the margins furnished with numerous, fine, closely-set
teeth. Brazil, 1893. [Genus doubtful.]

T. regina imperialis (imperial). #. unknown.
a rosette 44ft. in diameter, ascending, slightly recurved.
very strong. Brazil, 1888.

T. Reichenbachii (Reichenbach’s). jl. solitary, terminal ;
sepals oblong, 4in. long; petal-blade obovate-cuneate; ex-
panded corolla limb jin. in diameter; peduncle shorter than
the leaves. October. J/. few, spreading, densely rosulate,
linear, acuminate, 4in. to Sin. long, 4in. broad low down.
Tucuman, before 1884.

T. Schlechtendahlii (Schlechtendahl’s). ., calyx 14in. long ;
petal-blades violet, as long as the calyx; spike dense,
simple, 5in. to 6in. long, the bracts pink, lin. to 2in. long ;
peduncle much shorter than the leaves. JU. lanceolate from
an ovate base 2in. broad, the blade above lft. long, -1sin.
broad, tinged with purple towards the base. Central Mexico,
1883. SyN. Vriesia ccespitosa.

T. sericea (silky).

T. setacea (of Hooker) is a synonym of YZ. compressa, not
T. anceps. ™

T. Siebertiana (Siebert’s).
leaves broadly margined with white.

T. tessellata parisiense (Parisian).

T. t. roseo-picta (rosy-painted).
spots. 1884.

T. t. Sanderze (Mrs. Sander’s).* 7. prettily variegated with

white and yellow bands on a tessellated green ground.
Brazil, 1893. See Fig. 714.

T. t. Sanderiana (Sander’s). /. more
marbled than in the type. 1892,

T. tricolor (three-coloured) is a variety of 7. punctulata, not
a synonym of 7. anceps.

T. umbellata is a form of 7. Hamaleana.

T. variegata (variegated). jl., calyx nearly as long as the
bracts; petals lilac, convolute in a long tube; spikes about
three, crowded, dense, distichous, lsin. to 2in. long, the
bracts greenish, lin. long; peduncle 3in. to 4in. long. 7. few
in a rosette, the large, dilated, tightly-clasping bases varie-
pared with green and brown; blade setaceous, flexuous, 1ft.
ong. Mexico, 1880.

T. vittata (striped).
bivittatus.

T. xiphioides. 7. sericea (of gardens) is identical with this.

T. x. Arequitz.* J.
florescence longer, than in the type.
A fine variety. (R. H. 1893, p. 156.)

T. zebrina. This name is also applied
Cryptanthus zonatus.

T. zonata (zoned). A garden synonym of Cryptanthus zonatus.

According to

7. forming
Stem

A garden synonym of 7’. xiphioides.

A species having narrow, spiny

1899.

A fine variety. 1895.

i. marked with large rosy

distinctly zoned and

A garden synonym of Cryptanthus

whiter and more numerous, and _ in-
l. larger and whiter. 1893.

in gardens to

Tillandsia—continued.
Hybrids,

_A large number of hybrids haye been raised in Con-
tinental gardens. A list of the best, with their parentage
where known, is appended :

Alberti (1. incurvata and T. Lindeni, R. H. 1889, p. 300, i. 73).
Andreana (T. Barilleti and T. splendens var.). aurantiaca (T. Rex
and JT. Poelmani). Aurora (IT. Lindeni and T. Warmingii).
A. major (7. Warmingii and T. psittacina). Cappei (T. Van Geertti
and 7’. cardinalis). cardinalis (IT. carinata and T. psittacina
Krameri, I. H. 1891, t. 125). Closoni (7. Barilleti and T. Lindeni).
Crousseana (T'. amethystina and T. Warmingii). Devansayana
(T. carinata and JT. Barilleti). Donneaiana (T. Barilleti and
T. guttata). Duchartrei (JT. Barilleti and T. splendens).
Dufricheana (1. Duvaliana and T.. psittacina). Duvali (T. Lin-
deni vars.). elegans (7. Morreno-Burilleti and T. Duvaliana).
Elmireana (1. cardinalis and T. splendens). fenestrato-Sulgida
(as indicated). fulgida (I. H. 1888, t. 67). Jfurcata. gemma
(7. Morreno-Barilleti and T. fulgida). gloriosa (7'. Barilleti and
T. incurvata). gracilis (T. Warmingit and T. amethystina).
Gravisiana (R. G. 1890, p. 494, f. 81). Griesseniana. Henrici
(7. splendida and T'. splendens). hybrida (R. G., t. 1392). insignis
(T. Barilleti and 7’. splendens). intermedia (T. fenestralis and
T. Barilleti). Kiteliana (R. G. 1890, p. 326, f. 62,63). Kramero-
Sfulgida (T. psittacina Krameri and YT. fulgida). leodiensis

Fic. 714. TILLANDSIA TESSELLATA SANDER.

(7. Lindeni and VT. Barilleti). Leopoldiana (T. splendens and
T. Mailzinei). Magnisiana (T. Barilleti_ and T. fenestralis).
Marechaliana (T. incurvata and T. Morreni). Marie (T. Barilleti
and 7’. carinata, R. H. 1889, p. 300). minima (T. psittacina
Morreniana and T-Duvaliana). mirabilis (T. hieroglyphica and
T. cardinalis). Morveno-Barilletiana(T. Barilleti and T. psittacina
Morreniana, I. H. 1889, t. 91). Mortierii (7. corallina rosea and
T. incurvata). Nanoti (T. fulgida and T. Morreni). obliqua
(R. G., t. 1369). Peetersiana (T. guttata and T. Barilleti, R. G.
1895, p. 456, f. 92). Poelmani (7. splendens and? ). Pommer-
Escheana (1. Lindeni and T. splendens, R. G., t. 1588). psittacino-
fulgida (as indicated). psittacino-picta (T. Morreni and
T. Barilleti). psittacino-splendens (as indicated). retroflexa
(7. psittacina and JT. scalaris). Rez (T. Morreno-Barilletiana
and 7. cardinalis). rutilans (T. ensiformis and T. Kiteliana).
Sanderiana (T. guttata and T. Wittmackiana, R. G. 1897, p. 177,
f. 51). Sphina (T. fenestralis and T. splendens). splendida
(P. Duvaliana and T. incurvata). superba (I. Kiteliana and
7. Rex major). Vassilierei (T. gloriosa and T. Rex). versaillensis
(I. H. 1879, p. 73, t. 87). Vigeri (V. Rodigasiana and V. Rex).
Weyringeriana (7. Barilleti and T. scalaris, R. G. 1890, p. 7, f. 1).
Wioti. Wittmackiana (T. Barilleti and another hybrid, I, H.
1889, t. 91; R. G., t. 1283).

TIMONIUS (from the Malayan name). Syns. Burnaya,
Brithalis (of Forster), Ewpyrena, Helospora, Polyphragmon,
Pyrostria. ORD. Rubiacee. A genus embracing about
twenty species of stove shrubs or trees, natives of
tropical Asia and Oceania. Flowers polygamo-diccious,
in axillary cymes. Leaves opposite. J. Rumphti has
been introduced, but probably it is no longer in
cultivation.

TISCHERIA. See Rosa—Insects.

TITHONIA. 7. ewcelsa is a synonym of Viguiera
excelsa (which see)

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. . 705

TOBACCO. As an insecticide this is still employed
in the form of paper, rags, powder, as well As in a liquid
state, but to nothing like the extent it was before the
introduction of the various vaporising insecticides.
(See Fumigating.) There is always some risk in
fomigating with Tobacco-paper or rag, as the foliage
of the plants must be dry, and the material must be
very carefully watched to prevent it from breaking into
a blaze on the hot coals. If this happens, serions damage
is done to the occupants of the house being fumigated.
The mode of operation is to place some bright coals
or coke in a pot or other vessel with holes in the bottom,
and on this the person fumigating keeps adding small
quantities of Tobacco-paper or rag until the house is full
of smoke ; then the vessel is brought out. It is necessary
that a still, quiet night be selected for the operation,
otherwise the wind would blow much of the smoke out
through the laps of the glass.

TOBACCO, MOUNTAIN. See Arnica montana.
TOBACCO, ROCK. See Primulina Tabacum.

TOBOLEWSKIA. A misprint in a garden periodical
for Sobolewskia (which see).

TOCOCA. To the species described on p. 49, Vol. IV.,
the following should be added:

T. cinnamomea (Cinnamon-like). #. red, tin. in diameter,
thickly pedicellate; panicle long-pedunculate, few-flowered.
i. 4in. to 6in. long, coriaceous, elliptic-oblong, acuminate,
entire, dark-fuscous and highly glabrous above, beneath some-
what ferruginous, dotted ; petioles sin. to lin. long. Brazil.
A slender, almost twining tree.

T. platyphylla (broad-leaved).
T. (Spherogyne) latifolia.
TODAROA. Campylocentron Schiedei is the correct

name of T. micrantha.

TODEA. Crape Ferns. All Todeas require green-
house treatment, and, with the exception of T. barbara
and its variety, which do not suffer from exposure to air
and light, all are much benefited by close confinement.
Indeed, condensed moisture is absolutely necessary to
their well-being, and this cannot be obtained without
a close atmosphere. No sun should ever be allowed to
shine on plants of the Leptopteris section, and the less
they are disturbed at the roots, the better they fare: the
hot, dry atmosphere of the sammer months is undoubtedly
their greatest enemy. The soil in which Todeas thrive
best is a compost of peat and silver-sand, to which a
small portion of partly-decomposed sphagnum may be
added with advantage.

Todeas are easily propagated from their spores, which
are produced in abundance and germinate readily when
sown under favourable conditions; but they are of com-
paratively slow vegetation, and seedlings require a longer
time than most other Ferns to form young plants.

As a decorative Fern, T. barbara has few equals,
especially where plants are required for very small fancy
vases. Good plants of it may be grown in comparatively
small pots, and its lasting qualities are unsurpassed by
any other known Fern grown for the decoration of the
drawing-room, it being but little affected by smoke or
gas.

To the species and varieties described on p. 50, Vol. IV.,
the following should be added :

T. arborea (tree-like).

The correct name of

A garden name for 7. barbara.

T. barbara bipinnatifida (twice-pinnatifid). A fine variety,
having graceful divisions and incisions in the fronds, 1896.

T. b. Vromii (Vrom’s).* fronds longer than in the type, less
triangular, pale green, on shorter stipes, and furnished nearly
to the base with longer and less distinetly-toothed pinne. Of
quicker growth than the type.

T. grandipinnula (large-pinnuled), A synonym of 7. Moorei.

T. intermedia (intermediate).* This robust garden form
appears to be intermediate between 7. hymenophylloides and
T. superba. In size and cutting it is like the former; but
the lower pinne are gradually reduced, as in 7. superba, and
their stipes are densely covered with short, woolly hairs. It
reproduces true from seeds. 1877. (I. H. 1877, t. 290.)

T. Moorei (Moore's).* fronds thicker than in other species,
broadly oblong, 14ft. to 2ft. long (including the stipes), 1ft. broad ;
pinne overlapping, lanceolate, sessile, lin. to 2in. broad;
pinnules sessile, lanceolate, closely set, cut nearly to the
stalks into bluntish, ligulate lobes toothed on the outer edge.
sori oblong, placed against the midrib near the base of the

Vol. V.

Todea—continued.
pinnules. Lord Howe's Island, 1886. A beautiful species.
syns. 7. grandipinnula, Leptopteris Moore.

T. plumosa (feathery). A supposed hybrid, obtained from a
sowing of 7. superba. The surface of the fronds is moderately
bristly with the small, erect segments, as in 7. intermedia,
but the fronds are shorter and more ovate, and the woolly
character of the stipes is wanting. 1878. SyN. Leptopteris
plumosa.

T. Vromii (Vrow’s). A yariety of 7. barbara.

T. Wilkesiana (Wilkes’).*
and not as a variety of 7. Fraseri.
f. 148.)

TOFIELDIA. 0 the species described on p. 51,

Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. calyculata (calyculate). #., perianth greenish-yellow, juin.
long; raceme sub-spicate, sin. to 3in. long, 44in. to 6in. in
diameter when expanded. 7. 2in. to 6in. long, Jin. to 4in.
broad. Stem 6in. to 12in. high, with two or three reduced
leaves. European mountains.

TOLPIS. Including M#thonia. Syns. Chatelania,
Drepania. T. altissima is the correct name of T. virgata
(of Bertoloni), and T. grandiflora is a form of it.

TOMATO. With the exception of Leaf-Rust, all the
chief diseases of the Tomato have already been described
under their popular names of Black Spot or Black Rot,
and Sleeping Disease, in the present Volume, and under
Tomato in Vol. IV. Cladosporium fulvwm proves very
troublesome under glass, the upper surface of the leaves
being spotted with dark brown, and the under surface with
the rusty-brownish powdery substance that is so familiar.
The frnits are less often attacked, and other parts of
the plant have a discoloured appearance. All diseased
plants should first be taken away and burned, and the
remainder sprayed with liver of sulphur (loz. to 3 gallons
of water) at intervals of ten days or so.

Insects. The Snowy Fly (Aleyrodes), which has spread
over the whole country, causing serious loss to the
Tomato-grower, may be easily eradicated in houses heated
with hot water. Immediately any of the Fly appears
the hot-water pipes should be painted with sulphur mixed
with milk. The milk will cause the sulphur to adhere
better to the pipes, and if the pipes are kept moderately
warm, and the house is closed for a week or two at night,
this injurious and disfiguring insect will disappear.

Sorts. To the list of varieties given on page 53,
Vol. IV., the following should be added:

Chemin Rouge. Fruit red, deep round, smooth, medium, and
even in size. Plant very compact and extremely productive.
One of the most prolific varieties, and a great favourite with
market growers.

Comet. Fruit bright red, medium, smooth, averaging eight
fruits to a cluster. A compact-growing and very prolific
variety. One of the best.

Conference. Fruit red, smooth, rather small, freely produced
in good clusters. Early.

Duke of York. Fruit very deep red, large, smooth, handsome,
and moderate cropper. One of the best for exhibition.

Early Ruby. Fruit red, slightly corrugated, plant dwarf,

This is now regarded as a species,

(G. C. June 11, 1870, p. 795,

compact. A great bearer, and remarkably prolitic outside.
Frogmore Selected. Fruit red, large, sometimes slightly
corrugated. Very productive, and suited alike for inside or

outside culture.

Golden Jubilee. Fruit golden flushed with a red tinge,

smooth, large, and very handsome. Plant compact and
abundant bearer. A new variety raised in the Royal Gardens,
Windsor.

Golden Nugget. [Fruit bright yellow, small, smooth, very

handsome, borne in large clusters. Plants very prolific. The
best-flavoured dessert variety.
Perfection. [Fruit deep red, smooth, handsome. Plant a
moderate bearer. An excellent exhibition variety.
Ponderosa, Fruit pale red, corrugated, and coarse. The

largest-fruited variety.

Semper Fructifera, d
borne in immense clusters, often havir
cluster, quality good. A great bearer.
dessert.

Young’s Eclipse. Fruit red, smooth, round, handsome, and
of fine quality. Plant dwarf and very prolific. A promising
new variety.

TOMATO GALL.

Fruit bright red, pear-shaped, smooth,
sixty fruits in each
Only suitable for

See Vine Galls.

706

TONGUE VIOLET. ‘ee Schweiggeria pauci- |

flora.

TOOLS, IMPLEMENTS, &c. To the
pp. 53-7, Vol. IV., the following may be added :

list on

Fic. 715. AERIAL AUTOMATIC TREE-PRUNER.

Aerial Automatic Tree- Pruner. ‘This is an im-
provement on the Avyerruncator, described in Vol. IV.,
page 53, being lighter, more easily worked, and, what is
of more importance to the good pruner, the cuts are clean

and well made. The mode of its working is well
described on the page referred to. See Fig. 715.
Aerial Pruning Saw. It frequently occurs that

branches are too thick for the Tree-Praners named to cut ;
therefore it is always advisable to purchase this Saw as
well. By its means branches as thick as the ankle are
easily cut through, withont climbing into the tree. The
teeth facing the operator cause the Saw to be drawn
towards the pruner, making the work easy; it also
avoids bruising of the tree, as so frequently is done
when the saw is pushed.

BUD-REMOVING TOOL.

Fic. 716.

Bud-removing Tool. One of the difficulties that con-
fronts gardeners from time to time is the clean removal
of buds for inserting in other plants. This is now re-
moved by an invention of an American, Mr. Duncan
Galbraith, of New Orleans. The tool is shown in the
accompanying illustration, for which, as well as for the
matter describing it, we are indebted to the ‘‘Scientific
American.”’ According to that, the tool consists of two
pivoted levers, or handles, each having a cross-head upon

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Tools, Implements, &e.—continued.

one end. To each cross-head a pair of blades is
screwed formed with concave cutting-edges, so that
when the handles are brought together only the top and
bottom portions will touch. The space between the
blades is open, so that the bud cannot be injured. The
pairs of blades, constituting jaws in effect, are held in
adjasted positions by a link which is pivoted to one
handle, and which is made to receive a set-screw carried
by the other handle. The jaws are fitted to the exterior
of the limb, twig, or branch, the bud being midway
between the pairs of jaws. After the blades have been
closed firmly around the branch, and locked in adjusted
position, the tool is turned so as to cut a sleeve or ring
of bark from the branch, as shown in the illustration.
See Fig. 716. The limb to which the bnd is to be trans-
planted has a section of its bark removed by a similar
tool, the space thus formed corresponding in length with
the sleeve of bark carrying the bud to be transplanted.

Ma

Sa
Ss
SosSss$

a

Fic. 717. IDEAL FRUIT-PICKER AND BRANCH-PRUNER.

Ideal Fruit-Picker and Branch-Pruner. The value
of this implement for gathering fruit in positions awk-
ward to get at isso great that it is almost indispensable
where tall trees are grown in any quantity. As will be
seen in the illustration (Fig. 717), the operator severs the
frnit from the branch, and it falls into the net immediately

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

707

Tools, Implements, &c.—continued.

below ; it is thus safely secured in an unbrnuised condition,
and without any bruising or breaking of branches, which
would occur by placing ladders against the trees to gather
the fruit. The net is easily attached to, or removed from
the implement, and withont the net it is most useful
for pruning tall trees or branches difficult to reach.
The implement is light, handy, and easy to work.

Lwen Weeder. Under the name of the Champion Lawn
Weeder is fonnd an ingenions little tool that should
save the gardener mnch labour. As may be seen from
Fig. 718, it consists of a pair of sharp, chisel-pointed
tongs, or fingers, mounted on long handles. These latter
enable the gardener to work withont stooping. The
operation is simplicity itself: the appliance is pressed
down on each side of a weed, which is then gripped
below the ground and extracted by the roots. But a
very small hole is made, and if it be used after a shower.
ico the soil is moist, it should prove a most effective
tool.

** Myticuttah.” For pruning low-growing trees or
shrubs, this is a very useful appliance, and is made in
various sizes to suit different requirements, the largest
size cutting wood over an inch in diameter. For root-
pruning it is also excellent, as it makes clean cuts, and
the whole of the roots are eut rapidly without covering
the operator with soil, as when the work is performed with
a knife ora small saw. For pruning Gooseberry-bushes or
prickly trees, this is a very good appliance, as the
work may be done withont any risk of injury to the hands.
See Fig. 719.

Pattisson Lawn Boot. Where horses are employed for
working upon lawns, the Pattisson Boot will be found
much superior to the old form. It is of simple con-
struction, as may be seen by Fig. 720, light, and strong.
The soles are made of English sole-leather and india-
rubber, and are so affixed to the steel foundation-plate
that they cannot get out of shape however much exposed
to wet. As well as being durable, the soles may be
renewed, thus economising considerably. Another point
is that they are readily put on and kept in position by
means of the heel-screw shown. Thus they cannot slip
round, as is the case with the ordinary boot; while the
horse is also benefited, as instead of the frog and the
fetlock being kept in an unventilated receptacle, they
are quite open to the air. Those who prefer a leather
fastening to the screw adjustment can have one that is

Tools, Implements, &c.—continued.

adapted to either shod or unshod horses. Yet another
point in favour of the Pattisson Boot is the fact that it is
adjustable to different-sized feet. Where there are ls
stretches of turf to be mowed and rolled by horse
this Lawn Boot will be found of great utility.

oe

aid

Soil-Stirrer. The name of Aerator has been giyen to a
tool designed to largely supersede the hoe as a surface
tiller. The tool consists of a central fork with its arms
set at such angles as will give to the two revolving
interlocked bosses a sideway or dragging motion. Each
boss is provided with four steel tines curved to a
given radius, and the whole is mounted upon a strong
handle. The tool is of undoubted value, and this value
might be still further increased by slight structural modi-
fications, such as the prevention of clogging at the bosses
in the case of stiff soils, the strengthening of the boss
arms, and by making the parts on which there is strain
interchangeable. See Fig. 721.

Fic. 720. PATrissonN Lawn Boor.
Turf-Renovator (Pattisson’s). For repairing lawns,
tennis-courts, and stretches of Grass generally, this

useful appliance has been invented. The Turf-Renovator
not only ents ont weedy or bare patches, but replaces

708

Tools, Implements, &ce.—continued.

them with pieces of good turf of exactly similar size.
Compared with the ordinary method of turf-repair the
work is simplicity itself. ‘The tool consists of a cylin-
drical cutter affixed to a stout handle. The knives are
at the lower end of the cylinder, and they cut both
clearly and well. Inside the cylinder is an unloader,
which preserves intact the sod of good Grass to be utilised
in the repair. By the aid of this Renovator it is possible
to cut through turf from 24in. to 3in. in thickness. It
is made in seyeral sizes, 8sin. diameter, 10in., and 12in,

Fia, 721.

SOIL-STIRRER.

Weeding Fork. One of the latest forks designed for
weeding is the Gnu, invented by Corry and Co. It has
five strong, tapering tines placed close together, and the
whole is affixed to a handle 34ft. in length. The
operator can, therefore, with a minimum expenditure of
energy execute a maximum amount of work.

TOPDRESSING. The addition of fresh soil, or
chemical or natural manures on the surface to plants or
trees, is known as Topdressing. It is one of the best
modes of maintaining them in good health and condition,
as it not only supplies plant-food, but encourages the
multiplication of surface-roots, which receive the benefit
of solar influences, reaching beneficially on the plant or
tree. Further, the manure is easily applied, and assists
im conserving moisture.

TORENIA. To the species, &c., described on p. 59,
Vol. IV., the following should be added :
T. exappendiculata (having no appendage).

T. peduncularis, (R. G., t. 892.)

T. Fournieri compacta (compact). This differs from the
type in its dwarfer and more compact habit. (R. G. 1887,
p. 667, f. 172.) There are also several garden forms that are
likely to commend themselves — grandiflora, light blue, with
purple blotches and yellow spots; PRINC HELENE, light
blue, with darker spots ; and WHITE WINGS, white, with rose
suffusions and yellow throat.

T. hirsuta. According to the ‘‘ Index Kewensis,”
distinct species and not a variety of 7. asiatica.

TORTOISESHELL BUTTERFLY.
Insects, and Vanessa.

TORTRIX VIRIDANA.
Moth.

A synonym of

this is a
See Pear—

See Oak-Leaf Roller

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

TOURNEFORTIA. To the species described on

p. 62, Vol. IV., the following shonld be added:

T. cordifolia (cordate-leaved). jl.
terminal, corymbose cymes. J/. opposite, lft. long, cordate,
acute; petioles Sin. to 4in. long. Tropical America, 1887. A
greenhouse or half-hardy shrub, of bold habit, clothed with
short hairs. (R. H. 1887, p. 128, f. 26-7.)

T. heliotropioides. The

anchuseefolivum.

TOURRETIA. 7.

T. lappacea.

TOWN GARDENING. An interesting, but little
understood phase of Horticulture. In a Town Garden,
usually the chief causes of failure are large shade trees,
sour and poor soil, and unfortunate selection of species
and yarieties. Perhaps the greatest mistakes occur in
trees and shrubs, especially in the Evergreen Section.
With these the rule to remember is never to plant subjects
whose foliage has a holding surface. The best kinds are
those that have a glossy surface, from which the impnrities
incidental to towns are dislodged by a moderate shower
or by the use of the garden syringe or the hose. It cannot
be too clearly laid down that anything that clogs the
breathing pores of the leaves is inimical to plant-life.
Aucubas, Barberries, Quercus Ilex, Crategus Pyracantha
and other Thorns, Privet, Laurustinus, Cotoneasters, Box,
Laurels, Euonymus, Olearia Haastii, Osmanthus, and
Phillyreas, are all good evergreens for towns. Deciduous
kinds are more numerous, and embrace Planes, Flowering
Currants (Ribes), Laburnum, Syringa, Amygdalus,
Ailantus, Cytisus, Spireas, Weigelas, Guelder Rose,
Limes, Cornus, Forsythia, Syeamore, Hibiscus, Poplar,
and Virginian Creeper. Of hardy bulbous subjects there
is no lack, while Michaelmas’ Daisies, Phloxes,
Carnations, Chrysanthemums, Flag Irises, and Ponies
are amongst the best that fall under the heading of
flowering subjects that may be considered hardy.

TOWNSENDIA (named in honour of Dayid Towns-
end, botanical associate of Dr. Darlington, of Pennsyl-
vania). ORD. Composite. A genus embracing about sixteen
species of hardy, depressed or low, many-stemmed herbs,
found on the Rocky Mountains. Flower-heads compara-
tively large, resembling those of Aster; rays varying
from violet or rose-purple to white, numerous; achenes

white, small, in large,

correct name is LHeliotropiwin

volubilis is the correct name of

commonly beset with bristly, duplex hairs; involueral
bracts mostly ciliated. Leaves linear to spathnlate,
entire. Only one species calls for description here. For

culture, see Perennials.

T. Wilcoxiana (Wilcox’s). /1.-heads rosy-purple, mostly solitary,
sometimes lin. long, shortly pedunculate or sub-sessile ; in-
volucre well imbricated. Early spring to summer. 7. linear-
spathulate, lin. to 3in, long including the petiole-like base.
Colorado, &e.

TOXICOPHLZA.

thera,

TRACHELOSPERMUM. T. jasminoides varie-
gatum has the leaves variegated with white, but it is
not so vigorous as the type.

TRACHYCARPUS. 7. Griffithii (R. H. 1879, p. 212,
f. 43) and T. khasyanus are now regarded as synonyms
of T. Martiana. T. khasyanus (B. M. 7128) has been grown
for many years under the names T. Griffithii, Chamerops
Griffith, and C. Martiana.

TRADESCANTIA. To the species described on
p. 65, Vol. IV., the following should be added. All
require stove treatment.
T. congesta (congested).

h. 2ft. North America.
T. decora (comely).*

The correct name is Acokan-

4. light blue. July and August.

7. elongated, lanceolate, dark olive-green,
with a median band of silvery-grey. Brazil, 1892.

T. dilecta (beloved). /. dark green with greenish-white stripes
on the upper surface, dark purplish-violet beneath. Stalks
cylindric, green, blotched with dark purple. Hahbitat not
recorded, 1897.

T. elongata (elongated). 7. small, in rather dense umbels ;
petals pink ; peduncles one to five, terminal, jin. to 3in. long.
i. 3in. long, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, dark green, with
bands of silvery-white, and a dull purple tinge down the
midrib. Stem procumbent, at length sub-erect, lft. to 2ft.
high, slightly branched. Tropical America, 1892.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—-RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 709

Tradescantia—continued.

T. Martensiana (Martens’).
Tank.

T. multicolor (many-coloured).
Zebrina pendula.

T. Regine (The Secs J, distichous, lanceolate, acuminate,
6in. long, whitish-green, with the central part and margins
transversely veined with dark green, and washed with purple
along the midrib; under-surface purple. Stems erect. Peru,

892. (G. C. 1892, xi., p. 696, f. 102; I. H. 1892, t. 147.)

T. superba (superb).* J. oyate-oblong, acute, dark green, with
a whitish stripe on each side of the midrib; under-side
purple. Peru, 1892. (I. H. 1892, t. 155.)

T. tricolor (three-coloured).
pendula.

T. virginiana (Virginian). The correct name of T. virginica.
There are many fine varieties, some of them of garden origin,
the best being a double and a single blue, a double and a single
carmine, and a soft pink.

TRAGOPOGON. 7. crocifolius is the correct name
of T. (Geropogon) glaber, and T. dubius is the proper name
of T. major.

TRAGOPYRON.

(which see).
TRAILING. Long and prostrate, but not rooting.

TRAMA AURICULZ.
Pests.

TREASURE FLOWER.
TREE CARROT. See Thapsia edulis.

TREE CELANDINE. Sce Bocconia frutescens.
TREE ONIONS. See Onion.

TREE-ROOT ROT.
Agaric.

TREES AND SHRUBS. The Tree- and Shrub-
life of foreign climes has adorned onr gardens ever since
travellers began to send over things which they con-
sidered worthy of use here. Japan, China, New Zealand,

A synonym of Callisia Martens-

A garden name for a form of

A garden name for Zebrina

Included under

Atraphaxis

See Auricula—Insect

See Gazania.

See Agaricus and Honey

the Himalayas, and other temperate lands contribute
Trees which rank amongst the most beautiful objects
of the garden and park, and some of them _ are

becoming so familiar that we
they are indigenous. We cherish Trees, too, for their
varied forms. Some are erect, as the Lombardy Poplar ;
others are like the spreading Oak and the purple-leaved
Beech ; while the Willow touches the water's surface
with its slender branches: a delightful variety indeed, and
indispensable in the well-planted garden.

A hundred Shrubs also are at hand to embellish the
English garden: Shrubs of beauty in some form, whether
it be their flowers in spring and summer, or their foliage
in autumn, when Nature paints them with crimson, brown,
yellow, and other rich tints. We may select from among
the ornamental Plums, Deutzias, Mock Oranges, the sea-
loving Escallonias, Cytisus, Berberis, Diervillas, Olearias,
Spireas, Kalmias, Azaleas, and many others; but variety
is useless if good taste is wanting. A common shrubbery
is usually a place in which beautiful things are crowded
together without reason, throttling each other in their
endeavours to reveal their trne characters. The culti-
yator’s aim should be to let everything in the garden
tell its own tale, and he should never forget that in bold
grouping the most artistic picture is secured. It is
colour-effect that the planter should most think of,
avoiding unpleasant contrasts. We have often wondered
that the majority of gardeners and others have never
dipped more deeply into the rich store-honse of Trees and
Shrubs, but have confined themselyes to a few kinds,
which one wearies of because so frequently repeated. One
misses the variety that a good selection gives, not only
in form, but also in colonring, from the silvery-grey of
the Willow, through shades of green, to even the deepest
purple ; while, in the form of the leaf, we see the same
wonderful range.

Amongst deciduous kinds for winter
specially mention the yellow-stemmed
Ash. the red-barked Cornus, Willow, and Berberis, the
silver-barked Birch, Rubus (Bramble), and in a less
degree the silvery Poplar and the native Sea Buekthorn.
The Alders, Willows, and Nuts are also effective becanse

are almost led to believe

would
and

e ffec ot we
Willows

|

Trees and Shrubs—continued.
of the freedom with which their elegant catkins are borne
on the leafless branches.

Of Trees and Shrubs that blossom during the winter the
following are specially meritorious: A good-sized plant
of Chimonanthus (Winter Sweet), with its
deliciously-scented blossoms, is always welcome in
December; while the elegant and pendulous catkins of
Garrya elliptica, borne at the tips of the evergreen shoots,
the fragrant Lonicera Standishii, Arbutus (Strawberry
Tree) of sorts, and the naked-flowered Jasmine (Jasminum
nudiflorum) are of great value at this season. The
deciduous Daphne (D. Mezerewm), with its white- and
pink-flowered varieties, Hamamelis arborea (Japanese
Witch Hazel), Viburnwm Tinus (Laurustinus), the white-
and pink-blossomed Heaths (Hrica carnea and EF. c. alba),
as well as Berberis japonica, are too precious to pass by
unnoticed. These are followed by a couple of exceptionally

fragrans

Fig, 722. PRUNUS (CERASUS) PSEUDO-CERASUS,

free-flowering Rhododendrons, viz., R. dauricum and
R. precov. Prunus (Persica) Davidiana, one of the most
charming of early spring-flowering trees, is generally in
blossom about the middle of February. Although not
showy, the elusters of small yellow flowers of Cornus mas
(Cornelian Cherry) are effective, especially if a suitable
background of evergreen Shrubs is afforded.

Amongst spring-flowering Trees and Shrubs are many
gems suitable for decorative planting—Forsythias, Pieris
(Andromeda), Nuttallia cerasiformis, Pyruses, Magnolias
(deciduous), the fragrant Corylopsis spicata, Almonds,
Peaches, Cherries, Plums, Thorns, and Amelanchiers are
a few of the spring-flowering treasures. :

Some Trees and Shrubs are conspicuons for the splendid
colours assumed by the leaves before they fall off, and in
this respect Quercus coceinea (Scarlet Oak), Q. conferta,
Q. rubra, Azaleas, Acer pal-
matum varieties, Rhus R. glabra,
Berberis Thwnbergi, B. atvopur-

rubrum, A, circinatwm, A,

typhina, R.
vulgaris,

cotinius,
Huonymus

710 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Trees and Shrubs—continued.
pureus, Viburnum, Amelanchier canadensis, Crategus
punctata, CC. prun ifolia, C. coccinea, Liquidambar
styraciflua, Parrotia persica, Cornus alba, C. florida,
Styraw obassia, Pyrus torminalis, Liriodendron tulipifera,
and Vitis (including Ampelopsis) of sorts, are a tew of
the most striking.

One of the most delightful groups of hardy Trees and
Shrubs may be composed of berry-bearing kinds, and
planters would do well to introduce these more freely
into pleasure-grounds, parks, &c.

Piuantinc. The subject of planting or transplanting is
of great importance to those haying anything to do with
the cultivation of hardy Trees and Shrubs, as the success
or failure depends in a large degree on the way in which
such details are carried out. It should not be forgotten
that if a Tree or Shrub is worth planting, it should be
carefully treated. Ground for the reception of orna-

Trees and Shrubs—continued.

roots and establish themselves in their new quarters
before winter. Besides, they are better able to commence
growth in spring without feeling ill effects. Any time
between September and March will do so long as the
Trees are in a condition to be lifted, ordinary care is
taken in the operation, and provided, of conrse, that the
ground is in a proper state to receive them.

Planting in dry, windy weather is not advisable, as
evaporation then goes on much more rapidly than is
the case when the weather is mild and dull. It will
therefore be seen that the conditions most favourable for
planting are when the atmosphere is damp or moist. It
is not a good practice to transplant in mid-winter, as the
ground at that period is yery cold. Neither shonld
transplanting be done or attempted in frosty weather.

With regard to seedlings that have been growing in
seed-beds, or autumn-rooted cuttings, spring will be fonnd

Fic. 723, CHIONANTHUS RETUSUS.

mental Trees should be properly drained, if not naturally
so, and trenched. It must, however, be remembered that
Trees and Shrubs differ as regards the kind of soil most
suitable for them. Some are naturally deep-rooting, and
others, like the Heath family and its allies, may be taken
as examples of surface- or shallow-rooting subjects. Such
Shrubs as the deciduous Daphnes are best planted as
quickly as possible after the fall of the leaf in autumn,
as root-action commences soon after Christmas, which
would be interfered with if planting were deferred until
spring.

Opinions differ greatly as to the best time to transplant
Trees and Shrubs. Some prefer early autumn, some March,
and others April and May. We believe, however, in
autumn planting, as then the temperature of the ground
is higher than is the case either in mid-winter or in
early spring, and the Trees are enabled to make fresh

the best time for planting these ont in nursery rows in
soil suited to their requirements. Until well established
they should be watered daily. :

Eyergreens, especially Hollies, Yews, Bays, Portngal
Laurels, &c., may be transplanted with safety in April
and May. They should always be lifted with good balls
of earth, and the roots interfered with as little as
possible; bnt they should never be exposed to drying
winds, which injure the small fibrous rootlets. They
should not be kept out of the ground longer than is
really necessary, and if any of the roots should get
bruised, the injared parts shonld be ent away at once,
because if allowed to remain they might decay and be
the means of causing others to die; if a sharp knife be
used in entting the roots, the damaged parts will soon
heal over.

In the case of Trees that are required to travel long

pee

Trees and Shrubs—continued.
distances, the roots shonld always be protected from dry,
parching winds by means of mats, tiffany, hay, or any
such material. Holes for their reception should have
been previously prepared, and be larger than the ball of

Fic, 724.

CLETHURA ALNIPOLIA,

earth attached to the roots, which latter should be spread
out carefully in all directions, so that they will be in a
position to take up nourishment from all sides; besides,
by fixing the Trees more securely in the soil, they are
better able to withstand boisterous winds. The soil at
the base shonld be loosened, and the distance between
the Trees will depend on the size, kind, and@object for
which they are intended. It sometimes happens that the
ordinary soil of the garden is not snited to certain kinds
of Shrubs, in which case the indifferent soil should be
taken away and replaced by some favourable to the well-
being of the subjects it is intended to plant. The
common mistake of huddling the roots up together
should be avoided, and the disadvantages of very deep
planting cannot be too strongly condemned. Manure in
any shape shonld never be placed in immediate contact
with the roots; as it will do more harm than good; it
should be incorporated with the soil.

The importance of regular transplanting Trees in a young
state, especially such as belong to the Fir tribe, does not
seem to be sufficiently understood, or is not carried ont
to the extent it should be. It frequently happens that
Trees get too big or bulky for certain positions, and it
becomes necessary to lift some of them, in order to give
those that are left more room to develop. If trans-
planting has note been properly attended to in the early
stages, the chance of successfully moving them is con-
siderably minimised unless extra care is taken in the
operation.

Trees that are ‘‘mop-headed,” or top-heavy, should be
supported by stakes and securely tied immediately
planting is completed, so as to prevent them from being
blown over in windy weather. It is wise, especially if
planting be done in the spring, to give a good watering
to consolidate the soil about the roots, and if water is
applied to the foliage by means of a garden-engine or
a syringe, the Trees will be greatly assisted in making
fresh roots. In the case of Trees that are impatient of
disturbance at the root, it is an excellent plan to mulch
after transplanting with decaying leaves, light litter, &c. ;
these not only protect the ground from frost, but prevent
the escape of heat and moisture.

Shrubs grown in pots are not a success, as a rule, for
the reason that the roots are matted together throngh

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

711
Trees and Shrubs—continuwed.

too close confinement. We have noticed how much more
vigorous are Shrubs lifted from the open than those turned
out of pots, except in the case of delicate kinds that
need protection in early life; but such as these should
never be planted in the open air unless the
situation is peculiarly favourable. Planting from
pots may be carried out at almost any season,
but that is the only advantage, and this is not
a practice for general recommendation.

PRUNING. This is an all-important subject, yet
one unfortunately both little understood and neg-
lected. To properly prune the various Trees
and Shrubs several points must be considered,
such as habit, health, and purpose for which
they are intended ; also if the flowers are pro-
duced on the previous or current year’s growth.
Site and soil are also important.

In borders that are planted with mixed Shrabs
pruning is essential to keep the too vigorous
growth within bounds, and to both protect and
encourage weaker kinds. The shrubbery border
should be examined at least twice a year, and
not allowed to remain unattended for protracted
periods.

In pruning flowering Shrubs the object should
be to improve their general appearance and to
encourage greater freedom in blossom. ‘To
accomplish the latter, one must sometimes sacri-
fice growth, especially if the Shrubs have been
neglected in the early stages, as, like fruit
trees, they should be carefully attended to
whilst young, when it is easy to lay in a good
foundation. Old worn-out, sickly, and useless
wood shonld be removed, and young vigorous
shoots encouraged.

The subject may very well be discussed under
two heads: (1) spring praning, and (2) summer
pruning. The point that troubles many lovers
of hardy Shrubs is to distinguish between the

two sections. Roughly speaking, Shrubs whose flowers

are produced in winter or spring should be pruned im-

mediately the flowers are oyer, so that they may be

encouraged to make new wood early and thus become
matured before winter.

The charming Winter Sweet (Chimonanthus fragrans)
is a typical example of a winter-flowering Shrub. In
February the flowering wood shonld be eut back to an
eye of the old wood, and the worn-out growths remoyed
altogether. Garrya elliptica should be pruned in early
spring, the object being to encourage vigorous growths,
which, if properly ripened, will flower freely. Of Honey-
suckles, Lonicera fragrantissima and L. Standishii should
have their old wood thinned out in March. The Winter
Jasmine (Jasminum nudiflorum) should be attended to
abont the same time, and if the plant be growing against
a wall the main shoots should be secured thereto, and
the smaller growths allowed freedom: its effect when in
blossom is much prettier than when all the shoots are
nailed to the wall.

Portugal Laurels are best pruned in April, and the
Holly in March or Angust, as there is time for the
wounds to heal before growth ceases. With Forsythia
suspensa the weak growths should be cut away, and the
strong shoots shortened as soon as the blossoming
period is over, as shoots 6ft. in length will result, and
carry flowers freely the following spring. The evergreen
Crategus Pyracantha should have its weak growths
thinned out in early spring, and vigorous growths
from the base laid in to take the place of the old shoots.
Clusters of berries will thus be borne at the bottom, as
well as at the top of the plant. In the early summer
the oyererowded shoots of Olearia Haastii should be
thinned out, and Mahonias (Barberries) may be treated
in the same way at the same time. Rhododendrons do
not as a rule require much pruning beyond a thinning
ont of the overcrowded delicate shoots after flowering
is oyer. The seed-pods should always be removed unless
seed is required.

As the flowers of Cydonia japonica are borne on short
spurs along the old wood in March and April, proning
must be done when necessary in the last-named month,
and only the yery old wood shonld be taken away, as a

| too free use of the knife with this early-flowering Shrub

sa

ond

Denutzias, Cytisus,
Philadelphus, Ribes

robs it of much of its beanty.
Genistas, Spireas, LEscallonias, : J
(Flowering Currants), Syringas, Loniceras, Wistarias,
Viburnums, &ec., should have their vigorous shoots
shortened, and delicate growths removed after flowering.
The knife should be used sparingly with such things

Fic. 725,

ENKIANTHUS CAMPANULATUS.

as Kalmias, Pieris (Andromeda), Vaccininms, Azaleas,
Ledums, &c. The majority of the evergreen ornamental
Shrubs are best pruned in summer.

Clematises need special attention, as the flowers are
produced upon different kinds of wood. The herbaceous
sorts, such as C. diversifolia, C. recta, and C. Davidiana,
should be ent down to the ground in antumn, while those
belonging to the Viticella and Jackmanni sections are
best pruned to within 9in. of the soil in November. The
Lanuginosa, Montana, and Florida types flower from
Jane to October, and these should be pruned in
February, removing the whole of the weak, overcrowded
shoots, and a part of the old flowering wood.

Certain Shrubs are improved by close pruning.
Paulownia imperialis is a case in point. If the whole
of the wood be ent down in the autumn to a few eyes,
strong shoots will be thrown up in spring, the most
vigorous of which should be selected and the others

removed. ‘Treated thus, P. imperialis makes a good
lawn Shrub, planted either singly or in a group. The
Golden-leaved Elder is much improved by seyere

pruning, as its young shoots are of a richer yellow
than when left unpruned. Willows, Amorphas, Colnteas
(Bladder Sennas), &c., may be kept within bounds by a
free use of the knife. The Stag’s Horn (Rhus typhina)
bears pruning well, and if compact plants are desired
close pruning is necessary. Hydrangea paniculata hortensis
(H. p. grandiflora) should be pruned in Febrnary, and the

whole of the previous year’s wood cut back to a single
eye, as hard pruning is essential if large, well-formed
panicles of flowers are desired in antamn. With regard
to most of the other Hydrangeas, a thinning ont of the
shoots will be ample.

Conifers should not be pruned in winter; the best time
is spring or summer, as the Trees being then in growth
the wounds quickly heal. Conifers generally, however,
require very little pruning. The Larch and Pine families
are, for instance, apt to bleed freely if pruned when in
full growth. Conifers shonld be moulded into shape
when young. Such Trees as Cedrus Deodara, C. Libani,
and Tsuga canadensis (Abies canadensis) frequently throw
up delicate, pendulous leaders, and are apt to become
flat-headed unless the side-growths are shortened when

young, and more strength thrown into the principal
leader. See also Shrubberies and Shrubs, and
Transplanting.

FIG. 726.

STUARTIA PSEUDO-CAMELLIA.

Deciduous Trees and Shrubs.

Abelia Carya Deutzia
Acanthopanax Caryopteris Diervilia
Acer Castanea Enkianthus
Bsculus Catalpa (Fig. 725)
Ailantus Cercis Eueryphia
Alnus Chionanthus Euonymus
Amelanchier (Fig. 723) Exochorda
Amorplha Clematis Fagus
Aralia Clerodendron Forsythia
Azalea Clethra (Fig. 724) Fothergilla
Berberis Colutea Fraxinus
Betula Cornus Fuchsia
Cesalpinia Corylus Gaylussacia
Calophaca Cotoneaster Genista
Calycanthus Crategus Gleditschia
Caragana Cytisus Gymnocladus
Carpinus Daphne Halesia

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Trees and Shrubs—continued.

Deciduous Trees and Shrubs—continued.

Halimodendron
*Hamamelis
Hedysarum
Hibiscus
Hydrangea
Hypericum
Idesia

Itea

Jamesia
Juglans
Kerria
Laburnum
Lespedeza *
Leycesteria
Liquidambar
Liriodendron
Lonicera
Loropetalum
Lyonia

Evergreen Trees and Shrubs.

Andromeda
Arbutus
Arundinaria
Arundo
Aucuba
Azara
Bambusa
Berberis
Bruckenthalia
Bryanthus
Buddleia
Buzus
Cassandra
Cassinia
Castanopsis
Cerasus
Choisya
Cistus
Cotoneaster
Crategus
Dabecia
Daphne
Daphniphyllum

Berry-Bearing Trees and Shrubs.

Arbutus
Aucuba
Azara
Berberis
Cotoneaster

Berberis
Celastrus
Cotoneaster
Crategus
Daphne

Wall Shrubs and Climbers.

Abelia
Actinidia
Ampelopsis
Aristolochia
Bignonia
Chimonanthus
Clematis
Corchorus
Corylopsis

Akebia
Aristotelia
Benthamia
Berberidopsis
Bridgesia
Carpenteria
Ceanothus
Crategus
Desfontainea

Vol. V.

Magnolia .
Neillia

Nuttallia

Nyssa
Oxydendron
Peonia

Parrotia
Paulownia
Philadelphus
Platanus
Populus

Prunus (Fig. 722)
Ptelia

Pterocarya

Pyrus

Quercus
Rhododendron
Rhodotypos

Rhus

Elwagnus
Empetrum
Erica
Eriobotrya
Escallonia
Eucalyptus
Burybia
Fabiana
Gaultheria
Griselinia
Helianthemum
Humenanthera
Hypericum
Ilex

Kalmia
Laurus
Ledwin
Leiophyllum
Leucothoés
Ligustrum
Olearia
Osmanthus
Ozothamnus

EVERGREEN.

Gaultheria
Hedera
Hymenanthera
Pernettya

DEcIDUOUS.

Eleagnus
Euonymus
Hippophe
Lycitum
Pyrus

DECIDUOUS.

Exochorda
Fremontia
Indigofera
Jasmine
Lippia
Lonicera
Lycium
Menispermum

EVERGREEN.

Eleagnus
Escallonia
Euonymus
Eurya
Garrya
Hedera
Holbellia
Lonicera
Magnolia

Ribes
Robinia
Rubus
Salix
Sambucus
Shepherdia
Spartin
Spirea
Stachyurus |
Staphylea |
Stuartia (Fig. 726)
Styrax

Syringa

Tilia

Ulmus

Vaccinium
Viburnum
Zenobia

Pernettya
Philesia
Phillyrea
Phlomis
Phyllostachys
Pieris
Piptanthus
Polygala
Quercus
Rhamnus
Rhaphiolepis
Rhododendron
Rosmarinus
Ruseus
Skimmia
Tamaria
Trachycarpus
Ulex
Vaccinium
Veronica
Viburnum
Vinca

Yucca

Phillyrea
Rhaphiolepis
Ruscus
Skimmia

Sambucus
Symphoricarpus
Viburnum

Vitis

Periploca
Plagianthus
Prunus
Pyrus
Viticella
Vitis
Wistaria
Xanthoceras

Myrtus
Olearia
Osmanthus
Passiflora
Photinia
Pittosporum
Rhaphiolepis
Smilax

&C. “ita
Trees and Shrubs—continued.

Weeping Trees and Shrubs.
Drcipuous.

Acer Fagus Prunus
Alnus Fraxinus Salia
Betula Laburnum Sophora
Caragana Larix Tilia
Cornus Populus Ulnus
EVERGREEN,
Cedrus Juniperus Taxus
Cupressus Picea Thuya (Biota)
Tlex
Conifers.
Abies Ginkgo Pseudotsuga
Araucaria Tuniperus Retinospora
Biota Larix Sciadopitys
Cedrus Libocedrus Sequoia
Cephalotaxus Picea Taxodium
Cryptomeria Pinus Taxus
Cunninghamia Podocarpus Thuya
Cupressus Prumnopitys Tsuga
Fitzroya Pseudolarix Wellingtonia

TREMBLING TREES.
and P. tremuloides.

TREVORIA (named in hononr of Sir Trevor
Lawrence). OrD. Orchidex. A monotypic genus
discovered by Mr. F. C. Lehmann, of Popayan, who
described it in the columns of the ‘Gardeners’
Chronicle.” An illustration of it, made from the finder’s
drawing, also accompanied it. The species, Chloris, is
named after the goddess of flowers, and in the original
description the reason for the generic and specific names
is explained by Mr. Lehmann thus: ‘I have named this
genus of Orchidacew in honour and commemoration of
Sir Trevor Lawrence, Bart., President of the R.H.S.,
one of the most enthusiastic orchidists that ever lived.
Trevoria has to answer our purpose; Lawrencia and
Lawrencella being already in existence in Composite and
Malvacex respectively. May Sir Trevor's love of Orchids
endure sempervirent, as Chloris, the Goddess of Flowers.”
The flowers, which are in drooping racemes, and
yellowish or greenish-yellow in colour, have been
produced under cultivation in Sir Trevor Lawrence’s
collection.

‘TRIANEA BOGOTENSIS. The correct name of

this is now Limnobiwm bogotense.

TRIAS. To the species described on p. 77, Vol. IV.,
the following should be added :

T. picta (painted). j”. honey-coloured, densely spotted with
reddish-purple, fleshy, jin. across. i. 2in. to 2kin. long,
narrow-obovate, acuminate, fleshy. Pseudo-bulbs four-angled,
Zin. thick. Birma, 1888.

T. vitrina (vitreous-green).
brown on the lip, solitary on short pedicels.
long. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid. Rhizome creeping.

1895.

TRIBE. A section of a natural order embracing one
or more genera; sometimes called a Family.

TRICHILIA. JT. glabra

T. havanensis.
TRICHIOSOMA LUCORUM. See Sawflies.

TRICHOCENTRUM. To the species and varieties
deseribed on p. 79, Vol. IV., the following should be

added :

T. alatum (winged). A species allied to 7. fusewm, but bearing
smaller flowers, which are white, having the base of the lip
yellow with red veins. Colombia, 1898.

T. albiflorum (white-flowered). /. white, with a tinge of
purple at the base of the lip, about lin. across; spur short,
two-toothed; raceme lin. long. J. ovate, about lin. long.
Mexico, 1893.

Te ieee ureum striatum (striated). (/. having a large
purple blo’ on each side of the base of the lip, and the
apical part striped purple.

T. Hartii (Hart's). 7. about lin. across; sepals and petals
light yellow ; lip white and reddish-brown, 7. fleshy, uioas
2in. long. Venezuela, 1894. Allied to 7. fuscwm.

See Populus Tremula

jl. pale green, with a few spots of
1. solité 3i
Tenasserim,

is the correct name of

4Y

Nati
Aa

Trichocentrum—continued.

T. triquetrum (triquetrous). /., sepals and_ petals pale
straw-yellow, the lateral sepals prolonged behind and adnate
to the spur of the lip; A straw-yellow, irregularly variegated
and almost suffused with orange; spur lsin. long; ovary
triquetrous ; peduneles axillary, lin. long. Z. vertical, equitant,
6in. long, 4in. broad, gradually tapering to the apex. Peru.
(L. vii., t. 311.)

TRICHOCLADUS (from (hriz, trichos, hair, and
kladon, a branch; the plants are stellate-tomentose or
villous). Syn. Dahlia (of Thunberg). Orv. Hamamelidex.
A small genus (five species) of greenhouse, evergreen
shrubs, all South African, and closely allied to the
Witch Hazels (Hamamelis). Flowers usually white,
monececious or dicecious, densely clustered in small heads
or racemes; calyx five-parted; petals five; stamens five.
Leaves opposite and alternate, entire; stipules incon-
spicnous. Only one species calls for mention here. For
culture, see Gardenia.

T. grandiflorus (large-flowered).* jf. lsin. in diameter,
crowded in short, axillary and terminal, sub-sessile racemes ;
petals white, pink at base, strap-shaped, undulated. July.
i. Zin. to 4in. long, shortly petiolate, ovate to ovate-lanceolate,
caudate-acuminate, dark green above, paler beneath. 1890.
A handsome shrub or small tree. (B. M. 7418.)

TRICHODESMA. To the species described on p. 79,

Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. physaloides (Physalis-like). (/., calyx purple, at length
lin. to l4in. long; corolla pure white; pedicels at length lin.
to 2in. long. /. glaucous-green, sessile, half-amplexicaul.
Stem erect, angled. Rootstock fleshy. h. lft. to 2ft. South
Africa, 1892. Greenhouse perennial. (G. ©. 1892, xi.,
p. 363, f. 51.)

TRICHOGLOTTIS. JT. Dawsoniana is the correct
name of Cleisostoma Dawsoniana. T. fasciata is now
classed under Stawropsis.

TRICHOMANES. Bristle Ferns. With the ex-
ception of a few species which undoubtedly require more
than greenhouse temperature, the Tirichomanes may
without danger be submitted to the treatment recom-
mended for Hymenophyllum. When not otherwise
stated, they may be considered as thriving under the
cool treatment recommended for Filmy Ferns generally.
We may add that, whereas we do not advocate for either
Hymenophyllums or ‘Todeas the use of stone, this
material is essential to the well-being of certain
Trichomanes.

Fic, 727, TRICHOMANES PARVULUM.

As will be noticed in the descriptions of the species,
many of the plants are provided with rhizomes, and
these are in most instances of a yery different nature
from those of Hymenophyllums, as the greater part
of them possess a very strongly-marked power of
adhesion: it is for these species especially that the
stone is necessary. While some of the kinds with
slender, though equally hairy rhizomes, such as T. humile,
T. pyxidiferum, T. trichoidewm, and T. venoswm, which
in their natural habitats are usually found clothing Tree-
fern stems, prefer rambling through decaying vegetable
matter ; others, also provided with very slender rhizomes,
prefer sandstone, or stone of a very porous and _ soft
nature—this is particularly the case with such species

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Trichomanes—continued.

as T. Colensoi, T. easectum, T. parvulum (Fig. 727),
T. tenerum, &c. Tt has been noticed, however, that
species provided with stont, hairy, creeping rhizomes, such

Fic. 728. TRICHOMANES JAVANICUM.

as T. javanicum (Fig. 728) and T. radicans, thrive best
when in close proximity to stone of a harder nature, to
which they will cling with great tenacity. It may be
well to note here that whenever stone is used it is
necessary that a little peat of a sandy-fibrons nature
should be placed at its base to establish the plant.

The propagation of Trichomanes is usually effected by
division of the rhizomes, although it also sometimes takes
place by means of proliferons buds. For instance,
T. pinnatum is conspicuously proliferous at the extremity
of its fronds, where, when touching the ground, they
frequently root of their own accord. In the same way a
form of T. radicans, named proliferwm, found in Ireland,
may be inereased by the rooting of the bulbils produced
on the upper surface of its fronds. Trichomanes may
also be propagated by means of spores, but this is a
somewhat tedious process; in 1886 a batch of several
hundred young T. radicans were raised in that way in
Messrs. J. Veitch and Sons’ nursery at Chelsea, and,
strange as it may appear, the species reproduced itself
without any noticeable deviation whateyer from the
normal form. The young plants thus produced had a
much handsomer appearance than those resulting from
the division of the rhizomes, as they grew more

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Trichomanes—continued.

symmetrically and also more vigorously, but this hardly
compensated for the length of time which seedlings take
to develop, for the plants which in 1886 were only in
24in. pans were produced from spores sown on turfy peat
in 1882. The experiment, however, was interesting from
the fact that the young subjects thus obtained under
artificial conditions were the first of which there is any
record, and they conclusively proved that, with a certain
amount of patience, Trichomanes may, like most other
Ferns, be propagated from spores, especially when these
can be gathered and sown immediately.

To the species and yarieties described on pp. 79-82,
Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. alabamense (Alabama).
T. anceps (two-edged). A garden synonym of 7’. Prieurti.

T. Colensoi (Rey. W. Colenso’'s)." rhiz. wide-creeping, naked.
sti. naked, lin, long. fronds oblong-lanceolate, 2in. to 4in.
long, pinnate; pinne distant, stalked, cut down quite to the
stalks into very narrow segments. New Zealand. An elegant
and delicate-looking, rare species.

T. elegans (elegant).* rhiz. tufted. sti. 2in. to 3in. long.
Jronds dimorphous; barren ones ardoping; pinnatitid, 6in. to
8in. long, 2in. broad, broadly lanceolate, with nearly hori-
zontal, crowded, toothed pinne and often caudate at ;
fertile ones 6in. to 12in. long, seldom Jin. broad, C
undivided, fringed on each side with coarse, hair-like, slender
Spore-receptacles, ‘Lropi America, A distinct species. SYN.
Feera elegans.

T. foeniculaceum (Fennel-like). sti. erect, wiry, 2in. to 4in.
long. fronds 4in. to 8in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, erect,
rigid, broadly ovate; lower pinne l4in. long, cut nearly or
quite to the stalk ; pinnules, deeply cleft into thread-like
segments.’ Mauritius, &c. Syn. 7. parvifolium.

T. Fraseri (Fraser's). rhiz. creeping. fronds small, erect, pale
green, naked, somewhat flabellate, lobed. sori contined to the
top lobes. West Indies, 1890.

T. fruticulosum (somewhat shrubby).
“a stiff, wiry plant, with deep green fronds.”

recorded, 1894,
T. Leprieurii (Le Prieur’s).

A variety of 7’. radicans.

This is described as
Habitat not

A synonym of 7. Prieurii.

FG. 729. PORTION OF FROND OF 'TRICHOMANES RADICANS

ANDREWSII.

T. Lyallii (Lyall’s). sti. lin. to 2in. long, slender, filiform.
Jronds jin. to 2in. each way, sub-orbicular in general outline,
Habellately divided nearly to the base into dichotomous
branched, narrow-lir ciliated, minutely-denticulate | seg-
ments. sori three or four, terminal on the segments; involucre
obconical, quite sunk in the tube. New Zealand.

T. meifolium (Spignel-leaved).* fronds tufted, 2ft. high,
lanceolate, very finely divided into linear segments, some of
which, standing forward as in Todea superba, give the whole
plant a delightful softness and richness. Java (at 4000ft. to
7000ft.), 1871. One of the most beautiful of all Filmy Ferns.

T. parvifolium (small-leaved). A synonym of 7. fanicu-
laceum.

T. Prieurii (Le Priew’s),* rhiz. erect. sti, strong, tufted,
4in. to 8in. long. fronds slightly hairy above, lft. to 14ft. long,

6in. to 12in. broad, broadly ovate, tri- or quadripinnatitid ;

715

Trichomanes—continued.

main rachis narrowly winged above or throughout; Jower
pinne 4in. to 6in. long, their pinnules deeply cleft into rather
distant, long, narrow, sharply-toothed segments. West Indies,
&c. A magnificent species. (H. G. F., t. 11; H. S. F. i.
p. 155, t. 40G.) Syns. 7. anceps (of gardens), 7’. Leprieurii.

T. radicans alabamense (Alabama). /hiz. thin, creeping,
lft. long. sti. winged to the tip of the fronds. fronds 3in. to
Tin. long, 2in. or less in breadth. sori clustered in a cup
around a fine hair, or bristle, at the tips of the veins. North
America.

T. r. Andrewsii.* This beautiful variety mainly differs from
the type in having narrower fronds, with more distant and
distinct leaflets. See Fig. 729.

T. r. proliferum (proliferous). fronds, when fully developed,
dotted over with small bulbils, from which young plants are
easily raised,

There are several other varieties of 7. radicans, including
americanum, cambucwm, crispum, dissectian, and d. cuneatum.

T. roraimense (Roraima).
to 6in. long. Guiana, 1896.

T. strictum (erect). fronds lanceolate, very pale green, 4in.
to 6in. long, three or four times divided nearly to the
narrowly-winged stalk; pinnae crowded, lanceolate; lower
pinnules deeply cleft into ligulate lobes. New Zealand.

TRICHOPILIA. To the species described on
pp. 83-4, Vol. IV., the following should be added’:

T. brevis (short).* /. two or three to a scape; sepals and
petals greenish-yellow, blotched with chocolate, linear-lanceo-
late, acute; lip white, slightly flushed and veined with yellow
on the front lobe and disk. J. solitary, elliptic-lanceolate, 6in.
long. Psendo-bulbs conico-cylindrical, 3in. to Sin. long.
about 1891. (G, C. 1895, xvili., p. 641; L. vii., t. 332.)

T. coccinea marginata (scarlet, margined). The correct
name of 7. marginata, T. coccinea (B. M. 4857) being now
regarded as a species. Other forms are crispa and lepida
(both described as species in Vol. IV.), and olivacea (sepals
and petals elivaedoul):

T. crispa is a form of 7’. coccinea.

A new species having fronds 5in.

Peru,

T. laxa (loose). jl. in loose, erect racemes, produced out of
broad, obtuse, short, membranous, spotted bracts ; sepals and
petals pale watery green, faintly tinged with purple, erect,
linear-lanceolate, equal; lip cream-colour. — /. linear-oblong.
Southern Colombia. Syn. Pilumna laxa.(B. R. 1846, t. 57).

T. 1. flaveola (yellowish). 7.
and petals. 1884,

T. Lehmanni (Lehmann’s). //. white, with a yellow spot in
the throat of the lip; sepals and petals linear-lanceolate,
lsin. long ; lip with a large, oblong front lobe ; ye Zin. to
3in. long, bracteate. J. solitary, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse.
Pseudo-bulbs ovate-compressed, Colombia, 1888. Something
in the way of 7. fragrans, but with a one-flowered peduncle,
(R. G. 1888, t. 1276, f. 2.)

T. lepida is a form of 7. coccinea.

T. punctata (dotted).* This is allied to 7. lawa, but differs
from that and all other species in having the sepals and petals
coyered with numerous reddish-purple spots on a light green
ground ; lip greenish-white. Costa Rica, 1890.

T. Wageneri and 1, Warscewiczii are grown in botanical collec-
tions,

TRICHOPODIUM. A

(which see).

TRICHOPUS (from thrix, trichos, hair, and pous, a
foot or stalk; in allusion to the filiform ). SyYNs.
Podianthus, Trichopodium. Orb. Diose A mono-
typie genus. The species, JT. zeylanicus, is a curious,
dwarf, stove plant, with a woody rootstock, from which
spring numerous short, wiry, trigonal stems, each bearing
a cordate-lanceolate leaf 24in. long and seyeral purple,
star-shaped flowers on slender stalks (B. M. 7350). It is
not of much horticultural value.

haying yellowish-white sepals

synonym of Trichopus

TRICHOSANTHES. Ceratosanthes tuberosa is the
correct name of T. twberosa.
TRICHOSMA. To the species described on p. 86,

Vol. IV., the following variety should be added:

T. suavis Meulenaereana (Meulenaer's). his differs from
the type in the lip lacking the large yellow blotch and in
being strongly lined with violet-purple instead of reddish-
brown. Sikkim, 1894.

TRICHOSTEMA. 1o the information given on
p. 86, Vol. IV., the following should be added. For
culture, see Salvia.

716

Trichostema—continued,

T. lanatum (woolly). jl. bluish-purple, with very long, pro-
jecting stamens, disposed in long, virgate, SATA ae spikes ;
inflorescence wholly clothed with purple, woolly hairs (which
become short in the variety denudatum). J. entire, linear
Stems simple. /. lift. South California. An interesting, half-
hardy sub-shrub, SYN. 7. Parishii.

T. Parishii (Parish’s). A synonym of 7. lanatum.
TRICHOTOSIA.
TRICUSPIDARIA. 1’. dependens (B. M. 7160) is the

correct name of T. hexapetala.

TRICYRTIS. Of T. hirfa there is a form nigra,
which is more attractive and earlier-flowering than the
type.

TRIDAX. Including Sogalgina. To the species
described on p. 87, Vol. IV., the following variety should
be added :

T. bicolor rosea (two-coloured, pink). ’
2in. across; ray florets rose-coloured,
rather broad, three-toothed ; disk yellow.

Included under Eria (which see).

fl.-heads 14in. to nearly
fifteen to eighteen,
Summer. /., basal

ones somewhat triangular, 2in. long, lin. broad, strongly
nerved, the margin widely toothed; upper ones becoming

gradually narrower and smaller, most of them quite entire.
h. lft. to 14ft. North Mexico, 1887. A pretty, hardy annual,
but it should not be sown too early. (G. C. 1887, ii., p. 553.)

TRIFOLIATE. ‘hree-leayed. Often incorrectly
used for Trifoliolate (which see).
TRIFOLIUM. To the species described on pp. 88-9,

Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. alpinum (alpine).* /. purple; upper petal pink, streaked
with purple; head umbellate, long-pedunculate. July. /., leaf-
lets ternate, lanceolate-linear ; petioles long; stipules very long
and narrow. Stem very short and thick, underground. h. 3in.
to 6in. European mountains, 1775. Rockery.

T. armenium (Armenian).

T. aurantiacum (orange). /l. orange, in an ovate head ;
standard obovate-oblong. May and June; peduncle very much
longer than the leaves. J., leaflets oblong and oblong-linear,
often retuse, the terminal one stalked. Greece. An erect or
decumbent annual.

T. involucratum
T. imbricatum.

T. pannonicum (Pannonia).*

The correct name of 7’ olympicuin.

(involucred). The correct name of

jl. creamy-white (yellow when

dry); head terminal, pedunculate, ovate-oblong, thick. June.
1., leaflets lanceolate-oblong, obtuse, acute, or retuse. Stems

simple, thick. h. 1ft. Piedmont Alps, 1752. Plant very pilose.

T. polyphyllum (many-leayed). jl. purple, at length deflexed ;
peduncle longer than the leaves, umbellately three- to eight-
flowered. Summer. J. radical, rather long-petiolate; leaflets
seven to nine, oblong-linear or linear, remotely serrated.
Rhizome very hard. Caucasus. Plant highly glabrous, tufted,
stemless.

T. repens pentaphyllum (tive-leaved).
plant with bronzy foliage.

TRIFURCIA is synonymous with Herbertia (which
see).

TRIGONELLA. Medicago ruthenica is the correct

name of T. ruthenica.

TRIGONIDIUM. To the species described on p. 89,
Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. latifolium (broad-leaved). j., sepals and petals yellow and
purple; lip with a fleshy yellow front lobe and narrow
purplish side ones. 7. obovate-oblong, 6in. long, 2in. broad.
Brazil, about 1894 (first described in 1837). (B. R., t. 1923.)

TRILLIUM. ‘To the species described on p. 90,
Vol. LV., the following should be added:

T. discolor atratum ((ark).* Jl.
1. distinctly marked, 1888.

T, recurvatum (recurved). _//l. sessile ; inner perianth segments
brownish-purple, jin. to 14in, long, oblong-lanceolate, narrowed
to a claw at base; outer ones reflexed. Spring. J. petiolate,
ovate to ovate-oblong, usually acute at both ends, marbled.

T. sessile californicum (Californian).* /., inner perianth
segments purple, pink, or white, lin. to 4in. long, oblanceolate
to rhombic-obovate. /. broadly rhombic-ovate, 3in. to 6in.
long, spotted. Stouter than the type. (G. & F. 1890, p. 321,
f. 44.)

TRINACTE.

A pretty little rock

maroon, medium-sized.

A synonym of Jungia (which see).

_T. Hendersoni (Henderson's).

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

TRIOPTERIS (the correct spelling]. According to
the ‘* Index Kewensis,” 7’. jamaicensis and T. lucida are
distinet species, and not forms of 1. rigida.

TRIPHASIA. 7. Aurantiola is the correct name of
T. trifoliata.

TRIPHYSARIA. Sce Orthocarpus.

TRIPINNATIFID. Thrice-cleft nearly to the base
or midrib.

ee Thrice-cleft to the base or
midrib.

TRISIOLA. A synonym of Uniola (which see).

TRISTANIA. To the species described on p. 93,
Vol. IV., the following should be added:

T. densiflora (dense-flowered). /l. crimson; cymes numerous,
three-flowered. J. opposite, entire, ovate, coriaceous. Australia,
1881. Shrub.

T. laurina (Laurel-like). #. yellow, very small, in short,
axillary cymes. J. alternate, lanceolate, elliptic, or obovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, penniveined, 2in. to 4in. long, narrowed
to the petioles; under-side of the younger ones glaucous or
silky-pubescent. Australia. Shrub or tree. (B. M. 7529.)

TRITELEIA. Star Flower. To the species described
on pp. 93-4, Vol. IV., the following should be added. See
also Brodiza.

T. Bridgesii (Bridges’). This is very near 7. laxa, but the
perianth tube is lengthened into a sub-cylindrical base and
the filaments are as long as the linear anthers. 1888. (G. & F.
1888, p. 226.)

This is allied to 7. Bridgesii,
but the segments of the salmon-coloured perianth (which is
sin. to lin. long) are ribbed with brownish-purple and the
pedicels are not above lin. long. Oregon, 1890.

T. peduncularis (peduncled). i. rose-purple, small, jin. to
lin. long; pedicels sometimes 6in. to 10in. long. Otherwise
like 7. Jawa. California. (G. C. 1896, xx., p. 243, f. 47, under
its correct name Brodiwa peduncularis.)

T. uniflora cerulea (blue).* jl. of a beautiful porcelain-blue,
STELLA is another garden form.

TRITHRINAX. To the species described on p, 94,
Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. campestris (field-loving).* A Palm of majestic appearance,
allied to 7. brasiliensis, but differing in having the leaflets
shortly bifid, white-tomentose above, glabrescent beneath ; the

a piaehes of the spadix are also stouter. South Argentina,

TRITONIA. According to J. G. Baker, this genus
now embraces upwards of thirty species.

The Montbretia section is the most popular with
gardeners, on account of the very gracefully disposed
flowers and elegant foliage. The colour-range is not a
large one—usually some shade of orange or yellow—and
they are most useful for furnishing cnt-flower material.
The older but still beautiful M. Pofttsii, and one or two
others once favoured, have been to a certain extent
superseded by the garden varieties (Fig. 730), a list of
which will be found below. The bulbs of this section
are best planted in autumn, lifted annually on heavy
soils, and replanted in fresh quarters; but upon light
ones they need not be disturbed oftener than every two
or three years.

To the species described on pp. 94-5, Vol. IV., the
following should be added. Some of the plants formerly
known as Tritonias are now classed under Acidanthera,
Baoly=s; Crocosmia, Freesia, Gladiolus, and

xia.

T. capensis,
T. miniata is a variety of 7. crocata.
T. rosea (rosy).

The correct name is Acidanthera capensis.

jl. four to twelve in a loose spike; perianth

bright red, lin. long, the tube broadly funnel-shaped, the
segments oblong; spathe valves 4in. to Sin. long. June.

/. linear, tirm, 1ft. long. Stems branched, 14ft. to 2ft. long.
Corm globose, lin. in diameter. (B. M. 7280.)

Varieties. Some of the best of the popular Montbretia
section of this genus are:
AURORE, BOUQUET PARFAIT, ELDORADO, ELEGANS, ETOILE DE
FEU, FANTAISIE, GERBE D'OR, GOLDEN SHEAF, SOLFATERRE,
SULPHUREA, TALISMAN, and 'TRANSCENDANT.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Cle

TROCHETIA. To the species described on p. 96,
Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. Blackburniana (Blackburn's). /.
petals white, edged, veined, and _blotchec
peduncles one-flowered. May. /. long-petiolate, elliptic- or
obovate-oblong, acute, entire or crenate-serrated. Mauritius.
A Hibiscus-like, stove shrub or small tree. (B. M. 7209.)

T. erythroxylon. The correct name is Melhania erythroxylon.

TROCHODENDRON (from ftrochos, a wheel, and
dendron, a tree; in allusion to the wheel-like flowers).
Orb. Magnoliaceer. A monotypic genus. The species is
a very singular, hardy, evergreen shrub or small tree,
with the habit of a Heptapleurwm, and requiring similar
culture to Magnolia.

T. aralioides (Aralia-like), . green,
quite lin. across, in erect, terminal, sessile racemes ;
wanting; stamens many, radiating. Spring. J. 3in. to 4in.
long, long-petiolate, ovate or oblong-ovate, obtusely acuminate,
crenate-serrated. Bark aromatic. h. 12ft. to 16ft. Japan,
before 1894. (B. M 7345; G. C. 1894, xv., p 16, f. 91.)

ample, campanulate ;
with blood-red ;

star-like, nearly or
petals

Fic. 730.

TRITONIA (MONTBRETIA) GARDEN VARIETIES.

TROCHOSTIGMA. A of Actinidia

(which see).

TROLLIUS. To the species described on pp. 96-7,
Vol. IV., the following should be added:

T. americanus is the correct name of 7. laxus.

T. asiaticus. 1. bright orange, large, with a semi-double
appearance, having eleven to fifteen orange sepals, and linear
petals. There are other varieties in gardens, including auran-
tiacus.

synonym

Trollius—continued. '
T. dshungaricus. J/., sepals fifteen, golden within, reddish

outside, spreading, rounded at apex, mucronate-denticulate ;
subulate.

style straight, Otherwise resembling 7. europeus.

Turkestan.

Fic, 731. TROLLIUS ORANGE GLOBE.

T. europzeus (Boits) exhibits much variation, different forms
being known in gardens as albidus, dauricus, giganteus, napelli-
Jfolius (the last being very showy), and ORANGE GLOBE (see
Fig. 731).

T. japonicus (Japanese). fl. yellow, veined; sepals lin. or
less in length, ten or more; peduncle 7in. long, leafy-bracted
to the middle. /., radical ones rounded-cordate, ftive-parted
to the base. Japan. Allied to TZ. asiaticus. The variety
Jlore-pleno has aoabis flowers.

T. Ledebourii (Ledebous). ji. yellowish; sepals five,
spreading, veined, ovate; petals ten to twelve, narrow-linear,
exceeding the stamens but inconspicuous. May. J. cleft to
the base; segments lobed and toothed. Ah. 2ft. Siberia, 1827.

TROMSDORFFIA (of Blume). Included under
Chirita (which see), the correct name of T. speciosa
being C. Horsfieldii.

TROMSDORFFIA (of R. Brown).
Dichrotrichium (which see).

TROPZOLUM. To the species described on pp. 97-9,
Vol. IV., the following should be added:
T. aduncum. According to the Kew Hand-list this is the
correct name of 7. peregrinum. SYN. T. canariense.
T. canariense (Canary Islands).
T. Leichtlini (Leichtlin’s).* 1. bright orange-yellow, with red
spots, in a long, leafy raceme. May and June. 1895. A garden
hybrid between 7. polyphyllum and T. edule.

T. Lindeni (Linden’s). #. small, with a large, conical spur
l1sin. long ; peduncle tiliform. September. J. peltate, obcordate,

A synonym of

A synonym of 7. adunecum.

34in. to Sin. long, rosy-tinted. Colombia, 1894. Greenhouse.
T. Smithii is a form of 7. aduncum.
T. violzflorum (Viola-flowered). The correct name T. viole-

folium,

Dwarf Varieties. These are amongst the most useful
of annuals, as they succeed best in the driest and
poorest of soils, and are excellent bedding and border
subjects. In addition to the varieties given in Vol. IV.,
p. 98, the following should be added :

AURORA, rosy-fawn, suffused orange-red ; C4#RULEUM ROSEUM,
rose, tinged with blue; CHAMELEON, cream to eee with
rose or crimson markings; CLOTH OF GOLD, golden foliaged ;
CRYSPAL PALACE GEM, sulphur, spotted maroon ; H. M.
STANLEY, copper ; LADYBIRD, rich yellow, with crimson veining ;
LILIPUT, variable as to colour, good for border SCARLET
KING, brilliant scarlet, an effective bedder; and TERRA COTTA,
coppery-buff.

718 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Tropeolum—continued.

Tall Varieties, These are usually grown as half-hardy
annuals ; but they may be sown in the open border as
soon as danger from frost is past. They are equally
effective either indoors or outside, and are most useful for
covering trellis work, arbours, &c. The following are
good kinds, and, like the dwarfs, do best in poor soils.
ASA GRAY, varying from cream to yellow; BRILLIANT, bright
scarlet, with crimson throa' ‘ARDINALE, small, scarlet, of
close habit; CRYSTAL PALACE SCARLET, orange-scarlet, very
sho FIREFLY, deep orange, suffused blood-red; GOLDEN
Qu , deep yellow; LUCIFER, bright scarlet, with rich, dark
foliage ; PRIMROSE ; SPITFIRE, brilliant scarlet.

TRUMPET GALL. See Vine Galls.
TRUMPET WEED. ‘See Eupatorium pur-

pureum.
TRUNE. The stem of a tree.
TRUSS. A popular name for a compact, moderate-

sized cluster of flowers. An umbel of flowers produced
from one centre and growing on one stem, as in the Pelar-
gonium, Verbena, Auricula, &c.

TRYPETA POMONELLA. See Apple Maggot.

TSUGA. To the species described on pp. 101-2,
Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. diversifolia (variable-leaved). 7. somewhat distichous,
flat, entire, linear, very shortly petiolate. cones sub-ses
reflexed or nodding, narrow-elliptic, acute; scales orbicular
rounded-ovate. Trunk tall, with a narrow, conic head ;

branches and branchlets twiggy. Japan, 1878 Syn. Abies
diversifolia.
T. Douglasii (Douglas's). A synonym of Pseudotsuga
Douglasit.
T. Lindleyana (Lindley’s) A synonym of Pseudotsuga
Douglasir.

T. Pattoniana glauca (glaucous).” J. of a lovely glaucous
hue. Branches more drooping than in the type.

T. Williamsonii (Williamson’s). A synonym of 7, Pattoniana.
TUBERCINIA SCABIES. See Scab.
TUBERIFEROUS. Bearing tubers.

TUBULAR FLORET. A disk-flower in Composite.

TULBAGHIA. To the species described on p. 102,
Vol. IV., the following should be added:

T. natalensis (Natal). j/. fragrant; perianth white, din. long ;
corona greenish-white ; umbels six- to ten-flowered; scape over
lft. long. May. J. to eight, linear, bright green, 6in. to
12in. long. South Africa, 1891.

TULIPA. ‘To the species and varieties described on
pp 104-8, Vol. IV., the following should be added :

T. Batalini (Prof. Batalin’s). /., perianth pale lemon- -yellow,
the segments longish-oval, blunt, turning outwards at tip,
sometimes irregularly notched, 1. five, green, smooth, linear-
lanceolate, trailing on the ground. Bulb-scales brown, woolly
on the inner surface. Bokhara, 1889. (G. C. 1896, xix.,
p. 759, f. 131; R. G., t. 1307, f. 2.)

T. Billietiana (Cardinal Billiet’s).* ., perianth wholly yellow,
the outer segments acute, the inner ones rounded at apex.
Sree 1888. A showy Tulip, allied to 7. Didierit. (B M.
7293.

T. boeotica (Beotian).* /., perianth saturated with red, 14in.
to 2in. long; segments oblong, acute or acuminate, six to
eight lines broad, having a narrow-elongated, black, yellow-
eirdled spot at base ; peduncle 2in. to 3im. long. J. three or
four, below the middle of the stem, undulate-margined,
lorate-lanceolate, Sin. to 6in. long; upper ones lanceolate.
h. lft. Beeotia, &e.

T. chrysantha (yellow-flowered). #., perianth yellow, or
orange, or reddish-tinged outside, unspotted, scented, lin. to
ljin. long; segments oblong. /. three or four, glabrous,
glaucous, much undulated, recurved or ascending, lanceolate,
fin. to 6in. long. Floriferous stem glabrous, 3in. to 4in, long.
Persia, &e., 1894,

T. ciliatula (slightly ciliated). #., perianth bright crimson.
This is closely related to 7. undulatifolia, but differs from
that species in the shorter, obtuse perianth segments, and
from 7. precox by its sub-glaucous bulb-scales. Asia Minor,

1890.

T. Clusiana alba (white).* /., perianth white; segments
having a pale purple spot at the base inside, and ‘purple
outside ; anthers purplish. Chitral, 1897. (G. C. 1897, xxi.,
p. 73, f. 20.)

Tulipa—c onti inued,

T. concinna (neat).” ., perianth crimson, campanulate, 1{in.
long, the minutely-mucronate segments having an obscure
blackish- ee blotch at the base; peduncle 2in. to 3in. long.
April. four, glaucous, obscurely ciliated, undulated, the
sores Sin. to 6in. long. Bulb small.
1893.

T. cuspidata (cusp-pointed).

T. Dammanniana (Dammann’s). /:, perianth purple, marked
with a black blotch at the base of the segments; filaments
glabre 1. linear-lanceolate, slightly ciliated on the margins.
Bulb- es villous inside. Mount Lebanon, 1889. Allied to
T. linifolia, but less hardy. (R. G, 1889, t. 1300, f. 2.)

T. Didieri alba hao A pretty cream-white, fragrant

variety.

T. D. lutescens (yellowish).
flowers with greenish centres,

T. Dracontia. See T. Gesneriana.

T. elegans alba (white).* A variety with reflexed petals,
white, edged with carmine.

Stem Qin. long. ‘Taurus,

The correct name of 7', Elwesii.

A variety with pale yellowish

T. Elwesii. The correct name is 7 cuspidata.

T. flava (yellow). #. continuing after most of the species have
finished blossoming ; perianth bright yellow ; segments marked
down the centre with a distinct green band. Of garden origin.

T. fragrans (scented). jl., perianth yellow, infundibular-
campanulate, lin. to 14in. long; segments acute, 4in. to 4in.
broad. 7. three, 6in. to 8in. long, ascending, glauceseent,
linear-lorate, acute. Stem 6in. to 12in. high, one-headed.
Bulb ovoid, 4in. to Zin. thick. Algiers. This is now regarded
as specifically distinct from 7. sylvestris.

T. Greigi. The following forms are described in Continental
periodicals : a@stuans (flowers reddish, large), aurea (yellow,
red outside, large), carminea (carmine-scarlet, black-spotted),
compta (intense red, yellow at base), imperialis (segments
eight, red, black at base), parviflora (scarlet, black-spotted,
yellow-edged, small), picta (yellow, large, a black-bordered red
spot in centre of each segment, outer segments tipped red),
pulchella (supposed hybrid between T. Greigi and T, Kau/-
manniana), and Victorie (red, yellow-streaked, large).

T. Grisebachiana is now regarded as a form of 7. Orphan-
idea.

T. lanata (woolly). j., perianth purple, campanulate, with a
large, yellow-bordered, black spot at the base of the segments,
which are woolly-tipped ; pecunele one-flowered,
four, usually faleate, broadly clasping, the margins minutely
ciliolate. Stem flexuous, 10in. to 14in. high, Eastern Bokhara.
Allied to 7. Greigi.

T. Leichtlini (Leichtlin’s). #. always erect; perianth large ;
outer segments of a rich purplish-red or coral-pink, broadly
margined with white, shorter than the inner ones, which are
yellowish-white and oblanceolate; scape lft. high. J/. erect
or recurved, linear-lance6late, acuminate.
Allied to 7. stellata. (Gn. 1891, 819.)

T. Levieri (Levier’s). #., perianth scarlet, large; segments
having a basal black blotch margined with golden-yellow
Persia, 1894. This is probably a form of 7. montana.

T. libanotica (Lebanon). /., perianth purple, with an elongated,
blackish spot at the base of the oblanceolate segments ;
anthers shorter than the filaments; scape glabrous. J. flaccid,
linear, wavy and ciliated on the margins. Mount Lebanon,
1888. Allied to 7. linifolia.

T. linifolia (Flax-leaved). l., perianth of a brilliant vermilion-
scarlet, nearly 24in. in diameter, with small black blotches in
the centre; segments spreading, alternately obcordate and
cuneate; anthers yellow; scape 6in. high. J/. about three,
glaucous, lanceolate, gradually tapering, boat-shaped, the
margins crenate, revolute. 1886. (R. G. 1235, a-f.)

T. Lownei (Lowne’s). (., perianth bright lilac, nine to fourteen
lines long, infundibular- -campanulate, the segments marked
at base with a broad, bright yellow stain; pedicels lin. to 2in.
long. J. two, yellow ish- -green, spreading, faleate, glabrons,
channelled, lanceolate, 3in. to 4in, long. Stem one- or two-
headed, deeply forked. Syria, 1899.

T. Maximowiczii (Maximowicz’s). /l., perianth scarlet-
purple, the outer segments marked at their base with a
white-bordered, bluish-black spot. /. alternate, distant, linear,
with red, minutely ciliolate margins. Stem leafy. Bokhara,
1889. Allied to 7’. linifolia, but having the bulb-scales hairy
within at apex. (G. C. 1896, xix., p. 757; R. G. 1889, t. 1307,
ne)

T. platystigma (having a broad stigma). . violet-scented ;
perianth rosy-lilac, 2in. to 2sin. long, campanulate, the
segments having a small blue and yellow spot at base. /. three
or four, glaucescent, ciliolate, much undulated; lower ones
lanceolate, 6in. to 8in. long. Stem flexuous, lft. ‘to 1sft. high.
Bulb ovoid, lin. thick. French Alps. From this Species the

Parrot Tulips have been evolved.

l. three or”

Kashmir, 1889.

Tulipa—continued.

T. polychroma (many-coloured). This is described as ‘a
dwarf species, nearly allied to 7. Celsiana and T. stellata.”
Persia, 1894.

T. scabriscapa Sl res aa fl., perianth variable in colour,
elegantly cup-shaped, with slightly-pointed segments having
two strong furrows down the middle; stigma overhanging, not
so large as in 7. Gesneriana. April and May. J., lower ones

oblong-lanceolate ; upper ones narrower. Italy, 1837. (B. R.
1890.)

T. Schrenki (Schrenk’s). . erect; perianth purplish or
yellowish, spreading-campanulate, the segments elliptic or

elliptic-lanceolate. /. three or four, undulated, erecto-patent
or spreading-recurved, the lower ones elliptic-lanceolate or
lanceolate, the upper ones narrow. Turkestan. This is now
regarded as distinct from T. Gesneriana.

T. Sintenisii (Sintenis’). 7., perianth pale glaucous-red and
scarlet, with a black blotch on the claw; segments blunter
than in 7. undulatifolia (to which this curious dwarf species is
nearly allied). 7. flat. Turkish Armenia, 1891. (B. M. 7193.)

T. spathulata is now regarded as a distinct species, and
notas a form of 7. Gesneriana,

T. Sprengeri (Sprenger’s). This species closely resembles
T. Hageri, but lacks the black blotch on the inside of the
claw; the filaments also are hairless and narrowed at the
base. Armenia, 1894. (R. G., t. 1411.)

T. stenopetala (narrow-petaled). A synonym of 7. acuminata.

T. sultanabadensis (Sultanabad).* _l., perianth of a brilliant
searlet, large, with a black, unbordered blotch on the inner
side of the base of the segments. Sultanabad, Persia, 1894.
This species is nearly allied to 7. undulatifolia.

T. Thirkeana (Thirke’s). A species very closely allied to
T. Biebersteiniana (with which, in fact, it was formerly
considered synonymous). Orient.

T. violacea (violet). /. erect, mediocre; perianth of a bright
mauve-red, with a white-bordered, black blotch at the base
inside, ljin. long, the segments acute; anthers violet.
7. approximate, linear, 4in. to Sin. long, channelled, acute.
Stem dwarf, three-leaved towards the middle. North Persia,
1894. (B. M. 7440.)

T. viridiflora (green-flowered). ji. pale yellow and green. An
interesting plant, the origin of which is unknown—doubtless
derived from 7. Gesneriana, and flowering rather later than
the type of that species. (Gn. xxxii. 514.)

T. vitellina (egg-yolk-coloured).* /l., perianth of a delicate
yellow, large, the segments ovate, obtuse. J. ovate-lanceolate,
acute, glabrous. . lft. to 2ft. 1889, A sturdy garden hybrid,
probably between forms of 7’. suaveolens and T. Gesneriana.

Florists’ Tulips. ‘These choice old garden flowers are
now being inquired after by amateurs. Many persons in
the South of England seem desirous of emulating those
amateurs near Manchester and in the Midland Counties
who haye continued to cultivate this historical flower
through a period of comparative neglect. An old author
says: ‘“‘The Tulip asketh a rich soil and the careful hand
of the gardener.” This is well known to those who grow
for exhibition purposes, and they are ever careful to trench
the ground well, to manure it sufficiently, and, above
all, to protect the delicate blossoms from beating rains.
Canyas shading of some kind, fixed on a framework, the
roof portion to moye up and down on rollers, is usnally
adopted for this purpose.

Florists’ Tulips are divided into three classes, viz. :
Bizarres, Bybloemens, and Roses. These are again divided
for garden and exhibition purposes into Feathered and
Flamed Tulips. The ground-colour in the Bizarres is a clear
yellow, and in the Bybloemens and Roses a pure white.
The flame and feathering on the Bizarres is red, chestnut-
red, or maroon; some have the markings so dark as to
appear almost black, such as may be seen in Storer’s
William Lea, or Slater’s Masterpiece. The red ground
is prominent in Storer’s Dr. Hardy, or Bowler’s Everard;
there is the chestnut feathering in Ashmole’s Garibaldi.
The Byblaemens have the colours of a deep rich purple
or phates of purple, so dark in Jackson’s Dayid Jackson
that the fanciers describe the feathering as black. Hep-
worth’s Bessie is also a handsome variety, with beautiful
purple-black feathering on a pure white ground. Other
varieties are feathered and flamed with various shades
of colour; in a few the purple almost verges into lilac.

The Roses, as they are termed, are also of many
degrees of intensity, and very charming in the flamed
and feathered state. As illustrations of the various
shades of colour we haye Industry (Lea), a bright carmine-
scarlet feather on the purest of -white grounds. Heroine

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

719

“Tulipa—con tinued.

is a true Rose, generally finely-feathered on a very pure
white. Nanny Gibson (Hepworth) has a brilliant scarlet
feather on white, and is yery lovely in this state.
Another shade of colour (rosy-red on pure white ground,
both flamed and feathered) is found in Charmer, Mabel,
Mrs. Lomax, and Pretty Jane, raised by a florist named
Martin. These are all one variety, and it may be well
to point out how this happens. Nearly all seedling Tulips
flower first in what florists term the ‘‘ breeder” state, that
is, as self-colonred ; and for some years it will continue
to flower as a Self, and it passes into the hands of
various florists in this breeder state. But by-and-by the
breeders will break into flamed or feathered flowers.
Brown may have one, Jones another, and a third may

Fic, 732. COTTAGE GARDEN TULIPS.

be in the hands of Robinson. Each of these florists claims
the right to name any variety that may break into the
flamed or feathered condition in his hands; but they are
all the same thing, varying slightly in the quality of the
markings, and whoever happens to get the best nent claims
to have the finest strain. The same remarks apply to all
the other classes. Again, a florist such as the Rey. F. D.
Horner obtains all the best strains in existence in all the
classes, and florists get to know of the superior quality
of the Tulips grown by him, and they may obtain this
strain, calling it ‘‘Horner’s strain,’ probably because
they know well that a fastidious florist will not grow a
bad strain of any of his favourites.

The varieties are very numerous; in fact, there are
many hundreds grown under different names in England
and on the Continent. On the other hand, the number
of really good flowers, correct in their markings, with
stamens unstained, and pure in the base of the enp,
scarcely exceeds six in each class. The following ex-
hibition varieties are based on the enumeration of that
famous cultivator, the late Mr. Samuel Barlow :

Feathered Bizarres. COMMANDER, DEMOSTHENES, DR.
DALTON, GARIBALDI, GEORGE HAYWARD, JOHN RADCLIFFE,
Sirk JOSEPH PAXTON, SULPHUR, and TARGET.

720 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Tulipa—continued. Tulipa—continued.

Flamed Bizarres. AJAx, DR. DALTON (this and some others Bybloemens. ALICE Gray, ASHMOLE’S 112, Davip JACKSON,
are found in both the Feathered and the Flamed state), | GLORY OF STAKEHILL, MartIN’s 117, MISS Harpy, and
Dr. Harpy, EVERARD, EXCELSIOR, LORD DELAMERE, TALISMAN.

MASTERPIECE, ORION, POLYPHEMUS,’ SIR JOSEPH PAXTON, Roses. ANNIE McGRrecor, LADY GROSVENOR, LADY May,
SULPHUR, SURPASS, WILLIAM LEA, and WILLIAM WILSON. MABEL, Mrs. BARLOW, and NANNY GIBSON,

Fic. 733. COTTAGE GARDEN TULIPS IN BED.

Feathered Bybleemens. ADONIS, ALICE GRAY, BESSIE,
DAVID JACKSON, FRIAR TUCK, Mrs. CoopER, NIMBUS, NULLI
SECUNDUS, TALISMAN, and WILLIAM BENTLEY.

Cottage Garden Tulips are now very popular, and
efforts haye been made by bulb specialists and others
to get into commerce many of the varieties found in old-
Flamed Bybleemens. ADONIS, ATTRACTION, BACCHUS, CAR- fashioned gardens (Figs. 732 and 733). Then there are the

BUNCLE, DAVID JACKSON, DUCHESS OF SUTHERLAND, FRIAR

Tuck, JOHN PEACOCK, and TALISMAN (this variety is best in

the Flamed state).

Fig. 734. TULIPA KAUFMANNIANA,

Feathered Roses. ANNIE MCGREGOR, CHARMER, MABEL,
Mrs. LoMax, and PRETTY JANE (these four are the same),
HEROINE, INDUSTRY, LADY GROSVENOR, LADY WILTON, Fig. 735. TULIPA MACROSPEILA,
MADAME ST. ARNAUD, MODESTY, and NANNY GIBSON.

Flamed Roses. ADAIR, ANNIE MCGREGOR, LADY SEFTON,

species, &c., some of them quaint, like T. acwminata
MRs. BARLOW, SARAH HEADLEY, and TRIOMPHE ROYAL. P i , q 3 ;

or beautiful, like T. Kaufmanniana (Fig. 734), T. Clu-
Breeders’ Bizarres. AkiosTO, DR. HARDY, EXCELSIOR, siana, T. Kolpakowskiana, T. Gesneriana spathulata,
HORATIO, ORION, and Sir J. PAXTON, T. sawatilis, T. vitellina, T. macrospeila (Fig. 735), and

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

72]

Tulipa—continued.
many others. Old varieties like Tournesoi (Fig. 736) and
Pottebakker (Fig. 737) are also still much grown.

Fig. 736, TULIPA TOURNESOL.

Double Early-flowering and Bedding Tulips. A(GNrs,
bright searlet; ALBA MAXIMA, creamy-white, with yellow
centre; BLANCHE ROSETTE, white, feathered rose; BRIDE oF
LAMMERMOOR, White, flushed rose; COURONNE DE CER
ruby-erimson ; EMPEROR WILLIAM, vermilion-searlet, margine:

Fic. 737. TULIPA POTTEBAKKER.

with yellow;

Vol. V.

Tulipa—continued.
L'INNOCENCE, pure carmine-rose :

PERFECTA,
pure white,
IiL., bright

white; MINNIE Hawk,

OVERWINAAR, white, striped with violet; Rose
light rose, flushed with white;
THE Moor,

ROSE BLANCHE,
very fine; dark maroon; WILLIAM
scarlet.

Fic. 738. TUuLIra PICOTER.

Single Early-flowering and Bedding Tulips. ALBERT
Cuyk, cherry se, flushed silvery-white; BoUuLr D'OR, soft
» HAARLEM, crimson-scarlet, feathered white,
3, White, flushed soft yellow; CERISE
edged white, very fine ; CHANTICL r
; Duc DE MALakorr, deep scarlet,

HWeNRY WITTE, orange-scarlet, margined with
golden-yellow ; LEO XIII., brilliant scarlet, with yellow centre ;

DARWIN TULIP ‘THE SULTAN,
47

Tic. 739.

ln 5

722

Tulipa—continued.

margined with gold; Duc VaN_ THOL COCHINEAL, | rich

vermilion; FABIOLA, rose-violet; FRANS HALS, pure white;
KOH-I-Noor, yellow, very handsome; LA BELLE ALLIANCE,
erimson-scarlet; LAC DOREE, deep cherry, margined pure
white ; LA LAITIERE, pure white, flushed sky-blue ; La RIANTE,
bright rose; LorRD DERBY, pure white; MIRANDA, deep
carmine-rose; OPHIR D'OR, deep yellow, very fine; POorTre-
BAKKER, scarlet; POTTEBAKKER, yellow; PRIMROSE QUEEN
primrose ; PRINCE OF AUSTRIA, brick-red, shaded buff ; PRINCE!
Ipa, white, shaded creamy-yellow; QUEEN OF THE NETHER-
LANDS, soft rose, flushed white ; ROSAMUNDE, rose-pink, flushed
white; SARAH BERNHARDT, deep rose, flaked white; VAN
VONDEL, crimson-searlet, flushed white; VILLAGE BEAUTY,
salmon-rose, shaded white.

Late-flowering Single Tulips. ANNIE, deep yellow; BRIDES-
MAID, bright rose, suffused with white ; BUENAVENTURA, scarlet,
with gold flakings; CHAMELEON, pale plum, blotched maroon,
and shaded yellow; Dainty Matp, white, with rosy-lilac
markings; FAERIE QUEEN, pinkish heliotrope, margined with
yellow; FIREFLY, bright orange, with green and gold centre ;
Gata Beauty, blotched vermilion and deep yellow; GOLDEN
BEAUTY, deep yellow, very fine; GOLDEN CROWN, yellow,
edged with crimson, and with black anthers; LA PANACHEER,
flaked white and cherry-crimson, handsome; PICOTEE
(Fig. 738) white, margined rose, very beautiful; RoYAL WHITE,
creamy-white, with yellow centre; STRIPED BEAUTY, rose,
flaked deep crimson and white; YORK AND LANCASTER, white
and pink, changing to carmine-rose, blotched deep blue;
ZOMMERSCHOM, salmon-rose, flaked white.

Darwin Tulips (May-flowering). Dororny, pale mauve, shaded
with white; EARLY Dawn, rosy-lake; GLow, bright vermilion,
with blue centre 4nd white margin; LOVELINESS, satiny-rese,
margined with blush; SALMON KING, salmon-rose, shaded with
scarlet ; " SULTAN (Fig. 739), shiny maroon-black, handsome ;
WHITE QUEEN, rosy-white, changing to creamy-white.

Fi, 740,

PARROT TULIP.

Parrot Tulips (Fig. 740). Corr CoLour, reddish-brown on
a yellow ground; CRIMSON BrauTy, deep crimson, marked
with black; Fire KING, dark scarlet, striped with gold;
PERFECTA, deep yellow, blotched rich scarlet, very showy.

TULLIA. A synonym of Pycnanthemum (which
see).

TUMBLER SPREKELIA. ‘re Hiopeastrum
Cybister.

TUPISTRA. JT. nutans is the corrett name of

T. squalida. To the species described on p. 108, Vol. IV.,
the following shonld be added :

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Tupistra—continued.

T. perakensis (Perak). /. shining purple, fleshy, and having a
pure white, disk-like, spreading, flat stigma, in erect spikes.
/. narrower and more beautiful than those of 7. nutans. Perak
1900. A somewhat remarkable species.

TURF ASHES. These are from burnt» turf, and are
of some valne when applied to land; but it is a wasteful
mode of dealing with turf, which would be far more
valuable if dug or ploughed in the ground as turf, as the
roots of all plants and trees qnickly seize upon such
material when placed within their reach. Where turf is
burnt all the fibre is destroyed, and the fertilising matter
in the ashes is soon lost by the action of wet.

TURNIP. Sorts. The following are noteworthy addi-
tions to the list given in Vol. IV., pp. 112-3:

CATELL’S SILVER BALL, skin white; round and of model form ;
an excellent mid-season or late variety. FLAT FORCING, skin
white ; round, robust, and excellent for forcing or early crop
outside. GREEN-TOP STONE, skin green at the top ; round, fine
shape, and tender; an excellent hot weather variety, and one
of the best for summer use. HALF-LONG WHITE FORCING, skin
white ; pyriform, tender, and of splendid quality; one of the
earliest and best varieties. JERSEY LiLy, skin white ; round,
very handsome, fine quality, top short; a fine variety for
exhibition or summer use. NEW MODEL, skin white; round,
handsome, with short top, and good quality.

TURNIP CABBAGE (Brassica oleracea Caulo-rapa).
This is generally known ag Kohl Rabi or Knol Kohl, and
though grown as a field crop in some parts, is a very
useful vegetable. The seeds should be sown at the end
of March, thinly, and when large enough to handle,
planted ont about 24ft. apart each way on good, rich
soil. The plants stand drought very well, and when
cooked have the flavour of a nice sweet Turnip.

TURNIP FLEA, or TURNIP FLY. This pest
of the farmer and the gardener was somewhat fully
dealt with in Vol. IV., and little can be suggested by
way of prevention or remedies. It has been, however,
demonstrated that Charlock wherever it occurs forms a
suitable food-plant for the Turnip Fleas while the leaves of
the Turnip are growing. It should therefore be rigorously
kept down. Other common weeds that serve to tide it
over a period are Hedge Mustard and Shepherd’s Purse.

By Permission of the Board of Agriculture.

Fic. 741. Turnip Fty (Pihyllotreta nemorum). 1, Beetle,
much magnified; 2, Length and wing expanse; 3, Insect,
natural size; 4, 5, Egg, natural size and magnified ; 6, 7, Tissne
and cuticle eaten away by Larva; 8, 9, Larva, natural size and
magnified ; 10, 11, Pupa, natural size and magnified.

These also should be eliminated. Care should always be
taken to use good fresh seed, so that the plants make head-
way quickly before the Beetles have an opportunity of
attacking them. Another method of prevention snggested
is to work the land well in the antnmn, and then sow the
seed in spring. This is also calenlated to induce the
seedlings to make rapid progress. Fig. 741 shows the
Turnip Fly in various stages of its life-history, and
magnified as well as natural size.

TURPENTINE. ‘ee Silphium terebinthaceum.

q
a
q
:
F,
=
3

1900 SUPPLEMENT —REC ENT

TURPINIA. 7. pwrctata is a synonym of Poiretia
scandens (which see).

TURRZA.
of T. rigida.

TUSSACIA
(which see).

TUSSOCK. A tuft growing from the ground; e.4.,
Grasses.

TWINING. Ascending by spirally coiling the stem

round some support. See Climbers, which are distinct
from Twiners.

Quivisia chilosantha is the correct name

(of Klotzsch). A synonym of Catopsis

TYLENCHUS. ‘ee Onions (present Volume) and
Nematoid Worms (Vol. I1.).
TYLOPHORA. To the species described on p. 118,

Vol. IV., the following should be added:

T. oculata (eyed). _/.
Z. oblong-lanceolate, Sin. long.

purple, in short wubellate cymes.
Stems climbing. Sierra Leone,

1895.

TYPE. A perfect representative of a species or other
group.

TYPHLOCYBA ROSH. ‘ee Rosa—Insects.

TYPHULA. ‘ce Sclerotia.

correct name of T. natans is

TYTONIA. The
Hydrocera angustifolia.

ULMARIA.

ULMUS. ‘lo the species and varieties described on
pp. 119-21, Vol. IV., the following should be added:

U. americana pendula (drooping). L

U, campestris antarctica aurea (golden).
of U.c. aurea.

U. c. aurea is « sub-variety of U. e.

U. c. globosa (globular). A distinct variety, having leaves like
those of the form Berardi, but of globular habit. 1894.

U. c. latifolia variegata (variegated). /.
striped with silvery-grey.

U. c. microphylla pendula (small-leaved,
small-leaved, ‘‘ weeping” form.

U. c. pendula nova (drooping, new), A_ free-growing,
“weeping” variety, with graceful twiggy branches.
U. ec. umbraculifera nova (new). This form has smaller

ae and a denser habit than the original wmbraculifera.

U. c. viminalis variegata (variegated). /. small, pale green,
splashed and spotted with white. Very distinct.

U. carpinifolia is synonymous with U. glabra.

- U. Dampieri aurea (golden).
aurea.

U. Gaujardii (Gaujard-Rome’s). This is described as ‘‘an Elm
of symmetrical, upright growth, and of great vigour.” 1898.

U. montana fastigiata aurea (golden). A golden-leaved
form, of erect habit, keeping its colour throughout the season.
Syns. U. Wredei (of gardens) and U. Dampieri aurea (of gardens).
Other forms are atropurpurea, cinerea, laciniata, and macrophylla.

U. pumila (dwarf). jl. small, shortly pedicellate, crowded in
fascicles. 7. small, ovate-lanceolate, serrated, nearly glabrous.
Branchlets slender, twiggy, with greyish-yellow marked bark.
Siberia. A dwarf shrub.

U. racemosa (racemose). Corky White Eln. jl. racemose.
April. Jr. as in UL americana, but rather larger. /. with
veins straighter and simpler. Branches often with corky
ridges. Bud-scales downy-ciliated, and somewhat pubescent, as
are the young branchlets. North America.

U. Suberosa pendula (drooping).

“weeping” variety.

U. Wredei (Wrede's).
aurea,

Included under Spireza (which see).

A “weeping” variety.

The correct name

antaretica.

drooping). A

A garden name for U. fastigiata

A distinct and ornamental

A garden name for U. montana fastigiata
U. crassifolia, U.
cultivation,
UNCARIA. To the species described on p. 122,
Vol. IV., the following should be added:

U. sessilifructus (sessile-fruited). 4. pale red; heads lin, in
diameter; peduncles lin. to 14in, long, axillary and in terminal

elliptica, and U, turkestanica are rare in

mottled and ,

&C

A
(a

INTRODUCTIONS,

Uncaria— continued.

panicles. JL. pale, elliptic, obtuse or obtusely acuminate, 4in.
to 44in. long, shining above, glabrous and rather glaucous
beneath ; petioles’ fin. long. A. 10ft. India, 1829. Syn.
Nauelea sessilifructus.

UNCINULA ADUNCA. See Salix—Fungi.
UNCINULA SPIRALIS. Thisis a Vine Mildew,

deseribed in Vol. IV. under the name of Oidiwm Tuckeri.
See Vine Mildew.

UNDERGROUND BEAN.
terranea.

UNDERGROUND ONION. ‘See Potato Onion.
UNDULATE. Wavy. A term applied to leaves

which have their margins alternately convex and concave.

UNGERNIA (named in honour of Baron Ungern-
Sternberg). Orb. Amaryllidee. A small genus (about
three species) of hardy, bulbous, Asiatic plants, differing
from Lycoris in the numerous ovules and discoid seeds,
Flowers many in an umbel; perianth regular, the tube
funnel-shaped, the segments oblong, keeled with many
close, green ribs; stamens inserted in*two rows near the
throat of the tube; peduncle solid; spathe valves two.
Leaves lorate, not produced with the flowers. Only one
species is known in gardens. For culture, see Amaryllis.
U. trisphera (three-sphered). fl. reddish ; perianth lin. to 1{in.

long, the segments acute ; umbel six- to tifteen-flowered, the

central flowers erect, the outer ones rather inclined ; peduncle

See Voandzeia sub-

6in. to 12in. long. Summer. JZ. lorate. Bulb 3in. in diameter,
the tunics produced 6in, above its neck. ‘Turkestan, 1886,

Syn. Lycoris Sewerzowi (R. G. 914).

UNIOLA. To the species described on p. 128,
Vol. IV., the following should be added :

U. Palmeri (Palmer's). /., raceme of staminate plants 6in. to
9in. long, the branches in twos and threes, the spikelets
small, seven- to nine-flowered ; raceme in fertile plants denser,
4in. to 6in. long, the branches nearly sessile. /. erect,
involute, with a long, pungent apex. Culms rigid, cane-like,
aft. to 4ft. high, leafy to the top. United States. Hardy.
(G. & F. 1889, p. 400, f. 124.)

UNTRUE. A term applied to seeds that produce
spurious varieties, or to trees that do not prove true to
name when they flower or fruit; and plants that ‘‘ sport”
in their produce are known as Untrue.

UPATA. A synonym of Avicennia (which see),

URANTHERA. A of Acisanthera
(which see).

URCEOCHARIS

synonym

(name compounded of parts of
Urceolina and Eucharis). ORrbd. Amaryllidex. This name
has been given by Dr. Masters to an interesting and
beautiful hybrid between Urceolina pendula and Bucharis
grandiflora, raised by Messrs. Clibran., For culture, see
Eucharis.

U. Clibrani (Clibran’s).* /. pure white, intermediate in
character, stalked, umbellate, 24in. long, the slender tube
expanding into a cup-shaped limb; segments slightly acute ;
stamens six, nearly as long as the segments. Summer.
1. broadly ovate, acute, 1892. (G. C. 1892, xii., p. 214, f. 36.)
Syn. Eucharis Clibrani.

UREDO. See Rosa—Fungi.

URGINEA. To the species described on pp. 124-5,

Vol. IV., the following should be added :
U. capitata (headed). The correct name of Ornithogalum
capitatum.

U. eriospermoides Cane like). 7, perianth oblong,
tin. long, the segments whitish, with a broad, brown keel;
raceme lft. long; peduncle slender, stiffly erect, 1ft. long.
July. ¢. two, contemporary with the flowers, only one fully
developed, cylindrical, glossy, 4in. in diameter. Bulb ovoid,
tin. in diameter. 1887. According to Baker (‘ Flora Capensis ”)
this is probably Drimia anomala.

U. macrocentra (large-spurred).
segments white, tipped green ; cawest ae wts having
seariose spur jin. to lin. long ; raceme dense, Sin. to 6in,

long, lin. in diameter ; peduncle stout, erect, 24ft. to 3ft

high. May. J. solitary, cylindrical, erect, lift. long. 1887.

UROMYCES APPENDICULATUS. ‘ee Pea—
Fungi.
UROMYCES FABZ.

perianth ¢in. long, the
a convolute,

See Broad Bean Rust.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

. UTRICULARIA LONGIFOLIA FORGETIANA,

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 725

UROPAPPUS. A synonym of Microseris (which

see).

UTRICULARIA. To the species deseribed on
pp. 127-8, Vol. IV., the following should be added:

U. Forgetiana (Forget’s). A form of U. longifolia.

U. ianthina (violet).* 7. pale blue, large, the rounded-convex
part of the lower lip marked with two vertical golden bands
edged with deep violet. /. reniform. Brazil, 1896. Stove. Ina
natural state this is found growing in the leaf-axils of a
Tillandsia. (B. M. 7466.)

U. latifolia (broad-leaved). A name used erroneously) for
U. longifolia Forgetiana.

U. longifolia (long-leaved). 7. mauve, marked with a small
golden blotch on the palate; scapes short, erect. /. strap-
shaped, long, bright green. British Guiana, 1888. A semi-aquatic,
stove species. SyN. U. rhyterophylla (of gardens).

U. 1. Forgetiana (Forget’s).* l. violet-blue, nearly 2in. across,
borne on tall scapes. Brazil, 1897. See Fig. 742, for which we
are indebted to Messrs. Sander and Sons. Miscalled U. latifolia
(Gn. 1897, lii., t. 1132).

U. major (greater). The correct name of U. neglecta.

U. rhyterophylla (wrinkled-leaved).
U. longifolia.

UVA GRASS. See Gynerium saccharoides.

UVULARIA. U. chinensis is a synonym of Di-
sporum pullum (which see).

A garden synonym of

V-MOTH (Halia vauwaria}. This is another of the
pests of Gooseberries and Currants. The Moth (Fig. 743)
is on the wing in summer, and is quite one of the

Fic. 743. V-MOTH (nat. size).

commonest to be met with. The larve (Fig. 744) are
yariable as to colour—green, bluish-green, or grey with
wavy yellowish lines upon the back, and a few black spots
and a pale yellow stripe at the sides. They are sparsely

Hic. 744. Larva or V-Moru.

hairy. Hellebore dusted on the foliage in the early
morning, or spraying the bushes with an arsenite, is the
best remedy to employ. See afso Ribes—Insects.

VACCINIUM. To the species described on
pp. 128-31, Vol. IV., the following shonld be added :

V. Arctostaphylos (of Willdenow) is
V. padifolium (maderense). The true V.
Linneus) is figured in B. M. 974.

V. brasiliense (Brazilian).
Vaccinium.

V. carnosum (fleshy). A synonym of V. crassifolium.

V. erythrocarpum (re-fruited). 1. flesh-coloured, solitary
in the axils, about jin. long; pedicels long, filiform. Early
summer, jr. bright red, nearly black at maturity, slightly
acid. J. deciduous, membranous, oblong-lanceolate or ovate-

synonymous with
Arctostaphylos (of

A synonym of Gaylussacia Pseudo-

Vaccinium—continued.

oblong, acuminate, finely bristle-toothed, 14in. to Sin. long.
h. lft. to 4ft. high. A divergently branching shrub. (B. M.
7413.) Syn. Oxyeoceus erythrocarpus.

V. fuscatum is a form of V. coryimbosum.

V. hirsutum (hairy). /. white or obscurely rose-coloured,
pubescent with spreading hairs. fr. bluish-black, hairy.
¢. deciduous, entire, ovate, pubescent-hairy (as well as the
branchlets), becoming brick-red in late summer, and persisting
thus for several weeks. kh. lft. to 2ft. (G. & EF. 1889, p. 365,
f. 119.)

V. intermedium (intermediate).
tillus and V. Vitis-I[dea. Europe.

V. nitidum decumbens
V. Mursinites.

V. padifolium (Padus-leaved). The
V. maderense. (B. M. 7305.)

V. prunifolium (Prunus-leaved). A synonym of V. ovatum.

V. Vitis-Idza. The variety inajor is taller than the type,
distinct and ornamental. There is also a variegated variety.
The following are rare in cultivation : V. ctliatum, V. japonicum,

V. parvifolium, V. vacillans.

VAGARIA. Syn. Vaginaria. Orpd. Amaryllidex. A
monotypic genus. The species, V. parviflora (Syn. Pan-
cratium parviflorum) is a half-hardy, bulbous plant, with
small, greenish flowers; it was introduced into gardens
in 1815, but is probably no longer in cultivation.

VAGINARIA. A synonym of Vagaria (which see).
VALLARIS. VJ.

V. Pergularia.

VALLESIA. I.

V. dichotoma.

VALLOTA. To the species and varieties described
on p. 132, Vol. IV., the following should be added :

V. hybrida (hybrid).* A beautiful hybrid between V. purpurea
and Cyrtanthus sanguineus. Alike as to flowers and foliage the
hybrid is intermediate between the two parents. The flowers
are bright vermilion and borne in umbels.

V. purpurea delicata (delicate). 7 of a delicate salmon-
pink tint. 1893,

VALORADIA. A synonym of Ceratostigma (which

see).

VANCOUVERIA (from Fort Vanconver, California).
Orv. Berberidez. A small genus (two species) of hardy,
creeping, rhizomatous, perennial herbs, natives of North
America, and closely allied to Epimedium (which see for
culture). One of them is grown in our gardens.

V. hexandra
cated ; petals

A hybrid between V. Myr-
(J. L. S. xxiv., p. 125, t. 3.)

(decumbent). A synonym of

correct name of

Pergulana is the correct name of

cymbexfolia is the correct name of

-anthered). fl. lilac; sepals indefinite, imbri-
shorter than the inner sepals, long-clawed ;
stamens six, free; scape leatless, racemose or sub-paniculate at
apex. May. lJ. pinnately twice or three times trisected. /. Yin.
1827. SYN. Epimediwm hexandrum.

VANDA. One of the most remarkable additions to
the Vandas since Vol. IV. was issued is the garden-
raised hybrid Miss Joaquim. It was obtained from the
intercrossing of V. teres and V. Hookeriana (Fig. 745),
and it is a most remarkable plant. In this hybrid
vigorousness has been increased threefold, and this is well
seen in the racemes of flowers, which have the inter-
mediate characteristics of the parents in shape. In the
colour Vanda teres predominates. The hybrid referred to
requires an abundance of light, and the same conditions
generally found suitable for V. teres.

To the species and varieties described on pp. 133-6,
Vol. IV., the following should be added:

V. Amesiana (Ames’).* jl. creamy-white, with a rich rosy hue
mostly on the lip (which changes, when the flowers begin to
fade, into light yellow), deliciously perfumed, thin and delicate
in texture; sepals and petals cuneate-oblong, blunt-acute ;
side laciniz of the lip small, nearly square, the middle one
reniform, bilobed ; spur conical, empty ; inflorescence one- to
twelve-flowered. /. lorate, complicate. India, 1887. A charming
species. (B. M. 7139; W. O. A. vii., t. 296.) There is also a
white variety (alba).

V. Arbuthnotiana (W. N. Arbuthnot’s). /. golden-yellow,
transversely striped with purple, 24in. by l4in., having the
mid-lobe of the lip pandurate. & thinner than is usual,
bilobed at apex. Malabar, 1892. Allied to V. Roaburghii.

V. Batemanni is synonymous with Stawropsis lissochiloides.

V. Bensoni tristis (sad). /. sulphur-yellow outside, dirty
brown within ; lip whitish-yellow, with green side lobes. 1896.

726 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Vanda—continued.
conical, acute. July. /. long, ligulate, toothed. Habitat not
recorded ; introduced before 1893.

Vanda—continued.

V. cerulea Peetersiana (Peeters’). //. white, rose-tinted,
large, devoid of any blue shade, Khasia, 1897,

V. c. Rochfordiana (Rochford’s). /l. nearly white, tinted with
rose on the lip, The type is shown in Fig. 746.

Voc. grandiflora is a large-flowered form.

Fic. 745. FLOWER OF VANDA HOOKERIANA.

V. Boxallii (Boxall’s). A name applied to varieties of |
V. cerulescens and V. lamellata.

V. brunnea (brown). /. olive-brown on the inner surface,
about as large as those of JV. concolor; sepals and petals
elongated-cuneate, obtuse ; lip pale yellowish-white ; spur long,

Fic. 747, FLOWER OF VANDA CATHCARTIL

| V. Catheartii (Catheart’s). This very striking Vanda, de-
} scribed in Val. LV., is illustrated at Fig. 747.

V. Clarkei (Clarke's), A synonym of Arachnanthe Clarkei.

V. Dearei (Deare’s). 7. yellow; sepals and petals shortly
stalked, elliptic, obtuse ; lip with small, squarish side lobes,

. and a broad, transverse, pandurate front lobe, the conical spur
having a short, rounded, grooved crest over the front of its
mouth. Sunda Isles, 1886. Allied to V. tricolor.

V. densiflora. According to the ‘‘Flora of British India,
this is the correct name of Saccolabium gigantewm.

V. furva (dark). The correct name of V. fuscoviridis.
V. Goweri is a garden name for Stauwropsis undulatus.
V. Griffithii is synonymous with V. alpina.

V. Kimballiana (W. S. Kimball’s).* 1. lyin. to 2in. across;
upper sepal and petals white or faintly flushed with purple,
purple-nerved ; lateral sepals white, falcate ; side lobes of the
lip yellowish, spotted with reddish-brown on the inside, ending
in an incurved tendril, the middle one. amethyst-purple, with
three keels; spur pale purple, incurved, nearly lin. long;
peduncles eight- to twelve-flowered. J. sub-cylindric, 6in. to
Jin. long, bronzy. Shan States (at_4000ft. to 5000ft.), 1889,
ie M. 7112; G. C. 1889, vi., pp. 294, 335, f. 50; Gn. 1890, XXVii.,
t. 747.)

»

V. K. Lacknerz (Mrs. Lackner’s). /l. snow-white, with light
yellow spots at the mouth of the spur. 1894. (R. G. 1894,
| t. 1428.)

V. Lowii (Low's). A synonym of Arachnanthe Lowii.

V. multiflora (many-flowered). A synonym of Acampe
multiflora.

V. peduncularis (pedunculate). A synonym of Cottonia
macrostachya.

V. Reeblingiana (Reebling’s). /. 2in. acre
peduncle; sepals and petals brown and een; lip white,
with purple and yellow streaks, the apex dilated into a pair
of halbert-shaped lobes. 7. linear-oblong, recurved, 6in. long

two to six to a

Fic. 746. VANDA CA&RULEA
(Much reduced). Stem lft. high. Malaya, 1894. Allied to V. limbata.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 727

Vanda—continued. Vanda—conlinued.
V. Roxburghii unicolor (one-coloured). A synonym of V. s. Veitchii (Veitch’s)." 7. very strongly scented ; segments
V. concolor. cinnamon-yellow, with very dark spots, pinkish on the edges ;

middle lobe of the lip of a beautiful bright pink. 1894. Very
floriferous

ANG:

Fie. 748. FLOWERS OF VANDA SANDERTANA.

V. Sanderiana albata (whitish).* 7., upper sepal and petals
quite white, with a few purple dots at the base, the lateral
sepals red-nerved ; hypochil sulphur, striped brownish-purple,
the anterior lacinia brownish-sulphur (sometimes purple-striped)
at base. 1887. The handsome type is shown at Fig. 748.

V. spathulata (spoon-shaped). #l. golden-yellow, 1{in. across ;
sepals and petals spathulately oblong; lip clawed, with very
small side lobes and an obscurely tritid mid-lobe; peduncle
lft. to lsft. high, few-flowered. /. 2in. to 4in. long, obtusely
hilobed. Stem 2ft. high. India.

V. suavis. his well-known plant, now regarded by some as a

a variety of V. tricolor, is shown at Fig, 749, for which we are SET a
indebted to the ‘* Gardeners’ Chronicle.”
V. s. magnificens (magnificent).* 1. larger and more richly Fic, 749. VANDA SUAVIS.

coloured than in the type. 1886. (lL., t. 60.)

V. s. rubra (rel). //., sepals and petals suffused with orange ; V. superba (superb). A name applied to a form of
lip red, Java, A distinet variety. (I. HW. xxxii., t. 579.) | . lamellata Boxallii.

Fig. 750. VANDA TERES.

Vanda—continued.
V. teres alba (white)
is shown at Fig. 750.
V. t. gigantea (gigantic).* 7. large and richly coloured. Stems

and leaves stouter than in the type. 1896.

V. tricolor formosa (beautiful). /., sepals and petals bright
yellow, uniformly covered with rows of oblong, reddish-brown
spots.

V. t. Hovez (Mrs. Howe's). f., sepals and petals yellowish,
thickly spotted with red; lip rose-crimson. (L. ix., t. 396.)

V. t. Lewisii (Lewis's). 7. light-coloured, spotted with reddish-

brown. 1894.

A synonym of V. t. candida. The type

Fig. 751, VANDA TRICOLOR PATERSONI.

/

V. t. Patersoni (Paterson's).
is shown at Fig. 751

V. t. pretexta (bordered). jl., sepals and petals light
sulphur-yellow, bordered with pale rose, and with scattered
oblong spots.

V. t. Wallichii (Wallich’s), 7., .sepals and petals yellow,
spotted with brown; lip lilac. 1893. (R. H. 1893, p. 328.)

V. undulata. The correct name is Stawropsis undulatus.

V. vitellina (egg-yellow). This species very closely resembles
V. cerulescens Boxallii, but the flowers are very small, and
yellow like the yolk of an egg. Habitat not recorded, 1892.

V. Wightiana (Wight’s). A synonym of Acaimpe Wightiana.

This beautifully-marked variety

Hybrid.
.
PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
teres and Hookeriana (Joaquim).

NAME.
Miss Joaquim

Natural Hybrids.
PARENTAGE,
Roxburghiti and cerulea.
cerulea and Bensoni.
cerulea and Kimballiana.

NAME.
Ament .... ee
Charlesworthti
Mooret ..

VANESSA. Except perhaps the Whites, there are no
Butterflies so much associated with gardens as the
bright-coloured members of this genus. It is, however,
not in the light of pests, but rather as beantiful additions
that the majority are viewed, as evidenced by the en-
couragement it is proposed by certain local authorities
to give the species in town gardens. On one or two
occasions perhaps the, as a rule, scarce Tortoiseshell
(V. polychloros) has proved troublesome to the frnit-
grower. Against that, however, must be set the fact
that most species feed upon the common Nettles, and
on this account are to be regarded as_ benefactors—
V. urtice (Fig. 754) and V. Jo (Fig. 755) for instance. Only
three species of the seven are at all common—the two
last-mentioned and V. atalanta (Fig. 757). The others,

THE DICTIONARY

|

OF GARDENING,

Vanessa—continued,
V. C-album, or Comma (Fig. 752); V.
Lady (Fig. 758); V.

Cardui, or Painted
polychloros, or Large Tortoiseshell

Fie. 752.

VANESSA C-ALBUM.

(Fig. 753); and V. antiopa, or Camberwell Beanty
(Fig. 756), are rarely seen, especially the last-named. In
this genus the males and females are not* readily
differentiated. y

In gardens, whether in town or in country, most of the
species are to be found. To distinguish them with wings
outspread is easy enough, as then the gorgeousness of
colouring for which they are remarkable is displayed to
the full; but when at rest with wings closed, so well are
the insects ‘‘ protected,” that despite their size they
are only seen by those with a trained eye.

The caterpillars vary somewhat in colour and in the
arrangement of the dots, or lines, or both, with which
they are marked, but they are all alike in being adorned
with spines. The caterpillar of the Large Tortoiseshell
(Fig. 753) feeds on the Elm—for which reason the perfect
insect is sometimes called the Elm Butterfly—and also
on the Willow, which is the food-plant of the larva of
the Camberwell Beauty. That of the Comma (Fig. 752)
feeds on various plants, the Hop, Red Currant, Elm,
Willow, and Nettle being amongst them. The Painted
Lady larva (Fig. 758) affects Thistles and the Nettle;
while the other three keep almost entirely to the latter.
All the caterpillars are somewhat conspicuous, and there-
fore readily found.

The pupxe of all the Vanessas are similar in form,
being yery angnlar, and adorned with metallic, usually
golden, spots. They are suspended by their*® anal
extremities, without any covering whatever to protect
them from the weather; indeed, such a covering would

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Vanessa—continued.
be quite unnecessary, as the pupal state is passed in
the height of summer.

The perfect insects are on the wing during the later
months of summer and the early autumn. As the cold
weather approaches, they retire to some sheltered spot,
and there hibernate during the winter, appearing again
towards the end of spring, when the eggs are laid which
are to produce the summer’s brood.

In a few solitary instances Vanessas make their appear-
ance eyen in mid-winter. When this is the case it is

usually an individual that has hibernated in a house, and
been aroused from its winter sleep by the warmth of the
surroundings; or it may be, in the case of specimens
outside, that an usually mild, warm day in winter has
misled them, and caused-them to emerge from their winter
retreat.

Fig. 753.

VANESSA POLYCHLOROS.

In Vol. IV., five species only of the Vanessas were
described. V. C-albwm (Fig. 752) is gradually dis-
appearing from this country. It is uncertain whether
V. C-album is single- or donble-brooded. The winter is
passed in the perfect state, and the butterflies reappear
about May. They are seen from that date onwards, but
the chief flight occurs in September and October. The
larve, which feed principally on the Hop (Humulus
Inpulus), the common Nettle (Urtica dioica), and the
Red Currant (Ribes rubrum), may be found in July and
Angust, and perhaps in the spring, while the pups occur
in September, if not before also.

Vol. V.

=I
bo
<o

Vanessa—continued.

Fic. 754 VANESSA URTICAS,

V. C-album (Fig. 752) has the costal margin of the fore-
wings nearly straight, and the hind-margin of all the
wings very jagged; while the inner margin of the fore-
wings has a deep hollow. The colour of the upper surface

Fria

759.

VANESSA Io,

5A

730

Vanessa—confinued.

is brownish-orange, with a broad band of redder brown
along the hind-margin of the wings. The fore-wings have

BiG. 756.

VANESSA ANTIOPA.

seven dark brown spots; the hind-wings have three
brown spots near the base, and an extra band of brown.
The under-surface (Fig. 752), which is mottled with

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Vanessa—continued.
brown, has on each hind-wing a white mark resembling a
comma, or C, which gives the insect its name.

V. Cardui (Fig. 758) in some seasons may be particu-
larly scarce throughout the kingdom, and altogether
absent from many localities; while in other seasons again
if occurs quite plentifully. In 1892, after the appearance
of a considerable number of hibernated specimens in the
spring, entomologists were delighted to find a corre-
sponding abundance of the fresh brood in the autumn. It
may be found throughout Great Britain and Ireland.

FiG. 757. VANESSA ATALANTA

The ground-colour of V. Cardui consists of various
shades of reddish-brown, irregularly marked with black.
There are five white spots near the tip of the fore-wings,

Fic, 758.

VANESSA CARDUI,

Vanessa—continued.

and five black ones near the margin of the hind-wings.
On the under-surface (Fig. 758) the fore-wings gre
marked much in the same way, but in somewhat lighter
tints. The hind-wings are delicately pencilled with
brown and cream, and there are five beautiful eye-spots
corresponding to the five black spots on the upper
surface. Contrary to usual custom, the under-surface
is more beautiful than the upper.

VANGUERIA. J.

madagascariensis is the correct
name of V. edulis.

VANILLA. To the species described on p. 137,
Vol. IV., the following should be added :

V. grandiflora (large-flowered).

V. Humblotii (Humblot’s). /. very large; sepals ligulate-
acute; petals rhombic, broad, acuminate; lip rhombic, blunt,
angled, undulated in front, with a dark, ribbon-like zone over
the front part of the disk, and numerous strong, twisted
hairs scattered from base to disk; raceme many-flowered.
Tropical Africa, 1885. A leafless species.

V. Pompona (Pompona).
Syn. V. grandiflora.

V. Roscheri (Roscher’s). 1. white, large; sepals lanceolate-
oblong, Sin. to 34in. long; petals as long and rather broader ;
lip entire, undulated, 25in. to 2jin. long; column lin. long;
pedicels l4in. long; racemes pedunculate, many-flowered.
Stem stout, leafless. Mozambique.

V. Walkere (Mrs. Colonel Walker's). j. white, 2in. long ;
sepals oblanceolate; petals broader, acute, with undulated
margins ; epichil ovate, acute, with undulated margins, the
disk having two ridges below the middle; racemes Sin. to 6in.
fone, many-flowered. Stem as thick as the thumb and leafless.
ndia.

V. Wightiana (Wight’s).

A synonym of V. Pompona.

The correct name of V. dutescens.

fl. lin, to 1jin. long; sepals and

petals pale yellow, Wes with green, linear-oblong; lip
three-lobed, with a hairy, reddish-purple crest. | Stems
leafless. Southern India, 1899,

VARENNEA. A synonym of Eysenhardtia (which
see).

VARIEGATED LAUREL. ‘Sve Aucuha.

VEGETABLE. Although this term is properly
applicable to any plant, yet in a horticultural sense it

is applied only to such plants as are cultivated for some
part which is edible when cooked.

VEGETABLE WAX. A _ protective,

substance on many leaves and fruits.

VELLEIA. To the species described on p.
Vol. IV., the following should be added:

V. lanceolata (lanceolate). A synonym of Goodenia filiformis.
V. Salmoniana (Dr. George Salmon’s). This species in general

appearance resembles Goodenia filiformis, but, of course, differs
in botanical details. 1893.

VELVETY MOULD (Sclerotinia Fuckeliana). <A
destructive disease of the Grape Vine, the conidial, or
“monuld’’ form of which is very well known. Reference
has been made to this fungus under Sclerotia and Peziza
in Vol. III. -The fungus does not confine itself to the
Vine, but is fonnd on a large number of plants. All
parts of the Vine are affected, but the greenish-brown
mould is usually first discovered upon the foliage.

The Grape-grower should spray with a solution of
sulphide of potassium, in the proportion recommended
under Fungicides, directly the disease is discovered.
Later, affected berries and leaves should be burned,
otherwise the sclerotia that may be found thereon will
tide the disease over the winter, to appear again’ the
following season. ;

VENICE SUMACH.

VENIDIUM. To the species described on p. 141,
Vol, IV., the following should be added:

V. calendulaceum (Marigold-like).
Vo fugax.

wax-like

139,

See Rhus Cotinus.

A garden synonym of

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C.

Venidium—continued.

V. fugax (fugacious). /l.-heads l4in. in diameter; ray bright
orange, a little paler beneath; disk blackish. 7., radical ones

petiolate, elliptic, obtuse, sinuate, lobed, or sub-lyrate,
generally without auricles; upper ones sessile, sometimes

lower
and
calendu-

slightly auricled at base, entire or sinuate-toothed, the
ones somewhat pandurate. A. 15ft. 1887, Stem, les
involucral scales shortly hairy. Hardy annual. Syn. V.
laceum (of gardens).

V. hirsutum (hairy). 7.-heads 1jin. to 1jin. in diameter; ray
bright orange-yellow, but not so deep as in V. fugax ; k
blackish. 7. lyrate-pinnatifid ; radical ones petiolate, with large,

broadly elliptic-oblong, deeply-lobed terminal lobes, the petioles
scarcely or not at all auricled; uppermost ones much smaller,
sessile, pinnatifid. A. 10in. to 12in. Stem, leaves, and outer
involucral scales hairy. Hardy annual. Syn. V. speciosum (of
gardens).

V. speciosum (showy). A garden synonym of V. hirsutum.

VERATRUM. J.
VERBASCUM. 10 the species described on pp. 143-4,

Vol. IV., the following should be added :

viride is now given specific rank.

V. crassifolium (thick-leaved).* (1. yellow, large, fascicled ;
raceme dense, spicate. J. crenulate, downy-woolly; canline
ones long-decurrent. Portugal. A pretty, densely yellowish-
tomentose biennial.

V. longifolium (long-leaved). fl. golden-yellow, — shortly
pedicellate ; corolla lin. broad; inflorescence sessile, lft. high,
dense-flowered. July. 7. very numerous, densely superposed ;
lower ones 14ft. to 2ft. long. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Southern Italy
and the Balkans, 1898. A stately, hairy-tomentose annual.
(B. M. 7707.)

V. 1. pannosum (rag-like). . in a rather loose raceme. July.
1. thick. Whole plant softly and densely white-tomentose. This

plant was formerly classed as a species.

V. pheeniceum. Of this species (which is a perennial) there
are numerous colour varieties, ranging from white through
lilac and rose to violet and purple.

V. Wiedemannianum (Wiedemann’s). /. changing from
indigo-blue to purplish-lilac, 1{in. broad, solitary, in very long
racemes. l. woolly; radical ones 3in. to Sin. long, oblong or
elliptic, crenate or sub-entire, narrowed to the petioles ; cauline
ones small, sessile. h. 1ft. to 3ft. Orient, 1893. Biennial,

VEREENA. Named varieties are not usually culti-
vated now, such having been superseded by the fresh
strains in the hands of florists. Crimson Gem, Tresserve,
and Uranie are, however, good varieties if the former are
preferred.

VERBESINA. To the species described on pp. 146-7,
Vol. 1V., the following should be added :

V. aurea (golden). A synonym of Zexmenia aurea.

V. Coreopsis (Coreopsis-like). A synonym of Actinomeris

sqUarrosa.

fl.-heads white, ovate-oblong ; corymb
a delicate green, alter-
ile, amplexicaul,

Tender ; useful

V. gigantea (gigantic).” 1 1
compound. /. large, winged, glistening,
nate; lower ones decurrent ; upper ones s
pinnatipartite. Stems round, green. Jamaica.
in a young state for bedding.

V. Mameana (Mame’s).* /. 34ft. long, 2ft. broad, ovate, acute,

cuneiform at base; cut into large, slightly-toothed lobes,
slightly hairy above. A. 6ft Ecuador, 1885. A fine, half-hardy

plant. (R. H. 1885, f. 9; 1895, f. 101.)

V. occidentalis (Western). The correct name of Aetinomeris

alata.

V. sativa is synonymous with Guizotia abyssinica (oletfera)

(described on p. 152, Vol. LV., as Veslingia sativa).

VERNONIA. To the species described on p. 147,

Vol. IV., the following should be added:
V. acutifolia is synonymous with V. sericea.

V. altissima (tallest). /.-heads purplish-violet, sin, high or
less, usually in a loose or open cyme. September to November.
1. thinnish, veiny, lanceolate or lanceolate-oblong, denticulate,
shortly petiolate, glabrous above, pubescent beneath. /. Sft.
to 10ft, North America, 1820. An excellent perennial for the

732

Vernonia—continued.
wild garden even
V. prealta.

V. Cotoneaster (Cotoneaster).
flora.

V. podocoma (hairy-stalked). fl.-heads rvose-purple, loose,
arranged in a terminal panicle which on strong plants is 3ft.
long and nearly as broad; florets sin. long. J. large, coriaceous.
Branches, stalks, and under-surface of leaves pubescent or
tomentose. South Africa, 1892. A tall-growing, greenhouse
plant. (B. M. 7255.)

V. prealta (very tall).
V. seabra (rough).

when its flowers are not produced. Syn.

The correct name of V. aailli-

A synonym of V. altissima.
The correct name of V. odoratissima.

VERONICA. Though many of the New Zealand
species are reputedly hardy, numbers need a sheltered

osition outside to grow them safely, or else a cool green-
Forna: Tender kinds are anomala, diosmefolia, pimelioides,
parviflora, elliptica, and several others.

To the species described on pp. 148-50, Vol. IV., the
following should be added. They are hardy and of perennial
duration, except where otherwise specified :

V. aphylia (leafless). fl.
peduncle seape-like, 2in. to 4in. long, slender.
to lin. long, somewhat rosulate, shortly
elliptic, crenate-serrated or entire.
or wanting. Alps, &c., 1775. Rockery.

blue, few in a corymbose raceme;
May. J. Sin.
petiolate, ovate-

V. Armstrongi (Armstrong’s). /. whitish, in terminal, three-
to eight-flowered heads. /. minute, dimorphic, some long and
qeute, others broadly ovate and sub-acute, closely adpressed
and coriaceous, adnate with the branches for half their length ;
margins faintly ciliate. h. lft. to 3ft. South Island, New
Zealand, 1888. A much-branched shrub.

V. austriaca (Austrian). /l. blue, large, many in elongated

racemes. July. /. all deeply pinnatifid or pinnatisect ; seg-
ments linear or nearly oblong, entire or incised. Stem
usually erect, pubescent or woolly. h. 1ft. South-east Europe,
1748.

V. a. pinnatifida (pinnatitid). 7. a deeper blue than in the
type.

V. Balfouriana (Balfour's). This species is allied to
V. Traversii, but is dwarfer, with longer racemes of larger
violet-coloured flowers, and smaller ovate-elliptic leaves mar-
gined with brown. New Zealand, 1897. (B. M. 7556.)

V. bellidioides (Daisy-like). . bluish; raceme short, few-
flowered, clustered, villous. May. J. obovate, obtuse, slightly
crenate, those near the base of the stem clustered, the rest
opposite and remote. Stem erect, simple. A. 6in.\ Pyrenees,
&c., 1775. Plant hairy. Rockery.

V. Bidwillii (Bidwill’s). 1. violet, white, or pink, racemose or
sometimes in interrupted whorls; corolla jin. or more across ;
peduncles axillary, 2in. to 10in. long. 7. sub-sessile, qqin. to din,
long. Stems prostrate, slender, creeping at base, Bin. to in.
long, glabrous or puberulous. New Zealand.

V. candida (white).

V. canescens (hoary). jl. pale blue, showy, solitary, axillary,
on slender peduncles. /. opposite, ,;in. to j5in. long, shortly
petiolate, broadly ovate, usually white-hairy on both sides.
Stems lin. to 2in. long, more or less hispid. New Zealand. A
minute, procumbent herb.

V. carnosula (of Hooker).
V. corymbosa (corymbose).

V. cupressoides variabilis (variable).* This is of dwarfer
habit than the type, and forms a dense spreading tuft; it is
a capital rock-plant. 1888.° (G. C. 1888, iii., p. 20, f. 5, 7.)

V. Dabneyi (Dabney’s). This rockery species closely resembles
V. officinalis, but is larger, with larger flowers, and glabrous
except for a few hairs on the young stems. Azores.

A garden synonym of V. incana.

A synonym of V. pinguifolia.

A variety of V. spicata.

V. decumbens (decumbent).* fl. white ; corolla tube fin. long,
much flattened on the inner side; racemes twelve- to sixteen-
flowered, shortly stalked, in pairs near the tips of the branches.
1. entire, quite glabrous, very shortly stalked, ovate or lanceo-
late, obtuse, flat or slightly concave, not keeled, obscurely
three-nerved, dull green, with bright red edges. Branches
black and polished; branchlets pubescent. New Zealand,
1888. A small, very beautiful, decumbent shrub.

V. Dieftenbachii (Dieffenbach’s). f. blue, jin. across;
racemes axillary, longer than the leaves, jin. in diameter.
i. sessile by a sub-cordate base, 3in. Jong, lin, broad, linear-
oblong, tough, downy on the edges towards the base. h. 2ft.
New Zealand, 1898. A stout, glabrous, greenhouse, or half-
hardy shrub. (B. M. 7656; G. C. 1898, xxiv., p. 155, f. 41.) See
Fig. 759, for which we are indebted to the ‘ Gardeners’
Chronicle.”

Stem short and creeping

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Veronica—continued.
V. diosmefolia trisepala (three-sepaled). 7., sepals very

large, two of them often confinent. /. less acute than in the

type. New Zealand, 1897. Plant very slender. (B. M. 7539.)

V. excelsa (tall). A variety of V. longifolia.
V. Fairfieldii (Fairtield’s), 7.

lavender-coloured, in short,

erect, branched racemes. J. less than lin. long, ovate,
toothed, with a brownish margin. Branches short. New
Zealand, 1889. A half-hardy garden hybrid. Allied to

V. Hulkeana. (B. M. 7323.)

V. fruticulosa (slightly shrubby). jl. blue or pink, variable,
few in a short, lax, pubescent raceme. July. 7. din. to 4in.
long, oblong or obovate, obtuse, entire or slightly crenate,
rather thick, glabrous or pubescent. Stems diffuse, much-
branched, often woody at base. European mountains.

V. gentianoides variegata (variegated).
light blue flowers and variegated foliage.

V. Godefroyana (Godefroy’s). i. white, small, very numerous,
in axillary, compact racemes. J, 4in. long, oblong, obtuse,
narrowed at base, thick, concave, glaucous. h. lift. to 3ft.
New Zealand, 1888. Hardy evergreen shrub, ‘‘ This is probably
V. carnosula” (Kew Bulletin).

V. Hectori (Dr. Hector’s).* fl. pale lilac, collected into an
ovate, terminal head, with a villous rachis. JZ. closely, but not
densely, imbricated, extremely thick and coriaceous, broader
than long, broadly ovate or orbicular, very obtuse, nearly Jin.
across, opposite pairs connate to the middle, puberulous along
the edges, shining, not keeled. Branches, with the leaves on,
obscurely tetragonal or terete. h. 6in. to 2ft. Southern Alps
of Middle Island, New Zealand, 1888. A beautiful, robust,
small, much-branched shrub. (B. M. 7415.)

V. hybrida (hybrid). A variety of V. spicata.

V. incisa pedalifida (pedalitid).
flowers and very distinct foliage.

A pretty form with

A variety having light blue

V. Lavaudiana (Lavaud’s). /. purple, 4in. across; spikes Jin.
to 4in. long, crowded in a low, spreading corymb lin. to 2in.
broad. 7. rather crowded, shortly petiolate, in. to Zin. long,
broadly obovate-spathulate. Stem decumbent; branches «
ascending, 4in. to 8in. high. New Zealand, 1892. Greenhouse
or half-hardy shrub. (B. M. 7210.)

V. Lewisii (Lewis’s).* 1. pale purple, white, or blue, 4in. to 4in.
across; racemes in sub-terminal pairs, stout, dense, erect, 2in.
long. J. pale green, spreading, decussate in rather distant pairs,
ovate to oblong, lin. to 14in. or more in length, entire, acute,
pubescent below. Branches stout, greyish-pubescent. h. 3ft.
to 6ft. or more. New Zealand. A very handsome shrub.

V. Lindsayi (R. Lindsay's). This name has been given to a
plant that is supposed to be a hybrid between V. amplexicaulis
and V. pimeleoides. 1898. (G. C. 1898, xxiv., p. 331, f. 97.)

V. linifolia (Flax-leaved). jl. 4in. across, with a very short
tube; peduncles slender, axillary, longer or shorter than the
leaves, three- to five-flowered. /. rather close-set, spreading,
sessile or shortly stalked, 4in. to lin. long, linear, obtuse, entire.
Branches terete, 2in. to 6in. long. New Zealand. A small,
glabrous, leafy species.

V. loganioides (Logania-like). #. white, with pink stripes,
very fugacious ; calyx lobes lanceolate, acute, keeled, ciliated ;
corolla lobes broadly ovate; anthers brown. J. densely
imbricated, appressed to the branches, ovate, acuminate, with
spreading tips, usually entire, sometimes with one to three
teeth on each side, 4in. long, sessile, very sharply keeled
below, glabrous except the ciliated margins. h. 6in. Rangetala
Valley, New Zealand (at 5000ft. to 6000ft.), 1888. A small, ever-
green shrub, decumbent and rooting at the joints. (B. M.
7404.)

V. longifolia. To this species the varieties alba and rosea are
useful additions.

V. macrocarpa alba (white).
V. maritima (sea-loving).

V. monticola (mountain-loving). 4.
corolla twice as long as the calyx. J. glabrous, 14in. to 2in.
long, oblong and oblong-lanceolate, acute, dentate-serrate,
cuneate at base, the lower ones shortly petiolate. h. nearly lft.
Abchasia, Transcaucasia, 1892. Hybrid ; trailing.

V. Nummularia (Moneywort-like). #1. blue or pink, smaller
than in V. fruticulosa; raceme — sub-capitate, pubescent.
June. Branches densely clothed with leaves which are only
tin. long. Stems diffuse, much-branched, creeping. Pyrenees,
1820. Rockery.

V. orchidea is now classed as a distinct species.

A white variety of the type.
A synonym of V. longifolia.

blue, small, spicate ;

V. paniculata is now regarded as synonymous with V. spuria.

V. pinnata (pinnate). jl. blue, small, in slender, solitary or
aniculate racemes. June and July. J/. scattered or somewhat
ascicled, rather thick, shining; lower ones pinnatisect, with

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 733

d if »
we aN

Dp

Fic. 759. VERONICA DIEFFENBACHILI.

734

Veronica—continued.

subulate, divaricate segments ; upper
and subulate. A. 4in. to 2ft.
pubescent.

V. rakaiensis (Rakaia).

mes pinnatifid or simple
Siberia. Glabrous or hoary-

fl. pure white, strongly honey-
scented, jin. acr¢ racemes lin. to 2in. long, curved, many-
flowered. 7. decussate or laxly imbricated, linear-lanceolate or
linear-oblong, shortly petiolate, 4in. to lin. long, acute, entire,
shining above, pubescent beneath. Branches erect. A. 3ft. to
6ft. New Zealand. A slender, bright green shrub.

V. repens (creeping). (. pink or white; corolla twice as long
as the calyx; pedicels axillary, one-flowered. September.
l. ovate or rounded, sessile, entire. Stems slender, creeping.
Corsica. A pretty, glabrous species,

V. salicifolia myrtifolia (Myrtle-leaved).
leaves like the Myrtle. Half-hardy.

V. spicata alba (white). A white-flowered form of the type.

V. s. corymbosa (corymbose).* jl. profusely borne and con-
tinuing long in beauty. A capital rockery plant.

V. s. hybrida (hybrid).*
and dark purple.
broader leaves.

V. spuria (spurious).
Syn. V. Verbene.

V. subsessilis (almost stalkless).

A variety having

fl. varying through pink, lavender,
Plant more robust than the type, with

The correct name of V. paniculata.

A variety of S. longifolia.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

VESLINGIA.

name of V. sativa.
VESPA CRABRO.

VIBORGIA. According to the ‘“‘Index Kewensis,”’
Wiborgia is the correct name.

VIBORQUIA. A synonym of Eysenhardtia (which

see).

VIBURNUM. These are useful for forcing into
blossom for house decoration during the winter months.
For this purpose they should be lifted in October, planted
in pots of suitable size, plnnged in the open ground, and
the most forward ones brought into heat in December.
The syringe should be used freely amongst the top growths,
and as the flowers develop the plants shonld be removed
to a colder house before transferring them to the con-
servatory. V. tomentosum (plicatum) and V. Opulus sterile
(Figs. 760 and 761) are specially useful for this purpose.

To the species and yarieties described on pp. 155-7,
Vol. IV., the following shonld be added. They are North
American except where otherwise indicated.

V. cassinoides (Cassine-like).* . yellowish-white, disposed in
flat cymes 4in. to Sin, across. June. Jr. rose-coloured, changing

Guizotia abyssinica is the correct

See Hornet.

Fic. 760.

V. syriaca alba (white).” A capital variety, literally covered
with flowers in spring.

V. telephiifolia (Telephium-leaved). f., peduncles slender,
Sin. long, six- to ten-flowered at apex. J. thick, obovate-

orbicular, Lin. to 4in. long, petiolate, entire or with one or two
teeth. Stems 2in. to 6in. long, creeping or tufted, much-
branched, rooting. Armenia, &c.

V. Verbene (Verbena-like). A synonym of V. spuria.

Other shrubby kinds grown are V. azurea, V. carnea,
V. Cookiana, V. ignota, and V. newryensis (all more or
less tender). The following garden varieties should also
be included :

BLUE Gem, deep blue; LA SEDUISANTE, deep purple ; MERVEILLE
(balf-hardy); PURPLE QUEEN, purplish-violet; and WHITE
STAR, foliage deep green, margined with yellow (needs a warm
soil).

VERSAILLES LAUREL. A broad-leayed variety
of the common Laurel, Cerasus Laurocerasus (which
see).

VIBURNUM TOMENTOSUM (PLICATUM).

to bluish-black, very attractive, profusely produced. 7.
ovate to oblong, coriaceous, opaque, lin. to 3in. long.
1761. Found naturally in swamps. Syn. V.
(W. D. B.i., t. 24).

V. davuricum (Dahurian). #. white; corolla nearly funnel-
shaped, obtusely five-toothed; corymbs few-flowered, dichoto-

thick,
h. 6ft.
squamatum

mous. June and July. fr. red, at length black. JL ovate,
sub-cordate at base, crenulate-toothed, hairy. Branches
pubescent. A. 3ft. Dahuria, 1785.

V. erosum (bitten). .-in a decompound, pilose umbel: style
simple. J. broadly ovate, acuminate, erose-serrated, slightly
villous on both surfaces; petioles downy. Japan. (G. & F.
1896, p. 85, f. 9.)

V. furcatum (forked). This species is grown principally on
account of its large leaves, which in the autumn assume a
beautiful scarlet or purple colour. h. 12ft. China and Japan.

V. levigatum (smooth), of gardens.
Solium.

V. Lentago subpedunculatum (slightly pedunculate). A
variety having petioles about gin. long. 1889.

V. nitidum (shining).

A synonym of V. pruni-

A synonym of V. nudum.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS,

Viburnum—continued.

V. paucifiorum (few-flowered). #. white; cymes small,
terminating short and merely two-leaved lateral branches.
Early summer. 7. roundish or broadly oval, unequally toothed,
many of them more or less three-lobed. A. 2ft. to 5ft. 1890. A
straggling shrub, something like a dwarf V. Opulus. (G. & F.
1890, p. 4, f. 1.)

V. plicatum. See V. tomentosum.

V. pyrifolium (Pyrus-leaved).

V. reticulatum (netted).

V. rigidum (rigid).

V. Sargenti (Sargent’s). A species very closely allied to
V. Opulus, but having larger ray flowers and purplish anthers.
China, 1899.

V. Sieboldi (Siebold’s). 7. opposite, dark green, flat, thick

coriaceous, oblong-oval, obscurely and bluntly serrated towards
the apex. Japan. N. V. reticulatum (of gardens).

A synonym of V. prunifolium.
A garden synonym of V. Sieboldi.

The correct name of V. rugosum.

V. squamatum (scaly). A synonym of V. cassinoides.

V. stellatum (star-like). J. strongly veined, oblong-ovate,
about 6in. long and 34in. broad, thick, rugose. Mexico, 1889-90.
According to the Kew authorities, this may not be the true
V. stellatum (of Hemsley).

|

&c.

Vicia—continued.
racemes as long as the leaves, dense-flowered. May. J. sessile;
leaflets sixteen to twenty-four, alternate and nearly opposite,
oblong, obtuse, mucronulate, silky-pubescent beneath. Azores.
Perennial. (B. M. 6967.)

V. fulgens (brilliant).* 7. scarlet,

striated with purple, rose-
yurple at base,

shortly pedicellate; spikes compact, erect,

in. to Sin. long. June to August. J. 4in. to 6in. long,
terminating in a branched tendril; leaflets opposite or
alternate, very shortly stalked, oblong or linear-lanceolate,
mucronate. Stems pubescent, 3ft. to 44ft. high. Algiers, 1892.

A pretty annual.
V. galegifolia is synonymous with Swainsona coronillefolia.
V. narbonensis (N

arbonne). jl. purple, pedicellate, three or

four in the leaf-ar June and July. 1, leaflets ample,
ovate, entire or slightly toothed; stipules large. Stems
tetragonal, hai striated. Ah. 3ft. Orient, 1590. Annual.

(B. M. 7220.) V.
leaflets.

V. oroboides alba (white).

V. pyrenaica (Pyrenean). . purple, solitary, sessile; calyx
sub-campanulate, the unequal segments lanceolate and some-
what spreading, shorter than the tube. May. J. slightly ten-
drilled ; leaflets obeordate, mucronate ; stipule: agittate,
entire or denticulate. /. 1ft. Pyrenees, 1818. Perennial.

serratifolia is a form with deeply-toothed

A white form of the type.

Fic. 761.

V. Tinus. Other varieties are: purpureuwin (darkest-leaved,
suffused with dull purple, neat, free in growth), pyramidale
(pyramidal), rotundifolium (roundish-leaved), and variegatum
(leaves irregularly variegated with white). Fig. 762 shows the
type grown as a Room-plant, for which it is well adapted.

V. tomentosum is now regarded as a species and V. plicatum
(Fig. 760) as a variety of it. ’

V. Vetteri (Vetter’s).
and V. nudum. 1889.

VICIA. To the species described on p. 157, Vol. IV.,
the following should be added:

V. altissima (tallest). The correct name of V. polysperma.

V. biennis (biennial). Siberian Vetch. fl. purple; calyx teeth
unequal; racemes many-flowered; peduncles scarcely longer

A garden hybrid between V. Lentago

than the leaves. July to September. /., leaflets lanceolate,
glabrous; petioles tendrilled. A. 2ft. Siberia, 1753. Annual
or biennial.

V. Dennesiana (Dennes’). #. varying in colour from pale

brownish to violet-purple, lin. long; standard shorter than
the wings, which are somewhat reflexed above the middle;

VIBURNUM OPULUS STERILE.

V. sylvatica (wood-loving).* fl. blue and white, pedunculate ;
alyx segments scarcely as long as the tube; peduncle longer
than the leaves, many-flowered. June and July. — L, leaflets
numerous, alternate or opposite, elliptic-oblong, mucronulate,
reticulate-veined; stipules semi-sagittate-reniform, — bristly-
toothed. Europe. A glabrous perennial; good for rambling
over rockwork.

VIGNA. To the species described on p. 159, Vol. IV.,
the following should be added:

V. strobilophora (cone-bearing). 7. Wistaria-like, having the
standard pinkish-white and the keel and wings purple, dis-
posed in axillary, cone-like racemes. /. pinnately trifoliolate.

Stems woody, twining, many feet jin height. Mexico, 1894.
Greenhouse. (G. & F. 1894, f. 30.)
VIGUIERA. To the species described on p. 159,

Vol. IV., the following should be added:

V. excelsa (tall). fl.-heads yellow; involucral scales in many
series, ciliated, appressed ; peduncle terete. August. l. ellipt X
acute, serrated at apex, three-nerved, scabrous on both sides.
Stem scabrous. h. 6ft. to 8ft. Mexico, 1820. Syns. Helianthus
giganteus (of Cayanilles), Tithonia excelsa

736 THE DICTIONARY mo3 GARDENING,

VILLARSIA. ‘See also Limnanthemum.

VILMORINIA. This genus is monotypic.

VINCA. Ineluding Lochnera. V. difformis is the
correct name of V. media. V. major alba is a garden

variety with white flowers; V. m. elegantissima has blue
flowers, and the foliage is blotched with creamy-white ; and
V. m. reticulata has the leaves golden-reticulated. Of the
many uses to which the hardier kinds may be put none is
more deserying of note than planting them under trees.

Fic. 762. ViIBURNUM TINUS.
VINE. To the varieties on pp. 172-6, Vol. IV., the
following should be added:

Appley Towers. Fruit quite black, covered with a deep
bloom, large, roundish-oval; flesh firm, very juicy, and with
a distinct and very agreeable flavour. Bunches large, broad,
and of good shape, setting freely. A new variety of much

promise. A mid-season or late Grape.

Lady Hastings.
the same rich flavour,
to set freely.

A sport from Muscat Hamburgh,
with a stronger constitution,

possessing
and stated

Lady Hutt. Fruit greenish-yellow, with a firm, delicate bloom,
round, medium to large; flesh melting, very juicy, and of
rich flavour; skin thin. Bunches medium-sized, with broad
shoulders, setting freely. An excellent new late variety.

Primavis Frontignan. Fruit amber, small, round; flesh
very firm, juicy, and highly flavoured. Bunches medium, long,
well-set. A mid-season Grape.

VINE BOWER. See Clematis Viticella.
VIOLA. The beautiful garden-plants cultivated under

the name of Violas may be said to be quite modern.
They had their origin something like forty years ago,
at a time when the bedding-out of greenhonse-plants was
the leading feature of most of the gardens in England.
At that time the popularity of any new plant was
assured if it was adapted for beddimg-out. Amongst
other plants bronght into prominence for that purpose

was Viola cornuta (Horned Violet). This pretty plant
had been grown in gardens for nearly a century. It was

figured in “the “ Botanical Magazine*’ in 1805, Tab. 791,
and Dr, Sims, the then editor, stated that the plant

"‘Viola—o Pikh we aif

introduced to the Royal Gardens, Kew, by Dr.
Ortega, in 1776. It is stated to be a native of Spain and
Mount Atlas. The flowers are pale blue in colour. The
specific name is in allusion to the peculiar formation of
the sepals; while the common name of “Tufted”? has
reference to the habit of the plants. This plant was
grown by thousands as a bedding-plant, and it subsequently
became cross-fertilised with the Show Pansies. The
produce of this cross were grown as Violas. The hardier,
more wiry constitution of Viola cornuta was transferred
to the offspring of this cfoss, and although the form of
the so-called Violas has been vastly improved, the
constitutional vigour of V. cornuta is still there, and the
plants resist winter’s cold and summer's heat better than
the Show or Fancy varieties of Pansies.

Another species used was Viola lutea (Yellow Mountain
Violet). The flowers are bright yellow, and the plant is
found on the higher mountain pastures of Britain. This
plant never resisted the dronght so well as the Horned
Violet (V. cornuta), but it was used a good deal for
bedding-out, and is probably the parent of the yellow
forms of the Tufted Pansy.

was

4
ie
Fic. 763. RayveED VIOLA.

The culture of Violas and Pansies does not differ
materially, except that better results are obtained with
the Viola, and with considerably less trouble. This does
not imply that it is not desirable to take pains with the
culture of this charming, hardy, border flower. In good,
deep garden loam, well-enriched with decayed manure,
the Viola will give a vigorous and sustained display of
its beautiful blossoms from early spring until the fall of
the leaf in autumn, when frosty nights check the growth
of the plants. Of course, during the period between ez urly
spring and late autumn, the plants require the careful
hand of the gardener to keep up a good display of
blossoms. There is nothing to do during the early months
of the year, except to keep the plants free from weeds,
and stir up the surface of the soil occasionally, as it is
apt to become caked by rains, and therefore not in a con-
dition to promote a vigorous growth. The Viola, as well
as the Pansy, must be kept moist at the roots. Few
plants have such an immense mass of rootlets, spreading
in all directions, and if dry weather sets in they soon
extract the moisture from the surrounding soil. It is
therefore very desirable, as soon as hot, dry weather sets
in, to place a oni layer of decayed manure all over the
surface of the beds, and to water freely. A good soaking
is necessary, so that the water will go down to the
rootlets. It will earry the fertilising properties of the
manure with it, and will aid greatly in keeping up the
blossom in fulness and quality all through the season;
but it is not well to allow the plants to become over-
crowded with growth and blossom. If, as sometimes

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 737

A Id

Viola—continued.

happens, a brilliant display of blossom is wanted on a
particular date—and this applies to Pansies as well as to
Violas—we advise picking off the blossoms about two weeks
before the date, giving a surface-dressing, and pegging the
shoots down into it. Even if the plants have become
exhausted by a long period of plentiful blossom, they
will start again if well supplied with water (if needed)
like giants refreshed, and the blossoms will be abundant
‘and of good quality.

There are now two sections of Violas. The early type
had rays of colour, striking out from the centre of the
blossom (Fig. 763), but after a time seedlings were obtained
of better form, and without rays,.or, at least, the rays were
inconspicuous ; and from the point of view of the florist
the rayless varieties were the best, and this type of
flower has been greatly improved in recent years.

Planting should be done in the autumn, in order to
get a good display in spring, and they should be strong,
well-established plants. Propagation should take place in
July and August, in the same manner as advised for
Pansies. Plant out permanently in September or October
the same distance, viz., a foot between the plants. It
will also be well to plant out a bed or border of Violas
in the spring. Seedlings may be treated in the same
manner as named varieties. The Viola is still one of the
best plants for bedding-out purposes, and lines or masses
of colour, according to the taste of the owner, may
be planted, and the effect is very good indeed.

To the species described on pp. 181-3, Vol. IV., the
following should be added:

V. aurea (golden). The correct name of V. proemorsa.

V. Beckiana (Beck's). This is described as ‘a handsome rock
plant with large blue or yellow flowers.” Bosnia, 1896.

V. calearata flava (yellow). A yellow-flowered form. Syn.
Ve Zoysii.

V. cenisia. Mont Cenis Violet. 1. violet, with a very slender,
arched spur; sepals lanceolate, elongated. June. Jl. ovate-
elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, entire, hispid; stipules entire or
palmately cleft. A. 6in. Alps, 1759.

V. cornuta alba (white). 7. pure white, large, elegant.

V. declinata (declinate), 7. of a deep, bright purple, large,
with darker markings near the yellow eye; sepals elongated.
May and June. J. ovate, bluntly-toothed, scarcely appendicu-
late. A. 6in. Transylvania, 1892.

oblong, narrowed at base, obsoletely crenate; the rest
lanceolate, acute. A. 3in. Orient, 1817. (S. F. G. iii., t. 222.)

V. lactea is now regarded as a species.

V. lutea (yellow), of Hudson. A form of V. tricolor.

V. lutea (of Lamarck).

V. maculata (spotted).

V. mirabilis (remarkable). #1. pale blue, scented, the earlier
ones large and sterile, the later ones apetalous and fertile ;
petals entire; spur cylindrical. April and M 1. reniform-
cordate, acuminate, long-petiolate ; cauline ones almost sessile.
Europe.

V. montana is a form of V. canina.

V. odorata semperfiorens (ever-flowering). _/l. rather larger
and more odorous than in the type. Spring and autumn.

V. o. sulfurea (sulphur-coloured). jl. pale yellow, with a little

orange at the throat. 7. more velvety than in the type. 1896.
Syn. V. Vilmoriniana.

V. palmata is now regarded as a species.

Vv. pinnata (pinnate). fl. violet; sepals ovate; peduncles
radical. June and July. 7. palmatipartite, with twice- or
thrice-toothed segments. h. 6in. Alps, 1752.

V. Reichenbachiana (Reichenbach’s). <A form of V.
tris.

V. reniformis (kidney-shaped). jl. blue and white, very
beautiful ; peduncles about ain. high. July. /. small, crowded,
reniform. Stems numerous, slender, creeping. Aust a, 1823.
Allied to V. hederacea, but now regarded as distinct. Tender.
Syn. Erpetion reniforme (S. B. F. G. ii., t. 170). There is a
large-flowered form grandiflora.

V. suavis is a form of V. odorata.

V. sylvestris. The correct name of V. sylvatica.

V. Vilmoriniana (Vilmorin’s).
sulfurea.

V. Zoysii (Zoys’),
Vol. V.

A synonym of V. bijlora.

The correct name of P. pyrola@folia.

sylves-

A synonym of V. odorata

A synonym of V. calearata dava.

Viola—continued.
VARIETIES OF TuFrTED PANSIES OR VIOLAS. The
following are all good varieties of these popular plants :
ABBEss, blue, on a grey ground, bright yellow eye; A. J.
ROWBERRY, golden-yellow, rayless; AMY Barr, pink, veined
white; ARCHIE GRANT, deep blue, excellent for beddi

yellow, self;
with white ; lavender, fine
variety ; CROWN JEWEL, purple-blue ona white ground ; Dove,
creamy-white, dotted with heliotrope, rayless; KNDYMION,
lemon-yellow ; GEORGE LORD, deep primr¢ uyless ; GOLDEN
BEAUTY, deep yellow, bordered white, rayless ; HAMLET, upper
petals sepia, flaked purple, shaded with dark brown, lower
ones orange, shaded dark brown and bronze; H. W. STUART,
dark purple, shaded crimson, excellent variety; JAMES C.

Fic. 764. VIOLET PRINCESS BEATRICE.

ERSKINE, fawn, shaded crimson and purple, yellow and gold ;
LORD MALcoLM, purple self, very handsome ; LUCELLIA GOLD,
pure white, edged light blue; MELAMPUS, deep yellow, rayless ;
PEMBROKE, yellow self, rayle SULTAN, smoky-heliotrope ;
UxipIA, white, spotted bluish-

s, white, edged with blue;

mauve,

rayed; WHITE DUCE , : sual
WINSOME, white, with blue rays, and bordered with pinkish-
blue.

VARIETIES OF Sweet VioteT. The following are note-
worthy additions to those described on p. 180, Vol. IV.:
Single: ADMIRAL AVELLAN, reddish-purple, very sweet; CALI-

FORNIA, violet-purple, large, good for forcing ; DEVONIENSIS,

deep blue, very profuse; La FRANCE, blue-violet, very large

flowers, fragrant, very fine variety; OpDoRATISSIMA, blue-violet,
very fragrant; PRINCESS BEATRICE, bright bluish-purple, vigorous

5B

FOO

(oe

Viola—continued.
(Fig. 764, for whi
Sons); PRINC
sweet-scented, the sweetest of all
white, tinged with pink ; SULPHUREA, khaki-colour ; W 5
deep purple, large, on long stems, fragrant. Double: BELLE DE
CHATENAY, white, large, and fragrant; CooL CRONAN, clear
blue, very fragrant, and of great size ; Dr PARME, pale lavender-
purple, good for forcing; KiNG oF VIOLETS, dark blue, large,
best for outdoor culture; LADY HUME CAMPBELL, rich blue,
late; MpLLE. BERTHA BARRON, indigo-blue, very fragrant and
free; Mrs. J. J. ASTOR, soft rosy-heliotrope ; PARMAENSIS, white,
striped rose-pink; SWANLEY WHITE, this is identical with
COMTE DE BRAZZA.

VIRGILIA INTRUSA. A synonym of Calpurnia
~ intrusa (which see).

VITEX. VJ. laciniata is synonymous with V. Negundo
incisa. V. arborea (of Desf.) is identical with V. Negundo.

VITIS. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 186-8, Vol. IV., the following should be added. All
are hardy, unless otherwise stated. See also Ampelopsis
and Cissus.

indebted to Messrs. Cutbush and
bright blue, on long stalks, very
ingles; RAWS¢ WHITE,

V. acuminata (taper-pointed). fr. black, large, in long,
narrow bunches. 7. rounded or slightly cordate at base,

gradually narrowed to a sharp point, scarcely toothed on the
margin, glabrous above, with very short, glaucous-white
pubescence beneath, Eastern Asia, 1890.

V. xegirophyllia (revived-leaved). /l. small; peduncles opposite
the leaves, often twin, longer than the leaves, dichotomously
cymose. fr. fin. long. 7. pale, glabrous, broadly ovate,
abruptly acuminate, unequally and deeply acuminate-toothed ;
lower ones 3in. long. Branches without tendrils, terete,
striated. Turkestan, 1892.

V. amurensis (Amur). This is now classed as a species, and
not as a form of V. vinifera.

V. apiifolia (Apium-leaved).

laciniosa.

V. argyrophylia.

V. Berlandieri (Berlandier’s). jr. blackish-violet, globose-
paniculate, maturing late; pulp very abundant. J. cordate,
orbicular, more or less three-lobed, triangular-toothed, rigid,
green above, very pale beneath, glabrous or pubescent. SYN.
V. monticola (of Engelmann). Stems pentagonal, covered with
a crisp, floccose pubescence. Texas and New Mexico, 1888,

V. californica (Californian).* fr. black, small, rather agree-
ably flavoured, disposed in thick bunches. 7. small, rounded-
cordate, lustrous green, with tufts of hairs on the nerves
beneath, turning deep crimson in autumn. California. A
very vigorous, hardy species.

V. candicans (whitish).* Mustang or Horse Grape: Jr. large,
in small, irregular bunches, with a very sharp flavour.
7. cordate, entire or deeply lobed, obscurely toothed, glabrous
above except for some silvery hairs on the nerves, the lower
surface covered with compact white down. North America.
A very vigorous and productive species—one of the best from
a decorative point of view.

V. capensis (Cape). 1. tomentose, disposed in short cymes.
fr. blackish-red, depressed-globose, JU. reniform, obtuse-angled,
and sinnate-toothed. South Africa, 1887. Greenhouse trailer.
(R. H. 1887, p. 372.)

V. cinerea (greyish). jr. black, very small; peduncles very
twisting with the tendrils. /. about lft. in diameter,

y and swollen above. Branches with four or five well-

marked angles. North America. There is a variety canescens,

with much smaller leaves, and more ornamental than the
type.

V. Coignetiz

A garden synonym of JV’. vinifera

A misprint for V. egirophylla.

(Mme. Coignet’s).* /. often polygamous.
fr. round. 1. (with the petioles) about lft. long, orbicular,
about lft. acre with three strongly-toothed, mucronate
lobes, the basilar sinus very variable, white-tomentose beneath,
in autumn assuming a beautiful crimson or claret tint.
Branches very long and strong; tendrils pink, yellow when
young. Japan, 1884. Allied to V. Labrusca. (G. C. 1897,
xxii., p. 305.) One of the best of ornamental Vines.

V. dissecta. See Ampelopsis aconitifolia.
V. Doaniana (Doan’s). This is described as ‘ta very hardy

Vine, with hoary-white leaves and branches.” ‘Texas, 1896.
(G. & F. 1896, p. 454, f. 59.)

V. flexuosa (bending). (/. disposed in an elongated panicle.
/. cordate, toothed, villous on the lower surface. Stem flexuous.
Japan, &e., 1841. ‘

V. f. major (greater). This is a very fine variety, having
leaves often 7in, across, and trilobate; while the young shoots
and tendrils ave of a nice crimson. A beautiful climber, well
worth attention on account of its autumn colours.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Vitis—continued.

V. heterophylla is the correct name of V. Davidiana. There
is a variegated form of V. heterophylla humulifolia.

V. inconstans (inconstant). The correct name of Ampelopsis
tricuspidata. SYN. V. japonica (of gardens),

V. indivisa (undivided), 7. five-petaled. fr. a little larger
than Peppercorns; panicles twice or thrice bifid, without
tendrils. /. simple, somewhat three-lobed, 3in, to 5in. broad,
cordate or truncate at base, coarsely glandular-serrated,
pubescent on the nerves beneath. Stem long, climbing.
Eastern North America, 1888. SyN. Aimpelopsis cordata.

V. japonica crassifolia (thick-leaved). /. large, very thick,
coriaceous, three-lobed, bright green above, cobwebby-tomentose
beneath. 1886.

V. japonica (of gardens). A synonym of JV’. inconstans.

V. monticola (mountain-loving). jr. white and amber-
yellow, agreeably flavoured; bunches strong, — branched.
4. cordate, with a deep basal sinus. North Texas. This is

really a variety of V. cestivalis.

V. monticola (of Engelmann). A synonym of V. Berlandieri.

V. multifida gracilis (much-cleft, slender). fr. black, in small
bunches, ¢, deeply lobed. Stems very slender. China, 1891.
Plant much-branched,

V. obtusifolia (obtuse-leaved). /. cordate, nearly entire,
covered with a white tomentum. 1891. (R. H. 1891, p. 522,
f. 136.) The variety serotina is apparently only a form of th

female plant, which ripens its fruit late. 1891.

p. 520, f. 134.)
V. odoratissima (very sweet).

V. orientalis (Oriental). 7., peduncles axillary, shorter than
the leaves, dichotomously and divaricately cymose. /r. depressed,
four-seeded. 72. triangular, bipinnate; uppermost ones some-
times trifoliolate ; leaflets stalked, glaucous beneath, rounded
or cuneate at base, ovate-oblong, deeply and acutely incised.
Branches five- or six-angled, without tendrils. Orient.

V. pseudospina (false spine).

V. reniformis violacea (kidney-shaped, violet). 1. dicecious;
males in small panicles, on slender, dark red peduncles.
1. large, roundish-reniform, obtuse, crenulate, dark green above,
paler beneath, strongly reticulated, the veins (and_ petioles)
cottony-hairy. Stems very long, slender. China, 1888. (R. H.
1888, p. 536, f. 132.)

V. riparia is now regarded as a distinct species and not as a
variety of V. cordifolia. (B. M. 2429.)

V. Romaneti (Romanet’s). 7. small, moncecious or polygamous;
males in freely-produced, compact panicles. fr. black, disposed
in narrow bunches. /. very variable, cordate to five-lobed,
acute, toothed, bright green above, silvery-white beneath.
1888. Hardy. SyYNs. V. pseudospina, Ampelovitis Romaneti.

V. R. obtusifolia (obtuse-leaved). /. cordate, nearly entire,
covered with white tomentum. 1891. ‘The so-called variety
serolina appears to be merely the female plant, which ripens
its fruit late. (R. H. 1891, pp. 520-22. f. 134-6.) There is also
a variegated form named MME. CAPLAT.

V. rotundifolia (round-leaved), A synonym of V. vulpina.

V. rupestris (rock-loving). /. polygamous; racemes opposite,
and longer than, the leaves, decompound, pyramidal-oblong.

(R. H. 1891,

A synonym of V. riparia.

A synonym of V. Romaneti.

fr. dluish-black, small. 7. somewhat reniform-cordate, five-
nerved, reticulate-veined, glabrous, unequally and deeply
crenate-serrated, the teeth mucronate, the base somewhat

truncate and entire. Stem striated, tuberculate ; branchlets
purplish. Rocky Mountains.

V. rutilans (reddish).*
very red when developed.

jl, dicecious, in rather strong racemes,
1. broadly cordate, 10in. long, acute,
serrated, velvety-tomentose, especially beneath, Stems and
petioles densely clothed with dark red bristles. Eastern Asia,
1890. A very distinct species. (R. H. 1890, p. 444.)

V. sempervirens (evergreen). A synonym of V, striata.
V. Sieboldii (Siebold’s). A synonym of V. Thunbergii.

V. Thunbergii is now accorded specific rank. 7. umbellate,
many in a divaricate, tomentose panicle. fr, black, globose,
as large as small Peas. J. larger than in V. Coignetie and
very beautiful, cordate at base, three- or five-lobed, pubescent
or glabrous above, fuscous-tomentose beneath; lobes varying
from undivided to pinnatifid, remotely serrated. Japan.
(R. G. 424.) Syn. V. Sieboldii.

V. vinifera laciniosa (torn). /.
which are petiolulate and much cleft.
V. apiifolia (of gardens).

V. Voinieriana (Voinier’s). jr. large, of a peculiar flavour.
/. consisting of three pedicellate leaflets on a common petiole ;
they are oblong-obovate, 4in. long, 5in. broad, serrated, pro-
minently nerved, glossy green above, hairy beneath. Stems
thick, fleshy, climbing. China, 1897. Stove. It is not certain
that this plant is a Vitis.

divided into five segments,
h. 20ft. 1648. Syn.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 739

Fic, 765, WATSONIA MERIANA IRIDIFOLIA ARDERNEL.

740 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

VITMANIA. A synonym of Oxybaphus (which |

see).

VITTADINIA (from vitta, a ribbon, and aden, a
gland). Syns. Eurybiopsis, Microgyne. ORD. Composite.
A small genus of greenhouse or hardy, perennial herbs
or under-shrubs, natiyes of Sonth America, Australia, New
Zealand, &c., and closely allied to Erigeron. V. triloba (of
gardens) is synonymous with Hrigeron mucronatus.

VITTARIA. Ribbon Fern. Vittarias succeed well
in sandy peat and under the influence of a moist, stove
temperature. Their propagation is usually effected by |
division of the crowns, |

To the species described on p. 188, Vol. IV., the following
should be added :

V. stipitata (stalked). fronds 1}ft. to 2ft. long, jin. to 4in.
broad, firm, gradually tapering below into a long, slender
stem: midrib indistinct except towards the base; veins |
distant, oblique. sori sunk in a groove within the margin,
with the flattened, thickened edge of the frond produced
beyond it. Colombia to Peru. SYN. Tceniopsis stipitata.

VIVIPAROUS.
which generate while attached to the parent-plant.

VOCHISIA [the proper spelling].

the correct name of V. tomentosa.

Producing spores, seeds, or bulbs,

VOUAPA. The correct name of V. bifolia is Macro-

|

|

V. ferruginea is |

lobium Vuapa. |
|

WACHENDORFIA. JW. brevifolia is a form of
W. hirsuta.

WAHLENBERGIA. To the species described on |
p. 190, Vol. IV., the following should be added: |

W. dalmatica is now regarded as a distinct species. fl. violet-
blue; corolla funnel-shaped, semi-five-cleft ; head terminal,
si to ten-flowered. Summer. /. linear-lanceolate, entire,
acute, clasping at base, lin. to 2in. long; radical ones clustered
in a rosette. Stems ascending or erect, about din. long.
Dalmatia. Hardy perennial.

W. graminifolia (Grass-leaved). jl. purple, large, three to
six in a terminal cluster; corolla infundibular-campanulate.
May to July. /. entire, softly pubescent (as well as the stems);
radical ones rosulate, linear or linear-spathulate, 4in. to lin.
long; cauline ones few, erect, lin. or more in length. A. Sin.
South Europe. Hardy perennial; ripens seed freely.

W. nivea (snowy). /. having the calyx reddish and the corolla
snow-white; bracts (and stem) purple. 7. Grass-like. Alps of
Bosnia, 1893. Syn. Hedreeanthus (Edraianthus) niveus,

W. Pumilio (dwarf). #7. bluish or reddish-lilac, campanulate,
numerous, solitary, sessile. May and June. J. bluish, spread-
ing, very narrow, jin. or more in length, acuminate, entire,
highly glabrous. Stem very short and very leafy. Dalmatia.
Hardy perennial,

W. pumilorum (W. Pumilio-like). This resembles W. Pumitlio,
but is more straggling, and has a longer tube to the corolla
and smaller leaves. It does well on the rockery.

W. serpyllifolia (Thyme-leaved). The Kew Hand-list keeps |
up this name, and regards Campanila serpyllifotia as a synonym,
but the ‘‘Index Kewensis” gives the latter as the correct
name.

W. undulata (wavy). /. violet-blue, terminal, sin. to lin. in
diameter ; corolla five-cleft, the lobes acute; peduncles usually
few-flowered. J. sessile or somewhat clasping, spreading, about |
lin. long, ovate-oblong or -lanceolate, crenate or toothed,
sinuated, and undulated. Stem ascending or weak, 6in. to |
12in. high. South Africa, 1891. A rigid, half-hardy annual, |
(B. M. 7174.)

WAITZIA. W.
W. (Morna) nivea.

WALCKENERA. See Spiders.

WALDSTEINIA. WW. sibirica is the correct name
of W. trifolia.

WALKERA. Included under Gomphia (which see). |
WALL. See Walls.

WALLICHIA. W. disticha is grown in botanic |
gardens. One or two species formerly included hereunder |
are now referred to Didymosperma,

odontolepis is the correct name of

WALUEWA (named in honour of Count P. A.
Walnjew [ Valnev}). Orn. Orchidew. A monotypic genus.
The species is a small, tufted, stove Orchid, allied to
Gomeza. It requires the same treatment as the Brazilian
species of Miltonia (which see).

W. pulchella (rather pretty). l. yellowish, about 4in. long,
with a purple band on the petals and purple spots on the lip;
racemes basal, six- to eight-flowered, recurved. February.
i. solitary, lanceolate, acute, 24in. long. Pseudo-bulbs com-
peed oblong or almost linear, 2in. to 24in. long. Brazil,
890. (R. G., t. 1341, f. 1.)

WARREA. To the species described on p. 196,
Vol. IV., the following should be added:

W. bidentata (two-toothed). /., lip longer and narrower than
in W. tricolor and not so transverse, the keel at the base very
sharp, the disk covered with seriate callosities. (P. F. G. i,
p. 73, f. 47.)

W. cyanea (blue). A synonym of Aganisia cyanea.

WASHINGTONIA. JW. robusta is now regarded as
synonymous with W. filifera. W. Sonore is grown at
Kew.

WATER ELM. See Zelkova.

WATER ERMINE MOTH. ‘See Spilosoma
Menthastri.

WATER LILY, NEW ZEALAND. See Ranun-
culus Lyallii.

WATER LOCUST-TREE. ‘ee Gleditschia

monosperma.
WATER PLANTS.

WATER REED. ‘See Arundo.
WATERING ENGINES AND PUMPS. These

are essential in most gardens, not only to economise
labour, but for applying water in the best form to trees,
plants, lawns, borders, &c. For general use on lawns
and borders where water is laid on, the apparatus known
as the Lawn Sprinkler is excellent, as it can be attached
to the hose, and easily moved about from one part to
another, the water being ejected from a stand-pipe in a
fine shower in the shape of an umbrella. Perforated
pipes can scarcely be termed engines, yet are very useful
for watering purposes where there is a good force of
water laid on. See also Spraying Machines.

WATERING-POT, HIGH LEVEL. Probably
the most useful of all Watering-pots are those known as
‘‘Haw’s Patent.’’ These are made in yarious sizes and
of good material, with long spouts on which a fine rose
ean be fixed, from which the water ascends and then
falls gently on the seeds or newly-potted or pricked-out
plants. The handle is placed from the back to the top of
the pot, and is very convenient for use. This Watering-
pot is deservedly popular amongst gardeners and nursery-
men.

WATSONIA. J. G. Baker’s latest classification
(‘‘Handbook of Iridee”’) places the number of species at
fifteen. To the species, &c., described on pp. 201-2,
Vol. IV., the following should be added. See also
Anthea Antholyza, Gladiolus, and Micran-

us. ;

W. Meriana coccinea is now accorded specific
W. coccinea.

W. M. iridifolia Ardernei (Ardern’s).* 7. pure white, rather
large. 1889. A charming variety, also known as O’Brieni. See
Fig. 765, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Sander and Sons.

WEBERA. According to the ‘Index Kevensis,’
Tarenna is the correct name of this genus.

WEEPING. Having pendulous branches or branchlets.
WEEPING TREES. See Trees and Shrubs.

WEEVILS. The destructive propensities of the chief
offenders falling under the aboye heading were noted
under Otiorrhynchus, in Vol. II., and other specific
headings. Many of them are destructive alike as larve
and as perfect insects, especially the Black Vine Weevil
(O, sulcatus, Fig. 766), and the Clay-Coloured Weevil

See Aquatic Plants.

rank as

?

Weevils—continued.
(O. picipes, Fig. 767). These are practically omnivorous
so far as garden produce is concerned, but are especially

destructive to Vines, Strawberries, Raspberries, Goose-
berries, Apples, Ploms, Peaches, Ferns, and many
flowering plants. All are night-feeders, and should
10mm
SEE

Fic. 766, BLACK VINE WEEVIL.

be sought for by artificial light. They are easily alarmed,
and if a light be suddenly turned upon them, ora slight
tap be given to the infested trees, the insects will drop.
If, therefore, some sticky compound be arranged upon
boards or papers, and laid beneath the plants, the pests
may be prevented from escaping, and afterwards thrown
into boiling water.

* FG. 767. CLAY-COLOURED WEEVIL.

WELDENIA (a commemorative name),
ORD. Commelinacez. A monotypic genus. The species is
a decorative, cool greenhouse, tnuberous-rooted herb,
very closely allied botanically to Zebrina.

W. candida (white). =. snow-white, lin. in diameter, solitary
on erect scapes which are disposed in a cluster in the centre
of the leaves; corolla lobes broad, spreading. April. 2. six
to eight, strap-shaped, 2in. to 6in. ‘long, with folding bases.
Stem short, simple. Mexico and Guatemala, before 1894,
(B. M. 7405.)

WELSH ONION (Allium fistulosum). See Onion,
Vol. V.

WERNERIA.
W. rigida,.
WESTERIA. A corruption of Wistaria (which see),
WEYMOUTH PINE RUST. See Bladder Rust.
WHITE CAMASSIA. See Camassia esculenta
Leichtlini.
WHITE FLY.
WHITE GUM.
E. viminalis.
WHITE-LINE DART MOTH. See Vine Moths.

WHITE-TAILED MEALY BUG. Sve Scale
Insects.

WHITE TRUFFLE. See Truffles.
WHITE VINE, See Clematis Vitalba,

Syn. Lampra.

The correct name of W. frigida is

See Scale Insects.
See Eucalyptus leucoxylon and

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 74l

WHITE WATER-LILY.

WHITEHEADIA.
of W. bifolia.
WHITFIELDIA. Nine species, endemic in tropical

Africa, are now referred to this genus.
WHITLOW GRASS. See also Erophila.
WIBORGIA. According to the

this is the correct name of Viborgia.

WIDDRINGTONIA. To the species described on

p. 208, Vol. IV., the following shonld be added -

W. Whytei (Whyte’s). 7. Juniper-like, glaucous, linear, lin.
long. cones ‘somewhat smaller than a Chestnut,” longer than
broad. Stem sometimes 6ft. in diameter i in i i
place). h. 140ft. Mount Milanji, Ny
tree, which is at present only known in ; y
greenhouses, may perhaps prove hardy in South Cornwall,

WIGANDIA. W.

form of W. wrens.

WIKSTREMIA (named after J. E. Wikstrém,
1780-1856, a Swedish botanist), Orp. Thymelxacex.
A genus comprising about twenty species of stove or
greenhouse shrubs. or trees, natives of tropical and
Kastern Asia, Australia, and the Pacifie Islands.
Flowers shortly racemose or spicate at the tips of
the branches; perianth having an elongated tube and
four spreading lobes; stamens eight, included or
shortly exserted. Leaves opposite or rarely alternate,
W. Alberti is a greenhouse, deciduons, much-branched.
shrub, requiring similar culture to Thymelea (which
see). W. viridiflora—the bark of which yields a yaluable
paper material—is also in cultivation in botanical gardens.
None of the species, however, are of any horticultural
value.

WIKSTREMIA
Laplacea (which see).

WILD. Native; growing spontaneonsly.
WILD SPANIARD. See Aciphylla.

WILDING. Broadly, this is any wild or uncultivated
plant, though the name is often restrictively applied to
the Crab-apple only.

See Nymphza alba.

W. latifolia is the correct name

“Index Kewensis,”

macrophylla is now regarded as a

(of Schrader), <A Synonym of

WILLOW-LEAF BEETLE. See Phratora
Vitelline.

WINDOW-BEARING ORCHID. ‘ee Crypto-
phoranthus.

WINTER HAWTHORN. See Aponogeton
distachyon. .

WINTER MOTHS. In the olden days grease-

banding was almost entirely relied upon for keeping these
pests in check. The remedy now is Paris Green, so long
as it is not applied while the trees are in blossom. loz.
to 24 gallons of water will suffice, if the mixture is kept
stirred.

WISTARIA. To cultivate W. chinensis successfully
it should be allowed plenty of head room, a fairly rich
soil, and a sunny position. W. multijuga is not so well
known, and, though shy in a young state, is neverthe-
less well worth growing. To the species and yarieties
described on pp. 213-4, Vol. IV., the following should be
added : :

W. chinensis alba (white). jl» white, very sweet-scented ;
racemes smaller than in the type (Fig. 768). The plant
is also rather less vigorous and not so floriferous.

W. floribunda (abundant-flowered). A synonym of W. chinensis,

W. frutescens. The following are varieties: alba (SYN. nivea),
flowers white; Backhousiana, violet, in long, compact racemes ;
magnifica, clear blue, with a greenish-yellow spot on the
standard, leaves very velvety ; purpurea, purple-violet.

W. japonica. This name is kept up in the Kew Hand-list,
but according to Asa Gray and the “Index Kewensis,” the
correct name is Milletia japonica.

W. multijuga. According to the “ Botanical Magazine" (7522),
this is a form of W. chinensis. The variety alba has flowers
wholly white.

WISTERIA. A corruption of Wistaria (which see).

WITCH or WYCH ELM. See Ulmus
glabra,

also

742 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

WITCHES’ BROOMS. ‘ee Witches’ Knots, Wittsteinia—continued.
Vol. IV. Australian plants of the order. It is closely allied to
f - Themistoclesia. For culture, see Erica.
WITSENIA. W. corymbosa is now classed under rn ae ies < ;
Aristea, and the only species of this genus is described W. vacciniacea (Vaccinium-like). 7. yellowish-greeen or
hereunder : . - reddish, about 4in. long, pendulous, solitary in the axils.
s ; 7. scattered or in clusters of two or three, obovate-oblong,
W. maura (Moorish). /., perianth tube 2in. long, fin. in obtuse, thick, about lin. long, shortly petiolate, pale or
diameter at the throat, brownish towards the base, bluish- slaucous beneath. Branches ascending, 6in. to 12in. long,

black towards the top, the segments 4in. long, erect ; clusters usually slightly pubescent. Victoria, 1892.

Fic. 768. WISTARIA CHINENSIS.

crowded in oblong heads. December. J. distichous, rigid, WOLKENSTEINIA THEOPHRASTA. A syno-

ensiform, sin. long. Stem woody, erect, 2ft. to 4ft. long; | nym of Gomphia Theophrasta (which see).
branches leafy to the top. Cape Colony, 1790. (B. R. 5; {aa P P (

F. d. 8. 72; P. M. B. viii., p. 221.) | 'WOODLICE. These very common el are .
; “Natta, ; | source of much trouble to growers for market ané

. arted). A synonym of Klattia partita. source 0 tog 4 r
Bie Pactra (parted) Oa ea ate tess others. The pests are particularly destructive in plant-
WITTSTEINIA (a commemorative name). Orp. | houses containing forced yegetables and flowers, the former
Ericacee. A monotypic genus. ‘The species is a green- | more particularly. Outside they are more easily dealt
house, prostrate or creeping shrub—one of the few with; and therefore they do not constitute such pests

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 743

Woodlice—continued.

as they are inside. Young Tomato plants, Mushrooms,
Melons, Cucumbers, Mint, and many other subjects are
laid under contribntion, and the Woodlice, being night-
feeders, are somewhat difficult to deal with. In the day-
time, as stated under Oniscide (Vol. II.), they lie
concealed under anything affording the slightest shelter.
Traps of various kinds may be employed, the most effec-
tive—at any rate in Mushroom houses—being small flower-
pots, half-filled with moss and laid upon their sides.
The pests take shelter in these after their midnight
revels, and may be shaken therefrom over a vessel of
boiling water in the morning. Still more effective, how-
ever, is phosphorus paste as used for Cockroaches. This
should be spread upon bread-and-butter, and laid about
their haunts. Barley-meal and paste in equal parts laid
upon pieces of wood is also good.

WOODSIA. Most of the known Woodsias are found
in cold and temperate climates. North America is
particularly rich in them, and the genus is well repre-
sented in Great Britain by two species, W. hyperborea
and W. ilvensis, both of which are of particularly distinct
character, and rank among the rarest of our native Ferns.
As a rule, Woodsias may be said to flourish where but
little soil is allowed around their roots, in crevices of
damp rocks, or upon the rocks themselves, generally in
fairly exposed situations. They are well adapted for
growing in small intermediate and hardy Ferneries, where
they form suitable companions to Asplenium Ruta-muraria,
A. Ceterach (or Ceterach officinarum, as it is more com-
monly called), A. Trichomanes, &c., and they may also
be successfully cultivated in pots. They require a very
open soil, composed of turfy peat and light loam in equal
‘parts, with a free admixture of finely-broken charcoal,
sandstone, or silver-sand. Thorough drainage is essential,
and the crowns of the plants should be kept above the
soil and surrounded by a few small stones: the effect of
this arrangement is to keep the roots in a permanently
moist state without using much water, as they are
particularly averse to stagnant moisture.

Woodsias are usually increased by the division of their
crowns, an operation which is attended with most satis-
factory results when performed during their resting
period—from November to March. They may also be
propagated by means of their spores, which are produced
in abundance and germinate freely, especially when sown
in a temperature of 65deg. to 70deg.

WOODWARDIA. Chain
possess a decorative character
greenhouse, the conservatory, or the hardy Fernery,
according to their requirements. Few Ferns are as
effective as W. radicans or W. orientalis, grown either
on the rockery or in a hanging-basket in the con-
servatory; while W. areolata (or, as it is usually
called in gardens, W. angustifolia) and W. virginica
are very ornamental when planted in a marshy part
of the hardy Fernery. The compost in which Wood-
wardias thrive most luxuriantly is a mixture of
equal parts fibrous loam, peat or leaf-mould, chopped
sphagnum, and silver-sand, with abundance of water at
the roots all the year round. It is of the ntmost import-
ance that these plants should be strictly kept under cool
treatment, as when subjected to heat they soon become
a prey to Thrips and Scale, whereas when grown in a cool
atmosphere they are usually very clean.

Although Woodwardias may be, and sometimes are,
propagated from spores, they are usually increased by
means of the young bnibils produced either towards the
end of their fronds, as in W. radicans and its varieties,
or oyer the whole of their surface, as in W. orientalis.
The hardy kinds are also easily multiplied by the
division of their rhizomes—an operation which is more
successfully performed from Noyember to March than at
any other time of the year.

To the species, &c., described on pp. 217-8, Vol. IV.,
the following should be added:

W. radicans Burgesiana (Burges').* fronds light and
elegant, sometimes 24ft. long, of a harsh, coriaceous texture;
pinne and pinnules uniformly depauperated, serrated through-
out. Azores.

W. r. Brownii (Brown's). The correct name of W. +.

WOOLLY BEAR. ‘See Tiger Moths.

Woodwardias
for either the cool

Ferns.

cristata.

WORKING. A term applied to plants grafted or
budded on stocks. The great majority of grafted or
budded plants are worked as low down as possible, to
prevent suckers or growths from springing up and thus
injuring or choking the scion. Occasionally Apple- and
Pear-trees are worked 6ft. from the soil to form standards,
but this is seldom practised now, the major portion of
standard trees being worked low down like- other trees.

WULFFIA. WW. stenoglossa is the correct name of
W. (Gymnolomia) maculata.
WURMBEA. According to Baker (*‘ Flora Capensis’’),

W. capensis is the correct name of W. campanulata.

_XANTHISMA.

X. Drummondii is synonymons with
X. texanum.

XANTHOCEPHALUM. YX. gymnospermoides, de-
scribed on p. 221, Vol. IV., is a hardy annnal, and
is therefore propagated by seeds.

XANTHORHIZA. According to the ‘Index

Kewensis,”’ Zanthorhiza is the correct rendering.
XANTHOSOMA. To the species described on
pp. 223-4, Vol. IV., the following variety should be added :
X. helleborifolium. The correct name is Andromycia cubensis.
X. Lindeni magnificum (magniticent).* A handsome variety,
having much larger leaves than in the type. 1885. Syn.
Phyllotenium Lindeni magnificum.
XAVERIA. A synonym of Anemonopsis (which

see).

XERANTHEMUM. Syn. Xeroloma. These Ever-
lastings are now to be obtained in mixed vyarieties—
white, purple, pink—which are far superior to the type.
They may be sown in either spring or autumn.

XEROLOMA. A synonym of Xeranthemum
(which see).
XEROPHYLLUM. \X. setifolium is the correct

name of X. asphodeloides.

XIPHIDIUM.

X. floribundum.

XYLEBORUS DISPAR.
Beetle.

XYLEBORUS DRYOGRAPHUS.
Insect Pests.

XYLEBORUS PERFORANS.
Beetle.

XYLOBIUM. To the species described on p. 225
Vol. IV., the following should be added :

X. Colleyi (Colley’s). #. reddish-brown, spotted with purple,
borne on short scapes, and having an odour resembling that
of a Cucumber. /. large, Stanhopea-like. Pseudo-bulbs round.
Trinidad, 1890. Syn. Maxillaria Colleyi.

X. leontoglossum (lion’s-tongue). jl. yellow, dotted with red ;
sepals oblong-lanceolate ; lip oblong, the lateral lobes narrow,
the terminal one rounded, fleshy; raceme dense, oblong or
cylindrical, nodding; scape robust. March. /. petiolate,
elliptic-lanceolate, acute, plicate. Pseudo-bulbs clustered,
fusiform. Colombia. (B. M. 7085.) Syn. Mazxillaria leontoglossa.
X. corrugatum and _X. scabrilinguis have also been introduced,

but they have little horticultural value.

XYNOPHYLLA. A synonym of Exocarpus (which
see).

XYRIS. X. altissima is synonymous with Bobartia
spathacea (which see).

X. ceruleum is the correct name of

See Apple - Bark

See Oak—
See Dendrobium

3

YACCA-WOOD TREE.
dieana.

YELLOW ROOT. See Hydrastis canadensis.

YELLOW WATER-LILY. ‘ee Nuphar luteum.

YUCCA. To the species and varieties described on
pp. 227-34, Vol. IV., the following should be added:

Y. brevifolia (short-leaved). 1. erect; perianth greenish-
white, lsin. to 2in. long, with lanceolate segments; pedicels
very short; panicle dense; peduncle short. /. dense, very
rigid, thick, 6in. (or in young plants sometimes 12in.) long,

See Podocarpus Pur-

744

Yucca—continued.
jin. broad. Trunk lft. to 2ft. thick, sometimes much-branched.
h. 15ft. to 30ft. South-eastern California.

Y¥. Carrierei (Carriére’s). /. greenish-white, becoming creamy,
large, globular, drooping, forming a terminal panicle 3ft. in

height. /. very numerous, dark olive-green, 20in. to 24in. long.
1895. A fine hybrid between Y. levigata and Y. angustifolia.

(R. H. 1895, f. 21-3.)

Y. elata (tall). #”. fragrant, in an ample, dense,
panicle; perianth white, 2in. long; racemes lax, the lower
ones 6in. to Yin. long; peduncle 3ft. to 4ft. long. Summer.
7. densely rosulate, stiffly erect or spreading, linear from a
suddenly-dilated base, 14ft. to 2ft. long, pale green, pungent,
the margins filiferou: Trunk 3it. to 12ft. high. United States,
1893. (B. M. 7650; G. & F. 1889, p. 568, f. 146.) There is a

variety albo-marginata.
Y. Engelmanni (Engelmann’s).

Y. Hanburyi (Hanbury’s). 7. in a simple raceme Lift. long;
perianth white, campanulate, 2in. long. 7. forming a dense
rosette, linear, rigid, green, with a pale brown edge and a few
marginal filaments. Habitat not recorded, 1892. Plant
stemless.

Y. Hystrix (spiny).

rhomboid

A synonym of Y. Whipplei.

A garden name for Agave striata.

ZYGO-COLAX VEITCHII KROMERIL.

Fic, 769.

ZAMIA. Including Aulacophyllum. To the species
described on p. 236, Vol. IV., the following shonld be
added. See glso Encephalartos and Macrozamia.

Z. amplifolia is a form of Z. Wallisii.
Z. latifolia (broad-leaved).

Z. Noeffiana (Noeff’s).
with marginal teeth.
deni.

Z. Pseudo-parasitica (false parasite).
Z. Roézlii.
ZANONIA. A synonym of Campelia (which see).
S. sarcophylla is identical with Alsomitra sarcophylla.

ZANTHORHIZA. According to the ‘‘Index Kew-

ensis,’’ this is the correct name of Xanthorhiza.

ZANTHOXYLUM. Z. frawinewm and Z. ramiflorum

are synonyms of Z. americanum,

ZEHNERIA SCABRA. A synonym of Melothria
punctata. See under Z. suavis.

_ZELEKOVA (a commemorative name). Water Elm.
Syn. Abelicea. Orv. Urticacee. A small genus (four
species) of hardy, deciduons trees, closely allied to Celtis

The correct name of Z. prasina.

. large, having large leaflets furnished
South America, 1896. Allied to Z. Lin-

The correct name of

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Zelkova—continued.

(which see for culture); one is found in Crete, a second
inhabits the Caspian-Caucasus region, and the others are
Japanese. Flowers usually moncecious, sessile or very
shortly pedicellate, produced early. Leaves alternate,
sessile or very shortly petiolate, serrate or crenate,
penniveined ; stipules free, slender, narrow, caducons.

Z. acuminata (taper-pointed). #., males in short, clustered,
axillary racemes ; females solitary. April. /. shortly petiolate,
Sin. to 4in. long, ovate-oblong or oblong, acuminate or cuspi-
date, deeply crenate-toothed, the teeth cuspidate or mucronate.
Branches very numerous. Mountains of Japan, about 1872. A
pe tree. Syn. Z. Kaki, Planera Kaki (G. & F. 1888, pp. 22,

).

Z. crenata (crenate). Siberian Elm.
fascicles, strongly scented. April. JZ.
or acute, crenate-serrated (the serratures mucronulate, not
cuspidate), sparsely puberulous beneath. A. 75ft. Caucasus,
178p, Syns. Planera carpinifolia (W. D. B., t. 106), P. crenata,
P. Richardi.

Z. japonica Verschaffelti (Japanese, Verschaffelt’s). This is
described as an elegant, small tree, with conspicuously-toothed
leaves. 1892. Syn. Ulmus Verschaffelti.

Z. Kaki (native name). A synonym of Z. acuminata.

ZENOBIA. Z. jloribunda is a synonym of Pieris
floribunda (which see).

ZEPHYRANTHES. To the species, &c., described
on pp. 239-40, Vol. IV., the following should be added:

jl. greenish, in axillary
ovate-oblong, acuminate

Z. Ajax. This is said to be a garden hybrid bétween
Z. candicans [? candida) and Z. citrina, 1899. Half-hardy.

(R. G. 1899, t. 1469.)

Z. czrulea (blue). 7. pale blue or lilac; perianth lin. long,

tubeless, the segments obovate-unguiculate ; peduncle 3in. to
March. Bulb less than lin. in diameter, the neck
Uruguay, 1897. Greenhouse.

4in. long.
lin. to 1din. long.

Fic. 770. ZYGOPETALUM LEHMANNI.

1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT

Zephyranthes—continued.

Z. lilacina (lilac). 7. pale red (not lilac); perianth funnel-
shaped, 24in. long, the tube above the ovary as long as the
oblong, imbricated lobes; peduncle one-flowered, erect, 5in.
to 6in. long. August. 7. four, Sin. to 6in. long, din. broad,
linear, contemporary with the flowers. Mexico, before 1894,
Allied to Z. carinata (of which it was formerly regarded as a
variety). Half-hardy.

Z. Lindleyana (Lindley’s). #. bright red; perianth lin. to
2in. long, the tube greenish, sin. to jin. long, the segments
obovate-cuneate, 4in. broad; peduncle slender, 6in. to 12in.
long. June. /. narrow-linear, contemporary with the flowers,
6in. to Yin. long. Bulb globose, jin. in diameter, with a short
neck. Mountains of Mexico, 1865. Greenhouse.

Z. longipes (long-stalked). 7. pale red; perianth 3in. long,
with lanceolate, spreading segments; stamens short; spathes

lin. long; pedicels 4in. long; peduncle 3in. long. J. linear.

Montevideo, 1898. Greenhouse.

Z. pumila is a synonym of Hippeastrum roseum (now lost to
cultivation).

Z. striata is a synonym of Z. verecunda.

Z. Taubertiana (Taubert’s). #., perianth white, flushed with
very pale rose, dark green at base on the outside, 3in. long.

l. narrow-linear, half to two-thirds the length of the nearly
erect scape. Brazil, 1896. Greenhouse. (R. G. 1896, t. 1427.)

Z. texana (Texan). fl. yellow inside, coppery-red outside ;
perianth lin. long, with scarcely any tube, the segments tin.
broad; peduncle very slender, din. to 8in. long. J. three or

Vol. V.

INTRODUCTIONS, &c. 745
Zephyranthes—contin ued. One

four, narrow-linear, contemporary with the flowers.
globose, jin. in diameter; tunics dark brown ;
lyin. long. Texas. Half-hardy.
texanus (B. M. 3596).

Bulb
neck lin. to
SYN. Habranthus Andersoni

Z. Treatiz (Mrs. Treaty’s).* jl. white, fragrant; perianth 3in.
long, the tube lin. long, the segments keeled with red, sin. broad ;
peduncle 6in. to 12in. long, purple at base. April and May.
/. six to eight, contemporary with the flowers, not shining,
only gin. broad. Bulb ovoid, jin. in diameter. Florida, before
1880. Half-hardy.

Z. verecunda. This is now the correct name of Z. sessilis.
SyN. Z. striata.

ZINGIBER. To the species described on p. 241,
Vol. IV., the following should be added :

S
Z. capitatum elatum (capitate, tall). The correct name of
Z. elatum. °

Z. Cliffordiz is synonymous with Z. Cassumunar.

Z. Darceyi (D’Arcey’s).*
to 24in. broad, bright
white margin and oblique stripes of the same colour.
to 3ft. Sydney Botanic Garden, 1890. Habit robust.

Z. chrysanthum, Z. Griffithii, Z. roseum, Z.
Z. Wightianum are grown in botanie gardens.

1. lanceolate, 6in. to 8in. long, 2in.
shining green, with a broad, creamy-
h. 2ft.

spectabile, and

FIG. 771. ZYGOPETALUM MACKAYI
(see page 747).

?

ZINNIA. To the species and varieties described on
p. 242, Vol. IV.,the following should be added:

Z. hybrida is, according to the ‘Index Kewensis,” a form .

of Z. verticillata.
Z. linearis (linear).* /. bright golden-yellow, with a light
orange margin, ljin. to 2in. across, profusely produced.

5C

.
746
Zinnia—continued.
Summer. /. dark, linear or linear-lanceolate. A. 1ft. Mexico,

1887. A neat, erect, dense bush. (G. C, 1887, ii, p. 597;
R. G. 1887, p. 667, f. 171.)

Z. mexicana (Mexican). A synonym of Z. Haageana.
Z. multifiora and Z. tenuiflora are forms of Z. pauciflora.

ZIZIPHORA. Z. dasyantha is a form of Z. clino-

podioides.

ZIZYPHUS. Z. sativus is the correct name of
Z. vulgari Z. Paliurus is a synonym of Paliurus
Spina-Christi.

ZORNIA. Z. bracteata is the correct name of
Z. tetraphylla. ¥

ZYGADENUS. Inclading Amianthium. According
to Sereno Watson, Z. elegans is the correct name of
Z. glaucus.

ZYGOBATEMANNIA MASTERSI. An inter-
esting, bigeneric hybrid Orchid, produced from crossing
Batemannia Colleyi with Zygopetalum crinitum. Alike
as regards flowers and habit, the hybrid is intermediate
between its parents.

ZYGO-COLAX. A bigeneric hybrid, and the first of
its section upon which the compound names of the two
genera indicating the parentage were fixed. The principal
cultural condition is a warm, moist position in the inter-
mediate-house. The potting compost should consist of
two parts peat and one of sphagnum.

Z.-C. Veitchii Kromerii. Sepals and petals green, mottled
with dark brown; lip white, lined and spotted with violet-blue.
See Fig. 769.

Hybrids.
NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER.
Auiesdnd. \ 22.9. .385 Z. brachypetalum and C. jugosus
(Sander).

leopardinus ........ Z. maxillare and C. jugosus (Veitch).
Veitchii......... : Z. crinitum and C. jugosus (Veitch).
Veitchii Kromeriit Nat. Hyb.
+ This flowered among imported plants of Z. crinitum. With the exception of
its having larger flowers it is identical with Zygo-Colex Veitchii.

ZYGOPETALUM. To the species described on
pp. 245-8, Vol. IV., the following should be added:

Z Ballii (Ball's). #., sepals light purple; petals mottled with
white towards the apex; lip white, with some purple around
the crest. Allied to Z. rostratum.

Z. brachypetalum stenopetalum (narrow-petaled). 77.,
sepals and petals narrow, acute; lip violaceous, with a white
margin, the basal crest having about five crenatures. Brazil,
1888. (R. G., t. 1277.)

Z. Burtii (Burt’s). The correct name of Batemannia Burtii.
Z. citrinum is a synonym of Z. zanthinum.

Z. Crepauxi (Crepaux’s). i. showy, rather crowded ; sepals and
petals dark red, spotted and striped yellow; lip large, white,
with violet lines on the margin, the nerves covered with short,
violet-rose hairs. /. shortly stalked, elliptic-obovate. Pseudo-
bulbs small, angular. Brazil, 1887. A robust, tufted, stove
species.

Z. forcipatum (forceps-like). fl. whitish-ochre; lip very
broad, fringed in front, having two brick-red areas on each
side of the callus and a few purple spots on the front part.
Tropical America, 1883. Allied to Z. gramineum.

Z. Gibeziz. J. solitary; sepals and petals white, unmarked,
oblong-lanceolate, acute; lip white, veined with violet, large
and broad, with the sides turned up, and having a thick crest
at the base. /. cuneate-oblanceolate, acute. Habitat not
recorded. Allied to Z. cochleare. (LL. iv., t. 181.)

Z. graminifolium (Grass-leaved). jf. 2in. across: sepals and
petals bronzy blackish-brown, with some green spots and
markings, acute; lip violeyblue, streaked with white, broadly
obovate or obcordate, emarginate, convex : scapes five- to
seven-flowered. /. three to five, Grass-like, 8in. to 12in. long.
Pseudo-bulbs as large as a Filbert. South Brazil. (L. Viil.,
t. 339.)

Z. grandifiorum (large-flowered). The correct name of Bate-
mannia grandiflora.

Z. hemixanthum (half-yellow). j7., sepals and petals white;
lip yellow, with a darker crest. “Colombia, 1888; Allied to

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Zygopetalum—continued.
Z. Lalindei, but distinct in colour, and with numerous
tubercles and processes at the base of the crests of the keels
Syn. Bollea hemixantha.

Z. intermedium peruvianum (Peruvian). A small-flowered
variety. Peru, (L. viii., t. 418.)

Z. Jorisianum (Joris’s). ., sepals and petals green, blotched
with brown ; lip having the front lobe pure white and the side
lobes yellow; crest purplish-brown, large. | Venezuela, 1890.
In habit this species somewhat resembles Z. crinitum (L. v.,

t. 237.)

Z. Klabochii (Klaboch’s). According to some authorities this
is supposed to be distinct from Z. Klabochorum.

Z. Klabochorum excellens (excellent). /. rather larger
and stouter than in the type. 1894.

Z. laminatum (laminate). A small-flowered species, having
sepals and petals light yellow, lip white, and rather narrow
leaves. Habitat not recorded, 1885.

Z. Lehmanni. This very showy Orchid, described in Vol. IV.,
p. 246, is shown at Fig. 770.

Z. Lindeniz (Mme. Linden’s).* ji., sepals and petals pale
brownish-rose, narrow-lanceolate, acute; lip white, closely
marked with crimson lines all over, 1: ovate, acute; callus
of a deep rose-colour, large and thick. Venezuela, 1892. In
the shape of its flowers and in habit this beautiful species
somewhat resembles Z. rostratum. (G. C. 1892, xi., p. 172, f. 27;
L. vi., t. 275.)

FiG. 772. ZYGOPETALUM ROLLISSONI.

Z. Lindenii (Linden’s). 7. white, 3in. across vertically, with
some purple streaks on the disk of the obscurely three-lobed
lip; sepals and petals lanceolate, acuminate; column bent;
peduncles very short, one-flowered. June. /. ligulate or broadly
oblanceolate, acute, 7in. to 9in. long. Pseudo-bulbs wanting.
Habitat not recorded, 1892. (L. viii., t. 337.) Syn. Warsce-

ella Lindenii (J. H., June, 1892, p. 461).

Z. lucidum (clear).* 7. 2in. across ;
front, white at base, each having ;

segments light brown in
transverse, green band ;

ve -

ri 1900 SUPPLEMENT—RECENT INTRODUCTIONS, &C. 747

Zygopetalum—continued.
. front lobe of lip purple and yellow, the keels margined with
brownish-lilac ; peduncle one-flowered. /._linear-oblanceolate,
_ 6in. long. British Guiana, 1889. Allied to Z. Meleagris, but
smaller. ~

. Macka This somewhat variable species, described in
Vol. IV., is shown at Fig. 771. It-is one of the tinest and best-
known species in cultivation. »

Z. peruvianum (Peruvian). #1. 2in. across, few in a raceme;

. ls and petals brown, tipped with green ; lip white, dotted
with purple. / lanceolate, about 8in. long. Pseudo-bulbs
four-angled, 2in. lone. Peru, 1895. Syn. Batemannia peruviana
(G. C. 1895, xvii., p. 551).

Z. (Bollea) pulvinare (powdery).
differ from Z. caleste.

'Z. Rivieri and Z. Reezlii are given by some as forms of
Z. intermedium, but Z. Rezlii is an altogether different type
from Z. intermedium ; it is a distinct variety of the Pescatorea

a _ Section of Zygopetalums.

_ Z. Rollissoni. The flowers of this pretty species, described in
Vol. IV., are freely produced, and last a long time in the cut
State. See Fig. 772, for which we are indebted to the Editor of

_ the ‘‘ Garden.” .

: _ Z. Ruckerianum (Rucker’s). ‘/., sepals and petals white, with
-_ a large, light purple area near the green base, twisting, undu-
_ lated, acute; lip purple, with a white callus and some yellow at

_ the base of the side lobes, revolute on each side, and rolled

ss underneath at the top. 1885. Stove. Much in the way of

“te]

_ Z. Dayanum.
@.

Z. Sanderianum (Sander’s). 7., sepals and petals yellowish-
n, spotted at base with porrnih been, lanceolate; lip
lue, roundish-obovate, purplish at base; scape few-flowered.
7. lanceolate, acute. Stem reas,
bulbs. Habitat not recorded, 1890.
Z. Gautierii. (R. G. 1890, t. 1287.)

This does not appear to

bearing distant pseudo-
This somewhat resembles

Zygopetalum—continued.

Z. Schreederianum (Baron von Schreeder’s).* /l. fragrant,
wax-like, pure white, with the exception of the peculiarly-
formed lip, which is of a rose-pink tint. Andes of Colombia,
1895. (G. C. 1895, i., p. 497, f. 70.) SYN. Bollea Schrederiana.

Z. stapelioides heteropteron (variable-winged). A curious
variety, having the sepals only partly blotched and_ striped
with ‘a lighter brown than the petals, which are more striped
than in the type. 1883.

Z. Vervaeti (Vervaet’s). #f., sepals and petals of a waxy-
white, tipped with claret-crimson ; lip entirely claret-crimson.
Habitat not recorded, 1882. Allied to Z. Klabochorum. SYN.
Pescatorea Vervaeti.

Z. Walilisii (Wallis’).
Wallisii.

Z. W. major (greater). . Ssin. in diameter; sepals and petals
white at base, chestnut-brown above, tessellated; petals
striped deep purple at their lower extremities; lip chestnut-
brown, reticulated, margined blackish-purple. Costa Rica. This
giant wooy requires to be kept constantly moist. (W. O. A.
iv., t. .) -

Z. Whitei (R. B. White's). 7. creamy-white, 2sin. across, with
a golden-yellow disk; segments a little undulated ; lip broadly
cordate-orbicular, the front margin reflexed ; peduncles shorter
than the leaves. J. narrowly cuneate-oblanceolate, acuminate,
10in. to 14in. long. Colombia, 1890.

Hybrids.

The correct name

NAME. PARENTAGE AND RAISER,
LTT Penh at, es een maxillare and erinitum (Clay).
erinito-maxillare ... erinitum and mazillare (Rothschild).
leucochilum ...... ... Mackayi and Burkii (Veitch).
PELTENLOUONG 4. 6. cei ss intermedium and maxillare Gautier
(Peeters).
GET es TAs oT Mackayi and mazxillare (Veitch).

t Aopla. for Herminium read Habenaria.
éy 95. Asplenium. for A. nigrum read A. Adiantum-nigrum.
c Bellwort. for Utricularia read Uvularia.

Clivia. The paragraph headed Cluras refers to Clivia.

Second column, line three, should read Liberal moisture
will be required at the roots during the growing season.
Only sufficient should be given while the bulbs are at
rest to maintain them in a plump condition.

P Drymophleus. D. leprosus (Syn. D. Rumphii) and D. olive-
4 formis (of Martius) are species distinct from D. appen-
diculatus (Syn. D. oliveformis, of Watson).

. = i a
viet
Papi S* ,
~ Sd Oe yy — 7
Tee

ee. | ERRATA.

PAGE

340. Elephant’s Hedge Bean-tree. for Schomburgkia read
Schotia. 2

406. Guizotia. for oleifera read abyssinica.

431. Hurtle Berry. for Vitis-Idea read Myrtillus and other
species.

526. Matteuccia. ‘for Struthiopteris read germanica.

562. (Enothera. (E. taraxacifolia is the correct name of
CB. acaulis,

652. Salix laurina. for filicifolia read phylicifolia.

:

of Batemannia~

Au

NYMPH#A TUBEROSA.

7
SF,

FAMOUS COLLECTIONS OF

Barrs Hardy Perennials.

SPHSSSSOSSSSSSSSSOSSOSSSSOSOHOSOOOSD
A.—COLLECTIONS OF HARDY PERENNIALS for Mixed Borders, containing plants 2{t. to 6ft. high,
flowering at various seasons, and thus producing a successional display of bloom.
Lee larGistinct Named) VATIEMES Tc. caries prim ecigeiasieecint s oeisie) ale eden esfo5SpO0..y 7S. 60., and xos. 6d:
2. 25 ” ” 43 PASO ee pen Helm ee BOSE GOOREI .1os. 6d., 15s., and 21s.
3-. 50 SR PSV Me | Meare” caste c cleo missle CMe wcatioww bietaejcete cleletacle's .....21S., 30S-, and 42s.
B.—COLLECTIONS OF ‘DWARE HARDY PERENNIALS for Mixed Bardens containing plants }ft.

to 2ft. high, and flowering at various seasons; suitable to plant in front of mixed borders.

Ace TasOistincuriamedn Varieties. le nniisei feiss a onlgsie a esta btteee lair sia,r eee S « bee 6d., and ros. 6d.
5- 25 ” ” Gyn PRM Tennn cae vines arefe = Gs iaters - -Ios. 6d., 15S., and 21s.
6. 50 .....2IS., g0S., and 42s.

Cc. COLLECTIONS OF "HARDY PERENNIALS “specially adapted ‘for Cutting, of various heights
and colours, and blooming at different seasons, all producing abundance of flowers, such as are prized to cut
for bouquets and vases.

7. 12 distinct named varieties .
8. 25 ” ” ”

5s. 6d., 7s. 6d., and tos. 6d.
“Sse an eave ...10S. 6d., 15s., and 21s.
.....2IS., 30S., and 42s.
D. _ COLLECTIONS OF ‘DWARF HARDY "PERENNIALS for Rockwork, Edgings, &c.—When
ordering these it is advisable to state whether the plants are for a hot and dry, or shady and moist situation.
to. 12 distinct named varieties ...... : s5Es 6d., 7s. 6d., and ros. 6d.
II. 25 ” ” ” .10s. 6d., 15s., and 21s.
12. 50 An . 21S., 30S., and 42s.

E.—COLLECTIONS OF "HARDY PERENNIALS | for ‘Town. Gardens.

13. 12 distinct named varieties ...... ein coe 6d., 7s. 6d., and tos. 6d.

14- 25 ” ” is TSS OUCE OOF ODO nO MOnnAp OS BURCH Roe .Ios. 6d., 15S-, and 21s.

15. 50 REE Me MRT eeb te oe Mee DSC Sh Gratcia figs ta clea alates araW oxen cihadl oetapearirclate cle eentniere wtesa!ae 21S., 30S., and 42s.
F.—COLLECTIONS OF "HARDY PE NS for Autumn Decoration.

16. 12 distinct named varieties ..... SOCKS aon 6d., 7s. 6d., and ros. 6d.

17. 25 ” ” aA Hefti brcngcen we GOGO uicty Gn ander 'c-n rouelids dashes Ios. 6d., 158-5 and 21s.

18. 50 = .21S., 30S., and 42s.

—COLLECTIONS OF HARDY PERENNIALS. ‘for Spring and Early Summer Decoration.

Ig. 12 distinct named varieties .. , 78. 6d., and ros. 6d.
20. 25 ” ” ” 10s. 6d., 15s., and 21s.
21. 50 Ay .21S., 30S., and 42s.

H.—COLLECTIONS OF HARDY PERENNIALS “for Moist’ : and Wet Positions, such as the
Sides of Streams, Ponds, and Marshy places.
22. 12 distinct named varieties ..

eee bass 7s. 6d., and tos. 6d.

23. 25 ” ” Soll. Ge Sa Gacodebsieadune see cbabwiet Goa ernaen fie seine os. 6d., 15s., and 2is.

24. 50 + .21S., 30S., and 42s.
J.—COLLECTIONS OF ‘ALPINES for “choice opens in the Rock | Garden.

25. 12 in 12 distinct named varieties. Bate neat .7s. 6d., 1os. 6d., and 15s.

26, 25 in 25 i. ewe Vb ree, 4 BOoricc heeinonee uae SoUn An aoonnE Tn cmecasare aca 2Is., 30S., and 42s.

K.—COLLECTIONS OF EFFECTIVE “HARDY “HERBACEOUS PLANTS for Wild Gardens,
Rough Shrubberies, &c., of various heights, and Veoteens at different seasons.

27. 25 Wild Garden Plants in 25 named varieties. Flyticas GD cost saan eeons tos. 6d., 15S., and 2ts.

28. 100 i 3 20 Te BER nae reece oats coeernieriairs 30S., 42S., and 63s.
L.—COLLECTIONS OF SHOWY AQUATIC AND ‘MARSH PLANTS for Shallow and Deep Water.
29. 12 in 12 distinct named varieties ..... . 7s. 6d., 10s. 6d., 15S., 21S., and 30s.

30. 25 in 25 ” ” ” fachobo addict aaanae poe orien ; -..e. 30S., 428., and 63s.

ARRAN ARR AAA CAAA ARRAS

v contains a full Descriptive List of the Finest Hardy Perennials, Alpines,
Barr’s Hardy Plant Catalogue Aquatics and Marsh Plants, Bamboos and Grasses, Climbers, Wall
Shrubs, &c., with many useful Notes on Culture. Sent free on application.

7 contains a Select List of the Best Vegetables and the most Beautiful Flowers for Garden
Barr $ Seed Guide and Greenhouse. It is full of practical hints, and will be found invaluable to Gardeners,
Amateurs, and Exhibitors. Ready 1st January, free.

Barr’s Spring Catalogue of Bulbs and CTubers for Planting iia February to April. Ready in

January, free

Barr’s Descriptive List of Autumn-flowering Bulbs. eed we yur, sre.
Barr’s Catalogue of Beautiful Datfodils. ready in August, free.
Barr's Autumn Catalogue of the Best Bulbs for Garden and Greenhouse. {e701 o”

BAR 11, 12, & 18, KING STREET,
R & N 9 COVENT GARDEN, LONDON.
Nurseries: LONG DITTON, SURREY (Surbiton Station, S.W. Railway).

BARR’S NURSERIES are situated within a mile of Surbiton Station. Visitors invited to see the Daffodils in Flower during
March and April; Tulips in Flower, April and May; and during Summer and Autumn, Hardy Perennials, Alpines, and many rare and
beautiful Bulbous Plants. Cabs can always be had at Surbiton Station.

x
ascinating Flowers

FOR EVERY GARDEN BORDER.

Eo Last for Years. Strong Plants Only.

ame Pe eee e coe eee eee eseeeeeseeecooor———

KRelway’ S LOVELY
MANY COLOURED IDsconies.

Named sorts. Collection A, 18s. per dozen; Collection B, a wider range of colour, 24s. per
dozen; Collection C, fine colours and fragrant sorts, 30s. per dozen; Collection D, the most
delicate tints and most fragrant sorts, 42s.; Collection E, very recent novelties, of finest form and
colour and most enchanting fragrance, 6Os. per dozen.

KRelwav’s BEAUTIFUL
STATELY Delp ht ant {ul Wis,

Named sorts. Collection A, 9s. per dozen; Collection B, all certificated sorts, 18s. per dozen;
Collection C, very fine, 42s. per dozen; Gallsahon D, all exceptionally beautiful, 6Os. per dozen.

Relway’s eras
meroveo GA LArolas.

Collection A, 6s. per dozen, fine for cut flowers; Collection B. 12s. per dozen; Collection C,
21s. per dozen.

KeELWAY’S UNIVERSAL HARDY PERENNIAL COLLECTION,

Containing good but easily grown kinds only, all correctly named, 9s. per dozen.

Carriage Paid for Remittance with Order. KELWAY’S MANUAL OF HORTICULTURE, 240 Pages,
16, post free. 115 Gold and Silver Medals, London, Paris, Chicago, «ec.

Hem ce eee seSSSSSoos

KELWAY & SON, Dept. H.B., The Royal Hostigulbunats LANGPORT,

BOULTON & PAUL, Ltd., NORWICH.

Conservatories, Vineries, Peach, Plant, Orchid, Tomato, &c., Houses, Boilers, Pipes, and Fittings.
Porches of ¥ en Only Skilled Labour
, : ; 5 EEF Mf} a
rtistic Design. 4 Oe fa Ss :
aterials Used.

“Weg

~ «NW

ee
ESTIMATES AND {229

CATALOGUES FREE 247% HEATING

ON APPLICATION.

hss

wr =

No. 73.—SPAN-ROOF

“ No. 75.-_MELON AND
CUCUMBER FRAME.

i 4ft. x Oft....£1 17 0 | 12ft. x 6ft....£3 19 0
| 8ft.,, 6ft....£2 18 0| 16ft.,, 6ft. £5 00

4ft. x 6ft....£2 11 6 | 12ft. x oft....£5 126) © a Ti sspears All our Frames are Glazed with 2loz.
8ft.,, 6ft....£4 20|16ft.,, 6ft....£7 50) bestia ats oN; SSN, | Sheet Glass, and Painted three times.

CARRIAG PAID on ORDERS of 40s. Value | LADIES AND GENTLEMEN WAITED UPON IN ANY
TO MOST GOODS STATIONS. PART OF THE COUNTRY BY APPOINTMENT.

OHLENDORFF’S BRAND.

Raw Chinchas Peruvian | Nitrate of Soda.| Ohlendorff's Fertility.

The Best Horticultural Manure.

% % * 3 x ¥ x % % %
rie ZZ,
Bias: SE 67) SEALED TINS.
Ee : zs a BAGS. ll
lewt. 20/- PS | and 1s, 6d. 3 B = lewt. 16/- 6d. and 1s.
by Fn 5 each.
dewt. 13/- } ales , a | dewt. 8/6
jewt. 7/6 W y 2 . SL dowt.! iy ae
4 LEERATED CHINGHAS O! a ql |
141b. 4/6 irom Analysis | © & @ | 4b. 3/- | Analysis
7b. 3/- | "| Guaranteed. us S "Ib, | 2/- Guaranteed.
, 3
%* * * * * * & & & * * *

OHLENDORFF’S Dried Blood, Fish Guano, Ichaboe Guano, Sulphate of Ammonia, Nitrate of Potash, Pure Vitriolized
Bones, Superphosphate, Potato Manure, Kainit, Basic Slag, Bone Flour, &c. Analyses Guaranteed.

a a oun Senee RE SOLD BY LEADING ;
OHLENDORFF’S | “BOVE RE RSERVKEN OR ee GME: OHLENDORFF’S

BONE MEAL. If not procurable locally, sent Carriage Paid for Cash with BONE MEAL.
Order (except tins) by i A ceaee :
sin. and jin. Bones for in. and jin. Bones for
v and tin: Bones fo"/THE ANGLO-CONTINENTAL GUANO WORKS, |' vine noraces cx
30, MARK LANE, LONDON, E.C., <a
ANALYSIS GUARANTEED. Of whom Pamphlets giving Directions for Use can be obtained. ANALYSIS GUARANTEED.

Established 1850. Telegrams: ‘‘FRAZERS, NORWICH.’

FRAZER & CO.,

Manufacturers, NORWICH. *"”

Conservatories, Vineries, Peach Houses, Forcing Pits, Garden Frames, &c.

No. 55a.—Span-Roof Garden Frame.

No. 60.—Melon Frame.

With unspbowen! pavistered ee and.
Ventilating Ridg

No. 34.—THREE-QUARTER SPAN-ROOF GREENHOUSE.

be uREEEEE Ld LA

SS SS

—_- FIRST-CLASS WORK AT MODERATE PRICES. li

No. 54. -Three-quarter Span-Roof Garden
Frame.

Showing our ‘‘Improved Registered Setopes,’’

and their great advantages over the old style.

Glass SiruGluras of all Description Erected to suit all Positions and to Architects’ Designs.
Estimates and Illustrated Lists Free.

awe PLAIN WORKS, NORWICH.

BARNARDS,

Inventors and Original

[IMITED,

Manufacturers of

ua

Improved Double and Single
Rollers for Manual or
Horse Power.

Covered Way Espaliers, Arches,
Vinery Fittings, Pea and
Tomato Trainers, &c.

Galvanized Wire Netting.—Speciality, Patent
Mixed Mesh, as illustrated. Sole Makers!
Samples and Quotations Free.

sx a ~
Garden Frames, Pit Lights, Water Barrows, Pumps, Hose Garden Chairs, Tables, Lounges,
Cucumber Frames, &c. Reels, Hose and Connections, c., &c.
Catalogues Free. Lawn Mowers, &c., &c. Catalogues Free.

NORFOLK IRON WORKS, NORWICH, - - =

And 23, Prince’s Street, Cavendish Square, London, W.

FOR- DESTROYING WEEDS ON GARDEN WALKS, CARRIAGE DRIVES, ROADS, &c.
NO SMELL. NO DISTURBANCE OF THE GRAVEL. SAVES MORE THAN TWICE ITS COST IN LABOUR.

_ Ob be vF One application will keep the Walks clear of Weeds for at least 18 months.

UF ae Ree Ised i »R sticultural Society's Gardens, Crystal Palace,
fe : Pa (07 é pit ae Gita gemae e in all Pntnctaat Gardens. se
: Ss tea? PRICES:
Spee Woed Killer. STRENGTH 1 in 25. DOUBLE STRENGTH.
4 4 One Gall. to 25 ee of Water. : One Gall. to 50 ao: of Water.
i . ‘ z ¢ Ss. ad. By 7G. 8. eae s. ad
Ser * 1 Gallon ... 2 3 (Tin Free) } Gallon ... 2 0 (Tin Free)
& ; SE ee Sy ne We) ss 1 3 6 Drom 0 9
5 . eee 6: Drum 2 6 2 rE OL: Rs 146
Orr 13 4 Hl BO 5 14 0 ‘3 2 6
20s, . 26 8 Cask 5 0 10 . 25 6 m: eK)
40 ; 50 0 5 0 ae al) Cask Bye itt)
)

iH bo
f

- ate 0 e5 5 0

Carriaye paid on 2 galls. and upwards,

Empty Packages Allowed for in Full when returned, carriage paid, within
Two Months.

Carriage paid on § galls, and upwards.

THE “ACME” POWDER WEED KILLER.
DISSOLVES QUICKLY IN COLD WATER.

SIZEs. PRICES PER TIN

Ss. (

@ FERN No. 1. To make 25 gallons ie oe 1 9

NG SES A was 2. ae Piva ; BR}

; si 3 100 x Carriage Paid ‘2 6 0

; 2 cdi 150, = - B26

pends, pace Mee “Yes, sir, I’m just using hs i 200, es S i 13 0
where. Iwonderifthat] the ‘Acme’ Weed Killer. 7 caren 5 - Bas cs ry as ele : mate }
new gardener can sug-| The best thing in the When ordering a single om No. L size, 5d. for postage must be remitted ;

gest anything?” world for killing weeds.” No. 2 size, 7d. All Tins Free.

Sole Proprietors and Manufacturers:

THE ACME CHEMICAL Co., LIMITED,
Tonbridge, Kent; and Carlton Street, Bolton. Lancashire.

Z Advice

\ilustrated Articles
And Methods of Fruit, xf the
pes “and Vegetable Cuiver,
ade in the Open Aj, oe 'turg
wet ay be obtained f;

ios through

a

Or nq
n Expo pt
Ss

‘ nd judge for yo Oks
trom Office, aba, Sele 'Al/s,
Prion (one Copy week Money ci
? Pos,’

“Ge. a \
= Ay ReNcses
\oss pian
(/ Q Ss eee 208 Bercy
oe ON, \s
2

ear

¥

\

rr ae ae

*. sph? S Laie
Ae) ees! ee

—
ee ee ae oe

ear. ne

Fa Pe

ee eee | ee ee

+

CS ne ee AT:

t

s
mn

a

STANDARD BOOKS,

Published by L. UPCOTT GILL, 170, Strand, London, W.C.

BRITISH DRAGONFLIES.
Being an Exhaustive Treatise on our Native Odonata; Their Collection, Classification, and Preservation. By W. J.
Lucas, B.A. Very fully Illustrated with 27 Plates, Illustrating 39 Species, exquisitely printed in Colour, and numerous
Black-and-White Engravings. In cloth gilt, price 31/6 nett, by post 32/-

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES:
A Practical Manual for Collectors and Naturalists. Splendidly Illustrated throughout with very accurate Engravings
of the Caterpillars, Chrysalids, and Butterflies, both upper and under sides, from Drawings by the Author or direct
from Nature. By W. J. Lucas, B.A. In cloth gilt, price 3/6, by post 3/9.

THE BOOK OF BRITISH HAWK MOTHS.
A Popular and Practical Manual for all Lepidopterists. Copiously Dlustrated in black and white from the Author's own
exquisite Drawings from Nature. By W. J. Lucas, B.A. In cloth gilt, price 3/6, by post 3/9.

The Two Works in One Vol., price 5)-, by post 5/4.

PRACTICAL BOAT BUILDING AND SAILING.
Containing Full Instructions for Designing and Building Punts, Skiffs, Canoes, Sailing Boats, &e. Particulars of the
most suitable Sailing Boats and Yachts for Amateurs, and Instructions for their Proper Handling. Fully Illustrated
with Designs and Working Diagrams. By ApriAN Netson, C.E., Drxon Kemp, A.I.N.A., and G. CHRISTOPHER
Davies. In one vol., cloth gilt, price 7/6, by post 7/10.

CANARY BOOK.
The Breeding, Rearing, and Management of all Varieties of Canaries and Canary Mules, and all other matters con-
nected with this Fancy. By Roperr L. WatLace. THIRD EDITION. In cloth gill, price 5/-, by post 5/4; with
COLOURED PLATES, 6,6, by post 6/10.

A GUIDE TO THE COINS OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND,
In Gold, Silver, and Copper, from the Harliest Period to the Present Time, with their Value. By the late CoLoneL
W. Svrewarr THoRBuRN. THIRD EDITION. Revised and Enlarged, by H. A. Grumper, F.S.A. Illustrated.
In cloth gilt, price 10/6 nett, by post 10/10.

BREAKING AND TRAINING DOGS:
Being Concise Directions for the Proper Education of Dogs, both for the Field and for Companions... SECOND
EDITION. By ‘* Parurinper.” With Chapters by Hueu Dauzien. Llustrated. In cloth gilt. price 6/6, by post 6/10.
ENGRAVINGS AND THEIR VALUE.
Containing a Dictionary of all the Greatest Engravers and their Works. By J. H. Suarer. THIRD EDITION. Revi
with an Appendix and Illustrations, and with latest Prices at Auction, &c. In cloth gill, price 15/- nett, by post 15/5.
PRACTICAL GAME PRESERVING.
Containing the fullest Directions for Rearing and Preserving both Winged and Ground Game, and Destroying Vermin ;
with other Information of Value to the Game Preserver. By W. Carneair. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, demy 8vo, price
10/6, by post 10/10.
A HISTORY OF HAND-=MADE LACE.
By Mrs. E. Nevyint Jackson. With Supplementary Remarks by Signor Ernesto JesurumM. Exquisitely Illustrated
with numerous high-class Engravings of Old and Valuable Laces and their application to Dress as shown in Portraits and
Monochrome and Sepia Plates of great beauty. In crown 4to, cloth gilt, price 18/- nelt, by post 19/-. Edition de Luxe, ow
large paper, containing 12 specimens of Real Lace, in half persian, price £4 4/- nett, by post £4/5/6.
THE LIBRARY MANUAL.
A Guide to the Formation of a Library, and the Values of Rare and Standard Books. By J. H. SuAvTER, Barrister-
at-Law. THIRD EDITION. Revised and Greatly Enlarged. In cloth gilt, price 7/6 nett, by post 7/10.
PAINTERS AND THEIR WORKS.
A Work of the Greatest Value to Collectors and such as are interested in the Art, as it gives, besides Biographical
Sketches of all the Artists of Repute (not now living) from the 13th century to the present date, the Market Value of the
Principal Works Painted by Them, with Full Descriptions of Same. In 3 vols., cloth gilt, price 37/6 nett, by post 38/3.

d

’

GAMES. OF PATIENCE,

For One or More Players. How to Play 173 different Games of Patience. By M. Wuirmore Jones. Illustrated.
Series I., 39 Games: Series II., 34 Games; Series III., 33 Games; Series 1V., 37 Games; Series V., 30 Games. Each
in paper, 1/-, by post 1/2. The five bound together in cloth gilt, price 6/-, by post 6/4.

PHEASANT-KEEPING FOR AMATEURS.
A Practical Handbook on the Breeding, Rearing, and General Management of Fancy Pheasants in Confinement. By
Gro. Horne. Fully Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 3/6, by post 3/9.

BOOK OF THE PIG.

The Selection, Breeding, Feeding. and Management of the Pig; the Treatment of its Diseases ; the Curing and Preserving

of Hams, Bacon, and other Pork Foods; aud other Information appertaining to Pork Farming. By Proressor JAMES

Lona. Fully Mustrated with Portraits of Prize Pigs, Plans of Model Piggeries, &c. In cloth gilt, price 10/6, by post 10/11.
THE ADHESIVE POSTAGE STAMPS OF EUROPE:

A Practical Guide to their Collection, Identification, and Classification. Especially designed for the use of those

commencing the Study. By W. A. S. Westosy. Beautifully Illustrated. In 2 vols., price 15/- nett, by post 15/6.
BOOK OF THE RABBIT.

A Complete Work on Breeding and Rearing all Varieties of Fancy Rabbits, giving their History, Variations, Uses, Points,

Selection, Mating, Management, &c., &e. SECOND EDITION. Edited by Kempster W. Kniaur. LIlustrated with

Coloured and other Plates. In cloth gilt, price 10/6, by post 10/11.

STANDARD BOOKS contd.

Published by L. UPCOTT GILL, 170, Strand, London, W.C.

SAILING TOURS. 4

The Yachtman’s Guide to the Cruising Waters of the English and Adjacent Coasts. With Descriptions of every Creek,
Harbour, and Roadstead on the Course. With numerous Charts printed in Colours, showing Deep water, Shoals, and
Sands exposed at low water, with sounding. By FRANK Cowper, B.A. In crown 8vo, cloth gilt.

Vol. I. The Coasts of Essex and Suffolk, from the Thames to Aldborough. Six Charts. Price 5/-, by post 5/3.

Vol. Il. The South Coast, from the Thames to the Scilly Islands. Twenty-five Charts. New and Revised
Edition. Price 7/6, by post 7/10.

Vol. III. The Coast of Brittany, from L’Abervrach to St. Nazaire, and an Account of the Loire. Twelve Charts.
Price 7/6, by post 7/10.

Vol. IV. The West Coast, from Land’s End to Mull of Galloway, including the Hast Coast of Ireland. Thirty
Charts. Price 10/6, by post 10/10.

Vol. V. The Coasts of Scotland and the N.E. of England down to Aldborough. Forty Charts. Price 10 6,
by post 10/10. ;

PRACTICAL TAXIDERMY.
A Manual of Instruction to the Amateur in Collecting, Preserving, and Setting-up Natural History Specimens of all kinds.
With Examples and Working Diagrams. By Montagu Browne. F.Z.S., Curator of Leicester Museum. SECOND
EDITION. In cloth gilt, price 7/6, by post 7/10.

ILLUSTRATED SPORTING BOOKS.
A Descriptive Survey of a Collection of English Illustrated Works of a Sporting and Racy Character, with an Appendix of
Prints relating to Sports of the Field. The whole valued by reference to Average Auction Prices. By J. H. Suater.
Author of “ Library Manual,” “* Engravings and Their Value,” &c. In cloth gilt, price 7/6 nett, by post 7/10. ;

BRIDGE WHIST:
Its Whys and Wherefores. The Game taught by Reason instead of by Rule, on the same popular lines as “Scientific
Whist ’ and * Solo Whist,” and by the same Author, C. J. MeLrosr. With Illustrative Hands in Colours. In cloth gilt,
price 3/6, by post 3/10.

SCIENTIFIC WHIST:
Its Whys and Wherefores. Wherein all Arbitrary Dicta of Authority are eliminated, the Reader being taken step by step
through the Reasoning Operations upon which the Rules of Play are based. By C. J. Metrose. With Illustrative

Hands printed in Colour. In cloth gilt, price 3/6, by post 3/10.

SOLO WHIST. 4
Its Whys and Wherefores. A Progressive and Clear Method of Explanation and Illustration of the Game, and How to
Play it Successfully. With Illustrative Hands printedin Colour. By C.J. Meurose. In cloth gilt, price 3/6, by post 3/10.

PRACTICAL WILDFOWLING:
A Book on Wildfowl and Wildfowl Shooting. By Hy. SHarp. The result of 25 years’ experience Wildfowl Shooting under
all sorts of conditions of locality as well as circumstances. Profusely Illustrated. Demy 8vo, cloth gilt, price 12/6 nett,
by post 12/10.

THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, AND FLORAL RELATIONS OF THE HIVE BEE.
By the late Frank R. Cuusurree, F.L.S., F.R M.S., Formerly Lecturer on Apiculture at South Kensington; Author
of ‘Diagrams on the Anatomy of the Honey Bee.” With Numerous Exquisite Illustrations of the Internal and External
Structure of the Bee, and its Application to Plant Fertilisation, &c., Expressly Drawn for this Work by the Author.
In cloth gilt, price 7/6, by post 7/10.

THE BOOK OF THE ALL-ROUND ANGLER.
A Comprehensive Treatise on Angling in both Fresh and Salt Water. By Joun BickERpDyKE. With over 220
Engrayings. In cloth gilt, price 5/6, by post 5/10.

THE BOOK OF AQUARIA.
A Practical Guide to the Construction, Arrangement, and Management of Freshwater and Marine “ReASe containing
Full Information as to the Plants, Weeds, Fish, Molluses, Insects, &e., How and Where to Obtain Them, and How to Keep
Them in Health. By Rev. Grecory C. Bareman, A.K.C., and Rearnaup A. R. Benner, B.A. Tlustrated. In
cloth gilt, price 5/6, by post 5/10.

OLD ENGLISH CHURCHES. :
Their Architecture, Furniture, Accessories, Decorations, Monuments, &c. By Gmo. Cuincu, F.G.S. Magnificently
Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 6/6 nett, by post 6/9.

THE BOOK OF CONJURING AND CARD TRICKS.
By Pror. R. Kunarp. In cloth gilt, price 5/-. by post 5/4.

PRACTICAL KENNEL MANAGEMENT.
A Complete Treatise on all Matters relating to the Proper Management of Dogs,.whether kept for the Show Bench,
for the Field, or for Companions. By the late HuaH Dauziex and others. In cloth gilt. price 10/6, by post 10/10.

THE PRACTICAL HORSE=KEEPER.
By Grorcr Fremine, C.B., LL.D., F.R.C.V.S., late Principal Veterinary Surgeon to the British Army, and Ex-President
of the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons. In cloth gilt, price 3/6, by post 3/10.

A DICTIONARY OF SEA TERMS.
For the Use of Yachtsmen, Voyagers, and all who go down to the sea in big or little ships. By A. ANsTED. Fully
Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 5/- nett, by post 5/4.

SHEEP RAISING AND SHEPHERDING.
A Handbook of Sheep Farming. By W. J. Maupen, Principal of the Agticaltaral College, Uckfield. Tlustrated.
Cloth gilt, price 3/6, by post 3/9.

>

Se

ea
——>

a

|
| ,
I

=

Aig ane a
+s i '

bee

Se

vA
3 5185 00203 18